diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/debian/changelog ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/debian/changelog --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/debian/changelog 2017-02-20 14:11:00.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/debian/changelog 2017-03-15 22:37:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,3 +1,34 @@ +ubuntu-docs (17.04.2) zesty; urgency=medium + + * Use icon for more concise references to the system menu. + * net-install-flash.page: + - Rewritten to cover flashplugin-installer and + browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash. + * net-install-java-plugin.page: + - Deleted since the plugin technique is obsolete and Mozilla just + dropped the support for it. + * html/Makefile: + - Don't copy images unnecessarily when building the HTML version. + * ubuntu-mascot-creature.png: Official zesty mascot. + * Updated ubuntu-help.pot. + * New Interlingua (ia) translation. + * The latest translations exported from Launchpad. + * ubuntu-help/ca/ca.po: Mallard syntax errors fixed. + + [ Chris Perry ] + * nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page: + - GUI conformity modifications (LP: #1663343). + * Icon added and used to refer to the window menu in GNOME apps. + * files-search.page: + - GUI conformity modifications, section about saving a search + dropped. + * Misc. pages modified including mentioning of the Snap Store + (LP: #1628460). + * files-browse.page, files-lost.page: + - Misc. changes. + + -- Gunnar Hjalmarsson Wed, 15 Mar 2017 23:37:00 +0100 + ubuntu-docs (17.04.1) zesty; urgency=medium * scripts/validate.sh: diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/html/Makefile ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/html/Makefile --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/html/Makefile 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/html/Makefile 2017-03-15 22:18:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ # for the HTML to be built in turn. This means all the locales for which # HTML output is needed will have to have been specified in the main # HELP_LINGUAS variable in the ubuntu-help Makefile -HELP_LINGUAS = am ar ast az bg bo br bs ca ce cs da de el en_AU en_CA en_GB eo es et eu fi fo fr gl he hi hr hu id it ja kab kk kn ko lt lv mg ms my nb ne nl oc pl pt_BR pt ro ru si sk sl sq sr sv ta te tg th tl tr ug uk ur uz zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW +HELP_LINGUAS = am ar ast az bg bo br bs ca ce cs da de el en_AU en_CA en_GB eo es et eu fi fo fr gl he hi hr hu ia id it ja kab kk kn ko lt lv mg ms my nb ne nl oc pl pt_BR pt ro ru si sk sl sq sr sv ta te tg th tl tr ug uk ur uz zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW index_file_exists = $(wildcard $(SRCDIR)/$(lingua)/index.page) linguas := $(HELP_LINGUAS) @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ if test "$$lang" = "pl"; then lang=pl-PL; fi; \ mkdir -p "$(HTMLDESTDIR)/$$lang/img"; \ mkdir -p "$(HTMLDESTDIR)/$$lang/figures"; \ - cp -n img/* "$(HTMLDESTDIR)/$$lang/img"; \ - cp -n "$(SRCDIR)/C/figures/"* "$(HTMLDESTDIR)/$$lang/figures"; \ + #cp -n img/* "$(HTMLDESTDIR)/$$lang/img"; \ + #cp -n "$(SRCDIR)/C/figures/"* "$(HTMLDESTDIR)/$$lang/figures"; \ done # Installs all HTML files to a single multilingual directory for subsequent copying to @@ -105,9 +105,12 @@ if test "$$lang" = "gl"; then lang=gl-GL; fi; \ if test "$$lang" = "ms"; then lang=ms-MS; fi; \ if test "$$lang" = "pl"; then lang=pl-PL; fi; \ - cp -af "$(INSTALLDIR)/$$lang"/*.css "$(INSTALLDIR)"; \ - rm -Rf "$(INSTALLDIR)/$$lang"/*.css ; \ + for ext in css png js; do \ + cp -af "$(INSTALLDIR)/$$lang"/*.$$ext "$(INSTALLDIR)"; \ + rm -Rf "$(INSTALLDIR)/$$lang"/*.$$ext ; \ + done ; \ find "$(INSTALLDIR)/$$lang" -type f -exec mv {} {}.$$lang \; ; \ cp -af "$(INSTALLDIR)/$$lang"/* "$(INSTALLDIR)"; \ rm -Rf "$(INSTALLDIR)/$$lang" ; \ - done + done ; \ + cp img/* "$(INSTALLDIR)/img" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/am/am.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/am/am.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/am/am.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/am/am.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Amharic \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:56+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ "ተደጋግመው የሚጫኑ ቁልፎችን ለመተው bounce keysን ያብሩ። ለምሣሌ፣ የእጅ መንቀጥቀጥ ካለብዎና " "አንድን ቁልፍ አንድ ጊዜ ለመጫን ፈልገው ግን በተደጋጋሚ ጊዜ የሚጫኑ ከሆነ Bounce Keyን ማብራት አለብዎ።" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "Universal Accessን ይክፈቱና Typingን ይምረጡ።" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Bounce Keys አብራ።" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -412,14 +497,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -452,30 +537,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -485,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -493,14 +569,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -508,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -532,12 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -658,7 +734,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -688,12 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -702,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -711,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -719,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -727,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -778,17 +854,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -797,14 +873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -842,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -861,14 +937,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -879,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -924,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -959,7 +1035,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1049,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1030,12 +1106,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1123,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1132,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1217,7 +1295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1231,46 +1309,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1604,6 +1681,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1686,107 +1832,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1795,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1808,31 +1963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1840,49 +1996,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1893,13 +2086,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1911,27 +2104,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1939,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1947,12 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1980,22 +2173,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2470,7 +2663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3008,7 +3201,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3249,7 +3442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4785,59 +4978,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5026,90 +5202,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5118,109 +5313,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5259,65 +5412,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5326,106 +5468,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5437,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5448,28 +5597,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +5618,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5500,13 +5641,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5536,18 +5677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5555,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5564,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5591,15 +5732,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5615,7 +5762,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5623,7 +5770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5631,7 +5778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5677,19 +5824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5699,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5728,13 +5875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,7 +5897,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5784,7 +5932,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5816,17 +5964,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5849,12 +5997,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6109,7 +6256,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6337,12 +6483,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6350,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6358,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6368,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6378,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6386,17 +6532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6405,12 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6419,24 +6565,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6445,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6453,24 +6599,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6478,12 +6624,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6492,7 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6509,10 +6655,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6532,14 +6678,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6549,24 +6710,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7104,10 +7273,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7579,129 +7747,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8471,7 +8615,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8487,22 +8631,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8513,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8522,46 +8666,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8573,15 +8717,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8606,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8620,26 +8774,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8649,19 +8803,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8669,7 +8823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8677,50 +8831,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9089,14 +9243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9119,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9132,24 +9286,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9157,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9166,14 +9320,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9182,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9289,10 +9443,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9327,17 +9482,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9364,26 +9520,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9392,7 +9541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9400,12 +9549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9615,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9625,8 +9774,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9650,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9671,11 +9820,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,31 +9832,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9729,13 +9880,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9750,8 +9900,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9773,85 +9923,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9859,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10053,14 +10411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10069,8 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10088,74 +10445,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10166,31 +10519,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10592,7 +10945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10602,70 +10955,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11151,7 +11505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11311,7 +11665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11441,80 +11795,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11778,12 +12132,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11796,7 +12149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12052,22 +12405,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12098,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12188,7 +12541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12196,30 +12549,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12228,29 +12581,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12264,7 +12618,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12278,14 +12632,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12295,19 +12649,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12315,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12543,83 +12897,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12852,6 +13256,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13048,7 +13453,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13091,20 +13496,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13112,13 +13517,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13126,19 +13531,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13574,10 +13979,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13601,50 +14006,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13653,25 +14059,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13703,8 +14108,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13871,25 +14276,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13897,40 +14302,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,25 +14344,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13966,12 +14371,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13982,41 +14387,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14025,34 +14430,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14063,44 +14468,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14108,17 +14514,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14128,32 +14534,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14164,30 +14570,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14250,21 +14666,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14275,12 +14689,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14289,14 +14710,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14462,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14470,12 +14891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14483,7 +14904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15499,12 +15920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15625,7 +16046,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15669,7 +16090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15755,39 +16176,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15820,31 +16219,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16126,7 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16259,7 +16651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16267,21 +16659,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16289,7 +16681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16297,8 +16689,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16351,7 +16743,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16368,7 +16762,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16472,7 +16867,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16889,7 +17283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16924,92 +17318,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17157,31 +17595,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17190,7 +17628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17284,14 +17808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17299,15 +17823,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17316,12 +17841,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17329,19 +17854,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17366,27 +17891,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17397,12 +17923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17410,7 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17442,17 +17968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17657,28 +18183,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17723,20 +18249,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17746,27 +18272,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17776,26 +18307,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18327,36 +18861,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18364,17 +18898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18383,14 +18917,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18436,55 +18970,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18492,8 +19023,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18501,7 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18668,19 +19204,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18689,26 +19225,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19352,7 +19888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19360,17 +19896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19378,7 +19914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19501,12 +20045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20180,37 +20724,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20237,19 +20773,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20339,38 +20875,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20499,32 +21035,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20532,8 +21068,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20542,7 +21092,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20550,14 +21100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20569,7 +21119,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20577,28 +21127,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20609,7 +21159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20617,14 +21167,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20635,21 +21185,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21210,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21218,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20683,58 +21233,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20829,37 +21353,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22157,7 +22655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22165,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22175,18 +22673,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ar/ar.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ar/ar.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ar/ar.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ar/ar.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ibrahim Saed \n" "Language-Team: Arabic \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:56+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -237,13 +237,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -313,60 +313,143 @@ "نفس الزر. فمثلًا، إن كنت تعاني من ارتجاف الأيدي وكان ذلك يؤدي إلى نقر الزر " "عدة مرات بدلًا من نقرة واحدة، فعليك تشغيل المفاتيح القافزة." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي " -"واختر إعدادات النظام." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "افتح الإتاحة ثم اختر تبويب الكتابة." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "شغّل المفاتيح القافزة." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -421,14 +504,14 @@ "أجزاء فقط من واجهة المستخدم." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "افتح الإتاحة واختر تبويب الرؤية." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -468,30 +551,21 @@ "عند تمكين النقر بالحومان، يمكنك تحريك مؤشر الفأرة على عنصر، ثم ترك المؤشر " "عليه، ثم الانتظار لفترة قصيرة لتصنع نقرة بالفأرة دون أي تدخل منك." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "افتح الإتاحة ثم اختر تبويب التأشير والنقر." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "شغّل النقر السلبي." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -507,7 +581,7 @@ "النقر المنفرد." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -517,7 +591,7 @@ "تدريجيًا. عندما يتغير لونه بالكامل فسيُنقر على الزرّ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -526,7 +600,7 @@ "الفأرة ساكنًا قبل أن ينقر." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -536,7 +610,7 @@ "للمؤشر بالتحرك قليلًا قبل النقر. ولكن إن تحرك المؤشر كثيرًا فإنه لن ينقر." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -562,12 +636,12 @@ msgstr "إذا واجهت صعوبة في قراءة النص على الشاشة، فبإمكانك تغيير حجم الخط." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -695,7 +769,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -729,12 +803,12 @@ "لديك تحتوي زرًا واحدًا فقط." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "شغّل محاكاة النقر الثانوي." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -743,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -752,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -760,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -771,7 +845,7 @@ "في لوحة الأرقام." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -829,17 +903,17 @@ "المفتاح الصحيح على لوحة المفاتيح لأول مرة." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "شغّل المفاتيح البطيئة." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -848,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -857,7 +931,7 @@ "تستمر بضغط المفتاح فيها حتى يقبل الضغطة." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -908,17 +982,17 @@ "معًا." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "شغّل المفاتيح الملتصقة." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -927,14 +1001,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -945,13 +1019,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "لتفعيل ذلك، اختر عطّل إذا ضُغط مفتاحان في آن واحد." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -991,13 +1065,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "افتح الإتاحة ثم اختر تبويب السمع." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1026,7 +1100,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1040,10 +1114,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1097,12 +1171,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1113,7 +1188,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1122,15 +1197,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1294,14 +1370,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"إضافة حساب سيساعد في ربط حساباتك على الإنترنت بسطح مكتب أوبونتو. بحيث سيكون " -"بريدك الإلكتروني، وحسابات الدردشة، والتطبيقات الأخرى المتعلقة بتلك الحسابات " -"ستكون جاهزة ومُعدّة لك لتستخدمها مباشرة من خلال أوبونتو دون الولوج إلى حسابك " -"من خلال المتصفح." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1312,56 +1384,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "اختر نوع الحساب من اللوحة الجانبية للنافذة." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." -msgstr "إذا كنت بحاجة لإعداد حسابات أكثر، يمكنك تكرار هذه العملية فيما بعد." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"ستظهر واجهة ويب صغيرة تتيح لك إدخال بيانات الولوج إلى حسابك عبر الإنترنت. " -"على سبيل المثال: إذا كنت ترغب بإعداد حساب جوجل ، أدخل اسم المستخدم لحسابك " -"وكلمة السر، وانقر على زرّ الولوج لتلج مباشرة إلى حسابك." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"إذا قمت بإدخال بيانات ولوج صحيحة، سيُطلب منك الموافقة على الشروط. أختر " -"موافق للمتابعة. عند الموافقة، سيحتاج أوبونتو بعض الصلاحيات للوصول " -"إلى حسابك. للسماح بالوصول، انقر على زرّ منح النفاذ. عند المطالبة، " -"أدخل كلمة سر المستخدمين الحالية." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"الآن يمكنك اختيار التطبيقات التي ترغب بربطها مع حسابك على الإنترنت. على سبيل " -"المثال: إذا كنت ترغب باستخدام حسابك للدردشة فقط، وليس لاستخدام التقويم، " -"فعطّل خيار التقويم من الزر المحاذي للخاصية." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1369,7 +1430,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1695,6 +1756,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1777,116 +1907,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "تثبيت برمجيات إضافية" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"لقد اختيرت التطبيقات التي تأتي مضمنة ومثبته بشكل جاهز مع أوبونتو بناءً على " -"اختيار فريق التطوير اعتقادا منهم أن هذه التطبيقات المضمنة كافية لجعله مفيدا " -"للاستخدام اليومي. بالرغم من ذلك، ستحتاج بالتأكيد لتثبيت المزيد من البرامج " -"والتطبيقات لتلبية احتياجاتك." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "لتثبيت برمجيات إضافية، أكمل الخطوات التالية:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"اتصل بالإنترنت سلكيا أو لاسلكيا." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "اختر التطبيق الذي ترغب بتثبيته ثم انقر على \"ثبّت\"." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"سوف يُطلب منك إدخال كلمة سرّك. بمجرد انتهائك من ذلك، ستبدأ عملية التثبيت." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"عادة ينتهي التثبيت بسرعة، ولكن قد يستغرق بعض الوقت إذا كان لديك اتصال إنترنت " -"بطيء." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "أضف مستودعات البرمجيات من المصادر التي تثق بها فقط!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1895,12 +2025,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1908,32 +2038,33 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "انتقل إلى تبويب برمجيات أخرى." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "انقر على أضف وأدخِل ppa المراد." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "انقر على أضف المصدر. ثم أدخل كلمة السر في نافذة الاستيثاق." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1941,49 +2072,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "إزالة البرمجيات التي لم تعد بحاجة لها." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "إزالة تطبيق" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "اختر التطبيق ثم انقر على أزل." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." -msgstr "قد يُطلب منك إدخال كلمة سرّك. سيزال التطبيق بعد قيامك بذلك." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1994,16 +2162,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"أضِف مستودعات أخرى لتوسيع مستودعات البرمجيات التي يستخدمها أوبونتو لتثبيت " -"وتحديث وترقية البرمجيات." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "إضافة مستودعات برمجيات إضافية" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2014,13 +2180,13 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "تثبيت مستودعات أخرى" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2029,14 +2195,14 @@ "برمجيات أخرى." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2044,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2052,12 +2218,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2067,7 +2233,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2077,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2085,22 +2251,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2583,7 +2749,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3121,7 +3287,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3362,7 +3528,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3370,7 +3536,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4898,61 +5064,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " -"إعدادات النظام." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "من القسم الشخصي، انقر على دعم اللغات." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "انتقل إلى تبويب نُسق إقليمية." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5145,90 +5292,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5237,109 +5403,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5378,65 +5502,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5445,106 +5558,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5556,7 +5676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5567,28 +5687,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5596,19 +5708,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5619,13 +5731,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5657,18 +5769,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5676,7 +5788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5685,7 +5797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5712,15 +5824,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5736,7 +5854,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5744,7 +5862,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5752,7 +5870,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5760,7 +5878,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5789,7 +5907,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5798,19 +5916,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "حواف قاسية" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5824,7 +5942,7 @@ "الفأرة عند حافة الشاشة لنقل المؤشر من شاشة إلى أخرى." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "يمكنك إيقاف ميزة الحواف القاسية إذا كانت لا تعجبك." @@ -5853,13 +5971,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5874,7 +5993,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5909,7 +6028,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5941,17 +6060,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5974,12 +6093,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6234,7 +6352,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6462,12 +6579,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6475,7 +6592,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6483,7 +6600,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6493,7 +6610,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6503,7 +6620,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6511,17 +6628,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6530,12 +6647,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6544,24 +6661,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6570,7 +6687,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6578,24 +6695,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6603,12 +6720,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6617,7 +6734,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6634,10 +6751,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6657,14 +6774,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6674,24 +6806,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7231,10 +7371,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7706,129 +7845,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8614,7 +8729,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8630,22 +8745,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8661,7 +8776,7 @@ "كنت تستخدم أكثر من لغة وتحتاج للتبديل بينهم." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8670,46 +8785,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8721,15 +8836,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8754,12 +8879,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8768,26 +8893,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8797,19 +8922,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8817,7 +8942,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8825,50 +8950,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can لوحة مفاتيح الشاشة لإدخال النصوص." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "شغّل لوحة مفاتيح الشاشة لعرض لوحة مفاتيح على شاشتك." @@ -9250,7 +9375,7 @@ "قبل أن يبدأ التكرار." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -9259,7 +9384,7 @@ "كامل." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9285,12 +9410,12 @@ msgstr "لتغيير المفتاح أو المفاتيح الواجب ضغطها لأحد اختصارات لوحة المفاتيح:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "افتح لوحة المفاتيح ثم اختر تبويب الاختصارات." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9298,24 +9423,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "اختصارات مخصصة" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "لإنشاء اختصارات لوحة مفاتيح خاصة بك:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9323,7 +9448,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9332,14 +9457,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9351,7 +9476,7 @@ "تطبيقًا ما اسم ذلك التطبيق." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9461,10 +9586,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9499,19 +9625,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " -"إعدادات النظام. افتح الشاشات." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9538,28 +9663,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " -"إعدادات النظام." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9568,7 +9684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9576,12 +9692,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9592,7 +9708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9799,7 +9915,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9813,8 +9929,8 @@ "جرّب فأرتك على حاسوب آخر للتأكد من أنها تحمل نفس المشكلة." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9841,7 +9957,7 @@ "الاستخدام باليد اليسرى." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9864,59 +9980,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"تتضمن معظم الفأرات وبعض لوحات اللمس زرًا أوسطا. وفي الفأرات التي تحتوي عجلة " -"تمرير يمكنك عادةً الضغط على تلك العجلة لتنفيذ نقرة وسطى. أما إذا كانت الفأرة " -"لا تحتوي زرًا أوسطا، فيمكنك الضغط على زري الفأرة الأيمن والأيسر معًا لتنفيذ " -"نقرة وسطى. إن لم تنجح هذه الطريقة يمكنك إتّباع التعليمات " -"التالية." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"في لوحات اللمس التي تدعم اللمس المتعدد يمكنك نقر اللوحة بثلاث أصابع معًا " -"لتنفيذ نقرة وسطى. ولكن عليك أولًا تفعيل " -"النقر باللمس في إعدادات لوحة اللمس لكي تعمل." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "العديد من التطبيقات تستخدم النقرة الوسطى كاختصارات للنقر المتقدم." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"إحدى الاختصارات الشائعة هي لصق النص المُظلّل. (يدعى ذلك أحيانًا بلصق التظليل " -"الأساسي). ظلّل النص الذي تود لصقه، ثم اذهب إلى المكان الذي تريد لصقه فيه " -"وانقر على زر الفأرة الأوسط. حيث سيُلصق النص مكان المؤشر." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"لصق النص باستخدام زر الفأرة الأوسط منفصل تمامًا عن الحافظة الطبيعية. فتحديد " -"النص لن يؤدي لنسخه إلى الحافظة. تعمل هذه الطريقة السريعة للصق باستخدام زر " -"الفأرة الأوسط فقط." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -9941,19 +10044,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"تتيح معظم متصفحات الوِب فتح الروابط في تبويبات وألسنة جديدة باستخدام زر " -"الفأرة الأوسط. فقط انقر على أي رابط بزر الفأرة الأوسط وسيُفتح في تبويب جديد. " -"ولكن كن حذرا حين تنقر على رابط ما في متصفح فيرفكس، فإذا نقرت بزر " -"الفأرة الأوسط في أي مكان ضمن الصفحة عدا الرابط، فقد يُلصق آخر نص قمت بتظليله " -"إلى المكان الذي نقرت فيه." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -9970,13 +10067,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"قد تتيح لك بعض التطبيقات المتخصصة استخدام زر الفأرة الأوسط للقيام بوظائف " -"أخرى. ابحث في المساعدة الخاصة بذلك التطبيق عن النقر الأوسط لتتعرف " -"على كيفية استخدام ذلك في التطبيق." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -9999,41 +10093,46 @@ "بمؤشر الفأرة باستخدام اللوحة الرقمية الجانبية في لوحة المفاتيح. هذه الميزة " "تُدعى مفاتيح الفأرة." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -10043,61 +10142,247 @@ "المفاتيح." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"هذه التعليمات تقدّم الطريقة الأقصر لتمكين مفاتيح الفأرة باستخدام لوحة " -"المفاتيح فقط. اختر إعدادات الإتاحة لترى المزيد من خيارات الإتاحية." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"لوحة الأرقام هي عبارة عن مجموعة من المفاتيح الرقمية في لوحة المفاتيح، تكون " -"مرتبة في الغالب على شكل شبكة مربعة وتوجد أقصى يمين لوحة المفاتيح. إذا كان " -"لديك لوحة مفاتيح لا تحتوي لوحة أرقام (مثل لوحات مفاتيح بعض الحواسيب " -"المحمولة)، قد تحتاج للضغط مع التعليق على مفتاح الوظيفة (Fn) مع " -"استخدام مفاتيح أخرى معينة في لوحة المفاتيح. إذا كنت تستخدم هذه الميزة غالبا " -"على حاسوبك المحمول، فيمكنك شراء لوحة أرقام خارجية توصل عن طريق USB." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"كل رقم في لوحة الأرقام يوافق اتجاه معين حسب موضعه. فمثلا، الضغط على " -"8 سيحرّك المؤشر للأعلى والضغط على 2 سيحرّكه للأسفل، " -"وهكذا. اضغط على 5 مرة واحدة لتنقر نقرة بالفأرة، أو اضغط مرتين " -"متتاليتين بسرعة لتنقر نقرا مزدوجا." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" -"معظم لوحات المفاتيح تحتوي مفتاحا خاصا يتيح لك النقر الأيمن؛ يكون في الغالب " -"بجانب مسطرة المسافات. لاحظ أن هذا المفتاح يستجيب للمكان الذي تتركز فيه لوحة " -"المفاتيح، وليس للمكان الذي يتواجد فيه مؤشر الفأرة. انظر لمعلومات عن كيفية النقر الأيمن باستخدام الضغط مع الاستمرار " -"على 5 أو بزر الفأرة الأيسر." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -10108,7 +10393,7 @@ "لوحة الأرقام إذا كان مفتاح Num Lock مُشغلا." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10335,14 +10620,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10351,8 +10636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10370,89 +10654,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"يمكنك النقر، والنقر المزدوج، والسحب، والتمرير باستخدام لوحة اللمس فقط وبدون " -"استخدام أي أزرار عتاد منفصلة." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "لتنفيذ نقرة منفردة، انقر لوحة اللمس نقرة واحدة بإصبعك." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" "لتنفيذ نقر مزدوج، انقر لوحة اللمس بإصبعك مرتين متتاليتين بسرعة كافية." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"لسحب عنصر، انقر نقرا مزدوجا ولكن دون أن ترفع إصبعك عن لوحة اللمس بعد النقرة " -"الثانية. ثم اسحب العنصر إلى المكان المطلوب، ثم ارفع إصبعك للإفلات." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"إذا كانت لوحة اللمس تدعم النقر المتعدد بالأصابع، يمكنك تنفيذ نقرة يمنى وذلك " -"بالنقر بإصبعين في آن واحد. وإلا فأنت بحاجة لاستخدام أزرار العتاد التي توجد " -"عادة أسفل لوحة اللمس مباشرة لتنفيذ نقرة يمنى. انظر لتتعرف على طريقة النقر الأيمن دون استخدام زر الفأرة الأيمن." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"إذا كانت لوحة اللمس تدعم النقر المتعدد بالأصابع، يمكنك تنفيذ نقرة وسطى وذلك بالنقر بثلاثة أصابع معا في " -"آن واحد." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"عندما تنقر أو تسحب باستخدام عدة أصابع، تأكد أن أصابعك متباعدة عن بعضها بما " -"فيه الكفاية. إذا كانت أصابعك متقاربة جدًا، فقد يعتقد الحاسوب أنهم إصبع واحد " -"فقط." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10463,31 +10729,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "التمرير باستخدام إصبعين قد لا يعمل على جميع لوحات اللمس." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10889,7 +11155,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10899,70 +11165,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11448,7 +11715,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11608,7 +11875,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11738,80 +12005,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -12075,12 +12342,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12093,7 +12359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12349,22 +12615,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12395,7 +12661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12485,7 +12751,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12493,30 +12759,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12525,29 +12791,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12561,7 +12828,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12575,14 +12842,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12592,19 +12859,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12612,7 +12879,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12840,83 +13107,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -13149,6 +13466,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13349,7 +13667,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13392,20 +13710,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13413,13 +13731,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13427,19 +13745,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13875,10 +14193,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13902,50 +14220,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13954,25 +14273,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -14004,8 +14322,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -14172,25 +14490,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14198,40 +14516,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -14240,25 +14558,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14267,12 +14585,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14283,41 +14601,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14326,34 +14644,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14364,44 +14682,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14409,17 +14728,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14429,32 +14748,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14465,30 +14784,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14551,21 +14880,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14576,12 +14903,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14590,14 +14924,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14763,7 +15097,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14771,12 +15105,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14784,7 +15118,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15800,12 +16134,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15926,10 +16260,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"اكتب sudo pm-hibernate بداخل الطرفية واضغط Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -15971,7 +16304,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -16057,39 +16390,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -16122,33 +16433,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " -"إعدادات النظام." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16430,7 +16732,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16567,7 +16869,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16575,21 +16877,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16597,7 +16899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16605,8 +16907,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16659,7 +16961,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16676,7 +16980,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16780,7 +17085,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -17197,7 +17501,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -17232,92 +17536,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17465,31 +17813,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17498,7 +17846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17592,14 +18026,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17607,15 +18041,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17624,12 +18059,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17637,19 +18072,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17674,27 +18109,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17705,12 +18141,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17718,7 +18154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17754,17 +18190,17 @@ msgstr "لتنتظر فترة أكبر قبل أن توصد الشاشة نفسها:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "غيّر القيمة من القائمة المنسدلة عند أوصد الشاشة بعد." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17971,7 +18407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -17980,7 +18416,7 @@ "داخل الشريط." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -17990,7 +18426,7 @@ "ثبّت في الشريط." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -17999,7 +18435,7 @@ "ثم العودة بها مرة أخرى إلى المكان المطلوب." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -18053,23 +18489,20 @@ "تطبيقاتك المُشغّلة تعمل، وستجد كل شيء في مكانه عند ولوجك مجددا." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"للخروج من الجلسة أو التبديل بين المستخدمين، انقر على أيقونة النظام التي تظهر " -"في أقصى اليمين في شريط القوائم العلوي لتظهر لك قائمة النظام ثم اختر الخيار المناسب." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "إيصاد الشاشة" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18083,32 +18516,32 @@ "فسيتم إيصادها آليا بعد فترة معينة من الوقت." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"لإيصاد شاشتك، انقر على قائمة النظام في شريط القوائم واختر " -"أوصِد الشاشة." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"عندما توصد شاشاتك، يمكن للمستخدمين الآخرين الولوج إلى حساباتهم الخاصة بالنقر " -"على بدّل المستخدم في شاشة كلمة السر. يمكنك العودة والولوج مجددا " -"إلى سطح مكتبك عندما ينتهون." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "التعليق" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18122,30 +18555,29 @@ "حينها مقدار ضئيل جدا من الطاقة أثناء التعليق." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"لتعليق حاسوبك يدويا، انقر على قائمة النظام في شريط القوائم واختر " -"علّق." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "إطفاء وإعادة التشغيل" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"إذا كنت ترغب بإطفاء حاسوبك كليا، أو أعادة تشغيله بالكامل، انقر على " -"قائمة النظام واختر أطفئ التشغيل." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18719,36 +19151,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18756,17 +19188,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18775,14 +19207,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18828,55 +19260,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18884,8 +19313,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18893,7 +19327,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -19060,19 +19494,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -19081,26 +19515,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19746,7 +20180,7 @@ msgstr "إدخال أحرف خاصة" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19757,17 +20191,17 @@ "من إدخال أحرف خاصة." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19775,7 +20209,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19898,12 +20340,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20614,37 +21056,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "من القسم الشخصي، انقر على المظهر." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "انتقل إلى تبويب السلوك." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "قم بتفعيل الإخفاء التلقائي لشريط يونتي." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20678,12 +21112,12 @@ "النقر عليها." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "انقر على المظهر." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -20692,7 +21126,7 @@ "حجم الأيقونات في الشريط." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "الحجم الأساسي لأيقونات الشريط هو 48." @@ -20790,38 +21224,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20950,32 +21384,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20983,8 +21417,24 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "بعض الأيقونات المستخدمة في قوائم المؤشرات تتغير وفقا لحالة التطبيق." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"بعض البرامج مثل Tomboy أو Transmission تضيف قوائم " +"مؤشرات خاصة بها في شريط القوائم." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20993,7 +21443,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -21001,14 +21451,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -21024,7 +21474,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -21032,28 +21482,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -21066,7 +21516,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -21074,14 +21524,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -21094,21 +21544,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -21121,7 +21571,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -21129,14 +21579,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -21147,60 +21597,32 @@ "الموسيقى أنغام." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "الساعة" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "بعض الأيقونات المستخدمة في قوائم المؤشرات تتغير وفقا لحالة التطبيق." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"بعض البرامج مثل Tomboy أو Transmission تضيف قوائم " -"مؤشرات خاصة بها في شريط القوائم." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -21305,37 +21727,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22669,7 +23065,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22677,7 +23073,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22687,18 +23083,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22753,9 +23149,87 @@ "shortcuts\">اختصارات لوحة المفاتيح." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي " +#~ "واختر إعدادات النظام." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "إضافة حساب سيساعد في ربط حساباتك على الإنترنت بسطح مكتب أوبونتو. بحيث سيكون " +#~ "بريدك الإلكتروني، وحسابات الدردشة، والتطبيقات الأخرى المتعلقة بتلك الحسابات " +#~ "ستكون جاهزة ومُعدّة لك لتستخدمها مباشرة من خلال أوبونتو دون الولوج إلى حسابك " +#~ "من خلال المتصفح." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "اختر نوع الحساب من اللوحة الجانبية للنافذة." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "إذا كنت بحاجة لإعداد حسابات أكثر، يمكنك تكرار هذه العملية فيما بعد." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ستظهر واجهة ويب صغيرة تتيح لك إدخال بيانات الولوج إلى حسابك عبر الإنترنت. " +#~ "على سبيل المثال: إذا كنت ترغب بإعداد حساب جوجل ، أدخل اسم المستخدم لحسابك " +#~ "وكلمة السر، وانقر على زرّ الولوج لتلج مباشرة إلى حسابك." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "إذا قمت بإدخال بيانات ولوج صحيحة، سيُطلب منك الموافقة على الشروط. أختر " +#~ "موافق للمتابعة. عند الموافقة، سيحتاج أوبونتو بعض الصلاحيات للوصول " +#~ "إلى حسابك. للسماح بالوصول، انقر على زرّ منح النفاذ. عند المطالبة، " +#~ "أدخل كلمة سر المستخدمين الحالية." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "الآن يمكنك اختيار التطبيقات التي ترغب بربطها مع حسابك على الإنترنت. على سبيل " +#~ "المثال: إذا كنت ترغب باستخدام حسابك للدردشة فقط، وليس لاستخدام التقويم، " +#~ "فعطّل خيار التقويم من الزر المحاذي للخاصية." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." #~ msgstr "استخدم مركز برمجيات أوبونتو لإضافة برامج وجعل أوبونتو أكثر فائدة." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "تثبيت برمجيات إضافية" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "لقد اختيرت التطبيقات التي تأتي مضمنة ومثبته بشكل جاهز مع أوبونتو بناءً على " +#~ "اختيار فريق التطوير اعتقادا منهم أن هذه التطبيقات المضمنة كافية لجعله مفيدا " +#~ "للاستخدام اليومي. بالرغم من ذلك، ستحتاج بالتأكيد لتثبيت المزيد من البرامج " +#~ "والتطبيقات لتلبية احتياجاتك." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "لتثبيت برمجيات إضافية، أكمل الخطوات التالية:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "اتصل بالإنترنت سلكيا أو لاسلكيا." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." @@ -22764,12 +23238,36 @@ #~ "من التصنيفات الجانبية واعثر على مرادك من القائمة الناتجة." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "اختر التطبيق الذي ترغب بتثبيته ثم انقر على \"ثبّت\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سوف يُطلب منك إدخال كلمة سرّك. بمجرد انتهائك من ذلك، ستبدأ عملية التثبيت." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "عادة ينتهي التثبيت بسرعة، ولكن قد يستغرق بعض الوقت إذا كان لديك اتصال إنترنت " +#~ "بطيء." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "انقر على أضف وأدخِل ppa المراد." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "أغلق نافذة مصادر البرمجيات. سوف يتحقق مركز برمجيات أوبونتو من مصادر " #~ "البرمجيات بحثا عن البرمجيات الجديدة." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "إزالة البرمجيات التي لم تعد بحاجة لها." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -22777,6 +23275,24 @@ #~ "عندما يُفتح مركز البرمجيات، انقر على زرّ مُثبّت في الأعلى." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "قد يُطلب منك إدخال كلمة سرّك. سيزال التطبيق بعد قيامك بذلك." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "أضِف مستودعات أخرى لتوسيع مستودعات البرمجيات التي يستخدمها أوبونتو لتثبيت " +#~ "وتحديث وترقية البرمجيات." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "إضافة مستودعات برمجيات إضافية" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "تثبيت مستودعات أخرى" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -22814,6 +23330,27 @@ #~ msgid "Now, switch to the Clock tab." #~ msgstr "الآن انتقل إلى تبويب الساعة." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " +#~ "إعدادات النظام." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " +#~ "إعدادات النظام. افتح الشاشات." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " +#~ "إعدادات النظام." + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "عطّل لوحة اللمس أثناء الكتابة لمنع النقرات الغير مقصودة." @@ -22832,9 +23369,223 @@ #~ "من ضربك لمفتاحك الأخير على لوحة المفاتيح." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تتضمن معظم الفأرات وبعض لوحات اللمس زرًا أوسطا. وفي الفأرات التي تحتوي عجلة " +#~ "تمرير يمكنك عادةً الضغط على تلك العجلة لتنفيذ نقرة وسطى. أما إذا كانت الفأرة " +#~ "لا تحتوي زرًا أوسطا، فيمكنك الضغط على زري الفأرة الأيمن والأيسر معًا لتنفيذ " +#~ "نقرة وسطى. إن لم تنجح هذه الطريقة يمكنك إتّباع التعليمات " +#~ "التالية." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "في لوحات اللمس التي تدعم اللمس المتعدد يمكنك نقر اللوحة بثلاث أصابع معًا " +#~ "لتنفيذ نقرة وسطى. ولكن عليك أولًا تفعيل " +#~ "النقر باللمس في إعدادات لوحة اللمس لكي تعمل." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "العديد من التطبيقات تستخدم النقرة الوسطى كاختصارات للنقر المتقدم." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "إحدى الاختصارات الشائعة هي لصق النص المُظلّل. (يدعى ذلك أحيانًا بلصق التظليل " +#~ "الأساسي). ظلّل النص الذي تود لصقه، ثم اذهب إلى المكان الذي تريد لصقه فيه " +#~ "وانقر على زر الفأرة الأوسط. حيث سيُلصق النص مكان المؤشر." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "لصق النص باستخدام زر الفأرة الأوسط منفصل تمامًا عن الحافظة الطبيعية. فتحديد " +#~ "النص لن يؤدي لنسخه إلى الحافظة. تعمل هذه الطريقة السريعة للصق باستخدام زر " +#~ "الفأرة الأوسط فقط." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تتيح معظم متصفحات الوِب فتح الروابط في تبويبات وألسنة جديدة باستخدام زر " +#~ "الفأرة الأوسط. فقط انقر على أي رابط بزر الفأرة الأوسط وسيُفتح في تبويب جديد. " +#~ "ولكن كن حذرا حين تنقر على رابط ما في متصفح فيرفكس، فإذا نقرت بزر " +#~ "الفأرة الأوسط في أي مكان ضمن الصفحة عدا الرابط، فقد يُلصق آخر نص قمت بتظليله " +#~ "إلى المكان الذي نقرت فيه." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "قد تتيح لك بعض التطبيقات المتخصصة استخدام زر الفأرة الأوسط للقيام بوظائف " +#~ "أخرى. ابحث في المساعدة الخاصة بذلك التطبيق عن النقر الأوسط لتتعرف " +#~ "على كيفية استخدام ذلك في التطبيق." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "هذه التعليمات تقدّم الطريقة الأقصر لتمكين مفاتيح الفأرة باستخدام لوحة " +#~ "المفاتيح فقط. اختر إعدادات الإتاحة لترى المزيد من خيارات الإتاحية." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "لوحة الأرقام هي عبارة عن مجموعة من المفاتيح الرقمية في لوحة المفاتيح، تكون " +#~ "مرتبة في الغالب على شكل شبكة مربعة وتوجد أقصى يمين لوحة المفاتيح. إذا كان " +#~ "لديك لوحة مفاتيح لا تحتوي لوحة أرقام (مثل لوحات مفاتيح بعض الحواسيب " +#~ "المحمولة)، قد تحتاج للضغط مع التعليق على مفتاح الوظيفة (Fn) مع " +#~ "استخدام مفاتيح أخرى معينة في لوحة المفاتيح. إذا كنت تستخدم هذه الميزة غالبا " +#~ "على حاسوبك المحمول، فيمكنك شراء لوحة أرقام خارجية توصل عن طريق USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كل رقم في لوحة الأرقام يوافق اتجاه معين حسب موضعه. فمثلا، الضغط على " +#~ "8 سيحرّك المؤشر للأعلى والضغط على 2 سيحرّكه للأسفل، " +#~ "وهكذا. اضغط على 5 مرة واحدة لتنقر نقرة بالفأرة، أو اضغط مرتين " +#~ "متتاليتين بسرعة لتنقر نقرا مزدوجا." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "معظم لوحات المفاتيح تحتوي مفتاحا خاصا يتيح لك النقر الأيمن؛ يكون في الغالب " +#~ "بجانب مسطرة المسافات. لاحظ أن هذا المفتاح يستجيب للمكان الذي تتركز فيه لوحة " +#~ "المفاتيح، وليس للمكان الذي يتواجد فيه مؤشر الفأرة. انظر لمعلومات عن كيفية النقر الأيمن باستخدام الضغط مع الاستمرار " +#~ "على 5 أو بزر الفأرة الأيسر." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "يمكنك النقر، والنقر المزدوج، والسحب، والتمرير باستخدام لوحة اللمس فقط وبدون " +#~ "استخدام أي أزرار عتاد منفصلة." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "لتنفيذ نقرة منفردة، انقر لوحة اللمس نقرة واحدة بإصبعك." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "لسحب عنصر، انقر نقرا مزدوجا ولكن دون أن ترفع إصبعك عن لوحة اللمس بعد النقرة " +#~ "الثانية. ثم اسحب العنصر إلى المكان المطلوب، ثم ارفع إصبعك للإفلات." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "إذا كانت لوحة اللمس تدعم النقر المتعدد بالأصابع، يمكنك تنفيذ نقرة يمنى وذلك " +#~ "بالنقر بإصبعين في آن واحد. وإلا فأنت بحاجة لاستخدام أزرار العتاد التي توجد " +#~ "عادة أسفل لوحة اللمس مباشرة لتنفيذ نقرة يمنى. انظر لتتعرف على طريقة النقر الأيمن دون استخدام زر الفأرة الأيمن." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "إذا كانت لوحة اللمس تدعم النقر المتعدد بالأصابع، يمكنك تنفيذ نقرة وسطى وذلك بالنقر بثلاثة أصابع معا في " +#~ "آن واحد." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "عندما تنقر أو تسحب باستخدام عدة أصابع، تأكد أن أصابعك متباعدة عن بعضها بما " +#~ "فيه الكفاية. إذا كانت أصابعك متقاربة جدًا، فقد يعتقد الحاسوب أنهم إصبع واحد " +#~ "فقط." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter." #~ msgstr "افتح الطرفية، واكتب lsusb ثم اضغط Enter." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "اكتب sudo pm-hibernate بداخل الطرفية واضغط Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "انقر على أيقونة النظام الموجودة في أقصى يمين شريط القوائم العلوي واختر " +#~ "إعدادات النظام." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "للخروج من الجلسة أو التبديل بين المستخدمين، انقر على أيقونة النظام التي تظهر " +#~ "في أقصى اليمين في شريط القوائم العلوي لتظهر لك قائمة النظام ثم اختر الخيار المناسب." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "لإيصاد شاشتك، انقر على قائمة النظام في شريط القوائم واختر " +#~ "أوصِد الشاشة." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "عندما توصد شاشاتك، يمكن للمستخدمين الآخرين الولوج إلى حساباتهم الخاصة بالنقر " +#~ "على بدّل المستخدم في شاشة كلمة السر. يمكنك العودة والولوج مجددا " +#~ "إلى سطح مكتبك عندما ينتهون." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "لتعليق حاسوبك يدويا، انقر على قائمة النظام في شريط القوائم واختر " +#~ "علّق." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "إذا كنت ترغب بإطفاء حاسوبك كليا، أو أعادة تشغيله بالكامل، انقر على " +#~ "قائمة النظام واختر أطفئ التشغيل." + #~ msgid "Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash" #~ msgstr "اعثر على التطبيقات، والملفات، والموسيقى، والمزيد مع لوحة يونتي" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ast/ast.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ast/ast.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ast/ast.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ast/ast.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,15 +6,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: asturian\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: ast\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -122,13 +122,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -239,13 +239,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -316,61 +316,144 @@ "calque delles vegaes cuando namái quier calcar una vegada, tendría d'activar " "el refugu de tecles." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús " -"y escueya Axustes del sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Accesu universal y vaya a la llingüeta Escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Active'l Refugu de tecles." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -435,15 +518,15 @@ "partes de la interfaz d'usuariu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Accesu Universal y escueya la llingüeta Vista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -485,18 +568,9 @@ "un control, soltar el mur, y depués esperar un tiempu enantes de que'l botón " "se calque por usté." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -505,12 +579,12 @@ "calcar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Active Pulsación al posase." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -527,7 +601,7 @@ "va retornar automáticamente a pulsación cenciella." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -538,7 +612,7 @@ "calcase." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -547,7 +621,7 @@ "que primise'l punteru primero que'l sistema lu reconoza como una pulsación." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -558,7 +632,7 @@ "abondo, la pulsación nun va asoceder." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -587,12 +661,12 @@ "del testu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -729,7 +803,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -764,12 +838,12 @@ "si'l so preséu d'entrada namái tien un botón." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Encender la Pulsación secundaria simulada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -782,7 +856,7 @@ "Pulsación secundaria simulada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -796,7 +870,7 @@ "botón del mur pa facer clic derechu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -807,7 +881,7 @@ "normalidá, inclusive anque nun reciba una rempuesta visual del punteru." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -818,7 +892,7 @@ "nel so tecláu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -883,17 +957,17 @@ "correctes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Active les Tecles lentes." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Active y desactive rápido les tecles lentes." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -902,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -911,7 +985,7 @@ "tien de caltener primida la tecla pa que se rexistre." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -963,17 +1037,17 @@ "calcaes delles tecles al empar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Active les Tecles persistentes." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Activar y desactivar rápido les tecles persistentes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -982,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -992,7 +1066,7 @@ "normal." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1009,7 +1083,7 @@ "xuntes), pero non otres." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1017,7 +1091,7 @@ "esto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1067,14 +1141,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Accesu universal y vaya a la llingüeta Audición." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1103,7 +1177,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1117,10 +1191,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1174,12 +1248,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1190,7 +1265,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1199,15 +1274,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1362,7 +1438,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1376,46 +1452,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1423,13 +1498,9 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Por razones de seguridá, Ubuntu nun va almacenar la contraseña nel so " -"equipu. Nel so llugar, almacena un testigu proporcionáu pol serviciu en " -"llinia. Si quier pue revocar totalmente la rellación ente l'escritoriu y el " -"serviciu en llinia, usando desaniciar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1757,6 +1828,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1848,119 +1988,110 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalar software adicional" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"L'equipu de desenvolvimientu d'Ubuntu escoyó un conxuntu predetermináu " -"d'aplicaciones que considera que faen a Ubuntu bien útil pa la mayoría de " -"les xeres cotidianes. Sicasí, de xuru va querer instalar más programes pa " -"facer qu'Ubuntu resúlte-y más útil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Pa instalar software adicional, complete los pasos siguientes:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Conéutese a Internet usando una conexón inalámbrica o cableada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "Escueya l'aplicación que-y interese y calque Instalar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Va pidíse-y qu'introduza la so contraseña. Cuando lo fixera, va empezar la " -"instalación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"La instalación suel terminar rápido, pero pue llevar tiempu si tien una " -"conexón a Internet lenta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Va amestase un accesu direutu a la so nueva aplicación nel Llanzador. Pa " -"desactivar esta función, desmarque Ver Nueves " -"aplicaciones nel Llanzador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Amieste PPA p'ayudar a probar software especializáu o entá non publicar" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Amestar un repositoriu de paquetes personal (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Los repositorios de paquetes personales (Personal Package " -"Archives, o PPA) son repositorios de software diseñaos pa usuarios " -"d'Ubuntu y que son más fáciles d'instalar qu'otros repositorios de terceros." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" @@ -1968,7 +2099,7 @@ "confianza." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1980,12 +2111,12 @@ "so equipu." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instalar un PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1996,26 +2127,26 @@ "similar a: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Vaya a la llingüeta Otru software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Calque Amestar ya introduza l'allugamientu del ppa:." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2023,7 +2154,7 @@ "d'autenticación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2031,51 +2162,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Desinstalar programes que ya no vaya a usar." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Desinstalar una aplicación" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Escueya l'aplicación y calque Desinstalar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Quiciabes se-y pida introducir la so contraseña. Dempués de facelo, " -"desinstalaráse l'aplicación." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2086,16 +2252,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Amestar otros repositorios p'ampliar los oríxenes de software qu'usa Ubuntu " -"pa instalar y anovar." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Amestar repositorios adicionales" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2110,13 +2274,13 @@ "dende un repositoriu de terceros, tendrá d'amestar na llista de repositorios " "disponibles d'Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalar otros repositorios" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2125,7 +2289,7 @@ "la llingüeta Otru software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2135,7 +2299,7 @@ "asemeyáu a esti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2143,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2151,12 +2315,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activar el repositoriu de socios de Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2166,7 +2330,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2176,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2184,23 +2348,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Amestar y desaniciar software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2798,8 +2962,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Memoria USB (baxa capacidá)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3455,7 +3619,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3746,25 +3910,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Descargar un ficheru de referencia d'impresión d'una compañía de color" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"L'usu d'un conxuntu de colores pa xenerar un perfil d'impresión ye " -"normalmente la opción más barata si namái dispón d'ún o dos tipos distintos " -"de papel. Per aciu la descarga de la tabla de referencia de los sitios web " -"de les compañíes pue unvialos de nueves a la imprentadora nun sobre acolcháu " -"onde aínda puen escanear el papel, xenerar el perfil y unvia-ylu per corréu " -"con un perfil ICC correutu." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5546,20 +5703,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Si dempués camuda d'opinión, pue volver activar el reló calcando nel iconu " -"asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escoyendo Axustes " -"del sistema. Na seición Sistema, calque en Data y hora." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Camudar el formatu de data" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5568,44 +5724,23 @@ "del so allugamientu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " -"Axustes del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Na seición Personal calque Seleutor de llingües." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Camude a la llingüeta Formatos rexonales." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Escueya'l so allugamientu preferíu na llista desplegable." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5816,74 +5951,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Faiga un análisis de rendimientu del so discu duru pa comprobar la so " -"velocidá." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Comprobar el rendimientu del so discu duru" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Pa comprobar la velocidá del so discu duru:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Abra l'aplicación Utilidá de discos dende'l tableru." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Escueya'l discu duru de la llista de Preseos d'almacenamientu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Calque sobre'l botón del engranaxe y escueya Prueba de " -"rendimientu." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Calque en Empecipiar prueba de rendimientu y axuste los " -"parámetros Tasa de tresferencia y Tiempu d'Accesu como " -"desee." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Calque en Empecipiar prueba de rendimientu pa probar lo rápido " -"que puen lleese los datos dende'l discu. Pue necesitar Privilexos alministrativos. Introduza la so " -"contraseña, o la contraseña pa la cuenta d'alministrador solicitada." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -5893,44 +6042,22 @@ "discu. Esto va tomar más tiempu pa completase." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Cuando termine la prueba, los resultaos van apaecer nel gráficu. Los puntos " -"verdes y les llinies de conexón indiquen les amueses tomaes, que se " -"correspuenden cola exa derecha, y amuesen el tiempu d'accesu trazáu sobre la " -"exa inferior, representando'l tiempu trescurríu mientres la prueba. La " -"llinia azul representa les tases de llectura, mientres que la llinia " -"colorada representa tases d'escritura; dambes amuésense como tases d'accesu " -"a datos na exa esquierda, trazaos sobre'l porcentaxe de discu percorríu, " -"dende l'esterior hasta la exa, a lo llargo de la exa inferior." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Debaxo del gráficu, van apaecer los valores correspondientes a les " -"velocidaes de llectura y escritura mínimu, máximu y mediu, el tiempu mediu " -"d'accesu y el tiempu trescurríu dende la última prueba de referencia." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Use'l Analizador d'usu de discu o'l Monitor del " -"sistema pa comprobar l'espaciu y la capacidá." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -5938,131 +6065,69 @@ msgstr "Comprobar cuánto espaciu de discu hai disponible" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Pue revisar cuántu espaciu queda col Analizador d'usu de discu " -"o'l Monitor del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Compruebe col Analizador d'usu de discu" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Pa comprobar l'espaciu de discu llibre y la capacidá use'l Analizador " -"d'usu de discu:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" +"Abra l'aplicación Utilidá de discos dende'l tableru." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Calque nún de los botones de la barra de ferramientes pa escoyer ente " -"Esplorar carpeta personal, Esplorar el sistema de " -"ficheros, Esplorar una carpeta o Escanear una carpeta " -"remota." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"La información amuésase acordies con Carpeta, Usu, " -"Tamañu y Índiz. Vease pa más detalles en Analizador d'usu de discu." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Comprobar col Monitor de sistema" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "¿Qué pasa si'l discu ta mui llenu?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Pa comprobar l'espaciu llibre y la capacidá de discu col Monitor de " -"sistema:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Abra l'aplicación Monitor del sistema dende'l Tableru." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Escueya la llingüeta Sistemes de ficheros pa ver les particiones " -"del sistema y l'usu del espaciu en discu. La información apaez clasificada " -"como Total, Llibre, Disponible y " -"Usada." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "¿Qué pasa si'l discu ta mui llenu?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Si'l discu ta mui llenu, pue:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Desaniciar ficheros que nun son importantes o que nun va a usar más." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Faiga copies de seguridá de los ficheros " -"importantes que nun vaya a necesitar per un tiempu y desanícielos del discu " -"duru." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6110,79 +6175,56 @@ msgstr "" "Compruebe l'estáu de salú del so discu usando l'aplicación Utilidá de Discos" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Abra l'aplicación Utilidá de discos dende'l tableru." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "¿Qué pasa si'l discu nun ta sanu?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Incluso anque'l Estáu SMARTindique que'l discu nun " -"s'alcuentra en bon estáu, pue que nun heba razón p'alarmase. De toes " -"formes prepare una copia de respaldu pa " -"prevenir la perda de datos." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Si l'estáu diz «Pre-fail», el discu ta razonablemente sanu pero deteutáronse " -"signos de desgaste, lo que significa que podría fallar nun futuru cercanu. " -"Si'l so discu duru (o equipu) tien unos cuantos años d'antigüedá, ye dable " -"que vea esti mensaxe en dalgunes de les comprobaciones de salú. Debería " -"facer una copia de seguridá de los sos ficheros " -"importantes con regularidá y comprobar periódicamente l'estáu del " -"discu pa ver si empeora." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:83 +msgid "" +"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." msgstr "" "Si empeora, pue llevar l'equipu/discu duru a un profesional pal so " @@ -6191,136 +6233,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Desaniciar tolos ficheros y carpetes d'una unidá de discu duru esternu o " -"memoria flash USB formateándola." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Llimpiar too nun discu estrayible" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Si tien un discu estrayible, como una memoria USB o un discu duru esternu, " -"pue que quiera desaniciar por completu tolos sos ficheros y carpetes. Pue " -"facer esto faciendo'l formatéu del discu - esto desanicia tolos " -"ficheros nel discu y déxalu vacíu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatear un discu estraíble" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Escueya'l discu que desea llimpiar de la llista de Preseos " -"d'almacenamientu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de qu'escoyó'l discu correutu. Si escueye'l discu equivocáu, van " -"desaniciase tolos ficheros nel otru discu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Na seición Volumes, calque Desmontar volume. Dempués calque " -"Formatear volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Na ventana que va apaecer, escueya un tipu de sistema de ficheros " -"pal discu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Si usa'l discu n'equipos con Windows y Mac OS arriendes d'equipos con Linux, " -"escueya FAT. Si namái lu usa con Windows, NTFS pue ser " -"una meyor opción. Va presentase una etiqueta con una breve descripción del " -"triba de sistema de ficheros." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"De-y un nome al discu y calque Formatear pa entamar a llimpiar el " -"discu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Cuando acabe'l formatéu, estraiga con seguridá'l discu. Agora " -"tendría de tar vacíu y llistu pa usase de nuevu." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -"El formatéu d'un discu nun desanicia de forma segura los sos ficheros" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatear un discu nun ye una forma dafechu segura de desaniciar tolos sos " -"datos. Un discu formateáu paez nun tener ficheros, pero ye posible qu'un " -"software especial de recuperación pueda recuperar los ficheros. Si necesita " -"desaniciar de forma segura los ficheros, va tener qu'usar una utilidá de " -"llinia d'ordes tal como shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Entienda lo que son volumes y particiones y utilice la utilidá de discu pa " -"xestionales." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Xestionar volumes y particiones" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6339,7 +6358,7 @@ "escribir) ficheros nél." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6356,59 +6375,40 @@ "accesible d'una tienda, siendo la «trastienda» les particiones y soportes." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Ver y xestionar volumes y particiones usando la Utilidá de discu" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Pue comprobar y modificar los sos volumes d'almacenamientu del equipu con la " -"utilidá de discu." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Abra'l Tableru y anicie l'aplicación Utilidá de discos." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Nel panel denomáu Preseos d'almacenamientu, va atopar discos " -"duros, unidaes de CD/DVD y otros preseos físicos. Calque nel preséu que " -"quiera inspeicionar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Nel panel de la derecha, l'área etiquetada Volumes ufre un " -"desglose visual de los volumes y particiones presentes nel preséu escoyíu. " -"Tamién contién delles ferramientes pa remanar estos volumes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Tenga curiáu: ye posible borrar dafechu los datos del so discu usando estes " -"utilidaes." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6426,20 +6426,14 @@ "conveniencia." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Una partición primaria tien de contener información que'l so equipu usa " -"p'aniciase, o arrancar. Por esta razón a vegaes conózse-y col nome " -"de partición d'arranque o volume d'arranque. Pa determinar si un volume ye " -"arrancable, mire na so Etiqueta de partición na utilidá de discu. " -"Soportes esternos tales como unidaes USB y CDs tamién puen contener un " -"volume arrancable." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6474,19 +6468,19 @@ msgstr "Afitar el brillu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Escueya Brillu y bloquéu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Mueva l'eslizador de Brillu pa llograr un valor afayadizu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6498,7 +6492,7 @@ "usar estes tecles especiales." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6512,7 +6506,7 @@ "volver a cargala." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6543,15 +6537,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Abra Pantalles." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6569,7 +6569,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6579,7 +6579,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6589,7 +6589,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6599,7 +6599,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6630,7 +6630,7 @@ "portátil. Si'l sistema nun lu reconoz darréu o desea definir los axustes:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6644,7 +6644,7 @@ "quier definir como «primariu»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6653,12 +6653,12 @@ "Allugamientu del llanzador a Tolos monitores." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Cantos persistentes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6673,7 +6673,7 @@ "monitor a otru." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6713,20 +6713,15 @@ "bloquie automáticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que Bloquiar ta activao, y depués escueya un tiempu " -"d'espera de la llista desplegable. La pantalla va bloquiase automáticamente " -"si l'equipu se caltién inactivu nel tiempu escoyíu. Tamién pue escoyer " -"que la pantalla s'apague pa bloquiar la pantalla dempués de que " -"s'apague, controláu cola llista Suspender cuando tea inactivu por " -"más arriba." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6740,7 +6735,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6775,7 +6770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6807,17 +6802,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6840,12 +6835,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7100,7 +7094,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Guetar ficheros" @@ -7335,13 +7328,13 @@ "Pa decidir qué aplicaciones tendríen d'aniciase cuando coneute un preséu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Escueya DetallesMedios estrayibles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7349,7 +7342,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7357,7 +7350,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7372,7 +7365,7 @@ "s'introduz el discu (como una presentación de diapositives, por exemplu)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7387,7 +7380,7 @@ "la llista desplegable Aición." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7399,17 +7392,17 @@ "ventana Medios estrayibles." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7418,12 +7411,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7432,24 +7425,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7458,7 +7451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7466,24 +7459,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7491,12 +7484,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7505,7 +7498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -7522,10 +7515,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7545,14 +7538,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7568,24 +7576,32 @@ "les sos propiedaes." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8227,10 +8243,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8818,148 +8833,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Busque los ficheros basándose nel nome del ficheru y el tipu. Guarde les sos " -"busques pal so usu posterior." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Pue guetar ficheros según el so nome o'l so tipu de ficheru direutamente " -"dende'l xestor de ficheros. Tamién pue guardar busques frecuentes, que van " -"apaecer como carpetes especiales dientro de la so carpeta personal." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Otres aplicaciones de gueta" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Guetar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Abra'l xestor de ficheros." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Si sabe que los ficheros que quier buscar tán nuna carpeta determinada, vaya " -"a esa carpeta." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Pue abrir, copiar, desaniciar o trabayar colos sos ficheros dende los " -"resultaos de busca, igual como si tuviera en cualquier carpeta nel xestor de " -"ficheros." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Si fai ciertes busques de cutiu, pue guardales p'acceder a elles más rápido." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Guardar una gueta" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Empecipiar una gueta como la d'arriba." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Asigne un nome a la busca y calque Guardar. Si quier, escueya una " -"carpeta distinta na que guardala. Cuando visualice esa carpeta, va ver les " -"sos busques guardaes como un iconu de carpeta color naranxa con una lente." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Pa desaniciar el ficheru de busca cuando termine d'usalu, desanicie de la mesma manera que lo fadría con cualesquier " -"otru ficheru. Cuando desanicia una busca guardada, nun se desanicien los " -"ficheros que concasaron cola busca." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -9895,7 +9868,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Na seición Hardware, calque Tecláu." @@ -9914,22 +9887,22 @@ "cursor." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9946,7 +9919,7 @@ "ye útil si tien qu'usar delles llingües de cutiu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9955,16 +9928,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -9973,30 +9960,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10008,15 +9981,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10041,12 +10024,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Combinaciones de tecles" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10055,26 +10038,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10084,19 +10067,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10104,7 +10087,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10112,50 +10095,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can tecláu en pantalla pa introducir testu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "En 'Accesu Universal', camude a Asistente de tecleáu p'amosar el " @@ -10599,7 +10582,7 @@ "repetise." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -10608,7 +10591,7 @@ "caltién calcada pa desactivar dafechu les tecles repetíes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10636,12 +10619,12 @@ msgstr "Pa camudar la tecla o tecles a primir nun atayu de tecláu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Abra Tecláu y escueya la llingüeta Atayos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10652,7 +10635,7 @@ "nuevu..." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -10661,17 +10644,17 @@ "Retrocesu pa llimpiar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Atayos personalizaos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Pa crear el so propiu atayu de tecláu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10682,7 +10665,7 @@ "Atayu personalizáu va apaecer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10695,7 +10678,7 @@ "use the rhythmbox command." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -10705,7 +10688,7 @@ "pal atayu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10717,7 +10700,7 @@ "una aplicación pue nun tener el mesmu nome exautu que l'aplicación en sí." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10851,15 +10834,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Pa resolver esto, calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra " -"de menús y escueya Axustes del sistema. Na seición Hardware, " -"escueya Pantalles. Pruebe distintes opciones de " -"resolución y escueya la que se vea meyor na so pantalla." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -10905,19 +10885,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " -"Axustes del sistema. Abra Pantalles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Desmarque Espeyar pantalles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10951,28 +10930,19 @@ "la Rotación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " -"Axustes del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Escueya la Resolución y Rotación que quier." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10986,7 +10956,7 @@ "configuraciones, calque Caltener esta configuración." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10998,12 +10968,12 @@ "Deteutar pantalles." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolución" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11021,7 +10991,7 @@ "prietes), pa evitar la distorsión." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotación" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11214,17 +11184,17 @@ "d'espera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Abra Mur y touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11233,7 +11203,7 @@ "clic a un valor nel que tea cómodu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11244,7 +11214,7 @@ "correutamente, la cara amosará una sonrisa permanente." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11259,8 +11229,8 @@ "equipu distintu y compruebe si'l problema persiste." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11290,7 +11260,7 @@ "mur o touchpad pa facelu más cómodu a los maniegos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11315,65 +11285,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Munchos mures y dellos touchpad inclúin un botón central. Nun mur con rueda, " -"xeneralmente pue primir la rueda pa facer pulsación central. Si nun tien un " -"botón central, pue primir coles mesmes los botones esquierdu y derechu pa " -"facer una pulsación central. Si-y paez que nun pue facer pulsaciones " -"centrales d'esta manera, pue probar a siguir estes " -"instrucciones." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Nos tocuhpad multitáctiles pue tocar con tres dedo al empar pa realizar una " -"pulsación central. Por que esto funcione, debe activar les pulsaciones del mur col touchpad na configuración " -"del touchpad." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Munches aplicaciones usen la pulsación central p'atayos de pulsación " -"avanzaos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Un atayu común ye apegar el testu escoyíu. (A vegaes denómase apegáu " -"d'Escoyeta principal) Escueya'l testu que quier apegar, a continuación, vaya " -"au quiera apegalu y faiga una pulsación central. El testu escoyíu tendría " -"d'apegase na posición del mur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Apegar testu col botón central del mur ye daqué totalmente independiente " -"d'apegalu dende'l cartafueyu normal. Al escoyer testu, nun s'apega al " -"cartafueyu. Esti métodu rápidu d'apegáu namái funciona col botón central del " -"mur." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11401,22 +11352,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Muchos navegadores web permíten-y abrir enllaces en llingüetes rápidamente " -"col botón central del mur. Calque cualesquier enllaz col botón central y " -"abriráse nuna llingüeta nueva. Pero tenga curiáu al calcar nun enllaz nel " -"restolador web Firefox. En Firefox, si calca'l botón " -"central en cualesquier otru sitiu que nn seya un enllaz, el restolador " -"intentará cargar el so testu escoyíu como un URL, como si vusté intentara " -"usar el botón central p'apegalu na barra de direiciones y hubiere primío " -"Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11435,13 +11377,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Delles aplicaciones especializaes déxen-y usar el botón central del mur pa " -"otres funciones. Busque n'ayuda de la so aplicación dalgún apartáu referente " -"a pulsación central o botón central del mur." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11464,15 +11403,20 @@ "del mur usando'l tecláu numbéricu del so tecláu. Esta carauterística " "denómase tecles de mur." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11481,22 +11425,20 @@ "configuración del Accesu universal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Calque Tab una vegada pa escoyer la llingüeta Visión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Calque ← una vegada pa camudar a la llingüeta Apuntar y " -"calcar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11505,7 +11447,7 @@ "del Mur y calque Intro p'activales." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11514,94 +11456,278 @@ "mover el punteru del mur usando'l tecláu numbéricu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Estes instrucciones apurren la forma más curtia d'activar les tecles del mur " -"usando namái'l tecláu. Escueya Configuraciones d'accesu universal " -"pa ver más opciones d'accesibilidá." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"El tecláu numbéricu ye un conxuntu de botones numbéricos del so tecláu, de " -"normal dispuestos nuna matriz cuadrada. Si'l so tecláu nun tien tecláu " -"numbéricu (por exemplu, el tecláu d'un portátil), pue que tenga que caltener " -"calcada la tecla Función (Fn) y usar otres tecles del so tecláu " -"como un tecláu numbéricu. Si ta avezáu a usar esta función nun portátil, pue " -"mercar teclaos numbéricos USB esternos." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Cada númberu nel tecláu numbéricu correspuende a una direición. Por exemplu, " -"si prime 8 el punteru va movese escontra arriba, y si prime " -"2 va movese escontra abaxo. Prima la tecla 5 pa facer " -"una pulsación, o prímala dos vegaes rápido pa facer una pulsación duble." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"La mayoría de teclaos inclúin una tecla especial que dexa facer clic " -"derechu; de cutiu cerca de la barra espaciadora. Tenga en cuenta, ensin " -"embargu, qu'esta tecla respuende al allugamientu del focu del tecláu, non al " -"punteru del mur. Ver pa más información " -"sobre l'usu de clic derechu primiendo 5 o'l botón esquierdu del " -"mur." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Si quier usar el tecláu numbéricu pa teclear númberos mentanto tán activaes " -"les tecles del mur, active Bloq Númb. Sicasí, nun va poder " -"remanar el mur col tecláu numbéricu mientres Bloq Númb tea " -"activáu." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Les tecles numbériques normales, asitiaes nuna filera na parte cimera del " -"tecláu, nun remanen el punteru del mur. Namái puen facelo les tecles del " -"tecláu numbéricu." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Cómo comprobar si'l so mur nun ta funcionando." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "El punteru nun se mueve" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Si quier usar el tecláu numbéricu pa teclear númberos mentanto tán activaes " +"les tecles del mur, active Bloq Númb. Sicasí, nun va poder " +"remanar el mur col tecláu numbéricu mientres Bloq Númb tea " +"activáu." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Les tecles numbériques normales, asitiaes nuna filera na parte cimera del " +"tecláu, nun remanen el punteru del mur. Namái puen facelo les tecles del " +"tecláu numbéricu." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Cómo comprobar si'l so mur nun ta funcionando." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "El punteru nun se mueve" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" msgstr "Compruebe que'l mur ta coneutáu" @@ -11828,7 +11954,7 @@ "usa'l touchpad, pue axustar la velocidá del punteru pa los preseos mentaos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -11837,7 +11963,7 @@ "punteru tea al so gustu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -11850,8 +11976,7 @@ "Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -11871,84 +11996,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Pue primir, primir dos vegaes, arrastrar y movese utilizando solamente'l so " -"touchpad, ensin botones de hardware separtaos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Na seición Touchpad, marque Activar pulsaciones del mur col " "touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Pa facer click, toque nel touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Pa facer una pulsación doble, toque dos vegaes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"P'arrastrar un elementu, toque dos vegaes rápido pero nun llevante'l so deu " -"dempués del segundu toque. Arrastre l'elementu a la posición deseada, y " -"depués llevante'l so deu pa soltalu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Si'l so touchpad ye multitoque, faiga una pulsación derecha tocando con dos " -"deos al empar. Si non, aínda va necesitar de botones de hardware pa facer " -"pulsaciones dereches. Consulte pa un " -"métodu pa facer pulsaciones dereches ensin un botón secundariu del mur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Si'l so touchpad ye multitoque, faiga una pulsación central tocando con trés deos al empar." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Al tocar o arrastrar con dellos deos, asegúrese de que los sos deos tán " -"dixebraos lo suficiente. Si los sos deos tán bien xuntos, el so equipu " -"podría creer que son ún solu deu." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Desplazamientu con dos deos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Pue movese per duana del touchpad usando dos deos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -11956,7 +12063,7 @@ "deos." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -11973,17 +12080,17 @@ "they just look like one big finger to your touchpad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "El desplazamientu con dos deos pue nun funcionar en tolos touchpads." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Adherencia del conteníu a los deos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -11992,7 +12099,7 @@ "usando'l touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12001,7 +12108,7 @@ "deos." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12508,8 +12615,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Añadir, desaniciar y renomar marcadores nel xestor de ficheros." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -12518,71 +12625,72 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Amestar un marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" "Abra la carpeta (o l'allugamientu) que quiera amestar a los marcadores." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Desaniciar un marcador:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Renomar un marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Na caxella Nome escriba'l nome nuevu pal marcador." - #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13144,7 +13252,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Camín" @@ -13349,7 +13457,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Na" @@ -13499,17 +13607,17 @@ "del so departamentu o proyeutu." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Amuesa los permisos d'accesu del ficheru. Ex. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -13518,7 +13626,7 @@ "ficheru normal y d significa direutoriu (carpeta)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -13527,7 +13635,7 @@ "l'usuariu propietariu del ficheru." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -13536,7 +13644,7 @@ "miembros del grupu al que pertenez el ficheru." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -13545,42 +13653,42 @@ "permisos pa tolos demás usuarios del sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Cada caráuter tien el siguiente significáu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : permisu de llectura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : permisu d'escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : permisu d'execución." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : ensin permisu." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Tipu MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Amuesa'l tipu MIME del elementu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "El camín al allugamientu del ficheru." @@ -13868,12 +13976,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -13886,7 +13993,7 @@ msgstr "Equipu de documentación d'Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Navegadores web" @@ -14189,8 +14296,8 @@ "navegador predetermináu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14199,7 +14306,7 @@ "llista nel llau esquierdu de la ventana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14208,7 +14315,7 @@ "Web." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14251,7 +14358,7 @@ "electrónicu predeterminada:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14369,7 +14476,7 @@ msgstr "Atopar la so direición IP interna (rede)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14377,18 +14484,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Atopar la so direición IP esterna (Internet)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -14397,12 +14504,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "El sitiu va amosar la so direición IP esterna pa usté." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -14413,43 +14520,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Pue remanar qué programes puen acceder a la rede. Esto ayuda a caltener el " -"so equipu seguru." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Activar o bloquiar accesu al tornafueos" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu incorpora'l Tornafueos ensin complicaciones («Uncomplicated " -"Firewall») (ufw) pero nun vien activáu de forma " -"predeterminada. Como Ubuntu nun trai dengún serviciu de rede abiertu " -"(sacante pa la infraestructura básica de rede) na instalación " -"predeterminada, nun se precisa nengún tornafueos pa bloquiar intentos de " -"conexones malicioses entrantes." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Pa tener más información sobre l'usu d'Ufw, consulte la documentación en " -"llinia." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -14460,10 +14557,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"P'activar el tornafueos, teclee sudo ufw enable nun terminal. Pa " -"desactivar ufw, teclee sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -14476,14 +14571,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -14493,7 +14588,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -14502,12 +14597,12 @@ "terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Usar ufw ensin un terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -14518,7 +14613,7 @@ "enllaz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -14794,30 +14889,28 @@ msgstr "Conceutos y conseyos de redes" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Tal vegada ten que instalar Flash pa poder ver sitios web como YouTube, que " -"muestran vídeos y páxines web interactivas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Instalar el complementu Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -14827,63 +14920,106 @@ "entre nun sitiu web que lo requiera. Flash ta disponible como descarga " "gratuita (pero non de códigu abiertu) pa la mayoría de los navegadores web." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Cómo instalar Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Si tien dalguna ventana del restolador abierta, zárrela y vuelva a abrila. " -"El restolador tien de dase cuenta de que Flash ta instaláu cuando s'abra de " -"nueves y agora tendría ser quien a ver sitios web qu'usen Flash." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Ayude al so navegador a trabayar con sitios web que precisen Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Instale'l complementu de Java pal navegador" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Dellos sitios web usen pequeños programes Java, que precisen la " -"instalación d'un complementu Java pa funcionar." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Instale'l paquete icedtea6-plugin " -"pa ver programa Java nel so navegador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15159,6 +15295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Calque Amestar." @@ -15417,12 +15554,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Solucionar problemes coles " -"conexones inalámbriques, atopar la " -"so rede wifi…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -15471,7 +15605,7 @@ msgstr "Camudar el métodu de proxy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -15480,14 +15614,14 @@ "llau esquierdu de la ventana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Escueya qué métodu de proxy quier usar d'ente los siguientes métodos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -15497,13 +15631,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -15514,19 +15648,19 @@ "FTP y SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automáticu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16081,10 +16215,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -16110,61 +16244,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Pue usar el so equipu como un puntu d'accesu inalámbricu. Permite a otros " -"preseos coneutase al so equipu ensin necesidá d'una rede esterna y tamién " -"dexa compartir la conexón a internet fecha con otra interfaz, tal como una " -"rede por cable o sobre una rede móvil." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Abra Rede y escueya Inalámbrica na esquierda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Calque'l botón Usar como «hotspot»." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Si yá se coneutó a una rede inalámbrica, va entrugáse-y si quier " -"desconeutase de dicha rede. Namái pue coneutase un solu adautador, o crear " -"una rede al mesmu tiempu. Calque Crear «hotspot» pa confirmar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Va xenerase automáticamente un nome de rede (SSID) y una clave de seguridá. " -"El nome de la rede va basase nel nome del so equipu. Otros preseos van " -"precisar esta información pa coneutase al «hotspot» qu'acaba de crear." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús y desmarque Activar inalámbrica." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Apagar el mou inalámbricu (mou avión)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16177,35 +16301,26 @@ "facer esto:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Pa facer esto, calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús y " -"desmarque Activar inalámbrica. Esto va apagar la so conexón de " -"rede hasta que conseñe la opción de nueves." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Pa volver a prender el mou inalámbricu, calque nel menú de rede " -"na barra de menús y escueya Activar inalámbrica pa que la opción " -"quede conseñada con una marca de verificación." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Ye posible que'l so portátil siga emitiendo si nun apaga'l Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16240,11 +16355,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús, y calque " -"nel nome de la rede a la que quier coneutase." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -16465,30 +16578,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Deprenda lo que signifiquen les opciones na pantalla d'edición de conexón " -"inalámbrica." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Editar una conexón inalámbrica" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Esti tema describe toles opciones disponibles cuando edita una conexón de " -"rede inalámbrica. Pa editar una conexón, calque nel menú de rede " -"na barra de menús, y escueya Editar les conexones." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -16500,17 +16608,17 @@ "y un mayor control sobre redes más avanzaes." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Disponible pa tolos usuarios / Coneutar automáticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Coneutar automáticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -16519,63 +16627,50 @@ "inalámbrica cuando tea nel rangu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Si hai delles redes afitaes nel rangu, pa coneutase automáticamente, " -"l'equipu va coneutase a la primera que s'amuese na llingüeta " -"Inalámbrica na ventana Conexones de rede. Nun va " -"desconeutase d'una rede disponible pa coneutase a una distinta qu'acabe " -"d'apaecer." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Disponible pa tolos usuarios" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Conseñe esta opción si quier que tolos usuarios nel equipu tengan accesu a " -"esta rede inalámbrica. Si la rede tien una contraseña WEP/WPA y escoyó esta opción, namái va tener " -"qu'introducir la contraseña una vegada. Tolos demás usuarios nel equipu van " -"ser quien a coneutase a la rede ensin tener que conocer la contraseña." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Si conseña esta opción, tien que ser alministrador pa camudar la configuración d'esta rede. Pue " -"pidíse-y qu'introduza la so contraseña d'alministrador." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Rede Inalámbrica" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -16589,12 +16684,12 @@ "inalámbricu o estación base)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mou" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -16605,54 +16700,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Si seleiciona Ad-hoc, va ver otres dos opciones: Banda " -"y Canal, que determinen en qué banda de frecuencies inalámbrica " -"va operar la red ad-hoc. Dellos equipos namái puen funcionar en delles " -"bandes (por exemplu, solo na A o na B/G), polo que " -"deberá escoyer la banda afayadiza pa que tolos equipos de la rede ad-hoc " -"puedan usala. En llugares concurríos, ye dable qu'esistan delles redes " -"inalámbriques compartiendo la mesma canal; esto podría ralentizar la " -"conexón, polo que tamién pue camudar la canal que vaya a usar." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Ésti ye'l Identificador de Conxuntu Básicu de Serviciu. El SSID " -"(ver más arriba) ye'l nome de la rede que los humanos lleen; el BSSID ye un " -"nome que l'equipu pue atalantar (ye una cadena de lletres y númberos que se " -"supon única pa la rede inalámbrica). Si una rede ta tapecida, nun va tener un SSID, pero sí un BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Direición MAC del preséu:" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -16665,41 +16747,35 @@ "coneutase a una rede tien una direición MAC única, asignada de fábrica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Esta opción pue usase pa camudar la direición MAC de la so tarxeta de rede." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Direición MAC clonada" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"El so hardware de rede (tarxeta inalámbrica) pue intentar tener una " -"direición MAC distinta. Esto ye útil si tien un preséu o serviciu que namái " -"se comunica con una determinada direición MAC (por exemplu, un cablemódem de " -"banda ancha). Si pon esa direición MAC nel apartáu direición MAC " -"clonada, el preséu o serviciu va pensar que'l so equipu tien la " -"direición MAC clonada en cuenta de la real." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -16716,54 +16792,45 @@ "Polo xeneral nun tendría de camudar esta configuración." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Seguridá inalámbrica" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridá" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Esto define qué tipu de cifráu usa la so rede inalámbrica. Les " -"conexones cifraes ayuden a protexer la so conexón inalámbrica de ser " -"interceptada, polo qu'otres persones nun van poder «escuchar» y ver qué " -"sitiu web ta visitando, etc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Delles tribes de cifráu son más fuertes qu'otres, pero pue que dellos " -"preseos de rede inalámbrica más antiguos nun lu almitan. Normalmente va " -"tener que teclear una contraseña pa coneutase; otres tribes de seguridá más " -"sofisticaes tamién necesiten un nome d'usuariu y un «certificáu» dixital. " -"Consulte pa más información sobre les " -"tribes de cifráu inalámbricu más usuales." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Axustes de IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -16774,17 +16841,17 @@ "distintes maneres de llograr/afitar esa información." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Los siguientes métodos tán disponibles:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automáticu (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -16799,37 +16866,32 @@ "automáticamente la configuración afayadiza. La mayoría de redes usen DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Namái direiciones automátiques (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Si escueye esta opción, l'equipu va obtener la so direición IP d'un sirvidor " -"DHCP, pero va tener que definir manualmente otros detalles (como'l sirvidor " -"DNS que va usar)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Escueya esta opción si quier definir tola configuración de rede, incluyendo " -"la direición IP que l'equipu tien d'usar." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Namái enllaz llocal" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -16845,38 +16907,41 @@ "temporalmente equipos xuntos." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desactiváu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción va desactivar la conexón a la rede y va torga-y coneutase a " -"ella. Decátese que IPv4 y IPv6 trátense como conexones " -"separtaes, inclusu anque vaigan pela mesma tarxeta de rede. Si activó una " -"d'elles, pue que quiera desactivar la otra." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Axustes de IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Ye asemeyada a la llingüeta IPv4 sacante en que trabaya col " -"estándar IPv6, que ye más recién. Les redes más modernes usen IPv6, pero " -"IPv4 sigue siendo más popular nesti momentu." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -16957,23 +17022,19 @@ "hidden\">coneutase de forma distinta si ye una rede tapecida." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús y escueya Coneutar " -"a otra rede inalámbrica tapecida." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Coneutar a una rede inalámbrica tapecida" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -16988,6 +17049,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -16995,7 +17063,7 @@ "inalámbrica y calque Coneutar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17008,7 +17076,7 @@ "d'esta miente: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17017,7 +17085,7 @@ "inalámbrica. Busque términos como WEP y WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17223,7 +17291,7 @@ msgstr "Comprobar el so módem y el so enrutador" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17234,12 +17302,12 @@ "al traviés de cada pasu na guía." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Usar la llinia d'ordes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17250,7 +17318,7 @@ "Tableru." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18572,12 +18640,12 @@ "tán nun llugar confináu, como una mochila." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Na seición Hardware, calque Enerxía." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -18738,10 +18806,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Escriba sudo pm-hibernate na terminal y prima Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -18785,11 +18852,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Si la prueba d'ivernación funciona, pue siguir y usar la orde sudo pm-" -"hibernate cuando quiera ivernar." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -18909,52 +18974,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"¿Por qué s'apagó/suspendió'l mio equipu cuando la batería llegó al 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Cuando'l nivel de carga de la batería tea mui baxu, l'equipu automáticamente " -"va suspendese. Esto asegura que la " -"batería nun tea dafechu descargada, yá que nun ye bono pa la batería. Si la " -"batería dexa de funcionar, l'equipu nun va tener tiempu de zarrar " -"afechiscamente." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Dalgunos equipos tienen problemes al suspender y nun son a recuperar les " -"aplicaciones y documentos abiertos al coneutar l'equipu de nueves. Nesti " -"casu, ye dable que pierda parte del so trabayu si nun se guardó " -"correutamente enantes de suspender l'equipu. Pue arreglar problemes con suspender." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -18987,26 +19019,17 @@ msgstr "Si esto asocede, pruebe a apagar l'inalámbricu y prendelu de nueves:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " -"Axustes del sistema" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Abra Rede y vaya a la llingüeta Inalámbrica" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Apague y vuelva prender l'inalámbricu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19015,7 +19038,7 @@ "apáguelu de nueves" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -19378,7 +19401,7 @@ msgstr "Pue evitar que la pantalla s'escureza:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -19537,7 +19560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -19545,21 +19568,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -19570,7 +19593,7 @@ "alministrador correspondiente." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -19578,8 +19601,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -19640,7 +19663,9 @@ msgstr "Configuración" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Configurar una imprentadora" @@ -19657,9 +19682,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Imprentadores ensin deteutar, atascos de papel, impresiones que se ven mal…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -19774,7 +19799,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -20283,7 +20307,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Abra Imprentadores." @@ -20323,78 +20347,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Configurar una imprentadora que ta coneutada al so equipu." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Configurar una imprentadora llocal" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"El so sistema pue reconocer automáticamente delles tribes d'imprentadores " -"cuando se coneuten. La mayoría de les imprentadores conéutense al equipu con " -"un cable USB." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Asegúrese que la imprentadora ta encesa." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Coneute la imprentadora al so sistema per aciu del cable apropiáu. Pue ver " -"l'actividá na pantalla cuando'l sistema busca los controladores, y pue que " -"se-y pida que s'autentique pa instalalos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Si la so imprentadora nun se configuró de mou automáticu, pue amestala na " -"configuración d'imprentadora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Calque Amestar y escueya la imprentadora de la ventana de preseos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Calque Alantre y espere mientres busca los controladores." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -20403,7 +20412,7 @@ "quier. Cuando termine calque Aplicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -20411,24 +20420,69 @@ "omitir esti pasu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Si hai dellos controladores disponibles pal so equipu, va pidíse-y que " -"escueya ún. Pa usar el meyor controlador namái calque siguir en facer y " -"modelar pantalles." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Asegúrese que la imprentadora ta encesa." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Dempués d'instalar la imprentadora, quiciabes quiera camudar la so imprentadora predeterminada." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -20617,17 +20671,17 @@ "qu'especifique, siquier, trés coses:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Qué esperaba qu'asocediera" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Qué asocedió realmente" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -20636,7 +20690,7 @@ "que'l pasu 1 ye «aniciar el programa»" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -20646,7 +20700,7 @@ "Ubuntu!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -20659,7 +20713,7 @@ "usar la ferramienta integrada de notificación de fallos d'Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Guardar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -20775,7 +20915,7 @@ "midíes, pa que concasen coles costumes llocales de la so rexón." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -20784,7 +20924,7 @@ "rexonales." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -20795,18 +20935,16 @@ "afitada na llingüeta Llingua." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Pa que los cambeos tengan efeutu, tien de zarrar la sesión ya ingresar de " -"nueves. Pa zarrar la sesión, calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de " -"la barra de menús y escueya Zarrar sesión." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -20818,12 +20956,12 @@ "rexón tamién remana'l día d'entamu de la selmana nos calendarios." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Camudar los formatos del sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -20834,19 +20972,19 @@ "sistema, los formatos usaos en llugares como la pantalla d'aniciu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Modifique los sos formatos, como se describe más arriba." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Calque Aplicar a tol sistema." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -20872,12 +21010,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Calque Seleutor de llingües." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -20886,18 +21024,16 @@ "llingua hasta la parte cimera de la llista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Pa que los cambeos nes llingües tengan efeutu, tien de zarrar sesión y " -"ingresar de nueves. Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra " -"de menús y escueya Zarrar sesión." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -20914,12 +21050,12 @@ "aconséyase anovar los nomes d'eses carpetes." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Camudar la llingua del sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -20930,7 +21066,7 @@ "sistema, que s'usa en sitios como la pantalla d'aniciu de sesión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Camude la so llingua, como se describió enantes." @@ -20970,18 +21106,18 @@ "P'afitar un periodu d'espera más llargu enantes que la pantalla se bloquie:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Calque Brillu y bloquéu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Camude'l valor na llista desplegable Bloquiar pantalla dempués de." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -21227,7 +21363,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -21236,7 +21372,7 @@ "intro\">Tableru al Llanzador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -21246,7 +21382,7 @@ "llanzador." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -21255,7 +21391,7 @@ "del llanzador, y depués llevándolu de vuelta a él nel llugar deseáu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -21310,23 +21446,20 @@ "au lo dexó." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Pa zarrar sesión o camudar d'usuariu, calque nel menú de sistema asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de " -"menús, y escueya la opción apropiada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bloquiar la pantalla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -21341,32 +21474,32 @@ "blóquiase automáticamente una vegada trescurríu un tiempu determináu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Pa bloquiar la so pantalla, calque nel menú de sistema na barra " -"de menús y escueya Bloquiar pantalla." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Cuando la so pantalla ta bloquiada, otros usuarios puen aniciar sesión en " -"les sos propies cuentes calcando Camudar d'usuariu na pantalla de " -"contraseña. Pue volver al so escritoriu cuando finen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspender" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -21381,30 +21514,29 @@ "suspensión." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Pa suspender el so equipu manualmente, calque nel menú del " -"sistema na barra de menús y escueya Suspender." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Apagar o reaniciar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Si quier apagar l'equipu por completu, o facer un reaniciu completu, calque " -"nel menú del sistema y escueya Apagar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22025,12 +22157,12 @@ "Nun pue camudase'l tamañu d'una ventana si esta yá ta maximizada." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Pa camudar el tamañu d'una ventana horizontal o verticalmente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22040,12 +22172,12 @@ "ventana en cualquier direición." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Pa redimensionar namái na direición horizontal:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22055,12 +22187,12 @@ "mientres arrastra'l mur pa camudar el tamañu horizontal de la ventana." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Pa redimensionar namái na direición vertical:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22071,17 +22203,17 @@ "y arrastre pa camudar el tamañu en forma vertical." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Organizar les ventanes nel so área de trabayu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "P'allugar dos ventanes xuntes y qu'enconten:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22094,7 +22226,7 @@ "y la ventana va enllenar esa metá de la pantalla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22104,7 +22236,7 @@ "pantalla." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -22162,11 +22294,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Dende'l tecláu" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -22175,57 +22307,41 @@ "seleutor de ventanes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Suelte la tecla Alt pa escoyer la siguiente ventana (resaltada) " -"nel seleutor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"D'otru mou, caltenga calcada la tecla Alt, calque Tab " -"pa movese pela llista de ventanes abiertes, o " -"MayúsTab pa percorreles en sentíu " -"inversu." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Les ventanes nel seleutor de ventanes agrúpense por aplicación. Les vistes " -"previes d'aplicaciones con delles ventanes emerxen según les percuerre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Tamién pue movese ente los iconos d'aplicaciones nel seleutor de ventanes " -"coles tecles → o ←, o escoyer una faciendo clic col " -"mur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Les vistes previes de les aplicaciones con una sola ventana puen amosase " -"cola tecla ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -22237,8 +22353,13 @@ "trabayu, caltenga calcaes les tecles Ctrl y Alt y " "calque Tab o MayúsTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -22249,7 +22370,7 @@ "ventanes abiertes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Calque na ventana a la que quier camudar." @@ -22456,19 +22577,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -22477,12 +22598,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Camudar el númberu d'espacios de trabayu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -22491,7 +22612,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22500,7 +22621,7 @@ "númberu final pol númberu que desee. Calque Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23333,7 +23454,7 @@ msgstr "Inxertar caráuteres especiales" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -23345,17 +23466,17 @@ "caráuteres especiales." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Métodos pa introducir caráuteres" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa de caráuteres" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -23366,7 +23487,7 @@ "que quier, y cópielu y apéguelu au quiera." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Tecla compuesta" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -23395,7 +23516,7 @@ "' y dempués e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -23405,37 +23526,40 @@ "componer." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Definir una tecla de composición" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Faiga clic en Distribución del tecláu." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Faiga clic en Opciones." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Busque el grupu llamáu Posición de tecla Componer. Escueya la " -"tecla o tecles que-y prestaría que se comportasen como tecla de composición. " -"Pue escoyer tecles como Bloq Mayús, o Alt o la tecla " -"menú. Cualesquier tecla qu'esbille va funcionar namái como tecla de " -"composición y nunca más va funcionar col so propósitu orixinal." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -23443,7 +23567,7 @@ "exemplu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -23452,7 +23576,7 @@ "la tilde en tala lletra, como la é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -23461,7 +23585,7 @@ "un acentu grave sobre tala letra, como è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -23470,7 +23594,7 @@ "una diéresis en tala lletra, como la ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -23479,7 +23603,7 @@ "una llinia sobre tala lletra, como la ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see la páxina de tecles de composición en Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Puntos de códigu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -23512,7 +23636,7 @@ "cuatro caráuteres qu'hai dempués de U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -23523,12 +23647,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24288,37 +24412,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Na seición Personal, calque Aspeutu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Camude a la llingüeta Comportamientu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Active Anubrir llanzador automáticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -24352,12 +24468,12 @@ "del Llanzador pa que seya más fácil calcar nellos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Calque en Aspeutu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -24366,7 +24482,7 @@ "amenorgar el tamañu de los iconos del Llanzador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "El tamañu predetermináu del iconu del Llanzador ye 48." @@ -24465,38 +24581,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -24634,32 +24750,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menús d'estáu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -24671,32 +24787,50 @@ "menús d'estáu son un llugar conveniente nel que comprobar y modificar " "l'estáu del equipu y de les aplicaciones." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Llista de menús d'estáu y lo que faen" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "" -"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " -"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Dalgunos de los iconos usaos polos menús indicadores camuden en función del " +"estáu de l'aplicación." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Otros programes como Tomboy o Transmission tamién puen " +"amestar menús indicadores al panel." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Llista de menús d'estáu y lo que faen" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -24711,7 +24845,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -24719,28 +24853,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -24753,7 +24887,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -24761,14 +24895,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -24782,21 +24916,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -24809,7 +24943,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -24817,14 +24951,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -24835,38 +24969,26 @@ "como Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Reló" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -24876,24 +24998,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">Axustes del sistema. Camudar d'usuariu, bloquiar la " "pantalla, zarrar sesión, suspender, reaniciar o apagar l'equipu." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Dalgunos de los iconos usaos polos menús indicadores camuden en función del " -"estáu de l'aplicación." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Otros programes como Tomboy o Transmission tamién puen " -"amestar menús indicadores al panel." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25007,37 +25111,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -26667,7 +26745,7 @@ "esquierda. Puen axustase los siguientes parámetros:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -26678,7 +26756,7 @@ "Suave y Firme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -26693,7 +26771,7 @@ "abaxo, Desplazar a la esquierda, Desplazar a la derecha, Atrás, Adelante." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -26702,15 +26780,12 @@ "sensación» ente Suave y Firme." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Si dispón de más d'un llápiz, cuando'l llápiz adicional s'avere a la " -"tableta, va amosase un control de páxines xunto al nome del llápiz. Use esi " -"control pa escoyer qué llápiz configurar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -26774,6 +26849,25 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Faiga clic en Distribución del tecláu." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Faiga clic en Opciones." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Busque el grupu llamáu Posición de tecla Componer. Escueya la " +#~ "tecla o tecles que-y prestaría que se comportasen como tecla de composición. " +#~ "Pue escoyer tecles como Bloq Mayús, o Alt o la tecla " +#~ "menú. Cualesquier tecla qu'esbille va funcionar namái como tecla de " +#~ "composición y nunca más va funcionar col so propósitu orixinal." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -26823,6 +26917,24 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús " +#~ "y escueya Axustes del sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Por razones de seguridá, Ubuntu nun va almacenar la contraseña nel so " +#~ "equipu. Nel so llugar, almacena un testigu proporcionáu pol serviciu en " +#~ "llinia. Si quier pue revocar totalmente la rellación ente l'escritoriu y el " +#~ "serviciu en llinia, usando desaniciar." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26856,6 +26968,31 @@ #~ "Use'l Centru de software d'Ubuntu p'amestar programes que faigan a Ubuntu " #~ "más útil." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalar software adicional" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'equipu de desenvolvimientu d'Ubuntu escoyó un conxuntu predetermináu " +#~ "d'aplicaciones que considera que faen a Ubuntu bien útil pa la mayoría de " +#~ "les xeres cotidianes. Sicasí, de xuru va querer instalar más programes pa " +#~ "facer qu'Ubuntu resúlte-y más útil." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Pa instalar software adicional, complete los pasos siguientes:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conéutese a Internet usando una conexón inalámbrica o cableada." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -26872,12 +27009,60 @@ #~ "categoría y alcuentre una aplicación na llista." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "Escueya l'aplicación que-y interese y calque Instalar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Va pidíse-y qu'introduza la so contraseña. Cuando lo fixera, va empezar la " +#~ "instalación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La instalación suel terminar rápido, pero pue llevar tiempu si tien una " +#~ "conexón a Internet lenta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Va amestase un accesu direutu a la so nueva aplicación nel Llanzador. Pa " +#~ "desactivar esta función, desmarque Ver Nueves " +#~ "aplicaciones nel Llanzador." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amieste PPA p'ayudar a probar software especializáu o entá non publicar" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Los repositorios de paquetes personales (Personal Package " +#~ "Archives, o PPA) son repositorios de software diseñaos pa usuarios " +#~ "d'Ubuntu y que son más fáciles d'instalar qu'otros repositorios de terceros." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque Amestar ya introduza l'allugamientu del ppa:." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zarre la ventana d'Oríxenes del software. El Centru de software d'Ubuntu va " #~ "revisar los sos oríxenes de software pal software nuevu." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Desinstalar programes que ya no vaya a usar." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -26886,6 +27071,26 @@ #~ "parte cimera." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quiciabes se-y pida introducir la so contraseña. Dempués de facelo, " +#~ "desinstalaráse l'aplicación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amestar otros repositorios p'ampliar los oríxenes de software qu'usa Ubuntu " +#~ "pa instalar y anovar." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Amestar repositorios adicionales" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalar otros repositorios" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26937,6 +27142,9 @@ #~ "software. Espere un momentu a que'l Centru de software d'Ubuntu descargue la " #~ "información del repositoriu." +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Amestar y desaniciar software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese nun ta instaláu de manera predeterminada n'Ubuntu. Pa instalar Cheese:" @@ -26973,6 +27181,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Necesita instalar Cheese enantes de poder lleer la guía d'usuariu de Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Memoria USB (baxa capacidá)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -26998,6 +27209,24 @@ #~ "esti equipu dende otru preséu. Consulte pa más información." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Descargar un ficheru de referencia d'impresión d'una compañía de color" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'usu d'un conxuntu de colores pa xenerar un perfil d'impresión ye " +#~ "normalmente la opción más barata si namái dispón d'ún o dos tipos distintos " +#~ "de papel. Per aciu la descarga de la tabla de referencia de los sitios web " +#~ "de les compañíes pue unvialos de nueves a la imprentadora nun sobre acolcháu " +#~ "onde aínda puen escanear el papel, xenerar el perfil y unvia-ylu per corréu " +#~ "con un perfil ICC correutu." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -27049,161 +27278,862 @@ #~ "Desmarque'l caxellu Próximos eventos del calendariu d'Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Escueya'l discu que desea comprobar na llista Preseos " -#~ "d'almacenamientu. La información y l'estáu del discu van apaecer en " -#~ "Unidá." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Estáu SMART tendría de dicir «El discu ta sanu»." +#~ "Si dempués camuda d'opinión, pue volver activar el reló calcando nel iconu " +#~ "asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escoyendo Axustes " +#~ "del sistema. Na seición Sistema, calque en Data y hora." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Calque nel botón de Datos SMART pa ver más información del discu, " -#~ "o pa facer una autoprueba." +#~ "Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " +#~ "Axustes del sistema." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pa proyeutos más avanzaos de grabación de CD/DVD, pruebe Brasero." +#~ "Faiga un análisis de rendimientu del so discu duru pa comprobar la so " +#~ "velocidá." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Comprobar el rendimientu del so discu duru" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Pa comprobar la velocidá del so discu duru:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pa tener más ayuda tocante al usu de Brasero, llea la guía d'usuariu." +#~ "Abra l'aplicación Utilidá de discos dende'l tableru." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desconeutar el «touchpad» al escribir pa evitar pulsaciones accidentales." - -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Desactivar el touchpad al escribir" +#~ "Escueya'l discu duru de la llista de Preseos d'almacenamientu." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Los touchpads nos portátiles asítiense de normal onde se posa la so muñeca " -#~ "mientres ta tecleando, polo que dacuando pue provocar pulsaciones " -#~ "accidentales mientres teclea. Pue desactivar el touchpad mientres teclea. Va " -#~ "Funcionar de nuevu un pocu dempués de que calque la última tecla." +#~ "Calque sobre'l botón del engranaxe y escueya Prueba de " +#~ "rendimientu." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Na seición Touchpad, marque Desactivar el touchpad al " -#~ "escribir." - -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Da la data y hora de la cabera vegada que se modificó'l ficheru." +#~ "Calque en Empecipiar prueba de rendimientu y axuste los " +#~ "parámetros Tasa de tresferencia y Tiempu d'Accesu como " +#~ "desee." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si quier tar mui seguru, o si quier guetar por virus en ficheros que tea " -#~ "pasando ente vusté y otres persones qu'usen Windows o Mac OS, pue instalar " -#~ "programes antivirus. Mire nel Centru de software d'Ubuntu, onde " -#~ "hai varies aplicaciones disponibles." +#~ "Calque en Empecipiar prueba de rendimientu pa probar lo rápido " +#~ "que puen lleese los datos dende'l discu. Pue necesitar Privilexos alministrativos. Introduza la so " +#~ "contraseña, o la contraseña pa la cuenta d'alministrador solicitada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Empathy ta instaláu por defeutu n'Ubuntu. Anicie Mensaxería nel intre " -#~ "Empathy dende'l Dash, el Llanzador o escueya Chat " -#~ "dende'l Menú de mensaxería." +#~ "Cuando termine la prueba, los resultaos van apaecer nel gráficu. Los puntos " +#~ "verdes y les llinies de conexón indiquen les amueses tomaes, que se " +#~ "correspuenden cola exa derecha, y amuesen el tiempu d'accesu trazáu sobre la " +#~ "exa inferior, representando'l tiempu trescurríu mientres la prueba. La " +#~ "llinia azul representa les tases de llectura, mientres que la llinia " +#~ "colorada representa tases d'escritura; dambes amuésense como tases d'accesu " +#~ "a datos na exa esquierda, trazaos sobre'l porcentaxe de discu percorríu, " +#~ "dende l'esterior hasta la exa, a lo llargo de la exa inferior." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Munchos programes tán diseñaos pa ufiertar servicios de rede. Por exemplu, " -#~ "pue compartir conteníos, o dexar que daquién vea'l so escritoriu de forma " -#~ "remota. Dependiendo de los programes qu'instale, ye posible que tenga " -#~ "qu'axustar el tornafueos pa dexar qu'esos programes funcionen según lo " -#~ "previsto. Ufw yá trai delles regles predefiníes. Por exemplu, pa permitir " -#~ "conexones SSH, introduza sudo ufw allow ssh nun " -#~ "terminal. Pa bloquiar el SSH, introduza sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Debaxo del gráficu, van apaecer los valores correspondientes a les " +#~ "velocidaes de llectura y escritura mínimu, máximu y mediu, el tiempu mediu " +#~ "d'accesu y el tiempu trescurríu dende la última prueba de referencia." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tou programa qu'apurre servicios usa un puertu de rede específicu. " -#~ "Pa permitir l'accesu a los servicios d'esi programa, tien de dexar l'accesu " -#~ "al so puertu asignáu nel tornafueos. Pa dexar conexones al puertu 53, " -#~ "introduza sudo ufw allow 53 nun terminal. Pa bloquiar el puertu " -#~ "53, introduza sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "Use'l Analizador d'usu de discu o'l Monitor del " +#~ "sistema pa comprobar l'espaciu y la capacidá." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flash ye un complementu pal so navegador web que-y dexa " -#~ "ver vídeos y usar delles páxines web de conteníu interactivu. Dellos sitios " -#~ "web nun van funcionar ensin Flash." +#~ "Pue revisar cuántu espaciu queda col Analizador d'usu de discu " +#~ "o'l Monitor del sistema." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Compruebe col Analizador d'usu de discu" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Center." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Calque nesti enllaz " -#~ "p'aniciar el Centru de software." +#~ "Pa comprobar l'espaciu de discu llibre y la capacidá use'l Analizador " +#~ "d'usu de discu:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Llea la información y les reseñes p'asegurase de que quier instalar Flash." +#~ "Calque nún de los botones de la barra de ferramientes pa escoyer ente " +#~ "Esplorar carpeta personal, Esplorar el sistema de " +#~ "ficheros, Esplorar una carpeta o Escanear una carpeta " +#~ "remota." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " -#~ "Center window." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si decide instalar Flash, calque Instalar na ventana del Centru " -#~ "de software." +#~ "La información amuésase acordies con Carpeta, Usu, " +#~ "Tamañu y Índiz. Vease pa más detalles en Analizador d'usu de discu." -#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" -#~ msgstr "Alternatives a Flash de códigu abiertu" +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Comprobar col Monitor de sistema" #~ msgid "" -#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " -#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " -#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " -#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Existen un puñáu d'alternatives llibres, de códigu abiertu, disponibles pa " -#~ "Flash. Estes tienden a trabayar meyor que'l complementu Flash en dellos " -#~ "aspeutos (por exemplu, na meyor manipulación de la reproducción de soníu), " -#~ "pero peor n'otros (por exemplu, por nun ser a amosar dalgunes de les páxines " -#~ "en Flash más complicaes na web)." +#~ "Pa comprobar l'espaciu llibre y la capacidá de discu col Monitor de " +#~ "sistema:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " -#~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " -#~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra l'aplicación Monitor del sistema dende'l Tableru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escueya la llingüeta Sistemes de ficheros pa ver les particiones " +#~ "del sistema y l'usu del espaciu en discu. La información apaez clasificada " +#~ "como Total, Llibre, Disponible y " +#~ "Usada." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Si'l discu ta mui llenu, pue:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Desaniciar ficheros que nun son importantes o que nun va a usar más." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Faiga copies de seguridá de los ficheros " +#~ "importantes que nun vaya a necesitar per un tiempu y desanícielos del discu " +#~ "duru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escueya'l discu que desea comprobar na llista Preseos " +#~ "d'almacenamientu. La información y l'estáu del discu van apaecer en " +#~ "Unidá." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Estáu SMART tendría de dicir «El discu ta sanu»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel botón de Datos SMART pa ver más información del discu, " +#~ "o pa facer una autoprueba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Incluso anque'l Estáu SMARTindique que'l discu nun " +#~ "s'alcuentra en bon estáu, pue que nun heba razón p'alarmase. De toes " +#~ "formes prepare una copia de respaldu pa " +#~ "prevenir la perda de datos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si l'estáu diz «Pre-fail», el discu ta razonablemente sanu pero deteutáronse " +#~ "signos de desgaste, lo que significa que podría fallar nun futuru cercanu. " +#~ "Si'l so discu duru (o equipu) tien unos cuantos años d'antigüedá, ye dable " +#~ "que vea esti mensaxe en dalgunes de les comprobaciones de salú. Debería " +#~ "facer una copia de seguridá de los sos ficheros " +#~ "importantes con regularidá y comprobar periódicamente l'estáu del " +#~ "discu pa ver si empeora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Desaniciar tolos ficheros y carpetes d'una unidá de discu duru esternu o " +#~ "memoria flash USB formateándola." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Llimpiar too nun discu estrayible" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si tien un discu estrayible, como una memoria USB o un discu duru esternu, " +#~ "pue que quiera desaniciar por completu tolos sos ficheros y carpetes. Pue " +#~ "facer esto faciendo'l formatéu del discu - esto desanicia tolos " +#~ "ficheros nel discu y déxalu vacíu." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatear un discu estraíble" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escueya'l discu que desea llimpiar de la llista de Preseos " +#~ "d'almacenamientu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asegúrese de qu'escoyó'l discu correutu. Si escueye'l discu equivocáu, van " +#~ "desaniciase tolos ficheros nel otru discu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na seición Volumes, calque Desmontar volume. Dempués calque " +#~ "Formatear volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na ventana que va apaecer, escueya un tipu de sistema de ficheros " +#~ "pal discu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si usa'l discu n'equipos con Windows y Mac OS arriendes d'equipos con Linux, " +#~ "escueya FAT. Si namái lu usa con Windows, NTFS pue ser " +#~ "una meyor opción. Va presentase una etiqueta con una breve descripción del " +#~ "triba de sistema de ficheros." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De-y un nome al discu y calque Formatear pa entamar a llimpiar el " +#~ "discu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando acabe'l formatéu, estraiga con seguridá'l discu. Agora " +#~ "tendría de tar vacíu y llistu pa usase de nuevu." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El formatéu d'un discu nun desanicia de forma segura los sos ficheros" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatear un discu nun ye una forma dafechu segura de desaniciar tolos sos " +#~ "datos. Un discu formateáu paez nun tener ficheros, pero ye posible qu'un " +#~ "software especial de recuperación pueda recuperar los ficheros. Si necesita " +#~ "desaniciar de forma segura los ficheros, va tener qu'usar una utilidá de " +#~ "llinia d'ordes tal como shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Entienda lo que son volumes y particiones y utilice la utilidá de discu pa " +#~ "xestionales." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Ver y xestionar volumes y particiones usando la Utilidá de discu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pue comprobar y modificar los sos volumes d'almacenamientu del equipu con la " +#~ "utilidá de discu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra'l Tableru y anicie l'aplicación Utilidá de discos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel panel denomáu Preseos d'almacenamientu, va atopar discos " +#~ "duros, unidaes de CD/DVD y otros preseos físicos. Calque nel preséu que " +#~ "quiera inspeicionar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel panel de la derecha, l'área etiquetada Volumes ufre un " +#~ "desglose visual de los volumes y particiones presentes nel preséu escoyíu. " +#~ "Tamién contién delles ferramientes pa remanar estos volumes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tenga curiáu: ye posible borrar dafechu los datos del so discu usando estes " +#~ "utilidaes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una partición primaria tien de contener información que'l so equipu usa " +#~ "p'aniciase, o arrancar. Por esta razón a vegaes conózse-y col nome " +#~ "de partición d'arranque o volume d'arranque. Pa determinar si un volume ye " +#~ "arrancable, mire na so Etiqueta de partición na utilidá de discu. " +#~ "Soportes esternos tales como unidaes USB y CDs tamién puen contener un " +#~ "volume arrancable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asegúrese de que Bloquiar ta activao, y depués escueya un tiempu " +#~ "d'espera de la llista desplegable. La pantalla va bloquiase automáticamente " +#~ "si l'equipu se caltién inactivu nel tiempu escoyíu. Tamién pue escoyer " +#~ "que la pantalla s'apague pa bloquiar la pantalla dempués de que " +#~ "s'apague, controláu cola llista Suspender cuando tea inactivu por " +#~ "más arriba." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa proyeutos más avanzaos de grabación de CD/DVD, pruebe Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa tener más ayuda tocante al usu de Brasero, llea la guía d'usuariu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Busque los ficheros basándose nel nome del ficheru y el tipu. Guarde les sos " +#~ "busques pal so usu posterior." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pue guetar ficheros según el so nome o'l so tipu de ficheru direutamente " +#~ "dende'l xestor de ficheros. Tamién pue guardar busques frecuentes, que van " +#~ "apaecer como carpetes especiales dientro de la so carpeta personal." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Abra'l xestor de ficheros." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si sabe que los ficheros que quier buscar tán nuna carpeta determinada, vaya " +#~ "a esa carpeta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pue abrir, copiar, desaniciar o trabayar colos sos ficheros dende los " +#~ "resultaos de busca, igual como si tuviera en cualquier carpeta nel xestor de " +#~ "ficheros." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si fai ciertes busques de cutiu, pue guardales p'acceder a elles más rápido." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Guardar una gueta" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Empecipiar una gueta como la d'arriba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asigne un nome a la busca y calque Guardar. Si quier, escueya una " +#~ "carpeta distinta na que guardala. Cuando visualice esa carpeta, va ver les " +#~ "sos busques guardaes como un iconu de carpeta color naranxa con una lente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa desaniciar el ficheru de busca cuando termine d'usalu, desanicie de la mesma manera que lo fadría con cualesquier " +#~ "otru ficheru. Cuando desanicia una busca guardada, nun se desanicien los " +#~ "ficheros que concasaron cola busca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa resolver esto, calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra " +#~ "de menús y escueya Axustes del sistema. Na seición Hardware, " +#~ "escueya Pantalles. Pruebe distintes opciones de " +#~ "resolución y escueya la que se vea meyor na so pantalla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " +#~ "Axustes del sistema. Abra Pantalles." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " +#~ "Axustes del sistema." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Desconeutar el «touchpad» al escribir pa evitar pulsaciones accidentales." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Desactivar el touchpad al escribir" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Los touchpads nos portátiles asítiense de normal onde se posa la so muñeca " +#~ "mientres ta tecleando, polo que dacuando pue provocar pulsaciones " +#~ "accidentales mientres teclea. Pue desactivar el touchpad mientres teclea. Va " +#~ "Funcionar de nuevu un pocu dempués de que calque la última tecla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na seición Touchpad, marque Desactivar el touchpad al " +#~ "escribir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Munchos mures y dellos touchpad inclúin un botón central. Nun mur con rueda, " +#~ "xeneralmente pue primir la rueda pa facer pulsación central. Si nun tien un " +#~ "botón central, pue primir coles mesmes los botones esquierdu y derechu pa " +#~ "facer una pulsación central. Si-y paez que nun pue facer pulsaciones " +#~ "centrales d'esta manera, pue probar a siguir estes " +#~ "instrucciones." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nos tocuhpad multitáctiles pue tocar con tres dedo al empar pa realizar una " +#~ "pulsación central. Por que esto funcione, debe activar les pulsaciones del mur col touchpad na configuración " +#~ "del touchpad." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Munches aplicaciones usen la pulsación central p'atayos de pulsación " +#~ "avanzaos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un atayu común ye apegar el testu escoyíu. (A vegaes denómase apegáu " +#~ "d'Escoyeta principal) Escueya'l testu que quier apegar, a continuación, vaya " +#~ "au quiera apegalu y faiga una pulsación central. El testu escoyíu tendría " +#~ "d'apegase na posición del mur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apegar testu col botón central del mur ye daqué totalmente independiente " +#~ "d'apegalu dende'l cartafueyu normal. Al escoyer testu, nun s'apega al " +#~ "cartafueyu. Esti métodu rápidu d'apegáu namái funciona col botón central del " +#~ "mur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muchos navegadores web permíten-y abrir enllaces en llingüetes rápidamente " +#~ "col botón central del mur. Calque cualesquier enllaz col botón central y " +#~ "abriráse nuna llingüeta nueva. Pero tenga curiáu al calcar nun enllaz nel " +#~ "restolador web Firefox. En Firefox, si calca'l botón " +#~ "central en cualesquier otru sitiu que nn seya un enllaz, el restolador " +#~ "intentará cargar el so testu escoyíu como un URL, como si vusté intentara " +#~ "usar el botón central p'apegalu na barra de direiciones y hubiere primío " +#~ "Intro." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Delles aplicaciones especializaes déxen-y usar el botón central del mur pa " +#~ "otres funciones. Busque n'ayuda de la so aplicación dalgún apartáu referente " +#~ "a pulsación central o botón central del mur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque ← una vegada pa camudar a la llingüeta Apuntar y " +#~ "calcar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Estes instrucciones apurren la forma más curtia d'activar les tecles del mur " +#~ "usando namái'l tecláu. Escueya Configuraciones d'accesu universal " +#~ "pa ver más opciones d'accesibilidá." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El tecláu numbéricu ye un conxuntu de botones numbéricos del so tecláu, de " +#~ "normal dispuestos nuna matriz cuadrada. Si'l so tecláu nun tien tecláu " +#~ "numbéricu (por exemplu, el tecláu d'un portátil), pue que tenga que caltener " +#~ "calcada la tecla Función (Fn) y usar otres tecles del so tecláu " +#~ "como un tecláu numbéricu. Si ta avezáu a usar esta función nun portátil, pue " +#~ "mercar teclaos numbéricos USB esternos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cada númberu nel tecláu numbéricu correspuende a una direición. Por exemplu, " +#~ "si prime 8 el punteru va movese escontra arriba, y si prime " +#~ "2 va movese escontra abaxo. Prima la tecla 5 pa facer " +#~ "una pulsación, o prímala dos vegaes rápido pa facer una pulsación duble." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La mayoría de teclaos inclúin una tecla especial que dexa facer clic " +#~ "derechu; de cutiu cerca de la barra espaciadora. Tenga en cuenta, ensin " +#~ "embargu, qu'esta tecla respuende al allugamientu del focu del tecláu, non al " +#~ "punteru del mur. Ver pa más información " +#~ "sobre l'usu de clic derechu primiendo 5 o'l botón esquierdu del " +#~ "mur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pue primir, primir dos vegaes, arrastrar y movese utilizando solamente'l so " +#~ "touchpad, ensin botones de hardware separtaos." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Pa facer click, toque nel touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "P'arrastrar un elementu, toque dos vegaes rápido pero nun llevante'l so deu " +#~ "dempués del segundu toque. Arrastre l'elementu a la posición deseada, y " +#~ "depués llevante'l so deu pa soltalu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si'l so touchpad ye multitoque, faiga una pulsación derecha tocando con dos " +#~ "deos al empar. Si non, aínda va necesitar de botones de hardware pa facer " +#~ "pulsaciones dereches. Consulte pa un " +#~ "métodu pa facer pulsaciones dereches ensin un botón secundariu del mur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si'l so touchpad ye multitoque, faiga una pulsación central tocando con trés deos al empar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Al tocar o arrastrar con dellos deos, asegúrese de que los sos deos tán " +#~ "dixebraos lo suficiente. Si los sos deos tán bien xuntos, el so equipu " +#~ "podría creer que son ún solu deu." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Añadir, desaniciar y renomar marcadores nel xestor de ficheros." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Desaniciar un marcador:" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Na caxella Nome escriba'l nome nuevu pal marcador." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Da la data y hora de la cabera vegada que se modificó'l ficheru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si quier tar mui seguru, o si quier guetar por virus en ficheros que tea " +#~ "pasando ente vusté y otres persones qu'usen Windows o Mac OS, pue instalar " +#~ "programes antivirus. Mire nel Centru de software d'Ubuntu, onde " +#~ "hai varies aplicaciones disponibles." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Empathy ta instaláu por defeutu n'Ubuntu. Anicie Mensaxería nel intre " +#~ "Empathy dende'l Dash, el Llanzador o escueya Chat " +#~ "dende'l Menú de mensaxería." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pue remanar qué programes puen acceder a la rede. Esto ayuda a caltener el " +#~ "so equipu seguru." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Activar o bloquiar accesu al tornafueos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu incorpora'l Tornafueos ensin complicaciones («Uncomplicated " +#~ "Firewall») (ufw) pero nun vien activáu de forma " +#~ "predeterminada. Como Ubuntu nun trai dengún serviciu de rede abiertu " +#~ "(sacante pa la infraestructura básica de rede) na instalación " +#~ "predeterminada, nun se precisa nengún tornafueos pa bloquiar intentos de " +#~ "conexones malicioses entrantes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa tener más información sobre l'usu d'Ufw, consulte la documentación en " +#~ "llinia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "P'activar el tornafueos, teclee sudo ufw enable nun terminal. Pa " +#~ "desactivar ufw, teclee sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Munchos programes tán diseñaos pa ufiertar servicios de rede. Por exemplu, " +#~ "pue compartir conteníos, o dexar que daquién vea'l so escritoriu de forma " +#~ "remota. Dependiendo de los programes qu'instale, ye posible que tenga " +#~ "qu'axustar el tornafueos pa dexar qu'esos programes funcionen según lo " +#~ "previsto. Ufw yá trai delles regles predefiníes. Por exemplu, pa permitir " +#~ "conexones SSH, introduza sudo ufw allow ssh nun " +#~ "terminal. Pa bloquiar el SSH, introduza sudo ufw block ssh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tou programa qu'apurre servicios usa un puertu de rede específicu. " +#~ "Pa permitir l'accesu a los servicios d'esi programa, tien de dexar l'accesu " +#~ "al so puertu asignáu nel tornafueos. Pa dexar conexones al puertu 53, " +#~ "introduza sudo ufw allow 53 nun terminal. Pa bloquiar el puertu " +#~ "53, introduza sudo ufw block 53." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tal vegada ten que instalar Flash pa poder ver sitios web como YouTube, que " +#~ "muestran vídeos y páxines web interactivas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash ye un complementu pal so navegador web que-y dexa " +#~ "ver vídeos y usar delles páxines web de conteníu interactivu. Dellos sitios " +#~ "web nun van funcionar ensin Flash." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Cómo instalar Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Center." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nesti enllaz " +#~ "p'aniciar el Centru de software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Llea la información y les reseñes p'asegurase de que quier instalar Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " +#~ "Center window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si decide instalar Flash, calque Instalar na ventana del Centru " +#~ "de software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si tien dalguna ventana del restolador abierta, zárrela y vuelva a abrila. " +#~ "El restolador tien de dase cuenta de que Flash ta instaláu cuando s'abra de " +#~ "nueves y agora tendría ser quien a ver sitios web qu'usen Flash." + +#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" +#~ msgstr "Alternatives a Flash de códigu abiertu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " +#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " +#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " +#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Existen un puñáu d'alternatives llibres, de códigu abiertu, disponibles pa " +#~ "Flash. Estes tienden a trabayar meyor que'l complementu Flash en dellos " +#~ "aspeutos (por exemplu, na meyor manipulación de la reproducción de soníu), " +#~ "pero peor n'otros (por exemplu, por nun ser a amosar dalgunes de les páxines " +#~ "en Flash más complicaes na web)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " +#~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " +#~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pue intentar usar ún d'ellos si nun ta satisfechu col reproductor de Flash, " #~ "o si quier usar tantu software de códigu abiertu como seya posible nel " @@ -27215,6 +28145,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Ayude al so navegador a trabayar con sitios web que precisen Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Instale'l complementu de Java pal navegador" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dellos sitios web usen pequeños programes Java, que precisen la " +#~ "instalación d'un complementu Java pa funcionar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instale'l paquete icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "pa ver programa Java nel so navegador." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -27263,6 +28213,15 @@ #~ "Moonlight pa más información y les instrucciones d'instalación." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Solucionar problemes coles " +#~ "conexones inalámbriques, atopar la " +#~ "so rede wifi…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -27281,6 +28240,263 @@ #~ "elementos téunicos na parte inferior del Centru de software " #~ "d'Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pue usar el so equipu como un puntu d'accesu inalámbricu. Permite a otros " +#~ "preseos coneutase al so equipu ensin necesidá d'una rede esterna y tamién " +#~ "dexa compartir la conexón a internet fecha con otra interfaz, tal como una " +#~ "rede por cable o sobre una rede móvil." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Calque'l botón Usar como «hotspot»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si yá se coneutó a una rede inalámbrica, va entrugáse-y si quier " +#~ "desconeutase de dicha rede. Namái pue coneutase un solu adautador, o crear " +#~ "una rede al mesmu tiempu. Calque Crear «hotspot» pa confirmar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Va xenerase automáticamente un nome de rede (SSID) y una clave de seguridá. " +#~ "El nome de la rede va basase nel nome del so equipu. Otros preseos van " +#~ "precisar esta información pa coneutase al «hotspot» qu'acaba de crear." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús y desmarque Activar inalámbrica." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa facer esto, calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús y " +#~ "desmarque Activar inalámbrica. Esto va apagar la so conexón de " +#~ "rede hasta que conseñe la opción de nueves." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa volver a prender el mou inalámbricu, calque nel menú de rede " +#~ "na barra de menús y escueya Activar inalámbrica pa que la opción " +#~ "quede conseñada con una marca de verificación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ye posible que'l so portátil siga emitiendo si nun apaga'l Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús, y calque " +#~ "nel nome de la rede a la que quier coneutase." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deprenda lo que signifiquen les opciones na pantalla d'edición de conexón " +#~ "inalámbrica." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Editar una conexón inalámbrica" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esti tema describe toles opciones disponibles cuando edita una conexón de " +#~ "rede inalámbrica. Pa editar una conexón, calque nel menú de rede " +#~ "na barra de menús, y escueya Editar les conexones." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Disponible pa tolos usuarios / Coneutar automáticamente" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Coneutar automáticamente" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si hai delles redes afitaes nel rangu, pa coneutase automáticamente, " +#~ "l'equipu va coneutase a la primera que s'amuese na llingüeta " +#~ "Inalámbrica na ventana Conexones de rede. Nun va " +#~ "desconeutase d'una rede disponible pa coneutase a una distinta qu'acabe " +#~ "d'apaecer." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Disponible pa tolos usuarios" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conseñe esta opción si quier que tolos usuarios nel equipu tengan accesu a " +#~ "esta rede inalámbrica. Si la rede tien una contraseña WEP/WPA y escoyó esta opción, namái va tener " +#~ "qu'introducir la contraseña una vegada. Tolos demás usuarios nel equipu van " +#~ "ser quien a coneutase a la rede ensin tener que conocer la contraseña." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si conseña esta opción, tien que ser alministrador pa camudar la configuración d'esta rede. Pue " +#~ "pidíse-y qu'introduza la so contraseña d'alministrador." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Rede Inalámbrica" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si seleiciona Ad-hoc, va ver otres dos opciones: Banda " +#~ "y Canal, que determinen en qué banda de frecuencies inalámbrica " +#~ "va operar la red ad-hoc. Dellos equipos namái puen funcionar en delles " +#~ "bandes (por exemplu, solo na A o na B/G), polo que " +#~ "deberá escoyer la banda afayadiza pa que tolos equipos de la rede ad-hoc " +#~ "puedan usala. En llugares concurríos, ye dable qu'esistan delles redes " +#~ "inalámbriques compartiendo la mesma canal; esto podría ralentizar la " +#~ "conexón, polo que tamién pue camudar la canal que vaya a usar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ésti ye'l Identificador de Conxuntu Básicu de Serviciu. El SSID " +#~ "(ver más arriba) ye'l nome de la rede que los humanos lleen; el BSSID ye un " +#~ "nome que l'equipu pue atalantar (ye una cadena de lletres y númberos que se " +#~ "supon única pa la rede inalámbrica). Si una rede ta tapecida, nun va tener un SSID, pero sí un BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Direición MAC del preséu:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El so hardware de rede (tarxeta inalámbrica) pue intentar tener una " +#~ "direición MAC distinta. Esto ye útil si tien un preséu o serviciu que namái " +#~ "se comunica con una determinada direición MAC (por exemplu, un cablemódem de " +#~ "banda ancha). Si pon esa direición MAC nel apartáu direición MAC " +#~ "clonada, el preséu o serviciu va pensar que'l so equipu tien la " +#~ "direición MAC clonada en cuenta de la real." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Seguridá inalámbrica" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esto define qué tipu de cifráu usa la so rede inalámbrica. Les " +#~ "conexones cifraes ayuden a protexer la so conexón inalámbrica de ser " +#~ "interceptada, polo qu'otres persones nun van poder «escuchar» y ver qué " +#~ "sitiu web ta visitando, etc." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Delles tribes de cifráu son más fuertes qu'otres, pero pue que dellos " +#~ "preseos de rede inalámbrica más antiguos nun lu almitan. Normalmente va " +#~ "tener que teclear una contraseña pa coneutase; otres tribes de seguridá más " +#~ "sofisticaes tamién necesiten un nome d'usuariu y un «certificáu» dixital. " +#~ "Consulte pa más información sobre les " +#~ "tribes de cifráu inalámbricu más usuales." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si escueye esta opción, l'equipu va obtener la so direición IP d'un sirvidor " +#~ "DHCP, pero va tener que definir manualmente otros detalles (como'l sirvidor " +#~ "DNS que va usar)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escueya esta opción si quier definir tola configuración de rede, incluyendo " +#~ "la direición IP que l'equipu tien d'usar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta opción va desactivar la conexón a la rede y va torga-y coneutase a " +#~ "ella. Decátese que IPv4 y IPv6 trátense como conexones " +#~ "separtaes, inclusu anque vaigan pela mesma tarxeta de rede. Si activó una " +#~ "d'elles, pue que quiera desactivar la otra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ye asemeyada a la llingüeta IPv4 sacante en que trabaya col " +#~ "estándar IPv6, que ye más recién. Les redes más modernes usen IPv6, pero " +#~ "IPv4 sigue siendo más popular nesti momentu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel menú de rede na barra de menús y escueya Coneutar " +#~ "a otra rede inalámbrica tapecida." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Na seición Sistema, faiga clic n'Oríxenes de software." @@ -27325,12 +28541,220 @@ #~ "la guía de resolvimientu de problemes." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escriba sudo pm-hibernate na terminal y prima Intro." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si la ivernación nun funciona, compruebe que la so partición d'intercambéu " #~ "ye polo menos del mesmu tamañu que la so RAM disponible." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si la prueba d'ivernación funciona, pue siguir y usar la orde sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate cuando quiera ivernar." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "¿Por qué s'apagó/suspendió'l mio equipu cuando la batería llegó al 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando'l nivel de carga de la batería tea mui baxu, l'equipu automáticamente " +#~ "va suspendese. Esto asegura que la " +#~ "batería nun tea dafechu descargada, yá que nun ye bono pa la batería. Si la " +#~ "batería dexa de funcionar, l'equipu nun va tener tiempu de zarrar " +#~ "afechiscamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dalgunos equipos tienen problemes al suspender y nun son a recuperar les " +#~ "aplicaciones y documentos abiertos al coneutar l'equipu de nueves. Nesti " +#~ "casu, ye dable que pierda parte del so trabayu si nun se guardó " +#~ "correutamente enantes de suspender l'equipu. Pue arreglar problemes con suspender." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de menús y escueya " +#~ "Axustes del sistema" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imprentadores ensin deteutar, atascos de papel, impresiones que se ven mal…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Configurar una imprentadora que ta coneutada al so equipu." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Configurar una imprentadora llocal" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El so sistema pue reconocer automáticamente delles tribes d'imprentadores " +#~ "cuando se coneuten. La mayoría de les imprentadores conéutense al equipu con " +#~ "un cable USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Coneute la imprentadora al so sistema per aciu del cable apropiáu. Pue ver " +#~ "l'actividá na pantalla cuando'l sistema busca los controladores, y pue que " +#~ "se-y pida que s'autentique pa instalalos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si la so imprentadora nun se configuró de mou automáticu, pue amestala na " +#~ "configuración d'imprentadora." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Calque Amestar y escueya la imprentadora de la ventana de preseos." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Calque Alantre y espere mientres busca los controladores." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si hai dellos controladores disponibles pal so equipu, va pidíse-y que " +#~ "escueya ún. Pa usar el meyor controlador namái calque siguir en facer y " +#~ "modelar pantalles." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dempués d'instalar la imprentadora, quiciabes quiera camudar la so imprentadora predeterminada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa que los cambeos tengan efeutu, tien de zarrar la sesión ya ingresar de " +#~ "nueves. Pa zarrar la sesión, calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de " +#~ "la barra de menús y escueya Zarrar sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa que los cambeos nes llingües tengan efeutu, tien de zarrar sesión y " +#~ "ingresar de nueves. Calque nel iconu asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra " +#~ "de menús y escueya Zarrar sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa zarrar sesión o camudar d'usuariu, calque nel menú de sistema asitiáu nel estremu derechu de la barra de " +#~ "menús, y escueya la opción apropiada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa bloquiar la so pantalla, calque nel menú de sistema na barra " +#~ "de menús y escueya Bloquiar pantalla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando la so pantalla ta bloquiada, otros usuarios puen aniciar sesión en " +#~ "les sos propies cuentes calcando Camudar d'usuariu na pantalla de " +#~ "contraseña. Pue volver al so escritoriu cuando finen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pa suspender el so equipu manualmente, calque nel menú del " +#~ "sistema na barra de menús y escueya Suspender." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si quier apagar l'equipu por completu, o facer un reaniciu completu, calque " +#~ "nel menú del sistema y escueya Apagar." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Dende'l tecláu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Suelte la tecla Alt pa escoyer la siguiente ventana (resaltada) " +#~ "nel seleutor." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "D'otru mou, caltenga calcada la tecla Alt, calque Tab " +#~ "pa movese pela llista de ventanes abiertes, o " +#~ "MayúsTab pa percorreles en sentíu " +#~ "inversu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les ventanes nel seleutor de ventanes agrúpense por aplicación. Les vistes " +#~ "previes d'aplicaciones con delles ventanes emerxen según les percuerre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tamién pue movese ente los iconos d'aplicaciones nel seleutor de ventanes " +#~ "coles tecles → o ←, o escoyer una faciendo clic col " +#~ "mur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les vistes previes de les aplicaciones con una sola ventana puen amosase " +#~ "cola tecla ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -27635,3 +29059,12 @@ #~ "formatu distintu. La mayoría d'editores de videu puen facer esto, y esisten " #~ "tamién aplicaciones pa convertir ente formatos específicos de videu. " #~ "Revise'l Centru de software d'Ubuntu pa ver lo qu'hai disponible." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si dispón de más d'un llápiz, cuando'l llápiz adicional s'avere a la " +#~ "tableta, va amosase un control de páxines xunto al nome del llápiz. Use esi " +#~ "control pa escoyer qué llápiz configurar." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/az/az.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/az/az.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/az/az.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/az/az.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Azerbaijani \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -412,14 +497,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -452,30 +537,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Üzərindən keçirməklə klik et funksiyasını aktiv et" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -485,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -493,14 +569,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -508,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -532,12 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -658,7 +734,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -688,12 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -702,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -711,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -719,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -727,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -778,17 +854,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -797,14 +873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -842,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -861,14 +937,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -879,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -924,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -959,7 +1035,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1049,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1030,12 +1106,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1123,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1132,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1217,7 +1295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1231,46 +1309,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1604,6 +1681,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1686,107 +1832,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1795,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1808,31 +1963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1840,49 +1996,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1893,13 +2086,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1911,27 +2104,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1939,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1947,12 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1980,22 +2173,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2470,7 +2663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3008,7 +3201,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3249,7 +3442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4785,59 +4978,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5026,90 +5202,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5118,109 +5313,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5259,65 +5412,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5326,106 +5468,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5437,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5448,28 +5597,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +5618,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5500,13 +5641,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5536,18 +5677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5555,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5564,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5591,15 +5732,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5615,7 +5762,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5623,7 +5770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5631,7 +5778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5677,19 +5824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5699,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5728,13 +5875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,7 +5897,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5784,7 +5932,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5816,17 +5964,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5849,12 +5997,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6109,7 +6256,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6337,12 +6483,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6350,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6358,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6368,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6378,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6386,17 +6532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6405,12 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6419,24 +6565,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6445,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6453,24 +6599,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6478,12 +6624,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6492,7 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6509,10 +6655,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6532,14 +6678,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6549,24 +6710,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7104,10 +7273,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7579,129 +7747,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8471,7 +8615,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8487,22 +8631,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8513,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8522,46 +8666,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8573,15 +8717,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8606,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8620,26 +8774,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8649,19 +8803,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8669,7 +8823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8677,50 +8831,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9089,14 +9243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9119,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9132,24 +9286,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9157,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9166,14 +9320,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9182,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9289,10 +9443,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9327,17 +9482,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9364,26 +9520,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9392,7 +9541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9400,12 +9549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9615,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9625,8 +9774,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9650,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9671,11 +9820,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,31 +9832,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9729,13 +9880,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9750,8 +9900,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9773,85 +9923,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9859,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10053,14 +10411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10069,8 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10088,74 +10445,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10166,31 +10519,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10592,7 +10945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10602,70 +10955,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11151,7 +11505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11311,7 +11665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11441,80 +11795,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11778,12 +12132,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11796,7 +12149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12052,22 +12405,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12098,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12188,7 +12541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12196,30 +12549,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12228,29 +12581,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12264,7 +12618,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12278,14 +12632,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12295,19 +12649,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12315,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12543,83 +12897,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12852,6 +13256,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13048,7 +13453,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13091,20 +13496,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13112,13 +13517,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13126,19 +13531,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13574,10 +13979,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13601,50 +14006,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13653,25 +14059,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13703,8 +14108,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13871,25 +14276,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13897,40 +14302,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,25 +14344,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13966,12 +14371,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13982,41 +14387,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14025,34 +14430,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14063,44 +14468,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14108,17 +14514,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14128,32 +14534,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14164,30 +14570,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14250,21 +14666,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14275,12 +14689,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14289,14 +14710,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14462,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14470,12 +14891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14483,7 +14904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15499,12 +15920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15625,7 +16046,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15669,7 +16090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15755,39 +16176,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15820,31 +16219,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16126,7 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16259,7 +16651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16267,21 +16659,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16289,7 +16681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16297,8 +16689,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16351,7 +16743,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16368,7 +16762,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16472,7 +16867,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16889,7 +17283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16924,92 +17318,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17157,31 +17595,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17190,7 +17628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17284,14 +17808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17299,15 +17823,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17316,12 +17841,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17329,19 +17854,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17366,27 +17891,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17397,12 +17923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17410,7 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17442,17 +17968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17657,28 +18183,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17723,20 +18249,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17746,27 +18272,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17776,26 +18307,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18327,36 +18861,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18364,17 +18898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18383,14 +18917,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18436,55 +18970,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18492,8 +19023,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18501,7 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18668,19 +19204,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18689,26 +19225,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19352,7 +19888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19360,17 +19896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19378,7 +19914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19501,12 +20045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20180,37 +20724,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20237,19 +20773,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20339,38 +20875,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20499,32 +21035,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20532,8 +21068,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20542,7 +21092,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20550,14 +21100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20569,7 +21119,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20577,28 +21127,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20609,7 +21159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20617,14 +21167,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20635,21 +21185,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21210,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21218,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20683,58 +21233,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20829,37 +21353,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22157,7 +22655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22165,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22175,18 +22673,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/bg/bg.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/bg/bg.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/bg/bg.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/bg/bg.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Bulgarian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -238,13 +238,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -315,61 +315,144 @@ "по клавиша няколко пъти, а трябва да го направите само веднъж, то трябва да " "включите подскачащите клавиши." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Кликнете върху най-дясната икона в меню лентата и изберете " -"Системни настройки." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Отворете Универсален достъп и изберете раздела Писане ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Превключете Подскачащи клавиши на включено положение." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -435,14 +518,14 @@ "някои части от потребителският интерфейс." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Отворете Универсален достъп и изберете Зрение." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Превключете Висок контраст в положение ВКЛ." @@ -484,18 +567,9 @@ "показалеца на мишката над елемента, да пуснете мишката и след това изчакайте " "малко преди бутона сам да кликне вместо вас." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -504,13 +578,13 @@ "натискане." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" "Превключете Кликане при посочване с мишката на включено положение." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -527,7 +601,7 @@ "единичното кликване." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -538,7 +612,7 @@ "си, бутонът ще се кликне сам." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -547,7 +621,7 @@ "трябва да се държи показалеца на мишката за да изпълни кликане." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -559,7 +633,7 @@ "няма да се извърши кликане." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -588,12 +662,12 @@ "размера на шрифта." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Превключете Увеличен текст в положение ВКЛ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -732,7 +806,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -767,13 +841,13 @@ "индивидуално, или ако посочващо устройство има само един бутон." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" "Превключете Симулирано повторно кликане на включено положение." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -787,7 +861,7 @@ "кликане." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -801,7 +875,7 @@ "синьо, отпуснете бутона на мишката, за да кликнете с десния бутон на мишката." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -812,7 +886,7 @@ "обикновено, дори и ако не получите визуална обратна връзка от показалеца." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -823,7 +897,7 @@ "клавиша 5 на клавиатурата." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -888,17 +962,17 @@ "ако ви е трудно веднага да натиснете верният клавиш на клавиатурата." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Превключете Бавни клавиши на включено положение." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Бързо включване и изключване на бавните клавиши" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -912,7 +986,7 @@ "секунди, за да включите или изключите бавните клавиши." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -922,7 +996,7 @@ "заработи." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -975,17 +1049,17 @@ "задръжте натиснати няколко клавиша едновременно." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Превключете Лепкави клавиши на включено положение." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Бързо вклюване и изключване на лепкавите клавиши" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -999,7 +1073,7 @@ "изключите лепкавите клавиши." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1009,7 +1083,7 @@ "по нормалния начин." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1026,7 +1100,7 @@ "клавиши, които са близо един до друг), но не всички." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1034,7 +1108,7 @@ "да включите това." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1089,14 +1163,14 @@ "звуков сигнал)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Отворете Универсален достъп и изберете раздела Слух." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1128,7 +1202,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1142,10 +1216,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1199,12 +1273,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1215,7 +1290,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1224,15 +1299,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1414,13 +1490,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Добавянето профил ще помогне свърже вашите онлайн профили с вашия Убунту " -"десктоп. По този начин, вашата електронна поща, мигновенни съобщения и други " -"сродни приложения ще бъдат настроени за вас." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1431,60 +1504,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Изберете Вид на профила от дясната страна на прозореца." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Ако искате да настройте повече профили, можете да повторите този процес след " -"това." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Ще се появи малък уеб потребителски интерфейс, където можете да въведете " -"регистрационните данни за онлайн профила си. Например, ако искате да " -"настройте профила си в Гугъл, въведете потребителското си име за Гугъл, " -"паролата си и влезте." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Ако сте въвели правилно вашите идентификационни данни, ще бъдете подканени " -"да приемете условията. За да продължите изберете Приемам. Веднъж " -"прието, Убунту ще пойска разрешение за достъп до профила ви. За да дадете " -"възможност за достъп, кликнете върху бутона Предостави достъп. " -"Когато бъдете подканени, въведете текущата парола потребители." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Сега можете да изберете приложенията, които искате да свържете с онлайн " -"профила си. Например, ако искате да използвате онлайн профила за чат, но не " -"искате да го ползвате за календара, изключете опцията календар." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1492,13 +1550,9 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"От съображения за сигурност, Убунту няма да съхранява вашата парола на " -"компютъра ви. Вместо това, Убунту ще съхранява токен, предоставен от онлайн " -"услугата. Ако искате да отмените изцяло връзката между вашия компютър и " -"онлайн услугата, премахнете я." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1879,6 +1933,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1974,129 +2097,117 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Инсталиране на допълнителен софтуер" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Екипът на Убунту разработчиците е избрал стандартно инсталиран набор от " -"приложения, които смятаме, че прави Убунту много подходящ за повечето " -"ежедневни задачи. Въпреки това, вие със сигурност ще искате да инсталирате " -"допълнителен софтуер, за да направите Убунту по-полезен за вас." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "За да инсталирате допълнителен софтуер, изпълнете следните стъпки:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Свържете се към интернет с помощта на безжична или кабелна " -"връзка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Изберете приложението, което ви интересува и кликнете върху " -"Инсталирай." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Вие ще бъдете помолени да въведете паролата си. След като го направите, " -"инсталирането ще започне." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Инсталирането обикновено завършва бързо, но може да отнеме известно време, " -"ако имате бавна интернет връзка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Иконата към новото приложение ще бъде добавена към старт-лентата. За да " -"деактивирате тази функция, махнете отметката от " -"ИзгледНовите приложения в стартера." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Добавете PPA, за да помогнете с тестването на предварителните версии или " -"специализирани програми." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Добавяне на персонален пакетен архив (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Персоналните пакетни архиви (PPAs) представляват софтуерни " -"хранилища, разработени за потребителите на Убунту и са по-лесни за " -"инсталиране от други хранилища, предоставени от трети страни." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" "Добавяйте само софтуерни хранилища от източници, на които имате доверие!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2108,12 +2219,12 @@ "който е вреден за вашия компютър." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Инсталиране на PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2124,27 +2235,26 @@ "на: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Преминете към раздела Друг софтуер." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Кликнете върху Добави и въведете ppa: " -"местоположението." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2152,7 +2262,7 @@ "за идентифициране." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2160,30 +2270,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Премахнете софтуера, които вече не използвате." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Премахване на приложение" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2192,21 +2328,30 @@ "търсене или като погледнете списъка с инсталираните приложения." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Изберете приложението и кликнете върху Премахни." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Вие може да бъдете помолени да въведете паролата си. След като направите " -"това, приложението ще бъде премахнато." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2222,16 +2367,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Добавяйте други хранилища, за да разширите софтуерните източниците " -"използвани от Убунту за инсталиране и надграждане." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Добавяне на допълнителни софтуерни хранилища" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2246,13 +2389,13 @@ "хранилище на трети лица, трябва да го добавите към списъка на вече " "достъпните хранилища на Убунту." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Инсталиране на други хранилища" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2261,7 +2404,7 @@ "преминете към раздела Друг софтуер." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2271,7 +2414,7 @@ "подобно на:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2279,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2287,12 +2430,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Активиране на хранилището «Партньори на Каноникал»" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2302,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2312,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2320,26 +2463,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Добавяне/премахване на софтуер" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Инсталиране, премахване, допълнителни " -"хранилища…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Добавяне и премахване на софтуер" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2882,7 +3022,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3423,7 +3563,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3664,7 +3804,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3672,7 +3812,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -5206,59 +5346,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5451,90 +5574,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5543,109 +5685,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5684,65 +5784,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." +"From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " +"want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 -msgid "" -"From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " -"want to check." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5751,106 +5840,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5862,7 +5958,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5873,28 +5969,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5902,19 +5990,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5925,13 +6013,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5961,18 +6049,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5980,7 +6068,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5989,7 +6077,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6016,15 +6104,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6040,7 +6134,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6048,7 +6142,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6056,7 +6150,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6064,7 +6158,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6093,7 +6187,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6102,19 +6196,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6124,7 +6218,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6153,13 +6247,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -6174,7 +6269,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6209,7 +6304,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6241,17 +6336,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6274,12 +6369,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6538,7 +6632,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6766,12 +6859,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6779,7 +6872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6787,7 +6880,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6797,7 +6890,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6807,7 +6900,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6815,17 +6908,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6834,12 +6927,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6848,24 +6941,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6874,7 +6967,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6882,24 +6975,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6907,12 +7000,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6921,7 +7014,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6938,10 +7031,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6961,14 +7054,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6978,24 +7086,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7533,10 +7649,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8008,129 +8123,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Отворете файловия мениджър" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8909,7 +9000,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8925,22 +9016,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8951,7 +9042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8960,46 +9051,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9011,15 +9102,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9044,12 +9145,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9058,26 +9159,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9087,19 +9188,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -9107,7 +9208,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -9115,50 +9216,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9537,14 +9638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9567,12 +9668,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9580,24 +9681,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9605,7 +9706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9614,14 +9715,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9630,7 +9731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9737,10 +9838,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9775,17 +9877,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9812,26 +9915,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9840,7 +9936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9848,12 +9944,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9864,7 +9960,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -10072,7 +10168,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -10082,8 +10178,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -10107,7 +10203,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -10128,11 +10224,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -10140,31 +10236,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -10186,13 +10284,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -10207,8 +10304,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -10230,85 +10327,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -10316,7 +10621,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10510,14 +10815,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10526,8 +10831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10545,74 +10849,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10623,31 +10923,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -11049,7 +11349,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -11059,70 +11359,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11608,7 +11909,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11768,7 +12069,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11898,80 +12199,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -12235,12 +12536,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12253,7 +12553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12524,22 +12824,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12570,7 +12870,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12660,7 +12960,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12668,30 +12968,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12700,29 +13000,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12736,7 +13037,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12750,14 +13051,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12767,19 +13068,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12787,7 +13088,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -13018,83 +13319,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -13327,6 +13678,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13528,12 +13880,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Отстраняване на проблем с " -"безжични връзки, намерете своята " -"wifiмрежа…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -13574,20 +13923,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13595,13 +13944,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13609,19 +13958,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -14064,15 +14413,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Свързване с wifi, скрити мрежи, редактиране на настройките за свързване, прекъсване на връзката…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -14095,50 +14440,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -14147,25 +14493,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -14197,8 +14542,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -14365,25 +14710,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14391,40 +14736,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -14433,25 +14778,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14460,12 +14805,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14476,41 +14821,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14519,34 +14864,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14557,44 +14902,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14602,17 +14948,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14622,32 +14968,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14658,30 +15004,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14744,21 +15100,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14769,12 +15123,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14783,14 +15144,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14956,7 +15317,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14964,12 +15325,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14977,7 +15338,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15993,12 +16354,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -16119,7 +16480,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -16163,7 +16524,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -16249,39 +16610,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -16314,31 +16653,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16624,7 +16956,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16761,7 +17093,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16769,21 +17101,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16791,7 +17123,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16799,8 +17131,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16863,7 +17195,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16880,7 +17214,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16984,7 +17319,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -17403,7 +17737,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -17438,92 +17772,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17671,31 +18049,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17704,7 +18082,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17798,14 +18262,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17813,15 +18277,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17830,12 +18295,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17843,19 +18308,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17880,27 +18345,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17911,12 +18377,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17924,7 +18390,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17956,17 +18422,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -18173,28 +18639,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -18241,20 +18707,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18264,27 +18730,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18294,26 +18765,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18862,36 +19336,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18899,17 +19373,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18918,14 +19392,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18973,55 +19447,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19029,8 +19500,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -19038,7 +19514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -19205,19 +19681,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -19226,26 +19702,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19891,7 +20367,7 @@ msgstr "Въвеждане на специални символи" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19903,17 +20379,17 @@ "въвеждате специални символи." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Методи за въвеждане на символи" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Таблица за символи" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19921,7 +20397,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the ' и e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -20048,12 +20532,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20783,37 +21267,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20840,19 +21316,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20952,38 +21428,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -21113,32 +21589,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -21146,8 +21622,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -21156,7 +21646,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -21164,14 +21654,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -21183,7 +21673,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -21191,28 +21681,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -21223,7 +21713,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -21231,14 +21721,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -21249,21 +21739,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -21274,7 +21764,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -21282,14 +21772,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -21297,58 +21787,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -21443,37 +21907,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22774,7 +23212,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22782,7 +23220,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22792,18 +23230,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22889,6 +23327,74 @@ #~ "active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликнете върху най-дясната икона в меню лентата и изберете " +#~ "Системни настройки." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавянето профил ще помогне свърже вашите онлайн профили с вашия Убунту " +#~ "десктоп. По този начин, вашата електронна поща, мигновенни съобщения и други " +#~ "сродни приложения ще бъдат настроени за вас." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Изберете Вид на профила от дясната страна на прозореца." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако искате да настройте повече профили, можете да повторите този процес след " +#~ "това." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ще се появи малък уеб потребителски интерфейс, където можете да въведете " +#~ "регистрационните данни за онлайн профила си. Например, ако искате да " +#~ "настройте профила си в Гугъл, въведете потребителското си име за Гугъл, " +#~ "паролата си и влезте." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако сте въвели правилно вашите идентификационни данни, ще бъдете подканени " +#~ "да приемете условията. За да продължите изберете Приемам. Веднъж " +#~ "прието, Убунту ще пойска разрешение за достъп до профила ви. За да дадете " +#~ "възможност за достъп, кликнете върху бутона Предостави достъп. " +#~ "Когато бъдете подканени, въведете текущата парола потребители." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сега можете да изберете приложенията, които искате да свържете с онлайн " +#~ "профила си. Например, ако искате да използвате онлайн профила за чат, но не " +#~ "искате да го ползвате за календара, изключете опцията календар." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "От съображения за сигурност, Убунту няма да съхранява вашата парола на " +#~ "компютъра ви. Вместо това, Убунту ще съхранява токен, предоставен от онлайн " +#~ "услугата. Ако искате да отмените изцяло връзката между вашия компютър и " +#~ "онлайн услугата, премахнете я." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -22928,6 +23434,31 @@ #~ "Използвайте «Убунту софтуерен център», за да добавите програми и да " #~ "направите Убунту по-полезен." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Инсталиране на допълнителен софтуер" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Екипът на Убунту разработчиците е избрал стандартно инсталиран набор от " +#~ "приложения, които смятаме, че прави Убунту много подходящ за повечето " +#~ "ежедневни задачи. Въпреки това, вие със сигурност ще искате да инсталирате " +#~ "допълнителен софтуер, за да направите Убунту по-полезен за вас." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "За да инсталирате допълнителен софтуер, изпълнете следните стъпки:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Свържете се към интернет с помощта на безжична или кабелна " +#~ "връзка." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." @@ -22936,12 +23467,52 @@ #~ "или изберете категория и намерете приложението в списъка." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Изберете приложението, което ви интересува и кликнете върху " +#~ "Инсталирай." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вие ще бъдете помолени да въведете паролата си. След като го направите, " +#~ "инсталирането ще започне." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Инсталирането обикновено завършва бързо, но може да отнеме известно време, " +#~ "ако имате бавна интернет връзка." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавете PPA, за да помогнете с тестването на предварителните версии или " +#~ "специализирани програми." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Персоналните пакетни архиви (PPAs) представляват софтуерни " +#~ "хранилища, разработени за потребителите на Убунту и са по-лесни за " +#~ "инсталиране от други хранилища, предоставени от трети страни." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Когато софтуерният център се стартира, кликнете върху " #~ "Редактиране Софтуерни източници" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликнете върху Добави и въведете ppa: " +#~ "местоположението." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -22950,6 +23521,9 @@ #~ "софтуерен център ще провери вашите софтуерни източници за наличието на " #~ "нов софтуер." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Премахнете софтуера, които вече не използвате." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -22965,6 +23539,26 @@ #~ "Инсталиран в горната част." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вие може да бъдете помолени да въведете паролата си. След като направите " +#~ "това, приложението ще бъде премахнато." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавяйте други хранилища, за да разширите софтуерните източниците " +#~ "използвани от Убунту за инсталиране и надграждане." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Добавяне на допълнителни софтуерни хранилища" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Инсталиране на други хранилища" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu " #~ "Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23008,6 +23602,18 @@ #~ "софтуерните източници. Почакайте малко, докато софтуерният център на Убунту " #~ "изтегли информацията за хранилището." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Инсталиране, премахване, допълнителни " +#~ "хранилища…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Добавяне и премахване на софтуер" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese не е стандартно инсталиран в Убунту. За да инсталирате Cheese:" @@ -23045,6 +23651,9 @@ #~ "Трябва да инсталирате Cheese преди да можете да прочетете ръководството за " #~ "ползване на Cheese." +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Отворете файловия мениджър" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, инсталиране на Java плъгин, Silverlight поддръжка…" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отстраняване на проблем с " +#~ "безжични връзки, намерете своята " +#~ "wifiмрежа…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Свързване с wifi, скрити мрежи, редактиране на настройките за свързване, прекъсване на връзката…" + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -23076,6 +23705,15 @@ #~ "глобалното меню." #~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Иконата към новото приложение ще бъде добавена към старт-лентата. За да " +#~ "деактивирате тази функция, махнете отметката от " +#~ "ИзгледНовите приложения в стартера." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." #~ msgstr "" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/bo/bo.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/bo/bo.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/bo/bo.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/bo/bo.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Tibetan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -304,58 +304,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -407,14 +492,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -447,30 +532,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -480,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -488,14 +564,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -503,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -527,12 +603,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -653,7 +729,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -683,12 +759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -697,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -706,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -714,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -722,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -773,17 +849,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -792,14 +868,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -837,17 +913,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -856,14 +932,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -874,13 +950,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -919,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -954,7 +1030,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -968,10 +1044,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1025,12 +1101,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1041,7 +1118,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1050,15 +1127,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1212,7 +1290,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1226,46 +1304,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1273,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1599,6 +1676,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1681,107 +1827,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1790,12 +1945,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1803,31 +1958,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1835,49 +1991,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1888,13 +2081,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1906,27 +2099,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1934,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1942,12 +2135,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1957,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1967,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1975,22 +2168,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2465,7 +2658,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3003,7 +3196,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3244,7 +3437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3252,7 +3445,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4780,59 +4973,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5021,90 +5197,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5113,109 +5308,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5254,65 +5407,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5321,106 +5463,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5432,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5443,28 +5592,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5472,19 +5613,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5495,13 +5636,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5531,18 +5672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5550,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5559,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5586,15 +5727,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5610,7 +5757,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5618,7 +5765,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5626,7 +5773,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5634,7 +5781,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5663,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5672,19 +5819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5694,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5723,13 +5870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5744,7 +5892,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5779,7 +5927,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5811,17 +5959,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5844,12 +5992,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6104,7 +6251,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6332,12 +6478,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6345,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6353,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6363,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6373,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6381,17 +6527,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6400,12 +6546,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6414,24 +6560,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6440,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6448,24 +6594,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6473,12 +6619,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6487,7 +6633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6504,10 +6650,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6527,14 +6673,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6544,24 +6705,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7099,10 +7268,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7574,129 +7742,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8466,7 +8610,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8482,22 +8626,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8508,7 +8652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8517,46 +8661,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8568,15 +8712,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8601,12 +8755,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8615,26 +8769,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8644,19 +8798,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8664,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8672,50 +8826,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9084,14 +9238,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9114,12 +9268,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9127,24 +9281,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9152,7 +9306,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9161,14 +9315,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9177,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9284,10 +9438,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9322,17 +9477,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9359,26 +9515,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9387,7 +9536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9395,12 +9544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9411,7 +9560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9610,7 +9759,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9620,8 +9769,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9645,7 +9794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9666,11 +9815,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9678,31 +9827,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9724,13 +9875,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9745,8 +9895,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9768,85 +9918,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9854,7 +10212,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10048,14 +10406,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10064,8 +10422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10083,74 +10440,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10161,31 +10514,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10587,7 +10940,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10597,70 +10950,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11146,7 +11500,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11306,7 +11660,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11436,80 +11790,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11773,12 +12127,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11791,7 +12144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12047,22 +12400,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12093,7 +12446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12183,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12191,30 +12544,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12223,29 +12576,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12259,7 +12613,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12273,14 +12627,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12290,19 +12644,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12310,7 +12664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12538,83 +12892,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12847,6 +13251,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13043,7 +13448,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13086,20 +13491,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13107,13 +13512,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13121,19 +13526,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13569,10 +13974,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13596,50 +14001,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13648,25 +14054,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13698,8 +14103,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13866,25 +14271,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13892,40 +14297,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13934,25 +14339,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13961,12 +14366,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13977,41 +14382,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14020,34 +14425,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14058,44 +14463,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14103,17 +14509,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14123,32 +14529,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14159,30 +14565,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14245,21 +14661,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14270,12 +14684,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14284,14 +14705,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14457,7 +14878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14465,12 +14886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14478,7 +14899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15494,12 +15915,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15620,7 +16041,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15664,7 +16085,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15750,39 +16171,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15815,31 +16214,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16121,7 +16513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16254,7 +16646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16262,21 +16654,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16284,7 +16676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16292,8 +16684,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16346,7 +16738,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16363,7 +16757,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16467,7 +16862,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16884,7 +17278,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16919,92 +17313,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17152,31 +17590,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17185,7 +17623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17279,14 +17803,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17294,15 +17818,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17311,12 +17836,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17324,19 +17849,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17361,27 +17886,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17392,12 +17918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17405,7 +17931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17437,17 +17963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17652,28 +18178,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17718,20 +18244,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17741,27 +18267,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17771,26 +18302,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18322,36 +18856,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18359,17 +18893,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18378,14 +18912,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18431,55 +18965,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18487,8 +19018,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18496,7 +19032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18663,19 +19199,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18684,26 +19220,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19347,7 +19883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19355,17 +19891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19373,7 +19909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19496,12 +20040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20175,37 +20719,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20232,19 +20768,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20334,38 +20870,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20494,32 +21030,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20527,8 +21063,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20537,7 +21087,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20545,14 +21095,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20564,7 +21114,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20572,28 +21122,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20604,7 +21154,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20612,14 +21162,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20630,21 +21180,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20655,7 +21205,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20663,14 +21213,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20678,58 +21228,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20824,37 +21348,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22152,7 +22650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22160,7 +22658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22170,18 +22668,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/br/br.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/br/br.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/br/br.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/br/br.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Breton \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -307,58 +307,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -410,14 +495,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -450,30 +535,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -483,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -491,14 +567,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -506,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -530,12 +606,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -656,7 +732,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -686,12 +762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -700,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -709,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -717,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -725,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -776,17 +852,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -795,14 +871,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -840,17 +916,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -859,14 +935,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -877,13 +953,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -922,13 +998,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -957,7 +1033,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -971,10 +1047,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1028,12 +1104,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1044,7 +1121,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1053,15 +1130,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1215,7 +1293,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1229,46 +1307,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1276,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1602,6 +1679,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1684,107 +1830,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1793,12 +1948,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1806,31 +1961,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1838,49 +1994,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1891,13 +2084,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1909,27 +2102,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1937,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1945,12 +2138,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1960,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1970,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1978,22 +2171,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2468,7 +2661,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3006,7 +3199,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3247,7 +3440,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3255,7 +3448,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4783,59 +4976,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5024,90 +5200,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5116,109 +5311,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5257,65 +5410,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5324,106 +5466,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5435,7 +5584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5446,28 +5595,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5475,19 +5616,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5498,13 +5639,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5534,18 +5675,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5553,7 +5694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5562,7 +5703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5589,15 +5730,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5613,7 +5760,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5621,7 +5768,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5629,7 +5776,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5637,7 +5784,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5666,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5675,19 +5822,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5697,7 +5844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5726,13 +5873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5747,7 +5895,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5782,7 +5930,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5814,17 +5962,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5847,12 +5995,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6107,7 +6254,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6335,12 +6481,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6348,7 +6494,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6356,7 +6502,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6366,7 +6512,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6376,7 +6522,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6384,17 +6530,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6403,12 +6549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6417,24 +6563,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6443,7 +6589,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6451,24 +6597,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6476,12 +6622,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6490,7 +6636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6507,10 +6653,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6530,14 +6676,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6547,24 +6708,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7102,10 +7271,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7577,129 +7745,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8473,7 +8617,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8489,22 +8633,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8515,7 +8659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8524,46 +8668,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8575,15 +8719,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8608,12 +8762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8622,26 +8776,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8651,19 +8805,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8671,7 +8825,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8679,50 +8833,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9091,14 +9245,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9121,12 +9275,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9134,24 +9288,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9159,7 +9313,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9168,14 +9322,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9184,7 +9338,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9291,10 +9445,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9329,17 +9484,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9366,26 +9522,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9394,7 +9543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9402,12 +9551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9418,7 +9567,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9617,7 +9766,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9627,8 +9776,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9652,7 +9801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9673,11 +9822,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9685,31 +9834,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9731,13 +9882,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9752,8 +9902,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9775,85 +9925,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9861,7 +10219,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10055,14 +10413,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10071,8 +10429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10090,74 +10447,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10168,31 +10521,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10594,7 +10947,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10604,70 +10957,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11153,7 +11507,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11313,7 +11667,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11443,80 +11797,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11780,12 +12134,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11798,7 +12151,7 @@ msgstr "Skipailh an teuliadur Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12054,22 +12407,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12100,7 +12453,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12190,7 +12543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12198,30 +12551,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12230,29 +12583,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12266,7 +12620,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12280,14 +12634,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12297,19 +12651,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12317,7 +12671,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12545,83 +12899,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12854,6 +13258,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13050,7 +13455,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13093,20 +13498,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13114,13 +13519,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13128,19 +13533,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13576,10 +13981,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13603,50 +14008,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13655,25 +14061,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13705,8 +14110,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13873,25 +14278,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13899,40 +14304,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13941,25 +14346,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13968,12 +14373,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13984,41 +14389,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14027,34 +14432,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14065,44 +14470,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14110,17 +14516,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14130,32 +14536,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14166,30 +14572,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14252,21 +14668,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14277,12 +14691,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14291,14 +14712,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14464,7 +14885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14472,12 +14893,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14485,7 +14906,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15501,12 +15922,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15627,7 +16048,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15671,7 +16092,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15757,39 +16178,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15822,31 +16221,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16128,7 +16520,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16261,7 +16653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16269,21 +16661,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16291,7 +16683,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16299,8 +16691,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16353,7 +16745,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16370,7 +16764,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16474,7 +16869,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16891,7 +17285,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16926,92 +17320,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17159,31 +17597,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17192,7 +17630,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17286,14 +17810,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17301,15 +17825,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17318,12 +17843,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17331,19 +17856,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17368,27 +17893,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17399,12 +17925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17412,7 +17938,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17444,17 +17970,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17659,28 +18185,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17725,20 +18251,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17748,27 +18274,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17778,26 +18309,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18329,36 +18863,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18366,17 +18900,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18385,14 +18919,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18438,55 +18972,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18494,8 +19025,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18503,7 +19039,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18670,19 +19206,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18691,26 +19227,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19354,7 +19890,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19362,17 +19898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19380,7 +19916,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19503,12 +20047,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20182,37 +20726,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20239,19 +20775,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20341,38 +20877,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20501,32 +21037,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20534,8 +21070,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20544,7 +21094,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20552,14 +21102,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20571,7 +21121,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20579,28 +21129,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20611,7 +21161,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20619,14 +21169,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20637,21 +21187,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20662,7 +21212,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20670,14 +21220,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20685,58 +21235,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20831,37 +21355,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22159,7 +22657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22167,7 +22665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22177,18 +22675,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/bs/bs.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/bs/bs.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/bs/bs.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/bs/bs.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Bosnian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -136,13 +136,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -253,13 +253,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -330,61 +330,146 @@ "pritisnite jednu tipku više puta odjednom, a želite samo jednom, onda " "trebate koristiti ovu opciju." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikonu na kraju desne strane meni trake i odaberite " -"postavke sustava." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Otvorite Univerzalni Pristup i odaberite Tipkanje tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Prebacite Odskočni tasteri na uključen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -454,8 +539,8 @@ "zaslona; samo dijelovi korisničkog sučelja će se promijeniti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -463,7 +548,7 @@ "tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Prebaci Visoki kontrast na UKLJUČEN." @@ -500,19 +585,9 @@ "Kad je lebdeći klik omogućen, možete pomicati pokazivač miša preko kontrole, " "otpustiti tipku miša, i onda sačekati dok gumb bude kliknut za vas." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na svoje ime na meniju i odaberite Sistemska podešavanja." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -521,12 +596,12 @@ " karticu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Uključite Klik nadlijetanjem upaljen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -542,7 +617,7 @@ "klikanje." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -553,7 +628,7 @@ "kliknuto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -562,7 +637,7 @@ "držati pokazivač miša mirno prije nego što kliknete." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -573,7 +648,7 @@ "previše pomjera, neće kliknuti." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -601,12 +676,12 @@ "fonta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Prebaci Uvećan tekst na UKLJUČEN" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -743,7 +818,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -776,12 +851,12 @@ "uređaj posjeduje samo jednu tipku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Uključite Simulacija sekundarnog klika ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -794,7 +869,7 @@ "Klik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -807,7 +882,7 @@ "potpunosti plav, pustite tipku miša za desni klik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -818,7 +893,7 @@ "normalno, čak iako ne dobijete vizualne povratne informacije od pokazivača." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -829,7 +904,7 @@ "vašoj tastaturi." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -892,17 +967,17 @@ "na tastaturi prvi put." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Uključite Spore Tipke uključeno." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Brzo uključite i isključite spore tipke" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -915,7 +990,7 @@ "Shift osam sekundi da uključite ili isključite spore tipke." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -924,7 +999,7 @@ "morate držati tipku prema dolje za to da se registrirate." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -975,17 +1050,17 @@ "nekoliko tipki odjednom." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Uključite Ljepljive tipke ." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Brzo uključite i isključite ljepljive tipke" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -999,7 +1074,7 @@ "tipke." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1008,7 +1083,7 @@ "istovremeno da ukucate prečicu sa tastature na normalan način." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1025,7 +1100,7 @@ "u neposrednoj blizini zajedno), ali ne i druge." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1033,7 +1108,7 @@ "kako biste omogućili ovo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1087,14 +1162,14 @@ "biste vidjeli kako isključiti zvuk upozorenja)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Otvorite Univerzalni Pristup i izaberite Slušanjetab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1125,7 +1200,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1139,10 +1214,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1196,12 +1271,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1212,7 +1288,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1221,15 +1297,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1407,13 +1484,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Dodavanje korisničkog računa će vam pomoći da povežete korisničke račune s " -"interneta s vašom Ubuntu radnom površinom. Dakle, vaša pošta, aplikacije za " -"dopisivanje i slične aplikacije će biti podešene za vas." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1424,75 +1498,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Izaberi Tip Računa sa desne strane prozora." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Ako želite uspostaviti više korisničkih računa, možete ponoviti ovaj proces " -"kasnije." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Otvoriti će vam se mali mrežni korisnički interfejs gdje možete unijeti " -"podatke vašeg internet računa. Na primjer, ako podešavate Google račun, " -"unesite vaše Google korisničko ime, lozinku i prijavite se." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Ako ste unijeli vaše podatke tačno, bit će zatraženo od vas da prihvatite " -"uslove. Izaberite Prihvatam da nastavite. Nakon što ste " -"prihvatili, Ubuntu treba dozvolu da pristupi vašem računu. Da dozvolite " -"pristup, kliknite na Dozvoli prisput opciju. Kada bude zatrazeno, " -"unesite lozinku za trenutni korisnički račun." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Sada možete odabrati aplikacije koje želite povezati sa vašim korisničkim " -"računom. Na primjer, ako želite koristiti korisnički račun s interneta za " -"chat, ali ne za kalendar, isključite opciju za kalendar" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Nakon što ste dodali korisničke račune, svaka aplikacija koju ste odabrali " -"će automatski koristiti te postavke kada se povežete na svoj račun." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Iz sigurnosnih razloga, Ubuntu neće pohraniti vaš password na računar. " -"Umjesto toga, pohranjuje znak koji pružaju internetske usluge. Ako želite " -"upotpunsti ukinuti vezu između vašeg desktopa i online servisa, ukinite ga" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1872,6 +1926,75 @@ "za Vas." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1968,125 +2091,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalacija dodatnog softvera" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Tim Ubuntu razvoj je izabrao zadani skup aplikacija koje smatramo da čini " -"Ubuntu vrlo korisno za većinu svakodnevnih zadataka.Ali svakako ćete željeti " -"instalirati jos programa kako biste napravili Ubuntu još korisnijim za sebe" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Da biste instalirali dodatni program,izvršite sljedeće korake:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Povežite se na Internet koristeći bežičnu ili žičanu " -"konekciju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Izaberite program za koji ste zainteresovani i klikinite na " -"Instaliraj." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Bit ćete pitani da ukucate šifru. Nakon sto ukucate,instalacija će početi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Instalacija uobičajeno završi brzo, ali može potrajati ukoliko imate sporu " -"Internet konekciju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Kratica za vaš novi program se dodaje u pokretač. Da isključite ovu " -"mogućnost deaktivirajtePogledNove aplikacije u " -"pokretaču." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Dodajte PPA repozitorije kako biste testirali prije pokretanja ili pomogli " -"pri unapređenju programa" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Dodajte Arhive ličnih paketa (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Arhive ličnih paketa(PPA) su programska spremišta dizajnirana za " -"Ubuntu korisnike i koji su lakši za instalaciju od drugih spremišta" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Softverske repozitorije dodajite samo iz izvora kojima vjerujete." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2098,12 +2212,12 @@ "računar." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instalirajte PPa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2114,32 +2228,33 @@ "slično kao: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Prebacite se na karticu Ostali softver tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Kliknite na Dodaj i unesite lokaciju ppa:" +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "KlikniteDodaj izvor. Unesite lozinku u prozoru za prijavu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2147,30 +2262,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Uklonite program koji dugo ne koristite" +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Uklonite aplikaciju" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2179,21 +2320,30 @@ "instaliranih aplikacija." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Izaberite aplikaciju i kliknite na Ukloni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Možete biti upitani za unos lozinke, Nakon toga, aplikacija će biti " -"uklonjena." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2207,16 +2357,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Dodajte druga spremišta za proširenje programskog izvora koji Ubuntu koristi " -"za instalaciju i nadogradnje." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Dodajte dodatna programske repozitorije" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2230,13 +2378,13 @@ "softvera. Ako želite instalirati softver,u repozitorijima koji je pravio " "neko treći, morate ga dodati Ubuntu popis dostupnih repozitorija" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalirajte druge repozitorije" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2245,7 +2393,7 @@ "Ostali softver" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2254,7 +2402,7 @@ "biti dostupno na Websajtu spremišta,i trebalo bi biti slično kao :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2262,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2270,12 +2418,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktivirajte Canonical Partner Spremište" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2285,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2295,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2303,26 +2451,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Dodaj/ukloni softver" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Instaliraj, ukloni, dodatne " -"repozitorije" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Dodaj &ukloni softver/program" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2925,8 +3070,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB memorije (mali kapacitet)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3593,7 +3738,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3887,23 +4032,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Preuzimanje ispisa referentne datoteke iz kompanije za boje" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Korištenje kompanije za boje za proizvodnju printer profila je obično " -"najjeftinija opcija ako imate samo jednu ili dvije različite vrste papira. " -"Preuzimanjem referentnih grafikona s​​ web stranice kompanije možete ih " -"zatim poslati natrag za ispis u omotnici gdje će skenirati papir, generirati " -"profil i poslati e-mail natrag sa tačnim ICC profilom." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5725,20 +5865,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Ukoliko kasnije promijenite mišljenje, možete vratiti sat klikom na ikonu " -"desno od trake izbornika i odaberite Postavke Sistema . U " -"sekciji sistema, kliknite Vrijeme & Datum." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Promijenite format datuma" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5747,44 +5886,23 @@ "standardom za vašu lokaciju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikonu koja je desno od trake izbornika i odaberite Postavke " -"Sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "U Osobnom dijelu, kliknite Podrška Jeziku ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Prebaci se na Regionalni formati kartica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Odaberite željenu lokaciju u padajućem popisu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6014,68 +6132,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Izmjeri fiksni disk da vidi se koliko je brz." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Testirajte performanse vašeg tvrdog diska" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Za testiranje brzine vašeg tvrdog diska:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Otvorite aplikaciju Diskovi sa polaznog mjesta Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Otvorite aplikaciju Diskovi sa pregleda aktivnosti." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Izaberite tvrdi disk iz Disk Drives liste." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." -msgstr "Kliknite na dugme točka i odaberiteMjerenje diska." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na Pokreni mjerenje i prilagodite Brzina " -"prijenosa i Vrijeme pristupa parametre po želji." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na Počni mjerenje da testirate koliko se brzo podaci " -"čitaju s diska. Administrativne " -"privilegije možda moraju biti potrebne. Unesite lozinku ili lozinku " -"zahtijevanog administratorskog naloga." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6085,43 +6223,22 @@ "zahtijevati duže da se završi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Kada test je završen, a rezultati će se pojaviti na grafu. Zelene točke i " -"povezuju linije ukazuju na uzorcima uzetim; to odgovara desnoj osi, " -"pokazujući pristupni put, urotu protiv donjem osi, što predstavlja postotak " -"vremena proteklo vrijeme mjerilo.Plava linija predstavlja čitati noćenja, " -"dok je crvena linija predstavlja pisati stope, te su prikazani kao pristupne " -"brzine prijenosa podataka na lijevoj osi, urotu protiv postotak diska " -"putovao, izvana na osovinu, duž donjeg osi." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Ispod grafika, vrijednosti su prikazane za minimalno, maksimalno i prosječno " -"čitanje i pisanje, prosječno vrijeme pristupa i vrijeme proteklo od zadnjeg " -"mjernog testa." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Koristite Analizer zauzetosti diska ili Sistemski " -"monitor da provjerite prostor i kapacitet." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6129,140 +6246,68 @@ msgstr "Provjerite koliko je slobodnog prostora u diksu ostalo" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Možete provjeriti koliko prostora na disku je slobodno koristeći " -"Analizer Zauzetosti Diska ili Monitor Sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Provjerite sa Analizatorom disk iskoristivosti" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Da biste provjerili slobodni prostor na disku i iskorištenost kapaciteta " -"diska koristeći Analizator iskoristivosti diska :" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Otvorite Disk Usage Analyzer aplikaciju iz Dash-a. " -"Prozor će prikazati Ukupan kapacitet sistemskih fajlova i " -"Ukupno korištenje sistemskih fajlova." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Otvorite program Diskovi iz crtice Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Otvorite Disks aplikaciju iz pregleda Aktivnosti. " -"Prozor će prikazati Ukupan kapacitet sistemskih fajlova i " -"Ukupno korištenje sistemskih fajlova." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na jednu od dugmadi na alatnoj traci odabrati da Skeniraj " -"lični direktorij , skeniranje datotečni sustav , " -"Skeniranje mape ili Skeniranje udaljene mapu " - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Informacije se prikazuju prema Folder, Upotreba, " -"Veličina i Sadržaj. Pogledajte više detalja na Analizer zauzetosti diska." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Provjerite sa Nadzornikom sistema" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Šta ako je disk previše pun?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Da biste provjerili slobodni prostor na disku i kapacitet diska sa " -"Nadzornik sistema :" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Otvorite Nadzornik sistema aplikacije iz Dash (pristup " -"svim programima) ." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Otvorite System Monitor aplikaciju iz pregleda " -"Aktivnosti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Odaberite tabSistem Datotekada vidite particije sistema i " -"iskorištenost prostora na disku. Informacije su prikazane prema Ukupan " -"prostor,Slobodan prostor, Slobodan prostor i " -" Iskorišten prostor." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Šta ako je disk previše pun?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Ako je disk pun trebali bi da:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"Izbrišite datoteke koje vam nisu važne ili koje nećete više koristiti." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Napravite sigurnosne kopije od važnih " -"datoteka koje vam neće trebati neko vrijeme te ih izbrišite ih s tvrdog " -"diska." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6308,77 +6353,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Provjerite stanje vašeg diska koristeći aplikaciju Diskovi" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Otvorite program Diskovi iz crtice Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Otvorite Disks aplikaciju iz pregleda Aktivnosti." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Šta ako disk nije zdrav?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Čak i ako SMART status pokazuje da disk nije zdrav, " -"ne mora postojati uzrok za uzbunu. Međutim, bolje biti pripremljen s sigurnosnom kopijom da biste spriječili gubitak " -"podataka." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Ako status kaže: \"Pred neuspjeh\", disk je još uvijek prilično zdrav ali " -"znakovi trošenja su otkriveni, što znači da će možda propasti u skoroj " -"budućnosti. Ako je vaš hard disk (ili računar) star nekoliko godina, " -"vjerojatno ćete vidjeti ovu poruku na barem nekim zdravstenim pregledima. " -"Trebate praviti sigurnosne kopije važnih datoteka " -"redovito i provjeriti stanje diska povremeno da vidite ako se " -"pogorša." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6389,134 +6411,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Uklonite sve datoteke i foldere iz vanjskog tvrdog diska ili USB pogona " -"formatirajući ga." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Obrišite sve s odstranjivog diska" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Ako imate odstranjivi disk, kao USB memorijski stik ili vanjski tvrdi disk, " -"ponekad ćete poželjeti u potpunosti ukloniti sve svoje datoteke i foldere. " -"To možete učiniti tako da formatirate disk - to briše sve " -"datoteke na disku i ostavlja ga praznim." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatirajte odstranjivi disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Odaberite disk koji želite izbrisati iz Uređaji za pohranivanje " -"popisa." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Provjerite jeste li odabrali odgovarajući disk! Ako odaberete krivi disk, " -"sve datoteke na drugom disku će biti izbrisane!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"U sekciji Volumen, kliknite Demontirajte Volumen . Zatim " -"kliknite Formatiraj Volumen ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Iz prozora koji iskoči, izaberite datotečni sistem Vrsta za disk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Ako koristite disk na Windows i Mac OS računaru uz linux računare, odaberite " -" FAT . Ako ga samo koristite na Windows-u, NTFS može " -"biti bolji izbor. Kratak opis datotečnog tipa sistema " -"predstavit će se kao oznaka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Dajte disku ime i kliknite Formatiranje za početak brisanja " -"diska." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Nakon što je formatiranje završeno, sigurno uklonite disk. Sada " -"bi trebao biti prazan i spreman za ponovno korištenje." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatiranje diska ne briše skroz datoteke" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatiranje diska nije potpuno siguran način brisanja svih svojih podataka. " -"Formatiran disk neće izgledati kao da ima datoteke na njemu, ali moguće je " -"da posebni softver za povrat koji vraćs datoteke. Ako trebate sigurno " -"izbrisati datoteke, morat ćete koristiti uslužni program iskoristivosti, kao " -"što je shred ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Razumite šta su volumeni i particije i koristite iskoristivost diska da " -"upravljate njima." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Upravljanje volumenima i particijama" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6535,7 +6536,7 @@ "(i vjerojatno pisati) datoteke na njemu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6552,60 +6553,40 @@ "\"pozadinske sobe\" particija i diskova." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Pregled i upravljanje volumena i particije pomoću Iskoristivosti diska" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Možete provjeriti i promijeniti volumen vaše kompjuterske pohrane sa alatom " -"diska." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "" -"Otvorite Dash i pokrenite Disk alat aplikacijun." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"U oknu označenog sa Uređaji za pohranu , naći ćete tvrde " -"diskove, CD / DVD diskove i druge fizičke uređaje. Kliknite uređaj koji " -"želite pregledati." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"U desnom oknu, područje označeno Volumeni omogućuje vizuelno " -"rastavljanje volumena i particija predstavljenih na odabranom uređaju. " -"Također sadrži niz alata koji se koriste za upravljanje ovim volumenima." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Budite oprezni: moguće je u potpunosti izbrisati podatke sa diska s ovim " -"uslugama." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6622,20 +6603,14 @@ "praktičnost." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Jedna primarna particija mora sadržavati informacije koje vaš računar " -"koristi za pokretanje ili dizanje . Zbog toga se ponekad naziva " -"particija za podizanje, ili podizanje volumena. Da biste utvrdili je li " -"volumen moguće podignuti, pogledajte njegove Particijske zastave " -" u Iskoristivost diska. Vanjski medija kao što su USB diskovi i CD " -"može sadržavati volumen koji je moguće podignuti." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6670,18 +6645,18 @@ msgstr "Postavite osvjetljenje" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Odaberite Zaključavanje osvjetljenja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Podesite Osvjetljenje klizač na udobnu vrijednost." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6692,7 +6667,7 @@ "FnDim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6705,7 +6680,7 @@ "trajati prije nego se bude trebala napuniti." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6737,15 +6712,22 @@ "vaš sistem ne prepoznaje odmah, ili biste voljeli prilagoditi postavke:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Kliknite na svoje ime na meniju i odaberite Sistemska podešavanja." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Otvorite Zasloni." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6766,7 +6748,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6776,7 +6758,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6786,7 +6768,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6796,7 +6778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6829,7 +6811,7 @@ "ga sistem ne prepozna odmah, ili ukoliko želite da podesite postavke:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6841,7 +6823,7 @@ "Uređaju za lansiranje u padajućoj kutiji." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6850,12 +6832,12 @@ "Postavke pokretača na Svi ekrani." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Ljepljivi Rubovi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6869,7 +6851,7 @@ "pomjeranju pokazivača miša sa jednog monitora na drugi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6907,19 +6889,15 @@ "također možete imati automatsko zaključavanje ekrana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Provjerite Lock je uključen, a zatim odaberite timeout iz " -"padajućeg popisa u nastavku.Zaslon će se automatski zaključati nakon što ste " -"bili neaktivni ovako dugo. Također možete odabrati zaslona isključuje " -" zaključati ekran nakon zaslon se automatski isključuje, kontrolira sa " -"zaslonom isključiti kada neaktivan padajućeg popisa iznad." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6933,7 +6911,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6974,7 +6952,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7012,18 +6990,18 @@ "smjestiti kolekciju unutar kolekcije." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Da biste obrisali kolekciju:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" "U opciji za selektovanje, odaberite kolekciju koja treba biti obrisana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7048,12 +7026,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7347,7 +7324,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Traži datoteke" @@ -7619,13 +7595,13 @@ "uređaje:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Odaberite DetaljiUklonjivi Medij." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7636,7 +7612,7 @@ "medija." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7647,7 +7623,7 @@ "ili se ništa neće desiti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7662,7 +7638,7 @@ "slideshow)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7677,7 +7653,7 @@ "akcije padajući." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7688,17 +7664,17 @@ "umetanjem medija na dnu prozora Prijenosni medij." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Tipovi uređaja i medija" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Audio diskovi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7707,12 +7683,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Video diskovi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7726,12 +7702,12 @@ "dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Prazni diskovi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7740,12 +7716,12 @@ "diskova za prazne CD-ove, DVD-ove, Blu-ray diskove i prazne HD DVD-ove." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Aparati i fotografije" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7759,7 +7735,7 @@ "vaše slike." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7770,12 +7746,12 @@ "regularni CD-ovi podataka sa JPEG slikama u mapi SLIKE" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Muzički plejeri" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7785,12 +7761,12 @@ "menadžera." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Čitač e-knjiga" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7801,12 +7777,12 @@ "datotekama pomoću upravljača datoteka." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Softver" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7819,7 +7795,7 @@ "prikljući. Potvrda će uvijek biti potrebna za bi se pokrenuo softver." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Nikad ne pokrećite programe medija kojima ne vjerujete." @@ -7837,16 +7813,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Koristitite Files fajl menadžera da biste pregledavali i " -"organizirali datoteke na vašem računaru. Takođe se može koristiti za " -"upravljanje datotekama na prijenosnim medijima (kao eksternim hard " -"diskovima), na file servers, i na " -"dijeljenim datotekama." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7870,18 +7841,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"U fajl menadžeru, uradite duplik klik na bilo koji folder će pokazati njegov " -"sadržaj, i dupli klik na bilo koju datoteku da je otvorite sa aplikacijom " -"koja je namijenjena za nju. Takođe možete da uradite desni klik na folder da " -"ga otvorite u novom tabu ili prozoru." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7896,29 +7878,32 @@ "ga, ili pristupiti svoja svojstva." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Ako želite da brzo preskočite do datoteke u folderu koji pregledavate, " -"počnite kucati njeno ime. Tražilica će se pojaviti na vrhu prozora i prva " -"datoteka koja odgovara vašem pretraživanju biće istaknuta. Pritisnite " -"strelicu dolje tipku, ili skrolajte mišem da preskočite sve do datoteke koja " -"odgovara vašem pretraživanju." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8570,10 +8555,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -9176,165 +9160,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Pronađite datoteke na temelju naziva datoteke i tipa. Spremite vaše " -"pretraživanje za kasniju upotrebu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Možete tražiti datoteke na temelju njihovog imena ili tip datoteke izravno " -"u upravljaču datoteka. Možete čak spasiti zajednička pretraživanja, i oni " -"će se pojaviti kao posebni direktoriji vašem ličnom direktoriju." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Ostale aplikacije za pretraživanje" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Pretraživanje" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Otvori upravljač datotekom" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Ako znate da su datoteke koje želite pod određenim direktorijem, idite na " -"taj direktorij." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na povećalo u alatnoj traci, ili pritisnite " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Ukucajte riječ ili riječi za koje znate da se pojavljuju u imenu datoteke. " -"Na primjer, ako sve sve vaše fakture u sebi imaju riječ \"faktura\", " -"ukucajte invoice. Pritisnite Press Enter. Riječi " -"se pronalaze nezavisno od velikog/malog slova." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Možete suziti izbor rezultata prko lokacije i tipa datoteke." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Kliknite Home da ograničite rezultate pretrage na " -"Home folder, ili All Files da pretražite sve." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Kliknite + i izaberite File Type iz opadajuće lite da " -"ograničite rezultate pretrage na taj tip datoteke. Kliknite x " -"dugme da uklonite ovu opciju i proširite rezultate pretrage." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Možete otvoriti, kopirati, brisati ili na drugi način raditi sa datotekama " -"iz rezultata pretraživanja, jednako kao što bi iz bilo kojeg direktorija u " -"upravljaču datotekama." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na povećalo na alatnoj traci ponovo da izađete iz pretrage i " -"vratite se u mapu." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Ako obavljate određena pretraživanja često, možete ih spremiti da im brzo " -"možete pristupiti." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Sačuvajte pretraživanje" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Početak pretraživanja kao gore." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Kada ste zadovoljni parametrima za pretraživanje, kliknite na " -"Datoteka u meniju i odaberite Snimi pretragu kao...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Dajte potrazi ime i kliknite na Snimi. Ako vam se sviđa, " -"odaberite drugi folder za spremanje pretraživanja. Kada vidite taj folder, " -"vidjet ćete spremljena pretraživanja kao ikonu naranđasti folder s povećalom " -"na njemu." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Da obrišete datoteku pretraživanja kada ste završili s njom, jednostavno " -"izbrišite pretraživanje kao i svaku drugu " -"datoteku. Kada obrišete snimljeno pretraživanje, neće se izbrisati datoteke " -"koje se podudaraju da pretraživanjem." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10288,7 +10213,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "U odjeljku Hardvera, kliknite Tastatura ." @@ -10306,22 +10231,22 @@ "pokazivača treperenja." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marin" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Dodajte izvore unosa i prebacujte se s jednog na drugi" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Koristite alternativne izvore unosa" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10337,7 +10262,7 @@ "je korisno ako se često prebacujete između više jezika." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10346,16 +10271,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Dodajte izvore unosa" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "U sekciji Osobno, kliknite Text Entry." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Kliknite na + taster, odaberite izvor unosa, i kliknite na " +"Dodaj" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10364,35 +10305,16 @@ "spoljni ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Možete pregledati sliku bilo kojeg formata takošto će te je selektovati na " -"listi i kliknuti preview." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "U sekciji Osobno, kliknite Text Entry." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na + taster, odaberite izvor unosa, i kliknite na " -"Dodaj" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10406,7 +10328,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10415,8 +10337,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences da pristupite dialogu opcija te " "metode, ako on postoji." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Indikator izvora unosa" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10445,12 +10377,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Kratice za tastaturu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10463,7 +10395,7 @@ "key\">SuperSpace, ali vi ga možete promijeniti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10472,19 +10404,19 @@ "slijedeći izvor pomoću." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "Podesite izvor unosa za sve prozore ili za svaki pojedinačno" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10494,7 +10426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10503,12 +10435,12 @@ "možete odabrati da koriste izvor za unos kojeg je koristio posljednji prozor." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10516,7 +10448,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10524,50 +10456,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can tastaturu na ekranu za unos teksta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Uključite Pomoć pri tipkanju za prikaz tastature na ekranu." @@ -11001,7 +10933,7 @@ "je potrebno prije početka ponavljanja pritisnute tipke." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11010,7 +10942,7 @@ "onesposobiti ponovio tipke cijelosti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11040,12 +10972,12 @@ "tastaturi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Otvorite Tastatura i odaberite Kratice tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11053,7 +10985,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11062,17 +10994,17 @@ "brisanje." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Vlastite kratice" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Da kreirate vašu ličnu kraticu na tastaturi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11080,7 +11012,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11089,7 +11021,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11098,7 +11030,7 @@ "na New accelerator…, držite željenu kombinaciju tipki za prečac." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11110,7 +11042,7 @@ "otvara program ne može imati potpuno isti naziv kao i same aplikacije." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11242,15 +11174,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Da bi se riješilo ovaj, kliknite na ikonu skroz desno od trake izbornika i " -"ići na Sistemske Postavke . U odjeljku Harddver, odaberite " -"Ekrani . Probajte neke Rezolucije opcije i postaviti onu " -"koji čini da ekran izgleda bolje." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11292,19 +11221,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikonu sasvi desno na traci menija i odaberite Sistemska " -"podešavanja. Otvorite Ekrani." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Odznači Ekrani u ogledalu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11337,16 +11265,7 @@ "imate rotirajući zaslon) mijenjanjem rotacije." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikonu koja je desno od trake izbornika i odaberite Postavke " -"Sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11355,12 +11274,12 @@ "postavke za svaki od njih. Odaberite displej u području za pregled." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Odaberite željenu rezoluciju i rotaciju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11374,7 +11293,7 @@ "." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11385,12 +11304,12 @@ "ekranu. Ukoliko se ovo ne desi, samo kliknite Otkriti Zaslone." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Rezolucija" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11406,7 +11325,7 @@ ", ekran ce biti smanjen da bi se izbjeglo razvlacenje slike" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may kao da je nejasan ili zamagljen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotacija" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11604,17 +11523,17 @@ "brzinu pauze izmedju 2 klika." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Otvorite Miš i dodirna ploča." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11623,7 +11542,7 @@ "vrijednost koja vam odgovara." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11633,7 +11552,7 @@ "naglasiti vanjski krug. Dupli klik će naglasiti unutrašnji krug." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11647,8 +11566,8 @@ "drugi računar da vidite da li se događa isti problem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11676,7 +11595,7 @@ "da bi bio udobniji za ljevake." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11701,11 +11620,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -11713,39 +11632,34 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "Neke aplikacije koriste srednji klik kao napredne prečice." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Jedna obična kratica je da se zalijepi izabrani tekst. (ovo se nekad naziva " -"obično lijepljenje teksta). izaberete tekst koji želite da zalijepite, zatim " -"oddete gdje želite da zalijepite i pritisnete srednj-klik. Tekst je " -"zalijepljen na poziciji misa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Ljepljenje teksta sa srednjom tipkom miša je potpuno odvojeno od normalnog " -"međuspremnika. Odabiranjem teksta isti se ne kopira u međuspremnik. Ovaj " -"brzi način ljepljenja radi samo sa srednjom tipkom miša." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11772,21 +11686,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Većina web pretraživača dozvoljava da otvarate linkove u tabovima brzo " -"korištenjem srednjeg dugmeta na mišu. kliknite bilo koji link i on će se " -"otvoriti u novom tabu.budite oprezzni klikanjem na Firefox web " -"pretraživaču, U Firefox , ako kliknete srednjim klikom negdje " -"pored linka pokusat će da učita izabraani tekst kao URL, kao da ste " -"koristili srednji klik da zalijepite tekst u adresnu traku i pritusnuli " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11804,13 +11710,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Neke specijalne aplikacije dopuštaju da koristite srednju tipku miša za " -"druge funkcije. Traži pomoć u aplikaciji za srednji-klik ili " -"srednja tipka miša." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11833,8 +11736,13 @@ "možete kontrolisati kursor miša koristeći numerički dio tastature. Ova " "osobina se zove zove tipke miša." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -11843,7 +11751,7 @@ "otvorli Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11852,22 +11760,20 @@ "otvorite postavke Univerzalnog Pristupa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Pritisnite Tab jednom i odaberite Vidjeti karticu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Pritisnite ← jednom da se prebacite na Pokazivači i " -"Klik karticu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11876,7 +11782,7 @@ "zatim pritisnite Enter da biste ih uključili." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11885,83 +11791,271 @@ "pomjerate pokazivač miša pomoću tastature." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Ove instrukcije vam obezbjeđuju najkraći put da uključite tipke miša samo " -"pomoću tastature. Odaberite Postavke Univerzalnog Pristupa da " -"vidite više mogućnosti pristupačnosti." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Skup numeričkih tipki na tastaturi, obično poredanih u kvadrat. Ako imate " -"tastaturu bez (kao tastatura laptopa),možda će te morati da držite " -"funkcijsku tipku (Fn) i da koristite druge tipke na tastaturi. " -"Ako koristite ovo često možete kupiti eksternu USB tastaturu." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Svaki broj odgovara smijeru. Na primjer pritiskom na 8 pomaći će " -"se prema gore a pritiskom na 2 prema dole. Pritiskom na tipku " -"5 kao pritisak miša ili dva puta brzo kao dvostuku-klik." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"većina tastartura imaju posebnu tipku koja dozvoljava desni-klik; često je " -"blizu razmaknice, kakogod ova tipka reaguje tamo gdje je kursor a ne tamo " -"gdje je strelica od miša. pogledajte za " -"informacije kako naprabiti desni klik držanjem tipke 5 ili " -"lijevog dumeta miša." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Ukoliko želite koristit tastaturu za unos brojeva dok je miš isključen, " -"uključite Num Lock. Miš ne možete kontrolirati pomoću tastature " -"kada je Num Lock uključen." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Normalne tipke brojeva, u liniji na vrhu tastature, ne mogu kontrolirati " -"pokazivač miša. Samo se tipke sa brojevima mogu koristiti." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Kako provjeriti da miš ne radi" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Ukoliko želite koristit tastaturu za unos brojeva dok je miš isključen, " +"uključite Num Lock. Miš ne možete kontrolirati pomoću tastature " +"kada je Num Lock uključen." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Normalne tipke brojeva, u liniji na vrhu tastature, ne mogu kontrolirati " +"pokazivač miša. Samo se tipke sa brojevima mogu koristiti." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Kako provjeriti da miš ne radi" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" msgstr "Pokazivač miša se ne kreće" @@ -12188,7 +12282,7 @@ "koristite touchpad, možete podesiti brzinu kursora za ove uređaje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12197,7 +12291,7 @@ "kretanje pokazivača." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12209,8 +12303,7 @@ "Samo podesite klizače na Mouse i Touchpad sekciji." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12229,87 +12322,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Možete kliknuti, napraviti dupli klik, povući i listati koristeći samo " -"dodirnu površinu, bez razdvojenih hardverskih dugmadi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "U Touchpad sekciji, čekirajte Tap to click." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Za klik, dodirnite dodirnu površinu." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Da dva puta kliknete tapnite dva puta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Za povlačenje stavke, dupli dodir ali ne dižite prst nakon drugog dodira. " -"Povucite stavku gdje želite, a zadtim dignite prst da je spustite." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Ako vaš touchpad podržava više-prtsni dodir, desni klik dodir dva prsta " -"odjednom. Inače morate koristiti dugmad da uradite desni klik: pogledajte " -" za način desnog klika bez drugog dugmeta " -"miša" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Ako vaš touchpad podržava više-prtsni dodir, middle-click pritiskom sa tri prsta odjednom." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "" -"Kada pritišćete ili vučete sa više prstiju razdvojite vaše prste dovoljno. " -"Ako su prsti previše blizu računar može pomisliti da je jedan prst." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Skrolanje pomoću dva prsta" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Možete skrolati pomoću touchpada koristeći dva prsta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" "U Touchpad sekciji, čekirajte Two finger scroll." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12320,17 +12397,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Listanje sa dva prsta možda neće raditi na svim dodirnim površinama." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Sadržaj će biti zaljepljen za prste" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12339,7 +12416,7 @@ "papira." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12348,7 +12425,7 @@ "prste." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12839,10 +12916,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Dodajte, obrišite ili preimenujte oznake u programu za upravljanje " -"datotekama." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -12851,80 +12926,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Vaši markeri su prikazani na bočnoj traci fajl menadžera," +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Dodajte oznaku:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Otvorite folder (ili lokaciju) koju želite označiti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Kliknite Zabilješke u traci menija i selektujte " -"Zabilješke" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Izbrišite oznaku:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Kliknite Zabilješke u traci menija i selektujte " -"Zabilješke... iz menija aplikacije." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"U prozoru Zabilješke, selektujte marker koji želite da obrišete " -"i kliknite - dugme." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Preimenuj zabilješku:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na Datoteke u gornjoj traci i izaberite " -"Datoteke iz menija aplikacije." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"U prozoru Zabilješke, odaberite marker koji želite da " -"preimenujete." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "U Ime tekstualnom okviru, ukucajte novo ime za oznaku." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13509,7 +13575,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lokacija" @@ -13712,7 +13778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Nijedan" @@ -13860,17 +13926,17 @@ "korisnici mogu biti u skupinama prema odjelu ili projektu." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Dozvole" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Prikaži pravo pristupa datoteci, na primjer drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -13879,7 +13945,7 @@ "pravilnu datoteku, a d označava direktorij (folder)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -13888,7 +13954,7 @@ "posjeduje datoteku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -13897,7 +13963,7 @@ "posjeduje datoteku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -13906,42 +13972,42 @@ "korisnike sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Svaki znak ima sljedeće značenje:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Pravo čitanja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Pravo pisanja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Pravo izvršenja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Bez dozvole" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME tip" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Prikaži MIME vrstu stavke." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Put do lokacije datoteke." @@ -14250,12 +14316,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14268,7 +14333,7 @@ msgstr "Tim Ubuntu dokumentacije" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Web pretraživači" @@ -14582,8 +14647,8 @@ "preglednik:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14592,7 +14657,7 @@ "na lijevoj strani prozora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14601,7 +14666,7 @@ "mijenjanjemWeb opcije" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14642,7 +14707,7 @@ "rijesiti promjenjom postavljene mail aplikacije" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14757,7 +14822,7 @@ msgstr "Nađite vašu internu (mrežnu) IP adresu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14768,18 +14833,18 @@ "saznate IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Vaša interna IP adresa će biti prikazana na listi sa informacijama." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Nađite vašu vanjsku (internet) IP adresu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -14788,12 +14853,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Stranica će prikazati vašu vanjsku IP adresu za vas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -14804,42 +14869,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Vi kontrolišete koji programi mogu pristupiti mreži. Ovo pomaže da zadržite " -"vaš računar sigurnim." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Omogućite ili blokirajte pristup protupožarnom zidu" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu dolazi opremljen s Uncomplicated Firewal ( ufw " -"), ali taj firewall (zaštitna barijera) nije omogućen u standardnoj " -"postavci. Budući da Ubuntu nema otvorene mrežne usluge (osim za osnovne " -"mrežne infrastrukture) u zadanoj instalaciji, firewall nije potreban da bi " -"blokirao pokušaj dolaska zlonamjerne veze." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Za više informacija o tome kako koristiti utw,vidite dokumentaciju na " -"mreži." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -14850,10 +14906,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Da biste uključili firewall ukucajte sudo ufw enable u " -"terminalu.Da biste isključili ufw,ukucajte sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -14866,14 +14920,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -14883,7 +14937,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -14892,12 +14946,12 @@ "status u terminalu" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Koristite ufw bez terminala" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -14908,7 +14962,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">this link." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15179,30 +15233,28 @@ msgstr "Uvjeti i savjeti umrežavanja" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Možda ćete trebati instalirati Flash kako biste mogli da gledate stranice " -"kao sto je YouTube, koja prikazuje video zapise i interaktivne stranice" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Instalirajte Flash plug-in" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15213,64 +15265,106 @@ "dostupan besplatno (ali ne i open-source) Preuzmite na većini web " "preglednika." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Kako instalirati Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Ako imate otvorene prozore web pretraživača,zatvorite ih i onda ih ponovo " -"otvorite.Web pretraživač bi trebao da uoči da je Flash instaliran kada ga " -"ponovo otvorite, i trebali biste moći gledati web stranice koristeći Flash" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Pomozite web pretraživaču da radi s web stranicama koje zahtijevaju Javu." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Instalirajte Java pretraživač plug-in" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Neke web stranice koriste male Java programe,koji zahtijevaju da " -"Java plugin bude instaliran kako bi se pokrennule" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -" Instalirajte icedtea6-plugin paket " -" da biste vidjeli Java programe u Vašem pretraživaču" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15544,6 +15638,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj." @@ -15792,12 +15887,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Rješavanje problema bežične " -"konekcije, traženje vaše bežične " -"konekcije…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -15846,7 +15938,7 @@ msgstr "Promijenite metodu ovlaštenja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -15855,14 +15947,14 @@ "na lijevoj strani prozora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Izaberite metodu ovlaštenja koju želite koristiti između navedenih metoda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -15872,13 +15964,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Ručno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -15889,12 +15981,12 @@ "čarape ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -15902,7 +15994,7 @@ "URL pokazuje na resurs, koji sadrži prikladnu konfiguraciju za vaš sistem." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16457,15 +16549,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16490,62 +16578,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Možete koristiti računalo kao bežični hotspot. To omogućuje druge uređaje za " -"spajanje na vas bez zasebnog mreže, te vam omogućuje da dijele internet vezu " -"si napravio s drugom sučelja, kao što su na žičanu mrežu ili preko mobilne " -"mreže." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Otvorite Mreža i odaberite na lijevoj strani Bežična." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Kliknite tipku Koristi kao Pristupnu tačku." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Ako ste već povezani na bežičnu mrežu, bit ćete upitani želite li prekinuti " -"vezu s tom mrežom.Jedan adapter bežični mogu samo spojiti ili stvoriti jednu " -"mrežu na vrijeme. Kliknite Stvaranje točka za potvrdu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Mrezno ime (SSID) i sigurnosni kljuc se generisu automatski. Mrezno ime ce " -"se bazirati na imenu vaseg racunara. Drugi uredjaji ce trebati ovu " -"informaciju da bi se spojili na pristupnu tacku koju ste kreirali." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na izbornik mreže na traci izbornika i odznačite Omogući Wireless." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Isključite bežično povezivanje ( avionski način)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16557,34 +16635,26 @@ "iz drugih razloga(stednja baterije npr) .Uradite ovo:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Uradite ovo. pritisnite network menu u meniju i onda iskljucite " -"Enable Wireless. Ovo ce ugasiti vasu bezicnu konekciju dok je ne " -"upalite ponovo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Da ponovo uključite wireless, kliknite na izbornik mreže na traci " -"izbornika i odaberite Omogući Wirelesstako što ima oznaku ispred." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Vaš laptop možda i dalje emituje ako niste isključili Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16618,11 +16688,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Kliknite mreža meni u traci menija, i kliknite ime " -"mreže na koju se želite povezati." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -16838,28 +16906,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "Naučite šta opcije na ekranu za uređivanje bežične konekcije znače." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Uredite bežičnu konekciju" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Tema opisuje sve opcije koje su dostupne kada uređujete bežičnu mrežnu " -"konekciju. Da uredite konekciju, kliknite mrežni meni na traci " -"menija i odaberite Uredi konekcije." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -16870,17 +16935,17 @@ "da vam daju najbolju kontrolu nad mnogim naprednim mrežama." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Dostupno svim korisnicima/Poveži se automatski" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Poveži se automatski" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -16889,62 +16954,50 @@ "je u mogućnosti" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"U nekim mrežama koje su postavljene za autmatsko povezivanje, racčnar će se " -"konktovati na prvu prikazanu u Bežične traci u Mrežne " -"konekcije prozoru. Neće se diskonekotavati sa jedne dostupne mreže, pa " -"se konektovati na drugu koja se upravo pojavila" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Dostupno svim korisnicima" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Označite ovo ukoliko želite da svi korisnici računara imaju pristup " -"bežičnoj mreži. Ukoliko mreža ima WEP/WPA " -"lozinku i Vi imate izabranu ovu opciju, Vi ćete trebati samo jednom " -"da ukucate šifru. Svim korisnicima Vašeg računara ce biti dostupan internet " -"bez znanja šifre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Ako je ovo izabrano, Vi trebate biti administrator da biste mijenjali podešavanja ove mreže. " -"Možete biti pitani za unos sifre." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Bežična" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -16956,12 +17009,12 @@ "primjer,mijenjanjem postavki vaseg bezicnog usmjerivaca ili bazne stanice)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Režim" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -16972,54 +17025,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Ako izaberete Ad-hoc,vidjet ćete druge opcije,Opseg i " -"Kanal. To zavisi sa kojom bežičnom frekvencijom će ad-hoc " -"bežična mreza operitati.Neki računari su u mogućnosti da rade na nekim " -"opsezima (na primjer,samo A ili samo B/G), dakle " -"mozete zeljeti izabrati opseg koji će moći koristiti svi računari u ad-hoc " -"mrezi.U zauzetim mjestima,moguće je da postoji nekoliko bežičnih mreža na " -"istom kanalu;to moze da uspori Vašu konekciju,dakle možete mijenjati koji " -"kanal da koristite." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Ovo je Identifikator osnovnog skupa servisa.SSID (vidi iznad) je " -"ime mreže koja je namjenjena za čitanje, BSSID je ime mreže koju razumije " -"računar (to je string slova ili brojevi koji su vjerovatno jedinstveni " -"bežičnoj mrezi).Ako je mreža " -"skrivena,onda neće imati SSID,ali će imati BSSID" +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "MAC adresa uređaja" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17032,7 +17072,7 @@ "jedinstvenu MAC adresu koja mu je data u fabrici" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" @@ -17040,34 +17080,28 @@ "karti" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Klonirana MAC adresa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Vas mrežni hardver (bežična karta) može se pretvarati da ima novu MAC " -"adresu. Ovomože biti korisno ako imate uređaj ili sevis koji ce komunicirati " -"sa određenom MAC adresom (na primjer širokopojasni modem za kablovski " -"Internet). Ako stavite tu MAC adresu u klonirana MAC adresa, " -"uređaj/servis će misliti da Vaš računar ima kloniranu MAC adresu prije nego " -"njegovu vlastitu" +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17084,54 +17118,45 @@ "morate mijenjati tu postavku." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Bežična bezbjednost" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sigurnost" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"To definira kakvu vrstu enkripcije vaša bežična mreže koristi. " -"Šifrirane veze pomažu u zaštiti vaše bežične veze od presretanja, tako da " -"drugi ljudi ne mogu \"slušati\" i vidjeti koje web stranice posjećujete i " -"tako dalje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Neki tipovi enkripcije su jači od drugih,al mogu da ne budu podržani od " -"strane starijih bežičnih mreznih oprema. Vi ćete normalno trebati da ukucate " -"Vašu šifru za konekciju; više sofisticiranih tipova sigurnosti također može " -"zahtjevati korisnicko ime i digitalni \"certifikat\". Vidite za više informacija na popularnim tipovima " -"bežične enkripcije." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 podešavanja" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17142,17 +17167,17 @@ "biste vidjeli različite načine dobijanja/postavljanja te informacije" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Sljedeće metode su dostupne :" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatski (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17167,37 +17192,32 @@ "dodijeljene ispravne postavke. Većina mreža koriste DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatski (DHCP) samo adrese" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Ako izaberete ovu postavku,Vaš računar ce dobiti svoju IP adresu iz DHCP " -"servera,ali ćete morati ručno da definirate ostale detalje (kao sto je npr. " -"koji DNS server koristiti)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Izaberite ovu opciju ako želite definisati sami definisati sve mrežne " -"posatvke, uključujući i to koju IP adresu računar treba koristiti" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Samo lokalne veze" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17214,38 +17234,41 @@ "jedni s drugima." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Onemogućeno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Ova opcija će onemogućiti mrežnu konekciju i spriječiti Vam to " -"konektovanje.Zapamtite IPv4 i IPv6 se tretiraju kao " -"različite konekcije iako su za istu mrežnu kartu.Ako imate jednu " -"omogućenu,možete drugu onemogućiti." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 podešavanja" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Ovo je slično IPv4 kartici osim što se bavi novijim IPv6 " -"standardom. Većina modernih mreža koriste IPv6, ali IPv4 je i dalje " -"popularniji" +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17326,23 +17349,19 @@ "hidden\">spojiti na drugačiji način ako je mreža skrivena." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Kliknite mreža meni na traci menija i odaberite Poveži se sa " -"skrivenim bežičnim mrežama." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Poveži se na skrivenu bežičnu mrežu" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17357,6 +17376,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17364,7 +17390,7 @@ "sigurnosti i kliknite Poveži se." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17376,7 +17402,7 @@ "nesto kao : 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17385,7 +17411,7 @@ "poput WEP i WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17589,7 +17615,7 @@ msgstr "Napravite provjeru modema i rutera" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17600,12 +17626,12 @@ "korak u uputstvu." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Korištenje komandne linije" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17616,7 +17642,7 @@ "Dash." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18928,12 +18954,12 @@ "skučenom mjestu poput ruksaka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "U Hardver dijelu, kliknite Snaga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19089,11 +19115,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Ukucajte sudo pm-hibernate u terminalu i pritisnite " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19137,11 +19161,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Ako test hibernacije radi, možete nastaviti koristiti sudo pm-" -"hibernate komandu kada želite hibernirati." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19245,43 +19267,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "Zašto se moj računar gasi/obustavlja kada baterija dođe do 10%?" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 -msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Kada nivo punjenja baterije znacajno opadne, vas racunar ce automatski suspend. To radi da bi bio siguran da se " -"baterija nece isprazniti do kraja, posto je to stetno za bateriju. Ako vam " -"se baterija potrosi racunar nece imati vremena da se ugasi ispravno." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 +#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -19317,26 +19313,17 @@ "Ako se to desi, pokušajte ugasiti i ponovo upaliti vašu bežičnu konekciju:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikonu skroz desno na meni baru i izaberite System " -"Settings" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Otvorite Mreža i odaberite Bežična mreža tab" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Ugasite i ponovo upalite bežičnu konekciju" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19345,7 +19332,7 @@ "avionu i zatim ponovo ugasite" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -19695,7 +19682,7 @@ msgstr "Možete zaustaviti samozatamnjenje vašeg ekrana:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -19849,7 +19836,7 @@ "uporedo sa engleskim, ali možete dodavati još jezika." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -19857,21 +19844,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -19882,7 +19869,7 @@ "administratorski račun." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -19890,8 +19877,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -19952,7 +19939,9 @@ msgstr "Postavke" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Postavite štampač" @@ -19969,8 +19958,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Nepoznat stampac, zaglavljen papir, ispis izgleda krivo." +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20086,7 +20076,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -20585,7 +20574,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Otvorite Štampači." @@ -20626,77 +20615,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Postavite štampač koji je povezan na vaš računar." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Postavite lokalni štampač" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Vaš sitem može prepoznati više tipova štampača automatski jednom kada su " -"povezani. Većina štampača je povezano USB kablom koje se treba spojiti na " -"Vaš računar." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Uvjerite se da je štampač uključen." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Spojite stampac za vas racunar preko odgovarajuceg kabla. Mozda ce te " -"vidjeti aktivnost na monitoru dok sistem bude trazio drajvere, i mozete biti " -"upitani za dozvolu da se instaliraju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Ako vaš štampač nije postavljen automatski, možete ga dodati u postavkama " -"štampača." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj i odaberite štampač iz prozora Uređaji." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Kliknite Naprijed i čekajte dok se traže drajveri." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -20705,7 +20680,7 @@ "kliknite Primijeni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -20713,23 +20688,69 @@ "preskočite ovaj korak." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Ako postoji vise drajvera bit ce te upitani da izaberete drajver. Da bi " -"koristili preporuceni kliknite Naprijed da odabir marke i modela." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Uvjerite se da je štampač uključen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Nakon št instalirate štampač, možda ćete željeti promijeniti vaš zadani štampač." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -20901,17 +20922,17 @@ "navedete tri stvari:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Šta ste očekivali da se dogodi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Šta se zapravo dogodilo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -20920,7 +20941,7 @@ "prvi korak \"pokretanje programa\"" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -20929,7 +20950,7 @@ "obnavljan kako se bude radilo s njim. Hvala što pomažet da Ubuntu bude bolji!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -20941,7 +20962,7 @@ "koristiti Ubuntu ugradjeni alat za prijavu gresaka." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Snimi." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21055,7 +21162,7 @@ "valutu i mjerenja kako bi se slagali sa lokalnim običajima vaše regije." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21064,7 +21171,7 @@ "formati tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21075,18 +21182,16 @@ "postavljen u Jezik tabu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Morate se odjaviti i vratiti nazad da bi promjene imale efekta. Kliknite " -"ikonu koja se nalazi sasvim desno na traci menija i odaberite Odjavi " -"se da se odjavite." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21098,12 +21203,12 @@ "podesiti i pocetni dan u kalendarima." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Promijenite sistemske formate" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21114,19 +21219,19 @@ "formate, formate korištene na mjestima poput zaslona za prijavu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Promijenite vaše formate, kako je opisano iznad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Kliknite Primijeni Ssitem-Široko." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21153,12 +21258,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Kliknite Podrška za jezik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21166,18 +21271,16 @@ "Odaberite željeni jezik u Jezik tabu. Povucite jezik na vrh liste." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Trebate se odjaviti i ponovo vratiti da bi promjena jezika imala efekta. " -"Kliknite na ikonu Odjavi sesystem language, the language used " @@ -21210,7 +21313,7 @@ "se koristi na mjestima poput ekrana za prijavu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Promijenite vaš jezik, kako je opisano iznad." @@ -21248,19 +21351,19 @@ msgstr "Da se čeka duži period prije automatskog ključanja zaslona:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Kliknite Osvjetljenost i zaključavanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Promjenite vrijedost u Zaključaj zaslon poslije iz padajućeg " "menija." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -21502,14 +21605,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -21518,14 +21621,14 @@ "izaberite Lock to Launcher." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -21578,23 +21681,20 @@ "ostavili kad se ulogujete ponovo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Da se izlogujete ili da zamijenite korisnika kliknite system menu skroz desno na meni traci i izaberite " -"odgovarajucu opciju." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Zaključaj ekran" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -21608,31 +21708,32 @@ "zakljucati nakon izvjesnog vremena." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Da zaključate ekran kliknite sistemski meni na traci menija i " -"odaberite Zaključaj ekran." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Kada vam je ekran zakljucan, drugi korisnici se mogu spojiti na svoje racune " -"klikanjem Switch User. Mozwte vratiti vas ekran kada oni zavrse." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspenduj" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -21646,30 +21747,29 @@ "energije se trosi kad je racunar suspendovan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Da ručno obustavite vaš računar, kliknite sistemski meni na traci " -"menija i odaberite Obustavi." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Isključiti ili restartovati" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Ako želite potpuno da ugasite Vaš računar, ili da uradite potpuni restart, " -"kliknite system menu i izaberite Shut Down." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22264,12 +22364,12 @@ msgstr "Ne možete promijeniti veličinu prozora ako je maximiziran." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Da promijenite veličinu vašeg prozora horizontalno i/ili vertikalno:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22279,12 +22379,12 @@ "bilo kojem smjeru." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Za promjenu veličine samo u horizontalnom smjeru:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22294,12 +22394,12 @@ "veličinu prozora horizontalno." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Za promjenu veličine samo u vertikalnom smjeru:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22310,17 +22410,17 @@ "promijenite veličinu prozora vertikalno." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Uređenje prozora na vašoj radnoj površini" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Kako da postavite dva prozora uporedo jedan sa drugim:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22333,7 +22433,7 @@ "polovinu ekrana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22342,7 +22442,7 @@ "označena, otpustite. Svaki od prozora popunjavaće po polovinu ekrana." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -22396,11 +22496,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "S tastature." +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -22409,53 +22509,41 @@ "window switcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." -msgstr "Pustite Alt da izaberete sledeci( oznaceni) prozor." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"U protivnom. cuvanje tipke Alt, pritiskom na Tab " -"mozete kruziti po listi otvorenih prozora, ili " -"ShiftTab da idete unazad." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Prozori u u izuborniku prozora su grupisani po aplikacijama. Pregled " -"aplikacija sa vise iskacucih prozora kako idete kroz njega." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Mozete takodjer da se pomjerate po ikonama aplikacija sa tipkama " -"→ or ←, ili da izaberete neku klikom misa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Pregledi aplikacija sa jednom prozorom mogu biti prikazane tipkom " -"↓" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -22468,8 +22556,13 @@ "pritisnite Tab ili " "ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -22480,7 +22573,7 @@ "prozore koji nisu u fokusu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Kliknite prozor na koji se želite prebaciti." @@ -22681,19 +22774,19 @@ msgstr "Uključi radna okruženja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Označite Uključi radna okruženja okvir." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -22702,19 +22795,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Promijenite broj radnih površina" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22723,7 +22816,7 @@ "broj sa brojem koji želite. Pritisnite Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23515,7 +23608,7 @@ msgstr "Unesite posebne znakove" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -23526,17 +23619,17 @@ "prikazuje različite nacine za unos posebnih znakova." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Načini unošenja znakova" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa znakova" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -23547,7 +23640,7 @@ "zatim kopirajte i zalijepite gdje god je to potrebno." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the ' zatim e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -23582,38 +23675,40 @@ "definisati jedan od postojećih ključeva sa Vaše tastature kao sastani ključ." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Definišite sastavni taster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Kliknite Izgled tastature." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Kliknite Opcije." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Pronađite grupu pod nazivom Položaj sastavnog tastera. Izaberite " -"taster ili tastere koji će da se ponašaju kao sastavni taster. Možete da " -"izaberete tastere kao što su Caps Lock, jedan od Alt " -"tastera, ili taster izbornika. Bilo koji taster koji izaberete će tada da " -"radi samo kao sastavni taster, i neće više raditi ono za šta je originalno " -"predviđen." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -23621,7 +23716,7 @@ "primjer:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -23630,7 +23725,7 @@ "stavite ostri akcenat, kao é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -23639,7 +23734,7 @@ "stavite akcenat, kao é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -23648,7 +23743,7 @@ "stavite preglas, kao é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -23657,7 +23752,7 @@ "stavite macron, kao é." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Kodne tačke" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -23689,7 +23784,7 @@ "znaku. Kodni prikaz jesu četiri znaka nakon U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -23700,12 +23795,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Izvori unosa" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24418,37 +24513,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "U dijelu Osobno, kliknite click Izgled." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Uključi Automatski sakrivanje pokretača." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -24475,12 +24562,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Click Izgled." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -24489,7 +24576,7 @@ "smanjili velicinu Launcher ikona." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Defaultna Launcher veličina ikona je 48." @@ -24584,38 +24671,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "zatvaranje aplikacije ako je pokrenuta" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "prečice specifične za aplikacije poput otvaranja novog dokumenta ili prozora" @@ -24748,7 +24835,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -24757,7 +24844,7 @@ "Ponašanje tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -24766,19 +24853,19 @@ "prozora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "Ispod Vidljivost menija, odaberite Uvijek prikazano." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Statusni meniji" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -24790,17 +24877,35 @@ "meniji su pogodno mjesto gdje mozete provjeriti status vašeg računara i " "aplikacija." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Lista statusnih menija i šta oni rade" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Neke od ikona koje se koriste kao pokazatelji menija mijenjaju se prema " +"statusu aplikacije." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Drugi programi poput Tomboy ili Transmission takodje " +"mogu dodati indikatorski meni na panel" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Lista statusnih menija i šta oni rade" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -24810,7 +24915,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -24819,7 +24924,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Van mreže ikona" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -24834,7 +24939,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -24844,7 +24949,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -24853,7 +24958,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Input source ikona" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -24862,7 +24967,7 @@ "layouts\">konfigurišite izvore unosa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -24871,7 +24976,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Bluetooth ikona" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -24885,7 +24990,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -24895,7 +25000,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -24904,7 +25009,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Meni ikona" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -24917,7 +25022,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -24925,7 +25030,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -24934,7 +25039,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Ikona baterije" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -24947,7 +25052,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -24957,7 +25062,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -24966,7 +25071,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Ikona jačine zvuka" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -24977,12 +25082,12 @@ "je Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Sat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -24990,22 +25095,8 @@ "Pristupite trenutnom datumu i vremenu. Isti iz bulit-in Kalendar mogu također da se pojave ovdje." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -25014,7 +25105,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Ikona" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25024,24 +25115,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">sistemskim postavkama. Promjenite korisnika, " "zaključajte ekran, odjavite se, suspendujte ili ugasite računar." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Neke od ikona koje se koriste kao pokazatelji menija mijenjaju se prema " -"statusu aplikacije." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Drugi programi poput Tomboy ili Transmission takodje " -"mogu dodati indikatorski meni na panel" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25160,43 +25233,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Po defaultu, uključenje online rezultata je isključeno." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Uključite rezultate online tražilice." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Ako želite da primite prijedloge mrežnog traženja, možete omogućiti ovu " -"funkciju kroz Security & Privacysystem menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite Sistemski meni skroz desno u Meniju i " -"odaberite Sistemske postavke." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Otvorite Sigurnost i privatnost i odaberite Pretraga" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Prebacite na Uključi rezultate pretrage na mreži." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -26811,7 +26853,7 @@ "uredjaja (klasu olovke) i dijagram lijevo. Ove postavke se mogu podesiti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -26822,7 +26864,7 @@ "Firm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -26837,7 +26879,7 @@ "Nazad, Naprijed" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -26846,15 +26888,12 @@ "Soft i Firm." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Ako imate vise od jedne olovke, kada se druga olovka priblizi tabletu, " -"pejdzer ce biti prikazan pored naziva te olovke. Koristite pejdzer da " -"konfigurisete odredjene olovke." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -26910,6 +26949,26 @@ "upotrebu Super tipke, pogledajte krtice na tastaturi stranicu." +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Izgled tastature." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Opcije." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pronađite grupu pod nazivom Položaj sastavnog tastera. Izaberite " +#~ "taster ili tastere koji će da se ponašaju kao sastavni taster. Možete da " +#~ "izaberete tastere kao što su Caps Lock, jedan od Alt " +#~ "tastera, ili taster izbornika. Bilo koji taster koji izaberete će tada da " +#~ "radi samo kao sastavni taster, i neće više raditi ono za šta je originalno " +#~ "predviđen." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -26959,6 +27018,24 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na ikonu na kraju desne strane meni trake i odaberite " +#~ "postavke sustava." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Iz sigurnosnih razloga, Ubuntu neće pohraniti vaš password na računar. " +#~ "Umjesto toga, pohranjuje znak koji pružaju internetske usluge. Ako želite " +#~ "upotpunsti ukinuti vezu između vašeg desktopa i online servisa, ukinite ga" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26991,6 +27068,30 @@ #~ "Koristite Ubuntu Software Center da biste dodali programe i učinili Ubuntu " #~ "jos korisnijim" +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalacija dodatnog softvera" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tim Ubuntu razvoj je izabrao zadani skup aplikacija koje smatramo da čini " +#~ "Ubuntu vrlo korisno za većinu svakodnevnih zadataka.Ali svakako ćete željeti " +#~ "instalirati jos programa kako biste napravili Ubuntu još korisnijim za sebe" + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Da biste instalirali dodatni program,izvršite sljedeće korake:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Povežite se na Internet koristeći bežičnu ili žičanu " +#~ "konekciju." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27006,12 +27107,60 @@ #~ "i nađite aplikaciju u listi" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izaberite program za koji ste zainteresovani i klikinite na " +#~ "Instaliraj." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bit ćete pitani da ukucate šifru. Nakon sto ukucate,instalacija će početi" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalacija uobičajeno završi brzo, ali može potrajati ukoliko imate sporu " +#~ "Internet konekciju." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kratica za vaš novi program se dodaje u pokretač. Da isključite ovu " +#~ "mogućnost deaktivirajtePogledNove aplikacije u " +#~ "pokretaču." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodajte PPA repozitorije kako biste testirali prije pokretanja ili pomogli " +#~ "pri unapređenju programa" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arhive ličnih paketa(PPA) su programska spremišta dizajnirana za " +#~ "Ubuntu korisnike i koji su lakši za instalaciju od drugih spremišta" + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite na Dodaj i unesite lokaciju ppa:" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zatvorite prozor Softver Izvori. Ubuntu Softver Centar će tada provjeriti " #~ "vaše softver izvore za novi softver." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Uklonite program koji dugo ne koristite" + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -27020,6 +27169,26 @@ #~ "vrhu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možete biti upitani za unos lozinke, Nakon toga, aplikacija će biti " +#~ "uklonjena." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodajte druga spremišta za proširenje programskog izvora koji Ubuntu koristi " +#~ "za instalaciju i nadogradnje." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Dodajte dodatna programske repozitorije" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalirajte druge repozitorije" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27069,6 +27238,9 @@ #~ "Pričekajte trenutak kako bi Ubuntu Softver Centar skinuo informacije o " #~ "spremištu" +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Dodaj &ukloni softver/program" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese nije instaliran po zadanim postavkama na Ubuntu.Da biste instalirali " @@ -27106,6 +27278,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Morate instalirati Cheese ,da biste mogli pročitati njegov korisnički vodič" +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB memorije (mali kapacitet)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -27132,6 +27307,22 @@ #~ "računar sa drugog uređaja. Vidi za " #~ "više informacija." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Preuzimanje ispisa referentne datoteke iz kompanije za boje" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Korištenje kompanije za boje za proizvodnju printer profila je obično " +#~ "najjeftinija opcija ako imate samo jednu ili dvije različite vrste papira. " +#~ "Preuzimanjem referentnih grafikona s​​ web stranice kompanije možete ih " +#~ "zatim poslati natrag za ispis u omotnici gdje će skenirati papir, generirati " +#~ "profil i poslati e-mail natrag sa tačnim ICC profilom." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -27184,164 +27375,844 @@ #~ msgstr "Poništite Dolazeći događaji iz Evolucijskog kalendara ." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Odaberite disk koji želite provjeriti iz liste Uređaji za " -#~ "pohranu. Informacije i status diska će se pojaviti ispod " -#~ "Disk." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr " SMART status bi trebao reći: \"Disk je zdrav\"." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ukoliko kasnije promijenite mišljenje, možete vratiti sat klikom na ikonu " +#~ "desno od trake izbornika i odaberite Postavke Sistema . U " +#~ "sekciji sistema, kliknite Vrijeme & Datum." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kliknite SMART podaci dugme da biste vidjeli više informacija " -#~ "pogona, ili za pokretanje samotestiranja." +#~ "Kliknite na ikonu koja je desno od trake izbornika i odaberite Postavke " +#~ "Sistema." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Za naprednije CD / DVD prženje projekata, pokušajte Brasero ." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Izmjeri fiksni disk da vidi se koliko je brz." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Testirajte performanse vašeg tvrdog diska" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Za testiranje brzine vašeg tvrdog diska:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Za pomoć koristeći Brasero, pročitajte korisnički priručnik." +#~ "Otvorite aplikaciju Diskovi sa polaznog mjesta Dash." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Isključite dodirnu površinu dok kucate na tastaruri kako biste spriječili " -#~ "slučajne klikove." +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Izaberite tvrdi disk iz Disk Drives liste." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Isključi dodirnu tablu dok kucam" +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite na dugme točka i odaberiteMjerenje diska." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dodirne površine na laptopima su obično smještene tamo gdje je vaš zglob dok " -#~ "kucate, sto može ponekad biti uzrok slučajnih klikova dok kucate. Možete " -#~ "isključiti dodirnu površinu dok kucate. Radit će ponovo samo kratko poslije " -#~ "posljednjeg klika." +#~ "Kliknite na Pokreni mjerenje i prilagodite Brzina " +#~ "prijenosa i Vrijeme pristupa parametre po želji." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "U odjeljku Dodirna ploča izaberite Onemogoći tokom " -#~ "kucanja." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na Počni mjerenje da testirate koliko se brzo podaci " +#~ "čitaju s diska. Administrativne " +#~ "privilegije možda moraju biti potrebne. Unesite lozinku ili lozinku " +#~ "zahtijevanog administratorskog naloga." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Daje datum i vrijeme kada je zadnji put datoteka izmjenjena." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kada test je završen, a rezultati će se pojaviti na grafu. Zelene točke i " +#~ "povezuju linije ukazuju na uzorcima uzetim; to odgovara desnoj osi, " +#~ "pokazujući pristupni put, urotu protiv donjem osi, što predstavlja postotak " +#~ "vremena proteklo vrijeme mjerilo.Plava linija predstavlja čitati noćenja, " +#~ "dok je crvena linija predstavlja pisati stope, te su prikazani kao pristupne " +#~ "brzine prijenosa podataka na lijevoj osi, urotu protiv postotak diska " +#~ "putovao, izvana na osovinu, duž donjeg osi." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ako zelite da budete posebn osigurni,ili ako zelite provjeriti prisutnost " -#~ "virusa u datotekama koje dijelite sami sa sobom i drugim ljudima koristeci " -#~ "Windows i Mac OS,Vi i dlaje mozete instalirati anti-virusni " -#~ "program.Provjerite u Ubuntu Software Center gdje je broj " -#~ "aplikacija dostupan." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ispod grafika, vrijednosti su prikazane za minimalno, maksimalno i prosječno " +#~ "čitanje i pisanje, prosječno vrijeme pristupa i vrijeme proteklo od zadnjeg " +#~ "mjernog testa." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mnogi programi su napravljeni da bi ponuditi usluge mreže. Na primjer, " -#~ "možete dijeliti sadržaj, ili pustiti da neko vidi Vaš desktop na daljinu. " -#~ "Ovisno o tome koje dodatne programa instalirate, možda ćete morati " -#~ "prilagoditi firewall kako bi se omogućilo tim uslugama da rade onako kako " -#~ "smo zamislili. UfW dolazi s nekoliko pravila već pre-konfiguriran. Na " -#~ "primjer, kako bi se omogućilo SSH veze, unesite sudo ufw " -#~ "allow ssh u terminal. Da biste blokirali ssh, unesite sudo ufw " -#~ "block ssh ." +#~ "Koristite Analizer zauzetosti diska ili Sistemski " +#~ "monitor da provjerite prostor i kapacitet." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Svaki program koji podrćava servise koristi određeni mrežni port.Da " -#~ "biste omogućili pristup toj usluzi programa, možda ćete morati dopustiti " -#~ "pristup svom dodjeljenom portu na firewallu." +#~ "Možete provjeriti koliko prostora na disku je slobodno koristeći " +#~ "Analizer Zauzetosti Diska ili Monitor Sistema." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Provjerite sa Analizatorom disk iskoristivosti" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flash je dodatak za vaš web pretraživač koji omogućava " -#~ "da gledate video i koristite interaktivne web sadržaje na nekim web " -#~ "stranicama. Neke web stranice ne rade bez Flash-a." +#~ "Da biste provjerili slobodni prostor na disku i iskorištenost kapaciteta " +#~ "diska koristeći Analizator iskoristivosti diska :" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kliknite ovu veza za " -#~ "pokretanje Software Center." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na jednu od dugmadi na alatnoj traci odabrati da Skeniraj " +#~ "lični direktorij , skeniranje datotečni sustav , " +#~ "Skeniranje mape ili Skeniranje udaljene mapu " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pročitajte informacije i mišljenja kako biste bili sigurni da želite " -#~ "instalirati Flash" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Informacije se prikazuju prema Folder, Upotreba, " +#~ "Veličina i Sadržaj. Pogledajte više detalja na Analizer zauzetosti diska." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Provjerite sa Nadzornikom sistema" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " -#~ "Center window." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ako izaberete instalaciju Flasha,kliknite Instaliraj iz Software " -#~ "Center prozora" - -#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" -#~ msgstr "Alternative Flashu otvorenog koda" +#~ "Da biste provjerili slobodni prostor na disku i kapacitet diska sa " +#~ "Nadzornik sistema :" #~ msgid "" -#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " -#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " -#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " -#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pregršt besplatnih, open-source alternativa Flashu su dostupne. One imaju " -#~ "tendenciju da rade bolje nego Flash plug-in na neki način (na primjer, " -#~ "rukovanje zvuka bolje), ali gore u drugima (primjerice, ne bude u mogućnosti " -#~ "prikazati neke složenije Flash stranica na web pretraživaču)" +#~ "Otvorite Nadzornik sistema aplikacije iz Dash (pristup " +#~ "svim programima) ." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " -#~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " -#~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Možda želite probati jedan od ovih, ako ste nezadovoljni Flash playerom, ili " -#~ "ako želite koristiti što je više open-source softvera moguće na računaru. " -#~ "Ovdje su neke od mogućnosti:" +#~ "Odaberite tabSistem Datotekada vidite particije sistema i " +#~ "iskorištenost prostora na disku. Informacije su prikazane prema Ukupan " +#~ "prostor,Slobodan prostor, Slobodan prostor i " +#~ " Iskorišten prostor." -#~ msgid "Gnash" -#~ msgstr "Gnash" +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Ako je disk pun trebali bi da:" -#~ msgid "LightSpark" -#~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izbrišite datoteke koje vam nisu važne ili koje nećete više koristiti." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " -#~ "lets you view these pages." +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napravite sigurnosne kopije od važnih " +#~ "datoteka koje vam neće trebati neko vrijeme te ih izbrišite ih s tvrdog " +#~ "diska." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odaberite disk koji želite provjeriti iz liste Uređaji za " +#~ "pohranu. Informacije i status diska će se pojaviti ispod " +#~ "Disk." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr " SMART status bi trebao reći: \"Disk je zdrav\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite SMART podaci dugme da biste vidjeli više informacija " +#~ "pogona, ili za pokretanje samotestiranja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Čak i ako SMART status pokazuje da disk nije zdrav, " +#~ "ne mora postojati uzrok za uzbunu. Međutim, bolje biti pripremljen s sigurnosnom kopijom da biste spriječili gubitak " +#~ "podataka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako status kaže: \"Pred neuspjeh\", disk je još uvijek prilično zdrav ali " +#~ "znakovi trošenja su otkriveni, što znači da će možda propasti u skoroj " +#~ "budućnosti. Ako je vaš hard disk (ili računar) star nekoliko godina, " +#~ "vjerojatno ćete vidjeti ovu poruku na barem nekim zdravstenim pregledima. " +#~ "Trebate praviti sigurnosne kopije važnih datoteka " +#~ "redovito i provjeriti stanje diska povremeno da vidite ako se " +#~ "pogorša." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uklonite sve datoteke i foldere iz vanjskog tvrdog diska ili USB pogona " +#~ "formatirajući ga." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Obrišite sve s odstranjivog diska" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako imate odstranjivi disk, kao USB memorijski stik ili vanjski tvrdi disk, " +#~ "ponekad ćete poželjeti u potpunosti ukloniti sve svoje datoteke i foldere. " +#~ "To možete učiniti tako da formatirate disk - to briše sve " +#~ "datoteke na disku i ostavlja ga praznim." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatirajte odstranjivi disk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odaberite disk koji želite izbrisati iz Uređaji za pohranivanje " +#~ "popisa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Provjerite jeste li odabrali odgovarajući disk! Ako odaberete krivi disk, " +#~ "sve datoteke na drugom disku će biti izbrisane!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U sekciji Volumen, kliknite Demontirajte Volumen . Zatim " +#~ "kliknite Formatiraj Volumen ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Iz prozora koji iskoči, izaberite datotečni sistem Vrsta za disk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako koristite disk na Windows i Mac OS računaru uz linux računare, odaberite " +#~ " FAT . Ako ga samo koristite na Windows-u, NTFS može " +#~ "biti bolji izbor. Kratak opis datotečnog tipa sistema " +#~ "predstavit će se kao oznaka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dajte disku ime i kliknite Formatiranje za početak brisanja " +#~ "diska." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nakon što je formatiranje završeno, sigurno uklonite disk. Sada " +#~ "bi trebao biti prazan i spreman za ponovno korištenje." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatiranje diska ne briše skroz datoteke" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatiranje diska nije potpuno siguran način brisanja svih svojih podataka. " +#~ "Formatiran disk neće izgledati kao da ima datoteke na njemu, ali moguće je " +#~ "da posebni softver za povrat koji vraćs datoteke. Ako trebate sigurno " +#~ "izbrisati datoteke, morat ćete koristiti uslužni program iskoristivosti, kao " +#~ "što je shred ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Razumite šta su volumeni i particije i koristite iskoristivost diska da " +#~ "upravljate njima." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pregled i upravljanje volumena i particije pomoću Iskoristivosti diska" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možete provjeriti i promijeniti volumen vaše kompjuterske pohrane sa alatom " +#~ "diska." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvorite Dash i pokrenite Disk alat aplikacijun." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U oknu označenog sa Uređaji za pohranu , naći ćete tvrde " +#~ "diskove, CD / DVD diskove i druge fizičke uređaje. Kliknite uređaj koji " +#~ "želite pregledati." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U desnom oknu, područje označeno Volumeni omogućuje vizuelno " +#~ "rastavljanje volumena i particija predstavljenih na odabranom uređaju. " +#~ "Također sadrži niz alata koji se koriste za upravljanje ovim volumenima." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Budite oprezni: moguće je u potpunosti izbrisati podatke sa diska s ovim " +#~ "uslugama." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jedna primarna particija mora sadržavati informacije koje vaš računar " +#~ "koristi za pokretanje ili dizanje . Zbog toga se ponekad naziva " +#~ "particija za podizanje, ili podizanje volumena. Da biste utvrdili je li " +#~ "volumen moguće podignuti, pogledajte njegove Particijske zastave " +#~ " u Iskoristivost diska. Vanjski medija kao što su USB diskovi i CD " +#~ "može sadržavati volumen koji je moguće podignuti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Provjerite Lock je uključen, a zatim odaberite timeout iz " +#~ "padajućeg popisa u nastavku.Zaslon će se automatski zaključati nakon što ste " +#~ "bili neaktivni ovako dugo. Također možete odabrati zaslona isključuje " +#~ " zaključati ekran nakon zaslon se automatski isključuje, kontrolira sa " +#~ "zaslonom isključiti kada neaktivan padajućeg popisa iznad." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za naprednije CD / DVD prženje projekata, pokušajte Brasero ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za pomoć koristeći Brasero, pročitajte korisnički priručnik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pronađite datoteke na temelju naziva datoteke i tipa. Spremite vaše " +#~ "pretraživanje za kasniju upotrebu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možete tražiti datoteke na temelju njihovog imena ili tip datoteke izravno " +#~ "u upravljaču datoteka. Možete čak spasiti zajednička pretraživanja, i oni " +#~ "će se pojaviti kao posebni direktoriji vašem ličnom direktoriju." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Otvori upravljač datotekom" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako znate da su datoteke koje želite pod određenim direktorijem, idite na " +#~ "taj direktorij." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možete otvoriti, kopirati, brisati ili na drugi način raditi sa datotekama " +#~ "iz rezultata pretraživanja, jednako kao što bi iz bilo kojeg direktorija u " +#~ "upravljaču datotekama." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako obavljate određena pretraživanja često, možete ih spremiti da im brzo " +#~ "možete pristupiti." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Sačuvajte pretraživanje" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Početak pretraživanja kao gore." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dajte potrazi ime i kliknite na Snimi. Ako vam se sviđa, " +#~ "odaberite drugi folder za spremanje pretraživanja. Kada vidite taj folder, " +#~ "vidjet ćete spremljena pretraživanja kao ikonu naranđasti folder s povećalom " +#~ "na njemu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da obrišete datoteku pretraživanja kada ste završili s njom, jednostavno " +#~ "izbrišite pretraživanje kao i svaku drugu " +#~ "datoteku. Kada obrišete snimljeno pretraživanje, neće se izbrisati datoteke " +#~ "koje se podudaraju da pretraživanjem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da bi se riješilo ovaj, kliknite na ikonu skroz desno od trake izbornika i " +#~ "ići na Sistemske Postavke . U odjeljku Harddver, odaberite " +#~ "Ekrani . Probajte neke Rezolucije opcije i postaviti onu " +#~ "koji čini da ekran izgleda bolje." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na ikonu sasvi desno na traci menija i odaberite Sistemska " +#~ "podešavanja. Otvorite Ekrani." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na ikonu koja je desno od trake izbornika i odaberite Postavke " +#~ "Sistema." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Isključite dodirnu površinu dok kucate na tastaruri kako biste spriječili " +#~ "slučajne klikove." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Isključi dodirnu tablu dok kucam" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodirne površine na laptopima su obično smještene tamo gdje je vaš zglob dok " +#~ "kucate, sto može ponekad biti uzrok slučajnih klikova dok kucate. Možete " +#~ "isključiti dodirnu površinu dok kucate. Radit će ponovo samo kratko poslije " +#~ "posljednjeg klika." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U odjeljku Dodirna ploča izaberite Onemogoći tokom " +#~ "kucanja." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Neke aplikacije koriste srednji klik kao napredne prečice." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jedna obična kratica je da se zalijepi izabrani tekst. (ovo se nekad naziva " +#~ "obično lijepljenje teksta). izaberete tekst koji želite da zalijepite, zatim " +#~ "oddete gdje želite da zalijepite i pritisnete srednj-klik. Tekst je " +#~ "zalijepljen na poziciji misa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ljepljenje teksta sa srednjom tipkom miša je potpuno odvojeno od normalnog " +#~ "međuspremnika. Odabiranjem teksta isti se ne kopira u međuspremnik. Ovaj " +#~ "brzi način ljepljenja radi samo sa srednjom tipkom miša." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Većina web pretraživača dozvoljava da otvarate linkove u tabovima brzo " +#~ "korištenjem srednjeg dugmeta na mišu. kliknite bilo koji link i on će se " +#~ "otvoriti u novom tabu.budite oprezzni klikanjem na Firefox web " +#~ "pretraživaču, U Firefox , ako kliknete srednjim klikom negdje " +#~ "pored linka pokusat će da učita izabraani tekst kao URL, kao da ste " +#~ "koristili srednji klik da zalijepite tekst u adresnu traku i pritusnuli " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Neke specijalne aplikacije dopuštaju da koristite srednju tipku miša za " +#~ "druge funkcije. Traži pomoć u aplikaciji za srednji-klik ili " +#~ "srednja tipka miša." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pritisnite ← jednom da se prebacite na Pokazivači i " +#~ "Klik karticu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ove instrukcije vam obezbjeđuju najkraći put da uključite tipke miša samo " +#~ "pomoću tastature. Odaberite Postavke Univerzalnog Pristupa da " +#~ "vidite više mogućnosti pristupačnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skup numeričkih tipki na tastaturi, obično poredanih u kvadrat. Ako imate " +#~ "tastaturu bez (kao tastatura laptopa),možda će te morati da držite " +#~ "funkcijsku tipku (Fn) i da koristite druge tipke na tastaturi. " +#~ "Ako koristite ovo često možete kupiti eksternu USB tastaturu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Svaki broj odgovara smijeru. Na primjer pritiskom na 8 pomaći će " +#~ "se prema gore a pritiskom na 2 prema dole. Pritiskom na tipku " +#~ "5 kao pritisak miša ili dva puta brzo kao dvostuku-klik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "većina tastartura imaju posebnu tipku koja dozvoljava desni-klik; često je " +#~ "blizu razmaknice, kakogod ova tipka reaguje tamo gdje je kursor a ne tamo " +#~ "gdje je strelica od miša. pogledajte za " +#~ "informacije kako naprabiti desni klik držanjem tipke 5 ili " +#~ "lijevog dumeta miša." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možete kliknuti, napraviti dupli klik, povući i listati koristeći samo " +#~ "dodirnu površinu, bez razdvojenih hardverskih dugmadi." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Za klik, dodirnite dodirnu površinu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za povlačenje stavke, dupli dodir ali ne dižite prst nakon drugog dodira. " +#~ "Povucite stavku gdje želite, a zadtim dignite prst da je spustite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako vaš touchpad podržava više-prtsni dodir, desni klik dodir dva prsta " +#~ "odjednom. Inače morate koristiti dugmad da uradite desni klik: pogledajte " +#~ " za način desnog klika bez drugog dugmeta " +#~ "miša" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako vaš touchpad podržava više-prtsni dodir, middle-click pritiskom sa tri prsta odjednom." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kada pritišćete ili vučete sa više prstiju razdvojite vaše prste dovoljno. " +#~ "Ako su prsti previše blizu računar može pomisliti da je jedan prst." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodajte, obrišite ili preimenujte oznake u programu za upravljanje " +#~ "datotekama." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Izbrišite oznaku:" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "U Ime tekstualnom okviru, ukucajte novo ime za oznaku." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Daje datum i vrijeme kada je zadnji put datoteka izmjenjena." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako zelite da budete posebn osigurni,ili ako zelite provjeriti prisutnost " +#~ "virusa u datotekama koje dijelite sami sa sobom i drugim ljudima koristeci " +#~ "Windows i Mac OS,Vi i dlaje mozete instalirati anti-virusni " +#~ "program.Provjerite u Ubuntu Software Center gdje je broj " +#~ "aplikacija dostupan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vi kontrolišete koji programi mogu pristupiti mreži. Ovo pomaže da zadržite " +#~ "vaš računar sigurnim." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Omogućite ili blokirajte pristup protupožarnom zidu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu dolazi opremljen s Uncomplicated Firewal ( ufw " +#~ "), ali taj firewall (zaštitna barijera) nije omogućen u standardnoj " +#~ "postavci. Budući da Ubuntu nema otvorene mrežne usluge (osim za osnovne " +#~ "mrežne infrastrukture) u zadanoj instalaciji, firewall nije potreban da bi " +#~ "blokirao pokušaj dolaska zlonamjerne veze." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za više informacija o tome kako koristiti utw,vidite dokumentaciju na " +#~ "mreži." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da biste uključili firewall ukucajte sudo ufw enable u " +#~ "terminalu.Da biste isključili ufw,ukucajte sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mnogi programi su napravljeni da bi ponuditi usluge mreže. Na primjer, " +#~ "možete dijeliti sadržaj, ili pustiti da neko vidi Vaš desktop na daljinu. " +#~ "Ovisno o tome koje dodatne programa instalirate, možda ćete morati " +#~ "prilagoditi firewall kako bi se omogućilo tim uslugama da rade onako kako " +#~ "smo zamislili. UfW dolazi s nekoliko pravila već pre-konfiguriran. Na " +#~ "primjer, kako bi se omogućilo SSH veze, unesite sudo ufw " +#~ "allow ssh u terminal. Da biste blokirali ssh, unesite sudo ufw " +#~ "block ssh ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Svaki program koji podrćava servise koristi određeni mrežni port.Da " +#~ "biste omogućili pristup toj usluzi programa, možda ćete morati dopustiti " +#~ "pristup svom dodjeljenom portu na firewallu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možda ćete trebati instalirati Flash kako biste mogli da gledate stranice " +#~ "kao sto je YouTube, koja prikazuje video zapise i interaktivne stranice" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash je dodatak za vaš web pretraživač koji omogućava " +#~ "da gledate video i koristite interaktivne web sadržaje na nekim web " +#~ "stranicama. Neke web stranice ne rade bez Flash-a." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Kako instalirati Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Center." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite ovu veza za " +#~ "pokretanje Software Center." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pročitajte informacije i mišljenja kako biste bili sigurni da želite " +#~ "instalirati Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " +#~ "Center window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako izaberete instalaciju Flasha,kliknite Instaliraj iz Software " +#~ "Center prozora" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako imate otvorene prozore web pretraživača,zatvorite ih i onda ih ponovo " +#~ "otvorite.Web pretraživač bi trebao da uoči da je Flash instaliran kada ga " +#~ "ponovo otvorite, i trebali biste moći gledati web stranice koristeći Flash" + +#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" +#~ msgstr "Alternative Flashu otvorenog koda" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " +#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " +#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " +#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pregršt besplatnih, open-source alternativa Flashu su dostupne. One imaju " +#~ "tendenciju da rade bolje nego Flash plug-in na neki način (na primjer, " +#~ "rukovanje zvuka bolje), ali gore u drugima (primjerice, ne bude u mogućnosti " +#~ "prikazati neke složenije Flash stranica na web pretraživaču)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " +#~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " +#~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možda želite probati jedan od ovih, ako ste nezadovoljni Flash playerom, ili " +#~ "ako želite koristiti što je više open-source softvera moguće na računaru. " +#~ "Ovdje su neke od mogućnosti:" + +#~ msgid "Gnash" +#~ msgstr "Gnash" + +#~ msgid "LightSpark" +#~ msgstr "LightSpark" + +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pomozite web pretraživaču da radi s web stranicama koje zahtijevaju Javu." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Instalirajte Java pretraživač plug-in" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Neke web stranice koriste male Java programe,koji zahtijevaju da " +#~ "Java plugin bude instaliran kako bi se pokrennule" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Instalirajte icedtea6-plugin paket " +#~ " da biste vidjeli Java programe u Vašem pretraživaču" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " +#~ "lets you view these pages." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Neke web stranice koriste Silverlight za prikaz web stranice. Moonlight plug-" #~ "in omogućuje prikaz ove stranice." @@ -27386,6 +28257,15 @@ #~ "stranica za više informacija i instrukcije za instalaciju" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Rješavanje problema bežične " +#~ "konekcije, traženje vaše bežične " +#~ "konekcije…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -27403,6 +28283,259 @@ #~ "(ako postoji) i instalirajte ga. Morat ćete kliknuti na Prikaži " #~ "tehničke predmete link na dnu Ubuntu Software Center ." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možete koristiti računalo kao bežični hotspot. To omogućuje druge uređaje za " +#~ "spajanje na vas bez zasebnog mreže, te vam omogućuje da dijele internet vezu " +#~ "si napravio s drugom sučelja, kao što su na žičanu mrežu ili preko mobilne " +#~ "mreže." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite tipku Koristi kao Pristupnu tačku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako ste već povezani na bežičnu mrežu, bit ćete upitani želite li prekinuti " +#~ "vezu s tom mrežom.Jedan adapter bežični mogu samo spojiti ili stvoriti jednu " +#~ "mrežu na vrijeme. Kliknite Stvaranje točka za potvrdu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mrezno ime (SSID) i sigurnosni kljuc se generisu automatski. Mrezno ime ce " +#~ "se bazirati na imenu vaseg racunara. Drugi uredjaji ce trebati ovu " +#~ "informaciju da bi se spojili na pristupnu tacku koju ste kreirali." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na izbornik mreže na traci izbornika i odznačite Omogući Wireless." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uradite ovo. pritisnite network menu u meniju i onda iskljucite " +#~ "Enable Wireless. Ovo ce ugasiti vasu bezicnu konekciju dok je ne " +#~ "upalite ponovo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da ponovo uključite wireless, kliknite na izbornik mreže na traci " +#~ "izbornika i odaberite Omogući Wirelesstako što ima oznaku ispred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vaš laptop možda i dalje emituje ako niste isključili Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite mreža meni u traci menija, i kliknite ime " +#~ "mreže na koju se želite povezati." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "Naučite šta opcije na ekranu za uređivanje bežične konekcije znače." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Uredite bežičnu konekciju" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tema opisuje sve opcije koje su dostupne kada uređujete bežičnu mrežnu " +#~ "konekciju. Da uredite konekciju, kliknite mrežni meni na traci " +#~ "menija i odaberite Uredi konekcije." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Dostupno svim korisnicima/Poveži se automatski" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Poveži se automatski" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U nekim mrežama koje su postavljene za autmatsko povezivanje, racčnar će se " +#~ "konktovati na prvu prikazanu u Bežične traci u Mrežne " +#~ "konekcije prozoru. Neće se diskonekotavati sa jedne dostupne mreže, pa " +#~ "se konektovati na drugu koja se upravo pojavila" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Dostupno svim korisnicima" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Označite ovo ukoliko želite da svi korisnici računara imaju pristup " +#~ "bežičnoj mreži. Ukoliko mreža ima WEP/WPA " +#~ "lozinku i Vi imate izabranu ovu opciju, Vi ćete trebati samo jednom " +#~ "da ukucate šifru. Svim korisnicima Vašeg računara ce biti dostupan internet " +#~ "bez znanja šifre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako je ovo izabrano, Vi trebate biti administrator da biste mijenjali podešavanja ove mreže. " +#~ "Možete biti pitani za unos sifre." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Bežična" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako izaberete Ad-hoc,vidjet ćete druge opcije,Opseg i " +#~ "Kanal. To zavisi sa kojom bežičnom frekvencijom će ad-hoc " +#~ "bežična mreza operitati.Neki računari su u mogućnosti da rade na nekim " +#~ "opsezima (na primjer,samo A ili samo B/G), dakle " +#~ "mozete zeljeti izabrati opseg koji će moći koristiti svi računari u ad-hoc " +#~ "mrezi.U zauzetim mjestima,moguće je da postoji nekoliko bežičnih mreža na " +#~ "istom kanalu;to moze da uspori Vašu konekciju,dakle možete mijenjati koji " +#~ "kanal da koristite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ovo je Identifikator osnovnog skupa servisa.SSID (vidi iznad) je " +#~ "ime mreže koja je namjenjena za čitanje, BSSID je ime mreže koju razumije " +#~ "računar (to je string slova ili brojevi koji su vjerovatno jedinstveni " +#~ "bežičnoj mrezi).Ako je mreža " +#~ "skrivena,onda neće imati SSID,ali će imati BSSID" + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "MAC adresa uređaja" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vas mrežni hardver (bežična karta) može se pretvarati da ima novu MAC " +#~ "adresu. Ovomože biti korisno ako imate uređaj ili sevis koji ce komunicirati " +#~ "sa određenom MAC adresom (na primjer širokopojasni modem za kablovski " +#~ "Internet). Ako stavite tu MAC adresu u klonirana MAC adresa, " +#~ "uređaj/servis će misliti da Vaš računar ima kloniranu MAC adresu prije nego " +#~ "njegovu vlastitu" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Bežična bezbjednost" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To definira kakvu vrstu enkripcije vaša bežična mreže koristi. " +#~ "Šifrirane veze pomažu u zaštiti vaše bežične veze od presretanja, tako da " +#~ "drugi ljudi ne mogu \"slušati\" i vidjeti koje web stranice posjećujete i " +#~ "tako dalje." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Neki tipovi enkripcije su jači od drugih,al mogu da ne budu podržani od " +#~ "strane starijih bežičnih mreznih oprema. Vi ćete normalno trebati da ukucate " +#~ "Vašu šifru za konekciju; više sofisticiranih tipova sigurnosti također može " +#~ "zahtjevati korisnicko ime i digitalni \"certifikat\". Vidite za više informacija na popularnim tipovima " +#~ "bežične enkripcije." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako izaberete ovu postavku,Vaš računar ce dobiti svoju IP adresu iz DHCP " +#~ "servera,ali ćete morati ručno da definirate ostale detalje (kao sto je npr. " +#~ "koji DNS server koristiti)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izaberite ovu opciju ako želite definisati sami definisati sve mrežne " +#~ "posatvke, uključujući i to koju IP adresu računar treba koristiti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ova opcija će onemogućiti mrežnu konekciju i spriječiti Vam to " +#~ "konektovanje.Zapamtite IPv4 i IPv6 se tretiraju kao " +#~ "različite konekcije iako su za istu mrežnu kartu.Ako imate jednu " +#~ "omogućenu,možete drugu onemogućiti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ovo je slično IPv4 kartici osim što se bavi novijim IPv6 " +#~ "standardom. Većina modernih mreža koriste IPv6, ali IPv4 je i dalje " +#~ "popularniji" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite mreža meni na traci menija i odaberite Poveži se sa " +#~ "skrivenim bežičnim mrežama." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "U dijelu Sistem, kliknite Softver izvori." @@ -27432,12 +28565,198 @@ #~ "rješavanje problema." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ukucajte sudo pm-hibernate u terminalu i pritisnite " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ako hibernacija ne radi, provjerite da li je vaša zamjenska particija velika " #~ "bar kao dostupni RAM." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako test hibernacije radi, možete nastaviti koristiti sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate komandu kada želite hibernirati." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "Zašto se moj računar gasi/obustavlja kada baterija dođe do 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kada nivo punjenja baterije znacajno opadne, vas racunar ce automatski suspend. To radi da bi bio siguran da se " +#~ "baterija nece isprazniti do kraja, posto je to stetno za bateriju. Ako vam " +#~ "se baterija potrosi racunar nece imati vremena da se ugasi ispravno." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na ikonu skroz desno na meni baru i izaberite System " +#~ "Settings" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Nepoznat stampac, zaglavljen papir, ispis izgleda krivo." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Postavite štampač koji je povezan na vaš računar." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Postavite lokalni štampač" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vaš sitem može prepoznati više tipova štampača automatski jednom kada su " +#~ "povezani. Većina štampača je povezano USB kablom koje se treba spojiti na " +#~ "Vaš računar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spojite stampac za vas racunar preko odgovarajuceg kabla. Mozda ce te " +#~ "vidjeti aktivnost na monitoru dok sistem bude trazio drajvere, i mozete biti " +#~ "upitani za dozvolu da se instaliraju." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako vaš štampač nije postavljen automatski, možete ga dodati u postavkama " +#~ "štampača." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj i odaberite štampač iz prozora Uređaji." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Naprijed i čekajte dok se traže drajveri." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako postoji vise drajvera bit ce te upitani da izaberete drajver. Da bi " +#~ "koristili preporuceni kliknite Naprijed da odabir marke i modela." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nakon št instalirate štampač, možda ćete željeti promijeniti vaš zadani štampač." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Morate se odjaviti i vratiti nazad da bi promjene imale efekta. Kliknite " +#~ "ikonu koja se nalazi sasvim desno na traci menija i odaberite Odjavi " +#~ "se da se odjavite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trebate se odjaviti i ponovo vratiti da bi promjena jezika imala efekta. " +#~ "Kliknite na ikonu Odjavi sesystem menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da se izlogujete ili da zamijenite korisnika kliknite system menu skroz desno na meni traci i izaberite " +#~ "odgovarajucu opciju." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da zaključate ekran kliknite sistemski meni na traci menija i " +#~ "odaberite Zaključaj ekran." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kada vam je ekran zakljucan, drugi korisnici se mogu spojiti na svoje racune " +#~ "klikanjem Switch User. Mozwte vratiti vas ekran kada oni zavrse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da ručno obustavite vaš računar, kliknite sistemski meni na traci " +#~ "menija i odaberite Obustavi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako želite potpuno da ugasite Vaš računar, ili da uradite potpuni restart, " +#~ "kliknite system menu i izaberite Shut Down." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "S tastature." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "Pustite Alt da izaberete sledeci( oznaceni) prozor." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U protivnom. cuvanje tipke Alt, pritiskom na Tab " +#~ "mozete kruziti po listi otvorenih prozora, ili " +#~ "ShiftTab da idete unazad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prozori u u izuborniku prozora su grupisani po aplikacijama. Pregled " +#~ "aplikacija sa vise iskacucih prozora kako idete kroz njega." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mozete takodjer da se pomjerate po ikonama aplikacija sa tipkama " +#~ "→ or ←, ili da izaberete neku klikom misa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pregledi aplikacija sa jednom prozorom mogu biti prikazane tipkom " +#~ "↓" + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -27580,12 +28899,73 @@ #~ "dostupne." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako imate vise od jedne olovke, kada se druga olovka priblizi tabletu, " +#~ "pejdzer ce biti prikazan pored naziva te olovke. Koristite pejdzer da " +#~ "konfigurisete odredjene olovke." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako želite uspostaviti više korisničkih računa, možete ponoviti ovaj proces " +#~ "kasnije." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nakon što ste dodali korisničke račune, svaka aplikacija koju ste odabrali " +#~ "će automatski koristiti te postavke kada se povežete na svoj račun." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sada možete odabrati aplikacije koje želite povezati sa vašim korisničkim " +#~ "računom. Na primjer, ako želite koristiti korisnički račun s interneta za " +#~ "chat, ali ne za kalendar, isključite opciju za kalendar" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kada se Software centar otvori, kliknite na Uredi " #~ "Software izvori" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instaliraj, ukloni, dodatne " +#~ "repozitorije" + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Otvorite aplikaciju Diskovi sa pregleda aktivnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na povećalo na alatnoj traci ponovo da izađete iz pretrage i " +#~ "vratite se u mapu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na povećalo u alatnoj traci, ili pritisnite " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Možete suziti izbor rezultata prko lokacije i tipa datoteke." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " @@ -27603,6 +28983,44 @@ #~ "md5='001e1772fdb57bc7a88601566f6eb0e1'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvorite Sigurnost i privatnost i odaberite Pretraga" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodavanje korisničkog računa će vam pomoći da povežete korisničke račune s " +#~ "interneta s vašom Ubuntu radnom površinom. Dakle, vaša pošta, aplikacije za " +#~ "dopisivanje i slične aplikacije će biti podešene za vas." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Izaberi Tip Računa sa desne strane prozora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvoriti će vam se mali mrežni korisnički interfejs gdje možete unijeti " +#~ "podatke vašeg internet računa. Na primjer, ako podešavate Google račun, " +#~ "unesite vaše Google korisničko ime, lozinku i prijavite se." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako ste unijeli vaše podatke tačno, bit će zatraženo od vas da prihvatite " +#~ "uslove. Izaberite Prihvatam da nastavite. Nakon što ste " +#~ "prihvatili, Ubuntu treba dozvolu da pristupi vašem računu. Da dozvolite " +#~ "pristup, kliknite na Dozvoli prisput opciju. Kada bude zatrazeno, " +#~ "unesite lozinku za trenutni korisnički račun." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27624,12 +29042,50 @@ #~ "isključiti ovu opciju." #~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kada ste zadovoljni parametrima za pretraživanje, kliknite na " +#~ "Datoteka u meniju i odaberite Snimi pretragu kao...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kliknite Ubuntu Software Center ikonu u Launcher-u ili " #~ "potražite Software Center u Dash-u." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvorite Disks aplikaciju iz pregleda Aktivnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvorite Disk Usage Analyzer aplikaciju iz Dash-a. " +#~ "Prozor će prikazati Ukupan kapacitet sistemskih fajlova i " +#~ "Ukupno korištenje sistemskih fajlova." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvorite System Monitor aplikaciju iz pregleda " +#~ "Aktivnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvorite Disks aplikaciju iz pregleda Aktivnosti. " +#~ "Prozor će prikazati Ukupan kapacitet sistemskih fajlova i " +#~ "Ukupno korištenje sistemskih fajlova." + #~ msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation." #~ msgstr "Unesite Vašu šifru da biste završili instalaciju." @@ -27643,6 +29099,67 @@ #~ "terminal u Dash." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Koristitite Files fajl menadžera da biste pregledavali i " +#~ "organizirali datoteke na vašem računaru. Takođe se može koristiti za " +#~ "upravljanje datotekama na prijenosnim medijima (kao eksternim hard " +#~ "diskovima), na file servers, i na " +#~ "dijeljenim datotekama." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U fajl menadžeru, uradite duplik klik na bilo koji folder će pokazati njegov " +#~ "sadržaj, i dupli klik na bilo koju datoteku da je otvorite sa aplikacijom " +#~ "koja je namijenjena za nju. Takođe možete da uradite desni klik na folder da " +#~ "ga otvorite u novom tabu ili prozoru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite + i izaberite File Type iz opadajuće lite da " +#~ "ograničite rezultate pretrage na taj tip datoteke. Kliknite x " +#~ "dugme da uklonite ovu opciju i proširite rezultate pretrage." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite Home da ograničite rezultate pretrage na " +#~ "Home folder, ili All Files da pretražite sve." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ukucajte riječ ili riječi za koje znate da se pojavljuju u imenu datoteke. " +#~ "Na primjer, ako sve sve vaše fakture u sebi imaju riječ \"faktura\", " +#~ "ukucajte invoice. Pritisnite Press Enter. Riječi " +#~ "se pronalaze nezavisno od velikog/malog slova." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možete pregledati sliku bilo kojeg formata takošto će te je selektovati na " +#~ "listi i kliknuti preview." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Vaši markeri su prikazani na bočnoj traci fajl menadžera," + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " #~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " #~ "Launcher or choose " @@ -27664,3 +29181,84 @@ #~ "xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite Zabilješke u traci menija i selektujte " +#~ "Zabilješke" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite Zabilješke u traci menija i selektujte " +#~ "Zabilješke... iz menija aplikacije." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U prozoru Zabilješke, selektujte marker koji želite da obrišete " +#~ "i kliknite - dugme." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na Datoteke u gornjoj traci i izaberite " +#~ "Datoteke iz menija aplikacije." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U prozoru Zabilješke, odaberite marker koji želite da " +#~ "preimenujete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako želite da brzo preskočite do datoteke u folderu koji pregledavate, " +#~ "počnite kucati njeno ime. Tražilica će se pojaviti na vrhu prozora i prva " +#~ "datoteka koja odgovara vašem pretraživanju biće istaknuta. Pritisnite " +#~ "strelicu dolje tipku, ili skrolajte mišem da preskočite sve do datoteke koja " +#~ "odgovara vašem pretraživanju." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Prebacite na Uključi rezultate pretrage na mreži." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite Sistemski meni skroz desno u Meniju i " +#~ "odaberite Sistemske postavke." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Po defaultu, uključenje online rezultata je isključeno." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ako želite da primite prijedloge mrežnog traženja, možete omogućiti ovu " +#~ "funkciju kroz Security & Privacy -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and - select System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-contrast.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-contrast.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-contrast.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-contrast.page 2017-03-06 19:24:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,10 +36,9 @@ -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-dwellclick.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-dwellclick.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-dwellclick.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-dwellclick.page 2017-03-06 18:44:03.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,17 +46,9 @@ - - -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and - select System Settings. -

- -

- Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings. -

- +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-font-size.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-font-size.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-font-size.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-font-size.page 2017-03-06 18:39:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,10 +32,9 @@ -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-right-click.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-right-click.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-right-click.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-right-click.page 2017-03-06 18:57:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,17 +38,9 @@ - - -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and - select System Settings. -

- -

- Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings. -

- +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-slowkeys.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-slowkeys.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-slowkeys.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-slowkeys.page 2017-03-06 19:20:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,10 +41,9 @@ -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-stickykeys.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-stickykeys.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-stickykeys.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-stickykeys.page 2017-03-06 19:14:18.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,10 +46,9 @@ -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-visualalert.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-visualalert.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-visualalert.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/a11y-visualalert.page 2017-03-06 18:40:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,10 +41,9 @@ -

- Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-add.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-add.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-add.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-add.page 2017-03-06 18:58:16.000000000 +0000 @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts. diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-disable-service.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-disable-service.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-disable-service.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-disable-service.page 2017-03-06 18:55:36.000000000 +0000 @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts. diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-remove.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-remove.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-remove.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/accounts-remove.page 2017-03-06 18:42:19.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-install.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-install.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-install.page 2017-02-20 13:16:24.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-install.page 2017-03-13 22:54:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred to as a snap. - In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to log on to Ubuntu One. Some + In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first.

@@ -70,14 +70,15 @@

- If you're installing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One. + If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One.

- You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your user password, not your Ubuntu One password). + You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password + (that is, your user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection. diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-remove.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-remove.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-remove.page 2017-02-20 13:16:24.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/addremove-remove.page 2017-03-13 22:54:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@

Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred to as a snap. - In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to log on to Ubuntu One. + In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first.

@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@

- If you're removing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One. + If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One.

- You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your user password, not your Ubuntu One password). + You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done that, the application will be removed.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/clock-more-info.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/clock-more-info.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/clock-more-info.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/clock-more-info.page 2017-03-06 18:37:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -25,16 +25,22 @@

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

-

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in -the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System -section, click Time & Date.

 +

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the +system menu Power cog icon and selecting +System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date. +

Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-benchmark.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-benchmark.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-benchmark.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-benchmark.page 2017-03-05 11:45:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,21 +40,18 @@ - -

Open Disks from the Dash.

- -

Open the Disks application from the activities - overview.

-

Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane.

 + -

Click the menu button and select Benchmark Disk....

+

Click the window menu Window menu icon + and select Benchmark Disk....

 +

Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-capacity.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-capacity.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-capacity.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-capacity.page 2017-03-15 17:33:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ What if the disk is too full? -

When a disk/volume is considered "too full" depends on various factors, including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. +

Whether a disk/volume is considered "too full" depends on various factors, including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full.

To free up space you can:

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-check.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-check.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-check.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-check.page 2017-03-05 11:45:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -45,14 +45,9 @@ Check your disk's health using the Disks application - -

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

- -

Open the Disks application from the Activities - overview.

- +

From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you want to check.

@@ -60,9 +55,10 @@

Assessment should say "Disk is OK".

 + -

Click the menu button and select SMART Data & - Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.

+

Click the window menu Window menu icon + and select SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-format.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-format.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/disk-format.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/disk-format.page 2017-03-05 11:45:58.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ -

Click the menu button and then select Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens.

+

Click the window menu Window menu icon + and then select Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/display-dimscreen.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/display-dimscreen.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/display-dimscreen.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/display-dimscreen.page 2017-03-06 18:52:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,7 +41,11 @@ Set the brightness -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

 @@ -61,4 +65,4 @@ while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

- \ No newline at end of file + diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/display-dual-monitors.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/display-dual-monitors.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/display-dual-monitors.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/display-dual-monitors.page 2017-03-06 19:22:16.000000000 +0000 @@ -28,11 +28,9 @@

-

- Click the icon at the very right of the - menu bar and select System - Settings. -

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/display-lock.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/display-lock.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/display-lock.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/display-lock.page 2017-03-13 22:54:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,14 +33,18 @@ lock automatically.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout - from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after + from the Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 - \ No newline at end of file + Binary files /tmp/tmpctOjXX/TnquyIo_rN/ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/figures/system-search.png and /tmp/tmpctOjXX/_XZNC46aDH/ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/figures/system-search.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpctOjXX/TnquyIo_rN/ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/figures/ubuntu-mascot-creature.png and /tmp/tmpctOjXX/_XZNC46aDH/ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/figures/ubuntu-mascot-creature.png differ Binary files /tmp/tmpctOjXX/TnquyIo_rN/ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/figures/window-menu.png and /tmp/tmpctOjXX/_XZNC46aDH/ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/figures/window-menu.png differ diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-autorun.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-autorun.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-autorun.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-autorun.page 2017-03-06 18:54:08.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,8 +38,11 @@

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. -

+ +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-browse.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-browse.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-browse.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-browse.page 2017-03-15 20:52:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ the sidebar (link to a topic or explain it here).

-

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on -your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like +

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and folders on +your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

@@ -58,9 +58,18 @@
Exploring the contents of folders -

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, -and double-click any file to open it with the default application for -that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab +

In the file manager by default:

+ + + +

Double-click a folder to view its contents, and

 + +

Double-click a file to open it with the default application for +that file (if there is one).

 + + + +

You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which @@ -69,18 +78,23 @@ folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

-

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, -start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and -the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the -down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches -your search.

- -

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do -not see the sidebar, click the -down button in the toolbar -and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use -often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to -do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

+

To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:

+ + + +

Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and +the first file that matches your search will be highlighted.

 + +

Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through the files that match +your search.

 + + + +

You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If you do +not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select Sidebar. +You can add bookmarks +in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to folders.

+
diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-lost.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-lost.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-lost.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-lost.page 2017-03-15 20:52:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -48,9 +48,8 @@

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden - in the file manager. Click the - down button in the file - manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See + in the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file + manager toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See to learn more.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-search.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-search.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/files-search.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/files-search.page 2017-03-13 22:54:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -9,8 +9,7 @@ - Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for - later use. + Search for files or folders. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org @@ -26,11 +25,13 @@ - Search for files + Search for files or folders -

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly - within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they - will appear as special folders in your home folder.

+

You can search for:

+ +

Files based on name or file type, and

 +

Folders based on name.

 + Other search applications @@ -40,49 +41,37 @@ Search -

Open the file manager

 -

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go +

Open Files from the Dash.

 + +

If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular folder, navigate to that folder.

 -

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press + +

Click the magnifying glass + Magnifying glass icon + in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

 -

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For + +

In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type - invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless - of case.

 -

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

- -

Click Home to restrict the search results to your - Home folder, or All Files to search - everywhere.

 -

Click + and pick a File Type from the - drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the - x button to remove this option and widen the search - results.

 - - -

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from + invoice. Words are matched regardless of case.

 + +

If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the + Down arrow icon + button and select a file type from the What + drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction.

+ +

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager. -

-

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search - and return to the folder.

 - +

-

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them - quickly.

+ + +

Click the magnifying glass + Magnifying glass icon + in the toolbar again to exit the search + and return to the folder.

 - - Save a search -

Start a search as above.

 -

When you're happy with the search parameters, click File - in the menu bar and select Save Search As....

 -

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, - select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, - you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying - glass on it.

 -

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply - delete the search as you would any other - file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the - search matched.

+ diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-layouts.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-layouts.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-layouts.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-layouts.page 2017-03-06 19:45:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -55,7 +55,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

@@ -113,7 +115,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

@@ -173,7 +177,9 @@

Log out and log in again.

 -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-osk.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-osk.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-osk.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-osk.page 2017-03-06 19:10:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,8 +31,11 @@ it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. -

+ +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page 2017-03-06 18:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -39,7 +39,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page 2017-03-06 19:18:26.000000000 +0000 @@ -41,7 +41,10 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/look-display-fuzzy.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/look-display-fuzzy.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/look-display-fuzzy.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/look-display-fuzzy.page 2017-03-06 19:33:47.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

-

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

+

To solve this, click the system menu Power cog icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

shaunm @@ -53,7 +53,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon, select + System Settings, and open Displays.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/look-resolution.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/look-resolution.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/look-resolution.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/look-resolution.page 2017-03-06 19:02:27.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,7 +36,11 @@ -

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-doubleclick.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-doubleclick.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-doubleclick.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-doubleclick.page 2017-03-06 18:31:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and select + System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-lefthanded.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-lefthanded.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-lefthanded.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-lefthanded.page 2017-03-06 18:48:41.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,7 +31,11 @@ mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-sensitivity.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-sensitivity.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-sensitivity.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-sensitivity.page 2017-03-06 19:17:17.000000000 +0000 @@ -36,7 +36,11 @@ or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-touchpad-click.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-touchpad-click.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-touchpad-click.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/mouse-touchpad-click.page 2017-03-06 19:42:46.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,7 +32,11 @@

You can click or drag using your touchpad.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

 @@ -55,8 +59,11 @@

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

 @@ -90,8 +97,11 @@ touchpad.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page 2017-03-15 20:52:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. + Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski @@ -22,30 +22,32 @@ Edit folder bookmarks -

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

+

In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to a folder. +Click on a bookmark to navigate to the associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

 -

Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select - Bookmark this Location.

 +

Click the window menu Window menu icon + and select Bookmark this Location. + (If the option is greyed out then the location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar.

 + +

You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and dropping it on New bookmark.

+ + - Delete a bookmark: -

Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmarks... - from the app menu.

-

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to - delete and click the - button.

 + Remove a bookmark: +

Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from the menu.

 Rename a bookmark: -

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks - from the app menu.

 -

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to - rename.

 -

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

+

Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... from the menu.

 +

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and click Rename.

 + +

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have @@ -53,7 +55,5 @@ able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 - - diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-browser.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-browser.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-browser.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-browser.page 2017-03-14 01:58:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ - + Change the default browser, - install Flash, - install the java plugin… + install Flash… diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-browser.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-browser.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-browser.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-browser.page 2017-03-06 19:11:28.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-email.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-email.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-email.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-default-email.page 2017-03-06 19:15:22.000000000 +0000 @@ -26,7 +26,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-findip.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-findip.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-findip.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-findip.page 2017-03-06 19:28:51.000000000 +0000 @@ -31,7 +31,11 @@ Find your internal (network) IP address -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-flash.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-flash.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-flash.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-flash.page 2017-03-14 00:57:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,47 +1,102 @@ - + Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com + + Ubuntu Documentation Team + - You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. + You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in -

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use +

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some websites which won't work without Flash.

- -shaunm -

Would be nice to (soft?) link to a page on the software installer

- -

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

- - How to install Flash - -

Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated.

- +

There are two kinds of plug-ins available:

+ + -

Install the adobe-flashplugin package.

+

NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers

 -

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect - that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.

+

PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers including Opera and + Vivaldi

 - + + + +

The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does not need a plug-in.

+ + +
+ flashplugin-installer + +

The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for Firefox. If you chose + to install certain third-party software when you installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is + probably installed already. Otherwise you can install it + and restart your browser.

+ +
+ +
+ adobe-flashplugin + +

The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI plug-ins, i.e. it provides + Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web browsers.

+ + + +

Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated.

+ + +

Install the adobe-flashplugin package.

+ + +

Restart your browser.

+ + + +
+ +
+ browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash + +

Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium video DRM, are not available + in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you + can install the browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper which makes + Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in.

+ + + +

Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed.

+ + +

Open a terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT and + install the browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:

+

sudo apt install browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash

+ + +

Restart your browser.

+ + + +
 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-java-plugin.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-java-plugin.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-java-plugin.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-install-java-plugin.page 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - Ubuntu Documentation Team - - - Help your browser work with websites that require Java. - - - -Install the Java browser plug-in -

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

- -

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

- - diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-proxy.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-proxy.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-proxy.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-proxy.page 2017-03-06 19:25:56.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,8 +46,10 @@ - -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+ +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-wireless-adhoc.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-wireless-adhoc.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/net-wireless-adhoc.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/net-wireless-adhoc.page 2017-03-06 19:19:17.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,7 +40,11 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/power-closelid.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/power-closelid.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/power-closelid.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/power-closelid.page 2017-03-06 18:45:12.000000000 +0000 @@ -49,7 +49,11 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/power-nowireless.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/power-nowireless.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/power-nowireless.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/power-nowireless.page 2017-03-06 19:22:53.000000000 +0000 @@ -39,7 +39,9 @@

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/power-whydim.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/power-whydim.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/power-whydim.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/power-whydim.page 2017-03-06 18:47:39.000000000 +0000 @@ -32,7 +32,9 @@

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/prefs-language-install.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/prefs-language-install.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/prefs-language-install.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/prefs-language-install.page 2017-03-06 18:22:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -22,8 +22,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/session-formats.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/session-formats.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/session-formats.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/session-formats.page 2017-03-06 19:40:07.000000000 +0000 @@ -34,15 +34,20 @@ currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take - effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out - to log out.

 + effect. Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/session-language.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/session-language.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/session-language.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/session-language.page 2017-03-06 19:38:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -40,12 +40,17 @@ installed on your computer.

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take - effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out - to log out.

 + effect. Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select Log Out to log out.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/session-screenlocks.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/session-screenlocks.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/session-screenlocks.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/session-screenlocks.page 2017-03-06 19:09:01.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,7 +33,11 @@

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

-

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

 @@ -43,4 +47,4 @@ Lock off.

 - \ No newline at end of file + diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/shell-exit.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/shell-exit.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/shell-exit.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/shell-exit.page 2017-03-13 22:54:25.000000000 +0000 @@ -50,14 +50,17 @@ yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

-

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the -very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

+ +

To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and +select the appropriate option.

+ Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running @@ -65,11 +68,15 @@ If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

-

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select - Lock Screen.

+

To lock your screen, click the system menu +Power cog icon + and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or more user accounts (other than the guest account) + this option is displayed as Lock/Switch Account....

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts - by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch + by clicking the system menu +Power cog icon +and selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

@@ -85,16 +92,18 @@ computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

-

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and - select Suspend.

+

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu +Power cog icon + and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, -click the system menu and -select Shut Down.

+click the system menu +Power cog icon +and select Shut Down....

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/shell-workspaces.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/shell-workspaces.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/shell-workspaces.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/shell-workspaces.page 2017-03-06 19:12:52.000000000 +0000 @@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ Enable workspaces -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the Behavior tab.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/tips-specialchars.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/tips-specialchars.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/tips-specialchars.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/tips-specialchars.page 2017-03-06 18:28:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key.

Define a compose key -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar - and select System Settings.

 +

Click the system menu Power cog + icon and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard.

Select the Shortcuts tab.

Select the Typing category in the left pane.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page 2017-03-06 19:13:50.000000000 +0000 @@ -21,7 +21,11 @@ mouse or touchpad pointer to either the left side or top left corner of the screen.

-

Click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

 + +

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

+

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

 diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-size.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-size.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-size.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/unity-launcher-change-size.page 2017-03-06 18:32:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -21,8 +21,9 @@ -

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/unity-menubar-intro.page ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/unity-menubar-intro.page --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/C/unity-menubar-intro.page 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/C/unity-menubar-intro.page 2017-03-06 19:24:08.000000000 +0000 @@ -46,8 +46,9 @@ -

Click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select - System Settings.

+

Click the system menu Power cog icon and + select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ca/ca.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ca/ca.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ca/ca.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ca/ca.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,20 +7,20 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-15 10:36+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-29 23:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Walter Garcia-Fontes \n" "Language-Team: Catalan \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" -msgstr "Llicència Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlicke 3.0 Unported" +msgstr "Llicència Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlicke 3.0 no adaptada" #. (itstool) path: license/p #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ " Aniol Garcia i Serrano https://launchpad.net/~aniolgarcia\n" " David Aguilera https://launchpad.net/~david-aguilera-moncusi\n" " David Planella https://launchpad.net/~dpm\n" +" GBertran https://launchpad.net/~bertran-gerardo\n" " Jaume Villalba https://launchpad.net/~jaumet\n" " JoanColl https://launchpad.net/~joancoll\n" " Matthew East https://launchpad.net/~mdke\n" @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -125,13 +126,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -242,13 +243,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -326,49 +327,132 @@ "us fan prémer més d'una vegada una tecla quan el que voleu és prémer-la una " "única vegada, hauríeu d'activar les tecles de salt." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i " -"seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -376,12 +460,12 @@ "Escriptura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Activeu l'omissió de tecles redundants." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -452,15 +536,15 @@ "canviaran algunes parts de la interfície d'usuari." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Obre l'Accés universal i selecciona la pestanya Veure" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Canvia el Contrast realçat a Actiu" @@ -498,24 +582,13 @@ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be " "clicked for you." msgstr "" -"Quan Clic en mantenir està actiu, es pot moure el punter del ratolí sobre un " +"Quan Clic es manté actiu, es pot moure el punter del ratolí sobre un " "control, deixar-lo fix en aquella posició i esperar uns instants perquè " "s'activi el clic de forma automàtica." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Cliqueu el vostre nom a la barra de menú i seleccioneu Configuració del " -"sistema." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -524,12 +597,12 @@ "fer clic." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." -msgstr "Canvia Clic en mantenir a actiu" +msgstr "Canvia Clic es manté actiu" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -546,7 +619,7 @@ "automàticament a clicar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -557,7 +630,7 @@ "completament, es farà clic al botó." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -566,7 +639,7 @@ "de mantenir quiet el punter del ratolí abans de trametre el clic." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -577,7 +650,7 @@ "massa, però, el clic automàtic no succeirà." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -607,19 +680,19 @@ "del tipus de lletra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Canvia Text gran a Actiu" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " "Ctrl-." msgstr "" -"A moltes aplicacions podeu incrementar la mida del text en qualsevol moment " -"si premeu la combinació de tecles " +"Si premeu la combinació de tecles, podeu incrementar en qualsevol moment la " +"mida del text a moltes aplicacions " "Ctrl+. Per reduir-ne la mida, premeu " "Ctrl-." @@ -684,12 +757,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:58 msgid "Low vision" -msgstr "Poca visió" +msgstr "Baixa visió" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:63 msgid "Color-blindness" -msgstr "Daltonisme" +msgstr "Sense colors" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:68 @@ -751,7 +824,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -786,12 +859,12 @@ "individual a una mà, o si el dispositiu ratolí tant sols té un botó." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Canvia Clic secundari simulat a actiu" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -804,7 +877,7 @@ "secundari simulat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -818,7 +891,7 @@ "fer un clic amb el botó dret." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -829,7 +902,7 @@ "encara que no veureu cap canvi de color del punter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -839,7 +912,7 @@ "fer un clic dret prement la tecla 5 del vostre teclat." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -911,18 +984,18 @@ "primera vegada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Activeu les Tecles lentes." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" "Alterna de forma ràpida l'estat activat/desactivat de les tecles lentes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -936,7 +1009,7 @@ "les tecles lentes." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -946,7 +1019,7 @@ "l'esdeveniment." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -999,17 +1072,17 @@ "d'una tecla alhora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Activeu les Tecles enganxoses." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Activa i desactiva ràpìdament les tecles persistents" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1023,7 +1096,7 @@ "persistents." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1032,7 +1105,7 @@ "desactivin temporalment per permetre una combinació de tecles normal." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1049,7 +1122,7 @@ "estan juntes), i d'altres no." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1057,7 +1130,7 @@ "activar-ho." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1111,14 +1184,14 @@ "silenciar el so d'alerta)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Obriu Accés universal i seleccioneu la pestanya d'Oïda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1149,7 +1222,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1163,10 +1236,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1220,12 +1293,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1236,7 +1310,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1245,15 +1319,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1433,13 +1508,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Afegir un compte us ajudarà a enllaçar els vostres comptes en línia amb el " -"vostre escriptori Ubuntu. Així, el vostre correu electrònic, xat i altres " -"aplicacions relacionades se us configuraran." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1450,77 +1522,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu un Tipus de compte de la subfinestra de la dreta." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 +msgid "" +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Si voleu configurar més comptes, podeu repetir aquest procés a continuació." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Una interfície d'usuari petita s'obrirà on podeu entrar les vostres " -"credencials dels comptes en línia. Per exemple, si esteu configurant un " -"compte de Google, entreu el vostre nom d'usuari i contrasenya de Google i " -"valideu-vos." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Si heu entrat les vostres credencials correctament, se us demanarà que " -"accepteu les condicions d'ús. Seleccioneu Accepta per continuar. " -"Un cop acceptat, Ubuntu necessita permís per accedir el vostre compte. Per " -"permetre l'accés, cliqueu sobre el botó Permet l'accés. Quan se " -"us demani, entreu la contrasenya actual d'usuari." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Ara podeu seleccionar les aplicacions que voleu enllaçar amb el vostre " -"compte en línia. Per exemple, si voleu usar el vostre compte en línia per a " -"un xat, però no voleu el calendari, desactiveu l'opció calendari." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Un cop que hàgiu afegit els comptes, cada aplicació que heu seleccionat " -"utilitzarà automàticament aquestes credencials quan inicieu la sessió al " -"vostre compte." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Per raons de seguretat, Ubuntu no desarà la vostra contrasenya en el vostre " -"ordinador. Desa en canvi un testimoni que es proveeix al servei en línia. Si " -"voleu cancel·lar completament l'enllaç entre el vostre escriptori i el " -"servei en línia, escolliu suprimeix." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1907,6 +1957,75 @@ "comptes i serveis que heu afegit us estaran disponibles." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2011,48 +2130,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu el Programari de l'Ubuntu per afegir programes i fer " -"l'Ubuntu més útil." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instal·leu programari addicional" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"L'equip de desenvolupament de l'Ubuntu ha escollit un conjunt predeterminat " -"d'aplicacions que pensem que fa l'Ubuntu molt útil per a la major part de " -"les tasques de cada dia. No obstant, amb tota certesa voldreu instal·lar més " -"programari per fer-vos l'Ubuntu més útil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Seguiu els passos següents per instal·lar programari addicional:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Connecteu-vos a Internet a través d'una connexió sense fil o amb fil." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2062,7 +2188,7 @@ "cerca del Quadre d'aplicacions." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2071,74 +2197,54 @@ "seleccioneu una categoria i cerqueu una aplicació de la llista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Escolliu l'aplicació en la qual esteu interessat i cliqueu " -"Instal·la." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Se us demanarà entrar la vostra contrasenya. Un cop que heu fet això " -"s'iniciarà la instal·lació." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació en general finalitza ràpidament, però pot trigar una estona " -"si teniu una connexió lenta d'Internet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"S'afegirà una drecera a la vostra nova aplicació al Llançador. Per " -"deshabilitar aquesta funcionalitat, desmarqueu " -"ViewAplicacions noves al Llançador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Afegiu PPA per col·laborar a comprovar programari especial o en " -"desenvolupament." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Afegiu un arxiu de paquets personal (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Els arxius de paquets personals (PPA) són dipòsits de paquets " -"dissenyats per a usuaris de l'Ubuntu i són més fàcils d'instal·lar que " -"altres dipòsits de tercers." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Afegiu només dipòsits de programari de fonts en les quals confieu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2150,12 +2256,12 @@ "programari que pot ser danyí per al vostre ordinador." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instal·leu un PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2166,8 +2272,8 @@ "hauríeu de ser semblant a: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2176,17 +2282,18 @@ "i actualitzacions" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Canvieu a la pestanya Altre programari." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Cliqueu Afegeix i entreu la ubicació ppa:." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2194,7 +2301,7 @@ "finestra Autentifica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2205,25 +2312,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Suprimiu programari que ja no utilitzeu." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Suprimiu una aplicació" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"El Programari de l'Ubuntu us ajuda a eliminar programari que ja " -"no utilitzeu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2232,7 +2363,7 @@ "Instal·lat a dalt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2241,21 +2372,30 @@ "través de la llista d'aplicacions instal·lades." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Seleccioneu l'aplicació i feu clic a Suprimeix-lo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"És possible que se us demani la vostra contrasenya. Un cop heu fet això, se " -"suprimirà l'aplicació." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2270,16 +2410,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Afegeix altres dipòsits per estendre les fonts de programari que l'Ubuntu " -"usa per a instal·lacions i actualitzacions." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Afegiu dipòsits de programari addicionals" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2294,13 +2432,13 @@ "dipòsit de programari d'una tercera part, l'heu d'afegir a la llista de " "dipòsits disponibles de l'Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instal·leu altres dipòsits" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2309,7 +2447,7 @@ "pestanya Altre programari." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2318,7 +2456,7 @@ "d'estar disponible al lloc web del dipòsit, i hauria de ser semblant a:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2329,7 +2467,7 @@ "actualitzacions a les fonts de programari." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2341,12 +2479,12 @@ "clau de signatura (clau GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activa el dipòsit Socis de Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2361,7 +2499,7 @@ "podrà instal·lar fins que s'habiliti aquest dipòsit." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2376,34 +2514,34 @@ "actualitzacions. Si no el veieu, cliqueu Afegeix i entreu:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " "repository information." msgstr "" +"Cliqueu Afegeix font i després tanqueu la finestra " +"Programari i actualitzacions. Espereu un moment que el " +"Programari de l'Ubuntu descarregui la informació del repositori." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Afegeix/suprimeix programari" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Instal·la, suprimmeix, dipòsits " -"extra…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Afegeix & suprimeix programari" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -3029,8 +3167,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Llapis USB (capacitat baixa)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3709,12 +3847,14 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " "md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " +"md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33 @@ -3728,6 +3868,10 @@ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " "Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on." msgstr "" +"Podeu engegar el Bluetooth per usar dispositius Bluetooth i enviar i rebre " +"fitxers, però apagueu-lo per conservar l'energia. Per engegar el Bluetooth, " +"cliqueu la icona del Bluetooth al plafó superior i commuteu " +"Bluetooth a actiu." #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42 @@ -3738,6 +3882,12 @@ "a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of " "the Fn key." msgstr "" +"Molts ordinadors portàtils tenen un interruptor de maquinari o una " +"combinació de tecles per activar i desactivar el Bluetooth. Si el maquinari " +"del Bluetooth està desactivat, no veureu una icona del Bluetooth a la barra " +"de menús. Busqueu un interruptor al vostre ordinador o una tecla al vostre " +"teclat. La tecla del teclat s'accedeix sovint amb l'ajuda de una tecla de " +"funció." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:48 @@ -3748,6 +3898,12 @@ "key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of " "the Fn key." msgstr "" +"Molts ordinadors portàtils tenen un interruptor de maquinari o una " +"combinació de tecles per activar i desactivar el Bluetooth. Si el maquinari " +"del Bluetooth està desactivat, no veureu una icona del Bluetooth a la barra " +"de menús. Busqueu un interruptor al vostre ordinador o una tecla al vostre " +"teclat. La tecla del teclat s'accedeix sovint amb l'ajuda de una tecla de " +"funció." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55 @@ -3765,6 +3921,9 @@ "computer from another device. See for " "more information." msgstr "" +"Sols heu d'activat Visible si esteu connectant a aquest ordinador " +"des d'un altre dispositiu. Vegeu per " +"a més informació." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:11 @@ -3877,6 +4036,8 @@ "By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or " "import a new file." msgstr "" +"Clicant Afegeix el perfil podeu seleccionar un perfile existent o " +"importar un fitxer nou." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44 @@ -3887,11 +4048,16 @@ "example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for " "glossy paper and another plain paper." msgstr "" +"Cada dispositiu pot tenir múltiples perfils assignats, però sols un d'ells " +"pot ser el perfil predeterminat. El perfil determinat s'usa quan no " +"hi ha informació extra per permetre que el perfil s'esculli automàticament. " +"Un exemple d'aquesta selecció automàtica seria quan es crea un perfil per a " +"paper setinat i un altre per a paper normal." #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:54 msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podeu fer un perfil predeterminat canviant-lo amb el botó radial." #. (itstool) path: figure/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -3905,6 +4071,8 @@ "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' " "md5='78403ca445191bb5f9be02fecf80968c'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' " +"md5='78403ca445191bb5f9be02fecf80968c'" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:58 @@ -3912,16 +4080,19 @@ "If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will " "create a new profile." msgstr "" +"Si hi ha connectat el calibrat del maquinari, el botó " +"Calibra...Calibra... crearà un perfil nou." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11 msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors." msgstr "" +"El calibrat de la vostra càmera és important per capturar colors precisos." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20 msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Com puc calibrar la meva càmera?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22 @@ -3930,6 +4101,10 @@ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it " "can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel." msgstr "" +"Els dispositius de càmera es calibren fent una fotografia a un objectiu amb " +"les condicions de llum desitjades. Mitjançant la conversió del fitxer RAW a " +"fitxer TIFF, es pot usar per calibrar el dispositiu de càmera al quadre de " +"control del color." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28 @@ -3972,25 +4147,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Descarregant un fitxer de referència d'impressió de una empresa de color" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Usant una empresa de color per generar un perfil d'impressora és generalment " -"l'opció més barata si sols teniu un o dos tipus diferents de paper. " -"Mitjançant la descàrrega del diagrama de referència del lloc web de " -"l'empresa podeu retornar-los la impressió en un sobre omplert on escanejaran " -"el paper, generaran un perfil i us retornaran per correu electrònic un " -"perfil ICC exacte." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5793,61 +5961,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Canvieu el format de la data" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu " -"l'opció Paràmetres del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6036,90 +6185,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -6128,109 +6296,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -6269,65 +6395,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6336,106 +6451,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formateu un disc extraïble" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Gestioneu volums i particions" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6447,7 +6569,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6458,28 +6580,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -6487,19 +6601,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6510,13 +6624,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -6546,18 +6660,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6565,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6574,7 +6688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6601,15 +6715,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Cliqueu el vostre nom a la barra de menú i seleccioneu Configuració del " +"sistema." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6625,7 +6747,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6633,7 +6755,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6641,7 +6763,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6649,7 +6771,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6678,7 +6800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6687,19 +6809,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6709,7 +6831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6738,13 +6860,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -6759,7 +6882,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6794,7 +6917,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6826,17 +6949,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6859,12 +6982,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7119,7 +7241,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Cerqueu fitxers" @@ -7347,12 +7468,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7360,7 +7481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7368,7 +7489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7378,7 +7499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7388,7 +7509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7396,17 +7517,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7415,12 +7536,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7429,24 +7550,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7455,7 +7576,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7463,24 +7584,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7488,12 +7609,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7502,7 +7623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -7519,10 +7640,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7542,14 +7663,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7559,24 +7695,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8116,10 +8260,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8594,129 +8737,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Altres aplicacions de cerca" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Cerca" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Obriu el gestor de fitxers" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Deseu una cerca" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Inicieu una cerca com s'indica més amunt." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -9502,7 +9621,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9518,22 +9637,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9544,7 +9663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9553,16 +9672,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -9571,30 +9704,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9606,15 +9725,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9639,12 +9768,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9653,26 +9782,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9682,19 +9811,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -9702,7 +9831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -9710,50 +9839,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -10122,14 +10251,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10152,12 +10281,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10165,24 +10294,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Dreceres personalitzades" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10190,7 +10319,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10199,14 +10328,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10215,7 +10344,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10324,10 +10453,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -10362,17 +10492,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10399,26 +10530,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10427,7 +10551,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10435,12 +10559,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolució" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10451,7 +10575,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -10650,7 +10774,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -10660,8 +10784,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -10685,7 +10809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -10706,11 +10830,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -10718,31 +10842,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -10764,13 +10890,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -10785,8 +10910,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -10808,128 +10933,333 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Aquestes instruccions proporcionen la manera més ràpida d'activar botons del " -"ratolí a través del teclat. Seleccioneu Accés universal per veure " -"més opcions d'accessibilitat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 -msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 -msgid "" -"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " -"computer." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 -msgid "" -"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a " -"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector " +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 +msgid "" +"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a " +"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector " "with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port " "rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer " "if it was not plugged in." @@ -11091,14 +11421,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -11107,8 +11437,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -11126,74 +11455,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -11204,31 +11529,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -11630,10 +11955,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Afegiu, suprimiu i canvieu el nom de les adreces d'interès del gestor de " -"fitxers." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -11642,70 +11965,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 -msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -12191,7 +12515,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ubicació" @@ -12351,7 +12675,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Cap" @@ -12481,80 +12805,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Tipus MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -12818,12 +13142,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12836,7 +13159,7 @@ msgstr "L'equip de documentació de l'Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Navegadors web" @@ -13092,22 +13415,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -13138,7 +13461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -13228,7 +13551,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -13236,30 +13559,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -13268,29 +13591,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -13304,7 +13628,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -13318,14 +13642,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -13335,19 +13659,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Utilitzeu l'UFW sense un terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -13355,7 +13679,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -13583,83 +13907,133 @@ msgstr "Termes i consells relacionats amb la xarxa" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Com instal·lar el Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -13892,6 +14266,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -14088,7 +14463,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -14131,20 +14506,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -14152,13 +14527,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -14166,19 +14541,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -14620,10 +14995,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -14647,50 +15022,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -14699,25 +15075,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -14749,8 +15124,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -14919,25 +15294,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14945,40 +15320,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -14987,25 +15362,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Xarxa sense fil" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -15014,12 +15389,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -15030,41 +15405,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -15073,34 +15448,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -15111,44 +15486,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguretat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -15156,17 +15532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -15176,32 +15552,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -15212,30 +15588,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Paràmetres IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15298,21 +15684,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -15323,12 +15707,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -15337,14 +15728,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -15510,7 +15901,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -15518,12 +15909,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Com utilitzar la línia d'ordres" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -15531,7 +15922,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -16555,12 +16946,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -16685,11 +17076,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Escriviu l'ordre sudo pm-hibernate en un terminal i premeu la " -"tecla de Retorn." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -16731,7 +17120,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -16817,39 +17206,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -16882,31 +17249,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -17194,7 +17554,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -17327,7 +17687,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -17335,21 +17695,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -17357,7 +17717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -17365,8 +17725,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -17419,7 +17779,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -17436,7 +17798,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -17540,7 +17903,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -17957,7 +18319,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -17992,92 +18354,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -18225,31 +18631,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -18258,7 +18664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -18352,14 +18844,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -18367,15 +18859,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -18384,12 +18877,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -18397,19 +18890,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -18434,27 +18927,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -18465,12 +18959,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -18478,7 +18972,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -18510,17 +19004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -18725,14 +19219,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -18742,14 +19236,14 @@ "Mantén al llançador." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -18797,23 +19291,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Per sortir de la sessió o commutar usuaris, feu clic al menú del sistema al final del costat dret de la barra " -"de menús i seleccioneu l'opció apropiada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bloqueu la pantalla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18823,27 +19314,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Atureu temporalment" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18853,28 +19349,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Atureu o reinicieu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Si voleu aturar completament l'ordinardor, o reiniciar-lo, feu clis al menú " -"de Paràmetres del sistema i seleccioneu Atura." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -19418,36 +19915,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -19455,17 +19952,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -19474,14 +19971,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -19527,55 +20024,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19583,8 +20077,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -19592,7 +20091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -19759,19 +20258,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -19780,26 +20279,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -20445,7 +20944,7 @@ msgstr "Introducció de caràcters especials" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -20453,17 +20952,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Mètodes per introduir caràcters" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa de caràcters" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -20471,7 +20970,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -20594,12 +21101,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -21275,37 +21782,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -21332,12 +21831,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Feu clic a Aparença." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -21346,7 +21845,7 @@ "incrementar o reduir la mida de les icones del Llançador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "La mida predeterminada de les icones del Llançador és de " @@ -21438,38 +21937,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -21598,32 +22097,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -21631,8 +22130,26 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Algunes de les icones que s'utilitzen a la barra de menús canvien segons " +"l'estat de l'aplicació." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Altres aplicacions com ara el Tomboy o el Transmission " +"també poden afegir menús d'indicadors al quadre." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -21641,7 +22158,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -21649,14 +22166,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -21671,7 +22188,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -21679,28 +22196,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -21714,7 +22231,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -21722,14 +22239,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -21742,21 +22259,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -21769,7 +22286,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -21777,14 +22294,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -21792,62 +22309,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Rellotge" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Algunes de les icones que s'utilitzen a la barra de menús canvien segons " -"l'estat de l'aplicació." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Altres aplicacions com ara el Tomboy o el Transmission " -"també poden afegir menús d'indicadors al quadre." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -21942,37 +22429,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22901,6 +23362,9 @@ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it " "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately." msgstr "" +"Si utilitzeu la mateixa contrasenya per a tots els vostres comptes, " +"qualsevol persona que ho endevini serà capaç d'accedir a tots els vostres " +"comptes immediatament." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:120 @@ -22910,11 +23374,16 @@ "one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for " "important things (like your online banking account and your email)." msgstr "" +"Pot ser difícil recordar un munt de contrasenyes. Encara que no és tan segur " +"com l'ús de diferents contrasenyes per a tot, pot ser més fàcil d'utilitzar " +"la mateixa per a les coses que no importin (com llocs web), i de diferents " +"per a coses importants (com el vostre compte bancari en línia i el vostre " +"correu electrònic)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:129 msgid "Change your passwords regularly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Canvieu les vostres contrasenyes amb regularitat." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-dvd.page:8 @@ -22922,11 +23391,13 @@ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong " "region." msgstr "" +"És possible que no tingueu instal·lats els còdecs adequats, o pot ser que el " +"DVD tingui la regió equivocada." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-dvd.page:21 msgid "Why won't DVDs play?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per què no es reprodueixen els DVDs?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-dvd.page:23 @@ -22935,11 +23406,14 @@ "the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a " "different region." msgstr "" +"Si inseriu un DVD a l'ordinador i no es reprodueix, pot ser que no tingueu " +"instal·lats els còdecs correctes de DVD, o el DVD podria ser d'una " +"regió diferent." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd.page:28 msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback" -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'estan instal·lant els còdecs correctes per a la reproducció de DVD" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:29 @@ -22950,6 +23424,11 @@ "installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install " "them for you." msgstr "" +"Per reproduir el DVD instal·lat, cal tenir instal·lats els còdecs " +"correctes. Un còdec és una peça de programari que permet a les aplicacions " +"llegir un format de vídeo o àudio. Si intenteu reproduir un DVD i no teniu " +"instal·lats els còdecs adequats, el reproductor de pel·lícules us ha " +"d'informar sobre això i oferir-vos d'instal·lar-los." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:34 @@ -22959,11 +23438,16 @@ "unless you have extra software to " "handle the copy protection." msgstr "" +"Els DVD també estan protegits contra còpia usant un sistema " +"anomenat CSS. Això no tant sols us impedeix la còpia de DVD, sinó que també " +"us impedeix reproduir-los a menys que tingueu programari addicional per gestionar la protecció de " +"còpia." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd.page:40 msgid "Checking the DVD region" -msgstr "" +msgstr "S'està comprovant la regió del DVD" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:41 @@ -22974,6 +23458,11 @@ "be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you " "will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America." msgstr "" +"Els DVD tenen un codi de regió, que us diu en quina regió del món " +"es poden reproduir. Si la regió del reproductor de DVD de l'equip no " +"coincideix amb la regió del DVD que esteu intentant reproduir, no podreu " +"reproduir el DVD. Per exemple, si teniu un reproductor de DVD Regió 1, només " +"podreu reproduir DVD d'Amèrica del Nord." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:47 @@ -22983,6 +23472,10 @@ "change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset." msgstr "" +"De vegades és possible canviar la regió utilitzat pel reproductor de DVD, " +"però només es pot fer un parell de vegades abans que es bloquegi en una " +"regió de forma permanent. Per canviar la regió de DVD del reproductor de DVD " +"de l'ordinador, utilitzeu regionset." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:10 @@ -22990,11 +23483,13 @@ "Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption " "software." msgstr "" +"La majoria dels DVD comercials estan encriptats i no es poden reproduir " +"sense el programari de desencriptat." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:21 msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Com activar còdecs restringits per reproduir DVD?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:23 @@ -23003,11 +23498,15 @@ "technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require " "the use of decryption software in order to play them." msgstr "" +"El suport de DVD no pot ser proporcionat per defecte en l'Ubuntu a causa de " +"les restriccions legals i tècniques. La majoria dels DVD comercials estan " +"encriptats i per tant requereixen l'ús de programari de desencriptat, per " +"tal de reproduir-los." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26 msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilitza Fluendo per reproduir legalment els DVD" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:27 @@ -23016,11 +23515,15 @@ "Fluendo. It works with Linux and " "should be legal to use in all countries." msgstr "" +"Podeu comprar un descodificador comercial de DVD que pot gestionar la " +"protecció de còpia de Fluendo. " +"Funciona amb Linux i hauria de poder-se utilitzar legalment a tots els " +"països." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:31 msgid "Use alternative decryption software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilitza programari de desencriptació alternatiu" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:33 @@ -23028,6 +23531,8 @@ "In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is " "not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it." msgstr "" +"En alguns països, l'ús del programari per desencriptar sense llicència no " +"està permès per la llei. Comproveu que teniu els drets per usar-lo." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:36 @@ -23038,31 +23543,36 @@ "plugins-ugly\">gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, and libdvd-pkg." msgstr "" +"Instal·leu libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer1.0-plugins-bad, gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly i libdvd-env." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40 msgid "Open the Dash and launch a Terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obriu el tauler i inicieu una Terminal ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41 msgid "Run the command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executeu l'ordre" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:43 msgid "and confirm in order to install libdvdcss2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "i confirmeu per instal·lar libdvdcss2." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-sending.page:7 msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verifica que tinguin els còdecs de vídeo correctes instal·lats." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-sending.page:18 msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made" -msgstr "" +msgstr "D'altres persones no poden reproduir els vídeos que he fet" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:20 @@ -23070,6 +23580,9 @@ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using " "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video." msgstr "" +"Si heu fet un vídeo al vostre ordinador Linux i el vau enviar a algú " +"utilitzant el Windows o el Mac OS, us podeu trobar amb què tinguin problemes " +"per reproduir el vídeo." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:23 @@ -23080,11 +23593,18 @@ "different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. " "You can check which format your video is by doing:" msgstr "" +"Per poder reproduir el vídeo, la persona a la qual el vau enviar ha de tenir " +"instal·lats els còdecs apropiats . Un còdec és una petita peça de " +"programari que sap com agafar el vídeo i mostrar-lo a la pantalla. Hi ha un " +"munt de diferents formats de vídeo i cadascú requereix un còdec diferent per " +"reproduir-lo. Podeu comprovar el format del vostre vídeo fent:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-sending.page:30 msgid "Right-click on video file and select Properties." msgstr "" +"Cliqueu amb el botó dret al fitxer de vídeo i seleccioneu " +"Propietats." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-sending.page:31 @@ -23092,6 +23612,8 @@ "Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is " "listed under Video." msgstr "" +"Aneu a la pestanya Àudio/Vídeo i mireu quin còdec " +"apareix sota Vídeo." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:35 @@ -23104,6 +23626,13 @@ "player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if " "it's not installed." msgstr "" +"Pregunteu a la persona que té problemes amb la reproducció si té instal·lat " +"el còdec correcte. Els pot resultar útil buscar a la web per al nom del " +"còdec més el nom de la seva aplicació de reproducció de vídeo. Per exemple, " +"si el vostre vídeo utilitza el format Theora i teniu un amic usant " +"el Windows Media Player per intentar veure-ho, cerqueu «theora windows media " +"player». Sovint sereu capaç de descarregar el còdec adequat de franc si no " +"està instal·lat." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:42 @@ -23115,6 +23644,13 @@ "video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications " "are available. Check Ubuntu Software to see what's available." msgstr "" +"Si no trobeu el còdec correcte, proveu el reproductor multimèdia VLC. " +"Funciona a Windows i a Mac OS, així com a Linux, i dóna suport a molts " +"formats de vídeo. En cas contrari, intenteu convertir el vostre vídeo a un " +"format diferent. La majoria dels editors de vídeo són capaços de fer-ho, i " +"hi ha disponibles aplicacions específiques de conversió de vídeo. Mireu el " +"Programari d'Ubuntu per veure què hi ha disponible." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/video-sending.page:50 @@ -23125,16 +23661,21 @@ "their video playback application, or the video may not have been created " "properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)." msgstr "" +"Hi ha alguns altres problemes que podrien impedir a algú la reproducció del " +"vostre vídeo. El vídeo podria haver-se danyat quan el vau enviar (de vegades " +"els fitxers grans no es copien perfectament), podrien tenir problemes amb la " +"seva aplicació de reproducció de vídeo o el vídeo podria haver estat creat " +"incorrectament (podria haver-hi hagut algun error quan vau desar el vídeo)." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:11 msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Canvia la tauleta Wacom a Orientat per esquerrans." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:21 msgid "Use the tablet left-handed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilitza la tauleta amb la mà esquerra" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:23 @@ -23143,6 +23684,9 @@ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the " "orientation to left-handed:" msgstr "" +"Algunes tauletes tenen botons de maquinari en un costat. La tauleta es pot " +"girar 180 graus per posicionar aquests botons per a persones esquerranes. " +"Per canviar a orientació per esquerrans:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:30 @@ -23150,7 +23694,7 @@ #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:34 msgid "Open Wacom Graphics Tablet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obre Tauleta gràfica Wacom." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31 @@ -23161,27 +23705,31 @@ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on " "your Wacom tablet." msgstr "" +"Si no es detecta cap tauleta, se us demanarà Si us plau, connecteu o " +"inicieu la vostra tauleta Wacom." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:34 msgid "Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Canvia Orientació per esquerrans a Activa." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-mode.page:16 msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commuta la tauleta entre mode tauleta i mode ratolí." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-mode.page:19 msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estableix el mode de seguiment de la tauleta Wacom" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:21 msgid "" "Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen." msgstr "" +"El Mode de seguiment determina com el punter s'assigna a la " +"pantalla." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:30 @@ -23189,6 +23737,8 @@ "Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or " "Touchpad (relative)." msgstr "" +"A continuació de mode de seguiment, seleccioneu Tauleta " +"(absolut) o Panell tàctil(relatiu)." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:34 @@ -23197,6 +23747,9 @@ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds " "to the same point on the tablet." msgstr "" +"En mode absolut, cada punt de la tauleta es projecta a un punt de " +"la pantalla. La part superior esquerra de la pantalla, per exemple, sempre " +"correspon al mateix punt a la tauleta." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:37 @@ -23206,26 +23759,30 @@ "the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with " "less hand movement." msgstr "" +"En mode relatiu, si aixequeu el punter de la tauleta i el poseu a " +"una posició diferent, el cursor a la pantalla no se mou. Aquesta és la forma " +"en què funciona un ratolí, permetent-vos cobrir distàncies a la pantalla amb " +"menys moviment de la mà." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11 msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fes l'assignació de la tauleta Wacom a un monitor específic." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:20 msgid "Choose a monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trieu un monitor" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35 msgid "Click Map to Monitor…" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliqueu a Assigna al monitor..." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36 msgid "Check Map to single monitor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marqueu Assigna a un monitor únic." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37 @@ -23233,21 +23790,23 @@ "Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from " "your graphics tablet." msgstr "" +"Al costat de Sortida, seleccioneu el monitor que desitgeu que " +"rebi entrades des de la vostra tauleta gràfica." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:39 msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Només seran seleccionables els monitors que estan configurats ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42 msgid "Click Close." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliqueu Tanca." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom.page:6 msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajusteu la configuració de la vostra tauleta Wacom." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom.page:20 @@ -23258,11 +23817,13 @@ #: C/wacom-stylus.page:17 msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus." msgstr "" +"Defineix les funcions del botó de pressió i el tacte de l'estlilogràfica " +"Wacom." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-stylus.page:23 msgid "Configure the stylus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configura l'estilogràfca" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:38 @@ -23271,17 +23832,24 @@ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. " "These settings can be adjusted:" msgstr "" +"La part inferior del tauler conté detalls i configuracions específiques de " +"la vostra estilogràfica, amb el nom del dispositiu (la classe " +"d'estilogràfica) i el diagrama a l'esquerra. Aquests paràmetres es poden " +"configurar:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " "and Firm." msgstr "" +"Sensibilitat de pressió de l'esborrador: feu servir el control " +"lliscant per ajustar la «sensibilitat» (com la pressió física es tradueix a " +"valors digitals) entre Suau i Ferm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -23289,31 +23857,40 @@ "Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, " "Forward." msgstr "" +"Configuració de Botó/Roda de desplaçament (canvien per ajustar-" +"ser a l'estilogràfica). Feu clic al menú que apareix al costat de cada " +"etiqueta per seleccionar una d'aquestes funcions: Cap acció, Clic amb el " +"botó esquerre del ratolí, Clic amb el botó del mig del ratolí, Clic amb el " +"botó dret del ratolí, Desplaça amunt, Desplaça avall, Desplaça a l'esquerra, " +"Desplaça a la dreta, Enrere, Endavant." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" +"Sensibilitat de pressió del llapis: feu servir el control " +"lliscant per ajustar la «sensibilitat» entre Suau i " +"Ferm." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 msgid "The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La tecla Súper proporciona l'accés al tauler i al llançador." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/windows-key.page:21 msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Què és la tecla «Súper»?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/windows-key.page:23 @@ -23322,6 +23899,10 @@ "the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is " "sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key." msgstr "" +"Aquesta tecla es troba generalment a la part inferior esquerra del teclat, " +"al costat de la tecla Alt, i generalment té una icona amb " +"finestres/quadrats sobre ella. A vegades s'anomena la tecla de Windows, " +"tecla del logotip o la tecla del sistema." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/windows-key.page:28 @@ -23397,6 +23978,82 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Feu clic a la icona a la part dreta de la barra de menús i " +#~ "seleccioneu Paràmetres del sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afegir un compte us ajudarà a enllaçar els vostres comptes en línia amb el " +#~ "vostre escriptori Ubuntu. Així, el vostre correu electrònic, xat i altres " +#~ "aplicacions relacionades se us configuraran." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccioneu un Tipus de compte de la subfinestra de la dreta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu configurar més comptes, podeu repetir aquest procés a continuació." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una interfície d'usuari petita s'obrirà on podeu entrar les vostres " +#~ "credencials dels comptes en línia. Per exemple, si esteu configurant un " +#~ "compte de Google, entreu el vostre nom d'usuari i contrasenya de Google i " +#~ "valideu-vos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si heu entrat les vostres credencials correctament, se us demanarà que " +#~ "accepteu les condicions d'ús. Seleccioneu Accepta per continuar. " +#~ "Un cop acceptat, Ubuntu necessita permís per accedir el vostre compte. Per " +#~ "permetre l'accés, cliqueu sobre el botó Permet l'accés. Quan se " +#~ "us demani, entreu la contrasenya actual d'usuari." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ara podeu seleccionar les aplicacions que voleu enllaçar amb el vostre " +#~ "compte en línia. Per exemple, si voleu usar el vostre compte en línia per a " +#~ "un xat, però no voleu el calendari, desactiveu l'opció calendari." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un cop que hàgiu afegit els comptes, cada aplicació que heu seleccionat " +#~ "utilitzarà automàticament aquestes credencials quan inicieu la sessió al " +#~ "vostre compte." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per raons de seguretat, Ubuntu no desarà la vostra contrasenya en el vostre " +#~ "ordinador. Desa en canvi un testimoni que es proveeix al servei en línia. Si " +#~ "voleu cancel·lar completament l'enllaç entre el vostre escriptori i el " +#~ "servei en línia, escolliu suprimeix." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23437,6 +24094,30 @@ #~ "Utilitzeu el Centre de programari de l'Ubuntu per afegir programes i fer que " #~ "l'Ubuntu sigui més útil." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instal·leu programari addicional" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'equip de desenvolupament de l'Ubuntu ha escollit un conjunt predeterminat " +#~ "d'aplicacions que pensem que fa l'Ubuntu molt útil per a la major part de " +#~ "les tasques de cada dia. No obstant, amb tota certesa voldreu instal·lar més " +#~ "programari per fer-vos l'Ubuntu més útil." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Seguiu els passos següents per instal·lar programari addicional:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connecteu-vos a Internet a través d'una connexió sense fil o amb fil." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -23453,12 +24134,59 @@ #~ "una categoria i trobeu una aplicació de la llista." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escolliu l'aplicació en la qual esteu interessat i cliqueu " +#~ "Instal·la." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se us demanarà entrar la vostra contrasenya. Un cop que heu fet això " +#~ "s'iniciarà la instal·lació." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La instal·lació en general finalitza ràpidament, però pot trigar una estona " +#~ "si teniu una connexió lenta d'Internet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'afegirà una drecera a la vostra nova aplicació al Llançador. Per " +#~ "deshabilitar aquesta funcionalitat, desmarqueu " +#~ "ViewAplicacions noves al Llançador." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afegiu PPA per col·laborar a comprovar programari especial o en " +#~ "desenvolupament." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Els arxius de paquets personals (PPA) són dipòsits de paquets " +#~ "dissenyats per a usuaris de l'Ubuntu i són més fàcils d'instal·lar que " +#~ "altres dipòsits de tercers." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Quan s'inicia el Centre de programari, cliqueu Edit " #~ "Fonts de progamari" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Cliqueu Afegeix i entreu la ubicació ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -23466,6 +24194,9 @@ #~ "Tanqueu la finestra Fonts de programari. El Centre de programari Ubuntu " #~ "comprovarà si hi ha programari nou a les vostres fonts de programari." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Suprimiu programari que ja no utilitzeu." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -23488,6 +24219,26 @@ #~ "la part superior." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "És possible que se us demani la vostra contrasenya. Un cop heu fet això, se " +#~ "suprimirà l'aplicació." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afegeix altres dipòsits per estendre les fonts de programari que l'Ubuntu " +#~ "usa per a instal·lacions i actualitzacions." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Afegiu dipòsits de programari addicionals" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instal·leu altres dipòsits" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23539,6 +24290,18 @@ #~ "programari. Espereu una estona fins que el Centre de programari baixi la " #~ "informació del dipòsit." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instal·la, suprimmeix, dipòsits " +#~ "extra…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Afegeix & suprimeix programari" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El Cheese no està instal·lat per defecte a l'Ubuntu. Si voleu instal·lar-lo:" @@ -23576,6 +24339,9 @@ #~ "Cal que instal·leu el Cheese abans que pugueu llegir la Guia de l'usuari del " #~ "Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Llapis USB (capacitat baixa)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to " #~ "this computer from another device. See " @@ -23585,6 +24351,24 @@ #~ "aquest ordinador des d'un altre dispositiu. Vegeu per a més informació." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Descarregant un fitxer de referència d'impressió de una empresa de color" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Usant una empresa de color per generar un perfil d'impressora és generalment " +#~ "l'opció més barata si sols teniu un o dos tipus diferents de paper. " +#~ "Mitjançant la descàrrega del diagrama de referència del lloc web de " +#~ "l'empresa podeu retornar-los la impressió en un sobre omplert on escanejaran " +#~ "el paper, generaran un perfil i us retornaran per correu electrònic un " +#~ "perfil ICC exacte." + #~ msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like." #~ msgstr "Si voleu podeu desactivar aquesta funció." @@ -23596,12 +24380,74 @@ #~ msgid "Now, switch to the Clock tab." #~ msgstr "Ara aneu a la pestanya del Rellotge" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Feu clic a la icona de la dreta de la barra d'indicadors i seleccioneu " +#~ "l'opció Paràmetres del sistema." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formateu un disc extraïble" + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Obriu el gestor de fitxers" + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Deseu una cerca" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Inicieu una cerca com s'indica més amunt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquestes instruccions proporcionen la manera més ràpida d'activar botons del " +#~ "ratolí a través del teclat. Seleccioneu Accés universal per veure " +#~ "més opcions d'accessibilitat." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afegiu, suprimiu i canvieu el nom de les adreces d'interès del gestor de " +#~ "fitxers." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Com instal·lar el Flash" + #~ msgid "Gnash" #~ msgstr "Gnash" #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Xarxa sense fil" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escriviu l'ordre sudo pm-hibernate en un terminal i premeu la " +#~ "tecla de Retorn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per sortir de la sessió o commutar usuaris, feu clic al menú del sistema al final del costat dret de la barra " +#~ "de menús i seleccioneu l'opció apropiada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu aturar completament l'ordinardor, o reiniciar-lo, feu clis al menú " +#~ "de Paràmetres del sistema i seleccioneu Atura." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Network menu Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El Programari de l'Ubuntu us ajuda a eliminar programari que ja " +#~ "no utilitzeu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilitzeu el Programari de l'Ubuntu per afegir programes i fer " +#~ "l'Ubuntu més útil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si teniu més d'una estilogràfica, quan l'estilogràfica addicional s'acosta a " +#~ "la tauleta, es mostrarà un paginador al costat del nom del dispositiu. " +#~ "Utilitzeu el paginador per triar quina estilogràfica voleu configurar." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ce/ce.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ce/ce.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ce/ce.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ce/ce.po 2017-03-15 22:29:29.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Chechen \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -304,58 +304,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -407,14 +492,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -447,30 +532,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -480,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -488,14 +564,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -503,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -527,12 +603,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -653,7 +729,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -683,12 +759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -697,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -706,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -714,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -722,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -773,17 +849,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -792,14 +868,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -837,17 +913,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -856,14 +932,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -874,13 +950,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -919,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -954,7 +1030,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -968,10 +1044,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1025,12 +1101,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1041,7 +1118,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1050,15 +1127,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1212,7 +1290,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1226,46 +1304,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1273,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1599,6 +1676,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1681,107 +1827,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1790,12 +1945,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1803,31 +1958,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1835,49 +1991,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1888,13 +2081,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1906,27 +2099,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1934,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1942,12 +2135,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1957,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1967,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1975,22 +2168,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2465,7 +2658,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3003,7 +3196,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3244,7 +3437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3252,7 +3445,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4780,59 +4973,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5021,90 +5197,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5113,109 +5308,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5254,65 +5407,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5321,106 +5463,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5432,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5443,28 +5592,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5472,19 +5613,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5495,13 +5636,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5531,18 +5672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5550,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5559,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5586,15 +5727,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5610,7 +5757,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5618,7 +5765,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5626,7 +5773,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5634,7 +5781,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5663,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5672,19 +5819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5694,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5723,13 +5870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5744,7 +5892,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5779,7 +5927,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5811,17 +5959,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5844,12 +5992,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6104,7 +6251,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6332,12 +6478,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6345,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6353,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6363,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6373,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6381,17 +6527,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6400,12 +6546,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6414,24 +6560,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6440,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6448,24 +6594,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6473,12 +6619,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6487,7 +6633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6504,10 +6650,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6527,14 +6673,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6544,24 +6705,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7099,10 +7268,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7574,129 +7742,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8466,7 +8610,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8482,22 +8626,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8508,7 +8652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8517,46 +8661,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8568,15 +8712,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8601,12 +8755,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8615,26 +8769,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8644,19 +8798,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8664,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8672,50 +8826,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9084,14 +9238,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9114,12 +9268,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9127,24 +9281,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9152,7 +9306,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9161,14 +9315,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9177,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9284,10 +9438,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9322,17 +9477,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9359,26 +9515,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9387,7 +9536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9395,12 +9544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9411,7 +9560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9610,7 +9759,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9620,8 +9769,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9645,7 +9794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9666,11 +9815,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9678,31 +9827,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9724,13 +9875,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9745,8 +9895,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9768,85 +9918,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9854,7 +10212,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10048,14 +10406,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10064,8 +10422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10083,74 +10440,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10161,31 +10514,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10587,7 +10940,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10597,70 +10950,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11146,7 +11500,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11306,7 +11660,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11436,80 +11790,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11773,12 +12127,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11791,7 +12144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12047,22 +12400,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12093,7 +12446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12183,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12191,30 +12544,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12223,29 +12576,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12259,7 +12613,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12273,14 +12627,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12290,19 +12644,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12310,7 +12664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12538,83 +12892,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12847,6 +13251,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13043,7 +13448,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13086,20 +13491,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13107,13 +13512,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13121,19 +13526,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13569,10 +13974,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13596,50 +14001,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13648,25 +14054,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13698,8 +14103,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13866,25 +14271,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13892,40 +14297,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13934,25 +14339,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13961,12 +14366,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13977,41 +14382,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14020,34 +14425,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14058,44 +14463,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14103,17 +14509,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14123,32 +14529,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14159,30 +14565,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14245,21 +14661,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14270,12 +14684,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14284,14 +14705,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14457,7 +14878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14465,12 +14886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14478,7 +14899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15494,12 +15915,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15620,7 +16041,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15664,7 +16085,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15750,39 +16171,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15815,31 +16214,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16121,7 +16513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16254,7 +16646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16262,21 +16654,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16284,7 +16676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16292,8 +16684,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16346,7 +16738,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16363,7 +16757,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16467,7 +16862,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16884,7 +17278,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16919,92 +17313,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17152,31 +17590,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17185,7 +17623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17279,14 +17803,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17294,15 +17818,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17311,12 +17836,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17324,19 +17849,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17361,27 +17886,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17392,12 +17918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17405,7 +17931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17437,17 +17963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17652,28 +18178,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17718,20 +18244,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17741,27 +18267,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17771,26 +18302,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18322,36 +18856,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18359,17 +18893,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18378,14 +18912,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18431,55 +18965,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18487,8 +19018,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18496,7 +19032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18663,19 +19199,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18684,26 +19220,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19347,7 +19883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19355,17 +19891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19373,7 +19909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19496,12 +20040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20175,37 +20719,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20232,19 +20768,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20334,38 +20870,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20494,32 +21030,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20527,8 +21063,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20537,7 +21087,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20545,14 +21095,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20564,7 +21114,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20572,28 +21122,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20604,7 +21154,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20612,14 +21162,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20630,21 +21180,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20655,7 +21205,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20663,14 +21213,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20678,58 +21228,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20824,37 +21348,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22152,7 +22650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22160,7 +22658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22170,18 +22668,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/cs/cs.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/cs/cs.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/cs/cs.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/cs/cs.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Czech \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -327,61 +327,144 @@ "stisknete několikrát, ačkoli si ji přejete stisknout pouze jednou, měli " "byste zapnout vícenásobná zmáčknutí kláves." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte " -"Nastavení systému." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Otevřete Univerzální přístup a vyberte kartu Psaní." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Zapněte Vícenásobná zmáčknutí kláves." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -444,8 +527,8 @@ "některé části pracovního prostředí." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -453,7 +536,7 @@ "Dívání." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Přepnout Vysoký kontrast na ON." @@ -493,18 +576,9 @@ "tlačítko, které chcete zmáčknout a pak chvíli počkat než systém zmáčkne " "tlačítko za vás." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -513,12 +587,12 @@ "klikání." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Zapněte Kliknutí posečkáním." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -533,7 +607,7 @@ "přetažení, bude automaticky znovu nastaveno obyčejné kliknutí." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -544,7 +618,7 @@ "kliknuto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -553,7 +627,7 @@ "daným prvkem myš držet, než se provede kliknutí." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -564,7 +638,7 @@ "Pokud se ale pohybuje příliš, je možné, že se kliknutí neprovede." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -592,12 +666,12 @@ "písma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Přepnout Velký text na ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -733,7 +807,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -766,12 +840,12 @@ "pokud má vaše ukazovací zařízení pouze jedno tlačítko." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Zapněte Simulované druhé kliknutí." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -783,7 +857,7 @@ "Zpoždění přijetí pod Simulované druhé kliknutí." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -792,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -802,7 +876,7 @@ "Simulace kliknutí funguje normálně i bez vizuální odezvy." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -813,7 +887,7 @@ "klávesnici." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -871,17 +945,17 @@ "pro vás obtížné stisknout správnou klávesu hned napoprvé." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Zapněte Pomalé klávesy." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Snadné zapnutí a vypnutí pomalých kláves" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -890,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -899,7 +973,7 @@ "zaznamená, použijte táhlo Zpoždění přijetí" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -950,17 +1024,17 @@ "dělá problém držet více kláves najednou." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Zapněte Kombinace kláves jedním prstem" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Rychle zapnout/vypnout kombinaci kláves jedním prstem" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -969,7 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -978,7 +1052,7 @@ "kláves jedním prstem a normálním způsobem použít klávesovou zkratku." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -995,7 +1069,7 @@ "ostatní nikoli." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1003,7 +1077,7 @@ "kláves." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1056,7 +1130,7 @@ "zjistit jak vypnout zvuková upozornění)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1064,7 +1138,7 @@ "Poslech." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1093,7 +1167,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1107,10 +1181,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1164,12 +1238,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1180,7 +1255,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1189,15 +1264,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1372,12 +1448,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Přidáním účtu docílíte propojení online účtů se svým Ubuntu. Email, chat a " -"další související aplikace pro vás budou nastaveny." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1388,59 +1462,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Vyberte Typ účtu z pravého panelu." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Jestliže chcete nastavit více účtů, budete tento proces muset později " -"opakovat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Otevře se menší okno s webovým rozhraním, kam můžete zadat přihlašovací " -"údaje online účtu. Jestliže nastavujete například Google účet, zadejte " -"uživatelské jméno, heslo a přihlaste se." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Jestliže zadáte přihlašovací údaje správně, budete vyzváni k potvrzení " -"podmínek použití. Vyberte Potvrdit pro pokračování. Jakmile dojde " -"ke schválení, Ubuntu bude potřebovat příslušná práva pro přístup k danému " -"účtu. Pro povolení přítupu klikněte na tlačítko Povolit přístup. " -"Budete-li požádáni, zadejte své uživatelské heslo." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Nyní můžete vybrat aplikace, které budou propojeny s vaším online účtem. " -"Chcete-li například používat online účet pro chat, ale nechcete-li ho " -"používat pro kalendář, vypněte volbu kalendář." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1448,13 +1508,9 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Z bezpečnostních důvodů Ubuntu neukládá hesla na váš počítač. Místo toho " -"ukládá token poskytovaný online službou. Pokud chcete úplně zrušit propojení " -"počítače s online službou, odstraňte " -"ji." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1810,6 +1866,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1900,124 +2025,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalace dodatečného softwaru" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Vývojářský tým Ubuntu vybral výchozí sadu aplikací, o níž si myslí, že je " -"nejvhodnější pro každodenní použití Ubuntu. Nicméně je velice pravděpodobné, " -"že si budete chtít nainstalovat další software vhodný pro vás." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Pro instalaci dalšího softwaru proveďte následující kroky:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Připojte se k Internetu pomocí bezdrátového nebo drátového připojení." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte aplikaci, která se vám líbí a klikněte na Nainstalovat." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Budete požádání o zadání svého hesla. Jakmile to učiníte, začne instalace." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Instalace je obvykle rychlá, ale pokud máte pomalé připojení k Internetu, " -"může trvat déle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Spouštěč vaší nové aplikace se objeví v Launcheru. Pokud vám toto chování " -"nevyhovuje, můžete jej pomocí nabídky ZobrazeníNové " -"aplikace v Launcheru vypnout." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Přidání PPA zdrojů pro testování vývojových verzí nebo speciálního softwaru" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Přidávání zdrojů Personal Package Archive (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Personal Package Archives (PPA) jsou zdroje softwaru určené pro " -"uživatele Ubuntu, spravují a přidávají se snáze nž jiná zdroje softwaru " -"třetích stran." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Přidávejte pouze ty zdroje softwaru, kterým důvěřujete!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2029,12 +2146,12 @@ "počítač." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Přidání PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2045,32 +2162,33 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Přejděte na kartu Ostatní software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Kliněte na Přidat a zadejte umístění ppa:." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "Klikněte na Přidat zdroj. V okně Ověření zadejte své heslo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2078,30 +2196,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Odstranění softwaru, který již nepotřebujete." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Odstranění aplikace" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2110,21 +2254,30 @@ "se podívejte do seznamu nainstalovaných aplikací." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Vyberte aplikaci a klikněte na Odstranit." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Je možné, že budete požádání o zadání hesla. Poté, co tak učiníte, aplikace " -"bude odstraněna." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2139,16 +2292,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Přidání dalších zdrojů softwaru pro rozšíření zdrojů, které Ubuntu používá " -"pro instalace a aktualizace." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Přidání dalších zdrojů softwaru" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2163,13 +2314,13 @@ "repozitáře třetí strany, musíte ho přidat do seznamu dostupných Ubuntu " "repozitářů." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Přidávání dalších zdrojů" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2178,7 +2329,7 @@ "kartuOstatní software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2187,7 +2338,7 @@ "dostupná na webové stránce zdroje softwaru a měla by vypadat podobně jako:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2195,7 +2346,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2203,12 +2354,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktivace Partnerského repozitáře Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2218,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2228,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2236,26 +2387,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Přidat/odebrat software" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Instalovat, odebrat, extra " -"repozitáře…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Přidat & odstranit software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2841,8 +2989,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB klíčenka (malá kapacita)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3487,7 +3635,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3773,23 +3921,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Stažením referenčního souboru barev od společnosti" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Požití barvy výrobce pro vygenerování profilu tiskárny je obvykle " -"nejlevnější volba, pokud máte pouze jeden nebo dva rozdílné typy papíru. " -"Dražší možnost, je stáhnout referenční schéma ze stránek výrobce, poté " -"poslat výtisk zpět výrobci, ti oskenují tento papír, vygenerují profil a " -"zašlou vám zpět přesný ICC profil." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5569,20 +5712,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Pokud si to později rozmyslíte, můžete hodiny vrátit tak, že kliknete na " -"ikonu umístěnou zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberete Nastavení " -"systému. V části Systém vyberte Datum a čas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Změna formátu data" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5591,44 +5733,23 @@ "vaší země." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " -"systému." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "V části Osobní klikněte na Jazyková podpora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Přepněte na kartu Místní formáty." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Z rozbalovací nabídky vyberte vámi preferované umístění." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5858,105 +5979,110 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Spuštění testu na pevném disku pro zjištění jeho rychlosti." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Testování výkonu pevného disku" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Pro otestování rychlosti pevného disku:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Z nabídky Dash otevřete aplikaci " -"Disky." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Ze seznamu Diskové jednotky vyberte pevný disk." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Po dokončení testu se výsledky zobrazí v grafu. Zelené body a spojnice " -"indikují odebrané vzorky; ty odpovídají pravé ose, zobrazující přístupový " -"čas, vynesený proti spodní ose, která reprezentuje čas, uplynulý během " -"měření. Modrá linie reprezentuje rychlost čtení, zatímco červená linie " -"reprezentuje rychlost zápisu; tyto hodnoty jsou jako přístupové rychlosti " -"dat na levé ose, vynesené proti procentu vyjadřujícímu, kolik disk urazil od " -"okraje k vřetenu, podél spodní osy." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Pod grafem jsou zobrazeny hodnoty pro minimální, maximální a průměrné " -"hodnoty čtení a zápisu, průměrné přístupové časy a čas uplynulý od " -"posledního testu." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Použijte Správce obsazení disku nebo Monitor systému " -"ke zjištění kapacity disků." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -5964,129 +6090,68 @@ msgstr "Kontrola kolik zbývá na disku volného místa" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Kolik místa na disku zbývá můžete zjistit pomocí Analyzátoru využití " -"disku nebo Sledování systému." -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Kontrola pomocí Analyzátoru využití disku" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Ke kontrole volného místa na disku a kapacity disku použijte Analyzátor " -"využití disku." - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Z nabídky Dash spusťte aplikaci Disky." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"V nástrojové liště si vyberte, zda se má Projít domovská složka, " -"Projít souborový systém, Projít složku nebo " -"Projít vzdálenou složku." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Informace se zobrazují ve vztahu k Adresáři, Zaplnění, " -"Velikosti a Obsahu. Nápověda je dostupná ve Správci obsazení disku." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Kontrola pomocí Sledování systému" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Co dělat, když je disk příliš zaplněn?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Kontrola volného místa na disku a diskové kapacity pomocí Sledování " -"systému:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Z nabídky Dash spusťte aplikaci Sledování systému." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Pro přehled diskových oddílů a využití místa na disku přejděte na kartu " -"Souborové systémy. Potřebné informace naleznete ve sloupcích " -"Celkem, Volné, K dispozici a " -"Použito." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Co dělat, když je disk příliš zaplněn?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Pokud je disk příliš zaplněn, měli byste:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Smazat soubory, které nejsou důležité nebo je již nebudete používat." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Udělejte zálohy důležitých souborů, které " -"nebudete delší dobu potřebovat a vymažte je z pevného disku." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6130,75 +6195,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Kontrola zdraví disku pomocí aplikace Disky" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Z nabídky Dash spusťte aplikaci Disky." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Co dělat, když disk není zdravý?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Pokud SMART stav hlásí, že disk není zdráv, nemusí to " -"být důvod pro poplach. Ačkoli je lepší být připraven a zálohováním předcházet ztrátě dat." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Pokud stav říká \"Před selháním\", disk je stále rozumně zdráv, ovšem byly " -"detekovány známky opotřebení. Což znamená, že může selhat v blízké " -"budoucnosti. Pokud je váš pevný disk (nebo počítač) několik let starý, " -"pravděpodobně uvidíte tuto zprávu alespoň při několika kontrolách disku. V " -"takovém případě je důležité pravidelně zálohovat " -"důležitá data a kontrolovat disk pravidelně a pozorovat, zda se " -"selhání zhoršují." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6209,133 +6253,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Odstranění všech souborů a složek z externího disku nebo USB flash disku " -"jejich formátování." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Kompletní smazání obsahu výměnného disku" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Pokud máte vyměnitelný disk, jako je USB paměť nebo externí pevný disk, " -"můžete si někdy přát kompletně vymazat všechny soubory a složky. Toto můžete " -"udělat pomocí naformátování disku, což vymaže všechny soubory na " -"disku a disk zanechá zcela prázdný." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formátování vyměnitelného disku" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Zvolte disk, který chcete vymazat ze seznamu Úložná zařízení." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Ujistěte se, že jste vybrali správný disk! Vyberete-li špatný disk, všechny " -"soubory budou smazány!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"V oddílu Svazky, klikněte na Odpojit svazek. Poté klikněte na " -"Formátovat svazek." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Ve zobrazeném okně vyberte Typ souborového systému pro disk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Pokud používáte disk na počítačích s Windows a Mac OS vedle počítačů s " -"Linuxem, zvolte FAT. Pokud používáte disk pouze na Windows, " -"NTFS může být lepší volba. Stručný popis typ souborového " -"systému bude zobrazen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Zadejte název disku a klikněte na Formátovat pro započetí " -"vymazání disku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Jakmile je formátování dokončeno, bezpečně odeberte disk. Nyní by " -"měl být prázdný a připraven pro opětovné použití." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formátování disku nesmaže data zcela bezpečně" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formátování disku není zcela bezpečný způsob mazání všech dat. Na " -"zformátovaném disku se neobjeví žádné soubory, avšak je možné, že nějaký " -"speciální software dokáže obnovit tyto soubory. Pokud potřebujete bezpečně " -"smazat soubory, budete potřebovat nástroj příkazové řádky, jako je " -"shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Vysvětlení, co jsou to svazky a oddíly a jak používat diskový nástroj pro " -"jejich správu." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Správa disků a oddílů" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6354,7 +6378,7 @@ "můžete číst (a za jistých podmínek i zapisovat) soubory na toto médium." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6369,58 +6393,40 @@ "jako svazek, protože můžete přistupovat k uloženým souborům." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Prohlížení a správa disků a diskových oddílů pomocí diskového nástroje" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "S diskovým nástrojem můžete kontrolovat a měnit svazky v počítači." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Otevřete Dash a spusťte aplikaci Diskový nástroj." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"V podokně označeném jako Úložná zařízení najdete pevné disky, " -"CD/DVD jednotky a další fyzická zařízení. Klikněte na zařízení, které chcete " -"prozkoumat." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"V pravém podokně, nazvaném jako Svazky , které poskytuje vizuální " -"rozčlenění svazků a jednotek dostupných na zvoleném zařízení. Obsahuje také " -"několik různých nástrojů používaných ke správě těchto svazků." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Buďte opatrní, s těmito nástroji je možné kompletně odstranit všechna data " -"na disku." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6437,19 +6443,14 @@ "pohodlí." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Jeden oddíl musí obsahovat informaci, že je používán pro start počítače nebo " -"tzv. boot. Z tohoto důvodu se někdy nazývá bootovací oddíl, nebo " -"bootovací svazek. Pro určení, zda je svazek bootovatelný se podívejte do " -"Příznaky oddílu v diskovém nástroji. Externí média jako je USB " -"paměť nebo CD mohou také obsahovat bootovatelný svazek." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6484,18 +6485,18 @@ msgstr "Nastavení jasu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Vyberte Jas a zamykání." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Pomocí posuvníku Jas nastavte vyhovující úroveň jasu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6506,7 +6507,7 @@ "nahoře. Držte klávesu Fn pro použití těchto speciálních kláves." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6518,7 +6519,7 @@ "může spotřebovat mnoho energie a výrazně snížit dobu provozu na baterii." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6550,15 +6551,21 @@ "Jestliže ho systém nerozpozná okamžitě nebo přejete-li si upravit nastavení:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Otevřete Displeje." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6576,7 +6583,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6586,7 +6593,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6596,7 +6603,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6606,7 +6613,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6637,7 +6644,7 @@ "systém sám okamžitě nerozpozná, nebo si chcete upravit nastavení:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6650,7 +6657,7 @@ "monitor, který chcete nastavit jako primární." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6659,12 +6666,12 @@ "Umístění Launcheru na Všechny monitory." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Přichytávání na hranách" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6678,7 +6685,7 @@ "vyžaduje větší \"sílu\" při přesunu kurzoru z jednoho monitoru na druhý." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6718,19 +6725,15 @@ "automaticky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Ujistěte se, že je Zamknout zašktnuto a poté vyberte odpočet z " -"rozbalovacího seznamu. Obrazovka se automaticky zamkne po vybrané době " -"nečinnosti. Vybráním Při vypnutí monitoru se bude obrazovka " -"zamykat při automatickém vypnutí. Odpočet pro automatické vypnutí lze změnit " -"v rozbaloacím seznamu Vypnout display po době nečinnosti." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6744,7 +6747,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6779,7 +6782,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6811,17 +6814,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6844,12 +6847,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7112,7 +7114,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Vyhledávání souborů" @@ -7354,13 +7355,13 @@ "zařízení:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Vyberte PodrobnostiVyměnitelná média." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7368,7 +7369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7376,7 +7377,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7390,7 +7391,7 @@ "mechaniky (například prezentace)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7404,7 +7405,7 @@ "Akce." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7415,17 +7416,17 @@ "konci okna Vyměnitelná média." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Druhy zařízení a médií" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Audio disky" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7434,12 +7435,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Video disky" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7453,24 +7454,24 @@ "xref=\"video-dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Prázdný disk" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Kamery a fotoaparáty" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7479,7 +7480,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7487,12 +7488,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Hudební přehrávače" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7501,12 +7502,12 @@ "soubory spravujte sami pomocí souborového správce." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Elektronické čtečky knih" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7514,12 +7515,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7528,7 +7529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Nikdy nespouštějte software z neznámého média." @@ -7545,10 +7546,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7568,14 +7569,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7590,24 +7606,32 @@ "vlastnosti." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8244,10 +8268,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8823,152 +8846,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Vyhledání souborů na základě názvu nebo typu. Výsledky lze uložit pro " -"pozdější použití." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Soubory můžete prohledávat dle názvu přímo ve správci souborů. Dokonce si " -"můžete výsledky vyhledávání ukládat, poté se zobrazí ve speciálním adresáři " -"ve vašem domovském adresáři." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Ostatní vyhledávací aplikace" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Hledání" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Otevřete správce souborů" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Pokud víte, že soubory, které hledáte, jsou v určité složce, přejděte do " -"této složky." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Klikněte na ikonu lupy v panelu nástrojů nebo stiskněte " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Výsledky lze zúžit pomocí umístění nebo typu souboru." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Ve správci souborů můžete nalezené soubory otevírat, kopírovat, přesouvat či " -"jinak s nimi pracovat stejně jako s jinými adresáři." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Klikněte znovu na ikonu lupy v panelu nástrojů pro ukončení vyhledávání a " -"návratu do adresáře." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Pokud často hledáte stejné věci, můžete si dané vyhledávání pro urychlení " -"uložit." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Uložení vyhledávání" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Začněte vyhledávání stejně jako výše." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Vyberte pro vyhledávání jméno a klikněte na Uložit. Pokud chcete, " -"můžete vybrat jinou složku pro uložení vyhledávání. Když budete danou složku " -"procházet, uložené vyhledávání bude vypadat jako oranžová ikona složky s " -"lupou." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Výsledky vyhledávání můžete po skončení práce jednoduše smazat jako jiné soubory. Při smazání vyhledávání se " -"nesmažou soubory které vyhledávání odpovídají." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -9875,7 +9852,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "V části Hardware klikněte na Klávesnice." @@ -9893,22 +9870,22 @@ "blikat." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9924,7 +9901,7 @@ "především pokud často přepínáte mezi různými jazyky." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9933,16 +9910,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -9951,30 +9942,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9986,15 +9963,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10019,12 +10006,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Klávesové zkratky" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10033,26 +10020,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10062,19 +10049,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10082,7 +10069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10090,50 +10077,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can klávesnice na obrazovce." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Pro zapnutí klávesnice na obrazovce povolte Pomocník psaní." @@ -10557,7 +10544,7 @@ "tuto funkci zakázat, nebo změnit prodlevu před opakováním." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -10566,7 +10553,7 @@ "opakování kláves." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10593,13 +10580,13 @@ "Pro změnu klávesy nebo kláves, které musíte stisknout pro klávesovou zkratku:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Otevřete Klávesnice a přejděte na kartu Zkratky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10607,7 +10594,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -10616,17 +10603,17 @@ "Backspace." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Vlastní klávesové zkratky" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Pro vytvoření vlastní klávesové zkratky:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10634,7 +10621,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10643,14 +10630,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10662,7 +10649,7 @@ "přesně stejný název jako vlastní aplikace." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10796,15 +10783,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Pro nápravu klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte " -"Nastavení systému. V části Hardware vyberte Displeje. " -"Z nabízených Rozlišení vyberte takové, při jehož volbě vypadá " -"obrazovka v pořádku." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -10845,19 +10829,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " -"systému. Otevřete gui>Displeje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Zrušte zatržení u Zrcadlit displeje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10890,16 +10873,7 @@ "otočný displej)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " -"systému." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -10908,12 +10882,12 @@ "displeji odlišné nastavení. Vyberte displej v oblasti náhledu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Vyberte rozlišení a natočení, které si přejete používat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10926,7 +10900,7 @@ "klikněte během 30 sekund na Zachovat toto nastavení." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10937,12 +10911,12 @@ "monitoru. Pokud ne, klikněte na Detekovat monitory." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Rozlišení" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10958,7 +10932,7 @@ "deformaci." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may neostrý nebo kostičkovaný." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotace" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11151,24 +11125,24 @@ "zmáčknutí tlačítek myši, můžete si nastavit delší čas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Otevřete Myš a touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11176,7 +11150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11191,8 +11165,8 @@ "ní vyskytne stejný problém." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11220,7 +11194,7 @@ "tlačítka myši nebo touchpadu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11243,55 +11217,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Mnoho myší a některé touchpady mají prostřední tlačítko. Na myši s rolovacím " -"kolečkem obvykle jeho stlačení funguje jako kliknutí prostředním tlačíkem. " -"Pokud vaše myš nemá prostřední tlačítko, můžete kliknout levým a pravým " -"tlačítkem najednou. Pokud je to pro vás nepohodlné, můžete zkusit tento návod." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "Mnoho aplikací používá prostřední tlačíko pro rozšířené akce." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Jednou z nejrozšířenějších funkcí je vložení textu, někdy pod názvem " -"primární vložení výběru. Vyberte text, který chcete kopírovat a kliknutím " -"prostředním tlačítkem ho vložíte na určené místo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Vkládání textu pomocí středního tlačítka je zcela odděleno od klasické " -"schránky. Výbraný text se do schránky nekopíruje a tato metoda funguje pouze " -"s prostředním tlačítkem." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11315,18 +11280,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Většina webových prohlížečů po kliknutí prostředním tlačítkem načte odkaz v " -"novém panelu. Jednuduše klikněte na odkaz prostředním tlačítkem a otevře se " -"nový panel. Pozor si dejte ve Firefoxu, pokud se v něm netrefíte " -"středním tlačítkem na odkaz, vybraný text se na odkaz změní." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11344,13 +11304,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Některé specializované aplikace využívají prostřední tlačítko pro určité " -"funkce. Podívejte se do nápovědy programu na prostřední klik nebo " -"prostřední tlačítko." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11374,8 +11331,13 @@ "ovládat pomocí numerického bloku na klávesnici. Tato funkce se nazývá " "myš z klávesnice." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -11384,7 +11346,7 @@ "otevření nabídky Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11393,22 +11355,20 @@ "otevření nastavení." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Stiskněte klávesu Tab k vybrání záložky Dívání." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Použijte klávesu ← k přepnutí na záložku Ukazování a " -"klikání." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11417,7 +11377,7 @@ "a potvrďte Enterem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11426,90 +11386,277 @@ "kurzorem pomocí klávesnice." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Tento postup popisuje nejrychlejší cestu k povolení myši z klávesnice pouze " -"za pomoci klávesnice. Vyberte Nastavení usnadnění přístupu pro " -"detailní nastavení." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Numerický blok jsou číselné klávesy na klávesnici, obvykle uspořádané do " -"obdélníkové mřížky. Pokud máte klávesnici bez numerického bloku (například " -"na notebooku), bude nutné použít klávesu Fn v kombinaci s " -"nějakými jinými. Pokud tuto funkci používáte často, zvažte zakoupení " -"externího numerického bloku." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Každé číslo na numerickém bloku odpovídá směru myši. například stisknutí " -"8 posune kurzor nahoru a 2 dolů. Stisknutím klávesy " -"5 kliknete jednou, dvakrát rychle za sebou vygeneruje dvojklik." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Většina klávesnic má zvláštní klávesu pro vyvolání pravého tlačítka myši; " -"většinou se nachází vedle mezerníku. Ovšem vyvolá menu tam, kde je aktivní " -"klávesnice nezávisle na pozici kurzoru myši. Viz pravé tlačítko pro podrobnosti o klikáním pravým tlačítem " -"pomocí klávesy 5 nebo levým tlačítkem myši." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Chcete-li psát čísla a zároveň ovládat pomocí numerického bloku myš, zapněte " -"Num Lock. Pokud je Num Lock zapnutý, je funkce pohybu " -"myši dočasně vypnuta." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Čísledné klávesy na horní straně klávesnice nelze použít pro ovládání myši. " -"takto lze použít pouze čísla na numerickém bloku." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Jak zkontrolovat funkčnost myši." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "Kurzor myši se nepohybuje" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Chcete-li psát čísla a zároveň ovládat pomocí numerického bloku myš, zapněte " +"Num Lock. Pokud je Num Lock zapnutý, je funkce pohybu " +"myši dočasně vypnuta." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Čísledné klávesy na horní straně klávesnice nelze použít pro ovládání myši. " +"takto lze použít pouze čísla na numerickém bloku." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Jak zkontrolovat funkčnost myši." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "Kurzor myši se nepohybuje" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" msgstr "Ujistěte se, že je myš připojena" @@ -11725,14 +11872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -11741,8 +11888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -11762,90 +11908,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Pomocí touchpadu můžete klikat, dvojklikat, přesouvat a rolovat obsah bez " -"pomoci jiných kláves." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Pro kliknutí klepněte na touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Pro dvojklik klepněte dvakrát." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Pro přetažení klepněte dvakrát ale po druhém klepnutí nezvedejte prst. " -"Přetáhněte položku kam si přejete a poté zvedněte prst." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Pokud váš touchpad podporuje gesta za použití více prstů, můžete vyvolat " -"pravý klik klepnutím dvěma prsty najednou. Jinak budete muset pro pravé " -"kliknutí použít hardwarová tlačítka. Pro informace o možnosti vyvolání " -"pravého kliknutí bez použití myši navštivte ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Pokud váš touchpad podporuje gesta za použití více prstů, můžete vyvolat " -"kliknutí prostředním tlačítkem " -"klepnutím třemi prsty najednou." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Při klikání nebo přetahování pomocí více prstů se ujistěte, že jsou " -"rozprostřeny dostatečně daleko od sebe. Pokud budou vaše prsty příliš blízko " -"u sebe, může si počítač myslet, že se jedná o jeden prst." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Posouvání dvěma prsty" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Pousouvání pomocí dvou prstů na touchpadu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" "V sekci Touchpad vyberte Posunování dvěma prsty." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -11856,31 +11983,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Skrolování dvěma prsty nemusí fungovat na všech touchpadech." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Přilepení obsahu na prsty" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12356,8 +12483,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Přidávání, mazání a přejmenovávání záložek ve správci souborů." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -12366,70 +12493,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Přidání záložky:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Otevřete složku (nebo umístění), které si přejete přidat do záložek." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Smazání záložky:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Přejmenování záložky:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Do pole Název napište nové jméno pro záložku." - #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13001,7 +13129,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Umístění" @@ -13204,7 +13332,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Žádné" @@ -13351,17 +13479,17 @@ "projektů." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Oprávnění" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Zobrazí oprávnění pro přístup k souboru, např. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -13370,7 +13498,7 @@ "soubor a d znamená adresář (složka)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -13379,7 +13507,7 @@ "daný soubor vlastní." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -13388,7 +13516,7 @@ "skupiny, která daný soubor vlastní." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -13397,42 +13525,42 @@ "ostatní uživatele v systému." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Znaky mají následující význam:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r: Oprávnění ke čtení." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w: Oprávnění k zápisu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x: Oprávnění ke spouštění." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "-: Žádné oprávnění" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Typ MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Zobrazí MIME typ položky" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Cesta k umístění souboru." @@ -13719,12 +13847,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -13737,7 +13864,7 @@ msgstr "Dokumentační tým Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Webové prohlížeče" @@ -14052,8 +14179,8 @@ "výchozí webový prohlížeč:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14062,7 +14189,7 @@ "Vychozí aplikace." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14071,7 +14198,7 @@ "odkazy." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14112,7 +14239,7 @@ "spustí ta špatná. To můžete opravit změnou výchozí aplikace." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14222,7 +14349,7 @@ msgstr "Zjištění vnitřní (síťové) IP adresy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14230,18 +14357,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Vaše interní IP adresa bude zobrazena na seznamu informací." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Zjištění externí (internetové) IP adresy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -14250,12 +14377,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Na stránce bude zobrazena vaše externí IP adresa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -14266,41 +14393,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Můžete řídit, které programy mohou přistupovat na internet. To pomáhá udržet " -"počítač v bezpečí." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Povolit nebo zakázat firewall." +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu je vybavené Jednoduchým Firewallem (ufw) ale " -"není ve výchozím nastavení zapnutý, protože Ubuntu nemá žádné síťové služby " -"(vyjma základní infrastruktury). Díky tomu není třeba blokovat příchozí " -"spojení." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Pro další informace o použití ufw navštivte online " -"dokumentaci." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -14311,10 +14430,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Firewall můžete zapnout příkazem sudo ufw enable. Vypnete jej " -"příkazem sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -14327,14 +14444,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -14344,7 +14461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -14352,12 +14469,12 @@ "Pro ověření aktuálního stavu ufw použijte příkaz sudo ufw status." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Použití ufw bez terminálu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -14368,7 +14485,7 @@ "odkaz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -14636,30 +14753,28 @@ msgstr "Síťování - tipy a triky" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Pro prohlížení stránek jako YouTube a dalších, které zobrazují videa nebo " -"interaktivní stránky, můžete potřebovat zásuvný modul Flash." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Instalace zásuvného modulu Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -14669,63 +14784,106 @@ "bude daná stránka informovat jednoduchou zprávou. Flash je dostupný zdarma " "(ale nemá otevřený zdrojový kód) pro většinu webových prohlížečů." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Instalace Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Pokud máte otevřený nějaký webový prohlížeč, zavřete jej a znovu spusťte. " -"Webový prohlížeč by měl automaticky detekovat, že je Flash nainstalován a " -"měli byste být schopni prohlížet obsah pomocí technologie Flash." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Zprovoznění webových stránek vyžadujících technologii Java" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Instalace zásuvného modulu Java" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Některé webové stránky obsahují malé Javové programy, které pro " -"svůj běh vyžadují zásuvný modul Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Pro možnost spouštění Java programů ve svém prohlížeči, nainstalujte balík icedtea6-plugin." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -14998,6 +15156,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Klikněte na Přidat." @@ -15241,11 +15400,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Potíže s bezdrátovým " -"připojením, hledání WiFi sítí…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -15292,7 +15449,7 @@ msgstr "Změnit nastavení proxy." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -15301,13 +15458,13 @@ "levé části okna." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "Vyberte si jakou metodu chcete použít." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -15315,13 +15472,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Ruční" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -15332,19 +15489,19 @@ "SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatické" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -15879,10 +16036,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -15908,61 +16065,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Váš počítač můžete použít jako přístupový bod pro ostatní zařízení. Tato " -"zařízení pak mohou sdílet internetové připojení, ať už po kabelu nebo " -"bezdrátem." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Otevřte Síť a vlevo vyberte Bezdrátové." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Klikněte na Vytvořit přístupový bod." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Pokud již jste připojeni k nějaké bezdrátové síti, budete dotázání zda se od " -"ní chcete odpojit. Jedna WiFi karta může být buď připojena, nebo může " -"připojení nabízet, ale nemůže to dělat najednou. Potvrďte kliknutím na " -"Vytvořit přístupový bod" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Název sítě (SSID) a bezpečnostní klíč budou automaticky vygenerovány. Název " -"sítě je založen na názvu počítače. Ostatní zařízení potřebují tyto inforamce " -"pro korektní připojení k vytvořené síti." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Klikněte na nabídku sítě na horním panelu a zrušte výběr Povolit bezdrátové." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Vypnout bezdrátové připojení (reřim Letadlo)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -15974,34 +16121,26 @@ "zařízení." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Klikněte na menu Sít a odškrtněte Povolit bezdrátová. " -"Tímto vypnete všechna bezdrátová připojení. Zaškrtnutím opět zařízení " -"zapnete." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Pro opětovné připojení kllikněte na menu Síť a vyberte " -"Povolit bezdrátová." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Notebook stále může komunikovat pokud nevypnete Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16036,11 +16175,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Klikněte na nabídku sítí na horním panelu a vyberte " -"síť, ke které se chcete připojit." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -16242,28 +16379,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "Co zanmenají volby při úpravě vlastností bezdrátového připojení." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Úprava bezdrátových připojení" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Tato sekce popisuje volby, které máte k dispozici při úpravě připojení k " -"bezdrátové síti. Chcete-li upravit připojení, klikněte na menu sítě a " -"vyberte Upravit připojení." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -16273,17 +16407,17 @@ "měnit. Mnoho voleb je určeno pro pokročilou správu připojení k síti." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Dostupné pro všechny uživatele / Připojit se automaticky" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Automaticky připojit" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -16292,60 +16426,50 @@ "bezdrátové síti kdykoli, když je v dosahu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Pokud je v dosahu více než jedna bezdrátová síť s nastaveným automatickým " -"připojením, počítač se připojí k té, která se jako první objeví. Pokud se " -"taková síť v dosahu objeví nově (například byla předtím vypnutá), tak se " -"stávající připojení nepřeruší." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Dostupné pro všechny uživatele" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Zaškrtněte tuto volbu pokud chcete nastavit připojení pro všechny uživatele. " -"Pokud je síť šifrovaná pomocí WEP nebo " -"WPA, bude stačit zadat heslo pouze jednou. Všichni uživatelé tohoto " -"počítače se pak budou moci připojit i bez znalosti hesla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Po zašrtnutí této volby bude ke každé úpravě nastavení této sítě potřeba " -"zadat administrátorské heslo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Bezdrátová síť" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -16356,12 +16480,12 @@ "Neměňte ho pokud zároveň neměníte i název sítě na vysílači nebo routeru." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Režim" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -16372,53 +16496,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Pokud vyberete Ad-hoc, budete muset zadat další dvě volby: " -"Skupina (Band) a Kanál (Kanál). Tyto volby ovlivňují " -"frekvenci na které WiFi síť bude dostupná. Některé počítače se umí připojit " -"jenom na určité skupiny (například pouze A neboB/G), " -"takže použijte takové nastavení, aby se všechny počítače mohly připojit. Na " -"zarušených místech může více sítí sdílet stejný kanál, toto zpomaluje " -"připojení, takže si raději vyberte nějaký volný." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Toto je Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (viz výše) je lidsky " -"čitelný název bezdrátové sítě; BSSID je název kterému rozumí počítače " -"(řetězec čísel a písmen který by měl být jedinečný pro každou síť). Pokud je " -"síť skrytá, nebude mít SSID ale " -"pouze BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "MAC adresa zařízení" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -16431,38 +16543,34 @@ "adresu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "Tato volba může být použita ke změně MAC adresy vaší síťové karty." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Klonovaná MAC adresa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Síťový hardware může mít i jinou MAC adresu. To je užitečné když cílová " -"služba komunikuje pouze s určitými MAC adresami. Pokud zadáte MAC adresu do " -"pole stínová MAC adresa, služba si bude myslet že máte tuto " -"stínovou nikoli reálnou MAC adresu." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -16478,51 +16586,45 @@ "rychlosti sítě. V zásadě není důvod toto nastavení měnit." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Bezdrátové zabezpečení" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Zabezpečení" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Toto nastavení určuje jaký typ šifrování se má na bezdrátové síti " -"použít. Šifrovaná spojení pomáhají chránit vaše soukromí před odposlechem a " -"zjišťováním, které stránky navštěvujete." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Některé typy šifrování jsou silnější než jiné, ale nemusí být podporovány " -"starými zařízeními. Běžně musíte zadat heslo pro připojení, sofistikovanější " -"metody vyžadují navíc uživatelské jméno nebo certifikát. Viz zabezpečení " -"pomocí WEP a WPA." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Nastavení IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -16532,17 +16634,17 @@ "serverech. Změnou Metody určite volby které bude třeba nastavit." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Následující metody jsou dostupné:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automaticky (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -16556,36 +16658,32 @@ "bude počítač automaticky správně nastaven. Většina sítí DHCP používá." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automaticky (DHCP) pouze adresy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Pokud vyberete tuto možnost, IPHCP serveru, ale DNS si budete muset nastavit " -"ručně." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Vyberte tuto možnost pokud chcete nastavit všechny volby ručně, včetně IP " -"adresy kterou má počítač použít." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Pouze Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -16600,37 +16698,41 @@ "několik málo počítačů." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Zakázáno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Tato volba zakáže připojení a zamezí jeho použití. Povšimněte si, že je " -"oddělené nastavení IPv4 a IPv6 ikdyž jsou definovány " -"na stejné síťové kartě. Pokud máte jedno z nich povolené, pravděpodobně " -"chcete mít to druhé zakázané." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Nastavení IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" -"Toto je podobné IPv4 kromě toho, že pracuje na novějším " -"standardu. Nejnovější sítě používají IPv6, ale IPv4 je mnohem rozšířenější." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -16709,23 +16811,19 @@ "hidden\">připojovat jiným způsobem." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Klikněte na nabídku sítí na horním panelu a vyberte Připojit " -"se ke skryté bezdrátové síti." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Připojení k skryté bezdrátové síti" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -16738,6 +16836,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -16745,7 +16850,7 @@ "klikněte na Připojit." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -16757,14 +16862,14 @@ "vypadá nějak takhle: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "Také si zjistěte nastavení zabezpečení; hledejte zkratky WEP a WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -16959,7 +17064,7 @@ msgstr "Provedení výchozí kontroly vašeho modemu a routeru" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -16970,12 +17075,12 @@ "kroky tohoto průvodce." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Používání příkazového řádku" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -16986,7 +17091,7 @@ "Dash." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18250,12 +18355,12 @@ "například v tašce." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "V části Hardware vyberte Napájení." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -18409,11 +18514,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Do terminálu napište sudo pm-hibernate a stiskněte " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -18455,11 +18558,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Pokud test hibernace funguje, můžete spustit příkaz sudo pm-" -"hibernate vždy když budete chtít počítač hibernovat." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -18569,50 +18670,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "Proč se počítač vypíná při dosažení 10% kapacity baterie?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Když je baterie nabitá příliš málo, počítač se automaticky uspí. Tím se zajistí, že se baterie kompletně " -"nevybije, její vybití ji ničí. Pokud se baterie úplně vybije, počítač se " -"nestihne korektně vypnout." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Některé počítače mají problém s uspáváním a nejsou schopné se probudit, " -"takže musíte vaše data a aplikace otevřít znovu po zapnutí počítače. V " -"takovém případě je možné že nějaká data ztratíte pokud si je předtím " -"neuložíte. Zkuste si opravit problém s " -"uspáváním." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -18646,26 +18716,17 @@ "Pokud se vám toto stane, zkuste bezdrátovou síť vypnout a zase zapnout:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " -"systému." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Klikněte na Síť a vyberte Bezdrátové" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Vypněte a znovu zapměte bezdrátovou síť" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -18673,7 +18734,7 @@ "Pokud síť stále nefunguje, vypněte bezdrát a znovu ho zapněte." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -19018,7 +19079,7 @@ msgstr "Ztmavování můžete zakákat takto:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -19176,7 +19237,7 @@ "angličtinou, můžete ovšem přidat další jazyky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -19184,21 +19245,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -19209,7 +19270,7 @@ "správcovského účtu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -19217,8 +19278,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -19279,7 +19340,9 @@ msgstr "Nastavení" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Nastavení tiskárny" @@ -19296,8 +19359,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Nedetekované tiskárny, zmatky v papírech, divné tisky..." +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -19411,7 +19475,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -19893,7 +19956,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Otevřte Tiskárny." @@ -19933,77 +19996,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Nastavení tiskárny připojené k vašemu počítači." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Nastavení místní tiskárny" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Váš systém umí automaticky rozpoznat mnoho druhů tiskáren okamžitě po " -"připojení. Většina tiskáren se do počítače připojuje pomocí USB kabelu." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Ujistěte se, že je tiskárna zapojena." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Pomocí správného kabelu připojte tiskárnu do vašeho počítače. Je možné, že " -"na obrazovce uvidíte průběh vyhledávání ovladačů pro vaši novou tiskárnu a " -"systém vás může požádat o ověření vyžadované pro jejich instalaci." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Pokud vaše tiskárna nebyla nastavena automaticky, můžete ji přidat v dialogu " -"nastavení tiskáren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Klikněte na Přidat a v okně Zařízení vyberte vaši tiskárnu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Klikněte na Vpřed a vyčkejte na vyhledání ovladačů." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -20012,7 +20061,7 @@ "umístění. Po dokončení úprav klikněte na Použít." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -20020,24 +20069,69 @@ "a tento krok přeskočit." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Pokud je pro vaši tiskárnu k dispozici více ovladačů, je možné, že budete " -"požádání o výběr ovladače. Pro vybrání doporučeného ovladače jednoduše na " -"obrazovce s výrobci a modely klikněte na Vpřed." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Ujistěte se, že je tiskárna zapojena." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Poté, co nainstalujete novou tiskárnu, možná budete chtít změnit svou výchozí tiskárnu." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -20215,17 +20309,17 @@ "vyplnit tři věci:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Co jste očekávali, že se stane" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Co se ve skutečnosti stalo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -20234,7 +20328,7 @@ "the program\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -20243,7 +20337,7 @@ "bude chyba řešena. Děkujeme že pomáháte Ubuntu vylepšovat!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -20255,7 +20349,7 @@ "nainstalovaný z repozitářů. Pro takové programy nelze tento nástroj použít." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Uložit." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -20369,7 +20549,7 @@ "země a potřeb." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -20378,7 +20558,7 @@ "formáty." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -20389,17 +20569,16 @@ "jazyka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Aby se tyto změny projevily, musíte odhlásit a znovu přihlásit. Klikněte na " -"ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Odhlásit." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -20411,12 +20590,12 @@ "dne v týdnu." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Změna formátu systému" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -20427,19 +20606,19 @@ "obrazovky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Změňte nastavení, viz výše" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Klikněte na Uplatnit v rámci celého systému." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -20466,12 +20645,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Klikněte na Jazyková podpora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -20480,17 +20659,16 @@ "přetáhněte vybraný jazyk nahoru." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Aby se změna jazyka projevila, musíte odhlásit a znovu přihlásit. Klikněte " -"na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Odhlásit." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -20507,12 +20685,12 @@ "trvale, měli byste nechat jména těchto složek změnit." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Změna systémového jazyka" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -20523,7 +20701,7 @@ "jazyk používaný na místech jako je přihlašovací obrazovka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Změňte nastavení jazyka tak, jak je popsáno výše." @@ -20560,18 +20738,18 @@ msgstr "Pro delší dobu čekání před automatickým uzamčením obrazovky:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Vyberte Jas a zamykání." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Změňte hodnotu v rozbalovací nabídce Zamknou obrazovku po." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -20805,14 +20983,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -20821,14 +20999,14 @@ "tlačítkem myši a vybrat Přidat do Launcheru." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -20881,23 +21059,20 @@ "přihlásíte, vše zůstane tak, jak jste to zanechali." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Pro odhlášení nebo přepnutí uživatele klikněte na systémovou nabídku zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte " -"patřičnou položku." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Uzamčení obrazovky" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -20911,33 +21086,32 @@ "obrazovku neuzamknete, automaticky se uzamkne po uplynutí určité doby." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Pro uzamčení obrazovky klikněte na systémovou nabídku v horním " -"panelu a vyberte Uzamknout obrazovku." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Když je vaše obrazovka uzamčena, ostatní uživatelé se mohou přihlásit ke " -"svým účtům, pokud v dialogu pro zadání hesla zvolí Přepnout " -"uživatele. Poté, co skončí, můžete se přepnout zpět do svého " -"prostředí." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Uspávání" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -20951,30 +21125,29 @@ "velmi málo energie." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Chcete-li uspat počítač ručně, klikněte na systémové menu a vyberte " -"Uspat do paměti" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Vypnutí nebo restartování" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Pokud chcete počítač zcela vypnout nebo provést úplný restart, klikněte na " -"systémovou nabídku a vyberte Vypnout." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -21570,12 +21743,12 @@ msgstr "U okno není možné změnit velikost pokud je maximalizované." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Pro horizontální a/nebo vertikální změnu velikosti okna:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -21584,12 +21757,12 @@ "a tahem můžete změnit velikost okna." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Pro změnu pouze v horizontálním směru:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -21598,12 +21771,12 @@ "kurzor'. Kliknutím a tahem můžete změnit velikost okna v jednom směru." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Pro změnu pouze ve vertikálním směru:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -21613,17 +21786,17 @@ "kurzor'. Kliknutím a tahem můžete změnit velikost okna v jednom směru." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Rozmístění oken na pracovní ploše" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Pro umístění dvou oken vedle sebe:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -21635,7 +21808,7 @@ "Pusťte myš a okno vyplní polovinu obrazovky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -21644,7 +21817,7 @@ "pusťte ho. Obě okna vyplní polovinu obrazovky." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -21698,11 +21871,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Z klávesnice" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -21711,52 +21884,41 @@ "AltTab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." -msgstr "Uvolněním Alt vyberete aktuálně označené okno." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Za stálého držení klávesy Alt mačkejte klávesu Tab. V " -"cyklu se budou vybírat všechny otevřené aplikace. Stisknutím " -"ShiftTab se vybere předchozí okno." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Okna v přepínači jsou seskupena dle aplikací které je vyvolaly. Náhledy " -"aplikací s více okny se zobrazují během procházení." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Mezi ikonami aplikací se také můžete pohybovat pomocí šipek → a " -"← nebo si můžete vybrat kliknutím myši." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Náhledy aplikací s jedním oknem můžete zobrazit klávesou ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -21768,8 +21930,13 @@ "ploch podržte klávesy Ctrl a Alt a poté stiskněte " "Tab nebo ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -21779,7 +21946,7 @@ "key\">SuperW se zobrazí náhledy všech oken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Klikněte na okno, na které si přejete přepnout." @@ -21975,19 +22142,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -21996,12 +22163,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Změna počtu pracovních ploch" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -22010,7 +22177,7 @@ "Terminál." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22019,7 +22186,7 @@ "podle toho, kolik řádků si přejete nastavit. Stiskněte Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22822,7 +22989,7 @@ msgstr "Vkládání speciálních znaků" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -22833,17 +23000,17 @@ "možnosti pro vkládání speciálních znaků." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Metody pro vkládání znaků" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa znaků" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -22854,7 +23021,7 @@ "jej překopírujte kamkoli chcete." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the compose poté ' a poté e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -22888,43 +23055,46 @@ "některou z existujících kláves tak, aby se chovala jako compose." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Nastavení klávesy compose" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Klikněte na Rozložení klávesnice." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Klikněte na Možnosti." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Nalezněte část Umístění klávesy Compose. Vyberte klávesu nebo " -"klávesy, které si přejete použít jako compose. Můžete použít klávesy jako " -"Caps Lock, některou z kláves Alt nebo klávesu pro " -"zobrazení nabídky. Jakoukoli klávesa, kterou vyberete, se poté bude chovat " -"jako compose a již nebude sloužit ke svému původnímu účelu." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "Pomocí klávesy compose můžete psát mnoho běžných znaků, například:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -22934,7 +23104,7 @@ "umístit." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -22944,7 +23114,7 @@ "znaménko umístit." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -22954,7 +23124,7 @@ "znaménko umístit." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -22964,7 +23134,7 @@ "znaménko umístit." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see tuto stránku na Wikipedii." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Numerické vyjádření" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -22995,7 +23165,7 @@ "je kód za U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -23006,12 +23176,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -23765,37 +23935,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "V sekci Osobní klikněte na Vzhled." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Přepněte se na panel ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Zapněte Automaticky skrývat Launcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -23824,12 +23986,12 @@ "můžete naopak zvětšit, aby se na ně dalo snadněji kliknout." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Klikněte na Vzhled." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -23838,7 +24000,7 @@ "zvětšení velikosti ikon Launcheru." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Výchozí velikost ikon pro Launcher je 48." @@ -23935,31 +24097,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "spuštění aplikace nebo otevření dokumentu, adresáře nebo zařízení" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "ukončení běžící aplikace" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -23968,7 +24130,7 @@ "nebo oken" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -24102,32 +24264,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Notifikační applety" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -24139,17 +24301,34 @@ "jsou na dostupném místě a můžte pomocí nich kontrolovat a měnit stav " "počítače a aplikací." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Seznam appletů a jejich funkcí" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Některé ikony používané na hlavním panelu se mění podle stavu aplikace." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Další programy jako například Tomboy nebo Transmission " +"mohou také umístit ikonu do oblasti indikátorů v hlavním panelu." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Seznam appletů a jejich funkcí" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -24157,14 +24336,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -24179,7 +24358,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -24187,28 +24366,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -24222,7 +24401,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -24230,14 +24409,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -24250,21 +24429,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -24277,7 +24456,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -24285,14 +24464,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -24303,38 +24482,26 @@ "jako Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Hodiny" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -24345,23 +24512,6 @@ "uzamčení obrazovky, odhlašování, uspávání a vypínání nebo restartování " "počítače." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Některé ikony používané na hlavním panelu se mění podle stavu aplikace." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Další programy jako například Tomboy nebo Transmission " -"mohou také umístit ikonu do oblasti indikátorů v hlavním panelu." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -24470,37 +24620,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -26074,7 +26198,7 @@ msgstr "Dolní část panelu obsahuje detaily a nastavení pro stylus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -26085,7 +26209,7 @@ "a Tvrdě." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -26099,7 +26223,7 @@ "nahoru, posunout dolů, posunout doleva, posunout doprava, zpět, dopředu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -26108,11 +26232,11 @@ "\"pocitu\" mezi lehkým a těžkým přítlakem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -26177,6 +26301,25 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Klikněte na Rozložení klávesnice." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Klikněte na Možnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nalezněte část Umístění klávesy Compose. Vyberte klávesu nebo " +#~ "klávesy, které si přejete použít jako compose. Můžete použít klávesy jako " +#~ "Caps Lock, některou z kláves Alt nebo klávesu pro " +#~ "zobrazení nabídky. Jakoukoli klávesa, kterou vyberete, se poté bude chovat " +#~ "jako compose a již nebude sloužit ke svému původnímu účelu." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -26226,6 +26369,72 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte " +#~ "Nastavení systému." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Přidáním účtu docílíte propojení online účtů se svým Ubuntu. Email, chat a " +#~ "další související aplikace pro vás budou nastaveny." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Vyberte Typ účtu z pravého panelu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jestliže chcete nastavit více účtů, budete tento proces muset později " +#~ "opakovat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otevře se menší okno s webovým rozhraním, kam můžete zadat přihlašovací " +#~ "údaje online účtu. Jestliže nastavujete například Google účet, zadejte " +#~ "uživatelské jméno, heslo a přihlaste se." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jestliže zadáte přihlašovací údaje správně, budete vyzváni k potvrzení " +#~ "podmínek použití. Vyberte Potvrdit pro pokračování. Jakmile dojde " +#~ "ke schválení, Ubuntu bude potřebovat příslušná práva pro přístup k danému " +#~ "účtu. Pro povolení přítupu klikněte na tlačítko Povolit přístup. " +#~ "Budete-li požádáni, zadejte své uživatelské heslo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyní můžete vybrat aplikace, které budou propojeny s vaším online účtem. " +#~ "Chcete-li například používat online účet pro chat, ale nechcete-li ho " +#~ "používat pro kalendář, vypněte volbu kalendář." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Z bezpečnostních důvodů Ubuntu neukládá hesla na váš počítač. Místo toho " +#~ "ukládá token poskytovaný online službou. Pokud chcete úplně zrušit propojení " +#~ "počítače s online službou, odstraňte " +#~ "ji." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26265,6 +26474,30 @@ #~ "Použití Centra softwaru pro Ubuntu pro instalaci programů a zlepšení práce s " #~ "Ubuntu" +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalace dodatečného softwaru" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vývojářský tým Ubuntu vybral výchozí sadu aplikací, o níž si myslí, že je " +#~ "nejvhodnější pro každodenní použití Ubuntu. Nicméně je velice pravděpodobné, " +#~ "že si budete chtít nainstalovat další software vhodný pro vás." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Pro instalaci dalšího softwaru proveďte následující kroky:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Připojte se k Internetu pomocí bezdrátového nebo drátového připojení." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -26281,12 +26514,59 @@ #~ "a vyhledejte aplikaci ze seznamu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vyberte aplikaci, která se vám líbí a klikněte na Nainstalovat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Budete požádání o zadání svého hesla. Jakmile to učiníte, začne instalace." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalace je obvykle rychlá, ale pokud máte pomalé připojení k Internetu, " +#~ "může trvat déle." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spouštěč vaší nové aplikace se objeví v Launcheru. Pokud vám toto chování " +#~ "nevyhovuje, můžete jej pomocí nabídky ZobrazeníNové " +#~ "aplikace v Launcheru vypnout." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Přidání PPA zdrojů pro testování vývojových verzí nebo speciálního softwaru" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPA) jsou zdroje softwaru určené pro " +#~ "uživatele Ubuntu, spravují a přidávají se snáze nž jiná zdroje softwaru " +#~ "třetích stran." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Kliněte na Přidat a zadejte umístění ppa:." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Uzavřete okno Zdroje softwaru. Centrum softwaru pro Ubuntu poté automaticky " #~ "zkontroluje zdroje kvůli novému softwaru." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Odstranění softwaru, který již nepotřebujete." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -26302,6 +26582,26 @@ #~ "v horní části aplikace." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Je možné, že budete požádání o zadání hesla. Poté, co tak učiníte, aplikace " +#~ "bude odstraněna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Přidání dalších zdrojů softwaru pro rozšíření zdrojů, které Ubuntu používá " +#~ "pro instalace a aktualizace." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Přidání dalších zdrojů softwaru" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Přidávání dalších zdrojů" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26351,6 +26651,18 @@ #~ "softwaru. Chvíli počkejte a Centrum software pro Ubuntu stáhne informace o " #~ "repozitáři." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalovat, odebrat, extra " +#~ "repozitáře…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Přidat & odstranit software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese není obsažen v základní instalaci Ubuntu. Pro instalaci Cheese:" @@ -26385,6 +26697,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Abyste mohli číst nápovědu k programu Cheese, musíte jej napřed nainstalovat." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB klíčenka (malá kapacita)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -26408,6 +26723,22 @@ #~ "Je třeba pouze zapnout Viditelnost pokud se chcete připojit k " #~ "tomuto počítači z jiného zařízení. Viz ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Stažením referenčního souboru barev od společnosti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Požití barvy výrobce pro vygenerování profilu tiskárny je obvykle " +#~ "nejlevnější volba, pokud máte pouze jeden nebo dva rozdílné typy papíru. " +#~ "Dražší možnost, je stáhnout referenční schéma ze stránek výrobce, poté " +#~ "poslat výtisk zpět výrobci, ti oskenují tento papír, vygenerují profil a " +#~ "zašlou vám zpět přesný ICC profil." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -26458,138 +26789,795 @@ #~ msgstr "Odškrtněte Nadcházející události z kalendáře Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ze seznamu Úložná zařízení vyberte disk, který chcete " -#~ "zkontrolovat. Informace a stav disku budou zobrazeny v části Disk." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Ve Stav SMART by mělo být napsáno \"Disk je zdravý\"." +#~ "Pokud si to později rozmyslíte, můžete hodiny vrátit tak, že kliknete na " +#~ "ikonu umístěnou zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberete Nastavení " +#~ "systému. V části Systém vyberte Datum a čas." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro podrobnější informace nebo spuštění autokontroly klikněte na tlačítko " -#~ "Data SMART." +#~ "Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " +#~ "systému." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro pokročilejší nástroj pro vypalování CD/DVD vyzkoušejte " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Spuštění testu na pevném disku pro zjištění jeho rychlosti." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Testování výkonu pevného disku" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Pro otestování rychlosti pevného disku:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pro více informací o možnostech Brasero navštivte uživatelskou příručku Brasero." +#~ "Z nabídky Dash otevřete aplikaci " +#~ "Disky." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." -#~ msgstr "Vypnutí touchpadu během psaní pro zabránění náhodného kliknutí" - -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Vypnutí touchpadu během psaní" +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Ze seznamu Diskové jednotky vyberte pevný disk." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Touchpady na přenosných počítačích jsou často umístěny na místě, kde se " -#~ "opíráte zápěstím při psaní, což může způsobit náhodné kliknutí v průběhu " -#~ "psaní. Můžete si nastavit vypnutí touchpadu během psaní. Touchpad bude znovu " -#~ "fungovat jen chvíli po stisknutí poslední klávesy." +#~ "Po dokončení testu se výsledky zobrazí v grafu. Zelené body a spojnice " +#~ "indikují odebrané vzorky; ty odpovídají pravé ose, zobrazující přístupový " +#~ "čas, vynesený proti spodní ose, která reprezentuje čas, uplynulý během " +#~ "měření. Modrá linie reprezentuje rychlost čtení, zatímco červená linie " +#~ "reprezentuje rychlost zápisu; tyto hodnoty jsou jako přístupové rychlosti " +#~ "dat na levé ose, vynesené proti procentu vyjadřujícímu, kolik disk urazil od " +#~ "okraje k vřetenu, podél spodní osy." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "V části Touchpad vyberte Vypnout touchpad při psaní." - -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Udává datum a čas, kdy byl soubor naposledy změněn." +#~ "Pod grafem jsou zobrazeny hodnoty pro minimální, maximální a průměrné " +#~ "hodnoty čtení a zápisu, průměrné přístupové časy a čas uplynulý od " +#~ "posledního testu." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud chcete nadstandardní bezpečnost nebo pokud chcete kontrolovat soubory, " -#~ "které sdílíte s ostatními lidmi používajícími Windows nebo Mac OS, můžete si " -#~ "stále antivirový program nainstalovat. V Centru softwaru pro " -#~ "Ubuntu je k dispozici hned několik takových programů." +#~ "Použijte Správce obsazení disku nebo Monitor systému " +#~ "ke zjištění kapacity disků." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Empathy je ve výchozí instalaci Ubuntu. Spusťte Internetový komunikátor " -#~ "Empathy z nabídky Dash, Launcheru nebo vyberte Chat " -#~ "z nabídky zpráv." +#~ "Kolik místa na disku zbývá můžete zjistit pomocí Analyzátoru využití " +#~ "disku nebo Sledování systému." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Kontrola pomocí Analyzátoru využití disku" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mnoho programů nabízí služby po síti. Například když sdílíte nějaký obsah " -#~ "nebo při použití Vzdálené plochy. V závislosti na to, jaké další programy " -#~ "máte nainstalovány, budete potřebovat nastavit firewall jim povolil spojení. " -#~ "UfW obsahuje mnoho předpřipravených pravidel. Například pro povolení " -#~ "SSH stačí do terminálu zadat sudo ufw allow ssh. K " -#~ "zablokování SSH stačí sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Ke kontrole volného místa na disku a kapacity disku použijte Analyzátor " +#~ "využití disku." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Každý program poskytující služby používá specificky síťový port. " -#~ "Pro povolení služby je nutné povolit k tomuto portu přístup ve firewallu. " -#~ "Pro povolení portu 53 stačí zadat sudo ufw allow 53 do terminálu. " -#~ "pro opětovné zablokování zadejte sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "V nástrojové liště si vyberte, zda se má Projít domovská složka, " +#~ "Projít souborový systém, Projít složku nebo " +#~ "Projít vzdálenou složku." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flash je zásuvný modul pro webový prohlížeč umožňující " -#~ "na některých stránkách sledování videa a prohlížení některých interaktivních " -#~ "webových stránek. Některé webové stránky dokonce nebudou bez Flash fungovat." +#~ "Informace se zobrazují ve vztahu k Adresáři, Zaplnění, " +#~ "Velikosti a Obsahu. Nápověda je dostupná ve Správci obsazení disku." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Kontrola pomocí Sledování systému" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Center." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klikněte na tento odkaz pro " -#~ "spuštění Centra softwaru." +#~ "Kontrola volného místa na disku a diskové kapacity pomocí Sledování " +#~ "systému:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Abyste se ujistili, že chcete nainstalovat Flash, přečtěte si informace a " -#~ "recenze." +#~ "Z nabídky Dash spusťte aplikaci Sledování systému." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " -#~ "Center window." +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pokud se rozhodnete nainstalovat Flash, klikněte na tlačítko " -#~ "Nainstalovat v okně Centra softwaru." +#~ "Pro přehled diskových oddílů a využití místa na disku přejděte na kartu " +#~ "Souborové systémy. Potřebné informace naleznete ve sloupcích " +#~ "Celkem, Volné, K dispozici a " +#~ "Použito." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Pokud je disk příliš zaplněn, měli byste:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Smazat soubory, které nejsou důležité nebo je již nebudete používat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Udělejte zálohy důležitých souborů, které " +#~ "nebudete delší dobu potřebovat a vymažte je z pevného disku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ze seznamu Úložná zařízení vyberte disk, který chcete " +#~ "zkontrolovat. Informace a stav disku budou zobrazeny v části Disk." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Ve Stav SMART by mělo být napsáno \"Disk je zdravý\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro podrobnější informace nebo spuštění autokontroly klikněte na tlačítko " +#~ "Data SMART." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud SMART stav hlásí, že disk není zdráv, nemusí to " +#~ "být důvod pro poplach. Ačkoli je lepší být připraven a zálohováním předcházet ztrátě dat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud stav říká \"Před selháním\", disk je stále rozumně zdráv, ovšem byly " +#~ "detekovány známky opotřebení. Což znamená, že může selhat v blízké " +#~ "budoucnosti. Pokud je váš pevný disk (nebo počítač) několik let starý, " +#~ "pravděpodobně uvidíte tuto zprávu alespoň při několika kontrolách disku. V " +#~ "takovém případě je důležité pravidelně zálohovat " +#~ "důležitá data a kontrolovat disk pravidelně a pozorovat, zda se " +#~ "selhání zhoršují." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odstranění všech souborů a složek z externího disku nebo USB flash disku " +#~ "jejich formátování." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Kompletní smazání obsahu výměnného disku" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud máte vyměnitelný disk, jako je USB paměť nebo externí pevný disk, " +#~ "můžete si někdy přát kompletně vymazat všechny soubory a složky. Toto můžete " +#~ "udělat pomocí naformátování disku, což vymaže všechny soubory na " +#~ "disku a disk zanechá zcela prázdný." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formátování vyměnitelného disku" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zvolte disk, který chcete vymazat ze seznamu Úložná zařízení." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ujistěte se, že jste vybrali správný disk! Vyberete-li špatný disk, všechny " +#~ "soubory budou smazány!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V oddílu Svazky, klikněte na Odpojit svazek. Poté klikněte na " +#~ "Formátovat svazek." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ve zobrazeném okně vyberte Typ souborového systému pro disk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud používáte disk na počítačích s Windows a Mac OS vedle počítačů s " +#~ "Linuxem, zvolte FAT. Pokud používáte disk pouze na Windows, " +#~ "NTFS může být lepší volba. Stručný popis typ souborového " +#~ "systému bude zobrazen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zadejte název disku a klikněte na Formátovat pro započetí " +#~ "vymazání disku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jakmile je formátování dokončeno, bezpečně odeberte disk. Nyní by " +#~ "měl být prázdný a připraven pro opětovné použití." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formátování disku nesmaže data zcela bezpečně" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formátování disku není zcela bezpečný způsob mazání všech dat. Na " +#~ "zformátovaném disku se neobjeví žádné soubory, avšak je možné, že nějaký " +#~ "speciální software dokáže obnovit tyto soubory. Pokud potřebujete bezpečně " +#~ "smazat soubory, budete potřebovat nástroj příkazové řádky, jako je " +#~ "shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vysvětlení, co jsou to svazky a oddíly a jak používat diskový nástroj pro " +#~ "jejich správu." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prohlížení a správa disků a diskových oddílů pomocí diskového nástroje" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "S diskovým nástrojem můžete kontrolovat a měnit svazky v počítači." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otevřete Dash a spusťte aplikaci Diskový nástroj." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V podokně označeném jako Úložná zařízení najdete pevné disky, " +#~ "CD/DVD jednotky a další fyzická zařízení. Klikněte na zařízení, které chcete " +#~ "prozkoumat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V pravém podokně, nazvaném jako Svazky , které poskytuje vizuální " +#~ "rozčlenění svazků a jednotek dostupných na zvoleném zařízení. Obsahuje také " +#~ "několik různých nástrojů používaných ke správě těchto svazků." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buďte opatrní, s těmito nástroji je možné kompletně odstranit všechna data " +#~ "na disku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jeden oddíl musí obsahovat informaci, že je používán pro start počítače nebo " +#~ "tzv. boot. Z tohoto důvodu se někdy nazývá bootovací oddíl, nebo " +#~ "bootovací svazek. Pro určení, zda je svazek bootovatelný se podívejte do " +#~ "Příznaky oddílu v diskovém nástroji. Externí média jako je USB " +#~ "paměť nebo CD mohou také obsahovat bootovatelný svazek." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ujistěte se, že je Zamknout zašktnuto a poté vyberte odpočet z " +#~ "rozbalovacího seznamu. Obrazovka se automaticky zamkne po vybrané době " +#~ "nečinnosti. Vybráním Při vypnutí monitoru se bude obrazovka " +#~ "zamykat při automatickém vypnutí. Odpočet pro automatické vypnutí lze změnit " +#~ "v rozbaloacím seznamu Vypnout display po době nečinnosti." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro pokročilejší nástroj pro vypalování CD/DVD vyzkoušejte " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro více informací o možnostech Brasero navštivte uživatelskou příručku Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vyhledání souborů na základě názvu nebo typu. Výsledky lze uložit pro " +#~ "pozdější použití." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Soubory můžete prohledávat dle názvu přímo ve správci souborů. Dokonce si " +#~ "můžete výsledky vyhledávání ukládat, poté se zobrazí ve speciálním adresáři " +#~ "ve vašem domovském adresáři." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Otevřete správce souborů" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud víte, že soubory, které hledáte, jsou v určité složce, přejděte do " +#~ "této složky." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na ikonu lupy v panelu nástrojů nebo stiskněte " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Výsledky lze zúžit pomocí umístění nebo typu souboru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ve správci souborů můžete nalezené soubory otevírat, kopírovat, přesouvat či " +#~ "jinak s nimi pracovat stejně jako s jinými adresáři." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte znovu na ikonu lupy v panelu nástrojů pro ukončení vyhledávání a " +#~ "návratu do adresáře." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud často hledáte stejné věci, můžete si dané vyhledávání pro urychlení " +#~ "uložit." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Uložení vyhledávání" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Začněte vyhledávání stejně jako výše." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vyberte pro vyhledávání jméno a klikněte na Uložit. Pokud chcete, " +#~ "můžete vybrat jinou složku pro uložení vyhledávání. Když budete danou složku " +#~ "procházet, uložené vyhledávání bude vypadat jako oranžová ikona složky s " +#~ "lupou." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Výsledky vyhledávání můžete po skončení práce jednoduše smazat jako jiné soubory. Při smazání vyhledávání se " +#~ "nesmažou soubory které vyhledávání odpovídají." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro nápravu klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte " +#~ "Nastavení systému. V části Hardware vyberte Displeje. " +#~ "Z nabízených Rozlišení vyberte takové, při jehož volbě vypadá " +#~ "obrazovka v pořádku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " +#~ "systému. Otevřete gui>Displeje." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " +#~ "systému." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "Vypnutí touchpadu během psaní pro zabránění náhodného kliknutí" + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Vypnutí touchpadu během psaní" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Touchpady na přenosných počítačích jsou často umístěny na místě, kde se " +#~ "opíráte zápěstím při psaní, což může způsobit náhodné kliknutí v průběhu " +#~ "psaní. Můžete si nastavit vypnutí touchpadu během psaní. Touchpad bude znovu " +#~ "fungovat jen chvíli po stisknutí poslední klávesy." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V části Touchpad vyberte Vypnout touchpad při psaní." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mnoho myší a některé touchpady mají prostřední tlačítko. Na myši s rolovacím " +#~ "kolečkem obvykle jeho stlačení funguje jako kliknutí prostředním tlačíkem. " +#~ "Pokud vaše myš nemá prostřední tlačítko, můžete kliknout levým a pravým " +#~ "tlačítkem najednou. Pokud je to pro vás nepohodlné, můžete zkusit tento návod." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Mnoho aplikací používá prostřední tlačíko pro rozšířené akce." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jednou z nejrozšířenějších funkcí je vložení textu, někdy pod názvem " +#~ "primární vložení výběru. Vyberte text, který chcete kopírovat a kliknutím " +#~ "prostředním tlačítkem ho vložíte na určené místo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vkládání textu pomocí středního tlačítka je zcela odděleno od klasické " +#~ "schránky. Výbraný text se do schránky nekopíruje a tato metoda funguje pouze " +#~ "s prostředním tlačítkem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Většina webových prohlížečů po kliknutí prostředním tlačítkem načte odkaz v " +#~ "novém panelu. Jednuduše klikněte na odkaz prostředním tlačítkem a otevře se " +#~ "nový panel. Pozor si dejte ve Firefoxu, pokud se v něm netrefíte " +#~ "středním tlačítkem na odkaz, vybraný text se na odkaz změní." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Některé specializované aplikace využívají prostřední tlačítko pro určité " +#~ "funkce. Podívejte se do nápovědy programu na prostřední klik nebo " +#~ "prostřední tlačítko." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Použijte klávesu ← k přepnutí na záložku Ukazování a " +#~ "klikání." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tento postup popisuje nejrychlejší cestu k povolení myši z klávesnice pouze " +#~ "za pomoci klávesnice. Vyberte Nastavení usnadnění přístupu pro " +#~ "detailní nastavení." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Numerický blok jsou číselné klávesy na klávesnici, obvykle uspořádané do " +#~ "obdélníkové mřížky. Pokud máte klávesnici bez numerického bloku (například " +#~ "na notebooku), bude nutné použít klávesu Fn v kombinaci s " +#~ "nějakými jinými. Pokud tuto funkci používáte často, zvažte zakoupení " +#~ "externího numerického bloku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Každé číslo na numerickém bloku odpovídá směru myši. například stisknutí " +#~ "8 posune kurzor nahoru a 2 dolů. Stisknutím klávesy " +#~ "5 kliknete jednou, dvakrát rychle za sebou vygeneruje dvojklik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Většina klávesnic má zvláštní klávesu pro vyvolání pravého tlačítka myši; " +#~ "většinou se nachází vedle mezerníku. Ovšem vyvolá menu tam, kde je aktivní " +#~ "klávesnice nezávisle na pozici kurzoru myši. Viz pravé tlačítko pro podrobnosti o klikáním pravým tlačítem " +#~ "pomocí klávesy 5 nebo levým tlačítkem myši." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pomocí touchpadu můžete klikat, dvojklikat, přesouvat a rolovat obsah bez " +#~ "pomoci jiných kláves." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Pro kliknutí klepněte na touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro přetažení klepněte dvakrát ale po druhém klepnutí nezvedejte prst. " +#~ "Přetáhněte položku kam si přejete a poté zvedněte prst." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud váš touchpad podporuje gesta za použití více prstů, můžete vyvolat " +#~ "pravý klik klepnutím dvěma prsty najednou. Jinak budete muset pro pravé " +#~ "kliknutí použít hardwarová tlačítka. Pro informace o možnosti vyvolání " +#~ "pravého kliknutí bez použití myši navštivte ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud váš touchpad podporuje gesta za použití více prstů, můžete vyvolat " +#~ "kliknutí prostředním tlačítkem " +#~ "klepnutím třemi prsty najednou." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Při klikání nebo přetahování pomocí více prstů se ujistěte, že jsou " +#~ "rozprostřeny dostatečně daleko od sebe. Pokud budou vaše prsty příliš blízko " +#~ "u sebe, může si počítač myslet, že se jedná o jeden prst." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Přidávání, mazání a přejmenovávání záložek ve správci souborů." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Smazání záložky:" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Do pole Název napište nové jméno pro záložku." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Udává datum a čas, kdy byl soubor naposledy změněn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud chcete nadstandardní bezpečnost nebo pokud chcete kontrolovat soubory, " +#~ "které sdílíte s ostatními lidmi používajícími Windows nebo Mac OS, můžete si " +#~ "stále antivirový program nainstalovat. V Centru softwaru pro " +#~ "Ubuntu je k dispozici hned několik takových programů." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Empathy je ve výchozí instalaci Ubuntu. Spusťte Internetový komunikátor " +#~ "Empathy z nabídky Dash, Launcheru nebo vyberte Chat " +#~ "z nabídky zpráv." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Můžete řídit, které programy mohou přistupovat na internet. To pomáhá udržet " +#~ "počítač v bezpečí." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Povolit nebo zakázat firewall." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu je vybavené Jednoduchým Firewallem (ufw) ale " +#~ "není ve výchozím nastavení zapnutý, protože Ubuntu nemá žádné síťové služby " +#~ "(vyjma základní infrastruktury). Díky tomu není třeba blokovat příchozí " +#~ "spojení." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro další informace o použití ufw navštivte online " +#~ "dokumentaci." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Firewall můžete zapnout příkazem sudo ufw enable. Vypnete jej " +#~ "příkazem sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mnoho programů nabízí služby po síti. Například když sdílíte nějaký obsah " +#~ "nebo při použití Vzdálené plochy. V závislosti na to, jaké další programy " +#~ "máte nainstalovány, budete potřebovat nastavit firewall jim povolil spojení. " +#~ "UfW obsahuje mnoho předpřipravených pravidel. Například pro povolení " +#~ "SSH stačí do terminálu zadat sudo ufw allow ssh. K " +#~ "zablokování SSH stačí sudo ufw block ssh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Každý program poskytující služby používá specificky síťový port. " +#~ "Pro povolení služby je nutné povolit k tomuto portu přístup ve firewallu. " +#~ "Pro povolení portu 53 stačí zadat sudo ufw allow 53 do terminálu. " +#~ "pro opětovné zablokování zadejte sudo ufw block 53." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro prohlížení stránek jako YouTube a dalších, které zobrazují videa nebo " +#~ "interaktivní stránky, můžete potřebovat zásuvný modul Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash je zásuvný modul pro webový prohlížeč umožňující " +#~ "na některých stránkách sledování videa a prohlížení některých interaktivních " +#~ "webových stránek. Některé webové stránky dokonce nebudou bez Flash fungovat." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Instalace Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Center." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na tento odkaz pro " +#~ "spuštění Centra softwaru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abyste se ujistili, že chcete nainstalovat Flash, přečtěte si informace a " +#~ "recenze." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " +#~ "Center window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud se rozhodnete nainstalovat Flash, klikněte na tlačítko " +#~ "Nainstalovat v okně Centra softwaru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud máte otevřený nějaký webový prohlížeč, zavřete jej a znovu spusťte. " +#~ "Webový prohlížeč by měl automaticky detekovat, že je Flash nainstalován a " +#~ "měli byste být schopni prohlížet obsah pomocí technologie Flash." #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Svobodné alternativy Flashe" @@ -26620,6 +27608,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Zprovoznění webových stránek vyžadujících technologii Java" + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Instalace zásuvného modulu Java" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Některé webové stránky obsahují malé Javové programy, které pro " +#~ "svůj běh vyžadují zásuvný modul Java." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro možnost spouštění Java programů ve svém prohlížeči, nainstalujte balík icedtea6-plugin." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -26668,6 +27676,14 @@ #~ "mono.com/moonlight/\">domovskou stránku Moonlight." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Potíže s bezdrátovým " +#~ "připojením, hledání WiFi sítí…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -26683,6 +27699,249 @@ #~ "Zobrazit technické detaily v dolní části Centra " #~ "softwaru." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Váš počítač můžete použít jako přístupový bod pro ostatní zařízení. Tato " +#~ "zařízení pak mohou sdílet internetové připojení, ať už po kabelu nebo " +#~ "bezdrátem." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Klikněte na Vytvořit přístupový bod." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud již jste připojeni k nějaké bezdrátové síti, budete dotázání zda se od " +#~ "ní chcete odpojit. Jedna WiFi karta může být buď připojena, nebo může " +#~ "připojení nabízet, ale nemůže to dělat najednou. Potvrďte kliknutím na " +#~ "Vytvořit přístupový bod" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Název sítě (SSID) a bezpečnostní klíč budou automaticky vygenerovány. Název " +#~ "sítě je založen na názvu počítače. Ostatní zařízení potřebují tyto inforamce " +#~ "pro korektní připojení k vytvořené síti." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na nabídku sítě na horním panelu a zrušte výběr Povolit bezdrátové." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na menu Sít a odškrtněte Povolit bezdrátová. " +#~ "Tímto vypnete všechna bezdrátová připojení. Zaškrtnutím opět zařízení " +#~ "zapnete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro opětovné připojení kllikněte na menu Síť a vyberte " +#~ "Povolit bezdrátová." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Notebook stále může komunikovat pokud nevypnete Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na nabídku sítí na horním panelu a vyberte " +#~ "síť, ke které se chcete připojit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "Co zanmenají volby při úpravě vlastností bezdrátového připojení." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Úprava bezdrátových připojení" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tato sekce popisuje volby, které máte k dispozici při úpravě připojení k " +#~ "bezdrátové síti. Chcete-li upravit připojení, klikněte na menu sítě a " +#~ "vyberte Upravit připojení." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Dostupné pro všechny uživatele / Připojit se automaticky" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Automaticky připojit" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud je v dosahu více než jedna bezdrátová síť s nastaveným automatickým " +#~ "připojením, počítač se připojí k té, která se jako první objeví. Pokud se " +#~ "taková síť v dosahu objeví nově (například byla předtím vypnutá), tak se " +#~ "stávající připojení nepřeruší." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Dostupné pro všechny uživatele" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zaškrtněte tuto volbu pokud chcete nastavit připojení pro všechny uživatele. " +#~ "Pokud je síť šifrovaná pomocí WEP nebo " +#~ "WPA, bude stačit zadat heslo pouze jednou. Všichni uživatelé tohoto " +#~ "počítače se pak budou moci připojit i bez znalosti hesla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Po zašrtnutí této volby bude ke každé úpravě nastavení této sítě potřeba " +#~ "zadat administrátorské heslo." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Bezdrátová síť" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud vyberete Ad-hoc, budete muset zadat další dvě volby: " +#~ "Skupina (Band) a Kanál (Kanál). Tyto volby ovlivňují " +#~ "frekvenci na které WiFi síť bude dostupná. Některé počítače se umí připojit " +#~ "jenom na určité skupiny (například pouze A neboB/G), " +#~ "takže použijte takové nastavení, aby se všechny počítače mohly připojit. Na " +#~ "zarušených místech může více sítí sdílet stejný kanál, toto zpomaluje " +#~ "připojení, takže si raději vyberte nějaký volný." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Toto je Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (viz výše) je lidsky " +#~ "čitelný název bezdrátové sítě; BSSID je název kterému rozumí počítače " +#~ "(řetězec čísel a písmen který by měl být jedinečný pro každou síť). Pokud je " +#~ "síť skrytá, nebude mít SSID ale " +#~ "pouze BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "MAC adresa zařízení" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Síťový hardware může mít i jinou MAC adresu. To je užitečné když cílová " +#~ "služba komunikuje pouze s určitými MAC adresami. Pokud zadáte MAC adresu do " +#~ "pole stínová MAC adresa, služba si bude myslet že máte tuto " +#~ "stínovou nikoli reálnou MAC adresu." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Bezdrátové zabezpečení" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Toto nastavení určuje jaký typ šifrování se má na bezdrátové síti " +#~ "použít. Šifrovaná spojení pomáhají chránit vaše soukromí před odposlechem a " +#~ "zjišťováním, které stránky navštěvujete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Některé typy šifrování jsou silnější než jiné, ale nemusí být podporovány " +#~ "starými zařízeními. Běžně musíte zadat heslo pro připojení, sofistikovanější " +#~ "metody vyžadují navíc uživatelské jméno nebo certifikát. Viz zabezpečení " +#~ "pomocí WEP a WPA." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud vyberete tuto možnost, IPHCP serveru, ale DNS si budete muset nastavit " +#~ "ručně." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vyberte tuto možnost pokud chcete nastavit všechny volby ručně, včetně IP " +#~ "adresy kterou má počítač použít." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tato volba zakáže připojení a zamezí jeho použití. Povšimněte si, že je " +#~ "oddělené nastavení IPv4 a IPv6 ikdyž jsou definovány " +#~ "na stejné síťové kartě. Pokud máte jedno z nich povolené, pravděpodobně " +#~ "chcete mít to druhé zakázané." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Toto je podobné IPv4 kromě toho, že pracuje na novějším " +#~ "standardu. Nejnovější sítě používají IPv6, ale IPv4 je mnohem rozšířenější." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na nabídku sítí na horním panelu a vyberte Připojit " +#~ "se ke skryté bezdrátové síti." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "V nastavení systému klikněte na Zdroje softwaru." @@ -26725,12 +27984,211 @@ #~ "klikněte na Pokračovat pro další možná řešení." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Do terminálu napište sudo pm-hibernate a stiskněte " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pokud hibernace nefunguje, ujistěte se, že je odkládací (swap) oddíl alespoň " #~ "stejné vilikosti jako dostupná RAM pamět." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud test hibernace funguje, můžete spustit příkaz sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate vždy když budete chtít počítač hibernovat." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "Proč se počítač vypíná při dosažení 10% kapacity baterie?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Když je baterie nabitá příliš málo, počítač se automaticky uspí. Tím se zajistí, že se baterie kompletně " +#~ "nevybije, její vybití ji ničí. Pokud se baterie úplně vybije, počítač se " +#~ "nestihne korektně vypnout." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Některé počítače mají problém s uspáváním a nejsou schopné se probudit, " +#~ "takže musíte vaše data a aplikace otevřít znovu po zapnutí počítače. V " +#~ "takovém případě je možné že nějaká data ztratíte pokud si je předtím " +#~ "neuložíte. Zkuste si opravit problém s " +#~ "uspáváním." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Nastavení " +#~ "systému." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Nedetekované tiskárny, zmatky v papírech, divné tisky..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Nastavení tiskárny připojené k vašemu počítači." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Nastavení místní tiskárny" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Váš systém umí automaticky rozpoznat mnoho druhů tiskáren okamžitě po " +#~ "připojení. Většina tiskáren se do počítače připojuje pomocí USB kabelu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pomocí správného kabelu připojte tiskárnu do vašeho počítače. Je možné, že " +#~ "na obrazovce uvidíte průběh vyhledávání ovladačů pro vaši novou tiskárnu a " +#~ "systém vás může požádat o ověření vyžadované pro jejich instalaci." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud vaše tiskárna nebyla nastavena automaticky, můžete ji přidat v dialogu " +#~ "nastavení tiskáren." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikněte na Přidat a v okně Zařízení vyberte vaši tiskárnu." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Klikněte na Vpřed a vyčkejte na vyhledání ovladačů." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud je pro vaši tiskárnu k dispozici více ovladačů, je možné, že budete " +#~ "požádání o výběr ovladače. Pro vybrání doporučeného ovladače jednoduše na " +#~ "obrazovce s výrobci a modely klikněte na Vpřed." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Poté, co nainstalujete novou tiskárnu, možná budete chtít změnit svou výchozí tiskárnu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aby se tyto změny projevily, musíte odhlásit a znovu přihlásit. Klikněte na " +#~ "ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Odhlásit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aby se změna jazyka projevila, musíte odhlásit a znovu přihlásit. Klikněte " +#~ "na ikonu zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte Odhlásit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro odhlášení nebo přepnutí uživatele klikněte na systémovou nabídku zcela vpravo na horním panelu a vyberte " +#~ "patřičnou položku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pro uzamčení obrazovky klikněte na systémovou nabídku v horním " +#~ "panelu a vyberte Uzamknout obrazovku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Když je vaše obrazovka uzamčena, ostatní uživatelé se mohou přihlásit ke " +#~ "svým účtům, pokud v dialogu pro zadání hesla zvolí Přepnout " +#~ "uživatele. Poté, co skončí, můžete se přepnout zpět do svého " +#~ "prostředí." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chcete-li uspat počítač ručně, klikněte na systémové menu a vyberte " +#~ "Uspat do paměti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokud chcete počítač zcela vypnout nebo provést úplný restart, klikněte na " +#~ "systémovou nabídku a vyberte Vypnout." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Z klávesnice" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "Uvolněním Alt vyberete aktuálně označené okno." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za stálého držení klávesy Alt mačkejte klávesu Tab. V " +#~ "cyklu se budou vybírat všechny otevřené aplikace. Stisknutím " +#~ "ShiftTab se vybere předchozí okno." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Okna v přepínači jsou seskupena dle aplikací které je vyvolaly. Náhledy " +#~ "aplikací s více okny se zobrazují během procházení." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mezi ikonami aplikací se také můžete pohybovat pomocí šipek → a " +#~ "← nebo si můžete vybrat kliknutím myši." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Náhledy aplikací s jedním oknem můžete zobrazit klávesou ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/da/da.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/da/da.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/da/da.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/da/da.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: leifdk \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -125,13 +125,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -242,13 +242,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -318,49 +318,132 @@ "gentagne tryk. Dette kan være en god idé, hvis du lider af rystende hænder " "og derved utilsigtet kommer til at trykke flere gange på samme tast." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg " -"SystemIndstillinger." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -368,12 +451,12 @@ "fanebladet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Aktivér Rystetaster." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -441,14 +524,14 @@ "sig." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "ÅbenUniversel Adgangog vælgSeeing fanebladet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Skift High Contrast for at ON ." @@ -487,19 +570,9 @@ "Hvis Svæve Klik er aktiveret, kan du flytte musen over et objekt, flytte " "fingeren og vente et øjeblik indtil der bliver klikket for dig." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik på dit navn på menulinjen, og vælg Systemindstillinger ...." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -507,12 +580,12 @@ "Åbn Universel adgang og vælg fanebladet Pege og klikke." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Aktivér Hvileklik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -528,7 +601,7 @@ "du automatisk returnere til at klikke." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -538,7 +611,7 @@ "gradvis skifte farve. Når den helt har skiftet farve klikkes der på knappen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -547,7 +620,7 @@ "musen skal holdes stille, før et klik udføres." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -558,7 +631,7 @@ "lidt. Dog, hvis musen flytter sig for meget, vil klikket ikke udløses." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -586,12 +659,12 @@ "skriftstørrelsen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Skift Stor tekst for at ON ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -727,7 +800,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -760,12 +833,12 @@ "dit pegeudstyr kun har én knap." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Aktiver Simuleret sekundært klik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -778,7 +851,7 @@ "." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -791,7 +864,7 @@ "museknappen til højreklik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -802,7 +875,7 @@ "visuel feedback fra markøren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -813,7 +886,7 @@ "tasten på dit tastatur." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -879,17 +952,17 @@ "første forsøg." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Aktivér Langsomme taster." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Hurtigt tænde langsomme taster og slukker dem" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -902,7 +975,7 @@ "Shift i otte sekunder at aktivere eller deaktivere langsomme taster." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -911,7 +984,7 @@ "trykke på en tast for at den registreres." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -962,17 +1035,17 @@ "du måske gerne aktivere blivende taster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Aktivér Blivende taster." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Hurtigt tænde klæbrige taster og slukke dem" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -985,7 +1058,7 @@ " fem gange i træk for at aktivere eller deaktivere klæbrige taster." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -994,7 +1067,7 @@ "selv midlertidigt at lade dig indtaste en tastaturgenvej på normal måde." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1011,7 +1084,7 @@ "(for eksempel taster som sidder tæt sammen), men ikke på andre." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1019,7 +1092,7 @@ "aktivere dette." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1073,13 +1146,13 @@ "alert\"/> at lære at slå alarm lyd fra)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "Åbn Universel Access og vælg Høre fanebladet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1110,7 +1183,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1124,10 +1197,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1181,12 +1254,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1197,7 +1271,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1206,15 +1280,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1391,13 +1466,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Tilføjelse af en konto vil hjælpe forbinde dine online konti med din Ubuntu " -"skrivebordet. Således vil din e-mail, chat og andre relaterede applikationer " -"blive oprettet for dig." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1408,76 +1480,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Vælg en Kontotype fra højre rude." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Hvis du vil konfigurere flere konti, kan du gentage denne proces bagefter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"En lille webbrugergrænseflade åbnes, hvor du kan indtaste din online konto " -"legitimationsoplysninger. For eksempel, hvis du opretter en Google-konto, " -"skal du indtaste dit Google-brugernavn, password og log ind" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du har indtastet dine legitimationsoplysninger korrekt, vil du blive " -"bedt om at acceptere vilkårene. Vælg Accepter for at fortsætte. " -"Når du har accepteret, Ubuntu har brug for tilladelse til at få adgang til " -"din konto. At give adgang, skal du klikke på Grant Access " -"knappen. Når du bliver bedt, skal du indtaste det aktuelle brugere " -"adgangskode." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Nu kan du vælge de programmer, du ønsker at knytte til din online konto. For " -"eksempel, hvis du ønsker at bruge en online konto til chat, men ikke ønsker " -"kalenderen, tænde for kalender mulighed slukket." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Når du har tilføjet en konti, vil hver enkelt ansøgning, du har valgt " -"automatisk bruge disse legitimationsoplysninger, når du logger ind på din " -"konto." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Af sikkerhedsmæssige årsager vil Ubuntu ikke gemme din adgangskode på din " -"computer. I stedet gemmer en token, der leveres af online-tjenesten. Hvis du " -"ønsker at fuldt ud at tilbagekalde forbindelsen mellem dit skrivebord og " -"online-tjenesten, fjern det." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1851,6 +1902,75 @@ "serviceydelser, du har tilføjet, vil være klar til dig." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1947,128 +2067,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Installér yderligere software" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntus udviklerhold har valgt et standardsæt af programmer, som vi mener " -"gør Ubuntu yderst anvendelig til de fleste daglige opgaver. Men du vil helt " -"sikker have brug for at installere yderligere software for at gøre Ubuntu " -"mere anvendelig for netop dig." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"For at installere yderligere software skal du gennemføre følgende skridt:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Opret forbindelse til internettet via en trådløs eller en kabel-forbindelse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Vælg det program, som du er interesseret i og klik på Installér." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Du vil blive bedt om at skrive din adgangskode. Når du har gjort det, " -"begynder installationen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Installationen slutter normalt hurtigt, men kan tage et stykke tid, hvis du " -"har en langsom internetforbindelse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"En genvej til din nye app vil blive føjet til Launcher. For at deaktivere " -"denne funktion, skal du fjerne markeringen Vis " -"Nye ansøgninger i Launcher ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Tilføj PPAer for at hjælpe med at teste tidlige udgaver af software eller " -"speciel software." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Tilføj et Personligt pakkearkiv (PPA" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Personlige pakkearkiver (PPAer) er softwarekilder, der er udformet " -"til Ubuntubrugere, og de er lettere at installere end tredjeparts-" -"softwarekilder." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Tilføj kun softwarearkiver fra kilder du stoler på!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2080,12 +2188,12 @@ "programmer, der kan ødelægge din computer." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Installér en PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2099,32 +2207,33 @@ "skadeligt for din computer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Skift til Anden Software fanebladet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Klik på Tilføj og skriv placeringen af ppa:" +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "Klik Tilføj kilde. Indtast din adgangskode i godkendelsesvinduet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2132,30 +2241,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Fjern software som du ikke bruger længere." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Fjern et program" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2164,21 +2299,30 @@ "kigge gennem listen over installerede programmer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Vælg programmet og klik på Fjern." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Du kan blive bedt om at indtaste din adgangskode. Når du har gjort dette, " -"vil programmet blive fjernet." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2193,16 +2337,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Tilføj andre softwarekilder for at øge de softwarekilder, som Ubuntu bruger " -"til installation og opdateringer." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Tilføj yderligere softwarekilder" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2216,13 +2358,13 @@ "fra tredjeparts-kilder. Hvis du vil installere software fra en tredjeparts-" "softwarekilde, skal du føje den til Ubuntus liste over tilgængelige kilder." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Installér yderligere softwarekilder" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2231,7 +2373,7 @@ "skifte til fanebladet Anden software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2241,7 +2383,7 @@ "dette:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2249,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2257,12 +2399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktivér Canonical partner softwarekilden" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2272,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2282,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2290,26 +2432,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Tilføj / fjern software" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -" Installer , fjerne , ekstra depoter " -" ..." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Tilføj & fjern software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2915,8 +3054,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB nøgle (lille kapacitet)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3580,7 +3719,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3877,23 +4016,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Download af en udskrivning af en reference fil fra en farve firma" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Ved hjælp af en farve firma til at generere en printer profil er normalt den " -"billigste løsning, hvis du kun har én eller to forskellige papirtyper. Ved " -"at downloade refrencediagrammet fra selskaber hjemmeside kan du derefter " -"sende dem tilbage print i en polstret kuvert, hvor de vil scanne papir, " -"generere profil og sende dig tilbage en præcis ICC-profil." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5593,59 +5727,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5834,90 +5951,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5926,109 +6062,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -6067,65 +6161,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." +"From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " +"want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 -msgid "" -"From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " -"want to check." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6134,106 +6217,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6245,7 +6335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6256,28 +6346,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -6285,19 +6367,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6308,13 +6390,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -6344,18 +6426,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6363,7 +6445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6372,7 +6454,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6399,15 +6481,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Klik på dit navn på menulinjen, og vælg Systemindstillinger ...." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6423,7 +6512,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6431,7 +6520,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6439,7 +6528,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6447,7 +6536,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6476,7 +6565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6485,19 +6574,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6507,7 +6596,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6536,13 +6625,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -6557,7 +6647,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6592,7 +6682,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6624,17 +6714,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6657,12 +6747,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6917,7 +7006,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Søg efter filer" @@ -7145,12 +7233,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7158,7 +7246,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7166,7 +7254,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7176,7 +7264,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7186,7 +7274,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7194,17 +7282,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7213,12 +7301,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7227,24 +7315,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7253,7 +7341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7261,24 +7349,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7286,12 +7374,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7300,7 +7388,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -7317,10 +7405,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7340,14 +7428,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7357,24 +7460,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7913,10 +8024,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8388,130 +8498,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Find filer baseret på filnavn og -type. Gem dine søgninger for senere brug." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Søgning" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -9284,7 +9369,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9300,22 +9385,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9326,7 +9411,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9335,46 +9420,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9386,15 +9471,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9419,12 +9514,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Tastaturgenveje" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9433,26 +9528,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9462,19 +9557,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -9482,7 +9577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -9490,50 +9585,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9902,14 +9997,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9932,12 +10027,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9945,24 +10040,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9970,7 +10065,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9979,14 +10074,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9995,7 +10090,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10102,10 +10197,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -10140,17 +10236,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10177,26 +10274,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10205,7 +10295,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10213,12 +10303,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Opløsning" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10229,7 +10319,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -10428,7 +10518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -10438,8 +10528,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -10463,7 +10553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -10484,11 +10574,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -10496,31 +10586,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -10542,13 +10634,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -10563,8 +10654,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -10586,85 +10677,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -10672,7 +10971,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10866,14 +11165,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10882,8 +11181,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10901,74 +11199,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10979,31 +11273,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -11405,7 +11699,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -11415,70 +11709,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 -msgid "Add a bookmark:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 -msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." +msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 -msgid "Rename a bookmark:" +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +msgid "Rename a bookmark:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11964,7 +12259,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Placering" @@ -12124,7 +12419,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" @@ -12254,80 +12549,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Rettigheder" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME-type" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -12591,12 +12886,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12609,7 +12903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Webbrowsere" @@ -12865,22 +13159,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12911,7 +13205,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -13001,7 +13295,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -13009,30 +13303,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -13041,29 +13335,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -13077,7 +13372,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -13091,14 +13386,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -13108,19 +13403,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -13128,7 +13423,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -13356,83 +13651,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -13665,6 +14010,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13861,7 +14207,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13904,20 +14250,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13925,13 +14271,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuelt" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13939,19 +14285,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisk" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -14387,10 +14733,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -14414,50 +14760,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -14466,25 +14813,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -14516,8 +14862,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -14684,25 +15030,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14710,40 +15056,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Forbind automatisk" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Tilgængelig for alle brugere" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -14752,25 +15098,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Trådløst" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14779,12 +15125,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Tilstand" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14795,41 +15141,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14838,34 +15184,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Klonet MAC-adresse" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14876,44 +15222,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Trådløs sikkerhed" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sikkerhed" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4-indstillinger" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14921,17 +15268,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatisk (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14941,32 +15288,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Kun automatiske (DHCP) adresser" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Kun link-lokal" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14977,30 +15324,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktiveret" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6-indstillinger" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15063,21 +15420,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Forbind til et skjult trådløst netværk" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -15088,12 +15443,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -15102,14 +15464,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -15275,7 +15637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -15283,12 +15645,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Brug af kommandolinjen" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -15296,7 +15658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -16312,12 +16674,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -16438,7 +16800,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -16482,7 +16844,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -16568,39 +16930,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -16633,31 +16973,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16939,7 +17272,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -17072,7 +17405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -17080,21 +17413,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -17102,7 +17435,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -17110,8 +17443,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -17164,7 +17497,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -17181,7 +17516,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -17285,7 +17621,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -17702,7 +18037,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -17737,92 +18072,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17970,31 +18349,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -18003,7 +18382,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Dash and open the Screenshot tool." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39 +msgid "" +"In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire " +"desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need " +"to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then " +"choose any effects you want." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46 +msgid "Click Take Screenshot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47 +msgid "" +"If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a " +"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52 +msgid "" +"In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a " +"folder, then click Save." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34 -msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:" +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36 -msgid "Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 msgid "" -"In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire " -"desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need " -"to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then " -"choose any effects you want." +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46 -msgid "Click Take Screenshot." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 msgid "" -"If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a " -"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot." +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 msgid "" -"In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a " -"folder, then click Save." +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -18097,14 +18562,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -18112,15 +18577,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -18129,12 +18595,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -18142,19 +18608,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -18179,27 +18645,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -18210,12 +18677,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -18223,7 +18690,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -18255,17 +18722,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -18470,28 +18937,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -18536,20 +19003,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18559,27 +19026,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Hvile" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18589,26 +19061,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -19140,36 +19615,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -19177,17 +19652,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -19196,14 +19671,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -19249,55 +19724,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19305,8 +19777,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -19314,7 +19791,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -19481,19 +19958,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -19502,26 +19979,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -20165,7 +20642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -20173,17 +20650,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -20191,7 +20668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -20314,12 +20799,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20993,37 +21478,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -21050,19 +21527,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -21152,38 +21629,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -21312,32 +21789,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -21345,8 +21822,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -21355,7 +21846,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -21363,14 +21854,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -21382,7 +21873,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -21390,28 +21881,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -21422,7 +21913,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -21430,14 +21921,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -21448,21 +21939,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -21473,7 +21964,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -21481,14 +21972,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -21496,58 +21987,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -21642,37 +22107,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22970,7 +23409,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22978,7 +23417,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22988,18 +23427,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -23053,6 +23492,45 @@ #~ "active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg " +#~ "SystemIndstillinger." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tilføjelse af en konto vil hjælpe forbinde dine online konti med din Ubuntu " +#~ "skrivebordet. Således vil din e-mail, chat og andre relaterede applikationer " +#~ "blive oprettet for dig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hvis du vil konfigurere flere konti, kan du gentage denne proces bagefter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En lille webbrugergrænseflade åbnes, hvor du kan indtaste din online konto " +#~ "legitimationsoplysninger. For eksempel, hvis du opretter en Google-konto, " +#~ "skal du indtaste dit Google-brugernavn, password og log ind" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Når du har tilføjet en konti, vil hver enkelt ansøgning, du har valgt " +#~ "automatisk bruge disse legitimationsoplysninger, når du logger ind på din " +#~ "konto." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23078,6 +23556,32 @@ #~ "Brug Ubuntus softwarecenter for at tilføje programmer og gøre Ubuntu mere " #~ "anvendelig." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Installér yderligere software" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntus udviklerhold har valgt et standardsæt af programmer, som vi mener " +#~ "gør Ubuntu yderst anvendelig til de fleste daglige opgaver. Men du vil helt " +#~ "sikker have brug for at installere yderligere software for at gøre Ubuntu " +#~ "mere anvendelig for netop dig." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For at installere yderligere software skal du gennemføre følgende skridt:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Opret forbindelse til internettet via en trådløs eller en kabel-forbindelse." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." @@ -23086,12 +23590,52 @@ #~ "Softwarecentret åbner." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vælg det program, som du er interesseret i og klik på Installér." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du vil blive bedt om at skrive din adgangskode. Når du har gjort det, " +#~ "begynder installationen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installationen slutter normalt hurtigt, men kan tage et stykke tid, hvis du " +#~ "har en langsom internetforbindelse." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tilføj PPAer for at hjælpe med at teste tidlige udgaver af software eller " +#~ "speciel software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personlige pakkearkiver (PPAer) er softwarekilder, der er udformet " +#~ "til Ubuntubrugere, og de er lettere at installere end tredjeparts-" +#~ "softwarekilder." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Klik på Tilføj og skriv placeringen af ppa:" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Luk Software Kilder vinduet. Ubuntu Software Center vil derefter genindlæse " #~ "alle dine software kilder for at finde nyt software." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Fjern software som du ikke bruger længere." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -23100,6 +23644,26 @@ #~ "øverst." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan blive bedt om at indtaste din adgangskode. Når du har gjort dette, " +#~ "vil programmet blive fjernet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tilføj andre softwarekilder for at øge de softwarekilder, som Ubuntu bruger " +#~ "til installation og opdateringer." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Tilføj yderligere softwarekilder" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Installér yderligere softwarekilder" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23148,6 +23712,9 @@ #~ "Klik på Tilføj... og så lukke vinduet Softwarekilder. Vent et " #~ "øjeblik mens Softwarecenter henter oplysninger om softwarekilden." +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Tilføj & fjern software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese er ikke som standard installeret i Ubuntu. For at installere Cheese:" @@ -23184,9 +23751,81 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Du skal installere Cheese før du kan læse brugerhåndbogen til Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB nøgle (lille kapacitet)" + +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Download af en udskrivning af en reference fil fra en farve firma" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ved hjælp af en farve firma til at generere en printer profil er normalt den " +#~ "billigste løsning, hvis du kun har én eller to forskellige papirtyper. Ved " +#~ "at downloade refrencediagrammet fra selskaber hjemmeside kan du derefter " +#~ "sende dem tilbage print i en polstret kuvert, hvor de vil scanne papir, " +#~ "generere profil og sende dig tilbage en præcis ICC-profil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Find filer baseret på filnavn og -type. Gem dine søgninger for senere brug." + #~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" #~ msgstr "Deaktivér touchpad når der skrives" +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Forbind automatisk" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Tilgængelig for alle brugere" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Trådløst" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Trådløs sikkerhed" + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Vælg en Kontotype fra højre rude." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hvis du har indtastet dine legitimationsoplysninger korrekt, vil du blive " +#~ "bedt om at acceptere vilkårene. Vælg Accepter for at fortsætte. " +#~ "Når du har accepteret, Ubuntu har brug for tilladelse til at få adgang til " +#~ "din konto. At give adgang, skal du klikke på Grant Access " +#~ "knappen. Når du bliver bedt, skal du indtaste det aktuelle brugere " +#~ "adgangskode." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nu kan du vælge de programmer, du ønsker at knytte til din online konto. For " +#~ "eksempel, hvis du ønsker at bruge en online konto til chat, men ikke ønsker " +#~ "kalenderen, tænde for kalender mulighed slukket." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Af sikkerhedsmæssige årsager vil Ubuntu ikke gemme din adgangskode på din " +#~ "computer. I stedet gemmer en token, der leveres af online-tjenesten. Hvis du " +#~ "ønsker at fuldt ud at tilbagekalde forbindelsen mellem dit skrivebord og " +#~ "online-tjenesten, fjern det." + #~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." @@ -23209,6 +23848,15 @@ #~ "eller søg efter Software Center i Dash ." #~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En genvej til din nye app vil blive føjet til Launcher. For at deaktivere " +#~ "denne funktion, skal du fjerne markeringen Vis " +#~ "Nye ansøgninger i Launcher ." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" @@ -23230,6 +23878,15 @@ #~ "eller søg efter Software Center i Dash ." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Installer , fjerne , ekstra depoter " +#~ " ..." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " #~ "Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/de/de.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/de/de.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/de/de.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/de/de.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-20 17:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jens Maucher \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-14 06:27+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Torsten Franz \n" "Language-Team: Deutsch \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ " Timo Witte https://launchpad.net/~spacefish\n" " Tobias Bannert https://launchpad.net/~toba\n" " Torsten Franz https://launchpad.net/~torsten.franz\n" -" rm https://launchpad.net/~r-m333-deactivatedaccount\n" " schuko24 https://launchpad.net/~gerd-saenger" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -117,7 +116,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -175,13 +174,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -292,13 +291,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -369,49 +368,134 @@ "infolgedessen eine Taste mehrfach drücken, obwohl Sie diese nur einmal " "drücken möchten, sollten Sie die Anschlagverzögerung einschalten." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " -"wählen Sie Systemeinstellungen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -419,12 +503,12 @@ "Texteingabe." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Schalten Sie die Anschlagsverzögerung ein." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -494,8 +578,8 @@ "Teile der Benutzerschnittstelle ändern sich." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -503,7 +587,7 @@ "Sehen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Schalten Sie Hohen Kontrast an." @@ -545,20 +629,9 @@ "über eine Schaltfläche bewegen, die Maus loslassen und eine Weile warten, " "damit die Schaltfläche für Sie geklickt wird." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen in der oberen Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Systemeinstellungen …." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -567,12 +640,12 @@ "und Klicken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Schalten Sie Überfahren-Klick an." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -589,7 +662,7 @@ "gezogen haben, wird dies automatisch auf Linksklick zurückgesetzt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -600,7 +673,7 @@ "wird der Knopf gedrückt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -609,7 +682,7 @@ "Taste gedrückt halten müssen, damit die Tastenwiederholung beginnt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -621,7 +694,7 @@ "Klick nicht ausgeführt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -650,12 +723,12 @@ "können Sie die Größe der Schrift ändern." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Schalten Sie Große Schrift an." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -794,7 +867,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -827,12 +900,12 @@ "einzeln zu bewegen oder wenn Ihr Zeigegerät nur über eine Taste verfügt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Aktivieren Sie Rechtsklick simulieren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -845,7 +918,7 @@ "Verzögerung der Annahme." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -860,7 +933,7 @@ "auszuführen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -871,7 +944,7 @@ "Rechtsklick ausführen, auch wenn Sie keine optische Rückmeldung erhalten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -882,7 +955,7 @@ "Ihrem Ziffernblock gedrückt halten." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -954,17 +1027,17 @@ "fällt, immer die richtige Taste auf der Tastatur zu drücken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Schalten Sie die Tastenverzögerung ein." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Tastenverzögerung schnell ein- und ausschalten" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -978,7 +1051,7 @@ "deaktivieren der Anschlagsverzögerung." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -988,7 +1061,7 @@ "zu werden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -1041,17 +1114,17 @@ "schwerfällt, mehrere Tasten gleichzeitig gedrückt zu halten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Schalten Sie Klebrige Tasten ein." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Klebrige Tasten schnell ein- und ausschalten" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1065,7 +1138,7 @@ "aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1075,7 +1148,7 @@ "Tastenkombination über die herkömmliche Weise drücken können." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1093,7 +1166,7 @@ "aber andere nicht." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1101,7 +1174,7 @@ "werden, um diese Funktion einzuschalten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1155,7 +1228,7 @@ "Bibliothek. (Wie schalte ich den Rechner stumm.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1163,7 +1236,7 @@ "Gehör." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1194,7 +1267,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1208,10 +1281,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1265,12 +1338,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1281,7 +1355,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1290,15 +1364,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1477,13 +1552,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Ein Konto hinzuzufügen wird dabei helfen Ihre Online-Konten mit Ihrer " -"Ubuntu-Arbeitsfläche zu verbinden. Sprich, Ihre E-Mail-, Chat- und anderen " -"Anwendungen werden für Sie eingerichtet." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1494,78 +1566,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Konto-Typ aus der rechten Fensterfläche." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Falls Sie weitere Konten einrichten wollen, können Sie dasselbe Vorgehen " -"später anwenden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Ein kleines Webfenster wird sich öffnen, in dem Sie Ihre Kontodaten engeben " -"können. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel ein Google-Konto einrichten, geben Sie Ihren " -"Google-Benutzernamen und Passwort ein und melden sich an." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihre Anmeldeinformationen richtig eingegeben haben, werden Sie " -"aufgefordert, den Bedingungen zuzustimmen. Wählen Sie Akzeptieren " -"um fortzufahren. Einmal akzeptiert, benötigt Ubuntu ihre Zustimmung, um auf " -"Ihr Konto zuzugreifen. Um den Zugriff zu gewähren, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"Zugriff gewähren. Wenn Sie dazu aufgefordert werden, geben Sie " -"das Passwort des anzumeldenden Anwenders ein." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Jetzt können Sie die Anwendung auswählen, mit der Sie Ihr Online-Konto " -"verbinden möchten. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel ein Online-Konto für den Chat " -"verwenden möchten, aber nicht für den Kalender, schalten Sie die " -"Kalender-Option aus." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Nach dem Hinzufügen der Kontendaten verwendet jede Anwendung, die Sie dafür " -"ausgewählt haben, diese Daten für den Zugriff auf Ihre Konten." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Aus Sicherheitsgründen speichert Ubuntu Ihr Kennwort nicht auf Ihrem " -"Rechner. Stattdessen wird ein vom Online-Dienst unterstützter »Token« " -"gespeichert. Wenn Sie die Verknüpfung Ihres Rechners mit dem Online-Dienst " -"rückgängig machen möchten, löschen " -"Sie diesen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1950,6 +1999,75 @@ "einschalten, stehen die hinzugefügten Konten für Sie bereit." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2060,50 +2178,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie Ubuntu Software um Programme hinzuzufügen und " -"Ubuntu noch nützlicher zu machen." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Zusätzliche Anwendungen installieren" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Das Entwicklerteam von Ubuntu hat einige vorinstallierte Anwendungen " -"ausgewählt, von denen wir glauben, dass sie Ubuntu für den täglichen " -"Gebrauch nützlich machen. Trotzdem werden Sie bestimmt weitere Anwendungen " -"installieren wollen, um Ubuntu für Sie noch nützlicher zu gestalten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"Um zusätzliche Anwendungen zu installieren, befolgen Sie die folgenden " -"Schritte:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Über Funk oder per Netzwerkkabel mit dem Internet verbinden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2113,7 +2236,7 @@ "der Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2122,73 +2245,54 @@ "Anwendung, wählen Sie eine Kategorie oder eine Anwendung aus der Liste." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Anwendung, die Sie interessiert und klicken Sie auf " -"Installieren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "" -"Sie werden aufgefordert, Ihr Passwort einzugeben. Anschließend beginnt die " -"Installation." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Die Installation wird normalerweise relativ schnell durchgeführt, könnte " -"aber einige Zeit benötigen, wenn Sie eine langsame Internetverbindung haben." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Eine Verknüpfung für die neue Anwendung wird im Starter erstellt. Um diese " -"Funktion zu deaktivieren, wählen Sie AnsichtNeue " -"Anwendungen im Starter ab." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"PPAs hinzufügen, um Vorabversionen oder spezielle Anwendungen zu testen" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Ein Persönliches Paketarchiv (PPA) hinzufügen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Persönliche Paketarchive sind Paketquellen, die speziell auf Nutzer " -"von Ubuntu ausgelegt sind. Meist sind diese leichter zu installieren als " -"Anwendungen aus anderen Drittanbieterquellen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Fügen Sie nur Paketquellen hinzu, wenn Sie deren Quellen vertrauen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2200,12 +2304,12 @@ "für Ihren Rechner sind." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Ein PPA installieren" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2216,8 +2320,8 @@ "aussehen könnte: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2226,19 +2330,18 @@ "Software & Updates" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Wechseln Sie zum Reiter Andere Software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen … und geben Sie den Ort des " -"ppa: an." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2246,7 +2349,7 @@ "Passwort im Legitimierungsfenster ein." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2257,25 +2360,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Anwendungen entfernen, die Sie nicht mehr benötigen" +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Eine Anwendung entfernen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Software hilft Ihnen dabei, Anwendungen zu entfernen, die " -"Sie nicht mehr benutzen." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2284,7 +2411,7 @@ "Installiert-Schaltfläche." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2293,21 +2420,30 @@ "benutzen oder die Liste der installierten Anwendungen durchschauen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Wählen Sie die Anwendung und klicken Sie auf Entfernen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Sie werden nach Ihrem Passwort gefragt. Nachdem Sie Ihr Passwort eingegeben " -"haben, wird die Anwendung entfernt." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2322,16 +2458,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Weitere Paketquellen hinzufügen, um die Ubuntu-Paketquellen für " -"Installationen und Aktualisierungen zu erweitern." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Zusätzliche Paketquellen hinzufügen" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2345,13 +2479,13 @@ "Paketquellen verfügbar. Wenn Sie Software von Drittquellen installieren " "möchten, müssen Sie diese Paketquellen zunächst zu Ubuntu hinzufügen." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Andere Paketquellen installieren" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2360,7 +2494,7 @@ "haben, wählen Sie den Reiter Andere Software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2370,7 +2504,7 @@ "ungefähr folgendermaßen aussehen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2381,20 +2515,24 @@ "sodann die Softwarequellen nach aktualisierter Software durchsuchen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"Die meisten Paketquellen verfügen über einen Signaturschlüssel, um " +"heruntergeladene Pakete überprüfen zu können. In Ergänzung der obigen " +"Schritte sollten Sie die eventuell vorhandenen Anweisungen zum Herunterladen " +"und Installieren des Signaturschlüssels (GPG-Schlüssel) befolgen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Die Paketquelle von Canonical-Partnern aktivieren" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2402,9 +2540,15 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"Die Canonical-Partnerpaketquellen bieten einige proprietäre Anwendungen, die " +"zwar kein Geld kosten, jedoch unfreie Software enthalten. Dort finden Sie " +"Anwendungen wie Skype und Adobe Flash Plugin. " +"Programme aus dieser Paketquelle erscheinen in Ubuntu Software -" +"Suchergebnissen, können jedoch erst installiert werden, wenn die Paketquelle " +"freigeschaltet ist." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2420,7 +2564,7 @@ "aufHinzufügen und geben Sie ein:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2432,26 +2576,23 @@ "hat." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Software hinzufügen/entfernen" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Installieren, Entfernen, Zusätzliche " -"Quellen …" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Anwendungen hinzufügen & entfernen" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -3071,8 +3212,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB-Stick (geringe Kapazität)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3757,7 +3898,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -4072,25 +4213,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Durch Herunterladen einer Referenzdatei von einem Dienstanbieter" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Die günstigste Möglichkeit ein Druckerprofil zu erstellen, wenn Sie nur ein " -"oder zwei verschiedene Papiersorten verwenden, ist meist, einen " -"Dienstanbieter (Farbfirma) damit zu beauftragen. Nachdem Sie eine " -"Referenztabelle von der Firmen-Website heruntergeladen haben, können Sie der " -"Firma einen Ausdruck in einem wattierten Umschlag zuschicken, diese scannt " -"dann normalerweise den Ausdruck, erzeugt ein Profil und schickt Ihnen ein " -"genaues ICC-Profil per E-Mail." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -6030,21 +6164,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Sollten Sie Ihre Meinung später ändern, können Sie die Uhr wieder anzeigen " -"lassen, indem Sie auf das Symbol oben rechts in der Menüleiste klicken und " -"Systemeinstellungen auswählen. Klicken Sie anschließend auf " -"Zeit und Datum im Abschnitt »System«." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Das Datumsformat ändern" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -6053,44 +6185,23 @@ "Einstellungen für Ihren Standort entspricht." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Systemeinstellungen aus." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Sprachen im Abschnitt »Persönlich«." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Wechseln Sie zum Reiter Regionale Formate." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihren Wunschort aus der Auswahlliste." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6325,76 +6436,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Führen Sie Leistungstests für Ihre Festplatte aus, um deren Geschwindigkeit " -"zu überprüfen." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Testen der Leistungsfähigkeit Ihrer Festplatte" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "So überprüfen Sie die Geschwindigkeit Ihrer Festplatte:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung Festplatten aus dem Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " -"Festplatten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie das entsprechende Laufwerk in der Liste Speichergeräte " -"aus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Zahnrad und wählen Sie Vergleichstest." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Vergleichstest starten und passen Sie die Parameter " -"Übertragungsrate und Zugriffszeit wie gewünscht an." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Vergleichstest starten, um zu überprüfen, wie schnell " -"Daten von der Festplatte gelesen werden können. Systemverwaltungsrechte könnten erforderlich sein. Geben " -"Sie Ihr Passwort ein oder das Passwort des angeforderten " -"Systemverwaltungskontos." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6404,47 +6527,22 @@ "und auf die Festplatte geschrieben werden können. Dies dauert etwas länger." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Sobald die Überprüfung abgeschlossen ist, erscheinen die Ergebnisse im " -"Graph. Die grünen Punkte und Verbindungslinien stehen für die jeweiligen " -"Zugriffe; die Werte der rechten Achse, welche die Zugriffszeit angibt, sind " -"gegen die untere Achse aufgetragen, welche die Zeit seit dem Beginn der " -"Leistungsprüfung in Prozent angibt. Die blaue Linie gibt die " -"Lesegeschwindigkeit an, während die rote Linie die Schreibgeschwindigkeit " -"anzeigt; beide werden als Zugriffsdatengeschwindigkeiten auf der linken " -"Achse gegen die zurückgelegte Strecke auf der Festplatte von außen nach " -"innen in Prozent auf der unteren Achse aufgetragen." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Unterhalb des Graphen, werden Werte für die minimale, maximale und " -"durchschnittliche Schreib- und Lesegeschwindigkeit, durchschnittliche " -"Zugriffszeit und die seit der letzten Leistungsprüfung verstrichene Zeit " -"angezeigt." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie die Festplattenbelegungsanalyse oder die " -"Systemüberwachung zum Überprüfen des vorhandenen Plattenplatzes " -"und der Kapazität." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6452,142 +6550,69 @@ msgstr "Überprüfen, wieviel Festplattenspeicher verfügbar ist" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Mit Hilfe der Anwendungen Festplattenbelegung analysieren und " -"Systemüberwachung können Sie prüfen, wie viel Festplattenspeicher " -"ungenutzt ist." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Mit der Anwendung »Festplattenbelegung analysieren« prüfen" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Um mit Festplattenbelegung analysieren den freien Speicherplatz " -"sowie die Kapazität der Festplatte zu prüfen:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung Festplattenbelegung analysieren aus dem " -"Dash. Für die verschiedenen Partitionen wird die " -"Gesamtkapazität und der aktuelle Gesamtverbrauch " -"dargestellt." +"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung Festplatten aus dem Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " -"Festplatten. Die Gesamte Speicherkapazität des " -"Dateisystems und die Gesamte Belegung des Dateisystems wird " -"dargestellt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltflächen in der Werkzeugleiste, um den " -"Persönlichen Ordner, das Dateisystem, einen " -"Ordner oder einen entfernten Ordner zu überprüfen." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Es werden Informationen zu Ordnern, " -"Festplattenbelegung, Größe und Inhalt " -"angezeigt. Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie unter Festplattenbelegung analysieren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Mit der Systemüberwachung prüfen" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Warum ist die Festplatte zu voll?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"So analysieren Sie den freien Festplattenspeicher und die " -"Festplattenkapazität mit der Systemüberwachung:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie die Systemüberwachung über das Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " -"Systemüberwachung." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie den Reiter Dateisysteme, um die Systempartitionen und " -"den Speicherverbrauch anzuzeigen. Die Informationen werden in »Gesamt«, " -"»Frei«, »Verfügbar« und »Belegt« gegliedert." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Warum ist die Festplatte zu voll?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Falls die Festplatte zu voll ist, sollten Sie:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"Dateien löschen, die unbedeutend sind oder nicht mehr benötigt werden." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Sicherungen von wichtigen Dateien " -"erstellen, die Sie vorübergehend nicht benötigen und diese von der " -"Festplatte entfernen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6636,25 +6661,8 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Den Status Ihrer Festplatten mithilfe der Laufwerksverwaltung prüfen" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie die Anwendung Festplatten aus dem Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " -"Festplatten." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6663,59 +6671,46 @@ "Sie anzeigen möchten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "Assessment sollte anzeigen \"Datenträger ist OK\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie das menü oben rechts und wählen Sie SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests, um weitere Datenträgerinformationen anzuzeigen oder einen " -"Selbsttest zu starten." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Was tue ich, wenn die Festplatte nicht »gesund« ist?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Selbst wenn der SMART-Status anzeigt, dass Ihre Festplatte " -"nicht funktionstüchtig ist, ist dies kein Grund in Panik zu " -"verfallen. Trotzdem ist es besser, darauf vorbereitet zu sein und den " -"Verlust von Daten durch eine Datensicherung " -"zu vermeiden." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Falls der Status »Vor dem Versagen« anzeigt, ist die Festplatte prinzipiell " -"funktionstüchtig, weist aber bereits deutliche Verschleißerscheinungen auf, " -"die auf ein mögliches Versagen in der nahen Zukunft hindeuten. Falls Ihre " -"Festplatte (oder Ihr Rechner) schon ein paar Jahre alt ist, wird diese " -"Nachricht vermutlich bei mindestens einer der Zustandsüberprüfungen " -"angezeigt. Sie sollten Ihre wichtigen Dateien " -"regelmäßig sichern und den Festplattenzustand regelmäßig überprüfen, " -"um zu sehen, ob dieser sich verschlechtert." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6727,139 +6722,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Entferne alle Dateien und Ordner auf der externen Festplatte oder des USB-" -"Sticks durch Formatieren." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Alles von einem Wechseldatenträger löschen" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Wechseldatenträger wie einen USB-Stick oder eine externe " -"Festplatte besitzen, möchten Sie möglicherweise von Zeit zu Zeit alle " -"Dateien und Ordner von diesem löschen. Das können Sie tun, indem Sie den " -"Datenträger formatieren – diese Aktion löscht alle Dateien und " -"hinterlässt einen komplett leeren Datenträger." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatieren eines Wechseldatenträgers" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie formatieren möchten, aus der Liste der " -"Speichergeräte aus." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie unbedingt sicher, dass Sie das richtige Medium gewählt haben! " -"Falls Sie das falsche gewählt haben, werden alle Dateien auf diesem Medium " -"gelöscht!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Im Abschnitt Datenträger wählen Sie Datenträger aushängen. Dann " -"klicken Sie auf Datenträger formatieren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im daraufhin erscheinenden Fenster einen Dateisystem-" -"Typ für die Festplatte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Falls Sie die Festplatte zusätzlich zu Linux-Rechnern auch auf Windows- und " -"MacOS-Rechnern verwenden, wählen Sie FAT. Falls Sie die " -"Festplatte nur unter Windows benutzen, ist NTFS vermutlich die " -"bessere Einstellung. Eine kurze Beschreibung des Dateisystemtyps " -"wird als Hinweis angezeigt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie der Festplatte einen Namen und wählen Sie Formatieren, " -"um mit dem Vorgang zu beginnen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Nachdem die Formatierung abgeschlossen ist, müssen Sie die Festplatte nur " -"noch sicher entfernen. Sie sollte jetzt vollständig leer und " -"bereit zur neuerlichen Benutzung sein." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Das Formatieren einer Festplatte entfernt die Dateien nicht sicher." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Das Formatieren einer Festplatte ist keine vollkommen sichere Art, alle " -"Daten davon zu löschen. Formatierte Festplatten enthalten zwar scheinbar " -"keine Dateien, aber mit einer speziellen Anwendung ist es möglich, die " -"Dateien wiederherzustellen. Falls Sie die Dateien sicher für immer löschen " -"möchten, müssen Sie ein Befehlszeilenwerkzeug wie shred verwenden." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Verstehen, was Laufwerke und Partitionen sind, und die Laufwerksverwaltung " -"verwenden, um diese zu verwalten." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Datenträger und Partitionen verwalten" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6879,7 +6848,7 @@ "können Sie Daten daraus auslesen (und eventuell auch darauf speichern)." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6898,63 +6867,40 @@ "vorstellen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Datenträger und Partitionen mit der Laufwerksverwaltung betrachten und " -"verwalten" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Speichergeräte Ihres Rechners mit der Laufwerksverwaltung " -"überprüfen und bearbeiten." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie das Dash und starten Sie die Anwendung " -"Festplatten-Werkzeuge." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Im Abschnitt Speichergeräte werden Festplatten, CD/DVD-Laufwerke " -"und andere physische Laufwerke angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf das Gerät, das Sie " -"näher betrachten möchten." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Auf der rechten Seite liefert der Abschnitt mit dem Titel " -"Datenträger einen kurzen Ausschnitt der Datenträger und " -"Partitionen auf dem gewählten Gerät. Er enthält außerdem zahlreiche " -"Werkzeuge, um diese Datenträger zu verwalten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Seien Sie vorsichtig: Es ist mit diesen Werkzeugen möglich, alle Daten von " -"Ihrer Festplatte zu löschen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6972,20 +6918,14 @@ "verteilt sein." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Eine primäre Partition muss die Informationen enthalten, die Ihr Rechner zum " -"Starten oder Booten benötigt. Aus diesem Grund wird sie oft Boot-" -"Partition oder Boot-Datenträger genannt. Um zu überprüfen, ob ein " -"Datenträger boot-fähig ist, sehen Sie sich in der Laufwerksverwaltung seine " -"Partitions-Flags an. Externe Datenträger wie USB-Speicher und CDs " -"können ebenfalls einen boot-fähigen Datenträger enthalten." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -7020,20 +6960,20 @@ msgstr "Die Helligkeit einstellen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Wählen Sie Helligkeit & Sperren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Stellen Sie den Regler für die Helligkeit auf einen angenehmen " "Wert." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -7045,7 +6985,7 @@ "um diese Tasten zu nutzen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -7058,7 +6998,7 @@ "so den Akku schneller." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -7094,15 +7034,23 @@ "Bildschirm nicht sofort erkennt oder Sie die Einstellungen anpassen möchten:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf Ihren Namen in der oberen Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +"Systemeinstellungen …." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Öffnen Sie Anzeigegeräte." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -7123,7 +7071,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -7133,7 +7081,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -7143,7 +7091,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -7154,7 +7102,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7188,7 +7136,7 @@ "Bildschirm nicht sofort erkennt oder Sie die Einstellungen anpassen möchten:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7202,7 +7150,7 @@ "als »primärer« Bildschirm dienen soll." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7211,12 +7159,12 @@ "für Starter-Position Alle Bildschirme." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Klebrige Ränder" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7232,7 +7180,7 @@ "anderen Bildschirm wechselt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7272,21 +7220,15 @@ "automatisch sperren lassen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sperren aktiviert ist, und wählen Sie " -"ein Zeitlimit aus der Auswahlliste darunter. Der Bildschirm wird automatisch " -"gesperrt, wenn Sie die angegebene Zeit lang untätig waren. Sie können auch " -"Bildschirm schaltet ab auswählen, der Bildschirm wird dann mit " -"dem Abschalten auch gesperrt; das Zeitlimit zum Abschalten stellen Sie dabei " -"mithilfe der Auswahlliste Bildschirm abschalten, wenn inaktiv für " -"darüber ein." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7300,7 +7242,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7341,7 +7283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7378,17 +7320,17 @@ "kann keine weiteren Sammlungen enthalten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "So wird eine Sammlung gelöscht:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Wählen Sie im Auswahlmodus die Sammlung, die Sie löschen wollen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7413,12 +7355,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7718,7 +7659,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Nach Dateien suchen" @@ -8001,13 +7941,13 @@ "Geräte angeschlossen werden:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie EinzelheitenWechselmedien." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -8018,7 +7958,7 @@ " und Medientypen beschrieben." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -8029,7 +7969,7 @@ "was passieren soll, es wird nichts automatisch ausgeführt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -8045,7 +7985,7 @@ "(zum Beispiel eine Diaschau)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -8061,7 +8001,7 @@ "Auswahlliste Aktion." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -8073,17 +8013,17 @@ "Wechselmedien-Fensters an." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Geräte- und Medientypen" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Audio-CDs" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -8097,12 +8037,12 @@ "Dateien, die Sie in einer Anwendung zur Audiowiedergabe abspielen können." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Video-Medien" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -8116,12 +8056,12 @@ "xref=\"video-dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Leere Medien" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -8131,12 +8071,12 @@ "auszuwählen." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Kameras und Fotos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -8150,7 +8090,7 @@ "Ihre Fotos mit der Dateiverwaltung durchsuchen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -8162,12 +8102,12 @@ "einem Ordner namens PICTURES enthalten." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Musikwiedergabegeräte" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -8177,12 +8117,12 @@ "Dateiverwaltung." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "E-Book-Leser" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -8193,12 +8133,12 @@ "Dateiverwaltung." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Anwendungen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8213,7 +8153,7 @@ "stets um Bestätigung gebeten, bevor die Anwendung ausgeführt wird." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" "Führen Sie niemals Anwendungen von Medien aus, denen Sie nicht vertrauen." @@ -8231,15 +8171,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie die Anwendung Dateien, um die Dateien Ihres " -"Rechners zu verwalten und auf sie zuzugreifen. Der Zugriff auf weitere " -"Speichergeräte wie externe Festplatten, auf Datei-Server und Netzlaufwerke." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8263,19 +8199,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"In der Dateiverwaltung können Sie durch Doppelklick auf einen Ordner den " -"Inhalt darstellen, durch einen Doppelklick auf eine Datei öffnen Sie diese " -"mit der Standardanwendung für den betreffenden Dateityp. Mit einem Rechts-" -"Klick auf einen Ordner können Sie einen Ordner auch in einem neuen Reiter " -"oder in einem neuen Fenster öffnen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8292,37 +8238,33 @@ "seine Eigenschaften zuzugreifen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie innerhalb eines Ordners schnell zu einer bestimmten Datei springen " -"möchten, geben Sie den Anfang des Dateinamens ein. Ein Suchfeld erscheint " -"und die erste gefundene Datei wird hervorgehoben. Drücken Sie den »Herunter«-" -"Pfeil oder nutzen Sie den Bildlauf der Maus, um zur nächsten gefundenen " -"Datei zu springen." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Häufig genutzte Ordner können Sie über die Seitenleiste erreichen. " -"Sollte die Seitenleiste nicht angezeigt werden, klicken Sie den herunter-Knopf in der " -"Werkzeugleiste und wählen Sie Seitenleiste anzeigen. Sie können " -"Lesezeichen für weitere Ordner einfügen. Verwenden Sie dazu das " -"Lesezeichen-Menü oder ziehen Sie den betreffenden Ordner einfach " -"auf die Seitenleiste." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -9038,18 +8980,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Möglicherweise haben Sie den Namen der Datei so geändert, dass sie nun " -"verborgen ist. Dateien, deren Namen mit einem . beginnen oder " -"mit einem ~ enden, werden in der Dateiverwaltung nicht " -"angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf den unten-Pfeil in der oberen Leiste und wählen " -"Verborgene Dateien anzeigen, um auch verborgene Dateien " -"anzuzeigen. Für weitere Informationen siehe ." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9672,168 +9606,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Finden Sie Dateien anhand Ihres Namens und Typs. Speichern Sie Ihre Suche " -"zur späteren Verwendung." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Sie können nach Dateien anhand ihres Namens oder Dateityps direkt in der " -"Dateiverwaltung suchen. Sie können sogar alltägliche Suchen speichern; sie " -"erscheinen dann als spezielle Ordner in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Weitere Suchanwendungen" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Suche" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Öffnen Sie die Dateiverwaltung" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie wissen, dass die Dateien in einem bestimmten Ordner oder seinen " -"Unterordnern sind, gehen Sie zu diesem Ordner." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Lupe in der Werkzeugleiste oder drücken Sie " -"Strgf." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie ein Wort ein, von dem Sie wissen, dass es im Dateinamen vorkommt. " -"Wenn Sie zum Beispiel das Wort »Rechnung« im Namen Ihren Rechungsdateien " -"verwenden, geben Sie Rechnung ein. Drücken Sie " -"Eingabe. Groß- und Kleinschreibung sind für die Suche nicht " -"relevant." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Sie können die Suche über den Ort und den Dateityp einschränken." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf Persönlicher Ordner um die Suche auf diesen " -"Ordner zu beschränken oder auf Alle Dateien für eine " -"unbeschränkte Suche." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf + und wählen einen Dateityp aus der " -"Auswahlliste, um die Suche einzuschränken. Klicken auf x hebt " -"diese Einschränkung wieder auf." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Sie können die Dateien des Suchergebnisses öffnen, kopieren, löschen oder " -"auf andere Weise damit arbeiten, so wie Sie es mit jedem anderen Ordner in " -"der Dateiverwaltung auch machen würden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Lupe in der Werkzeugleiste, um die Sucheingabe wieder " -"auszublenden." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie bestimmte Suchen häufiger ausführen, können Sie sie speichern, um " -"schnell auf sie zugreifen zu können." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Eine Suche speichern" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Starten Sie eine Suche wie vorstehend beschrieben." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit den Sucheingaben zufrieden sind, klicken Sie bitte auf " -"Datei in der Menüzeile und wählen Sie Speichern als " -"...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie der Suche einen Namen und klicken Sie auf Speichern. " -"Wählen Sie bei Bedarf einen anderen Ordner, um die Suche darin zu speichern. " -"Wenn Sie diesen Ordner betrachten, sehen Sie Ihre gespeicherte Suche als ein " -"orangefarbenes Ordnersymbol mit einem Vergrößerungsglas darauf." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Um die Suchdatei zu entfernen, wenn Sie mit ihr fertig sind, entfernen Sie einfach die Suche, wie Sie es mit " -"jeder anderen Datei tun würden. Wenn Sie eine gespeicherte Suche entfernen, " -"werden die damit gefundenen Dateien nicht entfernt." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10819,7 +10691,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Klicken Sie unter Hardware auf Tastatur." @@ -10837,22 +10709,22 @@ "wie schnell der Zeiger blinken soll." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Eingabequellen hinzufügen und zwischen ihnen umschalten." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Alternative Eingabequelle nutzen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10870,7 +10742,7 @@ "wechseln." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10884,16 +10756,32 @@ "Abschnitt Komplexe Eingabemethoden." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Eingabequelle hinzufügen" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Klicken Sie im persönlichen Bereich auf Texteingabe." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf den +-Knopf, wählen Sie eine Eingabequelle, und " +"klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10902,36 +10790,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Vorschau eines Bildes jeglichen Layouts ansehen, indem Sie es " -"in der Liste auswählen und Vorschau " -"anklicken." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Klicken Sie im persönlichen Bereich auf Texteingabe." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf den +-Knopf, wählen Sie eine Eingabequelle, und " -"klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10945,7 +10813,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10954,8 +10822,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click Einstellungen klicken, um den " "Eingangsmethoden-Dialog anzuzeigen, sofern dies möglich ist." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Eingabequellen-Indikator" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10991,12 +10869,12 @@ "Quelle aus dem Menü." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Tastenkombinationen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -11009,7 +10887,7 @@ "key\">SuperLeertaste, Sie können es jedoch ändern:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -11018,7 +10896,7 @@ "Zur nächsten Quelle wechseln mit:." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -11028,13 +10906,13 @@ "möchten." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Die Eingabequelle für alle Fenster oder für jedes Fenster separat einstellen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -11050,7 +10928,7 @@ "gemerkt, wenn Sie zwischen Fenstern wechseln." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -11060,12 +10938,12 @@ "verwenden sollen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Komplexe Eingabemethoden" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -11076,7 +10954,7 @@ "chinesisch, japanisch, koreanisch und vietnamesisch." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -11088,7 +10966,7 @@ "hinzugefügt, falls nötig." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -11097,7 +10975,7 @@ "System vorzubereiten, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -11107,23 +10985,23 @@ "für Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" "Schließen Sie Sprachunterstützung und öffnen Sie sie erneut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "Wählen Sie fcitx als Tastatureingabemethode." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Melden Sie sich vom System ab und wieder an." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -11132,7 +11010,7 @@ "klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -11141,7 +11019,7 @@ "der Menüleiste bereit. (Das Design weicht von der IBus-Entsprechung ab.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Bildschirmtastatur verwenden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Texteingabeassistent einschalten, um die Bildschirmtastatur " @@ -11593,7 +11471,7 @@ "wie lange es dauert, bis sich die Taste wiederholt auszulösen beginnt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11603,7 +11481,7 @@ "zu deaktivieren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11633,14 +11511,14 @@ msgstr "So ändern Sie für eine Tastenkombination die zu drückenden Tasten:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Öffnen Sie Tastatur und wählen Sie den Reiter " "Tastaturkürzel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11651,7 +11529,7 @@ "ändert sich in Neue Tastenkombination …" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11660,17 +11538,17 @@ "Rückstelltaste, um sie zurückzusetzen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Eigene Tastenkürzel" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "So erstellen Sie Ihre eigenen Tastenkürzel:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11682,7 +11560,7 @@ "Tastenkürzel erscheint." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11696,7 +11574,7 @@ "benutzen Sie den Befehl rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11706,7 +11584,7 @@ "… ändert, halten Sie die gewünschten Tasten gedrückt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11719,7 +11597,7 @@ "muss nicht zwangsläufig dem Anwendungsnamen entsprechen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11859,16 +11737,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Zur Lösung des Problems klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der " -"Menüleiste und gehen Sie zu Systemeinstellungen. Wählen Sie im " -"Abschnitt Hardware Anzeigegeräte. Probieren Sie einige der Werte " -"in Auflösung durch und wählen Sie denjenigen, bei dem das Bild " -"wieder besser aussieht." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11914,19 +11788,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und dann auf " -"Systemeinstellungen. Öffnen Sie Anzeigegeräte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Deaktivieren Sie Bildschirme spiegeln." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11961,16 +11834,7 @@ "drehbaren Monitor haben), indem Sie die Drehung ändern." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Systemeinstellungen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11980,12 +11844,12 @@ "Anzeigegerät in der Vorschau aus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Wählen Sie die gewünschte Auflösung und Ausrichtung." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11999,7 +11863,7 @@ "beibehalten." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -12011,12 +11875,12 @@ "klicken Sie auf Bildschirme erkennen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Auflösung" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -12033,7 +11897,7 @@ "Verzerrungen vermieden werden." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Drehung" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -12233,17 +12097,17 @@ "sollten Sie die Zwischenzeit vergrößern." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Öffnen Sie Maus & Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -12252,7 +12116,7 @@ "an die gewünschte Position." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -12263,7 +12127,7 @@ "Doppelklick hebt den inneren Kreis hervor." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -12279,8 +12143,8 @@ "das gleiche Problem hat." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12308,7 +12172,7 @@ "Touchpads vertauschen, um sie linkshändig angenehmer benutzen zu können." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12333,68 +12197,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Viele Mäuse und manche Touchpads haben eine mittlere Maustaste. Bei einer " -"Maus mit einem Mausrad können Sie normalerweise für einen Mittelklick direkt " -"auf das Mausrad drücken. Wenn Sie keine mittlere Maustaste haben, können Sie " -"für einen Mittelklick gleichzeitig die linke und die rechte Maustaste " -"drücken. Falls Sie das Gefühl haben, dass Sie auf diese Weise keinen " -"Mittelklick ausführen können, probieren Sie die folgenden " -"Anweisungen aus." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Auf Touchpads, die Mehrfingerberührungen unterstützen, können Sie mit drei " -"Fingern gleichzeitig tippen, um einen Mittelklick auszuführen. Sie müssen in " -"den Touchpad-Einstellungen Mausklicks " -"per Touchpad freischalten, damit dies funktioniert." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Viele Anwendungen nutzen die mittlere Maustaste für erweiterte " -"Tastenkombinationen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Ein häufig verwendetes Tastenkürzel ist das zum Einfügen ausgewählten " -"Textes. (Es wird manchmal auch als Einfügen der primären Auswahl " -"bezeichnet.) Wählen Sie den einzufügenden Text aus, wechseln Sie an den Ort, " -"an dem Sie ihn einfügen möchten und führen Sie einen Klick mit der mittleren " -"Maustaste aus. Der ausgewählte Text wird dort eingefügt, wo sich die Maus " -"befindet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." -msgstr "" -"Text mit der mittleren Maustaste einzufügen, geschieht völlig unabhängig von " -"der normalen Zwischenablage. Durch das Markieren von Text wird er nicht in " -"die Zwischenablage kopiert. Diese schnelle Methode des Einfügens " -"funktioniert nur mit der mittleren Maustaste." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12423,22 +12265,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Die meisten Webbrowser ermöglichen es Ihnen, Links schnell mit einem " -"Mittelklick in einem Reiter zu öffnen. Klicken Sie einfach mit der mittleren " -"Maustaste auf einen beliebigen Link und er wird in einem neuen Reiter " -"geöffnet. Seien Sie aber vorsichtig, wenn Sie einen Link im Webbrowser " -"Firefox anklicken. Wenn Sie in Firefox die mittlere " -"Maustaste woanders als auf einem Link klicken, versucht der Browser, den " -"markierten Text als URL zu laden, als hätten Sie den Text per Mittelklick in " -"die Adressleiste eingefügt und die Eingabetaste gedrückt." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12457,13 +12290,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Einige spezialisierte Anwendungen machen mit der mittleren Maustaste andere " -"Funktionen möglich. Suchen Sie in der zu Ihrer Anwendung gehörenden Hilfe " -"nach Mittelklick oder mittlere Maustaste." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12489,8 +12319,13 @@ "können Sie den Mauszeiger mit Hilfe des Ziffernblocks Ihrer Tastatur " "bewegen. Diese Funktion heißt Tastaturmaus." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12499,7 +12334,7 @@ "das Dash zu öffnen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12508,23 +12343,21 @@ "Eingabe, um die Einstellungen der Zugangshilfen zu öffnen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Drücken Sie einmal Tab, um den Reiter Sehen " "auszuwählen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Drücken Sie einmal ←, um zum Reiter Zeigen und Klicken " -"zu wechseln." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12533,7 +12366,7 @@ "auszuwählen, drücken Sie dann Eingabe, um es zu aktivieren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12543,80 +12376,262 @@ "bewegen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Diese Anweisungen stellen den schnellsten Weg dar, um die Tastaturmaus nur " -"mit der Tastatur einzuschalten. Wählen Sie Zugangshilfen, um " -"weitere Einstellungsmöglichkeiten zu erhalten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Der Nummernblock oder Ziffernblock einer Tastatur ist ein Satz numerischer " -"Tasten, der normalerweise in einem quadratischen Raster angelegt ist. Wenn " -"Sie eine Tastatur ohne Nummernblock (etwa bei einer Laptoptastatur) haben, " -"müssen Sie wahrscheinlich die Funktionstaste (Fn) gedrückt halten " -"und bestimmte andere Tasten anstelle des Nummernblocks verwenden. Wenn Sie " -"diese Funktion häufig auf einem Laptop verwenden, können Sie einen externen " -"USB-Nummernblock kaufen." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Jede Zahl auf dem Ziffernblock entspricht einer Richtung. Wenn Sie zum " -"Beispiel 8 drücken, bewegt sich der Zeiger nach oben, und wenn " -"Sie 2 drücken, bewegt er sich nach unten. Drücken Sie " -"5, um mit der Maus einmal zu klicken, oder drücken Sie die Taste " -"schnell zweimal hintereinander für einen Doppelklick." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Die meisten Tastaturen haben eine spezielle Taste, die Ihnen einen " -"Rechtsklick ermöglicht; sie ist oft in der Nähe der Leertaste. Beachten Sie " -"aber, dass diese Taste auf den Tastaturfokus reagiert, nicht darauf, wo der " -"Mauszeiger ist. Siehe für Informationen " -"darüber, wie ein Rechtsklick ausgelöst werden kann, indem Sie die Taste " -"5 oder die linke Maustaste gedrückt halten." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie den Ziffernblock verwenden wollen, um Zahlen einzugeben, während " -"die Tastaturmaus aktiviert ist, schalten Sie die Num-Lock-Taste " -"ein. Die Maus reagiert aber nicht mehr auf den Ziffernblock, solange die " -"Num-Lock-Taste eingeschaltet ist." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie den Ziffernblock verwenden wollen, um Zahlen einzugeben, während " +"die Tastaturmaus aktiviert ist, schalten Sie die Num-Lock-Taste " +"ein. Die Maus reagiert aber nicht mehr auf den Ziffernblock, solange die " +"Num-Lock-Taste eingeschaltet ist." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." msgstr "" "Die normalen Zifferntasten, die in einer oberen Reihe der Tastatur platziert " "sind, haben keine Kontrolle über den Mauszeiger. Nur die Tasten des " @@ -12874,7 +12889,7 @@ "Zeigergeschwindigkeit dieser Geräte an." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12883,7 +12898,7 @@ "Wünschen entspricht." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12896,8 +12911,7 @@ "Schieberegler in den Bereichen Maus und Touchpad aus." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12919,89 +12933,68 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Sie können klicken, doppelklicken, ziehen und rollen, indem Sie allein Ihr " -"Touchpad verwenden, ohne zusätzliche Hardware-Tasten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie Mausklicks per Touchpad freischalten im Bereich " "Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Zum Klicken tippen Sie auf das Touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Für einen Doppelklick tippen Sie zweimal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Um ein Objekt zu ziehen, tippen Sie doppelt, aber heben Sie Ihren Finger " -"danach nicht an. Ziehen Sie dann das Objekt an den gewünschten Platz und " -"heben Sie Ihren Finger an, um es abzulegen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihr Touchpad das Tippen mit mehreren Fingern unterstützt, tippen Sie " -"für einen Rechtsklick mit zwei Fingern gleichzeitig. Andernfalls müssen Sie " -"für einen Rechtsklick die Tasten am Rechner benutzen. Siehe für eine Methode, um einen Rechtsklick ohne " -"zweite Maustaste auszuführen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihr Touchpad das Tippen mit mehreren Fingern unterstützt, führen Sie " -"einen Mittelklick aus, indem Sie mit " -"drei Fingern gleichzeitig tippen." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit mehreren Fingern tippen oder ziehen, achten Sie darauf, dass " -"Ihre Finger weit genug auseinander liegen. Wenn Ihre Finger zu nah " -"beieinander sind, könnte der Rechner glauben, dass es sich um einen " -"einzelnen Finger handelt." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Bildlauf mit zwei Fingern" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" "Sie können das Bild mithilfe des Touchpad verschieben, indem Sie zwei Finger " "benutzen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -13009,7 +13002,7 @@ "Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -13025,19 +13018,19 @@ "horizontalen Bildlauf zu erzielen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Das Rollen mit zwei Fingern funktioniert unter Umständen nicht auf allen " "Touchpads." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Inhalt klebt an den Fingern" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -13046,7 +13039,7 @@ "Papier bewegen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -13055,7 +13048,7 @@ "Fingern." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13607,9 +13600,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Hinzufügen, Löschen und Umbenennen von Lesezeichen mit der Dateiverwaltung." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13618,84 +13610,73 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Ihre Lesezeichen finden Sie in der seitlichen Leiste der Dateiverwaltung." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen hinzufügen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie den Ordner (oder den Ort) aus, den Sie als Lesezeichen speichern " "wollen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie Lesezeichen in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Diese Seite als Lesezeichen speichern" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "So löschen Sie ein Lesezeichen:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie Lesezeichen in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Lesezeichen … in dem Menü." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Lesezeichen-Fenster die Einträge aus, die Sie " -"löschen wollen und klicken Sie den --Knopf." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Ein Lesezeichen umbenennen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf Dateien in der oberen Leiste und wählen Sie " -"Lesezeichen aus." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Lesezeichen-Fenster die Einträge, die Sie " -"umbenennen wollen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie im Eingabefeld Name den Namen für das Lesezeichen ein." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -14328,7 +14309,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ort" @@ -14539,7 +14520,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Keine" @@ -14699,17 +14680,17 @@ "bestimmten Gruppen gehören." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Zugriffsrechte" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Zeigt die Zugriffsrechte an, z.B. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14718,7 +14699,7 @@ "normale Datei und d bedeutet Verzeichnis (Ordner)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14727,7 +14708,7 @@ "Benutzers fest, der die Datei besitzt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14736,7 +14717,7 @@ "Mitglieder der Gruppe fest, die die Datei besitzt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14745,42 +14726,42 @@ "für alle anderen Benutzer des Systems fest." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Die Zeichen haben folgende Bedeutungen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Leserechte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Schreibrechte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Ausführungsrechte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Keine Rechte." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME-Typ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Zeigt den MIME-Typ des Objekts an." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Der Pfad zum Ort der Datei." @@ -15138,12 +15119,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -15156,7 +15136,7 @@ msgstr "Das Ubuntu-Dokumentations-Team" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Webbrowser" @@ -15461,7 +15441,7 @@ "Change the default web browser by going to Details in the " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie den vorgegebenen Webbrowser über Einzelheiten in den " +"Ändern Sie den vorgegebenen Webbrowser über Informationen in den " "Systemeinstellungen." #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -15484,17 +15464,17 @@ "Webbrowser:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie Einzelheiten und wählen Sie " -"Vorgabeprogramme aus der Liste an der linken Seite des Fensters." +"Öffnen Sie Informationen und wählen Sie Vorgabe-" +"Anwendungen aus der Liste an der linken Seite des Fensters." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15503,7 +15483,7 @@ "Webbrowser festzulegen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15521,7 +15501,7 @@ "Change the default email client by going to Details in the " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie die vorgegebene E-Mail-Anwendung über Einzelheiten in " +"Ändern Sie die vorgegebene E-Mail-Anwendung über Informationen in " "den Systemeinstellungen." #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -15546,7 +15526,7 @@ "indem Sie die Standard-E-Mail-Anwendung ändern:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15665,7 +15645,7 @@ msgstr "Finden Sie Ihre interne (Netzwerk-)IP-Adresse" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15676,18 +15656,18 @@ "welche Netzwerkverbindung Sie die IP-Adresse ermitteln wollen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Ihre interne IP-Adresse wird in der Informationsliste angezeigt." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Finden Sie Ihre externe (Internet-)IP-Adresse" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15696,12 +15676,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Diese Seite zeigt Ihnen Ihre externe IP-Adresse an." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15712,42 +15692,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Sie können steuern, welche Programme auf das Netzwerk zugreifen dürfen. Dies " -"hilft Ihnen dabei, Ihren Rechner sicher zu halten." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Firewall-Zugriff erlauben oder blockieren" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu ist mit der Unkomplizierten Firewall (ufw) " -"ausgestattet, diese Firewall ist aber nicht standardmäßig aktiviert. Da " -"Ubuntu in der Standardinstallation keine offenen Netzwerkdienste hat (außer " -"für die grundlegende Netzwerkinfrastruktur), wird auch keine Firewall " -"benötigt, um eingehende, bösartige Verbindungsversuche zu blocken." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von ufw erhalten Sie in der Online-" -"Dokumentation." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15758,11 +15729,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Um die Firewall einzuschalten, geben Sie sudo ufw enable in ein " -"Terminal ein. Um ufw auszuschalten, geben Sie sudo ufw disable " -"ein." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15775,14 +15743,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15790,9 +15758,14 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Jedes Programm, das Netzwerkdienste bietet, benutzt einen speziellen " +"Netzwerk-Port. Um den Zugriff darauf zu ermöglichen, müssen Sie " +"diesen Port in der Firewall freischalten. Den Zugang für Port 53 geben Sie " +"im Terminal wie folgt frei: sudo ufw allow 53. Sie sperren ihn " +"wieder mit diesem Befehl: sudo ufw deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15801,12 +15774,12 @@ "status in ein Terminal ein." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Ufw ohne Terminal verwenden" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15817,7 +15790,7 @@ "installieren, klicken Sie auf diesen Verweis." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -16097,30 +16070,28 @@ msgstr "Netzwerk-Begriffe und Tipps" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen womöglich Flash installieren um Websites wie YouTube, welche " -"Videos anzeigen, sowie interaktive Webseiten anzusehen." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Die Flash-Erweiterung installieren" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -16131,20 +16102,70 @@ "Flash ist kostenlos (aber nicht quelloffen) und kann für die meisten " "Webbrowser heruntergeladen werden." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Installation von Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" +"Prüfen Sie, ob Canonical " +"Partner Paketquelle aktiviert ist." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." @@ -16153,45 +16174,38 @@ "flashplugin Paket." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Falls irgendwelche Webbrowser-Fenster geöffnet sind, schließen Sie diese und " -"öffnen Sie sie erneut. Der Webbrowser sollte nun feststellen, dass Flash " -"installiert ist und Sie sollten in der Lage sein, auf Flash basierende " -"Websites zu betrachten." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Websites, die Java erfordern, mit Ihrem Browser anzeigen." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Die Java-Erweiterung installieren" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Einige Internetseiten verwenden kleine Java-Programme, welche die " -"Installation der Java-Erweiterung voraussetzen, um ausgeführt werden zu " -"können." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Das Paket icedtea6-plugin " -"installieren, um Java-Programme im Browser zu betrachten." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16491,6 +16505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen." @@ -16757,12 +16772,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Problembehebung bei " -"Funknetzwerken, Das eigene " -"Funknetzwerk finden …" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16812,7 +16824,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy-Methode ändern" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16821,7 +16833,7 @@ "der Liste an der linken Seite des Fensters." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" @@ -16829,7 +16841,7 @@ "verwenden wollen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16839,13 +16851,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuell" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16856,12 +16868,12 @@ "HTTPS, FTP und SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisch" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16870,7 +16882,7 @@ "Konfiguration für Ihr System enthält." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17470,16 +17482,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Mit einem WLAN-Netz verbinden, " -"Verborgene Netzwerke, Verbindungseinstellungen " -"anpassen, Verbindung " -"trennen …" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17504,67 +17511,53 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Sie können Ihren Rechner als Funknetzwerk-Hotspot verwenden. Dies ermöglicht " -"anderen Geräten, sich mit Ihnen ohne ein separates Netzwerk zu verbinden. " -"Außerdem ist es dadurch möglich, eine Internetverbindung freizugeben, die " -"Sie über eine andere Schnittstelle erstellt haben, wie ein kabelgebundenes " -"Netzwerk oder ein mobiles Breitbandnetzwerk." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Öffnen Sie Netzwerk und dort Funknetzwerke auf der " "linken Seite." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf Als HotSpot verwenden." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Falls Sie bereits mit einem Funknetzwerk verbunden sind, werden Sie gefragt, " -"ob Sie die Verbindung zu diesem Netzwerk trennen wollen. Ein einzelner " -"Funknetzwerkadapter kann nicht zum Erstellen mehrerer Netzwerke gleichzeitig " -"genutzt werden. Klicken Sie zum Bestätigen auf Hotspot erstellen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Ein Netzwerkname (SSID) und ein Sicherheitsschlüssel werden automatisch " -"erzeugt. Der Netzwerkname basiert auf dem Namen Ihres Rechners. Andere " -"Geräte benötigen diese Informationen, um sich mit dem soeben angelegten " -"Hotspot zu verbinden." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Öffnen sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie »Funknetzwerk " -"aktivieren« ab." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Funknetzwerk abschalten (Flugzeugmodus)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17577,34 +17570,26 @@ "beispielsweise zur Energieeinsparung. Gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und " -"wählen Sie »Funknetzwerk aktivieren« ab. Damit wird ihre " -"Funknetzwerkverbindung ausgeschaltet bis Sie diese wieder einschalten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Um die Funknetzwerkverbindung wieder einzuschalten, wählen Sie im " -"Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste Funknetzwerk aktivieren." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Ihr Laptop kann immer noch senden, falls Sie nicht auch Bluetooth abgeschaltet haben." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17639,11 +17624,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Netzwerkmenü der Menüleiste den Namen " -"des Netzwerks aus, mit dem Sie sich verbinden möchten." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17879,30 +17862,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Erfahren Sie mehr über die Einstellungen der drahtlosen Verbindungen." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Eine Funkverbindung bearbeiten" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Thema beschreibt alle Einstellungen, die verfügbar sind, wenn Sie " -"eine Funknetzwerkverbindung bearbeiten. Um eine Verbindung zu bearbeiten, " -"öffnen Sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Verbindungen bearbeiten." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17914,17 +17892,17 @@ "Eingriffsmöglichkeiten in weiterentwickeltere Netzwerke." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Für alle Benutzer verfügbar / Automatisch verbinden" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Automatisch verbinden" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17934,66 +17912,50 @@ "befindet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Falls mehrere für die automatische Verbindung eingerichtete Netzwerke " -"erreichbar sind, verbindet sich der Rechner mit dem ersten im Reiter " -"Funknetzwerk des Fensters Netzwerkverbindungen " -"angezeigten Netzwerk. Allerdings wird die bestehende Verbindung zu einem " -"bereits verfügbaren Netzwerk nicht abgebrochen, sobald ein anderes " -"erreichbar wird." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Für alle Benutzer verfügbar" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Aktivieren Sie dies, wenn alle Benutzer des Rechners auf dieses Funknetzwerk " -"Zugriff erhalten sollen. Falls das Netzwerk ein WEP/WPA-Passwort benötigt und Sie diese Option aktiviert " -"haben, müssen Sie dieses Passwort nur einmal angeben. Alle weiteren Benutzer " -"Ihres Rechners können sich mit diesem Netzwerk verbinden, ohne selber das " -"Passwort zu kennen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Falls dies aktiviert ist, müssen Sie über Systemverwaltungsrechte verfügen, um die Einstellungen " -"dieses Netzwerks zu ändern. Sie werden eventuell darum gebeten, Ihr " -"Systemverwaltungspasswort einzugeben." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Funk" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -18006,12 +17968,12 @@ "eine Ändernung der Einstellungen des Routers oder der Basisstation geschehen." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modus" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -18029,57 +17991,41 @@ "Netzwerkeingerichtet werden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ad-hoc wählen, werden zwei weitere Einstellungen " -"angezeigt, Band und Kanal. Diese legen fest, in " -"welchem Funkfrequenzband das Ad-hoc-Funknetzwerk arbeitet. Bei einigen " -"Rechnern ist die Auswahl auf bestimmte Frequenzbänder beschränkt, zum " -"Beispiel nur A oder nur B/G, so dass Sie ein " -"Frequenzband auswählen müssen, das jeder der Rechner im Ad-hoc-Netzwerk " -"nutzen kann. In Umgebungen mit vielen anderen Netzwerken kann es vorkommen, " -"dass verschiedene Funknetzwerke den gleichen Kanal gemeinsam nutzen, so dass " -"Ihre Verbindung dadurch verlangsamt wird. In diesem Fall können Sie den zu " -"nutzenden Kanal ändern." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist der Basic Service Set Identifier. Die SSID (siehe oben) " -"ist der menschenlesbare Name des Netzwerks. Die BSSID hingegen ist der für " -"Rechner verständliche Name, der aus einer Zeichenkette aus Buchstaben und " -"Ziffern besteht, die in dem Funknetzwerk eindeutig ist. Falls ein Netzwerk verborgen ist, gibt es keine " -"SSID, aber eine BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "MAC-Adresse des Geräts" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -18093,7 +18039,7 @@ "eindeutige MAC-Adresse, die es im Werk erhalten hat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" @@ -18101,35 +18047,28 @@ "Netzwerkkarte zu ändern." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte MAC-Adresse" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Ihre Netzwerk-Hardware (Funknetzwerkkarte) kann vorgeben, eine andere MAC-" -"Adresse zu haben. Das ist nützlich, wenn Sie es mit einem Gerät oder Dienst " -"zu tun haben, der ausschließlich mit einer bestimmten MAC-Adresse " -"kommuniziert (zum Beispiel ein Breitbandkabelmodem). Wenn Sie diese MAC-" -"Adresse in das Feld Benutzerdefinierte MAC-Adresse eintragen, " -"wird das Gerät/der Dienst glauben, dass Ihr Rechner die benutzerdefinierte " -"MAC-Adresse hat und nicht seine wirkliche." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -18147,55 +18086,45 @@ "allgemeinen sollte es nicht erforderlich sein, diese Einstellung zu ändern." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Sicherheit des Funknetzwerks" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicherheit" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Hier wird festgelegt, welche Verschlüsselung Ihr Netzwerk " -"verwendet. Verschlüsselte Verbindungen können das Abhören Ihrer " -"Funknetzwerkverbindung verhindern, da niemand »lauschen« und dadurch sehen " -"kann, welche Websites Sie besuchen usw." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Einige Verschlüsselungstypen sind effektiver als andere, aber werden von " -"älteren Netzwerkgeräten evtl. nicht unterstützt. Normalerweise müssen Sie " -"ein Passwort für die Verbindung angeben, aber anspruchsvollere " -"Sicherheitsmechanismen benötigen zusätzlich einen Benutzernamen und ein " -"digitales »Zertifikat«. Unter finden " -"Sie weitere Informationen zu den gängigen Arten der Verschlüsselung von " -"Funknetzwerken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4-Einstellungen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -18207,17 +18136,17 @@ "Einstellungen zu sehen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Die folgenden Methoden sind verfügbar:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatisch (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -18233,38 +18162,32 @@ "Einstellungen zugewiesen. Die meisten Netzwerke nutzen DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatisch (DHCP), nur Adressen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie diese Einstellung wählen, erhält Ihr Rechner seine IP-Adresse von " -"einem DHCP-Server, Sie müssen aber manuell weitere Informationen eingeben, " -"wie zum Beispiel den zu nutzenden DNS-Server." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie diese Option, falls Sie sämtliche Netzwerkeinstellungen selbst " -"festlegen wollen, einschließlich der IP-Adresse, die Ihr Rechner verwenden " -"soll." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Nur Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -18282,39 +18205,41 @@ "Kommunikation miteinander verbunden werden sollen." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Ausgeschaltet" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Diese Option deaktiviert die Netzwerkverbindung und verhindert den Aufbau " -"von Verbindungen. Beachten Sie, dass IPv4 und IPv6 als " -"separate Verbindungen betrachtet werden, obwohl sie über die gleiche " -"Netzwerkkarte laufen. Falls Sie eine davon aktiviert haben, sollten Sie die " -"andere deaktivieren." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6-Einstellungen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist ähnlich dem Reiter IPv4, mit der Ausnahme, dass es sich " -"um den neueren IPv6-Standard handelt. Moderne Netzwerke nutzen zwar IPv6, " -"aber momentan ist noch IPv4 weiter verbreitet." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -18399,23 +18324,19 @@ "verborgenes Netzwerk handelt." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und klicken Sie " -"dort auf Mit einem verborgenen Funknetzwerk verbinden." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Verbinden mit verborgenen Funknetzwerken" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18431,6 +18352,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18438,7 +18366,7 @@ "Netzwerksicherheit aus und klicken Sie auf Verbinden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18451,7 +18379,7 @@ "sieht etwa so aus: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18460,7 +18388,7 @@ "Funknetzwerks überprüfen. Suchen Sie nach Begriffen wie WEP und WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18674,7 +18602,7 @@ msgstr "Überprüfen Ihres Modems und Routers" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18685,12 +18613,12 @@ "jeden Schritt im Assistenten." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Die Befehlszeile benutzen" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18701,7 +18629,7 @@ "Anwendung im Dash." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18908,6 +18836,10 @@ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " "lshw into the terminal." msgstr "" +"Öffnen Sie ein Terminalfenster, tippen Sie sudo lshw -C network " +"und drücken Sie Enter. Falls eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben wird " +"können Sie das lshw -Programm auf Ihrem Computer mit der " +"Terminaleingabe sudo apt install lshw installieren ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 @@ -19393,6 +19325,9 @@ "to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " "troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" +"Falls der nmcli dev -Befehl nicht anzeigt, dass Sie mit dem " +"Internet verbunden sind, klicken Sie auf Weiter, um den nächsten " +"Abschnitt der Fehlerbeseitigung aufzurufen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 @@ -20100,13 +20035,13 @@ "insbesondere, wenn sie eingepackt sind, wie zum Beispiel in einem Rucksack." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie Leistung aus dem Abschnitt Hardware." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -20279,11 +20214,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie sudo pm-hibernate im Terminal ein und drücken Sie " -"Eingabe." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -20309,6 +20242,8 @@ msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." msgstr "" +"Überprüfen Sie, dass Ihre Swap-Partition mindestens so groß, wie Ihr " +"verfügbarer Arbeitsspeicher ist." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -20318,6 +20253,11 @@ "removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " "btrfs-tools package:" msgstr "" +"Vorhandene btrfs -Partitionen sind bekannt dafür, dass der " +"Ruhezustand nicht funktioniert. Prüfen Sie deshalb, ob Sie irgendwelche " +"btrfs -Partitionen verwenden. Zusätzlich zur Entfernung oder " +"Neuformatierung solcher Partitionen sollten Sie auch das btrfs-" +"tools -Paket entfernen:" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:97 @@ -20327,12 +20267,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Wenn der Ruhezustandstest ordnungsgemäß funktioniert, können Sie weiterhin " -"den Befehl sudo pm-hibernate benutzen, wenn Sie den Rechner in " -"den Ruhezustand versetzen möchten." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -20452,62 +20389,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Warum hat sich mein Rechner ausgeschaltet/in Bereitschaft versetzt, als die " -"Akkuladung 10% erreicht hat?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der Ladezustand des Akkus zu niedrig wird, wechselt Ihr Rechner " -"automatisch in den Bereitschaftsmodus. " -"Dadurch wird sichergestellt, dass sich der Akku nicht vollständig entlädt, " -"da dies schlecht für den Akku ist. Wenn der Akku sich vollständig entladen " -"würde, hätte der Rechner außerdem keine Zeit, um ordentlich herunterfahren " -"zu können." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Hier wird bestimmt, was bei zu niedrigem Akku-Ladezustand passieren soll. " -"Energieverwaltung auswählen, dann in der Menüleiste " -"Energieeinstellungen auswählen. Unter 'Ladezustand des Akkus " -"zu niedrg' wird festgelegt, ob in den Bereitschaftsmodus gewechselt oder der Rechner " -"heruntergefahren werden soll. Beim Herunterfahren werden geöffnete " -"Anwendungen und Dokumente nicht gesichert." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Einige Rechner haben Probleme mit dem Bereitschaftsmodus und können " -"möglicherweise die Anwendungen und Dokumente die beim Ausschalten geöffnet " -"waren, nicht wiederherstellen. In diesem Fall ist nicht auszuschließen, dass " -"Sie Daten verloren haben, die Sie nicht gespeichert hatten, bevor der " -"Rechner in den Bereitschaftsmodus gewechselt ist. Sie können die Probleme mit dem Bereitschaftsmodus eventuell " -"beheben." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20551,28 +20444,19 @@ "Versuchen Sie in diesem Fall, das Funknetzwerk aus- und wieder einzuschalten:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Systemeinstellungen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" "Öffnen Sie Netzwerk und wählen Sie den Reiter " "Funknetzwerk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Versuchen Sie, das Funknetzwerk aus- und wieder einzuschalten" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20581,7 +20465,7 @@ "Flugzeugmodus aus und wieder ein" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20978,7 +20862,7 @@ msgstr "Sie können die automatische Abdunklung des Bildschirms verhindern:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -21148,7 +21032,7 @@ "Englisch installiert. Sie können jederzeit weitere Sprachen installieren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -21159,7 +21043,7 @@ "aktuell installierten Sprachen sind dabei ausgewählt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -21168,14 +21052,14 @@ "bereits installierte Sprachen, indem Sie sie abwählen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Klicken Sie Änderungen anwenden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -21186,7 +21070,7 @@ "Ihr Kennwort oder das Systemverwaltungskennwort, ein." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -21197,8 +21081,8 @@ "Rechtschreibprüfung, Schriftarten oder Eingabemethoden eingerichtet werden." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -21263,7 +21147,9 @@ msgstr "Einrichten" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Einen Drucker einrichten" @@ -21280,8 +21166,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Drucker nicht erkannt, Papierstaus, falsche Ausdrucke …" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -21403,7 +21290,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21937,7 +21823,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Öffnen Sie Drucker." @@ -21983,89 +21869,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Richten Sie einen Drucker ein, der an Ihren Rechner angeschlossen ist." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Eine lokalen Drucker einrichten" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Ihr System erkennt viele Drucker automatisch, sobald sie angeschlossen " -"werden. Die meisten Drucker werden über ein USB-Kabel mit Ihrem Rechner " -"verbunden." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Sie müssen für die Auswahl nicht zwischen lokalen und netzwerkbasierten " -"Druckern unterscheiden, beide Typen werden im selben Fenster aufgelistet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Drucker eingeschaltet ist." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Schließen Sie den Drucker mit einem geeigneten Kabel an Ihr System an. Auf " -"dem Bildschirm ist möglicherweise etwas zu sehen, während das System nach " -"Treibern sucht, und eventuell werden Sie aufgefordert, die Installation mit " -"Ihrem Passwort zu bestätigen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Eine Nachricht wird angezeigt, wenn die Installation des Druckers " -"abgeschlossen ist. Wählen Sie Testseite drucken für einen " -"Funktionstest oder Druckeroptionen für weitere Änderungen an der " -"Druckerkonfiguration." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Falls Ihr Drucker nicht automatisch eingerichtet wurde, können Sie ihn in " -"den Druckereinstellungen hinzufügen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen und wählen Sie einen Drucker aus dem " -"Gerätefenster aus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf Vor und warten Sie, während nach Treibern gesucht " -"wird." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -22075,7 +21935,7 @@ "Anwenden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -22083,25 +21943,69 @@ "klicken, um diesen Schritt zu überspringen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Falls für Ihren Rechner mehrere Treiber zur Verfügung stehen, werden Sie " -"unter Umständen gefragt, welcher Treiber verwendet werden soll. Um den " -"empfohlenen Treiber zu verwenden, klicken Sie einfach im Fenster »Hersteller " -"und Modell« auf »Vor«." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Drucker eingeschaltet ist." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation des Druckers möchten Sie vielleicht den Standarddrucker ändern." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -22294,17 +22198,17 @@ "drei Dinge eingehen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Was hätte passieren sollen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Was passiert ist" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -22313,7 +22217,7 @@ "damit der Fehler auftritt, wobei Schritt 1 das »Starten der Anwendung« ist" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -22323,7 +22227,7 @@ "Ubuntu zu verbessern!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -22336,7 +22240,7 @@ "Sie Ubuntus eingebaute Fehlerberichterstattung nicht nutzen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Speichern." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -22455,7 +22445,7 @@ "Region üblich ist." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -22464,7 +22454,7 @@ "Formate." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -22475,18 +22465,16 @@ "Sprache verwenden, die unter dem Reiter Sprache festgelegt wurde." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Damit diese Änderungen in Kraft treten, müssen Sie sich erst ab- und wieder " -"anmelden. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " -"wählen Sie Abmelden, um sich abzumelden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -22499,12 +22487,12 @@ "fest, welches der erste Wochentag im Kalender ist." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Die Systemformate ändern" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -22516,19 +22504,19 @@ "Anmeldebildschirm verwendet werden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Ändern Sie Ihre Formate wie oben beschrieben." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Wählen Sie Systemweit anwenden." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22559,12 +22547,12 @@ "install\">Sprachpaket auf Ihrem Rechner installiert haben." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Sprachen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22573,18 +22561,16 @@ "Sie die Sprache an die oberste Stelle in der Liste." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen sich abmelden und wieder anmelden, damit die Sprachänderungen in " -"Kraft treten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " -"wählen sie Abmelden, um sich abzumelden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22601,12 +22587,12 @@ "ständig zu verwenden, sollten Sie auch die Ordnernamen aktualisieren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Die Systemsprache ändern" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22617,7 +22603,7 @@ "die an Orten wie dem Anmeldebildschirm verwendet wird." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Ändern Sie Ihre Sprache wie oben beschrieben." @@ -22658,18 +22644,18 @@ "So verlängern Sie die Zeit, bis der Bildschirm automatisch gesperrt wird:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Helligkeit & Sperren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Ändern Sie den Wert in der Bildschirm sperren nach-Auswahlliste." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22933,7 +22919,7 @@ "intro\">Starter für den Schnellzugriff:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22942,7 +22928,7 @@ "intro\">Dash in den Starter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22952,7 +22938,7 @@ "wird." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22962,7 +22948,7 @@ "werden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -23020,23 +23006,20 @@ "haben." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Um sich abzumelden oder den Benutzer zu wechseln, öffnen Sie das Systemmenü ganz rechts in der Menüleiste " -"und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bildschirm sperren" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -23051,33 +23034,32 @@ "sperren, wird er nach einer gewissen Zeit automatisch gesperrt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Um Ihren Bildschirm zu sperren, öffnen Sie das Systemmenü in der " -"Menüleiste und wählen Sie Sperren." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Wenn der Bildschirm gesperrt ist, können sich andere Benutzer an ihrem " -"eigenen Benutzerkonto anmelden, indem sie auf Benutzer wechseln " -"am Passwortbildschirm klicken. Sie selber können zu Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung " -"zurückwechseln, wenn die anderen Benutzer fertig sind." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Bereitschaft" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -23093,32 +23075,29 @@ "Energie verbraucht, während sich Ihr Rechner im Bereitschaftsmodus befindet." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Um Ihren Rechner manuell in Bereitschaft zu versetzen, öffnen Sie das " -"Systemmenü in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " -"Bereitschaft." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Ausschalten oder neu starten" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner vollständig ausschalten oder einen Neustart " -"durchführen möchten, öffnen Sie das Systemmenü und wählen Sie " -"Herunterfahren." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23768,12 +23747,12 @@ "maximiert ist." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "So ändern Sie die Größe eines Fensters horizontal und/oder vertikal:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23783,12 +23762,12 @@ "Fensters in eine beliebige Richtung zu verändern." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "So ändern Sie die Größe nur horizontal:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23798,12 +23777,12 @@ "Fensters horizontal zu verändern." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "So ändern Sie die Größe nur vertikal:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23814,17 +23793,17 @@ "Klicken+Halten+Ziehen Sie, um die Größe des Fensters vertikal zu verändern." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Fenster auf der Arbeitsfläche anordnen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "So platzieren Sie zwei Fenster nebeneinander:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23837,7 +23816,7 @@ "Maustaste los und das Fenster nimmt die linke Hälfte des Bildschirms ein." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23847,7 +23826,7 @@ "füllt eine Hälfte des Bildschirms aus." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23906,11 +23885,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Mit der Tastatur" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23919,59 +23898,41 @@ "Anwendungsumschalter anzuzeigen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie die Alt-Taste los, um das nächste (hervorgehobene) " -"Fenster im Fensterwechsler zu wählen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Anderenfalls, bei noch gehaltener Alt-Taste, drücken Sie die " -"Tabulatortaste, um durch die Liste der geöffneten Fenster zu " -"blättern, oder " -"TabulatortasteUmschalttaste, um " -"rückwärts zu blättern." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Die Fenster im Anwendungsumschalter sind nach Anwendungen gruppiert. Die " -"Vorschaubilder mehrerer Fenster einer Anwendung erscheinen beim " -"Durchwechseln." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Sie können sich innerhalb der Anwendungssymbole im Anwendungsumschalter mit " -"den Tasten → oder ← oder durch Klicken mit der Maus " -"bewegen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Vorschauen auf Anwendungen mit einem einzelnen Fenster werden nur dann " -"angezeigt, wenn die Taste ↓ explizit gedrückt wird." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23983,8 +23944,13 @@ "die Tasten Strg und Alt gedrückt und drücken Sie " "Tab oder UmschaltTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23995,7 +23961,7 @@ "geöffneten Fenster nebeneinander anzuzeigen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf das Fenster, zu dem Sie wechseln möchten." @@ -24203,7 +24169,7 @@ msgstr "Arbeitsflächen aktivieren" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -24212,12 +24178,12 @@ "Sie den Verhalten-Reiter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Das Auswahlfeld Arbeitsflächen aktivieren wählen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -24231,12 +24197,12 @@ "Arbeitsflächen ändern:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Die Arbeitsflächenzahl ändern" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -24245,7 +24211,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24255,7 +24221,7 @@ "Eingabetaste." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -25137,7 +25103,7 @@ msgstr "Sonderzeichen eingeben" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -25149,17 +25115,17 @@ "eingeben können." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Methoden zum Eingeben von Zeichen" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Zeichentabelle" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -25170,7 +25136,7 @@ "Zeichen zu finden, und fügen Sie diese anschließend ein, wo immer Sie wollen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Handbuch zur Zeichentabelle." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Compose-Taste" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -25199,7 +25165,7 @@ "Sie die Compose-Taste, dann ' und dann e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -25208,38 +25174,40 @@ "der vorhandenen Tasten Ihrer Tastatur als Compose-Taste festlegen." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Eine Compose-Taste festlegen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Tastatur." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Einstellungen." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Suchen Sie nach der Gruppe Position der Compose-Taste. Wählen Sie " -"die Taste oder die Tasten aus, die Sie als Compose-Taste verwenden wollen. " -"Sie können Tasten wie die Feststelltaste, eine der Alt-" -"Tasten oder die Menütaste verwenden. Allerdings werden dann alle von Ihnen " -"ausgewählten Tasten nur noch als Compose-Tasten verwendbar sein und nicht " -"mehr für ihren eigentlichen Zweck." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -25247,7 +25215,7 @@ "zum Beispiel:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -25257,7 +25225,7 @@ "beispielsweise é ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -25267,7 +25235,7 @@ "Beispiel è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -25276,7 +25244,7 @@ "Buchstaben, über den Sie Umlautpunkte setzen wollen, zum Beispiel ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -25285,7 +25253,7 @@ "Buchstaben, über den Sie ein Makron setzen wollen, zum Beispiel ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Ersetzungscodes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -25318,7 +25286,7 @@ "vier Zeichen nach U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -25334,12 +25302,12 @@ "nützlich sein, sich die Zeichencodes für eine schnellere Eingabe zu merken" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Eingabequellen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -26191,32 +26159,22 @@ "Seite oder die obere linke Ecke des Bildschirms bewegen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " -"wählen Sie Systemeinstellungen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Klicken Sie im Abschnitt »Persönlich« auf Darstellung." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Wechseln Sie zum Reiter Verhalten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Schalten Sie Den Starter automatisch ausblenden ein." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -26225,7 +26183,7 @@ "Aufruf des Starters." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -26260,12 +26218,12 @@ "vergrößern, damit Sie leichter darauf klicken können." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Wählen Sie Darstellung." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -26274,7 +26232,7 @@ "verändern." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "Die voreingestellte Starter-Symbolgröße beträgt 48" @@ -26380,13 +26338,13 @@ "selbst. Die verfügbaren Aktionen enthalten folgendes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" "Starten der Anwendung oder Öffnen eines Dokumentes, Ordners oder Gerätes" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -26395,7 +26353,7 @@ "favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -26404,19 +26362,19 @@ "war (siehe )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "Schließen der laufenden Anwendung" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "Wechseln zwischen einzelnen Instanzen oder Fenstern einer Anwendung" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "anwendungs-spezifische Tastenkombinationen zum Beispiel zum Öffnen eines " @@ -26591,7 +26549,7 @@ "nur, wenn sich der Mauszeiger darüber befindet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -26600,7 +26558,7 @@ "Sie den Reiter Verhalten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -26609,19 +26567,19 @@ "Fensters." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "In Menüsichtbarkeit wählen Sie immer anzeigen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Statusmenüs." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26633,27 +26591,45 @@ "Statusmenüs ermöglichen es Ihnen, auf einfache Art und Weise den Zustand " "Ihres Rechners und Ihrer Anwendungen zu überprüfen und anzupassen." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Liste der Indikatormenüs und deren Funktionen" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "" -"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " -"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Manche Symbole, wie das des Nachrichtenmenüs, verändern sich je nach Status " +"der Anwendung." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Andere Anwendungen wie Tomboy oder Transmission können " +"der Menüleiste zusätzliche Indikatormenüs hinzufügen." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Liste der Indikatormenüs und deren Funktionen" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26662,7 +26638,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Offline network icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26678,7 +26654,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26688,14 +26664,14 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26704,7 +26680,7 @@ "layouts\">Eingabequellen konfigurieren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26713,7 +26689,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Bluetooth icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26727,7 +26703,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26737,7 +26713,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26746,7 +26722,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Message icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26759,7 +26735,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26767,7 +26743,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26776,7 +26752,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Battery icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26789,7 +26765,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26799,7 +26775,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26808,7 +26784,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Volume icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26819,12 +26795,12 @@ "Medienwiedergaben, wie Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Uhr" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26833,29 +26809,15 @@ "Kalender Anwendung können hier " "angezeigt werden." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26866,24 +26828,6 @@ "Bildschirm sperren, Abmelden, Rechner in Bereitschaft versetzen, Rechner " "neustarten oder Ihren Rechner herunterfahren." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Manche Symbole, wie das des Nachrichtenmenüs, verändern sich je nach Status " -"der Anwendung." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Andere Anwendungen wie Tomboy oder Transmission können " -"der Menüleiste zusätzliche Indikatormenüs hinzufügen." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -27007,44 +26951,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Standardmäßig werden keine Online-Suchergebnisse angezeigt." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Online-Suchergebnisse aktivieren" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Um auch Online-Suchergebnisse zu erhalten, können Sie dies im Menü " -"Sicherheit & Datenschutz der Systemeinstellungen einschalten." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " -"wählen Sie Systemeinstellungen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Sicherheit & Datenschutz öffnen und den Reiter " -"Suche auswählen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Aktivieren Sie Auch Online-Suchergebnisse verarbeiten." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -28737,7 +28649,7 @@ "Einstellungen können verändert werden:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28749,7 +28661,7 @@ "und Hart einzustellen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28765,7 +28677,7 @@ "Weiter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28775,16 +28687,12 @@ "Hart einzustellen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Falls Sie mehr als einen Stift besitzen, wird ein Funkempfänger neben dem " -"Gerätenamen des Stifts angezeigt, sobald sich der zusätzliche Stift dem " -"Tablett nähert. Verwenden Sie den Funkempfänger, um auszuwählen, welchen " -"Stift Sie einrichten möchten." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28850,6 +28758,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Tastatur." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf Einstellungen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Suchen Sie nach der Gruppe Position der Compose-Taste. Wählen Sie " +#~ "die Taste oder die Tasten aus, die Sie als Compose-Taste verwenden wollen. " +#~ "Sie können Tasten wie die Feststelltaste, eine der Alt-" +#~ "Tasten oder die Menütaste verwenden. Allerdings werden dann alle von Ihnen " +#~ "ausgewählten Tasten nur noch als Compose-Tasten verwendbar sein und nicht " +#~ "mehr für ihren eigentlichen Zweck." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28907,6 +28835,83 @@ #~ "keyboard-En.svg' md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " +#~ "wählen Sie Systemeinstellungen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ein Konto hinzuzufügen wird dabei helfen Ihre Online-Konten mit Ihrer " +#~ "Ubuntu-Arbeitsfläche zu verbinden. Sprich, Ihre E-Mail-, Chat- und anderen " +#~ "Anwendungen werden für Sie eingerichtet." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Konto-Typ aus der rechten Fensterfläche." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls Sie weitere Konten einrichten wollen, können Sie dasselbe Vorgehen " +#~ "später anwenden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ein kleines Webfenster wird sich öffnen, in dem Sie Ihre Kontodaten engeben " +#~ "können. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel ein Google-Konto einrichten, geben Sie Ihren " +#~ "Google-Benutzernamen und Passwort ein und melden sich an." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie Ihre Anmeldeinformationen richtig eingegeben haben, werden Sie " +#~ "aufgefordert, den Bedingungen zuzustimmen. Wählen Sie Akzeptieren " +#~ "um fortzufahren. Einmal akzeptiert, benötigt Ubuntu ihre Zustimmung, um auf " +#~ "Ihr Konto zuzugreifen. Um den Zugriff zu gewähren, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " +#~ "Zugriff gewähren. Wenn Sie dazu aufgefordert werden, geben Sie " +#~ "das Passwort des anzumeldenden Anwenders ein." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jetzt können Sie die Anwendung auswählen, mit der Sie Ihr Online-Konto " +#~ "verbinden möchten. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel ein Online-Konto für den Chat " +#~ "verwenden möchten, aber nicht für den Kalender, schalten Sie die " +#~ "Kalender-Option aus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nach dem Hinzufügen der Kontendaten verwendet jede Anwendung, die Sie dafür " +#~ "ausgewählt haben, diese Daten für den Zugriff auf Ihre Konten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aus Sicherheitsgründen speichert Ubuntu Ihr Kennwort nicht auf Ihrem " +#~ "Rechner. Stattdessen wird ein vom Online-Dienst unterstützter »Token« " +#~ "gespeichert. Wenn Sie die Verknüpfung Ihres Rechners mit dem Online-Dienst " +#~ "rückgängig machen möchten, löschen " +#~ "Sie diesen." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28947,6 +28952,32 @@ #~ "Nutzen Sie das Ubuntu Software-Center, um neue Anwendungen hinzuzufügen und " #~ "Ubuntu nützlicher zu machen." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Zusätzliche Anwendungen installieren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das Entwicklerteam von Ubuntu hat einige vorinstallierte Anwendungen " +#~ "ausgewählt, von denen wir glauben, dass sie Ubuntu für den täglichen " +#~ "Gebrauch nützlich machen. Trotzdem werden Sie bestimmt weitere Anwendungen " +#~ "installieren wollen, um Ubuntu für Sie noch nützlicher zu gestalten." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um zusätzliche Anwendungen zu installieren, befolgen Sie die folgenden " +#~ "Schritte:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Über Funk oder per Netzwerkkabel mit dem Internet verbinden." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28962,12 +28993,60 @@ #~ "oder wählen Sie eine Kategorie aus." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie die Anwendung, die Sie interessiert und klicken Sie auf " +#~ "Installieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie werden aufgefordert, Ihr Passwort einzugeben. Anschließend beginnt die " +#~ "Installation." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die Installation wird normalerweise relativ schnell durchgeführt, könnte " +#~ "aber einige Zeit benötigen, wenn Sie eine langsame Internetverbindung haben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eine Verknüpfung für die neue Anwendung wird im Starter erstellt. Um diese " +#~ "Funktion zu deaktivieren, wählen Sie AnsichtNeue " +#~ "Anwendungen im Starter ab." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "PPAs hinzufügen, um Vorabversionen oder spezielle Anwendungen zu testen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Persönliche Paketarchive sind Paketquellen, die speziell auf Nutzer " +#~ "von Ubuntu ausgelegt sind. Meist sind diese leichter zu installieren als " +#~ "Anwendungen aus anderen Drittanbieterquellen." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wenn das Software Center erscheint, klicken Sie auf " #~ "Bearbeiten Software-Quellen" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen … und geben Sie den Ort des " +#~ "ppa: an." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28975,6 +29054,9 @@ #~ "Schließen Sie das Software-Paketquellen-Fenster. Ubuntu Software-Center " #~ "überpüft Ihre Software-Paketquellen anschließend auf neue Anwendungen." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Anwendungen entfernen, die Sie nicht mehr benötigen" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28997,6 +29079,26 @@ #~ "Schaltfläche Installiert." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie werden nach Ihrem Passwort gefragt. Nachdem Sie Ihr Passwort eingegeben " +#~ "haben, wird die Anwendung entfernt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Weitere Paketquellen hinzufügen, um die Ubuntu-Paketquellen für " +#~ "Installationen und Aktualisierungen zu erweitern." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Zusätzliche Paketquellen hinzufügen" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Andere Paketquellen installieren" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29048,6 +29150,18 @@ #~ "anschließend das Paketquellen-Fenster. Warten sie dann einen Augenblick, " #~ "damit das Ubuntu Software-Center die Quelleninformationen herunterladen kann." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installieren, Entfernen, Zusätzliche " +#~ "Quellen …" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Anwendungen hinzufügen & entfernen" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese ist unter Ubuntu nicht vorinstalliert. So installieren Sie Cheese:" @@ -29085,6 +29199,9 @@ #~ "Sie müssen Cheese installieren, bevor Sie die Cheese-Bedienungsanleitung " #~ "lesen können." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB-Stick (geringe Kapazität)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -29112,6 +29229,24 @@ #~ "einem anderen Gerät mit diesem Rechner verbinden möchten. Weitere " #~ "Informationen finden Sie unter ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Durch Herunterladen einer Referenzdatei von einem Dienstanbieter" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die günstigste Möglichkeit ein Druckerprofil zu erstellen, wenn Sie nur ein " +#~ "oder zwei verschiedene Papiersorten verwenden, ist meist, einen " +#~ "Dienstanbieter (Farbfirma) damit zu beauftragen. Nachdem Sie eine " +#~ "Referenztabelle von der Firmen-Website heruntergeladen haben, können Sie der " +#~ "Firma einen Ausdruck in einem wattierten Umschlag zuschicken, diese scannt " +#~ "dann normalerweise den Ausdruck, erzeugt ein Profil und schickt Ihnen ein " +#~ "genaues ICC-Profil per E-Mail." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -29168,118 +29303,963 @@ #~ "Kalender." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus der Liste der Speichergeräte aus, " -#~ "die Sie überprüfen möchten. Informationen und Zustand der Festplatte " -#~ "erscheinen im Abschnitt Laufwerk." +#~ "Sollten Sie Ihre Meinung später ändern, können Sie die Uhr wieder anzeigen " +#~ "lassen, indem Sie auf das Symbol oben rechts in der Menüleiste klicken und " +#~ "Systemeinstellungen auswählen. Klicken Sie anschließend auf " +#~ "Zeit und Datum im Abschnitt »System«." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "SMART-Status sollte »Laufwerk ist funktionstüchtig« anzeigen." +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Systemeinstellungen aus." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Führen Sie Leistungstests für Ihre Festplatte aus, um deren Geschwindigkeit " +#~ "zu überprüfen." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Testen der Leistungsfähigkeit Ihrer Festplatte" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "So überprüfen Sie die Geschwindigkeit Ihrer Festplatte:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche SMART-Werte, um weitere " -#~ "Informationen über das Laufwerk zu erhalten oder einen Selbsttest " -#~ "auszuführen." +#~ "Öffnen Sie die Anwendung Festplatten aus dem Dash." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Für fortgeschrittene CD-/DVD-Brennprojekte können Sie Brasero " -#~ "ausprobieren." +#~ "Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " +#~ "Festplatten." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie das entsprechende Laufwerk in der Liste Speichergeräte " +#~ "aus." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Zahnrad und wählen Sie Vergleichstest." #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lesen Sie das Benutzerhandbuch, um Hilfe " -#~ "zu Brasero zu erhalten." +#~ "Wählen Sie Vergleichstest starten und passen Sie die Parameter " +#~ "Übertragungsrate und Zugriffszeit wie gewünscht an." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Einige Sprachen, wie das Chinesische oder Koreanische, benötigen eine " -#~ "komplexere Eingabemethode als eine einfache Verknüpfung zwischen Taste und " -#~ "Zeichen. Für solche Sprachen kann eine entsprechende Eingabemethode gewählt " -#~ "werden." +#~ "Wählen Sie Vergleichstest starten, um zu überprüfen, wie schnell " +#~ "Daten von der Festplatte gelesen werden können. Systemverwaltungsrechte könnten erforderlich sein. Geben " +#~ "Sie Ihr Passwort ein oder das Passwort des angeforderten " +#~ "Systemverwaltungskontos." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Optionen mit Eingabemethode sind nur verfügbar, wenn die entsprechende " -#~ "Eingabemethoden-Engine (IM) installiert ist. Wenn Sie eine Sprache installieren, wird eine passende IM-" -#~ "Engine mit installiert, sofern verfügbar. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel Koreanisch " -#~ "installieren, wird das Paket ibus-hangul installiert, und die " -#~ "Eingabequellenoption Koreanisch (Hangul) ist bei der nächsten " -#~ "Anmeldung verfügbar. Sie können auch die IBus-IM-Engine ihrer Wahl separat " -#~ " installieren." +#~ "Sobald die Überprüfung abgeschlossen ist, erscheinen die Ergebnisse im " +#~ "Graph. Die grünen Punkte und Verbindungslinien stehen für die jeweiligen " +#~ "Zugriffe; die Werte der rechten Achse, welche die Zugriffszeit angibt, sind " +#~ "gegen die untere Achse aufgetragen, welche die Zeit seit dem Beginn der " +#~ "Leistungsprüfung in Prozent angibt. Die blaue Linie gibt die " +#~ "Lesegeschwindigkeit an, während die rote Linie die Schreibgeschwindigkeit " +#~ "anzeigt; beide werden als Zugriffsdatengeschwindigkeiten auf der linken " +#~ "Achse gegen die zurückgelegte Strecke auf der Festplatte von außen nach " +#~ "innen in Prozent auf der unteren Achse aufgetragen." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Das Touchpad während des Tippens ausschalten, um unabsichtliche Klicks zu " -#~ "vermeiden." +#~ "Unterhalb des Graphen, werden Werte für die minimale, maximale und " +#~ "durchschnittliche Schreib- und Lesegeschwindigkeit, durchschnittliche " +#~ "Zugriffszeit und die seit der letzten Leistungsprüfung verstrichene Zeit " +#~ "angezeigt." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Touchpad während des Tippens deaktivieren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwenden Sie die Festplattenbelegungsanalyse oder die " +#~ "Systemüberwachung zum Überprüfen des vorhandenen Plattenplatzes " +#~ "und der Kapazität." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Touchpads sind auf Laptops oft dort platziert, wo Sie beim Tippen Ihre " -#~ "Handgelenke auflegen, was beim Tippen manchmal zu unabsichtlichen Klicks " -#~ "führen kann. Sie können das Touchpad während des Tippens deaktivieren. Es " -#~ "wird erst kurz nach Ihrem letzten Tastendruck wieder funktionieren." +#~ "Mit Hilfe der Anwendungen Festplattenbelegung analysieren und " +#~ "Systemüberwachung können Sie prüfen, wie viel Festplattenspeicher " +#~ "ungenutzt ist." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Mit der Anwendung »Festplattenbelegung analysieren« prüfen" #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aktivieren Sie Touchpad beim Tippen sperren im Abschnitt " -#~ "Touchpad." +#~ "Um mit Festplattenbelegung analysieren den freien Speicherplatz " +#~ "sowie die Kapazität der Festplatte zu prüfen:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Berührungsfelder von Laptops reagieren manchmal nach Tastatureingabe " -#~ "verzögert. Dies soll eine irrtümliche Bedienung des Berührungsfeldes während " -#~ "der Tastatureingabe verhindern. Für Details siehe ." +#~ "Öffnen Sie die Anwendung Festplattenbelegung analysieren aus dem " +#~ "Dash. Für die verschiedenen Partitionen wird die " +#~ "Gesamtkapazität und der aktuelle Gesamtverbrauch " +#~ "dargestellt." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gibt das Datum und die Zeit an, wann die Datei zum letzten Mal geändert " -#~ "wurde." +#~ "Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " +#~ "Festplatten. Die Gesamte Speicherkapazität des " +#~ "Dateisystems und die Gesamte Belegung des Dateisystems wird " +#~ "dargestellt." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wenn Sie auf Nummer sicher gehen wollen oder wenn Sie Dateien auf Viren " -#~ "überprüfen wollen, die Sie an Personen weitergeben, die Windows oder Mac OS " -#~ "verwenden, können Sie immer noch eine Anti-Virus-Anwendung installieren. " -#~ "Suchen Sie im Ubuntu Software-Center danach, wo es eine Reihe von " -#~ "Anwendungen dafür gibt." +#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltflächen in der Werkzeugleiste, um den " +#~ "Persönlichen Ordner, das Dateisystem, einen " +#~ "Ordner oder einen entfernten Ordner zu überprüfen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Es werden Informationen zu Ordnern, " +#~ "Festplattenbelegung, Größe und Inhalt " +#~ "angezeigt. Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie unter Festplattenbelegung analysieren." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Mit der Systemüberwachung prüfen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "So analysieren Sie den freien Festplattenspeicher und die " +#~ "Festplattenkapazität mit der Systemüberwachung:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öffnen Sie die Systemüberwachung über das Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " +#~ "Systemüberwachung." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie den Reiter Dateisysteme, um die Systempartitionen und " +#~ "den Speicherverbrauch anzuzeigen. Die Informationen werden in »Gesamt«, " +#~ "»Frei«, »Verfügbar« und »Belegt« gegliedert." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Falls die Festplatte zu voll ist, sollten Sie:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dateien löschen, die unbedeutend sind oder nicht mehr benötigt werden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sicherungen von wichtigen Dateien " +#~ "erstellen, die Sie vorübergehend nicht benötigen und diese von der " +#~ "Festplatte entfernen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öffnen Sie in der Aktivitäten-Übersicht die Anwendung " +#~ "Festplatten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus der Liste der Speichergeräte aus, " +#~ "die Sie überprüfen möchten. Informationen und Zustand der Festplatte " +#~ "erscheinen im Abschnitt Laufwerk." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SMART-Status sollte »Laufwerk ist funktionstüchtig« anzeigen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche SMART-Werte, um weitere " +#~ "Informationen über das Laufwerk zu erhalten oder einen Selbsttest " +#~ "auszuführen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selbst wenn der SMART-Status anzeigt, dass Ihre Festplatte " +#~ "nicht funktionstüchtig ist, ist dies kein Grund in Panik zu " +#~ "verfallen. Trotzdem ist es besser, darauf vorbereitet zu sein und den " +#~ "Verlust von Daten durch eine Datensicherung " +#~ "zu vermeiden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls der Status »Vor dem Versagen« anzeigt, ist die Festplatte prinzipiell " +#~ "funktionstüchtig, weist aber bereits deutliche Verschleißerscheinungen auf, " +#~ "die auf ein mögliches Versagen in der nahen Zukunft hindeuten. Falls Ihre " +#~ "Festplatte (oder Ihr Rechner) schon ein paar Jahre alt ist, wird diese " +#~ "Nachricht vermutlich bei mindestens einer der Zustandsüberprüfungen " +#~ "angezeigt. Sie sollten Ihre wichtigen Dateien " +#~ "regelmäßig sichern und den Festplattenzustand regelmäßig überprüfen, " +#~ "um zu sehen, ob dieser sich verschlechtert." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Entferne alle Dateien und Ordner auf der externen Festplatte oder des USB-" +#~ "Sticks durch Formatieren." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Alles von einem Wechseldatenträger löschen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie einen Wechseldatenträger wie einen USB-Stick oder eine externe " +#~ "Festplatte besitzen, möchten Sie möglicherweise von Zeit zu Zeit alle " +#~ "Dateien und Ordner von diesem löschen. Das können Sie tun, indem Sie den " +#~ "Datenträger formatieren – diese Aktion löscht alle Dateien und " +#~ "hinterlässt einen komplett leeren Datenträger." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatieren eines Wechseldatenträgers" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie formatieren möchten, aus der Liste der " +#~ "Speichergeräte aus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stellen Sie unbedingt sicher, dass Sie das richtige Medium gewählt haben! " +#~ "Falls Sie das falsche gewählt haben, werden alle Dateien auf diesem Medium " +#~ "gelöscht!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Im Abschnitt Datenträger wählen Sie Datenträger aushängen. Dann " +#~ "klicken Sie auf Datenträger formatieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie im daraufhin erscheinenden Fenster einen Dateisystem-" +#~ "Typ für die Festplatte." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls Sie die Festplatte zusätzlich zu Linux-Rechnern auch auf Windows- und " +#~ "MacOS-Rechnern verwenden, wählen Sie FAT. Falls Sie die " +#~ "Festplatte nur unter Windows benutzen, ist NTFS vermutlich die " +#~ "bessere Einstellung. Eine kurze Beschreibung des Dateisystemtyps " +#~ "wird als Hinweis angezeigt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geben Sie der Festplatte einen Namen und wählen Sie Formatieren, " +#~ "um mit dem Vorgang zu beginnen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nachdem die Formatierung abgeschlossen ist, müssen Sie die Festplatte nur " +#~ "noch sicher entfernen. Sie sollte jetzt vollständig leer und " +#~ "bereit zur neuerlichen Benutzung sein." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Das Formatieren einer Festplatte entfernt die Dateien nicht sicher." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das Formatieren einer Festplatte ist keine vollkommen sichere Art, alle " +#~ "Daten davon zu löschen. Formatierte Festplatten enthalten zwar scheinbar " +#~ "keine Dateien, aber mit einer speziellen Anwendung ist es möglich, die " +#~ "Dateien wiederherzustellen. Falls Sie die Dateien sicher für immer löschen " +#~ "möchten, müssen Sie ein Befehlszeilenwerkzeug wie shred verwenden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verstehen, was Laufwerke und Partitionen sind, und die Laufwerksverwaltung " +#~ "verwenden, um diese zu verwalten." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Datenträger und Partitionen mit der Laufwerksverwaltung betrachten und " +#~ "verwalten" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können die Speichergeräte Ihres Rechners mit der Laufwerksverwaltung " +#~ "überprüfen und bearbeiten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öffnen Sie das Dash und starten Sie die Anwendung " +#~ "Festplatten-Werkzeuge." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Im Abschnitt Speichergeräte werden Festplatten, CD/DVD-Laufwerke " +#~ "und andere physische Laufwerke angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf das Gerät, das Sie " +#~ "näher betrachten möchten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auf der rechten Seite liefert der Abschnitt mit dem Titel " +#~ "Datenträger einen kurzen Ausschnitt der Datenträger und " +#~ "Partitionen auf dem gewählten Gerät. Er enthält außerdem zahlreiche " +#~ "Werkzeuge, um diese Datenträger zu verwalten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seien Sie vorsichtig: Es ist mit diesen Werkzeugen möglich, alle Daten von " +#~ "Ihrer Festplatte zu löschen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eine primäre Partition muss die Informationen enthalten, die Ihr Rechner zum " +#~ "Starten oder Booten benötigt. Aus diesem Grund wird sie oft Boot-" +#~ "Partition oder Boot-Datenträger genannt. Um zu überprüfen, ob ein " +#~ "Datenträger boot-fähig ist, sehen Sie sich in der Laufwerksverwaltung seine " +#~ "Partitions-Flags an. Externe Datenträger wie USB-Speicher und CDs " +#~ "können ebenfalls einen boot-fähigen Datenträger enthalten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sperren aktiviert ist, und wählen Sie " +#~ "ein Zeitlimit aus der Auswahlliste darunter. Der Bildschirm wird automatisch " +#~ "gesperrt, wenn Sie die angegebene Zeit lang untätig waren. Sie können auch " +#~ "Bildschirm schaltet ab auswählen, der Bildschirm wird dann mit " +#~ "dem Abschalten auch gesperrt; das Zeitlimit zum Abschalten stellen Sie dabei " +#~ "mithilfe der Auswahlliste Bildschirm abschalten, wenn inaktiv für " +#~ "darüber ein." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In der Dateiverwaltung können Sie durch Doppelklick auf einen Ordner den " +#~ "Inhalt darstellen, durch einen Doppelklick auf eine Datei öffnen Sie diese " +#~ "mit der Standardanwendung für den betreffenden Dateityp. Mit einem Rechts-" +#~ "Klick auf einen Ordner können Sie einen Ordner auch in einem neuen Reiter " +#~ "oder in einem neuen Fenster öffnen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie innerhalb eines Ordners schnell zu einer bestimmten Datei springen " +#~ "möchten, geben Sie den Anfang des Dateinamens ein. Ein Suchfeld erscheint " +#~ "und die erste gefundene Datei wird hervorgehoben. Drücken Sie den »Herunter«-" +#~ "Pfeil oder nutzen Sie den Bildlauf der Maus, um zur nächsten gefundenen " +#~ "Datei zu springen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Häufig genutzte Ordner können Sie über die Seitenleiste erreichen. " +#~ "Sollte die Seitenleiste nicht angezeigt werden, klicken Sie den herunter-Knopf in der " +#~ "Werkzeugleiste und wählen Sie Seitenleiste anzeigen. Sie können " +#~ "Lesezeichen für weitere Ordner einfügen. Verwenden Sie dazu das " +#~ "Lesezeichen-Menü oder ziehen Sie den betreffenden Ordner einfach " +#~ "auf die Seitenleiste." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Für fortgeschrittene CD-/DVD-Brennprojekte können Sie Brasero " +#~ "ausprobieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lesen Sie das Benutzerhandbuch, um Hilfe " +#~ "zu Brasero zu erhalten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Möglicherweise haben Sie den Namen der Datei so geändert, dass sie nun " +#~ "verborgen ist. Dateien, deren Namen mit einem . beginnen oder " +#~ "mit einem ~ enden, werden in der Dateiverwaltung nicht " +#~ "angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf den unten-Pfeil in der oberen Leiste und wählen " +#~ "Verborgene Dateien anzeigen, um auch verborgene Dateien " +#~ "anzuzeigen. Für weitere Informationen siehe ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Finden Sie Dateien anhand Ihres Namens und Typs. Speichern Sie Ihre Suche " +#~ "zur späteren Verwendung." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können nach Dateien anhand ihres Namens oder Dateityps direkt in der " +#~ "Dateiverwaltung suchen. Sie können sogar alltägliche Suchen speichern; sie " +#~ "erscheinen dann als spezielle Ordner in Ihrem persönlichen Ordner." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Öffnen Sie die Dateiverwaltung" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie wissen, dass die Dateien in einem bestimmten Ordner oder seinen " +#~ "Unterordnern sind, gehen Sie zu diesem Ordner." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Lupe in der Werkzeugleiste oder drücken Sie " +#~ "Strgf." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geben Sie ein Wort ein, von dem Sie wissen, dass es im Dateinamen vorkommt. " +#~ "Wenn Sie zum Beispiel das Wort »Rechnung« im Namen Ihren Rechungsdateien " +#~ "verwenden, geben Sie Rechnung ein. Drücken Sie " +#~ "Eingabe. Groß- und Kleinschreibung sind für die Suche nicht " +#~ "relevant." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Sie können die Suche über den Ort und den Dateityp einschränken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf Persönlicher Ordner um die Suche auf diesen " +#~ "Ordner zu beschränken oder auf Alle Dateien für eine " +#~ "unbeschränkte Suche." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf + und wählen einen Dateityp aus der " +#~ "Auswahlliste, um die Suche einzuschränken. Klicken auf x hebt " +#~ "diese Einschränkung wieder auf." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können die Dateien des Suchergebnisses öffnen, kopieren, löschen oder " +#~ "auf andere Weise damit arbeiten, so wie Sie es mit jedem anderen Ordner in " +#~ "der Dateiverwaltung auch machen würden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf die Lupe in der Werkzeugleiste, um die Sucheingabe wieder " +#~ "auszublenden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie bestimmte Suchen häufiger ausführen, können Sie sie speichern, um " +#~ "schnell auf sie zugreifen zu können." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Eine Suche speichern" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Starten Sie eine Suche wie vorstehend beschrieben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geben Sie der Suche einen Namen und klicken Sie auf Speichern. " +#~ "Wählen Sie bei Bedarf einen anderen Ordner, um die Suche darin zu speichern. " +#~ "Wenn Sie diesen Ordner betrachten, sehen Sie Ihre gespeicherte Suche als ein " +#~ "orangefarbenes Ordnersymbol mit einem Vergrößerungsglas darauf." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um die Suchdatei zu entfernen, wenn Sie mit ihr fertig sind, entfernen Sie einfach die Suche, wie Sie es mit " +#~ "jeder anderen Datei tun würden. Wenn Sie eine gespeicherte Suche entfernen, " +#~ "werden die damit gefundenen Dateien nicht entfernt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Einige Sprachen, wie das Chinesische oder Koreanische, benötigen eine " +#~ "komplexere Eingabemethode als eine einfache Verknüpfung zwischen Taste und " +#~ "Zeichen. Für solche Sprachen kann eine entsprechende Eingabemethode gewählt " +#~ "werden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Optionen mit Eingabemethode sind nur verfügbar, wenn die entsprechende " +#~ "Eingabemethoden-Engine (IM) installiert ist. Wenn Sie eine Sprache installieren, wird eine passende IM-" +#~ "Engine mit installiert, sofern verfügbar. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel Koreanisch " +#~ "installieren, wird das Paket ibus-hangul installiert, und die " +#~ "Eingabequellenoption Koreanisch (Hangul) ist bei der nächsten " +#~ "Anmeldung verfügbar. Sie können auch die IBus-IM-Engine ihrer Wahl separat " +#~ " installieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können die Vorschau eines Bildes jeglichen Layouts ansehen, indem Sie es " +#~ "in der Liste auswählen und Vorschau " +#~ "anklicken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zur Lösung des Problems klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der " +#~ "Menüleiste und gehen Sie zu Systemeinstellungen. Wählen Sie im " +#~ "Abschnitt Hardware Anzeigegeräte. Probieren Sie einige der Werte " +#~ "in Auflösung durch und wählen Sie denjenigen, bei dem das Bild " +#~ "wieder besser aussieht." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und dann auf " +#~ "Systemeinstellungen. Öffnen Sie Anzeigegeräte." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Systemeinstellungen." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das Touchpad während des Tippens ausschalten, um unabsichtliche Klicks zu " +#~ "vermeiden." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Touchpad während des Tippens deaktivieren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Touchpads sind auf Laptops oft dort platziert, wo Sie beim Tippen Ihre " +#~ "Handgelenke auflegen, was beim Tippen manchmal zu unabsichtlichen Klicks " +#~ "führen kann. Sie können das Touchpad während des Tippens deaktivieren. Es " +#~ "wird erst kurz nach Ihrem letzten Tastendruck wieder funktionieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aktivieren Sie Touchpad beim Tippen sperren im Abschnitt " +#~ "Touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Viele Mäuse und manche Touchpads haben eine mittlere Maustaste. Bei einer " +#~ "Maus mit einem Mausrad können Sie normalerweise für einen Mittelklick direkt " +#~ "auf das Mausrad drücken. Wenn Sie keine mittlere Maustaste haben, können Sie " +#~ "für einen Mittelklick gleichzeitig die linke und die rechte Maustaste " +#~ "drücken. Falls Sie das Gefühl haben, dass Sie auf diese Weise keinen " +#~ "Mittelklick ausführen können, probieren Sie die folgenden " +#~ "Anweisungen aus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Auf Touchpads, die Mehrfingerberührungen unterstützen, können Sie mit drei " +#~ "Fingern gleichzeitig tippen, um einen Mittelklick auszuführen. Sie müssen in " +#~ "den Touchpad-Einstellungen Mausklicks " +#~ "per Touchpad freischalten, damit dies funktioniert." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Viele Anwendungen nutzen die mittlere Maustaste für erweiterte " +#~ "Tastenkombinationen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ein häufig verwendetes Tastenkürzel ist das zum Einfügen ausgewählten " +#~ "Textes. (Es wird manchmal auch als Einfügen der primären Auswahl " +#~ "bezeichnet.) Wählen Sie den einzufügenden Text aus, wechseln Sie an den Ort, " +#~ "an dem Sie ihn einfügen möchten und führen Sie einen Klick mit der mittleren " +#~ "Maustaste aus. Der ausgewählte Text wird dort eingefügt, wo sich die Maus " +#~ "befindet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Text mit der mittleren Maustaste einzufügen, geschieht völlig unabhängig von " +#~ "der normalen Zwischenablage. Durch das Markieren von Text wird er nicht in " +#~ "die Zwischenablage kopiert. Diese schnelle Methode des Einfügens " +#~ "funktioniert nur mit der mittleren Maustaste." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die meisten Webbrowser ermöglichen es Ihnen, Links schnell mit einem " +#~ "Mittelklick in einem Reiter zu öffnen. Klicken Sie einfach mit der mittleren " +#~ "Maustaste auf einen beliebigen Link und er wird in einem neuen Reiter " +#~ "geöffnet. Seien Sie aber vorsichtig, wenn Sie einen Link im Webbrowser " +#~ "Firefox anklicken. Wenn Sie in Firefox die mittlere " +#~ "Maustaste woanders als auf einem Link klicken, versucht der Browser, den " +#~ "markierten Text als URL zu laden, als hätten Sie den Text per Mittelklick in " +#~ "die Adressleiste eingefügt und die Eingabetaste gedrückt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Einige spezialisierte Anwendungen machen mit der mittleren Maustaste andere " +#~ "Funktionen möglich. Suchen Sie in der zu Ihrer Anwendung gehörenden Hilfe " +#~ "nach Mittelklick oder mittlere Maustaste." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Drücken Sie einmal ←, um zum Reiter Zeigen und Klicken " +#~ "zu wechseln." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Diese Anweisungen stellen den schnellsten Weg dar, um die Tastaturmaus nur " +#~ "mit der Tastatur einzuschalten. Wählen Sie Zugangshilfen, um " +#~ "weitere Einstellungsmöglichkeiten zu erhalten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Der Nummernblock oder Ziffernblock einer Tastatur ist ein Satz numerischer " +#~ "Tasten, der normalerweise in einem quadratischen Raster angelegt ist. Wenn " +#~ "Sie eine Tastatur ohne Nummernblock (etwa bei einer Laptoptastatur) haben, " +#~ "müssen Sie wahrscheinlich die Funktionstaste (Fn) gedrückt halten " +#~ "und bestimmte andere Tasten anstelle des Nummernblocks verwenden. Wenn Sie " +#~ "diese Funktion häufig auf einem Laptop verwenden, können Sie einen externen " +#~ "USB-Nummernblock kaufen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jede Zahl auf dem Ziffernblock entspricht einer Richtung. Wenn Sie zum " +#~ "Beispiel 8 drücken, bewegt sich der Zeiger nach oben, und wenn " +#~ "Sie 2 drücken, bewegt er sich nach unten. Drücken Sie " +#~ "5, um mit der Maus einmal zu klicken, oder drücken Sie die Taste " +#~ "schnell zweimal hintereinander für einen Doppelklick." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die meisten Tastaturen haben eine spezielle Taste, die Ihnen einen " +#~ "Rechtsklick ermöglicht; sie ist oft in der Nähe der Leertaste. Beachten Sie " +#~ "aber, dass diese Taste auf den Tastaturfokus reagiert, nicht darauf, wo der " +#~ "Mauszeiger ist. Siehe für Informationen " +#~ "darüber, wie ein Rechtsklick ausgelöst werden kann, indem Sie die Taste " +#~ "5 oder die linke Maustaste gedrückt halten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können klicken, doppelklicken, ziehen und rollen, indem Sie allein Ihr " +#~ "Touchpad verwenden, ohne zusätzliche Hardware-Tasten." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Zum Klicken tippen Sie auf das Touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um ein Objekt zu ziehen, tippen Sie doppelt, aber heben Sie Ihren Finger " +#~ "danach nicht an. Ziehen Sie dann das Objekt an den gewünschten Platz und " +#~ "heben Sie Ihren Finger an, um es abzulegen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Ihr Touchpad das Tippen mit mehreren Fingern unterstützt, tippen Sie " +#~ "für einen Rechtsklick mit zwei Fingern gleichzeitig. Andernfalls müssen Sie " +#~ "für einen Rechtsklick die Tasten am Rechner benutzen. Siehe für eine Methode, um einen Rechtsklick ohne " +#~ "zweite Maustaste auszuführen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Ihr Touchpad das Tippen mit mehreren Fingern unterstützt, führen Sie " +#~ "einen Mittelklick aus, indem Sie mit " +#~ "drei Fingern gleichzeitig tippen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie mit mehreren Fingern tippen oder ziehen, achten Sie darauf, dass " +#~ "Ihre Finger weit genug auseinander liegen. Wenn Ihre Finger zu nah " +#~ "beieinander sind, könnte der Rechner glauben, dass es sich um einen " +#~ "einzelnen Finger handelt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Berührungsfelder von Laptops reagieren manchmal nach Tastatureingabe " +#~ "verzögert. Dies soll eine irrtümliche Bedienung des Berührungsfeldes während " +#~ "der Tastatureingabe verhindern. Für Details siehe ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hinzufügen, Löschen und Umbenennen von Lesezeichen mit der Dateiverwaltung." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ihre Lesezeichen finden Sie in der seitlichen Leiste der Dateiverwaltung." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "So löschen Sie ein Lesezeichen:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf Dateien in der oberen Leiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Lesezeichen aus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie im Lesezeichen-Fenster die Einträge aus, die Sie " +#~ "löschen wollen und klicken Sie den --Knopf." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie im Lesezeichen-Fenster die Einträge, die Sie " +#~ "umbenennen wollen." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geben Sie im Eingabefeld Name den Namen für das Lesezeichen ein." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gibt das Datum und die Zeit an, wann die Datei zum letzten Mal geändert " +#~ "wurde." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie auf Nummer sicher gehen wollen oder wenn Sie Dateien auf Viren " +#~ "überprüfen wollen, die Sie an Personen weitergeben, die Windows oder Mac OS " +#~ "verwenden, können Sie immer noch eine Anti-Virus-Anwendung installieren. " +#~ "Suchen Sie im Ubuntu Software-Center danach, wo es eine Reihe von " +#~ "Anwendungen dafür gibt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change the default browser, Nachrichten-Menü starten." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können steuern, welche Programme auf das Netzwerk zugreifen dürfen. Dies " +#~ "hilft Ihnen dabei, Ihren Rechner sicher zu halten." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Firewall-Zugriff erlauben oder blockieren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu ist mit der Unkomplizierten Firewall (ufw) " +#~ "ausgestattet, diese Firewall ist aber nicht standardmäßig aktiviert. Da " +#~ "Ubuntu in der Standardinstallation keine offenen Netzwerkdienste hat (außer " +#~ "für die grundlegende Netzwerkinfrastruktur), wird auch keine Firewall " +#~ "benötigt, um eingehende, bösartige Verbindungsversuche zu blocken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von ufw erhalten Sie in der Online-" +#~ "Dokumentation." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um die Firewall einzuschalten, geben Sie sudo ufw enable in ein " +#~ "Terminal ein. Um ufw auszuschalten, geben Sie sudo ufw disable " +#~ "ein." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -29338,6 +30358,13 @@ #~ "blockieren, geben Sie sudo ufw block 53 ein." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie müssen womöglich Flash installieren um Websites wie YouTube, welche " +#~ "Videos anzeigen, sowie interaktive Webseiten anzusehen." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -29346,6 +30373,9 @@ #~ "es Ihnen ermöglicht, Videos anzusehen und interaktive Webseiten zu " #~ "verwenden. Einige Websites funktionieren nicht ohne Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Installation von Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -29366,6 +30396,16 @@ #~ "Wenn Sie sich für die Installation von Flash entschieden haben, klicken Sie " #~ "im Software-Center auf Installieren." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls irgendwelche Webbrowser-Fenster geöffnet sind, schließen Sie diese und " +#~ "öffnen Sie sie erneut. Der Webbrowser sollte nun feststellen, dass Flash " +#~ "installiert ist und Sie sollten in der Lage sein, auf Flash basierende " +#~ "Websites zu betrachten." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Quelloffene Alternativen zu Flash" @@ -29395,6 +30435,19 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Websites, die Java erfordern, mit Ihrem Browser anzeigen." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Die Java-Erweiterung installieren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das Paket icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "installieren, um Java-Programme im Browser zu betrachten." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -29464,6 +30517,276 @@ #~ "Finden der Pakete auf den Verweis Technische Dateien anzeigen am " #~ "unteren Rand des Ubuntu Software-Centers klicken." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können Ihren Rechner als Funknetzwerk-Hotspot verwenden. Dies ermöglicht " +#~ "anderen Geräten, sich mit Ihnen ohne ein separates Netzwerk zu verbinden. " +#~ "Außerdem ist es dadurch möglich, eine Internetverbindung freizugeben, die " +#~ "Sie über eine andere Schnittstelle erstellt haben, wie ein kabelgebundenes " +#~ "Netzwerk oder ein mobiles Breitbandnetzwerk." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Klicken Sie auf den Knopf Als HotSpot verwenden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls Sie bereits mit einem Funknetzwerk verbunden sind, werden Sie gefragt, " +#~ "ob Sie die Verbindung zu diesem Netzwerk trennen wollen. Ein einzelner " +#~ "Funknetzwerkadapter kann nicht zum Erstellen mehrerer Netzwerke gleichzeitig " +#~ "genutzt werden. Klicken Sie zum Bestätigen auf Hotspot erstellen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ein Netzwerkname (SSID) und ein Sicherheitsschlüssel werden automatisch " +#~ "erzeugt. Der Netzwerkname basiert auf dem Namen Ihres Rechners. Andere " +#~ "Geräte benötigen diese Informationen, um sich mit dem soeben angelegten " +#~ "Hotspot zu verbinden." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öffnen sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie »Funknetzwerk " +#~ "aktivieren« ab." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und " +#~ "wählen Sie »Funknetzwerk aktivieren« ab. Damit wird ihre " +#~ "Funknetzwerkverbindung ausgeschaltet bis Sie diese wieder einschalten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um die Funknetzwerkverbindung wieder einzuschalten, wählen Sie im " +#~ "Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste Funknetzwerk aktivieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ihr Laptop kann immer noch senden, falls Sie nicht auch Bluetooth abgeschaltet haben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie im Netzwerkmenü der Menüleiste den Namen " +#~ "des Netzwerks aus, mit dem Sie sich verbinden möchten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Erfahren Sie mehr über die Einstellungen der drahtlosen Verbindungen." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Eine Funkverbindung bearbeiten" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dieses Thema beschreibt alle Einstellungen, die verfügbar sind, wenn Sie " +#~ "eine Funknetzwerkverbindung bearbeiten. Um eine Verbindung zu bearbeiten, " +#~ "öffnen Sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Verbindungen bearbeiten." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Für alle Benutzer verfügbar / Automatisch verbinden" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Automatisch verbinden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls mehrere für die automatische Verbindung eingerichtete Netzwerke " +#~ "erreichbar sind, verbindet sich der Rechner mit dem ersten im Reiter " +#~ "Funknetzwerk des Fensters Netzwerkverbindungen " +#~ "angezeigten Netzwerk. Allerdings wird die bestehende Verbindung zu einem " +#~ "bereits verfügbaren Netzwerk nicht abgebrochen, sobald ein anderes " +#~ "erreichbar wird." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Für alle Benutzer verfügbar" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aktivieren Sie dies, wenn alle Benutzer des Rechners auf dieses Funknetzwerk " +#~ "Zugriff erhalten sollen. Falls das Netzwerk ein WEP/WPA-Passwort benötigt und Sie diese Option aktiviert " +#~ "haben, müssen Sie dieses Passwort nur einmal angeben. Alle weiteren Benutzer " +#~ "Ihres Rechners können sich mit diesem Netzwerk verbinden, ohne selber das " +#~ "Passwort zu kennen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls dies aktiviert ist, müssen Sie über Systemverwaltungsrechte verfügen, um die Einstellungen " +#~ "dieses Netzwerks zu ändern. Sie werden eventuell darum gebeten, Ihr " +#~ "Systemverwaltungspasswort einzugeben." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Funk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie Ad-hoc wählen, werden zwei weitere Einstellungen " +#~ "angezeigt, Band und Kanal. Diese legen fest, in " +#~ "welchem Funkfrequenzband das Ad-hoc-Funknetzwerk arbeitet. Bei einigen " +#~ "Rechnern ist die Auswahl auf bestimmte Frequenzbänder beschränkt, zum " +#~ "Beispiel nur A oder nur B/G, so dass Sie ein " +#~ "Frequenzband auswählen müssen, das jeder der Rechner im Ad-hoc-Netzwerk " +#~ "nutzen kann. In Umgebungen mit vielen anderen Netzwerken kann es vorkommen, " +#~ "dass verschiedene Funknetzwerke den gleichen Kanal gemeinsam nutzen, so dass " +#~ "Ihre Verbindung dadurch verlangsamt wird. In diesem Fall können Sie den zu " +#~ "nutzenden Kanal ändern." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dies ist der Basic Service Set Identifier. Die SSID (siehe oben) " +#~ "ist der menschenlesbare Name des Netzwerks. Die BSSID hingegen ist der für " +#~ "Rechner verständliche Name, der aus einer Zeichenkette aus Buchstaben und " +#~ "Ziffern besteht, die in dem Funknetzwerk eindeutig ist. Falls ein Netzwerk verborgen ist, gibt es keine " +#~ "SSID, aber eine BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "MAC-Adresse des Geräts" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ihre Netzwerk-Hardware (Funknetzwerkkarte) kann vorgeben, eine andere MAC-" +#~ "Adresse zu haben. Das ist nützlich, wenn Sie es mit einem Gerät oder Dienst " +#~ "zu tun haben, der ausschließlich mit einer bestimmten MAC-Adresse " +#~ "kommuniziert (zum Beispiel ein Breitbandkabelmodem). Wenn Sie diese MAC-" +#~ "Adresse in das Feld Benutzerdefinierte MAC-Adresse eintragen, " +#~ "wird das Gerät/der Dienst glauben, dass Ihr Rechner die benutzerdefinierte " +#~ "MAC-Adresse hat und nicht seine wirkliche." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Sicherheit des Funknetzwerks" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hier wird festgelegt, welche Verschlüsselung Ihr Netzwerk " +#~ "verwendet. Verschlüsselte Verbindungen können das Abhören Ihrer " +#~ "Funknetzwerkverbindung verhindern, da niemand »lauschen« und dadurch sehen " +#~ "kann, welche Websites Sie besuchen usw." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Einige Verschlüsselungstypen sind effektiver als andere, aber werden von " +#~ "älteren Netzwerkgeräten evtl. nicht unterstützt. Normalerweise müssen Sie " +#~ "ein Passwort für die Verbindung angeben, aber anspruchsvollere " +#~ "Sicherheitsmechanismen benötigen zusätzlich einen Benutzernamen und ein " +#~ "digitales »Zertifikat«. Unter finden " +#~ "Sie weitere Informationen zu den gängigen Arten der Verschlüsselung von " +#~ "Funknetzwerken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie diese Einstellung wählen, erhält Ihr Rechner seine IP-Adresse von " +#~ "einem DHCP-Server, Sie müssen aber manuell weitere Informationen eingeben, " +#~ "wie zum Beispiel den zu nutzenden DNS-Server." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wählen Sie diese Option, falls Sie sämtliche Netzwerkeinstellungen selbst " +#~ "festlegen wollen, einschließlich der IP-Adresse, die Ihr Rechner verwenden " +#~ "soll." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Diese Option deaktiviert die Netzwerkverbindung und verhindert den Aufbau " +#~ "von Verbindungen. Beachten Sie, dass IPv4 und IPv6 als " +#~ "separate Verbindungen betrachtet werden, obwohl sie über die gleiche " +#~ "Netzwerkkarte laufen. Falls Sie eine davon aktiviert haben, sollten Sie die " +#~ "andere deaktivieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dies ist ähnlich dem Reiter IPv4, mit der Ausnahme, dass es sich " +#~ "um den neueren IPv6-Standard handelt. Moderne Netzwerke nutzen zwar IPv6, " +#~ "aber momentan ist noch IPv4 weiter verbreitet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öffnen Sie das Netzwerkmenü in der Menüleiste und klicken Sie " +#~ "dort auf Mit einem verborgenen Funknetzwerk verbinden." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Klicken Sie im Abschnitt »System« auf Software-Quellen." @@ -29511,6 +30834,13 @@ #~ "auf Weiter, um zum nächsten Schritt dieser Anleitung zu gelangen." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geben Sie sudo pm-hibernate im Terminal ein und drücken Sie " +#~ "Eingabe." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29519,6 +30849,188 @@ #~ "Arbeitsspeicher (RAM)." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn der Ruhezustandstest ordnungsgemäß funktioniert, können Sie weiterhin " +#~ "den Befehl sudo pm-hibernate benutzen, wenn Sie den Rechner in " +#~ "den Ruhezustand versetzen möchten." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Warum hat sich mein Rechner ausgeschaltet/in Bereitschaft versetzt, als die " +#~ "Akkuladung 10% erreicht hat?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn der Ladezustand des Akkus zu niedrig wird, wechselt Ihr Rechner " +#~ "automatisch in den Bereitschaftsmodus. " +#~ "Dadurch wird sichergestellt, dass sich der Akku nicht vollständig entlädt, " +#~ "da dies schlecht für den Akku ist. Wenn der Akku sich vollständig entladen " +#~ "würde, hätte der Rechner außerdem keine Zeit, um ordentlich herunterfahren " +#~ "zu können." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Einige Rechner haben Probleme mit dem Bereitschaftsmodus und können " +#~ "möglicherweise die Anwendungen und Dokumente die beim Ausschalten geöffnet " +#~ "waren, nicht wiederherstellen. In diesem Fall ist nicht auszuschließen, dass " +#~ "Sie Daten verloren haben, die Sie nicht gespeichert hatten, bevor der " +#~ "Rechner in den Bereitschaftsmodus gewechselt ist. Sie können die Probleme mit dem Bereitschaftsmodus eventuell " +#~ "beheben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Systemeinstellungen." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Drucker nicht erkannt, Papierstaus, falsche Ausdrucke …" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Richten Sie einen Drucker ein, der an Ihren Rechner angeschlossen ist." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Eine lokalen Drucker einrichten" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ihr System erkennt viele Drucker automatisch, sobald sie angeschlossen " +#~ "werden. Die meisten Drucker werden über ein USB-Kabel mit Ihrem Rechner " +#~ "verbunden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie müssen für die Auswahl nicht zwischen lokalen und netzwerkbasierten " +#~ "Druckern unterscheiden, beide Typen werden im selben Fenster aufgelistet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schließen Sie den Drucker mit einem geeigneten Kabel an Ihr System an. Auf " +#~ "dem Bildschirm ist möglicherweise etwas zu sehen, während das System nach " +#~ "Treibern sucht, und eventuell werden Sie aufgefordert, die Installation mit " +#~ "Ihrem Passwort zu bestätigen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eine Nachricht wird angezeigt, wenn die Installation des Druckers " +#~ "abgeschlossen ist. Wählen Sie Testseite drucken für einen " +#~ "Funktionstest oder Druckeroptionen für weitere Änderungen an der " +#~ "Druckerkonfiguration." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls Ihr Drucker nicht automatisch eingerichtet wurde, können Sie ihn in " +#~ "den Druckereinstellungen hinzufügen." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen und wählen Sie einen Drucker aus dem " +#~ "Gerätefenster aus." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf Vor und warten Sie, während nach Treibern gesucht " +#~ "wird." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls für Ihren Rechner mehrere Treiber zur Verfügung stehen, werden Sie " +#~ "unter Umständen gefragt, welcher Treiber verwendet werden soll. Um den " +#~ "empfohlenen Treiber zu verwenden, klicken Sie einfach im Fenster »Hersteller " +#~ "und Modell« auf »Vor«." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nach der Installation des Druckers möchten Sie vielleicht den Standarddrucker ändern." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Damit diese Änderungen in Kraft treten, müssen Sie sich erst ab- und wieder " +#~ "anmelden. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " +#~ "wählen Sie Abmelden, um sich abzumelden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie müssen sich abmelden und wieder anmelden, damit die Sprachänderungen in " +#~ "Kraft treten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " +#~ "wählen sie Abmelden, um sich abzumelden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um sich abzumelden oder den Benutzer zu wechseln, öffnen Sie das Systemmenü ganz rechts in der Menüleiste " +#~ "und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn der Bildschirm gesperrt ist, können sich andere Benutzer an ihrem " +#~ "eigenen Benutzerkonto anmelden, indem sie auf Benutzer wechseln " +#~ "am Passwortbildschirm klicken. Sie selber können zu Ihrer Arbeitsumgebung " +#~ "zurückwechseln, wenn die anderen Benutzer fertig sind." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um Ihren Rechner manuell in Bereitschaft zu versetzen, öffnen Sie das " +#~ "Systemmenü in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Bereitschaft." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner vollständig ausschalten oder einen Neustart " +#~ "durchführen möchten, öffnen Sie das Systemmenü und wählen Sie " +#~ "Herunterfahren." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -29533,6 +31045,51 @@ #~ "Ihrem Bildschirm umbrochen dargestellt werden sollte – verwenden Sie " #~ "Kopieren und Einfügen, um sie fehlerfrei einzugeben):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Mit der Tastatur" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lassen Sie die Alt-Taste los, um das nächste (hervorgehobene) " +#~ "Fenster im Fensterwechsler zu wählen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anderenfalls, bei noch gehaltener Alt-Taste, drücken Sie die " +#~ "Tabulatortaste, um durch die Liste der geöffneten Fenster zu " +#~ "blättern, oder " +#~ "TabulatortasteUmschalttaste, um " +#~ "rückwärts zu blättern." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die Fenster im Anwendungsumschalter sind nach Anwendungen gruppiert. Die " +#~ "Vorschaubilder mehrerer Fenster einer Anwendung erscheinen beim " +#~ "Durchwechseln." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie können sich innerhalb der Anwendungssymbole im Anwendungsumschalter mit " +#~ "den Tasten → oder ← oder durch Klicken mit der Maus " +#~ "bewegen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vorschauen auf Anwendungen mit einem einzelnen Fenster werden nur dann " +#~ "angezeigt, wenn die Taste ↓ explizit gedrückt wird." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29896,6 +31453,13 @@ #~ "verfügbar ist." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie Lesezeichen in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Diese Seite als Lesezeichen speichern" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29904,6 +31468,13 @@ #~ "…." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie Lesezeichen in der Menüleiste und wählen Sie " +#~ "Lesezeichen … in dem Menü." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the " #~ "Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. " #~ "Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources." @@ -29939,6 +31510,63 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hier wird bestimmt, was bei zu niedrigem Akku-Ladezustand passieren soll. " +#~ "Energieverwaltung auswählen, dann in der Menüleiste " +#~ "Energieeinstellungen auswählen. Unter 'Ladezustand des Akkus " +#~ "zu niedrg' wird festgelegt, ob in den Bereitschaftsmodus gewechselt oder der Rechner " +#~ "heruntergefahren werden soll. Beim Herunterfahren werden geöffnete " +#~ "Anwendungen und Dokumente nicht gesichert." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Einige Internetseiten verwenden kleine Java-Programme, welche die " +#~ "Installation der Java-Erweiterung voraussetzen, um ausgeführt werden zu " +#~ "können." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwenden Sie die Anwendung Dateien, um die Dateien Ihres " +#~ "Rechners zu verwalten und auf sie zuzugreifen. Der Zugriff auf weitere " +#~ "Speichergeräte wie externe Festplatten, auf Datei-Server und Netzlaufwerke." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mit einem WLAN-Netz verbinden, " +#~ "Verborgene Netzwerke, Verbindungseinstellungen " +#~ "anpassen, Verbindung " +#~ "trennen …" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Problembehebung bei " +#~ "Funknetzwerken, Das eigene " +#~ "Funknetzwerk finden …" + +#~ msgid "" #~ " on the thumb slider to move " #~ "the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This " #~ "is especially useful in long documents." @@ -29970,6 +31598,14 @@ #~ "Programmversion." #~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie mit den Sucheingaben zufrieden sind, klicken Sie bitte auf " +#~ "Datei in der Menüzeile und wählen Sie Speichern als " +#~ "...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -29979,6 +31615,41 @@ #~ "En.svg\">Eingabequellensymbol" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Falls Sie mehr als einen Stift besitzen, wird ein Funkempfänger neben dem " +#~ "Gerätenamen des Stifts angezeigt, sobald sich der zusätzliche Stift dem " +#~ "Tablett nähert. Verwenden Sie den Funkempfänger, um auszuwählen, welchen " +#~ "Stift Sie einrichten möchten." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Online-Suchergebnisse aktivieren" + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Aktivieren Sie Auch Online-Suchergebnisse verarbeiten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " +#~ "wählen Sie Systemeinstellungen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sicherheit & Datenschutz öffnen und den Reiter " +#~ "Suche auswählen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwenden Sie Ubuntu Software um Programme hinzuzufügen und " +#~ "Ubuntu noch nützlicher zu machen." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " @@ -29994,6 +31665,45 @@ #~ "werden, wenn dieses Softwareverzeichnis (Paketquelle) freigeschaltet ist." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software hilft Ihnen dabei, Anwendungen zu entfernen, die " +#~ "Sie nicht mehr benutzen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öffnen Sie das menü oben rechts und wählen Sie SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests, um weitere Datenträgerinformationen anzuzeigen oder einen " +#~ "Selbsttest zu starten." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Standardmäßig werden keine Online-Suchergebnisse angezeigt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um auch Online-Suchergebnisse zu erhalten, können Sie dies im Menü " +#~ "Sicherheit & Datenschutz der Systemeinstellungen einschalten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicken Sie auf das Symbol ganz rechts in der Menüleiste und " +#~ "wählen Sie Systemeinstellungen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um Ihren Bildschirm zu sperren, öffnen Sie das Systemmenü in der " +#~ "Menüleiste und wählen Sie Sperren." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch an " #~ "install option window." #~ msgstr "" @@ -30003,3 +31713,23 @@ #~ msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wenn Sie Flash installieren möchten, klicken Sie auf Installieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash ist ein Plug-in für Ihren Webbrowser, das Videos " +#~ "abspielt und interaktive Internetseiten darstellen kann. HTML5 ist eine " +#~ "modernere Lösung, die immer öfter angeboten wird, es gibt aber noch viele " +#~ "Internetseiten, die ohne Flash nicht funktionieren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wechseln Sie den Standardbrowser, " +#~ "Flash installieren, Java Plugin installieren…" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/el/el.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/el/el.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/el/el.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/el/el.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-24 07:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: George Christofis \n" "Language-Team: Greek \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -163,13 +163,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -280,13 +280,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -357,49 +357,132 @@ "κάνει να πατάτε ένα πλήκτρο πολλές φορές ενώ θέλετε να το πατήσετε μόνο μία, " "θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε τα πλήκτρα αναπήδησης." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη τηςμπάρας μενού και " -"επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -407,12 +490,12 @@ "Πληκτρολόγηση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε τα Πλήκτρα αναπήδησης." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -479,8 +562,8 @@ "μόνο στοιχεία της διεπαφής χρήστη." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -488,7 +571,7 @@ "Βλέποντας ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Αλλάξτε την τιμή του Υψηλή αντίθεση σε ΝΑΙ." @@ -531,20 +614,9 @@ "αφήσετε το ποντίκι και στη συνέχεια αφού περιμένετε για λίγο το κουμπί θα " "πατηθεί για εσάς." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Πατήστε το όνομα σας στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις " -"Συστήματος." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -553,12 +625,12 @@ "και κλικ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του Μετεωρούμενο κλικ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -574,7 +646,7 @@ "μεταφορά, η λειτουργία θα επιστρέψει αυτόματα στο απλό κλικ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -585,7 +657,7 @@ "το κουμπί θα πατηθεί." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -594,7 +666,7 @@ "χρειάζεται να κρατάτε το δείκτη του ποντικιού ακίνητο πριν να κάνει κλικ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -606,7 +678,7 @@ "γίνει." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -636,12 +708,12 @@ "το μέγεθος της γραμματοσειράς." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Αλλάξτε την τιμή του Μεγάλο κείμενο σε ΝΑΙ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -779,7 +851,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -815,12 +887,12 @@ "μόνο ένα πλήκτρο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε το Προσομοιωμένο δευτερεύον κλικ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -833,7 +905,7 @@ "Προσομοίωση δευτερεύοντος κλικ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -847,7 +919,7 @@ "το κουμπί του ποντικιού για να κάνετε δεξί κλικ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -858,7 +930,7 @@ "κλικ ως συνήθως, ακόμη κι αν δεν έχετε ορατή ανταπόκριση από το δείκτη." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -869,7 +941,7 @@ "5 στο πληκτρολόγιό σας." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -935,17 +1007,17 @@ "είναι δύσκολο να πατήσετε το σωστό πλήκτρο πατώντας το την πρώτη φορά." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε τα Αργά πλήκτρα." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε και απενεργοποιήστε γρήγορα τα αργά πλήκτρα" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -960,7 +1032,7 @@ "απενεργοποίηση των αργών πλήκτρων." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -970,7 +1042,7 @@ "πλήκτρο ώστε αυτό να καταχωρηθεί." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -1024,17 +1096,17 @@ "το να κρατάτε πατημένα πολλαπλά πλήκτρα ταυτόχρονα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε τα Κολλώδη πλήκτρα" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε και απενεργοποιήστε γρήγορα τα κολλώδη πλήκτρα" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1049,7 +1121,7 @@ "απενεργοποίηση των κολλωδών πλήκτρων." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1059,7 +1131,7 @@ "όπως συνήθως." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1077,7 +1149,7 @@ "τους), αλλά κάποιους άλλους όχι." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1085,7 +1157,7 @@ "το ενεργοποιήσετε." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1142,7 +1214,7 @@ "συναγερμού)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1222,7 @@ "Ακούων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1181,7 +1253,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1195,10 +1267,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1252,12 +1324,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1268,7 +1341,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1277,15 +1350,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1466,14 +1540,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Η προσθήκη λογαριασμού θα σας βοηθήσει να συνδέσετε τους διαδικτυακούς " -"λογαριασμούς σας με την επιφάνεια εργασίας του Ubuntu. Έτσι θα ρυθμιστούν το " -"ηλεκτρονικό ταχυδρομείο, τα άμεσα μηνύματα σας (chat) και οι άλλες " -"αντίστοιχες εφαρμογές." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1484,62 +1554,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Από το δεξιό πλαίσιο επιλέξτε έναν Τύπο λογαριασμού." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Αν θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε περισσότερους λογαριασμούς, μπορείτε να επαναλάβετε " -"την διαδικασία αυτή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Θα ανοίξει ένα μικρό παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να εισάγετε τις πληροφορίες " -"πιστοποίησης για τον συνδεδεμένο λογαριασμό σας. Για παράδειγμα, αν " -"ρυθμίζετε κάποιον λογαριασμό Google, εισάγετε εδώ το όνομα χρήστη, τον " -"κωδικό και πατήστε για σύνδεση ή είσοδο." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε εισάγει σωστά τις πληροφορίες πιστοποίησης, θα σας ζητηθεί να " -"αποδεχτείτε ή να αρνηθείτε τους όρους. Επιλέξτε Αποδοχή. Μετά την " -"αποδοχή το Ubuntu χρειάζεται την άδειά σας για πρόσβαση στον λογαριασμό σας. " -"Για να επιτρέψετε την πρόσβαση πατήστε το κουμπί Παραχώρηση " -"πρόσβασης. Εισάγετε τον κωδικό για τον τρέχοντα χρήστη, όταν σας " -"ζητηθεί." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Τώρα μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις εφαρμογές που θα σχετιστούν με τον " -"συνδεδεμένο λογαριασμό σας. Για παράδειγμα, αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε " -"κάποιον συνδεδεμένο λογαριασμό για άμεσα μηνύματα chat, αλλά δεν θέλετε το " -"ημερολόγιο, απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή για ημερολόγιο." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1547,14 +1600,9 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Για λόγους ασφαλείας, το Ubuntu δεν αποθηκεύει τον κωδικό σας στον " -"υπολογιστή. Αντιθέτως, αποθηκεύει ένα αναγνωριστικό που παρέχει η υπηρεσία " -"διαδικτύου. Αν θέλετε να αναιρέσετε πλήρως τη σύνδεση μεταξύ του υπολογιστή " -"σας και της υπηρεσίας διαδικτύου, μπορείτε να κάνετε την αφαίρεση." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1948,6 +1996,75 @@ "προσθέσατε θα είναι στην διάθεσή σας." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2042,130 +2159,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση επιπρόσθετου λογισμικού" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Η ομάδα ανάπτυξης του Ubuntu έχει διαλέξει ένα σύνολο σημαντικών εφαρμογών " -"που νομίζουμε πως κάνει το Ubuntu πολύ χρήσιμο για τις περισσότερες " -"καθημερινές εργασίες. Παρ' όλα αυτά, σίγουρα θα χρειαστεί να εγκαταστήσετε " -"περισσότερο λογισμικό για να κάνετε το Ubuntu περισσότερο χρήσιμο για εσάς." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"Για την εγκατάσταση επιπρόσθετου λογισμικού, ολοκληρώστε τα ακόλουθα βήματα:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Συνδεθείτε στο διαδίκτυο χρησιμοποιώντας μία ασύρματη ή ενσύρματη " -"σύνδεση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την εφαρμογή που σας ενδιαφέρει και κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή " -"Εγκατάσταση." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Θα σας ζητηθεί να εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας. Αφού το κάνετε αυτό θα ξεκινήσει " -"η εγκατάσταση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Η εγκατάσταση συνήθως τελειώνει γρήγορα, αλλά ενδέχεται να διαρκέσει " -"περισσότερο αν έχετε αργή σύνδεση με το διαδίκτυο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Μια συντόμευση για τη νέα σας εφαρμογή θα προστεθεί στον εκκινητή. Για να " -"απενεργοποιήσετε τη λειτουργία αυτή, αποσημειώστε το " -"ΠροβολήΟι νέες εφαρμογές στον " -"εκκινητή." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Προσθέστε Προσωπικά Αποθετήρια Λογισμικού (PPA) για να μπορέσετε να " -"δοκιμάσετε πρώιμες εκδόσεις λογισμικού ή ειδικευμένο λογισμικό." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Προσθήκη ενός Προσωπικού αποθετηρίου πακέτων (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Τα Προσωπικά Αποθετήρια Πακέτων (PPA - Αποθετήρια), είναι " -"αποθετήρια λογισμικού σχεδιασμένα για τους χρήστες του Ubuntu και είναι " -"ευκολότερα στην εγκατάσταση από άλλα αποθετήρια τρίτων πηγών." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Προσθέστε μόνο αποθετήρια λογισμικού από πηγές που εμπιστεύεστε!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2177,12 +2280,12 @@ "λογισμικό το οποίο να είναι επιβλαβές για τον υπολογιστή σας." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Εγκαταστήστε ένα αποθετήριο" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2194,27 +2297,26 @@ "το εξής: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Μεταβείτε στην καρτέλα Άλλο λογισμικό." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Προσθηκη και προσθέστε την τοποθεσία " -"ppa:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2222,7 +2324,7 @@ "στο παράθυρο ελέγχου." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2230,30 +2332,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Απομακρύνετε το λογισμικό που δεν χρησιμοποιείτε πλέον." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Απομακρύνετε μια εφαρμογή" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2262,22 +2390,31 @@ "αναζήτησης ή ψάχνοντας στη λίστα των εγκαταστημένων εφαρμογών." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε την εφαρμογή και κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Αφαίρεση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Ενδέχεται να σας ζητηθεί να εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας. Αφού το κάνετε, η " -"εφαρμογή θα απομακρυνθεί." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2292,16 +2429,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Προσθέστε άλλα αποθετήρια για να επεκτείνετε τις πηγές λογισμικού που " -"χρησιμοποιεί το Ubuntu για εγκατάσταση και αναβαθμίσεις." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Προσθέστε επιπλέον αποθετήρια λογισμικού" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2316,13 +2451,13 @@ "αποθετήριο μίας τρίτης πηγής, θα πρέπει να την προσθέσετε στην λίστα των " "διαθέσιμων αποθετηρίων του Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση άλλων αποθετηρίων" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2331,7 +2466,7 @@ "καρτέλα Άλλο λογισμικό." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2341,7 +2476,7 @@ "αποθετηρίου και θα πρέπει να μοιάζει με:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2349,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2357,12 +2492,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε το Αποθετήριο συνεργατών της Canonical." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2372,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2382,7 +2517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2390,26 +2525,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Προσθήκη/Αφαίρεση Λογισμικού" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Προσθήκη & αφαίρεση λογισμικού" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -3041,8 +3173,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Φορητό μέσο αποθήκευσης USB (μικρής χωρητικότητας)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3730,7 +3862,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -4039,27 +4171,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Λήψη εκτύπωσης ενός αρχείου αναφοράς (reference file) από μία εταιρεία " -"χρωμάτων" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Η χρησιμοποίηση μίας εταιρείας χρωμάτων για την δημιουργία ενός προφίλ " -"εκτυπωτή είναι συνήθως η φθηνότερη λύση, αν χρησιμοποιείτε μόνο ένα ή δύο " -"είδη διαφορετικού χαρτιού. Λαμβάνοντας το διάγραμμα αναφοράς από την " -"ιστοσελίδα της εκάστοτε εταιρείας, μπορείτε να αποστείλετε εκεί ταχυδρομικά " -"την εκτύπωσή σας με ασφάλεια μέσα σε ένα φακέλο συσκευασίας. Αφού η εκτύπωση " -"σας σαρωθεί , η εταιρεία θα μπορεί να δημιουργήσει ένα ακριβές προφίλ ICC " -"για εσάς, το οποίο θα σας αποστείλει μέσω ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -6000,21 +6123,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Αν αργότερα αλλάξετε γνώμη, μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε το ρολόι ξανά " -"κάνοντας κλικ στην πάνω δεξιά γωνία της μπάρας μενού και επιλέγοντας τις " -"Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος. Στην ενότητα «Σύστημα», κάντε κλικ στην " -"επιλογή Ώρα & Ημερομηνία." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Αλλαγή της μορφής ημερομηνίας" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -6023,46 +6144,25 @@ "ταιριάζει με το προτιμώμενο πρότυπο για την τοποθεσία σας." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο τέρμα δεξιά στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε " -"Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" "Στην ενότητα Προσωπικά, κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Γλωσσική " "υποστήριξη." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Μεταφερθείτε στην καρτέλα Τοπική διαμόρφωση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Επιλέξτε την προτιμώμενη τοποθεσία σας από την λίστα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6300,75 +6400,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Εκτελέστε τη δοκιμασία επιδόσεων στο σκληρό δίσκο σας για να ελέγξετε πόσο " -"γρήγορος είναι." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Ελέγξτε τις επιδόσεις του σκληρού σας δίσκου" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Για να ελέγξετε την ταχύτητα του σκληρού σας δίσκου:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από το Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από την επισκόπηση των δραστηριοτήτων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον σκληρό δίσκο από τη λίστα Δίσκοι." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί που μοιάζει με γρανάζι και επιλέξτε Μέτρηση " -"επιδόσεων." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο Μέτρηση επιδόσεων οδηγού και ρυθμίστε τις " -"παραμέτρους Ρυθμός μεταφοράς και Χρόνος πρόσβασης στην " -"επιθυμητή τιμή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο Εκκίνηση ελέγχου επιδόσεων για να ελέγξετε πόσο " -"γρήγορα μπορούν να διαβαστούν δεδομένα από το δίσκο. Ενδεχομένως να " -"χρειαστούν Προνόμια διαχειριστή. " -"Εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας, ή τον κωδικό για τον ζητούμενο λογαριασμό " -"διαχειριστή." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6379,45 +6492,22 @@ "θα διαρκέσει περισσότερο μέχρι να ολοκληρωθεί." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Όταν η μέτρηση ολοκληρωθεί, θα εμφανιστεί το γράφημα με τα αποτελέσματα. Τα " -"πράσινα σημεία και οι γραμμές που τα συνδέουν, δείχνουν τα δείγματα που " -"ελήφθησαν. Αυτά αντιστοιχούν στο δεξιό άξονα δείχνοντας το χρόνο πρόσβασης, " -"απεικονιζόμενο σε παράθεση με τον κάτω άξονα που αντιπροσωπεύει το ποσοστό " -"χρόνου που παρήλθε κατά τη διάρκεια της μέτρησης. Η μπλε γραμμή " -"αντιπροσωπεύει τους ρυθμούς ανάγνωσης, ενώ η κόκκινη γραμμή αντιπροσωπεύει " -"τους ρυθμούς εγγραφής. Αυτές φαίνονται ως δεδομένα πρόσβασης στον αριστερό " -"άξονα, απεικονιζόμενα σε παράθεση με το ποσοστό του δίσκου που διανύθηκε από " -"το εξωτερικό σημείο προς την άτρακτο, κατά μήκος του κάτω άξονα." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Κάτω από το γράφημα, εμφανίζονται τιμές για την ελάχιστη, μέγιστη και μέση " -"τιμή των ρυθμών ανάγνωσης και εγγραφής, ο μέσος χρόνος πρόσβασης και ο " -"χρόνος που παρήλθε από το τελευταίο τεστ μετρήσεων απόδοσης." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε είτε την Ανάλυση χρήσης δίσκου είτε την " -"Παρακολούθηση συστήματος για να ελέγξετε τη διαθεσιμότητα χώρου." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6425,146 +6515,68 @@ msgstr "Έλεγχος του χώρου που απομένει στον δίσκο" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε πόσος χώρος απομένει στο δίσκο, με την Ανάλυση " -"χρήσης δίσκου ή την Παρακολούθηση συστήματος." -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Έλεγχος με την Ανάλυση χρήσης δίσκου." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Για να ελέγξετε τον ελεύθερο χώρο του δίσκου και την χωρητικότητά του " -"χρησιμοποιώντας την Ανάλυση χρήσης δίσκου:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε τον Αναλυτή χρήσης δίσκου από το Dash. Το " -"παράθυρο θα εμφανίσει την Συνολική χωριτικότητα συστήματος " -"αρχείων και την Συνολική χρήση συστήματος αρχείων." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από την επισκόπηση " -"Δραστηριότητες. Το παράθυρο θα προβάλλει τη Συνολική " -"χωρητικότητα συστημάτων αρχείων και τη Συνολική χρήση συστημάτων " -"αρχείων." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από το Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ σε ένα από τα κουμπιά της εργαλειοθήκης ώστε να επιλέξετε " -"Σάρωση προσωπικού φακέλου, Σάρωση συστήματος αρχείων, " -"Σάρωση ενός φακέλου, ή Σάρωση ενός απομακρυσμένου " -"φακέλου." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Οι πληροφορίες εμφανίζονται σύμφωνα με Φάκελος, Χρήση, " -"Μέγεθος και Περιεχόμενα. Δείτε περισσότερες " -"λεπτομέρειες στο Ανάλυση χρήσης " -"δίσκου." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Έλεγχος χρησιμοποιώντας την Παρακολούθηση συστήματος." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -msgstr "" -"Για να ελέγξετε τον ελεύθερο χώρο που απομένει στον δίσκο και την συνολική " -"χωρητικότητά του χρησιμοποιώντας την Παρακολούθηση συστήματος:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Παρακολούθηση συστήματος από το " -"Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Παρακολούθηση συστήματος από την επισκόπηση " -"Δραστηριότητες." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την καρτέλα Συστήματα αρχείων ώστε να δείτε τα " -"διαμερίσματα του συστήματος και τη χρήση του χώρου του δίσκου. Η πληροφορία " -"προβάλλεται σύμφωνα με τις κατηγορίες Σύνολο, Ελεύθερος " -"χώρος, Διαθέσιμος χώρος και Χρησιμοποιούμενος " -"χώρος." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "Τί θα πρέπει να γίνει αν ο δίσκος είναι υπερβολικά γεμάτος;" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 +msgid "" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Αν ο δίσκος είναι υπερβολικά γεμάτος, θα πρέπει να γίνουν οι εξής ενέργειες:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Διαγραφή των αρχείων που δεν είναι σημαντικά ή που δεν θα χρησιμοποιηθούν " -"άλλη φορά." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" "Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Λάβετε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας από τα σημαντικά " -"αρχεία σας τα οποία δε θα χρειαστείτε για κάποιον καιρό και διαγράψτε τα από " -"τον σκληρό δίσκο." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6614,80 +6626,54 @@ msgstr "" "Ελέγξτε την υγεία του δίσκου σας χρησιμοποιώντας την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι." -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από το Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από την επισκόπηση " -"Δραστηριότητες." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Τί θα πρέπει να γίνει αν ο δίσκος δεν είναι υγιής;" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Ακόμα και αν η Κατάσταση SMART υποδεικνύει πως ο δίσκος δεν " -"είναι υγιής, μπορεί αυτό να μην είναι σοβαρός λόγος ανησυχίας. Είναι " -"καλύτερα όμως να έχει κανείς προετοιμαστεί δημιουργώντας εκ των προτέρων " -"ένα αντίγραφο ασφαλείας, ώστε να αποτραπεί " -"η απώλεια δεδομένων." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Αν η κατάσταση αναφέρει «Επικείμενη αποτυχία», ο δίσκος είναι λογικά " -"αρκούντως υγιής, έχουν όμως εντοπιστεί κάποια σημάδια φθοράς τα οποία " -"υποδεικνύουν ότι μπορεί να υπάρξει αστοχία κατά το εγγύς μέλλον.\r\n" -"Αν ο σκληρός σας δίσκος (ή και ο υπολογιστής σας) είναι παλαιός, είναι " -"πιθανό να δείτε αυτό το μήνυμα σε κάποιους τουλάχιστον από τους επιμέρους " -"ελέγχους υγείας. Θα ήταν καλό το να κάνετε τακτικά " -"αντίγραφα ασφαλείας και να ελέγχετε περιοδικά την κατάσταση του " -"δίσκου για να διαπιστώσετε αν αυτή επιδεινώνεται." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6699,141 +6685,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Αφαιρέστε όλα τα αρχεία και τους φακέλους από έναν εξωτερικό σκληρό δίσκο ή " -"από ένα φορητό μέσο αποθήκευσης USB, διαμορφώνοντάς τα." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Διαγράψτε τα πάντα από έναν εξωτερικό δίσκο" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε έναν εξωτερικό δίσκο όπως ένα φορητό μέσο αποθήκευσης USB ή έναν " -"εξωτερικό σκληρό δίσκο, μπορεί να θελήσετε να απομακρύνετε εντελώς όλα τα " -"αρχεία και φακέλους τα οποία περιέχει. Αυτό, μπορείτε να το κάνετε " -"διαμορφώνοντας τον δίσκο. Η ενέργεια αυτή διαγράφει όλα τα σρχεία " -"στον δίσκο και τον αφήνει κενό." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Διαμόρφωση ενός αφαιρούμενου δίσκου" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το δίσκο τον οποίο θέλετε να διαγράψετε από τη λίστα Συσκευές " -"αποθήκευσης." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Σιγουρευτείτε πρώτα πως έχετε επιλέξει το σωστό δίσκο! Αν επιλέξετε λάθος " -"δίσκο, όλα τα αρχεία που αυτός περιέχει θα διαγραφούν!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Στην ενότητα Τόμοι, κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Αποπροσάρτηση τόμου. " -"Στη συνέχεια κάντε ξανά κλικ στην επιλογή Διαμόρφωση τόμου." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Στο παράθυρο που αναδύεται, επιλέξτε έναν Τύπο συστήματος αρχείων " -"για το δίσκο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε τον δίσκο και σε υπολογιστές με λειτουργικό σύστημα Mac OS " -"και σε υπολογιστές με λειτουργικό σύστημα Windows επιπρόσθετα από αυτόν με " -"το λειτουργικό σύστημα Linux, επιλέξτε το σύστημα αρχείων FAT. Αν " -"χρησιμοποιείτε τον δίσκο μόνο σε υπολογιστές με λειτουργικό σύστημα Windows, " -"το σύστημα αρχείων NTFS μπορεί να είναι μία καλύτερη επιλογή.\r\n" -"Μία σύντομη περιγραφή των τύπων συστημάτων αρχείων, θα " -"παρουσιαστεί ως ξεχωριστή ενότητα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Αναθέστε στο δίσκο ένα όνομα και κάντε κλικ στη Διαμόρφωση, ώστε " -"αν ξεκινήσει η διαδικασία διαγραφής του δίσκου." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Όταν η διαμόρφωση ολοκληρωθεί, κάντε ασφαλή απομάκρυνση του " -"δίσκου. Τώρα θα πρέπει να είναι κενός και έτοιμος για επαναχρησιμοποίηση." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -"Η διαμόρφωση ενός δίσκου δεν παρέχει εξασφάλιση της διαγραφής των αρχείων σας" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Η διαμόρφωση του δίσκου δεν είναι ένας εντελώς ασφαλής τρόπος διαγραφής όλων " -"των δεδομένων που αυτός περιέχει. Ένας διαμορφωμένος δίσκος θα εμφανιστεί να " -"μην περιέχει αρχεία, είναι όμως πιθανό με την χρήση ειδικού λογισμικού αυτά " -"να ανακτηθούν. Αν χρειάζεται να διαγράψετε με ασφάλεια κάποια αρχεία, θα " -"χρειαστεί να χρησιμοποιήσετε κάποιο εργαλείο γραμμής εντολών, όπως είναι το " -"shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Κατανοήστε τι είναι οι τόμοι και τα διαμερίσματα και χρησιμοποιήστε το " -"εργαλείο δίσκων για να τα διαχειριστείτε." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Διαχείριση τόμων και κατατμήσεων" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6855,7 +6813,7 @@ "εγγράψετε επάνω του και άλλα αρχεία." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6873,63 +6831,40 @@ "ετικέτες» των λειτουργικών «αποθηκών» των διαμερισμάτων και των δίσκων." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Επισκόπηση και διαχείριση τόμων και διαμερισμάτων χρησιμοποιώντας το " -"εργαλείο δίσκων" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε και να τροποποιήσετε τους τόμους αποθήκευσης του " -"υπολογιστή σας με το εργαλείο δίσκων." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Ανοίξτε το Dash και εκκινήστε την εφαρμογή Εργαλείο " -"δίσκων." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Στο χαρακτηρισμένο ως Συσκευές αποθήκευσης τμήμα, θα βρείτε τους " -"σκληρούς δίσκους, τους οδηγούς των CD/DVD και άλλες φυσικές συσκευές του " -"υπολογιστή. Κάντε κλικ στην συσκευή που θέλετε να επιθεωρήσετε." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Στην δεξιά στήλη, η περιοχή με την ετικέτα Τόμοι παρέχει μία " -"οπτική ανάλυση των τόμων και των διαμερισμάτων της επιλεγμένης συσκευής. " -"Περιέχει επίσης και μία ποικιλία εργαλείων για την διαχείριση αυτών των " -"τόμων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Προσοχή: Είναι δυνατό να σβήσετε εντελώς τα δεδομένα που βρίσκονται στον " -"δίσκο σας χρησιμοποιώντας αυτά τα εργαλεία." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6947,21 +6882,14 @@ "πολλαπλά διαμερίσματα για λόγους ευκολίας ή ασφαλείας." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Ένα πρωτεύον διαμέρισμα πρέπει να περιέχει πληροφορίες τις οποίες ο " -"υπολογιστής σας χρησιμοποιεί για να εκκινήσει, ή αλλιώς να " -"μπουτάρει. Γι αυτόν τον λόγο, κάποιες φορές αυτό ονομάζεται " -"διαμέρισμα ή τόμος εκκίνησης. Για να διευκρινήσετε αν ένα διαμέρισμα είναι " -"εκκινήσιμο, μπορείτε να κοιτάξετε στις Σημαίες διαμερίσματος στο " -"εργαλείο δίσκων. Τα εξωτερικά μέσα όπως τα μέσα αποθήκευσης USB ή και οι " -"δίσκοι CD/DVD, μπορούν επίσης να περιέχουν έναν εκκινήσιμο τόμο." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6998,20 +6926,20 @@ msgstr "Ρύθμιση της φωτεινότητας" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Επιλέξτε Φωτεινότητα & Κλείδωμα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Ρυθμίστε με τον ολισθητή την Φωτεινότητα σε μία τιμή που να σας " "ικανοποιεί." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -7024,7 +6952,7 @@ "πλήκτρο Fn." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -7038,7 +6966,7 @@ "σημαντικά την αυτονομία του υπολογιστή κατά την χρήση του με αυτήν." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -7072,15 +7000,23 @@ "τροποποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Πατήστε το όνομα σας στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις " +"Συστήματος." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Ανοίξτε τις Οθόνες." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -7098,7 +7034,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -7108,7 +7044,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -7118,7 +7054,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -7129,7 +7065,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7161,7 +7097,7 @@ "αν θέλετε να προσαρμόσετε τις ρυθμίσεις, τότε:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7175,7 +7111,7 @@ "προεπισκόπηση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7184,12 +7120,12 @@ "Τοποθέτηση εκκινητή σε Όλες οι οθόνες." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Κολλώδεις άκρες" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7204,7 +7140,7 @@ "μετακινήσετε το δείκτη του από τη μία οθόνη στην άλλη." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7245,21 +7181,15 @@ "ρυθμίσετε ώστε να κλειδώνει αυτόματα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Βεβαιωθείτε πως το Κλείδωμα είναι ενεργοποιημένο και έπειτα " -"επιλέξτε ένα χρονικό όριο αναμονής από την αναδιπλούμενη λίστα από κάτω. Η " -"οθόνη θα κλειδώσει αυτόματα αν είναι ανενεργή γι αυτό το χρονικό όριο. " -"Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε Απενεργοποίηση της οθόνης ώστε η " -"οθόνη να κλειδώνει αφού κλείσει αυτόματα, κάτι που ελέγχεται από την " -"αναδιπλούμενη λίστα Σβήσιμο της οθόνης όταν είναι ανενεργή για " -"από πάνω." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7273,7 +7203,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7316,7 +7246,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7353,17 +7283,17 @@ "μπορείτε να βάλετε συλλογές μέσα σε άλλες συλλογές." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Για να διαγράψετε μια συλλογή:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Στη λειτουργία επιλογής, επιλέξτε την προς διαγραφή συλλογή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7388,12 +7318,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7701,7 +7630,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Αναζήτηση για αρχεία" @@ -7977,13 +7905,13 @@ "διαφόρων συσκευών:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε ΛεπτομέρειεςΑφαιρούμενα μέσα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7994,7 +7922,7 @@ "των διαφόρων τύπων συσκευών και μέσων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -8005,7 +7933,7 @@ "θέλετε να γίνει, τίποτα δε θα συμβεί αυτόματα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -8021,7 +7949,7 @@ "Για παράδειγμα, μία προβολή διαφανειών." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -8036,7 +7964,7 @@ "εφαρμογή ή ενέργεια από την αναδιπλούμενη επιλογή Ενέργεια." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -8048,17 +7976,17 @@ "παραθύρου των αφαιρούμενων μέσων." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Τύποι συσκευών και μέσων" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Δίσκοι μουσικού περιεχομένου" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -8073,12 +8001,12 @@ "αναπαραγωγής ήχου." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Δίσκοι βίντεο" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -8092,12 +8020,12 @@ "συσκευή σας, δείτε ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Κενοί δίσκοι" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -8106,12 +8034,12 @@ "εγγραφής κενών δίσκων CD, DVD, Blu-ray και δίσκων HD DVD." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Κάμερες και φωτογραφίες" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -8125,7 +8053,7 @@ "φωτογραφίες σας μέσω του διαχειριστή αρχείων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -8137,12 +8065,12 @@ "φάκελο που ονομάζεται ΕΙΚΟΝΕΣ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Προγράμματα αναπαραγωγής μουσικής" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -8152,12 +8080,12 @@ "αρχεία σας μέσω του διαχειριστή αρχείων." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Αναγνώστες ηλεκτρονικών βιβλίων (e-book)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -8168,12 +8096,12 @@ "διαχειριστείτε οι ίδιοι τα αρχεία σας μέσω του διαχειριστή αρχείων." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Λογισμικό" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8187,7 +8115,7 @@ "εκτέλεσης. Πάντοτε θα σας ζητείτε η επιβεβαίωση πριν εκτελεστεί το λογισμικό." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" "Ποτέ μην εκτελείτε λογισμικό από μέσο αναπαραγωγής που δεν εμπιστεύεστε." @@ -8205,16 +8133,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιείτε τον διαχειριστή αρχείων Αρχεία για να περιηγείστε " -"σε και να οργανώνεται τα αρχεία του υπολογιστή σας. Μπορείτε επίσης να τον " -"χρησιμοποιείτε για να διαχειρίζεστε τα αρχεία σε αποθηκευτικές συσκευές " -"(όπως εξωτερικοί σκληροί δίσκοι), σε διακομιστές αρχείων και σε κοινόχρηστους δικτυακούς πόρους." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8233,19 +8156,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Μέσα στον διαχειριστή αρχείων διπλοπατήστε οποιονδήποτε φάκελο για να " -"προβάλλετε το περιεχόμενό του και διπλοπατήστε οποιοδήποτε αρχείο για να " -"ανοίξετε με την αρχική προρυθμισμένη εφαρμογή για τον τύπο του αρχείου " -"αυτού. Μπορεί να κάνετε δεξιό κλικ σε οποιονδήποτε φάκελο για να ανοίξετε τα " -"περιεχόμενά του σε νέα καρτέλα (tab) ή σε νέο παράθυρο." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8262,41 +8195,33 @@ "και να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση στις ιδιότητές του." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Αν θέλετε να προβάλλετε άμεσα και γρήγορα κάποιο αρχείο εντός του φακέλου " -"στον οποίο βρίσκεστε, αρχίστε να πληκτρολογείτε το όνομά του. Θα ανοίξει ένα " -"πεδίο αναζήτησης κειμένου στην κορυφή του παραθύρου και το πρώτο αρχείο που " -"το όνομά του θα ταιριάζει με τα κριτήρια της αναζήτησης που πληκτρολογείτε " -"θα εμφανιστεί υποσημειωμένο. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο του πληκτρολογίου με το κάτω " -"βέλος, ή κυλίστε προς τα κάτω με την ροδέλα του ποντικιού, για να " -"προσπεράσετε προς το επόμενο αρχείο που το όνομά του ταιριάζει με τα " -"κριτήρια της αναζήτησής σας." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να έχετε γρήγορη πρόσβαση σε συνήθεις θέσεις μέσα από την " -"πλευρική μπάρα. Αν δεν βλέπετε την πλευρική μπάρα πατήστε το " -"πλήκτρο κάτω της " -"γραμμής εργαλείων και επιλέξτε Εμφάνιση πλευρικής μπάρας. " -"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε σελιδοδείκτες προς καταλόγους που χρησιμοποιείτε " -"συχνά και αυτοί θα εμφανίζονται στην πλευρική μπάρα. Για τον σκοπό αυτό " -"χρησιμοποιείστε το μενού Σελιδοδείκτες ή απλώς σύρετε το " -"εικονίδιο κάποιου φακέλου μέσα στην πλευρική μπάρα." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -9003,17 +8928,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Ίσως έχετε μετονομάσει το αρχείο με τρόπο που το καθιστά κρυφό αρχείο. Τα " -"αρχεία που ξεκινούν με . ή τελειώνουν σε ~ είναι " -"κρυμένα από τον διαχειριστή αρχείων. Πατήστε το κουμπί down της γραμμής εργαλείων του " -"διαχειριστή αρχείων και επιλέξτε Εμφάνιση κρυφών αρχείων για να " -"τα προβάλλετε. Για περισσότερα, δείτε ." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9630,166 +9548,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Εντοπίστε αρχεία βάσει ονόματος και τύπου. Αποθηκεύστε τις αναζητήσεις για " -"μελλοντική χρήση." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να αναζητείσετε απευθείας αρχεία με βάση το όνομά τους ή τον τύπο " -"αρχείου μέσα στον διαχειριστή αρχείων. Μπορείτε ακόμη να αποθηκεύσετε συχνές " -"αναζητήσεις και αυτές θα εμφανιστούν ως ειδικοί φάκελοι στον προσωπικό σας " -"φάκελο." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Άλλες εφαρμογές αναζητήσεων" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Αναζήτηση" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Ανοίξτε τον διαχειριστή αρχείων" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Αν γνωρίζετε ότι τα αρχεία που επιθυμείτε βρίσκονται σε συγκεκριμένο φάκελο, " -"μεταβείτε σε αυτόν το φάκελο." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Πατήστε στον μεγεθυντικό φακό της γραμμής εργαλείων ή πατήστε " -"CtrlF." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Πληκτρολογήστε κάποια λέξη ή κάποιες λέξεις που ξέρετε ότι εμφανίζονται στο " -"όνομα του αρχείου. Για παράδειγμα, αν ονομάσατε όλα τα τιμολόγιά σας με την " -"λέξη «Τιμολόγιο», πληκτρολογήστε type τιμολόγιο. Πιέστε το " -"Enter. Εντοπίζονται οι λέξεις τόσο με μικρά όσο και με κεφαλαία " -"γράμματα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να περιορίσετε τα αποτελέσματα σας ανά κατάλογο και τύπο αρχείου." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Πατήστε + και από την αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα επιλέξτε κάποιον " -"Τύπο αρχείου για να περιορίσετε την αναζήτηση βάσει τύπου " -"αρχείου. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο x για να απομακρύνετε αυτή την " -"επιλογή και να διευρύνετε τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να ανοίξετε, να αντιγράψετε, να διαγράψετε ή διαφορετικά να " -"εργαστείτε με τα αρχεία από τα αποτελέσματα αναζήτησης, όπως θα κάνατε από " -"κάθε φάκελο στον διαχειριστή αρχείων." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ξανά το μεγεθυντικό φακό στην μπάρα εργασίας για να εξέλθετε από " -"την αναζήτηση και να επιστρέψετε στο φάκελο." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Αν κάνετε συχνές αναζητήσεις, μπορείτε να τις αποθηκεύσετε ώστε να έχετε " -"άμεση πρόσβαση σε αυτές." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Αποθήκευση μιας αναζήτησης" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Ξεκινήστε μια αναζήτηση όπως παραπάνω." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Δώστε στην συγκεκριμένη αναζήτηση ένα όνομα και κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή " -"Αποθήκευση. Αν θέλετε, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό " -"φάκελο στον οποίο θα αποθηκεύσετε την αναζήτηση. Όταν θα εμφανίζεται αυτός ο " -"φάκελος, θα βλέπετε την αποθηκευμένη αναζήτησή σας ως έναν πορτοκαλί φάκελο " -"με έναν μεγεθυντικό φακό επάνω του." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Για αφαίρεση του αρχείου αναζήτησης μόλις τελειώσετε, απλά διαγράψτε την αναζήτηση όπως θα κάνατε με κάθε " -"άλλο αρχείο. Όταν διαγράφετε μια αποθηκευμένη αναζήτηση, δε διαγράφετε και " -"τα αρχεία αυτής." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10787,7 +10645,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Στην ενότητα Υλικό, κάντε κλικ στο στοιχείο Πληκτρολόγιο." @@ -10805,22 +10663,22 @@ "πόσο γρήγορα αναβοσβήνει ο δρομέας." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Προσθέστε συσκευές εισαγωγής δεδομένων και εναλλάξετέ τους." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε εναλλακτικές συσκευές εισαγωγής δεδομένων" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10838,7 +10696,7 @@ "γλωσσών." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10847,16 +10705,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Προσθήκη πηγής εισαγωγής δεδομένων" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Στην ενότητα Προσωπικά, πατήστε Εισαγωγή κειμένου." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Πατήστε το κουμπί +, επιλέξτε μια πηγή/συσκευή και πατήστε " +"Προσθήκη." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10865,36 +10739,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να δείτε μια προεπισκόπιση οποιασδήποτε διάταξης επιλέγοντάς την " -"από την λίστα και πατώντας " -"προεπισκόπιση." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Στην ενότητα Προσωπικά, πατήστε Εισαγωγή κειμένου." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Πατήστε το κουμπί +, επιλέξτε μια πηγή/συσκευή και πατήστε " -"Προσθήκη." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10909,15 +10763,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Ενδείκτης πηγής εισαγωγής δεδομένων" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10949,12 +10813,12 @@ "που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Συντομεύσεις πληκτρολογίου" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10968,28 +10832,28 @@ "τον αλλάξετε:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Προσδιορίστε τις συσκευές εισόδου δεδομένων για όλα τα παράθυρα ή ξεχωριστά " "για κάθε παράθυρο" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -11007,7 +10871,7 @@ "εναλάσσεστε μεταξύ των παραθύρων." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -11017,12 +10881,12 @@ "παραθύρου που είχατε ανοίξει τελευταία φορά." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -11030,7 +10894,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -11038,50 +10902,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can για να εισάγετε κείμενο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Ενεργοποιήστε το Βοηθό πληκτρολόγησης για να εμφανίσετε το " @@ -11535,7 +11399,7 @@ "αρχίσει να επαναλαμβάνεται." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11545,7 +11409,7 @@ "των πλήκτρων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11577,14 +11441,14 @@ "συντόμευση πληκτρολογίου:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Ανοίξτε το Πληκτρολόγιο και επιλέξτε την καρτέλα " "Συντομεύσεις." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11595,7 +11459,7 @@ "σε Νέα συντόμευση…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11604,17 +11468,17 @@ "Backspace για να αφαιρέσετε το συνδυασμό." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένες συντομεύσεις" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Για να δημιουργήσετε τις δικιές συντομεύσεις πληκτρολογίου:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11626,7 +11490,7 @@ "εμφανιστεί." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11640,7 +11504,7 @@ "χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11650,7 +11514,7 @@ "τον επιθυμητό συνδυασμό πλήκτρων." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11663,7 +11527,7 @@ "μπορεί να μην έχει το ίδιο όνομα με την ίδια την εφαρμογή." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11802,16 +11666,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Για να επιλυθεί αυτό, κάντε κλικ στο δεξιότερο εικονίδιο της μπάρας του " -"μενού και πηγαίνετε στις Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος. Στην κατηγορία " -"Υλικό, επιλέξτε Οθόνες. Δοκιμάστε μερικές από τις επιλογές για " -"την Ανάλυση και ορίστε εκείνη που κάνει την οθόνη να φαίνεται " -"καλύτερα." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11857,19 +11717,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο δεξιότερο εικονίδιο της μπάρας του μενού και επιλέξτε " -"Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος. Ανοίξτε τις Οθόνες." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Αποεπιλέξτε το Καθρεφτισμός οθονών." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11903,16 +11762,7 @@ "έχετε μία περιστρεφόμενη οθόνη), αλλάζοντας την περιστροφή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο δεξιότερο εικονίδιο της μπάρας του μενού και επιλέξτε " -"Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11922,12 +11772,12 @@ "προεπισκόπισης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Επιλέξτε την επιθυμητή ανάλυση και περιστροφή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11942,7 +11792,7 @@ "αυτών των ρυθμίσεων." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11954,12 +11804,12 @@ "στην Ανίχνευση οθόνης." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Ανάλυση" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11978,7 +11828,7 @@ "παραμόρφωσης της εικόνας." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may είναι θολή ή να εμφανίζει τετραγωνάκια." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Περιστροφή" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -12174,17 +12024,17 @@ "πατήσετε το πλήκτρο αρκετά γρήγορα, θα πρέπει να αυξήσετε το χρονικό όριο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Ανοίξτε το Ποντίκι & Επιφάνεια αφής." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -12193,7 +12043,7 @@ "Διπλό κλικ σε μια τιμή που βρίσκετε βολική." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -12204,7 +12054,7 @@ "υπερτονίσει τον εσωτερικό κύκλο." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -12220,8 +12070,8 @@ "παρουσιάζει το ίδιο πρόβλημα." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12251,7 +12101,7 @@ "χειρισμό με το αριστερό σας χέρι." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12276,67 +12126,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Πολλά ποντίκια και κάποιες επιφάνειες αφής έχουν μεσαίο κουμπί ποντικιού. Σε " -"ένα ποντίκι με τροχό κύλισης, μπορείτε συνήθως να πιέσετε κατευθείαν προς τα " -"κάτω τον τροχό για να επιτύχετε μεσαίο κλικ. Αν δεν έχετε μεσαίο κουμπί " -"ποντικιού, μπορείτε να πιέσετε το αριστερό και το δεξί κουμπί συγχρόνως για " -"να κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ. Αν βρείτε πως δεν μπορείτε να κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ κατ' " -"αυτόν τον τρόπο, μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε να ακολουθήσετε αυτές τις " -"οδηγίες." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Σε επιφάνειες αφής που υποστηρίζουν χτύπους πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, μπορείτε να " -"χτυπήσετε με τρία δάχτυλα συγχρόνως για μεσαίο κλικ. Θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε το κλικ με χτύπους στις " -"ρυθμίσεις του δείκτη αφής ώστε να δουλέψει αυτό." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Πολλές εφαρμογές χρησιμοποιούν το μεσαίο κλικ σε συντομεύσεις κλικ για " -"προχωρημένους χρήστες." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Μία κοινή συντόμευση είναι για την επικόλληση επιλεγμένου κειμένου. " -"(Ονομάζεται και επικόλληση πρωτεύουσας επιλογής). Επιλέξτε το κείμενο που " -"σας ενδιαφέρει και μετά πηγαίνετε στο σημείο όπου θέλετε να το επικολλήσετε " -"και κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ. Το επιλεγμένο κείμενο θα επικολληθεί στη θέση του " -"ποντικιού." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." -msgstr "" -"Η επικόλληση κειμένου με το μεσαίο κουμπί του ποντικιού δεν έχει καμία σχέση " -"με το κανονικό πρόχειρο. Η επιλογή του κειμένου δεν το αντιγράφει στο " -"πρόχειρό σας. Αυτή η γρήγορη μέθοδος επικόλλησης λειτουργεί μόνο με το " -"μεσαίο κλικ." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12364,23 +12193,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Οι περισσότεροι περιηγητές σας επιτρέπουν να ανοίγετε γρήγορα συνδέσμους σε " -"νέες καρτέλες με μεσαίο κλικ. Απλά κάνετε κλικ σε οποιονδήποτε σύνδεσμο με " -"το μεσαίο κουμπί του ποντικιού, και ο σύνδεσμος ανοίγει σε νέα καρτέλα. " -"Προσοχή με τους συνδέσμους στον Firefox, όμως. Στον " -"Firefox, αν κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ σε κάτι που δεν είναι σύνδεσμος, ο " -"περιηγητής θα προσπαθήσει να φορτώσει το επιλεγμένο κείμενο ως διεύθυνση " -"URL. Δηλαδή, θα θεωρήσει ότι χρησιμοποιήσατε το μεσαίο κλικ για να επιλέξετε " -"κείμενο, το επικολλήσατε στη γραμμή διευθύνσεων και πατήσατε " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12398,13 +12217,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Ορισμένες εφαρμογές επιτρέπουν τη χρήση του μεσαίου κλικ για άλλες " -"λειτουργίες. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, ψάξτε στη βοήθεια της εφαρμογής " -"για μεσαίο κλικ ή μεσαίο κουμπί ποντικιού." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12431,8 +12247,13 @@ "ελέγξετε το δείκτη του ποντικιού χρησιμοποιώντας το αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιό " "σας. Αυτή η λειτουργία ονομάζεται πλήκτρα ποντικιού." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12441,7 +12262,7 @@ "ανοίξει ο Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12450,23 +12271,21 @@ "πλήκτροEnter για να ανοίξετε τις ρυθμίσεις καθολικής πρόσβασης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Πατήστε μία φορά το πλήκτρο Tab ώστε να επιλέξετε την καρτέλα " "Βλέπων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Πατήστε μία φορά το πλήκτρο ← για να μεταφερθείτε στην καρτέλα " -"Κλικ και κατάδειξη." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12476,7 +12295,7 @@ "Enter ώστε να τον ενεργοποιήσετε." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12486,92 +12305,270 @@ "πληκτρολόγιο." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Αυτές οι οδηγίες παρέχουν το συντομότερο τρόπο να ενεργοποιήσετε τα πλήκτρα " -"ποντικιού χρησιμοποιώντας μόνο το πληκτρολόγιο. Επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις " -"καθολικής πρόσβασης ώστε να δείτε περισσότερες επιλογές " -"προσβασιμότητας." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"Το αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο είναι ένα σύνολο αριθμημένων πλήκτρων " -"τοποθετημένων συνήθως σε τετράγωνη διάταξη. Αν έχετε κάποιο πληκτρολόγιο " -"χωρίς ξεχωριστό κομμάτι αριθμητικού πληκτρολογίου (όπως αυτό ενός φορητού " -"υπολογιστή), ενδεχομένως να χρειαστεί να κρατήσετε πατημένο το πλήκτρο " -"ειδικής λειτουργίας (Fn) και να χρησιμοποιείτε κάποια άλλα " -"πλήκτρα του υπολογιστή σας ως αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο. Αν χρησιμοποιείτε " -"συχνά τη λειτουργία αυτή, μπορείτε να προμηθευτείτε κάποιο εξωτερικό " -"αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο το οποίο θα συνδέεται μέσω μίας θύρας USB στον " -"υπολογιστή σας." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε αριθμός στο αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο αντιστοιχεί σε μία κατεύθυνση. Για " -"παράδειγμα, το πάτημα του πλήκτρου 8 θα μετακινήσει τον δείκτη " -"του ποντικιού προς τα πάνω και το πάτημα του πλήκτρου 2 θα τον " -"μετακινήσει προς τα κάτω. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο 5 για να κάνετε κλικ " -"με το ποντίκι, ή πατήστε το γρήγορα δύο φορές για να κάνετε διπλό κλικ." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"Στα περισσότερα πληκτρολόγια υπάρχει ένα ειδικό πλήκτρο που σας επιτρέπει να " -"κάνετε δεξί κλικ. Συχνά βρίσκεται κοντά στη μπάρα του πλήκτρου διαστήματος. " -"Ας σημειωθεί πάντως, πως αυτό το πλήκτρο ανταποκρίνεται στο σημείο που " -"εστιάζει το πληκτρολόγιό σας και όχι στο σημείο που βρίσκεται ο δείκτης του " -"ποντικιού. Δείτε το σύνδεσμο για " -"πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πως μπορείτε να κάνετε δεξί κλικ κρατώντας " -"πατημένο το πλήκτρο 5 ή το αριστερό πλήκτρο του ποντικιού." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο για να εισάγετε " -"αριθμούς ενώ η λειτουργία πλήκτρων ποντικιού είναι ενεργοποιημένη, πατήστε " -"το πλήκτρο Num Lock για να ενεργοποιηθεί η λειτουργία του. Με " -"πατημένο το πλήκτρο Num Lock παρόλα αυτά, το ποντίκι δε γίνεται " -"να ελεγχθεί μέσω του αριθμητικού πληκτρολογίου." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 -msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"Τα συνηθισμένα πλήκτρα των αριθμών που βρίσκονται σε μία σειρά στο επάνω " -"μέρος του πληκτρολογίου, δε γίνεται να ελέγχουν τον δείκτη του ποντικιού. " -"Μόνο τα πλήκτρα του αριθμητικού πληκτρολογίου μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για " -"αυτόν το σκοπό." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο για να εισάγετε " +"αριθμούς ενώ η λειτουργία πλήκτρων ποντικιού είναι ενεργοποιημένη, πατήστε " +"το πλήκτρο Num Lock για να ενεργοποιηθεί η λειτουργία του. Με " +"πατημένο το πλήκτρο Num Lock παρόλα αυτά, το ποντίκι δε γίνεται " +"να ελεγχθεί μέσω του αριθμητικού πληκτρολογίου." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Τα συνηθισμένα πλήκτρα των αριθμών που βρίσκονται σε μία σειρά στο επάνω " +"μέρος του πληκτρολογίου, δε γίνεται να ελέγχουν τον δείκτη του ποντικιού. " +"Μόνο τα πλήκτρα του αριθμητικού πληκτρολογίου μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για " +"αυτόν το σκοπό." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." msgstr "Πως να κάνετε έλεγχο του ποντικιού σας αν αυτό δε λειτουργεί." @@ -12820,7 +12817,7 @@ "ταχύτητα του δείκτη για τις συσκευές αυτές." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12829,7 +12826,7 @@ "ώστε να βρίσκετε βολική την κίνηση του δείκτη." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12843,8 +12840,7 @@ "Επιφάνεια αφής." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12864,89 +12860,68 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ, διπλό κλικ, σύρσιμο και κύλιση χρησιμοποιώντας μόνο " -"την επιφάνεια αφής σας, χωρίς ξεχωριστά κουμπιά υλικού." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Στον τομέα Επιφάνεια αφής, σημειώστε την επιλογή χτύπημα για " "κλικ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Για κλικ, χτυπήστε ελαφρά στην επιφάνεια αφής." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Για διπλό κλικ, χτυπήστε ελαφρά δύο φορές." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Για να σύρετε ένα αντικείμενο, χτυπήστε ελαφρά δύο φορές αλλά μη σηκώσετε το " -"δάχτυλό σας μετά το δεύτερο χτύπημα. Σύρετε το αντικείμενο εκεί όπου το " -"θέλετε και έπειτα σηκώστε το δάχτυλό σας ώστε να αφήσετε το αντικείμενο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Αν η επιφάνεια αφής σας υποστηρίζει χτυπήματα πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, κάνετε " -"δεξί κλικ χτυπώντας ελαφρά με δύο δάχτυλα ταυτόχρονα. Αλλιώς, θα χρειάζεται " -"ακόμα να χρησιμοποιείτε κουμπιά υλικού ώστε να κάνετε δεξί κλικ. Δείτε το " -" για μια μέθοδο δεξιού κλικ χωρίς δεύτερο " -"κουμπί ποντικιού." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Αν η επιφάνεια αφής σας υποστηρίζει χτυπήματα πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, κάνετε " -"μεσαίο κλικ χτυπώντας ελαφρά με τρία " -"δάχτυλα ταυτόχρονα." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Κατά το χτύπημα ή το σύρσιμο με τη χρήση πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, βεβαιωθείτε πως " -"τα δάχτυλά σας έχουν αρκετή απόσταση μεταξύ τους. Αν τα δάχτυλά σας είναι " -"πολύ κοντά, ο υπολογιστής σας ενδέχεται να νομίσει πως είναι ένα μόνο " -"δάχτυλο." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Κύλιση με δύο δάχτυλα" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να κάνετε κύλιση χρησιμοποιώντας την επιφάνεια αφής σας με δύο " "δάχτυλα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12954,7 +12929,7 @@ "δάχτυλα." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12973,19 +12948,19 @@ "δάχτυλο." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Η κύλιση με δύο δάχτυλα ενδεχομένως να μη λειτουργεί σε όλες τις επιφάνειες " "αφής." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Κόλλημα περιεχομένου στα δάχτυλα" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12994,7 +12969,7 @@ "σύρατε και ένα φυσικό κομμάτι χαρτί." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -13003,7 +12978,7 @@ "περιεχόμενο κολλά στα δάχτυλα." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13567,9 +13542,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Προσθέστε, διαγράψτε και μετονομάστε σελιδοδείκτες στο διαχειριστή αρχείων." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13578,76 +13552,73 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Οι σελιδοδείκτες σας εμφανίζονται στην πλευρική στήλη του διαχειριστή " -"αρχείων." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Προσθήκη ενός σελιδοδείκτη:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" "Ανοίξτε τον φάκελο (ή την τοποθεσία) που επιθυμείτε να προσθέσετε στους " "σελιδοδείκτες." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Διαγραφή ενός σελιδοδείκτη:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Μετονομασία ενός σελιδοδείκτη:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Στο πλαίσιο κειμένου Όνομα, πληκτρολογήστε το νέο όνομα για το " -"σελιδοδείκτη." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -14223,7 +14194,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Τοποθεσία" @@ -14435,7 +14406,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Κανένα" @@ -14584,18 +14555,18 @@ "το τμήμα ή το έργο." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Δικαιώματα" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Εμφάνισε τα δικαιώματα πρόσβασης του αρχείου π.χ. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14604,7 +14575,7 @@ "σημαίνει κανονικό αρχείο και d σημαίνει κατάλογος (φάκελος)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14613,7 +14584,7 @@ "χρήστη που ανήκει το αρχείο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14622,7 +14593,7 @@ "ομάδας στην οποία ανήκει το αρχείο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14631,42 +14602,42 @@ "δικαιώματα για όλους τους άλλους χρήστες του συστήματος." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Κάθε χαρακτήρας έχει την ακόλουθη ερμηνεία:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Δικαίωμα ανάγνωσης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Δικαίωμα εγγραφής." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Δικαίωμα εκτέλεσης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Χωρίς δικαιώματα." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Τύπος MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Εμφανίζει τον τύπο MIME του αντικειμένου." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Η διαδρομή προς την τοποθεσία του αρχείου." @@ -14956,12 +14927,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14974,7 +14944,7 @@ msgstr "Η ομάδα τεκμηρίωσης του Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Περιηγητές διαδικτύου" @@ -15287,8 +15257,8 @@ "αυτό, αλλάξτε τον προεπιλεγμένο περιηγητή ιστού:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15297,7 +15267,7 @@ "εφαρμογες από τη λίστα αριστερά του παραθύρου." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15306,7 +15276,7 @@ "αλλάζοντας την επιλογή Διαδίκτυο." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15353,7 +15323,7 @@ "αλληλογραφίας:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15478,7 +15448,7 @@ msgstr "Βρείτε την εσωτερική διεύθυνση IP σας (δικτύου)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15486,18 +15456,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Βρείτε την εξωτερική διεύθυνση IP σας (διαδικτύου)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15506,12 +15476,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Ο ιστότοπος θα εμφανίσει την εξωτερική σας διεύθυνση IP για εσάς." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15522,43 +15492,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε ποια προγράμματα μπορούν να έχουν πρόσβαση στο δίκτυο. " -"Αυτό βοηθά να διατηρήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας ασφαλή." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση ή εμπόδιση της πρόσβασης τείχους προστασίας" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Το Ubuntu έρχεται εξοπλισμένο με το Απλοποιημένο τείχος " -"προστασίας (ufw) αλλά το τείχος προστασίας δεν είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένο από προεπιλογή. Επειδή το Ubuntu δεν έχει ανοιχτές υπηρεσίες " -"δικτύου (εκτός από τη βασική υποδομή δικτύου) στην προκαθορισμένη " -"εγκατάσταση, δεν χρειάζεται τείχος προστασίας για να αποκόπτει τις " -"προσπάθειες εισερχόμενων κακόβουλων συνδέσεων." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη χρήση του ufw, δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση στο " -"διαδίκτυο." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15569,11 +15529,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε το τείχος προστασίας, εισάγετε την εντολή sudo " -"ufw enable στο τερματικό. Για να απενεργοποιήσετε το ufw, εισάγετε " -"sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15586,14 +15543,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15603,7 +15560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15612,12 +15569,12 @@ "sudo ufw status στο τερματικό." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Χρήση του ufw χωρίς τερματικό" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15628,7 +15585,7 @@ "εγκατάσταση, κάντε κλικ αυτό το σύνδεσμο." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15915,31 +15872,28 @@ msgstr "Δικτυακοί όροι & συμβουλές" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Ενδεχομένως να χρειαστεί να εγκαταστήσετε το flash για να είστε σε θέση να " -"δείτε ιστοσελίδες όπως το YouTube, το οποίο εμφανίζει βίντεο και " -"διαδραστικές ιστοσελίδες." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση πρόσθετου για το flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15950,66 +15904,106 @@ "είναι διαθέσιμο για δωρεάν λήψη (αλλά όχι ανοιχτού κώδικα) από τα " "περισσότερα προγράμματα περιήγησης δικτύου." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Πώς να εγκαταστήσετε το flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Εάν έχετε οποιοδήποτε παράθυρο περιηγητή ανοικτό, κλείστε τα και στη " -"συνέχεια ανοίξτε τα πάλι. Το πρόγραμμα περιήγησης διαδικτύου θα πρέπει να " -"ανιχνεύσει ότι υπάρχει εγκατεστημένο το flash όταν το ανοίξετε ξανά και, θα " -"πρέπει τώρα να μπορείτε να δείτε ιστοσελίδες που χρησιμοποιούν flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Βοηθήστε το πρόγραμμα περιήγησης σας να λειτουργήσει με ιστοσελίδες που " -"απαιτούν Java." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου για Java στον περιηγητή" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Μερικές ιστότοποι χρησιμοποιούν μικρά προγράμματα Java, τα οποία " -"απαιτούν να εγκατασταθεί ένα πρόσθετο για Java ώστε να τρέξουν." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Εγκαταστήστε το πακέτο icedtea6-" -"plugin για να δείτε τα προγράμματα Java στον περιηγητή σας." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16289,6 +16283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη." @@ -16557,12 +16552,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Επίλυση προβλημάτων ασυρμάτων " -"συνδέσεων, βρίσκοντας το ασύρματο " -"(wifi) δίκτυό σας…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16612,7 +16604,7 @@ msgstr "Αλλάξτε τη μέθοδο διαμεσολάβησης" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16621,7 +16613,7 @@ "διαδικτύου από τη λίστα στην αριστερή πλευρά του παραθύρου." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" @@ -16629,7 +16621,7 @@ "μεθόδων που ακολουθούν." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16639,13 +16631,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Χειροκίνητα" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16656,19 +16648,19 @@ "HTTPS, FTP και SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Αυτόματα" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17250,10 +17242,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -17279,66 +17271,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας ως ένα ασύρματο σημείο " -"σύνδεσης στο δίκτυο (hotspot). Αυτό επιτρέπει σε άλλες συσκευές να " -"συνδέονται μαζί χωρίς κάποιο ξεχωριστό δίκτυο και σας επιτρέπει να " -"μοιράζεστε μια άλλου τύπου σύνδεση που έχετε στο διαδίκτυο, όπως μία " -"ενσύρματη σύνδεση δικτύου ή μια σύνδεση μέσω δικτύου κινητής τηλεφωνίας." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Ανοίξτε το Δίκτυο και επιλέξτε Ασύρματο στα αριστερά." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Χρήση ως Hotspot." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε ήδη συνδεθεί σε ένα ασύρματο δίκτυο, θα ερωτηθείτε αν θέλετε αν " -"αποσυνδεθείτε από αυτό. Ένας μονός προσαρμογέας ασύρματης σύνδεσης είναι " -"ικανός μόνο για μία σύνδεση ή δημιουργία δικτύου τη φορά. Κάντε κλικ στην " -"επιλογή Δημιουργία Hotspot για να επιβεβαιώσετε την ενέργεια." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Θα δημιουργηθούν αυτόματα ένα όνομα δικτύου (SSID) και ένα κλειδί ασφαλείας. " -"Το όνομα δικτύου θα βασίζεται στο όνομα του υπολογιστή σας. Αυτήν την " -"πληροφορία θα τη χρειαστούν οι άλλες συσκευές ώστε να συνδεθούν στο δίκτυο " -"που μόλις δημιουργήσατε." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και αναιρέστε την επιλογή " -"Ενεργοποίηση ασύρματης δικτύωσης." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Απενεργοποίηση ασύρματου (προφίλ αεροπλάνου)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17352,36 +17330,26 @@ "εξοικονομήσετε ενέργεια). Για να το κάνετε αυτό:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Για να το κάνετε αυτό, κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή μενού δικτύου στη " -"μπάρα μενού και αποσημειώστε την επιλογή Ενεργοποίηση ασύρματης " -"δικτύωσης. Αυτό θα απενεργοποιήσει την ασύρματη σύνδεσή σας εως ότου " -"την ενεργοποιήσετε ξανά." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ξανά την ασύρματη δικτύωση, κάντε κλικ στο μενού " -"δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση ασύρματης " -"δικτύωσης ώστε να υπάρχει ένα σημάδι σημείωσης μπροστά από την επιλογή." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Ο φορητός υπολογιστής σας ίσως εξακολουθεί να εκπέμπει, εάν δεν έχετε " -"απενεργοποιήσει το Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17417,11 +17385,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και κάντε " -"κλικ στο όνομα του δικτύου στο οποίο επιθυμείτε να συνδεθείτε." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17647,31 +17613,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Μάθετε τι σημαίνουν οι επιλογές στην οθόνη επεξεργασίας της ασύρματης " -"δικτύωσης." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Επεξεργασία μίας ασύρματης σύνδεσης" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Αυτό το θέμα περιγράφει όλες τις επιλογές που είναι διαθέσιμες όταν " -"επεξεργάζεστε μια ασύρματη σύνδεση δικτύου.\r\n" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε μια σύνδεση, κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου " -"στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία συνδέσεων." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17683,17 +17643,17 @@ "μεγαλύτερο έλεγχο πάνω σε πιο προχωρημένα δίκτυα." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Διαθέσιμη σε όλους τους χρήστες / Αυτόματη σύνδεση" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Αυτόματη σύνδεση" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17702,65 +17662,50 @@ "συνδεθεί σε αυτό το ασύρματο δίκτυο οπότε είναι εντός εμβέλειας." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Εάν πάνω από ένα δίκτυα, που έχουν ρυθμιστεί να συνδέονται αυτόματα, " -"βρίσκονται εντός της περιοχής κάλυψης, ο υπολογιστής θα συνδεθεί στο πρώτο " -"που εμφανίζεται στην καρτέλα Ασύρματα στο παράθυρο Συνδέσεις " -"δικτύου.\r\n" -"Δεν θα αποσυνδεθεί αυτόματα από ένα δίκτυο για να συνδεθεί σε κάποιο άλλο " -"που μόλις μπήκε στην περιοχή κάλυψης." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Διαθέσιμο σε όλους τους χρήστες" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το αν θέλετε όλοι οι χρήστες του υπολογιστή να έχουν πρόσβαση σε " -"αυτό το ασύρματο δίκτυο. Αν το ασύρματο δίκτυο έχει Προστασία με κωδικό ασφαλείας WEP/WPA και το έχετε " -"επιλέξει, τότε θα χρειαστεί να δώσετε τον κωδικό μία φορά μόνο. Όλοι οι " -"άλλοι χρήστες του υπολογιστή θα είναι ικανοί να συνδεθούν στο ασύρματο " -"δίκτυο χωρίς να χρειάζεται να γνωρίζουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Εάν αυτό είναι επιλεγμένο. χρειάζεται να είστε διαχειριστής για να αλλάξετε κάποια από τις ρυθμίσεις αυτού " -"του δικτύου. Μπορεί να σας ζητηθεί να εισάγετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασής σας." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Ασύρματο" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17774,12 +17719,12 @@ "δρομολογητή ή του σταθμού βάσης σας)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Λειτουργία" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17790,58 +17735,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Εάν επιλέξετε Ad hoc, θα δείτε δύο άλλες επιλογές, " -"Ζώνη και Κανάλι. Αυτές καθορίζουν σε ποια ζώνη " -"ασύρματης συχνότητας θα λειτουργεί το ad hoc ασύρματο δίκτυό σας. Κάποιοι " -"υπολογιστές μπορούν να λειτουργήσουν μόνο σε συγκεκριμένες συχνότητες (για " -"παράδειγμα, μόνο στην A ή μόνο στις B/G), οπότε μπορεί " -"να θέλετε να επιλέξετε κάποια συχνότητα την οποία όλοι οι υπολογιστές στο " -"δίκτυο ad hoc μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν. Σε πολυσύχναστα μέρη, μπορεί να " -"υπάρχουν πολλά ασύρματα δίκτυα που μοιράζονται την ίδια ζώνη. Αυτό μπορεί να " -"επιβραδύνει τη σύνδεσή σας, οπότε μπορείτε να αλλάξετε ζώνη που " -"χρησιμοποιείτε επίσης." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό είναι το Αναγνωριστικό βασικής ομάδας ρυθμίσεων (Basic Service Set " -"Identifier). Το SSID (δείτε επάνω) είναι το όνομα του δικτύου το οποίο " -"προορίζεται για ανάγνωση από ανθρώπους. Το BSSID είναι ένα όνομα το οποίο " -"καταλαβαίνει ο υπολογιστής (είναι μία σειρά από γράμματα και αριθμούς που " -"πρέπει να είναι μοναδικό στο ασύρματο δίκτυο). Εάν ένα δίκτυο είναι κρυφό, δεν θα έχει SSID αλλά θα έχει " -"BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Διεύθυνση MAC συσκευής" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17855,7 +17783,7 @@ "του δόθηκε στο εργοστάσιο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" @@ -17863,35 +17791,28 @@ "της κάρτας δικτύου σας." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Με κλωνοποίηση διεύθυνσης MAC" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Το υλικό δικτύου σας (ασύρματη κάρτα) μπορεί να προσποιηθεί ότι έχει " -"διαφορετική διεύθυνση MAC. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο εάν έχετε κάποια συσκευή ή " -"υπηρεσία που θα επικοινωνήσει μόνο με συγκεκριμένη διεύθυνση MAC (για " -"παράδειγμα, ένα καλωδιακό ευρυζωνικό μόντεμ). Εάν βάλετε τη δεύθυνση MAC " -"αυτή στο κουτί της κλωνοποιημένη διεύθυνση MAC, τότε η " -"συσκευή/υπηρεσία θα νομίσει ότι ο υπολογιστής σας έχει την κλωνοποιημένη " -"διεύθυνση MAC αντί της πραγματικής." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17909,54 +17830,45 @@ "η σύνδεση. Γενικά, δεν θα χρειαστεί να αλλάξετε τη ρύθμιση αυτή." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Ασφάλεια ασύρματου δικτύου" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Ασφάλεια" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Αυτό ορίζει τι είδους κρυπτογράφηση χρησιμοποιεί το ασύρματο δίκτυό " -"σας. Οι κρυπτογραφημένες συνδέσεις βοηθούν να προστατευθεί το δίκτυό σας από " -"το να υποκλαπεί, για να μην μπορούν άλλοι άνθρωποι να «κρυφακούσουν» και να " -"δουν τι σελίδες επισκέπτεστε και ούτω καθεξής." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Κάποια είδη κρυπτογράφησης είναι δυνατότερα από άλλα, αλλά μπορεί να μην " -"υποστηρίζονται από παλιότερο εξοπλισμό ασύρματου δικτύου. Κανονικά θα " -"χρειαστεί να πληκτρολογήσετε κωδικό πρόσβασης για τη σύνδεση. Πιο εξελιγμένα " -"είδη σύνδεσης μπορεί να χρειάζονται επίσης και όνομα χρήστη και ψηφιακό " -"«πιστοποιητικό». Δείτε για " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες για δημοφηλείς μορφές ασύρματης κρυπτογράφησης." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17968,17 +17880,17 @@ "τρόπους για να δείτε/ορίσετε τις πληροφορίες αυτές." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Οι ακόλουθες μέθοδοι είναι διαθέσιμες:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Αυτόματο (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17994,38 +17906,32 @@ "οι σωστές ρυθμίσεις. Τα περισσότερα δίκτυα χρησιμοποιούν DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Αυτόματες (DHCP) διευθύνσεις μόνο" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Εάν επιλέξετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση, ο υπολογιστής θα πάρει τη διεύθυνση IP του " -"από ένα διακομιστή DHCP, αλλά θα πρέπει να ορίσετε χειροκίνητα άλλες " -"λεπτομέρειες (όπως ποιος εξυπηρετητής DNS να χρησιμοποιηθεί)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε αυτή την επιλογή εάν θέλετε να ορίσετε όλες τις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου " -"μόνος σας, συμπεριλαμβανομένου και του ποια διεύθυνση IP θα χρειάζεται να " -"χρησιμοποιεί ο υπολογιστής." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Μόνο τοπικό ιδιωτικό (Link-Local)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -18043,39 +17949,41 @@ "μεταξύ τους." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Απενεργοποιημένο" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η επιλογή θα απενεργοποιήσει τη σύνδεση δικτύου και θα σας απαγορέψει " -"να συνδεθείτε σε αυτήν. Σημειώστε ότι το IPv4 και το " -"IPv6 αντιμετωπίζονται ως ξεχωριστές συνδέσεις παρότι είναι από " -"την ίδια κάρτα δικτύου. Εάν έχετε τη μία ενεργοποιημένη, μπορεί να " -"επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε την άλλη σε απενεργοποιημένη." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό είναι παρόμοιο με την καρτέλα IPv4 εκτός από το ότι " -"ασχολείται με το νεότερο πρότυπο IPv6. Πολύ σύγχρονα δίκτυα χρησιμοποιούν το " -"IPv6, αλλά το IPv4 εξακολουθεί να είναι πιο δημοφιλές αυτή τη στιγμή." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -18161,23 +18069,19 @@ "κρυφό δίκτυο." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε " -"Σύνδεση σε κρυφό ασύρματο δίκτυο." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Σύνδεση σε κρυφό ασύρματο δίκτυο" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18193,6 +18097,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18201,7 +18112,7 @@ "Σύνδεση." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18214,7 +18125,7 @@ "συνόλου υπηρεσιών) και μοιάζει κάπως έτσι:02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18223,7 +18134,7 @@ "βάσης. Ψάξτε για όρους όπως WEP και WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18432,7 +18343,7 @@ msgstr "Εκτέλεση ελέγχου του modem και του δρομολογητή (router) σας" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18443,12 +18354,12 @@ "σελίδες που ακολουθούν, θα σας οδηγήσει μέσα από κάθε βήμα του οδηγού." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας τη γραμμή εντολών" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18459,7 +18370,7 @@ "εφαρμογή Τερματικό στο Dash." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19831,12 +19742,12 @@ "καπάκι κλειστό, ειδικά αν είναι σε ένα περιορισμένο χώρο όπως ένα σακίδιο." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Στην ενότητα , κάντε κλικ στην Ενέργεια." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -20005,11 +19916,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Πληκτρολογήστε sudo pm-hibernate στο τερματικό και πατήστε " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -20053,12 +19962,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Αν το τεστ της αδρανοποίησης λειτουργεί, μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε με τη χρήση " -"της εντολής sudo pm-hibernate όταν θέλετε να αδρανοποιήσετε τον " -"υπολογιστή." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -20184,55 +20090,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Γιατί ο υπολογιστής μου έκλεισε/ανέστειλε τη λειτουργία του όταν η μπαταρία " -"έφτασε στο 10%;" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Όταν το επίπεδο φόρτισης της μπαταρίας είναι πολύ χαμηλό, ο υπολογιστής σας " -"αυτόματα θα μπει σε αναστολή " -"λειτουργίας. Αυτό γίνεται για να σιγουρεύεται το γεγονός ότι η " -"μπαταρία δεν αποφορτίζεται εντελώς, δεδομένου ότι αυτό είναι κακό γι αυτήν. " -"Ακόμα, αν η μπαταρία είχε απλά εξαντληθεί, ο υπολογιστής δεν θα είχε το " -"χρόνο για να κλείσει σωστά." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Κάποιοι υπολογιστές έχουν πρόβλημα με την αδρανοποίηση και πιθανά να μην " -"είναι σε θέση να ανακτήσουν τις εφαρμογές και τα έγγραφα τα οποία είχατε " -"ανοιχτά. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, είναι πιθανό να χάσετε μέρος της εργασίας " -"σας αν δεν την είχατε αποθηκεύσει πριν να αδρανοποιηθεί ο υπολογιστής. Ίσως " -"όμως να μπορείτε να διορθώσετε προβλήματα " -"σχετικά με την αδρανοποίηση though." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -20267,27 +20137,18 @@ "ασύρματη δικτύωσή σας:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη της μπάρας μενού και επιλέξτε τις " -"Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" "Άνοίξτε το Δίκτυο και επιλέξτε τη καρτέλα Ασύρματο" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Κλείστε την ασύρματη σύνδεση και ενεργοποιήστε την ξανά" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20296,7 +20157,7 @@ "αεροπλάνου και κλείστε την ξανά" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20680,7 +20541,7 @@ msgstr "Μπορείτε να σταματήσετε την αυτόματη συσκότιση της οθόνης:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20851,7 +20712,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20859,21 +20720,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20884,7 +20745,7 @@ "διαχειριστή." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20892,8 +20753,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20954,7 +20815,9 @@ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση εκτυπωτή" @@ -20971,10 +20834,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Μη ανιχνεύσιμοι εκτυπωτές, κολλήματα χαρτιού, εκτυπώσεις που φαίνονται " -"λάθος..." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -21093,7 +20955,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21612,7 +21473,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Ανοίξτε το Εκτυπωτές." @@ -21653,83 +21514,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Εγκαταστήστε έναν εκτυπωτή που είναι συνδεδεμένος στον υπολογιστή σας." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση τοπικού εκτυπωτή" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Το σύστημά σας μπορεί να αναγνωρίσει πολλούς τύπους εκτυπωτών αυτόματα μόλις " -"συνδεθούν. Οι περισσότεροι εκτυπωτές συνδέονται μέσω USB καλωδίου στον " -"υπολογιστή σας." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Βεβαιωθείτε ότι ο εκτυπωτής είναι ενεργοποιημένος." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Συνδέστε τον εκτυπωτή στο σύστημά σας μέσω του κατάλληλου καλωδίου. 'Ισως " -"δείτε δραστηριότητα στην οθόνη καθώς το σύστημά σας αναζητεί προγράμματα " -"οδήγησης, και ενεδεχομένως να σας ζητηθεί να επικυρώσετε την εγκατάστασή " -"τους." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Εάν ο εκτυπωτής σας δεν εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα, μπορείτε να τον προσθέσετε " -"στις ρυθμίσεις εκτυπωτή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη και επιλέξτε τον εκτυπωτή από το " -"παράθυρο Συσκευών." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Μπροστά και περιμένετε ενώ γίνεται " -"αναζήτηση για οδηγούς." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21738,7 +21579,7 @@ "τοποθεσία αν επιθυμείτε. Όταν τελειώσει, κάντε κλικ στην Εφαρμογή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21746,25 +21587,69 @@ "Ακύρωση για να παρακάμψετε αυτό το βήμα." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Αν υπάρχουν πολλά προγράμματα οδήγησης για το σύστημά σας, ενδεχομένως να " -"σας ζητηθεί να επιλέξετε έναν. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον προτεινόμενο " -"οδηγό, απλά κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή «Μπροστά» στην οθόνη του τύπου και του " -"μοντέλου του εκτυπωτή." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Βεβαιωθείτε ότι ο εκτυπωτής είναι ενεργοποιημένος." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Αφού εγκαταστήσετε τον εκτυπωτή, ίσως να θελήσετε να αλλάξετε τον προεπιλεγμένο εκτυπωτή σας." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21956,17 +21841,17 @@ "Είναι σημαντικό να καθορίσετε τρία πράγματα:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Τι περιμένετε να συμβεί" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Τι πραγματικά έχει συμβεί" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21975,7 +21860,7 @@ "πρώτο βήμα είναι η «εκκίνηση του προγράμματος»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21985,7 +21870,7 @@ "ώστε να κάνουμε το Ubuntu καλύτερο!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21999,7 +21884,7 @@ "σφάλματος του Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Αποθήκευση." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -22119,7 +22090,7 @@ "περιοχής σας." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -22128,7 +22099,7 @@ "tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -22140,18 +22111,16 @@ "Γλώσσα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να συνδεθείτε ξανά για να έχουν αποτέλεσμα " -"αυτές οι αλλαγές. Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη στη μπάρα μενού " -"και επιλέξτε Αποσύνδεση για να αποσυνδεθείτε." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -22164,12 +22133,12 @@ "πρώτη ημέρα της εβδομάδας στα ημερολόγια." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Αλλάξτε τις διαμορφώσεις συστήματος" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -22181,19 +22150,19 @@ "όπως η οθόνη σύνδεσης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Αλλάξτε τις μορφές σας, όπως περιγράφεται πιο πάνω." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Εφαρμογή σε όλο το σύστημα." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22223,12 +22192,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στη Γλωσσική υποστήριξη." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22237,18 +22206,16 @@ "τη γλώσσα στην κορυφή της λίστας." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να συνδεθείτε ξανά για να ισχύσουν οι αλλαγές " -"γλώσσας. Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη της μπάρας μενού και " -"επιλέξτε Αποσύνδεση για να αποσυνδεθείτε." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22265,12 +22232,12 @@ "γλώσσα συνέχεια, θα πρέπει να αναβαθμίσετε τα ονόματα των φακέλων." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Αλλάξτε τη γλώσσα του συστήματος" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22281,7 +22248,7 @@ "συστήματος, τη γλώσσα που χρησιμοποιείται σε μέρη όπως η οθόνη σύνδεσης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Αλλάξτε τη γλώσσα σας, όπως περιγράφεται πιο πάνω." @@ -22323,18 +22290,18 @@ "αυτόματα:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο Φωτεινότητα & κλείδωμα." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Αλλάξτε την τιμή στην αναδυόμενη λίστα Κλείδωμα οθόνης αφού" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22584,7 +22551,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22593,7 +22560,7 @@ "intro\">Dash στον Εκκινητή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22602,7 +22569,7 @@ "και επιλέξτε Κλείδωμα στον εκκινητή." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22611,7 +22578,7 @@ "έξω από τον Εκκινητή και έπειτα πίσω σε αυτόν στην επιθυμητή θέση." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22668,23 +22635,20 @@ "θα μείνουν εκεί ακριβώς όπου τα αφήσατε, όταν επανασυνδεθείτε." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Για να αποσυνδεθείτε ή να αλλάξετε χρήστες, κάντε κλικ στο μενού συστήματος στη δεξιά άκρη της " -"μπάρας μενού και επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη επιλογή." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Κλείδωμα της οθόνης" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22700,33 +22664,32 @@ "χρονικού διαστήματος." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Για να κλειδώσετε την οθόνη σας, κάντε κλικ στο μενού συστήματος " -"στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Κλείδωμα οθόνης." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Όταν η οθόνη είναι κλειδωμένη, άλλοι χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν με τους " -"δικούς τους λογαριασμούς κάνοντας κλικ Αλλαγή χρήστη στην οθόνη " -"του κωδικού πρόσβασης. Μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε στην επιφάνεια εργασίας σας " -"όταν τελειώσετε." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Αναστολή" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22742,32 +22705,29 @@ "ενέργειας εξακολουθεί να χρησιμοποιείται κατά τη διάρκεια της αναστολής." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Για να αναστείλετε τη λειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας χειροκίνητα, κάντε κλικ " -"στο μενού συστήματος στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε " -"Αναστολή." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Απενεργοποίηση ή επανεκκίνηση" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Αν θέλετε να σβήσετε εντελώς τον υπολογιστή σας, ή να κάνετε μία πλήρη " -"επανεκκίνηση, κάντε κλικ στο μενού συστήματος και επιλέξτε " -"Τερματισμός." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23398,12 +23358,12 @@ "μεγιστοποιημένο." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος το παράθυρό σας οριζόντια ή/και κάθετα:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23413,12 +23373,12 @@ "το κουμπί του ποντικιού και σύρετε το δείκτη προς οποιαδήποτε κατεύθυνση." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος μόνο στην οριζόντια διεύθυνση:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23429,12 +23389,12 @@ "μέγεθος του παραθύρου." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος μόνο στην κατακόρυφη κατεύθυνση:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23446,17 +23406,17 @@ "και σύρετε το δείκτη ώστε να αλλάξετε το κατακόρυφο μέγεθος του παραθύρου." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Τακτοποίηση παραθύρων στο χώρο εργασίας σας" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Για να τοποθετήσετε δύο παράθυρα το ένα δίπλα στο άλλο:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23469,7 +23429,7 @@ "ποντικιού και το παράθυρο θα καταλάβει το αριστερό μισό της οθόνης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23479,7 +23439,7 @@ "καταλαμβάνει τη μισή οθόνη." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23538,11 +23498,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Από το πληκτρολόγιο" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23551,59 +23511,41 @@ "για να εμφανίσετε τον εναλλάκτη παραθύρων." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Απελευθερώστε το πλήκτρο Alt για να επιλέξετε το επόμενο " -"(υπερτονισμένο) παράθυρο στον εναλλάκτη." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Αλλιώς, κρατώντας ακόμη πατημένο το πλήκτρο Alt, πατήστε το " -"πλήκτρο Tab για να μετακινηθείτε κυκλικά στη λίστα των ανοιχτών " -"παραθύρων, ή το συνδυασμό πλήκτρων " -"ShiftTab για να μετακινηθείτε με την " -"αντίστροφη σειρά." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Τα παράθυρα στον εναλλάκτη παραθύρων είναι ομαδοποιημένα ανά εφαρμογή. " -"Προεπισκοπήσεις των εφαρμογών με πολλαπλά παράθυρα αναδύονται καθώς " -"μετακινείστε κυκλικά." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να μετακινείστε μεταξύ των εικονιδίων των εφαρμογών στον " -"εναλλάκτη παραθύρων με τα πλήκτρα → ή ←, ή να " -"επιλέξετε ένα από αυτά κάνοντας κλικ επάνω του με το ποντίκι." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Προεπισκοπήσεις των εφαρμογών με μόνο ένα παράθυρο μπορούν να προβάλλονται " -"με το πάτημα του πλήκτρου ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23616,8 +23558,13 @@ "και Alt keys και πατήστε Tab ή " "ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23628,7 +23575,7 @@ "ανοιχτά παράθυρα σε προβολη'σμίκρυνσης." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο παράθυρο που επιθυμείτε να εναλλάξετε." @@ -23840,19 +23787,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23861,12 +23808,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Αλλαγή του αριθμού των χώρων εγασίας" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23875,7 +23822,7 @@ "Τερματικό." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23885,7 +23832,7 @@ "Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24747,7 +24694,7 @@ msgstr "Εισαγωγή ειδικών χαρακτήρων" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24759,17 +24706,17 @@ "εισαγωγής ειδικών χαρακτήρων." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Μέθοδοι εισαγωγής χαρακτήρων" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Πίνακας χαρακτήρων" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24781,7 +24728,7 @@ "και έπειτα αντιγράψτε και επικολλήστε τον όπου επιθυμείτε." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Εγχειρίδιο χρήσης πίνακα χαρακτήρων." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Πλήκτρο σύνθεσης" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24811,7 +24758,7 @@ "το e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24821,38 +24768,40 @@ "σύνθεσης." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Ορίστε ένα πλήκτρο σύνθεσης" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο Διατάξεις πληκτρολογίου." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο Επιλογές." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Βρείτε την ομάδα που ονομάζεται Θέση του πλήκτρου σύνθεσης. " -"Επιλέξτε το πλήκτρο ή τα πλήκτρα που θέλετε να έχουν συμπεριφορά πλήκτρου " -"σύνθεσης. Μπορέιτε να επιλέξετε πλήκτρα όπως το Caps Lock είτε το " -"Alt, ή το πλήκτρο του μενού. Όποιο πλήκτρο επιλέξετε θα " -"συμπεριφέρεται μόνο ως πλήκτρο σύνθεσης, και δεν θα εκτελεί στο εξής τον " -"αρχικό του σκοπό." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24860,7 +24809,7 @@ "πλήκτρου σύνθεσης, για παράδειγμα:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24869,7 +24818,7 @@ "γράμμα για να τοποθετήσετε τόνο πάνω από αυτό το γράμμα, όπως το é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24879,7 +24828,7 @@ "το è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24889,7 +24838,7 @@ "ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24899,7 +24848,7 @@ "ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see σελίδα πλήκτρων σύνθεσης της Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Σημεία Κώδικα" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24933,7 +24882,7 @@ "μετά το U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24944,12 +24893,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25734,37 +25683,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Στον τομέα Προσωπικά, κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Εμφάνιση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Μεταφερθείτε στην καρτέλα Συμπεριφορά." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή Αυτόματη απόκρυψη του εκκινητή." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25800,12 +25741,12 @@ "να κάνετε κλικ επάνω τους." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Εμφάνιση." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25815,7 +25756,7 @@ "Εκκινητή." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "Το προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος του εικονιδίου του Εκκινητή είναι " @@ -25916,38 +25857,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -26083,32 +26024,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Μενού κατάστασης" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26120,17 +26061,35 @@ "μενού κατάστασης είναι ένα βολικό σημείο από όπου μπορείτε να ελέγχετε και " "να τροποποιείτε την κατάσταση του υπολογιστή και των εφαρμογών σας." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Λίστα των μενού κατάστασης και σε τι εξυπηρετούν" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Μερικά από τα εικονίδια χρησιμοποιούνται από τα μενού δεικτών σύμφωνα με την " +"κατάσταση της εφαρμογής." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Άλλα προγράμματα όπως το Tomboy ή το Transmission " +"μπορούν επίσης να προσθέσουν μενού δεικτών στον πίνακα." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Λίστα των μενού κατάστασης και σε τι εξυπηρετούν" #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -26138,14 +26097,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26161,7 +26120,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26169,28 +26128,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26204,7 +26163,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26212,14 +26171,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26233,21 +26192,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26260,7 +26219,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26268,14 +26227,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26286,38 +26245,26 @@ "αναπαραγωγής πολυμέσων όπως του Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Ρολόι" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26328,24 +26275,6 @@ "Αλλάξτε χρήστες, κλειδώστε την οθόνη, αποσυνδεθείτε, κάντε αναστολή " "λειτουργίας, επανεκκινήστε ή απενεργοποιήστε τον υπολογιστή σας." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Μερικά από τα εικονίδια χρησιμοποιούνται από τα μενού δεικτών σύμφωνα με την " -"κατάσταση της εφαρμογής." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Άλλα προγράμματα όπως το Tomboy ή το Transmission " -"μπορούν επίσης να προσθέσουν μενού δεικτών στον πίνακα." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26460,37 +26389,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -28166,7 +28069,7 @@ "αριστερά. Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να τροποποιηθούν:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28177,7 +28080,7 @@ "τιμές) μεταξύ Μαλακό and Σκληρό." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28192,7 +28095,7 @@ "επάνω, Κύλιση κάτω, Κύλιση αριστερά, Κύλιση δεξιά, Πίσω, Μπροστά." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28201,16 +28104,12 @@ "να ρυθμίσετε την «αίσθηση» μεταξύ Μαλακό and Σκληρό." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε περισσότερες από μία γραφίδες, όταν η πρόσθετη γραφίδα βρεθεί κοντά " -"στην ταμπλέτα, θα εμφανιστεί μια ειδοποίηση δίπλα στο όνομα συσκευής της " -"γραφίδας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την ειδοποίηση για να επιλέξετε ποια γραφίδα θα " -"διαμορφωθεί." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28276,6 +28175,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο Διατάξεις πληκτρολογίου." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο Επιλογές." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Βρείτε την ομάδα που ονομάζεται Θέση του πλήκτρου σύνθεσης. " +#~ "Επιλέξτε το πλήκτρο ή τα πλήκτρα που θέλετε να έχουν συμπεριφορά πλήκτρου " +#~ "σύνθεσης. Μπορέιτε να επιλέξετε πλήκτρα όπως το Caps Lock είτε το " +#~ "Alt, ή το πλήκτρο του μενού. Όποιο πλήκτρο επιλέξετε θα " +#~ "συμπεριφέρεται μόνο ως πλήκτρο σύνθεσης, και δεν θα εκτελεί στο εξής τον " +#~ "αρχικό του σκοπό." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28325,6 +28244,78 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη τηςμπάρας μενού και " +#~ "επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η προσθήκη λογαριασμού θα σας βοηθήσει να συνδέσετε τους διαδικτυακούς " +#~ "λογαριασμούς σας με την επιφάνεια εργασίας του Ubuntu. Έτσι θα ρυθμιστούν το " +#~ "ηλεκτρονικό ταχυδρομείο, τα άμεσα μηνύματα σας (chat) και οι άλλες " +#~ "αντίστοιχες εφαρμογές." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Από το δεξιό πλαίσιο επιλέξτε έναν Τύπο λογαριασμού." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε περισσότερους λογαριασμούς, μπορείτε να επαναλάβετε " +#~ "την διαδικασία αυτή." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Θα ανοίξει ένα μικρό παράθυρο όπου μπορείτε να εισάγετε τις πληροφορίες " +#~ "πιστοποίησης για τον συνδεδεμένο λογαριασμό σας. Για παράδειγμα, αν " +#~ "ρυθμίζετε κάποιον λογαριασμό Google, εισάγετε εδώ το όνομα χρήστη, τον " +#~ "κωδικό και πατήστε για σύνδεση ή είσοδο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν έχετε εισάγει σωστά τις πληροφορίες πιστοποίησης, θα σας ζητηθεί να " +#~ "αποδεχτείτε ή να αρνηθείτε τους όρους. Επιλέξτε Αποδοχή. Μετά την " +#~ "αποδοχή το Ubuntu χρειάζεται την άδειά σας για πρόσβαση στον λογαριασμό σας. " +#~ "Για να επιτρέψετε την πρόσβαση πατήστε το κουμπί Παραχώρηση " +#~ "πρόσβασης. Εισάγετε τον κωδικό για τον τρέχοντα χρήστη, όταν σας " +#~ "ζητηθεί." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Τώρα μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τις εφαρμογές που θα σχετιστούν με τον " +#~ "συνδεδεμένο λογαριασμό σας. Για παράδειγμα, αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε " +#~ "κάποιον συνδεδεμένο λογαριασμό για άμεσα μηνύματα chat, αλλά δεν θέλετε το " +#~ "ημερολόγιο, απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή για ημερολόγιο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για λόγους ασφαλείας, το Ubuntu δεν αποθηκεύει τον κωδικό σας στον " +#~ "υπολογιστή. Αντιθέτως, αποθηκεύει ένα αναγνωριστικό που παρέχει η υπηρεσία " +#~ "διαδικτύου. Αν θέλετε να αναιρέσετε πλήρως τη σύνδεση μεταξύ του υπολογιστή " +#~ "σας και της υπηρεσίας διαδικτύου, μπορείτε να κάνετε την αφαίρεση." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28366,6 +28357,32 @@ #~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Κέντρο λογισμικού του Ubuntu για να προσθέσετε " #~ "προγράμματα και κάντε το Ubuntu πιο χρήσιμο." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση επιπρόσθετου λογισμικού" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η ομάδα ανάπτυξης του Ubuntu έχει διαλέξει ένα σύνολο σημαντικών εφαρμογών " +#~ "που νομίζουμε πως κάνει το Ubuntu πολύ χρήσιμο για τις περισσότερες " +#~ "καθημερινές εργασίες. Παρ' όλα αυτά, σίγουρα θα χρειαστεί να εγκαταστήσετε " +#~ "περισσότερο λογισμικό για να κάνετε το Ubuntu περισσότερο χρήσιμο για εσάς." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για την εγκατάσταση επιπρόσθετου λογισμικού, ολοκληρώστε τα ακόλουθα βήματα:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Συνδεθείτε στο διαδίκτυο χρησιμοποιώντας μία ασύρματη ή ενσύρματη " +#~ "σύνδεση." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28382,12 +28399,62 @@ #~ "επιλέξτε μια κατηγορία και βρείτε μια εφαρμογή από τη λίστα." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επιλέξτε την εφαρμογή που σας ενδιαφέρει και κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή " +#~ "Εγκατάσταση." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Θα σας ζητηθεί να εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας. Αφού το κάνετε αυτό θα ξεκινήσει " +#~ "η εγκατάσταση." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η εγκατάσταση συνήθως τελειώνει γρήγορα, αλλά ενδέχεται να διαρκέσει " +#~ "περισσότερο αν έχετε αργή σύνδεση με το διαδίκτυο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μια συντόμευση για τη νέα σας εφαρμογή θα προστεθεί στον εκκινητή. Για να " +#~ "απενεργοποιήσετε τη λειτουργία αυτή, αποσημειώστε το " +#~ "ΠροβολήΟι νέες εφαρμογές στον " +#~ "εκκινητή." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Προσθέστε Προσωπικά Αποθετήρια Λογισμικού (PPA) για να μπορέσετε να " +#~ "δοκιμάσετε πρώιμες εκδόσεις λογισμικού ή ειδικευμένο λογισμικό." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Τα Προσωπικά Αποθετήρια Πακέτων (PPA - Αποθετήρια), είναι " +#~ "αποθετήρια λογισμικού σχεδιασμένα για τους χρήστες του Ubuntu και είναι " +#~ "ευκολότερα στην εγκατάσταση από άλλα αποθετήρια τρίτων πηγών." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Πατήστε Επεξεργασία Πηγές λογισμικού " #~ "όταν ανοίξει το Κέντρο Λογισμικού" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Προσθηκη και προσθέστε την τοποθεσία " +#~ "ppa:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28395,6 +28462,9 @@ #~ "Κλείστε το παράθυρο των Πηγών λογισμικού. Το Κέντρο λογισμικού Ubuntu θα " #~ "ελέγξει τις πηγές λογισμικού σας για νέο λογισμικό." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Απομακρύνετε το λογισμικό που δεν χρησιμοποιείτε πλέον." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28418,6 +28488,26 @@ #~ "Εγκαταστάθηκαν στην κορυφή." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ενδέχεται να σας ζητηθεί να εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας. Αφού το κάνετε, η " +#~ "εφαρμογή θα απομακρυνθεί." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Προσθέστε άλλα αποθετήρια για να επεκτείνετε τις πηγές λογισμικού που " +#~ "χρησιμοποιεί το Ubuntu για εγκατάσταση και αναβαθμίσεις." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Προσθέστε επιπλέον αποθετήρια λογισμικού" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση άλλων αποθετηρίων" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28471,6 +28561,18 @@ #~ "παράθυρο των Πηγών λογισμικού. Περιμένετε λίγο μέχρι το Κέντρο λογισμικού " #~ "Ubuntu να κάνει λήψη των πληροφοριών του αποθετηρίου." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Προσθήκη & αφαίρεση λογισμικού" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Το Cheese δεν είναι προεγκαταστημένο στο Ubuntu. Για να το εγκαταστήσετε:" @@ -28508,6 +28610,9 @@ #~ "Χρειάζεται να εγκαταστήσετε το Cheese προτού μπορέσετε να διαβάσετε τις " #~ "οδηγίες χρήσης του." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Φορητό μέσο αποθήκευσης USB (μικρής χωρητικότητας)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28535,6 +28640,26 @@ #~ "να ενεργοποιήσετε την Ορατότητα. Δείτε το για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Λήψη εκτύπωσης ενός αρχείου αναφοράς (reference file) από μία εταιρεία " +#~ "χρωμάτων" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η χρησιμοποίηση μίας εταιρείας χρωμάτων για την δημιουργία ενός προφίλ " +#~ "εκτυπωτή είναι συνήθως η φθηνότερη λύση, αν χρησιμοποιείτε μόνο ένα ή δύο " +#~ "είδη διαφορετικού χαρτιού. Λαμβάνοντας το διάγραμμα αναφοράς από την " +#~ "ιστοσελίδα της εκάστοτε εταιρείας, μπορείτε να αποστείλετε εκεί ταχυδρομικά " +#~ "την εκτύπωσή σας με ασφάλεια μέσα σε ένα φακέλο συσκευασίας. Αφού η εκτύπωση " +#~ "σας σαρωθεί , η εταιρεία θα μπορεί να δημιουργήσει ένα ακριβές προφίλ ICC " +#~ "για εσάς, το οποίο θα σας αποστείλει μέσω ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28593,130 +28718,1017 @@ #~ "Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το δίσκο που θέλετε να ελέγξετε από τη λίστα με τις Συσκευές " -#~ "αποθήκευσης. Κάτω από το σημείο Οδηγός, θα εμφανιστούν " -#~ "πληροφορίες για το δίσκο και η κατάστασή του." +#~ "Αν αργότερα αλλάξετε γνώμη, μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε το ρολόι ξανά " +#~ "κάνοντας κλικ στην πάνω δεξιά γωνία της μπάρας μενού και επιλέγοντας τις " +#~ "Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος. Στην ενότητα «Σύστημα», κάντε κλικ στην " +#~ "επιλογή Ώρα & Ημερομηνία." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ένδειξη Κατάσταση SMART θα πρέπει να αναγράφει «Ο δίσκος είναι " -#~ "υγιής»." +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο τέρμα δεξιά στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε " +#~ "Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εκτελέστε τη δοκιμασία επιδόσεων στο σκληρό δίσκο σας για να ελέγξετε πόσο " +#~ "γρήγορος είναι." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Ελέγξτε τις επιδόσεις του σκληρού σας δίσκου" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Για να ελέγξετε την ταχύτητα του σκληρού σας δίσκου:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πατήστε πάνω στο κομβίο Δεδομένα SMART για να δείτε περισσότερες " -#~ "πληροφορίες, ή για να εκτελέσετε έναν αυτοδιαγνωστικό έλεγχο." +#~ "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από το Dash." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για πιο προχωρημένες λειτουργίες σχετικές με δίσκους CD/DVD, δοκιμάστε την " -#~ "εφαρμογή Brasero." +#~ "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από την επισκόπηση των δραστηριοτήτων." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον σκληρό δίσκο από τη λίστα Δίσκοι." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί που μοιάζει με γρανάζι και επιλέξτε Μέτρηση " +#~ "επιδόσεων." #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν χρειαστείτε βοήθεια με το Brasero, διαβάστε τον οδηγό χρήστη." +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο Μέτρηση επιδόσεων οδηγού και ρυθμίστε τις " +#~ "παραμέτρους Ρυθμός μεταφοράς και Χρόνος πρόσβασης στην " +#~ "επιθυμητή τιμή." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Κάποιες γλώσες, όπως τα Κινέζικα ή τα Κορεάτικα, απαιτούν περιπλοκότερη " -#~ "μέθοδο από ό,τι μια απλή αντιστοιχία πλήκτρου-χαρακτήρα. Συνεπώς, κάποιες " -#~ "από τις πηγές ή συσκευές εισαγωγής δεδομένων που μπορείτε να επιλέξετε, " -#~ "ενεργοποιούν μια τέτοια μέθοδο." +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο Εκκίνηση ελέγχου επιδόσεων για να ελέγξετε πόσο " +#~ "γρήγορα μπορούν να διαβαστούν δεδομένα από το δίσκο. Ενδεχομένως να " +#~ "χρειαστούν Προνόμια διαχειριστή. " +#~ "Εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας, ή τον κωδικό για τον ζητούμενο λογαριασμό " +#~ "διαχειριστή." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Απενεργοποιήστε την επιφάνεια αφής κατά την πληκτρολόγηση ώστε να αποτρέψετε " -#~ "τα μη ηθελημένα κλικ." +#~ "Όταν η μέτρηση ολοκληρωθεί, θα εμφανιστεί το γράφημα με τα αποτελέσματα. Τα " +#~ "πράσινα σημεία και οι γραμμές που τα συνδέουν, δείχνουν τα δείγματα που " +#~ "ελήφθησαν. Αυτά αντιστοιχούν στο δεξιό άξονα δείχνοντας το χρόνο πρόσβασης, " +#~ "απεικονιζόμενο σε παράθεση με τον κάτω άξονα που αντιπροσωπεύει το ποσοστό " +#~ "χρόνου που παρήλθε κατά τη διάρκεια της μέτρησης. Η μπλε γραμμή " +#~ "αντιπροσωπεύει τους ρυθμούς ανάγνωσης, ενώ η κόκκινη γραμμή αντιπροσωπεύει " +#~ "τους ρυθμούς εγγραφής. Αυτές φαίνονται ως δεδομένα πρόσβασης στον αριστερό " +#~ "άξονα, απεικονιζόμενα σε παράθεση με το ποσοστό του δίσκου που διανύθηκε από " +#~ "το εξωτερικό σημείο προς την άτρακτο, κατά μήκος του κάτω άξονα." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Απενεργοποίηση επιφάνειας αφής κατά την πληκτρολόγηση" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάτω από το γράφημα, εμφανίζονται τιμές για την ελάχιστη, μέγιστη και μέση " +#~ "τιμή των ρυθμών ανάγνωσης και εγγραφής, ο μέσος χρόνος πρόσβασης και ο " +#~ "χρόνος που παρήλθε από το τελευταίο τεστ μετρήσεων απόδοσης." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι επιφάνειες αφής των φορητών υπολογιστών συχνά βρίσκονται στο σημείο όπου " -#~ "ξεκουράζετε τον καρπό σας κατά την πληκτρολόγηση, γεγονός το οποίο κάποιες " -#~ "φορές μπορεί να προκαλέσει μη ηθελημένα κλικ καθώς πληκτρολογείτε. Μπορείτε " -#~ "να απενεργοποιήσετε την επιφάνεια αφής κατά την πληκτρολόγηση. Θα " -#~ "λειτουργήσει ξανά μόνο αφού παρέλθει ένα χρονικό διάστημα μετά από το " -#~ "τελευταίο πάτημα πλήκτρου." +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε είτε την Ανάλυση χρήσης δίσκου είτε την " +#~ "Παρακολούθηση συστήματος για να ελέγξετε τη διαθεσιμότητα χώρου." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στον τομέα Επιφάνεια αφής, σημειώστε το Απενεργοποίηση κατά " -#~ "την πληκτρολόγηση." +#~ "Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε πόσος χώρος απομένει στο δίσκο, με την Ανάλυση " +#~ "χρήσης δίσκου ή την Παρακολούθηση συστήματος." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Έλεγχος με την Ανάλυση χρήσης δίσκου." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι επιφάνειες αφής των φορητών υπολογιστών μερικές φορές ανταποκρίνονται " -#~ "μετά από κάποιο χρονικό διάστημα, πριν αρχίσουν να λειτουργούν. Αυτό " -#~ "συμβαίνει για να αποφεύγονται οι τυχαίες επαφές της επιφάνειας αφής με την " -#~ "παλάμη σας καθώς πληκτρολογείτε. Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε ." +#~ "Για να ελέγξετε τον ελεύθερο χώρο του δίσκου και την χωρητικότητά του " +#~ "χρησιμοποιώντας την Ανάλυση χρήσης δίσκου:" -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δείξε την ημερομηνία και την ώρα της τελευταίας φοράς που το αρχείο " -#~ "τροποποιήθηκε." +#~ "Ανοίξτε τον Αναλυτή χρήσης δίσκου από το Dash. Το " +#~ "παράθυρο θα εμφανίσει την Συνολική χωριτικότητα συστήματος " +#~ "αρχείων και την Συνολική χρήση συστήματος αρχείων." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν θέλετε να είστε εξαιρετικά ασφαλείς ή αν θέλετε να ελέγξετε για ιούς σε " -#~ "αρχεία που περνάνε σε εσάς και ανθρώπους που χρησιμοποιούν τα Windows και " -#~ "Mac OS, μπορείτε ακόμα να εγκαταστήσετε λογισμικό προστασίας από ιούς. " -#~ "Ελέγξτε στο Κέντρο λογισμικού Ubuntu όπου είναι διαθέσιμες μια " -#~ "σειρά από εφαρμογές." +#~ "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από την επισκόπηση " +#~ "Δραστηριότητες. Το παράθυρο θα προβάλλει τη Συνολική " +#~ "χωρητικότητα συστημάτων αρχείων και τη Συνολική χρήση συστημάτων " +#~ "αρχείων." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το Empathy είναι προεγκαταστημένο στο Ubuntu. Εκκινήστε το Άμεσα " -#~ "μηνύματα Empathy από το Dash, " -#~ "τον Εκκινητή, ή επιλέξτε " -#~ "Συζήτηση από το Μενού " -#~ "μηνυμάτων." +#~ "Κάντε κλικ σε ένα από τα κουμπιά της εργαλειοθήκης ώστε να επιλέξετε " +#~ "Σάρωση προσωπικού φακέλου, Σάρωση συστήματος αρχείων, " +#~ "Σάρωση ενός φακέλου, ή Σάρωση ενός απομακρυσμένου " +#~ "φακέλου." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πολλές εφαρμογές έχουν σχεδιαστεί ώστε να παρέχουν δικτυακές υπηρεσίες. Για " -#~ "παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να μοιράζεστε περιεχόμενο ή να επιτρέψετε σε κάποιον " -#~ "άλλον να έχει πρόσβαση στον υπολογιστή σας με απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση. " -#~ "Ανάλογα από ποιες επιπλέον εφαρμογές έχετε εγκαταστήσει, μπορεί να χρειαστεί " -#~ "η αντίστοιχη προσαρμογή του τείχους προστασίας, ώστε να επιτρέπετε σε αυτές " +#~ "Οι πληροφορίες εμφανίζονται σύμφωνα με Φάκελος, Χρήση, " +#~ "Μέγεθος και Περιεχόμενα. Δείτε περισσότερες " +#~ "λεπτομέρειες στο Ανάλυση χρήσης " +#~ "δίσκου." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Έλεγχος χρησιμοποιώντας την Παρακολούθηση συστήματος." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να ελέγξετε τον ελεύθερο χώρο που απομένει στον δίσκο και την συνολική " +#~ "χωρητικότητά του χρησιμοποιώντας την Παρακολούθηση συστήματος:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Παρακολούθηση συστήματος από το " +#~ "Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Παρακολούθηση συστήματος από την επισκόπηση " +#~ "Δραστηριότητες." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επιλέξτε την καρτέλα Συστήματα αρχείων ώστε να δείτε τα " +#~ "διαμερίσματα του συστήματος και τη χρήση του χώρου του δίσκου. Η πληροφορία " +#~ "προβάλλεται σύμφωνα με τις κατηγορίες Σύνολο, Ελεύθερος " +#~ "χώρος, Διαθέσιμος χώρος και Χρησιμοποιούμενος " +#~ "χώρος." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν ο δίσκος είναι υπερβολικά γεμάτος, θα πρέπει να γίνουν οι εξής ενέργειες:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Διαγραφή των αρχείων που δεν είναι σημαντικά ή που δεν θα χρησιμοποιηθούν " +#~ "άλλη φορά." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Λάβετε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας από τα σημαντικά " +#~ "αρχεία σας τα οποία δε θα χρειαστείτε για κάποιον καιρό και διαγράψτε τα από " +#~ "τον σκληρό δίσκο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ανοίξτε την εφαρμογή Δίσκοι από την επισκόπηση " +#~ "Δραστηριότητες." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επιλέξτε το δίσκο που θέλετε να ελέγξετε από τη λίστα με τις Συσκευές " +#~ "αποθήκευσης. Κάτω από το σημείο Οδηγός, θα εμφανιστούν " +#~ "πληροφορίες για το δίσκο και η κατάστασή του." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η ένδειξη Κατάσταση SMART θα πρέπει να αναγράφει «Ο δίσκος είναι " +#~ "υγιής»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πατήστε πάνω στο κομβίο Δεδομένα SMART για να δείτε περισσότερες " +#~ "πληροφορίες, ή για να εκτελέσετε έναν αυτοδιαγνωστικό έλεγχο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ακόμα και αν η Κατάσταση SMART υποδεικνύει πως ο δίσκος δεν " +#~ "είναι υγιής, μπορεί αυτό να μην είναι σοβαρός λόγος ανησυχίας. Είναι " +#~ "καλύτερα όμως να έχει κανείς προετοιμαστεί δημιουργώντας εκ των προτέρων " +#~ "ένα αντίγραφο ασφαλείας, ώστε να αποτραπεί " +#~ "η απώλεια δεδομένων." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν η κατάσταση αναφέρει «Επικείμενη αποτυχία», ο δίσκος είναι λογικά " +#~ "αρκούντως υγιής, έχουν όμως εντοπιστεί κάποια σημάδια φθοράς τα οποία " +#~ "υποδεικνύουν ότι μπορεί να υπάρξει αστοχία κατά το εγγύς μέλλον.\r\n" +#~ "Αν ο σκληρός σας δίσκος (ή και ο υπολογιστής σας) είναι παλαιός, είναι " +#~ "πιθανό να δείτε αυτό το μήνυμα σε κάποιους τουλάχιστον από τους επιμέρους " +#~ "ελέγχους υγείας. Θα ήταν καλό το να κάνετε τακτικά " +#~ "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας και να ελέγχετε περιοδικά την κατάσταση του " +#~ "δίσκου για να διαπιστώσετε αν αυτή επιδεινώνεται." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αφαιρέστε όλα τα αρχεία και τους φακέλους από έναν εξωτερικό σκληρό δίσκο ή " +#~ "από ένα φορητό μέσο αποθήκευσης USB, διαμορφώνοντάς τα." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Διαγράψτε τα πάντα από έναν εξωτερικό δίσκο" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν έχετε έναν εξωτερικό δίσκο όπως ένα φορητό μέσο αποθήκευσης USB ή έναν " +#~ "εξωτερικό σκληρό δίσκο, μπορεί να θελήσετε να απομακρύνετε εντελώς όλα τα " +#~ "αρχεία και φακέλους τα οποία περιέχει. Αυτό, μπορείτε να το κάνετε " +#~ "διαμορφώνοντας τον δίσκο. Η ενέργεια αυτή διαγράφει όλα τα σρχεία " +#~ "στον δίσκο και τον αφήνει κενό." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση ενός αφαιρούμενου δίσκου" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επιλέξτε το δίσκο τον οποίο θέλετε να διαγράψετε από τη λίστα Συσκευές " +#~ "αποθήκευσης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Σιγουρευτείτε πρώτα πως έχετε επιλέξει το σωστό δίσκο! Αν επιλέξετε λάθος " +#~ "δίσκο, όλα τα αρχεία που αυτός περιέχει θα διαγραφούν!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Στην ενότητα Τόμοι, κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Αποπροσάρτηση τόμου. " +#~ "Στη συνέχεια κάντε ξανά κλικ στην επιλογή Διαμόρφωση τόμου." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Στο παράθυρο που αναδύεται, επιλέξτε έναν Τύπο συστήματος αρχείων " +#~ "για το δίσκο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε τον δίσκο και σε υπολογιστές με λειτουργικό σύστημα Mac OS " +#~ "και σε υπολογιστές με λειτουργικό σύστημα Windows επιπρόσθετα από αυτόν με " +#~ "το λειτουργικό σύστημα Linux, επιλέξτε το σύστημα αρχείων FAT. Αν " +#~ "χρησιμοποιείτε τον δίσκο μόνο σε υπολογιστές με λειτουργικό σύστημα Windows, " +#~ "το σύστημα αρχείων NTFS μπορεί να είναι μία καλύτερη επιλογή.\r\n" +#~ "Μία σύντομη περιγραφή των τύπων συστημάτων αρχείων, θα " +#~ "παρουσιαστεί ως ξεχωριστή ενότητα." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αναθέστε στο δίσκο ένα όνομα και κάντε κλικ στη Διαμόρφωση, ώστε " +#~ "αν ξεκινήσει η διαδικασία διαγραφής του δίσκου." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Όταν η διαμόρφωση ολοκληρωθεί, κάντε ασφαλή απομάκρυνση του " +#~ "δίσκου. Τώρα θα πρέπει να είναι κενός και έτοιμος για επαναχρησιμοποίηση." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η διαμόρφωση ενός δίσκου δεν παρέχει εξασφάλιση της διαγραφής των αρχείων σας" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η διαμόρφωση του δίσκου δεν είναι ένας εντελώς ασφαλής τρόπος διαγραφής όλων " +#~ "των δεδομένων που αυτός περιέχει. Ένας διαμορφωμένος δίσκος θα εμφανιστεί να " +#~ "μην περιέχει αρχεία, είναι όμως πιθανό με την χρήση ειδικού λογισμικού αυτά " +#~ "να ανακτηθούν. Αν χρειάζεται να διαγράψετε με ασφάλεια κάποια αρχεία, θα " +#~ "χρειαστεί να χρησιμοποιήσετε κάποιο εργαλείο γραμμής εντολών, όπως είναι το " +#~ "shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κατανοήστε τι είναι οι τόμοι και τα διαμερίσματα και χρησιμοποιήστε το " +#~ "εργαλείο δίσκων για να τα διαχειριστείτε." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επισκόπηση και διαχείριση τόμων και διαμερισμάτων χρησιμοποιώντας το " +#~ "εργαλείο δίσκων" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε και να τροποποιήσετε τους τόμους αποθήκευσης του " +#~ "υπολογιστή σας με το εργαλείο δίσκων." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ανοίξτε το Dash και εκκινήστε την εφαρμογή Εργαλείο " +#~ "δίσκων." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Στο χαρακτηρισμένο ως Συσκευές αποθήκευσης τμήμα, θα βρείτε τους " +#~ "σκληρούς δίσκους, τους οδηγούς των CD/DVD και άλλες φυσικές συσκευές του " +#~ "υπολογιστή. Κάντε κλικ στην συσκευή που θέλετε να επιθεωρήσετε." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Στην δεξιά στήλη, η περιοχή με την ετικέτα Τόμοι παρέχει μία " +#~ "οπτική ανάλυση των τόμων και των διαμερισμάτων της επιλεγμένης συσκευής. " +#~ "Περιέχει επίσης και μία ποικιλία εργαλείων για την διαχείριση αυτών των " +#~ "τόμων." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Προσοχή: Είναι δυνατό να σβήσετε εντελώς τα δεδομένα που βρίσκονται στον " +#~ "δίσκο σας χρησιμοποιώντας αυτά τα εργαλεία." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ένα πρωτεύον διαμέρισμα πρέπει να περιέχει πληροφορίες τις οποίες ο " +#~ "υπολογιστής σας χρησιμοποιεί για να εκκινήσει, ή αλλιώς να " +#~ "μπουτάρει. Γι αυτόν τον λόγο, κάποιες φορές αυτό ονομάζεται " +#~ "διαμέρισμα ή τόμος εκκίνησης. Για να διευκρινήσετε αν ένα διαμέρισμα είναι " +#~ "εκκινήσιμο, μπορείτε να κοιτάξετε στις Σημαίες διαμερίσματος στο " +#~ "εργαλείο δίσκων. Τα εξωτερικά μέσα όπως τα μέσα αποθήκευσης USB ή και οι " +#~ "δίσκοι CD/DVD, μπορούν επίσης να περιέχουν έναν εκκινήσιμο τόμο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Βεβαιωθείτε πως το Κλείδωμα είναι ενεργοποιημένο και έπειτα " +#~ "επιλέξτε ένα χρονικό όριο αναμονής από την αναδιπλούμενη λίστα από κάτω. Η " +#~ "οθόνη θα κλειδώσει αυτόματα αν είναι ανενεργή γι αυτό το χρονικό όριο. " +#~ "Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε Απενεργοποίηση της οθόνης ώστε η " +#~ "οθόνη να κλειδώνει αφού κλείσει αυτόματα, κάτι που ελέγχεται από την " +#~ "αναδιπλούμενη λίστα Σβήσιμο της οθόνης όταν είναι ανενεργή για " +#~ "από πάνω." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιείτε τον διαχειριστή αρχείων Αρχεία για να περιηγείστε " +#~ "σε και να οργανώνεται τα αρχεία του υπολογιστή σας. Μπορείτε επίσης να τον " +#~ "χρησιμοποιείτε για να διαχειρίζεστε τα αρχεία σε αποθηκευτικές συσκευές " +#~ "(όπως εξωτερικοί σκληροί δίσκοι), σε διακομιστές αρχείων και σε κοινόχρηστους δικτυακούς πόρους." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μέσα στον διαχειριστή αρχείων διπλοπατήστε οποιονδήποτε φάκελο για να " +#~ "προβάλλετε το περιεχόμενό του και διπλοπατήστε οποιοδήποτε αρχείο για να " +#~ "ανοίξετε με την αρχική προρυθμισμένη εφαρμογή για τον τύπο του αρχείου " +#~ "αυτού. Μπορεί να κάνετε δεξιό κλικ σε οποιονδήποτε φάκελο για να ανοίξετε τα " +#~ "περιεχόμενά του σε νέα καρτέλα (tab) ή σε νέο παράθυρο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν θέλετε να προβάλλετε άμεσα και γρήγορα κάποιο αρχείο εντός του φακέλου " +#~ "στον οποίο βρίσκεστε, αρχίστε να πληκτρολογείτε το όνομά του. Θα ανοίξει ένα " +#~ "πεδίο αναζήτησης κειμένου στην κορυφή του παραθύρου και το πρώτο αρχείο που " +#~ "το όνομά του θα ταιριάζει με τα κριτήρια της αναζήτησης που πληκτρολογείτε " +#~ "θα εμφανιστεί υποσημειωμένο. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο του πληκτρολογίου με το κάτω " +#~ "βέλος, ή κυλίστε προς τα κάτω με την ροδέλα του ποντικιού, για να " +#~ "προσπεράσετε προς το επόμενο αρχείο που το όνομά του ταιριάζει με τα " +#~ "κριτήρια της αναζήτησής σας." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να έχετε γρήγορη πρόσβαση σε συνήθεις θέσεις μέσα από την " +#~ "πλευρική μπάρα. Αν δεν βλέπετε την πλευρική μπάρα πατήστε το " +#~ "πλήκτρο κάτω της " +#~ "γραμμής εργαλείων και επιλέξτε Εμφάνιση πλευρικής μπάρας. " +#~ "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε σελιδοδείκτες προς καταλόγους που χρησιμοποιείτε " +#~ "συχνά και αυτοί θα εμφανίζονται στην πλευρική μπάρα. Για τον σκοπό αυτό " +#~ "χρησιμοποιείστε το μενού Σελιδοδείκτες ή απλώς σύρετε το " +#~ "εικονίδιο κάποιου φακέλου μέσα στην πλευρική μπάρα." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για πιο προχωρημένες λειτουργίες σχετικές με δίσκους CD/DVD, δοκιμάστε την " +#~ "εφαρμογή Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν χρειαστείτε βοήθεια με το Brasero, διαβάστε τον οδηγό χρήστη." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ίσως έχετε μετονομάσει το αρχείο με τρόπο που το καθιστά κρυφό αρχείο. Τα " +#~ "αρχεία που ξεκινούν με . ή τελειώνουν σε ~ είναι " +#~ "κρυμένα από τον διαχειριστή αρχείων. Πατήστε το κουμπί down της γραμμής εργαλείων του " +#~ "διαχειριστή αρχείων και επιλέξτε Εμφάνιση κρυφών αρχείων για να " +#~ "τα προβάλλετε. Για περισσότερα, δείτε ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εντοπίστε αρχεία βάσει ονόματος και τύπου. Αποθηκεύστε τις αναζητήσεις για " +#~ "μελλοντική χρήση." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να αναζητείσετε απευθείας αρχεία με βάση το όνομά τους ή τον τύπο " +#~ "αρχείου μέσα στον διαχειριστή αρχείων. Μπορείτε ακόμη να αποθηκεύσετε συχνές " +#~ "αναζητήσεις και αυτές θα εμφανιστούν ως ειδικοί φάκελοι στον προσωπικό σας " +#~ "φάκελο." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Ανοίξτε τον διαχειριστή αρχείων" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν γνωρίζετε ότι τα αρχεία που επιθυμείτε βρίσκονται σε συγκεκριμένο φάκελο, " +#~ "μεταβείτε σε αυτόν το φάκελο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πατήστε στον μεγεθυντικό φακό της γραμμής εργαλείων ή πατήστε " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πληκτρολογήστε κάποια λέξη ή κάποιες λέξεις που ξέρετε ότι εμφανίζονται στο " +#~ "όνομα του αρχείου. Για παράδειγμα, αν ονομάσατε όλα τα τιμολόγιά σας με την " +#~ "λέξη «Τιμολόγιο», πληκτρολογήστε type τιμολόγιο. Πιέστε το " +#~ "Enter. Εντοπίζονται οι λέξεις τόσο με μικρά όσο και με κεφαλαία " +#~ "γράμματα." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να περιορίσετε τα αποτελέσματα σας ανά κατάλογο και τύπο αρχείου." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πατήστε + και από την αναπτυσσόμενη λίστα επιλέξτε κάποιον " +#~ "Τύπο αρχείου για να περιορίσετε την αναζήτηση βάσει τύπου " +#~ "αρχείου. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο x για να απομακρύνετε αυτή την " +#~ "επιλογή και να διευρύνετε τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να ανοίξετε, να αντιγράψετε, να διαγράψετε ή διαφορετικά να " +#~ "εργαστείτε με τα αρχεία από τα αποτελέσματα αναζήτησης, όπως θα κάνατε από " +#~ "κάθε φάκελο στον διαχειριστή αρχείων." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επιλέξτε ξανά το μεγεθυντικό φακό στην μπάρα εργασίας για να εξέλθετε από " +#~ "την αναζήτηση και να επιστρέψετε στο φάκελο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν κάνετε συχνές αναζητήσεις, μπορείτε να τις αποθηκεύσετε ώστε να έχετε " +#~ "άμεση πρόσβαση σε αυτές." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Αποθήκευση μιας αναζήτησης" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Ξεκινήστε μια αναζήτηση όπως παραπάνω." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Δώστε στην συγκεκριμένη αναζήτηση ένα όνομα και κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή " +#~ "Αποθήκευση. Αν θέλετε, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό " +#~ "φάκελο στον οποίο θα αποθηκεύσετε την αναζήτηση. Όταν θα εμφανίζεται αυτός ο " +#~ "φάκελος, θα βλέπετε την αποθηκευμένη αναζήτησή σας ως έναν πορτοκαλί φάκελο " +#~ "με έναν μεγεθυντικό φακό επάνω του." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για αφαίρεση του αρχείου αναζήτησης μόλις τελειώσετε, απλά διαγράψτε την αναζήτηση όπως θα κάνατε με κάθε " +#~ "άλλο αρχείο. Όταν διαγράφετε μια αποθηκευμένη αναζήτηση, δε διαγράφετε και " +#~ "τα αρχεία αυτής." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάποιες γλώσες, όπως τα Κινέζικα ή τα Κορεάτικα, απαιτούν περιπλοκότερη " +#~ "μέθοδο από ό,τι μια απλή αντιστοιχία πλήκτρου-χαρακτήρα. Συνεπώς, κάποιες " +#~ "από τις πηγές ή συσκευές εισαγωγής δεδομένων που μπορείτε να επιλέξετε, " +#~ "ενεργοποιούν μια τέτοια μέθοδο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να δείτε μια προεπισκόπιση οποιασδήποτε διάταξης επιλέγοντάς την " +#~ "από την λίστα και πατώντας " +#~ "προεπισκόπιση." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να επιλυθεί αυτό, κάντε κλικ στο δεξιότερο εικονίδιο της μπάρας του " +#~ "μενού και πηγαίνετε στις Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος. Στην κατηγορία " +#~ "Υλικό, επιλέξτε Οθόνες. Δοκιμάστε μερικές από τις επιλογές για " +#~ "την Ανάλυση και ορίστε εκείνη που κάνει την οθόνη να φαίνεται " +#~ "καλύτερα." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο δεξιότερο εικονίδιο της μπάρας του μενού και επιλέξτε " +#~ "Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος. Ανοίξτε τις Οθόνες." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο δεξιότερο εικονίδιο της μπάρας του μενού και επιλέξτε " +#~ "Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Απενεργοποιήστε την επιφάνεια αφής κατά την πληκτρολόγηση ώστε να αποτρέψετε " +#~ "τα μη ηθελημένα κλικ." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Απενεργοποίηση επιφάνειας αφής κατά την πληκτρολόγηση" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Οι επιφάνειες αφής των φορητών υπολογιστών συχνά βρίσκονται στο σημείο όπου " +#~ "ξεκουράζετε τον καρπό σας κατά την πληκτρολόγηση, γεγονός το οποίο κάποιες " +#~ "φορές μπορεί να προκαλέσει μη ηθελημένα κλικ καθώς πληκτρολογείτε. Μπορείτε " +#~ "να απενεργοποιήσετε την επιφάνεια αφής κατά την πληκτρολόγηση. Θα " +#~ "λειτουργήσει ξανά μόνο αφού παρέλθει ένα χρονικό διάστημα μετά από το " +#~ "τελευταίο πάτημα πλήκτρου." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Στον τομέα Επιφάνεια αφής, σημειώστε το Απενεργοποίηση κατά " +#~ "την πληκτρολόγηση." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πολλά ποντίκια και κάποιες επιφάνειες αφής έχουν μεσαίο κουμπί ποντικιού. Σε " +#~ "ένα ποντίκι με τροχό κύλισης, μπορείτε συνήθως να πιέσετε κατευθείαν προς τα " +#~ "κάτω τον τροχό για να επιτύχετε μεσαίο κλικ. Αν δεν έχετε μεσαίο κουμπί " +#~ "ποντικιού, μπορείτε να πιέσετε το αριστερό και το δεξί κουμπί συγχρόνως για " +#~ "να κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ. Αν βρείτε πως δεν μπορείτε να κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ κατ' " +#~ "αυτόν τον τρόπο, μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε να ακολουθήσετε αυτές τις " +#~ "οδηγίες." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Σε επιφάνειες αφής που υποστηρίζουν χτύπους πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, μπορείτε να " +#~ "χτυπήσετε με τρία δάχτυλα συγχρόνως για μεσαίο κλικ. Θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε το κλικ με χτύπους στις " +#~ "ρυθμίσεις του δείκτη αφής ώστε να δουλέψει αυτό." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πολλές εφαρμογές χρησιμοποιούν το μεσαίο κλικ σε συντομεύσεις κλικ για " +#~ "προχωρημένους χρήστες." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μία κοινή συντόμευση είναι για την επικόλληση επιλεγμένου κειμένου. " +#~ "(Ονομάζεται και επικόλληση πρωτεύουσας επιλογής). Επιλέξτε το κείμενο που " +#~ "σας ενδιαφέρει και μετά πηγαίνετε στο σημείο όπου θέλετε να το επικολλήσετε " +#~ "και κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ. Το επιλεγμένο κείμενο θα επικολληθεί στη θέση του " +#~ "ποντικιού." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Η επικόλληση κειμένου με το μεσαίο κουμπί του ποντικιού δεν έχει καμία σχέση " +#~ "με το κανονικό πρόχειρο. Η επιλογή του κειμένου δεν το αντιγράφει στο " +#~ "πρόχειρό σας. Αυτή η γρήγορη μέθοδος επικόλλησης λειτουργεί μόνο με το " +#~ "μεσαίο κλικ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Οι περισσότεροι περιηγητές σας επιτρέπουν να ανοίγετε γρήγορα συνδέσμους σε " +#~ "νέες καρτέλες με μεσαίο κλικ. Απλά κάνετε κλικ σε οποιονδήποτε σύνδεσμο με " +#~ "το μεσαίο κουμπί του ποντικιού, και ο σύνδεσμος ανοίγει σε νέα καρτέλα. " +#~ "Προσοχή με τους συνδέσμους στον Firefox, όμως. Στον " +#~ "Firefox, αν κάνετε μεσαίο κλικ σε κάτι που δεν είναι σύνδεσμος, ο " +#~ "περιηγητής θα προσπαθήσει να φορτώσει το επιλεγμένο κείμενο ως διεύθυνση " +#~ "URL. Δηλαδή, θα θεωρήσει ότι χρησιμοποιήσατε το μεσαίο κλικ για να επιλέξετε " +#~ "κείμενο, το επικολλήσατε στη γραμμή διευθύνσεων και πατήσατε " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ορισμένες εφαρμογές επιτρέπουν τη χρήση του μεσαίου κλικ για άλλες " +#~ "λειτουργίες. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, ψάξτε στη βοήθεια της εφαρμογής " +#~ "για μεσαίο κλικ ή μεσαίο κουμπί ποντικιού." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πατήστε μία φορά το πλήκτρο ← για να μεταφερθείτε στην καρτέλα " +#~ "Κλικ και κατάδειξη." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτές οι οδηγίες παρέχουν το συντομότερο τρόπο να ενεργοποιήσετε τα πλήκτρα " +#~ "ποντικιού χρησιμοποιώντας μόνο το πληκτρολόγιο. Επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις " +#~ "καθολικής πρόσβασης ώστε να δείτε περισσότερες επιλογές " +#~ "προσβασιμότητας." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Το αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο είναι ένα σύνολο αριθμημένων πλήκτρων " +#~ "τοποθετημένων συνήθως σε τετράγωνη διάταξη. Αν έχετε κάποιο πληκτρολόγιο " +#~ "χωρίς ξεχωριστό κομμάτι αριθμητικού πληκτρολογίου (όπως αυτό ενός φορητού " +#~ "υπολογιστή), ενδεχομένως να χρειαστεί να κρατήσετε πατημένο το πλήκτρο " +#~ "ειδικής λειτουργίας (Fn) και να χρησιμοποιείτε κάποια άλλα " +#~ "πλήκτρα του υπολογιστή σας ως αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο. Αν χρησιμοποιείτε " +#~ "συχνά τη λειτουργία αυτή, μπορείτε να προμηθευτείτε κάποιο εξωτερικό " +#~ "αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο το οποίο θα συνδέεται μέσω μίας θύρας USB στον " +#~ "υπολογιστή σας." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάθε αριθμός στο αριθμητικό πληκτρολόγιο αντιστοιχεί σε μία κατεύθυνση. Για " +#~ "παράδειγμα, το πάτημα του πλήκτρου 8 θα μετακινήσει τον δείκτη " +#~ "του ποντικιού προς τα πάνω και το πάτημα του πλήκτρου 2 θα τον " +#~ "μετακινήσει προς τα κάτω. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο 5 για να κάνετε κλικ " +#~ "με το ποντίκι, ή πατήστε το γρήγορα δύο φορές για να κάνετε διπλό κλικ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Στα περισσότερα πληκτρολόγια υπάρχει ένα ειδικό πλήκτρο που σας επιτρέπει να " +#~ "κάνετε δεξί κλικ. Συχνά βρίσκεται κοντά στη μπάρα του πλήκτρου διαστήματος. " +#~ "Ας σημειωθεί πάντως, πως αυτό το πλήκτρο ανταποκρίνεται στο σημείο που " +#~ "εστιάζει το πληκτρολόγιό σας και όχι στο σημείο που βρίσκεται ο δείκτης του " +#~ "ποντικιού. Δείτε το σύνδεσμο για " +#~ "πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πως μπορείτε να κάνετε δεξί κλικ κρατώντας " +#~ "πατημένο το πλήκτρο 5 ή το αριστερό πλήκτρο του ποντικιού." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ, διπλό κλικ, σύρσιμο και κύλιση χρησιμοποιώντας μόνο " +#~ "την επιφάνεια αφής σας, χωρίς ξεχωριστά κουμπιά υλικού." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Για κλικ, χτυπήστε ελαφρά στην επιφάνεια αφής." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να σύρετε ένα αντικείμενο, χτυπήστε ελαφρά δύο φορές αλλά μη σηκώσετε το " +#~ "δάχτυλό σας μετά το δεύτερο χτύπημα. Σύρετε το αντικείμενο εκεί όπου το " +#~ "θέλετε και έπειτα σηκώστε το δάχτυλό σας ώστε να αφήσετε το αντικείμενο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν η επιφάνεια αφής σας υποστηρίζει χτυπήματα πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, κάνετε " +#~ "δεξί κλικ χτυπώντας ελαφρά με δύο δάχτυλα ταυτόχρονα. Αλλιώς, θα χρειάζεται " +#~ "ακόμα να χρησιμοποιείτε κουμπιά υλικού ώστε να κάνετε δεξί κλικ. Δείτε το " +#~ " για μια μέθοδο δεξιού κλικ χωρίς δεύτερο " +#~ "κουμπί ποντικιού." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν η επιφάνεια αφής σας υποστηρίζει χτυπήματα πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, κάνετε " +#~ "μεσαίο κλικ χτυπώντας ελαφρά με τρία " +#~ "δάχτυλα ταυτόχρονα." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κατά το χτύπημα ή το σύρσιμο με τη χρήση πολλαπλών δαχτύλων, βεβαιωθείτε πως " +#~ "τα δάχτυλά σας έχουν αρκετή απόσταση μεταξύ τους. Αν τα δάχτυλά σας είναι " +#~ "πολύ κοντά, ο υπολογιστής σας ενδέχεται να νομίσει πως είναι ένα μόνο " +#~ "δάχτυλο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Οι επιφάνειες αφής των φορητών υπολογιστών μερικές φορές ανταποκρίνονται " +#~ "μετά από κάποιο χρονικό διάστημα, πριν αρχίσουν να λειτουργούν. Αυτό " +#~ "συμβαίνει για να αποφεύγονται οι τυχαίες επαφές της επιφάνειας αφής με την " +#~ "παλάμη σας καθώς πληκτρολογείτε. Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Προσθέστε, διαγράψτε και μετονομάστε σελιδοδείκτες στο διαχειριστή αρχείων." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Οι σελιδοδείκτες σας εμφανίζονται στην πλευρική στήλη του διαχειριστή " +#~ "αρχείων." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Διαγραφή ενός σελιδοδείκτη:" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Στο πλαίσιο κειμένου Όνομα, πληκτρολογήστε το νέο όνομα για το " +#~ "σελιδοδείκτη." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Δείξε την ημερομηνία και την ώρα της τελευταίας φοράς που το αρχείο " +#~ "τροποποιήθηκε." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν θέλετε να είστε εξαιρετικά ασφαλείς ή αν θέλετε να ελέγξετε για ιούς σε " +#~ "αρχεία που περνάνε σε εσάς και ανθρώπους που χρησιμοποιούν τα Windows και " +#~ "Mac OS, μπορείτε ακόμα να εγκαταστήσετε λογισμικό προστασίας από ιούς. " +#~ "Ελέγξτε στο Κέντρο λογισμικού Ubuntu όπου είναι διαθέσιμες μια " +#~ "σειρά από εφαρμογές." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Το Empathy είναι προεγκαταστημένο στο Ubuntu. Εκκινήστε το Άμεσα " +#~ "μηνύματα Empathy από το Dash, " +#~ "τον Εκκινητή, ή επιλέξτε " +#~ "Συζήτηση από το Μενού " +#~ "μηνυμάτων." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε ποια προγράμματα μπορούν να έχουν πρόσβαση στο δίκτυο. " +#~ "Αυτό βοηθά να διατηρήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας ασφαλή." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση ή εμπόδιση της πρόσβασης τείχους προστασίας" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Το Ubuntu έρχεται εξοπλισμένο με το Απλοποιημένο τείχος " +#~ "προστασίας (ufw) αλλά το τείχος προστασίας δεν είναι " +#~ "ενεργοποιημένο από προεπιλογή. Επειδή το Ubuntu δεν έχει ανοιχτές υπηρεσίες " +#~ "δικτύου (εκτός από τη βασική υποδομή δικτύου) στην προκαθορισμένη " +#~ "εγκατάσταση, δεν χρειάζεται τείχος προστασίας για να αποκόπτει τις " +#~ "προσπάθειες εισερχόμενων κακόβουλων συνδέσεων." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη χρήση του ufw, δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση στο " +#~ "διαδίκτυο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να ενεργοποιήσετε το τείχος προστασίας, εισάγετε την εντολή sudo " +#~ "ufw enable στο τερματικό. Για να απενεργοποιήσετε το ufw, εισάγετε " +#~ "sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πολλές εφαρμογές έχουν σχεδιαστεί ώστε να παρέχουν δικτυακές υπηρεσίες. Για " +#~ "παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να μοιράζεστε περιεχόμενο ή να επιτρέψετε σε κάποιον " +#~ "άλλον να έχει πρόσβαση στον υπολογιστή σας με απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση. " +#~ "Ανάλογα από ποιες επιπλέον εφαρμογές έχετε εγκαταστήσει, μπορεί να χρειαστεί " +#~ "η αντίστοιχη προσαρμογή του τείχους προστασίας, ώστε να επιτρέπετε σε αυτές " #~ "να λειτουργήσουν όπως πρέπει. Το UfW έρχεται με πολλές προεπιλογές. Για " #~ "παράδειγμα, για να επιτρέψετε συνδέσεις SSH, σε τερματικό " #~ "πληκτρολογείστε sudo ufw allow ssh. Για να εμποδίσετε συνδέσεις " @@ -28738,6 +29750,14 @@ #~ "Enter." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ενδεχομένως να χρειαστεί να εγκαταστήσετε το flash για να είστε σε θέση να " +#~ "δείτε ιστοσελίδες όπως το YouTube, το οποίο εμφανίζει βίντεο και " +#~ "διαδραστικές ιστοσελίδες." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28747,6 +29767,9 @@ #~ "ιστοσελίδες σε κάποιους ιστοτόπους. Κάποιοι ιστότοποι δεν θα λειτουργήσουν " #~ "χωρίς Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Πώς να εγκαταστήσετε το flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28767,6 +29790,16 @@ #~ "Εάν επιλέξετε να εγκαταστήσετε το flash, κάντε κλικ στην " #~ "Εγκατάσταση από το παράθυρο του Κέντρου Λογισμικού." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εάν έχετε οποιοδήποτε παράθυρο περιηγητή ανοικτό, κλείστε τα και στη " +#~ "συνέχεια ανοίξτε τα πάλι. Το πρόγραμμα περιήγησης διαδικτύου θα πρέπει να " +#~ "ανιχνεύσει ότι υπάρχει εγκατεστημένο το flash όταν το ανοίξετε ξανά και, θα " +#~ "πρέπει τώρα να μπορείτε να δείτε ιστοσελίδες που χρησιμοποιούν flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Ανοιχτού κώδικα εναλλακτικές λύσεις για το flash" @@ -28799,6 +29832,28 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Βοηθήστε το πρόγραμμα περιήγησης σας να λειτουργήσει με ιστοσελίδες που " +#~ "απαιτούν Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου για Java στον περιηγητή" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μερικές ιστότοποι χρησιμοποιούν μικρά προγράμματα Java, τα οποία " +#~ "απαιτούν να εγκατασταθεί ένα πρόσθετο για Java ώστε να τρέξουν." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εγκαταστήστε το πακέτο icedtea6-" +#~ "plugin για να δείτε τα προγράμματα Java στον περιηγητή σας." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28849,6 +29904,15 @@ #~ "πληροφορίες και οδηγίες εγκατάστασης." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επίλυση προβλημάτων ασυρμάτων " +#~ "συνδέσεων, βρίσκοντας το ασύρματο " +#~ "(wifi) δίκτυό σας…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28868,6 +29932,278 @@ #~ "σύνδεσμο Εμφάνιση τεχνικών θεμάτων στο κάτω μέρος του " #~ "Κέντρου Λογισμικού Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας ως ένα ασύρματο σημείο " +#~ "σύνδεσης στο δίκτυο (hotspot). Αυτό επιτρέπει σε άλλες συσκευές να " +#~ "συνδέονται μαζί χωρίς κάποιο ξεχωριστό δίκτυο και σας επιτρέπει να " +#~ "μοιράζεστε μια άλλου τύπου σύνδεση που έχετε στο διαδίκτυο, όπως μία " +#~ "ενσύρματη σύνδεση δικτύου ή μια σύνδεση μέσω δικτύου κινητής τηλεφωνίας." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή Χρήση ως Hotspot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν έχετε ήδη συνδεθεί σε ένα ασύρματο δίκτυο, θα ερωτηθείτε αν θέλετε αν " +#~ "αποσυνδεθείτε από αυτό. Ένας μονός προσαρμογέας ασύρματης σύνδεσης είναι " +#~ "ικανός μόνο για μία σύνδεση ή δημιουργία δικτύου τη φορά. Κάντε κλικ στην " +#~ "επιλογή Δημιουργία Hotspot για να επιβεβαιώσετε την ενέργεια." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Θα δημιουργηθούν αυτόματα ένα όνομα δικτύου (SSID) και ένα κλειδί ασφαλείας. " +#~ "Το όνομα δικτύου θα βασίζεται στο όνομα του υπολογιστή σας. Αυτήν την " +#~ "πληροφορία θα τη χρειαστούν οι άλλες συσκευές ώστε να συνδεθούν στο δίκτυο " +#~ "που μόλις δημιουργήσατε." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και αναιρέστε την επιλογή " +#~ "Ενεργοποίηση ασύρματης δικτύωσης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να το κάνετε αυτό, κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή μενού δικτύου στη " +#~ "μπάρα μενού και αποσημειώστε την επιλογή Ενεργοποίηση ασύρματης " +#~ "δικτύωσης. Αυτό θα απενεργοποιήσει την ασύρματη σύνδεσή σας εως ότου " +#~ "την ενεργοποιήσετε ξανά." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ξανά την ασύρματη δικτύωση, κάντε κλικ στο μενού " +#~ "δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση ασύρματης " +#~ "δικτύωσης ώστε να υπάρχει ένα σημάδι σημείωσης μπροστά από την επιλογή." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ο φορητός υπολογιστής σας ίσως εξακολουθεί να εκπέμπει, εάν δεν έχετε " +#~ "απενεργοποιήσει το Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και κάντε " +#~ "κλικ στο όνομα του δικτύου στο οποίο επιθυμείτε να συνδεθείτε." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μάθετε τι σημαίνουν οι επιλογές στην οθόνη επεξεργασίας της ασύρματης " +#~ "δικτύωσης." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Επεξεργασία μίας ασύρματης σύνδεσης" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτό το θέμα περιγράφει όλες τις επιλογές που είναι διαθέσιμες όταν " +#~ "επεξεργάζεστε μια ασύρματη σύνδεση δικτύου.\r\n" +#~ "Για να επεξεργαστείτε μια σύνδεση, κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου " +#~ "στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία συνδέσεων." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Διαθέσιμη σε όλους τους χρήστες / Αυτόματη σύνδεση" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Αυτόματη σύνδεση" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εάν πάνω από ένα δίκτυα, που έχουν ρυθμιστεί να συνδέονται αυτόματα, " +#~ "βρίσκονται εντός της περιοχής κάλυψης, ο υπολογιστής θα συνδεθεί στο πρώτο " +#~ "που εμφανίζεται στην καρτέλα Ασύρματα στο παράθυρο Συνδέσεις " +#~ "δικτύου.\r\n" +#~ "Δεν θα αποσυνδεθεί αυτόματα από ένα δίκτυο για να συνδεθεί σε κάποιο άλλο " +#~ "που μόλις μπήκε στην περιοχή κάλυψης." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Διαθέσιμο σε όλους τους χρήστες" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επιλέξτε το αν θέλετε όλοι οι χρήστες του υπολογιστή να έχουν πρόσβαση σε " +#~ "αυτό το ασύρματο δίκτυο. Αν το ασύρματο δίκτυο έχει Προστασία με κωδικό ασφαλείας WEP/WPA και το έχετε " +#~ "επιλέξει, τότε θα χρειαστεί να δώσετε τον κωδικό μία φορά μόνο. Όλοι οι " +#~ "άλλοι χρήστες του υπολογιστή θα είναι ικανοί να συνδεθούν στο ασύρματο " +#~ "δίκτυο χωρίς να χρειάζεται να γνωρίζουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εάν αυτό είναι επιλεγμένο. χρειάζεται να είστε διαχειριστής για να αλλάξετε κάποια από τις ρυθμίσεις αυτού " +#~ "του δικτύου. Μπορεί να σας ζητηθεί να εισάγετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασής σας." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Ασύρματο" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εάν επιλέξετε Ad hoc, θα δείτε δύο άλλες επιλογές, " +#~ "Ζώνη και Κανάλι. Αυτές καθορίζουν σε ποια ζώνη " +#~ "ασύρματης συχνότητας θα λειτουργεί το ad hoc ασύρματο δίκτυό σας. Κάποιοι " +#~ "υπολογιστές μπορούν να λειτουργήσουν μόνο σε συγκεκριμένες συχνότητες (για " +#~ "παράδειγμα, μόνο στην A ή μόνο στις B/G), οπότε μπορεί " +#~ "να θέλετε να επιλέξετε κάποια συχνότητα την οποία όλοι οι υπολογιστές στο " +#~ "δίκτυο ad hoc μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν. Σε πολυσύχναστα μέρη, μπορεί να " +#~ "υπάρχουν πολλά ασύρματα δίκτυα που μοιράζονται την ίδια ζώνη. Αυτό μπορεί να " +#~ "επιβραδύνει τη σύνδεσή σας, οπότε μπορείτε να αλλάξετε ζώνη που " +#~ "χρησιμοποιείτε επίσης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτό είναι το Αναγνωριστικό βασικής ομάδας ρυθμίσεων (Basic Service Set " +#~ "Identifier). Το SSID (δείτε επάνω) είναι το όνομα του δικτύου το οποίο " +#~ "προορίζεται για ανάγνωση από ανθρώπους. Το BSSID είναι ένα όνομα το οποίο " +#~ "καταλαβαίνει ο υπολογιστής (είναι μία σειρά από γράμματα και αριθμούς που " +#~ "πρέπει να είναι μοναδικό στο ασύρματο δίκτυο). Εάν ένα δίκτυο είναι κρυφό, δεν θα έχει SSID αλλά θα έχει " +#~ "BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Διεύθυνση MAC συσκευής" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Το υλικό δικτύου σας (ασύρματη κάρτα) μπορεί να προσποιηθεί ότι έχει " +#~ "διαφορετική διεύθυνση MAC. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο εάν έχετε κάποια συσκευή ή " +#~ "υπηρεσία που θα επικοινωνήσει μόνο με συγκεκριμένη διεύθυνση MAC (για " +#~ "παράδειγμα, ένα καλωδιακό ευρυζωνικό μόντεμ). Εάν βάλετε τη δεύθυνση MAC " +#~ "αυτή στο κουτί της κλωνοποιημένη διεύθυνση MAC, τότε η " +#~ "συσκευή/υπηρεσία θα νομίσει ότι ο υπολογιστής σας έχει την κλωνοποιημένη " +#~ "διεύθυνση MAC αντί της πραγματικής." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Ασφάλεια ασύρματου δικτύου" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτό ορίζει τι είδους κρυπτογράφηση χρησιμοποιεί το ασύρματο δίκτυό " +#~ "σας. Οι κρυπτογραφημένες συνδέσεις βοηθούν να προστατευθεί το δίκτυό σας από " +#~ "το να υποκλαπεί, για να μην μπορούν άλλοι άνθρωποι να «κρυφακούσουν» και να " +#~ "δουν τι σελίδες επισκέπτεστε και ούτω καθεξής." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάποια είδη κρυπτογράφησης είναι δυνατότερα από άλλα, αλλά μπορεί να μην " +#~ "υποστηρίζονται από παλιότερο εξοπλισμό ασύρματου δικτύου. Κανονικά θα " +#~ "χρειαστεί να πληκτρολογήσετε κωδικό πρόσβασης για τη σύνδεση. Πιο εξελιγμένα " +#~ "είδη σύνδεσης μπορεί να χρειάζονται επίσης και όνομα χρήστη και ψηφιακό " +#~ "«πιστοποιητικό». Δείτε για " +#~ "περισσότερες πληροφορίες για δημοφηλείς μορφές ασύρματης κρυπτογράφησης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εάν επιλέξετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση, ο υπολογιστής θα πάρει τη διεύθυνση IP του " +#~ "από ένα διακομιστή DHCP, αλλά θα πρέπει να ορίσετε χειροκίνητα άλλες " +#~ "λεπτομέρειες (όπως ποιος εξυπηρετητής DNS να χρησιμοποιηθεί)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Επιλέξτε αυτή την επιλογή εάν θέλετε να ορίσετε όλες τις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου " +#~ "μόνος σας, συμπεριλαμβανομένου και του ποια διεύθυνση IP θα χρειάζεται να " +#~ "χρησιμοποιεί ο υπολογιστής." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτή η επιλογή θα απενεργοποιήσει τη σύνδεση δικτύου και θα σας απαγορέψει " +#~ "να συνδεθείτε σε αυτήν. Σημειώστε ότι το IPv4 και το " +#~ "IPv6 αντιμετωπίζονται ως ξεχωριστές συνδέσεις παρότι είναι από " +#~ "την ίδια κάρτα δικτύου. Εάν έχετε τη μία ενεργοποιημένη, μπορεί να " +#~ "επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε την άλλη σε απενεργοποιημένη." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αυτό είναι παρόμοιο με την καρτέλα IPv4 εκτός από το ότι " +#~ "ασχολείται με το νεότερο πρότυπο IPv6. Πολύ σύγχρονα δίκτυα χρησιμοποιούν το " +#~ "IPv6, αλλά το IPv4 εξακολουθεί να είναι πιο δημοφιλές αυτή τη στιγμή." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο μενού δικτύου στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε " +#~ "Σύνδεση σε κρυφό ασύρματο δίκτυο." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Στον τομέα Σύστημα, κάντε κλικ στις Πηγές λογισμικού." @@ -28915,12 +30251,237 @@ #~ "προχωρήσετε στο επόμενο κομμάτι του οδηγού αντιμετώπισης προβλημάτων." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πληκτρολογήστε sudo pm-hibernate στο τερματικό και πατήστε " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αν η αδρανοποίηση δε λειτουργεί, ελέγξτε αν η κατάτμηση εικονικής μνήμης " #~ "(swap partition) έχει μέγεθος τουλάχιστον ίσο με τη διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM σας." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν το τεστ της αδρανοποίησης λειτουργεί, μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε με τη χρήση " +#~ "της εντολής sudo pm-hibernate όταν θέλετε να αδρανοποιήσετε τον " +#~ "υπολογιστή." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Γιατί ο υπολογιστής μου έκλεισε/ανέστειλε τη λειτουργία του όταν η μπαταρία " +#~ "έφτασε στο 10%;" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Όταν το επίπεδο φόρτισης της μπαταρίας είναι πολύ χαμηλό, ο υπολογιστής σας " +#~ "αυτόματα θα μπει σε αναστολή " +#~ "λειτουργίας. Αυτό γίνεται για να σιγουρεύεται το γεγονός ότι η " +#~ "μπαταρία δεν αποφορτίζεται εντελώς, δεδομένου ότι αυτό είναι κακό γι αυτήν. " +#~ "Ακόμα, αν η μπαταρία είχε απλά εξαντληθεί, ο υπολογιστής δεν θα είχε το " +#~ "χρόνο για να κλείσει σωστά." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάποιοι υπολογιστές έχουν πρόβλημα με την αδρανοποίηση και πιθανά να μην " +#~ "είναι σε θέση να ανακτήσουν τις εφαρμογές και τα έγγραφα τα οποία είχατε " +#~ "ανοιχτά. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, είναι πιθανό να χάσετε μέρος της εργασίας " +#~ "σας αν δεν την είχατε αποθηκεύσει πριν να αδρανοποιηθεί ο υπολογιστής. Ίσως " +#~ "όμως να μπορείτε να διορθώσετε προβλήματα " +#~ "σχετικά με την αδρανοποίηση though." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη της μπάρας μενού και επιλέξτε τις " +#~ "Ρυθμίσεις συστήματος" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μη ανιχνεύσιμοι εκτυπωτές, κολλήματα χαρτιού, εκτυπώσεις που φαίνονται " +#~ "λάθος..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εγκαταστήστε έναν εκτυπωτή που είναι συνδεδεμένος στον υπολογιστή σας." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση τοπικού εκτυπωτή" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Το σύστημά σας μπορεί να αναγνωρίσει πολλούς τύπους εκτυπωτών αυτόματα μόλις " +#~ "συνδεθούν. Οι περισσότεροι εκτυπωτές συνδέονται μέσω USB καλωδίου στον " +#~ "υπολογιστή σας." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Συνδέστε τον εκτυπωτή στο σύστημά σας μέσω του κατάλληλου καλωδίου. 'Ισως " +#~ "δείτε δραστηριότητα στην οθόνη καθώς το σύστημά σας αναζητεί προγράμματα " +#~ "οδήγησης, και ενεδεχομένως να σας ζητηθεί να επικυρώσετε την εγκατάστασή " +#~ "τους." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εάν ο εκτυπωτής σας δεν εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα, μπορείτε να τον προσθέσετε " +#~ "στις ρυθμίσεις εκτυπωτή." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη και επιλέξτε τον εκτυπωτή από το " +#~ "παράθυρο Συσκευών." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Μπροστά και περιμένετε ενώ γίνεται " +#~ "αναζήτηση για οδηγούς." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν υπάρχουν πολλά προγράμματα οδήγησης για το σύστημά σας, ενδεχομένως να " +#~ "σας ζητηθεί να επιλέξετε έναν. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον προτεινόμενο " +#~ "οδηγό, απλά κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή «Μπροστά» στην οθόνη του τύπου και του " +#~ "μοντέλου του εκτυπωτή." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αφού εγκαταστήσετε τον εκτυπωτή, ίσως να θελήσετε να αλλάξετε τον προεπιλεγμένο εκτυπωτή σας." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να συνδεθείτε ξανά για να έχουν αποτέλεσμα " +#~ "αυτές οι αλλαγές. Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη στη μπάρα μενού " +#~ "και επιλέξτε Αποσύνδεση για να αποσυνδεθείτε." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Θα πρέπει να αποσυνδεθείτε και να συνδεθείτε ξανά για να ισχύσουν οι αλλαγές " +#~ "γλώσσας. Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο στη δεξιά άκρη της μπάρας μενού και " +#~ "επιλέξτε Αποσύνδεση για να αποσυνδεθείτε." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να αποσυνδεθείτε ή να αλλάξετε χρήστες, κάντε κλικ στο μενού συστήματος στη δεξιά άκρη της " +#~ "μπάρας μενού και επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη επιλογή." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να κλειδώσετε την οθόνη σας, κάντε κλικ στο μενού συστήματος " +#~ "στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε Κλείδωμα οθόνης." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Όταν η οθόνη είναι κλειδωμένη, άλλοι χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν με τους " +#~ "δικούς τους λογαριασμούς κάνοντας κλικ Αλλαγή χρήστη στην οθόνη " +#~ "του κωδικού πρόσβασης. Μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε στην επιφάνεια εργασίας σας " +#~ "όταν τελειώσετε." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να αναστείλετε τη λειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας χειροκίνητα, κάντε κλικ " +#~ "στο μενού συστήματος στη μπάρα μενού και επιλέξτε " +#~ "Αναστολή." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν θέλετε να σβήσετε εντελώς τον υπολογιστή σας, ή να κάνετε μία πλήρη " +#~ "επανεκκίνηση, κάντε κλικ στο μενού συστήματος και επιλέξτε " +#~ "Τερματισμός." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Από το πληκτρολόγιο" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Απελευθερώστε το πλήκτρο Alt για να επιλέξετε το επόμενο " +#~ "(υπερτονισμένο) παράθυρο στον εναλλάκτη." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αλλιώς, κρατώντας ακόμη πατημένο το πλήκτρο Alt, πατήστε το " +#~ "πλήκτρο Tab για να μετακινηθείτε κυκλικά στη λίστα των ανοιχτών " +#~ "παραθύρων, ή το συνδυασμό πλήκτρων " +#~ "ShiftTab για να μετακινηθείτε με την " +#~ "αντίστροφη σειρά." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Τα παράθυρα στον εναλλάκτη παραθύρων είναι ομαδοποιημένα ανά εφαρμογή. " +#~ "Προεπισκοπήσεις των εφαρμογών με πολλαπλά παράθυρα αναδύονται καθώς " +#~ "μετακινείστε κυκλικά." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Μπορείτε επίσης να μετακινείστε μεταξύ των εικονιδίων των εφαρμογών στον " +#~ "εναλλάκτη παραθύρων με τα πλήκτρα → ή ←, ή να " +#~ "επιλέξετε ένα από αυτά κάνοντας κλικ επάνω του με το ποντίκι." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Προεπισκοπήσεις των εφαρμογών με μόνο ένα παράθυρο μπορούν να προβάλλονται " +#~ "με το πάτημα του πλήκτρου ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29233,3 +30794,13 @@ #~ "κοινή μορφή. Αυτό μπορούν να το κάνουν τα περισσότερα προγράμματα " #~ "επεξεργασίας βίντεο και διατίθενται και ειδικές εφαρμογές μετατροπής βίντεο. " #~ "Δείτε στο Κέντρο Λογισμικού Ubuntu για το τι είναι διαθέσιμο." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν έχετε περισσότερες από μία γραφίδες, όταν η πρόσθετη γραφίδα βρεθεί κοντά " +#~ "στην ταμπλέτα, θα εμφανιστεί μια ειδοποίηση δίπλα στο όνομα συσκευής της " +#~ "γραφίδας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την ειδοποίηση για να επιλέξετε ποια γραφίδα θα " +#~ "διαμορφωθεί." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/en_AU/en_AU.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/en_AU/en_AU.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/en_AU/en_AU.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/en_AU/en_AU.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-19 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -238,13 +238,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -315,61 +315,144 @@ "key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on " "bounce keys." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " -"System Settings." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Switch Bounce Keys on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -433,15 +516,15 @@ "interface will change." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Switch High Contrast to ON." @@ -483,18 +566,9 @@ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be " "clicked for you." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -503,12 +577,12 @@ "Clicking tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Switch Hover Click on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -523,7 +597,7 @@ "drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -534,7 +608,7 @@ "be clicked." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -543,7 +617,7 @@ "mouse pointer still before clicking." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -554,7 +628,7 @@ "If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -582,12 +656,12 @@ "size of the font." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Switch Large Text to ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -723,7 +797,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -756,12 +830,12 @@ "your pointing device only has a single button." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -774,7 +848,7 @@ "Click." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -787,7 +861,7 @@ "release the mouse button to right-click." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -798,7 +872,7 @@ "visual feedback from the pointer." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -809,7 +883,7 @@ "keypad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -872,17 +946,17 @@ "the keyboard first time." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Switch Slow Keys on." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -895,7 +969,7 @@ "Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -904,7 +978,7 @@ "hold a key down for it to register." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -955,17 +1029,17 @@ "several keys at once." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Switch Sticky Keys on." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -978,7 +1052,7 @@ "times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -987,7 +1061,7 @@ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1004,14 +1078,14 @@ "together), but not others." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1064,14 +1138,14 @@ "alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1102,7 +1176,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1116,10 +1190,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1173,12 +1247,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1189,7 +1264,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1198,15 +1273,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1367,7 +1443,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1381,46 +1457,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1428,13 +1503,9 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " -"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " -"remove it." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1787,6 +1858,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1877,125 +2017,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " -"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " -"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2007,12 +2138,12 @@ "your computer." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Install a PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2023,32 +2154,33 @@ "similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Switch to the Other Software tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2056,30 +2188,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Remove an application" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2088,21 +2246,30 @@ "looking through the list of installed applications." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Select the application and click Remove." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2117,16 +2284,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2141,13 +2306,13 @@ "party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available " "repositories." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2156,7 +2321,7 @@ "the Other Software tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2165,7 +2330,7 @@ "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2173,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2181,12 +2346,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2196,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2206,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2214,23 +2379,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2816,8 +2981,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3480,7 +3645,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3770,23 +3935,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Downloading a printing a reference file from a colour company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " -"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " -"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " -"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5556,20 +5716,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Change the date format" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5578,44 +5737,23 @@ "for your location." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "In the Personal section, click Language Support." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Select your preferred location in the drop-down list." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5822,103 +5960,110 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk travelled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -5926,128 +6071,68 @@ msgstr "Check how much disk space is left" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyser " -" or System Monitor." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Check with Disk Usage Analyser" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyser:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyser." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "What if the disk is too full?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "What if the disk is too full?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "If the disk is too full you should:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use any more." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6091,74 +6176,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "What if the disk isn't healthy?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6169,132 +6234,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " -"drive by formatting it." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Wipe everything off a removable disk" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 -msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." -msgstr "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " -"manage them." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Manage volumes and partitions" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6313,7 +6359,7 @@ "(and possibly write) files on it." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6330,58 +6376,40 @@ "functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " -"inspect." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"In the right pane, the area labelled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6398,19 +6426,14 @@ "or convenience." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" -"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " -"start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6445,18 +6468,18 @@ msgstr "Set the brightness" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6467,7 +6490,7 @@ "the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6480,7 +6503,7 @@ "battery will last before it needs to be recharged." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6511,15 +6534,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Open Displays." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6537,7 +6566,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6547,7 +6576,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6557,7 +6586,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6567,7 +6596,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6599,7 +6628,7 @@ "to adjust the settings:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6608,19 +6637,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Sticky Edges" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6635,7 +6664,7 @@ "other." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6673,19 +6702,15 @@ "have the screen lock automatically." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" -"Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6699,7 +6724,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6734,7 +6759,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6766,17 +6791,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6799,12 +6824,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7059,7 +7083,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Search for files" @@ -7294,13 +7317,13 @@ "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Select DetailsRemovable Media." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7308,7 +7331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7316,7 +7339,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7331,7 +7354,7 @@ "inserted (for example, a slideshow)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7346,7 +7369,7 @@ "Action drop-down." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7357,17 +7380,17 @@ "at the bottom of the Removable Media window." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7376,12 +7399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7390,24 +7413,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7416,7 +7439,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7424,24 +7447,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7449,12 +7472,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7463,7 +7486,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -7480,10 +7503,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7503,14 +7526,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7525,24 +7563,32 @@ "or access its properties." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8178,10 +8224,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8755,147 +8800,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Other search applications" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Search" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Open the file manager" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Save a search" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Start a search as above." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -9809,7 +9813,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." @@ -9826,22 +9830,22 @@ "Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9858,7 +9862,7 @@ "languages." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9867,16 +9871,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -9885,30 +9903,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9920,15 +9924,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9953,12 +9967,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Keyboard shortcuts" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9967,26 +9981,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9996,19 +10010,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10016,7 +10030,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10024,50 +10038,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can screen keyboard to enter text." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." @@ -10493,7 +10507,7 @@ "how long it takes before key presses start repeating." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -10502,7 +10516,7 @@ "repeated keys entirely." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10528,12 +10542,12 @@ msgstr "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10541,24 +10555,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Custom shortcuts" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10566,7 +10580,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10575,14 +10589,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10595,7 +10609,7 @@ "the application itself." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10727,15 +10741,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -10778,19 +10789,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Untick Mirror Displays." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10824,28 +10834,19 @@ "rotation." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Select your desired resolution and rotation." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10858,7 +10859,7 @@ "with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10869,12 +10870,12 @@ "display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolution" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10891,7 +10892,7 @@ "will be letterboxed to avoid distortion." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotation" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11082,24 +11083,24 @@ "mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11107,7 +11108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11122,8 +11123,8 @@ "if it still has the same problem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11151,7 +11152,7 @@ "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11174,61 +11175,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " -"instructions." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " -"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " -"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11252,21 +11238,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11284,13 +11262,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Some specialised applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11313,15 +11288,20 @@ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " "feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11330,21 +11310,19 @@ "Universal Access settings." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11353,7 +11331,7 @@ "press Enter to switch it on." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11362,72 +11340,258 @@ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -11671,14 +11835,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -11687,8 +11851,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -11706,87 +11869,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "To double-click, tap twice." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " -"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -11797,31 +11943,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12307,8 +12453,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -12317,70 +12463,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Add a bookmark:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Delete a bookmark:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Rename a bookmark:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." - #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -12942,7 +13089,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Location" @@ -13144,7 +13291,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "None" @@ -13290,17 +13437,17 @@ "might be in groups according to department or project." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permissions" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -13309,7 +13456,7 @@ "regular file and d means directory (folder)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -13318,7 +13465,7 @@ "who owns the file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -13327,7 +13474,7 @@ "group that owns the file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -13336,42 +13483,42 @@ "for all other users on the system." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Each character has the following meanings:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Read permission." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Write permission." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Execute permission." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : No permission." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME Type" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Displays the MIME type of the item." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "The path to the location of the file." @@ -13655,12 +13802,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -13673,7 +13819,7 @@ msgstr "The Ubuntu Documentation Team" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Web Browsers" @@ -13974,8 +14120,8 @@ "open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -13984,7 +14130,7 @@ "list on the left side of the window." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -13993,7 +14139,7 @@ "the Web option." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14035,7 +14181,7 @@ "You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14149,7 +14295,7 @@ msgstr "Find your internal (network) IP address" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14157,18 +14303,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Find your external (internet) IP address" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -14177,12 +14323,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "The site will display your external IP address for you." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -14193,42 +14339,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " -"documentation." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -14239,10 +14376,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -14255,14 +14390,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -14272,7 +14407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -14281,12 +14416,12 @@ "terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Use ufw without a terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -14297,7 +14432,7 @@ "link." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -14569,30 +14704,28 @@ msgstr "Networking terms & tips" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Install the Flash plug-in" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -14602,63 +14735,106 @@ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -14933,6 +15109,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Click Add." @@ -15181,12 +15358,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " -"network…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -15235,7 +15409,7 @@ msgstr "Change proxy method" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -15244,14 +15418,14 @@ "the left side of the window." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -15261,13 +15435,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -15278,19 +15452,19 @@ "FTP and SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatic" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -15846,10 +16020,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -15875,61 +16049,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" -"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the mobile network." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " -"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." -msgstr "Click the network menu on the menu bar and untick Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Turn off wireless (aeroplane mode)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -15942,34 +16106,26 @@ "power, for example). To do this:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and untick " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a tick in front of it." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16004,11 +16160,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -16229,29 +16383,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -16262,17 +16412,17 @@ "are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -16281,63 +16431,50 @@ "wireless network whenever it is in range." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " -"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " -"to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " -"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " -"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " -"password themselves." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"If this is ticked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " -"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -16350,12 +16487,12 @@ "settings of your wireless router or base station)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -16366,55 +16503,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" -"If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" -"This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " -"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " -"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -16427,41 +16550,35 @@ "network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Cloned MAC address" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -16478,54 +16595,45 @@ "connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Security" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " -"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " -"you're visiting and so on." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " -"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " -"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " -"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " -"encryption." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 Settings" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -16536,17 +16644,17 @@ "different ways of getting/setting that information." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "The following methods are available:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatic (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -16561,37 +16669,32 @@ "be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " -"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Link-Local Only" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -16608,38 +16711,41 @@ "so they communicate with each other." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Disabled" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 Settings" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -16720,23 +16826,19 @@ "hidden\">connect in a different way if it is a hidden network." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Connect to a hidden wireless network" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -16751,6 +16853,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -16758,7 +16867,7 @@ "wireless security, and click Connect." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -16771,7 +16880,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -16780,7 +16889,7 @@ "for terms like WEP and WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -16983,7 +17092,7 @@ msgstr "Performing a check of your modem and router" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -16994,12 +17103,12 @@ "through each step in the guide." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Using the command line" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17007,7 +17116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18309,12 +18418,12 @@ "confined place like a backpack." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "In the Hardware section, click Power." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -18471,11 +18580,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -18519,11 +18626,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" -"hibernate command when you want to hibernate." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -18642,51 +18747,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -18720,26 +18793,17 @@ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Switch the wireless off and then on again" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -18748,7 +18812,7 @@ "then switch it off again" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -19107,7 +19171,7 @@ msgstr "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -19267,7 +19331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -19275,21 +19339,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -19300,7 +19364,7 @@ "administrator account." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -19308,8 +19372,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -19370,7 +19434,9 @@ msgstr "Setup" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Set up a printer" @@ -19387,8 +19453,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -19501,7 +19568,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -20000,7 +20066,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Open Printers." @@ -20039,77 +20105,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Set up a local printer" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Your system can recognise many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Make sure the printer is turned on." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -20118,31 +20170,76 @@ "When finished, click Apply." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Make sure the printer is turned on." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -20326,17 +20423,17 @@ "important that you specify three things:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "What you expected to happen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "What actually happened" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -20345,7 +20442,7 @@ "step 1 is \"start the program\"" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -20354,7 +20451,7 @@ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -20367,7 +20464,7 @@ "reporting tool." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Save." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -20480,7 +20663,7 @@ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -20489,7 +20672,7 @@ "tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -20500,18 +20683,16 @@ "Language tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -20524,12 +20705,12 @@ "calendars." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Change the system formats" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -20540,19 +20721,19 @@ "formats used in places like the login screen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Change your formats, as described above." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Click Apply System-Wide." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -20579,12 +20760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Click Language Support." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -20593,18 +20774,16 @@ "language to the top of the list." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -20621,12 +20800,12 @@ "update the folder names." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Change the system language" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -20637,7 +20816,7 @@ "in places like the login screen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Change your language, as described above." @@ -20674,17 +20853,17 @@ msgstr "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -20922,14 +21101,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -20938,14 +21117,14 @@ "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -20998,23 +21177,20 @@ "when you log back in." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Lock the screen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -21029,32 +21205,32 @@ "amount of time." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspend" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -21069,30 +21245,29 @@ "suspend." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Power off or restart" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -21685,12 +21860,12 @@ msgstr "A window cannot be resized if it is maximised." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -21699,12 +21874,12 @@ "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -21713,12 +21888,12 @@ "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "To resize only in the vertical direction:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -21729,17 +21904,17 @@ "resize the window vertically." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Arranging windows in your workspace" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "To place two windows side by side:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -21752,7 +21927,7 @@ "the window will fill the left half of the screen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -21761,7 +21936,7 @@ "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -21815,11 +21990,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -21828,56 +22003,41 @@ "window switcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -21889,8 +22049,13 @@ "workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press " "Tab or ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -21901,7 +22066,7 @@ "zoomed out." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Click the window you want to switch to." @@ -22102,19 +22267,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -22123,19 +22288,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Change the number of workspaces" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22144,7 +22309,7 @@ "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22960,7 +23125,7 @@ msgstr "Enter special characters" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -22971,17 +23136,17 @@ "different ways you can enter special characters." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Methods to enter characters" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Character map" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -22992,7 +23157,7 @@ "want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -23027,44 +23192,47 @@ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Define a compose key" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -23073,7 +23241,7 @@ "accent over that letter, such as é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -23082,7 +23250,7 @@ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -23091,7 +23259,7 @@ "over that letter, such as ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -23100,7 +23268,7 @@ "over that letter, such as ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Code points" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -23133,7 +23301,7 @@ "after U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -23144,12 +23312,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -23864,37 +24032,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "In the Personal section, click Appearance." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Switch to the Behaviour tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -23921,12 +24081,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Click Appearance." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -23935,7 +24095,7 @@ "size of the Launcher icons." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "The default Launcher icon size is 48." @@ -24030,38 +24190,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -24195,32 +24355,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Status menus" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -24232,8 +24392,26 @@ "menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of " "your computer and applications." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "List of status menus and what they do" @@ -24242,7 +24420,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -24250,14 +24428,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -24272,7 +24450,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -24280,28 +24458,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -24314,7 +24492,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -24322,14 +24500,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -24342,21 +24520,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -24369,7 +24547,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -24377,14 +24555,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -24395,38 +24573,26 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Clock" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -24436,24 +24602,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -24561,37 +24709,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -26176,7 +26298,7 @@ "These settings can be adjusted:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -26187,7 +26309,7 @@ "and Firm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -26202,7 +26324,7 @@ "Forward." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -26211,15 +26333,12 @@ "Soft and Firm." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " -"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -26283,6 +26402,25 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Click Keyboard Layout." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Click Options." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -26324,6 +26462,24 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26355,6 +26511,30 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Centre to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Install additional software" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -26370,12 +26550,60 @@ #~ "category and find an application from the list." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Centre will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Remove software that you no longer use." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -26391,6 +26619,26 @@ #~ "top." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Add additional software repositories" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Install other repositories" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26439,6 +26687,9 @@ #~ "Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a " #~ "moment for Ubuntu Software Centre to download the repository information." +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Add & remove software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" @@ -26474,6 +26725,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB memory key (low capacity)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -26499,6 +26753,22 @@ #~ "this computer from another device. See " #~ "for more information." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Downloading a printing a reference file from a colour company" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -26551,137 +26821,777 @@ #~ msgstr "Untick Coming events from Evolution Calendar." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." -#~ msgstr "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Test the performance of your hard disk" -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." -#~ msgstr "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." - -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk travelled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Centre where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyser " +#~ " or System Monitor." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Check with Disk Usage Analyser" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyser:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Center." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Centre." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyser." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Check with System Monitor" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " -#~ "Center window." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " -#~ "Centre window." - -#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" -#~ msgstr "Open-source alternatives to Flash" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " -#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " -#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " -#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " -#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " -#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " -#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "If the disk is too full you should:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use any more." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Wipe everything off a removable disk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Format a removable disk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labelled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Open the file manager" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Save a search" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Start a search as above." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Disable touchpad while typing" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some specialised applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "To click, tap on the touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Delete a bookmark:" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Centre where a number of applications are available." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Enable or block firewall access" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "How to install Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Center." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Centre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " +#~ "Center window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " +#~ "Centre window." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." + +#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" +#~ msgstr "Open-source alternatives to Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " +#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " +#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " +#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " +#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " +#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " +#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " #~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " #~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" #~ msgstr "" @@ -26695,6 +27605,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Install the Java browser plug-in" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -26742,6 +27672,15 @@ #~ "website for more information and installation instructions." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -26760,6 +27699,262 @@ #~ "the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu " #~ "Software Centre." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the mobile network." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Click the Use as Hotspot button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "Click the network menu on the menu bar and untick Enable Wireless." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and untick " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a tick in front of it." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Edit a wireless connection" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Available to all users / Connect automatically" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Connect automatically" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Available to all users" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If this is ticked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Wireless" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Device MAC address" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Wireless Security" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "In the System section, click Software Sources." @@ -26804,12 +27999,217 @@ #~ "portion of the troubleshooting guide." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Set up a local printer" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Your system can recognise many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "From the keyboard" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -27041,3 +28441,12 @@ #~ "video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications " #~ "are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Centre to see what's " #~ "available." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/en_CA/en_CA.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/en_CA/en_CA.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/en_CA/en_CA.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/en_CA/en_CA.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Switch Bounce Keys on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -420,14 +505,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -462,18 +547,9 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -482,12 +558,12 @@ "Clicking tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Switch Hover Click on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -497,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -508,14 +584,14 @@ "be clicked." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -523,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -549,12 +625,12 @@ "size of the font." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -678,7 +754,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -708,12 +784,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -722,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -731,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -742,7 +818,7 @@ "visual feedback from the pointer." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -750,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -801,17 +877,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -820,14 +896,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -865,17 +941,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -884,14 +960,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -902,13 +978,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -947,13 +1023,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -982,7 +1058,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -996,10 +1072,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1053,12 +1129,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1069,7 +1146,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1078,15 +1155,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1240,7 +1318,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1254,46 +1332,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1301,7 +1378,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1627,6 +1704,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1709,107 +1855,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1818,12 +1973,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1831,31 +1986,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1863,49 +2019,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1916,13 +2109,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1934,27 +2127,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1970,12 +2163,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1985,7 +2178,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1995,7 +2188,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2003,22 +2196,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2498,7 +2691,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3036,7 +3229,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3284,23 +3477,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Downloading a printing a reference file from a colour company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " -"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " -"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " -"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -4836,59 +5024,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5077,90 +5248,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5169,109 +5359,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5310,65 +5458,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5377,106 +5514,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5488,7 +5632,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5499,28 +5643,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5528,19 +5664,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5551,13 +5687,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5587,18 +5723,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5606,7 +5742,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5615,7 +5751,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5642,15 +5778,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5666,7 +5808,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5674,7 +5816,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5682,7 +5824,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5690,7 +5832,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5719,7 +5861,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5728,19 +5870,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5750,7 +5892,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5779,13 +5921,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5800,7 +5943,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5835,7 +5978,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5867,17 +6010,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5900,12 +6043,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6160,7 +6302,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6388,12 +6529,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6401,7 +6542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6409,7 +6550,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6419,7 +6560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6429,7 +6570,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6437,17 +6578,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6456,12 +6597,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6470,24 +6611,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6496,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6504,24 +6645,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6529,12 +6670,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6543,7 +6684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6560,10 +6701,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6583,14 +6724,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6600,24 +6756,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7155,10 +7319,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7630,129 +7793,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8522,7 +8661,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8538,22 +8677,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8564,7 +8703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8573,46 +8712,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8624,15 +8763,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8657,12 +8806,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8671,26 +8820,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8700,19 +8849,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8720,7 +8869,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8728,50 +8877,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9140,14 +9289,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9170,12 +9319,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9183,24 +9332,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9208,7 +9357,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9217,14 +9366,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9233,7 +9382,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9340,10 +9489,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9378,17 +9528,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9415,26 +9566,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9443,7 +9587,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9451,12 +9595,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9467,7 +9611,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9666,7 +9810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9676,8 +9820,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9701,7 +9845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9722,11 +9866,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9734,175 +9878,384 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 +msgid "" +"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +"the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " +"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" +"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 -msgid "" -"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " -"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " -"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 -msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 -msgid "" -"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " -"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" -"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 -msgid "" -"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " -"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " -"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 -msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 -msgid "" -"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " -"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " -"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " -"had double-clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 -msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 -msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9910,7 +10263,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10104,14 +10457,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10120,8 +10473,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10139,74 +10491,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10217,31 +10565,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10643,7 +10991,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10653,70 +11001,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11202,7 +11551,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11362,7 +11711,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11492,80 +11841,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11829,12 +12178,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11847,7 +12195,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12103,22 +12451,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12149,7 +12497,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12239,7 +12587,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12247,30 +12595,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12279,29 +12627,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12315,7 +12664,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12329,14 +12678,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12346,19 +12695,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12366,7 +12715,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12594,83 +12943,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12903,6 +13302,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13099,7 +13499,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13142,20 +13542,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13163,13 +13563,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13177,19 +13577,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13625,10 +14025,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13652,50 +14052,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13704,25 +14105,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13754,8 +14154,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13922,25 +14322,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13948,40 +14348,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13990,25 +14390,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14017,12 +14417,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14033,41 +14433,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14076,34 +14476,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14114,44 +14514,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14159,17 +14560,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14179,32 +14580,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14215,30 +14616,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14301,21 +14712,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14326,12 +14735,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14340,14 +14756,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14513,7 +14929,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14521,12 +14937,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14534,7 +14950,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15550,12 +15966,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15676,7 +16092,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15720,7 +16136,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15806,39 +16222,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15871,31 +16265,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16177,7 +16564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16310,7 +16697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16318,21 +16705,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16340,7 +16727,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16348,8 +16735,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16402,7 +16789,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16419,7 +16808,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16523,7 +16913,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16940,7 +17329,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16975,92 +17364,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17208,31 +17641,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17241,7 +17674,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17335,14 +17854,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17350,15 +17869,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17367,12 +17887,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17380,19 +17900,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17417,27 +17937,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17448,12 +17969,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17461,7 +17982,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17493,17 +18014,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17708,28 +18229,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17774,20 +18295,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17797,27 +18318,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17827,26 +18353,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18378,36 +18907,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18415,17 +18944,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18434,14 +18963,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18487,55 +19016,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18543,8 +19069,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18552,7 +19083,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18719,19 +19250,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18740,26 +19271,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19403,7 +19934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19411,17 +19942,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19429,7 +19960,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19552,12 +20091,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20231,37 +20770,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20288,19 +20819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20390,38 +20921,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20550,32 +21081,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20583,8 +21114,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20593,7 +21138,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20601,14 +21146,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20620,7 +21165,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20628,28 +21173,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21205,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21213,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20686,21 +21231,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20711,7 +21256,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20719,14 +21264,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20734,58 +21279,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20880,37 +21399,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22208,7 +22701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22216,7 +22709,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22226,18 +22719,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22281,3 +22774,19 @@ "more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Downloading a printing a reference file from a colour company" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/en_GB/en_GB.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/en_GB/en_GB.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/en_GB/en_GB.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/en_GB/en_GB.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" +"Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington 😁 \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" -" Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" +" Anthony Harrington 😁 https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Chris Woollard https://launchpad.net/~cwoollard\n" " Gunnar Hjalmarsson https://launchpad.net/~gunnarhj\n" " Jeremy Bicha https://launchpad.net/~jbicha\n" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -241,13 +241,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -318,61 +318,146 @@ "key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on " "bounce keys." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " -"System Settings." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Switch Bounce Keys on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -441,15 +526,15 @@ "interface will change." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Switch High Contrast to ON." @@ -491,19 +576,9 @@ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be " "clicked for you." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -512,12 +587,12 @@ "Clicking tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Switch Hover Click on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -532,7 +607,7 @@ "drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -543,7 +618,7 @@ "be clicked." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -552,7 +627,7 @@ "mouse pointer still before clicking." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -563,7 +638,7 @@ "If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -591,12 +666,12 @@ "size of the font." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Switch Large Text to ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -732,7 +807,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -765,12 +840,12 @@ "your pointing device only has a single button." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -783,7 +858,7 @@ "Click." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -796,7 +871,7 @@ "release the mouse button to right-click." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -807,7 +882,7 @@ "visual feedback from the pointer." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -818,7 +893,7 @@ "keypad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -885,17 +960,17 @@ "the keyboard first time." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Switch Slow Keys on." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -908,7 +983,7 @@ "Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -917,7 +992,7 @@ "hold a key down for it to register." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -968,17 +1043,17 @@ "several keys at once." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Switch Sticky Keys on." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -991,7 +1066,7 @@ "times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1000,7 +1075,7 @@ "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1017,14 +1092,14 @@ "together), but not others." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1077,14 +1152,14 @@ "alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1115,7 +1190,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1129,10 +1204,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1186,12 +1261,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1202,7 +1278,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1211,15 +1287,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1396,11 +1473,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your e-mail, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." @@ -1413,73 +1490,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." -msgstr "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username and password to sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current user's password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -1855,6 +1930,84 @@ "added will be ready for you." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "Create a startup disk" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "Click Make Startup Disk." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1957,47 +2110,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "Install additional applications" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." msgstr "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" +msgstr "To install an application:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2006,7 +2178,7 @@ "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2015,72 +2187,61 @@ "select a category and find an application from the list." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2092,12 +2253,12 @@ "your computer." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Install a PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2108,8 +2269,8 @@ "similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2118,17 +2279,19 @@ "Updates" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Switch to the Other Software tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2136,7 +2299,7 @@ "window." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2146,25 +2309,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "Remove applications that you no longer use." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Remove an application" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " -"use." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2173,7 +2360,7 @@ "at the top." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2182,21 +2369,30 @@ "looking through the list of installed applications." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Select the application and click Remove." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2211,16 +2407,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2235,13 +2429,13 @@ "party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available " "repositories." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2250,7 +2444,7 @@ "the Other Software tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2259,7 +2453,7 @@ "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2270,7 +2464,7 @@ "new updates." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2281,12 +2475,12 @@ "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2301,7 +2495,7 @@ "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2316,7 +2510,7 @@ "don't see it, click Add and enter:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2327,26 +2521,23 @@ "repository information." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Add/remove software" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2943,8 +3134,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3609,7 +3800,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3909,23 +4100,23 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Downloading a printing of a reference file from a colour company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"If you only have one or two different paper types, then using a colour " -"company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option. By " -"downloading the reference chart from the company's website, you can then " -"send them back the print in a padded envelope. From there, they will scan " -"the paper, generate the profile and e-mail you back an accurate ICC profile." +"Using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +"reference chart from the company's website, you can then send them back the " +"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +"profile and e-mail you back an accurate ICC profile." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5789,20 +5980,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Change the date format" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5811,44 +6001,23 @@ "for your location." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "In the Personal section, click Language Support." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6077,68 +6246,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." -msgstr "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6148,43 +6337,22 @@ "longer to complete." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk travelled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6192,136 +6360,68 @@ msgstr "Check how much disk space is left" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyser or System Monitor." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Check with Disk Usage Analyser" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyser:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyser application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyser." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "What if the disk is too full?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "What if the disk is too full?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "If the disk is too full you should:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6365,24 +6465,8 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Open the Disks application from the Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6391,54 +6475,46 @@ "want to check." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "What if the disk isn't healthy?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6449,132 +6525,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " -"drive by formatting it." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Wipe everything off a removable disk" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 -msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." -msgstr "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " -"manage them." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Manage volumes and partitions" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6593,7 +6650,7 @@ "(and possibly write) files on it." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6610,59 +6667,40 @@ "“back rooms” of partitions and drives." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " -"inspect." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"In the right pane, the area labelled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6679,19 +6717,14 @@ "or convenience." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" -"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " -"start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6726,18 +6759,18 @@ msgstr "Set the brightness" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Select Brightness & Lock." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6748,7 +6781,7 @@ "the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6761,7 +6794,7 @@ "battery will last before it needs to be recharged." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6795,15 +6828,22 @@ "the settings:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Open Screen Display." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6824,7 +6864,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6834,7 +6874,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6844,7 +6884,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6854,7 +6894,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6887,7 +6927,7 @@ "to adjust the settings:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6900,7 +6940,7 @@ "preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6909,12 +6949,12 @@ "Placement to All Displays." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Sticky Edges" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6929,7 +6969,7 @@ "other." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6967,19 +7007,15 @@ "have the screen lock automatically." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" -"Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6993,7 +7029,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7034,7 +7070,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7071,17 +7107,17 @@ "put collections inside collections." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "To delete a collection:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7106,12 +7142,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7405,7 +7440,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Search for files" @@ -7671,13 +7705,13 @@ "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Select DetailsRemovable Media." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7688,7 +7722,7 @@ "types of devices and media." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7699,7 +7733,7 @@ "to do, or nothing will happen automatically." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7714,7 +7748,7 @@ "inserted (for example, a slideshow)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7729,7 +7763,7 @@ "Action drop-down." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7740,17 +7774,17 @@ "at the bottom of the Removable Media window." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Types of devices and media" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Audio discs" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7764,12 +7798,12 @@ "application." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Video discs" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7782,12 +7816,12 @@ "not work correctly when you insert them, see ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Blank discs" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7796,12 +7830,12 @@ "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Cameras and photos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7814,7 +7848,7 @@ "your photos using the file manager." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7825,12 +7859,12 @@ "data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Music players" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7839,12 +7873,12 @@ "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "E-book readers" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7855,12 +7889,12 @@ "manager." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7873,7 +7907,7 @@ "always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Never run software from media you don't trust." @@ -7890,15 +7924,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organise the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7922,17 +7952,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " -"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." msgstr "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 +msgid "" "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7947,36 +7989,33 @@ "or access its properties." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8660,17 +8699,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" -"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " -"that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9265,162 +9297,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Other search applications" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Search" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Open the file manager" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Save a search" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Start a search as above." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"When you are happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10378,7 +10354,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." @@ -10395,22 +10371,22 @@ "Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Add input sources and switch between them." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Use alternative input sources" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10427,7 +10403,7 @@ "languages." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10440,16 +10416,32 @@ "in the section Complex input methods." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Add input sources" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10458,35 +10450,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10501,7 +10474,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10510,8 +10483,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences " "dialogue if any." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Input source indicator" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10546,12 +10529,12 @@ "source you want to use." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Keyboard shortcuts" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10564,7 +10547,7 @@ "you can change it:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10573,7 +10556,7 @@ "source using." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10582,12 +10565,12 @@ "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10602,7 +10585,7 @@ "will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10611,12 +10594,12 @@ "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Complex input methods" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10627,7 +10610,7 @@ "Japanese, Korean and Vietnamese." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10638,7 +10621,7 @@ "suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10647,7 +10630,7 @@ "follow these steps:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10656,23 +10639,23 @@ "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Close Language Support and open it again." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Log out and log back in again." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10681,7 +10664,7 @@ "Add." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10690,7 +10673,7 @@ "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can screen keyboard to enter text." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." @@ -11122,7 +11105,7 @@ "how long it takes before key presses start repeating." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11131,7 +11114,7 @@ "repeated keys entirely." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11157,12 +11140,12 @@ msgstr "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11173,7 +11156,7 @@ "accelerator…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11182,17 +11165,17 @@ "clear." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Custom shortcuts" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11203,7 +11186,7 @@ "Custom Shortcut window will appear." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11216,7 +11199,7 @@ "use the rhythmbox command." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11225,7 +11208,7 @@ "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11238,7 +11221,7 @@ "the application itself." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11370,15 +11353,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Screen " -"Display. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one " -"that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11421,19 +11401,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Screen Display." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Untick Mirror Displays." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11467,16 +11446,7 @@ "rotation." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11485,12 +11455,12 @@ "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Select your desired resolution and rotation." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11503,7 +11473,7 @@ "with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11514,12 +11484,12 @@ "display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolution" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11536,7 +11506,7 @@ "will be letterboxed to avoid distortion." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotation" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11734,17 +11704,17 @@ "mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Open Mouse & Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11753,7 +11723,7 @@ "value you find comfortable." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11764,7 +11734,7 @@ "the inside circle." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11779,8 +11749,8 @@ "if it still has the same problem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11808,7 +11778,7 @@ "touchpad, to make it more comfortable for left-handed use." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11833,61 +11803,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " -"instructions." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " -"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " -"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11914,21 +11869,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11946,13 +11893,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Some specialised applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11975,8 +11919,13 @@ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " "feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -11985,7 +11934,7 @@ "Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11994,21 +11943,19 @@ "Universal Access settings." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12017,7 +11964,7 @@ "press Enter to switch it on." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12026,63 +11973,249 @@ "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " "when Num Lock is turned on, though." msgstr "" @@ -12091,7 +12224,7 @@ "when Num Lock is turned on, though." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -12339,7 +12472,7 @@ "touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12348,7 +12481,7 @@ "comfortable for you." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12361,8 +12494,7 @@ "Mouse and Touchpad sections." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12381,88 +12513,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "To double-click, tap twice." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but do not lift your finger after the second " -"tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they are a single finger." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Two finger scroll" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12479,17 +12594,17 @@ "they just look like one big finger to your touchpad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Content sticks to fingers" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12498,7 +12613,7 @@ "touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12507,7 +12622,7 @@ "fingers." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13035,8 +13150,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13045,79 +13160,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Add a bookmark:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Delete a bookmark:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Rename a bookmark:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13731,7 +13838,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Location" @@ -13933,7 +14040,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "None" @@ -14088,17 +14195,17 @@ "might be in groups according to department or project." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permissions" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14107,7 +14214,7 @@ "regular file and d means directory (folder)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14116,7 +14223,7 @@ "who owns the file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14125,7 +14232,7 @@ "group that owns the file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14134,42 +14241,42 @@ "for all other users on the system." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Each character has the following meanings:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Read permission." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Write permission." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Execute permission." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : No permission." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME Type" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Displays the MIME type of the item." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "The path to the location of the file." @@ -14511,15 +14618,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" -"Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14532,7 +14635,7 @@ msgstr "The Ubuntu Documentation Team" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Web Browsers" @@ -14854,8 +14957,8 @@ "open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14864,7 +14967,7 @@ "list on the left side of the window." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14873,7 +14976,7 @@ "the Web option." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14915,7 +15018,7 @@ "You can fix this by changing which one is the default e-mail application:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15029,7 +15132,7 @@ msgstr "Find your internal (network) IP address" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15040,19 +15143,19 @@ "find the IP address for." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Find your external (Internet) IP address" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15061,12 +15164,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "The site will display your external IP address for you." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15077,42 +15180,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " -"documentation." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15123,10 +15217,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15139,21 +15231,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" -"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15168,7 +15253,7 @@ "sudo ufw deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15177,12 +15262,12 @@ "terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Use ufw without a terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15193,7 +15278,7 @@ "link." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15465,34 +15550,28 @@ msgstr "Networking terms & tips" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Install the Flash plug-in" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15502,14 +15581,62 @@ "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" @@ -15517,7 +15644,7 @@ "partner\">Canonical Partner repository is activated." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." @@ -15526,43 +15653,38 @@ "package." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plug-in " -"to be installed in order to run." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15855,6 +15977,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Click Add." @@ -16109,12 +16232,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " -"network…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16162,7 +16282,7 @@ msgstr "Change proxy method" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16171,14 +16291,14 @@ "the left side of the window." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16188,13 +16308,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16205,12 +16325,12 @@ "FTP and SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatic" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16219,7 +16339,7 @@ "your system." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16793,15 +16913,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16826,61 +16942,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" -"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"Internet connection you have made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " -"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the Hotspot you've just created." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." -msgstr "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16893,35 +16999,26 @@ "power, for example). To do this:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16956,11 +17053,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17188,29 +17283,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17221,17 +17312,17 @@ "are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17240,63 +17331,50 @@ "wireless network whenever it is in range." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " -"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " -"to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " -"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " -"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " -"password themselves." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"If this is ticked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " -"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17309,12 +17387,12 @@ "settings of your wireless router or base station)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17331,55 +17409,41 @@ "xref=\"net-wireless-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network though." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" -"If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" -"This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " -"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " -"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17392,41 +17456,35 @@ "network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Cloned MAC address" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17443,54 +17501,45 @@ "connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Security" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " -"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " -"you're visiting and so on." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " -"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " -"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " -"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " -"encryption." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 Settings" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17501,17 +17550,17 @@ "different ways of getting/setting that information." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "The following methods are available:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatic (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17526,37 +17575,32 @@ "be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " -"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Link-Local Only" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17573,38 +17617,41 @@ "so they communicate with each other." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Disabled" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections, even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 Settings" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17685,23 +17732,19 @@ "hidden\">connect in a different way if it is a hidden network." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Connect to a hidden wireless network" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17716,6 +17759,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17723,7 +17773,7 @@ "wireless security, and click Connect." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17736,7 +17786,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17745,7 +17795,7 @@ "for terms like WEP and WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17950,7 +18000,7 @@ msgstr "Performing a check of your modem and router" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17961,12 +18011,12 @@ "through each step in the guide." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Using the command line" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17977,7 +18027,7 @@ "the Dash." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19325,12 +19375,12 @@ "confined place like a backpack." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "In the Hardware section, click Power." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19490,11 +19540,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19543,11 +19591,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" -"hibernate command when you want to hibernate." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19666,57 +19712,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have " -"time to shut down properly either." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose to shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"did not save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -19757,26 +19764,17 @@ "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Switch the wireless off and then on again" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19785,7 +19783,7 @@ "then switch it off again" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20153,7 +20151,7 @@ msgstr "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20317,7 +20315,7 @@ "installed together with English, but you can add further languages." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20328,7 +20326,7 @@ "installed languages checked." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20337,14 +20335,14 @@ "installed languages you want to remove." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Click Apply Changes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20355,7 +20353,7 @@ "administrator account." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20366,8 +20364,8 @@ "dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20432,7 +20430,9 @@ msgstr "Setup" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Set up a printer" @@ -20449,8 +20449,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20567,7 +20568,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21079,7 +21079,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Open Printers." @@ -21123,82 +21123,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Set up a local printer" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Your system can recognise many types of printers automatically, once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Make sure the printer is turned on." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21207,31 +21188,76 @@ "When finished, click Apply." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Make sure the printer is turned on." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." msgstr "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21415,17 +21441,17 @@ "important that you specify three things:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "What you expected to happen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "What actually happened" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21434,7 +21460,7 @@ "step 1 is \"start the program\"" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21443,7 +21469,7 @@ "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21456,7 +21482,7 @@ "reporting tool." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Save." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21569,7 +21681,7 @@ "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21578,7 +21690,7 @@ "tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21589,18 +21701,16 @@ "the Language tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21613,12 +21723,12 @@ "calendars." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Change the system formats" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21629,19 +21739,19 @@ "formats used in places like the login screen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Change your formats, as described above." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Click Apply System-Wide." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21671,12 +21781,12 @@ "packs installed on your computer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Click Language Support." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21685,18 +21795,16 @@ "language to the top of the list." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21713,12 +21821,12 @@ "update the folder names." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Change the system language" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21729,7 +21837,7 @@ "in places like the login screen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Change your language, as described above." @@ -21768,17 +21876,17 @@ msgstr "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Click Brightness & Lock." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22028,7 +22136,7 @@ "intro\">Launcher for quick access:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22037,7 +22145,7 @@ "intro\">Dash onto the Launcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22046,7 +22154,7 @@ "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22055,7 +22163,7 @@ "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22110,23 +22218,20 @@ "when you log back in." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Lock the screen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22141,32 +22246,32 @@ "amount of time." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspend" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22181,30 +22286,29 @@ "suspend." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Power off or restart" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22824,12 +22928,12 @@ msgstr "A window cannot be resized if it is maximised." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22838,12 +22942,12 @@ "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22852,12 +22956,12 @@ "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "To resize only in the vertical direction:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22868,17 +22972,17 @@ "resize the window vertically." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Arranging windows in your workspace" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "To place two windows side by side:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22891,7 +22995,7 @@ "the window will fill the left half of the screen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22900,7 +23004,7 @@ "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -22956,11 +23060,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -22969,56 +23073,41 @@ "window switcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23030,8 +23119,13 @@ "workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press " "Tab or ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23042,7 +23136,7 @@ "zoomed out." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Click the window you want to switch to." @@ -23246,7 +23340,7 @@ msgstr "Enable workspaces" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23255,12 +23349,12 @@ "Behaviour tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23273,12 +23367,12 @@ "the number of workspaces:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Change the number of workspaces" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23287,7 +23381,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23296,7 +23390,7 @@ "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24131,7 +24225,7 @@ msgstr "Enter special characters" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24142,17 +24236,17 @@ "different ways you can enter special characters." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Methods to enter characters" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Character map" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24163,7 +24257,7 @@ "want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Compose key" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24192,7 +24286,7 @@ "e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24201,44 +24295,47 @@ "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Define a compose key" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24247,7 +24344,7 @@ "accent over that letter, such as é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24256,7 +24353,7 @@ "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24265,7 +24362,7 @@ "over that letter, such as ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24274,7 +24371,7 @@ "over that letter, such as ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Code points" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24307,7 +24404,7 @@ "after U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24324,12 +24421,12 @@ "them quickly." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Input sources" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25149,32 +25246,22 @@ "corner of the screen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "In the Personal section, click Appearance." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Switch to the Behaviour tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25183,7 +25270,7 @@ "reveal location for the Launcher." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25217,12 +25304,12 @@ "easier to click." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Click Appearance." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25231,7 +25318,7 @@ "size of the Launcher icons." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "The default Launcher icon size is 48." @@ -25336,12 +25423,12 @@ "specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25350,7 +25437,7 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25359,12 +25446,12 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "quitting the application if it's running" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25373,7 +25460,7 @@ "instance or window" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" @@ -25541,7 +25628,7 @@ "only 'displayed on mouse hovering'." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25550,7 +25637,7 @@ "Behaviour tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25559,19 +25646,19 @@ "title bar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Status menus" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -25583,8 +25670,26 @@ "menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of " "your computer and applications." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "List of status menus and what they do" @@ -25593,7 +25698,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -25603,7 +25708,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -25612,7 +25717,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Offline network icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25627,7 +25732,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -25637,7 +25742,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -25646,7 +25751,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Input source icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25655,7 +25760,7 @@ "layouts\">configure input sources." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -25664,7 +25769,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Bluetooth icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25677,7 +25782,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -25687,7 +25792,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -25696,7 +25801,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Message icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25709,7 +25814,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -25717,7 +25822,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -25726,7 +25831,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Battery icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25739,7 +25844,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25749,7 +25854,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -25758,7 +25863,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Volume icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25769,12 +25874,12 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Clock" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -25782,22 +25887,8 @@ "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -25806,7 +25897,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Power cog icon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25816,24 +25907,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25953,43 +26026,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Turn on online search results" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Switch on Include online search results." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -27606,7 +27648,7 @@ "These settings can be adjusted:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27617,7 +27659,7 @@ "and Firm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27632,7 +27674,7 @@ "Forward." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -27641,15 +27683,12 @@ "Soft and Firm." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " -"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -27713,6 +27752,25 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Click Keyboard Layout." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Click Options." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -27786,6 +27844,79 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your e-mail, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username and password to sign in." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current user's password." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27824,6 +27955,30 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Centre to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Install additional software" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27839,12 +27994,57 @@ #~ "category and find an application from the list." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, the " +#~ "installation will begin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "When the Software Centre launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -27852,6 +28052,9 @@ #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Centre will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Remove software that you no longer use." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -27874,6 +28077,26 @@ #~ "top." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Add additional software repositories" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Install other repositories" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27921,6 +28144,18 @@ #~ "Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a " #~ "moment for Ubuntu Software Centre to download the repository information." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Add & remove software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" @@ -27956,6 +28191,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB memory key (low capacity)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -27981,6 +28219,22 @@ #~ "this computer from another device. See " #~ "for more information." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Downloading a printing of a reference file from a colour company" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you only have one or two different paper types, then using a colour " +#~ "company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option. By " +#~ "downloading the reference chart from the company's website, you can then " +#~ "send them back the print in a padded envelope. From there, they will scan " +#~ "the paper, generate the profile and e-mail you back an accurate ICC profile." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28033,95 +28287,883 @@ #~ msgstr "Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Test the performance of your hard disk" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "To test the speed of your hard disk:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." -#~ msgstr "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk travelled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." -#~ msgstr "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyser or System Monitor." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Check with Disk Usage Analyser" #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyser:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyser application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyser." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Check with System Monitor" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "If the disk is too full you should:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Wipe everything off a removable disk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Format a removable disk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labelled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organise the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Open the file manager" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "You can narrow your results by location and file type." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Save a search" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Start a search as above." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Screen " +#~ "Display. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one " +#~ "that makes the screen look better." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Screen Display." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Disable touchpad while typing" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some specialised applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "To click, tap on the touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but do not lift your finger after the second " +#~ "tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they are a single finger." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Delete a bookmark:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " @@ -28159,6 +29201,45 @@ #~ "menu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Enable or block firewall access" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28189,6 +29270,13 @@ #~ "sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28197,6 +29285,9 @@ #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites will not work without Adobe Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "How to install Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28216,6 +29307,15 @@ #~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " #~ "Centre window." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Open-source alternatives to Flash" @@ -28245,6 +29345,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Install the Java browser plug-in" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plug-in " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28292,6 +29412,15 @@ #~ "website for more information and installation instructions." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28310,6 +29439,274 @@ #~ "the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu " #~ "Software Centre." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "Internet connection you have made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Click the Use as Hotspot button." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the Hotspot you've just created." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Edit a wireless connection" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Available to all users / Connect automatically" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Connect automatically" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Available to all users" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If this is ticked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Wireless" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Device MAC address" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Wireless Security" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections, even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "In the System section, click Software Sources." @@ -28354,6 +29751,13 @@ #~ "portion of the troubleshooting guide." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28361,6 +29765,195 @@ #~ "large as your available RAM." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose to shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "did not save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Set up a local printer" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Your system can recognise many types of printers automatically, once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28373,6 +29966,48 @@ #~ "terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if " #~ "it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "From the keyboard" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -28695,6 +30330,11 @@ #~ "If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this " #~ "feature." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Switch off Include online search results." @@ -28754,6 +30394,15 @@ #~ "available." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28761,6 +30410,27 @@ #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "When you are happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -28791,6 +30461,48 @@ #~ msgstr "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Turn on online search results" + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Switch on Include online search results." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " @@ -28804,3 +30516,57 @@ #~ "Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu " #~ "Software search results but won't be installable until this repository " #~ "is enabled." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +#~ "packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +#~ "to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +#~ "log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In " +#~ "such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +#~ "packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +#~ "to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +#~ "log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In " +#~ "such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but " +#~ "could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but " +#~ "could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." + +#~ msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +#~ msgstr "If you're installing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/eo/eo.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/eo/eo.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/eo/eo.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/eo/eo.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Esperanto \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -307,58 +307,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -410,14 +495,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -450,30 +535,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -483,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -491,14 +567,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -506,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -530,12 +606,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -656,7 +732,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -686,12 +762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -700,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -709,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -717,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -725,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -776,17 +852,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -795,14 +871,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -840,17 +916,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -859,14 +935,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -877,13 +953,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -922,13 +998,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -957,7 +1033,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -971,10 +1047,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1028,12 +1104,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1044,7 +1121,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1053,15 +1130,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1215,7 +1293,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1229,46 +1307,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1276,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1602,6 +1679,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1684,107 +1830,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1793,12 +1948,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1806,31 +1961,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1838,49 +1994,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1891,13 +2084,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1909,27 +2102,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1937,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1945,12 +2138,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1960,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1970,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1978,22 +2171,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2468,7 +2661,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3006,7 +3199,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3247,7 +3440,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3255,7 +3448,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4783,59 +4976,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5024,90 +5200,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5116,109 +5311,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5257,65 +5410,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5324,106 +5466,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5435,7 +5584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5446,28 +5595,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5475,19 +5616,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5498,13 +5639,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5534,18 +5675,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5553,7 +5694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5562,7 +5703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5589,15 +5730,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5613,7 +5760,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5621,7 +5768,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5629,7 +5776,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5637,7 +5784,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5666,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5675,19 +5822,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5697,7 +5844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5726,13 +5873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5747,7 +5895,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5782,7 +5930,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5814,17 +5962,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5847,12 +5995,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6107,7 +6254,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6335,12 +6481,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6348,7 +6494,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6356,7 +6502,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6366,7 +6512,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6376,7 +6522,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6384,17 +6530,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6403,12 +6549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6417,24 +6563,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6443,7 +6589,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6451,24 +6597,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6476,12 +6622,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6490,7 +6636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6507,10 +6653,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6530,14 +6676,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6547,24 +6708,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7102,10 +7271,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7577,129 +7745,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8469,7 +8613,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8485,22 +8629,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8511,7 +8655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8520,46 +8664,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8571,15 +8715,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8604,12 +8758,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8618,26 +8772,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8647,19 +8801,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8667,7 +8821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8675,50 +8829,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9087,14 +9241,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9117,12 +9271,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9130,24 +9284,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9155,7 +9309,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9164,14 +9318,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9180,7 +9334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9287,10 +9441,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9325,17 +9480,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9362,26 +9518,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9390,7 +9539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9398,12 +9547,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9414,7 +9563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9613,7 +9762,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9623,8 +9772,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9648,7 +9797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9669,11 +9818,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9681,31 +9830,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9727,13 +9878,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9748,8 +9898,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9771,85 +9921,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9857,7 +10215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10051,14 +10409,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10067,8 +10425,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10086,74 +10443,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10164,31 +10517,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10590,7 +10943,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10600,70 +10953,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11149,7 +11503,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11309,7 +11663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11439,80 +11793,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11776,12 +12130,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11794,7 +12147,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12050,22 +12403,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12096,7 +12449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12186,7 +12539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12194,30 +12547,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12226,29 +12579,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12262,7 +12616,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12276,14 +12630,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12293,19 +12647,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12313,7 +12667,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12541,83 +12895,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12850,6 +13254,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13046,7 +13451,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13089,20 +13494,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13110,13 +13515,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13124,19 +13529,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13572,10 +13977,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13599,50 +14004,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13651,25 +14057,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13701,8 +14106,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13869,25 +14274,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13895,40 +14300,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13937,25 +14342,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13964,12 +14369,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13980,41 +14385,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14023,34 +14428,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14061,44 +14466,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14106,17 +14512,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14126,32 +14532,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14162,30 +14568,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14248,21 +14664,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14273,12 +14687,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14287,14 +14708,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14460,7 +14881,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14468,12 +14889,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14481,7 +14902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15497,12 +15918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15623,7 +16044,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15667,7 +16088,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15753,39 +16174,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15818,31 +16217,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16124,7 +16516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16257,7 +16649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16265,21 +16657,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16287,7 +16679,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16295,8 +16687,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16349,7 +16741,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16366,7 +16760,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16470,7 +16865,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16887,7 +17281,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16922,92 +17316,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17155,31 +17593,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17188,7 +17626,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17282,14 +17806,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17297,15 +17821,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17314,12 +17839,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17327,19 +17852,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17364,27 +17889,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17395,12 +17921,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17408,7 +17934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17440,17 +17966,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17655,28 +18181,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17721,20 +18247,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17744,27 +18270,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17774,26 +18305,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18325,36 +18859,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18362,17 +18896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18381,14 +18915,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18434,55 +18968,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18490,8 +19021,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18499,7 +19035,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18666,19 +19202,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18687,26 +19223,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19350,7 +19886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19358,17 +19894,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19376,7 +19912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19499,12 +20043,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20178,37 +20722,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20235,19 +20771,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20337,38 +20873,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20497,32 +21033,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20530,8 +21066,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20540,7 +21090,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20548,14 +21098,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20567,7 +21117,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20575,28 +21125,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20607,7 +21157,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20615,14 +21165,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20633,21 +21183,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20658,7 +21208,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20666,14 +21216,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20681,58 +21231,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20827,37 +21351,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22155,7 +22653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22163,7 +22661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22173,18 +22671,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/es/es.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/es/es.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/es/es.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/es/es.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -6,15 +6,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adolfo Jayme \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: es\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ " Jeremy Bicha https://launchpad.net/~jbicha\n" " JohnConnorFX https://launchpad.net/~johnconnorfx-r\n" " Jorge Hotus Salinas https://launchpad.net/~jorge-fo\n" -" Jorge Luis Granda https://launchpad.net/~jorgelugra\n" +" Jorge Luis Granda https://launchpad.net/~costeelation\n" " Jose Luis Tirado https://launchpad.net/~txelu70\n" " Jose M https://launchpad.net/~punksolid\n" " Joserra Galindo https://launchpad.net/~joseramon-galindo\n" @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ " Naudy Villarroel Urquiola https://launchpad.net/~naudyvu\n" " NeoRiddle https://launchpad.net/~neoriddle\n" " Paco Molinero https://launchpad.net/~franciscomol\n" -" Pax https://launchpad.net/~aasanchez\n" " Pedro Carrasco https://launchpad.net/~blare82\n" " Ponce Aitor https://launchpad.net/~aitorponce\n" " Rodolfo Guagnini https://launchpad.net/~rodolfo-lagalaxia\n" " Samuel https://launchpad.net/~sargonit\n" +" Sergio A Guzmán https://launchpad.net/~padre629\n" " Victor Herrero https://launchpad.net/~victorhera\n" " Víctor Serradilla López https://launchpad.net/~drinkdrankpunk77\n" " Walter Beckerleg https://launchpad.net/~spayk-99\n" @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -286,13 +286,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -363,61 +363,146 @@ "pulse varias veces cuando solo quiere pulsar una vez, debería activar el " "rechazo de teclas." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de " -"menús y seleccione Configuración del sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Acceso universal y vaya a la pestaña Escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Active el Rechazo de teclas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -488,15 +573,15 @@ "partes de la interfaz de usuario." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Acceso Universal y seleccione la pestaña Vista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Cambie Contraste alto a ❙ (encendido)." @@ -538,20 +623,9 @@ "ratón sobre un control, soltar el ratón, y luego esperar un tiempo antes de " "que el botón se pulse para usted." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el último icono de la barra de menús y seleccione " -"Configuración del sistema." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -560,12 +634,12 @@ "pulsar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Active Pulsación al posarse." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -583,7 +657,7 @@ "sencilla." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -594,7 +668,7 @@ "se pulsará." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -604,7 +678,7 @@ "pulsación." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -615,7 +689,7 @@ "embargo, si lo mueve demasiado, la pulsación no sucederá." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -644,12 +718,12 @@ "tamaño del texto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Cambie Texto grande a ❙." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -787,7 +861,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -822,12 +896,12 @@ "una mano, o si su dispositivo de entrada solo tiene un botón." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Encender la Pulsación secundaria simulada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -840,7 +914,7 @@ "en Pulsación secundaria simulada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -854,7 +928,7 @@ "completamente azul, suelte el botón del ratón para hacer clic derecho." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -865,7 +939,7 @@ "normalidad, incluso aunque no reciba una respuesta visual del puntero." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -876,7 +950,7 @@ "5 en su teclado." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -946,17 +1020,17 @@ "dificultades para presionar las teclas correctas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Active las Teclas lentas." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Active y desactive rápidamente las teclas lentas." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -970,7 +1044,7 @@ "para activar o desactivar las teclas lentas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -979,7 +1053,7 @@ "tiempo debe mantener presionada la tecla para que se registre." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -1031,17 +1105,17 @@ "mantener pulsadas varias teclas a la vez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Active las Teclas persistentes." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Activar y desactivar rápidamente las teclas persistentes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1055,7 +1129,7 @@ "o desactivar las teclas persistentes." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1065,7 +1139,7 @@ "de teclas en modo normal." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1082,7 +1156,7 @@ "juntas), pero no otras." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1090,7 +1164,7 @@ "activar esto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1144,14 +1218,14 @@ "xref=\"sound-alert\"/> para conocer cómo silenciar la alerta sonora)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Acceso universal y vaya a la pestaña Audición." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1182,7 +1256,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1196,10 +1270,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1253,12 +1327,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1269,7 +1344,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1278,15 +1353,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1468,13 +1544,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Añadiendo una cuenta ayudará a enlazar sus cuentas en línea con el " -"escritorio de Ubuntu. Por lo tanto, su correo electrónico, chat y otras " -"aplicaciones relacionadas se prepararán para usted." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1485,74 +1558,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Seleccione un Tipo de cuenta en el panel de la derecha." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." -msgstr "Si desea configurar más cuentas, puede repetir el proceso de nuevo." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Se abrirá una pequeña interfaz web de usuario en la que puede introducir las " -"credenciales de su cuenta en línea. Por ejemplo, si está configurando una " -"cuenta de Google, escriba su nombre de usuario de Google, contraseña e " -"inicie sesión." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Si ha introducido sus credenciales correctamente, se le pedirá que acepte " -"los términos de uso. Seleccione Aceptar para continuar. Una vez " -"aceptados, Ubuntu necesita permiso para acceder a su cuenta. Para permitir " -"el acceso, pulse el botón Conceder acceso. Cuando se le pregunte, " -"escriba la contraseña del usuario actual." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Ahora puede seleccionar las aplicaciones que quiere enlazar con su cuenta en " -"línea. Por ejemplo, si quiere usar una cuenta en línea para chatear, pero no " -"desea el calendario, desactive la opción calendario." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Después de agregar las cuentas, cada aplicación seleccionada utilizará estas " -"credenciales cuando inicie sesión." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Por razones de seguridad, Ubuntu no almacenará la contraseña en su equipo. " -"En su lugar, almacena un testigo proporcionado por el servicio en línea. Si " -"lo desea puede revocar totalmente la relación entre el escritorio y el " -"servicio en línea, usando eliminar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1934,6 +1988,75 @@ "cuentas y servicios que ha añadido estarán disponibles para usted." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "Crear un disco de arranque" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1956,6 +2079,11 @@ "Software features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't " "recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu." msgstr "" +"El Gestor de paquetes Synaptic es más potente que Software " +"de Ubuntu y puede realizar algunas tareas que este último no puede. El " +"interfaz de Synaptic es más complicado y no soporta ciertas funciones nuevas " +"de Software de Ubuntu como las valoraciones y revisiones y, por " +"lo tanto, no se recomienda a los nuevos usuarios de Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38 @@ -1963,6 +2091,9 @@ "Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it from the Ubuntu package archive." msgstr "" +"Synaptic no se instala de forma predeterminada, pero puede instalarlo desde el archivo de paquetes de " +"Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:44 @@ -2031,130 +2162,122 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Use Ubuntu Software para añadir programas y hacer Ubuntu mas " -"utilizable" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalar software adicional" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"El equipo de desarrollo de Ubuntu ha seleccionado un conjunto predeterminado " -"de aplicaciones que considera que hacen a Ubuntu muy útil para la mayoría de " -"las tareas cotidianas. Sin embargo, seguramente querrá instalar más " -"programas para hacer que Ubuntu le resulte más útil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Para instalar software adicional, complete los pasos siguientes:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Conéctese a Internet usando una conexión inalámbrica o cableada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono de Software de Ubuntu en el " +"Lanzador o busque Software en la barra de búsqueda " +"del Tablero." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" +"Cuando se abra Software de Ubuntu busque una aplicación o " +"seleccione una categoría y elija una aplicación de la lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la aplicación que le interese y pulse Instalar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Se le pedirá que introduzca su contraseña. Cuando lo haya hecho, comenzará " -"la instalación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"La instalación normalmente termina rápido, pero puede llevar tiempo si tiene " -"una conexión a Internet lenta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Se añadirá un acceso directo a su nueva aplicación en el Lanzador. Para " -"desactivar esta función, desmarque Ver Nuevas " -"aplicaciones en el Lanzador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Añada PPA para ayudar a probar software especializado o aún no publicado" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Añadir un repositorio de paquetes personal (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Los repositorios de paquetes personales (Personal Package " -"Archives, o PPA) son repositorios de software diseñados para " -"usuarios de Ubuntu y que son más fáciles de instalar que otros repositorios " -"de terceros." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" "Solo añada repositorios de software que provengan de lugares de su confianza." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2166,12 +2289,12 @@ "para su equipo." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instalar un PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2182,26 +2305,28 @@ "similar a: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" +"Cuando se abra Software de Ubuntu haga clic en Orígenes y " +"actualizaciones" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Vaya a la pestaña Otro software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Pulse Añadir e introduzca la ubicación del ppa:." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2209,39 +2334,69 @@ "autenticación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." msgstr "" +"Cierre la ventana Software y actualizaciones. Software de " +"Ubuntu comprobará entonces sus orígenes de software para encontrar " +"nuevas aplicaciones." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Desinstalar programas que ya no vaya a usar." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Desinstalar una aplicación" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Software ayuda a eliminar software que ya no se usa." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" +"Cuando se abra Software de Ubuntu, haga clic en el botón " +"Instaladas en la parte superior." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2250,21 +2405,30 @@ "revisando la lista de aplicaciones instaladas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Seleccione la aplicación y pulse Desinstalar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Quizá se le pida introducir su contraseña. Después de hacerlo, se " -"desinstalará la aplicación." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2279,16 +2443,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Añadir otros repositorios para ampliar los orígenes de software que usa " -"Ubuntu para instalar y actualizar." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Añadir repositorios adicionales" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2303,13 +2465,13 @@ "programas desde un repositorio de terceros, deberá añadirlo en la lista de " "repositorios disponibles de Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalar otros repositorios" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2318,7 +2480,7 @@ "la pestaña Otro software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2328,7 +2490,7 @@ "similar a este:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2336,20 +2498,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los repositorios proporcionan una clave de firma para poder " +"comprobar los paquetes descargados. Así que además de los pasos anteriores " +"debería seguir las posibles instrucciones sobre cómo descargar e instalar la " +"clave de firma (clave GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activar el repositorio de socios de Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2357,9 +2523,15 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"El repositorio de socios de Canonical ofrece algunas aplicaciones " +"propietarias que no cuestan dinero pero son de código fuente cerrado. Se " +"incluyen aplicaciones como Skype y Adobe Flash Plugin. " +"Las aplicaciones de este repositorio aparecerán en los resultados de " +"búsqueda de Ubuntu Software, pero su instalación no se realizará " +"hasta que este repositorio se habilite." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2369,7 +2541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2377,26 +2549,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Añadir/eliminar software" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Instalar, eliminar, repositorios " -"adicionales…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Añadir y eliminar software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -3017,8 +3186,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Memoria USB (baja capacidad)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3697,7 +3866,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3998,25 +4167,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Descargar un archivo de referencia de impresión de una compañía de color" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"El uso de un conjunto de colores para generar un perfil de impresión es " -"normalmente la opción más barata si solo dispone de uno o dos tipos " -"distintos de papel. Mediante la descarga de la tabla de referencia de los " -"sitios web de las compañías puede enviarlos de nuevo a la impresora en un " -"sobre acolchado donde aún puede escanear el papel, generar el perfil y " -"enviarlo por correo con un perfil ICC correcto." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5931,21 +6093,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Si después cambia de opinión, puede volver a activar el reloj pulsando en el " -"icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y seleccionando " -"Configuración del sistema. En la sección Sistema, pulse en " -"Fecha y hora." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Cambiar el formato de fecha" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5954,44 +6114,23 @@ "preferido de su ubicación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " -"seleccione Configuración del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "En la sección Personal pulse Soporte de idiomas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Cambie a la pestaña Formatos regionales." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Seleccione su ubicación preferida en la lista desplegable." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6229,72 +6368,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Haga un análisis de rendimiento de su disco duro para comprobar su velocidad." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Comprobar el rendimiento de su disco duro" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Para comprobar la velocidad de su disco duro:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Abra la aplicación Discos desde el tablero." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Abra la aplicación Discos del resumen de actividades." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Seleccione el disco duro de la lista de Unidades de disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Pulse sobre el botón del engranaje y seleccione Probar el rendimiento " -"del dispositivo." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Pulse en Iniciar prueba de rendimiento y ajuste los parámetros " -"Tasa de transferencia y Tiempo de Acceso como desee." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Pulseen Iniciar prueba de rendimiento para probar que tan rápido " -"pueden leerse los datos desde el disco. Puede necesitar Privilegios administrativos. Introduzca su " -"contraseña, o la contraseña para la cuenta de administrador solicitada." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6304,45 +6459,22 @@ "y escribir en el disco. Esto tomará más tiempo para completar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Cuando termine la prueba, los resultados aparecerán en el gráfico. Los " -"puntos verdes y las líneas de conexión indican las muestras tomadas, que se " -"corresponden con el eje derecho, y muestran el tiempo de acceso trazado " -"sobre el eje inferior, representando el tiempo transcurrido durante la " -"comparativa. La línea azul representa las tasas de lectura, mientras que la " -"línea roja representa tasas de escritura; ambas se muestran como tasas de " -"acceso a datos en el eje izquierdo, trazados sobre el porcentaje de disco " -"recorrido, desde el exterior hasta el eje, a lo largo del eje inferior." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Debajo del gráfico, aparecerán los valores correspondientes a las " -"velocidades de lectura y escritura mínimas, máximas y medias, el tiempo " -"medio de acceso y el tiempo transcurrido desde la última prueba de " -"referencia." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Use el Analizador de uso de disco o el Monitor del " -"sistema para comprobar el espacio y la capacidad." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6350,139 +6482,68 @@ msgstr "Comprobar cuánto espacio de disco hay disponible" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Puede revisar cuánto espacio queda con el Analizador de uso de " -"disco o el Monitor del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Comrpuebe con el Analizador de uso de disco" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Para comprobar el espacio de disco libre y la capacidad use el " -"Analizador de uso de disco:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Abra la aplicación Analizador de uso de disco desde el " -"Tablero. La ventana mostrará la Capacidad total del sistema " -"de archivos y Uso total del sistema de archivos." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Abra la aplicación Discos desde el tablero." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Abra la aplicación Discos desde el resumen de " -"Actividades. La ventana mostrará la Capacidad total del " -"sistema de archivos y el Uso total del sistema de archivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Pulse en uno de los botones de la barra de herramientas para elegir entre " -"Explorar carpeta personal, Explorar sistema de " -"archivos, Explorar una carpeta o Explorar una carpeta " -"remota." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"La información se muestra de acuerdo con Carpeta, " -"Uso, Tamaño y Contenidos. Véase para más " -"detalles en Analizador de uso de " -"disco." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Comprobar con el monitor de sistema" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "¿Qué pasa si el disco está demasiado lleno?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Para comprobar el espacio libre y la capacidad de disco con el Monitor " -"de sistema:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Abra la aplicación Monitor de sistema desde el Tablero." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Abra la aplicación Monitor del sistema desde el resumen de " -"Actividades." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Seleccione la pestaña Sistemas de archivo para ver las " -"particiones del sistema y el uso del espacio en disco. La información " -"aparece clasificada como Total, Libre, " -"Disponible y Utilizada." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "¿Qué pasa si el disco está demasiado lleno?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Si el disco está muy lleno, puede:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Eliminar archivos que no son importantes o que no va a usar más." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Haga copias de seguridad de los archivos " -"importantes que no vaya a necesitar por un tiempo y bórrelos del disco duro." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6532,24 +6593,8 @@ "Compruebe el estado de salud de su disco usando la aplicación Utilidad de " "Discos" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Abra la aplicación Discos desde el tablero." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Abra la aplicación Discos desde el resumen de " -"Actividades." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6558,54 +6603,46 @@ "que quiere comprobar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "¿Qué pasa si el disco no está sano?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Incluso aunque el Estado de SMARTindique que el disco no se " -"encuentra en buen estado, puede que no haya razón para alarmarse. De " -"todas formas prepare una copia de respaldo " -"para prevenir la pérdida de datos." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Si el estado dice «Pre-fail», el disco está razonablemente sano pero se han " -"detectado signos de desgaste, lo que significa que podría fallar en un " -"futuro cercano. Si su disco duro (o equipo) tiene unos cuantos años de " -"antigüedad, es probable que vea este mensaje en algunas de las " -"comprobaciones de salud. Debería hacer una copia " -"de seguridad de sus archivos importantes con regularidad y comprobar " -"periódicamente el estado del disco para ver si empeora." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6616,135 +6653,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Eliminar todos los archivos y carpetas de una unidad de disco duro externo o " -"memoria flash USB formateándola." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Limpiar todo en un disco extraíble" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Si tiene un disco extraible, como una memoria USB o un disco duro externo, " -"puede que desee borrar por completo todos sus archivos y carpetas. Puede " -"hacer esto realizando el formateo del disco - esto borra todos los " -"archivos en el disco y lo deja vacío." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatear un disco extraíble" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Seleccione el disco que desea limpiar de la lista de Dispositivos de " -"almacenamiento." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que ha seleccionado el disco correcto. Si elige el disco " -"equivocado, se eliminarán todos los archivos en el otro disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"En la sección Volúmenes, pulse Desmontar volumen. Luego pulse " -"Formatear volumen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"En la ventana que aparecerá, elija un tipo de sistema de archivos " -"para el disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Si usa el disco en equipos con Windows y Mac OS además de equipos con Linux, " -"elija FAT. Si solo lo usa con Windows, NTFS puede ser " -"una mejor opción. Se presentará una etiqueta con una breve descripción del " -"tipo de sistema de archivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Dele un nombre al disco y pulse Formatear para empezar a limpiar " -"el disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Cuando haya acabado el formateo, extraiga con seguridad el disco. " -"Ahora debería estar vacío y listo para usarse de nuevo." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "El formateo de un disco no eliminar de forma segura sus archivos" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatear un disco no es una forma completamente segura de borrar todos sus " -"datos. Un disco con formato no parece tener archivos, pero es posible que el " -"software especial de recuperación pueda recuperar los archivos. Si necesita " -"eliminar de forma segura los archivos, tendrá que usar una utilidad de línea " -"de órdenes tal como shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Comprenda lo que son volúmenes y particiones y utilice la utilidad de disco " -"para gestionarlas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Gestionar volúmenes y particiones" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6763,7 +6778,7 @@ "está montado, podrá leer (y posiblemente escribir) archivos en él." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6781,61 +6796,40 @@ "particiones y soportes." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Ver y gestionar volúmenes y particiones usando la utilidad de disco" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Puede comprobar y modificar sus volúmenes de almacenamiento del equipo con " -"la utilidad de disco." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Abra el Tablero e inicie la aplicación Utilidad de " -"disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"En el panel denominado Dispositivos de almacenamiento, encontrará " -"discos duros, unidades de CD/DVD y otros dispositivos físicos. Pulse en el " -"dispositivo que quiera inspeccionar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"En el panel de la derecha, el área etiquetada Volúmenes ofrece un " -"desglose visual de los volúmenes y particiones presentes en el dispositivo " -"seleccionado. También contiene varias herramientas para manejar estos " -"volúmenes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Tenga cuidado: es posible borrar completamente los datos de su disco usando " -"estas utilidades." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6852,20 +6846,14 @@ "distribuir entre diferentes particiones por seguridad o conveniencia." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Una partición primaria debe contener información que su equipo utiliza para " -"iniciarse, o arrancar. Por esta razón a veces se le conoce con el " -"nombre de partición de arranque o volumen de arranque. Para determinar si un " -"volumen es arrancable, mire en sus Indicadores de partición en la " -"utilidad de disco. Soportes externos tales como unidades USB y CDs también " -"pueden contener un volumen arrancable." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6900,19 +6888,19 @@ msgstr "Establecer el brillo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Seleccione Brillo y bloqueo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Mueva el deslizador de Brillo para obtener un valor confortable." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6924,7 +6912,7 @@ "Fn para usar estas teclas especiales." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6937,7 +6925,7 @@ "que durará la batería hasta que tenga que volver a cargarla." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6972,15 +6960,23 @@ "configuración:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Pulse en el último icono de la barra de menús y seleccione " +"Configuración del sistema." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Abra Monitores." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -7002,7 +6998,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -7012,7 +7008,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -7022,7 +7018,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -7032,7 +7028,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7066,7 +7062,7 @@ "ajustes:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7080,7 +7076,7 @@ "el monitor que quiere definir como «primario»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7089,12 +7085,12 @@ "Ubicación del lanzador a Todos los monitores." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Bordes persistentes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7109,7 +7105,7 @@ "monitor a otro." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7148,20 +7144,15 @@ "automáticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que Bloqueo está activado, y luego seleccione un " -"tiempo de espera de la lista desplegable más abajo. La pantalla se bloqueará " -"automáticamente si el equipo se mantiene inactivo en el lapso seleccionado. " -"También puede seleccionar que la pantalla se apague para bloquear " -"la pantalla después de que se apague, controlado con la lista Apagar la " -"pantalla cuando esté inactiva durante más arriba." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7175,7 +7166,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7217,7 +7208,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7254,17 +7245,17 @@ "meter colecciones dentro de colecciones." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Para eliminar una colección:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "En modo de selección, compruebe la colección a ser eliminada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7289,12 +7280,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7596,7 +7586,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Buscar archivos" @@ -7870,14 +7859,14 @@ "dispositivo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Seleccione DetallesSoportes " "extraíbles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7888,7 +7877,7 @@ "los distintos tipos de dispositivos y medios." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7899,7 +7888,7 @@ "preguntará qué hacer, o no ocurrirá nada automáticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7914,7 +7903,7 @@ "se introduzca el disco (como una presentación de diapositivas, por ejemplo)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7929,7 +7918,7 @@ "aplicación o acción desde la lista desplegable Acción." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7941,17 +7930,17 @@ "ventana Soportes extraíbles." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Tipos de dispositivos y medios" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Discos de audio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7965,12 +7954,12 @@ "reproducir con cualquier reproductor de audio." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Discos de vídeo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7984,12 +7973,12 @@ "xref=\"video-dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Discos vacíos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7999,12 +7988,12 @@ "blanco." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Cámaras y fotos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -8017,7 +8006,7 @@ "También puede simplemente navegar por las fotos usando el gestor de archivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -8029,12 +8018,12 @@ "(imágenes)." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Reproductores de música" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -8044,12 +8033,12 @@ "el gestor de archivos." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Lectores de libros electrónicos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -8060,12 +8049,12 @@ "archivos usted mismo, usando el gestor de archivos." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8079,7 +8068,7 @@ "el software." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Nunca ejecute software desde un medio en el que no confía." @@ -8096,16 +8085,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Use el gestor de archivos Archivos para navegar y organizar los " -"archivos del equipo. También puede usarlo para gestionar los archivos en " -"dispositivos de almacenamiento (como discos duros externos), en servidores de archivos y en comparticiones " -"por red." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8129,18 +8113,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"En el gestor de archivos, haga doble clic sobre cualquier carpeta para ver " -"su contenido, y doble clic sobre cualquier archivo para abrirlo con la " -"aplicación predeterminada para ese archivo. También puede hacer clic derecho " -"sobre una carpeta para abrirla en una nueva pestaña o en una nueva ventana." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8156,37 +8151,33 @@ "moverlo, o acceder a sus propiedades." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere saltar rápidamente a un archivo en la carpeta que está " -"visualizando, comience a escribir su nombre. Aparecerá una caja de búsqueda " -"en la parte superior de la ventana y se resaltará el primer archivo que " -"cumpla con su búsqueda. Pulse la tecla de flecha abajo, o desplácese con el " -"ratón, para saltar al siguiente archivo que cumpla la búsqueda." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" -"Puede acceder rápidamente a los lugares comunes desde la barra " -"lateral. Si no ve la barra lateral, pulse el botón abajo en la barra de " -"botones y elija Mostrar barra lateral. Puede añadir marcadores a " -"las carpetas que use frecuentemente y aparecerán en la barra lateral. Use el " -"menú Marcadores para hacerlo, o simplemente arrastre la carpeta " -"sobre la barra lateral." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8650,6 +8641,8 @@ "For help with using Brasero, read the user guide." msgstr "" +"Para obtener ayuda sobre cómo usar Brasero, lea la guía de usuario." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-disc-write.page:82 @@ -8880,18 +8873,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Podría haber renombrado el archivo de una manera que se convirtiera en un " -"archivo oculto. Los archivos que comienza con un . o terminan " -"en ~ se ocultan en el administrador de archivos. Pulse el botón " -"abajo en la barra " -"de herramientas del administrador de archivos y seleccione Mostrar " -"archivos ocultos para mostrarlos. Vea " -"para conocer más." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9509,168 +9494,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Busque los archivos basándose en el nombre del archivo y el tipo. Guarde sus " -"búsquedas para su uso posterior." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Puede buscar archivos según su nombre o su tipo de archivo directamente " -"desde el gestor de archivos. También puede guardar búsquedas frecuentes, que " -"aparecerán como carpetas especiales dentro de su carpeta personal." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Otras aplicaciones de búsqueda" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Buscar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Abra el gestor de archivos." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Si sabe que los archivos que quiere buscar están en una carpeta determinada, " -"vaya a esa carpeta." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Pulse la lupa en la barra de herramientas o pulse " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Escriba una palabra o palabras que sepa que aparecen en el nombre del " -"archivo. Por ejemplo, si incluye en el nombre de todas sus facturas la " -"palabra «factura», escriba factura. Pulse Intro. " -"Las palabras se buscan sin tener en cuenta la capitalización." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Puede acotar los resultados por ubicación y tipo de archivo." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Pulse Personal para restringir los resultados de la búsqueda a su " -"carpeta Personal, o Todos los archivos para buscar " -"en cualquier lugar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Pulse + y elija un Tipo de archivo en la lista " -"desplegable para reducir los resultados de la búsqueda en función del tipo " -"de archivo. Pulse el botón x para eliminar esta opción y ampliar " -"los resultados de la búsqueda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Puede abrir, copiar, borrar o trabajar con sus archivos desde los resultados " -"de búsqueda, igual como si estuviera en cualquier carpeta en el gestor de " -"archivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en la lupa de la barra de herramientas para salir de la búsqueda y " -"volver a la carpeta." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Si lleva a cabo ciertas búsquedas muy a menudo, puede guardarlas para " -"acceder a ellas rápidamente." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Guardar una búsqueda" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Iniciar una búsqueda como la de arriba." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Cuando esté satisfecho con los parámetros de búsqueda, pulse " -"Archivo en la barra de menú y seleccione Guardar búsqueda " -"como ...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Asigne un nombre a la búsqueda y pulse Guardar. Si quiere, " -"seleccione una carpeta distinta en la que guardarla. Cuando visualice esa " -"carpeta, verá sus búsquedas guardadas como un icono de carpeta color naranja " -"con una lupa." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Para eliminar el archivo de búsqueda cuando termine de usarlo, hágalo de la misma manera que lo haría con " -"cualquier otro archivo. Cuando elimina una búsqueda guardada, no se eliminan " -"los archivos que coincidieron con la búsqueda." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10658,7 +10581,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "En la sección Hardware, pulse Teclado." @@ -10677,22 +10600,22 @@ "del cursor." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Añadir fuentes de entrada y cambiar entre ellas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Utilizar fuentes de entrada alternativas" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10709,7 +10632,7 @@ "Esto es útil si tiene que usar varios idiomas a menudo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10723,16 +10646,32 @@ "xref=\"#complex\">Métodos de entrada de texto complejo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Añadir fuentes de entrada" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "En la sección personal, haga clic en Entrada de texto." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Pulse el botón +, seleccione una fuente de entrada y pulse " +"Añadir." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10741,36 +10680,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Puede obtener una vista previa de una imagen de cualquier distribución " -"seleccionándola en la lista y pulsando vista " -"previa." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "En la sección personal, haga clic en Entrada de texto." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Pulse el botón +, seleccione una fuente de entrada y pulse " -"Añadir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10785,7 +10704,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10794,8 +10713,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click " "preferences para acceder a las opciones de ese método." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Indicador de fuente de entrada" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10831,12 +10760,12 @@ "usar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Combinaciones de teclas" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10849,7 +10778,7 @@ "key\">SúperEspacio, pero puede cambiarlo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10858,7 +10787,7 @@ "la siguiente fuente usando." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10867,14 +10796,14 @@ "pulse las teclas que desee que se usen como nuevo atajo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Establecer la fuente de entrada para todas las ventanas o de forma " "individual para cada una" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10889,7 +10818,7 @@ "recordará para cada ventana según cambia entre ellas." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10899,12 +10828,12 @@ "estuviera usando." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Métodos de entrada de texto complejo" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10912,7 +10841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10920,7 +10849,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10929,29 +10858,29 @@ "(hangul), siga este procedimiento:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cierre Soporte de idiomas y vuelva a abrirlo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Salga de su cuenta e inicie una sesión de nuevo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10960,7 +10889,7 @@ "en Añadir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10970,7 +10899,7 @@ "en IBus.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can teclado en pantalla para introducir texto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Cambie a Asistente de tecleado para mostrar el teclado en " @@ -11421,7 +11350,7 @@ "repetirse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11430,7 +11359,7 @@ "mantiene pulsada para desactivar completamente las teclas repetidas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11458,12 +11387,12 @@ msgstr "Para cambiar la tecla o teclas a presionar en un atajo de teclado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Abra Teclado y seleccione la pestaña Atajos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11474,7 +11403,7 @@ "atajo..." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11483,17 +11412,17 @@ "espaciadora para limpiar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Atajos personalizados" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Para crear su propio atajo de teclado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11504,7 +11433,7 @@ "categoría). La ventana de Acceso directo personalizado aparecerá." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11518,7 +11447,7 @@ "rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11528,7 +11457,7 @@ "combinación de teclas deseadas para el atajo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11541,7 +11470,7 @@ "aplicación en sí." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11679,15 +11608,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Para resolver esto, pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la " -"barra de menús y seleccione Configuración del sistema. En la " -"sección Hardware, elija Monitores. Pruebe diferentes opciones de " -"resolución y seleccione la que se vea mejor en su pantalla." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11732,19 +11658,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " -"seleccione Configuración del sistema. Abra Monitores." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Desmarque Pantallas en espejo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11778,16 +11703,7 @@ "giratoria) cambiando la rotación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " -"seleccione Configuración del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11797,12 +11713,12 @@ "en el área de vista previa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Seleccione la resolución y rotación que quiere." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11816,7 +11732,7 @@ "Mantener esta configuración." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11828,12 +11744,12 @@ "Detectar pantalla." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolución" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11851,7 +11767,7 @@ "«letterbox» (con bandas negras), para evitar la distorsión." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotación" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -12052,17 +11968,17 @@ "espera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Abra Ratón y touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -12071,7 +11987,7 @@ "valor en el que se sienta a gusto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -12082,7 +11998,7 @@ "el círculo interior pulsando dos veces." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -12097,8 +12013,8 @@ "otro equipo distinto y compruebe si el problema persiste." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12128,7 +12044,7 @@ "su ratón o touchpad para hacerlo más cómodo a los zurdos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12153,65 +12069,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Muchos ratones y algunos touchpad incluyen un botón central. En un ratón con " -"rueda, generalmente puede presionar la rueda para hacer pulsación central. " -"Si no tiene un botón central, puede presionar al mismo tiempo los botones " -"izquierdo y derecho para hacer una pulsación central. Si descubre que no " -"puede hacer pulsaciones centrales de esta manera, puede probar a seguir " -" estas " -"instrucciones." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"En los touchpad multitáctiles puede tocar con tres dedos a la vez para " -"realizar una pulsación central. Para que esto funcione, debe activar las pulsaciones del ratón con el " -"touchpad en la configuración del touchpad." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Muchas aplicaciones usan la pulsación central para atajos de pulsación " -"avanzados." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Un atajo común es pegar el texto seleccionado. (A veces se denomina pegado " -"de selección principal) Seleccione el texto que desea pegar, a continuación, " -"vaya a donde quiera pegar y haga una pulsación central. El texto " -"seleccionado se pegará en la posición del ratón." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Pegar texto con el botón central del ratón es algo totalmente independiente " -"de pegarlo desde el portapapeles normal. Al seleccionar texto no se pega al " -"portapapeles. Este método rápido de pegado solo funciona con el botón " -"central del ratón." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12241,22 +12138,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Muchos navegadores web le permiten abrir enlaces en pestañas rápidamente con " -"el botón central del ratón. Pulse cualquier enlace con el botón central y se " -"abrirá en una nueva pestaña. Pero tenga cuidado al pulsar un enlace en el " -"navegador web Firefox. En Firefox, si pulsa el botón " -"central en cualquier otro sitio que no sea un enlace, el navegador intentará " -"cargar su texto seleccionado como un URL, como si usted hubiese usado el " -"botón central para pegarlo en la barra de direcciones y hubiese pulsado " -"Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12275,14 +12163,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Algunas aplicaciones especializadas le permiten usar el botón central del " -"ratón para otras funciones. Busque en la ayuda de su aplicación algún " -"apartado referente a pulsación central o botón central del " -"ratón." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12305,8 +12189,13 @@ "controlar el puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico de su teclado. " "Esta característica se llama teclas de ratón." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12315,7 +12204,7 @@ "el Tablero." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12324,22 +12213,20 @@ "la configuración del Acceso universal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Pulse Tab una vez para seleccionar la pestaña Vista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Pulse ← una vez para cambiar a la pestaña Apuntar y " -"pulsar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12348,7 +12235,7 @@ "Teclas de ratón y pulse Intro para activarlas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12357,81 +12244,264 @@ "mover el puntero del ratón usando el teclado numérico." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Estas instrucciones proporcionan la forma más corta de activar las teclas " -"del ratón usando solo el teclado. Seleccione Configuraciones de acceso " -"universal para ver más opciones de accesibilidad." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"El teclado numérico es un conjunto de botones numéricos de su teclado, " -"normalmente dispuestos en una matriz cuadrada. Si su teclado no tiene " -"teclado numérico (por ejemplo, el teclado de un portátil), puede que tenga " -"que mantener pulsada la tecla Función (Fn) y usar otras teclas de " -"su teclado como un teclado numérico. Si usa esta función a menudo en un " -"portátil, puede comprar teclados numéricos USB externos." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"Cada número en el teclado numérico corresponde a una dirección. Por ejemplo, " -"si presiona 8 el puntero se moverá hacia arriba, y si presiona " -"2 se moverá hacia abajo. Presione la tecla 5 para " -"hacer una pulsación, o presiónelo dos veces rápidamente para hacer una " -"pulsación doble." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de teclados incluyen una tecla especial que permite hacer clic " -"derecho; a menudo cerca de la barra espaciadora. Tenga en cuenta, sin " -"embargo, que esta tecla responde a la ubicación del foco del teclado, no al " -"puntero del ratón. Ver para información " -"sobre el uso de clic derecho presionando 5 o el botón izquierdo " -"del ratón." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Si quiere utilizar el teclado numérico para teclear números mientras están " -"activadas las teclas del ratón, active Bloq Núm. Sin embargo, no " -"podrá controlar el ratón con el teclado numérico mientras Bloq " -"Núm esté activado." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 -msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"Las teclas numéricas normales, situadas en una fila en la parte superior del " + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Si quiere utilizar el teclado numérico para teclear números mientras están " +"activadas las teclas del ratón, active Bloq Núm. Sin embargo, no " +"podrá controlar el ratón con el teclado numérico mientras Bloq " +"Núm esté activado." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Las teclas numéricas normales, situadas en una fila en la parte superior del " "teclado, no controlan el puntero del ratón. Solo pueden hacerlo las teclas " "del teclado numérico." @@ -12677,7 +12747,7 @@ "dispositivos mencionados." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12686,7 +12756,7 @@ "movimiento del puntero esté a su gusto." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12699,8 +12769,7 @@ "Ratón y Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12721,84 +12790,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Puede pulsar, pulsar dos veces, arrastrar y desplazarse utilizando solamente " -"su touchpad, sin botones de hardware separados." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "En la sección Touchpad, marque Activar pulsaciones del ratón " "con el touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Para pulsar, toque en el touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Para hacer una pulsación doble, toque dos veces." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Para arrastrar un elemento, toque dos veces rápidamente pero no levante su " -"dedo después del segundo toque. Arrastre el elemento a la posición deseada, " -"y luego levante su dedo para soltarlo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Si su touchpad es multitoque, haga una pulsación derecha tocando con dos " -"dedos a la vez. Si no, todavía necesitará de botones de hardware para hacer " -"pulsaciones derechas. Consulte para un " -"método para hacer pulsaciones derechas sin un botón secundario del ratón." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Si su touchpad es multitoque, haga una pulsación central tocando con tres dedos a la vez." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Al tocar o arrastrar con varios dedos, asegúrese de que sus dedos están " -"separados lo suficiente. Si sus dedos están muy juntos, su equipo podría " -"creer que son un solo dedo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Desplazamiento con dos dedos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Puede desplazarse mediante el touchpad usando dos dedos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12806,7 +12857,7 @@ "dedos." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12824,18 +12875,18 @@ "sistema puede interpretarlos como un solo dedo en su panel táctil (touchpad)." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "El desplazamiento con dos dedos puede no funcionar en todos los touchpads." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Adherencia del contenido a los dedos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12844,7 +12895,7 @@ "utilizando el touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12853,7 +12904,7 @@ "a los dedos." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12894,6 +12945,9 @@ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " "touchpad with your palm while typing." msgstr "" +"Los touchpad de los portátiles muchas veces tardan algo de tiempo en " +"reaccionar luego de haber estado escribiendo en el teclado. Esto es para " +"prevenir los toques accidentales al touchpad con la palma de la mano." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14 @@ -13394,8 +13448,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Añadir, eliminar y renombrar marcadores en el gestor de archivos." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13404,81 +13458,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Sus marcadores se listan en la barra lateral del gestor de archivos." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Añadir un marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Abra la carpeta (o la ubicación) que quiera añadir a los marcadores." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en Marcadores en la barra de menú y seleccione " -"Añadir este lugar a marcadores." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Eliminar un marcador:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Haga clic en Marcadores en la barra de menú y seleccione " -"Marcadores...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"En la ventana Marcadores, seleccione el marcador que desea " -"eliminar y pulse el botón -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Renombrar un marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic sobre Archivos en la barra superior y elija " -"Marcadores del menú de la aplicación." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"En la ventana Marcadores, seleccione el marcador que desea " -"renombrar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"En la casilla Nombre teclee el nombre nuevo para el marcador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -14102,7 +14146,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ubicación" @@ -14308,7 +14352,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" @@ -14438,7 +14482,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:51 msgid "Shows when the file was last modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muestra cuándo se modificó por última vez el archivo." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:54 @@ -14468,18 +14512,18 @@ "función de su departamento o proyecto." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Muestra los permisos de acceso del archivo. Ej. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14488,7 +14532,7 @@ "significa archivo normal y d significa directorio (carpeta)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14497,7 +14541,7 @@ "el usuario propietario del archivo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14506,7 +14550,7 @@ "miembros del grupo al que pertenece el archivo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14515,42 +14559,42 @@ "permisos para todos los demás usuarios del sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Cada carácter tiene el siguiente significado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : permiso de lectura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : permiso de escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : permiso de ejecución." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : sin permiso." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Tipo MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Muestra el tipo MIME del elemento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "La ruta a la ubicación del archivo." @@ -14900,17 +14944,20 @@ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in Ubuntu " "Software where a number of applications are available." msgstr "" +"Si quiere estar especialmente seguro o quiere buscar virus en archivos que " +"está pasado a otra gente que usa Windows y Mac OS, puede instalar una " +"programa antivirus. Busque en Software de Ubuntu en la que " +"existen varias aplicaciones disponibles." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14923,7 +14970,7 @@ msgstr "Equipo de documentación de Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Navegadores web" @@ -15244,8 +15291,8 @@ "cambie el navegador predeterminado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15254,7 +15301,7 @@ "la lista en el lado izquierdo de la ventana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15263,7 +15310,7 @@ "Web." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15306,7 +15353,7 @@ "aplicación de correo electrónico predeterminada:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15424,7 +15471,7 @@ msgstr "Encontrar su dirección IP interna (red)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15435,18 +15482,18 @@ "tipo de conexión de red desea encontrar la dirección IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Su dirección IP interna se mostrará en la lista de información." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Encontrar su dirección IP externa (Internet)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15455,12 +15502,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "El sitio mostrará su dirección IP externa para usted." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15471,43 +15518,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Puede controlar qué programas pueden acceder a la red. Esto ayuda a mantener " -"su equipo seguro." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Activar o bloquear acceso al cortafuegos" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu incorpora el Cortafuegos sin complicaciones («Uncomplicated " -"Firewall») (ufw) pero no viene activado de forma " -"predeterminada. Como Ubuntu no trae ningún servicio de red abierto (excepto " -"para la infraestructura básica de red) en la instalación predeterminada, no " -"se necesita ningún cortafuegos para bloquear intentos de conexiones " -"maliciosas entrantes." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Para tener más información sobre el uso de ufw, consulte la documentación en " -"línea." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15518,10 +15555,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Para activar el cortafuegos, teclee sudo ufw enable en un " -"terminal. Para desactivar ufw, teclee sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15534,14 +15569,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15549,9 +15584,14 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Cada programa que provee servicios utiliza un puerto de red " +"específico. Para habilitar los servicios de un programa en particular, debe " +"permitir el acceso a su puerto asignado en el cortafuegos. Para permitir " +"conexiones en el puerto 53, teclee sudo ufw allow 53 en una " +"terminal. Para bloquear el puerto 53, teclee sudo ufw deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15560,12 +15600,12 @@ "un terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Usar ufw sin un terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15576,7 +15616,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">este enlace." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15852,30 +15892,28 @@ msgstr "Conceptos y consejos de redes" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Tal vez tenga que instalar Flash para poder ver sitios web como YouTube, que " -"muestran vídeos y páginas web interactivas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Instalar el complemento Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15886,63 +15924,110 @@ "descarga gratuita (pero no de código abierto) para la mayoría de los " "navegadores web." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Cómo instalar Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de activar el " +"repositorio de los socios de Canonical." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" +"Instale el paquete adobe-" +"flashplugin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Si tiene alguna ventana del navegador abierta, ciérrela y vuelva a abrirla. " -"El navegador debería detectar que Flash está instalado cuando se abra de " -"nuevo y ahora debería ser capaz de ver sitios web que usen Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Ayude a su navegador a trabajar con sitios web que necesiten Java." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Instale el complemento de Java para el navegador" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Algunos sitios web usan pequeños programas Java, que necesitan la " -"instalación de un complemento Java para funcionar." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Instale el paquete icedtea6-plugin " -"para ver programas Java en su navegador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16238,6 +16323,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Pulse Añadir." @@ -16498,12 +16584,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Solucionar problemas con las " -"conexiones inalámbricas, encontrar " -"su red wifi…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16552,7 +16635,7 @@ msgstr "Cambiar el método de proxy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16561,14 +16644,14 @@ "lado izquierdo de la ventana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Elija qué método de proxy quiere usar de entre los siguientes métodos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16578,13 +16661,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16595,12 +16678,12 @@ "FTP y SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automático" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16609,7 +16692,7 @@ "sistema." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17181,15 +17264,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Conectar a una red inalámbrica, " -"Ocultar redes, Editar la configuración de las conexiones, " -"Desconectar…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17214,63 +17293,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar su equipo como un punto de acceso inalámbrico. Permite a " -"otros dispositivos conectar a su equipo sin necesidad de una red externa y " -"también permite compartir la conexión a internet realizada con otra " -"interfaz, tal como una red por cable o sobre una red móvil." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Abra Red y seleccione Inalámbrica en la izquierda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Pulse el botón Usar como «hotspot»." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Si ya se conectó a una red inalámbrica, se le preguntará si quiere " -"desconectarse de dicha red. Un solo adaptador de red inalámbrica solamente " -"puede conectarse a o crear una red al mismo tiempo. Pulse Crear " -"«hotspot» para confirmar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Se generan automáticamente un nombre de red (SSID) y clave de seguridad. El " -"nombre de la red estará basado en el nombre de su equipo. Otros dispositivos " -"necesitarán esta información para conectarse al «hotspot» que acaba de crear." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús y desmarque Activar inalámbrico." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Apagar el modo inalámbrico (modo avión)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17283,35 +17351,26 @@ "ejemplo). Para hacer esto:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Para hacer esto, pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús y " -"desmarque Activar inalámbrico. Esto apagará su conexión de red " -"hasta que marque la opción de nuevo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Para volver a encender el inalámbrico, pulse en el menú de red en " -"la barra de menús y seleccione Activar inalámbrico para que la " -"opción quede señalada con una marca de verificación." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Es posible que su portátil siga emitiendo si no apaga el Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17346,11 +17405,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús, y pulse " -"en el nombre de la red a la que quiere conectarse." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17582,30 +17639,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Aprenda lo que significan las opciones en la pantalla de edición de conexión " -"inalámbrica." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Editar una conexión inalámbrica" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Este tema describe todas las opciones disponibles cuando edita una conexión " -"de red inalámbrica. Para editar una conexión, pulse en el menú de " -"red en la barra de menús, y seleccione Editar conexiones." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17617,17 +17669,17 @@ "son para darle un mayor control sobre redes más avanzadas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios / Conectar automáticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Conectar automáticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17636,64 +17688,50 @@ "inalámbrica cuando esté en el rango." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Si hay varias redes establecidas en el rango, para conectarse " -"automáticamente, el equipo se conectará a la primera que se muestra en la " -"pestaña Inalámbrica en la ventana Conexiones de red. " -"No se desconectará de una red disponible para conectarse a una diferente que " -"acabe de aparecer." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Marque esta opción si quiere que todos los usuarios en el equipo tengan " -"acceso a esta red inalámbrica. Si la red tiene una contraseña WEP/WPA y ha seleccionado esta opción, solo " -"tendrá que introducir la contraseña una vez. Todos los demás usuarios en el " -"equipo serán capaces de conectarse a la red sin tener que conocer la " -"contraseña." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Si se marca esta opción, tiene que ser administrador para cambiar la configuración de esta red. Se " -"le puede pedir que introduzca su contraseña de administrador." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Inalámbrica" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17707,12 +17745,12 @@ "inalámbrico o estación base)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17730,54 +17768,41 @@ "propia red ad-hoc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona Ad-hoc, verá otras dos opciones: Banda y " -"Canal, que determinan en qué banda de frecuencias inalámbrica " -"operará la red ad-hoc. Algunos equipos solo pueden funcionar en ciertas " -"bandas (por ejemplo, solo en la A o en la B/G), por lo " -"que deberá escoger la banda apropiada para que todos los equipos de la red " -"ad-hoc puedan usarla. En lugares concurridos, es posible que existan varias " -"redes inalámbricas compartiendo el mismo canal; esto podría ralentizar su " -"conexión, por lo que también puede cambiar el canal que vaya a usar." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Éste es el Identificador de Conjunto Básico de Servicio. El SSID " -"(véase más arriba) es el nombre de la red que los humanos leen; el BSSID es " -"un nombre que entiende el equipo (es una cadena de letras y números que se " -"supone única para la red inalámbrica). Si una red está oculta, no tendrá un SSID, pero sí un BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Dirección MAC del dispositivo:" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17791,41 +17816,35 @@ "fábrica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Esta opción se puede usar para cambiar la dirección MAC de su tarjeta de red." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Dirección MAC clonada" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Su hardware de red (tarjeta inalámbrica) puede intentar tener una dirección " -"MAC distinta. Esto es útil si tiene un dispositivo o servicio que solo se " -"comunica con una determinada dirección MAC (por ejemplo, un cablemódem de " -"banda ancha). Si pone esa dirección MAC en el apartado dirección MAC " -"clonada, el dispositivo o servicio pensará que su equipo tiene la " -"dirección MAC clonada en vez de la real." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17842,54 +17861,45 @@ "no debería cambiar esta configuración." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Seguridad inalámbrica" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Esto define qué tipo de cifrado usa su red inalámbrica. Las " -"conexiones cifradas ayudan a proteger su conexión inalámbrica de ser " -"interceptada, por lo que otras personas no podrán «escuchar» y ver qué " -"sitios web está visitando, etc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Algunos tipos de cifrado son más fuertes que otros, pero puede que algunos " -"dispositivos de red inalámbrica más antiguos no lo admitan. Normalmente " -"tendrá que teclear una contraseña para conectarse; otros tipos de seguridad " -"más sofisticados también necesitan un nombre de usuario y un «certificado» " -"digital. Consulte para más información " -"sobre los tipos de cifrado inalámbrico más usuales." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17900,17 +17910,17 @@ "diferentes maneras de obtener/establecer esa información." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Los siguientes métodos están disponibles:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automático (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17926,37 +17936,32 @@ "usan DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Solo direcciones automáticas (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Si elige esta opción, el equipo obtendrá su dirección IP de un servidor " -"DHCP, pero tendrá que definir manualmente otros detalles (como el servidor " -"DNS que usará)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Elija esta opción si quiere definir toda la configuración de red, incluyendo " -"la dirección IP que el equipo debe usar." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Sólo enlace local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17971,38 +17976,41 @@ "que IP utilizar y demás. Es útil para conectar juntos equipos temporalmente." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desactivado" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción desactivará la conexión a la red y le impedirá conectarse a " -"ella. Observe que IPv4 y IPv6 son tratadas como " -"conexiones separadas, incluso aunque vayan por la misma tarjeta de red. Si " -"ha activado una de ellas, puede que quiera desactivar la otra." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Es similar a la pestaña IPv4 excepto en que trabaja con el " -"estándar IPv6, que es más reciente. Las redes más modernas usan IPv6, pero " -"IPv4 sigue siendo más popular en este momento." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -18085,23 +18093,19 @@ "hidden\">conectarse de forma distinta si es una red oculta." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús y elija " -"Conectar a una red inalámbrica oculta." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Conectar a una red inalámbrica oculta" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18116,6 +18120,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18123,7 +18134,7 @@ "seguridad inalámbrica y pulse Conectar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18136,7 +18147,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18145,7 +18156,7 @@ "inalámbrica. Busque términos como WEP y WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18356,7 +18367,7 @@ msgstr "Comprobar su módem y su enrutador" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18367,12 +18378,12 @@ "siguientes, le llevarán a través de cada paso en la guía." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Usar la línea de órdenes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18383,7 +18394,7 @@ "en el Tablero." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19031,6 +19042,8 @@ "Open the Terminal and run the command nmcli dev to see if your " "wireless network adapter is listed. Its state should be connected." msgstr "" +"Abra el terminal y ejecute la orden nmcli dev para ver si aparece " +"su adaptador de red inalámbrico. Su estado debería ser conectado." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:50 @@ -19752,12 +19765,12 @@ "si están en un lugar confinado, como una mochila." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "En la sección Hardware, pulse Energía." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19923,11 +19936,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Escriba sudo pm-hibernate en la terminal y presione " -"Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19946,13 +19957,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:80 msgid "If hibernate doesn't work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la hibernación no funciona:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:83 msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." msgstr "" +"Compruebe si la partición de swap es al menos tan grande como la memoria RAM " +"instalada en el equipo." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -19962,6 +19975,10 @@ "removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " "btrfs-tools package:" msgstr "" +"Se ha demostrado que la presencia de particiones btrfs hace que la " +"hibernación falle, así que compruebe que no está usando particiones " +"btrfs. Además de eliminar o reformatear estas particiones puede que " +"necesite eliminar el paquete btrfs-tools:" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:97 @@ -19971,11 +19988,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Sí la prueba de hibernación funciona, puede continuar y utilizar la orden " -"sudo pm-hibernate cuando quiera hibernar." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -20097,57 +20112,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"¿Por qué se apagó/suspendió mi equipo cuando la batería llegó al 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el nivel de carga de la batería esté demasiado bajo, el equipo " -"automáticamente suspenderá. Esto asegura " -"que la batería no esté completamente descargada, ya que no es bueno para la " -"batería. Sí la batería deja de funcionar, el equipo no tendrá tiempo de " -"cerrar adecuadamente." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar la acción que sucede cuándo la batería está demasiado baja. " -"Primero, pulse en menú batería en la barra de menú y " -"seleccione Ajustes. En la opción «Batería muy baja», " -"puede elegir suspender hibernar o " -"apagar. Sí elige apagar, sus aplicaciones y documentos no serán " -"guardados cuándo el equipo se apague." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Algunos equipos tienen problemas al suspender y no son capaces de recuperar " -"las aplicaciones y documentos abiertos al conectar el equipo de nuevo. En " -"este caso, es posible que pierda parte de su trabajo si no se guardó " -"correctamente antes de suspender el equipo. Puede arreglar problemas con suspender." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20188,26 +20164,17 @@ "Si esto sucede, pruebe a apagar el inalámbrico y encenderlo de nuevo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " -"seleccione Configuración del sistema" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Abra Red y vaya a la pestaña Inalámbrica" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Apague y vuelva a encender el inalámbrico" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20216,7 +20183,7 @@ "apáguelo de nuevo" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20592,7 +20559,7 @@ msgstr "Puede evitar que la pantalla se oscurezca:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20757,7 +20724,7 @@ "junto con el inglés, pero puede añadir más idiomas posteriormente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20768,7 +20735,7 @@ "idiomas actualmente instalados marcados." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20777,14 +20744,14 @@ "están actualmente instalados y quiere eliminar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Pulse Aplicar cambios." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20795,7 +20762,7 @@ "administrador correspondiente." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20806,8 +20773,8 @@ "diccionarios para comprobar la ortografía, fuentes y métodos de entrada." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20872,7 +20839,9 @@ msgstr "Configuración" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Configurar una impresora" @@ -20889,9 +20858,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Impresoras no detectadas, atascos de papel, impresiones que se ven mal…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -21010,7 +20979,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21532,7 +21500,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Abra Impresoras." @@ -21578,86 +21546,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Configurar una impresora que está conectada a su equipo." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Configurar una impresora local" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Su sistema puede reconocer automáticamente varios tipos de impresoras cuando " -"se conectan. La mayoría de las impresoras se conectan al equipo con un cable " -"USB." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"No necesita seleccionar ahora si quiere instalar una impresora de red o " -"local. Se listan en la misma ventana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Asegúrese que la impresora está encendida." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Conecte la impresora a su sistema mediante el cable apropiado. Puede ver la " -"actividad en la pantalla, cuando el sistema busca los controladores, y puede " -"que se le pida que se autentique para instalarlos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Aparecerá un mensaje cuando el sistema haya concluido la instalación de la " -"impresora. Seleccione Imprimir página de prueba para realizar una " -"prueba de impresión, u Opciones para hacer cambios adicionales en " -"la configuración de la impresora." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Si su impresora no se configuró de manera automática, puede añadirla en la " -"configuración de impresora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Pulse Añadir y seleccione la impresora de la ventana de " -"dispositivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Pulse Continuar y espere mientras busca los controladores." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21666,7 +21611,7 @@ "quiere. Cuando termine pulse Aplicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21674,24 +21619,69 @@ "omitir este paso." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Si hay varios controladores disponibles para su equipo, se le pedirá que " -"elija uno. Para usar el controlador recomendado solamente pulse continuar en " -"hacer y modelar pantallas." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Asegúrese que la impresora está encendida." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Después de instalar la impresora, quizá quiera cambiar su impresora predeterminada." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21880,17 +21870,17 @@ "importante que especifique, al menos, tres cosas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Qué esperaba que ocurriera" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Qué ocurrió realmente" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21899,7 +21889,7 @@ "que el paso 1 es «iniciar el programa»" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21909,7 +21899,7 @@ "mejorar Ubuntu!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21922,7 +21912,7 @@ "la herramienta integrada de notificación de fallos de Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Guardar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -22039,7 +22115,7 @@ "moneda y medidas, para que coincidan con las costumbres locales de su región." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -22048,7 +22124,7 @@ "regionales." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -22059,18 +22135,16 @@ "usan el idioma establecido en la pestaña Idioma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Para que los cambios surtan efecto, debe cerrar sesión e ingresar de nuevo. " -"Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " -"seleccione Cerrar sesión." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -22083,12 +22157,12 @@ "calendarios." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Cambiar los formatos del sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -22099,19 +22173,19 @@ "los formatos utilizados en lugares como la pantalla de inicio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Modifique sus formatos, como se describe más arriba." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Pulse Aplicar a todo el sistema." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22142,12 +22216,12 @@ "idiomas en su equipo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Pulse Soporte de idiomas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22156,18 +22230,16 @@ "idioma hasta la parte superior de la lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Para que los cambios en los idiomas surtan efecto, debe cerrar sesión e " -"ingresar de nuevo. Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la " -"barra de menús y seleccione Cerrar sesión." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22184,12 +22256,12 @@ "idioma todo el tiempo, debe actualizar los nombres de las carpetas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Cambiar el idioma del sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22200,7 +22272,7 @@ "que se utiliza en sitios como la pantalla de inicio de sesión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Cambie su idioma, como se describió anteriormente." @@ -22241,19 +22313,19 @@ "bloquee:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Pulse Brillo y aspecto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Cambie el valor en la lista desplegable Bloquear la pantalla después " "de." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22510,7 +22582,7 @@ "intro\">Lanzador para un acceso rápido:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22519,7 +22591,7 @@ "intro\">Tablero al Lanzador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22529,7 +22601,7 @@ "en el lanzador." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22538,7 +22610,7 @@ "fuera del lanzador, y luego llevándolo de vuelta a él en el lugar deseado." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22593,23 +22665,20 @@ "donde lo dejó cuando se conecte de nuevo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Para cerrar sesión o cambiar de usuario, pulse en el menú de sistema situado en el extremo derecho de la " -"barra de menús, y seleccione la opción apropiada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bloquear la pantalla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22624,32 +22693,32 @@ "bloqueará automáticamente una vez transcurrido un tiempo determinado." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Para bloquear su pantalla, pulse en el menú de sistema en la " -"barra de menús y seleccione Bloquear la pantalla." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Cuando su pantalla está bloqueada otros usuarios pueden iniciar sesión en " -"sus propias cuentas pulsando Cambiar de usuario en la pantalla de " -"contraseña. Puede volver a su escritorio cuando hayan terminado." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspender" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22664,30 +22733,29 @@ "durante la suspensión." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Para suspender su equipo manualmente, pulse en el menú del " -"sistema en la barra de menús y seleccione Suspender." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Apagar o reiniciar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Si quiere apagar el equipo por completo, o hacer un reinicio completo, pulse " -"en el menú del sistema y seleccione Apagar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22778,6 +22846,10 @@ "CtrlAltT to open a " "terminal window, and then run this command:" msgstr "" +"Si prefiere deshabilitar el acceso a invitados a su equipo, puede " +"deshabilitar la característica de Sesión de invitado. Para " +"hacerlo presione CtrlAltT " +"para abrir una ventana de terminal, y luego ejecute esta orden:" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-guest-session.page:55 @@ -23326,12 +23398,12 @@ "maximizada." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Para cambiar el tamaño de una ventana horizontal o verticalmente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23341,12 +23413,12 @@ "la ventana en cualquier dirección." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Para redimensionar solo en la dirección horizontal:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23356,12 +23428,12 @@ "mientras arrastra el ratón para cambiar el tamaño horizontal de la ventana." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Para redimensionar solo en la dirección vertical:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23372,17 +23444,17 @@ "respectivamente. Pulse y arrastre para cambiar el tamaño en forma vertical." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Organizar las ventanas en su área de trabajo" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Para colocar dos ventanas juntas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23395,7 +23467,7 @@ "botón del ratón y la ventana llenará dicha mitad de la pantalla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23405,7 +23477,7 @@ "pantalla." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23464,11 +23536,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Desde el teclado" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23477,57 +23549,41 @@ "conmutador de ventanas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Suelte la tecla Alt para seleccionar la siguiente ventana " -"(resaltada) en el selector." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"De otra manera, mantenga pulsada la tecla Alt para desplazarse " -"por la lista de ventanas abiertas, o " -"MayúsTab para recorrerlas en sentido " -"inverso." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Las ventanas en el selector de ventanas se agrupan por aplicación. La vistas " -"previas de aplicaciones con varias ventanas emergen según las recorre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"También puede moverse entre los iconos de aplicaciones en el selector de " -"ventanas con la teclas → o ←, o seleccionar una " -"haciendo clic con el ratón." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Las vistas previas de las aplicaciones con una sola ventana se puede mostrar " -"con la tecla ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23540,8 +23596,13 @@ "Alt y pulse Tab o " "MayúsTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23552,7 +23613,7 @@ "ventanas abiertas desde lejos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Pulse en la ventana a la que quiere cambiar." @@ -23762,7 +23823,7 @@ msgstr "Activar espacios de trabajo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23771,12 +23832,12 @@ "pestaña Comportamiento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Marque la casilla Activar las áreas de trabajo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23790,12 +23851,12 @@ "áreas de trabajo:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Cambiar el número de espacios de trabajo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23804,7 +23865,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23813,7 +23874,7 @@ "número final por el número que desee. Pulse Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23894,6 +23955,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " "md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " +"md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-alert.page:14 @@ -24681,7 +24744,7 @@ msgstr "Insertar caracteres especiales" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24693,17 +24756,17 @@ "introducir caracteres especiales." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Métodos para introducir caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa de caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24714,7 +24777,7 @@ "carácter que quiere, y cópielo y péguelo donde lo necesite." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the manual del Mapa de caracteres." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Tecla de composición" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24743,7 +24806,7 @@ "' y después e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24752,38 +24815,40 @@ "definir una de las teclas existentes en su teclado, como tecla para componer." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Definir una tecla de composición" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Haga clic en Distribución del teclado." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Haga clic en Opciones." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Busque el grupo llamado Posición de tecla de composición. " -"Seleccione la tecla o teclas que le gustaría que se comportasen como tecla " -"de composición. Puede seleccionar teclas como Bloq Mayús, o " -"Alt o la tecla menú. Cualquier tecla que seleccione funcionará " -"solo como tecla de composición y nunca más funcionará con su propósito " -"original." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24791,7 +24856,7 @@ "ejemplo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24800,7 +24865,7 @@ "establecer la tilde en tal letra, tal como la é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24809,7 +24874,7 @@ "establecer un acento grave sobre tal letra, tal como è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24818,7 +24883,7 @@ "establecer una diéresis en tal letra, tal como la ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24827,7 +24892,7 @@ "establecer una diéresis en tal letra, tal como la ë." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see la página de teclas de composición en Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Puntos de código" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24861,7 +24926,7 @@ "U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24878,12 +24943,12 @@ "los pueda introducir rápidamente." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Fuentes de entrada" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25600,6 +25665,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " "md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " +"md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:38 @@ -25723,39 +25790,29 @@ "esquina superior izquierda de la pantalla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el menú del sistema, ubicado en el extremo derecho de la " -"barra de menús, y seleccione Configuración del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "En la sección Personal, pulse Apariencia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Cambiar a la pestaña Comportamiento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Active Ocultar automáticamente el lanzador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25789,12 +25846,12 @@ "del Lanzador para que sea más fácil pulsar en ellos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Pulse en Aspecto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25803,7 +25860,7 @@ "aumentar o disminuir el tamaño de los iconos del Lanzador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "El tamaño predeterminado del icono del Lanzador es 48." @@ -25911,12 +25968,12 @@ "icono específico. Las acciones disponibles pueden incluir lo siguiente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "Lanzar la aplicación o abrir el documento, carpeta o dispositivo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25925,7 +25982,7 @@ ")." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25934,12 +25991,12 @@ "apps-favorites\"/>)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "Cerrar la aplicación si está en ejecución." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25948,7 +26005,7 @@ "instancia o ventana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "atajos específicos de aplicación tales como abrir un nuevo documento o " @@ -26119,7 +26176,7 @@ "que aparezcan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -26128,7 +26185,7 @@ "pestaña Comportamiento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -26137,7 +26194,7 @@ "barra de título de cada ventana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" @@ -26145,12 +26202,12 @@ "siempre." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menús de estado" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26162,8 +26219,26 @@ "menú. Los menús de estado son un lugar conveniente en el que comprobar y " "modificar el estado del equipo y de las aplicaciones." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Algunos de los iconos usados por los menús indicadores cambian en función " +"del estado de la aplicación." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Otros programas como Tomboy o Transmission también " +"pueden añadir menús indicadores al panel." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "Lista de menús de estado y lo que hacen" @@ -26172,7 +26247,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -26182,7 +26257,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26191,7 +26266,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Icono de red desconectada" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26206,7 +26281,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26216,7 +26291,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26225,7 +26300,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Icono de fuentes de entrada" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26234,7 +26309,7 @@ "xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">configurar fuentes de entrada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26243,7 +26318,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Icono de Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26256,7 +26331,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26266,7 +26341,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26275,7 +26350,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Icono de mensaje" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26289,7 +26364,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26297,7 +26372,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26306,7 +26381,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Icono de batería" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26319,7 +26394,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26329,7 +26404,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26338,7 +26413,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Icono de volumen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26349,12 +26424,12 @@ "como Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Reloj" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26362,22 +26437,8 @@ "Consulte la fecha y la hora actuales. Aquí pueden aparecer también las citas " "de la aplicación Calendario." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26386,7 +26447,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Icono de engrane de energía" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26396,24 +26457,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">configuración del sistema. Cambiar de usuario, " "bloquear la pantalla, cerrar sesión, suspender, reiniciar o apagar su equipo." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Algunos de los iconos usados por los menús indicadores cambian en función " -"del estado de la aplicación." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Otros programas como Tomboy o Transmission también " -"pueden añadir menús indicadores al panel." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26533,46 +26576,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" -"De manera predeterminada, la inclusión de resultados de búsqueda en línea " -"está desactivada." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Activar los resultados de búsqueda en línea" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere recibir sugerencias de búsqueda en línea, puede activar esta " -"funcionalidad en el panel Seguridad y privacidad de Configuración " -"del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pulse en el menú del sistema, ubicado en el extremo derecho de la " -"barra de menús, y seleccione Configuración del sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Abra Seguridad y privacidad y seleccione la pestaña " -"Búsqueda." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -27947,12 +27955,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40 msgid "Open the Dash and launch a Terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra el Tablero e inicie un Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41 msgid "Run the command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejecute la orden" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:43 @@ -28228,7 +28236,7 @@ "diagrama a la izquierda. Se pueden ajustar los siguientes parámetros:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28239,7 +28247,7 @@ "entre Suave y Firme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28255,7 +28263,7 @@ "Desplazar a la izquierda, Desplazar a la derecha, Atrás, Adelante." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28264,15 +28272,12 @@ "la «sensación» entre Suave y Firme." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Si dispone de más de un lápiz, cuando el lápiz adicional se acerque a la " -"tableta, se mostrará un control de páginas junto al nombre del lápiz. Use " -"ese control para elegir qué lápiz configurar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28337,6 +28342,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Haga clic en Distribución del teclado." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Haga clic en Opciones." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Busque el grupo llamado Posición de tecla de composición. " +#~ "Seleccione la tecla o teclas que le gustaría que se comportasen como tecla " +#~ "de composición. Puede seleccionar teclas como Bloq Mayús, o " +#~ "Alt o la tecla menú. Cualquier tecla que seleccione funcionará " +#~ "solo como tecla de composición y nunca más funcionará con su propósito " +#~ "original." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28394,6 +28419,79 @@ #~ "keyboard-En.svg' md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de " +#~ "menús y seleccione Configuración del sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Añadiendo una cuenta ayudará a enlazar sus cuentas en línea con el " +#~ "escritorio de Ubuntu. Por lo tanto, su correo electrónico, chat y otras " +#~ "aplicaciones relacionadas se prepararán para usted." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione un Tipo de cuenta en el panel de la derecha." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "Si desea configurar más cuentas, puede repetir el proceso de nuevo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se abrirá una pequeña interfaz web de usuario en la que puede introducir las " +#~ "credenciales de su cuenta en línea. Por ejemplo, si está configurando una " +#~ "cuenta de Google, escriba su nombre de usuario de Google, contraseña e " +#~ "inicie sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si ha introducido sus credenciales correctamente, se le pedirá que acepte " +#~ "los términos de uso. Seleccione Aceptar para continuar. Una vez " +#~ "aceptados, Ubuntu necesita permiso para acceder a su cuenta. Para permitir " +#~ "el acceso, pulse el botón Conceder acceso. Cuando se le pregunte, " +#~ "escriba la contraseña del usuario actual." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ahora puede seleccionar las aplicaciones que quiere enlazar con su cuenta en " +#~ "línea. Por ejemplo, si quiere usar una cuenta en línea para chatear, pero no " +#~ "desea el calendario, desactive la opción calendario." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Después de agregar las cuentas, cada aplicación seleccionada utilizará estas " +#~ "credenciales cuando inicie sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Por razones de seguridad, Ubuntu no almacenará la contraseña en su equipo. " +#~ "En su lugar, almacena un testigo proporcionado por el servicio en línea. Si " +#~ "lo desea puede revocar totalmente la relación entre el escritorio y el " +#~ "servicio en línea, usando eliminar." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28434,6 +28532,31 @@ #~ "Use el Centro de software de Ubuntu para añadir programas que hagan a Ubuntu " #~ "más útil." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalar software adicional" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El equipo de desarrollo de Ubuntu ha seleccionado un conjunto predeterminado " +#~ "de aplicaciones que considera que hacen a Ubuntu muy útil para la mayoría de " +#~ "las tareas cotidianas. Sin embargo, seguramente querrá instalar más " +#~ "programas para hacer que Ubuntu le resulte más útil." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Para instalar software adicional, complete los pasos siguientes:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conéctese a Internet usando una conexión inalámbrica o cableada." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28450,12 +28573,59 @@ #~ "una categoría y localice una aplicación en la lista." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione la aplicación que le interese y pulse Instalar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se le pedirá que introduzca su contraseña. Cuando lo haya hecho, comenzará " +#~ "la instalación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La instalación normalmente termina rápido, pero puede llevar tiempo si tiene " +#~ "una conexión a Internet lenta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se añadirá un acceso directo a su nueva aplicación en el Lanzador. Para " +#~ "desactivar esta función, desmarque Ver Nuevas " +#~ "aplicaciones en el Lanzador." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Añada PPA para ayudar a probar software especializado o aún no publicado" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Los repositorios de paquetes personales (Personal Package " +#~ "Archives, o PPA) son repositorios de software diseñados para " +#~ "usuarios de Ubuntu y que son más fáciles de instalar que otros repositorios " +#~ "de terceros." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cuando se abra el Centro de software, pulse en Editar " #~ "Orígenes del software" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse Añadir e introduzca la ubicación del ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28463,6 +28633,9 @@ #~ "Cierre la ventana de Orígenes del software. El Centro de software de Ubuntu " #~ "revisará sus orígenes de software para el software nuevo." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Desinstalar programas que ya no vaya a usar." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28486,6 +28659,26 @@ #~ "en la parte superior." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quizá se le pida introducir su contraseña. Después de hacerlo, se " +#~ "desinstalará la aplicación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Añadir otros repositorios para ampliar los orígenes de software que usa " +#~ "Ubuntu para instalar y actualizar." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Añadir repositorios adicionales" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalar otros repositorios" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28537,6 +28730,18 @@ #~ "software. Espere un momento a que el Centro de software de Ubuntu descargue " #~ "la información del repositorio." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalar, eliminar, repositorios " +#~ "adicionales…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Añadir y eliminar software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese no está instalado de manera predeterminada en Ubuntu. Para instalar " @@ -28574,6 +28779,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Necesita instalar Cheese antes de poner leer la guía de usuario de Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Memoria USB (baja capacidad)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28600,6 +28808,24 @@ #~ "hacia este equipo desde otro dispositivo. Consulte para más información." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Descargar un archivo de referencia de impresión de una compañía de color" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El uso de un conjunto de colores para generar un perfil de impresión es " +#~ "normalmente la opción más barata si solo dispone de uno o dos tipos " +#~ "distintos de papel. Mediante la descarga de la tabla de referencia de los " +#~ "sitios web de las compañías puede enviarlos de nuevo a la impresora en un " +#~ "sobre acolchado donde aún puede escanear el papel, generar el perfil y " +#~ "enviarlo por correo con un perfil ICC correcto." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28653,128 +28879,997 @@ #~ "Desmarque la casilla Próximos eventos del calendario de Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione el disco que desea comprobar en la lista Dispositivos de " -#~ "almacenamiento. La información y el estado del disco aparecerán en " -#~ "Unidad." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Estado SMART debería decir «El disco está sano»." +#~ "Si después cambia de opinión, puede volver a activar el reloj pulsando en el " +#~ "icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y seleccionando " +#~ "Configuración del sistema. En la sección Sistema, pulse en " +#~ "Fecha y hora." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pulse en el botón de SMART Data para ver más información del " -#~ "disco, o para realizar una autoprueba." +#~ "Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " +#~ "seleccione Configuración del sistema." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para proyectos más avanzados de grabación de CD/DVD, pruebe " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ "Haga un análisis de rendimiento de su disco duro para comprobar su velocidad." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Comprobar el rendimiento de su disco duro" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Para comprobar la velocidad de su disco duro:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para obtener ayuda sobre el uso de Brasero, lea la guía de usuario." +#~ "Abra la aplicación Discos desde el tablero." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Abra la aplicación Discos del resumen de actividades." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione el disco duro de la lista de Unidades de disco." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse sobre el botón del engranaje y seleccione Probar el rendimiento " +#~ "del dispositivo." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Algunos idiomas, como el chino o el coreano, necesitan un método de entrada " -#~ "más complejo que una simple relación entre tecla y carácter. Por lo tanto, " -#~ "para algunos de los orígenes de entrada puede decidir activar tales métodos." +#~ "Pulse en Iniciar prueba de rendimiento y ajuste los parámetros " +#~ "Tasa de transferencia y Tiempo de Acceso como desee." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desconectar el «touchpad» al escribir para evitar pulsaciones accidentales." +#~ "Pulseen Iniciar prueba de rendimiento para probar que tan rápido " +#~ "pueden leerse los datos desde el disco. Puede necesitar Privilegios administrativos. Introduzca su " +#~ "contraseña, o la contraseña para la cuenta de administrador solicitada." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Desactivar el touchpad al escribir" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando termine la prueba, los resultados aparecerán en el gráfico. Los " +#~ "puntos verdes y las líneas de conexión indican las muestras tomadas, que se " +#~ "corresponden con el eje derecho, y muestran el tiempo de acceso trazado " +#~ "sobre el eje inferior, representando el tiempo transcurrido durante la " +#~ "comparativa. La línea azul representa las tasas de lectura, mientras que la " +#~ "línea roja representa tasas de escritura; ambas se muestran como tasas de " +#~ "acceso a datos en el eje izquierdo, trazados sobre el porcentaje de disco " +#~ "recorrido, desde el exterior hasta el eje, a lo largo del eje inferior." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Los touchpads en los portátiles se sitúan normalmente donde descansa su " -#~ "muñeca mientras está tecleando, por lo que a veces puede provocar " -#~ "pulsaciones accidentales mientras teclea. Puede desactivar el touchpad " -#~ "mientras teclea. Funcionará de nuevo un poco después de que haya pulsado la " -#~ "última tecla." +#~ "Debajo del gráfico, aparecerán los valores correspondientes a las " +#~ "velocidades de lectura y escritura mínimas, máximas y medias, el tiempo " +#~ "medio de acceso y el tiempo transcurrido desde la última prueba de " +#~ "referencia." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En la sección Touchpad, marque Desactivar al escribir." +#~ "Use el Analizador de uso de disco o el Monitor del " +#~ "sistema para comprobar el espacio y la capacidad." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Los touchpads de los portátiles a veces incluyen un retardo para empezar a " -#~ "funcionar después de haber dejado de escribir. Esto se hace para evitar " -#~ "tocar el touchpad accidentalmente con la palma mientras está escribiendo. " -#~ "Vea para más detalles." +#~ "Puede revisar cuánto espacio queda con el Analizador de uso de " +#~ "disco o el Monitor del sistema." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Da la fecha y hora de la última vez que se modificó el archivo." +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Comrpuebe con el Analizador de uso de disco" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si quiere estar extremadamente seguro, o si quiere buscar virus en archivos " -#~ "que esté pasando entre usted y otras personas que usen Windows o Mac OS, aún " -#~ "puede instalar programas antivirus. Busque en el Centro de software de " -#~ "Ubuntu, donde hay varias aplicaciones disponibles." +#~ "Para comprobar el espacio de disco libre y la capacidad use el " +#~ "Analizador de uso de disco:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cambiar el navegador " -#~ "predeterminado, instalar " -#~ "Flash, instalar el complemento " -#~ "de java, soporte de " -#~ "Silverlight…" +#~ "Abra la aplicación Analizador de uso de disco desde el " +#~ "Tablero. La ventana mostrará la Capacidad total del sistema " +#~ "de archivos y Uso total del sistema de archivos." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Empathy se instala por defecto en Ubuntu. Inicie Mensajería instantánea " -#~ "Empathy desde el Tablero, desde " -#~ "el Lanzador o elija " -#~ "Chat desde el Menú de " -#~ "mensajería." +#~ "Abra la aplicación Discos desde el resumen de " +#~ "Actividades. La ventana mostrará la Capacidad total del " +#~ "sistema de archivos y el Uso total del sistema de archivos." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Muchos programas están diseñados para ofrecer servicios de red. Por ejemplo, " +#~ "Pulse en uno de los botones de la barra de herramientas para elegir entre " +#~ "Explorar carpeta personal, Explorar sistema de " +#~ "archivos, Explorar una carpeta o Explorar una carpeta " +#~ "remota." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La información se muestra de acuerdo con Carpeta, " +#~ "Uso, Tamaño y Contenidos. Véase para más " +#~ "detalles en Analizador de uso de " +#~ "disco." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Comprobar con el monitor de sistema" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para comprobar el espacio libre y la capacidad de disco con el Monitor " +#~ "de sistema:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra la aplicación Monitor de sistema desde el Tablero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra la aplicación Monitor del sistema desde el resumen de " +#~ "Actividades." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione la pestaña Sistemas de archivo para ver las " +#~ "particiones del sistema y el uso del espacio en disco. La información " +#~ "aparece clasificada como Total, Libre, " +#~ "Disponible y Utilizada." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Si el disco está muy lleno, puede:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Eliminar archivos que no son importantes o que no va a usar más." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Haga copias de seguridad de los archivos " +#~ "importantes que no vaya a necesitar por un tiempo y bórrelos del disco duro." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra la aplicación Discos desde el resumen de " +#~ "Actividades." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione el disco que desea comprobar en la lista Dispositivos de " +#~ "almacenamiento. La información y el estado del disco aparecerán en " +#~ "Unidad." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Estado SMART debería decir «El disco está sano»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el botón de SMART Data para ver más información del " +#~ "disco, o para realizar una autoprueba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Incluso aunque el Estado de SMARTindique que el disco no se " +#~ "encuentra en buen estado, puede que no haya razón para alarmarse. De " +#~ "todas formas prepare una copia de respaldo " +#~ "para prevenir la pérdida de datos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si el estado dice «Pre-fail», el disco está razonablemente sano pero se han " +#~ "detectado signos de desgaste, lo que significa que podría fallar en un " +#~ "futuro cercano. Si su disco duro (o equipo) tiene unos cuantos años de " +#~ "antigüedad, es probable que vea este mensaje en algunas de las " +#~ "comprobaciones de salud. Debería hacer una copia " +#~ "de seguridad de sus archivos importantes con regularidad y comprobar " +#~ "periódicamente el estado del disco para ver si empeora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eliminar todos los archivos y carpetas de una unidad de disco duro externo o " +#~ "memoria flash USB formateándola." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Limpiar todo en un disco extraíble" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si tiene un disco extraible, como una memoria USB o un disco duro externo, " +#~ "puede que desee borrar por completo todos sus archivos y carpetas. Puede " +#~ "hacer esto realizando el formateo del disco - esto borra todos los " +#~ "archivos en el disco y lo deja vacío." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatear un disco extraíble" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione el disco que desea limpiar de la lista de Dispositivos de " +#~ "almacenamiento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asegúrese de que ha seleccionado el disco correcto. Si elige el disco " +#~ "equivocado, se eliminarán todos los archivos en el otro disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En la sección Volúmenes, pulse Desmontar volumen. Luego pulse " +#~ "Formatear volumen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En la ventana que aparecerá, elija un tipo de sistema de archivos " +#~ "para el disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si usa el disco en equipos con Windows y Mac OS además de equipos con Linux, " +#~ "elija FAT. Si solo lo usa con Windows, NTFS puede ser " +#~ "una mejor opción. Se presentará una etiqueta con una breve descripción del " +#~ "tipo de sistema de archivos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dele un nombre al disco y pulse Formatear para empezar a limpiar " +#~ "el disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando haya acabado el formateo, extraiga con seguridad el disco. " +#~ "Ahora debería estar vacío y listo para usarse de nuevo." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "El formateo de un disco no eliminar de forma segura sus archivos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatear un disco no es una forma completamente segura de borrar todos sus " +#~ "datos. Un disco con formato no parece tener archivos, pero es posible que el " +#~ "software especial de recuperación pueda recuperar los archivos. Si necesita " +#~ "eliminar de forma segura los archivos, tendrá que usar una utilidad de línea " +#~ "de órdenes tal como shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Comprenda lo que son volúmenes y particiones y utilice la utilidad de disco " +#~ "para gestionarlas." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Ver y gestionar volúmenes y particiones usando la utilidad de disco" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede comprobar y modificar sus volúmenes de almacenamiento del equipo con " +#~ "la utilidad de disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra el Tablero e inicie la aplicación Utilidad de " +#~ "disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En el panel denominado Dispositivos de almacenamiento, encontrará " +#~ "discos duros, unidades de CD/DVD y otros dispositivos físicos. Pulse en el " +#~ "dispositivo que quiera inspeccionar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En el panel de la derecha, el área etiquetada Volúmenes ofrece un " +#~ "desglose visual de los volúmenes y particiones presentes en el dispositivo " +#~ "seleccionado. También contiene varias herramientas para manejar estos " +#~ "volúmenes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tenga cuidado: es posible borrar completamente los datos de su disco usando " +#~ "estas utilidades." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una partición primaria debe contener información que su equipo utiliza para " +#~ "iniciarse, o arrancar. Por esta razón a veces se le conoce con el " +#~ "nombre de partición de arranque o volumen de arranque. Para determinar si un " +#~ "volumen es arrancable, mire en sus Indicadores de partición en la " +#~ "utilidad de disco. Soportes externos tales como unidades USB y CDs también " +#~ "pueden contener un volumen arrancable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asegúrese de que Bloqueo está activado, y luego seleccione un " +#~ "tiempo de espera de la lista desplegable más abajo. La pantalla se bloqueará " +#~ "automáticamente si el equipo se mantiene inactivo en el lapso seleccionado. " +#~ "También puede seleccionar que la pantalla se apague para bloquear " +#~ "la pantalla después de que se apague, controlado con la lista Apagar la " +#~ "pantalla cuando esté inactiva durante más arriba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use el gestor de archivos Archivos para navegar y organizar los " +#~ "archivos del equipo. También puede usarlo para gestionar los archivos en " +#~ "dispositivos de almacenamiento (como discos duros externos), en servidores de archivos y en comparticiones " +#~ "por red." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En el gestor de archivos, haga doble clic sobre cualquier carpeta para ver " +#~ "su contenido, y doble clic sobre cualquier archivo para abrirlo con la " +#~ "aplicación predeterminada para ese archivo. También puede hacer clic derecho " +#~ "sobre una carpeta para abrirla en una nueva pestaña o en una nueva ventana." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si quiere saltar rápidamente a un archivo en la carpeta que está " +#~ "visualizando, comience a escribir su nombre. Aparecerá una caja de búsqueda " +#~ "en la parte superior de la ventana y se resaltará el primer archivo que " +#~ "cumpla con su búsqueda. Pulse la tecla de flecha abajo, o desplácese con el " +#~ "ratón, para saltar al siguiente archivo que cumpla la búsqueda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede acceder rápidamente a los lugares comunes desde la barra " +#~ "lateral. Si no ve la barra lateral, pulse el botón abajo en la barra de " +#~ "botones y elija Mostrar barra lateral. Puede añadir marcadores a " +#~ "las carpetas que use frecuentemente y aparecerán en la barra lateral. Use el " +#~ "menú Marcadores para hacerlo, o simplemente arrastre la carpeta " +#~ "sobre la barra lateral." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para proyectos más avanzados de grabación de CD/DVD, pruebe " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para obtener ayuda sobre el uso de Brasero, lea la guía de usuario." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podría haber renombrado el archivo de una manera que se convirtiera en un " +#~ "archivo oculto. Los archivos que comienza con un . o terminan " +#~ "en ~ se ocultan en el administrador de archivos. Pulse el botón " +#~ "abajo en la barra " +#~ "de herramientas del administrador de archivos y seleccione Mostrar " +#~ "archivos ocultos para mostrarlos. Vea " +#~ "para conocer más." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Busque los archivos basándose en el nombre del archivo y el tipo. Guarde sus " +#~ "búsquedas para su uso posterior." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede buscar archivos según su nombre o su tipo de archivo directamente " +#~ "desde el gestor de archivos. También puede guardar búsquedas frecuentes, que " +#~ "aparecerán como carpetas especiales dentro de su carpeta personal." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Abra el gestor de archivos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si sabe que los archivos que quiere buscar están en una carpeta determinada, " +#~ "vaya a esa carpeta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse la lupa en la barra de herramientas o pulse " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escriba una palabra o palabras que sepa que aparecen en el nombre del " +#~ "archivo. Por ejemplo, si incluye en el nombre de todas sus facturas la " +#~ "palabra «factura», escriba factura. Pulse Intro. " +#~ "Las palabras se buscan sin tener en cuenta la capitalización." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Puede acotar los resultados por ubicación y tipo de archivo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse Personal para restringir los resultados de la búsqueda a su " +#~ "carpeta Personal, o Todos los archivos para buscar " +#~ "en cualquier lugar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse + y elija un Tipo de archivo en la lista " +#~ "desplegable para reducir los resultados de la búsqueda en función del tipo " +#~ "de archivo. Pulse el botón x para eliminar esta opción y ampliar " +#~ "los resultados de la búsqueda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede abrir, copiar, borrar o trabajar con sus archivos desde los resultados " +#~ "de búsqueda, igual como si estuviera en cualquier carpeta en el gestor de " +#~ "archivos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en la lupa de la barra de herramientas para salir de la búsqueda y " +#~ "volver a la carpeta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si lleva a cabo ciertas búsquedas muy a menudo, puede guardarlas para " +#~ "acceder a ellas rápidamente." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Guardar una búsqueda" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Iniciar una búsqueda como la de arriba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asigne un nombre a la búsqueda y pulse Guardar. Si quiere, " +#~ "seleccione una carpeta distinta en la que guardarla. Cuando visualice esa " +#~ "carpeta, verá sus búsquedas guardadas como un icono de carpeta color naranja " +#~ "con una lupa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para eliminar el archivo de búsqueda cuando termine de usarlo, hágalo de la misma manera que lo haría con " +#~ "cualquier otro archivo. Cuando elimina una búsqueda guardada, no se eliminan " +#~ "los archivos que coincidieron con la búsqueda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algunos idiomas, como el chino o el coreano, necesitan un método de entrada " +#~ "más complejo que una simple relación entre tecla y carácter. Por lo tanto, " +#~ "para algunos de los orígenes de entrada puede decidir activar tales métodos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede obtener una vista previa de una imagen de cualquier distribución " +#~ "seleccionándola en la lista y pulsando vista " +#~ "previa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para resolver esto, pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la " +#~ "barra de menús y seleccione Configuración del sistema. En la " +#~ "sección Hardware, elija Monitores. Pruebe diferentes opciones de " +#~ "resolución y seleccione la que se vea mejor en su pantalla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " +#~ "seleccione Configuración del sistema. Abra Monitores." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " +#~ "seleccione Configuración del sistema." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Desconectar el «touchpad» al escribir para evitar pulsaciones accidentales." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Desactivar el touchpad al escribir" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Los touchpads en los portátiles se sitúan normalmente donde descansa su " +#~ "muñeca mientras está tecleando, por lo que a veces puede provocar " +#~ "pulsaciones accidentales mientras teclea. Puede desactivar el touchpad " +#~ "mientras teclea. Funcionará de nuevo un poco después de que haya pulsado la " +#~ "última tecla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En la sección Touchpad, marque Desactivar al escribir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muchos ratones y algunos touchpad incluyen un botón central. En un ratón con " +#~ "rueda, generalmente puede presionar la rueda para hacer pulsación central. " +#~ "Si no tiene un botón central, puede presionar al mismo tiempo los botones " +#~ "izquierdo y derecho para hacer una pulsación central. Si descubre que no " +#~ "puede hacer pulsaciones centrales de esta manera, puede probar a seguir " +#~ " estas " +#~ "instrucciones." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En los touchpad multitáctiles puede tocar con tres dedos a la vez para " +#~ "realizar una pulsación central. Para que esto funcione, debe activar las pulsaciones del ratón con el " +#~ "touchpad en la configuración del touchpad." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muchas aplicaciones usan la pulsación central para atajos de pulsación " +#~ "avanzados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un atajo común es pegar el texto seleccionado. (A veces se denomina pegado " +#~ "de selección principal) Seleccione el texto que desea pegar, a continuación, " +#~ "vaya a donde quiera pegar y haga una pulsación central. El texto " +#~ "seleccionado se pegará en la posición del ratón." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pegar texto con el botón central del ratón es algo totalmente independiente " +#~ "de pegarlo desde el portapapeles normal. Al seleccionar texto no se pega al " +#~ "portapapeles. Este método rápido de pegado solo funciona con el botón " +#~ "central del ratón." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muchos navegadores web le permiten abrir enlaces en pestañas rápidamente con " +#~ "el botón central del ratón. Pulse cualquier enlace con el botón central y se " +#~ "abrirá en una nueva pestaña. Pero tenga cuidado al pulsar un enlace en el " +#~ "navegador web Firefox. En Firefox, si pulsa el botón " +#~ "central en cualquier otro sitio que no sea un enlace, el navegador intentará " +#~ "cargar su texto seleccionado como un URL, como si usted hubiese usado el " +#~ "botón central para pegarlo en la barra de direcciones y hubiese pulsado " +#~ "Intro." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algunas aplicaciones especializadas le permiten usar el botón central del " +#~ "ratón para otras funciones. Busque en la ayuda de su aplicación algún " +#~ "apartado referente a pulsación central o botón central del " +#~ "ratón." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse ← una vez para cambiar a la pestaña Apuntar y " +#~ "pulsar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Estas instrucciones proporcionan la forma más corta de activar las teclas " +#~ "del ratón usando solo el teclado. Seleccione Configuraciones de acceso " +#~ "universal para ver más opciones de accesibilidad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El teclado numérico es un conjunto de botones numéricos de su teclado, " +#~ "normalmente dispuestos en una matriz cuadrada. Si su teclado no tiene " +#~ "teclado numérico (por ejemplo, el teclado de un portátil), puede que tenga " +#~ "que mantener pulsada la tecla Función (Fn) y usar otras teclas de " +#~ "su teclado como un teclado numérico. Si usa esta función a menudo en un " +#~ "portátil, puede comprar teclados numéricos USB externos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cada número en el teclado numérico corresponde a una dirección. Por ejemplo, " +#~ "si presiona 8 el puntero se moverá hacia arriba, y si presiona " +#~ "2 se moverá hacia abajo. Presione la tecla 5 para " +#~ "hacer una pulsación, o presiónelo dos veces rápidamente para hacer una " +#~ "pulsación doble." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La mayoría de teclados incluyen una tecla especial que permite hacer clic " +#~ "derecho; a menudo cerca de la barra espaciadora. Tenga en cuenta, sin " +#~ "embargo, que esta tecla responde a la ubicación del foco del teclado, no al " +#~ "puntero del ratón. Ver para información " +#~ "sobre el uso de clic derecho presionando 5 o el botón izquierdo " +#~ "del ratón." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede pulsar, pulsar dos veces, arrastrar y desplazarse utilizando solamente " +#~ "su touchpad, sin botones de hardware separados." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Para pulsar, toque en el touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para arrastrar un elemento, toque dos veces rápidamente pero no levante su " +#~ "dedo después del segundo toque. Arrastre el elemento a la posición deseada, " +#~ "y luego levante su dedo para soltarlo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si su touchpad es multitoque, haga una pulsación derecha tocando con dos " +#~ "dedos a la vez. Si no, todavía necesitará de botones de hardware para hacer " +#~ "pulsaciones derechas. Consulte para un " +#~ "método para hacer pulsaciones derechas sin un botón secundario del ratón." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si su touchpad es multitoque, haga una pulsación central tocando con tres dedos a la vez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Al tocar o arrastrar con varios dedos, asegúrese de que sus dedos están " +#~ "separados lo suficiente. Si sus dedos están muy juntos, su equipo podría " +#~ "creer que son un solo dedo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Los touchpads de los portátiles a veces incluyen un retardo para empezar a " +#~ "funcionar después de haber dejado de escribir. Esto se hace para evitar " +#~ "tocar el touchpad accidentalmente con la palma mientras está escribiendo. " +#~ "Vea para más detalles." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Añadir, eliminar y renombrar marcadores en el gestor de archivos." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Sus marcadores se listan en la barra lateral del gestor de archivos." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Eliminar un marcador:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Haga clic sobre Archivos en la barra superior y elija " +#~ "Marcadores del menú de la aplicación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En la ventana Marcadores, seleccione el marcador que desea " +#~ "eliminar y pulse el botón -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En la ventana Marcadores, seleccione el marcador que desea " +#~ "renombrar." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En la casilla Nombre teclee el nombre nuevo para el marcador." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Da la fecha y hora de la última vez que se modificó el archivo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si quiere estar extremadamente seguro, o si quiere buscar virus en archivos " +#~ "que esté pasando entre usted y otras personas que usen Windows o Mac OS, aún " +#~ "puede instalar programas antivirus. Busque en el Centro de software de " +#~ "Ubuntu, donde hay varias aplicaciones disponibles." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cambiar el navegador " +#~ "predeterminado, instalar " +#~ "Flash, instalar el complemento " +#~ "de java, soporte de " +#~ "Silverlight…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Empathy se instala por defecto en Ubuntu. Inicie Mensajería instantánea " +#~ "Empathy desde el Tablero, desde " +#~ "el Lanzador o elija " +#~ "Chat desde el Menú de " +#~ "mensajería." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede controlar qué programas pueden acceder a la red. Esto ayuda a mantener " +#~ "su equipo seguro." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Activar o bloquear acceso al cortafuegos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu incorpora el Cortafuegos sin complicaciones («Uncomplicated " +#~ "Firewall») (ufw) pero no viene activado de forma " +#~ "predeterminada. Como Ubuntu no trae ningún servicio de red abierto (excepto " +#~ "para la infraestructura básica de red) en la instalación predeterminada, no " +#~ "se necesita ningún cortafuegos para bloquear intentos de conexiones " +#~ "maliciosas entrantes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para tener más información sobre el uso de ufw, consulte la documentación en " +#~ "línea." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para activar el cortafuegos, teclee sudo ufw enable en un " +#~ "terminal. Para desactivar ufw, teclee sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muchos programas están diseñados para ofrecer servicios de red. Por ejemplo, " #~ "puede compartir contenidos, o permitir que alguien vea su escritorio de " #~ "forma remota. Dependiendo de los programas que instale, es posible que tenga " #~ "que ajustar el cortafuegos para permitir que esos programas funcionen según " @@ -28798,6 +29893,13 @@ #~ "53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tal vez tenga que instalar Flash para poder ver sitios web como YouTube, que " +#~ "muestran vídeos y páginas web interactivas." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28806,6 +29908,9 @@ #~ "permite ver vídeos y usar algunas páginas web de contenido interactivo. " #~ "Algunos sitios web no funcionarán sin Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Cómo instalar Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28826,6 +29931,15 @@ #~ "Si decide instalar Flash, pulse Instalar en la ventana del Centro " #~ "de software." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si tiene alguna ventana del navegador abierta, ciérrela y vuelva a abrirla. " +#~ "El navegador debería detectar que Flash está instalado cuando se abra de " +#~ "nuevo y ahora debería ser capaz de ver sitios web que usen Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Alternativas a Flash de código abierto" @@ -28856,6 +29970,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Ayude a su navegador a trabajar con sitios web que necesiten Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Instale el complemento de Java para el navegador" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algunos sitios web usan pequeños programas Java, que necesitan la " +#~ "instalación de un complemento Java para funcionar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instale el paquete icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "para ver programas Java en su navegador." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28904,6 +30038,15 @@ #~ "Moonlight para más información y las instrucciones de instalación." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Solucionar problemas con las " +#~ "conexiones inalámbricas, encontrar " +#~ "su red wifi…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28922,6 +30065,276 @@ #~ "el enlace Mostrar elementos técnicos en la parte inferior del " #~ "Centro de software de Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conectar a una red inalámbrica, " +#~ "Ocultar redes, Editar la configuración de las conexiones, " +#~ "Desconectar…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede utilizar su equipo como un punto de acceso inalámbrico. Permite a " +#~ "otros dispositivos conectar a su equipo sin necesidad de una red externa y " +#~ "también permite compartir la conexión a internet realizada con otra " +#~ "interfaz, tal como una red por cable o sobre una red móvil." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Pulse el botón Usar como «hotspot»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si ya se conectó a una red inalámbrica, se le preguntará si quiere " +#~ "desconectarse de dicha red. Un solo adaptador de red inalámbrica solamente " +#~ "puede conectarse a o crear una red al mismo tiempo. Pulse Crear " +#~ "«hotspot» para confirmar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se generan automáticamente un nombre de red (SSID) y clave de seguridad. El " +#~ "nombre de la red estará basado en el nombre de su equipo. Otros dispositivos " +#~ "necesitarán esta información para conectarse al «hotspot» que acaba de crear." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús y desmarque Activar inalámbrico." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para hacer esto, pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús y " +#~ "desmarque Activar inalámbrico. Esto apagará su conexión de red " +#~ "hasta que marque la opción de nuevo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para volver a encender el inalámbrico, pulse en el menú de red en " +#~ "la barra de menús y seleccione Activar inalámbrico para que la " +#~ "opción quede señalada con una marca de verificación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Es posible que su portátil siga emitiendo si no apaga el Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús, y pulse " +#~ "en el nombre de la red a la que quiere conectarse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprenda lo que significan las opciones en la pantalla de edición de conexión " +#~ "inalámbrica." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Editar una conexión inalámbrica" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Este tema describe todas las opciones disponibles cuando edita una conexión " +#~ "de red inalámbrica. Para editar una conexión, pulse en el menú de " +#~ "red en la barra de menús, y seleccione Editar conexiones." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios / Conectar automáticamente" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Conectar automáticamente" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si hay varias redes establecidas en el rango, para conectarse " +#~ "automáticamente, el equipo se conectará a la primera que se muestra en la " +#~ "pestaña Inalámbrica en la ventana Conexiones de red. " +#~ "No se desconectará de una red disponible para conectarse a una diferente que " +#~ "acabe de aparecer." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Disponible para todos los usuarios" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Marque esta opción si quiere que todos los usuarios en el equipo tengan " +#~ "acceso a esta red inalámbrica. Si la red tiene una contraseña WEP/WPA y ha seleccionado esta opción, solo " +#~ "tendrá que introducir la contraseña una vez. Todos los demás usuarios en el " +#~ "equipo serán capaces de conectarse a la red sin tener que conocer la " +#~ "contraseña." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si se marca esta opción, tiene que ser administrador para cambiar la configuración de esta red. Se " +#~ "le puede pedir que introduzca su contraseña de administrador." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Inalámbrica" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si selecciona Ad-hoc, verá otras dos opciones: Banda y " +#~ "Canal, que determinan en qué banda de frecuencias inalámbrica " +#~ "operará la red ad-hoc. Algunos equipos solo pueden funcionar en ciertas " +#~ "bandas (por ejemplo, solo en la A o en la B/G), por lo " +#~ "que deberá escoger la banda apropiada para que todos los equipos de la red " +#~ "ad-hoc puedan usarla. En lugares concurridos, es posible que existan varias " +#~ "redes inalámbricas compartiendo el mismo canal; esto podría ralentizar su " +#~ "conexión, por lo que también puede cambiar el canal que vaya a usar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Éste es el Identificador de Conjunto Básico de Servicio. El SSID " +#~ "(véase más arriba) es el nombre de la red que los humanos leen; el BSSID es " +#~ "un nombre que entiende el equipo (es una cadena de letras y números que se " +#~ "supone única para la red inalámbrica). Si una red está oculta, no tendrá un SSID, pero sí un BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Dirección MAC del dispositivo:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Su hardware de red (tarjeta inalámbrica) puede intentar tener una dirección " +#~ "MAC distinta. Esto es útil si tiene un dispositivo o servicio que solo se " +#~ "comunica con una determinada dirección MAC (por ejemplo, un cablemódem de " +#~ "banda ancha). Si pone esa dirección MAC en el apartado dirección MAC " +#~ "clonada, el dispositivo o servicio pensará que su equipo tiene la " +#~ "dirección MAC clonada en vez de la real." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Seguridad inalámbrica" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esto define qué tipo de cifrado usa su red inalámbrica. Las " +#~ "conexiones cifradas ayudan a proteger su conexión inalámbrica de ser " +#~ "interceptada, por lo que otras personas no podrán «escuchar» y ver qué " +#~ "sitios web está visitando, etc." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algunos tipos de cifrado son más fuertes que otros, pero puede que algunos " +#~ "dispositivos de red inalámbrica más antiguos no lo admitan. Normalmente " +#~ "tendrá que teclear una contraseña para conectarse; otros tipos de seguridad " +#~ "más sofisticados también necesitan un nombre de usuario y un «certificado» " +#~ "digital. Consulte para más información " +#~ "sobre los tipos de cifrado inalámbrico más usuales." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si elige esta opción, el equipo obtendrá su dirección IP de un servidor " +#~ "DHCP, pero tendrá que definir manualmente otros detalles (como el servidor " +#~ "DNS que usará)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Elija esta opción si quiere definir toda la configuración de red, incluyendo " +#~ "la dirección IP que el equipo debe usar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta opción desactivará la conexión a la red y le impedirá conectarse a " +#~ "ella. Observe que IPv4 y IPv6 son tratadas como " +#~ "conexiones separadas, incluso aunque vayan por la misma tarjeta de red. Si " +#~ "ha activado una de ellas, puede que quiera desactivar la otra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Es similar a la pestaña IPv4 excepto en que trabaja con el " +#~ "estándar IPv6, que es más reciente. Las redes más modernas usan IPv6, pero " +#~ "IPv4 sigue siendo más popular en este momento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el menú de red en la barra de menús y elija " +#~ "Conectar a una red inalámbrica oculta." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "En la sección Sistema, haga clic en Orígenes de software." @@ -28966,6 +30379,13 @@ #~ "parte de la guía de resolución de problemas." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escriba sudo pm-hibernate en la terminal y presione " +#~ "Intro." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28973,6 +30393,184 @@ #~ "al menos del mismo tamaño que su RAM disponible." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sí la prueba de hibernación funciona, puede continuar y utilizar la orden " +#~ "sudo pm-hibernate cuando quiera hibernar." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "¿Por qué se apagó/suspendió mi equipo cuando la batería llegó al 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando el nivel de carga de la batería esté demasiado bajo, el equipo " +#~ "automáticamente suspenderá. Esto asegura " +#~ "que la batería no esté completamente descargada, ya que no es bueno para la " +#~ "batería. Sí la batería deja de funcionar, el equipo no tendrá tiempo de " +#~ "cerrar adecuadamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algunos equipos tienen problemas al suspender y no son capaces de recuperar " +#~ "las aplicaciones y documentos abiertos al conectar el equipo de nuevo. En " +#~ "este caso, es posible que pierda parte de su trabajo si no se guardó " +#~ "correctamente antes de suspender el equipo. Puede arreglar problemas con suspender." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " +#~ "seleccione Configuración del sistema" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impresoras no detectadas, atascos de papel, impresiones que se ven mal…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Configurar una impresora que está conectada a su equipo." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Configurar una impresora local" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Su sistema puede reconocer automáticamente varios tipos de impresoras cuando " +#~ "se conectan. La mayoría de las impresoras se conectan al equipo con un cable " +#~ "USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No necesita seleccionar ahora si quiere instalar una impresora de red o " +#~ "local. Se listan en la misma ventana." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conecte la impresora a su sistema mediante el cable apropiado. Puede ver la " +#~ "actividad en la pantalla, cuando el sistema busca los controladores, y puede " +#~ "que se le pida que se autentique para instalarlos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aparecerá un mensaje cuando el sistema haya concluido la instalación de la " +#~ "impresora. Seleccione Imprimir página de prueba para realizar una " +#~ "prueba de impresión, u Opciones para hacer cambios adicionales en " +#~ "la configuración de la impresora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si su impresora no se configuró de manera automática, puede añadirla en la " +#~ "configuración de impresora." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse Añadir y seleccione la impresora de la ventana de " +#~ "dispositivos." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse Continuar y espere mientras busca los controladores." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si hay varios controladores disponibles para su equipo, se le pedirá que " +#~ "elija uno. Para usar el controlador recomendado solamente pulse continuar en " +#~ "hacer y modelar pantallas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Después de instalar la impresora, quizá quiera cambiar su impresora predeterminada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para que los cambios surtan efecto, debe cerrar sesión e ingresar de nuevo. " +#~ "Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la barra de menús y " +#~ "seleccione Cerrar sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para que los cambios en los idiomas surtan efecto, debe cerrar sesión e " +#~ "ingresar de nuevo. Pulse en el icono situado en el extremo derecho de la " +#~ "barra de menús y seleccione Cerrar sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para cerrar sesión o cambiar de usuario, pulse en el menú de sistema situado en el extremo derecho de la " +#~ "barra de menús, y seleccione la opción apropiada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para bloquear su pantalla, pulse en el menú de sistema en la " +#~ "barra de menús y seleccione Bloquear la pantalla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando su pantalla está bloqueada otros usuarios pueden iniciar sesión en " +#~ "sus propias cuentas pulsando Cambiar de usuario en la pantalla de " +#~ "contraseña. Puede volver a su escritorio cuando hayan terminado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para suspender su equipo manualmente, pulse en el menú del " +#~ "sistema en la barra de menús y seleccione Suspender." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si quiere apagar el equipo por completo, o hacer un reinicio completo, pulse " +#~ "en el menú del sistema y seleccione Apagar." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28986,6 +30584,49 @@ #~ "aunque se pueda mostrar cortada en la pantalla, copie y péguela para hacerlo " #~ "bien):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Desde el teclado" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Suelte la tecla Alt para seleccionar la siguiente ventana " +#~ "(resaltada) en el selector." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De otra manera, mantenga pulsada la tecla Alt para desplazarse " +#~ "por la lista de ventanas abiertas, o " +#~ "MayúsTab para recorrerlas en sentido " +#~ "inverso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Las ventanas en el selector de ventanas se agrupan por aplicación. La vistas " +#~ "previas de aplicaciones con varias ventanas emergen según las recorre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "También puede moverse entre los iconos de aplicaciones en el selector de " +#~ "ventanas con la teclas → o ←, o seleccionar una " +#~ "haciendo clic con el ratón." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Las vistas previas de las aplicaciones con una sola ventana se puede mostrar " +#~ "con la tecla ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29324,6 +30965,12 @@ #~ "Si no desea recibir sugerencias de búsquedas en línea, puede desactivar esta " #~ "característica." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra Seguridad y privacidad y seleccione la pestaña " +#~ "Búsqueda." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Desactive Incluir resultados de búsqueda en línea." @@ -29383,6 +31030,15 @@ #~ "vídeo. Revise el Centro de software de Ubuntu para ver lo que hay " #~ "disponible." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si dispone de más de un lápiz, cuando el lápiz adicional se acerque a la " +#~ "tableta, se mostrará un control de páginas junto al nombre del lápiz. Use " +#~ "ese control para elegir qué lápiz configurar." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " @@ -29408,6 +31064,36 @@ #~ "como...." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Haga clic en Marcadores en la barra de menú y seleccione " +#~ "Añadir este lugar a marcadores." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Haga clic en Marcadores en la barra de menú y seleccione " +#~ "Marcadores...." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Puede cambiar la acción que sucede cuándo la batería está demasiado baja. " +#~ "Primero, pulse en menú batería en la barra de menú y " +#~ "seleccione Ajustes. En la opción «Batería muy baja», " +#~ "puede elegir suspender hibernar o " +#~ "apagar. Sí elige apagar, sus aplicaciones y documentos no serán " +#~ "guardados cuándo el equipo se apague." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " #~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " @@ -29427,6 +31113,14 @@ #~ "elegido por separado." #~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cuando esté satisfecho con los parámetros de búsqueda, pulse " +#~ "Archivo en la barra de menú y seleccione Guardar búsqueda " +#~ "como ...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Once the application has finished starting, a small white triangle " #~ "will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you " #~ "have two windows of the same application open. If you have three or more " @@ -29452,8 +31146,50 @@ #~ msgstr "Si opta por instalar Flash, pulse en Instalar." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el menú del sistema, ubicado en el extremo derecho de la " +#~ "barra de menús, y seleccione Configuración del sistema." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De manera predeterminada, la inclusión de resultados de búsqueda en línea " +#~ "está desactivada." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch an " #~ "install option window." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pulse en este enlace para " #~ "que se abra una ventana de instalación opcional." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Activar los resultados de búsqueda en línea" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pulse en el menú del sistema, ubicado en el extremo derecho de la " +#~ "barra de menús, y seleccione Configuración del sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si quiere recibir sugerencias de búsqueda en línea, puede activar esta " +#~ "funcionalidad en el panel Seguridad y privacidad de Configuración " +#~ "del sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software ayuda a eliminar software que ya no se usa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software para añadir programas y hacer Ubuntu mas " +#~ "utilizable" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/et/et.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/et/et.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/et/et.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/et/et.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-11 17:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Estonian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Doug Smythies https://launchpad.net/~dsmythies\n" " Gunnar Hjalmarsson https://launchpad.net/~gunnarhj\n" -" gnu7 https://launchpad.net/~gnu7.1" +" vaba https://launchpad.net/~vaba" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:8 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -308,58 +308,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -411,14 +496,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -451,30 +536,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -484,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -492,14 +568,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -507,7 +583,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -531,12 +607,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -657,7 +733,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -687,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -701,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -710,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -718,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -726,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -777,17 +853,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -796,14 +872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -841,17 +917,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -860,14 +936,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -878,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -923,13 +999,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -958,7 +1034,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -972,10 +1048,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1029,12 +1105,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1045,7 +1122,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1054,15 +1131,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1216,7 +1294,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1230,46 +1308,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1277,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1603,6 +1680,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1685,107 +1831,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1794,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1807,31 +1962,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1839,49 +1995,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1892,13 +2085,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1910,27 +2103,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1938,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1946,12 +2139,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1961,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1971,7 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1979,22 +2172,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2469,7 +2662,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3007,7 +3200,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3248,7 +3441,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3256,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4784,59 +4977,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5025,90 +5201,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5117,109 +5312,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5258,65 +5411,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5325,106 +5467,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5436,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5447,28 +5596,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5476,19 +5617,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5499,13 +5640,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5535,18 +5676,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5554,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5563,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5590,15 +5731,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5614,7 +5761,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5622,7 +5769,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5630,7 +5777,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5638,7 +5785,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5667,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5676,19 +5823,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5698,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5727,13 +5874,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5748,7 +5896,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5783,7 +5931,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5815,17 +5963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5848,12 +5996,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6108,7 +6255,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6336,12 +6482,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6349,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6357,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6367,7 +6513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6377,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6385,17 +6531,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6404,12 +6550,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6418,24 +6564,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6444,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6452,24 +6598,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6477,12 +6623,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6491,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6508,10 +6654,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6531,14 +6677,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6548,24 +6709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7103,10 +7272,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7578,129 +7746,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8470,7 +8614,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8486,22 +8630,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8512,7 +8656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8521,46 +8665,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8572,15 +8716,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8605,12 +8759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8619,26 +8773,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8648,19 +8802,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8668,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8676,50 +8830,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9088,14 +9242,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9118,12 +9272,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9131,24 +9285,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9156,7 +9310,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9165,14 +9319,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9181,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9288,10 +9442,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9326,17 +9481,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9363,26 +9519,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9391,7 +9540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9399,12 +9548,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9415,7 +9564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9614,7 +9763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9624,8 +9773,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9649,7 +9798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9670,11 +9819,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9682,31 +9831,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9728,13 +9879,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9749,8 +9899,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9772,85 +9922,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9858,7 +10216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10052,14 +10410,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10068,8 +10426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10087,74 +10444,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10165,31 +10518,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10591,7 +10944,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10601,70 +10954,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11150,7 +11504,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11310,7 +11664,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11440,80 +11794,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11777,12 +12131,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11795,7 +12148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12051,22 +12404,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12097,7 +12450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12187,7 +12540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12195,30 +12548,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12227,29 +12580,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12263,7 +12617,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12277,14 +12631,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12294,19 +12648,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12314,7 +12668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12542,83 +12896,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12851,6 +13255,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13047,7 +13452,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13090,20 +13495,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13111,13 +13516,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13125,19 +13530,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13573,10 +13978,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13600,50 +14005,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13652,25 +14058,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13702,8 +14107,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13870,25 +14275,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13896,40 +14301,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13938,25 +14343,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13965,12 +14370,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13981,41 +14386,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14024,34 +14429,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14062,44 +14467,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14107,17 +14513,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14127,32 +14533,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14163,30 +14569,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14249,21 +14665,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14274,12 +14688,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14288,14 +14709,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14461,7 +14882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14469,12 +14890,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14482,7 +14903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15498,12 +15919,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15624,7 +16045,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15668,7 +16089,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15754,39 +16175,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15819,31 +16218,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16125,7 +16517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16258,7 +16650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16266,21 +16658,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16288,7 +16680,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16296,8 +16688,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16350,7 +16742,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16367,7 +16761,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16471,7 +16866,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16888,7 +17282,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16923,92 +17317,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17156,31 +17594,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17189,7 +17627,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17283,14 +17807,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17298,15 +17822,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17315,12 +17840,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17328,19 +17853,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17365,27 +17890,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17396,12 +17922,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17409,7 +17935,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17441,17 +17967,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17656,28 +18182,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17722,20 +18248,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17745,27 +18271,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17775,26 +18306,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18326,36 +18860,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18363,17 +18897,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18382,14 +18916,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18435,55 +18969,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18491,8 +19022,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18500,7 +19036,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18667,19 +19203,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18688,26 +19224,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19351,7 +19887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19359,17 +19895,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19377,7 +19913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19500,12 +20044,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20179,37 +20723,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20236,19 +20772,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20338,38 +20874,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20498,32 +21034,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20531,8 +21067,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20541,7 +21091,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20549,14 +21099,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20568,7 +21118,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20576,28 +21126,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20608,7 +21158,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20616,14 +21166,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20634,21 +21184,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20659,7 +21209,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20667,14 +21217,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20682,58 +21232,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20828,37 +21352,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22156,7 +22654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22164,7 +22662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22174,18 +22672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/eu/eu.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/eu/eu.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/eu/eu.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/eu/eu.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Basque \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -304,58 +304,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -407,14 +492,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -447,30 +532,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -480,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -488,14 +564,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -503,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -527,12 +603,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -653,7 +729,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -683,12 +759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -697,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -706,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -714,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -722,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -773,17 +849,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -792,14 +868,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -837,17 +913,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -856,14 +932,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -874,13 +950,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -919,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -954,7 +1030,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -968,10 +1044,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1025,12 +1101,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1041,7 +1118,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1050,15 +1127,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1212,7 +1290,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1226,46 +1304,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1273,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1599,6 +1676,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1681,107 +1827,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1790,12 +1945,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1803,31 +1958,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1835,49 +1991,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1888,13 +2081,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1906,27 +2099,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1934,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1942,12 +2135,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1957,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1967,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1975,22 +2168,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2465,7 +2658,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3003,7 +3196,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3244,7 +3437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3252,7 +3445,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4780,59 +4973,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5021,90 +5197,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5113,109 +5308,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5254,65 +5407,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5321,106 +5463,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5432,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5443,28 +5592,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5472,19 +5613,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5495,13 +5636,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5531,18 +5672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5550,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5559,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5586,15 +5727,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5610,7 +5757,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5618,7 +5765,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5626,7 +5773,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5634,7 +5781,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5663,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5672,19 +5819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5694,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5723,13 +5870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5744,7 +5892,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5779,7 +5927,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5811,17 +5959,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5844,12 +5992,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6104,7 +6251,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6332,12 +6478,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6345,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6353,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6363,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6373,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6381,17 +6527,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6400,12 +6546,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6414,24 +6560,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6440,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6448,24 +6594,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6473,12 +6619,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6487,7 +6633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6504,10 +6650,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6527,14 +6673,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6544,24 +6705,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7099,10 +7268,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7574,129 +7742,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8466,7 +8610,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8482,22 +8626,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8508,7 +8652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8517,46 +8661,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8568,15 +8712,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8601,12 +8755,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8615,26 +8769,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8644,19 +8798,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8664,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8672,50 +8826,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9084,14 +9238,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9114,12 +9268,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9127,24 +9281,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9152,7 +9306,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9161,14 +9315,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9177,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9284,10 +9438,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9322,17 +9477,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9359,26 +9515,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9387,7 +9536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9395,12 +9544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9411,7 +9560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9610,7 +9759,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9620,8 +9769,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9645,7 +9794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9666,11 +9815,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9678,31 +9827,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9724,13 +9875,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9745,8 +9895,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9768,85 +9918,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9854,7 +10212,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10048,14 +10406,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10064,8 +10422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10083,74 +10440,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10161,31 +10514,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10587,7 +10940,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10597,70 +10950,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11146,7 +11500,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11306,7 +11660,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11436,80 +11790,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11773,12 +12127,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11791,7 +12144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12047,22 +12400,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12093,7 +12446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12183,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12191,30 +12544,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12223,29 +12576,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12259,7 +12613,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12273,14 +12627,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12290,19 +12644,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12310,7 +12664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12538,83 +12892,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12847,6 +13251,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13043,7 +13448,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13086,20 +13491,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13107,13 +13512,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13121,19 +13526,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13569,10 +13974,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13596,50 +14001,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13648,25 +14054,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13698,8 +14103,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13866,25 +14271,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13892,40 +14297,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13934,25 +14339,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13961,12 +14366,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13977,41 +14382,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14020,34 +14425,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14058,44 +14463,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14103,17 +14509,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14123,32 +14529,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14159,30 +14565,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14245,21 +14661,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14270,12 +14684,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14284,14 +14705,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14457,7 +14878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14465,12 +14886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14478,7 +14899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15494,12 +15915,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15620,7 +16041,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15664,7 +16085,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15750,39 +16171,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15815,31 +16214,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16121,7 +16513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16254,7 +16646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16262,21 +16654,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16284,7 +16676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16292,8 +16684,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16346,7 +16738,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16363,7 +16757,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16467,7 +16862,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16884,7 +17278,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16919,92 +17313,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17152,31 +17590,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17185,7 +17623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17279,14 +17803,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17294,15 +17818,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17311,12 +17836,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17324,19 +17849,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17361,27 +17886,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17392,12 +17918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17405,7 +17931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17437,17 +17963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17652,28 +18178,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17718,20 +18244,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17741,27 +18267,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17771,26 +18302,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18322,36 +18856,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18359,17 +18893,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18378,14 +18912,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18431,55 +18965,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18487,8 +19018,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18496,7 +19032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18663,19 +19199,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18684,26 +19220,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19347,7 +19883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19355,17 +19891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19373,7 +19909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19496,12 +20040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20175,37 +20719,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20232,19 +20768,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20334,38 +20870,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20494,32 +21030,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20527,8 +21063,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20537,7 +21087,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20545,14 +21095,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20564,7 +21114,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20572,28 +21122,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20604,7 +21154,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20612,14 +21162,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20630,21 +21180,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20655,7 +21205,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20663,14 +21213,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20678,58 +21228,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20824,37 +21348,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22152,7 +22650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22160,7 +22658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22170,18 +22668,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/fi/fi.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/fi/fi.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/fi/fi.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/fi/fi.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -5,15 +5,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-guide\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-19 20:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Finnish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: fi\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -325,61 +325,146 @@ "aiheuttaa useita näppäinpainalluksia, vaikka tarkoituksena oli painaa vain " "kerran." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " -"Järjestelmäasetukset." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Avaa Esteettömyys ja valitse Kirjoittaminen-välilehti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Kytke Kimmonäppäimet Päällä-asentoon." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -449,14 +534,14 @@ "käyttöliittymän osien väritystä muutetaan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Avaa Esteettömyys ja valitse Näkeminen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Aseta Suuri kontrasti asentoon Päälle." @@ -498,19 +583,9 @@ "painikkeen päälle, pitää hiiren hetken paikallaan ja odottaa, kunnes " "painikkeen napsautus tapahtuu." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Napsauta nimeäsi valikkopalkissa ja valitse Järjestelmäasetukset." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -519,12 +594,12 @@ "napsauttaminen -välilehti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Kytke Napsautus kohdistamalla päälle." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -541,7 +616,7 @@ "tilaan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -552,7 +627,7 @@ "painike aktivoituu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -561,7 +636,7 @@ "kauan hiirta tulee pitää paikallaan ennnen napsautusta." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -572,7 +647,7 @@ "osoitin kuitenkin liikkuu liikaa, napsautusta ei tapahdu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -600,12 +675,12 @@ "kokoa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Aseta Suuri teksti asentoon Päälle." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -742,7 +817,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -777,12 +852,12 @@ "liikuttaa tiettyjä sormia tai jos hiiressäsi on vain yksi painike." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Kytke päälle Kakkospainikkeen simuloitu painallus." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -795,7 +870,7 @@ "napsautus -otsakkeen alla." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -809,7 +884,7 @@ "oikean painikkeen painallus simuloidaan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -820,7 +895,7 @@ "kuitenkin normaalilla tavalla vaikka osoittimen väri ei muutu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -831,7 +906,7 @@ "numeronäppäintä 5." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -894,17 +969,17 @@ "oikeaa näppäintä näppäimistöltä ensimmäisellä kerralla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Kytke Hitaat näppäimet käyttöön." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Hitaiden näppäinten pikainen käyttöönotto ja käytöstä poistaminen" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -918,7 +993,7 @@ "käytöstä pitämällä Vaihto-näppäintä pohjassa kahdeksan sekuntia." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -927,7 +1002,7 @@ "kauan näppäintä täytyy painaa sen rekisteröitymiseksi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -978,18 +1053,18 @@ "useita näppäimiä samanaikaisesti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Kytke Pohjaan jäävät näppäimet käyttöön." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" "Pohjaan jäävien näppäinten pikainen käyttöönotto ja käytöstä poistaminen" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1004,7 +1079,7 @@ "kertaa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1014,7 +1089,7 @@ "tapaan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1032,7 +1107,7 @@ "kaikkia." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1040,7 +1115,7 @@ "samanaikaisesti ottaaksesi tämän ominaisuuden käyttöön." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1092,14 +1167,14 @@ "hiljaisuutta (esimerkiksi kirjasto). Lue myös ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Avaa Esteettömyys ja valitse Kuuleminen-välilehti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1130,7 +1205,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1144,10 +1219,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1201,12 +1276,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1217,7 +1293,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1226,15 +1302,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1410,13 +1487,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Verkkotilin lisääminen helpottaa Ubuntun sovellusten käyttöönottoa, sillä " -"esimerkiksi sähköposti- ja pikakeskustelusovellusten asetukset voidaan tehdä " -"automaattisesti." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1427,74 +1501,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Valitse Tilin tyyppi ikkunan oikeanpuolimmaisesta paneelista." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Useampien tilien luominen onnistuu toistamalla samat toimenpiteet myöhemmin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Suppea web-käyttöliittymä avautuu, johon annetaan tilin tunnistetiedot. " -"Esimerkiksi Google-tiliä luodessa kenttiin tulee kirjoittaa Google-" -"käyttäjänimi ja -salasana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Kun oikeat tunnistetiedot on syötetty, tulee hyväksyä käyttöehdot " -"Hyväksy-painikkeella. Tämän jälkeen Ubuntu pyytää lupaa käyttää " -"tiliäsi. Napsauta Salli käyttö ja anna salasana, kun sitä " -"kysytään." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Voit nyt valita sovellukset, jotka saavat oikeuden käyttää verkkotiliäsi. " -"Jos esimerkiksi tiliä käytetään keskustelutilinä eikä sen " -"kalenteriominaisuutta haluta hyödyntää, kalenteri voidaan poistaa käytöstä." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Kun tili on luotu, jokainen valittu ohjelma käyttää automaattisesti " -"antamiasi tunnistetietoja kirjautuessaan eri verkkopalveluihin." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Turvallisuussyistä johtuen Ubuntu ei säilytä salasanaasi tietokoneellasi. " -"Koneellasi säilytetään ainoastaan verkkopalvelun antamaa " -"tunnistautumiskoodia. Jos haluat peruuttaa tietokoneesi ja verkkopalvelun " -"välisen yhteyden kokonaan, poista tili." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1863,6 +1918,75 @@ "ovat käyttövalmiita heti tietokoneen käynnistyttyä." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1959,123 +2083,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Asenna lisää sovelluksia" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntun kehittäjät ovat valinneet oletussovellukset, joiden uskotaan olevan " -"hyödyllisiä mahdollisimman monelle. Siitä huolimatta haluat varmasti asentaa " -"lisää sovelluksia, joiden avulla Ubuntun käytöstä tulee aiempaa " -"monipuolisempaa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Asenna lisää sovelluksia seuraamalla näitä ohjeita:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Yhdistä langattomaan tai kiinteään verkkoon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "Valitse asennettava sovellus ja napsauta Asenna." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Sinulta kysytään salasanaasi. Kirjoita salasana (sama, jota käytät " -"kirjautumiseen), jonka jälkeen tietokone asentaa sovelluksen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Asennus tapahtuu yleensä nopeasti, mutta voi joskus kestää jonkin aikaa " -"riippuen Internet-yhteytesi nopeudesta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Uusi sovellus lisätään käynnistimeen. Jos et pidä tästä ominaisuudesta, " -"poista valinta NäytäAseta uudet sovellukset " -"käynnistimeen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "Hanki lisäsovelluksia lisäämällä PPA-ohjelmalähteitä." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Lisää PPA-ohjelmalähde" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Personal Package Archives (PPAs) -ohjelmalähteet ovat Ubuntun " -"käyttäjille suunniteltuja, joten ne on helpompi ottaa käyttöön kuin muut " -"kolmansien osapuolten ohjelmistolähteet." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Lisää vain sellaisia ohjelmistolähteitä, joihin luotat!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2087,12 +2204,12 @@ "haittaohjelmia." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Asenna PPA-ohjelmalähde" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2103,31 +2220,32 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Siirry Muut ohjelmistot -välilehdelle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Napsauta Lisää ja anna ppa:-sijainti." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "Napsauta Lisää lähde. Anna salasanasi todennusikkunaan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2135,30 +2253,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Poista sovellukset, joita et ole käyttänyt pitkään aikaan." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Poista sovellus" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2167,21 +2311,30 @@ "hakukenttää tai selata asennettujen sovellusten luetteloa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Valitse sovellus ja napsauta Poista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Sinulta voidaan kysyä salasanaasi. Salasanan antamisen jälkeen sovellus " -"poistetaan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2196,16 +2349,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Asenna ylimääräisiä ohjelmistoja ja päivityksiä lisäämällä uusia " -"ohjelmalähteitä." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Lisää ohjelmalähteitä" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2220,13 +2371,13 @@ "Jos haluat asentaa jotain kolmansien osapuolten ohjelmalähteistä, sinun " "tulee saattaa kyseiset ohjelmalähteet Ubuntun tietoon." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Asenna muita ohjelmalähteitä" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2235,7 +2386,7 @@ "ohjelmistot -välilehdelle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2245,7 +2396,7 @@ "vaikuttaa samankaltaiselta kuin alla:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2253,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2261,12 +2412,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Canonicalin kumppanit -pakettivaraston aktivoiminen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2276,7 +2427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2286,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2294,26 +2445,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Lisää/poista ohjelmistoja" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Asenna, poista, kolmansien " -"osapuolten ohjelmalähteet…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Lisää tai poista sovelluksia" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2917,8 +3065,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB-muistitikku (alhainen kapasiteetti)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3588,7 +3736,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3887,24 +4035,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Väriyrityksen vertaustiedoston lataaminen ja tulostaminen" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Väreihin erikoistuneen yrityksen käyttäminen tulostinprofiilin luomiseen on " -"yleensä halvin tapa, jos käytössä on vain yksi tai kaksi erilaista " -"paperityyppiä. Lataamalla vertauskaavion yrityksen WWW-sivustolta on " -"mahdollista lähettää kaavio takaisin tulostettuna kirjekuoressa, minkä " -"jälkeen yritys lukee kuvan digitaaliseksi ja luo profiilin. Profiili " -"lähetetään sähköisenä, tarkkana ICC-profiilina." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5739,21 +5881,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Jos muutat mielesi, saat kellon takaisin napsauttamalla näytön oikeassa " -"yläkulmassa olevaa kuvaketta ja valitsemalla " -"Järjestelmäasetukset. Kellon asetukset löytyvät valitsemalla " -"Aika ja päiväys Järjestelmä-osiosta." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Vaihda päiväyksen muotoa" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5762,44 +5902,23 @@ "muotoilua." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " -"Järjestelmäasetukset." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Valitse Kieliasetukset Henkilökohtaiset-osiosta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Valitse Alueelliset muotoilut -välilehti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Valitse haluamasi alueellinen muotoilu pudotusvalikosta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6020,107 +6139,110 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Suorita levylle suorituskykytestejä mitataksesi levyn nopeus." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Testaa kiintolevyn suorituskyky" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Testaa kiintolevyn suorituskyky:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Avaa Levyt Unity-valikosta." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Avaa Levyt-sovellus Toiminnot-yleisnäkymästä." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Valitse asema Levyasemat-luettelosta." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Napsauta hammasrataksella varustettua painiketta ja valitse " -"Suorituskykytesti." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Mittauksen tulokset esitetään kuvaajina sen valmistumisen jälkeen. Vihreät " -"pisteet ja niitä yhdistävät viivat ilmaisevat hakuaikamittauksen tuloksia " -"mittauksen edetessä (vaaka-akselilla mittaushetki, oikealla pystyakselilla " -"hakuajat). Sininen käyrä puolestaan ilmaisee lukunopeutta ja punainen käyrä " -"kirjoitusnopeutta tietyllä etäisyydellä levyn akselista. Nopeuden arvot " -"näkyvät vasemmalla pystyakselilla ja vaaka-akselin prosenttiluku ilmaisee " -"mittauskohdan kohtisuoraa etäisyyttä levyn ulkoreunasta (0% on levyn " -"ulkoreunalla ja 100% pyörimisakselilla)." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Graafin alla on näkyvillä luku- ja kirjoitusnopeuden minimi-, maksimi- ja " -"keskiarvot, keskimääräinen yhteysaika ja edellisestä suorituskykytestistä " -"kulunut aika." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Käytä Levynkäytön analysointia tai Järjestelmän " -"valvontaa levyn vapaan tilan ja koon tarkistamiseen." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6128,128 +6250,68 @@ msgstr "Tarkista kuinka paljon levytilaa on käytössä" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Voit tarkistaa vapaana olevan levytilan määrän Levynkäytön analysointi-" -" tai Järjestelmän valvonta -sovelluksella." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Levytilan tarkistaminen Levynkäytön analysoijalla" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Tarkista vapaana olevan levytilan määrä Levynkäytön analysoijalla:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Avaa Levyt Unity-valikosta." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Käytä työkalupalkin painikkeita kotikansion, " -"tiedostojärjestelmän, kansion tai " -"verkkokansion kartoittamiseen." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Tiedot näytetään Kansion, Käytön, Koon ja " -"Sisällön mukaan. Lisätietoja löytyy Levynkäytön analysoinnin ohjeesta." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Tarkista Järjestelmän valvonnalla" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Mitä jos levy on liian täynnä?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Tarkista vapaana olevan levytilan määrä Järjestelmän valvonnalla:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "Avaa Järjestelmän valvonta Unity-valikosta." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Avaa Järjestelmän valvonta -sovellus Toiminnot-" -"näkymästä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Valitse Tiedostojärjestelmät -välilehti nähdäksesi levyosiot ja " -"käytetyn levytilan. Tältä välilehdeltä löytyy mm. osioiden koko, " -"vapaa tila, käytössä oleva tila sekä " -"käyttöaste." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Mitä jos levy on liian täynnä?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Jos levy on liian täynnä, harkitse seuraavia toimenpiteitä:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Poista turhiksi jääneet tiedostot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Tee varmuuskopioita tärkeistä tiedostoista, " -"joita et tarvitse hetkeen ja poista ne kiintolevyltä." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6293,75 +6355,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Levyn kunnon tarkastaminen Levyt-ohjelmalla" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Avaa Levyt Unity-valikosta." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "Avaa Levyt-sovellus Toiminnot-näkymästä." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Mitä jos kiintolevy ei ole kunnossa?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Vaikka SMART-tila ilmoittaa, että levy ei ole kunnossa, " -"ei välttämättä ole syytä huoleen. On kuitenkin hyvä luoda varmuuskopiot, jotta estät tiedostojen menetyksen." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Jos tila sanoo \"Pre-fail\", levy on vielä kohtalaisen hyväkuntoinen mutta " -"kulumisen merkkejä alkaa näkymään, joka saattaa tarkoittaa sen rikkoutumista " -"tulevaisuudessa. Jos kiintolevysi (tai tietokoneesi) on muutaman vuoden " -"ikäinen, tämän viestin näkyminen on todennäköisempää ainakin joissain " -"testeissä. Sinun tulisi varmuuskopioida tärkeät " -"tiedot säännöllisesti ja tarkistaa levyn tila nähdäksesi, huononeeko " -"se." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6372,133 +6413,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Poista kaikki tiedostot ja kansiot ulkoiselta kiintolevyltä tai USB-" -"muistitikulta alustamalla se." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Tyhjennä siirrettävä levy" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"USB-muistitikun tai CD-levyn kaikki tiedostot voi poistaa, jotta " -"siirrettävän levyn voisi ottaa uudelleen käyttöön tai hävittää melko " -"turvallisesti. Tätä kutsutaan levyn alustamiseksi. Alustus poistaa " -"kaikki levyn tiedostot ja tyhjentää sen." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Alusta irrotettava levy" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Valitse levy, jonka haluat tyhjentää Tallennuslaitteet-listasta." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Varmista, että olet valinnut oikean levyn! Jos valitset väärän levyn, kaikki " -"kyseisen levyn tiedostot poistetaan!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Napsauta Taltiot-osiossa Irrota taltio. Napsauta sitten " -"Alusta taltio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Valitse avautuvasta ikkunasta tiedostojärjestelmän tyyppi levylle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Jos levyä käytetään Ubuntun lisäksi myös Windows- ja Mac OS X -koneilla, " -"valitse tiedostojärjestelmäksi FAT. Pelkkää Windows-käyttöä " -"ajatellen paras vaihtoehto on NTFS. Lisätietoja eri " -"tiedostojärjestelmästä näytetään vihjeenä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Anna levylle nimi ja aloita levyn tyhjentäminen napsauttamalla " -"Alusta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Alustamisen valmistuttua poista levy turvallisesti. Sen pitäisi " -"nyt olla tyhjä ja valmiina käyttöön." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Levyn alustaminen ei poista tiedostoja turvallisesti" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Levyn alustaminen ei ole täysin varma tapa sen sisältämän tiedon " -"tuhoamiseen. Alustetulla levyllä ei näytä olevan tiedostoja, mutta " -"erikoisohjelmistoilla on mahdollista palauttaa tiedostoja. Levyn tiedot voi " -"poistaa turvallisesti komentorivisovelluksilla, kuten sovelluksella " -"shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Ymmärrä, mitä taltiot ja levyosiot ovat ja käytä levytyökalua niiden " -"hallintaan." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Hallitse levyjä ja osioita" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6517,7 +6538,7 @@ "kirjoittaa) tiedostoja." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6534,57 +6555,40 @@ "asemien funktionaalisiin \"takahuoneisiin\"." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Tutki ja hallitse taltioita ja levyosioita käyttäen levytyökalua" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Voit tarkistaa ja muokata tietokoneesi tallennustaltioita leyvtyökalukka." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Avaa Unity-valikko ja käynnistä Levyt-sovellus." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Ruudusta, joka on nimetty Tallennuslaitteet löydät kiintolevyt, " -"CD/DVD-asemat ja muut asemat. Valitse laite tutkiaksesi sitä." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Oikeassa ruudussa alue, jonka otsikko on Volumes tarjoaa valitun " -"aseman taltioiden ja osioiden visuaalisen paloittelun. Se myös sisältää " -"monia taltioiden hallintaan käytettäviä työkaluja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Ole varovainen: näillä työkaluilla on mahdollista hävittää kaikki levyllä " -"olevat tiedot." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6600,19 +6604,14 @@ "usealle eri levyosiolle turvallisuus- tai käytettävyyssyistä." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Yhden ensisijaisen osion täytyy sisältää tieto, jota käytetään tietokoneen " -"käynnistämiseen eli boottaamiseen. Tästä syystä sitä kutsutaan " -"välillä käynnistysosioksi tai -taltioksi. Selvittääksesi, että onko taltio " -"käynnistyslevy, tarkastele sen Osiolippuja. Ulkoinen asema, kuten " -"USB-asema tai CD-levy voi myös sisältää käynnistystaltion." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6646,18 +6645,18 @@ msgstr "Aseta kirkkaus" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Valitse Kirkkaus ja lukitus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Siirrä Kirkkaus-liukusäädintä sopivaan kohtaan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6669,7 +6668,7 @@ "tulee pitää pohjassa näitä näppäimiä käytettäessä." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6681,7 +6680,7 @@ "kuluttaa paljon virtaa ja lyhentää akkusi kestoa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6715,15 +6714,22 @@ "asetuksia:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Napsauta nimeäsi valikkopalkissa ja valitse Järjestelmäasetukset." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Avaa Näytöt." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6745,7 +6751,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6755,7 +6761,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6765,7 +6771,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6775,7 +6781,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "Sulje Näytöt napsauttamalla x yläkulmasta." @@ -6807,7 +6813,7 @@ "asetuksia:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6820,7 +6826,7 @@ "näytölle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6829,12 +6835,12 @@ "sijainti -kohtaan Kaikki näytöt." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Hidastus reunoilla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6848,7 +6854,7 @@ "hiiren siirtäminen näytöltä toiselle vaatii hiiren työntämistä reunaa vasten." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6886,20 +6892,15 @@ "lukittumaan automaattisesti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Varmista, että Automaattinen lukitus on käytössä ja valitse viime " -"alla olevasta pudotusvalikosta. Näyttö lukittuu automaattisesti, jos kone on " -"ollut käyttämättömänä asetetun viiveen verran. Voit myös valita Näyttö " -"sammutetaan lukitaksesi näytön sen sammuttamisen jälkeen, jonka " -"viivettä voit säätää Sammuta näyttö koneen ollessa käyttämättä -" -"pudotusvalikolla." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6913,7 +6914,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6948,7 +6949,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6980,17 +6981,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Poista kokoelma seuraavasti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7013,12 +7014,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7294,7 +7294,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Etsi tiedostoja" @@ -7533,14 +7532,14 @@ "tietokoneeseen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Valitse TiedotErilliset " "tallennusvälineet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7548,7 +7547,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7556,7 +7555,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7571,7 +7570,7 @@ "(esimerkiksi diaesitys)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7586,7 +7585,7 @@ "toiminto Toiminto-pudotusvalikosta." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7597,17 +7596,17 @@ "ohjelmia liitettäessä media." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Laite- ja mediatyyppejä" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Äänilevyt" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7616,12 +7615,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Videolevyt" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7630,24 +7629,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Tyhjät levyt" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Kamerat ja valokuvat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7656,7 +7655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7664,24 +7663,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Musiikkisoittimet" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Sähköisten kirjojen lukijat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7689,12 +7688,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Ohjelmisto" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7703,7 +7702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Älä koskaan suorita ohjelmistoja medialta, johon et luota." @@ -7720,15 +7719,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Käytä Tiedostot-tiedostonhallintaa selataksesi ja hallitaksesi " -"tietokoneellasi olevia tiedostoja. Sen avulla voit käyttää myös erillisiä " -"tallennusvälineitä (kuten ulkoisia kiintolevyjä), verkkopalvelimia sekä verkkojakoja." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7752,18 +7747,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Kaksoisnapsauta mitä tahansa kansiota nähdäksesi sen sisällön. " -"Kaksoisnapsauttamalla tiedostoa avaat sen tiedostomuodolle oletukseksi " -"asetetussa sovelluksessa. Voit avata kansion kansion uuteen välilehteen tai " -"ikkunaan napsauttamalla sitä hiiren oikealla painikkeella." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7780,36 +7786,33 @@ "kyseisen sijainnin tai katsella sijainnin ominaisuuksia." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Jos haluat nopeasti siirtyä tiettyyn kansiossa olevaan tiedostoon, voit " -"aloittaa sen nimen kirjoittamisen. Ikkunan yläosaan ilmestyy hakukenttä, ja " -"ensimmäinen hakuehtojasi vastaava tiedosto korostetaan. Paina nuolinäppäintä " -"alas tai vieritä hiirellä siirtyäksesi seuraavaan hakuehtoosi sopivaan " -"tiedostoon." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Voit siirtyä usein käytettäviin sijainteihin nopeasti sivupaneelin " -"avulla. Jos et näe sivupaneelia, paina tiedostonhallinnan ollessa avoinna F9-" -"näppäintä. Voit lisätä usein käyttämiäsi kansioita kirjanmerkkeihin, jolloin " -"ne näkyvät sivupaneelissa. Käytä kirjanmerkkien hallintaan " -"Kirjanmerkit-valikkoa, tai vaihtoehtoisesti vedä haluamasi kansio " -"sivupaneeliin." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8444,10 +8447,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -9044,162 +9046,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Etsi tiedostoja tiedostonimen ja tyypin perusteella. Tallenna hakusi " -"myöhempää käyttöä varten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Voit etsiä tiedostoja niiden nimellä tai tiedostotyyppiä käyttäen suoraan " -"tiedostonhallinasta. Voit halutessasi tallentaa usein käytettyjä hakuehtoja, " -"jolloin ne näkyvät erikoiskansioina kotikansiossasi." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Muut etsintäohjelmat" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Etsi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Avaa tiedostonhallinta." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Jos tiedät tiedostojen sijaitsevan tietyssä kansiossa, siirry kyseiseen " -"kansioon." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Napsauta suurennuslasin kuvaketta työkalupalkista tai paina " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Kirjoita yksi tai useampi sana, jotka ovat tiedoston nimessä. Jos " -"esimerkiksi haluat etsiä laskuja, joiden tiedostonimessä on sana \"lasku\", " -"kirjoita lasku. Paina Enter." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Voit rajata tuloksia sijainnin ja tiedostotyypin perusteella." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Napsauta Koti rajataksesi hakutulokset " -"kotikansioosi, tai Kaikki tiedostot etsiäksesi " -"kaikkialta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Napsauta + ja valitse Tiedoston tyyppi " -"pudotusvalikosta rajataksesi hakutulokset tietyn tyyppisiin tiedostoihin. " -"Napsauta x poistaaksesi tiedostotyypin rajauksen ja " -"laajentaaksesi hakutuloksia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Voit avata, kopioida, poistaa tai työskennellä hakutuloksina näkyvien " -"tiedostojen kanssa aivan kuten minkä tahansa muun tiedostonhallinnassa " -"näkyvän kansion tapauksessa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Napsauta uudelleen suurennuslasin kuvaketta työkalupalkista sulkeaksesi haun " -"ja palataksesi kansioon." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Jos suoritat tiettyjä hakuja usein, voit tallentaa ne nopeuttaaksesi " -"kyseisten hakujen tuloksiin pääsyä." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Tallenna haku" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Käynnistä haku kuten yllä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Anna haulle nimi ja paina Tallenna. Jos haluat, voit valita " -"tallennuskansioksi jonkun muun sijainnin. Kun selaat kansiota, näet " -"tallennetun haun kansiona, jonka kuvakkeessa on suurennuslasi." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Tallennetun haun poistaminen onnistuu samalla tavalla kuin muidenkin " -"tiedostojen poistaminen. Tallennettua " -"hakua poistettaessa ei poisteta hakutuloksina olevia tiedostoja." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10129,7 +10075,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Valitse Laitteisto-osiossa Näppäimistö." @@ -10147,22 +10093,22 @@ "vilkkumisnopeuden." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Lisää syötelähteitä ja vaihtele niiden välillä." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Käytä vaihtoehtoisia syötelähteitä" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10178,7 +10124,7 @@ "muuta. Tämä on käytännöllistä, jos vaihdat usein eri kielien välillä." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10187,16 +10133,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Lisää syötelähteitä" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Napsauta Tekstisyöte." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Napsauta +, valitse syötelähde ja napsauta Lisää." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10205,31 +10166,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Napsauta Tekstisyöte." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Napsauta +, valitse syötelähde ja napsauta Lisää." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10241,7 +10187,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10250,8 +10196,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Syötelähteen ilmaisin" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10276,12 +10232,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Pikanäppäimet" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10290,27 +10246,27 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Aseta syötelähde kaikille ikkunoille tai yksittäin jokaiselle ikkunalle" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10320,19 +10276,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Monimutkaiset syötetavat" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10340,7 +10296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10348,36 +10304,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Sulje Kielituki ja avaa se uudelleen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Kirjaudu ulos ja takaisin sisään." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10386,14 +10342,14 @@ "Lisää." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Aseta Kirjoitusapu päälle, niin näyttönäppäimistö otetaan " @@ -10838,7 +10794,7 @@ "viivettä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -10847,7 +10803,7 @@ "painettuna niin toistuva näppäinpainallus poistetaan kokonaan käytöstä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10875,13 +10831,13 @@ msgstr "Pikanäppäinten muokkaaminen onnistuu seuraavasti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Avaa Näppäimistö ja siirry Pikanäppäimet-välilehdelle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10889,7 +10845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -10898,17 +10854,17 @@ "Askelpalautinta tyhjentääksesi valinnan." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Omat pikanäppäimet" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Luo omavalintainen pikanäppäin:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10916,7 +10872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10925,14 +10881,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10944,7 +10900,7 @@ "komento saattaa olla eriniminen kuin itse ohjelma." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11076,15 +11032,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Tämä ratkeaa klikkaamalla paneelin oikeassa yläkulmassa olevaa kuvaketta ja " -"valitsemalla Järjestelmäasetukset. Valitse Näytöt " -"Laitteisto-osiosta, testaa eri Tarkkuuksia ja säilytä asetus, " -"joka näyttää parhaalta." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11126,19 +11079,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " -"Näytöt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Poista valinta Peilaa näytöt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11171,16 +11123,7 @@ "asetuksia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " -"Järjestelmäasetukset." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11189,12 +11132,12 @@ "eri asetukset jokaiseen näyttöön. Valitse näyttö esikatselualueelta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Valitse haluamasi tarkkuus ja kierto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11208,7 +11151,7 @@ "kumoaminen pelastaa tilanteen vähällä vaivalla." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11221,12 +11164,12 @@ "Järjestelmäasetusten Näytöt-osiosta." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Tarkkuus" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11243,7 +11186,7 @@ "mustia palkkeja vääristymien estämiseksi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Kierto" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11442,24 +11385,24 @@ "aikarajaa kasvattaa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Avaa Hiiri ja kosketuslevy." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11467,7 +11410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11482,8 +11425,8 @@ "kokeilla myös toisella koneella." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11511,7 +11454,7 @@ "paikkaa, jolloin hiirtä käyttäminen vasemmalla kädellä helpottuu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11536,64 +11479,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Useimmat hiiret ja kosketyslevyt sisältävät keskimmäisen painikkeen. " -"Vieritysrullalla varustetuissa hiirissä on yleensä mahdollista painaa " -"vieritysrulla pohjaan, jolloin painallus luetaan keskimmäisen painikkeen " -"napsautukseksi. Jos hiiressäsi ei ole vieritysrullaa, voit painaa vasemman " -"ja oikean painikkeen pohjaan samanaikaisesti napsauttaaksesi keskimmäistä " -"painiketta. Jos et voi tehdä tätä, seuraa näitä " -"ohjeita." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Monikosketusta tukevilla kosketuslevyillä keskipainikkeen painalluksen voi " -"tehdä napsauttamalla levyä kolmella sormella. Kosketuslevyn hiirinapsautukset pitää kuitenkin ottaa " -"käyttöön toiminnon käyttämiseksi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "Monet sovellukset hyödyntävät hiiren keskipainiketta." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Yksi toiminnoista on tekstin liittäminen leikepöydältä. Maalaa teksti, " -"napsauta aluetta johon sen haluat liittää ja paina keskipainiketta. Valittu " -"teksti liitettiin osoittimen kohtaan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Tekstin liittäminen keskipainikkeella on erillinen toiminto normaalista " -"leikepöydästä. Tekstin kopioiminen ja liittäminen tällä tavalla ei kopioi " -"tekstiä leikepöydälle. Keskipainikkeen painaminen ja " -"CtrlC ja V ovat siis kaksi erillistä " -"toimintoa." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11621,16 +11546,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Useimmat verkkoselaimet avaavat linkin uuteen välilehteen napsauttaessa sitä " -"keskipainikkeella." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11649,12 +11571,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Joillakin muilla sovelluksilla voi olla vielä lisäksi omia toimintojaan " -"keskipainikkeelle sovelluskohtaisesti. Lisätietoja saat sovelluksen ohjeesta." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11677,8 +11597,13 @@ "voit hallita hiiren osoitinta käyttämällä näppäimistösi numeronäppäimistöä. " "Tätä ominaisuutta kutsutaan hiirinäppäimiksi." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -11687,7 +11612,7 @@ "avataksesi Unity-valikon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11696,23 +11621,21 @@ "painamalla Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Paina Tab-näppäintä kerran valitaksesi Näkeminen-" "välilehden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Paina ← kerran siirtyäksesi Kohdistaminen ja " -"napsauttaminen -välilehdelle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11721,7 +11644,7 @@ "tilavalitsimen ja paina Enter ottaaksesi sen käyttöön." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11730,87 +11653,268 @@ "osoitinta näppäimistöä käyttäen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Nämä ohjeet tarjoavat lyhyimmän mahdollisen tavan ottaa hiirinäppäimet " -"käyttöön pelkkää näppäimistöä käyttämällä. Valitse " -"Esteettömyysasetukset käyttääksesi muita " -"esteettömyysominaisuuksia." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Numeronäppäimistö on ryhmä numeerisia neliön muotoon aseteltuja näppäimiä. " -"Jos erillistä numeronäppäimistöä ei löydy (kuten joissain kannettavissa " -"tietokoneissa), numeronäppäimistö on asetettu toisten näppäinten alle ja " -"niitä voidaan käyttää pitämällä toimintonäppäintä (Fn) pohjassa. " -"Jos käytät tätä ominaisuutta useasti eikä näppäimistöstä löydy " -"numeronäppäimistöä, voit ostaa erillisen USB-liitännällä toimivan " -"numeronäppäimistön." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Jokainen numeronäppäimistön näppäin vastaa tiettyä liikesuuntaa. Esimerkiksi " -"8 siirtää hiirtä ylöspäin ja 2 alaspäin. Numeron " -"5 painallus vastaa hiiren napsautusta ja nopeasti kahteen kertaan " -"painettuna kaksoisnapsautusta." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Useimmilta näppäimistöiltä löytyy välilyönnin läheltä erikoisnäppäin, joka " -"simuloi hiiren oikean painikkeen napsautusta. Huomaa kuitenkin, että tämä " -"näppäin simuloi hiiren oikean painikkeen painallusta kohteeseen, johon " -"näppäimistö on kohdistettu eikä hiiren osoittimen kohtaan. Lue saadaksesi tietoa, miten hiiren oikean " -"painikkeen napsautuksen simulointi onnistuu pitämällä 5-näppäintä " -"tai hiiren vasenta painiketta pohjassa." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Jos haluat käyttää numeronäppäimistöä numeroiden kirjoittamiseen " -"hiirinäppäinten ollessa käytössä, aseta NumLock päälle. Hiiren " -"ohjaaminen näppäimistöllä ei kuitenkaan onnistu samanaikaisesti " -"NumLockin ollessa päällä." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Numeronäppäimet kirjaimien yläpuolella eivät hallitse osoitinta. Ainoastaan " -"numeronäppäimiä voidaan tähän käyttää." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Jos haluat käyttää numeronäppäimistöä numeroiden kirjoittamiseen " +"hiirinäppäinten ollessa käytössä, aseta NumLock päälle. Hiiren " +"ohjaaminen näppäimistöllä ei kuitenkaan onnistu samanaikaisesti " +"NumLockin ollessa päällä." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Numeronäppäimet kirjaimien yläpuolella eivät hallitse osoitinta. Ainoastaan " +"numeronäppäimiä voidaan tähän käyttää." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." msgstr "Miten tarkistetaan hiiri jos hiiri ei toimi." @@ -12046,7 +12150,7 @@ "kosketuslevyä, voit asettaa osoittimen nopeuden haluamallesi tasolle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12055,7 +12159,7 @@ "osoittimen nopeus miellyttää sinua." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12064,8 +12168,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12085,86 +12188,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Voit käyttää kosketuslevyä napsautuksiin, kaksoisnapsautuksiin, raahaamiseen " -"ja vierittämiseen ilman fyysisiä näppäimiä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Valitse Kosketuslevy-kohdasta valinta Napsauta " "napauttamalla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Napsautus onnistuu kosketuslevyä napauttamalla." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Kaksoisnapsautus onnistuu napauttamalla kosketuslevyä kahdesti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Raahaaminen onnistuu kaksoisnapauttamalla kosketusalustaa siten, ettet nosta " -"sormeasi toisella napsautuksella. Raahaa kohde, minne haluat ja nosta sormi " -"sen pudottamiseksi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Jos kosketuslevy tukee usean sormen napautuksia, voit simuloida hiiren " -"oikean painikkeen napsautusta napauttamalla kosketuslevyä kahdella sormella " -"samaan aikaan. Muussa tapauksessa sinun täytyy käyttää fyysisiä painikkeita " -"hiiren oikean näppäimen napsautukseen. Lue toisesta tavasta simuloida hiiren " -"oikeaa napsautusta artikkelista ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Jos kosketuslevy tukee usean sormen napautuksia, hiiren keskimmäisen painikkeen napsautus onnistuu " -"napauttamalla kosketuslevyä kolmella sormella samanaikaisesti." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Kun napsauttelet ja raahaat kohteita usealla sormella, varmista, että " -"sormesi ovat tarpeeksi kaukana toisistaan. Jos sormesi ovat liian lähekkäin, " -"tietokone voi tulkita sormet yhdeksi sormeksi." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Kahden sormen vieritys" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Voit vierittää kahdella sormella käyttäen kosketuslevyä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12172,7 +12255,7 @@ "vieritys." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12183,32 +12266,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Kahden sormen vieritys ei välttämättä toimi kaikilla kosketuslevyillä." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Luonnollinen vieritys" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12702,8 +12785,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Lisää, poista ja nimeä kirjanmerkkejä tiedostonhallinnassa." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -12712,72 +12795,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Kirjanmerkkisi näkyvät tiedostonhallinnan sivupalkissa." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Lisää kirjanmerkki:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Avaa kansio tai sijainti, jonka haluat lisätä kirjanmerkiksi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Poista kirjanmerkki:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Nimeä kirjanmerkki uudelleen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Valitse Kirjanmerkit-ikkunasta se kirjanmerkki, jonka haluat " -"nimetä uudelleen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Kirjoita Nimi-kenttään kirjanmerkin uusi nimi." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13355,7 +13437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Sijainti" @@ -13561,7 +13643,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Ei mitään" @@ -13709,17 +13791,17 @@ "voidaan jaotella ryhmiin vaikka osaston tai projektin mukaan." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Oikeudet" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Näyttää tiedoston oikeudet, esim. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -13728,7 +13810,7 @@ "tavallista tiedostoa ja d kuvaa hakemistoa (kansiota)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -13737,7 +13819,7 @@ "oikeuksia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -13746,7 +13828,7 @@ "oikeuksia tiedostoon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -13755,42 +13837,42 @@ "(muiden) käyttäjien oikeuksia tiedostoon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Jokaisella merkillä on oma tarkoituksensa:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : lukuoikeus (read)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : kirjoitusoikeus (write)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : suoritusoikeus (execute)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : ei oikeuksia." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME-tyyppi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Näyttää kohteen MIME-tyypin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Tiedoston sijainnin polku." @@ -14083,12 +14165,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14101,7 +14182,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntun dokumentointitiimi" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Selaimet" @@ -14414,15 +14495,15 @@ "haluttuun selaimeen. Vaihda järjestelmän oletusselain:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "Avaa Tiedot ja valitse Oletussovellukset." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14431,7 +14512,7 @@ "linkkien aukeavan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14473,7 +14554,7 @@ "Järjestelmän oletussähköpostiohjelman vaihtaminen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14590,7 +14671,7 @@ msgstr "Sisäverkon IP-osoitteen selvittäminen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14601,18 +14682,18 @@ "osoitteen haluat selvittää." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Tietokoneen sisäinen IP-osoite näytetään yhteyden tiedoissa." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Ulkoisen, Internetissä näkyvän IP-osoitteen selvittäminen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -14621,12 +14702,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Sivulla näkyy käytössä oleva ulkoinen IP-osoite." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -14637,39 +14718,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." -msgstr "Hallitse, mitkä ohjelmat saavat käyttää Internet-yhteyttä." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Ohjelmien yhteyksien estäminen palomuurin avulla" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntussa on palomuuri nimeltä Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw), mutta se ei ole oletuksena käytössä. Tämä johtuu siitä, " -"ettei Ubuntussa ole oletuksena perusverkkopalveluita lukuun ottamatta yhtään " -"avointa porttia." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Lisätietoja ufw:n käytöstä on tarjolla englanninkielisessä verkko-" -"ohjeessa." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -14680,11 +14755,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Ota palomuuri käyttöön kirjoittamalla Päätteeseen komento " -"sudo ufw enable. Palomuurin saa pois päältä kirjoittamalla " -"Päätteeseen sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -14697,14 +14769,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -14714,7 +14786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -14722,12 +14794,12 @@ "Tarkista ufw:n tila kirjoittamalla Päätteeseen sudo ufw status." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Ufw-palomuurin käyttäminen ilman Päätettä" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -14737,7 +14809,7 @@ "gufw napsauttamalla tästä." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15009,30 +15081,28 @@ msgstr "Verkkojen nimikkeet ja vinkit" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Flashia tarvitaan joidenkin vuorovaikutteista sisältöä tai videoita " -"sisältävien verkkosivustojen (kuten Youtube) oikein toimimiseen." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Flash-lisäosan asentaminen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15042,63 +15112,106 @@ "kertovan viestin vieraillessasi Flashia vaativalla sivulla. Flash on " "saatavilla ilmaiseksi (mutta ei avoimena) useimpiin selaimiin." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Flashin asentaminen" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Jos selainikkunoita on auki, sulje ne ja avaa sitten kyseiset ikkunat " -"uudelleen. Selaimen pitäisi uudelleenkäynnistyksen jälkeen tunnistaa Flash, " -"jonka jälkeen Flash-pohjaisten sivustojen pitäisi toimia normaalisti." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Auta selaintasi toimimaan paremmin Javaa käyttävillä sivustoilla." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Java-selainlisäosan asentaminen" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Jotkut sivustot käyttävät pieniä Java-ohjelmia, jotka tarvitsevat " -"toimiakseen Java-lisäosan." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Java-ohjelmien toimiminen vaatii icedtea6-" -"plugin-paketin asentamisen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15374,6 +15487,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Napsauta Lisää." @@ -15624,12 +15738,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Langattoman yhteyden " -"ongelmanratkaisu, langattoman verkon " -"löytäminen…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -15680,7 +15791,7 @@ msgstr "Välityspalvelinasetusten muuttaminen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -15689,14 +15800,14 @@ "ikkunan vasemmasta reunasta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Valitse haluttu välityspalvelintyyppi seuraavien vaihtoehtojen joukosta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -15704,13 +15815,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuaalinen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -15721,19 +15832,19 @@ "HTTP, HTTPS, FTP ja SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automaattinen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16307,15 +16418,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Yhdistä wifi-verkkoon, piilotetut verkot, muokkaa yhteyden asetuksia, yhteyden katkaiseminen…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16339,64 +16446,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Tietokonetta on mahdollista käyttää langattomana yhteyspisteenä (myös sanaa " -"hotspot käytetään). Kun tietokone on yhteydessä Internetiin " -"esimerkiksi Ethernet-kaapelin tai mobiiliyhteyden kautta, Internet-yhteys on " -"mahdollista jakaa muiden laitteiden kanssa tietokoneen toimiessa " -"langattomana yhteyspisteenä." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Avaa Verkko ja valitse Langaton vasemmalta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Napsauta Käytä yhteyspisteenä..." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Jos tietokone on jo yhteydessä langattomaan verkkoon, sinulta kysytään " -"halutaanko kyseinen yhteys katkaista. Langaton verkkosovitin voi olla " -"samanaikaisesti yhteydessä vain yhteen langattomaan verkkoon. Napsauta " -"Luo yhteyspiste." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Verkon nimi (SSID) ja turvallisuusavain luodaan automaattisesti. Verkon nimi " -"pohjautuu tietokoneen nimeen. Näitä tietoja tarvitaan laitteella, joka " -"yhdistetään Internetiin yhteyspisteen avulla." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Napsauta verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkista ja poista valinta \"Ota langaton " -"käyttöön\" kohdalta." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Langattoman yhteyden katkaiseminen (lentokonetila)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16411,36 +16505,26 @@ "etenkin akkukäytössä kytkeä pois päältä." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Langattoman verkon voit kytkeä pois päältä verkkovalikon kautta " -"poistamalla valinnan kohdasta Ota langaton käyttöön. Tämä kytkee " -"langattoman verkkoyhteyden pois päältä kunnes kytket sen samalla tavalla " -"uudelleen päälle." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Takaisin päälle kytkeminen tapahtuu siis valitsemalla Ota langaton " -"käyttöön uudelleen verkkovalikosta (niin että sen edessä on " -"valintamerkki)." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Muista kytkeä pois päältä myös kannettavan tietokoneen Bluetooth-yhteys." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16475,11 +16559,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Napsauta verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkista ja etsi " -"valikosta haluamasi verkko." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -16695,29 +16777,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "Opi langattomien yhteysasetusten muuttaminen." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Langattoman yhteyden muokkaaminen" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Tässä ohjeessa on selitykset kaikille verkkoasetusten kohdille. " -"Verkkoyhteyksien asetuksia voi muokata napsauttamalla " -"verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkista ja valitsemalla sitten " -"Muokkaa yhteyksiä." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -16728,17 +16806,17 @@ "mahdollistavat kuitenkin verkkoyhteyden tarkempien määritysten asettamisen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Saatavilla kaikille käyttäjille / Yhdistä automaattisesti" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Yhdistä automaattisesti" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -16747,61 +16825,50 @@ "aina kyseisen verkon ollessa saatavilla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Jos saatavilla on useita eri verkkoja, joihin tietokone on asetettu " -"yhdistymään, tietokone yhdistää Verkko-ikkunan " -"Langaton-välilehdellä ensimmäisenä olevaan verkkoon. Tietokone ei " -"katkaise yhteyttä verkkoon, jos saataville ilmaantuu muita verkkoja." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Saatavilla kaikille käyttäjille" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Valitse tämä asetus, jos haluat kaikilla tietokoneen käyttäjillä olevan " -"mahdollisuus käyttää tätä yhteyttä. Jos kyseinen verkko on suojattu WEP-/WPA-salasanalla ja tämä asetus on " -"valittu, verkon salasana on annettava vain kerran. Muiden käyttäjien ei siis " -"tarvitse tietää verkon salasanaa, jotta he voivat käyttää verkkoyhteyttä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Jos tämä asetus on valittu, sinulla tulee olla ylläpitäjän oikeudet yhteyden asetuksien muuttamiseksi." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Langaton" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -16813,12 +16880,12 @@ "vaihtanut langattoman verkon nimeä esimerkiksi reitittimestä." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Menetelmä" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -16829,54 +16896,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Jos Ad-hoc valitaan, tulee näkyville kaksi muuta valintaa, jotka " -"ovat Taajuusalue ja Kanava. Nämä määrittävät, mitä " -"langatonta taajuusaluetta ad-hoc-verkko käyttää. Jotkin tietokoneet voivat " -"toimia vain tietyillä taajuusalueilla (esimerkiksi vain A tai " -"vain B/G), joten on hyödyllistä valita taajuusalue jota kaikki ad-" -"hoc-verkon tietokoneet voivat käyttää. Ruuhkaisissa paikoissa saattaa olla " -"käytössä useita saman kanavan jakavia langattomia verkkoja, mikä saattaa " -"hidastaa yhteyksiä. Tällöin voidaan vaihtaa myös käytettävää kanavaa." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"BSSID on lyhenne englanninkielisistä sanoista Basic Service Set " -"Identifier. Siinä missä SSID (selvitetty ylempänä) on verkon ihmiselle " -"näkyvä nimi, BSSID on tietokoneelle näkyvä verkon nimi. Jos langaton verkko on piilotettu, sillä ei ole " -"SSID:tä, mutta sillä on silti BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Laitteen MAC-osoite" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -16889,40 +16943,34 @@ "annetun yksilöivän MAC-osoitteen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "Tätä valintaa voi käyttää verkkokortin MAC-osoitteen vaihtamiseksi." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Kopioitu MAC-osoite" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Verkkosovittimesi voi esittää omaavansa jonkin toisen MAC-osoitteen, kuin " -"mitä sillä todellisuudessa on. Tämä on hyödyllinen ominaisuus, jos jokin " -"verkko tai palvelu suostuu toimimaan vain tietyn MAC-osoitteen kanssa. Aseta " -"Kopioitu MAC-osoite -kenttään haluttu MAC-osoite, niin muut " -"palvelut, verkot ja laitteet uskovat koneesi verkkosovittimella olevan " -"kyseinen MAC-osoite." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -16940,53 +16988,45 @@ "mitä on tekemässä." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Langaton tietoturva" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Tietoturva" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Tämä asetus määrittää, minkälaista salausta langaton verkko " -"käyttää. Langattoman verkon salauksen on tarkoitus estää muita käyttämästä " -"verkkoasi sekä näkemästä, mitä tietoa verkkoyhteytesi välittää." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Salaustapojen vahvuudessa on suuria eroja, mutta kaikki uudemmat ja " -"tehokkaammat salaustavat eivät välttämättä ole tuettuja vanhoilla " -"verkkolaitteilla. Salatun yhteyden käyttö vaatii normaalisti salasanan, " -"kehittyneemmät salaustekniikat käyttäjätunnuksen ja varmenteen. Lue ohje " -" saadaksesi lisätietoja erilaisista " -"salaustavoista." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4-asetukset" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -16998,17 +17038,17 @@ "määrittämiseen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Seuraavat menetelmät ovat käytettävissä:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automaattinen (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17025,37 +17065,32 @@ "verkot käyttävät DHCP-palvelimia." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Vain automaattiset osoitteet (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Jos valitset tämän asetuksen, tietokoneesi noutaa IP-osoitteen DHCP-" -"palvelimelta, mutta kaikki muut verkkoyhteyden tiedot (kuten käytettävä DNS-" -"nimipalvelin) tulee määrittää itse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Valitse tämä asetus, jos haluat määrittää verkkoyhteyden kaikki asetukset " -"itse, mukaan lukien tietokoneen käyttämän IP-osoitteen." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Vain linkkiyhteys" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17072,40 +17107,41 @@ "asetusten tekoa." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Pois käytöstä" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Tämä asetus poistaa verkkoyhteyden käytöstä ja estää siihen yhdistämisen. " -"Otathan huomioon, että IPv4- ja IPv6-yhteyksiä " -"käsitellään erillisinä yhteyksinä, vaikka ne muodostettaisiin samalla " -"verkkolaitteella. Jos käytössäsi on IPv4, saatat haluta poistaa IPv6:n " -"käytöstä. Sama pätee myös toisinpäin." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6-asetukset" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Tämä on vastaavanlainen kuin IPv4-välilehti sillä erotuksella, " -"että kyseessä on uudempi IPv6-standardi. Todella nykyaikaiset verkot " -"käyttävät IPv6-teknologiaa, IPv4 on vielä nykypäivänä huomattavasti " -"yleisempi." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17186,23 +17222,19 @@ "wireless-hidden\">yhdistetään eri tavalla." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Napsauta verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkissa ja valitse Yhdistä " -"piilotettuun langattomaan verkkoon." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Piilotettuun verkkoon yhdistäminen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17216,6 +17248,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17223,7 +17262,7 @@ "napsauta sitten Yhdistä." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17235,7 +17274,7 @@ "nimi näyttää tällaiselta: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17243,7 +17282,7 @@ "Tarkista myös tukiaseman salausasetukset; etsi termejä WEP, WPA ja WPA2." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17443,7 +17482,7 @@ msgstr "Modeemin ja reitittimen tarkistus" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17454,12 +17493,12 @@ "niin edelleen." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Komentorivin käyttäminen" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17470,7 +17509,7 @@ "valikosta." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18790,12 +18829,12 @@ "laukussa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Valitse Laitteisto-osiosta Virransäästö." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -18955,10 +18994,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Kirjoita sudo pm-hibernate päätteeseen ja paina Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19002,11 +19040,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Jos lepotilatesti toimii koneellasi, voit asettaa tietokoneesi lepotilaan " -"jatkossa komennolla sudo pm-hibernate." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19126,55 +19162,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Miksi tietokone sammui tai siirtyi lepotilaan, kun akun varaustaso oli 10 " -"prosenttia?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Akun varaustason laskiessa liian alas tietokone siirtyy automaattisesti " -"lepotilaan (ohjelmat ja tiedostot " -"tallennetaan ja sitten sammutetaan). Tämän toiminnon tarkoituksena on " -"suojata akkua täydelliseltä tyhjentymiseltä, joka voi johtaa akun käyttöiän " -"vähenemiseen. Jos tietokoneen akku ehtii tyhjentyä kokonaan, ohjelmien tilaa " -"ei ehditä tallentaa." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Joillakin tietokoneilla on ongelmia lepotilasta palautumisessa. Tämän takia " -"ennen lepotilaa käytetyt sovellukset eivät välttämättä ole enää " -"käytettävissä, kun tietokone otetaan uudelleen käyttöön. Joitakin tietoja " -"saattaa siis kadota, ellet tallenna tietojasi itse ennen lepo- tai " -"valmiustilaan asettamista. Lepotilan " -"ongelmia voi myös yrittää korjata." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -19211,26 +19211,17 @@ "takaisin päälle:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " -"Järjestelmäasetukset." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Avaa Verkko ja valitse Langaton-välilehti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Kytke langaton verkkoyhteys pois päältä ja sitten takaisin päälle" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19239,7 +19230,7 @@ "käyttöön ja sitten pois käytöstä." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -19602,7 +19593,7 @@ msgstr "Voit estää näyttöä himmentymästä:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -19765,7 +19756,7 @@ "halutessasi lisätä käytössä olevaa kielivalikoimaa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -19776,7 +19767,7 @@ "kohdalla on \"Asennettu\"-valinta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -19785,14 +19776,14 @@ "kielen, poista valinta kyseisen kielen kohdalta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Napsauta Toteuta muutokset." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -19802,7 +19793,7 @@ "Anna salasanasi tai pyydetyn ylläpitotilin salasana." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -19812,8 +19803,8 @@ "asentaa lisäosia, kuten sanastoja, kirjasimia ja syötemenetelmiä." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -19880,7 +19871,9 @@ msgstr "Asetukset" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Tulostimen asennus" @@ -19897,8 +19890,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Havaitsemattomat tulostimet, tukokset, vääriltä näyttävät tulosteet…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20018,7 +20012,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -20520,7 +20513,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Avaa Tulostimet." @@ -20559,82 +20552,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Määritä tietokoneeseen kytketyn tulostimen asetukset." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Paikallisen tulostimen määrittäminen" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"TIetokoneesi kykenee tunnistamaan useita erilaisia tulostimia, kun tulostin " -"kytketään tietokoneeseen. Useimmat tulostimet yhdistetään tietokoneeseen USB-" -"johdon avulla." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Valintaa paikallisen ja verkkotulostimen asennuksen välillä ei tarvitse " -"tehdä. Kaikki tulostimet esitetään yhdessä ikkunassa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Varmista että tulostin on päällä." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Liitä tulostin tietokoneeseen sopivalla kaapelilla. Tietokoneen näytöllä " -"saattaa näkyä toimintaa, kun tietokone etsii sopivia ajureita. " -"Tulostinajurien asennus saattaa vaatia salasanan syöttämisen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Näytölle ilmestyy viesti, kun tulostin on asennettu järjestelmään. Valitse " -"Tulosta testisivu tulostaaksesi testisivun, tai " -"Valinnat tehdäksesi muutoksia tulostimen asetuksiin." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Jos tulostintasi ei havaittu ja sen asetuksia tehty automaattisesti, voit " -"lisätä tulostimen itse tulostinasetuksista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Napsauta Lisää ja valitse tulostin Laitteet-ikkunasta." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Napsauta Seuraava ja odota, kun ajureita etsitään." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -20643,7 +20617,7 @@ "on valmista, napsauta Toteuta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -20651,24 +20625,69 @@ "tämän vaiheen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Jos tietokoneellesi on saatavilla useita ajureita, sinua saatetaan pyytää " -"valitsemaan sopiva ajuri. Napsauta Seuraava valmistaja- ja malli-" -"vaiheissa, jolloin koneesi käyttää suositeltua ajuria." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Varmista että tulostin on päällä." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Tulostimen asennuksen jälkeen saatat haluta vaihtaa oletustulostinta." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -20850,17 +20869,17 @@ "tärkeää, että ilmoitat seuraavat kolme asiaa:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Mitä oletit tapahtuvan" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Mitä lopulta oikeasti tapahtui" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -20869,7 +20888,7 @@ "esimerkiksi seuraavasti: \"1. Käynnistä sovellus\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -20879,7 +20898,7 @@ "Ubuntua!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -20892,7 +20911,7 @@ "virheenraportointityökalua." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive -ikkunassa ja paina Tallenna." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21008,7 +21113,7 @@ "valuutan ja mittojen esitysmuotoa paikallisia esitysmuotoja vastaaviksi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21017,7 +21122,7 @@ "välilehti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21028,18 +21133,16 @@ "välilehdellä valittuja kieliä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Muutokset astuvat voimaan kirjautuessasi sisään uudelleen. Kirjaudu ulos " -"napsauttamalla kuvaketta oikeassa yläkulmassa ja valitse Kirjaudu " -"ulos." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21051,12 +21154,12 @@ "sitä ei esimerkeissä esitelläkään." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Vaihda järjestelmän muotoiluja" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21067,19 +21170,19 @@ "käytetään muun muassa kirjautumisruudussa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Vaihda muotoiluja edellä olevien ohjeiden mukaan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Napsauta Toteuta järjestelmänlaajuisesti." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21109,12 +21212,12 @@ "install\">kielipaketteja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Napsauta Kieliasetukset." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21123,18 +21226,16 @@ "kielet haluamaasi järjestykseen niin, että suosikkisi on ylimpänä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Muutokset astuvat voimaan kirjautuessasi sisään uudelleen. Kirjaudu ulos " -"napsauttamalla kuvaketta oikeassa yläkulmassa ja valitse Kirjaudu " -"ulos.." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21151,12 +21252,12 @@ "jos vaihdoit kieltäsi pidemmäksi aikaa." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Vaihda järjestelmän kieli" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21167,7 +21268,7 @@ "kirjautumisruudussa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Vaihda kieltä kuten yllä on kuvattu." @@ -21205,19 +21306,19 @@ msgstr "Näytön automaattisen lukituksen aikarajan kasvattaminen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Napsauta Kirkkaus ja lukitus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Valitse haluamasi lukitusviive kohdasta Lukitse näyttö tietyn ajan " "jälkeen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -21469,7 +21570,7 @@ "intro\">käynnistimeen nopeaa käyttöä varten:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -21478,7 +21579,7 @@ "valikosta käynnistimeen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -21488,7 +21589,7 @@ "painikkeella ja valitse Kiinnitä käynnistimeen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -21497,7 +21598,7 @@ "käynnistimestä, ja pudottamalla kuvakkeen haluttuun paikkaan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -21552,23 +21653,20 @@ "sisään." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Kirjaudu ulos tai vaihda käyttäjää napsauttamalla järjestelmävalikkoa näytön oikeassa yläkulmassa ja " -"valitsemalla haluamasi vaihtoehto." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Näytön lukitseminen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -21582,32 +21680,32 @@ "lukitaan automaattisesti tietyn ajan kuluttua." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Lukitse näyttö napsauttamalla ensin järjestelmävalikkoa ja " -"valitsemalla sitten Lukitse." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Kun näyttö on lukittu, muut käyttäjät voivat kirjautua omilla tunnuksillaan " -"sisään napsauttamalla Vaihda käyttäjää. Voit jatkaa työskentelyä " -"omassa istunnossasi myöhemmin." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Valmiustila" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -21623,30 +21721,29 @@ "päällä pitämiseen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Aseta tietokone valmiustilaan valitsemalla järjestelmävalikosta " -"Valmiustila." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Sammutus tai uudelleenkäynnistys" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Jos haluat sammuttaa tai käynnistää tietokoneen uudelleen, avaa " -"järjestelmävalikko ja napsauta Sammuta..." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22268,12 +22365,12 @@ msgstr "Ikkunan kokoa ei voi muuttaa, jos se on suurennettu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Muuta ikkunan kokoa pysty- tai vaakasuunnassa seuraavasti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22283,12 +22380,12 @@ "ikkuna haluamasi kokoiseksi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Muuta ikkunan kokoa vaakasuunnassa seuraavasti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22298,12 +22395,12 @@ "pohjaan ja raahaa ikkuna haluamasi levyiseksi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Muuta ikkunan kokoa pystysuunnassa seuraavasti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22314,17 +22411,17 @@ "raahaa ikkuna haluamasi korkuiseksi." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Ikkunoiden järjestely työtilassa" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Aseta kaksi ikkunaa vierekkäin seuraavasti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22337,7 +22434,7 @@ "täyttää näytön vasemman puolikkaan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22347,7 +22444,7 @@ "käytettävissä olevan tilan keskenään puoliksi." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -22404,11 +22501,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Näppäimistöstä" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -22417,57 +22514,41 @@ "ikkunanvaihtajan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Vapauta Alt valitaksesi seuraavan (korostetun) ikkunan " -"vaihtajasta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Voit selata avoimia ikkunoita pitämällä Alt-näppäimen pohjassa ja " -"painamalla Tab (siirtyy seuraavaan ikkunaan) tai " -"VaihtoTab (siirtyy edelliseen " -"ikkunaan)." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Ikkunanvaihtajan ikkunat ovat ryhmitelty ohjelmittain. Jos ohjelmalla on " -"useita ikkunoita, ikkunoiden esikatselut esitetään selatessasi " -"ikkunaluetteloa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Ohjelmien välillä liikkuminen onnistuu myös nuolinäppäimillä → ja " -"← tai valitsemalla se hiirellä." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Jos ohjelmalla on vain yksi ikkuna, ikkunan esikatselu avautuu ↓-" -"näppäimellä." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -22479,8 +22560,13 @@ "Ctrl ja Alt ja paina sitten Tab tai " "ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -22491,7 +22577,7 @@ "kaikki avoimet ikkunat samanaikaisesti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Napsauta ikkunaa, johon haluat vaihtaa." @@ -22688,19 +22774,19 @@ msgstr "Ota työtilat käyttöön" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -22709,12 +22795,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Vaihda työtilojen lukumäärää" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -22723,7 +22809,7 @@ "Pääte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22732,7 +22818,7 @@ "haluamaasi lukuun. Paina sitten Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23571,7 +23657,7 @@ msgstr "Erikoismerkkien käyttäminen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -23582,17 +23668,17 @@ "löydy. Tämä sivu kuvaa eri tapoja erikoismerkkien käyttöön." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Merkkien kirjoitustapoja" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Merkkikartta" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -23603,7 +23689,7 @@ "sovellukseen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the sen omasta ohjeesta." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Compose-näppäin" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -23631,7 +23717,7 @@ "lopuksi e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -23640,38 +23726,40 @@ "voit määrittää jonkin näppäimistösi näppäimistä compose-näppäimeksi." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Määritä compose-näppäin" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Napsauta Näppäimistön asettelu." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Napsauta Valinnat." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Etsi ryhmä Compose-näppäimen sijainti. Valitse näppäin tai " -"näppäimet, joiden haluat hoitavan compose-näppäimen virkaa. Esimerkiksi " -"Caps Lock tai kumpi tahansa Alt voivat toimia compose-" -"näppäimenä. Ota huomioon, että valitsemasi näppäin toimii jatkossa vain " -"compose-näppäimenä, eikä kyseisen näppäimen alkuperäinen toiminto toimi enää " -"compose-näppäimen ollessa valittuna." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -23679,7 +23767,7 @@ "esimerkkejä:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -23689,7 +23777,7 @@ "é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -23699,7 +23787,7 @@ "è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -23709,7 +23797,7 @@ "ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -23719,7 +23807,7 @@ "on ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see compose-näppäimen Wikipedia-sivulla." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Koodiarvot" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -23752,7 +23840,7 @@ "merkinnän U+ jälkeen näkyvät neljä merkkiä." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -23763,12 +23851,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Syötelähteet" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24580,40 +24668,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Napsauta järjestelmävalikkoa valikkopalkista ja " -"valitse Järjestelmäasetukset." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Napsauta Ulkoasu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Siirry Toiminta-välilehdelle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" "Aseta Käynnistimen automaattinen piilottaminen Päällä-asentoon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -24647,12 +24725,12 @@ "tehdä kuvakkeista suurempia, jotta niitä on helpompi napsauttaa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Napsauta Ulkoasu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -24661,7 +24739,7 @@ "Käynnistimen kuvakkeiden koko -liukusäädintä." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Käynnistimen kuvakkeiden koko on oletuksena 48." @@ -24761,13 +24839,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" "sovelluksen käynnistäminen tai asiakirjan, kansion tai laitteen avaaminen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -24776,7 +24854,7 @@ "favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -24785,12 +24863,12 @@ "favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "käynnissä olevan sovelluksen lopettaminen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -24798,7 +24876,7 @@ "vaihtaminen useiden eri saman sovelluksen ikkunoiden tai istuntojen välillä" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "sovelluskohtaiset toiminnot, kuten uusi asiakirja tai ikkuna" @@ -24941,7 +25019,7 @@ "asettaa valikot näkymään aina ilman hiiren kohdistusta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -24949,7 +25027,7 @@ "Napsauta Ulkoasu ja valitse Toiminta-välilehti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -24958,19 +25036,19 @@ "valikot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "Aseta Valikkojen näkyvyys valintaan Aina näkyvissä." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Tilavalikot" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -24982,27 +25060,45 @@ "mahdollistavat tietokoneen ja sovellusten tilan sekä asetusten tarkistamisen " "ja muuttamisen." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Luettelo tilavalikoista ja niiden ominaisuuksista" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "" -"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Jotkin ilmaisinvalikoissa käytettävät kuvakkeet vaihtuvat riippuen " +"sovellusten tilasta." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Myös muut ohjelmat kuten Tomboy tai Transmission " +"voivat lisätä oman ilmaisimensa paneeliin." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Luettelo tilavalikoista ja niiden ominaisuuksista" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -25011,7 +25107,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Yhteydettömän verkon kuvake" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25027,7 +25123,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -25037,7 +25133,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -25046,7 +25142,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Syötelähteen kuvake" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25055,7 +25151,7 @@ "layouts\">tee muutoksia syötelähteiden asetuksiin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -25064,7 +25160,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Bluetooth-kuvake" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25078,7 +25174,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -25088,7 +25184,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -25097,7 +25193,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Viestikuvake" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25110,7 +25206,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -25118,7 +25214,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -25127,7 +25223,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Akun kuvake" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25140,7 +25236,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25150,7 +25246,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -25159,7 +25255,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Äänenvoimakkuuden kuvake" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25170,12 +25266,12 @@ "Rytmilaatikko." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Kello" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -25183,22 +25279,8 @@ "Aika ja päivä näkyviin. Tapaamiset kalenterisovelluksesta näkyvät myös täällä." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -25207,7 +25289,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Virtapainikkeen kuvake" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25218,24 +25300,6 @@ "lukitse näyttö, kirjaudu ulos, siirry valmiustilaan, sammuta tai käynnistä " "tietokone uudelleen." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Jotkin ilmaisinvalikoissa käytettävät kuvakkeet vaihtuvat riippuen " -"sovellusten tilasta." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Myös muut ohjelmat kuten Tomboy tai Transmission " -"voivat lisätä oman ilmaisimensa paneeliin." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25352,39 +25416,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Oletuksena verkkohaku on pois päältä." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Ota verkkohaun tulokset käyttöön" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Avaa turvallisuus ja yksityisyys ja valitse Haku-" -"välilehti." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -26996,7 +27032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27004,7 +27040,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27014,18 +27050,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -27091,6 +27127,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Napsauta Näppäimistön asettelu." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Napsauta Valinnat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Etsi ryhmä Compose-näppäimen sijainti. Valitse näppäin tai " +#~ "näppäimet, joiden haluat hoitavan compose-näppäimen virkaa. Esimerkiksi " +#~ "Caps Lock tai kumpi tahansa Alt voivat toimia compose-" +#~ "näppäimenä. Ota huomioon, että valitsemasi näppäin toimii jatkossa vain " +#~ "compose-näppäimenä, eikä kyseisen näppäimen alkuperäinen toiminto toimi enää " +#~ "compose-näppäimen ollessa valittuna." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -27164,6 +27220,79 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " +#~ "Järjestelmäasetukset." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verkkotilin lisääminen helpottaa Ubuntun sovellusten käyttöönottoa, sillä " +#~ "esimerkiksi sähköposti- ja pikakeskustelusovellusten asetukset voidaan tehdä " +#~ "automaattisesti." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse Tilin tyyppi ikkunan oikeanpuolimmaisesta paneelista." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Useampien tilien luominen onnistuu toistamalla samat toimenpiteet myöhemmin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Suppea web-käyttöliittymä avautuu, johon annetaan tilin tunnistetiedot. " +#~ "Esimerkiksi Google-tiliä luodessa kenttiin tulee kirjoittaa Google-" +#~ "käyttäjänimi ja -salasana." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kun oikeat tunnistetiedot on syötetty, tulee hyväksyä käyttöehdot " +#~ "Hyväksy-painikkeella. Tämän jälkeen Ubuntu pyytää lupaa käyttää " +#~ "tiliäsi. Napsauta Salli käyttö ja anna salasana, kun sitä " +#~ "kysytään." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit nyt valita sovellukset, jotka saavat oikeuden käyttää verkkotiliäsi. " +#~ "Jos esimerkiksi tiliä käytetään keskustelutilinä eikä sen " +#~ "kalenteriominaisuutta haluta hyödyntää, kalenteri voidaan poistaa käytöstä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kun tili on luotu, jokainen valittu ohjelma käyttää automaattisesti " +#~ "antamiasi tunnistetietoja kirjautuessaan eri verkkopalveluihin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Turvallisuussyistä johtuen Ubuntu ei säilytä salasanaasi tietokoneellasi. " +#~ "Koneellasi säilytetään ainoastaan verkkopalvelun antamaa " +#~ "tunnistautumiskoodia. Jos haluat peruuttaa tietokoneesi ja verkkopalvelun " +#~ "välisen yhteyden kokonaan, poista tili." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27204,6 +27333,30 @@ #~ "Lataa uusia sovelluksia Ubuntun sovellusvalikoimasta ja tee Ubuntusta " #~ "hyödyllisempi." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Asenna lisää sovelluksia" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntun kehittäjät ovat valinneet oletussovellukset, joiden uskotaan olevan " +#~ "hyödyllisiä mahdollisimman monelle. Siitä huolimatta haluat varmasti asentaa " +#~ "lisää sovelluksia, joiden avulla Ubuntun käytöstä tulee aiempaa " +#~ "monipuolisempaa." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Asenna lisää sovelluksia seuraamalla näitä ohjeita:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yhdistä langattomaan tai kiinteään verkkoon." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27219,12 +27372,55 @@ #~ "Kun Sovellusvalikoima avautuu, etsi sovellusta nimellä tai selaa eri luokkia." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "Valitse asennettava sovellus ja napsauta Asenna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sinulta kysytään salasanaasi. Kirjoita salasana (sama, jota käytät " +#~ "kirjautumiseen), jonka jälkeen tietokone asentaa sovelluksen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asennus tapahtuu yleensä nopeasti, mutta voi joskus kestää jonkin aikaa " +#~ "riippuen Internet-yhteytesi nopeudesta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uusi sovellus lisätään käynnistimeen. Jos et pidä tästä ominaisuudesta, " +#~ "poista valinta NäytäAseta uudet sovellukset " +#~ "käynnistimeen." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "Hanki lisäsovelluksia lisäämällä PPA-ohjelmalähteitä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) -ohjelmalähteet ovat Ubuntun " +#~ "käyttäjille suunniteltuja, joten ne on helpompi ottaa käyttöön kuin muut " +#~ "kolmansien osapuolten ohjelmistolähteet." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kun Sovellusvalikoima avautuu, napsauta Muokkaa " #~ "Ohjelmalähteet" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Napsauta Lisää ja anna ppa:-sijainti." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -27232,6 +27428,9 @@ #~ "Sulje Ohjelmalähteet-ikkuna. Ubuntun sovellusvalikoima tarkistaa " #~ "ohjelmistolähteet." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Poista sovellukset, joita et ole käyttänyt pitkään aikaan." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -27255,6 +27454,26 @@ #~ "painiketta." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sinulta voidaan kysyä salasanaasi. Salasanan antamisen jälkeen sovellus " +#~ "poistetaan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asenna ylimääräisiä ohjelmistoja ja päivityksiä lisäämällä uusia " +#~ "ohjelmalähteitä." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Lisää ohjelmalähteitä" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Asenna muita ohjelmalähteitä" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27304,6 +27523,18 @@ #~ "Napsauta Lisää lähde ja sulje sitten Ohjelmalähteet-ikkuna. Odota " #~ "hetki, kun Ubuntun sovellusvalikoima päivittää ohjelmalähteiden tiedot." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asenna, poista, kolmansien " +#~ "osapuolten ohjelmalähteet…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Lisää tai poista sovelluksia" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Muikkua ei ole asennettu valmiiksi Ubuntuun. Asenna Muikku seuraamalla näitä " @@ -27340,6 +27571,9 @@ #~ msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." #~ msgstr "Muikku pitää asentaa, ennen kuin voit lukea sen käyttöopasta." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB-muistitikku (alhainen kapasiteetti)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -27366,6 +27600,23 @@ #~ "tähän tietokoneeseen toisesta laitteesta. Lue saadaksesi lisätietoja." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Väriyrityksen vertaustiedoston lataaminen ja tulostaminen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Väreihin erikoistuneen yrityksen käyttäminen tulostinprofiilin luomiseen on " +#~ "yleensä halvin tapa, jos käytössä on vain yksi tai kaksi erilaista " +#~ "paperityyppiä. Lataamalla vertauskaavion yrityksen WWW-sivustolta on " +#~ "mahdollista lähettää kaavio takaisin tulostettuna kirjekuoressa, minkä " +#~ "jälkeen yritys lukee kuvan digitaaliseksi ja luo profiilin. Profiili " +#~ "lähetetään sähköisenä, tarkkana ICC-profiilina." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -27422,115 +27673,875 @@ #~ "kalenterista." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Valitse levy, jolle haluat tarkistuksen suorittaa " -#~ "Tallennuslaitteet-listasta. Levyn tiedot ja tila ilmestyy " -#~ "Asema-otsakkeen alle." +#~ "Jos muutat mielesi, saat kellon takaisin napsauttamalla näytön oikeassa " +#~ "yläkulmassa olevaa kuvaketta ja valitsemalla " +#~ "Järjestelmäasetukset. Kellon asetukset löytyvät valitsemalla " +#~ "Aika ja päiväys Järjestelmä-osiosta." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "SMART-tila -kentässä tulisi lukea \"Levy on kunnossa\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " +#~ "Järjestelmäasetukset." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Suorita levylle suorituskykytestejä mitataksesi levyn nopeus." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Testaa kiintolevyn suorituskyky" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Testaa kiintolevyn suorituskyky:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paina SMART-tiedot -painiketta katsellaksesi aseman tietoja tai " -#~ "ajaaksesi testejä." +#~ "Avaa Levyt Unity-valikosta." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Avaa Levyt-sovellus Toiminnot-yleisnäkymästä." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Valitse asema Levyasemat-luettelosta." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Monimutkaisempia CD-/DVD-kirjoitusprojekteja varten voit käyttää " -#~ "Braseroa." +#~ "Napsauta hammasrataksella varustettua painiketta ja valitse " +#~ "Suorituskykytesti." #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Apua Braseron käyttöön löydät Braseron " -#~ "ohjekirjasta." +#~ "Mittauksen tulokset esitetään kuvaajina sen valmistumisen jälkeen. Vihreät " +#~ "pisteet ja niitä yhdistävät viivat ilmaisevat hakuaikamittauksen tuloksia " +#~ "mittauksen edetessä (vaaka-akselilla mittaushetki, oikealla pystyakselilla " +#~ "hakuajat). Sininen käyrä puolestaan ilmaisee lukunopeutta ja punainen käyrä " +#~ "kirjoitusnopeutta tietyllä etäisyydellä levyn akselista. Nopeuden arvot " +#~ "näkyvät vasemmalla pystyakselilla ja vaaka-akselin prosenttiluku ilmaisee " +#~ "mittauskohdan kohtisuoraa etäisyyttä levyn ulkoreunasta (0% on levyn " +#~ "ulkoreunalla ja 100% pyörimisakselilla)." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Poista kosketyslevy käytöstä kirjoituksen ajaksi estääksesi tahattomat " -#~ "napsautukset" +#~ "Graafin alla on näkyvillä luku- ja kirjoitusnopeuden minimi-, maksimi- ja " +#~ "keskiarvot, keskimääräinen yhteysaika ja edellisestä suorituskykytestistä " +#~ "kulunut aika." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Poista kosketuslevy käytöstä kirjoitettaessa" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Käytä Levynkäytön analysointia tai Järjestelmän " +#~ "valvontaa levyn vapaan tilan ja koon tarkistamiseen." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kannettavien tietokoneiden kosketuslevyt sijaitsevat usein juuri siinä " -#~ "kohdassa, jossa käsiä lepuutetaan kirjoittaessa. Tämän takia kosketuslevy " -#~ "saattaa tulkita osuman siihen napsautukseksi. Voit kuitenkin poistaa " -#~ "kosketuslevyn käytöstä kirjoituksen ajaksi. Se toimii jälleen pienen viiveen " -#~ "kuluttua lopetettuasi kirjoittamisen." +#~ "Voit tarkistaa vapaana olevan levytilan määrän Levynkäytön analysointi-" +#~ " tai Järjestelmän valvonta -sovelluksella." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Levytilan tarkistaminen Levynkäytön analysoijalla" #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Valitse Kosketuslevy-osiosta Poista kosketuslevy käytöstä " -#~ "kirjoittaessa." +#~ "Tarkista vapaana olevan levytilan määrä Levynkäytön analysoijalla:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kannettavien tietokoneiden kosketuslevyt saattavat toisinaan reagoda " -#~ "pienellä viiveellä kirjoittamisen lopettamisen jälkeen. Tämä johtuu siitä, " -#~ "että kosketuslevy poistetaan käytöstä kirjoittamisen ajaksi, jotta " -#~ "vältyttäisiin tahattomilta hiiren painalluksilta. Lue lisää ohjeesta ." +#~ "Käytä työkalupalkin painikkeita kotikansion, " +#~ "tiedostojärjestelmän, kansion tai " +#~ "verkkokansion kartoittamiseen." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Tiedoston viimeisin muokkauspäivämäärä ja -aika." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tiedot näytetään Kansion, Käytön, Koon ja " +#~ "Sisällön mukaan. Lisätietoja löytyy Levynkäytön analysoinnin ohjeesta." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Tarkista Järjestelmän valvonnalla" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tiedostot, joita siirrellään Windowsin, Ubuntun ja Macin välillä voi olla " -#~ "kuitenkin hyvä tarkistaa virustentorjuntaohjelmistolla. Tämän voi tehdä toki " -#~ "Windowsissakin. Lisäksi jos olet erityisen varovainen tietoturvaongelmien " -#~ "suhteen, virustentorjuntaohjelmiston asentaminen voi olla tarpeen. Tarkista " -#~ "niiden saatavuus Ubuntun sovellusvalikoimasta." +#~ "Tarkista vapaana olevan levytilan määrä Järjestelmän valvonnalla:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "Avaa Järjestelmän valvonta Unity-valikosta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vaihda oletusselainta, asenna Flash, asenna Java-liitännäinen, Silverlight-tuki…" +#~ "Avaa Järjestelmän valvonta -sovellus Toiminnot-" +#~ "näkymästä." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Empathy-pikaviestin sisältyy Ubuntun oletusasennukseen. Käynnistä " -#~ "Empathy-pikaviestin Unity-" -#~ "valikosta, käynnistimestä " -#~ "tai valitse Keskustele viestintävalikosta." +#~ "Valitse Tiedostojärjestelmät -välilehti nähdäksesi levyosiot ja " +#~ "käytetyn levytilan. Tältä välilehdeltä löytyy mm. osioiden koko, " +#~ "vapaa tila, käytössä oleva tila sekä " +#~ "käyttöaste." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Jos levy on liian täynnä, harkitse seuraavia toimenpiteitä:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Poista turhiksi jääneet tiedostot." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tee varmuuskopioita tärkeistä tiedostoista, " +#~ "joita et tarvitse hetkeen ja poista ne kiintolevyltä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "Avaa Levyt-sovellus Toiminnot-näkymästä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse levy, jolle haluat tarkistuksen suorittaa " +#~ "Tallennuslaitteet-listasta. Levyn tiedot ja tila ilmestyy " +#~ "Asema-otsakkeen alle." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "SMART-tila -kentässä tulisi lukea \"Levy on kunnossa\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paina SMART-tiedot -painiketta katsellaksesi aseman tietoja tai " +#~ "ajaaksesi testejä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vaikka SMART-tila ilmoittaa, että levy ei ole kunnossa, " +#~ "ei välttämättä ole syytä huoleen. On kuitenkin hyvä luoda varmuuskopiot, jotta estät tiedostojen menetyksen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos tila sanoo \"Pre-fail\", levy on vielä kohtalaisen hyväkuntoinen mutta " +#~ "kulumisen merkkejä alkaa näkymään, joka saattaa tarkoittaa sen rikkoutumista " +#~ "tulevaisuudessa. Jos kiintolevysi (tai tietokoneesi) on muutaman vuoden " +#~ "ikäinen, tämän viestin näkyminen on todennäköisempää ainakin joissain " +#~ "testeissä. Sinun tulisi varmuuskopioida tärkeät " +#~ "tiedot säännöllisesti ja tarkistaa levyn tila nähdäksesi, huononeeko " +#~ "se." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Poista kaikki tiedostot ja kansiot ulkoiselta kiintolevyltä tai USB-" +#~ "muistitikulta alustamalla se." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Tyhjennä siirrettävä levy" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "USB-muistitikun tai CD-levyn kaikki tiedostot voi poistaa, jotta " +#~ "siirrettävän levyn voisi ottaa uudelleen käyttöön tai hävittää melko " +#~ "turvallisesti. Tätä kutsutaan levyn alustamiseksi. Alustus poistaa " +#~ "kaikki levyn tiedostot ja tyhjentää sen." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Alusta irrotettava levy" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse levy, jonka haluat tyhjentää Tallennuslaitteet-listasta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Varmista, että olet valinnut oikean levyn! Jos valitset väärän levyn, kaikki " +#~ "kyseisen levyn tiedostot poistetaan!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta Taltiot-osiossa Irrota taltio. Napsauta sitten " +#~ "Alusta taltio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse avautuvasta ikkunasta tiedostojärjestelmän tyyppi levylle." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos levyä käytetään Ubuntun lisäksi myös Windows- ja Mac OS X -koneilla, " +#~ "valitse tiedostojärjestelmäksi FAT. Pelkkää Windows-käyttöä " +#~ "ajatellen paras vaihtoehto on NTFS. Lisätietoja eri " +#~ "tiedostojärjestelmästä näytetään vihjeenä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anna levylle nimi ja aloita levyn tyhjentäminen napsauttamalla " +#~ "Alusta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alustamisen valmistuttua poista levy turvallisesti. Sen pitäisi " +#~ "nyt olla tyhjä ja valmiina käyttöön." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Levyn alustaminen ei poista tiedostoja turvallisesti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Levyn alustaminen ei ole täysin varma tapa sen sisältämän tiedon " +#~ "tuhoamiseen. Alustetulla levyllä ei näytä olevan tiedostoja, mutta " +#~ "erikoisohjelmistoilla on mahdollista palauttaa tiedostoja. Levyn tiedot voi " +#~ "poistaa turvallisesti komentorivisovelluksilla, kuten sovelluksella " +#~ "shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ymmärrä, mitä taltiot ja levyosiot ovat ja käytä levytyökalua niiden " +#~ "hallintaan." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Tutki ja hallitse taltioita ja levyosioita käyttäen levytyökalua" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit tarkistaa ja muokata tietokoneesi tallennustaltioita leyvtyökalukka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Avaa Unity-valikko ja käynnistä Levyt-sovellus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ruudusta, joka on nimetty Tallennuslaitteet löydät kiintolevyt, " +#~ "CD/DVD-asemat ja muut asemat. Valitse laite tutkiaksesi sitä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Oikeassa ruudussa alue, jonka otsikko on Volumes tarjoaa valitun " +#~ "aseman taltioiden ja osioiden visuaalisen paloittelun. Se myös sisältää " +#~ "monia taltioiden hallintaan käytettäviä työkaluja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ole varovainen: näillä työkaluilla on mahdollista hävittää kaikki levyllä " +#~ "olevat tiedot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yhden ensisijaisen osion täytyy sisältää tieto, jota käytetään tietokoneen " +#~ "käynnistämiseen eli boottaamiseen. Tästä syystä sitä kutsutaan " +#~ "välillä käynnistysosioksi tai -taltioksi. Selvittääksesi, että onko taltio " +#~ "käynnistyslevy, tarkastele sen Osiolippuja. Ulkoinen asema, kuten " +#~ "USB-asema tai CD-levy voi myös sisältää käynnistystaltion." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Varmista, että Automaattinen lukitus on käytössä ja valitse viime " +#~ "alla olevasta pudotusvalikosta. Näyttö lukittuu automaattisesti, jos kone on " +#~ "ollut käyttämättömänä asetetun viiveen verran. Voit myös valita Näyttö " +#~ "sammutetaan lukitaksesi näytön sen sammuttamisen jälkeen, jonka " +#~ "viivettä voit säätää Sammuta näyttö koneen ollessa käyttämättä -" +#~ "pudotusvalikolla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Käytä Tiedostot-tiedostonhallintaa selataksesi ja hallitaksesi " +#~ "tietokoneellasi olevia tiedostoja. Sen avulla voit käyttää myös erillisiä " +#~ "tallennusvälineitä (kuten ulkoisia kiintolevyjä), verkkopalvelimia sekä verkkojakoja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kaksoisnapsauta mitä tahansa kansiota nähdäksesi sen sisällön. " +#~ "Kaksoisnapsauttamalla tiedostoa avaat sen tiedostomuodolle oletukseksi " +#~ "asetetussa sovelluksessa. Voit avata kansion kansion uuteen välilehteen tai " +#~ "ikkunaan napsauttamalla sitä hiiren oikealla painikkeella." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos haluat nopeasti siirtyä tiettyyn kansiossa olevaan tiedostoon, voit " +#~ "aloittaa sen nimen kirjoittamisen. Ikkunan yläosaan ilmestyy hakukenttä, ja " +#~ "ensimmäinen hakuehtojasi vastaava tiedosto korostetaan. Paina nuolinäppäintä " +#~ "alas tai vieritä hiirellä siirtyäksesi seuraavaan hakuehtoosi sopivaan " +#~ "tiedostoon." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit siirtyä usein käytettäviin sijainteihin nopeasti sivupaneelin " +#~ "avulla. Jos et näe sivupaneelia, paina tiedostonhallinnan ollessa avoinna F9-" +#~ "näppäintä. Voit lisätä usein käyttämiäsi kansioita kirjanmerkkeihin, jolloin " +#~ "ne näkyvät sivupaneelissa. Käytä kirjanmerkkien hallintaan " +#~ "Kirjanmerkit-valikkoa, tai vaihtoehtoisesti vedä haluamasi kansio " +#~ "sivupaneeliin." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Monimutkaisempia CD-/DVD-kirjoitusprojekteja varten voit käyttää " +#~ "Braseroa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apua Braseron käyttöön löydät Braseron " +#~ "ohjekirjasta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Etsi tiedostoja tiedostonimen ja tyypin perusteella. Tallenna hakusi " +#~ "myöhempää käyttöä varten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit etsiä tiedostoja niiden nimellä tai tiedostotyyppiä käyttäen suoraan " +#~ "tiedostonhallinasta. Voit halutessasi tallentaa usein käytettyjä hakuehtoja, " +#~ "jolloin ne näkyvät erikoiskansioina kotikansiossasi." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Avaa tiedostonhallinta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos tiedät tiedostojen sijaitsevan tietyssä kansiossa, siirry kyseiseen " +#~ "kansioon." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta suurennuslasin kuvaketta työkalupalkista tai paina " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kirjoita yksi tai useampi sana, jotka ovat tiedoston nimessä. Jos " +#~ "esimerkiksi haluat etsiä laskuja, joiden tiedostonimessä on sana \"lasku\", " +#~ "kirjoita lasku. Paina Enter." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Voit rajata tuloksia sijainnin ja tiedostotyypin perusteella." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta Koti rajataksesi hakutulokset " +#~ "kotikansioosi, tai Kaikki tiedostot etsiäksesi " +#~ "kaikkialta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta + ja valitse Tiedoston tyyppi " +#~ "pudotusvalikosta rajataksesi hakutulokset tietyn tyyppisiin tiedostoihin. " +#~ "Napsauta x poistaaksesi tiedostotyypin rajauksen ja " +#~ "laajentaaksesi hakutuloksia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit avata, kopioida, poistaa tai työskennellä hakutuloksina näkyvien " +#~ "tiedostojen kanssa aivan kuten minkä tahansa muun tiedostonhallinnassa " +#~ "näkyvän kansion tapauksessa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta uudelleen suurennuslasin kuvaketta työkalupalkista sulkeaksesi haun " +#~ "ja palataksesi kansioon." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos suoritat tiettyjä hakuja usein, voit tallentaa ne nopeuttaaksesi " +#~ "kyseisten hakujen tuloksiin pääsyä." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Tallenna haku" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Käynnistä haku kuten yllä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anna haulle nimi ja paina Tallenna. Jos haluat, voit valita " +#~ "tallennuskansioksi jonkun muun sijainnin. Kun selaat kansiota, näet " +#~ "tallennetun haun kansiona, jonka kuvakkeessa on suurennuslasi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tallennetun haun poistaminen onnistuu samalla tavalla kuin muidenkin " +#~ "tiedostojen poistaminen. Tallennettua " +#~ "hakua poistettaessa ei poisteta hakutuloksina olevia tiedostoja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tämä ratkeaa klikkaamalla paneelin oikeassa yläkulmassa olevaa kuvaketta ja " +#~ "valitsemalla Järjestelmäasetukset. Valitse Näytöt " +#~ "Laitteisto-osiosta, testaa eri Tarkkuuksia ja säilytä asetus, " +#~ "joka näyttää parhaalta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " +#~ "Näytöt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " +#~ "Järjestelmäasetukset." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Poista kosketyslevy käytöstä kirjoituksen ajaksi estääksesi tahattomat " +#~ "napsautukset" + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Poista kosketuslevy käytöstä kirjoitettaessa" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kannettavien tietokoneiden kosketuslevyt sijaitsevat usein juuri siinä " +#~ "kohdassa, jossa käsiä lepuutetaan kirjoittaessa. Tämän takia kosketuslevy " +#~ "saattaa tulkita osuman siihen napsautukseksi. Voit kuitenkin poistaa " +#~ "kosketuslevyn käytöstä kirjoituksen ajaksi. Se toimii jälleen pienen viiveen " +#~ "kuluttua lopetettuasi kirjoittamisen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse Kosketuslevy-osiosta Poista kosketuslevy käytöstä " +#~ "kirjoittaessa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Useimmat hiiret ja kosketyslevyt sisältävät keskimmäisen painikkeen. " +#~ "Vieritysrullalla varustetuissa hiirissä on yleensä mahdollista painaa " +#~ "vieritysrulla pohjaan, jolloin painallus luetaan keskimmäisen painikkeen " +#~ "napsautukseksi. Jos hiiressäsi ei ole vieritysrullaa, voit painaa vasemman " +#~ "ja oikean painikkeen pohjaan samanaikaisesti napsauttaaksesi keskimmäistä " +#~ "painiketta. Jos et voi tehdä tätä, seuraa näitä " +#~ "ohjeita." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Monikosketusta tukevilla kosketuslevyillä keskipainikkeen painalluksen voi " +#~ "tehdä napsauttamalla levyä kolmella sormella. Kosketuslevyn hiirinapsautukset pitää kuitenkin ottaa " +#~ "käyttöön toiminnon käyttämiseksi." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Monet sovellukset hyödyntävät hiiren keskipainiketta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yksi toiminnoista on tekstin liittäminen leikepöydältä. Maalaa teksti, " +#~ "napsauta aluetta johon sen haluat liittää ja paina keskipainiketta. Valittu " +#~ "teksti liitettiin osoittimen kohtaan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tekstin liittäminen keskipainikkeella on erillinen toiminto normaalista " +#~ "leikepöydästä. Tekstin kopioiminen ja liittäminen tällä tavalla ei kopioi " +#~ "tekstiä leikepöydälle. Keskipainikkeen painaminen ja " +#~ "CtrlC ja V ovat siis kaksi erillistä " +#~ "toimintoa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Useimmat verkkoselaimet avaavat linkin uuteen välilehteen napsauttaessa sitä " +#~ "keskipainikkeella." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Joillakin muilla sovelluksilla voi olla vielä lisäksi omia toimintojaan " +#~ "keskipainikkeelle sovelluskohtaisesti. Lisätietoja saat sovelluksen ohjeesta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paina ← kerran siirtyäksesi Kohdistaminen ja " +#~ "napsauttaminen -välilehdelle." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nämä ohjeet tarjoavat lyhyimmän mahdollisen tavan ottaa hiirinäppäimet " +#~ "käyttöön pelkkää näppäimistöä käyttämällä. Valitse " +#~ "Esteettömyysasetukset käyttääksesi muita " +#~ "esteettömyysominaisuuksia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Numeronäppäimistö on ryhmä numeerisia neliön muotoon aseteltuja näppäimiä. " +#~ "Jos erillistä numeronäppäimistöä ei löydy (kuten joissain kannettavissa " +#~ "tietokoneissa), numeronäppäimistö on asetettu toisten näppäinten alle ja " +#~ "niitä voidaan käyttää pitämällä toimintonäppäintä (Fn) pohjassa. " +#~ "Jos käytät tätä ominaisuutta useasti eikä näppäimistöstä löydy " +#~ "numeronäppäimistöä, voit ostaa erillisen USB-liitännällä toimivan " +#~ "numeronäppäimistön." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jokainen numeronäppäimistön näppäin vastaa tiettyä liikesuuntaa. Esimerkiksi " +#~ "8 siirtää hiirtä ylöspäin ja 2 alaspäin. Numeron " +#~ "5 painallus vastaa hiiren napsautusta ja nopeasti kahteen kertaan " +#~ "painettuna kaksoisnapsautusta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Useimmilta näppäimistöiltä löytyy välilyönnin läheltä erikoisnäppäin, joka " +#~ "simuloi hiiren oikean painikkeen napsautusta. Huomaa kuitenkin, että tämä " +#~ "näppäin simuloi hiiren oikean painikkeen painallusta kohteeseen, johon " +#~ "näppäimistö on kohdistettu eikä hiiren osoittimen kohtaan. Lue saadaksesi tietoa, miten hiiren oikean " +#~ "painikkeen napsautuksen simulointi onnistuu pitämällä 5-näppäintä " +#~ "tai hiiren vasenta painiketta pohjassa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit käyttää kosketuslevyä napsautuksiin, kaksoisnapsautuksiin, raahaamiseen " +#~ "ja vierittämiseen ilman fyysisiä näppäimiä." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Napsautus onnistuu kosketuslevyä napauttamalla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Raahaaminen onnistuu kaksoisnapauttamalla kosketusalustaa siten, ettet nosta " +#~ "sormeasi toisella napsautuksella. Raahaa kohde, minne haluat ja nosta sormi " +#~ "sen pudottamiseksi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos kosketuslevy tukee usean sormen napautuksia, voit simuloida hiiren " +#~ "oikean painikkeen napsautusta napauttamalla kosketuslevyä kahdella sormella " +#~ "samaan aikaan. Muussa tapauksessa sinun täytyy käyttää fyysisiä painikkeita " +#~ "hiiren oikean näppäimen napsautukseen. Lue toisesta tavasta simuloida hiiren " +#~ "oikeaa napsautusta artikkelista ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos kosketuslevy tukee usean sormen napautuksia, hiiren keskimmäisen painikkeen napsautus onnistuu " +#~ "napauttamalla kosketuslevyä kolmella sormella samanaikaisesti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kun napsauttelet ja raahaat kohteita usealla sormella, varmista, että " +#~ "sormesi ovat tarpeeksi kaukana toisistaan. Jos sormesi ovat liian lähekkäin, " +#~ "tietokone voi tulkita sormet yhdeksi sormeksi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kannettavien tietokoneiden kosketuslevyt saattavat toisinaan reagoda " +#~ "pienellä viiveellä kirjoittamisen lopettamisen jälkeen. Tämä johtuu siitä, " +#~ "että kosketuslevy poistetaan käytöstä kirjoittamisen ajaksi, jotta " +#~ "vältyttäisiin tahattomilta hiiren painalluksilta. Lue lisää ohjeesta ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Lisää, poista ja nimeä kirjanmerkkejä tiedostonhallinnassa." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Kirjanmerkkisi näkyvät tiedostonhallinnan sivupalkissa." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Poista kirjanmerkki:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse Kirjanmerkit-ikkunasta se kirjanmerkki, jonka haluat " +#~ "nimetä uudelleen." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Kirjoita Nimi-kenttään kirjanmerkin uusi nimi." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Tiedoston viimeisin muokkauspäivämäärä ja -aika." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tiedostot, joita siirrellään Windowsin, Ubuntun ja Macin välillä voi olla " +#~ "kuitenkin hyvä tarkistaa virustentorjuntaohjelmistolla. Tämän voi tehdä toki " +#~ "Windowsissakin. Lisäksi jos olet erityisen varovainen tietoturvaongelmien " +#~ "suhteen, virustentorjuntaohjelmiston asentaminen voi olla tarpeen. Tarkista " +#~ "niiden saatavuus Ubuntun sovellusvalikoimasta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vaihda oletusselainta, asenna Flash, asenna Java-liitännäinen, Silverlight-tuki…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Empathy-pikaviestin sisältyy Ubuntun oletusasennukseen. Käynnistä " +#~ "Empathy-pikaviestin Unity-" +#~ "valikosta, käynnistimestä " +#~ "tai valitse Keskustele viestintävalikosta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "Hallitse, mitkä ohjelmat saavat käyttää Internet-yhteyttä." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Ohjelmien yhteyksien estäminen palomuurin avulla" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntussa on palomuuri nimeltä Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw), mutta se ei ole oletuksena käytössä. Tämä johtuu siitä, " +#~ "ettei Ubuntussa ole oletuksena perusverkkopalveluita lukuun ottamatta yhtään " +#~ "avointa porttia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lisätietoja ufw:n käytöstä on tarjolla englanninkielisessä verkko-" +#~ "ohjeessa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ota palomuuri käyttöön kirjoittamalla Päätteeseen komento " +#~ "sudo ufw enable. Palomuurin saa pois päältä kirjoittamalla " +#~ "Päätteeseen sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " #~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " #~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " @@ -27559,6 +28570,13 @@ #~ "porttiin 53 kirjoittamalla Päätteeseen sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flashia tarvitaan joidenkin vuorovaikutteista sisältöä tai videoita " +#~ "sisältävien verkkosivustojen (kuten Youtube) oikein toimimiseen." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -27567,6 +28585,9 @@ #~ "on mahdollista esimerkiksi katsoa videoita ja käyttää vuorovaikutteisia " #~ "verkkosivuja. Jotkut sivut eivät toimi ilman Flash-asennusta." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Flashin asentaminen" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -27587,6 +28608,15 @@ #~ "Jos päätät asentaa Flashin, napsauta Asenna-painiketta " #~ "Sovellusvalikoimassa." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos selainikkunoita on auki, sulje ne ja avaa sitten kyseiset ikkunat " +#~ "uudelleen. Selaimen pitäisi uudelleenkäynnistyksen jälkeen tunnistaa Flash, " +#~ "jonka jälkeen Flash-pohjaisten sivustojen pitäisi toimia normaalisti." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Avoimen lähdekoodin vaihtoehdot Flashille" @@ -27616,6 +28646,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Auta selaintasi toimimaan paremmin Javaa käyttävillä sivustoilla." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Java-selainlisäosan asentaminen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jotkut sivustot käyttävät pieniä Java-ohjelmia, jotka tarvitsevat " +#~ "toimiakseen Java-lisäosan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Java-ohjelmien toimiminen vaatii icedtea6-" +#~ "plugin-paketin asentamisen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -27664,6 +28714,15 @@ #~ "mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlightin verkkosivustolta." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Langattoman yhteyden " +#~ "ongelmanratkaisu, langattoman verkon " +#~ "löytäminen…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -27681,6 +28740,276 @@ #~ "ohjelmistot ovat teknisiä, joten napsauta Ubuntun sovellusvalikoiman " #~ "alareunasta Näytä tekniset kohteet." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yhdistä wifi-verkkoon, piilotetut verkot, muokkaa yhteyden asetuksia, yhteyden katkaiseminen…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tietokonetta on mahdollista käyttää langattomana yhteyspisteenä (myös sanaa " +#~ "hotspot käytetään). Kun tietokone on yhteydessä Internetiin " +#~ "esimerkiksi Ethernet-kaapelin tai mobiiliyhteyden kautta, Internet-yhteys on " +#~ "mahdollista jakaa muiden laitteiden kanssa tietokoneen toimiessa " +#~ "langattomana yhteyspisteenä." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Napsauta Käytä yhteyspisteenä..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos tietokone on jo yhteydessä langattomaan verkkoon, sinulta kysytään " +#~ "halutaanko kyseinen yhteys katkaista. Langaton verkkosovitin voi olla " +#~ "samanaikaisesti yhteydessä vain yhteen langattomaan verkkoon. Napsauta " +#~ "Luo yhteyspiste." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verkon nimi (SSID) ja turvallisuusavain luodaan automaattisesti. Verkon nimi " +#~ "pohjautuu tietokoneen nimeen. Näitä tietoja tarvitaan laitteella, joka " +#~ "yhdistetään Internetiin yhteyspisteen avulla." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkista ja poista valinta \"Ota langaton " +#~ "käyttöön\" kohdalta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Langattoman verkon voit kytkeä pois päältä verkkovalikon kautta " +#~ "poistamalla valinnan kohdasta Ota langaton käyttöön. Tämä kytkee " +#~ "langattoman verkkoyhteyden pois päältä kunnes kytket sen samalla tavalla " +#~ "uudelleen päälle." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Takaisin päälle kytkeminen tapahtuu siis valitsemalla Ota langaton " +#~ "käyttöön uudelleen verkkovalikosta (niin että sen edessä on " +#~ "valintamerkki)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muista kytkeä pois päältä myös kannettavan tietokoneen Bluetooth-yhteys." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkista ja etsi " +#~ "valikosta haluamasi verkko." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "Opi langattomien yhteysasetusten muuttaminen." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Langattoman yhteyden muokkaaminen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tässä ohjeessa on selitykset kaikille verkkoasetusten kohdille. " +#~ "Verkkoyhteyksien asetuksia voi muokata napsauttamalla " +#~ "verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkista ja valitsemalla sitten " +#~ "Muokkaa yhteyksiä." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Saatavilla kaikille käyttäjille / Yhdistä automaattisesti" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Yhdistä automaattisesti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos saatavilla on useita eri verkkoja, joihin tietokone on asetettu " +#~ "yhdistymään, tietokone yhdistää Verkko-ikkunan " +#~ "Langaton-välilehdellä ensimmäisenä olevaan verkkoon. Tietokone ei " +#~ "katkaise yhteyttä verkkoon, jos saataville ilmaantuu muita verkkoja." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Saatavilla kaikille käyttäjille" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse tämä asetus, jos haluat kaikilla tietokoneen käyttäjillä olevan " +#~ "mahdollisuus käyttää tätä yhteyttä. Jos kyseinen verkko on suojattu WEP-/WPA-salasanalla ja tämä asetus on " +#~ "valittu, verkon salasana on annettava vain kerran. Muiden käyttäjien ei siis " +#~ "tarvitse tietää verkon salasanaa, jotta he voivat käyttää verkkoyhteyttä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos tämä asetus on valittu, sinulla tulee olla ylläpitäjän oikeudet yhteyden asetuksien muuttamiseksi." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Langaton" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos Ad-hoc valitaan, tulee näkyville kaksi muuta valintaa, jotka " +#~ "ovat Taajuusalue ja Kanava. Nämä määrittävät, mitä " +#~ "langatonta taajuusaluetta ad-hoc-verkko käyttää. Jotkin tietokoneet voivat " +#~ "toimia vain tietyillä taajuusalueilla (esimerkiksi vain A tai " +#~ "vain B/G), joten on hyödyllistä valita taajuusalue jota kaikki ad-" +#~ "hoc-verkon tietokoneet voivat käyttää. Ruuhkaisissa paikoissa saattaa olla " +#~ "käytössä useita saman kanavan jakavia langattomia verkkoja, mikä saattaa " +#~ "hidastaa yhteyksiä. Tällöin voidaan vaihtaa myös käytettävää kanavaa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "BSSID on lyhenne englanninkielisistä sanoista Basic Service Set " +#~ "Identifier. Siinä missä SSID (selvitetty ylempänä) on verkon ihmiselle " +#~ "näkyvä nimi, BSSID on tietokoneelle näkyvä verkon nimi. Jos langaton verkko on piilotettu, sillä ei ole " +#~ "SSID:tä, mutta sillä on silti BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Laitteen MAC-osoite" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verkkosovittimesi voi esittää omaavansa jonkin toisen MAC-osoitteen, kuin " +#~ "mitä sillä todellisuudessa on. Tämä on hyödyllinen ominaisuus, jos jokin " +#~ "verkko tai palvelu suostuu toimimaan vain tietyn MAC-osoitteen kanssa. Aseta " +#~ "Kopioitu MAC-osoite -kenttään haluttu MAC-osoite, niin muut " +#~ "palvelut, verkot ja laitteet uskovat koneesi verkkosovittimella olevan " +#~ "kyseinen MAC-osoite." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Langaton tietoturva" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tämä asetus määrittää, minkälaista salausta langaton verkko " +#~ "käyttää. Langattoman verkon salauksen on tarkoitus estää muita käyttämästä " +#~ "verkkoasi sekä näkemästä, mitä tietoa verkkoyhteytesi välittää." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Salaustapojen vahvuudessa on suuria eroja, mutta kaikki uudemmat ja " +#~ "tehokkaammat salaustavat eivät välttämättä ole tuettuja vanhoilla " +#~ "verkkolaitteilla. Salatun yhteyden käyttö vaatii normaalisti salasanan, " +#~ "kehittyneemmät salaustekniikat käyttäjätunnuksen ja varmenteen. Lue ohje " +#~ " saadaksesi lisätietoja erilaisista " +#~ "salaustavoista." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos valitset tämän asetuksen, tietokoneesi noutaa IP-osoitteen DHCP-" +#~ "palvelimelta, mutta kaikki muut verkkoyhteyden tiedot (kuten käytettävä DNS-" +#~ "nimipalvelin) tulee määrittää itse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valitse tämä asetus, jos haluat määrittää verkkoyhteyden kaikki asetukset " +#~ "itse, mukaan lukien tietokoneen käyttämän IP-osoitteen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tämä asetus poistaa verkkoyhteyden käytöstä ja estää siihen yhdistämisen. " +#~ "Otathan huomioon, että IPv4- ja IPv6-yhteyksiä " +#~ "käsitellään erillisinä yhteyksinä, vaikka ne muodostettaisiin samalla " +#~ "verkkolaitteella. Jos käytössäsi on IPv4, saatat haluta poistaa IPv6:n " +#~ "käytöstä. Sama pätee myös toisinpäin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tämä on vastaavanlainen kuin IPv4-välilehti sillä erotuksella, " +#~ "että kyseessä on uudempi IPv6-standardi. Todella nykyaikaiset verkot " +#~ "käyttävät IPv6-teknologiaa, IPv4 on vielä nykypäivänä huomattavasti " +#~ "yleisempi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta verkkovalikkoa valikkopalkissa ja valitse Yhdistä " +#~ "piilotettuun langattomaan verkkoon." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Napsauta Ohjelmalähteet Järjestelmä-otsakkeen alta." @@ -27724,6 +29053,12 @@ #~ "Seuraava." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kirjoita sudo pm-hibernate päätteeseen ja paina Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27731,6 +29066,182 @@ #~ "RAM-muisti." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos lepotilatesti toimii koneellasi, voit asettaa tietokoneesi lepotilaan " +#~ "jatkossa komennolla sudo pm-hibernate." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Miksi tietokone sammui tai siirtyi lepotilaan, kun akun varaustaso oli 10 " +#~ "prosenttia?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Akun varaustason laskiessa liian alas tietokone siirtyy automaattisesti " +#~ "lepotilaan (ohjelmat ja tiedostot " +#~ "tallennetaan ja sitten sammutetaan). Tämän toiminnon tarkoituksena on " +#~ "suojata akkua täydelliseltä tyhjentymiseltä, joka voi johtaa akun käyttöiän " +#~ "vähenemiseen. Jos tietokoneen akku ehtii tyhjentyä kokonaan, ohjelmien tilaa " +#~ "ei ehditä tallentaa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Joillakin tietokoneilla on ongelmia lepotilasta palautumisessa. Tämän takia " +#~ "ennen lepotilaa käytetyt sovellukset eivät välttämättä ole enää " +#~ "käytettävissä, kun tietokone otetaan uudelleen käyttöön. Joitakin tietoja " +#~ "saattaa siis kadota, ellet tallenna tietojasi itse ennen lepo- tai " +#~ "valmiustilaan asettamista. Lepotilan " +#~ "ongelmia voi myös yrittää korjata." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta valikkopalkin oikeanpuoleisinta kuvaketta ja valitse " +#~ "Järjestelmäasetukset." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Havaitsemattomat tulostimet, tukokset, vääriltä näyttävät tulosteet…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Määritä tietokoneeseen kytketyn tulostimen asetukset." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Paikallisen tulostimen määrittäminen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "TIetokoneesi kykenee tunnistamaan useita erilaisia tulostimia, kun tulostin " +#~ "kytketään tietokoneeseen. Useimmat tulostimet yhdistetään tietokoneeseen USB-" +#~ "johdon avulla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valintaa paikallisen ja verkkotulostimen asennuksen välillä ei tarvitse " +#~ "tehdä. Kaikki tulostimet esitetään yhdessä ikkunassa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Liitä tulostin tietokoneeseen sopivalla kaapelilla. Tietokoneen näytöllä " +#~ "saattaa näkyä toimintaa, kun tietokone etsii sopivia ajureita. " +#~ "Tulostinajurien asennus saattaa vaatia salasanan syöttämisen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Näytölle ilmestyy viesti, kun tulostin on asennettu järjestelmään. Valitse " +#~ "Tulosta testisivu tulostaaksesi testisivun, tai " +#~ "Valinnat tehdäksesi muutoksia tulostimen asetuksiin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos tulostintasi ei havaittu ja sen asetuksia tehty automaattisesti, voit " +#~ "lisätä tulostimen itse tulostinasetuksista." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Napsauta Lisää ja valitse tulostin Laitteet-ikkunasta." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Napsauta Seuraava ja odota, kun ajureita etsitään." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos tietokoneellesi on saatavilla useita ajureita, sinua saatetaan pyytää " +#~ "valitsemaan sopiva ajuri. Napsauta Seuraava valmistaja- ja malli-" +#~ "vaiheissa, jolloin koneesi käyttää suositeltua ajuria." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tulostimen asennuksen jälkeen saatat haluta vaihtaa oletustulostinta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muutokset astuvat voimaan kirjautuessasi sisään uudelleen. Kirjaudu ulos " +#~ "napsauttamalla kuvaketta oikeassa yläkulmassa ja valitse Kirjaudu " +#~ "ulos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muutokset astuvat voimaan kirjautuessasi sisään uudelleen. Kirjaudu ulos " +#~ "napsauttamalla kuvaketta oikeassa yläkulmassa ja valitse Kirjaudu " +#~ "ulos.." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kirjaudu ulos tai vaihda käyttäjää napsauttamalla järjestelmävalikkoa näytön oikeassa yläkulmassa ja " +#~ "valitsemalla haluamasi vaihtoehto." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lukitse näyttö napsauttamalla ensin järjestelmävalikkoa ja " +#~ "valitsemalla sitten Lukitse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kun näyttö on lukittu, muut käyttäjät voivat kirjautua omilla tunnuksillaan " +#~ "sisään napsauttamalla Vaihda käyttäjää. Voit jatkaa työskentelyä " +#~ "omassa istunnossasi myöhemmin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aseta tietokone valmiustilaan valitsemalla järjestelmävalikosta " +#~ "Valmiustila." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos haluat sammuttaa tai käynnistää tietokoneen uudelleen, avaa " +#~ "järjestelmävalikko ja napsauta Sammuta..." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -27743,6 +29254,49 @@ #~ "oleva komento (kyseessä on pitkä yhdelle riville kirjoitettava komento, " #~ "jonka voit kopioida ja liittää päätteeseen):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Näppäimistöstä" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vapauta Alt valitaksesi seuraavan (korostetun) ikkunan " +#~ "vaihtajasta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voit selata avoimia ikkunoita pitämällä Alt-näppäimen pohjassa ja " +#~ "painamalla Tab (siirtyy seuraavaan ikkunaan) tai " +#~ "VaihtoTab (siirtyy edelliseen " +#~ "ikkunaan)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ikkunanvaihtajan ikkunat ovat ryhmitelty ohjelmittain. Jos ohjelmalla on " +#~ "useita ikkunoita, ikkunoiden esikatselut esitetään selatessasi " +#~ "ikkunaluetteloa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ohjelmien välillä liikkuminen onnistuu myös nuolinäppäimillä → ja " +#~ "← tai valitsemalla se hiirellä." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos ohjelmalla on vain yksi ikkuna, ikkunan esikatselu avautuu ↓-" +#~ "näppäimellä." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -28069,6 +29623,12 @@ #~ "Jos et halua hakuehdotuksia verkosta, voit poistaa tämän ominaisuuden " #~ "käytöstä." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Avaa turvallisuus ja yksityisyys ja valitse Haku-" +#~ "välilehti." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Poista käytöstä Sisällytä hakutulokset internetistä." @@ -28125,6 +29685,13 @@ #~ "saatavuus Ubuntun sovellusvalikoimasta." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napsauta järjestelmävalikkoa valikkopalkista ja " +#~ "valitse Järjestelmäasetukset." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch an " #~ "install option window." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28133,3 +29700,9 @@ #~ msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgstr "Jos haluat asentaa Flashin, napsauta Asenna." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Oletuksena verkkohaku on pois päältä." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Ota verkkohaun tulokset käyttöön" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/fo/fo.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/fo/fo.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/fo/fo.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/fo/fo.po 2017-03-15 22:29:30.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jógvan Olsen \n" "Language-Team: Faroese \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -307,58 +307,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -410,14 +495,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -450,30 +535,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -483,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -491,14 +567,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -506,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -530,12 +606,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -656,7 +732,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -686,12 +762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -700,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -709,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -717,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -725,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -776,17 +852,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -795,14 +871,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -840,17 +916,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -859,14 +935,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -877,13 +953,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -922,13 +998,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -957,7 +1033,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -971,10 +1047,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1028,12 +1104,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1044,7 +1121,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1053,15 +1130,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1215,7 +1293,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1229,46 +1307,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1276,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1602,6 +1679,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1684,107 +1830,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1793,12 +1948,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1806,31 +1961,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1838,49 +1994,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1891,13 +2084,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1909,27 +2102,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1937,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1945,12 +2138,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1960,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1970,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1978,22 +2171,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2468,7 +2661,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3006,7 +3199,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3247,7 +3440,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3255,7 +3448,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4783,59 +4976,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5024,90 +5200,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5116,109 +5311,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5257,65 +5410,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5324,106 +5466,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5435,7 +5584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5446,28 +5595,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5475,19 +5616,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5498,13 +5639,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5534,18 +5675,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5553,7 +5694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5562,7 +5703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5589,15 +5730,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5613,7 +5760,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5621,7 +5768,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5629,7 +5776,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5637,7 +5784,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5666,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5675,19 +5822,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5697,7 +5844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5726,13 +5873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5747,7 +5895,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5782,7 +5930,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5814,17 +5962,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5847,12 +5995,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6107,7 +6254,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6335,12 +6481,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6348,7 +6494,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6356,7 +6502,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6366,7 +6512,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6376,7 +6522,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6384,17 +6530,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6403,12 +6549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6417,24 +6563,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6443,7 +6589,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6451,24 +6597,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6476,12 +6622,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6490,7 +6636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6507,10 +6653,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6530,14 +6676,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6547,24 +6708,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7102,10 +7271,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7577,129 +7745,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8469,7 +8613,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8485,22 +8629,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8511,7 +8655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8520,46 +8664,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8571,15 +8715,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8604,12 +8758,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8618,26 +8772,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8647,19 +8801,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8667,7 +8821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8675,50 +8829,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9087,14 +9241,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9117,12 +9271,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9130,24 +9284,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9155,7 +9309,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9164,14 +9318,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9180,7 +9334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9287,10 +9441,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9325,17 +9480,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9362,26 +9518,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9390,7 +9539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9398,12 +9547,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9414,7 +9563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9613,7 +9762,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9623,8 +9772,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9648,7 +9797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9669,11 +9818,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9681,31 +9830,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9727,13 +9878,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9748,8 +9898,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9771,85 +9921,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9857,7 +10215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10051,14 +10409,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10067,8 +10425,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10086,74 +10443,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10164,31 +10517,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10590,7 +10943,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10600,70 +10953,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11149,7 +11503,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11309,7 +11663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11439,80 +11793,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11776,12 +12130,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11794,7 +12147,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12050,22 +12403,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12096,7 +12449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12186,7 +12539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12194,30 +12547,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12226,29 +12579,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12262,7 +12616,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12276,14 +12630,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12293,19 +12647,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12313,7 +12667,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12541,83 +12895,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12850,6 +13254,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13046,7 +13451,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13089,20 +13494,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13110,13 +13515,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13124,19 +13529,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13572,10 +13977,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13599,50 +14004,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13651,25 +14057,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13701,8 +14106,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13869,25 +14274,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13895,40 +14300,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13937,25 +14342,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13964,12 +14369,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13980,41 +14385,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14023,34 +14428,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14061,44 +14466,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14106,17 +14512,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14126,32 +14532,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14162,30 +14568,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14248,21 +14664,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14273,12 +14687,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14287,14 +14708,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14460,7 +14881,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14468,12 +14889,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14481,7 +14902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15497,12 +15918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15623,7 +16044,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15667,7 +16088,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15753,39 +16174,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15818,31 +16217,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16124,7 +16516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16257,7 +16649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16265,21 +16657,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16287,7 +16679,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16295,8 +16687,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16349,7 +16741,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16366,7 +16760,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16470,7 +16865,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16887,7 +17281,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16922,92 +17316,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17155,31 +17593,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17188,7 +17626,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17282,14 +17806,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17297,15 +17821,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17314,12 +17839,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17327,19 +17852,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17364,27 +17889,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17395,12 +17921,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17408,7 +17934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17440,17 +17966,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17655,28 +18181,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17721,20 +18247,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17744,27 +18270,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17774,26 +18305,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18325,36 +18859,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18362,17 +18896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18381,14 +18915,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18434,55 +18968,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18490,8 +19021,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18499,7 +19035,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18666,19 +19202,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18687,26 +19223,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19350,7 +19886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19358,17 +19894,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19376,7 +19912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19499,12 +20043,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20178,37 +20722,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20235,19 +20771,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20337,38 +20873,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20497,32 +21033,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20530,8 +21066,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20540,7 +21090,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20548,14 +21098,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20567,7 +21117,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20575,28 +21125,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20607,7 +21157,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20615,14 +21165,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20633,21 +21183,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20658,7 +21208,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20666,14 +21216,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20681,58 +21231,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20827,37 +21351,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22155,7 +22653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22163,7 +22661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22173,18 +22671,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/fr/fr.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/fr/fr.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/fr/fr.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/fr/fr.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-11 16:50+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-29 23:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Valentin Paris \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -283,13 +283,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -360,61 +360,146 @@ "de la main qui vous font appuyer plusieurs fois sur la même touche au lieu " "d'une seule fois, vous devriez activer cette fonction." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône tout à droite de la barre de menu et " -"sélectionnez Paramètres système...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Ouvrez Accès universel et choisissez l'onglet Saisie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Activez les Rebonds de touches." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -483,15 +568,15 @@ "modifiées." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Ouvrez Accès universel et choisissez l'onglet Vision." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Faites basculer Contraste élevé sur ON." @@ -533,20 +618,9 @@ "souris au-dessus d'un contrôle, le maintenir immobile et attendre un peu " "avant que le bouton ne soit cliqué pour vous." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez Paramètres " -"systèmes...." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -555,12 +629,12 @@ "clic de souris." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Activer Clic par survol." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -575,7 +649,7 @@ "glisser, le mode clic simple est automatiquement sélectionné." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -586,7 +660,7 @@ "bouton est cliqué." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -595,7 +669,7 @@ "devez maintenir le pointeur de souris immobile avant le clic automatique." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -607,7 +681,7 @@ "survient." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -636,12 +710,12 @@ "possibilité de modifier la taille de la police." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Faites basculer Grand texte sur ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -780,7 +854,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -815,12 +889,12 @@ "bouton." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Activez la Simulation du clic secondaire." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -833,7 +907,7 @@ "Simulation du clic secondaire." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -848,7 +922,7 @@ "clic droit." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -859,7 +933,7 @@ "secondaire même si vous n'avez pas de retour visuel." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -870,7 +944,7 @@ "appuyée la touche 5 du pavé numérique." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -941,17 +1015,17 @@ "de trouver la bonne touche sur votre clavier du premier coup." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Activez les Touches lentes." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Activation ou désactivation rapide des touches lentes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -966,7 +1040,7 @@ "lentes." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -975,7 +1049,7 @@ "durée d'appui sur une touche avant qu'elle ne soit acceptée." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -1028,17 +1102,17 @@ "maintenir enfoncées plusieurs touches à la fois." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Activez les Touches rémanentes." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Activation/désactivation rapide des touches rémanentes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1052,7 +1126,7 @@ "Maj pour activer ou désactiver les touches rémanentes." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1062,7 +1136,7 @@ "clavier de façon normale." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1079,7 +1153,7 @@ "éloignées) mais d'autres pas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1087,7 +1161,7 @@ "pour activer cette fonctionnalité." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1142,7 +1216,7 @@ "couper l'alerte sonore)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1224,7 @@ "Audition." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1182,7 +1256,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1196,10 +1270,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1253,12 +1327,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1269,7 +1344,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1278,15 +1353,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1466,13 +1542,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"L'ajout d'un compte vous aidera à lier vos comptes en ligne avec votre " -"bureau Ubuntu. Ainsi, vos applications de courriel, de messagerie " -"instantanée et d'autres applications connexes seront configurées pour vous." +"L'ajout d'un compte reliera l'un de vos comptes en ligne au bureau d'Ubuntu. " +"Ainsi, votre courriel, vos discussions instantanées et d'autres applications " +"seront configurés pour vous." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1483,81 +1559,75 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "Sélectionnez un type de compte dans la liste à droite." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 +msgid "" +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Sélectionner un type de compte dans la fenêtre de droite." +"Une petite interface utilisateur Web s'ouvrira, dans laquelle vous pourrez " +"renseigner vos informations de compte en ligne. Par exemple, si vous " +"configurez un compte Google, saisissez votre identifiant et votre mot de " +"passe, puis connectez-vous." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez configurer plusieurs comptes, vous pouvez répéter ce " -"processus par la suite." +"Si vous avez renseigné correctement vos informations, vous devrez dire à " +"votre service en ligne d'autoriser Ubuntu à accéder au compte. Sélectionnez " +"Autoriser pour continuer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Une petite interface utilisateur Web, dans laquelle vous pourrez entrer vos " -"informations de compte en ligne, s'ouvrira. Par exemple, si vous configurez " -"un compte Google, entrez votre nom d'utilisateur Google, votre mot de passe " -"et connectez-vous." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez entré vos informations de compte correctement, vous serez " -"invité à accepter les conditions d'utilisation. Sélectionnez " -"Accepter pour continuer. Une fois ceci fait, Ubuntu demande la " -"permission d'accéder à votre compte. Pour permettre cet accès, cliquez sur " -"le bouton Permettre l'accès. Entrez le mot de passe utilisateur " -"actuel lorsqu'il vous le sera demandé." +"Ubuntu a besoin d'une permission pour accéder à votre compte en ligne. " +"Sélectionnez Autoriser l'accès pour continuer." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous pouvez sélectionner les applications que vous voulez lier à " -"votre compte en ligne. Par exemple, si vous voulez utiliser un compte en " -"ligne pour le chat et que vous ne voulez pas du calendrier, désactivez " -"l'option calendrier." +"Vous pouvez maintenant sélectionner les applications que vous voulez voir " +"reliées à votre compte en ligne. Par exemple, si vous voulez utiliser un " +"compte pour la discussion instantanée, mais pas pour le calendrier, " +"désactivez l'option calendrier." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Après que vous ayez ajouté vos comptes, chaque application que vous avez " -"sélectionnée utilisera automatiquement ces informations d'identification " -"lorsque vous vous connecterez à votre compte." +"Après avoir ajouté un compte, chaque application que vous aurez sélectionnée " +"utilisera automatiquement ces informations pour accéder au compte en ligne." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Pour des raisons de sécurité, Ubuntu ne conserve pas votre mot de passe sur " -"votre ordinateur. Au lieu de cela, il stocke un jeton qui est fourni par le " -"service en ligne. Si vous voulez annuler totalement le lien entre votre " -"bureau et le service en ligne, retirez-" -"le." +"Pour des raisons de sécurité, Ubuntu ne stockera pas vos mots de passe sur " +"votre ordinateur. À la place, il stockera un jeton fourni par le service en " +"ligne. Si vous souhaitez révoquer définitivement le lien entre votre " +"ordinateur et le compte en ligne, supprimez-" +"le." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1944,6 +2014,95 @@ "services que vous avez ajoutés seront prêts." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Convertir une clé USB en un volume à partir duquel vous pourrez démarrer et " +"installer Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "Créer un disque de démarrage" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" +"Dans ce contexte, un disque de démarrage est une clé USB à partir de " +"laquelle vous pouvez démarrer et installer Ubuntu. La capacité de la clé USB doit être au " +"moins de 2 Go. Toutes les données présentes sur la clé USB seront perdues " +"lors de la création du disque de démarrage." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "Il est supposé que vous avez téléchargé une image ISO d'Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un disque de démarrage à partir d'une image ISO d'Ubuntu :" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrez Créateur de disque de démarrage dans le Tableau de " +"bord." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" +"Si votre image ISO est dans votre dossier Téléchargements et " +"qu'il n'y a qu'une image ISO dans celui-ci, le Créateur de disque de " +"démarrage la sélectionnera. Sinon, sélectionnez la bonne image ISO." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" +"Si une seule clé USB est connectée à votre ordinateur, le Créateur de " +"disque de démarrage la sélectionnera. Sinon, sélectionnez la bonne clé." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Créer un disque de démarrage." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur Oui pour confirmer. Le processus devrait prendre " +"moins de dix minutes." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque la fenêtre « Installation terminée » s'ouvrira, cliquez sur " +"Quitter." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2053,50 +2212,67 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Utilisez Logiciels Ubuntu pour ajouter des programmes et rendre " -"Ubuntu plus utile." +"Utiliser Logiciels Ubuntu pour installer des applications " +"supplémentaires et rendre Ubuntu plus utile." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Installer des logiciels supplémentaires" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "Installer des applications supplémentaires" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"L'équipe de développement d'Ubuntu a sélectionné un ensemble d'applications " -"par défaut ; nous pensons qu'elles rendent Ubuntu très utile pour la plupart " -"des tâches de tous les jours. Cependant, vous aurez certainement envie " -"d'installer plus de logiciels afin qu'Ubuntu corresponde mieux à vos besoins." +"Une application est un logiciel qui dispose d'une interface utilisateur " +"graphique. L'équipe de développement d'Ubuntu a choisi un jeu d'applications " +"par défaut rendant Ubuntu très utile pour la plupart des tâches " +"quotidiennes. Cependant, vous voudrez certainement installer plus " +"d'applications pour vous rendre Ubuntu encore plus utile. Pour installer une " +"application, vous pouvez utiliser Logiciels Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"Pour installer un logiciel supplémentaire, suivez les étapes suivantes :" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." msgstr "" -"Se connecter à Internet en utilisant une connexion sans-fil ou une connexion câblée." +"Vous souhaiterez peut-être également installer des logiciels qui ne " +"disposent pas d'interface graphique. Pour installer de tels logiciels, vous " +"pouvez utiliser Synaptic. " +"Notez que Synaptic ne liste pas les Snaps." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" +msgstr "Pour installer une application :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2106,7 +2282,7 @@ "Tableau de bord." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2115,69 +2291,57 @@ "sélectionnez une catégorie et trouvez une application dans la liste." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez l'application qui vous intéresse et cliquez sur " +"Sélectionnez l'application que vous voulez installer et cliquez sur " "Installer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "" -"Vous serez invité à entrer votre mot de passe. Ceci fait, l'installation " -"commencera." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"L'installation est généralement rapide, mais le téléchargement peut prendre " -"du temps selon la vitesse de votre connexion Internet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Un raccourci vers votre nouvelle application sera ajouté à la barre de " -"lanceurs. Pour désactiver cette fonction, décochez " -"VoirNouvelles applications dans le " -"lanceur." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Ajouter des PPA pour aider à tester des pré-versions de logiciels, ou des " -"logiciels spécialisés." +"Ajouter des PPA pour étendre les ressources logicielles qu'utilise Ubuntu " +"pour l'installation et les mises à jour." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Ajouter un dépôt personnel de logiciels (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Les dépôts personnels de logiciels (PPA) sont les dépôts conçus " -"pour les utilisateurs d'Ubuntu et ils sont plus faciles à installer que " -"d'autres dépôts tiers." +"Les Personal Package Archives (PPAs) (Archives Personnelles de " +"Paquets) sont des dépôts de logiciels conçus pour les utilisateurs d'Ubuntu " +"et sont plus faciles à utiliser que d'autres dépôts tiers. Les PPA sont " +"souvent utilisés pour distribuer des logiciels avant leur sortie officielle " +"afin qu'ils soient testés." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" @@ -2185,7 +2349,7 @@ "vous avez confiance !" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2197,12 +2361,12 @@ "dépôts puisse endommager votre ordinateur." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Installer un PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2213,8 +2377,8 @@ "ressembler à quelque chose comme ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2223,18 +2387,20 @@ "Modifier Logiciels & mises à jour" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Basculer vers l'onglet Autres logiciels." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Ajouter et entrez l'emplacement du ppa." +"Cliquez sur Ajouter et saisissez l'emplacement du PPA (comme " +"indiqué dans l'étape 1)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2242,7 +2408,7 @@ "de passe dans la fenêtre d'authentification." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2253,25 +2419,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Supprimer des logiciels que vous n'utilisez plus." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "Supprimer des applications que vous n'utilisez plus." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Supprimer une application" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Logiciels Ubuntu vous aide à supprimer les logiciels que vous " -"n'utilisez plus." +"Une application est un logiciel qui dispose d'une interface utilisateur " +"graphique. Vous pouvez utiliser Logiciels Ubuntu pour supprimer " +"les applications que vous n'utilisez plus." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" +"Vous voudrez peut-être également supprimer des logiciels qui ne disposent " +"pas d'interface graphique. Pour supprimer de tels logiciels, vous pouvez " +"utiliser Synaptic. Notez " +"que Synaptic ne liste pas les Snaps." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "Pour supprimer une application :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2280,7 +2477,7 @@ "Installées en haut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2289,21 +2486,30 @@ "de recherche ou en regardant dans la liste des applications installées." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Sélectionnez l'application et cliquez sur Supprimer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "Confirmez que vous voulez supprimer l'application." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Votre mot de passe vous sera peut-être demandé. Ceci fait, l'application " -"sera désinstallée." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2319,16 +2525,16 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Ajouter d'autres dépôts pour étendre les sources de logiciels qu'Ubuntu " -"utilise pour les installations et mises à jour." +"Ajouter des dépôts pour étendre les ressources de logiciels utilisées par " +"Ubuntu pour l'installation et les mises à jour." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Ajouter des sources de logiciels supplémentaires" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "Ajouter des dépôts de logiciels" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2343,13 +2549,13 @@ "installer un logiciel à partir d'une source tierce, vous devez l'ajouter à " "la liste des dépôts d'Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Installer d'autres dépôts" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "Pour ajouter un dépôt :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2358,7 +2564,7 @@ "l'onglet Autres logiciels." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2368,7 +2574,7 @@ "similaire à :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2379,20 +2585,24 @@ "vérifiera alors les nouvelles mises à jour de vos sources de logiciels." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"La plupart des dépôts fournissent une clé de signature afin d'être en mesure " +"de vérifier les paquets téléchargés. Donc, en plus des étapes ci-dessus, " +"vous devez suivre les instructions sur la façon de télécharger et installer " +"la clé de signature (clé GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activer le dépôt des partenaires de Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2400,9 +2610,15 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"Le dépôt Canonical Partner offre quelques applications propriétaires qui " +"sont gratuites à utiliser, mais ne sont pas open sources. Ils comprennent " +"des logiciels comme Skype et l'extension Adobe Flash. " +"Les logiciels de ce dépôt apparaissent dans les résultats de Logiciels " +"Ubuntu mais ne seront pas installables tant que ce dépôt ne sera pas " +"activé." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2418,7 +2634,7 @@ "puis saisissez :" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2429,26 +2645,26 @@ "Logiciels Ubuntu télécharge les informations relatives au dépôt." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Ajouter/supprimer des logiciels" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Installer, supprimer, dépôts " -"supplémentaires…" +"Installer des applications, supprimer des applications, ajouter des dépôts…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Ajouter & supprimer des logiciels" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "Installer et supprimer des logiciels" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -3068,8 +3284,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Clé USB (faible capacité)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "Clé USB (capacité moyenne)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3755,7 +3971,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -4065,26 +4281,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"télécharger l'impression d'un fichier de référence d'un vendeur de " -"cartouches couleurs." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Utiliser les services d'un vendeur de cartouches couleurs pour générer un " -"profil pour une imprimante est généralement la procédure la moins coûteuse " -"si vous n'utilisez qu'un ou deux types différents de papier. Téléchargez la " -"charte de référence de la société en ligne, imprimez-la et renvoyez-la dans " -"une enveloppe à bulles. Ils vont scanner votre épreuve, générer le profil et " -"vous envoyer par courriel un profil ICC exact." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -6015,21 +6223,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Si plus tard vous changez d'avis, vous pouvez retourner en arrière en " -"cliquant sur ​​l'icône dans la barre de menu à droite et sélectionner " -"Paramètres système.... Dans la section Système, cliquez sur " -"Date et heure." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Modifier le format de la date" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -6038,46 +6244,25 @@ "corresponde à la norme de votre lieu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône tout à droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " -"Paramètres système…." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" "Dans la section « Personnel », cliquez sur Prise en charge des " "langues." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Basculez vers l'onglet Formats régionnaux." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Sélectionnez votre emplacement préféré dans la liste déroulante." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6316,76 +6501,104 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Effectuer des tests de rapidité de votre disque dur." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "Lancer des tests sur un disque pour vérifier ses performances." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Test de performance de votre disque dur" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "Tester la performance d'un disque" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Pour mesurer la rapidité de votre disque dur :" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Disques depuis le Tableau de bord." +"Il est recommandé que vous sauvegardiez les " +"fichiers importants avant de tester la performance d'un disque." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Disques à partir de l'aperçu des " -"Activités." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 +msgid "" +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Une partie du test de performance (le test d'écriture) est facultatif. Si " +"vous choisissez de le faire, Disques aura besoin de l'accès " +"exclusif à ce disque. Si vous souhaitez faire le test complet de performance " +"(y compris le test d'écriture) sur le disque à partir duquel démarre Ubuntu, " +"vous pouvez créer un disque de " +"démarrage, démarrer à partir de celui-ci et effectuer le test complet " +"de performances à partir de cette instance d'Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "Pour tester la performance d'un disque :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le disque dur dans la liste des Périphériques de " -"stockage." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "Ouvrez Disques à partir du Tableau de bord." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "Choisissez le disque souhaité dans la liste du volet de gauche." + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton en forme d'engrenage et sélectionnez Tester la " -"performance du volume…." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Lancer le test de performance… et ajustez les " -"paramètres taux de transfert et Temps d'accès selon " -"vos désirs." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Démarrage du test de performance… pour vérifier à " -"quelle vitesse vos données peuvent être lues depuis le disque. Les privilèges administrateurs vous " -"seront peut-être demandés. Tapez votre mot de passe, ou le mot de passe du " -"compte administrateur demandé." +"Cliquez sur Lancer le test de performance... et ajustez les " +"paramètres de Taux de transfert et de Temps d'accès " +"comme vous le souhaitez." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur Lancer le test de performance... pour lancer les " +"tests. Des privilèges " +"administrateur peuvent être nécessaires. Saisissez votre mot de passe " +"ou le mot de passe du compte administrateur nécessaire." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6396,45 +6609,32 @@ "test." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le test est terminé, les résultats apparaissent sur le graphique. " -"Les points en vert et les lignes de liaison indiquent les échantillons " -"prélevés ; ceux-ci correspondent à l'axe de droite, affichant le temps " -"d'accès, tracée sur l'axe inférieur, en pourcentage représentant le temps " -"écoulé pendant le test. La ligne bleue représente les taux de lecture, " -"tandis que la ligne rouge représente les taux d'écriture ; elles sont " -"indiquées comme taux d'accès aux données sur l'axe de gauche, tracées en " -"fonction du pourcentage du disque parcourue, de l'extérieur vers le centre, " -"le long de l'axe inférieur." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Sous le graphique, les valeurs sont affichées pour un minimum, maximum et " -"les moyennes des taux de lecture et d'écriture, temps d'accès moyen et le " -"temps écoulé depuis le dernier test de référence." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le test de performances sera terminé, les résultats apparaîtront sur " +"le graphique. Les points verts et les lignes connectées indiquent les " +"échantillons pris ; ceci correspond au temps d'accès sur l'axe de droite par " +"rapport au temps passé durant le test sur l'axe du bas. La ligne bleue " +"représente les taux de lecture, tandis que la ligne rouge représente les " +"taux d'écriture ; ceux-ci sont affichés comme des taux d'accès aux données " +"sur l'axe de gauche, tracés en fonction du pourcentage du disque parcouru, " +"de l'extérieur jusqu'au centre, le long de l'axe du bas." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Se servir de l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques ou du " -"moniteur système pour vérifier l'espace et la capacité." +"Utiliser Disque pour vérifier l'espace libre restant sur un " +"disque ou un volume donné." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6442,144 +6642,82 @@ msgstr "Vérification de l'espace disque libre" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez vérifier l'espace libre restant sur le disque avec " -"l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques ou le moniteur " -"système." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" +msgstr "Pour vérifier l'espace libre sur un disque / volume donné :" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Vérification avec l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier l'espace libre et la capacité du disque en utilisant " -"l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques :" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Disques à partir du Tableau de " -"bord. La fenêtre affichera la Capacité totale du système de " -"fichiers ainsi que l'Utilisation totale du système de " -"fichiers." +"Ouvrez l'application Disques depuis le Tableau de bord." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Disques en utilisant l'aperçu des " -"Activités. La fenêtre affiche la Capacité totale du système " -"de fichiers et l'Utilisation totale du système de fichiers." +"Dans le volet de gauche, sélectionnez le disque vous vous voulez vérifier." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet « Analyse » de la barre de menus, choisissez Analyser le " -"dossier personnel, Analyser le système de fichiers, " -"Analyser un dossier... ou Analyser un dossier distant…." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Les informations affichées sont Dossier, Utilisation, " -"Taille et Sommaire. Pour plus de détails, consultez " -"Analyseur d'utilisation des " -"disques." +"Dans le volet de droite, sélectionnez le volume que vous souhaitez vérifier. " +"Le champ Taille affiche la taille du volume. Si le volume est un " +"volume de données, le champ Taille affiche également la quantité " +"d'espace libre et le pourcentage utilisé." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Vérification avec le moniteur système" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "En cas de disque trop plein" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier l'espace libre et la capacité du disque avec le moniteur " -"système :" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Moniteur Système depuis le Tableau de " -"bord." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "Pour libérer de l'espace, vous pouvez :" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Moniteur système en utilisant l'aperçu des " -"Activités." +"Supprimer les fichiers qui ne sont pas importants ou que vous n'utilisez " +"plus, ou" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"cliquez sur l'onglet Systèmes de fichiers pour afficher les " -"partitions du système et l'utilisation de l'espace disque. Les informations " -"affichées concernent l'espace Total, Libre, " -"Disponible et Utilisé." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "En cas de disque trop plein" +"Faire des sauvegardes de vos fichiers " +"importants dont vous n'aurez plus besoin avant un certain temps et les " +"supprimer du disque." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Si le disque est trop plein, il faut :" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"effacer les fichiers qui ne sont pas importants ou que vous n'utiliserez " -"plus," - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"faire une sauvegarde des fichiers " -"importants que vous ne prévoyez pas d'utiliser avant un bon moment et les " -"effacer du disque dur." +"Vous pouvez utiliser l'Analyseur " +"d'utilisation des disques pour vous aider à identifier quels " +"fichiers supprimer ou sauvegarder." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6628,25 +6766,8 @@ "Vérification de l'intégrité du disque en utilisant l'application " "Disques." -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Disques depuis le Tableau de bord." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application Disques à partir de l'aperçu des " -"Activités." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6655,57 +6776,58 @@ "vérifier les informations et l'état." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "L'Évaluation devrait dire « Le disque est OK »." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le menu dans coin supérieur droit et sélectionnez Données SMART " -"et auto-tests... pour voir plus d'informations sur le lecteur ou " -"lancer un auto-test." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Que faire si le disque n'est pas sain ?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" +"Même si les Attributs SMART indiquent que le disque n'est " +"pas entièrement sain, il est possible qu'il n'y ait aucune raison de " +"s'inquiéter. Cependant, il est conseillé de se préparer avec une sauvegarde pour éviter des pertes de données." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Même si l'état SMART indique que le disque n'est pas " -"sain, il n'y a pas lieu de s'inquiéter outre mesure. Néanmoins, mieux vaut " -"effectuer une sauvegarde pour éviter une " -"perte de données." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Si l'état signale « Pre-fail » (panne possible), c'est que le disque est " -"encore raisonnablement sain, mais qu'il présente des signes d'usure " -"annonciateurs de panne. Si votre disque (ou ordinateur) est un peu âgé, il " -"est vraisemblable que vous aurez ce message lors d'un examen d'intégrité. " +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" +"Si l'état d'un test de santé ou plus est à « Prédiction de panne », le " +"disque est toujours raisonnablement sain mais des signes d'usure ont été " +"détectés, ce qui signifie que le disque pourrait tomber en panne dans un " +"futur proche. Si votre disque (ou votre ordinateur) a quelques années, il " +"est fort probable que vous voyiez ce statut dans certains tests de santé. " "Vous devriez sauvegarder vos fichiers importants " -"régulièrement et vérifier l'état du disque périodiquement pour voir " -"s'il y a aggravation." +"régulièrement et vérifier le disque périodiquement pour voir si les " +"choses empirent." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6716,135 +6838,139 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Supprimer tous les fichiers et dossiers d'un disque dur externe ou d'une clé " -"USB en les formatant." +"Supprimer tous les fichiers et les dossiers d'un disque dur externe ou d'une " +"clé USB en les formatant." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Effacement complet d'un disque amovible" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "Effacer les données d'un disque amovible et le réutiliser" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Si vous possédez une disque amovible, tel qu'une clé USB ou un disque dur " -"externe, vous pouvez avoir besoin d'en effacer complètement tous les " -"fichiers et dossiers. Vous pouvez le faire en formatant le disque " -"ce qui supprime tous les fichiers sur le disque et le laisse vide." +"Si vous possédez un disque amovible, tel qu'une clé USB ou un disque dur " +"externe, vous souhaiterez peut-être parfois effacer le disque, c'est-à-dire " +"supprimer complètement tous les fichiers et dossiers dessus. Vous pouvez " +"faire ceci en formatant le disque - cela supprime tous les fichiers " +"sur le disque afin de le laisser vide." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatage d'un disque amovible" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "Pour formater un disque amovible :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le disque que vous voulez effacer dans la liste des " -"Périphériques de stockage." +"Sélectionnez le disque que vous souhaitez effacer à partir de la liste sur " +"la gauche." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous avez sélectionné le bon disque ! Si vous en choisissez " -"un autre, c'est lui qui sera définitivement effacé !" +"Assurez-vous que vous avez sélectionné le bon disque ! Si vous sélectionnez " +"le mauvais disque, tous les fichiers sur l'autre disque seront supprimés !" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Dans la section Volumes, cliquez sur démonter le volume. Puis " -"cliquez sur formater le volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Dans la fenêtre qui s'affiche, choisissez un type de système de " -"fichiers pour le disque." +"Si vous souhaitez complètement effacer les données du disque, sélectionnez " +"Écraser les données existantes avec des zéros dans la liste " +"déroulante Effacer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez le disque sur des ordinateurs Windows ou Mac OS en plus des " -"ordinateurs Linux, choisissez FAT. Si vous ne l'utilisez que sur " -"Windows, NTFS, est une meilleure option. Une brève description du " -"type de système de fichiers est présentée dans une étiquette." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Formater...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -"Donnez un nom au disque et cliquez sur Formater pour démarrer " -"l'effacement du disque." +"Dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre, cliquez sur Formater pour commencer " +"l'effacement du disque. Une fois le formatage fini, le contenu du disque " +"sera listé comme un « Espace non alloué »." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Une fois le formatage terminé, éjectez en toute sécurité le " -"disque. Il est maintenant vierge et prêt à être utilisé à nouveau." +"Afin de réutiliser le disque effacé, vous devez créer une ou plusieurs " +"partitions. Le cas le plus simple est celui où vous créez une partition qui " +"remplie tout le disque :" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "Sélectionnez le disque à partir de la liste sur la gauche." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 +msgid "" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Le formatage d'un disque n'est pas un moyen sûr de supprimer des données" +"Cliquez sur le bouton +. La fenêtre Créer une " +"partition s'ouvre." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "Saisissez un nom pour la partition dans le champ Nom." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Un disque formaté semble complètement vide de tout fichier, mais il est " -"possible, avec un logiciel de récupération spécialisé, d'en récupérer les " -"fichiers. Si vous avez besoin de supprimer des fichiers en toute sécurité, " -"servez-vous d'un utilitaire en ligne de commande comme shred." +"Cliquez sur Créer pour créer la partition. Vous pouvez désormais " +"stocker des données sur le disque." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Comprendre ce que sont les volumes et les partitions, et se servir de " -"l'utilitaire de disque pour les gérer." +"Comprendre ce que sont les volumes et les partitions et utiliser " +"l'application Disques pour les gérer." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Gestion des volumes et des partitions" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6865,7 +6991,7 @@ "fichiers." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6882,63 +7008,50 @@ "étiquetée de l'arrière-boutique des partitions et des disques." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "" -"Visualisation et gestion des volumes et des partitions en se servant de " -"l'utilitaire de disque." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "Visualiser et gérer les volumes et les partitions" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez vérifier et modifier les volumes de stockage de l'ordinateur " -"avec l'utilitaire de disque." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Ouvrez le Tableau de bord et lancez l'Utilitaire de " -"disques." +"Pour visualiser et gérer les volumes et les partitions de votre ordinateur :" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Dans le panneau marqué Périphériques de stockage, vous trouvez " -"les disques durs, les périphériques CD et DVD et d'autres périphériques " -"physiques. Cliquez sur le périphérique à inspecter." +"Dans le volet de gauche, vous trouverez une liste des disques durs, des " +"lecteurs de CD/DVD, des autres périphériques physiques et des périphériques " +"de boucle. Sélectionnez le dispositif que vous souhaitez inspecter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Dans le panneau de droite, la zone marquée Volumes fournit une " -"analyse des volumes et des partitions présentes sur le périphérique " -"sélectionné. Ce panneau contient aussi une série d'outils de gestion des " -"volumes." +"Dans le volet de droite, la zone nommée Volumes fournit une " +"répartition visuelle des volumes et des partitions présentes (le cas " +"échéant) sur le dispositif sélectionné. Il contient également divers outils " +"utilisés pour gérer ces volumes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Soyez prudent : vous risquez d'effacer complètement les données de votre " -"disque dur avec ces utilitaires." +"Soyez vigilent : il est possible de complètement effacer les données sur " +"votre disque avec ces outils." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6956,20 +7069,20 @@ "convenance." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Une partition primaire doit contenir les informations utilisées par " -"l'ordinateur pour son démarrage (boot). Pour cette raison, on " -"l'appelle parfois partition ou volume amorçable. Pour savoir si un volume " -"est amorçable, examinez les drapeaux de la partition dans " -"l'utilitaire de disque. Les médias externes comme les clés USB et les CD " -"peuvent aussi contenir un volume amorçable." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" +"Une partition primaire doit contenir les informations que votre ordinateur " +"utilise pour démarrer, ou s'initialiser. Pour cette raison, il est " +"parfois appelé partition ou volume d'initialisation (« de boot »). Si un " +"volume est initialisable, l'information affichée dira : \"Type de partition " +"... (initialisable)\". Des périphériques externes tels que les clés USB et " +"les CD peuvent aussi contenir des volumes initialisables." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -7005,18 +7118,18 @@ msgstr "Réglage de la luminosité" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Sélectionnez Luminosité & verrouillage" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Ajustez le curseur Luminosité à votre convenance." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -7029,7 +7142,7 @@ "fonctions." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -7043,7 +7156,7 @@ "de laquelle votre batterie devra être rechargée." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -7078,15 +7191,23 @@ "ou si vous désirez ajuster les paramètres :" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez Paramètres " +"systèmes...." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Ouvrez Affichage." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -7108,7 +7229,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -7118,7 +7239,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -7128,7 +7249,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -7138,7 +7259,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7172,7 +7293,7 @@ "ou si vous préférez ajuster les paramètres :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7186,7 +7307,7 @@ "souhaitez définir comme « principal »." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7195,12 +7316,12 @@ "changez Placement du lanceur en Tous les écrans." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Bords collants" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7215,7 +7336,7 @@ "pointeur de souris d'un moniteur à l'autre." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7255,21 +7376,15 @@ "aussi paramétrer le système pour qu'il le fasse automatiquement." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que le bouton Verrouillage est activé, puis sélectionnez " -"un délai d'expiration dans la liste déroulante en dessous. L'écran est " -"automatiquement verrouillé une fois la période d'inactivité écoulée. Vous " -"pouvez aussi sélectionner Extinction de l'écran pour verrouiller " -"l'écran après que celui-ci se soit automatiquement éteint au bout d'une " -"durée réglable à l'aide de la liste déroulante Éteindre l'écran si " -"inactif depuis située au dessus." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7283,7 +7398,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7326,7 +7441,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7365,17 +7480,17 @@ "collections." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Pour supprimer une collection :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "En mode sélection, cochez la collection à supprimer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7400,12 +7515,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7709,7 +7823,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Recherche de fichiers" @@ -7991,13 +8104,13 @@ "quelconque périphérique :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez DétailsMédias amovibles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -8009,7 +8122,7 @@ "disponibles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -8021,7 +8134,7 @@ "passe automatiquement." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -8037,7 +8150,7 @@ "une présentation)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -8053,7 +8166,7 @@ "liste Action." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -8064,17 +8177,17 @@ "à l'insertion de médias en bas de la fenêtre Médias amovibles" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Types de périphériques et de médias" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Disques audio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -8088,12 +8201,12 @@ "les lire avec n'importe quelle application audio." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Disques vidéo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -8107,12 +8220,12 @@ "insérez, veuillez consulter ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Disques vierges" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -8121,12 +8234,12 @@ "de gravure sur CD, DVD, disques Blu-ray et DVD HD vierges." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Appareils photos et photos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -8140,7 +8253,7 @@ "de fichiers." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -8152,12 +8265,12 @@ "format JPEG situés dans un dossier nommé PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Lecteurs de musique" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -8167,12 +8280,12 @@ "gestionnaire de fichiers." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Lecteurs de livres numériques" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -8183,12 +8296,12 @@ "vous-même avec le gestionnaire de fichiers." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Logiciel" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8202,7 +8315,7 @@ "toujours demandé une confirmation avant que le logiciel ne soit exécuté." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" "N'exécutez jamais un logiciel depuis un média en lequel vous n'avez pas " @@ -8221,16 +8334,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Servez-vous du gestionnaire de fichiers Files pour naviguer et " -"organiser les fichiers de votre ordinateur. Vous pouvez également l'utiliser " -"pour gérer les fichiers sur des supports de stockage (comme des disques durs " -"externes), sur des serveurs de " -"fichiers et sur des partages réseau." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8255,19 +8363,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Dans la fenêtre du gestionnaire de fichiers, effectuez un double-clic sur un " -"dossier pour afficher son contenu, et sur un fichier pour l'ouvrir avec " -"l'application par défaut pour ce type de fichier. Un clic milieu sur un " -"dossier permet d'ouvrir son contenu dans un nouvel onglet ou une nouvelle " -"fenêtre." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8283,38 +8401,33 @@ "copier, le déplacer ou afficher ses propriétés." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez accéder rapidement à un fichier du dossier ouvert, " -"commencez à saisir son nom. Un champ de recherche apparaît en haut de la " -"fenêtre et le premier fichier correspondant à votre recherche est " -"sélectionné. Utilisez la touche flèche vers le bas ou faites défiler grâce à " -"la molette de la souris pour vous déplacer vers le fichier correspondant à " -"votre recherche." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez rapidement accéder à des emplacements courants à partir du " -"panneau latéral. Si vous ne le voyez pas, cliquez sur le bouton " -"bas dans la barre " -"d'outils et choisissez Affichez le panneau latéral. Vous pouvez " -"ajouter des signets aux dossiers que vous utilisez souvent et ils " -"apparaîtront dans le panneau latéral. Utilisez le menu Signets " -"pour faire cela, ou déplacez simplement un dossier dans le panneau latéral." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -9026,18 +9139,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez pu renommer le fichier de manière à le rendre caché. Les fichiers " -"qui commencent par un . ou finissent par un ~ sont " -"cachés par le gestionnaire de fichiers. Cliquez sur le bouton bas dans la barre " -"d'outils du gestionnaire de fichiers et choisissez Afficher les " -"fichiers cachés pour les afficher. Voir " -"pour en apprendre plus." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9660,173 +9765,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Comment trouver des fichiers par leur nom et leur type et enregistrer les " -"résultats pour un usage ultérieur." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez rechercher des fichiers par nom ou par type directement dans le " -"gestionnaire de fichiers. Vous pouvez même enregistrer les recherches " -"courantes qui apparaissent alors dans un dossier spécial de votre dossier " -"personnel." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Autres applications de recherche" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Recherche" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "" -"Ouvrir le gestionnaire de fichiers" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Si vous connaissez le nom du dossier contenant les fichiers que vous " -"recherchez, allez à ce dossier." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils, ou appuyez sur " -"CtrlF." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Saisissez un ou plusieurs mots que vous savez contenus dans le nom du " -"fichier. Par exemple, si vous appelez toutes vos factures avec le mot " -"« Facture », saisissez facture. Appuyez sur la touche " -"Entrée. Les mots sont recherchés quelle que soit la casse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez affiner votre recherche par emplacement et type de fichier." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Dossier personnel pour restreindre la recherche de " -"résultats à votre Dossier personnel, ou Tous les " -"fichiers pour rechercher partout." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur + et choisissez un Type de fichier à " -"partir de la liste déroulante pour restreindre la recherche de résultats en " -"se basant sur le type de fichier. Cliquez sur le bouton x pour " -"enlever cette option et élargir les résultats de recherche." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ouvrir, copier, supprimer ou même travailler avec les fichiers à " -"partir des résultats de la recherche, comme si vous étiez dans n'importe " -"quel dossier du gestionnaire de fichiers." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez à nouveau sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils pour quitter la " -"recherche et revenir au dossier." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Si vous effectuez certaines recherches souvent, vous pouvez les enregistrer " -"pour y accéder rapidement." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Enregistrement d'une recherche" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Lancez une recherche comme ci-dessus." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous êtes satisfaits des paramètres de recherche, cliquez sur " -"Fichier dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez Enregistrer " -"la recherche sous...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Donnez un nom à la recherche et cliquez sur Enregistrer. Si vous " -"le souhaitez, choisissez un répertoire différent pour y enregistrer la " -"recherche. Lorsque que vous déplacez dans ce répertoire, la sauvegarde de " -"votre recherche apparaît sous la forme d'une icône de dossier orange avec " -"une loupe dessus." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer le fichier de recherche lorsque vous en avez terminé avec, " -"supprimez simplement la recherche comme " -"vous le feriez avec n'importe quel autre fichier. Lorsque vous supprimez une " -"recherche sauvegardée, cela ne supprime pas les fichiers qui correspondent " -"aux critères de recherche." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10813,7 +10851,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Dans la section « Matériel », cliquez sur Clavier." @@ -10831,22 +10869,22 @@ "clignotement du curseur." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Ajouter des sources d'entrée et basculer entre elles." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Utiliser des sources d'entrée alternatives" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10863,7 +10901,7 @@ "touches. C'est utile si vous jonglez souvent entre plusieurs langues." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10877,16 +10915,32 @@ "Méthodes d'entrée complexes." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Ajouter des sources d'entrée" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Dans la section Personnel, cliquez sur Saisie de texte" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur le bouton +, sélectionnez une source d'entrée et " +"cliquez sur Ajouter." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10895,36 +10949,20 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez prévisualiser une image de n'importe quel agencement en la " -"sélectionnant dans la liste et en cliquant sur " -"aperçu." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Dans la section Personnel, cliquez sur Saisie de texte" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 -msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton +, sélectionnez une source d'entrée et " -"cliquez sur Ajouter." +"afficher." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10939,7 +10977,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10948,8 +10986,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click préférences pour accéder à la " "boîte de dialogue « Préférences » de cette méthode si disponible." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" +"Certaines variantes d'agencement de clavier rarement utilisées ne sont pas " +"incluses par défaut dans la liste des sources d'entrée disponibles lorsque " +"vous cliquez sur le bouton +. Pour étendre cette liste, vous " +"pouvez ouvrir une fenêtre de terminal en appuyant sur " +"CtrlAltT et en exécutant " +"cette commande :" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Indicateur de source d'entrée" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10985,12 +11039,12 @@ "que vous souhaitez utiliser." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Raccourcis clavier" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -11004,7 +11058,7 @@ "le modifier :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -11013,7 +11067,7 @@ "vers la source suivante en utilisant." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -11023,14 +11077,14 @@ "temps que nouveau raccourci." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Réglez la source d'entrée pour toutes les fenêtres ou individuellement pour " "chaque fenêtre" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -11047,7 +11101,7 @@ "elles." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -11057,12 +11111,12 @@ "fenêtre que vous utilisiez en dernier." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Méthodes d'entrée complexes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -11073,7 +11127,7 @@ "défaut dans Ubuntu pour le chinois, le japonais, le coréen et le vietnamien." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -11085,7 +11139,7 @@ "automatiquement installé, le cas échéant." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -11094,7 +11148,7 @@ "anglais, procédez comme suit :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -11103,24 +11157,24 @@ "paquets installés est fcitx-hangul, le moteur Hangul IM pour Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" "Fermez Prise en charge des langues et ouvrez-la de nouveau." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez fcitx en tant que Méthode d'entrée clavier." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Déconnectez-vous puis reconnectez-vous." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -11129,7 +11183,7 @@ "cliquez sur Ajouter." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -11138,7 +11192,7 @@ "la barre de menu (la conception diffère de l'équivalent IBus)." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can pour saisir du texte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "Activez le bouton Clavier visuel pour l'afficher." @@ -11591,7 +11645,7 @@ "deux répétitions." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11600,7 +11654,7 @@ "pour désactiver cette fonction." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11628,13 +11682,13 @@ msgstr "Pour modifier la ou les touches d'un raccourci clavier :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Ouvrez Clavier et sélectionnez l'onglet Raccourcis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11645,7 +11699,7 @@ "actuel va être changée en Nouvel accélérateur..." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11654,17 +11708,17 @@ "Retour Arrière pour effacer." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Raccourcis personnalisés" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Pour créer vos propres raccourcis clavier :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11676,7 +11730,7 @@ "personnalisé apparaitra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11690,7 +11744,7 @@ "commande qui exécute Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11700,7 +11754,7 @@ "combinaison de touches de raccourci souhaitée." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11713,7 +11767,7 @@ "une application n'aie pas exactement le même nom que l'application elle-même." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11852,15 +11906,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Pour résoudre cela, cliquez sur l'icône à l’extrême droite de la barre de " -"menu et allez dans Paramètres système…. Dans la section matériel, " -"choisissez Écrans. Essayez différentes options pour la " -"Résolution et conservez celle qui offre le meilleur rendu." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11906,19 +11957,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône à l’extrême droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " -"Paramètres système…. Ouvrez Affichage." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Décochez la case Même image sur tous les écrans." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11952,16 +12002,7 @@ "est pivoté) en modifiant la rotation." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône à l’extrême droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " -"Paramètres système…." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11971,12 +12012,12 @@ "un affichage dans la zone d'aperçu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Sélectionnez la résolution et la rotation souhaitées." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11990,7 +12031,7 @@ "nouveaux paramètres cliquez sur Conserver cette configuration." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -12002,12 +12043,12 @@ "Détecter les écrans." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Résolution" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -12025,7 +12066,7 @@ "pour éviter la distorsion." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may brouillée ou pixelisée." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotation" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -12225,17 +12266,17 @@ "clics." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Ouvrez Souris & pavé tactile." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -12244,7 +12285,7 @@ "valeur désirée." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -12255,7 +12296,7 @@ "le cercle intérieur en surbrillance." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -12271,8 +12312,8 @@ "problème se reproduit." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12303,7 +12344,7 @@ "gauchers." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12328,66 +12369,59 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"De nombreuses souris et certains pavés tactiles possèdent un bouton central. " -"Sur une souris dotée d'une molette, on peut généralement presser directement " -"la molette pour effectuer un clic central. Si vous n'avez pas de bouton " -"central de souris, vous pouvez appuyer simultanément les boutons gauche et " -"droit de votre souris, pour effectuer un clic milieu. Si vous ne pouvez pas " -"faire de clic central de cette façon, vous pouvez essayer de suivre ces " -"instructions." +"De nombreuses souris ont un bouton central. Sur une souris avec une roulette " +"de défilement, vous pouvez d'habitude appuyer directement dessus pour faire " +"un clic central. Si vous ne disposez pas de ce bouton, vous pouvez cliquer " +"en même temps sur les boutons droit et gauche pour faire un clic central. Si " +"vous n'arrivez pas à effectuer un clic central de cette façon, vous pouvez " +"essayer de suivre ces instructions." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Avec les pavés tactiles qui gèrent le tapotement à plusieurs doigts, il est " -"possible d'effectuer un clic milieu en tapotant simultanément avec trois " -"doigts. Pour que cela fonctionne, il faut activer le clic par tapotement dans les paramètres du pavé " -"tactile." +"Certains pavés tactiles ont une souris centrale, d'autres pas. Pour ces " +"dernières, vous pouvez faire un clic central en appuyant une fois sur le " +"coin supérieur droit du pavé tactile. Vous devez activer le clic par pression dans les paramètres du pavé " +"tactile pour que cela fonctionne." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"De nombreuses applications utilisent le clic milieu comme raccourci avancé." +"De nombreuses applications utilisent le clic central comme raccourci :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Un raccourci bien utilisé est le collage du texte sélectionné (appelé " -"parfois collage de la sélection principale). Sélectionnez le texte à coller, " -"placez le pointeur à l'endroit souhaité du collage et faites un clic milieu. " -"Le texte sélectionné est alors collé à la position de la souris." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Le collage de texte avec le bouton du milieu de la souris est complètement " -"séparé du presse-papiers normal. Le fait de sélectionner du texte ne le " -"copie pas dans le presse-papiers. Cette méthode rapide de collage ne " -"fonctionne qu'avec le bouton du milieu de la souris." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12416,22 +12450,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"La plupart des navigateurs Web permettent d'ouvrir des liens dans de " -"nouveaux onglets avec le bouton du milieu de la souris. Cliquez sur " -"n'importe quel lien avec le bouton du milieu et vous constaterez qu'il " -"s'ouvre dans un nouvel onglet. Attention cependant au comportement " -"particulier du navigateur Firefox où un clic milieu sur autre " -"chose qu'un lien tente d'ouvrir le texte sélectionné comme un URL, comme si " -"vous aviez utilisé le clic milieu pour coller le texte dans la barre " -"d'adresse et que vous aviez appuyé sur Entrée." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12449,14 +12474,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Certaines applications particulières permettent d'utiliser le bouton du " -"milieu de la souris pour d'autres fonctions. Recherchez dans l'aide de " -"l'application concernée avec les mots clic milieu ou bouton du " -"milieu de la souris." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12482,8 +12503,13 @@ "le pavé numérique du clavier. Cette fonctionnalité est appelée touches " "de la souris." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12492,7 +12518,7 @@ "pour ouvrir le Tableau de bord." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12501,23 +12527,21 @@ "pour ouvrir les paramètres d'accès universel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Appuyez une fois sur la touche Tab pour sélectionner l'onglet " "Vision" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Appuyez une fois sur ← pour passer à l'onglet Pointage et " -"clic de souris." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12527,7 +12551,7 @@ "l'activer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12537,111 +12561,292 @@ "numérique." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Ces instructions sont la façon la plus rapide d'activer les touches de la " -"souris en utilisant seulement le clavier. Sélectionnez Paramètres " -"d'accès universel pour voir plus d'options d'accessibilité." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"Le pavé numérique est un groupe de touches numériques sur le clavier, placés " -"en général dans une disposition rectangulaire. Si votre clavier ne comporte " -"pas de pavé numérique (comme par exemple avec un clavier d'ordinateur " -"portable), il sera alors nécessaire de combiner d'autres touches du clavier " -"avec la touche Fonction (Fn) pour simuler le pavé numérique. Si " -"vous utilisez souvent cette fonctionnalité sur un ordinateur portable, il " -"peut être souhaitable d'acquérir un pavé numérique USB externe." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"Chaque chiffre du pavé numérique correspond à une direction. Par exemple, un " -"appui sur 8 déplace le pointeur vers le haut alors qu'un appui " -"sur 2 le déplace vers le bas. Appuyez sur 5 pour un " -"simple clic de la souris ou appuyez deux fois successivement pour obtenir un " -"double-clic." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"La plupart des claviers comportent une touche spéciale qui permet " -"d'effectuer un clic droit ; elle se trouve souvent près de la barre " -"d'espace. Remarquez toutefois que cette touche agit à l'endroit où le focus " -"du clavier se trouve et non pas à la position du pointeur de la souris. " -"Consultez pour savoir comment effectuer un " -"clic droit en appuyant sur la touche 5 ou sur le bouton gauche de " -"la souris." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez utiliser le pavé numérique pour saisir des nombres alors " -"que les touches de la souris sont activées, activez la touche Verr. " -"Num.. La souris ne peut plus être contrôlée par le pavé numérique " -"lorsque cette touche est activée." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Les touches de chiffres normales, alignées au-dessus des lettres du clavier, " -"ne peuvent pas être utilisées pour contrôler le pointeur de la souris. " -"Seules les touches du pavé numérique peuvent jouer ce rôle." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Contrôles à effectuer lorsque la souris ne fonctionne pas." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "Le pointeur de la souris ne bouge pas" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 -msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" -msgstr "Contrôle du branchement de la souris" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " -"computer." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Si vous possédez une souris avec fil, contrôlez que le connecteur est " -"proprement branché à l'ordinateur." -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez utiliser le pavé numérique pour saisir des nombres alors " +"que les touches de la souris sont activées, activez la touche Verr. " +"Num.. La souris ne peut plus être contrôlée par le pavé numérique " +"lorsque cette touche est activée." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Les touches de chiffres normales, alignées au-dessus des lettres du clavier, " +"ne peuvent pas être utilisées pour contrôler le pointeur de la souris. " +"Seules les touches du pavé numérique peuvent jouer ce rôle." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Contrôles à effectuer lorsque la souris ne fonctionne pas." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "Le pointeur de la souris ne bouge pas" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +msgstr "Contrôle du branchement de la souris" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " +"computer." +msgstr "" +"Si vous possédez une souris avec fil, contrôlez que le connecteur est " +"proprement branché à l'ordinateur." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 msgid "" "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a " @@ -12863,7 +13068,7 @@ "ajuster la sensibilité." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12872,7 +13077,7 @@ "l'obtention de la vitesse souhaitée." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12886,8 +13091,7 @@ "tactile." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12909,86 +13113,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez cliquer, double-cliquer, glisser et faire défiler en utilisant " -"uniquement le pavé tactile, sans l'aide de boutons accessoires." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Dans la section pavé tactile, cochez Taper pour cliquer" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Pour cliquer, tapotez sur le pavé tactile." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Pour double-cliquer, tapotez deux fois." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Pour faire glisser un objet, tapotez deux fois sans lever le doigt après le " -"second tapotement. Faites glisser l'objet à l'endroit souhaité, puis levez " -"votre doigt pour le déposer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Si le pavé tactile prend en charge les tapotements à plusieurs doigts,vous " -"pouvez faire un clic droit en tapant simultanément à deux doigts. Sinon, il " -"est quand même nécessaire de faire appel à un bouton matériel pour le clic " -"droit. Consultez pour une méthode de clic " -"droit sans deuxième bouton de souris." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Si le pavé tactile prend en charge les tapotements à plusieurs doigts, on " -"peut faire un clic milieu en tapant " -"simultanément avec trois doigts." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous tapotez ou glissez avec plusieurs doigts, prenez soin " -"d'éloigner suffisamment les doigts. S'ils sont trop proches les uns des " -"autres, l'ordinateur ne détecte pas toujours qu'il y a plusieurs doigts." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Défilement à deux doigts" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez faire défiler en utilisant votre pavé tactile avec deux doigts." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12996,7 +13180,7 @@ "doigts." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -13015,19 +13199,19 @@ "pavé tactile." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Certains pavés tactiles ne prennent pas en charge le défilement à deux " "doigts." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Le contenu colle aux doigts" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -13036,7 +13220,7 @@ "morceau de papier à l'aide du pavé tactile." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -13045,7 +13229,7 @@ "doigts." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13593,9 +13777,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Ajouter, supprimer et renommer les signets du gestionnaire de fichiers." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13604,83 +13787,72 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Vos signets sont répertoriés dans la barre latérale du gestionnaire de " -"fichiers." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Ajout d'un signet :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" "Ouvrez le dossier (ou l'emplacement) que vous voulez mettre en signet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Signets dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez " -"Ajouter un signer pour cet emplacement." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Suppression d'un signet :" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Signets dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez " -"Signets... à partir du menu de l'application." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Dans la fenêtre Signets, sélectionnez le signet que vous " -"souhaitez supprimer et cliquez sur le bouton -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Renommage un signet :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Fichiers dans la barre supérieure et choisissez " -"Signets à partir du menu de l'application." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Dans la fenêtre Signets, sélectionnez le signet que vous " -"souhaitez renommer." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Saisissez le nouveau nom dans le champ Nom." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -14306,7 +14478,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Emplacement" @@ -14518,7 +14690,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Aucun" @@ -14678,18 +14850,18 @@ "en fonction de leur service d'appartenance ou d'un projet commun." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permissions" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Affiche les permissions d'accès au fichier, par exemple drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14698,7 +14870,7 @@ "standard et d veut dire répertoire (dossier)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14707,7 +14879,7 @@ "spécifique au propriétaire du fichier." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14716,7 +14888,7 @@ "les membres du groupe propriétaire du fichier." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14725,42 +14897,42 @@ "accordées à tous les autres utilisateurs du système." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Voici la signification de chaque caractère :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : permission en lecture." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : permission en écriture." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : permission d'exécution." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : aucune permission." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Type MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Affiche le type MIME de l'élément." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Le chemin vers l'emplacement du fichier." @@ -15128,12 +15300,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -15146,7 +15317,7 @@ msgstr "L'équipe de documentation d'Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Navigateurs Web" @@ -15479,8 +15650,8 @@ "Pour régler ce problème, changez votre navigateur par défaut :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15489,7 +15660,7 @@ "le panneau de gauche." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15498,7 +15669,7 @@ "liens dans la liste déroulante Web." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15541,7 +15712,7 @@ "votre application de messagerie par défaut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15659,7 +15830,7 @@ msgstr "Trouvez votre adresse IP (réseau) interne" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15670,19 +15841,19 @@ "réseau pour lequel vous recherchez l'adresse IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" "Votre adresse IP interne sera affichée dans la liste des informations." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Trouvez votre adresse IP (internet) externe" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15691,12 +15862,12 @@ "ip\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Le site affiche votre adresse IP externe." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15707,42 +15878,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez contrôler quels programmes ont accès au réseau. Ceci contribue à " -"la sécurité de votre ordinateur." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Autorisation ou blocage de l'accès au pare-feu" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu arrive déjà équipé d'un pare-feu simple d'utilisation " -"(ufw) mais le pare-feu n'est pas activé par défaut. Parce-" -"qu'Ubuntu n'a pas de services réseaux ouverts (sauf pour une infrastructure " -"réseau basique) dans l'installation par défaut, un pare-feu n'est pas " -"nécessaire pour bloquer les connexions entrantes malicieuses." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation de ufw, consulter la documentation en " -"ligne." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15753,10 +15915,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Pour activer le pare-feu, saisissez sudo ufw enable dans un " -"terminal. Pour désactiver ufw, saisissez sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15769,14 +15929,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15784,9 +15944,15 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Chaque programme qui fournit des services utilise un port réseau " +"spécifique. Pour permettre l'accès aux services de ce programme, vous pouvez " +"avoir besoin pour permettre l'accès à son port attribué sur le pare-feu. " +"Pour autoriser les connexions sur le port 53, entrez sudo ufw allow " +"53 dans un terminal. Pour bloquer le port 53, entrez sudo ufw " +"deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15795,12 +15961,12 @@ "un terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Utiliser ufw sans terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15811,7 +15977,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">ce lien." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -16094,30 +16260,28 @@ msgstr "Termes & informations réseau" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Il vous faut sans doute installer Flash pour visionner des sites tels que " -"YouTube qui affiche des vidéos et des pages Web interactives." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Installation du greffon Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -16128,70 +16292,115 @@ "disponible gratuitement (mais pas sous licence libre) au téléchargement pour " "la plupart des navigateurs." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Comment installer Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" -"Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:39 msgid "" -"Install the adobe-flashplugin " -"package." +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez des fenêtres de navigateur ouvertes, fermez-les et relancez le " -"navigateur. Le navigateur web devrait détecter que Flash est installé " -"lorsque vous l'ouvrirez de nouveau, et vous serez alors en mesure de voir " -"des sites internet utilisant Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" msgstr "" -"Aider votre navigateur à fonctionner avec les sites internet nécessitant Java" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Installer le plug-in Java pour les navigateurs web" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." msgstr "" -"Certains sites web utilisent de petits programmes Java, vous devez " -"avoir le plugin Java installé pour qu'ils fonctionnent." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" -"Installer le paquet icedtea6-" -"plugin pour voir les programmes Java dans votre navigateur." +"Assurez-vous que le dépôt " +"Partenaires de Canonical est activé." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-macaddress.page:23 -msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware." -msgstr "L'identifiant unique attribué au périphérique réseau." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 +msgid "" +"Install the adobe-flashplugin " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Installer le paquet adobe-" +"flashplugin." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 +msgid "" +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-macaddress.page:23 +msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware." +msgstr "L'identifiant unique attribué au périphérique réseau." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-macaddress.page:27 @@ -16492,6 +16701,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Cliquez sur Ajouter" @@ -16755,12 +16965,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Dépannage des connexions sans " -"fil, trouver votre réseau " -"Wifi…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16810,7 +17017,7 @@ msgstr "Modification de la méthode du serveur mandataire" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16819,7 +17026,7 @@ "panneau de gauche." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" @@ -16827,7 +17034,7 @@ "parmi les méthodes suivantes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16837,13 +17044,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuel" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16854,12 +17061,12 @@ "HTTP, HTTPS, FTP et SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatique" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16868,7 +17075,7 @@ "pour votre système." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17465,15 +17672,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Se connecter au Wi-Fi, Réseaux invisibles, Modifier les paramètres de connexion, " -"Se déconnecter…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17498,65 +17701,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez faire de votre ordinateur un point d'accès sans fil. Cela permet " -"à d'autres périphériques de se connecter à vous sans créer un réseau séparé, " -"et vous autorise à partager une connexion internet fonctionnelle avec une " -"autre interface, comme un réseau filaire ou un réseau cellulaire." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Ouvrez Réseau et sélectionnez Sans fil sur la gauche." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton Utiliser comme point d'accès." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes déjà connecté à un réseau sans fil, il vous est demandé si vous " -"souhaitez vous en déconnecter. Un adaptateur réseau sans fil unique ne peut " -"se connecter à ou créer un seul réseau à la fois. Confirmez en cliquant sur " -"Créer un nouveau réseau sans fil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Un nom de réseau (SSID) et une clé de chiffrement sont générés " -"automatiquement. Le nom du réseau est basé sur le nom de votre ordinateur. " -"Les autres périphériques ont besoin de ces informations pour se connecter au " -"réseau que vous venez de créer." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu et désactivez le réseau " -"sans fil." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Désactivation du mode sans fil (mode avion)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17569,35 +17759,26 @@ "économiser la batterie par exemple). Pour faire cela :" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Pour faire cela, cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu " -"et décochez Activer le réseau sans fil. Cela éteindra votre " -"connexion sans fil jusqu'à ce que vous l'activiez de nouveau." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Pour réactiver le réseau sans fil, cliquez sur menu réseau dans " -"la barre de menu et sélectionnez Activer le réseau sans fil. Le " -"sans fil sera alors coché." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Votre portable pourrait être encore en train de diffuser si vous n'avez pas " -"désactivé Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17633,11 +17814,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu, et " -"cliquez sur le nom du réseau auquel vous voulez vous connecter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17868,31 +18047,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Apprendre ce que les options de modification de la fenêtre connexion sans " -"fil signifient." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Modification d'une connexion sans fil" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Ce tutoriel décrit toutes les options disponibles pour modifier une " -"connexion sans fil. Pour modifier une connexion, cliquez sur Menu " -"réseau dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez Modification des " -"connexions." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17904,17 +18077,17 @@ "meilleur contrôle sur des réseaux plus sophistiqués." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Disponible à tous les utilisateurs / Connexion automatique" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Connexion automatique" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17923,64 +18096,50 @@ "connecter à ce réseau sans fil dès qu'il est dans son rayon de capture." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"S'il y a plusieurs réseaux à connexion automatique dans le rayon de capture, " -"l'ordinateur se connecte au premier de la liste de l'onglet Sans " -"fil de la fenêtre Connexions réseau. Il ne se déconnectera " -"pas de celui-ci, même si un autre vient juste d'apparaître dans son rayon de " -"capture." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Disponible à tous les utilisateurs" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Cochez cette case si vous souhaitez que tous les utilisateurs de cet " -"ordinateur puissent avoir accès à ce réseau. Si le réseau est protégé par " -"mot de passe WEP/WPA et que vous " -"avez coché cette option, vous n'aurez à saisir ce mot de passe qu'une seule " -"fois. Les autres utilisateurs pourront s'y connecter sans connaître ce mot " -"de passe." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Si cette option est cochée, seul l'administrateur est autorisé à modifier les paramètres de " -"ce réseau. Il doit s'identifier avec son mot de passe d'administrateur." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Réseau sans fil" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17993,12 +18152,12 @@ "modifiant les paramètres du routeur ou de votre box)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -18016,56 +18175,41 @@ "xref=\"net-wireless-adhoc\">définir votre propre réseau ad-hoc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez Ad-hoc, vous allez voir deux autres options, " -"Bande et Canal. Elles déterminent sur quelle fréquence " -"le réseau sans fil ad-hoc va fonctionner. Certains ordinateurs ne peuvent " -"travailler que sur certaines bandes passantes (par exemple seulement sur " -"A ou sur B/G, de sorte qu'il vous faut choisir une " -"fréquence que tous les ordinateurs du réseau ad-hoc peuvent utiliser. Dans " -"des endroits très fréquentés, il peut y avoir plusieurs réseaux sans fil " -"partageant le même canal ; ceci peut ralentir votre connexion et vous amener " -"à changer de canal." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"C'est le Basic Service Set Identifier. Le SSID (voir ci-dessus) est " -"le nom du réseau compréhensible par l'humain ; le BSSID est un nom " -"compréhensible par l'ordinateur (c'est une chaîne de lettres et de chiffres " -"supposée unique et spécifique au réseau sans fil). Si un réseau est masqué, il n'a pas de SSID, mais il a un " -"BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Adresse MAC du périphérique" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -18078,41 +18222,35 @@ "un réseau possède une adresse MAC unique qui lui est attribuée en usine." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Cette option vous permet de changer l'adresse MAC de votre carte réseau." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Adresse MAC clonée" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Votre périphérique réseau (carte sans fil) peut simuler avoir une adresse " -"MAC différente. Cet artifice est utile si votre périphérique ou votre " -"service ne communique qu'avec une certaine adresse MAC (par exemple un modem " -"large bande câblé). Si vous mettez cette adresse MAC dans la case " -"adresse MAC clonée, le périphérique ou le service va penser que " -"votre ordinateur possède l'adresse MAC clonée plutôt que la vraie." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -18131,55 +18269,45 @@ "paramètre." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Sécurité sans fil" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sécurité" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Ceci définit le type de chiffrement utilisé par votre réseau. Les " -"connexions chiffrées empêchent l'interception de votre connexion sans fil, " -"de sorte que personne ne peut ni « écouter » ni voir quels sites Web vous " -"visitez, entre autre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Certains types de chiffrements sont plus puissants que d'autres, mais " -"peuvent ne pas être supportés par des équipements sans fil anciens. " -"Normalement, il vous faut saisir un mot de passe pour vous connecter ; des " -"types de sécurités plus sophistiqués peuvent aussi demander un nom " -"d'utilisateur et un « certificat » numérique. Consultez pour plus d'explications sur les types les plus courants " -"de chiffrement." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Paramètres IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -18191,17 +18319,17 @@ "cette information." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Les méthodes suivantes sont disponibles :" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatique (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -18218,37 +18346,32 @@ "réseaux fonctionnent sur DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Adresses automatiques uniquement (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez ce paramètre, votre ordinateur obtient son adresse IP " -"automatiquement d'un serveur DHCP, mais vous devez configurer manuellement " -"les autres détails (comme le choix du serveur DNS à utiliser)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Choisissez cette option si vous souhaitez configurer tous vos paramètres " -"réseau vous-même, y compris l'adresse IP que votre ordinateur doit utiliser." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Lien-local uniquement" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -18265,38 +18388,41 @@ "connecter et faire communiquer temporairement quelques ordinateurs entre eux." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Désactivé" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Cette option désactive le réseau et vous évite de vous y connecter. Notez " -"que IPv4 et IPv6 sont considérées comme des " -"connections séparées, même si elles sont prises en charge par la même carte " -"réseau. Si l'une est active, vous pourriez désactiver l'autre." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Paramètres IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Il est identique à l'onglet IPv4, sauf qu'il traite du nouveau " -"standard qu'est l'IPv6. Les réseaux les plus modernes utilisent l'IPv6, mais " -"pour le moment l'IPv4 est encore le plus répandu." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -18381,23 +18507,19 @@ "hidden\">connecter différemment si c'est un réseau masqué." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez " -"Se connecter à un réseau sans fil invisible." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Connexion à un réseau sans fil masqué" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18413,6 +18535,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18420,7 +18549,7 @@ "choisissez le type de sécurité sans fil et cliquez sur Connecter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18432,7 +18561,7 @@ "Identifier) et ressemble à ceci : 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18441,7 +18570,7 @@ "émettrice sans fil utilise. Recherchez des termes comme WEP et WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18651,7 +18780,7 @@ msgstr "vérifier votre modem et votre routeur." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18662,12 +18791,12 @@ "conduire à travers chaque étape de ce guide." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Utilisation de la ligne de commande" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18678,7 +18807,7 @@ "le Tableau de bord." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18881,6 +19010,10 @@ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " "lshw into the terminal." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez une fenêtre de terminal, tapez sudo lshw -C network et " +"appuyez sur la touche Entrée. Si cela renvoi un message d'erreur, " +"vous pouvez installer le programme lshw sur votre ordinateur en " +"tapant sudo apt install lshw dans le terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 @@ -19364,6 +19497,9 @@ "to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " "troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" +"Si la commande nmcli dev n'a pas indiqué que vous étiez connecté " +"au réseau, cliquez sur Suivant pour passer à l'étape suivante du " +"guide de dépannage." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 @@ -20079,12 +20215,12 @@ "rabattu, notamment s'ils sont dans un espace confiné comme un sac à dos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Dans la section Matériel, cliquer sur Énergie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -20249,11 +20385,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Saisir sudo pm-hibernate dans le terminal et appuyer sur " -"Entrée." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -20279,6 +20413,8 @@ msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que votre partition de swap est au moins aussi grande que votre RAM " +"disponible." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -20288,6 +20424,10 @@ "removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " "btrfs-tools package:" msgstr "" +"La présence de partitions btrfs est connue pour faire échouer " +"l'hibernation, aussi, veuillez vérifier que vous n'utilisez pas de " +"partitions btrfs. Outre la suppression ou le reformatage de telles " +"partitions, vous devrez peut-être supprimer le paquet btrfs-tools :" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:97 @@ -20297,11 +20437,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Si le test d'hibernation fonctionne, vous pouvez continuer à utiliser la " -"commande sudo pm-hibernate quand vous souhaitez hiberner." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -20423,61 +20561,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "Extinction/hibernation en dessous de 10% de batterie" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Quand le niveau de charge de la batterie devient trop faible, votre " -"ordinateur se met automatiquement en " -"veille. Ceci afin d'être sûr que la batterie ne s'épuisera pas " -"complètement, ce qui serait mauvais pour la batterie. De plus, si la " -"batterie venait de s'épuiser, l'ordinateur n'aurait pas le temps de " -"s'éteindre correctement." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez modifier ce qu'il se passe lorsque le niveau de la batterie " -"devient trop bas. Tout d'abord, cliquez sur le menu batterie dans " -"la barre de menu et sélectionnez Paramètres " -"d'alimentation. A la ligne 'Quand la réserve d'énergie est à un " -"niveau critique', vous pouvez choisir de mettre en veille, d'hiberner ou d'éteindre votre ordinateur. Si " -"vous choisissez de l'éteindre, vos applications et documents ne seront " -"pas enregistrés à l'extinction." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Certains ordinateurs ont des difficultés à se mettre en veille et sont " -"parfois incapables de restaurer les applications et les documents que vous " -"aviez ouverts quand vous réveillé l'ordinateur. Dans cas, il est possible " -"que la partie de votre travail non enregistrée avant la mise en veille soit " -"perdue. Toutefois, il peut-être possible de résoudre \"\r\n" -"les problèmes de mise en veille." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20519,27 +20614,18 @@ "sans fil :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône tout à droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " -"Paramètres système..." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" "Ouvrez Réseau et sélectionnez l'onglet Sans fil" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Éteignez et rallumez votre carte réseau sans fil" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20548,7 +20634,7 @@ "avion puis désactivez-le à nouveau." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20924,7 +21010,7 @@ msgstr "Vous pouvez empêcher l'écran de diminuer sa luminosité tout seul :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -21089,7 +21175,7 @@ "installée avec l'Anglais, mais vous pouvez ajouter d'autres langues." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -21100,7 +21186,7 @@ "langues actuellement installées cochées." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -21109,14 +21195,14 @@ "souhaitez supprimer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Cliquez sur Appliquer les changements." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -21127,7 +21213,7 @@ "administrateur demandé." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -21139,8 +21225,8 @@ "orthographique, des polices et des méthodes d'entrée." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -21205,7 +21291,9 @@ msgstr "Configuration" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Configuration d'une imprimante" @@ -21222,9 +21310,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Imprimantes non détectées, bourrages papier, épreuves d'aspect bizarre…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -21342,7 +21430,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21871,7 +21958,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Ouvrir Imprimantes." @@ -21917,86 +22004,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Configurer une imprimante connectée à votre ordinateur." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Configuration d'une imprimante locale" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Votre système sait reconnaître automatiquement beaucoup de types " -"d'imprimantes dès qu'elles sont connectées à votre ordinateur. La plupart " -"sont reliées par l'intermédiaire d'un câble USB branché à votre ordinateur." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Vous n'avez pas besoin de choisir si vous souhaitez installer une imprimante " -"réseau ou locale maintenant. Elles sont répertoriées dans une seule fenêtre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Assurez-vous que l'imprimante soit allumée." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Connectez l'imprimante à votre système à l'aide du câble adéquat. Vous voyez " -"une certaine activité à l'écran pendant que le système recherche des pilotes " -"puis, il vous demandera certainement de vous identifier pour les installer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Un message apparaît lorsque le système a terminé l'installation de " -"l'imprimante. Sélectionnez Imprimer une page de test pour " -"imprimer une page de test ou Options pour apporter des " -"modifications supplémentaires à la configuration de l'imprimante." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Si votre imprimante n'a pas été configurée automatiquement, vous pouvez " -"l'ajouter dans les paramètres d'imprimantes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Ajouter et sélectionnez l'imprimante dans la fenêtre " -"des périphériques." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Suivant et patientez pendant la recherche de pilotes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -22006,7 +22070,7 @@ "Appliquer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -22014,25 +22078,69 @@ "Annuler pour passer cette étape." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Si plusieurs pilotes sont disponibles pour votre ordinateur, il vous sera " -"demandé de choisir un pilote. Pour utiliser le pilote recommandé, cliquez " -"juste sur Suivant lors du choix de la marque et du modèle." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Assurez-vous que l'imprimante soit allumée." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Après avoir installé l'imprimante, vous souhaiterez certainement changer l'imprimante par " -"défaut." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -22220,17 +22328,17 @@ "Il est important de spécifier trois choses :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Le comportement attendu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Le comportement effectivement constaté" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -22239,7 +22347,7 @@ "reproduire, l'étape 1 étant « démarrer le programme »." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -22248,7 +22356,7 @@ "lorsqu'il sera traité. Merci d'aider à améliorer Ubuntu !" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -22261,7 +22369,7 @@ "utiliser l'outil de rapport de bogues intégré à Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Enregistrer." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -22380,7 +22574,7 @@ "spécificités locales de votre région." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -22389,7 +22583,7 @@ "Formats régionaux." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -22400,18 +22594,16 @@ "la langue définie dans l'onglet Langue." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Vous devez vous déconnecter de la session puis vous reconnecter pour que ces " -"changements prennent effet. Cliquez sur l'icône tout en haut à droite et " -"sélectionnez Fermer la session... pour vous déconnecter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -22424,12 +22616,12 @@ "détermine le premier jour de la semaine dans les calendriers." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Modification des formats du système" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -22441,19 +22633,19 @@ "exemple." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Modifiez les formats comme décrit ci-dessus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Cliquez sur Appliquer à tout le système." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22485,12 +22677,12 @@ "installé sur votre ordinateur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Cliquez sur Prise en charge des langues." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22499,19 +22691,16 @@ "de la liste." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Vous devez vous déconnecter et reconnecter de votre session pour que le " -"changement de langue soit effectif. Cliquez dans l'icône tout en haut à " -"droite de la barre de menus et sélectionnez Fermer la session... " -"pour vous déconnecter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22529,12 +22718,12 @@ "mettre à jour les noms de dossier." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Modification de la langue du système" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22545,7 +22734,7 @@ "du système, qui est utilisée sur l'écran de connexion par exemple." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Modifiez la langue comme décrit ci-dessus." @@ -22587,19 +22776,19 @@ "automatiquement :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Cliquez sur Luminosité & verrouillage." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Modifiez la valeur dans la liste déroulante Verrouiller l'écran " "après." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22868,7 +23057,7 @@ "intro\">Lanceur pour un accès rapide :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22877,7 +23066,7 @@ "intro\">Tableau de bord jusqu'à la barre de lanceurs." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22886,7 +23075,7 @@ "droit sur son icône et sélectionner Conserver dans le lanceur." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22896,7 +23085,7 @@ "l'emplacement voulu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22953,23 +23142,20 @@ "tout sera là où vous l'avez laissé lorsque vous vous reconnecterez." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Pour vous déconnecter ou changer de compte utilisateur, cliquer sur l'indicateur système en haut à droite de " -"l'écran et sélectionner l'option appropriée." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Verrouiller l'écran" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22984,33 +23170,32 @@ "pas votre écran, il se verrouille automatiquement après un certain délai." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Pour verrouiller votre écran, cliquez dans le menu système dans " -"la barre de menus et sélectionnez Verrouiller l'écran." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Quand votre écran est verrouillé, les autres utilisateurs peuvent se " -"connecter sur leur compte personnel en cliquant sur Changer " -"d'utilisateur sur l'écran de mot de passe. Vous pouvez revenir sur " -"votre ordinateur quand ils ont terminé." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Mettre en veille" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -23026,31 +23211,29 @@ "durant la mise en veille." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Pour mettre en veille manuellement votre ordinateur, cliquez dans le " -"menu système dans la barre de menus et sélectionnez Mettre " -"en veille." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Éteindre ou redémarrer" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez éteindre complètement votre ordinateur, ou le redémarrer, " -"cliquez dans le menu système et sélectionnez Éteindre." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23697,13 +23880,13 @@ "Une fenêtre ne peut pas être redimensionnée si elle est maximisée." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" "Pour redimensionner votre fenêtre horizontalement et/ou verticalement :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23714,12 +23897,12 @@ "direction." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Pour redimensionner uniquement dans la direction horizontale :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23730,12 +23913,12 @@ "horizontalement." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Pour redimensionner uniquement dans la direction verticale :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23747,17 +23930,17 @@ "glisser pour redimensionner la fenêtre verticalement." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Positionnement des fenêtres dans votre espace de travail" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Pour mettre deux fenêtres côte à côte :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23770,7 +23953,7 @@ "la souris et la fenêtre est redimensionnée à la moitié de l'écran." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23780,7 +23963,7 @@ "moitié de l'écran." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23838,11 +24021,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Depuis le clavier" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23851,57 +24034,41 @@ "apparaître le sélecteur de fenêtre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Relâchez la touche Alt pour sélectionner la prochaine fenêtre " -"(mise en évidence) dans le sélecteur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Autrement, tout en maintenant enfoncée la touche Alt, appuyez sur " -"Tab pour parcourir en boucle la liste des fenêtres ouvertes ou " -"MajTab pour revenir en arrière." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Les fenêtres dans le sélecteur de fenêtres sont regroupées par application. " -"Des aperçus des applications avec de multiples fenêtres apparaissent pour " -"que vous cliquiez dessus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi vous déplacer parmi les icônes des applications dans le " -"sélecteur de fenêtre avec les touches → ou ← ou en " -"cliquant à l'aide de la souris sur une fenêtre pour la sélectionner." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Les aperçus des applications possédant une seule fenêtre peuvent être " -"affichés avec la touche ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23914,8 +24081,13 @@ "Alt et appuyez sur Tab ou " "MajTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23926,7 +24098,7 @@ "de toutes les fenêtres ouvertes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Cliquez sur la fenêtre que vous désirez utiliser." @@ -24138,7 +24310,7 @@ msgstr "Activer les espaces de travail" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -24147,12 +24319,12 @@ "sélectionnez l'onglet Comportement." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Cochez la case Activer les espaces de travail." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -24166,12 +24338,12 @@ "de travail :" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Changer le nombre d'espaces de travail" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -24180,7 +24352,7 @@ "ouvrez le Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24189,7 +24361,7 @@ "remplaçant le nombre final par celui désiré. Appuyez sur Entrée." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -25061,7 +25233,7 @@ msgstr "Saisir les caractères spéciaux" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -25073,17 +25245,17 @@ "pour saisir des caractères spéciaux." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Méthodes de saisie des caractères" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Table de caractères" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -25095,7 +25267,7 @@ "vous en avez besoin." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the manuel pour la table de caractères." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "La touche « compose »" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -25124,7 +25296,7 @@ "sur compose, puis sur ' et enfin sur e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -25133,38 +25305,40 @@ "appartient d'en configurer une pour votre clavier." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Configuration d'une touche « compose »" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Cliquez sur Agencement du clavier." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Cliquez sur Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Recherchez le groupe Position de la touche compose. Activez la ou " -"les touches qui devront se comporter comme une touche compose. Vous pouvez " -"choisir des touches comme Verr. Num., une des touches " -"Alt ou la touche Menu. Toute touche sélectionnée " -"n'aura plus dorénavant que compose comme fonction et ne pourra plus être " -"utilisée pour sa fonction d'origine." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -25172,7 +25346,7 @@ "compose, comme par exemple :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -25181,7 +25355,7 @@ "lettre pour y placer un accent aigu, comme é ;" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -25190,7 +25364,7 @@ "enfin sur une lettre pour y placer un accent grave comme è ;" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -25199,7 +25373,7 @@ "lettre pour y placer un tréma, comme ë ;" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -25208,7 +25382,7 @@ "lettre pour y placer un macron, comme ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Points de code" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -25242,7 +25416,7 @@ "U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -25259,12 +25433,12 @@ "le point de code de ces caractères de manière à les saisir rapidement." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Sources d'entrée" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -26132,32 +26306,22 @@ "le côté gauche, soit dans le coin supérieur gauche de l'écran." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu système en haut à droite de la barre de " -"menu et sélectionnez Paramètres système." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Dans la section Personnel, cliquez sur Apparence." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Basculez sur l'onglet Comportement." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Activer Cacher automatiquement le lanceur" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -26166,7 +26330,7 @@ "gauche pour révéler le Lanceur." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -26202,12 +26366,12 @@ "de lanceurs pour qu'il soit plus facile de cliquer dessus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Cliquez sur Apparence." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -26216,7 +26380,7 @@ "ou diminuer la taille des icônes du lanceur." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "La taille par défaut des icônes du lanceur est 48." @@ -26323,12 +26487,12 @@ "peuvent être les suivantes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "lancer l'application ou ouvrir le document, dossier ou périphérique" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -26337,7 +26501,7 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -26346,12 +26510,12 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "quitter l'application en cours" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -26360,7 +26524,7 @@ "d'une application en cours ou plus d'une fenêtre" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "les raccourcis spécifiques à l'application comme ouvrir un nouveau document " @@ -26540,7 +26704,7 @@ "la souris." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -26549,7 +26713,7 @@ "l'onglet Comportement." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -26558,7 +26722,7 @@ "la barre de titre de la fenêtre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" @@ -26566,12 +26730,12 @@ "affichés." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menus d'état" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26583,8 +26747,27 @@ "constituent un endroit commode où vous pouvez vérifier et modifier l'état de " "votre ordinateur et de vos applications." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Certaines icônes utilisées par le menu indicateur changent en fonction de " +"l'état de l'application." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"D'autres applications telles que Tomboy ou " +"Transmission peuvent également ajouter des menus indicateurs à la " +"barre supérieure." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "Liste des menus d'état et de leur fonction" @@ -26593,7 +26776,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -26603,7 +26786,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26612,7 +26795,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Icône de réseau hors-ligne" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26628,7 +26811,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26638,7 +26821,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26647,7 +26830,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Icône source de saisie" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26656,7 +26839,7 @@ "layouts\">configurer les sources d'entrée." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26665,7 +26848,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Icône Bluetooth " #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26679,7 +26862,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26689,7 +26872,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26698,7 +26881,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Icône message" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26712,7 +26895,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26720,7 +26903,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26729,7 +26912,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Icône batterie" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26742,7 +26925,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26752,7 +26935,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26761,7 +26944,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Icône de volume" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26772,12 +26955,12 @@ "tels que Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Horloge" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26786,22 +26969,8 @@ "xref=\"clock-calendar\">application Agenda peuvent aussi s'afficher " "ici." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26810,7 +26979,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Icône roue dentée" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26821,25 +26990,6 @@ "verrouillez l'écran, fermez la session, mettez en veille, redémarrez ou " "éteignez votre ordinateur." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Certaines icônes utilisées par le menu indicateur changent en fonction de " -"l'état de l'application." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"D'autres applications telles que Tomboy ou " -"Transmission peuvent également ajouter des menus indicateurs à la " -"barre supérieure." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26966,46 +27116,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, l'inclusion des résultats de recherche en ligne est désactivée." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Activer les résultats de recherche en ligne" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez recevoir des suggestions de recherche en ligne, vous " -"pouvez activer cette fonction à travers les paramètres de Sécurité et " -"confidentialité." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le menu système en haut à droite de la barre de " -"menu et sélectionnez Paramètres système." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez Sécurité et vie privée et sélectionnez l'onglet " -"Rechercher." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Activez Inclure les résultats de recherche en ligne." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -28695,7 +28811,7 @@ "stylet) et le diagramme sur la gauche. Ces paramètres peuvent être ajustés :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28706,7 +28822,7 @@ "valeurs numériques) entre Doux et Ferme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28723,7 +28839,7 @@ "précédent, suivant." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28732,16 +28848,12 @@ "ajuster la « sensibilité » entre Doux et Ferme." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez plus d'un stylet, lorsque le stylet supplémentaire se rapproche " -"de la tablette, un téléavertisseur (« pager ») sera affiché à côté du nom de " -"périphérique du stylet. Utilisez le pager pour choisir quel stylet " -"configurer." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28806,6 +28918,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur Agencement du clavier." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur Options." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Recherchez le groupe Position de la touche compose. Activez la ou " +#~ "les touches qui devront se comporter comme une touche compose. Vous pouvez " +#~ "choisir des touches comme Verr. Num., une des touches " +#~ "Alt ou la touche Menu. Toute touche sélectionnée " +#~ "n'aura plus dorénavant que compose comme fonction et ne pourra plus être " +#~ "utilisée pour sa fonction d'origine." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28854,6 +28986,17 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans la fenêtre du gestionnaire de fichiers, effectuez un double-clic sur un " +#~ "dossier pour afficher son contenu, et sur un fichier pour l'ouvrir avec " +#~ "l'application par défaut pour ce type de fichier. Un clic milieu sur un " +#~ "dossier permet d'ouvrir son contenu dans un nouvel onglet ou une nouvelle " +#~ "fenêtre." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/indicator-" @@ -28879,6 +29022,86 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur l'icône tout à droite de la barre de menu et " +#~ "sélectionnez Paramètres système...." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'ajout d'un compte vous aidera à lier vos comptes en ligne avec votre " +#~ "bureau Ubuntu. Ainsi, vos applications de courriel, de messagerie " +#~ "instantanée et d'autres applications connexes seront configurées pour vous." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sélectionner un type de compte dans la fenêtre de droite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous souhaitez configurer plusieurs comptes, vous pouvez répéter ce " +#~ "processus par la suite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Une petite interface utilisateur Web, dans laquelle vous pourrez entrer vos " +#~ "informations de compte en ligne, s'ouvrira. Par exemple, si vous configurez " +#~ "un compte Google, entrez votre nom d'utilisateur Google, votre mot de passe " +#~ "et connectez-vous." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous avez entré vos informations de compte correctement, vous serez " +#~ "invité à accepter les conditions d'utilisation. Sélectionnez " +#~ "Accepter pour continuer. Une fois ceci fait, Ubuntu demande la " +#~ "permission d'accéder à votre compte. Pour permettre cet accès, cliquez sur " +#~ "le bouton Permettre l'accès. Entrez le mot de passe utilisateur " +#~ "actuel lorsqu'il vous le sera demandé." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Maintenant, vous pouvez sélectionner les applications que vous voulez lier à " +#~ "votre compte en ligne. Par exemple, si vous voulez utiliser un compte en " +#~ "ligne pour le chat et que vous ne voulez pas du calendrier, désactivez " +#~ "l'option calendrier." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Après que vous ayez ajouté vos comptes, chaque application que vous avez " +#~ "sélectionnée utilisera automatiquement ces informations d'identification " +#~ "lorsque vous vous connecterez à votre compte." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour des raisons de sécurité, Ubuntu ne conserve pas votre mot de passe sur " +#~ "votre ordinateur. Au lieu de cela, il stocke un jeton qui est fourni par le " +#~ "service en ligne. Si vous voulez annuler totalement le lien entre votre " +#~ "bureau et le service en ligne, retirez-" +#~ "le." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28905,6 +29128,32 @@ #~ "Utilisez la Logithèque Ubuntu pour ajouter des programmes et rendre Ubuntu " #~ "plus utile." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Installer des logiciels supplémentaires" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'équipe de développement d'Ubuntu a sélectionné un ensemble d'applications " +#~ "par défaut ; nous pensons qu'elles rendent Ubuntu très utile pour la plupart " +#~ "des tâches de tous les jours. Cependant, vous aurez certainement envie " +#~ "d'installer plus de logiciels afin qu'Ubuntu corresponde mieux à vos besoins." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour installer un logiciel supplémentaire, suivez les étapes suivantes :" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se connecter à Internet en utilisant une connexion sans-fil ou une connexion câblée." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28921,12 +29170,52 @@ #~ "catégorie et trouvez une application dans la liste." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sélectionnez l'application qui vous intéresse et cliquez sur " +#~ "Installer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous serez invité à entrer votre mot de passe. Ceci fait, l'installation " +#~ "commencera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'installation est généralement rapide, mais le téléchargement peut prendre " +#~ "du temps selon la vitesse de votre connexion Internet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un raccourci vers votre nouvelle application sera ajouté à la barre de " +#~ "lanceurs. Pour désactiver cette fonction, décochez " +#~ "VoirNouvelles applications dans le " +#~ "lanceur." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ajouter des PPA pour aider à tester des pré-versions de logiciels, ou des " +#~ "logiciels spécialisés." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lorsque la Logithèque se lance, cliquez sur Modifier " #~ "Sources de logiciels" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur Ajouter et entrez l'emplacement du ppa." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28934,6 +29223,9 @@ #~ "Fermer la fenêtre des Sources de logiciels. La Logithèque Ubuntu va ensuite " #~ "vérifier les nouveaux logiciels disponibles dans ces sources." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Supprimer des logiciels que vous n'utilisez plus." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28956,6 +29248,19 @@ #~ "situé en haut." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Votre mot de passe vous sera peut-être demandé. Ceci fait, l'application " +#~ "sera désinstallée." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Ajouter des sources de logiciels supplémentaires" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Installer d'autres dépôts" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29007,6 +29312,18 @@ #~ "fenêtre des Sources de logiciels. Attendez un moment afin que la Logithèque " #~ "Ubuntu télécharge les informations du dépôt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installer, supprimer, dépôts " +#~ "supplémentaires…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Ajouter & supprimer des logiciels" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese n'est pas installé par défaut sur Ubuntu. Pour installer Cheese :" @@ -29043,6 +29360,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous devez installer Cheese avant de pouvoir lire son guide d'utilisation." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Clé USB (faible capacité)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -29070,6 +29390,25 @@ #~ "ordinateur à partir d'un autre périphérique. Reportez-vous à pour plus d'informations." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "télécharger l'impression d'un fichier de référence d'un vendeur de " +#~ "cartouches couleurs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utiliser les services d'un vendeur de cartouches couleurs pour générer un " +#~ "profil pour une imprimante est généralement la procédure la moins coûteuse " +#~ "si vous n'utilisez qu'un ou deux types différents de papier. Téléchargez la " +#~ "charte de référence de la société en ligne, imprimez-la et renvoyez-la dans " +#~ "une enveloppe à bulles. Ils vont scanner votre épreuve, générer le profil et " +#~ "vous envoyer par courriel un profil ICC exact." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -29126,103 +29465,920 @@ #~ "Décochez Prochains événements dans le Calendrier d'Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Choisissez le disque dans la liste des Périphériques de stockage. " -#~ "Des informations sur le disque et son statut s'affichent dans la rubrique " -#~ "Disque." +#~ "Cliquez sur l'icône tout à droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " +#~ "Paramètres système…." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "État SMART doit indiquer « Le disque est sain »." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Effectuer des tests de rapidité de votre disque dur." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Test de performance de votre disque dur" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Pour mesurer la rapidité de votre disque dur :" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cliquez sur le bouton Données SMART pour afficher plus " -#~ "d'informations sur le disque, ou pour effectuer un auto-test." +#~ "Ouvrez l'application Disques depuis le Tableau de bord." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour plus des projets de gravure de CD/DVD plus avancés, essayez " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ "Ouvrez l'application Disques à partir de l'aperçu des " +#~ "Activités." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sélectionnez le disque dur dans la liste des Périphériques de " +#~ "stockage." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le bouton en forme d'engrenage et sélectionnez Tester la " +#~ "performance du volume…." #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour obtenir de l'aide sur l'utilisation de Brasero, lisez le guide de l'utilisateur." +#~ "Cliquez sur Lancer le test de performance… et ajustez les " +#~ "paramètres taux de transfert et Temps d'accès selon " +#~ "vos désirs." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Certaines langues, telles que le Chinois ou le Coréen, nécessitent une " -#~ "méthode de saisie beaucoup plus complexe qu'une simple correspondance entre " -#~ "les touches et les caractères. Par conséquent, vous pouvez activer cette " -#~ "méthode pour certaines sources d'entrée." +#~ "Cliquez sur Démarrage du test de performance… pour vérifier à " +#~ "quelle vitesse vos données peuvent être lues depuis le disque. Les privilèges administrateurs vous " +#~ "seront peut-être demandés. Tapez votre mot de passe, ou le mot de passe du " +#~ "compte administrateur demandé." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les options avec des méthodes d'entrée sont seulement disponibles si le " -#~ "moteur respectif de méthode d'entrée (ME) est installé. Lorsque vous installez une langue, un moteur ME " -#~ "approprié est automatiquement installé le cas échéant. Par exemple, si vous " -#~ "installez le Coréen, le paquet ibus-hangul est installé et l'option " -#~ "de source d'entrée coréen (Hangul) sera rendue disponible la " -#~ "prochaine fois que vous vous connecterez. Vous pouvez également installer le moteur ME IBus de votre " -#~ "choix séparément." +#~ "Lorsque le test est terminé, les résultats apparaissent sur le graphique. " +#~ "Les points en vert et les lignes de liaison indiquent les échantillons " +#~ "prélevés ; ceux-ci correspondent à l'axe de droite, affichant le temps " +#~ "d'accès, tracée sur l'axe inférieur, en pourcentage représentant le temps " +#~ "écoulé pendant le test. La ligne bleue représente les taux de lecture, " +#~ "tandis que la ligne rouge représente les taux d'écriture ; elles sont " +#~ "indiquées comme taux d'accès aux données sur l'axe de gauche, tracées en " +#~ "fonction du pourcentage du disque parcourue, de l'extérieur vers le centre, " +#~ "le long de l'axe inférieur." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Désactiver le pavé tactile lors de la saisie de texte pour éviter des clics " -#~ "inopportuns." +#~ "Sous le graphique, les valeurs sont affichées pour un minimum, maximum et " +#~ "les moyennes des taux de lecture et d'écriture, temps d'accès moyen et le " +#~ "temps écoulé depuis le dernier test de référence." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Désactivation du pavé tactile lors de la frappe" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se servir de l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques ou du " +#~ "moniteur système pour vérifier l'espace et la capacité." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les pavés tactiles sur les ordinateurs portables sont souvent placés à " -#~ "l'endroit où le poignet repose lors de la saisie au clavier, ce qui est " -#~ "parfois la cause de clics non souhaités. Il est possible de désactiver le " -#~ "pavé tactile pendant la saisie au clavier. Il fonctionne à nouveau " -#~ "automatiquement après un court instant suivant la dernière frappe au clavier." +#~ "Vous pouvez vérifier l'espace libre restant sur le disque avec " +#~ "l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques ou le moniteur " +#~ "système." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Vérification avec l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques" #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dans la section Pavé tactile, cochez Désactiver lors de la " -#~ "frappe." +#~ "Pour vérifier l'espace libre et la capacité du disque en utilisant " +#~ "l'analyseur d'utilisation des disques :" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les pavés tactiles des ordinateurs portables réagissent parfois avec du " +#~ "Ouvrez l'application Disques à partir du Tableau de " +#~ "bord. La fenêtre affichera la Capacité totale du système de " +#~ "fichiers ainsi que l'Utilisation totale du système de " +#~ "fichiers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrez l'application Disques en utilisant l'aperçu des " +#~ "Activités. La fenêtre affiche la Capacité totale du système " +#~ "de fichiers et l'Utilisation totale du système de fichiers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les informations affichées sont Dossier, Utilisation, " +#~ "Taille et Sommaire. Pour plus de détails, consultez " +#~ "Analyseur d'utilisation des " +#~ "disques." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Vérification avec le moniteur système" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour vérifier l'espace libre et la capacité du disque avec le moniteur " +#~ "système :" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrez l'application Moniteur Système depuis le Tableau de " +#~ "bord." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrez l'application Moniteur système en utilisant l'aperçu des " +#~ "Activités." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "cliquez sur l'onglet Systèmes de fichiers pour afficher les " +#~ "partitions du système et l'utilisation de l'espace disque. Les informations " +#~ "affichées concernent l'espace Total, Libre, " +#~ "Disponible et Utilisé." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Si le disque est trop plein, il faut :" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "effacer les fichiers qui ne sont pas importants ou que vous n'utiliserez " +#~ "plus," + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "faire une sauvegarde des fichiers " +#~ "importants que vous ne prévoyez pas d'utiliser avant un bon moment et les " +#~ "effacer du disque dur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrez l'application Disques à partir de l'aperçu des " +#~ "Activités." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Choisissez le disque dans la liste des Périphériques de stockage. " +#~ "Des informations sur le disque et son statut s'affichent dans la rubrique " +#~ "Disque." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "État SMART doit indiquer « Le disque est sain »." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le bouton Données SMART pour afficher plus " +#~ "d'informations sur le disque, ou pour effectuer un auto-test." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Même si l'état SMART indique que le disque n'est pas " +#~ "sain, il n'y a pas lieu de s'inquiéter outre mesure. Néanmoins, mieux vaut " +#~ "effectuer une sauvegarde pour éviter une " +#~ "perte de données." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si l'état signale « Pre-fail » (panne possible), c'est que le disque est " +#~ "encore raisonnablement sain, mais qu'il présente des signes d'usure " +#~ "annonciateurs de panne. Si votre disque (ou ordinateur) est un peu âgé, il " +#~ "est vraisemblable que vous aurez ce message lors d'un examen d'intégrité. " +#~ "Vous devriez sauvegarder vos fichiers importants " +#~ "régulièrement et vérifier l'état du disque périodiquement pour voir " +#~ "s'il y a aggravation." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Supprimer tous les fichiers et dossiers d'un disque dur externe ou d'une clé " +#~ "USB en les formatant." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Effacement complet d'un disque amovible" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous possédez une disque amovible, tel qu'une clé USB ou un disque dur " +#~ "externe, vous pouvez avoir besoin d'en effacer complètement tous les " +#~ "fichiers et dossiers. Vous pouvez le faire en formatant le disque " +#~ "ce qui supprime tous les fichiers sur le disque et le laisse vide." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatage d'un disque amovible" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sélectionnez le disque que vous voulez effacer dans la liste des " +#~ "Périphériques de stockage." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Assurez-vous que vous avez sélectionné le bon disque ! Si vous en choisissez " +#~ "un autre, c'est lui qui sera définitivement effacé !" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans la section Volumes, cliquez sur démonter le volume. Puis " +#~ "cliquez sur formater le volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans la fenêtre qui s'affiche, choisissez un type de système de " +#~ "fichiers pour le disque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous utilisez le disque sur des ordinateurs Windows ou Mac OS en plus des " +#~ "ordinateurs Linux, choisissez FAT. Si vous ne l'utilisez que sur " +#~ "Windows, NTFS, est une meilleure option. Une brève description du " +#~ "type de système de fichiers est présentée dans une étiquette." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Donnez un nom au disque et cliquez sur Formater pour démarrer " +#~ "l'effacement du disque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Une fois le formatage terminé, éjectez en toute sécurité le " +#~ "disque. Il est maintenant vierge et prêt à être utilisé à nouveau." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le formatage d'un disque n'est pas un moyen sûr de supprimer des données" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un disque formaté semble complètement vide de tout fichier, mais il est " +#~ "possible, avec un logiciel de récupération spécialisé, d'en récupérer les " +#~ "fichiers. Si vous avez besoin de supprimer des fichiers en toute sécurité, " +#~ "servez-vous d'un utilitaire en ligne de commande comme shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Comprendre ce que sont les volumes et les partitions, et se servir de " +#~ "l'utilitaire de disque pour les gérer." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Visualisation et gestion des volumes et des partitions en se servant de " +#~ "l'utilitaire de disque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez vérifier et modifier les volumes de stockage de l'ordinateur " +#~ "avec l'utilitaire de disque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrez le Tableau de bord et lancez l'Utilitaire de " +#~ "disques." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans le panneau marqué Périphériques de stockage, vous trouvez " +#~ "les disques durs, les périphériques CD et DVD et d'autres périphériques " +#~ "physiques. Cliquez sur le périphérique à inspecter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans le panneau de droite, la zone marquée Volumes fournit une " +#~ "analyse des volumes et des partitions présentes sur le périphérique " +#~ "sélectionné. Ce panneau contient aussi une série d'outils de gestion des " +#~ "volumes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Soyez prudent : vous risquez d'effacer complètement les données de votre " +#~ "disque dur avec ces utilitaires." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Une partition primaire doit contenir les informations utilisées par " +#~ "l'ordinateur pour son démarrage (boot). Pour cette raison, on " +#~ "l'appelle parfois partition ou volume amorçable. Pour savoir si un volume " +#~ "est amorçable, examinez les drapeaux de la partition dans " +#~ "l'utilitaire de disque. Les médias externes comme les clés USB et les CD " +#~ "peuvent aussi contenir un volume amorçable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vérifiez que le bouton Verrouillage est activé, puis sélectionnez " +#~ "un délai d'expiration dans la liste déroulante en dessous. L'écran est " +#~ "automatiquement verrouillé une fois la période d'inactivité écoulée. Vous " +#~ "pouvez aussi sélectionner Extinction de l'écran pour verrouiller " +#~ "l'écran après que celui-ci se soit automatiquement éteint au bout d'une " +#~ "durée réglable à l'aide de la liste déroulante Éteindre l'écran si " +#~ "inactif depuis située au dessus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Servez-vous du gestionnaire de fichiers Files pour naviguer et " +#~ "organiser les fichiers de votre ordinateur. Vous pouvez également l'utiliser " +#~ "pour gérer les fichiers sur des supports de stockage (comme des disques durs " +#~ "externes), sur des serveurs de " +#~ "fichiers et sur des partages réseau." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous souhaitez accéder rapidement à un fichier du dossier ouvert, " +#~ "commencez à saisir son nom. Un champ de recherche apparaît en haut de la " +#~ "fenêtre et le premier fichier correspondant à votre recherche est " +#~ "sélectionné. Utilisez la touche flèche vers le bas ou faites défiler grâce à " +#~ "la molette de la souris pour vous déplacer vers le fichier correspondant à " +#~ "votre recherche." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez rapidement accéder à des emplacements courants à partir du " +#~ "panneau latéral. Si vous ne le voyez pas, cliquez sur le bouton " +#~ "bas dans la barre " +#~ "d'outils et choisissez Affichez le panneau latéral. Vous pouvez " +#~ "ajouter des signets aux dossiers que vous utilisez souvent et ils " +#~ "apparaîtront dans le panneau latéral. Utilisez le menu Signets " +#~ "pour faire cela, ou déplacez simplement un dossier dans le panneau latéral." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour plus des projets de gravure de CD/DVD plus avancés, essayez " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour obtenir de l'aide sur l'utilisation de Brasero, lisez le guide de l'utilisateur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous avez pu renommer le fichier de manière à le rendre caché. Les fichiers " +#~ "qui commencent par un . ou finissent par un ~ sont " +#~ "cachés par le gestionnaire de fichiers. Cliquez sur le bouton bas dans la barre " +#~ "d'outils du gestionnaire de fichiers et choisissez Afficher les " +#~ "fichiers cachés pour les afficher. Voir " +#~ "pour en apprendre plus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Comment trouver des fichiers par leur nom et leur type et enregistrer les " +#~ "résultats pour un usage ultérieur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez rechercher des fichiers par nom ou par type directement dans le " +#~ "gestionnaire de fichiers. Vous pouvez même enregistrer les recherches " +#~ "courantes qui apparaissent alors dans un dossier spécial de votre dossier " +#~ "personnel." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrir le gestionnaire de fichiers" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous connaissez le nom du dossier contenant les fichiers que vous " +#~ "recherchez, allez à ce dossier." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils, ou appuyez sur " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Saisissez un ou plusieurs mots que vous savez contenus dans le nom du " +#~ "fichier. Par exemple, si vous appelez toutes vos factures avec le mot " +#~ "« Facture », saisissez facture. Appuyez sur la touche " +#~ "Entrée. Les mots sont recherchés quelle que soit la casse." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez affiner votre recherche par emplacement et type de fichier." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur Dossier personnel pour restreindre la recherche de " +#~ "résultats à votre Dossier personnel, ou Tous les " +#~ "fichiers pour rechercher partout." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur + et choisissez un Type de fichier à " +#~ "partir de la liste déroulante pour restreindre la recherche de résultats en " +#~ "se basant sur le type de fichier. Cliquez sur le bouton x pour " +#~ "enlever cette option et élargir les résultats de recherche." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez à nouveau sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils pour quitter la " +#~ "recherche et revenir au dossier." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous effectuez certaines recherches souvent, vous pouvez les enregistrer " +#~ "pour y accéder rapidement." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Enregistrement d'une recherche" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Lancez une recherche comme ci-dessus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Donnez un nom à la recherche et cliquez sur Enregistrer. Si vous " +#~ "le souhaitez, choisissez un répertoire différent pour y enregistrer la " +#~ "recherche. Lorsque que vous déplacez dans ce répertoire, la sauvegarde de " +#~ "votre recherche apparaît sous la forme d'une icône de dossier orange avec " +#~ "une loupe dessus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour supprimer le fichier de recherche lorsque vous en avez terminé avec, " +#~ "supprimez simplement la recherche comme " +#~ "vous le feriez avec n'importe quel autre fichier. Lorsque vous supprimez une " +#~ "recherche sauvegardée, cela ne supprime pas les fichiers qui correspondent " +#~ "aux critères de recherche." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certaines langues, telles que le Chinois ou le Coréen, nécessitent une " +#~ "méthode de saisie beaucoup plus complexe qu'une simple correspondance entre " +#~ "les touches et les caractères. Par conséquent, vous pouvez activer cette " +#~ "méthode pour certaines sources d'entrée." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les options avec des méthodes d'entrée sont seulement disponibles si le " +#~ "moteur respectif de méthode d'entrée (ME) est installé. Lorsque vous installez une langue, un moteur ME " +#~ "approprié est automatiquement installé le cas échéant. Par exemple, si vous " +#~ "installez le Coréen, le paquet ibus-hangul est installé et l'option " +#~ "de source d'entrée coréen (Hangul) sera rendue disponible la " +#~ "prochaine fois que vous vous connecterez. Vous pouvez également installer le moteur ME IBus de votre " +#~ "choix séparément." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez prévisualiser une image de n'importe quel agencement en la " +#~ "sélectionnant dans la liste et en cliquant sur " +#~ "aperçu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour résoudre cela, cliquez sur l'icône à l’extrême droite de la barre de " +#~ "menu et allez dans Paramètres système…. Dans la section matériel, " +#~ "choisissez Écrans. Essayez différentes options pour la " +#~ "Résolution et conservez celle qui offre le meilleur rendu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur l'icône à l’extrême droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " +#~ "Paramètres système…. Ouvrez Affichage." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur l'icône à l’extrême droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " +#~ "Paramètres système…." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Désactiver le pavé tactile lors de la saisie de texte pour éviter des clics " +#~ "inopportuns." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Désactivation du pavé tactile lors de la frappe" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les pavés tactiles sur les ordinateurs portables sont souvent placés à " +#~ "l'endroit où le poignet repose lors de la saisie au clavier, ce qui est " +#~ "parfois la cause de clics non souhaités. Il est possible de désactiver le " +#~ "pavé tactile pendant la saisie au clavier. Il fonctionne à nouveau " +#~ "automatiquement après un court instant suivant la dernière frappe au clavier." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans la section Pavé tactile, cochez Désactiver lors de la " +#~ "frappe." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De nombreuses souris et certains pavés tactiles possèdent un bouton central. " +#~ "Sur une souris dotée d'une molette, on peut généralement presser directement " +#~ "la molette pour effectuer un clic central. Si vous n'avez pas de bouton " +#~ "central de souris, vous pouvez appuyer simultanément les boutons gauche et " +#~ "droit de votre souris, pour effectuer un clic milieu. Si vous ne pouvez pas " +#~ "faire de clic central de cette façon, vous pouvez essayer de suivre ces " +#~ "instructions." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Avec les pavés tactiles qui gèrent le tapotement à plusieurs doigts, il est " +#~ "possible d'effectuer un clic milieu en tapotant simultanément avec trois " +#~ "doigts. Pour que cela fonctionne, il faut activer le clic par tapotement dans les paramètres du pavé " +#~ "tactile." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De nombreuses applications utilisent le clic milieu comme raccourci avancé." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un raccourci bien utilisé est le collage du texte sélectionné (appelé " +#~ "parfois collage de la sélection principale). Sélectionnez le texte à coller, " +#~ "placez le pointeur à l'endroit souhaité du collage et faites un clic milieu. " +#~ "Le texte sélectionné est alors collé à la position de la souris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le collage de texte avec le bouton du milieu de la souris est complètement " +#~ "séparé du presse-papiers normal. Le fait de sélectionner du texte ne le " +#~ "copie pas dans le presse-papiers. Cette méthode rapide de collage ne " +#~ "fonctionne qu'avec le bouton du milieu de la souris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La plupart des navigateurs Web permettent d'ouvrir des liens dans de " +#~ "nouveaux onglets avec le bouton du milieu de la souris. Cliquez sur " +#~ "n'importe quel lien avec le bouton du milieu et vous constaterez qu'il " +#~ "s'ouvre dans un nouvel onglet. Attention cependant au comportement " +#~ "particulier du navigateur Firefox où un clic milieu sur autre " +#~ "chose qu'un lien tente d'ouvrir le texte sélectionné comme un URL, comme si " +#~ "vous aviez utilisé le clic milieu pour coller le texte dans la barre " +#~ "d'adresse et que vous aviez appuyé sur Entrée." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certaines applications particulières permettent d'utiliser le bouton du " +#~ "milieu de la souris pour d'autres fonctions. Recherchez dans l'aide de " +#~ "l'application concernée avec les mots clic milieu ou bouton du " +#~ "milieu de la souris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Appuyez une fois sur ← pour passer à l'onglet Pointage et " +#~ "clic de souris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ces instructions sont la façon la plus rapide d'activer les touches de la " +#~ "souris en utilisant seulement le clavier. Sélectionnez Paramètres " +#~ "d'accès universel pour voir plus d'options d'accessibilité." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le pavé numérique est un groupe de touches numériques sur le clavier, placés " +#~ "en général dans une disposition rectangulaire. Si votre clavier ne comporte " +#~ "pas de pavé numérique (comme par exemple avec un clavier d'ordinateur " +#~ "portable), il sera alors nécessaire de combiner d'autres touches du clavier " +#~ "avec la touche Fonction (Fn) pour simuler le pavé numérique. Si " +#~ "vous utilisez souvent cette fonctionnalité sur un ordinateur portable, il " +#~ "peut être souhaitable d'acquérir un pavé numérique USB externe." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Chaque chiffre du pavé numérique correspond à une direction. Par exemple, un " +#~ "appui sur 8 déplace le pointeur vers le haut alors qu'un appui " +#~ "sur 2 le déplace vers le bas. Appuyez sur 5 pour un " +#~ "simple clic de la souris ou appuyez deux fois successivement pour obtenir un " +#~ "double-clic." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La plupart des claviers comportent une touche spéciale qui permet " +#~ "d'effectuer un clic droit ; elle se trouve souvent près de la barre " +#~ "d'espace. Remarquez toutefois que cette touche agit à l'endroit où le focus " +#~ "du clavier se trouve et non pas à la position du pointeur de la souris. " +#~ "Consultez pour savoir comment effectuer un " +#~ "clic droit en appuyant sur la touche 5 ou sur le bouton gauche de " +#~ "la souris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez cliquer, double-cliquer, glisser et faire défiler en utilisant " +#~ "uniquement le pavé tactile, sans l'aide de boutons accessoires." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Pour cliquer, tapotez sur le pavé tactile." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour faire glisser un objet, tapotez deux fois sans lever le doigt après le " +#~ "second tapotement. Faites glisser l'objet à l'endroit souhaité, puis levez " +#~ "votre doigt pour le déposer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si le pavé tactile prend en charge les tapotements à plusieurs doigts,vous " +#~ "pouvez faire un clic droit en tapant simultanément à deux doigts. Sinon, il " +#~ "est quand même nécessaire de faire appel à un bouton matériel pour le clic " +#~ "droit. Consultez pour une méthode de clic " +#~ "droit sans deuxième bouton de souris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si le pavé tactile prend en charge les tapotements à plusieurs doigts, on " +#~ "peut faire un clic milieu en tapant " +#~ "simultanément avec trois doigts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lorsque vous tapotez ou glissez avec plusieurs doigts, prenez soin " +#~ "d'éloigner suffisamment les doigts. S'ils sont trop proches les uns des " +#~ "autres, l'ordinateur ne détecte pas toujours qu'il y a plusieurs doigts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les pavés tactiles des ordinateurs portables réagissent parfois avec du " #~ "retard juste après que vous ayez arrêté votre saisie avant qu'ils ne " #~ "recommencent à fonctionner. Ceci est fait pour vous empêcher de toucher " #~ "accidentellement le pavé tactile avec votre paume lors de votre saisie. Voir " #~ " pour plus de détails." +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ajouter, supprimer et renommer les signets du gestionnaire de fichiers." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vos signets sont répertoriés dans la barre latérale du gestionnaire de " +#~ "fichiers." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Suppression d'un signet :" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur Fichiers dans la barre supérieure et choisissez " +#~ "Signets à partir du menu de l'application." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans la fenêtre Signets, sélectionnez le signet que vous " +#~ "souhaitez supprimer et cliquez sur le bouton -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans la fenêtre Signets, sélectionnez le signet que vous " +#~ "souhaitez renommer." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Saisissez le nouveau nom dans le champ Nom." + #~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgstr "Indique la date et l'heure de dernière modification du fichier." @@ -29263,6 +30419,45 @@ #~ "menubar-intro\">Indicateur de messagerie." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez contrôler quels programmes ont accès au réseau. Ceci contribue à " +#~ "la sécurité de votre ordinateur." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Autorisation ou blocage de l'accès au pare-feu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu arrive déjà équipé d'un pare-feu simple d'utilisation " +#~ "(ufw) mais le pare-feu n'est pas activé par défaut. Parce-" +#~ "qu'Ubuntu n'a pas de services réseaux ouverts (sauf pour une infrastructure " +#~ "réseau basique) dans l'installation par défaut, un pare-feu n'est pas " +#~ "nécessaire pour bloquer les connexions entrantes malicieuses." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation de ufw, consulter la documentation en " +#~ "ligne." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour activer le pare-feu, saisissez sudo ufw enable dans un " +#~ "terminal. Pour désactiver ufw, saisissez sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -29295,6 +30490,13 @@ #~ "saisissez la commande sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il vous faut sans doute installer Flash pour visionner des sites tels que " +#~ "YouTube qui affiche des vidéos et des pages Web interactives." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -29303,6 +30505,9 @@ #~ "pour pouvoir regarder des vidéos et utiliser les pages Web interactives de " #~ "certains sites. Certains sites Web ne fonctionnent pas sans Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Comment installer Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -29323,6 +30528,16 @@ #~ "Si vous choisissez d'installer Flash, cliquez sur Installer dans " #~ "la logithèque Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous avez des fenêtres de navigateur ouvertes, fermez-les et relancez le " +#~ "navigateur. Le navigateur web devrait détecter que Flash est installé " +#~ "lorsque vous l'ouvrirez de nouveau, et vous serez alors en mesure de voir " +#~ "des sites internet utilisant Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Alternatives libres de Flash" @@ -29354,6 +30569,27 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aider votre navigateur à fonctionner avec les sites internet nécessitant Java" + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Installer le plug-in Java pour les navigateurs web" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certains sites web utilisent de petits programmes Java, vous devez " +#~ "avoir le plugin Java installé pour qu'ils fonctionnent." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installer le paquet icedtea6-" +#~ "plugin pour voir les programmes Java dans votre navigateur." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -29403,6 +30639,15 @@ #~ "d'installation." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dépannage des connexions sans " +#~ "fil, trouver votre réseau " +#~ "Wifi…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -29421,6 +30666,282 @@ #~ "le. Vous devrez cliquer sur le lien Afficher les items techniques " #~ "en bas de la Logithèque Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se connecter au Wi-Fi, Réseaux invisibles, Modifier les paramètres de connexion, " +#~ "Se déconnecter…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez faire de votre ordinateur un point d'accès sans fil. Cela permet " +#~ "à d'autres périphériques de se connecter à vous sans créer un réseau séparé, " +#~ "et vous autorise à partager une connexion internet fonctionnelle avec une " +#~ "autre interface, comme un réseau filaire ou un réseau cellulaire." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton Utiliser comme point d'accès." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous êtes déjà connecté à un réseau sans fil, il vous est demandé si vous " +#~ "souhaitez vous en déconnecter. Un adaptateur réseau sans fil unique ne peut " +#~ "se connecter à ou créer un seul réseau à la fois. Confirmez en cliquant sur " +#~ "Créer un nouveau réseau sans fil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un nom de réseau (SSID) et une clé de chiffrement sont générés " +#~ "automatiquement. Le nom du réseau est basé sur le nom de votre ordinateur. " +#~ "Les autres périphériques ont besoin de ces informations pour se connecter au " +#~ "réseau que vous venez de créer." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu et désactivez le réseau " +#~ "sans fil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour faire cela, cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu " +#~ "et décochez Activer le réseau sans fil. Cela éteindra votre " +#~ "connexion sans fil jusqu'à ce que vous l'activiez de nouveau." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour réactiver le réseau sans fil, cliquez sur menu réseau dans " +#~ "la barre de menu et sélectionnez Activer le réseau sans fil. Le " +#~ "sans fil sera alors coché." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Votre portable pourrait être encore en train de diffuser si vous n'avez pas " +#~ "désactivé Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu, et " +#~ "cliquez sur le nom du réseau auquel vous voulez vous connecter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apprendre ce que les options de modification de la fenêtre connexion sans " +#~ "fil signifient." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Modification d'une connexion sans fil" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ce tutoriel décrit toutes les options disponibles pour modifier une " +#~ "connexion sans fil. Pour modifier une connexion, cliquez sur Menu " +#~ "réseau dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez Modification des " +#~ "connexions." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Disponible à tous les utilisateurs / Connexion automatique" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Connexion automatique" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'il y a plusieurs réseaux à connexion automatique dans le rayon de capture, " +#~ "l'ordinateur se connecte au premier de la liste de l'onglet Sans " +#~ "fil de la fenêtre Connexions réseau. Il ne se déconnectera " +#~ "pas de celui-ci, même si un autre vient juste d'apparaître dans son rayon de " +#~ "capture." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Disponible à tous les utilisateurs" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cochez cette case si vous souhaitez que tous les utilisateurs de cet " +#~ "ordinateur puissent avoir accès à ce réseau. Si le réseau est protégé par " +#~ "mot de passe WEP/WPA et que vous " +#~ "avez coché cette option, vous n'aurez à saisir ce mot de passe qu'une seule " +#~ "fois. Les autres utilisateurs pourront s'y connecter sans connaître ce mot " +#~ "de passe." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si cette option est cochée, seul l'administrateur est autorisé à modifier les paramètres de " +#~ "ce réseau. Il doit s'identifier avec son mot de passe d'administrateur." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Réseau sans fil" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous choisissez Ad-hoc, vous allez voir deux autres options, " +#~ "Bande et Canal. Elles déterminent sur quelle fréquence " +#~ "le réseau sans fil ad-hoc va fonctionner. Certains ordinateurs ne peuvent " +#~ "travailler que sur certaines bandes passantes (par exemple seulement sur " +#~ "A ou sur B/G, de sorte qu'il vous faut choisir une " +#~ "fréquence que tous les ordinateurs du réseau ad-hoc peuvent utiliser. Dans " +#~ "des endroits très fréquentés, il peut y avoir plusieurs réseaux sans fil " +#~ "partageant le même canal ; ceci peut ralentir votre connexion et vous amener " +#~ "à changer de canal." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "C'est le Basic Service Set Identifier. Le SSID (voir ci-dessus) est " +#~ "le nom du réseau compréhensible par l'humain ; le BSSID est un nom " +#~ "compréhensible par l'ordinateur (c'est une chaîne de lettres et de chiffres " +#~ "supposée unique et spécifique au réseau sans fil). Si un réseau est masqué, il n'a pas de SSID, mais il a un " +#~ "BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Adresse MAC du périphérique" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Votre périphérique réseau (carte sans fil) peut simuler avoir une adresse " +#~ "MAC différente. Cet artifice est utile si votre périphérique ou votre " +#~ "service ne communique qu'avec une certaine adresse MAC (par exemple un modem " +#~ "large bande câblé). Si vous mettez cette adresse MAC dans la case " +#~ "adresse MAC clonée, le périphérique ou le service va penser que " +#~ "votre ordinateur possède l'adresse MAC clonée plutôt que la vraie." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Sécurité sans fil" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ceci définit le type de chiffrement utilisé par votre réseau. Les " +#~ "connexions chiffrées empêchent l'interception de votre connexion sans fil, " +#~ "de sorte que personne ne peut ni « écouter » ni voir quels sites Web vous " +#~ "visitez, entre autre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certains types de chiffrements sont plus puissants que d'autres, mais " +#~ "peuvent ne pas être supportés par des équipements sans fil anciens. " +#~ "Normalement, il vous faut saisir un mot de passe pour vous connecter ; des " +#~ "types de sécurités plus sophistiqués peuvent aussi demander un nom " +#~ "d'utilisateur et un « certificat » numérique. Consultez pour plus d'explications sur les types les plus courants " +#~ "de chiffrement." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous choisissez ce paramètre, votre ordinateur obtient son adresse IP " +#~ "automatiquement d'un serveur DHCP, mais vous devez configurer manuellement " +#~ "les autres détails (comme le choix du serveur DNS à utiliser)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Choisissez cette option si vous souhaitez configurer tous vos paramètres " +#~ "réseau vous-même, y compris l'adresse IP que votre ordinateur doit utiliser." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cette option désactive le réseau et vous évite de vous y connecter. Notez " +#~ "que IPv4 et IPv6 sont considérées comme des " +#~ "connections séparées, même si elles sont prises en charge par la même carte " +#~ "réseau. Si l'une est active, vous pourriez désactiver l'autre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il est identique à l'onglet IPv4, sauf qu'il traite du nouveau " +#~ "standard qu'est l'IPv6. Les réseaux les plus modernes utilisent l'IPv6, mais " +#~ "pour le moment l'IPv4 est encore le plus répandu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le menu réseau dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez " +#~ "Se connecter à un réseau sans fil invisible." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans la section Système, cliquez sur Sources de logiciels." @@ -29468,6 +30989,13 @@ #~ "guide de dépannage." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Saisir sudo pm-hibernate dans le terminal et appuyer sur " +#~ "Entrée." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29475,6 +31003,208 @@ #~ "moins aussi grande que votre RAM disponible." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si le test d'hibernation fonctionne, vous pouvez continuer à utiliser la " +#~ "commande sudo pm-hibernate quand vous souhaitez hiberner." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "Extinction/hibernation en dessous de 10% de batterie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quand le niveau de charge de la batterie devient trop faible, votre " +#~ "ordinateur se met automatiquement en " +#~ "veille. Ceci afin d'être sûr que la batterie ne s'épuisera pas " +#~ "complètement, ce qui serait mauvais pour la batterie. De plus, si la " +#~ "batterie venait de s'épuiser, l'ordinateur n'aurait pas le temps de " +#~ "s'éteindre correctement." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez modifier ce qu'il se passe lorsque le niveau de la batterie " +#~ "devient trop bas. Tout d'abord, cliquez sur le menu batterie dans " +#~ "la barre de menu et sélectionnez Paramètres " +#~ "d'alimentation. A la ligne 'Quand la réserve d'énergie est à un " +#~ "niveau critique', vous pouvez choisir de mettre en veille, d'hiberner ou d'éteindre votre ordinateur. Si " +#~ "vous choisissez de l'éteindre, vos applications et documents ne seront " +#~ "pas enregistrés à l'extinction." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certains ordinateurs ont des difficultés à se mettre en veille et sont " +#~ "parfois incapables de restaurer les applications et les documents que vous " +#~ "aviez ouverts quand vous réveillé l'ordinateur. Dans cas, il est possible " +#~ "que la partie de votre travail non enregistrée avant la mise en veille soit " +#~ "perdue. Toutefois, il peut-être possible de résoudre \"\r\n" +#~ "les problèmes de mise en veille." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur l'icône tout à droite de la barre de menu et sélectionnez " +#~ "Paramètres système..." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imprimantes non détectées, bourrages papier, épreuves d'aspect bizarre…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Configurer une imprimante connectée à votre ordinateur." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Configuration d'une imprimante locale" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Votre système sait reconnaître automatiquement beaucoup de types " +#~ "d'imprimantes dès qu'elles sont connectées à votre ordinateur. La plupart " +#~ "sont reliées par l'intermédiaire d'un câble USB branché à votre ordinateur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous n'avez pas besoin de choisir si vous souhaitez installer une imprimante " +#~ "réseau ou locale maintenant. Elles sont répertoriées dans une seule fenêtre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connectez l'imprimante à votre système à l'aide du câble adéquat. Vous voyez " +#~ "une certaine activité à l'écran pendant que le système recherche des pilotes " +#~ "puis, il vous demandera certainement de vous identifier pour les installer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un message apparaît lorsque le système a terminé l'installation de " +#~ "l'imprimante. Sélectionnez Imprimer une page de test pour " +#~ "imprimer une page de test ou Options pour apporter des " +#~ "modifications supplémentaires à la configuration de l'imprimante." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si votre imprimante n'a pas été configurée automatiquement, vous pouvez " +#~ "l'ajouter dans les paramètres d'imprimantes." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur Ajouter et sélectionnez l'imprimante dans la fenêtre " +#~ "des périphériques." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur Suivant et patientez pendant la recherche de pilotes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si plusieurs pilotes sont disponibles pour votre ordinateur, il vous sera " +#~ "demandé de choisir un pilote. Pour utiliser le pilote recommandé, cliquez " +#~ "juste sur Suivant lors du choix de la marque et du modèle." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Après avoir installé l'imprimante, vous souhaiterez certainement changer l'imprimante par " +#~ "défaut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous devez vous déconnecter de la session puis vous reconnecter pour que ces " +#~ "changements prennent effet. Cliquez sur l'icône tout en haut à droite et " +#~ "sélectionnez Fermer la session... pour vous déconnecter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous devez vous déconnecter et reconnecter de votre session pour que le " +#~ "changement de langue soit effectif. Cliquez dans l'icône tout en haut à " +#~ "droite de la barre de menus et sélectionnez Fermer la session... " +#~ "pour vous déconnecter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour vous déconnecter ou changer de compte utilisateur, cliquer sur l'indicateur système en haut à droite de " +#~ "l'écran et sélectionner l'option appropriée." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour verrouiller votre écran, cliquez dans le menu système dans " +#~ "la barre de menus et sélectionnez Verrouiller l'écran." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quand votre écran est verrouillé, les autres utilisateurs peuvent se " +#~ "connecter sur leur compte personnel en cliquant sur Changer " +#~ "d'utilisateur sur l'écran de mot de passe. Vous pouvez revenir sur " +#~ "votre ordinateur quand ils ont terminé." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour mettre en veille manuellement votre ordinateur, cliquez dans le " +#~ "menu système dans la barre de menus et sélectionnez Mettre " +#~ "en veille." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous voulez éteindre complètement votre ordinateur, ou le redémarrer, " +#~ "cliquez dans le menu système et sélectionnez Éteindre." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -29489,6 +31219,49 @@ #~ "longue, même si elle peut paraître comprimée sur l'écran - copiez-la et " #~ "collez-la pour éviter les problèmes) :" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Depuis le clavier" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Relâchez la touche Alt pour sélectionner la prochaine fenêtre " +#~ "(mise en évidence) dans le sélecteur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Autrement, tout en maintenant enfoncée la touche Alt, appuyez sur " +#~ "Tab pour parcourir en boucle la liste des fenêtres ouvertes ou " +#~ "MajTab pour revenir en arrière." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les fenêtres dans le sélecteur de fenêtres sont regroupées par application. " +#~ "Des aperçus des applications avec de multiples fenêtres apparaissent pour " +#~ "que vous cliquiez dessus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez aussi vous déplacer parmi les icônes des applications dans le " +#~ "sélecteur de fenêtre avec les touches → ou ← ou en " +#~ "cliquant à l'aide de la souris sur une fenêtre pour la sélectionner." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les aperçus des applications possédant une seule fenêtre peuvent être " +#~ "affichés avec la touche ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29821,6 +31594,12 @@ #~ "Si vous ne souhaitez pas recevoir de suggestions de résultats de recherche " #~ "en ligne, vous pouvez désactiver cette fonction." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrez Sécurité et vie privée et sélectionnez l'onglet " +#~ "Rechercher." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Désactivez Inclure des résultats de recherche en ligne." @@ -29880,6 +31659,16 @@ #~ "Consultez la logithèque Ubuntu pour voir ce qui est disponible." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous avez plus d'un stylet, lorsque le stylet supplémentaire se rapproche " +#~ "de la tablette, un téléavertisseur (« pager ») sera affiché à côté du nom de " +#~ "périphérique du stylet. Utilisez le pager pour choisir quel stylet " +#~ "configurer." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29888,6 +31677,20 @@ #~ "la recherche sous...." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur Signets dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez " +#~ "Ajouter un signer pour cet emplacement." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur Signets dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez " +#~ "Signets... à partir du menu de l'application." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Once the application has finished starting, a small white triangle " #~ "will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you " #~ "have two windows of the same application open. If you have three or more " @@ -29910,6 +31713,36 @@ #~ "version disponible." #~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lorsque vous êtes satisfaits des paramètres de recherche, cliquez sur " +#~ "Fichier dans la barre de menu et sélectionnez Enregistrer " +#~ "la recherche sous...." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si plus tard vous changez d'avis, vous pouvez retourner en arrière en " +#~ "cliquant sur ​​l'icône dans la barre de menu à droite et sélectionner " +#~ "Paramètres système.... Dans la section Système, cliquez sur " +#~ "Date et heure." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dans l'onglet « Analyse » de la barre de menus, choisissez Analyser le " +#~ "dossier personnel, Analyser le système de fichiers, " +#~ "Analyser un dossier... ou Analyser un dossier distant…." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Activez Inclure les résultats de recherche en ligne." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some " #~ "software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. " #~ "Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software " @@ -29928,6 +31761,24 @@ #~ "Si vous choisissez d'installer Flash, cliquez sur Installer." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le menu système en haut à droite de la barre de " +#~ "menu et sélectionnez Paramètres système." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Par défaut, l'inclusion des résultats de recherche en ligne est désactivée." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le menu système en haut à droite de la barre de " +#~ "menu et sélectionnez Paramètres système." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29942,6 +31793,46 @@ #~ "lancer une fenêtre d'options d'installation." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si vous souhaitez recevoir des suggestions de recherche en ligne, vous " +#~ "pouvez activer cette fonction à travers les paramètres de Sécurité et " +#~ "confidentialité." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Activer les résultats de recherche en ligne" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Logiciels Ubuntu vous aide à supprimer les logiciels que vous " +#~ "n'utilisez plus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilisez Logiciels Ubuntu pour ajouter des programmes et rendre " +#~ "Ubuntu plus utile." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les dépôts personnels de logiciels (PPA) sont les dépôts conçus " +#~ "pour les utilisateurs d'Ubuntu et ils sont plus faciles à installer que " +#~ "d'autres dépôts tiers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ajouter d'autres dépôts pour étendre les sources de logiciels qu'Ubuntu " +#~ "utilise pour les installations et mises à jour." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " @@ -29955,3 +31846,125 @@ #~ "l'Extension Adobe Flash. Les logiciels de ce dépôt apparaîtront " #~ "dans les résultats de recherche de l'application Logiciels Ubuntu " #~ "mais ne seront pas installables tant que ce dépôt ne sera pas activé." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ouvrez le menu dans coin supérieur droit et sélectionnez Données SMART " +#~ "et auto-tests... pour voir plus d'informations sur le lecteur ou " +#~ "lancer un auto-test." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vous pouvez ouvrir, copier, supprimer ou même travailler avec les fichiers à " +#~ "partir des résultats de la recherche, comme si vous étiez dans n'importe " +#~ "quel dossier du gestionnaire de fichiers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Modifier le navigateur par défaut, " +#~ "installer Flash, installer l'extension java…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash est une extension pour votre navigateur web qui " +#~ "vous permet de regarder les vidéos et utiliser des pages web interactives " +#~ "sur certains sites Web. Bien que HTML5, qui est une solution plus moderne et " +#~ "de plus en plus utilisé, il y a encore quelques sites Web qui ne " +#~ "fonctionnent pas sans Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +#~ "packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +#~ "to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +#~ "log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In " +#~ "such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les applications sont disponibles en deux formats : des paquets Snap et des " +#~ "paquets Debian. Une application disponible en tant que paquet Snap sera " +#~ "appelée par la suite un Snap. Afin d'installer (ou de supprimer) un " +#~ "Snap, vous devrez vous connecter à Ubuntu One. Certaines applications sont " +#~ "disponibles dans les deux formats. Dans ce cas de figure, le Snap sera listé " +#~ "en premier dans Logiciels Ubuntu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but " +#~ "could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il vous sera demandé de vous authentifier en saisissant votre mot de passe " +#~ "(c'est-à-dire votre mot de passe utilisateur, pas votre mot de passe pour " +#~ "Ubuntu One). Une fois ceci fait, l'installation commencera. L'installation " +#~ "se termine habituellement rapidement, mais peut prendre un peu plus de temps " +#~ "si votre connexion à Internet est lente." + +#~ msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +#~ msgstr "Si vous installez un Snap, connectez-vous à Ubuntu One." + +#~ msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +#~ msgstr "Si vous supprimez un Snap, connectez-vous à Ubuntu One." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il vous sera demandé de vous authentifier en saisissant votre mot de passe " +#~ "(c'est-à-dire votre mot de passe utilisateur, pas votre mot de passe pour " +#~ "Ubuntu One). Une fois ceci fait, l'application sera supprimée." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +#~ "packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +#~ "to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +#~ "log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In " +#~ "such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Les applications sont disponibles dans deux formats : les paquets Snap et " +#~ "les paquets Debian. Une application disponible en tant que paquet Snap sera " +#~ "par la suite appelée Snap. Afin de supprimer (ou d'installer) un " +#~ "Snap, vous devez vous connecter à Ubuntu One. Certaines applications sont " +#~ "disponibles dans les deux formats. Dans de tels cas, le Snap sera listé en " +#~ "premier dans Logiciels Ubuntu." + +#~ msgid "Click the menu button and select Benchmark Disk...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le bouton du menu et sélectionnez Test de performance du " +#~ "disque...." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +#~ "including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +#~ "want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le fait qu'un disque ou un volume soit considéré comme « trop plein » dépend " +#~ "de plusieurs facteurs, dont la taille du disque et la vitesse à laquelle " +#~ "vous le remplissez. Vous voudrez peut-être libérer de l'espace si le disque " +#~ "ou le volume est rempli à plus de 90%" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and select SMART Data & Self-Tests to " +#~ "view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le bouton du menu et sélectionnez Données SMART et auto-" +#~ "tests... pour afficher plus d'informations sur le disque ou pour " +#~ "lancer un auto-test." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and then select Format Disk.... The " +#~ "Format Disk window opens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cliquez sur le bouton du menu et sélectionnez Formater le " +#~ "disque.... La fenêtre Formater le disque s'ouvre." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/gl/gl.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/gl/gl.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/gl/gl.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/gl/gl.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-doc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: galego\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: gl\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Galician\n" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -246,13 +246,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -323,61 +323,146 @@ "poden facer que prema varias veces unha tecla cando só quere premela unha " "vez, debería activar o rexeitamento de pulsacións." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Prema a icona na parte dereita da barra de menú e seleccione " -"Preferencias do sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Acceso universal e seleccione a lapela Escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Active o Rexeitamento de pulsacións." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -447,15 +532,15 @@ "algunhas partes da interface de usuario." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Acceso universal e seleccione a lapela Ver." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Activa o Alto contraste." @@ -497,20 +582,9 @@ "Cando o clic por demora está activado pode pousar o punteiro do rato sobre " "un control e agardar un chisco até que o botón se prema automaticamente." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Prema no seu nome na barra do menú e seleccione Preferencias do " -"sistema." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -519,12 +593,12 @@ "premer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Active a Clic por demora ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -539,7 +613,7 @@ "punteiro durante uns segundos sobre un botón." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -549,7 +623,7 @@ "Cando estea totalmente cambiado, farase clic sobre o botón." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -558,7 +632,7 @@ "manter o punteiro pousado para facer un clic." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -570,7 +644,7 @@ "pulsación." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -600,12 +674,12 @@ "letra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Activa o Texto grande." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -746,7 +820,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -781,12 +855,12 @@ "individual, ou se o seu dispositivo apuntador ten un só botón." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Activar a Pulsación secundaria simulada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -799,7 +873,7 @@ "Pulsación secundaria simulada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -813,7 +887,7 @@ "solte o botón e terá o efecto dun clic dereito." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -824,7 +898,7 @@ "incluso se non obtén unha confirmación visual do punteiro." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -835,7 +909,7 @@ "seu teclado numérico." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -902,17 +976,17 @@ "no teclado a primeira vez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Active as Teclas lentas." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Activar e desactivar rapidamente as teclas lentas" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -925,7 +999,7 @@ "durante oito segundos se desexa activar ou desactivar as teclas lentas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -934,7 +1008,7 @@ "controlar canto tempo se debe manter premida a tecla para que se rexistre." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -986,17 +1060,17 @@ "premidas varias teclas á vez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Active as Teclas persistentes." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Activar e desactivar rapidamente as teclas persistentes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1010,7 +1084,7 @@ "teclas persistentes." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1020,7 +1094,7 @@ "habitual." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1037,7 +1111,7 @@ "para premer outros." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1045,7 +1119,7 @@ "dúas teclas á vez." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1097,14 +1171,14 @@ "para aprender como silenciar as alertas de son.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Abra o Acceso universal e seleccione a lapela Audición." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1135,7 +1209,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1149,10 +1223,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1206,12 +1280,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1222,7 +1297,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1231,15 +1306,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1418,13 +1494,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Engadir unha conta axudarao a vincular as súas contas en liña co escritorio " -"de Ubuntu. Deste xeito o seu programa de correo, o programa de conversas e " -"outros aplicativos relacionados estarán configurados para vostede." +"Engadindo unha conta ligará unha das súas contas en liña co Ubuntu de " +"escritorio. Deste xeito, o correo electrónico, conversas e outros " +"aplicativos relacionados configuraranse para vostede." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1435,74 +1511,72 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Seleccione un Tipo de conta no panel dereito." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "Seleccione un tipo de conta no panel da dereita." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Se desexa configurar máis contas, pode repetir este proceso máis tarde." +"Unha pequena interface web de usuario abrirase onde pode introducir as " +"credenciais da conta en liña. Por exemplo, se vai configurar unha conta de " +"Google, introduza o nome do usuario e o contrasinal e inicie sesión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Abrirase unha pequena interface de usuario que lle permitirá escribir as " -"súas credenciais en liña. Por exemplo, se está configurando unh conta de " -"Google, escriba o seu nome de usuario e contrasinal e inicie unha sesión." +"Se introduciu as credenciais correctamente, terá que indicarlle ao servizo " +"en liña que permita o acceso de Ubuntu á conta. Seleccione " +"Permitir para continuar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Se introduciu as credenciais correctamente, pediráselle que acepte os " -"termos. Seleccione Aceptar para continuar. Unha vez aceptado, " -"Ubuntu precisará permisos para acceder á súa conta. Para permitilo, prema no " -"botón Permitir o acceso. Cando se lle solicite, introduza o " -"contrasinal de usuario." +"Ubuntu precisa permiso para acceder á conta en liña. Seleccione " +"Permitir acceso para continuar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Agora pode seleccionar os aplicativos que desexa ligar coa súa conta en " -"liña. Por exemplo, se quere usar a conta para conversar, pero non desexa o " -"calendario, desactive a opción calendario." +"Agora pode seleccionar os aplicativos que desexa ligar á súa conta en liña. " +"Por exemplo, se desexa usar unha conta para conversas, pero non quere o " +"calendario, apague a opción calendario." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Despois de engadir as súas contas, cada aplicativo seleccionado usará " -"automaticamente esas credenciais cando inicie sesión na súa conta." +"Despois de engadir unha conta, cada aplicativo que seleccione usará " +"automaticamente esas credenciais cando acceda á conta en liña." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Por razóns de seguranza, Ubuntu non gardará o seu contrasinal no computador. " -"No canto diso, gardará un token proporcionado polo servizo en liña. Se " -"desexa revogar completamente a ligazón entre o seu computador e o servizo en " -"liña, elimínea." +"Por razóns de seguranza, Ubuntu non almacenará o contrasinal no seu " +"computador. No seu canto, gardará un token proporcionado polo servizo en " +"liña. Se desexa revogar a ligazón entre o seu escritorio e a conta en liña, " +"elimíneo." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1879,6 +1953,92 @@ "servizos engadidos estarán listos." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Converter un dispositivo flash USB nun volume desde o cal poder arrancar e " +"instalar Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "Crear un disco de arranque" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" +"Neste contexto un disco de arranque é un dispositivo USB flash desde o que " +"se pode arrancar e instalar Ubuntu. A capacidade do dispositivo flash USB debe " +"ser cando menos de 2 GB. Todos os datos do dispositivo flash USB perderanse " +"cando cree o disco de arranque." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "Asúmese que descargou unha imaxe ISO do Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "Para crear un disco de arranque dunha imaxe ISO de Ubuntu:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" +"Abra o Creador de discos de arranque desde o Panel." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" +"Se a imaxe ISO está no cartafol de Descargas e hai unha única " +"imaxe ISO, o Creador de discos de arranque teraa seleccionada. " +"Noutro caso seleccione manualmente a imaxe ISO correcta." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" +"Se o computador só ten un dispositivo flash USB, o Creador de discos de " +"arranque terao seleccionado, noutro caso terá que seleccionar o " +"dispositivo correcto manualmente." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "Prema Crear disco de arranque." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" +"Prema Si para confirmar. o proceso debería tardar menos de dez " +"minutos." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "Saia cando se abra a xanela de «Instalación completa»." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1983,49 +2143,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Use Ubuntu Software para instalar programas e facer Ubuntu máis " -"útil." +"Use Ubuntu Software para instalar aplicativos adicionais e facer " +"o Ubuntu máis útil." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalar software adicional" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "Instalar aplicativos adicionais" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"O equipo de desenvolvemento de Ubuntu elixiu un conxunto predefinido de " -"aplicativos que cremos que fan que Ubuntu sexa moi útil para as tarefas " -"cotiás. Aínda así seguramente desexe instalar máis software para que Ubuntu " -"lle sexa aínda máis útil a vostede." +"Un aplicativo é software cunha interface gráfica para o usuario (GUI). O " +"equipo de desenvolvemento do Ubuntu seleccionou un conxunto de aplicativos " +"que cremos fai o Ubuntu moi útil para o día a día. Con todo, vostede pode " +"instalar máis aplicativos para axustalo ás súas necesidades. Para instalar " +"un aplicativo pode usar o Ubuntu Software." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Para instalar software adicional, complete os pasos seguintes:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." msgstr "" -"Conectar a internet usando unha conexión sen fíos ou con " -"fíos." +"Quizais desexe instalar software que non ten interface de usuario. Para " +"instalar ese software, pode usar o Synaptic. Teña en conta que o Synaptic non " +"lista snaps." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" +msgstr "Para instalar un aplicativo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2035,7 +2212,7 @@ "busca do Panel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2044,73 +2221,62 @@ "seleccionar unha categoría e procurar un aplicativo da lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione o aplicativo que lle interese e prema Instalar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Solicitaráselle o contrasinal. Unha vez introducido, comezará a instalación." +"Seleccione o aplicativo que desexe instalar e prema Instalar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Normalmente a instalación remata rapidamente, pero podería levar unha miga " -"se ten unha conexión lenta a internet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Engadirase no Iniciador un atallo ao novo aplicativo. Para desactivar esta " -"funcionalidade, desmarque VerNovos aplicativos no " -"Iniciador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Engadir unha PPA para axudar a probar software especializado ou aínda en " -"probas." +"Engada PPAs para ampliar as orixes do software que Ubuntu usa para " +"instalacións e anovacións." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Engadir un Personal Package Archive (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Os Arquivos de Paquetes Personais (Personal Package Archives, ou " -"PPA) son repositorios de software deseñados para usuarios de Ubuntu e " -"que son máis doados de instalar que outros repositorios de terceiros." +"Os Arquivos de paquetes persoais (PPAs) son repositorios de " +"software deseñados para usuarios do Ubuntu, son máis doados de instalar que " +"outros repositorios. Os PPA moitas veces úsanse para distribuír software pre-" +"publicado para ser probado." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" "Engada unicamente repositorios de software desde orixes de confianza." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2122,12 +2288,12 @@ "o seu computador." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instalar unha PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2138,8 +2304,8 @@ "a: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2148,18 +2314,20 @@ "actualizacións" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Vaia á lapela Outro software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Prema Engadir e escriba a localización da ppa:." +"Prema Engadir e introduza a localización da PPA (como se dixo no " +"paso 1)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2167,7 +2335,7 @@ "xanela de autenticación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2177,24 +2345,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Retire programas que xa non vaia empregar." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "Elimine aplicativos que xa non usa." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Retirar un aplicativo" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Software axúdalle a retirar o software que xa non necesita." +"Un aplicativo é software que ten unha interface gráfica de usuario (GUI). " +"Pode usar Ubuntu Software para eliminar aplicativos que xa non " +"usa." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" +"Tamén pode eliminar software que non ten unha interface gráfica. Para facelo " +"pode usar o Synaptic. Teña " +"en conta que o Synaptic non lista snaps." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "Para eliminar un aplicativo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2203,7 +2402,7 @@ "Instalado na banda superior." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2212,21 +2411,30 @@ "lista de aplicativos instalados." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Seleccione o aplicativo e prema Eliminar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "Confirmar que desexa eliminar un aplicativo." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Pódeselle pedir que introduza o contrasinal. Despois de facelo, retirarase o " -"aplicativo." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2240,16 +2448,16 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Engadir outros repositorios para aumentar as orixes de software que emprega " -"Ubuntu para instalar e anovar." +"Engada repositorios para ampliar as orixes de software que Ubuntu usa para " +"instalacións ou anovacións." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Engadir repositorios adicionais" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "Engadir repositorios de software" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2264,13 +2472,13 @@ "desde un repositorio de terceiros, deberá engadilo na lista de repositorios " "dispoñíbeis de Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalar outros repositorios" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "Para engadir un repositorio:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2279,7 +2487,7 @@ "á lapela Outro software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2288,7 +2496,7 @@ "estar dispoñíbel no sitio web do repositorio e ter un aspecto similar a este:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2299,7 +2507,7 @@ "nas orixes de software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2311,12 +2519,12 @@ "sinatura (chave GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activar o repositorio de socios de Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2331,7 +2539,7 @@ "até que este repositorio estea activado." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2347,7 +2555,7 @@ "introdúzao:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2358,26 +2566,26 @@ "descargue a información do repositorio." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Engadir/Eliminar aplicativos" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Instalar, eliminar, repositorios " -"extra…" +"Instalar aplicativos, eliminar aplicativos, engadir repositorios…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Engadir e eliminar software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "Instalar e eliminar software" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2994,8 +3202,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Chave de memoria USB (baixa capacidade)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "Use un lapis de memoria USB (capacidade media)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3673,7 +3881,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3973,25 +4181,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "" -"Descargar unha impresión de referencia desde un vendedor de cartuchos de cor" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "Descarga dun ficheiro de referencias de impresión dunha empresa" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Recorrer a unha empresa de cartuchos de cor para xerar un perfil para a " -"impresora adoita ser a opción máis barata se só ten un ou dous tipos de " -"papel. Despois de descargar a táboa de referencia da páxina web destas " -"empresas vostede pode enviarlles un copia impresa dentro dun sobre acolchado " -"para que escaneen o documento; na empresa xerarán o perfil e enviaranlle por " -"correo electrónico un perfil ICC preciso." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5886,20 +6087,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Se máis tarde cambia de idea, pode facer volver o reloxo premendo na icona " -"máis á dereita da barra de menú e seleccionando Preferencias do " -"sistema. Na sección Sistema, prema Hora e data." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Cambiar o formato da data" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5908,44 +6108,23 @@ "preferido da súa localización." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Prema na icona máis á dereita da barra do menú e seleccione " -"Preferencias do sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Na sección «Persoal» prema en Compatibilidade de idiomas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Cambie á lapela Formatos rexionais." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Seleccione a súa localización preferida na lista despregábel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6179,74 +6358,98 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Execute as probas de rendemento do seu disco ríxido para comprobar a súa " -"rapidez." +"Executar estándares de comparación nun disco para comprobar o seu rendemento." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Comprobar o rendemento do disco ríxido" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "Probar o rendemento dun disco" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Para probar a velocidade do seu disco ríxido:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Discos no Panel." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +"É recomendábel que faga unha copia de " +"seguranza dos ficheiros importantes antes de probar o rendemento dun " +"disco." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 +msgid "" +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Discos desde a vista de Actividades." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "Para probar o rendemento dun disco:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Seleccione o disco ríxido na lista Unidades de disco." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "Abra Discos desde o Panel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "Seleccione na lista do panel esquerdo o disco desexado." + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Prema no botón coa engrenaxe e seleccione Probar o rendemento da " -"unidade." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Prema Iniciar proba de rendemento e axuste os parámetros da " -"Velocidade de transferencia e o Tempo de acceso como " -"desexe." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Prema Iniciar proba de rendemento para verificar con que " -"velocidade se poden ler os datos do disco. Poden requirirse Privilexios de administrador . Introduza " -"o seu contrasinal ou o contrasinal de administrador." +"Prema Iniciar proba de rendemento... e axuste os parámetros " +"taxa de transferencia e o tempo de acceso ao seu gusto." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" +"Prema Iniciar proba de rendemento... para comezar a comprobación. " +"Pode precisar permisos de " +"administrador. Introduza o seu contrasinal ou o contrasinal da conta " +"de administrador solicitada." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6256,44 +6459,24 @@ "levará unha boa miga para rematar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Cando a proba remate, os resultados aparecerán no gráfico. Os puntos verdes " -"e as liñas de conexión indican as mostras tomadas; que se corresponden co " -"eixo da dereita e mostran o tempo de acceso descrito sobre o eixo inferior, " -"representando a porcentaxe de tempo transcorrida durante a proba. A liña " -"azul representa as taxas de lectura, mentres que a liña vermella representa " -"as taxas de escritura. Estas móstranse como taxas de acceso a datos no eixo " -"esquerdo, descritos sobre a porcentaxe de disco percorrido, desde o exterior " -"até o centro, ao longo do eixo inferior." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Debaixo do gráfico, móstranse os valores de taxa de lectura e escritura " -"mínima, máxima e media, o tempo de acceso medio e o tempo transcorrido desde " -"a última proba de rendemento." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Use o Analizador do uso do disco ou o Monitor do " -"sistema para comprobar o espazo e a capacidade." +"Use Discos para saber o espazo libre que queda nun disco/volume " +"determinado." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6301,138 +6484,78 @@ msgstr "Comprobar o espazo de disco dispoñíbel" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" -"Comprobe o espazo de disco dispoñíbel usando o Analizador do uso do " -"disco ou o Monitor do sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Comprobar co «Analizador do uso do disco»" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" +msgstr "Para saber o espazo libre que queda nun disco/volume:" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Comprobar o espazo dispoñíbel e a capacidade do disco usando o " -"Analizador do uso do disco:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Analizador de uso do disco no Panel. " -"A xanela mostrará a capacidade total do sistema de ficheiros e o " -"uso total do sistema de ficheiros." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Abrir o aplicativo Discos desde o Panel." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Discos desde a vista xeral de " -"Actividades. A xanela mostrará a Capacidade total do sistema " -"de ficheiros e o Uso total do sistema de ficheiros." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." +msgstr "No panel da esquerda seleccione que disco quere comprobar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Prema nun dos botóns da barra de ferramentas para Analizar o cartafol " -"persoal, Analizar o sistema de ficheiros, Analizar un " -"cartafol ou Analizar un cartafol remoto." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"A información organízase como Cartafol, Uso, " -"Tamaño e Contidos. Pode ver máis información no Analizador do uso do disco." +"No panel da dereita seleccione o volume que desexa comprobar. O campo " +"Tamaño mostra o tamaño do volume. Se o volume é un volume de " +"datos, o campo Tamaño tamén mostra a cantidade de espazo libre e " +"a porcentaxe usada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Comprobar co «Monitor do sistema»" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Que pasa se o disco está demasiado cheo?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Comprobar o espazo dispoñíbel e a capacidade do disco co Monitor do " -"sistema:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Monitor do sistema desde o Panel." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "Para liberar espazo pode:" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Ficheiros desde a vista de " -"Actividades." +"Eliminar ficheiros que non son importantes ou que xa non vai usar máis, ou" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Seleccione a lapela Sistemas de ficheiros para ver as particións " -"do sistema e o espazo utilizado do disco. A información organizarase como " -"Total, Libre, Dispoñíbel e Usada." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Que pasa se o disco está demasiado cheo?" +"Faga copias de seguranza dos ficheiros " +"importantes que non precisará por moitotempo e elimíneos do disco." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Se o disco está moi cheo, debería:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"Eliminar ficheiros que non son importantes ou que non vai empregar máis." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Facer copias de seguranza dos ficheiros " -"importantes que non vaia precisar durante un tempo e eliminalos do disco " -"ríxido." +"Pode usar o Analizador de uso do " +"disco para axudar a identificar que ficheiros eliminar ou de " +"cales facer unha copia de seguranza." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6477,24 +6600,8 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Comprobe a saúde do seu disco usando o aplicativo «Discos»" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Abrir o aplicativo Discos desde o Panel." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Discos desde a vista xeral de " -"Actividades." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6503,57 +6610,50 @@ "estado." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "A valoración debería dicir «O disco está OK»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" -"Abra o menú na parte superior dereita e seleccione Datos e probas " -"SMART para ver máis información do dispositivo ou para executar unha " -"proba." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "E se o disco non estivese en bo estado?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" +"Aínda que a avaliación SMART indique que o disco non " +"está en total bo estado, non é causa de alarma. Con todo, é mellor ter " +"preparada unha copia de seguranza para " +"evitar a perda de datos." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Aínda que o Estado SMART indique que o disco non está " -"san, non ten por que ser motivo de alarma. Porén, é mellor estar preparado " -"cunha copia de seguranza para previr a " -"perda de datos." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Se o estado di «Pre-fail», o disco está razoabelmente san pero detectáronse " -"signos de desgaste, o que significa que podería fallar nun futuro cercano. " -"Se o seu disco ríxido (ou computador) ten uns cantos anos de antigüidade, é " -"probábel que vexa esta mensaxe nalgunhas das comprobacións de saúde. Debería " -"facer unha copia de seguranza dos seus ficheiros " -"importantes con regularidade e comprobar periodicamente o estado do " -"disco para ver se empeora." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6564,135 +6664,134 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Retirar todos os ficheiros e cartafoles dunha unidade de disco ríxido " -"externo ou memoria flash USB formateándoa." +"Borre todos os ficheiros e cartafoles dun disco ríxido externo ou " +"dispositivo USB flash formateándoo." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Limpar todo nun disco extraíbel" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "Borrar os datos dun disco extraíbel e reutilizalo" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Se ten un disco extraíbel, como unha memoria USB ou un disco ríxido externo, " -"é posíbel que queira eliminar por completo todos os ficheiros e cartafoles. " -"Pode facer isto formatando o disco; isto eliminará todos os " -"ficheiros e deixarao baleiro." +"Se ten un disco extraíbel como un dispositivo flash USB ou un disco ríxido " +"externo quizais desexe borralo totalmente, isto é, eliminar todos os " +"ficheiros e cartafoles. Pode facelo formatando o disco. Isto " +"borrará todos os ficheiros do disco deixándoo baleiro." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatar um disco extraíbel" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "Formatar un disco extraíbel:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione o disco que desexa limpar da lista de Dispositivos de " -"almacenamento." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "Seleccione o disco que desexa borrar da lista da esquerda." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de escoller o disco correcto! Se elixe o disco erróneo " -"eliminaranse todos os ficheiros do outro disco!" +"Asegúrese de seleccionar o disco correcto. Se selecciona un disco " +"equivocado, todos os ficheiros do outro disco eliminaranse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Na sección Volumes, prema en Desmontar volume. A seguir prema en " -"Formatar o volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Na xanela que aparece, seleccione un Tipo de sistema de ficheiros " -"para o disco." +"Se desexa borrar todos os datos do disco con fiabilidade, seleccione " +"Sobrescribir datos existentes con ceros na lista despregábel " +"Borrar." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." +msgstr "Prema Formatar...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -"Se usa o disco en computadores con Windows ou Mac OS así como en GNU/Linux, " -"seleccione FAT. Se só quere usalo con Windows, NTFS " -"pode ser a mellor opción. Mostrarase unha pequena descrición dos tipos " -"de sistema de ficheiro mediante unha etiqueta." +"Na xanela que se abre prema Formatar para comezar o borrado do " +"disco. Unha vez formatados os contidos o disco listarase como «Espazo sen " +"asignar»." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Déalle un nome ao disco e prema en Formatar para comezar o " -"proceso." +"Co fin de reutilizar o disco borrado debe crear unha ou máis particións. A " +"forma máis sinxela é crear unha partición que ocupe todo o disco:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "Seleccione o disco na lista da esquerda." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Unha vez rematado o formatado, extraia con seguranza o disco. " -"Debería estar baleiro e listo para usarse de novo." +"Prema o botón +. Abrirase a xanela de Crear partición." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatar un disco non elimina con certeza os ficheiros" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "Escriba o nome da partición no campo Nome." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatar un disco non é unha maneira completamente segura de eliminar todos " -"os seus datos. Un disco formatado parecerá que non contén ficheiros, pero é " -"posíbel obter os ficheiros cun programa especial de recuperación. Se precisa " -"eliminar os ficheiros con seguranza, deberá usar unha ferramenta de liña de " -"ordes como shred." +"Prema en Crear para crear a partición. Agora xa pode gardar datos " +"no disco." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Entenda o que son os volumes e as particións e use a utilidade de disco para " +"Comprender que volumes e particións hai e usar o aplicativo Discos para " "xestionalos." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Xestionar os volumes e as particións" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6712,7 +6811,7 @@ "posibelmente escribir) ficheiros nel." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6729,60 +6828,49 @@ "onde a trastenda son as particións e os dispositivos." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Ver e xestionar volumes e particións empregando a utilidade de disco" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "Ver e xestionar volumes e particións" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Pode comprobar e modificar os volumes de almacenamento do equipo coa " -"utilidade de disco." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "" -"Abrir o Panel e iniciar o aplicativo Utilidade do " -"disco." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" +msgstr "Para ver e xestionar os volumes e particións do computador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"No panel denominado Dispositivos de almacenamento atopará discos " -"ríxidos, unidades de CD/DVD e outros dispositivos físicos. Prema no " -"dispositivo que queira inspeccionar." +"No panel esquerdo atopará unha lista dos discos ríxidos, dispositivos de " +"CD/DVD, outros dispositivos físicos e «loop devices». Seleccione o " +"dispositivo que desexa inspeccionar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"No panel dereito, a área marcada como Volumes fornece un desglose " -"visual dos volumes e particións presentes no dispositivo seleccionado. Tamén " -"contén unha variedade de ferramentas empregadas para manexar estes volumes." +"No panel dereito, a área etiquetada como Volumes proporciona unha " +"vista dos volumes e particións (se hai algunha) presentes no dispositivo " +"seleccionado. Tamén contén unha variedade de ferramentas usadas para " +"xestionar eses volumes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Teña coidado: podería borra completamente o seu disco usando estas " -"utilidades." +"Teña tino: con estas ferramentas é posíbel borrar completamente os datos do " +"disco." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6800,20 +6888,14 @@ "comodidade." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Unha partición primaria debe conter información que o computador precisa " -"para iniciarse ou arrincar. Por esta razón, ás veces denomínaselle " -"partición de arrinque ou volume de arrinque. Para saber se un determinado " -"volume é arrincábel, mire en Bandeira de partición na «Utilidade " -"de disco». Os medios externos, como as memorias USB ou os CD, tamén poden " -"conter un volume arrincábel." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6848,18 +6930,18 @@ msgstr "Estabelecer o brillo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Seleccionar Brillo e bloqueo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Mova a barra deslizante do Brillo á súa comodidade." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6871,7 +6953,7 @@ "para usar estas teclas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6884,7 +6966,7 @@ "tempo que durará a batería antes de necesitar unha recarga." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6918,15 +7000,23 @@ "quere axustar a súa configuración:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Prema no seu nome na barra do menú e seleccione Preferencias do " +"sistema." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Abra as Pantallas." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6947,7 +7037,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6957,7 +7047,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6967,7 +7057,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6977,7 +7067,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7011,7 +7101,7 @@ "configuración:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7024,7 +7114,7 @@ "a previsualización á pantalla que desexa estabelecer como «primaria»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7033,12 +7123,12 @@ "Localización do Iniciador a Todas as pantallas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Bordos persistentes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7053,7 +7143,7 @@ "outro." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7093,20 +7183,15 @@ "bloquee automaticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que Bloquear está activado, despois seleccione un tempo " -"de espera da lista despregábel inferior. A pantalla bloquearase " -"automaticamente cando o equipo estea inactivo durante este tempo. Tamén pode " -"seleccionar que a pantalla se apague para bloqueala " -"automaticamente despois de que esta se apague, controlada pola lista " -"despregábel Apagar cando estea inactiva." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7120,7 +7205,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7161,7 +7246,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7198,17 +7283,17 @@ "pode incluír coleccións dentro de coleccións." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Para eliminar unha colección:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "No modo de selección, marque a colección que quere eliminar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7233,12 +7318,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7535,7 +7619,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 #| msgid "Search for Files" msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Buscar ficheiros" @@ -7804,14 +7887,14 @@ "Para decidir que aplicativos deben iniciarse ao conectar varios dispositivos:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Prema DetallesDispositivos multimedia " "extraíbeis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7822,7 +7905,7 @@ "dispositivos e multimedias." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7833,7 +7916,7 @@ "preguntaráselle que facer ou non sucedera nada automaticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7848,7 +7931,7 @@ "exemplo, unha presentación)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7864,7 +7947,7 @@ "Acción." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7876,17 +7959,17 @@ "de «Soportes extraíbeis»." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Tipos de dispositivos e soportes" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Discos de son" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7900,12 +7983,12 @@ "calquera aplicativo de reprodución de son." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Disco de vídeo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7919,12 +8002,12 @@ "correctamente ao inserilos." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Discos baleiros" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7933,12 +8016,12 @@ "gravación de discos para CD, DVD, Blu-ray e HD DVD." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Cámaras e fotos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7951,7 +8034,7 @@ "Tamén pode simplemente examinar as súas fotos usando o xestor de ficheiros." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7962,12 +8045,12 @@ "nun cartafol chamado PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Reproductores de música" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7977,12 +8060,12 @@ "o xestor de ficheiros." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Lectores de e-books" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7993,12 +8076,12 @@ "ficheiros vostede mesmo usando o xestor de ficheiros." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8011,7 +8094,7 @@ "automática. Sempre se lle pedirá confirmación antes de executar o software." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Nunca execute software desde soportes nos que non confía." @@ -8029,15 +8112,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Use o aplicativo Ficheiros para navegar e organizar os ficheiros " -"do seu computador. Tamén pode usalo para xestionar ficheiros en dispositivos " -"de almacenamento (como discos ríxidos externos), en servidores de ficheiros e en comparticións en rede." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8061,18 +8140,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"No xestor de ficheiros, prema dúas veces sobre calquera cartafol para ver " -"os seus contidos e prema dúas veces sobre calquera ficheiro para abrilo co " -"aplicativo predeterminado para ese ficheiro. Tamén pode premer co botón " -"dereito sobre el para abrilo nunha nova lapela ou nunha nova xanela." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8087,37 +8177,33 @@ "nova, copialo ou movelo ou acceder ás súas propiedades." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Se quere ir rapidamente a un ficheiro do cartafol que está vendo, empece a " -"escribir o seu nome. Aparecerá unha caixa de busca na parte superior da " -"xanela e realzarase o primeiro ficheiro que coincida coa súa busca. Prema a " -"frecha «abaixo», ou desprácese co rato para saltar ao seguinte ficheiro que " -"coincida coa súa busca." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Pode acceder doadamente aos lugares comúns desde a barra lateral. " -"Se non pode vela, prema no botón abaixo na barra de ferramentas e escolla Mostrar a " -"barra lateral. Pode engadir marcadores aos cartafoles que usa con " -"frecuencia para que aparezan na barra lateral. Use o menú " -"Marcadores para facelo ou simplemente arrastre un cartafol dentro " -"da barra." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8806,17 +8892,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Pode cambiar o nome do ficheiro igual que fixo co ficheiro oculto. Os " -"ficheiros que comezan por un . ou rematan cunha ~ " -"están ocultos no xestor de ficheiros. Prema no botón abaixo na barra de ferramentas do xestor " -"e seleccione Mostrar ficheiros ocultos para velos. Vexa para saber máis." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9426,168 +9505,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Busque os ficheiros baseándose no nome e o tipo. Garde as súas buscas para " -"o seu uso posterior." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Pode buscar ficheiros polo nome ou tipo de ficheiro directamente desde o " -"xestor de ficheiros. Pode mesmo gardar buscas comúns para que logo aparezan " -"como cartafoles especiais no seu cartafol persoal." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Outros aplicativos de busca" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Buscar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Abrir o xestor de ficheiross" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Se sabe que os ficheiros que busca están nun cartafol determinado, vaia a " -"ese cartafol." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Prema na lupa na barra de ferramentas ou prema Ctrl " -"F." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Escriba unha ou varias palabras que saiba que aparecen no nome do ficheiro. " -"Por exemplo, se todas as súas facturas conteñen no seu nome a palabra " -"«Factura», teclee factura. Prema Intro. Non fai " -"falla ter en conta as maiúsculas e minúsculas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Pode reducir os resultados mediante a localización e o tipo de ficheiro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Prema Cartafol persoal para restrinxir os resultados ao seu " -"Cartafol persoal ou Todos os ficheiros para unha " -"busca máis ampla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Faga clic en + e seleccione un Tipo de ficheiro da " -"lista despregábel para reducir os resultados da busca baseándoos nun tipo de " -"ficheiro. Prema no botón x para retirar esta opción e ampliar os " -"resultados." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Pode abrir, copiar, eliminar ou traballar cos seus ficheiros desde os " -"resultados da busca, igual que se estivese en calquera cartafol no xestor de " -"ficheiros." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Prema outra vez na lupa da barra de ferramentas para saír da busca e volver " -"ao cartafol." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Se fai certas buscas con frecuencia, pode gardalas para acceder a elas de " -"forma rápida." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Gardar unha busca" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Iniciar unha busca como a de enriba." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Cando teña decidido os parámetros de busca, prema en Ficheiro na " -"barra do menú e seleccione Gardar busca como...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Introduza un nome para a busca e prema Gardar. Se o desexa, " -"seleccione un cartafol diferente onde gardar a busca. Cando vexa o cartafol, " -"verá a súa busca gardada cunha icona de cartafol laranxa e unha lupa sobre " -"el." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Para retirar o ficheiro de busca, simplemente elimíneo igual que faría con calquera outro ficheiro. Cando " -"elimina unha busca gardada, non elimina os ficheiros que coincidiron coa " -"busca." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10580,7 +10597,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Na sección Hardware, prema en Teclado." @@ -10598,22 +10615,22 @@ "pestanexo do cursor." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Engadir orixes de entrada e cambiar entre elas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Usar orixes de entrada alternativas" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10630,7 +10647,7 @@ "útil se ten que usar varios idiomas a miúdo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10644,16 +10661,32 @@ "entrada complexos." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Engadir orixes de entrada" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Na sección «Persoal», prema en Entrada de texto." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Prema no botón +, seleccione unha orixe de entrada e prema " +"Engadir." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10662,36 +10695,19 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Pode ter unha vista previa dunha imaxe de calquera disposición " -"seleccionándoa na lista e premendo " -"vista previa" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Na sección «Persoal», prema en Entrada de texto." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Prema no botón +, seleccione unha orixe de entrada e prema " -"Engadir." +"Pode ver unha imaxe de calquera orixe seleccionándoo na lista e premendo " +" ver." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10706,7 +10722,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10715,8 +10731,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferencias para acceder ao diálogo de " "preferencias dese método, cando este existe." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Indicador de orixe de entrada" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10751,12 +10777,12 @@ "usar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Atallos de teclado" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10768,7 +10794,7 @@ "key\">SuperEspazo, pero pode cambialos:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10777,7 +10803,7 @@ "seguinte orixe usando." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10786,14 +10812,14 @@ "as teclas desexadas para estabelecer o novo atallo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Estabeleza as orixes de entrada para todas as xanelas en conxunto ou para " "cada xanela individualmente" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10808,7 +10834,7 @@ "de orixe conforme vaia pasando dunha xanela a outra." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10817,12 +10843,12 @@ "seu canto pode escoller usar a orixe da última xanela utilizada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Métodos de entrada complexos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10833,7 +10859,7 @@ "chinés, xaponés, coreano e vietnamita." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10845,7 +10871,7 @@ "sempre que sexa posíbel." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10854,7 +10880,7 @@ "siga estes pasos:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10863,24 +10889,24 @@ "paquetes instalados é fcitx-hangul, o motor do ME Hangul para Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Peche a Configuración do idioma e vólvaa abrir de novo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Seleccione fcitx como sistema de método de entrada por " "teclado." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Saia da sesión e acceda de novo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10889,7 +10915,7 @@ "Engadir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10898,7 +10924,7 @@ "entrada de Fcitx na barra do menú (o deseño variará do equivalente en IBus)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Onboard (teclado en pantalla) para escribir un texto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Inícieo escribindo Onboard para que se mostre o teclado na " @@ -11342,7 +11368,7 @@ "que tardan os caracteres en comezar a repetirse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11351,7 +11377,7 @@ "premida para apagar a repetición de pulsacións." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11379,12 +11405,12 @@ msgstr "Cambiar as teclas que premer nun atallo de teclado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Abra Teclado e seleccione a lapela Escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11395,7 +11421,7 @@ "acelerador…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11404,17 +11430,17 @@ "Retroceso para borrar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Personalizar atallos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Crear os seus propios atallos de teclado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11425,7 +11451,7 @@ "Aparecerá a xanela Personalizar atallo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11438,7 +11464,7 @@ "Música e usar a orde rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11448,7 +11474,7 @@ "atallo desexado." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11460,7 +11486,7 @@ "que abre un aplicativo pode non ter o mesmo nome que o propio aplicativo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11595,15 +11621,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Para arranxar isto, prema na icona que está máis á dereita da barra do menú " -"e vaia a Preferencias do sistema. Na sección de Hardware, " -"seleccione Pantallas. Probe algunha opción de " -"Resolución e estabeleza a que mostre unha mellor imaxe." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11648,19 +11671,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Prema a icona que está máis á dereita da barra do menú e seleccione " -"Preferencias do sistema. Abra Pantallas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Desmarque Pantallas en espello." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11694,16 +11716,7 @@ "rotación." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Prema na icona que está máis á dereita na barra do menú e seleccione " -"Preferencias do sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11713,12 +11726,12 @@ "previsualización." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Seleccione a resolución e a rotación que desexe." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11731,7 +11744,7 @@ "coa nova configuración, prema Manter esta configuración." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11743,12 +11756,12 @@ "pantallas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolución" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11766,7 +11779,7 @@ "pantalla." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may borrosa ou pixelada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotación" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11965,17 +11978,17 @@ "rato tan rápido debería incrementar o tempo de espera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Abrir Rato e Área táctil." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11984,7 +11997,7 @@ "clic até un valor que lle resulte cómodo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11995,7 +12008,7 @@ "círculo interior." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -12010,8 +12023,8 @@ "comprobe se o problema persiste." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12039,7 +12052,7 @@ "ou «touchapd» para facelo máis cómodo para os zurdos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12064,62 +12077,50 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Moitos ratos e algúnhas áreas táctiles teñen un botón central. Nun rato con " -"roda de desprazamento pode premer directamente na roda como se fose un clic-" -"central. Se non ten un botón central no rato, pode premer o esquerdo e o " -"dereito ao mesmo tempo co mesmo resultado. Se non é quen de facer clic medio " -"deste xeito probe as seguintes instrucións." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Nas «áreas táctiles» multitáctiles pode premer con tres dedos á vez para " -"realizar unha pulsación co botón do medio. Para que isto funcione, debe " -"activar Activar pulsacións do rato coa " -"área táctil na configuración da área táctil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "" -"Moitos aplicativos usan o clic central para atallos de pulsación avanzados." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "Moitos aplicativos usan o clic central para atallos:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Un atallo común é pegar o texto seleccionado. (Ás veces denomínase «pegado " -"de selección primaria».) Seleccione o texto que desexa pegar, a continuación " -"vaia onde queira pegalo e faga un clic central. O texto seleccionado " -"pegarase na posición do rato." +"Un atallo de teclado normal é pegar un texto seleccionado (chamado ás veces " +"pegado de selección primaria). Seleccione o texto que desexa pegar e vaia " +"onde quere pegalo para facer un clic central. O texto seleccionado pegarase " +"na posición do cursor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Pegar texto co botón central do rato é algo independente de pegalo desde o " -"portapapeis normal. Ao seleccionar un texto non se copia ao portapapeis. " -"Este método rápido de pegado só funciona co botón central do rato." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12147,21 +12148,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Moitos navegadores web permítenlle abrir ligazóns en lapelas rapidamente co " -"botón central do rato. Prema calquera ligazón co botón central e abrirase " -"nunha nova lapela. Pero teña coidado ao premer unha ligazón no navegador web " -"Firefox. En Firefox, se preme o botón central en " -"calquera outro sitio que non sexa unha ligazón, o navegador tentará cargar o " -"seu texto seleccionado como unha URL, como se usase o botón central para " -"pegalo na barra de enderezos e premera Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12179,13 +12172,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Algúns aplicativos especializados permítenlle usar o botón central do rato " -"para outras funcións. Busque na axuda do seu aplicativo algún apartado " -"referente a pulsación central ou botón central do rato." +"Algúns aplicativos especializados permiten utilizar o clic-medio para outras " +"funcións. Busque na axuda dos aplicativos clic-central ou botón " +"central do rato." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12208,8 +12201,13 @@ "controlar o punteiro usando o teclado numérico. Esta característica chámase " "teclas do rato." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "Para activar as teclas do rato usando o teclado:" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12218,7 +12216,7 @@ "o Panel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12227,23 +12225,23 @@ "a configuración do «Acceso universal»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Prema a tecla Tab unha vez para seleccionar a lapela " "Visión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Prema a tecla ← unha vez para cambiar á lapela Apuntar e " +"Prema ← dúas veces para cambiar á lapela Apuntar e " "premer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12252,7 +12250,7 @@ "despois prema Intro para facer o cambio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12261,107 +12259,312 @@ "mover o punteiro do rato usando o teclado numérico." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Estas instrucións indican a maneira máis rápida de activar as teclas do rato " -"usando só o teclado. Seleccione Configuración de acceso universal " -"para ver máis opcións de accesibilidade." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"O teclado numérico é un conxunto de botóns numéricos do seu teclado, " -"normalmente dispostos nunha matriz cadrada. Se o seu teclado non ten teclado " -"numérico (por exemplo, o teclado dun portátil), pode que teña que manter " -"premida a teclad Función (Fn) e usar outras teclas como un " -"teclado numérico. Se usa esta característica con frecuencia nun portátil, " -"pode comprar teclados numéricos USB externos." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"Cada número do teclado numérico correspóndese cunha dirección. Por exemplo, " -"ao premer a tecla 8 moverase o punteiro cara a arriba e ao premer " -"2 moverase cara a abaixo. Prema a tecla 5 para facer " -"un clic co rato ou prémaa dúas veces de forma rápida para facer unha dobre " -"pulsación." +"As instrucións de enriba proporcionan o xeito máis rápido de activar as " +"teclas do rato usando unicamente o teclado. Vexa os axustes do Acceso " +"universal para obter máis opcións." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"A maioría dos teclados teñen unha tecla especial que permite facer un clic " -"dereito; xeralmente esta a carón da barra espazadora. Porén teña en conta " -"que esta tecla responde á localización do foco do teclado, non onde está o " -"punteiro do rato. Consulte para obter máis " -"información sobre como facer un clic dereito premendo a tecla 5 " -"ou co botón esquerdo do rato." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" +"O teclado numérico é un xogo de teclas con números, normalmente ordenada " +"nunha grella cadrada. Coas teclas do rato hai tres botóns: primario, " +"alternativo e modificador. Inicialmente o botón primario está seleccionado. " +"Aquí ten algúns exemplos do seu uso:" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Se quere usar o teclado numérico para escribir números cando está en " -"funcionamento a opción de teclas do rato, active Bloq Num. O rato " -"non se pode controlar co teclado numérico mentres estea activado Bloq " -"Num." +"Cada número do teclado (excepto 0 e 5) corresponden a unha dirección. Por " +"exemplo, premendo 8 moverase o punteiro cara a arriba e premendo " +"2 moverase cara a abaixo." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "Para premer o botón seleccionado, pulse no 5." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"As teclas numéricas normais, situadas nunha fila na parte superior do " -"teclado, non controlan o punteiro do rato. Só poden facelo as teclas do " -"teclado numérico." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Como comprobar porque non funciona o rato." +"Para facer dobre clic non botón seleccionado prema rapidamente dúas veces a " +"tecla 5 ou prema + unha vez." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "O punteiro do rato non se move" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" +"Para facer un clic dereito prema - para seleccionar o botón " +"alternativo (se non foi xa seleccionado) e prema 5." -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 -msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" -msgstr "Comprobe que o rato está conectado" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" +"Para facer un clic central prema * para seleccionar o botón " +"modificador (se non foi xa seleccionado) e prema 5." -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 msgid "" -"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " -"computer." +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" -"Se ten un rato con cable, comprobe que está firmemente conectado ao seu " -"equipo." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "Aquí hai unha táboa das teclas do rato e as súas accións:" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "Tecla" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Acción" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "Punteiro cara a arriba" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "Punteiro cara a abaixo" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "6" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "Punteiro cara á dereita" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "Punteiro cara á esquerda" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "7" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "Punteiro cara a arriba e á esquerda" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "Punteiro cara a arriba e á dereita" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "3" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "Punteiro cara a abaixo e á dereita" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "Punteiro cara a abaixo e á esquerda" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "/" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" +"Seleccione o botón primario. Nun rato o botón primario normalmente é o botón " +"esquerdo" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "*" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" +"Seleccione o botón modificador. Nun rato o botón modificador, se existe, é " +"normalmente o botón central." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" +"Seleccione o botón alternativo. Nun rato o botón alternativo é normalmente o " +"botón dereito" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "5" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "Prema o botón seleccionado" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "+" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "Dobre clic no botón seleccionado" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "Pulse o botón seleccionado" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "Solte o botón seleccionado" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Se quere usar o teclado numérico para escribir números cando está en " +"funcionamento a opción de teclas do rato, active Bloq Num. O rato " +"non se pode controlar co teclado numérico mentres estea activado Bloq " +"Num." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"As teclas numéricas normais, situadas nunha fila na parte superior do " +"teclado, non controlan o punteiro do rato. Só poden facelo as teclas do " +"teclado numérico." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Como comprobar porque non funciona o rato." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "O punteiro do rato non se move" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +msgstr "Comprobe que o rato está conectado" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " +"computer." +msgstr "" +"Se ten un rato con cable, comprobe que está firmemente conectado ao seu " +"equipo." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 @@ -12578,7 +12781,7 @@ "área táctil, vostede pode axustar a velocidade destes dispositivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12587,7 +12790,7 @@ "velocidade que lle resulte cómoda." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12600,8 +12803,7 @@ "Rato e Área táctil." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12621,83 +12823,73 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." msgstr "" -"Pode premer, facer dobre clic, arrastrar e desprazarse usando só a área " -"táctil, sen usar botóns físicos." +"Se o seu sistema ten un área táctil pode facer clic, dobre clic, arrastrar e " +"desprazarse usando unicamente o área táctil sen necesidade de utilizar " +"botóns físicos." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "Prema ou arrastre" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." +msgstr "Pode premer ou arrastrar usando a área táctil." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Na sección Área táctil, marque Tocar para premer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Para facer clic, toque a área táctil." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" +"Para premer, toque unha vez (pero non nos recantos do fondo nin no superior " +"dereito)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Para facer dobre clic, toque dúas veces." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Para arrastrar un elemento, toque dúas veces pero non levante o dedo despois " -"do segundo toque. Arrastre o elemento a onde desexe e despois levante o dedo " -"para soltalo." +"Para arrastrar un elemento, tóqueo dúas veces pero non levante o dedo " +"despois do segundo toque. Arrastre o elemento onde o desexe e depois levante " +"o dedo para soltalo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." -msgstr "" -"Se a súa área táctil é multitáctil, faga un clic dereito do rato tocando con " -"dous dedos á vez. Do contrario precisará usar os botóns do hardware. Para " -"ver un método de facer clic dereito sen usar o segundo botón do rato " -"consulte ." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." +msgstr "Para facer clic dereito, toque unha vez no recanto inferior dereito." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Se a súa área táctil admite multi-toque pode facer un clic medio tocando con tres dedos á vez." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que os seus dedos están separados dabondo ao premer ou " -"arrastrar con varios dedos. Se estes están demasiado xuntos o computador " -"pode interpretalo como un só dedo." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." +msgstr "Para facer clic central, toque unha vez no recanto superior dereito." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Desprazamento con dous dedos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Pode desprazarse pola área táctil usando dous dedos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12705,7 +12897,7 @@ "dedos." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12723,18 +12915,18 @@ "único dedo." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "O desprazamento con dous dedos pode non funcionar en algunhas áreas táctiles." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "O contido pégase aos dedos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12743,7 +12935,7 @@ "táctil." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12752,7 +12944,7 @@ "dedos." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13291,8 +13483,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Engadir, eliminar e renomear marcadores no xestor de ficheiros." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13301,79 +13493,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Os marcadores móstranse na barra lateral do xestor de ficheiros." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Engadir un marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Abra o cartafol (ou localización) que desexa engadir como marcador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Premer Marcadores na barra do menú e seleccionar Marcar esta " -"localización." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Eliminar un marcador:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Prema Marcadores na barra do menú e seleccione " -"Marcadores... no menú do aplicativo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Na xanela Marcadores , seleccione o marcador que desexa eliminar " -"e prema no botón -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Renomear un marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Faga clic en Ficheiros na barra superior e seleccione " -"Marcadores no menú de aplicativos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Na xanela Marcadores, seleccione o marcador que quere renomear." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Escriba o novo nome do marcador na caixa de texto Nome." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13989,7 +14173,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Localización" @@ -14194,7 +14378,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Ningún" @@ -14352,18 +14536,18 @@ "departamento ou proxecto." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Mostra os permisos de acceso do ficheiro. P.ex. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14372,7 +14556,7 @@ "significa ficheiro normal e d significa directorio (cartafol)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14381,7 +14565,7 @@ "usuario propietario do ficheiro." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14390,7 +14574,7 @@ "membros do grupo ao que pertence o ficheiro." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14399,42 +14583,42 @@ "para todos os usuarios no sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Cada carácter ten os seguintes significados:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : permiso de lectura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : permiso de escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : permiso de execución." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : sen permisos." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Tipo MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Mostra o tipo MIME do elemento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "A ruta á localización do ficheiro." @@ -14786,16 +14970,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" -"Cambiar o navegador " -"predeterminado, instalar " -"Flash, instalar o engadido de " -"java…" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14808,7 +14987,7 @@ msgstr "Equipo de documentación de Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Navegadores web" @@ -15131,8 +15310,8 @@ "solucionar este problema, cambie o navegador predeterminado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15141,7 +15320,7 @@ "predeterminados da lista no lado esquerdo da xanela." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15150,7 +15329,7 @@ "Web." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15195,7 +15374,7 @@ "arranxar isto cambie o programa de correo electrónico predeterminado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15313,7 +15492,7 @@ msgstr "Busque o seu enderezo IP da rede interna:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15324,18 +15503,18 @@ "enderezo IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "O seu enderezo IP interno mostrarase na lista de información." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Busque o seu enderezo IP externo para Internet:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15344,12 +15523,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "O sitio mostraralle o seu enderezo IP externo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15360,40 +15539,36 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Pode controlar que programas poden acceder á rede. Isto axudarao a manter o " -"seu computador seguro." +"Pode controlar o tráfico de rede dentro e fóra do seu computador. Isto axuda " +"a manter o computador seguro." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Activar ou bloquear o acceso á devasa" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "Controle o tráfico de rede dentro e fóra do computador" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu está equipado coa devasa Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) pero non está activada por defecto. Ubuntu non ten aberto " -"ningún servizo de rede (excepto para infraestruturas básicas de rede) na " -"instalación predeterminada, non se precisa unha devasa para bloquear " -"intentos de conexións maliciosos entrantes." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Para obter máis información sobre como empregar ufw consulte documentación en " "liña." @@ -15406,10 +15581,10 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Para activar a devasa escriba sudo ufw enable nun terminal. Para " -"desactivar ufw, escriba sudo ufw disable." +"Para activar a devasa, introduza sudo ufw enableno terminal. Para " +"desactivalo, introduza sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15422,21 +15597,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." -msgstr "" -"Moitos programas están feitos para ofrecer servizos de rede. Por exemplo, " -"pode compartir contidos ou permitir a alguén ver o seu escritorio " -"remotamente. Dependendo de que programas adicionais instale, pode necesitar " -"un axuste da devasa para permitir que estes servizos funcionen debidamente . " -"UfW vén cun número de regras xa preconfiguradas. Por exemplo, para permitir " -"conexións SSH , introduza sudo ufw allow ssh nun " -"terminal. Para bloquear ssh, introduza sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15451,7 +15619,7 @@ "bloquear o porto 53, introduza sudo ufw deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15460,12 +15628,12 @@ "nun terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Usar ufw sen un terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15476,7 +15644,7 @@ "ligazón." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15752,34 +15920,28 @@ msgstr "Termos e consellos sobre redes" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Pode instalar Flash para poder ver sitios web como YouTube, utilízase para a " -"visualización de vídeos e páxinas web interactivas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Instalar o engadido de Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" -"Flash é un engadido para o seu navegador web que lle " -"permite ver vídeos e usar páxinas web interactivas nalgúns sitios. Mentres " -"HTML5, que é unha solución máis moderna, está incrementando a súa presenza, " -"hai algunhas webs que non funcionan sen Flash." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15790,14 +15952,62 @@ "descarga de balde (pero non é de código aberto) para a maioría dos " "navegadores web." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Como instalar Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" @@ -15805,7 +16015,7 @@ "partner\">repositorio dos socios de Canonical está activado." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." @@ -15814,43 +16024,38 @@ "flashplugin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Se ten aberta algunha xanela dun navegador web, pécheas e volva abrilas. O " -"navegador web debe detectar que Flash está instalado, e debería ser capaz de " -"visualizar sitios web que empreguen Flash." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Axude ao navegador a traballar con sitios web que necesiten Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Instalar o engadido de Java para o navegador" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Algúns sitios web empregan pequenos programas escritos en Java, os " -"cales requiren que estea instalado un engadido de Java para poder executalos." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Instalar o paquete icedtea6-plugin " -"para ver programas Java no navegador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16147,6 +16352,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Prema Engadir." @@ -16404,11 +16610,11 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Resolución de erros en redes sen " -"fíos, atopar a súa rede sen " +"Arranxando problemas na conexión " +"sen fíos, buscando a súa rede sen " "fíos…" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -16459,7 +16665,7 @@ msgstr "Cambiar o método do proxy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16468,13 +16674,13 @@ "hai na esquerda da xanela." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "Seleccione o método de proxy que desexa usar entre os seguintes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16483,13 +16689,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16500,12 +16706,12 @@ "FTP e SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automático" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16514,7 +16720,7 @@ "sistema." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17096,15 +17302,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" "Conectar a unha rede sen fíos, " "Redes ocultas, Editar os axustes da conexión, Desconexión…" +"wireless-edit-connection\">Editar axustes da conexión, Desconectando…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17129,63 +17335,60 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Pode usar o seu computador como un punto de acceso sen fíos. Isto permite a " -"outros dispositivos conectarse ao seu equipo sen precisar doutra rede, e " -"ademais permítelle compartir unha conexión a Internet que configurou noutra " -"interface, como unha rede con fíos ou unha rede de banda larga móbil." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" +"Pode usar o computador como «hotspot» sen fíos. Isto permite a outros " +"dispositivos conectarse ao seu computador sen unha rede separada. Se o " +"computador ten unha conexión con fíos a internet, pode usar o «hotspot» sen " +"fíos para compartir a conexión con outros dispositivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Abra a Rede e seleccione Rede sen fíos na esquerda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Prema no botón Usar un punto de acceso." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "Prema no botón Usar como punto de acceso...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Se xa está conectado a unha rede sen fíos, preguntaráselle se quere " -"desconectarse. Un adaptador sen fíos só serve para conectarse/crear unha " -"rede ao mesmo tempo. Prema Crear punto de acceso para confirmar." +"Se xa está conectado a unha rede sen fíos, preguntaráselle se desexa " +"desconectarse da rede. Un adaptador sen fíos unicamente se pode conectar ou " +"crear unha rede á vez. Prema Activar para confirmar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Crearase automaticamente un nome de rede (SSID) e unha clave de seguranza. O " -"nome de rede estará baseado no nome do computador. Outros dispositivos " -"precisarán esta información para conectarse ao punto de acceso que acaba de " -"crear." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e desmarque «Activar a rede sen fíos»." +"Prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e desmarque «Activar sen fíos»." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Apagar o modo sen fíos (modo avión)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17197,34 +17400,27 @@ "outras razóns: (para aforrar batería, por exemplo). Para facer isto:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Para facer isto, prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e " -"desmarque Activar a rede sen fíos. Así apagará a conexión sen " -"fíos atá que a acenda de novo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Para acendela de novo, prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e " -"seleccione Activar a rede sen fíos, aparecerá unha marca ao seu " -"carón." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Pode que o seu computador siga emitindo se non apagou o Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -17260,11 +17456,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e escolla a " -"rede á que desexa conectarse." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17491,30 +17685,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "" -"Aprenda que significan as opcións na pantalla de edición da conexión sen " -"fíos." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "Saber máis sobre os axustes da conexión sen fíos." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "Editar a conexión sen fíos" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Este tema describe todas as opcións dispoñíbeis para editar unha conexión de " -"rede sen fíos. Para facelo, prema no menú de rede na barra do " -"menú e seleccione Editar conexións." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17526,17 +17715,17 @@ "sobre redes máis avanzadas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Dispoñíbel para todos os usuarios/Conectar automaticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "Xeral" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Conectar automaticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "Conectarse automaticamente a esta rede se está dispoñíbel" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17545,63 +17734,50 @@ "rede sen fíos cando estea no rango de captura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Algunhas redes están configuradas para conectarse automaticamente cando " -"estean no rango, o computador conectarase á primeira que apareza na lapela " -"Sen fíos na xanela Conexións de rede. Non se " -"desconectará dunha rede dispoñíbel para conectarse a outra diferente que " -"acaba de entrar no rango." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Dispoñíbel para todos os usuarios" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "Calquera usuario pode conectarse a esta rede" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Marque isto se quere que todos os usuarios do seu computador poidan acceder " -"a esta rede sen fíos. Se a rede ten un contrasinal WEP/WPA e marca esta opción, só terá que " -"escribir o contrasinal unha vez. O resto de usuarios no seu computador " -"poderán conectarse á rede sen ter o contrasinal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Se marca esta opción, ten que ser un administrador para cambiar a configuración desta rede. " -"Pódeselle pedir que escriba o seu contrasinal de administrador." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "Sen fíos" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17614,12 +17790,12 @@ "enrutador sen fíos ou estación base)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17636,54 +17812,41 @@ "adhoc\">configurar a súa propia rede ad-hoc ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Se selecciona Ad-hoc, verá outras dúas opcións, Banda " -"e Canle. Isto determina en que banda de frecuencia sen fíos " -"funcionará a rede sen fíos ad-hoc. Algúns computadores só poden funcionar en " -"certas bandas (por exemplo, só A ou só B/G), polo que " -"debe escoller unha banda que todos os computadores na rede ad-hoc poidan " -"usar). En lugares concorridos, o máis seguro é que existan varias redes sen " -"fíos compartindo a mesma canle; isto pode ralentizar a súa conexión, polo " -"que pode cambiar a canle que está usando." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Este é o Identificador de conxunto de servizo básico. O SSID (ver " -"arriba) é o nome da rede que as persoas poden ler; o BSSID é o nome que o " -"computador entende (é unha cadea de letras e números que supostamente é " -"única na rede sen fíos). Se unha rede " -"está oculta, non terá un SSID pero si terá un BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Enderezo MAC do dispositivo" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17696,41 +17859,35 @@ "conectarse a unha rede ten un enderezo MAC que se lle asignou na fábrica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Esta opción pódese usar para cambiar o enderezo MAC da súa tarxeta de rede." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Enderezo MAC clonado" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"O seu hardware de rede (tarxeta sen fíos) pode simular un enderezo MAC " -"distinto. Isto é útil se ten un dispositivo ou servizo que só se comunica " -"con certos enderezos MAC (por exemplo, un módem de banda larga por cable). " -"Se estabelece ese enderezo MAC na caixa para o enderezo MAC " -"clonado, o dispositivo/servizo asumirá o enderezo clonado cjomo se " -"fose o real." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17747,53 +17904,45 @@ "En xeral, non precisa cambiar esta configuración." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "Seguranza sen fíos" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguranza" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Isto define o tipo de cifrado que usa a súa rede sen fíos. As " -"conexións cifradas axúdanlle a protexer a súa conexión sen fíos, polo que " -"outras persoas non poderán «escoitar» e ver que sitios web está visitando." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Algúns tipos de cifrado son máis fortes que outros, pero poden ser " -"incompatíbeis con equipos de redes sen fíos antigos. Normalmente precisa " -"escribir un contrasinal para a conexión. Algúns tipos de seguranza máis " -"sofisticados tamén requiren un nome de usuario e un «certificado» dixital. " -"Vexa para obter máis información sobre " -"os tipos de cifrado de redes sen fíos máis populares." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Configuracións de IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17804,17 +17953,17 @@ "diferentes maneiras de obter/axustar esa información." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Están dispoñíbeis os seguintes métodos:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automático (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17830,37 +17979,34 @@ "correctas. A maioría das redes usan DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Só enderezos automáticos (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Se escolle esta configuración, o computador obterá o enderezo IP desde un " -"servidor DHCP, pero terá que definir de forma manual o resto da información " -"(como o servidor DNS a usar)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Seleccione esta opción se quere definir toda a configuración da rede, " -"incluíndo o enderezo IP que o computador debe usar." +"Seleccione este método se desexa estabelecer todos os axustes da rede " +"vostede mesmo, incluído o enderezo IP que o computador debe usar." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Só ligazón local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17877,38 +18023,41 @@ "comunicar entre eles." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "Compartida con outros computadores" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "Este método permitirá que outros computadores usen a conexión." + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desactivada" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción desactivará a conexión de rede e non lle permitirá conectarse. " -"Teña en conta que IPv4 e IPv6 trátanse como conexións " -"separadas incluso se funcionan pola mesma tarxeta de rede. Se ten unha delas " -"activada, quizais desexe desactivar a outra." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Configuracións de IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"É similar á lapela IPv4 agás en que funciona co novo estándar " -"IPv6. As redes máis modernas usan IPv6, pero IPv4 segue sendo máis popular " -"polo momento." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17989,23 +18138,21 @@ "hidden\">conectarse dunha forma distinta se a rede está oculta." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Prema no menú de rede na barra de menú e seleccione " -"Conectarse a unha rede sen fíos oculta." +"Prema no menú de rede da barra do do menú e seleccione «Conectarse a unha " +"rede sen fíos oculta»." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Conectar a unha rede sen fíos oculta" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18020,6 +18167,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" +"Prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e seleccione " +"Conectarse a unha rede sen fíos oculta." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18027,7 +18183,7 @@ "seguranza e prema Conectar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18039,7 +18195,7 @@ "Service Set Identifier), que se asemella a: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18048,7 +18204,7 @@ "Busque termos como WEP e WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18253,7 +18409,7 @@ msgstr "Comprobar o módem e router" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18264,12 +18420,12 @@ "con cada paso da guía." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Usar a liña de ordes" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18280,7 +18436,7 @@ "Panel." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19648,12 +19804,12 @@ "pechado como nunha mochila." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Na sección Hardware, prema en Enerxía." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19748,9 +19904,9 @@ "you switch on the computer again." msgstr "" "Cando o computador hiberna, todos os seus aplicativos e documentos " -"gárdanse e o computador apagarase por completo polo que non gastará ningunha " -"enerxía, pero os aplicativos e documentos volverán abrirse en canto arrinque " -"o computador de novo." +"gárdanse e o computador apágase por completo polo que non gasta enerxía, " +"pero os aplicativos e documentos volverán abrirse en canto arrinque o " +"computador de novo." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:41 @@ -19817,10 +19973,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Escriba sudo pm-hibernate no terminal e prema Intro." +"Escriba sudo systemctl hibernate no terminal e prema " +"Intro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19870,11 +20027,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Se a proba de hibernación funciona, pode continuar a usar a orde sudo " -"pm-hibernate cando queira hibernar." +"Se a proba de hibernación funciona, pode seguir usando a orde sudo " +"systemctl hibernate cando desexe que o computador hiberne." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19993,58 +20150,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Porque se apaga ou suspende o computador cando a batería chega ao 10%?" +"Porque o meu computador se apaga cando a enerxía está criticamente baixa?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Cando o nivel de carga da batería estea moi baixo, o seu computador suspenderase automaticamente. Isto asegura " -"que a batería non se descargue por completo, xa que sería prexudicial ela. " -"Se a batería se esgotase totalmente, o computador non tería tempo de " -"apagarse de forma segura." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Vostede pode decidir como actuar cando o nivel da batería estea baixo de " -"máis. Prema no menú da batería na barra do menú e " -"seleccione Preferencias de enerxía. Na opción Cando a carga " -"da batería é criticamente baixa pode seleccionar que o computador se " -"suspenda, hiberne ou apague. Se " -"escolle esta última, os aplicativos e documentos abertos NON se " -"gardarán antes do apagado." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Algúns computadores teñen problemas coa suspensión e non son capaces de " -"recuperar os aplicativos e documentos que estaban abertos antes da " -"suspensión. Neste caso, é posíbel que perda algúns dos seus datos se non os " -"garda antes. Quizais aquí poida arranxar " -"algúns problemas coa suspensión." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20084,26 +20202,17 @@ msgstr "Tente apagar a súa tarxeta sen fíos e despois acéndaa de novo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Prema na icona máis á dereita da barra do menú e seleccione " -"Preferencias do sistema" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Abra a Rede e seleccione a lapela Sen fíos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Tente apagar a súa tarxeta de rede sen fíos e volvela a acender" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20112,7 +20221,7 @@ "desactíveo de novo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20485,7 +20594,7 @@ msgstr "Pode evitar que a pantalla escureza automaticamente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20653,7 +20762,7 @@ "pero ten a posibilidade de engadir máis idiomas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20664,7 +20773,7 @@ "instalados marcados." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20673,14 +20782,14 @@ "que desexa eliminar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Prema Aplicar cambios." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20691,7 +20800,7 @@ "administrador que se lle pida." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20702,8 +20811,8 @@ "a ortografía, tipos de letras e métodos de entrada." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20768,7 +20877,9 @@ msgstr "Configurar" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Configurar unha impresora" @@ -20785,9 +20896,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Impresoras non detectadas, atascos de papel, impresións con mal aspecto…" +"Cancelar un traballo de impresión, arranxar un atoamento do papel, imprimir " +"cando faltan cores..." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20905,7 +21018,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21423,7 +21535,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Abra Impresoras." @@ -21468,85 +21580,69 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Configurar unha impresora que estea conectada ao seu computador." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Configurar unha impresora local" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "Configurar unha impresora de rede ou con cable USB." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"O seu sistema pode recoñecer automaticamente varios tipos de impresoras " -"cando se conectan. A maioría das impresoras conéctanse ao computador cun " -"cable USB." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "Pode configurar unha impresora de rede ou con cable USB." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." -msgstr "" -"Non precisa seleccionar se desexa instalar unha impresora de rede ou local " -"agora. Elas están listadas nunha xanela." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "Para configurar unha impresora de rede:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Asegúrese de que a impresora estea acendida." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" +"Asúmese que a impresora está conectada á súa rede. Prema na icona máis á " +"dereita da barra do menú e seleccione Preferencias do " +"sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Conecte a impresora ao seu sistema mediante un cabo axeitado. Pode ver a " -"actividade na pantalla, cando o sistema busca os controladores, e pode que " -"se lle pida que se autentique para instalalos." +"Se a súa impresora está na lista de Dispositivos, selecciónea e " +"vaia ao paso 7." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Aparecerá un mensaxe cando o sistema remate de instalar a impresora. " -"Seleccione Imprimir unha páxina de proba para imprimir unha " -"páxina de comprobación ou Opcións para facer cambios adicionais " -"na configuración da impresora." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Se a súa impresora non se estabeleceu de maneira automática, pode engadila " -"na configuración de impresoras." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Prema Engadir e seleccione a impresora na xanela dos dispositivos." +"Prema Continuar e agarde mentres o sistema busca os controladores." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "" -"Prema Continuar e agarde mentres se buscan os controladores." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "Escolla un controlador e instáleo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21555,7 +21651,7 @@ "o desexa. Ao rematar, prema Aplicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21563,24 +21659,73 @@ "seguinte paso." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Se hai varios controladores dispoñíbeis para o seu computador, pediráselle " -"que seleccione un deles. Se desexa usar o controlador recomendado, prema " -"«Continuar» nas pantallas da marca e do modelo." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "Configurar unha impresora usando un cable USB:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Asegúrese de que a impresora estea acendida." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" +"Se o sistema non é quen de atopar un controlador, tente buscalo na web do " +"fabricante da impresora." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Despois de instalar a impresora pode cambiar a súa impresora predeterminada." +"Despois de configurar a impresora, quizais desexe cambiar a impresora predeterminada." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21766,17 +21911,17 @@ "especifique tres cousas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Que agardaba que ocorrese" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Que ocorreu realmente" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21785,7 +21930,7 @@ "o paso 1 sería «Iniciar o programa»" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21794,7 +21939,7 @@ "que avance a resolución. Grazas por axudar a mellorar Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21807,7 +21952,7 @@ "comunicar fallos." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Gardar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "Cambiar algúns axustes de seguranza e confidencialidade." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "Seguranza e confidencialidade" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "Ficheiros e aplicativos" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "Diagnósticos" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21923,7 +22154,7 @@ "e sistema de medidas para que coincidan cos usados na súa rexión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21932,7 +22163,7 @@ "Formatos rexionais." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21943,18 +22174,16 @@ "estabelecido na lapela Idioma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Ten que saír da sesión e volver a acceder para que estes cambios teñan " -"efecto. Prema na icona que está máis á dereita da barra de menú e seleccione " -"Saír da sesión." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21967,12 +22196,12 @@ "calendarios." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Cambiar os formatos do sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21984,19 +22213,19 @@ "de sesión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Cambie os formatos como se describiu anteriormente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Prema en Aplicar a todo o sistema." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22028,12 +22257,12 @@ "instalados no computador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Prema en Configuración de idioma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22042,18 +22271,16 @@ "á parte superior da lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Ten que saír da sesión e volver acceder para que os cambios do idioma teñan " -"efecto. Prema na icona que está máis á dereita da barra de menú e seleccione " -"Saír da sesión" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22070,12 +22297,12 @@ "debe actualizar os nomes dos cartafoles." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Cambiar o idioma do sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22086,7 +22313,7 @@ "idioma usado en sitios como a pantalla de inicio de sesión." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Cambie o seu idioma, como se describiu anteriormente." @@ -22127,19 +22354,19 @@ "a pantalla:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Prema Brillo e bloqueo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Cambie o valor na lista despregábel Bloquear a pantalla despois " "de." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22398,7 +22625,7 @@ "intro\">Iniciador para acceder rapidamente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22407,7 +22634,7 @@ "intro\">Panel ao Iniciador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22416,7 +22643,7 @@ "dereito sobre a icona deste e seleccione Manter no Iniciadorr." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22425,7 +22652,7 @@ "Iniciador e movéndoa á localización desexada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22480,23 +22707,20 @@ "deixou." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Para saír da sesión ou cambiar de usuario, prema no menú do sistema na parte máis á dereita da barra do " -"menú e seleccione a opción desexada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bloquear a pantalla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22511,32 +22735,32 @@ "automaticamente despois de certo tempo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Para bloquear a pantalla, prema no menú do sistema na barra do " -"menú e seleccione Bloquear a pantalla." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Cando a súa pantalla está bloqueada outros usuarios poden iniciar sesión nas " -"súas propias contas premendo Cambiar de usuario na pantalla do " -"contrasinal. Pode volver ao seu escritorio cando rematen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspender" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22551,30 +22775,29 @@ "unha pequena cantidade de enerxía." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Para suspender o computador manualmente, prema no menú do sistema " -"na barra do menú e seleccione Suspender." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Apagar ou reiniciar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Se desexa apagar o computador ou reinicialo, prema no menú do " -"sistema e seleccione Apagar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23210,12 +23433,12 @@ msgstr "Unha xanela non pode redimensionarse se está maximizada." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Para redimensionar unha xanela horizontal ou/e verticalmente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23225,12 +23448,12 @@ "xanela en calquera dirección." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Para redimensionar só na dirección horizontal:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23240,12 +23463,12 @@ "xanela horizontalmente." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Para redimensionar só na dirección vertical:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23256,17 +23479,17 @@ "Prema+manteña+arrastre para redimensionar a xanela verticalmente." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Organizar as xanelas no seu espazo de traballo" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Para colocar dúas xanelas xuntas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23279,7 +23502,7 @@ "colocarase na metade esquerda do monitor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23288,7 +23511,7 @@ "estea resaltada, sóltea. Cada xanela ocupará media pantalla." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23345,11 +23568,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Desde o teclado" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "Desde o teclado (método 1)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23358,58 +23581,43 @@ "selector de xanelas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Solte a tecla Alt para seleccionar a seguinte xanela (resaltada) " -"no selector." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Outra forma é mantendo premida a tecla Alt, prema Tab " -"para cambiar entre a lista de xanelas abertas ou prema " -"MaiúsTab para percorrelas en sentido " -"inverso." +"Vistas previas de aplicativos que teñen múltiples xanelas emerxen mentres " +"vostede pasa polas iconas." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"As xanelas agrúpanse por aplicativo no selector de xanelas. As " -"previsualizacións dos aplicativos con varias xanelas aparecen a medida que " -"fai clic neles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Tamén pode moverse entre as iconas dos aplicativos no intecambiador de " -"xanelas con → ou ← ou seleccionar unha delas premendo " -"sobre ela co rato." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." -msgstr "" -"As vistas previas dos aplicativos cunha soa xanela están dispoñíbeis coa " -"tecla ↓." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." +msgstr "Solte a tecla Alt para cambiar á xanela da icona actual." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23421,8 +23629,13 @@ "manteña premidas as teclas Ctrl e Alt e despois prema " "Tab ou MaiúsTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "Desde o teclado (método 2)" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23433,7 +23646,7 @@ "abertas en formato reducido." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Prema na xanela á que desexa cambiar." @@ -23641,7 +23854,7 @@ msgstr "Activar os espazos de traballo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23650,12 +23863,12 @@ "Comportamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Marque o recadro Activar espazos de traballo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23669,12 +23882,12 @@ "espazos de traballo:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Cambiar o número de espazos de traballo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23683,7 +23896,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23692,7 +23905,7 @@ "final polo número que desexa vostede. Despois prema Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24537,7 +24750,7 @@ msgstr "Inserir caracteres especiais" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24548,17 +24761,17 @@ "enuméranse algunhas das maneiras para introducir caracteres especiais." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Métodos para inserir caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa de caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24569,7 +24782,7 @@ "desexa e logo cópieo e pégueo onde o precise." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Manual do mapa de caracteres." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Tecla de composición" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24598,7 +24811,7 @@ "despois ' e despois e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24607,38 +24820,40 @@ "definir unha das teclas do teclado, como tecla de composicón." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Definir unha tecla de composición" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Prema en Disposición do teclado." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "Abrir Teclado." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Prema en Opcións." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "Seleccione a lapela Atallos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Busque o grupo chamado Posición da tecla de composición. " -"Seleccione a tecla ou teclas que lle gustaría que se comportasen como tecla " -"de composición. Pode seleccionar teclas como Bloq " -"Maiús,Alt ou a tecla menú. Calquera tecla que seleccione " -"funcionará só como tecla de composición e deixará de funcionar co seu " -"propósito orixinal." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24646,7 +24861,7 @@ "exemplo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24655,7 +24870,7 @@ "letra onde colocar o acento agudo, tal como en é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24664,7 +24879,7 @@ "letra na que colocar o acento grave, tal como en è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24673,7 +24888,7 @@ "letra onde colocar a diérese, tal como en ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24682,7 +24897,7 @@ "letra onde colocar un macrón sobre a letra, tal como o ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see a páxina de teclas de composición na Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Puntos de código" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24715,7 +24930,7 @@ "despois de U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24731,12 +24946,12 @@ "caracteres para poder introducilos rapidamente." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Orixes de entrada" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25566,32 +25781,22 @@ "esquerdo da pantalla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Prema no menú do sistema á dereita da barra do menú e " -"seleccione Preferencias do sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Na sección «Persoal», prema en Aparencia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Cambiar á lapela Comportamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Active Ocultar automaticamente o Iniciador" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25600,7 +25805,7 @@ "esquerdo para indicar a localización do Iniciador." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25634,12 +25839,12 @@ "premer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Prema en Aparencia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25648,7 +25853,7 @@ "aumentar ou disminuír as dimensións das iconas do Iniciador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "O tamaño predeterminado das iconas do Iniciador é de 48." @@ -25754,12 +25959,12 @@ "en si mesma. As accións dispoñíbeis poden ser as seguientes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "iniciar o aplicativo ou abrir o documento, cartafol ou dispositivo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25768,7 +25973,7 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25777,12 +25982,12 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "saír do aplicativo se está en execución" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25791,7 +25996,7 @@ "instancia ou xanela" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "atallos específicos de aplicativo como abrir un documento ou unha xanela" @@ -25963,7 +26168,7 @@ "visíbel no canto de mostrarse unicamente ao pasar o rato." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25972,7 +26177,7 @@ "Comportamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25981,19 +26186,19 @@ "título da xanela." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "En Visibilidade dos menús, seleccione Sempre visíbeis." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menús de estado" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26005,8 +26210,26 @@ "estado son un lugar práctico onde comprobar e modificar o estado do " "computador e dos aplicativos." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Algunhas das iconas usadas polos menús indicadores cambian en función do " +"estado do aplicativo." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Outros programas como Tomboy ou Transmission tamén " +"poden engadir menús indicadores ao panel." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "Lista dos menús de estado e a súa función" @@ -26015,7 +26238,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -26025,7 +26248,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26034,7 +26257,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Icona de rede sen conexión" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26049,7 +26272,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26059,7 +26282,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26068,7 +26291,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Icona da orixe de entrada" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26077,7 +26300,7 @@ "layouts\">configurar orixes de entrada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26086,7 +26309,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Icona Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26099,7 +26322,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26109,7 +26332,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26118,7 +26341,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Icona da mensaxe" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26131,7 +26354,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26139,7 +26362,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26148,7 +26371,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Icona da batería" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26161,7 +26384,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26171,7 +26394,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26180,7 +26403,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Icona do volume" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26191,12 +26414,12 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Reloxo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26204,22 +26427,8 @@ "Acceda á hora e data actuais. Tamén se poden ver aquí as citas do aplicativo " "incorporado Calendario." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26228,7 +26437,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Icona da engrenaxe" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26238,24 +26447,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">preferencias do sistema. Cambio de usuario, bloqueo de " "pantalla, saída da sesión, suspensión, reinicio ou peche do computador." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Algunhas das iconas usadas polos menús indicadores cambian en función do " -"estado do aplicativo." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Outros programas como Tomboy ou Transmission tamén " -"poden engadir menús indicadores ao panel." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26380,47 +26571,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" -"Predeterminadamente, a inclusión dos resultados das buscas en liña está " -"desactivada." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Activar os resultados da busca en liña" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Se desexa recibir suxestións de busca en liña pode activar esta " -"funcionalidade no axuste do sistema en Seguranza e " -"Confidencialidade" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Prema no Menú do sistema na banda máis á dereita da barra do " -"menú e seleccione Preferencias do sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Abra Seguranza e privacidade e seleccione a lapela " -"Buscar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Activar a inclusión dos resultados da busca en liña." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -28091,7 +28247,7 @@ "esquerda. Poden modificarse os axustes:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28102,7 +28258,7 @@ "dixitais) entre Suave e Firme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28112,12 +28268,13 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración do Botón/Roda do rato (estes cambios afectan ao " "«stylus»). Prema no menú ao carón de cada etiqueta para seleccionar unha " -"destas funcións: ningunha acción, clic esquerdo do rato, clic medio do rato, " -"clic dereito do rato, desprazarse cara a abaixo, desprazase cara a arriba, " -"desprazase cara á esquerda, desprazase cara á dereita, atrás, adiante." +"destas funcións: ningunha acción, clic esquerdo do rato, clic central do " +"rato, clic dereito do rato, desprazarse cara a abaixo, desprazase cara a " +"arriba, desprazase cara á esquerda, desprazase cara á dereita, atrás, " +"adiante." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28126,15 +28283,12 @@ "para axustar a «sensibilidade» como Débil e Firme." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Se ten máis dun «stylus», cando o «stylus» adicional se achega á tableta, " -"mostrarase un paxinador ao carón do nome do «stylus». Use este paxinador " -"para escoller o «stylus» que desexa configurar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28200,6 +28354,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Prema en Opcións." + +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Prema en Disposición do teclado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Busque o grupo chamado Posición da tecla de composición. " +#~ "Seleccione a tecla ou teclas que lle gustaría que se comportasen como tecla " +#~ "de composición. Pode seleccionar teclas como Bloq " +#~ "Maiús,Alt ou a tecla menú. Calquera tecla que seleccione " +#~ "funcionará só como tecla de composición e deixará de funcionar co seu " +#~ "propósito orixinal." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28273,6 +28447,79 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema a icona na parte dereita da barra de menú e seleccione " +#~ "Preferencias do sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Engadir unha conta axudarao a vincular as súas contas en liña co escritorio " +#~ "de Ubuntu. Deste xeito o seu programa de correo, o programa de conversas e " +#~ "outros aplicativos relacionados estarán configurados para vostede." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione un Tipo de conta no panel dereito." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se desexa configurar máis contas, pode repetir este proceso máis tarde." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abrirase unha pequena interface de usuario que lle permitirá escribir as " +#~ "súas credenciais en liña. Por exemplo, se está configurando unh conta de " +#~ "Google, escriba o seu nome de usuario e contrasinal e inicie unha sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se introduciu as credenciais correctamente, pediráselle que acepte os " +#~ "termos. Seleccione Aceptar para continuar. Unha vez aceptado, " +#~ "Ubuntu precisará permisos para acceder á súa conta. Para permitilo, prema no " +#~ "botón Permitir o acceso. Cando se lle solicite, introduza o " +#~ "contrasinal de usuario." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Agora pode seleccionar os aplicativos que desexa ligar coa súa conta en " +#~ "liña. Por exemplo, se quere usar a conta para conversar, pero non desexa o " +#~ "calendario, desactive a opción calendario." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Despois de engadir as súas contas, cada aplicativo seleccionado usará " +#~ "automaticamente esas credenciais cando inicie sesión na súa conta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Por razóns de seguranza, Ubuntu non gardará o seu contrasinal no computador. " +#~ "No canto diso, gardará un token proporcionado polo servizo en liña. Se " +#~ "desexa revogar completamente a ligazón entre o seu computador e o servizo en " +#~ "liña, elimínea." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28313,6 +28560,31 @@ #~ "Use o Centro de software de Ubuntu para engadir programas que fagan a Ubuntu " #~ "máis útil." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalar software adicional" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O equipo de desenvolvemento de Ubuntu elixiu un conxunto predefinido de " +#~ "aplicativos que cremos que fan que Ubuntu sexa moi útil para as tarefas " +#~ "cotiás. Aínda así seguramente desexe instalar máis software para que Ubuntu " +#~ "lle sexa aínda máis útil a vostede." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Para instalar software adicional, complete os pasos seguintes:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conectar a internet usando unha conexión sen fíos ou con " +#~ "fíos." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28329,12 +28601,58 @@ #~ "unha categoría e escolla un aplicativo da lista." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione o aplicativo que lle interese e prema Instalar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Solicitaráselle o contrasinal. Unha vez introducido, comezará a instalación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Normalmente a instalación remata rapidamente, pero podería levar unha miga " +#~ "se ten unha conexión lenta a internet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Engadirase no Iniciador un atallo ao novo aplicativo. Para desactivar esta " +#~ "funcionalidade, desmarque VerNovos aplicativos no " +#~ "Iniciador." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Engadir unha PPA para axudar a probar software especializado ou aínda en " +#~ "probas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Os Arquivos de Paquetes Personais (Personal Package Archives, ou " +#~ "PPA) son repositorios de software deseñados para usuarios de Ubuntu e " +#~ "que son máis doados de instalar que outros repositorios de terceiros." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cando se inicie o Centro de Software, prema " #~ "EditarOrixes do software" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema Engadir e escriba a localización da ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28342,6 +28660,9 @@ #~ "Peche a xanela de Orixes do software. O Centro de software de Ubuntu " #~ "comprobará se hai novo software nas orixes." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Retire programas que xa non vaia empregar." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28365,6 +28686,26 @@ #~ "hai na banda superior." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pódeselle pedir que introduza o contrasinal. Despois de facelo, retirarase o " +#~ "aplicativo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Engadir outros repositorios para aumentar as orixes de software que emprega " +#~ "Ubuntu para instalar e anovar." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Engadir repositorios adicionais" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalar outros repositorios" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28415,6 +28756,18 @@ #~ "Agarde un momento a que o Centro de software de Ubuntu descargue a " #~ "información do repositorio." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalar, eliminar, repositorios " +#~ "extra…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Engadir e eliminar software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese non se instala de forma predeterminada con Ubuntu. Para instalar " @@ -28452,6 +28805,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Necesita instalar Cheese antes de poder ler a guía de usuario de Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Chave de memoria USB (baixa capacidade)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28478,6 +28834,24 @@ #~ "computador desde outro dispositivo. Consulte para obter máis información." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Descargar unha impresión de referencia desde un vendedor de cartuchos de cor" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Recorrer a unha empresa de cartuchos de cor para xerar un perfil para a " +#~ "impresora adoita ser a opción máis barata se só ten un ou dous tipos de " +#~ "papel. Despois de descargar a táboa de referencia da páxina web destas " +#~ "empresas vostede pode enviarlles un copia impresa dentro dun sobre acolchado " +#~ "para que escaneen o documento; na empresa xerarán o perfil e enviaranlle por " +#~ "correo electrónico un perfil ICC preciso." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28533,192 +28907,1022 @@ #~ "Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccione o disco que desexa comprobar na lista Dispositivos de " -#~ "almacenamento. A información sobre o disco e o seu estado aparecerá " -#~ "debaixo de Unidade." +#~ "Se máis tarde cambia de idea, pode facer volver o reloxo premendo na icona " +#~ "máis á dereita da barra de menú e seleccionando Preferencias do " +#~ "sistema. Na sección Sistema, prema Hora e data." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O Estado SMART debería dicir: «O disco está en bo estado»." +#~ "Prema na icona máis á dereita da barra do menú e seleccione " +#~ "Preferencias do sistema." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Execute as probas de rendemento do seu disco ríxido para comprobar a súa " +#~ "rapidez." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Comprobar o rendemento do disco ríxido" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Para probar a velocidade do seu disco ríxido:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prema o botón Datos de SMART para ver máis información, ou " -#~ "execute unha comprobación automática." +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Discos no Panel." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para realizar proxectos de gravación de CD/DVD máis avanzados empregue " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Discos desde a vista de Actividades." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Seleccione o disco ríxido na lista Unidades de disco." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no botón coa engrenaxe e seleccione Probar o rendemento da " +#~ "unidade." #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para buscar axuda no uso de Brasero, lea a guía " -#~ "de usuario." +#~ "Prema Iniciar proba de rendemento e axuste os parámetros da " +#~ "Velocidade de transferencia e o Tempo de acceso como " +#~ "desexe." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Algúns idiomas como o chinés ou o coreano, precisan un método de entrada " -#~ "máis complexo que unha sinxela equivalencia entre tecla e carácter. Como " -#~ "consecuencia algunhas das orixes de entrada ectivan este método." +#~ "Prema Iniciar proba de rendemento para verificar con que " +#~ "velocidade se poden ler os datos do disco. Poden requirirse Privilexios de administrador . Introduza " +#~ "o seu contrasinal ou o contrasinal de administrador." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "As opcións dos métodos de entrada están dispoñíbeis unicamente se o " -#~ "respectivo motor do método de entrada (ME) está instalado. Cando vostede " -#~ "instala un idioma, un motor de " -#~ "ME axeitado instálase automaticamente cando é posíbel. Por exemplo, se " -#~ "instala o coreano, o paquete ibus-hangul tamén se instalará con el, " -#~ "e a opción de orixe de entrada Coreano (Hangul) estará dispoñíbel " -#~ "a próxima vez que inicie sesión. Tamén pode instalar separadamente o motor do ME IBus que escolla." +#~ "Cando a proba remate, os resultados aparecerán no gráfico. Os puntos verdes " +#~ "e as liñas de conexión indican as mostras tomadas; que se corresponden co " +#~ "eixo da dereita e mostran o tempo de acceso descrito sobre o eixo inferior, " +#~ "representando a porcentaxe de tempo transcorrida durante a proba. A liña " +#~ "azul representa as taxas de lectura, mentres que a liña vermella representa " +#~ "as taxas de escritura. Estas móstranse como taxas de acceso a datos no eixo " +#~ "esquerdo, descritos sobre a porcentaxe de disco percorrido, desde o exterior " +#~ "até o centro, ao longo do eixo inferior." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desactivar a área táctil mentres se escribe para evitar clics accidentais." +#~ "Debaixo do gráfico, móstranse os valores de taxa de lectura e escritura " +#~ "mínima, máxima e media, o tempo de acceso medio e o tempo transcorrido desde " +#~ "a última proba de rendemento." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Desactivar a área táctil mentres se escribe" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use o Analizador do uso do disco ou o Monitor do " +#~ "sistema para comprobar o espazo e a capacidade." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Na sección Área táctil marque Desactivar a área táctil ao " -#~ "escribir." +#~ "Comprobe o espazo de disco dispoñíbel usando o Analizador do uso do " +#~ "disco ou o Monitor do sistema." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Dá a data e hora da última vez que o ficheiro se modificou." +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Comprobar co «Analizador do uso do disco»" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se desexa a máxima seguranza ou se quere comprobar a existencia de virus nos " -#~ "ficheiros que vai pasar a persoas que utilizan Windows ou Mac OS, pode " -#~ "instalar un software antivirus. Busque no Centro de software de " -#~ "Ubuntu onde hai dispoñíbeis algúns aplicativos." +#~ "Comprobar o espazo dispoñíbel e a capacidade do disco usando o " +#~ "Analizador do uso do disco:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cambiar o navegador " -#~ "predeterminado, instalar " -#~ "Flash, instalar o engadido de " -#~ "Java, compatibilidade con " -#~ "Silverlight…" +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Analizador de uso do disco no Panel. " +#~ "A xanela mostrará a capacidade total do sistema de ficheiros e o " +#~ "uso total do sistema de ficheiros." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Empathy está instalado de xeito predeterminado en Ubuntu. Inicie a " -#~ "Mensaxería instantánea de Empathy desde o Panel, o Iniciador " -#~ "ou escolla Conversas no menú " -#~ "de Mensaxería." +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Discos desde a vista xeral de " +#~ "Actividades. A xanela mostrará a Capacidade total do sistema " +#~ "de ficheiros e o Uso total do sistema de ficheiros." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Moitos programas deséñanse para ofrecer servizos de rede. Por exemplo, " -#~ "vostede pode compartir contidos ou permitir que alguén vexa o seu escritorio " -#~ "remotamente. Dependendo dos programas adicionais que instale pode que " -#~ "necesite configurar a devasa para permitir que eses servizos funcionen " -#~ "correctamente. UfW está dotado dun número de regras preconfiguradas. P.e: " -#~ "para permitir conexións SSH, introduza sudo ufw allow " -#~ "ssh nun terminal. Para bloquear as conexións ssh, escriba sudo " -#~ "ufw block ssh." +#~ "Prema nun dos botóns da barra de ferramentas para Analizar o cartafol " +#~ "persoal, Analizar o sistema de ficheiros, Analizar un " +#~ "cartafol ou Analizar un cartafol remoto." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cada programa que proporciona servizos usa un porto de rede " -#~ "específico. Para activar o acceso a eses servizos, é posíbel que precise " -#~ "autorizar o acceso na devasa aos portos asignados. Para permitir conexións " -#~ "no porto 53, introduza sudo ufw allow 53 nunha terminal. Para " -#~ "bloquear o porto 53, introduza sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "A información organízase como Cartafol, Uso, " +#~ "Tamaño e Contidos. Pode ver máis información no Analizador do uso do disco." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Comprobar co «Monitor do sistema»" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flash é un engadido para o seu navegador web que lle " -#~ "permite visualizar vídeos e utilizar páxinas web interactivas nalgunhas " -#~ "webs. Algunhas páxinas non funcionan sen Flash." +#~ "Comprobar o espazo dispoñíbel e a capacidade do disco co Monitor do " +#~ "sistema:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Center." +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prema nesta ligazón para " -#~ "iniciar o Centro de software." +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Monitor do sistema desde o Panel." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lea a información e as notas para asegurarse de que quere instalar Flash." +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Ficheiros desde a vista de " +#~ "Actividades." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " -#~ "Center window." +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se elixiu instalar Flash, prema en Instalar na xanela do Centro " -#~ "de software." +#~ "Seleccione a lapela Sistemas de ficheiros para ver as particións " +#~ "do sistema e o espazo utilizado do disco. A información organizarase como " +#~ "Total, Libre, Dispoñíbel e Usada." -#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" -#~ msgstr "Alternativas de código aberto para Flash" +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Se o disco está moi cheo, debería:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eliminar ficheiros que non son importantes ou que non vai empregar máis." #~ msgid "" -#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " -#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " -#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " -#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Existe unha manchea de alternativas libres, de código aberto, dispoñíbeis " -#~ "para Flash. Estas tenden a traballar mellor que o engadido Flash nalgúns " -#~ "aspectos (por exemplo, na mellor manipulación da reprodución de son), pero " -#~ "peor en outros (por exemplo, por non se capaz de mostrar algunhas das " -#~ "páxinas máis complicadas feitas en Flash)." +#~ "Facer copias de seguranza dos ficheiros " +#~ "importantes que non vaia precisar durante un tempo e eliminalos do disco " +#~ "ríxido." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Discos desde a vista xeral de " +#~ "Actividades." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione o disco que desexa comprobar na lista Dispositivos de " +#~ "almacenamento. A información sobre o disco e o seu estado aparecerá " +#~ "debaixo de Unidade." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Estado SMART debería dicir: «O disco está en bo estado»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema o botón Datos de SMART para ver máis información, ou " +#~ "execute unha comprobación automática." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aínda que o Estado SMART indique que o disco non está " +#~ "san, non ten por que ser motivo de alarma. Porén, é mellor estar preparado " +#~ "cunha copia de seguranza para previr a " +#~ "perda de datos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se o estado di «Pre-fail», o disco está razoabelmente san pero detectáronse " +#~ "signos de desgaste, o que significa que podería fallar nun futuro cercano. " +#~ "Se o seu disco ríxido (ou computador) ten uns cantos anos de antigüidade, é " +#~ "probábel que vexa esta mensaxe nalgunhas das comprobacións de saúde. Debería " +#~ "facer unha copia de seguranza dos seus ficheiros " +#~ "importantes con regularidade e comprobar periodicamente o estado do " +#~ "disco para ver se empeora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Retirar todos os ficheiros e cartafoles dunha unidade de disco ríxido " +#~ "externo ou memoria flash USB formateándoa." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Limpar todo nun disco extraíbel" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se ten un disco extraíbel, como unha memoria USB ou un disco ríxido externo, " +#~ "é posíbel que queira eliminar por completo todos os ficheiros e cartafoles. " +#~ "Pode facer isto formatando o disco; isto eliminará todos os " +#~ "ficheiros e deixarao baleiro." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatar um disco extraíbel" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione o disco que desexa limpar da lista de Dispositivos de " +#~ "almacenamento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asegúrese de escoller o disco correcto! Se elixe o disco erróneo " +#~ "eliminaranse todos os ficheiros do outro disco!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na sección Volumes, prema en Desmontar volume. A seguir prema en " +#~ "Formatar o volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na xanela que aparece, seleccione un Tipo de sistema de ficheiros " +#~ "para o disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se usa o disco en computadores con Windows ou Mac OS así como en GNU/Linux, " +#~ "seleccione FAT. Se só quere usalo con Windows, NTFS " +#~ "pode ser a mellor opción. Mostrarase unha pequena descrición dos tipos " +#~ "de sistema de ficheiro mediante unha etiqueta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Déalle un nome ao disco e prema en Formatar para comezar o " +#~ "proceso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Unha vez rematado o formatado, extraia con seguranza o disco. " +#~ "Debería estar baleiro e listo para usarse de novo." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatar un disco non elimina con certeza os ficheiros" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatar un disco non é unha maneira completamente segura de eliminar todos " +#~ "os seus datos. Un disco formatado parecerá que non contén ficheiros, pero é " +#~ "posíbel obter os ficheiros cun programa especial de recuperación. Se precisa " +#~ "eliminar os ficheiros con seguranza, deberá usar unha ferramenta de liña de " +#~ "ordes como shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Entenda o que son os volumes e as particións e use a utilidade de disco para " +#~ "xestionalos." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Ver e xestionar volumes e particións empregando a utilidade de disco" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode comprobar e modificar os volumes de almacenamento do equipo coa " +#~ "utilidade de disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abrir o Panel e iniciar o aplicativo Utilidade do " +#~ "disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No panel denominado Dispositivos de almacenamento atopará discos " +#~ "ríxidos, unidades de CD/DVD e outros dispositivos físicos. Prema no " +#~ "dispositivo que queira inspeccionar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No panel dereito, a área marcada como Volumes fornece un desglose " +#~ "visual dos volumes e particións presentes no dispositivo seleccionado. Tamén " +#~ "contén unha variedade de ferramentas empregadas para manexar estes volumes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Teña coidado: podería borra completamente o seu disco usando estas " +#~ "utilidades." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asegúrese que Bloquear está activado, despois seleccione un tempo " +#~ "de espera da lista despregábel inferior. A pantalla bloquearase " +#~ "automaticamente cando o equipo estea inactivo durante este tempo. Tamén pode " +#~ "seleccionar que a pantalla se apague para bloqueala " +#~ "automaticamente despois de que esta se apague, controlada pola lista " +#~ "despregábel Apagar cando estea inactiva." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use o aplicativo Ficheiros para navegar e organizar os ficheiros " +#~ "do seu computador. Tamén pode usalo para xestionar ficheiros en dispositivos " +#~ "de almacenamento (como discos ríxidos externos), en servidores de ficheiros e en comparticións en rede." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No xestor de ficheiros, prema dúas veces sobre calquera cartafol para ver " +#~ "os seus contidos e prema dúas veces sobre calquera ficheiro para abrilo co " +#~ "aplicativo predeterminado para ese ficheiro. Tamén pode premer co botón " +#~ "dereito sobre el para abrilo nunha nova lapela ou nunha nova xanela." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se quere ir rapidamente a un ficheiro do cartafol que está vendo, empece a " +#~ "escribir o seu nome. Aparecerá unha caixa de busca na parte superior da " +#~ "xanela e realzarase o primeiro ficheiro que coincida coa súa busca. Prema a " +#~ "frecha «abaixo», ou desprácese co rato para saltar ao seguinte ficheiro que " +#~ "coincida coa súa busca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode acceder doadamente aos lugares comúns desde a barra lateral. " +#~ "Se non pode vela, prema no botón abaixo na barra de ferramentas e escolla Mostrar a " +#~ "barra lateral. Pode engadir marcadores aos cartafoles que usa con " +#~ "frecuencia para que aparezan na barra lateral. Use o menú " +#~ "Marcadores para facelo ou simplemente arrastre un cartafol dentro " +#~ "da barra." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para realizar proxectos de gravación de CD/DVD máis avanzados empregue " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para buscar axuda no uso de Brasero, lea a guía " +#~ "de usuario." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode cambiar o nome do ficheiro igual que fixo co ficheiro oculto. Os " +#~ "ficheiros que comezan por un . ou rematan cunha ~ " +#~ "están ocultos no xestor de ficheiros. Prema no botón abaixo na barra de ferramentas do xestor " +#~ "e seleccione Mostrar ficheiros ocultos para velos. Vexa para saber máis." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Busque os ficheiros baseándose no nome e o tipo. Garde as súas buscas para " +#~ "o seu uso posterior." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode buscar ficheiros polo nome ou tipo de ficheiro directamente desde o " +#~ "xestor de ficheiros. Pode mesmo gardar buscas comúns para que logo aparezan " +#~ "como cartafoles especiais no seu cartafol persoal." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Abrir o xestor de ficheiross" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se sabe que os ficheiros que busca están nun cartafol determinado, vaia a " +#~ "ese cartafol." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema na lupa na barra de ferramentas ou prema Ctrl " +#~ "F." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escriba unha ou varias palabras que saiba que aparecen no nome do ficheiro. " +#~ "Por exemplo, se todas as súas facturas conteñen no seu nome a palabra " +#~ "«Factura», teclee factura. Prema Intro. Non fai " +#~ "falla ter en conta as maiúsculas e minúsculas." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode reducir os resultados mediante a localización e o tipo de ficheiro." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema Cartafol persoal para restrinxir os resultados ao seu " +#~ "Cartafol persoal ou Todos os ficheiros para unha " +#~ "busca máis ampla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Faga clic en + e seleccione un Tipo de ficheiro da " +#~ "lista despregábel para reducir os resultados da busca baseándoos nun tipo de " +#~ "ficheiro. Prema no botón x para retirar esta opción e ampliar os " +#~ "resultados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode abrir, copiar, eliminar ou traballar cos seus ficheiros desde os " +#~ "resultados da busca, igual que se estivese en calquera cartafol no xestor de " +#~ "ficheiros." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema outra vez na lupa da barra de ferramentas para saír da busca e volver " +#~ "ao cartafol." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se fai certas buscas con frecuencia, pode gardalas para acceder a elas de " +#~ "forma rápida." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Gardar unha busca" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Iniciar unha busca como a de enriba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Introduza un nome para a busca e prema Gardar. Se o desexa, " +#~ "seleccione un cartafol diferente onde gardar a busca. Cando vexa o cartafol, " +#~ "verá a súa busca gardada cunha icona de cartafol laranxa e unha lupa sobre " +#~ "el." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para retirar o ficheiro de busca, simplemente elimíneo igual que faría con calquera outro ficheiro. Cando " +#~ "elimina unha busca gardada, non elimina os ficheiros que coincidiron coa " +#~ "busca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algúns idiomas como o chinés ou o coreano, precisan un método de entrada " +#~ "máis complexo que unha sinxela equivalencia entre tecla e carácter. Como " +#~ "consecuencia algunhas das orixes de entrada ectivan este método." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "As opcións dos métodos de entrada están dispoñíbeis unicamente se o " +#~ "respectivo motor do método de entrada (ME) está instalado. Cando vostede " +#~ "instala un idioma, un motor de " +#~ "ME axeitado instálase automaticamente cando é posíbel. Por exemplo, se " +#~ "instala o coreano, o paquete ibus-hangul tamén se instalará con el, " +#~ "e a opción de orixe de entrada Coreano (Hangul) estará dispoñíbel " +#~ "a próxima vez que inicie sesión. Tamén pode instalar separadamente o motor do ME IBus que escolla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode ter unha vista previa dunha imaxe de calquera disposición " +#~ "seleccionándoa na lista e premendo " +#~ "vista previa" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para arranxar isto, prema na icona que está máis á dereita da barra do menú " +#~ "e vaia a Preferencias do sistema. Na sección de Hardware, " +#~ "seleccione Pantallas. Probe algunha opción de " +#~ "Resolución e estabeleza a que mostre unha mellor imaxe." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema a icona que está máis á dereita da barra do menú e seleccione " +#~ "Preferencias do sistema. Abra Pantallas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema na icona que está máis á dereita na barra do menú e seleccione " +#~ "Preferencias do sistema." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Desactivar a área táctil mentres se escribe para evitar clics accidentais." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Desactivar a área táctil mentres se escribe" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na sección Área táctil marque Desactivar a área táctil ao " +#~ "escribir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Moitos ratos e algúnhas áreas táctiles teñen un botón central. Nun rato con " +#~ "roda de desprazamento pode premer directamente na roda como se fose un clic-" +#~ "central. Se non ten un botón central no rato, pode premer o esquerdo e o " +#~ "dereito ao mesmo tempo co mesmo resultado. Se non é quen de facer clic medio " +#~ "deste xeito probe as seguintes instrucións." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Moitos aplicativos usan o clic central para atallos de pulsación avanzados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un atallo común é pegar o texto seleccionado. (Ás veces denomínase «pegado " +#~ "de selección primaria».) Seleccione o texto que desexa pegar, a continuación " +#~ "vaia onde queira pegalo e faga un clic central. O texto seleccionado " +#~ "pegarase na posición do rato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pegar texto co botón central do rato é algo independente de pegalo desde o " +#~ "portapapeis normal. Ao seleccionar un texto non se copia ao portapapeis. " +#~ "Este método rápido de pegado só funciona co botón central do rato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Moitos navegadores web permítenlle abrir ligazóns en lapelas rapidamente co " +#~ "botón central do rato. Prema calquera ligazón co botón central e abrirase " +#~ "nunha nova lapela. Pero teña coidado ao premer unha ligazón no navegador web " +#~ "Firefox. En Firefox, se preme o botón central en " +#~ "calquera outro sitio que non sexa unha ligazón, o navegador tentará cargar o " +#~ "seu texto seleccionado como unha URL, como se usase o botón central para " +#~ "pegalo na barra de enderezos e premera Intro." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algúns aplicativos especializados permítenlle usar o botón central do rato " +#~ "para outras funcións. Busque na axuda do seu aplicativo algún apartado " +#~ "referente a pulsación central ou botón central do rato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema a tecla ← unha vez para cambiar á lapela Apuntar e " +#~ "premer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Estas instrucións indican a maneira máis rápida de activar as teclas do rato " +#~ "usando só o teclado. Seleccione Configuración de acceso universal " +#~ "para ver máis opcións de accesibilidade." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O teclado numérico é un conxunto de botóns numéricos do seu teclado, " +#~ "normalmente dispostos nunha matriz cadrada. Se o seu teclado non ten teclado " +#~ "numérico (por exemplo, o teclado dun portátil), pode que teña que manter " +#~ "premida a teclad Función (Fn) e usar outras teclas como un " +#~ "teclado numérico. Se usa esta característica con frecuencia nun portátil, " +#~ "pode comprar teclados numéricos USB externos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cada número do teclado numérico correspóndese cunha dirección. Por exemplo, " +#~ "ao premer a tecla 8 moverase o punteiro cara a arriba e ao premer " +#~ "2 moverase cara a abaixo. Prema a tecla 5 para facer " +#~ "un clic co rato ou prémaa dúas veces de forma rápida para facer unha dobre " +#~ "pulsación." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode premer, facer dobre clic, arrastrar e desprazarse usando só a área " +#~ "táctil, sen usar botóns físicos." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Para facer clic, toque a área táctil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para arrastrar un elemento, toque dúas veces pero non levante o dedo despois " +#~ "do segundo toque. Arrastre o elemento a onde desexe e despois levante o dedo " +#~ "para soltalo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se a súa área táctil é multitáctil, faga un clic dereito do rato tocando con " +#~ "dous dedos á vez. Do contrario precisará usar os botóns do hardware. Para " +#~ "ver un método de facer clic dereito sen usar o segundo botón do rato " +#~ "consulte ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se a súa área táctil admite multi-toque pode facer un clic medio tocando con tres dedos á vez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asegúrese de que os seus dedos están separados dabondo ao premer ou " +#~ "arrastrar con varios dedos. Se estes están demasiado xuntos o computador " +#~ "pode interpretalo como un só dedo." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Engadir, eliminar e renomear marcadores no xestor de ficheiros." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Os marcadores móstranse na barra lateral do xestor de ficheiros." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Eliminar un marcador:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Faga clic en Ficheiros na barra superior e seleccione " +#~ "Marcadores no menú de aplicativos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na xanela Marcadores , seleccione o marcador que desexa eliminar " +#~ "e prema no botón -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na xanela Marcadores, seleccione o marcador que quere renomear." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Escriba o novo nome do marcador na caixa de texto Nome." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Dá a data e hora da última vez que o ficheiro se modificou." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se desexa a máxima seguranza ou se quere comprobar a existencia de virus nos " +#~ "ficheiros que vai pasar a persoas que utilizan Windows ou Mac OS, pode " +#~ "instalar un software antivirus. Busque no Centro de software de " +#~ "Ubuntu onde hai dispoñíbeis algúns aplicativos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cambiar o navegador " +#~ "predeterminado, instalar " +#~ "Flash, instalar o engadido de " +#~ "Java, compatibilidade con " +#~ "Silverlight…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Empathy está instalado de xeito predeterminado en Ubuntu. Inicie a " +#~ "Mensaxería instantánea de Empathy desde o Panel, o Iniciador " +#~ "ou escolla Conversas no menú " +#~ "de Mensaxería." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode controlar que programas poden acceder á rede. Isto axudarao a manter o " +#~ "seu computador seguro." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Activar ou bloquear o acceso á devasa" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu está equipado coa devasa Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) pero non está activada por defecto. Ubuntu non ten aberto " +#~ "ningún servizo de rede (excepto para infraestruturas básicas de rede) na " +#~ "instalación predeterminada, non se precisa unha devasa para bloquear " +#~ "intentos de conexións maliciosos entrantes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para activar a devasa escriba sudo ufw enable nun terminal. Para " +#~ "desactivar ufw, escriba sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Moitos programas deséñanse para ofrecer servizos de rede. Por exemplo, " +#~ "vostede pode compartir contidos ou permitir que alguén vexa o seu escritorio " +#~ "remotamente. Dependendo dos programas adicionais que instale pode que " +#~ "necesite configurar a devasa para permitir que eses servizos funcionen " +#~ "correctamente. UfW está dotado dun número de regras preconfiguradas. P.e: " +#~ "para permitir conexións SSH, introduza sudo ufw allow " +#~ "ssh nun terminal. Para bloquear as conexións ssh, escriba sudo " +#~ "ufw block ssh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cada programa que proporciona servizos usa un porto de rede " +#~ "específico. Para activar o acceso a eses servizos, é posíbel que precise " +#~ "autorizar o acceso na devasa aos portos asignados. Para permitir conexións " +#~ "no porto 53, introduza sudo ufw allow 53 nunha terminal. Para " +#~ "bloquear o porto 53, introduza sudo ufw block 53." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode instalar Flash para poder ver sitios web como YouTube, utilízase para a " +#~ "visualización de vídeos e páxinas web interactivas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash é un engadido para o seu navegador web que lle " +#~ "permite visualizar vídeos e utilizar páxinas web interactivas nalgunhas " +#~ "webs. Algunhas páxinas non funcionan sen Flash." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Como instalar Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Center." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema nesta ligazón para " +#~ "iniciar o Centro de software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lea a información e as notas para asegurarse de que quere instalar Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " +#~ "Center window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se elixiu instalar Flash, prema en Instalar na xanela do Centro " +#~ "de software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se ten aberta algunha xanela dun navegador web, pécheas e volva abrilas. O " +#~ "navegador web debe detectar que Flash está instalado, e debería ser capaz de " +#~ "visualizar sitios web que empreguen Flash." + +#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" +#~ msgstr "Alternativas de código aberto para Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " +#~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " +#~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " +#~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Existe unha manchea de alternativas libres, de código aberto, dispoñíbeis " +#~ "para Flash. Estas tenden a traballar mellor que o engadido Flash nalgúns " +#~ "aspectos (por exemplo, na mellor manipulación da reprodución de son), pero " +#~ "peor en outros (por exemplo, por non se capaz de mostrar algunhas das " +#~ "páxinas máis complicadas feitas en Flash)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " #~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " #~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" #~ msgstr "" @@ -28732,6 +29936,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Axude ao navegador a traballar con sitios web que necesiten Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Instalar o engadido de Java para o navegador" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algúns sitios web empregan pequenos programas escritos en Java, os " +#~ "cales requiren que estea instalado un engadido de Java para poder executalos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalar o paquete icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "para ver programas Java no navegador." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28780,6 +30004,15 @@ #~ "Moonlight para obter máis información e instrucións de instalación." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Resolución de erros en redes sen " +#~ "fíos, atopar a súa rede sen " +#~ "fíos…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28797,6 +30030,274 @@ #~ "algún) e instáleo. Deberá premer na ligazón Mostrar elementos " #~ "técnicos na banda inferior do Centro de Software de Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conectar a unha rede sen fíos, " +#~ "Redes ocultas, Editar os axustes da conexión, Desconexión…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode usar o seu computador como un punto de acceso sen fíos. Isto permite a " +#~ "outros dispositivos conectarse ao seu equipo sen precisar doutra rede, e " +#~ "ademais permítelle compartir unha conexión a Internet que configurou noutra " +#~ "interface, como unha rede con fíos ou unha rede de banda larga móbil." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Prema no botón Usar un punto de acceso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se xa está conectado a unha rede sen fíos, preguntaráselle se quere " +#~ "desconectarse. Un adaptador sen fíos só serve para conectarse/crear unha " +#~ "rede ao mesmo tempo. Prema Crear punto de acceso para confirmar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Crearase automaticamente un nome de rede (SSID) e unha clave de seguranza. O " +#~ "nome de rede estará baseado no nome do computador. Outros dispositivos " +#~ "precisarán esta información para conectarse ao punto de acceso que acaba de " +#~ "crear." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e desmarque «Activar a rede sen fíos»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para facer isto, prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e " +#~ "desmarque Activar a rede sen fíos. Así apagará a conexión sen " +#~ "fíos atá que a acenda de novo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para acendela de novo, prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e " +#~ "seleccione Activar a rede sen fíos, aparecerá unha marca ao seu " +#~ "carón." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode que o seu computador siga emitindo se non apagou o Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no menú de rede na barra do menú e escolla a " +#~ "rede á que desexa conectarse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprenda que significan as opcións na pantalla de edición da conexión sen " +#~ "fíos." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Editar a conexión sen fíos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Este tema describe todas as opcións dispoñíbeis para editar unha conexión de " +#~ "rede sen fíos. Para facelo, prema no menú de rede na barra do " +#~ "menú e seleccione Editar conexións." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Dispoñíbel para todos os usuarios/Conectar automaticamente" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Conectar automaticamente" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algunhas redes están configuradas para conectarse automaticamente cando " +#~ "estean no rango, o computador conectarase á primeira que apareza na lapela " +#~ "Sen fíos na xanela Conexións de rede. Non se " +#~ "desconectará dunha rede dispoñíbel para conectarse a outra diferente que " +#~ "acaba de entrar no rango." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Dispoñíbel para todos os usuarios" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Marque isto se quere que todos os usuarios do seu computador poidan acceder " +#~ "a esta rede sen fíos. Se a rede ten un contrasinal WEP/WPA e marca esta opción, só terá que " +#~ "escribir o contrasinal unha vez. O resto de usuarios no seu computador " +#~ "poderán conectarse á rede sen ter o contrasinal." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se marca esta opción, ten que ser un administrador para cambiar a configuración desta rede. " +#~ "Pódeselle pedir que escriba o seu contrasinal de administrador." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Sen fíos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se selecciona Ad-hoc, verá outras dúas opcións, Banda " +#~ "e Canle. Isto determina en que banda de frecuencia sen fíos " +#~ "funcionará a rede sen fíos ad-hoc. Algúns computadores só poden funcionar en " +#~ "certas bandas (por exemplo, só A ou só B/G), polo que " +#~ "debe escoller unha banda que todos os computadores na rede ad-hoc poidan " +#~ "usar). En lugares concorridos, o máis seguro é que existan varias redes sen " +#~ "fíos compartindo a mesma canle; isto pode ralentizar a súa conexión, polo " +#~ "que pode cambiar a canle que está usando." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Este é o Identificador de conxunto de servizo básico. O SSID (ver " +#~ "arriba) é o nome da rede que as persoas poden ler; o BSSID é o nome que o " +#~ "computador entende (é unha cadea de letras e números que supostamente é " +#~ "única na rede sen fíos). Se unha rede " +#~ "está oculta, non terá un SSID pero si terá un BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Enderezo MAC do dispositivo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O seu hardware de rede (tarxeta sen fíos) pode simular un enderezo MAC " +#~ "distinto. Isto é útil se ten un dispositivo ou servizo que só se comunica " +#~ "con certos enderezos MAC (por exemplo, un módem de banda larga por cable). " +#~ "Se estabelece ese enderezo MAC na caixa para o enderezo MAC " +#~ "clonado, o dispositivo/servizo asumirá o enderezo clonado cjomo se " +#~ "fose o real." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Seguranza sen fíos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Isto define o tipo de cifrado que usa a súa rede sen fíos. As " +#~ "conexións cifradas axúdanlle a protexer a súa conexión sen fíos, polo que " +#~ "outras persoas non poderán «escoitar» e ver que sitios web está visitando." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algúns tipos de cifrado son máis fortes que outros, pero poden ser " +#~ "incompatíbeis con equipos de redes sen fíos antigos. Normalmente precisa " +#~ "escribir un contrasinal para a conexión. Algúns tipos de seguranza máis " +#~ "sofisticados tamén requiren un nome de usuario e un «certificado» dixital. " +#~ "Vexa para obter máis información sobre " +#~ "os tipos de cifrado de redes sen fíos máis populares." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se escolle esta configuración, o computador obterá o enderezo IP desde un " +#~ "servidor DHCP, pero terá que definir de forma manual o resto da información " +#~ "(como o servidor DNS a usar)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione esta opción se quere definir toda a configuración da rede, " +#~ "incluíndo o enderezo IP que o computador debe usar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta opción desactivará a conexión de rede e non lle permitirá conectarse. " +#~ "Teña en conta que IPv4 e IPv6 trátanse como conexións " +#~ "separadas incluso se funcionan pola mesma tarxeta de rede. Se ten unha delas " +#~ "activada, quizais desexe desactivar a outra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "É similar á lapela IPv4 agás en que funciona co novo estándar " +#~ "IPv6. As redes máis modernas usan IPv6, pero IPv4 segue sendo máis popular " +#~ "polo momento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no menú de rede na barra de menú e seleccione " +#~ "Conectarse a unha rede sen fíos oculta." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Na sección «Sistema», prema en Orixes do software." @@ -28841,6 +30342,12 @@ #~ "da resolución de problemas." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escriba sudo pm-hibernate no terminal e prema Intro." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28848,6 +30355,200 @@ #~ "cando menos tan grande como a memoria RAM." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se a proba de hibernación funciona, pode continuar a usar a orde sudo " +#~ "pm-hibernate cando queira hibernar." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Porque se apaga ou suspende o computador cando a batería chega ao 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cando o nivel de carga da batería estea moi baixo, o seu computador suspenderase automaticamente. Isto asegura " +#~ "que a batería non se descargue por completo, xa que sería prexudicial ela. " +#~ "Se a batería se esgotase totalmente, o computador non tería tempo de " +#~ "apagarse de forma segura." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vostede pode decidir como actuar cando o nivel da batería estea baixo de " +#~ "máis. Prema no menú da batería na barra do menú e " +#~ "seleccione Preferencias de enerxía. Na opción Cando a carga " +#~ "da batería é criticamente baixa pode seleccionar que o computador se " +#~ "suspenda, hiberne ou apague. Se " +#~ "escolle esta última, os aplicativos e documentos abertos NON se " +#~ "gardarán antes do apagado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algúns computadores teñen problemas coa suspensión e non son capaces de " +#~ "recuperar os aplicativos e documentos que estaban abertos antes da " +#~ "suspensión. Neste caso, é posíbel que perda algúns dos seus datos se non os " +#~ "garda antes. Quizais aquí poida arranxar " +#~ "algúns problemas coa suspensión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema na icona máis á dereita da barra do menú e seleccione " +#~ "Preferencias do sistema" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impresoras non detectadas, atascos de papel, impresións con mal aspecto…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Configurar unha impresora que estea conectada ao seu computador." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Configurar unha impresora local" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O seu sistema pode recoñecer automaticamente varios tipos de impresoras " +#~ "cando se conectan. A maioría das impresoras conéctanse ao computador cun " +#~ "cable USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Non precisa seleccionar se desexa instalar unha impresora de rede ou local " +#~ "agora. Elas están listadas nunha xanela." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conecte a impresora ao seu sistema mediante un cabo axeitado. Pode ver a " +#~ "actividade na pantalla, cando o sistema busca os controladores, e pode que " +#~ "se lle pida que se autentique para instalalos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aparecerá un mensaxe cando o sistema remate de instalar a impresora. " +#~ "Seleccione Imprimir unha páxina de proba para imprimir unha " +#~ "páxina de comprobación ou Opcións para facer cambios adicionais " +#~ "na configuración da impresora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se a súa impresora non se estabeleceu de maneira automática, pode engadila " +#~ "na configuración de impresoras." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema Engadir e seleccione a impresora na xanela dos dispositivos." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema Continuar e agarde mentres se buscan os controladores." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se hai varios controladores dispoñíbeis para o seu computador, pediráselle " +#~ "que seleccione un deles. Se desexa usar o controlador recomendado, prema " +#~ "«Continuar» nas pantallas da marca e do modelo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Despois de instalar a impresora pode cambiar a súa impresora predeterminada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ten que saír da sesión e volver a acceder para que estes cambios teñan " +#~ "efecto. Prema na icona que está máis á dereita da barra de menú e seleccione " +#~ "Saír da sesión." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ten que saír da sesión e volver acceder para que os cambios do idioma teñan " +#~ "efecto. Prema na icona que está máis á dereita da barra de menú e seleccione " +#~ "Saír da sesión" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para saír da sesión ou cambiar de usuario, prema no menú do sistema na parte máis á dereita da barra do " +#~ "menú e seleccione a opción desexada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para bloquear a pantalla, prema no menú do sistema na barra do " +#~ "menú e seleccione Bloquear a pantalla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cando a súa pantalla está bloqueada outros usuarios poden iniciar sesión nas " +#~ "súas propias contas premendo Cambiar de usuario na pantalla do " +#~ "contrasinal. Pode volver ao seu escritorio cando rematen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para suspender o computador manualmente, prema no menú do sistema " +#~ "na barra do menú e seleccione Suspender." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se desexa apagar o computador ou reinicialo, prema no menú do " +#~ "sistema e seleccione Apagar." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28860,6 +30561,50 @@ #~ "a xanela do terminal e despois execute esta orde (é unha orde longa, incluso " #~ "pode ser cortada na pantalla. Cópiea e pégea para evitar erros):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Desde o teclado" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Solte a tecla Alt para seleccionar a seguinte xanela (resaltada) " +#~ "no selector." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Outra forma é mantendo premida a tecla Alt, prema Tab " +#~ "para cambiar entre a lista de xanelas abertas ou prema " +#~ "MaiúsTab para percorrelas en sentido " +#~ "inverso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "As xanelas agrúpanse por aplicativo no selector de xanelas. As " +#~ "previsualizacións dos aplicativos con varias xanelas aparecen a medida que " +#~ "fai clic neles." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tamén pode moverse entre as iconas dos aplicativos no intecambiador de " +#~ "xanelas con → ou ← ou seleccionar unha delas premendo " +#~ "sobre ela co rato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "As vistas previas dos aplicativos cunha soa xanela están dispoñíbeis coa " +#~ "tecla ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29187,6 +30932,12 @@ #~ "Se non desexa recibir suxestións de buscas en liña, pode desactivar esta " #~ "funcionalidade." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra Seguranza e privacidade e seleccione a lapela " +#~ "Buscar." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Desactive Incluír resultados de buscas en liña." @@ -29245,6 +30996,22 @@ #~ "Ubuntu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se ten máis dun «stylus», cando o «stylus» adicional se achega á tableta, " +#~ "mostrarase un paxinador ao carón do nome do «stylus». Use este paxinador " +#~ "para escoller o «stylus» que desexa configurar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Premer Marcadores na barra do menú e seleccionar Marcar esta " +#~ "localización." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29252,6 +31019,43 @@ #~ "barra do menú e seleccione Gardar a busca como...." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema Marcadores na barra do menú e seleccione " +#~ "Marcadores... no menú do aplicativo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para obter máis información sobre como empregar ufw consulte documentación en " +#~ "liña." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A maioría dos teclados teñen unha tecla especial que permite facer un clic " +#~ "dereito; xeralmente esta a carón da barra espazadora. Porén teña en conta " +#~ "que esta tecla responde á localización do foco do teclado, non onde está o " +#~ "punteiro do rato. Consulte para obter máis " +#~ "información sobre como facer un clic dereito premendo a tecla 5 " +#~ "ou co botón esquerdo do rato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cando teña decidido os parámetros de busca, prema en Ficheiro na " +#~ "barra do menú e seleccione Gardar busca como...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -29295,6 +31099,30 @@ #~ "accidentais mentres teclea. Pode desactivar a «área táctil» mentres teclea. " #~ "Funcionará de novo un pouco despois de que teña premida a última tecla." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Unha partición primaria debe conter información que o computador precisa " +#~ "para iniciarse ou arrincar. Por esta razón, ás veces denomínaselle " +#~ "partición de arrinque ou volume de arrinque. Para saber se un determinado " +#~ "volume é arrincábel, mire en Bandeira de partición na «Utilidade " +#~ "de disco». Os medios externos, como as memorias USB ou os CD, tamén poden " +#~ "conter un volume arrincábel." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nas «áreas táctiles» multitáctiles pode premer con tres dedos á vez para " +#~ "realizar unha pulsación co botón do medio. Para que isto funcione, debe " +#~ "activar Activar pulsacións do rato coa " +#~ "área táctil na configuración da área táctil." + #~ msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgstr "Se decide instalar Flash, prema en Instalar." @@ -29305,6 +31133,51 @@ #~ "Prema nesta ligazón para " #~ "iniciar unha xanela coas opcións de instalación." +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Predeterminadamente, a inclusión dos resultados das buscas en liña está " +#~ "desactivada." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Activar os resultados da busca en liña" + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Activar a inclusión dos resultados da busca en liña." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no menú do sistema á dereita da barra do menú e " +#~ "seleccione Preferencias do sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no Menú do sistema na banda máis á dereita da barra do " +#~ "menú e seleccione Preferencias do sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se desexa recibir suxestións de busca en liña pode activar esta " +#~ "funcionalidade no axuste do sistema en Seguranza e " +#~ "Confidencialidade" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software para instalar programas e facer Ubuntu máis " +#~ "útil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software axúdalle a retirar o software que xa non necesita." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -29318,3 +31191,84 @@ #~ "Adobe Flash Plugin. O software deste repositorio aparecerá nos " #~ "resultados da busca no Ubuntu Software pero non será posíbel " #~ "instalalo até que este repositorio estea activado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra o menú na parte superior dereita e seleccione Datos e probas " +#~ "SMART para ver máis información do dispositivo ou para executar unha " +#~ "proba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cambiar o navegador " +#~ "predeterminado, instalar " +#~ "Flash, instalar o engadido de " +#~ "java…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash é un engadido para o seu navegador web que lle " +#~ "permite ver vídeos e usar páxinas web interactivas nalgúns sitios. Mentres " +#~ "HTML5, que é unha solución máis moderna, está incrementando a súa presenza, " +#~ "hai algunhas webs que non funcionan sen Flash." + +#~ msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +#~ msgstr "Se está instalando un snap, inicie sesión no Ubuntu One." + +#~ msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +#~ msgstr "Se vai eliminar un snap, inicie sesión no Ubuntu One." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and then select Format Disk.... The " +#~ "Format Disk window opens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no botón do menú e seleccione Formatar disco.... Abrirase a " +#~ "xanela de Formatar disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pediráselle que se autentique por medio do contrasinal (que é o do seu " +#~ "usuario, non o do Ubuntu One). Despois o aplicativo será eliminado." + +#~ msgid "Click the menu button and select Benchmark Disk...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no botón do menú e seleccione Probar rendemento do disco...." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but " +#~ "could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pediráselle que se autentique introducindo o contrasinal (o seu contrasinal " +#~ "do usuario non o do Ubuntu One). Feito isto, comezará a instalación. Esta " +#~ "normalmente remata axiña pero pódelle levar unha miga se a conexión a " +#~ "internet é lenta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +#~ "including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +#~ "want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un disco/volume considérase «cheo de máis» por varios factores, incluídos o " +#~ "tamaño do disco e a rapidez con que vostede o enche. Quizais debese liberar " +#~ "espazo no disco/volume se supera o 90% de uso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and select SMART Data & Self-Tests to " +#~ "view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prema no botón do menú e seleccione Datos e probas SMART para ver " +#~ "máis información do dispositivo ou executar as comprobacións." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/he/he.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/he/he.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/he/he.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/he/he.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yaron \n" "Language-Team: Hebrew \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -306,58 +306,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -409,14 +494,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -449,30 +534,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -482,7 +558,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -490,14 +566,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -505,7 +581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -529,12 +605,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -655,7 +731,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -685,12 +761,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -699,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -708,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -716,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -724,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -775,17 +851,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -794,14 +870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -839,17 +915,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -858,14 +934,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -876,13 +952,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -921,13 +997,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -956,7 +1032,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -970,10 +1046,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1027,12 +1103,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1043,7 +1120,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1052,15 +1129,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1214,7 +1292,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1228,46 +1306,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1275,7 +1352,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1601,6 +1678,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1683,107 +1829,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1792,12 +1947,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1805,31 +1960,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1837,49 +1993,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1890,13 +2083,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1908,27 +2101,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1936,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1944,12 +2137,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1959,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1969,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1977,22 +2170,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2467,7 +2660,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3005,7 +3198,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3246,7 +3439,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3254,7 +3447,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4782,59 +4975,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5023,90 +5199,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5115,109 +5310,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5256,65 +5409,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5323,106 +5465,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5434,7 +5583,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5445,28 +5594,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5474,19 +5615,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5497,13 +5638,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5533,18 +5674,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5552,7 +5693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5561,7 +5702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5588,15 +5729,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5612,7 +5759,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5620,7 +5767,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5628,7 +5775,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5636,7 +5783,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5665,7 +5812,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5674,19 +5821,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5696,7 +5843,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5725,13 +5872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5746,7 +5894,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5781,7 +5929,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5813,17 +5961,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5846,12 +5994,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6106,7 +6253,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6334,12 +6480,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6347,7 +6493,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6355,7 +6501,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6365,7 +6511,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6375,7 +6521,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6383,17 +6529,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6402,12 +6548,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6416,24 +6562,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6442,7 +6588,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6450,24 +6596,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6475,12 +6621,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6489,7 +6635,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6506,10 +6652,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6529,14 +6675,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6546,24 +6707,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7101,10 +7270,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7576,129 +7744,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8468,7 +8612,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8484,22 +8628,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8510,7 +8654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8519,46 +8663,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8570,15 +8714,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8603,12 +8757,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8617,26 +8771,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8646,19 +8800,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8666,7 +8820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8674,50 +8828,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9086,14 +9240,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9116,12 +9270,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9129,24 +9283,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9154,7 +9308,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9163,14 +9317,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9179,7 +9333,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9286,10 +9440,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9324,17 +9479,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9361,26 +9517,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9389,7 +9538,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9397,12 +9546,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9413,7 +9562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9612,7 +9761,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9622,8 +9771,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9647,7 +9796,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9668,11 +9817,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9680,31 +9829,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9726,13 +9877,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9747,8 +9897,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9770,85 +9920,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9856,7 +10214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10050,14 +10408,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10066,8 +10424,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10085,74 +10442,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10163,31 +10516,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10589,7 +10942,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10599,70 +10952,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11148,7 +11502,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11308,7 +11662,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11438,80 +11792,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11775,12 +12129,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11793,7 +12146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12049,22 +12402,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12095,7 +12448,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12185,7 +12538,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12193,30 +12546,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12225,29 +12578,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12261,7 +12615,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12275,14 +12629,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12292,19 +12646,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12312,7 +12666,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12540,83 +12894,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12849,6 +13253,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13045,7 +13450,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13088,20 +13493,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13109,13 +13514,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13123,19 +13528,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13571,10 +13976,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13598,50 +14003,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13650,25 +14056,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13700,8 +14105,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13868,25 +14273,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13894,40 +14299,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13936,25 +14341,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13963,12 +14368,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13979,41 +14384,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14022,34 +14427,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14060,44 +14465,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14105,17 +14511,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14125,32 +14531,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14161,30 +14567,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14247,21 +14663,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14272,12 +14686,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14286,14 +14707,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14459,7 +14880,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14467,12 +14888,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14480,7 +14901,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15496,12 +15917,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15622,7 +16043,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15666,7 +16087,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15752,39 +16173,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15817,31 +16216,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16123,7 +16515,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16256,7 +16648,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16264,21 +16656,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16286,7 +16678,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16294,8 +16686,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16348,7 +16740,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16365,7 +16759,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16469,7 +16864,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16886,7 +17280,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16921,92 +17315,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17154,31 +17592,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17187,7 +17625,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17281,14 +17805,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17296,15 +17820,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17313,12 +17838,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17326,19 +17851,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17363,27 +17888,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17394,12 +17920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17407,7 +17933,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17439,17 +17965,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17654,28 +18180,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17720,20 +18246,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17743,27 +18269,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17773,26 +18304,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18324,36 +18858,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18361,17 +18895,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18380,14 +18914,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18433,55 +18967,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18489,8 +19020,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18498,7 +19034,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18665,19 +19201,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18686,26 +19222,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19349,7 +19885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19357,17 +19893,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19375,7 +19911,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19498,12 +20042,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20177,37 +20721,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20234,19 +20770,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20336,38 +20872,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20496,32 +21032,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20529,8 +21065,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20539,7 +21089,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20547,14 +21097,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20566,7 +21116,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20574,28 +21124,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20606,7 +21156,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20614,14 +21164,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20632,21 +21182,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20657,7 +21207,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20665,14 +21215,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20680,58 +21230,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20826,37 +21350,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22154,7 +22652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22162,7 +22660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22172,18 +22670,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/hi/hi.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/hi/hi.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/hi/hi.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/hi/hi.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Hindi \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -237,13 +237,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -310,58 +310,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "बाउंस कुंजियाँ चालू करें।" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -426,14 +511,14 @@ "भाग user interface के बदल जाएगें।" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -468,18 +553,9 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -487,12 +563,12 @@ "सार्वभौमिक अभिगम खोलें और संकेत एवँ क्लिक पट्टी चुनें।" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "हॅवर क्लिक चालू करें।" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -502,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -512,14 +588,14 @@ "धीरे रंग बदलने लगेगा। जब रंग पूरी तरह से बदल जाए, तब बटन स्वतः दब जाएगा।" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -527,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -553,12 +629,12 @@ "आकार बदल सकते हैं।" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -682,7 +758,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -712,12 +788,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -726,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -735,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -743,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -751,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -802,17 +878,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -821,14 +897,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -866,17 +942,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -885,14 +961,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -903,13 +979,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -948,13 +1024,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -983,7 +1059,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -997,10 +1073,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1054,12 +1130,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1070,7 +1147,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1079,15 +1156,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1241,7 +1319,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1255,46 +1333,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1302,7 +1379,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1628,6 +1705,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1710,107 +1856,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1819,12 +1974,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1832,31 +1987,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1864,49 +2020,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1917,13 +2110,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1935,27 +2128,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1963,7 +2156,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1971,12 +2164,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1986,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1996,7 +2189,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2004,22 +2197,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2494,7 +2687,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3032,7 +3225,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3273,7 +3466,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3281,7 +3474,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4809,59 +5002,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5050,90 +5226,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5142,109 +5337,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5283,65 +5436,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5350,106 +5492,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5461,7 +5610,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5472,28 +5621,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5501,19 +5642,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5524,13 +5665,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5560,18 +5701,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5579,7 +5720,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5588,7 +5729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5615,15 +5756,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5647,7 +5794,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5655,7 +5802,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5663,7 +5810,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5692,7 +5839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5701,19 +5848,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5723,7 +5870,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5752,13 +5899,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5773,7 +5921,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5808,7 +5956,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5840,17 +5988,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5873,12 +6021,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6133,7 +6280,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6361,12 +6507,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6374,7 +6520,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6382,7 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6392,7 +6538,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6402,7 +6548,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6410,17 +6556,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6429,12 +6575,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6443,24 +6589,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6469,7 +6615,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6477,24 +6623,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6502,12 +6648,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6516,7 +6662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6533,10 +6679,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6556,14 +6702,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6573,24 +6734,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7128,10 +7297,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7603,129 +7771,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8495,7 +8639,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8511,22 +8655,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8537,7 +8681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8546,46 +8690,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8597,15 +8741,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8630,12 +8784,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8644,26 +8798,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8673,19 +8827,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8693,7 +8847,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8701,50 +8855,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9113,14 +9267,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9143,12 +9297,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9156,24 +9310,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9181,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9190,14 +9344,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9206,7 +9360,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9313,10 +9467,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9351,17 +9506,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9388,26 +9544,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9424,12 +9573,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9440,7 +9589,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9639,7 +9788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9649,8 +9798,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9674,7 +9823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9695,11 +9844,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9707,31 +9856,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9753,13 +9904,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9774,8 +9924,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9797,85 +9947,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9883,7 +10241,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10077,14 +10435,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10093,8 +10451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10112,74 +10469,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10190,31 +10543,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10616,7 +10969,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10626,70 +10979,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11175,7 +11529,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11335,7 +11689,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11465,80 +11819,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11802,12 +12156,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11820,7 +12173,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12076,22 +12429,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12122,7 +12475,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12212,7 +12565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12220,30 +12573,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12252,29 +12605,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12288,7 +12642,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12302,14 +12656,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12319,19 +12673,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12339,7 +12693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12567,83 +12921,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12876,6 +13280,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13072,7 +13477,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13115,20 +13520,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13136,13 +13541,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13150,19 +13555,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13598,10 +14003,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13625,50 +14030,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13677,25 +14083,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13727,8 +14132,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13895,25 +14300,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13921,40 +14326,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13963,25 +14368,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13990,12 +14395,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14006,41 +14411,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14049,34 +14454,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14087,44 +14492,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14132,17 +14538,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14152,32 +14558,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14188,30 +14594,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14274,21 +14690,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14299,12 +14713,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14313,14 +14734,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14486,7 +14907,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14494,12 +14915,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14507,7 +14928,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15523,12 +15944,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15649,7 +16070,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15693,7 +16114,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15779,39 +16200,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15844,31 +16243,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16150,7 +16542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16283,7 +16675,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16291,21 +16683,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16313,7 +16705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16321,8 +16713,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16375,7 +16767,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16392,7 +16786,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16496,7 +16891,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16913,7 +17307,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16948,92 +17342,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17181,31 +17619,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17214,7 +17652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17308,14 +17832,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17323,15 +17847,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17340,12 +17865,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17353,19 +17878,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17390,27 +17915,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17421,12 +17947,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17434,7 +17960,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17466,17 +17992,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17681,28 +18207,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17747,20 +18273,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17770,27 +18296,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17800,26 +18331,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18351,36 +18885,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18388,17 +18922,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18407,14 +18941,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18460,55 +18994,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18516,8 +19047,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18525,7 +19061,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18692,19 +19228,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18713,26 +19249,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19376,7 +19912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19384,17 +19920,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19402,7 +19938,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19525,12 +20069,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20204,37 +20748,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20261,19 +20797,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20363,38 +20899,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20523,32 +21059,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20556,8 +21092,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20566,7 +21116,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20574,14 +21124,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20593,7 +21143,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20601,28 +21151,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20633,7 +21183,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20641,14 +21191,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20659,21 +21209,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20684,7 +21234,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20692,14 +21242,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20707,58 +21257,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20853,37 +21377,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22195,7 +22693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22203,7 +22701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22213,18 +22711,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/hr/hr.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/hr/hr.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/hr/hr.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/hr/hr.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Croatian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -237,13 +237,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -310,61 +310,144 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikonu na desnoj strani trake izbornika i odaberite " -"Postavke sustava." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Otvorite Univerzalni pristup i odaberite Tipkanje tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Uključite Odbijanje tipki." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -418,15 +501,15 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Otvorite Univerzalni pristup i odaberie Gladanje tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -459,30 +542,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -492,7 +566,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -500,14 +574,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -515,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -539,12 +613,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -665,7 +739,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -695,12 +769,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -709,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -718,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -726,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -734,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -785,17 +859,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -804,14 +878,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -849,17 +923,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -868,14 +942,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -886,13 +960,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -931,13 +1005,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -966,7 +1040,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -980,10 +1054,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1037,12 +1111,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1053,7 +1128,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1062,15 +1137,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1224,7 +1300,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1238,46 +1314,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1285,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1611,6 +1686,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1693,107 +1837,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1802,12 +1955,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1815,31 +1968,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1847,49 +2001,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1900,13 +2091,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1918,27 +2109,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1946,7 +2137,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1954,12 +2145,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1969,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1979,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1987,22 +2178,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2477,7 +2668,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3015,7 +3206,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3256,7 +3447,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3264,7 +3455,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4792,59 +4983,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5033,90 +5207,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5125,109 +5318,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5266,65 +5417,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5333,106 +5473,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 +msgid "" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5444,7 +5591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5455,28 +5602,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5484,19 +5623,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5507,13 +5646,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5543,18 +5682,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5562,7 +5701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5571,7 +5710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5598,15 +5737,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5622,7 +5767,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5630,7 +5775,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5638,7 +5783,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5646,7 +5791,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5675,7 +5820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5684,19 +5829,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5706,7 +5851,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5735,13 +5880,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5756,7 +5902,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5791,7 +5937,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5823,17 +5969,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5856,12 +6002,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6116,7 +6261,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6344,12 +6488,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6357,7 +6501,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6365,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6375,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6385,7 +6529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6393,17 +6537,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6412,12 +6556,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6426,24 +6570,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6452,7 +6596,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6460,24 +6604,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6485,12 +6629,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6499,7 +6643,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6516,10 +6660,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6539,14 +6683,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6556,24 +6715,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7111,10 +7278,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7586,129 +7752,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8478,7 +8620,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8494,22 +8636,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8520,7 +8662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8529,46 +8671,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8580,15 +8722,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8613,12 +8765,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8627,26 +8779,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8656,19 +8808,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8676,7 +8828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8684,50 +8836,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9096,14 +9248,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9126,12 +9278,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9139,24 +9291,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9164,7 +9316,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9173,14 +9325,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9189,7 +9341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9296,10 +9448,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9334,17 +9487,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9371,26 +9525,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9399,7 +9546,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9407,12 +9554,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9423,7 +9570,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9622,7 +9769,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9632,8 +9779,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9657,7 +9804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9678,11 +9825,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9690,175 +9837,384 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 +msgid "" +"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +"the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " +"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" +"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 -msgid "" -"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " -"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " -"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 -msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 -msgid "" -"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " -"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" -"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 -msgid "" -"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " -"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " -"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 -msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 -msgid "" -"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " -"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " -"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " -"had double-clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 -msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 -msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9866,7 +10222,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10060,14 +10416,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10076,8 +10432,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10095,74 +10450,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10173,31 +10524,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10599,7 +10950,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10609,70 +10960,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11158,7 +11510,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11318,7 +11670,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11448,80 +11800,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11785,12 +12137,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11803,7 +12154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12059,22 +12410,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12105,7 +12456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12195,7 +12546,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12203,30 +12554,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12235,29 +12586,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12271,7 +12623,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12285,14 +12637,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12302,19 +12654,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12322,7 +12674,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12550,83 +12902,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12859,6 +13261,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13055,7 +13458,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13098,20 +13501,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13119,13 +13522,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13133,19 +13536,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13581,10 +13984,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13608,50 +14011,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13660,25 +14064,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13710,8 +14113,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13878,25 +14281,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13904,40 +14307,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13946,25 +14349,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13973,12 +14376,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13989,41 +14392,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14032,34 +14435,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14070,44 +14473,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14115,17 +14519,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14135,32 +14539,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14171,30 +14575,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14257,21 +14671,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14282,12 +14694,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14296,14 +14715,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14469,7 +14888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14477,12 +14896,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14490,7 +14909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15506,12 +15925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15632,7 +16051,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15676,7 +16095,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15762,39 +16181,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15827,31 +16224,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16133,7 +16523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16266,7 +16656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16274,21 +16664,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16296,7 +16686,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16304,8 +16694,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16358,7 +16748,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16375,7 +16767,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16479,7 +16872,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16896,7 +17288,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16931,92 +17323,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17164,31 +17600,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17197,7 +17633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17291,14 +17813,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17306,15 +17828,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17323,12 +17846,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17336,19 +17859,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17373,27 +17896,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17404,12 +17928,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17417,7 +17941,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17449,17 +17973,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17664,28 +18188,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17730,20 +18254,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17753,27 +18277,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17783,26 +18312,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18334,36 +18866,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18371,17 +18903,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18390,14 +18922,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18443,55 +18975,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18499,8 +19028,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18508,7 +19042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18675,19 +19209,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18696,26 +19230,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19359,7 +19893,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19367,17 +19901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19385,7 +19919,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19508,12 +20050,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20187,37 +20729,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20244,19 +20778,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20346,38 +20880,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20506,32 +21040,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20539,8 +21073,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20549,7 +21097,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20557,14 +21105,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20576,7 +21124,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20584,28 +21132,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20616,7 +21164,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20624,14 +21172,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20642,21 +21190,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20667,7 +21215,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20675,14 +21223,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20690,58 +21238,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20836,37 +21358,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22164,7 +22660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22172,7 +22668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22182,18 +22678,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22237,3 +22733,10 @@ "more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na ikonu na desnoj strani trake izbornika i odaberite " +#~ "Postavke sustava." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/hu/hu.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/hu/hu.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/hu/hu.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/hu/hu.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-help master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gabor Kelemen \n" "Language-Team: Magyar \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -122,13 +122,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -239,13 +239,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -316,49 +316,134 @@ "billentyűt többször is lenyom, miközben csak egyszer akarja lenyomni, akkor " "kapcsolja be a billentyűszűrést." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -366,12 +451,12 @@ "Gépelés lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Kapcsolja be a Billentyűszűrést." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -440,8 +525,8 @@ "egyes részei fognak megváltozni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -449,7 +534,7 @@ "Látás lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" "Kapcsolja ON állásba a Nagy kontraszt kapcsolót." @@ -492,20 +577,9 @@ "egy vezérlőelem fölé, engedje el az egeret, és rövid idő múlva a gomb " "lenyomásra kerül." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kattintson a nevére a menüsávban, és válassza a " -"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -514,12 +588,12 @@ "Mutatás és kattintás lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Kapcsolja be a Rámutatási kattintást." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -535,7 +609,7 @@ "húzás után automatikusan visszaáll a kattintásra." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -546,7 +620,7 @@ "a gombra kattintás." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -555,7 +629,7 @@ "egérmutatót adott helyen tartani a kattintás előtt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -567,7 +641,7 @@ "következik be." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -596,12 +670,12 @@ "a betűméretet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Kapcsolja ON állásba a Nagy szöveg kapcsolót." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -740,7 +814,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -774,12 +848,12 @@ "kezén, vagy ha mutatóeszközének csak egy gombja van." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Kapcsolja be a Szimulált másodlagos kattintást." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -792,7 +866,7 @@ "másodlagos kattintás alatt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -806,7 +880,7 @@ "kattintáshoz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -817,7 +891,7 @@ "nem is kap vizuális visszajelzést a mutatótól." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -828,7 +902,7 @@ "5-ös billentyűjének lenyomva tartásával is." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -897,17 +971,17 @@ "okoz a megfelelő billentyű megnyomása elsőre a billentyűzeten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Kapcsolja be a Lassú billentyűket." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Lassú billentyűk gyors be- és kikapcsolása" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -922,7 +996,7 @@ "billentyűket." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -931,7 +1005,7 @@ "meddig kell lenyomva tartani egy billentyűt a leütés érzékeléséhez." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -983,17 +1057,17 @@ "billentyű lenyomva tartása." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Kapcsolja be a Ragadós billentyűket." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Ragadós billentyűk gyors be- és kikapcsolása" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1008,7 +1082,7 @@ "engedélyezheti vagy letilthatja a ragadós billentyűket." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1017,7 +1091,7 @@ "ragadós billentyűket, és a megszokott módon használhatja a gyorsbillentyűket." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1034,7 +1108,7 @@ "állókat), de másokat nem." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1042,7 +1116,7 @@ "lehetőséget ennek bekapcsolásához." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1097,7 +1171,7 @@ "fejezetet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1105,7 +1179,7 @@ "Hallás lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1136,7 +1210,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1150,10 +1224,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1207,12 +1281,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1223,7 +1298,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1232,15 +1307,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1417,13 +1493,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Egy fiók hozzáadása segít az online fiókjainak összekapcsolásában az ubuntus " -"gépével. Így e-mail, csevegő és más kapcsolódó alkalmazásai beállításra " -"kerülnek." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1434,77 +1507,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Válasszon egy Fióktípust a jobb oldali ablaktáblán." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Ha több fiókot szeretne beállítani, később megismételheti ezt a folyamatot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Megnyílik egy kis webes felület, amelyben megadhatja az online fiókjainak " -"adatait. Ha például egy Google fiókot állít be, akkor adja meg a Google " -"felhasználónevét és jelszavát, majd jelentkezzen be." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Ha helyesen adta meg hitelesítési adatait, akkor a rendszer a felhasználási " -"feltételek elfogadására kéri. Válassza az Elfogadás gombot a " -"folytatáshoz. Miután ezeket elfogadta, az Ubuntunak jogosultságra van " -"szüksége a fiók eléréséhez. A hozzáférés engedélyezéséhez kattintson a " -"Hozzáférés megadása gombra. Amikor a program kéri, adja meg a " -"fiókhoz tartozó jelszavát." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Ezután kiválaszthatja az online fiókjához kapcsolni kívánt alkalmazásokat. " -"Ha például az egyik online fiókot csevegésre szeretné használni, de a naptár " -"funkcióját nem, akkor kapcsolja ki a naptár funkciót." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"A fiókok hozzáadása után minden kijelölt alkalmazás a fiókjába való " -"bejelentkezés után automatikusan ezeket a hitelesítési adatokat fogja " -"használni." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Biztonsági okokból az Ubuntu nem tárolja a jelszavát a számítógépen. " -"Ehelyett egy, az online szolgáltatás által biztosított jelsort tárol. Ha " -"teljesen meg szeretné szüntetni a kapcsolatot a számítógépet és az online " -"szolgáltatás között, akkor távolítsa azt " -"el." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1884,6 +1935,75 @@ "felvett fiók és szolgáltatás használatra készen várja." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1990,49 +2110,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Az Ubuntu Szoftverek használata programok telepítésére, és az " -"Ubuntu használhatóbbá tételére." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Az Ubuntu fejlesztői csapata kiválasztotta az alkalmazások alapértelmezett " -"csoportját, amely szerintünk az Ubuntut a legtöbb mindennapos feladatra " -"hasznossá teszi. Azonban előbb-utóbb további szoftverek telepítésére lesz " -"szüksége, hogy az Ubuntuját még hasznosabbá tegye." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "További szoftverek telepítéséhez tegye a következőket:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Csatlakozás az internetre vezeték " -"nélküli vagy vezetékes " -"kapcsolat használatával." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2042,7 +2168,7 @@ "keresősávjában." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2051,71 +2177,54 @@ "között, vagy válasszon ki egy kategóriát, és válogasson a listából." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Válassza ki az Önt érdeklő alkalmazást, és nyomja meg a Telepítés " -"gombot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"A program bekéri a jelszavát. Ennek megadása után megkezdődik a telepítés." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"A telepítés általában gyorsan befejeződik, de eltarthat egy ideig, ha az " -"internetkapcsolat lassú." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Az Indítóra kikerül az új alkalmazásra mutató ikon. Ennek letiltásához " -"törölje a NézetÚj alkalmazások az " -"Indítóban menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "PPA-k felvétele kiadatlan vagy speciális szoftverek teszteléséhez." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Személyes csomagtároló (PPA) hozzáadása" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"A személyes csomagtárolók (PPA-k) Ubuntu felhasználók számára " -"tervezett, és más harmadik féltől származó tárolóktól egyszerűbben " -"használható szoftvertárolók." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Csak olyan forrásokból adjon hozzá tárolókat, amelyekben megbízik!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2127,12 +2236,12 @@ "is tartalmazhatnak." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "PPA telepítése" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2143,8 +2252,8 @@ "hasonlónak kell lennie: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2153,19 +2262,18 @@ "és frissítések menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Váltson az Egyéb szoftver lapra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra, és adja meg a ppa: " -"helyet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2173,7 +2281,7 @@ "Hitelesítés ablakban." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2183,25 +2291,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Már nem használt szoftverek eltávolítása." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Alkalmazás eltávolítása" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Az Ubuntu Szoftverek segít a már nem használt szoftverek " -"eltávolításában." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2210,7 +2342,7 @@ "Telepített gombra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2219,22 +2351,32 @@ "telepített alkalmazások listájában." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" "Válassza ki az eltávolítani kívánt alkalmazást, és nyomja meg az " "Eltávolítás gombot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"A program bekérheti a jelszavát. Ezután az alkalmazás eltávolításra kerül." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2249,16 +2391,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Az Ubuntu által telepítésre és frissítésekhez használt szoftverforrások " -"körének bővítése további tárolókkal." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "További szoftvertárolók felvétele" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2273,13 +2413,13 @@ "szoftvertárolóból szeretne telepíteni, akkor azt fel kell vennie az Ubuntu " "által elérhető tárolók listájára." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "További tárolók telepítése" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2288,7 +2428,7 @@ "szoftver lapra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2297,7 +2437,7 @@ "a tároló weboldaláról elérhető, és a következőhöz hasonlóan néz ki:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2308,7 +2448,7 @@ "Szoftverek ezután megkeresi a frissítéseket a szoftverforrásokban." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2319,12 +2459,12 @@ "letöltésére és telepítésére vonatkozó utasításokat is követnie kell." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "A Canonical Partner tároló aktiválása" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2340,7 +2480,7 @@ "engedélyezéséig." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2356,7 +2496,7 @@ "következőt:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2367,26 +2507,23 @@ "Ubuntu Szoftverek letölti a tárolóinformációkat." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Szoftver telepítése/eltávolítása" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Telepítés, eltávolítás, kiegészítő " -"tárolók…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Szoftverek telepítése és eltávolítása" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2985,8 +3122,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB memóriakulcs (alacsony kapacitás)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3657,7 +3794,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3960,23 +4097,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Nyomtatási referenciafájl letöltésével egy színkezelő cégtől." +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Egy színkezelő cég igénybe vétele nyomtatóprofil generálására általában a " -"legolcsóbb megoldás, ha csak egy vagy két papírtípust használ. A cégek " -"weboldaláról letöltött és kinyomtatott és buborékos borítékban visszaküldött " -"referenciadiagramot beszkennelik, előállítják a profilt, és e-mailben " -"visszaküldik a pontos ICC-profilt." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5870,21 +6002,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Ha később meggondolja magát, akkor az óra visszaállításához kattintson a " -"menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot. A Rendszer szakaszban válassza a " -"Dátum és idő ikont." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "A dátumformátum megváltoztatása" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5893,44 +6023,23 @@ "földrajzi helyen megszokotthoz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "A Személyes szakaszban válassza a Nyelvi támogatás ikont." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Lépjen a Területi formátumok lapra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "A legördülő listából válassza ki tartózkodási helyét." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6164,73 +6273,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Teljesítménytesztek futtatásával meghatározhatja merevlemeze sebességét." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "A merevlemez teljesítményének tesztelése" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "A merevlemez sebességének tesztelése:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Dashból." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Tevékenységek áttekintésben." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Válassza ki a merevlemezt a Lemezmeghajtók listájából." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Kattintson a fogaskerék ikonra, és válassza a Meghajtó " -"teljesítménytesztelése menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Teljesítményteszt indítása gombot, és igényeinek " -"megfelelően módosítsa az Átviteli sebesség és Hozzáférési " -"idő paramétereket." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Teljesítményteszt indítása gombot az adatok olvasási " -"sebességének teszteléséhez. Ehhez rendszergazdai jogosultságok szükségesek. Írja be " -"jelszavát, vagy a kért rendszergazdai fiók jelszavát." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6240,43 +6364,22 @@ "kerül. Az utóbbi lehetőség tovább fog tartani." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"A teszt befejeződésekor az eredmények megjelennek a grafikonon. A zöld " -"pontok és csatlakozó vonalak a mintavételeket jelölik, ezek a jobb " -"tengelynek felelnek meg, amely a hozzáférési időt jeleníti meg a vízszintes " -"tengelyen ábrázolt eltelt idő függvényében. A kék vonal az olvasási " -"sebességet képviseli, míg a vörös az írásit, ezek adat-hozzáférési " -"sebességként jelennek meg a bal tengelyen, a tányér külsejétől indulva " -"bejárt lemez százalékos arányának függvényében az alsó tengelyen." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"A grafikon alatt megjelennek a minimális, maximális és átlagos olvasási és " -"írási sebességek, az átlagos hozzáférési idő és az utolsó teljesítményteszt " -"óta eltelt idő." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Szabad hely és kapacitás ellenőrzése a Lemezhasználat-elemző vagy " -"a Rendszerfigyelő használatával." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6284,138 +6387,68 @@ msgstr "Szabad lemezhely ellenőrzése" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"A szabad lemezhelyet a Lemezhasználat-elemző vagy a " -"Rendszerfigyelő használatával ellenőrizheti." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Ellenőrzés a Lemezhasználat-elemzővel" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"A szabad lemezhely és lemezkapacitás ellenőrzése a Lemezhasználat-" -"elemző használatával:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Lemezhasználat-elemző alkalmazást a " -"Dashból. Az ablak megjeleníti a Teljes fájlrendszer-" -"kapacitást és a Teljes fájlrendszer-használatot." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Dashból." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Tevékenységek " -"áttekintésből. Az ablak megjeleníti a Teljes fájlrendszer-" -"kapacitást és a Teljes fájlrendszer-használatot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Kattintson az egyik eszköztárgombra a Saját mappa vizsgálata, " -"Fájlrendszer vizsgálata, Mappa vizsgálata vagy a " -"Távoli mappa vizsgálata közötti választáshoz." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Az információk között a Mappa, Használat, " -"Méret és Tartalom jelenik meg. További részletekért " -"olvassa el a Lemezhasználat-elemző " -"kézikönyvét." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Ellenőrzés a Rendszerfigyelővel" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Mit tegyek, ha megtelt a lemez?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"A szabad lemezhely és lemezkapacitás ellenőrzése a " -"Rendszerfigyelő használatával:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Rendszerfigyelő alkalmazást a Dashból." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Rendszerfigyelő alkalmazást a " -"Tevékenységek áttekintésben." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Válassza a Fájlrendszerek lapot a rendszer partícióinak és " -"lemezhasználatának megjelenítéséhez. Az információk az Összes, " -"Szabad, Elérhető és Használt lemezterület " -"szerint jelennek meg." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Mit tegyek, ha megtelt a lemez?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Ha a lemez megtelt, tegye a következőket:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Törölje a kevésbé fontos, vagy már nem használt fájlokat." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Készítsen másolatokat a fontos fájlokról, " -"amelyeket egy ideig nem kíván használni, és törölje azokat a merevlemezről." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6460,24 +6493,8 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "A lemez állapotának ellenőrzése a Lemezek alkalmazással" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Dashból." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Tevékenységek " -"áttekintésben." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6486,56 +6503,46 @@ "állapotát ellenőrizni szeretné." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "A Felmérés mellett „A lemez jó” feliratnak kell lennie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a jobb felső menüt, és válassza a SMART adatok és " -"öntesztek pontot további információk megjelenítéséhez vagy öntesztek " -"futtatásához." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Mi a teendő, ha a lemez nem egészséges?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Még ha a SMART állapot azt is jelzi, hogy a lemez nem " -"egészséges, sem kell megijedni. Azonban az adatvesztés megelőzése érdekében " -"jobb mentéssel készülni." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Ha az állapot „Pre-fail”, akkor a lemez még elfogadható állapotban van, de a " -"fáradás jelei észlelhetők, azaz a közeljövőben meghibásodhat. Ha a " -"merevlemez (vagy számítógép) már néhány éves, akkor valószínűbb, hogy " -"találkozhat ezzel az üzenettel legalább néhány ellenőrzés esetén. Ebben az " -"esetben mentse rendszeresen a fontos " -"fájljait, és ellenőrizze rendszeresen a lemez állapotát, hogy " -"kiderüljön, romlik-e a helyzet." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6546,132 +6553,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Minden fájl és mappa eltávolítása külső merevlemezről vagy USB-meghajtóról " -"formázással." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Minden adat törlése cserélhető adathordozóról" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Ha rendelkezik cserélhető meghajtóval, például USB-meghajtóval vagy külső " -"merevlemezzel, akkor néha szükség lehet az azon lévő összes fájl és mappa " -"törlésére. Ezt a meghajtó formázásával érheti el – ez törli a " -"meghajtó összes fájlját, ezután a meghajtó teljesen üres lesz." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Cserélhető lemez formázása" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Válassza ki a törlendő lemezt a Tárolóeszközök listájából." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Győződjön meg róla, hogy a megfelelő lemezt választotta ki! Ha rossz lemezt " -"választ, a másik lemez fájljai kerülnek törlésre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"A Kötetek szakaszban kattintson a Kötet leválasztása, majd a " -"Kötet formázása gombra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"A megjelenő ablakban válassza ki a fájlrendszer Típusát a " -"lemezhez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Ha a lemezt Linuxon kívül Windows és Mac OS rendszereket futtató " -"számítógépeken is használja, akkor válassza a FAT lehetőséget. Ha " -"csak Windowson használja, akkor az NTFS jobb választás lehet. A " -"fájlrendszer típusának rövid leírása megjelenik egy címkében." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Adjon nevet a lemeznek, és nyomja meg a Formázás gombot a lemez " -"törlésének megkezdéséhez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"A formázás befejeződése után távolítsa el biztonságosan a lemezt. " -"Ekkorra az már üres, és készen áll az újabb használatra." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "A formázás nem törli biztonságosan a fájljait" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"A lemez formázása nem teljesen biztonságos módszer a rajta lévő adatok " -"törléséhez. A formázott lemezen nem látszanak fájlok, de speciális " -"helyreállító szoftverek képesek lehetnek visszaállítani a fájlokat. Ha " -"biztonságosan kell törölnie a fájlokat, akkor használja a parancssori " -"shred programot." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." -msgstr "Kötetek és partíciók bemutatása, és a lemezkezelő használata." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Kötetek és partíciók kezelése" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6690,7 +6678,7 @@ "akkor olvashat róla és írhat rá fájlokat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6707,58 +6695,40 @@ "megcímkézett, elérhető „kirakataiként” lehet tekinteni." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Kötetek és partíciók megjelenítése és kezelése a Lemezkezelővel" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"A Lemezkezelővel ellenőrizheti és módosíthatja a számítógép tárolóköteteit." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Dasht, és indítsa el a Lemezkezelőt." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"A Tárolóeszközök ablaktáblán megtalálhatja a merevlemezeket, " -"CD/DVD meghajtókat és egyéb fizikai eszközöket. Kattintson a megvizsgálandó " -"eszközre." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"A jobb oldali ablaktáblán a Kötetek feliratú terület a kijelölt " -"eszközön található kötetek és partíciók felosztását jeleníti meg. Ezen kívül " -"tartalmaz még a kötetek kezelésére használható eszközöket is." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Legyen óvatos: ezekkel az eszközökkel lehetséges a lemezen található adatok " -"teljes törlése is." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6775,20 +6745,14 @@ "partíció között is eloszthatók." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Egy elsődleges partíciónak olyan információkat kell tartalmaznia, amelyeket " -"a számítógép az elinduláshoz vagy bootoláshoz használ. Emiatt ezt a " -"partíciót indítópartíciónak, boot partíciónak is nevezik. A kötet " -"indíthatóságának meghatározásához nézze meg a Partíciójelzőket a " -"Lemezkezelőben. A külső adathordozók, például USB-meghajtók vagy CD-k is " -"tartalmazhatnak indítható kötetet." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6823,19 +6787,19 @@ msgstr "Fényerő beállítása" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Nyissa meg a Fényerő és zárolás panelt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Állítsa a Fényerő csúszkát az Önnek megfelelő beállításra." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6847,7 +6811,7 @@ "használatához." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6860,7 +6824,7 @@ "csökkenti az akkumulátoros tápellátással áthidalható időt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6894,15 +6858,23 @@ "szeretné a beállításait:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Kattintson a nevére a menüsávban, és válassza a " +"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Nyissa meg a Kijelzők panelt." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6923,7 +6895,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6933,7 +6905,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6943,7 +6915,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 #| msgid "" #| "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then " #| "click Keep this configuration." @@ -6956,7 +6928,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6990,7 +6962,7 @@ "rendszer nem ismeri fel azonnal, vagy módosítani szeretné a beállításait:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7004,7 +6976,7 @@ "használni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7014,12 +6986,12 @@ "Minden kijelzőre." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Ragadós élek" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7034,7 +7006,7 @@ "erősebben kell tolnia." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7072,26 +7044,15 @@ "automatikus zárolást is beállíthat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 -#| msgid "" -#| "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -#| "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have " -#| "been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, " -#| "controlled with the Turn off after drop-down list above." +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Kapcsolja be a Zárolást, majd válasszon egy időkorlátot az alatta " -"lévő legördülő listából. A képernyő automatikusan zárolásra kerül, ha ennyi " -"ideig inaktív volt. Kiválaszthatja a Képernyő kikapcsol " -"lehetőséget is, ekkor a képernyő az automatikus kikapcsolás után kerül " -"zárolásra, amely a fenti Képernyő kikapcsolása, ha ennyi ideig " -"inaktív legördülő listával szabályozható." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7105,7 +7066,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7147,7 +7108,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7184,17 +7145,17 @@ "nem helyezhet el a gyűjteményekben más gyűjteményeket." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Gyűjtemény törléséhez:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Kijelölési módban jelölje be a törlendő gyűjteményt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7219,12 +7180,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7524,7 +7484,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Fájlok keresése" @@ -7805,14 +7764,14 @@ "kiválasztásához:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Válassza a RészletekCserélhető " "adathordozók menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7823,7 +7782,7 @@ "eszközök és adathordozó-típusok leírása alább látható." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7834,7 +7793,7 @@ "teendőre, vagy nem történik automatikusan semmi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7849,7 +7808,7 @@ "(például egy diavetítés esetén)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7865,7 +7824,7 @@ "Művelet legördülő mezőben." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7877,17 +7836,17 @@ "Cserélhető adathordozók ablak alján." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Eszköz- és adathordozó-típusok" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Hanglemezek" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7901,12 +7860,12 @@ "amelyeket bármely hanglejátszó alkalmazásban lejátszhat." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Videolemezek" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7920,12 +7879,12 @@ "akkor nézze meg a szakaszt." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Üres lemezek" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7934,12 +7893,12 @@ "alkalmazást az üres CD-k, DVD-k, Blu-ray lemezek és HD DVD-k megnyitásához." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Fényképezőgépek és fényképek" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7952,7 +7911,7 @@ "fájlkezelő használatával is egyszerűsítheti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7964,12 +7923,12 @@ "mappában tartalmazzák a JPEG képeket." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Zenelejátszók" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7978,12 +7937,12 @@ "kezeléséhez, vagy választhatja a fájlok kezelését a fájlkezelővel is." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "E-könyvolvasók" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7994,12 +7953,12 @@ "kezelését a fájlkezelővel is." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Szoftver" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8014,7 +7973,7 @@ "fog kérni." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Soha ne futtasson nem megbízható adathordozóról származó szoftvert." @@ -8031,15 +7990,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"A Fájlok alkalmazás segítségével tallózhatja a számítógépén " -"található fájlokat. Segítségével kezelheti a tárolóeszközökön (például külső " -"merevlemezeken), fájlkiszolgálókon és " -"hálózati megosztásokon lévő fájlokat." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8063,18 +8018,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"A fájlkezelőben a mappákra duplán kattintva megjelenik azok tartalma, a " -"fájlokra duplán kattintva azok megnyílnak a fájltípushoz tartozó alap " -"alkalmazásban. A mappán jobb egérgombbal kattintva megnyithatja azt új " -"ablakban vagy új lapon." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8089,37 +8055,33 @@ "másolásához vagy áthelyezéséhez, illetve tulajdonságainak megjelenítéséhez." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Ha gyorsan egy fájlra akar ugrani az éppen megjelenített mappában, akkor " -"kezdje el begépelni a fájl nevét. Az ablak tetején megjelenik egy " -"keresőmező, és a keresett kifejezésre illeszkedő első fájl kijelölésre " -"kerül. Nyomja meg a Lefelé nyíl billentyűt, vagy görgessen az egérgörgőn a " -"keresett kifejezésre illeszkedő következő fájlra ugráshoz." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Az oldalsávból gyorsan elérheti az általános helyeket. Ha nem látja " -"az oldalsávot, akkor kattintson a lefelé gombra az eszköztáron, és válassza az " -"Oldalsáv megjelenítése menüpontot. A gyakran használt mappákra " -"könyvjelzőket is készíthet, ezek is az oldalsávban jelennek meg. Ehhez " -"használja a Könyvjelzők menüt, vagy húzzon egy mappát az " -"oldalsávra." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8804,18 +8766,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Lehet, hogy úgy nevezte át a fájlt, hogy az rejtetté vált. A . " -"karakterrel kezdődő, vagy ~ karakterrel végződő fájlok " -"rejtettek a fájlkezelőben. Nyomja meg a lefelé gombot a fájlkezelő eszköztárán, " -"és válassza a Rejtett fájlok megjelenítése menüpontot a " -"megjelenítésükhöz. További információkért lásd: ." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9422,166 +9376,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Fájlok keresése fájlnév és típus alapján. Keresések mentése későbbi " -"felhasználásra." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Fájlokat nevük vagy típusuk alapján közvetlenül kereshet a fájlkezelőben. A " -"gyakori kereséseket el is mentheti, és azok speciális mappákként fognak " -"megjelenni a saját mappájában." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Egyéb keresőalkalmazások" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Keresés" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Nyissa meg a fájlkezelőt" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Ha tudja, hogy melyik mappában vannak a keresett fájlok, akkor lépjen be az " -"adott mappába." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Kattintson az eszköztár nagyító ikonjára, vagy nyomja meg a " -"CtrlF kombinációt." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Írjon be egy vagy több szót, amelyről tudja, hogy szerepel a fájl nevében. " -"Ha például minden számlája nevében szerepel a „Számla” szó, akkor a " -"számla szót írja be. Nyomja meg az Enter " -"billentyűt. A keresés nem különbözteti meg a kis- és nagybetűket." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Szűkítheti a találatokat hely és fájltípus alapján." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Saját mappa gombot a találatok korlátozására a " -"saját mappájára, vagy a Minden fájl gombot a " -"mindenütt való kereséshez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a + gombot, és válasszon Fájltípust a " -"legördülő listából a keresési eredmények fájltípus szerinti szűkítéséhez. Az " -"x gombra kattintva eltávolíthatja ezt a beállítást, és bővítheti " -"a találatok körét." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"A keresési találatokat ugyanúgy megnyithatja, másolhatja, törölheti stb., " -"mint bármely más mappa tartalmát a fájlkezelőben." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Kattintson újra az eszköztár nagyító gombjára a keresésből való kilépéshez, " -"és a mappához való visszatéréshez." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Ha bizonyos kereséseket gyakran végez, akkor a gyors elérésük érdekében " -"elmentheti azokat." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Keresés mentése" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Indítsa el a keresést a fentieknek megfelelően." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Amikor beállította a keresési paramétereket, kattintson a menüsáv " -"Fájl elemére, és válassza a Keresés mentése másként " -"menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Nevezze el a keresést, és nyomja meg a Mentés gombot. Ha akarja, " -"választhat másik mappát a keresés mentéséhez. Az adott mappa " -"megjelenítésekor a mentett keresés narancssárga mappaikonként jelenik meg, " -"amelyen egy nagyító ikon van." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Ha a keresésre már nincs szüksége, akkor a törléséhez egyszerűen csak törölje azt, ahogy egy fájlt törölne. A mentett " -"keresés törlésekor a keresésre illeszkedő fájlok nem kerülnek törlésre." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10556,7 +10450,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "A Hardver szakaszban kattintson a Billentyűzet ikonra." @@ -10574,22 +10468,22 @@ "sebességét." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Beviteli források hozzáadása és váltás köztük." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Alternatív beviteli források használata" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10605,7 +10499,7 @@ "használatára. Ez több nyelv használata közti gyakori váltás esetén hasznos." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10619,16 +10513,33 @@ "szakaszban olvashat többet." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Beviteli források hozzáadása" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" +"A Személyes kategóriában kattintson a Szövegbevitel gombra." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Nyomja meg a + gombot, válasszon egy beviteli forrást, és nyomja " +"meg a Hozzáadás gombot." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10637,36 +10548,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Bármely kiosztás képét megjelenítheti. Válassza ki a listából a kiosztást, " -"majd nyomja meg az előnézet gombot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" -"A Személyes kategóriában kattintson a Szövegbevitel gombra." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a + gombot, válasszon egy beviteli forrást, és nyomja " -"meg a Hozzáadás gombot." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10680,7 +10571,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10689,8 +10580,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click beállításokra kattintva elérheti az adott " "módszer beállítóablakát, ha van ilyen." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Beviteli forrás indikátor" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10725,12 +10626,12 @@ "menüből a kívánt forrást." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Gyorsbillentyűk" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10743,7 +10644,7 @@ "módosítható:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10752,7 +10653,7 @@ "következő forrásra címke alatt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10762,13 +10663,13 @@ "használni kívánt billentyűket." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Beviteli forrás beállítása minden ablakra vagy ablakonként külön-külön" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10783,7 +10684,7 @@ "megmarad az ablakok közti váltáskor." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10793,12 +10694,12 @@ "használják." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Komplex beviteli módok" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10809,7 +10710,7 @@ "koreai és vietnami nyelvekhez." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10821,7 +10722,7 @@ "ha az adott nyelvhez szükséges." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10830,7 +10731,7 @@ "következőket:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10840,24 +10741,24 @@ "módszer az Fcitx-hez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Zárja be a Nyelvi támogatás ablakát, és nyissa meg újra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Válassza az fcitx-et a Billentyűzetbeviteli rendszer " "listából." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Jelentkezzen ki, majd újra be." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10866,7 +10767,7 @@ "lehetőséget, és nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10875,7 +10776,7 @@ "a menüsávon. (A megjelenése eltérő az IBus használatakor.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can képernyő-billentyűzetet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Kapcsolja be a Gépelési segédet a képernyő-billentyűzet " @@ -11322,7 +11223,7 @@ "megváltoztathatja az ismétlés megkezdéséhez szükséges várakozást." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11331,7 +11232,7 @@ "billentyűismétlés teljes letiltásához." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11359,14 +11260,14 @@ msgstr "Egy gyorsbillentyűhöz használandó billentyű megváltoztatásához:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Nyissa meg a Billentyűzet panelt, és válassza a " "Gyorsbillentyűk lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11377,7 +11278,7 @@ "gyorsbillentyű… szövegre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11386,17 +11287,17 @@ "Backspace billentyűt a törléshez." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Egyéni gyorsbillentyűk" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Egyéni gyorsbillentyű létrehozásához:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11407,7 +11308,7 @@ "+ gombjára). Megjelenik az Egyéni gyorsbillentyű ablak." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11421,7 +11322,7 @@ "használhatja a rhythmbox parancsot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11431,7 +11332,7 @@ "kívánt billentyűkombinációt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11444,7 +11345,7 @@ "alkalmazásnak a neve." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11578,15 +11479,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Ennek megoldásához kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza " -"a Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot. A Hardver szakaszban válassza a " -"Kijelzők ikont. A Felbontás listából válassza ki a " -"monitornak megfelelő felbontást." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11629,20 +11527,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot. Nyissa meg a Kijelzők " -"panelt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Törölje a Kijelzők tükrözése négyzetet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11677,16 +11573,7 @@ "képernyő teteje, ez akkor hasznos, ha forgatható kijelzője van." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11695,12 +11582,12 @@ "felbontása eltérő is lehet. Válasszon egy kijelezőt az előnézeti területen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Válassza ki a kívánt felbontást és forgatást." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11714,7 +11601,7 @@ "beállítások megtartása gombot." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11725,12 +11612,12 @@ "történik meg, akkor nyomja meg a Kijelzők felismerése gombot." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Felbontás" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11747,7 +11634,7 @@ "meg." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may homályos vagy pixeles lehet." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Forgatás" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11943,17 +11830,17 @@ "lenyomni az egérgombot, akkor növelje az időkorlátot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Nyissa meg az Egér és érintőtábla panelt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11962,7 +11849,7 @@ "csúszkát az Önnek megfelelő értékre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11973,7 +11860,7 @@ "belső kört." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11988,8 +11875,8 @@ "ellenőrizze, hogy azon is ugyanúgy rossz-e." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12017,7 +11904,7 @@ "kényelmesebb legyen bal kézzel használni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12042,65 +11929,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Sok egér és néhány érintőtábla is rendelkezik középső egérgombbal. A " -"görgővel rendelkező egereken általában közvetlenül a görgő lenyomásával " -"végezhet középső kattintást. Ha nincs középső egérgombja, nyomja meg " -"egyszerre a bal és jobb egérgombot a középső kattintáshoz. Ha így nem tud " -"középső kattintást végezni, akkor próbálja meg ezeket az " -"utasításokat követni." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"A többujjas koppintást támogató érintőtáblákon három ujjal egyszerre " -"koppintva végezhet középső kattintást. Ennek működéséhez engedélyeznie kell " -"a koppintással kattintást az " -"érintőtábla beállításaiban." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Számos alkalmazás a középső kattintást használja bizonyos műveletek gyors " -"végrehajtására." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Az egyik ilyen művelet a kijelölt szöveg beillesztése (néha az elsődleges " -"kijelölés beillesztésének is hívják). Jelölje ki a beilleszteni kívánt " -"szöveget, vigye az egérmutatót oda, ahova be szeretné szúrni, majd " -"kattintson a középső gombbal. A kijelölt szöveg beillesztésre kerül a " -"mutatott helyre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"A szöveg középső gombbal való beillesztése teljesen független a normál " -"vágólaptól. A szöveg kijelölése nem másolja azt át a vágólapra. Ez a gyors " -"módszer csak a középső egérgombbal működik." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12128,22 +11996,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"A legtöbb webböngésző lehetővé teszi a hivatkozások gyors megnyitását új " -"lapokon a középső egérgombbal. Kattintson bármely hivatkozásra a középső " -"egérgombbal, és az megnyílik egy új lapon. Legyen azonban óvatos a " -"Firefox webböngészőben való középső kattintással. Ha a " -"Firefoxban nem egy hivatkozásra mutatva végez középső kattintást, " -"akkor a böngésző a kijelölt szöveget próbálja meg betölteni URL-ként, mintha " -"a címsorba illesztette volna be a középső kattintással, és megnyomta volna " -"az Entert." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12161,13 +12020,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Néhány speciális alkalmazás lehetővé teszi a középső egérgomb más " -"feladatokra való használatát. Az alkalmazás súgójában keressen rá a " -"középső kattintás vagy középső egérgomb kifejezésekre." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12192,8 +12048,13 @@ "egérmutatót irányíthatja a numerikus billentyűzetről is. Ezt a szolgáltatást " "egérbillentyűknek hívjuk." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12202,7 +12063,7 @@ "billentyűt a Dash megnyitásához" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12211,23 +12072,21 @@ "Enter billentyűt az Akadálymentesítési beállítások eléréséhez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Nyomja le egyszer a Tab billentyűt, és válassza a " "Látás fület." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a ← billentyűt egyszer a Mutatás és " -"kattintás fül eléréséhez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12237,7 +12096,7 @@ "bekapcsoláshoz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12246,76 +12105,259 @@ "Ezután az egérmutatót a numerikus billentyűzet használatával mozgathatja." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Ezen utasítások alapján kapcsolhatja be a leggyorsabban az egérbillentyűket " -"kizárólag a billentyűzet használatával. További akadálymentesítési " -"beállításokért válassza az Akadálymentesítés beállításai " -"menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"A numerikus billentyűzet a billentyűzet számbillentyűkből álló része, " -"amelyet általában négyzetrácsba rendeznek. Ha billentyűzetén nincs numerikus " -"billentyűzet (például laptop esetén), akkor a funkció billentyűt " -"(Fn) kell nyomva tartani, és más billentyűk lesznek numerikus " -"billentyűzetként használhatók. Ha gyakran használja laptopon ezt a " -"szolgáltatást, akkor vásárolhat külső USB numerikus billentyűzetet." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"A numerikus billentyűzet minden száma megfelel egy iránynak. A 8 " -"lenyomása például felfelé mozgatja a mutatót, a 2 lenyomása pedig " -"lefelé. Nyomja meg egyszer az 5 billentyűt az egérkattintáshoz, " -"vagy kétszer gyorsan a dupla kattintáshoz." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"A legtöbb billentyűzeten van a jobb kattintást végző speciális billentyű, " -"amely gyakran a szóköz mellett található. Azonban ez nem az egérmutató által " -"mutatott helyen, hanem a billentyűzetfókusz helyén jeleníti meg a helyi " -"menüt. A jobb egérgombbal való kattintásnak az 5 billentyűvel " -"vagy a bal egérgomb lenyomva tartásával történő kiváltásával kapcsolatos " -"további információkért lásd: ." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Ha a numerikus billentyűzeten számokat szeretne bevinni, mialatt az " + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Ha a numerikus billentyűzeten számokat szeretne bevinni, mialatt az " "egérbillentyűk szolgáltatás engedélyezve van, akkor kapcsolja be a Num " "Lock billentyűt. Az egér nem irányítható a numerikus billentyűzetről, " "amikor a Num Lock engedélyezett." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -12563,7 +12605,7 @@ "eszközökhöz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12572,7 +12614,7 @@ "mozgása Önnek megfelelővé nem válik." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12585,8 +12627,7 @@ "Érintőtábla lapon egyaránt." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12608,87 +12649,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Pusztán az érintőtáblával, külön hardvergombok használata nélkül is " -"kattinthat egyszeresen vagy duplán, elemeket húzhat és görgetheti a " -"képernyőtartalmat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Az Érintőtábla lapon jelölje be a Koppintás a " "kattintáshoz négyzetet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "A kattintáshoz koppintson az érintőtáblára." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "A dupla kattintáshoz koppintson duplán." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Egy elem húzásához koppintson duplán, de ne emelje fel az ujját a második " -"koppintás után. Húzza az elemet a célra, majd engedje fel az ujját az " -"ejtéshez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Ha érintőtáblája támogatja a többujjas koppintást, akkor a jobb kattintást " -"két ujjal egyszer koppintással is elvégezheti. Ellenkező esetben a jobb " -"kattintáshoz hardvergombokat kell használnia. A második egérgomb nélküli " -"jobb kattintással kapcsolatos további információkért lásd: ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Ha az érintőtábla támogatja a több ujjas koppintást, akkor három ujjal " -"egyszerre koppintva középső " -"kattintást végezhet." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Több ujjal koppintva vagy húzva győződjön meg róla, hogy ujjai elegendő " -"távolságban vannak egymástól. Ha ujjai túl közel vannak, akkor számítógépe " -"egyetlen ujjnak tekintheti azokat." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Kétujjas görgetés" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Az érintőtáblán két ujjának használatával görgethet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12696,7 +12716,7 @@ "négyzetet" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12714,17 +12734,17 @@ "nagy ujjnak érzékelje." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "A kétujjas görgetés nem minden érintőtáblán működik." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Ujjakhoz tapadó tartalom" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12733,7 +12753,7 @@ "húzna." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12742,7 +12762,7 @@ "tartalom négyzetet." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13282,8 +13302,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Könyvjelzők hozzáadása, törlése és átnevezése a fájlkezelőben." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13292,80 +13312,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Könyvjelzői a fájlkezelő oldalsávjában vannak felsorolva." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Könyvjelző hozzáadása:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Nyissa meg a könyvjelzőzni kívánt mappát (vagy helyet)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv Könyvjelzők elemére, és válassza a Hely " -"könyvjelzőzése menüpontot." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Könyvjelző törlése:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv Könyvjelzők elemére, és válassza a " -"Könyvjelzők menüpontot az alkalmazásmenüből." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"A Könyvjelzők ablakban válassza ki a törölni kívánt könyvjelzőt, " -"és nyomja meg a - gombot." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Könyvjelző átnevezése:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a Fájlok elemre a felső sávon, és válassza az " -"alkalmazásmenü Könyvjelzők pontját." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"A Könyvjelzők ablakban válassza ki az átnevezni kívánt " -"könyvjelzőt." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "A Név szövegmezőbe írja be a könyvjelző új nevét." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13988,7 +13999,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Hely" @@ -14193,7 +14204,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Nincs" @@ -14349,17 +14360,17 @@ "felhasználók például osztály vagy projekt alapján vannak csoportosítva." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Jogosultságok" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "A fájl hozzáférési jogosultságai, például: drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14368,7 +14379,7 @@ "fájlt jelent, a d pedig mappát." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14377,7 +14388,7 @@ "jogosultságait adja meg." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14386,7 +14397,7 @@ "tagjának jogosultságait adja meg." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14395,42 +14406,42 @@ "felhasználójának jogosultságait adja meg." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Minden karakter a következő jelentéssel bír:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Olvasási jogosultság." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Írási jogosultság." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Végrehajtási jogosultság." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Nincs jogosultság." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME-típus" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Az elem MIME-típusa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "A fájl helyének elérési útvonala." @@ -14778,16 +14789,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" -"Az alapértelmezett böngésző " -"megváltoztatása, Flash " -"telepítése, a java bővítmény " -"telepítése…" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14800,7 +14806,7 @@ msgstr "Az Ubuntu dokumentációs csapat" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Webböngészők" @@ -15125,8 +15131,8 @@ "webböngészőt:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15135,7 +15141,7 @@ "alkalmazások pontot az ablak bal oldalán látható listából." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15144,7 +15150,7 @@ "szeretné használni a hivatkozások megnyitásához." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15186,7 +15192,7 @@ "szeretné. Ezt elkerülendő, változtassa meg az alapértelmezett e-mail klienst:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15301,7 +15307,7 @@ msgstr "Belső (hálózati) IP-címének meghatározásához:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15312,18 +15318,18 @@ "hálózati kapcsolatnak megfelelően, amelynek IP-címét keresi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "A belső IP-címe az információk listájában jelenik meg." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Külső (internetes) IP-címének meghatározásához:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15332,12 +15338,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com oldalt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "A weboldal megjeleníti az Ön külső IP-címét." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15348,42 +15354,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Befolyásolhatja, hogy mely programok érhetik el a hálózatot. Ez segít " -"biztonságban tartani a számítógépét." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Tűzfal-hozzáférés engedélyezése és blokkolása" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Az Ubuntu az Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) nevű " -"tűzfalat tartalmazza, de az nincs alapesetben bekapcsolva. Mivel az Ubuntu " -"alaptelepítése nem tartalmaz nyitott hálózati szolgáltatásokat (az " -"alapszintű hálózatkezelésen túl), így nincs szükség tűzfalra a bejövő " -"rosszindulatú kapcsolatok blokkolásához." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Az ufw használatával kapcsolatos további információkért nézze meg az online " -"dokumentációt." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15394,11 +15391,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"A tűzfal bekapcsolásához adja ki a sudo ufw enable parancsot a " -"terminálban. Az ufw kikapcsolásához adja ki a sudo ufw disable " -"parancsot." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15411,22 +15405,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." -msgstr "" -"Számos program kínál hálózati szolgáltatásokat is. Megoszthat például " -"tartalmakat vagy megengedheti valakinek asztala elérését távolról. A további " -"telepített programoktól függően szüksége lehet a tűzfal módosítására, hogy " -"ezek a szolgáltatások megfelelően működjenek. Az ufw számos, előzetesen " -"beállított szabályt tartalmaz. Az SSH kapcsolatok " -"engedélyezéséhez például elég kiadnia a sudo ufw allow ssh " -"parancsot. Az SSH blokkolásához adja ki a sudo ufw deny ssh " -"parancsot." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15442,7 +15428,7 @@ "53 parancsot." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15451,12 +15437,12 @@ "status parancsot a terminálban." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Az ufw használata terminál nélkül" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15467,7 +15453,7 @@ "hivatkozásra." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15743,34 +15729,28 @@ msgstr "Hálózatkezelés és tippek" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Szüksége lehet a Flash telepítésére a Youtube-hoz hasonló, videókat " -"tartalmazó és egyéb interaktív webhelyek megtekintéséhez." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Flash bővítmény telepítése" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" -"A Flash böngészőbővítmény segítségével videókat " -"jeleníthet meg, és interaktív weboldalakat használhat egyes webhelyeken. " -"Noha egyre több helyen érhető el a modern HTML5, néhány webhely nem működnek " -"Flash nélkül." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15780,14 +15760,62 @@ "valószínűleg látni fog egy erről szóló üzenetet. A Flash ingyenesen " "letölthető (de nem szabad szoftver) a legtöbb böngészőhöz." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Flash bővítmény telepítése" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" @@ -15795,7 +15823,7 @@ "partner\">Canonical Partner tároló aktiválva van." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." @@ -15804,43 +15832,38 @@ "csomagot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Ha nyitva van bármilyen böngészőablak, akkor zárja be, és indítsa újra. A " -"böngészőnek újraindítás utána érzékelnie kell, hogy a Flash telepítve lett, " -"és immár látnia kell azokat az oldalakat is, amelyekhez Flash szükséges." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "A Javat igénylő weboldalak használhatóvá tétele." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Java böngészőbővítmény telepítése" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Egyes weboldalak kis Java programokat használnak, amelyek " -"futtatásukhoz Java bővítményt igényelnek." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"A Java programok megjelenítéséhez telepítse az icedtea6-plugin csomagot." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16133,6 +16156,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra." @@ -16394,12 +16418,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Vezeték nélküli kapcsolatok " -"hibaelhárítása, wifi hálózat " -"megtalálása." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16449,7 +16470,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy módszer megváltoztatása" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16458,13 +16479,13 @@ "proxy pontot az ablak bal oldalán látható listából." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "Válassza ki a használni kívánt proxy módszert az alábbiak közül." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16473,13 +16494,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Kézi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16490,12 +16511,12 @@ "SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatikus" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16504,7 +16525,7 @@ "megfelelő beállításokat." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17079,15 +17100,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Kapcsolódás Wi-Fi-hez, Rejtett hálózatok, Kapcsolatbeállítások szerkesztése, Kapcsolatbontás…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17112,65 +17129,53 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Számítógépét használhatja vezeték nélküli hotspotként. Ez lehetővé teszi más " -"eszközöknek a csatlakozást külön hálózat használata nélkül, és egy másik " -"csatolón, például vezetékes hálózaton vagy mobilon létrehozott " -"internetkapcsolat megosztását." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Kattintson a Hálózat ikonra, és válassza a bal oldali " "Vezeték nélküli elemet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Nyomja meg a Használat hotspotként gombot." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Ha már csatlakozik egy vezeték nélküli hálózathoz, akkor a rendszer " -"megkérdezi, hogy kívánja-e bontani azt a kapcsolatot. Egy vezeték nélküli " -"csatoló egyszerre csak egy hálózathoz képes csatlakozni, illetve létrehozni. " -"A megerősítéshez nyomja meg a Hotspot létrehozása gombot." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Automatikusan létrejön egy hálózatnév (SSID) és biztonsági kulcs. A hálózat " -"neve a számítógép nevén fog alapulni. Más eszközöknek ezekre az információra " -"van szükségük az imént létrehozott hotspothoz csatlakozáshoz." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a hálózat menüre a menüsávon, és törölje a Vezeték nélküli " -"kapcsolat engedélyezése pont kijelölését." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Vezeték nélküli csatoló kikapcsolása (repülő mód)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17183,35 +17188,26 @@ "energiatakarékossági okból. Ehhez:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Ehhez kattintson a hálózat menüre a menüsávon, és törölje a " -"Vezeték nélküli kapcsolat engedélyezése pontot. Ez addig " -"kikapcsolja a vezeték nélküli kártyát, amíg vissza nem kapcsolja." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"A vezeték nélküli hálózat visszakapcsolásához kattintson a hálózat " -"menüre a menüsávon, és válassza ki a Vezeték nélküli kapcsolat " -"engedélyezése menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Laptopja tovább folytathatja a kommunikációt, ha nem kapcsolta ki a Bluetooth-t." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17246,11 +17242,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a hálózat ikonra a menüsávon, majd azon " -"hálózat nevére, amelyhez csatlakozni kíván." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17474,31 +17468,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Ismerje meg a vezeték nélküli kapcsolat szerkesztő-képernyőjének " -"beállításait." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Vezeték nélküli kapcsolat szerkesztése" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." -msgstr "" -"Ez a téma leírja a vezeték nélküli hálózati kapcsolat szerkesztéséhez " -"elérhető beállításokat. Kapcsolat szerkesztéséhez kattintson a hálózat " -"menüre a menüsávon, majd válassza a Kapcsolat szerkesztése " -"menüpontot." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17509,17 +17497,17 @@ "hálózatok jobb felügyelete." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Elérhető minden felhasználónak / Automatikus csatlakozás" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Automatikus csatlakozás" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17528,64 +17516,50 @@ "csatlakozni a vezeték nélküli hálózathoz, amikor hatótávon belül van." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Ha több automatikus csatlakozásra állított hálózat is hatókörön belül van, " -"akkor a számítógép a Hálózati kapcsolatok ablak Vezeték " -"nélküli lapján elsőként megjelenő hálózathoz fog csatlakozni. Ha már " -"csatlakozva van egy hálózathoz, akkor ez a kapcsolat nem fog megszakadni " -"azért, hogy egy éppen elérhetővé vált másik hálózathoz csatlakozzon." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Elérhető minden felhasználónak" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Jelölje be ezt a négyzetet, ha a számítógép minden felhasználója hozzáférhet " -"ehhez a vezeték nélküli hálózathoz. Ha a hálózat WEP/WPA jelszóval védett, és bejelölte ezt a négyzetet, " -"akkor csak egyszer kell megadnia a jelszót. A számítógép minden más " -"felhasználója így anélkül lesz képes csatlakozni a hálózathoz, hogy a " -"jelszót tudnák." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Ha ez be van jelölve, akkor a hálózat beállításainak módosításához rendszergazdai jogokkal kell " -"rendelkeznie. A program bekérheti a rendszergazdai jelszót." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Vezeték nélküli" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17598,12 +17572,12 @@ "bázisállomás beállításai alatt)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mód" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17620,55 +17594,41 @@ "összeállítani." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Ha az Eseti beállítást választja, akkor két másik beállítás is " -"megjelenik: a Sáv és a Csatorna. Ezek megadják, hogy " -"az eseti vezeték nélküli hálózat melyik vezeték nélküli frekvencián működik. " -"Néhány számítógép csak bizonyos sávokon képes működni (például csak az " -"A vagy csak a B/G sávon), emiatt azt a sávot válassza " -"ki, amelyet az eseti hálózat minden leendő számítógépe képes használni. " -"Forgalmas helyeken több vezeték nélküli hálózat is használhatja ugyanazt a " -"csatornát, ez lelassíthatja a kapcsolatot, emiatt is szükség lehet a " -"csatorna megváltoztatására." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Ez a Basic Service Set Identifier rövidítése. Az SSID (lásd fent) a " -"hálózat emberek által olvasható neve, a BSSID a számítógépek által " -"értelmezett név, amely egy számokból és betűkből álló, egyedi karakterlánc. " -"Ha egy hálózat rejtett, akkor nem " -"rendelkezik SSID-vel, csak BSSID-vel." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Eszköz MAC-címe" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17681,38 +17641,35 @@ "egy egyedi, a gyárban kapott MAC-címmel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Ezen beállítás segítségével megváltoztatható a hálózati kártya MAC-címe." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Klónozott MAC-cím" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"A hálózati hardver (vezeték nélküli kártya) képes másik MAC-címet használni. " -"Ez akkor hasznos, ha egy csak adott MAC-címmel kommunikáló eszközzel " -"(például egy széles sávú kábelmodemmel) vagy szolgáltatással rendelkezik." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17729,53 +17686,45 @@ "általában nem kell módosítani." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Vezeték nélküli biztonság" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Biztonság" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Ez megadja a vezeték nélküli hálózat által használat titkosítást. A " -"titkosított kapcsolatok segítenek megvédeni a vezeték nélküli kapcsolatot az " -"eltérítéstől, így mások nem „hallgathatnak bele”, és nem láthatják például, " -"hogy milyen weboldalakat keres fel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Egyes titkosításfajták erősebbek másoknál, de régebbi vezeték nélküli " -"berendezések esetleg nem támogatják. A kapcsolódáshoz általában be kell " -"írnia egy jelszót, a kifinomultabb típusok megkövetelhetnek felhasználónevet " -"és digitális tanúsítványt is. A népszerű vezeték nélküli titkosításfajtákkal " -"kapcsolatos információkért lásd: ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 beállítások" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17786,17 +17735,17 @@ "kiválasztásával az információk megadásának különböző módjai közt válogathat." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "A következő módszerek érhetők el:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatikus (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17811,37 +17760,32 @@ "automatikusan a helyes beállításokat kapja. A legtöbb hálózat DHCP-t használ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Csak automatikus (DHCP) címek" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Ha ezt a beállítást választja, akkor a számítógép az IP-címét egy DHCP-" -"kiszolgálótól kapja, de a többi beállítást (például a használandó DNS-" -"kiszolgálót) saját kezűleg kell megadnia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Válassza ezt a lehetőséget, ha minden hálózati beállítást maga szeretne " -"megadni, ideértve a számítógép által használandó IP-címet is." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Csak közvetlen kapcsolat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17858,37 +17802,41 @@ "összekapcsolni néhány számítógépet, hogy egymással kommunikálhassanak." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Tiltva" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Ez a beállítás letiltja a hálózati kapcsolatot, és megakadályozza a " -"csatlakozást. Ne feledje, hogy az IPv4 és IPv6 külön " -"kapcsolatnak számítanak, még ha ugyanahhoz a hálózati kártyához tartoznak " -"is. Ha az egyik engedélyezett, akkor állítsa a másikat mellőzöttre." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 beállítások" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" -"Ez hasonló az IPv4 laphoz, csupán az újabb IPv6 szabványt kezeli. " -"A legkorszerűbb hálózatok IPv6-ot használnak, de az IPv4 sokkal népszerűbb." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17970,23 +17918,19 @@ "hidden\">más módon kell csatlakozni." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Kattintson a hálózat menüre a menüsávon, és válassza a " -"Kapcsolódás rejtett vezeték nélküli hálózathoz menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Kapcsolódás rejtett vezeték nélküli hálózathoz" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18001,6 +17945,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18009,7 +17960,7 @@ "gombot." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18022,7 +17973,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18031,7 +17982,7 @@ "a WEP vagy WPA rövidítéseket." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18239,7 +18190,7 @@ msgstr "A modem és router ellenőrzése" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18250,12 +18201,12 @@ "egyes lépésein." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "A parancssor használata" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18266,7 +18217,7 @@ "Dashban áttekintésben találhatja meg." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19641,14 +19592,14 @@ "olyan zárt helyeken, mint egy hátizsák." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" "A Hardver szakaszban nyissa meg az Energiagazdálkodás " "panelt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19811,11 +19762,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Adja ki a terminálban a sudo pm-hibernate parancsot, és nyomja " -"meg az Enter billentyűt." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19864,11 +19813,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Ha a hibernálás tesztelése sikeres, akkor később is használhatja a sudo " -"pm-hibernate parancsot, amikor hibernálni szeretné számítógépét." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19984,61 +19931,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Miért kapcsolt ki/függesztette fel működését a számítógépem, amikor az " -"akkumulátor töltöttsége 10% alá csökkent?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Amikor a töltöttség szintje túl alacsonyra csökken, a számítógép " -"automatikusan felfüggeszti a működését. " -"Ennek célja, hogy az akkumulátor ne merüljön le teljesen, ami károsítaná " -"azt. Ha az akkumulátor rögtön lemerülne, a számítógépnek nem lenne ideje " -"megfelelően kikapcsolnia." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Meg tudja változtatni hogy mi történjen, ha az akkumulátor töltöttségi " -"szintje túl alacsonyra esik. Először kattintson az akkumulátor " -"menüre a felső panelen, és válassza az " -"Energiagazdálkodás menüpontot. A Ha az akkumulátor energiája " -"kritikus beállítás segítségével eldöntheti, hogy a számítógép " -"kikapcsoljon vagy hibernáljon. Ha a " -"kikapcsolást választja, akkor alkalmazásai és dokumentumai nem " -"kerülnek mentésre a számítógép kikapcsolásakor." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Egyes számítógépeken nem működik megfelelően a felfüggesztés, így lehet, " -"hogy nem lesznek képesek visszaállítani a nyitott alkalmazásokat és " -"dokumentumokat a számítógép következő bekapcsolásakor. Emiatt elveszítheti " -"munkája azon részét, amelyet a számítógép felfüggesztése előtt nem mentett. " -"Ugyanakkor lehetséges, hogy ki tudja " -"javítani/el tudja hárítani a felfüggesztéssel kapcsolatos problémákat." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20080,28 +19984,19 @@ "bekapcsolni:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" "Nyissa meg a Hálózat panelt, és válassza a Vezeték " "nélküli lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Kapcsolja ki, majd újra be a vezeték nélküli csatolóját." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20110,7 +20005,7 @@ "Repülő módba, és kapcsolja ki újra." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20484,7 +20379,7 @@ msgstr "A képernyő elhalványulása megakadályozható:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20649,7 +20544,7 @@ "kerül, de további nyelvek telepíthetők." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20660,7 +20555,7 @@ "aktuálisan telepítettek itt be lesznek jelölve." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20669,14 +20564,14 @@ "kívántak jelölését." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Nyomja meg a Változtatások alkalmazása gombot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20686,7 +20581,7 @@ "szükségesek. Írja be jelszavát, vagy a kért rendszergazdai fiók jelszavát." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20697,8 +20592,8 @@ "szótárak, betűkészletek és beviteli módszerek." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20763,7 +20658,9 @@ msgstr "Beállítás" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Nyomtató beállítása" @@ -20780,8 +20677,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Azonosítatlan nyomtatók, papírelakadás, rosszul kinéző nyomatok…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20901,7 +20799,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21417,7 +21314,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Nyissa meg a Nyomtatók panelt." @@ -21463,86 +21360,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "A számítógéphez csatlakozó nyomtató beállítása." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Helyi nyomtató beállítása" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"A rendszere képes számos nyomtatótípust felismerni, amint csatlakoztatja " -"azokat. A legtöbb nyomtató USB-kábelen csatlakozik a számítógéphez." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Nem kell kiválasztani, hogy hálózati vagy helyi nyomtatót szeretne-e " -"telepíteni. Mindegyik ugyanabban az ablakban jelenik meg." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Győződjön meg róla, hogy a nyomtató be van kapcsolva." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Csatlakoztassa a nyomtatót a rendszerhez a megfelelő kábellel. A képernyőn " -"megjelenhet néhány ablak, mialatt a rendszer illesztőprogramokat keres, és " -"felhatalmazást kérhet azok telepítéséhez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Amikor a rendszer befejezte a nyomtató telepítését, megjelenik egy üzenet. " -"Válassza a Tesztoldal nyomtatása lehetőséget egy tesztoldal " -"nyomtatásához, vagy a Beállítást a nyomtató beállításainak " -"további módosításához." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Ha nyomtatója nem lett automatikusan telepítve, akkor vegye fel azt a " -"nyomtatóbeállító ablakban." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot, és válassza ki a nyomtatót az " -"Eszközök ablakban." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Nyomja meg a Tovább gombot, és várja meg az illesztőprogramok " -"keresését." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21551,7 +21425,7 @@ "befejezte, akkor nyomja meg az Alkalmaz gombot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21559,24 +21433,69 @@ "megnyomásával kihagyhatja ezt." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Ha számítógépéhez több illesztőprogram is elérhető, akkor a program " -"megkérheti az illesztőprogram kiválasztására. A javasolt illesztőprogram " -"használatához nyomja meg a Tovább gombot a gyártó és modell képernyőkön." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Győződjön meg róla, hogy a nyomtató be van kapcsolva." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"A nyomtató telepítése után módosíthatja az alapértelmezett nyomtatót." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21761,17 +21680,17 @@ "hogy a következő három dolgot leírja:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Mire számított?" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Mi történt valójában?" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21780,7 +21699,7 @@ "lépéseket, ahol az első lépés: „indítsd el a programot”" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21790,7 +21709,7 @@ "Ubuntut!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21802,7 +21721,7 @@ "az Ubuntu beépített hibajelentő eszközét." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Mentés gombot." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21919,7 +21924,7 @@ "formátumokat beállíthatja, hogy megfeleljenek a régiója szokásainak." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21928,7 +21933,7 @@ "formátumok lapra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21939,18 +21944,16 @@ "nyelvet használó régiókat jeleníti meg." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"A változtatások életbe lépéséhez ki, majd újra be kell jelentkeznie. " -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Kijelentkezés pontot a kijelentkezéshez." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21963,12 +21966,12 @@ "naptárakban." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Rendszerformátumok módosítása" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21980,19 +21983,19 @@ "hasonló helyeken kerülnek felhasználásra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Módosítsa a formátumokat a fentieknek megfelelően." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Nyomja meg az Alkalmazás rendszerszinten gombot." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22022,12 +22025,12 @@ "csomagok telepítve vannak számítógépére." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Válassza a Nyelvi támogatás ikont." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22036,18 +22039,16 @@ "lista tetejére." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"A nyelv megváltoztatásának életbe lépéséhez ki, majd újra be kell " -"jelentkeznie. Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " -"Kijelentkezés pontot a kijelentkezéshez." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22064,12 +22065,12 @@ "nevet szeretné használni, akkor frissítse a mappaneveket." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Rendszernyelv megváltoztatása" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22080,7 +22081,7 @@ "bejelentkezési képernyőhöz hasonló helyeken kerül felhasználásra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Módosítsa a nyelvet a fentieknek megfelelően." @@ -22120,18 +22121,18 @@ "A képernyő automatikus zárolása előtti hosszabb várakozás beállításához:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Nyissa meg a Fényerő és zárolás panelt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Módosítsa az értéket a Képernyő zárolása legördülő listában." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22395,7 +22396,7 @@ "intro\">Indítóhoz a gyors hozzáférés érdekében:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22404,7 +22405,7 @@ "az Indítóra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22414,7 +22415,7 @@ "menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22423,7 +22424,7 @@ "majd a kívánt helyre való visszahúzásával módosítható." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22479,23 +22480,20 @@ "bejelentkezéskor minden ugyanott lesz, ahol hagyta." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"A kijelentkezéshez vagy felhasználóváltáshoz kattintson a rendszer menüre a menüsáv jobb szélén, és válassza ki " -"a megfelelő lehetőséget." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Képernyő zárolása" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22510,32 +22508,32 @@ "automatikusan megtörténik." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"A képernyő zárolásához kattintson a rendszer menüre a menüsávon, " -"és válassza a Képernyő zárolása lehetőséget." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Amikor képernyője zárolva van, más felhasználók bejelentkezhetnek a saját " -"fiókjukba a jelszó képernyőn a Felhasználóváltás gombra " -"kattintva. Amikor végeztek, visszaválthat a saját munkamenetére." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Felfüggesztés" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22550,32 +22548,29 @@ "felfüggesztés alatt a számítógép kis mennyiségű áramot használ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"A számítógép saját kezűleg történő felfüggesztéséhez kattintson a " -"rendszer menüre, és válassza a Felfüggesztés " -"menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Kikapcsolás vagy újraindítás" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Ha teljesen ki szeretné kapcsolni a számítógépet vagy újraindítaná, akkor " -"kattintson a rendszer menüre, és válassza a Leállítás " -"menüpontot." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23215,12 +23210,12 @@ msgstr "A teljes méretű ablakok nem méretezhetők át." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Az ablak vízszintes és/vagy függőleges átméretezéséhez:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23230,12 +23225,12 @@ "az egeret az ablak tetszőleges irányba történő átméretezéséhez." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Csak vízszintes irányú átméretezés:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23246,12 +23241,12 @@ "átméretezéséhez." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Csak függőleges irányú átméretezés:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23263,17 +23258,17 @@ "átméretezéséhez." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Ablakok igazítása a munkaterületen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Két ablak egymás mellé helyezéséhez:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23286,7 +23281,7 @@ "képernyő bal felére." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23296,7 +23291,7 @@ "felét." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23354,11 +23349,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "A billentyűzetről" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23367,57 +23362,41 @@ "ablakváltó megjelenítéséhez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Engedje fel az Alt billentyűt a következő (kiemelt) ablak " -"kiválasztásához az ablakváltóban." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Egyébként az Alt lenyomva tartása mellett a Tab " -"ismételt megnyomásával végiglépkedhet a megnyitott ablakok listáján, a " -"ShiftTab megnyomásával pedig " -"visszafelé lépkedhet." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Az ablakok az ablakváltóban alkalmazások szerint vannak csoportosítva. A " -"több ablakot tartalmazó alkalmazások előnézetei kinyílnak, amikor " -"végiglépked rajtuk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Az ablakváltóban az alkalmazásikonok között a → vagy ← " -"billentyűkkel lépkedhet, vagy az egérrel kattintva is kiválaszthat egyet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Az egyetlen ablakkal rendelkező alkalmazások előnézetei a ↓ " -"billentyű megnyomásakor jelennek meg." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23430,8 +23409,13 @@ "Tab vagy ShiftTab " "billentyűket." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23442,7 +23426,7 @@ "nyitott ablak szétterítéséhez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Kattintson arra az ablakra, amelyikre át szeretne váltani." @@ -23647,7 +23631,7 @@ msgstr "Munkaterületek engedélyezése" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23656,12 +23640,12 @@ "válassza a Viselkedés lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Jelölje be a Munkaterületek engedélyezése négyzetet." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23674,12 +23658,12 @@ "oszlopban. A munkaterületek számának módosításához:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Munkaterületek számának módosítása" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23687,7 +23671,7 @@ "A Dashban nyisson meg egy Terminált." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23697,7 +23681,7 @@ "Enter billentyűt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24550,7 +24534,7 @@ msgstr "Speciális karakterek bevitele" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24561,17 +24545,17 @@ "oldal a speciális karakterek bevitelének különböző módszereit sorolja fel." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Karakterbeviteli módszerek" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Karaktertábla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24582,7 +24566,7 @@ "majd másolja és illessze be azt oda, ahol szüksége van rá." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the karaktertábla kézikönyvét." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Kombináló billentyű" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24612,7 +24596,7 @@ "billentyűket." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24622,39 +24606,40 @@ "billentyűként használni." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Kombináló billentyű definiálása" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Nyissa meg a Billentyűzetkiosztás panelt." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Kattintson a Beállítások gombra." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Keresse meg A kombináló (Compose) billentyű helye nevű csoportot. " -"Válassza ki a billentyűt, vagy billentyűket, amelyeket kombináló " -"billentyűként szeretne használni. Választhatja például a Caps " -"Lock billentyűt, bármelyik Alt billentyűt, vagy a menü " -"billentyűt. A kiválasztott billentyűk ezután csak kombináló billentyűként " -"működnek, és nem tudja az eredeti rendeltetésüknek megfelelően használni " -"azokat." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24662,7 +24647,7 @@ "például:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24672,7 +24657,7 @@ "é betűn." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24682,7 +24667,7 @@ "elhelyezéséhez, úgy mint az è betűn." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24692,7 +24677,7 @@ "ë betűn." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24702,7 +24687,7 @@ "ē betűn." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see kombináló billentyű lapot a Wikipédiában." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Kódpontok" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24734,7 +24719,7 @@ "adatai lapon is. A kódpont az U+ utáni négy karakter." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24751,12 +24736,12 @@ "beírhassa azokat." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Beviteli források" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25601,32 +25586,22 @@ "sarkához mozgatja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő rendszer menüre, " -"és válassza a Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "A Személyes kategóriában kattintson a Megjelenés gombra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Váltson a Viselkedés lapra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Kapcsolja be az Indító automatikus elrejtését." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25635,7 +25610,7 @@ "lehetőséget az Indító megjelenítési helyének kijelöléséhez." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25669,12 +25644,12 @@ "Nagyobbá is teheti az ikonokat, hogy könnyebb legyen rájuk kattintani." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Nyissa meg a Megjelenés panelt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25683,7 +25658,7 @@ "ikonjainak átméretezéséhez." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Az Indító alapértelmezett ikonmérete 48." @@ -25787,13 +25762,13 @@ "az ikontól. Az elérhető műveletek közé a következők tartoznak." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" "az alkalmazás elindítása, vagy a dokumentum, mappa vagy eszköz megnyitása" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25802,7 +25777,7 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25811,12 +25786,12 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "kilépés az alkalmazásból, ha az fut" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25825,7 +25800,7 @@ "van" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "alkalmazásspecifikus funkciók, például új dokumentum vagy ablak megnyitása" @@ -25995,7 +25970,7 @@ "rámutatáskor megjelenés helyett." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -26004,7 +25979,7 @@ "válassza a Viselkedés lapot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -26013,7 +25988,7 @@ "címsorában lehetőséget." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" @@ -26021,12 +25996,12 @@ "lehetőséget." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Állapotmenük" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26038,17 +26013,35 @@ "állapotmenük azok a kényelmes helyek, ahol ellenőrizheti és módosíthatja a " "számítógépe és alkalmazásai állapotát." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Állapotmenük listája és céljaik" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Az indikátormenük által használt ikonok közül néhány az alkalmazás " +"állapotának megfelelően változik." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Más programok, például a Tomboy vagy a Transmission is " +"megjeleníthetnek indikátormenüket a panelen." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Állapotmenük listája és céljaik" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -26058,7 +26051,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26067,7 +26060,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Kapcsolat bontva ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26083,7 +26076,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26093,7 +26086,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26102,7 +26095,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Beviteli forrás ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26111,7 +26104,7 @@ "layouts\">beviteli források konfigurálása." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26120,7 +26113,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Bluetooth ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26134,7 +26127,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26144,7 +26137,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26153,7 +26146,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Üzenet ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26166,7 +26159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26174,7 +26167,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26183,7 +26176,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Akkumulátor ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26196,7 +26189,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26206,7 +26199,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26215,7 +26208,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Hangerő ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26226,12 +26219,12 @@ "hasonló médialejátszók vezérlése" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Óra" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26240,22 +26233,8 @@ "calendar\">Naptár alkalmazásban lévő találkozók szintén itt jelennek " "meg." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26264,7 +26243,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Bekapcsoló fogaskerék ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26275,24 +26254,6 @@ "felhasználóváltás, képernyőzárolás, kijelentkezés, felfüggesztés, " "újraindítás vagy a számítógép leállítása." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Az indikátormenük által használt ikonok közül néhány az alkalmazás " -"állapotának megfelelően változik." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Más programok, például a Tomboy vagy a Transmission is " -"megjeleníthetnek indikátormenüket a panelen." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26416,44 +26377,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Alapesetben az online keresés ki van kapcsolva." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Online találatok bekapcsolása" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Ha szeretne online találatokat kapni, akkor bekapcsolhatja ezt a " -"szolgáltatást a Biztonság és adatvédelem beállítópanelen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő rendszer menüre, " -"és válassza a Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Nyissa meg a Biztonság és magánszféra panelt, és válassza a " -"Keresés lapot." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Kapcsolja be az Online találatok megjelenítését." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -28106,7 +28035,7 @@ "oldalon. A következő beállítások módosíthatók:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28117,7 +28046,7 @@ "Lágy és Kemény között." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28132,7 +28061,7 @@ "Görgetés lefelé, Görgetés balra, Görgetés jobbra, Vissza, Előre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28141,15 +28070,12 @@ "„érzékenységet” a Lágy és Kemény között." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Ha több stylusa van, akkor a következő stylus rajztáblához közelítésekor " -"megjelenik egy fül a stylus eszközneve mellett. Ennek segítségével " -"kiválaszthatja, hogy melyik stylust szeretné beállítani." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28214,6 +28140,27 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Nyissa meg a Billentyűzetkiosztás panelt." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Kattintson a Beállítások gombra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Keresse meg A kombináló (Compose) billentyű helye nevű csoportot. " +#~ "Válassza ki a billentyűt, vagy billentyűket, amelyeket kombináló " +#~ "billentyűként szeretne használni. Választhatja például a Caps " +#~ "Lock billentyűt, bármelyik Alt billentyűt, vagy a menü " +#~ "billentyűt. A kiválasztott billentyűk ezután csak kombináló billentyűként " +#~ "működnek, és nem tudja az eredeti rendeltetésüknek megfelelően használni " +#~ "azokat." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28271,6 +28218,82 @@ #~ "keyboard-En.svg' md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egy fiók hozzáadása segít az online fiókjainak összekapcsolásában az ubuntus " +#~ "gépével. Így e-mail, csevegő és más kapcsolódó alkalmazásai beállításra " +#~ "kerülnek." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Válasszon egy Fióktípust a jobb oldali ablaktáblán." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha több fiókot szeretne beállítani, később megismételheti ezt a folyamatot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Megnyílik egy kis webes felület, amelyben megadhatja az online fiókjainak " +#~ "adatait. Ha például egy Google fiókot állít be, akkor adja meg a Google " +#~ "felhasználónevét és jelszavát, majd jelentkezzen be." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha helyesen adta meg hitelesítési adatait, akkor a rendszer a felhasználási " +#~ "feltételek elfogadására kéri. Válassza az Elfogadás gombot a " +#~ "folytatáshoz. Miután ezeket elfogadta, az Ubuntunak jogosultságra van " +#~ "szüksége a fiók eléréséhez. A hozzáférés engedélyezéséhez kattintson a " +#~ "Hozzáférés megadása gombra. Amikor a program kéri, adja meg a " +#~ "fiókhoz tartozó jelszavát." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ezután kiválaszthatja az online fiókjához kapcsolni kívánt alkalmazásokat. " +#~ "Ha például az egyik online fiókot csevegésre szeretné használni, de a naptár " +#~ "funkcióját nem, akkor kapcsolja ki a naptár funkciót." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A fiókok hozzáadása után minden kijelölt alkalmazás a fiókjába való " +#~ "bejelentkezés után automatikusan ezeket a hitelesítési adatokat fogja " +#~ "használni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Biztonsági okokból az Ubuntu nem tárolja a jelszavát a számítógépen. " +#~ "Ehelyett egy, az online szolgáltatás által biztosított jelsort tárol. Ha " +#~ "teljesen meg szeretné szüntetni a kapcsolatot a számítógépet és az online " +#~ "szolgáltatás között, akkor távolítsa azt " +#~ "el." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28311,6 +28334,31 @@ #~ "Az Ubuntu szoftverközpont használata programok telepítésére és az Ubuntu " #~ "használhatóbbá tételére." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az Ubuntu fejlesztői csapata kiválasztotta az alkalmazások alapértelmezett " +#~ "csoportját, amely szerintünk az Ubuntut a legtöbb mindennapos feladatra " +#~ "hasznossá teszi. Azonban előbb-utóbb további szoftverek telepítésére lesz " +#~ "szüksége, hogy az Ubuntuját még hasznosabbá tegye." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "További szoftverek telepítéséhez tegye a következőket:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Csatlakozás az internetre vezeték " +#~ "nélküli vagy vezetékes " +#~ "kapcsolat használatával." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28327,6 +28375,47 @@ #~ "válasszon ki egy kategóriát, és válogasson a listából." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Válassza ki az Önt érdeklő alkalmazást, és nyomja meg a Telepítés " +#~ "gombot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A program bekéri a jelszavát. Ennek megadása után megkezdődik a telepítés." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A telepítés általában gyorsan befejeződik, de eltarthat egy ideig, ha az " +#~ "internetkapcsolat lassú." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az Indítóra kikerül az új alkalmazásra mutató ikon. Ennek letiltásához " +#~ "törölje a NézetÚj alkalmazások az " +#~ "Indítóban menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "PPA-k felvétele kiadatlan vagy speciális szoftverek teszteléséhez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A személyes csomagtárolók (PPA-k) Ubuntu felhasználók számára " +#~ "tervezett, és más harmadik féltől származó tárolóktól egyszerűbben " +#~ "használható szoftvertárolók." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" @@ -28334,6 +28423,11 @@ #~ "SzerkesztésSzoftverforrások " #~ "menüpontot." +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a Hozzáadás gombra, és adja meg a ppa: " +#~ "helyet." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28341,6 +28435,9 @@ #~ "Zárja be a Szoftverforrások ablakot. Az Ubuntu szoftverközpont ezután " #~ "megkeresi a frissítéseket a szoftverforrásokban." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Már nem használt szoftverek eltávolítása." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28364,6 +28461,25 @@ #~ "gombra." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A program bekérheti a jelszavát. Ezután az alkalmazás eltávolításra kerül." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az Ubuntu által telepítésre és frissítésekhez használt szoftverforrások " +#~ "körének bővítése további tárolókkal." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "További szoftvertárolók felvétele" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "További tárolók telepítése" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28414,6 +28530,18 @@ #~ "Szoftverforrások ablakot. Várjon egy kicsit, amíg az Ubuntu szoftverközpont " #~ "letölti a tárolóinformációkat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Telepítés, eltávolítás, kiegészítő " +#~ "tárolók…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Szoftverek telepítése és eltávolítása" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Csííz alapesetben nincs telepítve az Ubuntun. A Csííz telepítéséhez:" @@ -28448,6 +28576,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Csííz felhasználói kézikönyvének elolvasásához telepítenie kell a Csíízt." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB memóriakulcs (alacsony kapacitás)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28474,6 +28605,22 @@ #~ "másik eszközre kapcsolódik. További információkért lásd: ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Nyomtatási referenciafájl letöltésével egy színkezelő cégtől." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egy színkezelő cég igénybe vétele nyomtatóprofil generálására általában a " +#~ "legolcsóbb megoldás, ha csak egy vagy két papírtípust használ. A cégek " +#~ "weboldaláról letöltött és kinyomtatott és buborékos borítékban visszaküldött " +#~ "referenciadiagramot beszkennelik, előállítják a profilt, és e-mailben " +#~ "visszaküldik a pontos ICC-profilt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28529,128 +28676,952 @@ #~ "Törölje a Közelgő események az Evolution naptárból négyzetet." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Válassza ki a lemezt a Tárolóeszközök listájából. A lemezzel és " -#~ "állapotával kapcsolatos információk a Meghajtó alatt jelennek meg." +#~ "Ha később meggondolja magát, akkor az óra visszaállításához kattintson a " +#~ "menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot. A Rendszer szakaszban válassza a " +#~ "Dátum és idő ikont." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A SMART állapot mellett „A lemez egészséges” szövegnek kell " -#~ "állnia." +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kattintson a SMART adatok gombra további meghajtóinformációk " -#~ "megjelenítéséhez vagy önteszt futtatásához." +#~ "Teljesítménytesztek futtatásával meghatározhatja merevlemeze sebességét." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." -#~ msgstr "Komolyabb CD/DVD írási projektekhez használja a Braserot." +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "A merevlemez teljesítményének tesztelése" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "A merevlemez sebességének tesztelése:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A Brasero használatával kapcsolatos segítségért olvassa el annak felhasználói kézikönyvét." +#~ "Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Dashból." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Egyes nyelvek, például a kínai vagy koreai összetettebb beviteli módszert " -#~ "igényelnek egy egyszerű billentyű–karakter társításnál. Ennek következtében " -#~ "a kiválasztható beviteli források lehetővé teszik ilyen módszerek " -#~ "használatát." +#~ "Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Tevékenységek áttekintésben." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Válassza ki a merevlemezt a Lemezmeghajtók listájából." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a fogaskerék ikonra, és válassza a Meghajtó " +#~ "teljesítménytesztelése menüpontot." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A beviteli módszerekkel kapcsolatos lehetőségek csak akkor érhetők el, ha a " -#~ "megfelelő beviteli módszer motorja telepítve van. A nyelvek telepítésekor egy megfelelő beviteli " -#~ "módszer motorja is telepítésre kerül, ha az adott nyelvhez szükséges. " -#~ "Például a koreai telepítésekor az ibus-hangul csomag kerül " -#~ "telepítésre, és a következő bejelentkezéskor elérhető lesz a Koreai " -#~ "(Hangul) beviteli forrás. Ha szeretné, önállóan is telepítheti az IBus beviteli módszerét." +#~ "Nyomja meg a Teljesítményteszt indítása gombot, és igényeinek " +#~ "megfelelően módosítsa az Átviteli sebesség és Hozzáférési " +#~ "idő paramétereket." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gépelés közben kapcsolja ki az érintőtáblát a véletlen kattintások " -#~ "elkerüléséhez." +#~ "Nyomja meg a Teljesítményteszt indítása gombot az adatok olvasási " +#~ "sebességének teszteléséhez. Ehhez rendszergazdai jogosultságok szükségesek. Írja be " +#~ "jelszavát, vagy a kért rendszergazdai fiók jelszavát." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Érintőtábla letiltása gépelés közben" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A teszt befejeződésekor az eredmények megjelennek a grafikonon. A zöld " +#~ "pontok és csatlakozó vonalak a mintavételeket jelölik, ezek a jobb " +#~ "tengelynek felelnek meg, amely a hozzáférési időt jeleníti meg a vízszintes " +#~ "tengelyen ábrázolt eltelt idő függvényében. A kék vonal az olvasási " +#~ "sebességet képviseli, míg a vörös az írásit, ezek adat-hozzáférési " +#~ "sebességként jelennek meg a bal tengelyen, a tányér külsejétől indulva " +#~ "bejárt lemez százalékos arányának függvényében az alsó tengelyen." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A laptopok érintőtáblái gyakran ott találhatók, ahol gépelés közben csuklója " -#~ "pihen. Ez gépelés közben véletlen kattintásokhoz vezethet. Az érintőtáblát " -#~ "letilthatja a gépelés idejére, ilyenkor azonban az utolsó billentyűleütés " -#~ "után kis idővel újra működni fog." +#~ "A grafikon alatt megjelennek a minimális, maximális és átlagos olvasási és " +#~ "írási sebességek, az átlagos hozzáférési idő és az utolsó teljesítményteszt " +#~ "óta eltelt idő." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az Érintőtábla lapon jelölje be a Letiltás gépelés " -#~ "közben négyzetet." +#~ "Szabad hely és kapacitás ellenőrzése a Lemezhasználat-elemző vagy " +#~ "a Rendszerfigyelő használatával." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A laptopok érintőtáblái néha a gépelés befejezése után egy kis idővel " -#~ "reagálnak csak. Gépelés közben véletlenül megérintheti tenyerével az " -#~ "érintőtáblát, ennek nem kívánatos következményeit elkerülendő az érintőtábla " -#~ "kikapcsol. Részletekért lásd: ." +#~ "A szabad lemezhelyet a Lemezhasználat-elemző vagy a " +#~ "Rendszerfigyelő használatával ellenőrizheti." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "A fájl utolsó módosításának dátumát és idejét adja meg." +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Ellenőrzés a Lemezhasználat-elemzővel" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ha extra biztonságra törekszik, vagy ha a Windows és Mac OS rendszereket " -#~ "használó felhasználóknak továbbadott fájlokban szeretne vírusokat keresni, " -#~ "akkor telepíthet vírusirtó szoftvereket. Az Ubuntu " -#~ "szoftverközpontban számos elérhető alkalmazást találhat." +#~ "A szabad lemezhely és lemezkapacitás ellenőrzése a Lemezhasználat-" +#~ "elemző használatával:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Az alapértelmezett böngésző " -#~ "megváltoztatása, flash " -#~ "telepítése, a java bővítmény " -#~ "telepítése, Silverlight " -#~ "támogatás…" +#~ "Nyissa meg a Lemezhasználat-elemző alkalmazást a " +#~ "Dashból. Az ablak megjeleníti a Teljes fájlrendszer-" +#~ "kapacitást és a Teljes fájlrendszer-használatot." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Tevékenységek " +#~ "áttekintésből. Az ablak megjeleníti a Teljes fájlrendszer-" +#~ "kapacitást és a Teljes fájlrendszer-használatot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson az egyik eszköztárgombra a Saját mappa vizsgálata, " +#~ "Fájlrendszer vizsgálata, Mappa vizsgálata vagy a " +#~ "Távoli mappa vizsgálata közötti választáshoz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az információk között a Mappa, Használat, " +#~ "Méret és Tartalom jelenik meg. További részletekért " +#~ "olvassa el a Lemezhasználat-elemző " +#~ "kézikönyvét." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Ellenőrzés a Rendszerfigyelővel" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A szabad lemezhely és lemezkapacitás ellenőrzése a " +#~ "Rendszerfigyelő használatával:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyissa meg a Rendszerfigyelő alkalmazást a Dashból." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyissa meg a Rendszerfigyelő alkalmazást a " +#~ "Tevékenységek áttekintésben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Válassza a Fájlrendszerek lapot a rendszer partícióinak és " +#~ "lemezhasználatának megjelenítéséhez. Az információk az Összes, " +#~ "Szabad, Elérhető és Használt lemezterület " +#~ "szerint jelennek meg." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Ha a lemez megtelt, tegye a következőket:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Törölje a kevésbé fontos, vagy már nem használt fájlokat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Készítsen másolatokat a fontos fájlokról, " +#~ "amelyeket egy ideig nem kíván használni, és törölje azokat a merevlemezről." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyissa meg a Lemezek alkalmazást a Tevékenységek " +#~ "áttekintésben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Válassza ki a lemezt a Tárolóeszközök listájából. A lemezzel és " +#~ "állapotával kapcsolatos információk a Meghajtó alatt jelennek meg." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A SMART állapot mellett „A lemez egészséges” szövegnek kell " +#~ "állnia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a SMART adatok gombra további meghajtóinformációk " +#~ "megjelenítéséhez vagy önteszt futtatásához." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Még ha a SMART állapot azt is jelzi, hogy a lemez nem " +#~ "egészséges, sem kell megijedni. Azonban az adatvesztés megelőzése érdekében " +#~ "jobb mentéssel készülni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha az állapot „Pre-fail”, akkor a lemez még elfogadható állapotban van, de a " +#~ "fáradás jelei észlelhetők, azaz a közeljövőben meghibásodhat. Ha a " +#~ "merevlemez (vagy számítógép) már néhány éves, akkor valószínűbb, hogy " +#~ "találkozhat ezzel az üzenettel legalább néhány ellenőrzés esetén. Ebben az " +#~ "esetben mentse rendszeresen a fontos " +#~ "fájljait, és ellenőrizze rendszeresen a lemez állapotát, hogy " +#~ "kiderüljön, romlik-e a helyzet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Minden fájl és mappa eltávolítása külső merevlemezről vagy USB-meghajtóról " +#~ "formázással." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Minden adat törlése cserélhető adathordozóról" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha rendelkezik cserélhető meghajtóval, például USB-meghajtóval vagy külső " +#~ "merevlemezzel, akkor néha szükség lehet az azon lévő összes fájl és mappa " +#~ "törlésére. Ezt a meghajtó formázásával érheti el – ez törli a " +#~ "meghajtó összes fájlját, ezután a meghajtó teljesen üres lesz." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Cserélhető lemez formázása" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Válassza ki a törlendő lemezt a Tárolóeszközök listájából." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Győződjön meg róla, hogy a megfelelő lemezt választotta ki! Ha rossz lemezt " +#~ "választ, a másik lemez fájljai kerülnek törlésre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Kötetek szakaszban kattintson a Kötet leválasztása, majd a " +#~ "Kötet formázása gombra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A megjelenő ablakban válassza ki a fájlrendszer Típusát a " +#~ "lemezhez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha a lemezt Linuxon kívül Windows és Mac OS rendszereket futtató " +#~ "számítógépeken is használja, akkor válassza a FAT lehetőséget. Ha " +#~ "csak Windowson használja, akkor az NTFS jobb választás lehet. A " +#~ "fájlrendszer típusának rövid leírása megjelenik egy címkében." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adjon nevet a lemeznek, és nyomja meg a Formázás gombot a lemez " +#~ "törlésének megkezdéséhez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A formázás befejeződése után távolítsa el biztonságosan a lemezt. " +#~ "Ekkorra az már üres, és készen áll az újabb használatra." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "A formázás nem törli biztonságosan a fájljait" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A lemez formázása nem teljesen biztonságos módszer a rajta lévő adatok " +#~ "törléséhez. A formázott lemezen nem látszanak fájlok, de speciális " +#~ "helyreállító szoftverek képesek lehetnek visszaállítani a fájlokat. Ha " +#~ "biztonságosan kell törölnie a fájlokat, akkor használja a parancssori " +#~ "shred programot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "Kötetek és partíciók bemutatása, és a lemezkezelő használata." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Kötetek és partíciók megjelenítése és kezelése a Lemezkezelővel" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Lemezkezelővel ellenőrizheti és módosíthatja a számítógép tárolóköteteit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyissa meg a Dasht, és indítsa el a Lemezkezelőt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Tárolóeszközök ablaktáblán megtalálhatja a merevlemezeket, " +#~ "CD/DVD meghajtókat és egyéb fizikai eszközöket. Kattintson a megvizsgálandó " +#~ "eszközre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A jobb oldali ablaktáblán a Kötetek feliratú terület a kijelölt " +#~ "eszközön található kötetek és partíciók felosztását jeleníti meg. Ezen kívül " +#~ "tartalmaz még a kötetek kezelésére használható eszközöket is." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Legyen óvatos: ezekkel az eszközökkel lehetséges a lemezen található adatok " +#~ "teljes törlése is." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egy elsődleges partíciónak olyan információkat kell tartalmaznia, amelyeket " +#~ "a számítógép az elinduláshoz vagy bootoláshoz használ. Emiatt ezt a " +#~ "partíciót indítópartíciónak, boot partíciónak is nevezik. A kötet " +#~ "indíthatóságának meghatározásához nézze meg a Partíciójelzőket a " +#~ "Lemezkezelőben. A külső adathordozók, például USB-meghajtók vagy CD-k is " +#~ "tartalmazhatnak indítható kötetet." + +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~| "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have " +#~| "been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, " +#~| "controlled with the Turn off after drop-down list above." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kapcsolja be a Zárolást, majd válasszon egy időkorlátot az alatta " +#~ "lévő legördülő listából. A képernyő automatikusan zárolásra kerül, ha ennyi " +#~ "ideig inaktív volt. Kiválaszthatja a Képernyő kikapcsol " +#~ "lehetőséget is, ekkor a képernyő az automatikus kikapcsolás után kerül " +#~ "zárolásra, amely a fenti Képernyő kikapcsolása, ha ennyi ideig " +#~ "inaktív legördülő listával szabályozható." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Fájlok alkalmazás segítségével tallózhatja a számítógépén " +#~ "található fájlokat. Segítségével kezelheti a tárolóeszközökön (például külső " +#~ "merevlemezeken), fájlkiszolgálókon és " +#~ "hálózati megosztásokon lévő fájlokat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A fájlkezelőben a mappákra duplán kattintva megjelenik azok tartalma, a " +#~ "fájlokra duplán kattintva azok megnyílnak a fájltípushoz tartozó alap " +#~ "alkalmazásban. A mappán jobb egérgombbal kattintva megnyithatja azt új " +#~ "ablakban vagy új lapon." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha gyorsan egy fájlra akar ugrani az éppen megjelenített mappában, akkor " +#~ "kezdje el begépelni a fájl nevét. Az ablak tetején megjelenik egy " +#~ "keresőmező, és a keresett kifejezésre illeszkedő első fájl kijelölésre " +#~ "kerül. Nyomja meg a Lefelé nyíl billentyűt, vagy görgessen az egérgörgőn a " +#~ "keresett kifejezésre illeszkedő következő fájlra ugráshoz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az oldalsávból gyorsan elérheti az általános helyeket. Ha nem látja " +#~ "az oldalsávot, akkor kattintson a lefelé gombra az eszköztáron, és válassza az " +#~ "Oldalsáv megjelenítése menüpontot. A gyakran használt mappákra " +#~ "könyvjelzőket is készíthet, ezek is az oldalsávban jelennek meg. Ehhez " +#~ "használja a Könyvjelzők menüt, vagy húzzon egy mappát az " +#~ "oldalsávra." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "Komolyabb CD/DVD írási projektekhez használja a Braserot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Brasero használatával kapcsolatos segítségért olvassa el annak felhasználói kézikönyvét." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lehet, hogy úgy nevezte át a fájlt, hogy az rejtetté vált. A . " +#~ "karakterrel kezdődő, vagy ~ karakterrel végződő fájlok " +#~ "rejtettek a fájlkezelőben. Nyomja meg a lefelé gombot a fájlkezelő eszköztárán, " +#~ "és válassza a Rejtett fájlok megjelenítése menüpontot a " +#~ "megjelenítésükhöz. További információkért lásd: ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fájlok keresése fájlnév és típus alapján. Keresések mentése későbbi " +#~ "felhasználásra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fájlokat nevük vagy típusuk alapján közvetlenül kereshet a fájlkezelőben. A " +#~ "gyakori kereséseket el is mentheti, és azok speciális mappákként fognak " +#~ "megjelenni a saját mappájában." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Nyissa meg a fájlkezelőt" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha tudja, hogy melyik mappában vannak a keresett fájlok, akkor lépjen be az " +#~ "adott mappába." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson az eszköztár nagyító ikonjára, vagy nyomja meg a " +#~ "CtrlF kombinációt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Írjon be egy vagy több szót, amelyről tudja, hogy szerepel a fájl nevében. " +#~ "Ha például minden számlája nevében szerepel a „Számla” szó, akkor a " +#~ "számla szót írja be. Nyomja meg az Enter " +#~ "billentyűt. A keresés nem különbözteti meg a kis- és nagybetűket." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Szűkítheti a találatokat hely és fájltípus alapján." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyomja meg a Saját mappa gombot a találatok korlátozására a " +#~ "saját mappájára, vagy a Minden fájl gombot a " +#~ "mindenütt való kereséshez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyomja meg a + gombot, és válasszon Fájltípust a " +#~ "legördülő listából a keresési eredmények fájltípus szerinti szűkítéséhez. Az " +#~ "x gombra kattintva eltávolíthatja ezt a beállítást, és bővítheti " +#~ "a találatok körét." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A keresési találatokat ugyanúgy megnyithatja, másolhatja, törölheti stb., " +#~ "mint bármely más mappa tartalmát a fájlkezelőben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson újra az eszköztár nagyító gombjára a keresésből való kilépéshez, " +#~ "és a mappához való visszatéréshez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha bizonyos kereséseket gyakran végez, akkor a gyors elérésük érdekében " +#~ "elmentheti azokat." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Keresés mentése" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Indítsa el a keresést a fentieknek megfelelően." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nevezze el a keresést, és nyomja meg a Mentés gombot. Ha akarja, " +#~ "választhat másik mappát a keresés mentéséhez. Az adott mappa " +#~ "megjelenítésekor a mentett keresés narancssárga mappaikonként jelenik meg, " +#~ "amelyen egy nagyító ikon van." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha a keresésre már nincs szüksége, akkor a törléséhez egyszerűen csak törölje azt, ahogy egy fájlt törölne. A mentett " +#~ "keresés törlésekor a keresésre illeszkedő fájlok nem kerülnek törlésre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egyes nyelvek, például a kínai vagy koreai összetettebb beviteli módszert " +#~ "igényelnek egy egyszerű billentyű–karakter társításnál. Ennek következtében " +#~ "a kiválasztható beviteli források lehetővé teszik ilyen módszerek " +#~ "használatát." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A beviteli módszerekkel kapcsolatos lehetőségek csak akkor érhetők el, ha a " +#~ "megfelelő beviteli módszer motorja telepítve van. A nyelvek telepítésekor egy megfelelő beviteli " +#~ "módszer motorja is telepítésre kerül, ha az adott nyelvhez szükséges. " +#~ "Például a koreai telepítésekor az ibus-hangul csomag kerül " +#~ "telepítésre, és a következő bejelentkezéskor elérhető lesz a Koreai " +#~ "(Hangul) beviteli forrás. Ha szeretné, önállóan is telepítheti az IBus beviteli módszerét." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bármely kiosztás képét megjelenítheti. Válassza ki a listából a kiosztást, " +#~ "majd nyomja meg az előnézet gombot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ennek megoldásához kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza " +#~ "a Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot. A Hardver szakaszban válassza a " +#~ "Kijelzők ikont. A Felbontás listából válassza ki a " +#~ "monitornak megfelelő felbontást." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot. Nyissa meg a Kijelzők " +#~ "panelt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gépelés közben kapcsolja ki az érintőtáblát a véletlen kattintások " +#~ "elkerüléséhez." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Érintőtábla letiltása gépelés közben" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A laptopok érintőtáblái gyakran ott találhatók, ahol gépelés közben csuklója " +#~ "pihen. Ez gépelés közben véletlen kattintásokhoz vezethet. Az érintőtáblát " +#~ "letilthatja a gépelés idejére, ilyenkor azonban az utolsó billentyűleütés " +#~ "után kis idővel újra működni fog." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az Érintőtábla lapon jelölje be a Letiltás gépelés " +#~ "közben négyzetet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sok egér és néhány érintőtábla is rendelkezik középső egérgombbal. A " +#~ "görgővel rendelkező egereken általában közvetlenül a görgő lenyomásával " +#~ "végezhet középső kattintást. Ha nincs középső egérgombja, nyomja meg " +#~ "egyszerre a bal és jobb egérgombot a középső kattintáshoz. Ha így nem tud " +#~ "középső kattintást végezni, akkor próbálja meg ezeket az " +#~ "utasításokat követni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A többujjas koppintást támogató érintőtáblákon három ujjal egyszerre " +#~ "koppintva végezhet középső kattintást. Ennek működéséhez engedélyeznie kell " +#~ "a koppintással kattintást az " +#~ "érintőtábla beállításaiban." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Számos alkalmazás a középső kattintást használja bizonyos műveletek gyors " +#~ "végrehajtására." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az egyik ilyen művelet a kijelölt szöveg beillesztése (néha az elsődleges " +#~ "kijelölés beillesztésének is hívják). Jelölje ki a beilleszteni kívánt " +#~ "szöveget, vigye az egérmutatót oda, ahova be szeretné szúrni, majd " +#~ "kattintson a középső gombbal. A kijelölt szöveg beillesztésre kerül a " +#~ "mutatott helyre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A szöveg középső gombbal való beillesztése teljesen független a normál " +#~ "vágólaptól. A szöveg kijelölése nem másolja azt át a vágólapra. Ez a gyors " +#~ "módszer csak a középső egérgombbal működik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A legtöbb webböngésző lehetővé teszi a hivatkozások gyors megnyitását új " +#~ "lapokon a középső egérgombbal. Kattintson bármely hivatkozásra a középső " +#~ "egérgombbal, és az megnyílik egy új lapon. Legyen azonban óvatos a " +#~ "Firefox webböngészőben való középső kattintással. Ha a " +#~ "Firefoxban nem egy hivatkozásra mutatva végez középső kattintást, " +#~ "akkor a böngésző a kijelölt szöveget próbálja meg betölteni URL-ként, mintha " +#~ "a címsorba illesztette volna be a középső kattintással, és megnyomta volna " +#~ "az Entert." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Néhány speciális alkalmazás lehetővé teszi a középső egérgomb más " +#~ "feladatokra való használatát. Az alkalmazás súgójában keressen rá a " +#~ "középső kattintás vagy középső egérgomb kifejezésekre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyomja meg a ← billentyűt egyszer a Mutatás és " +#~ "kattintás fül eléréséhez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ezen utasítások alapján kapcsolhatja be a leggyorsabban az egérbillentyűket " +#~ "kizárólag a billentyűzet használatával. További akadálymentesítési " +#~ "beállításokért válassza az Akadálymentesítés beállításai " +#~ "menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A numerikus billentyűzet a billentyűzet számbillentyűkből álló része, " +#~ "amelyet általában négyzetrácsba rendeznek. Ha billentyűzetén nincs numerikus " +#~ "billentyűzet (például laptop esetén), akkor a funkció billentyűt " +#~ "(Fn) kell nyomva tartani, és más billentyűk lesznek numerikus " +#~ "billentyűzetként használhatók. Ha gyakran használja laptopon ezt a " +#~ "szolgáltatást, akkor vásárolhat külső USB numerikus billentyűzetet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A numerikus billentyűzet minden száma megfelel egy iránynak. A 8 " +#~ "lenyomása például felfelé mozgatja a mutatót, a 2 lenyomása pedig " +#~ "lefelé. Nyomja meg egyszer az 5 billentyűt az egérkattintáshoz, " +#~ "vagy kétszer gyorsan a dupla kattintáshoz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A legtöbb billentyűzeten van a jobb kattintást végző speciális billentyű, " +#~ "amely gyakran a szóköz mellett található. Azonban ez nem az egérmutató által " +#~ "mutatott helyen, hanem a billentyűzetfókusz helyén jeleníti meg a helyi " +#~ "menüt. A jobb egérgombbal való kattintásnak az 5 billentyűvel " +#~ "vagy a bal egérgomb lenyomva tartásával történő kiváltásával kapcsolatos " +#~ "további információkért lásd: ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pusztán az érintőtáblával, külön hardvergombok használata nélkül is " +#~ "kattinthat egyszeresen vagy duplán, elemeket húzhat és görgetheti a " +#~ "képernyőtartalmat." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "A kattintáshoz koppintson az érintőtáblára." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egy elem húzásához koppintson duplán, de ne emelje fel az ujját a második " +#~ "koppintás után. Húzza az elemet a célra, majd engedje fel az ujját az " +#~ "ejtéshez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha érintőtáblája támogatja a többujjas koppintást, akkor a jobb kattintást " +#~ "két ujjal egyszer koppintással is elvégezheti. Ellenkező esetben a jobb " +#~ "kattintáshoz hardvergombokat kell használnia. A második egérgomb nélküli " +#~ "jobb kattintással kapcsolatos további információkért lásd: ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha az érintőtábla támogatja a több ujjas koppintást, akkor három ujjal " +#~ "egyszerre koppintva középső " +#~ "kattintást végezhet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Több ujjal koppintva vagy húzva győződjön meg róla, hogy ujjai elegendő " +#~ "távolságban vannak egymástól. Ha ujjai túl közel vannak, akkor számítógépe " +#~ "egyetlen ujjnak tekintheti azokat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A laptopok érintőtáblái néha a gépelés befejezése után egy kis idővel " +#~ "reagálnak csak. Gépelés közben véletlenül megérintheti tenyerével az " +#~ "érintőtáblát, ennek nem kívánatos következményeit elkerülendő az érintőtábla " +#~ "kikapcsol. Részletekért lásd: ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Könyvjelzők hozzáadása, törlése és átnevezése a fájlkezelőben." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Könyvjelzői a fájlkezelő oldalsávjában vannak felsorolva." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Könyvjelző törlése:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a Fájlok elemre a felső sávon, és válassza az " +#~ "alkalmazásmenü Könyvjelzők pontját." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Könyvjelzők ablakban válassza ki a törölni kívánt könyvjelzőt, " +#~ "és nyomja meg a - gombot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Könyvjelzők ablakban válassza ki az átnevezni kívánt " +#~ "könyvjelzőt." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "A Név szövegmezőbe írja be a könyvjelző új nevét." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "A fájl utolsó módosításának dátumát és idejét adja meg." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha extra biztonságra törekszik, vagy ha a Windows és Mac OS rendszereket " +#~ "használó felhasználóknak továbbadott fájlokban szeretne vírusokat keresni, " +#~ "akkor telepíthet vírusirtó szoftvereket. Az Ubuntu " +#~ "szoftverközpontban számos elérhető alkalmazást találhat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az alapértelmezett böngésző " +#~ "megváltoztatása, flash " +#~ "telepítése, a java bővítmény " +#~ "telepítése, Silverlight " +#~ "támogatás…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " #~ "Launcher or choose " #~ "Chat from the Messaging " #~ "menu." @@ -28662,6 +29633,46 @@ #~ "intro\">üzenetkezelési menüből." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Befolyásolhatja, hogy mely programok érhetik el a hálózatot. Ez segít " +#~ "biztonságban tartani a számítógépét." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Tűzfal-hozzáférés engedélyezése és blokkolása" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az Ubuntu az Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) nevű " +#~ "tűzfalat tartalmazza, de az nincs alapesetben bekapcsolva. Mivel az Ubuntu " +#~ "alaptelepítése nem tartalmaz nyitott hálózati szolgáltatásokat (az " +#~ "alapszintű hálózatkezelésen túl), így nincs szükség tűzfalra a bejövő " +#~ "rosszindulatú kapcsolatok blokkolásához." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az ufw használatával kapcsolatos további információkért nézze meg az online " +#~ "dokumentációt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A tűzfal bekapcsolásához adja ki a sudo ufw enable parancsot a " +#~ "terminálban. Az ufw kikapcsolásához adja ki a sudo ufw disable " +#~ "parancsot." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28694,6 +29705,13 @@ #~ "block 53 parancsot." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Szüksége lehet a Flash telepítésére a Youtube-hoz hasonló, videókat " +#~ "tartalmazó és egyéb interaktív webhelyek megtekintéséhez." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28702,6 +29720,9 @@ #~ "jeleníthet meg, és interaktív weboldalakat használhat egyes webhelyeken. " #~ "Néhány webhely nem működnek Flash nélkül." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Flash bővítmény telepítése" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28721,6 +29742,15 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kattintson a Telepítés gombra a Szoftverközpont ablakában." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha nyitva van bármilyen böngészőablak, akkor zárja be, és indítsa újra. A " +#~ "böngészőnek újraindítás utána érzékelnie kell, hogy a Flash telepítve lett, " +#~ "és immár látnia kell azokat az oldalakat is, amelyekhez Flash szükséges." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Szabad szoftveres alternatívák Flashre" @@ -28749,6 +29779,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "A Javat igénylő weboldalak használhatóvá tétele." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Java böngészőbővítmény telepítése" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egyes weboldalak kis Java programokat használnak, amelyek " +#~ "futtatásukhoz Java bővítményt igényelnek." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Java programok megjelenítéséhez telepítse az icedtea6-plugin csomagot." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28796,6 +29846,15 @@ #~ "honlapját további információért és telepítési utasításokért." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vezeték nélküli kapcsolatok " +#~ "hibaelhárítása, wifi hálózat " +#~ "megtalálása." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28813,6 +29872,274 @@ #~ "telepítse azt. Ehhez az Ubuntu szoftverközpont alján lévő " #~ "Technikai elemek megjelenítése hivatkozásra kell kattintania." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kapcsolódás Wi-Fi-hez, Rejtett hálózatok, Kapcsolatbeállítások szerkesztése, Kapcsolatbontás…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Számítógépét használhatja vezeték nélküli hotspotként. Ez lehetővé teszi más " +#~ "eszközöknek a csatlakozást külön hálózat használata nélkül, és egy másik " +#~ "csatolón, például vezetékes hálózaton vagy mobilon létrehozott " +#~ "internetkapcsolat megosztását." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Nyomja meg a Használat hotspotként gombot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha már csatlakozik egy vezeték nélküli hálózathoz, akkor a rendszer " +#~ "megkérdezi, hogy kívánja-e bontani azt a kapcsolatot. Egy vezeték nélküli " +#~ "csatoló egyszerre csak egy hálózathoz képes csatlakozni, illetve létrehozni. " +#~ "A megerősítéshez nyomja meg a Hotspot létrehozása gombot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Automatikusan létrejön egy hálózatnév (SSID) és biztonsági kulcs. A hálózat " +#~ "neve a számítógép nevén fog alapulni. Más eszközöknek ezekre az információra " +#~ "van szükségük az imént létrehozott hotspothoz csatlakozáshoz." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a hálózat menüre a menüsávon, és törölje a Vezeték nélküli " +#~ "kapcsolat engedélyezése pont kijelölését." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ehhez kattintson a hálózat menüre a menüsávon, és törölje a " +#~ "Vezeték nélküli kapcsolat engedélyezése pontot. Ez addig " +#~ "kikapcsolja a vezeték nélküli kártyát, amíg vissza nem kapcsolja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A vezeték nélküli hálózat visszakapcsolásához kattintson a hálózat " +#~ "menüre a menüsávon, és válassza ki a Vezeték nélküli kapcsolat " +#~ "engedélyezése menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Laptopja tovább folytathatja a kommunikációt, ha nem kapcsolta ki a Bluetooth-t." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a hálózat ikonra a menüsávon, majd azon " +#~ "hálózat nevére, amelyhez csatlakozni kíván." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ismerje meg a vezeték nélküli kapcsolat szerkesztő-képernyőjének " +#~ "beállításait." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Vezeték nélküli kapcsolat szerkesztése" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ez a téma leírja a vezeték nélküli hálózati kapcsolat szerkesztéséhez " +#~ "elérhető beállításokat. Kapcsolat szerkesztéséhez kattintson a hálózat " +#~ "menüre a menüsávon, majd válassza a Kapcsolat szerkesztése " +#~ "menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Elérhető minden felhasználónak / Automatikus csatlakozás" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Automatikus csatlakozás" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha több automatikus csatlakozásra állított hálózat is hatókörön belül van, " +#~ "akkor a számítógép a Hálózati kapcsolatok ablak Vezeték " +#~ "nélküli lapján elsőként megjelenő hálózathoz fog csatlakozni. Ha már " +#~ "csatlakozva van egy hálózathoz, akkor ez a kapcsolat nem fog megszakadni " +#~ "azért, hogy egy éppen elérhetővé vált másik hálózathoz csatlakozzon." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Elérhető minden felhasználónak" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jelölje be ezt a négyzetet, ha a számítógép minden felhasználója hozzáférhet " +#~ "ehhez a vezeték nélküli hálózathoz. Ha a hálózat WEP/WPA jelszóval védett, és bejelölte ezt a négyzetet, " +#~ "akkor csak egyszer kell megadnia a jelszót. A számítógép minden más " +#~ "felhasználója így anélkül lesz képes csatlakozni a hálózathoz, hogy a " +#~ "jelszót tudnák." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha ez be van jelölve, akkor a hálózat beállításainak módosításához rendszergazdai jogokkal kell " +#~ "rendelkeznie. A program bekérheti a rendszergazdai jelszót." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Vezeték nélküli" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha az Eseti beállítást választja, akkor két másik beállítás is " +#~ "megjelenik: a Sáv és a Csatorna. Ezek megadják, hogy " +#~ "az eseti vezeték nélküli hálózat melyik vezeték nélküli frekvencián működik. " +#~ "Néhány számítógép csak bizonyos sávokon képes működni (például csak az " +#~ "A vagy csak a B/G sávon), emiatt azt a sávot válassza " +#~ "ki, amelyet az eseti hálózat minden leendő számítógépe képes használni. " +#~ "Forgalmas helyeken több vezeték nélküli hálózat is használhatja ugyanazt a " +#~ "csatornát, ez lelassíthatja a kapcsolatot, emiatt is szükség lehet a " +#~ "csatorna megváltoztatására." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ez a Basic Service Set Identifier rövidítése. Az SSID (lásd fent) a " +#~ "hálózat emberek által olvasható neve, a BSSID a számítógépek által " +#~ "értelmezett név, amely egy számokból és betűkből álló, egyedi karakterlánc. " +#~ "Ha egy hálózat rejtett, akkor nem " +#~ "rendelkezik SSID-vel, csak BSSID-vel." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Eszköz MAC-címe" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A hálózati hardver (vezeték nélküli kártya) képes másik MAC-címet használni. " +#~ "Ez akkor hasznos, ha egy csak adott MAC-címmel kommunikáló eszközzel " +#~ "(például egy széles sávú kábelmodemmel) vagy szolgáltatással rendelkezik." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Vezeték nélküli biztonság" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ez megadja a vezeték nélküli hálózat által használat titkosítást. A " +#~ "titkosított kapcsolatok segítenek megvédeni a vezeték nélküli kapcsolatot az " +#~ "eltérítéstől, így mások nem „hallgathatnak bele”, és nem láthatják például, " +#~ "hogy milyen weboldalakat keres fel." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egyes titkosításfajták erősebbek másoknál, de régebbi vezeték nélküli " +#~ "berendezések esetleg nem támogatják. A kapcsolódáshoz általában be kell " +#~ "írnia egy jelszót, a kifinomultabb típusok megkövetelhetnek felhasználónevet " +#~ "és digitális tanúsítványt is. A népszerű vezeték nélküli titkosításfajtákkal " +#~ "kapcsolatos információkért lásd: ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha ezt a beállítást választja, akkor a számítógép az IP-címét egy DHCP-" +#~ "kiszolgálótól kapja, de a többi beállítást (például a használandó DNS-" +#~ "kiszolgálót) saját kezűleg kell megadnia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Válassza ezt a lehetőséget, ha minden hálózati beállítást maga szeretne " +#~ "megadni, ideértve a számítógép által használandó IP-címet is." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ez a beállítás letiltja a hálózati kapcsolatot, és megakadályozza a " +#~ "csatlakozást. Ne feledje, hogy az IPv4 és IPv6 külön " +#~ "kapcsolatnak számítanak, még ha ugyanahhoz a hálózati kártyához tartoznak " +#~ "is. Ha az egyik engedélyezett, akkor állítsa a másikat mellőzöttre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ez hasonló az IPv4 laphoz, csupán az újabb IPv6 szabványt kezeli. " +#~ "A legkorszerűbb hálózatok IPv6-ot használnak, de az IPv4 sokkal népszerűbb." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a hálózat menüre a menüsávon, és válassza a " +#~ "Kapcsolódás rejtett vezeték nélküli hálózathoz menüpontot." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A Rendszer szakaszban kattintson a Szoftverforrások elemre." @@ -28860,6 +30187,13 @@ #~ "hivatkozásra a hibaelhárítási útmutató következő részére ugráshoz." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adja ki a terminálban a sudo pm-hibernate parancsot, és nyomja " +#~ "meg az Enter billentyűt." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28867,6 +30201,196 @@ #~ "legalább akkora-e, mint az elérhető RAM." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha a hibernálás tesztelése sikeres, akkor később is használhatja a sudo " +#~ "pm-hibernate parancsot, amikor hibernálni szeretné számítógépét." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Miért kapcsolt ki/függesztette fel működését a számítógépem, amikor az " +#~ "akkumulátor töltöttsége 10% alá csökkent?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amikor a töltöttség szintje túl alacsonyra csökken, a számítógép " +#~ "automatikusan felfüggeszti a működését. " +#~ "Ennek célja, hogy az akkumulátor ne merüljön le teljesen, ami károsítaná " +#~ "azt. Ha az akkumulátor rögtön lemerülne, a számítógépnek nem lenne ideje " +#~ "megfelelően kikapcsolnia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Meg tudja változtatni hogy mi történjen, ha az akkumulátor töltöttségi " +#~ "szintje túl alacsonyra esik. Először kattintson az akkumulátor " +#~ "menüre a felső panelen, és válassza az " +#~ "Energiagazdálkodás menüpontot. A Ha az akkumulátor energiája " +#~ "kritikus beállítás segítségével eldöntheti, hogy a számítógép " +#~ "kikapcsoljon vagy hibernáljon. Ha a " +#~ "kikapcsolást választja, akkor alkalmazásai és dokumentumai nem " +#~ "kerülnek mentésre a számítógép kikapcsolásakor." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egyes számítógépeken nem működik megfelelően a felfüggesztés, így lehet, " +#~ "hogy nem lesznek képesek visszaállítani a nyitott alkalmazásokat és " +#~ "dokumentumokat a számítógép következő bekapcsolásakor. Emiatt elveszítheti " +#~ "munkája azon részét, amelyet a számítógép felfüggesztése előtt nem mentett. " +#~ "Ugyanakkor lehetséges, hogy ki tudja " +#~ "javítani/el tudja hárítani a felfüggesztéssel kapcsolatos problémákat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Azonosítatlan nyomtatók, papírelakadás, rosszul kinéző nyomatok…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "A számítógéphez csatlakozó nyomtató beállítása." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Helyi nyomtató beállítása" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A rendszere képes számos nyomtatótípust felismerni, amint csatlakoztatja " +#~ "azokat. A legtöbb nyomtató USB-kábelen csatlakozik a számítógéphez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nem kell kiválasztani, hogy hálózati vagy helyi nyomtatót szeretne-e " +#~ "telepíteni. Mindegyik ugyanabban az ablakban jelenik meg." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Csatlakoztassa a nyomtatót a rendszerhez a megfelelő kábellel. A képernyőn " +#~ "megjelenhet néhány ablak, mialatt a rendszer illesztőprogramokat keres, és " +#~ "felhatalmazást kérhet azok telepítéséhez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amikor a rendszer befejezte a nyomtató telepítését, megjelenik egy üzenet. " +#~ "Válassza a Tesztoldal nyomtatása lehetőséget egy tesztoldal " +#~ "nyomtatásához, vagy a Beállítást a nyomtató beállításainak " +#~ "további módosításához." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha nyomtatója nem lett automatikusan telepítve, akkor vegye fel azt a " +#~ "nyomtatóbeállító ablakban." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyomja meg a Hozzáadás gombot, és válassza ki a nyomtatót az " +#~ "Eszközök ablakban." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyomja meg a Tovább gombot, és várja meg az illesztőprogramok " +#~ "keresését." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha számítógépéhez több illesztőprogram is elérhető, akkor a program " +#~ "megkérheti az illesztőprogram kiválasztására. A javasolt illesztőprogram " +#~ "használatához nyomja meg a Tovább gombot a gyártó és modell képernyőkön." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A nyomtató telepítése után módosíthatja az alapértelmezett nyomtatót." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A változtatások életbe lépéséhez ki, majd újra be kell jelentkeznie. " +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Kijelentkezés pontot a kijelentkezéshez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A nyelv megváltoztatásának életbe lépéséhez ki, majd újra be kell " +#~ "jelentkeznie. Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő ikonra, és válassza a " +#~ "Kijelentkezés pontot a kijelentkezéshez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A képernyő zárolásához kattintson a rendszer menüre a menüsávon, " +#~ "és válassza a Képernyő zárolása lehetőséget." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amikor képernyője zárolva van, más felhasználók bejelentkezhetnek a saját " +#~ "fiókjukba a jelszó képernyőn a Felhasználóváltás gombra " +#~ "kattintva. Amikor végeztek, visszaválthat a saját munkamenetére." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A számítógép saját kezűleg történő felfüggesztéséhez kattintson a " +#~ "rendszer menüre, és válassza a Felfüggesztés " +#~ "menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha teljesen ki szeretné kapcsolni a számítógépet vagy újraindítaná, akkor " +#~ "kattintson a rendszer menüre, és válassza a Leállítás " +#~ "menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28879,6 +30403,49 @@ #~ "parancs, még ha a képernyőn több sorba törve is jelenik meg - másolja és " #~ "illessze be a megfelelő eredmény érdekében):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "A billentyűzetről" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Engedje fel az Alt billentyűt a következő (kiemelt) ablak " +#~ "kiválasztásához az ablakváltóban." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Egyébként az Alt lenyomva tartása mellett a Tab " +#~ "ismételt megnyomásával végiglépkedhet a megnyitott ablakok listáján, a " +#~ "ShiftTab megnyomásával pedig " +#~ "visszafelé lépkedhet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az ablakok az ablakváltóban alkalmazások szerint vannak csoportosítva. A " +#~ "több ablakot tartalmazó alkalmazások előnézetei kinyílnak, amikor " +#~ "végiglépked rajtuk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az ablakváltóban az alkalmazásikonok között a → vagy ← " +#~ "billentyűkkel lépkedhet, vagy az egérrel kattintva is kiválaszthat egyet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az egyetlen ablakkal rendelkező alkalmazások előnézetei a ↓ " +#~ "billentyű megnyomásakor jelennek meg." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29199,6 +30766,12 @@ #~ "Ha nem szeretne online találatokat kapni, akkor kikapcsolhatja ezt a " #~ "szolgáltatást." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyissa meg a Biztonság és magánszféra panelt, és válassza a " +#~ "Keresés lapot." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Kapcsolja ki az Online találatok megjelenítését." @@ -29259,6 +30832,15 @@ #~ "alkalmazások is; ilyeneket az Ubuntu szoftverközpontban találhat." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha több stylusa van, akkor a következő stylus rajztáblához közelítésekor " +#~ "megjelenik egy fül a stylus eszközneve mellett. Ennek segítségével " +#~ "kiválaszthatja, hogy melyik stylust szeretné beállítani." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29266,6 +30848,20 @@ #~ "Fájl elemére, és válassza a Keresés mentése másként " #~ "menüpontot." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv Könyvjelzők elemére, és válassza a Hely " +#~ "könyvjelzőzése menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv Könyvjelzők elemére, és válassza a " +#~ "Könyvjelzők menüpontot az alkalmazásmenüből." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " @@ -29292,6 +30888,23 @@ #~ "közé az Amazon.com és több tucat további online forrás tartozik." #~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A kijelentkezéshez vagy felhasználóváltáshoz kattintson a rendszer menüre a menüsáv jobb szélén, és válassza ki " +#~ "a megfelelő lehetőséget." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amikor beállította a keresési paramétereket, kattintson a menüsáv " +#~ "Fájl elemére, és válassza a Keresés mentése másként " +#~ "menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -29323,6 +30936,49 @@ #~ msgstr "Kattintson a Telepítés gombra." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő rendszer menüre, " +#~ "és válassza a Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Online találatok bekapcsolása" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha szeretne online találatokat kapni, akkor bekapcsolhatja ezt a " +#~ "szolgáltatást a Biztonság és adatvédelem beállítópanelen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kattintson a menüsáv jobb szélén lévő rendszer menüre, " +#~ "és válassza a Rendszerbeállítások menüpontot." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Kapcsolja be az Online találatok megjelenítését." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Alapesetben az online keresés ki van kapcsolva." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az Ubuntu Szoftverek használata programok telepítésére, és az " +#~ "Ubuntu használhatóbbá tételére." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az Ubuntu Szoftverek segít a már nem használt szoftverek " +#~ "eltávolításában." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " @@ -29336,3 +30992,32 @@ #~ "Flash bővítmény. Az ebben a tárolóban található szoftverek megjelennek " #~ "az Ubuntu Szoftverek találati listáin, de nem lesznek " #~ "telepíthetők a tároló engedélyezéséig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nyissa meg a jobb felső menüt, és válassza a SMART adatok és " +#~ "öntesztek pontot további információk megjelenítéséhez vagy öntesztek " +#~ "futtatásához." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Az alapértelmezett böngésző " +#~ "megváltoztatása, Flash " +#~ "telepítése, a java bővítmény " +#~ "telepítése…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A Flash böngészőbővítmény segítségével videókat " +#~ "jeleníthet meg, és interaktív weboldalakat használhat egyes webhelyeken. " +#~ "Noha egyre több helyen érhető el a modern HTML5, néhány webhely nem működnek " +#~ "Flash nélkül." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ia/ia.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ia/ia.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ia/ia.po 1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ia/ia.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,22725 @@ +# Interlingua translation for ubuntu-docs +# Copyright (c) 2017 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2017 +# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , 2017. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-13 11:20+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: Interlingua \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/legal.xml:3 +msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: license/p +#: C/legal.xml:3 +msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:8 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:7 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:7 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:7 +#: C/accounts.page:5 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:6 +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:17 +#: C/files-browse.page:24 +#: C/files-hidden.page:13 +#: C/files-sort.page:13 +#: C/files-tilde.page:14 +#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:11 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:16 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:14 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15 +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:14 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:13 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:11 +#: C/net-default-email.page:11 +#: C/net-email-virus.page:13 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 +#: C/net-manual.page:12 +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 +#: C/net-othersedit.page:12 +#: C/net-proxy.page:11 +#: C/net-slow.page:11 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:11 +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:16 +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:11 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14 +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15 +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:18 +#: C/power-batterylife.page:20 +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18 +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:18 +#: C/power-othercountry.page:17 +#: C/printing.page:9 +#: C/printing-2sided.page:14 +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:15 +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13 +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:15 +#: C/printing-order.page:14 +#: C/printing-select.page:13 +#: C/printing-setup.page:14 +#: C/sound-volume.page:8 +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:11 +msgid "Phil Bull" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12 +#: C/a11y-braille.page:6 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:7 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:7 +#: C/a11y.page:7 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11 +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:6 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:7 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:7 +#: C/bluetooth.page:11 +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:19 +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:14 +#: C/clock.page:18 +#: C/disk.page:9 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:25 +#: C/display-lock.page:15 +#: C/files-browse.page:20 +#: C/files-delete.page:19 +#: C/files-lost.page:19 +#: C/files-open.page:19 +#: C/files.page:10 +#: C/files-preview.page:7 +#: C/files-removedrive.page:12 +#: C/files-rename.page:17 +#: C/files-search.page:18 +#: C/files-select.page:8 +#: C/files-share.page:17 +#: C/hardware.page:11 +#: C/keyboard.page:19 +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 +#: C/look-background.page:26 +#: C/media.page:11 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:20 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:18 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:20 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19 +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:18 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:13 +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:19 +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:16 +#: C/nautilus-display.page:14 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:19 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:19 +#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11 +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:14 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:19 +#: C/net-findip.page:12 +#: C/net-macaddress.page:11 +#: C/net-nonm.page:9 +#: C/net.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:11 +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10 +#: C/prefs.page:12 +#: C/prefs-language.page:10 +#: C/prefs-display.page:10 +#: C/printing-setup.page:26 +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20 +#: C/session-formats.page:14 +#: C/session-language.page:18 +#: C/shell-exit.page:21 +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15 +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:7 +#: C/sound-alert.page:10 +#: C/sound-usemic.page:10 +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9 +#: C/sound-volume.page:13 +#: C/tips.page:8 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:12 +#: C/unity-introduction.page:13 +#: C/user-add.page:19 +#: C/user-changepicture.page:15 +#: C/user-delete.page:19 +msgid "Shaun McCance" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:11 +#: C/a11y.page:11 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11 +#: C/accounts-add.page:10 +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:16 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:5 +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:12 +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10 +#: C/backup-how.page:21 +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22 +#: C/backup-what.page:21 +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26 +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20 +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22 +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:23 +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:21 +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:19 +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:17 +#: C/contacts-connect.page:10 +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:18 +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:17 +#: C/contacts.page:14 +#: C/contacts-search.page:18 +#: C/contacts-setup.page:7 +#: C/clock-calendar.page:20 +#: C/clock-set.page:22 +#: C/clock-timezone.page:17 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:21 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:17 +#: C/disk-check.page:18 +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:11 +#: C/display-lock.page:19 +#: C/documents-collections.page:12 +#: C/documents-filter.page:7 +#: C/documents-formats.page:7 +#: C/documents-info.page:13 +#: C/documents-previews.page:12 +#: C/documents-print.page:12 +#: C/documents-search.page:12 +#: C/documents-select.page:12 +#: C/documents-tracker.page:12 +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:13 +#: C/documents-view.page:12 +#: C/files-autorun.page:23 +#: C/files-browse.page:28 +#: C/files-copy.page:22 +#: C/files-delete.page:28 +#: C/files-disc-write.page:9 +#: C/files-hidden.page:17 +#: C/files-lost.page:23 +#: C/files-removedrive.page:16 +#: C/files-rename.page:25 +#: C/files-search.page:22 +#: C/files-share.page:21 +#: C/files-sort.page:21 +#: C/files-templates.page:17 +#: C/files-tilde.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:10 +#: C/look-background.page:34 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26 +#: C/look-resolution.page:23 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:23 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:27 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17 +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18 +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:20 +#: C/nautilus-display.page:18 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:23 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:17 +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:18 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:23 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:15 +#: C/net-default-email.page:15 +#: C/net-findip.page:20 +#: C/net-macaddress.page:19 +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:16 +#: C/net-othersedit.page:16 +#: C/net-proxy.page:19 +#: C/power-batterylife.page:28 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:24 +#: C/power-whydim.page:17 +#: C/prefs-language.page:14 +#: C/printing-setup.page:34 +#: C/session-formats.page:18 +#: C/session-language.page:26 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:18 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:16 +#: C/user-add.page:23 +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:19 +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:7 +#: C/wacom-mode.page:6 +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:7 +#: C/wacom.page:15 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:7 +msgid "Michael Hill" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19 +msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:30 +msgid "Turn on bounce keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 +msgid "" +"Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly " +"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a " +"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on " +"bounce keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 +#: C/accounts-add.page:42 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:31 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:29 +#: C/net-default-email.page:29 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 +#: C/power-whydim.page:35 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 +msgid "" +"Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 +msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 +msgid "" +"Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " +"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " +"the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want " +"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it " +"happened too soon after the previous key press." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-braille.page:9 +msgid "" +"Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-braille.page:18 +msgid "Read screen in Braille" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-braille.page:22 +msgid "" +"GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user " +"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed " +"GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14 +msgid "" +"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're " +"easier to see." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26 +msgid "Adjust the contrast" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to " +"see. This is not the same as changing the " +"brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user " +"interface will change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 +msgid "" +"Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 +msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:18 +msgid "" +"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the " +"mouse still." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30 +msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:34 +msgid "" +"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control " +"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the " +"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or " +"Dwell Click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41 +msgid "" +"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, " +"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be " +"clicked for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 +msgid "" +"Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " +"Clicking tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 +msgid "Switch Hover Click on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 +msgid "" +"The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " +"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " +"when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you " +"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or " +"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +msgid "" +"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " +"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " +"clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 +msgid "" +"Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " +"mouse pointer still before clicking." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 +msgid "" +"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " +"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " +"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 +msgid "" +"Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " +"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14 +msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24 +msgid "Change text size on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the " +"size of the font." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 +msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 +msgid "" +"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " +"Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " +"Ctrl-." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y.page:14 +msgid "" +"Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:26 +#: C/keyboard.page:36 +msgid "Universal access" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/a11y.page:32 +msgid "" +"The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with " +"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive " +"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal " +"Access section of System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/a11y.page:39 +msgid "" +"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with " +"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive " +"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility " +"menu in the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/a11y.page:48 +msgid "Visual impairments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:53 +msgid "Blindness" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:58 +msgid "Low vision" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:63 +msgid "Color-blindness" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:68 +#: C/a11y.page:101 +#: C/keyboard.page:40 +msgid "Other topics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/a11y.page:75 +msgid "Hearing impairments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/a11y.page:82 +msgid "Mobility impairments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:86 +msgid "Mouse movement" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:91 +msgid "Clicking and dragging" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:96 +msgid "Keyboard use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13 +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:7 +#: C/contacts-connect.page:12 +#: C/contacts.page:16 +#: C/contacts-setup.page:9 +#: C/documents-collections.page:9 +#: C/documents-collections.page:14 +#: C/documents-filter.page:9 +#: C/documents-formats.page:9 +#: C/documents-info.page:9 +#: C/documents-info.page:15 +#: C/documents.page:9 +#: C/documents-previews.page:9 +#: C/documents-previews.page:14 +#: C/documents-print.page:9 +#: C/documents-print.page:14 +#: C/documents-search.page:9 +#: C/documents-search.page:14 +#: C/documents-select.page:9 +#: C/documents-select.page:14 +#: C/documents-tracker.page:9 +#: C/documents-tracker.page:14 +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:9 +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15 +#: C/documents-view.page:9 +#: C/documents-view.page:14 +#: C/files-removedrive.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:9 +#: C/wacom-mode.page:8 +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:9 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:9 +msgid "2012" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:19 +msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29 +msgid "Simulate a right mouse click" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33 +msgid "" +"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if " +"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if " +"your pointing device only has a single button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 +msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 +msgid "" +"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " +"is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " +"change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary " +"Click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 +msgid "" +"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " +"button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " +"with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, " +"release the mouse button to right-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 +msgid "" +"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " +"You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " +"visual feedback from the pointer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 +msgid "" +"If you use Mouse Keys, this also " +"allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " +"keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 +msgid "" +"In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " +"right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " +"differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-" +"click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9 +msgid "Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17 +msgid "Read screen aloud" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:21 +msgid "" +"GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user " +"interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca " +"installed. Install Orca, and then refer " +"to the Orca Help for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 +msgid "" +"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the " +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:29 +msgid "Turn on slow keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between " +"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means " +"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while " +"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a " +"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on " +"the keyboard first time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 +msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 +msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 +msgid "" +"Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " +"features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " +"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold " +"Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 +msgid "" +"Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " +"hold a key down for it to register." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 +msgid "" +"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " +"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " +"the key down long enough." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:18 +msgid "" +"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down " +"all of the keys at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:29 +msgid "Turn on sticky keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time " +"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the " +"AltTab shortcut switches between " +"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both " +"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press " +"Alt and then Tab to do the same." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42 +msgid "" +"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down " +"several keys at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 +msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 +msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 +msgid "" +"Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " +"features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " +"keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five " +"times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 +msgid "" +"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " +"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 +msgid "" +"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " +"Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " +"another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you " +"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some " +"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close " +"together), but not others." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 +msgid "" +"Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 +msgid "" +"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " +"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " +"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the " +"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep " +"when a modifier key is pressed to enable this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:14 +msgid "" +"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is " +"played." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:25 +msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:29 +msgid "" +"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages " +"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have " +"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the " +"alert sound is played." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:36 +msgid "" +"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your " +"computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 +msgid "" +"Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 +msgid "" +"Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " +"screen or just your current window title to flash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/about-this-guide.page:8 +#: C/backup-check.page:12 +#: C/backup-frequency.page:17 +#: C/backup-how.page:17 +#: C/backup-restore.page:16 +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:18 +#: C/backup-what.page:13 +#: C/backup-where.page:14 +#: C/backup-why.page:14 +#: C/clock-calendar.page:16 +#: C/clock-set.page:14 +#: C/clock-timezone.page:13 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:13 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:9 +#: C/disk-check.page:10 +#: C/disk-format.page:10 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:9 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17 +#: C/files-autorun.page:19 +#: C/files-lost.page:15 +#: C/files-recover.page:16 +#: C/files-rename.page:13 +#: C/files-search.page:14 +#: C/hardware-driver.page:13 +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 +#: C/look-background.page:14 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14 +#: C/look-resolution.page:15 +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:13 +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:10 +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:10 +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:10 +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:11 +#: C/net-antivirus.page:14 +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:15 +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:11 +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14 +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:14 +#: C/power-batterylife.page:16 +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:13 +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:14 +#: C/power-closelid.page:14 +#: C/power-constantfan.page:13 +#: C/power-hibernate.page:16 +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:14 +#: C/power-lowpower.page:12 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:16 +#: C/power-othercountry.page:13 +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:14 +#: C/power-suspend.page:13 +#: C/power-whydim.page:13 +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:13 +#: C/printing-streaks.page:15 +#: C/session-language.page:14 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:21 +#: C/shell-overview.page:20 +#: C/shell-windows.page:14 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15 +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15 +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16 +#: C/sound-broken.page:13 +#: C/sound-crackle.page:13 +#: C/sound-nosound.page:14 +#: C/user-accounts.page:17 +#: C/user-add.page:15 +#: C/user-admin-change.page:16 +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13 +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13 +#: C/user-changepassword.page:15 +#: C/user-changepicture.page:11 +#: C/user-delete.page:15 +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10 +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:7 +#: C/video-dvd.page:14 +#: C/video-sending.page:11 +#: C/windows-key.page:10 +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 +#: C/addremove-install.page:7 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:7 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:12 +#: C/app-cheese.page:7 +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 +#: C/disk-check.page:22 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:11 +#: C/documents.page:12 +#: C/files-browse.page:32 +#: C/files-disc-write.page:13 +#: C/files.page:14 +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 +#: C/keyboard.page:23 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 +#: C/nautilus-display.page:22 +#: C/net-antivirus.page:19 +#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11 +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 +#: C/net-chat-social.page:10 +#: C/net-chat-video.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 +#: C/net-mobile.page:10 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 +#: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 +#: C/power-hibernate.page:28 +#: C/prefs-language.page:18 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 +#: C/session-formats.page:22 +#: C/session-language.page:30 +#: C/sharing.page:20 +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:12 +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15 +#: C/startup-applications.page:14 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:10 +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:13 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:15 +#: C/unity-shopping.page:18 +#: C/windows-key.page:14 +msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/about-this-guide.page:14 +msgid "A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/about-this-guide.page:23 +msgid "About this guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:27 +msgid "" +"This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your " +"computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer " +"effectively." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:35 +msgid "" +"The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This " +"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers " +"to your questions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:42 +msgid "" +"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some " +"pages direct you to related topics." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:48 +msgid "" +"The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, " +"and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. " +"Left-click on any result to open its page." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:55 +msgid "" +"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you " +"with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't " +"answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to " +"make things more helpful, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:64 +msgid "" +"Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:68 +msgid "-- The Ubuntu Documentation team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts.page:10 +#: C/accounts-add.page:15 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:11 +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:21 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:10 +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:22 +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:11 +#: C/documents-info.page:19 +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:19 +msgid "Greg Beam" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts.page:19 +msgid "" +"Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts.page:26 +msgid "Online accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and " +"Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you " +"access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without " +"having to enter your account details again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-add.page:5 +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:17 +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:15 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:18 +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:15 +#: C/files-delete.page:24 +#: C/files-removedrive.page:8 +#: C/files-rename.page:21 +#: C/files-sort.page:17 +#: C/more-help.page:15 +#: C/net-findip.page:16 +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:12 +#: C/net-macaddress.page:15 +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:11 +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:12 +#: C/printing-2sided.page:18 +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:19 +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17 +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:19 +#: C/printing-order.page:18 +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:15 +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15 +#: C/printing-setup.page:18 +#: C/unity-introduction.page:18 +msgid "Jim Campbell" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-add.page:24 +msgid "Connect to online accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-add.page:30 +msgid "Add an account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:34 +msgid "" +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +"up for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:47 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:50 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:37 +msgid "Select Online Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:51 +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 +msgid "" +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:79 +msgid "" +"Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:86 +msgid "" +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:91 +msgid "" +"For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +"Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " +"remove it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 +msgid "" +"Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and " +"email). You can control which of these services can be used by local " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28 +msgid "Disable account services" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32 +msgid "" +"Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single " +"user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, " +"calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and " +"Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:39 +msgid "To disable services:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:55 +msgid "Select the account you want to change from left windowpane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:60 +msgid "" +"Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:65 +msgid "Switch off the services you do not want used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:72 +msgid "" +"Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access " +"to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch " +"it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:6 +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:6 +#: C/net-proxy.page:15 +msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:11 +msgid "Kevin M. Godby" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30 +msgid "Why aren't service providers listed?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36 +msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:40 +msgid "" +"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop " +"it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:47 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:47 +msgid "Flickr" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:48 +msgid "Google" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:51 +msgid "Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:51 +msgid "AIM" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:52 +msgid "Windows Live" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:55 +msgid "Salut" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:55 +msgid "Jabber" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:56 +msgid "Yahoo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:61 +msgid "" +"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the " +"developers on the bug tracker." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-remove.page:20 +msgid "Remove online account services" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-remove.page:25 +msgid "Remove an account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:42 +msgid "From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:48 +msgid "" +"Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:54 +msgid "" +"Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the " +"account from your service provider." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:62 +msgid "Click Remove." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:69 +msgid "" +"Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your " +"desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8 +msgid "2012-2013" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17 +#: C/look-background.page:30 +#: C/session-language.page:22 +#: C/shell-exit.page:25 +msgid "Andre Klapper" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30 +msgid "" +"Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and " +"the services they exploit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:36 +msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:40 +msgid "" +"Online Accounts can be used by external applications to " +"automatically configure themselves." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:46 +msgid "With a Google account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:52 +msgid "" +"Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be " +"added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, " +"give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your " +"Google agenda." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60 +msgid "" +"Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account " +"will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67 +msgid "Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:72 +msgid "" +"Documents can access your online documents and display them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:81 +msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:85 +msgid "" +"Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat " +"with your contacts, friends, and followers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:92 +msgid "With a SkyDrive account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:96 +msgid "" +"Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive " +"and display them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:103 +msgid "With a Exchange account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start " +"retrieving mails from this account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:114 +msgid "With a ownCloud account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:118 +msgid "" +"When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access " +"and edit contacts and calendar appointments." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:123 +msgid "" +"Files and other applications will be able to list and access your " +"online files stored in the ownCloud installation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:5 +msgid "Susanna Huhtanen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:24 +msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29 +msgid "Why should I add an account?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:33 +msgid "" +"Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-" +"mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user " +"experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of " +"different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once " +"and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've " +"added will be ready for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 +msgid "" +"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " +"Ubuntu Software." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26 +msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:30 +msgid "" +"Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some " +"software management tasks which Ubuntu Software can't. Synaptic's " +"interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Ubuntu " +"Software features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't " +"recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38 +msgid "" +"Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it from the Ubuntu package archive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:44 +msgid "Install software with Synaptic" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:49 +msgid "" +"Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will " +"need to enter your password in the Authenticate window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:55 +msgid "" +"Click Search to search for an application, or click " +"Sections and look through the categories to find one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:61 +msgid "" +"Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark " +"for Installation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:67 +msgid "If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:72 +msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:77 +msgid "" +"Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that " +"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:85 +msgid "" +"For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How " +"To." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-install.page:9 +msgid "" +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-install.page:21 +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:25 +msgid "" +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " +"search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 +msgid "" +"When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " +"select a category and find an application from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 +msgid "" +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 +msgid "" +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 +msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 +msgid "" +"Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:31 +msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:34 +msgid "" +"Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " +"reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to " +"your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 +msgid "Install a PPA" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 +msgid "" +"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " +"your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " +"similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 +msgid "" +"When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " +"Updates" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 +msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 +msgid "" +"Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 +msgid "" +"Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " +"Software will then check your software sources for new software." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-remove.page:9 +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 +msgid "Remove an application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 +msgid "" +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 +msgid "" +"When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " +"at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 +msgid "" +"Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " +"looking through the list of installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 +msgid "Select the application and click Remove." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 +msgid "" +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " +"to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " +"removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before " +"the applications are removed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-sources.page:10 +msgid "" +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-sources.page:19 +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:23 +msgid "" +"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default " +"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-" +"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available " +"repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 +msgid "" +"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " +"the Other Software tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " +"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 +msgid "" +"Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " +"window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " +"new updates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 +msgid "" +"Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " +"packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " +"instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 +msgid "" +"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " +"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " +"like Skype and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this " +"repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " +"won't be installable until this repository is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 +msgid "" +"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " +"Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " +"Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is " +"checked then close the Software & Updates window. If you " +"don't see it, click Add and enter:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 +msgid "" +"Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " +"window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " +"repository information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/addremove.page:9 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Add/remove software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove.page:15 +msgid "" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/app-cheese.page:10 +msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/app-cheese.page:18 +msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/app-cheese.page:22 +msgid "" +"With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos " +"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/app-cheese.page:27 +msgid "" +"For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user " +"guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-check.page:7 +msgid "Verify your backup was successful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-check.page:18 +msgid "Check your backup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-check.page:20 +msgid "" +"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup " +"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data " +"since some files could be missing from the backup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-check.page:24 +msgid "" +"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to " +"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are " +"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform " +"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-check.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on " +"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders " +"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra " +"confidence that the process was successful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/backup-check.page:35 +msgid "" +"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may " +"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà " +"Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just " +"copying and pasting files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-frequency.page:7 +msgid "" +"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that " +"they're safe." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/backup-frequency.page:13 +#: C/backup-how.page:13 +#: C/backup-restore.page:12 +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14 +#: C/backup-what.page:17 +#: C/backup-where.page:18 +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:14 +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:13 +#: C/contacts-search.page:14 +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:7 +#: C/files-browse.page:16 +#: C/files-copy.page:18 +#: C/get-involved.page:14 +#: C/more-help.page:10 +#: C/mouse.page:16 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:16 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19 +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:15 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:14 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:15 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:15 +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15 +#: C/user-delete.page:11 +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15 +msgid "Tiffany Antopolski" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-frequency.page:23 +msgid "Frequency of backups" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:25 +msgid "" +"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. " +"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data " +"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:29 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then " +"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to " +"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:34 +msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:35 +msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:38 +msgid "" +"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few " +"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly " +"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax " +"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:43 +msgid "" +"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more " +"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For " +"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, " +"you should back up at least once per week." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-how.page:7 +msgid "" +"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your " +"valuable files and settings to protect against loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-how.page:27 +msgid "How to back up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:29 +msgid "" +"The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup " +"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup " +"applications are available, like Déjà Dup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:34 +msgid "" +"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting " +"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:38 +msgid "" +"An alternative option is to copy your files " +"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the " +"network, or a USB drive. Your personal " +"files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy " +"them from there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:44 +msgid "" +"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage " +"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up " +"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-how.page:49 +msgid "" +"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or " +"other removable media." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-how.page:51 +msgid "" +"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, " +"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your " +"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-how.page:55 +msgid "" +"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in " +"~/.local/share/Trash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-restore.page:7 +msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-restore.page:23 +msgid "Restore a backup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, " +"you can restore them from the backup:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:29 +msgid "" +"To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB " +"drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà " +"Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore " +"your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will " +"provide specific instructions on how to restore your files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7 +msgid "" +"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you " +"may want to back up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29 +msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31 +msgid "" +"Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings " +"that you may want to back up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36 +msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need +#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your +#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40 +msgid "" +"These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). " +"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and " +"Videos." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43 +msgid "" +"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, " +"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out " +"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage " +"Analyzer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:50 +msgid "Hidden files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51 +msgid "" +"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. " +"To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden " +"Files or press CtrlH. " +"You can copy these to a backup location like any other file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58 +msgid "" +"Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:59 +msgid "" +"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home " +"folder (see above for information on hidden files)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61 +msgid "" +"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders " +".config, .gconf, .gnome2, and " +".local in your Home folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:68 +msgid "System-wide settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69 +msgid "" +"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home " +"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most " +"are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to " +"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, " +"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-what.page:7 +msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-what.page:28 +msgid "What to back up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-what.page:30 +msgid "" +"Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult " +"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:37 +msgid "Your personal files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:38 +msgid "" +"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, " +"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would " +"consider irreplaceable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:44 +msgid "Your personal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:45 +msgid "" +"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen " +"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes " +"application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your " +"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a " +"while to recreate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:53 +msgid "System settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:54 +msgid "" +"Most people never change the system settings that are created during " +"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or " +"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:61 +msgid "Installed software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:62 +msgid "" +"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious " +"computer problem by reinstalling it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-what.page:67 +msgid "" +"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files " +"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things " +"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk " +"space by having backups of them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-where.page:7 +msgid "" +"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/backup-where.page:9 +msgctxt "sort" +msgid "c" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-where.page:24 +msgid "Where to store your backup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-where.page:26 +msgid "" +"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your " +"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer " +"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't " +"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or " +"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-where.page:32 +msgid "" +"It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You " +"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for " +"all of the backed-up files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/backup-where.page:37 +msgid "Local and remote storage options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:39 +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:42 +msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:45 +msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:48 +msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:51 +msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:54 +msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:57 +msgid "" +"Online backup service (Amazon " +"S3, for example; capacity depends on price)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-where.page:62 +msgid "" +"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of " +"every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system " +"backup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-why.page:7 +msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/backup-why.page:8 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-why.page:20 +msgid "Back up your important files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-why.page:22 +msgid "" +"Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for " +"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to " +"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in " +"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the " +"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard " +"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-why.page:29 +msgid "" +"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies " +"off-site and (possibly) encrypted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth.page:15 +msgid "" +"Connect, send files, turn on and off…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth.page:24 +msgid "Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth.page:26 +msgid "" +"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different " +"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets " +"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to " +"send files between devices, such " +"as from your computer to your cell phone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/bluetooth.page:48 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Bluetooth problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/bluetooth.page:51 +#: C/color.page:34 +#: C/power.page:43 +msgid "Problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14 +msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21 +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:19 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:13 +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19 +#: C/printing-setup.page:22 +msgid "Paul W. Frields" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35 +msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37 +msgid "" +"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first " +"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the " +"Bluetooth devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:42 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63 +msgid "" +"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50 +msgid "" +"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New " +"Device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53 +msgid "" +"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New " +"Device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 +msgid "" +"Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters " +"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer " +"will begin searching for devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64 +msgid "" +"If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-" +"down to display only a single type of device in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:71 +msgid "" +"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with " +"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific " +"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the " +"proper setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:76 +msgid "" +"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click " +"Close." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80 +msgid "" +"Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, " +"the PIN will be displayed on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84 +msgid "" +"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show " +"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the " +"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88 +msgid "" +"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or " +"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device " +"list and start again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:93 +msgid "" +"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click " +"Close." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:98 +msgid "" +"You can remove a Bluetooth " +"connection later if desired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:102 +msgid "" +"To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth " +"Sharing settings. See ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:13 +msgid "" +"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might " +"be disabled or blocked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23 +msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:25 +msgid "" +"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a " +"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:30 +msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31 +msgid "" +"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to " +"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device " +"is set up to allow connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36 +msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37 +msgid "" +"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. " +"This could be because drivers for the " +"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, " +"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you " +"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44 +msgid "Adapter not switched on" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth " +"icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth " +"icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:57 +msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58 +msgid "" +"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. " +"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not " +"in airplane mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64 +msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65 +msgid "" +"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you " +"want to use Bluetooth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:12 +msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 +msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can " +"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device " +"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or " +"from a device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37 +msgid "" +"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select " +"Bluetooth Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:40 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:112 +msgid "" +"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45 +msgid "" +"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the " +"- icon underneath the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:49 +msgid "Click Remove in the confirmation window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:53 +msgid "" +"You can reconnect a Bluetooth " +"device later if desired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15 +msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 +msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile " +"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of " +"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: " +"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings " +"window, or directly from the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile " +"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of " +"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth " +"icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:51 +msgid "" +"To send files directly from the file manager, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:68 +msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:72 +msgid "" +"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to " +"Device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:75 +msgid "" +"Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to " +"Device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:122 +msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click Select." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:123 +msgid "" +"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you " +"select each file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85 +msgid "" +"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click " +"Send." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:87 +msgid "" +"The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you " +"have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to " +"pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably " +"require confirmation on the other device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94 +msgid "" +"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device " +"types using the Device type drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:98 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:127 +msgid "" +"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept " +"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file " +"transfer will be shown on your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:105 +msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:109 +msgid "" +"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:116 +msgid "" +"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only " +"shows devices you've already connected to. See ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:119 +msgid "In the device information on the right, click Send Files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12 +msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:28 +msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " +"md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33 +msgid "The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " +"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " +"Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42 +msgid "" +"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn " +"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not " +"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or " +"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of " +"the Fn key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:48 +msgid "" +"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn " +"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not " +"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a " +"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of " +"the Fn key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55 +msgid "" +"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch " +"Bluetooth off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:58 +msgid "" +"You only need to switch Visible on if you are connecting to this " +"computer from another device. See for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:11 +msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:20 +msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:22 +msgid "" +"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover " +"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth " +"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other " +"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:27 +msgid "" +"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but " +"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:30 +msgid "" +"After you have connected to a " +"device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to " +"communicate with each other." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:34 +msgid "" +"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from " +"another device, you should leave visibility off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:10 +msgid "" +"Look in System SettingsColor for the " +"option to change this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:16 +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14 +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13 +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18 +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19 +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:13 +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12 +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:13 +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:14 +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17 +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:12 +#: C/color-notifications.page:7 +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:7 +#: C/color.page:10 +#: C/color-testing.page:7 +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:15 +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:11 +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:11 +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11 +msgid "Richard Hughes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26 +msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30 +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35 +msgid "" +"Open System SettingsColor, and click " +"the device that you wish to add a profile to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:40 +msgid "" +"By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or " +"import a new file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44 +msgid "" +"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile " +"can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there " +"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An " +"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for " +"glossy paper and another plain paper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:54 +msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:55 +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:32 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' " +"md5='78403ca445191bb5f9be02fecf80968c'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:58 +msgid "" +"If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will " +"create a new profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11 +msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20 +msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22 +msgid "" +"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the " +"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it " +"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28 +msgid "" +"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. " +"Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not " +"work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36 +msgid "" +"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you " +"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile " +"several times for studio, bright sunlight and " +"cloudy lighting conditions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10 +msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19 +msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21 +msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26 +msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 +msgid "" +"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " +"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 +msgid "" +"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you " +"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44 +msgid "" +"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:12 +msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28 +msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32 +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:39 +msgid "" +"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You " +"can then click Calibrate… from System " +"SettingsColor to create a profile for the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:48 +msgid "" +"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not " +"usually need to be recalibrated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:11 +msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:29 +msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31 +msgid "" +"Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in " +"computer design or artwork." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37 +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:45 +msgid "" +"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different " +"colors that your screen is able to display. By running System " +"SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the " +"wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings " +"to adjust." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:55 +msgid "" +"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness " +"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This " +"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the " +"color control panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:62 +msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9 +msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19 +msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:20 +msgid "" +"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration " +"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color " +"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27 +msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:28 +msgid "Applying curves to its color channels" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:30 +msgid "" +"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to " +"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining " +"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or " +"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel " +"calibration curves." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:37 +msgid "" +"Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device " +"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device " +"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It " +"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware " +"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only " +"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring " +"color from one device representation to another be achieved." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:48 +msgid "" +"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if " +"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:54 +msgid "" +"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because " +"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. " +"By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although " +"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or " +"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical " +"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do " +"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9 +msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20 +msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:22 +msgid "" +"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color " +"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29 +msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30 +msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31 +msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32 +msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33 +msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34 +msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35 +msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36 +msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37 +msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38 +msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:39 +msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:43 +msgid "" +"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in " +"Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:46 +msgid "" +"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective " +"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your " +"printers:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53 +msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54 +msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55 +msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56 +msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:57 +msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9 +msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:19 +msgid "Which target types are supported?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:21 +msgid "The following types of targets are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26 +msgid "CMP DigitalTarget" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27 +msgid "ColorChecker 24" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28 +msgid "ColorChecker DC" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29 +msgid "ColorChecker SG" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30 +msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31 +msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32 +msgid "QPcard 201" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:33 +msgid "IT8.7/2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and " +"LaserSoft in various online shops." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:41 +msgid "" +"Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair " +"price." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8 +msgid "" +"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17 +msgid "Can I share my color profile?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19 +msgid "" +"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware " +"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been " +"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color " +"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit " +"for a thousand hours." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26 +msgid "" +"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be " +"getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to " +"say that their display is calibrated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31 +msgid "" +"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight " +"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and " +"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own " +"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40 +msgid "" +"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles " +"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10 +msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20 +msgid "Where do I get color profiles?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:22 +msgid "" +"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this " +"does require some initial outlay." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:26 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although " +"sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need " +"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:32 +msgid "" +"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the " +"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if " +"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device " +"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:40 +msgid "" +"See for information on why vendor-" +"supplied profiles are often worse than useless." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:9 +msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:27 +msgid "How do I import color profiles?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:29 +msgid "" +"The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or " +".ICM file in the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35 +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:41 +msgid "" +"Alternatively you can select Import profile… from " +"System SettingsColor when selecting a " +"profile for a device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8 +msgid "" +"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18 +msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:19 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the " +"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can " +"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you " +"will not see all the colors of your screen change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:25 +msgid "" +"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and " +"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring " +"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-notifications.page:10 +msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-notifications.page:21 +msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:22 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile " +"is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since " +"calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:28 +msgid "" +"Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an " +"inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a " +"red warning triangle will be shown in the System " +"SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A " +"warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:41 +msgid "" +"To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum " +"age of the profile in days:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/screen +#: C/color-notifications.page:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"[rupert@gnome] gsettings set " +"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold " +"180\n" +"[rupert@gnome] gsettings set " +"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold " +"180\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:10 +msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:20 +msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:21 +msgid "" +"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically " +"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the " +"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the " +"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not " +"contain much other information for color correction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:31 +msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:36 +msgid "" +"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself " +"would lead to more accurate color correction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color.page:15 +msgid "" +"Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color.page:23 +msgid "Color management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/color.page:26 +msgid "Color profiles" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/color.page:30 +msgid "Calibration" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-testing.page:10 +msgid "" +"Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-testing.page:22 +msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-testing.page:23 +msgid "" +"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to " +"see if anything much has changed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-testing.page:27 +msgid "" +"In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when " +"the profiles are being applied:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-testing.page:34 +msgid "" +"Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the " +"calibration curves are being sent to the display" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-testing.page:40 +msgid "" +"ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different " +"features of a screen profile" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-testing.page:46 +msgid "" +"FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the " +"RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look " +"mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but " +"images will look very different in applications that support color " +"management." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-testing.page:57 +msgid "" +"Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the " +"System SettingsColor preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-testing.page:63 +msgid "" +"Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color " +"management." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:9 +msgid "" +"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25 +msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:27 +msgid "" +"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the " +"computer. Examples of this might be:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:34 +msgid "" +"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:35 +msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:40 +#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:49 +msgid "" +"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of " +"the image files onto the System Settings " +"Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even " +"calibrate it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7 +msgid "" +"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device " +"response." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17 +msgid "What is a color profile?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:19 +msgid "" +"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as " +"a projector or a color space such as sRGB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:23 +msgid "" +"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file " +"with a .ICC or .ICM file extension." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:28 +msgid "" +"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the " +"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:33 +msgid "" +"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and " +"when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-" +"managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that " +"colors are not being lost or modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8 +msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18 +msgid "What is a color space?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20 +msgid "" +"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include " +"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25 +msgid "" +"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate " +"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the " +"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human " +"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a " +"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer " +"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of " +"colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37 +msgid "" +"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge " +"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as " +"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can " +"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install " +"gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:49 +msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:54 +msgid "" +"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least " +"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and " +"so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a " +"least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of " +"applications (including the Internet)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:62 +msgid "" +"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more " +"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without " +"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks " +"crushed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:68 +msgid "" +"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document " +"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the " +"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:75 +msgid "" +"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The " +"answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 " +"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger " +"steps between each value." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:81 +msgid "" +"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored " +"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key " +"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make " +"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:88 +msgid "" +"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much " +"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. " +"Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:94 +msgid "" +"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to " +"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or " +"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7 +msgid "" +"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17 +msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19 +msgid "" +"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, " +"they just take a few items from the production line and average them " +"together:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/color-average.png' " +"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26 +msgid "Averaged profiles" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29 +msgid "" +"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially " +"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just " +"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization " +"state and make the profile inaccurate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37 +msgid "" +"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the " +"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a " +"profile based on your exact characterization state." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7 +msgid "" +"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17 +msgid "Why is color management important?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18 +msgid "" +"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, " +"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact " +"colors and the range of colors on each medium." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24 +msgid "" +"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph " +"of a bird on a frosty day in winter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30 +msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' " +"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34 +msgid "" +"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look " +"cold." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40 +msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:41 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/color-display.png' " +"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44 +msgid "" +"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a " +"muddy brown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50 +msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:51 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' " +"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54 +msgid "" +"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a " +"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of " +"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60 +msgid "" +"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to " +"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that " +"you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good " +"as the paper color." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67 +msgid "" +"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is " +"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red " +"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something " +"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just " +"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 " +"kilometers or 7 meters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77 +msgid "" +"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of " +"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very " +"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a " +"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look " +"\"washed out\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85 +msgid "" +"In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data " +"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print " +"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look " +"like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92 +msgid "" +"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color " +"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you " +"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying " +"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the " +"exact Red Hat Red." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:13 +msgid "Lucie Hankey" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:21 +#: C/contacts-connect.page:15 +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:22 +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:21 +#: C/contacts-search.page:22 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:27 +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:22 +#: C/power-batterylife.page:24 +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22 +#: C/power-closelid.page:18 +#: C/power-hibernate.page:20 +#: C/power-lowpower.page:16 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:20 +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:18 +#: C/power-suspend.page:17 +#: C/sharing.page:16 +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11 +msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27 +msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31 +msgid "Add or remove a contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:33 +msgid "To add a contact:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:37 +msgid "Press New." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40 +msgid "" +"In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired " +"information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, " +"Home or Other." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45 +msgid "Press Create Contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:49 +msgid "To remove a contact:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:53 +#: C/contacts-connect.page:39 +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:38 +msgid "Select the contact from your contact list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:56 +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:41 +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:67 +msgid "" +"Press Edit in the top-right corner of " +"Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:60 +msgid "Press Remove Contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/contacts-connect.page:17 +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13 +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:26 +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25 +msgid "2013" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-connect.page:24 +msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-connect.page:27 +msgid "Connect with your contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-connect.page:35 +msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-connect.page:42 +msgid "" +"Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email " +"your contact, press the email address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-connect.page:46 +msgid "" +"The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:28 +msgid "Edit the information for each contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:31 +msgid "Edit contact details" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33 +msgid "" +"Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book " +"up to date and complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45 +msgid "Edit the contact details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46 +msgid "" +"To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, " +"press New Detail and select the field that you " +"want to add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:51 +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:82 +msgid "Press Done to finish editing the contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57 +msgid "" +"In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the " +"profile's avatar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27 +msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:30 +msgid "Link and unlink contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:33 +msgid "Link contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online " +"accounts into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep " +"your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41 +msgid "" +"Enable selection mode by pressing the tick button above the contact " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:45 +msgid "" +"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the " +"contacts that you want to merge." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:49 +msgid "Press Link to link the selected contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:57 +msgid "Unlink contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59 +msgid "" +"You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which " +"should not be linked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64 +msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:71 +msgid "Press Linked Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:74 +msgid "" +"Press Remove to unlink the entry from the " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:78 +msgid "" +"Press Close once you have finished unlinking the " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts.page:19 +msgid "Access your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts.page:23 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts.page:25 +msgid "" +"Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your " +"contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for a contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-search.page:31 +msgid "Search for a contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:35 +msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:39 +msgid "" +"In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:43 +msgid "" +"Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:47 +msgid "" +"Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click " +"the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:54 +msgid "To search from inside Contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:58 +msgid "Click inside the search field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:61 +msgid "Start typing the name of the contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-setup.page:11 +msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-setup.page:20 +msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-setup.page:28 +msgid "" +"When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts " +"Setup window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-setup.page:31 +msgid "" +"If you have online accounts configured, they " +"are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list " +"and click Select." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/contacts-setup.page:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Online Account Settings to edit " +"existing account settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-setup.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish " +"to set up online accounts at this time, click Local " +"Address Book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock.page:8 +msgid "" +"Set time and date, timezone, calendar and " +"appointments…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock.page:25 +msgid "Time & date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-calendar.page:10 +msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-calendar.page:27 +msgid "Calendar appointments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:29 +msgid "" +"A built in calendar application called Calendar allows you to " +"organize your calendar appointments or events. Up to five of these, over a " +"four-week duration, will appear by clicking on the clock in the menu " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:31 +msgid "" +"Calendar appointment integration is also supported with a mail and calendar " +"application called Evolution, which may be installed separately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/clock-calendar.page:34 +msgid "Launch the Calendar application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:35 +msgid "" +"Appointments and events may be managed through the built in " +"Calendar application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:38 +msgid "" +"Click on the Dash icon in the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:39 +msgid "" +"Type calendar in the Search your computer to " +"locate the Calendar application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:40 +msgid "Click the Calendar application icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:43 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you may also type gnome-calendar in the " +"Terminal application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-more-info.page:7 +msgid "" +"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/clock-more-info.page:11 +#: C/clock-set.page:18 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:25 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19 +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:14 +msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-more-info.page:18 +msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:20 +msgid "" +"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock " +"to show additional information if you choose." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:23 +msgid "" +"Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to " +"the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to " +"display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in " +"the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 +msgid "Change the date format" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " +"for your location." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 +msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 +msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 +msgid "" +"You will need to log out and log back in " +"for this change to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-set.page:9 +msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-set.page:29 +msgid "Change the date and time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/clock-set.page:33 +msgid "" +"If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong " +"format, you can change them:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/clock-set.page:36 +msgid "" +"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong " +"format, you can change them:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:44 +msgid "" +"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu " +"bar and select Date & Time Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:48 +msgid "" +"Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city " +"into the Location box." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:51 +msgid "" +"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate " +"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and " +"Time Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:62 +msgid "" +"You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:66 +msgid "" +"Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and " +"minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:70 +msgid "" +"If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching " +"Network Time on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:72 +msgid "" +"When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically " +"synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you " +"don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to " +"the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:78 +msgid "" +"You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-" +"hour or AM/PM format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-timezone.page:8 +msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-timezone.page:24 +msgid "Show other timezones" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:26 +msgid "" +"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, " +"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities " +"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:31 +msgid "Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:32 +msgid "" +"Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other " +"locations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:33 +msgid "Click Choose locations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:34 +msgid "Click + to add a location." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:35 +msgid "" +"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment " +"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:37 +msgid "" +"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:39 +msgid "Click - to delete a city from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:40 +msgid "" +"You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to " +"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk.page:16 +msgid "" +"Disk space, performance, problems, " +"volumes and partitions…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk.page:26 +msgid "Disks & storage" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:17 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:13 +#: C/disk-check.page:14 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21 +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16 +#: C/look-background.page:22 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18 +#: C/look-resolution.page:19 +msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 +msgid "" +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +msgid "" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 +msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 +msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 +msgid "" +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-capacity.page:24 +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-capacity.page:29 +msgid "Check how much disk space is left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:37 +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 +msgid "" +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 +msgid "" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 +msgid "" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-check.page:28 +msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-check.page:32 +msgid "Check your hard disk for problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-check.page:35 +msgid "Checking the hard disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:36 +msgid "" +"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-" +"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks " +"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about " +"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:41 +msgid "" +"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by " +"running the Disks application:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/disk-check.page:45 +msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-check.page:52 +msgid "" +"From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " +"want to check." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-check.page:56 +msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +msgid "" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-check.page:70 +msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:76 +msgid "" +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:83 +msgid "" +"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " +"professional for further diagnosis or repair." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-format.page:17 +msgid "" +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"drive by formatting it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-format.page:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +msgid "" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:56 +msgid "" +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 +msgid "" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 +msgid "" +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " +"manage them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 +msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 +msgid "" +"The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " +"disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " +"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this " +"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as " +"mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, " +"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read " +"(and possibly write) files on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 +msgid "" +"Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " +"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " +"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can " +"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can " +"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional " +"“back rooms” of partitions and drives." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:48 +msgid "" +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " +"inspect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:53 +msgid "" +"In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 +msgid "" +"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +"these tools." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 +msgid "" +"Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " +"single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " +"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition " +"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. " +"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security " +"or convenience." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 +msgid "" +"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +"start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 +msgid "" +"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more " +"readable in bright light." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35 +msgid "Set screen brightness" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the " +"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim " +"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when " +"not in use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43 +msgid "Set the brightness" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 +msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 +msgid "" +"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " +"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " +"the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 +msgid "" +"Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " +"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " +"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your " +"battery will last before it needs to be recharged." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " +"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " +"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen " +"off when inactive for option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15 +msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24 +msgid "Connect an extra monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:26 +msgid "" +"To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. " +"If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust " +"the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +msgid "Open Displays." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " +"then switch it ON/OFF." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:42 +msgid "" +"The monitor with the menu bar is " +"the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar " +"and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 +msgid "" +"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " +"desired position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 +msgid "" +"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " +"Mirror displays box." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 +msgid "" +"When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " +"Keep This Configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 +msgid "" +"To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:7 +msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:18 +msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21 +msgid "Set up an external monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24 +msgid "" +"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your " +"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like " +"to adjust the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 +msgid "" +"By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " +"monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " +"Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the " +"preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 +msgid "" +"If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " +"Placement to All Displays." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 +msgid "Sticky Edges" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 +msgid "" +"A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " +"to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " +"Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to " +"push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the " +"other." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 +msgid "" +"You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-lock.page:12 +msgid "" +"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-lock.page:25 +msgid "Automatically lock your screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-lock.page:27 +msgid "" +"When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your " +"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your " +"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to " +"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also " +"have the screen lock automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-lock.page:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/documents-collections.page:7 +#: C/documents-info.page:7 +#: C/documents.page:7 +#: C/documents-previews.page:7 +#: C/documents-print.page:7 +#: C/documents-search.page:7 +#: C/documents-select.page:7 +#: C/documents-tracker.page:7 +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 +#: C/documents-view.page:7 +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 +msgid "Julita Inca" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-collections.page:16 +msgid "Group related documents in a collection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-collections.page:25 +msgid "Make collections of documents" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:38 +msgid "" +"Documents lets you put together documents of different types in " +"one place called a collection. If you have documents that are " +"related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you " +"had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight " +"itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF " +"documents, can be grouped in one collection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:45 +msgid "To create or add to a collection:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:47 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-print.page:38 +#: C/documents-select.page:38 +msgid "Click the ✓ button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:48 +msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:49 +msgid "Click the + button in the button bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:50 +msgid "" +"In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, " +"or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to " +"the collection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:56 +msgid "" +"Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot " +"put collections inside collections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +msgid "To delete a collection:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 +msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " +"leaving the original documents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-filter.page:11 +msgid "Choose which documents to display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-filter.page:20 +msgid "Filter documents" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/documents-filter.page:22 +#: C/documents-search.page:46 +#: C/files-hidden.page:42 +#: C/files-hidden.page:48 +#: C/files-hidden.page:57 +#: C/files-hidden.page:64 +#: C/files-search.page:59 +#: C/files-sort.page:45 +#: C/files-sort.page:61 +#: C/files-tilde.page:33 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:66 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:101 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:122 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-filter.page:22 +msgid "" +"Click the down " +"button next to the search bar to " +"limit the scope of the search in these categories:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-filter.page:27 +msgid "Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-filter.page:28 +msgid "" +"Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text " +"Documents, or All." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-filter.page:30 +msgid "Title, Author, or All." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-filter.page:33 +msgid "" +"In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the " +"filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-formats.page:11 +msgid "Documents displays a number of popular document types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-formats.page:20 +msgid "Formats supported" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-formats.page:28 +msgid "" +"Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats " +"supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft " +"Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/documents-info.page:21 +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:21 +msgid "2014" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-info.page:24 +msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-info.page:34 +msgid "Find information about documents" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-info.page:44 +msgid "" +"When a document is created, it comes with metadata. " +"Documents displays the following metadata for each document:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-info.page:48 +msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-info.page:49 +msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-info.page:50 +msgid "Date Modified;" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-info.page:51 +msgid "" +"Type: the file format of the " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-info.page:55 +msgid "To see a document's properties:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-info.page:57 +msgid "Click the Check button to switch to selection mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-info.page:59 +msgid "Select a document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-info.page:60 +msgid "" +"Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-info.page:65 +msgid "" +"Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, " +"preventing access to their metadata or content." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-info.page:68 +msgid "" +"Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a " +"document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create " +"the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat )." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents.page:15 +msgid "" +"Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/documents.page:25 +#: C/files.page:57 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents.page:37 +msgid "" +"Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, " +"and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using " +"Google Docs or SkyDrive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/documents.page:42 +msgid "View, Sort and Search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/documents.page:46 +msgid "Select, Organize, Print" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/documents.page:50 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-previews.page:16 +msgid "You can only preview files stored locally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-previews.page:25 +msgid "Why don't some files have previews?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-previews.page:33 +msgid "" +"When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for " +"documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like " +"Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview " +"thumbnails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-previews.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to " +"local storage, a thumbnail will be generated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-previews.page:41 +msgid "" +"The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or " +"SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to " +"continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-print.page:16 +msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-print.page:25 +msgid "Print a document" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-print.page:35 +msgid "To print a document:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-print.page:39 +msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-print.page:40 +msgid "" +"Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-print.page:45 +msgid "" +"Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a " +"collection is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-search.page:16 +msgid "Find your documents by title or author." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-search.page:25 +msgid "Search for files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-search.page:37 +msgid "To start a search in Documents:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-search.page:40 +msgid "Press CtrlF." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-search.page:41 +msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-search.page:42 +msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-search.page:45 +msgid "" +"You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting " +"various filters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-select.page:16 +msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-select.page:25 +msgid "Selecting documents" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-select.page:34 +msgid "" +"From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make " +"collections of your documents. To use selection mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-select.page:39 +msgid "" +"Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the " +"actions that are valid for your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/documents-select.page:45 +msgid "Selection mode actions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/documents-select.page:47 +msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-select.page:50 +msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-select.page:51 +msgid "" +"Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single " +"document is selected)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-select.page:53 +msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-select.page:54 +msgid "" +"Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only " +"available when a single document is selected)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-select.page:56 +msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-tracker.page:16 +msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-tracker.page:25 +msgid "My documents cannot be seen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-tracker.page:39 +msgid "" +"If your documents fail to display in Documents, " +"Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure " +"Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index " +"files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders " +"(recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of " +"these paths." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:29 +msgid "Change the way documents are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:35 +msgid "View files in a list or grid" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44 +msgid "" +"Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by " +"default. To view in List format:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:52 +msgid "Click List from the View as section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:56 +msgid "" +"List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and " +"whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or " +"SkyDrive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:61 +msgid "" +"Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/documents-view.page:16 +msgid "View documents full-screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/documents-view.page:25 +msgid "Display documents stored locally or online" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-view.page:35 +msgid "" +"When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored " +"locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/documents-view.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to " +"appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, " +"as an online account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-view.page:43 +msgid "To view the contents of a document:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/documents-view.page:46 +msgid "" +"Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the " +"Documents window (or full-screen if maximized)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/documents-view.page:50 +msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-autorun.page:15 +msgid "" +"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and " +"other devices and media." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:30 +msgid "Open applications for devices or discs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:32 +msgid "" +"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or " +"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo " +"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this " +"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:37 +msgid "" +"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +msgid "" +"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " +"action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " +"types of devices and media." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 +msgid "" +"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " +"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " +"to do, or nothing will happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 +msgid "" +"The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " +"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " +"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you " +"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is " +"inserted (for example, a slideshow)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 +msgid "" +"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " +"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " +"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media " +"from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the " +"Action drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 +msgid "" +"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " +"plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " +"at the bottom of the Removable Media window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +msgid "Types of devices and media" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 +msgid "Audio discs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 +msgid "" +"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " +"CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " +"Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks " +"will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 +msgid "Video discs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 +msgid "" +"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " +"Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " +"video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do " +"not work correctly when you insert them, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 +msgid "Blank discs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 +msgid "" +"Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " +"for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 +msgid "Cameras and photos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 +msgid "" +"Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " +"to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " +"from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse " +"your photos using the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 +msgid "" +"Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " +"picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " +"data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 +msgid "Music players" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 +msgid "" +"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " +"player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 +msgid "E-book readers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 +msgid "" +"Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " +"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 +msgid "Software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 +msgid "" +"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " +"automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " +"to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will " +"always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 +msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-browse.page:10 +msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-browse.page:37 +msgid "Browse files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-browse.page:47 +msgid "" +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-browse.page:52 +msgid "" +"To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. " +"You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the " +"same way you would search for " +"applications. They will appear under the heading Files and " +"Folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-browse.page:59 +msgid "Exploring the contents of folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 +msgid "" +"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:75 +msgid "" +"The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " +"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " +"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any " +"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, " +"or access its properties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-copy.page:8 +msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/files-copy.page:14 +#: C/files-delete.page:15 +#: C/files-open.page:15 +msgid "Cristopher Thomas" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-copy.page:28 +msgid "Copy or move files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-copy.page:30 +msgid "" +"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and " +"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using " +"keyboard shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-copy.page:34 +msgid "" +"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so " +"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a " +"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you " +"don't like your changes)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-copy.page:39 +msgid "" +"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files " +"and folders in exactly the same way." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-copy.page:43 +msgid "Copy and paste files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:44 +msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:45 +msgid "" +"Right-click and pick Copy, or press " +"CtrlC." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:47 +msgid "" +"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:49 +msgid "" +"Right-click and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press " +"CtrlV. There will now be a copy of " +"the file in the original folder and the other folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-copy.page:56 +msgid "Cut and paste files to move them" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:57 +msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:58 +msgid "" +"Right-click and pick Cut, or press " +"CtrlX." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:60 +msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:61 +msgid "" +"Right-click and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press " +"CtrlV. The file will be taken out of " +"its original folder and moved to the other folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-copy.page:68 +msgid "Drag files to copy or move" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:69 +msgid "" +"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want " +"to copy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:71 +msgid "" +"Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or " +"press CtrlN) to open a second window. " +"In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:76 +msgid "" +"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move " +"it if the destination is on the same device, or copy " +"it if the destination is on a different device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:79 +msgid "" +"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, " +"it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:81 +msgid "" +"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key " +"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift " +"key while dragging." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-copy.page:88 +msgid "" +"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some " +"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. " +"You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-delete.page:9 +msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-delete.page:33 +msgid "Delete files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-delete.page:35 +msgid "" +"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you " +"delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is " +"stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their " +"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally " +"deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-delete.page:42 +msgid "To send a file to the trash:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:43 +msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:45 +msgid "" +"Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to " +"the Trash in the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-delete.page:50 +msgid "" +"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you " +"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in " +"the sidebar and select Empty Trash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-delete.page:55 +msgid "Permanently delete a file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-delete.page:56 +msgid "" +"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to " +"the trash first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-delete.page:60 +msgid "To permanently delete a file:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:61 +msgid "Select the item you want to delete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:62 +msgid "" +"Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete " +"key on your keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:64 +msgid "" +"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to " +"delete the file or folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-delete.page:68 +msgid "" +"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, " +"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete " +"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files " +"in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the " +"Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses " +"Trash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-delete.page:75 +msgid "" +"Deleted files on a removable device " +"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The " +"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back " +"into your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-disc-write.page:19 +msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-disc-write.page:23 +msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The " +"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you " +"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer " +"files to other computers or perform backups " +"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:33 +msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:35 +msgid "" +"In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select " +"CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD " +"Creator folder window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:38 +msgid "" +"(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under " +"Devices in the file manager sidebar.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:42 +msgid "In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:45 +msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:48 +msgid "Click Write to Disc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:51 +msgid "Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:52 +msgid "" +"(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in " +"a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then " +"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:57 +msgid "" +"Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the " +"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should " +"be fine." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:62 +msgid "Click the Burn button to begin recording." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:63 +msgid "" +"If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for " +"additional discs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:67 +msgid "" +"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose " +"Make More Copies or Close to exit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:73 +msgid "" +"For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero. It's not " +"installed by default, but you can install " +"it from the Ubuntu package archive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:77 +msgid "" +"For help with using Brasero, read the user guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-disc-write.page:82 +msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:83 +msgid "" +"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be " +"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:86 +msgid "" +"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. " +"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can " +"choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the " +"CD/DVD Creator window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-hidden.page:7 +msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-hidden.page:23 +msgid "Hide a file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:25 +msgid "" +"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at " +"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file " +"manager, but it's still there in its folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:29 +msgid "" +"To hide a file, rename it with a " +". at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named " +" example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder " +"by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-hidden.page:40 +msgid "Show all hidden files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and " +"either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden " +"Files, or press CtrlH. You will " +"see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:47 +msgid "" +"To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick " +"Show Hidden Files, or press " +"CtrlH again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-hidden.page:55 +msgid "Unhide a file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:56 +msgid "" +"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the " +"down button in the " +"toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file " +"and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. " +"For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should " +"rename it to example.txt." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:63 +msgid "" +"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the " +"toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press " +"CtrlH to hide any other hidden files " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:69 +msgid "" +"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you " +"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will " +"always show hidden files, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:74 +msgid "" +"Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, " +"but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These " +"files are backup files. See for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-lost.page:11 +msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-lost.page:30 +msgid "Find a lost file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-lost.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these " +"tips." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of " +"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically " +"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your " +"home folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:44 +msgid "" +"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it " +"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. " +"See to learn how to recover a deleted file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:49 +msgid "" +"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +"that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-open.page:11 +msgid "" +"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of " +"file. You can change the default too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-open.page:25 +msgid "Open files with other applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-open.page:27 +msgid "" +"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the " +"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different " +"application, search online for applications, or set the default application " +"for all files of the same type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-open.page:32 +msgid "" +"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the " +"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you " +"don't see the application you want, click Open With Other " +"Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it " +"knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your " +"computer, click Show other applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-open.page:39 +msgid "" +"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more " +"applications by clicking Find applications online. The file " +"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are " +"known to handle files of that type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-open.page:45 +msgid "Change the default application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-open.page:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given " +"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-" +"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player " +"to open when you double-click an MP3 file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:52 +msgid "" +"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For " +"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a " +".mp3 file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:55 +msgid "Right-click the file and select Properties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:56 +msgid "Select the Open With tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:57 +msgid "" +"Select the application you want and click Set as default. By " +"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the " +"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show " +"other applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:61 +msgid "" +"If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want " +"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and " +"click Add. This will add it to Recommended " +"Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-" +"clicking the file and selecting it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-open.page:68 +msgid "" +"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for " +"all files with the same type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/files.page:18 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files.page:21 +msgid "" +"Searching, delete files, backups, " +"removable drives, documents…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files.page:31 +msgid "Files, folders & search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files.page:34 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='ee872fa563c3c7f46484bbab8459b909'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/files.page:35 +msgid "Nautilus file manager" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/files.page:39 +msgid "Common tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/files.page:43 +#: C/hardware.page:33 +msgid "More topics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:47 +msgid "Removable drives and external disks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:52 +msgid "Backing up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:62 +msgid "Tips and questions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-preview.page:10 +msgid "" +"Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-preview.page:22 +msgid "Preview files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-preview.page:24 +msgid "" +"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown " +"application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in " +"a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-preview.page:28 +msgid "" +"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, " +"video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or " +"seek through your video and audio." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-preview.page:32 +msgid "" +"To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again " +"to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-recover.page:9 +msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-recover.page:23 +msgid "Recover a file from the Trash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-recover.page:24 +msgid "" +"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into " +"the Trash, and should be able to be restored." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-recover.page:27 +msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-recover.page:28 +msgid "" +"Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut " +"which is located at the bottom of the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-recover.page:30 +msgid "" +"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select " +"Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-recover.page:34 +msgid "" +"If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete " +", or by using the command line, the file has been permanently " +"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from " +"the Trash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-recover.page:39 +msgid "" +"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to " +"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not " +"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, " +"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can " +"recover it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-removedrive.page:20 +msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-removedrive.page:30 +msgid "Safely remove an external drive" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:32 +msgid "" +"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should " +"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you " +"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This " +"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an " +"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc " +"from your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-removedrive.page:40 +msgid "To eject a removable device:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:41 +msgid "Open the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:43 +msgid "" +"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to " +"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:46 +msgid "" +"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and " +"select Eject." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-removedrive.page:51 +msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:53 +msgid "" +"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you " +"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a " +"window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open " +"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device " +"will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:60 +msgid "" +"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using " +"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is " +"busy window and select End Process. This will force the " +"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you " +"have open with that application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:66 +msgid "" +"You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without " +"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those " +"files open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-rename.page:7 +msgid "Change file or folder name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-rename.page:31 +msgid "Rename a file or folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-rename.page:33 +msgid "You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-rename.page:36 +msgid "To rename a file or folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:37 +msgid "" +"Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and " +"press F2." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:39 +msgid "Type the new name and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-rename.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can also rename a file from the properties window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-rename.page:45 +msgid "" +"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is " +"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension " +"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a " +"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to " +"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-rename.page:52 +msgid "" +"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo " +"the rename. To revert the action and restore the former name, immediately " +"click Edit in the menu bar and select Undo Rename." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-rename.page:58 +msgid "Valid characters for file names" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-rename.page:59 +msgid "" +"You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file " +"names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more " +"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the " +"following characters in your file names: |, \\, " +"?, *, <, \", :, " +">, /." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-rename.page:67 +msgid "" +"If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will " +"be hidden when you attempt to view it in " +"the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-rename.page:74 +#: C/hardware.page:41 +#: C/mouse.page:36 +msgid "Common problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-rename.page:77 +msgid "The file name is already in use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:78 +msgid "" +"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. " +"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you " +"are working in, the file manager will not allow it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:81 +msgid "" +"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name " +"File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using " +"different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-rename.page:87 +msgid "The file name is too long" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:88 +msgid "" +"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in " +"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the " +"path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-" +"proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-rename.page:95 +msgid "The option to rename is grayed out" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:96 +msgid "" +"If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the " +"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some " +"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-search.page:12 +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/files-search.page:37 +msgid "Other search applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:44 +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:46 +msgid "" +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:54 +msgid "" +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:58 +msgid "" +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:63 +msgid "" +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:69 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-select.page:15 +msgid "" +"Press CtrlS to select multiple files " +"which have similar names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-select.page:20 +msgid "Select files by pattern" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-select.page:22 +msgid "" +"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press " +"CtrlS to bring up the Select " +"Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the " +"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:29 +msgid "" +"* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at " +"all." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:31 +msgid "? matches exactly one of any character." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-select.page:34 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all " +"have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the " +"pattern" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/files-select.page:40 +msgid "Invoice.*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, " +"Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them " +"all with the pattern" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/files-select.page:45 +msgid "Vacation-???.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:47 +msgid "" +"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added " +"-edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've " +"edited, select the edited photos with" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/files-select.page:50 +msgid "Vacation-???-edited.jpg" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-share.page:9 +msgid "Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-share.page:27 +msgid "Share and transfer files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-share.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices " +"or network shares directly from the " +"file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:40 +#: C/video-sending.page:29 +msgid "Open the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:42 +msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:43 +msgid "Right-click the file and select Send To." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:44 +msgid "" +"The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the " +"file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-share.page:50 +msgid "" +"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down " +"Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files " +"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/files-share.page:56 +msgid "Destinations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:57 +msgid "" +"To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:59 +msgid "" +"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant " +"Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant " +"messaging application may need to be started for this to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:63 +msgid "" +"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:66 +msgid "" +"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX " +"Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see " +"devices you have already paired with. See for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:71 +msgid "" +"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it " +"to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and " +"shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-sort.page:7 +msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-sort.page:27 +msgid "Sort files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-sort.page:33 +msgid "" +"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting " +"them in order of date or file size. See below for a " +"list of common ways to sort files. See for " +"information on how to change the default sort order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-sort.page:38 +msgid "" +"The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you " +"are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in " +"the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-sort.page:43 +msgid "Icon view" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:44 +msgid "" +"To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose " +"By Name, By Size, By Type or By " +"Modification Date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:48 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by " +"their names, in alphabetical order. See for other " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:50 +msgid "" +"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order " +"from the pull-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-sort.page:55 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:56 +msgid "" +"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the " +"file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click " +"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:59 +msgid "" +"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those " +"columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible " +"Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will " +"then be able to sort by those columns. See " +"for descriptions of available columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-sort.page:77 +msgid "Ways of sorting files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-sort.page:80 +msgid "By Name" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:81 +msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-sort.page:84 +msgid "By Size" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:85 +msgid "" +"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from " +"smallest to largest by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-sort.page:89 +msgid "By Type" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:90 +msgid "" +"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped " +"together, then sorted by name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-sort.page:94 +msgid "By Modification Date" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:95 +msgid "" +"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest " +"to newest by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-templates.page:7 +msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/files-templates.page:13 +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:14 +msgid "Anita Reitere" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-templates.page:23 +msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-templates.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit " +"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type " +"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you " +"could create a template document with your letterhead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-templates.page:31 +msgid "Make a new template" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:32 +msgid "" +"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you " +"could make your letterhead in a word processing application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:35 +msgid "" +"Save the file with the template content in the Templates " +"folder in your Home folder. If the Templates " +"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-templates.page:41 +msgid "Use a template to create a document" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:42 +msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:43 +msgid "" +"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will " +"be listed in the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:46 +msgid "Choose your desired template from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:47 +msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:48 +msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-tilde.page:8 +msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-tilde.page:24 +msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-tilde.page:26 +msgid "" +"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, " +"example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of " +"documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. " +"It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-tilde.page:31 +msgid "" +"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because " +"you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the " +"Files toolbar) or pressed " +"CtrlH. You can hide them again by " +"repeating either of these steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-tilde.page:38 +msgid "" +"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/get-involved.page:8 +msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/get-involved.page:19 +msgid "Participate to improve this guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/get-involved.page:22 +msgid "" +"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to " +"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, " +"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can " +"file a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/get-involved.page:25 +msgid "" +"To file a bug, press AltF2 and type " +"ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the " +"bug collection process." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/get-involved.page:28 +msgid "" +"See the Ubuntu bug reporting " +"instructions for more information about how to file your bug." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/get-involved.page:31 +msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-driver.page:8 +msgid "" +"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are " +"attached to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-driver.page:20 +msgid "What is a driver?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:22 +msgid "" +"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be " +"external like printers and monitor or internal like " +"graphics and audio cards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:24 +msgid "" +"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know " +"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a " +"device driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:26 +msgid "" +"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver " +"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but " +"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. " +"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any " +"other model." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:28 +msgid "" +"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so " +"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to " +"be installed manually or may not be available at all." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:30 +msgid "" +"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-" +"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-" +"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8 +msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:20 +msgid "What are proprietary drivers?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:22 +msgid "" +"Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function " +"properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, " +"which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and " +"problems with them can be fixed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:27 +msgid "" +"Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the " +"hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would " +"make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited " +"functionality or may not work at all." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:32 +msgid "" +"If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install " +"it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new " +"features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics " +"cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:37 +msgid "" +"Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open " +"source drivers fully support the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:41 +msgid "" +"Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/hardware.page:15 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware.page:17 +msgid "" +"Hardware problems, printers, power " +"settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware.page:28 +msgid "Hardware & drivers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/hardware.page:38 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/hardware.page:39 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Hardware problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10 +msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22 +msgid "Media card reader problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:24 +msgid "" +"Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC " +"(MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage " +"media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are " +"not:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they " +"are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is " +"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a " +"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! " +"If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:38 +msgid "" +"Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card " +"appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the " +"card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If " +"the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click " +"View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:45 +msgid "" +"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click " +"GoComputer. If your card reader is " +"correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is " +"present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:51 +msgid "" +"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the " +"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56 +msgid "" +"If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is " +"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver " +"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of " +"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly " +"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the " +"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better " +"supported by Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:15 +msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21 +msgid "Screen problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:23 +msgid "" +"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or " +"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are " +"experiencing?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:6 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:7 +msgctxt "text" +msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/index.page:9 +#: C/index.page:21 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:8 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "" +"Help Ubuntu Desktop Guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/index.page:21 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu Logo " +"Ubuntu Desktop Guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard.page:11 +msgid "" +"Input sources, cursor blinking, super " +"key, keyboard accessibility…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard.page:29 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language.page:31 +msgid "Region & Language" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11 +msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:32 +msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:34 +msgid "" +"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can " +"make it blink to make it easier to locate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:39 +msgid "" +"Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 +msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44 +msgid "Select Cursor blinks in text fields." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:46 +msgid "" +"Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 +msgid "Juanjo Marín" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 +msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 +msgid "Use alternative input sources" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 +msgid "" +"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " +"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " +"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a " +"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols " +"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple " +"languages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 +msgid "" +"Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +"method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +"input sources you can choose between enable such a method. More about that " +"in the section Complex input methods." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 +msgid "Add input sources" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: gui/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " +"md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 +msgid "" +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 +msgid "" +"The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " +"↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: gui/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " +"md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 +msgid "" +"If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences " +"dialog if any." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 +msgid "Input source indicator" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 +msgid "" +"You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " +"indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " +"current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a " +"symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese " +"(Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the " +"source you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 +msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 +msgid "" +"You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " +"input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " +"SuperSpace, but " +"you can change it:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 +msgid "" +"Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " +"source using." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 +msgid "" +"When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " +"press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +msgid "" +"When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " +"same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " +"source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article " +"in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection " +"will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 +msgid "" +"By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " +"choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 +msgid "Complex input methods" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 +msgid "" +"Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " +"Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " +"Japanese, Korean and Vietnamese." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +msgid "" +"Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " +"input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " +"suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 +msgid "" +"For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " +"follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 +msgid "" +"Install Korean. One of the " +"installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 +msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 +msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +msgid "Log out and log in again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 +msgid "" +"This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " +"in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " +"automatically when you install a language, you can install the IBus or Fcitx IM engine of your choice " +"separately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:21 +msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:24 +msgid "Keyboard navigation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34 +msgid "" +"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or " +"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. " +"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse " +"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:46 +msgid "Navigate user interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48 +msgid "Tab and CtrlTab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:50 +msgid "" +"Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl " +"Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a " +"sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab " +"can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a " +"text area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54 +msgid "Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58 +msgid "Arrow keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:60 +msgid "" +"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related " +"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in " +"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:63 +msgid "" +"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand " +"items with children." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68 +msgid "CtrlArrow keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:69 +msgid "" +"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without " +"changing which item is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:73 +msgid "ShiftArrow keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74 +msgid "" +"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to " +"the newly focused item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:78 +msgid "Space" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79 +msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82 +msgid "CtrlSpace" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83 +msgid "" +"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without " +"deselecting other items." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87 +msgid "Alt" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88 +msgid "" +"Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined " +"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt " +"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked " +"on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:94 +msgid "Esc" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95 +msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98 +msgid "F10" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:99 +msgid "" +"Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to " +"navigate the menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103 +msgid "ShiftF10 or the Menu key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105 +msgid "" +"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-" +"clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:110 +msgid "CtrlF10" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if " +"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:115 +msgid "" +"CtrlPageUp and " +"CtrlPageDown" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117 +msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122 +msgid "Navigate the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135 +msgid "Navigate windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:137 +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32 +msgid "AltF4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:138 +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33 +msgid "Close the current window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141 +msgid "" +"CtrlSuper↓" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142 +msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:145 +msgid "AltF7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:146 +msgid "" +"Move the current window. Press AltF7, " +"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish " +"moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:151 +msgid "AltF8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:152 +msgid "" +"Resize the current window. Press " +"AltF8, then use the arrow keys to " +"resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or " +"Esc to return it to its original size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160 +msgid "" +"CtrlSuper↑" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161 +msgid "Maximize a window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164 +msgid "" +"CtrlSuper←" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165 +msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:169 +msgid "" +"CtrlSuper→" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:170 +msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174 +msgid "AltSpace" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:175 +msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17 +#: C/power-hibernate.page:24 +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:13 +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:13 +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:13 +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:13 +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:13 +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:14 +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:13 +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:13 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:10 +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:10 +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:13 +#: C/unity-shopping.page:14 +msgid "Jeremy Bicha" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22 +msgid "" +"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28 +msgid "Use a screen keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use " +"it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 +msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27 +msgid "" +"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the " +"delay and speed of repeat keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32 +msgid "Turn off repeated key presses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:34 +msgid "" +"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol " +"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking " +"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change " +"how long it takes before key presses start repeating." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +msgid "" +"Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " +"repeated keys entirely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " +"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " +"Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22 +msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:25 +msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:40 +msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 +msgid "" +"Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " +"the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " +"accelerator…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 +msgid "" +"Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " +"clear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 +msgid "Custom shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 +msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 +msgid "" +"Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " +"+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " +"Custom Shortcut window will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 +msgid "" +"Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " +"run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " +"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and " +"use the rhythmbox command." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 +msgid "" +"Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " +"New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 +msgid "" +"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " +"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " +"The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as " +"the application itself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " +"shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " +"Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/look-background.page:11 +msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/look-background.page:18 +msgid "April Gonzales" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/look-background.page:40 +msgid "Change the desktop background" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-background.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a " +"simple color or gradient." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:46 +msgid "" +"Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:47 +msgid "Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-background.page:50 +msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:52 +msgid "" +"Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background " +"images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, " +"all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community " +"Wallpaper Contest." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:56 +msgid "" +"Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to " +"show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in " +"the bottom-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:60 +msgid "" +"Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your " +"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:63 +msgid "" +"Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a " +"linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-background.page:68 +msgid "" +"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the " +"+ button. Any picture you add this way will show up under " +"Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it " +"and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will " +"not delete the original file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8 +msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:32 +msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:34 +msgid "" +"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not " +"the right one for your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +msgid "" +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 +msgid "When multiple displays are connected" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:48 +msgid "" +"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal " +"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. " +"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one " +"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50 +msgid "" +"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you " +"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In " +"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. " +"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same " +"window on both screens at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:52 +msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 +msgid "" +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 +msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 +msgid "" +"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " +"Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " +"display looks right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/look-resolution.page:13 +msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:29 +msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:31 +msgid "" +"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by " +"changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things " +"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the " +"rotation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " +"different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 +msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 +msgid "" +"Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " +"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " +"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy " +"with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +msgid "" +"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " +"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " +"display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 +msgid "Resolution" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 +msgid "" +"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " +"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " +"ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a " +"16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a " +"resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen " +"will be letterboxed to avoid distortion." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 +msgid "" +"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" +"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 +msgid "Rotation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 +msgid "" +"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " +"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " +"rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/media.page:15 +msgid "" +"Digital cameras, iPods, playing " +"videos…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/media.page:23 +msgid "Sound, video & pictures" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:27 +msgctxt "sort" +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:28 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:29 +msgctxt "link:topic" +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/media.page:30 +msgid "" +"Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:37 +msgid "Basic sound" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:41 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Music and players" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:42 +msgid "Music and portable audio players" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:46 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Photos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:47 +msgid "Photos and digital cameras" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:51 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Videos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:52 +msgid "Videos and video cameras" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/more-help.page:19 +msgid "" +"Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/more-help.page:25 +msgid "Get more help" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse.page:7 +msgid "" +"Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse.page:22 +msgid "Mouse" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:33 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Common mouse problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:34 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Common problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:41 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Mouse tips" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:42 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse.page:44 +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:12 +msgid "" +"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to " +"double-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:30 +msgid "Adjust the double-click speed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:32 +msgid "" +"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly " +"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two " +"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the " +"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +msgid "" +"Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " +"value you find comfortable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 +msgid "" +"Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " +"the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " +"the inside circle." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 +msgid "" +"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " +"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " +"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works " +"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see " +"if it still has the same problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 +msgid "" +"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " +"pointing device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:11 +msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28 +msgid "Use your mouse left-handed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or " +"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +msgid "" +"In the General section, switch Primary button to " +"Right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6 +msgid "" +"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and " +"more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:30 +msgid "Middle-click" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 +msgid "" +"Many mice have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you " +"can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you " +"don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse " +"buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to " +"middle-click this way you can try following these " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 +msgid "" +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 +msgid "" +"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +"the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " +"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" +"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 +msgid "" +"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a " +"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector " +"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port " +"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer " +"if it was not plugged in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:44 +msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46 +msgid "" +"Type CtrlAltT to open the " +"Terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48 +msgid "" +"In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, " +"exactly as it appears here, and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55 +msgid "" +"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the " +"items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the " +"[XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left " +"of it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61 +msgid "" +"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by " +"[XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your " +"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. " +"In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76 +msgid "" +"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some " +"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model " +"of your mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82 +msgid "" +"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support " +"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been " +"detected properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96 +msgid "Check that the mouse actually works" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97 +msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99 +msgid "" +"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of " +"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that " +"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be " +"broken." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106 +msgid "Checking wireless mice" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109 +msgid "" +"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of " +"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to " +"place without it constantly waking up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112 +msgid "" +"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the " +"mouse with your computer. See ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115 +msgid "" +"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go " +"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See " +"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122 +msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132 +msgid "" +"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make " +"sure that they are both set to the same channel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138 +msgid "" +"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a " +"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if " +"this is the case." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146 +msgid "" +"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them " +"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, " +"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might " +"depend on the make or model of your mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:11 +msgid "" +"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:33 +msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35 +msgid "" +"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your " +"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 +msgid "" +"Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " +"comfortable for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 +msgid "" +"You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " +"Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " +"most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the " +"Mouse and Touchpad sections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 +msgid "" +"The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7 +msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:23 +msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 +msgid "" +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 +msgid "To double-click, tap twice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 +msgid "" +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 +msgid "Two finger scroll" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 +msgid "" +"In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 +msgid "" +"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " +"normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " +"scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, " +"you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful " +"to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, " +"they just look like one big finger to your touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 +msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +msgid "Content sticks to fingers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 +msgid "" +"You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " +"touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 +msgid "" +"In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " +"fingers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 +msgid "" +"This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " +"Scrolling." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11 +msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:23 +msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25 +msgid "" +"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to " +"\"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when " +"not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can " +"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 +msgid "" +"Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +"they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +"touchpad with your palm while typing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14 +msgid "" +"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be " +"\"copy protected\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:18 +msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:20 +msgid "" +"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't " +"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X " +"computer and then copied it over." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:22 +msgid "" +"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by " +"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the " +"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, " +"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio " +"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. " +"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for " +"that format so that you can play it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:24 +msgid "" +"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't " +"play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being " +"DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song " +"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you " +"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you " +"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software " +"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not " +"supported on Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14 +msgid "" +"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:18 +msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:20 +msgid "" +"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music " +"player application and also in the file manager (the Files " +"application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod " +"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it " +"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods " +"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications " +"know how to get to but the file manager does not." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:22 +msgid "" +"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you " +"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that " +"all of the songs have been copied across properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:24 +msgid "" +"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the " +"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs " +"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an " +"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis " +"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the " +"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software " +"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not " +"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the " +"software installer for an appropriate codec." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:14 +msgid "" +"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can " +"use them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:18 +msgid "My new iPod won't work" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:20 +msgid "" +"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, " +"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. " +"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the " +"iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:22 +msgid "" +"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it " +"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the " +"Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows " +"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:24 +msgid "" +"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it " +"into a Linux computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15 +msgid "" +"Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's " +"an audio player." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:19 +msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:21 +msgid "" +"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you " +"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been " +"properly recognized as an audio player." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:23 +msgid "" +"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't " +"help, open the file manager. You should " +"see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to " +"open the folder for the audio player. Now, click " +"FileNew DocumentEmpty " +"Document, type .is_audio_player and press " +"Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be " +"all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an " +"audio player." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:25 +msgid "" +"Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-" +"click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This " +"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music " +"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:28 +msgid "" +"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They " +"should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it " +"should say in its manual if it is." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:32 +msgid "" +"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the " +".is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the " +"file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it " +"is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden " +"Files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8 +msgid "" +"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify " +"trash behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:27 +msgid "Sindhu S" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33 +msgid "File manager behavior preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34 +msgid "" +"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how " +"executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click " +"Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the " +"Behavior tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39 +msgid "Behavior" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42 +msgid "Single click to open items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43 +msgid "Double click to open items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:44 +msgid "" +"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can " +"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. " +"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key " +"while clicking to select one or more files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53 +msgid "Executable text files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54 +msgid "" +"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run " +"(execute). The file " +"permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The " +"most common are Shell, Python and Perl " +"scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and " +".pl, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61 +msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:65 +msgid "Run executable text files when they are opened" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68 +msgid "View executable text files when they are opened" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71 +msgid "Ask each time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:75 +msgid "" +"If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you " +"wish to run or view the selected text file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78 +msgid "" +"Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in " +"~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the " +"context menu for a file under the Scripts " +"submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files " +"will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:86 +msgid "Navigate to the desired folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:89 +msgid "Select the desired file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:92 +msgid "" +"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired " +"script to execute from the Scripts menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:98 +msgid "" +"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote " +"folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:106 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "File manager trash preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:108 +msgid "Trash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112 +msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:113 +msgid "" +"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will " +"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116 +msgid "Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:117 +msgid "" +"Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that " +"pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120 +msgid "" +"Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash " +"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way " +"to recover the deleted item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 +msgid "Edit folder bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +msgid "Add a bookmark:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgid "" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 +msgid "" +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +msgid "Rename a bookmark:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 +msgid "" +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 +msgid "" +"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " +"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " +"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell " +"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other " +"than the name of the folder it points to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12 +msgid "" +"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or " +"WebDAV." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:26 +msgid "Browse files on a server or network share" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:28 +msgid "" +"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on " +"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a " +"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share " +"files with other people on your local network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34 +msgid "" +"To browse files over the network, open the Files application from " +"the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The " +"file manager will find any computers on your local area network that " +"advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server " +"on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you " +"can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44 +msgid "Connect to a file server" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick " +"Connect to Server from the app menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:47 +msgid "" +"Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:51 +msgid "" +"If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the " +"Recent Servers list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55 +msgid "" +"Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on " +"the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own " +"computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it " +"quickly in the future" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:63 +msgid "Writing URLs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:65 +msgid "" +"A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address " +"that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68 +msgid "scheme://servername.example.com/folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70 +msgid "" +"The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The " +"example.com portion of the address is called the domain " +"name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74 +msgid "scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:76 +msgid "" +"Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the " +"domain name:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:78 +msgid "scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:80 +msgid "" +"Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84 +msgid "Types of servers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:86 +msgid "" +"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and " +"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a " +"username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89 +msgid "" +"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a " +"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to " +"delete files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92 +msgid "" +"The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its " +"file shares." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97 +msgid "" +"If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect " +"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they " +"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:101 +msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103 +msgid "ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:110 +msgid "" +"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted " +"so that other users on your network can't see it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114 +msgid "FTP (with login)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115 +msgid "" +"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not " +"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some " +"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or " +"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and " +"upload files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120 +msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122 +msgid "ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126 +msgid "Public FTP" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:127 +msgid "" +"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or " +"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, " +"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:131 +msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133 +msgid "ftp://ftp.example.com/path/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:135 +msgid "" +"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and " +"password, or with a public username using your email address as the " +"password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and " +"use the credentials specified by the FTP site." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142 +msgid "Windows share" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:143 +msgid "" +"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local " +"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into " +"domains for organization and to better control access. If you have " +"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows " +"share from the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:148 +msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150 +msgid "smb://servername/Share" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154 +msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:155 +msgid "" +"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to " +"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the " +"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose " +"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users " +"can't see your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:160 +msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162 +msgid "http://example.hostname.com/path" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-display.page:8 +msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-display.page:31 +msgid "File manager display preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:33 +msgid "" +"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click " +"Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the " +"Display tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-display.page:38 +msgid "Icon captions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/nautilus-display.page:40 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' " +"md5='5eb11f3f70bb27c18f77727f6db678af'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:41 +msgid "File manager icons with captions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:43 +msgid "" +"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files " +"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for " +"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:47 +msgid "" +"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom " +"In or press Ctrl+. As " +"you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in " +"captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first " +"will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very " +"large sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:52 +msgid "" +"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon " +"caption changes to take effect. Click " +"ViewReload or press " +"CtrlR." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8 +msgid "" +"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27 +msgid "File properties" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:29 +msgid "" +"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select " +"Properties. You can also select the file and press " +"AltEnter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33 +msgid "" +"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the " +"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this " +"information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:39 +msgid "" +"The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There " +"are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such " +"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information " +"like the dimensions, duration, and codec." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:47 +msgid "Basic properties" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:37 +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:30 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51 +msgid "" +"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file " +"outside the properties window. See ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:46 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:57 +msgid "" +"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, " +"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which " +"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't " +"open a picture with a music player. See for more " +"information on this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:62 +msgid "" +"The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a " +"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67 +msgid "Contents" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:68 +msgid "" +"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder " +"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If " +"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, " +"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If " +"the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:41 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73 +msgid "" +"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The " +"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an " +"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email " +"(big files take longer to send/receive)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:74 +msgid "" +"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, " +"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is " +"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:79 +msgid "" +"The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute " +"path. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made " +"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. " +"For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home " +"folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83 +msgid "Volume" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:84 +msgid "" +"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where " +"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a " +"CD, or a network share or file " +"server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under " +"Volume too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94 +msgid "Free Space" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:95 +msgid "" +"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which " +"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking " +"if the hard disk is full." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102 +msgid "Accessed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103 +msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:50 +msgid "Modified" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:108 +msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9 +msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31 +msgid "Set file permissions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33 +msgid "" +"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you " +"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select " +"Properties, then select the Permissions tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37 +msgid "" +"See and below for details " +"on the types of permissions you can set." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:41 +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all " +"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can " +"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-" +"only if you don't want to accidentally change it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:48 +msgid "" +"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is " +"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not " +"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for " +"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a " +"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all " +"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:56 +msgid "" +"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in " +"the file's group." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:59 +msgid "" +"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow " +"executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, " +"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what " +"to do. See for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67 +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48 +msgid "Folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:68 +msgid "" +"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. " +"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, " +"groups, and other users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71 +msgid "" +"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can " +"set for a file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76 +msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80 +msgid "List files only" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81 +msgid "" +"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be " +"able to open, create, or delete files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85 +msgid "Access files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86 +msgid "" +"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have " +"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create " +"new files or delete files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91 +msgid "Create and delete files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92 +msgid "" +"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, " +"and deleting files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97 +msgid "" +"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the " +"folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the " +"drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and " +"click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in " +"subfolders as well, to any depth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-list.page:7 +msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-list.page:26 +msgid "File manager list columns preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:28 +msgid "" +"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file " +"manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick " +"Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select " +"which columns will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:31 +msgid "" +"Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the " +"order in which the selected columns will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:38 +msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:42 +msgid "" +"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the " +"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:47 +msgid "" +"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 " +"audio, and more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:51 +msgid "Shows when the file was last modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:54 +msgid "Owner" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:55 +msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:58 +msgid "Group" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:59 +msgid "" +"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their " +"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users " +"might be in groups according to department or project." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +msgid "Permissions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 +msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 +msgid "" +"The first character - is the file type. - means " +"regular file and d means directory (folder)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 +msgid "" +"The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " +"who owns the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 +msgid "" +"The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " +"group that owns the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 +msgid "" +"The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " +"for all other users on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 +msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +msgid "r : Read permission." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 +msgid "w : Write permission." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 +msgid "x : Execute permission." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 +msgid "- : No permission." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +msgid "MIME Type" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 +msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 +msgid "The path to the location of the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17 +msgid "File manager preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8 +msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27 +msgid "File manager preview preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29 +msgid "" +"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. " +"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can " +"control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick " +"Preferences and select the Preview tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:37 +msgid "" +"By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on " +"your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to " +"Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a " +"local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local " +"area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the " +"preview option to Always." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:44 +msgid "" +"In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting " +"to limit the size of files previewed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:49 +msgid "" +"If you show file sizes in list view " +"columns or icon " +"captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and " +"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for " +"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, " +"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-views.page:9 +msgid "" +"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-views.page:36 +msgid "Views preferences in Files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are " +"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and " +"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while " +"Files is open and select the Views tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-views.page:46 +msgid "Default view" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-views.page:49 +msgid "View new folders using" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:50 +msgid "" +"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, " +"you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a " +"different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View " +"items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-views.page:57 +msgid "Arrange items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:58 +msgid "" +"You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the " +"Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, " +"file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last " +"accessed or when they were trashed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards +#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main +#. window for 'View options' +#: C/nautilus-views.page:64 +msgid "" +"You can change how files are sorted in an " +"individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By " +"Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification " +"Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu " +"only affects the current folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-views.page:72 +msgid "Sort folders before files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:73 +msgid "" +"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To " +"see all folders listed before files, enable this option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-views.page:77 +msgid "Show hidden and backup files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:78 +msgid "" +"The file manager does not display hidden " +"files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by " +"selecting this option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards +#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main +#. window for 'View options' +#: C/nautilus-views.page:83 +msgid "" +"You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting " +"Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-views.page:92 +msgid "Icon view defaults" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-views.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:116 +msgid "Default zoom level" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards +#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main +#. window for 'View options' +#: C/nautilus-views.page:98 +msgid "" +"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view " +"using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder " +"by clicking the View " +"options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, " +"Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a " +"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:105 +msgid "" +"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-views.page:113 +msgid "List view defaults" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards +#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main +#. window for 'View options' +#: C/nautilus-views.page:119 +msgid "" +"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this " +"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in " +"the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or " +"Normal Size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-antivirus.page:11 +msgid "" +"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-antivirus.page:25 +msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having " +"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the " +"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their " +"way onto your computer and cause problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:31 +msgid "" +"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use " +"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is " +"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one " +"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, " +"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:36 +msgid "" +"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to " +"worry about them at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in Ubuntu " +"Software where a number of applications are available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-browser.page:11 +msgid "" +"Change the default browser, install Flash…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-browser.page:17 +#: C/net-chat.page:19 +#: C/net-email.page:17 +#: C/net-general.page:19 +#: C/net-problem.page:17 +#: C/net-security.page:17 +#: C/net-wired.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless.page:21 +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:19 +msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-browser.page:22 +msgid "Web Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-chat.page:11 +msgid "" +"Chat on any network using " +"Empathy, make video " +"calls, install skype, social networking apps" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-chat.page:24 +msgid "Chat & Social Networking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15 +msgid "" +"With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and " +"colleagues on a variety of networks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20 +msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22 +msgid "" +"With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and " +"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many " +"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio " +"or video calls." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29 +msgid "" +"Empathy is not installed by default in Ubuntu, but you can install it from the Ubuntu package archive. " +"Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher " +"or choose Empathy from the Messaging menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:39 +msgid "" +"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) " +"from the Messaging menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:45 +msgid "" +"For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy " +"manual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14 +msgid "" +"Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on " +"Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19 +msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21 +msgid "" +"Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over " +"the Internet using your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26 +msgid "" +"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go " +"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31 +msgid "" +"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source " +"code is proprietary and not available for modification." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36 +msgid "" +"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41 +msgid "" +"You need to activate the " +"Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55 +msgid "Additional resources for help with Skype" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57 +msgid "" +" How to " +"record Skype conversations " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63 +msgid "" +" A list of webcams which " +"are compatible with Skype " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69 +msgid "" +" " +"Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users " +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-chat-social.page:13 +msgid "" +"Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking " +"sites directly from your desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-chat-social.page:18 +msgid "Social networking from the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-social.page:20 +msgid "" +"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your " +"desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize " +"your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the " +"Me Menu without opening any website." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-social.page:27 +msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-social.page:32 +msgid "" +"Open the System menu on the right " +"hand side of the menu bar and select \"System Settings...\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-social.page:36 +msgid "Choose Online accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-social.page:40 +msgid "" +"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add " +"Account..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-social.page:44 +msgid "" +"Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, " +"and follow the instructions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-social.page:51 +msgid "" +"You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu " +"bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that " +"section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to " +"your social network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-chat-video.page:13 +msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-chat-video.page:17 +msgid "Video calls" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-chat-video.page:19 +msgid "" +"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional " +"software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN " +", Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on " +"making video calls with Empathy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/net-chat-video.page:28 +msgid "Other applications which support video calls include" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-video.page:30 +msgid "Skype" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-chat-video.page:34 +msgid "Ekiga" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-default-browser.page:19 +msgid "" +"Change the default web browser by going to Details in the " +"System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-default-browser.page:23 +msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:25 +msgid "" +"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will " +"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser " +"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to " +"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 +msgid "" +"Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " +"list on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 +msgid "" +"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " +"the Web option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 +msgid "" +"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " +"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " +"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default " +"browser again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-default-email.page:19 +msgid "" +"Change the default email client by going to Details in the " +"System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-default-email.page:23 +msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-default-email.page:25 +msgid "" +"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your " +"word processing application), your default mail application will open up " +"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail " +"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. " +"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 +msgid "" +"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " +"the Mail option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-email.page:12 +msgid "Default email apps" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-email.page:21 +#: C/net-general.page:23 +msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-email.page:25 +msgid "Email & email software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-email-virus.page:17 +msgid "" +"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers " +"of people you email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-email-virus.page:21 +msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-email-virus.page:23 +msgid "" +"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way " +"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is " +"through email messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-email-virus.page:25 +msgid "" +"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are " +"unlikely to get a virus through email or " +"otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will " +"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need " +"to scan your email for viruses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-email-virus.page:27 +msgid "" +"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to " +"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your " +"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected " +"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows " +"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install " +"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's " +"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus " +"software of their own anyway." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-findip.page:24 +msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-findip.page:28 +msgid "Find your IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-findip.page:30 +msgid "" +"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your " +"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have " +"two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal " +"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-findip.page:33 +msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:39 +msgid "" +"Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " +"from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " +"find the IP address for." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:40 +msgid "" +"Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-findip.page:44 +msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:45 +msgid "" +"Visit whatismyipaddress.com." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:46 +msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-findip.page:49 +msgid "" +"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " +"be the same." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 +msgid "" +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 +msgid "" +"For detailed information about how to use ufw, see the online " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 +msgid "Turn the firewall on or off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 +msgid "" +"To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 +msgid "Allow or block specific network activity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37 +msgid "" +"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 +msgid "" +"Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +"sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +"sudo ufw deny 53." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 +msgid "" +"To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 +msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 +msgid "" +"You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " +"without using a terminal. To install, click this " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 +msgid "" +"You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " +"Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " +"kept open for the firewall to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11 +msgid "" +"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access " +"for a program with your firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20 +msgid "Commonly-used network ports" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:21 +msgid "" +"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide " +"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can " +"change your system's firewall to block or " +"allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in " +"use, so this table isn't complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:27 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:33 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:40 +msgid "5353/udp" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:43 +msgid "mDNS, Avahi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:46 +msgid "" +"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, " +"without you having to specify the details manually." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51 +msgid "631/udp" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54 +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:65 +#: C/printing.page:28 +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:57 +msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:62 +msgid "631/tcp" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:68 +msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:73 +msgid "5298/tcp" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:76 +msgid "Presence" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:79 +msgid "" +"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the " +"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:84 +msgid "5900/tcp" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:87 +msgid "Remote desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:90 +msgid "" +"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide " +"remote assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95 +msgid "3689/tcp" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98 +msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101 +msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:16 +msgid "" +"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network " +"services from your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20 +msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22 +msgid "" +"Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you " +"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might " +"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its " +"address is (for example, if it is a file server)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 +msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26 +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit " +"Connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27 +msgid "" +"Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your " +"WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28 +msgid "" +"Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method " +"to Manual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29 +msgid "" +"If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or " +"if you want to set up a new connection, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30 +msgid "" +"Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway " +"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on " +"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses " +"and netmasks are valid for a given network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31 +msgid "" +"If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS " +"servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain " +"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-general.page:11 +msgid "" +"Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-general.page:29 +msgid "Networking terms & tips" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +msgid "" +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 +msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 +msgid "" +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 +msgid "" +"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " +"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " +"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:36 +msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 +msgid "" +"Install the adobe-flashplugin " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 +msgid "" +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-macaddress.page:23 +msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-macaddress.page:27 +msgid "What is a MAC address?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:29 +msgid "" +"A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the " +"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an " +"Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each " +"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:31 +msgid "" +"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a " +"colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:33 +msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:35 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:36 +msgid "Select Connection Information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:37 +msgid "" +"Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:40 +msgid "" +"In practice, you may need to modify or \"spoof\" a MAC address. For example, some " +"internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used " +"to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to " +"swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would " +"need to spoof the MAC address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-manual.page:16 +msgid "" +"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter " +"them yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-manual.page:20 +msgid "Manually set network settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-manual.page:22 +msgid "" +"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your " +"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic " +"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may " +"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your " +"router or network switch." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-manual.page:25 +msgid "To manually set your network settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:27 +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:38 +#: C/net-othersedit.page:41 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit " +"Connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:31 +msgid "" +"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, " +"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:35 +msgid "" +"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click " +"Edit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:39 +msgid "" +"Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to " +"Manual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:43 +msgid "" +"Click Add and type the IP address, network mask " +"and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of " +"the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab " +"after typing each address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:44 +msgid "" +"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four " +"numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:48 +msgid "" +"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by " +"commas." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:52 +msgid "" +"Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the " +"network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by " +"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-mobile.page:13 +msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-mobile.page:17 +msgid "Connect to mobile broadband" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:19 +msgid "" +"Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet " +"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or " +"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have " +"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:26 +msgid "" +"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you " +"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:33 +msgid "" +"The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open " +"automatically when you connect the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:39 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where " +"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of " +"connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:47 +msgid "Give your connection a name and click Apply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:52 +msgid "" +"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select your new connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:58 +msgid "" +"To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click " +"Disconnect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:64 +msgid "" +"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may " +"still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:71 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu in the menu " +"bar and select Edit Connections..." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:77 +msgid "Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 +msgid "Click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:87 +msgid "" +"This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. " +"Enter your details as described above." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-nonm.page:13 +msgid "" +"Press AltF2. Type nm-" +"applet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-nonm.page:17 +msgid "There's no network menu in the menu bar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-nonm.page:19 +msgid "" +"If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network " +"Manager may not be running. To start it up again:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-nonm.page:22 +msgid "Press AltF2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-nonm.page:23 +msgid "Type nm-applet and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-nonm.page:24 +msgid "" +"The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your " +"password in the appropriate box and click Connect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-nonm.page:27 +msgid "" +"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To " +"see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and " +"press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, " +"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell " +"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, " +"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:20 +msgid "" +"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that " +"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:24 +msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer " +"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when " +"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they " +"may not be entering the right wireless security password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:34 +msgid "" +"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network " +"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it " +"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it " +"without being asked any questions. To do this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:42 +msgid "" +"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably " +"need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and " +"then click Edit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:46 +msgid "" +"Check Available to all users and click Save. You will " +"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can " +"do this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:50 +msgid "" +"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without " +"entering any further details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-othersedit.page:20 +msgid "" +"You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the " +"network connection settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-othersedit.page:24 +msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersedit.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, " +"you may have set the connection to be available to all users. " +"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using " +"that connection, but only users with " +"administrative rights are allowed to change its settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersedit.page:34 +msgid "" +"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are " +"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersedit.page:36 +msgid "" +"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, " +"make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on " +"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection " +"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-othersedit.page:39 +msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersedit.page:45 +msgid "" +"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. " +"Click to select it and then click Edit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersedit.page:49 +msgid "" +"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only " +"admin users can do this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersedit.page:53 +msgid "" +"Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other " +"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net.page:18 +msgid "" +"Wireless, wired, connection problems, " +"web browsing, email accounts, instant " +"messaging…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net.page:44 +msgid "Networking, web, email & chat" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-problem.page:11 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting wireless " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " +"network…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-problem.page:22 +msgid "Network problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-proxy.page:23 +msgid "" +"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security " +"purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-proxy.page:27 +msgid "Define proxy settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-proxy.page:30 +msgid "What is a proxy?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:32 +msgid "" +"A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests " +"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and " +"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used " +"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you " +"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or " +"to do security checks on websites." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-proxy.page:41 +msgid "Change proxy method" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 +msgid "" +"Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " +"the left side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 +msgid "" +"Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 +msgid "" +"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " +"web." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 +msgid "Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 +msgid "" +"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " +"protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " +"FTP and SOCKS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 +msgid "Automatic" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 +msgid "" +"An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " +"for your system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 +msgid "" +"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " +"connection to use the chosen configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-security.page:11 +msgid "" +"Antivirus software, basic firewalls…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-security.page:22 +msgid "Keeping safe on the internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-security-tips.page:11 +msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-security-tips.page:16 +#: C/printing-setup.page:30 +msgid "Steven Richards" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-security-tips.page:22 +msgid "Staying safe on the internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:24 +msgid "" +"A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that " +"Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe " +"from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. " +"Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an " +"extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to " +"their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the " +"security features included with each distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:31 +msgid "" +"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is " +"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet " +"you can still be susceptible to:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:35 +msgid "" +"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information " +"through deception)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:36 +msgid "Forwarding malicious emails" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:37 +msgid "" +"Applications with malicious intent " +"(viruses)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:38 +msgid "" +"Unauthorized remote/local network " +"access" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:41 +msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:44 +msgid "" +"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do " +"not know." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:45 +msgid "" +"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive " +"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information " +"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is " +"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:48 +msgid "" +"Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not " +"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with " +"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH " +"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to " +"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from " +"intrusion." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-slow.page:15 +msgid "" +"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it " +"could be a busy time of day." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-slow.page:19 +msgid "The internet seems slow" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-slow.page:21 +msgid "" +"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of " +"things that could be causing the slow down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-slow.page:23 +msgid "" +"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from " +"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things " +"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:27 +msgid "Busy time of day" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:28 +msgid "" +"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they " +"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, " +"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest " +"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this " +"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same " +"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience " +"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the " +"evenings, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:32 +msgid "Downloading lots of things at once" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading " +"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not " +"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:37 +msgid "Unreliable connection" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:38 +msgid "" +"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or " +"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference " +"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:42 +msgid "Low wireless connection signal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:43 +msgid "" +"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network " +"menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the " +"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:47 +msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:48 +msgid "" +"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may " +"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, " +"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile " +"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection " +"like GPRS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:52 +msgid "Web browser has a problem" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:53 +msgid "" +"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This " +"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that " +"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a " +"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then " +"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16 +msgid "" +"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to " +"set up a VPN connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 +msgid "Connect to a VPN" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22 +msgid "" +"A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a " +"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the " +"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would " +"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to " +"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the " +"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the " +"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted " +"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to " +"without logging in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28 +msgid "" +"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " +"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " +"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " +"VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software " +"and search for the network-manager package which works with your " +"VPN (if there is one) and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34 +msgid "" +"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will " +"probably have to download and install some client software from the company " +"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some " +"different instructions to get that working." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:38 +msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN " +"Connections, select Configure VPN." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46 +msgid "" +"Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50 +msgid "" +"Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering " +"details like your username and password as you go." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54 +msgid "" +"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu " +"on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the " +"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the " +"network icon will change as it tries to connect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:59 +msgid "" +"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to " +"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the " +"network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the " +"VPN tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:64 +msgid "" +"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select " +"Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:15 +msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:19 +msgid "What is an IP address?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:21 +msgid "" +"\"IP address\" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each " +"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:23 +msgid "" +"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique " +"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. " +"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your " +"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25 +msgid "" +"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated " +"by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27 +msgid "" +"An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP " +"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a " +"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP " +"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are " +"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as " +"administering a server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wired.page:11 +msgid "" +"Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wired.page:22 +msgid "Wired Networking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:15 +msgid "" +"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a " +"network cable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:19 +msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:21 +msgid "" +"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a " +"network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few " +"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:23 +msgid "" +"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network " +"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the " +"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end " +"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar " +"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the " +"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable " +"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you " +"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29 +msgid "" +"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup " +"(DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless.page:13 +msgid "" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless.page:26 +msgid "Wireless Networking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19 +msgid "" +"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and " +"its network connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:25 +msgid "Create a wireless hotspot" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 +msgid "" +"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 +msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 +msgid "" +"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 +msgid "" +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " +"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " +"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery " +"power, for example). To do this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +msgid "" +"To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 +msgid "" +"To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 +msgid "" +"Your computer may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 +msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26 +msgid "Connect to a wireless network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless " +"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared " +"files on the network, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it " +"is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 +msgid "" +"If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More " +"Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still " +"don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38 +msgid "" +"If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click " +"Connect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39 +msgid "" +"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the " +"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have " +"to ask the person who administers the wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40 +msgid "" +"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect " +"to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several " +"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If " +"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very " +"reliable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46 +msgid "" +"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just " +"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of " +"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the " +"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's " +"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48 +msgid "" +"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that " +"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download " +"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device " +"which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but " +"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different " +"speeds." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:21 +msgid "" +"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:25 +msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:27 +msgid "" +"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even " +"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to " +"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the " +"menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, " +"especially if you were using the internet at the time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:30 +msgid "Weak wireless signal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:32 +msgid "" +"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you " +"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too " +"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong " +"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you " +"and the base station can also weaken the signal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:34 +msgid "" +"The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal " +"is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:39 +msgid "Network connection not being established properly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:41 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you " +"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon " +"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially " +"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a " +"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so " +"was disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:43 +msgid "" +"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless " +"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because " +"the network requires a username to log in, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:48 +msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:50 +msgid "" +"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks " +"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into " +"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens " +"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless " +"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens " +"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:55 +msgid "Busy wireless networks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:57 +msgid "" +"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for " +"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. " +"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of " +"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 +msgid "" +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 +msgid "" +"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " +"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " +"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +msgid "" +"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " +"wireless network whenever it is in range." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 +msgid "" +"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 +msgid "" +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " +"to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +"password themselves." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 +msgid "" +"If this option is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +msgid "SSID" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +msgid "" +"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " +"known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " +"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the " +"settings of your wireless router or base station)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +msgid "Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 +msgid "" +"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " +"Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " +"a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where " +"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one " +"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +msgid "" +"If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 +msgid "BSSID" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 +msgid "" +"This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 +msgid "" +"A MAC address is a code which " +"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " +"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a " +"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 +msgid "" +"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 +msgid "Cloned MAC address" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 +msgid "" +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +msgid "MTU" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 +msgid "" +"This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " +"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " +"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or " +"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is " +"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the " +"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 +msgid "" +"This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " +"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +"you're visiting and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 +msgid "" +"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " +"encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +msgid "IPv4 Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 +msgid "" +"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " +"which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " +"different ways of getting/setting that information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +msgid "The following methods are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 +msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 +msgid "" +"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " +"server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " +"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer " +"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically " +"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 +msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 +msgid "" +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 +msgid "" +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +msgid "Link-Local Only" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 +msgid "" +"Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " +"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " +"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the " +"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. " +"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together " +"so they communicate with each other." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 +msgid "" +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 +msgid "IPv6 Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 +msgid "" +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 +msgid "" +"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless " +"networks nearby, or you might be out of range." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:21 +msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23 +msgid "" +"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless " +"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network " +"icon on the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27 +msgid "" +"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned " +"off, or it may not be working " +"properly. Make sure it is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:31 +msgid "" +"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking " +"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at " +"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover " +"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:35 +msgid "" +"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless " +"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:39 +msgid "" +"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned " +"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so " +"and then check if the network has appeared in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:43 +msgid "" +"The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 +msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " +"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " +"click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on " +"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" +"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " +"wireless security, and click Connect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 +msgid "" +"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " +"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " +"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: " +"02:00:01:02:03:04." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +msgid "" +"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " +"for terms like WEP and WPA." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 +msgid "" +"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " +"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " +"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still " +"detectable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:15 +msgid "" +"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, " +"turn the wireless card off and on again…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:19 +msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:21 +msgid "" +"If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect " +"to a wireless network, try some of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25 +msgid "Double-check that you have the right password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:26 +msgid "" +"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-" +"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters " +"wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30 +msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:31 +msgid "" +"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a " +"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a " +"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to " +"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key " +"instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security " +"option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit " +"Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35 +msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:36 +msgid "" +"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means " +"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - " +"see for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40 +msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:41 +msgid "" +"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type " +"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by " +"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but " +"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, " +"use trial and error to go through the different options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45 +msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:46 +msgid "" +"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless " +"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack " +"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, " +"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different " +"firmware). See for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:10 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:11 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:11 +msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:20 +msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:27 +msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26 +msgid "" +"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix " +"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some " +"reason, try following the instructions here." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28 +msgid "" +"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected " +"to the internet:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30 +msgid "Performing an initial check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31 +msgid "Gathering information about your hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32 +msgid "Checking your hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33 +msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34 +msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " +"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " +"through each step in the guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +msgid "Using the command line" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +msgid "" +"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " +"command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " +"the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " +"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " +"case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), " +"and to press Enter after typing each command to run it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18 +msgid "" +"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so " +"you may need to find a better one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23 +msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:27 +msgid "" +"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for " +"your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which " +"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though " +"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have " +"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for " +"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34 +msgid "" +"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35 +msgid "" +"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have " +"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get " +"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your " +"distribution (for example, Ub" +"untu, Fedora or openSuSE) and " +"see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to " +"use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:44 +msgid "Look for additional open or proprietary drivers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45 +msgid "" +"Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers " +"need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool " +"to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:51 +msgid "" +"Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select " +"System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54 +msgid "In the System section, click Software & Updates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:57 +msgid "Switch to the Additional Drivers tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:65 +msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66 +msgid "" +"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system " +"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because " +"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, " +"however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper " +"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful " +"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for " +"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more " +"about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through " +"NDISwrapper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:73 +msgid "" +"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this " +"page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19 +msgid "" +"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been " +"recognized properly by the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23 +msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24 +msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26 +msgid "" +"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not " +"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you " +"will check whether the device was recognized properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:30 +msgid "" +"Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press " +"Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the " +"lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " +"lshw into the terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 +msgid "" +"Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless " +"interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you " +"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*-network\n" +" description: Wireless interface\n" +" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n" +" vendor: Intel Corporation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40 +msgid "" +"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:41 +msgid "" +"If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will " +"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that " +"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46 +msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:47 +msgid "" +"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops " +"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was " +"recognized:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:49 +msgid "Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51 +msgid "" +"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked " +"Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several " +"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless " +"adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, " +"wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the " +"entry might look like:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network " +"Connection" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:67 +msgid "" +"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers " +"step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, " +"see the instructions below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59 +msgid "USB wireless adapter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60 +msgid "" +"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less " +"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB " +"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) " +"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that " +"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was " +"recognized:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62 +msgid "Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64 +msgid "" +"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to " +"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your " +"wireless adapter might include words like wireless, " +"WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an " +"example of what the entry might look like:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 " +"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72 +msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73 +msgid "" +"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the " +"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To " +"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75 +msgid "Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77 +msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "tail -f /var/log/dmesg" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79 +msgid "" +"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, " +"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81 +msgid "" +"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in " +"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your " +"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82 +msgid "" +"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press " +"CtrlC. After you have done that, you " +"can close the Terminal if you like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83 +msgid "" +"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the " +"Device Drivers " +"step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, " +"see the instructions below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88 +msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89 +msgid "" +"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working " +"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90 +msgid "" +"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's " +"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask " +"about your wireless adapter, for example." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19 +msgid "" +"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in " +"subsequent troubleshooting steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24 +msgid "Gather information about your network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network " +"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model " +"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these " +"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with " +"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the " +"following items, if you still have them:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30 +msgid "" +"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the " +"user guide for your router)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33 +msgid "" +"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only " +"contains Windows drivers)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and " +"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of " +"the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39 +msgid "" +"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network " +"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look " +"carefully." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:42 +msgid "" +"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its " +"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:46 +msgid "" +"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection " +"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your " +"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way " +"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48 +msgid "" +"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23 +msgid "" +"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next " +"few troubleshooting steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28 +msgid "Perform an initial connection check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30 +msgid "" +"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless " +"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't " +"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being " +"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA " +"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into " +"the proper slot on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:40 +msgid "" +"If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the " +"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless " +"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43 +msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the " +"Enable Wireless setting is checked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46 +msgid "" +"Open the Terminal and run the command nmcli dev to see if your " +"wireless network adapter is listed. Its state should be connected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:50 +msgid "" +"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access " +"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet " +"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review " +"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or " +"contact your ISP for support." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:52 +msgid "" +"If the nmcli dev command did not indicate that you were connected " +"to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " +"troubleshooting guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 +msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:19 +msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:21 +msgid "" +"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used " +"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network " +"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web " +"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent " +"Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is " +"the second version of the WPA standard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23 +msgid "" +"Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is " +"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can " +"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and " +"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your " +"wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19 +msgid "" +"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23 +msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25 +msgid "" +"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your " +"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you " +"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network " +"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you " +"don't want it to keep connecting to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37 +msgid "" +"Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your " +"computer won't try to connect to that network any more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select " +"it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the " +"network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other " +"wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/numeric-keypad.page:9 +msgid "Enable the numeric keypad by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/numeric-keypad.page:20 +msgid "Numeric keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/numeric-keypad.page:22 +msgid "" +"With the Num Lock key you can manually switch on or off the " +"numeric keypad on your keyboard. Also, computers' BIOS settings often " +"include an option to decide if the computer should be started with the " +"numeric keypad enabled. Otherwise, this is a way to configure it:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/numeric-keypad.page:29 +msgid "" +"Install the numlockx " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/numeric-keypad.page:32 +msgid "" +"Open Startup " +"Applications and add a startup program with the command: " +"numlockx on" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/numeric-keypad.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you want the numeric keyboard to be on also at the login screen, you can " +"create a special configuration file. Press " +"CtrlAltT to open a " +"terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if " +"it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10 +msgid "" +"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21 +msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28 +msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: quote/p +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30 +msgid "" +"Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means " +"that it may be old or broken." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33 +msgid "" +"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not " +"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your " +"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35 +msgid "" +"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a " +"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a " +"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is " +"shown when this happens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37 +msgid "" +"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of " +"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your " +"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:11 +msgid "" +"The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is " +"an estimate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:29 +msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:31 +msgid "" +"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time " +"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually " +"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be " +"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36 +msgid "" +"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be " +"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the " +"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have " +"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any " +"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for " +"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:43 +msgid "" +"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge " +"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery " +"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:47 +msgid "" +"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge " +"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They " +"will never be completely accurate, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52 +msgid "" +"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of " +"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to " +"make a sensible estimate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:55 +msgid "" +"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug " +"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the " +"data it needs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batterylife.page:13 +msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:35 +msgid "Use less power and improve battery life" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:37 +msgid "" +"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving " +"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you " +"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run " +"on battery power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:42 +msgid "General tips" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:45 +msgid "" +"Suspend your computer when you are " +"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it " +"can be woken up very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:50 +msgid "" +"Turn off the computer when you " +"will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off " +"a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the " +"case." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:56 +msgid "" +"Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change " +"your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save " +"power: you can automatically dim the " +"display after a certain time; reduce the " +"display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it " +"for a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:66 +msgid "" +"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not " +"using them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:73 +msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:77 +msgid "" +"Reduce the screen brightness; " +"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:80 +msgid "" +"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you " +"can use to reduce the brightness." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:84 +msgid "" +"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the " +"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, " +"which takes quite a bit of power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, " +"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can " +"turn it on again when you need it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:95 +msgid "More advanced tips" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:99 +msgid "" +"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use " +"more power when they have more work to do." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:101 +msgid "" +"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively " +"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the " +"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11 +msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\"" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29 +msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31 +msgid "" +"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity " +"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong " +"their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37 +msgid "" +"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before " +"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards " +"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially " +"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly " +"discharged is worse for the battery." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44 +msgid "" +"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do " +"not let the battery get any warmer than it has to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48 +msgid "" +"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage " +"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original " +"battery - always buy replacements when you need them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55 +msgid "" +"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which " +"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different " +"treatment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7 +msgid "" +"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:20 +msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:22 +msgid "" +"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in " +"order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a " +"slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the " +"battery should last longer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27 +msgid "This feature is called CPU frequency scaling." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:12 +msgid "" +"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the " +"cause of this problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25 +msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:27 +msgid "" +"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux " +"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that " +"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes " +"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These " +"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including " +"them in Linux is difficult." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:34 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself " +"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If " +"your computer has a variable-speed " +"processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:40 +msgid "" +"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating " +"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual " +"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give " +"different estimates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-closelid.page:24 +msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-closelid.page:27 +msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:29 +msgid "" +"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that " +"the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can " +"resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse " +"or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:35 +msgid "" +"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their " +"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, " +"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are " +"unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to " +"fix the problem with suspend, or you " +"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-closelid.page:43 +msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:44 +msgid "" +"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can " +"change the settings for that behavior:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:46 +msgid "" +"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if " +"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a " +"confined place like a backpack." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 +msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 +msgid "" +"Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " +"nothing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-constantfan.page:10 +msgid "" +"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running " +"hot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-constantfan.page:20 +msgid "The laptop fan is always running" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-constantfan.page:22 +msgid "" +"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the " +"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported " +"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans " +"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux " +"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-constantfan.page:28 +msgid "" +"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install " +"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to " +"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is " +"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of " +"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for " +"your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-constantfan.page:36 +msgid "" +"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does " +"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to " +"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this " +"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all " +"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your " +"laptop which may help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-hibernate.page:11 +msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-hibernate.page:34 +msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:36 +msgid "" +"When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and " +"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not " +"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when " +"you switch on the computer again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:41 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't " +"work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect " +"your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer " +"back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-hibernate.page:47 +msgid "Test if hibernate works" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/power-hibernate.page:50 +msgid "Always save your work before hibernating" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:51 +msgid "" +"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in " +"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be " +"recovered when you switch on the computer again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:56 +msgid "" +"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:62 +msgid "" +"Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl " +"Altt or by searching for " +"terminal in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:66 +msgid "" +"Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the " +"Activities overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:71 +msgid "" +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:72 +msgid "Enter your password when prompted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:75 +msgid "" +"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications " +"re-open?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:80 +msgid "If hibernate doesn't work:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:83 +msgid "" +"Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:86 +msgid "" +"The presence of btrfs partitions has proved to make hibernation " +"fail, so check that you're not using any btrfs partitions. Besides " +"removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " +"btrfs-tools package:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-hibernate.page:97 +msgid "Enable hibernate" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:99 +msgid "" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " +"hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-hibernate.page:102 +msgid "" +"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your " +"favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-" +"local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the " +"file and save:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11 +msgid "" +"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which " +"can be damaging." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21 +msgid "My computer gets really hot" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23 +msgid "" +"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is " +"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, " +"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, " +"which can potentially cause damage." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28 +msgid "" +"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. " +"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and " +"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and " +"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, " +"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a " +"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling " +"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient " +"cooling." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have " +"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans " +"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other " +"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-" +"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the " +"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool " +"air fast enough." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49 +msgid "" +"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There " +"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might " +"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being " +"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential " +"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of " +"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56 +msgid "" +"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to " +"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting " +"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will " +"probably need to get it repaired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-lowpower.page:10 +msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-lowpower.page:23 +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 +msgid "" +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-nowireless.page:14 +msgid "" +"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended " +"and doesn't resume properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-nowireless.page:31 +msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that " +"your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. " +"This happens when the driver for the " +"wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. " +"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the " +"computer is resumed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:39 +msgid "" +"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 +msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 +msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 +msgid "" +"If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " +"then switch it off again" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 +msgid "" +"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-othercountry.page:7 +msgid "" +"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a " +"travel adapter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-othercountry.page:24 +msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:26 +msgid "" +"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V " +"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer " +"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have " +"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:31 +msgid "" +"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for " +"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for " +"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your " +"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different " +"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change " +"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many " +"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either " +"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power " +"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked " +"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:45 +msgid "" +"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch " +"everything off first if you can." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/power.page:12 +msgid "Natalia Ruz" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power.page:17 +msgid "" +"Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen " +"dimming…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power.page:26 +msgid "Power & battery" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power.page:34 +msgid "Battery settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/power.page:39 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Power problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power.page:41 +msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:11 +msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:25 +msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it " +"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be " +"because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34 +msgid "My computer is suspended and isn't resuming" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35 +msgid "" +"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it " +"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this " +"doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press " +"it once)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39 +msgid "" +"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is " +"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41 +msgid "" +"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-" +"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You " +"should then be able to turn on the computer again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44 +msgid "" +"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature " +"may not work with your hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47 +msgid "" +"If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply " +"(such as a working battery), it will switch off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53 +msgid "" +"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55 +msgid "" +"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your " +"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate " +"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the " +"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It " +"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required " +"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down " +"instead of hibernating." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:62 +msgid "" +"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because " +"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem " +"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by " +"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it " +"is probably a problem with your computer's drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:70 +msgid "" +"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my " +"computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:72 +msgid "" +"If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may " +"find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work " +"properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support " +"suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with " +"the driver and not the device itself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:78 +msgid "" +"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In " +"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB " +"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it " +"works." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:82 +msgid "" +"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may " +"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-suspend.page:8 +msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-suspend.page:24 +msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-suspend.page:32 +msgid "" +"When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your " +"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of " +"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on " +"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it " +"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try " +"pressing the power button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-suspend.page:39 +msgid "" +"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they " +"may not be able to suspend or hibernate " +"properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see " +"if it does work before relying on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/power-suspend.page:45 +msgid "Always save your work before suspending" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-suspend.page:46 +msgid "" +"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in " +"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be " +"recovered when you resume the computer again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-whydim.page:11 +msgid "" +"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the " +"computer is idle in order to save power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-whydim.page:24 +msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-whydim.page:30 +msgid "" +"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when " +"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the " +"computer again, the screen will brighten." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-whydim.page:32 +msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 +msgid "" +"Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " +"power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:11 +msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:20 +msgid "My computer will not turn on" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:22 +msgid "" +"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic " +"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33 +msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and " +"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in " +"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in " +"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery " +"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's " +"removable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43 +msgid "Problem with the computer hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44 +msgid "" +"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the " +"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a " +"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the " +"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51 +msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52 +msgid "" +"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off " +"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. " +"These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the " +"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer " +"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to " +"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in " +"for repairs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62 +msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63 +msgid "" +"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:65 +msgid "" +"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on " +"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer " +"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/prefs.page:9 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs.page:16 +msgid "" +"Keyboard, mouse, " +"display, languages, user " +"accounts…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/prefs.page:26 +msgid "User & system settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:9 +msgid "Install more translations and related language support packages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:12 +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:13 +msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:18 +msgid "Install languages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:20 +msgid "" +"When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets " +"installed together with English, but you can add further languages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " +"Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " +"installed languages checked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 +msgid "" +"Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " +"installed languages you want to remove." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 +msgid "Click Apply Changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 +msgid "" +"Administrative privileges are " +"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 +msgid "" +"In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " +"new language may follow various language support components such as " +"dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 +msgid "" +"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " +"support your language at all." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs-language.page:21 +msgid "" +"Install languages, change language, region and formats, input " +"sources…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/prefs-language.page:34 +msgid "Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/prefs-language.page:38 +msgid "Text Entry" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs-display.page:14 +msgid "" +"Background, size and rotation, brightness…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/prefs-display.page:23 +msgid "Display & screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing.page:16 +msgid "" +"Local setup, order and collate, two-sided " +"and multi-page…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/printing.page:37 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 +msgid "Set up a printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/printing.page:44 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Sizes and layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing.page:46 +msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing.page:52 +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing.page:54 +msgid "Printer problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-2sided.page:8 +msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-2sided.page:24 +msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:26 +msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:30 +#: C/printing-order.page:33 +#: C/printing-order.page:51 +msgid "Click FilePrint." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option " +"from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-" +"sided printing is not available for your printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:36 +msgid "" +"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to " +"experiment with your printer to see how it works." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:40 +msgid "" +"You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper " +"too. Use the Pages per side option to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:45 +msgid "" +"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you " +"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always " +"be available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9 +msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23 +msgid "Jana Svarova" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:30 +msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32 +msgid "" +"You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the " +"printer settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:37 +msgid "Cancel a print job" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39 +msgid "" +"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so " +"that you do not need to waste any ink or paper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43 +msgid "How to cancel a print job:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 +#: C/user-add.page:64 +#: C/user-admin-change.page:32 +#: C/user-changepassword.page:52 +#: C/user-changepicture.page:30 +#: C/user-delete.page:32 +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:28 +#: C/wacom-mode.page:24 +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select " +"System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45 +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:75 +msgid "Click Printers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 +msgid "" +"Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the " +"Printers dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48 +msgid "" +"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop " +"symbols." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52 +msgid "" +"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down " +"the Cancel button on your printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55 +msgid "" +"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages " +"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The " +"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You " +"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off " +"and then on again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62 +msgid "" +"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though " +"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should " +"probably just leave it where it is." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69 +msgid "Pause and release a print job" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70 +msgid "" +"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the " +"jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76 +msgid "" +"Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the " +"Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based " +"on your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7 +msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:26 +msgid "Change the paper size when printing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a " +"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33 +#: C/printing-select.page:25 +msgid "Click FilePrint" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34 +msgid "Select the Page Setup tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:35 +msgid "" +"Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the " +"drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:37 +msgid "Click Print and your document should print." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:40 +msgid "" +"You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different " +"orientation:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44 +msgid "Portrait" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45 +msgid "Landscape" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46 +msgid "Reverse portrait" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:47 +msgid "Reverse landscape" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8 +msgid "" +"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen " +"the correct paper size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:25 +msgid "Print envelopes and labels" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27 +msgid "" +"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of " +"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for " +"example." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:32 +msgid "Printing onto envelopes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34 +msgid "" +"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an " +"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. " +"After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the " +"Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as " +"\"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the " +"Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of " +"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:42 +msgid "" +"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right " +"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or " +"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see " +"which way is the right way up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:48 +msgid "" +"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially " +"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts " +"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8 +msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20 +msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:22 +msgid "" +"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the " +"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications " +"installed on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:26 +msgid "" +"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29 +msgid "" +"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP " +"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply " +"proprietary drivers with similar features." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:33 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink " +"levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon " +"printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported " +"models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other " +"printers is mktink." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40 +msgid "" +"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not " +"designed to report their ink levels." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-order.page:8 +msgid "Collate and reverse the print order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-order.page:24 +msgid "Make pages print in a different order" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-order.page:27 +msgid "Reverse" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-order.page:28 +msgid "" +"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the " +"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can " +"reverse this printing order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-order.page:31 +msgid "To reverse the order:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-order.page:34 +msgid "" +"In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, " +"check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-order.page:41 +msgid "Collate" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-order.page:44 +msgid "" +"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will " +"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one " +"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will " +"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-order.page:49 +msgid "To Collate:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-order.page:52 +msgid "" +"In the General tab of the Print window under Copies " +"check Collate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8 +msgid "" +"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that " +"you have." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:21 +msgid "Clearing a paper jam" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:23 +msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:25 +msgid "" +"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on " +"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's " +"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the " +"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:30 +msgid "" +"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's " +"Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you " +"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the " +"print job again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-select.page:7 +msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-select.page:19 +msgid "Print only certain pages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-select.page:21 +msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-select.page:26 +msgid "" +"In the General tab in the Print window choose " +"Pages from the Range section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-select.page:28 +msgid "" +"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated " +"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-select.page:33 +msgid "" +"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the Pages text box, " +"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/printing-select.page:36 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' " +"md5='053f8b6773086fc24f2f65f3cfc3df5f'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9 +msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30 +msgid "Set the default printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be " +"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 +msgid "Open Printers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41 +msgid "" +"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available " +"printers, and click Set as Default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46 +msgid "" +"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the " +"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for " +"example, 1st floor or entrance)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49 +msgid "" +"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of " +"new printers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:52 +msgid "" +"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, " +"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-setup.page:8 +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 +msgid "" +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 +msgid "" +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-streaks.page:8 +msgid "" +"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels " +"or clean the print head." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-streaks.page:22 +msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:30 +msgid "" +"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be " +"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with " +"the printer or a low ink/toner supply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:36 +msgid "Fading text or images" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:37 +msgid "" +"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy " +"a new cartridge if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:42 +msgid "Streaks and lines" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:43 +msgid "" +"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially " +"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for " +"instructions)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:49 +msgid "Wrong colors" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:50 +msgid "" +"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your " +"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:55 +msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:56 +msgid "" +"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may " +"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for " +"details on how to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7 +msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:18 +msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:20 +msgid "" +"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:24 +msgid "" +"Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug " +"nameofprogram" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26 +msgid "" +"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, " +"just type ubuntu-bug" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:30 +msgid "" +"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information " +"about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information " +"if you wish. Click Send to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:35 +msgid "" +"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu " +"uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do " +"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a " +"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking " +"Create a new account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:42 +msgid "" +"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the " +"summary field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:45 +msgid "" +"After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in " +"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has " +"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can " +"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with " +"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need " +"to report a new bug." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:51 +msgid "" +"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's " +"important that you specify three things:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +msgid "What you expected to happen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +msgid "What actually happened" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 +msgid "" +"If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " +"step 1 is \"start the program\"" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 +msgid "" +"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " +"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " +"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " +"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug " +"reporting tool." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 +msgid "" +"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " +"extensive online " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:10 +msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:17 +msgid "2011" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is " +"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for " +"example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them " +"and share them on the web." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33 +msgid "Take a screenshot" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34 +msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36 +msgid "Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39 +msgid "" +"In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire " +"desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need " +"to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then " +"choose any effects you want." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46 +msgid "Click Take Screenshot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47 +msgid "" +"If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a " +"crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52 +msgid "" +"In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a " +"folder, then click Save." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/session-formats.page:25 +msgid "" +"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/session-formats.page:31 +msgid "Change date and measurement formats" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-formats.page:33 +msgid "" +"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, " +"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:42 +msgid "" +"Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:44 +msgid "" +"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " +"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " +"Language tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:47 +msgid "" +"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-formats.page:53 +msgid "" +"After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " +"examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " +"examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in " +"calendars." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/session-formats.page:59 +msgid "Change the system formats" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/session-formats.page:61 +msgid "" +"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " +"after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " +"formats used in places like the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:66 +msgid "Change your formats, as described above." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 +msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 +msgid "" +"You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " +"Language Support Help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/session-language.page:8 +msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/session-language.page:36 +msgid "Change which language you use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-language.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, " +"provided you have the proper language " +"packs installed on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-language.page:48 +msgid "Click Language Support." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-language.page:49 +msgid "" +"Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " +"language to the top of the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-language.page:50 +msgid "" +"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-language.page:61 +msgid "" +"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " +"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " +"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if " +"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected " +"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should " +"update the folder names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/session-language.page:69 +msgid "Change the system language" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/session-language.page:71 +msgid "" +"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " +"log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " +"in places like the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-language.page:76 +msgid "Change your language, as described above." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:11 +msgid "" +"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness " +"& Lock settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:25 +msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically " +"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This " +"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave " +"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself " +"too quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33 +msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 +msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 +msgid "" +"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " +"Lock off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing.page:8 +msgid "" +"Desktop sharing, Share files…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing.page:27 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:7 +msgid "Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19 +msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21 +msgid "" +"You can allow access to your Public and Downloads " +"folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only " +"trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing " +"Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28 +msgid "" +"A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or " +"connected your computer to it. See ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34 +msgid "Share your Public folder over Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36 +msgid "In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39 +msgid "" +"Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19 +msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23 +msgid "Share your desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer " +"with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to " +"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:31 +msgid "In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:34 +msgid "" +"To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your " +"desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to " +"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:40 +msgid "" +"To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to " +"control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your " +"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the " +"security settings which you are currently using." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51 +msgid "" +"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security " +"option means before changing it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55 +msgid "Confirm access to your machine" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:56 +msgid "" +"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your " +"desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If " +"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow " +"someone to connect to your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61 +msgid "This option is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65 +msgid "Enable password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66 +msgid "" +"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, " +"select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use " +"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:70 +msgid "" +"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a " +"secure password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75 +msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:76 +msgid "" +"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is " +"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to " +"view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP " +"router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure " +"your router manually." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82 +msgid "This option is disabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89 +msgid "Show notification area icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90 +msgid "" +"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to " +"enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be " +"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:94 +msgid "" +"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your " +"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:13 +msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32 +msgid "Change which applications show in the Launcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34 +msgid "" +"To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 +msgid "" +"Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " +"application icon and select Lock to Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 +msgid "" +"The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " +"Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 +msgid "" +"To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " +"application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-exit.page:13 +msgid "" +"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and " +"so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/shell-exit.page:29 +msgid "Alexandre Franke" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:36 +msgid "Log out, power off, switch users" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:44 +msgid "" +"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it " +"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:48 +msgid "Log out or switch users" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:49 +msgid "" +"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave " +"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your " +"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it " +"when you log back in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 +msgid "" +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 +msgid "Lock the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " +"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " +"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If " +"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain " +"amount of time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +msgid "" +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 +msgid "" +"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 +msgid "Suspend" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 +msgid "" +"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " +"laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " +"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the " +"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during " +"suspend." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +msgid "" +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 +msgid "Power off or restart" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 +msgid "" +"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " +"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " +"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:10 +msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:19 +msgid "Launch a restricted guest session" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:22 +msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:24 +msgid "" +"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow " +"your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a " +"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to " +"someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen " +"or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the " +"icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest " +"Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the " +"guest session." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:31 +msgid "" +"A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any " +"saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means " +"that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what " +"previous guests did." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:38 +msgid "Customization" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:40 +msgid "" +"The " +"Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the " +"appearance and behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:47 +msgid "Disabling the feature" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:49 +msgid "" +"If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " +"the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " +"CtrlAltT to open a " +"terminal window, and then run this command:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-guest-session.page:55 +msgid "" +"The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest " +"Session, simply remove that file:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:11 +msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22 +msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 +msgid "" +"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use " +"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or " +"pointing device at all, see for more " +"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30 +msgid "Getting around the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36 +msgid "AltF2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36 +msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40 +msgid "AltTab" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:41 +msgid "" +"Quickly switch between " +"windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46 +msgid "Alt`" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47 +msgid "" +"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected " +"application after AltTab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49 +msgid "" +"This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key " +"is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is " +"Alt plus whatever key is above Tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54 +msgid "SuperS" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55 +msgid "" +"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58 +msgid "SuperW" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59 +msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62 +msgid "CtrlAltArrow keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63 +msgid "" +"Switch between workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67 +msgid "" +"CtrlAltShiftArrow " +"keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68 +msgid "" +"Move the current window to a " +"different workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72 +msgid "CtrlAltDelete" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73 +msgid "Log out." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76 +msgid "" +"CtrlSuperD" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77 +msgid "" +"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your " +"windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80 +msgid "CtrlAltL" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81 +msgid "Lock the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86 +msgid "Common editing shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88 +msgid "CtrlA" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89 +msgid "Select all text or items in a list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92 +msgid "CtrlX" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93 +msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96 +msgid "CtrlC" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97 +msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100 +msgid "CtrlV" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101 +msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104 +msgid "CtrlZ" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105 +msgid "Undo the last action." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110 +msgid "Capturing from the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112 +msgid "Print Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113 +msgid "" +"Take a screenshot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116 +msgid "AltPrint Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117 +msgid "" +"Take a screenshot of a " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121 +msgid "ShiftPrint Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122 +msgid "" +"Take a screenshot of an area of " +"the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to " +"select an area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:9 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-overview.page:11 +msgid "" +"Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:27 +msgid "Desktop, apps & windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:32 +msgid "The Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:36 +msgid "Applications and windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10 +msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23 +msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and " +"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize " +"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can " +"look at two windows at once. See for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31 +msgid "" +"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the " +"screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the " +"keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37 +msgid "" +"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of " +"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the " +"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut " +"Ctrl Super " +"↓." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44 +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:37 +msgid "" +"Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows.page:9 +msgid "Move and organize your windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:21 +msgid "Windows and workspaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows.page:23 +msgid "" +"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running " +"applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, " +"you can launch new applications and control which window is active." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows.page:25 +msgid "" +"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within " +"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn " +"how to use these features." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:49 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:51 +msgid "Working with windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:56 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Workspaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:58 +msgid "Working with workspaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10 +msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23 +msgid "Window operations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25 +msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29 +msgid "Minimize, restore and close" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:31 +msgid "To minimize or hide a window:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34 +msgid "" +"Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's " +"menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole " +"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, " +"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39 +msgid "" +"Or press AltSpace to bring up the " +"window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the " +"Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45 +msgid "To restore the window:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:48 +msgid "" +"Click on it in the Launcher or " +"retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing " +"AltTab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:54 +msgid "To close the window:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:57 +msgid "Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60 +msgid "Press AltF4, or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:63 +msgid "" +"Press AltSpace to bring up the window " +"menu. Then press c." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:71 +msgid "Resize" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74 +msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is maximized." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 +msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 +msgid "" +"Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " +"'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 +msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 +msgid "" +"Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " +"'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 +msgid "" +"Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " +"into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " +"resize the window vertically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 +msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +msgid "To place two windows side by side:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 +msgid "" +"Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " +"edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " +"left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and " +"the window will fill the left half of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 +msgid "" +"Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " +"highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 +msgid "" +"Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " +"the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " +"bar of an application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11 +msgid "Press AltTab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26 +msgid "Switch between windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34 +msgid "From the Launcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36 +msgid "" +"Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of " +"your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39 +msgid "" +"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. " +"Click on a running application icon to switch to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43 +msgid "" +"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple " +"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show " +"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 +msgid "" +"Press AltTab to bring up the " +"window switcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 +msgid "" +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 +msgid "" +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 +msgid "" +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 +msgid "" +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 +msgid "" +"Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " +"workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press " +"Tab or ShiftTab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 +msgid "" +"Press SuperW to show all open windows " +"zoomed out." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 +msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10 +msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:20 +msgid "Tile windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:22 +msgid "" +"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, " +"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:26 +msgid "" +"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag " +"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using " +"the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11 +msgid "" +"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25 +msgid "Move a window to a different workspace" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:28 +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27 +msgid "" +"Please see about enabling workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31 +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:32 +msgid "Using the mouse:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35 +msgid "" +"Open the Launcher and click the " +"workspace switcher button near the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39 +msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43 +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37 +msgid "Using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46 +msgid "Select the window you want to move." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:49 +msgid "" +"Press " +"CtrlAltShift→ " +"to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current " +"workspace on the workspace switcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:55 +msgid "" +"Press " +"CtrlAltShift← " +"to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current " +"workspace on the workspace switcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:61 +msgid "" +"Press " +"CtrlAltShift↓ " +"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on " +"the workspace switcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67 +msgid "" +"Press " +"CtrlAltShift↑ " +"to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on " +"the workspace switcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10 +msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23 +msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " +"md5='058673b073532130bbe9d340a4b3d6e1'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27 +msgid "Workspace switcher button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30 +msgid "" +"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual " +"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to " +"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33 +msgid "" +"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have " +"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one " +"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music " +"manager could be on a third workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39 +msgid "Enable workspaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 +msgid "" +"In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " +"Behavior tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 +msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 +msgid "" +"Now you can open the Launcher and " +"click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " +"Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change " +"the number of workspaces:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +msgid "Change the number of workspaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 +msgid "" +"Go to the Dash and open the " +"Terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 +msgid "" +"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " +"number to the number you wish. Press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 +msgid "" +"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " +"final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11 +msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24 +msgid "Switch between workspaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33 +msgid "" +"Open the Launcher and click the " +"workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any " +"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button " +"again to return to your previous workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41 +msgid "" +"Press CtrlAlt→ to move to " +"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press CtrlAlt← to move to " +"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49 +msgid "" +"Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to " +"a workspace which is below the current workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:52 +msgid "" +"Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to " +"a workspace which is above the current workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:60 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " +"md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-alert.page:14 +msgid "" +"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable " +"alert sounds." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-alert.page:19 +msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:21 +msgid "" +"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages " +"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert " +"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:27 +#: C/sound-nosound.page:65 +msgid "" +"Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click " +"Sound Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:28 +msgid "" +"On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will " +"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:32 +msgid "" +"Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume " +"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or " +"other sound files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:36 +msgid "" +"To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to " +"Alert volume." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-broken.page:10 +msgid "" +"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-broken.page:20 +msgid "Sound problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-broken.page:27 +msgid "" +"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. " +"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-crackle.page:8 +msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-crackle.page:20 +msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:22 +msgid "" +"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, " +"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem " +"with the drivers for the sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:28 +msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:29 +msgid "" +"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the " +"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:34 +msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:35 +msgid "" +"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the " +"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD " +"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may " +"need to replace the cable or headphones." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:42 +msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:43 +msgid "" +"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very " +"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for " +"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term " +"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:47 +msgid "" +"You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more " +"information about your sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-nosound.page:8 +msgid "" +"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the " +"sound card is detected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:21 +msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to " +"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the " +"problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:27 +msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:28 +msgid "" +"Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) " +"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:30 +msgid "" +"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that " +"key to see if it unmutes the sound." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:32 +msgid "" +"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're " +"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The " +"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check " +"that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound " +"Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the " +"Applications tab and check that your application is not muted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:41 +msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:42 +msgid "" +"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on " +"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is " +"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the " +"computer. This socket is usually light green in color." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:47 +msgid "" +"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the " +"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may " +"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting " +"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to " +"see if that works." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:53 +msgid "" +"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the " +"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:58 +msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:59 +msgid "" +"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are " +"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you " +"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to " +"choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:68 +msgid "" +"In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different " +"output from the Play sound through list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:71 +msgid "" +"For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, " +"click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only " +"to the channel corresponding to that speaker." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:76 +msgid "" +"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other " +"devices that are listed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:83 +msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:84 +msgid "" +"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, " +"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason " +"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card " +"are not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:90 +msgid "" +"Go to the Dash and open the Terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:93 +msgid "Type aplay -l and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:96 +msgid "" +"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware " +"devices, your sound card has not been detected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:101 +msgid "" +"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the " +"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:104 +msgid "" +"You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command " +"in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run " +"lspci as superuser; " +"enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio " +"controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound " +"card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with " +"more detailed information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:112 +msgid "" +"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the " +"Internet. Otherwise, you can file a " +"bug." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:114 +msgid "" +"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new " +"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the " +"computer and external USB sound cards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-usemic.page:14 +msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-usemic.page:18 +msgid "Use a different microphone" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:20 +msgid "" +"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with " +"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia " +"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam " +"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio " +"quality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:26 +msgid "" +"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate " +"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for " +"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to " +"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually " +"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a " +"default input device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. " +"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify " +"which microphone to use by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/sound-usemic.page:38 +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46 +msgid "Select a default audio input device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:39 +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47 +msgid "" +"Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select " +"Sound Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:40 +msgid "" +"On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The " +"input level indicator should respond when you speak." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15 +msgid "" +"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19 +msgid "Use different speakers or headphones" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21 +msgid "" +"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers " +"usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) " +"plug or with USB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25 +msgid "" +"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate " +"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for " +"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to " +"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be " +"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the " +"default device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31 +msgid "" +"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually " +"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure " +"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound " +"settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then " +"click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of " +"devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the " +"button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the " +"channel corresponding to that speaker." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a " +"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate " +"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48 +msgid "" +"On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51 +msgid "" +"If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the " +"Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-volume.page:19 +msgid "" +"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-volume.page:24 +msgid "Change the sound volume" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:26 +msgid "" +"To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu " +"bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn " +"off sound by checking Mute." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:28 +msgid "" +"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look " +"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near " +"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the " +"\"F\" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:33 +msgid "" +"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume " +"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a " +"volume control too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-volume.page:38 +msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:39 +msgid "" +"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for " +"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing " +"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web " +"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:43 +msgid "" +"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your " +"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, " +"click the sound menu on the menu bar and click " +"Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change " +"the volume of the application there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:47 +msgid "" +"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application " +"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that " +"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its " +"volume." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/startup-applications.page:9 +msgid "Choose what applications to start when you log in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/startup-applications.page:20 +msgid "Startup Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/startup-applications.page:22 +msgid "" +"You can configure what applications should be started at login, in addition " +"to the default startup applications configured on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/startup-applications.page:27 +msgid "" +"Use the Dash to find and open " +"Startup Applications. Alternatively you can press " +"AltF2 and run the gnome-session-" +"properties command." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/startup-applications.page:33 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the command to be executed at login (name and " +"comment are optional). For example, to make Firefox start automatically, " +"it's sufficient to type firefox in the Command field " +"and confirm with Add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/startup-applications.page:41 +msgid "" +"You can either type the command, or click the Browse... button " +"and select a command. Applications to autostart are typically located in the " +"/usr/bin folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tips.page:12 +msgid "" +"Special characters, middle click shortcuts…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tips.page:16 +msgid "Tips & tricks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:23 +msgid "" +"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, " +"mathematical symbols, and dingbats." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:28 +msgid "Enter special characters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " +"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " +"different ways you can enter special characters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 +msgid "Methods to enter characters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 +msgid "Character map" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 +msgid "" +"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " +"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " +"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 +msgid "" +"You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " +"information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 +msgid "Compose key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +msgid "" +"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " +"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " +"é, you can press compose then ' then " +"e." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 +msgid "" +"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " +"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +msgid "Define a compose key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +msgid "" +"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 +msgid "" +"Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " +"accent over that letter, such as é." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 +msgid "" +"Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " +"place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 +msgid "" +"Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " +"over that letter, such as ë." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 +msgid "" +"Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " +"over that letter, such as ē." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 +msgid "" +"For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +msgid "Code points" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " +"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" +"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the " +"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the " +"Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters " +"after U+." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 +msgid "" +"To enter a character by its code point, press " +"CtrlShiftU, type the four-" +"character code point, and press Enter. If you often use " +"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find " +"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter " +"them quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 +msgid "Input sources" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 +msgid "" +"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " +"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " +"different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see " +"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:8 +msgid "Run, install, or uninstall apps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:19 +msgid "Applications lens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:21 +msgid "" +"The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens " +"bar. The applications lens gives you access to your applications or " +"applications available for install." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can use SuperA to open the Dash " +"directly at the applications lens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:29 +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:35 +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:32 +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:77 +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:30 +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:32 +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:32 +msgid "Previews" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:31 +msgid "" +"Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " +"shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its Ubuntu " +"Software rating, and what version is available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:35 +msgid "" +"For installed applications, you can see when the application was installed " +"and either launch the application or uninstall it. Certain essential " +"applications cannot be uninstalled from the preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:39 +msgid "" +"For applications that haven't been installed, you can install them right " +"from the preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:45 +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:47 +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:41 +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:67 +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:41 +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:43 +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:40 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:47 +msgid "" +"Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a " +"certain type of application. You can also click " +"SourcesLocal Applications to only " +"view installed applications or SourcesSoftware " +"Center to only show applications available for install." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:8 +msgid "Find files, folders, and downloads." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:19 +msgid "Files lens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:21 +msgid "" +"The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens " +"bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access " +"to recently used files, folders, or downloads." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can use SuperF to open the Dash " +"directly at the files lens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:29 +msgid "" +"If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google " +"Drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:37 +msgid "" +"Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " +"shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:41 +msgid "" +"You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-files.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the " +"last time the file was saved." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:8 +msgid "Browse messages from your online social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:19 +msgid "Friends scope" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:21 +msgid "" +"The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens " +"bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives " +"you access to your social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can use SuperG to open the Dash " +"directly at the Friends Scope icon." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:28 +msgid "" +"The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:34 +msgid "" +"Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " +"gives you more information and allows you to \"like\" or reshare posts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:43 +msgid "Click Filter results to filter by account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:8 +msgid "The Dash is the top button in the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:19 +msgid "Find applications, files, music, and more with the Dash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:21 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' " +"md5='b911663ea04c69ca882b45d469e8d786'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22 +msgid "Unity Search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:25 +msgid "" +"The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and " +"videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever " +"worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, " +"you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:31 +msgid "" +"To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo " +"on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:35 +msgid "" +"To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press " +"Super or Esc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:38 +msgid "Search everything from the Dash home" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40 +msgid "" +"The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without " +"typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you applications and " +"files you've used recently." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:42 +msgid "" +"Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, " +"you can click See more results to view them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:45 +msgid "" +"To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically " +"appear from the different installed lenses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:48 +msgid "" +"Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the " +"first item in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:54 +msgid "Lenses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:56 +msgid "" +"Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other " +"lenses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:58 +msgid "" +"You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker " +"strip at the bottom of the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:61 +msgid "" +"To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press " +"CtrlTab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:69 +msgid "Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:71 +msgid "" +"Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a " +"filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:79 +msgid "" +"If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with " +"more information about the result." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:82 +msgid "To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:8 +msgid "Find and play music from your computer or the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:19 +msgid "Music lens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:21 +msgid "" +"The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens " +"bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you " +"access to your music or music available online." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can use SuperM to open the Dash " +"directly at the music lens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:32 +msgid "" +"Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " +"shows the cover art and the tracks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:35 +msgid "" +"Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the " +"track number again to pause the song." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-music.page:43 +msgid "Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:8 +msgid "View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:20 +msgid "Photos lens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:22 +msgid "" +"The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens " +"bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access " +"to photos on your computer or from Online " +"Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:28 +msgid "" +"You can use SuperC to open the Dash " +"directly at the photos lens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:34 +msgid "" +"Right click on a search result to open a preview with more " +"information about the photo and a larger thumbnail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:37 +msgid "" +"For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:45 +msgid "" +"Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the " +"source." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:8 +msgid "Find and play videos from your computer or the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:19 +msgid "Video lens" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:21 +msgid "" +"The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens " +"bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you " +"access to your videos or videos available online." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:25 +msgid "You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:27 +msgid "" +"You can use SuperV to open the Dash " +"directly at the video lens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:34 +msgid "" +"Right click on a search result to open a preview with more " +"information about the video." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-dash-video.page:42 +msgid "Click Filter results to filter by video source." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:9 +msgid "Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:20 +msgid "What is the HUD?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:22 +msgid "" +"The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based " +"alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:26 +msgid "" +"Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're " +"using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you " +"might not remember how to find it in the menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:31 +msgid "" +"Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu " +"hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some " +"people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:36 +msgid "Use the HUD" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:38 +msgid "To try the HUD:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:42 +msgid "Tap Alt to open the HUD." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:45 +msgid "Start typing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:48 +msgid "" +"When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to " +"select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search " +"result." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:53 +msgid "" +"If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt " +"again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to " +"close the HUD." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:59 +msgid "" +"The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to " +"be even more useful the more you use it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-introduction.page:9 +msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-introduction.page:25 +msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:27 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity " +"is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help " +"you get things done." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:31 +msgid "" +"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your " +"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key " +"features, and how you can use them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-introduction.page:35 +msgid "Getting started with Unity" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-introduction.page:37 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " +"md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:38 +msgid "The Unity desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:42 +#: C/unity-introduction.page:46 +msgid "The Launcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-introduction.page:45 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' " +"md5='698a6f3411b2531101072d21bd765b87'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:49 +msgid "" +"The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your " +"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:56 +msgid "" +"Learn more about the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-introduction.page:62 +msgid "The Dash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:64 +msgid "" +"The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and " +"is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu " +"Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the " +"desktop, the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-introduction.page:69 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='662f7cff94c799b528db7a9b8e0e8512'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:70 +msgid "The Unity Dash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:73 +msgid "" +"The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use " +"applications, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word " +"\"document\" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you " +"applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you " +"relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-introduction.page:80 +msgid "Learn more about the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:14 +msgid "Show the Launcher only when you need it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:18 +msgid "Auto-hide the Launcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:20 +msgid "" +"You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you " +"move your mouse or touchpad pointer to either the left side or top left " +"corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 +msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 +msgid "" +"Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " +"reveal location for the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 +msgid "" +"To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " +"you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " +"the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the " +"Reveal sensitivity lower or higher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:13 +msgid "Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:17 +msgid "Change the size of icons in the Launcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:19 +msgid "" +"You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the " +"Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are " +"easier to click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 +msgid "Click Appearance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 +msgid "" +"Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " +"size of the Launcher icons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 +msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:8 +msgid "The Launcher is at the left of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19 +msgid "Use the Launcher to start applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:22 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' " +"md5='09090d19992241b8a279dd19f7d5dc3c'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23 +msgid "Launcher icons" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:26 +msgid "" +"The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. " +"When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of " +"the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, " +"workspaces, removable devices and the trash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:30 +msgid "" +"If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, " +"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for " +"you to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:33 +msgid "" +"To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:36 +msgid "Use the Launcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:50 +msgid "Customize the Launcher" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:10 +msgid "Stephen M. Webb" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:14 +msgid "Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:18 +msgid "The Launcher Icon Menus" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:20 +msgid "" +"Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions " +"available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if " +"the icon is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the " +"specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 +msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 +msgid "" +"unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 +msgid "" +"locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +msgid "quitting the application if it's running" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 +msgid "" +"switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " +"instance or window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 +msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:14 +msgid "The triangles show you your currently running applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:18 +msgid "What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:20 +msgid "" +"When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu " +"is starting your application. This is useful because while some applications " +"start immediately, others may take a minute to load." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:24 +msgid "" +"Once the application has finished starting, a set of small white " +"triangles will show to the left and right of the Launcher square. " +"Additional triangles will appear on the left of the Launcher square as " +"additional windows of the same application are open (i.e. two triangles " +"means that you have two windows of the same application open; three " +"triangles means three windows). If you have more than three windows of the " +"same application open, only three triangles will show." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:29 +msgid "" +"Applications that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon " +"squares. When an application is running, the Launcher icon square is full of " +"color." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:33 +msgid "Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:35 +msgid "" +"If an application wants your attention to notify you of something (like a " +"finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white " +"triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the " +"notification." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:39 +msgid "" +"Applications can also show a number on their Launcher icon. " +"Messaging applications use the number to tell you how many unread messages " +"you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates " +"are available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:43 +msgid "" +"Finally, applications can use a progress bar to let you know how " +"long a process is taking without you needing to keep the application window " +"in view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:10 +msgid "The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:19 +msgid "Manage apps & settings with the menu bar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:25 +msgid "" +"The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It " +"contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:29 +msgid "Window management buttons" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:30 +msgid "" +"The window management buttons are on the top left corner of " +"windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. " +"Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:36 +msgid "App menus" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:37 +msgid "" +"The app menus are by default located to the right of the window " +"management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management " +"buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or " +"press AltF10. This feature enables " +"you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on " +"small screens like netbooks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:44 +msgid "" +"If you want, you can change the default behavior to having your menus " +"attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the " +"menu bar, and setting the visibility to always displayed instead of only " +"displayed on mouse hovering." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 +msgid "" +"In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " +"Behavior tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 +msgid "" +"Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " +"title bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 +msgid "" +"Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +msgid "Status menus" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " +"as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " +"menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of " +"your computer and applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgid "" +"Network menu Offline network icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +msgid "" +"Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " +"and VPN networks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " +"md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +msgid "" +"Input source menu Input source icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +msgid "" +"Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 +msgid "" +"Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +msgid "" +"Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " +"menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " +"md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 +msgid "" +"Messaging menu Message icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +msgid "" +"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " +"including email, social networking, and Internet chat." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 +msgid "" +"Battery menu Battery icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +msgid "" +"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " +"battery isn't detected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " +"md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 +msgid "" +"Sound menu Volume icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +msgid "" +"Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " +"Rhythmbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 +msgid "Clock" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +msgid "" +"Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgid "" +"System menu Power cog icon" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 +msgid "" +"Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " +"suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 +msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:19 +msgid "What are overlay scrollbars?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:27 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space " +"than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While " +"inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, " +"Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:32 +msgid "" +"Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:35 +msgid "Use the scrollbars" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:37 +msgid "" +"The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a " +"scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your " +"screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds " +"with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:41 +msgid "" +"Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content " +"to reveal the thumb slider." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:44 +msgid "Ways to use the scrollbars:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:45 +msgid "" +"Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position " +"exactly where you want it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:48 +msgid "" +"Click the scrollbar to move the screen's position exactly where you want it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/unity-shopping.page:9 +msgid "" +"Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/unity-shopping.page:25 +msgid "Why are there shopping links in the Dash?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-shopping.page:27 +msgid "" +"In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the " +"Dash can also show you related online results for your searches. " +"Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-shopping.page:31 +msgid "" +"When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a " +"small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to " +"these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support " +"the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/unity-shopping.page:37 +msgid "" +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:7 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-accounts.page:8 +msgid "" +"Add user or guest user, change " +"password, administrators…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:24 +msgid "User accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-accounts.page:26 +msgid "" +"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. " +"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their " +"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user " +"account if you know the password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:33 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:35 +msgid "Manage user accounts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:39 +msgid "Passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:44 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Privileges" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:46 +msgid "User privileges" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-add.page:8 +msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-add.page:30 +msgid "Add a new user account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-add.page:59 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to " +"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home " +"folder, documents, and settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:65 +#: C/user-admin-change.page:35 +#: C/user-changepassword.page:53 +#: C/user-changepicture.page:31 +#: C/user-delete.page:33 +msgid "Open User Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:67 +msgid "" +"You need administrator privileges " +"to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and " +"type your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:71 +msgid "" +"In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a " +"new user account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:74 +msgid "" +"If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select " +"Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things " +"like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date " +"and time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:80 +msgid "" +"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically " +"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:84 +msgid "Click Create." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:86 +msgid "" +"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the " +"user's password. Under Login Options click Account " +"disabled next to Password. Select Set a password " +"now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type " +"their password in the New password and Confirm " +"password fields. See ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:92 +#: C/user-changepassword.page:59 +msgid "" +"You can also click the button next to the New password field to " +"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for " +"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:96 +#: C/user-changepassword.page:63 +msgid "Click Change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-add.page:99 +msgid "" +"In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the " +"user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be " +"shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or " +"you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-admin-change.page:10 +msgid "" +"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by " +"giving them administrative privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-admin-change.page:23 +msgid "Change who has administrative privileges" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:25 +msgid "" +"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to " +"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin " +"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system " +"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:39 +msgid "" +"Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account " +"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges " +"yourself.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:45 +msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:48 +msgid "" +"Click the label Standard next to Account type and " +"select Administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:54 +msgid "" +"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when " +"they next log in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:60 +msgid "" +"The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user " +"account that was created when you first installed the system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:63 +msgid "" +"It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges " +"on one system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8 +msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20 +msgid "How do administrative privileges work?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22 +msgid "" +"As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of " +"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these " +"important system files are changed improperly they can cause " +"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. " +"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are " +"also protected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29 +msgid "" +"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with " +"administrative privileges to change the files or use the " +"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files " +"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to " +"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an " +"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For " +"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer " +"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new " +"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will " +"be taken away again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42 +msgid "" +"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are " +"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges " +"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, " +"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use " +"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change " +"something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for " +"example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49 +msgid "" +"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your " +"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53 +msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54 +msgid "" +"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This " +"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might " +"see people discussing things like su and sudo; these " +"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61 +msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62 +msgid "" +"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are " +"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, " +"intentionally or unintentionally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change " +"an important file, or run an application which changes something important " +"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, " +"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69 +msgid "" +"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This " +"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like " +"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you " +"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security " +"standpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8 +msgid "" +"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin " +"privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20 +msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22 +msgid "" +"You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin " +"privileges in order to work, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28 +msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31 +msgid "" +"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the " +"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35 +msgid "Installing new applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39 +msgid "" +"You can change who has admin " +"privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-changepassword.page:9 +msgid "" +"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-changepassword.page:22 +msgid "Change your password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:49 +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if " +"you think someone else knows what your password is." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:54 +msgid "Click the label next to Password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:55 +msgid "" +"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a " +"password set." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:57 +msgid "" +"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password " +"again in the Confirm password field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure you choose a good " +"password. This will help to keep your user account safe." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-changepassword.page:70 +msgid "Change the keyring password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:72 +msgid "" +"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the " +"keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember " +"lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password " +"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your " +"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the " +"keyring password (to match your login password):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:82 +msgid "" +"Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:84 +msgid "In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:86 +msgid "" +"In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login " +"keyring and select Change Password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:88 +msgid "" +"Enter your Old Password, followed by your new " +"Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:91 +msgid "Click OK." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-changepicture.page:7 +msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-changepicture.page:22 +msgid "Change your login screen photo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:24 +msgid "" +"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their " +"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your " +"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with " +"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for " +"yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:35 +msgid "" +"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click " +"Browse for more pictures." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-delete.page:7 +msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-delete.page:25 +msgid "Delete a user account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-delete.page:27 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can " +"delete that user's account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-delete.page:34 +msgid "" +"Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to " +"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-delete.page:37 +msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the - button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-delete.page:38 +msgid "" +"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can " +"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete " +"Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free " +"up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. " +"You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7 +msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17 +msgid "I forgot my password!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29 +msgid "" +"It is important to choose not only a good " +"and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have " +"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow " +"the following steps to reset it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a " +"forgotten password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41 +msgid "" +"If you simply want to change your password, see ." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47 +msgid "Reset password using Grub" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50 +msgid "" +"Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get " +"into the Grub menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55 +msgid "" +"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating " +"system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold " +"down Shift." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot " +"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67 +msgid "" +"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with " +"the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73 +msgid "" +"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a " +"Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight " +"root and press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79 +msgid "At the # symbol, type:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82 +msgid "" +"passwd username, where username is the " +"username of the account you're changing the password for." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92 +msgid "Then type:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95 +msgid "# reboot" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100 +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203 +msgid "" +"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring " +"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved " +"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be " +"accessible. You will need to delete the old " +"keyring and start a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108 +msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111 +msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116 +msgid "Mount your drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121 +msgid "" +"Press AltF2 to get the Run " +"Application window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127 +msgid "" +"Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide " +"privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132 +msgid "" +"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive " +"by clicking home and then your username." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139 +msgid "" +"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the " +"etc directory." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142 +msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147 +msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select copy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150 +msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select paste." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154 +msgid "Rename the backup \"shadow.bak\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162 +msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168 +msgid "" +"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look " +"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172 +msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175 +msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180 +msgid "" +"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. " +"This will remove the password for the account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184 +msgid "" +"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the " +"live CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190 +msgid "" +"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. " +"Open My Account and reset your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195 +msgid "" +"For Current password do not enter anything, as your current " +"password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214 +msgid "Get rid of the keyring" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216 +msgid "" +"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant " +"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you " +"used for your keyring." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221 +msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224 +msgid "" +"Press Ctrlh (or click " +"ViewShow Hidden Files.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228 +msgid "Double click on the folder ~/.local/share." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231 +msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234 +msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237 +msgid "Restart the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241 +msgid "" +"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless " +"networks password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:22 +msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31 +msgid "Choose a secure password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34 +msgid "" +"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for " +"others (including computer programs) to guess." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:40 +msgid "" +"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your " +"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your " +"personal information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45 +msgid "" +"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your " +"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be " +"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for " +"choosing a good password:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54 +msgid "" +"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and " +"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are " +"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be " +"checked by someone when trying to guess yours." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61 +msgid "" +"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each " +"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a " +"movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of " +"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:71 +msgid "" +"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the " +"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77 +msgid "" +"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. " +"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is " +"\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85 +msgid "" +"Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, " +"or any family member's name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:91 +msgid "Do not use any nouns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96 +msgid "" +"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone " +"being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:102 +msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:108 +msgid "Use different passwords for different things." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:113 +msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:116 +msgid "" +"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it " +"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:120 +msgid "" +"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as " +"using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same " +"one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for " +"important things (like your online banking account and your email)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:129 +msgid "Change your passwords regularly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/video-dvd.page:8 +msgid "" +"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong " +"region." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/video-dvd.page:21 +msgid "Why won't DVDs play?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have " +"the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a " +"different region." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/video-dvd.page:28 +msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:29 +msgid "" +"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. " +"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or " +"audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs " +"installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install " +"them for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:34 +msgid "" +"DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This " +"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them " +"unless you have extra software to " +"handle the copy protection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/video-dvd.page:40 +msgid "Checking the DVD region" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:41 +msgid "" +"DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the " +"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD " +"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't " +"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you " +"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:47 +msgid "" +"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it " +"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To " +"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:10 +msgid "" +"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:21 +msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:23 +msgid "" +"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and " +"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require " +"the use of decryption software in order to play them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26 +msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:27 +msgid "" +"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from " +"Fluendo. It works with Linux and " +"should be legal to use in all countries." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:31 +msgid "Use alternative decryption software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:33 +msgid "" +"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is " +"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:36 +msgid "" +"Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer1.0-plugins-bad, gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, and libdvd-pkg." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40 +msgid "Open the Dash and launch a Terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41 +msgid "Run the command" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:43 +msgid "and confirm in order to install libdvdcss2." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/video-sending.page:7 +msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/video-sending.page:18 +msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:20 +msgid "" +"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using " +"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:23 +msgid "" +"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right " +"codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows " +"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of " +"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. " +"You can check which format your video is by doing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-sending.page:30 +msgid "Right-click on video file and select Properties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-sending.page:31 +msgid "" +"Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is " +"listed under Video." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:35 +msgid "" +"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec " +"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the " +"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if " +"your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using " +"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media " +"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if " +"it's not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on " +"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video " +"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most " +"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications " +"are available. Check Ubuntu Software to see what's available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/video-sending.page:50 +msgid "" +"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your " +"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes " +"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with " +"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created " +"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:11 +msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:21 +msgid "Use the tablet left-handed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:23 +msgid "" +"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated " +"180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the " +"orientation to left-handed:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:30 +#: C/wacom-mode.page:26 +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:34 +msgid "Open Wacom Graphics Tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31 +#: C/wacom-mode.page:27 +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:35 +msgid "" +"If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on " +"your Wacom tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:34 +msgid "Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-mode.page:16 +msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-mode.page:19 +msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:21 +msgid "" +"Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:30 +msgid "" +"Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or " +"Touchpad (relative)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:34 +msgid "" +"In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the " +"screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds " +"to the same point on the tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:37 +msgid "" +"In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it " +"down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is " +"the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with " +"less hand movement." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11 +msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:20 +msgid "Choose a monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35 +msgid "Click Map to Monitor…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36 +msgid "Check Map to single monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37 +msgid "" +"Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from " +"your graphics tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:39 +msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42 +msgid "Click Close." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom.page:6 +msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom.page:20 +msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:17 +msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23 +msgid "Configure the stylus" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:38 +msgid "" +"The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your " +"stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. " +"These settings can be adjusted:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 +msgid "" +"Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " +"physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " +"and Firm." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 +msgid "" +"Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " +"stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " +"No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse " +"Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, " +"Forward." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 +msgid "" +"Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " +"Soft and Firm." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +"the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/windows-key.page:7 +msgid "The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/windows-key.page:21 +msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/windows-key.page:23 +msgid "" +"This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to " +"the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is " +"sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/windows-key.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your " +"keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/windows-key.page:32 +msgid "" +"The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the " +"Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super " +"key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you " +"release the Super key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/windows-key.page:36 +msgid "" +"The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about " +"more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page." +msgstr "" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/id/id.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/id/id.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/id/id.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/id/id.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andika Triwidada \n" "Language-Team: Indonesian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -311,58 +311,143 @@ "menyebabkan Anda menekan suatu tombol secara berulang ketika Anda hanya " "ingin menekannya sekali, Anda sebaiknya menyalakan tombol pantul." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Nyalakan Tombol Pantul." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -414,14 +499,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -454,30 +539,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -487,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -495,14 +571,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -510,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -536,12 +612,12 @@ "ukuran fonta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -662,7 +738,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -692,12 +768,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -706,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -715,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -723,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -731,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -782,17 +858,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -801,14 +877,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -846,17 +922,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -865,14 +941,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -883,13 +959,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -928,13 +1004,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -963,7 +1039,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -977,10 +1053,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1034,12 +1110,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1050,7 +1127,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1059,15 +1136,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1221,7 +1299,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1235,46 +1313,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1282,7 +1359,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1608,6 +1685,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1690,107 +1836,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1799,12 +1954,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1812,31 +1967,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1844,49 +2000,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1897,13 +2090,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1915,27 +2108,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1943,7 +2136,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1951,12 +2144,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1966,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1976,7 +2169,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1984,22 +2177,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2474,7 +2667,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3012,7 +3205,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3253,7 +3446,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3261,7 +3454,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4789,59 +4982,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5030,90 +5206,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5122,109 +5317,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5263,65 +5416,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5330,106 +5472,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5441,7 +5590,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5452,28 +5601,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5481,19 +5622,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5504,13 +5645,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5540,18 +5681,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5559,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5568,7 +5709,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5595,15 +5736,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5619,7 +5766,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5627,7 +5774,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5635,7 +5782,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5643,7 +5790,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5672,7 +5819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5681,19 +5828,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5703,7 +5850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5732,13 +5879,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5753,7 +5901,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5788,7 +5936,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5820,17 +5968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5853,12 +6001,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6113,7 +6260,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6341,12 +6487,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6354,7 +6500,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6362,7 +6508,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6372,7 +6518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6382,7 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6390,17 +6536,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6409,12 +6555,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6423,24 +6569,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6449,7 +6595,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6457,24 +6603,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6482,12 +6628,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6496,7 +6642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6513,10 +6659,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6536,14 +6682,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6553,24 +6714,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7108,10 +7277,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7583,129 +7751,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8475,7 +8619,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8491,22 +8635,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8517,7 +8661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8526,46 +8670,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8577,15 +8721,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8610,12 +8764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8624,26 +8778,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8653,19 +8807,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8673,7 +8827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8681,50 +8835,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9093,14 +9247,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9123,12 +9277,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9136,24 +9290,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9161,7 +9315,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9170,14 +9324,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9186,7 +9340,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9293,10 +9447,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9331,17 +9486,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9368,26 +9524,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9396,7 +9545,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9404,12 +9553,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9420,7 +9569,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9619,7 +9768,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9629,8 +9778,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9654,7 +9803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9675,11 +9824,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9687,31 +9836,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9733,13 +9884,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9754,8 +9904,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9777,85 +9927,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9863,7 +10221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10057,14 +10415,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10073,8 +10431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10092,74 +10449,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10170,31 +10523,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10596,7 +10949,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10606,70 +10959,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11155,7 +11509,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11315,7 +11669,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11445,80 +11799,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11782,12 +12136,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11800,7 +12153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12056,22 +12409,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12102,7 +12455,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12192,7 +12545,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12200,30 +12553,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12232,29 +12585,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12268,7 +12622,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12282,14 +12636,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12299,19 +12653,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12319,7 +12673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12547,83 +12901,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12856,6 +13260,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13052,7 +13457,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13095,20 +13500,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13116,13 +13521,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13130,19 +13535,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13578,10 +13983,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13605,50 +14010,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13657,25 +14063,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13707,8 +14112,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13875,25 +14280,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13901,40 +14306,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13943,25 +14348,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13970,12 +14375,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13986,41 +14391,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14029,34 +14434,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14067,44 +14472,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14112,17 +14518,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14132,32 +14538,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14168,30 +14574,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14254,21 +14670,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14279,12 +14693,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14293,14 +14714,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14466,7 +14887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14474,12 +14895,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14487,7 +14908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15503,12 +15924,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15629,7 +16050,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15673,7 +16094,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15759,39 +16180,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15824,31 +16223,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16130,7 +16522,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16263,7 +16655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16271,21 +16663,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16293,7 +16685,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16301,8 +16693,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16355,7 +16747,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16372,7 +16766,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16476,7 +16871,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16893,7 +17287,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16928,92 +17322,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17161,31 +17599,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17194,7 +17632,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17288,14 +17812,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17303,15 +17827,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17320,12 +17845,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17333,19 +17858,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17370,27 +17895,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17401,12 +17927,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17414,7 +17940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17446,17 +17972,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17661,28 +18187,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17727,20 +18253,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17750,27 +18276,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17780,26 +18311,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18331,36 +18865,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18368,17 +18902,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18387,14 +18921,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18440,55 +18974,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18496,8 +19027,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18505,7 +19041,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18672,19 +19208,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18693,26 +19229,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19356,7 +19892,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19364,17 +19900,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19382,7 +19918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19505,12 +20049,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20184,37 +20728,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20241,19 +20777,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20343,38 +20879,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20503,32 +21039,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20536,8 +21072,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20546,7 +21096,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20554,14 +21104,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20573,7 +21123,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20581,28 +21131,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20613,7 +21163,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20621,14 +21171,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20639,21 +21189,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20664,7 +21214,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20672,14 +21222,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20687,58 +21237,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20833,37 +21357,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22161,7 +22659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22169,7 +22667,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22179,18 +22677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/it/it.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/it/it.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/it/it.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/it/it.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gianfranco Frisani \n" "Language-Team: Italian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ " Claudio Arseni https://launchpad.net/~claudio.arseni\n" " Daniele Del Giudice https://launchpad.net/~d4n13le\n" " Dario Bertini https://launchpad.net/~berdario\n" -" Doug Smythies https://launchpad.net/~dsmythies\n" " Elisabetta https://launchpad.net/~sabba06\n" " Emiliano Degl'Innocenti https://launchpad.net/~emiliano-deglinnocenti\n" " FLP https://launchpad.net/~flp06\n" @@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -149,13 +148,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -266,13 +265,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -342,49 +341,134 @@ "dei tasti. Questa funzionalità può risultare utile alle persone con tremori " "alle mani che causano la pressione ripetuta di un tasto." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Impostazioni di sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -392,12 +476,12 @@ "Digitazione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Abilitare Tasti rimbalzati." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -467,8 +551,8 @@ "alcune parti dell'interfaccia utente vengono modificate." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -476,7 +560,7 @@ "Vista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Il pulsante Contrasto elevato è su ON." @@ -518,20 +602,9 @@ "mouse sopra un controllo e attendere alcuni secondi affinché il pulsante " "venga attivato." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul proprio nome nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Impostazioni di Sistema." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -540,12 +613,12 @@ "Puntamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Abilitare Clic automatico." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -561,7 +634,7 @@ "riattivato il clic normale." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -572,7 +645,7 @@ "colore, il pulsante viene premuto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -581,7 +654,7 @@ "bisogna mantenere il puntatore del mouse fermo prima di fare clic." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -593,7 +666,7 @@ "viene simulato." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -621,12 +694,12 @@ "modificare la dimensione dei caratteri." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Il pulsante Testo grande è su ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -765,7 +838,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -801,12 +874,12 @@ "mouse abbia solo un singolo pulsante." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Abilitare Clic secondario simulato." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -819,7 +892,7 @@ "accettazione nella sezione Clic secondario simulato." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -833,7 +906,7 @@ "pulsante del mouse per fare clic-destro." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -844,7 +917,7 @@ "simulato, anche se non si ha alcun riscontro visivo dal puntatore." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -855,7 +928,7 @@ "tastierino numerico." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -926,17 +999,17 @@ "difficile premere il tasto giusto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Abilitare Tasti lenti." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Attivare e disattivare rapidamente i tasti lenti" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -950,7 +1023,7 @@ "abilitare o disabilitare questa funzione." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -959,7 +1032,7 @@ "controllare la durata della pressione del tasto affinché venga registrata." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -1010,17 +1083,17 @@ "premere più tasti in una sola volta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Abilitare Tasti singoli." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Attivare e disattivare rapidamente i tasti singoli" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1034,7 +1107,7 @@ "disabilitare questa funzione." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1044,7 +1117,7 @@ "tastiera nella maniera «standard»." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1061,7 +1134,7 @@ "sulla tastiera), ma non altre." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1069,7 +1142,7 @@ "poter sfruttare questa funzionalità." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1123,7 +1196,7 @@ "sonori, consultare )." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1131,7 +1204,7 @@ "Udito." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1162,7 +1235,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1176,10 +1249,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1233,12 +1306,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1249,7 +1323,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1258,15 +1332,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1446,13 +1521,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Aggiungere un account consente di collegarsi ai propri account online con " -"Ubuntu: in questo modo verranno impostate le applicazioni di posta " -"elettronica, di conversazione e altre applicazioni correlate." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1463,75 +1535,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Selezionare un Tipo di account dal pannello sulla destra." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Per configurare più account, è possibile ripetere questo processo in seguito." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Si aprirà una piccola interfaccia utente web in cui è possibile immettere le " -"credenziali del proprio account online. Per esempio, per impostare un " -"account Google, inserire nome utente e password ed effettuare l'accesso." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Se sono state immesse correttamente le proprie credenziali, verrà richiesto " -"di accettare i termini. Selezionare Accetto per continuare. Una " -"volta effettuata questa operazione, Ubuntu ha bisogno del permesso per " -"accedere all'account: per concedere questo permesso fare clic sul tasto " -"OK. Quando richiesto, immettere la password utente." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Ora è possibile selezionare le applicazioni da collegare al proprio account " -"online. Ad esempio, per usare un account online per le conversazioni, ma non " -"il calendario, deselezionare l'opzione calendario." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Dopo aver aggiunto gli account, ogni applicazione selezionata userà " -"automaticamente le credenziali fornite al momento dell'accesso al proprio " -"account." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Per ragioni di sicurezza, Ubuntu non memorizzerà nel computer la password ma " -"un token fornito dal servizio online. Per annullare completamente il " -"collegamento tra il proprio computer e il servizio online, occorre rimuoverlo." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1913,6 +1965,75 @@ "computer tutti gli account e i servizi aggiunti saranno pronti all'uso." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2012,125 +2133,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Installare software aggiuntivo" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Il gruppo di sviluppo di Ubuntu ha scelto un gruppo di applicazioni " -"predefinite che dovrebbero rendere Ubuntu utile per la maggior parte dei " -"compiti di tutti i giorni. Tuttavia sicuramente sarà necessario altro " -"software affinché Ubuntu soddisfi al meglio le esigenze dell'utente." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Per installare software aggiuntivo, procedere come segue:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Connettersi a Internet utilizzando una connessione via cavo o senza fili." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Selezionare l'applicazione da installare e fare clic su Installa." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Verrà chiesto di inserire la propria password. Una volta fatto ciò, " -"l'installazione verrà avviata." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Il processo d'installazione è solitamente un'operazione veloce, ma potrebbe " -"impiegare più tempo in presenza di una connessione a Internet lenta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Una scorciatoia per la nuova applicazione verrà aggiunta al Launcher. Per " -"disabilitare questa funzione, deselezionare ViewNew " -"Applications in Launcher" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Aggiungere PPA per provare software in fase di sviluppo o nuove funzionalità." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Aggiungere un PPA (Personal Package Archive)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"I PPA (Personal Package Archives) sono archivi software facili da " -"installare, progettati per gli utenti Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Aggiungere solamente repository software da fonti fidate!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2141,12 +2253,12 @@ "di Ubuntu e potrebbero contenere programmi potenzialmente dannosi." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Installare un PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2157,26 +2269,26 @@ "questo: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-stable." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Selezionare la scheda Altro software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Aggiungi e inserire l'indirizzo ppa:." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2184,7 +2296,7 @@ "nella finestra Autenticazione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2192,30 +2304,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Rimuovere software non più utilizzato." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Rimuovere un'applicazione" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2224,21 +2362,30 @@ "scorrendo l'elenco delle applicazioni installate." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Selezionare l'applicazione e fare clic su Rimuovi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Viene richiesto di inserire la password. Una volta digitata correttamente, " -"l'applicazione viene rimossa." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2253,16 +2400,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Aggiungere altri archivi per ampliare le sorgenti software usate per " -"aggiornamenti e installazioni." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Aggiungere ulteriori archivi software" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2277,13 +2422,13 @@ "di terze parti, è necessario aggiungerle all'elenco delle sorgenti " "disponibili." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Installare altri archivi" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2292,7 +2437,7 @@ "Altro software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2302,7 +2447,7 @@ "essere simile a:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2310,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2318,12 +2463,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Attivare le sorgenti dei partner di Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2333,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2349,7 +2494,7 @@ "su Aggiungi… e digitare:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2357,26 +2502,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Aggiungere o rimuovere applicazioni" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Installare, rimuovere, repository " -"addizionali…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Aggiungere e rimuovere software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2987,8 +3129,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Chiavetta USB (capacità limitata)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3667,7 +3809,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3974,24 +4116,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Scaricare una guida alla stampa da una società di colori" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Utilizzare una società di colori per generare un profilo per stampante è " -"solitamente l'opzione più economica nel caso in cui si abbiano solo uno o " -"due tipi diversi di carta. Scaricando il grafico di riferimento dal sito web " -"della società, è possibile inoltre rispedirgli la stampa in un involucro " -"imbottito. Essi provvederanno a scansionare la pagina, generare il profilo e " -"rispedirti via email un profilo ICC accurato." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5930,20 +6066,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Per ripristinare l'orologio, fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei " -"menù e selezionare Impostazioni di sistema: nella sezione " -"«Sistema», fare clic su Ora e data." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Modificare il formato dell'ora" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5952,44 +6087,23 @@ "standard predefinito della propria località." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Impostazioni di sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Nella sezione «Personale», fare clic su Supporto lingue." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Passare alla scheda Formati regionali." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Selezionare la propria località dall'elenco a discesa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6220,70 +6334,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Eseguire benchmark sul disco rigido per verificarne la velocità." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Verificare le prestazioni del disco fisso" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Per valutare la velocità del proprio disco rigido:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla panoramica attività." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Scegliere il disco fisso dall'elenco Dispositivi disco." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul pulsante con l'ingranaggio e selezionare Benchmark " -"unità." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Avvia benchmark e regolare i parametri Tasso di " -"trasferimento e Tempo di accesso." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Avvia benchmark per verificare la velocità con cui i " -"dati vengono letti sul disco. Possono essere richiesti privilegi di amministrazione: inserire la propria " -"password o la password di amministrazione." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6293,45 +6425,22 @@ "Quest'ultima opzione richiede più tempo per essere completata." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Terminata la verifica, i risultati sono mostrati nel grafico. I punti verdi " -"e le linee congiungenti indicano i campioni presi. Tali elementi sono " -"riferiti all'asse destro, che mostra il tempo di accesso, e all'asse " -"inferiore, che rappresenta la percentuale di tempo trascorsa durante il " -"benchmark. La linea blu rappresenta i tassi di lettura, mentre quella rossa " -"rappresenta i tassi di scrittura. Essi sono riferiti all'asse sinistro, che " -"mostra i tassi di accesso ai dati, e all'asse inferiore, che rappresenta la " -"percentuale di velocità a cui il disco ha viaggiato, dall'esterno al " -"motorino." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Sotto il grafico vengono visualizzati i valori della velocità di lettura e " -"scrittura minima, massima e media, tempo medio di accesso e tempo trascorso " -"dall'ultimo benchmark effettuato." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Usare Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco o Monitor di " -"sistema per controllare lo spazio libero e la capacità totale." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6339,141 +6448,68 @@ msgstr "Verificare lo spazio libero sul disco" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"È possibile controllare la quantità libera di spazio sul disco con " -"Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco oppure con Monitor di " -"sistema." -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Verificare con «Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco»" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Per verificare lo spazio libero e la capacità del disco usando " -"Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Aprire Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco dalla Dash. " -"La finestra mostrerà la capacità totale del file system e " -"l'utilizzo totale del file system." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla panoramica " -"Attività: la finestra visualizzerà la Capacità totale del " -"file system e l'Utilizzo totale del file system." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su un pulsante nella barra degli strumenti per eseguire la " -"Scansione della home, la Scansione di una cartella " -"oppure la Scansione di una cartella remota." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Le informazioni sono visualizzate secondo la Cartella, " -"l'Utilizzo, le Dimensioni e i Contenuti. " -"Per maggiori informazioni, consultare Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Verificare usando «Monitor di sistema»" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Cosa fare se il disco è pieno?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Per verificare lo spazio libero e la capacità del disco usando Monitor " -"di sistema:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Aprire l'applicazioneMonitor di sistema dalla Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Aprire l'applicazioneMonitor di sistema dalla panoramica " -"Attività" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Selezionare la scheda File system per visualizzare le partizioni " -"del sistema e l'utilizzo dello spazio del disco. Le informazioni mostrano lo " -"spazio Totale, Libero, Disponibile e " -"Usato." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Cosa fare se il disco è pieno?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Se il disco è pieno è possibile:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"Eliminare i file poco importanti oppure quelli che non verranno più " -"utilizzati." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Effettuare backup dei file importanti di " -"cui non si avrà necessità nell'immediato futuro ed eliminarli dal disco." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6521,76 +6557,54 @@ msgstr "" "Controllare lo stato di salute del disco utilizzando l'applicazione Dischi" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Aprire l'applicazioneDischi dalla panoramica Attività" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Cosa fare se il disco non è in buono stato?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Anche se Stato SMART indica che il disco non è in buono " -"stato, potrebbe non esserci alcun motivo per preoccuparsi. È comunque " -"consigliato avere una copia di backup dei " -"propri dati per prevenirne la perdita." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Se lo stato mostra \"Pre-fail\", il disco è tuttora in buono stato, ma sono " -"stati rilevati segni di usura che potrebbero portare a errori futuri. Se il " -"disco fisso (oppure il computer) ha qualche anno, questo messaggio potrebbe " -"apparire in alcuni controlli: eseguire il backup " -"dei dati importanti regolarmente e verificare periodicamente se lo " -"stato del disco peggiora." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6602,133 +6616,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Eliminare file e cartelle formattando un disco esterno oppure un'unità USB." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Eliminare tutto da un'unità rimovibile" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Ogni tanto può essere necessario rimuovere tutti i file e le cartelle da " -"un'unità rimovibile, per esempio un supporto USB oppure un disco fisso " -"esterno. È possibile fare ciò formattando il disco: verranno " -"eliminati tutti i file sul disco e risulterà quindi vuoto." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formattare un'unità rimovibile" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Selezionare il disco da formattare dall'elenco Dispositivi di " -"archiviazione." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi di avere selezionato il disco giusto. Se è stato scelto quello " -"sbagliato, tutti i file presenti saranno persi per sempre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Nella sezione Volumi, fare clic su Smonta volume, quindi su " -"Formatta volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Nella finestra che si è aperta, selezionare un Tipo di file " -"system per il disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Se oltre che con Linux il disco è usato anche con Windows oppure Mac OS, " -"selezionare FAT. Se è utilizzato solo con Windows, " -"NTFS dovrebbe essere la scelta migliore. Verrà mostrata una breve " -"descrizione del tipo di file system." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Assegnare un nome al disco, quindi fare clic su Formatta per " -"avviare la cancellazione del disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Una volta terminata la formattazione, rimuovere in sicurezza il " -"disco: ora dovrebbe essere vuoto e pronto per essere usato nuovamente." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formattare un disco non elimina in modo sicuro i file" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formattare un disco non è un modo completamente sicuro per eliminare tutti i " -"dati. Un disco formattato all'apparenza non contiene file, ma è possibile " -"ripristinarli con software speciali. Se è necessario eliminare in modo " -"sicuro i file, usare uno strumento a riga di comando come shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Comprendere cosa sono i volumi e le partizioni e usare il gestore di dischi " -"per gestirli." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Gestire volumi e partizioni" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6748,7 +6742,7 @@ "probabilmente scrivere, file da esso." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6764,59 +6758,40 @@ "file." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Visualizzare e gestire volumi e partizioni usando il gestore dischi." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"È possibile controllare e modificare i volumi del computer usando il gestore " -"dei dischi." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Aprire la Dash e avviare l'applicazione Dischi." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Nell'elenco Dispositivi di archiviazione verranno visualizzati " -"dischi fissi, unità CD/DVD e altri dispositivi fisici. Fare clic su un " -"dispositivo per vederne i dettagli." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Nella parte destra, l'area Volumi mostra un'anteprima visiva dei " -"volumi e delle partizioni presenti nel disco selezionato e mette a " -"disposizione una varietà di strumenti per gestirli." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Attenzione: usando questi strumenti è possibile eliminare completamente " -"tutti i dati sul disco." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6833,20 +6808,14 @@ "distribuiti, per sicurezza oppure convenienza, su più partizioni." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Una partizione primaria deve contenere le informazioni usate dal computer " -"per avviarsi (boot). Per questo motivo è chiamata anche partizione " -"di boot, oppure volume di boot. Per verificare se un volume è avviabile, " -"verificare il Flag della partizione usando «Gestore dischi». " -"Anche le periferiche esterne come unità USB e CD possono contenere un volume " -"avviabile." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6881,20 +6850,20 @@ msgstr "Impostare la luminosità" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Selezionare Luminosità e blocco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Regolare il controllo scorrevole Luminosità su un valore " "soddisfacente." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6906,7 +6875,7 @@ "tastiera. Premere il tasto Fn per utilizzare questi tasti." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6919,7 +6888,7 @@ "sensibilmente la durata della batteria." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6953,15 +6922,23 @@ "regolare le impostazioni:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Fare clic sul proprio nome nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +"Impostazioni di Sistema." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Aprire Monitor." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6982,7 +6959,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6992,7 +6969,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -7002,7 +6979,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -7012,7 +6989,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7046,7 +7023,7 @@ "regolare le impostazioni:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7060,7 +7037,7 @@ "principale." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7069,12 +7046,12 @@ "Launcher in Tutti i monitor." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Bordi adesivi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7089,7 +7066,7 @@ "maggiore per muovere il puntatore del mouse da un monitor all'altro." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "La funzione Bordi adesivi può essere disattivata." @@ -7124,20 +7101,15 @@ "essere bloccato manualmente o automaticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi che il controllo Blocco sia attivato, quindi " -"selezionare un intervallo di tempo dall'elenco a discesa sottostante: lo " -"schermo verrà bloccato trascorso questo lasso di tempo. È possibile anche " -"selezionare Arresto dello schermo per bloccare lo schermo dopo lo " -"spegnimento automatico, attivato dall'elenco a discesa soprastante " -"Spegnere lo schermo dopo." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7151,7 +7123,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7193,7 +7165,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7231,17 +7203,17 @@ "non è possibile inserire una collezione in un'altra." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Per eliminare una collezione:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Nella modalità selezione, selezionare la collezione da eliminare." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7266,12 +7238,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7576,7 +7547,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Cercare file" @@ -7861,14 +7831,14 @@ "Decidere quale applicazione avviare quando si collegano diversi dispositivi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Selezionare DettagliDispositivi " "rimovibili." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7879,7 +7849,7 @@ "descrizione dei diversi tipi di dispositivo o di supporto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7891,7 +7861,7 @@ "automaticamente alcuna operazione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7906,7 +7876,7 @@ "presentazione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7921,7 +7891,7 @@ "l'applicazione o l'azione dall'elenco a discesa Azione." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7933,17 +7903,17 @@ "«Dispositivi rimovibili»." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Tipi di dispositivo e di supporto" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Dischi audio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7957,12 +7927,12 @@ "possibile eseguire in qualsiasi applicazione per riproduzione audio." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Dischi video" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7976,12 +7946,12 @@ "." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Dischi vuoti" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7990,12 +7960,12 @@ "di scrittura su disco per CD, DVD, Blu-ray e DVD HD vuoti." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Fotocamere e fotografie" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -8009,7 +7979,7 @@ "file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -8021,12 +7991,12 @@ "chiamata IMMAGINI." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Riproduttori audio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -8035,12 +8005,12 @@ "audio portatile o gestire direttamente i file utilizzando il gestore di file." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Lettori di e-book" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -8051,12 +8021,12 @@ "utilizzando il gestore di file." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8070,7 +8040,7 @@ "conferma prima di eseguire il software." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Non eseguire mai software proveniente da supporti non affidabili." @@ -8087,15 +8057,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Usare il gestore di file File per esplorare e organizzare i file " -"sul computer. È anche possibile usarlo per gestire file su dispositivi di " -"archiviazione (come dischi esterni), su server di file e su condivisioni di rete." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8119,18 +8085,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Nel gestore di file, fare doppio-clic su qualsiasi cartella per " -"visualizzarne il contenuto, e fare doppio-clic su un file per aprirlo con " -"l'applicazione predefinita. Fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse su una " -"cartella per aprirla in una nuova scheda o in una nuova finestra." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8146,38 +8123,33 @@ "in una nuova finestra, copiarla o spostarla, o accedere alle sue proprietà." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Per raggiungere rapidamente un file presente nella cartella visualizzata, " -"iniziare a digitare il suo nome. Una casella di ricerca apparirà in cima " -"alla finestra e il primo file che corrisponde alla ricerca verrà " -"evidenziato. Premere il tasto freccia verso il basso o scorrere con il " -"mouse, per selezionare il successivo file che corrisponde alla ricerca." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"È possibile accedere rapidamente a posizioni di uso frequente dal " -"Riquadro laterale. Se il riquadro laterale non è visibile, fare " -"clic sul pulsante giù nella barra degli strumenti e selezionare " -"Mostra riquadro laterale. È possibile aggiungere segnalibri a " -"cartelle di uso frequente; i segnalibri saranno mostrati nel riquadro " -"laterale. Per fare ciò, usare il menù Segnalibri, o semplicemente " -"trascinare una cartella nel riquadro laterale." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8872,18 +8844,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Il file potrebbe essere stato rinominato in modo da essere nascosto. I file " -"che cominciano con . oppure terminano col simbolo " -"~ non vengono visualizzati nel gestore di file. Fare clic sul " -"pulsante giù nella " -"barra degli strumenti del gestore di file e selezionare Mostra file " -"nascosti per visualizzali. Per ulteriori informazioni, consultare " -"." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9497,168 +9461,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Individuare file in base a nome e tipo. Salvare le ricerche per un uso " -"successivo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"È possibile effettuare ricerche di file in base al nome o al tipo " -"direttamente all'interno del gestore di file. È anche possibile salvare " -"ricerche frequenti, e queste verranno visualizzate come cartelle speciali " -"nella cartella Home." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Altre applicazioni di ricerca" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Ricerca" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Aprire il gestore di file" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Se si conosce la cartella che contiene i file desiderati, aprire quella " -"cartella." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Fare clic sulla lente d'ingrandimento nella barra degli strumenti o premere " -"CtrlF." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Digitare una o più parole che compaiono nel nome del file. Per esempio, se " -"nel nome di tutte le fatture è contenuto il termine «fattura», digitare " -"fattura. Premere Invio. Le corrispondenze sono " -"trovate senza fare distinzioni fra maiuscole e minuscole." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Si possono restringere i risultati in base alla posizione e al tipo di file." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Home per restringere i risultati della ricerca alla " -"cartella Home o Tutti i file per cercare ovunque." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su + e selezionare Tipo di file dall'elenco " -"a discesa per restringere i risultati di ricerca in base al tipo di file. " -"Fare clic sul pulsante x per rimuovere questa opzione e ampliare " -"i risultati della ricerca." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"È possibile aprire, copiare, eliminare oppure lavorare con i file elencati " -"nei risultati della ricerca, proprio come si farebbe con qualunque cartella " -"nel gestore di file." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic sulla lente d'ingrandimento nella barra degli strumenti per " -"terminare la ricerca e ritornare nella cartella." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Se si effettuano spesso determinate ricerche, è possibile salvarle per " -"accedervi rapidamente." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Salvare una ricerca" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Avviare una ricerca come descritto sopra." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Quando i parametri di ricerca sono corretti, fare clic su File " -"nella barra dei menù e selezionare Salva ricerca come...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Dare un nome alla ricerca e fare clic su Salva. È possibile " -"selezionare una cartella diversa in cui salvare la ricerca. Quando verrà " -"visualizzata quella cartella, la ricerca salvata apparirà come un'icona di " -"cartella di colore arancione con una lente d'ingrandimento." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Per rimuovere il file della ricerca quando non serve più, è possibile eliminare la ricerca come si farebbe con " -"qualsiasi altro file. Quando si elimina una ricerca salvata, non vengono " -"eliminati i file trovati con quella ricerca." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10638,7 +10540,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Nella sezione Hardware, fare clic su Tastiera." @@ -10656,22 +10558,22 @@ "l'intermittenza del cursore." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Aggiungere sorgenti di input e passare da una all'altra." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Utilizzare sorgenti di input alternative" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10688,7 +10590,7 @@ "lingua a un'altra." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10702,16 +10604,32 @@ "di input complessi." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Aggiungere sorgenti di input" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Nella sezione Personale, fare clic su Inserimento testo." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Fare clic sul tasto +, selezionare una sorgente di input e fare " +"clic su Aggiungi." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10720,35 +10638,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"È possibile visualizzare un'anteprima di ogni disposizione selezionandola " -"nell'elenco e facendo clic su anteprima." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Nella sezione Personale, fare clic su Inserimento testo." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul tasto +, selezionare una sorgente di input e fare " -"clic su Aggiungi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10762,7 +10661,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10771,8 +10670,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferenze per accedere, se " "esistente, alla finestra delle preferenze di quel metodo." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Indicatore della sorgente di input" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10808,12 +10717,12 @@ "dal menù la sorgente da utilizzare." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Scorciatoie da tastiera" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10827,7 +10736,7 @@ "modificarla:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10836,7 +10745,7 @@ "Passare alla sorgente successiva utilizzando." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10845,14 +10754,14 @@ "acceleratore..., premere i tasti da usare come nuova scorciatoia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Impostare la sorgente di input per tutte le finestre o individualmente per " "ciascuna finestra" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10869,7 +10778,7 @@ "all'altra." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10879,12 +10788,12 @@ "utilizzata per ultimo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Metodi di input complessi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10895,7 +10804,7 @@ "e vietnamita." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10906,7 +10815,7 @@ "lingua al sistema, il suo motore di input è installato automaticamente." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10915,7 +10824,7 @@ "in inglese, procedere come segue:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10925,23 +10834,23 @@ "il motore di input hangul per Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Chiudere e riaprire Supporto lingue." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Selezionare fcitx come Sistema di input della tastiera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Terminare la sessione ed eseguire nuovamente l'accesso." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10950,7 +10859,7 @@ "fare clic su Aggiungi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10960,7 +10869,7 @@ "diverso da quello di IBus)." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Attivare l'Assistente di digitazione per mostrare la tastiera a " @@ -11409,7 +11318,7 @@ "del tasto inizino a ripetersi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11418,7 +11327,7 @@ "disabilitare completamente la ripetizione dei tasti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11448,13 +11357,13 @@ "Per cambiare il tasto o i tasti da premere per una scorciatoia da tastiera:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Aprire Tastiera e selezionare la scheda Scorciatoie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11465,7 +11374,7 @@ "diventa Nuovo acceleratore" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11474,17 +11383,17 @@ "Backspace per cancellarla." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Scorciatoie personalizzate" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Per creare una propria scorciatoia da tastiera:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11496,7 +11405,7 @@ "personalizzata." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11510,7 +11419,7 @@ "rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11520,7 +11429,7 @@ "da usare per la scorciatoia." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11533,7 +11442,7 @@ "quest'ultima." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11672,15 +11581,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Per risolvere questo problema, fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei " -"menù e aprire Impostazioni di sistema. Nella sezione Hardware, " -"selezionare Monitor. Provare alcune opzioni per " -"Risoluzione e impostare quella che fornisce la visione migliore." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11726,19 +11632,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Impostazioni di sistema, quindi aprire Monitor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Deselezionare Duplicare i monitor" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11773,16 +11678,7 @@ "rotazione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic sull'icona a destra sulla barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Impostazioni di sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11792,12 +11688,12 @@ "di anteprima." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Selezionare la risoluzione e la rotazione desiderate." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11810,7 +11706,7 @@ "sono soddisfacenti, fare clic su Mantieni questa configurazione." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11822,12 +11718,12 @@ "monitor." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Risoluzione" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11845,7 +11741,7 @@ "distorsioni." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotazione" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -12045,17 +11941,17 @@ "aumentare l'intervallo di tempo a disposizione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Aprire Mouse e touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -12064,7 +11960,7 @@ "Doppio clic su un valore soddisfacente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -12075,7 +11971,7 @@ "doppio-clic evidenzierà anche il cerchio interno." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -12090,8 +11986,8 @@ "il mouse a un altro computer per vedere se presenta il medesimo problema." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12120,7 +12016,7 @@ "mano sinistra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12145,68 +12041,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Molti mouse e alcuni touchpad sono dotati di un pulsante centrale. Con i " -"mouse dotati di rotella scorrevole, è possibile premere direttamente la " -"rotella per effettuare un clic col pulsante centrale. Se non si dispone di " -"un pulsante centrale del mouse, è possibile premere contemporaneamente i " -"pulsanti sinistro e destro per ottenere un clic centrale. Se non si riesce a " -"ottenere un clic centrale in tale maniera, consultare queste istruzioni " -"(in inglese)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Sui touchpad che supportano il tocco con più dita, è possibile battere con " -"tre dita contemporaneamente per ottenere un clic centrale. È necessario " -"abilitare i clic del mouse con il " -"touchpad nelle impostazioni del touchpad per ottenere questo " -"risultato." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Molte applicazioni usano il clic col pulsante centrale per accedere a " -"scorciatoie avanzate mediante i clic." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Una comune scorciatoia consente di incollare un testo selezionato (questa " -"operazione viene talvolta definita \"incollare la selezione primaria\"). " -"Selezionare il testo da incollare, quindi spostarsi nella posizione dove " -"incollarlo ed effettuare un clic col pulsante centrale. Il testo selezionato " -"verrà incollato nella posizione del mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Incollare il testo con il pulsante centrale del mouse è completamente " -"diverso dall'utilizzo degli appunti: il testo selezionato non viene copiato " -"negli appunti. Incollare con questo veloce metodo funziona solo col pulsante " -"centrale del mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12236,23 +12110,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Molti browser consentono di aprire velocemente collegamenti in schede con il " -"pulsante centrale del mouse: è sufficiente fare clic col pulsante centrale " -"del mouse su qualunque collegamento per aprirlo in una nuova scheda. Occorre " -"fare però attenzione nel fare clic su un collegamentp nel browser " -"Firefox: eseguendo un clic centrale ovunque tranne che su un " -"collegamento, il programma cercherà di caricare il testo selezionato come " -"indirizzo di una pagina web, come dopo aver usato il pulsante centrale del " -"mouse per incollare il testo nella barra degli indirizzi e aver premuto " -"Invio." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12271,14 +12135,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Alcune applicazioi specializzate consentono l'uso del clic col pulsante " -"centrale del mouse per altre funzioni. Cercare nella documentazione " -"dell'applicazione clic centrale o pulsante centrale del " -"mouse." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12305,8 +12165,13 @@ "numerico sulla tastiera. Tale caratteristica è chiamata Mouse da " "tastiera." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12315,7 +12180,7 @@ "aprire la Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12324,21 +12189,20 @@ "aprire le impostazioni di Accesso universale." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Premere Tab una volta per selezionare la scheda Vista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Premere ← una volta per passare alla scheda Puntamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12347,7 +12211,7 @@ "tastiera e premere Invio per spostarlo su ON." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12357,84 +12221,267 @@ "numerico." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Queste istruzioni consentono di abilitare nella maniera più veloce il mouse " -"da tastiera. Selezionare Accesso universale per esaminare " -"ulteriori opzioni di accesso facilitato." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Il tastierino numerico è un insieme di tasti numerici sulla tastiera, di " -"solito disposti in una griglia rettangolare. Se la tastiera non è dotata di " -"tastierino numerico (come per esempio la tastiera di un computer portatile), " -"può essere necessario mantenere premuto il tasto funzione (Fn) e " -"usare determinati altri tasti come tastierino numerico. In caso di frequente " -"utilizzo di tale caratteristica, è possibile acquistare un tastirino " -"numerico esterno USB." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Ogni numero sul tastierino numerico corrisponde a una direzione. Per " -"esempio, la pressione del tasto 8 farà spostare il puntatore del " -"mouse verso l'alto e la pressione del tasto 2 lo farà spostare " -"verso il basso. Premere il tasto 5 per fare clic una volta col " -"mouse o premerlo velocemente due volte per fare un doppio-clic." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Molte tastiere sono dotate di un tasto speciale che consente di fare clic " -"col pulsante destro; spesso questo tasto è posizionato vicino alla barra " -"spaziatrice. Per maggiori informazioni su come fare clic col pulsante destro " -"mantenendo premuto il tasto 5 o il pulsante sinistro del mouse, " -"consultare ." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Per usare il tastierino numerico per digitare numeri mentre è attivo il " -"mouse da tastiera, attivare il tasto Bloc Num. Il mouse non può " -"essere controllato da tastiera quando Bloc Num è attivo." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"I tasti numerici normali, posizionati in una riga nella parte superiore " -"della tastiera, non possono controllare il puntatore del mouse. Solo i tasti " -"del tastierino numerico possono essere utilizzati per questa funzione." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Per usare il tastierino numerico per digitare numeri mentre è attivo il " +"mouse da tastiera, attivare il tasto Bloc Num. Il mouse non può " +"essere controllato da tastiera quando Bloc Num è attivo." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"I tasti numerici normali, posizionati in una riga nella parte superiore " +"della tastiera, non possono controllare il puntatore del mouse. Solo i tasti " +"del tastierino numerico possono essere utilizzati per questa funzione." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." msgstr "Cosa fare se il mouse non funziona" @@ -12680,7 +12727,7 @@ "per tali dispositivi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12689,7 +12736,7 @@ "quando il movimento del puntatore non sia soddisfacente." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12702,8 +12749,7 @@ "Mouse e Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12724,87 +12770,67 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"È possibile fare clic, doppio-clic, trascinare e scorrere usando solo il " -"touchpad, senza usare altri pulsanti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Nella sezione Touchpad, selezionare Tap per fare clic" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Per fare clic, battere sul touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Per fare doppio-clic, battere due volte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Per trascinare un elemento, battere due volte ma non sollevare il dito dopo " -"il secondo battito. Trascinare l'elemento nella posizione desiderata e " -"quindi sollevare il dito per lasciarlo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Se il touchpad supporta i battiti con più dita, fare clic col pulsante " -"destro battendo contemporaneamente con due dita. In caso contrario, è " -"necessario usare i pulsanti hardware per fare un clic col pulsante destro. " -"Per maggiori informazioni su come fare un clic col pulsante destro senza un " -"secondo pulsante sul mouse, consultare ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Se il touchpad supporta i battiti con più dita, fare clic col tasto centrale battendo con tre dita " -"contemporaneamente." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "" -"Se si batte o si trascina con più dita, è necessario assicurarsi che le dita " -"siano abbastanza distanziate fra di loro. Se le dita sono troppo vicine le " -"une alle altre, il computer potrebbe rilevarle come un solo dito." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Scorrimento con due dita" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" "È possibile effettuare uno scorrimento attraversi touchpad utilizzando due " "dita." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12812,7 +12838,7 @@ "dita." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12830,18 +12856,18 @@ "potrebbero essere rilevate dal touchpad come un unico dito." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Lo scorrimento con due dita potrebbe non funzionare su tutti i touchpad." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Il contenuto segue le dita" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12850,7 +12876,7 @@ "facendo scivolare un vero pezzo di carta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12859,7 +12885,7 @@ "dita." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13405,8 +13431,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Aggiungere, rimuovere e modificare segnalibri nel gestore di file." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13415,83 +13441,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"I segnalibri sono elencati nel riquadro laterale del gestore di file." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Aggiungere un segnalibro" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Aprire la cartella (o il percorso) da aggiungere ai segnalibri." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Segnalibri nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Aggiungi posizione ai segnalibri." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Eliminare un segnalibro" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Segnalibri nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Segnalibri... nel menù delle applicazioni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Nella finestra Segnalibri, selezionare il segnalibro da eliminare " -"e fare clic sul pulsante -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Rinominare un segnalibro" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic su File nella barra superiore e selezionare " -"Segnalibri nel menù delle applicazioni." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Nella finestra Segnalibri, selezionare il segnalibro da " -"rinominare." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Nel campo di testo Nome, digitare il nuovo nome per il " -"segnalibro. recuperare l'elemento cancellato" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -14120,7 +14134,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Posizione" @@ -14328,7 +14342,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Nessuno" @@ -14486,19 +14500,19 @@ "seconda del reparto o del progetto che seguono." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permessi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Visualizza informazioni sui permessi di accesso al file, per esempio " "drwxrw-r--." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14507,7 +14521,7 @@ "file normale, d indica una directory (cartella)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14516,7 +14530,7 @@ "che possiede il file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14525,7 +14539,7 @@ "gruppo che possiede il file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14534,42 +14548,42 @@ "per tutti gli altri utenti nel sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Ogni carattere ha i seguenti significati:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r: permesso di lettura" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w: permesso di scrittura" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x: permesso di esecuzione" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "-: nessun permesso" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Tipo MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Visualizza il tipo MIME del file." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Il percorso alla posizione del file." @@ -14925,12 +14939,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14943,7 +14956,7 @@ msgstr "L'«Ubuntu Documentation Team»" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Browser web" @@ -15261,8 +15274,8 @@ "predefinito:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15271,7 +15284,7 @@ "dall'elenco presente sulla parte sinistra della finestra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15280,7 +15293,7 @@ "l'opzione Web." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15326,7 +15339,7 @@ "la posta:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15447,7 +15460,7 @@ msgstr "Trovare il proprio indirizzo IP nella rete locale" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15458,7 +15471,7 @@ "di rete da utilizzare per la ricerca dell'indirizzo IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" @@ -15466,12 +15479,12 @@ "informazioni." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Trovare il proprio indirizzo IP esterno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15480,12 +15493,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Il sito mostrerà il proprio indirizzo IP esterno." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15496,42 +15509,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"È possibile controllare quali programmi possono accedere alla rete. Questo " -"aiuta a mantenere il computer sicuro." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Abilitare o bloccare l'accesso al firewall" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu fornisce l'applicazione Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) ma il firewall non è abilitato in maniera predefinita. Dato " -"che nell'installazione predefinita Ubuntu non ha alcun servizio di rete " -"aperto (fatta eccezione per l'infrastruttura di rete base), non è necessario " -"un firewall che blocchi i tentativi di connessioni malevole in entrata." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Per maggiori informazioni sull'uso di ufw, consultarne la documentazione in " -"linea." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15542,10 +15546,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Per abilitare il firewall, digitare sudo ufw enable in un " -"terminale. Per disabilitare ufw, digitare sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15558,14 +15560,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15575,7 +15577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15584,12 +15586,12 @@ "in un terminale." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Usare ufw senza il terminale" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15600,7 +15602,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">questo collegamento." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15878,30 +15880,28 @@ msgstr "Termini e suggerimenti sulle funzionalità di rete" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Potrebbe essere necessario installare Flash per visualizzare correttamente " -"siti web, come YouTube, che mostrano video e pagine web interattive." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Installare il plugin Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15912,64 +15912,106 @@ "può essere scaricato liberamente (ma non è open source), ed è disponibile " "per la maggior parte dei browser." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Come installare Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Se è aperta un browser web, chiuderlo e riavviarlo. Alla riapertura, il " -"browser dovrebbe rilevare che Flash è stato installato e dovrebbe ora essere " -"possibile visualizzare i siti web che usano Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Aiutare il browser a lavorare meglio con i siti web che richiedono Java." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Installare il plugin Java" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Alcuni siti web usano piccoli programmi Java che richiedono " -"l'installazione di un apposito plugin per essere eseguiti." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Installare il pacchetto icedtea6-" -"plugin per visualizzare nel browser i programmi Java." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16267,6 +16309,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Fare clic su Aggiungi." @@ -16527,12 +16570,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Risoluzione dei problemi con le " -"connessioni WiFi, trovare la propria " -"rete WiFi…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16582,7 +16622,7 @@ msgstr "Modificare il metodo del proxy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16591,13 +16631,13 @@ "sulla parte sinistra della finestra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "Scegliere il metodo del proxy da usare tra i seguenti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16606,13 +16646,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuale" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16623,12 +16663,12 @@ "FTP e SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatico" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16637,7 +16677,7 @@ "sistema." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17218,15 +17258,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Connettersi a una rete WiFi, " -"reti nascoste, modificare le connessioni di rete, disconnessione…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17251,66 +17287,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"È possibile usare il proprio computer come hotspot senza fili. Questo " -"consente ad altri dispositivi di connettersi al proprio senza che ci sia " -"bisogno di una rete a sé stante e di condividere una connessione Internet " -"creata con un'altra interfaccia, come una rete via cavo o tramite telefono " -"cellulare." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Aprire Rete e selezionare Wireless sulla sinistra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Fare clic su Usa come hotspot" +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Se si è già connessi a una rete senza fili, verrà richiesto se " -"disconnettersi da quella: un singolo adattatore senza fili è in grado " -"alternativamente di effettuare una connessione o di creare una rete. Fare " -"clic su Crea hotspot per confermare." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Vengono generati automaticamente un nome di rete (SSID) e una chiave di " -"protezione. Il nome della rete è stabilito in base al nome del computer, " -"altri dispositivi avranno bisogno di questa informazione per connettersi " -"all'hotspot appena creato." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul menù di rete nella barra dei menù e deselezionare «Abilita " -"rete senza fili»." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Spegnere la rete senza fili (modalità aereo)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17323,35 +17345,26 @@ "batteria. Per fare ciò:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Per fare ciò, fare clic sul Menù di rete nella barra dei menù e " -"deselezionare Abilita rete senza fili. Questo interromperà la " -"connessione senza fili fino a quando non verrà attivata di nuovo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Per riattivare la connessione senza fili, fare clic sul Menù di " -"rete nella barra dei menù e selezionare Abilita rete senza " -"fili." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Il computer potrebbe trasmettere ancora dati se il Bluetooth non è spento." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17386,11 +17399,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul Menù di rete nella Barra dei menù e " -"quindi sul nome della rete a cui connettersi." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17618,31 +17629,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Imparare cosa significano le opzioni della schermata di modifica della " -"connessione WiFi." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Modificare una connessione a una rete WiFi" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." -msgstr "" -"Questo argomento descrive tutte le opzioni disponibili per la modifica di " -"una connessione a una rete senza fili. Per modificare una connessione, fare " -"clic sul Menù di rete nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Modifica connessioni." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17653,17 +17658,17 @@ "consentire un maggiore controllo su configurazioni di rete più avanzate." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Disponibile per tutti gli utenti / Connettere automaticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Connettere automaticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17672,64 +17677,50 @@ "questa rete ogni qual volta entri nel suo raggio d'azione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Se ci si trova nel raggio d'azione di diverse reti per le quali è stata " -"impostata la connessione automatica, il computer tenterà di connettersi a " -"quella che compare per prima nella scheda Senza fili della " -"finestra Connessioni di rete e non si disconnetterà da una rete " -"disponibile per connettersi a un'altra appena giunta a portata." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Disponibile per tutti gli utenti" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Selezionare questa opzione per consentire a tutti gli utenti del computer " -"l'accesso a questa rete senza fili. Se la rete ha una password WEP/WPA e questa opzione è stata " -"selezionata, occorrerà digitare la password una volta sola. Tutti gli altri " -"utenti del computer potranno connettersi alla rete senza aver bisogno di " -"conoscere la password." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Se questa opzione è selezionata, è necessario essere un amministratore per modificare le impostazioni della " -"rete. Può essere richiesto l'inserimento della password di amministratore." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Senza fili" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17742,12 +17733,12 @@ "l'impostazione del router o della stazione fissa WiFi)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17765,55 +17756,41 @@ "hoc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Nel caso sia selezionata l'opzione Ad-hoc, occorre specificare " -"due ulteriori opzioni, Banda e Canale. utilizzate per " -"determinare su quale banda di frequenza la rete WiFi opererà. Alcuni " -"computer possono operare solo su determinate bande (per esempio, solo " -"A o solo B/G) ed è pertanto necessario scegliere una " -"banda sulla quale possono operare tutti i computer della rete ad-hoc. In " -"posti affollati, ci potrebbero essere diverse reti senza fili che " -"condividono il medesimo canale; questo potrebbe rallentare la connessione, " -"rendendo necessaria la modifica del canale utilizzato." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Questo è il Basic Service Set Identifier. Lo SSID (vedere sopra) è " -"il nome della riconoscibile dalle persone; il BSSID è un nome comprensibile " -"per il computer (è una stringa di lettere e numeri che si suppone essere " -"univoca per la rete WiFi). Se una rete è " -"nascosta, non ha un SSID ma solo un BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Indirizzo MAC dispositivo" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17826,7 +17803,7 @@ "rete è dotato di un indirizzo MAC unico assegnato dal produttore." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" @@ -17834,34 +17811,28 @@ "propria scheda di rete." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Indirizzo MAC clonato" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"il componente hardware di rete (scheda WiFi) può fare finta di avere un " -"diverso indirizzo MAC. Ciò è utile se un dispositivo o un servizio è in " -"grado di comunicare solo con un certo indirizzo MAC (per esempio, un modem a " -"banda larga via cavo). Se si inserisce quell'indirizzo MAC nella casella " -"Indirizzo MAC clonato, il dispositivo/servizio attribuirà al " -"computer l'indirizzo clonato anziché quello reale." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17879,54 +17850,45 @@ "necessario modificare questa impostazione." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Sicurezza WiFi" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicurezza" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Definisce quale tipo di cifratura è utilizzato dalla propria rete " -"senza fili. Le connessioni cifrate aiutano a proteggere la connessione senza " -"fili dalle intercettazioni, in modo tale da non consentire ad altre persone " -"di \"ascoltare\" e vedere quali siti web vengono visitati e così via." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Alcuni tipi di cifratura sono più robusti di altri, ma potrebbero non essere " -"supportati dagli equipaggiamenti per reti senza fili più datati. Normalmente " -"è necessario digitare una password per connettersi; alcuni tipi di sicurezza " -"più sofisticati possono richiedere anche un nome utente e un \"certificato\" " -"digitale. Per maggiori informazioni sui più popolari tipi di cifratura WiFi, " -"consultare ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17937,17 +17899,17 @@ "visualizzare diversi modi di ottenere/impostare queste informazioni." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Sono disponibili i seguenti metodi:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatico (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17963,37 +17925,32 @@ "utilizzano questo metodo." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatico (DHCP) solo indirizzi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Se si sceglie questa impostazione, il computer otterrà l'indirizzo IP da un " -"server DHCP, ma sarà necessario definire manualmente altri dettagli (come il " -"server DNS da utilizzare)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Scegliere questa opzione per definire personalmente tutte le impostazioni di " -"rete, compreso quale indirizzo IP deve essere usato dal computer." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Solo Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -18010,38 +17967,41 @@ "computer in modo tale da farli comunicare fra di loro." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Disabilitato" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Questa opzione disabilita la connessione di rete e ne impedisce l'utilizzo. " -"Notare che IPv4 e IPv6 sono considerate come " -"connessioni separate, anche se si riferiscono alla medesima scheda di rete. " -"Se una di esse è abilitata, potrebbe essere necessario disabilitare l'altra." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Impostazioni IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"È simile alla scheda IPv4 ma gestisce il più recente standard " -"IPv6. Le reti più moderne utilizzano il protocollo IPv6, ma IPv4 è " -"attualmente ancora il più diffuso." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -18122,23 +18082,19 @@ "wireless-hidden\">connettersi in modo diverso." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul Menù di rete nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Connetti a rete senza fili nascosta." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Connettersi a una rete WiFi nascosta" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18154,6 +18110,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18161,7 +18124,7 @@ "sicurezza WiFi e fare clic su Connetti." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18174,7 +18137,7 @@ "genere: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18183,7 +18146,7 @@ "fissa WiFi: cercare termini come WEP e WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18387,7 +18350,7 @@ msgstr "Eseguire un controllo del modem e del router" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18398,12 +18361,12 @@ "ogni passaggio della guida." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Usare la riga di comando" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18414,7 +18377,7 @@ "trovata nella Dash." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19796,13 +19759,13 @@ "lasciati in un posto di ristrette dimensioni come uno zaino." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" "Nella sezione Hardware, fare clic su Alimentazione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19967,11 +19930,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Digitare sudo pm-hibernate nel terminale e premere " -"Invio." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -20015,11 +19976,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Se il test sull'ibernazione ha funzionato, usare il comando sudo pm-" -"hibernate per ibernare il computer." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -20139,62 +20098,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Perchè il computer si spegne o entra in sospensione quando la carica della " -"batteria scende al 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Quando il livello di carica della batteria è troppo basso, il computer entra " -"automaticamente in sospensione: ciò " -"accade per non fare scaricare completamente la batteria, che potrebbe " -"danneggiarsi. Se la carica della batteria è esaurita, il computer potrebbe " -"non riuscire ad arrestarsi correttamente." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"È possibile modificare cosa accade quando il livello di carica della " -"batteria è troppo basso. Per prima cosa fare clic sul Menù " -"batteria nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Impostazioni alimentazione. Esaminare le impostazioni " -"dell'opzione Quando la carica della batteria è critica: è " -"possibile scegliere la sospensione, l'ibernazione o lo spegnimento del computer. Scegliendo lo " -"spegnimento, le applicazioni e i documenti non verranno salvati " -"prima che il computer si spenga." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Alcuni computer presentano problemi con la sospensione e possono non " -"riuscire a ripristinare, alla riaccensione, programmi e documenti aperti " -"prima della sospensione. In tal caso è possibile che parte del lavoro non " -"salvato prima della sospensione vada perso, anche se può essere possibile " -"risolvere i problemi con la " -"sospensione." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20234,26 +20149,17 @@ msgstr "Se questo accade, provare a spegnere il WiFi e a riaccenderlo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " -"Impostazioni di sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Aprire Rete e selezionare Wireless." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Spegnere il WiFi e riaccenderlo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20262,7 +20168,7 @@ "aeroplano." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20649,7 +20555,7 @@ msgstr "È possibile disattivare l'oscuramento dello schermo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20821,7 +20727,7 @@ "lingue." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20832,7 +20738,7 @@ "lingue installate attualmente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20841,14 +20747,14 @@ "installate da rimuovere." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Fare clic su Applica modifiche." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20859,7 +20765,7 @@ "amministrazione." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20870,8 +20776,8 @@ "il controllo ortografico, caratteri e metodi di input." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20936,7 +20842,9 @@ msgstr "Configurazione" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Configurare una stampante" @@ -20953,9 +20861,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Stampanti non rilevate, fogli inceppati, stampati che sembrano sbagliati..." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -21074,7 +20982,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21597,7 +21504,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Aprire Stampanti." @@ -21644,87 +21551,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Impostare una stampante collegata al computer." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Impostare una stampante locale" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Il sistema riconosce automaticamente molti tipi di stampanti, quando vengono " -"collegate: per molte di esse la connessione al computer avviene mediante un " -"cavo USB." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Non è necessario selezionare se installare una stampante locale o di rete: " -"sono elencate in una sola finestra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Assicurarsi che la stampante sia accesa." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Collegare la stampante al sistema usando il cavo appropriato: è possibile " -"che sullo schermo venga visualizzata la ricerca dei driver da parte del " -"sistema e che sia necessario immettere la propria password di autenticazione " -"per installarli." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Quando il sistema avrà completato l'installazione, verrà visualizzato un " -"messaggio: selezionare Stampa di prova per provare il " -"funzionamento della stampante o Opzioni per apportare modifiche " -"alla configurazione della stampante." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Se la stampante non è stata configurata automaticamente, è possibile " -"aggiungerla manualmente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Aggiungi e selezionare la stampante nel riquadro " -"«Periferiche»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su Avanti e attendere durante la ricerca dei driver." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21733,7 +21616,7 @@ "stampante: al termine, fare clic su Applica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21741,25 +21624,69 @@ "per saltare questo passaggio." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Se sono disponibili diversi driver per la stampante, occorrerà sceglierne " -"uno: per usare il driver consigliato, fare clic su Avanti nelle schermate " -"della marca e modello della stampante." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Assicurarsi che la stampante sia accesa." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Dopo aver installato la stampante, può essere necessario cambiare la stampante " -"predefinita." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21948,17 +21875,17 @@ "indicare almeno tre cose:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Cosa ci si aspettava accadesse" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Cosa si è verificato" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21967,7 +21894,7 @@ "passo è «Avviare il programma»" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21977,7 +21904,7 @@ "migliorare Ubuntu!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21991,7 +21918,7 @@ "sistema operativo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Salva." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -22107,7 +22120,7 @@ "base alle impostazioni predefinite della propria regione." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -22116,7 +22129,7 @@ "regionali." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -22127,18 +22140,16 @@ "utilizzano le lingue impostate nella scheda Lingua." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Affinché le modifiche abbiano effetto è necessario terminare la sessione e " -"rieseguire l'accesso. Fare clic sull'icona più a destra nella barra dei menù " -"e selezionare Termina sessione." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -22151,12 +22162,12 @@ "della settimana nei calendari." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Modificare i formati di sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -22167,19 +22178,19 @@ "sistema, cioè i formati usati all'interno di tutto il sistema operativo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Modificare i formati come descritto precedentemente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Fare clic su Applica globalmente." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22209,12 +22220,12 @@ "install\">traduzioni installate nel sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Fare clic su Supporto lingue." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22223,18 +22234,16 @@ "quindi la lingua all'inizio dell'elenco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Affinché le modifiche abbiano effetto è necessario terminare la sessione e " -"rieseguire l'accesso. Fare clic sull'icona più a destra nella barra dei menù " -"e selezionare Termina sessione." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22251,12 +22260,12 @@ "predefinita per il sistema, è utile fare ciò." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Modificare la lingua di sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22268,7 +22277,7 @@ "in tutto il sistema operativo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Modificare la propria lingua come indicato precedentemente." @@ -22310,19 +22319,19 @@ "bloccato automaticamente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Fare clic su Luminosità e blocco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Modificare il valore nell'elenco a discesa Bloccare lo schermo " "dopo." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22587,7 +22596,7 @@ "intro\">Launcher per accedervi velocemente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22596,7 +22605,7 @@ "intro\">Dash nel Launcher." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22605,7 +22614,7 @@ "destro sulla sua icona e selezionare Blocca nel Launcher." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22614,7 +22623,7 @@ "al di fuori dello stesso e reinserendola alla posizione desiderata." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22668,23 +22677,20 @@ "quando si riaccederà." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Per terminare la sessione o cambiare utente, fare clic sul menù di sistema alla destra della barra " -"dei menù e scegliere l'azione appropriata." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bloccare lo schermo" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22699,33 +22705,32 @@ "schermo, questo verrà bloccato automaticamente dopo un certo tempo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Per bloccare lo schermo, fare clic sul menù di sistema nella " -"barra dei menù e selezionare Blocca schermo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Quando lo schermo è bloccato, altri utenti possono entrare nel loro account " -"facendo clic su Cambia utente nella schermata della password. " -"Quando avranno finito, sarà possibile ritornare al proprio ambiente di " -"lavoro." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Sospendere" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22741,30 +22746,29 @@ "operazione, il computer continua a utilizzare una minima parte di energia." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Per sospendere il computer manualmente, fare clic sul menù di " -"sistema nella barra dei menù e selezionare Sospendi." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Spegnere o riavviare" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Per spegnere il computer o riavviarlo, fare clic sul menù di " -"sistema e selezionare Arresta." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23402,12 +23406,12 @@ "Una finestra non può essere ridimensionata se è stata massimizzata." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Per ridimensionare una finestra orizzontalmente o verticalmente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23417,12 +23421,12 @@ "trascinare la finestra in qualsiasi direzione." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Per ridimensionare solo orizzontalmente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23432,12 +23436,12 @@ "finestra per ridimensionarla orizzontalmente." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Per ridimensionare solo verticalmente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23448,17 +23452,17 @@ "Fare clic e trascinare la finestra per ridimensionarla verticalmente." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Organizzare le finestre nello spazio di lavoro" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Per posizionare due finestre una a fianco dell'altra:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23472,7 +23476,7 @@ "metà sinistra dello schermo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23482,7 +23486,7 @@ "schermo a testa." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23541,11 +23545,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Dalla tastiera" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23554,58 +23558,41 @@ "selettore di finestra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Rilasciare Alt per selezionare la finestra successiva (quella " -"selezionata) nel selettore." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Oppure, tenendo premuto il tasto Alt, premere Tab per " -"passare nell'elenco da una finestra aperta all'altra, oppure " -"MaiuscTab per tornare alla finestra " -"precedente." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Nel selettore, le finestre sono raggruppate per applicazione; anteprime " -"delle applicazioni con finestre multiple appaiono quando si fa clic " -"passandoci sopra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"È anche possibile usare i tasti → e ← per spostarsi " -"tra le icone delle applicazioni nel selettore, oppure attivarne una facendo " -"clic sulla sua icona con il mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Le anteprime delle applicazioni con una singola finestra possono essere " -"mostrate con il tasto ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23618,8 +23605,13 @@ "successivamente premere Tab o " "MaiuscTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23630,7 +23622,7 @@ "finestre aperte rimpicciolite." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Fare clic sulla finestra a cui passare." @@ -23838,7 +23830,7 @@ msgstr "Abilitare gli spazi di lavoro" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23847,13 +23839,13 @@ "scheda Comportamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" "Selezionare la casella di controllo Abilitare gli spazi di lavoro." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23867,12 +23859,12 @@ "modificare il numero di spazi di lavoro:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Modificare il numero di spazi di lavoro" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23881,7 +23873,7 @@ "Terminale." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23890,7 +23882,7 @@ "il numero finale, e quindi premere Invio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24750,7 +24742,7 @@ msgstr "Inserire caratteri speciali" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24762,17 +24754,17 @@ "modi per inserire questi caratteri." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Metodi per inserire caratteri" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Tabella caratteri" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24784,7 +24776,7 @@ "quindi copiarlo e incollarlo dove necessario." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the manuale." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Tasto Compose" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24813,7 +24805,7 @@ "premere compose quindi ' e poi e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24822,38 +24814,40 @@ "definire uno dei tasti presenti sulla tastiera come un tasto compose." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Definire un tasto compose" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Fare clic su Disposizione tastiera." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Fare clic su Opzioni." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Trovare il gruppo indicato come Posizione tasto Compose. " -"Selezionare il tasto o i tasti che si dovranno comportare come un tasto " -"compose. È possibile scegliere tasti come BlocMaiusc, entrambi i " -"tasti Alt o il tasto menù. Qualsiasi tasto si sceglierà, inizierà " -"a funzionare come un tasto compose e non funzionerà più secondo il suo scopo " -"iniziale." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24861,7 +24855,7 @@ "esempio:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24870,7 +24864,7 @@ "un accento acuto sulla lettera, come é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24879,7 +24873,7 @@ "un accento grave sulla lettera, come è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24888,7 +24882,7 @@ "un umlaut sulla lettera, come ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24897,7 +24891,7 @@ "un macron (sengo di vocale lunga) sulla lettera, come ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see pagina del tasto compose su Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Code point" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24931,7 +24925,7 @@ "caratteri dopo U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24947,12 +24941,12 @@ "memorizzare il loro code point per inserirlo rapidamente." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Sorgenti di input" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25792,32 +25786,22 @@ "sinistra dello schermo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul menù di sistema nell'angolo in alto a destra della " -"barra dei menù e selezionare Impostazioni di sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Nella sezione Personale, fare clic su Aspetto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Passare nella scheda Comportamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Spostare Scomparsa automatica del Launcher su ON." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25826,7 +25810,7 @@ "per indicare quale sia l'area che attiva la comparsa del Launcher." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25861,12 +25845,12 @@ "dimensione per poter fare clic sulle icone più agevolmente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Fare clic su Aspetto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25875,7 +25859,7 @@ "o diminuire la dimensione delle icone del Launcher." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "La dimensione predefinita dell'icona del Launcher è 48." @@ -25983,13 +25967,13 @@ "disponibili possono essere incluse le seguenti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" "Lanciare l'applicazione o aprire il documento, la cartella o il dispositivo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25998,7 +25982,7 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -26007,12 +25991,12 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "Chiudere un'applicazione in esecuzione" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -26021,7 +26005,7 @@ "dell'applicazione, nel caso ce ne siano più di una" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "Scorciatoie specifiche per l'applicazione come l'apertura di un nuovo " @@ -26200,7 +26184,7 @@ "visibili e non sia necessario posizionarvi sopra il mouse per poterli vedere." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -26209,7 +26193,7 @@ "scheda Comportamento." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -26218,7 +26202,7 @@ "del titolo della finestra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" @@ -26226,12 +26210,12 @@ "sempre." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menù di stato" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26243,8 +26227,26 @@ "stato sono un metodo conveniente per controllare e modificare lo stato del " "computer e delle applicazioni." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Alcune delle icone utilizzate dai menù indicatore variano in base allo stato " +"dell'applicazione." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Altri programmi come Tomboy o Transmission, possono " +"aggiungere indicatori al pannello." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "Elenco dei menù di stato e delle relative funzionalità" @@ -26253,7 +26255,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -26263,7 +26265,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26272,7 +26274,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Icona rete non disponibile" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26288,7 +26290,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26298,7 +26300,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26307,7 +26309,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Icona sorgenti input" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26316,7 +26318,7 @@ "xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">configurare le sorgenti di input." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26325,7 +26327,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Icona Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26340,7 +26342,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26350,7 +26352,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26359,7 +26361,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Icona di un messaggio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26372,7 +26374,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26380,7 +26382,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26389,7 +26391,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Icona della batteria" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26402,7 +26404,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26412,7 +26414,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26421,7 +26423,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Icona del volume" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26432,12 +26434,12 @@ "i riproduttori multimediali come Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Orologio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26446,22 +26448,8 @@ "appuntamenti dall'applicazione " "Calendario." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26470,7 +26458,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Icona dell'alimentazione" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26481,24 +26469,6 @@ "dell'utente, il blocco dello schermo, il termine della sessione, la " "sospensione, il riavvio e lo spegnimento del computer." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Alcune delle icone utilizzate dai menù indicatore variano in base allo stato " -"dell'applicazione." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Altri programmi come Tomboy o Transmission, possono " -"aggiungere indicatori al pannello." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26625,46 +26595,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" -"Come impostazione predefinita, non vengono effettuate ricerche online." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Attivare i risultati delle ricerche online" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Per ricevere suggerimenti dalle ricerche online, è possibile abilitare " -"questa funzionalità attraverso la sezione Sicurezza e privacy " -"delle impostazioni di sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Fare clic sul menù di sistema sulla destra della barra dei " -"menù e selezionare Impostazioni di sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Aprire Sicurezza & Privacy e selezionare la scheda " -"Ricerca." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Attivare Includere i risultati da ricerche online." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -28317,7 +28253,7 @@ "il diagramma sulla sinistra. Le impostazioni che è possibile regolare sono:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28328,7 +28264,7 @@ "valori digitali) tra Leggera e Pesante." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28344,7 +28280,7 @@ "Indietro, Avanti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28353,15 +28289,12 @@ "regolare la \"sensibilità\" tra Leggera e Pesante." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Se più penne sono disponibili, quando quella aggiuntiva si avvicina alla " -"tavoletta, viene visualizzato un selettore vicino al nome del dispositivo. " -"Utilizzare questo selettore per scegliere la penna da configurare." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28424,6 +28357,26 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #~ msgstr "non dovrebbe servire" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Fare clic su Disposizione tastiera." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Fare clic su Opzioni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trovare il gruppo indicato come Posizione tasto Compose. " +#~ "Selezionare il tasto o i tasti che si dovranno comportare come un tasto " +#~ "compose. È possibile scegliere tasti come BlocMaiusc, entrambi i " +#~ "tasti Alt o il tasto menù. Qualsiasi tasto si sceglierà, inizierà " +#~ "a funzionare come un tasto compose e non funzionerà più secondo il suo scopo " +#~ "iniziale." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28487,6 +28440,80 @@ #~ "keyboard-En.svg' md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Impostazioni di sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aggiungere un account consente di collegarsi ai propri account online con " +#~ "Ubuntu: in questo modo verranno impostate le applicazioni di posta " +#~ "elettronica, di conversazione e altre applicazioni correlate." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Selezionare un Tipo di account dal pannello sulla destra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per configurare più account, è possibile ripetere questo processo in seguito." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si aprirà una piccola interfaccia utente web in cui è possibile immettere le " +#~ "credenziali del proprio account online. Per esempio, per impostare un " +#~ "account Google, inserire nome utente e password ed effettuare l'accesso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se sono state immesse correttamente le proprie credenziali, verrà richiesto " +#~ "di accettare i termini. Selezionare Accetto per continuare. Una " +#~ "volta effettuata questa operazione, Ubuntu ha bisogno del permesso per " +#~ "accedere all'account: per concedere questo permesso fare clic sul tasto " +#~ "OK. Quando richiesto, immettere la password utente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ora è possibile selezionare le applicazioni da collegare al proprio account " +#~ "online. Ad esempio, per usare un account online per le conversazioni, ma non " +#~ "il calendario, deselezionare l'opzione calendario." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dopo aver aggiunto gli account, ogni applicazione selezionata userà " +#~ "automaticamente le credenziali fornite al momento dell'accesso al proprio " +#~ "account." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per ragioni di sicurezza, Ubuntu non memorizzerà nel computer la password ma " +#~ "un token fornito dal servizio online. Per annullare completamente il " +#~ "collegamento tra il proprio computer e il servizio online, occorre rimuoverlo." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28525,6 +28552,31 @@ #~ "Usare Ubuntu Software Center per aggiungere programmi e rendere Ubuntu " #~ "ancora più utile." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Installare software aggiuntivo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il gruppo di sviluppo di Ubuntu ha scelto un gruppo di applicazioni " +#~ "predefinite che dovrebbero rendere Ubuntu utile per la maggior parte dei " +#~ "compiti di tutti i giorni. Tuttavia sicuramente sarà necessario altro " +#~ "software affinché Ubuntu soddisfi al meglio le esigenze dell'utente." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Per installare software aggiuntivo, procedere come segue:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connettersi a Internet utilizzando una connessione via cavo o senza fili." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28541,12 +28593,57 @@ #~ "selezionare una categoria e trovare un'applicazione dall'elenco." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare l'applicazione da installare e fare clic su Installa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verrà chiesto di inserire la propria password. Una volta fatto ciò, " +#~ "l'installazione verrà avviata." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il processo d'installazione è solitamente un'operazione veloce, ma potrebbe " +#~ "impiegare più tempo in presenza di una connessione a Internet lenta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una scorciatoia per la nuova applicazione verrà aggiunta al Launcher. Per " +#~ "disabilitare questa funzione, deselezionare ViewNew " +#~ "Applications in Launcher" + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aggiungere PPA per provare software in fase di sviluppo o nuove funzionalità." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I PPA (Personal Package Archives) sono archivi software facili da " +#~ "installare, progettati per gli utenti Ubuntu." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Quando si avvia il Software Center, fare clic su Modifica " #~ "Sorgenti Software" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su Aggiungi e inserire l'indirizzo ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28554,6 +28651,9 @@ #~ "Chiudere la finestra Sorgenti software. Verranno controllate le sorgenti " #~ "software per nuove applicazioni o per nuovi aggiornamenti." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Rimuovere software non più utilizzato." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28577,6 +28677,26 @@ #~ "nella parte superiore della finestra." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Viene richiesto di inserire la password. Una volta digitata correttamente, " +#~ "l'applicazione viene rimossa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aggiungere altri archivi per ampliare le sorgenti software usate per " +#~ "aggiornamenti e installazioni." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Aggiungere ulteriori archivi software" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Installare altri archivi" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28627,6 +28747,18 @@ #~ "Fare clic su Aggiungi sorgente, quindi chiudere la finestra e " #~ "attendere mentre Ubuntu Software Center scarica le nuove informazioni." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installare, rimuovere, repository " +#~ "addizionali…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Aggiungere e rimuovere software" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese non è incluso nell'istallazione predefinita di Ubuntu. Per " @@ -28663,6 +28795,9 @@ #~ msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." #~ msgstr "È necessario installare Cheese prima di poterne leggere la guida." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Chiavetta USB (capacità limitata)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28689,6 +28824,23 @@ #~ "al computer in uso da un altro dispositivo. Per maggiori informazioni, " #~ "consultare ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Scaricare una guida alla stampa da una società di colori" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilizzare una società di colori per generare un profilo per stampante è " +#~ "solitamente l'opzione più economica nel caso in cui si abbiano solo uno o " +#~ "due tipi diversi di carta. Scaricando il grafico di riferimento dal sito web " +#~ "della società, è possibile inoltre rispedirgli la stampa in un involucro " +#~ "imbottito. Essi provvederanno a scansionare la pagina, generare il profilo e " +#~ "rispedirti via email un profilo ICC accurato." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28742,153 +28894,1021 @@ #~ "Deselezionare Eventi imminenti dal calendario di Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selezionare il disco da controllare dall'elenco Dispositivi di " -#~ "archiviazione. Le informazioni e lo stato del disco saranno mostrati " -#~ "sotto Unità." +#~ "Per ripristinare l'orologio, fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei " +#~ "menù e selezionare Impostazioni di sistema: nella sezione " +#~ "«Sistema», fare clic su Ora e data." -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stato SMART dovrebbe visualizzare \"Il disco è in buono stato\"." +#~ "Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Impostazioni di sistema." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Eseguire benchmark sul disco rigido per verificarne la velocità." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Verificare le prestazioni del disco fisso" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Per valutare la velocità del proprio disco rigido:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fare clic sul pulsante Dati SMART per visualizzare maggiori " -#~ "informazioni sul disco o per avviare un test automatico." +#~ "Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla Dash." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla panoramica attività." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Scegliere il disco fisso dall'elenco Dispositivi disco." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per progetti di masterizzazione CD/DVD più avanzati, usare " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ "Fare clic sul pulsante con l'ingranaggio e selezionare Benchmark " +#~ "unità." #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per maggiori informazioni sull'utilizzo di Brasero, consultare la guida utente." +#~ "Fare clic su Avvia benchmark e regolare i parametri Tasso di " +#~ "trasferimento e Tempo di accesso." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Alcune lingue, come il cinese o il coreano, richiedono un metodo di input " -#~ "più complesso di una semplice chiave per associare i caratteri. Di " -#~ "conseguenza alcune delle origini di input selezionabili abilitano tale " -#~ "metodo." +#~ "Fare clic su Avvia benchmark per verificare la velocità con cui i " +#~ "dati vengono letti sul disco. Possono essere richiesti privilegi di amministrazione: inserire la propria " +#~ "password o la password di amministrazione." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le opzioni sui metodi di input sono disponibili solo se la relativa macchina " -#~ "per il metodo di input (IM) è installata. Quando si installa un linguaggio, viene automaticamente " -#~ "installata un'adeguata macchina IM, se possibile. Per esempio, se si " -#~ "installa il coreano, viene installato il pacchetto ibus-hangul e " -#~ "viene resa disponibile l'opzione della sorgente di input coreano " -#~ "(hangul) al successivo accesso. È anche possibile installare separatamente la macchina IBus " -#~ "IM preferita." +#~ "Terminata la verifica, i risultati sono mostrati nel grafico. I punti verdi " +#~ "e le linee congiungenti indicano i campioni presi. Tali elementi sono " +#~ "riferiti all'asse destro, che mostra il tempo di accesso, e all'asse " +#~ "inferiore, che rappresenta la percentuale di tempo trascorsa durante il " +#~ "benchmark. La linea blu rappresenta i tassi di lettura, mentre quella rossa " +#~ "rappresenta i tassi di scrittura. Essi sono riferiti all'asse sinistro, che " +#~ "mostra i tassi di accesso ai dati, e all'asse inferiore, che rappresenta la " +#~ "percentuale di velocità a cui il disco ha viaggiato, dall'esterno al " +#~ "motorino." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione per prevenire clic " -#~ "accidentali." +#~ "Sotto il grafico vengono visualizzati i valori della velocità di lettura e " +#~ "scrittura minima, massima e media, tempo medio di accesso e tempo trascorso " +#~ "dall'ultimo benchmark effettuato." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Usare Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco o Monitor di " +#~ "sistema per controllare lo spazio libero e la capacità totale." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sui computer portatili il touchpad è solitamente posizionato dove viene " -#~ "appoggiato il polso durante la digitazione, causando talvolta dei clic " -#~ "accidentali. È possibile disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione: " -#~ "funzionerà nuovamente alcuni istanti dopo aver interrotto la digitazione." +#~ "È possibile controllare la quantità libera di spazio sul disco con " +#~ "Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco oppure con Monitor di " +#~ "sistema." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Verificare con «Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco»" #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nella sezione Touchpad, selezionare Disabilitare durante la " -#~ "digitazione" +#~ "Per verificare lo spazio libero e la capacità del disco usando " +#~ "Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "I touchpad dei computer portatili talvolta evidenziano un ritardo nella " -#~ "ripresa del funzionamento dopo aver terminato la digitazione. Ciò è dovuto " -#~ "alla necessità di evitare di toccare accidentalmente il touchpad con il " -#~ "palmo della mano durante la digitazione. Per maggiori informazioni, " -#~ "consultare ." +#~ "Aprire Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco dalla Dash. " +#~ "La finestra mostrerà la capacità totale del file system e " +#~ "l'utilizzo totale del file system." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Mostra la data e l'orario dell'ultima modifica al file." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprire l'applicazione Dischi dalla panoramica " +#~ "Attività: la finestra visualizzerà la Capacità totale del " +#~ "file system e l'Utilizzo totale del file system." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se si vuole essere ancora più sicuri, o se si vuole controllare l'eventuale " -#~ "presenza di virus all'interno di file che devono essere scambiati con altre " -#~ "persona che utilizzano sistemi Windows e Mac OS, è comunque possibile " -#~ "installare un antivirus. Controllare in Ubuntu Software Center le " -#~ "applicazioni disponibili." +#~ "Fare clic su un pulsante nella barra degli strumenti per eseguire la " +#~ "Scansione della home, la Scansione di una cartella " +#~ "oppure la Scansione di una cartella remota." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cambiare il browser predefinito, " -#~ "installare Flash, installare il plugin java, supporto Silverlight…" +#~ "Le informazioni sono visualizzate secondo la Cartella, " +#~ "l'Utilizzo, le Dimensioni e i Contenuti. " +#~ "Per maggiori informazioni, consultare Analizzatore di utilizzo del disco." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Verificare usando «Monitor di sistema»" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Empathy viene installato in maniera predefinita in Ubuntu. Avviare " -#~ "Messaggistica istantanea Empathy dalla Dash, dal Launcher " -#~ "o scegliere Chat dal Menù " -#~ "messaggistica." +#~ "Per verificare lo spazio libero e la capacità del disco usando Monitor " +#~ "di sistema:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Molti programmi sono creati per offrire servizi di rete. Per esempio, " -#~ "condividere contenuti o consentire la visualizzazione del proprio desktop da " +#~ "Aprire l'applicazioneMonitor di sistema dalla Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprire l'applicazioneMonitor di sistema dalla panoramica " +#~ "Attività" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare la scheda File system per visualizzare le partizioni " +#~ "del sistema e l'utilizzo dello spazio del disco. Le informazioni mostrano lo " +#~ "spazio Totale, Libero, Disponibile e " +#~ "Usato." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Se il disco è pieno è possibile:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eliminare i file poco importanti oppure quelli che non verranno più " +#~ "utilizzati." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Effettuare backup dei file importanti di " +#~ "cui non si avrà necessità nell'immediato futuro ed eliminarli dal disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprire l'applicazioneDischi dalla panoramica Attività" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare il disco da controllare dall'elenco Dispositivi di " +#~ "archiviazione. Le informazioni e lo stato del disco saranno mostrati " +#~ "sotto Unità." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stato SMART dovrebbe visualizzare \"Il disco è in buono stato\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sul pulsante Dati SMART per visualizzare maggiori " +#~ "informazioni sul disco o per avviare un test automatico." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anche se Stato SMART indica che il disco non è in buono " +#~ "stato, potrebbe non esserci alcun motivo per preoccuparsi. È comunque " +#~ "consigliato avere una copia di backup dei " +#~ "propri dati per prevenirne la perdita." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se lo stato mostra \"Pre-fail\", il disco è tuttora in buono stato, ma sono " +#~ "stati rilevati segni di usura che potrebbero portare a errori futuri. Se il " +#~ "disco fisso (oppure il computer) ha qualche anno, questo messaggio potrebbe " +#~ "apparire in alcuni controlli: eseguire il backup " +#~ "dei dati importanti regolarmente e verificare periodicamente se lo " +#~ "stato del disco peggiora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eliminare file e cartelle formattando un disco esterno oppure un'unità USB." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Eliminare tutto da un'unità rimovibile" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ogni tanto può essere necessario rimuovere tutti i file e le cartelle da " +#~ "un'unità rimovibile, per esempio un supporto USB oppure un disco fisso " +#~ "esterno. È possibile fare ciò formattando il disco: verranno " +#~ "eliminati tutti i file sul disco e risulterà quindi vuoto." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formattare un'unità rimovibile" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare il disco da formattare dall'elenco Dispositivi di " +#~ "archiviazione." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Assicurarsi di avere selezionato il disco giusto. Se è stato scelto quello " +#~ "sbagliato, tutti i file presenti saranno persi per sempre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nella sezione Volumi, fare clic su Smonta volume, quindi su " +#~ "Formatta volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nella finestra che si è aperta, selezionare un Tipo di file " +#~ "system per il disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se oltre che con Linux il disco è usato anche con Windows oppure Mac OS, " +#~ "selezionare FAT. Se è utilizzato solo con Windows, " +#~ "NTFS dovrebbe essere la scelta migliore. Verrà mostrata una breve " +#~ "descrizione del tipo di file system." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Assegnare un nome al disco, quindi fare clic su Formatta per " +#~ "avviare la cancellazione del disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una volta terminata la formattazione, rimuovere in sicurezza il " +#~ "disco: ora dovrebbe essere vuoto e pronto per essere usato nuovamente." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formattare un disco non elimina in modo sicuro i file" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formattare un disco non è un modo completamente sicuro per eliminare tutti i " +#~ "dati. Un disco formattato all'apparenza non contiene file, ma è possibile " +#~ "ripristinarli con software speciali. Se è necessario eliminare in modo " +#~ "sicuro i file, usare uno strumento a riga di comando come shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Comprendere cosa sono i volumi e le partizioni e usare il gestore di dischi " +#~ "per gestirli." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Visualizzare e gestire volumi e partizioni usando il gestore dischi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile controllare e modificare i volumi del computer usando il gestore " +#~ "dei dischi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprire la Dash e avviare l'applicazione Dischi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nell'elenco Dispositivi di archiviazione verranno visualizzati " +#~ "dischi fissi, unità CD/DVD e altri dispositivi fisici. Fare clic su un " +#~ "dispositivo per vederne i dettagli." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nella parte destra, l'area Volumi mostra un'anteprima visiva dei " +#~ "volumi e delle partizioni presenti nel disco selezionato e mette a " +#~ "disposizione una varietà di strumenti per gestirli." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Attenzione: usando questi strumenti è possibile eliminare completamente " +#~ "tutti i dati sul disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una partizione primaria deve contenere le informazioni usate dal computer " +#~ "per avviarsi (boot). Per questo motivo è chiamata anche partizione " +#~ "di boot, oppure volume di boot. Per verificare se un volume è avviabile, " +#~ "verificare il Flag della partizione usando «Gestore dischi». " +#~ "Anche le periferiche esterne come unità USB e CD possono contenere un volume " +#~ "avviabile." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Assicurarsi che il controllo Blocco sia attivato, quindi " +#~ "selezionare un intervallo di tempo dall'elenco a discesa sottostante: lo " +#~ "schermo verrà bloccato trascorso questo lasso di tempo. È possibile anche " +#~ "selezionare Arresto dello schermo per bloccare lo schermo dopo lo " +#~ "spegnimento automatico, attivato dall'elenco a discesa soprastante " +#~ "Spegnere lo schermo dopo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Usare il gestore di file File per esplorare e organizzare i file " +#~ "sul computer. È anche possibile usarlo per gestire file su dispositivi di " +#~ "archiviazione (come dischi esterni), su server di file e su condivisioni di rete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel gestore di file, fare doppio-clic su qualsiasi cartella per " +#~ "visualizzarne il contenuto, e fare doppio-clic su un file per aprirlo con " +#~ "l'applicazione predefinita. Fare clic col pulsante destro del mouse su una " +#~ "cartella per aprirla in una nuova scheda o in una nuova finestra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per raggiungere rapidamente un file presente nella cartella visualizzata, " +#~ "iniziare a digitare il suo nome. Una casella di ricerca apparirà in cima " +#~ "alla finestra e il primo file che corrisponde alla ricerca verrà " +#~ "evidenziato. Premere il tasto freccia verso il basso o scorrere con il " +#~ "mouse, per selezionare il successivo file che corrisponde alla ricerca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile accedere rapidamente a posizioni di uso frequente dal " +#~ "Riquadro laterale. Se il riquadro laterale non è visibile, fare " +#~ "clic sul pulsante giù nella barra degli strumenti e selezionare " +#~ "Mostra riquadro laterale. È possibile aggiungere segnalibri a " +#~ "cartelle di uso frequente; i segnalibri saranno mostrati nel riquadro " +#~ "laterale. Per fare ciò, usare il menù Segnalibri, o semplicemente " +#~ "trascinare una cartella nel riquadro laterale." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per progetti di masterizzazione CD/DVD più avanzati, usare " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per maggiori informazioni sull'utilizzo di Brasero, consultare la guida utente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il file potrebbe essere stato rinominato in modo da essere nascosto. I file " +#~ "che cominciano con . oppure terminano col simbolo " +#~ "~ non vengono visualizzati nel gestore di file. Fare clic sul " +#~ "pulsante giù nella " +#~ "barra degli strumenti del gestore di file e selezionare Mostra file " +#~ "nascosti per visualizzali. Per ulteriori informazioni, consultare " +#~ "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Individuare file in base a nome e tipo. Salvare le ricerche per un uso " +#~ "successivo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile effettuare ricerche di file in base al nome o al tipo " +#~ "direttamente all'interno del gestore di file. È anche possibile salvare " +#~ "ricerche frequenti, e queste verranno visualizzate come cartelle speciali " +#~ "nella cartella Home." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Aprire il gestore di file" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se si conosce la cartella che contiene i file desiderati, aprire quella " +#~ "cartella." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sulla lente d'ingrandimento nella barra degli strumenti o premere " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Digitare una o più parole che compaiono nel nome del file. Per esempio, se " +#~ "nel nome di tutte le fatture è contenuto il termine «fattura», digitare " +#~ "fattura. Premere Invio. Le corrispondenze sono " +#~ "trovate senza fare distinzioni fra maiuscole e minuscole." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si possono restringere i risultati in base alla posizione e al tipo di file." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su Home per restringere i risultati della ricerca alla " +#~ "cartella Home o Tutti i file per cercare ovunque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su + e selezionare Tipo di file dall'elenco " +#~ "a discesa per restringere i risultati di ricerca in base al tipo di file. " +#~ "Fare clic sul pulsante x per rimuovere questa opzione e ampliare " +#~ "i risultati della ricerca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile aprire, copiare, eliminare oppure lavorare con i file elencati " +#~ "nei risultati della ricerca, proprio come si farebbe con qualunque cartella " +#~ "nel gestore di file." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sulla lente d'ingrandimento nella barra degli strumenti per " +#~ "terminare la ricerca e ritornare nella cartella." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se si effettuano spesso determinate ricerche, è possibile salvarle per " +#~ "accedervi rapidamente." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Salvare una ricerca" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Avviare una ricerca come descritto sopra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dare un nome alla ricerca e fare clic su Salva. È possibile " +#~ "selezionare una cartella diversa in cui salvare la ricerca. Quando verrà " +#~ "visualizzata quella cartella, la ricerca salvata apparirà come un'icona di " +#~ "cartella di colore arancione con una lente d'ingrandimento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per rimuovere il file della ricerca quando non serve più, è possibile eliminare la ricerca come si farebbe con " +#~ "qualsiasi altro file. Quando si elimina una ricerca salvata, non vengono " +#~ "eliminati i file trovati con quella ricerca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alcune lingue, come il cinese o il coreano, richiedono un metodo di input " +#~ "più complesso di una semplice chiave per associare i caratteri. Di " +#~ "conseguenza alcune delle origini di input selezionabili abilitano tale " +#~ "metodo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le opzioni sui metodi di input sono disponibili solo se la relativa macchina " +#~ "per il metodo di input (IM) è installata. Quando si installa un linguaggio, viene automaticamente " +#~ "installata un'adeguata macchina IM, se possibile. Per esempio, se si " +#~ "installa il coreano, viene installato il pacchetto ibus-hangul e " +#~ "viene resa disponibile l'opzione della sorgente di input coreano " +#~ "(hangul) al successivo accesso. È anche possibile installare separatamente la macchina IBus " +#~ "IM preferita." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile visualizzare un'anteprima di ogni disposizione selezionandola " +#~ "nell'elenco e facendo clic su anteprima." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per risolvere questo problema, fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei " +#~ "menù e aprire Impostazioni di sistema. Nella sezione Hardware, " +#~ "selezionare Monitor. Provare alcune opzioni per " +#~ "Risoluzione e impostare quella che fornisce la visione migliore." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Impostazioni di sistema, quindi aprire Monitor." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sull'icona a destra sulla barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Impostazioni di sistema." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione per prevenire clic " +#~ "accidentali." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sui computer portatili il touchpad è solitamente posizionato dove viene " +#~ "appoggiato il polso durante la digitazione, causando talvolta dei clic " +#~ "accidentali. È possibile disabilitare il touchpad durante la digitazione: " +#~ "funzionerà nuovamente alcuni istanti dopo aver interrotto la digitazione." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nella sezione Touchpad, selezionare Disabilitare durante la " +#~ "digitazione" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Molti mouse e alcuni touchpad sono dotati di un pulsante centrale. Con i " +#~ "mouse dotati di rotella scorrevole, è possibile premere direttamente la " +#~ "rotella per effettuare un clic col pulsante centrale. Se non si dispone di " +#~ "un pulsante centrale del mouse, è possibile premere contemporaneamente i " +#~ "pulsanti sinistro e destro per ottenere un clic centrale. Se non si riesce a " +#~ "ottenere un clic centrale in tale maniera, consultare queste istruzioni " +#~ "(in inglese)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sui touchpad che supportano il tocco con più dita, è possibile battere con " +#~ "tre dita contemporaneamente per ottenere un clic centrale. È necessario " +#~ "abilitare i clic del mouse con il " +#~ "touchpad nelle impostazioni del touchpad per ottenere questo " +#~ "risultato." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Molte applicazioni usano il clic col pulsante centrale per accedere a " +#~ "scorciatoie avanzate mediante i clic." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una comune scorciatoia consente di incollare un testo selezionato (questa " +#~ "operazione viene talvolta definita \"incollare la selezione primaria\"). " +#~ "Selezionare il testo da incollare, quindi spostarsi nella posizione dove " +#~ "incollarlo ed effettuare un clic col pulsante centrale. Il testo selezionato " +#~ "verrà incollato nella posizione del mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Incollare il testo con il pulsante centrale del mouse è completamente " +#~ "diverso dall'utilizzo degli appunti: il testo selezionato non viene copiato " +#~ "negli appunti. Incollare con questo veloce metodo funziona solo col pulsante " +#~ "centrale del mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Molti browser consentono di aprire velocemente collegamenti in schede con il " +#~ "pulsante centrale del mouse: è sufficiente fare clic col pulsante centrale " +#~ "del mouse su qualunque collegamento per aprirlo in una nuova scheda. Occorre " +#~ "fare però attenzione nel fare clic su un collegamentp nel browser " +#~ "Firefox: eseguendo un clic centrale ovunque tranne che su un " +#~ "collegamento, il programma cercherà di caricare il testo selezionato come " +#~ "indirizzo di una pagina web, come dopo aver usato il pulsante centrale del " +#~ "mouse per incollare il testo nella barra degli indirizzi e aver premuto " +#~ "Invio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alcune applicazioi specializzate consentono l'uso del clic col pulsante " +#~ "centrale del mouse per altre funzioni. Cercare nella documentazione " +#~ "dell'applicazione clic centrale o pulsante centrale del " +#~ "mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Premere ← una volta per passare alla scheda Puntamento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Queste istruzioni consentono di abilitare nella maniera più veloce il mouse " +#~ "da tastiera. Selezionare Accesso universale per esaminare " +#~ "ulteriori opzioni di accesso facilitato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il tastierino numerico è un insieme di tasti numerici sulla tastiera, di " +#~ "solito disposti in una griglia rettangolare. Se la tastiera non è dotata di " +#~ "tastierino numerico (come per esempio la tastiera di un computer portatile), " +#~ "può essere necessario mantenere premuto il tasto funzione (Fn) e " +#~ "usare determinati altri tasti come tastierino numerico. In caso di frequente " +#~ "utilizzo di tale caratteristica, è possibile acquistare un tastirino " +#~ "numerico esterno USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ogni numero sul tastierino numerico corrisponde a una direzione. Per " +#~ "esempio, la pressione del tasto 8 farà spostare il puntatore del " +#~ "mouse verso l'alto e la pressione del tasto 2 lo farà spostare " +#~ "verso il basso. Premere il tasto 5 per fare clic una volta col " +#~ "mouse o premerlo velocemente due volte per fare un doppio-clic." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Molte tastiere sono dotate di un tasto speciale che consente di fare clic " +#~ "col pulsante destro; spesso questo tasto è posizionato vicino alla barra " +#~ "spaziatrice. Per maggiori informazioni su come fare clic col pulsante destro " +#~ "mantenendo premuto il tasto 5 o il pulsante sinistro del mouse, " +#~ "consultare ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile fare clic, doppio-clic, trascinare e scorrere usando solo il " +#~ "touchpad, senza usare altri pulsanti." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Per fare clic, battere sul touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per trascinare un elemento, battere due volte ma non sollevare il dito dopo " +#~ "il secondo battito. Trascinare l'elemento nella posizione desiderata e " +#~ "quindi sollevare il dito per lasciarlo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se il touchpad supporta i battiti con più dita, fare clic col pulsante " +#~ "destro battendo contemporaneamente con due dita. In caso contrario, è " +#~ "necessario usare i pulsanti hardware per fare un clic col pulsante destro. " +#~ "Per maggiori informazioni su come fare un clic col pulsante destro senza un " +#~ "secondo pulsante sul mouse, consultare ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se il touchpad supporta i battiti con più dita, fare clic col tasto centrale battendo con tre dita " +#~ "contemporaneamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se si batte o si trascina con più dita, è necessario assicurarsi che le dita " +#~ "siano abbastanza distanziate fra di loro. Se le dita sono troppo vicine le " +#~ "une alle altre, il computer potrebbe rilevarle come un solo dito." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I touchpad dei computer portatili talvolta evidenziano un ritardo nella " +#~ "ripresa del funzionamento dopo aver terminato la digitazione. Ciò è dovuto " +#~ "alla necessità di evitare di toccare accidentalmente il touchpad con il " +#~ "palmo della mano durante la digitazione. Per maggiori informazioni, " +#~ "consultare ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Aggiungere, rimuovere e modificare segnalibri nel gestore di file." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I segnalibri sono elencati nel riquadro laterale del gestore di file." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Eliminare un segnalibro" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su File nella barra superiore e selezionare " +#~ "Segnalibri nel menù delle applicazioni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nella finestra Segnalibri, selezionare il segnalibro da eliminare " +#~ "e fare clic sul pulsante -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nella finestra Segnalibri, selezionare il segnalibro da " +#~ "rinominare." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel campo di testo Nome, digitare il nuovo nome per il " +#~ "segnalibro. recuperare l'elemento cancellato" + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Mostra la data e l'orario dell'ultima modifica al file." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se si vuole essere ancora più sicuri, o se si vuole controllare l'eventuale " +#~ "presenza di virus all'interno di file che devono essere scambiati con altre " +#~ "persona che utilizzano sistemi Windows e Mac OS, è comunque possibile " +#~ "installare un antivirus. Controllare in Ubuntu Software Center le " +#~ "applicazioni disponibili." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cambiare il browser predefinito, " +#~ "installare Flash, installare il plugin java, supporto Silverlight…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Empathy viene installato in maniera predefinita in Ubuntu. Avviare " +#~ "Messaggistica istantanea Empathy dalla Dash, dal Launcher " +#~ "o scegliere Chat dal Menù " +#~ "messaggistica." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile controllare quali programmi possono accedere alla rete. Questo " +#~ "aiuta a mantenere il computer sicuro." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Abilitare o bloccare l'accesso al firewall" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu fornisce l'applicazione Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) ma il firewall non è abilitato in maniera predefinita. Dato " +#~ "che nell'installazione predefinita Ubuntu non ha alcun servizio di rete " +#~ "aperto (fatta eccezione per l'infrastruttura di rete base), non è necessario " +#~ "un firewall che blocchi i tentativi di connessioni malevole in entrata." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per maggiori informazioni sull'uso di ufw, consultarne la documentazione in " +#~ "linea." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per abilitare il firewall, digitare sudo ufw enable in un " +#~ "terminale. Per disabilitare ufw, digitare sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Molti programmi sono creati per offrire servizi di rete. Per esempio, " +#~ "condividere contenuti o consentire la visualizzazione del proprio desktop da " #~ "remoto. In base a quali programmi aggiuntivi vengono installati, potrebbe " #~ "essere necessario modificare il firewall per consentire a tali servizi di " #~ "lavorare correttamente. Ufw contiene molti regole già preconfigurate. Per " @@ -28911,6 +29931,13 @@ #~ "sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Potrebbe essere necessario installare Flash per visualizzare correttamente " +#~ "siti web, come YouTube, che mostrano video e pagine web interattive." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28919,6 +29946,9 @@ #~ "visualizzare i video e usare le pagine web interattive di alcuni siti " #~ "Internet. Alcuni siti non funzionano senza Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Come installare Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28939,6 +29969,15 @@ #~ "Se si sceglie di installare Flash, fare clic su Installanella " #~ "finestra del Software Center." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se è aperta un browser web, chiuderlo e riavviarlo. Alla riapertura, il " +#~ "browser dovrebbe rilevare che Flash è stato installato e dovrebbe ora essere " +#~ "possibile visualizzare i siti web che usano Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Alternative open source a Flash" @@ -28969,6 +30008,27 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aiutare il browser a lavorare meglio con i siti web che richiedono Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Installare il plugin Java" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alcuni siti web usano piccoli programmi Java che richiedono " +#~ "l'installazione di un apposito plugin per essere eseguiti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installare il pacchetto icedtea6-" +#~ "plugin per visualizzare nel browser i programmi Java." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -29018,6 +30078,15 @@ #~ "Moonlight." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Risoluzione dei problemi con le " +#~ "connessioni WiFi, trovare la propria " +#~ "rete WiFi…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -29036,6 +30105,281 @@ #~ "necessario fare clic sul collegamento Mostra elementi tecnici in " #~ "fondo a Ubuntu Software Center." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connettersi a una rete WiFi, " +#~ "reti nascoste, modificare le connessioni di rete, disconnessione…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile usare il proprio computer come hotspot senza fili. Questo " +#~ "consente ad altri dispositivi di connettersi al proprio senza che ci sia " +#~ "bisogno di una rete a sé stante e di condividere una connessione Internet " +#~ "creata con un'altra interfaccia, come una rete via cavo o tramite telefono " +#~ "cellulare." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Fare clic su Usa come hotspot" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se si è già connessi a una rete senza fili, verrà richiesto se " +#~ "disconnettersi da quella: un singolo adattatore senza fili è in grado " +#~ "alternativamente di effettuare una connessione o di creare una rete. Fare " +#~ "clic su Crea hotspot per confermare." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vengono generati automaticamente un nome di rete (SSID) e una chiave di " +#~ "protezione. Il nome della rete è stabilito in base al nome del computer, " +#~ "altri dispositivi avranno bisogno di questa informazione per connettersi " +#~ "all'hotspot appena creato." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sul menù di rete nella barra dei menù e deselezionare «Abilita " +#~ "rete senza fili»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per fare ciò, fare clic sul Menù di rete nella barra dei menù e " +#~ "deselezionare Abilita rete senza fili. Questo interromperà la " +#~ "connessione senza fili fino a quando non verrà attivata di nuovo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per riattivare la connessione senza fili, fare clic sul Menù di " +#~ "rete nella barra dei menù e selezionare Abilita rete senza " +#~ "fili." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il computer potrebbe trasmettere ancora dati se il Bluetooth non è spento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sul Menù di rete nella Barra dei menù e " +#~ "quindi sul nome della rete a cui connettersi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imparare cosa significano le opzioni della schermata di modifica della " +#~ "connessione WiFi." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Modificare una connessione a una rete WiFi" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Questo argomento descrive tutte le opzioni disponibili per la modifica di " +#~ "una connessione a una rete senza fili. Per modificare una connessione, fare " +#~ "clic sul Menù di rete nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Modifica connessioni." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Disponibile per tutti gli utenti / Connettere automaticamente" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Connettere automaticamente" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se ci si trova nel raggio d'azione di diverse reti per le quali è stata " +#~ "impostata la connessione automatica, il computer tenterà di connettersi a " +#~ "quella che compare per prima nella scheda Senza fili della " +#~ "finestra Connessioni di rete e non si disconnetterà da una rete " +#~ "disponibile per connettersi a un'altra appena giunta a portata." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Disponibile per tutti gli utenti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selezionare questa opzione per consentire a tutti gli utenti del computer " +#~ "l'accesso a questa rete senza fili. Se la rete ha una password WEP/WPA e questa opzione è stata " +#~ "selezionata, occorrerà digitare la password una volta sola. Tutti gli altri " +#~ "utenti del computer potranno connettersi alla rete senza aver bisogno di " +#~ "conoscere la password." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se questa opzione è selezionata, è necessario essere un amministratore per modificare le impostazioni della " +#~ "rete. Può essere richiesto l'inserimento della password di amministratore." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Senza fili" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel caso sia selezionata l'opzione Ad-hoc, occorre specificare " +#~ "due ulteriori opzioni, Banda e Canale. utilizzate per " +#~ "determinare su quale banda di frequenza la rete WiFi opererà. Alcuni " +#~ "computer possono operare solo su determinate bande (per esempio, solo " +#~ "A o solo B/G) ed è pertanto necessario scegliere una " +#~ "banda sulla quale possono operare tutti i computer della rete ad-hoc. In " +#~ "posti affollati, ci potrebbero essere diverse reti senza fili che " +#~ "condividono il medesimo canale; questo potrebbe rallentare la connessione, " +#~ "rendendo necessaria la modifica del canale utilizzato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Questo è il Basic Service Set Identifier. Lo SSID (vedere sopra) è " +#~ "il nome della riconoscibile dalle persone; il BSSID è un nome comprensibile " +#~ "per il computer (è una stringa di lettere e numeri che si suppone essere " +#~ "univoca per la rete WiFi). Se una rete è " +#~ "nascosta, non ha un SSID ma solo un BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Indirizzo MAC dispositivo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "il componente hardware di rete (scheda WiFi) può fare finta di avere un " +#~ "diverso indirizzo MAC. Ciò è utile se un dispositivo o un servizio è in " +#~ "grado di comunicare solo con un certo indirizzo MAC (per esempio, un modem a " +#~ "banda larga via cavo). Se si inserisce quell'indirizzo MAC nella casella " +#~ "Indirizzo MAC clonato, il dispositivo/servizio attribuirà al " +#~ "computer l'indirizzo clonato anziché quello reale." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Sicurezza WiFi" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Definisce quale tipo di cifratura è utilizzato dalla propria rete " +#~ "senza fili. Le connessioni cifrate aiutano a proteggere la connessione senza " +#~ "fili dalle intercettazioni, in modo tale da non consentire ad altre persone " +#~ "di \"ascoltare\" e vedere quali siti web vengono visitati e così via." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alcuni tipi di cifratura sono più robusti di altri, ma potrebbero non essere " +#~ "supportati dagli equipaggiamenti per reti senza fili più datati. Normalmente " +#~ "è necessario digitare una password per connettersi; alcuni tipi di sicurezza " +#~ "più sofisticati possono richiedere anche un nome utente e un \"certificato\" " +#~ "digitale. Per maggiori informazioni sui più popolari tipi di cifratura WiFi, " +#~ "consultare ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se si sceglie questa impostazione, il computer otterrà l'indirizzo IP da un " +#~ "server DHCP, ma sarà necessario definire manualmente altri dettagli (come il " +#~ "server DNS da utilizzare)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Scegliere questa opzione per definire personalmente tutte le impostazioni di " +#~ "rete, compreso quale indirizzo IP deve essere usato dal computer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Questa opzione disabilita la connessione di rete e ne impedisce l'utilizzo. " +#~ "Notare che IPv4 e IPv6 sono considerate come " +#~ "connessioni separate, anche se si riferiscono alla medesima scheda di rete. " +#~ "Se una di esse è abilitata, potrebbe essere necessario disabilitare l'altra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È simile alla scheda IPv4 ma gestisce il più recente standard " +#~ "IPv6. Le reti più moderne utilizzano il protocollo IPv6, ma IPv4 è " +#~ "attualmente ancora il più diffuso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sul Menù di rete nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Connetti a rete senza fili nascosta." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Nella sezione Sistema, fare clic su Sorgenti software." @@ -29081,12 +30425,265 @@ #~ "per continuare con la guida alla risoluzione dei problemi." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Digitare sudo pm-hibernate nel terminale e premere " +#~ "Invio." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se l'ibernazione non funziona, controllare che la partizione di swap sia " #~ "grande almeno quanto la memoria RAM disponibile." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se il test sull'ibernazione ha funzionato, usare il comando sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate per ibernare il computer." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Perchè il computer si spegne o entra in sospensione quando la carica della " +#~ "batteria scende al 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando il livello di carica della batteria è troppo basso, il computer entra " +#~ "automaticamente in sospensione: ciò " +#~ "accade per non fare scaricare completamente la batteria, che potrebbe " +#~ "danneggiarsi. Se la carica della batteria è esaurita, il computer potrebbe " +#~ "non riuscire ad arrestarsi correttamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile modificare cosa accade quando il livello di carica della " +#~ "batteria è troppo basso. Per prima cosa fare clic sul Menù " +#~ "batteria nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Impostazioni alimentazione. Esaminare le impostazioni " +#~ "dell'opzione Quando la carica della batteria è critica: è " +#~ "possibile scegliere la sospensione, l'ibernazione o lo spegnimento del computer. Scegliendo lo " +#~ "spegnimento, le applicazioni e i documenti non verranno salvati " +#~ "prima che il computer si spenga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alcuni computer presentano problemi con la sospensione e possono non " +#~ "riuscire a ripristinare, alla riaccensione, programmi e documenti aperti " +#~ "prima della sospensione. In tal caso è possibile che parte del lavoro non " +#~ "salvato prima della sospensione vada perso, anche se può essere possibile " +#~ "risolvere i problemi con la " +#~ "sospensione." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sull'icona a destra nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Impostazioni di sistema." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stampanti non rilevate, fogli inceppati, stampati che sembrano sbagliati..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Impostare una stampante collegata al computer." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Impostare una stampante locale" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il sistema riconosce automaticamente molti tipi di stampanti, quando vengono " +#~ "collegate: per molte di esse la connessione al computer avviene mediante un " +#~ "cavo USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Non è necessario selezionare se installare una stampante locale o di rete: " +#~ "sono elencate in una sola finestra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Collegare la stampante al sistema usando il cavo appropriato: è possibile " +#~ "che sullo schermo venga visualizzata la ricerca dei driver da parte del " +#~ "sistema e che sia necessario immettere la propria password di autenticazione " +#~ "per installarli." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando il sistema avrà completato l'installazione, verrà visualizzato un " +#~ "messaggio: selezionare Stampa di prova per provare il " +#~ "funzionamento della stampante o Opzioni per apportare modifiche " +#~ "alla configurazione della stampante." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se la stampante non è stata configurata automaticamente, è possibile " +#~ "aggiungerla manualmente." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su Aggiungi e selezionare la stampante nel riquadro " +#~ "«Periferiche»." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su Avanti e attendere durante la ricerca dei driver." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se sono disponibili diversi driver per la stampante, occorrerà sceglierne " +#~ "uno: per usare il driver consigliato, fare clic su Avanti nelle schermate " +#~ "della marca e modello della stampante." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dopo aver installato la stampante, può essere necessario cambiare la stampante " +#~ "predefinita." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Affinché le modifiche abbiano effetto è necessario terminare la sessione e " +#~ "rieseguire l'accesso. Fare clic sull'icona più a destra nella barra dei menù " +#~ "e selezionare Termina sessione." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Affinché le modifiche abbiano effetto è necessario terminare la sessione e " +#~ "rieseguire l'accesso. Fare clic sull'icona più a destra nella barra dei menù " +#~ "e selezionare Termina sessione." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per terminare la sessione o cambiare utente, fare clic sul menù di sistema alla destra della barra " +#~ "dei menù e scegliere l'azione appropriata." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per bloccare lo schermo, fare clic sul menù di sistema nella " +#~ "barra dei menù e selezionare Blocca schermo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando lo schermo è bloccato, altri utenti possono entrare nel loro account " +#~ "facendo clic su Cambia utente nella schermata della password. " +#~ "Quando avranno finito, sarà possibile ritornare al proprio ambiente di " +#~ "lavoro." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per sospendere il computer manualmente, fare clic sul menù di " +#~ "sistema nella barra dei menù e selezionare Sospendi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per spegnere il computer o riavviarlo, fare clic sul menù di " +#~ "sistema e selezionare Arresta." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Dalla tastiera" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Rilasciare Alt per selezionare la finestra successiva (quella " +#~ "selezionata) nel selettore." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Oppure, tenendo premuto il tasto Alt, premere Tab per " +#~ "passare nell'elenco da una finestra aperta all'altra, oppure " +#~ "MaiuscTab per tornare alla finestra " +#~ "precedente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nel selettore, le finestre sono raggruppate per applicazione; anteprime " +#~ "delle applicazioni con finestre multiple appaiono quando si fa clic " +#~ "passandoci sopra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È anche possibile usare i tasti → e ← per spostarsi " +#~ "tra le icone delle applicazioni nel selettore, oppure attivarne una facendo " +#~ "clic sulla sua icona con il mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Le anteprime delle applicazioni con una singola finestra possono essere " +#~ "mostrate con il tasto ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29381,6 +30978,12 @@ #~ "Se non si desidera ricevere suggerimenti dalla ricerca di risultati online, " #~ "è possibile disabilitare questa funzionalità." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprire Sicurezza & Privacy e selezionare la scheda " +#~ "Ricerca." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Spostare Includere i risultati da ricerche online su OFF." @@ -29439,6 +31042,22 @@ #~ "quali sono disponibili." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se più penne sono disponibili, quando quella aggiuntiva si avvicina alla " +#~ "tavoletta, viene visualizzato un selettore vicino al nome del dispositivo. " +#~ "Utilizzare questo selettore per scegliere la penna da configurare." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su Segnalibri nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Segnalibri... nel menù delle applicazioni." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29446,6 +31065,13 @@ #~ "nella barra dei menù e selezionare Salva ricerca come...." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic su Segnalibri nella barra dei menù e selezionare " +#~ "Aggiungi posizione ai segnalibri." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -29460,6 +31086,13 @@ #~ "copia e incolla per immetterlo correttamente):" #~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando i parametri di ricerca sono corretti, fare clic su File " +#~ "nella barra dei menù e selezionare Salva ricerca come...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -29528,5 +31161,37 @@ #~ "Fare clic su questo " #~ "collegamento per lanciare la finestra d'installazione." +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Attivare i risultati delle ricerche online" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sul menù di sistema nell'angolo in alto a destra della " +#~ "barra dei menù e selezionare Impostazioni di sistema." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Come impostazione predefinita, non vengono effettuate ricerche online." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Attivare Includere i risultati da ricerche online." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fare clic sul menù di sistema sulla destra della barra dei " +#~ "menù e selezionare Impostazioni di sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per ricevere suggerimenti dalle ricerche online, è possibile abilitare " +#~ "questa funzionalità attraverso la sezione Sicurezza e privacy " +#~ "delle impostazioni di sistema." + #~ msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgstr "Se si decide di installare Flash, fare clic su Installa." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ja/ja.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ja/ja.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ja/ja.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ja/ja.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 17:20+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kentaro Kazuhama \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-29 23:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Japanese \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -32,10 +32,8 @@ msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" -" 9appat3ch https://launchpad.net/~kptech\n" " Akihiro Nishimura https://launchpad.net/~nimu-zh3\n" -" Akira Nakagawa https://launchpad.net/~matyapiro31\n" -" Akira Tanaka https://launchpad.net/~akira-tanaka\n" +" Akira Tanaka https://launchpad.net/~popo1897\n" " Aoi Sato https://launchpad.net/~aoisato\n" " Doug Smythies https://launchpad.net/~dsmythies\n" " Fumihito YOSHIDA https://launchpad.net/~hito\n" @@ -51,6 +49,7 @@ " Rakugou https://launchpad.net/~rakugou-psysal\n" " Sakae Akanuma https://launchpad.net/~sakaeakanuma\n" " Satoko Rokujo https://launchpad.net/~satokorokujo-deactivatedaccount\n" +" Satoshi Kubo https://launchpad.net/~kptech\n" " Seiji Matsushita https://launchpad.net/~darknight\n" " Shushi Kurose https://launchpad.net/~kuromabo\n" " TAKAHASHI Hidetsugu https://launchpad.net/~manzyun\n" @@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -143,13 +142,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -260,13 +259,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -335,58 +334,143 @@ "バウンスキーを有効にすると、連続的なキー入力を無視します。たとえば、一度だけキーを押したいのに手が震えて何度もキーを押してしまう場合、バ" "ウンスキーを有効にすることをお勧めします。" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." -msgstr "メニューバーの右端のアイコンをクリックし、システム設定を選択します。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスを開き、タイピングタブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "バウンスキーをオンにします。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -443,14 +527,14 @@ "dimscreen\">画面全体の明るさを変えることではありません。ユーザーインターフェースの一部分だけを変更します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスを開き、視覚タブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "ハイコントラストをオンに切り替えます。" @@ -486,30 +570,21 @@ msgstr "" "ホバークリックを有効にすれば、対象物の上にマウスポインターを移動させ、マウスから手を離してしばらく待つことで、ボタンをクリックすることができます。" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "メニューバーにあるあなたの名前をクリックし、システム設定を選択してください。" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスを開き、ポインター操作とクリックタブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "ホバークリックをオンにします。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -522,7 +597,7 @@ "たはドラッグを実行したあとは、自動的にただのクリック動作に戻ります。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -532,14 +607,14 @@ "ボタンがクリックされます。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "認識するまでの間隔を調節して、クリックするのに必要となるマウスポインターの静止時間を設定してください。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -549,7 +624,7 @@ "きすぎた場合はクリックされません。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -573,12 +648,12 @@ msgstr "画面の文字が読み取りにくいときは、フォントサイズを変更できます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "大きな文字をオンに切り替えます。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -710,7 +785,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -742,12 +817,12 @@ "る場合に、この機能は役立ちます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "副ボタンのクリックの代替をオンにします。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -758,7 +833,7 @@ "リックの代替の設定項目の認識するまでの間隔を変更してください。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -769,7 +844,7 @@ "タンを押したままにすると、ポインターが青色に変わっていきます。ポインター全体が青色になってからマウスボタンを離すと右クリック動作が行われます。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -779,7 +854,7 @@ "クの代替を行えます。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -789,7 +864,7 @@ "キーを押したままにすることで、右クリックできます。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -849,17 +924,17 @@ "とが困難な場合に、スローキーの機能を利用してください。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "スローキーをオンにします。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "スローキーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -868,14 +943,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "認識するまでの間隔のスライダーを使って、キー入力が認識されるまでに押しつづける必要のある時間を設定してください。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -917,17 +992,17 @@ msgstr "複数のキーを同時に押すことが困難であれば、固定キーを有効にすると良いでしょう。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "固定キーをオンにします。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "固定キーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -936,14 +1011,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "2 つのキーを同時に押せば、一時的に固定キーの機能を解除して「通常の」方法で、キーボードショートカットを入力することができます。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -957,13 +1032,13 @@ "よってキーボードショートカットの同時押下が可能であったり(たとえばキーが隣接しているなど)、困難であったりする場合に、この機能は役に立ちます。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "この機能を有効にするには「同時に2つのキーを押下したら無効にする」を選択してください。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1009,13 +1084,13 @@ "alert\"/>を参照)。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスを開き、聴覚タブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1045,7 +1120,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1059,10 +1134,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1116,12 +1191,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1132,7 +1208,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1141,15 +1217,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1313,12 +1390,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"アカウントを追加すると、あなたのオンラインアカウントとUbuntuデスクトップを連携させることができます。例えば、メール、チャットやその他の関連するアプリ" -"ケーションが設定されます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1329,62 +1404,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "アカウントの種類を右側のペインから選択してください。" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." -msgstr "他のアカウントも設定する場合は、この手順を後で繰り返してください。" +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"オンラインアカウントの資格情報を入力するための小さなウェブユーザーインターフェースが表示されます。例えば、Googleアカウントのセットアップをするときは" -"Googleのユーザー名とパスワードを入力して、サインインします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"オンラインアカウントと連携させたいアプリケーションを選択してください。例えば、チャットを使用したいがカレンダーは使用したくない、という場合はカレ" -"ンダーオプションをオフにしてください。" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." -msgstr "アカウントを追加したあとは、あなたが選択したそれぞれのアプリケーションへのログイン時に資格情報が自動的に使用されます。" +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"セキュリティ上の理由から、Ubuntuはコンピューターにパスワードを保存しませんが、代わりにオンラインサービスが提供するトークンを保存します。オンラインサ" -"ービスとデスクトップとのリンクを完全に取り消すには、削除を実行してください。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1733,6 +1801,75 @@ "ータを起動すればいつでもすべてのサービスやアカウントをすぐに使うことができます。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1824,116 +1961,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "追加ソフトウェアのインストール" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu開発チームは Ubuntu " -"を日々の目的に対してできるだけ使いやすくなるように考えてデフォルトのアプリケーションを選んでいます。しかし、Ubuntu " -"をより役立つようにするためにソフトウェアをインストールしたいこともあるでしょう。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "追加のソフトウェアをインストールするには、下記のステップを完了します:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"無線または有線接続を利用して、インターネットに接続します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "インストールしたいアプリケーションを選択して、インストールをクリックしてください。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "パスワードの入力を尋ねられるでしょう。パスワードを入力するとインストールが始まります。" +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." -msgstr "通常インストールはすぐに完了しますが、お使いのインターネット回線があまり速くない場合には、少し時間がかかることがあります。" +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"新しいアプリへのショートカットがLauncherに追加されます。この機能を無効にするには、Launcherの新しいアプリケーショ" -"ンの外観のチェックを外してください。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "プレリリースまたは特定のソフトウェアのテストをするためPPAを追加します。" +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "個人用パッケージアーカイブ(PPA)の追加" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Personal Package Archives " -"(PPAs)は、Ubuntuユーザーのためのソフトウェアリポジトリで、他のサードパーティのリポジトリよりも簡単にインストールができます。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "信頼できるソフトウェアソースのリポジトリのみ追加をするようにしてください。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1944,12 +2081,12 @@ "ェアが含まれている可能性があります。" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "PPAをインストールする" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1959,31 +2096,32 @@ "という見出しを探します。ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next のような PPA の場所をメモしてください。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "他のソフトウェアタブに切り替えます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "追加をクリックして、ppa:の場所を入力します。" +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "ソースを追加をクリックします。認証ウィンドウにパスワードを入力します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1991,49 +2129,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "すでに使われていないソフトウェアを削除します。" +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "アプリケーションの削除" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "検索ボックスに削除したいアプリケーションの名前を入力するか、インストール済みのアプリケーションのリストから探します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "アプリケーションを選択して 削除 をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." -msgstr "パスワードを入力するよう要求されるかもしれません。それを行うとアプリケーションは削除されます。" +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2046,14 +2221,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." -msgstr "Ubuntuがインストールやアップグレードに使用するソフトウェアソースを拡張するため、他のリポジトリを追加します。" +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "別のソフトウェアリポジトリの追加" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2066,20 +2241,20 @@ "ソフトウェアはUbuntuのデフォルトのソフトウェアリポジトリから入手するのと同じようにサードパーティーのソースからも入手できます。ソフトウェアをサードパ" "ーティーのソフトウェアリポジトリからインストールしたいならそのリポジトリをUbuntuの有効なリポジトリの一覧に加えなくてはなりません。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "他のリポジトリからのインストール" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "パスワードを入力するよう尋ねられます。パスワードの入力が終わったら、他のソフトウェアタブに切り替えます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2088,7 +2263,7 @@ "リポジトリのAPTラインを入力します。APTラインはリポジトリのウェブサイトから入手でき、以下のような形式になっているはずです。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2096,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2104,12 +2279,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Canonical パートナーリポジトリの有効化" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2119,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2129,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2137,25 +2312,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "ソフトウェアの追加/削除" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"インストール、削除、追加リポジトリ…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "ソフトウェアの追加と削除" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2696,8 +2869,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USBメモリー（低容量）" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3295,7 +3468,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3562,15 +3735,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "メーカーからリファレンスファイルをダウンロードして印刷する" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -5176,61 +5349,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"もしあとで気が変わったなら、メニューバーの一番右にあるアイコンをクリックし、その下にある " -"システム設定を選択して、システムのセクションにある時刻と日付の設定から、時計の表示を元に戻すこともできます。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "日付の形式の変更" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "各々の地域でより標準的な書式に沿うように、時計の日付表示形式を変更することもできます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "メニューバーの一番右にあるアイコンをクリックして、その下にあるシステム設定を選択します。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "ユーザー向けにある言語サポートをクリックしてください。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "地域フォーマットタブに切り替えます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "ドロップダウンリストにある望ましい場所を選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5428,66 +5582,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "ハードディスクの速度を計測するベンチマークテストを実行します。" +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "ハードディスクの性能をテストする" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "ハードディスクの速度を計測するには：" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Dashからディスクアプリケーションを開きます。" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "ディスクドライブの一覧からハードディスクを選択します。" +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." -msgstr "歯車ボタンをクリックして、ドライブのベンチマークを選択します。" +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"ベンチマークを開始するをクリックして、お好みで転送速度とAccess " -"Timeのパラメータを調整します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"ベンチマークの開始をクリックするとディスクからどれだけ速くデータを読み出せるかテストすることができます。この操作には管理者権限が必要です。自分のパスワードか管理者用アカウントのパスワードを入力してください。" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -5496,30 +5672,21 @@ "くの時間がかかります。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 -msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5528,117 +5695,71 @@ msgstr "ディスクの容量を確認する" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"ディスク使用量の解析もしくはシステムモニターを使用すれば、ディスク容量がどれくらい残っているか確認することがで" -"きます。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "ディスク使用量の解析で確認する" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "ディスク使用量の解析を使ってディスクの空き容量やディスクの容量を確認するには:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Dashからディスクアプリケーションを開きます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "システムモニターで確認する" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "もしディスクが一杯だとどうなりますか?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -msgstr "システムモニターでディスクの空き容量やディスクの容量を確認するには:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "Dashからシステムモニターを開きます。" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 -msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "もしディスクが一杯だとどうなりますか?" - #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "ディスクが一杯であるなら以下のようにすべきです:" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "重要でなくもう利用しないファイルを削除します。" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" "Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"しばらく必要としないが、ハードディスクから削除したくない重要なファイルのバックアップをします。" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-check.page:28 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-check.page:28 msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy." msgstr "正常であることを確かめるために、ハードディスクの問題を調べます。" @@ -5674,72 +5795,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "ディスクアプリケーションを使ってディスクの健康状態をチェックする" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Dashからディスクアプリケーションを開きます。" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "アクティビティオーバービューからディスクアプリケーションを開いてください。" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "ディスクが正常でないと何が起きますか?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"SMART " -"の状態でディスクが正常でないとされていても、不安になる必要はないかもしれません。しかし、データの損失を防ぐために " -"バックアップで備えておくことを強く推奨します。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"ディスクの状態が \"Pre-fail\" " -"である場合、ディスクは依然として正常ではありますが、近い将来に故障の可能性を意味する損耗のサインが検出されたことを意味します。ハードディスク(またはコンピ" -"ューター)の使用を始めて数年の場合、ヘルスチェック項目の少なくともいくつかでこのメッセージを目にするかもしれません。定期的に、重要なファイルのバックアップを取り、ディスクの状態が悪化していないかチェックしてください。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5748,112 +5851,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." -msgstr "フォーマットにより外付けハードディスクやUSBフラッシュメモリーからすべてのファイルやフォルダーを削除する。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "リムーバブルディスクを丸ごと削除する" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"USBメモリースティックや外付けハードディスクを持っている場合、その中のファイルやフォルダーをすべて完全に削除したいことがあるかもしれません。これはフォーマット、つまり、ディスク上のすべてのファイルを削除して空にする作業により可能です。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "リムーバブルディスクの初期化" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." -msgstr "ストレージデバイスの一覧から削除したいディスクを選択します。" +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" -msgstr "正しいディスクが選択されていることを確認してください!他のディスクのすべてのファイルが消去されるかもしれません!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"ボリュームのセクションで、ボリュームのアンマウントをクリックして、ボリュームのフォーマットをクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." -msgstr "ポップアップしてきたウィンドウで、ディスクのファイルシステムの種類を選んでください。" +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Linuxのコンピューターに加え、WindowsやMacOSのコンピューターでもディスクを使用する場合、 FAT " -"を選択してください。Windowsでのみ使用する場合は NTFS " -"がおすすめです。ファイルシステムの種類の簡単な説明はラベルとして表示されています。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." -msgstr "ディスクに名前を付け、フォーマットをクリックしてディスクの消去を開始します。" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." -msgstr "ボリュームやパーティションとは何で、ディスクユーティリティを使ったボリュームやパーティションの管理を理解します。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "ボリュームとパーテーションを管理する" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5865,7 +5969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5876,28 +5980,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "Dashを開きディスクユーティリティアプリを起動します。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5905,19 +6001,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5928,13 +6024,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5964,18 +6060,18 @@ msgstr "明るさの設定" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "画面の明るさとロックを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5983,7 +6079,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5992,7 +6088,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6019,15 +6115,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "メニューバーにあるあなたの名前をクリックし、システム設定を選択してください。" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "ディスプレイ を開きます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6043,7 +6145,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6051,7 +6153,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6059,7 +6161,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6067,7 +6169,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6096,7 +6198,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6105,7 +6207,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6114,12 +6216,12 @@ "ださい。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6129,7 +6231,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6158,13 +6260,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -6179,7 +6282,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6214,7 +6317,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6246,17 +6349,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "コレクションを削除するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6279,12 +6382,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6543,7 +6645,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "ファイルの検索" @@ -6773,12 +6874,12 @@ msgstr "さまざまなデバイスを接続した場合に起動するアプリケーションを設定するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "詳細リムーバブルメディアを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6788,7 +6889,7 @@ "してください。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6798,7 +6899,7 @@ "しないか確認されます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6808,7 +6909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6822,7 +6923,7 @@ "を選択します。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6832,17 +6933,17 @@ "グラムを実行したりしないを選択してください。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "デバイスやメディアの種類" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "オーディオディスク" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6854,12 +6955,12 @@ "ィオプレイヤーアプリケーションで再生できる WAV ファイルとして表示されます。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "ビデオディスク" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6871,12 +6972,12 @@ "やその他のビデオディスクを挿入しても正しく動作しない場合は、 を参照してください。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "空のディスク" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -6885,12 +6986,12 @@ "用のライティングアプリケーションを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "カメラと写真" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6901,7 +7002,7 @@ "カードなどのメディアカードを挿入したときに起動する写真管理アプリケーションを選択します。ファイルマネージャーを使って単に写真を見ることもできます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6912,12 +7013,12 @@ "CD です。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "音楽プレイヤー" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -6925,12 +7026,12 @@ "お使いのポータブル音楽プレイヤーの音楽ライブラリを管理するアプリケーションを選択するか、あるいは、ファイルマネージャーを使って自分でファイルを管理します。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "電子書籍リーダー" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6940,12 +7041,12 @@ "自分でファイルを管理します。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "ソフトウェア" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6957,7 +7058,7 @@ "。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "信頼していないメディアのソフトウェアは、絶対に実行しないでください。" @@ -6974,14 +7075,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"お使いのコンピューター上のファイルを閲覧したり整理したりするには、ファイルというファイルマネージャーを使います。また、ファイルマネー" -"ジャーを使って、ストレージデバイス (外付けハードディスクなど) や、ファイルサーバー、ネットワーク上の共有フォルダーに配置したファイルも管理できます。" +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7000,16 +7098,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"ファイルマネージャーで、フォルダーをダブルクリックするとその中身が表示され、ファイルをダブルクリックすると、該当のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプ" -"リケーションでファイルが開きます。フォルダーを右クリックして、新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開くこともできます。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7022,26 +7133,32 @@ "あるいはそのプロパティを表示したりできます。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"フォルダー中の特定のファイルをすばやく選択したい場合、そのファイル名をキー入力してください。検索ボックスがウィンドウ上部に現れ、入力した検索ワードにマッチ" -"する最初のファイルがハイライト表示されます。下矢印キーを押すか、あるいはマウスホイールを回転すると、検索にマッチする次のファイルが選択されます。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7634,10 +7751,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8176,139 +8292,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." -msgstr "名称や種類に基づいてファイルを検索する。検索結果を後で使いまわせるように保存する。" +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"ファイル名やファイルの種類に基づいて、ファイルマネージャーから直接ファイルを検索することができます。よく使う検索結果を保存しておくことも可能で、検索結果が" -"ホームフォルダー上に特殊なフォルダーとして表示されます。" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "他の検索アプリケーション" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "検索" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "ファイルマネージャーを開く" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." -msgstr "お探しのファイルが特定のフォルダーの下にあることがわかっていれば、そのフォルダーまで移動します。" +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"ツールバーの虫めがねのアイコン、またはCtrlFをクリックしてください。" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"検索結果から、ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したり、あるいは他の操作を行ったりすることが可能です。ちょうどファイルマネージャーのフォルダーからファ" -"イルを操作するのと同じことです。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "虫めがねアイコンを再びクリックすると、検索を終了してフォルダーに戻ります。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "特定の検索をよく実行するのであれば、すばやく検索を実行できるように、検索条件を保存しておくとよいでしょう。" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "検索を保存する" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "先に述べた検索処理を実行します。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"検索にたいして名前を付与し、保存をクリックします。お好みによって、検索を保存するフォルダーを指定します。そのフォルダーを開けば、保存" -"した検索が、オレンジ色のフォルダーの上に虫メガネのあるアイコンで表示されます。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"保存した検索を使用し終わって削除するには、他のファイルと同様に単にその検索を削除するだけです。検索を削除しても、検索対象のファイルは削除されません。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -9162,7 +9245,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "ハードウェアにあるキーボードをクリックしてください。" @@ -9178,22 +9261,22 @@ msgstr "速度スライダーをカーソルの点滅の速度の調節に使ってください。" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "入力ソースを追加し入力ソース間の切り替えを行います。" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "代わりの入力ソースを使う" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9207,7 +9290,7 @@ "機能は、複数の言語をよく切り替える場合などに便利です。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9216,46 +9299,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "入力ソースを追加" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "ユーザー向けにあるテキスト入力をクリックしてください。" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "+ボタンをクリックし、入力ソースを選択し、追加をクリックします。" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "ユーザー向けにあるテキスト入力をクリックしてください。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 -msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." -msgstr "+ボタンをクリックし、入力ソースを選択し、追加をクリックします。" - #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9267,15 +9350,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "入力ソースインジケーター" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9300,12 +9393,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "キーボードショートカット" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9314,26 +9407,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9343,19 +9436,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -9363,7 +9456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -9371,50 +9464,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "タイピング支援 をオンにし、スクリーンキーボードを表示します。" @@ -9820,7 +9913,7 @@ "は押し下げた状態で繰り返し入力が始まるまでの間隔を変更することができます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -9828,7 +9921,7 @@ "「キーが押されたままにされたらリピートされたものとする」をオフにすると、すべてのキーの繰り返し入力が無効になります。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9853,12 +9946,12 @@ msgstr "キーボードショートカットで使うキーやキーの組み合わせを変更するには：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "キーボードを開き、ショートカットタブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9866,24 +9959,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "独自のショートカット" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "自分用のショートカットを作成するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9891,7 +9984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9900,14 +9993,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9918,7 +10011,7 @@ "ーションを起動するコマンドは、アプリケーションの名前とまったく同じとはかぎりません。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10027,10 +10120,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -10065,17 +10159,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10102,26 +10197,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "お好みの解像度や向きを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10130,7 +10218,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10138,12 +10226,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "解像度" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10154,7 +10242,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "マウスとタッチパッドを開きます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -10365,7 +10453,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -10378,8 +10466,8 @@ "だ発生するか確認してください。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -10403,7 +10491,7 @@ msgstr "左手でマウスをより快適に利用できるように、マウスやタッチパッドの左右のボタンの動作を交換できます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -10424,11 +10512,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -10436,38 +10524,34 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"マルチタップをサポートするタッチパッドでは、指 3 本でタップして中クリックを行えます。この機能を利用するには、タッチパッドの設定で、タップによるクリックを有効にする必要があります。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "多くのアプリケーションでは、中クリックを特別なショートカットに割り当てています。" +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"一般的なショートカットの一つとして選択された文章の貼り付けがあります。（これはプライマリーセレクションの貼り付けと呼ばれることもあります）貼り付けたい文章" -"を選択してから貼り付けしたい場所に移動し、中クリックしてください。選択された文書はマウスの指している場所に貼り付けられます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"中マウスボタンによる文章の貼り付けは普通のクリップボードとは完全に分離されます。選択された文章はクリップボードにはコピーされません。この素早い貼り付けの方" -"法は中マウスボタンによってのみ可能です。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -10492,18 +10576,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"ほとんどのウェブブラウザーは中マウスボタンで素早く新しいタブでリンクを開くことが可能です。単にリンクを中マウスボタンでクリックすれば、新しいタブでリンクを" -"開くでしょう。Firefox では正確にリンクをクリックしてください。Firefox " -"ではリンク以外のどこかを中クリックした時、ロケーションバーで中クリックして選択中の文章を貼り付け Enter " -"キーを押した時のように、選択中の文章を URL として読み込もうとします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -10519,12 +10598,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"特殊なアプリケーションには、中ボタンに他の機能を割り当てているものもあります。アプリケーションのヘルプで、中クリック (middle-" -"click) や、中ボタン (middle mouse button) などをキーに検索してください。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -10546,8 +10623,13 @@ "マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。この機能はマウスキ" "ーと呼ばれています。" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -10555,7 +10637,7 @@ "Superキーを押し、Dashを開きます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -10564,26 +10646,26 @@ "Accessと入力し、Enterを押してユニバーサルアクセスの設定を開いてください。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Tabキーを一度押し、設定タブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -10591,75 +10673,266 @@ "Num LockがOFFになっていることを確認してください。キーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを動かすことができるようになります。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"この説明は、キーボードだけを使いマウスキーを有効にする最短方法を述べています。さらなるアクセシビリティオプションは、ユニバーサルアクセスの設定<" -"/gui>を開いてください。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"キーパッドとは、キーボードの数字キーをひとまとめにしたものです。通常は四角の格子状に並んでいます。お使いのキーボードにキーパッドが無い場合 " -"(ノートパソコン用キーボードなど)、ファンクション (Fn) " -"キーを押しながら、キーボードの何か別のキーをキーパッドの代わりとして使う場合があります。この機能をノートパソコンでよく使うのであれば、外付けの USB " -"キーパッドを購入するとよいでしょう。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"キーパッドの各数字は移動方向へ対応しています。たとえば、8 キーを押すとポインターは上に移動し、2 " -"キーを押すと下に移動します。5 キーでクリックができ、すばやく 2 回押すとダブルクリックとなります。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"ほとんどのキーボードには右クリックの動作をする特殊なキーが付いており、多くの場合スペースバーの近くにあります。しかしながら、そのキーは、キーボードのフォー" -"カスがあたっているものにたいして反応するのであって、マウスポインターの位置は関係ないことに注意してください。5 " -"キーを押したままにしたり、マウスの左ボタンを使ったりして右クリックを行う方法については、を参照してください。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"マウスキーを使っているときにキーパッドで数字入力をしたい場合は、Num Lock をオンにしてください。ただし、Num " -"Lock がオンになっているときはキーパッドでマウスポインターを操作することはできません。" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." -msgstr "キーボードの上部に並んでいる通常の数字キーでは、マウスポインターを操作することはできません。キーパッドの数字キーだけが使えます。" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "マウスが動作しないときに原因を調べる方法" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"マウスキーを使っているときにキーパッドで数字入力をしたい場合は、Num Lock をオンにしてください。ただし、Num " +"Lock がオンになっているときはキーパッドでマウスポインターを操作することはできません。" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "キーボードの上部に並んでいる通常の数字キーでは、マウスポインターを操作することはできません。キーパッドの数字キーだけが使えます。" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "マウスが動作しないときに原因を調べる方法" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 @@ -10874,14 +11147,14 @@ msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドを動かして、ポインタの動きが早すぎたり遅すぎたりする場合、デバイスのポインタの早さを調整することができます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10890,8 +11163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "システムにタッチパッドがある場合にのみタッチパッドセクションが表示されます。" @@ -10909,82 +11181,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." -msgstr "個々のハードウェアのボタンを利用せず、タッチパッドのみを使ってクリック、ダブルクリック、ドラッグ、スクロールができます。" +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "クリックするにはタッチパッドをタップします。" +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "ダブルクリックするには2回タップします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"アイテムをドラッグするには、ダブルタップを行いますが2回目のタップの後、指を上げません。移動したいところにアイテムをドラッグし、指をはなしてドロップします" -"。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、いちどに2つの指でタップすることで右クリックすることができます。サポートしていない場合は右クリックボタン" -"が必要です。マウスの副ボタンを使わず右クリックする方法についてはを参照してください。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、 3つの指を同時にタップして中クリックができます。" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"複数の指でタップかドラッグをしている時、指が十分に離れているか確認してください。もし指が近くにある場合、コンピューターは1つの指と識認する可能性があります" -"。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "二本指でスクロール" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10995,31 +11255,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "2つの指でのスクロールは、すべてのタッチパッドで機能しないかもしれません。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -11432,8 +11692,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのブックマークの追加、削除、名前変更を行います。" +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -11442,70 +11702,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "ブックマークはファイルマネージャーのサイドバーにリストアップされています。" +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "ブックマークの追加：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "ブックマークの削除：" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "ブックマークの名前を変更するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "名前テキストボックスに新しいブックマークの名前を入力します。" - #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -12027,7 +12288,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "場所" @@ -12210,7 +12471,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" @@ -12345,17 +12606,17 @@ "り、ユーザーは、部署やプロジェクトなどに応じたグループに所属していたりするでしょう。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "権限" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "ファイルのアクセス権が、たとえばdrwxrw-r--のように表示されます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -12364,63 +12625,63 @@ "であれば通常のファイルを意味し、dであればディレクトリ (フォルダー) を意味しています。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "その次の 3 文字rwxは、そのファイルの所有者の権限を示しています。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "その次の 3 文字 rw- は、そのファイルの所有グループに属する全ユーザーの権限を示しています。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "最後の 3 文字 r-- は、システム上のその他の全ユーザーの権限を示しています。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "ひとつひとつの文字の意味は次のとおりです。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : 読み取り権限" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : 書き込み権限" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : 実行権限" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : 権限なし" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME 型" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "アイテムの MIME 型が表示されます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "ファイルの場所を示すパスが表示されます。" @@ -12702,12 +12963,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12720,7 +12980,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntuドキュメンテーションチーム" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "ウェブブラウザー" @@ -13005,22 +13265,22 @@ "インストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるブラウザーでページが開く場合もあります。既定のウェブブラウザーを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "詳細を開き、ウィンドウの左側に表示されるリストからデフォルトのアプリを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "ウェブオプションを変えることで、リンクを開くときに使用するウェブブラウザーを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -13056,7 +13316,7 @@ "ている環境では、期待とは異なるクライアントが起動する場合もあります。既定のメールクライアントを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -13156,7 +13416,7 @@ msgstr "内部(ネットワーク)IPアドレスを見つける" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -13164,18 +13424,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "外部(インターネット)IPアドレスを見つける" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -13184,12 +13444,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.comにアクセスします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -13198,29 +13458,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -13234,10 +13495,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"ファイヤウォールをONにするには、端末でsudo ufw " -"enableと入力してください。ufwをOFFにするには、sudo ufw disableと入力してください。" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -13250,14 +13509,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -13267,19 +13526,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "ufwの現在の状態を確認するには、端末でsudo ufw statusと入力してください。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "端末以外でufwを使用する" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -13289,7 +13548,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">このリンクをクリックしてください。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -13520,29 +13779,28 @@ msgstr "ネットワーク用語とヒント" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"YouTube など、動画やインタラクティブなページを提供するウェブサイトを表示するには、Flash のインストールが必要になる場合があります。" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Flash プラグインのインストール" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -13551,59 +13809,106 @@ "Flashがインストールされていない状態では、Flashが必要なウェブサイトを見たときにインストールを促すメッセージが表示されるでしょう。ほとんどのウェブ" "ブラウザーで、Flashを（オープンソースではないものの）無料でダウンロードできます。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Flash のインストールの仕方" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "ブラウザがJavaが必要なウェブサイトで動作するのに役立ちます。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Java ブラウザープラグインのインストール" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"いくつかのウェブサイトでは実行に Java プラグインのインストールの必要な小さな Java プログラムを使っています。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"ブラウザーでJavaプログラムを実行するためには、icedtea6-plugin " -"パッケージをインストールしてください。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -13839,6 +14144,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "追加をクリックします。" @@ -14044,11 +14350,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"無線接続の問題解決、Wi-Fiネットワークの検索…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -14089,20 +14393,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "以下のメソッドの中から利用したいプロキシのメソッドを選びます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -14110,13 +14414,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手動" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -14124,19 +14428,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "自動" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -14574,15 +14878,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Wifiへの接続、ステルスモード無線ネットワーク、 接続設定の編集、切断…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -14605,50 +14905,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "ネットワークを開き、左側にある無線を選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "アクセスポイントとして使用ボタンをクリックします。" +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." -msgstr "メニューバーのネットワークメニューをクリックし、無線を有効にするのチェックを外します。" +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "無線をオフにする(機内モード)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -14657,25 +14958,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -14707,10 +15007,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"メニューバーにあるネットワークメニューをクリックして、接続したいネットワーク名をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -14881,27 +15180,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "無線接続の編集" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"このトピックでは無線ネットワーク接続の編集可能なすべてのオプションについて説明します。接続を編集するには、メニューバーのネットワークメニューをクリックし、接続を編集するを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14911,73 +15208,67 @@ "の管理を提供するものです。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "すべてのユーザーで利用可能/自動接続する" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "自動接続する" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "すべてのユーザーで利用可能" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"このコンピューターのすべてのユーザーがこの無線ネットワークに接続できるようにしたい場合にチェックしてください。ネットワークに WEP/WPA " -"パスワードがある場合にこのオプションにチェックした場合、一度だけパスワードを入力する必要があります。そのコンピューターの他のすべてのユーザー" -"はパスワードを知らなくてもネットワークに接続できます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"もしチェックした場合、このネットワークのいずれの設定を変更するにも管理者である必要があります。管理者パスワードを入力するように尋ねられるはずです。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "無線" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14988,12 +15279,12 @@ "ば、無線ルーターの設定や基地局を変えたなど）、これを変えないでください。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "モード" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -15004,41 +15295,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "デバイスの MAC アドレス" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -15050,34 +15341,34 @@ "るためのコードです。ネットワークに繋ぐことができるすべてのデバイスは、メーカーで設定された一意のMACアドレスを持っています。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "このオプションはネットワークカードの MAC アドレスの変更のために使われます。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "クローンした MAC アドレス" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -15088,44 +15379,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "無線セキュリティ" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "セキュリティ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 設定" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -15133,17 +15425,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "下記の方式が利用可能です:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "自動 (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -15153,34 +15445,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "自動 (DHCP) アドレス専用" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"この設定を選択すると、コンピューターは DHCP サーバーから IP " -"アドレスを取得しますが、それ以外の細部は手動で設定する必要があります。(どのDNSサーバーを利用するか等)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." -msgstr "コンピューターでどのIPアドレスを使用するか等、すべてのネットワーク設定を自分で設定したい場合は、このオプションを選択してください。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "ローカルへのリンク専用" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -15191,33 +15481,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "無効" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 設定" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" -"これは、最新のIPv6規格を扱っている以外は " -"IPv4タブに似ています。かなり最新のネットワークではIPv6を使っていますが、今のところIPv4の方がまだ一般的です。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -15284,22 +15582,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"メニューバーにあるネットワークメニューをクリックし、非表示無線ネットワークに接続を選択します。" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "ステルスモードの無線ネットワークへの接続" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -15310,12 +15605,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -15324,14 +15626,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -15502,7 +15804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -15510,12 +15812,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "コマンドラインを使用する" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -15523,7 +15825,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -16558,12 +16860,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "ハードウェアセクションにある電源をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -16687,9 +16989,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." -msgstr "端末にsudo pm-hibernateと入力し、Enterを押します。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -16731,7 +17033,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -16817,39 +17119,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "なぜコンピューターがバッテリーが10%になった時に電源が切れる/サスペンド状態になるのですか？" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 -msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 +#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -16882,31 +17162,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "メニューバーの一番右にあるアイコンをクリックして、システム設定を選択します" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "ネットワークを開いて、無線タブを選択します" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -17191,7 +17464,7 @@ msgstr "画面を暗くすることを止めることができます:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -17327,7 +17600,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntuをインストールした際、言語はインストール時に選択した言語と英語が一緒に選択されますが、さらに言語を追加することができます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -17337,21 +17610,21 @@ "語はチェック状態で、利用可能な言語のすべてを列挙しています。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "インストールしたい言語を選択し、現在インストール済みで削除したい言語を外します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "変更を適用をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -17361,7 +17634,7 @@ "explain\">管理者権限が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -17369,8 +17642,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -17428,7 +17701,9 @@ msgstr "セットアップ" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "プリンターのセットアップ" @@ -17445,8 +17720,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "認識しないプリンター、紙詰まり、出力結果が悪い…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -17551,7 +17827,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -17976,7 +18251,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "プリンターを開きます。" @@ -18011,92 +18286,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "追加をクリックして、デバイスウィンドウからプリンターを選択します。" +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -18252,24 +18571,24 @@ msgstr "できるだけ多くの情報を説明フィールドに書いてください。以下の3つを特定することは重要です:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "何が起きると期待していたか" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "実際に何が起こったか" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -18277,7 +18596,7 @@ "レポートにはIDナンバーが付与され、状態は処理されるとアップデートされます。Ubuntuをより良くする手助けをしていただいてありがとうございます！" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -18286,7 +18605,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive スクリーンショットの保存ウィンドウで、ファイル名を入力し、フォルダーを選択して、次に保存をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -18388,14 +18793,14 @@ msgstr "日付、時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマットを、あなたの地域の慣習に合わせて設定できます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "言語サポートを開き、地域フォーマットタブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -18403,15 +18808,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -18420,12 +18826,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "システムのフォーマットを変更する" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -18435,19 +18841,19 @@ "などで使用するフォーマットを変更することもできます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "先に説明した手順で、フォーマットを変更します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "システム全体に適用をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -18472,27 +18878,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "言語サポートをクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "言語タブから希望する言語を選択します。その言語をリストの最上部にドラックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -18506,12 +18913,12 @@ "継続して使用する場合は、フォルダー名を更新すると良いでしょう。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "システムの言語を変更する" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -18521,7 +18928,7 @@ "更することもできます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "先に説明した手順で、言語を変更します。" @@ -18553,17 +18960,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "画面の明るさとロックをクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "画面ロックまでの時間ドロップダウンリストの値を変更します。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -18776,7 +19183,7 @@ "intro\">Launcherにアプリケーションを追加するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -18784,7 +19191,7 @@ "DashからアプリケーションのアイコンをLauncherにドラッグします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -18792,14 +19199,14 @@ "または、アプリケーションが実行中の場合、そのアプリケーションのアイコンを右クリックし、Launcherに登録を選択します。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -18848,22 +19255,20 @@ "。ユーザー切り替えを行った場合は、使用中のアプリケーションはすべて起動したままになり、ログインしなおせば元のままの状態になっています。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"ログアウトしたりユーザーを切り替えたりするには、メニューバーの一番右にあるシステムメニューをクリックし、適切なオプションを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "画面のロック" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18875,30 +19280,32 @@ "ます。戻ってきたら、パスワードを入力するだけでログインしなおすことができます。画面をロックしていない場合は、一定の時間が経てば自動的にロックされます。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"画面をロックするには、メニューバーの中のシステムメニューをクリックして、画面のロックを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"画面がロックされているとき、他のユーザーはユーザーの切り替えをクリックし、パスワード画面でその人自身のアカウントにログインできます。" -"その人が終了したときに前のユーザーのデスクトップに切り替えできます。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "サスペンド" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18908,30 +19315,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"手動でコンピューターをサスペンドするには、メニューバーの中のシステムメニューをクリックして、サスペンドを選択し" -"ます。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "電源オフと再起動" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"コンピューターを完全に電源オフまたは再起動したい場合、システムメニューをクリックして、シャットダウンを選択しま" -"す。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -19502,12 +19908,12 @@ msgstr "ウィンドウが最大化された状態のままでは、サイズの変更は行えません。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "ウィンドウのサイズを水平かつ/または垂直に変更するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -19516,12 +19922,12 @@ "ままドラッグして、リサイズしたい方向へ動かしてください。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "水平方向にのみサイズを変更するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -19530,12 +19936,12 @@ "ドラッグして、横方向にウィンドウのサイズを変更してください。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "垂直方向にのみサイズを変更するには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -19545,17 +19951,17 @@ "ままドラッグして、縦方向にウィンドウのサイズを変更してください。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "ワークスペース上でウィンドウを配置する" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "2つのウィンドウを横に並べるには:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -19567,7 +19973,7 @@ "に表示されるようになります。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -19576,7 +19982,7 @@ "ずつを占めるようになります。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -19626,11 +20032,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "キーボードを使う" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -19639,49 +20045,41 @@ "す。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." -msgstr "Altを離すと、ウィンドウスイッチャー上の次の(ハイライトされた)ウィンドウに切り替わります。" +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"もしくは、Alt " -"キーを押したままで、Tabを押すと、開いている各ウィンドウを順に切り替えていき、TabShiftを押すと、逆の順序で切り替えます。" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"→あるいは←キーでウィンドウスイッチャー上のアプリケーションアイコンを移動したり、あるいはマウスでクリックして" -"選択することもできます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." -msgstr "ウィンドウを1つだけ持つアプリケーションのプレビューは、↓ キーを押すと表示されます。" +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19693,8 +20091,13 @@ "キーとAltキーを押したまま、TabかShiftT" "abを押してください。" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -19704,7 +20107,7 @@ "key\">SuperWを押します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "切り替えたいウィンドウをクリックします。" @@ -19890,19 +20293,19 @@ msgstr "ワークスペースを有効にする" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "ユーザー向けにある外観をクリックし、挙動タブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -19911,19 +20314,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "ワーススペース数を変更する" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "Dashに移動し、端末を開きます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19931,7 +20334,7 @@ "行の数を変更するには、次のコマンドを入力して末尾の数を変更したい行の数に書き換えてください。そしてEnterを押します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -20642,7 +21045,7 @@ msgstr "特殊文字の入力" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -20652,17 +21055,17 @@ "す。" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "文字を入力する方法" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "文字マップ" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -20672,7 +21075,7 @@ "のすべての文字を参照できる文字マップツールが搭載されています。この文字マップを使って文字を探し、好きな箇所へコピー・アンド・ペーストできます。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the 文字マップマニュアルを見てください。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -20696,73 +21099,81 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see タブを参照してください。コードポイントは、U+の後ろの 4 桁の文字列です。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -20801,12 +21212,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "入力ソース" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -21505,37 +21916,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "ユーザー向けにある外観をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "挙動タブに切り替えます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Launcherを自動的に隠すをオンに切り替えます。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -21562,12 +21965,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "外観をクリックします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -21575,7 +21978,7 @@ "Launcherのアイコンの大きさを調節するには、Launcherアイコンのサイズスライダーを動かします。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "デフォルトのLauncherのアイコンの大きさは 48 です。" @@ -21667,38 +22070,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "アプリケーションを起動するか、ドキュメントやフォルダーまたはデバイスを開きます" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -21831,32 +22234,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "ユーザー向けにある外観をクリックし、挙動タブを選択します。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "ステータスメニュー" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -21864,8 +22267,24 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "アプリケーションの状態によってインジケーターメニューに使われているアイコンが変わるものがあります。" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Tomboy や Transmission " +"のような他のプログラムがインジケーターメニューをパネルに追加することもできます。" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "ステータスメニューの一覧と機能" @@ -21874,7 +22293,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -21882,14 +22301,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -21904,7 +22323,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -21912,28 +22331,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -21946,7 +22365,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -21954,14 +22373,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -21972,21 +22391,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -21997,7 +22416,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -22005,14 +22424,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -22022,60 +22441,32 @@ "xref=\"media\">設定をし、Rhythmbox のようなメディアプレイヤーの操作をします。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "時計" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "アプリケーションの状態によってインジケーターメニューに使われているアイコンが変わるものがあります。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Tomboy や Transmission " -"のような他のプログラムがインジケーターメニューをパネルに追加することもできます。" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -22173,37 +22564,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -23558,7 +23923,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -23566,7 +23931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -23576,18 +23941,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -23641,6 +24006,57 @@ "xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">キーボードショートカット ページを参照してください。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "メニューバーの右端のアイコンをクリックし、システム設定を選択します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "アカウントを追加すると、あなたのオンラインアカウントとUbuntuデスクトップを連携させることができます。例えば、メール、チャットやその他の関連するアプリ" +#~ "ケーションが設定されます。" + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "アカウントの種類を右側のペインから選択してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "他のアカウントも設定する場合は、この手順を後で繰り返してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "オンラインアカウントの資格情報を入力するための小さなウェブユーザーインターフェースが表示されます。例えば、Googleアカウントのセットアップをするときは" +#~ "Googleのユーザー名とパスワードを入力して、サインインします。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "オンラインアカウントと連携させたいアプリケーションを選択してください。例えば、チャットを使用したいがカレンダーは使用したくない、という場合はカレ" +#~ "ンダーオプションをオフにしてください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "アカウントを追加したあとは、あなたが選択したそれぞれのアプリケーションへのログイン時に資格情報が自動的に使用されます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "セキュリティ上の理由から、Ubuntuはコンピューターにパスワードを保存しませんが、代わりにオンラインサービスが提供するトークンを保存します。オンラインサ" +#~ "ービスとデスクトップとのリンクを完全に取り消すには、削除を実行してください。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23674,6 +24090,29 @@ #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." #~ msgstr "Ubuntu ソフトウェアセンターを使ってプログラムを追加し、Ubuntu をさらに使いやすくする。" +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "追加ソフトウェアのインストール" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu開発チームは Ubuntu " +#~ "を日々の目的に対してできるだけ使いやすくなるように考えてデフォルトのアプリケーションを選んでいます。しかし、Ubuntu " +#~ "をより役立つようにするためにソフトウェアをインストールしたいこともあるでしょう。" + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "追加のソフトウェアをインストールするには、下記のステップを完了します:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "無線または有線接続を利用して、インターネットに接続します。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -23687,16 +24126,56 @@ #~ msgstr "ソフトウェアセンターが起動したら、アプリケーションを検索するか、カテゴリーを選択して一覧の中からアプリケーションを探します。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "インストールしたいアプリケーションを選択して、インストールをクリックしてください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "パスワードの入力を尋ねられるでしょう。パスワードを入力するとインストールが始まります。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "通常インストールはすぐに完了しますが、お使いのインターネット回線があまり速くない場合には、少し時間がかかることがあります。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "新しいアプリへのショートカットがLauncherに追加されます。この機能を無効にするには、Launcherの新しいアプリケーショ" +#~ "ンの外観のチェックを外してください。" + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "プレリリースまたは特定のソフトウェアのテストをするためPPAを追加します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives " +#~ "(PPAs)は、Ubuntuユーザーのためのソフトウェアリポジトリで、他のサードパーティのリポジトリよりも簡単にインストールができます。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "ソフトウェアセンターを起動して、編集 ソフトウェアソースをクリックします。" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "追加をクリックして、ppa:の場所を入力します。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "ソフトウェアソースのウィンドウを閉じます。Ubuntuソフトウェアセンターは新しいソフトウェアがないかソフトウェアソースを確認します。" +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "すでに使われていないソフトウェアを削除します。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -23715,6 +24194,16 @@ #~ msgstr "ソフトウェアセンターが開いたら、上部のインストール済みボタンをクリックします。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "パスワードを入力するよう要求されるかもしれません。それを行うとアプリケーションは削除されます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "Ubuntuがインストールやアップグレードに使用するソフトウェアソースを拡張するため、他のリポジトリを追加します。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23760,6 +24249,17 @@ #~ "ソースを追加をクリックし、ソフトウェアソースのウィンドウを閉じてください。Ubuntu " #~ "ソフトウェアセンターがリポジトリの情報をダウンロードするので少し待ってください。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "インストール、削除、追加リポジトリ…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "ソフトウェアの追加と削除" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "Cheese はデフォルトでは Ubuntu にインストールされていません。Cheese をインストールするには：" @@ -23788,6 +24288,9 @@ #~ msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." #~ msgstr "Cheeseユーザーガイドを読む前にCheeseをインストールする必要があります。" +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USBメモリー（低容量）" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -23812,6 +24315,9 @@ #~ "他のデバイスからこのコンピューターに接続しようとする場合、可視状態をオンにすることだけが必要です。詳しくはを参照してください。" +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "メーカーからリファレンスファイルをダウンロードして印刷する" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -23852,6 +24358,192 @@ #~ msgid "Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar." #~ msgstr "Evolutionカレンダーの予定を表示のチェックを外します。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "もしあとで気が変わったなら、メニューバーの一番右にあるアイコンをクリックし、その下にある " +#~ "システム設定を選択して、システムのセクションにある時刻と日付の設定から、時計の表示を元に戻すこともできます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "メニューバーの一番右にあるアイコンをクリックして、その下にあるシステム設定を選択します。" + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "ハードディスクの速度を計測するベンチマークテストを実行します。" + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "ハードディスクの性能をテストする" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "ハードディスクの速度を計測するには：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dashからディスクアプリケーションを開きます。" + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "ディスクドライブの一覧からハードディスクを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "歯車ボタンをクリックして、ドライブのベンチマークを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ベンチマークを開始するをクリックして、お好みで転送速度とAccess " +#~ "Timeのパラメータを調整します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ベンチマークの開始をクリックするとディスクからどれだけ速くデータを読み出せるかテストすることができます。この操作には管理者権限が必要です。自分のパスワードか管理者用アカウントのパスワードを入力してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ディスク使用量の解析もしくはシステムモニターを使用すれば、ディスク容量がどれくらい残っているか確認することがで" +#~ "きます。" + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "ディスク使用量の解析で確認する" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "ディスク使用量の解析を使ってディスクの空き容量やディスクの容量を確認するには:" + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "システムモニターで確認する" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "システムモニターでディスクの空き容量やディスクの容量を確認するには:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "Dashからシステムモニターを開きます。" + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "ディスクが一杯であるなら以下のようにすべきです:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "重要でなくもう利用しないファイルを削除します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "しばらく必要としないが、ハードディスクから削除したくない重要なファイルのバックアップをします。" + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "リムーバブルディスクの初期化" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "正しいディスクが選択されていることを確認してください!他のディスクのすべてのファイルが消去されるかもしれません!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "ディスクに名前を付け、フォーマットをクリックしてディスクの消去を開始します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "お使いのコンピューター上のファイルを閲覧したり整理したりするには、ファイルというファイルマネージャーを使います。また、ファイルマネー" +#~ "ジャーを使って、ストレージデバイス (外付けハードディスクなど) や、ファイルサーバー、ネットワーク上の共有フォルダーに配置したファイルも管理できます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ファイルマネージャーで、フォルダーをダブルクリックするとその中身が表示され、ファイルをダブルクリックすると、該当のファイルに関連付けられたデフォルトのアプ" +#~ "リケーションでファイルが開きます。フォルダーを右クリックして、新しいタブか新しいウィンドウで開くこともできます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "フォルダー中の特定のファイルをすばやく選択したい場合、そのファイル名をキー入力してください。検索ボックスがウィンドウ上部に現れ、入力した検索ワードにマッチ" +#~ "する最初のファイルがハイライト表示されます。下矢印キーを押すか、あるいはマウスホイールを回転すると、検索にマッチする次のファイルが選択されます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "名称や種類に基づいてファイルを検索する。検索結果を後で使いまわせるように保存する。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ファイル名やファイルの種類に基づいて、ファイルマネージャーから直接ファイルを検索することができます。よく使う検索結果を保存しておくことも可能で、検索結果が" +#~ "ホームフォルダー上に特殊なフォルダーとして表示されます。" + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーを開く" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "お探しのファイルが特定のフォルダーの下にあることがわかっていれば、そのフォルダーまで移動します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "検索結果から、ファイルを開いたり、コピーしたり、削除したり、あるいは他の操作を行ったりすることが可能です。ちょうどファイルマネージャーのフォルダーからファ" +#~ "イルを操作するのと同じことです。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "特定の検索をよく実行するのであれば、すばやく検索を実行できるように、検索条件を保存しておくとよいでしょう。" + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "検索を保存する" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "先に述べた検索処理を実行します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "検索にたいして名前を付与し、保存をクリックします。お好みによって、検索を保存するフォルダーを指定します。そのフォルダーを開けば、保存" +#~ "した検索が、オレンジ色のフォルダーの上に虫メガネのあるアイコンで表示されます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "保存した検索を使用し終わって削除するには、他のファイルと同様に単にその検索を削除するだけです。検索を削除しても、検索対象のファイルは削除されません。" + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "思いがけないクリックを防ぐために入力中はタッチパッドを無効にします。" @@ -23867,6 +24559,143 @@ #~ "ノートパソコンにあるタッチパッドは、入力中に手首を置く場所にあるため、たまに思いがけずクリックしてしまう原因になります。入力中にタッチパッドを無効にするこ" #~ "とができます。最後のキー入力のあと少ししてからタッチパッドを動作することができます。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "マルチタップをサポートするタッチパッドでは、指 3 本でタップして中クリックを行えます。この機能を利用するには、タッチパッドの設定で、タップによるクリックを有効にする必要があります。" + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "多くのアプリケーションでは、中クリックを特別なショートカットに割り当てています。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "一般的なショートカットの一つとして選択された文章の貼り付けがあります。（これはプライマリーセレクションの貼り付けと呼ばれることもあります）貼り付けたい文章" +#~ "を選択してから貼り付けしたい場所に移動し、中クリックしてください。選択された文書はマウスの指している場所に貼り付けられます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "中マウスボタンによる文章の貼り付けは普通のクリップボードとは完全に分離されます。選択された文章はクリップボードにはコピーされません。この素早い貼り付けの方" +#~ "法は中マウスボタンによってのみ可能です。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ほとんどのウェブブラウザーは中マウスボタンで素早く新しいタブでリンクを開くことが可能です。単にリンクを中マウスボタンでクリックすれば、新しいタブでリンクを" +#~ "開くでしょう。Firefox では正確にリンクをクリックしてください。Firefox " +#~ "ではリンク以外のどこかを中クリックした時、ロケーションバーで中クリックして選択中の文章を貼り付け Enter " +#~ "キーを押した時のように、選択中の文章を URL として読み込もうとします。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "特殊なアプリケーションには、中ボタンに他の機能を割り当てているものもあります。アプリケーションのヘルプで、中クリック (middle-" +#~ "click) や、中ボタン (middle mouse button) などをキーに検索してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "この説明は、キーボードだけを使いマウスキーを有効にする最短方法を述べています。さらなるアクセシビリティオプションは、ユニバーサルアクセスの設定<" +#~ "/gui>を開いてください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "キーパッドとは、キーボードの数字キーをひとまとめにしたものです。通常は四角の格子状に並んでいます。お使いのキーボードにキーパッドが無い場合 " +#~ "(ノートパソコン用キーボードなど)、ファンクション (Fn) " +#~ "キーを押しながら、キーボードの何か別のキーをキーパッドの代わりとして使う場合があります。この機能をノートパソコンでよく使うのであれば、外付けの USB " +#~ "キーパッドを購入するとよいでしょう。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "キーパッドの各数字は移動方向へ対応しています。たとえば、8 キーを押すとポインターは上に移動し、2 " +#~ "キーを押すと下に移動します。5 キーでクリックができ、すばやく 2 回押すとダブルクリックとなります。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ほとんどのキーボードには右クリックの動作をする特殊なキーが付いており、多くの場合スペースバーの近くにあります。しかしながら、そのキーは、キーボードのフォー" +#~ "カスがあたっているものにたいして反応するのであって、マウスポインターの位置は関係ないことに注意してください。5 " +#~ "キーを押したままにしたり、マウスの左ボタンを使ったりして右クリックを行う方法については、を参照してください。" + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "クリックするにはタッチパッドをタップします。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "アイテムをドラッグするには、ダブルタップを行いますが2回目のタップの後、指を上げません。移動したいところにアイテムをドラッグし、指をはなしてドロップします" +#~ "。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、いちどに2つの指でタップすることで右クリックすることができます。サポートしていない場合は右クリックボタン" +#~ "が必要です。マウスの副ボタンを使わず右クリックする方法についてはを参照してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "タッチパッドがマルチタップをサポートしているなら、 3つの指を同時にタップして中クリックができます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "複数の指でタップかドラッグをしている時、指が十分に離れているか確認してください。もし指が近くにある場合、コンピューターは1つの指と識認する可能性があります" +#~ "。" + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "ファイルマネージャーのブックマークの追加、削除、名前変更を行います。" + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "ブックマークはファイルマネージャーのサイドバーにリストアップされています。" + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "ブックマークの削除：" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "名前テキストボックスに新しいブックマークの名前を入力します。" + #~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgstr "最後にファイルを更新した日時が表示されます。" @@ -23892,6 +24721,19 @@ #~ "moonlight\">Silverlight対応…" #~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ファイヤウォールをONにするには、端末でsudo ufw " +#~ "enableと入力してください。ufwをOFFにするには、sudo ufw disableと入力してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YouTube など、動画やインタラクティブなページを提供するウェブサイトを表示するには、Flash のインストールが必要になる場合があります。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -23899,6 +24741,9 @@ #~ "Flashは、ウェブブラウザーのプラグインで、一部のウェブサイトの動画を試聴したり、インタラクティブなページを操作" #~ "したりできるようになります。Flashがなければ表示できないウェブサイトがあります。" +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Flash のインストールの仕方" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -23934,6 +24779,22 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Java ブラウザープラグインのインストール" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "いくつかのウェブサイトでは実行に Java プラグインのインストールの必要な小さな Java プログラムを使っています。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ブラウザーでJavaプログラムを実行するためには、icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "パッケージをインストールしてください。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -23969,6 +24830,86 @@ #~ "Silverlightが必要になるウェブサイトを閲覧したい場合は、代わりに、Moonlightプラグインをインストールするとよいでしょう" #~ "。これは、Linuxで動作する ilverlightのフリーなオープンソース実装です。" +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "アクセスポイントとして使用ボタンをクリックします。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "メニューバーにあるネットワークメニューをクリックして、接続したいネットワーク名をクリックします。" + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "無線接続の編集" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "このトピックでは無線ネットワーク接続の編集可能なすべてのオプションについて説明します。接続を編集するには、メニューバーのネットワークメニューをクリックし、接続を編集するを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "すべてのユーザーで利用可能/自動接続する" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "自動接続する" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "すべてのユーザーで利用可能" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "このコンピューターのすべてのユーザーがこの無線ネットワークに接続できるようにしたい場合にチェックしてください。ネットワークに WEP/WPA " +#~ "パスワードがある場合にこのオプションにチェックした場合、一度だけパスワードを入力する必要があります。そのコンピューターの他のすべてのユーザー" +#~ "はパスワードを知らなくてもネットワークに接続できます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "もしチェックした場合、このネットワークのいずれの設定を変更するにも管理者である必要があります。管理者パスワードを入力するように尋ねられるはずです。" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "無線" + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "デバイスの MAC アドレス" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "無線セキュリティ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "この設定を選択すると、コンピューターは DHCP サーバーから IP " +#~ "アドレスを取得しますが、それ以外の細部は手動で設定する必要があります。(どのDNSサーバーを利用するか等)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "コンピューターでどのIPアドレスを使用するか等、すべてのネットワーク設定を自分で設定したい場合は、このオプションを選択してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "これは、最新のIPv6規格を扱っている以外は " +#~ "IPv4タブに似ています。かなり最新のネットワークではIPv6を使っていますが、今のところIPv4の方がまだ一般的です。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press " #~ "Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the " @@ -23983,6 +24924,80 @@ #~ "Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter." #~ msgstr "端末を開いてnm-toolと入力し、Enterを押します。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "端末にsudo pm-hibernateと入力し、Enterを押します。" + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "なぜコンピューターがバッテリーが10%になった時に電源が切れる/サスペンド状態になるのですか？" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "メニューバーの一番右にあるアイコンをクリックして、システム設定を選択します" + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "追加をクリックして、デバイスウィンドウからプリンターを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "画面をロックするには、メニューバーの中のシステムメニューをクリックして、画面のロックを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "画面がロックされているとき、他のユーザーはユーザーの切り替えをクリックし、パスワード画面でその人自身のアカウントにログインできます。" +#~ "その人が終了したときに前のユーザーのデスクトップに切り替えできます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "手動でコンピューターをサスペンドするには、メニューバーの中のシステムメニューをクリックして、サスペンドを選択し" +#~ "ます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "コンピューターを完全に電源オフまたは再起動したい場合、システムメニューをクリックして、シャットダウンを選択しま" +#~ "す。" + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "キーボードを使う" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "Altを離すと、ウィンドウスイッチャー上の次の(ハイライトされた)ウィンドウに切り替わります。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "もしくは、Alt " +#~ "キーを押したままで、Tabを押すと、開いている各ウィンドウを順に切り替えていき、TabShiftを押すと、逆の順序で切り替えます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "→あるいは←キーでウィンドウスイッチャー上のアプリケーションアイコンを移動したり、あるいはマウスでクリックして" +#~ "選択することもできます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "ウィンドウを1つだけ持つアプリケーションのプレビューは、↓ キーを押すと表示されます。" + #~ msgid "Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash" #~ msgstr "Dashでアプリ、ファイル、音楽、その他を検索する" @@ -24112,6 +25127,17 @@ #~ "はCtrlAltTを押して端末の画面を開き、このコマン" #~ "ドを実行します(一つの長いコマンドで、画面上では折り返されているかもしれません。正しく入力するにはコピーしてペーストを行ってください。)" +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "認識しないプリンター、紙詰まり、出力結果が悪い…" + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "メニューバーのネットワークメニューをクリックし、無線を有効にするのチェックを外します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "ボリュームやパーティションとは何で、ディスクユーティリティを使ったボリュームやパーティションの管理を理解します。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Please see the Moonlight " #~ "website for more information and installation instructions." @@ -24125,8 +25151,138 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Braseroを使う際に困ったことがあれば、ユーザーガイドを読んで下さい。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SMART " +#~ "の状態でディスクが正常でないとされていても、不安になる必要はないかもしれません。しかし、データの損失を防ぐために " +#~ "バックアップで備えておくことを強く推奨します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ディスクの状態が \"Pre-fail\" " +#~ "である場合、ディスクは依然として正常ではありますが、近い将来に故障の可能性を意味する損耗のサインが検出されたことを意味します。ハードディスク(またはコンピ" +#~ "ューター)の使用を始めて数年の場合、ヘルスチェック項目の少なくともいくつかでこのメッセージを目にするかもしれません。定期的に、重要なファイルのバックアップを取り、ディスクの状態が悪化していないかチェックしてください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "フォーマットにより外付けハードディスクやUSBフラッシュメモリーからすべてのファイルやフォルダーを削除する。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "USBメモリースティックや外付けハードディスクを持っている場合、その中のファイルやフォルダーをすべて完全に削除したいことがあるかもしれません。これはフォーマット、つまり、ディスク上のすべてのファイルを削除して空にする作業により可能です。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Linuxのコンピューターに加え、WindowsやMacOSのコンピューターでもディスクを使用する場合、 FAT " +#~ "を選択してください。Windowsでのみ使用する場合は NTFS " +#~ "がおすすめです。ファイルシステムの種類の簡単な説明はラベルとして表示されています。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ボリュームのセクションで、ボリュームのアンマウントをクリックして、ボリュームのフォーマットをクリックします。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "アクティビティオーバービューからディスクアプリケーションを開いてください。" + #~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." #~ msgstr "SMARTステータスは\"ディスクの健康状態\"といえるでしょう。" +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "リムーバブルディスクを丸ごと削除する" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "ストレージデバイスの一覧から削除したいディスクを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "ブラウザがJavaが必要なウェブサイトで動作するのに役立ちます。" + #~ msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh" #~ msgstr "sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ログアウトしたりユーザーを切り替えたりするには、メニューバーの一番右にあるシステムメニューをクリックし、適切なオプションを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "Dashを開きディスクユーティリティアプリを起動します。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "無線接続の問題解決、Wi-Fiネットワークの検索…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wifiへの接続、ステルスモード無線ネットワーク、 接続設定の編集、切断…" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "他のリポジトリからのインストール" + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "別のソフトウェアリポジトリの追加" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "ポップアップしてきたウィンドウで、ディスクのファイルシステムの種類を選んでください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "虫めがねアイコンを再びクリックすると、検索を終了してフォルダーに戻ります。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ツールバーの虫めがねのアイコン、またはCtrlFをクリックしてください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "個々のハードウェアのボタンを利用せず、タッチパッドのみを使ってクリック、ダブルクリック、ドラッグ、スクロールができます。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "メニューバーにあるネットワークメニューをクリックし、非表示無線ネットワークに接続を選択します。" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/kab/kab.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/kab/kab.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/kab/kab.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/kab/kab.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-15 12:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: Kabyle \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -304,58 +304,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -407,14 +492,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -447,30 +532,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -480,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -488,14 +564,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -503,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -527,12 +603,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -653,7 +729,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -683,12 +759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -697,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -706,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -714,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -722,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -773,17 +849,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -792,14 +868,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -837,17 +913,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -856,14 +932,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -874,13 +950,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -919,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -954,7 +1030,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -968,10 +1044,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1025,12 +1101,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1041,7 +1118,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1050,15 +1127,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1212,7 +1290,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1226,46 +1304,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1273,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1599,6 +1676,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1681,107 +1827,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1790,12 +1945,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1803,31 +1958,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1835,49 +1991,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1888,13 +2081,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1906,27 +2099,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1934,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1942,12 +2135,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1957,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1967,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1975,22 +2168,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2465,7 +2658,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3003,7 +3196,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3244,7 +3437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3252,7 +3445,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4780,59 +4973,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5021,90 +5197,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5113,109 +5308,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5254,65 +5407,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5321,106 +5463,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5432,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5443,28 +5592,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5472,19 +5613,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5495,13 +5636,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5531,18 +5672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5550,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5559,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5586,15 +5727,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5610,7 +5757,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5618,7 +5765,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5626,7 +5773,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5634,7 +5781,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5663,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5672,19 +5819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5694,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5723,13 +5870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5744,7 +5892,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5779,7 +5927,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5811,17 +5959,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5844,12 +5992,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6104,7 +6251,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6332,12 +6478,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6345,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6353,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6363,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6373,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6381,17 +6527,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6400,12 +6546,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6414,24 +6560,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6440,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6448,24 +6594,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6473,12 +6619,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6487,7 +6633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6504,10 +6650,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6527,14 +6673,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6544,24 +6705,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7099,10 +7268,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7574,129 +7742,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8466,7 +8610,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8482,22 +8626,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8508,7 +8652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8517,46 +8661,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8568,15 +8712,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8601,12 +8755,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8615,26 +8769,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8644,19 +8798,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8664,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8672,50 +8826,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9084,14 +9238,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9114,12 +9268,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9127,24 +9281,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9152,7 +9306,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9161,14 +9315,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9177,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9284,10 +9438,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9322,17 +9477,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9359,26 +9515,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9387,7 +9536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9395,12 +9544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9411,7 +9560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9610,7 +9759,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9620,8 +9769,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9645,7 +9794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9666,11 +9815,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9678,31 +9827,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9724,13 +9875,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9745,8 +9895,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9768,85 +9918,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9854,7 +10212,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10048,14 +10406,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10064,8 +10422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10083,74 +10440,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10161,31 +10514,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10587,7 +10940,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10597,70 +10950,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11146,7 +11500,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11306,7 +11660,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11436,80 +11790,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11773,12 +12127,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11791,7 +12144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12047,22 +12400,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12093,7 +12446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12183,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12191,30 +12544,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12223,29 +12576,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12259,7 +12613,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12273,14 +12627,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12290,19 +12644,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12310,7 +12664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12538,83 +12892,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12847,6 +13251,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13043,7 +13448,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13086,20 +13491,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13107,13 +13512,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13121,19 +13526,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13569,10 +13974,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13596,50 +14001,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13648,25 +14054,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13698,8 +14103,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13866,25 +14271,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13892,40 +14297,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13934,25 +14339,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13961,12 +14366,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13977,41 +14382,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14020,34 +14425,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14058,44 +14463,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14103,17 +14509,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14123,32 +14529,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14159,30 +14565,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14245,21 +14661,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14270,12 +14684,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14284,14 +14705,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14457,7 +14878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14465,12 +14886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14478,7 +14899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15494,12 +15915,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15620,7 +16041,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15664,7 +16085,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15750,39 +16171,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15815,31 +16214,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16121,7 +16513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16254,7 +16646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16262,21 +16654,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16284,7 +16676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16292,8 +16684,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16346,7 +16738,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16363,7 +16757,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16467,7 +16862,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16884,7 +17278,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16919,92 +17313,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17152,31 +17590,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17185,7 +17623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17279,14 +17803,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17294,15 +17818,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17311,12 +17836,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17324,19 +17849,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17361,27 +17886,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17392,12 +17918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17405,7 +17931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17437,17 +17963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17652,28 +18178,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17718,20 +18244,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17741,27 +18267,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17771,26 +18302,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18322,36 +18856,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18359,17 +18893,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18378,14 +18912,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18431,55 +18965,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18487,8 +19018,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18496,7 +19032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18663,19 +19199,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18684,26 +19220,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19347,7 +19883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19355,17 +19891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19373,7 +19909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19496,12 +20040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20175,37 +20719,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20232,19 +20768,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20334,38 +20870,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20494,32 +21030,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20527,8 +21063,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20537,7 +21087,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20545,14 +21095,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20564,7 +21114,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20572,28 +21122,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20604,7 +21154,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20612,14 +21162,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20630,21 +21180,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20655,7 +21205,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20663,14 +21213,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20678,58 +21228,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20824,37 +21348,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22152,7 +22650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22160,7 +22658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22170,18 +22668,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/kk/kk.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/kk/kk.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/kk/kk.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/kk/kk.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Murat Balkybaev \n" "Language-Team: Kazakh \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -308,58 +308,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -411,14 +496,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -451,30 +536,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -484,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -492,14 +568,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -507,7 +583,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -531,12 +607,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -657,7 +733,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -687,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -701,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -710,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -718,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -726,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -777,17 +853,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -796,14 +872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -841,17 +917,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -860,14 +936,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -878,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -923,13 +999,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -958,7 +1034,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -972,10 +1048,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1029,12 +1105,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1045,7 +1122,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1054,15 +1131,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1216,7 +1294,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1230,46 +1308,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1277,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1603,6 +1680,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1685,107 +1831,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1794,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1807,31 +1962,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1839,49 +1995,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1892,13 +2085,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1910,27 +2103,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1938,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1946,12 +2139,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1961,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1971,7 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1979,22 +2172,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2469,7 +2662,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3007,7 +3200,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3248,7 +3441,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3256,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4784,59 +4977,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5025,90 +5201,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5117,109 +5312,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5258,65 +5411,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5325,106 +5467,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5436,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5447,28 +5596,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5476,19 +5617,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5499,13 +5640,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5535,18 +5676,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5554,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5563,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5590,15 +5731,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5614,7 +5761,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5622,7 +5769,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5630,7 +5777,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5638,7 +5785,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5667,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5676,19 +5823,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5698,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5727,13 +5874,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5748,7 +5896,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5783,7 +5931,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5815,17 +5963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5848,12 +5996,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6108,7 +6255,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6336,12 +6482,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6349,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6357,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6367,7 +6513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6377,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6385,17 +6531,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6404,12 +6550,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6418,24 +6564,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6444,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6452,24 +6598,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6477,12 +6623,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6491,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6508,10 +6654,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6531,14 +6677,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6548,24 +6709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7103,10 +7272,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7578,129 +7746,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8470,7 +8614,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8486,22 +8630,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8512,7 +8656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8521,46 +8665,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8572,15 +8716,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8605,12 +8759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8619,26 +8773,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8648,19 +8802,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8668,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8676,50 +8830,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9088,14 +9242,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9118,12 +9272,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9131,24 +9285,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9156,7 +9310,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9165,14 +9319,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9181,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9288,10 +9442,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9326,17 +9481,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9363,26 +9519,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9391,7 +9540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9399,12 +9548,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9415,7 +9564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9614,7 +9763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9624,8 +9773,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9649,7 +9798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9670,11 +9819,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9682,31 +9831,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9728,13 +9879,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9749,8 +9899,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9772,85 +9922,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9858,7 +10216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10052,14 +10410,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10068,8 +10426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10087,74 +10444,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10165,31 +10518,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10591,7 +10944,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10601,70 +10954,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11150,7 +11504,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11310,7 +11664,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11440,80 +11794,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11777,12 +12131,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11795,7 +12148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12051,22 +12404,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12097,7 +12450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12187,7 +12540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12195,30 +12548,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12227,29 +12580,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12263,7 +12617,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12277,14 +12631,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12294,19 +12648,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12314,7 +12668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12542,83 +12896,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12851,6 +13255,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13047,7 +13452,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13090,20 +13495,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13111,13 +13516,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13125,19 +13530,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13573,10 +13978,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13600,50 +14005,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13652,25 +14058,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13702,8 +14107,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13870,25 +14275,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13896,40 +14301,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13938,25 +14343,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13965,12 +14370,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13981,41 +14386,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14024,34 +14429,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14062,44 +14467,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14107,17 +14513,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14127,32 +14533,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14163,30 +14569,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14249,21 +14665,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14274,12 +14688,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14288,14 +14709,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14461,7 +14882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14469,12 +14890,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14482,7 +14903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15498,12 +15919,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15624,7 +16045,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15668,7 +16089,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15754,39 +16175,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15819,31 +16218,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16125,7 +16517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16258,7 +16650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16266,21 +16658,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16288,7 +16680,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16296,8 +16688,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16350,7 +16742,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16367,7 +16761,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16471,7 +16866,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16888,7 +17282,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16923,92 +17317,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17156,31 +17594,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17189,7 +17627,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17283,14 +17807,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17298,15 +17822,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17315,12 +17840,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17328,19 +17853,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17365,27 +17890,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17396,12 +17922,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17409,7 +17935,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17441,17 +17967,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17656,28 +18182,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17722,20 +18248,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17745,27 +18271,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17775,26 +18306,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18326,36 +18860,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18363,17 +18897,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18382,14 +18916,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18435,55 +18969,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18491,8 +19022,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18500,7 +19036,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18667,19 +19203,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18688,26 +19224,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19351,7 +19887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19359,17 +19895,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19377,7 +19913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19500,12 +20044,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20179,37 +20723,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20236,19 +20772,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20338,38 +20874,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20498,32 +21034,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20531,8 +21067,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20541,7 +21091,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20549,14 +21099,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20568,7 +21118,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20576,28 +21126,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20608,7 +21158,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20616,14 +21166,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20634,21 +21184,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20659,7 +21209,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20667,14 +21217,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20682,58 +21232,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20828,37 +21352,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22156,7 +22654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22164,7 +22662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22174,18 +22672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/kn/kn.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/kn/kn.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/kn/kn.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/kn/kn.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Kannada \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -308,58 +308,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -411,14 +496,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -451,30 +536,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -484,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -492,14 +568,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -507,7 +583,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -531,12 +607,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -657,7 +733,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -687,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -701,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -710,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -718,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -726,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -777,17 +853,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -796,14 +872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -841,17 +917,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -860,14 +936,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -878,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -923,13 +999,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -958,7 +1034,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -972,10 +1048,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1029,12 +1105,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1045,7 +1122,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1054,15 +1131,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1216,7 +1294,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1230,46 +1308,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1277,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1603,6 +1680,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1685,107 +1831,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1794,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1807,31 +1962,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1839,49 +1995,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1892,13 +2085,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1910,27 +2103,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1938,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1946,12 +2139,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1961,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1971,7 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1979,22 +2172,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2469,7 +2662,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3007,7 +3200,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3248,7 +3441,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3256,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4784,59 +4977,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5025,90 +5201,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5117,109 +5312,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5258,65 +5411,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5325,106 +5467,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5436,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5447,28 +5596,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5476,19 +5617,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5499,13 +5640,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5535,18 +5676,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5554,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5563,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5590,15 +5731,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5614,7 +5761,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5622,7 +5769,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5630,7 +5777,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5638,7 +5785,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5667,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5676,19 +5823,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5698,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5727,13 +5874,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5748,7 +5896,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5783,7 +5931,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5815,17 +5963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5848,12 +5996,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6108,7 +6255,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6336,12 +6482,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6349,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6357,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6367,7 +6513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6377,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6385,17 +6531,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6404,12 +6550,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6418,24 +6564,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6444,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6452,24 +6598,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6477,12 +6623,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6491,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6508,10 +6654,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6531,14 +6677,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6548,24 +6709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7103,10 +7272,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7578,129 +7746,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8470,7 +8614,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8486,22 +8630,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8512,7 +8656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8521,46 +8665,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8572,15 +8716,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8605,12 +8759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8619,26 +8773,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8648,19 +8802,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8668,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8676,50 +8830,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9088,14 +9242,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9118,12 +9272,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9131,24 +9285,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9156,7 +9310,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9165,14 +9319,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9181,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9288,10 +9442,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9326,17 +9481,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9363,26 +9519,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9391,7 +9540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9399,12 +9548,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9415,7 +9564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9614,7 +9763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9624,8 +9773,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9649,7 +9798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9670,11 +9819,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9682,31 +9831,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9728,13 +9879,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9749,8 +9899,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9772,85 +9922,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9858,7 +10216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10052,14 +10410,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10068,8 +10426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10087,74 +10444,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10165,31 +10518,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10591,7 +10944,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10601,70 +10954,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11150,7 +11504,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11310,7 +11664,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11440,80 +11794,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11777,12 +12131,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11795,7 +12148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12051,22 +12404,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12097,7 +12450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12187,7 +12540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12195,30 +12548,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12227,29 +12580,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12263,7 +12617,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12277,14 +12631,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12294,19 +12648,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12314,7 +12668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12542,83 +12896,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12851,6 +13255,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13047,7 +13452,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13090,20 +13495,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13111,13 +13516,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13125,19 +13530,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13573,10 +13978,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13600,50 +14005,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13652,25 +14058,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13702,8 +14107,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13870,25 +14275,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13896,40 +14301,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13938,25 +14343,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13965,12 +14370,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13981,41 +14386,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14024,34 +14429,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14062,44 +14467,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14107,17 +14513,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14127,32 +14533,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14163,30 +14569,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14249,21 +14665,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14274,12 +14688,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14288,14 +14709,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14461,7 +14882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14469,12 +14890,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14482,7 +14903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15498,12 +15919,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15624,7 +16045,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15668,7 +16089,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15754,39 +16175,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15819,31 +16218,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16125,7 +16517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16258,7 +16650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16266,21 +16658,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16288,7 +16680,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16296,8 +16688,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16350,7 +16742,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16367,7 +16761,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16471,7 +16866,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16888,7 +17282,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16923,92 +17317,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17156,31 +17594,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17189,7 +17627,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17283,14 +17807,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17298,15 +17822,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17315,12 +17840,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17328,19 +17853,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17365,27 +17890,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17396,12 +17922,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17409,7 +17935,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17441,17 +17967,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17656,28 +18182,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17722,20 +18248,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17745,27 +18271,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17775,26 +18306,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18326,36 +18860,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18363,17 +18897,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18382,14 +18916,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18435,55 +18969,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18491,8 +19022,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18500,7 +19036,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18667,19 +19203,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18688,26 +19224,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19351,7 +19887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19359,17 +19895,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19377,7 +19913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19500,12 +20044,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20179,37 +20723,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20236,19 +20772,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20338,38 +20874,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20498,32 +21034,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20531,8 +21067,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20541,7 +21091,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20549,14 +21099,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20568,7 +21118,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20576,28 +21126,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20608,7 +21158,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20616,14 +21166,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20634,21 +21184,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20659,7 +21209,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20667,14 +21217,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20682,58 +21232,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20828,37 +21352,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22156,7 +22654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22164,7 +22662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22174,18 +22672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ko/ko.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ko/ko.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ko/ko.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ko/ko.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-11 17:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Korean \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -120,13 +120,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -237,13 +237,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -310,58 +310,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -413,14 +498,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -453,30 +538,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -486,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -494,14 +570,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -509,7 +585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -533,12 +609,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -659,7 +735,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -689,12 +765,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -703,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -712,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -720,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -728,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -779,17 +855,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -798,14 +874,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -843,17 +919,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -862,14 +938,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -880,13 +956,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -925,13 +1001,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -960,7 +1036,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -974,10 +1050,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1031,12 +1107,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1047,7 +1124,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1056,15 +1133,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1218,7 +1296,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1232,46 +1310,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1279,7 +1356,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1605,6 +1682,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1687,107 +1833,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1796,12 +1951,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1809,31 +1964,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1841,49 +1997,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1894,13 +2087,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1912,27 +2105,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1940,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1948,12 +2141,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1963,7 +2156,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1973,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1981,22 +2174,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2471,7 +2664,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3009,7 +3202,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3250,7 +3443,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3258,7 +3451,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4786,59 +4979,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5027,90 +5203,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5119,109 +5314,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5260,65 +5413,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5327,106 +5469,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5438,7 +5587,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5449,28 +5598,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5478,19 +5619,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5501,13 +5642,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5537,18 +5678,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5556,7 +5697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5565,7 +5706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5592,15 +5733,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5616,7 +5763,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5624,7 +5771,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5632,7 +5779,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5640,7 +5787,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5669,7 +5816,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5678,19 +5825,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5700,7 +5847,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5729,13 +5876,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5750,7 +5898,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5785,7 +5933,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5817,17 +5965,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5850,12 +5998,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6110,7 +6257,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6338,12 +6484,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6351,7 +6497,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6359,7 +6505,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6369,7 +6515,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6379,7 +6525,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6387,17 +6533,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6406,12 +6552,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6420,24 +6566,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6446,7 +6592,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6454,24 +6600,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6479,12 +6625,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6493,7 +6639,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6510,10 +6656,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6533,14 +6679,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6550,24 +6711,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7105,10 +7274,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7580,129 +7748,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8472,7 +8616,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8488,22 +8632,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8514,7 +8658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8523,46 +8667,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8574,15 +8718,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8607,12 +8761,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8621,26 +8775,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8650,19 +8804,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8670,7 +8824,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8678,50 +8832,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9090,14 +9244,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9120,12 +9274,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9133,24 +9287,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9158,7 +9312,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9167,14 +9321,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9183,7 +9337,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9290,10 +9444,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9328,17 +9483,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9365,26 +9521,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9393,7 +9542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9401,12 +9550,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9417,7 +9566,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9616,7 +9765,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9626,8 +9775,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9651,7 +9800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9672,11 +9821,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9684,31 +9833,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9730,13 +9881,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9751,8 +9901,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9774,85 +9924,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9860,7 +10218,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10054,14 +10412,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10070,8 +10428,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10089,74 +10446,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10167,31 +10520,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10593,7 +10946,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10603,70 +10956,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11152,7 +11506,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11312,7 +11666,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11442,80 +11796,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11779,12 +12133,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11797,7 +12150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12053,22 +12406,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12099,7 +12452,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12189,7 +12542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12197,30 +12550,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12229,29 +12582,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12265,7 +12619,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12279,14 +12633,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12296,19 +12650,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12316,7 +12670,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12544,83 +12898,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12853,6 +13257,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13049,7 +13454,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13092,20 +13497,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13113,13 +13518,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13127,19 +13532,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13575,10 +13980,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13602,50 +14007,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13654,25 +14060,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13704,8 +14109,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13872,25 +14277,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13898,40 +14303,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13940,25 +14345,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13967,12 +14372,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13983,41 +14388,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14026,34 +14431,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14064,44 +14469,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14109,17 +14515,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14129,32 +14535,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14165,30 +14571,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14251,21 +14667,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14276,12 +14690,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14290,14 +14711,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14463,7 +14884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14471,12 +14892,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14484,7 +14905,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15500,12 +15921,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15626,7 +16047,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15670,7 +16091,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15756,39 +16177,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15821,31 +16220,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16127,7 +16519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16260,7 +16652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16268,21 +16660,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16290,7 +16682,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16298,8 +16690,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16352,7 +16744,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16369,7 +16763,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16473,7 +16868,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16890,7 +17284,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16925,92 +17319,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17158,31 +17596,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17191,7 +17629,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17285,14 +17809,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17300,15 +17824,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17317,12 +17842,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17330,19 +17855,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17367,27 +17892,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17398,12 +17924,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17411,7 +17937,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17443,17 +17969,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17658,28 +18184,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17724,20 +18250,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17747,27 +18273,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17777,26 +18308,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18328,36 +18862,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18365,17 +18899,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18384,14 +18918,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18437,55 +18971,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18493,8 +19024,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18502,7 +19038,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18669,19 +19205,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18690,26 +19226,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19353,7 +19889,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19361,17 +19897,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19379,7 +19915,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19502,12 +20046,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20181,37 +20725,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20238,19 +20774,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20340,38 +20876,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20500,32 +21036,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20533,8 +21069,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20543,7 +21093,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20551,14 +21101,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20570,7 +21120,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20578,28 +21128,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20610,7 +21160,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20618,14 +21168,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20636,21 +21186,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20661,7 +21211,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20669,14 +21219,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20684,58 +21234,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20830,37 +21354,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22158,7 +22656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22166,7 +22664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22176,18 +22674,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/lt/lt.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/lt/lt.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/lt/lt.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/lt/lt.po 2017-03-15 22:29:31.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -308,58 +308,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -411,14 +496,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -451,30 +536,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -484,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -492,14 +568,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -507,7 +583,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -531,12 +607,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -657,7 +733,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -687,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -701,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -710,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -718,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -726,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -777,17 +853,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -796,14 +872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -841,17 +917,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -860,14 +936,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -878,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -923,13 +999,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -958,7 +1034,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -972,10 +1048,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1029,12 +1105,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1045,7 +1122,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1054,15 +1131,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1216,7 +1294,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1230,46 +1308,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1277,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1603,6 +1680,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1685,107 +1831,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1794,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1807,31 +1962,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1839,49 +1995,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1892,13 +2085,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1910,27 +2103,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1938,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1946,12 +2139,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1961,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1971,7 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1979,22 +2172,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2469,7 +2662,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3007,7 +3200,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3248,7 +3441,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3256,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4784,59 +4977,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5025,90 +5201,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5117,109 +5312,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5258,65 +5411,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5325,106 +5467,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 +msgid "" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5436,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5447,28 +5596,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5476,19 +5617,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5499,13 +5640,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5535,18 +5676,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5554,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5563,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5590,15 +5731,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5614,7 +5761,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5622,7 +5769,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5630,7 +5777,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5638,7 +5785,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5667,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5676,19 +5823,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5698,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5727,13 +5874,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5748,7 +5896,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5783,7 +5931,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5815,17 +5963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5848,12 +5996,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6108,7 +6255,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6336,12 +6482,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6349,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6357,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6367,7 +6513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6377,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6385,17 +6531,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6404,12 +6550,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6418,24 +6564,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6444,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6452,24 +6598,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6477,12 +6623,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6491,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6508,10 +6654,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6531,14 +6677,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6548,24 +6709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7103,10 +7272,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7578,129 +7746,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8470,7 +8614,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8486,22 +8630,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8512,7 +8656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8521,46 +8665,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8572,15 +8716,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8605,12 +8759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8619,26 +8773,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8648,19 +8802,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8668,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8676,50 +8830,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9088,14 +9242,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9118,12 +9272,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9131,24 +9285,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9156,7 +9310,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9165,14 +9319,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9181,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9288,10 +9442,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9326,17 +9481,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9363,26 +9519,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9391,7 +9540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9399,12 +9548,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9415,7 +9564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9614,7 +9763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9624,8 +9773,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9649,7 +9798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9670,194 +9819,396 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Daugelis kompiuterinių pelių bei kai kurios paliesties lentelės (touchpad) " -"turi vidurinįjį klavišą. Pelėse su ratuku viduriniojo klavišo funkciją " -"atlieka ratuko paspaudimas. Jei jūsų pelė turi tik 2 klavišus ir neturi " -"ratuko, tuomet vidurinio klavišo funkciją atliks abiejų pelės klavišų " -"paspaudimas vienu metu. Jei jums vistiek nepavyksta „vidurinysis " -"spustelėjimas“ paskaitykite šiuos patarimus." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " +"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" +"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 -msgid "" -"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " -"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" -"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 -msgid "" -"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " -"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " -"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 -msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 -msgid "" -"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " -"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " -"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " -"had double-clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 -msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 -msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9865,7 +10216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10063,14 +10414,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10079,8 +10430,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10098,74 +10448,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10176,31 +10522,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10602,7 +10948,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10612,70 +10958,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11161,7 +11508,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11321,7 +11668,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11451,80 +11798,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11788,12 +12135,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11806,7 +12152,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12062,22 +12408,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12108,7 +12454,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12198,7 +12544,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12206,30 +12552,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12238,29 +12584,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12274,7 +12621,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12288,14 +12635,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12305,19 +12652,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12325,7 +12672,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12553,83 +12900,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12862,6 +13259,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13058,7 +13456,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13101,20 +13499,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13122,13 +13520,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13136,19 +13534,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13584,10 +13982,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13611,50 +14009,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13663,25 +14062,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13713,8 +14111,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13881,25 +14279,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13907,40 +14305,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13949,25 +14347,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13976,12 +14374,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13992,41 +14390,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14035,34 +14433,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14073,44 +14471,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14118,17 +14517,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14138,32 +14537,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14174,30 +14573,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14260,21 +14669,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14285,12 +14692,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14299,14 +14713,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14472,7 +14886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14480,12 +14894,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14493,7 +14907,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15509,12 +15923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15635,7 +16049,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15679,7 +16093,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15759,45 +16173,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/power-lowpower.page:10 -msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 -msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." +#: C/power-lowpower.page:10 +msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-lowpower.page:23 +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 +#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15830,31 +16222,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16136,7 +16521,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16269,7 +16654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16277,21 +16662,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16299,7 +16684,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16307,8 +16692,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16361,7 +16746,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16378,7 +16765,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16482,7 +16870,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16899,7 +17286,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16934,92 +17321,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17167,31 +17598,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17200,7 +17631,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17294,14 +17811,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17309,15 +17826,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17326,12 +17844,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17339,19 +17857,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17376,27 +17894,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17407,12 +17926,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17420,7 +17939,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17452,17 +17971,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17667,28 +18186,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17733,20 +18252,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17756,27 +18275,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17786,26 +18310,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18337,36 +18864,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18374,17 +18901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18393,14 +18920,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18446,55 +18973,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18502,8 +19026,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18511,7 +19040,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18678,19 +19207,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18699,26 +19228,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19362,7 +19891,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19370,17 +19899,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19388,7 +19917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19511,12 +20048,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20190,37 +20727,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20247,19 +20776,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20349,38 +20878,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20509,32 +21038,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20542,8 +21071,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20552,7 +21095,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20560,14 +21103,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20579,7 +21122,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20587,28 +21130,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20619,7 +21162,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20627,14 +21170,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20645,21 +21188,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20670,7 +21213,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20678,14 +21221,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20693,58 +21236,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20839,37 +21356,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22167,7 +22658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22175,7 +22666,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22185,18 +22676,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22246,3 +22737,20 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Naudokite „Ubuntu Programų centrą“ papildomos programinės įrangos (programų, " #~ "žaidimų ir t.t.) įdiegimui." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daugelis kompiuterinių pelių bei kai kurios paliesties lentelės (touchpad) " +#~ "turi vidurinįjį klavišą. Pelėse su ratuku viduriniojo klavišo funkciją " +#~ "atlieka ratuko paspaudimas. Jei jūsų pelė turi tik 2 klavišus ir neturi " +#~ "ratuko, tuomet vidurinio klavišo funkciją atliks abiejų pelės klavišų " +#~ "paspaudimas vienu metu. Jei jums vistiek nepavyksta „vidurinysis " +#~ "spustelėjimas“ paskaitykite šiuos patarimus." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/lv/lv.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/lv/lv.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/lv/lv.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/lv/lv.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Latvian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: lv\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -122,13 +122,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -239,13 +239,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -316,49 +316,132 @@ "taustiņa piespiešanu, kad vēlaties piespiest tikai vienreiz, jums vajadzētu " "ieslēgt atlecošos taustiņus." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties " -"Sistēmas iestatījumi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -366,12 +449,12 @@ "cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Ieslēdziet atlecošos taustiņus." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -441,8 +524,8 @@ "gaišumu; mainīsies tikai daļa no lietotāja saskarnes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -450,7 +533,7 @@ "cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Pārslēdziet Augsts kontrasts uz |." @@ -492,20 +575,9 @@ "kursoru virs vadīklas, ļaut pelei nekustēties, un tad pagaidīt brīdi, līdz " "klikšķis tiks veikts jūsu vietā." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz sava vārda izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " -"iestatījumi." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -514,12 +586,12 @@ "klikšķināšana cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Ieslēdziet virsnovietošanas klikšķis." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -536,7 +608,7 @@ "klikšķi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -547,7 +619,7 @@ "piespiesta." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -556,7 +628,7 @@ "jātur peles kursors nekustīgs, lai veiktu klikšķi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -567,7 +639,7 @@ "klikšķi. Ja tas kustās pārāk daudz, klikšķis nenotiks." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -594,12 +666,12 @@ "Ja ir grūtības izlasīt tekstu uz ekrāna, jūs varat mainīt fontu izmēru." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Pārslēdziet Liels teksts uz |." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -735,7 +807,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -769,12 +841,12 @@ "pirkstus, vai arī jūsu pelei ir viena poga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Ieslēgt Simulēt sekundāro klikšķi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -787,7 +859,7 @@ "Simulēt sekundāro klikšķi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -801,7 +873,7 @@ "veiktu labo klikšķi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -812,7 +884,7 @@ "atgriezenisko saiti no rādītāja." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -823,7 +895,7 @@ "papildtastatūras." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -891,17 +963,17 @@ "taustiņu ar pirmo reizi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Ieslēdziet Lēnie taustiņi." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Ātri ieslēgt un izslēgt lēnos taustiņus" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -914,7 +986,7 @@ "Shift astoņas sekundes, lai ieslēgtu vai izslēgtu lēnos taustiņus." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -923,7 +995,7 @@ "jums ir jātur taustiņš nospiests, lai tas tiktu reģistrēts." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -975,17 +1047,17 @@ "turēt nospiestus vairākus taustiņus vienlaicīgi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Ieslēgt Lipīgos taustiņus." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Ātri ieslēgt un izslēgt lipīgos taustiņus" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -998,7 +1070,7 @@ "piecas reizes pēc kārtas, lai ieslēgtu vai izslēgtu lipīgos taustiņus." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1007,7 +1079,7 @@ "taustiņus uz brīdi, lai ļautu jums ievadīt tastatūras saīsni parastajā veidā." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1024,7 +1096,7 @@ "ir tuvu viens otram), taču ne citas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1032,7 +1104,7 @@ "lai to aktivētu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1085,7 +1157,7 @@ "lai uzzinātu, kā apklusināt brīdinājuma skaņas)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1093,7 +1165,7 @@ "cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1124,7 +1196,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1138,10 +1210,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1195,12 +1267,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1211,7 +1284,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1220,15 +1293,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1406,13 +1480,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Konta pievienošana palīdzēs saistīt jūsu tiešsaistes kontus ar jūsu Ubuntu " -"darbvirsmu. Tādējādi jūsu e-pasta, tērzēšanas un citas saistītās lietotnes " -"tiks iestatītas jūsu vietā." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1423,74 +1494,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Izvēlieties konta tips loga rūts labajā pusē." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Ja vēlaties konfigurēt vairāk kontu, varat šo procesu atkārtot vēlāk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Atvērsies maza tīmekļa lietotāja saskarne, kurā jūs varēsiet ievadīt sava " -"tiešsaistes konta akreditācijas datus. Piemēram, ja iestatāt Google kontu, " -"ievadiet savu Google lietotājvārdu, paroli un ierakstieties." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Ja ievadījāt savus datus pareizi, jums lūgs pieņemt nosacījumus. Izvēlieties " -"Accept, lai turpinātu. Kad ir pieņemts, Ubuntu vajag tiesības " -"piekļūt jūsu kontam. Lai tās sniegtu, spiediet pogu Grant Access. " -"Kad vaicā, ievadiet pašreizējā lietotāja paroli." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Tagad varat izvēlieties lietotnes, kuras vēlaties saistīt ar savu " -"tiešsaistes kontu. Piemēram, ja izmantojat tiešsaistes kontu tērzēšanai, bet " -"ne kalendāram, tad izslēdziet calendar opciju." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Pēc tam, kad jūs esat pievienojis kontus, katra lietotne, ko jūs " -"izvēlējāties, ierakstoties kontā automātiski izmantos šos akreditācijas " -"datus." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Drošības dēļ Ubuntu neglabās jūsu paroli uz jūsu datora. Tā vietā tā glabās " -"marķieri, ko nodrošina tiešsaistes serviss. Ja vēlaties pilnībā atsaukt " -"saiti starp jūsu darbvirsmu un tiešsaistes servisu, izņemiet to." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1864,6 +1916,75 @@ "palaišanu." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1966,49 +2087,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Lietojiet Ubuntu programmatūru, lai pievienotu programmas un " -"padarītu Ubuntu noderīgāku." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalēt papildu programmatūru" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu izstrādātāju komanda ir izvēlējusies noklusējuma lietotņu kopu, kas, " -"mūsuprāt, padara Ubuntu ļoti noderīgu ikdienas darbiem. Tomēr, jūs visdrīzāk " -"vēlēsities uzinstalēt vēl programmas, lai Ubuntu vairāk atbilstu jūsu " -"vajadzībām." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Lai instalētu papildu programmatūru, sekojiet šiem soļiem:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Savienojieties ar internetu, lietojot bezvadu vai vadu " -"savienojumu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2017,7 +2144,7 @@ "meklējiet Programmatūra meklēšanas joslā Panelī." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2026,73 +2153,55 @@ "izvēlieties kategoriju un lietotni to sarakstā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Izvēlieties lietotni, kas jūs interesē un spiediet Instalēt." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Jums palūgs ievadīt paroli. Kad tas ir izdarīts, sāksies instalēšana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Instalēšana parasti beidzās ātri, bet tā var aizņemt kādu laiciņu, ja jums " -"ir lēns interneta savienojums." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Instalētās lietotnes saīsne tiks pievienota palaidējam. Lai šo iespēju " -"deaktivētu, izņemiet ķeksi no SkatsJaunās lietotnes " -"palaidējā." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Pievieno PPA, lai palīdzētu testēt vēl pirmsizlaides vai specializētu " -"programmatūru." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Pievienot personīgo pakotņu arhīvu (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Personīgo pakotņu arhīvi (PPA) ir programmatūras krātuves, kas ir " -"veidotas Ubuntu lietotājiem un tās ir vienkāršāk instalēt, nekā citas trešās " -"puses krātuves." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" "Pievienojiet programmatūras krātuves tikai no avotiem, kam uzticaties!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2104,12 +2213,12 @@ "datoram." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instalēt PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2120,8 +2229,8 @@ "apmēram šadi: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2130,25 +2239,25 @@ "un atjauninājumi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Pārslēdzieties uz Cita programmatūra cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Spiediet Pievienot un ievadiet ppa: atrašanas vietu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "Spiediet Pievienot avotu. Ievadiet paroli autentifikācijas logā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2159,25 +2268,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Izņemiet programmas, ko vairāk nelietojat." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Izņemt lietotni" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu programmatūŗa palīdz jums izņemt programmatūru, kuru vairs " -"nelietojat." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2186,7 +2319,7 @@ "Instalētās loga augšpusē." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2195,19 +2328,30 @@ "cauri instalēto lietotņu sarakstam." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Izvēlieties lietotni un spiediet Izņemt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." -msgstr "Jums prasīs ievadīt paroli. Pēc tam lietotne tiks izņemta." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2222,16 +2366,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Pievienojiet citu krātuvi, lai paplašinātu programmatūras avotus, ko izmanto " -"Ubuntu instalēšanai un uzlabošanai." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Pievienot papildu programmatūras krātuves" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2246,13 +2388,13 @@ "puses programmatūras krātuvēm, jums tās ir jāpievieno Ubuntu pieejamo " "krātuvju sarakstam." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalēt citas krātuves" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2261,7 +2403,7 @@ "Cita programmatūra cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2271,7 +2413,7 @@ "šādi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2282,7 +2424,7 @@ "avotos pārbaudīs, vai ir pieejama jauna programmatūra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2290,12 +2432,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktivēt Canonical partneru krātuvi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2305,7 +2447,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2315,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2323,26 +2465,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Pievienot vai izņemt programmatūru" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Instalēt, izņemt, papildu " -"krātuves…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Pievienot un izņemt programmatūru" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2950,8 +3089,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB atmiņa (maza ietilpība)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3619,7 +3758,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3913,23 +4052,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Krāsu firmas atsauces datnes lejupielādēšana un izdrukāšana" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Izmantojot krāsu firmu, lai ģenerētu printera profilu ir parasti lētākais " -"variants gadījumā, ja jums ir tikai viens vai divi atšķirīgi papīra tipi. " -"Lejupielādējot atsauces diagrammu no firmas tīmekļa vietnes jūs varat viņiem " -"to aizsūtīt izdrukātu aizsargātajā aploksnē. Kompānija noskanēs papīru, " -"izveidos profilu un pa e-pastu nosūtīs jums precīzu ICC profilu." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5773,20 +5907,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Ja vēlāk pārdomāsiet, jūs varat pielikt pulksteni atpakaļ, spiežot ikonu " -"pašā labajā augšējā izvēļņu joslas stūrī un izvēlēties Sistēmas " -"iestatījumi. Sistēmas sadaļā spiediet Datums un laiks." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Mainīt datuma formātu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5795,44 +5928,23 @@ "atrašanās vietas vēlamajam standartam." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " -"iestatījumi." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "\"Personīgi\" sadaļā spiediet Valodu atbalsts." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Pārslēdzieties uz Reģiona formātu cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Izvēlieties vēlamo atrašanās vietu no izkrītošā saraksta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6064,71 +6176,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Palaidiet veiktspējas mērījumus savam cietajam diskam, lai pārbaudītu cik " -"ātrs tas ir." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Pārbaudiet jūsu cietā diska veiktspēju" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Lai pārbaudītu cietā diska ātrumu:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Atver lietotni Disks no Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Atveriet Disku lietotni no aktivitāšu pārskata." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Izvēlaties cieto disku no Disku ierīču saraksta." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz zobrata pogas un izvēlieties Mērīt dziņa veiktspēju." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Spiediet Sākt mērīt veiktspēju un pielāgojiet Pārsūtīšanas " -"ātruma un Piekļuves laika parametrus, kā vajadzīgs." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Spiediet Sākt veiktspējas mērīšanu, lai noteiktu, cik ātri datus " -"var lasīt no diska. Iespējams, ka vajadzēs administratīvās privilēģijas. Ievadiet savu vai " -"administratora paroli." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6138,43 +6267,22 @@ "vairāk laika." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Kad tests būs pabeigts, rezultāti parādīsies grafika formā. Zaļie punkti un " -"savienojošās līnijas norāda ņemtos paraugus; tie atbilst labajai asij, rādot " -"piekļuves laiku, un tiek atlikti pret apakšējo asi, kas norāda procentuāli " -"laiku, kas pagājis veicot mērījumu. Zilā līnija norāda lasījumu ātrumus, " -"kamēr sarkanā līnija norāda rakstījumu ātrumus; tie tiek rādīti kā datu " -"piekļuves ātrumi pret kreiso asi, un atlikti pret procentuālo mērījumu diska " -"galviņas ceļam no ārpuses, līdz ar apakšējo asi." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Zem grafika ir attēlotas vērtības minimālajiem, maksimālajiem un vidējiem " -"lasījumu un rakstījumu ātrumiem, vidējais piekļuves laiks un pagājušais " -"laiks kopš pēdējā veiktspējas mērījuma." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Izmantojiet Diska izmantošanas analizators vai Sistēmas " -"pārraugs, lai pārbaudītu brīvo vietu un kapacitāti." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6182,139 +6290,68 @@ msgstr "Pārbaudiet, cik daudz vietas diskā ir atlicis" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Jūs varat pārbaudīt, cik daudz vietas uz diska ir atlicis ar Diska " -"izmantošanas analizatoru vai Sistēmas pārraugu." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Pārbaudiet ar Diska izmantošanas analizatoru" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Lai pārbaudītu brīvo diska vietu un diska kapacitāti, izmantojiet Diska " -"izmantošanas analizatoru:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Atveriet Diska izmantošanas analizatoru no paneļa. " -"Logā parādīsies Kopējā datņu sistēmas ietilpība un Kopējais " -"datņu sistēmas izmantojums." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Atver lietotni Disks no Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Atveriet Diskus no Aktivitāšu pārskata. Logā " -"parādīsies Kopējā datņu sistēmas ietilpība un Kopējais datņu " -"sistēmas izmantojums." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz kādas no rīkjoslas pogām, lai izvēlētos Skenēt mājas " -"mapi, Skenēt datņu sistēmu, Skenēt mapi vai " -"Skenēt attālinātu mapi." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Informācija ir attēlota pēc Mapes, Izmantojuma, " -"Izmēra un Satura. Uzziniet vairāk Diska izmantošanas analizatora palīdzības " -"lapās." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Pārbaudiet ar \"sistēmas pārraugu\"" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Ko darīt, ja disks ir pārāk pilns?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Lai pārbaudītu brīvo diska vietu un diska kapacitāti ar Sistēmas " -"pārraugu:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "Atver lietotni System Monitor no Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Atveriet Sistēmas pārrauga lietotni no Aktivitāšu " -"pārskata." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 -msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz Datņu sistēmas cilnes, lai apskatītu sistēmas " -"nodalījumus un diska vietas izmantojumu. Informācija ir attēlota atbilstoši " -"Kopā, Brīvs, Pieejams un " -"Izmantots." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Ko darīt, ja disks ir pārāk pilns?" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Ja disks ir pārāk pilns, jums vajadzētu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 +msgid "" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Dzēsiet datnes, kuras nav svarīgas, vai arī kurus jūs vairs neizmantojat." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Veidojiet to svarīgo datņu rezerves " -"kopijas, kurus nevajadzēs izmantot tuvākajā laikā, un dzēsiet tos no " -"cietā diska." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6360,76 +6397,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Pārbaudiet jūsu diska veselību, izmantojot “Disku” lietotni" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Atver lietotni Disks no Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Atveriet Disku lietotni no Aktivitāšu pārskata." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Ko darīt, ja disks nav veselīgs?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Pat ja SMART Status parāda, ka disks nav veselīgs, " -"trauksmei varētu nebūt pamata. Tomēr būtu vēlams sagatavot rezerves kopiju, lai novērstu datu zaudēšanu." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Ja statuss paziņo \"Pre-fail\", tad disks joprojām ir samērā veselīgs, bet " -"ir atklātas nolietošanās pazīmes, kas nozīmē, ka var rasties kļūda tuvākajā " -"nākotnē. Ja cietais disks (vai dators) ir vairākus gadus vecs, jums ir " -"lielāka iespēja redzēt šo ziņojumu vismaz dažās veselības pārbaudēs. Jums " -"regulāri vajadzētu veidot rezerves kopijas " -"svarīgajām datnēm un periodiski pārbaudīt diska statusu, lai " -"pārliecinātos vai nekļūst sliktāk." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6440,131 +6455,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Formatējot ārējo cieto disku vai USB zibatmiņu, visas datnes un mapes tiek " -"dzēstas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Notīriet visu no izņemamā diska" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Ja jums ir izņemamais disks, kā, piemēram, USB atmiņas karte vai ārējais " -"cietais disks, jūs varētu vēlēties pilnībā izdzēst visas datnes un mapes no " -"tā. To varat izdarīt formatējot disku - tas izdzēš visas datnes un " -"atstāj disku tukšu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatēt izņemamo disku" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Izvēlaties disku, kuru vēlaties iztīrīt no Krātuves ierīču " -"saraksta." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Pārliecinieties, ka esat izvēlējies pareizo disku! Ja jūs izvēlēsieties " -"nepareizo disku, visas datnes no tā tiks izdzēstas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Sējumu sadaļā spiediet Nomontēt sējumu. Tad spiediet " -"Formatēt sējumu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." -msgstr "Uznirstošajā logā izvēlieties datņu sistēmas tipu diskam." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Ja izmantojat disku uz Windows un Mac OS datoriem līdzās Linux datoram, " -"izvēlieties FAT. Ja jūs to izmantojiet tikai uz Windows, " -"NTFS varētu būt labāka izvēle. Īss apraksts no datņu " -"sistēmas tips tiks pasniegts kā etiķete." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Nosauciet disku un spiediet Formatēt, lai sāktu diska tīrīšanu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Kad formatēšana būs pabeigta, droši noņemiet disku. Tam tagad " -"vajadzētu būt tukšam un atkal gatavam lietošanai." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatēšana negarantē datņu izdzēšanu" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatēt disku nav pilnīgi drošs veids, kā izdzēst visus tā datus. Formatētā " -"diskā neparādīsies datnes, bet ir iespējams tos atgūt ar speciālu programmu " -"palīdzību. Ja vēlaties droši izdzēst datnes, jums vajadzēs izmantot " -"komandrindu utilītas, piemēram, shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Saprotiet, kādi ir apjomi un nodalījumi, un izmantojiet disku " -"utilītprogrammas, lai tos pārvaldītu." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Pārvaldiet apjomus un nodalījumus" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6583,7 +6580,7 @@ "jūs tajā varat lasīt (un, iespējams, rakstīt) datnes." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6600,59 +6597,40 @@ "“noliktavas” — nodalījumus un dziņus." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Apskatiet un pārvaldiet sējumus un nodalījumus, izmantojot disku " -"utilītprogrammas" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Jūs varat pārbaudīt un modificēt datora krātuvju sējumus ar disku " -"utilītprogrammām." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "Atver Dash un sāc Disk Utility lietotni." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Krātuvju ierīču rūtī jūs atradīsiet cieto disku, CD/DVD iekārtas " -"un citas fiziskās ierīces. Spiediet uz ierīces, kuru vēlaties pārbaudīt." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Labajā rūtī iezīmētais lauks Sējumi sniedz vizuālu sadalījumu " -"sējumiem un nodalījumiem, kas atrodas izvēlētajā ierīcē. Tas ietver arī " -"dažādus instrumentus, kurus var izmantot, lai pārvaldītu šos sējumi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Esiet uzmanīgs: ar šīm utilītprogrammām ir iespējams pilnībā izdzēst datus " -"no diska." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6669,20 +6647,14 @@ "ērtības nolūkos." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Vienam primārajam nodalījumam ir jāietver informācija, ko dators izmanto, " -"lai uzsāktu savu darbību jeb ielādētos. Šī iemesla dēļ to reizēm " -"sauc par ielādes nodalījumu vai ielādes sējumu. Lai noteiktu, vai sējums ir " -"palaižams, apskatiet Nodalījuma karodziņu disku utilītprogrammā. " -"Ārējie datu nesēji, piemēram, USB ierīces un CD diski, var saturēt arī " -"ielādējamu sējumu." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6717,19 +6689,19 @@ msgstr "Iestatīt spilgtumu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Izvēlieties Spilgtums un slēgšana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Noregulējiet Spilgtuma slīdņa vērtību, lai būtu ērti lietot." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6740,7 +6712,7 @@ "augšpusē. Turiet Fn taustiņu, lai izmantotu šos taustiņus." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6753,7 +6725,7 @@ "ievērojami samazināt akumulatora darbības laiku." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6786,15 +6758,23 @@ "jūsu sistēma to uzreiz neatpazīst, jūs varētu vēlēties mainīt iestatījumus:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Spiediet uz sava vārda izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " +"iestatījumi." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Atveriet iestatījumu sadaļu Ekrāni." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6815,7 +6795,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6825,7 +6805,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6835,7 +6815,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6845,7 +6825,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6878,7 +6858,7 @@ "mainīt iestatījumus:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6890,7 +6870,7 @@ "novietojuma izkrītošajā laukā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6899,12 +6879,12 @@ "novietojumu uz visi displeji." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Lipīgās malas" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6918,7 +6898,7 @@ "stiprāk, lai pārvietotu peles rādītāju no viena monitora uz otru." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6954,20 +6934,15 @@ "bloķēšanu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Pārliecinieties, ka iespēja Slēgt ir ieslēgta, tad izvēlieties " -"noildzi no izkrītošā saraksta. Ekrāns automātiski tiks bloķēts, kad " -"norādītajā laika sprīdī ar datoru nav veiktas darbības. Jūs varat arī " -"izvēlēties Ekrāna izslēgšanās, lai bloķētu ekrānu pēc tam, kad " -"ekrāns ir automātiski izslēgts, ko nosaka iestatījums Izslēgt ekrānu, " -"kad nav aktīvs augstāk tajā pašā logā." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6981,7 +6956,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7022,7 +6997,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7059,17 +7034,17 @@ "ielikt kolekcijās." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Lai dzēstu kolekciju:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Izvēles režīmā atzīmējiet kolekcijas, ko dzēst." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7094,12 +7069,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7392,7 +7366,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Meklēt datnes" @@ -7662,14 +7635,14 @@ "Lai norādītu, kuras lietotnes jāpalaiž, kad pieslēgtas dažādas ierīces:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Izvēlieties DetaļasNoņemamie datu " "nesēji." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7680,7 +7653,7 @@ "zemāk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7691,7 +7664,7 @@ "automātiskas darbības." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7706,7 +7679,7 @@ "slīdrāde)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7721,7 +7694,7 @@ "darbību no saraksta Darbība." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7733,17 +7706,17 @@ "apakšā." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Ierīču un datu nesēju tipi" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Audio diski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7757,12 +7730,12 @@ "var noklausīties ar jebkuru audio atskaņošanas lietotni." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Video diski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7775,12 +7748,12 @@ "skatiet ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Tukši diski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7789,12 +7762,12 @@ "DVD, Blu-ray disku un HD DVD ierakstīšanai." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Fotoaparāti un fotogrāfijas" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7807,7 +7780,7 @@ "pārlūkot fotogrāfijas ar datņu pārvaldnieku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7818,12 +7791,12 @@ "PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Mūzikas atskaņotāji" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7832,12 +7805,12 @@ "kolekciju, vai arī izmantojiet parasto datņu pārvaldnieku." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "E-grāmatu lasītāji" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7847,12 +7820,12 @@ "grāmatu pārvaldībai, vai arī lietojiet e-grāmatām parasto datņu pārvaldnieku." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Programmatūra" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7866,7 +7839,7 @@ "palaist." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" "Drošības apsvērumu dēļ ir svarīgi palaist programmatūru tikai no " @@ -7885,15 +7858,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Izmantojiet datņu pārvaldnieku Datnes, lai pārlūkotu un sakārtotu " -"datnes savā datorā. To var izmantot arī, lai pārvaldītu datņu atmiņas " -"ierīcēs (piemēram, ārējos cietajos diskos), datņu serveros un tīkla koplietojumos." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7916,18 +7885,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Datņu pārvaldniekā veiciet dubultklikšķi uz jebkuras mapes, lai skatītu tās " -"saturu, un uz jebkuras datnes, lai atvērtu to ar atbilstošo noklusējuma " -"lietotni. Jūs varat arī veikt labo peles klikšķi uz mapes, lai atvērtu to " -"jaunā cilnē vai logā." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7942,35 +7922,33 @@ "īpašībām." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Ja vēlaties ātri pārlekt uz datni atvērtajā mapē, sāciet rakstīt tā " -"nosaukumu. Loga augšā parādīsies meklēšanas lauks, un pirmā datne, kuras " -"nosaukums sakrīt ar meklēto, tiks izcelta. Nospiediet bultiņu uz leju vai " -"ritiniet peli, lai izceltu nākamo datni, kuras nosaukums sakrīt ar meklēto." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Jūs varat ātri piekļūt biežāk lietotajām vietām no sānu joslas. Ja " -"to neredzat, nospiediet uz " -"leju vērsto pogu augšējā labajā loga stūrī un izvēlieties Rādīt " -"sānu joslu. Biežāk lietotās mapes var pievienot arī kā grāmatzīmes, " -"kas parādīsies sānu joslā. Lietojiet izvēlni Grāmatzīmes, vai " -"vienkārši ievelciet mapi sānu joslā." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8641,17 +8619,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Iespējams, gadījies pārsaukt datni tā, ka tā kļuva neredzams. Datnes, kuru " -"nosaukumi sākas ar . vai beidzas ar ~, datņu " -"pārvaldniekā tiek slēptas. Spiediet uz leju vērsto pogu datņu pārvaldnieka rīkjoslā un " -"izvēlieties Rādīt slēptās datnes. Skatiet , lai uzzinātu vairāk." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9240,160 +9211,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Atrast datnes pēc nosaukuma un tipa. Saglabāt meklējumus vēlākai " -"izmantošanai." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Datņu pārvaldniekā varat meklēt datnes pēc nosaukuma vai tipa. Jūs varat pat " -"saglabāt bieži veiktos meklējumus, un tie parādīsies kā īpašas mapes jūsu " -"mājas mapē." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Citas meklēšanas lietotnes" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Meklēšana" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Atvērt datņu pārvaldnieku" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Ja zināt, ka vajadzīgās datnes ir kādā noteiktā mapē, dodieties uz šo mapi." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz lupas rīkjoslā vai CtrlF." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Ierakstiet zināmos vārdu vai vārdus no datnes nosaukuma. Piemēram, ja visi " -"jūsu rēķinu nosaukumi satur vārdu “Rēķins”, ierakstiet " -"rēķins. Meklētājs uzskata lielos un mazos burtus par " -"vienādiem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Jūs varat sašaurināt rezultātus, norādot to atrašanās vietu un datnes tipu." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz Mājas, lai ierobežotu meklēšanas rezultātus uz " -"Mājas mapi, vai Visas datnes, lai meklētu visur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Spiediet + un izvēlieties Datnes tips no izkrītošā " -"saraksta, lai sašaurinātu meklēšanas rezultātus pēc datnes tipa. Spiediet " -"x pogu, lai izņemtu šo opciju un paplašinātu meklēšanas " -"rezultātus." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Jūs varat atvērt, kopēt, dzēst un citādi strādāt ar savām datnēm no " -"meklēšanas rezultātiem tāpat, kā jebkurā mapē datņu pārvaldnieku." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Vēlreiz spiediet uz lupas rīkjoslā, lai izietu no meklētāja un atgrieztos " -"mapē." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Ja bieži veicat meklēšanu ar noteiktiem kritērijiem, varat šo meklējumu " -"saglabāt, lai vēlāk varētu tam ātri piekļūt." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Saglabāt meklējumu" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Sāciet meklēšanu, kā aprakstīts augstāk." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Dodiet meklējumam nosaukumu un spiediet Saglabāt. Ja vēlaties, " -"izvēlieties citu mapi, kur saglabātu meklējumu. Kad apskatīsiet šo mapi, jūs " -"redzēsiet saglabāto meklējumu kā oranžu mapes ikonu ar palielināmo stiklu." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Lai izmestu meklēšanas datni, kad tās vairs nav vajadzīga, vienkārši izdzēsiet to tāpat kā citas datnes. Kad jūs " -"izdzēšat saglabātu meklējumu, netiek izdzēstas atrastās datnes." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10356,7 +10273,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Aparatūras sadaļā spiediet Tastatūra." @@ -10372,22 +10289,22 @@ msgstr "Izmanto Ātrums slīdni, lai piemērotu mirgošanas ātrumu." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Pievienot ievades avotus un starp tiem pārslēgties." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Izmantot alternatīvus ievades avotus" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10404,7 +10321,7 @@ "vairākām valodām." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10413,16 +10330,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Pievienot ievades avotus" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "\"Personīgi\" sadaļā spiediet Teksta ievade." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Spiediet pogu +, izvēlieties ievades avotu un spiediet " +"Pievienot." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10431,35 +10364,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Jūs variet priekšskatīt jebkura izkārtojuma bildi, izvēloties to no saraksta " -"un nospiežot priekšskatīt." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "\"Personīgi\" sadaļā spiediet Teksta ievade." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Spiediet pogu +, izvēlieties ievades avotu un spiediet " -"Pievienot." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10474,7 +10388,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10483,8 +10397,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click iestatījumus, lai piekļūtu tās metodes " "iestatījumu dialoglodziņam, ja tāds ir." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Ievades avota indikators" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10519,12 +10443,12 @@ "avotu, ko vēlaties izmantot." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Tastatūras saīsnes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10537,7 +10461,7 @@ "key\">SuperSpace, bet jūs to varat mainīt:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10546,7 +10470,7 @@ "avotu, izmantojot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10555,12 +10479,12 @@ "spiediet taustiņus, kurus vēlaties izmantot kā jaunu saīsni." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "Iestatīt ievades avotu visiem logiem vai atsevišķi katram logam" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10575,7 +10499,7 @@ "pārslēgsieties starp tiem." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10584,12 +10508,12 @@ "norādīt, lai izmanto avotu, kas bija pēdējam izmantotajam logam." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10597,7 +10521,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10605,50 +10529,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can ekrāna tastatūru, lai ievadītu tekstu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Ieslēdziet Rakstīšanas asistents, lai parādītu ekrāna tastatūru." @@ -11089,7 +11013,7 @@ "ilgam jāpaiet, kamēr taustiņi sāk atkārtoties." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11098,7 +11022,7 @@ "izslēgtu taustiņu atkārtošanu pilnībā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11126,13 +11050,13 @@ msgstr "Lai izmainītu taustiņu vai taustiņus, kas veido tastatūras saīsni:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Atveriet Tastatūra un izvēlieties cilni Saīsnes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11142,7 +11066,7 @@ "Pašreizējā saīsnes definīcija tiks mainīta uz jauno paātrinātāju…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11151,17 +11075,17 @@ "Backspace, lai dzēstu." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Pielāgotās saīsnes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Lai izveidotu savu tastatūras saīsni:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11172,7 +11096,7 @@ "logs pielāgotās saīsnes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11186,7 +11110,7 @@ "rhythmbox komandu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11196,7 +11120,7 @@ "taustiņu kombināciju." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11209,7 +11133,7 @@ "pati lietotne." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11342,15 +11266,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Lai to atrisinātu, spiediet uz izvēļņu joslā pašā labajā stūrī un atveriet " -"Sistēmas iestatījumus. Sadaļā Aparatūra izvēlieties " -"Displeji. Izmēģiniet kādas no Izšķirtspējas opcijām un " -"iestatiet to, ar kuru ekrāns izskatās vislabāk." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11392,19 +11313,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " -"iestatījumi. Atveriet Displeji." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Izņemiet ķeksi pie Dublēt ekrānus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11438,16 +11358,7 @@ "rotāciju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " -"iestatījumi." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11456,12 +11367,12 @@ "savi iestatījumi. Izvēlieties displeju priekšskatījuma laukā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Izvēlieties vēlamo izšķirtspēju un rotāciju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11474,7 +11385,7 @@ "Paturēt šo konfigurāciju." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11485,12 +11396,12 @@ "Ja tas nenotiek, nospiediet Noteikt displejus." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Izšķirtspēja" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11506,7 +11417,7 @@ "izmantota tikai daļa no ekrāna, lai novērstu attēla izkropļošanu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may izskatīties miglains vai pikseļots." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotācija" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11704,17 +11615,17 @@ "atļauto laiku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Atver Pele un skārienpaliktnis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11723,7 +11634,7 @@ "vērtību, kas jums ir piemērota." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11733,7 +11644,7 @@ "Viens klikšķis logā izcels ārējo apli. Dubultklikšķis izcels iekšējo apli." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11747,8 +11658,8 @@ "datoram un pārbaudiet, vai tai vēl jo projām ir šāda problēma." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11776,7 +11687,7 @@ "komfortablu lietošanai, ja esat kreilis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11801,62 +11712,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Daudzām pelēm un dažiem skārienpaliktņiem ir vidējā poga. Ar peli, kurai ir " -"ritentiņš, parasti vari nospiest ritentiņu tieši uz leju, lai izpildītu " -"vidējo klikšķi. Ja pelei nav vidējās pogas, jūs varat nospiest kreiso un " -"labo peles pogu reizē, lai izpildītu vidējo klikšķi. Ja jums neizdodas veikt " -"vidējo klikšķi šādā veidā, mēģiniet sekot šīm " -"instrukcijām." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Uz skārienpaliktņiem, kuri atbalsta vairāku pirkstu sitienus, tu vari uzsist " -"ar 3 pirkstiem reizē lai veiktu vidusklikšķi. Jums ir jāieslēdz klikšķi ar uzsitienu sava skārienpaliktņa " -"iestatījumos, lai tas strādātu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Daudzas lietotnes izmanto vidējo klikšķi dažām klikšķināšanas saīsnēm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Viena no biežākajām saīsnēm ir teksta ielīmēšana. Atlasi tekstu, kuru vēlies " -"ielīmēt, tad ej uz vietu, kur to vēlies ielīmēt un izpildi vidējo klikšķi. " -"Izvēlētais teksts tiks ielīmēts peles rādītāja vietā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Teksta ielīmēšana ar vidējo peles pogu ir pilnīgi nošķirta no ierastās " -"starpliktuves. Teksta atlasīšana to neiekopē tavā starpliktuvē. Šī ātrā " -"ielīmēšanas metode strādā tikai ar vidējo peles pogu." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11884,20 +11779,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Vairums tīmekļa pārlūku ļauj jums atvērt saites jaunās cilnēs ar vidējo " -"klikšķi. Vienkārši nospied uz jebkuras saites ar vidējo klikšķi un tā atvērs " -"jaunu cilni. Uzmanies, spiežot uz saitēm Firefox pārlūkā, jo " -"veicot vidējo klikšķi jebkur citur, izņemot uz kādas saites, pārlūks mēģinās " -"ielādēt izvēlēto tekstu kā saiti, tā pat, kā izmantojot vidējo klikšķi, lai " -"ielīmētu saiti adreses laukā un nospiestu Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11915,13 +11803,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Dažas specializētas lietotnes ļauj izmantot vidējo klikšķi dažādām citām " -"funkcijām. Meklē savas lietotnes dokumentāciju par vidējo klikšķi " -"vai vidējo peles pogu." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11944,8 +11829,13 @@ "izmantošana, jūs varat kontrolēt peles rādītāju, izmantojot savas tastatūras " "papildtastatūru. Šī iespēja tiek saukta par peles taustiņiem." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -11954,7 +11844,7 @@ "atvērtupaneli." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11963,22 +11853,20 @@ "lai atvērtu universālās piekļuves iestatījumus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Spiediet Tab vienreiz, lai izvēlētos Redzēšanas cilni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Spiediet ←, kad esat pārslēdzies uz cilniNorādīšana un " -"klikšķināšana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11987,7 +11875,7 @@ "slēdzi, un tad spiediet Enter, lai uz to pārslēgtos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11996,84 +11884,269 @@ "peles rādītāju, izmantojot papildtastatūru." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Šīs instrukcijas dod īsāko ceļu, kā aktivēt peles taustiņus, izmantojot " -"tikai tastatūru. Izvēlieties Universālās pieejas iestatījumus, " -"lai piekļūtu vairāk pieejamības opcijām." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Papildtastatūra ir bloks ar cipariem uz tavas tastatūras, parasti izkārtota " -"četrstūrī. Ja tastatūra ir bez papildtastatūras (piemēram klēpjdators), " -"iespējams, jums vajadzēs turēt funkcijas (Fn) taustiņu un " -"izmantot citus tastatūras taustiņus kā papildtastatūru. Ja šo iespēju uz " -"klēpjdatora izmanto bieži, varat apsvērt domu nopirkt ārējo USB " -"papildtastatūru." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Katrs cipars uz papildtastatūras atbilst kādam virzienam. Piemēram, taustiņa " -"8 nospiešana pakustinās rādītāju augšup, bet 2 lejup. " -"Lai peli nospiestu, spied taustiņu 5, bet lai veiktu " -"dubltklikšķi, spied to divas reizes pēc kārtas." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"Lielākajai daļai tastatūru ir īpašs taustiņš kurš ļauj jums veikt labo peles " -"klikšķi; parasti tas ir tuvu atstarpes taustiņam. Tomēr šis atbilst tam, kur " -"atrodas tavs tastatūras fokuss, nevis peles rādītājs. Skaties informācijai par to, kā veikt labo peles " -"klikšķi, turot 5 vai kreiso peles pogu." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Ja vēlies izmantot papildtastatūru, lai rakstītu skaitļus, kamēr peles " -"taustiņi ir aktivēti, ieslēdz Num Lock taustiņu. Peli nevar " -"kontrolēt ar papildtastatūru, kamēr Num Lock taustiņš ir ieslēgts." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Parastos ciparu taustiņus, tie kuri ir rindā tastatūras augšā, nevar izmanto " -"peles rādītāja vadīšanai. Tam var izmanto tikai papildtastatūru." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Kā pārbaudīt to, vai pele strādā." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Ja vēlies izmantot papildtastatūru, lai rakstītu skaitļus, kamēr peles " +"taustiņi ir aktivēti, ieslēdz Num Lock taustiņu. Peli nevar " +"kontrolēt ar papildtastatūru, kamēr Num Lock taustiņš ir ieslēgts." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Parastos ciparu taustiņus, tie kuri ir rindā tastatūras augšā, nevar izmanto " +"peles rādītāja vadīšanai. Tam var izmanto tikai papildtastatūru." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Kā pārbaudīt to, vai pele strādā." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 @@ -12303,7 +12376,7 @@ "skārienpaliktni, jūs varat piemērot rādītāja ātrumu šīm ierīcēm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12312,7 +12385,7 @@ "piemērota." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12325,8 +12398,7 @@ "Skārienpaliktņa sadaļām." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12348,84 +12420,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Tu vari spiest, veikt dubultklikšķi, vilkt un ritināt, izmantojot " -"skārienpaliktni, neizmantojot atsevišķas pogas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Atveriet Skārienpaliktnis sadaļu un atzīmējiet Uzsitiens " "nozīmē klikšķi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Lai klikšķinātu, uzsitiet uz skārienpaliktņa." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Lai veiktu dubultklikšķi, uzsitiet divreiz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Lai pavilktu kādu priekšmetu, uzsit uz tā divreiz, bet pirkstu pēc otrā " -"uzsitiena nepalaid vāļā. Aizvelc priekšmetu, kur vēlies, un atlaid pirkstu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Ja skārienpaliktnis atbalsta vairāku skārienu sitienus, labais peles " -"klikšķis var tikt atveidots, uzsitot ar 2 pirkstiem reizē. Citādi tev " -"vajadzēs izmantot pogas, lai veiktu labo klikšķi. Lasi , lai uzzinātu par klikšķināšanas metodi bez otrās peles " -"pogas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Ja skārienpaliktnis atbalsta vairāku skārienu sitienus, veic vidējo klikšķi, uzsitot ar 3 pirkstiem reizē." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Sitot vai velkot ar vairākiem pirkstiem, pārliecinies vai pirksti ir " -"pietiekami tālu viens no otra. Ja pirksti būs pārāk tuvu, dators var " -"padomāt, ka tas ir viens pirksts." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Divu pirkstu ritināšana" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Ritināt var ar skārienpaliktni, izmantojot divus pirkstus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12433,7 +12487,7 @@ "ritināšana." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12449,17 +12503,17 @@ "atstarpi. Ja pirksti būs pārāk tuvu, dators reaģēs kā uz vienu lielu pirkstu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Divu pirkstu ritināšana var nestrādāt uz visiem skārienpaliktņiem." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Saturs pielīp pirkstiem" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12468,7 +12522,7 @@ "skārienpaliktni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12477,7 +12531,7 @@ "pirkstiem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13004,8 +13058,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Pievienot, dzēst un pārsaukt grāmatzīmes datņu pārvaldniekā." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13014,74 +13068,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Jūsu grāmatzīmju saraksts ir redzams datņu pārvaldnieka sānjoslā." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Lai pievienotu grāmatzīmi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Atveriet mapi vai vietu, ko vēlaties pievienot grāmatzīmēm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Lai dzēstu grāmatzīmi:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Logā Grāmatzīmes izvēlieties grāmatzīmi, ko vēlaties dzēst, un " -"spiediet pogu -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Lai pārsauktu grāmatzīmi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Spiediet Datnes augšējā joslā un izvelieties " -"Grāmatzīmes lietotnes izvēlnē." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 -msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." -msgstr "Logā Grāmatzīmes izvēlieties pārsaucamo grāmatzīmi." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Laukā Nosaukums ierakstiet grāmatzīmes jauno nosaukumu." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13686,7 +13737,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Atrašanās vieta" @@ -13884,7 +13935,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Nekas" @@ -14038,17 +14089,17 @@ "projektos." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Atļaujas" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Attēlo datnes piekļuves atļaujas, piemēram, drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14057,7 +14108,7 @@ "datni un d nozīmē direktoriju (mapi)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14066,7 +14117,7 @@ "pieder datne." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14075,7 +14126,7 @@ "locekļiem, kuriem pieder datne." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14084,42 +14135,42 @@ "sistēmas lietotājiem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Katrai rakstzīmei ir sava nozīme:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : lasīšanas atļauja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : rakstīšanas atļauja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : izpildes atļauja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "-: nav dota atļauja." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME tips" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Attēlo vienuma MIME tipu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Ceļš līdz datnes atrašanās vietai." @@ -14462,12 +14513,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14480,7 +14530,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntu dokumentācijas komanda" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Tīmekļa pārlūkprogrammas" @@ -14798,8 +14848,8 @@ "pārlūkprogrammu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14808,7 +14858,7 @@ "lietotnes loga kreisās puses sarakstā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14817,7 +14867,7 @@ "mainot Tīmeklis opciju." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14860,7 +14910,7 @@ "izlabot, nomainot noklusēto e-pasta lietotni:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14970,7 +15020,7 @@ msgstr "Atrodiet savu iekšējo (tīkla) IP adresi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14981,18 +15031,18 @@ "savainojumam jūs vēlaties atrast IP adresi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Iekšējā IP adrese tiks attēlota informācijas sarakstā." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Atrodiet savu ārējo (interneta) IP adresi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15001,12 +15051,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Lapa jums parādīs jūsu ārējo IP adresi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15017,42 +15067,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Jūs varat kontrolēt, kura programma varēs piekļūt tīklam. Tas palīdzēs " -"uzturēt jūsu datoru drošībā." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Ieslēgt vai bloķēt ugunsmūra pieeju" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu nāk komplektā ar Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw), " -"bet šis ugunsmūrus pēc noklusējuma nav aktivēts. Tā kā Ubuntu nav neviena " -"atvērta tīkla servisa (izņemot pamata tīkla infrastruktūru), noklusējuma " -"instalācijā ugunsmūris nav nepieciešams ļaunprātīgu savienojumu mēģinājumu " -"bloķēšanai." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Lai uzzinātu vairāk, kā lietot ufw, skatiet tiešsaistes " -"dokumentāciju." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15063,10 +15104,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Lai ieslēgtu ugunsmūri, terminālī ievadiet sudo ufw enable. Lai " -"izslēgtu ufw, ievadiet sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15079,14 +15118,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15096,7 +15135,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15105,12 +15144,12 @@ "status." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Lietot ufw bez termināļa" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15121,7 +15160,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">šo saiti." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15392,30 +15431,28 @@ msgstr "Tīkla noteikumi un padomi" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Jums var būt nepieciešams instalēt Flash, lai apskatītu tādas lapas kā " -"YouTube, kas attēlo video un interaktīvās tīmekļa lapas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Instalēt Flash spraudni" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15425,65 +15462,106 @@ "ir nepieciešams Flash. Flash ir pieejams kā bezmaksas (bet ne brīvā koda " "programma) lejupielāde daudzām pārlūkprogrammām." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Kā instalēt Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Ja ir atvērta kāda pārlūkprogramma, tad aizveriet to un atkal atveriet. " -"Pārlūkprogrammai, kad jūs to par jaunu atvērsit, vajadzētu saprast, ka Flash " -"ir ieinstalēts un jums tagad vajadzētu varēt aplūkot vietnes izmantojot " -"Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Palīdziet savam pārlūkam strādāt ar tīmekļa vietnēm, kas pieprasa Java." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Instalēt Java pārlūka spraudni" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Dažas tīmekļa vietnes izmanto mazas Java programmas, kam vajadzīgs " -"instalēts Java spraudnis, lai tas darbotos." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Instalējiet icedtea6-plugin " -"pakotni, lai skatītu Java programmas savā pārlūkā." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15773,6 +15851,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Spiediet Pievienot." @@ -16028,12 +16107,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Bezvadu tīkla problēmu " -"risināšana, sameklējot savu bezvadu " -"tīklu…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16083,7 +16159,7 @@ msgstr "Mainīt starpnieka metodi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16092,14 +16168,14 @@ "no saraksta loga kreisajā pusē." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Izvēlieties, kuru starpnieka metodi vēlaties izmantot no šādām metodēm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16107,13 +16183,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Pašrocīgi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16124,12 +16200,12 @@ "FTP un SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automātiski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16137,7 +16213,7 @@ "URL norāda uz resursu, kas satur atbilstošu konfigurāciju jūsu sistēmai." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16711,15 +16787,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Savienoties ar WiFi, Slēpts tīkls, Rediģēt savienojuma iestatījumus, Atvienoties…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16744,61 +16816,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Jūs varat izmantot savu datoru kā bezvadu tīklāju. Tas ļauj citām ierīcēm ar " -"jums savienoties bez atsevišķa tīkla, un ļauj koplietot interneta " -"savienojumu, kuru jūs izveidojāt ar citu saskarni, kā piemēram, vadu tīklu " -"vai mobilo tīklu." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Izvēlieties Bezvadu kreisajā pusē." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Spiediet uz Lietot kā tīklāju pogas." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Ja dators jau ir savienots ar bezvadu tīklu, jums jautās vai vēlaties " -"atvienoties no pašreizējā tīkla. Viens bezvadu tīkla adapters var tikai " -"savienoties vai veidot vienu tīklu vienlaicīgi. Spiediet Izveidot " -"tīklāju, lai apstiprinātu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Tīkla nosaukums (SSID) un drošības atslēga tiks automātiski radīta. Tīkla " -"nosaukums tiks balstīts uz jūsu datora nosaukuma. Citām ierīcēm būs " -"vajadzīga šī informācija, lai pieslēgtos izveidotajam tīklājam." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." -msgstr "Atveriet tīkla iestatījumus un ieslēdziet lidmašīnas režīmu." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Izslēdziet bezvadu tīklu (lidmašīnas režīms)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16811,35 +16873,26 @@ "bateriju). Lai to izdarītu:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Lai to izdarītu, spiediet uz tīkla izvēlnes izvēļņu joslā un " -"izslēdziet Aktivēt bezvadu tīklu. Tas izslēgs bezvadu savienojumu " -"līdz jūs to atkal ieslēgsiet." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Lai atkal ieslēgtu bezvadu savienojumu, spiediet uz tīkla " -"izvēlnes izvēļņu joslā un izvēlieties Aktivēt bezvadu " -"tīklu, lai tā sākumā būtu ķeksītis." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Dators vēl aizvien var raidīt, ja neesat izslēguši Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16874,11 +16927,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz tīkla izvēlnes izvēļņu joslā un spiediet " -"uz tīkla nosaukuma, ar ko vēlaties savienoties." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17100,29 +17151,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Iemācieties, ko nozīmē opcijas bezvadu tīkla savienojuma rediģēšanas logā." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Rediģēt bezvadu tīklu" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Šis temats aprakstīs visas opcijas, kas ir pieejamas, kad jūs rediģējat " -"bezvadu tīkla savienojumus. Lai rediģētu savienojumus, izvēlieties to " -"Tīkla iestatījumos, tad spiediet Opcijas." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17134,17 +17181,17 @@ "konfigurētiem tīkliem." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Pieejams visiem lietotājiem / savienoties automātiski" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Savienoties automātiski" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17153,62 +17200,50 @@ "bezvadu tīklu, kad vien tas ir sasniedzams." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Ja ir pieejami vairāki tīkli, kas ir atzīmēti kā automātiski savienojami, " -"dators savienosies ar pirmo, kurš parādīsies Bezvadu cilnē " -"Tīkla savienojumu logā. Tas neatvienosies no pieejama tīkla, lai " -"savienotos ar citu tīklu, kas kļuvis pieejams." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Pieejams visiem lietotājiem" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Atzīmējiet šo, ja jūs vēlaties lai visiem šī datora lietotājiem būtu pieeja " -"šim bezvadu tīklam. Ja tīklam ir WEP/WPA " -"parole un jūs esat atzīmējis šo opciju, jums vajadzēs ievadīt paroli " -"tikai vienu reizi. Visiem datora lietotājiem būs iespējams savienoties ar šo " -"tīklu, nezinot paroli." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Ja šis ir atzīmēts, jums jābūt administratoram, lai mainītu jebkuru no šī tīkla " -"iestatījumiem. Jums varētu jautāt, lai ievadiet administratora paroli." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Bezvadu tīkls" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17221,12 +17256,12 @@ "stacijas iestatījumus)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Režīms" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17243,53 +17278,41 @@ "xref=\"net-wireless-adhoc\">iestatīt savu ekspromta tīklu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Ja izvēlaties Ekspromtu, redzēsiet divas citas opcijas, " -"Josla un Kanāls. Tie nosaka, kurā bezvadu frekvenču " -"joslā ekspromta bezvadu tīkls strādās. Daži datori var strādāt tikai dažās " -"joslās (piemēram, tikai A vai tikai B/G), tādēļ jūs " -"varētu vēlēties izvēlēties joslu, kuru var izmantot visi tīkla datori. " -"Rosīgās vietās var būt vairāki bezvadu tīkli, kas dala vienu kanālu; tas var " -"palēnināt jūsu savienojumu, tādēļ varat izvēlēties, kuru kanālu izmantosiet." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Tas ir Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (skatīt iepriekš) ir " -"tādas tīkla nosaukuma, kādu cilvēkiem ir paredzēts lasīt; BSSID ir nosaukums " -"kādu saprot dators (tā ir rinda ar burtiem un cipariem kam ir jābūt " -"unikāliem katram bezvadu tīklam). Ja tīkls ir paslēpts, tam nebūs SSID bet būs BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Ierīces MAC adrese" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17302,39 +17325,34 @@ "MAC adrese, ko tai iedod rūpnīca." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "Ar šo opciju var nomainīt MAC adresi jūsu tīkla kartei." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Klonēta MAC adrese" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Jūsu tīkla kartei (bezvadu tīkla kartei) var izlikties, ka tai ir cita MAC " -"adrese. Tas noder, ja jums ir ierīce vai serviss, kas sazinās tikai ar " -"noteiktām MAC adresēm (piemēram, modems). Ja ielieksiet to MAC adresi " -"Klonēta MAC adrese ailē, ierīce/serviss uzskatīs, ka jums ir " -"klonētā MAC adrese nevis reālā." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17351,53 +17369,45 @@ "mainīt šos iestatījumus." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Bezvadu tīkla drošība" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Drošība" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Tas nosaka, kādu šifrēšanas veidu izmanto bezvadu tīkls. Šifrētie " -"savienojumi palīdz aizsargāt jūsu bezvadu savienojumu no pārķeršanas, tātad " -"citi cilvēki nevar \"noklausīties\" un redzēt, kādas adreses jūs aplūkojiet " -"un tā tālāk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Daži šifrēšanas veidi ir stiprāki par citiem, bet to var neatbalstīti vecāka " -"bezvadu tīkla aparatūra. Jums parasti vajadzēs ievadīt paroli, lai " -"savienotos; modernākiem drošības veidiem vajag ievadīt lietotāja vārdu un " -"digitālu \"sertifikātu\". Apskatiet , " -"lai uzzinātu vairāk par populārie, bezvadu šifrēšanas veidiem." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 iestatījumi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17408,17 +17418,17 @@ "redzētu dažādus veidus, kā saņemt/iestatīt šo informāciju." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Ir pieejamas sekojošas metodes:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automātiski (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17433,37 +17443,32 @@ "tiks piešķirti pareizie iestatījumi. Pārsvarā tīkli izmanto DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automātiski (DHCP) tikai adreses" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Izvēloties šos iestatījumus, jūsu dators saņems IP adreses no DHCP servera, " -"bet jums pašrocīgi būs jānorāda cita informācija (piemēram, kādu DNS serveri " -"izmantot)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Izvēlieties šo opciju, ja vēlaties paši definēt visus tīkla iestatījumus, " -"tai skaitā, kādas IP adreses datoram vajadzētu izmantot." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Tikai lokālais tīkls" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17479,38 +17484,41 @@ "vairākus datorus kopā, lai tie varētu savā starpā sazināties." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktivēts" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Šī opcija deaktivēs tīkla savienojumu un liegs jums ar to savienoties. " -"Atcerieties, ka IPv4 un IPv6 tiek apstrādāti kā dažādi " -"savienojumi, kaut gan tie ir no vienas tīkla kartes. Ja jums viens ir " -"aktivēts, jūs varētu vēlēties otru deaktivēt." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 iestatījumi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Šis ir līdzīgs IPv4 cilnei, izņemot tajā konfigurē jaunāku IPv6 " -"standartu. Ļoti moderni tīkli izmanto IPv6, bet IPv4 vēl aizvien ir ļoti " -"populārs." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17591,23 +17599,19 @@ "hidden\">savienoties citā veidā, ja tīkls ir paslēpts." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Atveriet Tīkla iestatījumus un savienojieties ar Citu " -"bezvadu tīklu." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Savienojaties ar slēptu bezvadu tīklu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17622,6 +17626,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17629,7 +17640,7 @@ "drošības veidu un spiediet Savienoties." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17642,7 +17653,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17651,7 +17662,7 @@ "Meklējiet terminus, kā WEP un WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17855,7 +17866,7 @@ msgstr "Pārbaudiet savu modemu un maršrutētāju" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17865,12 +17876,12 @@ "un citas sekojošās lapas izvedīs jūs cauri pamācības soļiem." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Komandrindas lietošana" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17881,7 +17892,7 @@ "Aktivitāšu pārskatā." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19210,12 +19221,12 @@ "noslēgtā telpā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Aparatūras sadaļā spiediet Barošana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19376,10 +19387,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Ievadiet sudo pm-hibernate terminālī un spiediet Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19423,11 +19433,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Ja iemidzināšanas tests darbojas, jūs varat turpināt izmantot sudo pm-" -"hibernate komandu, kad vēlaties iemidzināt." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19540,55 +19548,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "Kāpēc dators izslēdzās vai iesnaudās, kad baterijā atlika 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Kad baterijas lādiņš sasniedz pārāk zemu līmeni, dators automātiski iesnaust. Tas novērš pārmērīgu baterijas " -"izlādēšanos, kas būtu tai kaitīga. Turklāt, ja baterija iztukšotos, datoram " -"arī neatliktu laika pareizi izslēgties." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Jūs varat izmainīt, kas notiek, kad baterija ir gandrīz tukša. Vispirms " -"atverot baterijas izvēlni no izvēļņu joslas un " -"izvēloties Barošanas iestatījumi. Skatiet iestatījumu Kad " -"enerģijas ir kritiski maz. Izvēles varianti — iesnaust, iemigt vai izslēgties. Ja izvēlēsities " -"izslēgšanu, jūsu atvērtās lietotnes un dokumenti izslēdzot netiks " -"saglabāti." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Dažiem datoriem ir iesnaušanās grūtības, kas neļauj tiem sekmīgi atgūt jūsu " -"atvērtās lietotnes un dokumentus pēc ieslēgšanas Šajā gadījumā var gadīties, " -"ka pirms iesnaušanās nesaglabātie dokumenti būs zaudēti. Tomēr ir iespējams " -"arī atrisināt iesnaušanās problēmas." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -19626,26 +19597,17 @@ "Ja tā notiek, pamēģiniet izslēgt un atkal ieslēgt bezvadu savienojumu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " -"iestatījumi" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Atveriet Tīkls un izvēlieties cilni Bezvadu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Izslēdziet un atkal ieslēdziet bezvadu savienojumu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19654,7 +19616,7 @@ "režīmu un atkal to izslēdziet" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20020,7 +19982,7 @@ msgstr "Jūs varat atslēgt ekrāna aptumšošanos:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20182,7 +20144,7 @@ "kopā ar angļu valodu, bet jūs varat pievienot papildu valodas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20193,7 +20155,7 @@ "instalētās valodas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20202,14 +20164,14 @@ "kuras vēlaties izņemt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Spiediet Pielietot izmaiņas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20219,7 +20181,7 @@ "tiesības. Ievadiet savu vai administratora paroli." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20230,8 +20192,8 @@ "fonti un ievades metodes." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20296,7 +20258,9 @@ msgstr "Iestatīšana" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Iestatīt printeri" @@ -20313,9 +20277,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Neatpazīti printeri, papīra iestrēgšana, izdrukas izskatās nepareizi…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20431,7 +20395,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -20946,7 +20909,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Atveriet Printeri." @@ -20990,83 +20953,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Iestaties printeri, kas ir savienots ar jūsu datoru." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Iestatīt lokālo printeri" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Jūsu sistēma var atpazīt daudzu tipu printerus automātiski, kad tie tiek " -"pieslēgti. Lielākā daļa printeru tiek pieslēgti ar USB vadu, kas tiek " -"pievienots datoram." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Jums vairs nav jāizvēlas vai instalēt lokālos vai tīkla printerus. Tie visi " -"parādās vienā logā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Pārliecinieties, ka printeris ir ieslēgts." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Savienojiet printeri ar savu sistēmu, izmantojot pareizo vadu. Jūs varēsiet " -"redzēt aktivitāti uz ekrāna, kad sistēma meklēs draiverus, jums varētu tikt " -"prasīts, lai jūs autorizējaties, lai tos ieinstalētu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Parādīsies paziņojums, kad sistēma pabeigs instalēt printeri. Izvēlieties " -"Drukāt testa lapu, lai izdrukātu testa lapu, vai " -"Opcijas, lai veiktu papildu izmaiņas printera iestatījumos." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Ja printeris netika automātiski iestatīts, jūs to varat pievienot printera " -"iestatījumos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Spiediet Pievienot un izvēlieties printeri no ierīču loga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Spiediet Uz priekšu un gaidiet, kamēr atradīs draiverus." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21075,7 +21018,7 @@ "vietu. Pabeidzot spiediet Pielietot." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21083,24 +21026,69 @@ "izlaistu šo soli." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Ja jūsu datoram ir pieejami vairāki draiveri, jums varētu palūgt izvēlēties " -"draiveri. Lai izmantotu ieteicamo draiveri, vienkārši spiediet “Tālāk” " -"ražotāja un modeļa ekrānā." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Pārliecinieties, ka printeris ir ieslēgts." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Pēc printera uzinstalēšanas, jūs varētu vēlēties mainīt noklusēto printeri." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21283,17 +21271,17 @@ "sekojošās trīs lietas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Kam vajadzēja notikt" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Kas patiesībā notika" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21302,7 +21290,7 @@ "pirmais solis ir “palaist programmu”" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21311,7 +21299,7 @@ "tas tiks izskatīts. Paldies par palīdzību padarīt Ubuntu palīdzību labāku!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21323,7 +21311,7 @@ "Šādā gadījumā jūs nevarat izmantot Ubuntu iebūvēto kļūdu ziņošanas rīku." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Saglabāt." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21436,7 +21510,7 @@ "valūtai un mērvienībām, pielāgojot tos vietējām tradīcijām." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21445,7 +21519,7 @@ "formāti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21456,18 +21530,16 @@ "Valoda atzīmēto valodu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Jums jāizrakstās no sistēmas un jāienāk atpakaļ, lai šīs izmaiņas stātos " -"spēkā. Spiediet ikonu pašā labajā izvēļņu joslas stūrī un izvēlieties " -"Izrakstīties, lai izietu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21479,12 +21551,12 @@ "ar kuru sākas nedēļa kalendāros." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Mainīt sistēmas formātus" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21495,19 +21567,19 @@ "ekrānā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Nomainiet savus formātus, kā aprakstīts augstāk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Spiediet Izmantot visā sistēmā>." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21537,12 +21609,12 @@ "valodu pakotnes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Spiediet Valodu atbalsts." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21551,18 +21623,16 @@ "saraksta augšpusi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Jums jāizrakstās no sistēmas un jāienāk atpakaļ, lai valodas izmaiņas stātos " -"spēkā. Spiediet ikonu pašā labajā izvēļņu joslas stūrī un izvēlieties " -"Izrakstīties, lai izietu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21578,12 +21648,12 @@ "valodu vienmēr, ir vērts pielāgot tai arī šīs mapes." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Mainīt sistēmas valodu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21593,7 +21663,7 @@ "sistēmas valodu, ko lieto, piemēram, ierakstīšanās ekrānā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Nomainiet valodu, kā aprakstīts augstāk." @@ -21632,17 +21702,17 @@ msgstr "Lai nogaidītu ilgāku laiku, pirms automātiski slēgt ekrānu:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Spiediet Spilgtums un slēgšana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "Nomainiet vērtību izkrītošajā sarakstā Slēgt ekrānu pēc." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -21897,7 +21967,7 @@ "intro\">palaidējam ātrai pieejai:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -21906,7 +21976,7 @@ "palaidēju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -21915,7 +21985,7 @@ "un izvēlieties Pieslēgt pie palaidēja." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -21924,7 +21994,7 @@ "vēlamo vietu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -21979,23 +22049,20 @@ "kur to atstājāt, kad atkal ierakstīsieties." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Lai izrakstītos vai pārslēgtu lietotājus, spiediet sistēmas izvēlni izvēlnes joslas pašā labajā stūrī un " -"izvēlieties piemērotu opciju." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bloķēt ekrānu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22009,32 +22076,32 @@ "ekrānu, tas automātiski bloķēsies pēc noteikta laika." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Lai bloķētu ekrānu, spied sistēmas izvēlni izvēļņu joslā un " -"izvēlies Bloķēt ekrānu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Kad ekrāns ir bloķēts, citi lietotāji var pierakstīties paši savā kontā, " -"spiežot Mainīt lietotāju paroles logā. Jūs varat pārslēgties " -"atpakaļ uz savu darbvirsmu, kad pārējie lietotāji ir beiguši darbu." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Iesnaudināt" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22048,30 +22115,29 @@ "funkciju. Iesnaudināšanas laikā tiek izmatots ļoti maz jaudas." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Lai iesnaudinātu datoru manuāli, spiediet sistēmas izvēlni " -"izvēļņu joslā un izvēlieties Iesnaudināt." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Izslēgt vai pārstartēt" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Ja vēlaties izslēgt datoru pilnībā vai veikt pārstartēšanu, spiediet " -"sistēmas izvēlni un izvēlieties Izslēgt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22689,12 +22755,12 @@ msgstr "Logam nevar mainīt izmērus, ja tas ir maksimizēts." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Lai logam mainītu izmērus horizontāli un/vai vertikāli:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22704,12 +22770,12 @@ "virzienā." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Lai mainītu izmēru tikai horizontāli:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22718,12 +22784,12 @@ "rādītāju'. Spiediet+turiet+velciet, lai mainītu loga izmēru horizontāli." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Lai mainītu izmēru tikai vertikāli:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22734,17 +22800,17 @@ "attiecīgi mainītu loga izmēru vertikāli." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Logu organizēšana darbvietā" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Lai novietotu divus logus malu pie malas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22757,7 +22823,7 @@ "pusi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22766,7 +22832,7 @@ "atlaidiet. Katrs no diviem logiem aizpilda pusi ekrāna." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -22820,11 +22886,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "No tastatūras" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -22833,56 +22899,41 @@ "logu pārslēdzēju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Atlaidiet Alt, lai izvēlētos nākamo (izcelto) logu pārslēdzējā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Vēl viens paņēmiens, turot Alt, spiediet Tab, lai ietu " -"cauri atvērto logu sarakstam, vai " -"ShiftTab, lai ietu cauri pretējā " -"virzienā." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Loga pārslēdzējā logi tiek grupēti pēc lietotnēm. Klikšķinoties cauri, " -"parādīsies priekšskatījumi lietotnēm ar vairākiem logiem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Jūs varat arī pārvietoties starp lietotņu ikonām logu pārslēdzējā ar → " -" vai ← taustiņiem vai izvēlēties vienu, spiežot uz tā ar " -"peli." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Lietotņu priekšskatījumi ar vienu logu var tikt parādīti, spiežot " -"↓ taustiņu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -22894,8 +22945,13 @@ "piespiestu Ctrl un Alt taustiņus un " "spiedietTab vai ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -22906,7 +22962,7 @@ "logus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Spiediet uz loga, ja vēlaties uz to pārslēgties." @@ -23106,19 +23162,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23127,12 +23183,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Nomainīt darbvietu skaitu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23141,7 +23197,7 @@ "Termināli." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23150,7 +23206,7 @@ "jums vēlamo. Spiediet Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23973,7 +24029,7 @@ msgstr "Ievadiet īpašas rakstzīmes" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -23985,17 +24041,17 @@ "rakstzīmes." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Metodes, lai ievadītu rakstzīmes" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Rakstzīmju karte" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24007,7 +24063,7 @@ "vajag." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the rakstzīmju tabulas rokasgrāmatu." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Kompozīcijas taustiņi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24035,7 +24091,7 @@ "é, jāspiež kompozīcija tad ' tad e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24044,38 +24100,40 @@ "vienu no esošajiem tastatūras taustiņiem, kā kompozīcijas taustiņu." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Definēt kompozīcijas taustiņu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Spiediet Tastatūras izkārtojums." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Spiediet Opcijas." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Atrodiet grupu, kas saucas Compose key position. Izvēlieties " -"taustiņu vai taustiņus, kurus vēlētos izmantot kā kompozīcijas taustiņus. " -"Jūs varat izvēlēties tādus taustiņus, kā Caps Lock, abus " -"Alt taustiņus, vai izvēlnes taustiņu. Jebkurš taustiņš, kuru jūs " -"izvēlēsities, pēc tam strādās tikai kā kompozīcijas taustiņš, un vairāk " -"nepildīs savu sākotnējo lomu." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24083,7 +24141,7 @@ "kompozīcijas taustiņu, piemēram:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24092,7 +24150,7 @@ "novietot akcenta zīmi, piemēram é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24101,7 +24159,7 @@ "kura novietot gravja zīmi, piemēram è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24110,7 +24168,7 @@ "novietot umlautu, piemēram ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24119,7 +24177,7 @@ "novietot garumzīmi, piemēram ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see kompozīcijas taustiņu lapā Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Koda punkti" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24151,7 +24209,7 @@ "Details cilnē. Koda punkti ir četras rakstzīmes pēc U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24162,12 +24220,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Ievades avoti" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24963,37 +25021,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "\"Personīgi\" sadaļā spiediet Izskats." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Pārslēdzieties uz cilni Uzvedība." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Ieslēdziet Automātiski paslēpt palaidēju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25026,12 +25076,12 @@ "uzklikšķināt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Spiediet Izskats." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25040,7 +25090,7 @@ "samazinātu palaidēja ikonas." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Noklusētais Palaidēja ikonu izmērs ir 48." @@ -25137,12 +25187,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "palaiž lietotni vai atver dokumentu, mapi vai ierīci" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25151,7 +25201,7 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25160,12 +25210,12 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "iziet no lietotnes, ja tā ir palaista" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25174,7 +25224,7 @@ "instance vai logs" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "lietotnei specifiskas saīsnes, piemēram, atvērt jaunu dokumentu vai logu" @@ -25315,7 +25365,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25324,7 +25374,7 @@ "uzvedība." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25333,18 +25383,18 @@ "joslā." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Statusa izvēlnes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -25355,32 +25405,50 @@ "indikatoriem) izvēļņu joslas labajā pusē. Statusu izvēlnes ir " "ērta vieta, kur varat pārbaudīt un mainīt sava datora un lietotņu stāvokli." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Saraksts ar statusa izvēlnēm un ko tās dara" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "" -"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Dažas ikonas, ko izmanto indikatoru izvēlnes, mainās, atkarībā no lietotnes " +"statusa." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Citas programmas, piemēram, Tomboy vai Transmission, " +"var arī pievienot indikatorus panelim." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Saraksts ar statusa izvēlnēm un ko tās dara" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25395,7 +25463,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -25403,14 +25471,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25419,14 +25487,14 @@ "layouts\">konfigurējiet ievades avotus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25439,7 +25507,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -25447,14 +25515,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25467,21 +25535,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25494,7 +25562,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25502,14 +25570,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25520,38 +25588,26 @@ "atskaņotājus, piemēram, Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Pulkstenis" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25561,24 +25617,6 @@ "iestatījumiem. Mainīt lietotājus, bloķēt ekrānu, izrakstīties, " "iesnaudināt, pārstartēt vai izslēgt savu datoru." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Dažas ikonas, ko izmanto indikatoru izvēlnes, mainās, atkarībā no lietotnes " -"statusa." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Citas programmas, piemēram, Tomboy vai Transmission, " -"var arī pievienot indikatorus panelim." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25692,39 +25730,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Atveriet Drošība un privātums un izvēlieties cilni " -"Meklēt." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -27323,7 +27333,7 @@ "Šos iestatījumus var pielāgot:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27334,7 +27344,7 @@ "Viegla un Stingra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27349,7 +27359,7 @@ "pa kreisi, Ritināt pa labi, Atpakaļ, Uz priekšu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -27358,15 +27368,12 @@ "starp Viegla un Stingra." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Ja jums ir vairāk kā viens irbulis, kad papildu irbulis nonāk tuvu " -"planšetei, līdzās irbuļa ierīces nosaukumam parādīsies peidžeris. " -"Izmantojiet to, lai izvēlētos, kurš irbulis ir konfigurēts." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -27430,6 +27437,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Spiediet Tastatūras izkārtojums." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Spiediet Opcijas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atrodiet grupu, kas saucas Compose key position. Izvēlieties " +#~ "taustiņu vai taustiņus, kurus vēlētos izmantot kā kompozīcijas taustiņus. " +#~ "Jūs varat izvēlēties tādus taustiņus, kā Caps Lock, abus " +#~ "Alt taustiņus, vai izvēlnes taustiņu. Jebkurš taustiņš, kuru jūs " +#~ "izvēlēsities, pēc tam strādās tikai kā kompozīcijas taustiņš, un vairāk " +#~ "nepildīs savu sākotnējo lomu." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -27503,6 +27530,79 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties " +#~ "Sistēmas iestatījumi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Konta pievienošana palīdzēs saistīt jūsu tiešsaistes kontus ar jūsu Ubuntu " +#~ "darbvirsmu. Tādējādi jūsu e-pasta, tērzēšanas un citas saistītās lietotnes " +#~ "tiks iestatītas jūsu vietā." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Izvēlieties konta tips loga rūts labajā pusē." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja vēlaties konfigurēt vairāk kontu, varat šo procesu atkārtot vēlāk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atvērsies maza tīmekļa lietotāja saskarne, kurā jūs varēsiet ievadīt sava " +#~ "tiešsaistes konta akreditācijas datus. Piemēram, ja iestatāt Google kontu, " +#~ "ievadiet savu Google lietotājvārdu, paroli un ierakstieties." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja ievadījāt savus datus pareizi, jums lūgs pieņemt nosacījumus. Izvēlieties " +#~ "Accept, lai turpinātu. Kad ir pieņemts, Ubuntu vajag tiesības " +#~ "piekļūt jūsu kontam. Lai tās sniegtu, spiediet pogu Grant Access. " +#~ "Kad vaicā, ievadiet pašreizējā lietotāja paroli." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tagad varat izvēlieties lietotnes, kuras vēlaties saistīt ar savu " +#~ "tiešsaistes kontu. Piemēram, ja izmantojat tiešsaistes kontu tērzēšanai, bet " +#~ "ne kalendāram, tad izslēdziet calendar opciju." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pēc tam, kad jūs esat pievienojis kontus, katra lietotne, ko jūs " +#~ "izvēlējāties, ierakstoties kontā automātiski izmantos šos akreditācijas " +#~ "datus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Drošības dēļ Ubuntu neglabās jūsu paroli uz jūsu datora. Tā vietā tā glabās " +#~ "marķieri, ko nodrošina tiešsaistes serviss. Ja vēlaties pilnībā atsaukt " +#~ "saiti starp jūsu darbvirsmu un tiešsaistes servisu, izņemiet to." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27542,6 +27642,31 @@ #~ "Izmantojiet Ubuntu programmatūras centru, lai pievienotu programmas un " #~ "padarītu Ubuntu noderīgāku." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalēt papildu programmatūru" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu izstrādātāju komanda ir izvēlējusies noklusējuma lietotņu kopu, kas, " +#~ "mūsuprāt, padara Ubuntu ļoti noderīgu ikdienas darbiem. Tomēr, jūs visdrīzāk " +#~ "vēlēsities uzinstalēt vēl programmas, lai Ubuntu vairāk atbilstu jūsu " +#~ "vajadzībām." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Lai instalētu papildu programmatūru, sekojiet šiem soļiem:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Savienojieties ar internetu, lietojot bezvadu vai vadu " +#~ "savienojumu." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27557,12 +27682,58 @@ #~ "kategoriju un atrodiet lietotni sarakstā." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izvēlieties lietotni, kas jūs interesē un spiediet Instalēt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jums palūgs ievadīt paroli. Kad tas ir izdarīts, sāksies instalēšana." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalēšana parasti beidzās ātri, bet tā var aizņemt kādu laiciņu, ja jums " +#~ "ir lēns interneta savienojums." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalētās lietotnes saīsne tiks pievienota palaidējam. Lai šo iespēju " +#~ "deaktivētu, izņemiet ķeksi no SkatsJaunās lietotnes " +#~ "palaidējā." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pievieno PPA, lai palīdzētu testēt vēl pirmsizlaides vai specializētu " +#~ "programmatūru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personīgo pakotņu arhīvi (PPA) ir programmatūras krātuves, kas ir " +#~ "veidotas Ubuntu lietotājiem un tās ir vienkāršāk instalēt, nekā citas trešās " +#~ "puses krātuves." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kad tiek palaists programmatūras centrs, spiediet " #~ "RediģētProgrammatūras avoti" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet Pievienot un ievadiet ppa: atrašanas vietu." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -27570,6 +27741,9 @@ #~ "Aizveriet programmatūras avotu logu. Ubuntu programmatūras centrs tad " #~ "pārbaudīs programmatūras avotus, vai tur ir kāda jauna programmatūra." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Izņemiet programmas, ko vairāk nelietojat." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -27592,6 +27766,24 @@ #~ "Instalēts." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "Jums prasīs ievadīt paroli. Pēc tam lietotne tiks izņemta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pievienojiet citu krātuvi, lai paplašinātu programmatūras avotus, ko izmanto " +#~ "Ubuntu instalēšanai un uzlabošanai." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Pievienot papildu programmatūras krātuves" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalēt citas krātuves" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27641,6 +27833,18 @@ #~ "logu. Uzgaidiet brīdi, līdz Ubuntu programmatūras centrs lejupielādēs " #~ "informāciju, par krātuvi." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalēt, izņemt, papildu " +#~ "krātuves…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Pievienot un izņemt programmatūru" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese uz Ubuntu nav uzinstalēts pēc noklusējuma. Lai instalētu Cheese:" @@ -27675,6 +27879,9 @@ #~ msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." #~ msgstr "Pirms Cheese rokasgrāmatu, jums tā ir jāuzinstalē." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB atmiņa (maza ietilpība)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -27701,6 +27908,22 @@ #~ "ar datoru no citas ierīces. Skatiet , " #~ "lai uzzinātu vairāk." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Krāsu firmas atsauces datnes lejupielādēšana un izdrukāšana" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izmantojot krāsu firmu, lai ģenerētu printera profilu ir parasti lētākais " +#~ "variants gadījumā, ja jums ir tikai viens vai divi atšķirīgi papīra tipi. " +#~ "Lejupielādējot atsauces diagrammu no firmas tīmekļa vietnes jūs varat viņiem " +#~ "to aizsūtīt izdrukātu aizsargātajā aploksnē. Kompānija noskanēs papīru, " +#~ "izveidos profilu un pa e-pastu nosūtīs jums precīzu ICC profilu." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -27753,121 +27976,917 @@ #~ msgstr "Noņemiet ķeksi no Tuvie notikumi no Evolution kalendāra." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Izvēlieties disku, kuru vēlaties pārbaudīt no Krātuves ierīces " -#~ "saraksta. Diska informācija un status parādīsies zem Dzinis." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "SMART Status vajadzētu paziņot \"Disks ir veselīgs\"." +#~ "Ja vēlāk pārdomāsiet, jūs varat pielikt pulksteni atpakaļ, spiežot ikonu " +#~ "pašā labajā augšējā izvēļņu joslas stūrī un izvēlēties Sistēmas " +#~ "iestatījumi. Sistēmas sadaļā spiediet Datums un laiks." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Spiediet SMART Dati pogu, lai apskatītu vairāk informācijas par " -#~ "ierīci, vai lai palaistu paštestēšanu." +#~ "Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " +#~ "iestatījumi." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lai ierakstītu cita veida CD/DVD projektus ar plašākām opcijām, pamēģiniet " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ "Palaidiet veiktspējas mērījumus savam cietajam diskam, lai pārbaudītu cik " +#~ "ātrs tas ir." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Pārbaudiet jūsu cietā diska veiktspēju" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Lai pārbaudītu cietā diska ātrumu:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lai saņemtu palīdzību par to, kā lietot Brasero, lasot Brasero lietotāja rokasgrāmatu." +#~ "Atver lietotni Disks no Dash." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Atveriet Disku lietotni no aktivitāšu pārskata." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Izvēlaties cieto disku no Disku ierīču saraksta." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz zobrata pogas un izvēlieties Mērīt dziņa veiktspēju." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dažās valodās, piemēram, ķīniešu un korejiešu, ir vajadzīgas kompleksākas " -#~ "ievades metodēs par vienkāršu taustiņu–rakstzīmju attēlojumu. Dažas no " -#~ "pieejamajām ievades metodēm aktivē tādu metodi." +#~ "Spiediet Sākt mērīt veiktspēju un pielāgojiet Pārsūtīšanas " +#~ "ātruma un Piekļuves laika parametrus, kā vajadzīgs." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opcijas ar ievades metodēm ir pieejamas tikai tad, ja ir instalēts " -#~ "attiecīgais ievades metodes (IM) dzinis. Kad instalējat valodu, automātiski tiek uzinstalēts piemērots " -#~ "IM dzinis, ja tas ir vajadzīgs. Piemēram, ja instalējat korejiešu valodu, " -#~ "tiks instalēta pakotne ibus-hangul, un ievades avota opcija " -#~ "Korejiešu (Hangul) ir pieejams nākamajā ierakstīšanās reizē. Jūs " -#~ "varat arī atsevišķi instalēt sev " -#~ "vēlamu IBus IM." +#~ "Spiediet Sākt veiktspējas mērīšanu, lai noteiktu, cik ātri datus " +#~ "var lasīt no diska. Iespējams, ka vajadzēs administratīvās privilēģijas. Ievadiet savu vai " +#~ "administratora paroli." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Atslēdz skārienpaliktni rakstīšana laikā, lai apturētu nejaušus klikšķus." +#~ "Kad tests būs pabeigts, rezultāti parādīsies grafika formā. Zaļie punkti un " +#~ "savienojošās līnijas norāda ņemtos paraugus; tie atbilst labajai asij, rādot " +#~ "piekļuves laiku, un tiek atlikti pret apakšējo asi, kas norāda procentuāli " +#~ "laiku, kas pagājis veicot mērījumu. Zilā līnija norāda lasījumu ātrumus, " +#~ "kamēr sarkanā līnija norāda rakstījumu ātrumus; tie tiek rādīti kā datu " +#~ "piekļuves ātrumi pret kreiso asi, un atlikti pret procentuālo mērījumu diska " +#~ "galviņas ceļam no ārpuses, līdz ar apakšējo asi." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Atslēgt skārienpaliktni, kamēr raksti" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zem grafika ir attēlotas vērtības minimālajiem, maksimālajiem un vidējiem " +#~ "lasījumu un rakstījumu ātrumiem, vidējais piekļuves laiks un pagājušais " +#~ "laiks kopš pēdējā veiktspējas mērījuma." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klēpjdatoru skārienpaliktņi parasti tiek novietoti tur, kur rakstot atrodas " -#~ "locītava, tāpēc var dažreiz izraisīt nejaušus klikšķus rakstīšanas gaitā. " -#~ "Jūs varat atslēgt skārienpaliktni rakstīšanas laikā. Tas atsāks strādāt " -#~ "tikai neilgu laiku pēc pēdējā taustiņa piespiešanas." +#~ "Izmantojiet Diska izmantošanas analizators vai Sistēmas " +#~ "pārraugs, lai pārbaudītu brīvo vietu un kapacitāti." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Atveriet Skārienpaliktnis sadaļu un atzīmējiet Atslēgt " -#~ "skārienpaliktni, kad raksta." +#~ "Jūs varat pārbaudīt, cik daudz vietas uz diska ir atlicis ar Diska " +#~ "izmantošanas analizatoru vai Sistēmas pārraugu." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Pārbaudiet ar Diska izmantošanas analizatoru" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klēpjdatoru skārienpaliktņi dažreiz reaģē ar aizkavi pēc rakstīšanas " -#~ "beigšanas, pirms tie sāk strādāt. Tas ir paredzēts tāpēc, lai nejauši " -#~ "nepiespiestu kādu skārienpaliktņa pogu ar plaukstu, rakstīšanas laikā. " -#~ "Skaties , lai uzzinātu vairāk." +#~ "Lai pārbaudītu brīvo diska vietu un diska kapacitāti, izmantojiet Diska " +#~ "izmantošanas analizatoru:" -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Rāda datumu un laiku, kad datne pēdējo reizi ir rediģēta." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atveriet Diska izmantošanas analizatoru no paneļa. " +#~ "Logā parādīsies Kopējā datņu sistēmas ietilpība un Kopējais " +#~ "datņu sistēmas izmantojums." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ja vēlaties papildus nodrošināties vai pret vīrusiem pārbaudīt datnes, ar " -#~ "kuriem apmaināties starp Windows un Mac OS lietotājiem, varat instalēt " -#~ "pretvīrusu programmu. Pārbaudiet Ubuntu programmatūras centrā, " -#~ "kur ir pieejamas vairākas lietotnes." +#~ "Atveriet Diskus no Aktivitāšu pārskata. Logā " +#~ "parādīsies Kopējā datņu sistēmas ietilpība un Kopējais datņu " +#~ "sistēmas izmantojums." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nomainīt noklusēto pārlūku, instalēt Flash, instalēt java spraudni, Silverlight atbalsts…" +#~ "Spiediet uz kādas no rīkjoslas pogām, lai izvēlētos Skenēt mājas " +#~ "mapi, Skenēt datņu sistēmu, Skenēt mapi vai " +#~ "Skenēt attālinātu mapi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Informācija ir attēlota pēc Mapes, Izmantojuma, " +#~ "Izmēra un Satura. Uzziniet vairāk Diska izmantošanas analizatora palīdzības " +#~ "lapās." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Pārbaudiet ar \"sistēmas pārraugu\"" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai pārbaudītu brīvo diska vietu un diska kapacitāti ar Sistēmas " +#~ "pārraugu:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "Atver lietotni System Monitor no Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atveriet Sistēmas pārrauga lietotni no Aktivitāšu " +#~ "pārskata." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz Datņu sistēmas cilnes, lai apskatītu sistēmas " +#~ "nodalījumus un diska vietas izmantojumu. Informācija ir attēlota atbilstoši " +#~ "Kopā, Brīvs, Pieejams un " +#~ "Izmantots." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Ja disks ir pārāk pilns, jums vajadzētu:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dzēsiet datnes, kuras nav svarīgas, vai arī kurus jūs vairs neizmantojat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Veidojiet to svarīgo datņu rezerves " +#~ "kopijas, kurus nevajadzēs izmantot tuvākajā laikā, un dzēsiet tos no " +#~ "cietā diska." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atveriet Disku lietotni no Aktivitāšu pārskata." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izvēlieties disku, kuru vēlaties pārbaudīt no Krātuves ierīces " +#~ "saraksta. Diska informācija un status parādīsies zem Dzinis." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "SMART Status vajadzētu paziņot \"Disks ir veselīgs\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet SMART Dati pogu, lai apskatītu vairāk informācijas par " +#~ "ierīci, vai lai palaistu paštestēšanu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pat ja SMART Status parāda, ka disks nav veselīgs, " +#~ "trauksmei varētu nebūt pamata. Tomēr būtu vēlams sagatavot rezerves kopiju, lai novērstu datu zaudēšanu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja statuss paziņo \"Pre-fail\", tad disks joprojām ir samērā veselīgs, bet " +#~ "ir atklātas nolietošanās pazīmes, kas nozīmē, ka var rasties kļūda tuvākajā " +#~ "nākotnē. Ja cietais disks (vai dators) ir vairākus gadus vecs, jums ir " +#~ "lielāka iespēja redzēt šo ziņojumu vismaz dažās veselības pārbaudēs. Jums " +#~ "regulāri vajadzētu veidot rezerves kopijas " +#~ "svarīgajām datnēm un periodiski pārbaudīt diska statusu, lai " +#~ "pārliecinātos vai nekļūst sliktāk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatējot ārējo cieto disku vai USB zibatmiņu, visas datnes un mapes tiek " +#~ "dzēstas." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Notīriet visu no izņemamā diska" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja jums ir izņemamais disks, kā, piemēram, USB atmiņas karte vai ārējais " +#~ "cietais disks, jūs varētu vēlēties pilnībā izdzēst visas datnes un mapes no " +#~ "tā. To varat izdarīt formatējot disku - tas izdzēš visas datnes un " +#~ "atstāj disku tukšu." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatēt izņemamo disku" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izvēlaties disku, kuru vēlaties iztīrīt no Krātuves ierīču " +#~ "saraksta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pārliecinieties, ka esat izvēlējies pareizo disku! Ja jūs izvēlēsieties " +#~ "nepareizo disku, visas datnes no tā tiks izdzēstas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sējumu sadaļā spiediet Nomontēt sējumu. Tad spiediet " +#~ "Formatēt sējumu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "Uznirstošajā logā izvēlieties datņu sistēmas tipu diskam." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja izmantojat disku uz Windows un Mac OS datoriem līdzās Linux datoram, " +#~ "izvēlieties FAT. Ja jūs to izmantojiet tikai uz Windows, " +#~ "NTFS varētu būt labāka izvēle. Īss apraksts no datņu " +#~ "sistēmas tips tiks pasniegts kā etiķete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nosauciet disku un spiediet Formatēt, lai sāktu diska tīrīšanu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kad formatēšana būs pabeigta, droši noņemiet disku. Tam tagad " +#~ "vajadzētu būt tukšam un atkal gatavam lietošanai." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatēšana negarantē datņu izdzēšanu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatēt disku nav pilnīgi drošs veids, kā izdzēst visus tā datus. Formatētā " +#~ "diskā neparādīsies datnes, bet ir iespējams tos atgūt ar speciālu programmu " +#~ "palīdzību. Ja vēlaties droši izdzēst datnes, jums vajadzēs izmantot " +#~ "komandrindu utilītas, piemēram, shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Saprotiet, kādi ir apjomi un nodalījumi, un izmantojiet disku " +#~ "utilītprogrammas, lai tos pārvaldītu." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apskatiet un pārvaldiet sējumus un nodalījumus, izmantojot disku " +#~ "utilītprogrammas" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat pārbaudīt un modificēt datora krātuvju sējumus ar disku " +#~ "utilītprogrammām." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "Atver Dash un sāc Disk Utility lietotni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Krātuvju ierīču rūtī jūs atradīsiet cieto disku, CD/DVD iekārtas " +#~ "un citas fiziskās ierīces. Spiediet uz ierīces, kuru vēlaties pārbaudīt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Labajā rūtī iezīmētais lauks Sējumi sniedz vizuālu sadalījumu " +#~ "sējumiem un nodalījumiem, kas atrodas izvēlētajā ierīcē. Tas ietver arī " +#~ "dažādus instrumentus, kurus var izmantot, lai pārvaldītu šos sējumi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esiet uzmanīgs: ar šīm utilītprogrammām ir iespējams pilnībā izdzēst datus " +#~ "no diska." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vienam primārajam nodalījumam ir jāietver informācija, ko dators izmanto, " +#~ "lai uzsāktu savu darbību jeb ielādētos. Šī iemesla dēļ to reizēm " +#~ "sauc par ielādes nodalījumu vai ielādes sējumu. Lai noteiktu, vai sējums ir " +#~ "palaižams, apskatiet Nodalījuma karodziņu disku utilītprogrammā. " +#~ "Ārējie datu nesēji, piemēram, USB ierīces un CD diski, var saturēt arī " +#~ "ielādējamu sējumu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pārliecinieties, ka iespēja Slēgt ir ieslēgta, tad izvēlieties " +#~ "noildzi no izkrītošā saraksta. Ekrāns automātiski tiks bloķēts, kad " +#~ "norādītajā laika sprīdī ar datoru nav veiktas darbības. Jūs varat arī " +#~ "izvēlēties Ekrāna izslēgšanās, lai bloķētu ekrānu pēc tam, kad " +#~ "ekrāns ir automātiski izslēgts, ko nosaka iestatījums Izslēgt ekrānu, " +#~ "kad nav aktīvs augstāk tajā pašā logā." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izmantojiet datņu pārvaldnieku Datnes, lai pārlūkotu un sakārtotu " +#~ "datnes savā datorā. To var izmantot arī, lai pārvaldītu datņu atmiņas " +#~ "ierīcēs (piemēram, ārējos cietajos diskos), datņu serveros un tīkla koplietojumos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Datņu pārvaldniekā veiciet dubultklikšķi uz jebkuras mapes, lai skatītu tās " +#~ "saturu, un uz jebkuras datnes, lai atvērtu to ar atbilstošo noklusējuma " +#~ "lietotni. Jūs varat arī veikt labo peles klikšķi uz mapes, lai atvērtu to " +#~ "jaunā cilnē vai logā." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja vēlaties ātri pārlekt uz datni atvērtajā mapē, sāciet rakstīt tā " +#~ "nosaukumu. Loga augšā parādīsies meklēšanas lauks, un pirmā datne, kuras " +#~ "nosaukums sakrīt ar meklēto, tiks izcelta. Nospiediet bultiņu uz leju vai " +#~ "ritiniet peli, lai izceltu nākamo datni, kuras nosaukums sakrīt ar meklēto." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat ātri piekļūt biežāk lietotajām vietām no sānu joslas. Ja " +#~ "to neredzat, nospiediet uz " +#~ "leju vērsto pogu augšējā labajā loga stūrī un izvēlieties Rādīt " +#~ "sānu joslu. Biežāk lietotās mapes var pievienot arī kā grāmatzīmes, " +#~ "kas parādīsies sānu joslā. Lietojiet izvēlni Grāmatzīmes, vai " +#~ "vienkārši ievelciet mapi sānu joslā." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai ierakstītu cita veida CD/DVD projektus ar plašākām opcijām, pamēģiniet " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai saņemtu palīdzību par to, kā lietot Brasero, lasot Brasero lietotāja rokasgrāmatu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Iespējams, gadījies pārsaukt datni tā, ka tā kļuva neredzams. Datnes, kuru " +#~ "nosaukumi sākas ar . vai beidzas ar ~, datņu " +#~ "pārvaldniekā tiek slēptas. Spiediet uz leju vērsto pogu datņu pārvaldnieka rīkjoslā un " +#~ "izvēlieties Rādīt slēptās datnes. Skatiet , lai uzzinātu vairāk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atrast datnes pēc nosaukuma un tipa. Saglabāt meklējumus vēlākai " +#~ "izmantošanai." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Datņu pārvaldniekā varat meklēt datnes pēc nosaukuma vai tipa. Jūs varat pat " +#~ "saglabāt bieži veiktos meklējumus, un tie parādīsies kā īpašas mapes jūsu " +#~ "mājas mapē." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Atvērt datņu pārvaldnieku" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja zināt, ka vajadzīgās datnes ir kādā noteiktā mapē, dodieties uz šo mapi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz lupas rīkjoslā vai CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ierakstiet zināmos vārdu vai vārdus no datnes nosaukuma. Piemēram, ja visi " +#~ "jūsu rēķinu nosaukumi satur vārdu “Rēķins”, ierakstiet " +#~ "rēķins. Meklētājs uzskata lielos un mazos burtus par " +#~ "vienādiem." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat sašaurināt rezultātus, norādot to atrašanās vietu un datnes tipu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz Mājas, lai ierobežotu meklēšanas rezultātus uz " +#~ "Mājas mapi, vai Visas datnes, lai meklētu visur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet + un izvēlieties Datnes tips no izkrītošā " +#~ "saraksta, lai sašaurinātu meklēšanas rezultātus pēc datnes tipa. Spiediet " +#~ "x pogu, lai izņemtu šo opciju un paplašinātu meklēšanas " +#~ "rezultātus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat atvērt, kopēt, dzēst un citādi strādāt ar savām datnēm no " +#~ "meklēšanas rezultātiem tāpat, kā jebkurā mapē datņu pārvaldnieku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vēlreiz spiediet uz lupas rīkjoslā, lai izietu no meklētāja un atgrieztos " +#~ "mapē." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja bieži veicat meklēšanu ar noteiktiem kritērijiem, varat šo meklējumu " +#~ "saglabāt, lai vēlāk varētu tam ātri piekļūt." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Saglabāt meklējumu" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Sāciet meklēšanu, kā aprakstīts augstāk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodiet meklējumam nosaukumu un spiediet Saglabāt. Ja vēlaties, " +#~ "izvēlieties citu mapi, kur saglabātu meklējumu. Kad apskatīsiet šo mapi, jūs " +#~ "redzēsiet saglabāto meklējumu kā oranžu mapes ikonu ar palielināmo stiklu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai izmestu meklēšanas datni, kad tās vairs nav vajadzīga, vienkārši izdzēsiet to tāpat kā citas datnes. Kad jūs " +#~ "izdzēšat saglabātu meklējumu, netiek izdzēstas atrastās datnes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dažās valodās, piemēram, ķīniešu un korejiešu, ir vajadzīgas kompleksākas " +#~ "ievades metodēs par vienkāršu taustiņu–rakstzīmju attēlojumu. Dažas no " +#~ "pieejamajām ievades metodēm aktivē tādu metodi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Opcijas ar ievades metodēm ir pieejamas tikai tad, ja ir instalēts " +#~ "attiecīgais ievades metodes (IM) dzinis. Kad instalējat valodu, automātiski tiek uzinstalēts piemērots " +#~ "IM dzinis, ja tas ir vajadzīgs. Piemēram, ja instalējat korejiešu valodu, " +#~ "tiks instalēta pakotne ibus-hangul, un ievades avota opcija " +#~ "Korejiešu (Hangul) ir pieejams nākamajā ierakstīšanās reizē. Jūs " +#~ "varat arī atsevišķi instalēt sev " +#~ "vēlamu IBus IM." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs variet priekšskatīt jebkura izkārtojuma bildi, izvēloties to no saraksta " +#~ "un nospiežot priekšskatīt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai to atrisinātu, spiediet uz izvēļņu joslā pašā labajā stūrī un atveriet " +#~ "Sistēmas iestatījumus. Sadaļā Aparatūra izvēlieties " +#~ "Displeji. Izmēģiniet kādas no Izšķirtspējas opcijām un " +#~ "iestatiet to, ar kuru ekrāns izskatās vislabāk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " +#~ "iestatījumi. Atveriet Displeji." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " +#~ "iestatījumi." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atslēdz skārienpaliktni rakstīšana laikā, lai apturētu nejaušus klikšķus." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Atslēgt skārienpaliktni, kamēr raksti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klēpjdatoru skārienpaliktņi parasti tiek novietoti tur, kur rakstot atrodas " +#~ "locītava, tāpēc var dažreiz izraisīt nejaušus klikšķus rakstīšanas gaitā. " +#~ "Jūs varat atslēgt skārienpaliktni rakstīšanas laikā. Tas atsāks strādāt " +#~ "tikai neilgu laiku pēc pēdējā taustiņa piespiešanas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atveriet Skārienpaliktnis sadaļu un atzīmējiet Atslēgt " +#~ "skārienpaliktni, kad raksta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daudzām pelēm un dažiem skārienpaliktņiem ir vidējā poga. Ar peli, kurai ir " +#~ "ritentiņš, parasti vari nospiest ritentiņu tieši uz leju, lai izpildītu " +#~ "vidējo klikšķi. Ja pelei nav vidējās pogas, jūs varat nospiest kreiso un " +#~ "labo peles pogu reizē, lai izpildītu vidējo klikšķi. Ja jums neizdodas veikt " +#~ "vidējo klikšķi šādā veidā, mēģiniet sekot šīm " +#~ "instrukcijām." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uz skārienpaliktņiem, kuri atbalsta vairāku pirkstu sitienus, tu vari uzsist " +#~ "ar 3 pirkstiem reizē lai veiktu vidusklikšķi. Jums ir jāieslēdz klikšķi ar uzsitienu sava skārienpaliktņa " +#~ "iestatījumos, lai tas strādātu." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daudzas lietotnes izmanto vidējo klikšķi dažām klikšķināšanas saīsnēm." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Viena no biežākajām saīsnēm ir teksta ielīmēšana. Atlasi tekstu, kuru vēlies " +#~ "ielīmēt, tad ej uz vietu, kur to vēlies ielīmēt un izpildi vidējo klikšķi. " +#~ "Izvēlētais teksts tiks ielīmēts peles rādītāja vietā." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Teksta ielīmēšana ar vidējo peles pogu ir pilnīgi nošķirta no ierastās " +#~ "starpliktuves. Teksta atlasīšana to neiekopē tavā starpliktuvē. Šī ātrā " +#~ "ielīmēšanas metode strādā tikai ar vidējo peles pogu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vairums tīmekļa pārlūku ļauj jums atvērt saites jaunās cilnēs ar vidējo " +#~ "klikšķi. Vienkārši nospied uz jebkuras saites ar vidējo klikšķi un tā atvērs " +#~ "jaunu cilni. Uzmanies, spiežot uz saitēm Firefox pārlūkā, jo " +#~ "veicot vidējo klikšķi jebkur citur, izņemot uz kādas saites, pārlūks mēģinās " +#~ "ielādēt izvēlēto tekstu kā saiti, tā pat, kā izmantojot vidējo klikšķi, lai " +#~ "ielīmētu saiti adreses laukā un nospiestu Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dažas specializētas lietotnes ļauj izmantot vidējo klikšķi dažādām citām " +#~ "funkcijām. Meklē savas lietotnes dokumentāciju par vidējo klikšķi " +#~ "vai vidējo peles pogu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet ←, kad esat pārslēdzies uz cilniNorādīšana un " +#~ "klikšķināšana." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Šīs instrukcijas dod īsāko ceļu, kā aktivēt peles taustiņus, izmantojot " +#~ "tikai tastatūru. Izvēlieties Universālās pieejas iestatījumus, " +#~ "lai piekļūtu vairāk pieejamības opcijām." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Papildtastatūra ir bloks ar cipariem uz tavas tastatūras, parasti izkārtota " +#~ "četrstūrī. Ja tastatūra ir bez papildtastatūras (piemēram klēpjdators), " +#~ "iespējams, jums vajadzēs turēt funkcijas (Fn) taustiņu un " +#~ "izmantot citus tastatūras taustiņus kā papildtastatūru. Ja šo iespēju uz " +#~ "klēpjdatora izmanto bieži, varat apsvērt domu nopirkt ārējo USB " +#~ "papildtastatūru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Katrs cipars uz papildtastatūras atbilst kādam virzienam. Piemēram, taustiņa " +#~ "8 nospiešana pakustinās rādītāju augšup, bet 2 lejup. " +#~ "Lai peli nospiestu, spied taustiņu 5, bet lai veiktu " +#~ "dubltklikšķi, spied to divas reizes pēc kārtas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lielākajai daļai tastatūru ir īpašs taustiņš kurš ļauj jums veikt labo peles " +#~ "klikšķi; parasti tas ir tuvu atstarpes taustiņam. Tomēr šis atbilst tam, kur " +#~ "atrodas tavs tastatūras fokuss, nevis peles rādītājs. Skaties informācijai par to, kā veikt labo peles " +#~ "klikšķi, turot 5 vai kreiso peles pogu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tu vari spiest, veikt dubultklikšķi, vilkt un ritināt, izmantojot " +#~ "skārienpaliktni, neizmantojot atsevišķas pogas." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Lai klikšķinātu, uzsitiet uz skārienpaliktņa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai pavilktu kādu priekšmetu, uzsit uz tā divreiz, bet pirkstu pēc otrā " +#~ "uzsitiena nepalaid vāļā. Aizvelc priekšmetu, kur vēlies, un atlaid pirkstu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja skārienpaliktnis atbalsta vairāku skārienu sitienus, labais peles " +#~ "klikšķis var tikt atveidots, uzsitot ar 2 pirkstiem reizē. Citādi tev " +#~ "vajadzēs izmantot pogas, lai veiktu labo klikšķi. Lasi , lai uzzinātu par klikšķināšanas metodi bez otrās peles " +#~ "pogas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja skārienpaliktnis atbalsta vairāku skārienu sitienus, veic vidējo klikšķi, uzsitot ar 3 pirkstiem reizē." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sitot vai velkot ar vairākiem pirkstiem, pārliecinies vai pirksti ir " +#~ "pietiekami tālu viens no otra. Ja pirksti būs pārāk tuvu, dators var " +#~ "padomāt, ka tas ir viens pirksts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klēpjdatoru skārienpaliktņi dažreiz reaģē ar aizkavi pēc rakstīšanas " +#~ "beigšanas, pirms tie sāk strādāt. Tas ir paredzēts tāpēc, lai nejauši " +#~ "nepiespiestu kādu skārienpaliktņa pogu ar plaukstu, rakstīšanas laikā. " +#~ "Skaties , lai uzzinātu vairāk." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Pievienot, dzēst un pārsaukt grāmatzīmes datņu pārvaldniekā." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Jūsu grāmatzīmju saraksts ir redzams datņu pārvaldnieka sānjoslā." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Lai dzēstu grāmatzīmi:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet Datnes augšējā joslā un izvelieties " +#~ "Grāmatzīmes lietotnes izvēlnē." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Logā Grāmatzīmes izvēlieties grāmatzīmi, ko vēlaties dzēst, un " +#~ "spiediet pogu -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "Logā Grāmatzīmes izvēlieties pārsaucamo grāmatzīmi." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Laukā Nosaukums ierakstiet grāmatzīmes jauno nosaukumu." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Rāda datumu un laiku, kad datne pēdējo reizi ir rediģēta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja vēlaties papildus nodrošināties vai pret vīrusiem pārbaudīt datnes, ar " +#~ "kuriem apmaināties starp Windows un Mac OS lietotājiem, varat instalēt " +#~ "pretvīrusu programmu. Pārbaudiet Ubuntu programmatūras centrā, " +#~ "kur ir pieejamas vairākas lietotnes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nomainīt noklusēto pārlūku, instalēt Flash, instalēt java spraudni, Silverlight atbalsts…" #~ msgid "" #~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " @@ -27883,6 +28902,45 @@ #~ "intro\">Ziņojumapmaiņas izvēlnes." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat kontrolēt, kura programma varēs piekļūt tīklam. Tas palīdzēs " +#~ "uzturēt jūsu datoru drošībā." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Ieslēgt vai bloķēt ugunsmūra pieeju" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu nāk komplektā ar Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw), " +#~ "bet šis ugunsmūrus pēc noklusējuma nav aktivēts. Tā kā Ubuntu nav neviena " +#~ "atvērta tīkla servisa (izņemot pamata tīkla infrastruktūru), noklusējuma " +#~ "instalācijā ugunsmūris nav nepieciešams ļaunprātīgu savienojumu mēģinājumu " +#~ "bloķēšanai." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai uzzinātu vairāk, kā lietot ufw, skatiet tiešsaistes " +#~ "dokumentāciju." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai ieslēgtu ugunsmūri, terminālī ievadiet sudo ufw enable. Lai " +#~ "izslēgtu ufw, ievadiet sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -27913,6 +28971,13 @@ #~ "ievadiet sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jums var būt nepieciešams instalēt Flash, lai apskatītu tādas lapas kā " +#~ "YouTube, kas attēlo video un interaktīvās tīmekļa lapas." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -27921,6 +28986,9 @@ #~ "skatīties video un lietot interaktīvas tīmekļa lapas dažās vietnēs. Dažas " #~ "vietnes bez Flash spraudņa nestrādās." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Kā instalēt Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -27941,6 +29009,16 @@ #~ "Ja izvēlaties instalēt Flash, spiediet Instalēt programmatūras " #~ "centra logā." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja ir atvērta kāda pārlūkprogramma, tad aizveriet to un atkal atveriet. " +#~ "Pārlūkprogrammai, kad jūs to par jaunu atvērsit, vajadzētu saprast, ka Flash " +#~ "ir ieinstalēts un jums tagad vajadzētu varēt aplūkot vietnes izmantojot " +#~ "Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Flash atvērtā koda alternatīva" @@ -27970,6 +29048,27 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Palīdziet savam pārlūkam strādāt ar tīmekļa vietnēm, kas pieprasa Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Instalēt Java pārlūka spraudni" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dažas tīmekļa vietnes izmanto mazas Java programmas, kam vajadzīgs " +#~ "instalēts Java spraudnis, lai tas darbotos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalējiet icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "pakotni, lai skatītu Java programmas savā pārlūkā." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28018,6 +29117,15 @@ #~ "vietni informācijai un instalēšanas instrukcijai." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bezvadu tīkla problēmu " +#~ "risināšana, sameklējot savu bezvadu " +#~ "tīklu…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28036,6 +29144,269 @@ #~ "spiest uz Rādīt tehniskos vienumus saites Ubuntu " #~ "programmatūras centra apakšā." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Savienoties ar WiFi, Slēpts tīkls, Rediģēt savienojuma iestatījumus, Atvienoties…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat izmantot savu datoru kā bezvadu tīklāju. Tas ļauj citām ierīcēm ar " +#~ "jums savienoties bez atsevišķa tīkla, un ļauj koplietot interneta " +#~ "savienojumu, kuru jūs izveidojāt ar citu saskarni, kā piemēram, vadu tīklu " +#~ "vai mobilo tīklu." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Spiediet uz Lietot kā tīklāju pogas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja dators jau ir savienots ar bezvadu tīklu, jums jautās vai vēlaties " +#~ "atvienoties no pašreizējā tīkla. Viens bezvadu tīkla adapters var tikai " +#~ "savienoties vai veidot vienu tīklu vienlaicīgi. Spiediet Izveidot " +#~ "tīklāju, lai apstiprinātu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tīkla nosaukums (SSID) un drošības atslēga tiks automātiski radīta. Tīkla " +#~ "nosaukums tiks balstīts uz jūsu datora nosaukuma. Citām ierīcēm būs " +#~ "vajadzīga šī informācija, lai pieslēgtos izveidotajam tīklājam." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "Atveriet tīkla iestatījumus un ieslēdziet lidmašīnas režīmu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai to izdarītu, spiediet uz tīkla izvēlnes izvēļņu joslā un " +#~ "izslēdziet Aktivēt bezvadu tīklu. Tas izslēgs bezvadu savienojumu " +#~ "līdz jūs to atkal ieslēgsiet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai atkal ieslēgtu bezvadu savienojumu, spiediet uz tīkla " +#~ "izvēlnes izvēļņu joslā un izvēlieties Aktivēt bezvadu " +#~ "tīklu, lai tā sākumā būtu ķeksītis." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dators vēl aizvien var raidīt, ja neesat izslēguši Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz tīkla izvēlnes izvēļņu joslā un spiediet " +#~ "uz tīkla nosaukuma, ar ko vēlaties savienoties." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Iemācieties, ko nozīmē opcijas bezvadu tīkla savienojuma rediģēšanas logā." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Rediģēt bezvadu tīklu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Šis temats aprakstīs visas opcijas, kas ir pieejamas, kad jūs rediģējat " +#~ "bezvadu tīkla savienojumus. Lai rediģētu savienojumus, izvēlieties to " +#~ "Tīkla iestatījumos, tad spiediet Opcijas." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Pieejams visiem lietotājiem / savienoties automātiski" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Savienoties automātiski" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja ir pieejami vairāki tīkli, kas ir atzīmēti kā automātiski savienojami, " +#~ "dators savienosies ar pirmo, kurš parādīsies Bezvadu cilnē " +#~ "Tīkla savienojumu logā. Tas neatvienosies no pieejama tīkla, lai " +#~ "savienotos ar citu tīklu, kas kļuvis pieejams." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Pieejams visiem lietotājiem" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atzīmējiet šo, ja jūs vēlaties lai visiem šī datora lietotājiem būtu pieeja " +#~ "šim bezvadu tīklam. Ja tīklam ir WEP/WPA " +#~ "parole un jūs esat atzīmējis šo opciju, jums vajadzēs ievadīt paroli " +#~ "tikai vienu reizi. Visiem datora lietotājiem būs iespējams savienoties ar šo " +#~ "tīklu, nezinot paroli." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja šis ir atzīmēts, jums jābūt administratoram, lai mainītu jebkuru no šī tīkla " +#~ "iestatījumiem. Jums varētu jautāt, lai ievadiet administratora paroli." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Bezvadu tīkls" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja izvēlaties Ekspromtu, redzēsiet divas citas opcijas, " +#~ "Josla un Kanāls. Tie nosaka, kurā bezvadu frekvenču " +#~ "joslā ekspromta bezvadu tīkls strādās. Daži datori var strādāt tikai dažās " +#~ "joslās (piemēram, tikai A vai tikai B/G), tādēļ jūs " +#~ "varētu vēlēties izvēlēties joslu, kuru var izmantot visi tīkla datori. " +#~ "Rosīgās vietās var būt vairāki bezvadu tīkli, kas dala vienu kanālu; tas var " +#~ "palēnināt jūsu savienojumu, tādēļ varat izvēlēties, kuru kanālu izmantosiet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tas ir Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (skatīt iepriekš) ir " +#~ "tādas tīkla nosaukuma, kādu cilvēkiem ir paredzēts lasīt; BSSID ir nosaukums " +#~ "kādu saprot dators (tā ir rinda ar burtiem un cipariem kam ir jābūt " +#~ "unikāliem katram bezvadu tīklam). Ja tīkls ir paslēpts, tam nebūs SSID bet būs BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Ierīces MAC adrese" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūsu tīkla kartei (bezvadu tīkla kartei) var izlikties, ka tai ir cita MAC " +#~ "adrese. Tas noder, ja jums ir ierīce vai serviss, kas sazinās tikai ar " +#~ "noteiktām MAC adresēm (piemēram, modems). Ja ielieksiet to MAC adresi " +#~ "Klonēta MAC adrese ailē, ierīce/serviss uzskatīs, ka jums ir " +#~ "klonētā MAC adrese nevis reālā." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Bezvadu tīkla drošība" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tas nosaka, kādu šifrēšanas veidu izmanto bezvadu tīkls. Šifrētie " +#~ "savienojumi palīdz aizsargāt jūsu bezvadu savienojumu no pārķeršanas, tātad " +#~ "citi cilvēki nevar \"noklausīties\" un redzēt, kādas adreses jūs aplūkojiet " +#~ "un tā tālāk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daži šifrēšanas veidi ir stiprāki par citiem, bet to var neatbalstīti vecāka " +#~ "bezvadu tīkla aparatūra. Jums parasti vajadzēs ievadīt paroli, lai " +#~ "savienotos; modernākiem drošības veidiem vajag ievadīt lietotāja vārdu un " +#~ "digitālu \"sertifikātu\". Apskatiet , " +#~ "lai uzzinātu vairāk par populārie, bezvadu šifrēšanas veidiem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izvēloties šos iestatījumus, jūsu dators saņems IP adreses no DHCP servera, " +#~ "bet jums pašrocīgi būs jānorāda cita informācija (piemēram, kādu DNS serveri " +#~ "izmantot)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izvēlieties šo opciju, ja vēlaties paši definēt visus tīkla iestatījumus, " +#~ "tai skaitā, kādas IP adreses datoram vajadzētu izmantot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Šī opcija deaktivēs tīkla savienojumu un liegs jums ar to savienoties. " +#~ "Atcerieties, ka IPv4 un IPv6 tiek apstrādāti kā dažādi " +#~ "savienojumi, kaut gan tie ir no vienas tīkla kartes. Ja jums viens ir " +#~ "aktivēts, jūs varētu vēlēties otru deaktivēt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Šis ir līdzīgs IPv4 cilnei, izņemot tajā konfigurē jaunāku IPv6 " +#~ "standartu. Ļoti moderni tīkli izmanto IPv6, bet IPv4 vēl aizvien ir ļoti " +#~ "populārs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atveriet Tīkla iestatījumus un savienojieties ar Citu " +#~ "bezvadu tīklu." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Sistēmas sadaļā spiediet Programmatūras avoti." @@ -28081,6 +29452,12 @@ #~ "risināšanas pamācībā." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ievadiet sudo pm-hibernate terminālī un spiediet Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28088,6 +29465,195 @@ #~ "tikpat daudz vietas, kā operatīvajā atmiņā." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja iemidzināšanas tests darbojas, jūs varat turpināt izmantot sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate komandu, kad vēlaties iemidzināt." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "Kāpēc dators izslēdzās vai iesnaudās, kad baterijā atlika 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kad baterijas lādiņš sasniedz pārāk zemu līmeni, dators automātiski iesnaust. Tas novērš pārmērīgu baterijas " +#~ "izlādēšanos, kas būtu tai kaitīga. Turklāt, ja baterija iztukšotos, datoram " +#~ "arī neatliktu laika pareizi izslēgties." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat izmainīt, kas notiek, kad baterija ir gandrīz tukša. Vispirms " +#~ "atverot baterijas izvēlni no izvēļņu joslas un " +#~ "izvēloties Barošanas iestatījumi. Skatiet iestatījumu Kad " +#~ "enerģijas ir kritiski maz. Izvēles varianti — iesnaust, iemigt vai izslēgties. Ja izvēlēsities " +#~ "izslēgšanu, jūsu atvērtās lietotnes un dokumenti izslēdzot netiks " +#~ "saglabāti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dažiem datoriem ir iesnaušanās grūtības, kas neļauj tiem sekmīgi atgūt jūsu " +#~ "atvērtās lietotnes un dokumentus pēc ieslēgšanas Šajā gadījumā var gadīties, " +#~ "ka pirms iesnaušanās nesaglabātie dokumenti būs zaudēti. Tomēr ir iespējams " +#~ "arī atrisināt iesnaušanās problēmas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet uz ikonas labajā stūrī izvēlnes joslā un izvēlieties Sistēmas " +#~ "iestatījumi" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Neatpazīti printeri, papīra iestrēgšana, izdrukas izskatās nepareizi…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Iestaties printeri, kas ir savienots ar jūsu datoru." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Iestatīt lokālo printeri" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūsu sistēma var atpazīt daudzu tipu printerus automātiski, kad tie tiek " +#~ "pieslēgti. Lielākā daļa printeru tiek pieslēgti ar USB vadu, kas tiek " +#~ "pievienots datoram." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jums vairs nav jāizvēlas vai instalēt lokālos vai tīkla printerus. Tie visi " +#~ "parādās vienā logā." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Savienojiet printeri ar savu sistēmu, izmantojot pareizo vadu. Jūs varēsiet " +#~ "redzēt aktivitāti uz ekrāna, kad sistēma meklēs draiverus, jums varētu tikt " +#~ "prasīts, lai jūs autorizējaties, lai tos ieinstalētu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parādīsies paziņojums, kad sistēma pabeigs instalēt printeri. Izvēlieties " +#~ "Drukāt testa lapu, lai izdrukātu testa lapu, vai " +#~ "Opcijas, lai veiktu papildu izmaiņas printera iestatījumos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja printeris netika automātiski iestatīts, jūs to varat pievienot printera " +#~ "iestatījumos." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spiediet Pievienot un izvēlieties printeri no ierīču loga." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Spiediet Uz priekšu un gaidiet, kamēr atradīs draiverus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja jūsu datoram ir pieejami vairāki draiveri, jums varētu palūgt izvēlēties " +#~ "draiveri. Lai izmantotu ieteicamo draiveri, vienkārši spiediet “Tālāk” " +#~ "ražotāja un modeļa ekrānā." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pēc printera uzinstalēšanas, jūs varētu vēlēties mainīt noklusēto printeri." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jums jāizrakstās no sistēmas un jāienāk atpakaļ, lai šīs izmaiņas stātos " +#~ "spēkā. Spiediet ikonu pašā labajā izvēļņu joslas stūrī un izvēlieties " +#~ "Izrakstīties, lai izietu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jums jāizrakstās no sistēmas un jāienāk atpakaļ, lai valodas izmaiņas stātos " +#~ "spēkā. Spiediet ikonu pašā labajā izvēļņu joslas stūrī un izvēlieties " +#~ "Izrakstīties, lai izietu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai izrakstītos vai pārslēgtu lietotājus, spiediet sistēmas izvēlni izvēlnes joslas pašā labajā stūrī un " +#~ "izvēlieties piemērotu opciju." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai bloķētu ekrānu, spied sistēmas izvēlni izvēļņu joslā un " +#~ "izvēlies Bloķēt ekrānu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kad ekrāns ir bloķēts, citi lietotāji var pierakstīties paši savā kontā, " +#~ "spiežot Mainīt lietotāju paroles logā. Jūs varat pārslēgties " +#~ "atpakaļ uz savu darbvirsmu, kad pārējie lietotāji ir beiguši darbu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lai iesnaudinātu datoru manuāli, spiediet sistēmas izvēlni " +#~ "izvēļņu joslā un izvēlieties Iesnaudināt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja vēlaties izslēgt datoru pilnībā vai veikt pārstartēšanu, spiediet " +#~ "sistēmas izvēlni un izvēlieties Izslēgt." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28101,6 +29667,48 @@ #~ "ja tā uz ekrāna izskatās aplauzta, kopējiet un ielīmējiet to, lai viss " #~ "sanāktu pareizi):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "No tastatūras" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atlaidiet Alt, lai izvēlētos nākamo (izcelto) logu pārslēdzējā." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vēl viens paņēmiens, turot Alt, spiediet Tab, lai ietu " +#~ "cauri atvērto logu sarakstam, vai " +#~ "ShiftTab, lai ietu cauri pretējā " +#~ "virzienā." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Loga pārslēdzējā logi tiek grupēti pēc lietotnēm. Klikšķinoties cauri, " +#~ "parādīsies priekšskatījumi lietotnēm ar vairākiem logiem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jūs varat arī pārvietoties starp lietotņu ikonām logu pārslēdzējā ar → " +#~ " vai ← taustiņiem vai izvēlēties vienu, spiežot uz tā ar " +#~ "peli." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lietotņu priekšskatījumi ar vienu logu var tikt parādīti, spiežot " +#~ "↓ taustiņu." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -28421,6 +30029,12 @@ #~ "Ja nevēlaties saņemt tiešsaistes meklēšanas ieteikumus, jūs varat šo iespēju " #~ " izslēgt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atveriet Drošība un privātums un izvēlieties cilni " +#~ "Meklēt." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Izslēdziet Iekļaut tiešsaistes meklēšanas rezultātus." @@ -28477,3 +30091,25 @@ #~ "Lielākā daļa video redaktoru spēj to izdarīt un ir pieejamas īpašas video " #~ "pārveidošanas programmas. Apskatiet Ubuntu programmatūras centrā, " #~ "vai tur ir kas pieejams." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja jums ir vairāk kā viens irbulis, kad papildu irbulis nonāk tuvu " +#~ "planšetei, līdzās irbuļa ierīces nosaukumam parādīsies peidžeris. " +#~ "Izmantojiet to, lai izvēlētos, kurš irbulis ir konfigurēts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu programmatūŗa palīdz jums izņemt programmatūru, kuru vairs " +#~ "nelietojat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lietojiet Ubuntu programmatūru, lai pievienotu programmas un " +#~ "padarītu Ubuntu noderīgāku." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/Makefile.am ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/Makefile.am --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/Makefile.am 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/Makefile.am 2017-03-15 22:17:42.000000000 +0000 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ HELP_ID = ubuntu-help -HELP_LINGUAS = am ar ast az bg bo br bs ca ce cs da de el en_AU en_CA en_GB eo es et eu fi fo fr gl he hi hr hu id it ja kab kk kn ko lt lv mg ms my nb ne nl oc pl pt_BR pt ro ru si sk sl sq sr sv ta te tg th tl tr ug uk ur uz zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW +HELP_LINGUAS = am ar ast az bg bo br bs ca ce cs da de el en_AU en_CA en_GB eo es et eu fi fo fr gl he hi hr hu ia id it ja kab kk kn ko lt lv mg ms my nb ne nl oc pl pt_BR pt ro ru si sk sl sq sr sv ta te tg th tl tr ug uk ur uz zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW HELP_MEDIA = \ figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg \ @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ figures/network-offline.svg \ figures/printing-select.png \ figures/system-devices-panel.svg \ + figures/system-search.png \ figures/ubuntu-logo.png \ figures/ubuntu-mascot-creature.png \ figures/unity.png \ @@ -37,7 +38,8 @@ figures/unity-launcher.png \ figures/unity-overview.png \ figures/unity-windows.png \ - figures/unity-workspace-intro.png + figures/unity-workspace-intro.png \ + figures/window-menu.png HELP_FILES = \ legal.xml \ @@ -216,7 +218,6 @@ net-fixed-ip-address.page \ net-general.page \ net-install-flash.page \ - net-install-java-plugin.page \ net-macaddress.page \ net-manual.page \ net-mobile.page \ diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/mg/mg.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/mg/mg.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/mg/mg.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/mg/mg.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Malagasy \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -304,58 +304,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -407,14 +492,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -447,30 +532,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -480,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -488,14 +564,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -503,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -527,12 +603,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -653,7 +729,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -683,12 +759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -697,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -706,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -714,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -722,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -773,17 +849,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -792,14 +868,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -837,17 +913,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -856,14 +932,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -874,13 +950,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -919,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -954,7 +1030,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -968,10 +1044,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1025,12 +1101,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1041,7 +1118,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1050,15 +1127,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1212,7 +1290,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1226,46 +1304,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1273,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1599,6 +1676,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1681,107 +1827,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1790,12 +1945,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1803,31 +1958,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1835,49 +1991,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1888,13 +2081,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1906,27 +2099,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1934,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1942,12 +2135,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1957,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1967,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1975,22 +2168,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2465,7 +2658,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3003,7 +3196,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3244,7 +3437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3252,7 +3445,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4780,59 +4973,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5021,90 +5197,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5113,109 +5308,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5254,65 +5407,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5321,106 +5463,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5432,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5443,28 +5592,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5472,19 +5613,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5495,13 +5636,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5531,18 +5672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5550,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5559,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5586,15 +5727,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5610,7 +5757,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5618,7 +5765,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5626,7 +5773,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5634,7 +5781,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5663,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5672,19 +5819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5694,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5723,13 +5870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5744,7 +5892,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5779,7 +5927,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5811,17 +5959,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5844,12 +5992,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6104,7 +6251,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6332,12 +6478,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6345,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6353,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6363,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6373,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6381,17 +6527,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6400,12 +6546,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6414,24 +6560,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6440,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6448,24 +6594,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6473,12 +6619,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6487,7 +6633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6504,10 +6650,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6527,14 +6673,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6544,24 +6705,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7099,10 +7268,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7574,129 +7742,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8466,7 +8610,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8482,22 +8626,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8508,7 +8652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8517,46 +8661,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8568,15 +8712,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8601,12 +8755,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8615,26 +8769,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8644,19 +8798,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8664,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8672,50 +8826,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9084,14 +9238,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9114,12 +9268,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9127,24 +9281,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9152,7 +9306,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9161,14 +9315,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9177,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9284,10 +9438,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9322,17 +9477,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9359,26 +9515,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9387,7 +9536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9395,12 +9544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9411,7 +9560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9610,7 +9759,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9620,8 +9769,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9645,7 +9794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9666,11 +9815,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9678,31 +9827,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9724,13 +9875,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9745,8 +9895,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9768,85 +9918,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9854,7 +10212,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10048,14 +10406,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10064,8 +10422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10083,74 +10440,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10161,31 +10514,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10587,7 +10940,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10597,70 +10950,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11146,7 +11500,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11306,7 +11660,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11436,80 +11790,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11773,12 +12127,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11791,7 +12144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12047,22 +12400,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12093,7 +12446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12183,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12191,30 +12544,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12223,29 +12576,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12259,7 +12613,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12273,14 +12627,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12290,19 +12644,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12310,7 +12664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12538,83 +12892,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12847,6 +13251,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13043,7 +13448,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13086,20 +13491,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13107,13 +13512,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13121,19 +13526,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13569,10 +13974,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13596,50 +14001,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13648,25 +14054,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13698,8 +14103,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13866,25 +14271,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13892,40 +14297,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13934,25 +14339,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13961,12 +14366,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13977,41 +14382,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14020,34 +14425,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14058,44 +14463,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14103,17 +14509,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14123,32 +14529,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14159,30 +14565,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14245,21 +14661,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14270,12 +14684,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14284,14 +14705,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14457,7 +14878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14465,12 +14886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14478,7 +14899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15494,12 +15915,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15620,7 +16041,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15664,7 +16085,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15750,39 +16171,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15815,31 +16214,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16121,7 +16513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16254,7 +16646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16262,21 +16654,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16284,7 +16676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16292,8 +16684,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16346,7 +16738,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16363,7 +16757,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16467,7 +16862,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16884,7 +17278,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16919,92 +17313,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17152,31 +17590,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17185,7 +17623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17279,14 +17803,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17294,15 +17818,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17311,12 +17836,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17324,19 +17849,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17361,27 +17886,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17392,12 +17918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17405,7 +17931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17437,17 +17963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17652,28 +18178,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17718,20 +18244,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17741,27 +18267,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17771,26 +18302,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18322,36 +18856,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18359,17 +18893,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18378,14 +18912,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18431,55 +18965,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18487,8 +19018,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18496,7 +19032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18663,19 +19199,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18684,26 +19220,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19347,7 +19883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19355,17 +19891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19373,7 +19909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19496,12 +20040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20175,37 +20719,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20232,19 +20768,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20334,38 +20870,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20494,32 +21030,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20527,8 +21063,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20537,7 +21087,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20545,14 +21095,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20564,7 +21114,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20572,28 +21122,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20604,7 +21154,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20612,14 +21162,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20630,21 +21180,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20655,7 +21205,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20663,14 +21213,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20678,58 +21228,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20824,37 +21348,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22152,7 +22650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22160,7 +22658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22170,18 +22668,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ms/ms.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ms/ms.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ms/ms.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ms/ms.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Malay \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ " Gunnar Hjalmarsson https://launchpad.net/~gunnarhj\n" " Jeremy Bicha https://launchpad.net/~jbicha\n" " Kevin Godby https://launchpad.net/~godbyk\n" +" Mohd Hafizul Afifi Abdullah https://launchpad.net/~hafizul94\n" " Philip Khor https://launchpad.net/~philip10khor\n" " abuyop https://launchpad.net/~abuyop\n" " inashdeen https://launchpad.net/~inashdeen\n" @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -126,13 +127,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -243,13 +244,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -320,60 +321,145 @@ "dan menyebabkan anda tertaip kekunci yang sama berulang kali tanpa sengaja, " "anda patut hidupkan kekunci lantun ini." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " -"Sistem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "Buka Capaian Universal dan pilih tab Menaip." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Hidupkan Kekunci Lantun." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -444,15 +530,15 @@ "akan berubah." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Buka Capaian Universal dan pilih tab Pelihatan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Tukar Beza Jelas Tinggi menjadi HIDUP." @@ -494,18 +580,9 @@ "kawalan, biarkan tetikus, kemudian tunggu sekeja sebelum butang tersebut " "diklik untuk anda." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "Klik nama anda pada palang menu dan pilih Tetapan Sistem." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -514,12 +591,12 @@ "Mengklik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Hidupkan Klik Apung." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -535,7 +612,7 @@ "kembali kepada mengklik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -545,7 +622,7 @@ "ia akan berubah warna. Bila ia sepenuhnya bertukar warna, butang akan diklik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -554,7 +631,7 @@ "penuding tetikus sebelum mengklik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -565,7 +642,7 @@ "bergerak, mengklik tidak berlaku." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -593,12 +670,12 @@ "fon tersebut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Tukar Teks Besar menjadi HIDUP." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -735,7 +812,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -769,12 +846,12 @@ "sahaja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Hidupkan Simulasikan Klik Sekunder" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -787,7 +864,7 @@ "Sekunder Tersimulasi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -800,7 +877,7 @@ "ini sepenuhnya menjadi biru, lepaskan butang tetikus untuk mengklik-kanan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -811,7 +888,7 @@ "biasa, walaupun jika anda tidak memperoleh maklumbalas dari penuding." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -822,7 +899,7 @@ "pada pad kekunci anda." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -891,17 +968,17 @@ "yang dikehendaki pada papan kekunci buat kali pertama." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Hidupkan Kekunci Lambat" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Hidup dan marikan kekunci lambat dengan pantas" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -915,7 +992,7 @@ "lambat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -924,7 +1001,7 @@ "anda perlu tahan kekunci supaya ia didaftarkan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -976,17 +1053,17 @@ "menahan beberapa kekunci serentak." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Hidupkan Kekunci Lekat" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Hidup dan matikan kekunci lekat dengan pantas" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1000,7 +1077,7 @@ "lekat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1010,7 +1087,7 @@ "biasa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1027,7 +1104,7 @@ "(contohnya, kekunci yang berada berdekatan), tetapi bukan yang lain." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1035,7 +1112,7 @@ "benarkannya." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1089,14 +1166,14 @@ "xref=\"sound-alert\"/> untuk ketahui bagaimana senyapkan bunyi amaran)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Buka Capaian Universal dan pilih tab Pendengaran." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1127,7 +1204,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1141,10 +1218,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1198,12 +1275,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1214,7 +1292,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1223,15 +1301,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1410,13 +1489,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Menambah akaun akan bantu pautkan akaun atas-talian anda dengan dekstop " -"Ubuntu. Maka, emel, sembang anda dan lain-lain aplikasi berkaitan akan " -"disediakan untuk anda." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1427,77 +1503,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Pilih satu Jenis Akaun di sebelah kanan anak tetingkap." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Jika anda mahu konfigur lagi akaun, anda boleh ulangi proses yang sama " -"selepas ini." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Satu antaramuka pengguna sesawang kecil akan dibuka yang mana anda masukkan " -"kelayakan akaun atas talian anda. Contohnya, jika anda tetapkan akaun " -"Google, masukkan nama pengguna, kata laluan Google kemudian daftar masuk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Jika anda masukkan kelayakan anda dengan betul, anda akan dimaklumkan untuk " -"menerima terma. Pilih Terima untuk teruskan. Seusai diterima, " -"Ubuntu perlukan keizinan untuk mencapai akaun anda. Untuk membenarkan " -"capaian, klik pada butang Beri Capaian. Bila dimaklumkan, " -"masukkan kata laluan pengguna semasa." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Kini anda boleh pilih aplikasi yang anda mahu pautkan dengan akaun atas " -"talian anda. Contohnya, jika anda mahu guna akaun atas talian untuk " -"menyembang, tetapi tidak mahu kalendar, matikan pilihan kalendar." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Selepas anda menambah akaun, setiap aplikasi yang telah dipilih akan gunakan " -"kelayakan tersebut secara automatik bila anda mendaftar masuk ke dalam akaun " -"anda." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Atas sebab keselamatan, Ubuntu tidak akan menyimpan kata laluan anda didalam " -"komputer anda. Ia akan simpan token yang disediakan oleh perkhidmatan atas-" -"talian. Jika anda mahu sepenuhnya batalkan pautan diantara desktop anda " -"dengan perkhidmatan atas-talian, buangkannya." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1874,11 +1928,82 @@ "perkhidmatan yang telah ditambah sudah tersedia untuk anda." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " "Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" +"Synaptic ialah pengurusan perisian yang kompleks tetapi hebat iaitu " +"alternatif pada Perisian Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26 @@ -1894,6 +2019,11 @@ "Software features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't " "recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu." msgstr "" +"Pengurus Pakej Synaptic ialah lebih baik dan dapat membuat " +"beberapa tugasan pengurusan perisian yang mana Perisian Ubuntu " +"tidak dapat lakukan. Antaramuka Synaptic lebih kompleks dan tidak menyokong " +"fitur terbaharu Perisian Ubuntu seperti penarafan dan ulasan, " +"oleh itu ia tidak disarankan kepada pengguna baharu Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38 @@ -1901,6 +2031,8 @@ "Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it from the Ubuntu package archive." msgstr "" +"Synaptic tidak dipasang secara lalai, tetapi anda boleh pasang ia melalui arkib pakej Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:44 @@ -1967,122 +2099,120 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Pasang perisian tambahan" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Pasukan pembangunan Ubuntu telah memilih beberapa aplikasi lalai yang mana " -"kami anggap ia menjadikan Ubuntu sangat berguna untuk tugas seharian. Namun, " -"and mungkin hendak memasang lagi perisian yang mana ia menjadikan Ubuntu " -"lebih berguna kepada anda." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Untuk memasang perisian tambahan, ikuti langkah berikut:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Sambung ke Internet menggunakan sambungan tanpa wayar atau sambungan berwayar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" +"Klik ikon Perisian Ubuntu pada Pelancar, atau gelintar " +"Perisian di dalam palang gelintar pada Pemuka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" +"Ketika Perisian Ubuntu dilancarkan, gelintar aplikasi, atau pilih " +"satu kategori dan cari aplikasi melalui senarai yang disediakan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "Pilih aplikasi yang anda inginkan dan klik Pasang." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Anda perlu masukkan kata laluan. Bila selesai pemasangan akan dimulakan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Pemasangan biasanya selesai dengan pantas, tetapi ia mungkin mengambil masa " -"jika anda mempunyai sambungan Internet yang lambat.interface" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Satu pintasan untuk aplikasi baru anda akan ditambah ke Pelancar. Untuk " -"lumpuhkan fitur ini, jangan tanda PaparAPlikasi Baru " -"dalam Pelancar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "Tambah PPA untuk bantu menguji perisian pra-keluaran atau khas." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Tambah Arkib Pakej Peribadi (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Arkib Pakej Persendirian (PPAs) adalah repositori yang direka untuk " -"pengguna Ubuntu dan mudah dipasang berbanding repositori pihak-ketiga lain." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Hanya tambah repositori perisian dari sumber yang anda percayai!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2094,12 +2224,12 @@ "merbahaya kepada komputer anda." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Pasang PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2110,25 +2240,28 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" +"Bila Perisian Ubuntu dilancarkan, klik Perisian & " +"Kemaskini" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Tukar ke tab Perisian Lain." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Klik Tambah dan masukkan lokasi ppa:." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2136,38 +2269,68 @@ "Sahihkan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." msgstr "" +"Tutup tetingkap Perisian & Kemaskini window. Perisian " +"Ubuntu akan memeriksa sumber perisian anda jika ada perisian baharu." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Buang perisian yang anda tidak lagi gunakan." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Membuang aplikasi" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" +"Bila Perisian Ubuntu dibuka, klik butang Dipasang pada " +"bahagian atas antaramuka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2176,20 +2339,30 @@ "mencari melalui senarai aplikasi dipasang." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Pilih aplikasi dan klik Buang." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Anda perlu masukkan kata laluan anda, Selepas itu, aplikasi akan dibuang." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2204,16 +2377,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Tambah repositori lain untuk menambah sumber perisian Ubuntu gunakan untuk " -"pemasangan dan penataran." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Tambah repositori perisian tambahan" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2228,13 +2399,13 @@ "repositori pihak-ketiga, anda mesti tambah ia ke dalam senarai repositori " "yang ada." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Pasang repositori lain" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2243,7 +2414,7 @@ "tab Perisian Lain" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2252,28 +2423,35 @@ "sepatutnya tersedia dari laman sesawang repositori, dan seakan ini:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " "new updates." msgstr "" +"Klik Tambah Sumber kemudian tutup tetingkap Perisian & " +"Kemaskini. Perisian Ubuntu kemudian akan memeriksa sumber " +"perisian anda jika ada kemaskini baharu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"Kebanyakan repositori menyediakan kunci tandatangan yang dapat mengesahkan " +"pakej yang dimuat turun. Oleh itu sebagai tambahan langkah di atas, anda " +"patut mengikut arahan bagaimana memuat turun dan memasang kunci tandatangan " +"(kunci GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktifkan repositori Rakan Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2281,9 +2459,15 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"Repositori Rakan Canonical juga menyediakan beberapa aplikasi proprietari " +"yang tidak mengenakan bayaran untuk menggunakannya tetapi bersifat sumber " +"tertutup. Ia termasuklah perisian seperti Skype dan Pemalam " +"Adobe Flash. Perisian dalam repositori akan muncul di dalam keputusan " +"gelintar Perisian Ubuntu tetapi tidak dapat dipasang sehinggalah " +"repositori ini dibenarkan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2291,36 +2475,41 @@ "checked then close the Software & Updates window. If you " "don't see it, click Add and enter:" msgstr "" +"Untuk membenarkan repositori, ikuti langkah di atas untuk membuka tab " +"Perisian Lain dalam Perisian & Kemaskini. Jika " +"anda temui repositori Rakan Canonical di dalam senarai, pastikan " +"ia ditanda kemudian tutup tetingkap Perisian & Ke,maskini. " +"Sebaliknya jika tiada, klik Tambah dan masukkan:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " "repository information." msgstr "" +"Klik Tambah Sumber kemudian tutup tetingkap Perisian & " +"Kemaskini. Tunggu sebentar supaya Perisian Ubuntu dapat " +"memuat turun maklumat repositori tersebut." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Tambah/buang perisian" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Pasang, buang, repositori " -"tambahan…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Tambah & buang perisian" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2921,8 +3110,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Pena ingatan USB (kapasiti rendah)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3587,12 +3776,14 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " "md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " +"md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33 @@ -3888,24 +4079,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Memuat turu fail rujukan percetakan dari syarikat warna" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Menggunakan color company untuk menjana profil pencetak biasanya pilihan " -"termurah jika anda hanya mempunyai satu atau dua jenis kertas yang " -"berlainan. Dengan memuat turun carta rujukan dari laman sesawang syarikat " -"anda boleh hantar kepada mereka cetakan dengan sampul yang mana mereka akan " -"imbas kertas tersebut, kemudian jana profil dan e-mel kembali kepada anda " -"profil ICC yang tepat." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5667,6 +5852,10 @@ "four-week duration, will appear by clicking on the clock in the menu " "bar." msgstr "" +"Satu aplikasi kalendar terbina-dalam yang dikenali sebagai " +"Kalendar membolehkan anda urus temu janji atau peristiwa kalendar " +"anda. Sehingga lima item, melangkaui tempoh empat-minggu, akan muncul dengan " +"mengklik pada jam di dalam palang menu." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:31 @@ -5674,11 +5863,13 @@ "Calendar appointment integration is also supported with a mail and calendar " "application called Evolution, which may be installed separately." msgstr "" +"Penyepaduan temujanji Kalendar juga disokong dengan aplikasi mel dan " +"kalendar iaitu Evolution, yang boleh dipasang secara berasingan." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/clock-calendar.page:34 msgid "Launch the Calendar application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancarkan alikasi Kalendar" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:35 @@ -5686,6 +5877,8 @@ "Appointments and events may be managed through the built in " "Calendar application." msgstr "" +"Temu janji dan peristiwa boleh diurus melalui aplikasi terbina-dalam " +"Kalendar" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:38 @@ -5693,6 +5886,8 @@ "Click on the Dash icon in the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Klik ikon Pemuka dalam Pelancar" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:39 @@ -5700,11 +5895,13 @@ "Type calendar in the Search your computer to " "locate the Calendar application." msgstr "" +"Taip kalendar dalam Gelintar komputer anda untuk " +"mencari aplikasi Kalendar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:40 msgid "Click the Calendar application icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik ikon aplikasi Kalendar." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:43 @@ -5712,6 +5909,8 @@ "Alternatively, you may also type gnome-calendar in the " "Terminal application." msgstr "" +"Selain itu, anda juga boleh menaip gnome-calendar dalam " +"aplikasi Terminal." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-more-info.page:7 @@ -5767,20 +5966,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Jika anda ingin kembali seperti asal, anda boleh dapatkan jam semula dengan " -"mengklik ikon palang menu disebelah kanan sekali dan pilih Tetapan " -"Sistem. Dalam bahagian Sistem, klik Masa & Tarikh." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Ubah format tarikh" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5789,44 +5987,23 @@ "anda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " -"Sistem." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Dalam bahagian Peribadi, klik Sokongan Bahasa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Tukar ke tab Format Wilayah" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Pilih lokasi kegemaran anda di dalam senarai tarik-turun." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6056,69 +6233,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Jalankan tanda aras pada cakera keras anda untuk periksa berapa pantaskah ia." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Uji prestasi cakera keras anda" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Untuk menguji kelajuan cakera keras anda:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Buka aplikasi Cakera melalui Pemuka ." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Buka aplikasi Cakera dari selayang pandang aktiviti." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Pilih cakera keras daripada senarai Pacu Cakera." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." -msgstr "Klik butang gear dan pilih Tanda Aras Pemacu." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Klik Mulakan Tanda Aras dan laras parameter Kadar " -"Pemindahan dan Masa Capaian sepertimana yang dikehendaki." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Klik Mula Menanda Aras untuk menguji berapa pantaskah data boleh " -"dibaca daripada cakera. Keisitimewaan " -"pentadbir diperlukan. Masukkan kata laluan anda, atau kata laluan " -"untuk akaun pentadbir yang dipinta." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6128,43 +6324,22 @@ "masa yang lama untuk selesai." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Bila ujian selesai, keputusan akan muncul pada graf. Titik hijau dan garis " -"yang bersambung menunjukkan sampel yang diambil; ia berkaitan dengan paksi " -"kanan, menunjukkan masa capaian, yang diplot terhadap paksi bawah, mewakili " -"masa berlalu semasa tanda aras. Garis biru mewakili kadar baca, manakala " -"garis merah mewakili kadar tulis; ia dipaparkan sebagai kadat data dicapai " -"disebelah kiri paksi, diplot terhadap peratusan cakera bergerak, dari luar " -"ke arah spindel, menerusi paksi bawah." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Dibawah graf, nilai dipaparkan bagi kadar baca dan tulis minimum, maksimum " -"dan purata, masa capaian purata dan masa berlalu semenjak ujian tanda aras " -"yang terakhir." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Guna Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera atau Pemantau " -"Sistem untuk memeriksa ruang dan kapasiti." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6172,137 +6347,68 @@ msgstr "Periksa berapa banyak ruang cakera berbaki" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Anda boleh semak berapa banyak ruang cakera berbaki dengan " -"Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera atau Pemantau Sistem" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Periksa dengan Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Periksa ruang cakera bebas dan kapasiti cakera menggunakan Penganalisis " -"Penggunaan Cakera:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Buka aplikasi Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera melalui " -"Pemuka. Tetingkap akan paparkan Jumlah kapasiti sistem " -"fail dan Jumlah penggunaan sistem fail." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Buka aplikasi Cakera melalui Pemuka." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Buka aplikasi Cakera melalui selayang pandang " -"Aktiviti. Tetingkap akan paparkan Jumlah kapasiti sistem " -"fail dan Jumlah penggunaan sistem fail." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Klik salah satu butang palang alat untuk pilih Imbas Rumah, " -"Imbas Sistem Fail, Imbas folder, atau Imbas " -"folder jauh." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Maklumat yang dipaparkan berdasarkan pada Folder, " -"Penggunaan, Saiz dan Kandungan. RUjuk lebih " -"perincian dalam Penganalisis Penggunaan " -"Cakera." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Semak dengan Pemantau Sistem" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Apa perlu buat bila cakera menjadi terlalu penuh?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Semak ruang cakera bebas dan kapasiti cakera dengan Pemantau " -"Sistem:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "Buka aplikasi Pemantau Sistem melalui Pemuka." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Buka aplikasi Pemantau Sistem dari selayang pandang " -"Aktiviti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Pilih tab Sistem Fail untuk melihat sekatan dan penggunaan ruang " -"cakera sistem. Maklumat dipaparkan mengikut Jumlah, " -"Bebas, Tersedia dan Digunakan." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Apa perlu buat bila cakera menjadi terlalu penuh?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Jika cakera terlalu penuh anda perlu:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Padam fail yang tidak penting atau yang anda tidak lagi gunakan." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Buat sandar bagi fail penting yang anda " -"tidak perlukan untuk jangka masa pendek dan padam fail tersebut dari cakera " -"keras." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6349,75 +6455,56 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Periksa kesihatan cakera anda menggunakan aplikasi Cakera" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Buka aplikasi Cakera melalui Pemuka." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Buka aplikasi Cakera dari selayang pandang Aktiviti." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" +"Sebelah kiri senarai, pilih cakera iaitu maklumat dan status yang anda mahu " +"periksa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Penilaian akan menyatakan \"Cakera OK\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Bagaimana kalau cakera tidak berfungsi?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"Walaupun jika SMART Status menunjukkan cakera tidak " -"sihat, janganlah gelisah. kerana, adalah lebih baik bersedia dengan sandar untuk menghindari kehilangan data." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"Jika status menyatakan \"Pra-gagal\", cakera masih sihat tetapi menunjukkan " -"lusuh telah dikesan yang mana mungkin akan mengalami kegagalan dimasa " -"hadapan. Jika cakera keras anda (atau komputer) sudah berusia beberapa " -"tahun, anda akan memperoleh mesej ini bila membuat semakan kesihatan. Anda " -"patut sandar fail penting anda selalu dan " -"semak status cakera dengan kerap untuk melihat jika ia menjadi semakin teruk." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6429,134 +6516,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Buang semua fail dan folder dari cakera keras luaran atau pemacu USB dengan " -"mengformatnya." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Padamkan semua data sama sekali dari cakera luaran" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Jika anda mempunyai cakera mudah alih, seperti pemacu pena USB atau cakera " -"keras luaran, kadangkala anda boeh buang semua fail dan folder di dalamnya. " -"Anda boleh buat dengan memformat cakera - ia memadam semua fail " -"pada cakera dan mengosongkannya." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Format cakera boleh tanggal" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Pilh cakera yang anda hendak bersihkan dari senarai Peranti " -"Storan" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Pastikan anda telah memilih cakera yang betul! Jika anda pilih cakera yang " -"salah, semua fail pada cakera tersebut akan dipadam!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Di dalam bahagian Volum, klik Nyahlekap Volum. Kemudian klik " -"Format Volum." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Dalam tetingkap yang timbul, pilih Jenis sistem fail cakera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Jika anda guna cakera dalam komputer Windows dan Mac OS disamping komputer " -"Linux, pilih FAT. Jika anda hanya guna ia pada Windows, " -"NTFS adalah pilihan yang lebih baik. Keterangan ringkas " -"jenis sistem fail akan diwujudkan sebagai label." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Berikan cakera ini satu nama dan klik Format untuk membersihkan " -"cakera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Bilamana pemformatan telah selesai, tanggalkan cakera secara " -"selamat. Kini ia menjadi kosong dan sedia digunakan lagi." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Mengformat cakera tidak memadamkan fail anda secara selamat" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Memformat cakera bukanlah cara selamat memadam semua datanya. Cakera " -"terformat tidak kelihatan mempunyai fail di dalamnya, tetapi dengan perisian " -"pemulihan khas boleh memperoleh fail tersebut. Jika anda hendak memadam fail " -"secara selamat, anda boleh gunakan utiliti baris-perintah, seperti " -"shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Pahami apakah dia volum dan sekatan dan menggunakan utilti cakera untuk " -"mengurusnya." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Urus volum dan sekatan" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6575,7 +6641,7 @@ "volum sudah dilekap, anda boleh baca (dan menulis) fail di dalamnya." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6592,58 +6658,40 @@ "boleh dicapai." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Papar dan urus volum dan sekatan menggunakan utiliti cakera" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Anda boleh sema dan ubahsuai volum storan komputer anda menggunakan utiliti " -"cakera." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Buka Pemuka dan mulakan aplikasi Utiliti Cakera." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Didalam anak tetingkap yang bertanda Peranti Storan, anda akan " -"lihat cakera keras, pemacu CD/DVD, dan lain-lain peranti fizikal. Klik pada " -"peranti yang anda hendak kaji." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Di dalam anak tetingkap sebelah kanan, kawasan berlabel Volum " -"menyediakan visual volum yang ada dan rosak di dalam peranti terpilih. Ia " -"juga mengandungi pelbagai alatan yang digunakan untuk mengurus volum ini." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Awas: utiliti ini boleh memadam keseluruhan data di dalam pemacu anda." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6660,19 +6708,14 @@ "keselamatan atau kemudahan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Satu sekatan utama mesti mengandungi maklumat yang mana komputer anda guna " -"untuk permulaan, atau but. Atas sebab ini kadangkala ia dikenali " -"sebagai sekatan but, atau volum but. Untuk menentukan jika volum tersebut " -"boleh dibut, lihat pada Bendera Sekatan di dalam utiliti cakera. " -"Media luaran seperti pemacu USB dan CD mungkin mengandungi volum boleh but." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6707,18 +6750,18 @@ msgstr "Tetapkan kecerahan skrin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Pilih Kecerahan & Kunci." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Laras pelungsur Kecerahan kepada nilai yang sesuai." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6729,7 +6772,7 @@ "fungsi dibahagian atas. Tahan kekunci Fn untuk guna kekunci ini." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6742,7 +6785,7 @@ "kuasa bateri anda sebelum ia perlu dicas semula." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6776,15 +6819,21 @@ "melaras tetapan:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "Klik nama anda pada palang menu dan pilih Tetapan Sistem." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Buka Paparan." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6806,7 +6855,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6816,7 +6865,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6826,7 +6875,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6836,7 +6885,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6870,7 +6919,7 @@ "serta-merta, atau anda hendak laras sendiri tetapan:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6883,7 +6932,7 @@ "yang anda mahu tetapkan sebagai monitor \"utama\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6892,12 +6941,12 @@ "Pelancar kepada Semua Paparan." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Pinggir Melekat" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6912,7 +6961,7 @@ "berikutnya atau sebaliknya." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6951,19 +7000,15 @@ "skrin secara automatik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Pastikan Kunci dihidupkan, kemudian pilih had masa tamat dari " -"senarai tarik-turun dibawah. Skrin akan dikunci secara automatik selepas " -"tidak aktif. anda juga boleh pilih Matikan skrin untuk kunci " -"skrin selepas skrin dimatikan secara automatik, kawal dengan senarai tarik-" -"turun Matikan skrin bila tidak aktif selepas diatas." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6977,7 +7022,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7019,7 +7064,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7056,17 +7101,17 @@ "dapat letak koleksi di dalam koleksi." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Untuk memadam koleksi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Dalam mod pemilihan, tanda koleksi yang akan dipadam." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7091,12 +7136,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7389,7 +7433,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Gelintar fail" @@ -7656,13 +7699,13 @@ "pelbagai jenis peranti:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Pilih PerincianMedia Mudah Alih." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7673,7 +7716,7 @@ "jenis peranti dan media yang berlainan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7684,7 +7727,7 @@ "perlu dibuat, jika tidak tiada apa akan berlaku secara automatik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7699,7 +7742,7 @@ "cakera disisipkan (contohnya, paparan slaid)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7714,7 +7757,7 @@ "melalui tarik-turun Tindakan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7725,17 +7768,17 @@ "penyisipan media dibahagian bawah tetingkap Media Boleh Alih." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Jenis peranti dan media" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Cakera audio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7749,12 +7792,12 @@ "boleh memainkannya dalam mana-mana aplikasi pemain audio yang ada." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Cakera video" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7768,12 +7811,12 @@ "xref=\"video-dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Cakera kosong" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7782,12 +7825,12 @@ "cakera untuk CD kosong, DVD kosong, cakera Blu-ray kosong, dan DVD HD kosong." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Kamera dan foto" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7800,7 +7843,7 @@ "boleh melayari foto anda dengan hanya menggunakan pengurus fail." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7812,12 +7855,12 @@ "yang dikenal sebagai PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Pemain muzik" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7826,12 +7869,12 @@ "muzik mudah alih anda, atau urus fail tersebut sendiri melalui pengurus fail." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Pembaca e-buku" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7842,12 +7885,12 @@ "sendiri melalui pengurus fail." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Perisian" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7861,7 +7904,7 @@ "untuk dapat pengesahan sebelum sesebuah perisian dijalankan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" "Jangan sesekali menjalankan perisian dari media yang anda tidak percaya." @@ -7879,15 +7922,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Guna pengurus fail Fail untuk melayar dan mengurus fail yang ada " -"di dalam komputer anda. Anda juga boleh gunakannya untuk mengurus fail yang " -"ada di dalam peranti storan (seperti cakera keras luaran), pada pelayan fail, dan perkongsian rangkaian." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7911,18 +7950,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Didalam pengurus fail, dwi-klik mana-mana folder untuk melihat kandungannya, " -"dan dwi-klik mana-mana fail untuk membukanya dengan aplikasi lalai bagi fail " -"tersebut. Anda juga boleh mengklik-kanan folder untuk membukanya dalam tab " -"baharu atau tetingkap baharu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7937,37 +7987,33 @@ "tetingkap baru, salin atau alih ia, ataupun capai sifatnya." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Jika anda mahu langkau secara pantas fail di dalam sesebuah folder, mulakan " -"menaip namanya. Satu kotak gelintar akan muncul dibahagian atas tetingkap " -"dan fail pertama yang sepadan dengan penggelintaran anda akan disorot. Tekan " -"kekunci anak panah, atau tatal dengan tetikus, untuk langkau ke fail sepadan " -"yang berikutnya." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Anda juga boleh mencapai tempat umum secara pantas melalui palang " -"sisi. Jika palang sisi tiada, klik butang turun di dalam palang alat dan klik " -"Tunjuk Palang Sisi. Anda boleh tambah tanda buku padao folder " -"yang anda kerap guna dan ia akan muncul di dalam palang sisi. Guna menu " -"Tanda Buku untuk membuatnya, atau hanya seret folder tersebut ke " -"dalam palang sisi." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8421,6 +8467,9 @@ "installed by default, but you can install " "it from the Ubuntu package archive." msgstr "" +"Bagi projek rakaman CD/DVD lanjutan, cuba Brasero. Ia tidak " +"dipasang secara lalai, tetapi anda boleh pasang ia menerusi arkib pakej Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:77 @@ -8428,6 +8477,8 @@ "For help with using Brasero, read the user guide." msgstr "" +"Bagi bantuan penggunaan Brasero, sila rujuk panduan pengguna." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-disc-write.page:82 @@ -8658,18 +8709,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Anda perlu menamakan semula fail dengan cara itu supaya ia dapat " -"disembunyikan. Fail yang bermula dengan tanda . atau berakhir " -"dengan tanda ~ disembunyikan dalam pengurus fail. Klik butang " -"bawah pada palang " -"alat pengurus fail dan klik Tunjuk Fail Tersembunyi untuk " -"paparkannya. Sila rujuk untuk ketahui lebih " -"lanjut." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9270,166 +9313,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Dapatkan fail berdasarkan nama fail dan jenisnya. Simpan penggelintaran anda " -"untuk kegunaan lain." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Anda boleh menggelintar fail berdasarkan nama atau jenis fail mereka secara " -"langsung di dalam pengurus fail. Anda juga boleh menyimpan penggelintaran " -"umum, dan ia akan muncul sebagai fail khas dalam folder rumah anda." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Aplikasi gelintar lain" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Gelintar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Buka pengurus fail" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Jika anda tahu fail yang anda hendak di dalam folder tertentu, pergi ke " -"folder tersebut." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Klik pada kanta pembesar di palang alat, atau tekan " -"CtrlF." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Taip perkataan yang anda tahu pada nama fail tersebut. Contohnya, jika anda " -"namakan semua invois anda dengan perkataan \"Invois\", taip " -"invois. Tekan Enter. Perkataan akan dipadankan " -"tanpa mengikut huruf besar atau huruf kecil." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "" -"Anda boleh kecilkan keputusan anda berdasarkan lokasi dan jenis fail." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Klik Rumah untuk hadkan keputusan gelintar hanya pada folder " -"Rumah anda, atau Semua Fail untuk gelintar dimana " -"sahaja." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 -msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." -msgstr "" -"Klik + dan pilih Jenis Fail dari senarai tarik-turun " -"untuk kecilkan keputusan gelintar berdasarkan jenis fail. Klik butang " -"x untuk buang pilihan ini dan luaskan keputusan gelintar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Anda boleh buka, salin, padam, atau teruskan kerja anda dengan fail hasil " -"gelintar, sepertimana anda buka melalui folder dalam pengurus fail." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Klik kanta pembesar pada palang alat sekali dan lagi untuk keluar dari " -"gelintar dan kembali ke folder." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Jika anda selalu buat pengelintaran, anda boleh simpan ia untuk mencapainya " -"dengan pantas." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Simpan gelintaran" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Mulakan gelintar seperti di atas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Bila anda puas hati dengan parameter gelintar, klik Fail pada " -"palang menu dan pilih Simpan Gelintar Sebagai...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Berikan nama gelintar dan klik Simpan. Jika anda mahu, pilih " -"folder lain untuk simpan gelintar tersebut. Bila anda lihat folder tersebut, " -"anda akan lihat gelintar tersimpan sebagai ikon folder berwarna jingga " -"dengan kanta pembesar di atasnya." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Untuk membuang fail gelintar bila anda tidak mahu menggunakannya, hanya " -"padam fail gelintar sepertimana anda " -"memadam fail lain. Bila anda memadam gelintar tersimpan, ia tidak akan padam " -"fail sebenar yang digelintar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10393,7 +10376,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Dalam bahagian Perkakasan, klik Papan Kekunci." @@ -10411,22 +10394,22 @@ "berkelip" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Tambah sumber input dan tukar diantara mereka." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Guna sumber input alternatif" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10443,25 +10426,46 @@ "anda selalu menukar diantara bahasa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " "input sources you can choose between enable such a method. More about that " "in the section Complex input methods." msgstr "" +"Sesetengah bahasa, seperti Bahasa Cina dan Bahasa Korea, memerlukan kaedah " +"input yang lebih kompleks berbanding kekunci ringkas untuk pemetaan aksara. " +"Oleh itu, sesetengah sumber input dapat anda pilih untuk dibenarkan. " +"Maklumat lanjut beradda dalam seksyen Kaedah input " +"kompleks." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Tambah sumber input" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Dalam seksyen Peribadi, klik Masukan Teks." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Klik butang +, pilih satu sumber input, dan klik " +"Tambah." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10470,35 +10474,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Anda boleh pratonton imej bagi mana-mana bentangan dengan memilih ia di " -"dalam senarai dan mengklik pratonton." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Dalam seksyen Peribadi, klik Masukan Teks." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Klik butang +, pilih satu sumber input, dan klik " -"Tambah." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10513,7 +10498,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10522,8 +10507,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click keutamaan untuk mencapai dialog keutamaan " "kaedah jika ada." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Penunjuk sumber input" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10558,12 +10553,12 @@ "anda mahu gunakan." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Pintasan papan kekunci" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10576,7 +10571,7 @@ "key\">SuperSpace, tetapi anda boleh mengubahnya:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10585,7 +10580,7 @@ "menggunakan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10594,14 +10589,14 @@ "kekunci yang anda mahu guna sebagai pintasan baharu." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Tetapkan sumber input untuk semua tetingkap atau secara individu bagi setiap " "tetingkap" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10617,7 +10612,7 @@ "akan diingati setiap kali anda tukar diantara tetingkap." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10626,77 +10621,97 @@ "pilih ia menggunakan sumber tetingkap yang terakhir anda gunakan." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kaedah input kompleks" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " "Japanese, Korean and Vietnamese." msgstr "" +"Rangka kerja untuk kaedah input adalah IBus dan Fcitx. " +"Yang terakhir merupakan rangka kerja lalai untuk Ubuntu bagi bahasa Cina, " +"Jepun, Korea dan Vietnam." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " "suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable." msgstr "" +"Pilihan sumber input dengan kaedah input hanya tersedia jika enjin kaedah " +"input berkaitan (IM) dipasang. Bila anda memasang satu bahasa, satu enjin IM " +"yang sesuai dipasang secara automatik jika ada." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"Sebagai contoh, untuk penyediaan menaip dalam Korea (Hangul) dalam sistem " +"Bahasa Inggeris, ikut langkah-langkah berikut:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" +"Pasang Bahasa Korea. Salah satu " +"daripada pakej dipasang ialah fcitx-hangul, sebuah enjin IM Hangul " +"bagi Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tutup Sokongan Bahasa dan buka ia sekali lagi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" +"Pilih fcitx sebagai Sistem kaedah input papan kekunci" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Daftar keluar dan daftar masuk masuk sekali lagi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" +"Klik butang + dan pilih Hangul (Fcitx), kemudian klik " +"Tambah." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" +"Ini akan menjadikan Hangul tersedia dalam penunjuk sumber input " +"sistem Fcxit dalam palang menu. (Reka bentuk berbeza dari IBus yang setara.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can install the IBus or Fcitx IM engine of your choice " "separately." msgstr "" +"JIka anda menyukai lain-lain enjin IM berbanding yang telah dipasang secara " +"automatik bila anda memasang bahasa, anda boleh memasang enjin IM IBus atau Fcitx mengikut citarasa anda " +"secara berasingan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-nav.page:21 @@ -11094,7 +11109,7 @@ "skrin untuk masukkan teks." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Hidupakan Pembantu Menaip untuk paparkan papan kekunci skrin." @@ -11128,7 +11143,7 @@ "ulangan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11137,7 +11152,7 @@ "lumpuhkan kekunci berulangan sepenuhnya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11167,12 +11182,12 @@ "kekunci:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Buka Papan Kekunci dan pilih tab Pintasan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11183,7 +11198,7 @@ "Pemecut baru…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11192,17 +11207,17 @@ "untuk kosongkan." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Pintasan suai" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Untuk mencipta pintasan papan kekunci anda sendiri:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11213,7 +11228,7 @@ "Tetingkap Pintasan Suai akan muncul." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11226,7 +11241,7 @@ "Muzik dan guna perintah rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11236,7 +11251,7 @@ "yang dikehendaki." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11249,7 +11264,7 @@ "nama yang sama dengan aplikasi tersebut." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11381,15 +11396,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Penyelesaiannya, klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pergi ke " -"Tetapan Sistem. Dibahagian Perkakasan, pilih Paparan. " -"Cuba beberapa pilihan Resolusi dan tetapkan mana-mana yang serasi " -"dengan skrin anda." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11432,19 +11444,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Klik ikon pada sebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " -"Sistem. Buka Paparan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Nyahtanda Paparan Cermin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11478,16 +11489,7 @@ "diputar) dengan menukar putaran." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " -"Sistem." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11497,12 +11499,12 @@ "dalam kawasan pratonton." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Pilih resolusi dan putaran yang anda kehendaki." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11516,7 +11518,7 @@ "Ini." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11527,12 +11529,12 @@ "Jika ia tidak berlaku, hanya klik Kesan Paparan." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolusi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11549,7 +11551,7 @@ "berformat 4:3 untuk menghindari herotan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Putaran" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11749,17 +11751,17 @@ "patut tingkatkan had masa tamat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Buka Tetikus & Pad Sentuh." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11768,7 +11770,7 @@ "yang anda rasakan sesuai." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11779,7 +11781,7 @@ "bulatan didalam." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11794,8 +11796,8 @@ "sama ada masalah yang sama berulang." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11823,7 +11825,7 @@ "anda untuk jadikannya lebih selesa untuk pengguna kidal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11848,62 +11850,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Kebanyakan tetikus dan beberapa pad sentuh mempunyai butang tetikus tengah. " -"Pada tetikus dengan roda tatal, anda tekan terus pada roda tatal untuk klik-" -"tengah. Jika anda tidak mempunyai butang tetikus tengah, anda boleh tekan " -"butang tetikus kiri dan kanan pada masa yang sama untuk lakukan klik-tengah. " -"Jika anda tidak boleh mengklik-tengah dengan cara ini anda boleh cuba arahan ini." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." -msgstr "" -"Pada pad sentuh yang menyokong tap jari-berbilang, anda boleh tap dengan " -"tiga jari serentak untuk lakukan klik-tengah. Anda perlu benarkan mengklik tap dalam tetapan pad sentuh " -"supaya ia berfungsi." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Kebanyakan aplikasi menggunakan klik-tengah untuk pintasan klik lanjutan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Satu pintasan umum ialah tampal teks terpilih. (Ia kadangkala dikenali " -"sebagai tampal pemilihan utama). Pilih teka yang anda hendak tampal, " -"kemudian pergi ke tempat yang anda hendak tampalkan dan klik-tengah. Teks " -"yang terpilih akan ditampal pada kedudukan tetikus." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Menampal teks dengan butang tengah tetikus anda adalah berbeza dari papan " -"keratan biasa. Memilih teks tidak menyalin ia ke papan keratan anda. Kaedah " -"pantas menampal hanya berfungsi dengam butang tengah tetikus." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11930,22 +11916,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Kebanyakan pelayar sesawang membenarkan anda buka pautan dalam tab secara " -"pantas dengan butang tengah tetikus. Hanya klik mana-mana pautan dengan " -"butang tengah tetikus anda, dan ia akan dibuka dalam tab baru. Berhati-hati " -"mengklik pautan dalam pelayar sesawang Firefox. Dalam " -"Firefox, jika anda klik-tengah dimana sahaja kecuali pada pautan, " -"ia akan cuba muatkan teks terpilih anda sebagai URL, sebagaimana anda guna " -"klik-tengah untuk tampal ia ke palang lokasi dan menekan kekunci " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11963,13 +11940,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Beberapa aplikasi khas membenarkan anda guna butang tengah tetikus untuk " -"fungsi lain. Gelintar bantuan aplikasi anda mengenai klik-tengah " -"atau butang tetikus tengah." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11992,8 +11966,13 @@ "kawal penuding tetikus menggunakan pad kekunci numerik pada papan kekunci " "anda. Fitur ini dikenali sebagai kekunci tetikus." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12002,7 +11981,7 @@ "membuka Pemuka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12011,21 +11990,19 @@ "membuka tetapan Capaian Universal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Tekan Tab sekali untuk memilih tab Melihat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Tekan ← sekali untuk tukar ke tab Menuding dan " -"Mengklik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12034,7 +12011,7 @@ "kemudian tekan Enter untuk hidupkannya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12043,74 +12020,258 @@ "penuding tetikus menggunakan pad kekunci." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Arahan ini menyediakan cara terpantas untuk membenarkan kekunci tetikus " -"hanya menggunakan papan kekunci. Pilih Tetapan Capaian Universal " -"untuk melihat pilihan lanjutan kebolehcapaian." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Pad kekunci ialah set butang numerik pada papan kekunci anda, biasanya " -"disusun dalam bentuk grid segiempat. Jika anda mempunyai papan kekunci tanpa " -"pad kekunci (seperti papan kekunci komputer riba), anda perlu tahan kekunci " -"fungsi (Fn) dan guna kekunci lain pada papan kekunci anda sebagai " -"papan kekunci. Jika anda kerap guna fitur ini pada komputer riba, anda boleh " -"beli pad kekunci USB luaran." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Setiap nombor pada pad kekunci berkaitan dengan arah. Contoh, menekan " -"8 akan gerak penuding ke atas dan menekan 2 akan gerak " -"ke bawah. Tekan kekunci 5 untuk klik sekali dengan tetikus, atau " -"tekan pantas dua kali untuk dwi-klik." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"Kebanyakan papan kekunci mempunyai kekunci khas yang membolehkan anda " -"mengklik-kanan; ia biasanya berhampiran dengan space bar. Perhatian, kekunci " -"ini bertindakbalas mengikut tempat papan kekunci anda fokuskan, bukan pada " -"penuding tetikus. Rujuk untuk maklumat " -"lanjut bagaimana hendak mengklik-kanan dengan menahan kekunci 5 " -"atau butang tetikus kiri." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Jika anda hendak guna pad kekunci untuk menaip nombor ketika kekunci tetikus " -"dibenarkan, hidupkan Num Lock/ Tetikus tidak boleh dikawal dengan " -"pad kekunci bila Num Lock dihidupkan." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Jika anda hendak guna pad kekunci untuk menaip nombor ketika kekunci tetikus " +"dibenarkan, hidupkan Num Lock/ Tetikus tidak boleh dikawal dengan " +"pad kekunci bila Num Lock dihidupkan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -12360,7 +12521,7 @@ "penuding untuk peranti ini." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12369,7 +12530,7 @@ "adalah selesa." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12382,8 +12543,7 @@ "kedua-dua bahagian Tetikus danPad Sentuh." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12405,90 +12565,72 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Anda boleh klik, dwi-klik, seret, dan tatal hanya guna pad sentuh anda, " -"tanpa butang perkakasan yang berasingan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Dalam bahagian Pad Sentuh, tanda Ketuk untuk klik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Untuk klik, hanya tap pada pad sentuh." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Untuk dwi-klik, tap dua kali." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Untuk menyeret item, dwi-tap tetapi jangan lepas jari anda selepas tap " -"kedua. Seret item ditempat yang anda hendak lepaskan, kemudian lepas jari " -"anda untuk lepaskannya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Jika pad sentuh anda menyokong tap jari-berbilang, klik-kanan dengan tap " -"menggunakan dua jari secara serentak. Jika tidak, anda perlu guna butang " -"perkakasan untuk klik-kanan. Rujuk untuk " -"kaedah mengklik-kanan tanpa butang tetikus kedua." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Jika pad sentuh anda menyokong tap jari-berbilang, klik-tengah dengan tap tiga jari secara serentak." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Bila membuat tap atau menyeret dengan jari berbilang, pastikan jari anda " -"dijarakkan. Jika jari anda terlalu rapat, komputer anda mungkin menganggap " -"ia adalah satu jari." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Penatalan dua jari" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Anda boleh tatal melalui pad sentuh menggunakan dua jari." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" "Dalam bahagian Pad Sentuh, tanda Penatalan dua jari." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12506,17 +12648,17 @@ "jari yang besar diatas pad sentuh anda." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Penatalan dua-jari tidak semestinya berfungsi pada semua pad sentuh." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Kandungan melekat dengan jari" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12525,7 +12667,7 @@ "pad sentuh." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12534,7 +12676,7 @@ "jari." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12573,6 +12715,9 @@ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " "touchpad with your palm while typing." msgstr "" +"Pad sentuh komputer riba kadang kala bertindak lambat setelah anda berhenti " +"menaip sebelum ia mula berfungsi semula. Ia bertujuan untuk menghindari anda " +"tersentuh pad sentuhan secara tidak sengaja semasa anda menaip." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14 @@ -13060,8 +13205,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Tambah, padam, dan nama semula tanda buku dalam pengurus fail." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13070,80 +13215,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Tanda buku anda disenarai pada palang sisi pengurus fail." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Tambah tanda buku:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Buka folder (atau lokasi) yang mana anda hendak tanda bukukan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Klik Tanda Buku dalam palang menu dan pilih Tanda buku " -"lokasi ini." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Padam tanda buku:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Klik Tanda Buku dalam palang menu dan pilih Tanda " -"Buku... dari menu apl." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Dalam tetingkap Tanda Buku, pilih tanda buku yang anda mahu padam " -"dan klik butang -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Nama semula tanda buku:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Klik pada Fail pada palang atas dan pilih Tanda Buku " -"melalui menu apl." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Dalam tetingkap Tanda Buku, pilih tanda buku yang anda mahu " -"namakan semula." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Dalam kotak teks Nama, taip nama baru tanda buku." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13767,7 +13903,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lokasi" @@ -13970,7 +14106,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Tiada" @@ -14097,7 +14233,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:51 msgid "Shows when the file was last modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tunjuk bila kali terakhir fail diubah." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:54 @@ -14127,17 +14263,17 @@ "kumpulan berdasarkan jabatan atau projek." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Keizinan" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Paparkan keizinan capaian fail cth. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14146,7 +14282,7 @@ "biasa dan d bermaksud direktori (folder)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14155,7 +14291,7 @@ "yang memilik fail tersebut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14164,7 +14300,7 @@ "yang memiliki fail tersebut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14173,42 +14309,42 @@ "semua pengguna lain dalam sistem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Setiap aksara mempunyai makna berikut:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Keizinan baca." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Keizinan tulis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Keizinan lakukan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Tiada keizinan." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Jenis MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Paparkan jenis MIME item." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Laluan ke lokasi fail" @@ -14552,17 +14688,21 @@ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in Ubuntu " "Software where a number of applications are available." msgstr "" +"Jika anda mahu lebih-selamat, atau jika anda mahu memeriksa virus dalam fail " +"ketika memindahnya dengan rakan anda ataupun anda sendiri yang menggunakan " +"Windows atau Mac OS, anda masih boleh memasang perisian anti-virus. Sila " +"periksa Perisian Ubuntu dimana terdapat sebilangan aplikasi yang " +"disediakan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14575,7 +14715,7 @@ msgstr "Pasukan Dokumentasi Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Pelayar Sesawang" @@ -14634,6 +14774,12 @@ "or choose Empathy from the Messaging menu." msgstr "" +"Empathy tidak dipasang secara lalai dalam Ubuntu, tetapi anda boleh memasangnya melalui arkib pakej Ubuntu. Mulakan " +"Pemesejan Segera Empathy menerusi Pemuka, Pelancar " +"atau pilih Empathy menerusi Menu pemesejan." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:39 @@ -14894,8 +15040,8 @@ "ubah pelayar sesawang lalai:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14904,7 +15050,7 @@ "disebelah kiri tetingkap." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14913,7 +15059,7 @@ "Sesawang." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14955,7 +15101,7 @@ "dibuka. Anda boleh baiki masalah ini dengan menukar aplikasi mel lalai:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15072,7 +15218,7 @@ msgstr "Cari alamat IP (rangkaian) dalaman anda" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15083,18 +15229,18 @@ "rangkaian yang anda mahu dapatkan alamat IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Alamat IP dalaman anda akan terpapar di dalam senarai maklumat." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Cari alamat IP (internet) luaran anda" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15103,12 +15249,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Laman akan paparkan alamat IP luaran anda untuk anda." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15119,42 +15265,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Anda boleh kawal program yang manakah boleh capai rangkaian. Ia membantu " -"anda pastikan komputer anda selamat." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Benarkan atau halang capaian dinding api" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu dilengkapi dengan Dinding Api yang Mudah (ufw) " -"tetapi dinding api ini dilumpuhkan secara lalai. Kerana Ubuntu tidak " -"mempunyai perkhidmatan rangkaian terbuka (kecuali untuk kemudahan rangkaian " -"asas) dalam pemasangan lalai, dinding api tidak diperlukan untuk menghalang " -"sambungan hasad yang cuba masuk ke dalam komputer anda." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Untuk maklumat lanjut bagaimana hendak guna ufw, rujuk dokumentasi luar " -"talian." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15165,10 +15302,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Untuk hidupkan dinding api, taip sudo ufw enable dalam terminal. " -"Untuk matikan ufw, taip sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15181,14 +15316,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15196,9 +15331,15 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Setiap program menyediakan perkhidmatan yang menggunakan port " +"rangkaian khusus. Untuk membenarkan capaian ke perkhidmatan program " +"tersebut, anda perlu benarkan capaian ke port tersebut di dalam dinding api. " +"Untuk membenarkan sambungan pada port 53, masukkan sudo ufw allow " +"53 di dalam terminal. Untuk menyekat port 53 pula, masukkan sudo " +"ufw deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15207,12 +15348,12 @@ "terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Guna ufw tanpa terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15223,7 +15364,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">pautan ini." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15498,30 +15639,28 @@ msgstr "Istilah & petua perangkaian" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Anda perlu pasang Flash supaya dapat melihat laman sesawang seperti YouTube, " -"yang mana papar video dan laman sesawang interaktif." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Pasang pemalam Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15531,64 +15670,109 @@ "memberitahu anda ia memerlukannya. Flash tersedia untuk dimuat turun secara " "percuma (tetapi bukan bersumber terbuka) untuk kebanyakan pelayar sesawang." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Bagaimana hendak pasang Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" +"Sila pastikan repositori " +"Rakan Canonical diaktifkan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" +"Pasang pakej adobe-flashplugin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Jika anda sudah membuka tetingkap pelayar sesawang, tutup ia dan buka sekali-" -"lagi. Pelayar sesawang akan kesan Flash sudah dipasang bilamana anda membuka " -"ia semula, dan kini anda boleh melihat laman sesawang yang menggunakan Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Bantu pelayar anda supaya dapat membuka laman sesawang yang memerlukan Java." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Pasang pemalam pelayar Java" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Sesetengah laman sesawang menggunakan program Java, yang mana " -"memerlukan pemalam Java terpasang supaya dapat dijalankan." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Pasang pakej icedtea6-plugin untuk " -"melihat program Java programs dalam pelayar anda." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15880,6 +16064,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Klik Tambah." @@ -16138,12 +16323,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Mencarisilapan sambungan tanpa " -"wayar, mencari rangkaian wifi " -"anda…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16193,7 +16375,7 @@ msgstr "Ubah kaedah proksi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16202,13 +16384,13 @@ "senarai pada sisi kiri tetingkap." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "Pilih kaedah proksi yang anda hendak guna mengikut kaedah berikut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16218,13 +16400,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16235,12 +16417,12 @@ "SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatik" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16249,7 +16431,7 @@ "sistem anda." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16605,6 +16787,12 @@ "and search for the network-manager package which works with your " "VPN (if there is one) and install it." msgstr "" +"Terdapat sebilangan jenis VPN yang berbeza. Anda boleh memasang beberapa " +"perisian tambahan yang bergantung pada jenis VPN yang anda hubungkan. " +"Ketahui perincian sambungan daripada seseorang yang mengendalikan VPN dan " +"ketahui klien VPN manakah perlu digunakane. Kemudian, buka " +"Perisian Ubuntu dan gelintar pakej network-manager " +"yang dapat berfungsi dengan VPN anda (jika ada) dan pasangkannya." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34 @@ -16825,15 +17013,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Sambung ke wifi, Rangkaian tersembunyi, Sunting tetapan sambungan, Diputuskan…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16858,64 +17042,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Anda boleh jadikan komputer anda sebagai titik panas tanpa wayar. Ia " -"membolehkan peranti lain sambung kepada anda tanpa rangkaian yang " -"berasingan, dan membolehkan anda berkongsi sambungan internet yang anda buat " -"dengan antaramuka lain, seperti rangkaian berwayar atau melalui rangkaian " -"selular." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Buka Rangkaian dan pilih Tanpa Wayar disebelah kiri." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Klik butang Guna sebagai Titik Panas." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Jika anda sudah bersambung ke rangkaian tanpa wayar, anda akan ditanya jika " -"anda mahu putuskan dari rangkaian tersebut. Penyesuai tanpa wayar tunggal " -"hanya boleh sambung atau cipta satu rangkaian pada satu masa. Klik " -"Cipta Titik Panas untuk disahkan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Nama rangkaian (SSID) dan kunci keselamatan dijana secara automatik. Nama " -"rangkaian akan berasaskan nama komputer anda. Peranti lain perlukan maklumat " -"ini supaya dapat bersambung ke titik panas yang baru anda cipta." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Klik menu rangkaian pada palang menu dan nyahtanda Benarkan Tanpa Wayar." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Matikan tanpa wayar (mod kapal terbang)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16928,35 +17100,26 @@ "(contoh, untuk menjimatkan kuasa). Untuk lakukannya:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Klik menu rangkaian pada palang menu dan jangan tanda " -"Benarkan Tanpa Wayar. Ia akan matikan sambungan tanpa wayar " -"sehinggalah anda hidupkannya semula." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Untuk hidupkan semula tanpa wayar, klik menu rangkaian pada " -"palang menu dan pilih Benarkan Tanpa Wayar supaya ia mempunyai " -"tanda semak dihadapannya." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Komputer riba anda masih bersiaran jika anda tidak matikan Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16991,11 +17154,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Klik menu rangkaian dalam palang menu, dan klik pada " -"nama rangkaian yang anda hendak sambungkan." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17224,29 +17385,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Ketahui apakah maskud pilihan pada skrin penyuntingan sambungan tanpa wayar." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Edit sambungan tanpa wayar" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Topik ini menerangkan semua pilihan yang tersedia bila anda menyunitng " -"sambungan rangkaian tanpa wayar. Untuk menyunting sambungan, klik menu " -"rangkaian dalam palang menu dan pilih Sunting Sambungan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17257,17 +17414,17 @@ "disediakan supaya anda dapat mengawal rangkaian lanjutan dengan lebih baik ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Tersedia untuk semua pengguna / Sambung secara automatik" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Sambungan secara automatik" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17276,64 +17433,50 @@ "wayar ini bilamana ia berada dalam julat capaiannya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Jika beberapa rangkaian tidak ditetapkan untuk sambung secara automatik jika " -"berada didalam julat capaiannya, komputer akan menyambung yang pertama " -"dipaparkan dalam tab Tanpa Wayar didalam tetingkap Sambungan " -"Rangkaian. Ia tidak akan putus dari satu rangkaian dan sambung ke " -"rangkaian lain jika ia tiba-tiba berada didalam julat capaiannya." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Tersedia untuk semua pengguna" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Tanda ini jika anda ingin semua pengguna komputer anda yang mempunyai " -"capaian ke rangkaian tanpa wayar ini. Jika rangkaian mempunyai Kata laluan WEP/WPA maka anda perlu " -"tanda pilihan ini, anda hanya perlu masukkan kata laluan sekali sahaja. " -"Semua pengguna lain dalam komputer anda boleh menyambung ke rangkaian tanpa " -"mengetahui kata laluan tersebut" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Jika ia ditanda, anda perlu menjadi pentadbir untuk menukar sebarang tetapan dalam rangkaian " -"ini. Anda akan ditanya kata laluan pentadbir anda." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Tanpa Wayar" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17346,12 +17489,12 @@ "tetapan penghala atau stesen pangkalan tanpa wayar anda)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mod" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17369,56 +17512,41 @@ "rangkaian ad-hoc anda sendiri jika mahu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"IJika anda pilih Ad-hoc, terdapat dua pilihan lain iaitu, " -"Jalur dan Saluran. Ia tentukan jalur frekuensi tanpa " -"wayar yang manakah rangkaian tanpa wayar ad-hoc akan beroperasi. Sesetengah " -"komputer hanya boleh berfungsi pada jalur tertentu (contohnya, hanya jalur " -"A atau hanya jalur B/G), maka anda perlu pilih jalur " -"yang mana semua komputer dalam rangkaian ad-hoc dapat gunakan. Di tempat " -"yang sibuk, mungkin terdapat beberapa rangkaian tnapa wayar yang bersambung " -"dengan saluran yang sama; ia akan melembabkan sambungan anda, oleh itu anda " -"juga boleh mengubah saluran yang anda hendak gunakan." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Ini adalah Pengenalpasti Set Perkhidmatan. SSID (rujuk diatas) " -"adalah nama rangkaian yang mana manusia dapat membacanya; BSSID adalah nama " -"yang mana komputer dapat memahaminya (ia adalah satu rentetan huruf dan " -"angka yang unik pada rangkaian tanpa wayar tersebut). Jika rangkaian adalah tersembunyi, ia tidak akan " -"mempunyai SSID tetapi ia hanya mempunyai BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Alamat MAC peranti" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17432,41 +17560,35 @@ "kepadanya semasa dihasilkan didalam kilang." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Pilihan ini boleh digunakan untuk menukar alamat MAC kad rangkaian anda." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Alamat MAC Klon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Perkakasan rangkaian anda (kad tanpa wayar) mempunyai alamat MAC yang " -"berbeza. Ia berguna jika anda mempunyai peranti atau perkhidmatan yang akan " -"hanya berkomunikasi dengan alamat MAC tertentu (contohnya, modem jalur lebar " -"berkabel). Jika anda masukkan alamat MAC kedalam kotak alamat MAC " -"klon, peranti/perkhidmatan akan mengganggap komputer anda mempunyai " -"alamat MAC klon berbanding yang sebenar." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17483,54 +17605,45 @@ "pantaskah sambungan tersebut. Amnya, anda tidak perlu ubah tetapan ini." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Keselamatan tanpa wayar" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Keselamatan" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Ia takrifkan apakah penyulitan rangkaian tanpa wayar anda gunakan. " -"Sambungan tersulit membantu anda lindungi sambungan tanpa wayar daripada " -"dicerobohi, jadi orang lain tidak dapat \"mendengar\" dan melihat laman " -"sesawang yang anda lawati dan berikutnya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Sesetengah jenis penyulitan adalah lebih kuat berbanding yang lain, tetapi " -"mungkin tidak disokog oleh peralatan perangkaian tanpa wayar yang lama. Anda " -"perlu taip kata laluan untuk sambungan; jenis keselamatan yang lebih canggih " -"yang mana perlukan nama pengguna dan \"sijil\" digital. Rujuk untuk maklumat lanjut mengenai jenis " -"penyulitan tanpa wayar yang popular." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Tetapan IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17541,17 +17654,17 @@ "cara yang berlainan untuk dapatkan/tetapkan maklumat tersebut." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Kaedah berikut disediakan:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatik (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17567,37 +17680,32 @@ "betul. Kebanyakan rangkaian menggunakan DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatik (DHCP) alamat sahaja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Jika anda pilih tetapan ini, komputer anda akan memperoleh alamat IPnya " -"melalui pelayan DHCP, tetapi anda perlu takrif perincian lain secara manual " -"(seperti pelayan DNS yang manakah hendak digunakan)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Pilih pilihan ini jika anda hendak takrifkan semua tetapan rangkaian secara " -"manual, termasuklah alamat IP komputer yang hendak digunakan." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Link-Local Only" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17614,39 +17722,41 @@ "beberapa komputer supaya ia dapat berkomunikasi diantara satu sama lain." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Dilumpuhkan" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Pilihan ini akan lumpuhkan sambungan rangkaian dan halang anda dari " -"menyambung kepadanya. Perhatian IPv4 dan IPv6 dianggap " -"sebagai sambungan yang berasingan walaupun ia berasal dari kad rangkaian " -"yang sama. Jika anda telah benarkan salah satu daripadanya, anda perlu " -"lumpuhkan yang lain." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Tetapan IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Ia serupa dengan tab IPv4 kecuali ia mengurus piawaian IPv6 yang " -"lebih baru. Rangkaian yang lebih modern gunakan IPv6, tetapi IPv4 masih lagi " -"popular buat masa ini." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17730,23 +17840,19 @@ "tersembunyi." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Klik menu rangkaian pada palang menu dan pilih Sambung ke " -"Rangkaian Tanpa Wayar Tersembunyi." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Sambung ke rangkaian tanpa wayar tersembunyi" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17762,6 +17868,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17769,7 +17882,7 @@ "tanpa wayar, dan klik Sambung." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17782,7 +17895,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17791,7 +17904,7 @@ "istilah seperti WEP atau WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18000,7 +18113,7 @@ msgstr "Membuat semakan modem dan penghala anda" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18011,12 +18124,12 @@ "memimpin anda melalui setiap langkah dalam panduan ini." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Menggunakan baris perintah" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18027,7 +18140,7 @@ "Pemuka." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18135,7 +18248,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54 msgid "In the System section, click Software & Updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dalam seksyen Sistem, klik Perisian & Kemaskini." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:57 @@ -18224,6 +18337,10 @@ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " "lshw into the terminal." msgstr "" +"Buka tetingkap Terminal, taip sudo lshw -C network dan ketik " +"Enter. Jika ia menimbulkan mesej ralat, anda boleh pasang program " +"lshw dalam komputer anda dengan menaip sudo apt install " +"lshw ke dalam terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 @@ -18669,6 +18786,9 @@ "Open the Terminal and run the command nmcli dev to see if your " "wireless network adapter is listed. Its state should be connected." msgstr "" +"Buka Terminal dan jalankan perintah nmcli dev untuk melihat sama " +"ada penyesuai rangkaian tanpa wayar anda tersenarai. Jika ada keadaannya " +"adalah bersambung." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:50 @@ -18693,6 +18813,8 @@ "to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " "troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" +"Jika perintah nmcli dev tidak menunjukkan anda bersambung dengan " +"rangkaian, klik Berikutnya untuk terus ke panduan pencarisilapan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 @@ -19396,12 +19518,12 @@ "terutamanya jika ia berada didalam ruang yang sempit seperti beg." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Didalam seksyen Perkakasan, klik Kuasa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19564,11 +19686,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Taip sudo pm-hibernate didalam terminal dan tekan " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19587,13 +19707,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:80 msgid "If hibernate doesn't work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sekiranya hibernasi tidak berfungsi:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:83 msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Periksa sama ada sekatan silih sekurang-kurangnya sebesar RAM anda." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -19603,6 +19723,10 @@ "removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " "btrfs-tools package:" msgstr "" +"Kehadiran sekatan btrfs membuktikan hibernasi telah gagal, oleh itu " +"pastikan anda tidak menggunakan mana-mana sekatan btrfs. Selain " +"dari membuang atau memformat semula sekatan tersebut, anda juga perlu " +"membuang pakej btrfs-tools:" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:97 @@ -19612,11 +19736,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Jika ujian hibernasi berjaya, anda boleh terus gunakan perintah sudo " -"pm-hibernate bila anda hendak hibernaskan komputer." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19735,58 +19857,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Kenapa komputer saya dimatikan/ditangguh bila kuasa bateri pada aras 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Bila aras cas bateri menjadi terlalu rendah, komputer anda akan ditangguh secara automatik. Ia memastikan " -"bateri tidak sepenuhnya dinyahcas, kerana ia memudaratkan bateri. Jika " -"bateri serta-merta kehabisan kuasa, komputer tidak mempunyai masa untuk " -"dimatikan dengan sempurna." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Anda boleh menukar apa yang berlaku apabila aras bateri menjadi terlalu " -"rendah. Mula-mula, klik pada menu bateri dalam palang " -"menu dan pilih Tetapan Kuasa. Pada tetapan 'Bila kuasa " -"adalah tersangat rendah', anda boleh pilih komputer ditangguh, dihibernasi, atau dimatikan. Jika anda pilih " -"matikan, aplikasi dan dokumen anda tidak akan disimpan bila " -"komputer ditutup." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Sesetengah komputer menghadapi masalah bila ditangguh, dan tidak boleh " -"pulihkan aplikasi dan dokumen bila komputer dihidup kembali. Dalam kes ini, " -"anda akan kehilangan kerja yang anda buat jika anda tidak simpan sebelum " -"komputer ditangguh. Walaubagaimanapun, anda masih boleh baiki masalah tangguh tersebut." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -19828,25 +19910,17 @@ "Jika ia berlaku, cuba matikan tanpa wayar anda kemudian hidupkannya semula:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Klik ikon dihujung kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan Sistem" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Buka Rangkaian dan pilih tab Tanpa Wayar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Matikan tanpa wayar kemudian hidupkannya semula" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19855,7 +19929,7 @@ "Terbang kemudian matikannya" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20229,7 +20303,7 @@ msgstr "Anda boleh hentikan pemalapan skrin tersebut:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20391,7 +20465,7 @@ "memasang bahasa tambahan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20402,7 +20476,7 @@ "semasa telah ditanda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20411,14 +20485,14 @@ "yang anda mahu buang." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Klik Laksana Perubahan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20429,7 +20503,7 @@ "diminta." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20440,8 +20514,8 @@ "kaedah input." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20506,7 +20580,9 @@ msgstr "Persediaan" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Memasang pencetak" @@ -20523,9 +20599,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Pencetak tidak dikesan, kertas tersangkut, cetakan yang tidak sempurna..." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20641,7 +20717,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21154,7 +21229,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Buka Pencetak." @@ -21198,84 +21273,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Pasang pencetak yang sudah bersambung dengan komputer anda." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Pasang pencetak setempat" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Sistem anda boleh mengenalpasti banyak jenis pencetak secar automatik " -"bilamana ia bersambung. Kebanyakan pencetak bersambung dengan kabel USB yang " -"dihubungkan dengan komputer anda." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Anda tidak perlu pilih sama ada anda mahu pasang rangkaian atau pencetak " -"setempat sekarang. Ia disenarai dalam satu tetingkap." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Pastikan pencetak sudah dihidupkan." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Sambungkan pencetak ke sistem anda melalui kabel yang sesuai. Anda dapat " -"lihat aktiviti pada skrin bila sistem menggelintar pemacu, dan anda akan " -"ditanya untuk disahihkan semasa pemasangannya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Satu mesej akan muncul bila sistem selesai memasang pencetak. Pilih " -"Cetak Halaman Uji untuk mencetak halaman uji, atau " -"Pilihan untuk membuat beberapa perubahan dalam pemasangan " -"pencetak." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Jika pencetak anda tidak dipasang secara automatik, anda boleh tambah ia " -"didalam tetapan pencetak." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Klik Tambah dan pilih pencetak dari tetingkap Peranti." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Klik Maju dan tunggu sehingga ia selesai menggelintar pemacu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21284,7 +21338,7 @@ "sudah selesai, klik Laksana." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21292,24 +21346,69 @@ "langkah tersebut." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Jika terdapat berbilang pemacu yang tersedia untuk komputer anda, anda akan " -"ditanya untuk memilih pemacu. Untuk guna pemacu yang disarankan, hanya klik " -"Maju pada skrin buatan dan model." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Pastikan pencetak sudah dihidupkan." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Selepas anda memasang pencetak, anda boleh ubah pencetak lalai anda." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21497,17 +21596,17 @@ "nyatakan tiga perkara:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Apakah yang anda jangkakan" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Apakah sebenarnya berlaku" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21516,7 +21615,7 @@ "berlaku, yang mana langkah 1 adalah \"mulakan program\"" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21525,7 +21624,7 @@ "ditangani. Terima kasih kerana membantu penambahbaikan Ubuntu!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21538,7 +21637,7 @@ "Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Simpan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21652,7 +21837,7 @@ "dan pengukuran untuk dipadankan dengan kawasan setempat anda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21660,7 +21845,7 @@ "Buka Sokongan Bahasa dan pilih tab Format Wilayah." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21671,18 +21856,16 @@ "Bahasa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Anda perlu daftar keluar dan masuk supaya perubahan berkesan. Klik ikon " -"dihujung kanan palang menu dan pilih Daftar Keluar untuk " -"mendaftar keluar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21695,12 +21878,12 @@ "kalendar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Ubah format sistem" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21711,19 +21894,19 @@ "format yang digunaan ditempat seperti skrin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Ubah format anda, sepertimana yang diterangkan diatas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Klik Laksana Menyeluruhi-Sistem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21753,12 +21936,12 @@ "bahasa tersebut di dalam komputer anda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Klik Sokongan Bahasa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21767,18 +21950,16 @@ "ke bahagian teratas senarai." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Anda perlu daftar keluar dan masuk supaya perubahan bahasa berkesan. Klik " -"ikon dihujung palang menu dan pilih Daftar Keluar untuk mendaftar " -"keluar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21795,12 +21976,12 @@ "kemaskinikan nama folder tersebut." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Ubah bahasa sistem" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21811,7 +21992,7 @@ "bahasa yang digunakan ditempat seperti skrin daftar masuk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Ubah bahasa anda, sepertimana yang diterangkan diatas." @@ -21851,18 +22032,18 @@ "Untuk menukar tempih menunggu sebelum skrin dikunci secara automatik:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Klik Kecerahan & Kunci." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Ubah nilai didalam senarai tarik-turun Kunci skrin selepas." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22120,7 +22301,7 @@ "intro\">Pelancar bagi capaian pantas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22129,7 +22310,7 @@ "kedalam Pelancar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22138,7 +22319,7 @@ "dan pilih Kunci ke Pelancar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22147,7 +22328,7 @@ "kemudian masukkannya semula ke lokasi yang dikehendaki." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22202,23 +22383,20 @@ "akan kekal disitu bila anda mendaftar masuk semula." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Untuk mendaftar keluar dan tukar pengguna, klik menu sistem dihujung kanan palang menu dan pilih pilihan yang " -"dikehendaki." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Kunci skrin" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22233,33 +22411,32 @@ "tempoh tertentu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Untuk mengunci skrin anda, klik menu sistem dalam palang menu dan " -"pilih Kunci Skrin." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Bila skrin anda dikunci, pengguna lain boleh mendaftar masuk ke akaun mereka " -"sendiri dengan mengklik Tukar Pengguna pada skrin kata laluan. " -"Anda boleh tukar kembali ke desktop anda bila mereka selesai guna komputer " -"tersebut." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Tangguh" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22274,30 +22451,29 @@ "digunakan semasa tempoh tangguh." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Untuk menangguh komputer anda secara manual, klik menu sistem " -"dalam palang menu dan pilih Tangguh." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Matian atau mula semula" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Jika anda hendak matikan komputer anda, atau membuat mula semula, klik " -"menu sistem dan pilih Matikan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22388,6 +22564,10 @@ "CtrlAltT to open a " "terminal window, and then run this command:" msgstr "" +"Jika anda tidak mahu capaian tetamu di dalam komputer anda, anda boleh " +"lumpuhkan fitur Sesi Tetamu ini. Untuk membuka tetingkap " +"terminal, ketik CtrlAltT, " +"kemudian jalankan perintah ini:" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-guest-session.page:55 @@ -22928,13 +23108,13 @@ "Tetingkap tidak dapat disaizkan semula jika ia dimaksimumkan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" "Untuk saizkan semula tetingkap anda secara mengufuk atau/dan menegak:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22944,12 +23124,12 @@ "tetingkap pada mana-mana arah." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Untuk saizkan semula dalam arah mengufuk sahaja:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22959,12 +23139,12 @@ "tetingkap secara mengufuk." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Untuk saizkan semula dalam arah menegak sahaja:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22975,17 +23155,17 @@ "tetingkap secara menegak." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Menyusun tetingkap didalam ruang kerja anda" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Untuk letak dua tetingkap bersebelahan:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22998,7 +23178,7 @@ "separuh skrin dibahagian kiri." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23008,7 +23188,7 @@ "skrin disebelah kanan dan kiri." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23066,11 +23246,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Melalui papan kekunci" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23079,58 +23259,41 @@ "penukar tetingkap." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Lepaskan Alt untuk pilih tetingkap (yang disorot) berikutnya di " -"dalam penukar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Jika tidak, tahan kekunci Alt, kemudian tekan Tab " -"untuk berkitar menerusi senarai tetingkap yang dibuka, atau " -"ShiftTab untuk berkitar secara " -"mengundur." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Tetingkap didalam penukar tetingkap dikumpulkan mengikut aplikasi. Pratonton " -"aplikasi dengan tetingkap berbilang akan timbul bilamana anda klik " -"menerusinya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Anda juga boleh bergerak diantara ikon aplikasi didalam penukar tetingkap " -"dengan kekunci → atau kekunci ←, atau pilih satu " -"dengan mengkliknnya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Pratonton aplikasi dengan tetingkap tunggal boleh dipaparkan dengan kekunci " -"↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23142,8 +23305,13 @@ "tahan kekunci Ctrl dan Alt kemudian tekan " "Tab atau ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23154,7 +23322,7 @@ "terbuka dengan berzum keluar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Klik tetingkap yang anda hendak tukarkan." @@ -23319,6 +23487,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " "md5='058673b073532130bbe9d340a4b3d6e1'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " +"md5='058673b073532130bbe9d340a4b3d6e1'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:27 @@ -23355,7 +23525,7 @@ msgstr "Benarkan ruang kerja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23364,12 +23534,12 @@ "Kelakuan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Tanda kotak tanda Benarkan ruang kerja." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23382,12 +23552,12 @@ "boleh menukar bilangan ruang kerja tersebut:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Ubah bilangan ruang kerja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23396,7 +23566,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23405,7 +23575,7 @@ "kepada nombor yang anda kehendaki. Tekan Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23483,6 +23653,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " "md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " +"md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-alert.page:14 @@ -24243,7 +24415,7 @@ msgstr "Masukkan aksara khas" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24254,17 +24426,17 @@ "senaraikan beberapa cara anda boleh masukkan aksara khas." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Kaedah untuk masukkan aksara" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Peta aksara" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24275,7 +24447,7 @@ "mahu, kemudian salin dan tampal ia kemana saja anda perlukan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Panduan Peta Aksara." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Kekunci gubah" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24304,7 +24476,7 @@ "kemudian ' kemudian e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24313,44 +24485,47 @@ "takrif salah satu kekunci sedia ada pada kekunci anda sebagai kekunci gubah." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Takrif kekunci gubah" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Klik Bentangan Papan Kekunci." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Klik Pilihan." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Cari kumpulan yang dipanggil Kedudukan kekunci gubah. Pilih " -"kekunci yang anda hendak jadikan sebagai kekunci gubah. Anda boleh pilih " -"kekunci seperti Caps Lock, sama ada kekunci Alt, atau " -"kekunci menu. Sebarang kekunci yang anda pilih hanya berfungsi sebagai " -"kekunci gubah, dan tidak lagi berfungsi sebagai tugas asalnya." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" "Anda boleh taip banyak aksara umum menggunakan kekunci gubah, contohnya:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24359,7 +24534,7 @@ "aksen akut terhadap huruf tersebut, seperti é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24368,7 +24543,7 @@ "huruf untuk ganti aksen grave terhadap huruf tersebut, seperti è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24377,7 +24552,7 @@ "umlaut terhadap huruf tersebut, seperti ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24386,7 +24561,7 @@ "ganti makron terhadap juruf tersebut, seperti ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see halaman kekunci gubah dalam Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Titik kod" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24419,7 +24594,7 @@ "U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24436,12 +24611,12 @@ "pantas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Sumber input" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24502,6 +24677,9 @@ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its Ubuntu " "Software rating, and what version is available." msgstr "" +"Klik kanan pada keputusan gelintar untuk membuka pratonton. " +"Pratonton menunjukkan satu keterangan pendek aplikasi, satu cekupan skrin, " +"penarafan pada Perisian Ubuntu, dan versi yang tersedia." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:35 @@ -24691,6 +24869,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' " "md5='b911663ea04c69ca882b45d469e8d786'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' " +"md5='b911663ea04c69ca882b45d469e8d786'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22 @@ -25144,6 +25324,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " "md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " +"md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:38 @@ -25168,6 +25350,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' " "md5='698a6f3411b2531101072d21bd765b87'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' " +"md5='698a6f3411b2531101072d21bd765b87'" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:49 @@ -25215,6 +25399,7 @@ msgid "" "external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='662f7cff94c799b528db7a9b8e0e8512'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='662f7cff94c799b528db7a9b8e0e8512'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:70 @@ -25259,39 +25444,36 @@ "move your mouse or touchpad pointer to either the left side or top left " "corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"Anda boleh sembunyikan Pelancar sekiranya anda hanya mahu " +"melihatnya jika penuding tetikus atau pad sentuh berada pada sisi kiri atau " +"bucu kiri atas skrin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Di dalam bahagian Peribadi, klik Penampilan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Tukar ke tab Kelakuan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Hidupkan Sembunyi-sendiri Pelancar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Pilih Sisi kiri atau Bucu kiri atas untuk letak lokasi " +"kemunculan Pelancar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25325,12 +25507,12 @@ "besar supaya ia lebih mudah diklik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Klik Penampilan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25339,7 +25521,7 @@ "kecilkan saiz ikon Pelancar." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Saiz ikon Pelancae lalai ialah 48." @@ -25364,6 +25546,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' " "md5='09090d19992241b8a279dd19f7d5dc3c'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' " +"md5='09090d19992241b8a279dd19f7d5dc3c'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23 @@ -25442,12 +25626,12 @@ "itu sendiri. Tindakan tersedia boleh sertakan yang berikut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "melancarkan aplikasi atau membuka dokumen, folder, atau peranti" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25456,7 +25640,7 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25465,12 +25649,12 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "menutup aplikasi jika ia belum dijalankan" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25479,7 +25663,7 @@ "satu kejadian atau tetingkap" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "pintasan khusus-aplikasi seperti membuka dokumen atau tetingkap baharu" @@ -25517,6 +25701,13 @@ "triangles means three windows). If you have more than three windows of the " "same application open, only three triangles will show." msgstr "" +"Seusai aplikasi dipasang, satu set segitiga putih kecil akan " +"ditunjukkan di bahagian kiri dan kanan petak Pelancar. Segitiga tambahan " +"juga akan muncul di bahagian kiri petak Pelancar sebagai tetingkap tambahan " +"bagi aplikasi serupa dibuka (iaitu dua segitiga bermaksud anda mempunyai dua " +"tetingkap bagi aplikasi yang sama; manakala tiga segitiga bermaksud tiga " +"tetingkap). Jika anda mempunyai lebih dari tiga tetingkap bagi aplikasi yang " +"sama dibuka, hanya tiga segitiga akan dipaparkan." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:29 @@ -25638,9 +25829,13 @@ "menu bar, and setting the visibility to always displayed instead of only " "displayed on mouse hovering." msgstr "" +"Jika anda mahu, anda boleh mengubah kelakuan lalai supaya menu anda berada " +"di dalam palang tajuk tetingkap selain dari palang menu, dan tetapkan " +"ketampakan sentiasa dipaparkan selain dari hanya dipaparkan jika penuding " +"tetikus di atasnya." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25649,7 +25844,7 @@ "Kelakuan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25658,18 +25853,19 @@ "tetingkap." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" +"Dibawah Ketampakan menu, pilih Sentiasa dipaparkan." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menu status" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -25681,8 +25877,26 @@ "status adalah ruang yang memudahkan anda periksa dan ubahsuai keadaan " "komputer dan aplikasi anda." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Sesetengah ikon digunakan oleh menu penunjuk berubah mengikut status " +"aplikasi." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Program lain seperti Tomboy atau Transmission juga " +"menambah menu penunjuk kedalam panel." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "Senarai menu status dan kegunaannya" @@ -25691,22 +25905,26 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" +"Menu rangkaian Ikon rangkaian luar talian" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25721,22 +25939,26 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " +"md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" +"Menu sumber input Ikon sumber input" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25745,14 +25967,16 @@ "layouts\">konfigur sumber input." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" +"Menu Bluetooth Ikon Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25765,22 +25989,26 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " +"md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" +"Menu pemesejan Ikon mesej" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25793,21 +26021,24 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" +"Menu bateri Ikon bateri" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25820,22 +26051,26 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " +"md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" +"Menu bunyi Ikon volum" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25846,38 +26081,30 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Jam" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" +"Capai waktu dan tarikh. Temu janji melalui aplikasi Kalendar terbina-dalam boleh dipaparkan di sini." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" +"Menu sistem Ikon gear kuasa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25887,24 +26114,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">tetapan sistem. Tukar pengguna, kunci skrin, daftar " "keluar, tangguh, mula semula atau matikan komputer anda." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Sesetengah ikon digunakan oleh menu penunjuk berubah mengikut status " -"aplikasi." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Program lain seperti Tomboy atau Transmission juga " -"menambah menu penunjuk kedalam panel." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25985,6 +26194,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the scrollbar to move the screen's position exactly where you want it." msgstr "" +"Klik palang tatal untuk menggerakkan kedudukan skrin yang anda mahukan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-shopping.page:9 @@ -26006,6 +26216,10 @@ "Dash can also show you related online results for your searches. " "Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources." msgstr "" +"Selain dapat membantu anda cari apl atau fail di dalam komputer anda, " +"Pemuka juga dapat menunjukkan keputusan atas-talian berdasarkan " +"penggelintaran anda. Sumber atas-talian termasuklah Amazon.com dan banyak " +"lagi sumber atas-talian yang lain." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:31 @@ -26022,39 +26236,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Buka Keselamatan & Kerahsiaan dan pilih tab " -"Gelintar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -27401,21 +27587,26 @@ "plugins-ugly\">gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, and libdvd-pkg." msgstr "" +"Pasang libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer1.0-plugins-bad, gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, dan libdvd-pkg." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40 msgid "Open the Dash and launch a Terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buka Pemuka dan lancarkan Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41 msgid "Run the command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jalankan perintah" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:43 msgid "and confirm in order to install libdvdcss2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "dan sahkan untuk memasang libdvdcss2" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-sending.page:7 @@ -27496,6 +27687,12 @@ "video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications " "are available. Check Ubuntu Software to see what's available." msgstr "" +"Jika anda tidak menemui kodeks yang dikehendaki, cuba pasang pemain media. Ia berfungsi pada " +"Windows dan Mac OS serta semestinya Linux, ia menyokong pelbagai jenis " +"format video. Selain itu, cuba tukarkan format video anda ke format lain. " +"Kebanyakan penyunting video boleh membuatnya, dan aplikasi khusus penukar " +"video juga tersedia. Sila rujuk Perisian Ubuntu untuk mencarinya." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/video-sending.page:50 @@ -27680,7 +27877,7 @@ "boleh dilaras:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27691,7 +27888,7 @@ "Lembut hingga Ditekan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27706,7 +27903,7 @@ "Tatal Kiri, Tatal Kanan, Undur, Maju." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -27715,15 +27912,12 @@ "Lembut dan Ditekan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Jika anda mempunyai lebih daripada satu stylus, bila stylus tambahan semakin " -"hampir dengan tablet, satu pager akan dipaparkan berhampiran dengan nama " -"peranti stylus. Guna pager untuk memilih stylus yang manakah dikonfigurkan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -27788,6 +27982,25 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Klik Bentangan Papan Kekunci." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Klik Pilihan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cari kumpulan yang dipanggil Kedudukan kekunci gubah. Pilih " +#~ "kekunci yang anda hendak jadikan sebagai kekunci gubah. Anda boleh pilih " +#~ "kekunci seperti Caps Lock, sama ada kekunci Alt, atau " +#~ "kekunci menu. Sebarang kekunci yang anda pilih hanya berfungsi sebagai " +#~ "kekunci gubah, dan tidak lagi berfungsi sebagai tugas asalnya." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -27853,6 +28066,82 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " +#~ "Sistem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menambah akaun akan bantu pautkan akaun atas-talian anda dengan dekstop " +#~ "Ubuntu. Maka, emel, sembang anda dan lain-lain aplikasi berkaitan akan " +#~ "disediakan untuk anda." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Pilih satu Jenis Akaun di sebelah kanan anak tetingkap." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda mahu konfigur lagi akaun, anda boleh ulangi proses yang sama " +#~ "selepas ini." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Satu antaramuka pengguna sesawang kecil akan dibuka yang mana anda masukkan " +#~ "kelayakan akaun atas talian anda. Contohnya, jika anda tetapkan akaun " +#~ "Google, masukkan nama pengguna, kata laluan Google kemudian daftar masuk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda masukkan kelayakan anda dengan betul, anda akan dimaklumkan untuk " +#~ "menerima terma. Pilih Terima untuk teruskan. Seusai diterima, " +#~ "Ubuntu perlukan keizinan untuk mencapai akaun anda. Untuk membenarkan " +#~ "capaian, klik pada butang Beri Capaian. Bila dimaklumkan, " +#~ "masukkan kata laluan pengguna semasa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kini anda boleh pilih aplikasi yang anda mahu pautkan dengan akaun atas " +#~ "talian anda. Contohnya, jika anda mahu guna akaun atas talian untuk " +#~ "menyembang, tetapi tidak mahu kalendar, matikan pilihan kalendar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selepas anda menambah akaun, setiap aplikasi yang telah dipilih akan gunakan " +#~ "kelayakan tersebut secara automatik bila anda mendaftar masuk ke dalam akaun " +#~ "anda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Atas sebab keselamatan, Ubuntu tidak akan menyimpan kata laluan anda didalam " +#~ "komputer anda. Ia akan simpan token yang disediakan oleh perkhidmatan atas-" +#~ "talian. Jika anda mahu sepenuhnya batalkan pautan diantara desktop anda " +#~ "dengan perkhidmatan atas-talian, buangkannya." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27892,6 +28181,31 @@ #~ "Guna Pusat Perisian Ubuntu untuk menambah program dan menjadikan Ubuntu " #~ "lebih berguna." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Pasang perisian tambahan" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasukan pembangunan Ubuntu telah memilih beberapa aplikasi lalai yang mana " +#~ "kami anggap ia menjadikan Ubuntu sangat berguna untuk tugas seharian. Namun, " +#~ "and mungkin hendak memasang lagi perisian yang mana ia menjadikan Ubuntu " +#~ "lebih berguna kepada anda." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Untuk memasang perisian tambahan, ikuti langkah berikut:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sambung ke Internet menggunakan sambungan tanpa wayar atau sambungan berwayar." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27907,12 +28221,53 @@ #~ "cari aplikasi dari senarai." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "Pilih aplikasi yang anda inginkan dan klik Pasang." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda perlu masukkan kata laluan. Bila selesai pemasangan akan dimulakan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pemasangan biasanya selesai dengan pantas, tetapi ia mungkin mengambil masa " +#~ "jika anda mempunyai sambungan Internet yang lambat.interface" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Satu pintasan untuk aplikasi baru anda akan ditambah ke Pelancar. Untuk " +#~ "lumpuhkan fitur ini, jangan tanda PaparAPlikasi Baru " +#~ "dalam Pelancar." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "Tambah PPA untuk bantu menguji perisian pra-keluaran atau khas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arkib Pakej Persendirian (PPAs) adalah repositori yang direka untuk " +#~ "pengguna Ubuntu dan mudah dipasang berbanding repositori pihak-ketiga lain." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bila Pusat Perisian dilancar, klik Sunting Sumber " #~ "Perisian" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Klik Tambah dan masukkan lokasi ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -27920,6 +28275,9 @@ #~ "Tutup tetingkap Sumber Perisian. Pusat Perisian Ubuntuk akan semak sumber " #~ "perisian anda untuk perisian baru." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Buang perisian yang anda tidak lagi gunakan." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -27942,6 +28300,25 @@ #~ "atas." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda perlu masukkan kata laluan anda, Selepas itu, aplikasi akan dibuang." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tambah repositori lain untuk menambah sumber perisian Ubuntu gunakan untuk " +#~ "pemasangan dan penataran." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Tambah repositori perisian tambahan" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Pasang repositori lain" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27992,6 +28369,18 @@ #~ "Tunggu sebentar supaya Pusat Perisian Ubuntu memuat turun maklumat " #~ "repositori." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasang, buang, repositori " +#~ "tambahan…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Tambah & buang perisian" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese tidak dipasang secara lalai dalam Ubuntu. Untuk memasang Cheese:" @@ -28027,6 +28416,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Anda perlu pasang Cheese sebelum anda dapat baca panduan pengguna Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Pena ingatan USB (kapasiti rendah)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28053,6 +28445,23 @@ #~ "komputer ini melalui peranti lain. Rujuk untuk maklumat lanjut." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Memuat turu fail rujukan percetakan dari syarikat warna" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menggunakan color company untuk menjana profil pencetak biasanya pilihan " +#~ "termurah jika anda hanya mempunyai satu atau dua jenis kertas yang " +#~ "berlainan. Dengan memuat turun carta rujukan dari laman sesawang syarikat " +#~ "anda boleh hantar kepada mereka cetakan dengan sampul yang mana mereka akan " +#~ "imbas kertas tersebut, kemudian jana profil dan e-mel kembali kepada anda " +#~ "profil ICC yang tepat." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28104,120 +28513,923 @@ #~ msgstr "jangan tanda Peristiwa mendatang dari Kalendar Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pilih cakera keras yang anda hendak periksa daripada senarai Peranti " -#~ "Storan. Maklumat dan status cakera akan muncul dibawah " -#~ "Pemacu." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Status SMART patut paparkan \"Cakera adalah sihat\"." +#~ "Jika anda ingin kembali seperti asal, anda boleh dapatkan jam semula dengan " +#~ "mengklik ikon palang menu disebelah kanan sekali dan pilih Tetapan " +#~ "Sistem. Dalam bahagian Sistem, klik Masa & Tarikh." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klik butang Data SMART unutk paparkan maklumat lanjut cakera, " -#~ "atau jalankan ujian-kendiri." +#~ "Klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " +#~ "Sistem." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." -#~ msgstr "Untuk projek lanjutan penulisan CD/DVD, cuba Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jalankan tanda aras pada cakera keras anda untuk periksa berapa pantaskah ia." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Uji prestasi cakera keras anda" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Untuk menguji kelajuan cakera keras anda:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Untuk bantuan penggunaan Brasero, rujuk panduan " -#~ "pengguna." +#~ "Buka aplikasi Cakera melalui Pemuka ." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Buka aplikasi Cakera dari selayang pandang aktiviti." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Pilih cakera keras daripada senarai Pacu Cakera." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "Klik butang gear dan pilih Tanda Aras Pemacu." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sesetengah bahasa, seperti Bahasa Cina atau Korea, perlukan kaedah masukan " -#~ "yang lebih kompleks berbanding kekunci ringkas untuk pemetaan aksara. Oleh " -#~ "itu sesetengah sumber input anda boleh pilih untuk benarkan kaedah sebegitu." +#~ "Klik Mulakan Tanda Aras dan laras parameter Kadar " +#~ "Pemindahan dan Masa Capaian sepertimana yang dikehendaki." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pilihan dengan kaedah masukan hanya tersedia jika enjin kaedah masukan " -#~ "masing-masing (IM) dipasang. Bila anda pasang sesebuah bahasa, satu enjin IM yang sesuai akan " -#~ "dipasang secara automatik. Contohnya, jika anda pasang bahasa Korea, pakej " -#~ "ibus-hangul akan dipasang, dan pilihan sumber input Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) akan tersedia pada daftar masuk berikutnya. Anda juga boleh " -#~ " memasang enjin IM IBus IM pilihan " -#~ "anda secara berasingan." +#~ "Klik Mula Menanda Aras untuk menguji berapa pantaskah data boleh " +#~ "dibaca daripada cakera. Keisitimewaan " +#~ "pentadbir diperlukan. Masukkan kata laluan anda, atau kata laluan " +#~ "untuk akaun pentadbir yang dipinta." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Matikan pad sentuh semasa menaip untuk menghindari klik secara tidak sengaja." - -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Lumpuhkan pad sentuh semasa menaip" +#~ "Bila ujian selesai, keputusan akan muncul pada graf. Titik hijau dan garis " +#~ "yang bersambung menunjukkan sampel yang diambil; ia berkaitan dengan paksi " +#~ "kanan, menunjukkan masa capaian, yang diplot terhadap paksi bawah, mewakili " +#~ "masa berlalu semasa tanda aras. Garis biru mewakili kadar baca, manakala " +#~ "garis merah mewakili kadar tulis; ia dipaparkan sebagai kadat data dicapai " +#~ "disebelah kiri paksi, diplot terhadap peratusan cakera bergerak, dari luar " +#~ "ke arah spindel, menerusi paksi bawah." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pad sentuh pada komputer riba biasanya berada tempat tangan anda berehat " -#~ "semasa menaip, yang mana kadangkala menyebabkan klik secara tidak sengaja " -#~ "ketika anda menaip. Anda boleh lumpuhkan pad sesentuh semasa anda menaip. Ia " -#~ "akan berfungsi kembali selepas ketukan kekunci terakhir anda." +#~ "Dibawah graf, nilai dipaparkan bagi kadar baca dan tulis minimum, maksimum " +#~ "dan purata, masa capaian purata dan masa berlalu semenjak ujian tanda aras " +#~ "yang terakhir." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dalam bahagian Pad Sentuh, tanda Lumpuhkan semasa " -#~ "menaip." +#~ "Guna Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera atau Pemantau " +#~ "Sistem untuk memeriksa ruang dan kapasiti." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pad sentuh komputer riba kadangkala bertindak dengan sedikit lengah selepas " -#~ "anda berhenti menaip Laptop. Ia bertujuan untuk menghindari tapak tangan " -#~ "anda tersentuh pad sentuh secara tidak sengaja ketika menaip. Sila rujuk " -#~ " untuk dapatkan perincian." +#~ "Anda boleh semak berapa banyak ruang cakera berbaki dengan " +#~ "Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera atau Pemantau Sistem" -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Nyatakan tarikh dan masa kali terakhir fail diubahsuai." +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Periksa dengan Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jika anda mahu lebih-selamat, atau jika anda hendak periksa virus dalam fail " -#~ "yang anda guna yang mana telah digunakan dalam WIndows dan Mac OS, anda " -#~ "boleh pasang perisian anti-virus. Semak Pusat Perisian Ubuntu " -#~ "yang mana terdapat sebilangan aplikasi anti-virus tersedia." +#~ "Periksa ruang cakera bebas dan kapasiti cakera menggunakan Penganalisis " +#~ "Penggunaan Cakera:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ubah pelayar lalai, pasang Flash, pasang pemalam java, sokongan Silverlight…" +#~ "Buka aplikasi Penganalisis Penggunaan Cakera melalui " +#~ "Pemuka. Tetingkap akan paparkan Jumlah kapasiti sistem " +#~ "fail dan Jumlah penggunaan sistem fail." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buka aplikasi Cakera melalui selayang pandang " +#~ "Aktiviti. Tetingkap akan paparkan Jumlah kapasiti sistem " +#~ "fail dan Jumlah penggunaan sistem fail." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik salah satu butang palang alat untuk pilih Imbas Rumah, " +#~ "Imbas Sistem Fail, Imbas folder, atau Imbas " +#~ "folder jauh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Maklumat yang dipaparkan berdasarkan pada Folder, " +#~ "Penggunaan, Saiz dan Kandungan. RUjuk lebih " +#~ "perincian dalam Penganalisis Penggunaan " +#~ "Cakera." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Semak dengan Pemantau Sistem" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Semak ruang cakera bebas dan kapasiti cakera dengan Pemantau " +#~ "Sistem:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "Buka aplikasi Pemantau Sistem melalui Pemuka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buka aplikasi Pemantau Sistem dari selayang pandang " +#~ "Aktiviti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilih tab Sistem Fail untuk melihat sekatan dan penggunaan ruang " +#~ "cakera sistem. Maklumat dipaparkan mengikut Jumlah, " +#~ "Bebas, Tersedia dan Digunakan." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Jika cakera terlalu penuh anda perlu:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Padam fail yang tidak penting atau yang anda tidak lagi gunakan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buat sandar bagi fail penting yang anda " +#~ "tidak perlukan untuk jangka masa pendek dan padam fail tersebut dari cakera " +#~ "keras." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buka aplikasi Cakera dari selayang pandang Aktiviti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilih cakera keras yang anda hendak periksa daripada senarai Peranti " +#~ "Storan. Maklumat dan status cakera akan muncul dibawah " +#~ "Pemacu." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Status SMART patut paparkan \"Cakera adalah sihat\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik butang Data SMART unutk paparkan maklumat lanjut cakera, " +#~ "atau jalankan ujian-kendiri." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Walaupun jika SMART Status menunjukkan cakera tidak " +#~ "sihat, janganlah gelisah. kerana, adalah lebih baik bersedia dengan sandar untuk menghindari kehilangan data." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika status menyatakan \"Pra-gagal\", cakera masih sihat tetapi menunjukkan " +#~ "lusuh telah dikesan yang mana mungkin akan mengalami kegagalan dimasa " +#~ "hadapan. Jika cakera keras anda (atau komputer) sudah berusia beberapa " +#~ "tahun, anda akan memperoleh mesej ini bila membuat semakan kesihatan. Anda " +#~ "patut sandar fail penting anda selalu dan " +#~ "semak status cakera dengan kerap untuk melihat jika ia menjadi semakin teruk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buang semua fail dan folder dari cakera keras luaran atau pemacu USB dengan " +#~ "mengformatnya." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Padamkan semua data sama sekali dari cakera luaran" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda mempunyai cakera mudah alih, seperti pemacu pena USB atau cakera " +#~ "keras luaran, kadangkala anda boeh buang semua fail dan folder di dalamnya. " +#~ "Anda boleh buat dengan memformat cakera - ia memadam semua fail " +#~ "pada cakera dan mengosongkannya." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Format cakera boleh tanggal" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilh cakera yang anda hendak bersihkan dari senarai Peranti " +#~ "Storan" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pastikan anda telah memilih cakera yang betul! Jika anda pilih cakera yang " +#~ "salah, semua fail pada cakera tersebut akan dipadam!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Di dalam bahagian Volum, klik Nyahlekap Volum. Kemudian klik " +#~ "Format Volum." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dalam tetingkap yang timbul, pilih Jenis sistem fail cakera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda guna cakera dalam komputer Windows dan Mac OS disamping komputer " +#~ "Linux, pilih FAT. Jika anda hanya guna ia pada Windows, " +#~ "NTFS adalah pilihan yang lebih baik. Keterangan ringkas " +#~ "jenis sistem fail akan diwujudkan sebagai label." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Berikan cakera ini satu nama dan klik Format untuk membersihkan " +#~ "cakera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bilamana pemformatan telah selesai, tanggalkan cakera secara " +#~ "selamat. Kini ia menjadi kosong dan sedia digunakan lagi." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Mengformat cakera tidak memadamkan fail anda secara selamat" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Memformat cakera bukanlah cara selamat memadam semua datanya. Cakera " +#~ "terformat tidak kelihatan mempunyai fail di dalamnya, tetapi dengan perisian " +#~ "pemulihan khas boleh memperoleh fail tersebut. Jika anda hendak memadam fail " +#~ "secara selamat, anda boleh gunakan utiliti baris-perintah, seperti " +#~ "shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pahami apakah dia volum dan sekatan dan menggunakan utilti cakera untuk " +#~ "mengurusnya." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Papar dan urus volum dan sekatan menggunakan utiliti cakera" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh sema dan ubahsuai volum storan komputer anda menggunakan utiliti " +#~ "cakera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buka Pemuka dan mulakan aplikasi Utiliti Cakera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Didalam anak tetingkap yang bertanda Peranti Storan, anda akan " +#~ "lihat cakera keras, pemacu CD/DVD, dan lain-lain peranti fizikal. Klik pada " +#~ "peranti yang anda hendak kaji." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Di dalam anak tetingkap sebelah kanan, kawasan berlabel Volum " +#~ "menyediakan visual volum yang ada dan rosak di dalam peranti terpilih. Ia " +#~ "juga mengandungi pelbagai alatan yang digunakan untuk mengurus volum ini." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Awas: utiliti ini boleh memadam keseluruhan data di dalam pemacu anda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Satu sekatan utama mesti mengandungi maklumat yang mana komputer anda guna " +#~ "untuk permulaan, atau but. Atas sebab ini kadangkala ia dikenali " +#~ "sebagai sekatan but, atau volum but. Untuk menentukan jika volum tersebut " +#~ "boleh dibut, lihat pada Bendera Sekatan di dalam utiliti cakera. " +#~ "Media luaran seperti pemacu USB dan CD mungkin mengandungi volum boleh but." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pastikan Kunci dihidupkan, kemudian pilih had masa tamat dari " +#~ "senarai tarik-turun dibawah. Skrin akan dikunci secara automatik selepas " +#~ "tidak aktif. anda juga boleh pilih Matikan skrin untuk kunci " +#~ "skrin selepas skrin dimatikan secara automatik, kawal dengan senarai tarik-" +#~ "turun Matikan skrin bila tidak aktif selepas diatas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Guna pengurus fail Fail untuk melayar dan mengurus fail yang ada " +#~ "di dalam komputer anda. Anda juga boleh gunakannya untuk mengurus fail yang " +#~ "ada di dalam peranti storan (seperti cakera keras luaran), pada pelayan fail, dan perkongsian rangkaian." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Didalam pengurus fail, dwi-klik mana-mana folder untuk melihat kandungannya, " +#~ "dan dwi-klik mana-mana fail untuk membukanya dengan aplikasi lalai bagi fail " +#~ "tersebut. Anda juga boleh mengklik-kanan folder untuk membukanya dalam tab " +#~ "baharu atau tetingkap baharu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda mahu langkau secara pantas fail di dalam sesebuah folder, mulakan " +#~ "menaip namanya. Satu kotak gelintar akan muncul dibahagian atas tetingkap " +#~ "dan fail pertama yang sepadan dengan penggelintaran anda akan disorot. Tekan " +#~ "kekunci anak panah, atau tatal dengan tetikus, untuk langkau ke fail sepadan " +#~ "yang berikutnya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda juga boleh mencapai tempat umum secara pantas melalui palang " +#~ "sisi. Jika palang sisi tiada, klik butang turun di dalam palang alat dan klik " +#~ "Tunjuk Palang Sisi. Anda boleh tambah tanda buku padao folder " +#~ "yang anda kerap guna dan ia akan muncul di dalam palang sisi. Guna menu " +#~ "Tanda Buku untuk membuatnya, atau hanya seret folder tersebut ke " +#~ "dalam palang sisi." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "Untuk projek lanjutan penulisan CD/DVD, cuba Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk bantuan penggunaan Brasero, rujuk panduan " +#~ "pengguna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda perlu menamakan semula fail dengan cara itu supaya ia dapat " +#~ "disembunyikan. Fail yang bermula dengan tanda . atau berakhir " +#~ "dengan tanda ~ disembunyikan dalam pengurus fail. Klik butang " +#~ "bawah pada palang " +#~ "alat pengurus fail dan klik Tunjuk Fail Tersembunyi untuk " +#~ "paparkannya. Sila rujuk untuk ketahui lebih " +#~ "lanjut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dapatkan fail berdasarkan nama fail dan jenisnya. Simpan penggelintaran anda " +#~ "untuk kegunaan lain." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh menggelintar fail berdasarkan nama atau jenis fail mereka secara " +#~ "langsung di dalam pengurus fail. Anda juga boleh menyimpan penggelintaran " +#~ "umum, dan ia akan muncul sebagai fail khas dalam folder rumah anda." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Buka pengurus fail" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda tahu fail yang anda hendak di dalam folder tertentu, pergi ke " +#~ "folder tersebut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik pada kanta pembesar di palang alat, atau tekan " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Taip perkataan yang anda tahu pada nama fail tersebut. Contohnya, jika anda " +#~ "namakan semua invois anda dengan perkataan \"Invois\", taip " +#~ "invois. Tekan Enter. Perkataan akan dipadankan " +#~ "tanpa mengikut huruf besar atau huruf kecil." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh kecilkan keputusan anda berdasarkan lokasi dan jenis fail." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik Rumah untuk hadkan keputusan gelintar hanya pada folder " +#~ "Rumah anda, atau Semua Fail untuk gelintar dimana " +#~ "sahaja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik + dan pilih Jenis Fail dari senarai tarik-turun " +#~ "untuk kecilkan keputusan gelintar berdasarkan jenis fail. Klik butang " +#~ "x untuk buang pilihan ini dan luaskan keputusan gelintar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh buka, salin, padam, atau teruskan kerja anda dengan fail hasil " +#~ "gelintar, sepertimana anda buka melalui folder dalam pengurus fail." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik kanta pembesar pada palang alat sekali dan lagi untuk keluar dari " +#~ "gelintar dan kembali ke folder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda selalu buat pengelintaran, anda boleh simpan ia untuk mencapainya " +#~ "dengan pantas." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Simpan gelintaran" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Mulakan gelintar seperti di atas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Berikan nama gelintar dan klik Simpan. Jika anda mahu, pilih " +#~ "folder lain untuk simpan gelintar tersebut. Bila anda lihat folder tersebut, " +#~ "anda akan lihat gelintar tersimpan sebagai ikon folder berwarna jingga " +#~ "dengan kanta pembesar di atasnya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk membuang fail gelintar bila anda tidak mahu menggunakannya, hanya " +#~ "padam fail gelintar sepertimana anda " +#~ "memadam fail lain. Bila anda memadam gelintar tersimpan, ia tidak akan padam " +#~ "fail sebenar yang digelintar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sesetengah bahasa, seperti Bahasa Cina atau Korea, perlukan kaedah masukan " +#~ "yang lebih kompleks berbanding kekunci ringkas untuk pemetaan aksara. Oleh " +#~ "itu sesetengah sumber input anda boleh pilih untuk benarkan kaedah sebegitu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilihan dengan kaedah masukan hanya tersedia jika enjin kaedah masukan " +#~ "masing-masing (IM) dipasang. Bila anda pasang sesebuah bahasa, satu enjin IM yang sesuai akan " +#~ "dipasang secara automatik. Contohnya, jika anda pasang bahasa Korea, pakej " +#~ "ibus-hangul akan dipasang, dan pilihan sumber input Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) akan tersedia pada daftar masuk berikutnya. Anda juga boleh " +#~ " memasang enjin IM IBus IM pilihan " +#~ "anda secara berasingan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh pratonton imej bagi mana-mana bentangan dengan memilih ia di " +#~ "dalam senarai dan mengklik pratonton." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Penyelesaiannya, klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pergi ke " +#~ "Tetapan Sistem. Dibahagian Perkakasan, pilih Paparan. " +#~ "Cuba beberapa pilihan Resolusi dan tetapkan mana-mana yang serasi " +#~ "dengan skrin anda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik ikon pada sebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " +#~ "Sistem. Buka Paparan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik pada ikon disebelah kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan " +#~ "Sistem." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Matikan pad sentuh semasa menaip untuk menghindari klik secara tidak sengaja." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Lumpuhkan pad sentuh semasa menaip" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pad sentuh pada komputer riba biasanya berada tempat tangan anda berehat " +#~ "semasa menaip, yang mana kadangkala menyebabkan klik secara tidak sengaja " +#~ "ketika anda menaip. Anda boleh lumpuhkan pad sesentuh semasa anda menaip. Ia " +#~ "akan berfungsi kembali selepas ketukan kekunci terakhir anda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dalam bahagian Pad Sentuh, tanda Lumpuhkan semasa " +#~ "menaip." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kebanyakan tetikus dan beberapa pad sentuh mempunyai butang tetikus tengah. " +#~ "Pada tetikus dengan roda tatal, anda tekan terus pada roda tatal untuk klik-" +#~ "tengah. Jika anda tidak mempunyai butang tetikus tengah, anda boleh tekan " +#~ "butang tetikus kiri dan kanan pada masa yang sama untuk lakukan klik-tengah. " +#~ "Jika anda tidak boleh mengklik-tengah dengan cara ini anda boleh cuba arahan ini." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pada pad sentuh yang menyokong tap jari-berbilang, anda boleh tap dengan " +#~ "tiga jari serentak untuk lakukan klik-tengah. Anda perlu benarkan mengklik tap dalam tetapan pad sentuh " +#~ "supaya ia berfungsi." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kebanyakan aplikasi menggunakan klik-tengah untuk pintasan klik lanjutan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Satu pintasan umum ialah tampal teks terpilih. (Ia kadangkala dikenali " +#~ "sebagai tampal pemilihan utama). Pilih teka yang anda hendak tampal, " +#~ "kemudian pergi ke tempat yang anda hendak tampalkan dan klik-tengah. Teks " +#~ "yang terpilih akan ditampal pada kedudukan tetikus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menampal teks dengan butang tengah tetikus anda adalah berbeza dari papan " +#~ "keratan biasa. Memilih teks tidak menyalin ia ke papan keratan anda. Kaedah " +#~ "pantas menampal hanya berfungsi dengam butang tengah tetikus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kebanyakan pelayar sesawang membenarkan anda buka pautan dalam tab secara " +#~ "pantas dengan butang tengah tetikus. Hanya klik mana-mana pautan dengan " +#~ "butang tengah tetikus anda, dan ia akan dibuka dalam tab baru. Berhati-hati " +#~ "mengklik pautan dalam pelayar sesawang Firefox. Dalam " +#~ "Firefox, jika anda klik-tengah dimana sahaja kecuali pada pautan, " +#~ "ia akan cuba muatkan teks terpilih anda sebagai URL, sebagaimana anda guna " +#~ "klik-tengah untuk tampal ia ke palang lokasi dan menekan kekunci " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Beberapa aplikasi khas membenarkan anda guna butang tengah tetikus untuk " +#~ "fungsi lain. Gelintar bantuan aplikasi anda mengenai klik-tengah " +#~ "atau butang tetikus tengah." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tekan ← sekali untuk tukar ke tab Menuding dan " +#~ "Mengklik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arahan ini menyediakan cara terpantas untuk membenarkan kekunci tetikus " +#~ "hanya menggunakan papan kekunci. Pilih Tetapan Capaian Universal " +#~ "untuk melihat pilihan lanjutan kebolehcapaian." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pad kekunci ialah set butang numerik pada papan kekunci anda, biasanya " +#~ "disusun dalam bentuk grid segiempat. Jika anda mempunyai papan kekunci tanpa " +#~ "pad kekunci (seperti papan kekunci komputer riba), anda perlu tahan kekunci " +#~ "fungsi (Fn) dan guna kekunci lain pada papan kekunci anda sebagai " +#~ "papan kekunci. Jika anda kerap guna fitur ini pada komputer riba, anda boleh " +#~ "beli pad kekunci USB luaran." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Setiap nombor pada pad kekunci berkaitan dengan arah. Contoh, menekan " +#~ "8 akan gerak penuding ke atas dan menekan 2 akan gerak " +#~ "ke bawah. Tekan kekunci 5 untuk klik sekali dengan tetikus, atau " +#~ "tekan pantas dua kali untuk dwi-klik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kebanyakan papan kekunci mempunyai kekunci khas yang membolehkan anda " +#~ "mengklik-kanan; ia biasanya berhampiran dengan space bar. Perhatian, kekunci " +#~ "ini bertindakbalas mengikut tempat papan kekunci anda fokuskan, bukan pada " +#~ "penuding tetikus. Rujuk untuk maklumat " +#~ "lanjut bagaimana hendak mengklik-kanan dengan menahan kekunci 5 " +#~ "atau butang tetikus kiri." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh klik, dwi-klik, seret, dan tatal hanya guna pad sentuh anda, " +#~ "tanpa butang perkakasan yang berasingan." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Untuk klik, hanya tap pada pad sentuh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk menyeret item, dwi-tap tetapi jangan lepas jari anda selepas tap " +#~ "kedua. Seret item ditempat yang anda hendak lepaskan, kemudian lepas jari " +#~ "anda untuk lepaskannya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika pad sentuh anda menyokong tap jari-berbilang, klik-kanan dengan tap " +#~ "menggunakan dua jari secara serentak. Jika tidak, anda perlu guna butang " +#~ "perkakasan untuk klik-kanan. Rujuk untuk " +#~ "kaedah mengklik-kanan tanpa butang tetikus kedua." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika pad sentuh anda menyokong tap jari-berbilang, klik-tengah dengan tap tiga jari secara serentak." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bila membuat tap atau menyeret dengan jari berbilang, pastikan jari anda " +#~ "dijarakkan. Jika jari anda terlalu rapat, komputer anda mungkin menganggap " +#~ "ia adalah satu jari." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pad sentuh komputer riba kadangkala bertindak dengan sedikit lengah selepas " +#~ "anda berhenti menaip Laptop. Ia bertujuan untuk menghindari tapak tangan " +#~ "anda tersentuh pad sentuh secara tidak sengaja ketika menaip. Sila rujuk " +#~ " untuk dapatkan perincian." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Tambah, padam, dan nama semula tanda buku dalam pengurus fail." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Tanda buku anda disenarai pada palang sisi pengurus fail." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Padam tanda buku:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik pada Fail pada palang atas dan pilih Tanda Buku " +#~ "melalui menu apl." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dalam tetingkap Tanda Buku, pilih tanda buku yang anda mahu padam " +#~ "dan klik butang -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dalam tetingkap Tanda Buku, pilih tanda buku yang anda mahu " +#~ "namakan semula." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Dalam kotak teks Nama, taip nama baru tanda buku." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Nyatakan tarikh dan masa kali terakhir fail diubahsuai." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda mahu lebih-selamat, atau jika anda hendak periksa virus dalam fail " +#~ "yang anda guna yang mana telah digunakan dalam WIndows dan Mac OS, anda " +#~ "boleh pasang perisian anti-virus. Semak Pusat Perisian Ubuntu " +#~ "yang mana terdapat sebilangan aplikasi anti-virus tersedia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubah pelayar lalai, pasang Flash, pasang pemalam java, sokongan Silverlight…" #~ msgid "" #~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " @@ -28232,6 +29444,45 @@ #~ "frommelalui Menu pemesejan." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh kawal program yang manakah boleh capai rangkaian. Ia membantu " +#~ "anda pastikan komputer anda selamat." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Benarkan atau halang capaian dinding api" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu dilengkapi dengan Dinding Api yang Mudah (ufw) " +#~ "tetapi dinding api ini dilumpuhkan secara lalai. Kerana Ubuntu tidak " +#~ "mempunyai perkhidmatan rangkaian terbuka (kecuali untuk kemudahan rangkaian " +#~ "asas) dalam pemasangan lalai, dinding api tidak diperlukan untuk menghalang " +#~ "sambungan hasad yang cuba masuk ke dalam komputer anda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk maklumat lanjut bagaimana hendak guna ufw, rujuk dokumentasi luar " +#~ "talian." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk hidupkan dinding api, taip sudo ufw enable dalam terminal. " +#~ "Untuk matikan ufw, taip sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28263,6 +29514,13 @@ #~ "dalam terminal. Untuk halang port 53, taip sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda perlu pasang Flash supaya dapat melihat laman sesawang seperti YouTube, " +#~ "yang mana papar video dan laman sesawang interaktif." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28272,6 +29530,9 @@ #~ "sesetengah laman sesawang. Sesetengah laman sesawang tidak akan berfungsi " #~ "tanpa Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Bagaimana hendak pasang Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28290,6 +29551,15 @@ #~ "Jika anda pilih untuk pasang Flash, klik Pasang dari tetingkap " #~ "Pusat Perisian." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda sudah membuka tetingkap pelayar sesawang, tutup ia dan buka sekali-" +#~ "lagi. Pelayar sesawang akan kesan Flash sudah dipasang bilamana anda membuka " +#~ "ia semula, dan kini anda boleh melihat laman sesawang yang menggunakan Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Alternatif sumber-terbuka selain Flash" @@ -28320,6 +29590,27 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bantu pelayar anda supaya dapat membuka laman sesawang yang memerlukan Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Pasang pemalam pelayar Java" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sesetengah laman sesawang menggunakan program Java, yang mana " +#~ "memerlukan pemalam Java terpasang supaya dapat dijalankan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pasang pakej icedtea6-plugin untuk " +#~ "melihat program Java programs dalam pelayar anda." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28369,6 +29660,15 @@ #~ "Moonlight untuk maklumat lanjut dan arahan pemasangn lanjutan." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mencarisilapan sambungan tanpa " +#~ "wayar, mencari rangkaian wifi " +#~ "anda…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28386,6 +29686,279 @@ #~ "dengan VPN anda (jika ada) dan pasang ia. Anda perlu klik pautan Papar " #~ "item teknikal dibahagian bawah Pusat Perisian Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sambung ke wifi, Rangkaian tersembunyi, Sunting tetapan sambungan, Diputuskan…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh jadikan komputer anda sebagai titik panas tanpa wayar. Ia " +#~ "membolehkan peranti lain sambung kepada anda tanpa rangkaian yang " +#~ "berasingan, dan membolehkan anda berkongsi sambungan internet yang anda buat " +#~ "dengan antaramuka lain, seperti rangkaian berwayar atau melalui rangkaian " +#~ "selular." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Klik butang Guna sebagai Titik Panas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda sudah bersambung ke rangkaian tanpa wayar, anda akan ditanya jika " +#~ "anda mahu putuskan dari rangkaian tersebut. Penyesuai tanpa wayar tunggal " +#~ "hanya boleh sambung atau cipta satu rangkaian pada satu masa. Klik " +#~ "Cipta Titik Panas untuk disahkan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nama rangkaian (SSID) dan kunci keselamatan dijana secara automatik. Nama " +#~ "rangkaian akan berasaskan nama komputer anda. Peranti lain perlukan maklumat " +#~ "ini supaya dapat bersambung ke titik panas yang baru anda cipta." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik menu rangkaian pada palang menu dan nyahtanda Benarkan Tanpa Wayar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik menu rangkaian pada palang menu dan jangan tanda " +#~ "Benarkan Tanpa Wayar. Ia akan matikan sambungan tanpa wayar " +#~ "sehinggalah anda hidupkannya semula." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk hidupkan semula tanpa wayar, klik menu rangkaian pada " +#~ "palang menu dan pilih Benarkan Tanpa Wayar supaya ia mempunyai " +#~ "tanda semak dihadapannya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Komputer riba anda masih bersiaran jika anda tidak matikan Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik menu rangkaian dalam palang menu, dan klik pada " +#~ "nama rangkaian yang anda hendak sambungkan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ketahui apakah maskud pilihan pada skrin penyuntingan sambungan tanpa wayar." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Edit sambungan tanpa wayar" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Topik ini menerangkan semua pilihan yang tersedia bila anda menyunitng " +#~ "sambungan rangkaian tanpa wayar. Untuk menyunting sambungan, klik menu " +#~ "rangkaian dalam palang menu dan pilih Sunting Sambungan." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Tersedia untuk semua pengguna / Sambung secara automatik" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Sambungan secara automatik" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika beberapa rangkaian tidak ditetapkan untuk sambung secara automatik jika " +#~ "berada didalam julat capaiannya, komputer akan menyambung yang pertama " +#~ "dipaparkan dalam tab Tanpa Wayar didalam tetingkap Sambungan " +#~ "Rangkaian. Ia tidak akan putus dari satu rangkaian dan sambung ke " +#~ "rangkaian lain jika ia tiba-tiba berada didalam julat capaiannya." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Tersedia untuk semua pengguna" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tanda ini jika anda ingin semua pengguna komputer anda yang mempunyai " +#~ "capaian ke rangkaian tanpa wayar ini. Jika rangkaian mempunyai Kata laluan WEP/WPA maka anda perlu " +#~ "tanda pilihan ini, anda hanya perlu masukkan kata laluan sekali sahaja. " +#~ "Semua pengguna lain dalam komputer anda boleh menyambung ke rangkaian tanpa " +#~ "mengetahui kata laluan tersebut" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika ia ditanda, anda perlu menjadi pentadbir untuk menukar sebarang tetapan dalam rangkaian " +#~ "ini. Anda akan ditanya kata laluan pentadbir anda." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Tanpa Wayar" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "IJika anda pilih Ad-hoc, terdapat dua pilihan lain iaitu, " +#~ "Jalur dan Saluran. Ia tentukan jalur frekuensi tanpa " +#~ "wayar yang manakah rangkaian tanpa wayar ad-hoc akan beroperasi. Sesetengah " +#~ "komputer hanya boleh berfungsi pada jalur tertentu (contohnya, hanya jalur " +#~ "A atau hanya jalur B/G), maka anda perlu pilih jalur " +#~ "yang mana semua komputer dalam rangkaian ad-hoc dapat gunakan. Di tempat " +#~ "yang sibuk, mungkin terdapat beberapa rangkaian tnapa wayar yang bersambung " +#~ "dengan saluran yang sama; ia akan melembabkan sambungan anda, oleh itu anda " +#~ "juga boleh mengubah saluran yang anda hendak gunakan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ini adalah Pengenalpasti Set Perkhidmatan. SSID (rujuk diatas) " +#~ "adalah nama rangkaian yang mana manusia dapat membacanya; BSSID adalah nama " +#~ "yang mana komputer dapat memahaminya (ia adalah satu rentetan huruf dan " +#~ "angka yang unik pada rangkaian tanpa wayar tersebut). Jika rangkaian adalah tersembunyi, ia tidak akan " +#~ "mempunyai SSID tetapi ia hanya mempunyai BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Alamat MAC peranti" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Perkakasan rangkaian anda (kad tanpa wayar) mempunyai alamat MAC yang " +#~ "berbeza. Ia berguna jika anda mempunyai peranti atau perkhidmatan yang akan " +#~ "hanya berkomunikasi dengan alamat MAC tertentu (contohnya, modem jalur lebar " +#~ "berkabel). Jika anda masukkan alamat MAC kedalam kotak alamat MAC " +#~ "klon, peranti/perkhidmatan akan mengganggap komputer anda mempunyai " +#~ "alamat MAC klon berbanding yang sebenar." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Keselamatan tanpa wayar" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ia takrifkan apakah penyulitan rangkaian tanpa wayar anda gunakan. " +#~ "Sambungan tersulit membantu anda lindungi sambungan tanpa wayar daripada " +#~ "dicerobohi, jadi orang lain tidak dapat \"mendengar\" dan melihat laman " +#~ "sesawang yang anda lawati dan berikutnya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sesetengah jenis penyulitan adalah lebih kuat berbanding yang lain, tetapi " +#~ "mungkin tidak disokog oleh peralatan perangkaian tanpa wayar yang lama. Anda " +#~ "perlu taip kata laluan untuk sambungan; jenis keselamatan yang lebih canggih " +#~ "yang mana perlukan nama pengguna dan \"sijil\" digital. Rujuk untuk maklumat lanjut mengenai jenis " +#~ "penyulitan tanpa wayar yang popular." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda pilih tetapan ini, komputer anda akan memperoleh alamat IPnya " +#~ "melalui pelayan DHCP, tetapi anda perlu takrif perincian lain secara manual " +#~ "(seperti pelayan DNS yang manakah hendak digunakan)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilih pilihan ini jika anda hendak takrifkan semua tetapan rangkaian secara " +#~ "manual, termasuklah alamat IP komputer yang hendak digunakan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilihan ini akan lumpuhkan sambungan rangkaian dan halang anda dari " +#~ "menyambung kepadanya. Perhatian IPv4 dan IPv6 dianggap " +#~ "sebagai sambungan yang berasingan walaupun ia berasal dari kad rangkaian " +#~ "yang sama. Jika anda telah benarkan salah satu daripadanya, anda perlu " +#~ "lumpuhkan yang lain." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ia serupa dengan tab IPv4 kecuali ia mengurus piawaian IPv6 yang " +#~ "lebih baru. Rangkaian yang lebih modern gunakan IPv6, tetapi IPv4 masih lagi " +#~ "popular buat masa ini." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik menu rangkaian pada palang menu dan pilih Sambung ke " +#~ "Rangkaian Tanpa Wayar Tersembunyi." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Dalam bahagiaan sistem, klik Sumber Perisian." @@ -28429,6 +30002,13 @@ #~ "pencarisilapan berikutnya." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Taip sudo pm-hibernate didalam terminal dan tekan " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28436,6 +30016,199 @@ #~ "kurangnya menyamai RAM sedia ada anda." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika ujian hibernasi berjaya, anda boleh terus gunakan perintah sudo " +#~ "pm-hibernate bila anda hendak hibernaskan komputer." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kenapa komputer saya dimatikan/ditangguh bila kuasa bateri pada aras 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bila aras cas bateri menjadi terlalu rendah, komputer anda akan ditangguh secara automatik. Ia memastikan " +#~ "bateri tidak sepenuhnya dinyahcas, kerana ia memudaratkan bateri. Jika " +#~ "bateri serta-merta kehabisan kuasa, komputer tidak mempunyai masa untuk " +#~ "dimatikan dengan sempurna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda boleh menukar apa yang berlaku apabila aras bateri menjadi terlalu " +#~ "rendah. Mula-mula, klik pada menu bateri dalam palang " +#~ "menu dan pilih Tetapan Kuasa. Pada tetapan 'Bila kuasa " +#~ "adalah tersangat rendah', anda boleh pilih komputer ditangguh, dihibernasi, atau dimatikan. Jika anda pilih " +#~ "matikan, aplikasi dan dokumen anda tidak akan disimpan bila " +#~ "komputer ditutup." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sesetengah komputer menghadapi masalah bila ditangguh, dan tidak boleh " +#~ "pulihkan aplikasi dan dokumen bila komputer dihidup kembali. Dalam kes ini, " +#~ "anda akan kehilangan kerja yang anda buat jika anda tidak simpan sebelum " +#~ "komputer ditangguh. Walaubagaimanapun, anda masih boleh baiki masalah tangguh tersebut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik ikon dihujung kanan palang menu dan pilih Tetapan Sistem" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pencetak tidak dikesan, kertas tersangkut, cetakan yang tidak sempurna..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Pasang pencetak yang sudah bersambung dengan komputer anda." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Pasang pencetak setempat" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sistem anda boleh mengenalpasti banyak jenis pencetak secar automatik " +#~ "bilamana ia bersambung. Kebanyakan pencetak bersambung dengan kabel USB yang " +#~ "dihubungkan dengan komputer anda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda tidak perlu pilih sama ada anda mahu pasang rangkaian atau pencetak " +#~ "setempat sekarang. Ia disenarai dalam satu tetingkap." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sambungkan pencetak ke sistem anda melalui kabel yang sesuai. Anda dapat " +#~ "lihat aktiviti pada skrin bila sistem menggelintar pemacu, dan anda akan " +#~ "ditanya untuk disahihkan semasa pemasangannya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Satu mesej akan muncul bila sistem selesai memasang pencetak. Pilih " +#~ "Cetak Halaman Uji untuk mencetak halaman uji, atau " +#~ "Pilihan untuk membuat beberapa perubahan dalam pemasangan " +#~ "pencetak." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika pencetak anda tidak dipasang secara automatik, anda boleh tambah ia " +#~ "didalam tetapan pencetak." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Klik Tambah dan pilih pencetak dari tetingkap Peranti." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik Maju dan tunggu sehingga ia selesai menggelintar pemacu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika terdapat berbilang pemacu yang tersedia untuk komputer anda, anda akan " +#~ "ditanya untuk memilih pemacu. Untuk guna pemacu yang disarankan, hanya klik " +#~ "Maju pada skrin buatan dan model." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selepas anda memasang pencetak, anda boleh ubah pencetak lalai anda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda perlu daftar keluar dan masuk supaya perubahan berkesan. Klik ikon " +#~ "dihujung kanan palang menu dan pilih Daftar Keluar untuk " +#~ "mendaftar keluar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda perlu daftar keluar dan masuk supaya perubahan bahasa berkesan. Klik " +#~ "ikon dihujung palang menu dan pilih Daftar Keluar untuk mendaftar " +#~ "keluar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk mendaftar keluar dan tukar pengguna, klik menu sistem dihujung kanan palang menu dan pilih pilihan yang " +#~ "dikehendaki." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk mengunci skrin anda, klik menu sistem dalam palang menu dan " +#~ "pilih Kunci Skrin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bila skrin anda dikunci, pengguna lain boleh mendaftar masuk ke akaun mereka " +#~ "sendiri dengan mengklik Tukar Pengguna pada skrin kata laluan. " +#~ "Anda boleh tukar kembali ke desktop anda bila mereka selesai guna komputer " +#~ "tersebut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Untuk menangguh komputer anda secara manual, klik menu sistem " +#~ "dalam palang menu dan pilih Tangguh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda hendak matikan komputer anda, atau membuat mula semula, klik " +#~ "menu sistem dan pilih Matikan." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28449,6 +30222,50 @@ #~ "walaupun ditunjukkan secara terlilit pada skrin, salin dan tampal untuk " #~ "mendapatkannya):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Melalui papan kekunci" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lepaskan Alt untuk pilih tetingkap (yang disorot) berikutnya di " +#~ "dalam penukar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika tidak, tahan kekunci Alt, kemudian tekan Tab " +#~ "untuk berkitar menerusi senarai tetingkap yang dibuka, atau " +#~ "ShiftTab untuk berkitar secara " +#~ "mengundur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tetingkap didalam penukar tetingkap dikumpulkan mengikut aplikasi. Pratonton " +#~ "aplikasi dengan tetingkap berbilang akan timbul bilamana anda klik " +#~ "menerusinya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anda juga boleh bergerak diantara ikon aplikasi didalam penukar tetingkap " +#~ "dengan kekunci → atau kekunci ←, atau pilih satu " +#~ "dengan mengkliknnya." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pratonton aplikasi dengan tetingkap tunggal boleh dipaparkan dengan kekunci " +#~ "↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -28777,6 +30594,12 @@ #~ "Jika anda tidak mahu menerim cadangan gelintar, anda boleh lumpuhkan fitur " #~ "ini." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buka Keselamatan & Kerahsiaan dan pilih tab " +#~ "Gelintar." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Matikan Sertakan keputusan gelintar atas-talian." @@ -28835,6 +30658,29 @@ #~ "Ubuntu untuk melihat apa yang tersedia." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda mempunyai lebih daripada satu stylus, bila stylus tambahan semakin " +#~ "hampir dengan tablet, satu pager akan dipaparkan berhampiran dengan nama " +#~ "peranti stylus. Guna pager untuk memilih stylus yang manakah dikonfigurkan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik Tanda Buku dalam palang menu dan pilih Tanda buku " +#~ "lokasi ini." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik Tanda Buku dalam palang menu dan pilih Tanda " +#~ "Buku... dari menu apl." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28861,6 +30707,13 @@ #~ "lebih dari tiga aplikasi yang sama, tiga segitiga ditunjukkan." #~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bila anda puas hati dengan parameter gelintar, klik Fail pada " +#~ "palang menu dan pilih Simpan Gelintar Sebagai...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -28868,3 +30721,75 @@ #~ "Klik kanan pada keputusan gelintar untuk membuka pratonton. " #~ "Pratonton menunjukkan keterangan pendek sesebuah aplikasi, cekupan skrinnya, " #~ "penarafannya dalam Pusat Perisian, dan versi yang tersedia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Perisian Ubuntu membantu anda buang perisian yang tidak lagi anda " +#~ "gunakan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Guna Perisian Ubuntu untuk menambah program dan menjadikan Ubuntu " +#~ "lebih berguna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Buka menu di bahagian atas-kanan dan pilih Data SMART & Ujian-" +#~ "Kendiri untuk melihat lebih banyak maklumat, atau mahu jalankan ujian-" +#~ "kendiri." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash ialah pemalam pelayar sesawang yang membolehkan " +#~ "anda menonton video dan menggunakan laman sesawang interaktif yang ada pada " +#~ "sesetengah laman sesawang. HTML5, pula merupakan penyelesaian terkini yang " +#~ "semakin popular, walaubagaimanapun masih terdapat laman sesawang yang tidak " +#~ "dapat berfungsi tanpa bantuan Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubah pelayar lalai, pasang Flash, pasang pemalam java…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik menu sistem pada bahagian paling kanan palang " +#~ "menu dan pilih Tetapan Sistem." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Hidupkan Sertakan keputusan gelintar atas-talian." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Hidupkan keputusan gelintar atas-talian" + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Secara lalai, pemasukan keputusan gelintar atas-talian dimatikan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jika anda mahu menerima cadangan gelintar atas-talian, anda boleh benarkan " +#~ "fitur ini melalui tetapan sistem Keselamatan & Kerahsiaan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik menu sistem pada bahagian paling kanan palang " +#~ "menu dan pilih Tetapan Sistem." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/my/my.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/my/my.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/my/my.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/my/my.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Pyae Sone \n" "Language-Team: Burmese \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -312,49 +312,132 @@ "key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on " "bounce keys." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"menu bar၏ ညာဖက်စွန်းက icon တွင်ကလစ်နှိပ်ပါ။ထို့နောက် System " -"Settings ကိုရွေးပါ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -362,12 +445,12 @@ "ကိုရွေးပါ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Bounce Keys ကိုဖွင့်ပါ။" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -419,14 +502,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -461,18 +544,9 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -481,12 +555,12 @@ "Clicking tab ကိုရွေးပါ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Hover Click ကိုဖွင့်" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -496,7 +570,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -504,14 +578,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -519,7 +593,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -546,12 +620,12 @@ "သင်၏စကရင်ပေါ်မှစာများဖတ်ရန်အခက်အခဲရှိပါက ဖွန့်အရွယ်အစားကိုပြောင်းနိုင်ပါသည်။" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -676,7 +750,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -706,12 +780,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Simulated Secondary Click ကိုဖွင့်မည်" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -720,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -729,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -737,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -745,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -796,17 +870,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Slow Keys ကိုဖွင့်မည်" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -815,14 +889,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -860,17 +934,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Sticky Keys ကိုဖွင့်မည်" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -879,14 +953,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -897,13 +971,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -942,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -950,7 +1024,7 @@ "ကိုရွေးပါ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -979,7 +1053,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -993,10 +1067,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1050,12 +1124,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1066,7 +1141,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1075,15 +1150,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1239,7 +1315,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1253,46 +1329,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1300,7 +1375,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1627,6 +1702,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1711,114 +1855,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "နောက်ထပ်အပိုဆော့ဝဲလ်များကိုသွင်းမည်" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"နောက်ထပ်အပိုဆော့ဝဲလ်သွင်းရန်အတွက် အောက်ပါအချက်များကိုပြုလုပ်ပေးရပါမည်-" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"wireless သို့မဟုတ် wired connection နှင့် အင်တာနက်ချိတ်ဆက်ပါ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"စိတ်ဝင်စားသော application ကိုရွေးပြီး Install ကိုနှိပ်ပေးပါ" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"သင်၏စကားဝှက်ရိုက်ထည့်ရန်တောင်းဆိုလိမ့်မည်။ ရိုက်ထည့်ပြီးပါက စပြီးသွင်းပါမည်။" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"စက်ထဲသို့သွင်းခြင်းသည် အများအားဖြင့် မြန်မြန်ဆန်ဆန် ပြီးပါသည်။ သို့သော် " -"အင်တာနက် ကွန်နက်ရှင်လိုင်းနှေးနေပါက အနည်းငယ်ကြာနိုင်သည်။" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Personal Package Archive (PPA) ထည့်မည်" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1827,12 +1973,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "PPA တစ်ခုသွင်းမည်" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1840,31 +1986,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "တခြားဆော့ဝဲလ် tab သို့ပြောင်းမည်" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Add ကိုနှိပ်ပါ။ppa:တည်နေရာကိုရိုက်ထည့်ပါ" +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1872,51 +2019,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "သင်မသုံးတော့သည့်ဆော့ဝဲလ်ကိုဖြုတ်မည်" +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "application တစ်ခုဖြုတ်မည်" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "application ကိုရွေးပြီးRemove ကိုနှိပ်ပါ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"သင့်ကို သင့်၏စကားဝှက်ရိုက်ခိုင်းပါလိမ့်မည်။ သင်ရိုက်ထည့်ပြီးပါက application " -"ကိုဖြုတ်သွားပါလိမ့်မည်" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1927,13 +2109,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1945,13 +2127,13 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -1960,14 +2142,14 @@ "တခြားဆော့ဝဲလ် tab သို့ပြောင်းသွားပါလိမ့်မည်" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1975,7 +2157,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1983,12 +2165,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1998,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2008,7 +2190,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2016,22 +2198,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2509,7 +2691,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3054,7 +3236,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3295,7 +3477,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3303,7 +3485,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4831,59 +5013,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5072,90 +5237,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5164,109 +5348,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5305,65 +5447,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5372,106 +5503,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5483,7 +5621,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5494,28 +5632,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5523,19 +5653,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5546,13 +5676,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5582,18 +5712,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5601,7 +5731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5610,7 +5740,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5637,15 +5767,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5661,7 +5797,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5669,7 +5805,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5677,7 +5813,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5685,7 +5821,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5714,7 +5850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5723,19 +5859,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5745,7 +5881,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5774,13 +5910,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5795,7 +5932,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5830,7 +5967,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5862,17 +5999,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5895,12 +6032,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6155,7 +6291,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6383,12 +6518,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6396,7 +6531,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6404,7 +6539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6414,7 +6549,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6424,7 +6559,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6432,17 +6567,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6451,12 +6586,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6465,24 +6600,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6491,7 +6626,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6499,24 +6634,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6524,12 +6659,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6538,7 +6673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6555,10 +6690,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6578,14 +6713,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6595,24 +6745,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7150,10 +7308,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7625,129 +7782,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8517,7 +8650,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8533,22 +8666,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8559,7 +8692,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8568,46 +8701,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8619,15 +8752,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8652,12 +8795,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8666,26 +8809,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8695,19 +8838,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8715,7 +8858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8723,50 +8866,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9135,14 +9278,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9165,12 +9308,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9178,24 +9321,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9203,7 +9346,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9212,14 +9355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9228,7 +9371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9335,10 +9478,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9373,17 +9517,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9410,26 +9555,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9438,7 +9576,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9446,12 +9584,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9462,7 +9600,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9661,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9671,8 +9809,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9696,7 +9834,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9717,11 +9855,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9729,31 +9867,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9775,13 +9915,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9793,111 +9932,319 @@ "had double-clicked." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 -msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 -msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9905,7 +10252,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10099,14 +10446,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10115,8 +10462,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10134,74 +10480,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10212,31 +10554,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10638,7 +10980,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10648,70 +10990,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11197,7 +11540,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "တည်နေရာ" @@ -11357,7 +11700,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "ဘာမျှမဟုတ်" @@ -11487,80 +11830,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "ခွင့်ပြုချက်" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "စကားလုံးတစ်လုံးဆီသည် အောက်ပါအဓိပ္ပါယ်များရှိသည်-" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : ဖတ်နိုင်သည့်ခွင့်ပြုချက်" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : ရေးနိုင်သည့် ခွင့်ပြုချက်" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : ခွင့်ပြုချက်မရှိ" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME အမျိုးအစား" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "ဖိုင်၏တည်နေရာလမ်းကြောင်း" @@ -11824,12 +12167,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11842,7 +12184,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12098,22 +12440,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12144,7 +12486,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12234,7 +12576,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12242,30 +12584,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12274,29 +12616,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12310,7 +12653,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12324,14 +12667,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12341,19 +12684,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12361,7 +12704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12589,83 +12932,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12898,6 +13291,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13094,7 +13488,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13137,20 +13531,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13158,13 +13552,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13172,19 +13566,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13620,10 +14014,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13647,50 +14041,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13699,25 +14094,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13749,8 +14143,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13917,25 +14311,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13943,40 +14337,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13985,25 +14379,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14012,12 +14406,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14028,41 +14422,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14071,34 +14465,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14109,44 +14503,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14154,17 +14549,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14174,32 +14569,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14210,30 +14605,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14296,21 +14701,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14321,12 +14724,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14335,14 +14745,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14508,7 +14918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14516,12 +14926,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14529,7 +14939,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15545,12 +15955,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15671,7 +16081,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15715,7 +16125,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15801,39 +16211,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15866,31 +16254,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16172,7 +16553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16305,7 +16686,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16313,21 +16694,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16335,7 +16716,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16343,8 +16724,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16397,7 +16778,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16414,7 +16797,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16518,7 +16902,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16935,7 +17318,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16968,94 +17351,138 @@ "unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-setup.page:8 +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 +msgid "" +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17203,31 +17630,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17236,7 +17663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17330,14 +17843,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17345,15 +17858,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17362,12 +17876,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17375,19 +17889,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17412,27 +17926,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17443,12 +17958,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17456,7 +17971,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17488,17 +18003,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17703,28 +18218,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17769,20 +18284,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17792,27 +18307,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17822,26 +18342,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18373,36 +18896,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18410,17 +18933,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18429,14 +18952,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18482,55 +19005,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18538,8 +19058,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18547,7 +19072,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18714,19 +19239,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18735,26 +19260,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19398,7 +19923,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19406,17 +19931,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19424,7 +19949,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19547,12 +20080,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20226,37 +20759,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20283,19 +20808,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20385,38 +20910,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20545,32 +21070,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20578,8 +21103,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20588,7 +21127,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20596,14 +21135,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20615,7 +21154,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20623,28 +21162,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20655,7 +21194,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20663,14 +21202,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20681,21 +21220,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20706,7 +21245,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20714,14 +21253,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20729,58 +21268,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20875,37 +21388,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22203,7 +22690,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22211,7 +22698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22221,18 +22708,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22278,6 +22765,28 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "menu bar၏ ညာဖက်စွန်းက icon တွင်ကလစ်နှိပ်ပါ။ထို့နောက် System " +#~ "Settings ကိုရွေးပါ" + +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "နောက်ထပ်အပိုဆော့ဝဲလ်များကိုသွင်းမည်" + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "နောက်ထပ်အပိုဆော့ဝဲလ်သွင်းရန်အတွက် အောက်ပါအချက်များကိုပြုလုပ်ပေးရပါမည်-" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "wireless သို့မဟုတ် wired connection နှင့် အင်တာနက်ချိတ်ဆက်ပါ" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." #~ msgstr "" @@ -22285,12 +22794,37 @@ #~ "ခေါင်းစဉ်တစ်ခုကိုရွေးပြီး စာရင်းများထဲမှ application တစ်ခုကိုရှာပါ" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "စိတ်ဝင်စားသော application ကိုရွေးပြီး Install ကိုနှိပ်ပေးပါ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "သင်၏စကားဝှက်ရိုက်ထည့်ရန်တောင်းဆိုလိမ့်မည်။ ရိုက်ထည့်ပြီးပါက စပြီးသွင်းပါမည်။" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "စက်ထဲသို့သွင်းခြင်းသည် အများအားဖြင့် မြန်မြန်ဆန်ဆန် ပြီးပါသည်။ သို့သော် " +#~ "အင်တာနက် ကွန်နက်ရှင်လိုင်းနှေးနေပါက အနည်းငယ်ကြာနိုင်သည်။" + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Add ကိုနှိပ်ပါ။ppa:တည်နေရာကိုရိုက်ထည့်ပါ" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Software Sources Window ကိုပိတ်ပါ။ ဦးဘန္တုဆော့ဝဲလ်စင်တာ သည် ဆော့ဝဲလ်အသစ်ကို " #~ "သင်၏ ဆော့ဝဲလ်အရင်းအမြစ်ထဲမှစစ်ပါလိမ့်မည်" +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "သင်မသုံးတော့သည့်ဆော့ဝဲလ်ကိုဖြုတ်မည်" + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -22298,6 +22832,13 @@ #~ "ဆော့ဝဲလ်စင်တာဖွင့်ပြီးပါက အပေါ်တွင်ရှိသော " #~ "Installedခလုတ်ကိုကလစ်နှိပ်ပါ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "သင့်ကို သင့်၏စကားဝှက်ရိုက်ခိုင်းပါလိမ့်မည်။ သင်ရိုက်ထည့်ပြီးပါက application " +#~ "ကိုဖြုတ်သွားပါလိမ့်မည်" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "ဦးဘန္တုမူရင်းထဲတွင် Cheese မပါဝင်ပါ။ Cheese သွင်းရန်-" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/nb/nb.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/nb/nb.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/nb/nb.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/nb/nb.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-19 20:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmal \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ " Hans Joachim Desserud https://launchpad.net/~hjd\n" " Jeremy Bicha https://launchpad.net/~jbicha\n" " Magnus Meyer Hustveit https://launchpad.net/~dizzi90\n" +" christian https://launchpad.net/~zenono\n" " erlend https://launchpad.net/~erlendandreas12368\n" " Åka Sikrom https://launchpad.net/~akrosikam" @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -123,13 +124,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -240,13 +241,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -317,61 +318,144 @@ "eller annet som gjør at du har lett for å trykke utilsiktet på en knapp " "flere ganger." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Trykk på ikonet i høyre ende av menylinja og velg " -"Systeminnstillinger." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Åpne Universell tilgang og velg Skriving-fanen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Skru på Spretteknapper." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -434,15 +518,15 @@ "brukergrensesnittet som endres her." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Åpne Universell tilgang og velg Synlighet-fanen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Skru Høy kontrast-bryteren PÅ." @@ -480,18 +564,9 @@ "Når sveveklikk er aktivert kan du flytte musepekeren over et handlende " "element, slippe musa og vente et øyeblikk før knappen klikkes på automatisk." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -499,12 +574,12 @@ "Åpne Universell tilgang og velg Pek og klikk-fanen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Skru på Sveveklikk." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -514,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -524,14 +599,14 @@ "den har skiftet farge fullstendig, regnes knappen som klikket på." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -542,7 +617,7 @@ "klikk." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -568,12 +643,12 @@ "skriftstørrelsen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -697,7 +772,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -730,12 +805,12 @@ "hvis pekeenheten bare har én knapp." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -744,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -757,7 +832,7 @@ "fullstendig blå, slipper du knappen for å høyreklikke." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -765,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -773,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -824,17 +899,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slå på Trege taster." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slå raskt på og av trege taster" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -843,14 +918,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -888,17 +963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -907,14 +982,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -925,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -970,13 +1045,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1005,7 +1080,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1019,10 +1094,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1076,12 +1151,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1092,7 +1168,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1101,15 +1177,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1123,7 +1200,7 @@ #: C/unity-shopping.page:18 #: C/windows-key.page:14 msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubuntu dokumentasjonsgruppe" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/about-this-guide.page:14 @@ -1210,7 +1287,7 @@ #: C/documents-info.page:19 #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:19 msgid "Greg Beam" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Greg Beam" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts.page:19 @@ -1263,7 +1340,7 @@ #: C/printing-setup.page:18 #: C/unity-introduction.page:18 msgid "Jim Campbell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jim Campbell" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-add.page:24 @@ -1278,12 +1355,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Når du legger til en konto, kobles denne til skrivebordet. E-post- og " -"samtaleprogrammer blir satt opp automatisk." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1294,54 +1369,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Velg en Kontotype i boksen til høyre." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." -msgstr "Gjenta denne prosessen hvis du vil sette opp flere kontoer." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Det dukker opp et nettbasert brukergrensesnitt hvor du kan legge inn " -"akkreditiver til aktuell konto. Hvis du for eksemepel setter opp en Google-" -"konto, er det bare å legge inn brukernavn og passord, og logge inn." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Hvis du har skrevet inn korrekte akkreditiver, blir du bedt om å godta en " -"rekke brukervilkår. Du må Godta for å fortsette. Etter å ha " -"godtatt må du gi Ubuntu tilgang til kontoen ved å trykke Gi " -"tilgang. Deretter må du skrive inn passordet til gjeldende " -"skrivebordsbruker." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1349,7 +1415,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1675,6 +1741,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1757,107 +1892,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1866,12 +2010,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1879,31 +2023,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1911,49 +2056,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1964,13 +2146,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1982,27 +2164,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2010,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2018,12 +2200,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2033,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2043,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2051,22 +2233,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2541,7 +2723,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3079,7 +3261,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3320,7 +3502,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3328,7 +3510,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4856,59 +5038,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5097,90 +5262,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5189,109 +5373,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5330,65 +5472,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5397,106 +5528,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5508,7 +5646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5519,28 +5657,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5548,19 +5678,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5571,13 +5701,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5607,18 +5737,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5626,7 +5756,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5635,7 +5765,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5662,15 +5792,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5686,7 +5822,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5694,7 +5830,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5702,7 +5838,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5710,7 +5846,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5739,7 +5875,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5748,19 +5884,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5770,7 +5906,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5799,13 +5935,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5820,7 +5957,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5855,7 +5992,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5887,17 +6024,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5920,12 +6057,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6180,7 +6316,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6408,12 +6543,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6421,7 +6556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6429,7 +6564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6439,7 +6574,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6449,7 +6584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6457,17 +6592,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6476,12 +6611,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6490,24 +6625,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6516,7 +6651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6524,24 +6659,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6549,12 +6684,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6563,7 +6698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6580,10 +6715,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6603,14 +6738,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6620,24 +6770,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7175,10 +7333,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7650,129 +7807,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8542,7 +8675,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8558,22 +8691,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8584,7 +8717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8593,46 +8726,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8644,15 +8777,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8677,12 +8820,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8691,26 +8834,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8720,19 +8863,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8740,7 +8883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8748,50 +8891,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9160,14 +9303,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9190,12 +9333,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9203,24 +9346,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9228,7 +9371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9237,14 +9380,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9253,7 +9396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9360,10 +9503,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9398,17 +9542,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9435,26 +9580,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9463,7 +9601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9471,12 +9609,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9487,7 +9625,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9686,7 +9824,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9696,8 +9834,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9721,7 +9859,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9742,11 +9880,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9754,31 +9892,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9789,140 +9929,347 @@ "click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 -msgid "" -"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " -"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " -"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 -msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 -msgid "" -"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " -"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " -"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " -"had double-clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 -msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 -msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9930,7 +10277,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10124,14 +10471,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10140,8 +10487,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10159,74 +10505,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10237,31 +10579,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10663,7 +11005,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10673,70 +11015,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11222,7 +11565,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11382,7 +11725,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11512,80 +11855,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11849,12 +12192,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11867,7 +12209,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12123,22 +12465,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12169,7 +12511,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12259,7 +12601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12267,30 +12609,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12299,29 +12641,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12335,7 +12678,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12349,14 +12692,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12366,19 +12709,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12386,7 +12729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12614,83 +12957,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12923,6 +13316,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13119,7 +13513,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13162,20 +13556,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13183,13 +13577,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13197,19 +13591,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13645,10 +14039,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13672,50 +14066,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13724,25 +14119,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13774,8 +14168,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13942,25 +14336,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13968,40 +14362,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -14010,25 +14404,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14037,12 +14431,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14053,41 +14447,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14096,34 +14490,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14134,44 +14528,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14179,17 +14574,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14199,32 +14594,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14235,30 +14630,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14321,21 +14726,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14346,12 +14749,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14360,14 +14770,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14533,7 +14943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14541,12 +14951,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14554,7 +14964,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15570,12 +15980,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15696,7 +16106,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15740,7 +16150,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15826,39 +16236,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15891,31 +16279,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16197,7 +16578,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16330,7 +16711,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16338,21 +16719,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16360,7 +16741,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16368,8 +16749,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16422,7 +16803,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16439,7 +16822,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16543,7 +16927,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16960,7 +17343,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16995,92 +17378,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17228,31 +17655,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17261,7 +17688,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17355,14 +17868,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17370,15 +17883,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17387,12 +17901,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17400,19 +17914,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17437,27 +17951,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17468,12 +17983,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17481,7 +17996,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17513,17 +18028,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17728,28 +18243,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17794,20 +18309,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17817,27 +18332,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17847,26 +18367,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18398,36 +18921,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18435,17 +18958,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18454,14 +18977,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18507,55 +19030,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18563,8 +19083,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18572,7 +19097,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18739,19 +19264,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18760,26 +19285,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19423,7 +19948,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19431,17 +19956,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19449,7 +19974,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19572,12 +20105,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20251,37 +20784,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20308,19 +20833,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20410,38 +20935,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20570,32 +21095,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20603,8 +21128,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20613,7 +21152,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20621,14 +21160,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20640,7 +21179,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20648,28 +21187,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20680,7 +21219,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20688,14 +21227,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20706,21 +21245,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20731,7 +21270,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20739,14 +21278,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20754,58 +21293,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20900,37 +21413,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22291,7 +22778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22299,7 +22786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22309,18 +22796,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22366,6 +22853,13 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trykk på ikonet i høyre ende av menylinja og velg " +#~ "Systeminnstillinger." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Velg en Kontotype i boksen til høyre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "Gjenta denne prosessen hvis du vil sette opp flere kontoer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det dukker opp et nettbasert brukergrensesnitt hvor du kan legge inn " +#~ "akkreditiver til aktuell konto. Hvis du for eksemepel setter opp en Google-" +#~ "konto, er det bare å legge inn brukernavn og passord, og logge inn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hvis du har skrevet inn korrekte akkreditiver, blir du bedt om å godta en " +#~ "rekke brukervilkår. Du må Godta for å fortsette. Etter å ha " +#~ "godtatt må du gi Ubuntu tilgang til kontoen ved å trykke Gi " +#~ "tilgang. Deretter må du skrive inn passordet til gjeldende " +#~ "skrivebordsbruker." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ne/ne.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ne/ne.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ne/ne.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ne/ne.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Nepali \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -311,60 +311,143 @@ "थीच्ना चाहनुहुन्छ तर हात कापेर धेरै चोटी थीचिन्छ भने तपाईले बाउन्स् की-हरु " "चालु गर्नु पर्छ।" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"मेनु बारको दायाँ पाट्टीको आइकन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र सिस्टम " -"सेटिङ छनौट गर्नुहोस्।" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -416,14 +499,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -456,30 +539,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -489,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -497,14 +571,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -512,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -536,12 +610,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -662,7 +736,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -692,12 +766,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -706,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -715,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -723,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -731,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -782,17 +856,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -801,14 +875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -846,17 +920,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -865,14 +939,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -883,13 +957,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -928,13 +1002,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -963,7 +1037,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -977,10 +1051,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1034,12 +1108,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1050,7 +1125,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1059,15 +1134,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1221,7 +1297,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1235,46 +1311,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1282,7 +1357,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1608,6 +1683,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1690,107 +1834,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1799,12 +1952,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1812,31 +1965,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1844,49 +1998,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1897,13 +2088,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1915,27 +2106,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1943,7 +2134,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1951,12 +2142,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1966,7 +2157,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1976,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1984,22 +2175,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2474,7 +2665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3012,7 +3203,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3253,7 +3444,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3261,7 +3452,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4789,59 +4980,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5030,90 +5204,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5122,109 +5315,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5263,65 +5414,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5330,106 +5470,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 +msgid "" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5441,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5452,28 +5599,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5481,19 +5620,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5504,13 +5643,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5540,18 +5679,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5559,7 +5698,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5568,7 +5707,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5595,15 +5734,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5619,7 +5764,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5627,7 +5772,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5635,7 +5780,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5643,7 +5788,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5672,7 +5817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5681,19 +5826,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5703,7 +5848,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5732,13 +5877,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5753,7 +5899,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5788,7 +5934,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5820,17 +5966,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5853,12 +5999,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6113,7 +6258,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6341,12 +6485,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6354,7 +6498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6362,7 +6506,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6372,7 +6516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6382,7 +6526,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6390,17 +6534,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6409,12 +6553,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6423,24 +6567,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6449,7 +6593,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6457,24 +6601,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6482,12 +6626,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6496,7 +6640,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6513,10 +6657,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6536,14 +6680,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6553,24 +6712,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7108,10 +7275,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7583,129 +7749,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8475,7 +8617,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8491,22 +8633,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8517,7 +8659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8526,46 +8668,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8577,15 +8719,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8610,12 +8762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8624,26 +8776,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8653,19 +8805,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8673,7 +8825,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8681,50 +8833,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9093,14 +9245,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9123,12 +9275,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9136,24 +9288,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9161,7 +9313,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9170,14 +9322,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9186,7 +9338,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9293,10 +9445,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9331,17 +9484,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9368,26 +9522,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9396,7 +9543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9404,12 +9551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9420,7 +9567,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9619,7 +9766,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9629,8 +9776,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9654,7 +9801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9675,11 +9822,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9687,175 +9834,384 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 +msgid "" +"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +"the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " +"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" +"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 -msgid "" -"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " -"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " -"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 -msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 -msgid "" -"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " -"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" -"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 -msgid "" -"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " -"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " -"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 -msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 -msgid "" -"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " -"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " -"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " -"had double-clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 -msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 -msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9863,7 +10219,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10057,14 +10413,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10073,8 +10429,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10092,74 +10447,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10170,31 +10521,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10596,7 +10947,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10606,70 +10957,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11155,7 +11507,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11315,7 +11667,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11445,80 +11797,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11782,12 +12134,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11800,7 +12151,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12056,22 +12407,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12102,7 +12453,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12192,7 +12543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12200,30 +12551,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12232,29 +12583,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12268,7 +12620,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12282,14 +12634,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12299,19 +12651,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12319,7 +12671,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12547,83 +12899,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12856,6 +13258,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13052,7 +13455,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13095,20 +13498,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13116,13 +13519,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13130,19 +13533,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13578,10 +13981,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13605,50 +14008,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13657,25 +14061,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13707,8 +14110,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13875,25 +14278,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13901,40 +14304,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13943,25 +14346,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13970,12 +14373,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13986,41 +14389,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14029,34 +14432,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14067,44 +14470,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14112,17 +14516,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14132,32 +14536,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14168,30 +14572,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14254,21 +14668,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14279,12 +14691,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14293,14 +14712,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14466,7 +14885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14474,12 +14893,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14487,7 +14906,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15503,12 +15922,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15629,7 +16048,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15673,7 +16092,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15759,39 +16178,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15824,31 +16221,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16130,7 +16520,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16263,7 +16653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16271,21 +16661,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16293,7 +16683,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16301,8 +16691,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16355,7 +16745,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16372,7 +16764,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16476,7 +16869,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16893,7 +17285,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16928,92 +17320,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17161,31 +17597,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17194,7 +17630,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17288,14 +17810,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17303,15 +17825,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17320,12 +17843,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17333,19 +17856,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17370,27 +17893,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17401,12 +17925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17414,7 +17938,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17446,17 +17970,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17661,28 +18185,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17727,20 +18251,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17750,27 +18274,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17780,26 +18309,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18331,36 +18863,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18368,17 +18900,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18387,14 +18919,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18440,55 +18972,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18496,8 +19025,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18505,7 +19039,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18672,19 +19206,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18693,26 +19227,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19356,7 +19890,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19364,17 +19898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19382,7 +19916,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19505,12 +20047,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20184,37 +20726,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20241,19 +20775,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20343,38 +20877,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20503,32 +21037,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20536,8 +21070,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20546,7 +21094,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20554,14 +21102,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20573,7 +21121,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20581,28 +21129,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20613,7 +21161,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20621,14 +21169,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20639,21 +21187,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20664,7 +21212,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20672,14 +21220,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20687,58 +21235,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20833,37 +21355,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22161,7 +22657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22169,7 +22665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22179,18 +22675,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22234,3 +22730,10 @@ "more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मेनु बारको दायाँ पाट्टीको आइकन क्लिक गर्नुहोस् र सिस्टम " +#~ "सेटिङ छनौट गर्नुहोस्।" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/nl/nl.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/nl/nl.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/nl/nl.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/nl/nl.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:21+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-09 08:25+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Hannie Dumoleyn \n" "Language-Team: Dutch \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:05+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:57+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: nl\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -334,61 +334,146 @@ "worden te negeren. Als u bijvoorbeeld door bevende handen onbedoeld meerdere " "malen op een toets drukt kunt u springende toetsen inschakelen." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts van de menubalk en kies " -"Systeeminstellingen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universele toegang en ga naar het tabblad Typen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Zet Springende toetsen aan." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -457,15 +542,15 @@ "alleen delen van de gebruikersinterface zullen veranderen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universele toegang en ga naar het tabblad Zicht." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Zet Hoog contrast AAN." @@ -507,19 +592,9 @@ "plaatsen, de muis loslaten en even wachten totdat er voor u op de knop " "geklikt wordt." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik op uw naam in de menubalk en selecteer Systeeminstellingen." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -528,12 +603,12 @@ "klikken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Schakel ZweefKlik in." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -550,7 +625,7 @@ "naar normaal klikken." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -561,7 +636,7 @@ "kleur veranderd is, zal deze aangeklikt worden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -570,7 +645,7 @@ "muis stil moet houden voordat er een muisklik wordt uitgevoerd." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -581,7 +656,7 @@ "klikken. Indien de aanwijzer te hevig beweegt, zal de klik niet plaatsvinden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -610,12 +685,12 @@ "het lettertype wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Zet Grote letters AAN." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -752,7 +827,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -787,12 +862,12 @@ "heeft." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Gesimuleerde Secondaire Klik inschakelen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -805,7 +880,7 @@ "Vertraging voor accepteren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -819,7 +894,7 @@ "muisknop loslaten om met rechts te klikken." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -830,7 +905,7 @@ "gebruiken, ook al krijgt u geen visuele feedback van de aanwijzer." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -841,7 +916,7 @@ "te drukken." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -912,17 +987,17 @@ "toets in te drukken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Toetsvertraging inschakelen." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Langzame toetsen snel aan- en uitzetten" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -936,7 +1011,7 @@ "toetsenbordvertraging in- of uit te schakelen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -946,7 +1021,7 @@ "wordt geregistreerd." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -998,17 +1073,17 @@ "tegelijk ingedrukt te houden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "PlakToetsen inschakelen." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Plaktoetsen snel in- of uitschakelen" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1022,7 +1097,7 @@ "uit te schakelen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1031,7 +1106,7 @@ "worden om een toetscombinatie op de \"gewone\" manier in te kunnen drukken." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1048,7 +1123,7 @@ "dicht bij elkaar liggen), maar andere niet." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1056,7 +1131,7 @@ "ingedrukt om dit in te schakelen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1110,14 +1185,14 @@ "om te leren hoe u het meldingsgeluid kunt dempen)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Open Universele toegang en ga naar het tabblad Gehoor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1148,7 +1223,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1162,10 +1237,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1219,12 +1294,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1235,7 +1311,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1244,15 +1320,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1429,12 +1506,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" "Door het toevoegen van een account koppelt u uw online-accounts met uw " -"Ubuntu-bureaublad." +"Ubuntu-bureaublad. Hierdoor zullen uw e-mail, chat en andere gerelateerde " +"toepassingen voor u ingesteld worden." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1445,48 +1523,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Selecteer in het rechtervenster een Accounttype." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Indien u meer accounts wilt configureren kunt u later dit proces herhalen." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "Selecteer in het rechter venster een Accounttype." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" "Er wordt een kleine internetgebruikersinterface geopend waar u de gegevens " "van uw online-account kunt invoeren. Als u bijvoorbeeld een Google-account " "instelt, voer dan uw Google-gebruikersnaam en -wachtwoord in en meld u aan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u de juiste gegevens heeft ingevoerd, moet u uw onlinedienst laten " +"weten dat Ubuntu toegang tot uw online-account moet hebben. Kies " +"Toestaan om door te gaan." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Als u de gegevens correct heeft ingevoerd wordt u gevraagd de voorwaarden te " -"accepteren. Klik op Accept om door te gaan. Na het accepteren " -"heeft Ubuntu toestemming nodig voor toegang tot uw account. Om toegang te " -"verlenen klikt u op de knop Grant Access. Voer, wanneer er naar " -"gevraagd wordt, het huidige gebruikerswachtwoord in." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." +msgstr "" +"Ubuntu heeft toestemming nodig om toegang te krijgen tot uw online-account. " +"Kies Toegang verlenen om door te gaan." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" "Nu kunt u de toepassingen selecteren die u gekoppeld wilt hebben aan uw " "online-account. Als u een online-account voor chatten wilt gebruiken, maar u " @@ -1495,10 +1571,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Nadat u de accounts heeft toegevoegd, zal elke toepassing die u geselecteerd " +"Nadat u een account heeft toegevoegd, zal elke toepassing die u geselecteerd " "heeft automatisch deze gegevens gebruiken wanneer u zich aanmeldt." #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1506,14 +1582,14 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" "Om beveiligingsredenen zal Ubuntu uw wachtwoord niet opslaan op uw computer. " "In plaats daarvan slaat het systeem een token op die afkomstig is van de " -"onlinedienst. Als u de link tussen uw bureaublad en de onlinedienst volledig " -"wilt intrekken, \r\n" -"verwijder deze dan." +"onlinedienst. Als u de koppeling tussen uw bureaublad en de online-account " +"volledig wilt intrekken, verwijder " +"deze dan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1896,6 +1972,95 @@ "u klaar staan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Maak van een usb-stick een volume van waaruit u kunt opstarten en Ubuntu " +"installeren." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "Een opstartschijf aanmaken" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" +"In deze context is een opstartschijf een usb-stick van waaruit u kunt " +"opstarten en Ubuntu installeren. De usb-stick moet een capaciteit " +"hebben van ten minste 2 GB. Alle gegevens die op de usb-stick staan zullen " +"verloren gaan wanneer u de opstartschijf maakt." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" +"Er wordt vanuit gegaan dat u een Ubuntu-ISO-imagebestand gedownload heeft." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "Om een opstartschijf te maken van een Ubuntu-ISO-imagebestand:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" +"Open de toepassing Opstartschijf aanmaken vanuit de " +"Snelzoeker." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" +"Als het ISO-bestand zich bevindt in uw Download-map, en als dat " +"het enige ISO-bestand is, dan zal Opstartschijf aanmaken dit " +"bestand geselecteerd hebben; anders selecteert u het juiste ISO-bestand." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" +"Als uw computer slechts één usb-stick aangesloten heeft, dan zal " +"Opstartschijf aanmaken die geselecteerd hebben; anders kiest u de " +"juiste schijf." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "Klik op Maak een opstartschijf." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Ja om te bevestigen. Het proces zal niet meer dan 10 " +"minuten in beslag nemen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer het venster \"Installatie voltooid\" verschijnt klikt u op " +"Afsluiten." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2004,49 +2169,67 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" "Gebruik Ubuntu Software om programma's toe te voegen en Ubuntu " "bruikbaarder te maken." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Extra software installeren" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "Extra toepassingen installeren" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Het ontwikkelteam van Ubuntu heeft een standaard set toepassingen uitgekozen " -"die naar haar mening Ubuntu zeer bruikbaar maakt voor de meeste dagelijkse " -"taken. Maar u zult vast meer software willen installeren om Ubuntu nog " -"bruikbaarder voor u te maken." +"Een toepassing is software die beschikt over een grafische " +"gebruikersinterface (GUI). Het ontwikkelteam van Ubuntu heeft een standaard " +"set toepassingen uitgekozen die naar haar mening Ubuntu zeer bruikbaar maakt " +"voor de meeste dagelijkse taken. Maar u zult vast meer software willen " +"installeren om Ubuntu nog bruikbaarder voor u te maken. U kunt Ubuntu " +"Software gebruiken om toepassingen te installeren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Om extra software te installeren, doorloop de volgende stappen:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." msgstr "" -"Maak verbinding met het internet door middel van een draadloze of een bekabelde verbinding." +"Het kan ook zijn dat u software wilt installeren die niet over een GUI " +"beschikt. Om dergelijke software te installeren kunt u Synaptic gebruiken. Merk op dat " +"Synaptic geen snaps opneemt in de lijst." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" +msgstr "Om een toepassing te installeren:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2056,7 +2239,7 @@ "Snelzoeker." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2065,72 +2248,62 @@ "toepassing of een categorie kiezen en uit de lijst een toepassing selecteren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" "Kies de toepassing waarin u geïnteresseerd bent en klik op " "Installeren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "" -"Er zal gevraagd worden naar uw wachtwoord. Zodra u dat heeft ingevoerd zal " -"de installatie beginnen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"De installatie is gewoonlijk snel voltooid, maar kan een tijdje duren als u " -"een langzame internetverbinding heeft." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Een snelkoppeling naar de nieuwe toepassing zal worden toegevoegd aan de " -"Starter. Om dit uit te schakelen, haalt u het vinkje weg bij " -"BeeldNieuwe toepassing in Starter." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "PPA's toevoegen om te helpen bij het testen van speciale software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" +"PPAs toevoegen om de softwarebronnen die Ubuntu gebruikt voor installatie en " +"upgrades uit te breiden." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Een Personal Package Archive (PPA) toevoegen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" "Personal Package Archives (PPA's) zijn installatiebronnen speciaal " "bestemd voor Ubuntu-gebruikers; ze zijn gemakkelijker te installeren dan " -"andere softwarebronnen van derden." +"andere softwarebronnen van derden. PPAs worden vaak gebruikt om nog niet " +"uitgebrachte software te verspreiden zodat die getest kan worden." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Installeer alleen software uit bronnen die u vertrouwt!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2141,12 +2314,12 @@ "Ubuntu-team en kunnen software bevatten die schadelijk is voor uw computer." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Een PPA installeren" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2157,8 +2330,8 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2167,18 +2340,20 @@ "Updates" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Ga naar het tabblad Overige software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen en geef de ppa: locatie op." +"Klik op Toevoegen en geef de locatie van de PPA op (zoals " +"aangegeven in stap 1)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2186,7 +2361,7 @@ "authenticatievenster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2196,25 +2371,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "Software verwijderen die u niet langer gebruikt." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Een toepassing verwijderen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Software helpt u bij het verwijderen van software die u " -"niet langer gebruikt." +"Een toepassing is software die gebruik maakt van een grafische " +"gebruikersinterface (GUI). U kunt Ubuntu Software gebruiken om " +"toepassingen die u niet meer gebruikt te verwijderen." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" +"Het kan ook zijn dat u software wilt verwijderen die niet over een GUI " +"beschikt. Om dergelijke software te verwijderen kunt u Synaptic gebruiken. Merk op dat " +"Synaptic geen snaps opneemt in de lijst." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "Om een toepassing te verwijderen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2223,7 +2429,7 @@ "Geïnstalleerd bovenin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2232,21 +2438,30 @@ "doorzoek de lijst met geïnstalleerde toepassingen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Selecteer de toepassing en klik op Verwijderen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "Bevestig dat u de toepassing wilt verwijderen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Er kan gevraagd worden om uw wachtwoord op te geven. Nadat u dat gedaan " -"heeft, zal de toepassing verwijderd worden." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2262,16 +2477,16 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" "Andere softwarebronnen toevoegen om de softwarebronnen die Ubuntu gebruikt " "voor installatie en upgrades uit te breiden." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Extra softwarebronnen toevoegen" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "Softwarebronnen toevoegen" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2285,13 +2500,13 @@ "bronnen van derden. Wilt u software van derden installeren, dan moet u die " "toevoegen aan de lijst met beschikbare bronnen van Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Andere softwarebronnen installeren" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "Om een softwarebron toe te voegen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2300,7 +2515,7 @@ "naar het tabblad Overige Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2310,7 +2525,7 @@ "uit zien:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2321,20 +2536,24 @@ "softwarebronnen zoeken naar nieuwe updates." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"De meeste softwarebronnen leveren een ondertekensleutel om gedownloade " +"pakketten te kunnen verifiëren. Daarom moet u naast bovengenoemde stappen " +"mogelijk instructies volgen over hoe u de ondertekensleutel (GPG key) moet " +"downloaden en installeren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "De bron Partners van Canonical activeren" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2342,9 +2561,15 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"De bron Partners van Canonical biedt een aantal bedrijfseigen toepassingen " +"die geen geld kosten om ze te gebruiken, maar die in de gesloten-" +"broncategorie vallen. Hier vindt u software zoals Skype en " +"Adobe Flash Plugin. Softwareprogramma's uit deze bron verschijnen " +"wel in de zoekresultaten van Ubuntu Software, maar kunnen pas " +"geïnstalleerd worden als deze bron is ingeschakeld." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2359,7 +2584,7 @@ "venster. Als u de bron niet ziet, klik dan op Toevoegen en typ:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2370,26 +2595,26 @@ "broninformatie heeft opgehaald." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Software toevoegen/verwijderen" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Installeren, verwijderen, extra " -"softwarebronnen…" +"Toepassingen installeren, toepassingen verwijderen, softwarebronnen toevoegen…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Software toevoegen en verwijderen" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "Software toevoegen & verwijderen" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -3008,8 +3233,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB-geheugenstick (lage capaciteit)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "USB-geheugenstick (gemiddelde capaciteit)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3485,8 +3710,9 @@ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the " "- icon underneath the list." msgstr "" -"Selecteer in het linker paneel het apparaat waarmee u de verbinding wilt " -"verbreken en klik daarna op het --pictogram onderaan de lijst." +"Kies in het linkerdeel van het venster het apparaat waarmee u de verbinding " +"wilt verbreken en klik daarna op het --pictogram onderaan de " +"lijst." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:49 @@ -3660,9 +3886,9 @@ "shows devices you've already connected to. See ." msgstr "" -"Selecteer uit de lijst links het apparaat waar de bestanden naartoe moeten " -"worden gestuurd. De lijst toont alleen apparaten waarmee u verbonden bent. " -"Zie ." +"Kies uit de lijst links het apparaat waar de bestanden naartoe moeten worden " +"gestuurd. De lijst toont alleen apparaten waarmee u verbonden bent. Zie " +"." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:119 @@ -3687,7 +3913,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3993,16 +4219,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "" -"Door een afdrukreferentiebestand van een kleurenbedrijf te downloaden" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "Een afdrukreferentiebestand van een kleurenbedrijf downloaden" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -5916,20 +6141,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Als u zich later bedenkt, dan kunt u de klok terugzetten door te klikken op " -"het pictogram rechts in de menubalk en Systeeminstellingen te " -"kiezen. Klik onder het kopje Systeem op Tijd en datum." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Datumnotatie wijzigen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5938,44 +6162,23 @@ "standaardopmaak voor uw locatie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik op het pictogram helemaal rechts in de menubalk en selecteer " -"Systeeminstellingen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Klik onder Persoonlijk op Taalondersteuning." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Ga naar het Landinstellingen-tabblad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste locatie in de keuzelijst." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6094,7 +6297,7 @@ "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-" "hour or AM/PM format." msgstr "" -"U kan ook de urenweergave instellen door 24-uurs of " +"U kunt ook de urenweergave instellen door 24-uurs of " "AM/PM notatie te kiezen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -6207,72 +6410,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" "Prestatiemetingen (benchmarks) uitvoeren op uw harde schijf om te " "controleren hoe snel die is." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "De prestaties van u harde schijf testen" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "De prestaties van een harde schijf testen" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Om de snelheid van uw harde schijf te testen:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -"Open via de Snelzoeker de " -"Schijven-toepassing." +"Het is aan te bevelen reservekopieën te " +"maken van belangrijke bestanden voordat u de prestaties van een schijf test." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "" -"Open vanuit het activiteitenoverzicht de Schijven-toepassing." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 +msgid "" +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Een deel van de prestatietest (de schrijfbenchmark) is optioneel. Als u dit " +"wilt doen, dan moet Schijven exclusief toegang tot de schijf " +"hebben. Als u de volledige prestatietest wilt doen (inclusief de " +"schrijfbenchmark) voor de schijf waarvan Ubuntu opstart, dan kunt u een opstartschijf aanmaken, opstarten via " +"die opstartschijf en van daaruit de volledige prestatietest doen." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "Om de prestaties van u harde schijf te testen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Kies de harde schijf uit de lijst met schijfstations." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" +"Open de toepassing Schijven vanuit de Snelzoeker." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" +"Kies de gewenste schijf uit de lijst in het linkerdeel van het venster." + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop met het tandwiel en kies Benchmark volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Klik op Benchmark uitvoeren en pas de parameters " -"Overdrachtsnelheid en Toegangstijd naar wens aan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Klik op Benchmark uitvoeren om te testen hoe snel gegevens van de " -"schijf gelezen kunnen worden. Er zijn Beheerdersrechten voor nodig. Voer uw wachtwoord in, of het " -"wachtwoord voor de beheerdersaccount." +"Klik op Benchmark uitvoeren… en pas de parameters " +"Overdrachtssnelheid en Toegangstijd naar wens aan." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Benchmark uitvoeren… om het testen te starten. Er zijn " +"Beheerdersrechten voor nodig. Voer " +"uw wachtwoord in, of het wachtwoord voor de beheerdersaccount." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6282,44 +6518,32 @@ "kunnen worden. Dit zal langer duren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" "Wanneer de test klaar is zullen de resultaten verschijnen in de grafiek. De " "groene stippen en lijnen daartussen geven aan welke steekproeven er genomen " "zijn; ze komen overeen met de rechteras met de toegangstijd uitgezet tegen " "de onderste lijn, en stelt de tijd in procenten voor die verstreken is " "tijdens de meting. De blauwe lijn stelt de leessnelheid voor, en de rode " -"lijn de schrijfsnelheid; deze tonen de gegevenstoegangsnelheid op de " +"lijn de schrijfsnelheid; deze tonen de gegevenstoegangssnelheid op de " "linkeras, uitgezet tegen de onderste lijn als percentage van de " "schijfbeweging van de buitenkant naar de as." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Onderaan de grafiek worden waarden weergegeven voor de minimale, maximale en " -"gemiddelde lees- en schrijfsnelheid en de tijd die verstreken is sinds de " -"laatste meting." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Gebruik Schijfgebruik of Systeemmonitor om ruimte en " -"capaciteit te controleren." +"Gebruik Schijven om na te gaan hoeveel vrije ruimte een " +"bepaalde schijf/volume heeft." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6327,143 +6551,79 @@ msgstr "Controleer hoeveel schijfruimte er nog besschikbaar is" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" -"U kunt kijken hoeveel schijfruimte u over heeft via Schijfgebruik " -"en Systeemmonitor." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Controleren met Schijfgebruik" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" +msgstr "Om vrije ruimte op een bepaalde schijf/volume te controleren:" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Om de vrije ruimte van de schijf en de schijfcapaciteit te controleren via " -"Schijfgebruik:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Open de toepassing Schijfgebruik vanuit de " -"Snelzoeker. In het venster worden de Totale " -"bestandssysteemcapaciteit en het Totale " -"bestandssysteemgebruik weergegeven." +"Open de toepassing Schijven vanuit de Snelzoeker." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Open vanuit het activiteitenoverzicht de Schijven-" -"toepassing. In het venster worden de Totale schijfruimte en " -"Totale schijfgebruik weergeven." +"Kies in het linkerdeel van het venster de schijf die u wilt controleren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Klik op een van de knoppen in de werkbalk om te kiezen voor " -"Persoonlijke map scannen, Bestandssysteem scannen, " -"Een map scannen of Een map op afstand scannen." - -# Disk Usage Analyzer = Schijfgebruik, -# app Disks = Schijfgereedschap -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"De informatie wordt weergegeven naar Map, Gebruik, " -"Grootte en Inhoud. Ga voor meer informatie naar Schijfgebruik." +"Kies in het rechterdeel van het venster het volume dat u wilt controleren. " +"In het veld Grootte ziet u de grootte van het volume. Als het " +"volume een gegevensvolume is, dan ziet u in het veld Grootte ook " +"hoeveel ruimte er beschikbaar is en hoeveel gebruikt (in procenten)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Met Systeemmonitor controleren" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Wat als de schijf te vol is?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -msgstr "" -"Vrije schijfruimte en schijfcapaciteit controleren met " -"Systeemmonitor:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Open de toepassing Systeemmonitor vanuit de Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." -msgstr "" -"Open vanuit het Activiteitenoverzicht de " -"Systeemmonitor-toepassing." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Selecteer het tabblad Bestandssystemen om de partities van het " -"systeem en het schijfgebruik te bekijken. De informatie wordt weergegeven in " -"de kolommen Totaal, Vrij, Beschikbaar en " -"Gebruikt." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Wat als de schijf te vol is?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Als de schijf te vol is moet u:" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "Om schijfruimte vrij te maken kunt u:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Bestanden die niet belangrijk zijn of bestanden die u niet meer gebruikt " -"verwijderen." +"Verwijderen van bestanden die niet belangrijk zijn of bestanden die u niet " +"meer gebruikt, of" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" "Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" "Maak reservekopieën van de belangrijke " "bestanden die u voorlopig niet nodig heeft en wis ze van de harde schijf." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy." @@ -6510,25 +6670,8 @@ msgstr "" "De gezondheid van uw schijf controleren via de toepassing Schijfgereedschap" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Open de toepassing Schijven vanuit de Snelzoeker." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Open vanuit het activiteitenoverzicht de Schijven-" -"toepassing." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6537,56 +6680,58 @@ "wilt controleren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "Assessment zou moeten aangeven \"Schijf is in orde\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" -"Open het menu rechtsboven en kies SMART-gegevens & zelftests " -"om meer schijfinformatie te krijgen, of om een zelftest uit te voeren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Wat als de schijf niet gezond is?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" "Zelfs als de SMART-status aangeeft dat de schijf " "nietgezond is, is er nog geen reden tot paniek. Maar het is wel " -"beter is om voorbereid te zijn door het maken van een reservekopie om gegevensverlies te voorkomen." +"beter om voorbereid te zijn door het maken van een reservekopie, om gegevensverlies te voorkomen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Als de status \"Pre-fail\" is, zal de schijf nog steeds redelijk gezond " -"zijn, maar er zijn tekenen van slijtage gedetecteerd wat betekent dat hij " -"mogelijk stuk gaat in de nabije toekomst. Als uw harde schijf (of computer) " -"al een paar jaar oud is, zult u waarschijnlijk dit bericht zien bij op z'n " -"minst sommige van de controles. U zou regelmatig een reservekopie moeten maken van uw belangrijke bestanden en de " -"schijfstatus periodiek controleren om te zien of het erger wordt." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" +"Als de status van één of meer van de controles \"Pre-fail\" is, zal de " +"schijf nog steeds redelijk gezond zijn, maar er zijn tekenen van slijtage " +"gedetecteerd wat betekent dat hij mogelijk stuk gaat in de nabije toekomst. " +"Als uw harde schijf (of computer) al een paar jaar oud is, zult u " +"waarschijnlijk dit bericht zien bij op z'n minst sommige van de controles. U " +"zou regelmatig een reservekopie moeten maken van " +"uw belangrijke bestanden en de schijfstatus periodiek controleren om " +"te zien of het erger wordt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6597,135 +6742,128 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" "Verwijder alle bestanden en mappen van een externe harde schijf of usb-stick " -"door te formatteren." +"door die te formatteren." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Alles van een verwijderbare schijf wissen" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" +"Alles van een verwijderbare schijf wissen en de schijf opnieuw gebruiken" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Als u een verwisselbare schijf heeft, zoals een USB-stick of een externe " +"Als u een verwisselbare schijf heeft, zoals een usb-stick of een externe " "harde schijf, dan wilt u misschien op enig moment alle bestanden en mappen " "daarop verwijderen. U kunt dit doen door de schijf te formatteren - " "dit verwijdert alle bestanden op de schijf en maakt hem dus helemaal leeg." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatteer de verwijderbare schijf" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "Om een verwijderbare schijf te formatteren:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de schijf die u wilt leegmaken in de Opslagapparaten-" -"lijst" +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "Kies de schijf die u wilt leegmaken uit de lijst links." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" "Zorg ervoor dat u de juiste schijf selecteert! Als u de verkeerde schijf " -"kiest, worden alle bestanden op de deze schijf verwijderd!" +"kiest, worden alle bestanden op deze schijf verwijderd!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Klik in de sectie Volumen op Volume ontkoppelen. Klik daarna op " -"Volume formatteren" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Kies een bestandssysteem voor de schijf in het Type-veld in het " -"venster dat verschijnt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." +msgstr "Klik op Formatteren…." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -"Indien u de schijf naast Linux ook op Windows en Mac computers gebruikt, " -"kies dan FAT. Indien u hem alleen in Windows gebruikt, dan is " -"NTFS wellicht een betere keus. Een korte beschrijving van het " -"bestandssysteemtype zal als label gepresenteerd worden." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Geef de schijf een naam en klik op Formatteren om het legen van " -"de schijf te starten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "Kies de schijf uit de lijst aan de linkerkant." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Als het formatteren voltooid is, klik dan op Veilig verwijderen. " -"De schijf zou nu leeg moeten zijn, en klaar voor gebruik." +"Klik op de +-knop. Het venster Partitie aanmaken wordt " +"geopend." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatteren van een schijf verwijdert niet veilig u bestanden" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Het formatteren van een schiijf is niet een geheel veilige manier om alle " -"gegevens erop te wissen. Op een geformatteerde schijf lijkt het alsof er " -"geen bestanden op staan, maar bestanden kunnen mogelijk teruggehaald worden " -"met speciale software. Als u veilig bestanden wilt verwijderen, dan heeft u " -"een opdrachtregelhulpmiddel nodig zoals shred." +"Klik op Aanmaken om de partitie aan te maken. U kunt nu gegevens " +"opslaan op de schijf." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Begrijpen wat Volumen en partities zijn en hoe het schijfgereedschap te " +"Begrijpen wat volumen en partities zijn en hoe het schijfgereedschap te " "gebruiken om ze te beheren." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Volumes en partities beheren" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6745,7 +6883,7 @@ "schrijven)." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6755,7 +6893,7 @@ "“back rooms” of partitions and drives." msgstr "" "Vaak wordt een aangekoppeld volume een partitie genoemd, hoewel het " -"niet hetzelfde hoeft te zijn. een \"partitie\" verwijst naar een " +"niet hetzelfde hoeft te zijn. Een \"partitie\" verwijst naar een " "fysiek opslaggebied op een enkele harde schijf. Zodra een partitie " "is aangekoppeld kan het worden aangeduid als een volume, want u heeft " "toegang tot de bestanden erop. U kunt volumen zien als de van een label " @@ -6763,59 +6901,49 @@ "van partities en schijven." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Volumes en partities bekijken en beheren via Schijfgereedschap" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "Volumes en partities bekijken en beheren" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"U kunt de opslagvolumes van uw computer controleren en wijzigen via " -"Schijfgereedschap." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "Open de Snelzoeker en start Schijven." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" +msgstr "Om volumes en partities op uw computer te bekijken en te beheren:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"In het paneel met de naam Opslagapparaten vindt u harde schijven, " -"cd/dvd-stations en fysieke apparaten. Klik op het apparaat dat u wilt " +"In het linkerdeel van het venster vindt u een lijst met harde schijven, " +"cd/dvd-stations en andere fysieke apparaten. Klik op het apparaat dat u wilt " "onderzoeken." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"In het rechterpaneel geeft het gebied met de naam Volumen een " -"grafisch overzicht van de volumes en partities die zich op het geselecteerde " -"apparaat bevinden. Het bevat ook een aantal hulpmiddelen die gebruikt worden " -"om deze volumes te beheren." +"In het rechterdeel van het venster geeft het gebied met de naam " +"Volumen een grafisch overzicht van de volumen en partities die " +"zich op het geselecteerde apparaat bevinden. Het bevat ook een aantal " +"hulpmiddelen die gebruikt worden om deze volumen te beheren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Let op: met deze hulpmiddelen is het mogelijk om alle gegevens van uw schijf " -"te verwijderen." +"Let op: met deze hulpmiddelen is het mogelijk om de gegevens van uw schijf " +"volledig te wissen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6833,19 +6961,19 @@ "gemak." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" "Eén primaire partitie moet informatie bevatten die gebruikt wordt door uw " "computer om op te starten, of booten. Daarom wordt deze soms " -"bootpartitie of bootvolume genoemd. Om te bepalen of een volume opstartbaar " -"is, bekijk de partitieparameters ervan in Schijfgereedschap. " -"Externe media zoals usb-stations en cd's kunnen ook opstartbaar zijn." +"bootpartitie of bootvolume genoemd. Als een volume opstartbaar is, ziet u de " +"volgende informatie: \"Partitietype ... (Opstartbaar)\". Externe media zoals " +"usb-sticks en cd's kunnen ook opstartbaar zijn." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6880,20 +7008,20 @@ msgstr "De helderheid instellen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Selecteer Helderheid & vergrendelen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Zet de Helderheid met de schuifregelaar op een comfortabele " "waarde." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6905,7 +7033,7 @@ "houdt u de Fn-toets ingedrukt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6919,7 +7047,7 @@ "moet worden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6953,15 +7081,22 @@ "aanpassen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Klik op uw naam in de menubalk en selecteer Systeeminstellingen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Open Schermen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6982,7 +7117,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6992,7 +7127,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -7002,7 +7137,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -7012,7 +7147,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7046,7 +7181,7 @@ "u de instellingen wilt aanpassen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7059,7 +7194,7 @@ "dat u als \"eerste\" scherm wilt instellen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7068,12 +7203,12 @@ "Starter in Alle schermen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Plakranden" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7088,7 +7223,7 @@ "scherm te brengen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7127,21 +7262,15 @@ "scherm handmatig vergrendelen, maar u kunt het ook automatisch laten doen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Zorg ervoor dat Vergrendelen aan staat en kies daarna een time-" -"out uit de keuzelijst eronder. Het scherm zal automatisch vergrendeld worden " -"nadat u zo lang inactief bent geweest. U kunt ook Scherm " -"uitschakelen selecteren om het scherm te vergrendelen nadat het scherm " -"automatisch is uitgeschakeld; dit stelt u in via de keuzelijst Scherm " -"\r\n" -"uitschakelen na:." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7155,7 +7284,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7199,7 +7328,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7236,17 +7365,17 @@ "geen verzamelingen in verzamelingen plaatsen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Om een verzameling te wissen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Klik in selectiemodus op de te wissen verzameling." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7271,12 +7400,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7491,7 +7619,7 @@ #: C/documents-previews.page:16 msgid "You can only preview files stored locally." msgstr "" -"U kan alleen van lokaal opgeslagen bestanden een voorbeeldweergave krijgen." +"U kunt alleen van lokaal opgeslagen bestanden een voorbeeldweergave krijgen." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-previews.page:25 @@ -7576,7 +7704,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Zoeken naar bestanden" @@ -7609,7 +7736,7 @@ "type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down button and selecting " "various filters." msgstr "" -"U kan de zoekresultaten beperken of filteren door op de omlaag-knop te klikken en " "vervolgens één of meer filters te " "kiezen." @@ -7853,13 +7980,13 @@ "apparaten aansluit:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Kies DetailsVerwijderbare media." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7870,7 +7997,7 @@ "verschillende apparaat- en mediatypen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7881,7 +8008,7 @@ "worden gevraagd wat u wil doen, anders gebeurt er niks automatisch." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7896,7 +8023,7 @@ "opstart wanneer de schijf is ingebracht (bijvoorbeeld een diashow)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7911,7 +8038,7 @@ "actie uit de Actie-keuzelijst." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7923,17 +8050,17 @@ "\"Verwijderbare media\"." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Apparaat- en mediatypen" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Audioschijven" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7947,12 +8074,12 @@ "audiospeler-toepassing af te spelen zijn." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Videoschijven" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7966,12 +8093,12 @@ "invoert." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Blanco schijven" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7980,12 +8107,12 @@ "cd's, blanco DVD's, blanco Blu-ray schijven, en blanco HD DVDs te kiezen." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Cameras en fotos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7999,7 +8126,7 @@ "bladeren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -8011,12 +8138,12 @@ "naam PICTURES zijn opgeslagen." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Muziekspelers" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -8025,12 +8152,12 @@ "beheren, of beheer met behulp van de bestandsbeheerder de bestanden zelf." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "E-book readers" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -8041,12 +8168,12 @@ "bestandsbeheerder de bestanden zelf." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8060,7 +8187,7 @@ "om bevestiging worden gevraagd voordat software wordt uitgevoerd." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Voer nooit software uit vanaf media dat u niet vertrouwt." @@ -8077,16 +8204,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik de Bestanden bestandsbeheerder om door bestanden op uw " -"computer te bladeren en ze te ordenen. U kunt het ook gebruiken om bestanden " -"op opslagapparaten (zoals externe harde schijven) te beheren, op bestandsservers, en op het netwerk gedeelde " -"mappen." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8110,18 +8232,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Dubbelklik in de bestandsbeheerder op een map om diens inhoud weer te geven, " -"en dubbelklik een bestand om het met de bijbehorende standaardtoepassing te " -"openen. U kunt ook met rechts op een map klikken om het in een nieuw tabblad " -"of venster te openen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8136,37 +8269,33 @@ "hem te kopiëren of te verplaatsen, of de eigenschappen ervan te bekijken." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Als u in de map dat u inziet, snel naar een bestand wilt springen, begin dan " -"de naam van dat bestand te typen. Een zoekveld zal bovenaan het venster " -"verschijnen en het eerste bestand dat met uw zoekopdracht overeenkomt wordt " -"ge-highlight. Druk op de omlaag-toets, of scroll met de muis, om naar het " -"volgende bestand te springen dat met uw zoekopdracht overeenkomt." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" -"U kunt met behulp van de zijbalk snel toegang to veelgebruikte " -"plaatsen krijgen. Als u de zijbalk niet ziet, klikt u in de werkbalk op de " -"omlaag-knop en " -"kies Zijbalk weergeven. U kunt bladwijzers naar veelgebruikte " -"mappen aanmaken en zij zullen in de zijbalk worden weergegeven. Gebruik " -"hiervoor het Bladwijzers-menu, of versleep eenvoudigweg een map " -"naar de zijbalk." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8872,18 +9001,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk dat u het bestand heeft hernoemd op zo'n manier dat het " -"verborgen wordt. Bestanden die met . beginnen of die met " -"~ eindigen worden in de bestandsbeheerder verborgen. Klik in de " -"taakbalk van de bestandsbeheerder de omlaag-knop en kies Verborgen bestanden " -"weergeven om ze weer te geven. Zie voor " -"meer informatie." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9499,168 +9620,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Bestanden zoeken op basis van bestandsnaam en -type. U kunt uw " -"zoekopdrachten bewaren voor later gebruik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"U kunt in bestandsbeheer zoeken naar bestanden op basis van hun naam of " -"bestandstype. U kunt zelfs veelgebruikte zoekopdrachten opslaan; ze zullen " -"als speciale mappen in uw persoonlijke map worden geplaatst." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Andere zoektoepassingen" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Zoeken" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Bestandsbeheer openen" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Als u weet dat de bestanden die u wilt hebben in een bepaalde map zitten, ga " -"dan naar die map." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Klik in de taakbalk op het vergrootglas of druk " -"CtrlF." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Typ een woord of woorden waarvan u weet dat het in de bestandsnaam voorkomt. " -"Bijvoorbeeld, als u al uw facturen namen geeft die het woord 'Factuur\" " -"bevatten, typt u factuur. Druk op Enter. Woorden " -"worden onafhankelijk van hoofdlettergebruik gevonden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"U kunt de zoekresultaten specifieker maken door locatie en/of bestandstype " -"op te geven." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Klik Thuis om de zoekresultaten tot uw Thuis map te " -"beperken, of Alle bestanden om overal te zoeken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Klik de +-knop en kies uit het keuzemenu een " -"bestandstype om de zoekresultaten te beperken, gebaseerd op " -"bestandstype. Klik de x knop om deze optie te verwijderen en de " -"zoekresultaten te verbreden." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"U kunt vanuit de zoekresultaten bestanden openen, kopiëren, verwijderen of " -"op een andere manier met bestanden werken, net zoals u zou doen vanuit een " -"map in bestandsbeheer." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Klik in de taakbalk opnieuw op het vergrootglas om de zoekopdracht af te " -"sluiten en naar de map terug te keren." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Als u bepaalde zoekopdrachten vaak gebruikt, kunt u deze opslaan om ze " -"sneller te gebruiken." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Zoekopdracht bewaren" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Start een zoekopdracht zoals hierboven." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Als u tevreden bent met de zoekparameters, dan klikt u in de menubalk op " -"Bestand en kiest u Zoekopdracht opslaan als...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Geef de zoekopdracht een naam en klik op Opslaan. U kunt een " -"andere map kiezen om de zoekopdracht in te bewaren als u dat wilt. Wanneer u " -"die map bekijkt, dan ziet u uw opgeslagen zoekopdracht als een oranje " -"mappictogram met daarop een vergrootglas." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Om het zoekbestand te verwijderen als u het niet meer nodig heeft, kunt u " -"het gewoon verwijderen zoals u elk ander " -"bestand zou verwijderen; u verwijdert hiermee niet de bestanden die " -"overeenkomen met de zoekopdracht." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -9898,7 +9957,7 @@ "list of common ways to sort files. See for " "information on how to change the default sort order." msgstr "" -"U kan bestanden in een map op verschillende manieren sorteren. bijvoorbeeld " +"U kunt bestanden in een map op verschillende manieren sorteren. bijvoorbeeld " "door ze op datum of bestandsgrootte te sorteren. Zie onderstaande voor een lijst van veelgebruikte manieren om bestanden te " "sorteren. Zie voor informatie over hoe u de " @@ -9911,8 +9970,8 @@ "are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in " "the toolbar." msgstr "" -"De manier waarop us bestanden kunt sorteren is afhankelijk van de door u " -"gebruikte folderweergave. U kan met behulp van de lijst of " +"De manier waarop u bestanden kunt sorteren is afhankelijk van de door u " +"gebruikte folderweergave. U kunt met behulp van de lijst of " "pictogramknoppen in de taakbalk de huidige weergave wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9950,7 +10009,7 @@ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order " "from the pull-down menu." msgstr "" -"U kan in omgekeerde volgorde sorteren door in het keuzemenu Omgekeerde " +"U kunt in omgekeerde volgorde sorteren door in het keuzemenu Omgekeerde " "volgorde te kiezen." #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9980,11 +10039,11 @@ "then be able to sort by those columns. See " "for descriptions of available columns." msgstr "" -"In lijstweergave kunt u kolommen met meer attributen laten weergeven op die " -"kolommen sorteren. Klik in de taakbalk de omlaag-knop en kies Zichtbare " +"In lijstweergave kunt u kolommen met meer attributen laten weergeven en op " +"die kolommen sorteren. Klik in de taakbalk op de omlaag-knop, kies Zichtbare " "kolommen en selecteer de kolommen waarvan u wil dat die zichtbaar " -"zijn. U kan vervolgens op die kolommen sorteren. Zie voor een beschrijving van de beschikbare kolommen." #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -10632,7 +10691,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Klik in de sectie Hardware op Toetsenbord." @@ -10650,22 +10709,22 @@ "cursor knippert." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Invoerbronnen toevoegen en ertussen schakelen." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Alternatieve invoerbronnen gebruiken" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10682,7 +10741,7 @@ "staan. Dit is handig wanneer u vaak wisselt van taal." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10696,16 +10755,32 @@ "xref=\"#complex\">Complex input methods." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Invoerbronnen toevoegen" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Klik in de sectie Persoonlijk op Tekstinvoer." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Klik op de + knop, selecteer een invoerbron en klik op " +"Toevoegen." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10714,35 +10789,19 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" "U kunt een voorbeeld bekijken van een indeling door deze in de lijst te " "selecteren en te klikken op voorbeeld." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Klik in de sectie Persoonlijk op Tekstinvoer." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 -msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." -msgstr "" -"Klik op de + knop, selecteer een invoerbron en klik op " -"Toevoegen." - #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10757,7 +10816,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10766,8 +10825,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences om toegang te krijgen " "tot de voorkeuren van deze methode (indien beschikbaar)." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Invoerbronindicator" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10802,12 +10871,12 @@ "de bron die u wilt gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Sneltoetsen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10820,7 +10889,7 @@ "key\">SuperSpatiebalk, maar u kunt deze wijzigen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10829,7 +10898,7 @@ "bron schakelen via." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10838,12 +10907,12 @@ "sneltoets..., drukt u op de toetsen die u als sneltoets wilt gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "Invoerbron instellen voor alle vensters of apart voor elk venster" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10859,7 +10928,7 @@ "tussen vensters schakelt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10869,12 +10938,12 @@ "gebruikt heeft." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Complexe invoermethoden" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10885,7 +10954,7 @@ "Chinees, Japans, Koreaans en Vietnamees." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10897,7 +10966,7 @@ "van toepassing." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10906,7 +10975,7 @@ "Engelstalig systeem volgt u deze stappen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10916,24 +10985,24 @@ "Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Sluit Taalondersteuning en open hem opnieuw." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Selecteer fcitx als het Toetsenbord-invoermethode-" "systeem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Afmelden en weer aanmelden." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10942,7 +11011,7 @@ "Toevoegen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10951,7 +11020,7 @@ "menubalk. (Het ontwerp verschilt van het IBus-equivalent.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can schermtoetsenbord inschakelen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Typassistent inschakelen om het schermtoetsenbord te tonen." @@ -11396,7 +11465,7 @@ "ingedrukte toetsaanslag herhaald wordt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11405,7 +11474,7 @@ "uitzetten om herhaaltoetsen geheel uit te schakelen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11435,24 +11504,24 @@ "sneltoets:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Open Toetsenbord en ga naar het tabblad Sneltoetsen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " "accelerator…" msgstr "" -"Kies een categorie in het linkerpaneel en de rij voor de gewenste actie " -"rechts. De huidige sneltoetsdefinitie zal veranderen in Nieuwe " -"sneltoets…" +"Kies een categorie in het linkerdeel van het venster en de rij voor de " +"gewenste actie rechts. De huidige sneltoetsdefinitie zal veranderen in " +"Nieuwe sneltoets…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11461,28 +11530,29 @@ "veld leeg te maken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Aangepaste sneltoetsen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Uw eigen sneltoetsen maken:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " "Custom Shortcut window will appear." msgstr "" -"Selecteer in het linkerpaneel Aangepaste sneltoetsen en klik op " -"de + toets (of klik op de + toets in een van de andere " -"categorieën). Het venster Aangepaste sneltoets zal verschijnen." +"Kies in het linkerdeel van het venster Aangepaste sneltoetsen en " +"klik op de + toets (of klik op de + toets in een van " +"de andere categorieën). Het venster Aangepaste sneltoets zal " +"verschijnen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11496,7 +11566,7 @@ "rhythmbox-opdracht." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11506,7 +11576,7 @@ "toetsencombinatie." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11519,7 +11589,7 @@ "dezelfde naam te hebben als de toepassing zelf." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11658,15 +11728,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Om dit op te lossen, klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en " -"ga naar Systeeminstellingen. Kies onder het kopje Hardware " -"Schermen. Probeer enkele Resolutie-mogelijkheden uit " -"en kies voor de resolutie die het scherm er beter uit laat ziet." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11711,20 +11778,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en ga naar " -"Systeeminstellingen. Open Schermen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" "Haal het vinkje weg bij Dezelfde afbeelding voor alle schermen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11758,16 +11824,7 @@ "heeft) door de rotatie te wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts op de menubalk en kies " -"Systeeminstellingen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11777,12 +11834,12 @@ "voorbeeldgebied." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste resolutie en rotatie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11796,7 +11853,7 @@ "Deze instelling behouden." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11808,12 +11865,12 @@ "zijn, klik dan gewoon op Schermen detecteren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolutie" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11831,7 +11888,7 @@ "aangepast worden om vervorming te voorkomen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotatie" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -12031,17 +12088,17 @@ "indrukken van de muis, dan moet u de intervaltijd verhogen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Open Muis & touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -12050,7 +12107,7 @@ "wens aan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -12061,7 +12118,7 @@ "de binnencirkel." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -12076,8 +12133,8 @@ "andere computer aansluiten, om te kijken of u daar hetzelfde probleem heeft." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12106,7 +12163,7 @@ "verwisselen om het voor linkshandigen prettiger in gebruik te maken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12131,59 +12188,60 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Veel muizen, en sommige touchpads, hebben een middelste muisknop. Bij een " -"muis met een scrollwieltje kunt u meestal op het wieltje drukken voor een " -"middelklik. Als u geen middelste muisknop heeft, dan kunt u de linker en " -"rechter muisknop tegelijk indrukken voor een middelklik. Als dat niet gaat " -"kunt u proberen deze instructies te volgen." +"Veel muizen hebben een middelste muisknop. Bij een muis met een " +"scrollwieltje kunt u meestal op het wieltje drukken voor een middelklik. Als " +"u geen middelste muisknop heeft, dan kunt u de linker en rechter muisknop " +"tegelijk indrukken voor een middelklik. Als dat niet gaat kunt u proberen " +" deze " +"instructies te volgen." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Op een touchpad die het tikken met meerdere vingers ondersteunt, kunt u " -"middenklikken door met drie vingers tegelijk te tikken. U dient klikken door tikken inschakelen " -"geselecteerd te hebben bij de touchpadinstellingen om dit te laten werken." +"Sommige touchpads hebben een middelste muisknop en andere niet. Op touchpads " +"die geen middelste muisknop hebben kunt u middelklikken door eenmaal in de " +"rechterbovenhoek van de touchpad te tikken. U dient klikken door tikken inschakelen geselecteerd te " +"hebben bij de touchpadinstellingen om dit te laten werken." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "" -"Veel toepassingen gebruiken de middelste muisknop voor geavanceerde " -"snelkoppelingen." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "Veel toepassingen gebruiken de middelklik voor snelkoppelingen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Een veel gebruikte snelkoppeling is om de geselecteerde tekst te plakken. " +"Een veel gebruikte snelkoppeling is om geselecteerde tekst te plakken. " "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt plakken, ga naar de plaats waar u deze wilt " "plaatsen en klik met de middelste muisknop om deze plakken. De geselecteerde " "tekst wordt op de plaats van de cursor geplakt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" "Het plakken van tekst met de middelste muisknop staat volledig los van het " "normale klembord. De geselecteerde tekst wordt niet naar het klembord " @@ -12216,22 +12274,21 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." -msgstr "" -"In de meeste webbrowsers kunt u snel links in tabbladen openen met de " -"middelste muisknop. Klik gewoon op een link met de middelste muisknop en hij " -"zal geopend worden in een nieuw tabblad. Pas wel op als u op de link klikt " -"in de webbrowser Firefox. Als u in Firefox ergens " -"anders dan op een link klikt met de middelste muisknop, dan probeert het " -"programma uw geselecteerde tekst te laden als een URL, alsof u de middelklik " -"gebruikte om de tekst te plakken in de locatiebalk en op Enter " -"drukte." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" +"In de meeste webbrowsers kunt u snel koppelingen in tabbladen openen met de " +"middelste muisknop. Klik gewoon op een koppeling met de middelste muisknop " +"en hij zal geopend worden in een nieuw tabblad. Pas wel op als u op de " +"koppeling klikt in de webbrowser Firefox. Als u in " +"Firefox ergens anders dan op een koppeling klikt met de middelste " +"muisknop, dan probeert het programma uw geselecteerde tekst te laden als een " +"URL, alsof u de middelklik gebruikte om de tekst te plakken in de " +"locatiebalk en op Enter drukte." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12249,8 +12306,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" "In sommige gespecialiseerde toepassingen kunt u de middelste muisknop " @@ -12279,8 +12336,13 @@ "kunt u de muisaanwijzer via het numerieke toetsenbord besturen. Deze functie " "heet muistoetsen." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "Muistoetsen via het toetsenbord inschakelen:" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12289,7 +12351,7 @@ "Snelzoeker te openen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12298,22 +12360,22 @@ "instellingen voor Universele toegang te openen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Druk één keer op Tabom het tabblad Zichtte openen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Druk één keer op ← om over te schakelen naar het tabblad " +"Druk twee keer op ← om over te schakelen naar het tabblad " "Aanwijzen en klikken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12322,7 +12384,7 @@ "kiezen en druk daarna op Enter om deze aan te zetten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12331,93 +12393,287 @@ "besturen via het numerieke toetsenbord." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Deze instructies beschrijven de kortste weg om muistoetsen alleen via het " -"toetsenbord in te schakelen. Kies Universele toegang-instellingen " -"voor meer toegankelijkheidsopties." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"Het numerieke toetsenbord is een set numerieke toetsen op uw toetsenbord, " -"meestal gerangschikt in een vierkant blok. Als u een toetsenbord heeft " -"zonder numeriek toetsenbord (zoals een laptoptoetsenbord), dan dient u " -"mogelijk de functietoets (Fn) ingedrukt te houden en bepaalde " -"andere toetsen op uw toetsenbord gebruiken als numeriek toetsenbord. Als u " -"deze functie vaak gebruikt op een laptop, dan kunt u een extern USB-numeriek " -"toetsenbord aanschaffen." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"Elk cijfer op het numerieke toetsenbord komt overeen met een richting. Zo " -"zal het indrukken van de 8 de muis naar boven bewegen en de " -"2 naar beneden. Druk op de 5 voor een éénmalige " -"muisklik, of druk hem snel twee keer in voor een dubbelklik." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"De meeste toetsenborden hebben een speciale toets waarmee u kunt " -"rechtsklikken; vaak ik dat in de buurt van de spatiebalk. Bedenk echter dat " -"deze toets reageert op waar de toetsenbordfocus ligt, niet waar uw " -"muisaanwijzer zich bevindt. Zie voor " -"informatie over rechtsklikken door de 5 of de linker muisknop in " -"te drukken." +"Bovenstaande instructies beschrijven de kortste weg om muistoetsen alleen " +"via het toetsenbord in te schakelen. Kies Universele toegang-" +"instellingen voor meer toegankelijkheidsopties." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Als u het numerieke toetsenbord wilt gebruiken om cijfers te typen terwijl " -"Muistoetsen ingeschakeld is, zet dan Num Lock aan. Let er op dat " -"u de muis niet met het numerieke toetsenbord kunt besturen wanneer Num " -"Lock aan staat." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"De gewone cijfertoetsen, in een rij bovenaan het toetsenbord, besturen de " -"muisaanwijzer niet. Alleen de toetsen van het numerieke toetsenbord kunnen " -"gebruikt worden." +"Elk cijfer op het numerieke toetsenbord (behalve 0 en 5) komt overeen met " +"een richting. Zo zal het indrukken van de 8 de muis naar boven " +"bewegen en de 2 naar beneden." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Hoe kunt u nakijken waarom uw muis niet werkt." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "Druk op 5 om op de geselecteerde knop te klikken." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "De muisaanwijzer beweegt niet" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "Toets" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Actie" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "Pijltje naar boven" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "Pijltje naar beneden" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "6" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "Pijltje naar rechts" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "Pijltje naar links" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "7" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "Pijltje naar boven en naar links" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "Pijltje naar boven en naar rechts" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "3" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "Pijltje naar beneden en naar rechts" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "Pijltje naar beneden en naar links" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "/" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "*" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "5" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "+" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" +"Als u een toetsenbord heeft zonder numeriek toetsenbord (zoals bij sommige " +"laptops), dan dient u mogelijk de functietoets (Fn) ingedrukt te " +"houden en bepaalde andere toetsen op uw toetsenbord gebruiken als numeriek " +"toetsenbord. Als u deze functie vaak gebruikt, dan kunt u een extern USB-" +"numeriek toetsenbord aanschaffen." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Als u het numerieke toetsenbord wilt gebruiken om cijfers te typen terwijl " +"Muistoetsen ingeschakeld is, zet dan Num Lock aan. Let er op dat " +"u de muis niet met het numerieke toetsenbord kunt besturen wanneer Num " +"Lock aan staat." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"De gewone cijfertoetsen, in een rij bovenaan het toetsenbord, besturen de " +"muisaanwijzer niet. Alleen de toetsen van het numerieke toetsenbord kunnen " +"gebruikt worden." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Hoe kunt u nakijken waarom uw muis niet werkt." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "De muisaanwijzer beweegt niet" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 @@ -12652,7 +12908,7 @@ "touchpad gebruikt, kunt u de aanwijzersnelheid voor deze apparaten aanpassen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12661,7 +12917,7 @@ "van de aanwijzer naar wens is." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12674,8 +12930,7 @@ "Touchpad-sectie in." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12696,33 +12951,43 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." msgstr "" -"U kunt klikken, dubbelklikken, slepen en scrollen met alleen uw touchpad, " -"zonder fysieke knoppen." +"Als uw systeem een touchpad heeft, kunt u klikken, dubbelklikken, slepen en " +"scrollen met alleen uw touchpad, zonder aparte fysieke knoppen." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "Klikken of slepen" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." +msgstr "U kunt via uw touchpad klikken of slepen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Plaats in de Touchpad-sectie een vinkje bij Tikken om te " "klikken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Tik op het touchpad om te klikken." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Tik twee maal om te dubbelklikken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" "Om een item te slepen, tik twee maal, maar laat uw vinger niet los na de " @@ -12730,52 +12995,27 @@ "het neer te zetten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." -msgstr "" -"Als uw touchpad tikken met meerdere vingers ondersteunt, dan kunt u " -"rechtsklikken door met twee vingers tegelijk te tikken. Zo niet, dan moet u " -"nog steeds fysieke knoppen gebruiken om met rechts te klikken. Zie voor een manier om met rechts te klikken zonder " -"een tweede muisknop." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." +msgstr "Tik eenmaal in de rechterbenedenhoek om met rechts te klikken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Als uw touchpad tikken met meerdere vingers ondersteunt, dan kunt u middelklikken door met drie vingers " -"tegelijk te tikken." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u tikt of sleept met meerdere vingers, zorg er dan voor dat uw " -"vingers ver genoeg uit elkaar gespreid zijn. Als uw vingers te dicht tegen " -"elkaar aan zitten, dan kan het zijn dat de computer dit ziet als een vinger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." +msgstr "Tik eenmaal in de rechterbovenhoek om te middelklikken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Scrollen met twee vingers" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "U kunt met uw touchpad scrollen met twee vingers." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12783,7 +13023,7 @@ "twee vingers." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12801,17 +13041,17 @@ "één vinger." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Het scrollen met twee vingers werkt mogelijk niet op alle touchpads." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Inhoud aan vingers plakken" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12820,7 +13060,7 @@ "versleept." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12829,7 +13069,7 @@ "vingers plakken." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13381,8 +13621,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Bladwijzers aan bestandsbeheer toevoegen, verwijderen en hernoemen." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13391,83 +13631,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Uw bladwijzers worden in de zijbalk of in de bestandsbeheerder weergegeven." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Een bladwijzer toevoegen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Open de map (of locatie) waarvoor u een bladwijzer wilt maken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Klik op Bladwijzers in de menubalk en kies Bladwijzer maken " -"voor deze locatie." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Een bladwijzer verwijderen:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Klik op Bladwijzers in de menubalk en kies " -"Bladwijzers… uit het appmenu." -# Opzettelijk geen koppelstreepje gebruikt voor de knop. Wordt anders verwarrend voor de lezer. #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Kies in het Bladwijzersvenster de bladwijzer die u wenst te " -"verwijderen, en klik de - knop." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Een bladwijzer hernoemen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" -"Klik in de menubalk op Bestanden en kies Bladwijzers " -"uit het toepassingsmenu." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Kies in het Bladwijzersvenster de bladwijzer die u wenst te " -"hernoemen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Voer een nieuwe naam voor de bladwijzer in het Naam tekstveld in." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13569,10 +13797,10 @@ "computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it " "quickly in the future" msgstr "" -"Klik Verbinden. Een nieuw venster zal worden geopend dat u de " -"bestanden op de server toont. U kan door de bestanden bladeren net als u zou " -"doen met de bestanden op uw eigen computer. De server zal ook aan de zijbalk " -"worden toegevoegd zodat u het voortaan snel kan openen." +"Klik Verbinden. Een nieuw venster zal worden geopend waarin u de " +"bestanden op de server te zien krijgt. U kunt door de bestanden bladeren net " +"als u zou doen met de bestanden op uw eigen computer. De server zal ook aan " +"de zijbalk worden toegevoegd zodat u die voortaan snel kunt openen." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:63 @@ -14095,7 +14323,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Locatie" @@ -14303,7 +14531,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" @@ -14461,18 +14689,18 @@ "of project." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Rechten" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Geeft de toegangsrechten tot het bestand weer, bijv. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14481,7 +14709,7 @@ "normaal bestand en d betekent directory (map)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14490,7 +14718,7 @@ "gebruiker die eigenaar is van het bestand." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14499,7 +14727,7 @@ "van de groep die eigenaar is van het bestand." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14508,42 +14736,42 @@ "alle andere gebruikers van het systeem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Betekenis van elk teken apart:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : leesrecht." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : schrijfrecht." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : uitvoerrecht." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : geen recht." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME-type" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Geeft het MIME-type van het item weer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Het pad naar de locatie van het bestand." @@ -14589,12 +14817,12 @@ msgstr "" "Standaard worden voorbeelden alleen voor lokale bestanden " "gebruikt, de bestanden op uw computer of op aangekoppelde externe apparaten. " -"U kan deze functie op Altijd of Nooit instellen. De " +"U kunt deze functie op Altijd of Nooit instellen. De " "bestandsbeheerder kan via een lokaal netwerk of het internet door bestanden op andere computers bladeren " -". Als u regelmatig door bestanden op een lokaal netwerk bladert, en als het " -"netwerk een hoge bandbreedte heeft, dan zou u de optie voor voorbeelden op " -"Altijd kunnen instellen." +"xref=\"nautilus-connect\">door bestanden op andere computers " +"bladeren. Als u regelmatig door bestanden op een lokaal netwerk " +"bladert, en als het netwerk een hoge bandbreedte heeft, dan zou u de optie " +"voor voorbeelden op Altijd kunnen instellen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:44 @@ -14647,12 +14875,12 @@ "style=\"menuitem\">Preferences in the top bar while " "Files is open and select the Views tab." msgstr "" -"U kan de standaardweergave voor nieuwe mappen wijzigen, hoe bestanden en " +"U kunt de standaardweergave voor nieuwe mappen wijzigen, hoe bestanden en " "mappen standaard worden gesorteerd, het zoom-niveau voor pictogram- en " "compacte weergaven, en of bestanden in de boomweergave moeten worden " "weergegeven. Kies in de menubalk Bestanden " "Voorkeuren terwijl Files " -"is geopend en klik het Weergaven tabblad." +"is geopend en klik op het tabblad Weergaven." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-views.page:46 @@ -14693,10 +14921,10 @@ "file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last " "accessed or when they were trashed." msgstr "" -"U kan in de voorkeuren de voor mappen gebruikte standaard sorteervolgorde " -"met behulp van de Items sorteren keuzelijst wijzigen om op naam, " -"bestandsgrootte, bestandstype, wijzigingsdatum, wanneer ze het laatst " -"geopend zijn, of wanneer ze naar de prullenbak zijn verplaatst te sorteren." +"U kunt in de voorkeuren de voor mappen gebruikte standaard sorteervolgorde " +"met behulp van de keuzelijst Items sorteren wijzigen om ze te " +"sorteren op naam, bestandsgrootte, bestandstype, wijzigingsdatum, wanneer ze " +"het laatst geopend zijn, of wanneer ze naar de prullenbak zijn verplaatst." #. (itstool) path: item/p #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards @@ -14711,13 +14939,13 @@ "Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu " "only affects the current folder." msgstr "" -"U kan per map aangeven hoe u de bestanden wil " -"laten sorteren door in de taakbalk op de Weergaveopties-knop te klikken en " -"vervolgens Op naam, Op grootte, Op type of " -"Op wijzigingsdatum te kiezen, of door in lijstweergave op de " -"kopteksten van de lijstkolommen te klikken. Dit menu heeft alleen effect op " -"de huidige map." +"U kunt per map aangeven hoe u de bestanden " +"gesorteerd wilt hebben door in de taakbalk op de Weergaveopties-knop te " +"klikken en vervolgens Op naam, Op grootte, Op " +"type of Op wijzigingsdatum te kiezen, of door in " +"lijstweergave op de kopteksten van de lijstkolommen te klikken. Dit menu " +"heeft alleen effect op de huidige map." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-views.page:72 @@ -14899,12 +15127,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14917,7 +15144,7 @@ msgstr "Het Ubuntu-documentatieteam" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Webbrowsers" @@ -14989,7 +15216,7 @@ "You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) " "from the Messaging menu." msgstr "" -"U kan vanuit het Berichtenmenu de " +"U kunt vanuit het Berichtenmenu de " "status van uw expresberichten wijzigen (Beschikbaar, Afwezig, Bezig, enz.)." #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -15244,17 +15471,17 @@ "de standaard webbrowser te wijzigen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" -"Open Bijzonderheden en kies Standaardtoepassingen in " +"Open Bijzonderheden en kies Standaardtoepassingen uit " "de lijst aan de linkerkant van het venster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15263,7 +15490,7 @@ "wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15307,7 +15534,7 @@ "oplossen door uw standaard e-mailprogramma te wijzigen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15423,7 +15650,7 @@ msgstr "Uw interne (netwerk) IP-adres achterhalen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15434,19 +15661,19 @@ "netwerkverbinding u het IP-adres wilt opzoeken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" "Uw interne IP-adres zal in de lijst met informatie worden weergegeven." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Uw externe (internet) IP-adres achterhalen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15455,12 +15682,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "De site zal uw externe IP-adres weergeven." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15471,36 +15698,39 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"U kunt bepalen welke programma's toegang hebben tot het netwerk. Dit helpt " -"uw computer veilig te houden." +"U kunt het netwerkverkeer van en naar uw computer regelen. Dit helpt uw " +"computer veilig te houden." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Firewalltoegang inschakelen of blokkeren." +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu is uitgerust met de Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw), maar de firewall is niet standaard ingeschakeld. Omdat " -"Ubuntu in de standaard installatie geen open netwerkdiensten heeft (met " -"uitzondering van basis netwerkinfrastructuur), is er geen firewall nodig om " -"pogingen van kwaadwillige verbindingen te blokkeren." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" +"U kunt een firewall gebruiken om netwerkverkeer van en naar uw computer te " +"regelen. Ubuntu is uitgerust met de Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - er zijn ook andere firewalls beschikbaar - maar de " +"firewall is niet standaard ingeschakeld. Omdat Ubuntu in de standaard " +"installatie geen open netwerkdiensten heeft (met uitzondering van basis " +"netwerkinfrastructuur), is er geen firewall nodig om pogingen van " +"kwaadwillige verbindingen te blokkeren." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -15517,7 +15747,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" "Om de firewall in te schakelen, voert u in een terminal sudo ufw " "enable in. Om ufw uit te schakelen, voert u sudo ufw " @@ -15534,14 +15764,22 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." -msgstr "" +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." +msgstr "" +"Veel programma's zijn gemaakt om netwerkdiensten aan te bieden. Zo kunt u " +"inhoud delen, of iemand op afstand uw bureaublad laten bekijken. Afhankelijk " +"van welke extra programma's u installeert, moet u mogelijk de firewall " +"aanpassen om toe te staan dat deze diensten werken zoals bedoeld. ufw wordt " +"met een aantal reeds geconfigureerde regels geleverd en u kunt zelf regels " +"toevoegen. Om bijvoorbeeld SSH-verbindingen toe te staan voert u " +"in een terminal sudo ufw allow ssh in. Om ssh te blokkeren voert " +"u sudo ufw block ssh in." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15549,9 +15787,15 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Elk programma dat diensten verleent gebruikt een specifieke " +"netwerkpoort. Om toegang tot de diensten van dat programma te " +"kunnen krijgen moet u mogelijk de toegang tot de toegekende poort in de " +"firewall toestaan. Om verbindingen op poort 53 toe te staan voert u in een " +"terminal sudo ufw allow 53 in. Om poort 53 te blokkeren, voert u " +"sudo ufw deny 53 in." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15560,12 +15804,12 @@ "ufw status uitvoeren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Ufw zonder terminal gebruiken" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15576,7 +15820,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">deze link." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15852,30 +16096,28 @@ msgstr "Netwerktermen & -tips" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Mogelijk moet u Flash installeren om op websites zoals YouTube te " -"gebruiken, om video's en interactieve webpagina's weer te geven." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "De Flash plug-in installeren" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15886,63 +16128,108 @@ "is te krijgen als een vrije (maar niet opensource) download voor de meeste " "webbrowsers." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Hoe installeert u Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" +"Zorg ervoor dat de softwarebron \"Partners van Canonical\" is geactiveerd." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Als er webbrowservensters geopend zijn, sluit deze dan en open ze opnieuw. " -"De webbrowser ziet dat Flash geïnstalleerd is en u zou nu de websites die " -"Flash gebruiken moeten kunnen bekijken." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Help uw browser te werken met websites die Java vereisen." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "De Java-plugin voor de browser installeren" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Sommige websites gebruiken kleine Java-programma's die een Java-" -"plugin nodig hebben om te kunnen draaien." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Het plugin-pakket icedtea6 " -"installeren om Java-programma's in uw browser te bekijken." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16238,6 +16525,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Klik op Toevoegen." @@ -16500,7 +16788,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" "Problemen met draadloze " @@ -16556,7 +16844,7 @@ msgstr "Proxymethode wijzigen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16565,13 +16853,13 @@ "linkerkant van het venster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "Kies uit de volgende methodes welke proxymethode u wilt gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16581,13 +16869,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Handmatig" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16598,12 +16886,12 @@ "FTP en SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisch" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16611,7 +16899,7 @@ "Een URL verwijst naar een bron met de juiste configuratie voor uw systeem." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17198,10 +17486,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" "Verbinden met wifi, Verborgen netwerken, Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Open Netwerk en kies links voor Draadloos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Klik op de knop Als hotspot gebruiken." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "Klik op de knop Als hotspot gebruiken…." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" "Als u al verbonden bent met een draadloos netwerk, dan wordt u gevraagd of u " "de verbinding met dat netwerk wilt verbreken. Een enkele draadloos-adapter " -"kan met slechts een netwerk tegelijk verbinding maken of creëren. Klik op " -"Hotspot aanmaken om te bevestigen." +"kan slechts één netwerk tegelijk aanmaken of er verbinding mee maken. Klik " +"op Aanzetten om te bevestigen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" "Een netwerknaam (SSID) en beveiligingssleutel worden automatisch " -"gegenereerd. De netwerknaam zal gebaseerd zijn op de naam van uw computer. " -"Andere apparaten hebben deze informatie nodig om verbinding te maken met de " -"hotspot die u zojuist heeft aangemaakt." +"gegenereerd. De netwerknaam is gebaseerd op de naam van uw computer. Andere " +"apparaten hebben deze informatie nodig om verbinding te maken met de hotspot " +"die u zojuist heeft aangemaakt. U kunt desgewenst de netwerknaam en " +"beveiligingssleutel wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" "Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en haal het vinkje weg bij " "\"Draadloos netwerk inschakelen\"." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Het draadloze netwerk uitschakelen (vliegtuig-modus)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17301,35 +17592,34 @@ "een andere reden (bijvoorbeeld om energie te besparen)." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" "Om dit te doen klikt u op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en haalt " "u het vinkje weg bij Draadloos netwerk inschakelen. Hiermee " "schakelt u uw draadloze verbinding uit totdat u deze weer inschakelt." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" "Om het draadloos netwerk weer in te schakelen, klik op het " -"netwerkmenu in de menubalk en selecteer Draadloos netwerk " +"netwerkmenu in de menubalk en kies Draadloos netwerk " "inschakelen zodat er een vinkje voor staat." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Het kan zijn dat uw laptop nog steeds uitzendt als u Bluetooth niet heeft uitgeschakeld." +"Het kan zijn dat uw computer nog steeds uitzendt als u Bluetooth niet heeft uitgeschakeld." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17364,11 +17654,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en klik op de " -"naam van het netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken." +"Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en klik op de naam van het " +"netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17601,31 +17891,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "" -"Leer wat de opties betekenen in het bewerkingsvenster van een draadloos " -"netwerk." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "Instellen van een draadloos netwerk." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "Een draadloze verbinding bewerken" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" "Dit onderwerp beschrijft alle opties die beschikbaar zijn wanneer u een " "draadloze netwerkverbinding bewerkt. Om een verbinding te bewerken, klik op " "het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en kies Verbindingen " -"bewerken." +"bewerken; kies daarna de verbinding en klik op Bewerken." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17636,17 +17924,17 @@ "hier zijn er om u meer controle te geven over geavanceerdere netwerken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Beschikbaar voor alle gebruikers / Automatisch verbinden" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "Algemeen" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Automatisch verbinden" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17655,11 +17943,11 @@ "verbinden met dit draadloze netwerk wanneer dit binnen bereik is." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" "Als meerdere netwerken die zijn ingesteld op automatisch verbinden binnen " @@ -17670,14 +17958,14 @@ "net binnen bereik is gekomen." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Beschikbaar voor alle gebruikers" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "Alle gebruikers kunnen verbinding maken met dit netwerk" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -17692,29 +17980,29 @@ "zonder dat ze zelf het wachtwoord hoeven te weten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Als dit aangevinkt is dient u beheerder te zijn om welke instelling dan ook voor dit " "netwerk te wijzigen. Er kan u gevraagd worden uw beheerderswachtwoord in te " "voeren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Draadloos" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17725,12 +18013,12 @@ "de naam Service Set Identifier." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modus" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17748,16 +18036,16 @@ "eigen ad-hoc netwerk instellen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" "Als u Ad-hoc kiest, dan krijgt u twee andere opties te zien, " "Band en Kanaal. Hiermee bepaalt u op welke draadloze " @@ -17769,34 +18057,34 @@ "verbinding traag maken, dus kunt u ook wijzigen welk kanaal u gebruikt." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" "Dit is de Basic Service Set Identifier. De SSID (zie hierboven) is " -"de naam van het netwerk die voor de mens bedoeld is om te lezen, de BSSID is " +"de naam van het netwerk die voor de mens bedoeld is om te lezen; de BSSID is " "de naam die de computer begrijpt (het is een reeks letters en cijfers die " -"uniek hoort te zijn voor een draadloos netwerk). Als het netwerk verborgen is zal het geen SSID hebben, maar " "wel een BSSID." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "MAC-adres van het apparaat" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17810,7 +18098,7 @@ "toegekend is." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" @@ -17818,34 +18106,34 @@ "wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Gekloond MAC-adres" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Uw netwerkhardware (draadloze netwerkkaart) kan doen alsof het een ander MAC-" -"adres heeft. Dit is handig als u een apparaat of dienst heeft die alleen met " -"een bepaald MAC-adres kan communiceren (bijvoorbeeld een bekabeld " -"breedbandmodem). Als u dat MAC-adres in het vak gekloond MAC-" -"adres plaatst, dan zal het apparaat/de dienst denken dat uw computer " -"het gekloonde MAC-adres heeft in plaats van het echte adres." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" +"Uw netwerkhardware (in dit geval een draadloze netwerkkaart) kan doen alsof " +"het een ander MAC-adres heeft. Dit is handig als u een apparaat of dienst " +"heeft die alleen met een bepaald MAC-adres kan communiceren (bijvoorbeeld " +"een bekabeld breedbandmodem). Als u dat MAC-adres in het vak gekloond " +"MAC-adres plaatst, dan zal het apparaat/de dienst denken dat uw " +"computer het gekloonde MAC-adres heeft in plaats van het echte adres." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17863,22 +18151,23 @@ "deze instelling niet te wijzigen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Draadloos beveiliging" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "Wifi-beveiliging" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" @@ -17888,13 +18177,13 @@ "en zien welke websites u bezoekt en zo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" "Sommige soorten versleuteling zijn sterker dan andere, maar worden mogelijk " @@ -17906,12 +18195,12 @@ "netwerken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4-instellingen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17923,17 +18212,17 @@ "informatie te krijgen/in te stellen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "De volgende methodes zijn beschikbaar:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatisch (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17949,37 +18238,37 @@ "instellingen toegewezen. De meeste netwerken maken gebruik van DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatisch (DHCP), alleen adressen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Als u deze instellling kiest, dan krijgt uw computer een IP-adres van een " +"Als u deze instelling kiest, dan krijgt uw computer een IP-adres van een " "DHCP-server maar dient u handmatig andere details (zoals welke DNS-server er " "gebruikt wordt) op te geven." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" "Kies deze optie als u zelf alle netwerkinstellingen op wilt geven, inclusief " "welk IP-adres de computer moet gebruiken." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Alleen Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17997,17 +18286,27 @@ "kunnen communiceren." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "Gedeeld met andere computers" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Uitgeschakeld" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" "Deze optie zal de netwerkverbinding uitschakelen en voorkomen dat u " "verbinding met dit netwerk maakt. Merk op dat IPv4 en " @@ -18016,20 +18315,20 @@ "de andere op \"Uitgeschakeld\" zetten." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6-instellingen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Dit is gelijk aan het tabblad IPv4, behalve dat het gaat om de " -"nieuwere IPv6-standaard. Zeer moderne netwerken gebruiken IPv6, maar IPv4 is " -"op het moment nog altijd populairder." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" +"Dit is gelijk aan het tabblad IPv4-instellingen, behalve dat het " +"gaat om de nieuwere IPv6-standaard. Zeer moderne netwerken gebruiken IPv6, " +"maar IPv4 is op het moment nog altijd populairder." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -18115,23 +18414,21 @@ "is." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" "Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en kies Verbinden met " "verborgen draadloos netwerk." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Met een verborgen draadloos netwerk verbinden" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18147,6 +18444,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" +"Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en kies Verbinden met " +"verborgen draadloos netwerk." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18154,7 +18460,7 @@ "kies het juiste type beveiliging en klik op Verbinden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18167,7 +18473,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18176,7 +18482,7 @@ "controleren; zoek naar termen zoals WEP en WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18388,7 +18694,7 @@ msgstr "Uw modem en router controleren" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18399,12 +18705,12 @@ "leidt u door elke stap in de handleiding." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "De opdrachtregel gebruiken" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18415,7 +18721,7 @@ "terminaltoepassing in de Snelzoeker." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18620,6 +18926,10 @@ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " "lshw into the terminal." msgstr "" +"Open een terminalvenster, typ sudo lshw -C network en druk op " +"Enter. Als u een foutmelding krijgt, dan kunt u het programma " +"lshw op uw computer installeren door in de terminal sudo " +"apt-get install lshw in te typen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 @@ -19098,6 +19408,9 @@ "to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " "troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" +"Als de opdracht nmcli dev niet aangaf dat u met het netwerk " +"verbonden bent, klik dan op Volgende om door te gaan naar het " +"volgende deel van problemen oplossen." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 @@ -19433,8 +19746,8 @@ "on battery power." msgstr "" "Computers kunnen veel stroom verbruiken. Door gebruik te maken van een " -"aantal eenvoudige tips kunt u een lagere energierekening krijgen en het " -"milieu helpen. Als uw een laptop heeft, zal dit ook helpen om de tijd te " +"aantal eenvoudige tips kunt u uw energierekening omlaag krijgen en het " +"milieu helpen. Als u een laptop heeft, zal dit ook helpen om de tijd te " "verlengen die uw laptop op de accu kan draaien." #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -19801,12 +20114,12 @@ "de laptop in een afgesloten plaats zoals een rugzak zit." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Klik onder het kopje Hardware op Energie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19971,11 +20284,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Open een terminalvenster, typ sudo pm-hibernate in en druk daarna " -"op Enter." +"Open een terminalvenster, typ sudo systemctl hibernate in en druk " +"daarna op Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19994,13 +20307,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:80 msgid "If hibernate doesn't work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als de slaapstand niet werkt:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:83 msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." msgstr "" +"Controleer of uw wisselgeheugenpartitie minstens even groot is als uw " +"beschikbare RAM-geheugen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -20019,12 +20334,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Wanneer de slaapstand werkt, kunt u door blijven gaan met het gebruiken van " -"de opdracht sudo pm-hibernate als u uw computer in de slaapstand " -"wilt zetten." +"Wanneer de slaapstandtest werkt, kunt u door blijven gaan met het gebruiken " +"van de opdracht sudo systemctl hibernate als u uw computer in de " +"slaapstand wilt zetten." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -20144,60 +20459,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "" -"Waarom ging mijn computer uit/in pauzestand toen de accu de 10% bereikte?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "Waarom werd mijn computer uitgeschakeld toen de accu bijna leeg was?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer het laadniveau van de accu te laag wordt, zal uw computer " -"automatisch in de pauzestand worden " -"gezet. Dit wordt gedaan om ervoor te zorgen dat de accu niet volledige leeg " -"raakt, aangezien dat slecht is voor de accu. Als de accu gewoon leeg zou " -"raken, dan zou de computer ook geen tijd meer hebben om goed af te sluiten." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"U kunt instellen wat er gebeurt wanneer de accustroom te laag is, door te " -"klikken op het accumenu in de menubalk en " -"Instellingen energiebeheer te selecteren. Bij de instelling " -"Als de accustroom kritiek laag is kunt u kiezen om uw computer in " -"de pauzestand of de slaapstand te " -"zetten, of om deze geheel af te sluiten. Als u voor afsluiten kiest, zullen " -"uw toepassingen en documenten niet opgeslagen worden wanneer de " -"computer afgesloten wordt." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Sommige computers kunnen niet overweg met de pauzestand en kunnen mogelijk " -"de toepassingen en documenten die u open had niet herstellen wanneer u de " -"computer weer aanzet. In dit geval kunt u mogelijk wat van uw werk kwijt " -"zijn als u het niet heeft opgeslagen voordat u de computer in de pauzestand " -"zette. Wel kunt u problemen met de " -"pauzestand oplossen." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20240,27 +20513,18 @@ "Als dit gebeurt probeer dan om draadloos uit en daarna weer in te schakelen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies " -"Systeeminstellingen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" "Open Netwerk en selecteer het tabblad Draadloos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Schakel draadloos uit en daarna weer in" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20269,7 +20533,7 @@ "modus dan uit en weer in" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20653,7 +20917,7 @@ msgstr "U kunt het vanzelf zwart worden van het scherm uitzetten:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20821,7 +21085,7 @@ "geïnstalleerd naast het Engels, maar u kunt meer talen toevoegen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20832,7 +21096,7 @@ "waarbij de huidig geïnstalleerde talen van een vinkje zijn voorzien." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20841,14 +21105,14 @@ "bij de geïnstalleerde talen die u wilt verwijderen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Klik op Wijzigingen doorvoeren" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20859,7 +21123,7 @@ "beheerdersrechten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20871,8 +21135,8 @@ "invoermethoden." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20937,7 +21201,9 @@ msgstr "Setup" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Een printer instellen" @@ -20954,10 +21220,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Printers die niet zijn gedetecteerd, vastlopend papier, afdrukken die er " -"niet goed uitzien…" +"Een afdruktaak annuleren, een papierstoring verhelpen, afdrukken die kleuren " +"missen…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -21077,7 +21344,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21600,7 +21866,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Open Afdrukbeheer." @@ -21645,86 +21911,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Een printer die aangesloten is op uw computer instellen." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Een lokale printer instellen" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 -msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Uw systeem kan vele soorten printers automatisch herkennen wanneer die " -"eenmaal aangesloten zijn. De meeste printers worden aangesloten op de " -"computer met een USB-kabel." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"U hoeft nog niet te kiezen of u een netwerk- of lokale printer wil " -"installeren. Ze worden in één venster weergegeven." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat de printer aan staat." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "Om een printer in te stellen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -"Sluit de kabel van de printer aan op uw systeem. Het kan zijn dat u " -"activiteit ziet op het scherm terwijl het systeem zoekt naar " -"stuurprogramma's, en mogelijk wordt u gevraagd om authenticatie om die te " -"installeren." +"Er wordt aangenomen dat de printer verbonden is met uw netwerk. Klik op het " +"pictogram uiterst rechts van de menubalk en kies " +"Systeeminstellingen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Zodra het systeem klaar is met het installeren van de nieuwe printer zal er " -"een melding worden weergegeven. Kies Testpagina afdrukken om een " -"testpagina te printen, of Opties om de printerinstellingen verder " -"te wijzigen." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Als uw printer niet automatisch werd ingesteld, dan kunt u hem toevoegen bij " -"de printerinstellingen." +"Er wordt aangenomen dat u het IP-adres van uw printer kent. Kies " +"Netwerkprinter zoeken, geef het IP-adres op in het veld " +"Host en klik op Zoeken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Klik op Toevoegen en kies de printer onder Apparaten." +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 +msgid "" +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" "Klik op Volgende en wacht terwijl er naar stuurprogramma's wordt " "gezocht." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21733,7 +21984,7 @@ "Wanneer u klaar bent klikt u op Toepassen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21741,20 +21992,79 @@ "stap over te slaan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat de printer aan staat." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" +"Sluit de kabel van de printer aan op uw systeem. Het kan zijn dat u " +"activiteit ziet op het scherm terwijl het systeem zoekt naar " +"stuurprogramma's, en mogelijk wordt u gevraagd om authenticatie om die te " +"installeren." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" +"Zodra het systeem klaar is met het installeren van de nieuwe printer zal er " +"een melding worden weergegeven. Kies Testpagina afdrukken om een " +"testpagina af te drukken, of Opties om de printerinstellingen " +"verder te wijzigen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" "Als er meerdere stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn voor uw computer, dan kan " "u gevraagd worden een stuurprogramma te kiezen. Om het aanbevolen " -"stuurprogramma te gebruiken hoeft u alleen maar op ‘Volgende’ te klikken." +"stuurprogramma te gebruiken hoeft u alleen maar op Volgende te " +"klikken." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" "Nadat u de printer heeft geïnstalleerd wilt u misschien Opslaan." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "Bestanden & Toepassingen" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -22105,7 +22501,7 @@ "regio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -22114,7 +22510,7 @@ "Landinstellingen-tabblad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -22125,18 +22521,16 @@ "die is ingesteld in het tabblad Taal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"U dient zich af- en weer aan te melden om de wijzigingen door te voeren. " -"Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies " -"Afmelden om u af te melden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -22149,12 +22543,12 @@ "gebied ook de eerste dag van de week in kalenders." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Systeemformaten wijzigen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -22166,19 +22560,19 @@ "aanmeldscherm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Wijzig uw formaten zoals boven beschreven." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Klik op Voor het hele systeem toepassen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22209,12 +22603,12 @@ "install\">taalpakketten op uw computer geïnstalleerd heeft." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Klik op Taalondersteuning." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22223,18 +22617,16 @@ "naar de top van de lijst." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"U dient zich af- en weer aan te melden om de taalwijzigingen door te voeren. " -"Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies " -"Afmelden om u af te melden." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22252,12 +22644,12 @@ "werken." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Systeemtaal wijzigen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22269,7 +22661,7 @@ "voor het aanmeldscherm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Uw taal wijzigen zoals hierboven beschreven" @@ -22308,18 +22700,18 @@ msgstr "Om een langere tijd te wachten voordat het scherm vergrendeld wordt:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Klik op Helderheid & vergrendelen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Verander de waarde in het Scherm uitschakelen na keuzelijst." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22405,7 +22797,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:23 msgid "Share your desktop" -msgstr "Deel uw desktop" +msgstr "Uw bureaublad delen" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:25 @@ -22582,7 +22974,7 @@ "intro\">Starter voor snelle toegang:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22591,7 +22983,7 @@ "intro\">Snelzoeker naar de Starter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22600,7 +22992,7 @@ "toepassing geopend is, en In starter vastzetten selecteren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22610,7 +23002,7 @@ "zetten." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22666,23 +23058,20 @@ "bevinden waar u het achterliet wanneer u zich weer aanmeldt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Om af te melden of van gebruiker te wisselen, klik op het systeemmenu uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies de " -"gewenste optie." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Het scherm vergrendelen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22697,33 +23086,32 @@ "automatisch vergrendeld worden na een bepaalde tijd." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Om uw scherm te vergrendelen, klikt u op systeemmenu in de " -"menubalk en selecteert Scherm vergrendelen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Wanneer uw scherm vergrendeld is, kunnen andere gebruikers zich aanmelden " -"bij hun eigen account door te klikken op Gebruiker wisselen in " -"het wachtwoordscherm. Wanneer zij klaar zijn kunt u terugkeren naar uw " -"bureaublad." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Pauzestand" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22739,31 +23127,29 @@ "tijdens de pauzestand." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Om uw computer handmatig in de pauzestand te zetten, klikt u op " -"systeemmenu in de menubalk en selecteert Pauzestand." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Afsluiten en opnieuw opstarten" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Indien u uw computer volledig wilt afsluiten, of een volledige herstart wilt " -"doen, klik dan op het systeemmenu en selecteer " -"Afsluiten." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23402,14 +23788,14 @@ "gemaximaliseerd." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" "Hoe kunt u de grootte van een venster in horizontale en verticale richting " "wijzigen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23419,14 +23805,14 @@ "muis om de venstergrootte in elke gewenste richting aan te passen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" "Hoe kunt u de grootte van een venster alleen in de horizontale richting " "wijzigen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23437,14 +23823,14 @@ "passen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" "Hoe kunt u de grootte van een venster alleen in de verticale richting " "wijzigen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23456,17 +23842,17 @@ "de verticale richting aan te passen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Vensters rangschikken in een werkblad" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Hoe plaatst u twee vensters naast elkaar:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23479,7 +23865,7 @@ "los en het venster zal de linkerhelft van het scherm vullen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23489,7 +23875,7 @@ "scherm." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23546,11 +23932,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Via het toetsenbord" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "Via het toetsenbord (methode 1)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23559,56 +23945,54 @@ "vensterwisselaar te krijgen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Laat Alt los om het volgende (gemarkeerde) venster in de " -"wisselaar te selecteren." +"U kunt ook, terwijl u de Alt-toets ingedrukt houdt, op " +"Tab drukken om door de lijst met pictogrammen in de " +"vensterwisselaar te lopen, of " +"ShiftTab om terug te bladeren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"U kunt ook, terwijl u de Alt-toets ingedrukt houdt, op " -"Tab drukken om door de lijst van geopende vensters te lopen, of " -"ShiftTab om terug te bladeren." +"Voorbeelden van toepassingen met meerdere vensters verschijnen terwijl u " +"door de pictogrammen bladert." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Vensters in de vensterwisselaar zijn gegroepeerd per toepassing. Voorbeelden " -"van toepassingen met meerdere vensters verschijnen terwijl u doorklikt." +"Voorbeelden van toepassingen met een enkel venster kunnen worden getoond met " +"de toets ↓." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" "U kunt ook van het ene toepassingspictogram naar het andere gaan in de " "vensterwisselaar met de toetsen → of ←, of er een " "kiezen door erop te klikken met de muis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Voorbeelden van toepassingen met een enkel venster kunnen worden getoond met " -"de toets ↓." +"Laat Alt los om naar het venster van het huidige pictogram te " +"gaan." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23620,8 +24004,13 @@ "alle werkbladen, houd de toetsen Ctrl en Alt ingedrukt " "en druk op Tab of ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "Via het toetsenbord (methode 2)" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23632,7 +24021,7 @@ "uitgezoomd te zien." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Klik op het venster waar u naar wilt overschakelen." @@ -23840,7 +24229,7 @@ msgstr "Werkbladwisselaar inschakelen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23849,12 +24238,12 @@ "tabblad Gedrag." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Plaats een vinkje bij Werkbladwisselaar inschakelen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23867,12 +24256,12 @@ "aantal werkbladen wijzigen:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Het aantal werkbladen wijzigen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23881,7 +24270,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23891,7 +24280,7 @@ "Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24764,7 +25153,7 @@ msgstr "Speciale tekens invoeren" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24775,17 +25164,17 @@ "treft u verschillende manieren om speciale tekens in te voeren." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Manieren om tekens in te voeren" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Tekens en symbolen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24796,7 +25185,7 @@ "gewenste teken te zoeken en kopieer en plak dat waar u het nodig heeft." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24835,38 +25224,41 @@ "één van de bestaande toetsen op uw toetsenbord instellen als samensteltoets." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Een samensteltoets definiëren" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Klik op Toetsenbordindeling." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "Open Toetsenbord." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Kik op Opties." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "Kies het tabblad Sneltoetsen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" +"Kies in het linkerdeel van het venster de categorie Typen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "Kies in het rechterdeel van het venster Samensteltoets." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar de groep met de naam Samensteltoetspositie. Selecteer de " -"toets of toetsen waarvan u wilt dat ze zich gedragen als samensteltoets. U " -"kunt toetsen kiezen zoals Caps Lock, één van de Alt-" -"toetsen of de menutoets. Elk van de door u geselecteerde toetsen zal dan " -"alleen werken als samensteltoets en zal niet meer de oorspronkelijke functie " -"hebben." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24874,7 +25266,7 @@ "bijvoorbeeld:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24883,7 +25275,7 @@ "letter waarop een accent aigu moet komen, zoals é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24892,7 +25284,7 @@ "letter waarop een accent grave moet komen, zoals è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24901,7 +25293,7 @@ "letter waarop een ümlaut moet komen, zoals ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24910,7 +25302,7 @@ "letter waarop een macron moet komen, zoals ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see de samensteltoetspagina op Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Codepunten" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24943,7 +25335,7 @@ "de vier tekens na U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24959,12 +25351,12 @@ "de toetscode van die tekens te onthouden zodat u ze snel kunt invoeren." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Invoerbronnen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25805,32 +26197,22 @@ "het scherm beweegt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik op het systeemmenu helemaal rechts van de " -"menubalk en kies Systeeminstellingen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Klik onder het kopje Persoonlijk op Uiterlijk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Ga naar het tabblad Gedrag." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Zet Starter automatisch verbergen aan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25839,7 +26221,7 @@ "te geven voor de Starter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25873,12 +26255,12 @@ "u er makkelijker op kunt klikken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Klik op Uiterlijk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25887,7 +26269,7 @@ "pictogrammen van de Starter groter of kleiner te maken." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "De standaard grootte van de pictogrammen in de Starter is " @@ -25995,12 +26377,12 @@ "pictogram zelf. De volgende acties kunnen onder andere beschikbaar zijn." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "de toepassing starten of het document, map, of apparaat openen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -26009,7 +26391,7 @@ "(zie )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -26018,12 +26400,12 @@ "(zie )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "de toepassing afsluiten als het uitgevoerd wordt" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -26032,7 +26414,7 @@ "venster of instantie is" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "toepassing-specifieke snelkoppelingen zoals een nieuw document of venster " @@ -26206,7 +26588,7 @@ "altijd zichtbaar in zichtbaar als u de muis naar het gebied verplaatst." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -26215,7 +26597,7 @@ "Gedrag" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -26224,7 +26606,7 @@ "titelbalk van het venster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" @@ -26232,12 +26614,12 @@ "zichtbaar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Statusmenu's" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26249,27 +26631,45 @@ "plaatsen waar u de status van uw computer en toepassingen kunt controleren " "en wijzigen." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Lijst van statusmenu's en hun functie" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "" -"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Sommige van de pictogrammen die door de indicatormenu's gebruikt worden " +"veranderen naar gelang de status van de toepassing." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Andere programma's, zoals Tomboy of Transmission, " +"kunnen ook indicatormenu's toevoegen aan de menubalk." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Lijst van statusmenu's en hun functie" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26278,7 +26678,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Pictogram offline-netwerk" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26294,7 +26694,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26304,7 +26704,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26313,7 +26713,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Pictogram Invoerbron" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26322,7 +26722,7 @@ "layouts\">invoerbronnen configureren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26331,7 +26731,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Pictogram Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26345,7 +26745,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26355,7 +26755,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26364,7 +26764,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Pictogram Berichten" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26377,7 +26777,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26385,7 +26785,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26394,7 +26794,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Pictogram Batterij" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26407,7 +26807,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26417,7 +26817,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26426,7 +26826,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Pictogram Volume" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26437,12 +26837,12 @@ "Rhythmbox beheren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Klok" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26451,22 +26851,8 @@ "Agenda kunnen ook hier worden " "weergegeven." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26475,7 +26861,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Pictogram aan/uitknop" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26486,24 +26872,6 @@ "scherm vergrendelen, afmelden, pauzestand kiezen, uw computer herstarten of " "afsluiten." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Sommige van de pictogrammen die door de indicatormenu's gebruikt worden " -"veranderen naar gelang de status van de toepassing." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Andere programma's, zoals Tomboy of Transmission, " -"kunnen ook indicatormenu's toevoegen aan de menubalk." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26626,44 +26994,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Standaard staat het opnemen van internetzoekresultaten uit." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Internetzoekresultaten meenemen aanzetten" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Als u internetzoekresultaten wilt ontvangen, dan kunt u deze functie " -"aanzetten via de systeeminstelling Beveiliging & Privacy." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klik op het systeem-menu uiterst rechts in de menubalk " -"en kies Systeeminstellingen." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Open Beveiliging & Privacy en selecteer het tabblad " -"Zoeken." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Schakel Internetzoekresultaten meenemen in." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." +msgstr "" +"Standaard staat het opnemen van internetzoekresultaten uit. Als u " +"internetzoekresultaten wilt ontvangen, dan kunt u deze functie aanzetten via " +"de systeeminstelling Beveiliging & Privacy." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -28319,7 +28658,7 @@ "instellingen kunnen worden aangepast:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28330,7 +28669,7 @@ "digitale waarden) tussen Zacht en Stevig." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28345,7 +28684,7 @@ "Voorwaarts." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28354,11 +28693,11 @@ "aan te passen tussen Zacht en Stevig." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" "Wanneer u meer dan één pen heeft zal er, wanneer u de extra pen dicht bij " "het tablet houdt, een pager verschijnen naast de apparaatnaam van de pen. " @@ -28428,6 +28767,26 @@ #~ "externe ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Klik op Toetsenbordindeling." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Kik op Opties." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ga naar de groep met de naam Samensteltoetspositie. Selecteer de " +#~ "toets of toetsen waarvan u wilt dat ze zich gedragen als samensteltoets. U " +#~ "kunt toetsen kiezen zoals Caps Lock, één van de Alt-" +#~ "toetsen of de menutoets. Elk van de door u geselecteerde toetsen zal dan " +#~ "alleen werken als samensteltoets en zal niet meer de oorspronkelijke functie " +#~ "hebben." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28501,6 +28860,79 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts van de menubalk en kies " +#~ "Systeeminstellingen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Door het toevoegen van een account koppelt u uw online-accounts met uw " +#~ "Ubuntu-bureaublad." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Selecteer in het rechtervenster een Accounttype." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Indien u meer accounts wilt configureren kunt u later dit proces herhalen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er wordt een kleine internetgebruikersinterface geopend waar u de gegevens " +#~ "van uw online-account kunt invoeren. Als u bijvoorbeeld een Google-account " +#~ "instelt, voer dan uw Google-gebruikersnaam en -wachtwoord in en meld u aan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u de gegevens correct heeft ingevoerd wordt u gevraagd de voorwaarden te " +#~ "accepteren. Klik op Accept om door te gaan. Na het accepteren " +#~ "heeft Ubuntu toestemming nodig voor toegang tot uw account. Om toegang te " +#~ "verlenen klikt u op de knop Grant Access. Voer, wanneer er naar " +#~ "gevraagd wordt, het huidige gebruikerswachtwoord in." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nu kunt u de toepassingen selecteren die u gekoppeld wilt hebben aan uw " +#~ "online-account. Als u een online-account voor chatten wilt gebruiken, maar u " +#~ "wilt geen agenda, schakel dan de agenda-optie uit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nadat u de accounts heeft toegevoegd, zal elke toepassing die u geselecteerd " +#~ "heeft automatisch deze gegevens gebruiken wanneer u zich aanmeldt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om beveiligingsredenen zal Ubuntu uw wachtwoord niet opslaan op uw computer. " +#~ "In plaats daarvan slaat het systeem een token op die afkomstig is van de " +#~ "onlinedienst. Als u de link tussen uw bureaublad en de onlinedienst volledig " +#~ "wilt intrekken, \r\n" +#~ "verwijder deze dan." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28541,6 +28973,31 @@ #~ "Het Ubuntu softwarecentrum gebruiken om programma's toe te voegen en Ubuntu " #~ "bruikbaarder te maken." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Extra software installeren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het ontwikkelteam van Ubuntu heeft een standaard set toepassingen uitgekozen " +#~ "die naar haar mening Ubuntu zeer bruikbaar maakt voor de meeste dagelijkse " +#~ "taken. Maar u zult vast meer software willen installeren om Ubuntu nog " +#~ "bruikbaarder voor u te maken." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Om extra software te installeren, doorloop de volgende stappen:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Maak verbinding met het internet door middel van een draadloze of een bekabelde verbinding." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28556,12 +29013,58 @@ #~ "een categorie en ga naar een toepassing uit de lijst." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kies de toepassing waarin u geïnteresseerd bent en klik op " +#~ "Installeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er zal gevraagd worden naar uw wachtwoord. Zodra u dat heeft ingevoerd zal " +#~ "de installatie beginnen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De installatie is gewoonlijk snel voltooid, maar kan een tijdje duren als u " +#~ "een langzame internetverbinding heeft." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Een snelkoppeling naar de nieuwe toepassing zal worden toegevoegd aan de " +#~ "Starter. Om dit uit te schakelen, haalt u het vinkje weg bij " +#~ "BeeldNieuwe toepassing in Starter." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "PPA's toevoegen om te helpen bij het testen van speciale software." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPA's) zijn installatiebronnen speciaal " +#~ "bestemd voor Ubuntu-gebruikers; ze zijn gemakkelijker te installeren dan " +#~ "andere softwarebronnen van derden." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Klik nadat het Softwarecentrum geopend is op Bewerken " #~ "Softwarebronnen…" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op Toevoegen en geef de ppa: locatie op." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28569,6 +29072,9 @@ #~ "Sluit het venster Softwarebronnen. Ubuntu softwarecentrum zal nu uw " #~ "softwarebronnen controleren op nieuwe software." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Software verwijderen die u niet langer gebruikt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28592,6 +29098,26 @@ #~ "Geïnstalleerd bovenin het venster." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er kan gevraagd worden om uw wachtwoord op te geven. Nadat u dat gedaan " +#~ "heeft, zal de toepassing verwijderd worden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Andere softwarebronnen toevoegen om de softwarebronnen die Ubuntu gebruikt " +#~ "voor installatie en upgrades uit te breiden." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Extra softwarebronnen toevoegen" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Andere softwarebronnen installeren" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28643,6 +29169,9 @@ #~ "Softwarebronnen. Wacht even totdat het Ubuntu softwarecentrum de " #~ "broninformatie heeft gedownload." +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Software toevoegen en verwijderen" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese is niet standaard geïnstalleerd in Ubuntu. Om cheese te installeren:" @@ -28680,6 +29209,9 @@ #~ "U dient eerst Cheese te installeren voordat u de gebruikershandleiding van " #~ "Cheese kunt lezen." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB-geheugenstick (lage capaciteit)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28706,6 +29238,25 @@ #~ "met deze computer vanaf een ander apparaat. Zie voor meer informatie hierover." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Door een afdrukreferentiebestand van een kleurenbedrijf te downloaden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het gebruik van een kleurenbedrijf om een printerprofiel aan te maken is " +#~ "meestal de goedkoopste oplossing, wanneer u alleen één of twee verschillende " +#~ "papiersoorten heeft. U kunt een referentiebestand van de website van de " +#~ "fabrikant downloaden en afdrukken en deze afdruk daarna in een " +#~ "bubbeltjesenvelop naar het bedrijf opsturen, waarna zij de afdruk zullen " +#~ "inscannen, het profiel aan zullen maken en u een accuraat ICC-profiel terug " +#~ "zullen e-mailen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28759,125 +29310,955 @@ #~ "agenda." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer de schijf die u wilt controleren in de lijst " -#~ "Opslagapparaten. Onder Station ziet u dan informatie " -#~ "over en status van de schijf verschijnen." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Bij SMART-status zou \"Schijf is gezond\" moeten staan." +#~ "Als u zich later bedenkt, dan kunt u de klok terugzetten door te klikken op " +#~ "het pictogram rechts in de menubalk en Systeeminstellingen te " +#~ "kiezen. Klik onder het kopje Systeem op Tijd en datum." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Klik op de knop SMART-gegevens om meer schijfinformatie te " -#~ "bekijken, of om een zelftest uit te voeren." +#~ "Klik op het pictogram helemaal rechts in de menubalk en selecteer " +#~ "Systeeminstellingen." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voor meer geavanceerde cd/dvd projecten kunt u Brasero proberen." +#~ "Prestatiemetingen (benchmarks) uitvoeren op uw harde schijf om te " +#~ "controleren hoe snel die is." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "De prestaties van u harde schijf testen" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Om de snelheid van uw harde schijf te testen:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voor hulp bij het gebruik van Brasero, lees de Gebruikershandleiding." +#~ "Open via de Snelzoeker de " +#~ "Schijven-toepassing." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sommige talen, zoals Chinees of Koreaans, vereisen een complexere " -#~ "invoermethode dan een eenvoudige toets voor het weergeven van tekens. " -#~ "Vandaar dat sommige van de invoerbronnen die u kunt kiezen een dergelijke " -#~ "methode inschakelen." +#~ "Open vanuit het activiteitenoverzicht de Schijven-toepassing." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Kies de harde schijf uit de lijst met schijfstations." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opties voor invoermethoden zijn alleen dan beschikbaar wanneer de " -#~ "respectievelijke (invoermethode) IM-engine is geïnstalleerd. Wanneer u een " -#~ "taal gaat installeren, zal er " -#~ "automatisch een geschikt IM-engine geïnstalleerd worden indien beschikbaar. " -#~ "Wanneer u bijvoorbeeld Koreaans wilt installeren, zal het pakket ibus-" -#~ "hangul geïnstalleerd worden, en zal de invoerbronoptie Koreaans " -#~ "(Hangul) beschikbaar zijn zodra u zich opnieuw aanmeldt. U kunt ook de " -#~ "IBus IM-engine van uw keuze apart " -#~ "installeren." +#~ "Klik op de knop met het tandwiel en kies Benchmark volume." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Zet het touchpad tijdens het typen uit om ongewenst klikken te voorkomen." +#~ "Klik op Benchmark uitvoeren en pas de parameters " +#~ "Overdrachtsnelheid en Toegangstijd naar wens aan." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Touchpad uitschakelen tijdens het typen" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op Benchmark uitvoeren om te testen hoe snel gegevens van de " +#~ "schijf gelezen kunnen worden. Er zijn Beheerdersrechten voor nodig. Voer uw wachtwoord in, of het " +#~ "wachtwoord voor de beheerdersaccount." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Touchpads op laptops bevinden zich vaak daar waar u met uw pols rust wanneer " -#~ "u typt, hetgeen soms kan leiden tot het per ongeluk klikken tijdens het " -#~ "typen. U kunt het touchpad uitschakelen tijdens het typen. Het zal pas enige " -#~ "tijd na het typen van de laatste toets weer werken." +#~ "Wanneer de test klaar is zullen de resultaten verschijnen in de grafiek. De " +#~ "groene stippen en lijnen daartussen geven aan welke steekproeven er genomen " +#~ "zijn; ze komen overeen met de rechteras met de toegangstijd uitgezet tegen " +#~ "de onderste lijn, en stelt de tijd in procenten voor die verstreken is " +#~ "tijdens de meting. De blauwe lijn stelt de leessnelheid voor, en de rode " +#~ "lijn de schrijfsnelheid; deze tonen de gegevenstoegangsnelheid op de " +#~ "linkeras, uitgezet tegen de onderste lijn als percentage van de " +#~ "schijfbeweging van de buitenkant naar de as." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Plaats in de sectie Touchpad een vinkje bij Uitschakelen " -#~ "tijdens typen." +#~ "Onderaan de grafiek worden waarden weergegeven voor de minimale, maximale en " +#~ "gemiddelde lees- en schrijfsnelheid en de tijd die verstreken is sinds de " +#~ "laatste meting." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voordat ze beginnen te werken reageren laptop touchpads soms met een " -#~ "vertraging nadat u stopt met typen. Dit is om te voorkomen dat u tijdens het " -#~ "typen per ongeluk het touchpad met uw handpalm aanraakt. Zie voor meer informatie." +#~ "Gebruik Schijfgebruik of Systeemmonitor om ruimte en " +#~ "capaciteit te controleren." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geeft de datum en tijd van de laatste keer dat het bestand werd gewijzigd." +#~ "U kunt kijken hoeveel schijfruimte u over heeft via Schijfgebruik " +#~ "en Systeemmonitor." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Controleren met Schijfgebruik" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als u extra beveiligd wilt zijn, of als u bestanden die u doorstuurt naar " -#~ "andere mensen die Windows en Mac OS gebruiken op virussen wilt controleren, " -#~ "dan kunt u altijd nog anti-virussoftware installeren. Kijk in het " -#~ "Ubuntu softwarecentrum waar verschillende toepassingen " -#~ "beschikbaar zijn." +#~ "Om de vrije ruimte van de schijf en de schijfcapaciteit te controleren via " +#~ "Schijfgebruik:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De standaard webbrowser wijzigen, " -#~ "Flash installeren, De java-plugin installeren, Silverlight-ondersteuning…" +#~ "Open de toepassing Schijfgebruik vanuit de " +#~ "Snelzoeker. In het venster worden de Totale " +#~ "bestandssysteemcapaciteit en het Totale " +#~ "bestandssysteemgebruik weergegeven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open vanuit het activiteitenoverzicht de Schijven-" +#~ "toepassing. In het venster worden de Totale schijfruimte en " +#~ "Totale schijfgebruik weergeven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op een van de knoppen in de werkbalk om te kiezen voor " +#~ "Persoonlijke map scannen, Bestandssysteem scannen, " +#~ "Een map scannen of Een map op afstand scannen." + +# Disk Usage Analyzer = Schijfgebruik, +# app Disks = Schijfgereedschap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De informatie wordt weergegeven naar Map, Gebruik, " +#~ "Grootte en Inhoud. Ga voor meer informatie naar Schijfgebruik." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Met Systeemmonitor controleren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vrije schijfruimte en schijfcapaciteit controleren met " +#~ "Systeemmonitor:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open de toepassing Systeemmonitor vanuit de Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open vanuit het Activiteitenoverzicht de " +#~ "Systeemmonitor-toepassing." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer het tabblad Bestandssystemen om de partities van het " +#~ "systeem en het schijfgebruik te bekijken. De informatie wordt weergegeven in " +#~ "de kolommen Totaal, Vrij, Beschikbaar en " +#~ "Gebruikt." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Als de schijf te vol is moet u:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bestanden die niet belangrijk zijn of bestanden die u niet meer gebruikt " +#~ "verwijderen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Maak reservekopieën van de belangrijke " +#~ "bestanden die u voorlopig niet nodig heeft en wis ze van de harde schijf." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open vanuit het activiteitenoverzicht de Schijven-" +#~ "toepassing." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de schijf die u wilt controleren in de lijst " +#~ "Opslagapparaten. Onder Station ziet u dan informatie " +#~ "over en status van de schijf verschijnen." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Bij SMART-status zou \"Schijf is gezond\" moeten staan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op de knop SMART-gegevens om meer schijfinformatie te " +#~ "bekijken, of om een zelftest uit te voeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zelfs als de SMART-status aangeeft dat de schijf " +#~ "nietgezond is, is er nog geen reden tot paniek. Maar het is wel " +#~ "beter is om voorbereid te zijn door het maken van een reservekopie om gegevensverlies te voorkomen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als de status \"Pre-fail\" is, zal de schijf nog steeds redelijk gezond " +#~ "zijn, maar er zijn tekenen van slijtage gedetecteerd wat betekent dat hij " +#~ "mogelijk stuk gaat in de nabije toekomst. Als uw harde schijf (of computer) " +#~ "al een paar jaar oud is, zult u waarschijnlijk dit bericht zien bij op z'n " +#~ "minst sommige van de controles. U zou regelmatig een reservekopie moeten maken van uw belangrijke bestanden en de " +#~ "schijfstatus periodiek controleren om te zien of het erger wordt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwijder alle bestanden en mappen van een externe harde schijf of usb-stick " +#~ "door te formatteren." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Alles van een verwijderbare schijf wissen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u een verwisselbare schijf heeft, zoals een USB-stick of een externe " +#~ "harde schijf, dan wilt u misschien op enig moment alle bestanden en mappen " +#~ "daarop verwijderen. U kunt dit doen door de schijf te formatteren - " +#~ "dit verwijdert alle bestanden op de schijf en maakt hem dus helemaal leeg." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatteer de verwijderbare schijf" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de schijf die u wilt leegmaken in de Opslagapparaten-" +#~ "lijst" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zorg ervoor dat u de juiste schijf selecteert! Als u de verkeerde schijf " +#~ "kiest, worden alle bestanden op de deze schijf verwijderd!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik in de sectie Volumen op Volume ontkoppelen. Klik daarna op " +#~ "Volume formatteren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kies een bestandssysteem voor de schijf in het Type-veld in het " +#~ "venster dat verschijnt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Indien u de schijf naast Linux ook op Windows en Mac computers gebruikt, " +#~ "kies dan FAT. Indien u hem alleen in Windows gebruikt, dan is " +#~ "NTFS wellicht een betere keus. Een korte beschrijving van het " +#~ "bestandssysteemtype zal als label gepresenteerd worden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de schijf een naam en klik op Formatteren om het legen van " +#~ "de schijf te starten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als het formatteren voltooid is, klik dan op Veilig verwijderen. " +#~ "De schijf zou nu leeg moeten zijn, en klaar voor gebruik." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatteren van een schijf verwijdert niet veilig u bestanden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het formatteren van een schiijf is niet een geheel veilige manier om alle " +#~ "gegevens erop te wissen. Op een geformatteerde schijf lijkt het alsof er " +#~ "geen bestanden op staan, maar bestanden kunnen mogelijk teruggehaald worden " +#~ "met speciale software. Als u veilig bestanden wilt verwijderen, dan heeft u " +#~ "een opdrachtregelhulpmiddel nodig zoals shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Begrijpen wat Volumen en partities zijn en hoe het schijfgereedschap te " +#~ "gebruiken om ze te beheren." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Volumes en partities bekijken en beheren via Schijfgereedschap" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt de opslagvolumes van uw computer controleren en wijzigen via " +#~ "Schijfgereedschap." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "Open de Snelzoeker en start Schijven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In het paneel met de naam Opslagapparaten vindt u harde schijven, " +#~ "cd/dvd-stations en fysieke apparaten. Klik op het apparaat dat u wilt " +#~ "onderzoeken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In het rechterpaneel geeft het gebied met de naam Volumen een " +#~ "grafisch overzicht van de volumes en partities die zich op het geselecteerde " +#~ "apparaat bevinden. Het bevat ook een aantal hulpmiddelen die gebruikt worden " +#~ "om deze volumes te beheren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Let op: met deze hulpmiddelen is het mogelijk om alle gegevens van uw schijf " +#~ "te verwijderen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eén primaire partitie moet informatie bevatten die gebruikt wordt door uw " +#~ "computer om op te starten, of booten. Daarom wordt deze soms " +#~ "bootpartitie of bootvolume genoemd. Om te bepalen of een volume opstartbaar " +#~ "is, bekijk de partitieparameters ervan in Schijfgereedschap. " +#~ "Externe media zoals usb-stations en cd's kunnen ook opstartbaar zijn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zorg ervoor dat Vergrendelen aan staat en kies daarna een time-" +#~ "out uit de keuzelijst eronder. Het scherm zal automatisch vergrendeld worden " +#~ "nadat u zo lang inactief bent geweest. U kunt ook Scherm " +#~ "uitschakelen selecteren om het scherm te vergrendelen nadat het scherm " +#~ "automatisch is uitgeschakeld; dit stelt u in via de keuzelijst Scherm " +#~ "\r\n" +#~ "uitschakelen na:." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gebruik de Bestanden bestandsbeheerder om door bestanden op uw " +#~ "computer te bladeren en ze te ordenen. U kunt het ook gebruiken om bestanden " +#~ "op opslagapparaten (zoals externe harde schijven) te beheren, op bestandsservers, en op het netwerk gedeelde " +#~ "mappen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dubbelklik in de bestandsbeheerder op een map om diens inhoud weer te geven, " +#~ "en dubbelklik een bestand om het met de bijbehorende standaardtoepassing te " +#~ "openen. U kunt ook met rechts op een map klikken om het in een nieuw tabblad " +#~ "of venster te openen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u in de map dat u inziet, snel naar een bestand wilt springen, begin dan " +#~ "de naam van dat bestand te typen. Een zoekveld zal bovenaan het venster " +#~ "verschijnen en het eerste bestand dat met uw zoekopdracht overeenkomt wordt " +#~ "ge-highlight. Druk op de omlaag-toets, of scroll met de muis, om naar het " +#~ "volgende bestand te springen dat met uw zoekopdracht overeenkomt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt met behulp van de zijbalk snel toegang to veelgebruikte " +#~ "plaatsen krijgen. Als u de zijbalk niet ziet, klikt u in de werkbalk op de " +#~ "omlaag-knop en " +#~ "kies Zijbalk weergeven. U kunt bladwijzers naar veelgebruikte " +#~ "mappen aanmaken en zij zullen in de zijbalk worden weergegeven. Gebruik " +#~ "hiervoor het Bladwijzers-menu, of versleep eenvoudigweg een map " +#~ "naar de zijbalk." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voor meer geavanceerde cd/dvd projecten kunt u Brasero proberen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voor hulp bij het gebruik van Brasero, lees de Gebruikershandleiding." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het is mogelijk dat u het bestand heeft hernoemd op zo'n manier dat het " +#~ "verborgen wordt. Bestanden die met . beginnen of die met " +#~ "~ eindigen worden in de bestandsbeheerder verborgen. Klik in de " +#~ "taakbalk van de bestandsbeheerder de omlaag-knop en kies Verborgen bestanden " +#~ "weergeven om ze weer te geven. Zie voor " +#~ "meer informatie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bestanden zoeken op basis van bestandsnaam en -type. U kunt uw " +#~ "zoekopdrachten bewaren voor later gebruik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt in bestandsbeheer zoeken naar bestanden op basis van hun naam of " +#~ "bestandstype. U kunt zelfs veelgebruikte zoekopdrachten opslaan; ze zullen " +#~ "als speciale mappen in uw persoonlijke map worden geplaatst." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Bestandsbeheer openen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u weet dat de bestanden die u wilt hebben in een bepaalde map zitten, ga " +#~ "dan naar die map." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik in de taakbalk op het vergrootglas of druk " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Typ een woord of woorden waarvan u weet dat het in de bestandsnaam voorkomt. " +#~ "Bijvoorbeeld, als u al uw facturen namen geeft die het woord 'Factuur\" " +#~ "bevatten, typt u factuur. Druk op Enter. Woorden " +#~ "worden onafhankelijk van hoofdlettergebruik gevonden." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt de zoekresultaten specifieker maken door locatie en/of bestandstype " +#~ "op te geven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik Thuis om de zoekresultaten tot uw Thuis map te " +#~ "beperken, of Alle bestanden om overal te zoeken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik de +-knop en kies uit het keuzemenu een " +#~ "bestandstype om de zoekresultaten te beperken, gebaseerd op " +#~ "bestandstype. Klik de x knop om deze optie te verwijderen en de " +#~ "zoekresultaten te verbreden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt vanuit de zoekresultaten bestanden openen, kopiëren, verwijderen of " +#~ "op een andere manier met bestanden werken, net zoals u zou doen vanuit een " +#~ "map in bestandsbeheer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik in de taakbalk opnieuw op het vergrootglas om de zoekopdracht af te " +#~ "sluiten en naar de map terug te keren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u bepaalde zoekopdrachten vaak gebruikt, kunt u deze opslaan om ze " +#~ "sneller te gebruiken." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Zoekopdracht bewaren" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Start een zoekopdracht zoals hierboven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de zoekopdracht een naam en klik op Opslaan. U kunt een " +#~ "andere map kiezen om de zoekopdracht in te bewaren als u dat wilt. Wanneer u " +#~ "die map bekijkt, dan ziet u uw opgeslagen zoekopdracht als een oranje " +#~ "mappictogram met daarop een vergrootglas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om het zoekbestand te verwijderen als u het niet meer nodig heeft, kunt u " +#~ "het gewoon verwijderen zoals u elk ander " +#~ "bestand zou verwijderen; u verwijdert hiermee niet de bestanden die " +#~ "overeenkomen met de zoekopdracht." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sommige talen, zoals Chinees of Koreaans, vereisen een complexere " +#~ "invoermethode dan een eenvoudige toets voor het weergeven van tekens. " +#~ "Vandaar dat sommige van de invoerbronnen die u kunt kiezen een dergelijke " +#~ "methode inschakelen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Opties voor invoermethoden zijn alleen dan beschikbaar wanneer de " +#~ "respectievelijke (invoermethode) IM-engine is geïnstalleerd. Wanneer u een " +#~ "taal gaat installeren, zal er " +#~ "automatisch een geschikt IM-engine geïnstalleerd worden indien beschikbaar. " +#~ "Wanneer u bijvoorbeeld Koreaans wilt installeren, zal het pakket ibus-" +#~ "hangul geïnstalleerd worden, en zal de invoerbronoptie Koreaans " +#~ "(Hangul) beschikbaar zijn zodra u zich opnieuw aanmeldt. U kunt ook de " +#~ "IBus IM-engine van uw keuze apart " +#~ "installeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt een voorbeeld bekijken van een indeling door deze in de lijst te " +#~ "selecteren en te klikken op voorbeeld." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om dit op te lossen, klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en " +#~ "ga naar Systeeminstellingen. Kies onder het kopje Hardware " +#~ "Schermen. Probeer enkele Resolutie-mogelijkheden uit " +#~ "en kies voor de resolutie die het scherm er beter uit laat ziet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en ga naar " +#~ "Systeeminstellingen. Open Schermen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts op de menubalk en kies " +#~ "Systeeminstellingen." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zet het touchpad tijdens het typen uit om ongewenst klikken te voorkomen." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Touchpad uitschakelen tijdens het typen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Touchpads op laptops bevinden zich vaak daar waar u met uw pols rust wanneer " +#~ "u typt, hetgeen soms kan leiden tot het per ongeluk klikken tijdens het " +#~ "typen. U kunt het touchpad uitschakelen tijdens het typen. Het zal pas enige " +#~ "tijd na het typen van de laatste toets weer werken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Plaats in de sectie Touchpad een vinkje bij Uitschakelen " +#~ "tijdens typen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Veel muizen, en sommige touchpads, hebben een middelste muisknop. Bij een " +#~ "muis met een scrollwieltje kunt u meestal op het wieltje drukken voor een " +#~ "middelklik. Als u geen middelste muisknop heeft, dan kunt u de linker en " +#~ "rechter muisknop tegelijk indrukken voor een middelklik. Als dat niet gaat " +#~ "kunt u proberen deze instructies te volgen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Op een touchpad die het tikken met meerdere vingers ondersteunt, kunt u " +#~ "middenklikken door met drie vingers tegelijk te tikken. U dient klikken door tikken inschakelen " +#~ "geselecteerd te hebben bij de touchpadinstellingen om dit te laten werken." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Veel toepassingen gebruiken de middelste muisknop voor geavanceerde " +#~ "snelkoppelingen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Een veel gebruikte snelkoppeling is om de geselecteerde tekst te plakken. " +#~ "Selecteer de tekst die u wilt plakken, ga naar de plaats waar u deze wilt " +#~ "plaatsen en klik met de middelste muisknop om deze plakken. De geselecteerde " +#~ "tekst wordt op de plaats van de cursor geplakt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het plakken van tekst met de middelste muisknop staat volledig los van het " +#~ "normale klembord. De geselecteerde tekst wordt niet naar het klembord " +#~ "gekopieerd. Deze snelle manier van plakken werkt alleen met de middelste " +#~ "muisknop." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In de meeste webbrowsers kunt u snel links in tabbladen openen met de " +#~ "middelste muisknop. Klik gewoon op een link met de middelste muisknop en hij " +#~ "zal geopend worden in een nieuw tabblad. Pas wel op als u op de link klikt " +#~ "in de webbrowser Firefox. Als u in Firefox ergens " +#~ "anders dan op een link klikt met de middelste muisknop, dan probeert het " +#~ "programma uw geselecteerde tekst te laden als een URL, alsof u de middelklik " +#~ "gebruikte om de tekst te plakken in de locatiebalk en op Enter " +#~ "drukte." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In sommige gespecialiseerde toepassingen kunt u de middelste muisknop " +#~ "gebruiken voor andere functies. Zoek in de hulp van de toepassing naar " +#~ "middelklik of middelste muisknop." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Druk één keer op ← om over te schakelen naar het tabblad " +#~ "Aanwijzen en klikken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze instructies beschrijven de kortste weg om muistoetsen alleen via het " +#~ "toetsenbord in te schakelen. Kies Universele toegang-instellingen " +#~ "voor meer toegankelijkheidsopties." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het numerieke toetsenbord is een set numerieke toetsen op uw toetsenbord, " +#~ "meestal gerangschikt in een vierkant blok. Als u een toetsenbord heeft " +#~ "zonder numeriek toetsenbord (zoals een laptoptoetsenbord), dan dient u " +#~ "mogelijk de functietoets (Fn) ingedrukt te houden en bepaalde " +#~ "andere toetsen op uw toetsenbord gebruiken als numeriek toetsenbord. Als u " +#~ "deze functie vaak gebruikt op een laptop, dan kunt u een extern USB-numeriek " +#~ "toetsenbord aanschaffen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Elk cijfer op het numerieke toetsenbord komt overeen met een richting. Zo " +#~ "zal het indrukken van de 8 de muis naar boven bewegen en de " +#~ "2 naar beneden. Druk op de 5 voor een éénmalige " +#~ "muisklik, of druk hem snel twee keer in voor een dubbelklik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De meeste toetsenborden hebben een speciale toets waarmee u kunt " +#~ "rechtsklikken; vaak ik dat in de buurt van de spatiebalk. Bedenk echter dat " +#~ "deze toets reageert op waar de toetsenbordfocus ligt, niet waar uw " +#~ "muisaanwijzer zich bevindt. Zie voor " +#~ "informatie over rechtsklikken door de 5 of de linker muisknop in " +#~ "te drukken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt klikken, dubbelklikken, slepen en scrollen met alleen uw touchpad, " +#~ "zonder fysieke knoppen." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Tik op het touchpad om te klikken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om een item te slepen, tik twee maal, maar laat uw vinger niet los na de " +#~ "tweede tik. Sleep het item naar de gewenste plek en laat uw vinger los om " +#~ "het neer te zetten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als uw touchpad tikken met meerdere vingers ondersteunt, dan kunt u " +#~ "rechtsklikken door met twee vingers tegelijk te tikken. Zo niet, dan moet u " +#~ "nog steeds fysieke knoppen gebruiken om met rechts te klikken. Zie voor een manier om met rechts te klikken zonder " +#~ "een tweede muisknop." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als uw touchpad tikken met meerdere vingers ondersteunt, dan kunt u middelklikken door met drie vingers " +#~ "tegelijk te tikken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer u tikt of sleept met meerdere vingers, zorg er dan voor dat uw " +#~ "vingers ver genoeg uit elkaar gespreid zijn. Als uw vingers te dicht tegen " +#~ "elkaar aan zitten, dan kan het zijn dat de computer dit ziet als een vinger." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voordat ze beginnen te werken reageren laptop touchpads soms met een " +#~ "vertraging nadat u stopt met typen. Dit is om te voorkomen dat u tijdens het " +#~ "typen per ongeluk het touchpad met uw handpalm aanraakt. Zie voor meer informatie." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Bladwijzers aan bestandsbeheer toevoegen, verwijderen en hernoemen." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uw bladwijzers worden in de zijbalk of in de bestandsbeheerder weergegeven." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Een bladwijzer verwijderen:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik in de menubalk op Bestanden en kies Bladwijzers " +#~ "uit het toepassingsmenu." + +# Opzettelijk geen koppelstreepje gebruikt voor de knop. Wordt anders verwarrend voor de lezer. +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kies in het Bladwijzersvenster de bladwijzer die u wenst te " +#~ "verwijderen, en klik de - knop." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kies in het Bladwijzersvenster de bladwijzer die u wenst te " +#~ "hernoemen." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voer een nieuwe naam voor de bladwijzer in het Naam tekstveld in." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geeft de datum en tijd van de laatste keer dat het bestand werd gewijzigd." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u extra beveiligd wilt zijn, of als u bestanden die u doorstuurt naar " +#~ "andere mensen die Windows en Mac OS gebruiken op virussen wilt controleren, " +#~ "dan kunt u altijd nog anti-virussoftware installeren. Kijk in het " +#~ "Ubuntu softwarecentrum waar verschillende toepassingen " +#~ "beschikbaar zijn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De standaard webbrowser wijzigen, " +#~ "Flash installeren, De java-plugin installeren, Silverlight-ondersteuning…" #~ msgid "" #~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " @@ -28893,6 +30274,46 @@ #~ "menubar-intro\">Berichtenmenu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt bepalen welke programma's toegang hebben tot het netwerk. Dit helpt " +#~ "uw computer veilig te houden." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Firewalltoegang inschakelen of blokkeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu is uitgerust met de Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw), maar de firewall is niet standaard ingeschakeld. Omdat " +#~ "Ubuntu in de standaard installatie geen open netwerkdiensten heeft (met " +#~ "uitzondering van basis netwerkinfrastructuur), is er geen firewall nodig om " +#~ "pogingen van kwaadwillige verbindingen te blokkeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voor meer informatie over het gebruik van ufw, zie de online " +#~ "documentatie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om de firewall in te schakelen, voert u in een terminal sudo ufw " +#~ "enable in. Om ufw uit te schakelen, voert u sudo ufw " +#~ "disable in." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28925,6 +30346,13 @@ #~ "sudo ufw block 53 in." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mogelijk moet u Flash installeren om op websites zoals YouTube te " +#~ "gebruiken, om video's en interactieve webpagina's weer te geven." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28933,6 +30361,9 @@ #~ "video's kunt bekijken en interactieve webpagina's kunt gebruiken op sommige " #~ "websites. Sommige websites werken niet zonder Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Hoe installeert u Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28953,6 +30384,15 @@ #~ "Als u ervoor kiest om Flash te installeren, klik op Installeren " #~ "vanuit het venster Softwarecentrum." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als er webbrowservensters geopend zijn, sluit deze dan en open ze opnieuw. " +#~ "De webbrowser ziet dat Flash geïnstalleerd is en u zou nu de websites die " +#~ "Flash gebruiken moeten kunnen bekijken." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Open-source alternatieven voor flash" @@ -28983,6 +30423,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Help uw browser te werken met websites die Java vereisen." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "De Java-plugin voor de browser installeren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sommige websites gebruiken kleine Java-programma's die een Java-" +#~ "plugin nodig hebben om te kunnen draaien." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het plugin-pakket icedtea6 " +#~ "installeren om Java-programma's in uw browser te bekijken." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -29031,6 +30491,15 @@ #~ "website (Engelstalig) voor meer informatie en installatie-instructies." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Problemen met draadloze " +#~ "verbindingen oplossen, Uw wifi-" +#~ "netwerk vinden..." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -29049,6 +30518,284 @@ #~ "Technische items tonen moeten klikken onderin het Ubuntu " #~ "Softwarecentrum." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verbinden met wifi, Verborgen netwerken, Verbindingen bewerken, Verbinding verbreken..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt uw computer gebruiken als een draadloos-hotspot. Hierdoor kunnen " +#~ "andere apparaten verbinding met u maken zonder apart netwerk, zodat u een " +#~ "internetverbinding kunt delen die u met een andere interface heeft gemaakt, " +#~ "zoals een bekabeld netwerk of een cellulair netwerk." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Klik op de knop Als hotspot gebruiken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u al verbonden bent met een draadloos netwerk, dan wordt u gevraagd of u " +#~ "de verbinding met dat netwerk wilt verbreken. Een enkele draadloos-adapter " +#~ "kan met slechts een netwerk tegelijk verbinding maken of creëren. Klik op " +#~ "Hotspot aanmaken om te bevestigen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Een netwerknaam (SSID) en beveiligingssleutel worden automatisch " +#~ "gegenereerd. De netwerknaam zal gebaseerd zijn op de naam van uw computer. " +#~ "Andere apparaten hebben deze informatie nodig om verbinding te maken met de " +#~ "hotspot die u zojuist heeft aangemaakt." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en haal het vinkje weg bij " +#~ "\"Draadloos netwerk inschakelen\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om dit te doen klikt u op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en haalt " +#~ "u het vinkje weg bij Draadloos netwerk inschakelen. Hiermee " +#~ "schakelt u uw draadloze verbinding uit totdat u deze weer inschakelt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om het draadloos netwerk weer in te schakelen, klik op het " +#~ "netwerkmenu in de menubalk en selecteer Draadloos netwerk " +#~ "inschakelen zodat er een vinkje voor staat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het kan zijn dat uw laptop nog steeds uitzendt als u Bluetooth niet heeft uitgeschakeld." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en klik op de " +#~ "naam van het netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Leer wat de opties betekenen in het bewerkingsvenster van een draadloos " +#~ "netwerk." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Een draadloze verbinding bewerken" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit onderwerp beschrijft alle opties die beschikbaar zijn wanneer u een " +#~ "draadloze netwerkverbinding bewerkt. Om een verbinding te bewerken, klik op " +#~ "het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en kies Verbindingen " +#~ "bewerken." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Beschikbaar voor alle gebruikers / Automatisch verbinden" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Automatisch verbinden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als meerdere netwerken die zijn ingesteld op automatisch verbinden binnen " +#~ "bereik zijn, dan zal de computer verbinding maken met het eerste netwerk dat " +#~ "getoond wordt in het tabblad Draadloos in het venster " +#~ "Netwerkverbindingen. De computer zal niet de verbinding verbreken " +#~ "met het ene beschikbare netwerk om te verbinden met een ander netwerk dat " +#~ "net binnen bereik is gekomen." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Beschikbaar voor alle gebruikers" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Plaats hier een vinkje als u wilt dat alle gebruikers op de computer toegang " +#~ "hebben tot dit draadloze netwerk. Als het netwerk een WEP/WPA wachtwoord heeft, en u heeft deze optie " +#~ "aangevinkt, dan hoeft u slechts één keer het wachtwoord in te voeren. Alle " +#~ "andere gebruikers op uw computer zullen kunnen verbinden met het netwerk " +#~ "zonder dat ze zelf het wachtwoord hoeven te weten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als dit aangevinkt is dient u beheerder te zijn om welke instelling dan ook voor dit " +#~ "netwerk te wijzigen. Er kan u gevraagd worden uw beheerderswachtwoord in te " +#~ "voeren." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Draadloos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u Ad-hoc kiest, dan krijgt u twee andere opties te zien, " +#~ "Band en Kanaal. Hiermee bepaalt u op welke draadloze " +#~ "frequentieband het ad-hoc draadloze netwerk zal werken. Sommige computers " +#~ "kunnen alleen op bepaalde banden werken (bijvoorbeeld alleen A of " +#~ "alleen B/G). U zou dus een band moeten kiezen die door alle " +#~ "computers in het ad-hoc netwerk gebruikt kan worden. Op drukke plekken kan " +#~ "het zijn dat meerdere draadloze netwerken hetzelfde kanaal delen; dit kan de " +#~ "verbinding traag maken, dus kunt u ook wijzigen welk kanaal u gebruikt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit is de Basic Service Set Identifier. De SSID (zie hierboven) is " +#~ "de naam van het netwerk die voor de mens bedoeld is om te lezen, de BSSID is " +#~ "de naam die de computer begrijpt (het is een reeks letters en cijfers die " +#~ "uniek hoort te zijn voor een draadloos netwerk). Als het netwerk verborgen is zal het geen SSID hebben, maar " +#~ "wel een BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "MAC-adres van het apparaat" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uw netwerkhardware (draadloze netwerkkaart) kan doen alsof het een ander MAC-" +#~ "adres heeft. Dit is handig als u een apparaat of dienst heeft die alleen met " +#~ "een bepaald MAC-adres kan communiceren (bijvoorbeeld een bekabeld " +#~ "breedbandmodem). Als u dat MAC-adres in het vak gekloond MAC-" +#~ "adres plaatst, dan zal het apparaat/de dienst denken dat uw computer " +#~ "het gekloonde MAC-adres heeft in plaats van het echte adres." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Draadloos beveiliging" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit bepaalt wat voor soort versleuteling uw draadloze netwerk " +#~ "gebruikt. Versleutelde verbindingen helpen uw draadloze verbinding te " +#~ "beschermen tegen onderschepping, zodat anderen niet kunnen \"meeluisteren\" " +#~ "en zien welke websites u bezoekt en zo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sommige soorten versleuteling zijn sterker dan andere, maar worden mogelijk " +#~ "niet ondersteund door oudere apparatuur voor draadloze netwerken. Normaal " +#~ "gesproken dient u een wachtwoord op te geven voor de verbinding; meer " +#~ "geavanceerde soorten beveiliging vereisen mogelijk ook een gebruikersnaam en " +#~ "een digitaal \"certificaat\". Zie voor " +#~ "meer informatie over veelgebruikte soorten versleuteling voor draadloze " +#~ "netwerken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u deze instellling kiest, dan krijgt uw computer een IP-adres van een " +#~ "DHCP-server maar dient u handmatig andere details (zoals welke DNS-server er " +#~ "gebruikt wordt) op te geven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kies deze optie als u zelf alle netwerkinstellingen op wilt geven, inclusief " +#~ "welk IP-adres de computer moet gebruiken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze optie zal de netwerkverbinding uitschakelen en voorkomen dat u " +#~ "verbinding met dit netwerk maakt. Merk op dat IPv4 en " +#~ "IPv6 behandeld worden als afzonderlijke verbindingen, ook al zijn " +#~ "ze voor dezelfde netwerkkaart. Als u de ene inschakelt, dan wilt u mogelijk " +#~ "de andere op \"Uitgeschakeld\" zetten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dit is gelijk aan het tabblad IPv4, behalve dat het gaat om de " +#~ "nieuwere IPv6-standaard. Zeer moderne netwerken gebruiken IPv6, maar IPv4 is " +#~ "op het moment nog altijd populairder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het netwerkmenu in de menubalk en kies Verbinden met " +#~ "verborgen draadloos netwerk." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Kies onder het kopje Systeem Softwarebronnen." @@ -29094,6 +30841,13 @@ #~ "volgende deel van problemen oplossen." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open een terminalvenster, typ sudo pm-hibernate in en druk daarna " +#~ "op Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29102,6 +30856,208 @@ #~ "geheugen." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer de slaapstand werkt, kunt u door blijven gaan met het gebruiken van " +#~ "de opdracht sudo pm-hibernate als u uw computer in de slaapstand " +#~ "wilt zetten." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Waarom ging mijn computer uit/in pauzestand toen de accu de 10% bereikte?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer het laadniveau van de accu te laag wordt, zal uw computer " +#~ "automatisch in de pauzestand worden " +#~ "gezet. Dit wordt gedaan om ervoor te zorgen dat de accu niet volledige leeg " +#~ "raakt, aangezien dat slecht is voor de accu. Als de accu gewoon leeg zou " +#~ "raken, dan zou de computer ook geen tijd meer hebben om goed af te sluiten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt instellen wat er gebeurt wanneer de accustroom te laag is, door te " +#~ "klikken op het accumenu in de menubalk en " +#~ "Instellingen energiebeheer te selecteren. Bij de instelling " +#~ "Als de accustroom kritiek laag is kunt u kiezen om uw computer in " +#~ "de pauzestand of de slaapstand te " +#~ "zetten, of om deze geheel af te sluiten. Als u voor afsluiten kiest, zullen " +#~ "uw toepassingen en documenten niet opgeslagen worden wanneer de " +#~ "computer afgesloten wordt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sommige computers kunnen niet overweg met de pauzestand en kunnen mogelijk " +#~ "de toepassingen en documenten die u open had niet herstellen wanneer u de " +#~ "computer weer aanzet. In dit geval kunt u mogelijk wat van uw werk kwijt " +#~ "zijn als u het niet heeft opgeslagen voordat u de computer in de pauzestand " +#~ "zette. Wel kunt u problemen met de " +#~ "pauzestand oplossen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies " +#~ "Systeeminstellingen." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Printers die niet zijn gedetecteerd, vastlopend papier, afdrukken die er " +#~ "niet goed uitzien…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Een printer die aangesloten is op uw computer instellen." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Een lokale printer instellen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uw systeem kan vele soorten printers automatisch herkennen wanneer die " +#~ "eenmaal aangesloten zijn. De meeste printers worden aangesloten op de " +#~ "computer met een USB-kabel." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U hoeft nog niet te kiezen of u een netwerk- of lokale printer wil " +#~ "installeren. Ze worden in één venster weergegeven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sluit de kabel van de printer aan op uw systeem. Het kan zijn dat u " +#~ "activiteit ziet op het scherm terwijl het systeem zoekt naar " +#~ "stuurprogramma's, en mogelijk wordt u gevraagd om authenticatie om die te " +#~ "installeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zodra het systeem klaar is met het installeren van de nieuwe printer zal er " +#~ "een melding worden weergegeven. Kies Testpagina afdrukken om een " +#~ "testpagina te printen, of Opties om de printerinstellingen verder " +#~ "te wijzigen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als uw printer niet automatisch werd ingesteld, dan kunt u hem toevoegen bij " +#~ "de printerinstellingen." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Klik op Toevoegen en kies de printer onder Apparaten." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op Volgende en wacht terwijl er naar stuurprogramma's wordt " +#~ "gezocht." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als er meerdere stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn voor uw computer, dan kan " +#~ "u gevraagd worden een stuurprogramma te kiezen. Om het aanbevolen " +#~ "stuurprogramma te gebruiken hoeft u alleen maar op ‘Volgende’ te klikken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nadat u de printer heeft geïnstalleerd wilt u misschien de standaard printer " +#~ "wijzigen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U dient zich af- en weer aan te melden om de wijzigingen door te voeren. " +#~ "Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies " +#~ "Afmelden om u af te melden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U dient zich af- en weer aan te melden om de taalwijzigingen door te voeren. " +#~ "Klik op het pictogram uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies " +#~ "Afmelden om u af te melden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om af te melden of van gebruiker te wisselen, klik op het systeemmenu uiterst rechts in de menubalk en kies de " +#~ "gewenste optie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om uw scherm te vergrendelen, klikt u op systeemmenu in de " +#~ "menubalk en selecteert Scherm vergrendelen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer uw scherm vergrendeld is, kunnen andere gebruikers zich aanmelden " +#~ "bij hun eigen account door te klikken op Gebruiker wisselen in " +#~ "het wachtwoordscherm. Wanneer zij klaar zijn kunt u terugkeren naar uw " +#~ "bureaublad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om uw computer handmatig in de pauzestand te zetten, klikt u op " +#~ "systeemmenu in de menubalk en selecteert Pauzestand." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Indien u uw computer volledig wilt afsluiten, of een volledige herstart wilt " +#~ "doen, klik dan op het systeemmenu en selecteer " +#~ "Afsluiten." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -29115,6 +31071,48 @@ #~ "is één lange opdracht, ook al is die op het scherm mogelijk over meerdere " #~ "regels verspreid - kopieer en plak de opdracht voor een goed resultaat):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Via het toetsenbord" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Laat Alt los om het volgende (gemarkeerde) venster in de " +#~ "wisselaar te selecteren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt ook, terwijl u de Alt-toets ingedrukt houdt, op " +#~ "Tab drukken om door de lijst van geopende vensters te lopen, of " +#~ "ShiftTab om terug te bladeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vensters in de vensterwisselaar zijn gegroepeerd per toepassing. Voorbeelden " +#~ "van toepassingen met meerdere vensters verschijnen terwijl u doorklikt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U kunt ook van het ene toepassingspictogram naar het andere gaan in de " +#~ "vensterwisselaar met de toetsen → of ←, of er een " +#~ "kiezen door erop te klikken met de muis." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voorbeelden van toepassingen met een enkel venster kunnen worden getoond met " +#~ "de toets ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29447,6 +31445,12 @@ #~ "Als u geen internetzoekresultaten wenst te ontvangen, kunt u deze functie " #~ "uitschakelen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open Beveiliging & Privacy en selecteer het tabblad " +#~ "Zoeken." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Schakel Online-zoekresultaten meenemen uit." @@ -29506,6 +31510,15 @@ #~ "softwarecentrum na wat er beschikbaar is." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wanneer u meer dan één pen heeft zal er, wanneer u de extra pen dicht bij " +#~ "het tablet houdt, een pager verschijnen naast de apparaatnaam van de pen. " +#~ "Gebruik de pager om te kiezen welke pen geconfigureerd moet worden." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29513,6 +31526,27 @@ #~ "in de menubalk en kies Zoekopdracht opslaan als…." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op Bladwijzers in de menubalk en kies Bladwijzer maken " +#~ "voor deze locatie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op Bladwijzers in de menubalk en kies " +#~ "Bladwijzers… uit het appmenu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u tevreden bent met de zoekparameters, dan klikt u in de menubalk op " +#~ "Bestand en kiest u Zoekopdracht opslaan als...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -29545,6 +31579,49 @@ #~ msgstr "Klik op Installeren als u Flash wilt installeren." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het systeemmenu helemaal rechts van de " +#~ "menubalk en kies Systeeminstellingen." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Standaard staat het opnemen van internetzoekresultaten uit." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Schakel Internetzoekresultaten meenemen in." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op het systeem-menu uiterst rechts in de menubalk " +#~ "en kies Systeeminstellingen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u internetzoekresultaten wilt ontvangen, dan kunt u deze functie " +#~ "aanzetten via de systeeminstelling Beveiliging & Privacy." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Internetzoekresultaten meenemen aanzetten" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helpt u bij het verwijderen van software die u " +#~ "niet langer gebruikt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gebruik Ubuntu Software om programma's toe te voegen en Ubuntu " +#~ "bruikbaarder te maken." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " @@ -29559,3 +31636,123 @@ #~ "Softwareprogramma's uit deze bron verschijnen wel in de zoekresultaten van " #~ "Ubuntu Software, maar kunnen pas geïnstalleerd worden als deze " #~ "bron is ingeschakeld." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Open het menu rechtsboven en kies SMART-gegevens & zelftests " +#~ "om meer schijfinformatie te krijgen, of om een zelftest uit te voeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installeren, verwijderen, extra " +#~ "softwarebronnen…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +#~ "packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +#~ "to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +#~ "log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In " +#~ "such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Toepassingen zijn beschikbaar in twee vormen: snap-pakketten en Debian-" +#~ "pakketten. Vanaf nu wordt een toepassing die als snap-pakket beschikbaar is " +#~ "een snap genoemd. Om een snap te installeren (of te verwijderen) " +#~ "moet u zich aanmelden bij Ubuntu One. Sommige toepassingen zijn beschikbaar " +#~ "in beide vormen. In zo'n geval zal de snap als eerste in de lijst voorkomen " +#~ "in Ubuntu Software." + +#~ msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u een snap installeert, dient u zich aan te melden bij Ubuntu One." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but " +#~ "could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voor de authenticatie zal er worden gevraagd uw wachtwoord in te voeren (dat " +#~ "wil zeggen uw gebruikerswachtwoord, niet uw Ubuntu One-wachtwoord). Nadat u " +#~ "dat gedaan heeft zal de installatie beginnen. Meestal is de installatie gauw " +#~ "klaar, maar het kan even duren als u een langzame internetverbinding heeft." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +#~ "packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +#~ "to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +#~ "log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In " +#~ "such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Toepassingen zijn beschikbaar in twee vormen: snap-pakketten en Debian-" +#~ "pakketten. Vanaf nu wordt een toepassing die als snap-pakket beschikbaar is " +#~ "een snap genoemd. Om een snap te verwijderen (of te installeren) " +#~ "moet u zich aanmelden bij Ubuntu One. Sommige toepassingen zijn beschikbaar " +#~ "in beide vormen. In zo'n geval zal de snap als eerste in de lijst voorkomen " +#~ "in Ubuntu Software." + +#~ msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u een snap verwijdert, dient u zich aan te melden bij Ubuntu One." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voor de authenticatie zal er worden gevraagd uw wachtwoord in te voeren (dat " +#~ "wil zeggen uw gebruikerswachtwoord, niet uw Ubuntu One-wachtwoord). Nadat u " +#~ "dat gedaan heeft zal de toepassing verwijderd worden." + +#~ msgid "Click the menu button and select Benchmark Disk...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op de knop met het tandwiel en kies Partitie benchmarken…." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and select SMART Data & Self-Tests to " +#~ "view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik op de menuknop en kies SMART-gegevens & zelftests om " +#~ "meer schijfinformatie te krijgen, of om een zelftest uit te voeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and then select Format Disk.... The " +#~ "Format Disk window opens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klik in de knoppenbalk op de knop Schijf formatteren…. Het " +#~ "Schijf formatteren…-dialoogvenster wordt geopend." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De standaard webbrowser wijzigen, " +#~ "Flash installeren, De java-plugin installeren…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash is een plug-in voor uw webbrowser, waarmee u " +#~ "video's kunt bekijken en interactieve webpagina's kunt gebruiken op sommige " +#~ "websites. Hoewel de modernere oplossing HTML5 steeds vaker voorkomt, zijn er " +#~ "nog altijd websites die niet werken zonder Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +#~ "including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +#~ "want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Of een schijf/volume als \"te vol\" wordt beschouwd hangt af van " +#~ "verschillende factoren, waaronder de grootte van de schijf en hoe snel u die " +#~ "vult. U kunt schijfruimte vrijmaken wanneer de schijf/volume voor meer dan " +#~ "90% gevuld is." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/oc/oc.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/oc/oc.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/oc/oc.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/oc/oc.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cédric VALMARY (Tot en òc) \n" "Language-Team: Occitan (post 1500) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -312,49 +312,134 @@ "de la man que vos fan quichar mantun còp sus la meteissa tòca al luòc d'un " "sol còp, deuriatz activar aquesta foncion." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus l'icòna tot a dreita de la barra de menú e " -"seleccionatz Paramètres sistèma...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -362,12 +447,12 @@ "Sasida." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Activatz los Rebombs de tòcas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -435,8 +520,8 @@ "certanas partidas de l'interfàcia de l'utilizaire son modificadas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -444,7 +529,7 @@ "Vision." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Fasètz bascular Contraste elevat sus ON." @@ -486,20 +571,9 @@ "mirga en dessús d'un contraròtle, lo manténer immobile e esperar un pauc " "abans que lo boton siá clicat per vos." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus vòstre nom dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Paramètres " -"sistèmas...." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -508,12 +582,12 @@ "clic de mirga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Activar Clic per susvòl." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -523,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -533,7 +607,7 @@ "de color. Quand la color a completament cambiat, lo boton es clicat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -542,7 +616,7 @@ "cal manténer lo puntador de mirga immobile abans lo clic automatic." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -554,7 +628,7 @@ "produtz pas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -582,12 +656,12 @@ "modificar la talha de la poliça." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Fasètz bascular Grand tèxte sus ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -726,7 +800,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -760,12 +834,12 @@ "vòstre periferic de puntatge possedís pas qu'un sol boton." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Activatz la Simulacion del clic segondari." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -778,7 +852,7 @@ "Simulacion del clic segondari." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -792,7 +866,7 @@ "entièrament blau, daissatz anar lo boton de la mirga per far lo clic dreit." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -803,7 +877,7 @@ "segondari quitament se avètz pas de retorn visual." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -814,7 +888,7 @@ "5 del pavat numeric." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -885,17 +959,17 @@ "clavièr del primièr còp." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Activatz las Tòcas lentas." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Activacion o desactivacion rapida de las tòcas lentas" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -909,7 +983,7 @@ "pendent uèit segondas per activar o desactivar las tòcas lentas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -918,7 +992,7 @@ "durada de quichada sus una tòca abans que siá acceptada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -970,17 +1044,17 @@ "quichadas mantuna tòca a l'encòp." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Activatz las Tòcas remanentas." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Activacion/desactivacion rapida de las tòcas remanentas" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -994,7 +1068,7 @@ "Maj per activar o desactivar las tòcas remanentas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1004,7 +1078,7 @@ "clavièr de faiçon normala." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1020,7 +1094,7 @@ "(perque las tòcas son pas tròp alunhadas) mas d'autres pas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1028,7 +1102,7 @@ "activar aquesta foncionalitat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1076,7 +1150,7 @@ " per aprene cossí copar l'alèrta sonòra)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1158,7 @@ "Audicion." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1115,7 +1189,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1129,10 +1203,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1186,12 +1260,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1202,7 +1277,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1211,15 +1286,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1398,14 +1474,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"L'apondon d'un compte vos ajudarà a ligar vòstres comptes en linha amb " -"vòstre burèu Ubuntu. Atal, vòstras aplicacions de corrièr electronic, de " -"messatjariá instantanèa e d'autras aplicacions connèxas seràn configuradas " -"per vos." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1416,78 +1488,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Seleccionar un tipe de compte dins la fenèstra de dreita." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Se desiratz configurar mantun compte, podètz repetir aqueste processus pus " -"tard." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Una pichona interfàcia de l'utilizaire Web, dins la quala poiretz entrar " -"vòstras informacions de compte en linha, se dobrirà. Per exemple, se " -"configuratz un compte Google, entratz vòstre nom d'utilizaire Google, vòstre " -"senhal e connectatz-vos." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Se avètz entrat vòstras informacions de compte corrèctament, seretz convidat " -"a acceptar las condicions d'utilizacion. Seleccionatz Acceptar " -"per contunhar. Un còp aquò fait, Ubuntu demanda la permission d'accedir a " -"vòstre compte. Per permetre aqueste accès, clicatz sul boton Permetre " -"l'accès. Entratz lo senhal utilizaire actual aquò vos serà demandat." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Ara, podètz seleccionar las aplicacions que volètz ligar a vòstre compte en " -"linha. Per exemple, se volètz utilizar un compte en linha pel chat e que " -"volètz pas del calendièr, desactivatz l'opcion calendièr." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Aprèp qu'ajatz apondut vòstres comptes, cada aplicacion qu'avètz " -"seleccionada utilizarà automaticament aquelas informacions d'identificacion " -"quand vos connectaretz a vòstre compte." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Per de rasons de seguretat, Ubuntu consèrva pas vòstre senhal sus vòstre " -"ordenador. Al luòc d'aquò, emmagazina un geton qu'es provesit pel servici en " -"linha. Se volètz anullar totalament lo ligam entre vòstre burèu e lo servici " -"en linha, levatz-lo." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1862,6 +1911,75 @@ "seràn prèstes." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1956,123 +2074,110 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Installar de logicials suplementaris" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"L'equipa de desvolopament d'Ubuntu a seleccionat un ensemble d'aplicacions " -"per defaut ; pensam que rendon Ubuntu fòrça utile per la màger part dels " -"prètzfaits de cada jorn. Pasmens, auretz segurament enveja d'installar mai " -"de logicials per fin qu'Ubuntu corresponde melhor a vòstres besonhs." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"Per installar un logicial suplementari, seguissètz las etapas seguentas :" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Se connectar a Internet en utilizant una connexion sens fial o una connexion cablada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionatz l'aplicacion que vos interèssa e clicatz sus " -"Installar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Seretz convidat a entrar vòstre senhal. Aquò fait, l'installacion començarà." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"L'installacion es generalament rapida, mas lo telecargament pòt prene de " -"temps segon la velocitat de vòstra connexion Internet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Un acorchi cap a vòstra novèla aplicacion serà apondut a la barra " -"d'aviadors. Per desactivar aquesta foncion, desmarcatz " -"VeireNovèlas aplicacions dins " -"l'aviador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Apondre de PPA per ajudar a tèstar de preversions de logicials, o de " -"logicials especializats." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Apondre un depaus personal de logicials (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Los depauses personals de logicials (PPAs) son los depauses " -"concebuts pels utilizaires d'Ubuntu, e son de melhor installar que d'autres " -"depauses tèrces." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" @@ -2080,7 +2185,7 @@ "qualas avètz vos fisatz !" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2092,12 +2197,12 @@ "depauses pòsca damatjar vòstre ordenador." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Installar un PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2108,26 +2213,26 @@ "semblar a quicòm coma ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Bascular cap a l'onglet Autres logicials." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Apondre e entratz l'emplaçament del ppa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2135,7 +2240,7 @@ "dins la fenèstra d'autentificacion." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2143,30 +2248,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Suprimir de logicials qu'utilizatz pas mai." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Suprimir una aplicacion" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2175,21 +2306,30 @@ "recèrca o en gaitant dins la lista de las aplicacions installadas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Seleccionatz l'aplicacion e clicatz sus Suprimir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Benlèu que vòstre senhal vos serà demandat. Aquò fait, l'aplicacion sera " -"desinstallada." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2204,16 +2344,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Apondre d'autres depauses per espandir las fonts de logicials que Ubuntu " -"utiliza per las installacions e mesas a jorn." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Apondre de fonts de logicials suplementaris" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2228,13 +2366,13 @@ "logicial a partir d'una font tèrça, lo vos cal apondre a la lista dels " "depauses d'Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Installar d'autres depauses" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2243,7 +2381,7 @@ "Autres logicials." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2253,7 +2391,7 @@ "similara a :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2261,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2269,12 +2407,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Activar lo depaus dels partenaris de Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2284,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2294,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2302,26 +2440,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Apondre/suprimir de logicials" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Installar, suprimir, depauses " -"suplementaris…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Apondre & suprimir de logicials" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2918,8 +3053,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Clau USB (febla capacitat)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3579,7 +3714,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3883,26 +4018,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"telecargar l'impression d'un fichièr de referéncia d'un vendeire de " -"cartochas colors." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Utilizar los servicis d'un vendeire de cartochas colors per generar un " -"perfil per una imprimenta es generalament la procedura la mens costosa se " -"utilizatz pas qu'un o dos tipes diferents de papièr. Telecargatz la charta " -"de referéncia de la societat en linha, imprimètz-la e renviatz-la dins una " -"envolopa de bullas. Van numerizar vòstra espròva, generar lo perfil e vos " -"mandar per corrièr electronic un perfil ICC exact." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5796,20 +5923,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Se pus tard cambiatz d'avis, podètz tornar en arrièr en clicant sus " -"​​l'icòna dins la barra de menú a dreita e seleccionar Paramètres " -"sistèma.... Dins la seccion Sistèma, clicatz sus Date e ora." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Modificar lo format de la date" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5818,47 +5944,26 @@ "a la norme de votre lieu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus l'icòna tot a dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " -"Paramètres sistèma…." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" "Dins la seccion « Personnel », clicatz sus Presa en carga des " "lengas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Basculatz cap a l'onglet Formats regionals." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" "Seleccionatz vòstre emplaçament preferit dins la lista desenrotlanta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6094,75 +6199,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "Efectuar des tèsts de rapiditat de vòstre disc dur." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Tèst de performance de vòstre disc dur" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Per mesurar la rapiditat de vòstre disc dur :" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques dempuèi lo Tablèu de bòrd." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques a partir de l'apercebut des " -"Activitats." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Seleccionatz lo disc dur dins la lista des Periferics de stockage." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Clicatz sul boton en forma d'engrenage e seleccionatz Tèstar la " -"performance del volum…." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Aviar lo tèst de performance… e ajustatz los " -"paramètres taux de transferiment e Temps d'accès segon " -"vòstres désirs." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Aviada del tèst de performance… per verificar a quina " -"velocitat vòstras donadas pòdon èsser legidas dempuèi lo disc. Los privilègis administrators vous seront " -"benlèu demandats. Tapez vòstre senhal, o lo senhal del compte administrator " -"demandat." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6172,44 +6290,22 @@ "escritas dempuèi o cap al disque. Aquò prendra mai de temps per far lo tèst." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Quand lo tèst es acabat, los resultats apareisson sul grafic. Los punts en " -"verd e las linhas de ligason indican los escandalhatges prelevats ; aqueles " -"correspondon a l'axe de dreita, e afichan lo temps d'accès, traçada sus " -"l'axe inferior, en percentatge que representa lo temps passat pendent lo " -"tèst. La linha blava representa los tauses de lectura, mentre que la linha " -"roja representa los tauses d'escritura ; son indicadas coma taus d'accès als " -"donadas sus l'axe de esquèrra, traçadas en foncion del percentatge del disc " -"percorruda, de l'exterior cap al centre, lo long de l'axe inferior." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Jos lo graphique, las valors son afichadas per un minimum, maximum e les " -"mejanas des taux de lectura e d'escritura, temps d'accès mejan e lo temps " -"écoulé dempuèi lo darrièr tèst de referéncia." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Se servir de l'analyseur d'utilizacion des disques o del " -"monitor sistèma per verificar l'espaci e la capacitat." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6217,141 +6313,70 @@ msgstr "Verificacion de l'espaci de disc libre" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Podètz verificar l'espaci libre restant sul disc amb l'analyseur " -"d'utilizacion des disques o lo monitor sistèma." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Verificacion amb l'analisiur d'utilizacion des disques" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Per verificar l'espaci libre e la capacitat del disc en utilizant " -"l'analyseur d'utilizacion des disques :" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques a partir del Tablèu de " -"bòrd. La fenèstra aficharà la Capacitat totala del sistèma de " -"fichièrs atal que l'Utilizacion totala del sistèma de " -"fichièrs." +"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques dempuèi lo Tablèu de " +"bòrd." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques en utilizant l'apercebut des " -"Activitats. La fenèstra aficha la Capacitat totala del " -"sistèma de fichièrs e l'Utilizacion totala del sistèma de " -"fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Dins l'onglet « Analyse » de la barra de menús, causissètz Analisar lo " -"dorsièr personal, Analisar lo sistèma de fichièrs, " -"Analisar un dorsièr... o Analisar un dorsièr distant…." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Las informacions afichadas son dorsièr, Utilizacion, " -"Talha e Sommaire. Per mai de detalhs, consultatz Analyseur d'utilizacion des disques." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Verificacion amb lo monitor sistèma" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "En cas de disc tròp plein" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Per verificar l'espaci liure e la capacitat del disc amb lo monitor " -"sistèma :" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Monitor Sistèma dempuèi lo Tablèu de " -"bòrd." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Monitor sistèma en utilizant l'apercebut " -"des Activitats." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"clicatz sus l'onglet Sistèmas de fichièrs per afichar les " -"particions del sistèma e l'utilizacion de l'espaci de disc. Las informacions " -"afichadas concernent l'espaci Total, Libre, " -"Disponible e Utilizat." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "En cas de disc tròp plein" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Se lo disc es tròp plein, cal :" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"escafar los fichièrs que son pas importants o qu'utilizaretz pas mai," - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"far una salvament dels fichièrs importants " -"que prevesètz pas d'utilizar abans un bon moment e los escafar del disc dur." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6398,78 +6423,54 @@ "Verificacion de l'integritat del disc en utilizant l'aplicacion " "Disques." -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques dempuèi lo Tablèu de " -"bòrd." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques a partir de l'apercebut des " -"Activitats." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Que far se lo disc es pas sanitós ?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"Même se l'estat SMART indica que lo disc es pas sanitós, " -"i a pas luòc de s'inquietar otra mesura. Pasmens, mai val efectuar una salvament per evitar una pèrda de donadas." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"Se l'estat senhala « Pre-fail » (pana possible), es que lo disc es encore " -"rasonnablement sanitós, mas que presenta de signes d'usure anonciators de " -"pana. Se vòstre disc (o ordenador) es un pauc âgé, il es vraisemblable que " -"auretz aqueste messatge al moment d'un examèn d'integritat. Deuriatz salvar vòstres fichièrs importants regularament e " -"verificar l'estat del disc periodicament per veire s'i a aggravation." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6480,135 +6481,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Suprimir totes los fichièrs e dorsièrs d'un disc dur extèrne o d'una clau " -"USB en les formatant." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Escafament complet d'un disc amovible" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Se possedissètz una disc amovible, tel qu'una clau USB o un disc dur " -"extèrne, podètz aver besonh d'en escafar completament totes los fichièrs e " -"dorsièrs. Podètz lo far en formatant lo disc çò que supprime totes " -"los fichièrs sul disc e lo laisse void." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatatge d'un disc amovible" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Seleccionatz lo disc que volètz escafar dins la lista des Periferics " -"d'emmagazinatge." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Asseguratz-vos qu'avètz seleccionat lo bon disque ! Se vous en causissètz un " -"autre, es lui que serà definitivament escafat !" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Dins la seccion Volumes, clicatz sus demontar lo volum. Puèi " -"clicatz sus formater lo volum." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Dins la fenèstra que s'affiche, causissètz un tipe de sistèma de " -"fichièrs pel disque." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Se utilizatz lo disc sus des ordenadors Windows o Mac OS en mai des " -"ordenadors Linux, causissètz FAT. Se l'utilizatz que sus Windows, " -"NTFS, es una melhora opcion. Una brève descripcion del tipe " -"de sistèma de fichièrs es presemptada dins una etiqueta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Donnez un nom al disc e clicatz sus Formater per aviar " -"l'escafament del disc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Un còp lo formatatge acabat, ejectatz en tota seguretat lo disc. " -"Es ara verge e prêt a èsser utilizat tornamai." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -"Lo formatatge d'un disc es pas un mejan segur de suprimir des donadas" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Un disc formaté sembla completament vide de tot fichièr, mas es possible, " -"amb un logicial de recuperacion especialisé, d'en recuperar los fichièrs. Se " -"avètz besonh de suprimir des fichièrs en tota seguretat, servez-vos d'un " -"utilitari en linha de comanda coma shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Comprene çò que son los volums e les particions, e se servir de l'utilitari " -"de disc per les gerir." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Gestion des volums e des particions" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6629,7 +6608,7 @@ "fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6646,62 +6625,40 @@ "rièrrabotiga de las particions e dels disques." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Visualisation e gestion des volums e des particions en se servant de " -"l'utilitari de disque." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Podètz verificar e modificar los volums d'emmagazinatge de l'ordenador amb " -"l'utilitari de disque." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz lo Tablèu de bòrd e lancez l'Utilitari de " -"disques." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Dins lo panèl marcat Periferics d'emmagazinatge, vous trobatz les " -"disques durs, los periferics CD e DVD e d'autres periferics fisics. Clicatz " -"sul periferic a inspecter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Dins lo panèl de dreita, la zòna marcada Volumes provesit una " -"analyse des volums e des particions presentas sul periferic seleccionat. " -"Aqueste panèl conten tanben una série d'aisinas de gestion des volums." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Sejatz prudent : vous risquez d'escafar completament las donadas de vòstre " -"disc dur amb ces utilitaris." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6718,20 +6675,14 @@ "plusieurs particions per de rasons de seguretat o de convenéncia." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Una particion primària deu conténer las informacions utilizadas per " -"l'ordenador per son aviada (boot). Per aquesta rason, on l'apèlle " -"de còps particion o volum amorçable. Per saber se un volum es amorçable, " -"examinez les drapeaux de la particion dins l'utilitari de disque. " -"Los mèdias externes coma las claus USB e les CD pòdon tanben conténer un " -"volum amorçable." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6767,18 +6718,18 @@ msgstr "Reglatge de la luminositat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Seleccionatz Luminositat & verrolhatge" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Ajustatz lo cursor Luminositat a votre convenéncia." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6791,7 +6742,7 @@ "fonctions." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6805,7 +6756,7 @@ "quala vòstra batariá devra èsser recaragada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6839,15 +6790,23 @@ "vous désirez ajustar los paramètres :" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Clicatz sus vòstre nom dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Paramètres " +"sistèmas...." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Dobrissètz Afichatge." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6869,7 +6828,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6879,7 +6838,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6889,7 +6848,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6899,7 +6858,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6933,7 +6892,7 @@ "preferissètz ajustar los paramètres :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6947,7 +6906,7 @@ "« principal »." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6956,12 +6915,12 @@ "Placement de l'aviador en Totes los ecrans." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Bords collants" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6976,7 +6935,7 @@ "puntador de mirga d'un monitor a l'autre." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7016,21 +6975,15 @@ "automaticament." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Verificatz que lo boton Verrolhatge es activat, puèi seleccionatz " -"un relambi d'expiracion dins la lista desenrotlanta en dejós. L'ecran es " -"automaticament verrolhat un còp lo periòde d'inactivitat écoulée. Podètz " -"tanben seleccionar Atudament de l'ecran per verrolhar l'ecran " -"aprèp qu'aqueste se siá automaticament atudat al bout d'una durada réglable " -"amb l'ajuda de la lista desenrotlanta Atudar l'ecran se inactiu " -"dempuèi situada al dessús." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7044,7 +6997,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7079,7 +7032,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7117,17 +7070,17 @@ "podètz pas metre des collections a l'interior de collections." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Per suprimir una colleccion :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "En mode seleccion, marcatz la collection a suprimir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7152,12 +7105,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7461,7 +7413,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Recèrca de fichièrs" @@ -7740,13 +7691,13 @@ "periferic :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Seleccionatz DetalhsMèdias amovibles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7757,7 +7708,7 @@ "descripcions des diferents tipes de periferics e de mèdias disponibles." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7769,7 +7720,7 @@ "automaticament." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7784,7 +7735,7 @@ "inserit (per exemple, una presentacion)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7800,7 +7751,7 @@ "Action." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7811,17 +7762,17 @@ "l'insercion de mèdias en bas de la fenèstra Mèdias amovibles" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Tipes de periferics e de mèdias" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Disques àudio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7835,12 +7786,12 @@ "n'importe quina aplicacion àudio." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Disques vidèo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7854,12 +7805,12 @@ "inserissètz, veuillez consultar ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Disques verges" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7868,12 +7819,12 @@ "gravadura sus CD, DVD, disques Blu-ray e DVD HD verges." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Aparelhs fòtos e fòtos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7886,7 +7837,7 @@ "simplament consultar aquestas meteissas fòtos amb lo gestionari de fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7898,12 +7849,12 @@ "dins un dorsièr nomenat PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Lectors de musica" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7913,12 +7864,12 @@ "gestionari de fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Lectors de livres numericas" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7929,12 +7880,12 @@ "vos meteis amb lo gestionari de fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Logicial" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7948,7 +7899,7 @@ "demandat una confirmacion abans que lo logicial siá executat." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" "N'exécutez jamais un logicial dempuèi un mèdia en lo qual avètz pas " @@ -7967,16 +7918,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Servez-vos del gestionari de fichièrs Files per naviguer e " -"organizar los fichièrs de vòstre ordenador. Podètz tanben l'utilizar per " -"gerir los fichièrs sus des supports d'emmagazinatge (coma des disques durs " -"externes), sus des servidors de " -"fichièrs e sus des partages ret." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8000,14 +7946,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8023,37 +7984,33 @@ "pel copiar, lo desplaçar o afichar ses proprietats." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Se desiratz accedir rapidament a un fichièr del dorsièr dobèrt, començatz a " -"sasir son nom. Un camp de recèrca apareis en naut de la fenèstra e lo " -"primièr fichièr correspondent a vòstra recèrca es seleccionat. Utilizatz la " -"tòca sageta cap aval o fasètz desfilar gràcias a la molette de la mirga per " -"vous desplaçar cap al fichièr correspondent a vòstra recèrca." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Podètz rapidament accedir a d'emplaçaments corrents a partir del panèl " -"lateral. Se lo vesètz pas, clicatz sul boton bas dins la barra d'aisinas e causissètz " -"Afichatz lo panèl lateral. Podètz apondre des signets als " -"dorsièrs qu'utilizatz sovent e apareisseràn dins lo panèl lateral. Utilizatz " -"lo menú Signets per far aquò, o desplaçatz simplament un dorsièr " -"dins lo panèl lateral." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8748,17 +8705,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Avètz pu renomenar lo fichièr de manièra al rendre amagat. Los fichièrs que " -"commencent per un . o finissent per un ~ son " -"amagats pel gestionari de fichièrs. Clicatz sul boton bas dins la barra d'aisinas del " -"gestionari de fichièrs e causissètz Afichar los fichièrs amagats " -"per les afichar. Veire per en aprene plus." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9367,169 +9317,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Cossí trobar de fichièrs per lor nom e lor tipe e enregistrar los resultats " -"per un usatge ulterior." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Podètz recercar des fichièrs per nom o per tipe dirèctament dins lo " -"gestionari de fichièrs. Podètz quitament enregistrar les recèrcas correntas " -"que apareisson alara dins un dorsièr especial de votre dorsièr personal." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Autras aplicacions de recèrca" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Recèrca" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Dobrir lo gestionari de fichièrs" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Se coneissètz lo nom del dorsièr que conten los fichièrs que recercatz, " -"anatz a aqueste dorsièr." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus la loupe dins la barra d'aisinas, o quichatz sus " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Sasissètz un o mantun mot que sabètz contenguts dins lo nom del fichièr. Per " -"exemple, se apelatz totas vòstras facturas amb lo mot « Facture », sasissètz " -"factura. Quichatz sus la tòca Entrada. Los mots " -"son recercats quina que siá la cassa." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Podètz afinar vòstra recèrca per emplaçament e tipe de fichièr." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus dorsièr personal per restreindre la recèrca de " -"resultats a votre dorsièr personal, o Totes los " -"fichièrs per recercar partout." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus + e causissètz un Tipe de fichièr a partir " -"de la lista desenrotlanta per restreindre la recèrca de resultats en se " -"basant sul tipe de fichièr. Clicatz sul boton x per levar aquesta " -"opcion e élargir los resultats de recèrca." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Podètz dobrir, copiar, suprimir o même trabalhatz amb los fichièrs a partir " -"des resultats de la recèrca, coma se vous étiez dins n'importe quin dorsièr " -"del gestionari de fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Clicatz tornamai sus la loupe dins la barra d'aisinas per quitar la recèrca " -"e tornar al dorsièr." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Se vous efectuatz certanas recèrcas sovent, podètz les enregistrar per i " -"accedir rapidament." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Enregistrament d'una recèrca" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Lancez una recèrca coma çaisús." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Quand sètz satisfaits des paramètres de recèrca, clicatz sus " -"Fichièr dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Enregistrar la " -"recèrca sous...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Donnez un nom a la recèrca e clicatz sus Enregistrar. Se o " -"volètz, causissètz un repertòri diferent per i enregistrar la recèrca. Quand " -"que vous desplaçatz dins aqueste repertòri, lo salvament de vòstra recèrca " -"apareis jos la forma d'una icòna de dorsièr orange amb una loupe dessús." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." -msgstr "" -"Per suprimir lo fichièr de recèrca quand vous en avez acabat amb, suprimissètz simplament la recèrca coma vous lo " -"feriez amb n'importe quin autre fichièr. Quand vous suprimissètz una recèrca " -"salvada, aquò ne supprime pas los fichièrs que correspondent aux critèris de " -"recèrca." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10486,7 +10373,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Dins la seccion « Material », clicatz sus Clavièr." @@ -10504,22 +10391,22 @@ "clignotement del cursor." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Apondre de fonts d'entrada e bascular entre elas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Utilizar de fonts d'entrada alternativas" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10536,7 +10423,7 @@ "se jonglatz sovent entre mantuna lenga." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10545,16 +10432,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Apondre des fonts d'entrada" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Dins la seccion Personnel, clicatz sus Sasida de tèxte" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Clicatz sul boton +, seleccionatz una font d'entrada e clicatz " +"sus Apondre." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10563,36 +10466,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Podètz prévisualizar un imatge de n'importe quin agençament en la " -"seleccionnant dins la lista e en clicant sus " -"apercebut." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Dins la seccion Personnel, clicatz sus Sasida de tèxte" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sul boton +, seleccionatz una font d'entrada e clicatz " -"sus Apondre." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10607,7 +10490,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10616,8 +10499,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferéncias per accedir a la " "bòstia de dialòg « Preferéncias » d'aqueste metòde se disponible." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Indicador de font d'entrada" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10646,12 +10539,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Acorchis de clavièr" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10664,7 +10557,7 @@ "key\">SuperEspacis, mas podètz lo modificar :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10673,7 +10566,7 @@ "cap a la font seguenta en utilizant." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10683,14 +10576,14 @@ "qu'acorchi novèl." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Réglez la font d'entrada per totas las fenèstras o individualament per cada " "fenèstra" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10706,7 +10599,7 @@ "cada fenèstra quand vous basculatz entre elles." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10716,12 +10609,12 @@ "utilisiez en darrièr." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10729,7 +10622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10737,50 +10630,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "Activatz lo boton Clavièr visual per l'afichar." @@ -11229,7 +11122,7 @@ "desactivar aquesta foncion, siá modificar lo relambi entre doas repeticions." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11238,7 +11131,7 @@ "desactivar aquesta foncion." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11266,13 +11159,13 @@ msgstr "Per modificar la o las tòcas d'un acorchi de clavièr :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Dobrissètz Clavièr e seleccionatz l'onglet Acorchis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11283,7 +11176,7 @@ "cambiada en Novèl accélérateur..." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11292,17 +11185,17 @@ "Retorn Arrièr per escafar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Acorchis personalizats" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Per crear vòstres propres acorchis de clavièr :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11314,7 +11207,7 @@ "apparaitra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11328,7 +11221,7 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11338,7 +11231,7 @@ "tòcas d'acorchi desirada." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11351,7 +11244,7 @@ "pas exactament lo meteis nom que l'aplicacion elle-même." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11480,15 +11373,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Per resòlvre aquò, clicatz sus l'icòna a l’extrèma dreita de la barra de " -"menú e anatz dins Paramètres sistèma…. Dins la seccion material, " -"causissètz Ecrans. Ensajatz diferentas opcions per la " -"Resolucion e conservatz celle que ofrís lo melhor rendut." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11532,19 +11422,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus l'icòna a l’extrèma dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " -"Paramètres sistèma…. Dobrissètz Afichatge." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Desmarcatz la casa Meteis imatge sus totes los ecrans." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11578,16 +11467,7 @@ "modifiant la rotacion." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus l'icòna a l’extrèma dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " -"Paramètres sistèma…." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11597,12 +11477,12 @@ "la zòna d'apercebut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Seleccionatz la resolucion e la rotacion desiradas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11616,7 +11496,7 @@ "sus Conservar aquesta configuracion." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11628,12 +11508,12 @@ "ecrans." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolucion" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11650,7 +11530,7 @@ "ecran, l'imatge es enrodada de bendas negras per evitar la distorsion." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may fosc o pixelizat." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotacion" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11842,17 +11722,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Dobrissètz Mirga & pavat tactil." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11861,7 +11741,7 @@ "desirada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11869,7 +11749,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11879,8 +11759,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11910,7 +11790,7 @@ "del pavat tactil per una utilizacion mai agréable per des esquèrrars." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11935,65 +11815,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"De nombrosas mirga e certans pavats tactils possedisson un boton central. " -"Sus una mirga dotada d'una rodeta, se pòt generalament quichar dirèctament " -"la rodeta per efectuar un clic central. Se avètz pas de boton central de " -"mirga, podètz quichar simultanèament los botons esquèrra e dreit de vòstra " -"mirga, per efectuar un clic mitan. Se podètz pas far de clic central " -"d'aquesta faiçon, podètz ensajar de seguir aquestas " -"instruccions." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Amb les pavats tactils que gèrent lo tapotement a plusieurs dets, es " -"possible d'efectuar un clic mitan en tapotant simultanèament amb tres dets. " -"Per que aquò fonciona, cal activar lo clic per tapotement dins los paramètres del pavat tactil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"De nombrosas aplicacions utilizan lo clic mitan coma acorchi avançat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Un acorchi bien utilizat es lo pegatge del tèxte seleccionat (apelat de còps " -"pegatge de la seleccion principale). Seleccionatz lo tèxte a pegar, plaçaz " -"lo puntador a l'endreit desirat del pegatge e fasètz un clic mitan. Lo tèxte " -"seleccionat es alara collé a la posicion de la mirga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Lo pegatge de tèxte amb lo boton del mitan de la mirga es completament " -"separat del quichapapièrs normal. Lo fait de seleccionar del tèxte o còpia " -"pas dins lo quichapapièrs. Aqueste metòde rapid de pegatge fonciona pas " -"qu'amb lo boton del mitan de la mirga." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12022,22 +11883,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"La màger part dels navigadors Web permeton de dobrir de ligams dins de " -"novèls onglets amb lo boton del mitan de la mirga. Clicatz sus n'importe " -"quin ligam amb lo boton del mitan e constataretz que se dobrís dins un novèl " -"onglet. Atencion çaquelà al comportament particulier del navigador " -"Firefox ont un clic mitan sus autre chose qu'un ligam tente de " -"dobrir lo tèxte seleccionat coma un URL, coma se aviatz utilizat lo clic " -"mitan per pegar lo tèxte dins la barra d'adreça e que aviatz quichat sus " -"Entrada." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12051,14 +11903,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Certanas aplicacions particularas permeton d'utilizar lo boton del mitan de " -"la mirga per d'autres fonctions. Recercatz dins l'ajuda de l'aplicacion " -"concernée amb les mots clic mitan o boton del mitan de la " -"mirga." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12083,8 +11931,13 @@ "numeric del clavièr. Aquesta foncionalitat es apelada tòcas de la " "mirga." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12093,7 +11946,7 @@ "dobrir lo Tablèu de bòrd." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12102,23 +11955,21 @@ "per dobrir los paramètres d'accès universel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Quichatz un còp sus la tòca Tab per seleccionar l'onglet " "Vision" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Quichatz un còp sus ← per passar a l'onglet Pointage e clic " -"de mirga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12127,7 +11978,7 @@ "de la mirga, quichatz apuèi sus Entrada per l'activar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12136,83 +11987,269 @@ "desplaçar lo puntador de la mirga en utilizant lo pavat numeric." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Aquestas instruccions son la faiçon la mai rapide d'activar las tòcas de la " -"mirga en utilizant solament lo clavièr. Seleccionatz Paramètres d'accès " -"universel per veire mai d'opcions d'accessibilitat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Lo pavat numeric es un grop de tòcas numericas sul clavièr, plaçats en " -"general dins una disposicion rectangulara. Se vòstre clavièr compòrta pas de " -"pavat numeric (coma per exemple amb un clavièr d'ordenador portable), serà " -"alara necessari de combinar d'autras tòcas del clavièr amb la tòca Foncion " -"(Fn) per simular lo pavat numeric. Se utilizatz sovent aquesta " -"foncionalitat sus un ordenador portable, pòt èsser desirabla d'aquerir un " -"pavat numeric USB extèrne." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"La màger part des clavièrs comportent una tòca especiala que permet " -"d'efectuar un clic droit ; elle se tròba sovent prèp de la barra d'espaci. " -"Remarquez toutefois qu'aquesta tòca agit a l'endreit ont lo focus del " -"clavièr se tròba e non pas a la posicion del puntador de la mirga. " -"Consultatz per saber cossí efectuar un " -"clic dreit en quichant sus la tòca 5 o sul boton esquèrra de la " -"mirga." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Se desiratz utilizar lo pavat numeric per sasir de nombres mentre que las " -"tòcas de la mirga son activadas, activatz la tòca Verr. Num.. La " -"mirga pòt pas mai èsser contrarotlada pel pavat numeric quand aquesta tòca " -"es activada." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Las tòcas de chifras normales, alignées en dessús des letras del clavièr, " -"pòdon pas èsser utilizadas per contrarotlar lo puntador de la mirga. Solas " -"las tòcas del pavat numeric pòdon jogar aqueste ròtle." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Se desiratz utilizar lo pavat numeric per sasir de nombres mentre que las " +"tòcas de la mirga son activadas, activatz la tòca Verr. Num.. La " +"mirga pòt pas mai èsser contrarotlada pel pavat numeric quand aquesta tòca " +"es activada." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Las tòcas de chifras normales, alignées en dessús des letras del clavièr, " +"pòdon pas èsser utilizadas per contrarotlar lo puntador de la mirga. Solas " +"las tòcas del pavat numeric pòdon jogar aqueste ròtle." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." msgstr "Contrôles a efectuar quand la mirga fonciona pas." @@ -12454,7 +12491,7 @@ "sensibilitat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12463,7 +12500,7 @@ "l'obtencion de la velocitat desirada." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12476,8 +12513,7 @@ "cursor a l'encòp dins la seccion Mirga e Pavat tactil." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12499,80 +12535,65 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Dins la seccion pavat tactil, marcatz Taper per clicar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Per clicar, tapotez sul pavat tactil." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Se lo pavat tactil pren en carga les tapotements a plusieurs dets,podètz far " -"un clic dreit en tapant simultanèament a dos dets. Siquenon, il es quand " -"même necessari de far appel a un boton material pel clic dreit. Consultatz " -" per un metòde de clic dreit sens segond " -"boton de mirga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Se lo pavat tactil pren en carga les tapotements a plusieurs dets, on pòt " -"far un clic mitan en tapant " -"simultanèament amb tres dets." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Quand vous tapotez o glissez amb plusieurs dets, prenez soin d'éloigner pro " -"los dets. Se son tròp proches les uns des autres, l'ordenador ne detècta pas " -"totjorn qu'i a plusieurs dets." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Desfilament a dos dets" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Podètz far desfilar en utilizant vòstre pavat tactil amb dos dets." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12580,7 +12601,7 @@ "dets." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12598,18 +12619,18 @@ "coma un gròs det per vòstre pavat tactil." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Certans pavats tactils ne prennent pas en carga lo desfilament a dos dets." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Lo contengut pega als dets" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12618,7 +12639,7 @@ "papièr amb l'ajuda del pavat tactil." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12627,7 +12648,7 @@ "dets." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13147,9 +13168,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Apondre, suprimir e renomenar los signets del gestionari de fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13158,82 +13178,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Vos signets son répertoriés dins la barra laterala del gestionari de " -"fichièrs." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Apondon d'un signet :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Dobrissètz lo dorsièr (o l'emplaçament) que volètz metre en signet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Signets dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz " -"Apondre un signer per aqueste emplaçament." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Supression d'un signet :" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Signets dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz " -"Signets... a partir del menú de l'aplicacion." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Dins la fenèstra Signets, seleccionatz lo signet que desiratz " -"suprimir e clicatz sul boton -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Renomenatge un signet :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Fichièrs dins la barra superiora e causissètz " -"Signets a partir del menú de l'aplicacion." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Dins la fenèstra Signets, seleccionatz lo signet que desiratz " -"renomenar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Sasissètz lo novèl nom dins lo camp Nom." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13853,7 +13862,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Emplaçament" @@ -14062,7 +14071,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Aucun" @@ -14223,18 +14232,18 @@ "de lor service d'appartenance o d'un projècte comun." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permissions" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Aficha las permissions d'accès al fichièr, per exemple drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14243,7 +14252,7 @@ "estandard e d vòl dire repertòri (dorsièr)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14252,7 +14261,7 @@ "spécifique al proprietari del fichièr." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14261,7 +14270,7 @@ "los membres del grop proprietari del fichièr." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14270,42 +14279,42 @@ "acordadas a totes los autres utilizaires del sistèma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Aquí la significacion de cada caractèr :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : permission en lectura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : permission en escritura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : permission d'execucion." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : aucune permission." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Tipe MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Aficha lo tipe MIME de l'element." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Lo camin cap a l'emplaçament del fichièr." @@ -14664,12 +14673,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14682,7 +14690,7 @@ msgstr "L'equipa de documentacion d'Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Navigadors Web" @@ -15002,8 +15010,8 @@ "reglar aqueste problèma, changez votre navigador per defaut :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15012,7 +15020,7 @@ "dins lo panèl de esquèrra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15021,7 +15029,7 @@ "la lista desenrotlanta Web." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15066,7 +15074,7 @@ "causissètz vòstra aplicacion de messatjariá per defaut." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15185,7 +15193,7 @@ msgstr "Trobatz vòstra adreça IP (ret) intèrna" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15196,19 +15204,19 @@ "ret pel qualrecercatz l'adreça IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" "Vòstra adreça IP interne serà afichada dins la lista des informacions." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Trobatz vòstra adreça IP (internet) externe" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15217,12 +15225,12 @@ "ip\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Lo site aficha vòstra adreça IP extèrna." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15233,42 +15241,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Podètz contrarotlar quels programas ont accès a la ret. Aquò contribue a la " -"seguretat de vòstre ordenador." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Autorizacion o blocatge de l'accès al parafuòc" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu arriba ja équipé d'un parafuòc simple d'utilizacion " -"(ufw) mas lo parafuòc es pas activat per defaut. Parce-qu'Ubuntu " -"a pas de servicis rets dobèrts (sauf per una infrastructura ret basica) dins " -"l'installacion per defaut, un parafuòc es pas necessari per blocar las " -"connexions entrantes malicieuses." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Per mai d'informacion sus l'utilizacion de ufw, consultar la documentacion en " -"linha." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15279,10 +15278,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Per activar lo parafuòc, sasissètz sudo ufw enable dins un " -"terminal. Per desactivar ufw, sasissètz sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15295,14 +15292,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15312,7 +15309,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15321,12 +15318,12 @@ "un terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Utilizar ufw sens terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15337,7 +15334,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">ce ligam." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15612,30 +15609,28 @@ msgstr "Termes & informacions ret" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Vos cal sens dobte installar Flash per visionner des sites tals coma YouTube " -"que aficha des vidèos e des paginas Web interactives." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Installacion de l'empeuton Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15646,65 +15641,106 @@ "disponible gratuitament (mas pas jos licéncia liura) al telecargament per la " "màger part dels navigadors." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Cossí installar Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Se avètz de fenèstras de navigador dobèrtas, tampatz-las e reaviatz lo " -"navigador. Lo navigador web deuriá detectar que Flash es installat quand lo " -"dobriretz tornamai, e seretz alara en mesura de veire de sites internet " -"utilizant Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Ajudar votre navigador a foncionar amb les sites internet nécessitant Java" - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Installar lo plug-in Java per les navigadors web" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Certans sites web utilizan de pichons programas Java, vos cal aver " -"lo plugin Java installat per qu'ils foncionan." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Installar lo paquet icedtea6-" -"plugin per veire les programas Java dins votre navigador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15992,6 +16028,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Clicatz sus Apondre" @@ -16252,11 +16289,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Depanatge des connexions sens " -"fial, trobar vòstra ret Wifi…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16306,7 +16341,7 @@ msgstr "Modificacion del metòde del servidor mandatari" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16315,7 +16350,7 @@ "panèl de esquèrra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" @@ -16323,7 +16358,7 @@ "metòdes seguentas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16333,13 +16368,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16350,12 +16385,12 @@ "HTTP, HTTPS, FTP e SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatique" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16364,7 +16399,7 @@ "vòstre sistèma." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16935,15 +16970,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Se connectar al Wi-Fi, Rets invisibles, Modificar los paramètres de connexion, " -"Se desconnectar…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16968,63 +16999,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Podètz far de vòstre ordenador un punt d'accès sens fial. Aquò permet a " -"d'autres periferics de se connectar a vos sens crear una ret separada, e vos " -"autoriza a partejar una connexion internet foncionala amb una autra " -"interfàcia, coma una ret filara o una ret cellulara." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Dobrissètz Ret e seleccionatz Sans fil sus la esquèrra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Clicatz sul boton Utilizar coma punt d'accès." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Se sètz ja connectat a una ret sens fial, il vous es demandat se desiratz " -"vous en desconnectar. Un adaptador ret sens fial unique ne pòt se connectar " -"a o crear un sol ret a l'encòp. Confirmez en clicant sus Crear un novèl " -"ret sens fial." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Un nom de ret (SSID) e una clau de chiframent son generats automaticament. " -"Lo nom de la ret es basat sul nom de vòstre ordenador. Los autres periferics " -"ont besonh de ces informacions per se connectar a la ret que venètz de crear." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú e desactivatz la ret sans fil." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Desactivacion del mòde sens fial (mode avion)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17037,35 +17057,26 @@ "per exemple). Per far aquò :" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Per far aquò, clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú e " -"desmarcatz Activar la ret sens fial. Aquò éteindra vòstra " -"connexion sens fial fins a çò que vous l'activiez tornamai." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Per reactivar la ret sens fial, clicatz sus menú ret dins la " -"barra de menú e seleccionatz Activar la ret sens fial. Lo sens " -"fial serà alara coché." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Vòstre pòrtable poiriá èsser encara en train de diffuser se avètz pas " -"desactivat Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17100,11 +17111,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú, e clicatz " -"sul nom de la ret auquel volètz vos connectar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17331,31 +17340,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Aprene çò que las opcions de modificacion de la fenèstra connexion sens fial " -"signifient." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Modificacion d'una connexion sens fial" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Aqueste tutorial descrit totas las opcions disponiblas per modificar una " -"connexion sens fial. Per modificar una connexion, clicatz sus Menú " -"ret dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Modificacion des " -"connexions." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17367,17 +17370,17 @@ "melhor contraròtle sus des rets mai sofisticats." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Disponible a totes los utilizaires / Connexion automatica" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Connexion automatica" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17386,63 +17389,50 @@ "a aqueste ret sens fial dès qu'il es dins son rai de captura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"S'i a plusieurs rets a connexion automatica dins lo rai de captura, " -"l'ordenador se connècta al primièr de la lista de l'onglet Sans " -"fil de la fenèstra Connexions ret. Il ne se desconnectara " -"pas d'aqueste, quitament se un autre vient juste d'aparéisser dins son rai " -"de captura." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Disponible a totes los utilizaires" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Marcatz aquesta casa se desiratz que totes los utilizaires d'aqueste " -"ordenador pòscan aver accès a aquesta ret. Se la ret es protegida per senhal WEP/WPA e qu'avètz marcat aquesta " -"opcion, vos caldrà sasir aqueste senhal sonque un còp. Los autres " -"utilizaires s'i poiràn connectar sens conéisser aqueste senhal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Se aquesta opcion es marcada, sol l'administrator es autorizat a modificar los paramètres " -"d'aquesta ret. Il deu s'identificar amb son senhal d'administrator." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Ret sens fial" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17451,12 +17441,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Mode" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17474,49 +17464,41 @@ "adhoc\">definir votre propre ret ad-hoc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Se causissètz Ad-hoc, anatz veire doas autras opcions, " -"Benda e Canal. Determinan sus quina frequéncia la ret " -"sens fial ad-hoc va foncionar. Certans ordenadors pòdon pas trabalhar que " -"sus certanas bendas passantas (per exemple solament sus A o sus " -"B/G, de tala sòrta que vos cal causir una frequéncia que totes " -"los ordenadors de la ret ad-hoc pòdon utilizar. Dins d'endreits fòrça " -"frequentats, i pòt aver mantuna ret sens fial que partejan lo meteis canal ; " -"aquò pòt alentir vòstra connexion e vos menar a cambiar de canal." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Adreça MAC del periferic" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17529,35 +17511,35 @@ "ret possedís una adreça MAC unique que lui es atribuida en usine." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Aquesta opcion vos permet de cambiar l'adreça MAC de vòstra carta ret." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Adreça MAC clonada" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17575,54 +17557,45 @@ "transmission. Generalament, es inutile de modificar aqueste paramètre." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Seguretat sens fial" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguretat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Aquò definís lo tipe de chiframent utilizat per vòstra ret. Las " -"connexions chifradas empêchent l'interception de vòstra connexion sens fial, " -"de sorte que personne ne pòt ni « escotar » ni veire quels sites Web vous " -"visitaz, entre autre." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Certans tipes de chiframents son mai poderoses que d'autres, mas es possible " -"que sián pas suportats per d'equipaments sens fial ancians. Normalament, vos " -"cal sasir un senhal per vos connectar ; de tipes de seguretats mai " -"sofisticats pòdon tanben demandar un nom d'utilizaire e un « certificat » " -"numeric. Consultatz per mai " -"d'explicacions suls tipes los maicorrents de chiframent." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Paramètres IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17634,17 +17607,17 @@ "aquesta informacion." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Los metòdes seguentas son disponibles :" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatique (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17661,37 +17634,32 @@ "sus DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Adreças automatiques unicament (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Se causissètz aqueste paramètre, vòstre ordenador obten son adreça IP " -"automaticament d'un servidor DHCP, mas vos cal configurar manualament los " -"autres detalhs (coma la causida del servidor DNS a utilizar)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Causissètz aquesta opcion se desiratz configurar totes vòstres paramètres " -"ret vos meteis, i comprés l'adreça IP que vòstre ordenador deu utilizar." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Ligam-local unicament" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17702,38 +17670,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desactivat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta opcion desactiva la ret e vos evita de vos i connectar. Notatz que " -"IPv4 e IPv6 son consideradas coma de connexions " -"separadas, quitament se son presas en carga per la meteissa carta ret. Se " -"n'i a una d'activada, poiriatz desactivar l'autra." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Paramètres IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Es identic a l'onglet IPv4, levat que tracta del novèl estandard " -"qu'es l'IPv6. Las rets los mai modèrnas utilizan l'IPv6, mas pel moment " -"l'IPv4 es encara lo mai répandu." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17816,23 +17787,19 @@ "hidden\">connectar différemment se es una ret amagat." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Se " -"connectar a una ret sens fial invisible." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Connexion a una ret sens fial amagat" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17847,6 +17814,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17854,7 +17828,7 @@ "causissètz lo tipe de seguretat sens fial e clicatz sus Connectar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17863,7 +17837,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17872,7 +17846,7 @@ "sens fial utilise. Recercatz de tèrmes coma WEP e WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18081,7 +18055,7 @@ msgstr "verificar votre modem e vòstre rotador." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18092,12 +18066,12 @@ "van menar a travèrs cada etapa d'aqueste guida." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Utilizacion de la linha de comanda" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18108,7 +18082,7 @@ "Tablèu de bòrd." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19431,12 +19405,12 @@ "dos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Dins la seccion Material, clicar sus Energia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19598,11 +19572,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Sasir sudo pm-hibernate dins lo terminal e quichar sus " -"Entrada." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19646,11 +19618,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Se lo tèst d'ivernacion fonciona, podètz contunhar a utilizar la comanda " -"sudo pm-hibernate quand desiratz ivernar." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19770,54 +19740,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "Atudament/ivernacion en dejós de 10% de batariá" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Podètz modificar çò que se passa quand lo nivèl de la batariá ven tròp bas. " -"D'en tot primièr, clicatz sul menú batariá dins la barra de " -"menú e seleccionatz Paramètres d'alimentacion. A la linha " -"'Quand la resèrva d'energia es a un nivèl critic', podètz causir " -"de metre en velha, d'ivernar o " -"d'atudar vòstre ordenador. Se causissètz de l'atudar, vòstras aplicacions e " -"documents seràn pas enregistrats a l'atudament." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Certans ordenadors ont des dificultats a se metre en velha e son de còps " -"incapables de restablir las aplicacions e los documents que aviatz dobèrts " -"quand vous réveillé l'ordenador. Dins cas, es possible que la partida de " -"vòstre trabalh pas enregistrada abans la mesa en velha siá perduda. Pr'aquò, " -"pòt èsser possible de resòlvre los " -"problèmas de mesa en velha." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -19858,27 +19793,18 @@ "fil :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus l'icòna tot a dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " -"Paramètres sistèma..." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" "Dobrissètz Ret e seleccionatz l'onglet Sans fil" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Atudatz e re-alucatz vòstra carta ret sens fial" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19887,7 +19813,7 @@ "avion puèi desactivatz-lo tornamai." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20259,7 +20185,7 @@ msgstr "Podètz empachar l'ecran de demesir sa luminositat tot seul :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20423,7 +20349,7 @@ "installada amb l'Anglés, mas podètz apondre d'autras lengas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20434,7 +20360,7 @@ "lengas actualament installadas marcadas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20443,14 +20369,14 @@ "suprimir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Clicatz sus Aplicar los cambiaments." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20461,7 +20387,7 @@ "demandat." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20473,8 +20399,8 @@ "e de metòdes d'entrada." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20539,7 +20465,9 @@ msgstr "Configuracion" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Configuracion d'una imprimenta" @@ -20556,9 +20484,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Imprimentas non detectadas, bourrages papièr, espròvas d'aspect bizarre…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20676,7 +20604,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21191,7 +21118,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Dobrir Imprimentas." @@ -21237,87 +21164,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Configurar una imprimenta connectada a vòstre ordenador." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Configuracion d'una imprimenta locala" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Vòstre sistèma sait reconéisser automaticament fòrça tipes d'imprimentas dès " -"qu'son connectadas a vòstre ordenador. La màger part son reliées per " -"l'intermediari d'un cable USB brancat a vòstre ordenador." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Avètz pas besonh de causir se desiratz installar una imprimenta ret o locala " -"ara. Elles son répertoriées dins una sola fenèstra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Asseguratz-vos que l'imprimenta siá alucada." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Connectatz l'imprimenta a vòstre sistèma amb l'ajuda del cable adeqüat. Vous " -"vesètz una certana activitat a l'ecran pendent que lo sistèma recèrca des " -"pilòts puèi, il vous demandara segurament de vous identificar per les " -"installar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Un messatge apareis quand lo sistèma a acabat l'installacion de " -"l'imprimenta. Seleccionatz Imprimir una pagina de tèst per " -"imprimir una pagina de tèst o Opcions per aportar de " -"modificacions suplementàrias a la configuracion de l'imprimenta." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Se vòstra imprimenta a pas été configurada automaticament, podètz l'apondre " -"dins los paramètres d'imprimentas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Apondre e seleccionatz l'imprimenta dins la fenèstra " -"des periferics." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Clicatz sus Seguent e patientez pendent la recèrca de pilòts." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21326,7 +21229,7 @@ "se vous lo désirez. Un còp acabat, clicatz sus Aplicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21334,25 +21237,69 @@ "passar aquesta etapa." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Se mantun pilòt son disponibles per vòstre ordenador, vos serà demandat de " -"causir un pilòt. Per utilizar lo pilòt recomandat, clicatz juste sus Seguent " -"al moment de la causida de la marca e del modèl." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Asseguratz-vos que l'imprimenta siá alucada." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Aprèp aver installat l'imprimenta, vous souhaiterez segurament cambiar l'imprimenta per " -"defaut." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21539,17 +21486,17 @@ "important de especificar tres causas :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Lo comportament esperat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Lo comportament efectivament constaté" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21558,7 +21505,7 @@ "l'etapa 1 étant « aviar lo programa »." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21567,7 +21514,7 @@ "serà tractat. Mercé d'ajudar a melhorar Ubuntu !" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21580,7 +21527,7 @@ "l'aisina de rapòrt de bugs integrada a Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Enregistrar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21695,7 +21728,7 @@ "votre region." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21704,7 +21737,7 @@ "Formats regionals." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21715,18 +21748,16 @@ "lenga definida dins l'onglet Lenga." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Vos cal vos desconnectar de la session puèi vos reconnectar per que ces " -"cambiaments prennent efièch. Clicatz sus l'icòna tot en naut a dreita e " -"seleccionatz Tampar la session... per vous desconnectar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21739,12 +21770,12 @@ "primièr jorn de la setmana dins los calendièrs." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Modificacion des formats del sistèma" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21756,19 +21787,19 @@ "exemple." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Modificatz los formats coma descrit çaisús." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Clicatz sus Aplicar a tot lo sistèma." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21800,12 +21831,12 @@ "vòstre ordenador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Clicatz sus Presa en carga des lengas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21814,19 +21845,16 @@ "la lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Vos cal vous desconnectar e reconnectar de votre session per que lo " -"cambiament de lenga siá efectiu. Clicatz dins l'icòna tot en naut a dreita " -"de la barra de menús e seleccionatz Tampar la session... per vous " -"desconnectar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21844,12 +21872,12 @@ "de metre a jorn los noms de dorsièr." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Modificacion de la lenga del sistèma" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21860,7 +21888,7 @@ "sistèma, que es utilizada sus l'ecran de connexion per exemple." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Modificatz la lenga coma descrit çaisús." @@ -21902,19 +21930,19 @@ "automaticament :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Clicatz sus Luminositat & verrolhatge." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Modificatz la valor dins la lista desenrotlanta Verrolhar l'ecran " "aprèp." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22179,7 +22207,7 @@ "intro\">Aviador per un accès rapid :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22188,7 +22216,7 @@ "intro\">Tablèu de bòrd fins a la barra d'aviadors." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22197,7 +22225,7 @@ "icòna e seleccionar Conservar dins lo aviador." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22207,7 +22235,7 @@ "l'emplaçament volgut." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22262,23 +22290,20 @@ "serà aquí ont l'avètz daissat quand vos reconnectaretz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Per vous desconnectar o cambiar de compte utilizaire, clicar sus l'indicador sistèma en naut a dreita de " -"l'ecran e seleccionar l'opcion apropiada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Verrolhar l'ecran" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22293,32 +22318,32 @@ "aprèp un certan relambi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Per verrolhar vòstre ecran, clicatz dins lo menú sistèma dins la " -"barra de menús e seleccionatz Verrolhar l'ecran." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Quand vòstre ecran es verrolhat, les autres utilizaires pòdon se connectar " -"sus lor compte personal en clicant sus Cambiar d'utilizaire sus " -"l'ecran de senhal. Podètz tornar sus vòstre ordenador quand an acabat." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Metre en velha" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22334,31 +22359,29 @@ "durant la mesa en velha." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Per metre en velha manualament vòstre ordenador, clicatz dins lo menú " -"sistèma dins la barra de menús e seleccionatz Metre en " -"velha." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Atudar o reaviar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Se volètz atudar completament vòstre ordenador, o lo reaviar, clicatz dins " -"lo menú sistèma e seleccionatz Atudar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22978,12 +23001,12 @@ msgstr "Una fenèstra pòt pas èsser redimensionada se es maximizada." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Per redimensionar vòstra fenèstra orizontalament e/o verticalament :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22993,12 +23016,12 @@ "fasètz lisar per redimensionar la fenèstra dins n'importe quina direccion." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Per redimensionar unicament dins la direccion orizontala :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23009,12 +23032,12 @@ "orizontalament." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Per redimensionar unicament dins la direccion verticala :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23026,17 +23049,17 @@ "redimensionar la fenèstra verticalament." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Posicionament des fenèstras dins votre Espacis de trabalh" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Per metre doas fenèstras de còsta :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23045,7 +23068,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23055,7 +23078,7 @@ "la meitat de l'ecran." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23112,11 +23135,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Dempuèi lo clavièr" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23125,54 +23148,41 @@ "aparéisser lo selector de fenèstra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Relâchez la tòca Alt per seleccionar la prochaine fenèstra (mise " -"en evidéncia) dins lo selector." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Autrement, tot en ara quichada la tòca Alt, quichatz sus " -"Tab per percórrer en bocla la lista des fenèstras dobèrtas o " -"MajTab per tornar en arrièr." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Podètz tanben vos desplaçar demest las icònas de las aplicacions dins lo " -"selector de fenèstra amb las tòcas → o ← o en clicant " -"amb l'ajuda de la mirga sus una fenèstra per la seleccionar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Los apercebuts des aplicacions possédant una sola fenèstra pòdon èsser " -"afichats amb la tòca ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23185,8 +23195,13 @@ "Alt e quichatz sus Tab o " "MajTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23197,7 +23212,7 @@ "totas las fenèstras dobèrtas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Clicatz sus la fenèstra que vous désirez utilizar." @@ -23402,7 +23417,7 @@ msgstr "Activar los espacis de trabalh" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23411,12 +23426,12 @@ "l'onglet Comportament." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Marcatz la casa Activar los espacis de trabalh." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23430,12 +23445,12 @@ "trabalh :" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Cambiar lo nombre d'espacis de trabalh" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23444,7 +23459,7 @@ "dobrissètz lo Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23454,7 +23469,7 @@ "Entrada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24311,7 +24326,7 @@ msgstr "Sasir los caractèrs especials" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24323,17 +24338,17 @@ "caractèrs especials." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Metòdes de sasida des caractèrs" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Table de caractèrs" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24345,7 +24360,7 @@ "besonh." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the manual per la taula de caractèrs." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24370,73 +24385,81 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24483,12 +24506,12 @@ "punt de còdi de ces caractèrs de manièra a les sasir rapidament." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Fonts d'entrada" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25337,37 +25360,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Dins la seccion Personnel, clicatz sus Aparéncia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Basculatz sus l'onglet Comportament." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Activar Amagar automaticament lo aviador" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25402,12 +25417,12 @@ "siá mai facile de clicar dessús." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Clicatz sus Aparéncia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25416,7 +25431,7 @@ "demesir la talha des icònas de l'aviador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "La talha per defaut des icònas del aviador es 48." @@ -25523,12 +25538,12 @@ "pòdon èsser les seguentas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "lancer l'aplicacion o dobrir lo document, dorsièr o periferic" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25537,7 +25552,7 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25546,12 +25561,12 @@ "(veire )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "quitar l'aplicacion en cors" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25560,7 +25575,7 @@ "aplicacion en cors o mai d'una fenèstra" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "les acorchis spécifiques a l'aplicacion coma dobrir un novèl document o una " @@ -25726,7 +25741,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25735,7 +25750,7 @@ "l'onglet Comportament." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25744,18 +25759,18 @@ "barra de títol de la fenèstra." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menus d'estat" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -25767,8 +25782,26 @@ "constituent un endreit commode ont podètz verificar e modificar l'estat de " "vòstre ordenador e de vòstras aplicacions." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Certanas icònas utilizadas pel menú indicador changent en foncion de l'estat " +"de l'aplicacion." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"D'autras aplicacions talas coma Tomboy o Transmission " +"pòdon tanben apondre des menús indicadors a la barra superiora." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "Lista des menús d'estat e de lor fonction" @@ -25777,7 +25810,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -25787,14 +25820,14 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25809,7 +25842,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -25819,14 +25852,14 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25835,14 +25868,14 @@ "layouts\">configurar las fonts d'entrada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25856,7 +25889,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -25866,14 +25899,14 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25887,7 +25920,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -25895,14 +25928,14 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25915,7 +25948,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25925,14 +25958,14 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25943,40 +25976,26 @@ "multimèdia tels que Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Relòtge" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25987,24 +26006,6 @@ "d'utilizaire, verrolhatz l'ecran, tampatz la session, metètz en velha, " "reaviatz o atudatz vòstre ordenador." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Certanas icònas utilizadas pel menú indicador changent en foncion de l'estat " -"de l'aplicacion." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"D'autras aplicacions talas coma Tomboy o Transmission " -"pòdon tanben apondre des menús indicadors a la barra superiora." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26125,39 +26126,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Dobrissètz Seguretat e vida privada e seleccionatz l'onglet " -"Recercar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -27810,7 +27783,7 @@ "ajustés :" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27821,7 +27794,7 @@ "numericas) entre Doç e Fèrma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27837,7 +27810,7 @@ "desfilament cap a esquèrra, desfilament cap a la dreita, precedent, seguent." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -27846,16 +27819,12 @@ "ajustar la « sensibilitat » entre Doç e Tampa." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Se avètz mai d'un stylet, quand lo stylet suplementari se rapproche de la " -"tauleta, un téléavertisseur (« paginar ») serà afichat a costat del nom de " -"periferic de l'estilt. Utilizatz lo paginar per causir quin stylet " -"configurar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -27911,6 +27880,15 @@ "mai sus les utilizacions de la tòca Super, consultatz la pagina " "des acorchis de clavièr." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Installar de logicials suplementaris" + +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Suprimir de logicials qu'utilizatz pas mai." + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Installar d'autres depauses" + #~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." @@ -27918,6 +27896,123 @@ #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per installar un logicial suplementari, seguissètz las etapas seguentas :" + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Apondre e entratz l'emplaçament del ppa." + +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "telecargar l'impression d'un fichièr de referéncia d'un vendeire de " +#~ "cartochas colors." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques dempuèi lo Tablèu de bòrd." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques a partir de l'apercebut des " +#~ "Activitats." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccionatz lo disc dur dins la lista des Periferics de stockage." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se servir de l'analyseur d'utilizacion des disques o del " +#~ "monitor sistèma per verificar l'espaci e la capacitat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz verificar l'espaci libre restant sul disc amb l'analyseur " +#~ "d'utilizacion des disques o lo monitor sistèma." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Verificacion amb l'analisiur d'utilizacion des disques" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per verificar l'espaci libre e la capacitat del disc en utilizant " +#~ "l'analyseur d'utilizacion des disques :" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques en utilizant l'apercebut des " +#~ "Activitats. La fenèstra aficha la Capacitat totala del " +#~ "sistèma de fichièrs e l'Utilizacion totala del sistèma de " +#~ "fichièrs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dins l'onglet « Analyse » de la barra de menús, causissètz Analisar lo " +#~ "dorsièr personal, Analisar lo sistèma de fichièrs, " +#~ "Analisar un dorsièr... o Analisar un dorsièr distant…." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Las informacions afichadas son dorsièr, Utilizacion, " +#~ "Talha e Sommaire. Per mai de detalhs, consultatz Analyseur d'utilizacion des disques." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Verificacion amb lo monitor sistèma" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Monitor Sistèma dempuèi lo Tablèu de " +#~ "bòrd." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Monitor sistèma en utilizant l'apercebut " +#~ "des Activitats." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "clicatz sus l'onglet Sistèmas de fichièrs per afichar les " +#~ "particions del sistèma e l'utilizacion de l'espaci de disc. Las informacions " +#~ "afichadas concernent l'espaci Total, Libre, " +#~ "Disponible e Utilizat." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Se lo disc es tròp plein, cal :" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques a partir de l'apercebut des " +#~ "Activitats." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " #~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." @@ -27937,12 +28032,205 @@ #~ "sul disc, o per efectuar un auto-test." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Même se l'estat SMART indica que lo disc es pas sanitós, " +#~ "i a pas luòc de s'inquietar otra mesura. Pasmens, mai val efectuar una salvament per evitar una pèrda de donadas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Suprimir totes los fichièrs e dorsièrs d'un disc dur extèrne o d'una clau " +#~ "USB en les formatant." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Escafament complet d'un disc amovible" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se possedissètz una disc amovible, tel qu'una clau USB o un disc dur " +#~ "extèrne, podètz aver besonh d'en escafar completament totes los fichièrs e " +#~ "dorsièrs. Podètz lo far en formatant lo disc çò que supprime totes " +#~ "los fichièrs sul disc e lo laisse void." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatatge d'un disc amovible" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccionatz lo disc que volètz escafar dins la lista des Periferics " +#~ "d'emmagazinatge." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dins la seccion Volumes, clicatz sus demontar lo volum. Puèi " +#~ "clicatz sus formater lo volum." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dins la fenèstra que s'affiche, causissètz un tipe de sistèma de " +#~ "fichièrs pel disque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Donnez un nom al disc e clicatz sus Formater per aviar " +#~ "l'escafament del disc." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un còp lo formatatge acabat, ejectatz en tota seguretat lo disc. " +#~ "Es ara verge e prêt a èsser utilizat tornamai." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lo formatatge d'un disc es pas un mejan segur de suprimir des donadas" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un disc formaté sembla completament vide de tot fichièr, mas es possible, " +#~ "amb un logicial de recuperacion especialisé, d'en recuperar los fichièrs. Se " +#~ "avètz besonh de suprimir des fichièrs en tota seguretat, servez-vos d'un " +#~ "utilitari en linha de comanda coma shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Comprene çò que son los volums e les particions, e se servir de l'utilitari " +#~ "de disc per les gerir." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Visualisation e gestion des volums e des particions en se servant de " +#~ "l'utilitari de disque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz verificar e modificar los volums d'emmagazinatge de l'ordenador amb " +#~ "l'utilitari de disque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz lo Tablèu de bòrd e lancez l'Utilitari de " +#~ "disques." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dins lo panèl marcat Periferics d'emmagazinatge, vous trobatz les " +#~ "disques durs, los periferics CD e DVD e d'autres periferics fisics. Clicatz " +#~ "sul periferic a inspecter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sejatz prudent : vous risquez d'escafar completament las donadas de vòstre " +#~ "disc dur amb ces utilitaris." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se desiratz accedir rapidament a un fichièr del dorsièr dobèrt, començatz a " +#~ "sasir son nom. Un camp de recèrca apareis en naut de la fenèstra e lo " +#~ "primièr fichièr correspondent a vòstra recèrca es seleccionat. Utilizatz la " +#~ "tòca sageta cap aval o fasètz desfilar gràcias a la molette de la mirga per " +#~ "vous desplaçar cap al fichièr correspondent a vòstra recèrca." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " #~ "guide." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per obténer de l'ajuda sus l'utilizacion de Brasero, lisez lo guida de l'utilizaire." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cossí trobar de fichièrs per lor nom e lor tipe e enregistrar los resultats " +#~ "per un usatge ulterior." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Dobrir lo gestionari de fichièrs" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus la loupe dins la barra d'aisinas, o quichatz sus " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Podètz afinar vòstra recèrca per emplaçament e tipe de fichièr." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus dorsièr personal per restreindre la recèrca de " +#~ "resultats a votre dorsièr personal, o Totes los " +#~ "fichièrs per recercar partout." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus + e causissètz un Tipe de fichièr a partir " +#~ "de la lista desenrotlanta per restreindre la recèrca de resultats en se " +#~ "basant sul tipe de fichièr. Clicatz sul boton x per levar aquesta " +#~ "opcion e élargir los resultats de recèrca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz tornamai sus la loupe dins la barra d'aisinas per quitar la recèrca " +#~ "e tornar al dorsièr." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Enregistrament d'una recèrca" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Lancez una recèrca coma çaisús." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quand sètz satisfaits des paramètres de recèrca, clicatz sus " +#~ "Fichièr dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Enregistrar la " +#~ "recèrca sous...." + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Desactivar lo pavat tactil al moment de la sasida de tèxte per evitar des " @@ -27957,6 +28245,77 @@ #~ "Dins la seccion Pavat tactil, marcatz Desactivar al moment " #~ "de la frappe." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lo pegatge de tèxte amb lo boton del mitan de la mirga es completament " +#~ "separat del quichapapièrs normal. Lo fait de seleccionar del tèxte o còpia " +#~ "pas dins lo quichapapièrs. Aqueste metòde rapid de pegatge fonciona pas " +#~ "qu'amb lo boton del mitan de la mirga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquestas instruccions son la faiçon la mai rapide d'activar las tòcas de la " +#~ "mirga en utilizant solament lo clavièr. Seleccionatz Paramètres d'accès " +#~ "universel per veire mai d'opcions d'accessibilitat." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Per clicar, tapotez sul pavat tactil." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apondre, suprimir e renomenar los signets del gestionari de fichièrs." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vos signets son répertoriés dins la barra laterala del gestionari de " +#~ "fichièrs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Signets dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz " +#~ "Apondre un signer per aqueste emplaçament." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Supression d'un signet :" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Signets dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz " +#~ "Signets... a partir del menú de l'aplicacion." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dins la fenèstra Signets, seleccionatz lo signet que desiratz " +#~ "suprimir e clicatz sul boton -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Fichièrs dins la barra superiora e causissètz " +#~ "Signets a partir del menú de l'aplicacion." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dins la fenèstra Signets, seleccionatz lo signet que desiratz " +#~ "renomenar." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Sasissètz lo novèl nom dins lo camp Nom." + #~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgstr "Indica la data e l'ora de darrièra modificacion del fichièr." @@ -27985,6 +28344,25 @@ #~ "menubar-intro\">Indicador de messatjariá." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz contrarotlar quels programas ont accès a la ret. Aquò contribue a la " +#~ "seguretat de vòstre ordenador." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per mai d'informacion sus l'utilizacion de ufw, consultar la documentacion en " +#~ "linha." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Cossí installar Flash" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " #~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " #~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" @@ -27999,6 +28377,20 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ajudar votre navigador a foncionar amb les sites internet nécessitant Java" + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Installar lo plug-in Java per les navigadors web" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installar lo paquet icedtea6-" +#~ "plugin per veire les programas Java dins votre navigador." + #~ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in" #~ msgstr "Installacion de l'empeuton Silverlight" @@ -28020,6 +28412,63 @@ #~ "d'installacion." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se connectar al Wi-Fi, Rets invisibles, Modificar los paramètres de connexion, " +#~ "Se desconnectar…" + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Clicatz sul boton Utilizar coma punt d'accès." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú e desactivatz la ret sans fil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vòstre pòrtable poiriá èsser encara en train de diffuser se avètz pas " +#~ "desactivat Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprene çò que las opcions de modificacion de la fenèstra connexion sens fial " +#~ "signifient." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Modificacion d'una connexion sens fial" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Disponible a totes los utilizaires" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Ret sens fial" + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Adreça MAC del periferic" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Seguretat sens fial" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquò definís lo tipe de chiframent utilizat per vòstra ret. Las " +#~ "connexions chifradas empêchent l'interception de vòstra connexion sens fial, " +#~ "de sorte que personne ne pòt ni « escotar » ni veire quels sites Web vous " +#~ "visitaz, entre autre." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press " #~ "Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the " #~ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install " @@ -28037,17 +28486,85 @@ #~ "Entrada." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sasir sudo pm-hibernate dins lo terminal e quichar sus " +#~ "Entrada." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se l'ivernacion fonciona pas, verificatz que vòstra particion SWAP es al " #~ "mens tanben granda que votre RAM disponible." +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imprimentas non detectadas, bourrages papièr, espròvas d'aspect bizarre…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Configurar una imprimenta connectada a vòstre ordenador." + #~ msgid "" -#~ "Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly." +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se vòstra imprimenta a pas été configurada automaticament, podètz l'apondre " +#~ "dins los paramètres d'imprimentas." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Apondre e seleccionatz l'imprimenta dins la fenèstra " +#~ "des periferics." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprèp aver installat l'imprimenta, vous souhaiterez segurament cambiar l'imprimenta per " +#~ "defaut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quand vòstre ecran es verrolhat, les autres utilizaires pòdon se connectar " +#~ "sus lor compte personal en clicant sus Cambiar d'utilizaire sus " +#~ "l'ecran de senhal. Podètz tornar sus vòstre ordenador quand an acabat." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Dempuèi lo clavièr" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Autrement, tot en ara quichada la tòca Alt, quichatz sus " +#~ "Tab per percórrer en bocla la lista des fenèstras dobèrtas o " +#~ "MajTab per tornar en arrièr." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Los apercebuts des aplicacions possédant una sola fenèstra pòdon èsser " +#~ "afichats amb la tòca ↓." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz Seguretat e vida privada e seleccionatz l'onglet " +#~ "Recercar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Installez libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, Agenda Evolution pòdon tanben s'afichar aicí." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'apondon d'un compte vos ajudarà a ligar vòstres comptes en linha amb " +#~ "vòstre burèu Ubuntu. Atal, vòstras aplicacions de corrièr electronic, de " +#~ "messatjariá instantanèa e d'autras aplicacions connèxas seràn configuradas " +#~ "per vos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se desiratz configurar mantun compte, podètz repetir aqueste processus pus " +#~ "tard." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una pichona interfàcia de l'utilizaire Web, dins la quala poiretz entrar " +#~ "vòstras informacions de compte en linha, se dobrirà. Per exemple, se " +#~ "configuratz un compte Google, entratz vòstre nom d'utilizaire Google, vòstre " +#~ "senhal e connectatz-vos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprèp qu'ajatz apondut vòstres comptes, cada aplicacion qu'avètz " +#~ "seleccionada utilizarà automaticament aquelas informacions d'identificacion " +#~ "quand vos connectaretz a vòstre compte." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per de rasons de seguretat, Ubuntu consèrva pas vòstre senhal sus vòstre " +#~ "ordenador. Al luòc d'aquò, emmagazina un geton qu'es provesit pel servici en " +#~ "linha. Se volètz anullar totalament lo ligam entre vòstre burèu e lo servici " +#~ "en linha, levatz-lo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se avètz entrat vòstras informacions de compte corrèctament, seretz convidat " +#~ "a acceptar las condicions d'utilizacion. Seleccionatz Acceptar " +#~ "per contunhar. Un còp aquò fait, Ubuntu demanda la permission d'accedir a " +#~ "vòstre compte. Per permetre aqueste accès, clicatz sul boton Permetre " +#~ "l'accès. Entratz lo senhal utilizaire actual aquò vos serà demandat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ara, podètz seleccionar las aplicacions que volètz ligar a vòstre compte en " +#~ "linha. Per exemple, se volètz utilizar un compte en linha pel chat e que " +#~ "volètz pas del calendièr, desactivatz l'opcion calendièr." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se connectar a Internet en utilizant una connexion sens fial o una connexion cablada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'equipa de desvolopament d'Ubuntu a seleccionat un ensemble d'aplicacions " +#~ "per defaut ; pensam que rendon Ubuntu fòrça utile per la màger part dels " +#~ "prètzfaits de cada jorn. Pasmens, auretz segurament enveja d'installar mai " +#~ "de logicials per fin qu'Ubuntu corresponde melhor a vòstres besonhs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccionatz l'aplicacion que vos interèssa e clicatz sus " +#~ "Installar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Los depauses personals de logicials (PPAs) son los depauses " +#~ "concebuts pels utilizaires d'Ubuntu, e son de melhor installar que d'autres " +#~ "depauses tèrces." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seretz convidat a entrar vòstre senhal. Aquò fait, l'installacion començarà." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'installacion es generalament rapida, mas lo telecargament pòt prene de " +#~ "temps segon la velocitat de vòstra connexion Internet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un acorchi cap a vòstra novèla aplicacion serà apondut a la barra " +#~ "d'aviadors. Per desactivar aquesta foncion, desmarcatz " +#~ "VeireNovèlas aplicacions dins " +#~ "l'aviador." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Apondre de fonts de logicials suplementaris" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apondre d'autres depauses per espandir las fonts de logicials que Ubuntu " +#~ "utiliza per las installacions e mesas a jorn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Benlèu que vòstre senhal vos serà demandat. Aquò fait, l'aplicacion sera " +#~ "desinstallada." + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Apondre & suprimir de logicials" + +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Clau USB (febla capacitat)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilizar los servicis d'un vendeire de cartochas colors per generar un " +#~ "perfil per una imprimenta es generalament la procedura la mens costosa se " +#~ "utilizatz pas qu'un o dos tipes diferents de papièr. Telecargatz la charta " +#~ "de referéncia de la societat en linha, imprimètz-la e renviatz-la dins una " +#~ "envolopa de bullas. Van numerizar vòstra espròva, generar lo perfil e vos " +#~ "mandar per corrièr electronic un perfil ICC exact." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus l'icòna tot a dreita de la barra de menú e " +#~ "seleccionatz Paramètres sistèma...." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccionar un tipe de compte dins la fenèstra de dreita." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apondre de PPA per ajudar a tèstar de preversions de logicials, o de " +#~ "logicials especializats." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installar, suprimir, depauses " +#~ "suplementaris…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se pus tard cambiatz d'avis, podètz tornar en arrièr en clicant sus " +#~ "​​l'icòna dins la barra de menú a dreita e seleccionar Paramètres " +#~ "sistèma.... Dins la seccion Sistèma, clicatz sus Date e ora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus l'icòna tot a dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " +#~ "Paramètres sistèma…." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "Efectuar des tèsts de rapiditat de vòstre disc dur." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Tèst de performance de vòstre disc dur" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Per mesurar la rapiditat de vòstre disc dur :" + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sul boton en forma d'engrenage e seleccionatz Tèstar la " +#~ "performance del volum…." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Aviar lo tèst de performance… e ajustatz los " +#~ "paramètres taux de transferiment e Temps d'accès segon " +#~ "vòstres désirs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Aviada del tèst de performance… per verificar a quina " +#~ "velocitat vòstras donadas pòdon èsser legidas dempuèi lo disc. Los privilègis administrators vous seront " +#~ "benlèu demandats. Tapez vòstre senhal, o lo senhal del compte administrator " +#~ "demandat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jos lo graphique, las valors son afichadas per un minimum, maximum e les " +#~ "mejanas des taux de lectura e d'escritura, temps d'accès mejan e lo temps " +#~ "écoulé dempuèi lo darrièr tèst de referéncia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dobrissètz l'aplicacion Disques a partir del Tablèu de " +#~ "bòrd. La fenèstra aficharà la Capacitat totala del sistèma de " +#~ "fichièrs atal que l'Utilizacion totala del sistèma de " +#~ "fichièrs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per verificar l'espaci liure e la capacitat del disc amb lo monitor " +#~ "sistèma :" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "escafar los fichièrs que son pas importants o qu'utilizaretz pas mai," + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se l'estat senhala « Pre-fail » (pana possible), es que lo disc es encore " +#~ "rasonnablement sanitós, mas que presenta de signes d'usure anonciators de " +#~ "pana. Se vòstre disc (o ordenador) es un pauc âgé, il es vraisemblable que " +#~ "auretz aqueste messatge al moment d'un examèn d'integritat. Deuriatz salvar vòstres fichièrs importants regularament e " +#~ "verificar l'estat del disc periodicament per veire s'i a aggravation." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asseguratz-vos qu'avètz seleccionat lo bon disque ! Se vous en causissètz un " +#~ "autre, es lui que serà definitivament escafat !" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dins lo panèl de dreita, la zòna marcada Volumes provesit una " +#~ "analyse des volums e des particions presentas sul periferic seleccionat. " +#~ "Aqueste panèl conten tanben una série d'aisinas de gestion des volums." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Una particion primària deu conténer las informacions utilizadas per " +#~ "l'ordenador per son aviada (boot). Per aquesta rason, on l'apèlle " +#~ "de còps particion o volum amorçable. Per saber se un volum es amorçable, " +#~ "examinez les drapeaux de la particion dins l'utilitari de disque. " +#~ "Los mèdias externes coma las claus USB e les CD pòdon tanben conténer un " +#~ "volum amorçable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verificatz que lo boton Verrolhatge es activat, puèi seleccionatz " +#~ "un relambi d'expiracion dins la lista desenrotlanta en dejós. L'ecran es " +#~ "automaticament verrolhat un còp lo periòde d'inactivitat écoulée. Podètz " +#~ "tanben seleccionar Atudament de l'ecran per verrolhar l'ecran " +#~ "aprèp qu'aqueste se siá automaticament atudat al bout d'una durada réglable " +#~ "amb l'ajuda de la lista desenrotlanta Atudar l'ecran se inactiu " +#~ "dempuèi situada al dessús." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Servez-vos del gestionari de fichièrs Files per naviguer e " +#~ "organizar los fichièrs de vòstre ordenador. Podètz tanben l'utilizar per " +#~ "gerir los fichièrs sus des supports d'emmagazinatge (coma des disques durs " +#~ "externes), sus des servidors de " +#~ "fichièrs e sus des partages ret." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz rapidament accedir a d'emplaçaments corrents a partir del panèl " +#~ "lateral. Se lo vesètz pas, clicatz sul boton bas dins la barra d'aisinas e causissètz " +#~ "Afichatz lo panèl lateral. Podètz apondre des signets als " +#~ "dorsièrs qu'utilizatz sovent e apareisseràn dins lo panèl lateral. Utilizatz " +#~ "lo menú Signets per far aquò, o desplaçatz simplament un dorsièr " +#~ "dins lo panèl lateral." + #~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Per mai des projèctes de gravadura de CD/DVD mai avançats, ensajatz " #~ "Brasero." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Avètz pu renomenar lo fichièr de manièra al rendre amagat. Los fichièrs que " +#~ "commencent per un . o finissent per un ~ son " +#~ "amagats pel gestionari de fichièrs. Clicatz sul boton bas dins la barra d'aisinas del " +#~ "gestionari de fichièrs e causissètz Afichar los fichièrs amagats " +#~ "per les afichar. Veire per en aprene plus." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz recercar des fichièrs per nom o per tipe dirèctament dins lo " +#~ "gestionari de fichièrs. Podètz quitament enregistrar les recèrcas correntas " +#~ "que apareisson alara dins un dorsièr especial de votre dorsièr personal." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sasissètz un o mantun mot que sabètz contenguts dins lo nom del fichièr. Per " +#~ "exemple, se apelatz totas vòstras facturas amb lo mot « Facture », sasissètz " +#~ "factura. Quichatz sus la tòca Entrada. Los mots " +#~ "son recercats quina que siá la cassa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz dobrir, copiar, suprimir o même trabalhatz amb los fichièrs a partir " +#~ "des resultats de la recèrca, coma se vous étiez dins n'importe quin dorsièr " +#~ "del gestionari de fichièrs." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se vous efectuatz certanas recèrcas sovent, podètz les enregistrar per i " +#~ "accedir rapidament." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Donnez un nom a la recèrca e clicatz sus Enregistrar. Se o " +#~ "volètz, causissètz un repertòri diferent per i enregistrar la recèrca. Quand " +#~ "que vous desplaçatz dins aqueste repertòri, lo salvament de vòstra recèrca " +#~ "apareis jos la forma d'una icòna de dorsièr orange amb una loupe dessús." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per suprimir lo fichièr de recèrca quand vous en avez acabat amb, suprimissètz simplament la recèrca coma vous lo " +#~ "feriez amb n'importe quin autre fichièr. Quand vous suprimissètz una recèrca " +#~ "salvada, aquò ne supprime pas los fichièrs que correspondent aux critèris de " +#~ "recèrca." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz prévisualizar un imatge de n'importe quin agençament en la " +#~ "seleccionnant dins la lista e en clicant sus " +#~ "apercebut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per resòlvre aquò, clicatz sus l'icòna a l’extrèma dreita de la barra de " +#~ "menú e anatz dins Paramètres sistèma…. Dins la seccion material, " +#~ "causissètz Ecrans. Ensajatz diferentas opcions per la " +#~ "Resolucion e conservatz celle que ofrís lo melhor rendut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus l'icòna a l’extrèma dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " +#~ "Paramètres sistèma…. Dobrissètz Afichatge." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus l'icòna a l’extrèma dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " +#~ "Paramètres sistèma…." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " #~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " #~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " @@ -28695,6 +29674,110 @@ #~ "aprèp un cort instant seguent la darrièra frappe al clavièr." #~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Amb les pavats tactils que gèrent lo tapotement a plusieurs dets, es " +#~ "possible d'efectuar un clic mitan en tapotant simultanèament amb tres dets. " +#~ "Per que aquò fonciona, cal activar lo clic per tapotement dins los paramètres del pavat tactil." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De nombrosas aplicacions utilizan lo clic mitan coma acorchi avançat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un acorchi bien utilizat es lo pegatge del tèxte seleccionat (apelat de còps " +#~ "pegatge de la seleccion principale). Seleccionatz lo tèxte a pegar, plaçaz " +#~ "lo puntador a l'endreit desirat del pegatge e fasètz un clic mitan. Lo tèxte " +#~ "seleccionat es alara collé a la posicion de la mirga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La màger part dels navigadors Web permeton de dobrir de ligams dins de " +#~ "novèls onglets amb lo boton del mitan de la mirga. Clicatz sus n'importe " +#~ "quin ligam amb lo boton del mitan e constataretz que se dobrís dins un novèl " +#~ "onglet. Atencion çaquelà al comportament particulier del navigador " +#~ "Firefox ont un clic mitan sus autre chose qu'un ligam tente de " +#~ "dobrir lo tèxte seleccionat coma un URL, coma se aviatz utilizat lo clic " +#~ "mitan per pegar lo tèxte dins la barra d'adreça e que aviatz quichat sus " +#~ "Entrada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certanas aplicacions particularas permeton d'utilizar lo boton del mitan de " +#~ "la mirga per d'autres fonctions. Recercatz dins l'ajuda de l'aplicacion " +#~ "concernée amb les mots clic mitan o boton del mitan de la " +#~ "mirga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quichatz un còp sus ← per passar a l'onglet Pointage e clic " +#~ "de mirga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La màger part des clavièrs comportent una tòca especiala que permet " +#~ "d'efectuar un clic droit ; elle se tròba sovent prèp de la barra d'espaci. " +#~ "Remarquez toutefois qu'aquesta tòca agit a l'endreit ont lo focus del " +#~ "clavièr se tròba e non pas a la posicion del puntador de la mirga. " +#~ "Consultatz per saber cossí efectuar un " +#~ "clic dreit en quichant sus la tòca 5 o sul boton esquèrra de la " +#~ "mirga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se lo pavat tactil pren en carga les tapotements a plusieurs dets,podètz far " +#~ "un clic dreit en tapant simultanèament a dos dets. Siquenon, il es quand " +#~ "même necessari de far appel a un boton material pel clic dreit. Consultatz " +#~ " per un metòde de clic dreit sens segond " +#~ "boton de mirga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se lo pavat tactil pren en carga les tapotements a plusieurs dets, on pòt " +#~ "far un clic mitan en tapant " +#~ "simultanèament amb tres dets." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quand vous tapotez o glissez amb plusieurs dets, prenez soin d'éloigner pro " +#~ "los dets. Se son tròp proches les uns des autres, l'ordenador ne detècta pas " +#~ "totjorn qu'i a plusieurs dets." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " #~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " #~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See per mai de detalhs." +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Autorizacion o blocatge de l'accès al parafuòc" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu arriba ja équipé d'un parafuòc simple d'utilizacion " +#~ "(ufw) mas lo parafuòc es pas activat per defaut. Parce-qu'Ubuntu " +#~ "a pas de servicis rets dobèrts (sauf per una infrastructura ret basica) dins " +#~ "l'installacion per defaut, un parafuòc es pas necessari per blocar las " +#~ "connexions entrantes malicieuses." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per activar lo parafuòc, sasissètz sudo ufw enable dins un " +#~ "terminal. Per desactivar ufw, sasissètz sudo ufw disable." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " @@ -28739,6 +29845,13 @@ #~ "sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vos cal sens dobte installar Flash per visionner des sites tals coma YouTube " +#~ "que aficha des vidèos e des paginas Web interactives." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28747,6 +29860,16 @@ #~ "poder regarder des vidèos e utilizar las paginas Web interactives de certans " #~ "sites. Certans sites Web ne foncionan pas sens Flash." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se avètz de fenèstras de navigador dobèrtas, tampatz-las e reaviatz lo " +#~ "navigador. Lo navigador web deuriá detectar que Flash es installat quand lo " +#~ "dobriretz tornamai, e seretz alara en mesura de veire de sites internet " +#~ "utilizant Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Alternativas liuras de Flash" @@ -28763,6 +29886,13 @@ #~ "del Web)." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certans sites web utilizan de pichons programas Java, vos cal aver " +#~ "lo plugin Java installat per qu'ils foncionan." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28791,6 +29921,230 @@ #~ "version gratuita e libre que remplaça Silverlight e que fonciona jos Linux." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Depanatge des connexions sens " +#~ "fial, trobar vòstra ret Wifi…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se sètz ja connectat a una ret sens fial, il vous es demandat se desiratz " +#~ "vous en desconnectar. Un adaptador ret sens fial unique ne pòt se connectar " +#~ "a o crear un sol ret a l'encòp. Confirmez en clicant sus Crear un novèl " +#~ "ret sens fial." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un nom de ret (SSID) e una clau de chiframent son generats automaticament. " +#~ "Lo nom de la ret es basat sul nom de vòstre ordenador. Los autres periferics " +#~ "ont besonh de ces informacions per se connectar a la ret que venètz de crear." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per far aquò, clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú e " +#~ "desmarcatz Activar la ret sens fial. Aquò éteindra vòstra " +#~ "connexion sens fial fins a çò que vous l'activiez tornamai." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per reactivar la ret sens fial, clicatz sus menú ret dins la " +#~ "barra de menú e seleccionatz Activar la ret sens fial. Lo sens " +#~ "fial serà alara coché." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú, e clicatz " +#~ "sul nom de la ret auquel volètz vos connectar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aqueste tutorial descrit totas las opcions disponiblas per modificar una " +#~ "connexion sens fial. Per modificar una connexion, clicatz sus Menú " +#~ "ret dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Modificacion des " +#~ "connexions." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Disponible a totes los utilizaires / Connexion automatica" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Connexion automatica" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'i a plusieurs rets a connexion automatica dins lo rai de captura, " +#~ "l'ordenador se connècta al primièr de la lista de l'onglet Sans " +#~ "fil de la fenèstra Connexions ret. Il ne se desconnectara " +#~ "pas d'aqueste, quitament se un autre vient juste d'aparéisser dins son rai " +#~ "de captura." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se aquesta opcion es marcada, sol l'administrator es autorizat a modificar los paramètres " +#~ "d'aquesta ret. Il deu s'identificar amb son senhal d'administrator." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Causissètz aquesta opcion se desiratz configurar totes vòstres paramètres " +#~ "ret vos meteis, i comprés l'adreça IP que vòstre ordenador deu utilizar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sul menú ret dins la barra de menú e seleccionatz Se " +#~ "connectar a una ret sens fial invisible." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se lo tèst d'ivernacion fonciona, podètz contunhar a utilizar la comanda " +#~ "sudo pm-hibernate quand desiratz ivernar." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "Atudament/ivernacion en dejós de 10% de batariá" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certans ordenadors ont des dificultats a se metre en velha e son de còps " +#~ "incapables de restablir las aplicacions e los documents que aviatz dobèrts " +#~ "quand vous réveillé l'ordenador. Dins cas, es possible que la partida de " +#~ "vòstre trabalh pas enregistrada abans la mesa en velha siá perduda. Pr'aquò, " +#~ "pòt èsser possible de resòlvre los " +#~ "problèmas de mesa en velha." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus l'icòna tot a dreita de la barra de menú e seleccionatz " +#~ "Paramètres sistèma..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Configuracion d'una imprimenta locala" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vòstre sistèma sait reconéisser automaticament fòrça tipes d'imprimentas dès " +#~ "qu'son connectadas a vòstre ordenador. La màger part son reliées per " +#~ "l'intermediari d'un cable USB brancat a vòstre ordenador." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Avètz pas besonh de causir se desiratz installar una imprimenta ret o locala " +#~ "ara. Elles son répertoriées dins una sola fenèstra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Connectatz l'imprimenta a vòstre sistèma amb l'ajuda del cable adeqüat. Vous " +#~ "vesètz una certana activitat a l'ecran pendent que lo sistèma recèrca des " +#~ "pilòts puèi, il vous demandara segurament de vous identificar per les " +#~ "installar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Un messatge apareis quand lo sistèma a acabat l'installacion de " +#~ "l'imprimenta. Seleccionatz Imprimir una pagina de tèst per " +#~ "imprimir una pagina de tèst o Opcions per aportar de " +#~ "modificacions suplementàrias a la configuracion de l'imprimenta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vos cal vos desconnectar de la session puèi vos reconnectar per que ces " +#~ "cambiaments prennent efièch. Clicatz sus l'icòna tot en naut a dreita e " +#~ "seleccionatz Tampar la session... per vous desconnectar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vos cal vous desconnectar e reconnectar de votre session per que lo " +#~ "cambiament de lenga siá efectiu. Clicatz dins l'icòna tot en naut a dreita " +#~ "de la barra de menús e seleccionatz Tampar la session... per vous " +#~ "desconnectar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per vous desconnectar o cambiar de compte utilizaire, clicar sus l'indicador sistèma en naut a dreita de " +#~ "l'ecran e seleccionar l'opcion apropiada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per verrolhar vòstre ecran, clicatz dins lo menú sistèma dins la " +#~ "barra de menús e seleccionatz Verrolhar l'ecran." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per metre en velha manualament vòstre ordenador, clicatz dins lo menú " +#~ "sistèma dins la barra de menús e seleccionatz Metre en " +#~ "velha." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se volètz atudar completament vòstre ordenador, o lo reaviar, clicatz dins " +#~ "lo menú sistèma e seleccionatz Atudar." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28820,6 +30174,45 @@ #~ "Entrada:" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se avètz mai d'un stylet, quand lo stylet suplementari se rapproche de la " +#~ "tauleta, un téléavertisseur (« paginar ») serà afichat a costat del nom de " +#~ "periferic de l'estilt. Utilizatz lo paginar per causir quin stylet " +#~ "configurar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se utilizatz lo disc sus des ordenadors Windows o Mac OS en mai des " +#~ "ordenadors Linux, causissètz FAT. Se l'utilizatz que sus Windows, " +#~ "NTFS, es una melhora opcion. Una brève descripcion del tipe " +#~ "de sistèma de fichièrs es presemptada dins una etiqueta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se causissètz aqueste paramètre, vòstre ordenador obten son adreça IP " +#~ "automaticament d'un servidor DHCP, mas vos cal configurar manualament los " +#~ "autres detalhs (coma la causida del servidor DNS a utilizar)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Es identic a l'onglet IPv4, levat que tracta del novèl estandard " +#~ "qu'es l'IPv6. Las rets los mai modèrnas utilizan l'IPv6, mas pel moment " +#~ "l'IPv4 es encara lo mai répandu." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were " #~ "connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next " #~ "portion of the troubleshooting guide." @@ -28828,6 +30221,152 @@ #~ "clicatz sus Seguent per anar a l'etapa seguenta del guida de " #~ "depanatge." +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicatz sus Seguent e patientez pendent la recèrca de pilòts." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Relâchez la tòca Alt per seleccionar la prochaine fenèstra (mise " +#~ "en evidéncia) dins lo selector." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "far una salvament dels fichièrs importants " +#~ "que prevesètz pas d'utilizar abans un bon moment e los escafar del disc dur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quand lo tèst es acabat, los resultats apareisson sul grafic. Los punts en " +#~ "verd e las linhas de ligason indican los escandalhatges prelevats ; aqueles " +#~ "correspondon a l'axe de dreita, e afichan lo temps d'accès, traçada sus " +#~ "l'axe inferior, en percentatge que representa lo temps passat pendent lo " +#~ "tèst. La linha blava representa los tauses de lectura, mentre que la linha " +#~ "roja representa los tauses d'escritura ; son indicadas coma taus d'accès als " +#~ "donadas sus l'axe de esquèrra, traçadas en foncion del percentatge del disc " +#~ "percorruda, de l'exterior cap al centre, lo long de l'axe inferior." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se coneissètz lo nom del dorsièr que conten los fichièrs que recercatz, " +#~ "anatz a aqueste dorsièr." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lo pavat numeric es un grop de tòcas numericas sul clavièr, plaçats en " +#~ "general dins una disposicion rectangulara. Se vòstre clavièr compòrta pas de " +#~ "pavat numeric (coma per exemple amb un clavièr d'ordenador portable), serà " +#~ "alara necessari de combinar d'autras tòcas del clavièr amb la tòca Foncion " +#~ "(Fn) per simular lo pavat numeric. Se utilizatz sovent aquesta " +#~ "foncionalitat sus un ordenador portable, pòt èsser desirabla d'aquerir un " +#~ "pavat numeric USB extèrne." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De nombrosas mirga e certans pavats tactils possedisson un boton central. " +#~ "Sus una mirga dotada d'una rodeta, se pòt generalament quichar dirèctament " +#~ "la rodeta per efectuar un clic central. Se avètz pas de boton central de " +#~ "mirga, podètz quichar simultanèament los botons esquèrra e dreit de vòstra " +#~ "mirga, per efectuar un clic mitan. Se podètz pas far de clic central " +#~ "d'aquesta faiçon, podètz ensajar de seguir aquestas " +#~ "instruccions." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Marcatz aquesta casa se desiratz que totes los utilizaires d'aqueste " +#~ "ordenador pòscan aver accès a aquesta ret. Se la ret es protegida per senhal WEP/WPA e qu'avètz marcat aquesta " +#~ "opcion, vos caldrà sasir aqueste senhal sonque un còp. Los autres " +#~ "utilizaires s'i poiràn connectar sens conéisser aqueste senhal." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz far de vòstre ordenador un punt d'accès sens fial. Aquò permet a " +#~ "d'autres periferics de se connectar a vos sens crear una ret separada, e vos " +#~ "autoriza a partejar una connexion internet foncionala amb una autra " +#~ "interfàcia, coma una ret filara o una ret cellulara." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se causissètz Ad-hoc, anatz veire doas autras opcions, " +#~ "Benda e Canal. Determinan sus quina frequéncia la ret " +#~ "sens fial ad-hoc va foncionar. Certans ordenadors pòdon pas trabalhar que " +#~ "sus certanas bendas passantas (per exemple solament sus A o sus " +#~ "B/G, de tala sòrta que vos cal causir una frequéncia que totes " +#~ "los ordenadors de la ret ad-hoc pòdon utilizar. Dins d'endreits fòrça " +#~ "frequentats, i pòt aver mantuna ret sens fial que partejan lo meteis canal ; " +#~ "aquò pòt alentir vòstra connexion e vos menar a cambiar de canal." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certans tipes de chiframents son mai poderoses que d'autres, mas es possible " +#~ "que sián pas suportats per d'equipaments sens fial ancians. Normalament, vos " +#~ "cal sasir un senhal per vos connectar ; de tipes de seguretats mai " +#~ "sofisticats pòdon tanben demandar un nom d'utilizaire e un « certificat » " +#~ "numeric. Consultatz per mai " +#~ "d'explicacions suls tipes los maicorrents de chiframent." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquesta opcion desactiva la ret e vos evita de vos i connectar. Notatz que " +#~ "IPv4 e IPv6 son consideradas coma de connexions " +#~ "separadas, quitament se son presas en carga per la meteissa carta ret. Se " +#~ "n'i a una d'activada, poiriatz desactivar l'autra." + #~ msgid "" #~ "This will display information about your network hardware and connection " #~ "status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section " @@ -28843,3 +30382,38 @@ #~ "Estat : connectat dins la seccion per vòstre adaptador sens " #~ "fial, aquò significa que fonciona e qu'es connectat a vòstre rotador sens " #~ "fial." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz modificar çò que se passa quand lo nivèl de la batariá ven tròp bas. " +#~ "D'en tot primièr, clicatz sul menú batariá dins la barra de " +#~ "menú e seleccionatz Paramètres d'alimentacion. A la linha " +#~ "'Quand la resèrva d'energia es a un nivèl critic', podètz causir " +#~ "de metre en velha, d'ivernar o " +#~ "d'atudar vòstre ordenador. Se causissètz de l'atudar, vòstras aplicacions e " +#~ "documents seràn pas enregistrats a l'atudament." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se mantun pilòt son disponibles per vòstre ordenador, vos serà demandat de " +#~ "causir un pilòt. Per utilizar lo pilòt recomandat, clicatz juste sus Seguent " +#~ "al moment de la causida de la marca e del modèl." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podètz tanben vos desplaçar demest las icònas de las aplicacions dins lo " +#~ "selector de fenèstra amb las tòcas → o ← o en clicant " +#~ "amb l'ajuda de la mirga sus una fenèstra per la seleccionar." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/pl/pl.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/pl/pl.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/pl/pl.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/pl/pl.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-21 14:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Krzysztof Tataradziński \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -321,61 +321,144 @@ "możesz nacisnąć dany klawisz kilka razy zamiast jeden raz, zalecane jest " "włączenie odrzucenia powtarzania klawiszy)." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Kliknij ikonę po prawej stronie paska menu i wybierz " -"Ustawienia systemu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Otwórz Dostęp uniwersalny i wybierz zakładkę Pisanie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Włącz Odskakujące klawisze." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -438,15 +521,15 @@ "użytkownika." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Otwórz Dostęp uniwersalny i wybierz zakładkę Widzenie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -479,18 +562,9 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -499,12 +573,12 @@ "kliknięcia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -514,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -525,7 +599,7 @@ "kliknięty." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -534,7 +608,7 @@ "kliknięciem." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -542,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -568,12 +642,12 @@ "czcionki." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -697,7 +771,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -730,12 +804,12 @@ "wskazujące ma tylko jeden przycisk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Włącz symulowanie drugiego kliknięcia ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -744,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -753,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -761,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -769,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -823,17 +897,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -842,14 +916,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -892,17 +966,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -911,14 +985,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -929,13 +1003,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -978,14 +1052,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Otwórz Dostęp uniwersalny i wybierz kartę Słyszenie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1014,7 +1088,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1028,10 +1102,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1085,12 +1159,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1101,7 +1176,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1110,15 +1185,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1274,7 +1350,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1288,46 +1364,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1335,7 +1410,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1661,6 +1736,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1751,118 +1895,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalacja dodatkowego oprogramowania" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"W celu zainstalowania dodatkowego oprogramowania, wykonaj następujące " -"czynności:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Połącz się z Internetem używając bezprzewodowego lub połączenia przewodowego." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "Wybierz interesujący Cię program i kliknij Zainstaluj." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Instalacja zazwyczaj kończy się szybko, ale może trochę potrwać, jeśli masz " -"wolne połączenie internetowe." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Dodawaj PPA, aby mieć programy specjalne lub pomagać w testach " -"przedwydaniowych." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Dodaj osobiste archiwum pakietów (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Osobiste archiwa pakietów (PPA) to repozytoria oprogramowania dla " -"użytkowników Ubuntu, łatwiejsze w instalacji od repozytoriów obcych." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Dodawaj repozytoria oprogramowania tylko z zaufanych źródeł!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1871,12 +2013,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Zainstaluj PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1884,32 +2026,33 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Przejdź do karty Inne oprogramowanie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Kliknij Dodaj i wpisz położenie ppa:." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "Kliknij Dodaj źródło. Podaj swoje hasło w oknie uwierzytelnienia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1917,51 +2060,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Usuń nieużywane oprogramowanie." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Usuń program" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Wybierz program i kliknij Usuń." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Możesz być poproszony o podanie hasła. Po podaniu go program zostanie " -"usunięty." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1972,16 +2150,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Dodaj inne repozytoria, aby poszerzyć źródła oprogramowania Ubuntu używane " -"dla instalacji i aktualizacji." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Dodawanie innych repozytoriów oprogramowania" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -1995,13 +2171,13 @@ "repozytoriów Ubuntu. Aby zainstalować oprogramowanie z innego repozytorium, " "należy dodać je do listy dostępnych repozytoriów." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalacja innych repozytoriów" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2010,7 +2186,7 @@ "Inne oprogramowanie ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2020,7 +2196,7 @@ "podobnie do:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2028,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2036,12 +2212,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktywacja repozytorium Partnerów Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2051,7 +2227,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2061,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2069,22 +2245,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2632,8 +2808,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Karta pamięci USB (mała pojemność)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3241,7 +3417,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3482,7 +3658,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3490,7 +3666,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -5018,59 +5194,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5265,90 +5424,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Aby sprawdzić szybkość twojego dysku trwadego:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5357,109 +5535,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5498,65 +5634,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5565,106 +5690,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5676,7 +5808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5687,28 +5819,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5716,19 +5840,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5739,13 +5863,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5775,18 +5899,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5794,7 +5918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5803,7 +5927,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5830,15 +5954,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5854,7 +5984,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5862,7 +5992,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5870,7 +6000,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5878,7 +6008,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5907,7 +6037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5916,19 +6046,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5938,7 +6068,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5967,13 +6097,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5988,7 +6119,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6023,7 +6154,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6055,17 +6186,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6088,12 +6219,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6348,7 +6478,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6578,12 +6707,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6591,7 +6720,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6599,7 +6728,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6609,7 +6738,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6619,7 +6748,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6627,17 +6756,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6646,12 +6775,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6660,24 +6789,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6686,7 +6815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6694,24 +6823,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6719,12 +6848,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6733,7 +6862,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6750,10 +6879,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6773,14 +6902,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6790,24 +6934,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7347,10 +7499,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7825,131 +7976,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Inne programy wyszukiwania" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Możesz otwierać, kopiować, usuwać, lub w inny sposób pracować z plikami z " -"wyników wyszukiwania, tak jak z dowolnego katalogu w menedżerze plików." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Zapisz wyszukiwanie" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Rozpocznij wyszukiwanie jak wyżej." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8731,7 +8856,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8747,22 +8872,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8773,7 +8898,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8782,46 +8907,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8833,15 +8958,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8866,12 +9001,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8880,26 +9015,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8909,19 +9044,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8929,7 +9064,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8937,50 +9072,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9349,14 +9484,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9379,12 +9514,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9392,24 +9527,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9417,7 +9552,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9426,14 +9561,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9442,7 +9577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9553,10 +9688,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9591,17 +9727,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9628,26 +9765,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9656,7 +9786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9664,12 +9794,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Rozdzielczość" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9680,7 +9810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9882,7 +10012,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9892,8 +10022,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9917,7 +10047,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9938,11 +10068,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9950,31 +10080,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9996,13 +10128,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -10017,8 +10148,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -10040,85 +10171,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -10126,7 +10465,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10322,14 +10661,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10338,8 +10677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10357,74 +10695,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10435,32 +10769,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Przewijanie dwoma palcami może nie działać na wszystkich panelach dotykowych." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10864,8 +11198,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Dodawaj, usuwaj i zmieniaj nazwy zakładek w menedżerze plików." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -10874,70 +11208,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Dodaj zakładkę:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Otwórz katalog (lub położenie), który chcesz dodać do zakładek." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Usuwanie zakładki:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11423,7 +11758,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11583,7 +11918,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11715,80 +12050,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Wyświetla typ MIME tego elementu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Ścieżka do położenia pliku." @@ -12052,12 +12387,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12070,7 +12404,7 @@ msgstr "Zespół dokumentacji Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12326,22 +12660,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12372,7 +12706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12462,7 +12796,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12470,30 +12804,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12502,29 +12836,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12538,7 +12873,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12552,14 +12887,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12569,19 +12904,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Korzystaj z ufw bez terminala" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12589,7 +12924,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12817,83 +13152,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Zainstaluj wtyczkę Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Jak zainstalować Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -13126,6 +13511,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Kliknij Dodaj." @@ -13322,7 +13708,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13365,20 +13751,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13386,13 +13772,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13400,19 +13786,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13848,10 +14234,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13875,50 +14261,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13927,25 +14314,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13977,8 +14363,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -14145,25 +14531,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Edycja połączenia bezprzewodowego" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14171,40 +14557,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Dostępne dla wszystkich użytkowników / Połącz automatycznie" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Połącz automatycznie" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Dostępne dla wszystkich użytkowników" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -14213,25 +14599,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14240,12 +14626,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Tryb" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14256,41 +14642,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Adres MAC urządzenia" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14299,34 +14685,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "Ta opcja może być użyta do zmiany adresu MAC karty sieciowej." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Sklonowany adres MAC" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14337,44 +14723,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14382,17 +14769,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Dostępne są następujące metody:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14402,32 +14789,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14438,30 +14825,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14524,21 +14921,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14549,12 +14944,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14563,14 +14965,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14737,7 +15139,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14745,12 +15147,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14758,7 +15160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15775,12 +16177,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15901,7 +16303,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15945,7 +16347,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -16031,39 +16433,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -16096,31 +16476,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16402,7 +16775,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16535,7 +16908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16543,21 +16916,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16565,7 +16938,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16573,8 +16946,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16627,7 +17000,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Konfigurowanie drukarki" @@ -16644,7 +17019,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16748,7 +17124,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -17165,7 +17540,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -17200,92 +17575,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Konfigurowanie drukarki podłączonej do komputera." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Konfigurowanie lokalnej drukarki" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 +msgid "" +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 +msgid "" +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "Upewnij się, że drukarka jest włączona." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 -msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17433,31 +17852,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17466,7 +17885,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17560,14 +18065,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17575,15 +18080,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17592,12 +18098,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17605,19 +18111,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17642,27 +18148,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17673,12 +18180,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17686,7 +18193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17718,17 +18225,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17933,28 +18440,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17999,20 +18506,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Zablokowanie ekranu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18022,27 +18529,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18052,26 +18564,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18605,36 +19120,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18642,17 +19157,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18661,14 +19176,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18714,55 +19229,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18770,8 +19282,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18779,7 +19296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18946,19 +19463,19 @@ msgstr "Włączenie obszarów roboczych" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18967,26 +19484,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19630,7 +20147,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19638,17 +20155,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa znaków" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19656,7 +20173,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19779,12 +20304,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20458,37 +20983,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20515,19 +21032,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Kliknij Wygląd." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20617,38 +21134,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20777,32 +21294,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20810,8 +21327,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20820,7 +21351,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20828,14 +21359,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20847,7 +21378,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20855,28 +21386,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20887,7 +21418,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20895,14 +21426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20913,21 +21444,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20938,7 +21469,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20946,14 +21477,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20961,58 +21492,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Zegar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -21109,37 +21614,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22462,7 +22941,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22470,7 +22949,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22480,18 +22959,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22541,6 +23020,24 @@ "dla klawisza Super, odwiedź stronę skróty klawiszowe." +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "W celu zainstalowania dodatkowego oprogramowania, wykonaj następujące " +#~ "czynności:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalacja zazwyczaj kończy się szybko, ale może trochę potrwać, jeśli masz " +#~ "wolne połączenie internetowe." + +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Usuń nieużywane oprogramowanie." + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalacja innych repozytoriów" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese nie jest domyślnie zainstalowane w Ubuntu. Aby zainstalować Cheese:" @@ -22561,13 +23058,46 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Musisz zainstalować Cheese, aby móc zapoznać się z jego instrukcją używania." +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Zapisz wyszukiwanie" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Rozpocznij wyszukiwanie jak wyżej." + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wyłącz panel dotykowy podczas pisania, aby zapobiec przypadkowemu kliknięciu." +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Dodawaj, usuwaj i zmieniaj nazwy zakładek w menedżerze plików." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Usuwanie zakładki:" + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Jak zainstalować Flash" + #~ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in" #~ msgstr "Zainstaluj wtyczkę Silverlight" +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Dostępne dla wszystkich użytkowników / Połącz automatycznie" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Połącz automatycznie" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Dostępne dla wszystkich użytkowników" + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Adres MAC urządzenia" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurowanie drukarki podłączonej do komputera." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurowanie lokalnej drukarki" + #~ msgid "Disable the scrollbars" #~ msgstr "Wyłącz paski przewijania" @@ -22598,6 +23128,23 @@ #~ "You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:" #~ msgstr "Możesz wyłączyć nowe paski przewijania, jeśli wolisz te tradycyjne:" +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Edycja połączenia bezprzewodowego" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Możesz otwierać, kopiować, usuwać, lub w inny sposób pracować z plikami z " +#~ "wyników wyszukiwania, tak jak z dowolnego katalogu w menedżerze plików." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknij ikonę po prawej stronie paska menu i wybierz " +#~ "Ustawienia systemu." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software " #~ "Center window." @@ -22620,6 +23167,9 @@ #~ "oprogramowania. Odczekaj chwilę, aby Centrum oprogramowania Ubuntu pobrało " #~ "informacje o repozytorium." +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Dodawanie innych repozytoriów oprogramowania" + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -22628,6 +23178,26 @@ #~ "Zainstalowane." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodaj inne repozytoria, aby poszerzyć źródła oprogramowania Ubuntu używane " +#~ "dla instalacji i aktualizacji." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Osobiste archiwa pakietów (PPA) to repozytoria oprogramowania dla " +#~ "użytkowników Ubuntu, łatwiejsze w instalacji od repozytoriów obcych." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodawaj PPA, aby mieć programy specjalne lub pomagać w testach " +#~ "przedwydaniowych." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -22636,6 +23206,18 @@ #~ "oprogramowania." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Połącz się z Internetem używając bezprzewodowego lub połączenia przewodowego." + +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalacja dodatkowego oprogramowania" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." #~ msgstr "" @@ -22643,6 +23225,18 @@ #~ "wpisz nazwę programu, jeśli ją znasz." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "Wybierz interesujący Cię program i kliknij Zainstaluj." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Możesz być poproszony o podanie hasła. Po podaniu go program zostanie " +#~ "usunięty." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" @@ -22656,12 +23250,18 @@ #~ "Kliknij Dodaj źródło i zamknij okno źródeł oprogramowania. " #~ "Centrum oprogramowania Ubuntu zaktualizuje swoje repozytoria." +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Kliknij Dodaj i wpisz położenie ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Użyj Centrum oprogramowania Ubuntu w celu dodawania programów i spraw, aby " #~ "Ubuntu było jeszcze bardziej użyteczne." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Karta pamięci USB (mała pojemność)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." @@ -22681,3 +23281,6 @@ #~ "można w Centrum oprogramowania Ubuntu. Interfejs Synaptic jest " #~ "bardziej skomplikowany, nie można nim przyznawać ocen i opinii, i nie jest " #~ "zalecany do stosowania przez nowych użytkowników Ubuntu." + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Aby sprawdzić szybkość twojego dysku trwadego:" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/pt/pt.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/pt/pt.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/pt/pt.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/pt/pt.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,26 +7,25 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:22+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivo Xavier \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-09 13:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alfredo Silva \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" -msgstr "" -"Atribuição Creative Commons-Compartilhamento pela mesma licença 3.0 Unported" +msgstr "Creative Commons-ShareAlike - Licença 3.0 Não Adaptada" #. (itstool) path: license/p #: C/legal.xml:3 msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>." -msgstr "Esta obra está licenciada sob <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "Este trabalho está licenciado sob <_:link-1/>." #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" @@ -34,8 +33,9 @@ msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alberto Almeida https://launchpad.net/~albertocalmeida\n" -" Alberto de Castro https://launchpad.net/~albertdecastro\n" +" Alberto Castro https://launchpad.net/~albertdecastro\n" " Alexandre Fidalgo https://launchpad.net/~alexandremagnos15\n" +" Alfredo Silva https://launchpad.net/~alfredo-silva\n" " AlmaMater https://launchpad.net/~almamater\n" " Bruno Guerreiro https://launchpad.net/~bruno-jng\n" " Bruno Ramalhete https://launchpad.net/~bram-512\n" @@ -54,10 +54,8 @@ " Nuno Abreu https://launchpad.net/~oservodaignorancia\n" " Nuno Rodrigues https://launchpad.net/~atchim73\n" " Pedro Castro e Silva https://launchpad.net/~pedrocs\n" -" Pedro Flores https://launchpad.net/~pedro-flores-16-deactivatedaccount\n" " Pedro Silva https://launchpad.net/~skaixa\n" " Rafael Neri https://launchpad.net/~rafepel\n" -" Rui Moreira https://launchpad.net/~rui-f-moreira\n" " Tiago Carrondo https://launchpad.net/~tcarrondo\n" " Ygor Rocha https://launchpad.net/~ygorreis\n" " rita morais dias https://launchpad.net/~rtdias716\n" @@ -87,7 +85,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -145,13 +143,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -262,13 +260,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -339,61 +337,144 @@ "pressione uma tecla várias vezes quando só pretendia pressioná-la uma vez, " "deverá ligar a característica salto de teclas." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Clique no ícone à direita na barra de menus e selecione " -"Definições do sistema" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" -"Abra Acesso universal e selecione o separador Escrever" +"Abra Acesso Universal e selecione o separador Escrever" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Ativar Teclas Sonoras." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -464,15 +545,15 @@ "utilizador serão alteradas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Abrir Acesso Universal e selecionar o seprador Vendo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Mudar Alto Contraste para ON ." @@ -514,20 +595,9 @@ "controle, soltar o rato, e depois esperar um tempo até o botão ser clicado " "por si." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clique no seu nome na barra de menu e selecione Definições do " -"sistema." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -536,12 +606,12 @@ "tab." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Ligar Clique Hover." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -557,7 +627,7 @@ "direito do rato, ou arrasto, retornará automaticamente ao clicar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -568,7 +638,7 @@ "botão será clicado." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -577,7 +647,7 @@ "tempo necessária com o ponteiro do rato imóvel, antes de clicar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -589,7 +659,7 @@ "acontecerá." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -617,12 +687,12 @@ "fonte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Mudar Texto Grande para ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -759,7 +829,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -794,12 +864,12 @@ "mão, ou se o seu touchpad possuir apenas um único botão." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Mudar Clique Secundário Simulado ligar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -812,7 +882,7 @@ "clique secundário." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -825,7 +895,7 @@ "ficar completamente azul, solte para simular o clique-direito." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -836,7 +906,7 @@ "feedback da mudança de cor do ponteiro." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -847,7 +917,7 @@ "5 do seu teclado." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -916,17 +986,17 @@ "primeiro à primeira." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Alterar Teclas Lentas on." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Troca rápida de teclas lentas on e off" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -940,7 +1010,7 @@ "teclas lentas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -949,7 +1019,7 @@ "necessário que necessita pressionar uma tecla para que seja aceite." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -1001,17 +1071,17 @@ "teclas pressionadas ao mesmo tempo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Alterar Teclas de Aderência on." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Troca rápida de teclas de aderência on para off" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1024,7 +1094,7 @@ "Shift por 5 vezes para ativar ou desativar as teclas de aderência." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1033,7 +1103,7 @@ "temporariamente para permitir que efetuar atalho de teclas de forma normal." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1050,7 +1120,7 @@ "(por exemplo, teclas que estejam próximas), mas não as que estão distantes." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1058,7 +1128,7 @@ " para permitir isto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1111,14 +1181,14 @@ "Alerta\"/> para aprender a retirar o som de alerta)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Abrir Acesso Universal e selecione o separador Audição." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1149,7 +1219,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1163,10 +1233,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1220,12 +1290,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1236,7 +1307,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1245,15 +1316,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1433,13 +1505,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Adicionar uma conta vai ajudar a ligar todas as suas contas on-line com o " -"seu desktop Ubuntu. Assim, o seu e-mail, chat, e outras aplicações " -"relacionadas serão definidas para si." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1450,78 +1519,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Selecione um Tipo de Conta do painel de navegação do lado " -"direito." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 +msgid "" +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Se desejar configurar mais contas, pode faze-lo repetindo este processo mais " -"tarde." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Uma pequena interface de utilizador web ira abrir onde poderá inserir as " -"suas credenciais das conta on-line. Por exemplo, se estiver a configurar uma " -"conta do Google, digite seu nome de utilizador do Google, senha e faça " -"iniciar sessão." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"Se inseriu corretamente as suas credenciais, será-lhe solicitado que aceite " -"os termos. Selecione Aceitar para continuar. Uma vez aceite, o " -"Ubuntu precisa de permissão para aceder à sua conta. Para permitir o acesso, " -"clique no botão Conceder Acesso. Quando solicitado, digite a " -"senha de utilizador atual." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Agora pode selecionar os aplicativos que deseja ligados à sua conta online. " -"Por exemplo, se quiser usar uma conta online para chat, mas não quer o " -"calendário, selecione a opção off no calendário." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Depois de adicionar as contas, cada aplicativo que selecionou irá " -"automaticamente usar essas credenciais quando entrar nas suas contas." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Por razões de segurança, o Ubuntu não vai armazenar as suas senhas no seu " -"computador. Em vez disso, serão armazenadas num token que é fornecido pelo " -"serviço online. Se quiser revogar totalmente a ligação entre o computador e " -"o serviço on-line, remover." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1903,6 +1949,75 @@ "que adicionou estarão pronto para si." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2008,48 +2123,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Use Ubuntu Software para adicionar programas e tornar o Ubuntu " -"mais prático." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalar software adicional" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"A equipa de desenvolvimento do Ubuntu escolheu um conjunto de aplicações que " -"pensa que torna o Ubuntu muito útil para a maioria das tarefas do dia-a-dia. " -"No entanto, certamente vai querer instalar mais software para tornar o " -"Ubuntu mais útil para si." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Para instalar software adicional, complete os seguintes passos:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Conectar-se à Internet usando uma sem " -"fio ou Ligação com fio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2058,7 +2180,7 @@ "por Software na barra de pesquisa do Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2067,73 +2189,55 @@ "selecione uma categoria e encontre uma aplicação a partir da lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione a aplicação que está interessado e clique Instalar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Será solicitado que digitar a sua palavra-passe. Depois de o ter feito a " -"instalação começará." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"A instalação geralmente termina rapidamente, mas pode demorar um pouco mais " -"se tiver uma ligação à Internet lenta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Um atalho do seu novo aplicativo será adicionado ao Launcher. Para desativar " -"este recurso, desmarque Ver Novas Aplicações no " -"Launcher." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Adicionar PPAs para ajudar a testar pré-lançamentos ou softwares especiais." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Adicionar Arquivo Pacote Pessoal (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Aquivos Pacote Pessoais(APPs) são repositórios de software " -"projetados para os utilizadores do Ubuntu e que são mais fáceis de instalar " -"do que restantes repositórios de terceiros." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" "Adicionar somente repositórios de software a partir de fontes de confiaça!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2145,12 +2249,12 @@ "que são prejudiciais para o seu computador." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instalar um PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2161,8 +2265,8 @@ "semelhante a: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-próximo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2171,18 +2275,18 @@ "&Updates" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Mude para o separador Outro Software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Clique Adicionar e digite a localização ppa:." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2190,7 +2294,7 @@ "autenticação." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2200,25 +2304,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Remover software que já não usa." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Remover uma aplicação" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"O Ubuntu Software ajuda você a remover softwares que você não usa " -"mais." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2227,7 +2355,7 @@ "installed." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2236,21 +2364,30 @@ "procurar através da lista de aplicativos instalados." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Seleccione o aplicativo e clique em Remover." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Poderá ser-lhe solicitado que digite a sua palavra-passe. Depois de o ter " -"feito, o aplicativo será removido." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2265,16 +2402,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Adicione outros repositórios para expandir as fontes utilizadas pelo " -"software do Ubuntu para instalações e atualizações." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Adicionar repositório adicional de software" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2289,13 +2424,13 @@ "software a partir de um repositório de terceiros, deverá adicionar esse " "repositório à lista de repositórios disponíveis do Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalar outros repositórios" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2304,7 +2439,7 @@ "para o separador Outro Software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2313,7 +2448,7 @@ "deve estar disponível no site do repositório, e deve ser semelhante a:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2324,20 +2459,24 @@ "fontes de software por novas atualizações." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"A maioria dos repositórios fornece uma chave de assinatura para poder " +"verificar pacotes transferidos. Assim, além das etapas acima, você deve " +"seguir possíveis instruções sobre como transferir e instalar a chave de " +"assinatura (chave GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" -msgstr "Ative o repositório do Parceiro Canonical" +msgstr "Ative o repositório de Parceiros da Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2347,7 +2486,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2355,9 +2494,14 @@ "checked then close the Software & Updates window. If you " "don't see it, click Add and enter:" msgstr "" +"Para ativar o repositório, siga os passos acima para abrir o separador " +"Outro Software em Software e Atualizações. Se vir o " +"repositório Parceiros da Canonical na lista, certifique-se que " +"está marcado e depois feche a janela Software e Atualizações. Se " +"não o vir, clique em Adicionar e insira:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2368,26 +2512,23 @@ "transfire a informação do repositório." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Adicionar/Remover Programas" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Instalar, remover, repositórios " -"extra…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Adicionar & remover programas" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -3002,8 +3143,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Pen USB (baixa capacidade)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3679,7 +3820,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3982,26 +4123,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Efetuado o download e a impressão de um arquivo de referência a partir de " -"uma empresa de cores" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Utilizando uma empresa de cores para gerar um perfil de impressora é " -"geralmente a opção mais barata se apenas tiver um ou dois tipos de papeis " -"diferentes. Ao fazer o download da tabela de referência a partir do site da " -"empresa pode de seguida enviar de volta a impressão num envelope almofadado, " -"onde a empresa de cor irá fazer um scan do papel e gerar um perfil, que lhe " -"será enviado de volta por email um perfil ICC preciso." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5670,9 +5803,7 @@ #: C/contacts-search.page:39 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact." -msgstr "" -"Nas atividades na vista geral, inicie por escrever o nome do " -"contacto." +msgstr "No resumo de Atividades, digite o nome do contacto." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:43 @@ -5705,7 +5836,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:61 msgid "Start typing the name of the contact." -msgstr "Comece a escrever o nome do contacto." +msgstr "Digite o nome do contacto." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-setup.page:11 @@ -5854,6 +5985,8 @@ "Alternatively, you may also type gnome-calendar in the " "Terminal application." msgstr "" +"Em alternativa, também pode digitar gnome-calendar na " +"aplicação Terminal." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-more-info.page:7 @@ -5909,20 +6042,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Se mais tarde mudar de ideias, pode obter novamente o relógio, clicando no " -"ícone no extremo direito da barra de menu e selecionar Configurações do " -"Sistema . Na secção do Sistema, clique em Hora & Data." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Alterar o formato de data" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5931,44 +6063,23 @@ "preferido para a sua localização." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clique no ícone o mais à direito da barra de menu e selecione " -"Configurações do Sistema ." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Na secção pessoal, clique em Suporte ao Idioma ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Alterar para o Formato Regional ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Selecione a sua localização preferencial na lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6200,74 +6311,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Execute testes de referência ao seu disco rígido para vericar o quanto " -"rápido é." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Teste o desempenho do seu disco rígido" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Para testar a velocidade do seu disco rígido" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Abra a aplicação de Discos a partir do Painel." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" -"Abra a app de Discos a partir da vista geral de atividades." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Escolha o disco rígido a partir da lista de Unidades de Disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Clique no botão de rodagem e selecione Teste de Referência da " -"Unidade" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Clique em Começar o teste de referência e ajuste de Taxa de " -"Transferência e Tempo de Acesso e parâmetros se desejar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Clique emComeçar o teste de referência para testar a velocidade " -"de leitura de dados do disco rigido. privilégios Administrativos talvez sejam pedidos. Insira a " -"sua senha, ou a senha para o administrador de contas pedido." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6277,44 +6402,22 @@ "vai demorar até ficar completo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Quando o teste estiver finalizado, os resultados vão aparecer no gráfico. Os " -"pontos e as linhas verdes indicam os exemplos escolhidos; este corresponde " -"ao eixo direito, mostrando o tempo de acesso, em função do eixo de baixo, " -"representando o tempo decorrido durante o benchmark. A linha azul representa " -"as taxas de leitura, enquanto que a linha vermelha representa as taxas de " -"escrita; estas são mostradas como as taxas de dados de acesso no eixo da " -"esquerda, representada graficamente em função da percentagem do disco " -"percorrida, a partir do exterior para o eixo, ao longo do eixo inferior." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Abaixo do gráfico, os valores são exibidos para mínimo, máximo e médio de " -"leitura e gravação de câmbio, o tempo médio de acesso e do tempo decorrido " -"desde o último teste de benchmark." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Utilize o Analisador de Utilização de Disco ou o Monitor de " -"Sistema para verificar o espaço e capacidade." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6322,138 +6425,68 @@ msgstr "verifique a quantidade de disco disponível" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Você pode verificar quanto espaço em disco lhe resta com o Analisador " -"de Utilização de Disco ou o Monitor de Sistema." -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Verifique com o Disk Usage Analyzer" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Para verificar o espaço disponível do disco e a capacidade use Disk " -"Usage Analyzer:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Abra a aplicação Analisador Utilização do Disco a partir do " -"Dash. A janela irá apresentar a capacidade total do " -"sistema e O uso total do sistema de arquivos ." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Abra a app de Discos através do Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Abrir a aplicação Discos da visão geral Atividades. A " -"janela mostrará a Capacidade total do sistema de ficheiros e a " -"Utilização total do sistema de ficheiros." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Clicar um dos botões da barra de ferramentas para escolher Scanar a " -"pasta Home, Scanar o sistema de ficheiros, ou Scanar " -"uma pasta remota." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"A informação é mostrada de acordo com a Pasta, " -"Utilização, Tamanho e Conteúdos. Ver mais " -"detalhes em Analisador de Utilização do " -"Disco." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Verificar com o Monitor de Sistema" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "E se o disco está muito cheio?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Para verificar o espaço livre em disco e a capacidade do disco com o " -"Monitor de Sistema" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Abrir a app Monitor de Sistema a partir do Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Abrir a app Monitor de Sistema a partir da visão geral das " -"Atividades." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Escolher a guia Sistemas de ficheiros para ver as partições do " -"sistema e a utilização de espaço em disco. A informação é mostrada de acordo " -"com o espaço Total, Livre, Disponível e " -"Usado." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "E se o disco está muito cheio?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Se o disco está muito cheio deve:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Eliminar ficheiros que não são importantes ou que não use mais." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Fazer cópias de segurança dos ficheiros " -"importantes que não vai precisar por algum tempo e apaga-los do disco rígido." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6501,78 +6534,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Verifique a saúde dos seus discos utilizando a aplicação de discos" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Abra a app de Discos através do Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." +"From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " +"want to check." msgstr "" -"Abrir a app Discos a partir da vista geral de " -"Atividades." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 -msgid "" -"From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " -"want to check." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "E se o disco não estiver saudável?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Ainda que o Status do SMART indique que o disco não " -"esteja saudável, pode não ser motivo para se alarmar. Entretanto, é " -"melhor estar preparado com uma cópia de " -"segurança para evitar perda de dados." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Se o estado disser \"Pre-fail\", o disco ainda continua razoavelmente de " -"saúde mas sinais de degradação foram detectados, querendo dizer que poderá " -"falhar no futuro primo. Se o seu disco rígido (ou computador) tem alguns " -"anos, poderá ter a hipótese de ver esta mensagem pelo menos em algumas das " -"verificações de saúde. Deve fazer o backup dos " -"seus ficheiros importante regularmente e verificar o estado do disco " -"periodicamente para ver se ele fica pior." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6583,135 +6592,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Remova todos os ficheiros e pastas de um disco rígido externo ou um disco " -"USB flash com formatação." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Limpar tudo de um disco removível" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Se tiver discos amovíveis, como um disco externo uma pen usb, poderá querer " -"remover todos os seus ficheiros e pastas. Poderá fazer isso " -"formatando o disco. Esta opção apagará todo o conteúdo do disco " -"deixando-o vazio." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatar disco removível" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Selecionar da lista de Dispositivos de Armazenamento o disco que " -"deseja limpar." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Tenha a certeza que selecionou o disco correto! Se escolher o disco errado, " -"todos os ficheiro nesse outro disco serão eliminados!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Na secção Volumes, clique em Desmontar Volume. Em seguida, clique " -"em Formatar Volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Na janela que irá aparecer, escolha um sistema de arquivos Tipo " -"para o disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Se costuma usar o disco em computadores Windows ou Mac, para além de " -"computadores Linux, escolha a opção FAT. Se apenas usar em " -"Windows, NTFS poderá ser a melhor opção. Uma breve descrição do " -"tipo de sistema de ficheiros será apresentada na etiqueta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Dê um nome ao disco e clique em Formatar para começar a apagar o " -"disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Quando a formatação terminar, remova com segurança o disco. Deve " -"estar em branco e pronto para utilizar novamente." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatar um disco não remove com segurança os seus ficheiros" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"A formatação de um disco não é uma forma totalmente segura de limpar todos " -"os seus dados. Um disco formatado pode, parecer não ter ficheiros, mas é " -"possível com um software especial de recuperação, recuperar os ficheiros. Se " -"precisa de apagar com segurança os ficheiros, precisará utilizar um " -"utilitário de linha de comandos, como shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Entender o que são volumes e partições e, usar a ferramenta de disco para " -"geri-los." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Gerir volumes e partições" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6731,7 +6718,7 @@ "possivelmente gravar) ficheiros nele." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6749,60 +6736,40 @@ "unidades." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Ver e gerir volumes e partições usando o utilitário de disco" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Pode verificar e modificar os seus volumes de armazenamento do computador " -"com o utilitários de disco." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Abra o Dash e inicie a aplicação Utilitário de Disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"No painel designado Dispositivos de armazenamento, encontrará " -"discos duros, unidades de CD/DVD e outraos dispositivos físicos. Clique no " -"dispositivo que quer inspecionar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"No painel da direita, a área rotulada como Volumes fornece um " -"detalhamento visual dos volumes e partições presentes no dispositivo " -"selecionado. Ela também contém uma variedades de ferramentas usadas para " -"gerenciar esses volumes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Tenha cuidado: é possivel apagar completamente os dados no seu disco com " -"estes utilitários." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6820,19 +6787,14 @@ "questões de segurança ou de conveniência." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Uma partição primária deve conter informação que o seu computador usa para " -"iniciar, ou boot. Por esta razão, é às vezes chamado uma partição " -"de arranque, ou volume de arranque. Para determinar se um volume é de " -"arranque, observe as Sinalizações de Partição no utilitário de " -"disco. Drives USB e os CDs podem também conter um volume de arranque." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6867,18 +6829,18 @@ msgstr "Configure o brilho" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Selecione Brilho & Trancar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Ajuste o controlo de Brilho para um valor confortável." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6890,7 +6852,7 @@ "teclas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6903,7 +6865,7 @@ "bateria até ser recarregada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6935,15 +6897,23 @@ "seu sistema não reconhece imediatamente ou deseja ajustar as definições:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Clique no seu nome na barra de menu e selecione Definições do " +"sistema." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Abrir Ecras." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6965,7 +6935,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6975,7 +6945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6985,7 +6955,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6995,7 +6965,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7028,7 +6998,7 @@ "gostaria de ajustar as definições:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7041,7 +7011,7 @@ "deseja definir como \"principal\" na visualização." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7050,12 +7020,12 @@ "Posição do Launcher para Todos os ecrãs." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Cantos pegajosos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7070,7 +7040,7 @@ "mova de um ecrã para o outro." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "Pode desligar as Margens coladas se não gostar." @@ -7107,20 +7077,15 @@ "ecrã manualmente, mas também pode definir bloqueio automático." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de que a chave Bloquear está na posição ligada, " -"então selecione o tempo limite na lista abaixo. O ecrã será automaticamente " -"bloqueado após você ter ficado inativo por esse período de tempo. Você " -"também pode selecionar Desligar ecrã para bloquear o ecrã depois " -"que ele é automaticamente desligado, controlado pela lista Desligar o " -"ecrã quando inativo por, que está acima." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7134,7 +7099,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7176,7 +7141,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7213,17 +7178,17 @@ "hierarquias: Não é possível colocar coleções dentro de coleções." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Para apagar uma colecção" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "No modo de selecção, marque a colecção que será apagada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7248,12 +7213,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7549,7 +7513,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Pesquisar por ficheiros" @@ -7571,7 +7534,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-search.page:42 msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author." -msgstr "Inicie a digitar. Documentos irão corresponder por título ou autor." +msgstr "" +"Comece a digitar. Os documentos irão corresponder por título ou autor." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-search.page:45 @@ -7811,13 +7775,13 @@ "Para decidir quais as apps devem iniciar quando conecta vários dispositivos:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Seleccionar DetalhesMédia removível." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7828,7 +7792,7 @@ "mais dos diferentes tipos de dispositivos e média." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7836,7 +7800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7851,7 +7815,7 @@ "é inserido (por exemplo, um slideshow)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7866,7 +7830,7 @@ "lista suspensa Acção." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7877,17 +7841,17 @@ "quando se inserir media no fundo da janela da multimédia removível." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Tipos de dispositivos e média" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Discos de áudio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7901,12 +7865,12 @@ "qualquer app de reprodução de áudio." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Discos de vídeos" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7920,12 +7884,12 @@ "xref=\"video-dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Discos virgens" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7934,12 +7898,12 @@ "queimar CDs, DVDs, Blu-Rays e DVDs HD virgens." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Câmaras e fotografias" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7948,7 +7912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7956,24 +7920,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reprodutores de música" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" +"Escolha uma aplicação para gerir a biblioteca de músicas no seu leitor de " +"música portátil, ou gerir os ficheiros utilizando o gestor de ficheiros." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Leitores de e-books" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7981,12 +7947,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7995,27 +7961,27 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nunca execute software a partir de unidades em que não confia." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-browse.page:10 msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerir e organizar os ficheiros com o gestor de ficheiros." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-browse.page:37 msgid "Browse files and folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Explore ficheiros e pastas" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -8031,18 +7997,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-browse.page:59 msgid "Exploring the contents of folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A explorar os conteúdos de pastas" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8052,42 +8033,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Copie ou mova itens para uma nova pasta." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/files-copy.page:14 #: C/files-delete.page:15 #: C/files-open.page:15 msgid "Cristopher Thomas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cristopher Thomas" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-copy.page:28 msgid "Copy or move files and folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Copiar ou mover ficheiros e pastas" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-copy.page:30 @@ -8112,6 +8101,8 @@ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files " "and folders in exactly the same way." msgstr "" +"Estas instruções destinam-se para ficheiros e pastas. Copia e move os " +"ficheiros e pastas exatamente da mesma forma." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:43 @@ -8122,6 +8113,7 @@ #: C/files-copy.page:44 msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once." msgstr "" +"Selecione o ficheiro que deseja copiar, clicando nele apenas uma vez." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:45 @@ -8134,7 +8126,7 @@ #: C/files-copy.page:47 msgid "" "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegue para outra pasta, onde deseja colocar a cópia do ficheiro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:49 @@ -8152,7 +8144,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:57 msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecione o ficheiro que deseja mover, clicando nele apenas uma vez." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:58 @@ -8164,7 +8156,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:60 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegue para outra pasta, para onde deseja mover o ficheiro." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:61 @@ -8177,7 +8169,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:68 msgid "Drag files to copy or move" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arrastar ficheiros para copiar ou mover" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:69 @@ -8185,6 +8177,8 @@ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want " "to copy." msgstr "" +"Abra o gestor de ficheiros e vá para a pasta que contém o ficheiro que " +"deseja copiar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:71 @@ -8607,10 +8601,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -9082,129 +9075,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -9976,7 +9945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9992,22 +9961,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10018,7 +9987,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10027,46 +9996,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10078,15 +10047,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10111,12 +10090,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10125,26 +10104,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10154,19 +10133,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10174,7 +10153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10182,50 +10161,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" +"Ative o Assistente de Teclado para mostrar o teclado virtual." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27 @@ -10594,14 +10574,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10624,12 +10604,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10637,24 +10617,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10662,7 +10642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10671,14 +10651,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10687,7 +10667,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10794,10 +10774,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -10832,17 +10813,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10869,26 +10851,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10897,7 +10872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10905,12 +10880,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10921,7 +10896,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11120,7 +11095,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11130,8 +11105,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11155,7 +11130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11176,11 +11151,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -11188,31 +11163,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -11234,13 +11211,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -11255,8 +11231,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -11278,101 +11254,309 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -11558,14 +11742,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -11574,8 +11758,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -11593,74 +11776,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -11671,31 +11850,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12097,7 +12276,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -12107,70 +12286,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 -msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -12656,7 +12836,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -12816,7 +12996,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -12946,80 +13126,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -13283,12 +13463,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -13301,7 +13480,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -13557,22 +13736,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -13603,7 +13782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -13693,7 +13872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -13701,30 +13880,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -13733,29 +13912,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -13769,7 +13949,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -13783,14 +13963,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -13800,19 +13980,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -13820,7 +14000,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -14048,83 +14228,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14357,6 +14587,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -14553,7 +14784,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -14596,20 +14827,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -14617,13 +14848,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -14631,19 +14862,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -15079,10 +15310,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -15106,50 +15337,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -15158,25 +15390,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -15208,8 +15439,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -15376,25 +15607,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -15402,40 +15633,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -15444,25 +15675,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -15471,12 +15702,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -15487,41 +15718,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -15530,34 +15761,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -15568,44 +15799,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -15613,17 +15845,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -15633,32 +15865,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -15669,30 +15901,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 -msgid "Disabled" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15755,21 +15997,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -15780,12 +16020,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -15794,14 +16041,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -15967,7 +16214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -15975,12 +16222,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -15988,7 +16235,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -17004,12 +17251,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -17130,7 +17377,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -17174,7 +17421,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -17260,39 +17507,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -17325,31 +17550,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -17631,7 +17849,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -17764,7 +17982,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -17772,21 +17990,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -17794,7 +18012,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -17802,8 +18020,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -17856,7 +18074,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -17873,7 +18093,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -17977,7 +18198,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -18396,7 +18616,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -18431,92 +18651,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -18664,31 +18928,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -18697,7 +18961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -18791,14 +19141,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -18806,15 +19156,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -18823,12 +19174,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -18836,19 +19187,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -18873,27 +19224,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -18904,12 +19256,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -18917,7 +19269,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -18949,17 +19301,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -19164,28 +19516,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -19230,20 +19582,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -19253,27 +19605,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -19283,26 +19640,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -19834,36 +20194,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -19871,17 +20231,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -19890,14 +20250,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -19943,55 +20303,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19999,8 +20356,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -20008,7 +20370,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -20175,19 +20537,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -20196,26 +20558,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Altere o número de áreas de trabalho" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -20859,7 +21221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -20867,17 +21229,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa de caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -20885,7 +21247,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -21008,12 +21378,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -21687,37 +22057,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -21744,19 +22106,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -21846,38 +22208,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -22006,32 +22368,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -22039,8 +22401,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -22049,7 +22425,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -22057,14 +22433,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -22076,7 +22452,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -22084,28 +22460,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -22116,7 +22492,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -22124,14 +22500,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -22142,21 +22518,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -22167,7 +22543,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -22175,14 +22551,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -22190,58 +22566,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -22333,40 +22683,19 @@ "these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support " "the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better." msgstr "" +"Quando compra música ou produtos destas fontes, a Canonical recebe uma " +"pequena porção dos lucros em troca do reencaminhamento de mais negócios para " +"estas lojas. A Canonical, a companhia que criou e continua a apoiar o " +"projeto Ubuntu, utiliza depois este dinheiro para tornar o Ubuntu ainda " +"melhor." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -23778,7 +24107,7 @@ "esquerda. Estas definições podem ser ajustadas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -23789,7 +24118,7 @@ "digitais) entre suave e Firme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -23804,7 +24133,7 @@ "baixo, ir para a Esquerda, ir para a direita, Voltar, Avançar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -23813,15 +24142,12 @@ "ajustar a \"sensação\" entre suavee Firme." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Se tiver mais do que uma caneta, quando a caneta adicional fica próxima do " -"tablet, um paginador aparece perto do nome do dispositivo da caneta. Utilize " -"o paginador para escolher qual das canetas a configurar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -23887,6 +24213,76 @@ #~ "active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicionar uma conta vai ajudar a ligar todas as suas contas on-line com o " +#~ "seu desktop Ubuntu. Assim, o seu e-mail, chat, e outras aplicações " +#~ "relacionadas serão definidas para si." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecione um Tipo de Conta do painel de navegação do lado " +#~ "direito." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se desejar configurar mais contas, pode faze-lo repetindo este processo mais " +#~ "tarde." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma pequena interface de utilizador web ira abrir onde poderá inserir as " +#~ "suas credenciais das conta on-line. Por exemplo, se estiver a configurar uma " +#~ "conta do Google, digite seu nome de utilizador do Google, senha e faça " +#~ "iniciar sessão." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se inseriu corretamente as suas credenciais, será-lhe solicitado que aceite " +#~ "os termos. Selecione Aceitar para continuar. Uma vez aceite, o " +#~ "Ubuntu precisa de permissão para aceder à sua conta. Para permitir o acesso, " +#~ "clique no botão Conceder Acesso. Quando solicitado, digite a " +#~ "senha de utilizador atual." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Agora pode selecionar os aplicativos que deseja ligados à sua conta online. " +#~ "Por exemplo, se quiser usar uma conta online para chat, mas não quer o " +#~ "calendário, selecione a opção off no calendário." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Depois de adicionar as contas, cada aplicativo que selecionou irá " +#~ "automaticamente usar essas credenciais quando entrar nas suas contas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Por razões de segurança, o Ubuntu não vai armazenar as suas senhas no seu " +#~ "computador. Em vez disso, serão armazenadas num token que é fornecido pelo " +#~ "serviço online. Se quiser revogar totalmente a ligação entre o computador e " +#~ "o serviço on-line, remover." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23926,6 +24322,30 @@ #~ "Use o Centro de Software do Ubuntu para adicionar programas e tornar o " #~ "Ubuntu mais útil." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalar software adicional" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A equipa de desenvolvimento do Ubuntu escolheu um conjunto de aplicações que " +#~ "pensa que torna o Ubuntu muito útil para a maioria das tarefas do dia-a-dia. " +#~ "No entanto, certamente vai querer instalar mais software para tornar o " +#~ "Ubuntu mais útil para si." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Para instalar software adicional, complete os seguintes passos:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conectar-se à Internet usando uma sem " +#~ "fio ou Ligação com fio." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -23941,12 +24361,45 @@ #~ "uma categoria para encontrar uma aplicação da lista." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seleccione a aplicação que está interessado e clique Instalar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A instalação geralmente termina rapidamente, mas pode demorar um pouco mais " +#~ "se tiver uma ligação à Internet lenta." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicionar PPAs para ajudar a testar pré-lançamentos ou softwares especiais." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aquivos Pacote Pessoais(APPs) são repositórios de software " +#~ "projetados para os utilizadores do Ubuntu e que são mais fáceis de instalar " +#~ "do que restantes repositórios de terceiros." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique Adicionar e digite a localização ppa:." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Feche a janela de fontes de software. O Centro de Software Ubuntu irá então " #~ "verificar as suas fontes de software para o novo software." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Remover software que já não usa." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -23968,6 +24421,12 @@ #~ "Quando o Centro de Software abrir, clique no botão Instaladas na " #~ "parte superior." +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar repositório adicional de software" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalar outros repositórios" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -24011,6 +24470,18 @@ #~ "Software. Aguarde um momento para que o Centro de Software Ubuntu transfira " #~ "as informações do repositório." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instalar, remover, repositórios " +#~ "extra…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar & remover programas" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese normalmente não vem instalada no Ubuntu. Para instalar a Cheese:" @@ -24039,6 +24510,9 @@ #~ msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." #~ msgstr "Terá de instalar o Cheese antes de poder ler o Guia de Utilizador." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Pen USB (baixa capacidade)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -24065,6 +24539,25 @@ #~ "ligar a este computador a partir de um outro dispositivo. Veja para mais informações." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Efetuado o download e a impressão de um arquivo de referência a partir de " +#~ "uma empresa de cores" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilizando uma empresa de cores para gerar um perfil de impressora é " +#~ "geralmente a opção mais barata se apenas tiver um ou dois tipos de papeis " +#~ "diferentes. Ao fazer o download da tabela de referência a partir do site da " +#~ "empresa pode de seguida enviar de volta a impressão num envelope almofadado, " +#~ "onde a empresa de cor irá fazer um scan do papel e gerar um perfil, que lhe " +#~ "será enviado de volta por email um perfil ICC preciso." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and " #~ "then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As " @@ -24108,6 +24601,181 @@ #~ msgstr "Desmarque Próximos eventos do Evolution Calendário." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no ícone o mais à direito da barra de menu e selecione " +#~ "Configurações do Sistema ." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Execute testes de referência ao seu disco rígido para vericar o quanto " +#~ "rápido é." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Teste o desempenho do seu disco rígido" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Para testar a velocidade do seu disco rígido" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra a aplicação de Discos a partir do Painel." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escolha o disco rígido a partir da lista de Unidades de Disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique em Começar o teste de referência e ajuste de Taxa de " +#~ "Transferência e Tempo de Acesso e parâmetros se desejar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique emComeçar o teste de referência para testar a velocidade " +#~ "de leitura de dados do disco rigido. privilégios Administrativos talvez sejam pedidos. Insira a " +#~ "sua senha, ou a senha para o administrador de contas pedido." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando o teste estiver finalizado, os resultados vão aparecer no gráfico. Os " +#~ "pontos e as linhas verdes indicam os exemplos escolhidos; este corresponde " +#~ "ao eixo direito, mostrando o tempo de acesso, em função do eixo de baixo, " +#~ "representando o tempo decorrido durante o benchmark. A linha azul representa " +#~ "as taxas de leitura, enquanto que a linha vermelha representa as taxas de " +#~ "escrita; estas são mostradas como as taxas de dados de acesso no eixo da " +#~ "esquerda, representada graficamente em função da percentagem do disco " +#~ "percorrida, a partir do exterior para o eixo, ao longo do eixo inferior." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abaixo do gráfico, os valores são exibidos para mínimo, máximo e médio de " +#~ "leitura e gravação de câmbio, o tempo médio de acesso e do tempo decorrido " +#~ "desde o último teste de benchmark." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Utilize o Analisador de Utilização de Disco ou o Monitor de " +#~ "Sistema para verificar o espaço e capacidade." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode verificar quanto espaço em disco lhe resta com o Analisador " +#~ "de Utilização de Disco ou o Monitor de Sistema." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Verifique com o Disk Usage Analyzer" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para verificar o espaço disponível do disco e a capacidade use Disk " +#~ "Usage Analyzer:" + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Verificar com o Monitor de Sistema" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Eliminar ficheiros que não são importantes ou que não use mais." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se o estado disser \"Pre-fail\", o disco ainda continua razoavelmente de " +#~ "saúde mas sinais de degradação foram detectados, querendo dizer que poderá " +#~ "falhar no futuro primo. Se o seu disco rígido (ou computador) tem alguns " +#~ "anos, poderá ter a hipótese de ver esta mensagem pelo menos em algumas das " +#~ "verificações de saúde. Deve fazer o backup dos " +#~ "seus ficheiros importante regularmente e verificar o estado do disco " +#~ "periodicamente para ver se ele fica pior." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Remova todos os ficheiros e pastas de um disco rígido externo ou um disco " +#~ "USB flash com formatação." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se tiver discos amovíveis, como um disco externo uma pen usb, poderá querer " +#~ "remover todos os seus ficheiros e pastas. Poderá fazer isso " +#~ "formatando o disco. Esta opção apagará todo o conteúdo do disco " +#~ "deixando-o vazio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se costuma usar o disco em computadores Windows ou Mac, para além de " +#~ "computadores Linux, escolha a opção FAT. Se apenas usar em " +#~ "Windows, NTFS poderá ser a melhor opção. Uma breve descrição do " +#~ "tipo de sistema de ficheiros será apresentada na etiqueta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dê um nome ao disco e clique em Formatar para começar a apagar o " +#~ "disco." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatar um disco não remove com segurança os seus ficheiros" + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Ver e gerir volumes e partições usando o utilitário de disco" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pode verificar e modificar os seus volumes de armazenamento do computador " +#~ "com o utilitários de disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tenha cuidado: é possivel apagar completamente os dados no seu disco com " +#~ "estes utilitários." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and Centro de Software Ubuntu para ver o que está disponível." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se tiver mais do que uma caneta, quando a caneta adicional fica próxima do " +#~ "tablet, um paginador aparece perto do nome do dispositivo da caneta. Utilize " +#~ "o paginador para escolher qual das canetas a configurar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra a aplicação Analisador Utilização do Disco a partir do " +#~ "Dash. A janela irá apresentar a capacidade total do " +#~ "sistema e O uso total do sistema de arquivos ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Entender o que são volumes e partições e, usar a ferramenta de disco para " +#~ "geri-los." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abrir a aplicação Discos da visão geral Atividades. A " +#~ "janela mostrará a Capacidade total do sistema de ficheiros e a " +#~ "Utilização total do sistema de ficheiros." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clicar um dos botões da barra de ferramentas para escolher Scanar a " +#~ "pasta Home, Scanar o sistema de ficheiros, ou Scanar " +#~ "uma pasta remota." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A informação é mostrada de acordo com a Pasta, " +#~ "Utilização, Tamanho e Conteúdos. Ver mais " +#~ "detalhes em Analisador de Utilização do " +#~ "Disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escolher a guia Sistemas de ficheiros para ver as partições do " +#~ "sistema e a utilização de espaço em disco. A informação é mostrada de acordo " +#~ "com o espaço Total, Livre, Disponível e " +#~ "Usado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para verificar o espaço livre em disco e a capacidade do disco com o " +#~ "Monitor de Sistema" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fazer cópias de segurança dos ficheiros " +#~ "importantes que não vai precisar por algum tempo e apaga-los do disco rígido." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " #~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." #~ msgstr "" @@ -24174,6 +24919,15 @@ #~ "drive, ou para correr um auto-teste." #~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um atalho do seu novo aplicativo será adicionado ao Launcher. Para desativar " +#~ "este recurso, desmarque Ver Novas Aplicações no " +#~ "Launcher." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" @@ -24181,6 +24935,71 @@ #~ "EditarFonte de Software" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra o Dash e inicie a aplicação Utilitário de Disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A formatação de um disco não é uma forma totalmente segura de limpar todos " +#~ "os seus dados. Um disco formatado pode, parecer não ter ficheiros, mas é " +#~ "possível com um software especial de recuperação, recuperar os ficheiros. Se " +#~ "precisa de apagar com segurança os ficheiros, precisará utilizar um " +#~ "utilitário de linha de comandos, como shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando a formatação terminar, remova com segurança o disco. Deve " +#~ "estar em branco e pronto para utilizar novamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na janela que irá aparecer, escolha um sistema de arquivos Tipo " +#~ "para o disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma partição primária deve conter informação que o seu computador usa para " +#~ "iniciar, ou boot. Por esta razão, é às vezes chamado uma partição " +#~ "de arranque, ou volume de arranque. Para determinar se um volume é de " +#~ "arranque, observe as Sinalizações de Partição no utilitário de " +#~ "disco. Drives USB e os CDs podem também conter um volume de arranque." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Será solicitado que digitar a sua palavra-passe. Depois de o ter feito a " +#~ "instalação começará." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Poderá ser-lhe solicitado que digite a sua palavra-passe. Depois de o ter " +#~ "feito, o aplicativo será removido." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicione outros repositórios para expandir as fontes utilizadas pelo " +#~ "software do Ubuntu para instalações e atualizações." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu " #~ "Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates." #~ msgstr "" @@ -24196,6 +25015,35 @@ #~ "concluir a instalação." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ainda que o Status do SMART indique que o disco não " +#~ "esteja saudável, pode não ser motivo para se alarmar. Entretanto, é " +#~ "melhor estar preparado com uma cópia de " +#~ "segurança para evitar perda de dados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No painel da direita, a área rotulada como Volumes fornece um " +#~ "detalhamento visual dos volumes e partições presentes no dispositivo " +#~ "selecionado. Ela também contém uma variedades de ferramentas usadas para " +#~ "gerenciar esses volumes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No painel designado Dispositivos de armazenamento, encontrará " +#~ "discos duros, unidades de CD/DVD e outraos dispositivos físicos. Clique no " +#~ "dispositivo que quer inspecionar." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " #~ "Evolution." @@ -24205,6 +25053,106 @@ #~ "Evolution/app>." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se mais tarde mudar de ideias, pode obter novamente o relógio, clicando no " +#~ "ícone no extremo direito da barra de menu e selecionar Configurações do " +#~ "Sistema . Na secção do Sistema, clique em Hora & Data." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra a app de Discos a partir da vista geral de atividades." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no botão de rodagem e selecione Teste de Referência da " +#~ "Unidade" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abrir a app Monitor de Sistema a partir do Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abrir a app Monitor de Sistema a partir da visão geral das " +#~ "Atividades." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Se o disco está muito cheio deve:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abrir a app Discos a partir da vista geral de " +#~ "Atividades." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Limpar tudo de um disco removível" + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatar disco removível" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecionar da lista de Dispositivos de Armazenamento o disco que " +#~ "deseja limpar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tenha a certeza que selecionou o disco correto! Se escolher o disco errado, " +#~ "todos os ficheiro nesse outro disco serão eliminados!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na secção Volumes, clique em Desmontar Volume. Em seguida, clique " +#~ "em Formatar Volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certifique-se de que a chave Bloquear está na posição ligada, " +#~ "então selecione o tempo limite na lista abaixo. O ecrã será automaticamente " +#~ "bloqueado após você ter ficado inativo por esse período de tempo. Você " +#~ "também pode selecionar Desligar ecrã para bloquear o ecrã depois " +#~ "que ele é automaticamente desligado, controlado pela lista Desligar o " +#~ "ecrã quando inativo por, que está acima." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no ícone à direita na barra de menus e selecione " +#~ "Definições do sistema" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Ubuntu Software ajuda você a remover softwares que você não usa " +#~ "mais." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software para adicionar programas e tornar o Ubuntu " +#~ "mais prático." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/pt_BR/pt_BR.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ " Adriana Miyazaki de Moura https://launchpad.net/~miya\n" " André Gondim https://launchpad.net/~andregondim\n" " Average John https://launchpad.net/~averagejohn\n" +" Belenos https://launchpad.net/~belenos\n" " Bruno Casali https://launchpad.net/~brunoocasali\n" " Celio Alves https://launchpad.net/~celio.alves\n" " Daniel Fernandes Silva https://launchpad.net/~danielfs-ti\n" @@ -66,8 +67,8 @@ " Pablo Almeida https://launchpad.net/~pabloalmeidaff9\n" " Pablo Diego Moço https://launchpad.net/~pablodm89\n" " Rafael Barreto de Andrade https://launchpad.net/~rafael-sf-02\n" -" Rafael Belenos Govannon https://launchpad.net/~belenos\n" " Rafael Neri https://launchpad.net/~rafepel\n" +" Rafael Pavan https://launchpad.net/~rafaelpavan95\n" " Renan Araujo Rischiotto https://launchpad.net/~renanrischiotto1\n" " Renato Krupa https://launchpad.net/~renatokrupa\n" " Rodrigo Martins de Oliveira https://launchpad.net/~allrod5\n" @@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -164,13 +165,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -281,13 +282,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -358,61 +359,144 @@ "fazem com que você pressione uma tecla várias vezes quando você só quer " "pressioná-la uma vez, você deve ativar as teclas de repercussão." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Clique no ícone mais à direita da barra de menu e selecione " -"Configurações do sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Abra Acesso universal e selecione a aba Digitação." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Coloque a chave Teclas de repercussão na posição ON." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -478,14 +562,14 @@ "interface de usuário irão mudar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Abra Acesso Universal e selecione a aba Visão." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Mude o Alto contraste para Ativado." @@ -527,20 +611,9 @@ "do mouse sobre um menu, parar de movimentar o mouse e esperar até que o menu " "seja automaticamente clicado para você." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clique no seu nome na barra de menu e selecione Configurações do sistema " -" ." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -549,12 +622,12 @@ "clicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Coloque a chave Clique de sobreposição na posição ON." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -570,7 +643,7 @@ "você retornará automaticamente para clicar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -581,7 +654,7 @@ "clicado." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -590,7 +663,7 @@ "mouse efetuar o clique." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -601,7 +674,7 @@ "após um tempo. No entanto, se movimentá-lo demais, o clique não acontecerá." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -629,12 +702,12 @@ "tamanho da fonte." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Mude o Texto grande para Ativado." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -772,7 +845,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -808,12 +881,12 @@ "único botão." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Coloque a chave Simular clique secundário na posição ON." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -826,7 +899,7 @@ "de Clique secundário simulado." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -840,7 +913,7 @@ "mouse para a direita do mouse." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -851,7 +924,7 @@ "obtenha uma sinalização visual do ponteiro." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -862,7 +935,7 @@ "botão direito segurando a tecla 5 no seu teclado numérico." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -928,17 +1001,17 @@ "correta na primeira tentativa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Coloque a chave Teclas lentas na posição ON." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Ative ou desative rapidamente as teclas lentas" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -947,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -956,7 +1029,7 @@ "tempo você deve manter uma tecla pressionada antes que ela seja registrada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -1008,17 +1081,17 @@ "pressionadas diversas teclas ao mesmo tempo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Coloque a chave Teclas de aderência> na posição ON." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Ative ou desative rapidamente as teclas de aderência" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1027,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1037,7 +1110,7 @@ "da maneira normal." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1055,7 +1128,7 @@ "outras), mas não outros." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1063,7 +1136,7 @@ "ativar isto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1117,13 +1190,13 @@ " para deixar mudo o som de alerta)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "Abra Acessibilidade e selecione a aba Audição." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1152,7 +1225,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1166,10 +1239,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1223,12 +1296,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1239,7 +1313,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1248,15 +1322,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1413,7 +1488,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1427,47 +1502,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Se você quiser configurar mais contas, pode repetir este processo mais tarde." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1475,13 +1548,9 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Por razões de segurança, o Ubuntu não armazenará sua senha em seu " -"computador. Em vez disso, ele armazena um token que é fornecido pelo serviço " -"online. Se você quer revogar totalmente a ligação entre o desktop e o " -"serviço online, remova ele." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1813,6 +1882,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1903,129 +2041,117 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Instalar programa adicional" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"A equipe de desenvolvimento do Ubuntu optou por um conjunto padrão de " -"aplicativos que achamos tornar o Ubuntu muito útil para a maioria das " -"tarefas do dia-a-dia. No entanto, você certamente desejará instalar mais " -"programas para tornar o Ubuntu mais útil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Para instalar programa adicional, complete os seguintes passos:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Conecte-se à Internet usando uma conexão " -"sem fio ou uma conexão com " -"fio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Selecione o aplicativo que você está interessado e clique em " -"Instalar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Você será solicitado a digitar sua senha. Depois de ter feito isso a " -"instalação começará." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"A instalação geralmente termina em pouco tempo, mas pode demorar se você " -"tiver uma conexão lenta com a Internet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Um atalho para o seu novo aplicativo será adicionado ao Lançador. Para " -"desativar este recurso, desmarque VerNovos " -"aplicativos no Lançador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Adicionar PPAs para ajudar a testar um programa especial ou de pré-" -"lançamento." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Adicionar um arquivo de pacote pessoal (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Arquivos de Pacotes Pessoais (PPAs) são repositórios de programas " -"desenhados por usuários do Ubuntu e são mais fácil de se instalar do que " -"outros repositórios de terceiros." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" "Somente adicione repositórios de programas de fontes que você confia!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2037,12 +2163,12 @@ "que sejam nocivos ao seu computador." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Instalar um PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2053,33 +2179,33 @@ "semelhante a: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Selecione a aba Outro software." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Clique em Adicionar e digite a localização ppa:." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" "Clique em Adicionar.... Digite a sua senha na janela Autenticar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2087,51 +2213,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Remova o software que você não usa mais." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Remover um aplicativo" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Selecione um aplicativo e clique em Remover." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Você poderá ser requisitado para digitar sua senha. Depois que você tenha " -"feito isso, o aplicativo será removido." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2142,16 +2303,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Adicione outros repositórios para ampliar as fontes de aplicativos que o " -"Ubuntu utiliza para instalação e atualizações." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Adicionar repositórios adicionais de softwares" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2166,13 +2325,13 @@ "aplicativo a partir de um repositório de terceiros, você deve adicioná-lo à " "lista de repositórios disponíveis do Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Instalar outros repositórios" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2181,7 +2340,7 @@ "aba Outros programas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2191,7 +2350,7 @@ "semelhança:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2199,7 +2358,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2207,12 +2366,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Ativar o repositório do Parceiro da Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2222,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2232,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2240,23 +2399,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Adicionar/remover programa" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Adicionar & remover programa" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2862,8 +3021,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Cartão de memória USB (baixa capacidade)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3526,7 +3685,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3820,26 +3979,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Fazendo o download de uma impressão como arquivo de referência de uma " -"companhia de cor" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Usar uma empresa de cor para gerar um perfil de impressora é normalmente uma " -"opção barata se você tem um ou dois diferentes tipos de papel. Depois de " -"baixar da Internet um gráfico de referência dos sites das empresas, você " -"pode então enviar a impressão de volta a eles em um envelope protegido, que " -"eles irão digitalizar, gerar um perfil e lhe enviar por email um perfil ICC " -"preciso." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5628,20 +5779,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Se mudar de ideia mais tarde, você pode obter o relógio novamente clicando " -"no ícone mais à direita da barra de menu e selecionando Configurações " -"do sistema. Na seção Sistema, clique em Data e hora." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Altere o formato da data" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5650,44 +5800,23 @@ "ao padrão preferido da sua localidade." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clique no ícone mais à direita na barra de menu e selecione " -"Configurações do sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Na seção Pessoal, clique em Suporte a idiomas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Alterne para a aba Formatos regionais." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Selecione sua localização preferida na lista suspensa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5906,73 +6035,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Execute avaliações de desempenho no seu disco rígido para verificar a sua " -"velocidade." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Teste o desempenho do seu disco rígido" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Para testar a velocidade de seu disco rígido:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Discos a partir do Painel." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Selecione o disco rígido a partir da lista de Unidades de disco" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Clique no botão da engrenagem e selecione Teste de desempenho de " -"unidade." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Clique em Iniciar teste de desempenho e ajuste os parâmetros de " -"taxa de transferência e tempo de acesso como desejar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Clique em Iniciar teste de desempenho para testar a velocidade em " -"que os dados podem ser lidos do disco. Privilégios administrativos podem ser requeridos. Digite " -"sua senha, ou a senha da conta administrativa requerida." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -5982,45 +6126,22 @@ "gravados no disco. Isto irá levar mais tempo para terminar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Quando o teste tiver terminado, os resultados irão aparecer no gráfico. Os " -"pontos verdes e linhas de conexão indicam as amostras tomadas: elas " -"correspondem ao eixo direito, exibindo o tempo de acesso, traçado contra o " -"eixo de baixo, representando o tempo percentual decorrido durante a " -"avaliação de desempenho. A linha azul representa as taxas de leitura, " -"enquanto que a linha vermelha representa as taxas de gravação: estas são " -"exibidas como taxas de acesso de dados no eixo esquerdo, traçado contra o " -"percentual de disco percorrido, de fora para dentro, ao longo do eixo " -"inferior." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Abaixo do gráfico, são exibidos os valores das taxas mínima, máxima e média " -"de leitura e gravação, tempo médio de acesso e o tempo decorrido desde o " -"último teste de desempenho." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Use o Analisador de uso do disco ou o Monitor do " -"sistema para verificar o espaço e a capacidade." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6028,131 +6149,68 @@ msgstr "Verifique quanto espaço livre resta no disco" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Você pode verificar quanto espaço em disco ainda resta com o Analisador " -"de uso do disco ou o Monitor do sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Verifique com o Analisador de uso do disco" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Para verificar o espaço livre e a capacidade do disco usando o " -"Analisador do uso do disco:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Abra o aplicativo Discos a partir do Painel." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Clique em um dos botões da barra de ferramentas para escolher Varrer " -"pasta pessoal, Varrer sistema de arquivos, Varrer uma " -"pasta, ou Varrer uma pasta remota." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"A informação é exibida de acordo com Pasta, " -"Utilização, Tamanho e Conteúdo. Veja mais " -"detalhes em Analisador de uso do " -"disco." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Verificar com o Monitor do sistema" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "E se o disco estiver muito cheio?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Para verificar o espaço livre e a capacidade do disco com o Monitor do " -"sistema:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Abra o aplicativo Monitor do sistema a partir do " -"Painel." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Selecione a aba Sistemas de arquivos para ver as partições do " -"sistema e o uso do espaço do disco. As informações são mostradas de acordo " -"com o Total, Livre, Disponível e Em " -"uso." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "E se o disco estiver muito cheio?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Se o disco estiver muito cheio, você deve:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Exclua arquivos que não são importantes ou que você não usa mais." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Faça cópias de segurança dos arquivos " -"importantes que não precisará por enquanto e os apague do disco rígido." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6200,76 +6258,54 @@ msgstr "" "Verifique a integridade de seus discos utilizando o utilitário Discos" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Abra o aplicativo Discos a partir do Painel." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "E se o disco não estiver bem?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Mesmo que o Status do SMART indique que o disco não está " -"saudável, isto pode não ser motivo para alarme. Entretanto, é melhor estar " -"preparado com uma cópia de segurança para " -"prevenir perda de dados." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Se no status aparecer \"Pré-falha\", o disco está razoavelmente bem mas " -"avisa que desgastes foram detectados, o que significa que ele poderá falhar " -"em um futuro próximo. Se seu disco rígido (ou computador) já tiver alguns " -"anos, é bem capaz de você ver essa mensagem em algumas das verificações. " -"Você deve realizar cópias de segurança " -"regularmente e verificar o status de tempos em tempos para ver se ele " -"piora." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 +msgid "" +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6280,135 +6316,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Remova todos os arquivos e pastas de um disco rígido externo ou unidade " -"flash USB, formatando-o." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Apague tudo de um disco removível" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Se você tiver um disco removível, como um dispositivo de memória USB ou um " -"disco rígido externo, você às vezes pode querer remover completamente todos " -"os seus arquivos e pastas. Você pode fazer isso formatando o disco -" -" isso apaga todos os arquivos do disco e o deixa vazio." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formate um disco removível" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Selecione o disco que você deseja apagar a partir da lista de " -"Dispositivos de armazenamento." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de que selecionou o disco correto! Se escolher o disco errado, " -"todos os arquivos do outro disco serão apagados!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Na seção de Volumes, clique Desmontar volume. Então clique em " -"Formatar volume." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"Na janela que aparecer, escolha um Tipo de sistema de arquivos " -"para o disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Se você usar o disco em computadores com Windows ou Mac OS além do Linux, " -"escolha FAT. Se você só o utiliza no Windows, NTFS " -"pode ser a melhor opção. Uma breve descrição do tipo de sistema de " -"arquivo vai ser apresentada como um rótulo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Dê um nome ao disco e clique em Formatar para iniciar a limpeza " -"do disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Uma vez terminada a formatação, remova o disco com segurança. Ele agora deve " -"estar vazio e pronto para ser usado novamente." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatar o disco não exclui seus arquivos com segurança." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatar um disco não é uma maneira completamente segura de apagar todos os " -"seus dados. Um disco formatado vai parecer não ter arquivos nele, mas é " -"possível que programas especiais de recuperação possam restaurar os " -"arquivos. Se você precisa apagar seus arquivos com segurança, você deverá " -"utilizar um utilitário de linha de comando, como o shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Entenda o que são volumes e partições e use o Utilitário de unidades para " -"gerenciá-los." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Gerencie volumes e partições" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6428,7 +6442,7 @@ "possivelmente gravar) arquivos nele." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6446,62 +6460,40 @@ "estoque\" das partições e unidades." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Visualize e gerencie volumes e partições utilizando o Utilitário de unidades" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Você pode verificar e modificar os volumes de armazenamento do seu " -"computador com o Utilitário de unidades." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Abra a Painel e inicie o aplicativo utilitário de " -"disco." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"No painel designado Dispositivos de armazenamento, você " -"encontrará discos rígidos, unidades de CD/DVD e outraos dispositivos " -"físicos. Clique no dispositivo que você quer inspecionar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"No painel da direita, a área rotulada Volumes fornece um " -"detalhamento visual dos volumes e partições presentes no dispositivo " -"selecionado. Ele também contém uma variedades de ferramentas usadas para " -"gerenciar esses volumes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Tome cuidado: é possível apagar completamente os dados no seu disco com " -"esses utilitários." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6519,20 +6511,14 @@ "conveniência." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Uma partição primária deve conter informações que o seu computador utiliza " -"para iniciar ou inicializar. Por isso é chamada às vezes partição " -"de inicialização, ou volume de inicialização. Para determinar se um volume é " -"inicializável, observe os Rótulos da partição no Utilitário de " -"unidades. Mídias externas como unidades USB e CDs podem também conter um " -"volume inicializável." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6567,19 +6553,19 @@ msgstr "Defina o brilho" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Selecione Brilho & bloqueio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" "Ajuste o controle deslizante de Brilho para um valor confortável." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6591,7 +6577,7 @@ "pressionada para usá-las." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6605,7 +6591,7 @@ "necessite ser recarregada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6636,15 +6622,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Clique no seu nome na barra de menu e selecione Configurações do sistema " +" ." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Abra Monitores." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6662,7 +6656,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6672,7 +6666,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6682,7 +6676,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6692,7 +6686,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6724,7 +6718,7 @@ "ajustar as configurações:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6737,7 +6731,7 @@ "deseja definir como monitor \"principal\" na visualização." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6746,12 +6740,12 @@ "opção posição do lançador para todos os monitores." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Bordas aderentes" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6766,7 +6760,7 @@ "ponteiro do mouse se mova de um monitor para o outro." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6805,20 +6799,15 @@ "tela manualmente, mas também pode fazer a tela ser bloqueada automaticamente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de que a chave Bloquear está na posição ON, então " -"selecione o tempo limite na lista abaixo. A tela será automaticamente " -"bloqueada após você ter ficado inativo por esse período de tempo. Você " -"também pode selecionar Desligar a tela para bloquear a tela " -"depois que ela é automaticamente desligada, controlada pela lista " -"Desligar a tela quando inativo por, que está acima." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6832,7 +6821,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6867,7 +6856,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6902,17 +6891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Para apagar uma coleção:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "No modo de seleção, marque a coleção a ser apagada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6935,12 +6924,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7203,7 +7191,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Procurar por arquivos" @@ -7444,13 +7431,13 @@ "dispositivos:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Selecione DetalhesMídia removível." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7458,7 +7445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7466,7 +7453,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7481,7 +7468,7 @@ "quando o disco é inserido (por exemplo, uma apresentação de slides)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7496,7 +7483,7 @@ "suspensa Ação." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7507,17 +7494,17 @@ "programas ao inserir mídia na parte de baixo da janela Mídia removível." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7526,12 +7513,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7540,24 +7527,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7566,7 +7553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7574,24 +7561,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7599,12 +7586,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7613,7 +7600,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -7630,10 +7617,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7653,14 +7640,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7675,24 +7677,32 @@ "aba ou janela, copia-la ou move-la, ou acessar suas propriedades." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8343,10 +8353,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8938,149 +8947,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Localize arquivos baseados no nome do arquivo e tipo. Salve suas pesquisas " -"para uso posterior." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Você pode pesquisar arquivos por nome ou tipo de arquivo diretamente no " -"gerenciador de arquivos. Você pode até salvar pesquisas comuns, e eles " -"aparecerão como pastas especiais na sua pasta pessoal." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Outros aplicativos de pesquisa" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Pesquisa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Abra o gerenciador de arquivos" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Se você sabe que os arquivos que você deseja estão em uma pasta específica, " -"vá para a pasta." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Você pode abrir, copiar, apagar ou trabalhar com seus arquivos a partir dos " -"resultados de busca, como faria de qualquer pasta no gerenciador de arquivos." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Se você realiza certas pesquisas com frequência, você pode salvá-las para " -"acessá-las rapidamente." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Salve uma pesquisa" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Inicie uma pesquisa como descrito acima." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Dê um nome à pesquisa e clique em Salvar. Se quiser, selecione " -"uma pasta diferente para salvar a pesquisa. Quando você visualizar essa " -"pasta, você verá sua pesquisa salva como um ícone de pasta laranja com uma " -"lupa nele." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Para remover o arquivo de pesquisa quando você não precisar mais dele, " -"simplesmente exclua a pesquisa como faria " -"com qualquer outro arquivo. Quando você exclui uma pesquisa salva, os " -"arquivos que a pesquisa encontrou não são excluídos." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10024,7 +9990,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Na seção Hardware, clique em Teclado." @@ -10042,22 +10008,22 @@ "que o cursor pisca." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10074,7 +10040,7 @@ "idiomas." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10083,16 +10049,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10101,30 +10081,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10136,15 +10102,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10169,12 +10145,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Atalhos do teclado" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10183,26 +10159,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10212,19 +10188,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10232,7 +10208,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10240,50 +10216,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can teclado virtual para digitar o texto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Ligue Assistente de digitação para mostrar o teclado na tela." @@ -10720,7 +10696,7 @@ "tempo necessário para começar a repetição quando uma tecla é pressionada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -10729,7 +10705,7 @@ "desativar totalmente a repetição de teclas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10759,12 +10735,12 @@ "Para alterar a tecla ou teclas a serem pressionadas por um atalho de teclado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Abra teclado e selecione a guia Atalhos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10774,7 +10750,7 @@ "direita. A definição atual de atalho mudará para Novo acelerador…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -10783,17 +10759,17 @@ "Backspace para limpar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Atalhos personalizados" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Para criar seu próprio atalho de teclado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10804,7 +10780,7 @@ "A janela Atalho personalizado irá aparecer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10817,7 +10793,7 @@ "Música e usar o comando rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -10827,7 +10803,7 @@ "nova combinação de teclas de atalho." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10840,7 +10816,7 @@ "que o aplicativo em si." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10976,15 +10952,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Para resolver isto, clique no ícone mais à direita da barra de menu e vá " -"para Configurações do sistema. Na seção de Hardware, selecione " -"Monitores. Tente algumas das opções de Resolução e " -"escolha a que faz com que a tela pareça melhor." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11030,19 +11003,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Clique no ícone mais à direita na barra de menu e selecione " -"Configurações do Sistema. Abra Monitores." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Desmarcar Monitor espelho." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11076,28 +11048,19 @@ "rotação." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Clique no ícone na extrema direita da barra de menu e selecione " -"Configurações do Sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Selecione sua resolução e rotação desejada." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11111,7 +11074,7 @@ "ajustes, clique em Manter esta configuração." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11123,12 +11086,12 @@ "Detectar Monitores." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolução" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11145,7 +11108,7 @@ "faixas pretas para evitar distorção." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may exibir borrada ou quadriculada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotação" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11337,17 +11300,17 @@ "rapidamente, você deve aumentar o tempo limite." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Abra Mouse & Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11356,7 +11319,7 @@ "duplo para um valor que você ache satisfatório." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11367,7 +11330,7 @@ "círculo de dentro." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11382,8 +11345,8 @@ "computador diferente e veja se ele ainda tem o mesmo problema." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11412,7 +11375,7 @@ "esquerda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11437,66 +11400,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Muitos mouses e alguns touchpads possuem um botão do meio. Em um mouse com " -"uma roda de rolagem, normalmente você pode pressionar a roda de rolagem para " -"baixo para executar o clique do meio. Se você não tiver um botão do meio do " -"mouse, você pode pressionar os botões esquerdo e direito ao mesmo tempo para " -"executar o clique do meio. Se você achar que não conseuge fazer o clique do " -"meio desta forma, você pode tentar seguir estas " -"instruções." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Em touchpads que suportam multi-toques, você pode tocar com três dedos de " -"uma vez para simular um clique com o botão do meio do mouse. Você tem que " -"habilitar clique por toques na " -"configuração do touchpad para que isto funcione." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Muitos aplicativos usam o clique com o botão do meio do mouse para atalhos " -"de clique avançados:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Um atalho comum é colar um texto selecionado (isto é às vezes chamado de " -"colagem primária da seleção). Selecione o texto que você quer colar, então " -"vá aonde você quer colar e clique com o botão do meio do mouse. O texto " -"selecionado é colado na posição do ponteiro do mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Colar textos com o botão do meio do mouse é uma tarefa completamente " -"independente da área de transferência normal. Um texto selecionado não é " -"copiado para a área de transferência. Esse método rápido de colagem somente " -"funciona com o botão direito do mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11524,22 +11467,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"A maioria dos navegadores o permite abrir rapidamente links em abas com o " -"botão do meio do mouse. Clique em qualquer link com o botão do meio do seu " -"mouse e ele se abrirá em uma nova aba. Mas tenha cuidado com o " -"Firefox: nele, se você clicar com o botão do meio do mouse em " -"qualquer lugar que não seja um link, ele tentará carregar o seu texto " -"selecionado como uma URL, como se você tivesse usado o clique com o botão do " -"meio para colar o texto na barra de localização e pressionado " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11558,13 +11492,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Alguns aplicativos permitem que você use o botão do meio do mouse para " -"outras funções. Procure na ajuda de seu aplicativo por clique com o " -"botão do meio ou botão do meio do mouse." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11587,15 +11518,20 @@ "você pode controlar o ponteiro do mouse usando o teclado numérico do seu " "teclado. Este recurso é chamado de teclas do mouse." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11604,21 +11540,19 @@ "as configurações de Acesso universal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Tecle Tab uma vez para selecionar a aba Visão." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Tecle ← uma vez para alternar para a aba Apontando e " -"clicando." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11627,7 +11561,7 @@ "mouse e então tecle Enter para ativá-la." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11636,98 +11570,280 @@ "mover o ponteiro do mouse usando o teclado." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Estas instruções fornecem o caminho mais curto para habilitar teclas do " -"mouse usando apenas o teclado. Selecione Configurações de " -"acessibilidade para ver mais opções de acessibilidade." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"O teclado numérico é um conjunto de botões numéricos em seu teclado, " -"geralmente dispostos em uma grade quadrada. Se você tiver um teclado sem o " -"teclado numérico (como ocorre na maioria dos laptops), talvez seja " -"necessário manter a tecla de função (Fn) pressionada e usar " -"outras teclas em seu teclado como um teclado numérico. Se você utiliza este " -"recurso com frequência em um laptop, você pode comprar teclados numéricos " -"USB externos." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Cada número do teclado numérico corresponde a uma direção. Por exemplo, " -"pressionar 8 vai mover o ponteiro para cima e pressionar " -"2 vai movê-lo para baixo. Pressione a tecla 5 para um " -"clique simples, ou pressione-a rapidamente por duas vezes para um clique " -"duplo." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Muitos teclados possuem uma tecla especial, geralmente próxima à barra de " -"espaço, que simula um clique com o botão direito. Note, no entanto, que esta " -"tecla responde a onde o foco do teclado está, e não onde o ponteiro do mouse " -"está apontando. Veja para informações de " -"como executar o clique com o botão direito utilizando a tecla 5 " -"ou o botão esquerdo do mouse." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Se você deseja usar o teclado numérico para digitar números enquanto as " -"teclas de mouse estão habilitadas, ative o Num Lock. Entrentando, " -"o mouse não será controlado pelo teclado numérico enquanto o Num " -"Lock estiver ativado." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"As teclas normais dos números na parte superior do teclado não controlarão o " -"ponteiro do mouse. Somente as teclas do teclado numérico poderão ser usadas." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Como verificar seu mouse se ele não estiver funcionando." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "Ponteiro do mouse não está movendo" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 -msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" -msgstr "Verifique se o mouse está conectado" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja usar o teclado numérico para digitar números enquanto as " +"teclas de mouse estão habilitadas, ative o Num Lock. Entrentando, " +"o mouse não será controlado pelo teclado numérico enquanto o Num " +"Lock estiver ativado." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"As teclas normais dos números na parte superior do teclado não controlarão o " +"ponteiro do mouse. Somente as teclas do teclado numérico poderão ser usadas." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Como verificar seu mouse se ele não estiver funcionando." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "Ponteiro do mouse não está movendo" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +msgstr "Verifique se o mouse está conectado" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 @@ -11954,7 +12070,7 @@ "esses dispositivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -11963,7 +12079,7 @@ "movimento do ponteiro esteja satisfatório para você." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -11976,8 +12092,7 @@ "Touchpad." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -11997,85 +12112,65 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Você pode clicar, dar um duplo clique, arrastar e rolar somente com seu " -"toucpad, sem a necessidade de botões explícitos no hardware." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "Na seção Touchpad, marque a opção Toque para clicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Para clicar, toque no touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Para clique duplo, toque duas vezes." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Para arrastar um item, dê um toque duplo, mas não levante o seu dedo após o " -"segundo toque. Arraste o item até onde você quer, então levante seu dedo " -"para soltar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Se o seu touchpad suporta toques-múltiplos, para simular um clique com o " -"botão direito do mouse, toque com dois dedos de uma vez. Caso contrário, " -"você vai precisar usar os botões físicos para executar um clique com o botão " -"direito. Veja em um método para clicar com " -"o botão direito sem um segundo botão de mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu touchpad suporta toques-múltiplos, simule um clique com o botão do meio tocando com três dedos de " -"uma vez." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Ao tocar ou arrastar com vários dedos, certifique-se que seus dedos estão " -"afastados o suficiente. Se os seus dedos estiverem muito próximos, seu " -"computador pode pensar que eles são um único dedo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Rolagem com dois dedos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Você pode rolar usando dois dedos no seu touchpad" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12083,7 +12178,7 @@ "dedos." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12101,17 +12196,17 @@ "fosse um único dedo grande." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Rolagem com dois dedos pode não funcionar em todos os touchpads." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "O conteúdo se fixa nos dedos" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12120,7 +12215,7 @@ "físico com o touchpad." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12129,7 +12224,7 @@ "dedos." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12632,8 +12727,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Adicionar, apagar e renomear marcadores no gerenciador de arquivos." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -12642,73 +12737,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Seus marcadores serão listados na barra lateral do gerenciador de arquivos." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Adicione um marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Abra a pasta (ou localização) que você quer marcar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Apague um marcador:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Renomeie um marcador:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Na janela Marcadores, selecione o marcador que deseja renomear." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Na caixa de texto Nome, digite o novo nome para o marcador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13272,7 +13365,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Local" @@ -13478,7 +13571,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Nenhum" @@ -13627,19 +13720,19 @@ "departamento ou projeto." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permissões" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Exibe as permissões de acesso do arquivo, como por exemplo drwxrw-r--" "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -13648,7 +13741,7 @@ "significa arquivo regular e d significa diretório (pasta)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -13657,7 +13750,7 @@ "usuário que é proprietário do arquivo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -13666,7 +13759,7 @@ "do grupo que são proprietários do arquivo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -13675,42 +13768,42 @@ "para todos os outros usuários do sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Cada caractere têm os seguintes significados:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Permissão de leitura." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Permissão de escrita." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Permissão de execução." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Sem permissão." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Tipo MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Exibe o tipo MIME do item." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "O caminho para a localização do arquivo." @@ -13997,12 +14090,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14015,7 +14107,7 @@ msgstr "O Time de documentação do Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Navegadores de Internet" @@ -14319,8 +14411,8 @@ "que você queria. Para corrigir isso, altere o navegador padrão:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14329,7 +14421,7 @@ "da lista do lado esquerdo da janela." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14338,7 +14430,7 @@ "alterando a opção Web." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14381,7 +14473,7 @@ "alterando qual é o aplicativo de e-mail padrão:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14495,7 +14587,7 @@ msgstr "Descubra o seu endereço IP interno (da rede)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14503,18 +14595,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Encontre o seu endereço IP externo (Internet)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -14523,12 +14615,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "A página irá exibir a você o seu endereço IP externo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -14539,42 +14631,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Você pode controlar quais programas podem acessar a rede. Isso ajuda a " -"manter o seu computador seguro." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Habilitar ou bloquear o acesso pelo firewall" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"O Ubuntu vem equipado com o Firewall descomplicado " -"(ufw), mas o firewall não está habilitado por padrão. Porque o " -"Ubuntu não tem qualquer serviço de rede aberto (exceto infraestrutura de " -"rede básica) na instalação padrão, um firewall não é necessário para " -"bloquear tentativas de entrada de conexões maliciosas." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Para mais informações sobre como usar o ufw, veja a documentação " -"online." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -14585,10 +14668,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Para ligar o firewall, entre com sudo ufw enable em um terminal. " -"Para desligar o ufw, entre com sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -14601,14 +14682,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -14618,7 +14699,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -14627,12 +14708,12 @@ "em um terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Use o ufw sem um terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -14643,7 +14724,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">neste link." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -14924,30 +15005,28 @@ msgstr "Dicas e termos de rede" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Você pode precisar instalar o Flash para ser capaz de ver sites como o " -"YouTube, que apresenta vídeos e páginas web interativas." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Instalar o plug-in Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -14958,63 +15037,106 @@ "disponível para download gratuito (mas não de código-aberto) para a maioria " "dos navegadores." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Como instalar o Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Se você tiver com alguma janela do navegador aberta, feche-a e volte a abri-" -"la. O navegador irá detectar que o Flash foi instalado quando você abri-lo " -"novamente, e então você poderá ver sites com Flash." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Auxilia o seu navegador a trabalhar com sites que requerem o Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Instale o plug-in do Java para o navegador" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Alguns sites usam pequenos programas Java que, para funcionar, " -"necessitam que um plug-in do Java esteja instalado." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Instale o pacote icedtea6-plugin " -"para visualizar programas Java em seu navegador." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15290,6 +15412,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Clique Adicionar." @@ -15549,12 +15672,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Resolvendo problemas de rede sem " -"fio, descobrindo sua rede " -"wifi…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -15604,7 +15724,7 @@ msgstr "Altere o método de proxy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -15613,14 +15733,14 @@ "no lado esquerdo da janela." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Escolha qual o método proxy você quer utilizar dentre os seguinte métodos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -15630,13 +15750,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -15647,19 +15767,19 @@ "HTTPS, FTP e SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automático" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16225,10 +16345,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -16254,64 +16374,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Você pode usar seu computador como um ponto de acesso sem fio. Isto permite " -"que outros dispositivos conectem-se a você sem uma rede separada e lhe " -"permite compartilhar uma conexão de Internet que você tenha feito usando " -"outra interface, como uma rede com fio ou uma rede de celular." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Abra Rede e selecione Sem fio na esquerda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Clique no botão Usar como um ponto de acesso." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Se você já está conectado a uma rede sem fio, você será perguntado se quer " -"se desconectar daquela rede. Um adaptador de rede sem fio não pode estar " -"conectado e criar uma rede ao mesmo tempo. Clique em Criar ponto de " -"acesso para confirmar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Um nome de rede (SSID) e chave de segurança são gerados automaticamente. O " -"nome da rede será baseado no nome do seu computador. Outros dispositivos " -"precisarão dessa informação para se conectar ao ponto de acesso que você " -"criou." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Clique no menu de rede, na barra de menus, e desmarque a opção Habilitar " -"rede sem fio." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Desligue a rede sem fio (modo avião)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16324,35 +16431,26 @@ "economizar bateria, por exemplo). Para fazer isto:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Para fazer isto, clique no menu de rede na barra de menus e " -"desmarque Habilitar rede sem fio. Isto desligará sua conexão sem " -"fio até que você a ative novamente." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Para religar a conexão sem fio, clique no menu de rede na barra " -"de menus e selecione Habilitar rede sem fio, de forma que apareça " -"uma marcação na frente deste item." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Seu laptop pode ainda estar transmitindo se você não desligou o Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16388,11 +16486,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Clique em menu de rede na barra de menus e clique no " -"nome da rede à qual você quer se conectar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -16613,29 +16709,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Aprenda o que significam as opções da tela de edição de conexão sem fio." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Edite uma conexão sem fio" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Este tópico descreve todas as opções que estão disponíveis quando você edita " -"uma conexão de rede sem fio. Para editar uma conexão, clique no menu de " -"rede na barra de menus e selecione Editar conexões." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -16647,17 +16739,17 @@ "mais complexas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Disponível para todos os usuários / Conectar automaticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Conectar automaticamente" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -16666,63 +16758,50 @@ "rede sem fio sempre que estiver dentro do alcance." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Se muitas redes que estiverem configuradas para se conectar automaticamente " -"estiverem ao alcance, o computador irá se conectar à primeira que estiver " -"listada na aba Sem fio da janela Conexões de rede. Ele " -"não desconectará de uma rede disponível para se conectar a outra que acabou " -"de mostrar sinal." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Disponível para todos usuários" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Marque esta opção se você deseja que todos os usuários do computador tenham " -"acesso a esta rede sem fio. Se a rede tiver uma senha WEP/WPA e você tiver marcado esta opção, você só " -"precisará digitar a senha uma vez. Todos os demais usuários de seu " -"computador poderão acessar a rede sem ter de saber a senha." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Se estiver marcada, é necessário que você seja um administrador para modificar qualquer definição para esta " -"rede. Poderá ser necessário digitar a sua senha de administrador." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Sem Fio" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -16735,12 +16814,12 @@ "modificando as configurações de seu roteador ou estação base)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -16751,55 +16830,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher ad-hoc, você verá duas outras opções: " -"Banda e Canal. Elas determinam em qual banda de " -"frequência sem fio a rede ad-hoc irá operar. Alguns computadores são capazes " -"de trabalhar somente em certas bandas (por exemplo, apenas a ou " -"apenas b/g), então você deverá escolher uma banda que todos os " -"computadores na rede ad-hoc possam usar. Em lugares cheios, devem existir " -"várias redes sem fio compartilhando o mesmo canal. Isto pode deixar sua " -"conexão mais lenta, então você também pode mudar o canal que está usando." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Este é o Basic Service Set Identifier (sigla em inglês para " -"\"identificador básico de conjunto de serviços\"). O SSID (veja acima) é o " -"nome da rede que seres humanos podem ler. Já o BSSID é um nome que o " -"computador entende (é uma sequência de letras e números que deve ser única " -"para a rede sem fio). Se uma rede está " -"oculta, ela não terá um SSID mas terá um BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Endereço MAC do dispositivo" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -16813,41 +16878,35 @@ "determinado de fábrica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Esta opção pode ser usada para alterar o endereço MAC da placa de rede." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Endereço MAC clonado" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Seu hardware de rede (placa de rede sem fio) pode fingir ter um endereço MAC " -"diferente. Isto pode ser útil se você tem um dispositivo ou serviço que se " -"comunica apenas com um determinado endereço MAC (por exemplo, um modem de " -"cabo de banda larga). Se você colocar esse endereço MAC no computador " -"com um endereço MAC clonado, o dispositivo/serviço irá pensar que " -"seu computador tem o endereço MAC clonado, em vez de seu endereço verdadeiro." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -16865,54 +16924,45 @@ "alterar essa configuração." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Segurança da rede sem fio" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Segurança" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Isto define que tipo de criptografia sua rede sem fio utiliza. As " -"conexões criptografadas ajudam a proteger sua conexão sem fio de " -"interceptação, para que outras pessoas não possam captá-la e ver os sites " -"que você está visitando e assim por diante." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Alguns tipos de criptografia são mais fortes que outros, mas podem não ser " -"suportados por equipamentos de rede sem fio antigos. Você normalmente irá " -"precisar digitar uma senha para a conexão. Tipos mais sofisticados de " -"segurança também requerem um nome de usuário e um \"certificado\" digital. " -"Veja para obter mais informações sobre " -"tipos usuais de criptografia sem fio." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Configurações IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -16923,17 +16973,17 @@ "para ver diferentes maneiras de obter e configurar essas informações." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Os seguintes métodos estão disponíveis:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automático (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -16949,37 +16999,32 @@ "atribuídas. A maioria das redes usa DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Somente endereços automáticos (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Se você optar por esta configuração, seu computador irá adquirir o endereço " -"IP do servidor DHCP, mas terá que definir manualmente outros detalhes (como " -"qual o servidor DNS a ser utilizado)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Escolha essa opção se você quiser definir todas as configurações de rede " -"você mesmo, incluindo qual endereço IP o computador deve usar." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Apenas Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -16996,38 +17041,41 @@ "computadores para que eles se comuniquem entre si." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desabilitado" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção irá desativar a conexão de rede e impedir que você se conecte a " -"ela. Note que os protocolos IPv4 e IPv6 são tratados " -"como conexões separadas, ainda que definidas para a mesma placa de rede. Se " -"você tem uma delas ativada, você pode querer definir a outra como desativada." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Configurações IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Isso é similar à aba IPv4 com a exceção de que essa trata do mais " -"novo padrão IPv6. As redes mais modernas usam IPv6, mas o IPv4 ainda é o " -"mais popular no momento." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17110,23 +17158,19 @@ "oculta." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Clique no menu de rede na barra de menu e selecione Conectar-" -"se a rede sem fio oculta." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Conecte-se a uma rede sem fio oculta" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17141,6 +17185,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17148,7 +17199,7 @@ "da rede e clique em Conectar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17161,7 +17212,7 @@ "serviços básicos), e se parece com isso: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17170,7 +17221,7 @@ "Procure por termos como WEP ou WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17376,7 +17427,7 @@ msgstr "Executando uma verificação de seu modem e roteador" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17387,12 +17438,12 @@ "através de cada passo no guia." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Usando a linha de comando" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17403,7 +17454,7 @@ "aplicativo terminal no painel." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18743,12 +18794,12 @@ "mochila." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Na sessão Hardware, clique em Energia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -18912,11 +18963,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Digite sudo pm-hibernate dentro do terminal e pressione " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -18960,11 +19009,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Se o teste de hibernação funcionar, você pode continuar usando o comando " -"sudo pm-hibernate quando você quiser hibernar." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19084,53 +19131,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Por que meu computador desliga/suspende quando a bateria chega a 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Quando o nível de carga da bateria fica muito baixo, seu computador suspende automaticamente. Ele faz isso para se " -"certificar de que a bateria não descarregue completamente, uma vez que isto " -"é ruim para a bateria. Se a bateria se esgotasse completamente, o computador " -"não teria tempo para desligar corretamente." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Alguns computadores têm problemas de suspensão, e podem não ser capazes de " -"recuperar os aplicativos e documentos que estavam abertos quando você ligar " -"o computador novamente. Nesse caso, é possível que você perca seu trabalho " -"se não salvá-lo antes do computador ser suspenso. Entretanto, você pode ser " -"capaz de corrigir problemas com " -"suspensão." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -19164,26 +19177,17 @@ "Se isso acontecer, tente desligar sua rede sem fio e ligá-la novamente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Clique no ícone à extrema direita da barra de menu e selecione " -"Configurações do sistema" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Abra Rede e selecione a aba Sem fio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Desligue sua rede sem fio e ligue novamente" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19192,7 +19196,7 @@ "desligue novamente" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -19560,7 +19564,7 @@ msgstr "Você pode fazer com que a tela pare de se esmaecer:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -19721,7 +19725,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -19729,21 +19733,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -19754,7 +19758,7 @@ "for requisitada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -19762,8 +19766,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -19824,7 +19828,9 @@ msgstr "Configurar" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Configure uma impressora" @@ -19841,9 +19847,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Impressoras não detectadas, atolamento de papel ou impressões incorretas..." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -19959,7 +19965,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -20468,7 +20473,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Abra Impressoras." @@ -20508,80 +20513,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Configure uma impressora que está conectada ao seu computador." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Configure uma impressora local" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"O seu sistema pode reconhecer muitos tipos de impressoras automaticamente, " -"uma vez que elas estejam conectadas. A maioria das impressoras são " -"conectadas por um cabo USB que é ligado ao seu computador." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Assegure-se de que a impressora esteja ligada." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Conecte a impressora ao seu sistema através do cabo apropriado. Você poderá " -"ver alguma atividade na tela enquanto o sistema procura por drivers, e você " -"pode ser solicitado a se autenticar para instalá-los." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Se sua impressora não foi configurada automaticamente, você pode adicioná-la " -"nas configurações de impressora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Clique em Adicionar e selecione a impressora a partir da janela " -"Dispositivos." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Clique em Avançar e espere enquanto ele procura pelos drivers." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -20590,7 +20578,7 @@ "quiser. Quando terminar, clique em Aplicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -20598,24 +20586,69 @@ "Cancelar para pular essa etapa." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Se houver múltiplos drivers disponíveis para o seu computador, você pode ser " -"solicitado a escolher um driver. Para usar o driver recomendado, clique em " -"Avançar nas telas de marca e modelo." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Assegure-se de que a impressora esteja ligada." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Depois de você instalar a impressora, você talvez queira alterar sua impressora padrão." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -20800,17 +20833,17 @@ "importante especificar três coisas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "O que você esperava que acontecesse" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "O que realmente aconteceu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -20819,7 +20852,7 @@ "o primeiro passo é \"iniciar o programa\"" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -20829,7 +20862,7 @@ "Ubuntu!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -20842,7 +20875,7 @@ "interna de relatório de erros." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Salvar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -20958,7 +21077,7 @@ "de sua região." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -20967,7 +21086,7 @@ "regionais." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -20978,18 +21097,16 @@ "guia Idioma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Você deve encerrar a sessão e iniciá-la novamente para que as alterações " -"tenham efeito. Clique no ícone à extrema direita da barra de menu e " -"selecione Encerrar sessão para sair." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21002,12 +21119,12 @@ "calendários." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Altere os formatos do sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21019,19 +21136,19 @@ "início de sessão." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Altere seus formatos, como descrito acima." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Clique em Aplicar a todo o sistema." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21061,12 +21178,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Clique em Suporte a idiomas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21075,18 +21192,16 @@ "o topo da lista." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Você tem que encerrar sessão e iniciar para que as alterações de idioma " -"tenham efeito. Clique no ícone à extrema direita da barra de menu e " -"selecione Encerrar sessão para sair." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21103,12 +21218,12 @@ "atualizar os nomes das pastas." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Alterar o idioma do sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21119,7 +21234,7 @@ "sistema, o idioma usado em lugares como a tela de início de sessão." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Altere seu idioma, como descrito acima." @@ -21160,17 +21275,17 @@ "automaticamente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Clique em Brilho & bloqueio." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "Mude o valor na lista Bloquear tela após." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -21418,7 +21533,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -21427,7 +21542,7 @@ "intro\">painel sobre o lançador." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -21437,7 +21552,7 @@ "lançador." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -21446,7 +21561,7 @@ "para fora do lançador e colocando-o de volta na posição desejada." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -21501,23 +21616,20 @@ "tudo estará onde você deixou quando voltar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Para encerrar a sessão ou alternar usuários, clique no menu do sistema à extrema direita da barra de menu e " -"selecione a opção apropriada." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Bloquear a tela" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -21532,33 +21644,32 @@ "automaticamente após um certo período de tempo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Para bloquear sua tela, clique no menu do sistema na barra de " -"menu e selecione Bloquear tela." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Quando sua tela estiver bloqueada, outros usuários podem iniciar uma sessão " -"própria clicando em Alternar conta de usuário na tela de senha. " -"Você pode alternar de volta ao seu ambiente de trabalho quando eles " -"terminarem." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspender" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -21573,31 +21684,29 @@ "muito pequena de energia ainda é usada durante a suspensão." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Para suspender seu computador manualmente, clique no menu do " -"sistema na barra de menu e selecione Suspender." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Desligar ou reiniciar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Se você deseja desligar o computador totalmente, ou fazer uma " -"reinicialização completa, clique no menu do sistema e selecione " -"Desligar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22215,12 +22324,12 @@ msgstr "Uma janela não pode ser redimensionada se está maximizada." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Para redimensionar sua janela horizontalmente e/ou verticalmente:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22230,12 +22339,12 @@ "a janela em qualquer direção." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Para redimensionar somente na direção horizontal:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22245,12 +22354,12 @@ "horizontalmente." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Para redimensionar somente na direção vertical:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22261,17 +22370,17 @@ "Clique+segure+arraste para redimensionar a janela verticalmente." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Organizando janelas em sua área de trabalho" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Para colocar duas janelas lado a lado:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22284,7 +22393,7 @@ "janela irá preencher a metade esquerda da tela." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22294,7 +22403,7 @@ "tela." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -22352,11 +22461,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Do teclado" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -22365,57 +22474,41 @@ "alternador de janelas" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Libere a tecla Alt para selecionar a próxima janela (realçada) no " -"alternador de janelas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Caso contrário, mantenha pressionada a tecla Alt e pressione a " -"tecla Tab para movimentar-se à frente pela lista de janelas " -"abertas ou ShiftTab para movimentar-" -"se para trás." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"As janelas no alternador de janelas estão agrupadas por aplicativo. Pré-" -"visualizações de aplicativos com múltiplas janelas surgem quando você clica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Você também pode mover entre os ícones dos aplicativos no alternador de " -"janelas com as teclas → e ←, ou selecionar uma um " -"deles clicando com o mouse." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Pré-visualizações de aplicativos com uma só janela podem ser exibidas com a " -"tecla ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -22427,8 +22520,13 @@ "mantenha pressionadas as teclas Ctrl e Alt e pressione " "Tab ou ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -22439,7 +22537,7 @@ "abertas em tamanho reduzido." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Clique na janela para a qual você quer alternar." @@ -22643,19 +22741,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -22664,12 +22762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Alterar o número de espaços de trabalho" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -22678,7 +22776,7 @@ "terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22687,7 +22785,7 @@ "final para o número que desejar. Pressione Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23528,7 +23626,7 @@ msgstr "Digite caracteres especiais" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -23540,17 +23638,17 @@ "especiais." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Métodos para digitar caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa de caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -23561,7 +23659,7 @@ "caractere desejado e em seguida copie e cole-o onde você precisar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Manual do mapa de caracteres." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Tecla de composição" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -23590,7 +23688,7 @@ "compor, depois ' e então e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -23600,38 +23698,40 @@ "composição." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Defina uma tecla de composição" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Clique em Layout de teclado." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Clique em Opções." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Encontre o grupo chamado Posição da tecla de composição. Escolha " -"a tecla ou teclas que você gostaria que se comportasse como uma tecla de " -"composição. Você pode escolher teclas como o Caps Lock, uma das " -"teclas Alt, ou a tecla de menu. Qualquer tecla que você " -"selecionar somente funcionará como uma tecla de composição, deixando de " -"servir ao seu propósito inicial." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -23639,7 +23739,7 @@ "exemplo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -23648,7 +23748,7 @@ "qual deverá aparecer o acento agudo, como é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -23657,7 +23757,7 @@ "a letra sobre a qual o acento deverá aparecer, como è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -23666,7 +23766,7 @@ "a qual o trema deverá aparecer, como ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -23675,7 +23775,7 @@ "qual o mácron deverá aparecer, como ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see esta página da Wikipedia (em inglês)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Códigos de caracteres" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -23708,7 +23808,7 @@ "dígitos depois do U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -23719,12 +23819,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24480,38 +24580,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Na sessão Pessoal, clique em Aparência." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Alterne para a aba Comportamento" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" "Coloque a chave Ocultar automaticamente o lançador na posição ON." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -24545,12 +24637,12 @@ "maiores, de modo que fiquem mais fácil pra clicar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Clique em Aparência." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -24559,7 +24651,7 @@ "diminuir o tamanho dos ícones do Lançador." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "O tamanho padrão dos ícones do Lançador é 48." @@ -24658,38 +24750,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "iniciando o aplicativo ou abrindo o documento, pasta ou dispositivo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -24826,32 +24918,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Menus de status" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -24863,32 +24955,50 @@ "menus de estado são um lugar conveniente onde você pode verificar e " "modificar o estado de seu computador e aplicativos." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Lista de menus de status e o que eles fazem" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "" -"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " -"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" -msgstr "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Alguns dos ícones usados pelo menu indicador mudam de acordo com o estado do " +"aplicativo." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Outros programas como Tomboy ou Transmission podem " +"também adicionar menus indicadores ao painel." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Lista de menus de status e o que eles fazem" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -24903,7 +25013,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -24911,28 +25021,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -24945,7 +25055,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -24953,14 +25063,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -24973,21 +25083,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25000,7 +25110,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25008,14 +25118,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25026,38 +25136,26 @@ "mídia como o Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Relógio" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25067,24 +25165,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">as configurações do sistema. Alternar usuários, " "bloquear a tela, sair, suspender, reiniciar ou desligar o computador." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Alguns dos ícones usados pelo menu indicador mudam de acordo com o estado do " -"aplicativo." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Outros programas como Tomboy ou Transmission podem " -"também adicionar menus indicadores ao painel." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25197,37 +25277,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -26847,7 +26901,7 @@ "esquerda. Essas configurações podem ser ajustadas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -26858,7 +26912,7 @@ "digitais) entre Suave e Firme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -26874,7 +26928,7 @@ "Para trás, Para frente." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -26883,15 +26937,12 @@ "ajustar a \"sensação\" entre Suave e Firme." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Se você tiver mais de uma caneta, quando a caneta adicional se aproximar do " -"tabler, um pager será mostrado próximo ao nome do dispositivo da caneta. Use " -"o pager para escolher qual caneta será configurada." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -26955,6 +27006,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Clique em Layout de teclado." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Clique em Opções." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Encontre o grupo chamado Posição da tecla de composição. Escolha " +#~ "a tecla ou teclas que você gostaria que se comportasse como uma tecla de " +#~ "composição. Você pode escolher teclas como o Caps Lock, uma das " +#~ "teclas Alt, ou a tecla de menu. Qualquer tecla que você " +#~ "selecionar somente funcionará como uma tecla de composição, deixando de " +#~ "servir ao seu propósito inicial." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -27004,6 +27075,30 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no ícone mais à direita da barra de menu e selecione " +#~ "Configurações do sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você quiser configurar mais contas, pode repetir este processo mais tarde." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Por razões de segurança, o Ubuntu não armazenará sua senha em seu " +#~ "computador. Em vez disso, ele armazena um token que é fornecido pelo serviço " +#~ "online. Se você quer revogar totalmente a ligação entre o desktop e o " +#~ "serviço online, remova ele." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27037,6 +27132,31 @@ #~ "Use a Central de Programas do Ubuntu para adicionar programas e torne Ubuntu " #~ "mais útil." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Instalar programa adicional" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A equipe de desenvolvimento do Ubuntu optou por um conjunto padrão de " +#~ "aplicativos que achamos tornar o Ubuntu muito útil para a maioria das " +#~ "tarefas do dia-a-dia. No entanto, você certamente desejará instalar mais " +#~ "programas para tornar o Ubuntu mais útil." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Para instalar programa adicional, complete os seguintes passos:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conecte-se à Internet usando uma conexão " +#~ "sem fio ou uma conexão com " +#~ "fio." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27053,12 +27173,63 @@ #~ "selecione uma categoria e encontre um aplicativo na lista." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecione o aplicativo que você está interessado e clique em " +#~ "Instalar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você será solicitado a digitar sua senha. Depois de ter feito isso a " +#~ "instalação começará." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A instalação geralmente termina em pouco tempo, mas pode demorar se você " +#~ "tiver uma conexão lenta com a Internet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um atalho para o seu novo aplicativo será adicionado ao Lançador. Para " +#~ "desativar este recurso, desmarque VerNovos " +#~ "aplicativos no Lançador." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicionar PPAs para ajudar a testar um programa especial ou de pré-" +#~ "lançamento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arquivos de Pacotes Pessoais (PPAs) são repositórios de programas " +#~ "desenhados por usuários do Ubuntu e são mais fácil de se instalar do que " +#~ "outros repositórios de terceiros." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique em Adicionar e digite a localização ppa:." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Fecha a janela de Canais de software. A Central de programas Ubuntu irá " #~ "então verificar os canais de software por novos aplicativos." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Remova o software que você não usa mais." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -27067,6 +27238,26 @@ #~ "topo." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você poderá ser requisitado para digitar sua senha. Depois que você tenha " +#~ "feito isso, o aplicativo será removido." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Adicione outros repositórios para ampliar as fontes de aplicativos que o " +#~ "Ubuntu utiliza para instalação e atualizações." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar repositórios adicionais de softwares" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Instalar outros repositórios" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27118,6 +27309,9 @@ #~ "Software. Aguarde um momento para que a Central de Programas do Ubuntu baixe " #~ "a informação do repositório." +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Adicionar & remover programa" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "O Cheese não está instalado por padrão no Ubuntu. Para instalar o Cheese:" @@ -27154,6 +27348,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Você precisa instalar o Cheese para poder ler o guia de usuário do Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Cartão de memória USB (baixa capacidade)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -27180,6 +27377,25 @@ #~ "computador a partir de um outro dispositivo. Veja para mais informações." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fazendo o download de uma impressão como arquivo de referência de uma " +#~ "companhia de cor" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Usar uma empresa de cor para gerar um perfil de impressora é normalmente uma " +#~ "opção barata se você tem um ou dois diferentes tipos de papel. Depois de " +#~ "baixar da Internet um gráfico de referência dos sites das empresas, você " +#~ "pode então enviar a impressão de volta a eles em um envelope protegido, que " +#~ "eles irão digitalizar, gerar um perfil e lhe enviar por email um perfil ICC " +#~ "preciso." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -27233,152 +27449,870 @@ #~ msgstr "Desmarque Eventos a ocorrer do calendário Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecione o disco que queira verificar a partir da lista de " -#~ "Dispositivos de armazenamento. As informações e o estado do disco " -#~ "aparecerão em Unidade." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Em Status do SMART deve aparecer \"A unidade está bem\"." +#~ "Se mudar de ideia mais tarde, você pode obter o relógio novamente clicando " +#~ "no ícone mais à direita da barra de menu e selecionando Configurações " +#~ "do sistema. Na seção Sistema, clique em Data e hora." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Clique no botão Dados do SMART para ver mais informações do drive " -#~ "ou executar um autoteste." +#~ "Clique no ícone mais à direita na barra de menu e selecione " +#~ "Configurações do sistema." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para projetos mais avançados de gravação de CD/DVD, experimente o " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ "Execute avaliações de desempenho no seu disco rígido para verificar a sua " +#~ "velocidade." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Teste o desempenho do seu disco rígido" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Para testar a velocidade de seu disco rígido:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Para ajuda sobre a utilização do Brasero, leia o guia do usuário." +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Discos a partir do Painel." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desligue o touchpad enquanto digita para prevenir cliques acidentais." +#~ "Selecione o disco rígido a partir da lista de Unidades de disco" -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Desabilite o touchpad enquanto digita" +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no botão da engrenagem e selecione Teste de desempenho de " +#~ "unidade." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Touchpads nos laptops frequentemente estão localizados onde você descansa " -#~ "seu pulso enquanto digita, o que pode algumas vezes causa cliques acidentais " -#~ "enquanto você digita. Você pode desabilitar o touchpad enquanto digita. Ele " -#~ "só vai funcionar de novo um pequeno tempo depois da sua última tecla " -#~ "pressionada." +#~ "Clique em Iniciar teste de desempenho e ajuste os parâmetros de " +#~ "taxa de transferência e tempo de acesso como desejar." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Na seção Touchpad, marque Desabilitar durante a " -#~ "digitação." - -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Retorna a data e hora da última vez que o arquivo foi modificado." +#~ "Clique em Iniciar teste de desempenho para testar a velocidade em " +#~ "que os dados podem ser lidos do disco. Privilégios administrativos podem ser requeridos. Digite " +#~ "sua senha, ou a senha da conta administrativa requerida." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se você desejar ser extra cauteloso, ou se você quiser procurar vírus em " -#~ "arquivos que você esteja trocando com pessoas que usam o Windows ou o Mac " -#~ "OS, você pode instalar um programa de antivírus. Procure na Central de " -#~ "programas do Ubuntu, onde diversos aplicativos estão disponíveis." +#~ "Quando o teste tiver terminado, os resultados irão aparecer no gráfico. Os " +#~ "pontos verdes e linhas de conexão indicam as amostras tomadas: elas " +#~ "correspondem ao eixo direito, exibindo o tempo de acesso, traçado contra o " +#~ "eixo de baixo, representando o tempo percentual decorrido durante a " +#~ "avaliação de desempenho. A linha azul representa as taxas de leitura, " +#~ "enquanto que a linha vermelha representa as taxas de gravação: estas são " +#~ "exibidas como taxas de acesso de dados no eixo esquerdo, traçado contra o " +#~ "percentual de disco percorrido, de fora para dentro, ao longo do eixo " +#~ "inferior." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O Empathy está instalado por padrão no Ubuntu. Inicie o Empathy " -#~ "Messenger à partir do Painel, " -#~ "através do Lançador ou escolha " -#~ "Bate-papo no Menu de " -#~ "mensagens." +#~ "Abaixo do gráfico, são exibidos os valores das taxas mínima, máxima e média " +#~ "de leitura e gravação, tempo médio de acesso e o tempo decorrido desde o " +#~ "último teste de desempenho." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Muitos programas são construídos para oferecer serviços de rede. Por " -#~ "exemplo, você pode compartilhar conteúdo ou deixar que alguém veja sua área " -#~ "de trabalho remotamente. Dependendo de quais programas adicionais você " -#~ "instalar, você poderá precisar ajustar o firewall para permitir que esses " -#~ "serviços funcionem como deveriam. O UfW vem com um conjunto de regras pré-" -#~ "configuradas. Por exemplo, para permitir conexões SSP, digite " -#~ "sudo ufw allow ssh em um terminal. Para bloquear o SSH, digite " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Use o Analisador de uso do disco ou o Monitor do " +#~ "sistema para verificar o espaço e a capacidade." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cada programa que provê serviços usa uma porta de rede específica. " -#~ "Para habilitar acesso aos serviços desses programas, talvez seja necessário " -#~ "permitir acesso a essa porta no firewall. Para permitir conexões na porta " -#~ "53, digite sudo ufw allow 53 em um terminal. Para bloquear a " -#~ "porta 53, digite sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "Você pode verificar quanto espaço em disco ainda resta com o Analisador " +#~ "de uso do disco ou o Monitor do sistema." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Verifique com o Analisador de uso do disco" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "O Flash é um plug-in para o seu navegador de Internet " -#~ "que permite que você assista vídeos e use páginas da Web interativas em " -#~ "alguns sites. Alguns sites não funcionarão sem Flash." +#~ "Para verificar o espaço livre e a capacidade do disco usando o " +#~ "Analisador do uso do disco:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Center." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Clique neste link para " -#~ "iniciar a Central de Programas." +#~ "Clique em um dos botões da barra de ferramentas para escolher Varrer " +#~ "pasta pessoal, Varrer sistema de arquivos, Varrer uma " +#~ "pasta, ou Varrer uma pasta remota." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Leia as informações e opiniões para ter certeza de que deseja instalar o " -#~ "Flash." +#~ "A informação é exibida de acordo com Pasta, " +#~ "Utilização, Tamanho e Conteúdo. Veja mais " +#~ "detalhes em Analisador de uso do " +#~ "disco." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Verificar com o Monitor do sistema" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " -#~ "Center window." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se você optar por instalar o Flash, clique em instalar na janela " -#~ "da Central de Programas." - -#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" -#~ msgstr "Alternativas em código aberto para o Flash" +#~ "Para verificar o espaço livre e a capacidade do disco com o Monitor do " +#~ "sistema:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra o aplicativo Monitor do sistema a partir do " +#~ "Painel." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecione a aba Sistemas de arquivos para ver as partições do " +#~ "sistema e o uso do espaço do disco. As informações são mostradas de acordo " +#~ "com o Total, Livre, Disponível e Em " +#~ "uso." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Se o disco estiver muito cheio, você deve:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Exclua arquivos que não são importantes ou que você não usa mais." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Faça cópias de segurança dos arquivos " +#~ "importantes que não precisará por enquanto e os apague do disco rígido." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecione o disco que queira verificar a partir da lista de " +#~ "Dispositivos de armazenamento. As informações e o estado do disco " +#~ "aparecerão em Unidade." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Em Status do SMART deve aparecer \"A unidade está bem\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no botão Dados do SMART para ver mais informações do drive " +#~ "ou executar um autoteste." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mesmo que o Status do SMART indique que o disco não está " +#~ "saudável, isto pode não ser motivo para alarme. Entretanto, é melhor estar " +#~ "preparado com uma cópia de segurança para " +#~ "prevenir perda de dados." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se no status aparecer \"Pré-falha\", o disco está razoavelmente bem mas " +#~ "avisa que desgastes foram detectados, o que significa que ele poderá falhar " +#~ "em um futuro próximo. Se seu disco rígido (ou computador) já tiver alguns " +#~ "anos, é bem capaz de você ver essa mensagem em algumas das verificações. " +#~ "Você deve realizar cópias de segurança " +#~ "regularmente e verificar o status de tempos em tempos para ver se ele " +#~ "piora." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Remova todos os arquivos e pastas de um disco rígido externo ou unidade " +#~ "flash USB, formatando-o." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Apague tudo de um disco removível" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você tiver um disco removível, como um dispositivo de memória USB ou um " +#~ "disco rígido externo, você às vezes pode querer remover completamente todos " +#~ "os seus arquivos e pastas. Você pode fazer isso formatando o disco -" +#~ " isso apaga todos os arquivos do disco e o deixa vazio." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formate um disco removível" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecione o disco que você deseja apagar a partir da lista de " +#~ "Dispositivos de armazenamento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certifique-se de que selecionou o disco correto! Se escolher o disco errado, " +#~ "todos os arquivos do outro disco serão apagados!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na seção de Volumes, clique Desmontar volume. Então clique em " +#~ "Formatar volume." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na janela que aparecer, escolha um Tipo de sistema de arquivos " +#~ "para o disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você usar o disco em computadores com Windows ou Mac OS além do Linux, " +#~ "escolha FAT. Se você só o utiliza no Windows, NTFS " +#~ "pode ser a melhor opção. Uma breve descrição do tipo de sistema de " +#~ "arquivo vai ser apresentada como um rótulo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dê um nome ao disco e clique em Formatar para iniciar a limpeza " +#~ "do disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma vez terminada a formatação, remova o disco com segurança. Ele agora deve " +#~ "estar vazio e pronto para ser usado novamente." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatar o disco não exclui seus arquivos com segurança." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatar um disco não é uma maneira completamente segura de apagar todos os " +#~ "seus dados. Um disco formatado vai parecer não ter arquivos nele, mas é " +#~ "possível que programas especiais de recuperação possam restaurar os " +#~ "arquivos. Se você precisa apagar seus arquivos com segurança, você deverá " +#~ "utilizar um utilitário de linha de comando, como o shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Entenda o que são volumes e partições e use o Utilitário de unidades para " +#~ "gerenciá-los." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Visualize e gerencie volumes e partições utilizando o Utilitário de unidades" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode verificar e modificar os volumes de armazenamento do seu " +#~ "computador com o Utilitário de unidades." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Abra a Painel e inicie o aplicativo utilitário de " +#~ "disco." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No painel designado Dispositivos de armazenamento, você " +#~ "encontrará discos rígidos, unidades de CD/DVD e outraos dispositivos " +#~ "físicos. Clique no dispositivo que você quer inspecionar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No painel da direita, a área rotulada Volumes fornece um " +#~ "detalhamento visual dos volumes e partições presentes no dispositivo " +#~ "selecionado. Ele também contém uma variedades de ferramentas usadas para " +#~ "gerenciar esses volumes." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tome cuidado: é possível apagar completamente os dados no seu disco com " +#~ "esses utilitários." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uma partição primária deve conter informações que o seu computador utiliza " +#~ "para iniciar ou inicializar. Por isso é chamada às vezes partição " +#~ "de inicialização, ou volume de inicialização. Para determinar se um volume é " +#~ "inicializável, observe os Rótulos da partição no Utilitário de " +#~ "unidades. Mídias externas como unidades USB e CDs podem também conter um " +#~ "volume inicializável." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Certifique-se de que a chave Bloquear está na posição ON, então " +#~ "selecione o tempo limite na lista abaixo. A tela será automaticamente " +#~ "bloqueada após você ter ficado inativo por esse período de tempo. Você " +#~ "também pode selecionar Desligar a tela para bloquear a tela " +#~ "depois que ela é automaticamente desligada, controlada pela lista " +#~ "Desligar a tela quando inativo por, que está acima." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para projetos mais avançados de gravação de CD/DVD, experimente o " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para ajuda sobre a utilização do Brasero, leia o guia do usuário." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Localize arquivos baseados no nome do arquivo e tipo. Salve suas pesquisas " +#~ "para uso posterior." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode pesquisar arquivos por nome ou tipo de arquivo diretamente no " +#~ "gerenciador de arquivos. Você pode até salvar pesquisas comuns, e eles " +#~ "aparecerão como pastas especiais na sua pasta pessoal." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Abra o gerenciador de arquivos" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você sabe que os arquivos que você deseja estão em uma pasta específica, " +#~ "vá para a pasta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode abrir, copiar, apagar ou trabalhar com seus arquivos a partir dos " +#~ "resultados de busca, como faria de qualquer pasta no gerenciador de arquivos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você realiza certas pesquisas com frequência, você pode salvá-las para " +#~ "acessá-las rapidamente." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Salve uma pesquisa" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Inicie uma pesquisa como descrito acima." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dê um nome à pesquisa e clique em Salvar. Se quiser, selecione " +#~ "uma pasta diferente para salvar a pesquisa. Quando você visualizar essa " +#~ "pasta, você verá sua pesquisa salva como um ícone de pasta laranja com uma " +#~ "lupa nele." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para remover o arquivo de pesquisa quando você não precisar mais dele, " +#~ "simplesmente exclua a pesquisa como faria " +#~ "com qualquer outro arquivo. Quando você exclui uma pesquisa salva, os " +#~ "arquivos que a pesquisa encontrou não são excluídos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para resolver isto, clique no ícone mais à direita da barra de menu e vá " +#~ "para Configurações do sistema. Na seção de Hardware, selecione " +#~ "Monitores. Tente algumas das opções de Resolução e " +#~ "escolha a que faz com que a tela pareça melhor." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no ícone mais à direita na barra de menu e selecione " +#~ "Configurações do Sistema. Abra Monitores." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no ícone na extrema direita da barra de menu e selecione " +#~ "Configurações do Sistema." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Desligue o touchpad enquanto digita para prevenir cliques acidentais." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Desabilite o touchpad enquanto digita" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Touchpads nos laptops frequentemente estão localizados onde você descansa " +#~ "seu pulso enquanto digita, o que pode algumas vezes causa cliques acidentais " +#~ "enquanto você digita. Você pode desabilitar o touchpad enquanto digita. Ele " +#~ "só vai funcionar de novo um pequeno tempo depois da sua última tecla " +#~ "pressionada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na seção Touchpad, marque Desabilitar durante a " +#~ "digitação." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muitos mouses e alguns touchpads possuem um botão do meio. Em um mouse com " +#~ "uma roda de rolagem, normalmente você pode pressionar a roda de rolagem para " +#~ "baixo para executar o clique do meio. Se você não tiver um botão do meio do " +#~ "mouse, você pode pressionar os botões esquerdo e direito ao mesmo tempo para " +#~ "executar o clique do meio. Se você achar que não conseuge fazer o clique do " +#~ "meio desta forma, você pode tentar seguir estas " +#~ "instruções." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Em touchpads que suportam multi-toques, você pode tocar com três dedos de " +#~ "uma vez para simular um clique com o botão do meio do mouse. Você tem que " +#~ "habilitar clique por toques na " +#~ "configuração do touchpad para que isto funcione." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muitos aplicativos usam o clique com o botão do meio do mouse para atalhos " +#~ "de clique avançados:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um atalho comum é colar um texto selecionado (isto é às vezes chamado de " +#~ "colagem primária da seleção). Selecione o texto que você quer colar, então " +#~ "vá aonde você quer colar e clique com o botão do meio do mouse. O texto " +#~ "selecionado é colado na posição do ponteiro do mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Colar textos com o botão do meio do mouse é uma tarefa completamente " +#~ "independente da área de transferência normal. Um texto selecionado não é " +#~ "copiado para a área de transferência. Esse método rápido de colagem somente " +#~ "funciona com o botão direito do mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A maioria dos navegadores o permite abrir rapidamente links em abas com o " +#~ "botão do meio do mouse. Clique em qualquer link com o botão do meio do seu " +#~ "mouse e ele se abrirá em uma nova aba. Mas tenha cuidado com o " +#~ "Firefox: nele, se você clicar com o botão do meio do mouse em " +#~ "qualquer lugar que não seja um link, ele tentará carregar o seu texto " +#~ "selecionado como uma URL, como se você tivesse usado o clique com o botão do " +#~ "meio para colar o texto na barra de localização e pressionado " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alguns aplicativos permitem que você use o botão do meio do mouse para " +#~ "outras funções. Procure na ajuda de seu aplicativo por clique com o " +#~ "botão do meio ou botão do meio do mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tecle ← uma vez para alternar para a aba Apontando e " +#~ "clicando." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Estas instruções fornecem o caminho mais curto para habilitar teclas do " +#~ "mouse usando apenas o teclado. Selecione Configurações de " +#~ "acessibilidade para ver mais opções de acessibilidade." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O teclado numérico é um conjunto de botões numéricos em seu teclado, " +#~ "geralmente dispostos em uma grade quadrada. Se você tiver um teclado sem o " +#~ "teclado numérico (como ocorre na maioria dos laptops), talvez seja " +#~ "necessário manter a tecla de função (Fn) pressionada e usar " +#~ "outras teclas em seu teclado como um teclado numérico. Se você utiliza este " +#~ "recurso com frequência em um laptop, você pode comprar teclados numéricos " +#~ "USB externos." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cada número do teclado numérico corresponde a uma direção. Por exemplo, " +#~ "pressionar 8 vai mover o ponteiro para cima e pressionar " +#~ "2 vai movê-lo para baixo. Pressione a tecla 5 para um " +#~ "clique simples, ou pressione-a rapidamente por duas vezes para um clique " +#~ "duplo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muitos teclados possuem uma tecla especial, geralmente próxima à barra de " +#~ "espaço, que simula um clique com o botão direito. Note, no entanto, que esta " +#~ "tecla responde a onde o foco do teclado está, e não onde o ponteiro do mouse " +#~ "está apontando. Veja para informações de " +#~ "como executar o clique com o botão direito utilizando a tecla 5 " +#~ "ou o botão esquerdo do mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode clicar, dar um duplo clique, arrastar e rolar somente com seu " +#~ "toucpad, sem a necessidade de botões explícitos no hardware." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Para clicar, toque no touchpad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para arrastar um item, dê um toque duplo, mas não levante o seu dedo após o " +#~ "segundo toque. Arraste o item até onde você quer, então levante seu dedo " +#~ "para soltar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se o seu touchpad suporta toques-múltiplos, para simular um clique com o " +#~ "botão direito do mouse, toque com dois dedos de uma vez. Caso contrário, " +#~ "você vai precisar usar os botões físicos para executar um clique com o botão " +#~ "direito. Veja em um método para clicar com " +#~ "o botão direito sem um segundo botão de mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se o seu touchpad suporta toques-múltiplos, simule um clique com o botão do meio tocando com três dedos de " +#~ "uma vez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ao tocar ou arrastar com vários dedos, certifique-se que seus dedos estão " +#~ "afastados o suficiente. Se os seus dedos estiverem muito próximos, seu " +#~ "computador pode pensar que eles são um único dedo." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Adicionar, apagar e renomear marcadores no gerenciador de arquivos." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seus marcadores serão listados na barra lateral do gerenciador de arquivos." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Apague um marcador:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na janela Marcadores, selecione o marcador que deseja renomear." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na caixa de texto Nome, digite o novo nome para o marcador." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Retorna a data e hora da última vez que o arquivo foi modificado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você desejar ser extra cauteloso, ou se você quiser procurar vírus em " +#~ "arquivos que você esteja trocando com pessoas que usam o Windows ou o Mac " +#~ "OS, você pode instalar um programa de antivírus. Procure na Central de " +#~ "programas do Ubuntu, onde diversos aplicativos estão disponíveis." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Empathy está instalado por padrão no Ubuntu. Inicie o Empathy " +#~ "Messenger à partir do Painel, " +#~ "através do Lançador ou escolha " +#~ "Bate-papo no Menu de " +#~ "mensagens." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode controlar quais programas podem acessar a rede. Isso ajuda a " +#~ "manter o seu computador seguro." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Habilitar ou bloquear o acesso pelo firewall" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Ubuntu vem equipado com o Firewall descomplicado " +#~ "(ufw), mas o firewall não está habilitado por padrão. Porque o " +#~ "Ubuntu não tem qualquer serviço de rede aberto (exceto infraestrutura de " +#~ "rede básica) na instalação padrão, um firewall não é necessário para " +#~ "bloquear tentativas de entrada de conexões maliciosas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para mais informações sobre como usar o ufw, veja a documentação " +#~ "online." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para ligar o firewall, entre com sudo ufw enable em um terminal. " +#~ "Para desligar o ufw, entre com sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Muitos programas são construídos para oferecer serviços de rede. Por " +#~ "exemplo, você pode compartilhar conteúdo ou deixar que alguém veja sua área " +#~ "de trabalho remotamente. Dependendo de quais programas adicionais você " +#~ "instalar, você poderá precisar ajustar o firewall para permitir que esses " +#~ "serviços funcionem como deveriam. O UfW vem com um conjunto de regras pré-" +#~ "configuradas. Por exemplo, para permitir conexões SSP, digite " +#~ "sudo ufw allow ssh em um terminal. Para bloquear o SSH, digite " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cada programa que provê serviços usa uma porta de rede específica. " +#~ "Para habilitar acesso aos serviços desses programas, talvez seja necessário " +#~ "permitir acesso a essa porta no firewall. Para permitir conexões na porta " +#~ "53, digite sudo ufw allow 53 em um terminal. Para bloquear a " +#~ "porta 53, digite sudo ufw block 53." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode precisar instalar o Flash para ser capaz de ver sites como o " +#~ "YouTube, que apresenta vídeos e páginas web interativas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O Flash é um plug-in para o seu navegador de Internet " +#~ "que permite que você assista vídeos e use páginas da Web interativas em " +#~ "alguns sites. Alguns sites não funcionarão sem Flash." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Como instalar o Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Center." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique neste link para " +#~ "iniciar a Central de Programas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Leia as informações e opiniões para ter certeza de que deseja instalar o " +#~ "Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " +#~ "Center window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você optar por instalar o Flash, clique em instalar na janela " +#~ "da Central de Programas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você tiver com alguma janela do navegador aberta, feche-a e volte a abri-" +#~ "la. O navegador irá detectar que o Flash foi instalado quando você abri-lo " +#~ "novamente, e então você poderá ver sites com Flash." + +#~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" +#~ msgstr "Alternativas em código aberto para o Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These " #~ "tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by " #~ "handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not " #~ "being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." @@ -27405,6 +28339,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Auxilia o seu navegador a trabalhar com sites que requerem o Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Instale o plug-in do Java para o navegador" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alguns sites usam pequenos programas Java que, para funcionar, " +#~ "necessitam que um plug-in do Java esteja instalado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Instale o pacote icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "para visualizar programas Java em seu navegador." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -27453,6 +28407,15 @@ #~ "Moonlight para mais informações e instruções de instalação." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Resolvendo problemas de rede sem " +#~ "fio, descobrindo sua rede " +#~ "wifi…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -27471,6 +28434,266 @@ #~ "instale-o. Você precisará clicar no link mostrar itens técnicos " #~ "na parte inferior da Central de programas do Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você pode usar seu computador como um ponto de acesso sem fio. Isto permite " +#~ "que outros dispositivos conectem-se a você sem uma rede separada e lhe " +#~ "permite compartilhar uma conexão de Internet que você tenha feito usando " +#~ "outra interface, como uma rede com fio ou uma rede de celular." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Clique no botão Usar como um ponto de acesso." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você já está conectado a uma rede sem fio, você será perguntado se quer " +#~ "se desconectar daquela rede. Um adaptador de rede sem fio não pode estar " +#~ "conectado e criar uma rede ao mesmo tempo. Clique em Criar ponto de " +#~ "acesso para confirmar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Um nome de rede (SSID) e chave de segurança são gerados automaticamente. O " +#~ "nome da rede será baseado no nome do seu computador. Outros dispositivos " +#~ "precisarão dessa informação para se conectar ao ponto de acesso que você " +#~ "criou." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no menu de rede, na barra de menus, e desmarque a opção Habilitar " +#~ "rede sem fio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para fazer isto, clique no menu de rede na barra de menus e " +#~ "desmarque Habilitar rede sem fio. Isto desligará sua conexão sem " +#~ "fio até que você a ative novamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para religar a conexão sem fio, clique no menu de rede na barra " +#~ "de menus e selecione Habilitar rede sem fio, de forma que apareça " +#~ "uma marcação na frente deste item." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seu laptop pode ainda estar transmitindo se você não desligou o Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique em menu de rede na barra de menus e clique no " +#~ "nome da rede à qual você quer se conectar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aprenda o que significam as opções da tela de edição de conexão sem fio." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Edite uma conexão sem fio" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Este tópico descreve todas as opções que estão disponíveis quando você edita " +#~ "uma conexão de rede sem fio. Para editar uma conexão, clique no menu de " +#~ "rede na barra de menus e selecione Editar conexões." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Disponível para todos os usuários / Conectar automaticamente" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Conectar automaticamente" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se muitas redes que estiverem configuradas para se conectar automaticamente " +#~ "estiverem ao alcance, o computador irá se conectar à primeira que estiver " +#~ "listada na aba Sem fio da janela Conexões de rede. Ele " +#~ "não desconectará de uma rede disponível para se conectar a outra que acabou " +#~ "de mostrar sinal." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Disponível para todos usuários" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Marque esta opção se você deseja que todos os usuários do computador tenham " +#~ "acesso a esta rede sem fio. Se a rede tiver uma senha WEP/WPA e você tiver marcado esta opção, você só " +#~ "precisará digitar a senha uma vez. Todos os demais usuários de seu " +#~ "computador poderão acessar a rede sem ter de saber a senha." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se estiver marcada, é necessário que você seja um administrador para modificar qualquer definição para esta " +#~ "rede. Poderá ser necessário digitar a sua senha de administrador." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Sem Fio" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você escolher ad-hoc, você verá duas outras opções: " +#~ "Banda e Canal. Elas determinam em qual banda de " +#~ "frequência sem fio a rede ad-hoc irá operar. Alguns computadores são capazes " +#~ "de trabalhar somente em certas bandas (por exemplo, apenas a ou " +#~ "apenas b/g), então você deverá escolher uma banda que todos os " +#~ "computadores na rede ad-hoc possam usar. Em lugares cheios, devem existir " +#~ "várias redes sem fio compartilhando o mesmo canal. Isto pode deixar sua " +#~ "conexão mais lenta, então você também pode mudar o canal que está usando." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Este é o Basic Service Set Identifier (sigla em inglês para " +#~ "\"identificador básico de conjunto de serviços\"). O SSID (veja acima) é o " +#~ "nome da rede que seres humanos podem ler. Já o BSSID é um nome que o " +#~ "computador entende (é uma sequência de letras e números que deve ser única " +#~ "para a rede sem fio). Se uma rede está " +#~ "oculta, ela não terá um SSID mas terá um BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Endereço MAC do dispositivo" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seu hardware de rede (placa de rede sem fio) pode fingir ter um endereço MAC " +#~ "diferente. Isto pode ser útil se você tem um dispositivo ou serviço que se " +#~ "comunica apenas com um determinado endereço MAC (por exemplo, um modem de " +#~ "cabo de banda larga). Se você colocar esse endereço MAC no computador " +#~ "com um endereço MAC clonado, o dispositivo/serviço irá pensar que " +#~ "seu computador tem o endereço MAC clonado, em vez de seu endereço verdadeiro." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Segurança da rede sem fio" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Isto define que tipo de criptografia sua rede sem fio utiliza. As " +#~ "conexões criptografadas ajudam a proteger sua conexão sem fio de " +#~ "interceptação, para que outras pessoas não possam captá-la e ver os sites " +#~ "que você está visitando e assim por diante." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alguns tipos de criptografia são mais fortes que outros, mas podem não ser " +#~ "suportados por equipamentos de rede sem fio antigos. Você normalmente irá " +#~ "precisar digitar uma senha para a conexão. Tipos mais sofisticados de " +#~ "segurança também requerem um nome de usuário e um \"certificado\" digital. " +#~ "Veja para obter mais informações sobre " +#~ "tipos usuais de criptografia sem fio." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você optar por esta configuração, seu computador irá adquirir o endereço " +#~ "IP do servidor DHCP, mas terá que definir manualmente outros detalhes (como " +#~ "qual o servidor DNS a ser utilizado)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Escolha essa opção se você quiser definir todas as configurações de rede " +#~ "você mesmo, incluindo qual endereço IP o computador deve usar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Esta opção irá desativar a conexão de rede e impedir que você se conecte a " +#~ "ela. Note que os protocolos IPv4 e IPv6 são tratados " +#~ "como conexões separadas, ainda que definidas para a mesma placa de rede. Se " +#~ "você tem uma delas ativada, você pode querer definir a outra como desativada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Isso é similar à aba IPv4 com a exceção de que essa trata do mais " +#~ "novo padrão IPv6. As redes mais modernas usam IPv6, mas o IPv4 ainda é o " +#~ "mais popular no momento." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no menu de rede na barra de menu e selecione Conectar-" +#~ "se a rede sem fio oculta." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Na seção Sistema, clique em Fontes de programas." @@ -27515,12 +28738,226 @@ #~ "próxima parte do guia de solução de problemas." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Digite sudo pm-hibernate dentro do terminal e pressione " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Se a hibernação não funciona, verifique se sua partição de swap é pelo menos " #~ "tão grande quanto a sua memória RAM disponível." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se o teste de hibernação funcionar, você pode continuar usando o comando " +#~ "sudo pm-hibernate quando você quiser hibernar." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Por que meu computador desliga/suspende quando a bateria chega a 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando o nível de carga da bateria fica muito baixo, seu computador suspende automaticamente. Ele faz isso para se " +#~ "certificar de que a bateria não descarregue completamente, uma vez que isto " +#~ "é ruim para a bateria. Se a bateria se esgotasse completamente, o computador " +#~ "não teria tempo para desligar corretamente." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Alguns computadores têm problemas de suspensão, e podem não ser capazes de " +#~ "recuperar os aplicativos e documentos que estavam abertos quando você ligar " +#~ "o computador novamente. Nesse caso, é possível que você perca seu trabalho " +#~ "se não salvá-lo antes do computador ser suspenso. Entretanto, você pode ser " +#~ "capaz de corrigir problemas com " +#~ "suspensão." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique no ícone à extrema direita da barra de menu e selecione " +#~ "Configurações do sistema" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Impressoras não detectadas, atolamento de papel ou impressões incorretas..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Configure uma impressora que está conectada ao seu computador." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Configure uma impressora local" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "O seu sistema pode reconhecer muitos tipos de impressoras automaticamente, " +#~ "uma vez que elas estejam conectadas. A maioria das impressoras são " +#~ "conectadas por um cabo USB que é ligado ao seu computador." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Conecte a impressora ao seu sistema através do cabo apropriado. Você poderá " +#~ "ver alguma atividade na tela enquanto o sistema procura por drivers, e você " +#~ "pode ser solicitado a se autenticar para instalá-los." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se sua impressora não foi configurada automaticamente, você pode adicioná-la " +#~ "nas configurações de impressora." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique em Adicionar e selecione a impressora a partir da janela " +#~ "Dispositivos." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Clique em Avançar e espere enquanto ele procura pelos drivers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se houver múltiplos drivers disponíveis para o seu computador, você pode ser " +#~ "solicitado a escolher um driver. Para usar o driver recomendado, clique em " +#~ "Avançar nas telas de marca e modelo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Depois de você instalar a impressora, você talvez queira alterar sua impressora padrão." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você deve encerrar a sessão e iniciá-la novamente para que as alterações " +#~ "tenham efeito. Clique no ícone à extrema direita da barra de menu e " +#~ "selecione Encerrar sessão para sair." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você tem que encerrar sessão e iniciar para que as alterações de idioma " +#~ "tenham efeito. Clique no ícone à extrema direita da barra de menu e " +#~ "selecione Encerrar sessão para sair." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para encerrar a sessão ou alternar usuários, clique no menu do sistema à extrema direita da barra de menu e " +#~ "selecione a opção apropriada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para bloquear sua tela, clique no menu do sistema na barra de " +#~ "menu e selecione Bloquear tela." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Quando sua tela estiver bloqueada, outros usuários podem iniciar uma sessão " +#~ "própria clicando em Alternar conta de usuário na tela de senha. " +#~ "Você pode alternar de volta ao seu ambiente de trabalho quando eles " +#~ "terminarem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para suspender seu computador manualmente, clique no menu do " +#~ "sistema na barra de menu e selecione Suspender." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você deseja desligar o computador totalmente, ou fazer uma " +#~ "reinicialização completa, clique no menu do sistema e selecione " +#~ "Desligar." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Do teclado" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Libere a tecla Alt para selecionar a próxima janela (realçada) no " +#~ "alternador de janelas." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Caso contrário, mantenha pressionada a tecla Alt e pressione a " +#~ "tecla Tab para movimentar-se à frente pela lista de janelas " +#~ "abertas ou ShiftTab para movimentar-" +#~ "se para trás." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "As janelas no alternador de janelas estão agrupadas por aplicativo. Pré-" +#~ "visualizações de aplicativos com múltiplas janelas surgem quando você clica." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você também pode mover entre os ícones dos aplicativos no alternador de " +#~ "janelas com as teclas → e ←, ou selecionar uma um " +#~ "deles clicando com o mouse." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pré-visualizações de aplicativos com uma só janela podem ser exibidas com a " +#~ "tecla ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -27824,3 +29261,12 @@ #~ "capazes de fazer isto, e aplicativos de conversão de vídeo específicos estão " #~ "disponíveis. Verifique a Central de programas do Ubuntu para ver " #~ "o que está disponível." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se você tiver mais de uma caneta, quando a caneta adicional se aproximar do " +#~ "tabler, um pager será mostrado próximo ao nome do dispositivo da caneta. Use " +#~ "o pager para escolher qual caneta será configurada." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ro/ro.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ro/ro.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ro/ro.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ro/ro.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 23:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Romanian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -241,13 +241,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -314,61 +314,144 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Apăsați iconița din dreapta sus de pe bara de meniu și selectați " -"Configurări de sistem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Deschideți Acces Universal și selectați fila Tastare." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -426,8 +509,8 @@ "pentru utilizator se vor schimba." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -435,7 +518,7 @@ "Vizualizare." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -468,30 +551,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -501,7 +575,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -509,14 +583,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -524,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -548,12 +622,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -674,7 +748,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -704,12 +778,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -718,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -727,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -735,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -743,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -794,17 +868,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -813,14 +887,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -858,17 +932,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -877,14 +951,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -895,13 +969,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -940,13 +1014,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -975,7 +1049,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -989,10 +1063,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1046,12 +1120,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1062,7 +1137,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1071,15 +1146,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1233,7 +1309,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1247,46 +1323,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1294,7 +1369,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1620,6 +1695,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1702,107 +1846,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1811,12 +1964,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1824,31 +1977,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1856,49 +2010,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1909,13 +2100,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1927,27 +2118,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1955,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1963,12 +2154,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1978,7 +2169,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1988,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1996,22 +2187,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2486,7 +2677,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3024,7 +3215,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3265,7 +3456,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3273,7 +3464,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4801,59 +4992,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5042,90 +5216,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5134,109 +5327,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5275,65 +5426,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5342,106 +5482,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 +msgid "" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5453,7 +5600,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5464,28 +5611,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5493,19 +5632,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5516,13 +5655,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5552,18 +5691,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5571,7 +5710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5580,7 +5719,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5607,15 +5746,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5631,7 +5776,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5639,7 +5784,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5647,7 +5792,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5655,7 +5800,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5684,7 +5829,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5693,19 +5838,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5715,7 +5860,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5744,13 +5889,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5765,7 +5911,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5800,7 +5946,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5832,17 +5978,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5865,12 +6011,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6125,7 +6270,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6353,12 +6497,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6366,7 +6510,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6374,7 +6518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6384,7 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6394,7 +6538,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6402,17 +6546,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6421,12 +6565,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6435,24 +6579,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6461,7 +6605,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6469,24 +6613,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6494,12 +6638,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6508,7 +6652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6525,10 +6669,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6548,14 +6692,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6565,24 +6724,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7120,10 +7287,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7595,129 +7761,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8487,7 +8629,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8503,22 +8645,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8529,7 +8671,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8538,46 +8680,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8589,15 +8731,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8622,12 +8774,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8636,26 +8788,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8665,19 +8817,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8685,7 +8837,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8693,50 +8845,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9105,14 +9257,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9135,12 +9287,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9148,24 +9300,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9173,7 +9325,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9182,14 +9334,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9198,7 +9350,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9305,10 +9457,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9343,17 +9496,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9380,26 +9534,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9408,7 +9555,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9416,12 +9563,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9432,7 +9579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9631,7 +9778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9641,8 +9788,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9666,7 +9813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9687,11 +9834,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9699,175 +9846,384 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 +msgid "" +"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +"the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " +"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" +"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 -msgid "" -"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " -"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " -"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 -msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 -msgid "" -"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " -"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" -"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 -msgid "" -"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " -"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " -"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 -msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 -msgid "" -"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " -"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " -"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " -"had double-clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 -msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 -msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9875,7 +10231,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10069,14 +10425,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10085,8 +10441,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10104,74 +10459,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10182,31 +10533,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10608,7 +10959,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10618,70 +10969,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11167,7 +11519,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11327,7 +11679,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11457,80 +11809,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11794,12 +12146,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11812,7 +12163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12068,22 +12419,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12114,7 +12465,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12204,7 +12555,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12212,30 +12563,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12244,29 +12595,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12280,7 +12632,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12294,14 +12646,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12311,19 +12663,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12331,7 +12683,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12559,83 +12911,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12868,6 +13270,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13064,7 +13467,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13107,20 +13510,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13128,13 +13531,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13142,19 +13545,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13590,10 +13993,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13617,50 +14020,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13669,25 +14073,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13719,8 +14122,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13887,25 +14290,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13913,40 +14316,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13955,25 +14358,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13982,12 +14385,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13998,41 +14401,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14041,34 +14444,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14079,44 +14482,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14124,17 +14528,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14144,32 +14548,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14180,30 +14584,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14266,21 +14680,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14291,12 +14703,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14305,14 +14724,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14478,7 +14897,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14486,12 +14905,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14499,7 +14918,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15515,12 +15934,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15641,7 +16060,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15685,7 +16104,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15771,39 +16190,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15836,31 +16233,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16142,7 +16532,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16275,7 +16665,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16283,21 +16673,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16305,7 +16695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16313,8 +16703,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16367,7 +16757,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16384,7 +16776,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16488,7 +16881,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16905,7 +17297,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16940,92 +17332,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17173,31 +17609,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17206,7 +17642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17300,14 +17822,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17315,15 +17837,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17332,12 +17855,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17345,19 +17868,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17382,27 +17905,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17413,12 +17937,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17426,7 +17950,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17458,17 +17982,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17673,28 +18197,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17739,20 +18263,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17762,27 +18286,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17792,26 +18321,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18343,36 +18875,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18380,17 +18912,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18399,14 +18931,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18452,55 +18984,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18508,8 +19037,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18517,7 +19051,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18684,19 +19218,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18705,26 +19239,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19368,7 +19902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19376,17 +19910,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19394,7 +19928,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19517,12 +20059,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20196,37 +20738,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20253,19 +20787,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20355,38 +20889,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20515,32 +21049,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20548,8 +21082,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20558,7 +21106,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20566,14 +21114,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20585,7 +21133,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20593,28 +21141,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20625,7 +21173,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20633,14 +21181,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20651,21 +21199,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20676,7 +21224,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20684,14 +21232,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20699,58 +21247,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20845,37 +21367,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22173,7 +22669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22181,7 +22677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22191,18 +22687,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22246,3 +22742,10 @@ "more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apăsați iconița din dreapta sus de pe bara de meniu și selectați " +#~ "Configurări de sistem." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ru/ru.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ru/ru.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ru/ru.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ru/ru.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: teliute\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Russian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -327,49 +327,134 @@ "нажатия приходится нажимать клавишу несколько раз, нужно включить " "«отскакивающие» клавиши." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите " -"Параметры системы." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -377,12 +462,12 @@ "Ввод." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Включите «Отскакивающие» клавиши." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -454,8 +539,8 @@ "интерфейса." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -463,7 +548,7 @@ "Зрение." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" "Переведите переключатель Высокая контрастность в положение " @@ -506,19 +591,9 @@ "Когда нажатие при наведении включено, можно навести указатель мыши на " "элемент управления, отпустить мышь и подождать, пока кнопка не будет нажата." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Щёлкните ваше имя на верхней панели и выберите Параметры системы." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -527,12 +602,12 @@ "Наведение и нажатие." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Включите Нажатие при наведении." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -548,7 +623,7 @@ "перетаскивания произойдёт автоматический возврат к выбору одинарного щелчка." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -558,7 +633,7 @@ "начнёт менять цвет. Когда он полностью сменит цвет, кнопка будет щёлкнута." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -567,7 +642,7 @@ "указателя мыши для выполнения щелчка." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -579,7 +654,7 @@ "будет." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -605,13 +680,13 @@ msgstr "Если трудно читать текст на экране, то можно изменить размер шрифта." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" "Переведите переключатель Крупный текст в положение ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -748,7 +823,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -783,12 +858,12 @@ "отдельности, или если указательное устройство снабжено только одной кнопкой." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Включите Имитацию вторичного нажатия." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -801,7 +876,7 @@ "надписью Имитация вторичного нажатия." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -815,7 +890,7 @@ "отпустите кнопку для выполнения щелчка правой кнопкой мыши." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -826,7 +901,7 @@ "в этом случае, даже не получая визуальной обратной связи от указателя." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -837,7 +912,7 @@ "вспомогательного блока клавиш." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -906,17 +981,17 @@ "трудно сразу нажимать на клавиатуре верную клавишу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Включите «Медленные» клавиши." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Быстрое включение и выключение «медленных» клавиш" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -930,7 +1005,7 @@ "Shift восемь секунд." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -939,7 +1014,7 @@ "нажатия на клавишу, необходимого для её срабатывания." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -990,17 +1065,17 @@ "«залипающие» клавиши." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Включите «Залипающие» клавиши." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Быстрое включение и выключение «залипающих» клавиш" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1014,7 +1089,7 @@ "пять раз подряд." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1023,7 +1098,7 @@ "нажатии двух клавиш, чтобы набирать комбинации клавиш обычным способом." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1040,14 +1115,14 @@ "расположенные рядом клавиши), но не все." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" "Для включения выберите Отключать, если две клавиши нажаты вместе." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1099,7 +1174,7 @@ "чтобы узнать, как отключить звуковые сигналы)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1107,7 +1182,7 @@ "Слух." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1138,7 +1213,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1152,10 +1227,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1209,12 +1284,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1225,7 +1301,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1234,15 +1310,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1422,13 +1499,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Добавление учётной записи поможет связать ваши сетевые учётные записи с " -"вашим компьютером Ubuntu. Таким образом, почтовая программа, мгновенные " -"сообщения и другие соответствующие приложения будут настроены для вас." +"Добавление сетевой учётной записи поможет связать одну из ваших учётных " +"записей в Интернете с вашей системой Ubuntu. Таким образом почтовая " +"программа, мгновенные сообщения и другие соответствующие приложения будут " +"настроены для вас." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1439,80 +1517,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Выберите Тип учётной записи в правой панели окна." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "Выберите тип учётной записи в правой панели окна." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Чтобы настроить дополнительные учётные записи, позже эти действия можно " -"повторить." +"Появится небольшой веб-интерфейс, где можно ввести регистрационные данные " +"вашей сетевой учётной записи. Например, если вы настраиваете учётную запись " +"Google, введите ваши имя пользователя Google, пароль и авторизуйтесь." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Появится небольшой веб-интерфейс пользователя, где можно ввести " -"регистрационные данные вашей сетевой учётной записи. Например, если вы " -"настраиваете учётную запись Google, введите ваши имя пользователя Google, " -"пароль и авторизуйтесь." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"При правильном вводе регистрационных данных будет выдан запрос на принятие " -"условий использования. Для продолжения выберите Принять. После " -"получения согласия Ubuntu потребуется разрешение на доступ к вашей сетевой " -"учётной записи. Для предоставления такого разрешения выберите " -"Предоставить доступ. После запроса введите пароль текущего " -"пользователя." +"Ubuntu потребуется разрешение на доступ к вашей сетевой учётной записи. " +"Выберите Предоставить доступ для продолжения." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Теперь можно выбрать приложение, которое нужно связать с сетевой учётной " -"записью. Например, если необходимо использовать сетевую учётную запись для " -"чата, но она не требуется для календаря, выключите опцию " -"Календарь." +"Теперь можно выбрать приложения, которые следует связать с сетевой учётной " +"записью. Например, если необходимо использовать учётную запись для чата, но " +"она не требуется для календаря, отключите опцию календарь." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"После добавления учётных записей каждое выбранное вами приложение " -"автоматически будет использовать эти регистрационные данные при входе под " -"вашей учётной записью." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"В целях безопасности Ubuntu не сохраняет ваш пароль на вашем компьютере. " -"Вместо этого Ubuntu хранит токен (одноразовый пароль), предоставляемый " -"сетевым сервисом. Если потребуется полностью отменить связь между вашим " -"компьютером и сетевым сервисом, удалите её." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1900,11 +1961,101 @@ "работать так, как надо." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Преобразуйте USB-накопитель в том, с которого можно запустить и установить " +"Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "Создание загрузочного диска" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" +"В данном контексте загрузочным диском именуется флеш-диск USB, с которого " +"можно запустить и установить Ubuntu. Ёмкость USB-носителя должна быть не " +"менее 2 ГБ. Все данные, имевшиеся на этом носителе, будут стёрты в процессе " +"создания загрузочного диска." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "Подразумевается, что вы уже загрузили ISO-образ Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "Для того, чтобы создать загрузочный диск из ISO-образа Ubuntu:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" +"Откройте Создание загрузочного диска из главного меню." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" +"Если образ ISO находится в папке Загрузки и он там только один, " +"то приложение Создание загрузочного диска выберет его " +"автоматически. В противном случае выберите нужный образ ISO." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" +"Если к компьютеру подключён только один флеш-носитель USB, то приложение " +"Создание загрузочного диска выберет его. Если нет, выберите " +"нужный носитель." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "Нажмите Создать загрузочный диск." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите Да для подтверждения. Процесс займёт около 10 минут или " +"меньше." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" +"После появления окна «Установка завершена»\", нажмите Выйти." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " "Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" +"Synaptic — это мощное, но более сложное средство управления пакетами, " +"которое можно использовать в качестве альтернативы Менеджеру приложений " +"Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26 @@ -1922,6 +2073,12 @@ "Software features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't " "recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu." msgstr "" +"Менеджер пакетов Synaptic более многофункционален и может " +"выполнять некоторые задачи, которые недоступны в Менеджере приложений " +"Ubuntu. Synaptic имеет более сложный пользовательский интерфейс и не " +"поддерживает новые возможности Менеджера приложений Ubuntu, такие " +"как система оценок и отзывов, поэтому он не рекомендуется новым " +"пользователям Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38 @@ -1929,6 +2086,8 @@ "Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it from the Ubuntu package archive." msgstr "" +"Synaptic не установлен по умолчанию, но вы можете установить его из архива пакетов Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:44 @@ -1998,128 +2157,143 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" +"Используйте Менеджер приложений Ubuntu для установки " +"дополнительных полезных приложений." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Установка дополнительных программ" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "Установка дополнительных приложений" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Команда разработчиков Ubuntu выбрала устанавливаемый по умолчанию набор " -"приложений, который, по нашему мнению, очень подходит для большинства " -"повседневных задач. Но вы, разумеется, захотите установить дополнительные " -"программы, чтобы сделать Ubuntu более удобной для себя." +"Приложением называется программа, имеющая графический пользовательский " +"интерфейс (GUI). Команда разработчиков Ubuntu выбрала стандартный набор " +"приложений, который, по нашему мнению, делает Ubuntu очень полезной для " +"решения повседневных задач. Но вы, несомненно, захотите установить " +"дополнительные приложения, чтобы сделать Ubuntu ещё более полезной для себя. " +"Для установки приложений можно воспользоваться Менеджером приложений " +"Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"Чтобы установить дополнительное программное обеспечение, выполните следующие " -"шаги:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." msgstr "" -"Подключитесь к Интернету, используя беспроводное или проводное " -"соединение." +"Вам может также понадобиться установить программу без графического " +"интерфейса. Для установки таких программ можно воспользоваться Synaptic. Обратите внимание, что " +"Synaptic не показывает snap-пакеты." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" +msgstr "Для того, чтобы установить приложение:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" +"Щёлкните на значке Менеджера приложений Ubuntu в панели " +"запуска или наберите слово «приложений» в строке поиска " +"главного меню." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" +"После запуска Менеджера приложений Ubuntu выполните поиск " +"требуемого приложения или выберите категорию и найдите это приложение в " +"списке." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "Выберите интересующее приложение и щёлкните Установить." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "" -"Система попросит ввести ваш пароль. Установка начнётся сразу после ввода." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." +msgstr "Выберите нужное приложение и нажмите Установить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Обычно установка заканчивается быстро, но если интернет-соединение " -"медленное, то может потребоваться некоторое время." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Ярлык нового приложения будет добавлен на панель запуска. Чтобы отключить " -"такую возможность, снимите флажок ВидНовые " -"приложения в панели запуска." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Добавьте PPA, чтобы помочь в тестировании предрелизных версий или " -"специализированных программ." +"Добавьте PPA, чтобы расширить список источников, которые Ubuntu использует " +"для установки и обновления приложений." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Добавление персонального архива пакетов (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Персональные архивы пакетов (Personal Package Archives или PPA) — " -"это репозитории программ, разработанные для пользователей Ubuntu, они проще " -"в установке, чем другие сторонние репозитории." +"Персональные архивы пакетов (Personal Package Archive, или PPA) — " +"это репозитории программного обеспечения для пользователей Ubuntu, которые " +"проще в установке, чем другие сторонние репозитории. PPA часто используются " +"для распространения ещё не включённых в официальные выпуски операционной " +"системы программ с целью их тестирования." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" "Добавляйте репозитории программ только из источников, которым доверяете!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2130,12 +2304,12 @@ "Ubuntu и могут содержать программы, способные причинить вред вашей системе." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Установка PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2146,26 +2320,29 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" +"После запуска Менеджера приложений Ubuntu выберите в меню " +"Программы и обновления" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку Другое ПО." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните Добавить и введите расположение ppa:." +"Нажмите Добавить и введите адрес PPA (как указано в шаге 1)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2173,38 +2350,76 @@ "аутентификации." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." msgstr "" +"Закройте окно Программы и обновления. Менеджер приложений " +"Ubuntu выполнит проверку источников программного обеспечения на " +"наличие новых программ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Удалите программы, которые больше не нужны." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "Удалите приложения, которые больше не нужны." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Удаление приложения" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +"Приложение — это программа, имеющая графический интерфейс (GUI). Для " +"удаления приложений, которые больше не нужны, можно использовать " +"Менеджер приложений Ubuntu." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" +"Вам может также понадобиться удалить программы, не имеющих графического " +"интерфейса. Для удаления таких программ можно воспользоваться Synaptic. Обратите внимание, что " +"в Synaptic не отображаются snap-пакеты." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "Для того, чтобы удалить приложение:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" +"После открытия Менеджера приложений Ubuntu нажмите кнопку " +"Установлено в верхней части окна." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2213,21 +2428,30 @@ "просматривая список установленных приложений." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Выберите приложение и щёлкните Удалить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "Подтвердите своё намерение удалить приложение." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Возможно потребуется ввести ваш пароль. После ввода пароля приложение будет " -"удалено." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2242,16 +2466,16 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Добавьте другие репозитории, чтобы увеличить число источников программ, " -"используемых Ubuntu для установки и обновлений." +"Добавьте репозитории, чтобы расширить список источников, используемых Ubuntu " +"для установки и удаления приложений." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Добавление дополнительных репозиториев программ" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "Добавление репозиториев программного обеспечения" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2266,13 +2490,13 @@ "стороннего репозитория, то необходимо добавить такой репозиторий в список " "доступных Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Установка других репозиториев" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "Для добавления репозитория:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2281,7 +2505,7 @@ "Другое ПО." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2290,28 +2514,35 @@ "найти на веб-сайте репозитория, и она имеет вид:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " "new updates." msgstr "" +"Нажмите Добавить источник, затем закройте окно Программы и " +"обновления. Менеджер приложений Ubuntu выполнит проверку " +"источников программного обеспечения на наличие обновлений." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"Большинство репозиториев предоставляют ключ подписи, позволяющий проверить " +"достоверность загруженных пакетов. Поэтому в дополнение к приведённым выше " +"действиям может оказаться необходимым выполнить полученные инструкции по " +"загрузке и установке ключа подписи (ключа GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Активация репозитория «Партнёры Canonical»" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2319,9 +2550,15 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"Репозиторий «Партнёры Canonical» предлагает некоторые проприетарные " +"приложения, которые предоставляются бесплатно, но имеют закрытый исходный " +"код, в том числе Skype и Adobe Flash Plugin. Программы " +"из этого репозитория будут отображаться в результатах поиска в " +"Менеджере приложений Ubuntu, но установка их станет доступна " +"только после подключения этого репозитория." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2336,33 +2573,36 @@ "его нет, нажмите Добавить и введите:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " "repository information." msgstr "" +"Нажмите Добавить источник, затем закройте окно Программы и " +"обновления. Дождитесь, пока Менеджер приложений Ubuntu " +"загрузит сведения о репозитории." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Установка и удаление программ" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"установка, удаление, дополнительные " -"репозитории…" +"Установка приложений, удаление приложений, добавление репозиториев…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "Установка и удаление программ" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2979,8 +3219,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB-накопитель (небольшая ёмкость)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3654,7 +3894,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3961,24 +4201,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Загрузка и печать справочной таблицы от компании, работающей с цветом" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Обращение в компанию, работающую с цветом, для создания профиля принтера — " -"обычно самый экономный вариант, когда есть один или два разных типа бумаги. " -"Загрузив справочную таблицу с веб-сайта компании и напечатав её, можно " -"отправить обратно распечатку в конверте, чтобы там её смогли отсканировать, " -"создать профиль и выслать вам по электронной почте точный ICC-профиль." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5887,20 +6121,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Если потом решение изменится, включить часы можно снова, щёлкнув значок в " -"правом верхнем углу панели меню и выбрав Параметры системы. В " -"разделе «Система» щёлкните Время и дата." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Изменение формата даты" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5909,44 +6142,23 @@ "вашем местоположении." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " -"системы." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "В разделе «Персональные» щёлкните Язык системы." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку Региональные форматы." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Выберите предпочитаемое местоположение из выпадающего списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6179,72 +6391,104 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Проведите тестирование жёсткого диска, чтобы проверить, насколько быстро он " -"работает." +"Проведите тестирование диска, чтобы узнать, насколько быстро он работает." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Тестирование производительности вашего жёсткого диска" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "Тестирование производительности диска" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Для тестирования скорости вашего жёсткого диска:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -"Откройте приложение Диски из главного меню." +"Рекомендуем создать резервную копию важных " +"файлов перед тестированием производительности диска." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Откройте приложение Диски из режима обзора." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 +msgid "" +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." +msgstr "" +"Часть теста производительности (тест записи) является необязательной. Если " +"вы решите выполнить его, приложению Диски потребуется " +"исключительный доступ к диску. Если необходимо выполнить полный тест " +"производительности (включая тестирование записи) для диска, с которого " +"загружается Ubuntu, можно создать " +"загрузочный носитель, загрузиться с него, и из этого экземпляра " +"Ubuntu запустить полный тест производительности." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "Для тестирования производительности диска:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Выберите жёсткий диск из списка Диски." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "Откройте Диски из главного меню." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "Выберите нужный диск из списка в левой панели." + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Щёлкните кнопку с изображением шестерёнки и выберите Производительность " -"привода." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните Начать оценку производительности и настройте параметры " -"Скорость передачи и Время доступа по собственному " -"усмотрению." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите Оценить производительность… и настройте параметры в " +"группах Скорость передачи и Время доступа по своему " +"выбору." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 +msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните Начать оценку производительности для проверки скорости " -"считывания данных с диска. Могут потребоваться Начать тестирование…, чтобы начать проверку " +"производительности. Могут потребоваться административные привилегии. Введите свой пароль или пароль " -"запрашиваемой учётной записи администратора." +"для запрошенной учётной записи администратора." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " @@ -6255,44 +6499,32 @@ "скорость записи данных на диск. При этом оценка будет продолжаться дольше." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Когда тест будет завершён, результаты появятся на графике. Зелёные точки и " -"соединяющие их линии обозначают произведённые выборки. Они представляют " -"собой время доступа, отложенное по правой оси, в зависимости от отложенного " -"по нижней оси времени, истёкшего с начала теста производительности, в " -"процентах. Синяя линия отображает скорость чтения, а красная — скорость " -"записи. Эти линии показаны как скорости доступа к данным, отложенные по " -"левой оси, в зависимости от отложенной по нижней оси процентной величины " -"перемещения головки по поверхности диска от внешнего края к шпинделю." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Под графиком отобразятся значения минимальных, максимальных и средних " -"скоростей чтения и записи, среднее время доступа и время, прошедшее с " -"момента последнего теста производительности." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" +"После завершения теста производительности результаты появятся на графике. " +"Зелёные точки и соединяющие их линии обозначают произведённые выборки. Они " +"представляют собой время доступа, отложенное по правой оси, в зависимости от " +"отложенного по нижней оси времени, истёкшего с начала теста, в процентах. " +"Синяя линия отображает скорость чтения, а красная — скорость записи. Они " +"показаны как скорости доступа к данным, отложенные по левой оси, в " +"зависимости от отложенной по нижней оси процентной величины перемещения " +"головки по поверхности диска от внешнего края к шпинделю." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Используйте Анализатор использования дисков или Системный " -"монитор для проверки ёмкости и свободного места." +"Используйте приложение Диски для проверки свободного места на " +"выбранном диске или томе." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6300,137 +6532,77 @@ msgstr "Проверка оставшегося места на диске" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" -"Проверить оставшееся место на диске можно с помощью Анализатора " -"использования дисков или Системного монитора." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Проверка с помощью Анализатора использования дисков" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" +msgstr "Чтобы проверить свободное место на заданном диске или томе:" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы проверить свободное место и ёмкость диска с помощью Анализатора " -"использования дисков:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Откройте приложение Анализатор использования дисков из " -"главного меню. Окно покажет Общую ёмкость файловой " -"системы и Общую ёмкость используемой файловой системы." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Откройте приложение Диски из главного меню." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Откройте приложение Диски из режима Обзор. Окно " -"покажет Общую ёмкость файловой системы и Общую ёмкость " -"используемой файловой системы." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." +msgstr "В левой панели выберите диск, который нужно проверить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните одну из кнопок панели инструментов для выбора: Сканировать " -"домашнюю папку, Сканировать файловую систему, " -"Сканировать папку или Сканировать удалённую папку." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Информация отобразится в виде: Каталог, Использование, " -"Размер и Содержимое. См. больше подробностей в справке " -"по Анализатору использования " -"дисков." +"В правой панели выберите том, который хотите проверить. В поле " +"Размер отображается размер тома. Если это том с данными, то в " +"поле Размер также указывается количество свободного места и " +"соответствующее значение в процентах." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Проверка с помощью Системного монитора" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Что делать, если диск слишком заполнен?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы проверить свободное место и ёмкость диска с помощью Системного " -"монитора:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Откройте приложение Системный монитор из главного меню." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." -msgstr "" -"Откройте приложение Системный монитор из режима Обзор." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 -msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" -"Выберите вкладку Файловые системы для просмотра разделов системы " -"и использования дискового пространства. Информация отобразится в виде: " -"Всего, Свободно, Доступно и " -"Использовано." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Что делать, если диск слишком заполнен?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Если диск слишком заполнен информацией, вам нужно:" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "Чтобы освободить место на диске, можно:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Удалить не являющиеся важными или больше не используемые файлы." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" +msgstr "Удалить не являющиеся важными или более не используемые файлы" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" "Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" "Сделать резервные копии важных файлов, " -"которые вам некоторое время не понадобятся и удалить их с жёсткого диска." +"которые не понадобятся в течение некоторого времени, и удалить их с диска." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." +msgstr "" +"Анализатор использования дисков " +"может помочь вам оценить, какие именно файлы стоит удалить или перенести в " +"резервную копию." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6477,78 +6649,58 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Проверка исправности диска с помощью приложения Диски" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Откройте приложение Диски из главного меню." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "Откройте приложение Диски из режима Обзор." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" +"В списке слева выберите диск, сведения о состоянии которого вы хотите " +"получить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Состояние должно быть «Диск исправен»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Что делать, если диск неисправен?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Даже если Данные SMART указывают, что диск неисправен, " -"повода для беспокойства может и не быть. Тем не менее, лучше заранее " -"подготовить резервную копию, чтобы " -"предотвратить возможную потерю данных." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Если состояние указывается как «Pre-fail», то диск всё ещё нормальный, но у " -"него обнаружены признаки износа. Это значит, что в ближайшем будущем диск " -"может отказать. Если вашему жёсткому диску (или компьютеру) несколько лет, " -"скорее всего такое сообщение появляется почти всегда после некоторых " -"диагностических проверок. Необходимо регулярно " -"выполнять резервное копирование важных файлов и периодически " -"проверять состояние диска, чтобы не пропустить его ухудшения." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:83 +msgid "" +"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." msgstr "" "Если состояние диска становится всё хуже, можно отнести компьютер или " @@ -6557,133 +6709,125 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" "Удалите все файлы и папки с внешнего жёсткого диска или флэшки, " "отформатировав их." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Полное стирание переносного диска" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 -msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." -msgstr "" -"Если есть переносной диск, такой как USB-накопитель или внешний жёсткий " -"диск, то иногда может понадобиться полностью удалить с него все файлы и " -"папки. Это можно сделать с помощью форматирования диска — эта " -"операция удалит все файлы с диска и оставит его пустым." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Форматирование переносного диска" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "Полное стирание данных со съёмного диска" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Выберите диск, который нужно стереть, из списка Устройства " -"хранения." +"Если у вас есть съёмный диск, например USB-флешка или внешний жёсткий диск, " +"иногда может возникнуть необходимость очистить его, то есть полностью " +"удалить все файлы и папки. Сделать это можно, отформатировав диск — " +"при этом с него удаляются все файлы и он остаётся пустым." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "Чтобы отформатировать съёмный диск:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "Выберите диск, который нужно очистить, в списке слева." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что выбран нужный диск! Если выбрать не тот диск, все файлы на " -"нём будут удалены!" +"Убедитесь, что выбрали нужный диск! Выбрав не тот диск, вы удалите с него " +"все файлы!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"В секции «Тома» щёлкните Отключить раздел. Затем щёлкните " -"Форматировать раздел." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"В всплывающем окне выберите Тип файловой системы для диска." +"Если необходимо необратимое стирание данных для большей безопасности, " +"выберите Перезаписывать существующие данные нулями в выпадающем " +"списке Очистить." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." +msgstr "Нажмите Форматировать…." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -"Если пользоваться диском на компьютерах Windows и Mac OS в дополнение к " -"компьютерам Linux, выберите FAT. Если использовать его только в " -"Windows — NTFS может быть лучшим выбором. Краткое описание " -"типа файловой системы будет представлено в виде пояснения." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Дайте диску имя и щёлкните Форматировать, чтобы начать стирание " -"диска." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "Выберите диск в списке слева." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"После завершения форматирования безопасно отключите диск. Теперь " -"он должен быть чист и снова пригоден для использования." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -"Форматирование диска не обеспечивает необратимого удаления ваших файлов" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Форматирование диска не гарантирует необратимое стирание данных. Может " -"показаться, что на отформатированном диске нет файлов, но не исключено, что " -"специальное программное обеспечение для восстановления данных сможет их " -"извлечь. Если требуется надёжное удаление файлов, то придётся " -"воспользоваться утилитой командной строки, такой как shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." -msgstr "Что такое тома и разделы. Управление ими с помощью дисковой утилиты." +msgstr "" +"Что такое тома и разделы. Управление ими с помощью приложения «Диски»." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Управление томами и разделами" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6703,7 +6847,7 @@ "записывать на него) файлы." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6720,60 +6864,44 @@ "технически «подсобных» разделов и дисков." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Просмотр и управление томами и разделами с помощью дисковой утилиты" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "Просмотр и управление томами и разделами" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Можно проверить и изменить ваши компьютерные тома хранения с помощью " -"дисковой утилиты." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "" -"Откройте главное меню и запустите приложение Дисковая " -"утилита." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" +msgstr "Для просмотра и управления томами и разделами вашего компьютера:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"В области окна Устройства хранения найдутся жёсткие диски, " -"приводы CD/DVD и другие физические устройства. Щёлкните на устройстве, " -"которое требуется просмотреть." +"В левой панели находится список жёстких дисков, приводов CD/DVD, других " +"физических устройств и loop-устройств. Выберите в нём нужное устройство." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"В правой части окна область под названием Тома показывает " -"разбивку томов и разделов, присутствующих на выбранном устройстве. Здесь же " -"содержатся разные инструменты, используемые для управления этими томами." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Будьте осторожны: этими утилитами можно полностью стереть данные на вашем " +"Будьте осторожны: этими инструментами можно полностью стереть данные на " "диске." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6790,20 +6918,14 @@ "разделам для безопасности и удобства." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Один из первичных разделов должен содержать информацию, используемую вашим " -"компьютером для запуска, или загрузки. Поэтому его иногда называют " -"загрузочным разделом или загрузочным диском. Чтобы определить, является ли " -"диск загрузочным, посмотрите на его Флаги раздела в дисковой " -"утилите. Внешние носители, такие как USB-накопители и компакт-диски, тоже " -"могут содержать загрузочный раздел." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6838,18 +6960,18 @@ msgstr "Настройка яркости" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Выберите Яркость и блокировка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Ползунком Яркость установите комфортное значение." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6861,7 +6983,7 @@ "для их использования." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6874,7 +6996,7 @@ "аккумулятора перед необходимостью его зарядки." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6908,15 +7030,22 @@ "отрегулировать параметры:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Щёлкните ваше имя на верхней панели и выберите Параметры системы." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Откройте Настройку экранов." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6938,7 +7067,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6948,7 +7077,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6958,7 +7087,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6968,7 +7097,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7002,7 +7131,7 @@ "изменить настройки:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7016,7 +7145,7 @@ "установить в качестве «главного»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7025,12 +7154,12 @@ "измените Расположение панели запуска на Все экраны." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Вязкие края" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7045,7 +7174,7 @@ "указателя мыши с одного монитора на другой." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7084,20 +7213,15 @@ "можно воспользоваться функцией автоматической блокировки экрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что переключатель Заблокировать включён, затем " -"выберите время задержки из выпадающего списка ниже. Если быть неактивным в " -"течение этого времени, экран автоматически заблокируется. Можно также " -"выбрать После выключения экрана, чтобы заблокировать экран после " -"автоматического выключения (в соответствии с установленными выше настройками " -"из выпадающего списка При бездействии выключать экран через:)." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7111,7 +7235,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7152,7 +7276,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7189,17 +7313,17 @@ "разместить коллекции внутри других коллекций." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Чтобы удалить коллекцию:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "В режиме выбора отметьте коллекцию, которую нужно удалить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7224,12 +7348,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7526,7 +7649,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Поиск файлов" @@ -7799,14 +7921,14 @@ "определённых устройств:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Выберите Сведения о системеСменные " "носители." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7817,7 +7939,7 @@ "устройств и носителей." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7828,7 +7950,7 @@ "запрос о дальнейших действиях, или ничего автоматически не будет происходить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7843,7 +7965,7 @@ "управления слайд-шоу) и нужно, чтобы при вставке диска оно запускалось." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7859,7 +7981,7 @@ "списка Действие." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7870,17 +7992,17 @@ "спрашивать и не запускать программы при подключении носителя." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Типы устройств или носителей" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Звуковые компакт-диски" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7895,12 +8017,12 @@ "музыкальном проигрывателе." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Видео-DVD" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7914,12 +8036,12 @@ "раздел ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Чистые диски" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7929,12 +8051,12 @@ "Blu-ray и чистых дисков HD DVD." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Фотоаппараты и фотографии" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7948,7 +8070,7 @@ "менеджера файлов." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7960,12 +8082,12 @@ "формате JPEG в папке PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Музыкальные проигрыватели" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7975,12 +8097,12 @@ "с помощью менеджера файлов." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Устройства чтения электронных книг" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7991,12 +8113,12 @@ "управляйте файлами самостоятельно с помощью менеджера файлов." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Приложение" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8010,7 +8132,7 @@ "программы всегда будет затребовано подтверждение." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Никогда не запускайте программы с носителей, которым не доверяете." @@ -8027,16 +8149,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Используйте файловый менеджер Файлы для просмотра и " -"упорядочивания файлов на вашем компьютере. Пользоваться им можно и для " -"управления файлами на устройствах хранения (например, на внешних жёстких " -"дисках), на файловых серверах и на " -"совместных ресурсах сети." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8060,19 +8177,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Выполните двойной щелчок на любой папке в менеджере файлов, чтобы увидеть её " -"содержимое, или двойной щелчок на любом файле, чтобы открыть его в " -"приложении, используемом по умолчанию для этого типа файлов. Можно щёлкнуть " -"на папке правой кнопкой мыши, чтобы открыть её в новой вкладке или новом " -"окне." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8087,37 +8214,33 @@ "скопировать или переместить её, или чтобы получить доступ к её свойствам." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Если нужно быстро перейти к файлу в просматриваемой папке, начните набирать " -"его название. В верхней части окна появится окно поиска и будет выделен " -"первый файл, соответствующий вашему поисковому запросу. Нажмите клавишу со " -"стрелкой вниз или прокрутите мышью для перехода к следующему файлу, " -"соответствующему вашему запросу." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" -"Из боковой панели можно быстро получить доступ к общим местам. Если " -"боковой панели не видно, щёлкните кнопку Параметры просмотра на панели " -"инструментов и выберите Боковая панель. Можно добавлять закладки " -"для часто используемых папок, и они появятся в боковой панели. Используйте " -"для этого меню Закладки или просто перетащите папку на боковую " -"панель." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8808,17 +8931,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Вы могли переименовать файл так, что сделали его скрытым. Файлы, имена " -"которых начинаются с . или заканчиваются на ~, " -"скрыты в менеджере файлов. Для их отображения щёлкните кнопку Параметры просмотра на " -"панели инструментов менеджера файлов и выберите Показывать скрытые " -"файлы. Подробнее см. ." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9426,164 +9542,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Найдите файлы по имени и типу. Сохраните ваши поиски для последующего " -"использования." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." -msgstr "" -"Выполнить поиск файлов по имени или типу можно прямо в менеджере файлов. " -"Можно даже сохранить часто используемые поиски, и они будут появляться в " -"специальной папке внутри вашей домашней папки." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Другие приложения для поиска" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Поиск" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Откройте менеджер файлов." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Если известно, что нужные файлы находятся в определённой папке, перейдите в " -"эту папку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Щёлкните лупу на панели инструментов или нажмите " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Наберите слово или несколько слов, которые содержатся в имени файла. " -"Например, если в названии всех ваших счетов есть слово «счёт», наберите " -"счёт. Нажмите Enter. Слова подбираются независимо " -"от регистра символов." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Можно сузить результаты поиска по адресу и по типу файла." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Щёлкните Домашняя папка, чтобы ограничить результаты поиска вашей " -"Домашней папкой, или Все файлы для повсеместного " -"поиска." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните + и из выпадающего списка выберите Тип файла, " -"чтобы сузить результаты поиска, основанные на типе файла. Щёлкните кнопку " -"x для удаления этого выбора и расширения результатов поиска." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Файлы в списке результатов поиска можно открывать, копировать, удалять и " -"выполнять с ними другие действия так же, как и с файлами в любой папке " -"менеджера файлов." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Снова щёлкните лупу на панели инструментов для выхода из поиска и возврата в " -"папку." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Если часто выполнять одни и те же поиски, можно их сохранить, чтобы " -"обеспечить к ним быстрый доступ." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Сохранение поиска" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Начните поиск как указано выше." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Когда результаты поиска вас устраивают, нажмите в строке меню " -"Файл и выберите Сохранить поиск как...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Дайте поиску имя и щёлкните Сохранить. При желании выберите " -"другую папку для сохранения поиска. При просмотре этой папки ваш сохранённый " -"поиск будет показан как значок в виде оранжевой папки с лупой на ней." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Чтобы удалить ставший ненужным поисковый файл, просто удалите поиск так же, как и любой другой файл. Удаление " -"сохранённого поиска не удаляет файлы, удовлетворяющие результатам поиска." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10555,7 +10613,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "В разделе «Оборудование» щёлкните Клавиатура." @@ -10573,22 +10631,22 @@ "Скорость." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Добавьте источники ввода и переключайтесь между ними." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Использование альтернативных источников ввода" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10605,7 +10663,7 @@ "различными языками." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10619,16 +10677,32 @@ "ввода." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Добавление источников ввода" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "В разделе «Персональные» щёлкните Ввод текста." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Щёлкните кнопку +, выберите источник ввода и щёлкните " +"Добавить." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10637,36 +10711,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Можно предварительно просмотреть изображение любой раскладки, выбрав её из " -"списка и щёлкнув предварительный " -"просмотр." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "В разделе «Персональные» щёлкните Ввод текста." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните кнопку +, выберите источник ввода и щёлкните " -"Добавить." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10681,7 +10735,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10690,8 +10744,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click свойства, можно получить доступ к диалогу " "настроек этого метода (при наличии)." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Индикатор источников ввода" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10726,12 +10790,12 @@ "источников ввода и выберите нужный вам источник из меню." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Комбинации клавиш" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10744,7 +10808,7 @@ "key\">SuperПробел, но чтобы изменить её:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10753,7 +10817,7 @@ "Переключаться на следующий источник с помощью." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10763,13 +10827,13 @@ "новой комбинации." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Установка источника ввода для всех окон или индивидуально для каждого окна" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10785,7 +10849,7 @@ "для каждого окна." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10794,12 +10858,12 @@ "Вместо этого для окна можно задать последний использовавшийся источник." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Сложные методы ввода" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10810,7 +10874,7 @@ "китайского, японского, корейского и вьетнамского языков." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10821,7 +10885,7 @@ "методов ввода автоматически устанавливается при необходимости." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10830,7 +10894,7 @@ "русскоязычной системе, сделайте следующее:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10840,23 +10904,23 @@ "хангыль для Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Закройте Язык системы и откройте его снова." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Выберите fcitx в качестве Метода ввода с клавиатуры." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Завершите сеанс и снова войдите в систему." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10865,7 +10929,7 @@ "Добавить." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10874,7 +10938,7 @@ "панели меню. (Его дизайн отличается от эквивалента для IBus.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Включите переключатель Помощник ввода для отображения экранной " @@ -11323,7 +11387,7 @@ "начала повторения после нажатия клавиши." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11332,7 +11396,7 @@ "отключения повторных нажатий клавиш." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11360,14 +11424,14 @@ "Чтобы изменить, какую клавишу или клавиши нужно нажимать в комбинации клавиш:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Откройте Клавиатуру и выберите вкладку Комбинации " "клавиш." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11377,7 +11441,7 @@ "Описание текущей комбинации изменится на Новая комбинация клавиш…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11386,17 +11450,17 @@ "очистки поля." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Пользовательские комбинации клавиш" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Чтобы создать вашу собственную комбинацию клавиш:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11407,7 +11471,7 @@ "категории). Появится окно Дополнительные комбинации клавиш." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11421,7 +11485,7 @@ "rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11431,7 +11495,7 @@ "желаемую комбинацию." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11444,7 +11508,7 @@ "у самого приложения." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11578,15 +11642,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы это исправить, щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и перейдите " -"в Параметры системы. В разделе «Оборудование» выберите " -"Настройка экранов. Попробуйте подобрать Разрешение и " -"установить такое, при котором экран будет выглядеть лучше." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11629,19 +11690,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " -"системы. Откройте Настройка экранов." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Снимите флажок Зеркально отразить экраны." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11675,16 +11735,7 @@ "ориентацию экрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " -"системы." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11694,12 +11745,12 @@ "предварительного просмотра." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Выберите желаемое разрешение и ориентацию." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11713,7 +11764,7 @@ "подходят, щёлкните Оставить эту конфигурацию." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11725,12 +11776,12 @@ "щёлкните на кнопке Определить экраны." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Разрешение" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11748,7 +11799,7 @@ "выведено изображение «letterbox» (добавлены чёрные полосы сверху и снизу)." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may размытым или мозаичным." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Ориентация" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11946,17 +11997,17 @@ "нажимать на кнопку трудно, то можно увеличить задержку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Откройте Мышь и сенсорная панель." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11965,7 +12016,7 @@ "щелчок на удобное значение." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11975,7 +12026,7 @@ "подсветит наружный круг, а двойной щелчок — внутренний." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11990,8 +12041,8 @@ "неисправность." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12020,7 +12071,7 @@ "устройствами левой рукой." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12045,65 +12096,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"У многих мышей и у некоторых сенсорных панелей есть средняя кнопка мыши. Как " -"правило, чтобы щёлкнуть средней кнопкой у мыши с колесом прокрутки, можно " -"нажать прямо на колесо прокрутки. Если средней кнопки мыши нет, то для " -"щелчка средней кнопкой можно нажать одновременно и на левую, и на правую " -"кнопку мыши. Если обнаружить, что выполнить щелчок средней кнопкой таким " -"способом не получается, можно последовать этим " -"инструкциям." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." -msgstr "" -"Если сенсорная панель поддерживает прикосновения несколькими пальцами, можно " -"сымитировать щелчок средней кнопкой мыши, нажав на панель сразу тремя " -"пальцами. Чтобы воспользоваться этим, необходимо включить щелчки для сенсорной панели в настройках сенсорной " -"панели." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Во многих приложениях щелчок средней кнопкой используется для выполнения " -"различных действий." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Одно из таких действий — это вставка выделенного текста. Выделите текст, " -"затем переместите указатель мыши в то место, куда хотите вставить текст, и " -"щёлкните средней кнопкой." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Вставка текста с помощью средней кнопки мыши работает абсолютно независимо " -"от буфера обмена. Выделенный текст при выполнении этой операции не " -"копируется в буфер обмена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12131,21 +12163,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Большинство веб-браузеров позволяют с помощью средней кнопки мыши быстро " -"открывать ссылки в новых вкладках. Просто щёлкните на ссылке средней кнопкой " -"мыши, и она откроется в новой вкладке. Но будьте осторожны при щелчках на " -"ссылках в браузере Firefox. Если щёлкнуть на чём-нибудь, кроме " -"ссылки, этот браузер попытается загрузить выделенный вами текст как ссылку, " -"то есть так, как если бы щёлкнуть средней кнопкой для вставки выделенного " -"текста в строку адреса и нажать Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12163,14 +12187,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Некоторые специализированные приложения позволяют использовать среднюю " -"кнопку мыши для выполнения других функций. Подробнее о выполнении щелчка " -"средней кнопкой или об использовании в них средней кнопки " -"смотрите в руководствах этих приложений." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12195,8 +12215,13 @@ "управлять указателем мыши с помощью цифрового блока на клавиатуре. Эта " "особенность называется кнопки мыши." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12205,7 +12230,7 @@ "открыть главное меню." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12214,22 +12239,20 @@ "чтобы открыть настройки специальных возможностей." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Для выбора вкладки Зрение нажмите Tab один раз." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Нажмите ← один раз, чтобы перейти на вкладку Наведение и " -"нажатие." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12238,7 +12261,7 @@ "мыши, затем нажмите Enter, чтобы включить его." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12247,85 +12270,271 @@ "указатель мыши с помощью клавиатуры." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Эти инструкции — кратчайший способ начать управлять указателем мыши, " -"используя только клавиатуру. Выберите Специальные возможности, " -"чтобы узнать больше о вспомогательных технологиях." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"Цифровой блок — это группа цифровых клавиш на клавиатуре, собранных, как " -"правило, в отдельный блок прямоугольной формы. Если ваша клавиатура без " -"цифрового блока (например, клавиатура ноутбука), его функцию могут выполнять " -"другие клавиши, нажатые вместе с функциональной клавишей (Fn). " -"Если приходится часто пользоваться перемещением указателя мыши с помощью " -"клавиатуры на ноутбуке, то можно приобрести внешний цифровой блок, " -"подключаемый через USB." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"Каждое число в цифровом блоке соответствует направлению. Например, нажатие " -"8 перемещает указатель вверх, а нажатие 2 — вниз. " -"Нажатие 5 имитирует щелчок мышью, а быстрое двойное нажатие — " -"двойной щелчок." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"На многих клавиатурах есть специальная клавиша, имитирующая нажатие правой " -"кнопки мыши — часто она расположена рядом с пробелом. Однако обратите " -"внимание, что она срабатывает в месте расположения клавиатурного курсора, а " -"не там, где расположен указатель мыши. Для информации о том, как выполнить " -"щелчок правой кнопкой мыши, удерживая 5 или левую кнопку мыши, " -"см. ." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Если при включённых кнопках мыши потребуется ввести цифры с помощью " -"цифрового блока клавиатуры, включите Num Lock. Однако, пока " -"включён Num Lock, управлять указателем мыши с клавиатуры не " -"удастся." +"Каждой цифре в цифровом блоке (кроме 0 и 5) соответствует направление. " +"Например, нажатие 8 переместит указатель вверх, а нажатие " +"2 — вниз." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Обычные клавиши с цифрами (те, что на верхнем ряду клавиатуры) не будут " -"управлять указателем мыши. Для этого можно использовать только клавиши " -"цифрового блока." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Если при включённых кнопках мыши потребуется ввести цифры с помощью " +"цифрового блока клавиатуры, включите Num Lock. Однако, пока " +"включён Num Lock, управлять указателем мыши с клавиатуры не " +"удастся." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Обычные клавиши с цифрами (те, что на верхнем ряду клавиатуры) не будут " +"управлять указателем мыши. Для этого можно использовать только клавиши " +"цифрового блока." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." msgstr "Как проверить мышь, если она не работает." @@ -12567,7 +12776,7 @@ "перемещения указателя для этих устройств." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12576,7 +12785,7 @@ "указателя вас не устроит." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12589,8 +12798,7 @@ "Сенсорная панель." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12612,87 +12820,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Можно реализовать щелчок, двойной щелчок кнопкой мыши, можно перетаскивать и " -"прокручивать, используя только сенсорную панель, даже без отдельных " -"аппаратных кнопок." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "В разделе Сенсорная панель установите флажок Щелчок при " "касании." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Для щелчка коснитесь сенсорной панели." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Коснитесь дважды для двойного щелчка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Чтобы перетащить объект, дважды коснитесь, но не поднимайте палец после " -"второго прикосновения. Перетащите объект на требуемое место, а затем " -"оторвите палец от панели." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Если сенсорная панель распознаёт прикосновения нескольких пальцев, то можно " -"щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши, коснувшись панели одновременно двумя пальцами. " -"В противном случае всё ещё потребуется использовать аппаратные кнопки для " -"щелчка правой кнопкой мыши. Если вторичной кнопки мыши нет, то о способе " -"выполнения щелчка правой кнопкой см. ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Если ваша сенсорная панель распознаёт прикосновения нескольких пальцев, " -"можно выполнить щелчок средней кнопкой " -"мыши, коснувшись сенсорной панели одновременно тремя пальцами." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"При касании и перетаскивании несколькими пальцами, немного разведите их друг " -"от друга. Если ваши пальцы слишком близко друг к другу, для вашего " -"компьютера они выглядят как один палец." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Прокрутка двумя пальцами" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "На сенсорной панели можно реализовать прокрутку двумя пальцами." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12700,7 +12887,7 @@ "пальцами." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12718,17 +12905,17 @@ "сенсорной панели они выглядят как один большой палец." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Прокрутка двумя пальцами работает не на всех сенсорных панелях." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Содержимое следует за пальцами" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12737,7 +12924,7 @@ "настоящий листок бумаги." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12746,7 +12933,7 @@ "следует за пальцами." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13291,8 +13478,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Добавьте, удалите и переименуйте закладки в менеджере файлов." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13301,82 +13488,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Список сделанных вами закладок находится в боковой панели менеджера файлов." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Добавление закладки:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Откройте папку (или место), для которой нужно сделать закладку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Нажмите Закладки в строке меню и выберите Сохранить это " -"местоположение." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Удаление закладки:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Нажмите Закладки в строке меню и выберите Закладки... " -"в меню приложения." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"В окне Закладки выберите закладку, которую нужно удалить и " -"щёлкните кнопку -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Переименование закладки:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" -"Щёлкните Файлы на верхней панели и выберите Закладки в " -"меню приложения." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"В окне Закладки выберите закладку, которую нужно переименовать." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"В текстовом поле Наименование наберите новое наименование для " -"закладки." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -14000,7 +14176,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Адрес" @@ -14207,7 +14383,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Нет" @@ -14336,7 +14512,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:51 msgid "Shows when the file was last modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отображает дату последнего изменения файла." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:54 @@ -14366,17 +14542,17 @@ "группам, зависящим от отдела или проекта." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Права" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Показывает права доступа к файлу, например: drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14385,7 +14561,7 @@ "файл, а d обозначает каталог (папку)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14394,7 +14570,7 @@ "владеющего файлом." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14403,7 +14579,7 @@ "которой принадлежит файл." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14412,42 +14588,42 @@ "остальных пользователей в системе." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Каждый символ имеет следующее значение:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Право на чтение." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Право на запись." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Право на выполнение." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Нет права." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Тип MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Показывает тип MIME данного объекта." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Путь к месту расположения файла." @@ -14794,17 +14970,20 @@ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in Ubuntu " "Software where a number of applications are available." msgstr "" +"Если вы желаете быть в ещё большей безопасности или хотите проверять на " +"вирусы файлы, передаваемые между вашим компьютером и компьютерами с Windows " +"или Mac OS, можно всё же установить антивирусную программу. В Менеджере " +"приложений Ubuntu есть несколько таких приложений." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14817,7 +14996,7 @@ msgstr "Команда документации Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Веб-браузеры" @@ -14876,6 +15055,12 @@ "or choose Empathy from the Messaging menu." msgstr "" +"Empathy не установлен в Ubuntu по умолчанию, но его можно установить из архива пакетов Ubuntu. Запустите " +"программу обмена сообщениями Empathy из главного меню, панели " +"запуска или выберите Empathy в меню сообщений." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:39 @@ -15135,8 +15320,8 @@ "веб-браузер, используемый по умолчанию:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15145,7 +15330,7 @@ "окна Приложения по умолчанию." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15154,7 +15339,7 @@ "изменив параметр Веб." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15197,7 +15382,7 @@ "электронной почты — приложение по умолчанию:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15312,7 +15497,7 @@ msgstr "Определение внутреннего (сетевого) IP-адреса" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15323,18 +15508,18 @@ "соединения нужно узнать." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Ваш внутренний IP-адрес будет отображён в списке информации." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Определение внешнего IP-адреса (адреса в Интернете)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15343,12 +15528,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Этот сайт покажет ваш внешний IP-адрес." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15359,42 +15544,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Можно управлять доступом программ к сети. Это поможет сохранить ваш " -"компьютер в безопасности." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Разрешение или запрет доступа с помощью межсетевого экрана" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"В составе Ubuntu есть межсетевой экран — Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw), но он не включён по умолчанию. При обычной установке " -"Ubuntu не имеет открытых сетевых сервисов (кроме базовой сетевой " -"инфраструктуры), поэтому использование межсетевого экрана для блокирования " -"попыток входящих вредоносных подключений не требуется." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Подробнее об использовании ufw см. в онлайн-" -"документации." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15405,10 +15581,10 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Чтобы включить межсетевой экран, введите в терминале sudo ufw " -"enable. Чтобы отключить ufw, введите sudo ufw disable." +"Для включения сетевого экрана введите sudo ufw enable в " +"терминале. Для отключения введите sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15421,14 +15597,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15436,9 +15612,15 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Каждая программа, предоставляющая сетевые службы, использует определённый " +"сетевой порт. Чтобы разрешить доступ к службам этой программы, " +"необходимо разрешить доступ к используемому ею порту в межсетевом экране. " +"Так, чтобы разрешить соединения через порт 53, введите в терминале sudo " +"ufw allow 53. Чтобы заблокировать порт 53, введите sudo ufw deny " +"53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15447,12 +15629,12 @@ "status." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Использование ufw без терминала" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15463,7 +15645,7 @@ "Для установки щёлкните эту ссылку." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15741,30 +15923,28 @@ msgstr "Сетевые термины и подсказки" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Возможно, понадобится установить Flash для просмотра веб-сайтов, например " -"YouTube, которые отображают видео и интерактивные веб-страницы." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Установка Flash-плагина" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15775,64 +15955,110 @@ "загрузить бесплатно для большинства веб-браузеров (но он не является " "программой с открытым исходным кодом)." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Как установить Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что репозиторий «Партнёры Canonical» подключен." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" +"Установите пакет adobe-" +"flashplugin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Если открыты окна веб-браузера, закройте их и откройте снова. Веб-браузер " -"при запуске должен определить, что Flash установлен, и теперь можно " -"просматривать веб-сайты, использующие Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Помогите вашему браузеру работать с веб-сайтами, требующими наличия Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Установка плагина Java для браузера" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Некоторые веб-сайты используют небольшие программы на языке Java, " -"требующие для своего запуска установки Java-плагина." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Установите пакет icedtea6-plugin " -"для запуска программ на Java в вашем браузере." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16127,6 +16353,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Щёлкните Добавить." @@ -16387,12 +16614,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Устранение проблем с " -"беспроводными соединениями, поиск " -"wifi-сети..." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16442,7 +16666,7 @@ msgstr "Изменение метода прокси" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16451,14 +16675,14 @@ "списка в левой панели окна." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Выберите необходимый для использования метод прокси из следующих методов:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16468,13 +16692,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Вручную" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16485,12 +16709,12 @@ "HTTPS, FTP и SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Автоматически" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16498,7 +16722,7 @@ "Укажите URL источника, содержащего подходящие настройки для вашей системы." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16852,6 +17076,13 @@ "and search for the network-manager package which works with your " "VPN (if there is one) and install it." msgstr "" +"Существуют различные типы VPN. В зависимости от типа VPN, к которому вы " +"подключаетесь, может понадобиться установка дополнительного программного " +"обеспечения. Получите сведения о подключении у поставщика услуг VPN и " +"узнайте, какой клиент VPN необходимо использовать. Затем откройте " +"Менеджер приложений Ubuntu, найдите пакет network-" +"manager, который работает с вашей VPN (если он там имеется) и " +"установите его." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34 @@ -17073,15 +17304,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Подключение к wifi, скрытые сети, изменение параметров соединения, отключение от сети…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17106,62 +17333,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Ваш компьютер можно использовать как беспроводную точку доступа. Это " -"позволит другим устройствам подключаться к нему без использования отдельной " -"сети, а также позволит предоставлять ваше интернет-соединение другим " -"интерфейсам, таким как проводная сеть или соединение через сотовую сеть." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Откройте Сеть и выберите Беспроводное слева." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Щёлкните кнопку Использовать как точку подключения." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Если соединение с беспроводной сетью уже установлено, то будет предложено " -"отключится от этой сети. Простой беспроводной адаптер одновременно может " -"быть либо подключённым к сети, либо образовывать одну сеть. Щёлкните " -"Создать точку подключения для подтверждения." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Имя сети (SSID) и ключ безопасности создаются автоматически. Имя сети будет " -"основано на имени вашего компьютера. Эта информация потребуется другим " -"устройствам для подключения к только что созданной точке доступа." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и снимите флажок «Беспроводная связь»." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Выключение беспроводной связи (режим для авиаперелётов)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17174,35 +17390,26 @@ "сохранения заряда аккумулятора). Чтобы выполнить это:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и снимите флажок " -"Беспроводная связь. Это выключит беспроводную связь до тех пор, " -"пока вы не включите её снова." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Чтобы снова включить беспроводную связь, щёлкните индикатор сети " -"на панели меню и выберите Беспроводную связь так, чтобы перед ней " -"появился флажок." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Ваш ноутбук все ещё может передавать сигналы, если не выключен Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17237,11 +17444,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и нажмите имя " -"сети, к которой нужно подключиться." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17471,30 +17676,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Узнайте, что означают параметры беспроводного соединения в окне настройки." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Изменение беспроводного соединения" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." -msgstr "" -"В этом разделе описываются все доступные для изменения настройки при " -"редактировании беспроводного соединения. Чтобы изменить соединение, щёлкните " -"индикатор сети на панели меню и выберите Изменить " -"соединения." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17506,17 +17706,17 @@ "сложными сетями." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Доступно всем пользователям / Подключаться автоматически" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Подключаться автоматически" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17526,63 +17726,50 @@ "действия." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Если компьютер находится в зоне действия нескольких сетей, для которых " -"установлено автоматическое подключение, то он будет подключаться к первой " -"указанной на вкладке Беспроводные в окне Сетевые " -"соединения. Компьютер не будет отключаться от одной доступной сети для " -"подключения к другой, только что появившейся в зоне действия." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Доступно всем пользователям" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Включите эту опцию, если необходим доступ к этой беспроводной сети всем " -"пользователям компьютера. Если для подключения к сети требуется пароль WEP или WPA и эта опция включена, " -"то ввести пароль нужно только один раз. Все остальные пользователи вашего " -"компьютера смогут подключаться к сети, даже не зная пароля." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Если эта опция включена, то для изменения любых параметров этой сети " -"необходимо быть администратором. " -"Возможно потребуется ввести ваш пароль администратора." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Беспроводные" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17595,12 +17782,12 @@ "беспроводного маршрутизатора или базовой станции)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Режим" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17617,55 +17804,41 @@ "wireless-adhoc\">создать и свою собственную ad-hoc сеть." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Если выбрать Ad-hoc, то можно увидеть ещё два параметра — " -"Диапазон и Канал. Они определяют в каком диапазоне " -"частот будет работать беспроводная ad-hoc сеть. Некоторые компьютеры " -"способны работать лишь в определённых диапазонах (например, только " -"A или только B/G), так что, возможно, потребуется " -"выбрать тот диапазон, который смогут использовать все компьютеры в ad-hoc " -"сети. В людных местах несколько беспроводных сетей могут использовать один и " -"тот же канал, что может замедлить соединение, поэтому можно изменить и " -"используемый вами канал." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Это Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (см. выше) — это сетевое " -"имя, предназначенное для чтения людьми, а BSSID — это имя, понимаемое " -"компьютером (это строка из букв и цифр, которая должна быть уникальной для " -"беспроводной сети). Если сеть " -"скрыта, то у неё не будет SSID, но будет BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "MAC-адрес устройства" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17678,40 +17851,34 @@ "уникальный MAC-адрес, присвоенный ему на фабрике." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "Этот параметр позволяет изменять MAC-адрес вашей сетевой карты." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Клонированный MAC-адрес" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Ваше сетевое устройство (беспроводная карта) может выдавать себя за " -"устройство с другим MAC-адресом. Это удобно, если есть устройство или " -"служба, взаимодействующая только с определёнными MAC-адресами (например, " -"широкополосный кабельный модем). Если указать такой MAC-адрес в поле " -"клонированный MAC-адрес, то устройство или служба будет считать " -"настоящим клонированный MAC-адрес вашего компьютера." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17728,54 +17895,45 @@ "не требуется изменять этот параметр." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Защита беспроводной сети" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безопасность" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Определяет, какой тип шифрования используется в вашей беспроводной " -"сети. Зашифрованные соединения помогают защитить беспроводное подключение от " -"перехвата данных, поэтому другие люди не смогут «подслушивать» и видеть, " -"какие веб-сайты вы посещаете, и т. п." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Некоторые типы шифрования надёжней других, но могут не поддерживаться " -"устаревшим сетевым оборудованием. Обычно для подключения необходимо вводить " -"пароль, более сложные типы защиты могут требовать также ввода имени " -"пользователя и цифрового «сертификата». Подробнее о распространённых типах " -"шифрования в беспроводных сетях см. в разделе ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Параметры IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17787,17 +17945,17 @@ "информации." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Доступны следующие профили:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Автоматически (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17813,38 +17971,32 @@ "используют DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Автоматически (DHCP, только адрес)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Если выбрать этот профиль, то компьютер получит свой IP-адрес от сервера " -"DHCP, но остальные настройки (например, используемый DNS-сервер) потребуется " -"указать вручную." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Выберите этот профиль, если предпочитаете самостоятельно указывать все " -"настройки соединения, в том числе какой IP-адрес должен использовать " -"компьютер." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Только Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17861,39 +18013,41 @@ "информацией друг с другом." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Отключено" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Этот профиль отключает сетевое соединение и не позволяет подключаться к " -"нему. Заметьте, что IPv4 и IPv6 считаются различными " -"соединениями, хотя в обоих используется одна и та же сетевая карта. Если " -"одно из них включено, то при желании второе можно отключить." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Параметры IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Эти параметры аналогичны параметрам на вкладке IPv4, за " -"исключением того, что относятся к новому стандарту IPv6. Самые современные " -"сети используют IPv6, но на сегодняшний момент IPv4 всё ещё остаётся более " -"распространённым." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17974,23 +18128,19 @@ "xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">другим способом." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и выберите " -"Подключиться к скрытой беспроводной сети." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Подключение к скрытой беспроводной сети" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -18005,6 +18155,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -18012,7 +18169,7 @@ "щёлкните Подключиться." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18025,7 +18182,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18034,7 +18191,7 @@ "станции. Поищите такие термины, как WEP и WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18243,7 +18400,7 @@ msgstr "Выполнение проверки вашего модема и маршрутизатора" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18254,12 +18411,12 @@ "проведёт вас по каждому этапу в руководстве." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Использование командной строки" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18270,7 +18427,7 @@ "главном меню." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18470,6 +18627,10 @@ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " "lshw into the terminal." msgstr "" +"Откройте окно терминала, введите sudo lshw -C network и нажмите " +"Enter. Если получите сообщение об ошибке в связи с отсутствием " +"данной программы, вы можете установить lshw, набрав в терминале " +"sudo apt install lshw." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 @@ -18926,6 +19087,9 @@ "Open the Terminal and run the command nmcli dev to see if your " "wireless network adapter is listed. Its state should be connected." msgstr "" +"Откройте терминал и выполните команду nmcli dev, чтобы убедиться, " +"что ваш адаптер есть в списке. Его состояние должно быть: " +"подключёно." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:50 @@ -18950,6 +19114,9 @@ "to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " "troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" +"Если команда nmcli dev не показывает, что вы подключены к сети, " +"щёлкните Вперёд, чтобы перейти к следующей части руководства по " +"устранению неполадок." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 @@ -19651,12 +19818,12 @@ "если они находятся в ограниченном месте, например, рюкзаке." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "В разделе Оборудование щёлкните Питание." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19820,10 +19987,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Введите в терминале sudo pm-hibernate и нажмите Enter." +"Наберите sudo systemctl hibernate в терминале и нажмите " +"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19842,13 +20010,15 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:80 msgid "If hibernate doesn't work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Если спящий режим не работает:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:83 msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь что раздел подкачки имеет размер, как минимум, соответствующий " +"размеру доступной оперативной памяти." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -19858,6 +20028,10 @@ "removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " "btrfs-tools package:" msgstr "" +"Наличие разделов btrfs гарантированно вызывает проблемы со спящим " +"режимом, поэтому убедитесь, что вы не используете разделы btrfs. " +"Кроме удаления или переформатирования таких разделов может потребоваться " +"удаление пакета btrfs-tools:" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:97 @@ -19867,11 +20041,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Если проверка спящего режима выполнена, то для перевода компьютера в спящий " -"режим можно продолжать пользоваться командой sudo pm-hibernate." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19993,60 +20165,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Почему мой компьютер отключается или переходит в ждущий режим, когда уровень " -"заряда аккумулятора падает до 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Когда уровень заряда аккумулятора становится слишком низким, компьютер " -"автоматически переходит в ждущий режим. " -"Это предусмотрено, чтобы аккумулятор не разряжался полностью — это вредно " -"для него. Тем более что при полной разрядке аккумулятора у компьютера просто " -"не останется времени для корректного завершения работы." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Можно изменить то, что должно происходить, когда уровень заряда аккумулятора " -"становится слишком низким. Сначала щёлкните индикатор батареи на " -"панели меню и выберите Параметры электропитания. В " -"настройках При критическом заряде батареи для компьютера можно " -"выбрать переход в ждущий режим, в спящий " -"режим или выключение. Если выбрать выключение, ваши приложения и " -"документы не будут сохранены перед завершением работы компьютера." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"У некоторых компьютеров случаются проблемы со ждущим режимом, и они, " -"возможно, не смогут восстановить открытые приложения и документы при " -"повторном включении компьютера. В этом случае есть опасность потерять часть " -"работы, не сохранённую перед переводом компьютера в ждущий режим. Однако " -"можно попробовать исправить проблемы со " -"ждущим режимом." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20088,26 +20218,17 @@ "снова:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " -"системы" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Откройте Сеть и выберите вкладку Беспроводное" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Выключите переключатель «Беспроводное», а затем включите" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20116,7 +20237,7 @@ "Режим для авиаперелётов, а затем снова выключите его" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20504,7 +20625,7 @@ msgstr "Можно предотвратить отключение экрана:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20672,7 +20793,7 @@ "но в дальнейшем можно добавить и другие языки." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20683,7 +20804,7 @@ "отмечены в списке." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20692,14 +20813,14 @@ "которые нужно удалить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Щёлкните Применить изменения." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20710,7 +20831,7 @@ "записи администратора." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20721,8 +20842,8 @@ "проверки правописания, шрифты и методы ввода." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20788,7 +20909,9 @@ msgstr "Установка" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Установка принтера" @@ -20805,8 +20928,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Необнаруженные принтеры, застрявшая бумага, плохая печать..." +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20924,7 +21048,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21441,7 +21564,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Откройте Принтеры." @@ -21486,83 +21609,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Установите принтер, подключенный к вашему компьютеру." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Установка локального принтера" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Система способна распознать многие типы принтеров автоматически при их " -"подключении. Большинство принтеров подключаются к компьютеру с помощью " -"кабеля USB." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Сейчас не требуется указывать, какой принтер необходимо установить: сетевой " -"или локальный. Они перечислены в одном окне." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Проверьте, включен ли принтер." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Подключите принтер к системе с помощью подходящего кабеля. На экране можно " -"увидеть, как система ищет драйверы, но для их установки может быть " -"предложено ввести пароль." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Когда система закончит установку принтера, появится сообщение. Выберите " -"Печать пробной страницы для печати пробной страницы или " -"Свойства для внесения дополнительных изменений в настройки " -"принтера." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Если принтер не устанавливается автоматически, можно добавить его в " -"настройках печати." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Щёлкните Добавить и выберите принтер в окне «Устройства»." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Щёлкните Вперёд и подождите, пока идёт поиск драйверов." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "Выберите драйвер и установите его." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21571,7 +21674,7 @@ "завершения щёлкните Применить." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21579,25 +21682,71 @@ "для пропуска этого шага." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Если доступно несколько драйверов для вашего компьютера, вам может быть " -"предложено выбрать драйвер. Для использования рекомендуемого драйвера просто " -"нажмите кнопку «Вперёд» для перехода на страницы выбора производителя и " -"модели принтера." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Проверьте, включен ли принтер." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" +"Если системе не удаётся найти драйвер, попробуйте найти его на сайте " +"производителя принтера." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"После установки принтера может потребоваться изменить принтер, используемый по умолчанию." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21787,17 +21936,17 @@ "важно указать три вещи:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Что должно было произойти" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Что произошло в действительности" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21806,7 +21955,7 @@ "первый шаг — запуск программы" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21815,7 +21964,7 @@ "меняться по мере обработки. Спасибо, что помогаете сделать Ubuntu лучше!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21828,7 +21977,7 @@ "встроенные в Ubuntu инструменты сообщения об ошибках." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Сохранить." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21945,7 +22180,7 @@ "единиц измерения в соответствии со стандартами, принятыми в вашем регионе." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21954,7 +22189,7 @@ "форматы." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21965,18 +22200,16 @@ "используют языковые пакеты вкладки Языки." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Чтобы изменения вступили в силу, нужно завершить сеанс и снова войти в " -"систему. Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите " -"Завершение сеанса для выхода из системы." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21989,12 +22222,12 @@ "примере." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Изменение форматов системы" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -22006,19 +22239,19 @@ "как экран входа." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Измените форматы, как описано выше." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Щёлкните Применить для всей системы." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22048,12 +22281,12 @@ "install\">установлены соответствующие языковые пакеты." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Щёлкните Язык системы." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22062,18 +22295,16 @@ "выбранный язык в самый верх списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Чтобы изменения вступили в силу, нужно выйти из системы и вновь в неё войти. " -"Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Завершение " -"сеанса для выхода из системы." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22090,12 +22321,12 @@ "постоянно, необходимо обновить названия папок." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Изменение языка системы" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22106,7 +22337,7 @@ "язык, используемый в таких местах, как экран входа." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Измените язык, как описано выше." @@ -22146,18 +22377,18 @@ "Для увеличения времени ожидания перед автоматическим блокированием экрана:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Щёлкните Яркость и блокировка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Измените значение из выпадающего списка Блокировать экран через." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22423,7 +22654,7 @@ "запуска для быстрого доступа:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22432,7 +22663,7 @@ "меню на панель запуска." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22441,7 +22672,7 @@ "приложения и выберите Прикрепить к панели." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22450,7 +22681,7 @@ "а затем вновь на неё в нужное место." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22507,23 +22738,20 @@ "вы покидали её." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Чтобы завершить сеанс или переключить пользователей, щёлкните системное меню с правой стороны панели " -"меню и выберите нужную опцию." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Блокировка экрана" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22538,33 +22766,32 @@ "определённое время." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Чтобы заблокировать экран, щёлкните системное меню в панели меню " -"и выберите Заблокировать экран." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Когда экран заблокирован, другие пользователи смогут войти под собственными " -"учётными записями, щёлкнув Переключить пользователя в окне ввода " -"пароля. Переключиться на ваш рабочий стол можно будет после завершения ими " -"работы." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Ждущий режим" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22580,30 +22807,29 @@ "электроэнергии." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Чтобы вручную перевести компьютер в ждущий режим, щёлкните системное " -"меню на панели меню и выберите Ждущий режим." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Выключение или перезагрузка" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Если нужно полностью выключить компьютер или выполнить полную перезагрузку, " -"щёлкните системное меню и выберите Выключить." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23239,13 +23465,13 @@ "Нельзя изменить размер окна, если оно развёрнуто во весь экран." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" "Чтобы изменить размеры окна в горизонтальном и/или вертикальном направлении:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23255,12 +23481,12 @@ "перетаскивайте указатель, чтобы изменить размеры окна в любом направлении." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Чтобы изменить размер только в горизонтальном направлении:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23270,12 +23496,12 @@ "окна в горизонтальном направлении." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Чтобы изменить размер только в вертикальном направлении:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23287,17 +23513,17 @@ "направлении." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Упорядочивание окон на вашем рабочем месте" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Чтобы разместить два окна рядом друг с другом:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23310,7 +23536,7 @@ "половину экрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23320,7 +23546,7 @@ "занимать по половине экрана." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23377,11 +23603,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "С помощью клавиатуры" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23390,57 +23616,43 @@ "переключателя окон." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Отпустите Alt, чтобы выбрать следующее (выделенное подсветкой) " -"окно в переключателе." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Или, продолжая удерживать клавишу Alt, нажимайте Tab " -"для циклического перемещения по списку открытых окон. Для перемещения в " -"обратном порядке нажимайте ShiftTab." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Окна в переключателе окон сгруппированы по приложениям. Если переместиться " -"на значок приложения с несколькими окнами, то всплывут уменьшенные " -"изображения этих окон." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Перемещаться между значками приложений в переключателе окон можно с помощью " -"клавиш → или ←, а также выбрать какой-нибудь из них " -"щелчком мыши." +"Можно также перемещаться между значками клавишами → или " +"← keys, либо выбрать значок, щёлкнув на нём мышью." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Отобразить уменьшенное изображение единственного окна приложения можно с " -"помощью клавиши ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23452,8 +23664,13 @@ "клавиши Ctrl и Alt и нажмите Tab или " "ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23464,7 +23681,7 @@ "изображения всех открытых окон." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Щёлкните на окно, в которое хотите переключиться." @@ -23670,7 +23887,7 @@ msgstr "Задействовать рабочие места" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23679,12 +23896,12 @@ "вкладку Режим." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Выберите пункт Задействовать рабочие места." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23699,12 +23916,12 @@ "с одного из рабочих мест. Вы можете изменить количество рабочих мест:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Изменение количества рабочих мест" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23713,7 +23930,7 @@ "Терминал." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23722,7 +23939,7 @@ "число на число, которое вам нужно. Нажмите Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24580,7 +24797,7 @@ msgstr "Ввод специальных символов" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24592,17 +24809,17 @@ "специальные символы." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Способы ввода символов" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Таблица символов" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24613,7 +24830,7 @@ "символ, а затем скопировать и вставить его туда, где он вам нужен." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Клавиша Compose" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24642,7 +24859,7 @@ "Compose, затем ' и e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24651,38 +24868,40 @@ "клавишей Compose одну из существующих клавиш на вашей клавиатуре." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Назначение клавиши Compose" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Щёлкните Раскладка клавиатуры." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Щёлкните Параметры." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Найдите группу под названием Положение клавиши Compose. Выберите " -"клавишу или клавиши, которые должны выполнять функцию клавиши Compose. Можно " -"выбрать такие клавиши, как Caps Lock, одну из клавиш " -"Alt или клавишу Меню. Теперь любая выбранная вами клавиша будет " -"работать только как клавиша Compose и больше не будет выполнять свои " -"первоначальные назначения." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24690,7 +24909,7 @@ "символов, например:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24699,7 +24918,7 @@ "этой буквой диакритический значок акут, например, é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24708,7 +24927,7 @@ "этой буквой диакритический значок гравис, например, è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24717,7 +24936,7 @@ "этой буквой умляут, например, ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24726,7 +24945,7 @@ "этой буквой знак долготы звука, например, ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Коды символов" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24758,7 +24977,7 @@ "символе. Код символа — это четыре символа после U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24775,12 +24994,12 @@ "последствии вводить требуемые символы оперативно." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Источники ввода" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24841,6 +25060,10 @@ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its Ubuntu " "Software rating, and what version is available." msgstr "" +"Щёлкните правой кнопкой на результате поиска, чтобы открыть " +"предварительный просмотр. Предварительный просмотр показывает " +"краткое описание приложения, снимок его окна, его оценку в Менеджере " +"приложений Ubuntu и доступную версию." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:35 @@ -25618,33 +25841,23 @@ "верхнему левому углу экрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Откройте системное меню с правой стороны панели меню и " -"выберите Параметры системы." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Щёлкните Внешний вид в разделе «Персональные»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку Поведение." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" "Включите переключатель Автоматически скрывать панель запуска." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25654,7 +25867,7 @@ "панель запуска." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25687,12 +25900,12 @@ "объектов, или крупнее, чтобы на них было легче щёлкать." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Щёлкните Внешний вид." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25701,7 +25914,7 @@ "или уменьшения размера значков панели запуска." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "По умолчанию размер значков панели запуска равен 48." @@ -25807,12 +26020,12 @@ "следующие действия." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "запуск приложений или открытие документа, папки или устройства" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25821,7 +26034,7 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25830,12 +26043,12 @@ "(см. )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "закрытие приложения, если оно уже запущено" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25844,7 +26057,7 @@ "окна или копии" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "действия, характерные для приложения, например открытие нового документа или " @@ -26014,7 +26227,7 @@ "наведении указателя мыши." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -26023,7 +26236,7 @@ "Режим." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -26032,19 +26245,19 @@ "окна." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "В секции Показ меню выберите Отображается всегда." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Меню состояния" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26056,8 +26269,26 @@ "состояния — это удобное место, где можно проверять и изменять состояние " "вашего компьютера и приложений." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые используемые в индикаторах меню значки изменяются в соответствии с " +"состоянием приложения." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Другие приложения, например такие, как Tomboy или " +"Transmission, тоже могут добавлять индикаторы меню на панель." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "Список меню состояния и их назначение" @@ -26066,7 +26297,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -26076,7 +26307,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26086,7 +26317,7 @@ "соединения" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26101,7 +26332,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26111,7 +26342,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26120,7 +26351,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Значок источника ввода" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26129,7 +26360,7 @@ "layouts\">настройка источников ввода." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26138,7 +26369,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Значок Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26152,7 +26383,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26162,7 +26393,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26171,7 +26402,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Значок письма" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26184,7 +26415,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26192,7 +26423,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26201,7 +26432,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Значок аккумулятора" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26214,7 +26445,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26224,7 +26455,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26233,7 +26464,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Значок громкости" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26244,12 +26475,12 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Часы" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26257,22 +26488,8 @@ "Отображение текущего времени и даты. Встречи, назначенные в приложенииКалендарь также могут отображаться здесь." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26281,7 +26498,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Значок в виде шестерни" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26292,24 +26509,6 @@ "пользователей, заблокировать экран, завершить сеанс, перейти в ждущий режим, " "перезагрузить или выключить компьютер." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые используемые в индикаторах меню значки изменяются в соответствии с " -"состоянием приложения." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Другие приложения, например такие, как Tomboy или " -"Transmission, тоже могут добавлять индикаторы меню на панель." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26433,44 +26632,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "По умолчанию показ результатов поиска в Интеренете отключен." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Включение результатов поиска в Интернете" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите получать результаты поиска из источников в Интернете, то " -"можете включить эту функцию в разделе параметров системы Защита и " -"приватность." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Щёлкните на системном меню с правой стороны панели " -"меню и выберите Параметры системы." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Откройте Защита и приватность и выберите вкладку Поиск." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Включите Отображать результаты поиска в Интернете." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -27823,6 +27990,11 @@ "plugins-ugly\">gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, and libdvd-pkg." msgstr "" +"Установите libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer1.0-plugins-bad, gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly и libdvd-pkg." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40 @@ -27832,12 +28004,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41 msgid "Run the command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выполните команду" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:43 msgid "and confirm in order to install libdvdcss2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "и подтвердите ее, чтобы произвести установку libdvdcss2." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-sending.page:7 @@ -27918,6 +28090,14 @@ "video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications " "are available. Check Ubuntu Software to see what's available." msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете найти подходящий кодек, попробуйте Медиапроигрыватель VLC. Он " +"работает как в Linux, так и в Windows и Mac OS, и поддерживает большое " +"количество форматов видео. Или же попробуйте преобразовать ваше видео в " +"другой формат. Это умеет делать большинство видеоредакторов, но доступны " +"также и специальные приложения для преобразования видео файлов " +"(видеоконвертеры). Ознакомьтесь с доступными программами в Менеджере " +"приложений Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/video-sending.page:50 @@ -28105,7 +28285,7 @@ "Эти параметры могут быть настроены:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28116,7 +28296,7 @@ "цифровые значения) между значениями Высокая и Низкая." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28131,7 +28311,7 @@ "вниз, Прокрутка влево, Прокрутка вправо, Назад, Вперёд." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28140,15 +28320,12 @@ "«чувствительности» между значениями Высокая и Низкая." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Если перьев несколько, то при приближении дополнительного пера к планшету " -"рядом с наименованием перьевого устройства появится переключатель страниц. " -"Используйте переключатель для выбора пера для настройки." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28214,6 +28391,26 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Щёлкните Раскладка клавиатуры." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Щёлкните Параметры." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Найдите группу под названием Положение клавиши Compose. Выберите " +#~ "клавишу или клавиши, которые должны выполнять функцию клавиши Compose. Можно " +#~ "выбрать такие клавиши, как Caps Lock, одну из клавиш " +#~ "Alt или клавишу Меню. Теперь любая выбранная вами клавиша будет " +#~ "работать только как клавиша Compose и больше не будет выполнять свои " +#~ "первоначальные назначения." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28287,6 +28484,85 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите " +#~ "Параметры системы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавление учётной записи поможет связать ваши сетевые учётные записи с " +#~ "вашим компьютером Ubuntu. Таким образом, почтовая программа, мгновенные " +#~ "сообщения и другие соответствующие приложения будут настроены для вас." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Выберите Тип учётной записи в правой панели окна." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы настроить дополнительные учётные записи, позже эти действия можно " +#~ "повторить." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Появится небольшой веб-интерфейс пользователя, где можно ввести " +#~ "регистрационные данные вашей сетевой учётной записи. Например, если вы " +#~ "настраиваете учётную запись Google, введите ваши имя пользователя Google, " +#~ "пароль и авторизуйтесь." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "При правильном вводе регистрационных данных будет выдан запрос на принятие " +#~ "условий использования. Для продолжения выберите Принять. После " +#~ "получения согласия Ubuntu потребуется разрешение на доступ к вашей сетевой " +#~ "учётной записи. Для предоставления такого разрешения выберите " +#~ "Предоставить доступ. После запроса введите пароль текущего " +#~ "пользователя." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Теперь можно выбрать приложение, которое нужно связать с сетевой учётной " +#~ "записью. Например, если необходимо использовать сетевую учётную запись для " +#~ "чата, но она не требуется для календаря, выключите опцию " +#~ "Календарь." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "После добавления учётных записей каждое выбранное вами приложение " +#~ "автоматически будет использовать эти регистрационные данные при входе под " +#~ "вашей учётной записью." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В целях безопасности Ubuntu не сохраняет ваш пароль на вашем компьютере. " +#~ "Вместо этого Ubuntu хранит токен (одноразовый пароль), предоставляемый " +#~ "сетевым сервисом. Если потребуется полностью отменить связь между вашим " +#~ "компьютером и сетевым сервисом, удалите её." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28326,6 +28602,33 @@ #~ "Используйте Центр приложений Ubuntu, чтобы добавить программы и сделать " #~ "Ubuntu более удобной." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Установка дополнительных программ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Команда разработчиков Ubuntu выбрала устанавливаемый по умолчанию набор " +#~ "приложений, который, по нашему мнению, очень подходит для большинства " +#~ "повседневных задач. Но вы, разумеется, захотите установить дополнительные " +#~ "программы, чтобы сделать Ubuntu более удобной для себя." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы установить дополнительное программное обеспечение, выполните следующие " +#~ "шаги:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Подключитесь к Интернету, используя беспроводное или проводное " +#~ "соединение." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28342,12 +28645,57 @@ #~ "выберите категорию и найдите приложение в списке." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "Выберите интересующее приложение и щёлкните Установить." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Система попросит ввести ваш пароль. Установка начнётся сразу после ввода." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Обычно установка заканчивается быстро, но если интернет-соединение " +#~ "медленное, то может потребоваться некоторое время." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ярлык нового приложения будет добавлен на панель запуска. Чтобы отключить " +#~ "такую возможность, снимите флажок ВидНовые " +#~ "приложения в панели запуска." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавьте PPA, чтобы помочь в тестировании предрелизных версий или " +#~ "специализированных программ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Персональные архивы пакетов (Personal Package Archives или PPA) — " +#~ "это репозитории программ, разработанные для пользователей Ubuntu, они проще " +#~ "в установке, чем другие сторонние репозитории." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "После запуска Центра приложений щёлкните Правка " #~ "Источники приложений" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните Добавить и введите расположение ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28355,6 +28703,9 @@ #~ "Закройте окно источников приложений. После этого Центр приложений Ubuntu " #~ "проверит ваши источники программного обеспечения на наличие обновлений." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Удалите программы, которые больше не нужны." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28378,6 +28729,26 @@ #~ "Установлено." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Возможно потребуется ввести ваш пароль. После ввода пароля приложение будет " +#~ "удалено." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавьте другие репозитории, чтобы увеличить число источников программ, " +#~ "используемых Ubuntu для установки и обновлений." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Добавление дополнительных репозиториев программ" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Установка других репозиториев" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28428,6 +28799,18 @@ #~ "приложений. Подождите, пока Центр приложений Ubuntu не загрузит информацию о " #~ "репозитории." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "установка, удаление, дополнительные " +#~ "репозитории…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Установка и удаление программ" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "Cheese не установлен в Ubuntu по умолчанию. Чтобы установить Cheese:" @@ -28464,6 +28847,9 @@ #~ "Чтобы прочесть Руководство пользователя Cheese, сначала нужно установить " #~ "Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB-накопитель (небольшая ёмкость)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28490,6 +28876,23 @@ #~ "переключатель Видимость. Для дополнительной информации см. ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Загрузка и печать справочной таблицы от компании, работающей с цветом" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Обращение в компанию, работающую с цветом, для создания профиля принтера — " +#~ "обычно самый экономный вариант, когда есть один или два разных типа бумаги. " +#~ "Загрузив справочную таблицу с веб-сайта компании и напечатав её, можно " +#~ "отправить обратно распечатку в конверте, чтобы там её смогли отсканировать, " +#~ "создать профиль и выслать вам по электронной почте точный ICC-профиль." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28542,130 +28945,951 @@ #~ msgstr "Отключите Ближайшие события из Календаря Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Выберите диск, который нужно проверить, из списка Устройств " -#~ "хранения. Информация о диске и его состоянии появится под надписью " -#~ "Устройство." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Состояние диска должно показывать «Диск исправен»." +#~ "Если потом решение изменится, включить часы можно снова, щёлкнув значок в " +#~ "правом верхнем углу панели меню и выбрав Параметры системы. В " +#~ "разделе «Система» щёлкните Время и дата." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Щёлкните кнопку Данные SMART для просмотра дополнительной " -#~ "информации об устройстве или для запуска самодиагностики." +#~ "Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " +#~ "системы." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Для более сложных проектов записи CD/DVD попробуйте приложение " -#~ "Brasero." +#~ "Проведите тестирование жёсткого диска, чтобы проверить, насколько быстро он " +#~ "работает." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Тестирование производительности вашего жёсткого диска" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Для тестирования скорости вашего жёсткого диска:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Для получения помощи по работе с Brasero прочтите руководство пользователя." +#~ "Откройте приложение Диски из главного меню." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Откройте приложение Диски из режима обзора." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Выберите жёсткий диск из списка Диски." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Некоторым языкам, например китайскому или корейскому, требуется более " -#~ "сложный метод ввода, чем простое сопоставление клавиши символу. Поэтому, " -#~ "включив соответствующий метод, можно выбирать разные источники ввода." +#~ "Щёлкните кнопку с изображением шестерёнки и выберите Производительность " +#~ "привода." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Опции, предоставляемые методами ввода, доступны только тогда, когда " -#~ "установлен соответствующий механизм метода ввода (IM — input method). Во " -#~ "время установки языка при " -#~ "необходимости автоматически устанавливается подходящий механизм метода " -#~ "ввода. Например, при выборе корейского языка устанавливается пакет ibus-" -#~ "hangul, и опция источника ввода Корейский (Хангыль) " -#~ "становится доступной после следующего входа в систему. Кроме того, механизм " -#~ "IBus IM можно установить отдельно по " -#~ "вашему выбору." +#~ "Щёлкните Начать оценку производительности и настройте параметры " +#~ "Скорость передачи и Время доступа по собственному " +#~ "усмотрению." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Отключите сенсорную панель при наборе текста для избежания случайных щелчков." +#~ "Щёлкните Начать оценку производительности для проверки скорости " +#~ "считывания данных с диска. Могут потребоваться административные привилегии. Введите свой пароль или пароль " +#~ "запрашиваемой учётной записи администратора." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Отключение сенсорной панели при наборе текста" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Когда тест будет завершён, результаты появятся на графике. Зелёные точки и " +#~ "соединяющие их линии обозначают произведённые выборки. Они представляют " +#~ "собой время доступа, отложенное по правой оси, в зависимости от отложенного " +#~ "по нижней оси времени, истёкшего с начала теста производительности, в " +#~ "процентах. Синяя линия отображает скорость чтения, а красная — скорость " +#~ "записи. Эти линии показаны как скорости доступа к данным, отложенные по " +#~ "левой оси, в зависимости от отложенной по нижней оси процентной величины " +#~ "перемещения головки по поверхности диска от внешнего края к шпинделю." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Сенсорные панели ноутбуков часто расположены там, где находятся ваши " -#~ "запястья при наборе текста, и случайное касание запястьем сенсорной панели " -#~ "может быть распознано как щелчок. Можно отключить сенсорную панель на время " -#~ "набора текста, но она снова заработает вскоре после нажатия последней " -#~ "клавиши." +#~ "Под графиком отобразятся значения минимальных, максимальных и средних " +#~ "скоростей чтения и записи, среднее время доступа и время, прошедшее с " +#~ "момента последнего теста производительности." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "В разделе Сенсорная панель установите флажок Отключать при " -#~ "наборе." +#~ "Используйте Анализатор использования дисков или Системный " +#~ "монитор для проверки ёмкости и свободного места." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Сенсорные панели ноутбуков иногда реагируют с небольшой задержкой после " -#~ "набора текста до момента, когда сенсорная панель начинает работать. Это " -#~ "сделано специально, чтобы исключить срабатывание сенсорной панели при наборе " -#~ "текста при случайном касании её ладонью. Подробнее см. ." +#~ "Проверить оставшееся место на диске можно с помощью Анализатора " +#~ "использования дисков или Системного монитора." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Приводит дату и время последнего изменения файла." +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Проверка с помощью Анализатора использования дисков" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если необходимо быть в ещё большей безопасности или нужно проверять на " -#~ "вирусы файлы, передаваемые вашим компьютером на компьютеры с Windows и Mac " -#~ "OS, — можно всё же установить антивирусную программу. Проверьте в " -#~ "Центре приложений Ubuntu, там доступно несколько таких приложений." +#~ "Чтобы проверить свободное место и ёмкость диска с помощью Анализатора " +#~ "использования дисков:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Изменение используемого по умолчанию " -#~ "браузера, установка Flash, " -#~ "установка java-плагина, поддержка Silverlight…" +#~ "Откройте приложение Анализатор использования дисков из " +#~ "главного меню. Окно покажет Общую ёмкость файловой " +#~ "системы и Общую ёмкость используемой файловой системы." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Откройте приложение Диски из режима Обзор. Окно " +#~ "покажет Общую ёмкость файловой системы и Общую ёмкость " +#~ "используемой файловой системы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните одну из кнопок панели инструментов для выбора: Сканировать " +#~ "домашнюю папку, Сканировать файловую систему, " +#~ "Сканировать папку или Сканировать удалённую папку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Информация отобразится в виде: Каталог, Использование, " +#~ "Размер и Содержимое. См. больше подробностей в справке " +#~ "по Анализатору использования " +#~ "дисков." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Проверка с помощью Системного монитора" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы проверить свободное место и ёмкость диска с помощью Системного " +#~ "монитора:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Откройте приложение Системный монитор из главного меню." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Откройте приложение Системный монитор из режима Обзор." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Выберите вкладку Файловые системы для просмотра разделов системы " +#~ "и использования дискового пространства. Информация отобразится в виде: " +#~ "Всего, Свободно, Доступно и " +#~ "Использовано." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Если диск слишком заполнен информацией, вам нужно:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Удалить не являющиеся важными или больше не используемые файлы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сделать резервные копии важных файлов, " +#~ "которые вам некоторое время не понадобятся и удалить их с жёсткого диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "Откройте приложение Диски из режима Обзор." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Выберите диск, который нужно проверить, из списка Устройств " +#~ "хранения. Информация о диске и его состоянии появится под надписью " +#~ "Устройство." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Состояние диска должно показывать «Диск исправен»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните кнопку Данные SMART для просмотра дополнительной " +#~ "информации об устройстве или для запуска самодиагностики." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Даже если Данные SMART указывают, что диск неисправен, " +#~ "повода для беспокойства может и не быть. Тем не менее, лучше заранее " +#~ "подготовить резервную копию, чтобы " +#~ "предотвратить возможную потерю данных." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если состояние указывается как «Pre-fail», то диск всё ещё нормальный, но у " +#~ "него обнаружены признаки износа. Это значит, что в ближайшем будущем диск " +#~ "может отказать. Если вашему жёсткому диску (или компьютеру) несколько лет, " +#~ "скорее всего такое сообщение появляется почти всегда после некоторых " +#~ "диагностических проверок. Необходимо регулярно " +#~ "выполнять резервное копирование важных файлов и периодически " +#~ "проверять состояние диска, чтобы не пропустить его ухудшения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Удалите все файлы и папки с внешнего жёсткого диска или флэшки, " +#~ "отформатировав их." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Полное стирание переносного диска" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если есть переносной диск, такой как USB-накопитель или внешний жёсткий " +#~ "диск, то иногда может понадобиться полностью удалить с него все файлы и " +#~ "папки. Это можно сделать с помощью форматирования диска — эта " +#~ "операция удалит все файлы с диска и оставит его пустым." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Форматирование переносного диска" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Выберите диск, который нужно стереть, из списка Устройства " +#~ "хранения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Убедитесь, что выбран нужный диск! Если выбрать не тот диск, все файлы на " +#~ "нём будут удалены!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В секции «Тома» щёлкните Отключить раздел. Затем щёлкните " +#~ "Форматировать раздел." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В всплывающем окне выберите Тип файловой системы для диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если пользоваться диском на компьютерах Windows и Mac OS в дополнение к " +#~ "компьютерам Linux, выберите FAT. Если использовать его только в " +#~ "Windows — NTFS может быть лучшим выбором. Краткое описание " +#~ "типа файловой системы будет представлено в виде пояснения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Дайте диску имя и щёлкните Форматировать, чтобы начать стирание " +#~ "диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "После завершения форматирования безопасно отключите диск. Теперь " +#~ "он должен быть чист и снова пригоден для использования." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Форматирование диска не обеспечивает необратимого удаления ваших файлов" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Форматирование диска не гарантирует необратимое стирание данных. Может " +#~ "показаться, что на отформатированном диске нет файлов, но не исключено, что " +#~ "специальное программное обеспечение для восстановления данных сможет их " +#~ "извлечь. Если требуется надёжное удаление файлов, то придётся " +#~ "воспользоваться утилитой командной строки, такой как shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "Что такое тома и разделы. Управление ими с помощью дисковой утилиты." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Просмотр и управление томами и разделами с помощью дисковой утилиты" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можно проверить и изменить ваши компьютерные тома хранения с помощью " +#~ "дисковой утилиты." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Откройте главное меню и запустите приложение Дисковая " +#~ "утилита." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В области окна Устройства хранения найдутся жёсткие диски, " +#~ "приводы CD/DVD и другие физические устройства. Щёлкните на устройстве, " +#~ "которое требуется просмотреть." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В правой части окна область под названием Тома показывает " +#~ "разбивку томов и разделов, присутствующих на выбранном устройстве. Здесь же " +#~ "содержатся разные инструменты, используемые для управления этими томами." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Будьте осторожны: этими утилитами можно полностью стереть данные на вашем " +#~ "диске." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Один из первичных разделов должен содержать информацию, используемую вашим " +#~ "компьютером для запуска, или загрузки. Поэтому его иногда называют " +#~ "загрузочным разделом или загрузочным диском. Чтобы определить, является ли " +#~ "диск загрузочным, посмотрите на его Флаги раздела в дисковой " +#~ "утилите. Внешние носители, такие как USB-накопители и компакт-диски, тоже " +#~ "могут содержать загрузочный раздел." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Убедитесь, что переключатель Заблокировать включён, затем " +#~ "выберите время задержки из выпадающего списка ниже. Если быть неактивным в " +#~ "течение этого времени, экран автоматически заблокируется. Можно также " +#~ "выбрать После выключения экрана, чтобы заблокировать экран после " +#~ "автоматического выключения (в соответствии с установленными выше настройками " +#~ "из выпадающего списка При бездействии выключать экран через:)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Используйте файловый менеджер Файлы для просмотра и " +#~ "упорядочивания файлов на вашем компьютере. Пользоваться им можно и для " +#~ "управления файлами на устройствах хранения (например, на внешних жёстких " +#~ "дисках), на файловых серверах и на " +#~ "совместных ресурсах сети." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Выполните двойной щелчок на любой папке в менеджере файлов, чтобы увидеть её " +#~ "содержимое, или двойной щелчок на любом файле, чтобы открыть его в " +#~ "приложении, используемом по умолчанию для этого типа файлов. Можно щёлкнуть " +#~ "на папке правой кнопкой мыши, чтобы открыть её в новой вкладке или новом " +#~ "окне." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если нужно быстро перейти к файлу в просматриваемой папке, начните набирать " +#~ "его название. В верхней части окна появится окно поиска и будет выделен " +#~ "первый файл, соответствующий вашему поисковому запросу. Нажмите клавишу со " +#~ "стрелкой вниз или прокрутите мышью для перехода к следующему файлу, " +#~ "соответствующему вашему запросу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Из боковой панели можно быстро получить доступ к общим местам. Если " +#~ "боковой панели не видно, щёлкните кнопку Параметры просмотра на панели " +#~ "инструментов и выберите Боковая панель. Можно добавлять закладки " +#~ "для часто используемых папок, и они появятся в боковой панели. Используйте " +#~ "для этого меню Закладки или просто перетащите папку на боковую " +#~ "панель." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Для более сложных проектов записи CD/DVD попробуйте приложение " +#~ "Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Для получения помощи по работе с Brasero прочтите руководство пользователя." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вы могли переименовать файл так, что сделали его скрытым. Файлы, имена " +#~ "которых начинаются с . или заканчиваются на ~, " +#~ "скрыты в менеджере файлов. Для их отображения щёлкните кнопку Параметры просмотра на " +#~ "панели инструментов менеджера файлов и выберите Показывать скрытые " +#~ "файлы. Подробнее см. ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Найдите файлы по имени и типу. Сохраните ваши поиски для последующего " +#~ "использования." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Выполнить поиск файлов по имени или типу можно прямо в менеджере файлов. " +#~ "Можно даже сохранить часто используемые поиски, и они будут появляться в " +#~ "специальной папке внутри вашей домашней папки." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Откройте менеджер файлов." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если известно, что нужные файлы находятся в определённой папке, перейдите в " +#~ "эту папку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните лупу на панели инструментов или нажмите " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Наберите слово или несколько слов, которые содержатся в имени файла. " +#~ "Например, если в названии всех ваших счетов есть слово «счёт», наберите " +#~ "счёт. Нажмите Enter. Слова подбираются независимо " +#~ "от регистра символов." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Можно сузить результаты поиска по адресу и по типу файла." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните Домашняя папка, чтобы ограничить результаты поиска вашей " +#~ "Домашней папкой, или Все файлы для повсеместного " +#~ "поиска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните + и из выпадающего списка выберите Тип файла, " +#~ "чтобы сузить результаты поиска, основанные на типе файла. Щёлкните кнопку " +#~ "x для удаления этого выбора и расширения результатов поиска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Файлы в списке результатов поиска можно открывать, копировать, удалять и " +#~ "выполнять с ними другие действия так же, как и с файлами в любой папке " +#~ "менеджера файлов." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Снова щёлкните лупу на панели инструментов для выхода из поиска и возврата в " +#~ "папку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если часто выполнять одни и те же поиски, можно их сохранить, чтобы " +#~ "обеспечить к ним быстрый доступ." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Сохранение поиска" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Начните поиск как указано выше." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Дайте поиску имя и щёлкните Сохранить. При желании выберите " +#~ "другую папку для сохранения поиска. При просмотре этой папки ваш сохранённый " +#~ "поиск будет показан как значок в виде оранжевой папки с лупой на ней." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы удалить ставший ненужным поисковый файл, просто удалите поиск так же, как и любой другой файл. Удаление " +#~ "сохранённого поиска не удаляет файлы, удовлетворяющие результатам поиска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Некоторым языкам, например китайскому или корейскому, требуется более " +#~ "сложный метод ввода, чем простое сопоставление клавиши символу. Поэтому, " +#~ "включив соответствующий метод, можно выбирать разные источники ввода." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Опции, предоставляемые методами ввода, доступны только тогда, когда " +#~ "установлен соответствующий механизм метода ввода (IM — input method). Во " +#~ "время установки языка при " +#~ "необходимости автоматически устанавливается подходящий механизм метода " +#~ "ввода. Например, при выборе корейского языка устанавливается пакет ibus-" +#~ "hangul, и опция источника ввода Корейский (Хангыль) " +#~ "становится доступной после следующего входа в систему. Кроме того, механизм " +#~ "IBus IM можно установить отдельно по " +#~ "вашему выбору." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можно предварительно просмотреть изображение любой раскладки, выбрав её из " +#~ "списка и щёлкнув предварительный " +#~ "просмотр." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы это исправить, щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и перейдите " +#~ "в Параметры системы. В разделе «Оборудование» выберите " +#~ "Настройка экранов. Попробуйте подобрать Разрешение и " +#~ "установить такое, при котором экран будет выглядеть лучше." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " +#~ "системы. Откройте Настройка экранов." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " +#~ "системы." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отключите сенсорную панель при наборе текста для избежания случайных щелчков." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Отключение сенсорной панели при наборе текста" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сенсорные панели ноутбуков часто расположены там, где находятся ваши " +#~ "запястья при наборе текста, и случайное касание запястьем сенсорной панели " +#~ "может быть распознано как щелчок. Можно отключить сенсорную панель на время " +#~ "набора текста, но она снова заработает вскоре после нажатия последней " +#~ "клавиши." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В разделе Сенсорная панель установите флажок Отключать при " +#~ "наборе." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У многих мышей и у некоторых сенсорных панелей есть средняя кнопка мыши. Как " +#~ "правило, чтобы щёлкнуть средней кнопкой у мыши с колесом прокрутки, можно " +#~ "нажать прямо на колесо прокрутки. Если средней кнопки мыши нет, то для " +#~ "щелчка средней кнопкой можно нажать одновременно и на левую, и на правую " +#~ "кнопку мыши. Если обнаружить, что выполнить щелчок средней кнопкой таким " +#~ "способом не получается, можно последовать этим " +#~ "инструкциям." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если сенсорная панель поддерживает прикосновения несколькими пальцами, можно " +#~ "сымитировать щелчок средней кнопкой мыши, нажав на панель сразу тремя " +#~ "пальцами. Чтобы воспользоваться этим, необходимо включить щелчки для сенсорной панели в настройках сенсорной " +#~ "панели." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Во многих приложениях щелчок средней кнопкой используется для выполнения " +#~ "различных действий." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Одно из таких действий — это вставка выделенного текста. Выделите текст, " +#~ "затем переместите указатель мыши в то место, куда хотите вставить текст, и " +#~ "щёлкните средней кнопкой." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вставка текста с помощью средней кнопки мыши работает абсолютно независимо " +#~ "от буфера обмена. Выделенный текст при выполнении этой операции не " +#~ "копируется в буфер обмена." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Большинство веб-браузеров позволяют с помощью средней кнопки мыши быстро " +#~ "открывать ссылки в новых вкладках. Просто щёлкните на ссылке средней кнопкой " +#~ "мыши, и она откроется в новой вкладке. Но будьте осторожны при щелчках на " +#~ "ссылках в браузере Firefox. Если щёлкнуть на чём-нибудь, кроме " +#~ "ссылки, этот браузер попытается загрузить выделенный вами текст как ссылку, " +#~ "то есть так, как если бы щёлкнуть средней кнопкой для вставки выделенного " +#~ "текста в строку адреса и нажать Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Некоторые специализированные приложения позволяют использовать среднюю " +#~ "кнопку мыши для выполнения других функций. Подробнее о выполнении щелчка " +#~ "средней кнопкой или об использовании в них средней кнопки " +#~ "смотрите в руководствах этих приложений." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Нажмите ← один раз, чтобы перейти на вкладку Наведение и " +#~ "нажатие." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Эти инструкции — кратчайший способ начать управлять указателем мыши, " +#~ "используя только клавиатуру. Выберите Специальные возможности, " +#~ "чтобы узнать больше о вспомогательных технологиях." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цифровой блок — это группа цифровых клавиш на клавиатуре, собранных, как " +#~ "правило, в отдельный блок прямоугольной формы. Если ваша клавиатура без " +#~ "цифрового блока (например, клавиатура ноутбука), его функцию могут выполнять " +#~ "другие клавиши, нажатые вместе с функциональной клавишей (Fn). " +#~ "Если приходится часто пользоваться перемещением указателя мыши с помощью " +#~ "клавиатуры на ноутбуке, то можно приобрести внешний цифровой блок, " +#~ "подключаемый через USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Каждое число в цифровом блоке соответствует направлению. Например, нажатие " +#~ "8 перемещает указатель вверх, а нажатие 2 — вниз. " +#~ "Нажатие 5 имитирует щелчок мышью, а быстрое двойное нажатие — " +#~ "двойной щелчок." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На многих клавиатурах есть специальная клавиша, имитирующая нажатие правой " +#~ "кнопки мыши — часто она расположена рядом с пробелом. Однако обратите " +#~ "внимание, что она срабатывает в месте расположения клавиатурного курсора, а " +#~ "не там, где расположен указатель мыши. Для информации о том, как выполнить " +#~ "щелчок правой кнопкой мыши, удерживая 5 или левую кнопку мыши, " +#~ "см. ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можно реализовать щелчок, двойной щелчок кнопкой мыши, можно перетаскивать и " +#~ "прокручивать, используя только сенсорную панель, даже без отдельных " +#~ "аппаратных кнопок." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Для щелчка коснитесь сенсорной панели." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы перетащить объект, дважды коснитесь, но не поднимайте палец после " +#~ "второго прикосновения. Перетащите объект на требуемое место, а затем " +#~ "оторвите палец от панели." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если сенсорная панель распознаёт прикосновения нескольких пальцев, то можно " +#~ "щёлкнуть правой кнопкой мыши, коснувшись панели одновременно двумя пальцами. " +#~ "В противном случае всё ещё потребуется использовать аппаратные кнопки для " +#~ "щелчка правой кнопкой мыши. Если вторичной кнопки мыши нет, то о способе " +#~ "выполнения щелчка правой кнопкой см. ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если ваша сенсорная панель распознаёт прикосновения нескольких пальцев, " +#~ "можно выполнить щелчок средней кнопкой " +#~ "мыши, коснувшись сенсорной панели одновременно тремя пальцами." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "При касании и перетаскивании несколькими пальцами, немного разведите их друг " +#~ "от друга. Если ваши пальцы слишком близко друг к другу, для вашего " +#~ "компьютера они выглядят как один палец." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сенсорные панели ноутбуков иногда реагируют с небольшой задержкой после " +#~ "набора текста до момента, когда сенсорная панель начинает работать. Это " +#~ "сделано специально, чтобы исключить срабатывание сенсорной панели при наборе " +#~ "текста при случайном касании её ладонью. Подробнее см. ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Добавьте, удалите и переименуйте закладки в менеджере файлов." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Список сделанных вами закладок находится в боковой панели менеджера файлов." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Удаление закладки:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните Файлы на верхней панели и выберите Закладки в " +#~ "меню приложения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В окне Закладки выберите закладку, которую нужно удалить и " +#~ "щёлкните кнопку -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В окне Закладки выберите закладку, которую нужно переименовать." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В текстовом поле Наименование наберите новое наименование для " +#~ "закладки." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Приводит дату и время последнего изменения файла." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если необходимо быть в ещё большей безопасности или нужно проверять на " +#~ "вирусы файлы, передаваемые вашим компьютером на компьютеры с Windows и Mac " +#~ "OS, — можно всё же установить антивирусную программу. Проверьте в " +#~ "Центре приложений Ubuntu, там доступно несколько таких приложений." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Изменение используемого по умолчанию " +#~ "браузера, установка Flash, " +#~ "установка java-плагина, поддержка Silverlight…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " #~ "Chat from the Messaging " #~ "menu." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28676,6 +29900,45 @@ #~ "сообщений." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можно управлять доступом программ к сети. Это поможет сохранить ваш " +#~ "компьютер в безопасности." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Разрешение или запрет доступа с помощью межсетевого экрана" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В составе Ubuntu есть межсетевой экран — Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw), но он не включён по умолчанию. При обычной установке " +#~ "Ubuntu не имеет открытых сетевых сервисов (кроме базовой сетевой " +#~ "инфраструктуры), поэтому использование межсетевого экрана для блокирования " +#~ "попыток входящих вредоносных подключений не требуется." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Подробнее об использовании ufw см. в онлайн-" +#~ "документации." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы включить межсетевой экран, введите в терминале sudo ufw " +#~ "enable. Чтобы отключить ufw, введите sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28707,6 +29970,13 @@ #~ "allow 53. Для закрытия порта 53, введите sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Возможно, понадобится установить Flash для просмотра веб-сайтов, например " +#~ "YouTube, которые отображают видео и интерактивные веб-страницы." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28715,6 +29985,9 @@ #~ "смотреть видео и пользоваться интерактивными веб-страницами на некоторых веб-" #~ "сайтах. Часть веб-сайтов не будет работать без Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Как установить Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28735,6 +30008,15 @@ #~ "Если установка Flash выбрана, щёлкните Установить в окне Центра " #~ "приложений." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если открыты окна веб-браузера, закройте их и откройте снова. Веб-браузер " +#~ "при запуске должен определить, что Flash установлен, и теперь можно " +#~ "просматривать веб-сайты, использующие Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Альтернативы Flash с открытым исходным кодом" @@ -28765,6 +30047,27 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Помогите вашему браузеру работать с веб-сайтами, требующими наличия Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Установка плагина Java для браузера" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Некоторые веб-сайты используют небольшие программы на языке Java, " +#~ "требующие для своего запуска установки Java-плагина." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Установите пакет icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "для запуска программ на Java в вашем браузере." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28814,6 +30117,15 @@ #~ "установке." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Устранение проблем с " +#~ "беспроводными соединениями, поиск " +#~ "wifi-сети..." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28833,6 +30145,278 @@ #~ "Показать ... технических элементов в нижней части окна " #~ "Центра приложений Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Подключение к wifi, скрытые сети, изменение параметров соединения, отключение от сети…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш компьютер можно использовать как беспроводную точку доступа. Это " +#~ "позволит другим устройствам подключаться к нему без использования отдельной " +#~ "сети, а также позволит предоставлять ваше интернет-соединение другим " +#~ "интерфейсам, таким как проводная сеть или соединение через сотовую сеть." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Щёлкните кнопку Использовать как точку подключения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если соединение с беспроводной сетью уже установлено, то будет предложено " +#~ "отключится от этой сети. Простой беспроводной адаптер одновременно может " +#~ "быть либо подключённым к сети, либо образовывать одну сеть. Щёлкните " +#~ "Создать точку подключения для подтверждения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Имя сети (SSID) и ключ безопасности создаются автоматически. Имя сети будет " +#~ "основано на имени вашего компьютера. Эта информация потребуется другим " +#~ "устройствам для подключения к только что созданной точке доступа." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и снимите флажок «Беспроводная связь»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и снимите флажок " +#~ "Беспроводная связь. Это выключит беспроводную связь до тех пор, " +#~ "пока вы не включите её снова." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы снова включить беспроводную связь, щёлкните индикатор сети " +#~ "на панели меню и выберите Беспроводную связь так, чтобы перед ней " +#~ "появился флажок." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш ноутбук все ещё может передавать сигналы, если не выключен Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и нажмите имя " +#~ "сети, к которой нужно подключиться." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Узнайте, что означают параметры беспроводного соединения в окне настройки." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Изменение беспроводного соединения" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В этом разделе описываются все доступные для изменения настройки при " +#~ "редактировании беспроводного соединения. Чтобы изменить соединение, щёлкните " +#~ "индикатор сети на панели меню и выберите Изменить " +#~ "соединения." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Доступно всем пользователям / Подключаться автоматически" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Подключаться автоматически" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если компьютер находится в зоне действия нескольких сетей, для которых " +#~ "установлено автоматическое подключение, то он будет подключаться к первой " +#~ "указанной на вкладке Беспроводные в окне Сетевые " +#~ "соединения. Компьютер не будет отключаться от одной доступной сети для " +#~ "подключения к другой, только что появившейся в зоне действия." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Доступно всем пользователям" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Включите эту опцию, если необходим доступ к этой беспроводной сети всем " +#~ "пользователям компьютера. Если для подключения к сети требуется пароль WEP или WPA и эта опция включена, " +#~ "то ввести пароль нужно только один раз. Все остальные пользователи вашего " +#~ "компьютера смогут подключаться к сети, даже не зная пароля." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если эта опция включена, то для изменения любых параметров этой сети " +#~ "необходимо быть администратором. " +#~ "Возможно потребуется ввести ваш пароль администратора." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Беспроводные" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если выбрать Ad-hoc, то можно увидеть ещё два параметра — " +#~ "Диапазон и Канал. Они определяют в каком диапазоне " +#~ "частот будет работать беспроводная ad-hoc сеть. Некоторые компьютеры " +#~ "способны работать лишь в определённых диапазонах (например, только " +#~ "A или только B/G), так что, возможно, потребуется " +#~ "выбрать тот диапазон, который смогут использовать все компьютеры в ad-hoc " +#~ "сети. В людных местах несколько беспроводных сетей могут использовать один и " +#~ "тот же канал, что может замедлить соединение, поэтому можно изменить и " +#~ "используемый вами канал." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Это Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (см. выше) — это сетевое " +#~ "имя, предназначенное для чтения людьми, а BSSID — это имя, понимаемое " +#~ "компьютером (это строка из букв и цифр, которая должна быть уникальной для " +#~ "беспроводной сети). Если сеть " +#~ "скрыта, то у неё не будет SSID, но будет BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "MAC-адрес устройства" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваше сетевое устройство (беспроводная карта) может выдавать себя за " +#~ "устройство с другим MAC-адресом. Это удобно, если есть устройство или " +#~ "служба, взаимодействующая только с определёнными MAC-адресами (например, " +#~ "широкополосный кабельный модем). Если указать такой MAC-адрес в поле " +#~ "клонированный MAC-адрес, то устройство или служба будет считать " +#~ "настоящим клонированный MAC-адрес вашего компьютера." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Защита беспроводной сети" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Определяет, какой тип шифрования используется в вашей беспроводной " +#~ "сети. Зашифрованные соединения помогают защитить беспроводное подключение от " +#~ "перехвата данных, поэтому другие люди не смогут «подслушивать» и видеть, " +#~ "какие веб-сайты вы посещаете, и т. п." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Некоторые типы шифрования надёжней других, но могут не поддерживаться " +#~ "устаревшим сетевым оборудованием. Обычно для подключения необходимо вводить " +#~ "пароль, более сложные типы защиты могут требовать также ввода имени " +#~ "пользователя и цифрового «сертификата». Подробнее о распространённых типах " +#~ "шифрования в беспроводных сетях см. в разделе ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если выбрать этот профиль, то компьютер получит свой IP-адрес от сервера " +#~ "DHCP, но остальные настройки (например, используемый DNS-сервер) потребуется " +#~ "указать вручную." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Выберите этот профиль, если предпочитаете самостоятельно указывать все " +#~ "настройки соединения, в том числе какой IP-адрес должен использовать " +#~ "компьютер." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Этот профиль отключает сетевое соединение и не позволяет подключаться к " +#~ "нему. Заметьте, что IPv4 и IPv6 считаются различными " +#~ "соединениями, хотя в обоих используется одна и та же сетевая карта. Если " +#~ "одно из них включено, то при желании второе можно отключить." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Эти параметры аналогичны параметрам на вкладке IPv4, за " +#~ "исключением того, что относятся к новому стандарту IPv6. Самые современные " +#~ "сети используют IPv6, но на сегодняшний момент IPv4 всё ещё остаётся более " +#~ "распространённым." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните индикатор сети на панели меню и выберите " +#~ "Подключиться к скрытой беспроводной сети." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "" #~ "В разделе Система щёлкните Источники приложений." @@ -28878,6 +30462,12 @@ #~ "устранению неполадок." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Введите в терминале sudo pm-hibernate и нажмите Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28885,6 +30475,201 @@ #~ "по крайней мере не меньший, чем доступный объём оперативной памяти." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если проверка спящего режима выполнена, то для перевода компьютера в спящий " +#~ "режим можно продолжать пользоваться командой sudo pm-hibernate." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Почему мой компьютер отключается или переходит в ждущий режим, когда уровень " +#~ "заряда аккумулятора падает до 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Когда уровень заряда аккумулятора становится слишком низким, компьютер " +#~ "автоматически переходит в ждущий режим. " +#~ "Это предусмотрено, чтобы аккумулятор не разряжался полностью — это вредно " +#~ "для него. Тем более что при полной разрядке аккумулятора у компьютера просто " +#~ "не останется времени для корректного завершения работы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можно изменить то, что должно происходить, когда уровень заряда аккумулятора " +#~ "становится слишком низким. Сначала щёлкните индикатор батареи на " +#~ "панели меню и выберите Параметры электропитания. В " +#~ "настройках При критическом заряде батареи для компьютера можно " +#~ "выбрать переход в ждущий режим, в спящий " +#~ "режим или выключение. Если выбрать выключение, ваши приложения и " +#~ "документы не будут сохранены перед завершением работы компьютера." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У некоторых компьютеров случаются проблемы со ждущим режимом, и они, " +#~ "возможно, не смогут восстановить открытые приложения и документы при " +#~ "повторном включении компьютера. В этом случае есть опасность потерять часть " +#~ "работы, не сохранённую перед переводом компьютера в ждущий режим. Однако " +#~ "можно попробовать исправить проблемы со " +#~ "ждущим режимом." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Параметры " +#~ "системы" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Необнаруженные принтеры, застрявшая бумага, плохая печать..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Установите принтер, подключенный к вашему компьютеру." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Установка локального принтера" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Система способна распознать многие типы принтеров автоматически при их " +#~ "подключении. Большинство принтеров подключаются к компьютеру с помощью " +#~ "кабеля USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сейчас не требуется указывать, какой принтер необходимо установить: сетевой " +#~ "или локальный. Они перечислены в одном окне." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Подключите принтер к системе с помощью подходящего кабеля. На экране можно " +#~ "увидеть, как система ищет драйверы, но для их установки может быть " +#~ "предложено ввести пароль." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Когда система закончит установку принтера, появится сообщение. Выберите " +#~ "Печать пробной страницы для печати пробной страницы или " +#~ "Свойства для внесения дополнительных изменений в настройки " +#~ "принтера." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если принтер не устанавливается автоматически, можно добавить его в " +#~ "настройках печати." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Щёлкните Добавить и выберите принтер в окне «Устройства»." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Щёлкните Вперёд и подождите, пока идёт поиск драйверов." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если доступно несколько драйверов для вашего компьютера, вам может быть " +#~ "предложено выбрать драйвер. Для использования рекомендуемого драйвера просто " +#~ "нажмите кнопку «Вперёд» для перехода на страницы выбора производителя и " +#~ "модели принтера." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "После установки принтера может потребоваться изменить принтер, используемый по умолчанию." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы изменения вступили в силу, нужно завершить сеанс и снова войти в " +#~ "систему. Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите " +#~ "Завершение сеанса для выхода из системы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы изменения вступили в силу, нужно выйти из системы и вновь в неё войти. " +#~ "Щёлкните самый правый значок на панели меню и выберите Завершение " +#~ "сеанса для выхода из системы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы завершить сеанс или переключить пользователей, щёлкните системное меню с правой стороны панели " +#~ "меню и выберите нужную опцию." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы заблокировать экран, щёлкните системное меню в панели меню " +#~ "и выберите Заблокировать экран." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Когда экран заблокирован, другие пользователи смогут войти под собственными " +#~ "учётными записями, щёлкнув Переключить пользователя в окне ввода " +#~ "пароля. Переключиться на ваш рабочий стол можно будет после завершения ими " +#~ "работы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы вручную перевести компьютер в ждущий режим, щёлкните системное " +#~ "меню на панели меню и выберите Ждущий режим." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если нужно полностью выключить компьютер или выполнить полную перезагрузку, " +#~ "щёлкните системное меню и выберите Выключить." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28898,6 +30683,49 @@ #~ "уместиться в одну строку на экране, но это одна длинная команда, — чтобы " #~ "избежать ошибок, скопируйте и вставьте её):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "С помощью клавиатуры" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отпустите Alt, чтобы выбрать следующее (выделенное подсветкой) " +#~ "окно в переключателе." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Или, продолжая удерживать клавишу Alt, нажимайте Tab " +#~ "для циклического перемещения по списку открытых окон. Для перемещения в " +#~ "обратном порядке нажимайте ShiftTab." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Окна в переключателе окон сгруппированы по приложениям. Если переместиться " +#~ "на значок приложения с несколькими окнами, то всплывут уменьшенные " +#~ "изображения этих окон." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Перемещаться между значками приложений в переключателе окон можно с помощью " +#~ "клавиш → или ←, а также выбрать какой-нибудь из них " +#~ "щелчком мыши." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отобразить уменьшенное изображение единственного окна приложения можно с " +#~ "помощью клавиши ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29227,6 +31055,11 @@ #~ "Если вы не хотите получать поисковые предложения из Интернета, то эту " #~ "функцию можно отключить." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Откройте Защита и приватность и выберите вкладку Поиск." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Выключите переключатель Включать в поиск веб-результаты." @@ -29284,6 +31117,15 @@ #~ "конвертеры видео. Поищите доступные в Центре приложений Ubuntu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если перьев несколько, то при приближении дополнительного пера к планшету " +#~ "рядом с наименованием перьевого устройства появится переключатель страниц. " +#~ "Используйте переключатель для выбора пера для настройки." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29291,6 +31133,27 @@ #~ "и выберите Сохранить поиск как...." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Нажмите Закладки в строке меню и выберите Сохранить это " +#~ "местоположение." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Нажмите Закладки в строке меню и выберите Закладки... " +#~ "в меню приложения." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Когда результаты поиска вас устраивают, нажмите в строке меню " +#~ "Файл и выберите Сохранить поиск как...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -29320,3 +31183,124 @@ #~ msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Если вы действительно хотите установить Flash, нажмите Установить." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Откройте системное меню с правой стороны панели меню и " +#~ "выберите Параметры системы." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "По умолчанию показ результатов поиска в Интеренете отключен." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Включите Отображать результаты поиска в Интернете." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните на системном меню с правой стороны панели " +#~ "меню и выберите Параметры системы." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если вы хотите получать результаты поиска из источников в Интернете, то " +#~ "можете включить эту функцию в разделе параметров системы Защита и " +#~ "приватность." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Включение результатов поиска в Интернете" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Менеджер приложений Ubuntu поможет удалить приложения, которым вы " +#~ "больше не пользуетесь." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Используйте Менеджер приложений Ubuntu, чтобы добавлять " +#~ "программы, делающие Ubuntu ещё более удобной и полезной." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Откройте меню в правом верхнем углу окна и выберите Данные " +#~ "самодиагностики и SMART, чтобы ознакомиться с дополнительной " +#~ "информацией о диске или выполнить самодиагностику." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash — это надстройка для веб-браузера, которая " +#~ "позволяет смотреть видео и использовать интерактивные веб-страницы на " +#~ "некоторых сайтах. Хотя HTML5, как более современное решение, получает в " +#~ "настоящее время всё большее распространение, некоторые веб-сайты всё ещё не " +#~ "работают без Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Изменение используемого по умолчанию " +#~ "браузера, установка Flash, " +#~ "установка Java-плагина…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but " +#~ "could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вам будет предложено ввести пароль (пароль пользователя, а не пароль для " +#~ "Ubuntu One). После этого начнётся установка. Обычно установка завершается " +#~ "быстро, но при медленном интернет-соединении она может занять некоторое " +#~ "время." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +#~ "user password, not your Ubuntu One password). After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вам будет предложено ввести свой пароль (пароль пользователя, а не пароль от " +#~ "Ubuntu One). После этого приложение будет удалено." + +#~ msgid "Click the menu button and select Benchmark Disk...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните на кнопке меню и выберите Оценить производительность " +#~ "диска…." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +#~ "including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +#~ "want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Состояние «заполненности диска» зависит от различных факторов, включая " +#~ "размер диска и того, насколько быстро вы его заполняете. Вероятно, вы " +#~ "захотите освободить часть диска или тома, если он заполнен более чем на 90%." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and select SMART Data & Self-Tests to " +#~ "view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните на кнопке меню и выберите Данные самодиагностики и " +#~ "SMART, Чтобы увидеть дополнительную информацию о диске или запустить " +#~ "самодиагностику диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the menu button and then select Format Disk.... The " +#~ "Format Disk window opens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щёлкните на кнопке меню и выберите Отформатировать диск…. " +#~ "Откроется окно Форматировать диск." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/si/si.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/si/si.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/si/si.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/si/si.po 2017-03-15 22:29:32.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Sinhalese \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -307,58 +307,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -410,14 +495,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -450,30 +535,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -483,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -491,14 +567,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -506,7 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -530,12 +606,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -656,7 +732,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -686,12 +762,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -700,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -709,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -717,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -725,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -776,17 +852,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -795,14 +871,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -840,17 +916,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -859,14 +935,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -877,13 +953,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -922,13 +998,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -957,7 +1033,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -971,10 +1047,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1028,12 +1104,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1044,7 +1121,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1053,15 +1130,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1215,7 +1293,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1229,46 +1307,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1276,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1602,6 +1679,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1684,107 +1830,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1793,12 +1948,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1806,31 +1961,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1838,49 +1994,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1891,13 +2084,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1909,27 +2102,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1937,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1945,12 +2138,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1960,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1970,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1978,22 +2171,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2468,7 +2661,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3006,7 +3199,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3247,7 +3440,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3255,7 +3448,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4783,59 +4976,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5024,90 +5200,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5116,109 +5311,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5257,65 +5410,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5324,106 +5466,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5435,7 +5584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5446,28 +5595,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5475,19 +5616,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5498,13 +5639,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5534,18 +5675,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5553,7 +5694,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5562,7 +5703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5589,15 +5730,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5613,7 +5760,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5621,7 +5768,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5629,7 +5776,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5637,7 +5784,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5666,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5675,19 +5822,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5697,7 +5844,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5726,13 +5873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5747,7 +5895,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5782,7 +5930,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5814,17 +5962,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5847,12 +5995,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6107,7 +6254,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6335,12 +6481,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6348,7 +6494,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6356,7 +6502,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6366,7 +6512,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6376,7 +6522,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6384,17 +6530,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6403,12 +6549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6417,24 +6563,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6443,7 +6589,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6451,24 +6597,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6476,12 +6622,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6490,7 +6636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6507,10 +6653,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6530,14 +6676,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6547,24 +6708,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7102,10 +7271,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7577,129 +7745,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8469,7 +8613,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8485,22 +8629,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8511,7 +8655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8520,46 +8664,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8571,15 +8715,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8604,12 +8758,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8618,26 +8772,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8647,19 +8801,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8667,7 +8821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8675,50 +8829,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9087,14 +9241,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9117,12 +9271,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9130,24 +9284,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9155,7 +9309,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9164,14 +9318,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9180,7 +9334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9287,10 +9441,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9325,17 +9480,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9362,26 +9518,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9390,7 +9539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9398,12 +9547,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9414,7 +9563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9613,7 +9762,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9623,8 +9772,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9648,7 +9797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9669,11 +9818,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9681,31 +9830,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9727,13 +9878,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9748,8 +9898,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9771,85 +9921,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9857,7 +10215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10051,14 +10409,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10067,8 +10425,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10086,74 +10443,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10164,31 +10517,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10590,7 +10943,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10600,70 +10953,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11149,7 +11503,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11309,7 +11663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11439,80 +11793,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11776,12 +12130,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11794,7 +12147,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12050,22 +12403,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12096,7 +12449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12186,7 +12539,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12194,30 +12547,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12226,29 +12579,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12262,7 +12616,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12276,14 +12630,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12293,19 +12647,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12313,7 +12667,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12541,83 +12895,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12850,6 +13254,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13046,7 +13451,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13089,20 +13494,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13110,13 +13515,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13124,19 +13529,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13572,10 +13977,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13599,50 +14004,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13651,25 +14057,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13701,8 +14106,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13869,25 +14274,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13895,40 +14300,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13937,25 +14342,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13964,12 +14369,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13980,41 +14385,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14023,34 +14428,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14061,44 +14466,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14106,17 +14512,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14126,32 +14532,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14162,30 +14568,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14248,21 +14664,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14273,12 +14687,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14287,14 +14708,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14460,7 +14881,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14468,12 +14889,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14481,7 +14902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15497,12 +15918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15623,7 +16044,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15667,7 +16088,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15753,39 +16174,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15818,31 +16217,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16124,7 +16516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16257,7 +16649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16265,21 +16657,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16287,7 +16679,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16295,8 +16687,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16349,7 +16741,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16366,7 +16760,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16470,7 +16865,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16887,7 +17281,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16922,92 +17316,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17155,31 +17593,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17188,7 +17626,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17282,14 +17806,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17297,15 +17821,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17314,12 +17839,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17327,19 +17852,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17364,27 +17889,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17395,12 +17921,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17408,7 +17934,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17440,17 +17966,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17655,28 +18181,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17721,20 +18247,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17744,27 +18270,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17774,26 +18305,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18325,36 +18859,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18362,17 +18896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18381,14 +18915,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18434,55 +18968,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18490,8 +19021,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18499,7 +19035,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18666,19 +19202,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18687,26 +19223,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19350,7 +19886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19358,17 +19894,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19376,7 +19912,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19499,12 +20043,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20178,37 +20722,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20235,19 +20771,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20337,38 +20873,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20497,32 +21033,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20530,8 +21066,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20540,7 +21090,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20548,14 +21098,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20567,7 +21117,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20575,28 +21125,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20607,7 +21157,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20615,14 +21165,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20633,21 +21183,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20658,7 +21208,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20666,14 +21216,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20681,58 +21231,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20827,37 +21351,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22155,7 +22653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22163,7 +22661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22173,18 +22671,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sk/sk.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sk/sk.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sk/sk.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sk/sk.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Pavol Klačanský \n" "Language-Team: Slovak \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -240,13 +240,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -317,49 +317,132 @@ "ktorá spôsobuje, že kláves sa stlačí viackrát aj napriek tomu, že sme ho " "chceli stlačiť raz, môžeme zapnúť funkciu poskakujúce klávesy." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Klikneme na ikonu v tvare vypínača vpravo na hornej lište a " -"zvolíme Nastavenia systému." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" @@ -367,12 +450,12 @@ "Písanie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Zapneme Poskakujúce klávesy" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -441,15 +524,15 @@ "zmení iba časť používateľského rozhrania." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Otvorte Bezbariérový prístup a vyberte kartu Zrak." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Prepnite funkciu Vysoký kontrast na ZAPNUTÉ." @@ -490,19 +573,9 @@ "Keď je táto funkcia zapnutá, môžeme kurzor myši presunúť nad tlačidlo, " "prestať hýbať myšou a počkať, pokým sa automaticky nevyvolá kliknutie." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na svoje meno v lište menu a zvoľte Nastavenia systému." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -511,12 +584,12 @@ "Ukazovanie a klikanie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Zapneme Kliknutie zotrvaním." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -533,7 +606,7 @@ "automaticky prepne na jednoduché kliknutie." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -543,7 +616,7 @@ "Keď sa farba kurzora zmení úplne, vykoná sa kliknutie." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -552,7 +625,7 @@ "potrebné držať kurzor nehybný, aby nastalo kliknutie." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -563,7 +636,7 @@ "pohyb príliš veľký, kliknutie sa nevykoná." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -590,12 +663,12 @@ "Ak máme pri čítaní textu na obrazovke ťažkosti, môžeme zmeniť veľkosť písma." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Prepnite funkciu Vveľký text na ZAPNUTÉ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -732,7 +805,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -767,12 +840,12 @@ "tlačidlom." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Zapneme Simulované sekundárne kliknutie." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -785,7 +858,7 @@ "sekundárne kliknite." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -799,7 +872,7 @@ "modrou, uvoľnite tlačidlo myši, čím vyvoláte kliknutie pravým tlačidlom myši." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -810,7 +883,7 @@ "nedostanete od kurzora vizuálnu spätnú väzbu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -821,7 +894,7 @@ "vašej numerickej klávesnici." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -889,17 +962,17 @@ "správny kláves na prvý raz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Zapneme Pomalé klávesy." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Rýchlo zapnúť alebo vypnúť pomalé klávesy" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -908,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -917,7 +990,7 @@ "bude potrebné držať kláves stlačený, pokým ho systém príme." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -967,17 +1040,17 @@ "klávesy naraz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Zapneme Lepkavé klávesy." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Rýchlo zapnúť alebo vypnúť lepkavé klávesy" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -986,14 +1059,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1009,7 +1082,7 @@ "klávesy, ktoré sú blízko pri sebe) a iné zasa nie." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1017,7 +1090,7 @@ "klávesy naraz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1067,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1075,7 +1148,7 @@ "Sluch." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1104,7 +1177,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1118,10 +1191,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1175,12 +1248,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1191,7 +1265,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1200,15 +1274,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1367,7 +1442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1381,46 +1456,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1428,7 +1502,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1754,6 +1828,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1846,123 +1989,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Inštalácia ďalšieho softvéru" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Vývojový tím systému Ubuntu vybral základnú sadu aplikácií, ktoré považovali " -"za veľmi užitočné pre najbežnejšie úlohy. My si však môžeme nainštalovať aj " -"ďalšie aplikácie, ktoré potrebujeme." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Keď chceme nainštalovať ďalší softvér, budeme postupovať takto:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Pripojíme sa na internet pomocou bezdrôtového alebo drôtového pripojenia." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Vyberieme aplikáciu, ktorú chceme a klikneme na tlačidlo " -"Nainštalovať." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "" -"Systém nás vyzve aby sme zadali heslo. Po jeho zadaní sa spustí inštalácia." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Inštalácia zvyčajne skončí rýchlo, no môže trvať dlhšie, ak máme pomalé " -"pripojenie do internetu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Pridanie osobného úložiska kvôli otestovaniu ešte nevydaného alebo " -"špeciálneho softvéru." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Pridanie osobného úložiska (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Osobné archívy balíkov (PPA) sú zdroje softvéru navrhnuté pre " -"používateľov Ubuntu a dajú sa jednoduchšie nainštalovať ako iné zdroje " -"softvéru." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Pridávať je vhodné iba tie zdroje, ktorým dôverujeme!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1974,12 +2110,12 @@ "škodlivé." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Inštalácia zdroja PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1990,27 +2126,26 @@ "nasledujúci tvar: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Prepneme sa na kartu Ďalší softvér." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" -"Klikneme na tlačidlo Pridať a do poľa Riadok APT zadáme adresu v " -"tvare ppa: adresa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2018,7 +2153,7 @@ "zadáme svoje heslo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2026,49 +2161,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Odstránenie softvéru, ktorý už nepoužívame." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Odstránenie aplikácie" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Označíme aplikáciu a klikneme na tlačidlo Odstrániť." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2079,16 +2251,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Pridanie ďalších zdrojov softvéru, ktoré je možné použiť na inštaláciu a " -"aktualizáciu Ubuntu." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Pridanie ďalších zdrojov softvéru" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2102,13 +2272,13 @@ "Ak chceme inštalovať softvér z úložiska iných dodávateľov, musíme si toto " "úložisko pridať do zoznam zdrojov softvéru." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Inštalácia ďalších zdrojov" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2117,7 +2287,7 @@ "softvér." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2127,7 +2297,7 @@ "nasledujúci tvar:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2135,7 +2305,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2143,12 +2313,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktivácia úložiska partnerov spoločnosti Canonical" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2158,7 +2328,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2168,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2176,23 +2346,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Pridávanie a odstraňovanie softvéru" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2703,8 +2873,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB kľúč (nízka kapacita)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3257,7 +3427,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3518,25 +3688,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Stiahnutím referenčného súboru od spoločnosti, ktorá sa zaoberá tvorbou " -"profilov" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Použite referenčného súboru na vygenerovanie profilu pre tlačiareň je " -"zvyčajne najlacnejšou voľbou ak používame jeden alebo dva druhy papiera. " -"Stiahneme si referenčný hárok z webovej stránky spoločnosti a zašleme jej " -"poštou späť výtlačok. Tam vytlačený papier naskenujú a vygenerujú presný " -"profil ICC." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5187,17 +5350,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Zmena formátu dátumu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5206,42 +5371,23 @@ "našej krajine." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "V časti Osobné zvolíme položku Jazyková podpora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Prepneme sa na kartu Regionálne formáty." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Zvolíme preferované umiestnenie z rozbaľovacieho zoznamu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5443,90 +5589,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Testovanie výkonu pevného disku" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5535,118 +5700,68 @@ msgstr "Kontrola zostávajúceho voľného miesta" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Kontrola pomocou nástroja Analyzátor využitia disku" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Keď chceme skontrolovať voľné miesto a používanú kapacitu diskov, použijeme " -"Analyzátor využitia disku:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Kontrola pomocou nástroja Monitor systému" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Čo robiť keď jed disk plný" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Voľný diskový priestor a využitie disku je možné skontrolovať aj pomocou " -"nástroja Monitor systému:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Otvoríme Monitor systému pomocou Prehľadnej ponuky." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Čo robiť keď jed disk plný" - #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Ak je disk príliš plný mali by sme:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"Odstrániť súbory, ktoré nie sú dôležité alebo tie, ktoré už nepotrebujeme." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Vytvoriť si zálohu dôležitých súborov, " -"ktoré momentálne nepotrebujeme a odstrániť ich z disku." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -5689,74 +5804,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Čo robiť keď disk nie je v dobrom stave" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"Aj napriek tomu, že Stav SMART indikuje, že disk nie je " -"v dobrom stave, nemusíme sa plašiť. Bude však lepšie, a si vytvoríme zálohu, aby sme predišli strate dát." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"Ak je stav „Pre-fail“, disk je ešte stále funkčný, no vykazuje známky " -"opotrebovania, ktoré v blízkej budúcnosti môžu viesť k zlyhaniu. Ak je disk " -"(alebo počítač) niekoľko rokov starý, pri niektorých kontrolách stavu to " -"pravdepodobne uvidíme. Mali by sme nastaviť pravidelnú zálohu dôležitých súborov a pravidelne kontrolovať " -"stav disku, aby sme videli, či sa to zhoršuje." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5767,131 +5862,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Odstránenie všetkých súborov a priečinkov z externého pevného disku alebo " -"USB kľúča formátovaním." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Vymazanie odpojiteľného disku" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Ak máme odpojiteľný disk, USB kľúč alebo externý pevný disk, niekedy je " -"potrebné vymazať na ňom všetky súbory a priečinky. Toto môžeme urobiť " -"formátovaním disku - táto operácia vymaže všetky súbory na disku a " -"disk zanechá prázdny." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Otvoríme aplikáciu Diskové nástroje pomocou Prehľadnej ponuky." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"V zozname Úložné zariadenia zvolíme disk, ktorý chceme vymazať ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Uistíme sa, či máme správny disk! Ak si zvolíme nesprávny disky, všetky " -"súbory sa na ňom vymažú!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"V časti Zväzky klikneme na Odpojiť zväzok, a potom na " -"Naformátovať zväzok." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Ak disk používame nie len na počítačoch Linux, ale aj na počítačoch so " -"systémami Windows a Mac OS, zvolíme FAT. Ak ho používame iba na " -"Windows, voľba NTFS môže byť lepšia. Stručný popis " -"súborového systému sa zobrazí pod poľom." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -"Zadáme názov disku a kliknutím na tlačidlo Formátovať spustíme " -"čistenie disku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Po skončení formátovania disk klikneme na tlačidlo Bezpečne " -"odobrať. Teraz by disk mal byť čistý a pripravený na ďalšie použitie." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formátovanie disku nezmaže súbory bezpečne" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formátovanie disku nie je úplne bezpečný spôsob ako zmazať všetky údaje. " -"Naformátovaný disk sa zdá byť prázdny, no napriek tomu nejaký špeciálny " -"softvér môže súbory obnoviť. Ak potrebujeme údaje zmazať bezpečne, je " -"potrebné použiť nástroj pre príkazový riadok ako napríklad shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Vysvetlenie toho, čo sú zväzky a oddiely a ako ich spravovať pomocou " -"diskových nástrojov." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Správa zväzkov a oddielov" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5911,7 +5988,7 @@ "súbory." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5928,58 +6005,40 @@ "diskov." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Prehliadanie a spáva zväzkov pomocou aplikácie Diskové nástroje" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Zväzky úložného priestoru, môžeme skontrolovať a upraviť pomocou aplikácie " -"Diskové nástroje." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"V časti Úložné zariadenia môžeme nájsť pevné disky, CD/DVD " -"mechaniky, a ďalšie fyzické zariadenia. Klikneme na zariadenie, ktoré chceme " -"preskúmať." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"V pravej časti označenej slovom Zväzky môžeme nájsť optické " -"znázornenie rozdelenia zväzkov a oddielov, ktoré sa nachádzajú na vybranom " -"zariadení. Nájdeme tu tiež niekoľko nástrojov na správu týchto zväzkov." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Musíme však byť opatrní, pretože pomocou týchto nástrojov je možné zmazať " -"všetky dáta na disku." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5995,19 +6054,14 @@ "zabezpečeniu a pohodliu rozdelené do viacerých oddielov." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Jeden primárny oddiel musí obsahovať informáciu o tom, že má byť použitý na " -"spustenie resp. zavedenie operačného systému. Z tohto dôvodu takýto " -"oddiel voláme aj zavádzací zväzok. Ak chceme zistiť, či je zväzok zavádzací, " -"pozrieme sa na položku Príznaky oddielu. Externé USB kľúče a CD " -"disky tiež môžu obsahovať zavádzací zväzok." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6038,18 +6092,18 @@ msgstr "Nastavenie jasu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Pomocou posuvníka Jas nastavíme prijateľnú hodnotu." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6057,7 +6111,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6070,7 +6124,7 @@ "batérie." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6097,15 +6151,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Kliknite na svoje meno v lište menu a zvoľte Nastavenia systému." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6125,7 +6186,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6133,7 +6194,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6141,7 +6202,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6149,7 +6210,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6178,7 +6239,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6187,19 +6248,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6209,7 +6270,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6245,13 +6306,14 @@ "nastaviť, aby sa uzamkla automaticky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -6266,7 +6328,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6301,7 +6363,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6333,17 +6395,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6366,12 +6428,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6626,7 +6687,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Vyhľadávanie súborov" @@ -6858,12 +6918,12 @@ "zariadení:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6871,7 +6931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6879,7 +6939,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6893,7 +6953,7 @@ "(napríklad prezentáciu) a chceme ju spustiť po vložení disku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6903,7 +6963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6911,17 +6971,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6930,12 +6990,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6944,24 +7004,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6970,7 +7030,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6978,24 +7038,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7003,12 +7063,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7017,7 +7077,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -7034,10 +7094,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7057,14 +7117,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7074,24 +7149,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7657,10 +7740,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8171,144 +8253,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Vyhľadávanie súborov podľa názvu a typu. Ukladanie vyhľadávaní pre neskoršie " -"použitie." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Súbory môžeme vyhľadávať podľa ich názvu alebo typu priamo v správcovi " -"súborov. Často používané hľadania si tiež môžeme uložiť. Zobrazia sa ako " -"špeciálne priečinky v domovskom priečinku." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Otvoríme správcu súborov" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Ak vieme, že súbor, ktorý chceme sa nachádza v konkrétnom priečinku, " -"prejdeme do toho priečinka." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"Vyhľadané súbory môžeme otvoriť, skopírovať, zmazať alebo s nimi vykonať " -"akúkoľvek inú operáciu ako keby boli v bežnom priečinku." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"Ak niektoré vyhľadávanie vykonávame často, môžeme si ho uložiť, aby sme ku " -"nemu mali rýchly prístup." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Uloženie vyhľadávania" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Spustíme vyhľadávanie podľa predchádzajúceho postupu." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Zadáme pre vyhľadávanie názov a klikneme na tlačidlo Uložiť. Ak " -"chceme, môžeme vybrať iný priečinok, do ktorého sa vyhľadávanie uloží. Ak " -"vojdeme do daného priečinka, uložené vyhľadávanie uvidíme ako priečinok s " -"obrázkom lupy." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -9197,7 +9240,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "V časti Hardvér klikneme na Klávesnica." @@ -9215,22 +9258,22 @@ "Pomocou posuvníka Rýchlosť upravíme rýchlosť blikania kurzora." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9247,7 +9290,7 @@ "jazykoch." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9256,46 +9299,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9307,15 +9350,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9340,12 +9393,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Klávesové skratky" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9354,26 +9407,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9383,19 +9436,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -9403,7 +9456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -9411,50 +9464,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9829,14 +9882,14 @@ "po ktorej sa kláves začne opakovať." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9859,12 +9912,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9872,24 +9925,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9897,7 +9950,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9906,14 +9959,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9922,7 +9975,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10040,10 +10093,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -10089,17 +10143,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Zrušíme zaškrtnutie voľby Zrkadliť monitory." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10132,26 +10187,19 @@ "(napríklad ak otočíme displej) pomocou nastavenia Otočenie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10160,7 +10208,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10172,12 +10220,12 @@ "tlačidlo Rozpoznať monitory." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Rozlíšenie" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10188,7 +10236,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -10391,7 +10439,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -10406,8 +10454,8 @@ "nastane rovnaký problém." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -10433,7 +10481,7 @@ "bolo ovládanie pohodlnejšie pre ľavákov." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -10456,11 +10504,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -10468,43 +10516,34 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Na touchpadoch ktoré sú citlivé na dotyk viacerých prstov, môžeme kliknutie " -"prostredným tlačidlom vyvolať ťuknutím troma prstami naraz. Aby to " -"fungovalo, je potrebné povoliť kliknutia " -"pomocou touchpadu." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "Mnoho aplikácií reaguje na kliknutie stredným tlačidlom." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Najčastejšia reakcia je vloženie označeného textu. Označíme text, ktorý " -"chceme vložiť niekam inam, presunieme sa na cieľové miesto a stlačíme " -"prostredné tlačidlo myši. Označený text sa vloží na miesto, na ktorom sa " -"nachádza kurzor myši." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Vloženie textu pomocou prostredného tlačidla je úplne nezávislé od schránky. " -"Označený text sa nekopíruje do schránky. Tento rýchly spôsob funguje iba " -"pomocou stredného tlačidla." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -10525,21 +10564,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Väčšina webových prehliadačov umožňuje rýchle otváranie odkazov na kartách " -"pomocou stredného tlačidla myši. Stačí kliknúť na odkaz prostredným " -"tlačidlom, a stránka sa otvorí na novej karte. Pri klikaní na odkazy v " -"prehliadači Firefox je potrebné dať si pozor.. Ak v prehliadači " -"Firefox klikneme vedľa odkazu, pokúsi sa načítať označený text " -"ako URL adresu, ako keby sme vložili adresu do poľa Adresa a stlačili kláves " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -10557,13 +10588,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Niektoré špeciálne aplikácie umožňujú použiť stredné tlačidlo na iné účely. " -"Viac informácií o využití stredného tlačidla, je potrebné hľadať v príručke " -"konkrétnej aplikácie." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -10583,41 +10611,46 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -10626,94 +10659,291 @@ "myši ovládať pomocou numerickej časti klávesnice." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Numerická časť klávesnice je sada kláves s číslami v pravej časti " -"klávesnice, ktorá je zvyčajne usporiadaná do štvorca. Ak máme klávesnicu bez " -"numerickej časti, (napríklad na notebooku), môže byť potrebné držať kláves " -"Fn a použiť iné klávesy, na ktorých sú čísla zvyčajne vyznačené " -"inou farbou. Ak túto funkciu často využívame, môžeme si dokúpiť externú " -"numerickú USB klávesnicu." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Čísla v hornej časti alfanumerickej klávesnice sa na ovládanie kurzora myši " -"nedajú použiť. Kurzor myši je možné ovládať iba pomocou numerickej časti " -"klávesnice." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Ako skontrolovať myš, keď nefunguje." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 -msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" -msgstr "Skontrolujte, či je myš pripojená" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 -msgid "" -"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " -"computer." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" msgstr "" -"Ak máme myš s káblom, skontrolujeme, či je správne pripojená k počítaču." -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 -msgid "" -"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a " -"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector " +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Čísla v hornej časti alfanumerickej klávesnice sa na ovládanie kurzora myši " +"nedajú použiť. Kurzor myši je možné ovládať iba pomocou numerickej časti " +"klávesnice." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Ako skontrolovať myš, keď nefunguje." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +msgstr "Skontrolujte, či je myš pripojená" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " +"computer." +msgstr "" +"Ak máme myš s káblom, skontrolujeme, či je správne pripojená k počítaču." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 +msgid "" +"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a " +"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector " "with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port " "rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer " "if it was not plugged in." @@ -10903,14 +11133,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10919,8 +11149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10938,74 +11167,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -11016,32 +11241,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Rolovanie pomocou dvoch prstov nemusí fungovať na všetkých touchpadoch." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -11523,9 +11748,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Pridávanie, odstraňovanie a premenovanie záložiek v správcovi súborov" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -11534,71 +11758,72 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Pridanie záložky:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" "Otvoríme priečinok (alebo miesto), ktoré chceme pridať medzi záložky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Odstránenie záložky:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Do textového poľa Názov zadáme nový názov záložky." - #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -12153,7 +12378,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Umiestnenie" @@ -12355,7 +12580,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Žiadne" @@ -12501,17 +12726,17 @@ "priradený do skupín podľa oddelení alebo projektov." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Oprávnenia" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Zobrazuje oprávnenia k súboru vo formáte drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -12520,7 +12745,7 @@ "d znamená adresár (priečinok)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -12529,7 +12754,7 @@ "vlastní súbor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -12538,7 +12763,7 @@ "skupiny, ktorá súbor vlastní." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -12547,42 +12772,42 @@ "ostatných používateľov v systéme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Znaky majú nasledujúci význam:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Oprávnenie na čítanie." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Oprávnenie na zápis." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Oprávnenie na spustenie súboru alebo na vstup do adresára." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Bez oprávnenia." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Typ MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Zobrazuje typ MIME položky." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Cesta k miestu, kde sa súbor nachádza." @@ -12849,12 +13074,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12867,7 +13091,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntu dokumentačný tím" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Prehliadače" @@ -13138,22 +13362,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -13184,7 +13408,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -13274,7 +13498,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -13282,30 +13506,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -13314,40 +13538,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu je vybavené s Nekomplikovaným firewallom (ufw) " -"ale firewall nie je v predvolenom nastavení povolený.Pretože Ubuntu nemá " -"žiadne otvorené sieťové služby (okrem základnej sieťovej infraštruktúry) vo " -"východiskovej inštalácií firewall nie je potrebné blokovat prichádzajúci " -"pokus nebezpečného spojenia." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Ďalšie informácie o použití ufw nájdete online " -"dokumantácii." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -13358,10 +13575,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Ak chcete zapnúť firewall, zadajte sudo uwf enable v termináli.Ak " -"chcete vypnúť firewall, zadajte sudo uwf disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -13374,14 +13589,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -13391,7 +13606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -13400,12 +13615,12 @@ "terminály." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Použitie ufw bez terminálu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -13415,7 +13630,7 @@ "terminálu. Na inštaláciu, kliknite this link." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -13643,83 +13858,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Inštalácia Flash plug-in" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Ako nainštalovať Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Inštalácia v prehliadači Java plug-in" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -13952,6 +14217,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -14148,7 +14414,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -14191,20 +14457,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -14212,13 +14478,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuálne" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -14226,19 +14492,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -14678,10 +14944,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -14705,50 +14971,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Vypnutie bezdrôtového pripojenia (režim v lietadle)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -14757,25 +15024,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -14807,8 +15073,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -14975,25 +15241,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Upraviť bezdrôtové pripojenie" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -15001,17 +15267,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Dostupné všetkým používateľom / Pripojiť automaticky" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Pripojiť automaticky" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -15020,23 +15286,23 @@ "bezrôtovej sieti keď je v dosahu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Dostupné všetkým používateľom" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -15045,25 +15311,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Bezdrôtové" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -15072,12 +15338,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Režim" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -15088,41 +15354,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Adresa MAC zariadenia" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -15131,35 +15397,35 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Táto voľba môže byť použitá pre zmenu MAC adresy vašej sieťovej karty." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Klonovaná MAC adresa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -15170,44 +15436,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Zabezpečenie bezdrôtovej siete" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Zabezpečenie" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -15218,17 +15485,17 @@ "rôznymispôsobmi zobrazenia/nastavenia týchto informácií." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Nasledovné metódy sú k dispozícii:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatické (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -15238,32 +15505,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Automatické (DHCP) iba adresy" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Spojenie-iba lokálne" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -15274,34 +15541,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Blokované" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Podobná IPv4 karta okrem toho, že sa zaoberá novšími IPv6 " -"štandardmi. Najnovšie siete používajú protokol IPv6, ale IPv4 je momentále " -"stále viac populárny." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -15368,21 +15642,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Pripojenie k skrytej bezdrôtovej sieti" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -15393,12 +15665,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -15407,14 +15686,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -15581,7 +15860,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -15589,12 +15868,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -15602,7 +15881,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -16621,12 +16900,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -16747,7 +17026,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -16791,7 +17070,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -16877,39 +17156,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -16942,31 +17199,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -17266,7 +17516,7 @@ msgstr "Na obrazovke môžete nastavit stmievanie:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -17412,7 +17662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -17420,21 +17670,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -17442,7 +17692,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -17450,8 +17700,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -17504,7 +17754,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Nastavenia tlačiarne" @@ -17521,7 +17773,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -17625,7 +17878,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -18042,7 +18294,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -18077,94 +18329,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Nastaviť tlačiareň, ktorá je pripojená k počítaču." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Nastavenia lokálnej tlačiarne" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Uistite sa, že tlačiareň je zapnutá." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" -"Ak vaša tlačiareň nie je nastavená automaticky, môžete ju pridať v " -"nastaveniach tlačiarne." #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Uistite sa, že tlačiareň je zapnutá." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -18312,31 +18606,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -18345,7 +18639,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -18439,14 +18819,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -18454,15 +18834,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -18471,12 +18852,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -18484,19 +18865,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -18521,27 +18902,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -18552,12 +18934,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -18565,7 +18947,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -18597,17 +18979,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -18812,28 +19194,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -18878,20 +19260,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Zamknúť obrazovku" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18901,27 +19283,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18931,26 +19318,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -19492,36 +19882,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -19529,17 +19919,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -19548,14 +19938,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -19601,55 +19991,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19657,8 +20044,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -19666,7 +20058,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -19833,19 +20225,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -19854,26 +20246,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Zmena počtu pracovných plôch" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -20519,7 +20911,7 @@ msgstr "Zadanie špeciálnych znakov" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -20527,17 +20919,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Metódy pre zadávanie znakov" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Mapa znakov" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -20545,7 +20937,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -20668,12 +21068,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -21362,37 +21762,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -21419,19 +21811,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -21533,38 +21925,38 @@ "Medzi dostupné operácie môžu patriť nasledujúce." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -21698,32 +22090,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -21731,8 +22123,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -21741,7 +22147,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -21749,14 +22155,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -21768,7 +22174,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -21776,28 +22182,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -21808,7 +22214,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -21816,14 +22222,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -21834,21 +22240,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -21859,7 +22265,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -21867,14 +22273,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -21882,58 +22288,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -22028,37 +22408,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -23431,7 +23785,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -23439,7 +23793,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -23449,18 +23803,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -23514,6 +23868,13 @@ #~ "active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikneme na ikonu v tvare vypínača vpravo na hornej lište a " +#~ "zvolíme Nastavenia systému." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23546,6 +23907,30 @@ #~ "Použitie Centra softvéru Ubuntu na pridanie programov aby sa Ubuntu stalo " #~ "užitočnejším." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Inštalácia ďalšieho softvéru" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vývojový tím systému Ubuntu vybral základnú sadu aplikácií, ktoré považovali " +#~ "za veľmi užitočné pre najbežnejšie úlohy. My si však môžeme nainštalovať aj " +#~ "ďalšie aplikácie, ktoré potrebujeme." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Keď chceme nainštalovať ďalší softvér, budeme postupovať takto:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pripojíme sa na internet pomocou bezdrôtového alebo drôtového pripojenia." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." @@ -23554,12 +23939,67 @@ #~ "vyberieme kategóriu a vyberieme aplikáciu zo zoznamu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vyberieme aplikáciu, ktorú chceme a klikneme na tlačidlo " +#~ "Nainštalovať." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Systém nás vyzve aby sme zadali heslo. Po jeho zadaní sa spustí inštalácia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Inštalácia zvyčajne skončí rýchlo, no môže trvať dlhšie, ak máme pomalé " +#~ "pripojenie do internetu." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pridanie osobného úložiska kvôli otestovaniu ešte nevydaného alebo " +#~ "špeciálneho softvéru." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Osobné archívy balíkov (PPA) sú zdroje softvéru navrhnuté pre " +#~ "používateľov Ubuntu a dajú sa jednoduchšie nainštalovať ako iné zdroje " +#~ "softvéru." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klikneme na tlačidlo Pridať a do poľa Riadok APT zadáme adresu v " +#~ "tvare ppa: adresa" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Zatvoríme okno Zdroje softvéru. Centrum softvéru Ubuntu skontroluje nové " #~ "aktualizácie v zdrojoch softvéru." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Odstránenie softvéru, ktorý už nepoužívame." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pridanie ďalších zdrojov softvéru, ktoré je možné použiť na inštaláciu a " +#~ "aktualizáciu Ubuntu." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Pridanie ďalších zdrojov softvéru" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Inštalácia ďalších zdrojov" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -23610,6 +24050,9 @@ #~ "Chvíľu počkáme, pokým Centrum softvéru Ubuntu nestiahne informácie o " #~ "úložiskách." +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Pridávanie a odstraňovanie softvéru" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aplikácia Cheese nie je štandardne v Ubuntu nainštalovaná. Nainštalujeme ju " @@ -23645,6 +24088,27 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Používateľská príručka bude dostupná, až po nainštalovaní programu Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB kľúč (nízka kapacita)" + +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stiahnutím referenčného súboru od spoločnosti, ktorá sa zaoberá tvorbou " +#~ "profilov" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Použite referenčného súboru na vygenerovanie profilu pre tlačiareň je " +#~ "zvyčajne najlacnejšou voľbou ak používame jeden alebo dva druhy papiera. " +#~ "Stiahneme si referenčný hárok z webovej stránky spoločnosti a zašleme jej " +#~ "poštou späť výtlačok. Tam vytlačený papier naskenujú a vygenerujú presný " +#~ "profil ICC." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -23686,6 +24150,48 @@ #~ "Zrušíme zaškrtnutie voľby Prichádzajúce udalosti z kalendára " #~ "Evolution." +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Testovanie výkonu pevného disku" + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Kontrola pomocou nástroja Analyzátor využitia disku" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Keď chceme skontrolovať voľné miesto a používanú kapacitu diskov, použijeme " +#~ "Analyzátor využitia disku:" + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Kontrola pomocou nástroja Monitor systému" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voľný diskový priestor a využitie disku je možné skontrolovať aj pomocou " +#~ "nástroja Monitor systému:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otvoríme Monitor systému pomocou Prehľadnej ponuky." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Ak je disk príliš plný mali by sme:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odstrániť súbory, ktoré nie sú dôležité alebo tie, ktoré už nepotrebujeme." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vytvoriť si zálohu dôležitých súborov, " +#~ "ktoré momentálne nepotrebujeme a odstrániť ich z disku." + #~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." #~ msgstr "Stav SMART by mal byť „Disk je v dobrom stave“." @@ -23696,11 +24202,227 @@ #~ "Ak chceme vidieť viac informácií alebo chceme spustiť samokontrolu, klikneme " #~ "na tlačidlo Údaje SMART." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aj napriek tomu, že Stav SMART indikuje, že disk nie je " +#~ "v dobrom stave, nemusíme sa plašiť. Bude však lepšie, a si vytvoríme zálohu, aby sme predišli strate dát." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ak je stav „Pre-fail“, disk je ešte stále funkčný, no vykazuje známky " +#~ "opotrebovania, ktoré v blízkej budúcnosti môžu viesť k zlyhaniu. Ak je disk " +#~ "(alebo počítač) niekoľko rokov starý, pri niektorých kontrolách stavu to " +#~ "pravdepodobne uvidíme. Mali by sme nastaviť pravidelnú zálohu dôležitých súborov a pravidelne kontrolovať " +#~ "stav disku, aby sme videli, či sa to zhoršuje." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odstránenie všetkých súborov a priečinkov z externého pevného disku alebo " +#~ "USB kľúča formátovaním." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Vymazanie odpojiteľného disku" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ak máme odpojiteľný disk, USB kľúč alebo externý pevný disk, niekedy je " +#~ "potrebné vymazať na ňom všetky súbory a priečinky. Toto môžeme urobiť " +#~ "formátovaním disku - táto operácia vymaže všetky súbory na disku a " +#~ "disk zanechá prázdny." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Otvoríme aplikáciu Diskové nástroje pomocou Prehľadnej ponuky." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V zozname Úložné zariadenia zvolíme disk, ktorý chceme vymazať ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uistíme sa, či máme správny disk! Ak si zvolíme nesprávny disky, všetky " +#~ "súbory sa na ňom vymažú!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V časti Zväzky klikneme na Odpojiť zväzok, a potom na " +#~ "Naformátovať zväzok." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ak disk používame nie len na počítačoch Linux, ale aj na počítačoch so " +#~ "systémami Windows a Mac OS, zvolíme FAT. Ak ho používame iba na " +#~ "Windows, voľba NTFS môže byť lepšia. Stručný popis " +#~ "súborového systému sa zobrazí pod poľom." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zadáme názov disku a kliknutím na tlačidlo Formátovať spustíme " +#~ "čistenie disku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Po skončení formátovania disk klikneme na tlačidlo Bezpečne " +#~ "odobrať. Teraz by disk mal byť čistý a pripravený na ďalšie použitie." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formátovanie disku nezmaže súbory bezpečne" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formátovanie disku nie je úplne bezpečný spôsob ako zmazať všetky údaje. " +#~ "Naformátovaný disk sa zdá byť prázdny, no napriek tomu nejaký špeciálny " +#~ "softvér môže súbory obnoviť. Ak potrebujeme údaje zmazať bezpečne, je " +#~ "potrebné použiť nástroj pre príkazový riadok ako napríklad shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vysvetlenie toho, čo sú zväzky a oddiely a ako ich spravovať pomocou " +#~ "diskových nástrojov." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Prehliadanie a spáva zväzkov pomocou aplikácie Diskové nástroje" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zväzky úložného priestoru, môžeme skontrolovať a upraviť pomocou aplikácie " +#~ "Diskové nástroje." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V časti Úložné zariadenia môžeme nájsť pevné disky, CD/DVD " +#~ "mechaniky, a ďalšie fyzické zariadenia. Klikneme na zariadenie, ktoré chceme " +#~ "preskúmať." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V pravej časti označenej slovom Zväzky môžeme nájsť optické " +#~ "znázornenie rozdelenia zväzkov a oddielov, ktoré sa nachádzajú na vybranom " +#~ "zariadení. Nájdeme tu tiež niekoľko nástrojov na správu týchto zväzkov." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Musíme však byť opatrní, pretože pomocou týchto nástrojov je možné zmazať " +#~ "všetky dáta na disku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jeden primárny oddiel musí obsahovať informáciu o tom, že má byť použitý na " +#~ "spustenie resp. zavedenie operačného systému. Z tohto dôvodu takýto " +#~ "oddiel voláme aj zavádzací zväzok. Ak chceme zistiť, či je zväzok zavádzací, " +#~ "pozrieme sa na položku Príznaky oddielu. Externé USB kľúče a CD " +#~ "disky tiež môžu obsahovať zavádzací zväzok." + #~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ak chceme napáliť inú formu CD/DVD (zvukový disk, film), môžeme skúsiť " #~ "program Brasero." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vyhľadávanie súborov podľa názvu a typu. Ukladanie vyhľadávaní pre neskoršie " +#~ "použitie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Súbory môžeme vyhľadávať podľa ich názvu alebo typu priamo v správcovi " +#~ "súborov. Často používané hľadania si tiež môžeme uložiť. Zobrazia sa ako " +#~ "špeciálne priečinky v domovskom priečinku." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Otvoríme správcu súborov" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ak vieme, že súbor, ktorý chceme sa nachádza v konkrétnom priečinku, " +#~ "prejdeme do toho priečinka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vyhľadané súbory môžeme otvoriť, skopírovať, zmazať alebo s nimi vykonať " +#~ "akúkoľvek inú operáciu ako keby boli v bežnom priečinku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ak niektoré vyhľadávanie vykonávame často, môžeme si ho uložiť, aby sme ku " +#~ "nemu mali rýchly prístup." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Uloženie vyhľadávania" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Spustíme vyhľadávanie podľa predchádzajúceho postupu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zadáme pre vyhľadávanie názov a klikneme na tlačidlo Uložiť. Ak " +#~ "chceme, môžeme vybrať iný priečinok, do ktorého sa vyhľadávanie uloží. Ak " +#~ "vojdeme do daného priečinka, uložené vyhľadávanie uvidíme ako priečinok s " +#~ "obrázkom lupy." + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vypnutie touchpadu počas písania aby sa predišlo nechceným kliknutiam." @@ -23719,10 +24441,122 @@ #~ "touchpad vypnúť. Začnú fungovať za krátky čas po tom ako stlačíme posledný " #~ "kláves." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na touchpadoch ktoré sú citlivé na dotyk viacerých prstov, môžeme kliknutie " +#~ "prostredným tlačidlom vyvolať ťuknutím troma prstami naraz. Aby to " +#~ "fungovalo, je potrebné povoliť kliknutia " +#~ "pomocou touchpadu." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Mnoho aplikácií reaguje na kliknutie stredným tlačidlom." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Najčastejšia reakcia je vloženie označeného textu. Označíme text, ktorý " +#~ "chceme vložiť niekam inam, presunieme sa na cieľové miesto a stlačíme " +#~ "prostredné tlačidlo myši. Označený text sa vloží na miesto, na ktorom sa " +#~ "nachádza kurzor myši." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vloženie textu pomocou prostredného tlačidla je úplne nezávislé od schránky. " +#~ "Označený text sa nekopíruje do schránky. Tento rýchly spôsob funguje iba " +#~ "pomocou stredného tlačidla." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Väčšina webových prehliadačov umožňuje rýchle otváranie odkazov na kartách " +#~ "pomocou stredného tlačidla myši. Stačí kliknúť na odkaz prostredným " +#~ "tlačidlom, a stránka sa otvorí na novej karte. Pri klikaní na odkazy v " +#~ "prehliadači Firefox je potrebné dať si pozor.. Ak v prehliadači " +#~ "Firefox klikneme vedľa odkazu, pokúsi sa načítať označený text " +#~ "ako URL adresu, ako keby sme vložili adresu do poľa Adresa a stlačili kláves " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Niektoré špeciálne aplikácie umožňujú použiť stredné tlačidlo na iné účely. " +#~ "Viac informácií o využití stredného tlačidla, je potrebné hľadať v príručke " +#~ "konkrétnej aplikácie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Numerická časť klávesnice je sada kláves s číslami v pravej časti " +#~ "klávesnice, ktorá je zvyčajne usporiadaná do štvorca. Ak máme klávesnicu bez " +#~ "numerickej časti, (napríklad na notebooku), môže byť potrebné držať kláves " +#~ "Fn a použiť iné klávesy, na ktorých sú čísla zvyčajne vyznačené " +#~ "inou farbou. Ak túto funkciu často využívame, môžeme si dokúpiť externú " +#~ "numerickú USB klávesnicu." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pridávanie, odstraňovanie a premenovanie záložiek v správcovi súborov" + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Odstránenie záložky:" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Do textového poľa Názov zadáme nový názov záložky." + #~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgstr "Zobrazuje dátum a čas poslednej zmeny súboru." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu je vybavené s Nekomplikovaným firewallom (ufw) " +#~ "ale firewall nie je v predvolenom nastavení povolený.Pretože Ubuntu nemá " +#~ "žiadne otvorené sieťové služby (okrem základnej sieťovej infraštruktúry) vo " +#~ "východiskovej inštalácií firewall nie je potrebné blokovat prichádzajúci " +#~ "pokus nebezpečného spojenia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ďalšie informácie o použití ufw nájdete online " +#~ "dokumantácii." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ak chcete zapnúť firewall, zadajte sudo uwf enable v termináli.Ak " +#~ "chcete vypnúť firewall, zadajte sudo uwf disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " #~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " #~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " @@ -23735,12 +24569,61 @@ #~ "povoliť spojenie cez bránu 53, zadajte sudo ufw allow v " #~ "terminály. Ak zakázat spojenie bránou 53, zadajte sudo ufw block." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Ako nainštalovať Flash" + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Alternatívny Flash z otvorených zdrojov" +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Inštalácia v prehliadači Java plug-in" + #~ msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in" #~ msgstr "Inštalácia Silverlight plug-in" +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Upraviť bezdrôtové pripojenie" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Dostupné všetkým používateľom / Pripojiť automaticky" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Pripojiť automaticky" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Dostupné všetkým používateľom" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Bezdrôtové" + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Adresa MAC zariadenia" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Zabezpečenie bezdrôtovej siete" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podobná IPv4 karta okrem toho, že sa zaoberá novšími IPv6 " +#~ "štandardmi. Najnovšie siete používajú protokol IPv6, ale IPv4 je momentále " +#~ "stále viac populárny." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Nastaviť tlačiareň, ktorá je pripojená k počítaču." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Nastavenia lokálnej tlačiarne" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ak vaša tlačiareň nie je nastavená automaticky, môžete ju pridať v " +#~ "nastaveniach tlačiarne." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, \n" "Language-Team: Slovenian GNOME translation team \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: SLOVENIA\n" "Language: \n" "X-Poedit-Language: Slovenian\n" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -137,13 +137,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -254,13 +254,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -330,61 +330,146 @@ "ponavljajo. Možnost je koristna za uporabnike, ki imajo težave s tresavico " "rok, zaradi katere je posamezna tipka pogosto pritisnjena večkrat zaporedno." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Kliknite ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " -"Sistemske nastavitve." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Odprite Splošni dostop in izberite zavihek Tipkanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Vklopite Odskočne tipke" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -453,15 +538,15 @@ "zaslona. Spremenili se bodo le deli uporabniškega vmesnika." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Odprite Splošni dostop in izberite zavihek Izrisovanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Vklopite Odskočne tipke." @@ -500,20 +585,9 @@ "nadzornik, spustite miško in nato počakajte nekaj časa, preden bo gumb " "kliknjen." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na svoje ime v menijski vrstici in izberite Sistemske " -"nastavitve." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -522,12 +596,12 @@ "klikanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Vklopite Zadržani klik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -542,7 +616,7 @@ "vlečenju, se bo možnost samodejno spremenila nazaj na klikanje." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -552,7 +626,7 @@ "barvo. Ko je barva popolnoma spremenjena, bo gumb kliknjen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -561,7 +635,7 @@ "držati miškin kazalec pred klikom." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -572,7 +646,7 @@ "zaznal klik. V primeru, da se premakne preveč, se klik ne bo zgodil." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -600,12 +674,12 @@ "pisave." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Preklopite Veliko besedilo na Vključeno." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -742,7 +816,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -775,12 +849,12 @@ "le enim gumbom." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Vklopite Simulirani drugotni klik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -792,7 +866,7 @@ "Zakasnitev sprejema pod Simulirani drugotni klik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -805,7 +879,7 @@ "miškin gumb za desni klik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -816,7 +890,7 @@ "od kazalca ne dobite vidnega odziva." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -827,7 +901,7 @@ "tipkovnici." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -892,17 +966,17 @@ "tipko na tipkovnici." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Vklopite Počasne tipke." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Hiter vklop in izklop počasnih tipk" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -916,7 +990,7 @@ "onemogočili počasne tipke." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -925,7 +999,7 @@ "pritiskati tipko preden je zaznana." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -975,17 +1049,17 @@ "hkrati." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Vklopite Lepljive tipke." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Hiter vklop in izklop lepljivih tipk" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -998,7 +1072,7 @@ "Shift petkrat da bi omogočili oziroma onemogočili lepljive tipke." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1007,7 +1081,7 @@ "izklopite, kar vam omogoča vnos tipkovne bližnjice na običajen način." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1023,7 +1097,7 @@ "nekatere tipkovne bližnjice (na primer tipke, ki so blizu skupaj)." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1031,7 +1105,7 @@ "skupaj." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1083,14 +1157,14 @@ "alert\"/> kako utišati zvok opozorila)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Odprite Splošni dostop in izberite zavihek Slišanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1121,7 +1195,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1135,10 +1209,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1192,12 +1266,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1208,7 +1283,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1217,15 +1292,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1401,13 +1477,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Dodajanje računa bo pomagalo povezati vaše spletni račun z vašim namizjem " -"Ubuntu. Tako bodo vaša e-pošta, klepet in drugi sorodni programi nastavljeni " -"za vas." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1418,74 +1491,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Izberite Vrsta računa iz pladnja na desni strani." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Če želite nastaviti več računov, preprosto ponovite opravljene korake." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"Odprl se bo majhen spletni vmesnik, kjer vnesete svoja poverila za spletni " -"račun. Na primer, če se želite povezati z računom Google, vnesite " -"uporabniško ime ter geslo za Google ter se prijavite." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Če ste vnesli prava poverila, boste bili pozvani da sprejmete pogoje " -"uporabe. Za nadaljevanje izberite Sprejmem. Ko sprejmete pogoje, " -"Ubuntu potrebuje vaše dovoljenje za dostop do računa. Če želite dovoliti, " -"kliknite na gumb Dovoli dostop. Ko boste pozvani, vpišite geslo " -"trenutnega uporabnika." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Sedaj lahko izberete programe, ki jih želite povezani s svojim spletnim " -"računom. Na primer, če želite uporabiti spletni račun za klepet in ne želite " -"koledarja potem možnost koledarja izključite." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Po tem ko ste dodali račune, vsak program ki ste ga izbrali, bo samodejno " -"uporabil poverila, ko se prijavite v svoj račun." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Zaradi varnostnih razlogov Ubuntu vašega gesla ne bo shranjeval na " -"računalnik. Namesto njega bo shranil žeton, ki ga ponudi spletna storitev. " -"Če želite v celoti razveljaviti povezavo med vašim namizjem in spletno " -"storitvijo, ga odstranite." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1857,6 +1911,75 @@ "pripravljeni za vas." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1961,49 +2084,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Uporabite Programe Ubuntu za dodajanje programov in delanje " -"Ubuntuja uporabnejšega." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Namestitev dodatnih programov" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ekipa razvijalcev Ubuntuja je izbrala privzete programe za katere meni, da " -"bodo Ubuntu naredili najbolj uporaben za večino vsakodnevnih nalog. Vendar " -"pa boste zagotovo želeli namestiti več programov, da bo Ubuntu za vas še " -"uporabnejši." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Za namestitev dodatnih paketov izvedite naslednje korake:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Povežite se na internet z uporabo brezžične ali žične " -"povezave." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2012,7 +2141,7 @@ "vrstici Pregledne plošče poiščite Programi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2021,71 +2150,54 @@ "kategorijo in najdite program na seznamu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" -"Izberite program, ki ga želite namestiti, in kliknite Namesti." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Vprašani boste za svoje geslo. Ko ga vnesete, se bo namestitev začela." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Namestitev se običajno hitro konča, a lahko traja nekaj časa, če imate " -"počasno internetno povezavo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Bližnjica do novega programa bo dodana v zaganjalnik. Za onemogočitev te " -"zmožnosti odstranite izbiro PogledNovi programi v " -"zaganjalniku." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Dodajte PPA-je za pomoč pri preizkušanju neizdanih ali posebnih programov." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Dodajanje osebnega arhiva paketov (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Osebni arhivi paketov (PPA-ji) so programska skladišča zasnovana za " -"uporabnike Ubuntuja, ki so lažja za namestitev kot druga skladišča tretjih " -"oseb." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Dodajte skladišča programske opreme iz virov, ki jim zaupate!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2096,12 +2208,12 @@ "in morda vsebujejo programe, ki lahko škodljo vašemu računalniku." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Nameščanje PPA-ja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2112,8 +2224,8 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2122,23 +2234,24 @@ "posodobitve" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Kliknite na zavihek Drugi programi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj in vnesite mesto ppa:." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj. Vnesite svoje geslo v overitvenem oknu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2148,25 +2261,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Odstranite programe, ki jih ne uporabljate več." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Odstranjevanje programov" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Programi Ubuntu vam pomaga odstraniti programe, ki jih več ne " -"uporabljate." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2175,7 +2312,7 @@ "Nameščeno." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2184,21 +2321,30 @@ "ogledom seznama nameščenih programov." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Izberite program in kliknite Odstrani." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Morda boste morali vnesti svoje geslo. Po vpisanem geslu bo vaš program " -"odstranjen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2213,16 +2359,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Dodajte dodatna skladišča za razširitev programskih virov, ki jih Ubuntu " -"uporablja za namestitev in nadgradnje." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Dodajanje dodatnih programskih skladišč" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2237,13 +2381,13 @@ "skladišča tretje osebe, ga morate dodati na Ubuntujev seznam razpoložljivih " "skladišč." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Namestitev drugih skladišč" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2252,7 +2396,7 @@ "Drugi programi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2261,7 +2405,7 @@ "biti na voljo na spletišču odložišča in bi morala biti videti podobno:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2272,20 +2416,23 @@ "vire za posodobitve." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"Večina skladišč ponuja ključ za podpisovanje, da lahko preverite prejete " +"pakete. Tako da poleg zgornjih korakov morate slediti tudi korakom kako " +"prejeti in namestiti ključ za podpisovanje (ključ GPG)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Omogočitev skladišča partnerjev Canonicala" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2293,9 +2440,14 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"Skladišče Canonical Partner ponuja nekaj lastniških programov, ki nič ne " +"stanejo ampak imajo zaprto kodo. To vključuje programe kot so " +"Skype in Adobe Flash Plugin. Programi v tem skladišču " +"bodo prikazani kot rezultati iskanj v Programi Ubuntu ampak jih " +"ni mogoče namestite dokler to skladišče ni omogočeno." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2310,7 +2462,7 @@ "kliknite na Dodaj in vnesite:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2321,26 +2473,23 @@ "podatke o skladiščih." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Dodaj/odstrani programsko opremo" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Namesti, odstrani, dodatna " -"skladišča …" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Dodajanje in odstranjevanje programov" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2938,8 +3087,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "Pomnilniški ključ USB (nizka velikost)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3604,7 +3753,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3900,23 +4049,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Prejemanje in tiskanje referenčne datoteke iz barvnega podjetja" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Uporaba barvnega podjetja za ustvarjanje profila tiskalnika je običajno " -"najcenejša možnost, če imate na voljo le eno ali dve različni vrsti papirja. " -"S spletišča podjetja prejemite referenčne grafe, jih natisnite in v ovojnici " -"pošljite podjetju, kjer bodo papir optično prebrali, ustvarili profil in vam " -"poslali natančen profil ICC preko e-pošte." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5760,20 +5904,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Če se premislite, lahko uro vrnete s klikom na ikono skrajno desno na " -"menijski vrstici in izberete Sistemske nastavitve. V oddelku " -"Sistem kliknite Čas in datum." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Sprememba oblike datuma" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5782,44 +5925,23 @@ "mesto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite ikono skrajno desno na menijski vrstici ter izberite Sistemske " -"nastavitve." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "V odseku Osebno kliknite Jezikovna podpora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Preklopite na zavihek Krajevne oblike." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "S spustnega seznama izberite svoje želeno mesto." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6046,70 +6168,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Zaženete lahko primerjalni preizkus trdega diska in preverite kako hiter je." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Preizkus hitrosti delovanja trdega diska" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Za izmeritev hitrosti delovanja svojega trdega diska:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Odprite program Diski iz Pregledne plošče." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Odprite program Diski iz pregleda dejavnosti." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Izberite disk s seznama Diskovni pogoni." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Kliknite na gumb koles in izberite Primerjalni preizkus pogona." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Kliknite Začni primerjalni preizkus in prilagodite parametra " -"Hitrost prenosa in Dostopni čas, kot želite." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Kliknite Začni primerjalni preizkus, da preizkusite, kako hitro " -"je mogoče podatke brati z diska. Morda bodo zahtevana Skrbniška dovoljenja. Vnesite svoje geslo ali geslo " -"za zahtevani skrbniški račun." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6119,43 +6259,22 @@ "pisati na disk. To bo trajalo dlje časa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Ko se preizkus konča, bodo rezultati prikazani na grafu. Zelene točke in " -"povezovalne črte nakazujejo na odvzete vzorce; te ustrezajo desni osi in " -"prikazujejo dostopni čas. Spodnja osi pa prikazuje odstotek pretečenega " -"časa. Modra črta predstavlja vrednost branja medtem ko rdeča črta " -"predstavlja vrednost pisanja. Te so prikazane kot vrednosti dostopa do " -"podatkov na levi osi, narisane v odstotkih prepotovane poti diska, od zunaj " -"do vretena pa po spodnji osi." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Pod grafom so prikazane vrednosti za najmanjšo, največjo ter povprečno " -"vrednost branja in pisanja, povprečen dostopni čas ter pretekel čas od " -"zadnjega primerjalnega preizkusa." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"S Preučevalnikom porabe diska ali Nadzornikom sistema " -"lahko preverite razpoložljiv prostor in zmogljivost." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6163,138 +6282,68 @@ msgstr "Preverjanje koliko prostora na disku je ostalo" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Količino prostega prostora na disku lahko preverite s pomočjo programov " -"Preučevalnik porabe diska ali Nadzornik sistema." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Preveri s Preučevalnikom porabe diska" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Da s programom Preučevalnik porabe diska preverite prazen prostor " -"in velikost diska:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Odprite Orodje za preučevanje porabe diska iz Pregledne " -"plošče. Okno bi prikazalo Celotno zmogljivost datotečnega " -"sistema in Celotno porabo datotečnega sistema." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Iz Pregledne plošče odprite program Diski." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Odprite program Diski iz pregleda Dejavnosti. Okno bo " -"prikazalo celotno zmogljivost datotečnega sistema in celotna " -"uporaba datotečnega sistema." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na enega od gumbov orodne vrstice za izbiro Pregleda domače " -"mape, Pregleda datotečnega sistema, Pregleda " -"mape ali Pregelda oddaljene mape." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Podatki so prikazani glede na Mapo, Uporabo, " -"Velikost in Vsebino. Več podrobnosti lahko vidite v " -"Preučevalniku uporabe diska." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Preveri s programom Nadzornik sistema" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Kaj storiti, če je disk prepoln?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Da bi preverili količino prostora na disku, ki je na voljo in velikost diska " -"s programom Nadzornik sistema:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Odprite program Nadzornik sistema iz Pregledne plošče." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Odprite program Nadzornik sistema iz pregleda " -"Dejavnosti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Izberite zavihek Datotečni sistemi za ogled razdelkov sistema in " -"porabo diska. Podatki so prikazani v Skupaj, " -"Razpoložljivo, Na voljo in Uporabljeno." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Kaj storiti, če je disk prepoln?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "V primeru da je disk prepoln:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" -"Izbrišite datoteke, ki niso pomembne ali jih ne boste več uporabljali." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Naredite varnostne kopije pomembnih " -"datotek, ki jih nekaj časa ne boste potrebovali, ter jih izbrišite s trdega " -"diska." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6337,75 +6386,56 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Preverite zdravje diska s programom Diski" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Iz Pregledne plošče odprite program Diski." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Odprite program Diskovna orodja iz pregleda Dejavnosti." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" +"Iz seznama na levi izberite disk katerega podrobnosti in stanje želite " +"preveriti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ocena bi morala izpisati \"Disk deluje brezhibno\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Kaj storiti, če disk ne deluje brezhibno?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"Tudi če Stanje SMART nakazuje, da disk ni zdrav, vam " -"morda ni treba skrbeti. Vseeno je boljše biti pripravljen z varnostno kopijo za preprečitev izgube podatkov." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"V primeru da stanje pravi \"Pre-fail\" je disk v razumno dobrem stanju, " -"vendar so bili zaznani znaki obrabe, kar pomeni, da se bo lahko kmalu " -"pokvaril. V primeru da je vaš trdi disk (ali računalnik) star nekaj let, " -"boste to sporočilo verjetno videli vsaj na nekaj preverjanjih stanja. Redno ustvarjajte varnostne kopije pomembnih " -"datotek in občasno preverite ali se stanje diska slabša." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6416,132 +6446,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Odstranite vse datoteke in mape iz zunanjega trdega diska ali USB ključka s " -"formatiranjem." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Odstranitev vsega z odstranljivega diska" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"V primeru da imate odstranljiv disk kot je ključek USB ali zunanji trdi " -"disk, boste morda želeli popolnoma odstraniti vse njegove datoteke in mape. " -"To lahko storite s formatiranjem diska - to izbriše vse datoteke na " -"disku in ga pusti praznega." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Formatiranje odstranljivega diska" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Izberite disk, ki ga želite izbrisati, s seznama Naprave shrambe." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Prepričajte se, da ste izbrali pravi disk! V primeru da izberete napačen " -"disk, bodo vse datoteke na drugem disku izbrisane!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"V odseku Nosilcu kliknite Odklopi nosilec. Nato kliknice " -"Formatiraj nosilce." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"V oknu, ki se pojavi, izberite Vrsto datotečnega sistema za disk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"V primeru, da disk uporabljate tudi na sistemih Windows in Mac OS, izberite " -"FAT. Če ga uporabljate le na Windows, je NTFS boljša " -"možnost. Kratek opis vrste datotečnega sistema bo predstavljen " -"kot oznaka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Disk poimenujte in za začetek izbrisa podatkov kliknite " -"Formatiraj." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Ko se je formatiranje končalo, disk varno odstranite. Sedaj bi " -"moral biti prazen in pripravljen za ponovno uporabo." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Formatiranje diska vaših datotek ne izbriše varno" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Formatiranje diska ni popolnoma varen način izbrisa podatkov. Formatiran " -"disk bo videti kot da na njem ni datotek, vendar je mogoče s posebnimi " -"obnovitvenimi programi datoteke obnoviti. V primeru da želite datoteke varno " -"izbrisati, uporabite pripomoček kot je shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Naučite se kaj so nosilci in diski in uporabiti diskovna orodja za njihovo " -"upravljanje." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Upravljanje nosilcev in razdelkov" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6560,7 +6571,7 @@ "(in morda tudi zapisujete) datoteke." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6576,59 +6587,40 @@ "označenih \"izložbah\" do \"trgovine\" razdelkov in pogonov." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Ogled in upravljanje nosilcev in razdelkov z diskovnimi orodji" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Nosilce shrambe računalnika lahko preverite in spreminjate z diskovnimi " -"orodji." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Odprite Pregledno ploščo in zaženite program Diskovna " -"orodja." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"V pladnju Naprave shrambe boste našli trde diske, pogone CD/DVD " -"in druge fizične naprave. Kliknite na napravo, ki jo želite preučiti." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"V desnem pladnju področje Nosilci zagotavlja viden pregled " -"nosilcev in razdelkov na izbrani napravi. Vsebuje tudi različna orodja za " -"upravljanje teh nosilcev." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Bodite previdni: s temi pripomočki lahko popolnoma izbrišete podatke na " -"disku." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6645,19 +6637,14 @@ "priročnosti." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"En primerni razdelek mora vsebovati podatke, ki jih vaš računalnik uporablja " -"za zagon. Zato se imenuje zagonski razdelek ali nosilec. Za " -"določitev ali je mogoče iz nosilca zagnati sistem, si oglejte Zastavice " -"razdelkov v diskovnih orodjih. Zagonljiv razdelek lahko vsebujejo tudi " -"zunanji mediji kot so pogoni USB in CD-ji." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6692,18 +6679,18 @@ msgstr "Nastavitev svetlosti" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Izberite Svetlost in zaklep." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Prilagodite drsnik Svetlost do udobne vrednosti." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6714,7 +6701,7 @@ "uporabo teh tipk pritisnite Fn." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6726,7 +6713,7 @@ "veliko energije in lahko močno zmanjša trajanje baterije vašega prenosnika." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6759,15 +6746,23 @@ "nastavitve:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Kliknite na svoje ime v menijski vrstici in izberite Sistemske " +"nastavitve." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Odprite Zasloni." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6789,7 +6784,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6799,7 +6794,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6809,7 +6804,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6819,7 +6814,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6852,7 +6847,7 @@ "Če ga vaš sistem ne prepozna nemudoma ali bi želeli prilagoditi nastavitve:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6865,7 +6860,7 @@ "zaslon, ki ga želite nastaviti kot \"glavni\" zaslon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6874,12 +6869,12 @@ "Postavitev zaganjalnika na Vsi zasloni." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Lepljivi robovi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6893,7 +6888,7 @@ "potisnemo miškin kazalec iz enega na drug zaslon." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6931,20 +6926,15 @@ "ročno, lahko pa nastavite tudi samodejen zaklep zaslona." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Prepričajte se, da je Zaklep vklopljen in nato izberite " -"zakasnitev iz spustnega menija spodaj. Zaslon se bo samodejno zaklenil " -"potem, ko ste bili določen čas nedejavni. Izberete lahko tudi Zaslon se " -"izklopi za zaklep zaslona potem, ko je zaslon samodejno izklopljen, " -"kar lahko nadzirate s spustnim seznamom zgoraj Izklopi zaslon, ko je " -"nedejaven." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6958,7 +6948,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6999,7 +6989,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7035,17 +7025,17 @@ "zbirke znotraj zbirke.." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Za izbris zbirke:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "V izbirnem načinu izberite katero zbirko želite izbrisati." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7070,12 +7060,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7369,7 +7358,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Iskanje datotek" @@ -7638,14 +7626,14 @@ "Za odločitev kateri programi naj se zaženejo, ko priklopite različne naprave:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Izberite PodrobnostiOdstranljivi " "mediji." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7655,7 +7643,7 @@ "spodaj za opis različnih vrst naprav in medijev." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7666,7 +7654,7 @@ "ali pa se samodejno ne bo zgodilo nič." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7680,7 +7668,7 @@ "ga želite zagnati ob vstavitvi diska (na primer predstavitev)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7695,7 +7683,7 @@ "spustnega menija Dejanje." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7706,17 +7694,17 @@ "vstavitvi medija na dnu okna Mediji." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Vrste naprav in medijev" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Zvočni diski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7730,12 +7718,12 @@ "lahko predvajate v kateremkoli programu predvajalnika zvoka." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Video diski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7749,12 +7737,12 @@ "xref=\"video-dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Prazni diski" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7764,12 +7752,12 @@ "jev." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Fotografije in digitalni fotoaparati" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7782,7 +7770,7 @@ "Med fotografijami lahko tudi brskate z upravljalnikom datotek." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7793,12 +7781,12 @@ "PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Predvajalniki glasbe" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7807,12 +7795,12 @@ "predvajalniku ali pa datoteke upravljajte sami z upravljalnikom datotek." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Bralniki e-knjig" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7823,12 +7811,12 @@ "datotek." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Programska oprema" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7841,7 +7829,7 @@ "programi. Pred zagonom programa boste vedno vprašani za potrditev." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Nikoli ne zaženite programov z medija, ki mu ne zaupate." @@ -7858,14 +7846,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Za brskanje po datotekah v svoji domači mapi, na zunanjih napravah, na datotečnih strežnikih in na datotečnem " -"sistemu računalnika uporabite program Datoteke." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7889,18 +7874,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"V upravljalniku datotek dvokliknite na katerokoli mapo za ogled njene " -"vsebine in dvokliknite na katerokoli datoteko za odprtje s privzetim " -"programom zanjo. Na mapo lahko tudi desno kliknete za odprtje v novem " -"zavihku ali oknu." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7915,36 +7911,33 @@ "ali dostop do njenih lastnosti." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Če želite hitro skočiti do datoteke v mapi, ki jo gledate, začnite tipkati " -"njeno ime. Na dnu okna se bo pojavilo iskalno okno in prva datoteka, ki se " -"ujema z vašim iskanjem, bo poudarjena. Pritisnite puščico navzdol ali " -"drsajte z miško za skok na naslednjo datoteko, ki se ujema z vašim iskanjem." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" -"Do pogostih mest lahko hitro dostopate iz stranske vrstice. V " -"primeru da stranske vrstice ne vidite, v orodni vrstici kliknite gumbdol in izberite " -"Pokaži stransko vrstico. Dodate lahko zaznamke do map, ki jih " -"pogosto uporabljate. Zaznamki se bodo pojavili v stranski vrstici. Za to " -"uporabite meni Zaznamki ali pa mapo enostavno povlecite v " -"stransko vrstico." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8392,6 +8385,9 @@ "installed by default, but you can install " "it from the Ubuntu package archive." msgstr "" +"Za bolj napredno peko CD/DVD poskusite Brasero. Privzeto ni " +"nameščen ampak ga lahko namestitel iz " +"Ubuntu skladišča." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:77 @@ -8399,6 +8395,8 @@ "For help with using Brasero, read the user guide." msgstr "" +"Za pomoč o uporabi Brasera, preberite uporabniški priročnik./link>" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-disc-write.page:82 @@ -8626,17 +8624,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Morda ste datoteko preimenovali na način, da je postala skrita. Datoteke, ki " -"se začnejo z . ali končajo z ~, so v upravljalniku " -"datotek skrite. V orodni vrstici upravljalnika datotek kliknite na gumb " -"dol in za prikaz " -"izberite Pokaži skrite datoteke. Za več podrobnosti si oglejte " -"." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9229,165 +9220,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Najdite datoteke na osnovi njihovega imena in vrste. Shranite svoje " -"rezultate za kasnejšo uporabo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Datoteke lahko iščete na osnovi njihovega imena ali vrste neposredno iz " -"upravljalnika datotek. Pogosta iskanja lahko shranite in pojavila se bodo " -"kot posebne mape v vaši domači mapi." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Drugi programi za iskanje" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Iskanje" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Odprite upravljalnik datotek" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"V primeru da veste, da so datoteke, ki jih želite, v določeni mapi, pojdite " -"v to mapo." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"V orodni vrstici kliknite na povečevalno steklo ali pritisnite " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Vpišite besedo ali besede, ki se pojavijo v imenu datoteke. Na primer, če " -"ste vse svoje račune imenovali z besedo \"račun\", vpišite " -"račun in pritisnite tipko Enter.Pri ujemanju besed " -"velikost črk ni pomembna." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Svoje rezultate lahko zožite glede na mesto in vrsto datoteke." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Kliknite na Domov za omejitev rezultatov na našo Domačo " -"mapo ali Vse datoteke za iskanje povsod." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na gumb + in izberite Vrsta datoteke iz " -"spustnega seznama za omejitev rezultatov iskanja glede na vrsto datoteke. " -"Kliknite na gumb x za odstranitev te možnosti in razširitev " -"rezultatov iskanja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Svoje datoteke lahko iz rezultatov iskanja odpirate, kopirate, izbrišete in " -"delate kot bi iz katerekoli mape v upravljalniku datotek." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Za izhod iz iskanja in povratek v mapo v orodni vrstici ponovno kliknite na " -"povečevalno steklo." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"V primeru da določena iskanja pogosto izvajate, jih lahko shranite za hiter " -"dostop." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Shranitev iskanja" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Začnite iskanje kot je prikazano zgoraj." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Če ste zadovoljni z iskalnimi parametri kliknite na Datoteka v " -"menijski vrstici in izberite Shrani iskanje kot ...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Iskanju dajte ime in kliknite Shrani. Če želite, lahko za " -"shranjevanje iskanja izberete drugo mapo. Ko si to mapo ogledate, boste " -"svoje shranjeno iskanje videli kot oranžno ikono mape s povečevalnim steklom " -"na njej." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Za odstranitev iskanja datoteke enostavno izbrišite iskanje kot bi izbrisali katerokoli drugo " -"datoteko. Ko izbrišete shranjeno iskanje, datoteke, ki se ujemajo z " -"iskanjem, niso izbrisane." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10341,7 +10273,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "V odseku strojna oprema kliknite Tipkovnica." @@ -10359,22 +10291,22 @@ "vrivnika." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Dodaj vhodne vire in preklapljaj med njimi." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Uporabi nadomestne vhodne vire" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10390,7 +10322,7 @@ "natisnjeni na tipkah. To je uporabno, če pogosto preklapljate med več jeziki." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10403,16 +10335,31 @@ "o tem v oddelku Zapletene metode vnosa." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Dodaj vhodni vir" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "V odseku Osebno kliknite na Vnos besedila." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Kliknite na +, izberite vhodni vir in kliknite Dodaj." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10421,35 +10368,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Ogledate si lahko predogled slike katerekoli postavitve, tako da izberete " -"postavitev na seznamu in kliknete " -"predogled." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "V odseku Osebno kliknite na Vnos besedila." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na +, izberite vhodni vir in kliknite Dodaj." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10463,7 +10391,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10472,8 +10400,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click možnosti za dostop do, pogovornega okna z " "možnostmi načina." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Kazalnik vhodnega vira" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10508,12 +10446,12 @@ "uporabiti." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Tipkovne bližnjice" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10526,7 +10464,7 @@ "spremenite:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10535,7 +10473,7 @@ "naslednji vir z uporabo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10544,12 +10482,12 @@ "pritisnite tipke, ki jih želite uporabljati kot novo bližnjico." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "Nastavite vhodni vir za vsa okna ali za vsako okno posebej" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10564,7 +10502,7 @@ "okno, ko boste preklapljali med njimi." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10573,12 +10511,12 @@ "da uporabljajo vir zadnjega odprtega okna." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Zapletene metode vnosa" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10589,7 +10527,7 @@ "in vietnamščino." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10600,7 +10538,7 @@ "namesti, če je mogoče." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10609,7 +10547,7 @@ "sledite tem korakom:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10619,23 +10557,23 @@ "Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Zaprite in ponovno odprite Jezikovno podporo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Izberite fcitx iz Sistem načina vnosa s tipkovnico." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Odjavite se in nato znova prijavite." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10644,7 +10582,7 @@ "Dodaj." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10653,7 +10591,7 @@ "menija." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can zaslonsko tipkovnico." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Za prikaz zaslonske tipkovnice vklopite Pomočnik tipkanja." @@ -11088,7 +11026,7 @@ "se pritiski tipk začnejo ponavljati." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11097,7 +11035,7 @@ "popolno onemogočitev ponavljajočih tipk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11128,13 +11066,13 @@ "bližnjico:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Odprite Tipkovnica in izberite zavihek Bližnjice." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11145,7 +11083,7 @@ "...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11154,17 +11092,17 @@ "izbris." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Bližnjice po meri" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Za ustvarjanje svoje tipkovne bližnjice:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11175,7 +11113,7 @@ "Pojavilo se bo okno Bližnjica po meri." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11188,7 +11126,7 @@ "Glasba in uporabite ukaz rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11198,7 +11136,7 @@ "tipk bližnjic." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11210,7 +11148,7 @@ "morda nima popolnoma enakega imena kot program." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11339,15 +11277,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Za rešitev tega kliknite na ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in " -"izberite Sistemske nastavitve. V oddelku strojna oprema izberite " -"Zasloni. Poskusite spremeniti Ločljivost in izberite " -"tisto, katera vam najbolj ustreza." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11389,19 +11324,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " -"Sistemske nastavitve. Odprite Zasloni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Odstranite izbiro Zrcalna zaslona." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11434,16 +11368,7 @@ "vrtenja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " -"Sistemske nastavitve." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11452,12 +11377,12 @@ "zaslonu. Izberite zaslon v področju predogleda." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Izberite svoje želeno ločljivost in vrtenje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11470,7 +11395,7 @@ "nastavitvami zadovoljni, kliknite Obdrži to nastavitev." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11482,12 +11407,12 @@ "Zaznava zaslonov." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Ločljivost" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11504,7 +11429,7 @@ "za izognitev popačenju." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Vrtenje" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11701,17 +11626,17 @@ "povečajte zakasnitev." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Odprite Miška in drsna ploščica." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11720,7 +11645,7 @@ "je za vas udobna." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11730,7 +11655,7 @@ "klik v oknu bo poudaril zunanji krog. Dvoklik bo poudaril notranji krog." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11745,8 +11670,8 @@ "če imate še vedno isto težavo." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11774,7 +11699,7 @@ "lahko zamenjate in s tem olajšate uporabo z levico." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11799,61 +11724,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Dosti mišk in nekatere sledilne ploščice imajo srednji miškin gumb. Na miški " -"s sledilnim koleščkom lahko ponavadi pritisnemo navzdol sledilni kolešček za " -"srednji klik. Če nimate srednjega miškinega gumba, lahko za srednji klik " -"pritisnete levi ter desni miškin gumb hkrati. Če se vam zdi, da na ta način " -"ni mogoče klikati, poskusite naslednja navodila." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Na drsnih ploščicah, ki podpirajo udarce z več prsti, lahko za srednji klik " -"enkrat udarite s tremi prsti. Da bo to delovalo, morate v nastavitvah omogočiti klikanje z udarjanjem." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Veliko programov uporablja srednji klik za napredne bližnjice klikanja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Ena od pogostih bližnjic je lepljenje izbranega besedila (to se včasih " -"imenuje lepljenje osnovne izbire). Izberite besedilo, ki ga želite " -"prilepiti, nato pojdite na mesto lepljenja in srednje kliknite. Besedilo bo " -"prilepljeno na položaj miške." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Lepljenje besedila s srednjim miškinim gumbom je popolnoma ločeno od " -"običajnega odložišča. Izbira besedila ne kopira na odložišče. Ta hiter način " -"lepljenja deluje le s srednjim miškinim gumbom." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11880,21 +11790,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Večina spletnih brskalnikov vam dovoli hitro odpiranje povezav v zavihkih s " -"srednjim miškinim klikom. Kliknite na povezavo s srednjim miškinim gumbom in " -"odprla se bo v novem zavihku. Pri kliku na povezavo v spletnem brskalniku " -"Firefox bodite pozorni. V brskalniku Firefox bo " -"srednji klik drugje kot na povezavi poskusil naložiti izbrano besedilo URL, " -"kot če bi s srednjim klikom prilepili besedilo v naslovno vrstico in " -"pritisnili Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11912,13 +11814,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Nekateri posebni programi vam omogočajo uporabo srednjega miškinega klika za " -"druge zmožnosti. V pomoči za program iščite srednji klik ali " -"srednji miškin gumb." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11941,8 +11840,13 @@ "miškin kazalec nadzirate s številsko tipkovnico. Ta zmožnost se imenuje " "miškine tipke." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -11951,7 +11855,7 @@ "odprtje Pregledne plošče." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11960,21 +11864,20 @@ "odprtje nastavitev splošnega dostopa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Enkrat pritisnite Tabulator za izbiro zavihka Videnje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Pritisnite ← za preklop na zavihek Kazanje in klikanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -11983,7 +11886,7 @@ "pritisnite Enter za njihov vklop." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11992,86 +11895,271 @@ "miškin kazalec premikali s številsko tipkovnico." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Ta navodila zagotavljajo najkrajši način za omogočanje miškinih tipk s " -"tipkovnico. Izberite Nastavitve splošnega dostopa za ogled več " -"možnosti dostopnosti." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Številska tipkovnica je zbirka številskih gumbov na tipkovnici, ki so " -"običajno urejene v kvadratno mrežo. V primeru da imate tipkovnico brez " -"številske tipkovnice (kot je na primer tipkovnica prenosnika), boste morda " -"morali držati funkcijsko tipko (Fn) in kot številsko tipkovnico " -"uporabiti določene druge tipke na svoji tipkovnici. V primeru da to možnost " -"uporabljate na prenosniku, lahko kupite zunanje USB številčne tipkovnice." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Vsako število na številski tipkovnici ustreza določeni smeri. Pritisk na " -"8 bo kazalec premaknil navzgor in pritisk na 2 ga bo " -"premaknil navzdol. Pritisnite 5 za klik z miško ali jo hitro " -"pritisnite dvakrat za dvoklik." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Večina tipkovnic ima posebno tipko, ki vam omogoča desni klik. Pogosto je " -"blizu preslednice. Ta tipka se odziva kjer je žarišče vaše tipkovnice, ne " -"kjer je vaš miškin kazalec. Za podatke kako desno klikniti z držanjem tipke " -"5 ali levega miškinega gumba si oglejte ." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"V primeru da želite številsko tipkovnico uporabiti za vnašanje medtem ko so " -"miškine tipke omogočene, Num Lock vklopite. Ko je Num " -"Lock vklopljen, miške ne morete nadzirati." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Običajne številske tipke v vrsti na vrhu tipkovnice miškinega kazalca ne " -"bodo nadzorovale. Uporabite lahko samo tipke številske tipkovnice." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Kako preveriti, če miška ne deluje." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"V primeru da želite številsko tipkovnico uporabiti za vnašanje medtem ko so " +"miškine tipke omogočene, Num Lock vklopite. Ko je Num " +"Lock vklopljen, miške ne morete nadzirati." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Običajne številske tipke v vrsti na vrhu tipkovnice miškinega kazalca ne " +"bodo nadzorovale. Uporabite lahko samo tipke številske tipkovnice." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Kako preveriti, če miška ne deluje." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" msgstr "Miškin kazalec se ne premika" @@ -12304,7 +12392,7 @@ "prehitro ali prepočasi, lahko prilagodite hitrost kazalca za te naprave." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12313,7 +12401,7 @@ "vas udoben." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12326,8 +12414,7 @@ "ploščica." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12349,84 +12436,65 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Z drsno ploščico lahko klikate, dvoklikate, vlečete in drsite brez posebnih " -"gumbov strojne opreme." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "V odseku Drsna ploščica izberite Udarjanje za klik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Za klik udarite po drsni ploščici" +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Za dvoklik udarite dvakrat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Za vlečenje predmeta dvakrat udarite, vendar po drugem udarcu svojega prsta " -"na dvignite. Povlecite predmet, kamor ga žalite in nato dvignite svoj prst " -"za spust." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"V primeru da vaša drsna ploščica podpira udarce z več prsti, desno kliknite " -"z udarjanjem z dvema prstoma hkrati. Sicer boste morali za desni klik " -"uporabiti strojne gumbe. Oglejte si za " -"način desnega klika brez desnega miškinega gumba." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"V primeru da vaša drsna ploščica podpira udarce z več prsti, srednje kliknite z udarjanjem s tremi " -"prsti hkrati." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "" -"Ko udarjate ali vlečete z več prsti, se prepričajte, da so prsti dovolj " -"narazen. Če so prsti preveč blizu, bo vaš računalnik morda mislil, da je en " -"prst." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Drsenje z dvema prstoma" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Drsate lahko z uporabo dveh prstov na drsni ploščici." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12434,7 +12502,7 @@ "prstoma." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12450,18 +12518,18 @@ "prsta preblizu skupaj, jih bo drsna ploščica zaznala kot en velik prst." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" "Drsenje z dvema prstoma morda ne bo delovalo na vseh drsnih ploščicah." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Vsebina se lepi na prste" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12470,7 +12538,7 @@ "papirja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12479,7 +12547,7 @@ "prste." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12518,6 +12586,9 @@ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " "touchpad with your palm while typing." msgstr "" +"Sledilne ploščice na prenosniku se včasih, ko prenehate tipkati, odzovejo z " +"zakasnitvijo in nato spet delujejo. To je da preprečijo, da se med tipkanjem " +"po nesreči ne dotikamo sledilne ploščice z dlanjo." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14 @@ -13004,9 +13075,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" -"Dodajanje, brisanje in preimenovanje zaznamkov v upravljalniku datotek." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13015,79 +13085,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Vaši zaznamki so izpisani v stranski vrstici upravljalnika datotek." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Dodajanje zaznamka:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Odprite mapo (ali mesto) katerega zaznamek želite ustvariti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"V menijski vrstici kliknite na Zaznamki in izberite Zaznamuj " -"to mesto." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Izbris zaznamka:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"V menijski vrstici kliknite na Zaznamki in izberite Zaznamki " -"... iz menija programa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"V oknu Zaznamki izberite zaznamek, ki ga želite izbrisati in " -"kliknite na gumb -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Preimenovanje zaznamka:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"V vrhnji vrstici kliknite na Datoteke in izberite " -"Zaznamki iz menija programa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"V oknu Zaznamki izberite zaznamek, ki ga želite preimenovati." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "V besedilnem polju Ime vpišite novo ime zaznamka." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13701,7 +13763,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Mesto" @@ -13902,7 +13964,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Brez" @@ -14057,18 +14119,18 @@ "kjer so uporabniki morda v skupinah glede na oddelek ali projekt." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Dovoljenja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "Prikaže dovoljenja za dostop do datoteke na primer drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14077,7 +14139,7 @@ "datoteka in d pomeni mapa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14086,7 +14148,7 @@ "lastnik datoteke." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14095,7 +14157,7 @@ "skupine, ki je lastnik datoteke." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14104,42 +14166,42 @@ "uporabnike na sistemu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Vsak znak ima naslednje pomene:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : dovoljenje za branje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : dovoljenje za branje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : dovoljenje za izvajanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "-: brez dovoljenja." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Vrsta MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Prikaže predmetovo vrsto MIME." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Pot do mesta datoteke." @@ -14489,12 +14551,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14507,7 +14568,7 @@ msgstr "Dokumentacijska ekipa Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Spletni brskalniki" @@ -14566,6 +14627,12 @@ "or choose Empathy from the Messaging menu." msgstr "" +"Empathy ni privzeto nameščen v Ubuntuju ampak ga lahko namestite iz Ubuntu skladišča. Zaženite " +"Hipno sporočanje Empathy iz Pregledne plošče, Zaganjalnika ali izberite Empathy iz Menija sporočanja." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:39 @@ -14824,8 +14891,8 @@ "popravite s spremembo privzetega spletnega brskalnika:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14834,7 +14901,7 @@ "Privzeti programi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14843,7 +14910,7 @@ "povezav." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14884,7 +14951,7 @@ "programa e-pošte:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14999,7 +15066,7 @@ msgstr "Najdite svoj notranji (omrežni) naslov IP" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15010,18 +15077,18 @@ "povezavo želite najti naslov IP." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Vaš notranji naslov IP bo prikazan na seznamu podatkov." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Najdite svoj zunanji, internetni naslov IP:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15030,12 +15097,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Spletišče vam bo za vas prikazalo vaš zunanji naslov IP." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15046,41 +15113,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Nadzirate lahko do katerih programov je mogoče dostopati preko omrežja. To " -"pomaga obdržati vaš računalnik varen." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Omogočanje in blokiranje dostopa do požarnega zidu" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu vsebuje Nezapleten požarni zid (ufw), vendar " -"privzeto ni omogočen. Ker Ubuntu v privzeti namestitvi nima odprtih storitev " -"omrežja (razen osnovne infrastrukture omrežja), požarni zid za blokiranje " -"zlonamernih povezav ni zahtevan." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Za več podrobnosti o uporabi ufw si oglejte spletno " -"dokumentacijo." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15091,10 +15150,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Za vklop požarnega zidu v terminal vpišite sudo ufw enable. Za " -"izklop ufw vnesite sudo ufw disable" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15107,14 +15164,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15122,9 +15179,14 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Vsak program, ki ponuja storitve uporablja določena omrežna vrata. " +"Da omogočite dostop do storitev programa boste mogoče morali omogočiti " +"dostop določenim vratom v požarnem zidu. Za dostop povezavam na vratih 53, " +"vnesite sudo ufw allow 53 v terminal. Za preprečevanje povezav na " +"vratih 53, vnesite sudo ufw deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15133,12 +15195,12 @@ "status" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Uporaba ufw brez terminala" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15149,7 +15211,7 @@ "povezavo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15422,30 +15484,28 @@ msgstr "Izrazi in namigi omrežja" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Morda boste morali za ogled spletišč kot je YouTube in vzajemne spletne " -"strani namestiti Flash." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Nameščanje vstavka Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15455,65 +15515,110 @@ "vas bo obvestilo, da ga spletišče potrebuje. Flash je na voljo kot " "brezplačen (toda ne odprtokoden) prejem za večino spletnih brskalnikov." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Kako namestiti Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" +"Prepričajte se, da je skladišče Canonical Partner dejavno." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" +"Namestite paket adobe-" +"flashplugin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"V primeru da imate odprta okna spletnega brskalnika jih zaprite in ponovno " -"odprite. Spletni brskalnik bi se moral ob ponovnem odprtju zavedati, da je " -"Flash nameščen in sedaj si boste lahko ogledati spletišča, ki uporabljajo " -"Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Pomagajte svojemu brskalniku delovati s spletišči, ki zahtevajo Javo." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Nameščanje vstavka Java za brskalnike" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Nekatera spletišča uporabljajo majhne programe Java, ki za " -"izvajanje zahtevajo nameščen vstavek Java." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Namestite paket icedtea6-plugin za " -"ogled programov Java v spletnem brskalniku." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15802,6 +15907,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj." @@ -16056,12 +16162,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Odpravljanje težav z brezžičnimi " -"povezavami, iskanje brezžične " -"povezave …" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16110,7 +16213,7 @@ msgstr "Sprememba posredniškega strežnika" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16119,14 +16222,14 @@ "Omrežni posredniški strežnik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Med naslednjimi načini izberite kateri posredniški strežnik želite uporabiti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16135,13 +16238,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Ročno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16152,19 +16255,19 @@ "HTTPS, FTP in SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Samodejno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "Url kaže na vir, ki vsebuje ustrezno nastavitev za vaš sistem." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16738,15 +16841,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Poveži se z brezžičnim omrežjem, " -"Skrita omrežja, Uredi nastavitve povezave, Prekinjanje povezave …" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16771,63 +16870,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Svoj računalnik lahko uporabite kot brezžično dostopno točno. To drugim " -"napravam omogoča povezavo z vami brez ločenega omrežja in vam omogoča " -"souporabo internetne povezave z drugim vmesnikom kot je žično omrežje ali " -"preko mobilnega omrežja." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Odprite Omrežje in izberite Brezžično na levi strani." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Desno kliknite na gumb Uporabi kot dostopno točko." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Če ste že povezani z brezžičnim omrežjem, boste vprašani, če želite " -"prekiniti povezavo z omrežjem. Ena brezžična kartica se lahko sočasno poveže " -"samo z enim omrežjem. Kliknite Ustvari dostopno točko za " -"potrditev." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Ime omrežja (SSID) in varnostni ključ sta samodejno ustvarjena. Ime omrežja " -"bo osnovano na imenu računalnika. Druge naprave te podatke potrebujejo za " -"povezavo z dostopno točko, ki ste jo pravkar ustvarili." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Kliknite na meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in odkljukajte Omogoči brezžično." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Izklop brezžičnega omrežja (letalski način)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16840,35 +16928,26 @@ "baterijo." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Za to kliknite na meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in odkljukajte " -"Omogoči brezžično omrežje. To bo izklopilo vašo brezžično " -"povezavo dokler je ponovno ne omogočite." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Za ponovni vklop brezžične povezave kliknite na meni omrežja v " -"menijski vrstici in izberite Omogoči brezžično, tako, da ima " -"kljukico pred imenom." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Vaš prenosnik morda še vedno vsesmerno oddaja, če niste izklopili Bluetootha." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16903,11 +16982,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Kliknite meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in nato " -"kliknite na ime omrežja, na katerega se želite povezati." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17130,29 +17207,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Izvedite kaj pomenijo možnosti na zaslonu urejanja brezžičnih povezav." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Urejanje brezžične povezave" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Ta tema opisuje vse možnosti, ki so vam na voljo, ko urejate brezžično " -"povezavo. Za urejanje povezave, kliknite meni omrežja v menijski " -"vrstici in izberite Urejanje povezav." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17163,17 +17236,17 @@ "možnosti tukaj vam zagotavlja večji nadzor nad naprednejšimi omrežji." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Na voljo vsem uporabnikom / samodejna povezava" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Samodejna povezava" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17182,63 +17255,50 @@ "brezžičnim omrežjem kadar je v njegovem obsegu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"V primeru da ste na dosegu več omrežij, ki so nastavljena za samodejno " -"povezovanje, se bo računalnik povezal z omrežjem, ki je prvo prikazano v " -"zavihku Brezžično v oknu Omrežne povezave. Računalnik " -"za povezavo z drugim omrežjem v doseg katerega je pravkar prišel ne bo " -"prekinil povezave z obstoječim omrežjem." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Na voljo vsem uporabnikom" - +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Izberite to možnost, če želite, da imajo vsi uporabniki računalnika dostop " -"do tega brezžičnega omrežja. V primeru da ima omrežje geslo WEP/WPA, boste geslo morali vnesti le enkrat. " -"Vsi drugi uporabniki na vašem računalniku se bodo lahko z omrežjem povezali, " -"ne da bi jim bilo treba vedeti geslo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"V primeru da je ta možnost izbrana, morate biti za spreminjanje možnosti " -"tega omrežja skrbnik. Morda boste " -"morali vnesti svoje skrbniško geslo." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Brezžično" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17251,12 +17311,12 @@ "usmerjevalnika ali osnovne postaje)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Način" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17273,54 +17333,41 @@ "wireless-adhoc\">sami nastaviti lastno omrežje ad-hoc." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"V primeru da izberete Ad-hoc, boste videli dve drugi možnosti, " -"Pas in Kanal. Ti možnosti določita v katerem " -"frekvenčnem pasu bo ad-hoc brezžično omrežje delovalo. Nekateri računalniki " -"lahko delujejo le na nekaterih pasovih (na primer le A ali le " -"B), zato boste morda želeli izbrati pas, ki ga lahko uporabijo " -"vsi računalniki na ad-hoc omrežju. Na zaposlenih mestih je morda na istem " -"kanalu na voljo več omrežij. To lahko vašo povezavo upočasni, zato lahko " -"spremenite tudi kanal, ki ga uporabljate." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"To je Osnovno določilo zbirke storitev. SSID (glejte zgoraj) je ime " -"omrežja, ki naj bi ga brali ljudje. BSSID je ime, ki ga razume računalnik " -"(to je niz črk in števil, ki je za določeno brezžično omrežje edinstven). Če " -"je omrežje skrito, ne bo imelo " -"SSID, vendar bo imelo BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "MAC naslov naprave" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17333,41 +17380,35 @@ "naslov MAC, ki ji je bil dodeljen v tovarni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "To možnost lahko uporabite za spremembo naslova MAC svoje omrežne kartice." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Kloniran naslov MAC" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Vaša omrežna strojna oprema (brezžična kartica) se lahko pretvarja, da ima " -"drugačen naslov MAC. To je uporabno, če imate napravo ali storitev, ki se bo " -"sporazumevala le z določenimi naslovi MAC (na primer širokopasovni kabelski " -"modem). V primeru da naslov MAC vnesete v polje kloniran naslov " -"MAC, bo naprava/storitev mislila, da ima vaš računalnik kloniran " -"naslov MAC in ne pravi naslov MAC." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17384,54 +17425,45 @@ "povezava. Ponavadi vam te nastavitve ni treba spreminjati." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Brezžična varnost" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Varnost" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"To določi katero vrsto šifriranja uporablja vaše brezžično omrežje. " -"Šifrirana omrežja pomagajo pri zaščiti vaše brezžične povezave pred " -"prestrezanjem, zato drugi ljudje ne morejo \"prisluškovati\" in videti " -"katera spletišča obiskujete in tako naprej." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Nekatere vrste šifriranja so močnejše kot druge, vendar jih morda starejša " -"oprema brezžičnega omrežja ne podpira. Običajno boste morali za povezavo " -"vnesti geslo. Bolj izpopolnjene vrste varnosti morda zahtevajo tudi " -"uporabniško ime in digitalno potrdilo. Za več podrobnosti o priljubljenih " -"vrstah brezžičnega šifriranja si oglejte ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17443,17 +17475,17 @@ "podrobnosti." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Na voljo so naslednji načini:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Samodejno (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17468,37 +17500,32 @@ "samodejno dodeljene. Večina omrežij uporablja DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Le samodejni (DHCP) naslovi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"V primeru da izberete to nastavitev, bo vaš računalnik svoj naslov IP dobil " -"od strežnika DHCP, vendar boste morali druge podrobnosti določiti ročno (kot " -"je strežnik DNS, ki ga želite uporabiti)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Izberite to možnost, če želite sami določiti vse nastavitve omrežja, " -"vključno z naslovom IP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Poveži le krajevno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17515,38 +17542,41 @@ "da se lahko sporazumevajo med sabo." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Onemogočeno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Ta možnost bo onemogočila omrežno povezavo in vam preprečila povezovanje z " -"njo. IPv4 in IPv6 se obravnavata kot ločeni povezavi, " -"čeprav veljata za isto omrežno kartico. V primeru da imate eno omogočeno, " -"boste morda želeli drugo onemogočiti." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"To je podobno zavihku IPv4, vendar upravlja z novejšim standardom " -"IPv6. Zelo moderna omrežja uporabljajo IPv6, vendar je trenutno IPv4 še " -"vedno bolj priljubljen." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17628,23 +17658,19 @@ "hidden\">povezati na drugačen način." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Kliknite meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in izberite Poveži " -"se s skritim brezžičnim omrežjem." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Povezava s skritim brezžičnim omrežjem" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17659,6 +17685,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17666,7 +17699,7 @@ "in kliknite Poveži se." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17678,7 +17711,7 @@ "približno takole: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17687,7 +17720,7 @@ "WEP in WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17889,7 +17922,7 @@ msgstr "Preverjanje modema in usmerjevalnika" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17900,12 +17933,12 @@ "vodniku." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Uporaba ukazne vrstice" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17916,7 +17949,7 @@ "plošči." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18111,6 +18144,9 @@ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " "lshw into the terminal." msgstr "" +"Odprite Terminal in vpišite sudo lshw -C network in pritisnite " +"Enter. Če vam ukaz vrne napako, namestite program lshw " +"tako, da vpišete sudo apt install lshw v terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 @@ -18549,6 +18585,9 @@ "Open the Terminal and run the command nmcli dev to see if your " "wireless network adapter is listed. Its state should be connected." msgstr "" +"Če želite preveriti ali je vaš brezžični omrežni vmesnik na seznamu, " +"odprite Terminal in zaženite ukaz nmcli dev . Njegovo stanje bi " +"moralo biti povezano." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:50 @@ -18573,6 +18612,9 @@ "to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " "troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" +"Če ukaz nmli dev ni izpisal, da ste povezani v omrežje, kliknite " +"na Naprej in nadaljujte z naslednjimi koraki vodnika za " +"odstranjevanje težav." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 @@ -19253,13 +19295,13 @@ "prostoru kot je nahrbtnik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" "V oddelku Strojna oprema kliknite na Napajanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19416,11 +19458,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Vtipkajte sudo pm-hibernate v terminal in pritisnite " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19439,13 +19479,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:80 msgid "If hibernate doesn't work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Če mirovanje ne deluje:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:83 msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." msgstr "" +"Preverite, če je razdelek swap vsaj tako velik kot vaš razpoložljivi RAM." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -19455,6 +19496,10 @@ "removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " "btrfs-tools package:" msgstr "" +"Mirovanje bo spodletelo, če je prisoten razdelek btrfs, zato " +"preverite če uporabljate razdelek btrfs. Poleg odstranitve ali " +"ponovnega formatiranje takih razdelkov boste morda morali odstraniti tudi " +"paket btrfs-tools:" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:97 @@ -19464,11 +19509,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Če preizkus mirovanja deluje, lahko nadaljujete z uporabo ukaza sudo pm-" -"hibernate." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19584,59 +19627,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Zakaj se je računalnik ugasnil/šel v pripravljenost, ko je nivo baterije " -"dosegel 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Ko se nivo napolnjenosti baterije preveč zniža, bo šel vaš računalnik " -"samodejno v pripravljenost. To stori " -"zato, da se baterija popolnoma ne izprazni, ker je to slabo za vašo " -"baterijo. Če bi se baterija popolnoma izpraznila, računalnik ne bi imel " -"dovolj časa, da bi se pravilno zaustavil." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Kaj se zgodi, ko raven baterije postane prenizka, lahko spremenite s klikom " -"na meni baterije v menijski vrstici in izbiro " -"Nastavitve porabe. Oglejte si nastavitev Ko je napolnjenost " -"baterije kritično nizka. Izberete lahko, da računalnik preide v stanje " -"pripravljenosti, mirovanje ali pa se " -"izklopi. V primeru da izberete izklop, vaši programi in dokumenti pred " -"izklopom računalnika ne bodo shranjeni." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Nekateri računalniki imajo težave s pripravljenostjo in morda ne bodo mogli " -"obnoviti programov in dokumentov, katere ste imeli odprte, ko znova vklopite " -"računalnik. V tem primeru je možna izguba vašega dela, če ga niste shranili, " -"preden je šel računalnik v pripravljenost. Morda lahko popravite težave s pripravljenostjo." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -19677,26 +19679,17 @@ msgstr "Izklopite in znova vklopite brezžično kartico:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Kliknite ikono skrajno desno na menijski vrstici iz izberite Sistemske " -"nastavitve." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Odprite Omrežje in izberite zavihek Brezžično." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Izklopite in znova vklopite brezžično kartico" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19705,7 +19698,7 @@ "način" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20079,7 +20072,7 @@ msgstr "Zatemnjevanje zaslona lahko preprečite:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20241,7 +20234,7 @@ "angleščino. Dodate lahko tudi druge jezike." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20252,7 +20245,7 @@ "označeni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20261,14 +20254,14 @@ "trenutno nameščeni ampak želite da se odstranijo." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Kliknite Uveljavi spremembe." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20278,7 +20271,7 @@ "Vnesite svoje geslo ali geslo za zahteveni skrbniški račun." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20288,8 +20281,8 @@ "seboj potegne še slovarje za preverjanje črkovanja, pisave in vnosne metode." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20354,7 +20347,9 @@ msgstr "Namestavitev" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Nastavitev tiskalnika" @@ -20371,8 +20366,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Nezaznani tiskalniki, zataknjen papir, izpisi so videti narobe ..." +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20489,7 +20485,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21003,7 +20998,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Odprite Tiskalniki." @@ -21047,82 +21042,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Nastavite tiskalnik, ki je povezan z vašim računalnikom." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Nastavitev krajevnega tiskalnika" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Vaš sistem lahko prepozna veliko vrsti tiskalnikov samodejno. Večina " -"tiskalnikov je povezana preko USB kabla, ki se pripne na vaš računalnik." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Ni treba izbrati ali želite sedaj namestiti omrežni ali krajevni tiskalnik. " -"Izpisani so v enem oknu." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Prepričajte se, da je tiskalnik vklopljen." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Povežite tiskalnik s svojim sistemom preko ustreznega kabla. Morda boste na " -"zaslonu videli dejavnost medtem ko sistem išče gonilnike in morda se boste " -"morali za njihovo namestitev overiti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Sporočilo bo prikazano, ko sistem konča z namestitvijo tiskalnika. Izberite " -"Natisni preizkusno stran za tiskanje preizkusne strani ali " -"Možnosti za dodatne spremembe v nastavitvi tiskalnika." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"V primeru da vaš tiskalnik ni bil samodejno nameščen, ga lahko dodate v " -"nastavitvah tiskalnika." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj in izberite tiskalnik iz okna Naprave." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Kliknite Naprej in počakajte medtem ko računalnik išče gonilnike." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21131,7 +21107,7 @@ "kliknite Uveljavi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21139,25 +21115,69 @@ "izpust tega koraka." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"V primeru da je za vaš računalnik na voljo več gonilnikov, boste morda " -"morali izbrati gonilnik. Za uporabo priporočenega gonilnika kliknite Naprej, " -"da pridete do strani proizvajalcev in modelov." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Prepričajte se, da je tiskalnik vklopljen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Ko končate z nameščanjem tiskalnika, boste morda želeli spremeniti svoj privzeti " -"tiskalnik." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21341,17 +21361,17 @@ "tri stvari." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Kaj pričakujete, da se bo zgodilo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Kaj se je dejansko zgodilo" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21360,7 +21380,7 @@ "kjer je 1. korak \"zaženi program\"" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21369,7 +21389,7 @@ "medtem ko se obdeluje. Hvala, ker pomagate izboljševati Ubuntu!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21382,7 +21402,7 @@ "morete uporabiti." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Shrani." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21499,7 +21605,7 @@ "in merske enote, ki se ujemajo s krajevnimi običaji vaše regije." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21508,7 +21614,7 @@ "oblike." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21519,18 +21625,16 @@ "nastavljen v zavihku Jezik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Za uveljavitev spremembe se morate najprej odjaviti in nato znova prijaviti. " -"Kliknite ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in za odjavo izberite " -"Odjava." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21542,12 +21646,12 @@ "regija vpliva tudi na začetni dan tedna v koledarjih." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Sprememba oblik sistema" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21558,19 +21662,19 @@ "oblike, ki se uporabljajo na mestih kot je prijavni zaslon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Spremenite svoje oblike kot je opisano zgoraj." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Kliknite Uveljavi za celoten sistem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21600,12 +21704,12 @@ "install\">jezikovne pakete." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Kliknite na Jezikovna podpora." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21614,18 +21718,16 @@ "seznama." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Za uveljavljanje jezikovnih sprememb se morate najprej odjaviti in nato " -"znova prijaviti. Kliknite ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in za " -"odjavo izberite Odjava." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21641,12 +21743,12 @@ "vedno uporabljati, je imena map pametno posodobiti." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Sprememba sistemskega jezika" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21657,7 +21759,7 @@ "na mestih, kot je prijavni zaslon." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Spremenite svoj jezik kot je opisano zgoraj." @@ -21696,17 +21798,17 @@ msgstr "Za daljše čakanje pred samodejnim zaklepom zaslona:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Kliknite Svetlost in zaklep." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "Spremenite vrednost v spustnem seznamu Zakleni zaslon po." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -21962,7 +22064,7 @@ "intro\">Zaganjalnik:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -21971,7 +22073,7 @@ "plošče v zaganjalnik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -21980,7 +22082,7 @@ "programa in izberete Zakleni na zaganjalnik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -21989,7 +22091,7 @@ "zaganjalnika in nato nazaj na želeno mesto." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22043,23 +22145,20 @@ "izvajali in bo ob ponovni prijavi vse ostalo, kjer je bilo." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Za odjavo ali preklop uporabnikov kliknite na sistemski meni skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " -"ustrezno možnost." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Zaklepanje zaslona" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22073,32 +22172,32 @@ "da svojega zaslona ne zaklenete, se bo po določenem času samodejno zaklenil." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Za zaklep zaslona kliknite meni sistema v menijski vrstici in " -"izberite Zaklep zaslona." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Ko je zaslon zaklenjen, se lahko drugi uporabniki prijavijo v svoje račune s " -"klikom na Preklop uporabnika na zaslonu z geslom. Ko končate, " -"lahko preklopite nazaj na svoje namizje." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "V pripravljenost" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22113,30 +22212,29 @@ "V stanju pripravljenosti se porablja majhna količina energije." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Če želite ročno poslati računalnik v pripravljenost, izberite meni " -"sistema v menijski vrstici in izberite V pripravljenost." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Izklop ali ponoven zagon" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Če želite izklopiti ali ponovno zagnati svoj računalnik kliknite na " -"meni sistema in izberite Izklop." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22224,6 +22322,10 @@ "CtrlAltT to open a " "terminal window, and then run this command:" msgstr "" +"Če ne želite dovoliti dostopa gostom na svojem računalnik, lahko zmožnost " +"Seja gosta onemogočite. To storite tako, da pritisnete " +"CtrlAltT da odprete okno " +"terminala in nato zaženete ta ukaz:" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-guest-session.page:55 @@ -22758,12 +22860,12 @@ msgstr "Velikosti okna ne morete spremeniti, če je razpeto." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Za spremembo velikosti okna v vodoravni in/ali navpični smeri:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22773,12 +22875,12 @@ "ter vlecite za spremembo velikosti okna v navpični smeri." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Za spremembo velikosti le v vodoravni smeri:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22788,12 +22890,12 @@ "vlecite za spremembo velikosti okna v vodoravni smeri." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Za spremembo velikosti le v navpični smeri:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22804,17 +22906,17 @@ "ter vlecite za spremembo velikosti okna v navpični smeri." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Urejanje oken na delovni površini" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Za postavitev dveh oken enega ob drugo:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22827,7 +22929,7 @@ "zapolnilo levo polovico zaslona." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22836,7 +22938,7 @@ "poudarjena, ga izpustite. Vsako od oken zapolni polovico zaslona." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -22892,11 +22994,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "S tipkovnico" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -22905,54 +23007,41 @@ "preklopnika oken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Izpustite Alt za izbiro naslednjega (poudarjenega) okna v " -"preklopniku." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Medtem ko držite tipko Alt, pritisnite Tab za " -"premikanje med odprtimi okni. Za premikanje nazaj držite Alt in " -"pritisnite ShiftTab." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Okna v preklopniku oken so združena po programih. Predogledi programov z več " -"okni se pojavijo, ko kliknete na njih." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Med ikonami programov se lahko v preklopniku oken premikate s tipkama " -"→ ali ← ali jo izberete z miškinim klikom." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Predoglede programov z enim okno lahko prikažete s tipko ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -22964,8 +23053,13 @@ "Ctrl in Alt in pritisnite Tab ali " "ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -22976,7 +23070,7 @@ "odprtih oken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Kliknite okno na katerega želite preklopiti" @@ -23181,7 +23275,7 @@ msgstr "Omogoči delovne površine" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23190,12 +23284,12 @@ "Obnašanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Označite Omogoči delovne površine." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23208,12 +23302,12 @@ "delovnih površin lahko spremenite:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Sprememba števila delovnih površin" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23222,7 +23316,7 @@ "Terminal." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23231,7 +23325,7 @@ "spremenite na želeno število vrstic. Pritisnite Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23310,6 +23404,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " "md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " +"md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-alert.page:14 @@ -24064,7 +24160,7 @@ msgstr "Vnos posebnih znakov" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24075,17 +24171,17 @@ "našteva nekaj različnih načinov s katerimi lahko vnesete posebne znake." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Načini za vnos znakov" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Preglednica znakov" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24096,7 +24192,7 @@ "potrebujete, in ga nato kopirajte in prilepite kamor ga potrebujete." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the pomoč preglednice znakov." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Sestavna tipka" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24124,7 +24220,7 @@ "pritisnete sestavi nato ' nato e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24133,42 +24229,46 @@ "sestavi določite eno od obstoječih tipk na svoji tipkovnici." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Določitev sestavne tipke" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Kliknite Razporeditev tipk." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Kliknite Možnosti." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Najdite skupino Položaj tipke sestavi. Izberite tipko ali tipke, " -"ki naj se obnašajo kot tipka sestavi. Izberete lahko tipke kot so Caps " -"Lock, katerokoli od tipk Alt ali menijsko tipko. Tipke, ki " -"jih izberete kot tipke sestavi, ne bodo več delovale za svoj izvirni namen." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "S tipko sestavi lahko vnesete veliko pogostih znakov, na primer:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24177,7 +24277,7 @@ "pritisnite črko nad katero želite postaviti ostrivec, tako kot v é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24186,7 +24286,7 @@ "zatem pritisnite črko nad katero želite postaviti naglas, kot je è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24195,7 +24295,7 @@ "pritisnite črko nad katero želite postaviti preglas, kot je ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24204,7 +24304,7 @@ "pritisnite črko nad katero želite postaviti črto, kot je ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see stran tipke sestavi na Wikipediji." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Točke kode" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24236,7 +24336,7 @@ "U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24252,12 +24352,12 @@ "dostopati, si vam bo morda lažje zapomniti kodo za hiter vnos znakov." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Vhodni viri" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24965,6 +25065,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " "md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " +"md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:38 @@ -25085,32 +25187,22 @@ "miško ali kazalcem premaknete na levo stran ali v levi zgornji kot zaslona." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Kliknite na sistemski meni v skrajnem desnem kotu menijske " -"vrstice in izberite Sistemske nastavitve." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "V odseku osebno kliknite Videz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Preklopite na zavihek Obnašanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Vklopite Samodejno skrij zaganjalnik." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25119,7 +25211,7 @@ "mesto za razkritje Zaganjalnik." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25152,12 +25244,12 @@ "spravite več predmetov. Ikone lahko tudi povečate, da jih je lažje klikniti." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Kliknite Videz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25166,7 +25258,7 @@ "zmanjšanje velikosti ikon Zaganjalnika." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Privzeta velikost ikon Zaganjalnika je 48." @@ -25269,12 +25361,12 @@ "ikona za program in ali se ta izvaja. Dejanja, ki so na voljo so naslednja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "zagon programa ali odpiranje dokumenta, mape ali naprave" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25283,7 +25375,7 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25292,12 +25384,12 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "končanje programa, ki se izvaja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25306,7 +25398,7 @@ "okno" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "bližnjice določene za programe, kot so odpri nov dokument ali okno" @@ -25467,7 +25559,7 @@ "vedno vidni in ne samo, ko se z miško premaknemo nad meni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25476,7 +25568,7 @@ "Obnašanje." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25485,19 +25577,19 @@ "okna." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "Pod Vidljivost menijev izberite Vedno prikazani." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Meniji stanja" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -25509,27 +25601,44 @@ "priročno mesto, kjer lahko preverite in spremenite stanje svojega " "računalnika in programov." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Seznam menijev stanja in njihovih zmožnosti" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "" -"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Nekatere ikone v menijih kazalnika se spremenijo glede na stanje programa." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Menije kazalnika lahko v pult dodajo tudi drugi programi kot sta " +"Tomboy ali Transmission." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Seznam menijev stanja in njihovih zmožnosti" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -25538,7 +25647,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Ikona nepovezanega omrežja" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25554,7 +25663,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -25564,7 +25673,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -25573,7 +25682,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Ikona vira vnosa" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25582,7 +25691,7 @@ "layouts\">nastavite vhodni vir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -25591,7 +25700,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Ikona Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25605,7 +25714,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -25615,7 +25724,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -25624,7 +25733,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Ikona sporočila" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25637,7 +25746,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -25645,7 +25754,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -25654,7 +25763,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Ikona baterije" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25667,7 +25776,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25677,7 +25786,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -25686,7 +25795,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Ikona glasnosti" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25697,12 +25806,12 @@ "predvajalnike kot je Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Ura" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -25710,22 +25819,8 @@ "Dostop do trenutnega časa in datuma. Sestanki, vgrajenega programa Koledar, se prav tako prikažejo." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -25734,7 +25829,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Ikona zobnika" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25745,23 +25840,6 @@ "zaslona, odjava, prehod v stanje pripravljenost, ponoven zagon ali izklop " "računalnika." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Nekatere ikone v menijih kazalnika se spremenijo glede na stanje programa." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Menije kazalnika lahko v pult dodajo tudi drugi programi kot sta " -"Tomboy ali Transmission." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25879,44 +25957,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Privzeto je spletno iskanje izključeno." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Vključite spletno iskanje" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Če želite prejeti predloge spletnega iskanja, omogočite to zmožnost skozi " -"nastavitve sistema Varnost in zasebnost." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"V skrajnem desnem kotu menijske vrstice kliknite na " -"sistemski meni in izberite Sistemske nastavitve." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Odprite Varnost in zasebnost in izberite zavihek " -"Iskanje" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Vključite Vključi rezultate spletnega iskanja." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -27251,21 +27297,26 @@ "plugins-ugly\">gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, and libdvd-pkg." msgstr "" +"Namestite libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer1.0-plugins-bad, gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, and libdvd-pkg." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40 msgid "Open the Dash and launch a Terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odprite Pregledno ploščo in zaženite program Terminal" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41 msgid "Run the command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaženite ukaz" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:43 msgid "and confirm in order to install libdvdcss2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "in potrdite za namestitev libdvdcss2." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-sending.page:7 @@ -27532,7 +27583,7 @@ "nastavitve je mogoče prilagoditi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27543,7 +27594,7 @@ "Mehkim in Trdim." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27557,7 +27608,7 @@ "drsenje navzgor, drsenje navzdol, drsenje levo, drsenje desno, nazaj, naprej." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -27566,15 +27617,12 @@ "\"občutka\" med Mehkim in Trdim." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Če imate več kot eno zaslonsko pisalo, ko se dodatno pisalo približa " -"tablici, se bo poleg imena naprave prikazal pozivnik. Uporabite pozivnik za " -"izbiro, katero pisalo želite nastaviti." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -27638,6 +27686,24 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Razporeditev tipk." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Možnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Najdite skupino Položaj tipke sestavi. Izberite tipko ali tipke, " +#~ "ki naj se obnašajo kot tipka sestavi. Izberete lahko tipke kot so Caps " +#~ "Lock, katerokoli od tipk Alt ali menijsko tipko. Tipke, ki " +#~ "jih izberete kot tipke sestavi, ne bodo več delovale za svoj izvirni namen." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -27711,6 +27777,79 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " +#~ "Sistemske nastavitve." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodajanje računa bo pomagalo povezati vaše spletni račun z vašim namizjem " +#~ "Ubuntu. Tako bodo vaša e-pošta, klepet in drugi sorodni programi nastavljeni " +#~ "za vas." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Izberite Vrsta računa iz pladnja na desni strani." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če želite nastaviti več računov, preprosto ponovite opravljene korake." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprl se bo majhen spletni vmesnik, kjer vnesete svoja poverila za spletni " +#~ "račun. Na primer, če se želite povezati z računom Google, vnesite " +#~ "uporabniško ime ter geslo za Google ter se prijavite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če ste vnesli prava poverila, boste bili pozvani da sprejmete pogoje " +#~ "uporabe. Za nadaljevanje izberite Sprejmem. Ko sprejmete pogoje, " +#~ "Ubuntu potrebuje vaše dovoljenje za dostop do računa. Če želite dovoliti, " +#~ "kliknite na gumb Dovoli dostop. Ko boste pozvani, vpišite geslo " +#~ "trenutnega uporabnika." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sedaj lahko izberete programe, ki jih želite povezani s svojim spletnim " +#~ "računom. Na primer, če želite uporabiti spletni račun za klepet in ne želite " +#~ "koledarja potem možnost koledarja izključite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Po tem ko ste dodali račune, vsak program ki ste ga izbrali, bo samodejno " +#~ "uporabil poverila, ko se prijavite v svoj račun." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zaradi varnostnih razlogov Ubuntu vašega gesla ne bo shranjeval na " +#~ "računalnik. Namesto njega bo shranil žeton, ki ga ponudi spletna storitev. " +#~ "Če želite v celoti razveljaviti povezavo med vašim namizjem in spletno " +#~ "storitvijo, ga odstranite." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27750,6 +27889,31 @@ #~ "Uporaba Programskega središča Ubuntu za dodajanje programov in delanje " #~ "Ubuntuja uporabnejšega." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Namestitev dodatnih programov" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ekipa razvijalcev Ubuntuja je izbrala privzete programe za katere meni, da " +#~ "bodo Ubuntu naredili najbolj uporaben za večino vsakodnevnih nalog. Vendar " +#~ "pa boste zagotovo želeli namestiti več programov, da bo Ubuntu za vas še " +#~ "uporabnejši." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Za namestitev dodatnih paketov izvedite naslednje korake:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Povežite se na internet z uporabo brezžične ali žične " +#~ "povezave." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27766,12 +27930,56 @@ #~ "in najdite program na seznamu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izberite program, ki ga želite namestiti, in kliknite Namesti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vprašani boste za svoje geslo. Ko ga vnesete, se bo namestitev začela." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Namestitev se običajno hitro konča, a lahko traja nekaj časa, če imate " +#~ "počasno internetno povezavo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bližnjica do novega programa bo dodana v zaganjalnik. Za onemogočitev te " +#~ "zmožnosti odstranite izbiro PogledNovi programi v " +#~ "zaganjalniku." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodajte PPA-je za pomoč pri preizkušanju neizdanih ali posebnih programov." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Osebni arhivi paketov (PPA-ji) so programska skladišča zasnovana za " +#~ "uporabnike Ubuntuja, ki so lažja za namestitev kot druga skladišča tretjih " +#~ "oseb." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ko se Programsko središče zažene, kliknite na Uredi " #~ "Programski viri/gui>" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj in vnesite mesto ppa:." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -27779,6 +27987,9 @@ #~ "Zaprite okno Programskih virov. Programsko središče Ubuntu bo nato v " #~ "programskih virih preverilo, če so na voljo novi programi." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Odstranite programe, ki jih ne uporabljate več." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -27802,6 +28013,26 @@ #~ "Nameščeno." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Morda boste morali vnesti svoje geslo. Po vpisanem geslu bo vaš program " +#~ "odstranjen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodajte dodatna skladišča za razširitev programskih virov, ki jih Ubuntu " +#~ "uporablja za namestitev in nadgradnje." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Dodajanje dodatnih programskih skladišč" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Namestitev drugih skladišč" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27852,6 +28083,18 @@ #~ "Počakajte trenutek, da Programsko središče Ubuntu prejme podatke o " #~ "skladiščih." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Namesti, odstrani, dodatna " +#~ "skladišča …" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Dodajanje in odstranjevanje programov" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese privzeto v Ubuntuju ni nameščen. Za namestitev programa Cheese:" @@ -27886,6 +28129,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Preden lahko preberete uporabniški vodnik Cheese ga morate namestiti." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Pomnilniški ključ USB (nizka velikost)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -27911,6 +28157,22 @@ #~ "Vidnost vklopite le, če bi se radi na računalnik povezali z druge " #~ "naprave. Za več podrobnosti si oglejte ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Prejemanje in tiskanje referenčne datoteke iz barvnega podjetja" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uporaba barvnega podjetja za ustvarjanje profila tiskalnika je običajno " +#~ "najcenejša možnost, če imate na voljo le eno ali dve različni vrsti papirja. " +#~ "S spletišča podjetja prejemite referenčne grafe, jih natisnite in v ovojnici " +#~ "pošljite podjetju, kjer bodo papir optično prebrali, ustvarili profil in vam " +#~ "poslali natančen profil ICC preko e-pošte." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -27962,123 +28224,922 @@ #~ "Odstranite izbiro Prihajajoči dogodki iz koledarja Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Izberite disk, ki ga želite preveriti, s seznama Naprave shrambe. " -#~ "Podatki in stanje diska se bosta pojavila pod Pogon." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Stanje SMART bi moralo reči \"Disk deluje brezhibno\"." +#~ "Če se premislite, lahko uro vrnete s klikom na ikono skrajno desno na " +#~ "menijski vrstici in izberete Sistemske nastavitve. V oddelku " +#~ "Sistem kliknite Čas in datum." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kliknite na gumb Podatki SMART za ogled več podatkov o pogonu ali " -#~ "za izvajanje preizkusov." +#~ "Kliknite ikono skrajno desno na menijski vrstici ter izberite Sistemske " +#~ "nastavitve." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Za naprednejše projekte zapisovanja CD/DVD poskusite Brasero." +#~ "Zaženete lahko primerjalni preizkus trdega diska in preverite kako hiter je." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Preizkus hitrosti delovanja trdega diska" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Za izmeritev hitrosti delovanja svojega trdega diska:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Za pomoč pri uporabi programa Brasero, preberite uporabniški vodnik." +#~ "Odprite program Diski iz Pregledne plošče." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Odprite program Diski iz pregleda dejavnosti." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Izberite disk s seznama Diskovni pogoni." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nekateri jeziki, kot sta kitajščina in korejščina , potrebujejo bolj " -#~ "zapletene vnosne metode kot preprosta preslikava znaka v tipko. Zato " -#~ "nekateri od vhodnih virov med katerimi lahko izbirate, omogočajo tako metodo." +#~ "Kliknite na gumb koles in izberite Primerjalni preizkus pogona." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Možnosti s načini vnosa so na voljo, če je pogon načina vnosa nameščen. Ko " -#~ "namestite jezik, je primeren " -#~ "pogon načina vnosa samodejno nameščen. Na primer, če namestite korejski " -#~ "jezik, se namesti paket ibus-hangul. Naslednjič ko se prijavite, je " -#~ "na voljo vir vhoda Korejščina (Hangul). Pogon načina vnosa IBus " -#~ "lahko tudi posebej namestite." +#~ "Kliknite Začni primerjalni preizkus in prilagodite parametra " +#~ "Hitrost prenosa in Dostopni čas, kot želite." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Med tipkanjem izklopite drsno ploščico za preprečitev nenamernih klikov." +#~ "Kliknite Začni primerjalni preizkus, da preizkusite, kako hitro " +#~ "je mogoče podatke brati z diska. Morda bodo zahtevana Skrbniška dovoljenja. Vnesite svoje geslo ali geslo " +#~ "za zahtevani skrbniški račun." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Onemogočitev sledilne ploščice med tipkanjem" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ko se preizkus konča, bodo rezultati prikazani na grafu. Zelene točke in " +#~ "povezovalne črte nakazujejo na odvzete vzorce; te ustrezajo desni osi in " +#~ "prikazujejo dostopni čas. Spodnja osi pa prikazuje odstotek pretečenega " +#~ "časa. Modra črta predstavlja vrednost branja medtem ko rdeča črta " +#~ "predstavlja vrednost pisanja. Te so prikazane kot vrednosti dostopa do " +#~ "podatkov na levi osi, narisane v odstotkih prepotovane poti diska, od zunaj " +#~ "do vretena pa po spodnji osi." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Drsniki na prenosnikih so pogosto na mestih, kamor med tipkanjem položite " -#~ "svoje zapestje. To lahko včasih med tipkanjem povzroči neželene klike. Drsno " -#~ "ploščico lahko med tipkanjem izklopite. Delovati bo začela kratek čas po " -#~ "vašem zadnjem pritisku na tipko." +#~ "Pod grafom so prikazane vrednosti za najmanjšo, največjo ter povprečno " +#~ "vrednost branja in pisanja, povprečen dostopni čas ter pretekel čas od " +#~ "zadnjega primerjalnega preizkusa." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "V odseku Drsna ploščica izberite Onemogoči med " -#~ "tipkanjem." +#~ "S Preučevalnikom porabe diska ali Nadzornikom sistema " +#~ "lahko preverite razpoložljiv prostor in zmogljivost." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Drsne ploščice prenosnikov se odzovejo z zakasnitvijo potem ko nehate " -#~ "tipkati, preden začnejo delovati. To naj bi vam preprečilo dotikanje drsne " -#~ "ploščice z dlanjo, medtem kot tipkate. Za podrobnosti si oglejte ." +#~ "Količino prostega prostora na disku lahko preverite s pomočjo programov " +#~ "Preučevalnik porabe diska ali Nadzornik sistema." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Poda datum in čas zadnje spremembe datoteke." +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Preveri s Preučevalnikom porabe diska" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "V primeru da želite biti dodatno varni ali želite preveriti za obstoj " -#~ "virusov v datotekah, ki jih pošiljate ljudem, ki uporabljajo Windows in Mac " -#~ "OS, lahko še vedno namestite protivirusni program. Preverite v " -#~ "Programskem središču Ubuntu, kjer so na voljo številni programi." +#~ "Da s programom Preučevalnik porabe diska preverite prazen prostor " +#~ "in velikost diska:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sprememba privzetega brskalnika, " -#~ "namestitev flash, namestitev vstavka java, podpora Silverlight …" +#~ "Odprite Orodje za preučevanje porabe diska iz Pregledne " +#~ "plošče. Okno bi prikazalo Celotno zmogljivost datotečnega " +#~ "sistema in Celotno porabo datotečnega sistema." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprite program Diski iz pregleda Dejavnosti. Okno bo " +#~ "prikazalo celotno zmogljivost datotečnega sistema in celotna " +#~ "uporaba datotečnega sistema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na enega od gumbov orodne vrstice za izbiro Pregleda domače " +#~ "mape, Pregleda datotečnega sistema, Pregleda " +#~ "mape ali Pregelda oddaljene mape." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podatki so prikazani glede na Mapo, Uporabo, " +#~ "Velikost in Vsebino. Več podrobnosti lahko vidite v " +#~ "Preučevalniku uporabe diska." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Preveri s programom Nadzornik sistema" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Da bi preverili količino prostora na disku, ki je na voljo in velikost diska " +#~ "s programom Nadzornik sistema:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprite program Nadzornik sistema iz Pregledne plošče." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprite program Nadzornik sistema iz pregleda " +#~ "Dejavnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izberite zavihek Datotečni sistemi za ogled razdelkov sistema in " +#~ "porabo diska. Podatki so prikazani v Skupaj, " +#~ "Razpoložljivo, Na voljo in Uporabljeno." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "V primeru da je disk prepoln:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izbrišite datoteke, ki niso pomembne ali jih ne boste več uporabljali." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naredite varnostne kopije pomembnih " +#~ "datotek, ki jih nekaj časa ne boste potrebovali, ter jih izbrišite s trdega " +#~ "diska." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprite program Diskovna orodja iz pregleda Dejavnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izberite disk, ki ga želite preveriti, s seznama Naprave shrambe. " +#~ "Podatki in stanje diska se bosta pojavila pod Pogon." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Stanje SMART bi moralo reči \"Disk deluje brezhibno\"." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na gumb Podatki SMART za ogled več podatkov o pogonu ali " +#~ "za izvajanje preizkusov." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tudi če Stanje SMART nakazuje, da disk ni zdrav, vam " +#~ "morda ni treba skrbeti. Vseeno je boljše biti pripravljen z varnostno kopijo za preprečitev izgube podatkov." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da stanje pravi \"Pre-fail\" je disk v razumno dobrem stanju, " +#~ "vendar so bili zaznani znaki obrabe, kar pomeni, da se bo lahko kmalu " +#~ "pokvaril. V primeru da je vaš trdi disk (ali računalnik) star nekaj let, " +#~ "boste to sporočilo verjetno videli vsaj na nekaj preverjanjih stanja. Redno ustvarjajte varnostne kopije pomembnih " +#~ "datotek in občasno preverite ali se stanje diska slabša." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odstranite vse datoteke in mape iz zunanjega trdega diska ali USB ključka s " +#~ "formatiranjem." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Odstranitev vsega z odstranljivega diska" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da imate odstranljiv disk kot je ključek USB ali zunanji trdi " +#~ "disk, boste morda želeli popolnoma odstraniti vse njegove datoteke in mape. " +#~ "To lahko storite s formatiranjem diska - to izbriše vse datoteke na " +#~ "disku in ga pusti praznega." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Formatiranje odstranljivega diska" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izberite disk, ki ga želite izbrisati, s seznama Naprave shrambe." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prepričajte se, da ste izbrali pravi disk! V primeru da izberete napačen " +#~ "disk, bodo vse datoteke na drugem disku izbrisane!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V odseku Nosilcu kliknite Odklopi nosilec. Nato kliknice " +#~ "Formatiraj nosilce." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V oknu, ki se pojavi, izberite Vrsto datotečnega sistema za disk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru, da disk uporabljate tudi na sistemih Windows in Mac OS, izberite " +#~ "FAT. Če ga uporabljate le na Windows, je NTFS boljša " +#~ "možnost. Kratek opis vrste datotečnega sistema bo predstavljen " +#~ "kot oznaka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Disk poimenujte in za začetek izbrisa podatkov kliknite " +#~ "Formatiraj." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ko se je formatiranje končalo, disk varno odstranite. Sedaj bi " +#~ "moral biti prazen in pripravljen za ponovno uporabo." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Formatiranje diska vaših datotek ne izbriše varno" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Formatiranje diska ni popolnoma varen način izbrisa podatkov. Formatiran " +#~ "disk bo videti kot da na njem ni datotek, vendar je mogoče s posebnimi " +#~ "obnovitvenimi programi datoteke obnoviti. V primeru da želite datoteke varno " +#~ "izbrisati, uporabite pripomoček kot je shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Naučite se kaj so nosilci in diski in uporabiti diskovna orodja za njihovo " +#~ "upravljanje." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Ogled in upravljanje nosilcev in razdelkov z diskovnimi orodji" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nosilce shrambe računalnika lahko preverite in spreminjate z diskovnimi " +#~ "orodji." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprite Pregledno ploščo in zaženite program Diskovna " +#~ "orodja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V pladnju Naprave shrambe boste našli trde diske, pogone CD/DVD " +#~ "in druge fizične naprave. Kliknite na napravo, ki jo želite preučiti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V desnem pladnju področje Nosilci zagotavlja viden pregled " +#~ "nosilcev in razdelkov na izbrani napravi. Vsebuje tudi različna orodja za " +#~ "upravljanje teh nosilcev." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bodite previdni: s temi pripomočki lahko popolnoma izbrišete podatke na " +#~ "disku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En primerni razdelek mora vsebovati podatke, ki jih vaš računalnik uporablja " +#~ "za zagon. Zato se imenuje zagonski razdelek ali nosilec. Za " +#~ "določitev ali je mogoče iz nosilca zagnati sistem, si oglejte Zastavice " +#~ "razdelkov v diskovnih orodjih. Zagonljiv razdelek lahko vsebujejo tudi " +#~ "zunanji mediji kot so pogoni USB in CD-ji." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Prepričajte se, da je Zaklep vklopljen in nato izberite " +#~ "zakasnitev iz spustnega menija spodaj. Zaslon se bo samodejno zaklenil " +#~ "potem, ko ste bili določen čas nedejavni. Izberete lahko tudi Zaslon se " +#~ "izklopi za zaklep zaslona potem, ko je zaslon samodejno izklopljen, " +#~ "kar lahko nadzirate s spustnim seznamom zgoraj Izklopi zaslon, ko je " +#~ "nedejaven." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za brskanje po datotekah v svoji domači mapi, na zunanjih napravah, na datotečnih strežnikih in na datotečnem " +#~ "sistemu računalnika uporabite program Datoteke." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V upravljalniku datotek dvokliknite na katerokoli mapo za ogled njene " +#~ "vsebine in dvokliknite na katerokoli datoteko za odprtje s privzetim " +#~ "programom zanjo. Na mapo lahko tudi desno kliknete za odprtje v novem " +#~ "zavihku ali oknu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če želite hitro skočiti do datoteke v mapi, ki jo gledate, začnite tipkati " +#~ "njeno ime. Na dnu okna se bo pojavilo iskalno okno in prva datoteka, ki se " +#~ "ujema z vašim iskanjem, bo poudarjena. Pritisnite puščico navzdol ali " +#~ "drsajte z miško za skok na naslednjo datoteko, ki se ujema z vašim iskanjem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Do pogostih mest lahko hitro dostopate iz stranske vrstice. V " +#~ "primeru da stranske vrstice ne vidite, v orodni vrstici kliknite gumbdol in izberite " +#~ "Pokaži stransko vrstico. Dodate lahko zaznamke do map, ki jih " +#~ "pogosto uporabljate. Zaznamki se bodo pojavili v stranski vrstici. Za to " +#~ "uporabite meni Zaznamki ali pa mapo enostavno povlecite v " +#~ "stransko vrstico." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za naprednejše projekte zapisovanja CD/DVD poskusite Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za pomoč pri uporabi programa Brasero, preberite uporabniški vodnik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Morda ste datoteko preimenovali na način, da je postala skrita. Datoteke, ki " +#~ "se začnejo z . ali končajo z ~, so v upravljalniku " +#~ "datotek skrite. V orodni vrstici upravljalnika datotek kliknite na gumb " +#~ "dol in za prikaz " +#~ "izberite Pokaži skrite datoteke. Za več podrobnosti si oglejte " +#~ "." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Najdite datoteke na osnovi njihovega imena in vrste. Shranite svoje " +#~ "rezultate za kasnejšo uporabo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Datoteke lahko iščete na osnovi njihovega imena ali vrste neposredno iz " +#~ "upravljalnika datotek. Pogosta iskanja lahko shranite in pojavila se bodo " +#~ "kot posebne mape v vaši domači mapi." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Odprite upravljalnik datotek" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da veste, da so datoteke, ki jih želite, v določeni mapi, pojdite " +#~ "v to mapo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V orodni vrstici kliknite na povečevalno steklo ali pritisnite " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vpišite besedo ali besede, ki se pojavijo v imenu datoteke. Na primer, če " +#~ "ste vse svoje račune imenovali z besedo \"račun\", vpišite " +#~ "račun in pritisnite tipko Enter.Pri ujemanju besed " +#~ "velikost črk ni pomembna." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Svoje rezultate lahko zožite glede na mesto in vrsto datoteke." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na Domov za omejitev rezultatov na našo Domačo " +#~ "mapo ali Vse datoteke za iskanje povsod." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na gumb + in izberite Vrsta datoteke iz " +#~ "spustnega seznama za omejitev rezultatov iskanja glede na vrsto datoteke. " +#~ "Kliknite na gumb x za odstranitev te možnosti in razširitev " +#~ "rezultatov iskanja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Svoje datoteke lahko iz rezultatov iskanja odpirate, kopirate, izbrišete in " +#~ "delate kot bi iz katerekoli mape v upravljalniku datotek." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za izhod iz iskanja in povratek v mapo v orodni vrstici ponovno kliknite na " +#~ "povečevalno steklo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da določena iskanja pogosto izvajate, jih lahko shranite za hiter " +#~ "dostop." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Shranitev iskanja" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Začnite iskanje kot je prikazano zgoraj." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Iskanju dajte ime in kliknite Shrani. Če želite, lahko za " +#~ "shranjevanje iskanja izberete drugo mapo. Ko si to mapo ogledate, boste " +#~ "svoje shranjeno iskanje videli kot oranžno ikono mape s povečevalnim steklom " +#~ "na njej." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za odstranitev iskanja datoteke enostavno izbrišite iskanje kot bi izbrisali katerokoli drugo " +#~ "datoteko. Ko izbrišete shranjeno iskanje, datoteke, ki se ujemajo z " +#~ "iskanjem, niso izbrisane." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nekateri jeziki, kot sta kitajščina in korejščina , potrebujejo bolj " +#~ "zapletene vnosne metode kot preprosta preslikava znaka v tipko. Zato " +#~ "nekateri od vhodnih virov med katerimi lahko izbirate, omogočajo tako metodo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Možnosti s načini vnosa so na voljo, če je pogon načina vnosa nameščen. Ko " +#~ "namestite jezik, je primeren " +#~ "pogon načina vnosa samodejno nameščen. Na primer, če namestite korejski " +#~ "jezik, se namesti paket ibus-hangul. Naslednjič ko se prijavite, je " +#~ "na voljo vir vhoda Korejščina (Hangul). Pogon načina vnosa IBus " +#~ "lahko tudi posebej namestite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ogledate si lahko predogled slike katerekoli postavitve, tako da izberete " +#~ "postavitev na seznamu in kliknete " +#~ "predogled." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za rešitev tega kliknite na ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in " +#~ "izberite Sistemske nastavitve. V oddelku strojna oprema izberite " +#~ "Zasloni. Poskusite spremeniti Ločljivost in izberite " +#~ "tisto, katera vam najbolj ustreza." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " +#~ "Sistemske nastavitve. Odprite Zasloni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " +#~ "Sistemske nastavitve." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Med tipkanjem izklopite drsno ploščico za preprečitev nenamernih klikov." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Onemogočitev sledilne ploščice med tipkanjem" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Drsniki na prenosnikih so pogosto na mestih, kamor med tipkanjem položite " +#~ "svoje zapestje. To lahko včasih med tipkanjem povzroči neželene klike. Drsno " +#~ "ploščico lahko med tipkanjem izklopite. Delovati bo začela kratek čas po " +#~ "vašem zadnjem pritisku na tipko." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V odseku Drsna ploščica izberite Onemogoči med " +#~ "tipkanjem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dosti mišk in nekatere sledilne ploščice imajo srednji miškin gumb. Na miški " +#~ "s sledilnim koleščkom lahko ponavadi pritisnemo navzdol sledilni kolešček za " +#~ "srednji klik. Če nimate srednjega miškinega gumba, lahko za srednji klik " +#~ "pritisnete levi ter desni miškin gumb hkrati. Če se vam zdi, da na ta način " +#~ "ni mogoče klikati, poskusite naslednja navodila." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Na drsnih ploščicah, ki podpirajo udarce z več prsti, lahko za srednji klik " +#~ "enkrat udarite s tremi prsti. Da bo to delovalo, morate v nastavitvah omogočiti klikanje z udarjanjem." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Veliko programov uporablja srednji klik za napredne bližnjice klikanja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ena od pogostih bližnjic je lepljenje izbranega besedila (to se včasih " +#~ "imenuje lepljenje osnovne izbire). Izberite besedilo, ki ga želite " +#~ "prilepiti, nato pojdite na mesto lepljenja in srednje kliknite. Besedilo bo " +#~ "prilepljeno na položaj miške." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lepljenje besedila s srednjim miškinim gumbom je popolnoma ločeno od " +#~ "običajnega odložišča. Izbira besedila ne kopira na odložišče. Ta hiter način " +#~ "lepljenja deluje le s srednjim miškinim gumbom." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Večina spletnih brskalnikov vam dovoli hitro odpiranje povezav v zavihkih s " +#~ "srednjim miškinim klikom. Kliknite na povezavo s srednjim miškinim gumbom in " +#~ "odprla se bo v novem zavihku. Pri kliku na povezavo v spletnem brskalniku " +#~ "Firefox bodite pozorni. V brskalniku Firefox bo " +#~ "srednji klik drugje kot na povezavi poskusil naložiti izbrano besedilo URL, " +#~ "kot če bi s srednjim klikom prilepili besedilo v naslovno vrstico in " +#~ "pritisnili Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nekateri posebni programi vam omogočajo uporabo srednjega miškinega klika za " +#~ "druge zmožnosti. V pomoči za program iščite srednji klik ali " +#~ "srednji miškin gumb." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pritisnite ← za preklop na zavihek Kazanje in klikanje." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ta navodila zagotavljajo najkrajši način za omogočanje miškinih tipk s " +#~ "tipkovnico. Izberite Nastavitve splošnega dostopa za ogled več " +#~ "možnosti dostopnosti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Številska tipkovnica je zbirka številskih gumbov na tipkovnici, ki so " +#~ "običajno urejene v kvadratno mrežo. V primeru da imate tipkovnico brez " +#~ "številske tipkovnice (kot je na primer tipkovnica prenosnika), boste morda " +#~ "morali držati funkcijsko tipko (Fn) in kot številsko tipkovnico " +#~ "uporabiti določene druge tipke na svoji tipkovnici. V primeru da to možnost " +#~ "uporabljate na prenosniku, lahko kupite zunanje USB številčne tipkovnice." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vsako število na številski tipkovnici ustreza določeni smeri. Pritisk na " +#~ "8 bo kazalec premaknil navzgor in pritisk na 2 ga bo " +#~ "premaknil navzdol. Pritisnite 5 za klik z miško ali jo hitro " +#~ "pritisnite dvakrat za dvoklik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Večina tipkovnic ima posebno tipko, ki vam omogoča desni klik. Pogosto je " +#~ "blizu preslednice. Ta tipka se odziva kjer je žarišče vaše tipkovnice, ne " +#~ "kjer je vaš miškin kazalec. Za podatke kako desno klikniti z držanjem tipke " +#~ "5 ali levega miškinega gumba si oglejte ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Z drsno ploščico lahko klikate, dvoklikate, vlečete in drsite brez posebnih " +#~ "gumbov strojne opreme." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Za klik udarite po drsni ploščici" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za vlečenje predmeta dvakrat udarite, vendar po drugem udarcu svojega prsta " +#~ "na dvignite. Povlecite predmet, kamor ga žalite in nato dvignite svoj prst " +#~ "za spust." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da vaša drsna ploščica podpira udarce z več prsti, desno kliknite " +#~ "z udarjanjem z dvema prstoma hkrati. Sicer boste morali za desni klik " +#~ "uporabiti strojne gumbe. Oglejte si za " +#~ "način desnega klika brez desnega miškinega gumba." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da vaša drsna ploščica podpira udarce z več prsti, srednje kliknite z udarjanjem s tremi " +#~ "prsti hkrati." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ko udarjate ali vlečete z več prsti, se prepričajte, da so prsti dovolj " +#~ "narazen. Če so prsti preveč blizu, bo vaš računalnik morda mislil, da je en " +#~ "prst." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Drsne ploščice prenosnikov se odzovejo z zakasnitvijo potem ko nehate " +#~ "tipkati, preden začnejo delovati. To naj bi vam preprečilo dotikanje drsne " +#~ "ploščice z dlanjo, medtem kot tipkate. Za podrobnosti si oglejte ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dodajanje, brisanje in preimenovanje zaznamkov v upravljalniku datotek." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Vaši zaznamki so izpisani v stranski vrstici upravljalnika datotek." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Izbris zaznamka:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V vrhnji vrstici kliknite na Datoteke in izberite " +#~ "Zaznamki iz menija programa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V oknu Zaznamki izberite zaznamek, ki ga želite izbrisati in " +#~ "kliknite na gumb -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V oknu Zaznamki izberite zaznamek, ki ga želite preimenovati." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "V besedilnem polju Ime vpišite novo ime zaznamka." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Poda datum in čas zadnje spremembe datoteke." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da želite biti dodatno varni ali želite preveriti za obstoj " +#~ "virusov v datotekah, ki jih pošiljate ljudem, ki uporabljajo Windows in Mac " +#~ "OS, lahko še vedno namestite protivirusni program. Preverite v " +#~ "Programskem središču Ubuntu, kjer so na voljo številni programi." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sprememba privzetega brskalnika, " +#~ "namestitev flash, namestitev vstavka java, podpora Silverlight …" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " #~ "Chat from the Messaging " #~ "menu." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28089,6 +29150,44 @@ #~ "Sporočanje." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nadzirate lahko do katerih programov je mogoče dostopati preko omrežja. To " +#~ "pomaga obdržati vaš računalnik varen." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Omogočanje in blokiranje dostopa do požarnega zidu" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu vsebuje Nezapleten požarni zid (ufw), vendar " +#~ "privzeto ni omogočen. Ker Ubuntu v privzeti namestitvi nima odprtih storitev " +#~ "omrežja (razen osnovne infrastrukture omrežja), požarni zid za blokiranje " +#~ "zlonamernih povezav ni zahtevan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za več podrobnosti o uporabi ufw si oglejte spletno " +#~ "dokumentacijo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za vklop požarnega zidu v terminal vpišite sudo ufw enable. Za " +#~ "izklop ufw vnesite sudo ufw disable" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28119,6 +29218,13 @@ #~ "53. Za blokiranje vrat 53 vnesite sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Morda boste morali za ogled spletišč kot je YouTube in vzajemne spletne " +#~ "strani namestiti Flash." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28127,6 +29233,9 @@ #~ "omogoča ogled videov in uporabo vzajemnih spletnih strani na nekaterih " #~ "spletiščih. Nekatera spletišča brez Flasha ne bodo delovala." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Kako namestiti Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28146,6 +29255,16 @@ #~ "V primeru da izberete namestitev Flash, v oknu Programskega središča " #~ "kliknite Namesti." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da imate odprta okna spletnega brskalnika jih zaprite in ponovno " +#~ "odprite. Spletni brskalnik bi se moral ob ponovnem odprtju zavedati, da je " +#~ "Flash nameščen in sedaj si boste lahko ogledati spletišča, ki uporabljajo " +#~ "Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Odprtokodni nadomestki za Flash" @@ -28175,6 +29294,27 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pomagajte svojemu brskalniku delovati s spletišči, ki zahtevajo Javo." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Nameščanje vstavka Java za brskalnike" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nekatera spletišča uporabljajo majhne programe Java, ki za " +#~ "izvajanje zahtevajo nameščen vstavek Java." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Namestite paket icedtea6-plugin za " +#~ "ogled programov Java v spletnem brskalniku." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28223,6 +29363,15 @@ #~ "website." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odpravljanje težav z brezžičnimi " +#~ "povezavami, iskanje brezžične " +#~ "povezave …" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28239,6 +29388,274 @@ #~ "Ubuntu in najdite paket Upravljalnika omrežij, ki deluje z " #~ "vašim VPN-jem (če obstaja), in ga namestite." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Poveži se z brezžičnim omrežjem, " +#~ "Skrita omrežja, Uredi nastavitve povezave, Prekinjanje povezave …" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Svoj računalnik lahko uporabite kot brezžično dostopno točno. To drugim " +#~ "napravam omogoča povezavo z vami brez ločenega omrežja in vam omogoča " +#~ "souporabo internetne povezave z drugim vmesnikom kot je žično omrežje ali " +#~ "preko mobilnega omrežja." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Desno kliknite na gumb Uporabi kot dostopno točko." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če ste že povezani z brezžičnim omrežjem, boste vprašani, če želite " +#~ "prekiniti povezavo z omrežjem. Ena brezžična kartica se lahko sočasno poveže " +#~ "samo z enim omrežjem. Kliknite Ustvari dostopno točko za " +#~ "potrditev." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ime omrežja (SSID) in varnostni ključ sta samodejno ustvarjena. Ime omrežja " +#~ "bo osnovano na imenu računalnika. Druge naprave te podatke potrebujejo za " +#~ "povezavo z dostopno točko, ki ste jo pravkar ustvarili." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in odkljukajte Omogoči brezžično." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za to kliknite na meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in odkljukajte " +#~ "Omogoči brezžično omrežje. To bo izklopilo vašo brezžično " +#~ "povezavo dokler je ponovno ne omogočite." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za ponovni vklop brezžične povezave kliknite na meni omrežja v " +#~ "menijski vrstici in izberite Omogoči brezžično, tako, da ima " +#~ "kljukico pred imenom." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vaš prenosnik morda še vedno vsesmerno oddaja, če niste izklopili Bluetootha." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in nato " +#~ "kliknite na ime omrežja, na katerega se želite povezati." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izvedite kaj pomenijo možnosti na zaslonu urejanja brezžičnih povezav." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Urejanje brezžične povezave" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ta tema opisuje vse možnosti, ki so vam na voljo, ko urejate brezžično " +#~ "povezavo. Za urejanje povezave, kliknite meni omrežja v menijski " +#~ "vrstici in izberite Urejanje povezav." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Na voljo vsem uporabnikom / samodejna povezava" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Samodejna povezava" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da ste na dosegu več omrežij, ki so nastavljena za samodejno " +#~ "povezovanje, se bo računalnik povezal z omrežjem, ki je prvo prikazano v " +#~ "zavihku Brezžično v oknu Omrežne povezave. Računalnik " +#~ "za povezavo z drugim omrežjem v doseg katerega je pravkar prišel ne bo " +#~ "prekinil povezave z obstoječim omrežjem." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Na voljo vsem uporabnikom" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izberite to možnost, če želite, da imajo vsi uporabniki računalnika dostop " +#~ "do tega brezžičnega omrežja. V primeru da ima omrežje geslo WEP/WPA, boste geslo morali vnesti le enkrat. " +#~ "Vsi drugi uporabniki na vašem računalniku se bodo lahko z omrežjem povezali, " +#~ "ne da bi jim bilo treba vedeti geslo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da je ta možnost izbrana, morate biti za spreminjanje možnosti " +#~ "tega omrežja skrbnik. Morda boste " +#~ "morali vnesti svoje skrbniško geslo." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Brezžično" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da izberete Ad-hoc, boste videli dve drugi možnosti, " +#~ "Pas in Kanal. Ti možnosti določita v katerem " +#~ "frekvenčnem pasu bo ad-hoc brezžično omrežje delovalo. Nekateri računalniki " +#~ "lahko delujejo le na nekaterih pasovih (na primer le A ali le " +#~ "B), zato boste morda želeli izbrati pas, ki ga lahko uporabijo " +#~ "vsi računalniki na ad-hoc omrežju. Na zaposlenih mestih je morda na istem " +#~ "kanalu na voljo več omrežij. To lahko vašo povezavo upočasni, zato lahko " +#~ "spremenite tudi kanal, ki ga uporabljate." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To je Osnovno določilo zbirke storitev. SSID (glejte zgoraj) je ime " +#~ "omrežja, ki naj bi ga brali ljudje. BSSID je ime, ki ga razume računalnik " +#~ "(to je niz črk in števil, ki je za določeno brezžično omrežje edinstven). Če " +#~ "je omrežje skrito, ne bo imelo " +#~ "SSID, vendar bo imelo BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "MAC naslov naprave" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vaša omrežna strojna oprema (brezžična kartica) se lahko pretvarja, da ima " +#~ "drugačen naslov MAC. To je uporabno, če imate napravo ali storitev, ki se bo " +#~ "sporazumevala le z določenimi naslovi MAC (na primer širokopasovni kabelski " +#~ "modem). V primeru da naslov MAC vnesete v polje kloniran naslov " +#~ "MAC, bo naprava/storitev mislila, da ima vaš računalnik kloniran " +#~ "naslov MAC in ne pravi naslov MAC." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Brezžična varnost" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To določi katero vrsto šifriranja uporablja vaše brezžično omrežje. " +#~ "Šifrirana omrežja pomagajo pri zaščiti vaše brezžične povezave pred " +#~ "prestrezanjem, zato drugi ljudje ne morejo \"prisluškovati\" in videti " +#~ "katera spletišča obiskujete in tako naprej." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nekatere vrste šifriranja so močnejše kot druge, vendar jih morda starejša " +#~ "oprema brezžičnega omrežja ne podpira. Običajno boste morali za povezavo " +#~ "vnesti geslo. Bolj izpopolnjene vrste varnosti morda zahtevajo tudi " +#~ "uporabniško ime in digitalno potrdilo. Za več podrobnosti o priljubljenih " +#~ "vrstah brezžičnega šifriranja si oglejte ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da izberete to nastavitev, bo vaš računalnik svoj naslov IP dobil " +#~ "od strežnika DHCP, vendar boste morali druge podrobnosti določiti ročno (kot " +#~ "je strežnik DNS, ki ga želite uporabiti)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izberite to možnost, če želite sami določiti vse nastavitve omrežja, " +#~ "vključno z naslovom IP." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ta možnost bo onemogočila omrežno povezavo in vam preprečila povezovanje z " +#~ "njo. IPv4 in IPv6 se obravnavata kot ločeni povezavi, " +#~ "čeprav veljata za isto omrežno kartico. V primeru da imate eno omogočeno, " +#~ "boste morda želeli drugo onemogočiti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "To je podobno zavihku IPv4, vendar upravlja z novejšim standardom " +#~ "IPv6. Zelo moderna omrežja uporabljajo IPv6, vendar je trenutno IPv4 še " +#~ "vedno bolj priljubljen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite meni omrežja v menijski vrstici in izberite Poveži " +#~ "se s skritim brezžičnim omrežjem." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "V odseku Sistem kliknite Programski viri." @@ -28283,6 +29700,13 @@ #~ "vodnika za odpravljanje težav." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vtipkajte sudo pm-hibernate v terminal in pritisnite " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28291,6 +29715,198 @@ #~ "(RAM-a)." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če preizkus mirovanja deluje, lahko nadaljujete z uporabo ukaza sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zakaj se je računalnik ugasnil/šel v pripravljenost, ko je nivo baterije " +#~ "dosegel 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ko se nivo napolnjenosti baterije preveč zniža, bo šel vaš računalnik " +#~ "samodejno v pripravljenost. To stori " +#~ "zato, da se baterija popolnoma ne izprazni, ker je to slabo za vašo " +#~ "baterijo. Če bi se baterija popolnoma izpraznila, računalnik ne bi imel " +#~ "dovolj časa, da bi se pravilno zaustavil." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kaj se zgodi, ko raven baterije postane prenizka, lahko spremenite s klikom " +#~ "na meni baterije v menijski vrstici in izbiro " +#~ "Nastavitve porabe. Oglejte si nastavitev Ko je napolnjenost " +#~ "baterije kritično nizka. Izberete lahko, da računalnik preide v stanje " +#~ "pripravljenosti, mirovanje ali pa se " +#~ "izklopi. V primeru da izberete izklop, vaši programi in dokumenti pred " +#~ "izklopom računalnika ne bodo shranjeni." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nekateri računalniki imajo težave s pripravljenostjo in morda ne bodo mogli " +#~ "obnoviti programov in dokumentov, katere ste imeli odprte, ko znova vklopite " +#~ "računalnik. V tem primeru je možna izguba vašega dela, če ga niste shranili, " +#~ "preden je šel računalnik v pripravljenost. Morda lahko popravite težave s pripravljenostjo." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite ikono skrajno desno na menijski vrstici iz izberite Sistemske " +#~ "nastavitve." + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Nezaznani tiskalniki, zataknjen papir, izpisi so videti narobe ..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Nastavite tiskalnik, ki je povezan z vašim računalnikom." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Nastavitev krajevnega tiskalnika" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vaš sistem lahko prepozna veliko vrsti tiskalnikov samodejno. Večina " +#~ "tiskalnikov je povezana preko USB kabla, ki se pripne na vaš računalnik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ni treba izbrati ali želite sedaj namestiti omrežni ali krajevni tiskalnik. " +#~ "Izpisani so v enem oknu." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Povežite tiskalnik s svojim sistemom preko ustreznega kabla. Morda boste na " +#~ "zaslonu videli dejavnost medtem ko sistem išče gonilnike in morda se boste " +#~ "morali za njihovo namestitev overiti." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sporočilo bo prikazano, ko sistem konča z namestitvijo tiskalnika. Izberite " +#~ "Natisni preizkusno stran za tiskanje preizkusne strani ali " +#~ "Možnosti za dodatne spremembe v nastavitvi tiskalnika." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da vaš tiskalnik ni bil samodejno nameščen, ga lahko dodate v " +#~ "nastavitvah tiskalnika." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Kliknite Dodaj in izberite tiskalnik iz okna Naprave." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite Naprej in počakajte medtem ko računalnik išče gonilnike." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V primeru da je za vaš računalnik na voljo več gonilnikov, boste morda " +#~ "morali izbrati gonilnik. Za uporabo priporočenega gonilnika kliknite Naprej, " +#~ "da pridete do strani proizvajalcev in modelov." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ko končate z nameščanjem tiskalnika, boste morda želeli spremeniti svoj privzeti " +#~ "tiskalnik." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za uveljavitev spremembe se morate najprej odjaviti in nato znova prijaviti. " +#~ "Kliknite ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in za odjavo izberite " +#~ "Odjava." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za uveljavljanje jezikovnih sprememb se morate najprej odjaviti in nato " +#~ "znova prijaviti. Kliknite ikono skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in za " +#~ "odjavo izberite Odjava." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za odjavo ali preklop uporabnikov kliknite na sistemski meni skrajno desno v menijski vrstici in izberite " +#~ "ustrezno možnost." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Za zaklep zaslona kliknite meni sistema v menijski vrstici in " +#~ "izberite Zaklep zaslona." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ko je zaslon zaklenjen, se lahko drugi uporabniki prijavijo v svoje račune s " +#~ "klikom na Preklop uporabnika na zaslonu z geslom. Ko končate, " +#~ "lahko preklopite nazaj na svoje namizje." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če želite ročno poslati računalnik v pripravljenost, izberite meni " +#~ "sistema v menijski vrstici in izberite V pripravljenost." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če želite izklopiti ali ponovno zagnati svoj računalnik kliknite na " +#~ "meni sistema in izberite Izklop." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28303,6 +29919,46 @@ #~ "terminala in nato zaženite ta ukaz (je en dolg ukaz, da se ne bi zmotili ga " #~ "kopirajte in nato prilepite v terminal):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "S tipkovnico" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Izpustite Alt za izbiro naslednjega (poudarjenega) okna v " +#~ "preklopniku." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Medtem ko držite tipko Alt, pritisnite Tab za " +#~ "premikanje med odprtimi okni. Za premikanje nazaj držite Alt in " +#~ "pritisnite ShiftTab." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Okna v preklopniku oken so združena po programih. Predogledi programov z več " +#~ "okni se pojavijo, ko kliknete na njih." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Med ikonami programov se lahko v preklopniku oken premikate s tipkama " +#~ "→ ali ← ali jo izberete z miškinim klikom." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Predoglede programov z enim okno lahko prikažete s tipko ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -28621,6 +30277,12 @@ #~ "Če ne želite prejemati predlogov spletnega iskanja, lahko onemogočite to " #~ "zmožnost." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprite Varnost in zasebnost in izberite zavihek " +#~ "Iskanje" + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Izklopite Vključi spletne rezultate iskanja." @@ -28679,6 +30341,15 @@ #~ "Ubuntu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če imate več kot eno zaslonsko pisalo, ko se dodatno pisalo približa " +#~ "tablici, se bo poleg imena naprave prikazal pozivnik. Uporabite pozivnik za " +#~ "izbiro, katero pisalo želite nastaviti." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28686,6 +30357,27 @@ #~ "menijski vrstici in izberite Shrani iskanje kot." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V menijski vrstici kliknite na Zaznamki in izberite Zaznamuj " +#~ "to mesto." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V menijski vrstici kliknite na Zaznamki in izberite Zaznamki " +#~ "... iz menija programa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če ste zadovoljni z iskalnimi parametri kliknite na Datoteka v " +#~ "menijski vrstici in izberite Shrani iskanje kot ...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -28716,6 +30408,49 @@ #~ msgstr "Če želite namesiti Flash kliknite Namesti." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kliknite na sistemski meni v skrajnem desnem kotu menijske " +#~ "vrstice in izberite Sistemske nastavitve." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Vključite Vključi rezultate spletnega iskanja." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Privzeto je spletno iskanje izključeno." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "V skrajnem desnem kotu menijske vrstice kliknite na " +#~ "sistemski meni in izberite Sistemske nastavitve." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Če želite prejeti predloge spletnega iskanja, omogočite to zmožnost skozi " +#~ "nastavitve sistema Varnost in zasebnost." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Vključite spletno iskanje" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Programi Ubuntu vam pomaga odstraniti programe, ki jih več ne " +#~ "uporabljate." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uporabite Programe Ubuntu za dodajanje programov in delanje " +#~ "Ubuntuja uporabnejšega." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " @@ -28729,3 +30464,31 @@ #~ "Programi v tem skladišču se bodo pojavili v rezultatih iskanja " #~ "Programov Ubuntu, vendar jih ne boste mogli namestiti, dokler to " #~ "skladišče ni omogočeno." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Odprite meni zgoraj desno in kliknite Podatki SMART in " +#~ "samopreizkusi za ogled več informacij o pogonu ali za zagon " +#~ "samopreizkusa." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash je vstavek za vaš brskalnik, ki vam omogoča " +#~ "gledanje videov in ponekod uporabo interaktivnih spletnih strani. Medtem ko " +#~ "se HTML5, ki je bolj sodobna rešitev, hitro širi nekatere spletne strani še " +#~ "vedno ne delajo brez Flasha." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spremeni privzeti brskalnik, namestite Flash, namestite vstavek java…" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sq/sq.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sq/sq.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sq/sq.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sq/sq.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-10 23:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Albanian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:04+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:56+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -238,13 +238,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -311,58 +311,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -414,14 +499,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -454,30 +539,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -487,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -495,14 +571,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -510,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -537,12 +613,12 @@ "ndryshoni madhësinë e shkronjave." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Kalo Tekst i madh në ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -663,7 +739,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -693,12 +769,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -707,7 +783,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -716,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -724,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -732,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -783,17 +859,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -802,14 +878,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -847,17 +923,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -866,14 +942,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -884,13 +960,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -929,13 +1005,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -964,7 +1040,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -978,10 +1054,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1035,12 +1111,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1051,7 +1128,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1060,15 +1137,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1222,7 +1300,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1236,46 +1314,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1283,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1609,6 +1686,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1691,107 +1837,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1800,12 +1955,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1813,31 +1968,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1845,49 +2001,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1898,13 +2091,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1916,27 +2109,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1944,7 +2137,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1952,12 +2145,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1967,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1977,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1985,22 +2178,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2475,7 +2668,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3013,7 +3206,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3254,7 +3447,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3262,7 +3455,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4790,59 +4983,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5031,90 +5207,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5123,109 +5318,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5264,65 +5417,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5331,106 +5473,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5442,7 +5591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5453,28 +5602,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5482,19 +5623,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5505,13 +5646,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5541,18 +5682,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5560,7 +5701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5569,7 +5710,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5596,15 +5737,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5620,7 +5767,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5628,7 +5775,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5636,7 +5783,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5644,7 +5791,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5673,7 +5820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5682,19 +5829,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5704,7 +5851,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5733,13 +5880,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5754,7 +5902,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5789,7 +5937,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5821,17 +5969,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5854,12 +6002,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6114,7 +6261,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6342,12 +6488,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6355,7 +6501,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6363,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6373,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6383,7 +6529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6391,17 +6537,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6410,12 +6556,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6424,24 +6570,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6450,7 +6596,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6458,24 +6604,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6483,12 +6629,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6497,7 +6643,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6514,10 +6660,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6537,14 +6683,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6554,24 +6715,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7109,10 +7278,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7584,129 +7752,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8476,7 +8620,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8492,22 +8636,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8518,7 +8662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8527,46 +8671,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8578,15 +8722,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8611,12 +8765,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8625,26 +8779,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8654,19 +8808,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8674,7 +8828,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8682,50 +8836,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9094,14 +9248,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9124,12 +9278,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9137,24 +9291,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9162,7 +9316,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9171,14 +9325,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9187,7 +9341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9294,10 +9448,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9332,17 +9487,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9369,26 +9525,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9397,7 +9546,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9405,12 +9554,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9421,7 +9570,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9620,7 +9769,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9630,8 +9779,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9655,7 +9804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9676,11 +9825,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9688,31 +9837,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9734,13 +9885,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9755,8 +9905,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9778,85 +9928,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9864,7 +10222,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10058,14 +10416,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10074,8 +10432,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10093,74 +10450,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10171,31 +10524,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10597,7 +10950,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10607,70 +10960,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11156,7 +11510,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11316,7 +11670,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11446,80 +11800,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11783,12 +12137,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11801,7 +12154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12057,22 +12410,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12103,7 +12456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12193,7 +12546,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12201,30 +12554,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12233,29 +12586,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12269,7 +12623,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12283,14 +12637,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12300,19 +12654,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12320,7 +12674,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12548,83 +12902,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12857,6 +13261,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13053,7 +13458,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13096,20 +13501,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13117,13 +13522,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13131,19 +13536,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13579,10 +13984,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13606,50 +14011,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13658,25 +14064,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13708,8 +14113,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13876,25 +14281,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13902,40 +14307,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13944,25 +14349,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13971,12 +14376,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13987,41 +14392,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14030,34 +14435,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14068,44 +14473,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14113,17 +14519,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14133,32 +14539,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14169,30 +14575,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14255,21 +14671,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14280,12 +14694,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14294,14 +14715,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14467,7 +14888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14475,12 +14896,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14488,7 +14909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15504,12 +15925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15630,7 +16051,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15674,7 +16095,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15760,39 +16181,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15825,31 +16224,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16131,7 +16523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16264,7 +16656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16272,21 +16664,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16294,7 +16686,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16302,8 +16694,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16356,7 +16748,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16373,7 +16767,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16477,7 +16872,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16894,7 +17288,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16929,92 +17323,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17162,31 +17600,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17195,7 +17633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17289,14 +17813,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17304,15 +17828,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17321,12 +17846,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17334,19 +17859,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17371,27 +17896,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17402,12 +17928,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17415,7 +17941,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17447,17 +17973,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17662,28 +18188,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17728,20 +18254,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17751,27 +18277,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17781,26 +18312,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18332,36 +18866,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18369,17 +18903,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18388,14 +18922,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18441,55 +18975,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18497,8 +19028,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18506,7 +19042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18673,19 +19209,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18694,26 +19230,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19357,7 +19893,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19365,17 +19901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19383,7 +19919,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19506,12 +20050,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20185,37 +20729,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20242,19 +20778,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20344,38 +20880,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20504,32 +21040,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20537,8 +21073,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20547,7 +21097,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20555,14 +21105,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20574,7 +21124,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20582,28 +21132,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20614,7 +21164,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20622,14 +21172,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20640,21 +21190,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20665,7 +21215,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20673,14 +21223,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20688,58 +21238,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20834,37 +21358,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22162,7 +22660,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22170,7 +22668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22180,18 +22678,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sr/sr.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sr/sr.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sr/sr.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sr/sr.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,25 +7,25 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Serbian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неприлагођена дозвола истоветног дељења заједничког стваралаштва 3.0" #. (itstool) path: license/p #: C/legal.xml:3 msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Овај рад је издат под дозволом „<_:link-1/>“." #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ #: C/user-changepicture.page:15 #: C/user-delete.page:19 msgid "Shaun McCance" -msgstr "Шон МекКенс" +msgstr "Шон Мек Кенс" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16 @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -288,17 +288,17 @@ #: C/wacom.page:15 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:7 msgid "Michael Hill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мајкл Хил" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19 msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Занемарите брза понављања притисака тастера истог тастера." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:30 msgid "Turn on bounce keys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључи одскочне тастере" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 @@ -308,59 +308,152 @@ "key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on " "bounce keys." msgstr "" +"Укључите одскочне тастере да занемарите притиске који се брзо " +"понављају. На пример, ако вам дрхте руке и због тога притиснете тастер " +"неколико пута иако желите да га притиснете само једном, требали бисте да " +"укључите одскочне тастере." + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" +"Отворите Универзални приступ и изаберите језичак " +"Куцање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите Одскочне тастере." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -368,17 +461,24 @@ "the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it " "happened too soon after the previous key press." msgstr "" +"Користите клизач Кашњење прихватања да измените колико дуго ће " +"одскочни тастери чекати пре регистровања следећег притиска након што сте " +"притиснули тастер по први пут. Изаберите Запишти када тастер није " +"прихваћен ако желите да се рачунар звучно огласи сваки пут када " +"занемари притисак тастера зато што се десио превише рано након претходног " +"притиска тастера." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-braille.page:9 msgid "" "Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display." msgstr "" +"Користите читач екрана Орку са освеживим Брајевим екраном." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-braille.page:18 msgid "Read screen in Braille" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читајте екран Брајевим писмом" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-braille.page:22 @@ -389,6 +489,11 @@ "orca\">Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information." msgstr "" +"Гном обезбеђује читач екрана Орку за приказ корисничког сучеља на " +"освеживом Брајевом екрану. Зависно од тога како сте инсталирали Гном, можда " +"Орка неће бити инсталирана. Инсталирајте " +"Орку а затим погледајте Оркину " +"помоћ за више информација." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-contrast.page:14 @@ -396,11 +501,13 @@ "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're " "easier to see." msgstr "" +"Учините прозоре и дугмад на екрану јаснијим (или мање), тако да буду лакше " +"виђени." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-contrast.page:26 msgid "Adjust the contrast" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите контраст" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-contrast.page:30 @@ -410,18 +517,23 @@ "brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user " "interface will change." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите контраст прозора и дугмади тако да буду лакши за гледање. " +"Ово није исто као промена осветљења читавог " +"екрана; само део корисничког сучеља ће бити промењен." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" +"Отворите Универзални приступ и изаберите језичак " +"Гледање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребаците Велики контраст на УКЉ.." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:18 @@ -429,11 +541,13 @@ "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the " "mouse still." msgstr "" +"Функција „Лебдећег клика“ (временског клика) вам омогућава да кликнете " +"држећи миш у мировању." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30 msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Симулирајте кликање лебдењем" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:34 @@ -443,6 +557,10 @@ "mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or " "Dwell Click." msgstr "" +"Можете једноставно да кликнете или да зграбите померањем показивача вашег " +"миша изнад контроле или изнад објекта на екрану. Ово је корисно ако налазите " +"да је тешко померати миша и кликати у исто време. Ова функција се зове Клик " +"лебдења или временски клик." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41 @@ -451,31 +569,27 @@ "let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be " "clicked for you." msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" +"Када је укључен „Клик лебдења“, можете да померате показивач миша изнад " +"контрола, да отпустите миша, и онда да сачекате тренутак пре него што дугме " +"буде било притиснуто за вас." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" +"Отворите Универзални приступ и изаберите језичак Указивање и " +"кликање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите Клик лебдења." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -483,41 +597,55 @@ "will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or " "drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking." msgstr "" +"Отвориће се прозорче Клик лебдења, и остаће поврх свих осталих " +"прозора. Можете да га користите да изаберете која врста клика треба да буде " +"обављена када лебдите. На пример, ако изаберете Секундарни клик, " +"извршаваћете десни клик приликом лебдења. Након што извршите дупли клик, " +"десни клик, или превучете, бићете враћени на кликање." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " "clicked." msgstr "" +"Када поставите показивач миша изнад дугмета и не померате га, постепено ће " +"променити боју. Када у потпуности промени боју, дугме ће бити притиснуто." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" +"Подесите Застој да измените колико дуго морате да држите мирним " +"показивач миша пре клика." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " "If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen." msgstr "" +"Не морате да држите миша савршено мирним када лебдите зарад притиска. " +"Показивачу је дозвољено да се мало помера и још увек ће кликнути након " +"тренутка. Ако се помера превише, клик неће бити извршен." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." msgstr "" +"Подесите Осетљивост на покрет да измените колико показивач може " +"да се помера и да још увек буде сматран као да лебди." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-font-size.page:14 msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите веће словне ликове да учините текст лакшим за читање." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-font-size.page:24 @@ -530,19 +658,25 @@ "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the " "size of the font." msgstr "" +"Ако имате потешкоћа при читању текста на вашем екрану, можете да измените " +"величину словног лика." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребаците Велики текст на УКЉ.." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " "Ctrl-." msgstr "" +"У многим програмима, можете да увећате величину текста у било ком тренутку " +"тако што ћете притиснути Ктрл+. Да " +"умањите величину текста, притисните Ктрл-" +"." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y.page:14 @@ -552,6 +686,10 @@ "xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility, braille…" msgstr "" +"Видети, чути, покретљивост, брајево писмо…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #. (itstool) path: links/title @@ -568,6 +706,10 @@ "devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal " "Access section of System Settings." msgstr "" +"Јунити радна површ укључује помоћничке технологије да би подржала кориснике " +"са разним оштећењима и посебним потребама, и да дејствује са општим " +"помоћничким уређајима. Већини функција приступачности можете приступити из " +"одељка Универзални приступ у Подешавањима система." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/a11y.page:39 @@ -577,6 +719,10 @@ "devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility " "menu in the top bar." msgstr "" +"Јунити радна површ укључује помоћничке технологије да би подржала кориснике " +"са разним оштећењима и посебним потребама, и да дејствује са општим " +"помоћничким уређајима. Већини функција приступачности можете приступити из " +"изборника приступачности на горњој траци." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/a11y.page:48 @@ -613,7 +759,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/a11y.page:82 msgid "Mobility impairments" -msgstr "Оштећења кретања" +msgstr "Оштећења покрета" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:86 @@ -623,12 +769,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:91 msgid "Clicking and dragging" -msgstr "Кликање и хватање" +msgstr "Кликање и превлачење" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/a11y.page:96 msgid "Keyboard use" -msgstr "Коришћење тастатуре" +msgstr "Употреба тастатуре" #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/a11y-right-click.page:13 @@ -658,7 +804,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -667,17 +813,17 @@ #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:9 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:9 msgid "2012" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2012" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-right-click.page:19 msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните и држите леви тастер миша да извршите десни клик." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-right-click.page:29 msgid "Simulate a right mouse click" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Симулирајте десни клик миша" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-right-click.page:33 @@ -686,59 +832,82 @@ "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if " "your pointing device only has a single button." msgstr "" +"Можете да извршите десни клик држећи притиснут леви тастер миша. Ово је " +"корисно ако налазите да вам је тешко да померате ваше прсте засебно на " +"једној руци, или ако ваш показивачки уређај има само једно дугме." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите Симулацију секундарног клика." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " "change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary " "Click." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените колико дуго морате да држите притиснут леви тастер миша " +"пре него што буде забележен као десни клик. У језичку Указивање и " +"кликање, измените Кашњење прихватања под одељком " +"Симулирани други клик." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " "with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, " "release the mouse button to right-click." msgstr "" +"Да извршите десни клик са симулираним другим кликом, задржите притиснутим " +"леви тастер миша када желите да извршите десни клик, затим отпустите. " +"Показивач ће бити обојен плавом бојом како будете држали притиснутим леви " +"тастер миша. Када се буде у потпуности обојио плавом бојом, отпустите тастер " +"миша да извршите десни клик." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " "visual feedback from the pointer." msgstr "" +"Неки посебни показивачи, као они за промену величине, не мењају боје. Још " +"увек можете да користите симулирани секундарни клик као уобичајени, чак и " +"ако не видите никакву промену на показивачу." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " "keypad." msgstr "" +"Ако користите Тастере миша, ово вам " +"такође омогућава да извршите десни клик држећи притиснутим тастер " +"5 на тастатури." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " "differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-" "click." msgstr "" +"У прегледу Активности, увек сте у могућности да задржите притисак " +"да бисте извршили десни клик, чак и ако је ова функција искључена. Дуги " +"притисци раде мало другачије у прегледу: не морате да отпуштате тастер да " +"бисте извршили десни клик." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9 msgid "Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface." msgstr "" +"Користите читач екрана Орку да изговарате корисничко сучеље." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17 @@ -753,6 +922,10 @@ "installed. Install Orca, and then refer " "to the Orca Help for more information." msgstr "" +"Гном обезбеђује читач екрана Орку за читање корисничког сучеља. " +"Зависно од тога како сте инсталирали Гном, можда Орка неће бити инсталирана. " +"Инсталирајте Орку а затим погледајте " +"Оркину помоћ за више информација." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 @@ -760,11 +933,12 @@ "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the " "screen." msgstr "" +"Нека постоји застој између притиска тастера и приказивања слова на екрану." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:29 msgid "Turn on slow keys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите споре тастере" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:33 @@ -776,40 +950,55 @@ "time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on " "the keyboard first time." msgstr "" +"Укључите споре тастере ако желите да постоји кашњење између " +"притиска тастера и појављивања слова на екрану. Ово значи да ћете морати да " +"на тренутак да задржите притиснут сваки тастер који желите да откуцате пре " +"него што се појави слово на екрану. Користите споре тастере ако нехотице " +"притискате неколико тастера у исто време док куцате, или ако налазите да је " +"тешко први пут да притиснете десни тастер на тастатури." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите Споре тастере." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Брзо укључите или искључите споре тастере" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " "keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold " "Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys." msgstr "" +"Под Укључи тастатуром, изаберите Укључите функције " +"приступачности са тастатуре да укључите или искључите споре тастере са " +"тастатуре. Када је ова опција изабрана, можете да притиснете и да држите " +"Шифт осам секунди да укључите или искључите споре тастере." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" +"Користите клизач Кашњење прихватања да одредите колико дуго " +"морате да држите притиснут тастер да би био забележен." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " "the key down long enough." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите ваш рачунар да пусти звук када притиснете тастер, када је " +"притисак тастера прихваћен, или када је притисак тастера одбачен зато што " +"нисте држали тастер довољно дуго." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:18 @@ -817,11 +1006,13 @@ "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down " "all of the keys at once." msgstr "" +"Куцајте пречице тастатуре тастер по тастер уместо да држите притиснутим све " +"тастере одједном." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:29 msgid "Turn on sticky keys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите лепљиве тастере" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33 @@ -833,6 +1024,12 @@ "keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press " "Alt and then Tab to do the same." msgstr "" +"Лепљиви тастери вам омогућавају да куцате пречице тастатуре један " +"тастер за другим уместо да их држите притиснутим све заједно. На пример, " +"пречица АлтТаб служи за пребацивање " +"између прозора. Без укључених лепљивих тастера, морали бисте да држите " +"притиснутим оба тастера у исто време; са укљученим лепљивим тастерима, " +"притиснућете прво Алт а затим Таб да урадите исто." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42 @@ -840,35 +1037,44 @@ "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down " "several keys at once." msgstr "" +"Можда ћете желети да укључите лепљиве тастере ако налазите да је тешко да " +"притиснете неколико тастера у исто време." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите Лепљиве тастере." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Брзо укључите или искључите лепљиве тастере" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " "keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five " "times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys." msgstr "" +"Под Укључи тастатуром, изаберите Укључите функције " +"приступачности са тастатуре да укључите или искључите лепљиве тастере " +"са тастатуре. Када је ова опција изабрана, можете да притиснете " +"Шифт пет пута за редом да укључите или искључите лепљиве тастере." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" +"Ако притиснете два тастера одједном, лепљиви тастери ће се сами привремено " +"искључити да би вам омогућили да унесете пречицу тастатуре на уобичајени " +"начин." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -877,15 +1083,23 @@ "keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close " "together), but not others." msgstr "" +"На пример, ако сте укључили лепљиве тастере али сте истовремено притиснули " +"Алт и Таб, лепљиви тастери неће чекати да притиснете " +"други тастер ако сте укључили ту опцију. Међутим, сачекаће ако сте " +"притиснули само један тастер. Ово је корисно ако вам не представља проблем " +"притискања неких пречица тастатуре истовремено (на пример, тастера који су " +"близу један другом), али не и остале." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" +"Изаберите Искључи ако су два тастера притиснута истовремено да " +"укључите ово." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -893,6 +1107,11 @@ "next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep " "when a modifier key is pressed to enable this." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите да ваш рачунар пусти „звук“ када почнете да куцате " +"пречицу тастатуре са укљученим лепљивим тастерима. Ово је корисно ако желите " +"да знате да лепљиви тастери очекују да пречица тастатуре буде откуцана, тако " +"да ће следећи притисак тастера бити протумачен као део пречице. Изаберите " +"Запишти када је притиснут измењивач да укључите ово." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:14 @@ -900,11 +1119,13 @@ "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is " "played." msgstr "" +"Укључите визуелно упозорење да затрепери екраном или прозором приликом " +"пуштања звука обавештења." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:25 msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Затреперите екраном за звуке обавештења" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:29 @@ -914,6 +1135,9 @@ "either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the " "alert sound is played." msgstr "" +"Ваш рачунар ће пустити једноставан звук упозорења за одређене врсте порука и " +"догађаја. Ако не можете да чујете ове звуке, можете подесити да било читав " +"екран или ваш тренутни прозор визуелно затрепери при сваком пуштању звука." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:36 @@ -922,19 +1146,26 @@ "computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound)." msgstr "" +"Ово такође може бити корисно ако се налазите у окружењу у коме ваш рачунар " +"треба да буде нечујан, као на пример у библиотеци (погледајте да сазнате како да утишате звук упозорења)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" +"Отворите Универзални приступ и изаберите језичак " +"Слушање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." msgstr "" +"Укључите Видна упозорења. Изаберите да ли желите да затрепери " +"читав екран или само наслов вашег тренутног прозора." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:8 @@ -959,7 +1190,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1204,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1026,16 +1257,17 @@ #: C/video-sending.page:11 #: C/windows-key.page:10 msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" -msgstr "Пројекат ГНОМЕ документације" +msgstr "Гномов пројекат документације" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1278,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1287,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1082,7 +1315,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/about-this-guide.page:14 msgid "A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неколико савета за коришћење водича Убунтуове радне површи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/about-this-guide.page:23 @@ -1096,6 +1329,8 @@ "computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer " "effectively." msgstr "" +"Овај водич вам даје увид у функције Убунтуове радне површи, одговара на ваша " +"питања у вези рачунара, и да обезбеђује савете за боље коришћење рачунара." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:35 @@ -1104,6 +1339,9 @@ "means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers " "to your questions." msgstr "" +"Водич је подељен на мале, теме према задатку — а не на поглавља. Ово значи " +"да нећете морати да прегледате читаво упутство да бисте пронашли одговор на " +"ваша питања." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:42 @@ -1111,6 +1349,8 @@ "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some " "pages direct you to related topics." msgstr "" +"Сличне ставке су повезане заједно. „Видите такође“ везице при дну неких " +"страница ће вас упутити на одговарајућу тему." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:48 @@ -1119,6 +1359,10 @@ "and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. " "Left-click on any result to open its page." msgstr "" +"Поље за унос текста на врху овог водича делује као трака за " +"претрагу, а одговарајући резултати ће почети да се појављују како " +"будете почели да куцате. Леви клик на било који резултат отвориће његову " +"страницу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:55 @@ -1128,17 +1372,23 @@ "answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to " "make things more helpful, though." msgstr "" +"Водич се стално допуњује и побољшава. Иако покушавамо да вам обезбедимо " +"свеобухватни скуп корисних података, знамо да овде нећемо одговорити на сва " +"ваша питања. Ипак, наставићемо да додајемо још података да бисмо учинили " +"ствари кориснијим." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:64 msgid "" "Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide." msgstr "" +"Хвала вам што сте издвојили време за читање Водича Убунтуове радне " +"површи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/about-this-guide.page:68 msgid "-- The Ubuntu Documentation team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "—— Тим Убунту документације" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts.page:10 @@ -1152,7 +1402,7 @@ #: C/documents-info.page:19 #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:19 msgid "Greg Beam" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Грег Бим" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts.page:19 @@ -1161,11 +1411,14 @@ "remove\">Remove accounts, Disable services" msgstr "" +"Додајте налоге, Уклоните налоге, Искључите услуге" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts.page:26 msgid "Online accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налози на мрежи" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts.page:30 @@ -1175,6 +1428,10 @@ "access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without " "having to enter your account details again." msgstr "" +"Можете да унесете ваше појединости пријављивања за услуге на мрежи, као што " +"су Гугл и Фејсбук, у програму Налози на мрежи. Ово ће вам " +"омогућити да приступите вашим налозима као што је календар, пошта, ћаскање и " +"слични програми а да не морате опет да уносите појединости вашег налога." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-add.page:5 @@ -1202,22 +1459,22 @@ #: C/printing-setup.page:18 #: C/unity-introduction.page:18 msgid "Jim Campbell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Џим Кембел" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-add.page:24 msgid "Connect to online accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите се на налоге на мрежи" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-add.page:30 msgid "Add an account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додајте налог" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1227,50 +1484,49 @@ #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:50 #: C/accounts-remove.page:37 msgid "Select Online Accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите Налози на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1289,11 +1545,14 @@ "email). You can control which of these services can be used by local " "applications." msgstr "" +"Неки налози на мрежи вам омогућавају да користите неколико услуга (као " +"календар и е-пошту). Можете да одредите које од ових услуга могу да користе " +"ваши програми." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28 msgid "Disable account services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Искључите услуге налога" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32 @@ -1303,27 +1562,33 @@ "calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and " "Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows." msgstr "" +"Неке врсте налога на мрежи вам допуштају да истим корисничким налогом имате " +"приступ на неколико услуга. На пример, Гугл налози обезбеђују приступ е-" +"пошти, календару, програмирању, контактима, између осталих. Можете изабрати " +"Гугл за пошту а Јаху! за ћаскање, или било коју комбинацију коју дозвољава " +"достављач услуге." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:39 msgid "To disable services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да искључите услуге:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:55 msgid "Select the account you want to change from left windowpane." msgstr "" +"Изаберите налог који желите да измените у прозорском окну на левој страни." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:60 msgid "" "Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Услуге доступне за овај налог су наведене у десном окну прозора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:65 msgid "Switch off the services you do not want used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Искључите услуге које не желите да користите." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:72 @@ -1332,28 +1597,31 @@ "to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch " "it on." msgstr "" +"Након искључења услуге, месни програми јој више не могу приступити. Да " +"укључите услугу коју сте искључили, вратите се на прозор Налози на " +"мрежи и укључите је." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:6 #: C/accounts-which-application.page:6 #: C/net-proxy.page:15 msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Батиста Миј-Матиас" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:11 msgid "Kevin M. Godby" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кевин М. Годби" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30 msgid "Why aren't service providers listed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто достављачи мрежних услуга нису на списку?" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36 msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто врста мог налога није на списку?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:40 @@ -1361,51 +1629,53 @@ "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop " "it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:" msgstr "" +"Подршку вашег омиљеног мрежног достављача услуга неко треба и да развија. " +"Тренутно, следеће врсте налога на мрежи су подржане:" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:47 msgid "Facebook" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фејсбук" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:47 msgid "Flickr" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фликр" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:48 msgid "Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гугл" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:51 msgid "Twitter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Твитер" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:51 msgid "AIM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АИМ" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:52 msgid "Windows Live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виндоуз уживо" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:55 msgid "Salut" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Салут" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:55 msgid "Jabber" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Џабер" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:56 msgid "Yahoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Јаху" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:61 @@ -1415,21 +1685,25 @@ "href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-" "accounts\"> bug tracker." msgstr "" +"Ако сте заинтересовани да додате подршку за остале услуге, ступите у везу са " +"програмерима на пратиоцу грешака." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-remove.page:20 msgid "Remove online account services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уклоните услуге налога на мрежи" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-remove.page:25 msgid "Remove an account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уклоните налог" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:42 msgid "From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У левом окну прозора, изаберите налог који желите да уклоните." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:48 @@ -1437,6 +1711,7 @@ "Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the " "window." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме Уклони налог у доњем десном делу прозора." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:54 @@ -1444,6 +1719,8 @@ "Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the " "account from your service provider." msgstr "" +"Уклањање избора из Налога на мрежи ни на какав начин не утиче на " +"налог са вашег достављача услуге." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-remove.page:62 @@ -1457,11 +1734,13 @@ "disable-service\">restrict the service from being accessed by your " "desktop." msgstr "" +"Уместо потпуног брисања налога, можете да ограничите услуге којима може да приступи ваша радна површ." #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/accounts-which-application.page:8 msgid "2012-2013" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2012-2013" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-which-application.page:17 @@ -1469,7 +1748,7 @@ #: C/session-language.page:22 #: C/shell-exit.page:25 msgid "Andre Klapper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Андре Клапер" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-which-application.page:30 @@ -1477,11 +1756,13 @@ "Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and " "the services they exploit." msgstr "" +"Програми могу да користе налоге направљене у Налозима на мрежи и " +"услуге које искоришћавају." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:36 msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Који програми имају корист од налога на мрежи?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:40 @@ -1489,11 +1770,13 @@ "Online Accounts can be used by external applications to " "automatically configure themselves." msgstr "" +"Налоге на мрежи могу да користе спољни програми да би се " +"самостално подесили." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:46 msgid "With a Google account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Са Гугловим налогом" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:52 @@ -1503,6 +1786,10 @@ "give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your " "Google agenda." msgstr "" +"Еволуција, програм за ел. пошту. Ваш налог ел. поште ће бити " +"самостално додат у Еволуцију, тако да ће покупити вашу пошту, " +"дати вам приступ вашим контактима, и приказаће ставке вашег календара у " +"вашем Гугл подсетнику." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:60 @@ -1510,22 +1797,29 @@ "Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account " "will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends." msgstr "" +"Интернет писмоноша, програм за тренутне поруке. Ваш налог на " +"мрежи ће бити додат и бићете у могућности да комуницирате са вашим " +"пријатељима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:67 msgid "Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts." msgstr "" +"Контакти, који ће вам омогућити да видите и да уређујете ваше " +"налоге." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:72 msgid "" "Documents can access your online documents and display them." msgstr "" +"Документи може да приступи вашим документима на мрежи и да их " +"прикаже." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:81 msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Са налозима Виндоуза уживо, Фејсбука и Твитера" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:85 @@ -1533,11 +1827,13 @@ "Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat " "with your contacts, friends, and followers." msgstr "" +"Интернет писмоноша може да користи ове налоге да вас повеже на " +"мрежу и да ћаска са вашим контактима, пријатељима и следбеницима." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:92 msgid "With a SkyDrive account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Са налогом Небеског диска" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:96 @@ -1545,11 +1841,13 @@ "Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive " "and display them." msgstr "" +"Документи може да приступи вашим документима на мрежи у " +"Мајкрософтовом Небеском диску и да их прикаже." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:103 msgid "With a Exchange account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Са налогом Размене" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:107 @@ -1557,11 +1855,13 @@ "Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start " "retrieving mails from this account." msgstr "" +"Када направите налог Размене, Еволуција ће започети довлачење " +"поште са тог налога." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/accounts-which-application.page:114 msgid "With a ownCloud account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Са налогом Властитог облака" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:118 @@ -1569,6 +1869,8 @@ "When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access " "and edit contacts and calendar appointments." msgstr "" +"Када је подешен налог Властитог облака, Еволуција је у могућности " +"да приступи и да уређује контакте и састанке календара." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/accounts-which-application.page:123 @@ -1576,21 +1878,26 @@ "Files and other applications will be able to list and access your " "online files stored in the ownCloud installation." msgstr "" +"Датотеке и други програми ће бити у могућности да исписују и " +"приступају вашим датотекама на мрежи ускладиштеним на инсталацији Властитог " +"облака." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:5 msgid "Susanna Huhtanen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сузана Хјутанен" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:24 msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?" msgstr "" +"Зашто да додате налоге ваше е-поште или друштвених медија на вашу радну " +"површ?" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29 msgid "Why should I add an account?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто бих требао да додам налог?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-whyadd.page:33 @@ -1602,6 +1909,81 @@ "and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've " "added will be ready for you." msgstr "" +"Додавање ваших налога на мрежи доноси ваш избор услуга као што је календар, " +"ћаскање и е-пошта изравно на вашу радну површ и чини информације о услугама " +"неспојивим делом вашег корисничког искуства. Додавањем налога, можете бити у " +"контакту користећи услуге са различитих налога, као што су ћаскања, у исто " +"време. Једноставно подесите ваше налоге на мрежи и сваки пут када покренете " +"рачунар сви налози и услуге које сте додали биће већ спремни за коришћење." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 @@ -1609,11 +1991,12 @@ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " "Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" +"Синаптик је моћна али компликована замена за Убунтуов софтвер." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26 msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите Снаптик за напредније управљање софтвером" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:30 @@ -1624,6 +2007,11 @@ "Software features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't " "recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu." msgstr "" +"Синаптик управник пакета је моћнији и може да одради неке задатке " +"управљања софтвером које Убунтуов софтвер не може. Синаптиково " +"сучеље је компликованије и не подржава новије функције Убунтуовог " +"софтвера као што је оцењивање и прегледање и стога се не препоручује " +"за коришћење новајлијама у Убунтуу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38 @@ -1631,11 +2019,13 @@ "Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it from the Ubuntu package archive." msgstr "" +"Синаптик није унапред инсталиран, али га и можете инсталирати из архиве Убунтуових пакета." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:44 msgid "Install software with Synaptic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инсталирајте програме Синаптиком" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:49 @@ -1643,6 +2033,8 @@ "Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will " "need to enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" +"Отворите Синаптик из Полетника или Покретача. Мораћете " +"унети вашу лозинку у прозору потврђивања идентитета." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:55 @@ -1650,6 +2042,8 @@ "Click Search to search for an application, or click " "Sections and look through the categories to find one." msgstr "" +"Кликните Тражи да потражите неки програм, или кликните на " +"Одељак и погледајте којих категорија има да изаберете неку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:61 @@ -1657,16 +2051,19 @@ "Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark " "for Installation." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша на програм који желите да инсталирате и " +"изаберите Означи за инсталацију." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:67 msgid "If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark." msgstr "" +"Ако сте затражили да означите додатне измене, кликните Означи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:72 msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install." -msgstr "Изаберите све друге апликације које желите да инсталирате." +msgstr "Изаберите било који други програм који желите да инсталирате." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:77 @@ -1674,6 +2071,9 @@ "Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that " "appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed." msgstr "" +"Кликните Примени, а затим опет кликните Примени у " +"прозору који се појави. Програми које сте означили биће преузети и " +"инсталирани." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:85 @@ -1682,224 +2082,297 @@ "href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SynapticHowto\">Synaptic How " "To." msgstr "" +"За више информација о коришћењу Синаптика, погледајте Синаптиково како " +"да." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Инсталирајте додатни софтвер" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу Убунтуов софтвер на Покретачу, или " +"потражите Софтвер у траци претраге у Полетнику." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" +"Када се покрене Убунтуов софтвер, потражите програм, или " +"изаберите категорију и нађите програм на списку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Додајте Личну архиву пакета (ППА)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додајте само ризнице програма из извора којима верујете!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " "reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to " "your computer." msgstr "" +"Чланови Убунтуа не проверавају безбедност или поузданост ризница софтвера " +"трећих лица, које могу да садрже софтвер који је штетан за рачунар." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Инсталирајте ППА" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " "similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." msgstr "" +"На страници прегледа ППА, потражите заглавље Додајте ову ППА на ваш " +"систем. Обратите пажњу на место ППА, које би требало да изгледа слично " +"као: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" +"Када се покрене Убунтуов софтвер, кликните Софтвер и " +"ажурирања" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пређите на језичак Остали програми." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" +"Кликните Додај извор. Унесите вашу лозинку у прозору за " +"потврђивање идентитета." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." msgstr "" +"Затворите прозор Софтвер и ажурирања. Убунтуов софтвер " +"ће онда потражити нови софтвер у вашим изворима софтвера." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Уклоните програм" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" +"Када се отвори Убунтуов софтвер, кликните на дугме " +"Инсталиран на врху." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" +"Нађите програми који желите да уклоните користећи поље за претраживање или " +"гледајући кроз списак инсталираних програма." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." +msgstr "Изаберите програм и кликните Уклони." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " "removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before " "the applications are removed." msgstr "" +"Неки програми зависе од других програма како би исправно радили. Ако " +"покушате да уклоните програм који је потребан другом програму, биће уклоњена " +"оба. Биће вам затражено да потврдите да ли желите да до овога дође пре него " +"што се уклоне програми." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1910,49 +2383,63 @@ "party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available " "repositories." msgstr "" +"Софтвер је доступан из извора трећих лица, као и из основних Убунтуових " +"ризница софтвера. Ако желите да инсталирате софтвер из ризнице софтвера " +"трећих лица, морате га додати на Убунтуов списак доступних ризница." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" +"Биће вам затражено да унесете лозинку. Када то урадите, пребаците се на " +"језичак Остали софтвер." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" +"Кликните Додај и унесите АПТ ред за ризницу. Она би требало да " +"буде доступна на веб сајту ризнице, и треба да изгледају слично као:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " "new updates." msgstr "" +"Кликните Додај софтвер затим затворите прозор Софтвер и " +"ажурирања. Убунтуов софтвер ће онда потражити нова освежења " +"у вашим изворима софтвера." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " "instructions on how to download and install the signing key (GPG key)." msgstr "" +"Већина ризница доставља кључ потписивања како би била у могућности да " +"провери преузете пакете. Тако поред горе наведених корака, требало би да " +"пропратите могућа упутства о томе како да преузмете и инсталирате кључ " +"потписивања (ГПГ кључ)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активирајте ризницу Каноникалових партнера" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1960,9 +2447,15 @@ "repository will appear in Ubuntu Software search results but " "won't be installable until this repository is enabled." msgstr "" +"Ризница Каноникалових партнера нуди неке власничке програме за чије " +"коришћење није потребно издвојити никакав новац али су затвореног кода. Ту " +"спадају програми као што је Скајп и Адобов флеш " +"прикључак. Програми из ове ризнице ће се појавити у резултатима " +"претраге Убунтуовог софтвера али нећете моћи да их инсталирате " +"све док не укључите ову ризницу." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1970,43 +2463,51 @@ "checked then close the Software & Updates window. If you " "don't see it, click Add and enter:" msgstr "" +"Да укључите ризницу, пратите кораке изнад да отворите језичак Остали " +"софтвер у Софтвер и ажурирања. Ако видите ризницу " +"Партнери Каноникала на списку, уверите се да је изабрана а затим " +"затворите прозор Софтвер и ажурирања. Ако је не видите, кликните " +"Додај и упишите:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " "repository information." msgstr "" +"Кликните Додај извор и затим затворите прозор Софтвер и " +"ажурирања. Сачекајте тренутак да Убунтуов софтвер преузме " +"податке о ризници." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додајте/уклоните програме" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Додајте и уклоните софтвер" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Као ваша сопствена лична фотографска кабина." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/app-cheese.page:18 msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Снимите забавне фотографије и снимке вашом веб камерицом" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/app-cheese.page:22 @@ -2014,6 +2515,8 @@ "With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos " "and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others." msgstr "" +"Програмом Птичица и вашом веб камерицом, можете снимити " +"фотографије и снимке, применити посебна дејства и делити забаву са другима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/app-cheese.page:27 @@ -2021,16 +2524,18 @@ "For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user " "guide." msgstr "" +"За помоћ о коришћењу Птичице, прочитајте Корисничко упутство Птичице." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-check.page:7 msgid "Verify your backup was successful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Провера ваше резерве је била успешна." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-check.page:18 msgid "Check your backup" -msgstr "Проверите резервни примерак" +msgstr "Проверите вашу резерву" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-check.page:20 @@ -2039,6 +2544,10 @@ "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data " "since some files could be missing from the backup." msgstr "" +"Након што сте направили резерву ваших датотека, требали бисте да проверите " +"да ли је стварање резерве успешно обављено. Ако није одрађено како треба, " +"можете да изгубите важне податке јер неке датотеке могу да недостају у " +"резерви." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-check.page:24 @@ -2048,6 +2557,10 @@ "transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform " "additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly." msgstr "" +"Када користите управника датотека за умножавање или за премештање датотека, " +"рачунар врши проверу да ли су сви подаци исправно пребачени. Међутим, ако " +"пребацујете вама врло важне податке, можда ћете желети да извршите додатну " +"проверу да се уверите да су ваши подаци исправно пребачени." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-check.page:30 @@ -2057,6 +2570,10 @@ "you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra " "confidence that the process was successful." msgstr "" +"Можете да извршите додатну проверу тако што ћете прегледати умножене " +"датотеке и фасцикле на одредишном медијуму. Самим чином прегледања и " +"уверавања о постојању пренесених датотека и фасцикли на медијуму резерве, " +"можете бити додатно сигурни да је процес успешно обављен." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/backup-check.page:35 @@ -2066,6 +2583,10 @@ "Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just " "copying and pasting files." msgstr "" +"Ако знате да редовно правите резерву велике количине података, можете " +"увидети да је лакше користити програм намењен за прављење резерви, као што " +"је Сигурни сеф. Такав програм је моћнији и поузданији него само " +"умножавање и убацивање датотека." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-frequency.page:7 @@ -2073,6 +2594,8 @@ "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that " "they're safe." msgstr "" +"Сазнајте колико често треба да правите резерву ваших важних датотека да " +"бисте били сигурни да су безбедне." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/backup-frequency.page:13 @@ -2101,12 +2624,12 @@ #: C/user-delete.page:11 #: C/user-goodpassword.page:15 msgid "Tiffany Antopolski" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тифани Антополоски" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-frequency.page:23 msgid "Frequency of backups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учестаност прављења резерве" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:25 @@ -2115,6 +2638,10 @@ "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data " "stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough." msgstr "" +"Колико често ћете правити резерве зависиће од врсте података за причувавање. " +"На пример, ако радите у мрежном окружењу са ризичним подацима сачуваним на " +"вашим серверима, онда можда неће бити довољно чак ни свакодневно прављење " +"резерве." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:29 @@ -2123,16 +2650,20 @@ "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to " "consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:" msgstr "" +"Са друге стране, ако правите резерву података на вашем кућном рачунару онда " +"ће прављење резерве на сваких сат времена бити стварно непотребно. Можда ће " +"вам бити од помоћи да размотрите следеће тачке када будете желели да " +"испланирате распоред прављења резерве:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:34 msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Колико времена проводите у раду за рачунаром." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:35 msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Колико често и колико података на рачунару се измени." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:38 @@ -2142,6 +2673,11 @@ "backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax " "audit, more frequent backups may be necessary." msgstr "" +"Ако су подаци за које желите да направите резерву ниже важности, или " +"подложни мањим изменама, као музика, е-пошта и породичне фотографије, онда " +"ће недељно или чак месечно прављење резерве бити сасвим довољно. Међутим, " +"ако се деси да се налазите у сред обрачунавања пореза, учесталије стварање " +"резерви ће можда бити неопходно." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-frequency.page:43 @@ -2151,6 +2687,11 @@ "example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, " "you should back up at least once per week." msgstr "" +"Као опште правило, време између прављења резерви не би требало да буде веће " +"од времена које бисте потрошили ако бисте морали поново да урадите све што " +"сте до тада урадили. На пример, ако вам је недељу дана превише времена да " +"утрошите на поновно писање изгубљених докумената, онда бисте требали да " +"правите резерве барем једном недељно." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-how.page:7 @@ -2158,11 +2699,13 @@ "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your " "valuable files and settings to protect against loss." msgstr "" +"Користите Сигурни сеф (или неки други програм за резерве) да направите " +"умношке ваших вредних датотека и подешавања да их заштитите од губљења." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-how.page:27 msgid "How to back up" -msgstr "Како направити резерву" +msgstr "Како да направите резерву" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:29 @@ -2171,6 +2714,10 @@ "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup " "applications are available, like Déjà Dup." msgstr "" +"Препоручени начин да направите резерву ваших датотека и подешавања је да " +"допустите програму за резерве да одради процес прављења резерве за вас. " +"Доступан је велики број различитих програма за резерву, на пример " +"Безбедни сеф." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:34 @@ -2178,6 +2725,8 @@ "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting " "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data." msgstr "" +"Помоћ изабраног програма за резерве ће вас водити кроз подешавање поставки " +"за прављење резерве, као и за повраћај података." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:38 @@ -2188,6 +2737,11 @@ "files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy " "them from there." msgstr "" +"Још један од начина је да умножите ваше " +"датотеке на безбедно место, као што је спољни чврсти диск, други " +"рачунар на мрежи, или УСБ уређај. Ваши лични подаци и подешавања се обично налазе у вашој " +"личној фасцикли, тако да можете да их умножите одатле." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-how.page:44 @@ -2196,6 +2750,9 @@ "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up " "the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:" msgstr "" +"Количина података коју можете да умножите је ограничена величином складишног " +"уређаја. Ако имате простора на уређају за резерву, најбоље би било да " +"направите резерву читаве личне фасцикле изузев следећих ставки:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-how.page:49 @@ -2203,6 +2760,8 @@ "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or " "other removable media." msgstr "" +"Датотеке чије резерве сте већ направили негде другде, на ЦД, ДВД, или другим " +"преносивим медијима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-how.page:51 @@ -2211,6 +2770,10 @@ "you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your " "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files." msgstr "" +"Датотеке које можете с лакоћом поново да направите. На пример, ако сте " +"програмер, нећете морати да правите резерве датотека које се стварају када " +"вршите превођење програма. Уместо тога, уверите се да сте направили резерву " +"оригиналне изворне датотеке." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-how.page:55 @@ -2218,16 +2781,18 @@ "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in " "~/.local/share/Trash." msgstr "" +"Све датотеке у фасцикли смећа. Ваша фасцикла смећа се налази у " +"~/.local/share/Trash." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-restore.page:7 msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Довуците ваше датотеке из резерве." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-restore.page:23 msgid "Restore a backup" -msgstr "Вратите резервни примерак" +msgstr "Вратите резерву" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-restore.page:25 @@ -2235,6 +2800,8 @@ "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, " "you can restore them from the backup:" msgstr "" +"Ако сте изгубили или обрисали неке од ваших датотека, али имате њихове " +"резерве, можете да их повратите из резерве:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:29 @@ -2243,6 +2810,9 @@ "drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer." msgstr "" +"Да вратите вашу резерву са уређаја као што је спољни чврсти диск, УСБ уређај " +"или други рачунар на мрежи, можете да умножите " +"датотеке назад на ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:33 @@ -2252,6 +2822,10 @@ "your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will " "provide specific instructions on how to restore your files." msgstr "" +"Ако сте направили резерву користећи програм за резерве као што је " +"Безбедни сеф, препоручљиво је да користите исти програм за " +"враћање резерве. Прегледајте помоћ програма: у њој ћете наћи одговарајућа " +"упутства о томе како да вратите ваше датотеке." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7 @@ -2259,11 +2833,13 @@ "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you " "may want to back up." msgstr "" +"Списак фасцикли у којима можете да пронађете документа, датотеке и " +"подешавања која ћете желети да причувате у резерви." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29 msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Где могу да пронађем датотеке за које желим да направим резерву?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31 @@ -2271,11 +2847,13 @@ "Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings " "that you may want to back up." msgstr "" +"На списку испод су најчешћа места важних датотека и подешавања која ћете " +"желети да причувате у резерви." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36 msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Личне датотеке (документа, музика, фотографије и видео записи)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need @@ -2287,6 +2865,9 @@ "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and " "Videos." msgstr "" +"Ове датотеке се обично налазе у вашој личној фасцикли " +"(/home/ваше_име). Могу бити у подфасциклама као што је Радна " +"површ, Документа, Слике, Музика и Видео)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43 @@ -2296,11 +2877,15 @@ "how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage " "Analyzer." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш медијум за резерву има довољно простора (ако је то спољни чврсти " +"диск, на пример), узмите у обзир прављење резерве читаве личне фасцикле. " +"Можете да сазнате колико простора на диску заузима ваша лична фасцикла " +"користећи Анализер искоришћености диска." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:50 msgid "Hidden files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скривене датотеке" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51 @@ -2310,12 +2895,18 @@ "Files or press CtrlH. " "You can copy these to a backup location like any other file." msgstr "" +"Свака датотека или фасцикла чији назив почиње тачком (.) је скривена по " +"основи. Да прикажете скривене датотеке, кликните " +"ПрегледПрикажи скривене датотеке, или " +"притисните КтрлН. И њих можете да " +"умножите на место резерве као сваку другу датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58 msgid "" "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)" msgstr "" +"Лична подешавања (поставке радне површи, теме, и подешавања програма)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:59 @@ -2323,6 +2914,8 @@ "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home " "folder (see above for information on hidden files)." msgstr "" +"Већина програма чува своја подешавања у скривеним фасциклама у вашој личној " +"фасцикли (погледајте горе о томе шта су то скривене датотеке)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61 @@ -2331,11 +2924,14 @@ ".config, .gconf, .gnome2, and " ".local in your Home folder." msgstr "" +"Већина подешавања ваших програма ће бити сачувана у фасциклама " +".config, .gconf, .gnome2, и " +".local у вашој личној фасцикли." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:68 msgid "System-wide settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подешавања система" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69 @@ -2346,16 +2942,23 @@ "back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, " "however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running." msgstr "" +"Подешавања за важне делове система се не чувају у вашој личној фасцикли. " +"Постоји велики број места на којима могу бити сачувана, али је већина " +"сачувана у фасцикли /etc. Уопштено, нећете морати да правите " +"резерву ових датотека на кућном рачунару. Ако имате инсталиран сервер, онда " +"бисте требали да направите резерву ових датотека за услуге које покреће." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-what.page:7 msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong." msgstr "" +"Направите резерву свега онога што неможете дозволити да буде изгубљено ако " +"нешто пође наопако." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-what.page:28 msgid "What to back up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта да причувате у резерви" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-what.page:30 @@ -2364,6 +2967,9 @@ "thinkabout\">most important files as well as those that are difficult " "to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:" msgstr "" +"Ваш приоритет треба да буде да направите резерву ваших најважнијих датотека као и свега онога чега би поновно " +"стварање било тешко. На пример, од најважнијих до мање важних ствари:" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:37 @@ -2377,11 +2983,14 @@ "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would " "consider irreplaceable." msgstr "" +"У ово могу да спадају документа, таблице, е-пошта, састанци у календару, " +"финансијски подаци, породичне фотографије, или све друге личне датотеке које " +"сматрате незамењивим." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:44 msgid "Your personal settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваша лична подешавања" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-what.page:45 @@ -2392,11 +3001,16 @@ "music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a " "while to recreate." msgstr "" +"Овде спадају измене које сте можда начинили на бојама, позадинама, " +"резолуцији екрана и подешавањима миша на вашој радној површи. Овде такође " +"спадају поставке програма, као подешавања Либре офиса, програма " +"за музику и е-пошту. Сва ова подешавања се могу заменити, али њихово поновно " +"стварање може потрајати мало дуже." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:53 msgid "System settings" -msgstr "Поставке система" +msgstr "Подешавања система" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-what.page:54 @@ -2406,11 +3020,15 @@ "if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these " "settings." msgstr "" +"Већина људи никада не мења подешавања система која су створена за време " +"инсталације. Ако из неког разлога прилагодите подешавања система, или ако " +"користите рачунар као сервер, онда ћете можда желети да направите резерву " +"тих подешавања." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/backup-what.page:61 msgid "Installed software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инсталирани програми" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-what.page:62 @@ -2418,6 +3036,8 @@ "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious " "computer problem by reinstalling it." msgstr "" +"Програми које користите обично могу бити повраћени врло брзо након озбиљних " +"проблема на рачунару њиховим поновним инсталирањем." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-what.page:67 @@ -2427,23 +3047,29 @@ "are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk " "space by having backups of them." msgstr "" +"У опште, желећете да направите резерву датотека које су незамењиве и " +"датотека које захтевају доста уложеног времена за њихову замену без резерве. " +"Ако су ствари лако замењиве, с друге стране, можда нећете желети да " +"користите простор на диску њиховом резервом." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-where.page:7 msgid "" "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use." msgstr "" +"Савет о томе где да сачувате ваше резерве и коју врсту складишног уређаја да " +"користите." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/backup-where.page:9 msgctxt "sort" msgid "c" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ц" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-where.page:24 msgid "Where to store your backup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Где да сачувате вашу резерву" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-where.page:26 @@ -2454,6 +3080,12 @@ "keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or " "theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together." msgstr "" +"Умношке резерве бисте требали да ускладиштите засебно од вашег рачунара — на " +"спољном чврстом диску, на пример. На тај начин, ако вам се поквари рачунар, " +"резерва ће и даље остати читава. Зарад веће сигурност, не бисте требали да " +"држите резерве у истој згради у којој се налази и рачунар. У случају пожара " +"или крађе, оба примерка ваших података би могла бити изгубљена ако их држите " +"заједно." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-where.page:32 @@ -2462,41 +3094,44 @@ "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for " "all of the backed-up files." msgstr "" +"Врло је важно и да изаберете одговарајући медијум резерве. Треба да " +"складиштите ваше резерве на уређају који има довољно простора на диску за " +"све ваше датотеке резерве." #. (itstool) path: list/title #: C/backup-where.page:37 msgid "Local and remote storage options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опције локалног и удаљеног складиштења" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записиви ЦД или ДВД дискови (низак/средњи капацитет)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:45 msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Спољни чврсти диск (обично високи капацитет)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:48 msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Унутрашњи уређај диска (високи капацитет)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:51 msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уређај повезан на мрежу (високи капацитет)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:54 msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сервер датотека/резерве (високи капацитет)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:57 @@ -2504,6 +3139,8 @@ "Online backup service (Amazon " "S3, for example; capacity depends on price)" msgstr "" +"Услуге резерве на мрежи (Амазон " +"С3, на пример; капацитет зависи од цене)" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-where.page:62 @@ -2512,22 +3149,25 @@ "every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system " "backup." msgstr "" +"Неке од ових опција имају довољно капацитета да омогуће прављење резерве " +"свих датотека на вашем систему, која је такође позната као резерва " +"читавог система." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-why.page:7 msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто, шта, где и како о резервама." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/backup-why.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Backups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Резерве" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-why.page:20 msgid "Back up your important files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Направите резерве ваших важних датотека" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-why.page:22 @@ -2539,6 +3179,12 @@ "original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard " "drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service." msgstr "" +"Прављење резерве ваших датотека једноставно значи стварање њиховог " +"умношка зарад чувања. Ово се ради у случају када изворне датотеке постану " +"неупотребљиве услед губитака или оштећења. Ови умношци могу бити искоришћени " +"за повраћај изворних података у случају губитка. Умношци требају бити чувани " +"на другом уређају. На пример, можете да користите УСБ уређај, спољни чврсти " +"диск, ЦД/ДВД, или услугу на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-why.page:29 @@ -2546,6 +3192,8 @@ "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies " "off-site and (possibly) encrypted." msgstr "" +"Најбољи начин да направите резерву ваших датотека је да то радите редовно, " +"држећи умношке на мрежи и (по могућству) шифроване." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth.page:15 @@ -2554,6 +3202,9 @@ "xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files, turn on and off…" msgstr "" +"Повежите се, пошаљите датотеке, укључите и искључите…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth.page:24 @@ -2569,12 +3220,17 @@ "send files between devices, such " "as from your computer to your cell phone." msgstr "" +"Блутут је бежични протокол који вам омогућава да повежете многе различите " +"врсте уређаја на ваш рачунар. Блутут се углавном користи за слушалице са " +"микрофоном и улазне уређаје као што су миш и тастатуре. Можете такође да " +"користите Блутут да пошаљете датотеке " +"између уређаја, као оне са вашег рачунара на мобилни телефон." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/bluetooth.page:48 msgctxt "link" msgid "Bluetooth problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблеми блутута" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/bluetooth.page:51 @@ -2586,7 +3242,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14 msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices." -msgstr "Упарите Блутут уређаје" +msgstr "Упарите Блутут уређаје." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21 @@ -2597,12 +3253,12 @@ #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19 #: C/printing-setup.page:22 msgid "Paul W. Frields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пол В. Фрилдс" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35 msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите ваш рачунар на Блутут уређај" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37 @@ -2611,6 +3267,9 @@ "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the " "Bluetooth devices." msgstr "" +"Пре него што ћете моћи да користите Блутут уређај као што је миш или " +"слушалице са микрофоном, као прво морате да повежете ваш рачунар на уређај. " +"Ово се такође назива упаривањем Блутут уређаја." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:42 @@ -2619,6 +3278,8 @@ "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See ." msgstr "" +"Пре него што почнете, уверите се да је укључен Блутут на вашем рачунару. " +"Погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50 @@ -2626,6 +3287,8 @@ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New " "Device." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу Блутута на траци изборника и изаберите Подеси нови " +"уређај." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53 @@ -2633,6 +3296,8 @@ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New " "Device." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу Блутута на горњој траци и изаберите Подеси нови " +"уређај." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 @@ -2642,6 +3307,10 @@ "(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer " "will begin searching for devices." msgstr "" +"Наместите да други Блутут уређај буде откривен или видљив и поставите га на 10 метара од вашег " +"рачунара. Кликните Настави. Ваш рачунар ће почети да тражи " +"уређаје." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64 @@ -2649,6 +3318,8 @@ "If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-" "down to display only a single type of device in the list." msgstr "" +"Ако има превише уређаја на списку, користите падајући списак Врста " +"уређаја да прикажете само уређаје једне врсте на списку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:68 @@ -2656,6 +3327,8 @@ "Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other " "device." msgstr "" +"Кликните ПИН опције да подесите на који начин ће ПИН бити " +"испоручен другим уређајима." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:71 @@ -2665,6 +3338,10 @@ "PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the " "proper setting." msgstr "" +"Самостално подешавање ПИН-а ће користити шестоцифрени бројни код. Уређај без " +"улазних кључева или екрана, као што је миш или слушалице са микрофоном, могу " +"да затраже посебан ПИН као 0000, или чак без ПИН-а. Ручно проверите ваше " +"уређаје за властитим подешавањима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:76 @@ -2672,6 +3349,8 @@ "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click " "Close." msgstr "" +"Изаберите одговарајуће подешавање ПИН-а за ваш уређај, затим кликните " +"Затвори." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80 @@ -2679,6 +3358,8 @@ "Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, " "the PIN will be displayed on the screen." msgstr "" +"Кликните Настави за следеће. Ако нисте изабрали ПИН " +"претподешавања, ПИН ће бити приказан на екрану." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84 @@ -2687,6 +3368,10 @@ "you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the " "PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches." msgstr "" +"Ако је затражено, потврдите ПИН на вашем другом уређају. Уређај треба да вам " +"покаже ПИН који сте видели на екрану вашег рачунара, или вам може затражити " +"да унесете ПИН. Потврдите ПИН на уређају (можда ћете морати да кликнете на " +"Упари." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88 @@ -2695,6 +3380,9 @@ "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device " "list and start again." msgstr "" +"Морате да завршите ваш унос за 20 секунде на већини уређаја, или веза неће " +"бити успостављена. Ако до овога дође, вратите се на списак уређаја и почните " +"опет." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:93 @@ -2702,6 +3390,8 @@ "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click " "Close." msgstr "" +"Порука ће се појавити када веза буде успешно успостављена. Кликните " +"Затвори." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:98 @@ -2709,6 +3399,8 @@ "You can remove a Bluetooth " "connection later if desired." msgstr "" +"Касније, ако желите, можете да уклоните Блутут везу." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:102 @@ -2716,6 +3408,8 @@ "To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth " "Sharing settings. See ." msgstr "" +"Да надзирете приступ вашим дељеним датотекама, погледајте подешавања " +"Дељење блутута. Видите ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:13 @@ -2723,11 +3417,13 @@ "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might " "be disabled or blocked." msgstr "" +"Можда је адаптер искључен или нема управљачких програма, или је можда Блутут " +"искључен или блокиран." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23 msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не могу да повежем Блутут уређај" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:25 @@ -2735,11 +3431,13 @@ "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a " "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset." msgstr "" +"Постоје бројни разлози због којих нећете бити у могућности да се повежете на " +"Блутут уређај, као што је телефон или слушалице са микрофоном." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:30 msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Веза је блокирана или није од поверења" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31 @@ -2748,11 +3446,14 @@ "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device " "is set up to allow connections." msgstr "" +"Неки Блутут уређаји по основи блокирају везе, или захтевају да измените " +"подешавања да би допустили остваривање везе. Уверите се да је ваш уређај " +"подешен да дозвољава везе." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36 msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хардвер блутута није препознат" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37 @@ -2763,11 +3464,17 @@ "so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you " "will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter." msgstr "" +"Можда рачунар није препознао ваш Блутут адаптер. Ово може бити зато што " +"управљачки програми за адаптер нису " +"инсталирани. Неки Блутут адаптери нису подржани на Линуксу, тако да можда " +"нећете бити у могућности да за њих набавите одговарајуће управљачке " +"програме. У том случају, вероватно ћете морати да набавите другачији Блутут " +"адаптер." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44 msgid "Adapter not switched on" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Адаптер није упаљен" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47 @@ -2776,6 +3483,9 @@ "icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да је ваш Блутут адаптер упаљен. Кликните на иконицу Блутута на " +"траци изборника и проверите да није искључен." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:51 @@ -2784,11 +3494,14 @@ "icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да је ваш Блутут адаптер упаљен. Кликните на иконицу Блутута на " +"траци изборника и проверите да није искључен." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:57 msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Блутут веза уређаја је искључена" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58 @@ -2797,11 +3510,14 @@ "For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not " "in airplane mode." msgstr "" +"Проверите да ли је Блутут укључен на уређају на који покушавате да се " +"повежете. На пример, ако покушавате да се повежете на телефон, уверите се да " +"није у режиму авиона." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64 msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нема Блутут адаптера на вашем рачунару" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65 @@ -2809,16 +3525,18 @@ "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you " "want to use Bluetooth." msgstr "" +"Многи рачунари немају Блутут адаптере. Можете да купите један адаптер ако " +"желите да користите Блутут." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:12 msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уклоните уређај са списка Блутут уређаја." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уклоните везу између Блутут уређаја" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:28 @@ -2828,6 +3546,10 @@ "like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or " "from a device." msgstr "" +"Ако више не желите да будете повезани на Блутут уређај, можете да уклоните " +"везу. Ово је корисно ако више не желите да користите уређај као што је миш " +"или слушалице са микрофоном, или ако више не желите да пребацујете датотеке " +"на или са уређаја." #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37 @@ -2835,6 +3557,8 @@ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select " "Bluetooth Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу Блутута на траци изборника и изаберите " +"Подешавања блутута." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:40 @@ -2843,6 +3567,8 @@ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу Блутута на горњој траци и изаберите Подешавања " +"блутута." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45 @@ -2850,11 +3576,13 @@ "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the " "- icon underneath the list." msgstr "" +"У левој површи изаберите уређај са којим желите да прекинете везу, затим " +"кликните на иконицу - (минус) испод списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:49 msgid "Click Remove in the confirmation window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Уклони у прозорчету за потврду." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:53 @@ -2862,16 +3590,18 @@ "You can reconnect a Bluetooth " "device later if desired." msgstr "" +"Касније, ако желите, можете поново " +"да повежете Блутут уређај." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15 msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Делите датотеке Блутут уређајима као што је ваш телефон." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пошаљите датотеку Блутут уређају" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37 @@ -2882,6 +3612,11 @@ "using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings " "window, or directly from the file manager." msgstr "" +"Можете да шаљете датотеке на повезане блутут уређаје, као што су неки " +"мобилни телефони или други рачунари. Неке врсте уређаја не дозвољавају " +"пренос датотека, или нарочитих врста датотека. Датотеке можете да пошаљете " +"на један од три начина: користећи иконицу блутута на траци изборника, из " +"прозора подешавања блутута, или посредно из управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43 @@ -2891,6 +3626,10 @@ "files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth " "icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window." msgstr "" +"Можете да шаљете датотеке на повезане блутут уређаје, као што су неки " +"мобилни телефони или други рачунари. Неке врсте уређаја не дозвољавају " +"пренос датотека, или нарочитих врста датотека. Можете да пошаљете датотеке " +"користећи иконицу блутута на горњој траци или из прозора подешавања блутута." #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:51 @@ -2898,11 +3637,13 @@ "To send files directly from the file manager, see ." msgstr "" +"Да пошаљете датотеке директно из управника датотека, видите ." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:68 msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пошаљите датотеке користећи иконицу Блутута" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:72 @@ -2910,6 +3651,8 @@ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to " "Device." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу блутута на траци изборника и изаберите Пошаљи " +"датотеке на уређај." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:75 @@ -2917,12 +3660,15 @@ "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to " "Device." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу блутута на горњој траци и изаберите Пошаљи датотеке " +"на уређај." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80 #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:122 msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click Select." msgstr "" +"Изаберите датотеку коју желите да пошаљете и кликните Изабери." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81 @@ -2931,6 +3677,8 @@ "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you " "select each file." msgstr "" +"Да пошаљете више од једне датотеке у фасцикли, држите притиснутим " +"Ктрл и бирајте датотеку једну по једну." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85 @@ -2938,6 +3686,8 @@ "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click " "Send." msgstr "" +"Изаберите уређај коме желите да пошаљете датотеке и кликните " +"Пошаљи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:87 @@ -2949,6 +3699,12 @@ "pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably " "require confirmation on the other device." msgstr "" +"Списак уређаја ће показати како уређаје на које сте већ повезани тако и видљуве уређаје у опсегу. Ако се већ " +"нисте повезали на изабрани уређај, биће вам затражено да се упарите са " +"уређајем након што кликнете Пошаљи. Ово ће вероватно да затражи " +"потврђивање на другом уређају." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94 @@ -2956,6 +3712,8 @@ "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device " "types using the Device type drop-down." msgstr "" +"Ако има више уређаја, можете ограничити списак само на одређене врсте " +"уређаја користећи падајући списак Врста уређаја." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:98 @@ -2965,11 +3723,14 @@ "the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file " "transfer will be shown on your screen." msgstr "" +"Власник пријемног уређаја би требао да притисне дугме да би прихватио " +"датотеку. Након што власник прихвати или одбије, резултат преноса датотеке " +"биће приказан на вашем екрану." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:105 msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пошаљите датотеке из подешавања Блутута" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:109 @@ -2977,6 +3738,8 @@ "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу Блутута на траци изборника и изаберите Подешавања " +"блутута." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:116 @@ -2985,21 +3748,25 @@ "shows devices you've already connected to. See ." msgstr "" +"Изаберите уређај на који ћете послати датотеке са списка на левој страни. " +"Списак приказује само уређаје на које сте већ повезани. Видите „“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:119 msgid "In the device information on the right, click Send Files." msgstr "" +"У подацима о уређају на десној стран кликните Пошаљи датотеке." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12 msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите или искључите блутут уређај на вашем рачунару." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:28 msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off" -msgstr "Укључите или искључите Блутут" +msgstr "Укључите или искључите блутут" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. (itstool) path: p/media @@ -3008,17 +3775,19 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " "md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " +"md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33 msgid "The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Иконица блутута на траци изборника" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:36 @@ -3027,6 +3796,9 @@ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " "Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on." msgstr "" +"Можете да укључите блутут да бисте користили блутут уређаје и слали и " +"примали датотеке, али га искључите да сачувате енергију. Да укључите блутут, " +"кликните на иконицу блутута на горњој траци и укључите Блутут." #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42 @@ -3037,6 +3809,11 @@ "a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of " "the Fn key." msgstr "" +"Многи преносни рачунари имају физички прекидач или комбинацију тастера за " +"укључивање и искључивање блутута. Ако је компонента блутута искључена, " +"нећете видети иконицу блутута на траци изборника. Потражите прекидач на " +"вашем рачунару или тастер на тастатури. Тастеру на тастатури се обично " +"приступа уз помоћ Fn тастера." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:48 @@ -3047,6 +3824,11 @@ "key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of " "the Fn key." msgstr "" +"Многи преносни рачунари имају физички прекидач или комбинацију тастера за " +"укључивање и искључивање блутута. Ако је компонента блутута искључена, " +"нећете видети иконицу блутута на горњој траци. Потражите прекидач на вашем " +"рачунару или тастер на тастатури. Тастеру на тастатури се обично приступа уз " +"помоћ Fn тастера." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55 @@ -3054,6 +3836,8 @@ "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch " "Bluetooth off." msgstr "" +"Да искључите блутут, кликните на иконицу блутута и искључите " +"Блутут." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:58 @@ -3062,16 +3846,19 @@ "computer from another device. See for " "more information." msgstr "" +"Мораћете једино да укључите Видљивост ако се повезујете на тај " +"рачунар са другог уређаја. За више података, погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:11 msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да ли други уређаји могу да открију ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:20 msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је видљивост блутута?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:22 @@ -3081,6 +3868,10 @@ "visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other " "devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you." msgstr "" +"Видљивост блутута се односи на то да ли остали уређаји могу да открију ваш " +"рачунар када врше претрагу за блутут уређајима. Када је видљивост блутута " +"укључена, ваш рачунар ће сам себе упозорити о свим осталим уређајима у " +"домету, дозвољавајући им да покушају да се повежу са вама." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:27 @@ -3088,6 +3879,9 @@ "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but " "those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them." msgstr "" +"Ваш рачунар не мора да буде видљив да би вршио претрагу за осталим " +"уређајима, али ти уређаји морају бити видљиви вашем рачунару да би могао да " +"их открије." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:30 @@ -3096,6 +3890,9 @@ "device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to " "communicate with each other." msgstr "" +"Након што сте се повезали на " +"уређај, ни ваш рачунар ни уређај не морају бити видљиви да би " +"међусобно комуницирали." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:34 @@ -3103,6 +3900,8 @@ "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from " "another device, you should leave visibility off." msgstr "" +"Осим ако ви или неко коме верујете треба да се повеже на ваш рачунар са " +"другог уређаја, требали бисте да оставите видљивост искљученом." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:10 @@ -3110,6 +3909,8 @@ "Look in System SettingsColor for the " "option to change this." msgstr "" +"Погледајте Подешавања системаБоје за " +"опцију да измените ово." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:16 @@ -3134,12 +3935,12 @@ #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:11 #: C/color-whyimportant.page:11 msgid "Richard Hughes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ричардс Хјуџиз" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26 msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да доделим профил уређају?" #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: choose/p @@ -3149,6 +3950,8 @@ "Open System SettingsColor, and click " "the device that you wish to add a profile to." msgstr "" +"Отворите ПодешавањаБоје, и кликните " +"на уређај за који желите да додате профил." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:40 @@ -3156,6 +3959,8 @@ "By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or " "import a new file." msgstr "" +"Кликом на Додај профил можете да изаберете постојећи или да " +"увезете нови профил." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44 @@ -3166,11 +3971,16 @@ "example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for " "glossy paper and another plain paper." msgstr "" +"Сваки уређај може имати више додељених профила, али само један профил може " +"бити основни. Основни профил се користи тамо где нема додатних " +"података који би омогућили да профил буде самостално изабран. Пример " +"самосталног бирања би био ако је један профил направљен за сјајан папир а " +"други за обичан папир." #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:54 msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можете одрадити основности профила променивши их радио дугметом." #. (itstool) path: figure/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -3184,6 +3994,8 @@ "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' " "md5='78403ca445191bb5f9be02fecf80968c'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' " +"md5='78403ca445191bb5f9be02fecf80968c'" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:58 @@ -3191,16 +4003,18 @@ "If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will " "create a new profile." msgstr "" +"Ако је хардвер за калибрацију повезан, онда ће дугме Калибрација… " +"направити нови профил." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11 msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Калибрација фото-апарата је важна зарад снимања исправних боја." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20 msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да калибришем мој фото-апарат?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22 @@ -3209,6 +4023,9 @@ "desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it " "can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel." msgstr "" +"Фото-апарати се калибришу снимањем циљне фотографије под жељеним условима " +"осветљења. Претварање РАВ датотеке у ТИФФ датотеку, може бити коришћено за " +"калибрацију фото-апарата у панелу за управљање бојом." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28 @@ -3217,6 +4034,9 @@ "Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not " "work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount." msgstr "" +"Мораћете да одсечете ТИФФ датотеку тако да само мета буде видљива. Уверите " +"се да су беле и црне ивице још увек видљиве. Калибрација неће радити ако је " +"слика изврнута или изобличена већим делом." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36 @@ -3226,30 +4046,34 @@ "several times for studio, bright sunlight and " "cloudy lighting conditions." msgstr "" +"Резултирајући профил је једино исправан под условима осветљења под којима " +"сте направили изворну слику. Ово значи да ћете морати да профилишете " +"неколико пута услове осветљења за студио, сунчани дан и " +"облачно време." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10 msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Калибрација штампача је важна зарад штампања исправних боја." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19 msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да калибришем мој штампач?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21 msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Постоје два начина за калибрацију штампача:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26 msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Коришћење фото-спектрометарског уређаја као што је Пантон КолорМунки" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +4081,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -3268,22 +4092,26 @@ "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you " "are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types." msgstr "" +"Коришћење скупог уређаја као што је КолорМунки би вам се исплатило само ако " +"треба да профилишете велики број скупова мастила или врста папира." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44 msgid "" "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!" msgstr "" +"Ако промените добављача мастила, будите сигурни да сте поново калибрисали " +"штампач!" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:12 msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Калибрација скенера је важна зарад хватања исправних боја." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28 msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да калибришем мој скенер?" #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: choose/p @@ -3294,6 +4122,10 @@ "can then click Calibrate… from System " "SettingsColor to create a profile for the device." msgstr "" +"Скенирајте вашу циљну датотеку и сачувајте је као незапаковану ТИФФ " +"датотеку. Затим можете кликнути Калибриши… из " +"Подешавања системаБоја да направите " +"профил за уређај." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:48 @@ -3301,16 +4133,18 @@ "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not " "usually need to be recalibrated." msgstr "" +"Скенери су невероватно постојани у времену и температури, тако да обично не " +"морају бити поново калибрисани." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:11 msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Калибрација екрана је важна зарад приказивања исправних боја." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:29 msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да калибришем мој екран?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31 @@ -3318,6 +4152,8 @@ "Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in " "computer design or artwork." msgstr "" +"Калибрисање екрана би требало да буде обавезно ако радите на рачунарском " +"дизајну или се бавите уметничким остварењима." #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: choose/p @@ -3330,6 +4166,11 @@ "wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings " "to adjust." msgstr "" +"Коришћењем уређаја који се зове мерач боја ви тачно мерите различите боје " +"које ваш екран може да прикаже. Покретањем Подешавања " +"системаБоја можете направити профил, а чаробњак ће " +"вам показати како да прикачите уређај мерача боја и која подешавања да " +"дотерате." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:55 @@ -3339,21 +4180,26 @@ "means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the " "color control panel." msgstr "" +"Екрани се мењају стално — позадинско светло у ТФТ екрану ће смањити " +"осветљеност на пола приближно сваких 18 месеци, и постаће жући како буде " +"старио. Ово значи да ћете морати да поново калибришете екран када се иконица " +"[!] појави на управљачком панелу боја." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:62 msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs." msgstr "" +"ЛЕД екрани се такође мењају са временом, али много спорије него ТФТ екрани." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9 msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Калибрација и карактеризација су потпуно различите ствари." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19 msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Која је разлика између калибрације и карактеризације?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:20 @@ -3362,16 +4208,19 @@ "and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color " "behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:" msgstr "" +"Много људи је на почетку збуњено о разлици између калибрације и " +"карактеризације. Калибрација је процес мењања понашања боје уређаја. Ово се " +"обично постиже коришћењем два начина:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27 msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мењањем контрола или унутрашњих подешавања која поседује" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:28 msgid "Applying curves to its color channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Применом кривих на канале његових боја" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:30 @@ -3382,6 +4231,11 @@ "systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel " "calibration curves." msgstr "" +"Замисао калибрације је постављање уређаја у одређено стање без услова на " +"одговоре његових боја. Ово се често користи као свакодневно средство за " +"одржавање понашања репродукције. Обично калибрација ће бити ускладиштена у " +"посебном формату датотеке уређаја или система који снима подешавања уређаја " +"или криве калибрације по каналу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:37 @@ -3394,6 +4248,13 @@ "by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring " "color from one device representation to another be achieved." msgstr "" +"Карактеризација (или профилисање) је снимање начина на који уређај " +"производи или одговара на боју. Обично резултат је ускладиштен у ИЦЦ профилу " +"уређаја. Такав профил сам по себи не мења боју ни на који начин. Он допушта " +"систему као што је ЦММ (Модулу за управљање бојом) или програму за опажање " +"боје да измени боју када је комбинована са другим профилом уређаја. Само " +"познајући карактеристике оба уређаја, само начин преноса боје са " +"представљања једног уређаја на други може бити остварен." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:48 @@ -3401,6 +4262,8 @@ "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if " "it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized." msgstr "" +"Знајте да ће карактеризација (профил) бити исправна само за уређај ако је у " +"истом стању калибрације као када је био карактерисан." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:54 @@ -3413,16 +4276,23 @@ "display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do " "anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information." msgstr "" +"У случају приказа профила постоје додатне сметње зато што су подаци о " +"калибрацији често смештени у профилу због погодности. Према договору " +"смештају се у ознаци под називом vcgt. Иако су смештени у профилу, " +"ниједан од алата заснованих на ИЦЦ-у или програми нису о њему обавештени, " +"или да раде нешто с њима. Слично, алати за калибрисање екрана и програми " +"неће бити обавештени, или ће нешто радити са подацима ИЦЦ карактеризације " +"(профила)." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9 msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ми подржавамо велики број уређаја за калибрацију." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20 msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Који инструменти за мерење боје су подржани?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:22 @@ -3430,61 +4300,64 @@ "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color " "instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:" msgstr "" +"Гном се заснива на систему Арџил за управљање бојом да би подржао " +"инструменте за боје. У наставку следи списак подржаних инструмената за " +"мерење приказа:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29 msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гретаг-Макбет и1 Про (мерач спектра)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30 msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гретаг-Макбет и1 Монитор (мерач спектра)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31 msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гретаг-Макбет и1 Дисплеј 1, 2 или ЛТ (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32 msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт и1 Дисплеј Про (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33 msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт КолорМунки Дизајн или Фото (мерач спектра)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34 msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт КолорМунки Криејт (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35 msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт КолорМунки Дисплеј (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36 msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пантон Хјуеј (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37 msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "МонакоОПТИКС (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38 msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КолорВижон Спајдер 2 и 3 (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:39 msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Колориметр ХЦФР (мерач боје)" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:43 @@ -3492,6 +4365,7 @@ "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in " "Linux." msgstr "" +"Пантон Хјуеј је тренутно нај јефтинији и најбоље подржани хардвер у Линуксу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:46 @@ -3500,86 +4374,90 @@ "spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your " "printers:" msgstr "" +"Захваљујући Арџили постоје такође бројни подржани рефлектни мерачи спектра " +"који читају тачке и пруге који ће вам помоћи у калибрацији и карактеризацији " +"ваших штампача:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53 msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт ДТП20 „Пулсе“ (оцртавајући мерач спектра врсте „провлачења“)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54 msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)" msgstr "" +"Х-Рајт ДТП22 Дигитални Свочбук (оцртавајући мерач спектра врсте тачке)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55 msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт ДТП41 (оцртавајући мерач спектра читања тачке и линије)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56 msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт ДТП41Т (оцртавајући мерач спектра читања тачке и линије)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:57 msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Х-Рајт ДТП51 (оцртавајући мерач спектра читања тачке)" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9 msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мете калибрације су потребни за профилисање скенера и фотоапарат." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:19 msgid "Which target types are supported?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Које врсте мета су подржане?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:21 msgid "The following types of targets are supported:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Следеће врсте мета су подржане:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26 msgid "CMP DigitalTarget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ЦМП Дигитална мета" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27 msgid "ColorChecker 24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверивач боје 24" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28 msgid "ColorChecker DC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверивач боје ДЦ" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29 msgid "ColorChecker SG" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверивач боје СГ" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30 msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14" -msgstr "" +msgstr "и1 РГБ Скен 14" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31 msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ласер софт ДЦ Про" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32 msgid "QPcard 201" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КуПкард 201" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:33 msgid "IT8.7/2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ИТ8.7/2" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:37 @@ -3587,6 +4465,8 @@ "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and " "LaserSoft in various online shops." msgstr "" +"Можете да набавите мете од добро познатих продаваца као што је КОДАК, Х-Рајт " +"и Ласер Софт у разним продавницама на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:41 @@ -3595,17 +4475,22 @@ "href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust at a very fair " "price." msgstr "" +"А можете да купите мете од Фолф Фауста по веома " +"повољној цени." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8 msgid "" "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time." msgstr "" +"Дељење профила боје никада није добра замисао јер се хардвер мења након " +"времена." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17 msgid "Can I share my color profile?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да ли могу да делим мој профил боје?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19 @@ -3616,6 +4501,10 @@ "profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit " "for a thousand hours." msgstr "" +"Профиле боје које сте ви сами направили су посебни за хардвер и услове " +"осветљења за које сте и калибрисали. Екран који је био под напајањем " +"неколико стотина сати ће имати врло другачији профил боје него сличан екран " +"са следећим серијским бројем који је био осветљен стотину сати." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26 @@ -3624,6 +4513,8 @@ "getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to " "say that their display is calibrated." msgstr "" +"Ово значи да ако делите ваш профил боје са неким, приближићете га " +"калибрацији, али је незахвално рећи да је њихов екран калибрисан." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31 @@ -3633,6 +4524,11 @@ "editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own " "specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense." msgstr "" +"Слично, осим ако су сви препоручили управљано осветљење (без сунчеве " +"светлости кроз прозоре, црних зидова, сијалица дневног светла итд.) у " +"просторији у којој се одиграва прегледање и уређивање слика, дељење профила " +"који сте направили у вашим личним посебним условима осветљења нема много " +"смисла." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40 @@ -3640,16 +4536,18 @@ "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles " "downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf." msgstr "" +"Брижљиво бисте требали да проверите услове расподељивања за профиле преузете " +"са веб сајтова продаваца или оних који су направљени у вашем интересу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10 msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Профиле боје достављају продавци а и ви сами их можете направити." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20 msgid "Where do I get color profiles?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Где могу да набавим профиле боја?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:22 @@ -3657,6 +4555,8 @@ "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this " "does require some initial outlay." msgstr "" +"Најбољи начин да набавите профиле је да их сами направите, иако ово не " +"захтева неко предзнање." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:26 @@ -3665,6 +4565,9 @@ "sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need " "to download, extract and then search for the color profiles." msgstr "" +"Многи произвођачи покушавају да обезбеде профиле боје за уређаје, мада су " +"понекад упаковани у свежњу управљачких програма који ћете морати да " +"преузмете, распакујете и након тога да потражите профиле боје." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:32 @@ -3674,6 +4577,10 @@ "the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device " "then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless." msgstr "" +"Неки произвођачи не пружају прецизне профиле за хардвер и профили се увелико " +"избегавају. Добар кључ је да преузмете профил, и ако је датум стварања већи " +"за годину дана од датума када сте купили уређај онда је вероватно да су " +"створени лажни подаци бескорисни." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:40 @@ -3681,16 +4588,18 @@ "See for information on why vendor-" "supplied profiles are often worse than useless." msgstr "" +"Погледајте за информације о томе зашто " +"су профили које достављају продавци често веома бескорисни." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-howtoimport.page:9 msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Профили боје могу бити увезени њиховим отварањем." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-howtoimport.page:27 msgid "How do I import color profiles?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да увезем профиле боје?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-howtoimport.page:29 @@ -3698,6 +4607,8 @@ "The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or " ".ICM file in the file browser." msgstr "" +"Можете да увезете профил боје двоструким кликом на .ICC или " +".ICM датотеку у управнику датотека." #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: choose/p @@ -3708,17 +4619,20 @@ "System SettingsColor when selecting a " "profile for a device." msgstr "" +"Другачије можете изабрати Увези профил… из изборника " +"Подешавања системаБоја када будете " +"бирали профил за уређај." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8 msgid "" "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поправка боје целог екрана мења све боје екрана на свим прозорима." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18 msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Недостају подаци за поправку боје целог екрана?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:19 @@ -3728,6 +4642,10 @@ "still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you " "will not see all the colors of your screen change." msgstr "" +"Нажалост, многи ИЦЦ профили које обезбеђују продавци не укључују податке " +"потребне за поправку боје целог екрана. Ови профили и даље могу бити корисни " +"за програме који могу да ураде компензацију боје, али ви нећете видети све " +"боје измене вашег екрана." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:25 @@ -3736,16 +4654,19 @@ "characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring " "instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer." msgstr "" +"Да бисте направили профил екрана, који укључује и податке калибрације и " +"карактеризације, мораћете да употребите посебне инструменте за мерење боје " +"који се зову мерач боје или мерач спектра." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-notifications.page:10 msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можете бити обавештени ако је ваш профил боје стар и непрецизан." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-notifications.page:21 msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да ли могу бити обавештен када је мој профил боје непрецизан?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:22 @@ -3754,6 +4675,9 @@ "is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since " "calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended." msgstr "" +"Нажалост не можемо рећи без поновне калибрације да ли је профил уређаја " +"тачан. Можемо користити једну меру износа времена од калибрације да одредимо " +"да ли је поновна калибрација препоручљива." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:28 @@ -3761,6 +4685,9 @@ "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an " "inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product." msgstr "" +"Неке фирме поседују веома посебна правила истека калибрације за профиле, јер " +"један непрецизан профил боје може да направи велику разлику на крајњем " +"производу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:33 @@ -3771,6 +4698,10 @@ "warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your " "computer." msgstr "" +"Ако подесите време истека а профил је старији него правило онда ће бити " +"приказан црвени троугао упозорења у прозорчету Подешавања " +"системаБоја поред профила. Обавештење упозорења ће " +"такође бити приказано сваки пут када се пријавите на ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notifications.page:41 @@ -3778,6 +4709,8 @@ "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum " "age of the profile in days:" msgstr "" +"Да подесите правило за уређаје екрана и штампача, ви наводите највеће " +"трајање профила у данима:" #. (itstool) path: page/screen #: C/color-notifications.page:46 @@ -3791,16 +4724,23 @@ "org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold " "180\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"[rupert@gnome] gsettings set " +"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold " +"180\n" +"[rupert@gnome] gsettings set " +"org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold " +"180\n" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:10 msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основни профили монитора немају датум калибрације." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:20 msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто основни профили монитора немају истек калибрације?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:21 @@ -3811,11 +4751,15 @@ "monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not " "contain much other information for color correction." msgstr "" +"Основни профил боје коришћен за сваки монитор је створен аутоматски на " +"основу ЕДИД-а екрана који се чува у меморијском чипу у монитору. ЕДИД нам " +"даје само снимак доступних боја које је монитор могао да прикаже када је " +"произведен, и не садржи више других података за поправку боје." #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:31 msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пошто ЕДИД не може бити освежен, зато нема датум истека." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:36 @@ -3823,6 +4767,8 @@ "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself " "would lead to more accurate color correction." msgstr "" +"Ако добавите профил од продавца монитора или сами створите профил то ће " +"довести до прецизније поправке боје." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color.page:15 @@ -3831,32 +4777,36 @@ "xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles, How to calibrate a device…" msgstr "" +"Зашто је то важно, Профили боје, Како калибрисати уређај…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color.page:23 msgid "Color management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљање бојом" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/color.page:26 msgid "Color profiles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Профили боје" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/color.page:30 msgid "Calibration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Калибрација" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-testing.page:10 msgid "" "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles." msgstr "" +"Тестирање управљања бојом није тешко, а ми смо доставили неке пробне профиле." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-testing.page:22 msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да испробам да ли управљање бојом ради исправно?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-testing.page:23 @@ -3864,6 +4814,8 @@ "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to " "see if anything much has changed." msgstr "" +"Ефекти профила боје су понекада неприметни и може бити тешко видети их ако " +"ништа значајније није измењено." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-testing.page:27 @@ -3871,6 +4823,8 @@ "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when " "the profiles are being applied:" msgstr "" +"У Гному испоручујемо неколико профила за испробавање који га чине јасним " +"када су профили примењени:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-testing.page:34 @@ -3878,6 +4832,8 @@ "Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the " "calibration curves are being sent to the display" msgstr "" +"Тест плавога: Ово ће поставити плави екран и испробаће да ли су " +"криве калибрације послате на екран" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-testing.page:40 @@ -3885,6 +4841,8 @@ "ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different " "features of a screen profile" msgstr "" +"АДОБЕГАМА-тест: Ово ће поставити розе боју екрана и испробати " +"различите функције профила екрана" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-testing.page:46 @@ -3895,6 +4853,10 @@ "images will look very different in applications that support color " "management." msgstr "" +"ЛажниБРГ: Ово неће променити екран, али ће заменити РГБ канале тако " +"да постану БГР. То ће учинити да сви преливи боја изгледају углавном тачно, " +"а неће бити велике разлике на целом екрану, али слике ће изгледати сасвим " +"другачије у програмима који подржавају управљање бојама." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-testing.page:57 @@ -3902,6 +4864,8 @@ "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the " "System SettingsColor preferences." msgstr "" +"Додајте један од пробних профила вашем уређају екрана користећи поставке " +"Подешавања системаБоја." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-testing.page:63 @@ -3909,6 +4873,8 @@ "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color " "management." msgstr "" +"Користећи ове профиле, можете јасно да видите када неки програм подржава " +"управљање бојом." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-virtualdevice.page:9 @@ -3916,11 +4882,12 @@ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the " "computer." msgstr "" +"Виртуелни уређај је уређај управљан бојом који није повезан на ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25 msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је то виртуелни уређај управљан бојом?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-virtualdevice.page:27 @@ -3928,17 +4895,21 @@ "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the " "computer. Examples of this might be:" msgstr "" +"Виртуелни уређај је уређај управљан бојом који није повезан на ваш рачунар. " +"Примери тога могу бити:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-virtualdevice.page:34 msgid "" "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you" msgstr "" +"Радња за штампање на мрежи где се фотографије шаљу, штампају и шаљу вама" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-virtualdevice.page:35 msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card" msgstr "" +"Фотографије са дигиталног фото-апарата сачуване на меморијској картици" #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: choose/p @@ -3951,6 +4922,11 @@ "assignprofiles\">assign profiles to it like any other device or even " "calibrate it." msgstr "" +"Да направите виртуелни профил за дигитални фото-апарат само превуците и " +"убаците једну од датотека слика у прозорче Подешавања " +"система Боје. Тада можете да му доделите профиле као сваком другом уређају или чак " +"да га калибришете." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7 @@ -3958,11 +4934,13 @@ "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device " "response." msgstr "" +"Профил боје је једноставна датотека која изражава простор боје или одазив " +"уређаја." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17 msgid "What is a color profile?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је то профил боје?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:19 @@ -3970,6 +4948,8 @@ "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as " "a projector or a color space such as sRGB." msgstr "" +"Профил боје је скуп података који одликује било уређај као што је пројектор " +"или простор боје као сРГБ." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:23 @@ -3977,6 +4957,8 @@ "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file " "with a .ICC or .ICM file extension." msgstr "" +"Већина профила боје су у облику ИЦЦ профила, а то је мала датотека са " +".ICC или .ICM проширењем датотеке." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:28 @@ -3984,6 +4966,8 @@ "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the " "data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices." msgstr "" +"Профили боје могу бити угнеждени у слике да одреде укупан опсег података. " +"Ово обезбеђује да корисници виде исте боје на различитим уређајима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisprofile.page:33 @@ -3993,16 +4977,20 @@ "managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that " "colors are not being lost or modified." msgstr "" +"Сваки уређај који обрађује боје треба да има властити ИЦЦ профил и када је " +"то остварено онда се каже да систем има од краја до краја радни ток " +"управљан бојом. Уз ову врсту радног тока можете бити сигурни да боје " +"неће бити изгубљене или измењене." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-whatisspace.page:8 msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Простор боје је одређени опсег боја." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-whatisspace.page:18 msgid "What is a color space?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је то простор боје?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:20 @@ -4010,6 +4998,8 @@ "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include " "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB." msgstr "" +"Простор боје је одређени опсег боја. Добро познати простори боје укључују " +"сРГБ, АдобеРГБ и ПроФотоРГБ." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:25 @@ -4022,6 +5012,13 @@ "using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of " "colors." msgstr "" +"Људски видни систем није једноставан РГБ сензор, али можемо приближно да " +"одредимо како се око одазива на ЦИЕ 1931 дијаграм хроматичности који " +"приказује људски визуелни одзив у облику коњске потковице. Можете видети да " +"у људском виду постоји много више откривених нијанси зелене него плаве и " +"црвене. Са трикроматским простором боје као што је РГБ представљамо боје на " +"рачунару користећи три вредности, што ограничава на кодирање " +"троугла боја." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:37 @@ -4032,11 +5029,16 @@ "sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install " "gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer." msgstr "" +"Коришћење модела као што је ЦИЕ 1931 дијаграм хроматичности је велико " +"поједностављивање људског видног система, и стварни опсези се изражавају као " +"3Д трупови, уместо 2Д пројекције. 2Д пројекција 3Д облика може понекад бити " +"варљива, зато ако желите да видите 3Д труп, инсталирајте gnome-color-" +"manager а затим покрените gcm-viewer." #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whatisspace.page:49 msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "сРГБ, АдобеРГБ и ПроФотоРГБ представљени помоћу троуглова" #. (itstool) path: figure/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -4048,6 +5050,7 @@ msgid "" "external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:54 @@ -4058,6 +5061,11 @@ "least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of " "applications (including the Internet)." msgstr "" +"Прво, гледајући сРГБ, који је мањи простор и може да кодира најмањи рој " +"боја. То је приближност 10 година старог ЦРТ екрана, и зато већина новијих " +"монитора може с лакоћом да приказује више боја од овога. сРГБ је стандард " +"најмањег заједничког именитеља и користи се у великом броју " +"програма (укључујући и Интернет)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:62 @@ -4067,6 +5075,9 @@ "worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks " "crushed." msgstr "" +"АдобеРГБ се често користи као простор уређивања. Може да кодира " +"више боја него сРГБ, што значи да можете да измените боје у фотографији а да " +"не бринете превише да ли су најживље боје скраћене или скрхкане црнилом." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:68 @@ -4075,6 +5086,9 @@ "archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the " "human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!" msgstr "" +"Про Фото је највећи доступан простор и често се користи за архивирање " +"докумената. Може да кодира скоро читав опсег боја откривених људским оком, и " +"чак кодира боје које око не може да открије!" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:75 @@ -4084,6 +5098,10 @@ "levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger " "steps between each value." msgstr "" +"Сада, ако је Про Фото најбољи, зашто га не користимо за све? Одговор се " +"налази у квантизацији. Ако имате само 8 бита (256 нивоа) за " +"кодирање сваког канала, онда ће већи опсег имати веће кораке између сваке " +"вредности." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:81 @@ -4093,6 +5111,10 @@ "colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make " "untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong." msgstr "" +"Већи кораци значе веће грешке између снимљене боје и причуване боје, и за " +"неке боје ово је велики проблем. Испоставља се да су кључне боје, као боје " +"коже, веома важне и да ће мале грешке чак и неувежбаног посматрача " +"обавестити да на слици нешто не изгледа како треба." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:88 @@ -4101,6 +5123,9 @@ "smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. " "Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel." msgstr "" +"Наравно, коришћење 16-битне слике ће проузроковати много више корака и много " +"мању грешку квантизације, али ово удвостручава величину сваке датотеке " +"слике. Већина садржаја који постоји данас је 8б/т, нпр. 8 бита по тачки." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whatisspace.page:94 @@ -4109,17 +5134,21 @@ "another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or " "a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile." msgstr "" +"Управљање бојом је процес за претварање из једног простора боје у други, где " +"простор боје може бити врло знан одређени простор као сРГБ, или произвољан " +"простор као што је профил вашег монитора или штампача." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7 msgid "" "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print." msgstr "" +"Калибрација је важна ако бринете о бојама које приказујете или штампате." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17 msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто ја сам морам да урадим калибрацију?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19 @@ -4128,6 +5157,8 @@ "they just take a few items from the production line and average them " "together:" msgstr "" +"Општи профили су углавном лоши. Када произвођачи направе нови модел, узму " +"само неколико узорака из производне линије и направе њихов заједнички просек:" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -4140,11 +5171,13 @@ "external ref='figures/color-average.png' " "md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/color-average.png' " +"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26 msgid "Averaged profiles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Процењени профили" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29 @@ -4154,6 +5187,10 @@ "changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization " "state and make the profile inaccurate." msgstr "" +"Панели екрана се разликују поприлично један од другог и битно се мењају са " +"годинама екрана. Такође је много теже за штампаче, јер само промена врсте " +"или тежине папира може да поништи стање карактеризације и да профил учини " +"нетачним." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37 @@ -4162,17 +5199,20 @@ "calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a " "profile based on your exact characterization state." msgstr "" +"Најбољи начин да се осигурате да је профил који имате тачан јесте тај да " +"сами урадите калибрацију, или да вам спољна фирма достави профил на основу " +"вашег тачног стања карактеризације." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:7 msgid "" "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљање бојом је важно дизајнерима, фотографима и уметницима." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/color-whyimportant.page:17 msgid "Why is color management important?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто је важно управљање бојом?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:18 @@ -4181,6 +5221,9 @@ "displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact " "colors and the range of colors on each medium." msgstr "" +"Управљање бојом је процес снимања боје користећи улазни уређај, приказивања " +"на екрану, и штампања исте док управља тачним бојама и опсегом боја на " +"сваком медијуму." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:24 @@ -4188,11 +5231,13 @@ "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph " "of a bird on a frosty day in winter." msgstr "" +"Потреба за управљањем боје је вероватно најбоље објашњена фотографијом птице " +"на зимском мразном дану." #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:30 msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Птица на мразном зиду као што се види на објективу фото-апарата" #. (itstool) path: figure/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -4205,6 +5250,8 @@ "external ref='figures/color-camera.png' " "md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' " +"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:34 @@ -4212,11 +5259,12 @@ "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look " "cold." msgstr "" +"Приказ типично презасићеног плавог канала, што чини да слика изгледа топло." #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:40 msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ово види корисник на екрану уобичајеног пословног преносног рачунара" #. (itstool) path: figure/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -4229,6 +5277,8 @@ "external ref='figures/color-display.png' " "md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/color-display.png' " +"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:44 @@ -4236,11 +5286,13 @@ "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a " "muddy brown." msgstr "" +"Приметите да бело није „бело папира“ и да је зеница ока сада блатњаво браон." #. (itstool) path: figure/desc #: C/color-whyimportant.page:50 msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer" msgstr "" +"Ово је оно што корисници виде када штампају на обичном штампачу са млазом" #. (itstool) path: figure/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -4253,6 +5305,8 @@ "external ref='figures/color-printer.png' " "md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' " +"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:54 @@ -4261,6 +5315,10 @@ "different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of " "electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it." msgstr "" +"Основни проблем који имамо овде јесте тај да је сваки уређај у стању да " +"рукује различитим опсегом боја. Дакле, док ћете ви можда моћи да снимите " +"електрично плаву фотографију, већина штампача неће бити у стању да је " +"произведе." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:60 @@ -4270,6 +5328,10 @@ "you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good " "as the paper color." msgstr "" +"Већина уређаја слика снима у РГБ-у (црвена, зелена, плава) и мора да " +"претвори у ЦМЈК (зеленоплава, пурпурноцрвена, жута, и црна) за штампање. Још " +"један проблем јесте тај да не можете имати бело мастило, и зато " +"белина може да буде добра само колико и боја папира." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:67 @@ -4281,6 +5343,12 @@ "driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 " "kilometers or 7 meters." msgstr "" +"Још један проблем су јединице. Без одређивања лествице на којој се мери " +"боја, не можемо да знамо да ли је 100% црвене близу инфрацрвеној или је то " +"затвореније црвено мастило у штампачу. Оно што је 50% црвене на једном " +"екрану вероватно је нешто као 62% црвене на другом екрану. То је исто као " +"када бисте некоме рекли да сте возили само 7 јединица растојања, али без " +"јединица не можемо знати да ли су то 7 километара или 7 метара." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:77 @@ -4291,6 +5359,10 @@ "projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look " "\"washed out\"." msgstr "" +"Када говоримо о боји, на јединице мислимо као на скалу. Скала је у суштини " +"опсег боја које се могу произвести. Уређај као што је ДСЛР фотоапарат може " +"имати велику скалу, бити у стању да сними све боје заласка сунца, али " +"пројектор има веома малу скалу и све боје ће изгледати као да су „испране“." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:85 @@ -4300,6 +5372,10 @@ "electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look " "like." msgstr "" +"У неким случајевима можемо да поправимо излаз уређаја изменом " +"података које му шаљемо, али у другим случајевима када то није могуће (не " +"можете да одштампате електрично плаву) треба да покажемо кориснику на шта ће " +"да личи резултат." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-whyimportant.page:92 @@ -4310,11 +5386,16 @@ "to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the " "exact Red Hat Red." msgstr "" +"За фотографије има смисла користити пуни опсег тонова боје уређаја, да би " +"могли да начините незнатне измене у боји. За остале графике, можда ћете " +"желети да тачно погодите боју, што је важно ако покушавате да на кригли " +"штампате амблем Ред Хета који мора да буде потпуно исте Ред Хет " +"црвене боје." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:13 msgid "Lucie Hankey" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Луси Хенки" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:21 @@ -4336,27 +5417,27 @@ #: C/sharing.page:16 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:11 msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Екатерина Герасимова" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27 msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додајте или уклоните контакт из месног адресара." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31 msgid "Add or remove a contact" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додајте или уклоните контакт" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:33 msgid "To add a contact:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да додате контакт:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:37 msgid "Press New." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните Нови." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40 @@ -4365,23 +5446,26 @@ "information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, " "Home or Other." msgstr "" +"У прозорчету Нови контакт, унесите име контакта и жељене податке. " +"Кликните на изборник поред сваког поља да изаберете Посао, " +"Кућа или Друго." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45 msgid "Press Create Contact." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните Направи контакт." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:49 msgid "To remove a contact:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да уклоните контакт:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:53 #: C/contacts-connect.page:39 #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:38 msgid "Select the contact from your contact list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите контакт са вашег списка контакта." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:56 @@ -4391,11 +5475,13 @@ "Press Edit in the top-right corner of " "Contacts." msgstr "" +"Притисните Уреди у горњем десном углу " +"Контаката." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:60 msgid "Press Remove Contact." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните Уклони контакт." #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/contacts-connect.page:17 @@ -4403,22 +5489,23 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:26 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25 msgid "2013" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2013" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-connect.page:24 msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пошаљите поруку, ћаскајте, или позовите контакт." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-connect.page:27 msgid "Connect with your contact" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите се са вашим контактом" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-connect.page:35 msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:" msgstr "" +"Да пошаљете пошту, да ћаскате или да позовете некога у Контактима:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-connect.page:42 @@ -4426,22 +5513,24 @@ "Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email " "your contact, press the email address." msgstr "" +"Притисните на појединости које желите да користите. На пример, да " +"пошаљете пошту вашем контакту, притисните на адресу е-поште." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-connect.page:46 msgid "" "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Биће покренут одговарајући програм користећи појединости контакта." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:28 msgid "Edit the information for each contact." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уредите податке за сваки контакт." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:31 msgid "Edit contact details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уредите својства контакта" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33 @@ -4449,11 +5538,13 @@ "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book " "up to date and complete." msgstr "" +"Уређивање својстава контакта вам помаже да одржите податке у вашем адресару " +"ажурираним и потпуним." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45 msgid "Edit the contact details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уредите својства контакта." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46 @@ -4462,12 +5553,16 @@ "press New Detail and select the field that you " "want to add." msgstr "" +"Да додате детаљ као што је нови телефонски број или адреса е-" +"поште, притисните Нови детаљ и изаберите поље " +"које желите да додате." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:51 #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:82 msgid "Press Done to finish editing the contact." msgstr "" +"Притисните Готово да завршите уређивање контакта." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57 @@ -4475,21 +5570,23 @@ "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the " "profile's avatar." msgstr "" +"У случају увезаних контаката, можете да измените профил кликом на аватар " +"профила." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27 msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Комбинујте податке за контакт из неколико извора." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:30 msgid "Link and unlink contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увежите и развежите контакте" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:33 msgid "Link contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увежите контакте" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35 @@ -4498,6 +5595,9 @@ "accounts into one Contacts entry. This feature helps you keep " "your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place." msgstr "" +"Можете да обједините удвостручене контакте из вашег месног адресара и налога " +"на мрежи у један унос Контаката. Ова функција вам помаже да имате " +"сређени адресар, са свим појединостима о једном контакту на једном месту." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41 @@ -4505,6 +5605,8 @@ "Enable selection mode by pressing the tick button above the contact " "list." msgstr "" +"Укључите режим избора притиском на дугме цртице изнад списка " +"контакта." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:45 @@ -4512,16 +5614,20 @@ "A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the " "contacts that you want to merge." msgstr "" +"Појавиће се кућица за избор поред сваког контакта. Штиклирајте кућицу за " +"избор поред контаката које желите да стопите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:49 msgid "Press Link to link the selected contacts." msgstr "" +"Притисните Увежи направите везу за изабране " +"контакте." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:57 msgid "Unlink contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Развежите контакте" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59 @@ -4529,16 +5635,19 @@ "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which " "should not be linked." msgstr "" +"Можда ћете пожелети да развежете контакте ако сте случајно увезали контакте " +"које нисте желели." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64 msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact." msgstr "" +"Изаберите контакт који желите да развежете из вашег списка контаката." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:71 msgid "Press Linked Contacts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните Увезани налози." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:74 @@ -4546,6 +5655,7 @@ "Press Remove to unlink the entry from the " "contact." msgstr "" +"Притисните Уклони да развежете унос из контакта." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:78 @@ -4553,16 +5663,18 @@ "Press Close once you have finished unlinking the " "entries." msgstr "" +"Притисните Затвори када завршите са уклањањем " +"веза уноса." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts.page:19 msgid "Access your contacts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приступите вашим контактима." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts.page:23 msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Контакти" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts.page:25 @@ -4570,27 +5682,31 @@ "Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your " "contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts." msgstr "" +"Користите Контакте да чувате, приступите или да уредите податке " +"за ваше контакте, локално или у вашим Налозима на " +"мрежи." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-search.page:28 msgid "Search for a contact." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потражите контакт." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-search.page:31 msgid "Search for a contact" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потражите контакт" #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/contacts-search.page:35 msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можете да потражите контакт на мрежи на један од два начина:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:39 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact." msgstr "" +"У прегледу Активности, почните да уписујете назив контакта." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:43 @@ -4598,6 +5714,8 @@ "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of " "applications." msgstr "" +"Одговарајући контакти ће се појавити у прегледу уместо уобичајеног списка " +"програма." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:47 @@ -4605,31 +5723,33 @@ "Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click " "the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top." msgstr "" +"Притисните Унеси да изаберете контакт са врха списка или " +"притисните контакт који желите да изаберете ако није на врху." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-search.page:54 msgid "To search from inside Contacts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да тражите унутар Контаката:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:58 msgid "Click inside the search field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните унутар поља за претрагу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-search.page:61 msgid "Start typing the name of the contact." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почните да уписујете име контакта." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-setup.page:11 msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чувајте ваше контакте у локалном адресару или на налогу на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-setup.page:20 msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покретање Контаката по први пут" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:28 @@ -4637,6 +5757,8 @@ "When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts " "Setup window opens." msgstr "" +"Када први пут покренете Контакте, отвориће се прозор " +"Подешавања контакта." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:31 @@ -4645,6 +5767,9 @@ "are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list " "and click Select." msgstr "" +"Ако имате подешене налоге на мрежи, биће " +"приказани у Локалном адресару. Изаберите неку ставку са списка и " +"кликните Изабери." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:36 @@ -4652,6 +5777,8 @@ "Click the Online Account Settings to edit " "existing account settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните Подешавања налога на мрежи да уредите " +"постојећа подешавања налога." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-setup.page:40 @@ -4661,6 +5788,10 @@ "to set up online accounts at this time, click Local " "Address Book." msgstr "" +"Ако нисте подесили налоге на мрежи, кликните Налози на " +"мрежи да започнете подешавање. Ако у овом тренутку не желите да " +"подесите налоге на мрежи, кликните Локални " +"адресар." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock.page:8 @@ -4669,21 +5800,24 @@ "timezone\">timezone, calendar and " "appointments…" msgstr "" +"Подесите датум и време, временску зону, календар и " +"састанке…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock.page:25 msgid "Time & date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Време и датум" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-calendar.page:10 msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите ваше састанке у календару на врху екрана." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-calendar.page:27 msgid "Calendar appointments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Састанци календара" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:29 @@ -4693,6 +5827,10 @@ "four-week duration, will appear by clicking on the clock in the menu " "bar." msgstr "" +"Уграђени програм календара који носи назив Календар вам омогућава " +"да средите своје састанке или догађаје у календару. Пет од њих, током " +"трајања од четири недеље, појавиће се када кликнете на сат на траци " +"изборника." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:31 @@ -4700,11 +5838,14 @@ "Calendar appointment integration is also supported with a mail and calendar " "application called Evolution, which may be installed separately." msgstr "" +"Обједињавање састанака календара је такође подржано и у програму за пошту и " +"календар који се зове Еволуција, који може да се инсталира " +"одвојено." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/clock-calendar.page:34 msgid "Launch the Calendar application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покрените програм календара" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:35 @@ -4712,6 +5853,8 @@ "Appointments and events may be managed through the built in " "Calendar application." msgstr "" +"Састанцима и догађајима можете да управљате из уграђеног програма " +"Календар." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:38 @@ -4719,6 +5862,8 @@ "Click on the Dash icon in the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу Полетника на Покретачу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:39 @@ -4726,11 +5871,13 @@ "Type calendar in the Search your computer to " "locate the Calendar application." msgstr "" +"Укуцајте календар у Претражите ваш рачунар да " +"пронађете програм Клаендар." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:40 msgid "Click the Calendar application icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на иконицу Календар." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/clock-calendar.page:43 @@ -4738,12 +5885,16 @@ "Alternatively, you may also type gnome-calendar in the " "Terminal application." msgstr "" +"Другачије, можете такође да укуцате gnome-calendar у " +"терминалу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-more-info.page:7 msgid "" "Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week." msgstr "" +"Изаберите да прикажете додатне информације као што су датум или дан у " +"седмици." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/clock-more-info.page:11 @@ -4752,12 +5903,12 @@ #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19 #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:14 msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project" -msgstr "Пројекта Убунту документације" +msgstr "Убунтуов пројекат документације" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-more-info.page:18 msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите колико података се приказује у сату" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-more-info.page:20 @@ -4765,6 +5916,8 @@ "By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock " "to show additional information if you choose." msgstr "" +"По основи, Убунту приказује само време у сату. Можете подесити сат да " +"приказује додатне информације ако изаберете." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-more-info.page:23 @@ -4773,6 +5926,9 @@ "the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to " "display." msgstr "" +"Кликните на сат и изаберите Подешавања датума и времена. " +"Пребаците се на језичак Сат. Изаберите опције датума и времена " +"које желите да прикажете." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-more-info.page:26 @@ -4780,78 +5936,67 @@ "You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in " "the menu bar." msgstr "" +"Такође можете потпуно да искључите сат тако што ћете одзначити Покажи " +"сат на траци изборника." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените формат датума" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" +"Такође можете да промените запис датума сата да одговара жељеном стандарду " +"за ваше место." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У одељку „Лично“, кликните Језичка подршка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребаците се на језичак Регионални формати." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите ваше жељено место са падајућег списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." msgstr "" +"Мораћете да се одјавите и да се поново " +"пријавите да би ова измена ступила у дејство." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-set.page:9 msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Освежите време и датум приказан на врху екрана." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-set.page:29 msgid "Change the date and time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените датум и време" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/clock-set.page:33 @@ -4859,6 +6004,8 @@ "If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong " "format, you can change them:" msgstr "" +"Ако су приказани датум и време на траци изборника нетачни или у погрешном " +"формату, можете да их измените:" #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/clock-set.page:36 @@ -4866,6 +6013,8 @@ "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong " "format, you can change them:" msgstr "" +"Ако су приказани датум и време на горњој траци нетачни или у погрешном " +"формату, можете да их измените:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:44 @@ -4873,6 +6022,8 @@ "To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu " "bar and select Date & Time Settings." msgstr "" +"Да дотерате време и датум, кликните на сат који се налази на траци " +"изборника и изаберите Подешавања датума и времена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:48 @@ -4880,6 +6031,8 @@ "Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city " "into the Location box." msgstr "" +"Измените временску зону система тако што ћете кликнути на карту или унесите " +"ваш град у поље Места." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:51 @@ -4887,6 +6040,8 @@ "By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate " "clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually." msgstr "" +"По основи, Убунту повремено усклађује сат са веома прецизним сатом на " +"Интернету, тако да не морате ручно да подешавате сат." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:58 @@ -4894,6 +6049,8 @@ "Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and " "Time Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на сат на десној страни горње траке и изаберите Подешавања " +"датума и времена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:62 @@ -4901,6 +6058,8 @@ "You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password." msgstr "" +"Мораћете да кликнете на Откључај и да упишете администраторску лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:66 @@ -4908,6 +6067,8 @@ "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and " "minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists." msgstr "" +"Подесите датум и време тако што ћете кликнути на стрелице да изаберете сат и " +"минут. Можете изабрати годину, месец и дан из падајућих спискова." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:70 @@ -4915,6 +6076,8 @@ "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching " "Network Time on." msgstr "" +"Ако желите, сат се може аутоматски освежавати ако укључите Мрежно " +"време." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:72 @@ -4924,6 +6087,9 @@ "don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to " "the internet." msgstr "" +"Када је Мрежно време укључено, рачунар ће повремено ускладити свој " +"сат са веома прецизним сатом на интернету, тако да не морате то чинити " +"ручно. То ће радити само ако сте повезани на Интернет." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-set.page:78 @@ -4931,16 +6097,20 @@ "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-" "hour or AM/PM format." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените на који начин ће часовник бити приказан тако што ћете " +"изабрати 24-часовни или 12-часовни (ПрП/ПоП) формат." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/clock-timezone.page:8 msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities." msgstr "" +"Додајте друге временске зоне тако да можете видети колико је сати у другим " +"градовима." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/clock-timezone.page:24 msgid "Show other timezones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите друге временске зоне" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:26 @@ -4949,11 +6119,14 @@ "you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities " "will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да знате колико је сати у различитим градовима широм света, " +"можете да додате још временских зона у изборник сата. Ови додатни градови ће " +"се појавити испод календара када кликнете на сат." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:31 msgid "Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на сат и изаберите Подешавања датума и времена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:32 @@ -4961,16 +6134,18 @@ "Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other " "locations." msgstr "" +"Изаберите језичак Сат и изаберите Време у другим " +"местима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:33 msgid "Click Choose locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Изабери место." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:34 msgid "Click + to add a location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на дугме + да додате то место." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:35 @@ -4978,6 +6153,8 @@ "Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment " "for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list." msgstr "" +"Попуните празно место са именом града који желите да додате. Сачекајте " +"тренутак да се појави списак могућих градова у падајућем списку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:37 @@ -4985,11 +6162,13 @@ "Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Изаберите град који желите и текуће време у том месту ће се аутоматски " +"испунити." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:39 msgid "Click - to delete a city from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните - да обришете град са списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/clock-timezone.page:40 @@ -4997,6 +6176,8 @@ "You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to " "change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu." msgstr "" +"Такође можете да превучете и убаците градове у овај прозор Места " +"да измените редослед којим ће се показивати у изборнику сата." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk.page:16 @@ -5005,11 +6186,14 @@ "benchmark\">performance, problems, " "volumes and partitions…" msgstr "" +"Простор на диску, учинковитост, проблеми, " +"волумени и партиције…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk.page:26 msgid "Disks & storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дискови и складишта" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/disk-benchmark.page:17 @@ -5022,221 +6206,202 @@ #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18 #: C/look-resolution.page:19 msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наталија Руз Лејва" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" +"Ако је изабрано Такође изврши оцењивање писања, оцењивање ће да " +"испроба колико брзо подаци могу бити прочитани са и записани на диск. Ово ће " +"трајати дуже." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 +msgid "" +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 msgid "Check how much disk space is left" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите колико је преостало простора на диску" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Отворите програм Дискови из Полетника." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Шта ако је диск препун?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Шта да урадим ако је диск препун?" - #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Ако је диск препун, требали бисте да:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy." msgstr "" +"Испитајте ваш чврсти диск за проблемима да се уверите да је исправан." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-check.page:32 msgid "Check your hard disk for problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите ваш чврсти диск за проблемима" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/disk-check.page:35 msgid "Checking the hard disk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите чврсти диск" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:36 @@ -5246,6 +6411,11 @@ "the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about " "to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data." msgstr "" +"Чврсти дискови имају уграђени алат за проверу исправности под називом " +"СМАРТ (Технологија само-надгледања, испитивања, и извештавања), " +"који непрестано проверава диск за могућим проблемима. СМАРТ вас такође " +"упозорава ако ће диск ускоро престати да ради, помажући вам да избегнете " +"губљење важних података." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:41 @@ -5253,179 +6423,181 @@ "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by " "running the Disks application:" msgstr "" +"Иако се СМАРТ покреће самостално, ви можете такође да проверите стање вашег " +"диска покретањем програма Дискови:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/disk-check.page:45 msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите стање вашег диска користећи програм Дискови" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" +"Са списка на левој страни, изаберите диск чије податке и стање желите да " +"проверите." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Процена треба да покаже „Диск је у реду“." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта ако диск није исправан?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." msgstr "" +"Ако се погоршава, можете однети рачунар или чврсти диск у сервис за даљне " +"провере или поправку." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљајте волуменима и партицијама" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5435,9 +6607,17 @@ "SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read " "(and possibly write) files on it." msgstr "" +"Реч волумен се користи да опише складишни уређај, као што је чврсти " +"диск. Такође може да се односи на део складишта на том уређају, " +"зато што можете да изделите складиште на комаде. Рачунар чини ова складишта " +"доступним на вашем систему датотека путем процеса који се назива " +"монтирање. Монтирани волумени могу бити чврсти дискови, УСБ " +"дискови, Преписиви ДВД дискови, СД картице, и остали медији. Ако је волумен " +"тренутно монтиран, можете да читате (и по могућности да записујете) датотеке " +"на њему." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5446,30 +6626,28 @@ "think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional " "“back rooms” of partitions and drives." msgstr "" +"Често, монтирани волумен се назива партиција, иако нису неопходно " +"исте ствари. „Партиција“ се односи на физичку област складишта на " +"појединачном диск уређају. Након што је партиција монтирана, о њој се може " +"говорити као о волумену зато што можете да приступите датотекама на њој. " +"Можете да мислите о волуменима као о означеним, приступачним „улазима " +"складишта“ до функционалних „позадинских магацина“ партиција и уређаја." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +6655,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5498,15 +6676,21 @@ "These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security " "or convenience." msgstr "" +"Ваш рачунар највероватније има барем једну примарну партицију и " +"једну партицију помоћне меморије. Партицију помоћне меморије " +"користи оперативни систем за управљање меморијом, и ретко када бива " +"монтирана. Примарна партиција садржи ваш оперативни систем, програме, " +"подешавања, и личне датотеке. Ове датотеке могу такође бити распоређене на " +"више партиција из безбедности или погодности." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5515,11 +6699,13 @@ "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more " "readable in bright light." msgstr "" +"Затамните екран да уштедите енергију или повећајте осветљеност да побољшате " +"читљивост при јаком светлу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-dimscreen.page:35 msgid "Set screen brightness" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите осветљеност екрана" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-dimscreen.page:37 @@ -5529,58 +6715,73 @@ "automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when " "not in use." msgstr "" +"Можете да промените осветљеност екрана ради уштеде енергије или да учините " +"да екран буде читљивији на јаком светлу. Такође можете подесити да се екран " +"сам затамни када рачунар ради на батерији и да се сам искључи када није у " +"употреби." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/display-dimscreen.page:43 msgid "Set the brightness" -msgstr "Подесите осветљење" +msgstr "Подесите осветљеност" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите Осветљеност и закључавање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дотерајте клизач осветљености на погодну вредност." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " "the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys." msgstr "" +"Многе тастатуре преносних рачунара имају посебне тастере за подешавање " +"осветљења. На њима се налази сличица налик сунцу и налазе се на функцијским " +"тастерима на врху. Држите притиснутим тастер Фн да користите те " +"тастере." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " "screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your " "battery will last before it needs to be recharged." msgstr "" +"Изаберите Затамни екран ради уштеде енергије да би се осветљење " +"аутоматски смањило када се напајате из батерије. Позадинско осветљење екрана " +"може трошити много енергије и значајно смањити време трајања батерије пре " +"него што ће морати да се допуни." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " "You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen " "off when inactive for option." msgstr "" +"Екран ће се сам искључити ако га не користите неко време. Ово утиче само на " +"дисплеј, а не искључује ваш рачунар. Можете подесити колико дуго морате бити " +"неактивни опцијом Искључи екран ако мирује." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15 msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите два монитора на стоном рачунару." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24 msgid "Connect an extra monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите додатни монитор" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:26 @@ -5589,21 +6790,33 @@ "If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust " "the settings:" msgstr "" +"Да подесите додатни монитор, повежите га на рачунар. Ако га ваш систем одмах " +"не препозна, или ако желите да дотерате подешавања:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Кликните на ваше име на траци изборника и изаберите Подешавања " +"система." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Екрани." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." msgstr "" +"Кликните на слику монитора који желите да укључите или искључите, затим га " +"пребаците на УКЉ./ИСКЉ.." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:42 @@ -5612,52 +6825,62 @@ "the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar " "and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor." msgstr "" +"Монитор са траком изборника је " +"главни монитор. Да одредите који ће монитор бити „главни“, кликните на горњу " +"траку и превуците је на монитор који желите да подесите као „главни“ монитор." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." msgstr "" +"Да измените „положај“ монитора, кликните на њега и превуците га на жељено " +"место." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да оба монитора приказују исти садржај, означите поље Иста " +"слика на свим екранима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." msgstr "" +"Када будете били задовољни вашим подешавањима, кликните Примени и " +"након тога на Задржи ова подешавања." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" +"Да затворите екране кликните на x у горњем углу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:7 msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите два монитора на преносном рачунару." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:18 msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите још један монитор на преносиви рачунар" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21 msgid "Set up an external monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите спољни монитор" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24 @@ -5666,30 +6889,39 @@ "laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like " "to adjust the settings:" msgstr "" +"Да подесите додатни монитор са преносним рачунаром, повежите га на преносни " +"рачунар. Ако га ваш систем одмах не препозна, или ако желите да дотерате " +"подешавања:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " "Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the " "preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor." msgstr "" +"По основи, Покретач се приказује само на главном монитору. Да одредите који " +"ће монитор бити „главни“, измените монитор у падајућем пољу Место " +"покретача. Треба такође да превучете Покретач у прегледу на монитор " +"који желите да подесите као „главни“ монитор." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да се покретач приказује на свим мониторима, измените Место " +"покретача на Сви екрани." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Лепљиве ивице" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5697,12 +6929,17 @@ "push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the " "other." msgstr "" +"Уобичајени проблем код два монитора је тај да показивач миша лако „склизне“ " +"на други монитор када ви то не желите. Јунитијева функција Лепљиве " +"ивице помаже у овом проблему тако што тражи од вас да погурате мало " +"јаче како бисте померили показивач миша са једног монитора на други." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" +"Можете искључити Лепљиве ивице ако вам не одговара ова функција." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-lock.page:12 @@ -5710,11 +6947,13 @@ "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your " "computer." msgstr "" +"Не дозволите другима да користе вашу радну површ када се удаљите од вашег " +"рачунара." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/display-lock.page:25 msgid "Automatically lock your screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Самостално закључајте ваш екран" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/display-lock.page:27 @@ -5726,15 +6965,22 @@ "use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also " "have the screen lock automatically." msgstr "" +"Када се удаљите од вашег рачунара, требало би да закључате екран како други не би могли да користе " +"вашу радну површ и да приступе вашим датотекама. И даље ћете бити пријављени " +"и сви програми ће наставити да раде, али ћете морати да унесете лозинку да " +"бисте поновно користили рачунар. Можете ручно закључати екран, али можете " +"поставити на аутоматско закључавање екрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,22 +6995,22 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 msgid "Julita Inca" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Јулита Инка" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-collections.page:16 msgid "Group related documents in a collection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Групишите одговарајуће документе у збирку." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-collections.page:25 msgid "Make collections of documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Направите збирку докумената" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-collections.page:38 @@ -5776,29 +7022,36 @@ "itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF " "documents, can be grouped in one collection." msgstr "" +"Програм Докуметни вам омогућава да заједно ставите документе " +"разних врста на једном месту под називом Збирка. Ако имате " +"документе који су повезани, можете да их групишете да бисте их лакше " +"пронашли. На пример, ако сте на службеном путу и тамо одржавате " +"презентацију, ваши дијапозитиви, ваш план лета (који је ПДФ датотека), ваша " +"таблица буџета и остали хибридни ПДФ/ОДФ документи,могу бити груписани у " +"једну збирку." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-collections.page:45 msgid "To create or add to a collection:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да направите или да додате у збирку:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на дугме ✓." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:48 msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У режиму избора, штиклирајте документа за збирку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:49 msgid "Click the + button in the button bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на дугме + на траци дугмади." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:50 @@ -5807,6 +7060,8 @@ "or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to " "the collection." msgstr "" +"На списку збирке, кликните Додај и упишите назив нове збирке, или " +"изаберите једну већ постојећу. Изабрани документи ће бити додати у збирку." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-collections.page:56 @@ -5814,33 +7069,37 @@ "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot " "put collections inside collections." msgstr "" +"Збирке се не понашају као фасцикле и њихова хијерархија: не можете да " +"ставите збирке унутар збирки." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да обришете збирку:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У режиму избора, штиклирајте збирку за брисање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме корпе на траци дугмади. Збирка ће бити обрисана, " +"остављајући оригиналне документе." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-filter.page:11 msgid "Choose which documents to display." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите документа за приказивање." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-filter.page:20 msgid "Filter documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проберите документа" #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -5849,12 +7108,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -5866,6 +7124,7 @@ msgid "" "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-filter.page:22 @@ -5874,11 +7133,14 @@ "button next to the search bar to " "limit the scope of the search in these categories:" msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме на " +"доле поред траке за претрагу " +"да ограничите опсег претраге у овим категоријама:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-filter.page:27 msgid "Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извори: Локално, Гугл, Небески диск, или Све." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-filter.page:28 @@ -5886,11 +7148,13 @@ "Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text " "Documents, or All." msgstr "" +"Врста: Збирке, ПДФ документи, Презентације, Таблице, Текстуални " +"документи, или Све." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-filter.page:30 msgid "Title, Author, or All." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наслов, Аутор, или Све." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-filter.page:33 @@ -5899,16 +7163,20 @@ "filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account." msgstr "" +"Да би се на списку филтера појавио Гугл или Небески " +"диск, неопходно је да подесите Гугл или Виндоуз уживо као налог на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-formats.page:11 msgid "Documents displays a number of popular document types." msgstr "" +"Програм Документи приказује бројне популарне врсте докумената." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-formats.page:20 msgid "Formats supported" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подржани формати" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-formats.page:28 @@ -5917,22 +7185,25 @@ "supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft " "Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs." msgstr "" +"Документи приказује ПДФ, ДВИ, ИксПС, Пост скрипт и формате које " +"подржавају Прегледник докумената (Евинс), Мајкрософт " +"Офис, Либре Офис и Гуглови документи." #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/documents-info.page:21 #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:21 msgid "2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2014" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-info.page:24 msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Погледајте назив документа, место, датум измене, или врсту." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-info.page:34 msgid "Find information about documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нађите податке о документима" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-info.page:44 @@ -5940,21 +7211,24 @@ "When a document is created, it comes with metadata. " "Documents displays the following metadata for each document:" msgstr "" +"Приликом стварања документа, стварају се такође и његови " +"метаподаци. Документи приказује следеће метаподатке за " +"сваки документ:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-info.page:48 msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наслов: назив документа, који може да се уређује;" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-info.page:49 msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извор: путања фасцикле која садржи документ;" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-info.page:50 msgid "Date Modified;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Последња измена;" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-info.page:51 @@ -5962,27 +7236,28 @@ "Type: the file format of the " "document." msgstr "" +"Врста: формат датотеке документа." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-info.page:55 msgid "To see a document's properties:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да видите својства документа:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-info.page:57 msgid "Click the Check button to switch to selection mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на дугме Провери да пређете на режим избора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-info.page:59 msgid "Select a document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите документ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-info.page:60 msgid "" "Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на дугме Својства на десном крају траке дугмади." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-info.page:65 @@ -5990,6 +7265,8 @@ "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, " "preventing access to their metadata or content." msgstr "" +"Неке врсте докумената (нпр. ПДФ датотеке) могу бити заштићене лозинком, " +"спречавајући приступ њиховим метаподацима или садржају." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-info.page:68 @@ -5998,19 +7275,25 @@ "document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create " "the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat )." msgstr "" +"Датотеке тренутно не нуде никакав механизам за додавање " +"приватности документу. Можете бити у могућности да ово урадите у програму " +"који сте користили за стварање документа (нпр. Либре Офис или " +"Адоб Акробат)." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents.page:15 msgid "" "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online." msgstr "" +"Организујте документа ускладиштена локално на вашем рачунару или направљена " +"на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/documents.page:25 #: C/files.page:57 msgid "Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Документи" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents.page:37 @@ -6019,31 +7302,34 @@ "and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using " "Google Docs or SkyDrive." msgstr "" +"Документи је Гномов програм који вам омогућава да прикажете, " +"организујете, и да штампате документа на вашем рачунару или она направљена " +"удаљено употребом Гугл докумената или Небеског диска." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/documents.page:42 msgid "View, Sort and Search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите, поређајте и потражите" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/documents.page:46 msgid "Select, Organize, Print" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите, организујте, штампајте" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/documents.page:50 msgid "Questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Питања" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-previews.page:16 msgid "You can only preview files stored locally." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можете да прегледате само датотеке ускладиштене локално." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-previews.page:25 msgid "Why don't some files have previews?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто неке датотеке немају преглед?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-previews.page:33 @@ -6053,6 +7339,10 @@ "Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview " "thumbnails." msgstr "" +"Када отворите Документе, сличица прегледа се приказује за " +"документа која су ускладиштена локално. Она ускладиштена на удаљеном серверу " +"као Гугл документи или Небески диск приказују недостајућу " +"(или празну) сличицу прегледа." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-previews.page:37 @@ -6060,6 +7350,8 @@ "If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to " "local storage, a thumbnail will be generated." msgstr "" +"Ако преузмете документ Гуглових докумената или Небеског " +"диска на ваш рачунар, биће створена сличица." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-previews.page:41 @@ -6068,32 +7360,37 @@ "SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to " "continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it." msgstr "" +"Локални умножак документа преузетог са Гуглових докумената или " +"Небеског диска ће изгубити способност ажурирања на мрежи. Ако " +"желите да наставите да га уређујете на мрежи, боље је да га не преузимате." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-print.page:16 msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте документа ускладиштена локално или на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-print.page:25 msgid "Print a document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте документ" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-print.page:35 msgid "To print a document:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да штампате документ:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-print.page:39 msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У режиму избора, штиклирајте документ за штампање." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-print.page:40 msgid "" "Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме „Штампај“ на траци дугмади. Отвориће се прозорче " +"Штампање." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-print.page:45 @@ -6101,37 +7398,39 @@ "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a " "collection is selected." msgstr "" +"Штампање није доступно када је изабрано више од једног документа, или када " +"је изабрана збирка." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-search.page:16 msgid "Find your documents by title or author." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нађите ваше документе према наслову или аутору." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Тражите датотеке" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-search.page:37 msgid "To start a search in Documents:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да започнете претрагу у Документима:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-search.page:40 msgid "Press CtrlF." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните КтрлФ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-search.page:41 msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на иконицу увеличавајућег стакла." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-search.page:42 msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author." msgstr "" +"Почните да куцате. Документа ће се упоређивати према наслову или аутору." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-search.page:45 @@ -6140,16 +7439,20 @@ "type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down button and selecting " "various filters." msgstr "" +"Можете да сузите или да проберете резултате претраге тако што ћете кликнути " +"на дугме на доле и " +"изабрати разне пропуснике." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-select.page:16 msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection." msgstr "" +"Користите режим избора да изаберете више од једног документа или збирке." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-select.page:25 msgid "Selecting documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бирање докумената" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-select.page:34 @@ -6157,6 +7460,9 @@ "From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make " "collections of your documents. To use selection mode:" msgstr "" +"Из режима бирања Докумената можете да отворите, штампате, " +"прегледате или да направите збирке ваших докумената. Да користите режим " +"бирања:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-select.page:39 @@ -6164,21 +7470,23 @@ "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the " "actions that are valid for your selection." msgstr "" +"Изаберите један или више докумената или збирки. Појавиће се трака дугмади са " +"радњама које су исправне за ваш избор." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/documents-select.page:45 msgid "Selection mode actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Радње режима бирања" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/documents-select.page:47 msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Након избора једног или више докумената можете да:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-select.page:50 msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Прегледачем докумената (иконица фасцикле)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-select.page:51 @@ -6186,11 +7494,13 @@ "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single " "document is selected)." msgstr "" +"Штампате (иконица штампача): штампајте документ (доступно је само када је " +"изабран један документ)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-select.page:53 msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Организујете (иконица плуса): направите збирку докумената." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-select.page:54 @@ -6198,21 +7508,23 @@ "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only " "available when a single document is selected)." msgstr "" +"Својства (иконица зупчаника): прикажите својства документа (доступно је само " +"када је изабран један документ)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-select.page:56 msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обришете (иконица корпе): обришите једну или више збирки." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-tracker.page:16 msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не појављује се локални или удаљени документ." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-tracker.page:25 msgid "My documents cannot be seen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Моји документи не могу бити виђени" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-tracker.page:39 @@ -6224,16 +7536,22 @@ "(recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of " "these paths." msgstr "" +"Ако ваши документи не успеју да се прикажу у Документима, може " +"бити да Пратилац није покренут или исправно подешен. Уверите се " +"да је Пратилац покренут у вашој сесији. Основно подешавање, постављено да " +"попише датотеке у вашој личној фасцикли (не-дубински), а ИксДГ фасцикле " +"(дубински), треба да буде одговарајуће. Уверите се да су ваши документи на " +"једној од ових путања." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:29 msgid "Change the way documents are displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените начин приказивања докумената." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:35 msgid "View files in a list or grid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите датотеке на списку или мрежи" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44 @@ -6241,17 +7559,21 @@ "Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by " "default. To view in List format:" msgstr "" +"Документи и збирке су по основи приказани у Мрежи. Да прикажете у " +"облику Списка:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:48 msgid "" "Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu." msgstr "" +"Идите на горњу траку и кликните Документи да прикажете изборник " +"програма." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:52 msgid "Click List from the View as section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Списак у одељку Прикажи као." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:56 @@ -6260,22 +7582,27 @@ "whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or " "SkyDrive." msgstr "" +"У прегледу списком у колонама се приказују врста документа и датум измене, и " +"да ли је ускладиштен локално, или у Гугловим документима или у " +"Небеском диску." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:61 msgid "" "Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format." msgstr "" +"Кликните на Мрежа у изборнику програма да се вратите на основни " +"формат." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/documents-view.page:16 msgid "View documents full-screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите документе преко целог екрана." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-view.page:25 msgid "Display documents stored locally or online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите документа ускладиштена локално или на мрежи" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-view.page:35 @@ -6283,6 +7610,8 @@ "When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored " "locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails." msgstr "" +"Када отворите Документе, сви ваши документи, како они " +"ускладиштени локално тако и они на мрежи, су приказани као сличице." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/documents-view.page:38 @@ -6291,11 +7620,14 @@ "appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, " "as an online account." msgstr "" +"Да би се појавили ваши Гуглови документи или документи Небеског " +"диска, неопходно је да подесите Гугл или Виндоуз уживо, као налог на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-view.page:43 msgid "To view the contents of a document:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да прегледате садржај документа:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-view.page:46 @@ -6303,11 +7635,13 @@ "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the " "Documents window (or full-screen if maximized)." msgstr "" +"Кликните на сличицу. Документ се приказује у пуној ширини у прозору " +"Докумената (или преко целог екрана ако је увећан)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/documents-view.page:50 msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да изађете из документа, кликните на дугме стрелице уназад." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-autorun.page:15 @@ -6315,11 +7649,13 @@ "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and " "other devices and media." msgstr "" +"Самостално покрените програме за ЦД и ДВД дискове, фото-апарате, музичке " +"уређаје, и остале уређаје и медије." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-autorun.page:30 msgid "Open applications for devices or discs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите програме за уређаје или дискове" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-autorun.page:32 @@ -6329,36 +7665,49 @@ "organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this " "off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите да се одговарајући програм самостално покрене када " +"прикључите уређај или уметнете диск или медијску картицу. На пример, можете " +"пожелети да се покрене ваш управник фотографија када прикључите дигитални " +"фотоапарат. Можете такође и да искључите ово, тако да се не деси ништа када " +"нешто прикључите." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-autorun.page:37 msgid "" "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:" msgstr "" +"Да одредите који ће се програми покренути када прикључите разне уређаје:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" +"Изаберите ДетаљиУклоњиви медијуми." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " "types of devices and media." msgstr "" +"Пронађите жељени уређај или врсту медија, а затим изаберите програм или " +"радњу за ту врсту медија. Погледајте доле опис различитих врста уређаја и " +"медија." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " "to do, or nothing will happen automatically." msgstr "" +"Уместо покретања програма, можете такође да подесите тако да дати уређај " +"буде приказан у управнику датотека. Када се ово догоди, бићете упитани шта " +"треба да се уради, или се ништа неће догодити само по себи." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6366,9 +7715,13 @@ "have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is " "inserted (for example, a slideshow)." msgstr "" +"Опција Софтвер је мало другачија од других — ако рачунар открије " +"да има програма на диску који сте уметнули, може покушати да аутоматски " +"покренуте програм ако желите. Ово је добро ако имате инсталирани програм на " +"ЦД-у и желите да се покрене када убаците диск (на пример, покретни приказ)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6376,143 +7729,181 @@ "from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the " "Action drop-down." msgstr "" +"Ако не видите уређај или врсту медија коју желите да измените на списку (као " +"што су Блуреј дискови или читачи е-књига), кликните Остали медији " +"да видите детаљнији списак уређаја. Изаберите врсту уређаја или медија из " +"падајућег списка Врста и програм или радњу из падајућег списка " +"Радња." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " "at the bottom of the Removable Media window." msgstr "" +"Ако не желите да ниједан програм буде отворен аутоматски, без обзира шта " +"прикључите, изаберите Никада не питај или не покрећи програме након " +"убацивања медија при дну прозора уклоњивих медија." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Врсте уређаја и медија" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Звучни дискови" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " "Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks " "will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application." msgstr "" +"Изаберите ваш омиљени програм за музику или програм за извлачење звучних ЦД-" +"а да управља звучним дисковима. Ако користите звучне ДВД-ове (ДВД-А), " +"изаберите како да их отворите у делу Остали медији. Ако отворите " +"звучни диск у управнику датотека, нумере ће бити приказане као ВАВ датотеке " +"које ћете моћи да пустите у било ком програму за пуштање музике." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видео дискови" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " "video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do " "not work correctly when you insert them, see ." msgstr "" +"Изаберите ваш омиљени видео програм за управљање видео ДВД дисковима. " +"Користите дугме Остали медији да подесите програм за Блуреј, ХД " +"ДВД, видео ЦД (ВЦД), и супер видео ЦД (СВЦД). Ако ДВД или други видео " +"дискови не раде исправно када их убаците, погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Празни дискови" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" +"Користите дугме Остали медији да изаберете програм за записивање " +"дискова за празне ЦД, ДВД, Блуреј, и ХД ДВД дискове." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фото-апарати и фотографије" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " "from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse " "your photos using the file manager." msgstr "" +"Користите падајући списак Фотографије да изаберете програм за " +"управљање фотографијама који ће се покренути када прикључите дигитални " +"фотоапарат, или када убаците медијску картицу из фотоапарата, као што је ЦФ, " +"СД, ММЦ, или МС картица. Можете такође само да прегледате ваше фотографије " +"користећи управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " "data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES." msgstr "" +"Под Остали медији, можете да изаберете програм за отварање " +"Кодакових ЦД-а слика, као што су они које сте можда начинили у продавници. " +"То су обични ЦД дискови података са ЈПЕГ сликама у фасцикли под називом " +"Слике." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Музички програми" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" +"Изаберите програм за управљање библиотеком музике на вашем преносивом " +"музичком уређају, или сами рукујте датотекама користећи управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Читачи ел. књига" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " "manager." msgstr "" +"Користите дугме Остали медији да изаберете програм за управљање " +"књигама на вашем читачу е-књига, или сами рукујте датотекама користећи " +"управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Софтвер" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " "to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will " "always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run." msgstr "" +"Неки дискови и преносиви медији садрже софтвер који је намењен за самостално " +"покретање након убацивања медија. Користите опцију Софтвер да " +"одредите шта ће се десити након убацивања медија са самопокретачким " +"софтвером. Од вас ће увек бити затражено потврђивање пре покретања софтвера." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Никада не покрећите програме са медија којима не верујете." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-browse.page:10 msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљајте и организујте датотеке са управником датотека." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-browse.page:37 msgid "Browse files and folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прегледајте датотеке и фасцикле" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6524,22 +7915,42 @@ "applications. They will appear under the heading Files and " "Folders." msgstr "" +"Да покренете управника датотека, отворите Датотеке у " +"Покретачу. Можете такође да тражите датотеке и фасцикле у " +"Полетнику на исти начин као када бисте тражили програме. Појавиће се у заглављу " +"Датотеке и фасцикле." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-browse.page:59 msgid "Exploring the contents of folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Истражите садржаје фасцикли" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6547,44 +7958,58 @@ "folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, " "or access its properties." msgstr "" +"Трака путање изнад списка датотека и фасцикли вам показује коју " +"фасциклу разгледате, укључујући надређене фасцикле текуће фасцикле. Кликните " +"на надређену фасциклу на траци путање да се пребаците у ту фасциклу. " +"Кликните десним тастером миша на било коју фасциклу на траци путање да је " +"отворите у новом језичку или прозору, да је умножите или преместите, или да " +"приступите њеним својствима." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Умножите или преместите ставке у нови директоријум." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/files-copy.page:14 #: C/files-delete.page:15 #: C/files-open.page:15 msgid "Cristopher Thomas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кристофер Томас" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-copy.page:28 msgid "Copy or move files and folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Умножите или преместите датотеке и фасцикле" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-copy.page:30 @@ -6593,6 +8018,9 @@ "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using " "keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" +"Датотека или фасцикла могу бити умножене или премештене на ново место " +"хватањем и пуштањем помоћу миша, коришћењем наредби исеци и убаци, или " +"употребом пречица на тастатури." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-copy.page:34 @@ -6602,6 +8030,10 @@ "document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you " "don't like your changes)." msgstr "" +"На пример, можда ћете желети да умножите презентацију на меморијски штапић " +"тако да ћете моћи да је понесете на посао са вама. Или, можете да направите " +"резервни умножак документа пре него што начините измене на њему (и да затим " +"користите стари примерак ако вам се измене не буду свиделе)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-copy.page:39 @@ -6609,16 +8041,20 @@ "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files " "and folders in exactly the same way." msgstr "" +"Ова упутства су примењива и на датотеке и на фасцикле. И датотеке и фасцикле " +"умножавате и премештате на потпуно исти начин." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:43 msgid "Copy and paste files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Умножите и убаците датотеке" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:44 msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once." msgstr "" +"Изаберите датотеку коју желите да умножите тако што ћете једном кликнути на " +"њу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:45 @@ -6626,12 +8062,14 @@ "Right-click and pick Copy, or press " "CtrlC." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша и изаберите Умножи, или притисните " +"КтрлЦ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:47 msgid "" "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Идите до друге фасцикле, у коју желите да сместите умножак датотеке." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:49 @@ -6640,16 +8078,22 @@ "CtrlV. There will now be a copy of " "the file in the original folder and the other folder." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером и изаберите Убаци да завршите са " +"умножавањем датотеке, или притисните " +"КтрлВ. Након овога ће постојати " +"примерак датотеке у изворној фасцикли и у овој другој." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:56 msgid "Cut and paste files to move them" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Исеците и убаците датотеке да их преместите" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:57 msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once." msgstr "" +"Изаберите датотеку коју желите да преместите тако што ћете једном кликнути " +"на њу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:58 @@ -6657,11 +8101,13 @@ "Right-click and pick Cut, or press " "CtrlX." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша и изаберите Исеци, или притисните " +"КтрлХ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:60 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Идите до друге фасцикле, у коју желите да преместите датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:61 @@ -6670,11 +8116,15 @@ "CtrlV. The file will be taken out of " "its original folder and moved to the other folder." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером и изаберите Убаци да завршите са " +"премештањем датотеке, или притисните " +"КтрлВ. Датотека ће бити извађена из " +"изворне фасцикле и премештена у другу фасциклу." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-copy.page:68 msgid "Drag files to copy or move" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Превуците датотеке зарад умножавања или премештања" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:69 @@ -6682,6 +8132,8 @@ "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want " "to copy." msgstr "" +"Отворите управника датотека и идите до фасцикле која садржи датотеку коју " +"желите да умножите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:71 @@ -6691,6 +8143,10 @@ "In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the " "file." msgstr "" +"Кликните Датотеке на горњој траци, изаберите Нови " +"прозор (или притисните КтрлН) " +"да отворите други прозор. У новом прозору, идите до фасцикле у коју желите " +"да преместите или умножите датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:76 @@ -6699,6 +8155,9 @@ "it if the destination is on the same device, or copy " "it if the destination is on a different device." msgstr "" +"Кликните и превуците датотеку из једног прозора у други. Ово ће је " +"преместити ако је одредиште на истом уређају, или ће је " +"умножити ако је одредиште на другом уређају." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:79 @@ -6706,6 +8165,8 @@ "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, " "it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another." msgstr "" +"На пример, ако превучете датотеку са УСБ меморијског штапића у вашу личну " +"фасциклу, биће умножена, зато што је превлачите са једног уређаја на други." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-copy.page:81 @@ -6714,6 +8175,9 @@ "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift " "key while dragging." msgstr "" +"Можете да приморате датотеку да буде умножена држећи притиснутим тастер " +"Ктрл док превлачите, или је приморати да буде премештена држећи " +"притиснутим тастер Шифт док превлачите." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-copy.page:88 @@ -6723,16 +8187,21 @@ "You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions ." msgstr "" +"Не можете да умножите или преместите датотеку у фасциклу која је само за " +"читање. Неке фасцикле су само за читање како би вам онемогућиле да " +"начините измене на њиховом садржају. Можете да измените ствари које су само " +"за читање тако што ћете изменити овлашћења датотеке ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-delete.page:9 msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уклоните датотеке и фасцикле које вам више не требају." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-delete.page:33 msgid "Delete files and folders" -msgstr "Обришите датотеке и фасцикле" +msgstr "Уклоните датотеке и фасцикле" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-delete.page:35 @@ -6744,16 +8213,24 @@ "original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally " "deleted." msgstr "" +"Ако више не желите датотеку или фасциклу, можете да је обришете. Када " +"обришете неку ставку она бива премештена у фасциклу Смеће, у " +"којој ће се налазити све док не испразните смеће. Можете да повратите ставке из фасцикле Смеће " +"на њихова првобитна места ако одлучите да вам требају, или ако сте их " +"случајно обрисали." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-delete.page:42 msgid "To send a file to the trash:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да пошаљете датотеку у смеће:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:43 msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once." msgstr "" +"Изаберите ставку коју желите да баците у смеће тако што ћете једном кликнути " +"на њу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:45 @@ -6761,6 +8238,8 @@ "Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to " "the Trash in the sidebar." msgstr "" +"Притисните Обриши на вашој тастатури. Или другачије, превуците " +"ставку у смеће у бочној површи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-delete.page:50 @@ -6769,6 +8248,9 @@ "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in " "the sidebar and select Empty Trash." msgstr "" +"Да трајно обришете датотеке, и да ослободите простор на диску на рачунару, " +"мораћете да испразните смеће. Да испразните смеће, кликните десним тастером " +"миша на Смеће у бочној површи и изаберите Избаци смеће." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-delete.page:55 @@ -6781,16 +8263,18 @@ "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to " "the trash first." msgstr "" +"Можете истог тренутка трајно да обришете датотеку, а да је пре тога не " +"пошаљете у смеће." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-delete.page:60 msgid "To permanently delete a file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да трајно обришете датотеку:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:61 msgid "Select the item you want to delete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите ставку коју желите да обришете." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:62 @@ -6798,6 +8282,8 @@ "Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete " "key on your keyboard." msgstr "" +"Притисните и држите тастер Шифт, затим притисните тастер " +"Обриши на вашој тастатури." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-delete.page:64 @@ -6805,6 +8291,8 @@ "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to " "delete the file or folder." msgstr "" +"Зато што ову радњу не можете да опозовете, од вас ће бити затражено да " +"потврдите да желите да обришете датотеку или фасциклу." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-delete.page:68 @@ -6816,6 +8304,12 @@ "Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses " "Trash." msgstr "" +"Ако морате често да бришете датотеке а да не користите смеће (на пример, ако " +"често радите са осетљивим подацима), можете да додате унос Обриши " +"изборнику десног клика за фасцикле и датотеке. Кликните Датотеке " +"на траци изборника, изаберите Поставке затим изаберите језичак " +"Понашање. Изаберите Укључи и наредбу која заобилази " +"смеће." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-delete.page:75 @@ -6825,16 +8319,22 @@ "files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back " "into your computer." msgstr "" +"Обрисане датотеке на преносивом уређају " +" неће бити видљиве на другим оперативним системима, као што је " +"Виндоуз или Мек ОС. Датотеке су још увек тамо, и биће доступне када поново " +"прикључите уређај на ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-disc-write.page:19 msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner." msgstr "" +"Набаците датотеке и документа на празан ЦД или ДВД користећи програм за " +"резање ЦД/ДВД дискова." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-disc-write.page:23 msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD" -msgstr "Нарежите датотеке на ЦД или ДВД диск" +msgstr "Запишите датотеке на ЦД или ДВД" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:25 @@ -6845,11 +8345,17 @@ "files to other computers or perform backups " "by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:" msgstr "" +"Можете да набаците датотеке на празан диск користећи Творца ЦД/ДВД-" +"а. Опција за резање Цд-а или ДВД-а ће се појавити у управнику датотека " +"чим убаците диск у читач дискова. Управник датотека вам допушта да пренесете " +"датотеке на друге рачунаре или да обавите стварање резерви набацивањем датотека на празан диск. Да нарежете " +"датотеке на ЦД или ДВД:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:33 msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Убаците празан диск у ваш уређај за резање дискова." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:35 @@ -6858,6 +8364,9 @@ "CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD " "Creator folder window will open." msgstr "" +"У прозору Празан преписиви ЦД/ДВД који ће се појавити, изаберите " +"Отвори Творцем ЦД/ДВД-а и кликните У реду. Отвориће се " +"прозор фасцикле Творца ЦД/ДВД-а." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:38 @@ -6865,26 +8374,30 @@ "(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under " "Devices in the file manager sidebar.)" msgstr "" +"(Можете такође да кликнете и на Празан преписиви ЦД/ДВД у одељку " +"Уређаји у бочној површи управника датотека.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:42 msgid "In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У поље Назив диска, упишите назив за диск." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:45 msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Превуците или умножите жељене датотеке у прозор." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:48 msgid "Click Write to Disc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Нарежи на диск." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:51 msgid "Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc." msgstr "" +"У прозорчету под Изаберите диск за записивање, изаберите празан " +"диск." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:52 @@ -6893,6 +8406,9 @@ "a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then " "burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)" msgstr "" +"(Можете да изаберете и Датотека одраза. Овим ћете набацити " +"датотеке у одраз диска, који ће бити сачуван на вашем рачунару. " +"Овај одраз диска ћете моћи да нарежете на празан диск неком другом приликом.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:57 @@ -6901,11 +8417,14 @@ "location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should " "be fine." msgstr "" +"Кликните Особине ако желите да подесите брзину резања, место " +"привремених датотека, и остале опције. Основне опције би требале да буду " +"задовољавајуће." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:62 msgid "Click the Burn button to begin recording." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на дугме Нарежи да започнете записивање." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:63 @@ -6913,6 +8432,8 @@ "If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for " "additional discs." msgstr "" +"Ако изаберете Нарежи више примерака, од вас ће бити затражени " +"додатни дискови." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:67 @@ -6920,6 +8441,8 @@ "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose " "Make More Copies or Close to exit." msgstr "" +"Након завршеног нарезивања диска, исти ће бити самостално избачен. Изаберите " +"Направи још примерака или Затвори да изађете." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:73 @@ -6928,6 +8451,9 @@ "installed by default, but you can install " "it from the Ubuntu package archive." msgstr "" +"За напредније пројекте нарезивања ЦД/ДВД-а, пробајте Бразеро. " +"Није унапред инсталиран, али га можете инсталирати из Убунтуове архиве пакета." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:77 @@ -6935,11 +8461,13 @@ "For help with using Brasero, read the user guide." msgstr "" +"За помоћ при коришћењу Бразера, прочитајте корисничко упутство." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-disc-write.page:82 msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ако диск није исправно нарезан" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:83 @@ -6948,6 +8476,9 @@ "able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a " "computer." msgstr "" +"Понекада рачунар неће исправно записати податке, и ви нећете бити у " +"могућности да видите датотеке које сте набацили на диск када га будете " +"убацили у рачунар." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-disc-write.page:86 @@ -6957,11 +8488,16 @@ "choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the " "CD/DVD Creator window." msgstr "" +"У том случају, покушајте поново да нарежете диск али користите мању брзину " +"резања, на пример, 12х уместо 48х. Резање мањим брзинама је поузданије. " +"Можете да изаберете брзину кликом на дугме Особине у прозору " +"Творац ЦД/ДВД-а." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-hidden.page:7 msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager." msgstr "" +"Учините датотеку невидљивом, тако да је не видите у управнику датотека." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-hidden.page:23 @@ -6975,6 +8511,9 @@ "your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file " "manager, but it's still there in its folder." msgstr "" +"Гномов управник датотека вам даје могућност да сакријете и да прикажете " +"датотеке према вашој жељи. Када је датотека скривена, није приказана у " +"управнику датотека, али се још увек налази у фасцикли." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-hidden.page:29 @@ -6983,6 +8522,10 @@ ". at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named " " example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt." msgstr "" +"Да сакријете датотеку, преименујте је " +"тачком (.) на почетку њеног назива. На пример, да сакријете " +"датотеку под називом пример.txt, треба да је преименујете у " +".пример.txt." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-hidden.page:35 @@ -6990,6 +8533,9 @@ "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder " "by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name." msgstr "" +"Можете да сакријете фасцикле на исти начин на који можете да сакријете " +"датотеке. Сакријте фасциклу тако што ћете ставити . на почетак " +"њеног назива." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-hidden.page:40 @@ -7005,6 +8551,11 @@ "Files, or press CtrlH. You will " "see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да видите све скривене датотеке у фасцикли, идите до те фасцикле " +"и кликните на доње " +"дугме на траци алата и изаберите Прикажи скривене датотеке, или " +"притисните КтрлН. Видећете све " +"скривене датотеке, заједно са обичним датотекама које нису скривене." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-hidden.page:47 @@ -7014,11 +8565,15 @@ "Show Hidden Files, or press " "CtrlH again." msgstr "" +"Да поново сакријете ове датотеке, кликните на доње дугме на траци алата и изаберите " +"Прикажи скривене датотеке, или поново притисните " +"КтрлН." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-hidden.page:55 msgid "Unhide a file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откријте датотеку" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-hidden.page:56 @@ -7030,6 +8585,13 @@ "For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should " "rename it to example.txt." msgstr "" +"Да откријете датотеку, идите у фасциклу која садржи скривену датотеку и " +"кликните доње " +"дугме на траци алата и изаберите Прикажи скривене датотеке. " +"Затим, пронађите скривену датотеку и преименујте је тако да не садржи " +". на почетку њеног назива. На пример, да откријете датотеку под " +"називом .пример.txt, треба да је преименујете у " +"пример.txt." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-hidden.page:63 @@ -7040,6 +8602,11 @@ "CtrlH to hide any other hidden files " "again." msgstr "" +"Када сте преименовали датотеку, или кликните на доње дугме на траци алата и изаберите " +"Прикажи скривене датотеке, или поново притисните " +"КтрлН да поново сакријете све остале " +"скривене датотеке." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-hidden.page:69 @@ -7048,6 +8615,9 @@ "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will " "always show hidden files, see ." msgstr "" +"По основи, видећете само скривене датотеке у управнику датотека све док га " +"не затворите. Да измените ово подешавање тако да управник датотека увек " +"приказује скривене датотеке, погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-hidden.page:74 @@ -7057,16 +8627,22 @@ "files are backup files. See for more " "information." msgstr "" +"Већина скривених датотека ће имати . на почетку њиховог назива, " +"али неке друге могу имати ~ на крају њиховог назива уместо овога. " +"Те датотеке су датотеке резерве. Погледајте за " +"више података." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-lost.page:11 msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded." msgstr "" +"Пратите ова упутства ако не можете да пронађете датотеке које сте направили " +"или преузели." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-lost.page:30 msgid "Find a lost file" -msgstr "Пронађите загубљену датотеку" +msgstr "Пронађите изгубљену датотеку" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-lost.page:32 @@ -7074,6 +8650,8 @@ "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these " "tips." msgstr "" +"Ако сте направили или преузели датотеку, али сада не можете да је пронађете, " +"пратите ове савете." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:36 @@ -7082,6 +8660,9 @@ "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how." msgstr "" +"Ако се не сећате где сте сачували датотеку, али барем имате неку идеју о " +"томе како сте је назвали, можете да је потражите према називу. Видите да сазнате како." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:40 @@ -7090,6 +8671,9 @@ "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your " "home folder." msgstr "" +"Ако сте само преузели датотеку, ваш веб прегледник је можда сам сачувао у " +"уобичајеној фасцикли. Проверите фасцикле „Радне површи“ и „Преузимања“ у " +"вашој личној фасцикли." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:44 @@ -7098,16 +8682,19 @@ "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. " "See to learn how to recover a deleted file." msgstr "" +"Може бити да сте случајно обрисали датотеку. Када обришете датотеку, она " +"бива премештена у смеће, где остаје све док ручно не избаците смеће. " +"Погледајте да сазнате како да повратите " +"обрисану датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:49 msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7116,11 +8703,13 @@ "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of " "file. You can change the default too." msgstr "" +"Отворите датотеке користећи програм који није основни за ту врсту датотеке. " +"Можете да измените и подразумевани." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-open.page:25 msgid "Open files with other applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите датотеке другим програмима" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-open.page:27 @@ -7130,6 +8719,10 @@ "application, search online for applications, or set the default application " "for all files of the same type." msgstr "" +"Када два пута кликнете на датотеку у управнику датотека, биће отворена " +"основним програмом за ту врсту датотеке. Исту можете да отворите другим " +"програмом, да потражите програме на мрежи, или да поставите основни програм " +"за све датотеке исте врсте." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-open.page:32 @@ -7141,6 +8734,12 @@ "knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your " "computer, click Show other applications." msgstr "" +"Да отворите датотеку програмом другачијим од основног, кликните десним " +"тастером миша на датотеку и изаберите програм који желите са врха изборника. " +"Ако не видите програм који желите, изаберите Отвори другим " +"програмом. По основи, управник датотека приказује само програме за " +"које зна да могу да рукују датотеком. Да прегледате све програме на вашем " +"рачунару, притисните Прикажи остале програми." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-open.page:39 @@ -7150,11 +8749,15 @@ "manager will search online for packages containing applications that are " "known to handle files of that type." msgstr "" +"Ако још увек не можете да пронађете програм који желите, можете да потражите " +"још програма кликом на Нађи програме на мрежи. Управник датотека " +"ће на мрежи потражити пакете који садрже програме за које се зна да рукују " +"датотекама ове врсте." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-open.page:45 msgid "Change the default application" -msgstr "Промените основни програм" +msgstr "Измените основни програм" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-open.page:46 @@ -7164,6 +8767,10 @@ "click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player " "to open when you double-click an MP3 file." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените основни програм који је коришћен за отварање датотека " +"дате врсте. Ово ће вам омогућити да отворите ваш омиљени програм када " +"кликнете два пуа да бисте отворили датотеку. На пример, можда ћете желети да " +"се отвори ваш омиљени музички програм када два пута кликнете на МП3 датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:52 @@ -7172,16 +8779,20 @@ "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a " ".mp3 file." msgstr "" +"Изаберите датотеку врсте за коју желите да измените основни програм. На " +"пример, да измените који програм се користи за отварање МП3 датотека, " +"изаберите .mp3 датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:55 msgid "Right-click the file and select Properties." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша на датотеку и изаберите Особине." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:56 msgid "Select the Open With tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите језичак Отвори помоћу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:57 @@ -7191,6 +8802,10 @@ "file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show " "other applications." msgstr "" +"Изаберите програм који желите и кликните Постави као основни. По " +"основи, управник датотека приказује само програме за које зна да могу да " +"рукују датотеком. Да прегледате све програме на вашем рачунару, кликните " +"Прикажи остале програме." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-open.page:61 @@ -7201,6 +8816,12 @@ "Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-" "clicking the file and selecting it from the list." msgstr "" +"Ако Остали програми садрже програм који ћете пожелети да " +"користите понекад, али не желите да га поставите за основни, изаберите " +"програм и кликните Додај. Ово ће га додати међу Препоручене " +"програме. Након тога ћете бити у могућности да користите овај програм " +"тако што ћете кликнути десним тастером миша на датотеку и изабрати га са " +"списка." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-open.page:68 @@ -7208,12 +8829,14 @@ "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for " "all files with the same type." msgstr "" +"Ово ће изменити основни програм не само за изабрану датотеку, већ и за све " +"датотеке исте врсте." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/files.page:18 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Датотеке" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files.page:21 @@ -7223,6 +8846,10 @@ "removable drives, documents…" msgstr "" +"Претраживање, брисање датотека, резервни " +"примерци, измењиви уређаји, " +"документи…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files.page:31 @@ -7239,6 +8866,7 @@ msgid "" "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='ee872fa563c3c7f46484bbab8459b909'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='ee872fa563c3c7f46484bbab8459b909'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/files.page:35 @@ -7248,7 +8876,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/files.page:39 msgid "Common tasks" -msgstr "Уобичајени задаци" +msgstr "Уобичајени послови" #. (itstool) path: links/title #: C/files.page:43 @@ -7264,7 +8892,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files.page:52 msgid "Backing up" -msgstr "Прављење резервног примерка" +msgstr "Прављење резерви" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files.page:62 @@ -7276,11 +8904,13 @@ msgid "" "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more." msgstr "" +"На брзину прикажите и сакријте прегледе докумената, слика, видео записа, и " +"осталог." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-preview.page:22 msgid "Preview files and folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Погледајте датотеке и фасцикле" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-preview.page:24 @@ -7289,6 +8919,10 @@ "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in " "a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview." msgstr "" +"Можете брзо да прегледате датотеке без отварања у програму за ту намену. " +"Изаберите било коју датотеку и притисните размакницу. Датотека ће се " +"отворити у једноставном прозору прегледа. Поново притисните размакницу да " +"одбаците преглед." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-preview.page:28 @@ -7297,6 +8931,9 @@ "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or " "seek through your video and audio." msgstr "" +"Уграђени преглед подржава већину формата датотека за документе, слике, " +"снимке, и звук. У прегледу, можете да прелиставате документе или да " +"премотавате ваше снимке и звук." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-preview.page:32 @@ -7304,16 +8941,19 @@ "To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again " "to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely." msgstr "" +"Да прикажете преглед преко целог екрана, притисните тастер ф. " +"Поново притисните тастер ф да напустите приказ преко целог " +"екрана, или притисните размакницу да затворите преглед." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-recover.page:9 msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обрисане датотеке бивају послате у смеће, али могу бити повраћене." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-recover.page:23 msgid "Recover a file from the Trash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вратите датотеку из смећа" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-recover.page:24 @@ -7321,11 +8961,13 @@ "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into " "the Trash, and should be able to be restored." msgstr "" +"Ако обришете датотеку управником датотека, она бива смештена у " +"Смеће, и може бити могуће њено враћање." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-recover.page:27 msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да вратите датотеку из смећа:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-recover.page:28 @@ -7333,6 +8975,8 @@ "Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut " "which is located at the bottom of the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Отворите Покретач а затим кликнте на пречицу Смеће " +"која се налази на дну Покретача." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-recover.page:30 @@ -7340,6 +8984,9 @@ "If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select " "Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from." msgstr "" +"Ако је ваша обрисана датотека тамо, кликните на њу десним тастером и " +"изаберите Врати. Након овога датотека ће бити враћена у фасциклу " +"из које је обрисана." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-recover.page:34 @@ -7349,6 +8996,9 @@ "deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from " "the Trash." msgstr "" +"Ако обришете датотеку користећи ШифтОбриши " +", или из линије наредби, датотека бива трајно обрисана. " +"Датотеке које су трајно обрисане не могу бити враћене из Смећа." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-recover.page:39 @@ -7359,16 +9009,21 @@ "it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can " "recover it." msgstr "" +"Постоји велики број доступних алата за опоравак који су понекад у стању да " +"поврате датотека које су трајно обрисане. Међутим, ови алати уопште нису " +"нимало лаки за коришћење. Ако сте случајно трајно обрисали датотеку, " +"вероватно је најбоље да питате за савет на форуму да видите да ли је можете " +"повратити." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-removedrive.page:20 msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Избаците или демонтирајте УСБ флеш диск, ЦД, ДВД или други уређај." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-removedrive.page:30 msgid "Safely remove an external drive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Безбедно уклоните спољни уређај" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:32 @@ -7380,16 +9035,22 @@ "optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc " "from your computer." msgstr "" +"Када користите спољне уређаје за складиштење као што су УСБ флеш дискови, " +"требате безбедно да их уклоните пре него што их искључите. Ако само " +"искључите уређај, ризикујете да га искључите док га неки програм још увек " +"користи. Ово може довести до тога да неке од ваших датотека буду изгубљене " +"или оштећене. Када користите оптички диск као што је ЦД или ДВД, можете да " +"користите исте кораке да избаците диск из рачунара." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-removedrive.page:40 msgid "To eject a removable device:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да избаците уклоњиви уређај:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:41 msgid "Open the file manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:43 @@ -7397,6 +9058,9 @@ "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to " "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device." msgstr "" +"Пронађите уређај у бочној површи. Поред његовог назива треба да се налази " +"мала иконица за избацивање. Кликните на ову иконицу да безбедно уклоните или " +"избаците уређај." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:46 @@ -7404,11 +9068,13 @@ "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and " "select Eject." msgstr "" +"Другачије, можете да кликнете десним тастером миша на назив уређаја у бочној " +"површи и да изаберете Избаци." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-removedrive.page:51 msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Безбедно уклоните уређај који је у употреби" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:53 @@ -7420,6 +9086,12 @@ "will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject " "it." msgstr "" +"Ако су неке датотеке на уређају отворене и у употреби у неком програму, " +"нећете бити у могућности да безбедно уклоните уређај. Биће вам приказано " +"прозорче у коме ће бити обавештење „Уређај је заузет“, са пропратним списком " +"свих отворених датотека на уређају. Након што затворите све датотеке на " +"уређају, исти ће бити безбедан за уклањање. Тада можете да откачите или " +"избаците уређај." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:60 @@ -7430,6 +9102,11 @@ "entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you " "have open with that application." msgstr "" +"Ако не можете да затворите неку датотеку, на пример ако је програм који " +"користи датотеку закључан, можете кликнете десним тастером на датотеку у " +"прозору Волумен је заузет и да изаберете Окончај " +"процес. Ово ће приморати потпуно закључан програм да се затвори, што " +"би требало да затвори друге датотеке које сте отворили тим програмом." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-removedrive.page:66 @@ -7438,26 +9115,31 @@ "closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those " "files open." msgstr "" +"Можете такође да изаберете Ипак избаци да уклоните уређај без " +"затварања датотека. Ово може да проузрокује грешке у програмима у којима су " +"отворене ове датотеке." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-rename.page:7 msgid "Change file or folder name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените назив датотеке или фасцикле." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-rename.page:31 msgid "Rename a file or folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преименујте датотеку или фасциклу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-rename.page:33 msgid "You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder." msgstr "" +"Можете да користите управника датотека да измените назив датотеке или " +"фасцикле." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-rename.page:36 msgid "To rename a file or folder:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да преименујете датотеку или фасциклу:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:37 @@ -7465,11 +9147,13 @@ "Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and " "press F2." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша на ставку и изаберите Преименуј, " +"или изаберите датотеку и притисните Ф2." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:39 msgid "Type the new name and press Enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Упишите нови назив и притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-rename.page:42 @@ -7477,6 +9161,8 @@ "You can also rename a file from the properties window." msgstr "" +"Можете такође да преименујете датотеку и у прозору особина." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-rename.page:45 @@ -7487,6 +9173,11 @@ "PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to " "change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it." msgstr "" +"Када преименујете датотеку, само први део назива датотеке је изабран, а не и " +"проширење датотеке (део после .). Проширење обично означава која је то врста " +"датотеке (нпр. датотека.pdf је ПДФ документ), и ово не бисте " +"требали да мењате. Ако баш морате да измените проширење, изаберите читав " +"назив датотеке и измените га." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-rename.page:52 @@ -7495,11 +9186,15 @@ "the rename. To revert the action and restore the former name, immediately " "click Edit in the menu bar and select Undo Rename." msgstr "" +"Ако сте преименовали погрешну датотеку, или сте некој датотеци дали " +"неодговарајући назив, можете да опозовете промену назива. Да повратите радњу " +"и да вратите претходан назив, одмах притисните Уређивање на траци " +"изборника и изаберите Опозови преименовање." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-rename.page:58 msgid "Valid characters for file names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Исправни знаци за називе датотека" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-rename.page:59 @@ -7511,6 +9206,12 @@ "?, *, <, \", :, " ">, /." msgstr "" +"Можете да користите било који знак осим знака / (коса црта) у " +"називима датотека. Неки уређаји, међутим, користе систем датотека " +"који има више ограничења на називе датотека. Стога је најбоље да избегавате " +"следеће знакове у називима ваших датотека: |, \\, " +"?, *, <, \", :, " +">, /." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-rename.page:67 @@ -7519,18 +9220,21 @@ "be hidden when you attempt to view it in " "the file manager." msgstr "" +"Ако у називу датотеке као први знак употребите ., иста ће бити " +"скривена када будете покушали да је " +"видите у управнику датотека." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-rename.page:74 #: C/hardware.page:41 #: C/mouse.page:36 msgid "Common problems" -msgstr "Уобичајени проблеми" +msgstr "Општи проблеми" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-rename.page:77 msgid "The file name is already in use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назив датотеке је већ употребљен" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:78 @@ -7539,6 +9243,9 @@ "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you " "are working in, the file manager will not allow it." msgstr "" +"Не можете имати две датотеке или фасцикле са истим називом у истој фасцикли. " +"Ако покушате да преименујете датотеку називом који већ постоји у фасцикли у " +"којој радите, управник датотека то неће допустити." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:81 @@ -7547,11 +9254,15 @@ "File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using " "different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended." msgstr "" +"Називи датотека и фасцикли су осетљиви на величину слова, тако да назив " +"Датотека.txt није исто што и ДАТОТЕКА.txt. " +"Коришћење оваквих различитих назива датотека је допуштено, иако није " +"препоручљиво." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-rename.page:87 msgid "The file name is too long" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назив датотеке је предуг" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:88 @@ -7562,11 +9273,16 @@ "proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where " "possible." msgstr "" +"На неким системима датотека, називи датотека не могу да имају више од 255 " +"знакова у својим називима. У ограничење ових 255 знакова спадају и назив " +"датотеке и путања до датотеке (нпр. /home/ђоле/Документи/посао/послови-" +"које-треба-избегавати/…), зато бисте требали да избегавате дуге " +"називе датотека и фасцикли где је то могуће." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-rename.page:95 msgid "The option to rename is grayed out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опција за преименовање је засивљена" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-rename.page:96 @@ -7576,132 +9292,113 @@ "protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information." msgstr "" +"Ако је засивљена опција Преименуј, то значи да немате овлашћење " +"да преименујете датотеку. Требате бити врло опрезни када преименујете такве " +"датотеке, јер преименовање неких заштићених датотека може да доведе до " +"нестабилности система. Погледајте за више података." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Други програми за претрагу" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "Претрага" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Тражите" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Сачувајте претрагу" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7710,11 +9407,13 @@ "Press CtrlS to select multiple files " "which have similar names." msgstr "" +"Притисните КтрлС да изаберете неколик " +"датотека које имају сличне називе." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-select.page:20 msgid "Select files by pattern" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите датотеке према обрасцу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-select.page:22 @@ -7725,6 +9424,11 @@ "file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters " "available:" msgstr "" +"Можете да изаберете датотеке у фасцикли користећи образац у називу датотеке. " +"Притисните КтрлС да призовете " +"прозорче Означи ставке по услову. Упишите образац користећи опште " +"делове назива датотеке плус знакове замене (џокере). Доступна су два знака " +"замене:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:29 @@ -7732,11 +9436,13 @@ "* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at " "all." msgstr "" +"* одговара било ком броју било којих знакова, чак уопште и без " +"знакова." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:31 msgid "? matches exactly one of any character." -msgstr "" +msgstr "? одговара тачно једном од било ког знака." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-select.page:34 @@ -7750,11 +9456,14 @@ "have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the " "pattern" msgstr "" +"Ако имате текстуалну датотеку Отвореног документа, ПДФ датотеку, и слику и " +"да све оне имају исти основни назив Фактура, изаберите све три " +"помоћу обрасца" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/files-select.page:40 msgid "Invoice.*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фактура.*" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:42 @@ -7763,11 +9472,14 @@ "Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them " "all with the pattern" msgstr "" +"Ако имате неке фотографије под називом Летовање-001.jpg, " +"Летовање-002.jpg, Летовање-003.jpg; изаберите их " +"све помоћу обрасца" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/files-select.page:45 msgid "Vacation-???.jpg" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Летовање-???.jpg" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-select.page:47 @@ -7776,16 +9488,19 @@ "-edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've " "edited, select the edited photos with" msgstr "" +"Ако имате овакве фотографије, али сте уредили неке од њих и додали -" +"уређена на крај назива датотеке фотографија које сте уредили, " +"изаберите уређене фотографије помоћу" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/files-select.page:50 msgid "Vacation-???-edited.jpg" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Летовање-???-уређена.jpg" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-share.page:9 msgid "Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пренесите датотеке до ваших контакта е-поште из управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-share.page:27 @@ -7799,22 +9514,26 @@ "or network shares directly from the " "file manager." msgstr "" +"Можете да делите датотеке са вашим контактима или да их пребаците на спољне " +"уређаје или на мрежно дељење " +"непосредно из управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:40 #: C/video-sending.page:29 msgid "Open the file manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите управника датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:42 msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пронађите датотеку коју желите да пренесете." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:43 msgid "Right-click the file and select Send To." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша на датотеку и изаберите Пошаљи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:44 @@ -7823,6 +9542,9 @@ "file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more " "information." msgstr "" +"Појавиће се прозор Пошаљи. Изаберите где желите да пошаљете " +"датотеку и кликните Пошаљи. Видите списак одредишта испод за више " +"података." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/files-share.page:50 @@ -7831,6 +9553,10 @@ "Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files " "automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive." msgstr "" +"Можете да пошаљете неколико датотека одједном. Изаберите неколико датотека " +"држећи притиснутим тастер Ктрл, затим кликните десним тастером " +"миша на све изабране датотеке. Можете аутоматски запаковати датотеке у зип " +"или тар архиву." #. (itstool) path: list/title #: C/files-share.page:56 @@ -7843,6 +9569,8 @@ "To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email " "address." msgstr "" +"Да пошаљете датотеку е-поштом, изаберите Е-пошта и унесите адресу " +"е-поште примаоца." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:59 @@ -7851,6 +9579,9 @@ "Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant " "messaging application may need to be started for this to work." msgstr "" +"Да пошаљете датотеку контакту брзих порука, изаберите Брза " +"порука, затим изаберите контакт са падајућег списка. Можда ће ваш " +"програм за брзе поруке морати да се покрене да би ово радило." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:63 @@ -7858,6 +9589,8 @@ "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See " " to learn more." msgstr "" +"Да запишете датотеку на ЦД или ДВД, изаберите Творац ЦД/ДВД-а. " +"Видите да сазнате више." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:66 @@ -7867,6 +9600,10 @@ "devices you have already paired with. See for " "more information." msgstr "" +"Да пошаљете датотеку на блутут уређај, изаберите Блутут (Гурање ОБЕКС-" +"ом) и изаберите уређај коме ћете послати датотеку. Видећете само " +"уређаје са којима сте се већ упарили. Видите за " +"више података." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-share.page:71 @@ -7875,16 +9612,21 @@ "to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and " "shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to." msgstr "" +"Да умножите датотеку на спољни уређај као што је УСБ меморијски штапић, или " +"да је отпремите на сервер на који сте повезани, изаберите Уклоњиви " +"дискови и дељење, затим изаберите уређај или сервер на који желите да " +"умножите датотеку." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-sort.page:7 msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed." msgstr "" +"Поређајте датотеке према називу, величини, врсти, или према времену измене." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-sort.page:27 msgid "Sort files and folders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поређајте датотеке и фасцикле" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-sort.page:33 @@ -7894,6 +9636,10 @@ "list of common ways to sort files. See for " "information on how to change the default sort order." msgstr "" +"Можете да поређате датотеке на различите начине у фасцикли, на пример " +"поређавши их према датуму или величини датотеке. Погледајте за списак општих начина ређања датотека. Погледајте да сазнате како да измените основни поредак ређања." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-sort.page:38 @@ -7902,11 +9648,14 @@ "are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in " "the toolbar." msgstr "" +"Начин на који можете да поређате датотеке зависи од прегледа " +"фасцикле који користите. Можете да измените тренутни преглед користећи " +"дугмад списка или иконица на траци алата." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-sort.page:43 msgid "Icon view" -msgstr "Преглед иконама" +msgstr "Преглед иконицама" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:44 @@ -7916,6 +9665,10 @@ "By Name, By Size, By Type or By " "Modification Date." msgstr "" +"Да поређате датотеке другачијим редоследом, кликнути на дугме на доле на траци алата и " +"изаберите Према називу, Према величини, Према " +"врсти, или Према датуму измене." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:48 @@ -7924,6 +9677,9 @@ "their names, in alphabetical order. See for other " "options." msgstr "" +"Као један пример, ако изаберете Према називу, датотеке ће бити " +"поређане према њиховим називима, азбучним редом. Погледајте за остале опције." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:50 @@ -7931,6 +9687,8 @@ "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order " "from the pull-down menu." msgstr "" +"Можете да поређате и у обрнутом поретку тако што ћете изабрати Обрни " +"редослед из падајућег изборника." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-sort.page:55 @@ -7944,6 +9702,10 @@ "file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click " "the column heading again to sort in the reverse order." msgstr "" +"Да поређате датотеке на другачији начин, кликните на једно од заглавља " +"колоне у управнику датотека. На пример, кликните Врста да " +"поређате према врсти датотеке. Кликните поново на заглавље колоне да " +"поређате обрнутим редом." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-sort.page:59 @@ -7955,6 +9717,12 @@ "then be able to sort by those columns. See " "for descriptions of available columns." msgstr "" +"У прегледу списком, можете да прикажете колоне са више особина и да ређате " +"по тим колонама. Кликните на дугме на доле на траци алата, изаберите Приказане " +"колоне и изаберите које колоне желите да буду приказане. Након тога " +"ћете бити у могућности да ређате према тим колонама. Погледајте за описе о доступним колонама." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-sort.page:77 @@ -7964,12 +9732,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:80 msgid "By Name" -msgstr "Према имену" +msgstr "Према називу" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-sort.page:81 msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поређајте азбучним редом према називу датотеке." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:84 @@ -7982,6 +9750,8 @@ "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from " "smallest to largest by default." msgstr "" +"Поређајте према величини датотеке (колико заузима простора на диску). " +"Поређајте по основи од мањих ка већим." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:89 @@ -7994,6 +9764,8 @@ "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped " "together, then sorted by name." msgstr "" +"Поређајте азбучним редом према врсти датотеке. Датотеке исте врсте су " +"груписане заједно, а након тога према називу." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/files-sort.page:94 @@ -8006,22 +9778,24 @@ "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest " "to newest by default." msgstr "" +"Поређајте према датуму и времену последње измене датотеке. Поређајте по " +"основи од старијих ка новијим." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-templates.page:7 msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Брзо направите нове документе из произвољног шаблона датотеке." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/files-templates.page:13 #: C/printing-inklevel.page:14 msgid "Anita Reitere" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Анита Рајтер" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-templates.page:23 msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шаблони за опште коришћене врсте докумената" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-templates.page:25 @@ -8031,11 +9805,15 @@ "with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you " "could create a template document with your letterhead." msgstr "" +"Ако често стварате документе засноване на сличном садржају, можете да " +"користите шаблоне датотека. Шаблон датотеке може да буде документ било које " +"врсте са форматирањем садржаја који бисте желели да поново користите. На " +"пример, можете да направите документ шаблон са вашим заглављем." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-templates.page:31 msgid "Make a new template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Направите нови шаблон" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:32 @@ -8043,6 +9821,8 @@ "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you " "could make your letterhead in a word processing application." msgstr "" +"Направите документ који ћете да користите као шаблон. На пример, можете да " +"направите ваше заглавље у програму за обраду текста." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:35 @@ -8051,16 +9831,19 @@ "folder in your Home folder. If the Templates " "folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first." msgstr "" +"Сачувајте датотеку са садржајем шаблона у фасцикли Шаблони у " +"вашој Личној фасцикли. Ако фасцикла Шаблони не " +"постоји, мораћете прво да је направите." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/files-templates.page:41 msgid "Use a template to create a document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите шаблон да направите документ" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:42 msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите фасциклу у којој желите да поставите нови документ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:43 @@ -8069,31 +9852,35 @@ "style=\"menuitem\">New Document. The names of available templates will " "be listed in the submenu." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша било где на празном простору у фасцикли, затим " +"изаберите Нови документ. Називи доступних " +"шаблона ће бити наведени у подизборнику." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:46 msgid "Choose your desired template from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите ваш жељени шаблон са списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:47 msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Упишите назив датотеке за новостворени документ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-templates.page:48 msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing." msgstr "" +"Два пута кликните на датотеку да је отворите и да започнете уређивање." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-tilde.page:8 msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "То су датотеке резерве. Оне су скривене по основи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/files-tilde.page:24 msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је датотека која има „~“ на крају њеног назива?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-tilde.page:26 @@ -8104,6 +9891,11 @@ "It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your " "computer." msgstr "" +"Датотеке са „~“ (тилдом) на крају њихових назива (на пример, " +"пример.txt~) јесу аутоматски направљени резервни примерци " +"докумената уређиваних у уређивачу текста Вилењакова бележница или " +"другим програмима. Можете безбедно да их уклоните, али нема бојазни ако их и " +"оставите на рачунару." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-tilde.page:31 @@ -8115,6 +9907,12 @@ "CtrlH. You can hide them again by " "repeating either of these steps." msgstr "" +"Ове датотеке су скривене унапред. Ако их видите, то је зато што сте или " +"изабрали Прикажи скривене датотеке (у доњем изборнику на траци алата програма " +"Датотеке) или сте притиснули " +"КтрлН. Можете поново да их сакријете " +"понављајући неки од ових корака." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-tilde.page:38 @@ -8122,16 +9920,19 @@ "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files." msgstr "" +"Према овим датотекама се односи на исти начин као према обичним скривеним " +"датотекама. Погледајте за савет како да " +"поступате са скривеним датотекама." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/get-involved.page:8 msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како и где да известите о проблемима у вези ових тема помоћи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/get-involved.page:19 msgid "Participate to improve this guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учествујте у побољшавању овог водича" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/get-involved.page:22 @@ -8141,6 +9942,10 @@ "incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can " "file a bug report." msgstr "" +"Ову документацију помоћи је направила заједница добровољаца. И ви сте " +"добродошли у учествовању. Ако приметите проблем на овим страницама помоћи " +"(грешке при куцању, нетачна упутства или теме које би требале бити обрађене " +"али нису), можете да попуните извештај о грешци." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/get-involved.page:25 @@ -8149,6 +9954,10 @@ "ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the " "bug collection process." msgstr "" +"Да известите о грешци, притисните " +"АлтФ2 и укуцајте „ubuntu-bug " +"ubuntu-docs“. Притисните Унеси да покренете процес " +"прикупљања података о грешци." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/get-involved.page:28 @@ -8156,11 +9965,13 @@ "See the Ubuntu bug reporting " "instructions for more information about how to file your bug." msgstr "" +"Видите Упуства о извештавању о грешкама у " +"Убунтуу за више података о томе како да известите о грешци." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/get-involved.page:31 msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хвала вам што помажете у побољшавању Убунтуове помоћи!" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-driver.page:8 @@ -8168,6 +9979,8 @@ "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are " "attached to it." msgstr "" +"Управљачки програми хардвера/уређаја омогућавају вашем рачунару да користи " +"уређаје који су на њега прикачени." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-driver.page:20 @@ -8181,6 +9994,8 @@ "external like printers and monitor or internal like " "graphics and audio cards." msgstr "" +"Уређаји су физички „делови“ вашег рачунара. Могу бити спољни као " +"штампачи и монитор или унутрашњи као графичке и звучне картице." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:24 @@ -8189,6 +10004,9 @@ "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a " "device driver." msgstr "" +"Да би ваш рачунар био у могућности да користи ове уређаје, мора да зна како " +"да комуницира са њима. Ово се остварује делом софтвера који се зове " +"управљачки програм уређаја." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:26 @@ -8199,6 +10017,11 @@ "Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any " "other model." msgstr "" +"Када прикачите уређај на ваш рачунар, морате имати инсталиран одговарајући " +"управљачки програм да би тај уређај радио. На пример, ако прикључите штампач " +"али одговарајући управљачки програм није доступан, нећете бити у могућности " +"да користите штампач. Наравно, сваки модел уређаја користи управљачки " +"програм који није сагласан ни са једним другим моделом." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:28 @@ -8207,6 +10030,10 @@ "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to " "be installed manually or may not be available at all." msgstr "" +"На Линуксу, управљачки програми за већину уређаја су унапред инсталирани, " +"тако да би све требало да ради када га прикључите. Међутим, можда ће бити " +"потребно да управљачки програми морају бити инсталирани ручно или можда неће " +"бити доступни уопште." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver.page:30 @@ -8215,16 +10042,21 @@ "functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-" "sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional." msgstr "" +"Поред тога, неки постојећи управљачки програми су непотпуни или делимично " +"функционални. На пример, можда ћете увидети да ваш штампач не може да обавља " +"двострано штампање, али је у свему другом потпуно функционалан." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8 msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source." msgstr "" +"Власнички управљачки програми уређаја нису слободно доступни или отвореног " +"кода." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:20 msgid "What are proprietary drivers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта су то управљачки програми?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:22 @@ -8234,6 +10066,10 @@ "which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and " "problems with them can be fixed." msgstr "" +"Већина уређаја (хардвера) прикачених на рачунар би требало да ради исправно " +"у Убунтуу. Ти уређаји највероватније имају управљачке програме отвореног " +"кода, што значи да управљачке програме могу да измене Убунтуови програмери и " +"проблеми са њима могу бити исправљени." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:27 @@ -8243,6 +10079,10 @@ "make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited " "functionality or may not work at all." msgstr "" +"Неки хардвер нема управљачке програме отвореног кода, обично зато што " +"произвођач хардвера није издао појединости о хардверу што би учинило могућим " +"стварање таквог управљачког програма.Ти уређаји могу имати ограничену " +"функционалност или могу уопште да не раде." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:32 @@ -8252,6 +10092,11 @@ "features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics " "cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects." msgstr "" +"Ако је власнички управљачки програм доступан за одређени уређај, можете да " +"га инсталирате како бисте омогућили вашем уређају да ради исправно, или " +"додали нове функције. На пример, инсталирање власничког управљачког програма " +"за одређене графичке картице може вам омогућити да користите напреднија " +"визуелна дејства." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:37 @@ -8259,18 +10104,22 @@ "Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open " "source drivers fully support the hardware." msgstr "" +"Многим рачунарима нису потребни власнички управљачки програми зато што " +"управљачки програми отвореног кода у потпуности подржавају хардвер." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:41 msgid "" "Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers." msgstr "" +"Многе проблеме са власничким управљачким програмима Убунтуови програмери не " +"могу да исправе." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/hardware.page:15 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хардвер" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware.page:17 @@ -8280,6 +10129,10 @@ "settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks…" msgstr "" +"Хардверски проблеми, штампачи, подешавања " +"напајања, управљање бојом, Блутут, дискови…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware.page:28 @@ -8290,23 +10143,23 @@ #: C/hardware.page:38 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблеми" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/hardware.page:39 msgctxt "link" msgid "Hardware problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хардверски проблеми" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10 msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решите проблеме читача медијских картица" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22 msgid "Media card reader problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблеми читача медијских картица" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:24 @@ -8317,6 +10170,11 @@ "partitions\">mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are " "not:" msgstr "" +"Многи рачунари садрже читаче за СД (Безбедна дигитална), ММЦ (Мултимедијална " +"картица), СмартМедија, МС (меморијски штапић), КомпактФлеш, и остале " +"складишне медијске картице. Оне би требале аутоматски да буду откривене и " +"прикачене. Ево неколико корака за " +"решавање проблема ако нису:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:30 @@ -8327,6 +10185,11 @@ "small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! " "If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)" msgstr "" +"Уверите се да је картица исправно убачена. Многе картице изгледају као да су " +"наопако окренуте када су убачене исправно. Такође будите сигурни да картица " +"чврсто стоји у жлебу; неке картице, нарочито КомпактФлеш, захтевају да буду " +"погуране да би биле исправно убачене. (Будите пажљиви да не погурате превише " +"јако! Ако наиђете на отпор, немојте силити.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:38 @@ -8337,6 +10200,12 @@ "the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click " "View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)" msgstr "" +"Отворите Датотеке из Полетника. Да ли се убачена " +"картица појавила на списку Уређаја у левој бочној површи? Понекад " +"картица се појави на овом списку али не бива монтирана; кликните једном на " +"њу да је монтирате: (Ако бочна површ није приказана, притисните " +"Ф9 или кликните ПрегледБочна " +"површПрикажи бочну површ.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:45 @@ -8347,6 +10216,10 @@ "present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture " "below)." msgstr "" +"Ако ваша картица није приказана у бочној површи, кликните " +"ИдиРачунар. Ако је ваш читач картица " +"исправно подешен, читач треба бити приказан као уређај када нема картице у " +"њему, а сама картица када је иста прикачена (видите слику испод)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:51 @@ -8355,6 +10228,9 @@ "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if " "possible." msgstr "" +"Ако видите читач картица али не и картицу, проблем може бити у самој " +"картици. Пробајте неку другу картицу или проверите картицу на другом читачу " +"ако је могуће." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56 @@ -8367,16 +10243,23 @@ "computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better " "supported by Linux." msgstr "" +"Ако ни картица ни уређај нису доступни у фасцикли Рачунар, могуће " +"је да ваш читач картица не ради под Линуксом због проблема са управљачким " +"програмима. Ако је ваш читач картица унутрашњи (ако се налази у рачунару " +"уместо споља) ово је вероватније. Најбоље решење је да директно прикључите " +"ваш уређај (фотоапарат, мобилни телефон, итд.) на УСБ прикључницу на " +"рачунару. Спољни УСБ читачи картица су такође доступни, и много су боље " +"подржани у Линуксу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:15 msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решите проблеме екрана и графике." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21 msgid "Screen problems" -msgstr "Проблеми са екраном" +msgstr "Проблеми екрана" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:23 @@ -8385,18 +10268,21 @@ "configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are " "experiencing?" msgstr "" +"Већина проблема са екраном је проузрокована проблемима са управљачким " +"програмима графике или подешавањима. Која од тема најбоље описује проблем на " +"који сте наишли?" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:6 msgctxt "link" msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Убунтуов водич за радну површ" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:7 msgctxt "text" msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Убунтуов водич за радну површ" #. (itstool) path: title/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -8409,6 +10295,7 @@ msgid "" "external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:8 @@ -8417,6 +10304,8 @@ "Help Ubuntu Desktop Guide" msgstr "" +"Помоћ Убунтуов водич за радну површ" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/index.page:21 @@ -8424,6 +10313,8 @@ "Ubuntu Logo " "Ubuntu Desktop Guide" msgstr "" +"Логотип " +"Убунтуа Убунтуов водич за радну површ" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard.page:11 @@ -8432,6 +10323,9 @@ "cursor-blink\">cursor blinking, super " "key, keyboard accessibility…" msgstr "" +"Извори улаза, треперење курсора, тастер " +"супер, приступачност тастатуре…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard.page:29 @@ -8443,17 +10337,17 @@ #: C/keyboard.page:32 #: C/prefs-language.page:31 msgid "Region & Language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Регион и језик" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11 msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учините да место за убацивање трепери и којом брзином." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:32 msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учините да курсор тастатуре трепери" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:34 @@ -8461,6 +10355,8 @@ "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can " "make it blink to make it easier to locate." msgstr "" +"Ако вам представља проблем да видите курсор тастатуре у пољу за текст, " +"можете да учините да трепери да би вам било лакше да га пронађете." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:39 @@ -8468,41 +10364,45 @@ "Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу на крајњој десној страни траке изборника и изаберите " +"Подешавања система." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У одељку Хардвер, кликните Тастатура." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44 msgid "Select Cursor blinks in text fields." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите Курсор трепће у пољима за унос текста." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:46 msgid "" "Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks." msgstr "" +"Користите клизач Брзина да подесите колико брзо ће да трепери " +"курсор." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Хуанхо Марин" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додајте изворе улаза и пребацујте се између њих." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите заменске изворе улаза" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8511,91 +10411,123 @@ "printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple " "languages." msgstr "" +"Постоје на стотине различитих распореда тастатура за различите језике. Чак и " +"за један језик, често имамо неколико распореда тастатуре, као што је " +"распоред Дворак за енглески. Можете да учините да се ваша тастатура понаша " +"као тастатура са другачијим распоредом, без обзира на слова и симболе који " +"су одштампани на тастерима. Ово је корисно ако се често пребацујете са " +"једног језика на други." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " "input sources you can choose between enable such a method. More about that " "in the section Complex input methods." msgstr "" +"Неки језици, као кинески или корејски, захтевају сложеније начине уноса од " +"само једног тастера за мапирање знакова. Услед тога неки извори уноса које " +"можете изабрати укључују такав начин. Више о томе у одељку Сложени начини уноса." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" +msgstr "Додајте изворе улаза" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "У одељку „Лично“, кликните Унос текста." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме +, изаберите извор улаза, и кликните " +"Додај." #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " +"md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 -msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " "list." msgstr "" +"Основни извор је извор на врху списка. Користите дугмад ↑ и " +"↓ да премештате изворе на горе и на доле на списку." #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " +"md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences " "dialog if any." msgstr "" +"Ако изаберете извор са начином уноса, можете кликнути на поставке да приступите прозору поставки тог " +"начина ако их има." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Указивач извора уноса" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8604,42 +10536,56 @@ "(Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the " "source you want to use." msgstr "" +"Можете брзо да се пребаците између изабраних извора користећи указивач " +"извора уноса на траци изборника. Изборник ће приказати кратак одредник за " +"текући извор, као што је sr за српски распоред или симбол у " +"случају извора који користи посебан начин уноса, нпр. кинески (Chewing). " +"Кликните на указивач извора уноса и изаберите из изборника извор који желите " +"да користите." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Пречице тастатуре" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " "SuperSpace, but " "you can change it:" msgstr "" +"Можете такође да користите пречицу тастатуре да брзо промените изабрани " +"извор уноса. По основи пречица за пребацивање на следећи извор је " +"СуперРазмак, али " +"је ви можете изменити:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" +"Кликните на одредницу текуће пречице испод натписа Пређи на следећи " +"извор помоћу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" +"Када се одредница пречице промени на Нова пречица..., притисните " +"тастере које желите да користите као нову пречицу." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите извор улаза за све прозоре или појединачно за сваки прозор" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8647,96 +10593,122 @@ "in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection " "will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows." msgstr "" +"Када користите више извора, можете да изаберете да сви прозори користе исти " +"извор или да подесите другачији извор за сваки прозор. Коришћење другачијег " +"извора за сваки прозор је корисно, на пример, ако пишете неки чланак на " +"другом језику у прозору обрађивача текста. Ваш избор извора улаза биће " +"упамћен за сваки прозор понаособ када се будете пребацивали између њих." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" +"По основи, нови прозори ће користити основни извор уноса. Међутим, можете " +"изабрати да користе извор прозора који сте последњи користитли." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сложени начини уноса" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " "Japanese, Korean and Vietnamese." msgstr "" +"Препоручени радни склопови за начине уноса су „IBus“ и " +"„Fcitx“. Овај други је основни радни склоп у Убунтуу за кинески, " +"јапански, корејски и вијетнамски." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " "suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable." msgstr "" +"Опције извора уноса са начинима уноса су доступне само ако је инсталиран " +"одговарајући погон начина уноса (ИМ). Када инсталирате језик, одговарајући " +"ИМ погон се аутоматски инсталира ако је примењив." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"На пример, да припремите за куцање корејски (Хангул) на енглеском систему, " +"пратите ове кораке:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" +"Инсталирајте корејски. Један од " +"инсталираних пакета је „fcitx-hangul“, Хангул ИМ погон за „Fcitx“." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Затворите и поново отворите језичку подршку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" +"Изаберите „fcitx“ као Систем начина уноса тастатуре." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одјавите се и поново се пријавите." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме +, изаберите Хангул (Fcitx), и " +"кликните Додај." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" +"Ово ће учинити Хангул доступним у индикатору „Fcitx“ извора улаза. " +"(Дизајн се разликује од „IBus“ еквивалента.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can install the IBus or Fcitx IM engine of your choice " "separately." msgstr "" +"Ако вам више одговара неки други ИМ погон од онога који је инсталиран " +"аутоматски када сте инсталирали језик, можете одвојено да инсталирате „IBus“ или „Fcitx“ ИМ погон по " +"вашем избору." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-nav.page:21 msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите програме и радну површ без миша." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:24 msgid "Keyboard navigation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Навигација тастатуром" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:34 @@ -8746,6 +10718,10 @@ "For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead." msgstr "" +"Ова страница описује навигацију тастатуром за људе који не могу да користе " +"миша или други показивачки уређај, или који желе што више да користе " +"тастатуру. За пречице тастатуре које су корисне свим корисницима, погледајте " +"." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:40 @@ -8754,16 +10730,19 @@ "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details." msgstr "" +"Ако не можете да користите показивачки уређај као што је миш, можете да " +"управљате показивачем миша користећи бројни одељак на вашој тастатури. " +"Погледајте за појединости." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:46 msgid "Navigate user interfaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Крећите се корисничким сучељем" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:48 msgid "Tab and CtrlTab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Таб и КтрлТаб" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:50 @@ -8774,16 +10753,21 @@ "can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a " "text area." msgstr "" +"Поставите први план тастатуре над разним дугмићима. Ктрл " +"Таб премешта између група дугмади, као са бочне површи " +"на главни садржај. КтрлТаб може " +"такође да прекине управљање које користи сам Таб, као што је " +"област текста." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:54 msgid "Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Придржите Шифт да преместите први план обрнутим редом." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:58 msgid "Arrow keys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тастери стрелица" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:60 @@ -8792,6 +10776,10 @@ "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in " "a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group." msgstr "" +"Премештајте избор између ставки у једном управљању, или уз скуп односних " +"управљања. Користите тастере стрелица да поставите у први план дугмад на " +"траци алата, изаберете ставке на списку или у прегледу иконицама, или да " +"изаберете радио дугме из групе." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:63 @@ -8799,11 +10787,13 @@ "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand " "items with children." msgstr "" +"У прегледу стаблом, користите леву и десну стрелицу да скупите и раширите " +"ставке са садржајем." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:68 msgid "CtrlArrow keys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлТастери стрелица" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:69 @@ -8811,11 +10801,13 @@ "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without " "changing which item is selected." msgstr "" +"У прегледу списком или иконицама, преместите први план тастатуре на другу " +"ставку а да не мењате изабрану ставку." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:73 msgid "ShiftArrow keys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ШифтТастери стрелица" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:74 @@ -8823,21 +10815,25 @@ "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to " "the newly focused item." msgstr "" +"У прегледу списком или иконицама, изаберите све ставке од тренутно изабране " +"све до новофокусиране ставке." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:78 msgid "Space" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Размак" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:79 msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item." msgstr "" +"Активирајте ставку из првог плана као што је дугме, кућица избора, или " +"ставка списка." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:82 msgid "CtrlSpace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлРазмак" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:83 @@ -8845,11 +10841,13 @@ "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without " "deselecting other items." msgstr "" +"У прегледу списком или иконицама, изаберите или поништите избор ставке из " +"првог плана а да не поништите избор осталих ставки." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:87 msgid "Alt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Алт" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:88 @@ -8859,21 +10857,25 @@ "plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked " "on it." msgstr "" +"Држите притиснутим тастер Алт да откријете убрзиваче: " +"подвучена слова ставки изборника, дугмади, и осталих управљања. Притисните " +"Алт и подвучено слово да активирате управљање, као да сте " +"кликнули на њ." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:94 msgid "Esc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изађи" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:95 msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Напустите изборник, облачић, пребацивач, или прозорче." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:98 msgid "F10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ф10" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:99 @@ -8881,11 +10883,13 @@ "Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to " "navigate the menus." msgstr "" +"Отворите први изборник на траци изборника прозора. Користите стрелице да се " +"крећете по изборницима." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:103 msgid "ShiftF10 or the Menu key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ПомакФ10 или тастер изборника" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:105 @@ -8893,11 +10897,13 @@ "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-" "clicked." msgstr "" +"Прикажите приручни изборник за тренутни избор, као да сте кликнули десним " +"тастером миша." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:110 msgid "CtrlF10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлФ10" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:111 @@ -8905,6 +10911,8 @@ "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if " "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item." msgstr "" +"У управнику датотека, прикажите приручни изборник за текућу фасциклу, као да " +"сте кликнули десним тастером миша на позадину а не на неку ставку." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:115 @@ -8912,33 +10920,35 @@ "CtrlPageUp and " "CtrlPageDown" msgstr "" +"КтрлСтраница горе и " +"КтрлСтраница доле" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:117 msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У сучељу језичака, пребаците се на језичак на лево или десно." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:122 msgid "Navigate the desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Крећите се радном површином" #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/keyboard-nav.page:135 msgid "Navigate windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Крећите се прозорима" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:137 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32 msgid "AltF4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АлтФ4" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:138 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33 msgid "Close the current window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Затворите тренутни прозор." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:141 @@ -8946,16 +10956,18 @@ "CtrlSuper↓" msgstr "" +"АлтСупер↓" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:142 msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вратите увеличан прозор на његову изворну величину." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:145 msgid "AltF7" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АлтФ7" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:146 @@ -8964,11 +10976,15 @@ "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish " "moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place." msgstr "" +"Преместите текући прозор. Притисните " +"АлтФ7, затим користите стрелице да " +"преместите прозор. Притисните Унеси да завршите са премештањем " +"прозора, или Изађи да га вратите на његово првобитно место." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:151 msgid "AltF8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АлтФ8" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:152 @@ -8978,6 +10994,11 @@ "resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or " "Esc to return it to its original size." msgstr "" +"Промените величину текућег прозора. Притисните " +"АлтФ8, затим користите стрелице да " +"промените величину прозора. Притисните Унеси да завршите са " +"променом величине прозора, или Изађи да га вратите на његову " +"првобитну величину." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:160 @@ -8985,11 +11006,13 @@ "CtrlSuper↑" msgstr "" +"АлтСупер↑" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:161 msgid "Maximize a window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увећајте прозор." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:164 @@ -8997,11 +11020,13 @@ "CtrlSuper←" msgstr "" +"КтрлСупер←" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:165 msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увећајте прозор усправно дуж леве стране екрана." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:169 @@ -9009,21 +11034,25 @@ "CtrlSuper→" msgstr "" +"АлтСупер→" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:170 msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увећајте прозор усправно дуж десне стране екрана." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:174 msgid "AltSpace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АлтРазмак" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/keyboard-nav.page:175 msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar." msgstr "" +"Прикажите изборник прозора, као да сте кликнули десним тастером миша на " +"траку наслова." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/keyboard-osk.page:11 @@ -9042,18 +11071,19 @@ #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:13 #: C/unity-shopping.page:14 msgid "Jeremy Bicha" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Џереми Бича" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-osk.page:22 msgid "" "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse." msgstr "" +"Користите тастатуру на екрану да унесете текст притискајући дугмад мишем." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-osk.page:28 msgid "Use a screen keyboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите тастатуру на екрану" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-osk.page:30 @@ -9061,11 +11091,14 @@ "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use " "it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text." msgstr "" +"Ако немате тастатуру прикачену на ваш рачунар или не желите да је користите, " +"можете да укључите тастатуру на екрану за уношење текста." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" +"Укључите Помоћник при куцању да прикажете тастатуру на екрану." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27 @@ -9073,11 +11106,13 @@ "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the " "delay and speed of repeat keys." msgstr "" +"Учините да тастатура не понавља слова када држите притиснутим тастер, или " +"измените застој и брзину понављања тастера." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32 msgid "Turn off repeated key presses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Искључите поновљене притиске тастера" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:34 @@ -9087,117 +11122,150 @@ "your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change " "how long it takes before key presses start repeating." msgstr "" +"По основи, када држите притиснут тастер на тастатури, слово или симбол ће " +"бити понављано све док не отпустите тастер. Ако имате потешкоћа да довољно " +"брзо повучете ваш прст назад, можете да искључите ову функцију, или да " +"измените након колико времена ће се поновити притисак на тастер." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" +"Искључите Притисци тастера се понављају када је тастер притиснут " +"да у потпуности искључите понављања тастера." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " "Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat." msgstr "" +"Другачије, дотерајте клизач Застој да одредите колико дуго ћете " +"морати да држите притиснут тастер да би започело понављање, и дотерајте " +"клизач Брзина да одредите колико брзо ће се понављати притисци " +"тастера." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22 msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings." msgstr "" +"Одредите или измените пречице тастатуре у подешавањима Тастатуре." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:25 msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите пречице тастатуре" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:40 msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" +"Да измените тастер или тастере који ће бити притиснути за пречицу тастатуре:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" +"Отворите Тастатуру и изаберите језичак Пречице." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " "accelerator…" msgstr "" +"Изаберите категорију у левом окну, и ред за жељену радњу са десне стране. " +"Одредница тренутне пречице ће се изменити у Нова пречица…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" +"Притисните жељену комбинацију тастера, или притисните Повратницу " +"да обришете." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Произвољне пречице" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да направите ваше сопствене пречице тастатуре:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " "Custom Shortcut window will appear." msgstr "" +"Изаберите Произвољна пречица у левом окну, и кликните на дугме " +"+ (или кликните на дугме + у било којој категорији). " +"Појавиће се прозор Произвољна пречица." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " "the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and " "use the rhythmbox command." msgstr "" +"Упишите назив за препознавање пречице, и наредбу за " +"покретање програма, затим кликните Примени. На пример, ако желите " +"пречицу за отварање Ритам машине, можете је назвати Музика а " +"као наредбу морате ставити rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" +"Кликните на Искључено у реду који је управо додат. Када се " +"промени у Нова пречица…, држите притиснутом комбинацију тастера " +"жељене пречице." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " "The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as " "the application itself." msgstr "" +"Назив наредбе који сте уписали мора бити важећа наредба система. Можете да " +"проверите да ли наредба ради тако што ћете отворити терминал и уписати је. " +"Наредба која отвара програм не може да има исти назив као и сам програм." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " "Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да измените наредбу која је придружена произвољној пречици " +"тастатуре, кликните двапут на назив пречице. Појавиће се прозор " +"Произвољна пречица, у коме ћете моћи да измените пречицу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/look-background.page:11 msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставите слику, боју, или прелив као позадину ваше радне површи." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/look-background.page:18 msgid "April Gonzales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ејприл Гонзалес" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/look-background.page:40 @@ -9210,22 +11278,26 @@ "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a " "simple color or gradient." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените слику коришћену за позадину радне површи, или да је " +"подесите на једноставну боју или прелив." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:46 msgid "" "Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша на радну површ и изаберите Измени " +"позадину радне површи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:47 msgid "Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите слику или боју. Подешавања се примењују истог тренутка." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-background.page:50 msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Постоје три избора на падајућем списку на врху десно." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:52 @@ -9235,6 +11307,10 @@ "all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community " "Wallpaper Contest." msgstr "" +"Изаберите Позадине да употребите једну од многих професионалних " +"слика позадине које се испоручују уз Убунту. Са изузетком Убунтуове " +"позадине, сви основни избори позадине су направили победници такмичења " +"заједнице позадина." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:56 @@ -9243,6 +11319,9 @@ "show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in " "the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" +"Неке позадинске слике су делимично провидне и омогућавају позадинској боји " +"да се види. За те позадинске слике, постојаће дугме избирача боје у доњем " +"десном углу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:60 @@ -9250,6 +11329,9 @@ "Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your " "Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there." msgstr "" +"Изаберите Фасцикла са сликама да користите вашу властиту " +"фотографију из ваше фасцикле са сликама. Многи програми за рад са " +"фотографијама тамо чувају фотографије." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-background.page:63 @@ -9258,6 +11340,8 @@ "linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right " "corner." msgstr "" +"Изаберите Боје и преливи да користите једноставну боју или " +"линеарни прелив. Дугмад избирача боје ће се појавити у доњем десном углу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-background.page:68 @@ -9268,16 +11352,21 @@ "and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will " "not delete the original file." msgstr "" +"Можете такође да разгледате слике на рачунару кликом на дугме +. " +"Свака слика коју додате на овај начин ће се показати у фасцикли " +"слика. Можете да је уклоните са списка тако што ћете је изабрати и " +"кликнути на дугме -. Уклањање слике са списка неће обрисати " +"изворну датотеку." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8 msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Резолуција екрана је погрешно подешена." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:32 msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто ствари на екрану изгледају нејасне/тачкасте?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:34 @@ -9285,20 +11374,23 @@ "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not " "the right one for your screen." msgstr "" +"До овога може доћи зато што резолуција екрана коју сте подесили није " +"одговарајућа за ваш екран." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 msgid "When multiple displays are connected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Када је повезано неколико монитора" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:48 @@ -9308,6 +11400,10 @@ "However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one " "resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy." msgstr "" +"Ако сте повезали два монитора на рачунар (на пример, обичан монитор и " +"пројектор), екрани могу имати различите резолуције. Међутим, графичка " +"картица рачунара може да прикаже екран само у једној резолуцији у исто " +"време, тко да ће барем један од екрана изгледати мутно." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50 @@ -9318,41 +11414,50 @@ "You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same " "window on both screens at once." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите да два монитора имају различите резолуције, али нећете " +"бити у могућности да истовремено прикажете исту ствар на оба екрана. У " +"ствари, имаћете два независна екрана повезана у исто време. Можете да " +"премештате прозоре са једног екрана на други, али нећете моћи одједном да " +"прикажете исти прозор на оба екрана." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:52 msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да подесите екране тако да сваки има своју сопствену резолуцију:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одзначите Клонирај екране." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " "display looks right." msgstr "" +"Изаберите сваки екран посебно из сивог поља при врху прозора " +"Екрани. Измените Резолуцију све док екран не буде " +"изгледао како треба." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/look-resolution.page:13 msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените резолуцију екрана и његово усмерење (ротацију)." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/look-resolution.page:29 msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените величину или окренутост екрана" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-resolution.page:31 @@ -9362,50 +11467,57 @@ "appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the " "rotation." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените колико ће велике (или са колико појединости) изгледати " +"ствари на екрану мењајући резолуцију екрана. Можете да измените " +"како ће ствари бити приказане (на пример, ако имате екран који можете да " +"окренете) тако што ћете изменити ротацију." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" +"Ако имате више екрана а нису клонирани, можете имати различита подешавања за " +"сваки екран. Изаберите екран у области за преглед." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите жељену резолуцију и окренутост." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " "settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy " "with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration." msgstr "" +"Кликните Примени. Нова подешавања ће бити примењена у року од 30 " +"секунди пре враћања на претходно стање. На тај начин, ако не можете да " +"видите ништа са новим подешавањима, ваша стара подешавања биће враћена. Ако " +"сте задовољни новим подешавањима, кликните Задржи ово подешавање." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " "display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays." msgstr "" +"Када користите други приказ, као што је пројектор, може бити аутоматски " +"откривен тако да можете да измените његова подешавања на исти начин као за " +"уобичајени екран. Ако до тога не дође, само кликните на Откриј " +"екране." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Резолуција" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9414,28 +11526,40 @@ "resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen " "will be letterboxed to avoid distortion." msgstr "" +"Резолуција представља број пиксела (тачака на екрану) који могу бити " +"приказани у сваком правцу. Свака резолуција има однос размере, " +"однос ширине наспрам висине. Широки екрани користе однос размере 16:9, док " +"старији традиционални користе 4:3. Ако изаберете резолуцију која не одговара " +"односу размере вашег екрана, при дну и на врху екрана биће приказане црне " +"траке како би се избегло изобличавање." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated." msgstr "" +"Можете да изаберете резолуцију коју желите из падајућег списка " +"Резолуција. Ако изаберете неку која не одговара вашем екрану исти " +"може изгледати нејасно или тачкасто." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" -msgstr "Ротација" +msgstr "Окренутост" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " "rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down " "list." msgstr "" +"На неким преносним рачунарима, можете физички да окренете екран у многим " +"правцима. Могућност окретања екрана је врло корисна. Можете да изаберете " +"окренутост коју желите за екран из падајућег списка Окренутост." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/media.page:15 @@ -9444,6 +11568,9 @@ "xref=\"media#music\">iPods, playing " "videos…" msgstr "" +"Дигитални фото-апарати, иПодси, пуштање " +"видеа…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/media.page:23 @@ -9454,19 +11581,19 @@ #: C/media.page:27 msgctxt "sort" msgid "Sound" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Звук" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:28 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Sound" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Звук" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:29 msgctxt "link:topic" msgid "Sound" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Звук" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/media.page:30 @@ -9475,6 +11602,9 @@ "usespeakers\">speakers and headphones, microphones…" msgstr "" +"Јачина звука, звучници и слушалице са микрофоном, микрофони…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/media.page:37 @@ -9485,29 +11615,29 @@ #: C/media.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Music and players" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Музика и музички уређаји" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/media.page:42 msgid "Music and portable audio players" -msgstr "Музика и преносиви звучни уређаји" +msgstr "Музика и преносни музички уређаји" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:46 msgctxt "link" msgid "Photos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фотографије" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/media.page:47 msgid "Photos and digital cameras" -msgstr "Фотографије и дигитални фото-апарати" +msgstr "Фотографије и дигитални фотоапарати" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/media.page:51 msgctxt "link" msgid "Videos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видео снимци" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/media.page:52 @@ -9520,11 +11650,13 @@ "Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide…" msgstr "" +"Савети за коришћење овог водича, " +"помозите побољшању овог водича…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/more-help.page:25 msgid "Get more help" -msgstr "Набавите још помоћи" +msgstr "Нађите још помоћи" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse.page:7 @@ -9533,6 +11665,9 @@ "sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling…" msgstr "" +"За леворуке, брзина и осетљивост, кликање и клизање додирном таблом…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse.page:22 @@ -9543,30 +11678,30 @@ #: C/mouse.page:33 msgctxt "link" msgid "Common mouse problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Општи проблеми миша" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:34 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Common problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Општи проблеми" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Mouse tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Савети за миша" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mouse.page:42 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Савети" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse.page:44 msgid "Tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Савети" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:12 @@ -9574,11 +11709,13 @@ "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to " "double-click." msgstr "" +"Одредите колико брзо ћете морати да притиснете дугме миша по други пут да " +"бисте извршили двоструки клик." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:30 msgid "Adjust the double-click speed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите брзину двоструког клика" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:32 @@ -9588,34 +11725,42 @@ "separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the " "mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout." msgstr "" +"Двоклик се одиграва само када тастер миша притиснете довољно брзо по други " +"пут. Ако до другог притиска дође после дужег времена након првог, добићете " +"само два одвојена клика, а не двоклик. Ако имате потешкоћа да довољно брзо " +"притиснете тастер миша, требали бисте да повећате временски интервал." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Миш и додирна табла." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" +"Под Опште, дотерајте клизач Двоклика на вредност која " +"вам највише одговара." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " "the inside circle." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме Испробајте подешавања. Један клик у прозору ће " +"означити спољни круг. Двоструки клик ће означити унутрашњи круг." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9623,19 +11768,26 @@ "properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see " "if it still has the same problem." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш миш извршава двоклик када желите само један клик чак и када сте " +"повећали временски интервал дуплог клика, може бити да је ваш миш " +"неисправан. Покушајте да прикључите неки други миш на ваш рачунар и видите " +"да ли ће радити исправно. Другачије, прикључите ваш миш на неки други " +"рачунар и видите да ли још увек има исти проблем." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." msgstr "" +"Ово подешавање ће утицати и на миша и на додирну таблу, као и на сваки други " +"указивачки уређај." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:11 msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преокрените лево и десно дугме миша у подешавањима миша." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28 @@ -9648,13 +11800,17 @@ "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or " "touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените понашање левог и десног тастера миша или додирне табле да " +"их учините удобнијим за коришћење левом руком." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." msgstr "" +"У одељку Опште, пребаците Главно дугме на " +"Десно." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6 @@ -9662,20 +11818,22 @@ "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and " "more." msgstr "" +"Користите средњи тастер миша за отварање програма, убацивање текста, " +"отварање језичака, и још тога." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:30 msgid "Middle-click" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средњи клик" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,31 +11841,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9717,6 +11877,10 @@ "amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" "click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." msgstr "" +"На бочним клизачима и клизачима, обичан клик на празан простор помера за " +"подешену вредност (као што је једна страница) у смеру у коме сте кликнули. " +"Можете такође да кликнте средњим тастером на празан простор да се преместите " +"тачно на место на коме сте кликнули." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 @@ -9725,17 +11889,19 @@ "Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " "Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." msgstr "" +"Можете брзо да отворите нови прозор неког програма средњим кликом. " +"Једноставно кликните средњим тастером на иконицу програма, било на " +"Покретачу на левој страни, или у Полетнику." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9746,24 +11912,28 @@ "browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " "had double-clicked." msgstr "" +"У управнику датотека, средњи клик има две улоге. Ако извршите средњи клик " +"над фасциклом, отвориће је у новом језичку. Ово имитира понашање познатих " +"веб прегледника. Ако извршите средњи клик над датотеком, отвориће датотеку, " +"као да сте два пута кликнули на њу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите тастере миша да управљате њим користећи бројевну тастатуру." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните и померите показивач миша користећи тастатуру" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 @@ -9772,113 +11942,339 @@ "control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +"Ако имате потешкоћа приликом коришћења миша или неког другог указивачког " +"уређаја, можете да управљате показивачем миша користећи бројни одељак на " +"вашој тастатури. Ова функција се назива тастери миша." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" +"Притисните тастер Супер да " +"отворите Полетника." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" +"Укуцајте Универзални приступ и притисните Унеси да " +"отворите подешавања универзалног приступа." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" +"Притисните Таб једном да изаберете језичак Видети." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" +"Притисните једном ↓ да изаберете прекидач Тастера миша " +"затим притисните Унеси да га укључите." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да је искључено Закључај број. Сада ћете моћи да " +"померате показивач миша користећи тастатуру." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " "when Num Lock is turned on, though." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да користите падиљон тастатуре да куцате бројеве док су укључени " +"тастери миша, укључите Закључај број. Не можете да управљате " +"мишем користећи падиљон тастатуре када је укључено Закључај број." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." msgstr "" +"Обични тастери бројева, који се налазе у једном реду при врху тастатуре, " +"неће управљати показивачем миша. Могу бити коришћени само тастери бројева на " +"падиљону тастатуре." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да проверите зашто ваш миш не ради." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показивач миша се не помера" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли је миш прикључен" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30 @@ -9886,6 +12282,7 @@ "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your " "computer." msgstr "" +"Ако имате миша са каблом, проверите да ли је чврсто прикључен на ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34 @@ -9896,11 +12293,16 @@ "rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer " "if it was not plugged in." msgstr "" +"Ако је то УСБ миш (са правоугаоним прикључком), покушајте да га прикључите " +"на другу УСБ прикључницу. Ако је то ПС/2 миш (са малим, округлим прикључком " +"са шест ножица), уверите са да је прикључен у зелену прикључницу миша уместо " +"у љубичасту прикључницу тастатуре. Мораћете поново да покренете рачунар ако " +"није био прикључен." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:44 msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли ваш рачунар препознаје миша" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46 @@ -9908,6 +12310,8 @@ "Type CtrlAltT to open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" +"Укуцајте КтрлАлтТ да " +"отворите Терминал." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48 @@ -9915,6 +12319,8 @@ "In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, " "exactly as it appears here, and press Enter." msgstr "" +"У прозору терминала, упишите xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, тачно " +"као што пише овде, и притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55 @@ -9924,6 +12330,9 @@ "[XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left " "of it." msgstr "" +"Појавиће се кратак списак уређаја миша. Проверите да ли барем у једном од " +"ових редова пише [XExtensionPointer], и да ли се поред неке од " +"ставки [XExtensionPointer] налази назив миша са леве стране." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61 @@ -9935,6 +12344,11 @@ "notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in and in working condition." msgstr "" +"Ако ниједна ставка не садржи назив миша за којим следи " +"[XExtensionPointer], онда ваш рачунар није препознао миша. Ако " +"ставка постоји, ваш рачунар га препознаје. У том случају треба да проверите " +"да је миш прикључен " +"и у радном стању." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76 @@ -9943,6 +12357,9 @@ "extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model " "of your mouse." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш миш има серијски (RS-232) прикључак, мораћете да извршите неке " +"додатне кораке да би прорадио. Кораци могу да зависе од марке и модела вашег " +"миша." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82 @@ -9951,16 +12368,19 @@ "from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been " "detected properly." msgstr "" +"Може бити сложено исправити проблеме са откривањем миша. Затражите подршку " +"од ваше дистрибуције или продавца ако сматрате да ваш миш није откривен на " +"прави начин." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96 msgid "Check that the mouse actually works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли миш заправо ради" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97 msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикључите миша на неки други рачунар и видите да ли ради." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99 @@ -9970,11 +12390,14 @@ "it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be " "broken." msgstr "" +"Ако је миш оптички или ласер миш, са доње стране би требало да видите " +"светлосни зрак када га упалите. Ако нема светла, проверите да ли је упаљен. " +"Ако јесте а још увек нема светла, највероватније да је миш покварен." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106 msgid "Checking wireless mice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите бежични миш" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109 @@ -9983,6 +12406,9 @@ "the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to " "place without it constantly waking up." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да је миш упаљен. На доњој страни миша често се налази прекидач " +"за потпуно гашење миша, тако да можете да га понесете с вама а да га не " +"будите стално." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112 @@ -9990,6 +12416,8 @@ "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the " "mouse with your computer. See ." msgstr "" +"Ако користите блутут миша, уверите се да сте упарили миша са вашим " +"рачунаром. Погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115 @@ -9998,17 +12426,20 @@ "to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See " "." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме и видите да ли се показивач миша помера. Неки бежични " +"мишеви се успављују да би сачували енергију, тако да неће одговарати све док " +"не кликнете на дугме. Погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122 msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли је батерија миша напуњена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127 msgid "" "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уверите се да је пријемник чврсто прикључен на рачунар." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132 @@ -10016,6 +12447,8 @@ "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make " "sure that they are both set to the same channel." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш миш и пријемник могу да раде на различитим радио каналима, уверите " +"се да су подешени на исти канал." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138 @@ -10024,6 +12457,9 @@ "connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if " "this is the case." msgstr "" +"Мораћете да притиснете тастер на мишу, пријемнику или на обома да " +"успоставите везу. Упутство вашег миша може да садржи више детаља ако је ово " +"случај." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146 @@ -10033,17 +12469,23 @@ "you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might " "depend on the make or model of your mouse." msgstr "" +"Већина РФ (радио) бежичних мишева треба одмах да проради када их прикључите " +"на ваш рачунар. Ако имате блутут или ИР (инфрацрвени) бежични миш, мораћете " +"да извршите неке додатне кораке да би прорадили. Кораци могу да зависе од " +"марке и модела вашег миша." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:11 msgid "" "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad." msgstr "" +"Измените колико брзо ће се померати показивач када користите миша или " +"додирну таблу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:33 msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите брзину миша и додирне табле" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35 @@ -10051,111 +12493,120 @@ "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your " "touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices." msgstr "" +"Ако се показивач помера превише брзо или споро када померате миша или " +"користите додирну таблу, можете да дотерате брзину за ове уређаје." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" +"Дотерајте клизач Брзина показивача све док не будете били " +"задовољни померањем показивача." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " "most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the " "Mouse and Touchpad sections." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите различите брзине показивача за миша и за додирну таблу. " +"Понекад најпригоднија подешавања за једну врсту уређаја нису најпригоднија " +"за другу. Једноставно подесите клизаче у оба одељка за миша и " +"додирну таблу." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" +"Одељак Додирна табла је приказан само ако ваш систем има додирну " +"таблу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7 msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad." msgstr "" +"Кликните, превуците, или клизајте користећи лупкање и покрете на додирној " +"табли." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:23 msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните, превуците, или клизајте на додирној табли" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" +"У одељку Додирна табла, изаберите Лупни за клик." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да извршите двоклик, лупните двапут." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клизање са два прста" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можете да клизате користећи додирну таблу са два прста." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" +"У одељку Додирна табла, изаберите Клизање са два прста." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10164,47 +12615,60 @@ "to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, " "they just look like one big finger to your touchpad." msgstr "" +"Када је ово изабрано, лупкање и превлачење једним прстом ће радити као " +"обично, али ако превучете два прста преко било ког дела додирне табле, " +"клизаће уместо тога. Ако такође изаберете Укључи водоравно " +"премицање, можете да померате ваше прсте лево и десно зарад водоравног " +"премицања. Будите пажљиви да мало размакнете прсте. Ако су ваши прсти " +"превише близу један другом, вашој додирној табли ће изгледати само као један " +"велики прст." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клизање са два прста можда неће радити на свим додирним таблама." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Садржај се лепи за прсте" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" +"Можете да превлачите садржај као да померате стварни комад папира користећи " +"додирну таблу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" +"У одељку Додирна табла, изаберите Садржај се лепи за " +"прсте." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." msgstr "" +"Ова функција је такође позната као Природно премицање или " +"Обратно премицање." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11 msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ако морате да продрмате или да кликнете мишем да би одговорио." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:23 msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Миш реагује са кашњењем пре него што почне са радом" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:25 @@ -10214,6 +12678,10 @@ "not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can " "click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse." msgstr "" +"Може бити потребно „пробудити“ бежичне и оптичке мишеве, као и додирне табле " +"на преносним рачунарима, пре него почну да раде. Они сами прелазе у стање " +"мировања када нису у употреби да би сачували енергију. Да пробудите миша или " +"додирну таблу, можете кликнути тастером миша или га мало продрмати." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 @@ -10222,6 +12690,9 @@ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " "touchpad with your palm while typing." msgstr "" +"Додирне табле преносних рачунара реагују са закашњењем када престанете да " +"куцате пре него што почну да раде. Ово вас штити од случајног додира додирне " +"табле дланом за време куцања." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14 @@ -10229,11 +12700,13 @@ "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be " "\"copy protected\"." msgstr "" +"Можда није инсталирана подршка за тај формат датотеке или су песме " +"„заштићене од умножавања“." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:18 msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не могу да пуштам песме које сам купио у продавници на мрежи" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:20 @@ -10242,6 +12715,9 @@ "play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X " "computer and then copied it over." msgstr "" +"Ако сте преузели неку музику из продавнице на мрежи можете увидети да је не " +"можете пуштати на вашем рачунару, нарочито ако сте је купили на рачунару са " +"Виндоузом или Мек ОС-ом и након тога је преумножили." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:22 @@ -10254,6 +12730,13 @@ "The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for " "that format so that you can play it." msgstr "" +"Ово може бити због тога што је музика у формату који ваш рачунар не " +"препознаје. Да бисте били у могућности да пустите песму морате имати " +"инсталирану подршку за прави аудио формат — на пример, ако желите да пустите " +"МП3 датотеку, потребна вам је инсталирана МП3 подршка. Ако немате подршку за " +"дати формат звука, видећете поруку која ће вас обавестити о овоме када " +"будете покушали да пустите песму. Порука ће вам обезебедити упутства о томе " +"како да инсталирате подршку за тај формат да бисте могли да га пуштате." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:24 @@ -10267,6 +12750,14 @@ "from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not " "supported on Linux." msgstr "" +"Ако имате инсталирану подршку за звучни формат песме али још увек не можете " +"да га пуштате, песма може бити заштићена од умножавања (познато да " +"је ДРМ ограничена). ДРМ је начин ограничавања ко може да пушта " +"песму и на ком уређају може да је пушта. Фирма која вам је продала песму " +"управља тиме, а не ви. Ако датотека музике има ДРМ ограничење, вероватно " +"нећете бити у могућности да је пустите — уопштено потребан вам је посебан " +"софтвер од продавца да бисте пуштали ДРМ ограничене датотеке, али овај " +"софтвер често није подржан на Линуксу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:26 @@ -10274,17 +12765,21 @@ "You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation." msgstr "" +"Можете да сазнате више о ДРМ-у од Задужбине електронске границе." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14 msgid "" "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward." msgstr "" +"Користите медијски програм да умножите песме и да након тога безбедно " +"уклоните иПод." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:18 msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Песме се не појављују на иПоду када их умножим на њ" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:20 @@ -10297,6 +12792,13 @@ "have a special location for storing songs that music player applications " "know how to get to but the file manager does not." msgstr "" +"Када прикључите иПод на ваш рачунар, појавиће се у вашем програму за пуштање " +"музике и такође у управнику датотека (програм Датотеке у " +"Покретачу). Морате да умножите песме на иПод користећи музички " +"програм — ако их умножите користећи управника датотека, неће радити зато што " +"песме неће бити остављене на одговарајуће место. иПодови имају посебно место " +"на коме складиште песме за које програми за пуштање музике знају како да му " +"приступе али управник датотека то не зна." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:22 @@ -10306,6 +12808,10 @@ "xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it. This will make sure that " "all of the songs have been copied across properly." msgstr "" +"Такође морате да сачекате да се заврши умножавање песама на иПод пре него ли " +"га искључите. Пре искључивања иПода, уверите се да сте изабрали да га безбедно уклоните. Ово ће обезбедити " +"исправно умножавање свих песама." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:24 @@ -10320,6 +12826,15 @@ "be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the " "software installer for an appropriate codec." msgstr "" +"Додатни разлог због кога се песме можда неће појавити на иПоду је тај да " +"програм музичког уређаја не подржава претварање песама из једног формата " +"звука у други. Ако умножите песму која је сачувана у формату звука који није " +"подржан вашим иПодом (на пример, Огг Ворбис (.oga) датотека), музички уређај " +"ће покушати да је преведе у формат који иПод разуме, као што је МП3. Ако " +"одговарајући програм за претварање (такозвани кодек или кодер) није " +"инсталиран, музички уређај неће бити у могућности да обави претварање и зато " +"неће умножити песму. Потражите у програму за инсталацију софтвера " +"одговарајући кодек." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-player-newipod.page:14 @@ -10327,11 +12842,13 @@ "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can " "use them." msgstr "" +"Потпуно нови иПодови морају бити подешени употребом софтвера иТјунса пре " +"њиховог коришћења." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/music-player-newipod.page:18 msgid "My new iPod won't work" -msgstr "Мој нови ајПод не ради" +msgstr "Мој нови иПод неће да ради" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-newipod.page:20 @@ -10341,6 +12858,10 @@ "This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the " "iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X." msgstr "" +"Ако имате нови иПод који пре тога није никада био прикључен на рачунар, неће " +"бити исправно препознат када га прикључите на Линукс рачунар. Ово је због " +"тога што иПодови морају бити подешени и ажурирани употребом софтвера " +"иТјунс, који ради само на Виндоузу или Мек ОС Х-у." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-newipod.page:22 @@ -10350,6 +12871,11 @@ "Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows " "or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux." msgstr "" +"Да подесите ваш иПод, инсталирајте иТјунс на Виндоуз или Мек рачунару и " +"прикључите га. Бићете вођени кроз неколико корака за његово подешавање. Ако " +"будете упитани за Формат волумена, изаберите МС-ДОС " +"(ФАТ), Виндоуз или сличан. Остали формати (ХФС/Мек) не раде " +"тако добро са Линуксом." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-newipod.page:24 @@ -10357,6 +12883,8 @@ "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it " "into a Linux computer." msgstr "" +"Када завршите подешавање, иПод треба да ради нормално када га прикључите на " +"Линукс рачунар." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15 @@ -10364,11 +12892,13 @@ "Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's " "an audio player." msgstr "" +"Додајте .is_audio_player датотеку да обавестите ваш рачунар " +"да је то уређај за пуштање музике." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:19 msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто мој уређај за пуштање музике није препознат када га прикључим?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:21 @@ -10377,6 +12907,9 @@ "can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been " "properly recognized as an audio player." msgstr "" +"Ако је ваш звучни уређај (МП3 уређај итд.) прикључен на рачунар али га не " +"видите у вашем програму за организовање музике,може бити да није исправно " +"препознат као уређај за пуштање музике." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:23 @@ -10391,6 +12924,15 @@ "all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an " "audio player." msgstr "" +"Покушајте да искључите уређај и да га поново прикључите. Ако ово не помогне, " +"отворите управника датотека. Видећете " +"музичку справицу на списку под Уређаји у бочној површи — кликните " +"на њега да отворите фасциклу за звучни уређај. Сада, кликните " +"ДатотекаНови документПразан " +"документ, упишите .is_audio_player и " +"притисните Унеси (тачка и доње цртице су важне, и све треба бити " +"написано малим словима). Ова датотека ће рећи вашем рачунару да препозна " +"уређај као уређај за пуштање звука." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:25 @@ -10400,6 +12942,11 @@ "time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music " "organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it." msgstr "" +"Сада, пронађите звучну справицу у бочној површи управника датотека и " +"избаците је (десни клик и Избаци). Искључите га, затим га поново " +"прикључите. Овај пут би требала бити препозната као уређај за пуштање звука " +"у вашем програму за организовање музике. Ако није, пробајте да затворите " +"програм за музику и затим га отворите поново." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:28 @@ -10408,6 +12955,9 @@ "should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it " "should say in its manual if it is." msgstr "" +"Ова упутства неће радити за иПодове и неке друге уређаје за пуштање музике. " +"Требали би да раде ако је ваш плејер УСБ складишни уређај, ипак; " +"требало би да пише у упутству да ли јесте." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:32 @@ -10418,6 +12968,11 @@ "is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden " "Files." msgstr "" +"Када опет погледате у фасциклу аудио плејера, нећете видети датотеку " +".is_audio_player. Зато што тачка на почетку назива датотеке " +"говори управнику датотека да сакрије ову датотеку. Можете да проверите да је " +"још увек ту тако што ћете кликнути ПрегледПрикажи " +"скривене датотеке." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8 @@ -10425,16 +12980,18 @@ "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify " "trash behavior." msgstr "" +"Извршите један клик да отворите датотеке, покренете или погледате извршне " +"текстуалне датотеке, и да одредите понашање смећа." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:27 msgid "Sindhu S" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Синдху С" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33 msgid "File manager behavior preferences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставке понашања управника датотека" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34 @@ -10444,6 +13001,10 @@ "Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" +"Можете да одредите да ли ћете извршити један или два клика над датотеком, " +"како ће бити руковано извршним текстуалним датотекама, као и понашање смећа. " +"Кликните Датотеке на траци изборника, изаберите " +"Поставке а затим језичак Понашање." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39 @@ -10453,12 +13014,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42 msgid "Single click to open items" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Једноструки клик за отварање ставки" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43 msgid "Double click to open items" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Двоклик за отварање ставки" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:44 @@ -10468,11 +13029,15 @@ "When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key " "while clicking to select one or more files." msgstr "" +"По основи, један клик бира датотеке а двоклик их отвара. Уместо овога можете " +"да изаберете да се и датотеке и фасцикле отворе када на њих кликнете једном. " +"Када користите режим једног клика, можете да држите притиснутим тастер " +"Ктрл док кликате да изаберете једну или више датотека." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53 msgid "Executable text files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извршне текстуалне датотеке" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54 @@ -10484,26 +13049,32 @@ "scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and " ".pl, respectively." msgstr "" +"Извршна текстуална датотека је датотека која садржи програм који можете да " +"покренете (извршите). Овлашћења датотеке морају такође да допуштају да " +"датотека буде покренута као програм. Најчешће су скрипте Шкољке, " +"Питона и Перла. Њихова проширења су редом " +".sh, .py и .pl." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61 msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Када отворите извршну текстуалну датотеку, можете да изаберете:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:65 msgid "Run executable text files when they are opened" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покрени извршне текстуалне датотеке при отварању" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68 msgid "View executable text files when they are opened" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прегледај извршне текстуалне датотеке при отварању" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71 msgid "Ask each time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Питај сваки пут" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:75 @@ -10511,6 +13082,9 @@ "If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you " "wish to run or view the selected text file." msgstr "" +"Ако је изабрано Питај сваки пут, појавиће се прозорче које ће вас " +"питати да ли желите да покренете или да прегледате изабрану текстуалну " +"датотеку." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78 @@ -10521,16 +13095,22 @@ "submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files " "will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:" msgstr "" +"Извршне текстуалне датотеке се такође називају скриптама. Све скрипте у " +"фасцикли ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts ће се појавити у " +"приручном изборнику за датотеку под подизборником Скрипте. Када се скрипта изврши из месне фасцикле, " +"све изабране датотеке ће јој бити прослеђене као параметри. Да извршите " +"скрипту над датотеком:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:86 msgid "Navigate to the desired folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Идите до жељене фасцикле." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:89 msgid "Select the desired file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите жељену датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:92 @@ -10538,6 +13118,9 @@ "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired " "script to execute from the Scripts menu." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша над датотеком да отворите приручни изборник и " +"изаберите жељену скрипту за извршавање из изборника Скрипте." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:98 @@ -10545,22 +13128,24 @@ "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote " "folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content." msgstr "" +"Скрипти неће бити прослеђени никакви параметри када се извршава из удаљене " +"фасцикле као што је фасцикла која показује веб или фтп садржај." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:106 msgctxt "link" msgid "File manager trash preferences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставке смећа управника датотека" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:108 msgid "Trash" -msgstr "Корпа" +msgstr "Смеће" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112 msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Питај пре избацивања смећа или брисања датотека" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:113 @@ -10569,11 +13154,13 @@ "be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete " "files." msgstr "" +"Ова опција је изабрана по основи. Када празните смеће, биће приказана порука " +"која ће потврдити да желите да испразните смеће или да избришете датотеке." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116 msgid "Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључи и наредбу за брисање која заобилази смеће" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:117 @@ -10581,6 +13168,9 @@ "Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that " "pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application." msgstr "" +"Када изаберете ову опцију тада ће ставка Обриши бити додата у " +"изборник који ће искакати када будете извршили десни клик на неку ставку у " +"програму Датотеке." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120 @@ -10589,83 +13179,87 @@ "altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way " "to recover the deleted item." msgstr "" +"Брисање ставке опцијом изборника Обриши заобилази смеће. Ставка " +"бива у потпуности уклоњена са система. Не постоји начин да повратите " +"обрисану ставку." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 msgid "Edit folder bookmarks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уредите обележиваче фасцикле" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Додајте обележивач:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите фасциклу (или место) које желите да обележите." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преименујте обележивач:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -10673,6 +13267,11 @@ "them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other " "than the name of the folder it points to." msgstr "" +"Преименовање обележивача неће променити назив фасцикле. Ако имате " +"обележиваче ка две различите фасцикле на два различита места, али чија свака " +"има исти назив, обележивачи ће имати исти назив, и нећете моћи да их " +"разликујете. У овим случајевима, корисно је да обележивачу дате назив " +"другачији од назива фасцикле на коју указује." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-connect.page:12 @@ -10680,11 +13279,13 @@ "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or " "WebDAV." msgstr "" +"Прегледајте и уређујте датотеке на другом рачунару преко ФТП-а, безбедне " +"шкољке, Виндоуз дељења, или ВебДАВ-а." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:26 msgid "Browse files on a server or network share" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Претражујте датотеке на серверу или мрежном дељењу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:28 @@ -10694,6 +13295,10 @@ "convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share " "files with other people on your local network." msgstr "" +"Можете да се повежете на сервер или на мрежно дељење да претражујете и " +"прегледате датотеке на том серверу, баш као да су на вашем рачунару. Ово је " +"прикладан начин да преузмете или поставите датотеке на интернет, или да " +"делите датотеке са другима на вашој локалној мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:34 @@ -10705,11 +13310,18 @@ "on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you " "can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address." msgstr "" +"Да претражујете датотеке на мрежи, отворите програм Датотеке из " +"Полетника, затим у бочној површи кликните Разгледај " +"мрежу. Управник датотека ће пронаћи све рачунаре на вашој локалној " +"мрежи који поседују могућност послуживања датотека. Ако желите да се " +"повежете на сервер на интернету, или ако не видите рачунар који тражите, " +"можете ручно да се повежете на сервер тако што ћете уписати његову " +"интернет/мрежну адресу." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:44 msgid "Connect to a file server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите се на сервер датотека" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:45 @@ -10717,6 +13329,8 @@ "In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick " "Connect to Server from the app menu." msgstr "" +"У управнику датотека, кликните Датотеке на траци изборника и " +"изаберите Повежи се на сервер из изборника програма." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:47 @@ -10725,6 +13339,9 @@ "xref=\"#urls\">URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below." msgstr "" +"Унесите адресу сервера, у облику адресе. " +"Појединости о подржаним адресама су наведене " +"испод." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:51 @@ -10732,6 +13349,8 @@ "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the " "Recent Servers list." msgstr "" +"Ако сте се раније повезивали на сервер, можете да кликнете на њега у списку " +"Скорашњи сервери." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:55 @@ -10741,11 +13360,15 @@ "computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it " "quickly in the future" msgstr "" +"Кликните Повежи се. Отвориће се нови прозор који ће приказати " +"датотеке на серверу. Можете да разгледате датотеке баш као што разгледате " +"оне на вашем личном рачунару. Сервер ће такође бити додат у бочну површ тако " +"да ћете касније моћи да му приступите врло брзо" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:63 msgid "Writing URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Писање адреса" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:65 @@ -10754,11 +13377,13 @@ "that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted " "like this:" msgstr "" +"Адреса, или УРЛ, јесте облик адресе која упућује на место " +"или на датотеку на мрежи. Адреса је у овом облику:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:68 msgid "scheme://servername.example.com/folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "shema://nazivservera.primer.com/fascikla" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:70 @@ -10767,11 +13392,14 @@ "example.com portion of the address is called the domain " "name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:" msgstr "" +"shema одређује протокол или врсту сервера. Део адресе " +"primer.com се назива назив домена. Ако је потребно " +"корисничко име, оно се умеће пре назива сервера:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:74 msgid "scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "scheme://korisničkoime@nazivservera.primer.com/fascikla" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:76 @@ -10779,17 +13407,18 @@ "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the " "domain name:" msgstr "" +"Неке шеме захтевају наведени број порта. Уметните га након назива домена:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:78 msgid "scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "shema://nazivservera.primer.com:port/fascikla" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:80 msgid "" "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Испод су дати посебни примери разних врста сервера који су подржани." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:84 @@ -10803,6 +13432,9 @@ "allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a " "username and password." msgstr "" +"Можете да се повежете на различите врсте сервера. Неки сервери су јавни, и " +"дозвољавају свакоме да се повеже. Други сервери захтевају од вас да се " +"пријавите корисничким именом и лозинком." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:89 @@ -10811,6 +13443,9 @@ "server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to " "delete files." msgstr "" +"Нећете имати овлашћења да обавите одређене радње над датотекама на серверу. " +"На пример, на јавним ФТП сајтовима, вероватно нећете бити у могућности да " +"обришете датотеке." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:92 @@ -10818,11 +13453,13 @@ "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its " "file shares." msgstr "" +"Адреса коју уносите зависи од протокола који сервер користи за извоз својих " +"дељених датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:96 msgid "SSH" -msgstr "ССХ" +msgstr "Безбедна шкољка" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:97 @@ -10831,16 +13468,20 @@ "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they " "can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in." msgstr "" +"Ако имате налог безбедне шкољке на серверу, можете да се повежете " +"користећи овај начин. Многи веб домаћини обезбеђују члановима налоге " +"безбедне шкољке тако да могу безбедно да постављају датотеке. Сервери " +"безбедне шкољке увек захтевају да се пријавите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:101 msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типична адреса безбедне шкољке изгледа овако:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:103 msgid "ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ssh://korisničkoime@nazivservera.primer.com/fascikla" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:110 @@ -10848,11 +13489,14 @@ "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted " "so that other users on your network can't see it." msgstr "" +"Када користите безбедну шкољку, сви подаци које пошаљете (укључујући и вашу " +"лозинку) су шифровани тако да остали корисници на вашој мрежи не могу да их " +"виде." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:114 msgid "FTP (with login)" -msgstr "ФТП (уз пријаву)" +msgstr "ФТП (са пријавом)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:115 @@ -10863,16 +13507,21 @@ "download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and " "upload files." msgstr "" +"ФТП је популаран начин за размену датотека на Интернету. Зато што преко ФТП-" +"а подаци нису шифровани, многи сервери сада обезбеђују приступ путем " +"безбедне шкољке. Неки сервери, међутим, још увек допуштају или захтевају од " +"вас да користите ФТП за постављање или преузимање датотека. ФТП сајтови са " +"пријавом ће вам обично допустити да бришете и постављате датотеке." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:120 msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типична адреса протокола за пренос датотека изгледа овако:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:122 msgid "ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ftp://korisničkoime@ftp.primer.com/putanja/" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:126 @@ -10886,16 +13535,19 @@ "anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, " "and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files." msgstr "" +"Сајтови који вам омогућавају да преузимате датотеке ће понекад да обезбеде " +"јавни или анонимни ФТП приступ. Ови сервери не захтевају корисничко име и " +"лозинку, и обично вам неће допустити да бришете или постављате датотеке." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:131 msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типична анонимна адреса протокола за пренос датотека изгледа овако:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:133 msgid "ftp://ftp.example.com/path/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ftp://ftp.primer.com/putanja/" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:135 @@ -10905,11 +13557,15 @@ "password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and " "use the credentials specified by the FTP site." msgstr "" +"Неки анонимни ФТП сајтови захтевају од вас да се пријавите под јавним " +"корисничким именом и лозинком, или под јавним именом користећи адресу ваше е-" +"поште као лозинку. За ове сервере, користите ФТП (са пријавом), и " +"користите пуномоћства која је одредио ФТП сајт." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:142 msgid "Windows share" -msgstr "Виндоуз размена" +msgstr "Виндоуз дељење" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:143 @@ -10920,21 +13576,26 @@ "the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows " "share from the file manager." msgstr "" +"Виндоуз рачунари користе власнички протокол за дељење датотека преко локалне " +"мреже. Рачунари на Виндоуз мрежи су понекад груписани у домене " +"зарад организовања и бољег надзора приступа. Ако имате права овлашћења на " +"удаљеном рачунару, моћи ћете да се повежете на Виндоуз дељење из управника " +"датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:148 msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типична адреса Виндоуз дељења изгледа овако:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:150 msgid "smb://servername/Share" -msgstr "" +msgstr "smb://nazivservera/Deljenje" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-connect.page:154 msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ВебДАВ и Безбедни ВебДАВ" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:155 @@ -10945,26 +13606,31 @@ "this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users " "can't see your password." msgstr "" +"Заснован на ХТТП протоколу који се користи на вебу, ВебДАВ се понекад " +"користи за дељење датотека на локалној мрежи и за чување датотека на " +"интернету. Ако сервер на који се повезујете подржава безбедне везе, треба да " +"изаберете ову опцију. Безбедни ВебДАВ користе јако ССЛ шифровање, тако да " +"остали корисници не могу видети вашу лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:160 msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Типична ВебДАВ адреса изгледа овако:" #. (itstool) path: example/p #: C/nautilus-connect.page:162 msgid "http://example.hostname.com/path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "http://primer.nazivdomaćina.com/putanja" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-display.page:8 msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљајте натписима иконица коришћеним у управнику датотека." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-display.page:31 msgid "File manager display preferences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставке приказа управника датотека" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:33 @@ -10973,11 +13639,14 @@ "Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the " "Display tab." msgstr "" +"Можете да одредите на који начин ће управник датотека да приказује натписе " +"испод иконица. Кликните Уређивање на траци изборника, изаберите " +"Поставке а затим језичак Приказ." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-display.page:38 msgid "Icon captions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Натписи иконице" #. (itstool) path: section/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -10990,11 +13659,13 @@ "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' " "md5='5eb11f3f70bb27c18f77727f6db678af'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' " +"md5='5eb11f3f70bb27c18f77727f6db678af'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:41 msgid "File manager icons with captions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Иконице управника датотека са натписима" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:43 @@ -11004,6 +13675,10 @@ "example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last " "modified." msgstr "" +"Када користите преглед иконицама, можете да изаберете приказ додатних " +"података о датотекама и фасциклама у натпису испод сваке иконице. Ово је " +"корисно, на пример, ако често имате потребу да видите ко је власник датотеке " +"или када је последњи пут измењена." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:47 @@ -11015,6 +13690,13 @@ "will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very " "large sizes." msgstr "" +"Можете да увећате приказ фасцикле тако што ћете кликнути на " +"ПрегледУвећај или притисните " +"Ктрл+. Како будете увећавали, " +"управник датотека ће приказивати више и више података у натпису. Можете да " +"изаберете до три ствари за приказивање у натпису. Прва ће бити приказана на " +"већини нивоа увећавања. Последња ће бити приказана при врло великим " +"величинама." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-display.page:52 @@ -11024,6 +13706,10 @@ "ViewReload or press " "CtrlR." msgstr "" +"Ако вам је отворен прозор управника датотека, мораћете поново да учитате да " +"би измене натписа иконице ступиле на снагу. Кликните " +"ПрегледОсвежи или притисните " +"КтрлР." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8 @@ -11031,6 +13717,8 @@ "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default " "applications." msgstr "" +"Погледајте основне податке о датотеци, подесите овлашћења, и изаберите " +"основне програме." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27 @@ -11044,6 +13732,9 @@ "Properties. You can also select the file and press " "AltEnter." msgstr "" +"Да погледате податке о датотеци или фасцикли, кликните десним тастером миша " +"на њу и изаберите Особине. Можете такође да изаберете датотеку и " +"да притиснете АлтУнеси." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33 @@ -11054,6 +13745,11 @@ "list\">list view columns or icon captions." msgstr "" +"Прозор особина датотеке ће вам показати податке као што је врста датотеке, " +"величина, и када сте је последњи пут изменили. Ако су вам често потребни ови " +"подаци, можете да их прикажете у колонама " +"прегледа списком или у натпису иконице." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:39 @@ -11065,6 +13761,12 @@ "as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information " "like the dimensions, duration, and codec." msgstr "" +"Подаци дати у језичку Основно су објашњени испод. Поред њега " +"имате такође и језичке Овлашћења и Отвори помоћу. За одређене врсте датотека, као " +"што су слике и снимци, биће приказан додатни језичак који ће обезбеђивати " +"податке о величини, трајању, и кодеку." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:47 @@ -11085,6 +13787,9 @@ "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file " "outside the properties window. See ." msgstr "" +"Можете да преименујете датотеку мењајући садржај овог поља. Можете такође да " +"преименујете датотеку изван прозора особина. Погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56 @@ -11101,6 +13806,11 @@ "open a picture with a music player. See for more " "information on this." msgstr "" +"Ово ће вам помоћи да одредите врсту датотеке, као што је ПДФ документ, текст " +"Отвореног документа, или ЈПЕГ слика. Врста датотеке одређује који програми " +"могу да отворе датотеку, уз друге ствари. На пример, не можете да отворите " +"слику програмом за пуштање музике. Погледајте за " +"више података о овоме." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:62 @@ -11108,6 +13818,8 @@ "The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a " "standard way that computers use to refer to the file type." msgstr "" +"МИМЕ врста датотеке је приказана у загради; МИМЕ врста је " +"уобичајени начин који рачунари користе да би обавестили о врсти датотеке." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67 @@ -11123,6 +13835,11 @@ "even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If " "the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing." msgstr "" +"Ово поље се приказује ако разгледате особине фасцикле уместо датотеке. " +"Помаже вам да видите број ставки у фасцикли. Ако фасцикла садржи друге " +"фасцикле, свака унутрашња фасцикла се броји као једна ставка, чак и ако " +"садржи додатне ставке. Свака датотека се такође броји као једна ставка. Ако " +"је фасцикла празна, садржај ће приказати ништа." #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui @@ -11139,6 +13856,10 @@ "indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email " "(big files take longer to send/receive)." msgstr "" +"Ово поље се приказује ако посматрате датотеку (а не фасциклу). Величина " +"датотеке вам говори о томе колико заузима простора на диску. Ово вам такође " +"показује колико времена ће бити потребно за преузимање датотеке или слање " +"путем е-поште (великим датотекама је потребно више времена за слање/пријем)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:74 @@ -11147,13 +13868,16 @@ "the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is " "1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on." msgstr "" +"Величине могу бити дате у бајтовима, KB, MB, или GB; у случају последња три, " +"величина у бајтовима ће такође бити дата у загради. Технички, 1 KB је 1024 " +"бајта, 1 MB је 1024 KB и тако редом." #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" -msgstr "Место" +msgstr "Путања" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:79 @@ -11164,11 +13888,17 @@ "For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home " "folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf." msgstr "" +"Путања сваке датотеке на вашем рачунару је дата њеном апсолутном " +"путањом. То је јединствена „адреса“ датотеке на вашем рачунару, коју " +"чини списак фасцикли кроз које ћете морати да прођете да бисте пронашли " +"датотеку. На пример, ако Пера има датотеку под називом " +"Плате.pdf у својој личној фасцикли, њена путања биће " +"/home/pera/Плате.pdf." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83 msgid "Volume" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Диск" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:84 @@ -11180,6 +13910,12 @@ "partitions\">disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under " "Volume too." msgstr "" +"Систем датотека или уређај на коме је ускладиштена датотека. Ово вам " +"показује где се физички налази датотека, на пример да ли је на чврстом диску " +"или на ЦД-у, или на мрежном дељењу или " +"серверу датотеке. Чврсти дискови могу бити подељени на неколико партиција диска; партиције ће такође бити " +"приказане под одељком Диск." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94 @@ -11193,16 +13929,19 @@ "is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking " "if the hard disk is full." msgstr "" +"Ово се приказује само за фасцикле. Приказује износ простора диска доступног " +"на диску на коме се налази фасцикла. Ово је корисно приликом провере заузећа " +"чврстог диска." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102 msgid "Accessed" -msgstr "Приступљено" +msgstr "Приступљен" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103 msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Датум и време када је датотека била отворена последњи пут." #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui @@ -11215,16 +13954,17 @@ #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:108 msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved." msgstr "" +"Датум и време када је датотека била последњи пут измењена и сачувана." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9 msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите ко може да прегледа и уређује ваше датотеке и фасцикле." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31 msgid "Set file permissions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите овлашћења над датотеком" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33 @@ -11233,6 +13973,10 @@ "own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select " "Properties, then select the Permissions tab." msgstr "" +"Можете да користите овлашћења датотеке да одредите ко може да прегледа и " +"уређује датотеке које ви поседујете. Да прикажете и подесите овлашћења над " +"датотеком, кликните десним тастером миша и изаберите Особине, " +"затим изаберите језичак Овлашћења." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37 @@ -11240,6 +13984,8 @@ "See and below for details " "on the types of permissions you can set." msgstr "" +"Погледајте и за " +"појединости о врстама овлашћења која можете да подесите." #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui @@ -11256,6 +14002,10 @@ "give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-" "only if you don't want to accidentally change it." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите овлашћења за власника датотеке, власника групе, и за све " +"остале кориснике на систему. За ваше датотеке, ви сте власник, и можете сами " +"себи да дате овлашћење само за читање или за читање и уписивање. Подесите " +"датотеку на само за читање ако не желите случајно да је измените." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:48 @@ -11268,6 +14018,13 @@ "users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong " "to." msgstr "" +"Сваки корисник на вашем рачунару припада групи. На кућним рачунарима, " +"уобичајено је да сваки корисник има своју сопствену групу, а овлашћења групе " +"нису често коришћена. У окружењима удружења, групе су понекад коришћене за " +"одељења или пројекте. Као што има власника, свака датотека припада групи. " +"Можете да подесите групу датотеке и да одредите овлашћења за све кориснике у " +"тој групи. Можете једино да подесите групу датотеке на групу којој ви " +"припадате." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:56 @@ -11275,6 +14032,8 @@ "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in " "the file's group." msgstr "" +"Можете такође да подесите овлашћења за кориснике поред власника и за оне у " +"групи датотеке." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:59 @@ -11285,6 +14044,11 @@ "to do. See for more " "information." msgstr "" +"Ако је датотека програм, као скрипта, морате да изаберете Дозволи " +"покретање датотеке као програма да бисте је покренули. Чак и са овом " +"опцијом изабраном, управник датотека може још увек да отвори датотеку у " +"програму или да вас пита шта да ради. Погледајте за више података." #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui @@ -11300,6 +14064,9 @@ "See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, " "groups, and other users." msgstr "" +"Можете да подесите овлашћења над фасциклама за власника, групу, и остале " +"кориснике. Погледајте појединости о овлашћењима датотеке за објашњење о " +"власницима, групама, и осталим корисницима." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71 @@ -11307,11 +14074,13 @@ "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can " "set for a file." msgstr "" +"Овлашћења која можете да подесите за фасциклу се разликују од оних која " +"можете да подесите за датотеку." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Ништа" @@ -11319,11 +14088,13 @@ #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76 msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder." msgstr "" +"Корисник неће бити чак ни у могућности да види које се датотеке налазе у " +"фасцикли." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80 msgid "List files only" -msgstr "Само прегледање датотека" +msgstr "Само приказ датотека" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81 @@ -11331,6 +14102,8 @@ "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be " "able to open, create, or delete files." msgstr "" +"Корисник ће бити у могућности да види које се датотеке налазе у фасцикли, " +"али неће бити у могућности да отвори, направи, или да обрише датотеке." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85 @@ -11344,6 +14117,9 @@ "permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create " "new files or delete files." msgstr "" +"Корисник ће бити у могућности да отвара датотеке у фасцикли (под условом да " +"има овлашћење да уради ово над посебном датотеком), али неће бити у " +"могућности да прави нове или да брише постојеће датотеке." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91 @@ -11356,6 +14132,8 @@ "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, " "and deleting files." msgstr "" +"Корисник ће имати пуни приступ фасцикли, укључујући отварање, стварање и " +"брисање датотека." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97 @@ -11366,16 +14144,22 @@ "click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in " "subfolders as well, to any depth." msgstr "" +"Можете такође брзо да подесите овлашћења датотеке за све датотеке у фасцикли " +"тако што ћете кликнути на Измени овлашћења за садржане датотеке. " +"Користите падајуће спискове да подесите овлашћења за садржане датотеке или " +"фасцикле, и кликните Измени. Овлашћења бивају примењена такође на " +"датотеке и фасцикле у подфасциклама, до било које дубине." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-list.page:7 msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view." msgstr "" +"Одредите који подаци ће бити приказани у колонама у прегледу списком." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-list.page:26 msgid "File manager list columns preferences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставке колона списка управника датотека" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:28 @@ -11385,6 +14169,10 @@ "Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select " "which columns will be visible." msgstr "" +"Постоји 9 колона података које можете да прикажете у прегледу списком у " +"управнику датотека. Кликните Датотеке на траци изборника, " +"изаберите Поставке а затим језичак Колоне списка да " +"одаберете које колоне ће бити видљиве." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:31 @@ -11392,11 +14180,13 @@ "Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the " "order in which the selected columns will appear." msgstr "" +"Користите дугмад Премести горе и Премести доле да " +"одаберете поредак у коме ће бити приказане изабране колоне." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:38 msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назив фасцикли и датотека у фасцикли која је виђена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:42 @@ -11404,6 +14194,8 @@ "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the " "folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB." msgstr "" +"Величина фасцикле је дата као број ставки које се налазе у фасцикли. " +"Величина датотеке је дата у бајтима, килобајтима (KB), или мегабајтима (MB)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:47 @@ -11411,11 +14203,13 @@ "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 " "audio, and more." msgstr "" +"Приказује фасциклу, или врсту датотеке као што је ПДФ документ, ЈПЕГ слика, " +"МП3 звук, и још тога." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:51 msgid "Shows when the file was last modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Показује када је датотека последњи пут измењена." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:54 @@ -11425,7 +14219,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-list.page:55 msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Име корисника који поседује фасциклу или датотеку." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-list.page:58 @@ -11439,99 +14233,112 @@ "own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users " "might be in groups according to department or project." msgstr "" +"Приказује групу која поседује датотеку. На мојим кућним рачунарима, сваки " +"корисник се налази у својој сопственој групи. Групе се понекад користе у " +"окружењима удружења, где корисници могу бити у групама према одељењу или " +"пројекту." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Овлашћења" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" +"Приказује овлашћења за приступ датотеци. На пример, drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" +"Први знак - је врста датотеке. - значи обична " +"датотека, а d значи директоријум (фасцикла)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" +"Следећа три знака rwx одређују овлашћења за корисника који " +"поседује датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" +"Следећа три rw- одређују овлашћења за све чланове групе која " +"поседује датотеку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" +"Последња три знака у колони r-- одређују овлашћења за све остале " +"кориснике на систему." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сваки знак има следеће значење:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." -msgstr "r : дозвола за читање." +msgstr "r : Дозвољено читање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." -msgstr "w : дозвола за писање." +msgstr "w : Дозвољено писање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." -msgstr "x : дозвола за покретање." +msgstr "x : Дозвољено извршавање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." -msgstr "- : без дозволе." +msgstr "- : Нема овлашћења." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "МИМЕ врста" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приказује МИМЕ врсту ставке." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Путања до места на коме се налази датотека." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17 msgid "File manager preferences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставке управника датотека" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-preview.page:8 msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите када ће се користити минијатуре за датотеке." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-preview.page:27 msgid "File manager preview preferences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поставке прегледа управника датотека" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:29 @@ -11541,6 +14348,11 @@ "control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick " "Preferences and select the Preview tab." msgstr "" +"Управник датотека ствара минијатуре за преглед слика, снимака, и текстуалних " +"датотека. Минијатурни прегледи могу бити спори за велике датотеке или путем " +"мреже, тако да можете одредити када ће бити коришћени претпрегледи. Кликните " +"Датотеке на траци изборника, изаберите Поставке а " +"затим језичак Преглед." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:37 @@ -11553,6 +14365,13 @@ "area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the " "preview option to Always." msgstr "" +"По основи, сви прегледи се приказују за Само за локалне датотеке, " +"на вашем рачунару или на прикљученим спољним уређајима. Можете да поставите " +"ову функцију на Увек или Никада. Управник датотека " +"може да разгледа датотеке на другим " +"рачунарима преко локалне мреже или на интернету. Ако често разгледате " +"датотеке на локалној мрежи, а мрежа има велики пропусни опсег, можда ћете " +"пожелети да подесите опцију прегледа на Увек." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:44 @@ -11560,6 +14379,8 @@ "In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting " "to limit the size of files previewed." msgstr "" +"Поред тога, можете да користите поставку Само за датотеке мање од " +"да ограничите величину датотека за претпреглед." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-preview.page:49 @@ -11571,17 +14392,26 @@ "very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, " "or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives." msgstr "" +"Ако прикажете величине датотека у колонама " +"прегледа списком или у натписима иконица, фасцикле ће бити приказане са бројем " +"садржаних датотека и фасцикли. Бројање ставки у фасцикли може бити споро, " +"нарочито за велике фасцикле, или преко мреже. Можете да укључите или да " +"искључите ову могућност, или да је укључите само за датотеке на вашем " +"рачунару и локалним спољним уређајима." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-views.page:9 msgid "" "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager." msgstr "" +"Одредите основни преглед, начин ређања и нивое увеличавања за управника " +"датотека." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-views.page:36 msgid "Views preferences in Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите поставке у Датотекама" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:38 @@ -11593,16 +14423,23 @@ "style=\"menuitem\">Preferences in the top bar while " "Files is open and select the Views tab." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените начин основног прегледа за нове фасцикле, како се по " +"основи смештају датотеке и фасцикле, ниво увеличања за преглед иконицама и " +"за збијени преглед, и да ли се датотеке приказују у стаблу на бочној површи. " +"Изаберите Датотеке Поставке на горњој траци када је отворен " +"програм Датотеке и изаберите језичакПрегледи." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-views.page:46 msgid "Default view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подразумевани приказ" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-views.page:49 msgid "View new folders using" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прегледај нове фасцикле помоћу" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:50 @@ -11613,6 +14450,12 @@ "style=\"button\">View items as a list or View " "items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar." msgstr "" +"По основи, нове фасцикле се приказују у прегледу иконица. Ако вам више " +"одговара преглед списком, овде можете да га поставите за основни преглед. У " +"супротном, можете да изаберете другачији преглед за сваку фасциклу коју " +"разгледате тако што ћете на траци алата кликнути на дугме Прегледајте ставке као списак или Прегледајте ставке као иконице." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-views.page:57 @@ -11627,6 +14470,11 @@ "file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last " "accessed or when they were trashed." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените основни начин ређања који је коришћен у фасциклама " +"користећи падајући списак Поређај ставке у поставкама да поређате " +"према називу, величини датотеке, врсти датотеке, према времену последње " +"измене, према времену последњег приступа или према времену њиховог бацања у " +"смеће." #. (itstool) path: item/p #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards @@ -11641,11 +14489,17 @@ "Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu " "only affects the current folder." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените начин на који су поређане " +"датотеке у засебној фасцикли тако што ћете кликнути на дугме опција прегледа на траци " +"алата и изабрати Назив, Величина, Врста или " +"Последња измена, или кликом на заглавља колоне списка у прегледу " +"списком. Овај изборник утиче само на текућу фасциклу." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-views.page:72 msgid "Sort folders before files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поређај фасцикле пре датотека" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:73 @@ -11653,11 +14507,13 @@ "By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To " "see all folders listed before files, enable this option." msgstr "" +"По основи, управник датотека више не приказује све фасцикле пре датотека. Да " +"видите све фасцикле наведене пре датотека, укључите ову могућност." #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-views.page:77 msgid "Show hidden and backup files" -msgstr "Прикажи скривене и датотеке резервних копија" +msgstr "Прикажи скривене и резервне датотеке" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:78 @@ -11666,6 +14522,9 @@ "files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by " "selecting this option." msgstr "" +"Управник датотека не приказује скривене " +"датотеке и фасцикле по основи. Увек можете приказати скривене " +"датотеке бирањем ове могућности." #. (itstool) path: item/p #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards @@ -11677,17 +14536,21 @@ "Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar." msgstr "" +"Такође можете да прикажете скривене датотеке у засебном прозору тако што " +"ћете изабрати Прикажи скривене датотеке, из изборника Опције прегледа на траци " +"алата." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-views.page:92 msgid "Icon view defaults" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подразумевано за приказ иконицама" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-views.page:95 #: C/nautilus-views.page:116 msgid "Default zoom level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подразумевано увећање" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards @@ -11702,6 +14565,13 @@ "Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a " "larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option." msgstr "" +"Можете да учините иконице и текст већим или мањим по основи у прегледу " +"иконицама користећи ову могућност. Ово можете да урадите и у појединачној " +"фасцикли тако што ћете кликнути на дугме опција прегледа на траци алата и " +"изабрати Увећај, Умањи или Уобичајена " +"величина. Ако често користите већи или мањи ниво увећања, овом опцијом " +"можете да поставите основни ниво увећања." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-views.page:105 @@ -11709,11 +14579,13 @@ "In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level." msgstr "" +"У прегледу иконицама, више или мање натписа је приказано на основу нивоа увећања." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/nautilus-views.page:113 msgid "List view defaults" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подразумевано за приказ списком" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards @@ -11727,17 +14599,24 @@ "the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or " "Normal Size." msgstr "" +"Можете да учините иконице и текст већим или мањим у прегледу списком " +"користећи ову могућност. Такође ово можете да урадите у засебној фасцикли " +"тако што ћете кликнути на дугме опција прегледа на траци алата и изабрати " +"Увећај, Умањи или Уобичајена величина." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-antivirus.page:11 msgid "" "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software." msgstr "" +"Постоји мали број вируса за Линукс, тако да вам највероватније неће бити " +"потребан анти-вирус." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-antivirus.page:25 msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да ли ми је потребан анти-вирус?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:27 @@ -11747,6 +14626,10 @@ "background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their " "way onto your computer and cause problems." msgstr "" +"Ако сте користили Виндоуз или Мек ОС, вероватно сте такође навикли да вам " +"анти-вирус ради читаво време. Анти-вирус ради у позадини, непрестано " +"проверавајући постојање рачунарских вируса који би могли да доспеју до вашег " +"рачунара и да вам проузрокују проблеме." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:31 @@ -11757,6 +14640,12 @@ "writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, " "and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly." msgstr "" +"Анти-вируси постоје и за Линукс, али највероватније да нећете морати да их " +"користите. Вируси који нападају Линукс су још увек у малом броју. Неки тврде " +"да је то због тога што Линукс није тако широко распрострањен као остали " +"оперативни системи, тако да нико и не пише вирусе за њега. Други тврде да је " +"Линукс суштински много безбеднији, и проблеми безбедности које би вируси " +"могли да искористе се врло брзо исправљају." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:36 @@ -11764,6 +14653,8 @@ "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to " "worry about them at the moment." msgstr "" +"Из било ког разлога, вируси за Линукс су у тако малом броју тако да за сада " +"стварно нећете морати да мислите о њима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-antivirus.page:38 @@ -11773,17 +14664,21 @@ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in Ubuntu " "Software where a number of applications are available." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да се додатно обезбедите, или ако желите да проверите постојање " +"вируса у датотекама које прослеђујете и које узимате од људи који користе " +"Виндоуз или Мек ОС, у том случају бисте могли да инсталирате анти-вирус. " +"Проверите у Убунтуовом софтверу где је доступно неколико анти-" +"вирус програма." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11793,12 +14688,12 @@ #: C/net-wireless.page:21 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:19 msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тим Убунту документације" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" -msgstr "Веб прегледачи" +msgstr "Веб прегледници" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-chat.page:11 @@ -11808,6 +14703,11 @@ "calls, install skype, social networking apps" msgstr "" +"Ћаскајте на било којој мрежи користећи " +"Интернет писмоношу, позивајте уз видео, инсталирајте скајп, програме " +"друштвеног умрежавања" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-chat.page:24 @@ -11820,11 +14720,13 @@ "With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and " "colleagues on a variety of networks" msgstr "" +"Са Интернет писмоношом можете да ћаскате, позивате и да позивате " +"уз видео пријатеље и колеге на разним мрежама" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20 msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Брзе поруке на Убунтуу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22 @@ -11834,6 +14736,10 @@ "other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio " "or video calls." msgstr "" +"Са програмом Интернет писмоноша, можете ћаскати са људима на " +"мрежи и са пријатељима и колегама који користе Гугл разговор, АИМ, Виндоуз " +"уживо и многе друге програме за ћаскање. Са микрофоном или веб камерицом " +"можете такође да обављате аудио и видео позиве." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29 @@ -11845,6 +14751,12 @@ "or choose Empathy from the Messaging menu." msgstr "" +"Интернет писмоноша није унапред инсталиран у Убунтуу, али га можете инсталирати из Убунтуове архиве пакета. " +"Покрените Интернет писмоношу из Полетника, Покретача или изаберите Интернет писмоношу из " +"изборника за дописивање." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:39 @@ -11852,6 +14764,8 @@ "You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) " "from the Messaging menu." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените ваше стање брзих порука (доступан, одсутан, заузет, итд.) " +"из изборника дописивања." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-empathy.page:45 @@ -11859,6 +14773,8 @@ "For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy " "manual." msgstr "" +"За помоћ приликом коришћења Интернет писмоноше, прочитајте Упутство Интернет писмоноше." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-chat-skype.page:14 @@ -11866,11 +14782,12 @@ "Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on " "Ubuntu" msgstr "" +"Скајп је власнички софтвер и мора бити ручно инсталиран на Убунтуу" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-chat-skype.page:19 msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како могу да користим Скајп на Убунтуу?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:21 @@ -11878,6 +14795,8 @@ "Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over " "the Internet using your computer." msgstr "" +"Скајп је власнички софтвер који вам омогућава да обављате позиве " +"преко Интернета користећи рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:26 @@ -11885,6 +14804,9 @@ "Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go " "through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users." msgstr "" +"Скaјппе користи децентрализоване технологије парњак-парњаку, тако да ваши " +"позиви не пролазе кроз централни сервер, већ кроз распоређене сервере и " +"друге кориснике." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:31 @@ -11892,6 +14814,8 @@ "The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source " "code is proprietary and not available for modification." msgstr "" +"Скајп софтвер је бесплатан за коришћење, али није слободан софтвер; изворни " +"код је власнички и није доступан за измене." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:36 @@ -11899,6 +14823,9 @@ "Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it." msgstr "" +"Скајп није унапред инсталиран на Убунтуу. Инсталирајте пакет „skype“ да бисте га " +"користили." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:41 @@ -11906,11 +14833,13 @@ "You need to activate the " "Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype" msgstr "" +"Треба да активирате " +"ризницу Каноникалових партнера да инсталирате Скајп" #. (itstool) path: list/title #: C/net-chat-skype.page:55 msgid "Additional resources for help with Skype" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додатна изворишта за помоћ са Скајпом" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:57 @@ -11918,6 +14847,8 @@ " How to " "record Skype conversations " msgstr "" +" Како " +"да забележим разговоре преко Скајпа " #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:63 @@ -11925,6 +14856,8 @@ " A list of webcams which " "are compatible with Skype " msgstr "" +" Списак веб камерица " +"које су сагласне са Скајпом " #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-skype.page:69 @@ -11932,6 +14865,8 @@ " " "Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users " msgstr "" +" " +"Решавање проблема у Скајпу — за напредније кориснике " #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-chat-social.page:13 @@ -11939,11 +14874,13 @@ "Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking " "sites directly from your desktop" msgstr "" +"Објавите на Твитеру, Фејсбуку и другим друштвеним мрежама " +"директно са ваше радне површи" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-chat-social.page:18 msgid "Social networking from the desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Друштвено умрежавање са радне површи" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-social.page:20 @@ -11953,11 +14890,16 @@ "your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the " "Me Menu without opening any website." msgstr "" +"Са Убунтуом можете објављивати на вашим омиљеним сајтовима за друштвено " +"умрежавање са ваше радне површи. Убунту користи досег Пријатељи " +"како би вам омогућио да организујете своје сајтове друштвеног умрежавања на " +"једном месту, и да објавите ажурирања из Изборника Ја без " +"отварања било ког веб сајта." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-social.page:27 msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да подесите налоге друштвеног умрежавања:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-social.page:32 @@ -11965,11 +14907,13 @@ "Open the System menu on the right " "hand side of the menu bar and select \"System Settings...\"." msgstr "" +"Отворите изборник система на " +"десној страни траке изборника и изаберите „Подешавања система...“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-social.page:36 msgid "Choose Online accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите Налози на мрежи" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-social.page:40 @@ -11977,6 +14921,8 @@ "Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add " "Account..." msgstr "" +"Изаберите сајт друштвеног умрежавања које желите да подесите и кликните " +"Додај налог..." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-social.page:44 @@ -11984,6 +14930,8 @@ "Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, " "and follow the instructions" msgstr "" +"Кликните Овласти и убаците ваша подешавања налога за тај сајт, и " +"пратите упутства" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-chat-social.page:51 @@ -11994,11 +14942,16 @@ "section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to " "your social network." msgstr "" +"Сада можете видети ваше поруке са друштвених мрежа из изборника дописивања на десној страни на траци " +"изборника, у одељку Емитовање. Кликните на било коју ставку у том " +"одељку да отворите сочиво Пријатељи и да читате или да " +"објављујете поруке на вашој друштвеној мрежи." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-chat-video.page:13 msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Које програме могу да користим за обављање видео позива?" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-chat-video.page:17 @@ -12014,21 +14967,26 @@ "href=\"help:empathy/audio-video\">the Empathy manual for help on " "making video calls with Empathy." msgstr "" +"Можете обављати видео позиве из Убунтуа без инсталирања било каквог додатног " +"програма користећи Интернет писмоношу — путем мрежа Гугл " +"разговора, МСН-а, Џабера, и СИП-а. Видите " +"упутство Интернет писмоноше " +"за помоћ о обављању видео позива Интернет писмоношом." #. (itstool) path: list/title #: C/net-chat-video.page:28 msgid "Other applications which support video calls include" -msgstr "" +msgstr "У друге програме који подржавају видео позиве спадају" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-video.page:30 msgid "Skype" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скајп" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-chat-video.page:34 msgid "Ekiga" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Екига" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-default-browser.page:19 @@ -12036,11 +14994,13 @@ "Change the default web browser by going to Details in the " "System Settings." msgstr "" +"Измените основни веб прегледник у одељку Детаљи у " +"Подешавањима система." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-default-browser.page:23 msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените у ком веб прегледнику се отварају веб сајтови" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-default-browser.page:25 @@ -12050,30 +15010,41 @@ "installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to " "open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:" msgstr "" +"Када кликнете на везу до веб странице у неком програму, веб прегледник ће " +"сам отворити ту страницу. Међутим, ако сте инсталирали више од једног " +"прегледника, страница се можда неће отворити у прегледнику у којем бисте " +"желели да се отвори. Да исправите ово, измените основног веб прегледника:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" +"Отворите Детаљи и изаберите Основни програми са списка " +"на левој страни прозора." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" +"Изаберите у ком веб прегледнику желите да везе буду отворене изменивши " +"опцију Веб." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " "button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default " "browser again." msgstr "" +"Када отворите други веб прегледник, можда ће вам рећи да више није основни " +"прегледник. Ако се ово догоди, кликните на дугме Откажи (или неко " +"слично) како неби опет покушао да се постави за основног веб прегледника." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-default-email.page:19 @@ -12081,11 +15052,13 @@ "Change the default email client by going to Details in the " "System Settings." msgstr "" +"Промените основни клијент е-поште у одељку Детаљи у " +"Подешавањима система." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-default-email.page:23 msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените који програм за пошту се користи за писање е-поште" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-default-email.page:25 @@ -12096,29 +15069,37 @@ "application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. " "You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:" msgstr "" +"Када кликнете на дугме или на везу да пошаљете нову е-пошту (на пример, у " +"вашем програму за обраду текста), ваш основни програм за пошту ће се " +"отворити са празном поруком, спреман за писање. Међутим, ако имате више од " +"једног инсталираног програма за пошту, могао би да се отвори погрешан " +"програм за пошту. Можете ово да исправите тако што ћете изменити који је " +"основни програм за пошту:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." msgstr "" +"Изаберите који програм за пошту желите да буде коришћен као основни тако што " +"ћете изменити опцију Пошта." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-email.page:12 msgid "Default email apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основни програми ел. поште" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/net-email.page:21 #: C/net-general.page:23 msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гномов пројекат документације" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-email.page:25 msgid "Email & email software" -msgstr "Е-пошта и софтвер за е-пошту" +msgstr "Е-пошта и програми за е-пошту" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-email-virus.page:17 @@ -12126,11 +15107,13 @@ "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers " "of people you email." msgstr "" +"Мало је вероватно да ће вируси да заразе ваш рачунар, али би могли да заразе " +"рачунаре оних људи којима шаљете е-пошту." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-email-virus.page:21 msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да ли требам да прегледам моју пошту за вирусима?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-email-virus.page:23 @@ -12139,6 +15122,9 @@ "onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is " "through email messages." msgstr "" +"Вируси су програми који стварају проблеме ако успеју да пронађу свој пут од " +"вашег рачунара. Уобичајени начин да их добијете на вашем рачунару је преко " +"порука е-поште." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-email-virus.page:25 @@ -12149,6 +15135,11 @@ "probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need " "to scan your email for viruses." msgstr "" +"Вируси који могу да заразе рачунаре на којима ради Линукс су врло ретки, " +"тако да је мало вероватно да ћете зарадити " +"вирус преко е-поште или другачије. Ако примите е-пошту на којој је " +"скривен вирус, вероватно да неће имати никаквог утицаја на ваш рачунар. И " +"зато, вероватно нећете морати да прегледате вашу е-пошту за вирусима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-email-virus.page:27 @@ -12162,16 +15153,25 @@ "unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus " "software of their own anyway." msgstr "" +"Можете, међутим, пожелети да прегледате вашу е-пошту за вирусима у случају " +"да се деси да проследите вирус од једне особе до друге. На пример, ако неки " +"ваш пријатељ има Виндоуз рачунар са вирусом и пошаље вам вирусом заражену е-" +"пошту, и ви након тога проследите ту поруку неком другом пријатељу са " +"Виндоуз рачунаром, онда ће можда други пријатељ такође да заради вирус. " +"Можете да инсталирате антивирус програм да прегледате вашу е-пошту да бисте " +"спречили ово, али је мало вероватно да ће до овога доћи и већина људи који " +"користе Виндоуз и Мек ОС имају своје антивирусе." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-findip.page:24 msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems." msgstr "" +"Познавање ваше ИП адресе може да вам помогне у решавању мрежних проблема." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-findip.page:28 msgid "Find your IP address" -msgstr "Пронађите вашу ИП адресу" +msgstr "Сазнајте вашу ИП адресу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-findip.page:30 @@ -12181,76 +15181,88 @@ "two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal " "network and an IP address for your computer on the internet." msgstr "" +"Познавање ваше ИП адресе може да вам помогне да решите проблеме ваше везе на " +"интернет. Можда ћете бити изненађени када будете сазнали да имате " +"две ИП адресе: једна ИП адреса за ваш рачунар на унутрашњој мрежи и " +"једна ИП адреса за ваш рачунар на интернету." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/net-findip.page:33 msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сазнајте вашу унутрашњу (мрежну) ИП адрсесу" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " "find the IP address for." msgstr "" +"Отворите Мрежа и изаберите Жичана или " +"Бежична са списка на левој страни, у зависности за коју мрежну " +"везу желите да сазнате ИП адресу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваша унутрашња ИП адреса биће приказана на списку информација." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сазнајте вашу спољну (интернет) ИП адрсесу" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" +"Посетите whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сајт ће вам приказати вашу спољну ИП адресу." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." msgstr "" +"У зависности како се ваш рачунар повезује на интернет, ове адресе могу бити " +"исте." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12258,19 +15270,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 msgid "Turn the firewall on or off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите или искључите мрежну баријеру" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 msgid "Allow or block specific network activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дозволите или блокирајте нарочиту мрежну активност" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37 @@ -12278,14 +15290,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12293,34 +15305,48 @@ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " "sudo ufw deny 53." msgstr "" +"Сваки програм који обезбеђује услуге користи нарочити мрежни " +"прикључак. Да омогућите приступ услугама тог програма, мораћете да " +"дозволите приступ његовом додељеном прикључку на мрежној баријери. Да " +"дозволите повезивање на прикључнику 53, у терминалу упишите „sudo ufw " +"allow 53“. Да блокирате прикључник 53, упишите „sudo ufw block " +"53“." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" +"Да проверите текуће стање умб-а, упишите „sudo ufw status“ у " +"терминалу." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите умб без терминала" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " "link." msgstr "" +"Такође можете да инсталирате gufw ако желите да подесите мрежну " +"баријеру без коришћења терминала. Да га инсталирате, кликните на ову везу." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " "kept open for the firewall to work." msgstr "" +"Можете покренути овај програм ако потражите Подешавања мрежне " +"баријере у Полетнику. Програм не треба да буде отворен да " +"би мрежна баријера радила." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11 @@ -12328,11 +15354,13 @@ "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access " "for a program with your firewall." msgstr "" +"Морате да одредите прави мрежни прикључак да укључите/искључите мрежни " +"приступ за програм са вашом мрежном баријером." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20 msgid "Commonly-used network ports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уопштено коришћени мрежни прикључци" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:21 @@ -12343,6 +15371,11 @@ "allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in " "use, so this table isn't complete." msgstr "" +"Ово је списак мрежних прикључака уопштено коришћених програмима који " +"обезбеђују мрежне услуге, као дељење датотека или удаљени преглед радне " +"површи. Можете да измените мрежну баријеру вашег система да блокира или дозволи приступ овим програмима. " +"Постоји на хиљаде прикључака у употреби, тако да ова табела није потпуна." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:27 @@ -12357,12 +15390,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:40 msgid "5353/udp" -msgstr "5353/udp" +msgstr "5353/удп" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:43 msgid "mDNS, Avahi" -msgstr "mDNS, Avahi" +msgstr "мДНС, Авахи" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:46 @@ -12370,11 +15403,13 @@ "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, " "without you having to specify the details manually." msgstr "" +"Омогућава системима да се пронађу, и описује које услуге нуде, а да ви не " +"морате ручно да одређујете појединости." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51 msgid "631/udp" -msgstr "631/udp" +msgstr "631/удп" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -12387,27 +15422,27 @@ #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:57 msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Омогућава вам да шаљете послове штампања штампачима на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:62 msgid "631/tcp" -msgstr "631/tcp" +msgstr "631/тцп" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:68 msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Омогућава вам да делите штампач са другима на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:73 msgid "5298/tcp" -msgstr "5298/tcp" +msgstr "5298/тцп" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:76 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "Присуство" +msgstr "Присутност" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:79 @@ -12415,11 +15450,13 @@ "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the " "network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"." msgstr "" +"Омогућава вам да обавестите друге на мрежи о вашем стању тренутних порука, " +"као што је „на везу“ или „заузет“." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:84 msgid "5900/tcp" -msgstr "5900/tcp" +msgstr "5900/тцп" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:87 @@ -12432,21 +15469,24 @@ "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide " "remote assistance." msgstr "" +"Омогућава вам да делите вашу радну површ тако да је други могу прегледати " +"или обезбедити удаљену подршку." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95 msgid "3689/tcp" -msgstr "3689/tcp" +msgstr "3689/тцп" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98 msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дељење музике (ДААП)" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101 msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network." msgstr "" +"Омогућава вам да делите вашу музичку библиотеку са другима на вашој мрежи." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:16 @@ -12454,11 +15494,13 @@ "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network " "services from your computer." msgstr "" +"Коришћење статичке ИП адресе може да олакша обезбеђивање неких мрежних " +"услуга са вашег рачунара." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20 msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Направите везу са сталном ИП адресом" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22 @@ -12469,11 +15511,16 @@ "want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its " "address is (for example, if it is a file server)." msgstr "" +"Већина мрежа ће сама да додели ИП " +"адресу и остале детаље вашем рачунару када се прикључите на мрежу. " +"Ови детаљи могу да се промене с времена на време, али ви ћете можда желети " +"да имате сталну ИП адресу за рачунар тако да знате увек која је његова " +"адреса (на пример, ако је то сервер датотека)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да дате вашем рачунару сталну (статичку) ИП адресу:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26 @@ -12482,6 +15529,8 @@ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit " "Connections." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника и изаберите " +"Уреди везе." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27 @@ -12489,6 +15538,8 @@ "Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your " "WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit." msgstr "" +"Изаберите жичана веза у језичку Жичана или вашу " +"бежичну мрежу у језичку Бежична и кликните Уреди." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28 @@ -12496,6 +15547,8 @@ "Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method " "to Manual." msgstr "" +"Кликните на језичак ИПв4 подешавања и измените Начин " +"на Ручно." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29 @@ -12503,6 +15556,8 @@ "If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or " "if you want to set up a new connection, click Add." msgstr "" +"Ако никакви подаци о вези нису наведени на списку Адресе, или ако " +"желите да подесите нову везу, кликните Додај." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30 @@ -12512,6 +15567,10 @@ "your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses " "and netmasks are valid for a given network." msgstr "" +"Унесите податке за ИП адресу, Мрежну маску, и Мрежни " +"пролаз у одговарајућа поља. Како ћете ово изабрати зависиће од вашег " +"подешавања мреже; постоје нарочита правила која одлучују које ИП адресе и " +"мрежне маске су исправне за дату мрежу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31 @@ -12521,6 +15580,10 @@ "names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS " "servers." msgstr "" +"Ако је неопходно, унесите адресу Сервера назива домена у поље " +"ДНС сервери. Ово је ИП адреса сервера који претражује називе " +"домена; већина мрежних удружења и интернет достављача имају посвећене ДНС " +"сервере." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32 @@ -12528,6 +15591,7 @@ "Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP " "address." msgstr "" +"Кликните Сачувај. Мрежна веза ће сада имати сталну ИП адресу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-general.page:11 @@ -12536,96 +15600,157 @@ "wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies…" msgstr "" +"Сазнајте вашу ИП адресу, ВЕП и ВПА безбедност, МАК адресе, посредници…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-general.page:29 msgid "Networking terms & tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Услови умрежавања и савети" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инсталирајте прикључак Флеш" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" +"Ако немате инсталиран Флеш, вероватно ћете видети поруку која ће вас " +"обавестити о овоме када будете посетили веб сајт који га захтева. Флеш је " +"доступан за слободно (али не отвореног кода) преузимање за већину веб " +"прегледника." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Како инсталирати Флеш" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да је Ризница " +"Каноникалових партнера укључена." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" +"Инсталирајте пакет adobe-" +"flashplugin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Јединствени одредник додељен мрежном хардверу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-macaddress.page:27 @@ -12640,6 +15765,10 @@ "Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each " "identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device." msgstr "" +"МАК адреса је јединствени одредник који је произвођач доделио " +"комаду мрежне физичке компоненте (као што је бежична картица или мрежна " +"картица). МАК значи Контрола приступа медија, и сваки одредник је " +"намераван да буде јединствен за посебан уређај." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:31 @@ -12647,27 +15776,29 @@ "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a " "colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address." msgstr "" +"МАК адреса се састоји од шест скупа од по два знака, раздвојених двотачком. " +"00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 је један пример МАК адресе." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:33 msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да одредите МАК адресу вашег мрежног хардвера:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:35 msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:36 msgid "Select Connection Information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите Подаци о вези." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:37 msgid "" "Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "МАК адреса биће приказана као Хардверска адреса." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-macaddress.page:40 @@ -12679,6 +15810,12 @@ "swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would " "need to spoof the MAC address." msgstr "" +"У пракси, можда ћете морати да измените или да „преварите“ МАК адресу. На пример, неки " +"достављачи интернет услуга могу да захтевају да буде коришћена одређена МАК " +"адреса за приступ њиховој услузи. Ако мрежна картица престане да ради, и " +"морате да је замените новом, услуга неће више радити. У том случају, " +"мораћете да преварите МАК адресу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-manual.page:16 @@ -12686,11 +15823,13 @@ "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter " "them yourself." msgstr "" +"Ако мрежна подешавања не буду аутоматски додељена, мораћете да их унесете " +"сами." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-manual.page:20 msgid "Manually set network settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ручно подесите мрежна подешавања" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-manual.page:22 @@ -12701,11 +15840,16 @@ "need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your " "router or network switch." msgstr "" +"Ако ваша мрежа самостално не додели мрежна подешавања вашем рачунару, " +"мораћете сами ручно да унесете подешавања. Ова тема претпоставља да већ " +"знате тачна подешавања за коришћење. Ако не, мораћете да питате " +"администратора ваше мреже или да погледате у подешавањима вашег усмеривача " +"или мрежног пребацивача." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/net-manual.page:25 msgid "To manually set your network settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да ручно подесите мрежна подешавања:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:27 @@ -12715,6 +15859,8 @@ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit " "Connections." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника и кликните " +"Уреди везе." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:31 @@ -12722,6 +15868,8 @@ "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, " "if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab." msgstr "" +"Изаберите мрежну везу коју желите ручно да подесите. На пример, ако се " +"повежете на мрежу помоћу кабла, погледајте језичак Жичана." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:35 @@ -12729,6 +15877,8 @@ "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click " "Edit." msgstr "" +"Кликните на везу који желите да уредите да бисте је изабрали, затим кликните " +"Уреди." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:39 @@ -12736,6 +15886,8 @@ "Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to " "Manual." msgstr "" +"Идите на језичак ИПв4 подешавања и промените Начин на " +"Ручно." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:43 @@ -12745,6 +15897,10 @@ "the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab " "after typing each address." msgstr "" +"Кликните Додај и укуцајте ИП адресу, мрежну " +"маску и основну ИП адресу мрежног пролаза у одговарајуће " +"колоне на списку адреса. Притисните Унеси или " +"Таб након уписивања сваке адресе." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:44 @@ -12752,6 +15908,8 @@ "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four " "numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78)." msgstr "" +"Те три адресе морају бити ИП адресе; тако је, морају бити у виду четири " +"броја раздвојена тачкама (нпр. 123.45.6.78)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:48 @@ -12759,6 +15917,7 @@ "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by " "commas." msgstr "" +"Упишите ИП адресе ДНС сервера које желите да користите, раздвојене зарезима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-manual.page:52 @@ -12768,16 +15927,20 @@ "trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for " "example." msgstr "" +"Кликните Сачувај. Ако нисте повезани на мрежу, кликните на " +"иконицу мреже на траци изборника и повежите се. Испробајте подешавања мреже " +"тако што ћете покушати да посетите веб сајт или да погледате дељене датотеке " +"на мрежи, на пример." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-mobile.page:13 msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите се на интернет користећи мобилну широкопојасну" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-mobile.page:17 msgid "Connect to mobile broadband" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите се на мобилну широкопојасну" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-mobile.page:19 @@ -12787,6 +15950,11 @@ "mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have " "recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them." msgstr "" +"Мобилна широкопојасна се односи на било коју врсту Интернет везе " +"велике брзине коју обезбеђује спољни уређај као што је 3Г УСБ штапић или " +"мобилни телефон са уграђеном ХСПА/УМТС/ГПРС везом података. Неки преносни " +"рачунари су недавно произведени са мобилним широкопојасним уређајима већ у " +"њима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-mobile.page:26 @@ -12795,6 +15963,8 @@ "connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the " "device." msgstr "" +"Већина мобилних широкопојасних уређаја треба да буде аутоматски препозната " +"када их повежете са рачунаром. Убунту ће од вас тражити да подесите уређај." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:33 @@ -12802,6 +15972,8 @@ "The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open " "automatically when you connect the device." msgstr "" +"Чаробњак нове мобилне широкопојасне везе ће се аутоматски " +"отворити када повежете уређај." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:39 @@ -12810,11 +15982,14 @@ "your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of " "connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay)." msgstr "" +"Кликните Напред и унесите своје податке, укључујући и земљу у " +"којој је издат ваш мобилни широкопојасни уређај, достављача мреже и врсту " +"везе (на пример, Уговор или плаћање унапред)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:47 msgid "Give your connection a name and click Apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дајте неки назив вашој вези и кликните Примени." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:52 @@ -12822,6 +15997,9 @@ "Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network " "menu in the menu bar and select your new connection." msgstr "" +"Ваша веза је сада спремна за употребу. Да бисте се повезали, кликните на " +"изборник мреже на траци изборника и изаберите нову " +"везу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:58 @@ -12829,6 +16007,8 @@ "To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click " "Disconnect." msgstr "" +"Да прекинете везу, кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника " +"и изаберите Прекини везу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-mobile.page:64 @@ -12837,6 +16017,9 @@ "still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection " "manually." msgstr "" +"Ако вам не буде затражено да подесите уређај када га повежете, још увек може " +"бити препознат од стране Убунтуа. У таквим случајевима можете ручно додати " +"везу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:71 @@ -12844,14 +16027,17 @@ "Click the network menu in the menu " "bar and select Edit Connections..." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник мреже на " +"траци изборника и изаберите Уреди везе..." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:77 msgid "Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пређите на језичак Мобилна широкопојасна." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Кликните Додај." @@ -12861,6 +16047,8 @@ "This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. " "Enter your details as described above." msgstr "" +"Ово треба да отвори чаробњака нове мобилне широкопојасне везе. " +"Унесите ваше податке као што је описано горе." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-nonm.page:13 @@ -12868,11 +16056,13 @@ "Press AltF2. Type nm-" "applet" msgstr "" +"Притисните АлтФ2. Укуцајте „nm-" +"applet“" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-nonm.page:17 msgid "There's no network menu in the menu bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нема изборника мреже на траци изборника" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-nonm.page:19 @@ -12880,16 +16070,18 @@ "If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network " "Manager may not be running. To start it up again:" msgstr "" +"Ако је изборник мреже нестао са траке изборника, ваш Управник " +"мреже можда не ради. Да га поново покренете:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-nonm.page:22 msgid "Press AltF2" -msgstr "Притисните AltF2" +msgstr "Притисните АлтФ2" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-nonm.page:23 msgid "Type nm-applet and press Enter." -msgstr "Упишите nm-applet и притисните Enter." +msgstr "Укуцајте „nm-applet“ и притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-nonm.page:24 @@ -12897,6 +16089,8 @@ "The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your " "password in the appropriate box and click Connect." msgstr "" +"Може се појавити поље Потврђивање идентитета бежичне мреже. " +"Унесите лозинку у одговарајуће поље и кликните Повежи се." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-nonm.page:27 @@ -12909,6 +16103,14 @@ "you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, " "ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages." msgstr "" +"Ако то не успе, проблем би могао бити са Управником мреже. Да видите да ли " +"је то случај, идите на Полетника и " +"отворите терминал. Укуцајте „nm-applet“ и притисните " +"Унеси и видите да ли ће се појавити изборник мреже. Ако не, " +"требало би да видите неке поруке о грешци које се појаве у терминалу. У њима " +"би требало да је написано шта то није у реду, али могу бити веома техничке " +"природе. Ако је тако, потражите помоћ на форуму подршке и цитирајте ове " +"поруке о грешкама." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-othersconnect.page:20 @@ -12916,11 +16118,13 @@ "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that " "everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it." msgstr "" +"Можете да сачувате подешавања (као што је лозинка) за мрежну везу тако да ће " +"сви који буду користили рачунар бити у могућности да се повежу на њу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-othersconnect.page:24 msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Други корисници не могу да се повежу на интернет" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:32 @@ -12930,6 +16134,10 @@ "they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they " "may not be entering the right wireless security password." msgstr "" +"Ако сте поставили мрежну везу, али други корисници на рачунару не могу да се " +"повежу на њу, вероватно нису унели одговарајуће поставке када су покушали да " +"се повежу. На пример, ако имате бежичну везу, вероватно да нису унели праву " +"лозинку бежичне безбедности." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:34 @@ -12939,6 +16147,10 @@ "up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it " "without being asked any questions. To do this:" msgstr "" +"Можете да учините тако да свако може да дели подешавања за мрежну везу након " +"што сте их подесили. То значи да само једном треба да је подесите, и сви " +"остали на рачунару ће моћи да се повежу на њу а да им не буду била " +"постављана било каква питања. Да уради ово:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:42 @@ -12947,6 +16159,9 @@ "need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and " "then click Edit." msgstr "" +"Нађите везу коју желите да сви буду у могућности да користе. Вероватно ћете " +"морати да се пребаците на језичак Бежична. Изаберите назив мреже, " +"а затим кликните на Уреди." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:46 @@ -12955,6 +16170,9 @@ "have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can " "do this." msgstr "" +"Означите Доступна свим корисницима и кликните на " +"Сачувај. Мораћете да унесете администраторску лозинку да бисте " +"сачували измене. Само администратори могу то да ураде." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersconnect.page:50 @@ -12962,6 +16180,8 @@ "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without " "entering any further details." msgstr "" +"Остали корисници рачунара ће сада бити у могућности да користе ову везу без " +"уношења никаквих додатних појединости." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-othersedit.page:20 @@ -12969,11 +16189,13 @@ "You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the " "network connection settings." msgstr "" +"Морате да поништите избор опције Доступно свим корисницима у " +"подешавањима мрежне везе." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-othersedit.page:24 msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Остали корисници не могу да уређују мрежне везе" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersedit.page:32 @@ -12984,6 +16206,11 @@ "that connection, but only users with " "administrative rights are allowed to change its settings." msgstr "" +"Ако ви можете да уређујете мрежну везу али остали корисници на вашем " +"рачунару не могу, морате да подесите везу да буде доступна свим " +"корисницима. Ово чини да свако на рачунару може да се повеже " +"користећи ту везу, али само корисници са администраторским правима могу да измене подешавања." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersedit.page:34 @@ -12992,6 +16219,9 @@ "changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the " "connection." msgstr "" +"Разлог за то је што, с обзиром да измена подешавања утиче на свакога, само " +"високо-поузданим корисницима (администраторима) би требало дозволити да " +"мењају везу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-othersedit.page:36 @@ -13002,11 +16232,16 @@ "settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for " "the connection." msgstr "" +"Ако други корисници заиста треба да буду у стању да сами измене везу, " +"учините тако да веза није подешена да буде доступни свима на " +"рачунару. На овај начин, сви ће моћи да управљају својим сопственим " +"поставкама везе уместо да се ослањају на један скуп заједничких подешавања " +"везе на целокупном систему." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/net-othersedit.page:39 msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учините да се веза више не дели" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersedit.page:45 @@ -13014,6 +16249,8 @@ "Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. " "Click to select it and then click Edit." msgstr "" +"Нађите везу за коју желите да сви буду у стању да њоме сами управљају и да " +"је уређују. Кликните да је изаберете, а затим кликните на Уреди." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersedit.page:49 @@ -13021,6 +16258,8 @@ "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only " "admin users can do this." msgstr "" +"Мораћете да унесете администраторску лозинку да промените везу. Само " +"администратори могу то да ураде." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-othersedit.page:53 @@ -13028,6 +16267,9 @@ "Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other " "users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves." msgstr "" +"Одзначите Доступна свим корисницима и кликните " +"Сачувај. Други корисници на рачунару ће сада бити у могућности да " +"сами управљају везом." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net.page:18 @@ -13038,6 +16280,11 @@ "email\">email accounts, instant " "messaging…" msgstr "" +"Бежична, жичана, проблеми " +"повезивања, прегледање веба, налози е-поште, брзе " +"поруке…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net.page:44 @@ -13048,14 +16295,14 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 msgid "Network problems" -msgstr "Проблеми са мрежом" +msgstr "Мрежни проблеми" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-proxy.page:23 @@ -13063,11 +16310,13 @@ "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security " "purposes." msgstr "" +"Посредник пробира веб сајтове које тражите, обично због управљања или " +"безбедносних разлога." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-proxy.page:27 msgid "Define proxy settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите подешавања посредника" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-proxy.page:30 @@ -13084,65 +16333,81 @@ "can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or " "to do security checks on websites." msgstr "" +"Веб посредник издваја веб сајтове које разгледате, прима захтеве од " +"вашег веб прегледника да би довукао веб странице и њихове елементе, и " +"пратећи политику одлучује да ли ће вам их проследити. Обично се користе у " +"пословним и на јавним бежичним врућим тачкама да бисте одлучили које веб " +"сајтове можете да прегледате, спречавајући вас да приступите интернету без " +"пријављивања, или да би обавили безбедносне провере на веб сајтовима." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-proxy.page:41 msgid "Change proxy method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените начин посредовања" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" +"Отворите Мрежа и изаберите Мрежни посредник са списка " +"на левој страни прозора." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" +"Изаберите који начин посредовања желите да користите од следећих начина." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Програми ће користити непосредну везу да довуку садржај са веба." #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Ручно" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " "FTP and SOCKS." msgstr "" +"За сваки протокол посредовања, одредите адресу посредника и порт за " +"протоколе. Протоколи су ХТТП, ХТТПС, ФТП и " +"СОЦКС." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Самостално" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" +"Адреса указује до изворишта, које садржи одговарајуће подешавање за ваш " +"систем." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." msgstr "" +"Подешавања посредника биће примењена за програме који користе мрежне везе " +"како би користили изабрано подешавање." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-security.page:11 @@ -13150,16 +16415,18 @@ "Antivirus software, basic firewalls…" msgstr "" +"Антивирусни програми, основне мрежне баријере…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-security.page:22 msgid "Keeping safe on the internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сачувајте безбедност на интернету" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-security-tips.page:11 msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Општи савети које треба имати на уму приликом коришћења интернета" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/net-security-tips.page:16 @@ -13170,7 +16437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-security-tips.page:22 msgid "Staying safe on the internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Останите безбедни на интернету" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:24 @@ -13183,6 +16450,13 @@ "their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the " "security features included with each distribution." msgstr "" +"Могући разлог због кога користите Линукс је одлична безбедност по којој је " +"познат. Један од разлога због којих је Линукс релативно безбедан од " +"злонамерних програма и вируса је због малог броја људи који га користе. " +"Вируси су намењени популарнијим оперативним системима, као што је Виндоуз, " +"који има врло велики број корисника. Линукс је такође врло безбедан због " +"своје природе отвореног кода, која зналцима омогућава да ураде измене и " +"побољшају функције безбедности које се налазе у свакој диструбуцији." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:31 @@ -13191,6 +16465,9 @@ "secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet " "you can still be susceptible to:" msgstr "" +"Упркос мерама које су предузете како би се обезбедила безбедност ваше " +"инсталације Убунтуа, увек постоје слабости. Као просечан корисник на " +"интернету још увек можете бити осетљиви на:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:35 @@ -13198,11 +16475,14 @@ "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information " "through deception)" msgstr "" +"Преваре упецавања (веб сајтови који покушавају да дознају поверљиве податке " +"путем обмане)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:36 msgid "Forwarding malicious emails" msgstr "" +"Прослеђивање злонамерних е-порука" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:37 @@ -13210,6 +16490,7 @@ "Applications with malicious intent " "(viruses)" msgstr "" +"Програме са лошим намерама (вируси)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:38 @@ -13217,11 +16498,13 @@ "Unauthorized remote/local network " "access" msgstr "" +"Неовлашћени удаљени/локални мрежни " +"приступ" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:41 msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да сачувате безбедност на мрежи, упамтите добро следеће савете:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:44 @@ -13229,6 +16512,8 @@ "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do " "not know." msgstr "" +"Припазите на е-пошту, прилоге, или везе које су вам послали људи које не " +"познајете." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:45 @@ -13238,6 +16523,10 @@ "you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is " "compromised by identity thieves or other criminals." msgstr "" +"Ако је понуда веб сајта превише добра да би била истинита, или ако вам тражи " +"поверљиве податке који изгледају неопходни, размислите два пута о томе које " +"податке шаљете и о могућим последицама ако тај податак злоупотребе крадљивци " +"идентитета или други зликовци." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:48 @@ -13247,6 +16536,11 @@ "used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with " "root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation." msgstr "" +"Будите пажљиви приликом додељивања овлашћења на нивоу администратора неком програму, нарочито " +"онима које пре тога нисте користили или програмима који су слабо познати. " +"Обезбедити било коме/било шта са овлашћењима на нивоу администратора излаже " +"ваш рачунар високом нивоу искоришћавања." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-security-tips.page:51 @@ -13257,6 +16551,11 @@ "firewall-on-off\">firewall to help protect your computer from " "intrusion." msgstr "" +"Будите сигурни да сте покренули само неопходне услуге удаљеног приступа. " +"Покретање безбедне шкољке или ВНЦ-а може бити корисно, али такође оставља " +"ваш рачунар отвореним за упаде ако није обезбеђен на прави начин. Размотрите " +"употребу мрежне баријере да " +"заштитите рачунар од упада." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-slow.page:15 @@ -13264,6 +16563,8 @@ "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it " "could be a busy time of day." msgstr "" +"Можда преузимате нешто друго, имате лошу везу, или је време дневне " +"презаузетости." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-slow.page:19 @@ -13276,6 +16577,8 @@ "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of " "things that could be causing the slow down." msgstr "" +"Ако користите интернет и изгледа да је спор, има доста ствари које могу да " +"проузрокују успоравање." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-slow.page:23 @@ -13284,11 +16587,15 @@ "the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things " "that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)" msgstr "" +"Покушатје да затворите веб прегледник и да га затим поново отворите, и да " +"прекинете везу са интернетом и да се поново повежете. (Када ово урадите " +"вратићете подешавања многих ствари које могу да проузрокују да успорени рад " +"интернета.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:27 msgid "Busy time of day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Време дневне заузетости" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:28 @@ -13302,11 +16609,18 @@ "this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the " "evenings, for example)." msgstr "" +"Достављачи интернет услуга обично подешавају интернет везе тако да су дељене " +"између неколико домаћинстава. Чак и када сте повезани засебно, преко ваше " +"личне телефонске линије или кабловске везе, веза са осталим интернетом на " +"телефонској размени може заправо бити дељена. Ако је ово случај и много " +"ваших суседа користе интернет у исто време када и ви, приметићете успорење. " +"Највероватније да ће вам се ово дешавати у време када су ваши суседи на " +"интернету (у вечерњим сатима, на пример)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:32 msgid "Downloading lots of things at once" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преузимање превише ствари одједном" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:33 @@ -13315,11 +16629,14 @@ "several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not " "be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower." msgstr "" +"Ако ви или неко други користећи вашу интернет везу преузима неколико ствари " +"одједном, или гледа снимке, интернет веза неће бити довољно брза да би " +"задовољила потражњу. У том случају, осетиће се успорење." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:37 msgid "Unreliable connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Непоуздана веза" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:38 @@ -13328,11 +16645,14 @@ "those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference " "center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable." msgstr "" +"Неке интернет везе су заправо непоуздане, посебно оне привремене или оне у " +"областима велике потражње. Ако се налазите у препуном кафеу или у центру за " +"конференције, интернет веза може бити презаузета или једноставно непоуздана." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:42 msgid "Low wireless connection signal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Слаб сигнал бежичне везе" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:43 @@ -13341,11 +16661,14 @@ "menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the " "internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal." msgstr "" +"Ако сте на интернет повезани бежично (вајфај), проверите иконицу мреже на " +"траци изборника да видите да ли имате добар бежични сигнал. Ако не, интернет " +"може бити спор зато што немате врло јак сигнал." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:47 msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Коришћење слабије мобилне интернет везе" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:48 @@ -13356,11 +16679,15 @@ "broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection " "like GPRS." msgstr "" +"Ако имате мобилну интернет везу и приметите да је спора, можда сте се " +"преселили у област са слабијим пријемом сигнала. Када до овога дође, " +"интернет веза ће се сама пребацити са брзе „мобилне широкопојасне“ везе као " +"што је 3Г на поузданију, али спорију, везу као што је ГПРС." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:52 msgid "Web browser has a problem" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Веб прегледник има проблеме" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-slow.page:53 @@ -13371,6 +16698,11 @@ "long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then " "opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference." msgstr "" +"Понекад веб прегледник наиђе на проблем који га успори. До овога долази из " +"многобројних разлога — посетили сте веб сајт за који се веб прегледник " +"трудио да га учита, или вам је веб прегледник био отворен превише дуго, на " +"пример. Покушајте да затворите све прозоре прегледника и да га након тога " +"поново отворите да видите да ли има разлике." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16 @@ -13378,11 +16710,13 @@ "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to " "set up a VPN connection." msgstr "" +"ВПН вам омогућава да се повежете на локалну мрежу преко интернета. Научите " +"како да подесите ВПН везу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 msgid "Connect to a VPN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повезивање на ВПН" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22 @@ -13397,6 +16731,14 @@ "to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to " "without logging in." msgstr "" +"ВПН (или Виртуелна лична мрежа) је начин повезивања на локалну " +"мрежу преко интернета. На пример, рецимо да желите да се повежете на локалну " +"мрежу на вашем радном месту док сте на службеном путу. Негде ћете наћи везу " +"на интернет (у хотелу) и затим ћете се повезати на ВПН вашег радног места. " +"То ће бити исто као да сте се директно повезали на мрежу на послу, али ће " +"стварна мрежна веза бити преко интернет везе хотела. ВПН мреже су обично " +"шифроване да би спречиле друге да без пријављивања приступе " +"локалној мрежи на коју сте повезани." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28 @@ -13408,6 +16750,12 @@ "and search for the network-manager package which works with your " "VPN (if there is one) and install it." msgstr "" +"Постоји велики број различитих врста ВПН-а. Можда ћете морати да инсталирате " +"неки додатни софтвер у зависности на коју врсту ВПН-а се повезујете. " +"Сазнајте детаље везе од онога ко је задужен за ВПН и видите који ВПН " +"клијент треба да користите. Затим, отворите Убунтуов софтвер " +"и потражите пакет network-manager који ради са вашим ВПН-ом (ако " +"га има) и инсталирајте га." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34 @@ -13417,11 +16765,15 @@ "that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some " "different instructions to get that working." msgstr "" +"Ако не постоји Управник мреже за вашу врсту ВПН-а, вероватно ћете морати да " +"преузмете и да инсталирате неки софтвер клијент од компаније која обезбеђује " +"ВПН софтвер. Вероватно ћете морати да пратите мало другачија упутства како " +"бисте га оспособили за рад." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:38 msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Када је то готово, можете подесити ВПН везу:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42 @@ -13429,12 +16781,14 @@ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN " "Connections, select Configure VPN." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника, и под ВПН " +"везе, изаберите Подеси ВПН." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46 msgid "" "Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Додај и изаберите коју врсту ВПН везе имате." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50 @@ -13442,6 +16796,8 @@ "Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering " "details like your username and password as you go." msgstr "" +"Кликните Направи и пратите упутства на екрану, уневши детаље као " +"што је ваше корисничко име и лозинка." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54 @@ -13451,6 +16807,10 @@ "connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the " "network icon will change as it tries to connect." msgstr "" +"Када сте завршили подешавање ВПН-а, кликните на изборник мреже на " +"траци изборника, идите на ВПН везе и кликните на везу коју сте " +"управо направили. Покушаће да успостави ВПН везу — иконица мреже ће се " +"променити док буде покушавао да се повеже." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:59 @@ -13460,6 +16820,10 @@ "network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the " "VPN tab." msgstr "" +"На срећу, успешно ћете се повезати на ВПН. Ако до тога не дође, мораћете два " +"пута да проверите ВПН подешавања која сте унели. Ово можете да урадите " +"кликом на изборник мреже, затим изаберите Уреди везе и идите на " +"језичак ВПН." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:64 @@ -13467,11 +16831,13 @@ "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select " "Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection." msgstr "" +"Да искључите ВПН, кликните на изборник мреже и изаберите Прекини " +"везу испод назива ваше ВПН везе." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:15 msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ИП адреса је као телефонски број за ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:19 @@ -13484,6 +16850,8 @@ "\"IP address\" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each " "device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one." msgstr "" +"„ИП адреса“ значи Адреса интернет протокола, и сваки уређај који је " +"повезан на мрежу (као што је интернет) има једну." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:23 @@ -13493,6 +16861,11 @@ "Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your " "computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers." msgstr "" +"ИП адреса је слична вашем телефонском броју. Ваш телефонски број је " +"јединствени скуп бројева који одређује ваш телефон тако да вас други људи " +"могу звати. Слично овоме, ИП адреса је јединствени скуп бројева који " +"одређују ваш рачунар тако да може да шаље и да прима податке са других " +"рачунара." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25 @@ -13500,6 +16873,8 @@ "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated " "by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address." msgstr "" +"Тренутно, већина ИП адреса се састоји од четири скупа бројева, раздвојених " +"тачкама. 192.168.1.42 је један пример ИП адресе." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27 @@ -13511,6 +16886,11 @@ "typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as " "administering a server." msgstr "" +"ИП адреса може бити или динамичка или статичка. Динамичке " +"ИП адресе се привремено додељују сваки пут када се ваш рачунар повеже на " +"мрежу. Статичке ИП адресе су сталне, и не мењају се. Динамичке ИП адресе су " +"општије од статичких адреса — статичке адресе се углавном користе само тамо " +"где постоји нарочита потреба за њима, као што је администрација сервера." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wired.page:11 @@ -13518,6 +16898,8 @@ "Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses…" msgstr "" +"Жичане интернет везе, Сталне ИП адресе…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wired.page:22 @@ -13530,11 +16912,13 @@ "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a " "network cable." msgstr "" +"Да подесите већину жичаних мрежних веза, све што треба да урадите је да " +"повежете мрежни кабал." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wired-connect.page:19 msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите се на жичану мрежу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:21 @@ -13543,6 +16927,10 @@ "network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few " "seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected." msgstr "" +"Да подесите већину жичаних мрежних веза, све што треба да урадите је да " +"прикључите мрежни кабал. Иконица мреже на траци изборника треба да пулсира " +"неколико секунде а затим ће се променити у иконицу „прикључнице“ када се " +"повежете." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:23 @@ -13554,6 +16942,12 @@ "(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the " "Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active." msgstr "" +"Ако до овога не дође, као прво уверите се да је ваш мрежни кабал прикључен. " +"Један крај кабла треба бити прикључен у правоугаону мрежну прикључницу на " +"вашем рачунару, други крај треба бити прикључен у прекидач, усмеривач, зидну " +"мрежну прикључницу или слично (у зависности од мрежног подешавања које " +"имате). Понекад, светло иза мрежног порта ће указати да је прикључен и " +"активан." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:26 @@ -13562,6 +16956,9 @@ "(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you " "should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch." msgstr "" +"Не можете да прикључите један рачунар директно у други мрежним каблом " +"(барем, не без неких посебних подешавања). Да повежете два рачунара, требате " +"оба да их прикључите у мрежни чвор, усмеривач или прекидач." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wired-connect.page:29 @@ -13570,14 +16967,17 @@ "(DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it " "manually." msgstr "" +"Ако још увек нисте повезани, ваша мрежа не подржава аутоматско подешавање " +"(ДХЦП). У том случају мораћете да га подесите " +"ручно." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13591,99 +16991,106 @@ "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and " "its network connections." msgstr "" +"Користите ад-хок мрежу да дозволите другим уређајима да се повежу на ваш " +"рачунар и на његове мрежне везе." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:25 msgid "Create a wireless hotspot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Направите бежичну врућу тачку" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" +"Отворите Мрежа и изаберите Бежична на левој страни." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Искључите бежичну (режим у авиону)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " "also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery " "power, for example). To do this:" msgstr "" +"Ако сте понели рачунар и налазите се у авиону (или на неком другом месту на " +"коме бежичне везе нису дозвољене), требате да угасите вашу бежичну везу. " +"Можда ћете морати да искључите вашу бежичну везу из других разлога (да " +"сачувате батерију, на пример). Да урадите ово:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приступите интернету — бежично." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26 msgid "Connect to a wireless network" -msgstr "Повежите се на бежичну мрежу" +msgstr "Повезивање на бежичну мрежу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28 @@ -13692,6 +17099,9 @@ "network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared " "files on the network, and so on." msgstr "" +"Ако имате рачунар са бежичном картицом, можете да се повежете на бежичну " +"мрежу којој сте у домету да бисте добили приступ интернету, видели дељене " +"датотеке на мрежи, и тако даље." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32 @@ -13699,12 +17109,14 @@ "If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it " "is turned on." msgstr "" +"Ако на рачунару имате хардверски прекидач за бежичну везу, проверите да ли " +"је укључен." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13715,6 +17127,10 @@ "don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden." msgstr "" +"Ако назив мреже није на списку, изаберите Још мрежа да видите да " +"ли је мрежа при дну списка. Ако још увек не видите мрежу, може бити да сте " +"ван домета или да је мрежа можда " +"скривена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38 @@ -13723,6 +17139,9 @@ "wepwpa\">encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click " "Connect." msgstr "" +"Ако је мрежа заштићена лозинком (кључем " +"шифровања), унесите је када вам буде била затражена и кликните на " +"Успостави везу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39 @@ -13731,6 +17150,9 @@ "wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have " "to ask the person who administers the wireless network." msgstr "" +"Ако не знате кључ, може бити да је записан на полеђини бежичног усмеривача " +"или основне поставе или у приручнику упутства, или ћете морати да питате " +"особу која администрира бежичну мрежу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40 @@ -13738,6 +17160,8 @@ "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect " "to the network." msgstr "" +"Иконица мреже ће променити изглед како рачунар буде покушавао да се повеже " +"на мрежу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42 @@ -13747,6 +17171,9 @@ "there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very " "reliable." msgstr "" +"Ако је повезивање успешно обављено, иконица ће се променити у тачкице са " +"неколико усправних штапића изнад. Више штапића означавају јачу везу са " +"мрежом. Мање штапића значи да је веза слаба и неће бити много поуздана." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46 @@ -13759,6 +17186,12 @@ "wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help." msgstr "" +"Ако повезивање на мрежу није успешно, од вас може бити затражено да поново унесете вашу лозинку или " +"вас може обавестити да је веза са мрежом прекинута. Узрок овоме може бити " +"велики број ствари. Можда сте унели погрешну лозинку, бежични сигнал може " +"бити превише слаб, или можда бежична картица вашег рачунара није исправна. " +"За више помоћи погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48 @@ -13770,6 +17203,11 @@ "the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different " "speeds." msgstr "" +"Јача веза на бежичну мрежу не мора обавезно да значи да ћете имати бржу везу " +"на интернет, или да ћете имати веће брзине преузимања. Бежична веза повезује " +"ваш рачунар на уређај који обезбеђује везу на интернет (на " +"усмеривач или модем), али ове две везе су заправо различите, тако да ће " +"радити при другачијим брзинама." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:21 @@ -13777,11 +17215,13 @@ "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect " "properly." msgstr "" +"Можете имати слаб сигнал, или вам мрежа неће дозволити да се исправно " +"повежете." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:25 msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто се моја бежична мрежа непрестано прекида?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:27 @@ -13792,6 +17232,11 @@ "menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, " "especially if you were using the internet at the time." msgstr "" +"Можете увидети да је дошло до прекида бежичне везе чак и када желите да " +"останете повезани. Ваш рачунар ће покушати да се поново повеже чим до овога " +"дође (иконица мреже на горњој траци ће приказати три тачкице ако буде " +"покушавао да се повеже), али ово може бити заморно, нарочито ако сте за то " +"време користили интернет." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:30 @@ -13807,6 +17252,11 @@ "enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you " "and the base station can also weaken the signal." msgstr "" +"Уобичајени разлог прекидања бежичне везе је тај да имате слаб сигнал. " +"Бежичне мреже имају ограничени домет, и ако сте превише далеко од бежичне " +"базне станице нећете бити у могућности да ухватите довољно јак сигнал да " +"одржите везу. Зидови и други предмети између вас и базне станице могу такође " +"да ослабе сигнал." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:34 @@ -13814,11 +17264,14 @@ "The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal " "is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station." msgstr "" +"Иконица мреже на траци изборника приказује колико је јак ваш бежични сигнал. " +"Ако сигнал изгледа слаб, покушајте да се преместите ближе до бежичне базне " +"станице." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:39 msgid "Network connection not being established properly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мрежна веза није исправно успостављена" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:41 @@ -13830,6 +17283,11 @@ "connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so " "was disconnected." msgstr "" +"Понекад, када се повежете на бежичну мрежу, на први поглед може изгледати да " +"сте успешно повезани, али ће се веза прекинути убрзо након тога. Ово се " +"обично дешава зато што је ваш рачунар само делимично био успешан у " +"повезивању на мрежу — успео је да успостави везу, али није био у могућности " +"да доврши везу из неког разлога те је веза прекинута." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:43 @@ -13838,11 +17296,14 @@ "passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because " "the network requires a username to log in, for example)." msgstr "" +"Могући разлог због чега је то тако је тај да сте унели погрешну бежичну " +"лозинку, или да вашем рачунару није допуштен приступ мрежи (зато што мрежа " +"захтева корисничко име за пријављивање, на пример)." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:48 msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Непоуздани бежични хардвер/управљачки програми" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:50 @@ -13854,11 +17315,17 @@ "connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens " "very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware." msgstr "" +"Неки хардвер бежичне мреже може бити помало непоуздан. Бежичне мреже су " +"сложене, тако да бежична картица и базна станица повремено наилазе на мање " +"проблеме и одбацују везе. Ово је заморно, али се дешава поприлично често са " +"многим уређајима. Ако вам се бежична веза прекида с времена на време, ово " +"може бити једини разлог. Ако се ово дешава врло често, можете да размотрите " +"набавку неке друге бежичне картице." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:55 msgid "Busy wireless networks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заузете бежичне мреже" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:57 @@ -13868,69 +17335,78 @@ "Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of " "the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected." msgstr "" +"Бежичне мреже на прометним местима (на универзитетима, у кафеима, на пример) " +"често имају много рачунара који одједном покушавају да се повежу на њих. " +"Понекад ове мреже постају толико заузете и не могу да одраде све рачунаре " +"који покушавају да се повежу, тако да са некима од њих веза бива прекинута." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Уредите бежичну везу" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " "are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks." msgstr "" +"Већина мрежа ће радити добро ако оставите ове поставке на фабричке " +"вредности, тако да вероватно не треба да измените ни једну од њих. Многе од " +"опција овде су дате како би вам дале већу контролу над напреднијим мрежама." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Повежи аутоматски" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" +"Означите ову опцију ако желите да рачунар покуша да се повеже на ту бежичну " +"мрежу кад год је у домету." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Доступно свим корисницима" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,39 +17415,43 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Бежична веза" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "ССИД" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " "have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the " "settings of your wireless router or base station)." msgstr "" +"Ово је назив бежичне мреже на коју се повезујете, иначе познат као " +"Одредник скупа услуга. Не мењајте ово осим ако нисте изменили назив " +"бежичне мреже (на пример, променом подешавања бежичног усмеривача или базне " +"станице)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Режим" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13980,79 +17460,90 @@ "another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though." msgstr "" +"Користите ово да одредите да ли се повезујете на инфраструктурну " +"мрежу (када се рачунари бежично повезују на централну базну станицу или " +"усмеривач) или на ад-хок мрежу (где не постоји базна станица, а " +"рачунари на мрежи се повезују један са другим). Већина мрежа су " +"инфраструктурне; можда ћете ипак желети да подесите вашу сопствену ад-хок мрежу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "БССИД" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " "Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a " "network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory." msgstr "" +"А МАК адреса је код који одређује део " +"мрежног хардвера (на пример, бежична картица, мрежна картица или усмеривач). " +"Сваки уређај који можете да повежете са мрежом има јединствену МАК адресу " +"која му је дата у фабрици." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" +"Ова опција се може користити за мењање МАК адресе ваше мрежне картице." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Клонирана МАК адреса" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "МТУ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14061,64 +17552,74 @@ "for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the " "connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting." msgstr "" +"Ова поставка мења Највећу јединицу преноса, што је највећа величина " +"комада података који се може послати преко мреже. Када се шаљу датотеке " +"преко мреже, подаци се деле на мале комаде (или пакете). Оптимална МТУ за " +"вашу мрежу ће зависити од тога колико је вјероватноћа да пакети могу бити " +"изгубљени (због бучне везе) и колико је брза веза. У принципу, не би требало " +"да промените ову поставку." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Бежична безбедност" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безбедност" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" -msgstr "Подешавања за ИПв4" +msgstr "ИПв4 подешавања" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " "different ways of getting/setting that information." msgstr "" +"Користите ову картицу да одредите податке као што су ИП адреса рачунара и " +"који ДНС сервер треба да користи. Промените Начин да видите " +"различите начине добијања/подешавања тог податка." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доступни су следећи начини:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" -msgstr "Аутоматски (ДХЦП)" +msgstr "Самостално (ДХЦП)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14126,34 +17627,39 @@ "should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically " "be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP." msgstr "" +"Добавите информације као што је ИП адреса и ДНС сервер за коришћење са " +"ДХЦП сервера. ДХЦП сервер је рачунар (или други уређај, попут " +"усмеривача) који је повезан са мрежом који одлучује која подешавања мреже " +"ваш рачунар треба да има — када се први пут повежете на мрежу, аутоматски ће " +"вам бити додељена исправна подешавања. Већина мрежа користи ДХЦП." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Само аутоматске (ДХЦП) адресе" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Вежи само локално" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14162,32 +17668,48 @@ "This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together " "so they communicate with each other." msgstr "" +"Свежи-локално је начин повезивања рачунара заједно на мрежи без " +"потребе за ДХЦП сервером или ручним одређивањем ИП адресе и других " +"информација. Ако се повежете на мрежу Свежи-локално, рачунари на мрежи ће " +"одлучити између себе коју ће ИП адресу да користе и тако даље. Ово је " +"корисно ако желите да привремено спојите неколико рачунара заједно тако да " +"комуницирају једни са другима." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Искључено" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "ИПв6 подешавања" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14196,11 +17718,13 @@ "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless " "networks nearby, or you might be out of range." msgstr "" +"Може бити да је бежична веза искључена или оштећена, да има превише бежичних " +"мрежа у близини, или сте ван опсега." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-find.page:21 msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не могу да видим моју бежичну везу на списку" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:23 @@ -14209,6 +17733,9 @@ "network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network " "icon on the menu bar." msgstr "" +"Постоји велики број разлога зашто нећете бити у могућности да видите вашу " +"бежичну мрежу на списку доступних мрежа које ће се појавити када кликнете на " +"иконицу мреже на траци изборника." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:27 @@ -14217,6 +17744,9 @@ "off, or it may not be working " "properly. Make sure it is turned on." msgstr "" +"Ако на списку није приказана ниједна мрежа, можда је искључена ваша бежична " +"картица, или уопште не " +"ради. Проверите да ли је укључена." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:31 @@ -14226,6 +17756,10 @@ "the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover " "your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks." msgstr "" +"Ако у близини има много бежичних мрежа, можда мрежа коју тражите није на " +"првој страници списка. У том случају, потражите при дну списка стрелицу која " +"указује напред десно и поставите вашег миша изнад ње да прикажете остале " +"бежичне мреже." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:35 @@ -14233,6 +17767,9 @@ "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless " "base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while." msgstr "" +"Можда се налазите ван домета мреже. Покушајте да се приближите бежичној " +"базној станици/усмеривачу и погледајте да ли се мрежа појављује на списку " +"после тога." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:39 @@ -14241,6 +17778,9 @@ "on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so " "and then check if the network has appeared in the list." msgstr "" +"Потребно је мало времена да би се списак мрежа ажурирао. Ако сте управо " +"упалили ваш рачунар или сте се преместили на неко друго место, сачекајте " +"неки минут и након тога проверите да ли су се мреже појавиле на списку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-find.page:43 @@ -14248,61 +17788,83 @@ "The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network." msgstr "" +"Мрежа може бити скривена. Треба да се повежете на други начин ако је то скривена мрежа." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повежите се на скривену бежичну мрежу" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " "click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on " "any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:" msgstr "" +"Могуће је подесити бежичну мрежу тако да буде „скривена“. Скривене мреже " +"неће бити приказане на списку бежичних мрежа које се приказују када кликнете " +"на изборник мреже на траци изборника (или на списку бежичних мрежа на било " +"ком другом рачунару). Да се повежете на скривену бежичну мрежу:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" +"У прозору који се појави, упишите назив мреже, изаберите врсту бежичне " +"безбедности, и кликните Повежи се." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " "(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: " "02:00:01:02:03:04." msgstr "" +"Можда ћете морати да проверите подешавања бежичне приступне тачке или " +"усмеривача да видите назив мреже. Понекад се назива БССИД " +"(Показатељ скупа основних услуга), који изгледа отприлике овако " +"02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" +"Такође би требало да проверите подешавања безбедности бежичне приступне " +"тачке. Потражите термине као што су ВЕП и ВПА." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " "is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still " "detectable." msgstr "" +"Можда ћете помислити да ће скривање ваше бежичне мреже да повећа безбедност " +"спречавајући остале који за њу не знају да се повежу. У пракси, то није " +"случај; нешто је теже наћи мрежу али је још увек могуће открити је." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:15 @@ -14310,11 +17872,13 @@ "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, " "turn the wireless card off and on again…" msgstr "" +"Два пута проверите лозинку, покушајте да користите пропусни кључ уместо " +"лозинке, искључите бежичну картицу и поново је укључите…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:19 msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Унео сам исправну лозинку, али још увек не могу да се повежем" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:21 @@ -14323,11 +17887,14 @@ "wepwpa\">wireless password but you still can't successfully connect " "to a wireless network, try some of the following:" msgstr "" +"Ако сте сигурни да сте унели исправну лозинку за бежичну али још увек не можете успешно да се " +"повежете на бежичну мрежу, покушајте нешто од следећег:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25 msgid "Double-check that you have the right password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите два пута да ли имате тачну лозинку" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:26 @@ -14336,11 +17903,13 @@ "case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters " "wrong." msgstr "" +"Лозинке су осетљиве на величину слова (важно је да ли садрже велика или мала " +"слова), и зато проверите да нисте нешто погрешно записали." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30 msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покушајте хекса или АСКРИ пропусни кључ" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:31 @@ -14354,11 +17923,19 @@ "Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted " "connection)." msgstr "" +"Лозинка коју сте унели може такође бити представљена на другачији начин — " +"као ниска хексадецималних знакова (бројеви 0-9 и слова a-f) званих пропусни " +"кључ. Свака лозинка има одговарајући пропусни кључ. Ако имате приступ " +"пропусном кључу као и лозинци/пропусној речи, покушајте уместо тога да " +"упишете пропусни кључ. Уверите се да сте изабрали тачну опцију бежичне " +"безбедности када вам буде затражена ваша лозинка (на пример, изаберите " +"ВЕП 40/128-битни кључ ако уписујете 40 знакова пропусног кључа за " +"ВЕП-шифровану везу)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35 msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покушајте да искључите и да поново укључите бежичну картицу" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:36 @@ -14367,11 +17944,15 @@ "they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - " "see for more information." msgstr "" +"Понекад бежичне картице запну или наиђу на мањи проблем што значи да се неће " +"повезати. Покушајте да искључите картицу и након тога да је поново укључите " +"да бисте је поново подесили — погледајте за више података." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40 msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли користите одговарајућу врсту бежичне безбедности" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:41 @@ -14382,11 +17963,16 @@ "sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, " "use trial and error to go through the different options." msgstr "" +"Када вам буде била затражена лозинка бежичне безбедности, можете да " +"изаберете коју ћете врсту бежичне безбедности да користите. Уверите се да " +"сте изабрали ону коју користе усмеривач или бежична базна станица. Ово треба " +"да је изабрано по основи, али некада не бива из неких разлога. Ако не знате " +"која је, користите покушај и грешку да прођете разне опције." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45 msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли је бежична картица правилно подржана" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:46 @@ -14398,6 +17984,12 @@ "firmware). See for " "more information." msgstr "" +"Неке бежичне картице нису подржане како треба. Прикажу се као бежична веза, " +"али не могу да се повежу на мрежу зато што њихови управљачки програми нису у " +"стању да то остваре. Погледајте да ли можете да набавите неки други бежични " +"управљачки програм, или ако морате да извршите неко додатно подешавање (као " +"инсталирање другачијег уграђеног програма). Погледајте за више података." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:12 @@ -14406,12 +17998,12 @@ #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:11 msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приложници викија Убунтуове документације" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:20 msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите и исправите проблеме са бежичним везама" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24 @@ -14419,7 +18011,7 @@ #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:27 msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решавање проблема бежичне мреже" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26 @@ -14428,6 +18020,9 @@ "wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some " "reason, try following the instructions here." msgstr "" +"Ово је водич корак по корак за решавање проблема који ће вам помоћи да " +"одредите и исправите бежичне проблеме. Ако не можете да се повежете на " +"бежичну мрежу из неких разлога, покушајте да испратите ова упутства." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28 @@ -14435,61 +18030,74 @@ "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected " "to the internet:" msgstr "" +"Наставићемо са следећим корацима да бисмо остварили повезивање вашег " +"рачунара на интернет:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30 msgid "Performing an initial check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извршавање почетне провере" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31 msgid "Gathering information about your hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикупљање података о вашим компонентама" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32 msgid "Checking your hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверавање ваших компоненти" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33 msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покушај стварања везе са вашим бежичним усмеривачем" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34 msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извршавање провере вашег модема и усмеривача" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " "through each step in the guide." msgstr "" +"Да започнете, кликните на везу Следеће горе десно на страници. Ова " +"веза, и друге као она на наредним страницама, ће вас провести кроз све " +"кораке у водичу." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Коришћење линије наредби" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " "the Dash." msgstr "" +"Нека од упутстава у овом водичу траже од вас да уписујете наредбе у " +"линији наредби (Терминал). Можете да пронађете програм „Терминал“ у " +"Полетнику." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " "case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), " "and to press Enter after typing each command to run it." msgstr "" +"Ако нисте искусни у коришћењу линије наредби, не брините — овај водич ће вас " +"водити при сваком кораку. Све што треба да запамтите је да су наредбе " +"осетљиве на величину слова (зато морате да их уписујете тачно онако " +"како се овде појављују), и да притиснете Унеси након уписивања " +"сваке наредбе да је покренете." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18 @@ -14497,11 +18105,13 @@ "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so " "you may need to find a better one." msgstr "" +"Неки управљачки програми уређаја неће радити како треба са одређеним " +"бежичним адаптерима, тако да ћете морати да пронађете бољи." #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23 msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уверите се да су инсталирани управљачки програми радног уређаја" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:27 @@ -14513,12 +18123,19 @@ "drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for " "the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:" msgstr "" +"У овом кораку можете да проверите да видите да ли можете да набавите радне " +"управљачке програме уређаја за ваш бежични адаптер. Управљачки програм " +"уређаја је комад софтвера који говори рачунару како да натера " +"хардверски уређај да ради исправно. Чак и ако је бежични адаптер препознат " +"од стране рачунара, можда нема управљачке програме који раде добро. Можете " +"бити у могућности да пронађете другачије управљачке програме за бежични " +"адаптер који ће завршити посао. Покушајте неку од следећих опција:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34 msgid "" "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли је ваш бежични адаптер на списку подржаних уређаја" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:35 @@ -14534,11 +18151,22 @@ "see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to " "use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working." msgstr "" +"Већина дистрибуција Линукса садржи списак бежичних уређаја за које имају " +"подршку. Понекад, ови спискови обезбеђују додатне податке о томе како да " +"оспособите да управљачки програми раде исправно за одређене адаптере. Идите " +"на списак за вашу дистрибуцију (на пример, Уб" +"унту, Федору или опенСУСЕ) и " +"погледајте да ли се марка и модел вашег бежичног адаптера налази на списку. " +"Бићете у могућности да одатле искористите неке податке да бисте оспособили " +"за рад ваше бежичне управљачке програме." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:44 msgid "Look for additional open or proprietary drivers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потражите додатне слободне и власничке управљачке програме" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45 @@ -14548,6 +18176,11 @@ "to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers." msgstr "" +"Иако Убунту садржи подршку за велике количине уређаја, неки управљачки " +"програми треба да се инсталирају одвојено. Користите алат Додатни " +"управљачки програми да извршите проверу за тим додатним отвореним или " +"власничким управљачким " +"програмима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:51 @@ -14555,21 +18188,23 @@ "Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме на крајњој десној страни траке изборника и изаберите " +"Подешавања система." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54 msgid "In the System section, click Software & Updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У одељку Систем, кликните на Програми и ажурирања." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:57 msgid "Switch to the Additional Drivers tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребаците се на језичак Додатни управљачки програми." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:65 msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Употребите Виндоузове управљачке програме за ваш адаптер" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66 @@ -14586,6 +18221,18 @@ "_Page\">here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through " "NDISwrapper." msgstr "" +"Уопштено, не можете да користите управљачке програме уређаја осмишљене за " +"један оперативни систем (као што је Виндоуз) на другом оперативном систему " +"(као што је Линукс). Зато што они на другачије начине рукују уређајима. За " +"бежичне адаптере, међутим, можете да инсталирате слој сагласности под " +"називом НДИСомотач који вам допуштају да користите неке Виндоузове " +"бежичне управљачке програме на Линуксу. Ово је корисно зато што бежични " +"адаптери скоро увек имају доступне Виндоузове управљачке програме, с обзиром " +"да Линуксови управљачки програми понекад нису доступни. Можете да сазнате " +"више о томе како да користите НДИСомотач овде. Знајте да не могу сви бежични управљачки програми бити " +"коришћени у НДИСомотачу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:73 @@ -14594,6 +18241,10 @@ "href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this " "page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper." msgstr "" +"Сви подаци о „ndiswrapper“ се налазе на овој " +"страници укључујући и помоћ у решавању проблема особених за " +"„ndiswrapper“." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19 @@ -14601,16 +18252,18 @@ "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been " "recognized properly by the computer." msgstr "" +"Чак и када је ваш бежични адаптер прикључен, може бити да га рачунар не " +"препозна исправно." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23 msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решавање проблема бежичне везе" #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24 msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли је препознат бежични адаптер" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26 @@ -14619,6 +18272,9 @@ "have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you " "will check whether the device was recognized properly." msgstr "" +"Чак и када је бежични адаптер прикључен на рачунар, може бити да га рачунар " +"не препознаје као мрежни уређај. У овом кораку, проверите да ли је уређај " +"исправно препознат." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:30 @@ -14628,6 +18284,10 @@ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt install " "lshw into the terminal." msgstr "" +"Отворите прозор терминала, упишите „sudo lshw -C network“ и " +"притисните Унеси. Ако ово да поруку са грешком, мораћете да " +"инсталирате програм „lshw“ на ваш рачунар тако што ћете у " +"терминалу уписати „sudo apt install lshw“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33 @@ -14636,6 +18296,9 @@ "interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you " "should see something similar (but not identical) to this:" msgstr "" +"Прегледајте испис који ће се појавити и пронађите одељак Бежични " +"уређај. Ако је ваш бежични адаптер исправно откривен, видећете нешто " +"слично (али не и исто) овоме:" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:34 @@ -14646,6 +18309,10 @@ " product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n" " vendor: Intel Corporation" msgstr "" +"*-network\n" +" опис: Wireless interface\n" +" производ: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n" +" продавац: Intel Corporation" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40 @@ -14653,6 +18320,8 @@ "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step." msgstr "" +"Ако је бежични уређај на списку, наставите на кораку управљачких програма уређаја." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:41 @@ -14663,11 +18332,16 @@ "xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA)." msgstr "" +"Ако бежични уређај није на списку, следећи корак који ћете " +"предузети зависиће од врсте уређаја који користите. Погледајте одељак испод " +"који се односи на врсту бежичног адаптера који има ваш рачунар (унутрашњи ПЦИ, УСБ, или " +"ПЦМЦИА)." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46 msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ПЦИ (унутрашњи) бежични адаптер" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:47 @@ -14676,11 +18350,15 @@ "made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was " "recognized:" msgstr "" +"Унутрашњи ПЦИ адаптери су најуобичајенији, и налазе се у већини преносних " +"рачунара направљених у последњих неколико година. Да проверите да ли је ваш " +"ПЦИ бежични адаптер препознат:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:49 msgid "Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter." msgstr "" +"Отворите терминал, упишите lspci и притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51 @@ -14692,6 +18370,12 @@ "wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the " "entry might look like:" msgstr "" +"Прегледајте списак уређаја који ће бити приказан и пронађите оне који су " +"означени као Network controller или Ethernet " +"controller. Неколико уређаја може бити означено на тај начин; онај " +"који одговара вашем бежичном адаптеру може да садржи речи као што су " +"wireless, WLAN, wifi или " +"802.11. Ево и једног примера како би ставка могла да изгледа:" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:52 @@ -14700,6 +18384,8 @@ "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network " "Connection" msgstr "" +"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network " +"Connection" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54 @@ -14710,11 +18396,15 @@ "step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, " "see the instructions below." msgstr "" +"Ако пронађете ваш бежични адаптер на списку, пређите на корак управљачких програма " +"уређаја. Ако не пронађете ништа што се односи на ваш бежични адаптер, " +"погледајте упутства испод." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59 msgid "USB wireless adapter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "УСБ бежични адаптер" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60 @@ -14726,11 +18416,18 @@ "it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was " "recognized:" msgstr "" +"Бежични адаптери који се прикључују на УСБ прикључницу на вашем рачунару су " +"мање заступљени. Могу да се прикључе директно на УСБ прикључницу, или могу " +"бити повезани УСБ каблом. 3Г/мобилни широкопојасни адаптери су по изгледу " +"врло слични бежичним адаптерима, тако да ако мислите да имате УСБ бежични " +"адаптер, два пута проверите да то није заправо 3Г адаптер. Да проверите да " +"ли је ваш УСБ бежични адаптер препознат:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62 msgid "Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter." msgstr "" +"Отворите терминал, упишите lsusb и притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64 @@ -14741,6 +18438,11 @@ "WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an " "example of what the entry might look like:" msgstr "" +"Прегледајте списак уређаја који ће бити приказан и пронађите нешто што " +"изгледа да се односи на бежични или мрежни уређај. Оно што одговара вашем " +"бежичном адаптеру може да садржи речи као што су wireless, " +"WLAN, wifi или 802.11. Ево и једног " +"примера како би ставка могла да изгледа:" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65 @@ -14749,11 +18451,13 @@ "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 " "Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card" msgstr "" +"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 " +"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72 msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите ПЦМЦИА уређај" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73 @@ -14762,22 +18466,26 @@ "side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To " "check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:" msgstr "" +"ПЦМЦИА бежични адаптери су обично правоугаоне картице које се ужлебљују са " +"стране на вашем преносном рачунару. Врло често се могу наћи у старијим " +"рачунарима. Да проверите да ли је ваш ПЦМЦИА адаптер препознат:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75 msgid "Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покрените рачунар без прикљученог бежичног адаптера." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77 msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:" msgstr "" +"Отворите терминал и упишите следеће, затим притисните Унеси:" #. (itstool) path: item/code #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78 #, no-wrap msgid "tail -f /var/log/dmesg" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tail -f /var/log/dmesg" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79 @@ -14785,6 +18493,9 @@ "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, " "and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes." msgstr "" +"Ово ће приказати списак порука које се односе на физичке компоненте вашег " +"рачунара, и самостално ће се ажурирати ако се измени нешто у вези ваших " +"физичких делова." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81 @@ -14793,6 +18504,9 @@ "the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your " "wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it." msgstr "" +"Уметните бежични адаптер у ПЦМЦИА жлеб и погледајте шта се изменило у " +"прозору терминала. Измене ће садржати неке податке о вашем бежичном " +"адаптеру. Прегледајте их и видите да ли можете да их одредите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82 @@ -14801,6 +18515,9 @@ "CtrlC. After you have done that, you " "can close the Terminal if you like." msgstr "" +"Да зауставите извршавање наредбе у терминалу, притисните " +"КтрлЦ. Након овога, можете да " +"затворите терминал ако желите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83 @@ -14810,11 +18527,15 @@ "step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, " "see the instructions below." msgstr "" +"Ако сте пронашли неке податке о вашем бежичном адаптеру, пређите на корак управљачких " +"програма уређаја. Ако не пронађете ништа што се односи на ваш бежични " +"адаптер, погледајте упутства испод." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88 msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бежични адаптер није препознат" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89 @@ -14822,6 +18543,8 @@ "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working " "properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш бежични адаптер није препознат, неће моћи да ради исправно или неће " +"бити инсталирани одговарајући управљачки програми за њега." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90 @@ -14830,6 +18553,9 @@ "website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask " "about your wireless adapter, for example." msgstr "" +"Да набавите одређенију помоћ, погледајте опције помоћи на веб сајту ваше " +"дистрибуције. Могле би да садрже дописне листе и веб ћаскања на којима бисте " +"могли да питате о вашем бежичном адаптеру, на пример." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19 @@ -14837,11 +18563,13 @@ "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in " "subsequent troubleshooting steps." msgstr "" +"Требаће вам детаљи као што је број модела вашег бежичног адаптера у наредним " +"корацима решавања проблема." #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24 msgid "Gather information about your network hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикупите податке о вашим мрежним компонентама" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:26 @@ -14853,6 +18581,12 @@ "your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the " "following items, if you still have them:" msgstr "" +"У овом кораку, прикупите податке о вашем бежичном мрежном уређају. Начин " +"решавања многих бежичних проблема зависи од марке и броја модела бежичног " +"адаптера, тако да ћете морати да прибележите те детаље. Такође може бити од " +"помоћи да имате неке од ствари које иду уз ваш рачунар, као што су дискови " +"за инсталацију управљачких програма диска. Потражите следеће ствари, ако их " +"још увек имате:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30 @@ -14860,6 +18594,8 @@ "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the " "user guide for your router)" msgstr "" +"Паковање и упутства за ваше бежичне уређаје (нарочито корисничко упутство " +"вашег усмеривача)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33 @@ -14867,6 +18603,8 @@ "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only " "contains Windows drivers)" msgstr "" +"Диск који садржи управљачке програме за ваш бежични адаптер (чак и ако " +"садржи само Виндоузове управљачке програме)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36 @@ -14875,6 +18613,8 @@ "router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of " "the device." msgstr "" +"Бројеве произвођача и модела вашег рачунара, бежичног адаптера и усмеривача. " +"Овај податак се обично налази на доњој страни или на позадини уређаја." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39 @@ -14883,6 +18623,9 @@ "devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look " "carefully." msgstr "" +"Било који број издања или ревизије који може бити одштампан на вашим " +"бежичним мрежним уређајима или њиховим паковањима. Ово нарочито може бити " +"корисно, зато тражите пажљиво." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:42 @@ -14890,6 +18633,8 @@ "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its " "\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses." msgstr "" +"Било шта на диску управљачког програма што одређује сам уређај, издање " +"његовог „угњежденог програма“, или компоненте (чипсет) које користи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:46 @@ -14899,12 +18644,18 @@ "computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way " "of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)" msgstr "" +"Ако је могуће, покушајте да омогућите приступ некој другој радној интернет " +"вези како бисте могли да преузмете софтвер и управљачке програме ако је " +"потребно. (Прикључивање вашег рачунара директно у усмеривач помоћу мрежног " +"кабла је један начин постизања овога, али га прикључите само када морате.)" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48 msgid "" "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next." msgstr "" +"Када будете имали што је више могуће ових ствари, кликните " +"Следеће." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23 @@ -14912,11 +18663,13 @@ "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next " "few troubleshooting steps." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да су једноставна мрежна подешавања исправна и припремите се за " +"неколико следећих корака решавања проблема." #. (itstool) path: page/subtitle #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28 msgid "Perform an initial connection check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извршите проверу почетка везе" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30 @@ -14926,6 +18679,10 @@ "caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being " "turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps." msgstr "" +"У овом кораку проверићете неке основне податке о вашој вези бежичне мреже. " +"Овиме ћете да се уверите да ваш проблем умрежавања није изазван неким " +"једноставним проблемом, као што је искључена бежична мрежа, и да се " +"припремите за неколико следећих корака у решавању проблема." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:34 @@ -14933,6 +18690,8 @@ "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet " "connection." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да ваш преносни рачунар није повезан на жичану интернет " +"везу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:37 @@ -14941,6 +18700,9 @@ "card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into " "the proper slot on your computer." msgstr "" +"Ако имате спољни бежични адаптер (као што је УСБ адаптер, или ПЦМЦИА картица " +"који се прикључују на преносни рачунар), уверите се да је чврсто уметнут у " +"одговарајућем жлебу на вашем рачунару." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:40 @@ -14949,6 +18711,10 @@ "wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless " "switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys." msgstr "" +"Ако је ваша бежична картица унутар вашег рачунара, уверите се да је " +"бежични прекидач постављен на упаљено (ако постоји). Преносни рачунари често " +"имају бежичне прекидаче које можете да укључите/искључите притиском на " +"комбинацију тастера на тастатури." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43 @@ -14956,6 +18722,8 @@ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the " "Enable Wireless setting is checked." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника и уверите се да је " +"означено подешавање Укључи бежичну." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:46 @@ -14963,6 +18731,9 @@ "Open the Terminal and run the command nmcli dev to see if your " "wireless network adapter is listed. Its state should be connected." msgstr "" +"Отворите терминал и покрените наредбу „nmcli dev“ да видите да ли " +"је ваш адаптер бежичне мреже на списку. Његово стање би требало бити " +"„connected“ (повезан)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:50 @@ -14973,6 +18744,11 @@ "your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or " "contact your ISP for support." msgstr "" +"Ако сте повезани на ваш бежични усмеривач, али још увек не можете да " +"приступите интернету, ваш усмеривач није исправно подешен, или је ваш " +"достављач интернет услуга (ИСП) наишао на техничке проблеме. Прегледајте ваш " +"усмеривач и водич ИСП подешавања да се уверите да су подешавања исправна, " +"или потражите помоћ од вашег ИСП-а." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:52 @@ -14981,16 +18757,19 @@ "to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the " "troubleshooting guide." msgstr "" +"Ако наредба „nmcli dev“ не покаже да сте били повезани на мрежу, " +"кликните Даље да пређете на следећи део водича за решавање " +"проблема." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15 msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ВЕП и ВПА су начини шифровања података на бежичним мрежама." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:19 msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта значи ВЕП и ВПА?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:21 @@ -15002,6 +18781,12 @@ "Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is " "the second version of the WPA standard." msgstr "" +"ВЕП и ВПА (заједно са ВПА2) су називи различитих алата за шифровање " +"коришћених за обезбеђивање ваше бежичне мреже. Шифровање маскира мрежну везу " +"тако да нико не може да је „ослушкује“ и да види које веб странице " +"посећујете, на пример. ВЕП значи Жичани еквивалент приватности, а " +"ВПА значи Бежични заштићени приступ. ВПА2 је друго издање ВПА " +"стандарда." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23 @@ -15012,17 +18797,22 @@ "router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your " "wireless network." msgstr "" +"Коришћење неког шифровања је увек боље него не користити ништа, али " +"је ВЕП најмање безбедан од ових стандарда, и не бисте требали да га " +"користите ако можете да га избегнете. ВПА2 је најбезбеднији од свих. Ако " +"ваша бежична картица и усмеривач подржавају ВПА2, онда бисте њега требали да " +"користите приликом подешавања ваше бежичне везе." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19 msgid "" "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уредите подешавања везе, и уклоните нежељене опције везе." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23 msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мој рачунар се повезује на погрешну мрежу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25 @@ -15033,6 +18823,10 @@ "each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the " "following:" msgstr "" +"Када укључите рачунар или пређете на друго место, ваш рачунар ће аутоматски " +"покушати да се повеже са бежичним мрежама са којима сте се повезивали у " +"прошлости. Ако покуша да се повеже са погрешном мрежом сваког пута (тако је, " +"не са оном на коју ви желите да се повежете), урадите следеће:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33 @@ -15040,6 +18834,8 @@ "Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you " "don't want it to keep connecting to." msgstr "" +"Идите на језичак Бежична и нађите мрежу на коју не " +"желите да се повежете." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37 @@ -15047,6 +18843,8 @@ "Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your " "computer won't try to connect to that network any more." msgstr "" +"Кликните на ту мрежу једном да је изаберете и кликните Обриши. " +"Ваш рачунар више неће покушавати да се повеже на ту мрежу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42 @@ -15056,16 +18854,20 @@ "network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other " "wireless network." msgstr "" +"Ако касније желите да се повеже са мрежом коју сте управо обрисали, " +"једноставно је изаберите са списка бежичних мрежа које се појављују када " +"кликнете на изборник мреже на траци изборника — баш као што бисте се " +"повезали са било којом другом бежичном мрежом." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/numeric-keypad.page:9 msgid "Enable the numeric keypad by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите одељак тастатуре са бројевима." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/numeric-keypad.page:20 msgid "Numeric keypad" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одељак тастатуре са бројевима" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/numeric-keypad.page:22 @@ -15075,6 +18877,10 @@ "include an option to decide if the computer should be started with the " "numeric keypad enabled. Otherwise, this is a way to configure it:" msgstr "" +"Са тастером Закљ. бр. можете ручно да укључите или искључите " +"нумерички падиљон на тастатури. Исто тако, подешавања БИОС-а рачунара често " +"укључују опцију којом се одлучује да ли рачунар треба да се покрене са " +"укљученим нумеричким падиљоном. У супротном, ово је начин за подешавање:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/numeric-keypad.page:29 @@ -15082,6 +18888,8 @@ "Install the numlockx " "package." msgstr "" +"Инсталирајте пакет " +"„numlockx“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/numeric-keypad.page:32 @@ -15090,6 +18898,9 @@ "Applications and add a startup program with the command: " "numlockx on" msgstr "" +"Отворите Почетни " +"програми и додајте почетни програм наредбом: numlockx " +"on" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/numeric-keypad.page:37 @@ -15100,22 +18911,29 @@ "terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if " "it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):" msgstr "" +"Ако желите да нумерички падиљон буде укључен и на екрану за пријављивање, " +"можете направити посебну датотеку подешавања. Притисните " +"КтрлАлтТ да отворите " +"прозор терминала, а затим покрените ову наредбу (то је једна дуга наредба, " +"чак иако може бити приказана преломљена на екрану — умножите и убаците је " +"како бисте то одрадили како треба):" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batterybroken.page:10 msgid "" "Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old." msgstr "" +"Ваша батерија вероватно није оштећена; највероватније да је само стара." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batterybroken.page:21 msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Грешка извештава о ниском капацитету батерије" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterybroken.page:28 msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Када се први пут пријавите, можете видети поруку у којој пише:" #. (itstool) path: quote/p #: C/power-batterybroken.page:30 @@ -15123,6 +18941,8 @@ "Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means " "that it may be old or broken." msgstr "" +"Можда је батерија оштећена. Ваша батерија има веома низак капацитет, што " +"значи да може бити стара или оштећена." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterybroken.page:33 @@ -15131,6 +18951,9 @@ "capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your " "battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry." msgstr "" +"Ова порука се приказује када рачунар открије да батерија није у стању да " +"ускладишти много енергије. Највероватнији разлог томе је да је батерија " +"стара; вероватно није оштећена, тако да нема разлога за бригу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterybroken.page:35 @@ -15140,6 +18963,10 @@ "fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is " "shown when this happens." msgstr "" +"Временом, све батерије преносних рачунара губе способност складиштења " +"енергије. Након неког времена (обично након годину дана или више), батерија " +"ће моћи да ускладишти само део енергије у односу када је била нова. Порука " +"изнад се приказује када до тога дође." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterybroken.page:37 @@ -15148,6 +18975,9 @@ "holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your " "battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement." msgstr "" +"Ако су ваш рачунар или батерија релативно нови, требало би да буде у стању " +"да одржи висок проценат своје замишљене енергије. Ако то није тако, онда " +"батерија може бити оштећена и можда ћете морати да тражите замену." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:11 @@ -15155,11 +18985,13 @@ "The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is " "an estimate." msgstr "" +"Радни век батерије који бива приказан када кликнете на иконицу " +"батерије је само процена." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:29 msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Процењени радни век батерије је погрешан" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:31 @@ -15169,6 +19001,10 @@ "lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be " "estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time." msgstr "" +"Када проверавате преостало радно време батерије, можете уочити да се " +"преостало време о коме извештава разликује од стварног преосталог радног " +"времена батерије. Зато што износ преосталог радног времена батерије може " +"бити само процењен. Процењивање ће се побољшати с временом." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36 @@ -15180,6 +19016,13 @@ "intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for " "example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict." msgstr "" +"Да би се проценило преостало радно време батерије, велики број чинилаца " +"треба узети у обзир. Један од њих је износ напајања које тренутно користи " +"рачунар: потрошња напајања се мења у зависности од тога колико програма је " +"отворено, који уређаји су прикључени, и да ли сте покренули неки захтеван " +"задатак (као што је гледање снимака високе резолуције или претварање музичке " +"датотеке, на пример). Ово се мења из тренутка у тренутак и тешко је за " +"предвиђање." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:43 @@ -15188,6 +19031,9 @@ "faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery " "discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made." msgstr "" +"Још један чинилац је начин пражњења батерије. Неке батерије брже губе " +"напајање како постају празније. Без тачног познавања пражњења батерије, само " +"приближна процена о преосталом радном времену батерије може бити урађена." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:47 @@ -15196,6 +19042,9 @@ "properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They " "will never be completely accurate, though." msgstr "" +"Како се батерија буде празнила, управник напајања ће сазнавати њена својства " +"пражњења и научиће како да обезбеди бољу процену радног времена батерије. " +"Ипак, ово неће никада бити у потпуности тачно." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52 @@ -15204,6 +19053,9 @@ "days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to " "make a sensible estimate." msgstr "" +"Ако добијете потпуно невероватну процену радног времена батерије (рецимо, " +"стотину дана), управнику напајања вероватно недостаје неки податак који му " +"је потребан за осетљивију процену." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:55 @@ -15212,16 +19064,19 @@ "it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the " "data it needs." msgstr "" +"Ако искључите напајање и дуже време користите напајање из батерије за рад " +"рачунара, затим га прикључите на мрежу и оставите да се батерија напуни, " +"управник напајања ће бити у могућности да добави податке који су му потребни." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batterylife.page:13 msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Савети за смањење потрошње напајања вашег рачунара." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:35 msgid "Use less power and improve battery life" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите мање напајања и побољшајте радни век батерије" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:37 @@ -15231,6 +19086,10 @@ "have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run " "on battery power." msgstr "" +"Рачунари могу да користе много енергије. Али коришћењем неких једноставних " +"стратегија за очување енергије, можете да смањите ваш рачун ел. енергије и " +"да помогнете окружењу. Ако имате преносни рачунар, то ће такође помоћи " +"повећању износа времена за које може да ради на батерији." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:42 @@ -15244,6 +19103,9 @@ "not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it " "can be woken up very quickly." msgstr "" +"Обуставите ваш рачунар када га не " +"користите. Ово значајно умањује износ напајања које користи, а може бити " +"пробуђен врло брзо." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:50 @@ -15253,6 +19115,9 @@ "a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the " "case." msgstr "" +"Угасите рачунар када га нећете " +"користити дуже времена. Неки људи се плаше да често гашење рачунара може да " +"га истроши брже, али то није тако." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:56 @@ -15265,6 +19130,13 @@ "xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend if you have not used it " "for a certain period of time." msgstr "" +"Користите поставке напајања у Подешавањима система да " +"измените подешавања напајања. Постоји велики број опција које ће вам помоћи " +"да сачувате енергију: можете да подесите да се екран сам затамни након одређеног времена, да умањите " +"осветљеност екрана (за преносне " +"рачунаре); и да рачунар сам обустави рад " +"ако га не користите извесни временски период." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:66 @@ -15272,11 +19144,13 @@ "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not " "using them." msgstr "" +"Угасите све спољне уређаје (као што су штампачи и скенери) када их не " +"користите." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:73 msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преносни рачунари, нетбукови, и остали уређаји са батеријама" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:77 @@ -15285,6 +19159,8 @@ "powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power " "consumption." msgstr "" +"Смањите осветљеност екрана; напајање " +"екрана чини значајан део потрошње енергије преносног рачунара." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:80 @@ -15292,6 +19168,8 @@ "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you " "can use to reduce the brightness." msgstr "" +"Већина преносних рачунара има дугмиће на тастатури (или пречице тастатуре) " +"које можете да користите да смањите осветљеност." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:84 @@ -15300,6 +19178,9 @@ "wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, " "which takes quite a bit of power." msgstr "" +"Ако вам интернет веза није потребна неко време, искључите бежичну или блутут " +"картицу. Ови уређаји раде тако што емитују радио таласе, који троше " +"поприлично енергије." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:87 @@ -15308,11 +19189,14 @@ "whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can " "turn it on again when you need it." msgstr "" +"Неки рачунари имају физички прекидач који може бити коришћен за њихово " +"гашење, док други имају пречице тастатуре које можете да користите уместо " +"тога. Можете да га укључите поново када вам затреба." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-batterylife.page:95 msgid "More advanced tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Напреднији савети" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:99 @@ -15320,6 +19204,8 @@ "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use " "more power when they have more work to do." msgstr "" +"Смањите број задатака који се одвијају у позадини. Рачунари користе више " +"енергије када имају више послова да одраде." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batterylife.page:101 @@ -15328,16 +19214,20 @@ "using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the " "internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption." msgstr "" +"Већина ваших радних програма ради веома мало када их не користите активно. " +"Међутим, програми који учестано добављају податке са интернета или пуштају " +"музику или филмове могу да утичу на потрошњу енергије." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11 msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\"" msgstr "" +"Савети као што је „Немојте дозволити да се батерија превише испразни“" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29 msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извуците што више из батерије преносног рачунара" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31 @@ -15346,6 +19236,10 @@ "gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong " "their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference." msgstr "" +"Како батерије преносних рачунара старе, све теже се пуне и њихов капацитет " +"се постепено смањује. Постоје неколико техника које можете да користите да " +"продужите њихово корисно радно време, мада не бисте требали да очекујете " +"велику разлику." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37 @@ -15356,6 +19250,11 @@ "discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly " "discharged is worse for the battery." msgstr "" +"Немојте дозволити да се батерија у потпуности испразни. Увек допуните " +"батерију пре него што се испразни, мада већина батерија имају " +"уграђену самозаштиту која не дозвољава да се батерија испразни превише. " +"Допуњавање батерије када је само делимично испражњена је много делотворније, " +"али ако је допуните када је само делимично испражњена је лоше за батерију." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44 @@ -15363,6 +19262,8 @@ "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do " "not let the battery get any warmer than it has to." msgstr "" +"Топлота има штетно дејство на делотворност пуњења батерије. Не дозволите да " +"се батерија прегреје више него што мора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48 @@ -15371,6 +19272,9 @@ "in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original " "battery - always buy replacements when you need them." msgstr "" +"Батерије старе чак и ако их оставите ускладиштеним. Мала је предност ако " +"купите резервну батерију у исто време када и оригиналну — увек купите замену " +"онда када вам затреба." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55 @@ -15379,17 +19283,19 @@ "are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different " "treatment." msgstr "" +"Овај савет је нарочито примењив за Литијум-Јонске (Li-Ion) батерије, које су " +"најзаступљеније. Остале врсте батерија се могу понашати другачије." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batteryslow.page:7 msgid "" "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Неки преносни рачунари намерно успоравају када раде на батерији." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batteryslow.page:20 msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто је мој преносни рачунар спор када ради на батерији?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryslow.page:22 @@ -15399,11 +19305,15 @@ "slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the " "battery should last longer." msgstr "" +"Неки преносни рачунари намерно успоравају када раде на батерији како би " +"сачували енергију. Процесор (ЦПУ) на преносном рачунару се пребацује на мању " +"брзину, а процесори користе мање енергије када раде спорије, тако да ће " +"батерија трајати више." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batteryslow.page:27 msgid "This feature is called CPU frequency scaling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ова функција се назива Смањење учесталости процесора." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-batterywindows.page:12 @@ -15411,11 +19321,13 @@ "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the " "cause of this problem." msgstr "" +"Подешавања од стране произвођача и различите процене трајања батерије могу " +"бити узрок овог проблема." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-batterywindows.page:25 msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто батерија траје краће него на Виндоузу/Мек ОС-у?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterywindows.page:27 @@ -15427,6 +19339,12 @@ "tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including " "them in Linux is difficult." msgstr "" +"Неки рачунари изгледа да имају краћи век трајања батерије када раде на " +"Линуксу него када користе Виндоуз или Мек ОС. Један од разлога је тај да " +"продавци рачунара инсталирају посебан софтвер за Виндоуз/Мек ОС који " +"оптимизује различита подешавања хардвера/софтвера датог модела рачунара. Ова " +"подешавања су често врло специфична, и не могу бити документована, тако да " +"је њихово укључивање у Линуксу тешко." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterywindows.page:34 @@ -15437,6 +19355,11 @@ "your computer has a variable-speed " "processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful." msgstr "" +"Нажалост, не постоји једноставан начин да сами примените ова подешавања а да " +"не знате тачно шта су. Можете уочити да коришћење неких начина уштеде енергије помаже. Ако ваш рачунар има " +"процесор променљиве брзине, можда " +"ћете установити да је мењање његових подешавања такође корисно." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-batterywindows.page:40 @@ -15446,16 +19369,20 @@ "battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give " "different estimates." msgstr "" +"Други могући разлог за раскорак је тај да се начин процене трајања батерије " +"на Виндоузу/Мек ОС-у разликује од оног на Линуксу. Стварно трајање батерије " +"може да буде потпуно исто, али различити начини дају различите процене." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-closelid.page:24 msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power." msgstr "" +"Преносни рачунар се успављује када спустите поклопац, да би сачувао енергију." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-closelid.page:27 msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто се мој рачунар гаси када спустим поклопац?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-closelid.page:29 @@ -15466,6 +19393,12 @@ "resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse " "or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button." msgstr "" +"Када спустите поклопац вашег преносног рачунара, ваш рачунар ће обуставити рад како би сачувао " +"енергију. То значи да рачунар заправо није угашен — само се успавао. Можете " +"да га повратите подизањем поклопца. Ако се не поврати, пробајте да кликнете " +"мишем или да притиснете неки тастер. Ако и овако не проради, притисните " +"дугме за напајање." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-closelid.page:35 @@ -15477,11 +19410,18 @@ "fix the problem with suspend, or you " "can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid." msgstr "" +"Неки рачунари не могу исправно да обуставе рад, обично зато што њихове " +"компоненте нису у потпуности подржане оперативним системом (на пример, " +"управљачки програми Линукса нису потпуни). У том случају, можете увидети да " +"нисте у могућности да повратите ваш рачунар након што сте спустили поклопац. " +"Можете да пробате да исправите проблем са " +"обуставом, или можете да спречите рачунар да покуша да обустави рад " +"када спустите поклопац." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-closelid.page:43 msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не дозволите рачунару да обустави рад када спустите поклопац" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-closelid.page:44 @@ -15489,6 +19429,8 @@ "If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can " "change the settings for that behavior:" msgstr "" +"Ако не желите да рачунар обустави рад када затворите поклопац, можете да " +"измените подешавање тог понашања:" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-closelid.page:46 @@ -15497,18 +19439,23 @@ "they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a " "confined place like a backpack." msgstr "" +"Будите веома пажљиви ако мењате ово подешавање. Неки преносни рачунари мог " +"да се прегреју ако су остављени да раде са спуштеним поклопцем, поготово ако " +"су у затвореном простору као што је ранац." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У одељку Хардвер, кликните Напајање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." msgstr "" +"Подесите падајуће изборнике поред Када је спуштен поклопац на " +"Не ради ништа." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-constantfan.page:10 @@ -15516,11 +19463,13 @@ "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running " "hot." msgstr "" +"Може да недостаје неки програм за контролу вентилатора, или се ваш преносни " +"рачунар прегрева." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-constantfan.page:20 msgid "The laptop fan is always running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вентилатор преносног рачунара ради без престанка" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-constantfan.page:22 @@ -15531,6 +19480,12 @@ "efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux " "at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time." msgstr "" +"Ако вентилатор за хлађење преносног рачунара увек ради, може бити да " +"компонента која контролише систем за хлађење преносног рачунара није добро " +"подржана у Линуксу. Неким преносним рачунарима је потребан додатни софтвер " +"да би успешно управљали вентилаторима за хлађење, али можда тај софтвер није " +"инсталиран (или није уопште доступан за Линукс) и зато вентилатори раде " +"пуном брзином све време." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-constantfan.page:28 @@ -15543,6 +19498,13 @@ "your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for " "your computer." msgstr "" +"У том случају, бићете у могућности да измените нека подешавања или да " +"инсталирате додатни софтвер који омогућава потпуну контролу вентилатора. На " +"пример, vaiofand може бити " +"инсталиран за контролисање вентилатора неких Сонијевих ВАЈО преносних " +"рачунара. Инсталирања овог софтвера је веома технички процес који веома " +"зависи од произвођача и модела вашег преносног рачунара, те ћете можда " +"желети да потражите посебне савете о томе како то да урадите за ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-constantfan.page:36 @@ -15554,16 +19516,22 @@ "of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your " "laptop which may help." msgstr "" +"Такође је могуће да ваш преносни рачунар заправо производи много топлоте. То " +"не мора да значи да се прегрева, можда само захтева да вентилатор ради пуном " +"брзином све време да би му омогућио да остане довољно хладан. Ако је ово " +"случај, имате мало опција осим да пустите да вентилатор ради пуном брзином " +"све време. Некад можете купити додатни прибор за хлађење за ваш преносни " +"рачунар који може да помогне." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-hibernate.page:11 msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Замрзавање је унапред искључено зато што није довољно подржано." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:34 msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да замрзнем рачунар?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:36 @@ -15573,6 +19541,10 @@ "use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when " "you switch on the computer again." msgstr "" +"Када замрзнете рачунар, сви ваши програми и документа бивају " +"сачувани а рачунар се у потпуности гаси тако да не користи никакво напајање, " +"али ће програми и документа још увек бити отворени када поново упалите " +"рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:41 @@ -15582,16 +19554,20 @@ "your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer " "back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default." msgstr "" +"Нажалост, замрзавање не ради у " +"многим случајевима, што може да доведе до губљења података ако очекујете да " +"се ваши документи и програми отворе када поново укључите рачунар. Због тога, " +"замрзавање је унапред искључено." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:47 msgid "Test if hibernate works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Испробајте да ли ради замрзавање" #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:50 msgid "Always save your work before hibernating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увек сачувајте ваш рад пре замрзавања" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:51 @@ -15600,12 +19576,17 @@ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be " "recovered when you switch on the computer again." msgstr "" +"Требали бисте да сачувате сав ваш рад пре него што замрзнете рачунар, у " +"случају да нешто крене наопако и да ваши отворени програми и документа не " +"могу бити повраћени када поново укључите рачунар." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:56 msgid "" "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer." msgstr "" +"Можете да користите линију наредби да испробате да ли замрзавање ради на " +"вашем рачунару." #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:62 @@ -15614,6 +19595,9 @@ "Altt or by searching for " "terminal in the Dash." msgstr "" +"Отворите Терминал тако што ћете притиснути " +"Ктрл Алтт или потражите " +"терминал у Полетнику." #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:66 @@ -15621,18 +19605,20 @@ "Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the " "Activities overview." msgstr "" +"Отворите Терминал тако што ћете потражити терминал " +"у Прегледу активности." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 msgid "Enter your password when prompted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Унесите лозинку када будете упитани." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:75 @@ -15640,17 +19626,21 @@ "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications " "re-open?" msgstr "" +"Након што се ваш рачунар угаси, упалите га. Да ли су се ваши отворени " +"програми поново отворили?" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:80 msgid "If hibernate doesn't work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ако замрзавање не ради:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:83 msgid "" "Check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM." msgstr "" +"Проверите да ли је ваша партиција разменске меморије величине барем као и " +"ваша доступна оперативна меморија." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:86 @@ -15660,16 +19650,20 @@ "removing or reformatting such partitions, you may need to remove the " "btrfs-tools package:" msgstr "" +"Присуство бтрфс партиција се показало да доводи до неуспеха " +"замрзавања, зато проверите да не користите никакву бтрфс партицију. " +"Осим уклањања или поновног форматирања такве партиције, можда ћете морати да " +"уклоните пакет btrfs-tools:" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-hibernate.page:97 msgid "Enable hibernate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључи замрзавање" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15681,6 +19675,10 @@ "local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the " "file and save:" msgstr "" +"Могућност замрзавања можете такође да укључите и у изборницима. Да урадите " +"ово, користите ваш омиљени уређивач текста да направите датотеку " +"„/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-" +"hibernate.pkla“. Додајте следеће у датотеку и сачувајте:" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11 @@ -15688,11 +19686,13 @@ "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which " "can be damaging." msgstr "" +"Уобичајено је за рачунаре да се загревају, али ако се загреју превише могли " +"би да се прегреју, што би могло да буде штетно." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21 msgid "My computer gets really hot" -msgstr "Мој рачунар се превише загрева" +msgstr "Мој рачунар постаје стварно врућ" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23 @@ -15702,6 +19702,10 @@ "if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, " "which can potentially cause damage." msgstr "" +"Већина рачунара се загреје након неког времена, а неки могу да постану веома " +"врући. То је нормално: то је једноставно начин на који се рачунар хлади. " +"Међутим, ако ваш рачунар постане веома врућ то би могао да буде знак да се " +"прегрева, што би могло довести до оштећења." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28 @@ -15715,6 +19719,14 @@ "accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient " "cooling." msgstr "" +"Већина преносивих рачунара се с разлогом загреје када их користите извесно " +"време. Уопштено немате разлог за бригу — рачунари производе много топлоте и " +"преносни рачунари су веома сабијени, тако да морају брзо да уклоне своју " +"топлоту и као резултат имамо да се њихово спољно кућиште загрева. Неки " +"преносни рачунари постају превише врући, и могу бити непријатни за употребу. " +"То је обично резултат лоше дизајнираног расхладног система. Понекад можете " +"добити додатну опрему за хлађење која се уклапа на доњу страну преносног " +"рачунара и обезбеђује делотворније хлађење." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36 @@ -15727,6 +19739,13 @@ "computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool " "air fast enough." msgstr "" +"Ако имате стони рачунар који је врућ на додир, онда му недостаје хлађење. " +"Ако вас ово забрињава, можете да купите додатне вентилаторе за хлађење или " +"да проверите да на вентилаторима за хлађење и лопатицама нема прашине и " +"других сметњи. Можете такође размотрити постављање рачунара на боље " +"проветрено место — ако га држите у затвореном простору (на пример у орману), " +"расхладни систем рачунара неће бити у могућности да довољно брзо уклони " +"топлоту и да обезбеди кружење хладног ваздуха." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49 @@ -15738,6 +19757,13 @@ "problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of " "course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap." msgstr "" +"Неки људи се брину о здравственим ризицима коришћења врућих преносних " +"рачунара. Постоје сугестије да дуготрајно коришћење врућег преносног " +"рачунара на крилу може вероватно да умањи (мушку) плодност, а постоје и " +"извештаји о задобијеним мањим опекотинама (у крајњим случајевима). Ако сте " +"забринути због ових потенцијалних проблема, можда ћете желети да се " +"посаветујете са лекаром за савет. Наравно, можете једноставно да изаберете " +"да не држите преносни рачунар на крилу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56 @@ -15747,47 +19773,28 @@ "down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will " "probably need to get it repaired." msgstr "" +"Већина савремених рачунара ће се сами угасити ако се превише загреју, како " +"би спречили оштећење. Ако ваш рачунар наставља да се гаси, ово може бити " +"разлог. Ако се ваш рачунар прегрева, вероватно ћете морати да га поправите." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-lowpower.page:10 msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Допуштање потпуног пражњења батерије је лоше по њега." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15796,11 +19803,13 @@ "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended " "and doesn't resume properly." msgstr "" +"Неки бежични уређаји имају проблеме са радом када је ваш рачунар обустављен " +"а није се повратио како треба." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-nowireless.page:31 msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Немам бежичну мрежу када пробудим рачунар" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-nowireless.page:33 @@ -15812,43 +19821,46 @@ "Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the " "computer is resumed." msgstr "" +"Ако сте обуставили ваш рачунар, можете увидети да ваша бежична интернет веза " +"не ради када га поново повратите. То се дешава када управљачки програми бежичног уређаја не подржавају у " +"потпуности неке функције за уштеду енергије. Уобичајено, бежичне везе не " +"успевају да се укључе исправно када се рачунар поврати." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-nowireless.page:39 msgid "" "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:" msgstr "" +"Ако се ово деси, покушајте да искључите и да поново укључите бежичну картицу:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Мрежа и изаберите језичак Бежична" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Искључите и поново укључите бежичну мрежу" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" +"Ако бежична мрежа још увек не ради, укључите Режим у авиону и " +"затим га поново искључите" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." msgstr "" +"Ако ово не успе, поновно покретање рачунара би требало да успостави бежичну " +"везу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-othercountry.page:7 @@ -15856,11 +19868,13 @@ "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a " "travel adapter." msgstr "" +"Ваш рачунар ће радити, али ће вам можда затребати другачији кабал за " +"напајање или преносни адаптер." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-othercountry.page:24 msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да ли ће мој рачунар радити са напајањем у другој држави?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:26 @@ -15870,6 +19884,10 @@ "should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have " "an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch." msgstr "" +"Неке државе користе напајање другачијег напона (обично 110V или 220-240V) и " +"учесталости наизменичне струје (обично 50 Hz или 60 Hz). Ваш рачунар ће " +"радити са извором напајања у другој држави само ако имате одговарајући " +"адаптер напајања. Морате такође да преокренете прекидач." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:31 @@ -15879,6 +19897,11 @@ "their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your " "existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice." msgstr "" +"Ако имате преносни рачунар, све што треба да урадите је да набавите " +"одговарајући утикач за адаптер напајања. Неки преносни рачунари долазе " +"запаковани са више од једним утикачем за њихов адаптер, тако да ћете можда " +"већ и имати онај прави. Ако не, прикључивање постојећег у стандардни " +"преносни адаптер ће бити довољно." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:36 @@ -15891,6 +19914,13 @@ "cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked " "\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to." msgstr "" +"Ако имате стони рачунар, можете такође да набавите кабал са другачијим " +"утикачем, или да користите преносни адаптер. У овом случају, међутим, " +"мораћете да промените напонски прекидач на извору напајања рачунара, ако " +"постоји. Многи рачунари немају овакав прекидач, и добро ће радити на сваком " +"напону. Погледајте на полеђини рачунара и пронађе утичницу у коју се " +"укључује кабал за напајање. Негде у близини, можда постоји мали прекидач са " +"ознаком „110V“ или „230V“ (на пример). Пребаците га ако је потребно." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-othercountry.page:45 @@ -15898,11 +19928,13 @@ "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch " "everything off first if you can." msgstr "" +"Будите пажљиви приликом мењања каблова напајања или приликом коришћења " +"преносних адаптера. Искључите све ако можете." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/power.page:12 msgid "Natalia Ruz" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наталија Руз" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power.page:17 @@ -15912,11 +19944,15 @@ "exit#shutdown\">power off, screen " "dimming…" msgstr "" +"Обустављање, уштеда напајања, гашење, затамњивање " +"екрана…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power.page:26 msgid "Power & battery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Напајање и батерија" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power.page:34 @@ -15927,22 +19963,23 @@ #: C/power.page:39 msgctxt "link" msgid "Power problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблеми са напајањем" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power.page:41 msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решите проблеме са напајањем и батеријама." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-suspendfail.page:11 msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate." msgstr "" +"Неке компоненте рачунара стварају проблеме приликом обуставе или замрзавања." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-suspendfail.page:25 msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто мој рачунар неће да се поврати након што сам обуставио рад?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:27 @@ -15952,11 +19989,15 @@ "back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be " "because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware." msgstr "" +"Ако обуставите рад рачунара или га замрзнете, и затим покушате да га повратите, " +"можете увидети да не ради онако како сте очекивали. Ово може бити зато што " +"ваше компоненте не подржавају исправно успављивање и замрзавање." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-suspendfail.page:34 msgid "My computer is suspended and isn't resuming" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мој рачунар је обустављен и неће да се поврати" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:35 @@ -15966,6 +20007,10 @@ "doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press " "it once)." msgstr "" +"Ако обуставите ваш рачунар и након тога притиснете тастер или кликнете " +"мишем, требао би да се пробуди и да прикаже екран на коме тражи вашу " +"лозинку. Ако се ово не догоди, покушајте да притиснете дугме за напајање " +"(немојте га држати, само га притисните једном)." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:39 @@ -15973,6 +20018,8 @@ "If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is " "switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again." msgstr "" +"Ако и ово не помогне, уверите се да је монитор вашег рачунара упаљен и " +"покушајте још једном да притиснете тастер на тастатури." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:41 @@ -15981,6 +20028,9 @@ "10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You " "should then be able to turn on the computer again." msgstr "" +"Као последње средство, угасите рачунар притиском на дугме за напајање 5-10 " +"секунди. Изгубићете сав несачувани рад на овај начин. Тада ћете бити у " +"могућности да поново укључите рачунар." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:44 @@ -15988,6 +20038,8 @@ "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature " "may not work with your hardware." msgstr "" +"Ако се ово дешава сваки пут када обуставите рачунар, функција обустављања не " +"ради са вашим компонентама." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:47 @@ -15995,12 +20047,15 @@ "If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply " "(such as a working battery), it will switch off." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш рачунар остане без напајања, а нема резервни извор напајања (као што " +"је радна батерија), угасиће се." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-suspendfail.page:53 msgid "" "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again" msgstr "" +"Ниједан мој програм/документ се не отвара када поново укључим рачунар" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:55 @@ -16013,6 +20068,12 @@ "the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down " "instead of hibernating." msgstr "" +"Ако сте замрзнули ваш рачунар и поново сте га укључили, али се није отворио " +"ниједан ваш документ или програм, вероватно није успео да замрзне исправно. " +"Понекад се ово догоди због мањег проблема, а рачунар ће бити у могућности да " +"замрзне исправно следећи пут када то урадите. Ово такође може да се деси " +"зато што сте инсталирали ажурирање софтвера које је захтевало поновно " +"покретање рачунара; у том случају, рачунар се угасио уместо да се замрзне." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:62 @@ -16023,6 +20084,12 @@ "hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it " "is probably a problem with your computer's drivers." msgstr "" +"Могуће је такође да рачунар није у могућности да замрзне зато што га " +"компоненте не подржавају исправно. Ово може бити због проблема са " +"управљачким програмима Линукса за ваше компоненте, на пример. Ово можете да " +"испробате тако што ћете поново замрзнути и видети да ли по други пут ради. " +"Ако не ради, вероватно је проблем са управљачким програмима на вашем " +"рачунару." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-suspendfail.page:70 @@ -16030,6 +20097,7 @@ "My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my " "computer" msgstr "" +"Моја бежична веза (или друга компонента) не ради када пробудим рачунар" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:72 @@ -16040,6 +20108,11 @@ "suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with " "the driver and not the device itself." msgstr "" +"Ако обуставите рад рачунара или га замрзнете и након тога га повратите, " +"можда ћете увидети да ваша интернет веза, миш, или неки други уређај не ради " +"исправно. Ово може бити зато што управљачки програм за уређај не подржава " +"правилно обустављање или замрзавање. То је проблем са управљачким програмом а не са самим уређајем." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:78 @@ -16049,6 +20122,10 @@ "cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it " "works." msgstr "" +"Ако уређај има прекидач, покушајте да га угасите, и да га затим поново " +"упалите. У већини случајева, уређај ће почети да ради поново. Ако се " +"повезује преко УСБ кабла или слично, искључите уређај и поново га прикључите " +"и видите да ли ради." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-suspendfail.page:82 @@ -16056,16 +20133,19 @@ "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may " "need to restart your computer for the device to start working again." msgstr "" +"Ако не можете да угасите или да искључите уређај, или ако ово не ради, можда " +"ћете морати поново да покренете рачунар да би уређај поново почео да ради." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-suspend.page:8 msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power." msgstr "" +"Обустављање шаље ваш рачунар на спавање тако да користи мање напајања." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-suspend.page:24 msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта се дешава када обуставим рачунар?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-suspend.page:32 @@ -16077,6 +20157,11 @@ "up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try " "pressing the power button." msgstr "" +"Када обуставите рад рачунара, ви га успављујете. Сви ваши програми " +"и документа остају отворени, али екран и други делови рачунара се искључују " +"ради уштеде енергије. Рачунар је ипак и даље упаљен, и даље ће користити " +"малу количину енергије. Можете да га пробудите притиском тастера или кликом " +"на дугме миша. Ако то не помогне, покушајте да притиснете дугме напајања." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-suspend.page:39 @@ -16086,11 +20171,15 @@ "properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see " "if it does work before relying on it." msgstr "" +"Неки рачунари имају проблема са подршком компоненти што значи да они можда неће моћи да обуставе рад или да се замрзну " +"исправно. Добра замисао је да испробате обустављање на вашем рачунару " +"да бисте видели да ли ради." #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/power-suspend.page:45 msgid "Always save your work before suspending" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Увек сачувајте ваш рад пре обустављања" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/power-suspend.page:46 @@ -16099,6 +20188,9 @@ "case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be " "recovered when you resume the computer again." msgstr "" +"Требали бисте да сачувате сав ваш рад пре него што обуставите рачунар, у " +"случају да нешто крене наопако и да ваши отворени програми и документа не " +"могу бити повраћени када поново повратите рачунар." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-whydim.page:11 @@ -16106,11 +20198,13 @@ "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the " "computer is idle in order to save power." msgstr "" +"Када ваш рачунар ради на батерији, екран ће се затамнити када рачунар мирује " +"да би сачувао енергију." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-whydim.page:24 msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто се екран затамни након неког времена?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-whydim.page:30 @@ -16119,28 +20213,33 @@ "the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the " "computer again, the screen will brighten." msgstr "" +"Када ваш преносни рачунар ради на батерији, екран ће се затамнити када " +"рачунар мирује како би уштедео напајање. Када поново започнете да користите " +"рачунар, екран ће се осветлити." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-whydim.page:32 msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да спречите затамљивање екрана:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." msgstr "" +"Отворите Осветљеност и закључавање и одзначите Затамни екран " +"да би уштедео напајање." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:11 msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Лабави каблови и проблеми са компонентама су могући разлози." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:20 msgid "My computer will not turn on" -msgstr "Мој рачунар неће да се угаси" +msgstr "Мој рачунар неће да се упали" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:22 @@ -16148,11 +20247,13 @@ "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic " "gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons." msgstr "" +"Постоје бројни разлози због којих ваш рачунар неће да се упали. Ова тема " +"даје кратак преглед неких од могућих разлога." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33 msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Рачунар није укључен, празна батерија, или лабав кабал" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34 @@ -16164,11 +20265,17 @@ "is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's " "removable." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да су каблови напајања рачунара чврсто прикључени и да су " +"утичнице напајања укључене. Уверите се такође да је монитор прикључен и " +"упаљен. Ако имате преносни рачунар, прикључите кабал за напајање (у случају " +"да му је батерија празна). Можете такође да проверите да ли је батерија " +"исправно постављена на своје место (проверите доњу страну преносног " +"рачунара) ако је уклоњива." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43 msgid "Problem with the computer hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблем са компонентом рачунара" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44 @@ -16178,11 +20285,15 @@ "broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the " "memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard." msgstr "" +"Може бити оштећена компонента рачунара или у лошем радном стању. У том " +"случају, мораћете да поправите ваш рачунар. У уобичајене проблеме спадају " +"оштећена јединица напајања, неисправно уметнути делови (као што је меморија " +"или РАМ) и неисправна матична плоча." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51 msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Рачунар пишти и гаси се" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52 @@ -16195,17 +20306,26 @@ "consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in " "for repairs." msgstr "" +"Ако рачунар запишти неколико пута када га упалите и затим се угаси (или не " +"успе да се покрене), можда указује да је открио неки проблем. Ови звучни " +"сигнали се понекад називају звучни кодови, а шаблон звукова је " +"осмишљен да вам укаже на одговарајући проблем са рачунаром. Различити " +"произвођачи користе различите звучне кодове, тако да ћете морати да " +"погледате приручник матичне плоче вашег рачунара, или да однесете ваш " +"рачунар на поправку." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62 msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вентилатори рачунара се окрећу али нема ничега на екрану" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63 msgid "" "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on." msgstr "" +"Прва ствар коју требате да урадите је да проверите да ли је ваш монитор " +"прикључен и упаљен." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-willnotturnon.page:65 @@ -16214,12 +20334,16 @@ "when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer " "might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs." msgstr "" +"Овај проблем може такође да се појави услед квара компоненте. Вентилатори " +"могу да се упале када притиснете дугме напајања, али можда остали важни " +"делови рачунара не могу да се упале. У овом случају, однесите ваш рачунар на " +"поправку." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/prefs.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подешавања" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs.page:16 @@ -16229,27 +20353,31 @@ "language\">languages, user " "accounts…" msgstr "" +"Тастатура, миш, " +"екран, језици, кориснички " +"налози…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/prefs.page:26 msgid "User & system settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подешавања корисника и система" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs-language-install.page:9 msgid "Install more translations and related language support packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инсталирајте још пакета са преводима и језичком подршком." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/prefs-language-install.page:12 #: C/shell-guest-session.page:13 msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гунар Хјалмарсон" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/prefs-language-install.page:18 msgid "Install languages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инсталирајте језике" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/prefs-language-install.page:20 @@ -16257,52 +20385,66 @@ "When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets " "installed together with English, but you can add further languages." msgstr "" +"Када инсталирате Убунту, језик који изаберете приликом инсталације бива " +"инсталиран са енглеским језиком, али можете додати још неки." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " "installed languages checked." msgstr "" +"Кликните Инсталирај / уклони језике.... Прозор инсталираних " +"језика исписује све доступне језике, са означеним тренутно " +"инсталираним језицима." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" +"Означите језике које желите да инсталирате, и одзначите оне тренутно " +"инсталиране језике које желите да уклоните." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Промени измене." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " "administrator account." msgstr "" +"Потребна су Администраторска права. " +"Унесите вашу лозинку, или лозинку за тражени администраторски налог." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " "dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods." msgstr "" +"Као додатак преводима који се користе за приказивање изборника и порука, са " +"новим језиком можете пратити различите компоненте језичке подршке као што су " +"речници за проверу писања, словни ликови и начини уноса." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." msgstr "" +"Неки преводи могу бити непотпуни, а одређени програми можда уопште не " +"подржавају српски језик." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs-language.page:21 @@ -16312,16 +20454,20 @@ "formats\">region and formats, input " "sources…" msgstr "" +"Инсталирање језика, промена језика, регион и формати, извори " +"улаза…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/prefs-language.page:34 msgid "Language Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Језичка подршка" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/prefs-language.page:38 msgid "Text Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Унос текста" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/prefs-display.page:14 @@ -16330,11 +20476,14 @@ "resolution\">size and rotation, brightness…" msgstr "" +"Позадина, величина и окренутост, осветљеност…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/prefs-display.page:23 msgid "Display & screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дисплеј и екран" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:16 @@ -16343,15 +20492,20 @@ "order\">order and collate, two-sided " "and multi-page…" msgstr "" +"Локално подешавање, поредак и слагање, двостране и више страница…" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/printing.page:37 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подешавање" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Подесите штампач" @@ -16359,44 +20513,45 @@ #: C/printing.page:44 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Sizes and layouts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Величине и распореди" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:46 msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Различите величине папира и распореди" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 msgid "Printer problems" -msgstr "Проблеми са штампачем" +msgstr "Проблеми са штампањем" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-2sided.page:8 msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте на обема странама папира, или више страница по листу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-2sided.page:24 msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте двостране и вишестраничне распореде" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:26 msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да штампате са обе стране сваког листа папира:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:30 #: C/printing-order.page:33 #: C/printing-order.page:51 msgid "Click FilePrint." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните ДатотекаШтампај." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:33 @@ -16405,6 +20560,9 @@ "from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-" "sided printing is not available for your printer." msgstr "" +"Идите на језичак Подешавање стране прозора штампања и изаберите " +"опцију из падајућег списка Двострано. Ако је опција искључена, " +"двострано штампање није доступно за ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:36 @@ -16412,6 +20570,8 @@ "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to " "experiment with your printer to see how it works." msgstr "" +"Штампачи рукују двостраним штампањем на различите начине. Добра замисао је " +"да испробате ваш штампач да видите како ради." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:40 @@ -16419,6 +20579,8 @@ "You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper " "too. Use the Pages per side option to do this." msgstr "" +"Можете да одштампате више од једне странице документа по страни " +"папира. Користите опцију Страница по страни да ово урадите." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-2sided.page:45 @@ -16427,22 +20589,24 @@ "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always " "be available." msgstr "" +"Доступност ових опција може да зависи од врсте штампача који имате, као и од " +"програма који користите. Ова опција није увек доступна." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9 msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откажите заказани посао штампања и уклоните га из реда." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23 msgid "Jana Svarova" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Јана Сварова" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:30 msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откажите, паузирајте или отпустите посао штампања" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32 @@ -16450,11 +20614,13 @@ "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the " "printer settings." msgstr "" +"Можете да откажете заказани посао штампања и да га уклоните из реда у " +"подешавањима штампача." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:37 msgid "Cancel a print job" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откажите посао штампања" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39 @@ -16462,17 +20628,18 @@ "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so " "that you do not need to waste any ink or paper." msgstr "" +"Ако сте случајно започели штампање документа, можете да откажете штампање " +"тако да не морате да трошите мастило или папир." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43 msgid "How to cancel a print job:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да откажете посао штампања:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16486,12 +20653,14 @@ "Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на иконицу сасвим на десној страни на траци изборника и " +"изаберите Подешавања система." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:75 msgid "Click Printers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Штампачи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 @@ -16499,13 +20668,15 @@ "Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the " "Printers dialog." msgstr "" +"Кликните на дугме Прикажи послове на десном крају прозорчета " +"Штампачи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48 msgid "" "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop " "symbols." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откажите посао штампања притиском на дугме за заустављање." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52 @@ -16513,6 +20684,8 @@ "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down " "the Cancel button on your printer." msgstr "" +"Ако ово не откаже посао штампања као што сте очекивали, покушајте да држите " +"притиснутим дугме „Cancel“ (Откажи) на вашем штампачу." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55 @@ -16523,6 +20696,11 @@ "can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off " "and then on again." msgstr "" +"Као последњи покушај, нарочито ако имате повећи посао штампања са много " +"страница које не желите да откажете, уклоните папир из улазне фиоке " +"штампача. Штампач ће закључити да нема више папира и зауставиће штампање. " +"Можете затим поново да покушате да откажете посао штампања, или да угасите " +"штампач и да га упалите поново." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62 @@ -16531,11 +20709,14 @@ "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should " "probably just leave it where it is." msgstr "" +"Будите пажљиви да не оштетите штампач када уклањате папир, стога — ако " +"будете морали снажно да повучете папир да бисте га уклонили, најбоље ће бити " +"да га оставите тамо где јесте." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69 msgid "Pause and release a print job" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откажите и отпустите посао штампања" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70 @@ -16543,6 +20724,9 @@ "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the " "jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да паузирате или да отпустите посао штампања, можете да урадите " +"ово тако што ћете отићи на прозорче послова у подешавањима штампача и " +"притиснути одговарајуће дугме." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76 @@ -16551,16 +20735,19 @@ "Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based " "on your needs." msgstr "" +"Притисните дугме Прикажи послове на десној страни прозорчета " +"Штампачи и паузирајте или отпустите посао штампања у зависности " +"од ваших потреба." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-differentsize.page:7 msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одштампајте документ на другачијој величини папира или усмерењу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-differentsize.page:26 msgid "Change the paper size when printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Промените величину папира док штампате" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:28 @@ -16569,17 +20756,20 @@ "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the " "document." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да измените величину папира вашег документа (на пример, да " +"одштампате ПДФ величине америчког писма на А4 папиру), можете да измените " +"формат штампања документа." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:33 #: C/printing-select.page:25 msgid "Click FilePrint" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните ДатотекаШтампај" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:34 msgid "Select the Page Setup tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите језичак Подешавање стране." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:35 @@ -16587,11 +20777,13 @@ "Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the " "drop-down list." msgstr "" +"У одељку Папир, изаберите жељену величину папира из " +"падајућег списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:37 msgid "Click Print and your document should print." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Штампај да одштампате ваш документ." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-differentsize.page:40 @@ -16599,6 +20791,8 @@ "You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different " "orientation:" msgstr "" +"Можете такође да користите изборник Усмерење да одаберете " +"другачије усмерење:" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/printing-differentsize.page:44 @@ -16613,12 +20807,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/printing-differentsize.page:46 msgid "Reverse portrait" -msgstr "Обрнуто, усправно" +msgstr "Обрнуто усправно" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/printing-differentsize.page:47 msgid "Reverse landscape" -msgstr "Обрнуто, положено" +msgstr "Обрнуто положено" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-envelopes.page:8 @@ -16626,11 +20820,13 @@ "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen " "the correct paper size." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да сте коверту/налепницу поставили како треба, и да сте изабрали " +"одговарајућу величину папира." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-envelopes.page:25 msgid "Print envelopes and labels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте коверте и налепнице" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:27 @@ -16639,11 +20835,14 @@ "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for " "example." msgstr "" +"Већина штампача ће вам омогућити да штампате директно на коверти или на " +"листу налепница. Ово је нарочито корисно ако имате много писама за слање, на " +"пример." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-envelopes.page:32 msgid "Printing onto envelopes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте на коверти" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:34 @@ -16656,6 +20855,13 @@ "Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of " "envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes." msgstr "" +"Постоје две ствари које треба да проверите када покушавате да штампате на " +"коверти. Прва је да ли штампач зна која је величина коверте. Након што " +"кликнете Штампај и када се појави прозорче штампања, идите на " +"језичак Подешавање стране и ако можете за врсту папира " +"изаберите „Коверта“. Ако ово не можете да урадите, видите да ли можете да " +"измените величину папира на величину коверте (нпр. „Ц5“). Пакет " +"коверти ће рећи које су величине; већина коверти је у уобичајеној величини." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:42 @@ -16665,6 +20871,10 @@ "try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see " "which way is the right way up." msgstr "" +"Као друго, морате да се уверите да су коверте убачене у фиоку штампача са " +"одговарајућом страном на горе. Проверите у упутству штампача за ово, или " +"покушајте да одштампате једну коверту и проверите која је страна одштампана " +"да видите како треба да их поставите." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-envelopes.page:48 @@ -16673,16 +20883,20 @@ "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts " "envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in." msgstr "" +"Неки штампачи нису направљени са могућношћу штампања на ковертама, нарочито " +"неки ласерски штампачи. Проверите упутство вашег штампача да видите да ли " +"прихвата коверте; у супротном, можете да оштетите штампач ако у њега убаците " +"коверту." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-inklevel.page:8 msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите количину мастила или тонера у кертриџима штампача." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-inklevel.page:20 msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како могу да проверим нивое мастила или тонера у штампачу?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:22 @@ -16691,6 +20905,9 @@ "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications " "installed on your computer." msgstr "" +"На који начин ћете проверити колико је мастила или тонера преостало у вашем " +"штампачу зависи од модела и од произвођача вашег штампача, и од управљачких " +"програма и апликација инсталираних на вашем рачунару." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:26 @@ -16698,6 +20915,8 @@ "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other " "information." msgstr "" +"Неки штампачи имају уграђене екране за приказивање нивоа мастила и других " +"података." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:29 @@ -16706,6 +20925,10 @@ "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply " "proprietary drivers with similar features." msgstr "" +"Управљачки програми и алати стања за већину ХП штампача су обезбеђени од " +"стране пројекта ХП осликавања и штампања за Линукс (HPLIP). Други " +"произвођачи можда обезбеђују власничке управљачке програме са сличним " +"функцијама." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:33 @@ -16717,6 +20940,12 @@ "models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other " "printers is mktink." msgstr "" +"Другачије, можете да инсталирате програмче за проверу и праћење нивоа " +"мастила. Инкблот приказује стање мастила за многе ХП, Епсон и " +"Кенон штампаче. Погледајте да ли се ваш штампач налази на списку подржаних " +"модела. Још једно програмче за нивое мастила за Епсонове и неке друге " +"штампаче је „mktink“." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-inklevel.page:40 @@ -16724,21 +20953,23 @@ "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not " "designed to report their ink levels." msgstr "" +"Неки штампачи још нису добро подржани на Линуксу, а други нису осмишљени да " +"извештавају о нивоима мастила." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-order.page:8 msgid "Collate and reverse the print order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сложите и преокрените поредак штампања." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-order.page:24 msgid "Make pages print in a different order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одштампајте странице другачијим поретком" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-order.page:27 msgid "Reverse" -msgstr "Преокрени" +msgstr "Обрните" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-order.page:28 @@ -16747,6 +20978,9 @@ "pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can " "reverse this printing order." msgstr "" +"Штампачи обично штампају прво прву страницу, и на крају последњу, тако да " +"странице бивају сложене обрнутим редом када их извадите из штампача. Ако вам " +"је потребно, можете да преокренете овај поредак штампања." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-order.page:31 @@ -16759,11 +20993,14 @@ "In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, " "check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on." msgstr "" +"У језичку Опште, у прозору штампања под Примерака, " +"изаберите Обрни. Последња страница биће одштампана прва, и тако " +"редом." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing-order.page:41 msgid "Collate" -msgstr "Упари" +msgstr "Сложите" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-order.page:44 @@ -16774,11 +21011,16 @@ "make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order " "instead." msgstr "" +"Ако штампате више од једног примерка документа, излази штампања ће бити " +"груписани према броју странице (нпр. прво бивају одштампани сви примерци " +"странице један, затим сви примерци странице два, и тако даље). " +"Слагање чини да бивају одштампане груписане заједно све странице " +"сваког примерка одговарајућим редом." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/printing-order.page:49 msgid "To Collate:" -msgstr "Да упарите:" +msgstr "Да сложите:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-order.page:52 @@ -16786,6 +21028,8 @@ "In the General tab of the Print window under Copies " "check Collate." msgstr "" +"У језичку Опште у прозору штампања под Примерака " +"изаберите Сложи." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-paperjam.page:8 @@ -16793,16 +21037,17 @@ "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that " "you have." msgstr "" +"Како ћете извући заглављен папир зависиће од марке и модела вашег штампача." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-paperjam.page:21 msgid "Clearing a paper jam" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Извуците заглављени папир" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-paperjam.page:23 msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Понекад штампачи неправилно повуку лист папира и заглаве се." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-paperjam.page:25 @@ -16812,6 +21057,10 @@ "panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the " "jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism." msgstr "" +"Приручник вашег штампача ће обично обезбедити детаљна упутства о томе како " +"да извадите заглављени папир. Обично, мораћете да отворите један од панела " +"штампача да пронађете згужвани папир и затим чврсто (али пажљиво!) да " +"повучете згужвани папир и да га извадите из механизма за храњење штампача." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-paperjam.page:30 @@ -16821,21 +21070,25 @@ "may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the " "print job again." msgstr "" +"Када сте извукли заглављени папир мораћете да притиснете дугме " +"resume (Настави) на штампачу да поново почнете са штампањем. Код " +"неких штампача, можда ћете морати чак да угасите штампач и да га поново " +"упалите, да бисте опет започели да штампате." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-select.page:7 msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте само одређене странице, или само опсег страница." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-select.page:19 msgid "Print only certain pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампајте само одређене странице" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-select.page:21 msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да одштампате само одређене странице документа:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-select.page:26 @@ -16843,6 +21096,8 @@ "In the General tab in the Print window choose " "Pages from the Range section." msgstr "" +"У језичку Опште у прозору Штампање изаберите " +"Странице у одељку Опсег." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-select.page:28 @@ -16850,6 +21105,8 @@ "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated " "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages." msgstr "" +"У поље за текст упишите бројеве страница које желите да одштампате, " +"раздвојених зарезима. Користите цртицу да одредите опсег страница." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-select.page:33 @@ -16857,6 +21114,8 @@ "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the Pages text box, " "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed." msgstr "" +"На пример, ако у поље Странице упишете „1,3,5-7,9“, биће " +"одштампане странице 1,3,5,6,7 и 9." #. (itstool) path: note/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -16869,16 +21128,18 @@ "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' " "md5='053f8b6773086fc24f2f65f3cfc3df5f'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' " +"md5='053f8b6773086fc24f2f65f3cfc3df5f'" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9 msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите штампач који најчешће користите." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30 msgid "Set the default printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите основни штампач" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31 @@ -16886,12 +21147,15 @@ "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be " "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often." msgstr "" +"Ако имате више од једног штампача, можете да изаберете који ће бити ваш " +"основни штампач. Можда ћете пожелети да одаберете штампач који користите " +"најчешће." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Штампачи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41 @@ -16899,6 +21163,8 @@ "Right click your desired default printer from the list of available " "printers, and click Set as Default." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша ваш жељени основни штампач са списка доступних " +"штампача, и кликните Постави као основни." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46 @@ -16907,6 +21173,9 @@ "printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for " "example, 1st floor or entrance)." msgstr "" +"Када бирате са списка доступних штампача, можете да издвојите резултате " +"претраге штампача навођењем назива или места штампача (на пример, 1 " +"спрат или улаз)." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49 @@ -16914,6 +21183,8 @@ "The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of " "new printers." msgstr "" +"Издвајање резултата претраге је доступно само у прозорчету за додавање нових " +"штампача." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:52 @@ -16921,95 +21192,145 @@ "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, " "unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job." msgstr "" +"Када штампате у неком програму, основни штампач бива аутоматски изабран, " +"осим ако не изаберете други штампач за тај нарочити посао штампања." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Подесите локални штампач" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 +msgid "" +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 +msgid "" +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Уверите се да је штампач упаљен." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" +"Можете сами да по жељи штампачу да дате назив, опис и место ако желите. Када " +"завршите, кликните Примени." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" +"Сада можете да одштампате пробну страницу или кликните Откажи да " +"прескочите овај корак." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Уверите се да је штампач упаљен." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17019,11 +21340,14 @@ "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels " "or clean the print head." msgstr "" +"Ако су резултати штампања пругасти, бледи, или им недостају боје, проверите " +"нивое мастила или очистите главе штампача." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing-streaks.page:22 msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?" msgstr "" +"Зашто се на одштампаним листовима виде пруге, линије или погрешне боје?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:30 @@ -17032,11 +21356,14 @@ "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with " "the printer or a low ink/toner supply." msgstr "" +"Ако се на штампаним документима виде пруге, бледи су, са линијама које не би " +"требале да се виде, или су слабог квалитете, може бити да имате проблем са " +"штампачем или немате довољно мастила или тонера." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:36 msgid "Fading text or images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Блед текст и слике" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:37 @@ -17044,11 +21371,13 @@ "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy " "a new cartridge if necessary." msgstr "" +"Можда вам понестаје мастила или тонера. Проверите нивое мастила или тонера и " +"купите нове улошке ако је потребно." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:42 msgid "Streaks and lines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пруге и линије" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:43 @@ -17057,11 +21386,14 @@ "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for " "instructions)." msgstr "" +"Ако имате штампач са млазом мастила, може бити да су главе запрљане или " +"делимично зачепљене. Покушајте да очистите главе штампача (погледајте " +"упутство штампача)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:49 msgid "Wrong colors" -msgstr "Пгрешне боје" +msgstr "Погрешне боје" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:50 @@ -17069,11 +21401,13 @@ "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your " "ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary." msgstr "" +"Можда у штампачу понестаје једна боја мастила или тонера. Проверите нивое " +"мастила или тонера и купите нове улошке ако је потребно." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:55 msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кривудаве линије, или линије које нису праве" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-streaks.page:56 @@ -17082,11 +21416,14 @@ "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for " "details on how to do this." msgstr "" +"Ако су линије кривудаве а које би на резултатима штампања требале да буду " +"праве, мораћете да поравнате главе штампача. Погледајте приручник са " +"упутством да видите како ово да урадите." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7 msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како и где да известите о проблемима у Убунтуу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:18 @@ -17098,6 +21435,8 @@ msgid "" "If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report." msgstr "" +"Ако приметите проблем у Убунтуу, можете да попуните извештај о " +"грешци." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:24 @@ -17105,6 +21444,8 @@ "Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug " "nameofprogram" msgstr "" +"Притисните АлтФ2 и укуцајте " +"„ubuntu-bug naziv_programa“" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26 @@ -17112,6 +21453,8 @@ "If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, " "just type ubuntu-bug" msgstr "" +"Ако имате проблем са хардвером или не знате назив тог програма, само " +"укуцајте ubuntu-bug" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:30 @@ -17120,6 +21463,9 @@ "about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information " "if you wish. Click Send to continue." msgstr "" +"Након покретања једне од горе наведених наредби, Убунту ће прикупити " +"информације о грешки. Ово може да потраје неколико минута. Прегледајте " +"прикупљене информације ако желите. Кликните Пошаљи да наставите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:35 @@ -17130,6 +21476,12 @@ "bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking " "Create a new account." msgstr "" +"Нови језичак веб прегледника ће се отворити да наставите обраду података " +"грешке. Убунту користи веб сајт Ланчпад да управља својим " +"извештајима о грешкама. Ако немате налог на Ланчпаду, мораћете да се " +"региструјете да бисте известили о грешци и да бисте примали освежења е-поште " +"о њеном стању. Ово можете да урадите тако што ћете кликнути Направи " +"нови налог." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:42 @@ -17137,6 +21489,7 @@ "After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the " "summary field." msgstr "" +"Након што се пријавите на Ланчпад, унесите опис проблема у поље садржаја." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:45 @@ -17148,6 +21501,12 @@ "fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need " "to report a new bug." msgstr "" +"Када кликнете Даље Ланчпад ће тражити сличне грешке у случају да " +"је грешка коју пријављујете већ пријављена. Ако је грешка већ пријављена, " +"можете означити да та грешка утиче и на вас. Такође можете да се претплатите " +"на извештај о грешци да бисте примили освежења о напредовању у њеном " +"исправљању. Ако грешка није већ пријављена, кликните на Не, морам да " +"пријавим нову грешку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:51 @@ -17155,58 +21514,71 @@ "Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's " "important that you specify three things:" msgstr "" +"Попуните поље за опис са што више информација можете. Важно је да наведете " +"три ствари:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Шта сте очекивали да се догоди" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Шта се заправо догодило" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" +"Ако је могуће, најмањи низ корака потребних да се то деси, где је корак 1 " +"„покретање програма“" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" +"Вашем извештају ће бити дат ИБ број, и његово стање ће бити освежено како " +"буде био обрађиван. Хвала вам што помажете да Убунтова помоћ буде боља!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " "Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug " "reporting tool." msgstr "" +"Ако добијете грешку „Ово није прави Убунтуов пакет“, то значи да програм за " +"који покушавате да пријавите грешку није из званичних Убунтуових ризница. У " +"том случају, не можете да користите Убунтуов уграђени алат за извештавање о " +"грешкама." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive online " "documentation." msgstr "" +"За више информација о пријављивању грешака у Убунтуу, прочитајте опширну " +"документацију " +"на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/screen-shot-record.page:10 msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Направите слику онога што се дешава на вашем екрану." #. (itstool) path: credit/years #: C/screen-shot-record.page:17 msgid "2011" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2011" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/screen-shot-record.page:28 @@ -17221,21 +21593,26 @@ "example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them " "and share them on the web." msgstr "" +"Можете да направите слику вашег екрана (снимак екрана). Ово је " +"корисно ако желите некоме да покажете како да уради нешто на рачунару, на " +"пример. Снимци екрана су обичне датотеке слика, тако да можете да их шаљете " +"е-поштом и да их делите на вебу." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/screen-shot-record.page:33 msgid "Take a screenshot" -msgstr "Направите снимак екрана" +msgstr "Прави снимак екрана" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:34 msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Направите слику онога што се дешава на вашем екрану:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:36 msgid "Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool." msgstr "" +"Идите до Полетника и отворите алат Снимак екрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:39 @@ -17245,11 +21622,15 @@ "to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then " "choose any effects you want." msgstr "" +"У прозору Снимак екрана, изаберите да ли желите да обухватите " +"читав екран, текући прозор, или област екрана. Подесите застој ако морате да " +"изаберете прозор или да другачије подесите вашу радну површ за снимање. " +"Затим изаберите неки ефекат ако желите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:46 msgid "Click Take Screenshot." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Сликај екран." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:47 @@ -17257,6 +21638,9 @@ "If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a " "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot." msgstr "" +"Ако изаберете Изабери област за хватање, показивач ће се " +"променити у крстић. Кликните и означите област за коју желите да направите " +"слику." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/screen-shot-record.page:52 @@ -17264,17 +21648,106 @@ "In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a " "folder, then click Save." msgstr "" +"У прозору Сачувај снимак екрана, унесите назив датотеке и " +"изаберите где желите да сачувате слику, затим кликните Сачувај." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." msgstr "" +"Изаберите регион коришћен за датум и време, бројеве, валуту, и мерења." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/session-formats.page:31 msgid "Change date and measurement formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените записе датума и мерења" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-formats.page:33 @@ -17282,80 +21755,96 @@ "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, " "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region." msgstr "" +"Можете да одредите записе који се користе за датуме, времена, бројеве, " +"валуту, и мерења да одговарају онима који се користе у вашем региону." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" +"Отворите Језичка подршка и изаберите језичак Регионални " +"формати." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " "Language tab." msgstr "" +"Изаберите регион који највише одговара формату који желите да користите. По " +"основи, списак показује само регионе који користе језик подешен у језичку " +"Језик." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " "examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in " "calendars." msgstr "" +"Након што сте изабрали регион, област испод списка приказује разне примере " +"приказивања датума и осталих вредности. Иако није приказано у примерима, ваш " +"регион такође одређује почетни дан недеље у календарима." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените формате система" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " "formats used in places like the login screen." msgstr "" +"Када мењате регион за формате, мењате га само за ваш налог након " +"пријављивања. Можете такође да измените формате система, формате " +"који се користе на местима као што је екран за пријављивање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените ваше формате, као што је описано горе." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Примени на цео систем." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." msgstr "" +"Можете наћи детаљнија упутства о језицима и регионалним форматима у Помоћи подршке језика." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-language.page:8 msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребаците на други језик за корисничко сучеље и текст помоћи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/session-language.page:36 msgid "Change which language you use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Промените језик који користите" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-language.page:38 @@ -17364,29 +21853,35 @@ "provided you have the proper language " "packs installed on your computer." msgstr "" +"Можете да користите вашу радну површ и програме на неком од десетак језика, " +"који су обезбеђени својим пакетима " +"језика инсталираним на вашем рачунару." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Језичка подршка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" +"Изаберите ваш жељени језик у језичку Језик. Превуците језик на " +"врх списка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17395,24 +21890,33 @@ "language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should " "update the folder names." msgstr "" +"Постоје неке посебне фасцикле у вашој личној фасцикли у којима програми могу " +"да ускладиште ствари као што су музика, слике и документи. Ове фасцикле " +"користе стандардне називе у складу са вашим језиком. Када се поново " +"пријавите, бићете упитани да ли желите да преименујете те фасцикле на " +"стандардне називе за изабрани језик. Ако планирате да користите нови језик " +"сво време, требали бисте да ажурирате називе фасцикли." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Промените језик система" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " "in places like the login screen." msgstr "" +"Када мењате ваш језик, мењате га само за ваш налог након пријављивања. " +"Можете такође да измените језик система, језик који се користи на " +"местима као што је екран за пријављивање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените ваш језик, као што је описано горе." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-screenlocks.page:11 @@ -17420,11 +21924,13 @@ "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness " "& Lock settings." msgstr "" +"Одредите након ког времена ће се закључати екран у подешавањима " +"Осветљеност и закључавање." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/session-screenlocks.page:25 msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Екран се превише брзо закључава" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-screenlocks.page:27 @@ -17435,28 +21941,37 @@ "the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself " "too quickly." msgstr "" +"Ако оставите ваш рачунар на неколико минута, екран ће се сам закључати тако " +"да ћете морати да унесете лозинку да бисте почели поново да га користите. " +"Ово се ради из безбедносних разлога (тако да нико не може да поремети ваш " +"рад ако оставите рачунар без надзора), али може бити замарајуће ако се екран " +"пребрзо закључава." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/session-screenlocks.page:33 msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да би се екран закључавао након дужег времена:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Осветљеност и закључавање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" +"Измените вредност у падајућем списку Закључај екран након мировања " +"од." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." msgstr "" +"Ако не желите да се екран сам закључава, пребаците искључите " +"закључавање." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing.page:8 @@ -17464,21 +21979,23 @@ "Desktop sharing, Share files…" msgstr "" +"Дељење радне површи, Дељење датотека…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing.page:27 msgid "Sharing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дељење" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:7 msgid "Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опције дељења и примања датотека блутутом." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19 msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљајте дељењем преко блутута" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21 @@ -17488,6 +22005,10 @@ "trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing " "Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer." msgstr "" +"Можете да дозволите приступ вашим фасциклама Јавно и " +"Преузимања за дељење датотека блутутом, и такође да ограничите " +"приступ само поверљивим уређајима. Подесите Поставке дељења " +"личних датотека да управљате приступом дељеним фасциклама на рачунару." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28 @@ -17495,16 +22016,18 @@ "A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or " "connected your computer to it. See ." msgstr "" +"Блутут уређај је поверљив ако сте упарили, или повезали " +"ваш рачунар с њим. Погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34 msgid "Share your Public folder over Bluetooth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Делите вашу фасциклу Јавно преко блутута" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36 msgid "In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У Полетнику, отворите Дељење личних датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39 @@ -17512,16 +22035,19 @@ "Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options from the " "list." msgstr "" +"Изаберите жељене опције дељења и примања датотека блутутом са списка." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sharing-desktop.page:19 msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC." msgstr "" +"Допустите другима да прегледају и посредују са вашом радном површи користећи " +"ВНЦ." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:23 msgid "Share your desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Делите радну површ" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:25 @@ -17530,11 +22056,15 @@ "with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to " "allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences." msgstr "" +"Можете да допустите другима да прегледају и управљају вашом радном површином " +"са другог рачунара са програмом за преглед радне површи. Подесите " +"Дељење радне површи да дозволите другима да приступе вашој радној " +"површи и да подесе поставке безбедности." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:31 msgid "In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У Полетнику, отворите Дељење радне површи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:34 @@ -17543,6 +22073,10 @@ "desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to " "connect to your computer and view what's on your screen." msgstr "" +"Да пустите друге да прегледају вашу радну површ, изаберите Дозволи " +"другим корисницима да виде моју радну површ. Ово значи да ће неко " +"други бити у могућности да покуша да се повеже на ваш рачунар и да прегледа " +"шта се налази на вашем екрану." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:40 @@ -17552,6 +22086,11 @@ "mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the " "security settings which you are currently using." msgstr "" +"Да пустите друге да посредују са вашом радном површи, изаберите Дозволи " +"другим корисницима да управљају мојом радном површином. Ово може да " +"омогући другој особи да помера вашег миша, покреће програме, и разгледа " +"датотеке на вашем рачунару, у зависности од безбедносних подешавања која " +"тренутно користите." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:51 @@ -17559,11 +22098,13 @@ "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security " "option means before changing it." msgstr "" +"Врло је важно да размотрите читав обим сваке безбедносне опције пре него ли " +"је измените." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:55 msgid "Confirm access to your machine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Потврдите приступ вашем рачунару" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:56 @@ -17573,16 +22114,20 @@ "you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow " "someone to connect to your computer." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да будете у могућности да одлучите да ли ћете дозволити некоме да " +"приступи вашој радној површи, изаберите Морате да потврдите сваки " +"приступ овом рачунару. Ако искључите ову опцију, нећете бити упитани " +"да ли желите да дозволите некоме да се повеже на ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:61 msgid "This option is enabled by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ова опција је унапред укључена." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:65 msgid "Enable password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите лозинку" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:66 @@ -17591,6 +22136,9 @@ "select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use " "this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop." msgstr "" +"Да захтевате да други људи користе лозинку приликом повезивања на вашу радну " +"површ, укључите Захтевај да корисник унесе ову лозинку. Ако не " +"користите ову опцију, свако може да покуша да види вашу радну површ." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:70 @@ -17598,11 +22146,13 @@ "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a " "secure password." msgstr "" +"Ова опција је унапред искључена, али бисте требали да је укључите и да " +"поставите безбедносну лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:75 msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Допустите приступ вашој радној површи преко Интернета" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:76 @@ -17613,16 +22163,21 @@ "router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure " "your router manually." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш усмеривач подржава УПнП Интернет протокол уређаја мрежног пролаза и " +"то је укључено, можете дозволити другим људима који нису на вашој локалној " +"мрежи да виде вашу радну површ. Да омогућите ово, изаберите Сам подеси " +"УПнП усмеривач да отвори и проследи прикључнике. Алтернативно, можете " +"ручно да подесите ваш усмеривач." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:82 msgid "This option is disabled by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ова опција је унапред искључена." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sharing-desktop.page:89 msgid "Show notification area icon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите иконицу области обавештења" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:90 @@ -17631,6 +22186,9 @@ "enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be " "visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not." msgstr "" +"Да бисте могли да искључите некога ко прегледа вашу радну површ, треба да " +"укључите ову опцију. Ако изаберете Увек, ова иконица биће видљива " +"без обзира на то да ли неко прегледа вашу радну површ или не." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/sharing-desktop.page:94 @@ -17638,16 +22196,20 @@ "If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your " "desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings." msgstr "" +"Ако је ова опција искључена, могуће је да се неко повеже на вашу радну површ " +"без вашег знања, у зависности од безбедносних подешавања." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:13 msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Додајте, преместите или уклоните иконице често коришћених програма на " +"Покретачу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32 msgid "Change which applications show in the Launcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите који програми се приказују на Покретачу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34 @@ -17655,34 +22217,44 @@ "To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:" msgstr "" +"Да додате програм Покретачу за " +"бржи приступ:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Превуците иконицу програма из Полетника на Покретач." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" +"Другачије,када је неки програм покренут, кликните десним тастером на иконицу " +"програма и изаберите Закључај на Покретачу." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" +"Поредак иконица Покретача се може изменити одвлачењем неке иконице са " +"Покретача, а онда њеним премештањем на жељено место." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." msgstr "" +"Да уклоните иконицу програма из Покретача, кликните десним тастером на " +"иконицу програма и изаберите Уклони из Покретача." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-exit.page:13 @@ -17690,16 +22262,18 @@ "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and " "so on." msgstr "" +"Сазнајте како да напустите ваш кориснички налог, одјављивањем, променом " +"корисника, и тако даље." #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/shell-exit.page:29 msgid "Alexandre Franke" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Александре Франке" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-exit.page:36 msgid "Log out, power off, switch users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одјављивање, гашење, промена корисника" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-exit.page:44 @@ -17707,11 +22281,13 @@ "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it " "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out." msgstr "" +"Када завршите са коришћењем рачунара, можете да га угасите, обуставите " +"(зарад чувања енергије), или да га оставите упаљеним и да се одјавите." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-exit.page:48 msgid "Log out or switch users" -msgstr "Одјавите се или промените корисника" +msgstr "Одјављивање или промена корисника" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-exit.page:49 @@ -17721,22 +22297,26 @@ "applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it " "when you log back in." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да оставите ваш рачунар другим корисницима на коришћење, можете " +"или да се одјавите, или да останете пријављени а само да промените " +"корисника. Ако промените корисника, сви ваши програми ће наставити да раде, " +"и све ће бити на истом месту када се поново пријавите." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" -msgstr "Закључајте екран" +msgstr "Закључавање екрана" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17744,29 +22324,38 @@ "you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain " "amount of time." msgstr "" +"Ако оставите ваш рачунар на кратко, требало би да закључате екран како бисте " +"спречили друге да приступе вашим датотекама или да покрену програме. Када се " +"вратите, само унесите вашу лозинку да се поново пријавите. Ако не закључате " +"ваш екран, сам ће се закључати након одређеног времена." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обустављање" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17774,48 +22363,59 @@ "computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during " "suspend." msgstr "" +"Да сачувате енергију, обуставите рад рачунара када га не користите. Ако " +"користите преносни рачунар, Убунту сам обуставља рад рачунара када спустите " +"поклопац. Ово чува ваше стање у меморији рачунара и гаси већину функција " +"рачунара. Врло мала количина напајања се још увек користи за време " +"обустављања." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гашење или поновно покретање" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " "administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off." msgstr "" +"Ако су пријављени још неки корисници, неће вам бити допуштено да угасите или " +"да поново покренете рачунар, јер би то окончало њихове сесије. Ако сте " +"администратор, биће вам затражена лозинка да бисте могли да угасите рачунар." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-guest-session.page:10 msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нека пријатељ или колега позајми ваш рачунар на безбедан начин." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-guest-session.page:19 msgid "Launch a restricted guest session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покрените ограничену сесију госта" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-guest-session.page:22 msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Привремена сесија са ограниченим овлашћењима" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-guest-session.page:24 @@ -17829,6 +22429,13 @@ "Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the " "guest session." msgstr "" +"С времена на време пријатељ, члан породице, или колега може да пожели да " +"позајми ваш рачунар. Убунтуова функција Сесија госта обезбеђује " +"погодан начин давања, уз висок ниво безбедности, вашег рачунар неком другом. " +"Сесија госта се може покренути или са екрана за пријављивање или у оквиру " +"редовне сесије. Ако сте тренутно пријављени, кликните на иконицу на крајњој " +"десној страни траке изборника и изаберите Сесија " +"госта. Ово ће закључати екран за вашу сесију и започети сесију госта." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-guest-session.page:31 @@ -17838,6 +22445,10 @@ "that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what " "previous guests did." msgstr "" +"Гост не може да види личне фасцикле других корисника, а по основи сви " +"сачувани подаци или измењена подешавања биће уклоњени/повраћени приликом " +"пријављивања. То значи да свака сесија почиње са свежим окружењем, без " +"обзира шта су урадили претходни гости." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-guest-session.page:38 @@ -17851,11 +22462,14 @@ "Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the " "appearance and behavior." msgstr "" +"Упутство на мрежи Прилагодите " +"сесију госта објашњава како да прилагодите изглед и понашање." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-guest-session.page:47 msgid "Disabling the feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Искључивање функције" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-guest-session.page:49 @@ -17865,6 +22479,10 @@ "CtrlAltT to open a " "terminal window, and then run this command:" msgstr "" +"Ако желите да не дозволите приступ госта на вашем рачунару, можете искључити " +"функцију Сесија госта. Да бисте то урадили, притисните " +"КтрлАлтТ да отворите " +"прозор терминала, а затим покрените ову наредбу:" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-guest-session.page:55 @@ -17872,16 +22490,18 @@ "The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest " "Session, simply remove that file:" msgstr "" +"Наредба ствара малу датотеку подешавања. Да поново укључите Сесију " +"госта, једноставно уклоните ту датотеку:" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:11 msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Крећите се по радној површи користећи тастатуру." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Корисне пречице тастатуре" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 @@ -17891,26 +22511,30 @@ "pointing device at all, see for more " "information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard." msgstr "" +"Ова страница обезбеђује преглед пречица тастатуре које могу да вам помогну " +"да успешније користите вашу радну површ и програме. Ако уопште не можете да " +"користите миша или показивачки уређај, погледајте за више података о кретању по корисничком сучељу само тастатуром." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30 msgid "Getting around the desktop" -msgstr "Упознавање са радном површи" +msgstr "Кретање по радној површи" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36 msgid "AltF2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АлтФ2" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36 msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите облачић прозора (за брзо покретање наредби)" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40 msgid "AltTab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АлтТаб" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:41 @@ -17918,11 +22542,13 @@ "Quickly switch between " "windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order." msgstr "" +"Брзо се пребацујте између " +"прозора. Држите притиснутим Помак за преокренути поредак." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46 msgid "Alt`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Алт`" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47 @@ -17930,6 +22556,8 @@ "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected " "application after AltTab." msgstr "" +"Пребацујте се између прозора из истог програма, или из изабраног програма " +"после АлтТаб." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49 @@ -17938,11 +22566,15 @@ "is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is " "Alt plus whatever key is above Tab." msgstr "" +"Ова пречица користи ` на америчким тастатурама, на којима се " +"тастер ` налази изнад тастера Таб. На свим осталим " +"тастатурама, пречица је Алт плус тастер изнад тастера " +"Таб." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54 msgid "SuperS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Супер С" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55 @@ -17950,27 +22582,33 @@ "Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces." msgstr "" +"Активирајте пребацивач радних простора. Умањите преглед на свим радним просторима." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58 msgid "SuperW" -msgstr "" +msgstr "СуперW" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59 msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace." msgstr "" +"Активирајте режим „Expo“. Прикажите све прозоре са тренутног радног простора." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62 msgid "CtrlAltArrow keys" msgstr "" +"КтрлАлтТастери стрелица" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63 msgid "" "Switch between workspaces." msgstr "" +"Пребацујте се између радних " +"простора." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67 @@ -17978,6 +22616,8 @@ "CtrlAltShiftArrow " "keys" msgstr "" +"КтрлАлтПомакТастери " +"стрелица" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68 @@ -17985,16 +22625,18 @@ "Move the current window to a " "different workspace." msgstr "" +"Преместите тренутни прозор на " +"други радни простор." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72 msgid "CtrlAltDelete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлАлтОбриши" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73 msgid "Log out." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одјавите се." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76 @@ -18002,6 +22644,8 @@ "CtrlSuperD" msgstr "" +"КтрлСуперД" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77 @@ -18009,92 +22653,96 @@ "Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your " "windows." msgstr "" +"Сакријте све прозоре и прикажите радну површ. Поново притисните тастере да " +"вратите прозоре." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80 msgid "CtrlAltL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлАлтЛ" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81 msgid "Lock the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закључајте екран." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86 msgid "Common editing shortcuts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опште пречице за уређивање" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88 msgid "CtrlA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлА" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89 msgid "Select all text or items in a list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите сав текст или ставке на списку." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92 msgid "CtrlX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлХ" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93 msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard." msgstr "" +"Исеците (уклоните) изабрани текст или ставке и поставите их у оставу." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96 msgid "CtrlC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлЦ" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97 msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Умножите изабрани текст или ставке у оставу." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100 msgid "CtrlV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлВ" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101 msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уметните садржај оставе." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104 msgid "CtrlZ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "КтрлЗ" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105 msgid "Undo the last action." -msgstr "Опозива последњу радњу." +msgstr "Опозовите последњу радњу." #. (itstool) path: table/title #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110 msgid "Capturing from the screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Снимање екрана" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112 msgid "Print Screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штампај екран" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113 msgid "" "Take a screenshot." msgstr "" +"Направите слику екрана." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116 msgid "AltPrint Screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "АлтШтампај екран" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117 @@ -18102,11 +22750,12 @@ "Take a screenshot of a " "window." msgstr "" +"Направите слику прозора." #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121 msgid "ShiftPrint Screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ШифтШтампај екран" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122 @@ -18115,12 +22764,15 @@ "the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to " "select an area." msgstr "" +"Направите снимак области " +"екрана. Показивач се мења у нишан. Кликните и превуците да изаберете " +"област." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/shell-overview.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Desktop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Радна површ" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-overview.page:11 @@ -18129,11 +22781,14 @@ "keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts, windows…" msgstr "" +"Увод, пречице тастатуре, прозори…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-overview.page:27 msgid "Desktop, apps & windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Радна површ, програми и прозори" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-overview.page:32 @@ -18149,11 +22804,13 @@ #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10 msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window." msgstr "" +"Два пута кликните или превуците траку наслова да увећате или повратите " +"прозор." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23 msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повећајте и поништите повећање прозора" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25 @@ -18164,6 +22821,11 @@ "look at two windows at once. See for " "details." msgstr "" +"Можете да увећате прозор тако да заузме читав простор на радној површи и да " +"поништите увећање прозора да бисте га вратили на његову уобичајену величину. " +"Можете такође да увећате прозоре усправно дуж леве или десне стране екрана, " +"тако да можете да посматрате два прозора одједном. Погледајте за појединости." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31 @@ -18173,6 +22835,10 @@ "keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑." msgstr "" +"Да увећате прозор, ухватите траку наслова и превуците је до врха екрана, или " +"само два пута кликните на исту. Да увећате прозор користећи тастатуру, " +"држите притиснутим тастер Ктрл и Супер и притисните ↑." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37 @@ -18183,6 +22849,11 @@ "Ctrl Super " "↓." msgstr "" +"Да повратите прозор на његову неувећану величину, одлепите га од ивице " +"екрана. Ако је прозор у потпуности повећан, можете два пута да кликнете на " +"траку наслова да бисте га повратили. Можете такође да користите пречице " +"тастатуре КтрлСупер↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44 @@ -18190,11 +22861,13 @@ msgid "" "Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it." msgstr "" +"Држите притиснутим тастер Алт и зграбите било где унутар прозора " +"да га померите." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows.page:9 msgid "Move and organize your windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Премештајте и организујте прозоре." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows.page:21 @@ -18208,6 +22881,9 @@ "applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, " "you can launch new applications and control which window is active." msgstr "" +"Као и друге радне површи, Јунити користи прозоре за приказивање ваших радних " +"програма. Коришћењем и Полетника и Покретача, можете " +"да покренете нове програме и да управљате радним прозорима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows.page:25 @@ -18216,12 +22892,15 @@ "workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn " "how to use these features." msgstr "" +"Као додатак прозорима, можете заједно да групишете програме у радним " +"просторима. Погледајте теме помоћи прозора и радних простора испод да " +"научите боље како да користите ове функције." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/shell-windows.page:49 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прозори" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows.page:51 @@ -18232,27 +22911,29 @@ #: C/shell-windows.page:56 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Workspaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Радни простори" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows.page:58 msgid "Working with workspaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Рад са радним просторима" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-states.page:10 msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повратите, промените величину, средите и сакријте." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-states.page:23 msgid "Window operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Радње са прозором" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:25 msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow." msgstr "" +"Прозору може бити промењена величина или може бити обрисан да би пратио " +"радни ток." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-states.page:29 @@ -18262,7 +22943,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:31 msgid "To minimize or hide a window:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да умањује или сакријете прозор:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:34 @@ -18272,6 +22953,10 @@ "screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, " "the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window." msgstr "" +"Кликните на - у горњем левом углу траке изборника " +"програма. Ако је програм увећан (заузима цео екран), трака изборника ће се " +"појавити на самом врху екрана. У супротном, дугме за увећање ће се појавити " +"на врху прозора програма." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:39 @@ -18280,11 +22965,14 @@ "window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the " "Launcher." msgstr "" +"Или притисните АлтРазмак да прикажете " +"изборник прозора. Затим притисните н. Прозор ће „нестати“ у " +"Покретачу." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:45 msgid "To restore the window:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да вратите прозор:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:48 @@ -18293,6 +22981,9 @@ "retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing " "AltTab." msgstr "" +"Кликните на њега у Покретачу или " +"га довуците из пребацивача прозора притиском на " +"АлтТаб." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:54 @@ -18302,12 +22993,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:57 msgid "Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на x у горњем левом углу прозора, или" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:60 msgid "Press AltF4, or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните АлтФ4" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:63 @@ -18315,102 +23006,122 @@ "Press AltSpace to bring up the window " "menu. Then press c." msgstr "" +"Притисните АлтРазмак да прикажете " +"изборник прозора. Затим притисните ц." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-states.page:71 msgid "Resize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Промените величину" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-windows-states.page:74 msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is maximized." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Величина прозора не може бити промењена ако је увећан." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да промените величину прозора водоравно и/или усправно:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" +"Померите показивач миша у било који угао прозора док се не промени у „угаони " +"показивач“. Кликните+држите+превуците да измените величину прозора у било " +"ком правцу." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да промените величину прозора само водоравно:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" +"Померите показивач миша на било коју страну прозора док се не промени у " +"„бочни показивач“. Кликните+држите+превуците да измените величину прозора у " +"водоравном правцу." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да промените величину прозора само усправно:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " "resize the window vertically." msgstr "" +"Померите показивач миша на врх или на дно прозора док се не промени у „горњи " +"показивач“ или у „доњи показивач“. Кликните+држите+превуците да промените " +"величину прозора усправно." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средите прозоре у радном простору" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да поставите два прозора један поред другог:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " "left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and " "the window will fill the left half of the screen." msgstr "" +"Кликните на траку наслова прозора и превуците га према левој " +"ивици екрана. Када показивач миша додирне ивицу, лева половина " +"екрана постаје истакнута. Отпустите тастер миша и прозор ће испунити леву " +"половину екрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" +"Превуците још један прозор на десну страну: када десна половина екрана " +"постане истакнута, отпустите. Сваки од два прозора попуњава по пола екрана." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " "bar of an application." msgstr "" +"Притисак на Алт + клик било где у прозору ће вам омогућити да " +"померите прозор. Некоме ово може бити лакше него клик на траку " +"наслова програма." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11 msgid "Press AltTab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните АлтТаб." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26 msgid "Switch between windows" -msgstr "Пребаците се између прозора" +msgstr "Пребацујте се између прозора" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34 msgid "From the Launcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Из Покретача" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36 @@ -18418,6 +23129,7 @@ "Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of " "your screen." msgstr "" +"Покажите Покретач померањем миша у горњи леви угао екрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39 @@ -18425,6 +23137,8 @@ "Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. " "Click on a running application icon to switch to it." msgstr "" +"Програми који раде имају малу белу стрелицу троугла на левој страни. " +"Кликните на иконицу програма који ради да се пребаце на њега." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43 @@ -18433,87 +23147,103 @@ "white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show " "all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" +"Ако покренут програм има више отворених прозора, биће више белих стрелица на " +"левој страни. Кликните на иконицу програма по други пут да покажете све " +"отворене прозоре који нису у првом плану. Кликните на прозор на који желите " +"да пређете." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" +"Притисните АлтТаб да прикажете " +"пребацивач прозора." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " "workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press " "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +"Само прозори са текућег радног " +"простора биће приказани. Да бисте приказали прозоре са свих радних " +"простора, држите притиснутим тастере Ктрл и Алт и " +"притисните Таб или " +"ПомакТаб." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " "zoomed out." msgstr "" +"Притисните СуперW да прикажете све отворене " +"прозоре умањене." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на прозор на који желите да се пребаците." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10 msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повећајте два прозора један поред другог." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:20 msgid "Tile windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поплочајте прозоре" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:22 @@ -18522,6 +23252,9 @@ "allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between " "them." msgstr "" +"Можете да повећате прозор само на левој или десној страни екрана, што вам " +"омогућава да поставите два прозора један поред другог да бисте се брзо " +"пребацивали између њих." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:26 @@ -18532,17 +23265,24 @@ "key\">Super and press the Left or Right " "key." msgstr "" +"Да повећате прозор дуж стране екрана, зграбите траку наслова и превуците је " +"до леве или десне стране све док не буде истакнуто пола екрана. Користећи " +"тастатуру, држите притиснутим Ктрл and Супер и притисните тастер стрелице на лево или " +"десно." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11 msgid "" "Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace." msgstr "" +"Отворите пребацивач радних простора и превуците прозор на други радни " +"простор." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25 msgid "Move a window to a different workspace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преместите прозор на други радни простор" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:28 @@ -18550,13 +23290,14 @@ msgid "" "Please see about enabling workspaces." msgstr "" +"Погледајте о укључивању радних површи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31 #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:32 msgid "Using the mouse:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користећи миша:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35 @@ -18564,23 +23305,25 @@ "Open the Launcher and click the " "workspace switcher button near the bottom." msgstr "" +"Отворите Покретач и кликните на " +"дугме пребацивач радног простора при дну." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39 msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Превуците прозор на радни простор који сте изабрали." #. (itstool) path: page/p #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43 #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37 msgid "Using the keyboard:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користећи тастатуру:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46 msgid "Select the window you want to move." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите прозор који желите да преместите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:49 @@ -18590,6 +23333,10 @@ "to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current " "workspace on the workspace switcher." msgstr "" +"Притисните " +"КтрлАлтПомак→ " +"да преместите прозор на радни простор који се налази са десне стране текућег " +"радног простора у бирачу радних простора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:55 @@ -18599,6 +23346,10 @@ "to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current " "workspace on the workspace switcher." msgstr "" +"Притисните " +"КтрлАлтПомак← " +"да преместите прозор на радни простор који се налази са леве стране текућег " +"радног простора у бирачу радних простора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:61 @@ -18608,6 +23359,10 @@ "to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on " "the workspace switcher." msgstr "" +"Притисните " +"КтрлАлтПомак↓ " +"да преместите прозор на радни простор који се налази испод текућег радног " +"простора у бирачу радних простора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67 @@ -18617,16 +23372,21 @@ "to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on " "the workspace switcher." msgstr "" +"Притисните " +"КтрлАлтПомак↑ " +"да преместите прозор на радни простор који се налази изнад текућег радног " +"простора у бирачу радних простора." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-workspaces.page:10 msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop." msgstr "" +"Радни простори представљају начин груписања прозора на радној површи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-workspaces.page:23 msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је то радни простро, и како ће ми помоћи?" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -18639,11 +23399,13 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " "md5='058673b073532130bbe9d340a4b3d6e1'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " +"md5='058673b073532130bbe9d340a4b3d6e1'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:27 msgid "Workspace switcher button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дугме бирача радног простора" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:30 @@ -18652,6 +23414,9 @@ "desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to " "reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate." msgstr "" +"Радни простори се односе на груписање прозора на вашој радној површи. Те " +"виртуелне радне површи повећавају величину ваше области за рад. Радни " +"простори су замишљени да смање неред и да олакшају кретање по радној површи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/shell-workspaces.page:33 @@ -18661,68 +23426,86 @@ "workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music " "manager could be on a third workspace." msgstr "" +"Радни простори могу бити коришћени за организовање вашег рада. На пример, " +"можете имати све ваше прозоре комуникација, као што је програм е-поште и " +"ћаскања, на једном радном простору, а оно на чему тренутно радите на другом. " +"Ваш управник музике може бити отворен на трећем радном простору." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/shell-workspaces.page:39 msgid "Enable workspaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите радне просторе" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" +"У одељку „Лично“, кликните на Изглед и изаберите језичак " +"Понашање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Означите поље Укључи радне просторе." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " "Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change " "the number of workspaces:" msgstr "" +"Сада можете да отворите Покретач " +"и да кликнете на иконицу пребацивача радних простора при дну. По " +"основи, Убунту показује 4 радна простора, распоређених у 2 реда и 2 колоне. " +"Можете променити број радних простора:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" -msgstr "Промените број радних простора" +msgstr "Измените број радних простора" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" +"Идите до Полетника и отворите " +"Терминал." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" +"Да бисте променили број редова, откуцајте следећу наредбу, променивши крајњи " +"број на број који желите. Притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" +"Да бисте променили број колона, откуцајте следећу наредбу, променивши крајњи " +"број на број који желите. Притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11 msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces." msgstr "" +"Отворите пребацивач радних простора и кликните два пута на један од радних " +"простора." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24 msgid "Switch between workspaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребацујте се између радних простора" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33 @@ -18732,6 +23515,10 @@ "window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button " "again to return to your previous workspace." msgstr "" +"Отворите Покретач и кликните на " +"дугме пребацивача радних простора при дну. Кликните два пута на " +"било који прозор или радни простор да пређете на њега, или поново притисните " +"дугме пребацивача радног простора да се вратите на претходни радни простор." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41 @@ -18739,6 +23526,9 @@ "Press CtrlAlt→ to move to " "a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace." msgstr "" +"Притисните КтрлАлт→ да се " +"преместите на радни простор који се налази са десне стране текућег радног " +"простора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44 @@ -18746,6 +23536,9 @@ "Press CtrlAlt← to move to " "a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace." msgstr "" +"Притисните КтрлАлт← да се " +"преместите на радни простор који се налази са леве стране текућег радног " +"простора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49 @@ -18753,6 +23546,8 @@ "Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to " "a workspace which is below the current workspace." msgstr "" +"Притисните КтрлАлт↓ да се " +"преместите на радни простор који се налази испод текућег радног простора." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:52 @@ -18760,6 +23555,8 @@ "Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to " "a workspace which is above the current workspace." msgstr "" +"Притисните КтрлАлт↑ да се " +"преместите на радни простор који се налази изнад текућег радног простора." #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -18772,6 +23569,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " "md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' " +"md5='a29e8180454ef7c9d06bf4a7f8bf238d'" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-alert.page:14 @@ -18779,11 +23578,13 @@ "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable " "alert sounds." msgstr "" +"Изаберите звук за поруке, подесите јачину звука упозорења, или искључите " +"звуке упозорења." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-alert.page:19 msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите или искључите звук упозорења" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-alert.page:21 @@ -18792,6 +23593,10 @@ "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert " "volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely." msgstr "" +"Ваш рачунар ће пустити једноставан звук упозорења за одређене врсте порука и " +"догађаја. Можете да изаберете другачије снимке звука за упозорења, подесите " +"јачину звука упозорења независно од јачине звука на систему, или да у " +"потпуности искључите звуке упозорења." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-alert.page:27 @@ -18800,6 +23605,8 @@ "Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click " "Sound Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник звука на траци изборника и " +"изаберите Подешавања звука." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-alert.page:28 @@ -18807,6 +23614,8 @@ "On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will " "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds." msgstr "" +"У језичку Звучни ефекти, изаберите звук за упозорење. Савки звук " +"биће пуштен када кликнете на њега тако да можете да чујете како звучи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-alert.page:32 @@ -18815,6 +23624,9 @@ "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or " "other sound files." msgstr "" +"Користите клизач јачине звука у језичку Звучни ефекти да подесите " +"јачину звука упозорења. Ово неће утицати на јачину звука ваше музике, " +"филмова, или других звучних датотека." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-alert.page:36 @@ -18822,17 +23634,20 @@ "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to " "Alert volume." msgstr "" +"Да потпуно искључите звуке упозорења, изаберите Утишај поред " +"јачине звука упозорења." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-broken.page:10 msgid "" "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality." msgstr "" +"Решите проблеме као што је непостојање звука или звук лошег квалитета." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-broken.page:20 msgid "Sound problems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблеми са звуком" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-broken.page:27 @@ -18840,16 +23655,18 @@ "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. " "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?" msgstr "" +"Постоје бројни начини да се пуштање звука на вашем рачунару поремети. Која " +"од тема испод боље описује проблем на који сте наишли?" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-crackle.page:8 msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите ваше аудио каблове и управљачке програме звучне картице." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-crackle.page:20 msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чујем пуцкетање или зујање приликом пуштања звука" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:22 @@ -18858,11 +23675,14 @@ "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem " "with the drivers for the sound card." msgstr "" +"Ако чујете пуцкетање или зујање приликом пуштања звука на рачунару, можда " +"имате проблем са аудио кабловима или конекторима, или проблем са управљачким " +"програмима звучне картице." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:28 msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли су звучници исправно прикључени." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:29 @@ -18870,11 +23690,13 @@ "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the " "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound." msgstr "" +"Ако звучници нису потпуно прикључени, или су прикључени у погрешну " +"прикључницу, можете чути зујање." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:34 msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уверите се да кабал звучника/слушалица није оштећен." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:35 @@ -18884,11 +23706,15 @@ "player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may " "need to replace the cable or headphones." msgstr "" +"Аудио каблови и конектори могу постепено да се похабају са употребом. " +"Покушајте да прикључите кабал или слушалице у другу аудио уређај (као што је " +"МП3 плејер или ЦД плејер), да проверите да ли и даље постоји пуцкетање " +"звука. Ако постоји, можда ћете морати да замените кабал или слушалице." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:42 msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли су управљачки програми довољно добри." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:43 @@ -18898,6 +23724,10 @@ "the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term " "\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem." msgstr "" +"Неке звучне картице не раде добро на Линуксу јер немају довољно добре " +"управљачке програме. Овај проблем је теже открити. Покушајте да потражите " +"марку и модел звучне картице на Интернету, као и термин претраге „Убунту“, " +"да видите да ли и други људи имају исти проблем." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-crackle.page:47 @@ -18905,6 +23735,8 @@ "You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more " "information about your sound card." msgstr "" +"Можете да покренете наредбу „sudo lspci -v“ у " +"терминалу да добавите више података о вашој звучној картици." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-nosound.page:8 @@ -18912,11 +23744,13 @@ "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the " "sound card is detected." msgstr "" +"Проверите да звук није утишан, да су каблови исправно прикључени, и да је " +"звучна картица откривена." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:21 msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не чујем никакав звук на рачунару" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:23 @@ -18925,11 +23759,13 @@ "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the " "problem." msgstr "" +"Ако не можете да чујете никакав звук на рачунару, на пример када покушавате " +"да пустите музику, пробајте ове кораке за решавање проблема." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:27 msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уверите се да звук није утишан" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:28 @@ -18937,6 +23773,8 @@ "Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) " "and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник звука на траци изборника (изгледа као " +"звучник) и уверите се да звук није утишан или потпуно искључен." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:30 @@ -18944,6 +23782,8 @@ "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that " "key to see if it unmutes the sound." msgstr "" +"Неки преносни рачунари имају прекидаче или тастере на тастатурама — " +"покушајте да притиснете тај тастер да видите да ли ће се звук појачати." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:32 @@ -18955,11 +23795,17 @@ "Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the " "Applications tab and check that your application is not muted." msgstr "" +"Треба такође да проверите да нисте утишали програм који користите за пуштање " +"звука (на пример, програм за музику или филмове). Програм може да има дугме " +"за утишавање или јачину звука на главном прозору, и зато проверите и то. " +"Такође, кликните на изборник звука на траци изборника и изаберите " +"Подешавања звука. Када се појави прозор звука, идите " +"на језичак Програми и проверите да ваш програм није утишан." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:41 msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли су звучници упаљени и исправно прикључени" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:42 @@ -18969,6 +23815,10 @@ "securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the " "computer. This socket is usually light green in color." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш рачунар има спољне звучнике, уверите се да су упаљени и да је јачина " +"звука појачана. Уверите се да је кабал звучника безбедно прикључен у " +"„излазну“ прикључницу звука на вашем рачунару. Ова прикључница је обично " +"светло-зелене боје." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:47 @@ -18979,6 +23829,10 @@ "the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to " "see if that works." msgstr "" +"Неке звучне картице могу да промене утичницу коју користе за излаз (на " +"звучнике) и улаз (из микрофона, на пример). Излазна утичница може бити " +"другачија када ради под Линуксом, Виндоузом или Мек ОС-ом. Покушајте да " +"повежете кабал звучника на другу звучну утичницу на рачунару." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:53 @@ -18986,11 +23840,13 @@ "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the " "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too." msgstr "" +"Последња ствар за проверу је да ли је аудио кабал безбедно прикључен на " +"полеђину звучника. Такође, неки звучници имају више од једног улаза." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:58 msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли је изабран одговарајући звучни уређај" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:59 @@ -19000,6 +23856,10 @@ "have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to " "choose the right one." msgstr "" +"Неки рачунари имају инсталираних више „звучних уређаја“. Неки од њих имају " +"могућност отпуштања звука а неки не, тако да требате да проверите да ли сте " +"изабрали онај прави. Ово може да обухвати неке пробе-и-грешке за избор оне " +"праве." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:68 @@ -19007,6 +23867,8 @@ "In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different " "output from the Play sound through list." msgstr "" +"У прозору Звук који ће се појавити, покушајте да изаберете други " +"излаз са списка Пусти звук помоћу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:71 @@ -19015,6 +23877,9 @@ "click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only " "to the channel corresponding to that speaker." msgstr "" +"За изабрани уређај, кликните Пробај звук. У искачућем прозору, " +"кликните на дугме за сваки звучник. Сваки тастер ће изговорити свој положај " +"само за канал који одговара том звучнику." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:76 @@ -19022,11 +23887,13 @@ "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other " "devices that are listed." msgstr "" +"Ако ово не ради, можете да покушате да урадите исто за сваки други уређај " +"који се налази на списку." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-nosound.page:83 msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли је звучна картица исправно откривена" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:84 @@ -19036,17 +23903,22 @@ "for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card " "are not installed." msgstr "" +"Можда ваша звучна картица није правилно откривена. Ако се то десило, рачунар " +"ће мислити да није у стању да пушта звук. Могући разлог неоткривања картице " +"је да управљачки програми за картицу нису инсталирани." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:90 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the Terminal." msgstr "" +"Идите до Полетника и отворите " +"Терминал." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:93 msgid "Type aplay -l and press Enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Упишите aplay -l и притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:96 @@ -19054,6 +23926,9 @@ "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware " "devices, your sound card has not been detected." msgstr "" +"Биће приказан списак уређаја. Ако не постоји playback hardware " +"devices (хардверски уређаји за пуштање), ваша звучна картица није " +"откривена." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:101 @@ -19061,6 +23936,9 @@ "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the " "drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have." msgstr "" +"Ако ваша звучна картица није откривена, мораћете ручно да инсталирате " +"управљачке програме за њу. Како ћете ово да урадите зависиће од звучне " +"картице коју имате." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:104 @@ -19073,6 +23951,13 @@ "card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with " "more detailed information." msgstr "" +"Можете да видите коју звучну картицу имате користећи наредбу " +"lspci у терминалу. Можете да добијете комплетнији " +"резултат ако покренете наредбу lspci као суперкорисник; упишите sudo lspci и унесите вашу " +"лозинку. Погледајте да ли се на списку налази неки audio controller " +"или audio device — треба да садржи марку и модел звучне картице. " +"Наредба sudo lspci -v приказаће списак са детаљнијим подацима." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:112 @@ -19081,6 +23966,9 @@ "Internet. Otherwise, you can file a " "bug." msgstr "" +"Можете бити у могућности да пронађете и инсталирате управљачке програме за " +"вашу картицу тражећи на Интернету. У супротном, можете да известите о грешци." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-nosound.page:114 @@ -19089,16 +23977,20 @@ "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the " "computer and external USB sound cards." msgstr "" +"Ако не можете да набавите управљачке програме за вашу звучну картицу, можда " +"ћете желети да купите нову. Можете да набавите звучне картице које могу бити " +"инсталиране унутар рачунара и спољне УСБ звучне картице." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-usemic.page:14 msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device." msgstr "" +"Користите аналоган или УСБ микрофон и изаберите основни улазни уређај." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-usemic.page:18 msgid "Use a different microphone" -msgstr "Користите неки други микрофон" +msgstr "Користите други микрофон" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:20 @@ -19109,6 +24001,10 @@ "with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio " "quality." msgstr "" +"Можете да користите спољни микрофон за ћаскање са пријатељима, за разговор " +"са колегама на послу, за снимање гласа, или за коришћење других " +"мултимедијалних програма. Чак и ако ваш рачунар има уграђени микрофон, " +"посебан микрофон обично обезбеђује бољи квалитет звука." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:26 @@ -19120,6 +24016,12 @@ "be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a " "default input device." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш микрофон има кружни прикључак, само га прикључите у одговарајћу " +"звучну утичницу на вашем рачунару. Већина рачунара има две утичнице: једна " +"је за микрофоне а друга за звучнике. Та утичница је обично светло-црвене " +"боје или се поред ње налази слика микрофона. Микрофони укључени у " +"одговарајућу утичницу обично ће бити коришћени по основи. Ако не, погледајте " +"упутства испод за избор основног улазног уређаја." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:33 @@ -19128,12 +24030,15 @@ "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify " "which microphone to use by default." msgstr "" +"Ако имате УСБ микрофон, прикључите га у било коју УСБ прикључницу на вашем " +"рачунару. УСБ микрофони делују као одвојени аудио уређаји, зато ћете морати " +"да одредите који микрофон ће бити коришћен као основни." #. (itstool) path: steps/title #: C/sound-usemic.page:38 #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46 msgid "Select a default audio input device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите основни улазни звучни уређај" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:39 @@ -19142,6 +24047,8 @@ "Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select " "Sound Settings." msgstr "" +"Кликните на изборник звука на траци изборника и " +"изаберите Подешавања звука." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-usemic.page:40 @@ -19149,17 +24056,20 @@ "On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The " "input level indicator should respond when you speak." msgstr "" +"У језичку Улаз, изаберите уређај са списка. Указивач улазног " +"нивоа би требао да одговори када говорите." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15 msgid "" "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device." msgstr "" +"Повежите звучнике или слушалице и изаберите основни излазни звучни уређај." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19 msgid "Use different speakers or headphones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите друге звучнике или слушалице" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21 @@ -19168,6 +24078,9 @@ "usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) " "plug or with USB." msgstr "" +"Можете да користите спољне звучнике или слушалице са вашим рачунаром. " +"Звучници се обично прикључују коришћењем кружног ТРС (шпиц, прстен, " +"наглавак) прикључка или помоћу УСБ-а." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25 @@ -19179,6 +24092,12 @@ "used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the " "default device." msgstr "" +"Ако ваш микрофон или слушалице имају ТРС прикључак, само га прикључите у " +"одговарајћу утичницу на вашем рачунару. Већина рачунара има две утичнице: " +"једна је за микрофоне а друга за звучнике. Та утичница је обично светло-" +"зелене боје или се поред ње налази слика слушалица. Звучници или слушалице " +"укључене у ТРС утичницу обично ће бити коришћени по основи. Ако не, " +"погледајте упутства испод за избор основног улазног уређаја." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31 @@ -19192,6 +24111,14 @@ "button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the " "channel corresponding to that speaker." msgstr "" +"Неки рачунари подржавају више-канални излаз за звук окружења. Обично користе " +"више ТРС прикључака, који су често кодирани бојама. Ако нисте сигурни који " +"прикључак иде у коју утичницу, можете тестирати излаз звука у подешавањима " +"звука. Кликните на изборник звука на траци изборника а " +"затим кликните Подешавања звука. Изаберите звучнике са списка " +"уређаја, а затим кликните Пробај звук. У искачућем прозору, " +"кликните на дугме за сваки звучник. Свако дугме ће изговорити свој положај " +"само за канал који одговара том звучнику." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40 @@ -19200,12 +24127,16 @@ "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate " "audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default." msgstr "" +"Ако имате УСБ звучнике или слушалице, или аналогне слушалице прикључене на " +"УСБ звучну картицу, прикључите их на неки УСБ прикључак. УСБ звучници делују " +"као засебни звучни уређаји, и мораћете да одредите који звучници ће бити " +"коришћени као основни." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48 msgid "" "On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У језичку Излаз, изаберите уређај са списка." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51 @@ -19213,6 +24144,8 @@ "If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the " "Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles." msgstr "" +"Ако не видите ваш уређај у језичку Излаз, проверите језичак " +"Звучне картице. Изаберите ваш уређај и пробајте друге профиле." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sound-volume.page:19 @@ -19220,6 +24153,7 @@ "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each " "application." msgstr "" +"Подесите јачину звука на рачунару и одредите гласност сваког програма." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sound-volume.page:24 @@ -19233,6 +24167,10 @@ "bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn " "off sound by checking Mute." msgstr "" +"Да измените јачину звука, кликните на изборник звука на " +"траци алата и померајте клизач јачине звука лево или десно. " +"Можете у потпуности да искључите звук тако што ћете означити " +"Утишај." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-volume.page:28 @@ -19242,6 +24180,11 @@ "the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the " "\"F\" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them." msgstr "" +"Неке тастатуре имају тастере који вам омогућавају да управљате јачином " +"звука. Ови тастери обично изгледају као звучници из којих излазе звучни " +"таласи. Често се налазе близу тастера „Ф“ на врху. На тастатурама преносних " +"рачунара, обично се налазе на „Ф“ тастерима. Држите притиснутим тастер " +"Fn на тастатури да их користите." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sound-volume.page:33 @@ -19250,11 +24193,14 @@ "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a " "volume control too." msgstr "" +"Ако имате спољне звучнике, можете да промените јачину звучника користећи " +"дугме за појачавање које се налази на звучницима. Неке слушалице такође " +"имају дугме за подешавање јачине звука." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/sound-volume.page:38 msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените јачину звука за појединачне програме" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-volume.page:39 @@ -19264,6 +24210,10 @@ "the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web " "browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music." msgstr "" +"Можете да измените јачину звука неког програма и да оставите неизмењеном " +"јачину звука за друге програме. Ово је корисно ако слушате музику и " +"разгледате веб, на пример. Можете да искључите звук у веб прегледнику тако " +"да звуци са веб сајтова не ометају музику." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-volume.page:43 @@ -19274,6 +24224,11 @@ "Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change " "the volume of the application there." msgstr "" +"Неки програми имају дугмад за регулисање јачине звука у својим главним " +"прозорима. Ако ваш програм има једно од ових, користите га да промените " +"јачину звука. У супротном, кликните на изборник звука на " +"траци изборника и изаберите Подешавања звука. Идите на " +"језичак Програми и у њему промените јачину звука за дати програм." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/sound-volume.page:47 @@ -19283,16 +24238,20 @@ "lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its " "volume." msgstr "" +"Само програми који тренутно пуштају звук биће на списку. Ако неки програм " +"који тренутно пушта звук није на списку, можда не подржава функцију која вам " +"допушта да управљате јачином звука на овај начин. У том случају, нећете моћи " +"да промените његову јачину звука." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/startup-applications.page:9 msgid "Choose what applications to start when you log in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите који ће се програми покренути када се пријавите." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/startup-applications.page:20 msgid "Startup Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почетни програми" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/startup-applications.page:22 @@ -19300,6 +24259,8 @@ "You can configure what applications should be started at login, in addition " "to the default startup applications configured on the system." msgstr "" +"Можете подесити који програми треба да се покрену у току пријављивања, поред " +"основних почетних програма подешених на систему." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/startup-applications.page:27 @@ -19309,6 +24270,10 @@ "AltF2 and run the gnome-session-" "properties command." msgstr "" +"Користите Полетника да нађете и " +"отворите Почетне програме. Или можете притиснути " +"АлтФ2 и покренути наредбу „gnome-" +"session-properties“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/startup-applications.page:33 @@ -19318,6 +24283,10 @@ "it's sufficient to type firefox in the Command field " "and confirm with Add." msgstr "" +"Кликните Додај и унесите наредбу која ће се извршити у току " +"пријављивања (име и коментар су изборни). На пример, да се Фајерфокс " +"аутоматски покрене, довољно је да укуцате „firefox“ у поље " +"Наредба и потврдите са Додај." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/startup-applications.page:41 @@ -19326,6 +24295,9 @@ "and select a command. Applications to autostart are typically located in the " "/usr/bin folder." msgstr "" +"Можете да упишете наредбу, или да кликнете на дугме Разгледај... " +"и да изаберете наредбу. Програми за самопокретање се обично налазе у " +"фасцикли „/usr/bin“." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tips.page:12 @@ -19333,6 +24305,8 @@ "Special characters, middle click shortcuts…" msgstr "" +"Посебни знаци, пречице средњег клика…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tips.page:16 @@ -19345,141 +24319,178 @@ "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, " "mathematical symbols, and dingbats." msgstr "" +"Откуцајте знаке који се не налазе на вашој тастатури, укључујући стране " +"азбуке, математичке симболе, и украсне знаке." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tips-specialchars.page:28 msgid "Enter special characters" -msgstr "Унесите посебне словне знаке" +msgstr "Унесите посебне знаке" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " "different ways you can enter special characters." msgstr "" +"Можете да унесете и да прегледате на хиљаде знакова из већине светских " +"система писања, чак и оне који се не налазе на вашој тастатури. Ова страница " +"наводи неке различите начине на које можете да унесете посебне знаке." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начини уношења знакова" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Таблица знакова" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " "want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it." msgstr "" +"Гном садржи програм таблице знакова који вам омогућава да разгледате све " +"знакове Уникода. Користите таблицу знакова да пронађете знак који желите, и " +"затим га умножите и убаците где вам је потребно." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual." msgstr "" +"Можете наћи Таблицу знакова у Полетнику. За више " +"података о таблици знакова, погледајте Упутство таблице знакова." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Саставни тастер" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " "é, you can press compose then ' then " "e." msgstr "" +"Саставни тастер је посебан тастер који вам омогућава да притиснете више " +"тастера у низу да бисте добили посебан знак. На пример, да упишете е са " +"нагласком (é), можете да притиснете саставни затим " +"' затим e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." msgstr "" +"Тастатуре немају посебне саставне тастере. Уместо тога, можете да одредите " +"један од постојећих тастера на вашој тастатури као саставни тастер." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" +msgstr "Одредите саставни тастер" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" +"Можете да откуцате много општих знакова користећи саставни тастер, на пример:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" +"Притисните саставни затим ' затим неко слово да " +"поставите дугоузлазни нагласак изнад слова, као што је é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" +"Притисните саставни затим ' затим неко слово да " +"поставите краткоузлазни нагласак изнад слова, као што је è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" +"Притисните саставни затим \" затим неко слово да " +"поставите две тачке изнад слова, као што је ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" +"Притисните саставни затим - затим неко слово да " +"поставите цртицу изнад слова, као што је ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia." msgstr "" +"За још низова саставног тастера, погледајте страницу саставног тастера на Википедији." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кодни приказ" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -19488,9 +24499,14 @@ "Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters " "after U+." msgstr "" +"Можете да унесете било који знак Уникода користећи само вашу тастатуру са " +"бројевним кодним приказом знака. Сваки знак је одређен четворозначним кодним " +"приказом. Да пронађете кодни приказ неког знака, пронађите знак у таблици " +"знакова и погледајте на траку стања или у језичку Детаљи о знаку. " +"Кодни приказ јесу четири знака након U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19499,30 +24515,40 @@ "it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter " "them quickly." msgstr "" +"Да унесете знак његовим кодним приказом, држите притиснутим " +"КтрлПомакU, укуцајте кодни " +"приказ знака, затим притисните Унеси. Ако често користите знаке " +"којима не можете да приступите на друге начине, можете увидети да је корисно " +"да запамтите кодни приказ тих знакова тако да их можете унети на брзину." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начини уноса" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " "different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see " "." msgstr "" +"Можете да учините да се ваша тастатура понаша као тастатура неког другог " +"језика, без обзира која су слова одштампана на тастерима. Можете чак и брзо " +"да се пребацујете између различитих распореда тастатуре користећи иконицу на " +"траци изборника. Да сазнате како, погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:8 msgid "Run, install, or uninstall apps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покрените, инсталирајте или уклоните програме." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:19 msgid "Applications lens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сочиво програма" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:21 @@ -19531,6 +24557,9 @@ "bar. The applications lens gives you access to your applications or " "applications available for install." msgstr "" +"Сочиво програма је прво сочиво након Полетника на траци сочива. " +"Сочиво програма вам даје приступ програмима или програмима доступним за " +"инсталацију." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:25 @@ -19538,6 +24567,8 @@ "You can use SuperA to open the Dash " "directly at the applications lens." msgstr "" +"Можете користити тастере СуперА да " +"отворите Полетника директно у сочиву програма." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:29 @@ -19548,7 +24579,7 @@ #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:32 #: C/unity-dash-video.page:32 msgid "Previews" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прегледи" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:31 @@ -19557,6 +24588,9 @@ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its Ubuntu " "Software rating, and what version is available." msgstr "" +"Десни клик на резултат претраге да отворите преглед. Преглед " +"приказује кратак опис програма, снимак екрана, његову оцену у " +"Убунтуовом софтверу, и које је издање доступно." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:35 @@ -19565,6 +24599,9 @@ "and either launch the application or uninstall it. Certain essential " "applications cannot be uninstalled from the preview." msgstr "" +"За инсталиране програме, можете видети када је програм инсталиран и или да " +"покренете програм или да га уклоните. Неки кључни програми не могу бити " +"уклоњени из прегледа." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:39 @@ -19572,6 +24609,7 @@ "For applications that haven't been installed, you can install them right " "from the preview." msgstr "" +"За програме који нису инсталирани, можете их инсталирати управо из прегледа." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:45 @@ -19582,7 +24620,7 @@ #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:43 #: C/unity-dash-video.page:40 msgid "Filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Филтери" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-apps.page:47 @@ -19593,16 +24631,21 @@ "view installed applications or SourcesSoftware " "Center to only show applications available for install." msgstr "" +"Кликните на Издвој резултате ако желите да видите резултате само " +"за одређену врсту програма. Такође можете да кликнете на " +"ИзвориЛокални програми само да видите " +"инсталиране програме или на ИзвориСофтверски " +"центар само да прикажете програме доступне за инсталацију." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-dash-files.page:8 msgid "Find files, folders, and downloads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нађите датотеке, фасцикле и преузимања." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-dash-files.page:19 msgid "Files lens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сочиво датотека" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-files.page:21 @@ -19611,6 +24654,9 @@ "bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access " "to recently used files, folders, or downloads." msgstr "" +"Сочиво датотека је друго сочиво након Полетника на траци сочива и " +"представљено је документом. Сочиво докумената вам даје приступ недавно " +"коришћеним датотекама, фасциклама или преузимањима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-files.page:25 @@ -19618,6 +24664,8 @@ "You can use SuperF to open the Dash " "directly at the files lens." msgstr "" +"Можете користити тастере СуперФ да " +"отворите Полетника директно у сочиву датотека." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-dash-files.page:29 @@ -19626,6 +24674,9 @@ "xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts to see search results from Google " "Drive." msgstr "" +"Ако користите Гугл диск, будите сигурни да сте додали Гугл акредитиве за " +"Налоге на мрежи да бисте видели резултате " +"претраге из Гугл диска." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-files.page:37 @@ -19633,12 +24684,16 @@ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " "shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved." msgstr "" +"Десни клик на резултат претраге да отворите преглед. Преглед " +"приказује формат датотеке, величину датотеке и када је последњи пут сачувана." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-files.page:41 msgid "" "You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file." msgstr "" +"Можете отворити датотеку, да је пошаљете е-поштом или да отворите фасциклу " +"која садржи датотеку." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-files.page:49 @@ -19646,16 +24701,18 @@ "Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the " "last time the file was saved." msgstr "" +"Кликните Издвој резултате да издвојите према врсти или величини " +"датотеке, или према времену последњег чувања датотеке." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-dash-friends.page:8 msgid "Browse messages from your online social media accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Разгледајте поруке са ваших налога друштвених медија на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-dash-friends.page:19 msgid "Friends scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Досег пријатеља" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-friends.page:21 @@ -19664,6 +24721,9 @@ "bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives " "you access to your social media accounts." msgstr "" +"Досег пријатеља је шесто сочиво после Полетника на траци сочива и " +"представљен је говорним балончићем. Досег пријатеља вам даје приступ вашим " +"налозима друштвених медија." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-friends.page:25 @@ -19671,6 +24731,8 @@ "You can use SuperG to open the Dash " "directly at the Friends Scope icon." msgstr "" +"Можете користити тастере СуперГ да " +"отворите Полетника директно у иконици досега пријатеља." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/unity-dash-friends.page:28 @@ -19678,6 +24740,8 @@ "The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts." msgstr "" +"Сочиво ће бити празно све док не унесете ваше податке у Налозима на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-friends.page:34 @@ -19685,21 +24749,24 @@ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " "gives you more information and allows you to \"like\" or reshare posts." msgstr "" +"Десни клик на резултат претраге да отворите преглед. Преглед вам " +"даје више података и омогућава вам да означите објаве да вам се „допадају“ " +"или да их делите даље." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-friends.page:43 msgid "Click Filter results to filter by account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Издвој резултате да их издвојите према налогу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:8 msgid "The Dash is the top button in the Launcher." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Полетник је прво дугме на врху Покретача." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:19 msgid "Find applications, files, music, and more with the Dash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нађите програме, датотеке, музику и много тога уз помоћ Полетника" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -19712,11 +24779,13 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' " "md5='b911663ea04c69ca882b45d469e8d786'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' " +"md5='b911663ea04c69ca882b45d469e8d786'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22 msgid "Unity Search" -msgstr "Унити претрага" +msgstr "Претрага Јунитија" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:25 @@ -19726,6 +24795,11 @@ "worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, " "you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful." msgstr "" +"Полетник вам омогућава да тражите програме, датотеке, музику и " +"снимке, и показује вам ставке које сте недавно користили. Ако сте некада " +"радили на табеларном прорачуну или сте уређивали слику и заборавили сте где " +"сте то сачували, сигурно ћете увидети да је ова функција Полетника врло " +"корисна." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:31 @@ -19735,6 +24809,10 @@ "on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key." msgstr "" +"Да бисте почели да користите Полетника, кликните на горњу иконицу " +"на Покретачу. Ова иконица има " +"Убунтуов логотип на њој. За бржи приступ, можете само да притиснете тастер " +"Супер." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:35 @@ -19742,11 +24820,13 @@ "To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press " "Super or Esc." msgstr "" +"Да сакријете Полетника, кликните на иконицу на врху или " +"притисните Супер или Есц." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:38 msgid "Search everything from the Dash home" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тражење свега из Полетника" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40 @@ -19755,6 +24835,9 @@ "typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you applications and " "files you've used recently." msgstr "" +"Прва ствар коју ћете видети приликом отварања Полетника је Полетниково " +"полазиште. Без куцања или кликања на било шта, Полетниково полазиште ће вам " +"показати програме и датотеке које сте недавно користили." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:42 @@ -19762,6 +24845,9 @@ "Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, " "you can click See more results to view them." msgstr "" +"Само један ред резултата ће приказати за сваку врсту. Ако има више " +"резултата, можете да кликнете на Погледајте више резултата да их " +"видите." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:45 @@ -19769,6 +24855,8 @@ "To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically " "appear from the different installed lenses." msgstr "" +"За претраживање, само почните куцати а одговарајући резултати претраге ће се " +"аутоматски појавити из различитих инсталираних сочива." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:48 @@ -19776,11 +24864,13 @@ "Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the " "first item in the list." msgstr "" +"Кликните на резултат да га отворите, или притисните Унеси да " +"отворите прву ставку са списка." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:54 msgid "Lenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сочива" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:56 @@ -19788,6 +24878,8 @@ "Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other " "lenses." msgstr "" +"Сочива вам омогућавају да сузите резултате Полетника и да искључите " +"резултате из других сочива." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:58 @@ -19795,6 +24887,8 @@ "You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker " "strip at the bottom of the Dash." msgstr "" +"Можете видети доступна сочива на траци сочива, тамнија пруга при " +"дну Полетника." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:61 @@ -19802,11 +24896,13 @@ "To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press " "CtrlTab." msgstr "" +"Да се пребаците на друго сочиво, кликните одговарајућу иконицу или " +"притисните КтрлТаб." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:69 msgid "Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Филтери вам омогућавају да још више сузите вашу претрагу." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:71 @@ -19814,6 +24910,9 @@ "Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a " "filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices." msgstr "" +"Кликните на Издвој резултате да изаберете филтере. Мораћете да " +"кликнете на заглавље филтера као што је Извори да видите доступне " +"изборе." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:79 @@ -19821,21 +24920,25 @@ "If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with " "more information about the result." msgstr "" +"Ако кликнете десним тастером на резултат претраге, преглед ће се " +"отворити са још више података о резултату." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-intro.page:82 msgid "To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc." msgstr "" +"Да затворите преглед, кликните на било коју празнину или притисните " +"Есц." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-dash-music.page:8 msgid "Find and play music from your computer or the internet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нађите и пустите музику са рачунара или интернета." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-dash-music.page:19 msgid "Music lens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сочиво музике" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-music.page:21 @@ -19844,6 +24947,9 @@ "bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you " "access to your music or music available online." msgstr "" +"Сочиво музике је четврто сочиво након Полетника на траци сочива и " +"представљено је музичком нотом. Сочиво музике вам даје приступ вашој музици " +"или музици доступној на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-music.page:25 @@ -19851,6 +24957,8 @@ "You can use SuperM to open the Dash " "directly at the music lens." msgstr "" +"Можете користити тастере СуперМ да " +"отворите Полетника директно у сочиву музике." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-music.page:32 @@ -19858,6 +24966,8 @@ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " "shows the cover art and the tracks." msgstr "" +"Десни клик на резултат претраге да отворите преглед. Преглед " +"приказује омоте и нумере." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-music.page:35 @@ -19865,21 +24975,26 @@ "Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the " "track number again to pause the song." msgstr "" +"Кликните на број нумере да пустите песму из самог прегледа. Кликните поново " +"на број нумере да зауставите песму." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-music.page:43 msgid "Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre." msgstr "" +"Кликните Издвој резултате да их издвојите према декади или жанру." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:8 msgid "View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts." msgstr "" +"Погледајте фотографије са рачунара или ваших налога друштвених медија на " +"мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:20 msgid "Photos lens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сочиво фотографија" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:22 @@ -19889,6 +25004,10 @@ "to photos on your computer or from Online " "Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa." msgstr "" +"Сочиво фотографија је пето сочиво после Полетника на траци сочива " +"и представљено је фотоапаратом. Сочиво фотографија вам омогућава приступ " +"фотографијама на рачунару или са налога на " +"мрежи, као што су Фејсбук или Гугл Пикаса." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:28 @@ -19896,6 +25015,8 @@ "You can use SuperC to open the Dash " "directly at the photos lens." msgstr "" +"Можете користити тастере СуперЦ да " +"отворите Полетника директно у сочиву фотографија." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:34 @@ -19903,12 +25024,16 @@ "Right click on a search result to open a preview with more " "information about the photo and a larger thumbnail." msgstr "" +"Десни клик на резултат претраге да отворите преглед са више " +"података о фотографији већом сличицом." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:37 msgid "" "For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them." msgstr "" +"За фотографије на вашем рачунару, можете да их отворите, штампате, " +"прегледате или да их пошаљете е-поштом." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-photos.page:45 @@ -19916,16 +25041,18 @@ "Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the " "source." msgstr "" +"Кликните Издвој резултате да их издвојите према датуму снимања " +"фотографије или према извору." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-dash-video.page:8 msgid "Find and play videos from your computer or the internet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нађите и пустите снимке са рачунара или интернета." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-dash-video.page:19 msgid "Video lens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сочива снимака" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-video.page:21 @@ -19934,11 +25061,14 @@ "bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you " "access to your videos or videos available online." msgstr "" +"Сочиво снимака је треће сочиво након Полетника на траци сочива и " +"представљено је филмском врпцом. Сочиво снимака вам даје приступ вашим " +"снимцима или снимцима доступним на мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-video.page:25 msgid "You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Можете чак и да купите или изнајмите снимке из Полетника." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-dash-video.page:27 @@ -19946,6 +25076,8 @@ "You can use SuperV to open the Dash " "directly at the video lens." msgstr "" +"Можете користити тастере СуперВ да " +"отворите Полетника директно у сочиву снимака." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-video.page:34 @@ -19953,21 +25085,24 @@ "Right click on a search result to open a preview with more " "information about the video." msgstr "" +"Десни клик на резултат претраге да отворите преглед са више " +"података о снимку." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-dash-video.page:42 msgid "Click Filter results to filter by video source." msgstr "" +"Кликните Издвој резултате да их издвојите према извору снимка." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:9 msgid "Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите ХУД да претражујете изборнике програма које користите." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:20 msgid "What is the HUD?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је то ХУД?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:22 @@ -19975,6 +25110,8 @@ "The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based " "alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS." msgstr "" +"ХУД или „Heads Up Display“ је алтернатива заснована на " +"претрази за традиционалне изборнике која је уведена у Убунтуу 12.04 ЛТС." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:26 @@ -19984,6 +25121,10 @@ "using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you " "might not remember how to find it in the menus." msgstr "" +"Неки програми као Гимп или Мастилурко имају стотине ставки у изборнику. " +"Ако користите програме као што су ови, можете да се сетите назива опције " +"изборника, али можда се нећете сетити како да је пронађете у изборницима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:31 @@ -19992,26 +25133,29 @@ "hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some " "people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer." msgstr "" +"Коришћење поља за претрагу може бити мало брже него кретање кроз проширену " +"хијерархију изборника. ХУД такође може бити много приступачнији од обичних " +"изборника јер неки људи не могу са прецизношћу да управљају показивачем миша." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:36 msgid "Use the HUD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите ХУД" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:38 msgid "To try the HUD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Да пробате ХУД:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:42 msgid "Tap Alt to open the HUD." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Притисните Алт да отворите ХУД." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:45 msgid "Start typing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почните са куцањем." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:48 @@ -20020,6 +25164,9 @@ "select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search " "result." msgstr "" +"Када видите резултат који желите да покренете, користите тастере на горе и " +"на доле да изаберете резултат, а затим притисните Унеси, или " +"кликните на жељени резултат претраге." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:53 @@ -20028,6 +25175,9 @@ "again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to " "close the HUD." msgstr "" +"Ако се предомислите и желите да изађете из ХУД-а, поново додирните тастер " +"Алт или Есц. Такође можете да кликнете било где ван " +"ХУД-а да бисте га затворили." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-hud-intro.page:59 @@ -20035,16 +25185,18 @@ "The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to " "be even more useful the more you use it." msgstr "" +"ХУД води евиденцију о историјату претраге и прилагођава резултате претраге " +"како би били још кориснији што га више користите." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-introduction.page:9 msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Видни увод у радну површ Јунитија." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-introduction.page:25 msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Добро дошли у Убунту" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:27 @@ -20053,6 +25205,9 @@ "is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help " "you get things done." msgstr "" +"Убунтуова функција Јунити, поново осмишљен начин да користе " +"рачунар. Јунити је дизајниран да умањи сметње, да вам да више простора за " +"рад, и да вам помогне да урадите ствари." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:31 @@ -20061,11 +25216,14 @@ "Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key " "features, and how you can use them." msgstr "" +"Овај водич је осмишљен да одговори на ваша питања у вези са коришћењем " +"Јунитија и Убунтуове радне површи. Прво ћемо на тренутак да погледамо неке " +"од кључних функција Јунитија, и како можете да их користите." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-introduction.page:35 msgid "Getting started with Unity" -msgstr "Први кораци са Убунтуом" +msgstr "Почети коришћење Јунитија" #. (itstool) path: section/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -20078,11 +25236,13 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " "md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' " +"md5='e6639b68b89c315005e0fc6099f56ace'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:38 msgid "The Unity desktop" -msgstr "Унити радна површ" +msgstr "Радна површ Јунитија" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: media/p @@ -20102,6 +25262,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' " "md5='698a6f3411b2531101072d21bd765b87'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' " +"md5='698a6f3411b2531101072d21bd765b87'" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:49 @@ -20109,17 +25271,20 @@ "The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your " "desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often." msgstr "" +"Покретач се аутоматски појави када се пријавите на радну површ, и " +"даје вам брз приступ програмима које најчешће користите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:56 msgid "" "Learn more about the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Сазнајте више о Покретачу." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-introduction.page:62 msgid "The Dash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Полетник" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:64 @@ -20129,6 +25294,10 @@ "Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the " "desktop, the Dash." msgstr "" +"Убунтуово дугме се налази близу горњег левог угла екрана и увек " +"је прва ставка у Покретачу. Ако кликнете на Убунтуово дугме, " +"Јунити ће вам представити додатну функцију радне површи, " +"Полетника." #. (itstool) path: section/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -20140,11 +25309,12 @@ msgid "" "external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='662f7cff94c799b528db7a9b8e0e8512'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='662f7cff94c799b528db7a9b8e0e8512'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:70 msgid "The Unity Dash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Полетник Јунитија" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:73 @@ -20155,21 +25325,26 @@ "applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you " "relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently." msgstr "" +"Полетник је дизајниран да олакша налажење, отварање, и коришћење " +"програма, датотека, музике, и још много тога. На пример, ако укуцате реч " +"„документ“ на траци претраге, Полетник ће вам показати програме " +"који би вам помогли у писању и уређивању докумената. Такође ће вам показати " +"одговарајуће фасцикле и документа на којима сте радили недавно." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-introduction.page:80 msgid "Learn more about the Dash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сазнајте више о Полетнику." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:14 msgid "Show the Launcher only when you need it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикажите Покретач само када вам је потребан." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:18 msgid "Auto-hide the Launcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Самоскривање Покретача" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:20 @@ -20178,55 +25353,56 @@ "move your mouse or touchpad pointer to either the left side or top left " "corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"Можете сакрити Покретач ако желите да га видите само када " +"померите миша или показивач додирне табле на леву страну или у горњи леви " +"угао екрана." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У одељку „Лично“, кликните Изглед." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пређите на језичак Понашање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укључите Сам сакриј Покретач." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" +"Изаберите леву страну или горњи леви угао да доделите " +"место појављивања Покретача." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " "the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the " "Reveal sensitivity lower or higher." msgstr "" +"Да би вам помогао у спречавању ненамерног приказивања Покретача, Убунту " +"захтева да погурате мало јаче миша или показивач додирне табле да би се " +"приказао Покретач. Можете подесити снагу која је потребна тако што ћете " +"подесити Осетљивост откривања на већу или мању." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:13 msgid "Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учините иконице у Покретачу већим или мањим." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:17 msgid "Change the size of icons in the Launcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените величину иконица у Покретачу" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:19 @@ -20235,33 +25411,38 @@ "Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are " "easier to click." msgstr "" +"Можете учинити иконице Покретача већим да омогућите да више ставки стане на " +"Покретач. Или можете пожелети да учините иконице Покретача већим тако да " +"буду лакше за кликање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Изглед." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" +"Померајте клизач величине иконице Покретача да повећате или " +"смањите величину иконица Покретача." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основна величина иконица Покретача је 48." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:8 msgid "The Launcher is at the left of your screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покретач је на левој страни вашег екрана." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19 msgid "Use the Launcher to start applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите Покретач за покретање програма" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When @@ -20274,6 +25455,8 @@ "external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' " "md5='09090d19992241b8a279dd19f7d5dc3c'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' " +"md5='09090d19992241b8a279dd19f7d5dc3c'" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23 @@ -20288,6 +25471,10 @@ "the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, " "workspaces, removable devices and the trash." msgstr "" +"Покретач је једна од кључних компоненти радне површи Јунитија. " +"Када се пријавите на радну површ, појавиће се на левој страни екрана. " +"Покретач вам обезбеђује брз приступ програмима, радним просторима, " +"преносивим уређајима и смећу." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:30 @@ -20296,6 +25483,8 @@ "you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for " "you to use." msgstr "" +"Ако је програм који желите да покренете присутан у Покретачу, можете " +"кликнути на иконицу тог програма, и он ће се покренути, спреман за коришћење." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:33 @@ -20303,31 +25492,32 @@ "To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics " "below." msgstr "" +"Да сазнате више о Покретачу, истражите било коју од тема помоћи о Покретачу." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:36 msgid "Use the Launcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите Покретач" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:50 msgid "Customize the Launcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прилагодите Покретач" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:10 msgid "Stephen M. Webb" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штефан М. Веб" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:14 msgid "Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Десни клик на иконицу Покретача открива изборник радњи." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:18 msgid "The Launcher Icon Menus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изборници иконице Покретача" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:20 @@ -20337,52 +25527,63 @@ "the icon is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the " "specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following." msgstr "" +"Десни клик на иконицу Покретача ће открити изборник радњи. Доступност радњи " +"зависи од тога да ли је иконица закључана за покретач или не, ако је иконица " +"за програм који је покренут или не, и на самој нарочитој иконици. Доступне " +"радње могу да укључују следеће." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "покретање програма или отварање документа, фасцикле или уређаја" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" +"откључавање иконице са Покретача ако је претходно била закључана (видите " +")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" +"закључавање иконице на Покретач ако претходно није била закључана (видите " +")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "затварање програма ако је покренут" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" +"пребацивање између примерака програма или прозора ако има неколико примерака " +"или прозора" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" +"пречице особене програму као што је отварање новог документа или прозора" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:14 msgid "The triangles show you your currently running applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Троуглови вам приказују ваше тренутно покренуте програме." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:18 msgid "What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта значе различити облици и боје у иконицама Покретача?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:20 @@ -20391,6 +25592,9 @@ "is starting your application. This is useful because while some applications " "start immediately, others may take a minute to load." msgstr "" +"Када покренете програм, иконица Покретача пулсира да би вам ставила до знања " +"да Убунту покреће програм. То је корисно, јер док неки програми се покрену " +"одмах, другима може требати скоро минут за учитавање." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:24 @@ -20403,6 +25607,12 @@ "triangles means three windows). If you have more than three windows of the " "same application open, only three triangles will show." msgstr "" +"Када програм заврши са покретањем, низ малих белих троуглова ће се " +"појавити са леве и десне стране угла Покретача. Додатни троуглови ће се " +"појавити на левој страни угла Покретача као додатни прозори истог програма " +"када се отворе (тј. два троугла значе да сте отворили два прозора истог " +"програма; три троугла значе три прозора). Ако сте отворили више од три " +"прозора истог програма, биће приказана само три троугла." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:29 @@ -20411,11 +25621,14 @@ "squares. When an application is running, the Launcher icon square is full of " "color." msgstr "" +"Програми који нису тренутно покренути имају провидне квадратне иконице " +"Покретача. Када је програм покренут, квадратна иконица Покретача је пуне " +"боје." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:33 msgid "Notifications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обавештења" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:35 @@ -20425,6 +25638,9 @@ "triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the " "notification." msgstr "" +"Ако програм жели вашу пажњу да би вас обавестио о нечему (рецимо о готовом " +"преузимању), иконица Покретача ће се померати и сјајити а бели троугао ће " +"постати плав. Кликните на иконицу Покретача да одбаците обавештење." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:39 @@ -20434,6 +25650,10 @@ "you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates " "are available." msgstr "" +"Програми такође могу показати број на својој иконици Покретача. " +"Програми дописивања користе број да вам кажу колико непрочитаних порука " +"имате. Ажурирање софтвера га користи да вам каже колико исправки " +"је доступно." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:43 @@ -20442,16 +25662,19 @@ "long a process is taking without you needing to keep the application window " "in view." msgstr "" +"На крају, програми могу користити траку напретка да вас обавесте " +"колико ће времена бити потребно процесу тако да не морате да држите прозор " +"програма у виду." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:10 msgid "The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Трака изборника је тамна врпца на врху вашег екрана." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:19 msgid "Manage apps & settings with the menu bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљајте програмима и подешавањима са траком изборника" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:25 @@ -20459,11 +25682,13 @@ "The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It " "contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus." msgstr "" +"Трака изборника је тамна врпца на врху вашег екрана.Она садржи " +"дугмад за управљање прозорима, изборнике програма и изборнике стања." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:29 msgid "Window management buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дугмад за управљање прозорима" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:30 @@ -20472,11 +25697,14 @@ "windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. " "Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows." msgstr "" +"Дугмад управљања прозорима се налази у горњем левом углу прозора. " +"Када је увећан, дугмад се налази у горњем левом углу екрана. Кликните на " +"дугме за затварање, умањивање, увећање или враћање прозора." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:36 msgid "App menus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изборници програма" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:37 @@ -20488,6 +25716,12 @@ "you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on " "small screens like netbooks." msgstr "" +"Изборници програма се по основи налазе са десне стране дугмади за " +"управљање прозором. ЈУнити скрива изборнике програма и дугмад за управљање " +"прозором, осим ако не померите показивач миша у горњи леви угао екрана или " +"не притиснете АлтФ10. Ова функција " +"вам омогућава да видите више садржаја одједном, што је посебно вредно на " +"малим екранима попут нетбукова." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:44 @@ -20497,253 +25731,301 @@ "menu bar, and setting the visibility to always displayed instead of only " "displayed on mouse hovering." msgstr "" +"Ако желите, можете да промените подразумевано понашање да вам изборници буду " +"прикачени за траку наслова прозора одговарајућег програма уместо за траку " +"изборника, и да подесите да буду увек видљиви уместо да буду приказани на " +"лебдење миша." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" +"У одељку „Лично“, кликните на Изглед и изаберите језичак " +"Понашање." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" +"Под Прикажи изборнике за прозор, изаберите У траци наслова " +"прозора." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" +"Под Видљивост изборника, изаберите Увек приказан." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изборници стања" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " "menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of " "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +"Убунту има неколико различитих изборника стања (понекад се " +"називају показатељи) на десној страни траке изборника. Изборници " +"стања су погодно место где можете проверити и изменити стање рачунара и " +"програма." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Неке од иконица које користи изборник указивача се мењају у складу са стањем " +"програма." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Други програми као што су Томичине белешке или " +"Трансмисија могу такође да додају изборнике указивача на панел." #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Списак изборника стања и шта они раде" #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " +"md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" +"Изборник мреже Иконица прекинуте мрежне везе" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " "and VPN networks." msgstr "" +"Повежите се на жичане, бежичне, мобилне, и ВПН мреже." #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " +"md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" +"Изборник извора улаза Иконица извора улаза" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" +"Изаберите распоред тастатуре/извор улаза, подесите изворе улаза." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" +"Изборник блутута Иконица блутута" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." msgstr "" +"Пошаљите или примите датотеке путем блутута. " +"Овај изборник је скривен ако подржани уређај блутута није откривен." #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " +"md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" +"Изборник дописивања Иконица поруке" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." msgstr "" +"Лако покрените и примајте обавештења од програма дописивања, укључујући е-" +"пошту, друштвене мреже и Интернет ћаскање." #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" +"Изборник батерије Иконица батерије" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." msgstr "" +"Проверите стање пуњења батерије преносног рачунара. Овај изборник је скривен " +"ако батерија није откривена." #. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " +"md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" +"Изборник звука Иконица јачине звука" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " "Rhythmbox." msgstr "" +"Подесите јачину звука, подесите поставке звука, и управљајте медијским програмима као " +"што је Ритам машина." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сат" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" +"Приступите тренутном времену и датуму. Састанци из уграђеног програма календара такође могу да се " +"приказује овде." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" +"Изборник система Иконица напајања" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" +"Приступити детаљима о рачунару, овом водичу помоћи и подешавањима система. Промените корисника, закључајте " +"екран, одјавите се, обуставите, поново покрените или угасите рачунар." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Преклопни клизачи су танке наранџасте траке на дугим документима." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:19 msgid "What are overlay scrollbars?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта су преклопни клизачи?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:27 @@ -20753,17 +26035,23 @@ "inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, " "Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse." msgstr "" +"Убунту садржи преклопне клизаче који заузимају мање простора на " +"екрану од традиционалних клизача, дајући вам више простора за ваш садржај. " +"Док су инспирисани мобилним уређајима где традиционални клизачи нису " +"потребни, Убунтуови преклопни клизачи су осмишљени да раде и са мишем." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:32 msgid "" "Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet." msgstr "" +"Неки програми као што је Фајерфокс и Либреофис још увек не подржавају нове " +"клизаче." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:35 msgid "Use the scrollbars" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите клизаче" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:37 @@ -20773,6 +26061,9 @@ "screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds " "with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content." msgstr "" +"Преклопни клизач се јавља као танка наранџаста трака на ивици области " +"клизача. Положај клизача одговара положају вашег екрана у премицивом " +"садржају. Дужина траке одговара дужини садржаја; краћа трака, дужи садржај." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:41 @@ -20780,11 +26071,13 @@ "Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content " "to reveal the thumb slider." msgstr "" +"Померите показивач миша преко било које тачке на ивици за клизање садржаја " +"да откријете минијатурни клизач." #. (itstool) path: list/title #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:44 msgid "Ways to use the scrollbars:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начини за коришћење трака клизача:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:45 @@ -20792,23 +26085,27 @@ "Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position " "exactly where you want it." msgstr "" +"Превуците минијатурни клизач на горе или на доле да преместите " +"положај екрана тачно тамо где желите." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:48 msgid "" "Click the scrollbar to move the screen's position exactly where you want it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на клизач да померите положај екрана тачно тамо где желите." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-shopping.page:9 msgid "" "Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development." msgstr "" +"Резултати на мрежи чине Полетника још кориснијим и помажу развој фонда " +"Убунтуа." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/unity-shopping.page:25 msgid "Why are there shopping links in the Dash?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто постоје везе за куповину у Полетнику?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:27 @@ -20817,6 +26114,10 @@ "Dash can also show you related online results for your searches. " "Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources." msgstr "" +"Поред тога што помаже да пронађете програме или датотеке на вашем рачунару, " +"Полетник вам може показати сродне резултате на мрежи за ваше " +"претраге. Извори на мрежи укључују Амазон.ком и десетине других извора на " +"мрежи." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:31 @@ -20826,47 +26127,25 @@ "these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support " "the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better." msgstr "" +"Када купујете музику или производе са ових извора, Каноникал добија мали део " +"добити у замену за усмеравање више пословања ка овим продавницама. " +"Каноникал, компанија која је створила и наставља да подржава пројекат " +"Убунтуа, користи тај новац за побољшавање Убунтуа." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Корисници" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-accounts.page:8 @@ -20875,6 +26154,10 @@ "session\">guest user, change " "password, administrators…" msgstr "" +"Додајте корисника или корисника госта, измените лозинку, администратори…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-accounts.page:24 @@ -20889,17 +26172,21 @@ "own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user " "account if you know the password." msgstr "" +"Свака особа која користи рачунар треба да има други кориснички налог. Ово би " +"им омогућило да своје датотеке држе одвојеним од ваших и да изаберу своја " +"лична подешавања. Такође је и безбедније. Можете да приступите налогу другог " +"корисника једино ако знате његову лозинку." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:33 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налози" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-accounts.page:35 msgid "Manage user accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управљајте корисничким налозима" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-accounts.page:39 @@ -20910,7 +26197,7 @@ #: C/user-accounts.page:44 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Privileges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Овлашћења" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-accounts.page:46 @@ -20921,11 +26208,12 @@ #: C/user-add.page:8 msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer." msgstr "" +"Додајте нове кориснике тако да неко други може да се пријави на рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-add.page:30 msgid "Add a new user account" -msgstr "Додајте нови кориснички налог" +msgstr "Додајте налог новог корисника" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-add.page:59 @@ -20934,6 +26222,9 @@ "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home " "folder, documents, and settings." msgstr "" +"Можете да додате више корисничких налога на ваш рачунар. Доделите један " +"налог свакој особи у вашем домаћинству или предузећу. Сваки корисник има " +"своју личну фасциклу, документа, и подешавања." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:65 @@ -20942,7 +26233,7 @@ #: C/user-changepicture.page:31 #: C/user-delete.page:33 msgid "Open User Accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Кориснички налози." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:67 @@ -20951,6 +26242,9 @@ "to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and " "type your password." msgstr "" +"Потребна су вам администраторска " +"права за додавање корисничких налога. Кликните Откључај у " +"горњем десном углу и укуцајте вашу лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:71 @@ -20958,6 +26252,8 @@ "In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a " "new user account." msgstr "" +"На списку налога на левој страни, кликните на дугме + да додате " +"нови налог корисника." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:74 @@ -20968,6 +26264,10 @@ "like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date " "and time." msgstr "" +"Ако желите да нови корисник има администраторски приступ рачунару, за врсту налога " +"изаберите Администратор. Администратори могу да додају и бришу " +"кориснике, инсталирају програме и управљаче, и да измене датум и време." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:80 @@ -20976,11 +26276,14 @@ "based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if " "you like." msgstr "" +"Унесите име и презиме новог корисника. Корисничко име ће бити попуњено на " +"основу имена и презимена. Ако вам се не свиђа предложено, можете да га " +"измените." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:84 msgid "Click Create." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Направи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:86 @@ -20992,6 +26295,12 @@ "their password in the New password and Confirm " "password fields. See ." msgstr "" +"Налог је у почетку искључен све док не одлуче шта ћете урадити у вези " +"лозинке корисника. Под Опције пријављивања кликните на Налог " +"је искључен поред лозинке. Изаберите Сада постави " +"лозинку из падајућег списка Радња, а пустите да корисник " +"укуца своју лозинку у поља Нова лозинка и Потврди " +"лозинку. Погледајте ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:92 @@ -21001,12 +26310,16 @@ "select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for " "others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful." msgstr "" +"Такође можете да кликнете на дугме поред поља Нова лозинка да " +"бисте изабрали насумично створену безбедну лозинку. Ове лозинке други неће " +"моћи тако лако да погоде, али могу бити тешке за памћење, стога будите " +"опрезни." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-add.page:96 #: C/user-changepassword.page:63 msgid "Click Change." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Промени." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-add.page:99 @@ -21016,6 +26329,10 @@ "shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or " "you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam." msgstr "" +"У прозору Кориснички налози можете да кликнете на слику поред " +"имена корисника да поставите слику за налог. Ова слика биће приказана у " +"прозору пријављивања. Гном обезбеђује неке слике које можете да користите, " +"или можете да изаберете неку вашу или да направите слику вашом веб камерицом." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-admin-change.page:10 @@ -21023,11 +26340,13 @@ "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by " "giving them administrative privileges." msgstr "" +"Можете да одредите којим корисницима је дозвољено да врше измене на систему " +"дајући им администраторска овлашћења." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-admin-change.page:23 msgid "Change who has administrative privileges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените ко има администраторска овлашћења" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:25 @@ -21037,6 +26356,11 @@ "privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system " "secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes." msgstr "" +"Администраторска овлашћења представљају начин одлучивања о томе ко може да " +"уноси измене на важним деловима система. Можете да одредите који корисници " +"имају администраторска овлашћења а који не. То представља добар начин " +"одржавања безбедности система и заштиту од могућих оштећења неовлашћеним " +"изменама." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:39 @@ -21045,11 +26369,14 @@ "settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges " "yourself.)" msgstr "" +"Кликните на Откључај и унесите лозинку да откључате поставке " +"налога. (Да дате кориснику администраторска права, морате и ви сами имати " +"администраторска права.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:45 msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите корисника чија овлашћења желите да измените." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:48 @@ -21057,6 +26384,8 @@ "Click the label Standard next to Account type and " "select Administrator." msgstr "" +"Кликните на натпис Стандардни поред Врста налога и " +"изаберите Администратор." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:54 @@ -21064,6 +26393,8 @@ "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when " "they next log in." msgstr "" +"Затворите прозор налога корисника. Овлашћења корисника ће се изменити " +"приликом следећег пријављивања." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:60 @@ -21071,6 +26402,8 @@ "The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user " "account that was created when you first installed the system." msgstr "" +"Први кориснички налог на систему има администраторска овлашћења. То је " +"кориснички налог који је направљен приликом инсталације система." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-admin-change.page:63 @@ -21078,16 +26411,20 @@ "It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges " "on one system." msgstr "" +"Није пожељно имати превише корисника са Администраторским " +"овлашћењима на систему." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-admin-explain.page:8 msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system." msgstr "" +"Потребна су вам администраторска овлашћења да измените важне делове вашег " +"система." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-admin-explain.page:20 msgid "How do administrative privileges work?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како функционишу администраторска овлашћења?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:22 @@ -21099,6 +26436,12 @@ "Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are " "also protected." msgstr "" +"Као и датотеке које ви направите, ваш рачунар садржи бројне " +"датотеке које су потребне систему да би исправно радио. Ако су ове важне " +"системске датотеке измењене на неодговарајући начин могле би да " +"изазову лош рад многих ствари, тако да су у основи заштићене од измена. " +"Одређени програми такође мењају важне делове система, тако да су и од овога " +"заштићене." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:29 @@ -21108,6 +26451,11 @@ "applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files " "or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges." msgstr "" +"Начин на који су заштићене омогућава само корисницима са " +"администраторским овлашћењима да измене датотеке или да користе " +"програме. При свакодневном коришћењу, нећете морати да мењате никакве " +"системске датотеке или да користите ове програме, тако да по основи немате " +"администраторска овлашћења." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:34 @@ -21120,6 +26468,13 @@ "application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will " "be taken away again." msgstr "" +"Понекад ћете морати да користите ове програме, тако да ћете моћи привремено " +"да добијете администраторска овлашћења која ће вам омогућити да направите " +"измене. Ако неки програм захтева администраторска овлашћења, од вас ће " +"затражити вашу лозинку. На пример, ако желите да инсталирате неке нове " +"програме, програм за инсталацију (управник пакета) ће од вас затражити " +"администраторску лозинку како би систему могао да дода нове програме. Када " +"буде завршио, биће вам поново одузета администраторска овлашћења." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:42 @@ -21132,6 +26487,14 @@ "something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for " "example)." msgstr "" +"Администраторска овлашћења су повезана са вашим корисничким налогом. Неким " +"корисницима је дозвољено да имају администраторска овлашћења а неким " +"корисницима није. Без администраторских овлашћења нећете бити у могућности " +"да инсталирате програме. Неки кориснички налози (на пример, " +"„администраторски“ налог) имају стална администраторска овлашћења. Не бисте " +"требали да користите администраторска овлашћења читаво време, зато што бисте " +"могли случајно да измените нешто што нисте намеравали (да обришете потребну " +"системску датотеку, на пример)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:49 @@ -21139,6 +26502,8 @@ "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your " "system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally." msgstr "" +"Сажето, администраторска овлашћења вам омогућавају да измените важне делове " +"вашег система када је потребно, али вас спречавају да то случајно урадите." #. (itstool) path: note/title #: C/user-admin-explain.page:53 @@ -21153,11 +26518,16 @@ "see people discussing things like su and sudo; these " "are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges." msgstr "" +"Корисник са администраторским овлашћењима се понекад назива супер " +"корисником. Једноставно због тога што тај корисник има више овлашћења " +"него обичан корисник. Можете да видите људе који расправљају о стварима као " +"su и sudo; то су програми који вам привремено дају " +"овлашћења „супер корисника“ (администратора)." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-admin-explain.page:61 msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто су корисна администраторска овлашћења?" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:62 @@ -21166,6 +26536,9 @@ "made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, " "intentionally or unintentionally." msgstr "" +"Захтевање од корисника да имају администраторска овлашћења пре уношења " +"важних измена на систему је корисно зато што помаже у заштити вашег система " +"од оштећења, намерних или ненамерних." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:65 @@ -21175,6 +26548,10 @@ "by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, " "reduces the risk of these mistakes happening." msgstr "" +"Ако имате администраторска овлашћења сво време, можете случајно да измените " +"неку важну датотеку, или да покренете неки програм који би грешком изменио " +"нешто важно на систему. Само привремено добијање администраторских " +"овлашћења, када су вам потребна, смањује ризик дешавања ових грешака." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-admin-explain.page:69 @@ -21185,6 +26562,10 @@ "don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security " "standpoint." msgstr "" +"Само одређени поверљиви корисници би требали да имају администраторска " +"овлашћења. Ово спречава друге кориснике да нанесу штету рачунару и да уклоне " +"програме који вам требају, да инсталирају програме који вам не требају, или " +"да измене важне датотеке. Ово је корисно са безбедносне тачке гледишта." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-admin-problems.page:8 @@ -21192,11 +26573,13 @@ "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin " "privileges." msgstr "" +"Можете да урадите неке ствари, као што је инсталација програма, само ако " +"имате администраторска овлашћења." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-admin-problems.page:20 msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проблеми изазвани администраторским ограничењима" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:22 @@ -21205,11 +26588,14 @@ "explain\">administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin " "privileges in order to work, such as:" msgstr "" +"Можете се сусрести са неколико проблема ако немате административна овлашћења. Неки задаци захтевају " +"администраторска овлашћења да би радили, као што су:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:28 msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повезивање на мреже или бежичне мреже" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:31 @@ -21217,11 +26603,13 @@ "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the " "contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)" msgstr "" +"Преглед садржаја уклоњивог диска повезаног на рачунар, или садржаја " +"другачије партиције диска (нпр. партиције Виндоуза)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:35 msgid "Installing new applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инсталација нових програма" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-admin-problems.page:39 @@ -21229,6 +26617,8 @@ "You can change who has admin " "privileges." msgstr "" +"Ви можете да измените ко има " +"администраторска овлашћења." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-changepassword.page:9 @@ -21236,6 +26626,8 @@ "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account " "settings." msgstr "" +"Држите ваш налог безбедним тако што ћете често мењати вашу лозинку у вашим " +"подешавањима налога." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-changepassword.page:22 @@ -21248,11 +26640,13 @@ "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if " "you think someone else knows what your password is." msgstr "" +"Добра замисао је да промените вашу лозинку с времена на време, нарочито ако " +"мислите да неко други зна вашу лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:54 msgid "Click the label next to Password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните на натпис поред Лозинка." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:55 @@ -21260,6 +26654,8 @@ "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a " "password set." msgstr "" +"Натпис би требао да изгледа као низ тачака или квадратића ако сте већ " +"подесили лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:57 @@ -21267,6 +26663,8 @@ "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password " "again in the Confirm password field." msgstr "" +"Унесите вашу тренутну лозинку, а затим нову. Унесите још једном вашу нову " +"лозинку у поље Потврди нову лозинку." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:66 @@ -21274,11 +26672,13 @@ "Make sure you choose a good " "password. This will help to keep your user account safe." msgstr "" +"Уверите се да сте изабрали добру " +"лозинку. Ово ће помоћи у очувању безбедности вашег корисничког налога." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-changepassword.page:70 msgid "Change the keyring password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Промените лозинку привеска кључева" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:72 @@ -21290,17 +26690,27 @@ "keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the " "keyring password (to match your login password):" msgstr "" +"Ако промените своју лозинку за пријаву, може постати неусклађена са " +"лозинком привеска кључева. Привезак кључева вас растерећује од " +"памћења великог броја различитих лозинки тако што захтева само једну " +"главну лозинку за приступ свим осталим. Ако промените корисничку " +"лозинку (видите изнад), лозинка привеска кључева ће остати иста као ваша " +"стара лозинка. Да бисте променили лозинку привеска кључева (да одговара " +"вашој лозинци за пријаву):" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:82 msgid "" "Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash." msgstr "" +"Отворите програм Лозинке и кључеви из Полетника." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:84 msgid "In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked." msgstr "" +"У изборнику Преглед, уверите се да је Према привеску " +"кључева изабрано." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:86 @@ -21308,6 +26718,9 @@ "In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login " "keyring and select Change Password." msgstr "" +"У бочној површи под Лозинке, кликните десним тастером на " +"Привезак кључева пријављивања и изаберите Измени " +"лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:88 @@ -21316,6 +26729,8 @@ "Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it " "again." msgstr "" +"Унесите своју стару лозинку, а затим вашу нову лозинку " +"и потврдите вашу нову лозинку тако што ћете је поново унети." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepassword.page:91 @@ -21325,12 +26740,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-changepicture.page:7 msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Додајте вашу фотографију пријавним и корисничким екранима." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-changepicture.page:22 msgid "Change your login screen photo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените вашу фотографију на екрану за пријаву" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:24 @@ -21339,6 +26754,10 @@ "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your " "own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam." msgstr "" +"Када се пријавите или промените корисника, видећете списак корисника са " +"њиховим фотографијама пријављивања. Можете да измените вашу фотографију и да " +"поставите ускладиштену или неку вашу личну. Можете чак и да направите нову " +"фотографијом вашом веб камерицом." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:32 @@ -21347,6 +26766,9 @@ "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for " "yourself." msgstr "" +"Кликните на слику поред вашег имена. Биће вам приказана галерија са неким " +"ускладиштеним фотографијама за пријаву. Ако вам нека од њих одговара, " +"кликните на њу да је употребите за вас." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-changepicture.page:35 @@ -21354,11 +26776,13 @@ "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click " "Browse for more pictures." msgstr "" +"Ако ипак желите да користите слику коју већ имате на рачунару, кликните " +"Потражите још слика." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-delete.page:7 msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уклоните кориснике који више не користе ваш рачунар." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-delete.page:25 @@ -21372,6 +26796,9 @@ "add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can " "delete that user's account." msgstr "" +"Можете да додате више корисничких налога на вашем рачунару. Видите да сазнате како. Ако неко више не користи ваш рачунар, " +"можете да обришете налог тог корисника." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-delete.page:34 @@ -21379,11 +26806,15 @@ "Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to " "make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts." msgstr "" +"Кликните Откључај у горњем десном углу и унесите вашу лозинку. " +"Морате бити администратор да бисте обрисали налоге корисника." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-delete.page:37 msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the - button." msgstr "" +"Изаберите корисника којег желите да обришете и кликните на дугме -" +"." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-delete.page:38 @@ -21395,16 +26826,22 @@ "You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting " "them." msgstr "" +"Сваки корисник има своју личну фасциклу за своје датотеке и подешавања. " +"Можете да изаберете да задржите или да обришете личну фасциклу корисника. " +"Кликните Обриши датотеке ако сте сигурни да више неће бити " +"коришћене и ако је потребно да ослободите простор на диску. Ове датотеке се " +"трајно бришу, и не могу бити повраћене. Можете да направите резерву датотека " +"на спољном уређају или ЦД-у пре него што их обришете." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7 msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Напредне технике за враћање лозинке" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17 msgid "I forgot my password!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заборавио сам лозинку!" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29 @@ -21414,6 +26851,10 @@ "forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow " "the following steps to reset it." msgstr "" +"Важно је одабрати не само добру и сигурну " +"лозинку, већ и ону коју ћете памтити. Ако сте заборавили лозинку за " +"пријављивање на налог рачунара, можете испратити следеће кораке како бисте " +"је повратили." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36 @@ -21421,6 +26862,8 @@ "If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a " "forgotten password." msgstr "" +"Ако имате шифровану личну фасциклу, нећете моћи да повратите заборављену " +"лозинку." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41 @@ -21428,11 +26871,13 @@ "If you simply want to change your password, see ." msgstr "" +"Ако само желите да измените лозинку, видите ." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47 msgid "Reset password using Grub" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вратите лозинку користећи Груб" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50 @@ -21440,6 +26885,8 @@ "Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get " "into the Grub menu." msgstr "" +"Поново покрените ваш рачунар, и држите притиснутим тастер Помак " +"за време подизања система да бисте ушли у изборник Груба." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55 @@ -21448,6 +26895,9 @@ "system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold " "down Shift." msgstr "" +"Ако имате два оперативна система на рачунару и приликом учитавања система " +"бирате који оперативни систем ће се покренути, требао би да се појави " +"изборник Груба а да не морате да држите притиснут тастер Помак." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62 @@ -21456,6 +26906,10 @@ "choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password." msgstr "" +"Ако не можете да уђете у Грубов изборник подизања система, и зато не можете " +"да изаберете да покренете у режиму опоравка, можете да користите живи ЦД за враћање ваше корисничке " +"лозинке." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67 @@ -21463,6 +26917,8 @@ "Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with " "the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter." msgstr "" +"Притисните стрелицу на доле на тастатури да истакнете ред који се завршава " +"речима „recovery mode“, а затим притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73 @@ -21471,11 +26927,14 @@ "Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight " "root and press Enter." msgstr "" +"Рачунар ће сада почети процес учитавања система. Након неколико тренутака, " +"појавиће се Изборник опоравка. Користите стрелицу на доле, да " +"истакнете „root“ и притисните Унеси." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79 msgid "At the # symbol, type:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Код симбола #, укуцајте:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82 @@ -21483,6 +26942,8 @@ "passwd username, where username is the " "username of the account you're changing the password for." msgstr "" +"„passwd korisničko_ime“, где је " +"„korisničko_ime“ име корисника налога коме мењате лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87 @@ -21490,16 +26951,18 @@ "You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new " "password." msgstr "" +"Биће вам затражено да унесете нову ЈУНИКС лозинку, и да потврдите нову " +"лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92 msgid "Then type:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Затим укуцајте:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95 msgid "# reboot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# reboot" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100 @@ -21511,21 +26974,26 @@ "accessible. You will need to delete the old " "keyring and start a new one." msgstr "" +"Након што се успешно пријавите, нећете моћи да приступите привеску кључева " +"(јер се не сећате старе лозинке). То значи да све ваше сачуване лозинке за " +"бежичне мреже, џабер налоге, итд. више неће бити доступне. Мораћете да обришете стари привезак кључева и започнете " +"нови." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108 msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вратите лозинку користећи Живи ЦД или УСБ" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111 msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подигните систем са Живог ЦД-а или УСБ-а." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116 msgid "Mount your drive." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прикачите ваш диск." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121 @@ -21533,6 +27001,8 @@ "Press AltF2 to get the Run " "Application window." msgstr "" +"Притисните АлтФ2 да добијете прозор " +"Покрени програм." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127 @@ -21540,6 +27010,8 @@ "Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide " "privileges." msgstr "" +"Укуцајте „gksu nautilus“ да покренете управника датотека са " +"овлашћењима на читавом систему." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132 @@ -21547,6 +27019,8 @@ "Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive " "by clicking home and then your username." msgstr "" +"У диску који сте управо прикачили, можете да проверите да ли је то прави " +"диск тако што ћете кликнути „home“ а затим ваше корисничко име." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139 @@ -21554,31 +27028,38 @@ "Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the " "etc directory." msgstr "" +"Идите у директоријум највишег нивоа прикаченог диска. Онда идите у " +"директоријум „etc“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142 msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пронађите датотеку „shadow“ и направите резервни примерак:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147 msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select copy." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша на датотеку „shadow“ и изаберите " +"умножи." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150 msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select paste." msgstr "" +"Затим кликните десним тастером на празан простор и изаберите " +"убаци." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154 msgid "Rename the backup \"shadow.bak\"." msgstr "" +"Промените назив резерве у „shadow.bak“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162 msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уредите изворну датотеку „shadow“ у уређивачу текста." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168 @@ -21586,6 +27067,8 @@ "Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look " "something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):" msgstr "" +"Пронађите ваше корисничко име за које сте заборавили лозинку. Требало би да " +"изгледа отприлике овако (знаци након двотачке биће другачији):" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172 @@ -21603,6 +27086,8 @@ "Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. " "This will remove the password for the account." msgstr "" +"Избришите знаке након прве и пре друге двотачке. Ово ће уклонити лозинку за " +"налог." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184 @@ -21610,6 +27095,8 @@ "Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the " "live CD or USB." msgstr "" +"Сачувајте датотеку, изађите из свега и поново покрените рачунар без Живог ЦД-" +"а или УСБ-а." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190 @@ -21617,6 +27104,8 @@ "When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. " "Open My Account and reset your password." msgstr "" +"Када сте поново подигли систем на рачунару, кликните на ваше име на траци " +"изборника. Отворите Мој налог и вратите вашу лозинку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195 @@ -21625,11 +27114,14 @@ "password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new " "password." msgstr "" +"За тренутну лозинку не уносите ништа, јер је ваша тренутна " +"лозинка празна. Само кликните Потврди идентитет и унесите нову " +"лозинку." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214 msgid "Get rid of the keyring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Решите се привеска кључева" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216 @@ -21638,11 +27130,16 @@ "messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you " "used for your keyring." msgstr "" +"Ово ће обрисати све ваше сачуване лозинке за бежичне мреже, налоге брзих " +"порука, итд. Урадите ово само ако не можете да се сетите лозинке коју сте " +"користили за привезак кључева." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221 msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash." msgstr "" +"Идите у вашу личну фасциклу тако што ћете укуцати „home“ у " +"Полетнику." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224 @@ -21650,26 +27147,28 @@ "Press Ctrlh (or click " "ViewShow Hidden Files.)" msgstr "" +"Притисните Ктрлh (или кликните " +"ПрегледПрикажи скривене датотеке.)" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228 msgid "Double click on the folder ~/.local/share." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Два пута кликните на фасциклу „~/.local/share“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231 msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Два ута кликните на фасциклу „keyrings“ (привесци кључева)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234 msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Уклоните све датотеке које нађете у фасцикли „keyrings“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237 msgid "Restart the computer." -msgstr "Поново покренути рачунар" +msgstr "Поново покренути рачунар." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241 @@ -21677,16 +27176,18 @@ "After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless " "networks password." msgstr "" +"Након што поново покренете рачунар и пријавите се биће вам затражено да " +"унесете лозинку бежичних мрежа." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/user-goodpassword.page:22 msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите дуже, сложеније лозинке." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/user-goodpassword.page:31 msgid "Choose a secure password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите безбедну лозинку" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:34 @@ -21694,6 +27195,8 @@ "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for " "others (including computer programs) to guess." msgstr "" +"Учините ваше лозинке вама лаке за памћење, али врло тешке другима " +"(укључујући рачунарске програме) да их погоде." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:40 @@ -21702,6 +27205,9 @@ "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your " "personal information." msgstr "" +"Избор добре лозинке ће помоћи очувању безбедности вашег рачунара. Ако је " +"ваша лозинка лака за погодити, неко би могао да је открије и да задобије " +"приступ вашим личним подацима." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:45 @@ -21711,6 +27217,10 @@ "extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for " "choosing a good password:" msgstr "" +"Неко би чак могао да употреби рачунаре да системски покуша да погоди вашу " +"лозинку, тако да чак и она која може људима бити тешка да је погоде може " +"бити крајње лака рачунарима да је провале. Ево неколико савета како изабрати " +"добру лозинку:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:54 @@ -21720,6 +27230,10 @@ "more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be " "checked by someone when trying to guess yours." msgstr "" +"Користите мешавину великих и малих слова, бројева, симбола и размака у " +"лозинкама. Ово ће их учинити тежим за погађање; постоји велики број симбола " +"за избор, тако да ће неко морати да провери више могућих лозинки када буде " +"покушао да погоди вашу." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:61 @@ -21729,6 +27243,10 @@ "movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of " "Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd." msgstr "" +"Добар начин за избор лозинке је да узмете прво слово сваке речи у реченици " +"коју можете да запамтите. Реченица може бити назив филма, књиге, песме или " +"неког албума. На пример, „Бијело Дугме: Ала је глупо заборавит њен број“ ће " +"постати „БД:Ајгзњб“ или „бдајгзњб“ или „бд: ајгњзб“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:71 @@ -21736,6 +27254,8 @@ "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the " "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it." msgstr "" +"Учините вашу лозинку што је могуће дужом. Што више знакова садржи, више ће " +"времена бити потребно особи или рачунару да је погоди." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:77 @@ -21744,6 +27264,9 @@ "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is " "\"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!" msgstr "" +"Не користите ниједну реч која се налази у речницима у неком језику. " +"Лозинколомци ће прво њих испробати. Најчешћа лозинка је „лозинка“ — овакву " +"лозинку ће свако за час да погоди!" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:85 @@ -21751,11 +27274,13 @@ "Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, " "or any family member's name." msgstr "" +"Не користите никакве личне податке као што је датум, број регистарске " +"таблице, или име неког члана породице." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:91 msgid "Do not use any nouns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не користите никакве именице." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:96 @@ -21763,21 +27288,25 @@ "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone " "being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you." msgstr "" +"Изаберите лозинку која може бити брзо укуцана, да умањите шансе да неко ко " +"вас посматра може да дозна шта сте уписали." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:102 msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!" msgstr "" +"Никада нигде немојте да записујете ваше лозинке. Јер би неко могао да их " +"пронађе!" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:108 msgid "Use different passwords for different things." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите различите лозинке за различите ствари." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:113 msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите различите лозинке за различите налоге." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:116 @@ -21785,6 +27314,8 @@ "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it " "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately." msgstr "" +"Ако користите исту лозинку за све ваше налоге, свако ко је буде открио биће " +"у могућности да приступи свим вашим налозима." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:120 @@ -21794,11 +27325,15 @@ "one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for " "important things (like your online banking account and your email)." msgstr "" +"Међутим, може бити тешко памтити много лозинки. Иако није тако безбедно као " +"коришћење различитих лозинки за све, можда је лакше да користите једну исту " +"за ствари које нису важне (као веб сајтови), а једну другу за важне ствари " +"(као што је ваш банковни рачун на мрежи и ваша е-пошта)." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/user-goodpassword.page:129 msgid "Change your passwords regularly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Редовно мењајте ваше лозинке." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-dvd.page:8 @@ -21806,11 +27341,13 @@ "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong " "region." msgstr "" +"Можда немате инсталиране одговарајуће кодеке, или је ДВД из погрешног " +"региона." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-dvd.page:21 msgid "Why won't DVDs play?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зашто не могу да пустим ДВД?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-dvd.page:23 @@ -21819,11 +27356,14 @@ "the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a " "different region." msgstr "" +"Ако убаците ДВД у ваш рачунар и не започне са пуштањем, можда немате " +"инсталиране потребне ДВД кодеке, или је можда ДВД из другог " +"региона." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd.page:28 msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Инсталирајте одговарајуће кодеке за пуштање ДВД-а" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:29 @@ -21834,6 +27374,11 @@ "installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install " "them for you." msgstr "" +"Да пуштате ДВД дискове, морате да имате инсталиране одговарајуће " +"кодеке. Кодек је комад софтвера који омогућава програмима да читају " +"формат снимка или звука. Ако покушате да пустите ДВД а немате инсталиране " +"одговарајуће кодеке, програм за пуштање филмова понудиће вам да их инсталира " +"уместо вас." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:34 @@ -21843,11 +27388,15 @@ "unless you have extra software to " "handle the copy protection." msgstr "" +"ДВД су такође заштићени од умножавања коришћењем система под " +"називом ЦСС. Тиме се спречава умножавање ДВД-а, али вас такође спречава и од " +"пуштања истих ако немате додатни " +"софтвер за рад са заштитом од умножавања." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd.page:40 msgid "Checking the DVD region" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите ДВД регион" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:41 @@ -21858,6 +27407,11 @@ "be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you " "will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America." msgstr "" +"ДВД дискови имају код региона, који вам говори у ком региону света " +"је допуштено њихово пуштање. Ако регион вашег ДВД уређаја на рачунару не " +"одговара региону ДВД диска који покушавате да пустите, нећете бити у " +"могућности да пустите ДВД. На пример, ако је ваш ДВД уређај из региона 1, " +"моћи ћете да пуштате ДВД дискове само из Северне Америке." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd.page:47 @@ -21867,6 +27421,10 @@ "change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset." msgstr "" +"Често је могуће променити регион који користи ваш ДВД уређај, али ово може " +"бити урађено само неколико пута пре него ли се трајно закључа на један " +"регион. Да измените ДВД регион вашег ДВД уређаја на рачунару, користите " +"подешавање региона." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:10 @@ -21874,11 +27432,13 @@ "Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption " "software." msgstr "" +"Већина комерцијалних ДВД-а је шифрована и неће пуштати садржај без софтвера " +"за дешифровање." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:21 msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Како да укључим ограничене кодеке да бих пуштао ДВД?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:23 @@ -21887,11 +27447,14 @@ "technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require " "the use of decryption software in order to play them." msgstr "" +"ДВД подршка не може бити пружена по основи у Убунтуу због правних и " +"техничких ограничења. Већина комерцијалних ДВД-а је шифрована и зато " +"захтевају коришћење софтвера за дешифровање како бисте могли да их пуштате." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26 msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користе Флуендо да законски пуштате ДВД-е" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:27 @@ -21900,11 +27463,14 @@ "Fluendo. It works with Linux and " "should be legal to use in all countries." msgstr "" +"Можете купити комерцијални ДВД декодер који може да ради са заштитом од " +"умножавања из Флуенда. Ради са " +"Линуксом а његово коришћење би требало да буде дозвољено у свим земљама." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:31 msgid "Use alternative decryption software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите други софтвер дешифровања" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:33 @@ -21912,6 +27478,8 @@ "In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is " "not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it." msgstr "" +"У неким земљама, употреба доле наведеног софтвера за дешифровање без лиценце " +"није дозвољена законом. Проверите да ли имате права да га користе." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:36 @@ -21922,31 +27490,36 @@ "plugins-ugly\">gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, and libdvd-pkg." msgstr "" +"Инсталирајте „libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer1.0-plugins-bad, gstreamer1.0-plugins-ugly, и libdvd-pkg“." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40 msgid "Open the Dash and launch a Terminal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Полетника и покрените Терминал." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41 msgid "Run the command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Покрените наредбу" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:43 msgid "and confirm in order to install libdvdcss2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "и потврдите да бисте инсталирали „libdvdcss2“." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/video-sending.page:7 msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверите да ли имају инсталиране одговарајуће видео кодеке." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/video-sending.page:18 msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Друге особе не могу да пуштају снимке које сам направио" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:20 @@ -21954,6 +27527,9 @@ "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using " "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video." msgstr "" +"Ако сте направили снимак на вашем линукс рачунару и послали га некоме ко " +"користи Виндоуз или Мек ОС, можете увидети да имају проблема са пуштањем " +"снимка." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:23 @@ -21964,11 +27540,18 @@ "different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. " "You can check which format your video is by doing:" msgstr "" +"Да би била у могућности да пусти ваш снимак, особа којој сте га послали мора " +"да има инсталиране одговарајуће кодеке. Кодек је мали комад " +"софтвера који зна како да обради снимак и да га прикаже на екрану. Постоји " +"велики број видео формата и сваки захтева другачији кодек за пуштање. Можете " +"да проверите у ком је формату ваш снимак на следећи начин:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-sending.page:30 msgid "Right-click on video file and select Properties." msgstr "" +"Кликните десним тастером миша на датотеку снимка и изаберите " +"Особине." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/video-sending.page:31 @@ -21976,6 +27559,8 @@ "Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is " "listed under Video." msgstr "" +"Идите на језичак Звук/видео и погледајте који су " +"кодеци исписани под Видео." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:35 @@ -21988,6 +27573,12 @@ "player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if " "it's not installed." msgstr "" +"Питајте особу која има проблеме са пуштањем да ли има инсталиран " +"одговарајући кодек. Могу наћи корисним да на вебу потраже назив кодека и " +"назив њиховог програма за пуштање снимака. На пример, ако ваш снимак користи " +"формат Теора а ваш пријатељ користи Виндоуз медија плејер да би га " +"гледао, нека потражи „theora windows media player“. Често ћете бити у " +"могућности да бесплатно преузмете одговарајући кодек ако није инсталиран." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/video-sending.page:42 @@ -21999,6 +27590,13 @@ "video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications " "are available. Check Ubuntu Software to see what's available." msgstr "" +"Ако не можете да пронађете одговарајући кодек, пробајте ВЛЦ медијски пуштач. Ради на " +"Виндоузу и Мек ОС-у као и на Линуксу, и подржава много различитих видео " +"формата. Ако ни ово не успе, пробајте да претворите ваш снимак у неки други " +"формат. Већина програма за уређивање снимака могу то да ураде, а доступни су " +"и нарочити програми за претварање снимака. Проверите Убунтуов " +"софтвер да видите шта је доступно." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/video-sending.page:50 @@ -22009,16 +27607,21 @@ "their video playback application, or the video may not have been created " "properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)." msgstr "" +"Постоји још неколико других проблема који могу некога да спрече да пусти ваш " +"снимак. Може бити да се снимак оштетио приликом слања (понекад велике " +"датотеке не бивају умножене савршено), они могу имати проблема са њиховим " +"програмом за пуштање снимака, или може бити да снимак није исправно " +"направљен (можда је дошло до грешке када сте сачували снимак)." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:11 msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребаците Ваком таблицу на Леворуко усмерење." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:21 msgid "Use the tablet left-handed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користите таблицу левом руком" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:23 @@ -22027,6 +27630,9 @@ "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the " "orientation to left-handed:" msgstr "" +"Неке таблице имају дугмад на једној страни. Таблица може бити заокренута за " +"180 степени како би дугмад била у положају за леворуке људе. Да промените " +"усмерење на леворуко:" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:30 @@ -22034,7 +27640,7 @@ #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31 #: C/wacom-stylus.page:34 msgid "Open Wacom Graphics Tablet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отворите Ваком графичка таблица." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:31 @@ -22045,27 +27651,30 @@ "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on " "your Wacom tablet." msgstr "" +"Ако таблица није откривена, од вас ће бити затражено да прикључите или " +"упалите вашу Ваком таблицу." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-left-handed.page:34 msgid "Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребаците Леворуко усмерење на УКЉ.." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-mode.page:16 msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пребацујте таблицу између режима таблице и режима миша." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-mode.page:19 msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите режим праћења Ваком таблице" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:21 msgid "" "Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen." msgstr "" +"Режим праћења одређује начин мапирања показивача на екрану." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:30 @@ -22073,6 +27682,8 @@ "Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or " "Touchpad (relative)." msgstr "" +"Поред Режима праћења, изаберите Таблица (апсолутно) " +"или Додирна табла (релативно)." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:34 @@ -22081,6 +27692,9 @@ "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds " "to the same point on the tablet." msgstr "" +"У апсолутном режиму, свака тачка на таблици се мапира на тачку на " +"екрану. Горњи леви угао екрана, на пример, увек одговара истој тачки на " +"таблици." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-mode.page:37 @@ -22090,26 +27704,29 @@ "the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with " "less hand movement." msgstr "" +"У релативном режиму, ако подигнете показивач таблице и спустите га " +"на друго место, курсор на екрану се не помера. Ово је начин на који ради " +"миш, омогућавајући вам да покријете растојања на екрану мањим покретом руке." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11 msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мапирајте Ваком таблицу према посебном монитору." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:20 msgid "Choose a monitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите монитор" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35 msgid "Click Map to Monitor…" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кликните Мапирај монитор…" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36 msgid "Check Map to single monitor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изаберите Мапирај на једном монитору." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37 @@ -22117,11 +27734,13 @@ "Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from " "your graphics tablet." msgstr "" +"Поред Излаза, изаберите монитор за који желите да прима улаз са " +"ваше графичке таблице." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:39 msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Само монитори који су подешени моћи ће да се бирају." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42 @@ -22131,22 +27750,22 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom.page:6 msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дотерајте подешавања Ваком таблице." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom.page:20 msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваком графичка таблица" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/wacom-stylus.page:17 msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одредите функције дугмета и осећај притиска Ваком пенкале." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/wacom-stylus.page:23 msgid "Configure the stylus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подесите пенкало" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/wacom-stylus.page:38 @@ -22155,17 +27774,23 @@ "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. " "These settings can be adjusted:" msgstr "" +"Доњи део панела садржи појединости и подешавања посебна за ваше пенкало, са " +"називом уређаја (разред пенкала) и дијаграмом на левој страни. Ова " +"подешавања могу бити дотерана:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " "and Firm." msgstr "" +"Осећај притиска брисача: користите клизач да дотерате „осећај“ " +"(како се физички притисак преводи у дигиталне вредности) између " +"Меко и Чврсто." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22173,31 +27798,38 @@ "Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, " "Forward." msgstr "" +"Подешавања Дугмета/Точкића клизача (мењају се да би оцртали " +"пенкало). Кликните на изборник поред сваког натписа да изаберете једну од " +"ових функција: Без радње, Клик левог дугмета миша, Клик средњег дугмета " +"миша, Клик десног дугмета миша, Клизај горе, Клизај доле, Клизај лево, " +"Клизај десно, Назад или Напред." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" +"Осећај притиска лупкања: користите клизач да дотерате „осећај“ " +"између Меко и Чврсто." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 msgid "The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тастер Супер обезбеђује приступ Полетнику и Покретачу." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/windows-key.page:21 msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Шта је то тастер „Супер“?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/windows-key.page:23 @@ -22206,6 +27838,9 @@ "the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is " "sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key." msgstr "" +"Овај тастер се обично на тастатури налази на левој страни при дну, поред " +"тастера Алт, и на њему се обично налази логотип Виндоуза. Понекад " +"се назива Виндоуз тастером, тастером логотипа или системским тастером." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/windows-key.page:28 @@ -22213,6 +27848,8 @@ "If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your " "keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead." msgstr "" +"Ако имате Еплову тастатуру, на њој се неће налазити тастер Виндоуза. Уместо " +"тога можете користити тастер ⌘ (Command)." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/windows-key.page:32 @@ -22222,6 +27859,10 @@ "key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you " "release the Super key." msgstr "" +"Тастер Супер има посебну функцију у Јунитију. Ако притиснете тастер " +"Супер, Полетник се приказује. Ако притиснете и држите тастер Супер, " +"појавиће се преклапање које показује многе пречице тастатуре Јунитија све " +"док не пустите тастер Супер." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/windows-key.page:36 @@ -22230,6 +27871,1737 @@ "more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page." msgstr "" +"Тастер Супер вам може помоћи да урадите и више од тога. Да научите више о " +"коришћењу тастера Супер, погледајте страницу пречице тастатуре." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Сачувајте претрагу" #~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" #~ msgstr "Искључивање додирне табле приликом куцања" + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Како инсталирати Флеш" + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Уредите бежичну везу" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Доступно свим корисницима" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Бежична веза" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Бежична безбедност" + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Подесите локални штампач" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на иконицу сасвим на десној страни на траци изборника и " +#~ "изаберите Подешавања система." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Додавање налога ће помоћи у повезивању ваших налога на мрежи са вашом " +#~ "Убунтуовом радном површи. Зато ће вам, ваш програм за пошту, програм за " +#~ "ћаскање и остали односни програми бити подешени." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Изаберите Врсту налога у окну на десној страни." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "Ако желите да подесите још налога, можете то да урадите касније." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отвориће се прозорче веб сајта у коме ћете моћи да унесете податке вашег " +#~ "налога на мрежи. На пример, ако подешавате Гуглов налог, унесите ваше " +#~ "корисничко име и лозинку за Гугл и пријавите се." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако сте исправно унели ваше податке, биће вам затражено да прихватите " +#~ "одредбе. Изаберите Прихвати да наставите. Након што прихватите, " +#~ "Убунтуу ће требати овлашћење да би приступио вашем налогу. Да дозволите " +#~ "приступ, кликните на дугме Допусти приступ. Када вам се затражи, " +#~ "унесите текућу лозинку корисника." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сада можете изабрати програме за које желите да буду повезани са вашим " +#~ "налогом на мрежи. На пример, ако желите да користите налог на мрежи за " +#~ "ћаскање, али не желите календар, искључите опцију календара." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Након што сте додали налоге, сви програми које сте изабрали сами ће " +#~ "употребити ове податке када их будете покренули." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Из безбедносних разлога, Убунту неће ускладиштити вашу лозинку на вашем " +#~ "рачунару. Уместо тога, сачуваће прстен који обезбеђује услуга на мрежи. Ако " +#~ "желите да у потпуности опозовете везу између ваше радне површи и услуге на " +#~ "мрежи, уклоните је." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Користите Убунтуов софтвер да додате програме и учините Убунту " +#~ "још кориснијим." + +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Инсталирајте додатне програме" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Екипа програмера Убунтуа је изабрала основни скуп програма за које мисли да " +#~ "ће чинити Убунту веома корисним за већину свакодневних задатака. Међутим, " +#~ "вероватно ћете желети да инсталирате још програма како бисте учинили Убунту " +#~ "за вас још кориснијим." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Да инсталирате додатне програме, употпуните следеће кораке:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Повежите се на Интернет користећи бежичну или жичану " +#~ "везу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "Изаберите програм који желите и кликните Инсталирај." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Биће вам затражено да унесете вашу лозинку. Након што то урадите инсталација " +#~ "ће започети." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Инсталација се обично брзо заврши, али може и да потраје ако имате спору " +#~ "Интернет везу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Пречица за нови програм биће додата на Покретач. Да искључите ову функцију, " +#~ "одзначите ПрегледНови програми на " +#~ "Покретачу." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Додајте ППА да помогнете тестирању пред-издања или посебном програму." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Лична архива пакета (ППА) је ризница софтвера осмишљена за " +#~ "Убунтуове кориснике и лакша је за инсталирање него друге ризнице трећих лица." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Кликните Додај и унесите место за ppa:." + +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Уклоните програме које више не користите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Убунтуов софтвер вам помаже да уклоните програме које више не " +#~ "користите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Може вам бити затражено да унесете вашу лозинку. Након што то урадите, " +#~ "програм ће бити уклоњен." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Додајте и друге ризнице да проширите изворе програма које Убунту користи за " +#~ "инсталацију и надоградње." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Додајте додатне ризнице софтвера" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Инсталирајте друге ризнице" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Инсталирајте, уклоните, додатне " +#~ "ризнице…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Додајте и уклоните програме" + +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "Меморијски УСБ кључ (низак капацитет)" + +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Преузимање референтне датотеке штампања од предузећа боја" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Коришћење предузећа боја за стварање профила штампача је обично нај " +#~ "јефтинија могућност ако имате само једну или две различите врсте папира. " +#~ "Након преузимања упутног обрасца са веб сајта предузећа можете да им " +#~ "пошаљете назад штампу у обложеној коверти након чега ће они скенирати папир, " +#~ "створити профил и послати вам е-поштом тачан ИЦЦ профил." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако се касније предомислите, можете да вратите сат назад тако што ћете " +#~ "кликнути на иконицу која се налази на крајњој десној страни на траци " +#~ "изборника и изабрати Подешавања система. У одељку Систем, " +#~ "кликните на Време и датум." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на иконицу сасвим на десној страни на траци изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Подешавања система." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Извршите пробна испитивања на вашем чврстом диску да проверите колико је брз." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Испробајте особине вашег чврстог диска" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Да испробате брзину вашег чврстог диска:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отворите програм Дискови из Полетника." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Отворите програм Дискови из прегледа активности." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Изаберите чврсти диск са списка Уређаји диска." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "Кликните на дугме зупчаника и изаберите Оцени диск." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните Започни оцењивање и дотерајте параметре Стопа " +#~ "преноса и Време приступа како желите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на Започни оцењивање да испробате колико брзо могу бити " +#~ "прочитани подаци са диска. Администраторска овлашћења могу бити затражена. Унесите " +#~ "вашу лозинку, или лозинку за затражени администраторски налог." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Након завршеног теста, резултати ће се појавити на графикону. Зелене тачке и " +#~ "линије повезивања указују на искоришћене узорке; који одговарају десној оси, " +#~ "приказујући време приступа, исцртани наспрам доње осе, представљају проценат " +#~ "протеклог времена за време испробавања. Плава линија представља стопу " +#~ "читања, док црвена линија представља стопу писања; приказане су као стопе " +#~ "приступа подацима на левој оси, исцртани наспрам процента пређеног диска, од " +#~ "споља до осовине, дуж доње осе." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Испод графика, вредности су приказане за најмању, највећу и просечну стопу " +#~ "читања и писања, просечно време приступа и време протекло од последњег теста " +#~ "испробавања." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Употребите Анализер искоришћености диска или Праћење " +#~ "система да проверите простор и капацитет." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да проверите колико је простора на диску преостало користећи " +#~ "Анализер искоришћености диска или Праћење система." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Проверите Анализером искоришћености диска" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да проверите слободан простор на диску и капацитет диска користећи " +#~ "Анализер искоришћености диска:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отворите програм Анализер искоришћености диска из " +#~ "Полетника. Прозор ће приказати Укупни капацитет система " +#~ "датотека и Укупна заузетост система датотека." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отворите програм Дискови из прегледа активности. " +#~ "Прозор ће приказати Укупни капацитет система датотека и " +#~ "Укупна заузетост система датотека." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на једно од дугмади траке алата да изаберете Личну " +#~ "фасциклу, Систем датотека, Фасциклу, или " +#~ "Удаљену фасциклу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Подаци су приказани у ступцима Фасцикла, Коришћено, " +#~ "Величина и Садржај. Више података ћете наћи у Анализеру искоришћености диска." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Проверите програмом Праћење система" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да проверите слободан простор на диску и капацитет диска користећи " +#~ "Праћење система:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "Отворите програм Праћење система из Полетника." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отворите програм Праћење система из прегледа " +#~ "Активности." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Изаберите језичак Системи датотека да погледате партиције система " +#~ "и искоришћеност простора на диску. Подаци су приказани у колонама " +#~ "Укупно, Слободно, Расположво и " +#~ "Заузето." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Ако је диск препун требате да:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Обришете датотеке које вам нису важне или које не желите више да користите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Направите резерве важних датотека које вам " +#~ "неће бити потребне неко време и да их обришете са чврстог диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отворите програм Дискови из прегледа Активности." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на дугме СМАРТ подаци и само-пробе да погледате више " +#~ "података о диску, или да покренете самоиспробавање." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чак и ако Смарт стање укаже на то да диск није исправан, " +#~ "то није разлог за панику. Међутим, боље је бити спреман са резервом зарад спречавања губитка података." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако стање покаже „Пред кваром“, диск је још увек разумљиво исправан али су " +#~ "откривени знаци слабости што значи да се може покварити у блиској " +#~ "будућности. Ако је ваш чврсти диск (или рачунар) стар неколико година, " +#~ "вероватно ћете видети ову поруку на барем некој од провера исправности. " +#~ "Требали бисте да направите резерве ваших важних " +#~ "датотека редовно и да повремено проверавате стање диска да видите да " +#~ "ли се погоршава." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Уклоните све датотеке и фасцикле са спољног чврстог диска или УСБ диска " +#~ "њиховим форматирањем." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Обришите све са уклоњивог диска" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако поседујете уклоњиви диск, као УСБ меморијски штапић или спољни чврсти " +#~ "диск, можда ћете некад пожелети да у потпуности уклоните све датотеке и " +#~ "фасцикле на њему. Ово можете да урадите форматирањем диска — што ће " +#~ "обрисати све датотеке на диску и оставиће га празним." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Форматирајте уклоњиви диск" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Изаберите диск који желите да обришете са списка Складишни " +#~ "уређаји." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Уверите се да сте изабрали прави диск! Ако изаберете погрешан диск, све " +#~ "датотеке на њему ће бити обрисане!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У одељку „Волумени“, кликните Откачи волумен. Затим кликните " +#~ "Форматирај волумен." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У прозору који ће се појавити, изаберите врсту система датотека " +#~ "за диск." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако диск користите на рачунарима са Виндоузом и Мек ОС-ом поред рачунара са " +#~ "Линуксом, изаберите ФАТ. Ако га користите само на Виндоузу, " +#~ "НТФС може бити боља опција. Кратак опис врсте система " +#~ "датотека ће бити приказан као натпис." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Дајте назив диску и кликните Форматирај да започнете брисање " +#~ "диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Након завршеног форматирања, безбедно уклоните диск. Сада ће бити " +#~ "празан и спреман за поновну употребу." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Форматирање диска не брише безбедно ваше датотеке" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Форматирање диска није потпуно сигуран начин за брисање свих његових " +#~ "података. Форматиран диск ће изгледати као да не садржи датотеке на себи, " +#~ "али ће нарочитим програмом за опоравак бити могуће пронаћи датотеке. Ако " +#~ "имате потребу да безбедно уклоните датотеке, мораћете да користите помагало " +#~ "линије наредби, као што је shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да схватите шта су то волумени и партиције и да користите програм за " +#~ "управљање њима." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Погледајте и управљајте волуменима и партицијама користећи управника дискова" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да проверите и да измените волумене складишта вашег рачунара са " +#~ "управником диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отворите Полетника и покрените програм Дискови." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У окну означеном као Складишни уређаји, наћи ћете чврсте дискове, " +#~ "ЦД/ДВД уређаје, и остале физичке уређаје. Кликните на уређај који желите да " +#~ "испитате." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На десној површи, област са натписом Волумени обезбеђује видни " +#~ "приказ волумена и партиција присутних на изабраном уређају. Такође садржи " +#~ "разне алате који се користе за управљање тим волуменима." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Будите опрезни: са овим помагалима можете у потпуности да обришете податке " +#~ "на вашем диску." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Једна примарна партиција мора да садржи податке које ваш рачунар користи за " +#~ "покретање, или подизање. Из овог разлога се понекада зове партиција " +#~ "за подизање, или волумен за подизање. Да одредите да ли се са волумена врши " +#~ "подизање, погледајте заставице партиције у програму дискова. " +#~ "Спољни медији као што су УСБ уређаји и ЦД дискови могу такође да садрже " +#~ "волумен за подизање." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Уверите се да је закључавање укључено, а затим изаберите " +#~ "временски период истека из падајућег изборника испод. Екран ће се аутоматски " +#~ "закључати након што будете били неактивни оволико дуго. Такође можете да " +#~ "изаберете Екран се искључује да закључате екран након што се " +#~ "аутоматски искључи, што се постиже избором ставке Искључи екран када је " +#~ "неактиван из падајућег списка изнад." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Користите управника датотека Наутилус да разгледате и " +#~ "организујете датотеке на вашем рачунару. Можете такође да га користите за " +#~ "руковање датотекама на складишним уређајима (као што су спољни чврсти " +#~ "дискови), на серверима датотека, и на " +#~ "мрежним дељењима." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У управнику датотека, кликните два пута на неку фасциклу да видите њен " +#~ "садржај, и кликните два пута на неку датотеку да је отворите основним " +#~ "програмом за ту датотеку. Можете такође да кликнете десним тастером миша на " +#~ "фасциклу да је отворите у новом језичку или у новом прозору." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако желите да на брзину пређете на датотеку у фасцикли коју разгледате, " +#~ "почните да куцате њен назив. Појавиће се поље за претрагу при врху прозора и " +#~ "само датотеке које одговарају вашој претрази биће истакнуте. Притисните на " +#~ "тастер стрелице на доле, или премакните мишем, да пређете на следећу " +#~ "датотеку која одговара вашој претрази." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете на брзину да приступите општим местима из бочне површи. Ако " +#~ "не видите бочну површ, кликните на дугме на доле на траци алата и изаберите " +#~ "Прикажи бочну површ. Можете да додате обележиваче фасциклама које " +#~ "често користите и оне ће се појавити у бочној површи. Користите изборник " +#~ "Обележивачи да урадите ово, или једноставно превуците фасциклу у " +#~ "бочну површ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Може бити да сте преименовали датотеку на начин који је чини скривеном. " +#~ "Датотеке које почињу . (тачком) или се завршавају " +#~ "~ (тилдом) су скривене у управнику датотека. Кликните на доње дугме на траци алата " +#~ "у управнику датотека и изаберите Прикажи скривене датотеке. " +#~ "Погледајте да сазнате више." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Пронађите датотеке на основу назива и врсте. Сачувајте ваше претраге за " +#~ "каснију употребу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да тражите датотеке на основу њиховог назива или према врсти управно " +#~ "из управника датотека. Можете чак и да сачувате опште претраге, које ће се " +#~ "појавити као нарочите фасцикле у вашој личној фасцикли." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Отворите управника датотека" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако знате да су датотеке које желите под одређеном фасциклом, идите до те " +#~ "фасцикле." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на увеличавајуће стакло на траци алата, или притисните " +#~ "КтрлФ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Упишите реч или речи за које знате да се јављају у називу датотеке, и оне ће " +#~ "бити приказане у пољу претраге. На пример, ако сте све ваше фактуре " +#~ "именовали речју „Фактура“, упишите фактура. Притисните " +#~ "Унеси. Речи су упоређене без обзира на величину слова." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Можете да смањите број резултата користећи место и врсту датотеке." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните Лична фасцикла да ограничите резултате претраге на вашу " +#~ "Личну фасциклу, или Све датотеке да тражите свуда." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на + и изаберите Врста датотеке из падајућег " +#~ "списка да смањите број резултата претраге на основу назива датотеке. " +#~ "Кликните на дугме x да уклоните ову опцију и да проширите " +#~ "резултате претраге." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да отворите, умножите, обришете, или да урадите било шта друго са " +#~ "вашим датотекама из резултата претраге, баш као што бисте урадили из било " +#~ "које фасцикле у управнику датотека." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Поново кликните на увеличавајуће стакло на траци алата да напустите претрагу " +#~ "и да се вратите у фасциклу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако неке претраге обављате често, можете да их сачувате да бисте им " +#~ "приступили на брзину." + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Започните претрагу као горе." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Када сте задовољни параметрима претраге, кликните Датотека на " +#~ "траци изборника и изаберите Сачувај претрагу као...." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Дајте претрази назив и кликните Сачувај. Ако желите, изаберите " +#~ "другу фасциклу за чување претраге. Када будете прегледали ту фасциклу, " +#~ "видећете вашу сачувану претрагу као иконицу наранџасте фасцикле са " +#~ "увеличавајућим стаклом на њој." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да уклоните датотеку претраге када будете завршили с њом, једноставно обришите претрагу као било коју другу датотеку. " +#~ "Када обришете сачувану претрагу, нећете обрисати датотеке које су пронађене " +#~ "претрагом." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да прикажете слику неког распореда тако што ћете га изабрати са " +#~ "списка и кликнути на преглед." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да решите ово, кликните на иконицу сасвим на десној страни траке изборника и " +#~ "идите на Подешавања система. У одељку „Хардвер“, изаберите " +#~ "Екрани да отворите панел. Пробајте неку од могућности " +#~ "Резолуције и подесите ону која чини да екран изгледа боље." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на иконицу сасвим на десној страни на траци изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Подешавања система. Отворите Екране." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на иконицу сасвим на десној страни на траци изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Подешавања система." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Многи мишеви и неке додирне табле имају и средњи тастер. На мишевима са " +#~ "клизним точкићем, обично можете да притиснете на доле клизни точкић да " +#~ "извршите средњи клик. Ако немате средњи тастер на мишу, можете да притиснете " +#~ "и леви и десни тастер истовремено зарад средњег клика. Ако увидите да не " +#~ "можете извршити средњи клик на тај начин можете покушати да испратите ова " +#~ "упутства." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На додирним таблама које подржавају лупкање са више прстију, можете да " +#~ "лупнете са три прста одједном да бисте извршили средњи клик. Да би ово " +#~ "радило, мораћете да укључите клик на " +#~ "додирној табли у подешавањима додирне табле." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Многи програми користе средњи клик за напредније пречице на клик." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Једна општа пречица је убацивање изабраног текста. (Ово се понекад назива " +#~ "примарно убацивање избора.) Изаберите текст који желите да убаците, затим " +#~ "идите до места где желите да га убаците и кликните средњим тастером. " +#~ "Изабрани текст ће бити убачен на положај миша." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Убацивање текста средњим тастером миша је потпуно одвојено од нормалне " +#~ "оставе. Бирање текста га не умножава у оставу. Овај брзи начин убацивања " +#~ "ради само са средњим тастером миша." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Већина веб прегледника вам допушта да средњим тастером миша брзо отворите " +#~ "везе у језичцима. Само кликните на неку везу средњим тастером миша, и иста " +#~ "ће се отворити у новом језичку. Будите пажљиви приликом кликања везе у " +#~ "Фајерфоксу. У Фајерфоксу, ако средњим тастером миша " +#~ "кликнете било где другде осим на везу, покушаће да учита ваш изабрани текст " +#~ "као адресу, исто као да сте користили средњи клик да убаците изабрани текст " +#~ "у поље за место и притиснули Унеси." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Неки наменски програми вам допуштају да користите средњи тастер миша за " +#~ "друге функције. Прегледајте помоћ ваших програма за средњим кликом " +#~ "или средњим тастером миша." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Притисните једном ← да пређете на језичак Указивање и " +#~ "кликање." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ова упутства обезбеђују најкраћи начин за укључивање тастера миша коришћењем " +#~ "само тастатуре. Изаберите Подешавања универзалног приступа да " +#~ "видите још опција приступачности." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Падиљон тастатуре је скуп бројевних тастера на вашој тастатури, обично " +#~ "поређаних у квадратној мрежи. Ако имате тастатуру на којој не постоји " +#~ "падиљон (као што је тастатура преносних рачунара), мораћете да држите " +#~ "притиснутим функцијски тастер (Fn) и да користите одређене друге " +#~ "тастере на вашој тастатури као падиљон тастатуре. Ако ову могућност " +#~ "користите често на вашем преносном рачунару, можете да докупите спољни УСБ " +#~ "или блутут бројевни падиљон." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сваки број на падиљону одговара једном смеру. На пример, када притиснете " +#~ "8 померићете га на горе а када притиснете 2 померићете " +#~ "га на доле. Притисните тастер 5 да извршите један клик мишем, или " +#~ "га брзо притисните два пута да извршите двоклик." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Већина тастатура има посебан тастер који вам омогућава да извршите десни " +#~ "клик; често се налази на другом месту са десне стране размакнице. Знајте, " +#~ "међутим, да овај тастер одговара на први план ваше тастатуре, а не месту где " +#~ "се налази показивач миша. Погледајте о " +#~ "томе како да извршите десни клик држећи притиснутим тастер 5 или " +#~ "леви тастер миша." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да кликнете, кликнете два пута, превучете, и да клизате користећи " +#~ "само додирну таблу, без засебних дугмића." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Да кликнете, лупните по додирној табли." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да превучете ставку, лупните двапут али не одижите ваш прст након другог " +#~ "лупкања. Превуците ставку где желите, затим одигните ваш прст да је убаците." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако ваша додирна табла подржава вишепрстно лупкање, извршите десни клик тако " +#~ "што ћете лупнути са два прста одједном. Иначе, мораћете још увек да " +#~ "користите физичке тастере за извршавање десног клика. Погледајте за начин извршавања десног клика без другог " +#~ "тастера миша." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако ваша додирна табла подржава вишепрстно лупкање, извршите средњи клик тако што ћете лупнути са три " +#~ "прста одједном." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Када лупкате или превлачите са више прстију, уверите се да су ваши прсти " +#~ "довољно размакнути. Ако су ваши прсти превише близу, ваш рачунар може " +#~ "помислити да су у ствари један прст." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Додајте, обришите, и преименујте обележиваче у управнику датотека." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Ваши обележивачи су наведени у бочној површи у управнику датотека." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните Обележивачи на траци изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Прибележи ово место." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Обришите обележивач:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните Обележивачи на траци изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Обележивачи... из изборника програма." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У прозору Обележивачи, изаберите обележивач који желите да " +#~ "обришете и кликните на дугме -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на Датотеке на горњој траци и изаберите " +#~ "Обележивачи из изборника програма." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У прозору Обележивачи, изаберите обележивач који желите да " +#~ "преименујете." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "У пољу за текст Назив, упишите нови назив за обележивач." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Промените основни прегледник, " +#~ "инсталирајте Флеш, инсталирајте прикључак јаве…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да одредите који програми могу да приступе мрежи. Ово помаже у " +#~ "очувању безбедности вашег рачунара." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Укључите или блокирајте приступ мрежне баријере" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Убунту долази опремљен Једноставном мрежном баријером " +#~ "(ufw), али мрежна баријера није унапред укључена. Јер Убунту нема " +#~ "отворене мрежне услуге (осим за основне мрежне инфраструктуре) у основној " +#~ "инсталацији, мрежна баријера није потребна за блокирање надолазећег покушаја " +#~ "злонамерне везе." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "За више о томе како да користите умб, погледајте документацију на " +#~ "мрежи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да укључите мрежну баријеру, упишите „sudo ufw enable“ у " +#~ "терминалу. Да искључите умб, упишите „sudo ufw disable“." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Мораћете да инсталирате Флеш да бисте могли да прегледате веб сајтове као " +#~ "Јутуб, који приказују снимке и међудејствене веб странице." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Флеш је прикључак вашег веб прегледника који вам " +#~ "омогућава да гледате снимке и да користите међудејствене веб странице на " +#~ "неким веб сајтовима. Док је понуда ХТМЛ5, који је савременије решење, у " +#~ "сталном порасту, неки веб сајтови неће радити без Флеша." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако имате отворене прозоре неког веб прегледника, затворите их и након тога " +#~ "их поново отворите. Веб прегледник ће увидети да је инсталиран Флеш када га " +#~ "поново отворите и сада ћете бити у могућности да прегледате веб сајтове " +#~ "користећи Флеш." + +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Помозите вашем прегледнику да ради са веб сајтовима који захтевају Јаву." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Инсталирајте Јавин прикључак прегледника" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Неки веб сајтови користе мале програме Јаве, који захтевају Јавин " +#~ "прикључак да би радили." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Инсталирајте пакет „icedtea6-" +#~ "plugin“ да видите програме Јаве у прегледнику." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Решите проблеме бежичних " +#~ "веза, пронађите вашу бежичну " +#~ "мрежу…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Повезивање на бежичну, Скривене мреже, Уређивање подешавања везе, Прекидање везе…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да користите ваш рачунар као бежичну врућу тачку. Ово ће допустити " +#~ "другим уређајима да се повежу с вама без одвојене мреже, и дозволиће вам да " +#~ "делите интернет везу коју сте направили са неким другим уређајем, као што је " +#~ "жичана мрежа или мрежа мобилног телефона." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Кликните на дугме Користи као врућу тачку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако сте већ повезани на бежичну мрежу, бићете упитани дали желите да " +#~ "прекинете везу са том мрежом. Један бежични адаптер може да се повеже или да " +#~ "направи само једну мрежу у исто време. Кликните Направи врућу " +#~ "тачку да потврдите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Назив мреже (ССИД) и кључ безбедности бивају створени самостално. Назив " +#~ "мреже ће бити заснован на називу вашег рачунара. Осталим уређајима ће бити " +#~ "потребни ови подаци да би се повезали на врућу тачку коју сте управо " +#~ "направили." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника и одзначите „Укључи бежичну“." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да урадите ово, кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника и " +#~ "одзначите Укључи бежичну. Ово ће искључити вашу бежичну везу све " +#~ "док је поново не укључите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да бисте поново укључили бежичну везу, кликните на изборник мреже " +#~ "на траци изборника и изаберите Укључи бежичну тако да има знак " +#~ "штиклирања испред ње." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш преносни рачунар ће још увек да емитује ако нисте искључили блутут." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника и " +#~ "кликните на назив мреже на коју желите да се повежете." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "Сазнајте шта значе опције на екрану уређивања бежичне везе." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ова тема описује све опције које су доступне приликом уређивања бежичне " +#~ "мрежне везе. Да бисте изменили везу, кликните на изборник мреже " +#~ "на траци изборника и изаберите Уреди везе." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Доступно свим корисницима / Сам се повежи" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Сам се повежи" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако је више мрежа које су подешене да се аутоматски повежу у домету, рачунар " +#~ "ће се повезати на прву приказану у језичку Бежична у прозору " +#~ "Мрежне везе. Неће прекинути везу са једном доступном мрежом да би " +#~ "се повезао са оном која је управо ушла у домет." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Означите ово ако желите да сви корисници на рачунару имају приступ овој " +#~ "бежичној мрежи. Ако мрежа има ВЕП/ВПА " +#~ "лозинку а ви сте означили ову опцију, само једном треба да унесете " +#~ "лозинку. Сви остали корисници на вашем рачунару моћиће да се повежу на мрежу " +#~ "без потребе да знају лозинку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако је ово означено, морате бити администратор да бисте изменили било које подешавање за ту " +#~ "мрежу. Можда ће вам бити затражено да унесете администраторску лозинку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако изаберете ад-хок, видећете друге две опције, Опсег " +#~ "и Канал. Ово одређује у ком опсегу бежичне фреквенције ће ад-хок " +#~ "бежична мрежа да ради. Неки рачунари су у стању да раде само у одређеним " +#~ "опсезима (на пример, само А или само Б/Г), тако да " +#~ "ћете можда желети да изаберете опсег који сви рачунари у ад-хок мрежа могу " +#~ "користити. На прометним местима, могу постојати неколико бежичних мрежа које " +#~ "деле исти канал; то може успорити везу, тако да можете такође да промените " +#~ "канал који користите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ово је Одредник основног скупа услуга. ССИД (видите горе) је назив " +#~ "мреже коју људи имају за циљ да читају; БССИД је назив који рачунар разуме " +#~ "(то је низ слова и бројева који би требало да буде јединствен за бежичну " +#~ "мрежу). Ако је мрежа сакривена, " +#~ "неће имати ССИД, већ ће имати БССИД." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "МАК адреса уређаја" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш мрежни хардвер (бежична картица) се може претварати да има другачију МАК " +#~ "адресу. Ово је корисно ако имате уређај или услугу која ће комуницирати само " +#~ "са одређеном МАК адресом (на пример, са широкопојасним кабловским модемом). " +#~ "Ако ставите ту МАК адресу у поље клониране МАК адресе, " +#~ "уређај/услуга ће мислити да ваш рачунар има клонирану МАК адресу, а не своју " +#~ "праву." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ово одређује какву врсту шифровања ваша бежична мрежа користи. " +#~ "Шифроване везе штите бежичну везу од пресретања, тако да неко други не може " +#~ "да „слуша“ и види које веб сајтове посећујете и тако даље." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Неке врсте шифровање су јаче од других, али не могу бити подржане од стране " +#~ "старије опреме бежичне мрежне. Обично ћете морати да унесете лозинку за " +#~ "повезивање; префињеније врсте безбедности могу захтевати корисничко име и " +#~ "дигитално „уверење“. Погледајте за више " +#~ "информација о популарним врстама бежичног шифровања." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако изаберете ову поставку, рачунар ће добити своју ИП адресу од ДХЦП " +#~ "сервера, али ћете морати ручно да одредите друге детаље (који ћете ДНС " +#~ "сервер да користите)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Изаберите ову опцију ако желите сами да одредите све мрежне поставке, " +#~ "укључујући и коју ИП адресу рачунар треба да користи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ова опција ће искључити мрежну везу и спречити вас да се повежете на њу. " +#~ "Знајте да се ИПв4 и ИПв6 третирају као засебне везе " +#~ "иако су за исту мрежну картицу. Ако сте једну укључили, можда ћете желети " +#~ "другу да подесите на искључено." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ово је слично језичку ИПв4 осим што ради са новијим ИПв6 " +#~ "стандардом. Врло модерне мреже користе ИПв6, али у овом тренутку је ИПв4 још " +#~ "увек популарнији." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на изборник мреже на траци изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Повежи се на скривену бежичну мрежу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Упишите „sudo pm-hibernate“ у терминалу и притисните " +#~ "Унеси." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако је испробавање замрзавања било успешно, можете да наставите да користите " +#~ "наредбу „sudo pm-hibernate“ када будете желели да замрзнете." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Зашто се рачунар угаси/обустави када напајање батерије спадне на 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Када ниво напуњености батерије постане сувише низак, рачунар ће сам обуставити рад. Ово чини да би осигурао да се " +#~ "батерија не испразни у потпуности, јер је то лоше за батерију. Ако би се " +#~ "батерија у потпуности испразнила, рачунар не би имао времена да се исправно " +#~ "угаси." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете да одредите шта ће се десити када ниво батерије постане сувише низак. " +#~ "Прво, кликните на изборник батерије на траци изборника " +#~ "и изаберите Подешавања напајања. У подешавању Када је " +#~ "напајање из батерије критично ниско, можете изабрати да рачунар " +#~ "обустави рад, да се замрзне, или да се " +#~ "угаси. Ако изаберете да се угаси, ваши програми и документа неће " +#~ "бити сачувани пре него што се рачунар угаси." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Неки рачунари имају проблема са замрзавањем, и неће моћи да опораве програме " +#~ "и докумената које сте отворили када поново укључите рачунар. У овом случају, " +#~ "могуће је да ћете изгубити део рада ако га нисте сачували пре него што се " +#~ "рачунар замрзнуо. Ипак ћете моћи да решите " +#~ "проблеме са замрзавањем." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на иконицу сасвим на десној страни на траци изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Подешавања система" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Неоткривени штампачи, гужвање папира, резултати штампања који изгледају лоше…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Подесите штампач који је повезан на ваш рачунар." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш систем може сам да препозна многе врсте штампача након њиховог " +#~ "повезивања. Већина штампача се повезује УСБ каблом који се прикључује на " +#~ "рачунар." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Не морате да изаберете да ли желите сада да инсталирате мрежни или месни " +#~ "штампач. Они су наведени у једном прозору." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Повежите штампач на ваш систем одговарајућим каблом. Видећете активност на " +#~ "екрану како систем буде тражио управљачке програме, и од вас може бити " +#~ "затражено да потврдите идентитет да бисте их инсталирали." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Биће приказана порука када систем буде завршио инсталирање штампача. " +#~ "Изаберите Одштампај пробну страницу да одштампате пробну " +#~ "страницу, или Опције да направите додатне измене у подешавањима " +#~ "штампача." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако ваш штампач није самостално подешен, можете да га додате у подешавањима " +#~ "штампача." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Кликните Додај и изаберите штампач из прозора уређаја." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните Напред и сачекајте док тражи управљачке програме." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако има више управљачких програма доступних за рачунар, можда ће вам бити " +#~ "затражено да изаберете управљачки програм. Да бисте користили препоручени " +#~ "управљачки програм, само кликните „Напред“ на екране марке и модела." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Након што сте инсталирали штампач, можда ћете желети да измените ваш основни штампач." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Морате да се одјавите и да се поново пријавите да би ове измене ступиле на " +#~ "снагу. Кликните на иконицу на самом десном крају траке изборника и изаберите " +#~ "Одјави ме да се одјавите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Морате да се одјавите и да се поново пријавите да би измене језика ступиле " +#~ "на снагу. Кликните на иконицу на самом десном крају траке изборника и " +#~ "изаберите Одјави ме да се одјавите." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да се одјавите или да промените корисника, кликните на системски изборник на десној страни траке изборника и " +#~ "изаберите одговарајућу могућност." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да закључате екран, кликните на изборник система на траци " +#~ "изборника и изаберите Закључај екран." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Када је закључан ваш екран, други корисници могу да се пријаве на своје " +#~ "личне налоге тако што ће на екрану за лозинку кликнути на Промени " +#~ "корисника. Ви ћете моћи да се вратите вашем окружењу када они заврше." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Да ручно обуставите рад рачунара, кликните на изборник система на " +#~ "траци изборника и изаберите Обустави." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако желите да искључити рачунар у потпуности, или да обавите потпуно поновно " +#~ "покретање, кликните на изборник система и изаберите " +#~ "Угаси." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Са тастатуре" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отпустите Алт да изаберете следећи (означени) прозор у " +#~ "пребацивачу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Иначе, још увек држећи тастер Алт, притисните Таб да " +#~ "кружите по списку отворених прозора, или " +#~ "ПомакТаб да кружите уназад." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Прозори у пребацивачу прозора су груписани по програмима. Прегледи програма " +#~ "са више прозора бивају приказани на клик." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можете такође да се померате између иконица програма у пребацивачу прозора " +#~ "тастерима → или ←, или да изаберете један тако што " +#~ "ћете кликнути мишем на њега." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Прегледи програма са једним прозором могу бити приказани тастером " +#~ "↓." + +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Кликните Распоред тастатуре." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Кликните Опције." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Нађите групу Положај саставног тастера. Изаберите тастер или " +#~ "тастере који ће се понашати као саставни тастер. Можете да изаберете тастере " +#~ "као што је Закљуачавање великих слова, један од Алт " +#~ "тастера, или тастер изборника. Било који тастер да изаберете тада ће радити " +#~ "само као саставни тастер, и неће више радити оно за шта је првобитно " +#~ "предвиђен." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на изборник система сасвим на десној страни на " +#~ "траци изборника и изаберите Подешавања система." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "По основи, укључивање резултата претраге на мрежи је искључена." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Укључите резултате претраге на мрежи" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако желите да примате предлоге за претрагу на мрежи, можете да укључите ову " +#~ "функцију кроз системско подешавање Безбедност и приватност." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кликните на изборник система сасвим на десној страни на " +#~ "траци изборника и изаберите Подешавања система." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Отворите Безбедност и приватност и изаберите језичак " +#~ "Претрага." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Укључите Укључи резултате претраге на мрежи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ако имате више од једног пенкала, када се додатно пенкало приближи таблици, " +#~ "биће приказан страничар поред назива уређаја пенкала. Користите страничара " +#~ "да изаберете пенкало за подешавање." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sv/sv.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sv/sv.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/sv/sv.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/sv/sv.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-guide\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-16 21:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Swedish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -238,13 +238,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -315,60 +315,145 @@ "ibland oavsiktligt trycker ned en tangent flera gånger, bör du aktivera " "tangentstuds." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " -"Systeminställningar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "Öppna Hjälpmedel och välj fliken Inmatning." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Aktivera Tangentstuds." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -437,14 +522,14 @@ "användargränssnittet kommer förändras." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Öppna Hjälpmedel och välj fliken Seende." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "Ändra Hög kontrast till PÅ." @@ -486,19 +571,9 @@ "kontroll, släppa musen, och sedan vänta en stund innan knappen klickas på åt " "dig." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på ditt namn i menyraden och välj Systeminställningar." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -506,12 +581,12 @@ "Öppna Hjälpmedel och välj fliken Peka och klicka" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Aktivera Hover Click." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -527,7 +602,7 @@ "kommer du automatiskt att återgå till enkelklick." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -538,7 +613,7 @@ "kommer knappen bli klickad." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -547,7 +622,7 @@ "måste hålla musmarkören stilla innan den klickar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -559,7 +634,7 @@ "klicka att inträffa." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -586,12 +661,12 @@ "Om du har svårt att läsa texten på skärmen kan du ändra textstorleken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Ändra Stor text till PÅ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -727,7 +802,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -760,12 +835,12 @@ "muspekaren bara har en knapp." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Aktivera Simulerat sekundärklick." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -777,7 +852,7 @@ "Fördröjning under Simulera sekundärklick." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -790,7 +865,7 @@ "högerklicka." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -801,7 +876,7 @@ "även om du inte får visuell återkoppling från markören." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -812,7 +887,7 @@ "det numeriska tangentbordet." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -881,17 +956,17 @@ "svårt att direkt trycka på rätt tangent på tangentbordet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Aktivera Tröga tangenter." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Aktivera och inaktivera tröga tangenter snabbt" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -905,7 +980,7 @@ "avaktivera långsamma tangenter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -914,7 +989,7 @@ "du måste hålla ner en tangent innan den registreras." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -965,17 +1040,17 @@ "flera tangenter samtidigt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Aktivera Klistriga tangenter." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Aktivera och inaktivera klistriga tangenter snabbt" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -989,7 +1064,7 @@ "klistriga tangenter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -999,7 +1074,7 @@ "vanliga sättet." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1016,7 +1091,7 @@ "exempel tangenter som sitter tätt ihop) men inte andra." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1024,7 +1099,7 @@ "aktivera detta." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1077,13 +1152,13 @@ "om hur du tystar upplysningsljudet)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "Öppna Hjälpmedel och välj fliken Hörsel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1114,7 +1189,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1128,10 +1203,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1185,12 +1260,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1201,7 +1277,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1210,15 +1286,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1396,13 +1473,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Om du lägger till ett konto kommer det bli enklare att länka dina nätkonton " -"med ditt Ubuntu-skrivbord. Din e-post, chattprogram, och andra relaterade " -"program kommer därmed att vara konfigurerade för dig." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1413,74 +1487,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Välj en kontotyp från fönstrets högra del." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Om du vill ställa in fler konton kan du upprepa processen när som helst." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" -"En litet webbgränssnitt kommer öppnas där du kan skriva in uppgifterna för " -"dina nätkonton. Om du till exempel vill lägga till ett Google-konto, skriv " -"in ditt Google-användarnamn, -lösenord, och logga in." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Om du skrev in dina uppgifter korrekt, kommer du tillfrågas om att godkänna " -"villkoren. Välj Acceptera för att fortsätta. När du har gjort " -"det, behöver Ubuntu tillstånd att komma åt ditt konto. För att ge detta " -"tillstånd, klicka på knappen Ge åtkomst. När du tillfrågas, skriv " -"in den aktuella användarens lösenord." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Nu kan du välja vilka program du vill länka till ditt onlinekonto. Om du " -"till exempel vill använda ett onlinekonto för chatt, men inte för kalendern, " -"stäng av alternativet kalender." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Efter att du har lagt till kontona, kommer varje program som du valt att " -"automatiskt använda de autentiseringsuppgifterna när du startar det." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Av säkerhetsskäl kommer Ubuntu inte lagra ditt lösenord på din dator. " -"Istället lagras en slags informationsbärare som kommer från nättjänsten. Om " -"du vill återkalla länken mellan ditt skrivbord och nättjänsten, ta bort den." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1856,6 +1911,75 @@ "datorn finns alla konton och tjänster där och väntar på dig." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1960,50 +2084,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Använd Programvara för Ubuntu för att lägga till program och göra " -"Ubuntu mer användbart." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Installera fler program" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntus utvecklingsgrupp har valt en uppsättning standardprogram som vi " -"anser gör Ubuntu användbart för de allra flesta vardagsbestyr. Du kan " -"förstås ändå vilja installera fler program för att anpassa Ubuntu efter dina " -"behov." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -"Om du vill installera ytterligare programvara, gå igenom följande steg:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Anslut till internet med antingen en trådlös eller trådbunden " -"anslutning." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2013,7 +2142,7 @@ "Snabbstartspanelen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2022,71 +2151,54 @@ "välj en kategori och hitta en program ur listan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "Välj programmet du vill ha och klicka på Installera." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Du kommer ombes att skriva in ditt lösenord. När det är gjort kommer " -"installationen börja." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Installationen brukar bli färdig ganska snabbt, men om din " -"internetanslutning är långsam kan det ta lite mer tid." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"En genväg till ditt nya program kommer läggas till i programstartaren. För " -"att avaktivera den här funktionen, avbocka VisaNya " -"program i programstartaren." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Lägg till PPA:er för att hjälpa till att testa experimentell kod eller " -"specialprogram." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Lägg till ett Privat PaketArkiv (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Privata PaketArkiv (PPAer) är programförråd utformade för Ubuntu-" -"användare, och enklare att installera från än andra externa förråd." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Lägg bara till programarkiv från källor du litar på!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2097,12 +2209,12 @@ "Ubuntumedlemmar, och kan innehålla program som är skadliga för din dator." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Installera ett PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2113,8 +2225,8 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2123,17 +2235,18 @@ "uppdateringar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Byt till fliken Övrig programvara." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Klicka på Lägg till och ange ppa:-platsen." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2141,7 +2254,7 @@ "fönstret." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2151,25 +2264,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Ta bort program som du inte längre använder." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Ta bort ett program" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Programvara för Ubuntu hjälper dig ta bort program som du inte " -"längre använder." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2178,7 +2315,7 @@ "Installerat längst upp." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2187,21 +2324,30 @@ "igenom listan över installerade program." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Välj programmet och klicka på Ta bort." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Du kan ombes att fylla i ditt lösenord. Efter att du har gjort det kommer " -"programmet tas bort." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2216,16 +2362,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Lägg till andra arkiv för att utöka de programkällor Ubuntu använder för " -"installationer och uppgraderingar." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Lägg till fler programförråd" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2240,13 +2384,13 @@ "tredjepartsarkiv måste du lägga till det till Ubuntus lista över " "tillgängliga arkiv." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Installera andra arkiv" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2255,7 +2399,7 @@ "Övriga program." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2264,7 +2408,7 @@ "finnas tillgängligt från arkivets webbplats, och bör se ut så här:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2275,7 +2419,7 @@ "söka igenom dina programkällor efter nya uppdateringar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2287,12 +2431,12 @@ "nyckeln)." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Aktivera förrådet Canonical-partners" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2308,7 +2452,7 @@ "aktiverat." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2323,7 +2467,7 @@ "Om du inte ser det, klicka på Add och mata in:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2334,26 +2478,23 @@ "Ubuntu laddar ner förrådsinformationen." #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Lägg till/ta bort program" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Installera, ta bort, extra " -"förråd…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Lägg till & ta bort mjukvara" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2956,8 +3097,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB-minne (låg kapacitet)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3622,7 +3763,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3922,23 +4063,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Hämta och skriv ut en referensfil från ett färgföretag" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Att använda ett färgföretag för att generera en skrivarprofil är vanligtvis " -"det billigaste alternativet om du bara har en eller två olika papperstyper. " -"Genom att hämta referenskartan från företagens webbplatser kan du skicka " -"utskriften tillbaka till dem i ett vadderat kuvert som de kommer att skanna, " -"generera en färgprofil och e-posta dig en korrekt ICC-profil." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5812,20 +5948,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Om du sedan ändrar dig kan du få tillbaka klockan genom att klicka på ikonen " -"längst till höger i menyraden och välja Systeminställningar. I " -"Systemavdelningen, klicka på Datum & tid." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Ändra datumformat" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5834,44 +5969,23 @@ "befinner dig." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " -"Systeminställningar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "I avdelningen Personligt, klicka på Språkstöd." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Gå till fliken Regionala format." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Välj din plats i den utfällbara listan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6099,69 +6213,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Kör prestandatester på din hårddisk för att kontrollera hur snabb den är." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Testa din hårddisks prestanda" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "För att testa din hårddisks hastighet:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Öppna programmet Diskar från Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Öppna programmet Diskar från aktivitetsöversikten." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Välj hårddisken från listan Diskenheter." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." -msgstr "Klicka på kugghjulsknappen och välj Prestanda för enhet." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Klicka på Starta prestandatest och justera parametrarna " -"överföringshastighet och åtkomsttid efter behov." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Klicka på Starta prestandatest för att testa hur snabbt data kan " -"läsas från disken. Administratörsrättigheter kan behövas. Skriv ditt lösenord, " -"eller lösenordet för det efterfrågade administratörskontot." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6171,44 +6304,22 @@ "till disken. Detta kommer ta längre tid." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"När testet är klart kommer resultaten att visas i diagrammet. De gröna " -"punkterna och sammankopplande linjerna indikerar de tagna mätvärdena; dessa " -"motsvarar den högra axeln som visar åtkomsttid, plottat mot den horisontella " -"axeln som representerar procentandelen av tiden som förlöpt under testet. " -"Den blå linjen representerar läshastigheter, medan den röda linjen " -"representerar skrivhastigheter; dessa visas som åtkomsthastigheter för data " -"på den vänstra axeln, plottade mot procentandelen av området som läshuvudet " -"färdats från kanten till mitten av hårddisken längs den horisontella axeln." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Nedanför grafen visas värden för minimum-, maximum-, och snitthastigheter " -"för läsning och skrivning, genomsnittlig åtkomsttid och förfluten tid sedan " -"senaste prestandatestet." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Använd Diskanvändningsanalysatorn eller " -"Systemövervakaren för att kontrollera utrymme och kapacitet." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6216,136 +6327,68 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera hur mycket diskutrymme som finns kvar" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Du kan kontrollera hur mycket diskutrymme som är kvar med " -"Diskanvändningsanalysatorn eller Systemövervakaren." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Kontrollera med Diskanvändningsanalysatorn" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"För att kontrollera ledigt diskutrymme och diskkapacitet med " -"Diskanvändningsanalysatorn:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Öppna programmet Diskanvändningsanalysator från Dash. " -"Fönstret kommer visa Total filsystemskapacitet och Total " -"filsystemsanvändning." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Öppna programmet Diskar från Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Öppna programmet Diskar från Aktivitetsöversikten. " -"Fönstret kommer visa Total filsystemskapacitet och Total " -"filsystemsanvändning." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Klicka på en av knapparna på verktygsfältet och välj Skanna Hem, " -"Skanna filsystem, Skanna mapp, eller Skanna " -"fjärrmapp." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Informationen sorteras efter Mapp, Användning, " -"Storlek och Innehåll. Se fler detaljer i Diskanvändningsanalys." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Kontrollera med Systemövervakaren" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Vad händer om disken är allt för full?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"För att kontrollera ledigt diskutrymme och diskkapacitet med " -"Systemövervakaren:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "Öppna programmet Systemövervakaren från Dash." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Öppna programmet Systemövervakare från översiktsvyn " -"Aktiviteter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 -msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Välj fliken Filsystem för att se systemets partitioner och " -"diskanvändning. Informationen sorteras efter Totalt, " -"Ledigt, Tillgängligt och Använt." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Vad händer om disken är allt för full?" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Om disken är allt för full bör du:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 +msgid "" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Ta bort filer som inte är viktiga eller som du inte behöver använda längre." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Gör säkerhetskopior på viktiga filer som du " -"inte kommer att behöva på ett tag och ta bort dem från hårddisken." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6391,23 +6434,8 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Kontrollera din hårddisks hälsa med programmet Diskar" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Öppna programmet Diskar från Dash." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Öppna programmet Diskar från Aktivitetsöversikten." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." @@ -6416,55 +6444,46 @@ "kontrollera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "Bedömning skall vara \"Disken är OK\"." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" -"Öppna menyn överst till höger och välj SMART-data och självtester " -"för att se mer information om disken, eller för att köra ett självtest." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Vad gör jag om disken inte mår bra?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Även om SMART-tillståndet visar att disken inte mår bra, " -"behöver du inte oroa dig. Men det är bra att förbereda sig med en säkerhetskopia för att förhindra dataförlust." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Om tillståndet visar \"Pre-fail\" mår disken fortfarande ganska bra men " -"visar tecken på slitage, vilket innebär att den kan krascha inom en nära " -"framtid. Om din hårddisk (eller dator) har några år på nacken kommer du " -"antagligen se det här meddelandet för åtminstone ett par hälsokontroller. Du " -"bör säkerhetskopiera dina viktiga filer " -"regelbundet och kontrollera disktillståndet med jämna mellanrum för " -"att se om det förvärras." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6475,134 +6494,114 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Ta bort alla filer och mappar från en extern hårddisk eller USB-enhet genom " -"att formatera den." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Ta bort allt från en flyttbar enhet" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Om du har en flyttbar enhet, exempelvis en USB-minne eller en extern " -"hårddisk kan du ibland vilja att ta bort alla filer och mappar helt från " -"den. Du kan göra detta genom att formatera disken - detta tar bort " -"alla filer på disken och gör den tom." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Att formatera en flyttbar disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Välj disken du vill rensa från listan över Lagringsenheter." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Säkerställ att du har valt rätt disk! Om du väljer fel disk så kommer alla " -"filer på den andra disken att tas bort!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"I volymavdelningen, klicka på Avmontera volym. Klicka sedan på " -"Formatera volym." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"I fönstret som visas, välj en typ av filsystem för disken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Om du använder disken på Windows- och Mac OS-datorer utöver Linux-datorer, " -"välj FAT. Om du bara använder den i Windows är NTFS " -"nog ett bättre val. En kort beskrivning av filsystemtypen kommer " -"visas som en etikett." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Ge disken ett namn och klicka på Formatera för att börja tömma " -"disken." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"När formateringen är slutförd, gör en säker borttagning av " -"disken. Den bör nu vara tom och klar att använda igen." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Att formatera en disk tar inte bort dina filer säkert" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Att formatera en disk är inte ett helt säkert sätt att ta bort all dess " -"data. En formaterad disk kommer att se ut som om den inte har filer på sig, " -"men det är möjligt att speciella återskapningsprogram kan återställa " -"filerna. Om du behöver ta bort filer på ett säkert sätt kommer du att behöva " -"använda ett kommandoradsverktyg som shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Förstå vad volymer och partitioner är och använda diskverktyget för att " -"hantera dem." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 #| msgid "Launcher Commands and Locations" msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Hantera volymer och partitioner" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6621,7 +6620,7 @@ "läsa (och möjligtvis skriva till) filer på den." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6638,58 +6637,40 @@ "rummen av partitioner och enheter." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "Visa och hantera volymer och partitioner via diskverktyget" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Du kan kontrollera och modifiera din dators lagringsvolymer med " -"diskverktyget." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "Öppna Dash och starta programmet Diskverktyg." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"I vyn märkt Lagringsenheter hittar du hårddiskar, CD/DVD-enheter, " -"och andra fysiska enheter. Klicka på enheten du vill inspektera." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"I den högra vyn ger området märkt Volymer en visuell uppdelning " -"av volymerna och partitionerna som finns på den markerade enheten. Den " -"innehåller också ett antal verktyg som kan användas för att hantera dessa " -"volymer." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Var försiktig: det är möjligt att helt radera all data på din disk med dessa " -"verktyg." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6705,19 +6686,14 @@ "också spridas över flera partitioner för extra säkerhet eller bekvämlighet." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"En primärpartition måste innehålla information som din dator använder för " -"att starta (eng. boot). Av den anledningen kallas den ofta för boot-" -"partition, eller boot-volym. För att avgöra om en volym har " -"startinformationen, se dess Partitionsflaggor i diskverktyget. " -"Extern media som USB-enheter och CD-skivor kan också innehålla en startvolym." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6752,18 +6728,18 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ljusstyrkan" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Välj Ljusstyrka & skärmlås." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Justera Ljusstyrkereglaget till en bekväm inställning." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6775,7 +6751,7 @@ "tangenten för att använda dessa tangenter." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6788,7 +6764,7 @@ "du kan använda batteriet innan det måste laddas om." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6822,15 +6798,22 @@ "inställningarna:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på ditt namn i menyraden och välj Systeminställningar." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Öppna Skärmar." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6851,7 +6834,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6861,7 +6844,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6871,7 +6854,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6881,7 +6864,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6915,7 +6898,7 @@ "inställningarna:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6929,7 +6912,7 @@ "primärskärm." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6938,12 +6921,12 @@ "Placering för Programstartaren till Alla skärmar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Klistriga kanter" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6958,7 +6941,7 @@ "annan." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6994,20 +6977,15 @@ "kan också låta skärmen låsas automatiskt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Se till att Låsning är aktiverat, och välj sedan en tidsgräns " -"från den utfällbara listan nedanför. Skärmen kommer automatiskt låsas efter " -"att du varit inaktiv såpass länge. Du kan också välja Skärmen stängs " -"av för att låsa skärmen efter att den automatiskt stängs av, vilket " -"styrs av den utfällbara listan Stäng av skärmen efter inaktivitet " -"ovanför." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7021,7 +6999,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7062,7 +7040,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7099,17 +7077,17 @@ "samlingar inuti andra samlingar." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "För att ta bort en samling:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "I markeringsläget, klicka på samlingen du vill ta bort." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7134,12 +7112,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7434,7 +7411,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 #| msgid "Searching For Files" msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Sök efter filer" @@ -7704,12 +7680,12 @@ "För att bestämma vilka program som ska starta när du ansluter olika enheter:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "Välj DetaljerFlyttbar media." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7720,7 +7696,7 @@ "av enheter och media." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7731,7 +7707,7 @@ "annars händer inget automatiskt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7746,7 +7722,7 @@ "(exempelvis ett bildspel)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7761,7 +7737,7 @@ "Åtgärd." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7772,17 +7748,17 @@ "av media längst ner i fönstret Flyttbara enheter." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Typer av enheter och media" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Ljudskivor" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7796,12 +7772,12 @@ "valfritt musikprogram." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Videoskivor" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7815,12 +7791,12 @@ "dvd\"/>." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Tomma skivor" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7829,12 +7805,12 @@ "för tomma CD-skivor, DVD-skivor, Blu-ray-skivor, och HD DVD-skivor." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Kameror och foton" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7847,7 +7823,7 @@ "kan också bara bläddra bland dina foton med hjälp av filhanteraren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7858,12 +7834,12 @@ "med JPEG-bilder i en mapp med namnet PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Musikspelare" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7872,12 +7848,12 @@ "musikspelare eller hantera filerna själv via filhanteraren." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "E-bokläsare" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7888,12 +7864,12 @@ "filhanteraren." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Programvara" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7907,7 +7883,7 @@ "om en bekräftelse innan programvaran körs." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Kör aldrig programvara från media du inte litar på." @@ -7924,15 +7900,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Använd filhanteraren Filer för att bläddra bland och organisera " -"filerna på din dator. Du kan också använda programmet till att hantera filer " -"på lagringsenheter (t.ex. externa hårddiskar), på filservrar, och i delade mappar på ett nätverk." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7956,18 +7928,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"I filhanteraren, dubbelklicka på vilken mapp som helst för att se dess " -"innehåll eller dubbelklicka på vilken fil som helst för att öppna den med " -"standardprogrammet för den filen. Du kan också högerklicka på en mapp för " -"att öppna den i en ny flik eller ett nytt fönster." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7982,35 +7965,33 @@ "nytt fönster, kopiera eller flytta den, eller kom åt dess egenskaper." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Om du snabbt vill gå till en fil i mappen du visar, börja skriva in filens " -"namn. En sökruta kommer visas överst i fönstret, och den första filen som " -"matchar din sökning kommer markeras. Tryck på neråtpilen eller rulla med " -"mushjulet för att gå till nästa fil som matchar din sökning." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"Du kan snabbt komma åt vanliga platser från sidoraden. Om du inte " -"ser sidoraden, klicka på nerknappen i verktygsfältet och välj Visa " -"sidoraden. Du kan lägga till bokmärken till mappar som du använder " -"ofta, så visas de i sidoraden. Använd menyn Bokmärken för att " -"göra det, eller dra en mapp till sidoraden." +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8697,17 +8678,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Du kanske döpte om filen på ett sätt som gjorde att den doldes. Filer som " -"börjar med en . eller slutar med en ~ döljs av " -"filhanteraren. Klicka på nerknappen i filhanterarens verktygsfält och välj " -"Visa dolda filer för att visa dem. Se för att lära dig mer." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9306,162 +9280,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Hitta filer baserat på filnamn och typ. Spara dina sökningar för senare " -"användning." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Du kan söka efter filer baserat på deras namn eller filtyp direkt i " -"filhanteraren. Du kan till och med spara vanliga sökningar så att de visas " -"som speciella mappar i din hemmapp." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Andra sökprogram" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Sök" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Öppna filhanteraren" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Om du vet att filerna du letar efter finns i en viss mapp, gå till den " -"mappen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på förstoringsglaset i verktygsfältet, eller tryck " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Skriv ett eller flera ord som du vet är en del av filnamnet. Om du till " -"exempel döper alla dina kvittenser med ordet \"Kvittens\", skriv " -"kvittens. Tryck Retur. Ord matchas oavsett " -"skiftläge." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Du kan förfina dina sökresultat med hjälp av plats och filtyp." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Klicka på Hem för att begränsa sökningen till din " -"Hemmapp, eller Alla filer för att söka överallt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Klicka på + och välj en filtyp från den utfällbara " -"listan för att förfina sökresultaten baserat på filtyp. Klicka på " -"x-knappen för att ta bort alternativet och bredda sökresultaten." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Du kan öppna, kopiera, ta bort, eller på annat sätt arbeta med dina filer " -"från sökresultaten, precis som från andra mappar i filhanteraren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på förstoringsglaset i verktygsfältet igen för att avsluta sökningen " -"och återgå till mappen." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Om du utför vissa sökningar ofta kan du spara dem för att nå dem snabbt." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -#| msgid "Saving Searches" -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Spara en sökning" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Starta en sökning enligt ovan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"När du är nöjd med sökparametrarna, klicka på Fil i menyfältet " -"och välj Spara sökning som...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Ge sökningen ett namn och klicka på Spara. Om du vill kan du " -"välja en annan mapp att spara sökningen i. När du bläddrar i den mappen " -"kommer din sökning visas som en orange mapp med ett förstoringsglas över." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"För att ta bort sökningsfilen när du är färdig med den, ta helt enkelt bort sökningen som vilken annan fil som " -"helst. När du tar bort en sparad sökning försvinner inga filer." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10421,7 +10339,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "I Hårdvaruavsnittet, klicka på Tangentbord." @@ -10439,22 +10357,22 @@ "markören blinkar." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Lägg till indatakällor och växla mellan dem." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Använd alternativa inmatningskällor" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10470,7 +10388,7 @@ "tangenterna. Använd det här om du ofta behöver växla mellan flera språk." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10483,16 +10401,32 @@ "avsnittet om Komplicerade inmatningsmetoder." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Lägg till inmatningskällor" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "I avsnittet Personligt, klicka på Textinmatning." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Klicka på +-knappen, välj en inmatningskälla, och klicka på " +"Lägg till." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10501,35 +10435,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Du kan förhandsgranska en bild av layouterna genom att välja någon i listan " -"och klicka på förhandsgranska." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "I avsnittet Personligt, klicka på Textinmatning." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Klicka på +-knappen, välj en inmatningskälla, och klicka på " -"Lägg till." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10544,7 +10459,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10553,8 +10468,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click inställningar för att komma åt den metodens " "inställningsdialogruta, om det finns en." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Indikator för inmatningskälla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10589,12 +10514,12 @@ "använda från menyn." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Snabbtangenter" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10607,7 +10532,7 @@ "key\">SuperBlanksteg, men du kan ändra den:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10616,7 +10541,7 @@ "till nästa källa med." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10626,13 +10551,13 @@ "snabbkommandot." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Ange inmatningskälla för alla fönster, eller individuellt för varje fönster" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10647,7 +10572,7 @@ "för varje fönster medan du arbetar." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10656,12 +10581,12 @@ "kan välja att de istället ska använda källan för fönstret du använde senast." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Avancerade inmatningsmetoder" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10672,7 +10597,7 @@ "japanska, koreanska och vietnamesiska." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10684,7 +10609,7 @@ "tillämpligt." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10693,7 +10618,7 @@ "engelskt system, följ de här stegen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10702,22 +10627,22 @@ "installerade paketen är fcitx-hangul, IM-motorn Hangul för Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Stäng Språkstöd och öppna det igen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "Välj fcitx som Inmatningsmetod för tangentbord." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Logga ut och logga in igen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10726,7 +10651,7 @@ "Lägg till." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10736,7 +10661,7 @@ "IBus-indikator.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "Sätt på Skrivassistans för att visa skärmtangentbordet." @@ -11176,7 +11101,7 @@ "eller ändra hur länge det tar innan tangenttryckningar börjar repetera." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11185,7 +11110,7 @@ "inaktivera repeterande tangenter helt och hållet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11215,12 +11140,12 @@ "snabbtangent:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Öppna Tangentbord och välj fliken Genvägar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11231,7 +11156,7 @@ "Ny snabbtangent…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11240,17 +11165,17 @@ "för att rensa." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Anpassade genvägar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "För att skapa din egen tangentbordsgenväg:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11261,7 +11186,7 @@ "kategori). Fönstret Eget snabbkommando kommer visas." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11275,7 +11200,7 @@ "rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11285,7 +11210,7 @@ "tangentkombinationen för genvägen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11298,7 +11223,7 @@ "som själva programmet." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11430,15 +11355,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"För att lösa det här, klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och gå " -"till Systeminställningar. I Hårdvaruavsnittet, välj " -"Skärmar. Testa några av alternativen för Upplösning " -"och välj den som ser bäst ut på skärmen." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11481,19 +11403,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " -"Systeminställningar. Öppna Skärmar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Avmarkera Spegla skärmar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11525,16 +11446,7 @@ "upp (om du har en roterande skärm) genom att ändra rotationen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " -"Systeminställningar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11543,12 +11455,12 @@ "inställningar för varje skärm. Välj en skärm i granskningsområdet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Välj önskad upplösning och rotation." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11562,7 +11474,7 @@ "inställningarna." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11573,12 +11485,12 @@ "vanliga skärm. Om så inte är fallet, klicka på Upptäck skärmar." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Upplösning" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11595,7 +11507,7 @@ "att undvika förvriden bild." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may se suddig eller pixellerad ut." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Rotation" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11792,17 +11704,17 @@ "trycka på musknappen bör du öka tidsgränsen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Öppna Mus & styrplatta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11811,7 +11723,7 @@ "ett värde som du tycker är bekvämt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11822,7 +11734,7 @@ "kommer markera den inre cirkeln." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11837,8 +11749,8 @@ "samma problem." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11866,7 +11778,7 @@ "styrplatta för att göra det bekvämare att använda för vänsterhänta." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11891,62 +11803,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Många möss och styrplattor har en musknapp mellan vänster och höger knapp. " -"På en mus med rullningshjul kan du i regel trycka ner själva hjulet för att " -"mittenklicka. Om du inte har en mittenknapp kan du trycka ner vänster och " -"höger musknappar samtidigt för att mittenklicka. Om du ändå inte kan " -"mittenklicka på det här sättet kan du prova att följa dessa " -"instruktioner." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"På styrplattor som har stöd för flerfingergester kan du peka med tre fingrar " -"samtidigt för att mittenklicka. Du måste aktivera pek-klick i styrplatteinställningarna för att det " -"här ska fungera." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "Många program använder mittenklick för avancerade klickgenvägar." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"En vanlig genväg är för att klistra in text. (Detta kallas ibland för primär " -"markeringsinklistring.) Markera texten du vill klistra in, flytta sedan till " -"där du vill klistra in texten och mittenklicka. Den markerade texten " -"klistras in vid muspositionen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Att klistra in text med din mittenknapp är helt separerat från det normala " -"urklippet. Att markera text kopierar inte det till urklipp. Detta snabba " -"sätt att klistra in fungerar bara med mittenknappen." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11974,21 +11870,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"De flesta webbläsare låter dig snabbt öppna länkar i flikar med musens " -"mittenknapp. Klicka på någon länk med din mittenknapp, så öppnas den i en ny " -"flik. Var bara försiktig om du klickar på länken i webbläsaren " -"Firefox. I Firefox, om du mittenklickar någon " -"annanstans än på en länk kommer den försöka läsa den markerade texten som en " -"URL, som om du använda mittenklick för att klistra in den i platsraden och " -"tryckte Retur." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12006,13 +11894,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Vissa speciella program låter dig använda mittknappen för andra funktioner. " -"Sök i ditt programs hjälp efter mittenklick eller musens " -"mittknapp." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12036,8 +11921,13 @@ "musmarkören via det numeriska tangentbordet på ditt tangentbord. Denna " "funktion kallas mustangenter." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12046,7 +11936,7 @@ "öppna Dash." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12055,21 +11945,19 @@ "inställningarna för Hjälpmedel." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Tryck Tab en gång för att välja fliken Seende." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Tryck ← en gång för att byta till fliken Peka och " -"klicka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12078,7 +11966,7 @@ "Mustangenter och tryck sedan Retur för att slå på dem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12087,87 +11975,270 @@ "med det numeriska tangentbordet." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Dessa instruktioner visar det enklaste sättet att aktivera mustangenter " -"genom att bara använda tangentbordet. Välj Inställningar för " -"hjälpmedel för att se fler åtkomstalternativ." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"Det numeriska tangentbordet är en uppsättning numeriska knappar på ditt " -"tangentbord, oftast ordnade i en rektangel. Om du har ett tangentbord utan " -"numeriskt tangentbord (som en bärbar dators tangentbord) kan du behöva hålla " -"nere funktionsknappen (Fn) och använda vissa andra tangenter på " -"ditt tangentbord som ett numeriskt tangentbord. Om du använder den här " -"funktionen ofta på en bärbar dator kan du köpa till externa USB-anslutna " -"numeriska tangentbord." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"Varje siffra på det numeriska tangentbordet motsvarar en riktning. Till " -"exempel om du trycker på 8 flyttar markören uppåt och om du " -"trycker på 2 flyttar den neråt. Tryck på 5 för att " -"klicka en gång med musen eller klicka på den två gånger snabbt för att " -"dubbelklicka." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"De flesta tangentbord har en specialtangent som låter dig högerklicka; den " -"sitter oftast nära blankstegstangenten. Tänk på att den här tangenten svarar " -"på var ditt tangentfokus finns, inte var din muspekare är. Se för mer information om hur du högerklickar genom " -"att hålla ner 5 eller vänster musknapp." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Om du vill använda det numeriska tangentbordet för att skriva siffror medan " -"mustangenter är aktiverade, slå på Num Lock. Musen kan dock inte " -"styras med det numeriska tangentbordet medan Num Lock är på." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"De normala siffertangenterna, i en rad i tangentbordets överkant, kommer " -"inte styra muspekaren. Bara det numeriska tangentbordet kan användas till " -"det här." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "Hur du löser problem med din mus om den inte fungerar." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda det numeriska tangentbordet för att skriva siffror medan " +"mustangenter är aktiverade, slå på Num Lock. Musen kan dock inte " +"styras med det numeriska tangentbordet medan Num Lock är på." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"De normala siffertangenterna, i en rad i tangentbordets överkant, kommer " +"inte styra muspekaren. Bara det numeriska tangentbordet kan användas till " +"det här." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "Hur du löser problem med din mus om den inte fungerar." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 @@ -12406,7 +12477,7 @@ "enheter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12415,7 +12486,7 @@ "med pekarens rörelse." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12428,8 +12499,7 @@ "och Styrplatta." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12449,90 +12519,72 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Du kan klicka, dubbelklicka, dra, och rulla med din styrplatta, utan att " -"behöva separata fysiska knappar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "I avsnittet Styrplatta, markera Tryck för att klicka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "För att klicka, tryck på styrplattan." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "För att dubbelklicka, tryck två gånger." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"För att dra ett objekt, dubbeltryck; men lyft inte fingret efteråt. Dra " -"objektet dit du vill ha det, och lyft sedan fingret för att släppa." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Om din styrplatta har stöd för att trycka med flera fingrar, högerklicka " -"genom att trycka med två fingrar samtidigt. Annars kommer du behöva fysiska " -"knappar för att högerklicka. Se för en " -"metod för att högerklicka utan att ha en andra musknapp." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Om din styrplatta har stöd för att trycka med flera fingrar, mittenklicka genom att trycka med tre " -"fingrar samtidigt." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"När du trycker eller drar med flera fingrar, se till att dina fingrar är " -"tillräckligt långt från varandra. Om dina fingrar hamnar för tätt ihop kan " -"datorn tro att du bara använder ett finger." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Tvåfingersrullning" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Du kan rulla via din styrplatta genom att använda två fingrar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" "I avsnittet Styrplatta, markera Tvåfingersrullning." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12549,17 +12601,17 @@ "ihop kan styrplattan känna av dem som ett enda stort finger." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Tvåfingersrullning kanske inte fungerar på alla styrplattor." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Innehåll fastnar vid fingrarna" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12567,7 +12619,7 @@ "Du kan dra innehåll som om du flyttade en fysisk bit papper via styrplattan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12576,7 +12628,7 @@ "fingrarna." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13109,8 +13161,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Lägg till, ta bort och byt namn på bokmärken i filhanteraren." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13119,79 +13171,72 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Dina bokmärken är listade i sidopanelen i filhanteraren." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 #| msgid "Add a Bookmark" msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Lägg till ett bokmärke:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Öppna mappen (eller platsen) som du vill bokmärka." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Klicka på Bokmärken i menyraden och välj Bokmärke för den " -"här platsen." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Ta bort ett bokmärke:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Klicka på Bokmärken i menyraden och välj Bokmärken... " -"från programmenyn." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"I fönstret Bokmärken, markera bokmärket du vill ta bort och " -"klicka på --knappen." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Byt namn på ett bokmärke:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Klicka på Filer i den övre raden och välj Bokmärken " -"från programmenyn." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 -msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." -msgstr "I fönstret Bokmärken, markera bokmärket du vill döpa om." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "I textrutan Namn, skriv in det nya namnet för bokmärket." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13799,7 +13844,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Plats" @@ -14000,7 +14045,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" @@ -14154,17 +14199,17 @@ "in i grupper beroende på avdelningar eller projekt." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Rättigheter" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Visar filåtkomsträttigheter, t.ex. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14173,7 +14218,7 @@ "är en vanlig fil, och dbetyder katalog (mapp)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14182,7 +14227,7 @@ "äger filen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14191,7 +14236,7 @@ "äger filen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14200,42 +14245,42 @@ "andra användare på systemet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Varje tecken har följande betydelser:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Läsrättighet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Skrivrättighet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Körrättighet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Inga rättigheter." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME-typ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Visar objektets MIME-typ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Sökvägen till filens plats." @@ -14586,15 +14631,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" -"Ändra förvald webbläsare, installera Flash, installera java-insticksprogrammet…" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14607,7 +14648,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntus dokumentationsteam" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Webbläsare" @@ -14931,8 +14972,8 @@ "åtgärda detta, ändra förvald webbläsare:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14941,7 +14982,7 @@ "till vänster i fönstret." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14950,7 +14991,7 @@ "alternativet för Webben." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14992,7 +15033,7 @@ "standardprogrammet för e-post:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15108,7 +15149,7 @@ msgstr "Hitta din lokala IP-adress" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15119,18 +15160,18 @@ "nätverksanslutning du vill hitta IP-adressen för." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Din interna IP-adress kommer visas i listan med information." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Hitta din externa (internet) IP-adress" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15139,12 +15180,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Webbsidan kommer visa dig din externa IP-adress." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15155,42 +15196,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Du kan styra vilka program som ska kunna komma åt nätverket. Detta hjälper " -"dig att hålla din dator säker." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Aktivera eller blockera åtkomst till brandvägg" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu är utrustat med Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw), " -"men brandväggen är som standard inte aktiverad. Eftersom Ubuntu inte har " -"några öppna nätverkstjänster (förutom grundläggande nätverksinfrastruktur) i " -"standardinstallationen behövs ingen brandvägg för att blockera inkommande " -"försåtliga anslutningar." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"För mer information om hur du använder ufw, se dokumentationen " -"online." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15201,10 +15233,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"För att sätta på brandväggen, skriv in sudo ufw enable i en " -"terminal. För att stänga av ufw, skriv in sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15217,22 +15247,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." -msgstr "" -"Många program är utformade för att erbjuda nätverkstjänster. Du kan till " -"exempel dela ut olika media, eller låta någon se ditt skrivbord via " -"fjärranslutning. Beroende på vilka ytterligare program du installerar kan du " -"behöva justera brandväggen för att tillåta dessa tjänster att fungera som " -"det är tänkt. UfW har ett antal förinställda regler. För att tillåta " -"anslutningar via exempelvis SSH, skriv sudo ufw allow " -"ssh i en terminal. För att blockera ssh, skriv sudo ufw deny " -"ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15248,7 +15270,7 @@ "deny 53." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15257,12 +15279,12 @@ "en terminal." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Använd ufw utan en terminal" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15273,7 +15295,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">den här länken." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15545,34 +15567,28 @@ msgstr "Nätverkstermer & -tips" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Du kan behöva installera Flash för att kunna titta på webbplatser som " -"YouTube, som visar videor och interaktiva webbsidor." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Installera insticksmodulen Flash" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" -"Flash är en insticksmodul för din webbläsare som låter " -"dig titta på videor och använda interaktiva webbsidor. Medan HTML5, som är " -"en modernare lösning, erbjuds i ökande utsträckning, finns det fortfarande " -"webbplatser som inte fungerar utan Flash." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15583,14 +15599,62 @@ "finns tillgängligt som en gratis nedladdning (men genom sluten källkod) för " "de flesta webbläsare." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Hur du installerar Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" @@ -15598,7 +15662,7 @@ "partner\">förrådet Canonical-partners är aktiverat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." @@ -15607,43 +15671,38 @@ "flashplugin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Om du har webbläsarfönster öppna, stäng dem och öppna dem igen. Webbläsaren " -"bör känna av att Flash har installerats när du öppnar det, och du bör nu " -"kunna använda webbsidor som använder Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Hjälp din webbläsare fungera med webbsidor som kräver Java." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Installera insticksmodulen Java för webbläsare" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Vissa webbsidor använder små Java-program, vilka kräver att ett " -"Java-insticksprogram har installerats för att fungera." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Installera paketet icedtea6-plugin " -"för att visa Java-program i din webbläsare." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15933,6 +15992,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Klicka på Lägg till." @@ -16189,12 +16249,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Felsök trådlösa " -"anslutningar, hitta ditt trådlösa " -"nätverk..." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16244,7 +16301,7 @@ msgstr "Ändra proxymetod" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16253,13 +16310,13 @@ "vänster i fönstret." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "Välj vilken proxymetod du vill använda bland följande metoder." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16269,13 +16326,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuell" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16286,12 +16343,12 @@ "HTTPS, FTP och SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatisk" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16300,7 +16357,7 @@ "ditt system." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16879,15 +16936,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Anslut till trådlöst nätverk, " -"Dolda nätverk, Redigera anslutningsinställningar, Nedkoppling..." +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16912,63 +16965,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Du kan använda din dator som en trådlös surfzon. Detta låter andra enheter " -"ansluta till dig utan ett separat nätverk, och låter dig dela en " -"internetanslutning du har skapat med ett annat gränssnitt, exempelvis ett " -"trådbundet nätverk eller över ett mobilnätverk." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Öppna Nätverk och välj Trådlöst till vänster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Klicka på knappen Använd som surfzon." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Om du redan är ansluten till ett trådlöst nätverk, kommer du få frågan om du " -"vill koppla ner från det nätverket. En enstaka trådlös adapter kan bara " -"ansluta till eller skapa ett nätverk vid samma tillfälle. Klicka på " -"Skapa surfzon för att bekräfta." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Ett nätverksnamn (SSID) och säkerhetsnyckel genereras automatiskt. " -"Nätverksnamnet kommer att baseras på namnet på din dator. Andra enheter " -"kommer att behöva denna informationen för att ansluta till surfzonen du nyss " -"skapat." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Klicka på nätverksmenyn på menylisten och avmarkera Aktivera trådlöst." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Stäng av trådlöst (flygplansläge)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16981,35 +17022,26 @@ "skäl (till exempel för att spara batteri). För att göra detta:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"För att göra detta, klicka på nätverksmenyn på menylisten och " -"avmarkera Aktivera trådlöst. Detta kommer stänga av din trådlösa " -"anslutning tills du aktiverar den igen." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"För att aktivera trådlös anslutning igen, klicka på nätverksmenyn " -"på menylisten och välj Aktivera trådlöst så att det har en bock " -"framför sig." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Din bärbara dator kan fortfarande sända ut signaler om du inte har stängt av " -"Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17044,11 +17076,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Klicka på nätverksmenyn i menylisten och klicka på " -"namnet på nätverket du vill ansluta till." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17274,32 +17304,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Läs mer om vad alternativen i redigeringsskärmen för trådlös anslutning " -"betyder." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -#| msgid "Direct internet connection" -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Redigera en trådlös anslutning" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." -msgstr "" -"Det här avsnittet beskriver alla alternativ som finns när du redigerar en " -"trådlös nätverksanslutning. För att redigera en anslutning, klicka på " -"nätverksmenyn i menylisten och välj Redigera " -"anslutningar." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17310,17 +17333,17 @@ "finns till för att ge dig bättre kontroll över mer avancerade nätverk." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Tillgänglig för alla användare / Anslut automatiskt" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Anslut automatiskt" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17329,64 +17352,50 @@ "till det här trådlösa nätverket när det finns inom räckhåll." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Om flera nätverk som är inställda för automatisk anslutning finns inom " -"räckhåll kommer datorn ansluta till det som visas överst i fliken " -"Trådlöst i fönstret Nätverksanslutningar. Det kommer " -"inte koppla ned från ett tillgängligt nätverk för att ansluta till ett annat " -"som just kom inom räckhåll." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Tillgängligt för alla användare" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Kryssa för det här om du vill att alla användare på datorn ska kunna komma " -"åt det här trådlösa nätverket. Om nätverket har ett WEP-/WPA-lösenord och du har kryssat för det här " -"alternativet kommer du bara behöva skriva in lösenordet en gång. Alla andra " -"användare på din dator kommer kunna ansluta till nätverket utan att själva " -"behöva känna till lösenordet." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Om det här är förkryssat behöver du vara en administratör för att ändra inställningar för det här " -"nätverket. Du kan bli ombedd att skriva in ditt administratörslösenord." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Trådlöst" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17399,12 +17408,12 @@ "inställningar i din trådlösa router eller basstation)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Läge" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17421,54 +17430,41 @@ "ställa in ditt eget ad-hoc-nätverk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Om du väljer Ad-hoc kommer du se två andra alternativ, " -"Band och Kanal. Dessa bestämmer vilket trådlöst " -"frekvensband det trådlösa ad-hoc-nätverket ska använda. Vissa datorer kan " -"bara arbeta på vissa band (exempelvis bara A eller bara " -"B/G), så du bör välja ett band som alla datorer i ad-hoc-" -"nätverket kan använda. På högtrafikerade platser kan det finnas flera " -"trådlösa nätverk som delar på samma kanal; detta kan sakta ner din " -"anslutning, så du kan också ändra vilken kanal du själv använder." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Det här är Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID:n (se ovan) är namnet " -"på nätverket som det är tänkt att människor ska se; BSSID:n är ett namn som " -"datorn förstår (det är en serie bokstäver och siffror som ska vara unika för " -"det trådlösa nätverket). Om ett nätverl " -"är dolt kommer det inte ha en SSID, men det kommer ha en BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Enhetens MAC-adress" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17482,7 +17478,7 @@ "tillverkning." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" @@ -17490,34 +17486,28 @@ "adress." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Klonad MAC-adress" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Din nätverkshårdvara (trådlöst kort) kan låtsas ha en annan MAC-adress. " -"Detta kan vara användabart om du har en enhet eller tjänst som bara " -"kommunicerar med en viss MAC-adress (exempelvis ett trådbundet " -"bredbandsmodem). Om du skriver in den MAC-adressen i rutan klonad MAC-" -"adress kommer enheten/tjänsten tro att din dator har den klonade MAC-" -"adressen istället för den verkliga adressen." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17534,55 +17524,45 @@ "anslutningen är. I allmänhet bör du inte behöva ändra den här inställningen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -#| msgid "Wireless interfaces" -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Trådlös säkerhet" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Säkerhet" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Detta definierar vilken sorts kryptering som ditt trådlösa nätverk " -"använder. Krypterade anslutningar hjälper dig skydda din trådlösa anslutning " -"från avlyssning, så att andra inte kan övervaka dig eller se vilka webbsidor " -"du besöker, osv." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Vissa typer av kryptering är starkare än andra, men kanske inte har lika " -"utbrett stöd av äldre utrustning för trådlösa nätverk. Du kommer i regel " -"behöva skriva in ett lösenord för anslutningen; mer sofistikerade " -"säkerhetstyper kan också kräva ett användarnamn och ett digitalt " -"\"certifikat\". Se för vidare " -"information om populära typer av trådlös kryptering." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4-inställningar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17593,18 +17573,18 @@ "olika sätt att läsa/ändra den informationen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 #| msgid "The following table shows the default emblems:" msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Följande metoder finns tillgängliga:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Automatiskt (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17620,37 +17600,32 @@ "nätverk använder DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Endast automatiska (DHCP)-adresser" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Om du väljer den här inställningen kommer din dator hämta sin IP-adress från " -"en DHCP-server, men du kommer behöva justera övriga detaljer manuellt (som " -"vilken DNS-server du vill använda)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Välj det här alternativet om du vill definiera alla nätverksinställningar " -"själv, inklusive vilken IP-adress datorn ska använda." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Endast lokal länk" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17667,38 +17642,41 @@ "kommunicera med varandra." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inaktiverad" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Det här alternativet kommer avaktivera nätverksanslutningen och hindrar dig " -"från att använda den. Observera att IPv4 och IPv6 " -"behandlas som separata anslutningar även om de används av samma " -"nätverkskort. Om en av dem är aktiverad kan du vilja avaktivera den andra." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6-inställningar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Detta liknar fliken IPv4 förutom att den berör den nyare IPv6-" -"standarden. Moderna nätverk använder IPv6, men IPv4 är i skrivande stund mer " -"populärt." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17779,23 +17757,19 @@ "på ett annat sätt om det är ett dolt nätverk." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Klicka på nätverksmenyn på menylisten och välj Anslut till " -"dolt trådlöst nätverk." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Anslut till ett dolt, trådlöst nätverk" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17810,6 +17784,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17817,7 +17798,7 @@ "och klicka på Anslut." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17830,7 +17811,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17839,7 +17820,7 @@ "Leta efter termer som WEP och WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18044,7 +18025,7 @@ msgstr "Utför en kontroll av ditt modem och din router" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18055,12 +18036,12 @@ "varje steg i guiden." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Använda kommandoraden" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18071,7 +18052,7 @@ "Snabbstartspanelen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19434,12 +19415,12 @@ "sig i ett slutet utrymme som till exempel en ryggsäck." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "I avsnittet Hårdvara, klicka på Energi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19599,10 +19580,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Skriv sudo pm-hibernate i terminalen och tryck Retur." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19652,11 +19632,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Om vilolägestestet fungerar kan du fortsätta använda kommandot sudo pm-" -"hibernate när du vill gå ner i viloläge." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19775,57 +19753,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Varför stängde min dator av/försattes i vänteläge när batteriet gick ner " -"till 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"När batteriets laddningsnivå blir för låg kommer din dator automatiskt gå ner i vänteläge. Det är för att se till att " -"batteriet inte urladdas helt, eftersom det är skadligt för batteriet. Om " -"batteriet töms helt kommer datorn inte hinna stängas av korrekt, heller." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ändra vad som händer när batterinivån blir för låg. Klicka först på " -"batterimenyn i menylisten och välj " -"Energiinställningar. Vid inställningen 'När batteriet är " -"kritiskt lågt' kan du välja om datorn ska gå ner i vänteläge, viloläge, eller stängas av. Om du väljer " -"avstängning kommer dina program och dokument inte sparas." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Vissa datorer har problem med vänteläget, och kanske inte återställer alla " -"program och dokument du hade uppe när du sätter på datorn igen. I så fall är " -"det möjligt att du förlorar lite av ditt arbete om du inte sparar det innan " -"datorn hamnar i viänteäget. Du kanske kan åtgärda problem med vänteläget." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -19867,26 +19806,17 @@ "igen:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menylisten och välj " -"Systeminställningar" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Öppna Nätverk och välj fliken Trådlöst" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Stäng av trådlös hårdvara och sätt på den igen" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19895,7 +19825,7 @@ "Flygplansläge och stäng sedan av det igen" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20267,7 +20197,7 @@ msgstr "Du kan hindra skärmen från att förmörkas:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20431,7 +20361,7 @@ "installeras, tillsammans med engelska, men du kan lägga till andra språk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20442,7 +20372,7 @@ "med de i nuläget installerade språken förbockade." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20451,14 +20381,14 @@ "som du vill ta bort." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Klicka på Verkställ ändringar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20468,7 +20398,7 @@ "Skriv ditt lösenord, eller lösenordet för det begärda administratörskontot." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20479,8 +20409,8 @@ "för stavningskontroll, teckensnitt, och inmatningsmetoder." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20546,7 +20476,9 @@ msgstr "Inställningar" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 #| msgid "Setting up a Printer" msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Ställ in en skrivare" @@ -20564,10 +20496,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Skrivare som inte hittas, papper som fastnar, utskrifter som ser konstiga " -"ut..." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20684,7 +20615,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21204,7 +21134,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Öppna Skrivare." @@ -21249,84 +21179,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Ställ in en skrivare som är ansluten till din dator." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Ställ in en lokal skrivare" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Ditt system kan känna igen många olika skrivare automatiskt när de ansluts. " -"De flesta skrivare ansluts till din dator med en USB-kabel." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Du behöver inte bestämma om du vill installera nätverks- eller lokala " -"skrivare nu. De visas i samma fönster." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Säkerställ att skrivaren är påslagen." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Anslut skrivaren till ditt system via en lämplig kabel. Det kan förekomma " -"aktivitet på skärmen medan systemet letar efter drivrutiner och du kan bli " -"tillfrågad att autentisera dig för att installera dem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Ett meddelande kommer visas när systemet har slutfört skrivarinstallationen. " -"Välj Skriv ut testsida för att skriva ut en testsida, eller " -"Alternativ för att göra ytterligare ändringar bland skrivarens " -"inställningar." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Om din skrivare inte ställdes in automatiskt kan du lägga till den bland " -"skrivarinställningarna." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Klicka på Lägg till och välj skrivaren från Enhetsfönstret." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." msgstr "" -"Klicka på Framåt och vänta medan det söker efter drivrutiner." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21335,7 +21244,7 @@ "färdig, klicka på Verkställ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21343,24 +21252,69 @@ "hoppa över det steget." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Om det finns flera olika drivrutiner tillgängliga för din dator kan du ombes " -"välja en av dem. För att använda den rekommenderade drivrutinen, klicka bara " -"Framåt på skärmarna för tillverkare och modell." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Säkerställ att skrivaren är påslagen." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Efter att du installerat skrivaren, kan det vara bra att ändra din standardskrivare." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21545,17 +21499,17 @@ "viktigt att du anger tre saker:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Vad du förväntade dig skulle hända" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Vad som faktiskt hände" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21564,7 +21518,7 @@ "steg 1 är \"starta programmet\"" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21574,7 +21528,7 @@ "Ubuntu!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21587,7 +21541,7 @@ "felrapporteringsverktyg." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Spara." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21703,7 +21743,7 @@ "för att stämma överens med vad som gäller för din region." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21711,7 +21751,7 @@ "Öppna Språkstöd och välj fliken Regionala format." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21722,18 +21762,16 @@ "fliken Språk." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Du måste logga ut och in igen för att ändringarna ska verkställas. Klicka på " -"ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj Logga ut för att " -"logga ut." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21745,12 +21783,12 @@ "exemplen styr din region också vilken dag kalenderveckor startar på." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Ändra systemets format" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21761,19 +21799,19 @@ "används i till exempel inloggningsskärmen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Ändra dina format, enligt instruktionerna ovan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Klicka på Verkställ för hela systemet." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21803,12 +21841,12 @@ "installerade på din dator." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Klicka på Språkstöd." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21816,18 +21854,16 @@ "Välj ditt språk i fliken Språk. Dra språket längst upp i listan." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Du måste logga ut och sedan in igen för att språkändringar ska verkställas. " -"Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj Logga ut " -"för att logga ut." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21843,12 +21879,12 @@ "språket tills vidare bör du uppdatera mappnamnen." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Ändra systemspråket" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21859,7 +21895,7 @@ "inloggningsskärmen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Ändra ditt språk, enligt instruktionerna ovan." @@ -21898,17 +21934,17 @@ msgstr "För att vänta längre innan skärmen låses automatiskt:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Klicka på Ljusstyrka & Lås." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "Ändra värdet i den utfällbara listan Lås skärmen efter." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22160,7 +22196,7 @@ "intro\">Startaren för snabb åtkomst:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22169,7 +22205,7 @@ "intro\">Snabbstartspanelen till Startaren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22178,7 +22214,7 @@ "Lås till Programstartaren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22187,7 +22223,7 @@ "och sedan tillbaka på önskad plats." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22242,24 +22278,21 @@ "att finnas kvar som där du lämnade det när du logga in igen." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"För att logga ut eller byta användare, klicka på systemmenyn längst till höger i menyraden och välj lämpligt " -"alternativ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 #| msgid "Lock Screen" msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Lås skärmen" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22273,32 +22306,32 @@ "skärm manuellt kommer den låsas automatiskt efter en viss tidsgräns." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"För att låsa din skärm, klicka på systemmenyn i menyraden och " -"välj Lås skärm." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"När din skärm är låst kan andra användare logga in på sina egna konton genom " -"att klicka på Byt användare på lösenordsskärmen. Du kan byta " -"tillbaka till ditt skrivbord när de är färdiga." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Vänteläge" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22313,30 +22346,29 @@ "vänteläge." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"För att manuellt sätta din dator i vänteläge, klicka på " -"systemmenyn i menyraden och välj Vänteläge." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Stäng av eller starta om" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Om du vill stänga av din dator helt, eller göra en fullständig omstart, " -"klicka på systemmenyn och välj Stäng av." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22967,12 +22999,12 @@ msgstr "Du kan inte ändra ett fönsters storlek om det är maximerat." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "För att ändra fönsterstorlek horisontellt och/eller vertikalt:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22982,12 +23014,12 @@ "valfri riktning." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "För att bara ändra horisontell storlek:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22997,12 +23029,12 @@ "storlek." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "För att bara ändra vertikal storlek:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23013,17 +23045,17 @@ "ändra fönstrets vertikala storlek." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Ordna fönster på din arbetsyta" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "För att placera två fönster bredvid varandra:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23035,7 +23067,7 @@ "markeras. Släpp musknappen, så kommer fönstret fylla skärmens vänstra halva." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23044,7 +23076,7 @@ "släpp. De båda fönstren fyller nu varsin halva av skärmen." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23100,11 +23132,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Från tangentbordet" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23113,55 +23145,41 @@ "fönstervöxlaren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Släpp Alt för att välja nästa (markerade) fönster i växlaren." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Fortsätt annars hålla nere Alt-tangenten, och tryck " -"Tab för att stega igenom listan över öppna fönster, eller " -"SkiftTab för att stega baklänges." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Fönster i fönsterväxlaren grupperas efter program. Miniatyrbilder av program " -"med flera fönster dyker upp allt eftersom du klickar dig fram." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Du kan också flytta mellan programikonerna i fönsterväxlaren med " -"→- eller ←-tangenterna eller välja en genom att klicka " -"på den med musen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Förhandsvisningar av program med ett enda fönster kan visas med ↓-" -"tangenten." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23173,8 +23191,13 @@ "arbetsytor, håll nere Ctrl- och Alt-tangenterna och " "tryck Tab eller SkiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23185,7 +23208,7 @@ "fönster utzoomade." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Klicka på fönstret du vill växla till." @@ -23389,7 +23412,7 @@ msgstr "Aktivera arbetsytor" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23398,12 +23421,12 @@ "Beteende." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Kryssa för rutan Aktivera arbetsytor." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23416,12 +23439,12 @@ "ändra antalet arbetsytor:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Ändra antalet arbetsytor" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23430,7 +23453,7 @@ "Terminalen." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23439,7 +23462,7 @@ "avslutande numret till det antal rader du vill ha. Tryck Retur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24273,7 +24296,7 @@ msgstr "Skriv speciella tecken" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24284,17 +24307,17 @@ "räknar upp några olika sätt för att skriva in specialtecken." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Metoder för att skriva in tecken" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Teckenkarta" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24305,7 +24328,7 @@ "och kopiera/klistra sedan in det där du vill ha det." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Compose-tangent" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24334,7 +24357,7 @@ "och sedan ' och sedan e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24343,37 +24366,40 @@ "en av de existerande tangenterna på ditt tangentbord som en compose-tangent." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Definiera en compose-tangent" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Klicka på Textinmatning." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Klicka på Tangentbordsinställningar...." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på Compose-tangenten i den högra kolumnen. Klicka på " -"Inaktiverad och välj från rullgardinsmenyn den tangent som du " -"vill ska fungera som compose-tangent. Tangenten du väljer kommer därefter " -"bara att fungera som en compose-tangent, och kommer alltså inte längre att " -"fungera för sitt ursprungliga ändamål." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24381,7 +24407,7 @@ "till exempel:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24390,7 +24416,7 @@ "placera en akut accent ovanför det tecknet, som till exempel é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24399,7 +24425,7 @@ "placera en grav accent ovanför det tecknet, som till exempel è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24408,7 +24434,7 @@ "placera ett trema ovanför det tecknet, som till exempel ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24417,7 +24443,7 @@ "placera ett macron ovanför det tecknet, som till exempel ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see compose-tangentsidan på Wikipedia." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Kodpunkter" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24449,7 +24475,7 @@ "tecken som står efter U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24465,12 +24491,12 @@ "memorera koden för dessa tecken så att du snabbt kan skriva in dem." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Inmatningskällor" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25304,32 +25330,22 @@ "flyttar din mus eller styrplattans pekare till skärmens vänstra kant." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på systemmenyn längst till höger i menyraden " -"och välj Systeminställningar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "I avsnittet Personligt, klicka på Utseende." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Växla till fliken Beteende." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Aktivera Dölj Programstartaren automatiskt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25338,7 +25354,7 @@ "bestämma aktiveringsområdet för Programstartaren." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25372,12 +25388,12 @@ "det är lättare att klicka på dem." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Klicka på Utseende." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25386,7 +25402,7 @@ "storleken på Startarens ikoner." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Den förvalda ikonstorleken på Startaren är 48." @@ -25492,12 +25508,12 @@ "Tillgängliga åtgärder kan inkludera följande." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "starta programmet eller öppna dokumentet, mappen, eller enheten" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25506,7 +25522,7 @@ "apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25515,12 +25531,12 @@ "apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "avsluta programmet om det körs" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25529,7 +25545,7 @@ "fönster" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "programspecifika genvägar som att öppna ett nytt dokument eller fönster" @@ -25695,7 +25711,7 @@ "musmarkörens position." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25704,7 +25720,7 @@ "Beteende." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25713,18 +25729,18 @@ "namnlist." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "Under Menyernas synlighet, välj Visas alltid." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Statusmenyer" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -25736,17 +25752,35 @@ "bekvämt belägen plats där du kan kontrollera och ändra tillståndet för din " "dator och dina program." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Lista över statusmenyer och vad de gör" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Vissa av ikonerna som används av indikatormenyerna ändras med programmets " +"status." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Andra program, som Tomboy eller Transmission, kan " +"också lägga till indikatormenyer på panelen." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Lista över statusmenyer och vad de gör" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -25756,7 +25790,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -25765,7 +25799,7 @@ "src=\"figures/network-offline.svg\">Frånkopplad nätverksikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25781,7 +25815,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -25791,7 +25825,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -25800,7 +25834,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Ikon för inmatningskällor" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25809,7 +25843,7 @@ "indatakällor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -25818,7 +25852,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Bluetooth-ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25831,7 +25865,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -25841,7 +25875,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -25850,7 +25884,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Meddelandeikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25863,7 +25897,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -25871,7 +25905,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -25880,7 +25914,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Batteri-ikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25893,7 +25927,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25903,7 +25937,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -25912,7 +25946,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Ljudikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25923,12 +25957,12 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Klocka" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -25936,22 +25970,8 @@ "Kom åt aktuell tid och datum. Möten från Kalender-programmet kan också visas här." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -25960,7 +25980,7 @@ "src=\"figures/system-devices-panel.svg\">Kugghjulsikon" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25970,24 +25990,6 @@ "xref=\"prefs\">systeminställningar. Växla användare, lås skärmen, " "logga ut, gå i vänteläge, starta om, eller stäng av din dator." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Vissa av ikonerna som används av indikatormenyerna ändras med programmets " -"status." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Andra program, som Tomboy eller Transmission, kan " -"också lägga till indikatormenyer på panelen." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26109,43 +26111,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Internetsökresultat är inte inkluderade i utgångsläget." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Aktivera internetsökresultat" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" -"Om du vill få internetsökförslag, kan du aktivera funktionen genom " -"systeminställningen Säkerhet & sekretess." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Klicka på systemmenyn längst till höger på menyraden " -"och välj Systeminställningar." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Öppna Säkerhet & integritet och välj fliken Sök." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Sätt på Inkludera sökresultat från internet." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -27781,7 +27752,7 @@ "vänster. Dessa inställningar kan justeras:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27792,7 +27763,7 @@ "Mjuk och Fast." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27807,7 +27778,7 @@ "åt vänster, rullning åt höger, bakåt, framåt." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -27816,15 +27787,12 @@ "“känslan“ mellan Mjuk och Fast." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Om du har mer än en penna så kommer växlare att visas intill pennamnet när " -"den andra pennan kommer i närheten av plattan. Använd växlaren för att välja " -"vilken penna som är konfigurerad." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -27881,6 +27849,43 @@ "shortcuts\">sidan för snabbkommandon." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " +#~ "Systeminställningar." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Välj en kontotyp från fönstrets högra del." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du vill ställa in fler konton kan du upprepa processen när som helst." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du skrev in dina uppgifter korrekt, kommer du tillfrågas om att godkänna " +#~ "villkoren. Välj Acceptera för att fortsätta. När du har gjort " +#~ "det, behöver Ubuntu tillstånd att komma åt ditt konto. För att ge detta " +#~ "tillstånd, klicka på knappen Ge åtkomst. När du tillfrågas, skriv " +#~ "in den aktuella användarens lösenord." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nu kan du välja vilka program du vill länka till ditt onlinekonto. Om du " +#~ "till exempel vill använda ett onlinekonto för chatt, men inte för kalendern, " +#~ "stäng av alternativet kalender." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27907,6 +27912,13 @@ #~ "programcentralsfunktioner som betyg och recensioner, och rekommenderas " #~ "därför inte för nykomlingar till Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Installera fler program" + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du vill installera ytterligare programvara, gå igenom följande steg:" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27916,12 +27928,56 @@ #~ " Dash." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "Välj programmet du vill ha och klicka på Installera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kommer ombes att skriva in ditt lösenord. När det är gjort kommer " +#~ "installationen börja." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installationen brukar bli färdig ganska snabbt, men om din " +#~ "internetanslutning är långsam kan det ta lite mer tid." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En genväg till ditt nya program kommer läggas till i programstartaren. För " +#~ "att avaktivera den här funktionen, avbocka VisaNya " +#~ "program i programstartaren." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lägg till PPA:er för att hjälpa till att testa experimentell kod eller " +#~ "specialprogram." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Privata PaketArkiv (PPAer) är programförråd utformade för Ubuntu-" +#~ "användare, och enklare att installera från än andra externa förråd." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "När programcentralen startas, klicka på Redigera " #~ "Programkällor" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Klicka på Lägg till och ange ppa:-platsen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -27929,6 +27985,9 @@ #~ "Stäng fönstret Program & uppdateringar. Programcentralen kontrollerar " #~ "sedan dina programkällor och uppdaterar med nya program." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Ta bort program som du inte längre använder." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -27952,6 +28011,26 @@ #~ "längst upp." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan ombes att fylla i ditt lösenord. Efter att du har gjort det kommer " +#~ "programmet tas bort." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lägg till andra arkiv för att utöka de programkällor Ubuntu använder för " +#~ "installationer och uppgraderingar." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Lägg till fler programförråd" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Installera andra arkiv" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28001,6 +28080,18 @@ #~ "uppdateringar. Vänta en liten stund medan Ubuntus programcentral laddar ner " #~ "arkivinformationen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installera, ta bort, extra " +#~ "förråd…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Lägg till & ta bort mjukvara" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese är i standardutförandet inte installerat i Ubuntu. För att installera " @@ -28037,6 +28128,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Du måste installera Cheese innan du kan läsa Cheeses användarhandbok." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB-minne (låg kapacitet)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28115,6 +28209,118 @@ #~ msgstr "Avbocka Kommande händelser från Evolutions kalender." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du sedan ändrar dig kan du få tillbaka klockan genom att klicka på ikonen " +#~ "längst till höger i menyraden och välja Systeminställningar. I " +#~ "Systemavdelningen, klicka på Datum & tid." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " +#~ "Systeminställningar." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Testa din hårddisks prestanda" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "För att testa din hårddisks hastighet:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öppna programmet Diskar från Dash." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Öppna programmet Diskar från aktivitetsöversikten." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Välj hårddisken från listan Diskenheter." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "Klicka på kugghjulsknappen och välj Prestanda för enhet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Starta prestandatest och justera parametrarna " +#~ "överföringshastighet och åtkomsttid efter behov." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Starta prestandatest för att testa hur snabbt data kan " +#~ "läsas från disken. Administratörsrättigheter kan behövas. Skriv ditt lösenord, " +#~ "eller lösenordet för det efterfrågade administratörskontot." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nedanför grafen visas värden för minimum-, maximum-, och snitthastigheter " +#~ "för läsning och skrivning, genomsnittlig åtkomsttid och förfluten tid sedan " +#~ "senaste prestandatestet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öppna programmet Diskar från Aktivitetsöversikten. " +#~ "Fönstret kommer visa Total filsystemskapacitet och Total " +#~ "filsystemsanvändning." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Informationen sorteras efter Mapp, Användning, " +#~ "Storlek och Innehåll. Se fler detaljer i Diskanvändningsanalys." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Kontrollera med Systemövervakaren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att kontrollera ledigt diskutrymme och diskkapacitet med " +#~ "Systemövervakaren:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "Öppna programmet Systemövervakaren från Dash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Välj fliken Filsystem för att se systemets partitioner och " +#~ "diskanvändning. Informationen sorteras efter Totalt, " +#~ "Ledigt, Tillgängligt och Använt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öppna programmet Diskar från Aktivitetsöversikten." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " #~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28129,6 +28335,154 @@ #~ "Klicka på knappen SMART-data för att se mer information om " #~ "disken, eller för att köra ett självtest." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Även om SMART-tillståndet visar att disken inte mår bra, " +#~ "behöver du inte oroa dig. Men det är bra att förbereda sig med en säkerhetskopia för att förhindra dataförlust." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om tillståndet visar \"Pre-fail\" mår disken fortfarande ganska bra men " +#~ "visar tecken på slitage, vilket innebär att den kan krascha inom en nära " +#~ "framtid. Om din hårddisk (eller dator) har några år på nacken kommer du " +#~ "antagligen se det här meddelandet för åtminstone ett par hälsokontroller. Du " +#~ "bör säkerhetskopiera dina viktiga filer " +#~ "regelbundet och kontrollera disktillståndet med jämna mellanrum för " +#~ "att se om det förvärras." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ta bort alla filer och mappar från en extern hårddisk eller USB-enhet genom " +#~ "att formatera den." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Ta bort allt från en flyttbar enhet" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Välj disken du vill rensa från listan över Lagringsenheter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I volymavdelningen, klicka på Avmontera volym. Klicka sedan på " +#~ "Formatera volym." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I fönstret som visas, välj en typ av filsystem för disken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du använder disken på Windows- och Mac OS-datorer utöver Linux-datorer, " +#~ "välj FAT. Om du bara använder den i Windows är NTFS " +#~ "nog ett bättre val. En kort beskrivning av filsystemtypen kommer " +#~ "visas som en etikett." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ge disken ett namn och klicka på Formatera för att börja tömma " +#~ "disken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "När formateringen är slutförd, gör en säker borttagning av " +#~ "disken. Den bör nu vara tom och klar att använda igen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "Öppna Dash och starta programmet Diskverktyg." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I vyn märkt Lagringsenheter hittar du hårddiskar, CD/DVD-enheter, " +#~ "och andra fysiska enheter. Klicka på enheten du vill inspektera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I den högra vyn ger området märkt Volymer en visuell uppdelning " +#~ "av volymerna och partitionerna som finns på den markerade enheten. Den " +#~ "innehåller också ett antal verktyg som kan användas för att hantera dessa " +#~ "volymer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En primärpartition måste innehålla information som din dator använder för " +#~ "att starta (eng. boot). Av den anledningen kallas den ofta för boot-" +#~ "partition, eller boot-volym. För att avgöra om en volym har " +#~ "startinformationen, se dess Partitionsflaggor i diskverktyget. " +#~ "Extern media som USB-enheter och CD-skivor kan också innehålla en startvolym." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se till att Låsning är aktiverat, och välj sedan en tidsgräns " +#~ "från den utfällbara listan nedanför. Skärmen kommer automatiskt låsas efter " +#~ "att du varit inaktiv såpass länge. Du kan också välja Skärmen stängs " +#~ "av för att låsa skärmen efter att den automatiskt stängs av, vilket " +#~ "styrs av den utfällbara listan Stäng av skärmen efter inaktivitet " +#~ "ovanför." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Använd filhanteraren Filer för att bläddra bland och organisera " +#~ "filerna på din dator. Du kan också använda programmet till att hantera filer " +#~ "på lagringsenheter (t.ex. externa hårddiskar), på filservrar, och i delade mappar på ett nätverk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du snabbt vill gå till en fil i mappen du visar, börja skriva in filens " +#~ "namn. En sökruta kommer visas överst i fönstret, och den första filen som " +#~ "matchar din sökning kommer markeras. Tryck på neråtpilen eller rulla med " +#~ "mushjulet för att gå till nästa fil som matchar din sökning." + #~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." #~ msgstr "" #~ "För mer avancerade CD-/DVD-bränningsprojekt, prova Brasero." @@ -28141,6 +28495,79 @@ #~ "href=\"help:brasero\">användarguide." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hitta filer baserat på filnamn och typ. Spara dina sökningar för senare " +#~ "användning." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Öppna filhanteraren" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du vet att filerna du letar efter finns i en viss mapp, gå till den " +#~ "mappen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skriv ett eller flera ord som du vet är en del av filnamnet. Om du till " +#~ "exempel döper alla dina kvittenser med ordet \"Kvittens\", skriv " +#~ "kvittens. Tryck Retur. Ord matchas oavsett " +#~ "skiftläge." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Hem för att begränsa sökningen till din " +#~ "Hemmapp, eller Alla filer för att söka överallt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på + och välj en filtyp från den utfällbara " +#~ "listan för att förfina sökresultaten baserat på filtyp. Klicka på " +#~ "x-knappen för att ta bort alternativet och bredda sökresultaten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan öppna, kopiera, ta bort, eller på annat sätt arbeta med dina filer " +#~ "från sökresultaten, precis som från andra mappar i filhanteraren." + +#~| msgid "Saving Searches" +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Spara en sökning" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ge sökningen ett namn och klicka på Spara. Om du vill kan du " +#~ "välja en annan mapp att spara sökningen i. När du bläddrar i den mappen " +#~ "kommer din sökning visas som en orange mapp med ett förstoringsglas över." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att ta bort sökningsfilen när du är färdig med den, ta helt enkelt bort sökningen som vilken annan fil som " +#~ "helst. När du tar bort en sparad sökning försvinner inga filer." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " #~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " #~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." @@ -28168,16 +28595,61 @@ #~ "nästa gång du loggar in. Du kan också installera en IBus IM-motor som du själv vill ha." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan förhandsgranska en bild av layouterna genom att välja någon i listan " +#~ "och klicka på förhandsgranska." + +#~| msgid "Direct internet connection" +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Redigera en trådlös anslutning" + +#~| msgid "Wireless interfaces" +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Trådlös säkerhet" + #~ msgid "Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash" #~ msgstr "Hitta program, filer, musik och annat med Dash" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du lägger till ett konto kommer det bli enklare att länka dina nätkonton " +#~ "med ditt Ubuntu-skrivbord. Din e-post, chattprogram, och andra relaterade " +#~ "program kommer därmed att vara konfigurerade för dig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En litet webbgränssnitt kommer öppnas där du kan skriva in uppgifterna för " +#~ "dina nätkonton. Om du till exempel vill lägga till ett Google-konto, skriv " +#~ "in ditt Google-användarnamn, -lösenord, och logga in." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Använd Ubuntus programcentral för att lägga till program och göra Ubuntu mer " #~ "användbart." #~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntus utvecklingsgrupp har valt en uppsättning standardprogram som vi " +#~ "anser gör Ubuntu användbart för de allra flesta vardagsbestyr. Du kan " +#~ "förstås ändå vilja installera fler program för att anpassa Ubuntu efter dina " +#~ "behov." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28191,6 +28663,15 @@ #~ "När Programcentralen öppnas, sök efter ett program eller välj en kategori " #~ "och hitta ett program i listan." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öppna programmet Diskanvändningsanalysator från Dash. " +#~ "Fönstret kommer visa Total filsystemskapacitet och Total " +#~ "filsystemsanvändning." + #~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." #~ msgstr "SMART-tillstånd bör visa ”Disken mår bra”." @@ -28210,7 +28691,113 @@ #~ "active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att lösa det här, klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och gå " +#~ "till Systeminställningar. I Hårdvaruavsnittet, välj " +#~ "Skärmar. Testa några av alternativen för Upplösning " +#~ "och välj den som ser bäst ut på skärmen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " +#~ "Systeminställningar. Öppna Skärmar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj " +#~ "Systeminställningar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De flesta webbläsare låter dig snabbt öppna länkar i flikar med musens " +#~ "mittenknapp. Klicka på någon länk med din mittenknapp, så öppnas den i en ny " +#~ "flik. Var bara försiktig om du klickar på länken i webbläsaren " +#~ "Firefox. I Firefox, om du mittenklickar någon " +#~ "annanstans än på en länk kommer den försöka läsa den markerade texten som en " +#~ "URL, som om du använda mittenklick för att klistra in den i platsraden och " +#~ "tryckte Retur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tryck ← en gång för att byta till fliken Peka och " +#~ "klicka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det numeriska tangentbordet är en uppsättning numeriska knappar på ditt " +#~ "tangentbord, oftast ordnade i en rektangel. Om du har ett tangentbord utan " +#~ "numeriskt tangentbord (som en bärbar dators tangentbord) kan du behöva hålla " +#~ "nere funktionsknappen (Fn) och använda vissa andra tangenter på " +#~ "ditt tangentbord som ett numeriskt tangentbord. Om du använder den här " +#~ "funktionen ofta på en bärbar dator kan du köpa till externa USB-anslutna " +#~ "numeriska tangentbord." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De flesta tangentbord har en specialtangent som låter dig högerklicka; den " +#~ "sitter oftast nära blankstegstangenten. Tänk på att den här tangenten svarar " +#~ "på var ditt tangentfokus finns, inte var din muspekare är. Se för mer information om hur du högerklickar genom " +#~ "att hålla ner 5 eller vänster musknapp." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om din styrplatta har stöd för att trycka med flera fingrar, högerklicka " +#~ "genom att trycka med två fingrar samtidigt. Annars kommer du behöva fysiska " +#~ "knappar för att högerklicka. Se för en " +#~ "metod för att högerklicka utan att ha en andra musknapp." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om din styrplatta har stöd för att trycka med flera fingrar, mittenklicka genom att trycka med tre " +#~ "fingrar samtidigt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att dra ett objekt, dubbeltryck; men lyft inte fingret efteråt. Dra " +#~ "objektet dit du vill ha det, och lyft sedan fingret för att släppa." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "För att klicka, tryck på styrplattan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " #~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " #~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." @@ -28220,10 +28807,94 @@ #~ "från att oavsiktligt komma åt styrplattan med din handflata medan du " #~ "skriver. Se för fler detaljer." +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Lägg till, ta bort och byt namn på bokmärken i filhanteraren." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Ta bort ett bokmärke:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I fönstret Bokmärken, markera bokmärket du vill ta bort och " +#~ "klicka på --knappen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Bokmärken i menyraden och välj Bokmärke för den " +#~ "här platsen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Bokmärken i menyraden och välj Bokmärken... " +#~ "från programmenyn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Filer i den övre raden och välj Bokmärken " +#~ "från programmenyn." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "I fönstret Bokmärken, markera bokmärket du vill döpa om." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "I textrutan Namn, skriv in det nya namnet för bokmärket." + #~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgstr "Visar tid och datum då filen senast ändrades." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Många möss och styrplattor har en musknapp mellan vänster och höger knapp. " +#~ "På en mus med rullningshjul kan du i regel trycka ner själva hjulet för att " +#~ "mittenklicka. Om du inte har en mittenknapp kan du trycka ner vänster och " +#~ "höger musknappar samtidigt för att mittenklicka. Om du ändå inte kan " +#~ "mittenklicka på det här sättet kan du prova att följa dessa " +#~ "instruktioner." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan klicka, dubbelklicka, dra, och rulla med din styrplatta, utan att " +#~ "behöva separata fysiska knappar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "På styrplattor som har stöd för flerfingergester kan du peka med tre fingrar " +#~ "samtidigt för att mittenklicka. Du måste aktivera pek-klick i styrplatteinställningarna för att det " +#~ "här ska fungera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dessa instruktioner visar det enklaste sättet att aktivera mustangenter " +#~ "genom att bara använda tangentbordet. Välj Inställningar för " +#~ "hjälpmedel för att se fler åtkomstalternativ." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " #~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " #~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " @@ -28291,6 +28962,48 @@ #~ "ssh." #~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att sätta på brandväggen, skriv in sudo ufw enable i en " +#~ "terminal. För att stänga av ufw, skriv in sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För mer information om hur du använder ufw, se dokumentationen " +#~ "online." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu är utrustat med Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw), " +#~ "men brandväggen är som standard inte aktiverad. Eftersom Ubuntu inte har " +#~ "några öppna nätverkstjänster (förutom grundläggande nätverksinfrastruktur) i " +#~ "standardinstallationen behövs ingen brandvägg för att blockera inkommande " +#~ "försåtliga anslutningar." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Aktivera eller blockera åtkomst till brandvägg" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan styra vilka program som ska kunna komma åt nätverket. Detta hjälper " +#~ "dig att hålla din dator säker." + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Hur du installerar Flash" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Läs informationen och recensionerna för att bättre kunna fatta beslutet att " @@ -28314,6 +29027,32 @@ #~ "Programcentral-fönstret." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du har webbläsarfönster öppna, stäng dem och öppna dem igen. Webbläsaren " +#~ "bör känna av att Flash har installerats när du öppnar det, och du bör nu " +#~ "kunna använda webbsidor som använder Flash." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vissa webbsidor använder små Java-program, vilka kräver att ett " +#~ "Java-insticksprogram har installerats för att fungera." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Installera paketet icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "för att visa Java-program i din webbläsare." + +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Hjälp din webbläsare fungera med webbsidor som kräver Java." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash " #~ "player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible " #~ "on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" @@ -28355,6 +29094,18 @@ #~ "dig titta på videor och använda interaktiva webbsidor. Vissa sidor fungerar " #~ "inte utan Flash." +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Installera insticksmodulen Java för webbläsare" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Felsök trådlösa " +#~ "anslutningar, hitta ditt trådlösa " +#~ "nätverk..." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in " #~ "installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message " @@ -28377,12 +29128,285 @@ #~ "Silverlight, som använder öppen källkod och fungerar på Linux." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan använda din dator som en trådlös surfzon. Detta låter andra enheter " +#~ "ansluta till dig utan ett separat nätverk, och låter dig dela en " +#~ "internetanslutning du har skapat med ett annat gränssnitt, exempelvis ett " +#~ "trådbundet nätverk eller över ett mobilnätverk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ett nätverksnamn (SSID) och säkerhetsnyckel genereras automatiskt. " +#~ "Nätverksnamnet kommer att baseras på namnet på din dator. Andra enheter " +#~ "kommer att behöva denna informationen för att ansluta till surfzonen du nyss " +#~ "skapat." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om viloläge inte fungerar kontrollera om din växlingspartition är åtminstone " #~ "så stor som ditt tillgängliga RAM." +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Varför stängde min dator av/försattes i vänteläge när batteriet gick ner " +#~ "till 10%?" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Ställ in en skrivare som är ansluten till din dator." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Ställ in en lokal skrivare" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anslut skrivaren till ditt system via en lämplig kabel. Det kan förekomma " +#~ "aktivitet på skärmen medan systemet letar efter drivrutiner och du kan bli " +#~ "tillfrågad att autentisera dig för att installera dem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om din skrivare inte ställdes in automatiskt kan du lägga till den bland " +#~ "skrivarinställningarna." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Efter att du installerat skrivaren, kan det vara bra att ändra din standardskrivare." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan också flytta mellan programikonerna i fönsterväxlaren med " +#~ "→- eller ←-tangenterna eller välja en genom att klicka " +#~ "på den med musen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Förhandsvisningar av program med ett enda fönster kan visas med ↓-" +#~ "tangenten." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du har mer än en penna så kommer växlare att visas intill pennamnet när " +#~ "den andra pennan kommer i närheten av plattan. Använd växlaren för att välja " +#~ "vilken penna som är konfigurerad." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Efter att du har lagt till kontona, kommer varje program som du valt att " +#~ "automatiskt använda de autentiseringsuppgifterna när du startar det." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Av säkerhetsskäl kommer Ubuntu inte lagra ditt lösenord på din dator. " +#~ "Istället lagras en slags informationsbärare som kommer från nättjänsten. Om " +#~ "du vill återkalla länken mellan ditt skrivbord och nättjänsten, ta bort den." + +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Hämta och skriv ut en referensfil från ett färgföretag" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Att använda ett färgföretag för att generera en skrivarprofil är vanligtvis " +#~ "det billigaste alternativet om du bara har en eller två olika papperstyper. " +#~ "Genom att hämta referenskartan från företagens webbplatser kan du skicka " +#~ "utskriften tillbaka till dem i ett vadderat kuvert som de kommer att skanna, " +#~ "generera en färgprofil och e-posta dig en korrekt ICC-profil." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kör prestandatester på din hårddisk för att kontrollera hur snabb den är." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "När testet är klart kommer resultaten att visas i diagrammet. De gröna " +#~ "punkterna och sammankopplande linjerna indikerar de tagna mätvärdena; dessa " +#~ "motsvarar den högra axeln som visar åtkomsttid, plottat mot den horisontella " +#~ "axeln som representerar procentandelen av tiden som förlöpt under testet. " +#~ "Den blå linjen representerar läshastigheter, medan den röda linjen " +#~ "representerar skrivhastigheter; dessa visas som åtkomsthastigheter för data " +#~ "på den vänstra axeln, plottade mot procentandelen av området som läshuvudet " +#~ "färdats från kanten till mitten av hårddisken längs den horisontella axeln." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Använd Diskanvändningsanalysatorn eller " +#~ "Systemövervakaren för att kontrollera utrymme och kapacitet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan kontrollera hur mycket diskutrymme som är kvar med " +#~ "Diskanvändningsanalysatorn eller Systemövervakaren." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Kontrollera med Diskanvändningsanalysatorn" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att kontrollera ledigt diskutrymme och diskkapacitet med " +#~ "Diskanvändningsanalysatorn:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öppna programmet Systemövervakare från översiktsvyn " +#~ "Aktiviteter." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Om disken är allt för full bör du:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ta bort filer som inte är viktiga eller som du inte behöver använda längre." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gör säkerhetskopior på viktiga filer som du " +#~ "inte kommer att behöva på ett tag och ta bort dem från hårddisken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du har en flyttbar enhet, exempelvis en USB-minne eller en extern " +#~ "hårddisk kan du ibland vilja att ta bort alla filer och mappar helt från " +#~ "den. Du kan göra detta genom att formatera disken - detta tar bort " +#~ "alla filer på disken och gör den tom." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Att formatera en flyttbar disk" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Säkerställ att du har valt rätt disk! Om du väljer fel disk så kommer alla " +#~ "filer på den andra disken att tas bort!" + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Att formatera en disk tar inte bort dina filer säkert" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Att formatera en disk är inte ett helt säkert sätt att ta bort all dess " +#~ "data. En formaterad disk kommer att se ut som om den inte har filer på sig, " +#~ "men det är möjligt att speciella återskapningsprogram kan återställa " +#~ "filerna. Om du behöver ta bort filer på ett säkert sätt kommer du att behöva " +#~ "använda ett kommandoradsverktyg som shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Förstå vad volymer och partitioner är och använda diskverktyget för att " +#~ "hantera dem." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "Visa och hantera volymer och partitioner via diskverktyget" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan kontrollera och modifiera din dators lagringsvolymer med " +#~ "diskverktyget." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Var försiktig: det är möjligt att helt radera all data på din disk med dessa " +#~ "verktyg." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "I filhanteraren, dubbelklicka på vilken mapp som helst för att se dess " +#~ "innehåll eller dubbelklicka på vilken fil som helst för att öppna den med " +#~ "standardprogrammet för den filen. Du kan också högerklicka på en mapp för " +#~ "att öppna den i en ny flik eller ett nytt fönster." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan söka efter filer baserat på deras namn eller filtyp direkt i " +#~ "filhanteraren. Du kan till och med spara vanliga sökningar så att de visas " +#~ "som speciella mappar i din hemmapp." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Du kan förfina dina sökresultat med hjälp av plats och filtyp." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du utför vissa sökningar ofta kan du spara dem för att nå dem snabbt." + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Starta en sökning enligt ovan." + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stäng av styrplattan medan du skriver för att förhindra oavsiktliga " @@ -28408,6 +29432,62 @@ #~ "I avsnittet Styrplatta, markera Stäng av vid användning av " #~ "tangentbordet." +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "Många program använder mittenklick för avancerade klickgenvägar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "En vanlig genväg är för att klistra in text. (Detta kallas ibland för primär " +#~ "markeringsinklistring.) Markera texten du vill klistra in, flytta sedan till " +#~ "där du vill klistra in texten och mittenklicka. Den markerade texten " +#~ "klistras in vid muspositionen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Att klistra in text med din mittenknapp är helt separerat från det normala " +#~ "urklippet. Att markera text kopierar inte det till urklipp. Detta snabba " +#~ "sätt att klistra in fungerar bara med mittenknappen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vissa speciella program låter dig använda mittknappen för andra funktioner. " +#~ "Sök i ditt programs hjälp efter mittenklick eller musens " +#~ "mittknapp." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Varje siffra på det numeriska tangentbordet motsvarar en riktning. Till " +#~ "exempel om du trycker på 8 flyttar markören uppåt och om du " +#~ "trycker på 2 flyttar den neråt. Tryck på 5 för att " +#~ "klicka en gång med musen eller klicka på den två gånger snabbt för att " +#~ "dubbelklicka." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "När du trycker eller drar med flera fingrar, se till att dina fingrar är " +#~ "tillräckligt långt från varandra. Om dina fingrar hamnar för tätt ihop kan " +#~ "datorn tro att du bara använder ett finger." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Dina bokmärken är listade i sidopanelen i filhanteraren." + #~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " @@ -28428,6 +29508,85 @@ #~ "Programcentral." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på nätverksmenyn i menylisten och klicka på " +#~ "namnet på nätverket du vill ansluta till." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att göra detta, klicka på nätverksmenyn på menylisten och " +#~ "avmarkera Aktivera trådlöst. Detta kommer stänga av din trådlösa " +#~ "anslutning tills du aktiverar den igen." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på nätverksmenyn på menylisten och avmarkera Aktivera trådlöst." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Din bärbara dator kan fortfarande sända ut signaler om du inte har stängt av " +#~ "Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att aktivera trådlös anslutning igen, klicka på nätverksmenyn " +#~ "på menylisten och välj Aktivera trådlöst så att det har en bock " +#~ "framför sig." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Tillgänglig för alla användare / Anslut automatiskt" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Anslut automatiskt" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Läs mer om vad alternativen i redigeringsskärmen för trådlös anslutning " +#~ "betyder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det här avsnittet beskriver alla alternativ som finns när du redigerar en " +#~ "trådlös nätverksanslutning. För att redigera en anslutning, klicka på " +#~ "nätverksmenyn i menylisten och välj Redigera " +#~ "anslutningar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du redan är ansluten till ett trådlöst nätverk, kommer du få frågan om du " +#~ "vill koppla ner från det nätverket. En enstaka trådlös adapter kan bara " +#~ "ansluta till eller skapa ett nätverk vid samma tillfälle. Klicka på " +#~ "Skapa surfzon för att bekräfta." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Klicka på knappen Använd som surfzon." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan behöva installera Flash för att kunna titta på webbplatser som " +#~ "YouTube, som visar videor och interaktiva webbsidor." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28492,6 +29651,9 @@ #~ "också specifika videokonverteringsprogram. Kontrollera programmet för " #~ "programvaruinstallation för att se vad som finns tillgängligt." +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Tillgängligt för alla användare" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open " #~ "the Dash and launch a Terminal." @@ -28519,6 +29681,151 @@ #~ msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation." #~ msgstr "Skriv in ditt lösenord för att slutföra installationen." +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Trådlöst" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du väljer Ad-hoc kommer du se två andra alternativ, " +#~ "Band och Kanal. Dessa bestämmer vilket trådlöst " +#~ "frekvensband det trådlösa ad-hoc-nätverket ska använda. Vissa datorer kan " +#~ "bara arbeta på vissa band (exempelvis bara A eller bara " +#~ "B/G), så du bör välja ett band som alla datorer i ad-hoc-" +#~ "nätverket kan använda. På högtrafikerade platser kan det finnas flera " +#~ "trådlösa nätverk som delar på samma kanal; detta kan sakta ner din " +#~ "anslutning, så du kan också ändra vilken kanal du själv använder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om det här är förkryssat behöver du vara en administratör för att ändra inställningar för det här " +#~ "nätverket. Du kan bli ombedd att skriva in ditt administratörslösenord." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kryssa för det här om du vill att alla användare på datorn ska kunna komma " +#~ "åt det här trådlösa nätverket. Om nätverket har ett WEP-/WPA-lösenord och du har kryssat för det här " +#~ "alternativet kommer du bara behöva skriva in lösenordet en gång. Alla andra " +#~ "användare på din dator kommer kunna ansluta till nätverket utan att själva " +#~ "behöva känna till lösenordet." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Enhetens MAC-adress" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om flera nätverk som är inställda för automatisk anslutning finns inom " +#~ "räckhåll kommer datorn ansluta till det som visas överst i fliken " +#~ "Trådlöst i fönstret Nätverksanslutningar. Det kommer " +#~ "inte koppla ned från ett tillgängligt nätverk för att ansluta till ett annat " +#~ "som just kom inom räckhåll." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill definiera alla nätverksinställningar " +#~ "själv, inklusive vilken IP-adress datorn ska använda." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du väljer den här inställningen kommer din dator hämta sin IP-adress från " +#~ "en DHCP-server, men du kommer behöva justera övriga detaljer manuellt (som " +#~ "vilken DNS-server du vill använda)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vissa typer av kryptering är starkare än andra, men kanske inte har lika " +#~ "utbrett stöd av äldre utrustning för trådlösa nätverk. Du kommer i regel " +#~ "behöva skriva in ett lösenord för anslutningen; mer sofistikerade " +#~ "säkerhetstyper kan också kräva ett användarnamn och ett digitalt " +#~ "\"certifikat\". Se för vidare " +#~ "information om populära typer av trådlös kryptering." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Detta definierar vilken sorts kryptering som ditt trådlösa nätverk " +#~ "använder. Krypterade anslutningar hjälper dig skydda din trådlösa anslutning " +#~ "från avlyssning, så att andra inte kan övervaka dig eller se vilka webbsidor " +#~ "du besöker, osv." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Din nätverkshårdvara (trådlöst kort) kan låtsas ha en annan MAC-adress. " +#~ "Detta kan vara användabart om du har en enhet eller tjänst som bara " +#~ "kommunicerar med en viss MAC-adress (exempelvis ett trådbundet " +#~ "bredbandsmodem). Om du skriver in den MAC-adressen i rutan klonad MAC-" +#~ "adress kommer enheten/tjänsten tro att din dator har den klonade MAC-" +#~ "adressen istället för den verkliga adressen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Detta liknar fliken IPv4 förutom att den berör den nyare IPv6-" +#~ "standarden. Moderna nätverk använder IPv6, men IPv4 är i skrivande stund mer " +#~ "populärt." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det här alternativet kommer avaktivera nätverksanslutningen och hindrar dig " +#~ "från att använda den. Observera att IPv4 och IPv6 " +#~ "behandlas som separata anslutningar även om de används av samma " +#~ "nätverkskort. Om en av dem är aktiverad kan du vilja avaktivera den andra." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på nätverksmenyn på menylisten och välj Anslut till " +#~ "dolt trådlöst nätverk." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "I Systemavsnittet, klicka på Programkällor." @@ -28533,6 +29840,105 @@ #~ "programmet lshw på din dator genom att skriva sudo apt-get " #~ "install lshw i terminalen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det här är Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID:n (se ovan) är namnet " +#~ "på nätverket som det är tänkt att människor ska se; BSSID:n är ett namn som " +#~ "datorn förstår (det är en serie bokstäver och siffror som ska vara unika för " +#~ "det trådlösa nätverket). Om ett nätverl " +#~ "är dolt kommer det inte ha en SSID, men det kommer ha en BSSID." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skriv sudo pm-hibernate i terminalen och tryck Retur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menylisten och välj " +#~ "Systeminställningar" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skrivare som inte hittas, papper som fastnar, utskrifter som ser konstiga " +#~ "ut..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "När batteriets laddningsnivå blir för låg kommer din dator automatiskt gå ner i vänteläge. Det är för att se till att " +#~ "batteriet inte urladdas helt, eftersom det är skadligt för batteriet. Om " +#~ "batteriet töms helt kommer datorn inte hinna stängas av korrekt, heller." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vissa datorer har problem med vänteläget, och kanske inte återställer alla " +#~ "program och dokument du hade uppe när du sätter på datorn igen. I så fall är " +#~ "det möjligt att du förlorar lite av ditt arbete om du inte sparar det innan " +#~ "datorn hamnar i viänteäget. Du kanske kan åtgärda problem med vänteläget." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ett meddelande kommer visas när systemet har slutfört skrivarinstallationen. " +#~ "Välj Skriv ut testsida för att skriva ut en testsida, eller " +#~ "Alternativ för att göra ytterligare ändringar bland skrivarens " +#~ "inställningar." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Lägg till och välj skrivaren från Enhetsfönstret." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ditt system kan känna igen många olika skrivare automatiskt när de ansluts. " +#~ "De flesta skrivare ansluts till din dator med en USB-kabel." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du behöver inte bestämma om du vill installera nätverks- eller lokala " +#~ "skrivare nu. De visas i samma fönster." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Framåt och vänta medan det söker efter drivrutiner." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om det finns flera olika drivrutiner tillgängliga för din dator kan du ombes " +#~ "välja en av dem. För att använda den rekommenderade drivrutinen, klicka bara " +#~ "Framåt på skärmarna för tillverkare och modell." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -28588,6 +29994,116 @@ #~ "md5='7eea14c8fcf1b9965253cc21767b7a00'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du måste logga ut och in igen för att ändringarna ska verkställas. Klicka på " +#~ "ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj Logga ut för att " +#~ "logga ut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du måste logga ut och sedan in igen för att språkändringar ska verkställas. " +#~ "Klicka på ikonen längst till höger i menyraden och välj Logga ut " +#~ "för att logga ut." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att logga ut eller byta användare, klicka på systemmenyn längst till höger i menyraden och välj lämpligt " +#~ "alternativ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "När din skärm är låst kan andra användare logga in på sina egna konton genom " +#~ "att klicka på Byt användare på lösenordsskärmen. Du kan byta " +#~ "tillbaka till ditt skrivbord när de är färdiga." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att låsa din skärm, klicka på systemmenyn i menyraden och " +#~ "välj Lås skärm." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du vill stänga av din dator helt, eller göra en fullständig omstart, " +#~ "klicka på systemmenyn och välj Stäng av." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att manuellt sätta din dator i vänteläge, klicka på " +#~ "systemmenyn i menyraden och välj Vänteläge." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan snabbt komma åt vanliga platser från sidoraden. Om du inte " +#~ "ser sidoraden, klicka på nerknappen i verktygsfältet och välj Visa " +#~ "sidoraden. Du kan lägga till bokmärken till mappar som du använder " +#~ "ofta, så visas de i sidoraden. Använd menyn Bokmärken för att " +#~ "göra det, eller dra en mapp till sidoraden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på en av knapparna på verktygsfältet och välj Skanna Hem, " +#~ "Skanna filsystem, Skanna mapp, eller Skanna " +#~ "fjärrmapp." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kanske döpte om filen på ett sätt som gjorde att den doldes. Filer som " +#~ "börjar med en . eller slutar med en ~ döljs av " +#~ "filhanteraren. Klicka på nerknappen i filhanterarens verktygsfält och välj " +#~ "Visa dolda filer för att visa dem. Se för att lära dig mer." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på förstoringsglaset i verktygsfältet igen för att avsluta sökningen " +#~ "och återgå till mappen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på förstoringsglaset i verktygsfältet, eller tryck " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28602,6 +30118,38 @@ #~ "för att det säkert ska bli rätt):" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fönster i fönsterväxlaren grupperas efter program. Miniatyrbilder av program " +#~ "med flera fönster dyker upp allt eftersom du klickar dig fram." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Från tangentbordet" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Fortsätt annars hålla nere Alt-tangenten, och tryck " +#~ "Tab för att stega igenom listan över öppna fönster, eller " +#~ "SkiftTab för att stega baklänges." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Släpp Alt för att välja nästa (markerade) fönster i växlaren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "När du är nöjd med sökparametrarna, klicka på Fil i menyfältet " +#~ "och välj Spara sökning som...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -28800,6 +30348,11 @@ #~ "Logga ut och logga in igen för att " #~ "verkställa ändringen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öppna Säkerhet & integritet och välj fliken Sök." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Stäng av Inkludera online-sökresultat." @@ -28829,10 +30382,46 @@ #~ "dina sökningar. Online-källor inkluderar Amazon.com och dussintals andra " #~ "källor." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du kan ändra vad som händer när batterinivån blir för låg. Klicka först på " +#~ "batterimenyn i menylisten och välj " +#~ "Energiinställningar. Vid inställningen 'När batteriet är " +#~ "kritiskt lågt' kan du välja om datorn ska gå ner i vänteläge, viloläge, eller stängas av. Om du väljer " +#~ "avstängning kommer dina program och dokument inte sparas." + #~ msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh" #~ msgstr "sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anslut till internet med antingen en trådlös eller trådbunden " +#~ "anslutning." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Anslut till trådlöst nätverk, " +#~ "Dolda nätverk, Redigera anslutningsinställningar, Nedkoppling..." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28850,6 +30439,49 @@ #~ msgstr "Om du väljer att installera Flash, klicka på Installera." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på systemmenyn längst till höger i menyraden " +#~ "och välj Systeminställningar." + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Internetsökresultat är inte inkluderade i utgångsläget." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Sätt på Inkludera sökresultat från internet." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på systemmenyn längst till höger på menyraden " +#~ "och välj Systeminställningar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du vill få internetsökförslag, kan du aktivera funktionen genom " +#~ "systeminställningen Säkerhet & sekretess." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Aktivera internetsökresultat" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Programvara för Ubuntu hjälper dig ta bort program som du inte " +#~ "längre använder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Använd Programvara för Ubuntu för att lägga till program och göra " +#~ "Ubuntu mer användbart." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " @@ -28863,3 +30495,56 @@ #~ "Program i det här förrådet visas bland sökresultaten i Programvara för " #~ "Ubuntu men kommer inte att kunna installeras förrän förrådet är " #~ "aktiverat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" +#~ "Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Öppna menyn överst till höger och välj SMART-data och självtester " +#~ "för att se mer information om disken, eller för att köra ett självtest." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om vilolägestestet fungerar kan du fortsätta använda kommandot sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate när du vill gå ner i viloläge." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Klicka på Compose-tangenten i den högra kolumnen. Klicka på " +#~ "Inaktiverad och välj från rullgardinsmenyn den tangent som du " +#~ "vill ska fungera som compose-tangent. Tangenten du väljer kommer därefter " +#~ "bara att fungera som en compose-tangent, och kommer alltså inte längre att " +#~ "fungera för sitt ursprungliga ändamål." + +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Klicka på Textinmatning." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Klicka på Tangentbordsinställningar...." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ändra förvald webbläsare, installera Flash, installera java-insticksprogrammet…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " +#~ "which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " +#~ "some websites which won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash är en insticksmodul för din webbläsare som låter " +#~ "dig titta på videor och använda interaktiva webbsidor. Medan HTML5, som är " +#~ "en modernare lösning, erbjuds i ökande utsträckning, finns det fortfarande " +#~ "webbplatser som inte fungerar utan Flash." diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ta/ta.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ta/ta.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ta/ta.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ta/ta.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Tamil \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -308,58 +308,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -411,14 +496,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -451,30 +536,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -484,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -492,14 +568,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -507,7 +583,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -531,12 +607,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -657,7 +733,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -687,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -701,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -710,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -718,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -726,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -777,17 +853,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -796,14 +872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -841,17 +917,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -860,14 +936,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -878,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -923,13 +999,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -958,7 +1034,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -972,10 +1048,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1029,12 +1105,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1045,7 +1122,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1054,15 +1131,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1216,7 +1294,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1230,46 +1308,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1277,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1603,6 +1680,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1685,107 +1831,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1794,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1807,31 +1962,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1839,49 +1995,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1892,13 +2085,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1910,27 +2103,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1938,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1946,12 +2139,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1961,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1971,7 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1979,22 +2172,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2469,7 +2662,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3007,7 +3200,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3248,7 +3441,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3256,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4784,59 +4977,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5025,90 +5201,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5117,109 +5312,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5258,65 +5411,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5325,106 +5467,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5436,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5447,28 +5596,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5476,19 +5617,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5499,13 +5640,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5535,18 +5676,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5554,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5563,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5590,15 +5731,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5614,7 +5761,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5622,7 +5769,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5630,7 +5777,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5638,7 +5785,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5667,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5676,19 +5823,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5698,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5727,13 +5874,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5748,7 +5896,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5783,7 +5931,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5815,17 +5963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5848,12 +5996,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6108,7 +6255,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6336,12 +6482,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6349,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6357,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6367,7 +6513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6377,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6385,17 +6531,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6404,12 +6550,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6418,24 +6564,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6444,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6452,24 +6598,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6477,12 +6623,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6491,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6508,10 +6654,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6531,14 +6677,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6548,24 +6709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7103,10 +7272,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7578,129 +7746,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8470,7 +8614,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8486,22 +8630,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8512,7 +8656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8521,46 +8665,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8572,15 +8716,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8605,12 +8759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8619,26 +8773,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8648,19 +8802,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8668,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8676,50 +8830,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9088,14 +9242,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9118,12 +9272,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9131,24 +9285,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9156,7 +9310,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9165,14 +9319,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9181,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9288,10 +9442,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9326,17 +9481,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9363,26 +9519,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9391,7 +9540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9399,12 +9548,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9415,7 +9564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9614,7 +9763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9624,8 +9773,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9649,7 +9798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9670,11 +9819,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9682,31 +9831,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9728,13 +9879,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9749,8 +9899,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9772,85 +9922,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9858,7 +10216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10052,14 +10410,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10068,8 +10426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10087,74 +10444,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10165,31 +10518,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10591,7 +10944,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10601,70 +10954,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11150,7 +11504,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11310,7 +11664,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11440,80 +11794,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11777,12 +12131,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11795,7 +12148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12051,22 +12404,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12097,7 +12450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12187,7 +12540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12195,30 +12548,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12227,29 +12580,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12263,7 +12617,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12277,14 +12631,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12294,19 +12648,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12314,7 +12668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12542,83 +12896,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12851,6 +13255,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13047,7 +13452,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13090,20 +13495,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13111,13 +13516,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13125,19 +13530,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13573,10 +13978,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13600,50 +14005,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13652,25 +14058,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13702,8 +14107,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13870,25 +14275,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13896,40 +14301,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13938,25 +14343,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13965,12 +14370,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13981,41 +14386,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14024,34 +14429,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14062,44 +14467,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14107,17 +14513,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14127,32 +14533,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14163,30 +14569,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14249,21 +14665,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14274,12 +14688,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14288,14 +14709,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14461,7 +14882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14469,12 +14890,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14482,7 +14903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15498,12 +15919,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15624,7 +16045,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15668,7 +16089,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15754,39 +16175,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15819,31 +16218,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16125,7 +16517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16258,7 +16650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16266,21 +16658,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16288,7 +16680,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16296,8 +16688,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16350,7 +16742,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16367,7 +16761,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16471,7 +16866,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16888,7 +17282,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16923,92 +17317,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17156,31 +17594,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17189,7 +17627,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17283,14 +17807,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17298,15 +17822,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17315,12 +17840,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17328,19 +17853,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17365,27 +17890,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17396,12 +17922,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17409,7 +17935,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17441,17 +17967,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17656,28 +18182,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17722,20 +18248,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17745,27 +18271,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17775,26 +18306,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18326,36 +18860,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18363,17 +18897,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18382,14 +18916,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18435,55 +18969,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18491,8 +19022,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18500,7 +19036,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18667,19 +19203,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18688,26 +19224,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19351,7 +19887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19359,17 +19895,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19377,7 +19913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19500,12 +20044,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20179,37 +20723,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20236,19 +20772,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20338,38 +20874,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20498,32 +21034,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20531,8 +21067,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20541,7 +21091,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20549,14 +21099,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20568,7 +21118,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20576,28 +21126,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20608,7 +21158,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20616,14 +21166,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20634,21 +21184,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20659,7 +21209,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20667,14 +21217,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20682,58 +21232,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20828,37 +21352,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22156,7 +22654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22164,7 +22662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22174,18 +22672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/te/te.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/te/te.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/te/te.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/te/te.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Telugu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -412,14 +497,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -452,30 +537,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -485,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -493,14 +569,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -508,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -532,12 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -658,7 +734,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -688,12 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -702,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -711,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -719,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -727,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -778,17 +854,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -797,14 +873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -842,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -861,14 +937,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -879,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -924,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -959,7 +1035,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1049,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1030,12 +1106,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1123,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1132,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1217,7 +1295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1231,46 +1309,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1604,6 +1681,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1686,107 +1832,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1795,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1808,31 +1963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1840,49 +1996,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1893,13 +2086,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1911,27 +2104,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1939,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1947,12 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1980,22 +2173,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2470,7 +2663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3008,7 +3201,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3249,7 +3442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4785,59 +4978,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5026,90 +5202,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5118,109 +5313,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5259,65 +5412,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5326,106 +5468,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5437,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5448,28 +5597,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +5618,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5500,13 +5641,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5536,18 +5677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5555,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5564,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5591,15 +5732,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5615,7 +5762,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5623,7 +5770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5631,7 +5778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5677,19 +5824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5699,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5728,13 +5875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,7 +5897,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5784,7 +5932,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5816,17 +5964,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5849,12 +5997,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6109,7 +6256,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6337,12 +6483,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6350,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6358,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6368,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6378,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6386,17 +6532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6405,12 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6419,24 +6565,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6445,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6453,24 +6599,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6478,12 +6624,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6492,7 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6509,10 +6655,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6532,14 +6678,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6549,24 +6710,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7104,10 +7273,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7579,129 +7747,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8471,7 +8615,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8487,22 +8631,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8513,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8522,46 +8666,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8573,15 +8717,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8606,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8620,26 +8774,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8649,19 +8803,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8669,7 +8823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8677,50 +8831,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9089,14 +9243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9119,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9132,24 +9286,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9157,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9166,14 +9320,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9182,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9289,10 +9443,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9327,17 +9482,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9364,26 +9520,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9392,7 +9541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9400,12 +9549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9615,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9625,8 +9774,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9650,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9671,11 +9820,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,31 +9832,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9729,13 +9880,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9750,8 +9900,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9773,85 +9923,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9859,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10053,14 +10411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10069,8 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10088,74 +10445,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10166,31 +10519,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10592,7 +10945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10602,70 +10955,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11151,7 +11505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11311,7 +11665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11441,80 +11795,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11778,12 +12132,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11796,7 +12149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12052,22 +12405,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12098,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12188,7 +12541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12196,30 +12549,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12228,29 +12581,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12264,7 +12618,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12278,14 +12632,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12295,19 +12649,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12315,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12543,83 +12897,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12852,6 +13256,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13048,7 +13453,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13091,20 +13496,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13112,13 +13517,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13126,19 +13531,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13574,10 +13979,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13601,50 +14006,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13653,25 +14059,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13703,8 +14108,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13871,25 +14276,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13897,40 +14302,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,25 +14344,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13966,12 +14371,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13982,41 +14387,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14025,34 +14430,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14063,44 +14468,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14108,17 +14514,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14128,32 +14534,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14164,30 +14570,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14250,21 +14666,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14275,12 +14689,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14289,14 +14710,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14462,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14470,12 +14891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14483,7 +14904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15499,12 +15920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15625,7 +16046,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15669,7 +16090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15755,39 +16176,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15820,31 +16219,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16126,7 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16259,7 +16651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16267,21 +16659,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16289,7 +16681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16297,8 +16689,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16351,7 +16743,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16368,7 +16762,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16472,7 +16867,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16889,7 +17283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16924,92 +17318,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17157,31 +17595,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17190,7 +17628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17284,14 +17808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17299,15 +17823,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17316,12 +17841,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17329,19 +17854,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17366,27 +17891,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17397,12 +17923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17410,7 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17442,17 +17968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17657,28 +18183,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17723,20 +18249,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17746,27 +18272,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17776,26 +18307,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18327,36 +18861,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18364,17 +18898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18383,14 +18917,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18436,55 +18970,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18492,8 +19023,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18501,7 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18668,19 +19204,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18689,26 +19225,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19352,7 +19888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19360,17 +19896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19378,7 +19914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19501,12 +20045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20180,37 +20724,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20237,19 +20773,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20339,38 +20875,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20499,32 +21035,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20532,8 +21068,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20542,7 +21092,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20550,14 +21100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20569,7 +21119,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20577,28 +21127,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20609,7 +21159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20617,14 +21167,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20635,21 +21185,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21210,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21218,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20683,58 +21233,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20829,37 +21353,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22157,7 +22655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22165,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22175,18 +22673,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/tg/tg.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/tg/tg.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/tg/tg.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/tg/tg.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Tajik \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:58+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -304,58 +304,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -407,14 +492,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -447,30 +532,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -480,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -488,14 +564,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -503,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -527,12 +603,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -653,7 +729,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -683,12 +759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -697,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -706,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -714,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -722,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -773,17 +849,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -792,14 +868,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -837,17 +913,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -856,14 +932,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -874,13 +950,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -919,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -954,7 +1030,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -968,10 +1044,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1025,12 +1101,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1041,7 +1118,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1050,15 +1127,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1212,7 +1290,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1226,46 +1304,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1273,7 +1350,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1599,6 +1676,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1681,107 +1827,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1790,12 +1945,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1803,31 +1958,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1835,49 +1991,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1888,13 +2081,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1906,27 +2099,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1934,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1942,12 +2135,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1957,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1967,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1975,22 +2168,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2465,7 +2658,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3003,7 +3196,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3244,7 +3437,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3252,7 +3445,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4780,59 +4973,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5021,90 +5197,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5113,109 +5308,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5254,65 +5407,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5321,106 +5463,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5432,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5443,28 +5592,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5472,19 +5613,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5495,13 +5636,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5531,18 +5672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5550,7 +5691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5559,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5586,15 +5727,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5610,7 +5757,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5618,7 +5765,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5626,7 +5773,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5634,7 +5781,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5663,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5672,19 +5819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5694,7 +5841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5723,13 +5870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5744,7 +5892,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5779,7 +5927,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5811,17 +5959,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5844,12 +5992,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6104,7 +6251,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6332,12 +6478,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6345,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6353,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6363,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6373,7 +6519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6381,17 +6527,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6400,12 +6546,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6414,24 +6560,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6440,7 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6448,24 +6594,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6473,12 +6619,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6487,7 +6633,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6504,10 +6650,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6527,14 +6673,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6544,24 +6705,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7099,10 +7268,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7574,129 +7742,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8466,7 +8610,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8482,22 +8626,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8508,7 +8652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8517,46 +8661,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8568,15 +8712,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8601,12 +8755,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8615,26 +8769,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8644,19 +8798,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8664,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8672,50 +8826,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9084,14 +9238,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9114,12 +9268,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9127,24 +9281,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9152,7 +9306,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9161,14 +9315,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9177,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9284,10 +9438,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9322,17 +9477,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9359,26 +9515,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9387,7 +9536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9395,12 +9544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9411,7 +9560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9610,7 +9759,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9620,8 +9769,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9645,7 +9794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9666,11 +9815,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9678,31 +9827,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9724,13 +9875,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9745,8 +9895,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9768,85 +9918,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9854,7 +10212,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10048,14 +10406,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10064,8 +10422,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10083,74 +10440,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10161,31 +10514,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10587,7 +10940,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10597,70 +10950,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11146,7 +11500,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11306,7 +11660,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11436,80 +11790,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11773,12 +12127,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11791,7 +12144,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12047,22 +12400,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12093,7 +12446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12183,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12191,30 +12544,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12223,29 +12576,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12259,7 +12613,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12273,14 +12627,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12290,19 +12644,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12310,7 +12664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12538,83 +12892,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12847,6 +13251,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13043,7 +13448,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13086,20 +13491,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13107,13 +13512,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13121,19 +13526,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13569,10 +13974,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13596,50 +14001,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13648,25 +14054,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13698,8 +14103,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13866,25 +14271,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13892,40 +14297,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13934,25 +14339,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13961,12 +14366,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13977,41 +14382,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14020,34 +14425,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14058,44 +14463,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14103,17 +14509,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14123,32 +14529,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14159,30 +14565,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14245,21 +14661,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14270,12 +14684,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14284,14 +14705,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14457,7 +14878,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14465,12 +14886,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14478,7 +14899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15494,12 +15915,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15620,7 +16041,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15664,7 +16085,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15750,39 +16171,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15815,31 +16214,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16121,7 +16513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16254,7 +16646,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16262,21 +16654,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16284,7 +16676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16292,8 +16684,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16346,7 +16738,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16363,7 +16757,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16467,7 +16862,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16884,7 +17278,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16919,92 +17313,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17152,31 +17590,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17185,7 +17623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17279,14 +17803,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17294,15 +17818,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17311,12 +17836,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17324,19 +17849,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17361,27 +17886,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17392,12 +17918,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17405,7 +17931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17437,17 +17963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17652,28 +18178,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17718,20 +18244,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17741,27 +18267,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17771,26 +18302,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18322,36 +18856,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18359,17 +18893,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18378,14 +18912,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18431,55 +18965,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18487,8 +19018,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18496,7 +19032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18663,19 +19199,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18684,26 +19220,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19347,7 +19883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19355,17 +19891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19373,7 +19909,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19496,12 +20040,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20175,37 +20719,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20232,19 +20768,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20334,38 +20870,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20494,32 +21030,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20527,8 +21063,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20537,7 +21087,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20545,14 +21095,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20564,7 +21114,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20572,28 +21122,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20604,7 +21154,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20612,14 +21162,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20630,21 +21180,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20655,7 +21205,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20663,14 +21213,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20678,58 +21228,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20824,37 +21348,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22152,7 +22650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22160,7 +22658,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22170,18 +22668,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/th/th.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/th/th.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/th/th.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/th/th.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Thai \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -308,58 +308,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -411,14 +496,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -451,30 +536,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -484,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -492,14 +568,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -507,7 +583,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -531,12 +607,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -657,7 +733,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -687,12 +763,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -701,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -710,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -718,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -726,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -777,17 +853,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -796,14 +872,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -841,17 +917,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -860,14 +936,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -878,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -923,13 +999,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -958,7 +1034,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -972,10 +1048,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1029,12 +1105,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1045,7 +1122,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1054,15 +1131,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1216,7 +1294,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1230,46 +1308,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1277,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1603,6 +1680,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1685,107 +1831,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1794,12 +1949,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1807,31 +1962,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1839,49 +1995,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1892,13 +2085,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1910,27 +2103,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1938,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1946,12 +2139,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1961,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1971,7 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1979,22 +2172,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2469,7 +2662,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3007,7 +3200,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3248,7 +3441,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3256,7 +3449,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4784,59 +4977,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5025,90 +5201,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5117,109 +5312,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5258,65 +5411,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5325,106 +5467,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5436,7 +5585,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5447,28 +5596,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5476,19 +5617,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5499,13 +5640,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5535,18 +5676,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5554,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5563,7 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5590,15 +5731,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5614,7 +5761,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5622,7 +5769,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5630,7 +5777,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5638,7 +5785,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5667,7 +5814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5676,19 +5823,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5698,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5727,13 +5874,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5748,7 +5896,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5783,7 +5931,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5815,17 +5963,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5848,12 +5996,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6108,7 +6255,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6336,12 +6482,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6349,7 +6495,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6357,7 +6503,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6367,7 +6513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6377,7 +6523,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6385,17 +6531,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6404,12 +6550,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6418,24 +6564,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6444,7 +6590,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6452,24 +6598,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6477,12 +6623,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6491,7 +6637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6508,10 +6654,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6531,14 +6677,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6548,24 +6709,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7103,10 +7272,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7578,129 +7746,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8470,7 +8614,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8486,22 +8630,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8512,7 +8656,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8521,46 +8665,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8572,15 +8716,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8605,12 +8759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8619,26 +8773,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8648,19 +8802,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8668,7 +8822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8676,50 +8830,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9088,14 +9242,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9118,12 +9272,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9131,24 +9285,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9156,7 +9310,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9165,14 +9319,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9181,7 +9335,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9288,10 +9442,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9326,17 +9481,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9363,26 +9519,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9391,7 +9540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9399,12 +9548,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9415,7 +9564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9614,7 +9763,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9624,8 +9773,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9649,7 +9798,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9670,11 +9819,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9682,31 +9831,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9728,13 +9879,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9749,8 +9899,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9772,85 +9922,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9858,7 +10216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10052,14 +10410,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10068,8 +10426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10087,74 +10444,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10165,31 +10518,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10591,7 +10944,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10601,70 +10954,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11150,7 +11504,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11310,7 +11664,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11440,80 +11794,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11777,12 +12131,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11795,7 +12148,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12051,22 +12404,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12097,7 +12450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12187,7 +12540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12195,30 +12548,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12227,29 +12580,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12263,7 +12617,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12277,14 +12631,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12294,19 +12648,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12314,7 +12668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12542,83 +12896,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12851,6 +13255,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13047,7 +13452,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13090,20 +13495,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13111,13 +13516,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13125,19 +13530,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13573,10 +13978,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13600,50 +14005,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13652,25 +14058,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13702,8 +14107,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13870,25 +14275,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13896,40 +14301,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13938,25 +14343,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13965,12 +14370,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13981,41 +14386,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14024,34 +14429,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14062,44 +14467,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14107,17 +14513,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14127,32 +14533,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14163,30 +14569,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14249,21 +14665,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14274,12 +14688,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14288,14 +14709,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14461,7 +14882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14469,12 +14890,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14482,7 +14903,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15498,12 +15919,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15624,7 +16045,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15668,7 +16089,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15754,39 +16175,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15819,31 +16218,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16125,7 +16517,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16258,7 +16650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16266,21 +16658,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16288,7 +16680,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16296,8 +16688,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16350,7 +16742,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16367,7 +16761,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16471,7 +16866,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16888,7 +17282,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16923,92 +17317,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17156,31 +17594,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17189,7 +17627,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17283,14 +17807,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17298,15 +17822,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17315,12 +17840,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17328,19 +17853,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17365,27 +17890,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17396,12 +17922,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17409,7 +17935,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17441,17 +17967,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17656,28 +18182,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17722,20 +18248,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17745,27 +18271,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17775,26 +18306,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18326,36 +18860,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18363,17 +18897,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18382,14 +18916,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18435,55 +18969,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18491,8 +19022,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18500,7 +19036,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18667,19 +19203,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18688,26 +19224,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19351,7 +19887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19359,17 +19895,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19377,7 +19913,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19500,12 +20044,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20179,37 +20723,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20236,19 +20772,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20338,38 +20874,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20498,32 +21034,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20531,8 +21067,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20541,7 +21091,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20549,14 +21099,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20568,7 +21118,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20576,28 +21126,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20608,7 +21158,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20616,14 +21166,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20634,21 +21184,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20659,7 +21209,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20667,14 +21217,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20682,58 +21232,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20828,37 +21352,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22156,7 +22654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22164,7 +22662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22174,18 +22672,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/tl/tl.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/tl/tl.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/tl/tl.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/tl/tl.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Tagalog \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -412,14 +497,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -452,30 +537,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -485,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -493,14 +569,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -508,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -532,12 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -658,7 +734,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -688,12 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -702,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -711,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -719,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -727,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -778,17 +854,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -797,14 +873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -842,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -861,14 +937,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -879,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -924,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -959,7 +1035,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1049,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1030,12 +1106,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1123,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1132,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1217,7 +1295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1231,46 +1309,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1604,6 +1681,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1686,107 +1832,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1795,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1808,31 +1963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1840,49 +1996,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1893,13 +2086,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1911,27 +2104,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1939,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1947,12 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1980,22 +2173,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2470,7 +2663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3008,7 +3201,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3249,7 +3442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4785,59 +4978,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5026,90 +5202,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5118,109 +5313,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5259,65 +5412,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5326,106 +5468,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5437,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5448,28 +5597,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +5618,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5500,13 +5641,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5536,18 +5677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5555,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5564,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5591,15 +5732,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5615,7 +5762,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5623,7 +5770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5631,7 +5778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5677,19 +5824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5699,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5728,13 +5875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,7 +5897,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5784,7 +5932,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5816,17 +5964,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5849,12 +5997,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6109,7 +6256,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6337,12 +6483,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6350,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6358,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6368,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6378,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6386,17 +6532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6405,12 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6419,24 +6565,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6445,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6453,24 +6599,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6478,12 +6624,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6492,7 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6509,10 +6655,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6532,14 +6678,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6549,24 +6710,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7104,10 +7273,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7579,129 +7747,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8471,7 +8615,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8487,22 +8631,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8513,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8522,46 +8666,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8573,15 +8717,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8606,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8620,26 +8774,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8649,19 +8803,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8669,7 +8823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8677,50 +8831,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9089,14 +9243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9119,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9132,24 +9286,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9157,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9166,14 +9320,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9182,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9289,10 +9443,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9327,17 +9482,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9364,26 +9520,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9392,7 +9541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9400,12 +9549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9615,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9625,8 +9774,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9650,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9671,11 +9820,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,31 +9832,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9729,13 +9880,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9750,8 +9900,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9773,85 +9923,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9859,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10053,14 +10411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10069,8 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10088,74 +10445,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10166,31 +10519,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10592,7 +10945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10602,70 +10955,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11151,7 +11505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11311,7 +11665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11441,80 +11795,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11778,12 +12132,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11796,7 +12149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12052,22 +12405,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12098,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12188,7 +12541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12196,30 +12549,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12228,29 +12581,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12264,7 +12618,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12278,14 +12632,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12295,19 +12649,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12315,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12543,83 +12897,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12852,6 +13256,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13048,7 +13453,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13091,20 +13496,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13112,13 +13517,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13126,19 +13531,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13574,10 +13979,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13601,50 +14006,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13653,25 +14059,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13703,8 +14108,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13871,25 +14276,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13897,40 +14302,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,25 +14344,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13966,12 +14371,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13982,41 +14387,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14025,34 +14430,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14063,44 +14468,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14108,17 +14514,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14128,32 +14534,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14164,30 +14570,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14250,21 +14666,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14275,12 +14689,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14289,14 +14710,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14462,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14470,12 +14891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14483,7 +14904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15499,12 +15920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15625,7 +16046,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15669,7 +16090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15755,39 +16176,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15820,31 +16219,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16126,7 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16259,7 +16651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16267,21 +16659,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16289,7 +16681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16297,8 +16689,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16351,7 +16743,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16368,7 +16762,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16472,7 +16867,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16889,7 +17283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16924,92 +17318,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17157,31 +17595,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17190,7 +17628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17284,14 +17808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17299,15 +17823,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17316,12 +17841,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17329,19 +17854,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17366,27 +17891,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17397,12 +17923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17410,7 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17442,17 +17968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17657,28 +18183,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17723,20 +18249,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17746,27 +18272,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17776,26 +18307,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18327,36 +18861,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18364,17 +18898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18383,14 +18917,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18436,55 +18970,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18492,8 +19023,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18501,7 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18668,19 +19204,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18689,26 +19225,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19352,7 +19888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19360,17 +19896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19378,7 +19914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19501,12 +20045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20180,37 +20724,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20237,19 +20773,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20339,38 +20875,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20499,32 +21035,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20532,8 +21068,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20542,7 +21092,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20550,14 +21100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20569,7 +21119,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20577,28 +21127,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20609,7 +21159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20617,14 +21167,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20635,21 +21185,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21210,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21218,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20683,58 +21233,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20829,37 +21353,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22157,7 +22655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22165,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22175,18 +22673,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/tr/tr.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/tr/tr.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/tr/tr.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/tr/tr.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Turkish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:06+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Aliyar Güneş https://launchpad.net/~aliyargunes\n" " Berat Alp Erbil https://launchpad.net/~beratalp\n" -" Burak Keskin https://launchpad.net/~burakeskin89\n" +" Burak Keskin https://launchpad.net/~zemberek\n" " Coşkun ÇAKIR https://launchpad.net/~coskuncakir\n" " Doug Smythies https://launchpad.net/~dsmythies\n" " Gunnar Hjalmarsson https://launchpad.net/~gunnarhj\n" @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -335,61 +335,144 @@ "istediğinizde birden fazla defa basmanıza neden olan el titremeniz varsa " "sıçrama tuşlarını açmalısınız." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Menü çubuğu'nun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem " -"Ayarları'nı seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Evrensel Erişim'i açın ve Yazma sekmesini seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Sıçrama Tuşları'nı açın" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -458,15 +541,15 @@ "kullanıcı arayüzü kısmı değişecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Evrensel Erişim'i açın ve Görme sekmesini seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" "Yüksek Karşıtlık seçeneğini AÇIK duruma getirin." @@ -507,19 +590,9 @@ "üzerine getirin, fareyi bırakın ve sonra düğme sizin için tıklanıncaya kadar " "biraz bekleyin." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Menü çubuğunda adınızı tıklayın ve Sistem Ayarlarını seçin." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -528,12 +601,12 @@ "sekmesini seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Durağan Tıklama'yı açın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -549,7 +622,7 @@ "döndürüleceksiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -560,7 +633,7 @@ "tıklanmıştır." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -569,7 +642,7 @@ "değiştirmek için Gecikme'yi ayarlayın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -580,7 +653,7 @@ "fazla hareket ederse tıklama gerçekleşmez." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -608,12 +681,12 @@ "değiştirebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "Büyük Metin seçeneğini AÇIK duruma getirin." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -750,7 +823,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -783,12 +856,12 @@ "aygıtınızda sedece bir tek düğme varsa yararlı olur." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Benzetimli İkincil Tıklama'yı açın" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -801,7 +874,7 @@ "Gecikmesi'ni değiştirin." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -814,7 +887,7 @@ "Tamamem mavi olduğunda sağ tıklama yapmak için tuşu serbest bırakın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -825,7 +898,7 @@ "özelliğini normal olarak kullanabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -836,7 +909,7 @@ "sağlar." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -905,17 +978,17 @@ "buluyorsanız yavaş tuşları kullanın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Yavaş Tuşlar'ı aç." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Yavaş tuşları hızlıca açın ve kapatın" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -928,7 +1001,7 @@ "Shift tuşunu sekiz saniyeliğine basılı tutabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -937,7 +1010,7 @@ "için Kabul gecikmesi kaydırıcısını kullanın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -988,17 +1061,17 @@ "etkinleştirmek isteyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Yapışkan Tuşları etkinleştir." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Yapışkan tuşları hızlıca açın ve kapatın" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1011,7 +1084,7 @@ "için Shift tuşuna art arda beş kere basabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1021,7 +1094,7 @@ "bırakmasını sağlayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1038,7 +1111,7 @@ "diğerlerinde olmaz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1046,7 +1119,7 @@ "bırak'ı seçin." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1100,14 +1173,14 @@ "xref=\"sound-alert\"/> bağlantısına bakın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Evrensel Erişim'i açın ve İşitme sekmesini seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1138,7 +1211,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1152,10 +1225,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1209,12 +1282,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1225,7 +1299,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1234,15 +1308,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1421,13 +1496,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Bir hesap eklemek, çevrimiçi hesabınızı Ubuntu masaüstünüze bağlamanızı " -"sağlar. Böylece, e-postalarınız, sohbet ve diğer alakalı uygulamalarınız " -"sizin için kurulmuş olur." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1438,76 +1510,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Pencerenin sağ tarafından bir Hesap Türü seçin." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Daha fazla hesap yapılandırmak isterseniz bu işlemi daha sonra " -"tekrarlayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" -"Çevrimiçi hesap bilgilerinizi girebileceğiniz küçük bir web kullanıcı " -"arayüzü açılacaktır. Mesela, bir Google hesabı kuruyorsanız Google kullanıcı " -"adınızı ve şifrenizi yazarak giriş yapın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"Eğer kimlik bilgilerinizi doğru bir şekilde girdiyseniz, sizden şartları " -"kabul etmeniz istenecektir. Devam etmek için Kabul et seçin. " -"Kabul ettiğinizde, Ubuntu hesabınıza erişime gerek duyar. Erişim izni için " -"Erişim Onayına tıklayın. Talep edildiğinde geçerli kullanıcı " -"parolanızı girin." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Şimdi çevrimiçi hesabınıza bağlamak istediğiniz uygulamaları seçebilirsiniz. " -"Mesela, bir hesabı sohbet için kullanmak istiyorsanız ama takvim özelliğini " -"kullanmak istemiyorsanız takvim seçeneğini devre dışı bırakın." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Hesapları ekledikten sonra, hesabınızla oturum açtığınız zaman seçtiğiniz " -"her uygulama bu kimlik bilgilerini otomatik olarak kullanacaktır." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"Güvenlik gerekçeleri nedeniyle Ubuntu bilgisayarınız üzerinde şifrenizi " -"depolamayacaktır. Bunun yerine çevrimiçi hizmet tarafından sağlanan bir " -"belgeyi depolayacaktır. Masaüstünüz ve çevrimiçi hesabınız arasındaki " -"bağlantıyı tamamen kesmek istiyorsanız bağlantıyı kaldırın." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1886,6 +1937,75 @@ "eklediğiniz tüm hesaplar ve hizmetler sizin için hazır olacak." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1990,48 +2110,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Yazılımı ile yeni uygulamalar yükleyin ve Ubuntu'yu daha " -"kullanışlı hale getirin." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Ek yazılım kur" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu geliştirme takımı Ubuntu'yu günlük görevler için oldukça kullanışlı " -"yaptığını düşündüğümüz bir varsayılan uygulamalar seti seçmiştir. Ama, siz " -"Ubuntu'yu sizin için daha kullanışlı yapmak adına daha fazla yazılım kurmayı " -"tabi ki de isteyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Ek yazılımları kurmak için, şu adımları tamamlayın:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Kablosuz veya kablolu bağlantı kullanarak internete bağlanın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." @@ -2041,7 +2168,7 @@ "araması yapın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." @@ -2050,70 +2177,54 @@ "bir uygulama bulmak için bir kategori seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "İlgilendiğiniz uygulamayı seçin ve Yükle'ye tıklayın." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "Şifre girmeniz istenecek. Girdikten sonra kurulum başlayacak." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Kurulum genellikle hızlıca tamamlanır, ama internet bağlantınız yavaşsa " -"biraz zaman alabilir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Yeni kurulan uygulamanın kısayolu Başlatıcıya eklenecektir. Bu özelliği " -"devre dışı bırakmak için GörünümBaşlatıcıdaki Yeni " -"Uygulamaların işaretini kaldırın." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Sürüm öncesi veya özel yazılımların sınanmasına yardım etmek için kişisel " -"paket arşileri (PPA) ekleyin." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Bir Kişisel Paket Arşivi (PPA) ekleyin" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Kişisel Paket Arşivleri (PPA), Ubuntu kullanıcıları için " -"tasarlanmış ve kurması üçüncü taraf depolardan daha kolay olan yazılım " -"depolarıdır." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Sadece güvendiğiniz kaynakların yazılım depolarını ekleyin!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2125,12 +2236,12 @@ "içerebilir." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Bir PPA kur" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2141,8 +2252,8 @@ "olan PPA konumunu not edin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" @@ -2151,17 +2262,18 @@ "Güncellemeler öğesini tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Diğer Yazılımlar sekmesine geçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Ekle'ye tıklayın ve ppa: konumunu açın." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2169,7 +2281,7 @@ "girin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2179,25 +2291,49 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Uzun süredir kullanımda olmayan yazılımları kaldırın." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Bir uygulamayı kaldırın" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Yazılımı artık kullanmadığınız uygulamaları kaldırmak için " -"size yardım eder." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." @@ -2206,7 +2342,7 @@ "butonunu tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2215,21 +2351,30 @@ "uygulamaların listesinden bulun." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Uygulamayı seçin ve Kaldır'a tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Şifrenizi girmeniz istenebilir. Bunu yaptıktan sonra uygulama " -"kaldırılacaktır." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2244,16 +2389,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu'nun kurulum ve yükseltme için kullandığı yazılım kaynaklarını " -"genişletmek için diğer depoları ekleyin." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "İlave yazılım depoları ekleyin" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2267,13 +2410,13 @@ "mevcuttur. Eğer üçüncü taraf bir yazılım deposundan bir yazılım kurmak " "istiyorsanız depoyu Ubuntu'nun mevcut depolar listesine eklemeniz gerekir." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Diğer depoları kurun" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2282,7 +2425,7 @@ "Yazılım sekmesine geçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2291,7 +2434,7 @@ "sayfasında mevcut olmalı ve şuna benzemeli:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2302,7 +2445,7 @@ "Yazılımı yeni güncellemeler için yazılım kaynaklarınızı denetleyecek." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2314,12 +2457,12 @@ "izlemelisiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Canonical Ortak depolarını etkinleştir" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2329,7 +2472,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2339,7 +2482,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2347,25 +2490,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Yazılım ekleyin/kaldırın" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"Kur, kaldır, ek depolar…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Yazılım ekleyin ve kaldırın" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2969,8 +3110,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB bellek (düşük kapasiteli)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3639,7 +3780,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3936,23 +4077,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "Bir baskı kaynak dosyası bir renk kuruluşundan indiriliyor." +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Bir renk kuruluşunu kullanmak, eğer yalnızca bir ya da iki farklı kağıt " -"tipine sahipseniz, bir yazıcı profilini oluşturmak için en ucuz seçenektir. " -"Kuruluşların web sitelerinden kaynak çizgesi indirilmesi sonrasında, kapalı " -"bir zarf içindeki baskınızı taranmak üzere onlara gönderebilir ve profilin " -"oluşturulması sonrasında bu doğru ICC profilinizi eposta ile alabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5824,20 +5960,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Eğer daha sonra fikrinizi değiştirirseniz menü çubuğunun en sağındaki " -"simgeye tıklayıp Sistem Ayarları'nı seçerek saati geri " -"getirebilirsiniz. Sistem kısmından Saat & Tarih'e tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Tarih biçimini değiştirin" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5846,44 +5981,23 @@ "için değiştirebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Menü çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayıp Sistem Ayarları'nı " -"seçin." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "Kişisel Kısmından Dil Desteği'ne tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Bölgesel Biçimler sekmesine geçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Aşağı açılır listeden tercih edilen konumunuzu girin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6112,70 +6226,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Sabit diskinizin ne kadar hızlı olduğunu denetlemek için kıyaslamayı " -"çalıştırın." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Sabit diskinizin başarımını sınayın" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Sabit diskinizin hızını sınamak için:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Ana Seçkeden Diskler " -"uygulamasını açın." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Diskler uygulamasını açın." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Disk Sürücüleri listesinden sabit diski seçin." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." -msgstr "Dişli düğmesine tıklayın ve Sürücüyü Kıyaslayı seçin." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Sürücüyü kıyaslaya tıklayın ve Aktarım Oranı ile " -"Erişim süresi değişkenlerini istediğiniz gibi ayarlayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Diskten veri okuma hızını sınamak için Sürücüyü Kıyasla düğmesine " -"tıklayın. Yönetimsel ayrıcalıkları " -"kullanmanız gerekebilir. kendi şifrenizi girin veya yönetici hesabı için " -"gereken şifreyi girin." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6185,43 +6317,22 @@ "sürecektir." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Sınama bittiğinde, sonuçlar çizge üzerinde belirecektir. Yeşil noktalar ve " -"bağlantı çizgileri alınan örnekleri gösterir; bu, sağ eksene karşılık gelir, " -"erişim zamanı, alt eksenin karşısına çizilidir, karşılaştırma sırasında " -"geçen süreyi gösterir. Mavi çizgi, okuma, kırmızı çizgi, yazma oranlarını " -"gösterir; bunlar sol eksende veri erişim oranları olarak gösterilir, küçük " -"eksenin dışında, alt eksen boyunca disk taşınma oranlarının karşısına " -"çizilidir." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" -"Grafiğin altında, en düşük, en yüksek ve ortalama okuma ve yazma oranları, " -"ortalama erişim süresi ve en son kıyaslamadan beri ne kadar zaman geçtiği " -"gösterilir." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Boş alanı ve kapasiteyi denetlemek için Disk Kullanımı " -"Çözümleyicisi'ni veya Sistem Gözlemcisi'ni kullanın." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6229,138 +6340,68 @@ msgstr "Ne kadar boş disk alanı kaldığını denetleyin" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Ne kadar boş disk alanı kaldığını Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi ya " -"da Sistem Gözlemcisi ile denetleyebilirsiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi ile denetleyin" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Boş alanı ve disk kapasitesini Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi'ni " -"kullanarak denetleme:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Ana Seçke üzerinden Disk Kullanım Çözümleyicisi'ni " -"açın. Açılan pencerede Toplam dosya sistemi kapasitesi ve " -"Toplam dosya sistemi kullanımı görüntülenecektir." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Ana Seçkeden DisklerDisks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Diskler uygulamasını " -"açın. Açılan Toplam dosya sistemi kapasitesini ve Toplam " -"dosya sistemi kullanımını gösterecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Ev Dizinini tara, Dosya sistemini tara, Bir " -"dizini tara, ya da Uzaktaki bir dizini tara'dan birini " -"seçmek için araç çubuğu düğmelerinden birine tıklayın." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Bilgiler Dizin, Kullanım, Boyut ve " -"İçerik olarak görüntülenir. Daha fazla bilgi için Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi'ne bakın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Sistem Gözlemcisi ile denetleyin" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Disk çok doluysa ne olur?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Boş alanı ve disk kapasitesini Sistem Gözlemcisi'ni kullanarak " -"denetleme:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Ana Seçkeden Sistem Gözlemcisi uygulamasını açın." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Sistem Gözlemcisi " -"uygulamasını açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Sistemin bölümlerini ve disk kullanım alanını görüntülemek için Dosya " -"Sistemleri sekmesini seçin. Bilgiler, Toplam, " -"Boş, Kullanılabilir ve Kullanılan olarak " -"görüntülenecektir." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Disk çok doluysa ne olur?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Eğer disk çok doluysa:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Önemli olmayan ya da kullanmayacağınız dosyaları silmelisiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Bir süreliğine size lazım olmayacak olan önemli dosyalar için yedekleme yapmalısınız ve onları sabit diskten " -"silmelisiniz." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6406,76 +6447,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Diskler uygulamasını kullanarak diskinizin sağlığın denetleyin." -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Ana Seçkeden DisklerDisks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" -"Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Diskler uygulamasını " -"açın." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "Değerlendirme sonucunun \"Disk HAZIR\" olması gerekiyor." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Disk sağlıklı değilse ne olur?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"SMART Durumu diskin sağlıklı olmadığını gösterse bile " -"telaşa düşmeye gerek olmayabilir. Ama, bir yedekleme ile veri kaybını önlemeye hazır olmakta yarar vardır." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"Durum \"Ön-hata\" veriyorsa disk hala oldukça sağlıklıdır ama yıpranma " -"belirtileri saptanmıştır ki bunun anlamı yakın gelecekte bozulabilecek " -"olmasıdır. Sabit diskiniz (ya da bilgisayarınız) birkaç yıllıksa, bu iletiyi " -"bazı sağlık taramalarında nadiren görmeniz olasıdır. Önemli dosyaları düzenli şekilde yedeklemeli ve disk durumu " -"gittikçe kötüleşirse onu düzenli olarak denetlemelisiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6486,132 +6505,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Bir harici hard disk ya da USB bellekteki tüm dosya ve dizinleri " -"biçimlendirerek kaldırın." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Taşınabilir diskten her şeyi silin" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Eğer USB bellek ya da harici hard disk gibi taşınabilir bir diskiniz varsa " -"bazen içindeki tüm dosya ve dizinleri tamamen kaldırmak isteyebilirsiniz. " -"Bunu, diski biçimlendirerek yapabilirsiniz- bu, diskteki tüm " -"dosyaları siler ve diski boşaltır." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Bir taşınabilir diski biçimlendirin" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Temizlemek istediğiniz diski Depolama Aygıtları listesinden seçin." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Doğru diski seçtiğinizden emin olun! Eğer yanlış diski seçerseniz seçtiğiniz " -"diskteki tüm dosyalar silinecektir!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"Birimler bölümünden Birimin bağını kaldır'a tıklayın. Sonra da " -"Birimi Biçimlendir'e tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." -msgstr "Çıkan pencereden disk için bir dosya sistemi Türü seçin." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Eğer diski Linux bilgisayarların yanı sıra Windows ve Mac OS bilgisayarlarda " -"da kullanıyorsanız FAT'ı seçin. Eğer sadece Windows'da " -"kullanıyorsanız NTFS daha iyi bir seçenek olabilir. Dosya " -"sistemi türü'nün kısa bir açıklaması görüntülenecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Diske bir ad verin ve biçimlendirmeye başlamak için Biçimlendir'e " -"tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Biçimlendirme bittikten sonra diski güvenle kaldırın. Şu anda boş " -"ve tekrar kullanıma hazır olmalı." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "Bir diski biçimlendirmek dosyalarınızı güvenli bir şekilde silmez" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Bir diski biçimlendirme, içindeki verileri silmenin tamamen güvenli bir yolu " -"değildir. Biçimlendirilmiş bir diskte dosyalar yokmuş gibi görünür ama özel " -"kurtarma yazılımları ile bu dosyaları geri getirmek mümkündür. Eğer " -"dosyalarınızı güvenli bir şekilde silmeniz gerekiyorsa shred gibi " -"bir komut satırı aracını kullanmanız gerekecektir." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Birimlerin ve bölümlerin ne olduğunu anlayın ve bunları yönetmek için disk " -"aracını kullanın." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Birimleri ve bölümleri yönetin" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6630,7 +6630,7 @@ "durumdaysa üzerindeki dosyalara okuma ve yazma işlemleri yapabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6647,60 +6647,40 @@ "odalarına\" giden erişilebilir vitrinler olarak görebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Disk aracını kullanarak birimleri ve bölümleri görüntüleyin ve yönetin." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Bilgisayarınızın depolama birimlerini disk aracı ile denetleyebilir ve " -"üzerlerinde değişiklik yapabilirsiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Ana Seçkeyi açın ve Disk Aracı uygulamasını başlatın." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"Depolama Aygtıları yazan bölmede sabit diskleri, CD/DVD " -"sürücüleri ve diğer fiziksel aygıtları bulabilirsiniz. İncelemek istediğiniz " -"aygıta tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"Sağdaki, Birimler olarak geçen bölme seçili durumdaki aygıttaki " -"birimlerin ve bölümlerin görsel çözümlemesini sunar. Ayrıca bu birimleri " -"yönetmekle ilgili çeşitli yararlı araçları içerir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Dikkatli olun: bu araçları kullanarak disk üzerindeki tüm verileri " -"silebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6717,20 +6697,14 @@ "bölümlere dağıtılabilir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Bir birincil bölüm bilgisayarınızın başlamak ya da önyükleme için " -"kullandığı bilgileri içermek zorundadır. Bu nedenle bazen önyükleme bölümü " -"veya önyükleme birimi olarak da adlandırılır. Bir birimin önyüklenebilir " -"olup olmadığını anlamak için disk aracındaki Bölüm Bayrakları'na " -"bakın. USB bellek ve CD gibi harici ortamlar da önyüklenebilir birimler " -"içerebilir." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6765,18 +6739,18 @@ msgstr "Parlaklığı ayarla" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Parlaklık ve Kilit'i seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Parlaklık kaydıracını uygun bir değere ayarlayın." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6787,7 +6761,7 @@ "üzerindedirler. Bu tuşları kullanmak için Fn tuşuna basılı tutun." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6800,7 +6774,7 @@ "oldukça düşürebilir." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6834,15 +6808,22 @@ "değiştirmek isterseniz:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Menü çubuğunda adınızı tıklayın ve Sistem Ayarlarını seçin." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Ekranlar'ı açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6864,7 +6845,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6874,7 +6855,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6884,7 +6865,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6894,7 +6875,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6926,7 +6907,7 @@ "Eğer sisteminiz hemen tanımazsa ya da ayarları değiştirmek isterseniz:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6939,7 +6920,7 @@ "sürükleyerek hangi ekranın birincil olduğunu belirleyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -6948,12 +6929,12 @@ "Yerleşimini Tüm Ekranlar yapın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "Yapışkan Çerçeveler" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6967,7 +6948,7 @@ "biraz daha fazla baskı uygulamanızı gerektirerek bu soruna yardım eder." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7005,20 +6986,15 @@ "kilitlenmesini de sağlayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Kilitle'nin açık olduğundan emin olun ve sonra da aşağı açılır " -"listeden bir zaman aşımı seçin. Ekran o kadar süre kullanılmadığında " -"kendiliğinden kilitlenecektir. Ayrıca, ekran otomatik olarak kapandıktan " -"sonra kilitlemek için Ekran kapanıyor'u da seçebilirsiniz. Bu, " -"yukarıdaki şu kadar süre etkin değilse ekranı kapat aşağı açılır " -"listesinden denetlenebilir." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7032,7 +7008,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7073,7 +7049,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7110,17 +7086,17 @@ "koleksiyonları, koleksiyonların içine koyamazsınız." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Bir koleksiyonu silmek için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "Seçme modunda, silmek istediğiniz koleksiyonu seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7145,12 +7121,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7446,7 +7421,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Dosya ara" @@ -7719,13 +7693,13 @@ "verin:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "AyrıntılarÇıkarılabilir Ortam'ı seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7736,7 +7710,7 @@ "açıklaması için aşağıya bakın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7747,7 +7721,7 @@ "veya otomatik bir işlem gerçekleşmeyecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7762,7 +7736,7 @@ "saydam gösterisi)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7777,7 +7751,7 @@ "açılır listesinden de uygulama ya da eylemi seçin." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7788,17 +7762,17 @@ "ya da sorma'yı seçin" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Aygıt ve ortam türleri" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Ses diskleri" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7812,12 +7786,12 @@ "açılabilen WAV dosyaları olarak görünecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Video diskleri" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7830,12 +7804,12 @@ "diskleri takınca doğru çalışmıyorsa şuraya bakın ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Boş diskler" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7844,12 +7818,12 @@ "için Diğer Ortamlar düğmesini kullanın." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Fotoğraf makineleri ve fotoğraflar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7861,7 +7835,7 @@ "Resimler aşağı açılır menüsünü kullanın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7873,12 +7847,12 @@ "CD'leridir." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Müzik çalarlar" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7887,12 +7861,12 @@ "veya dosya yöneticisini kullanarak dosyaları kendiniz yönetin." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "E-kitap okuyucular" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7903,12 +7877,12 @@ "dosyaları kendiniz yönetin." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Yazılım" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7922,7 +7896,7 @@ "isteği ile karşılaşırsınız." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Güvenmediğiniz bir ortamdaki yazılımları asla çalıştırmayın." @@ -7939,16 +7913,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Bilgisayarınızdaki dosyaları düzenlemek ve dosyalara göz atmak için " -"Dosyalar uygulamasını kullanın. Bu uygulamayı harici diskler gibi " -"depolama aygıtlarındaki, dosya " -"sunucularındaki ve ağ paylaşımlarındaki dosyaları yönetmek için de " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -7972,18 +7941,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Dosya yöneticisinde iken, içeriğini görmek için dizinlerin üzerine çift " -"tıklayın ve varsayılan uygulaması ile dosyaları açmak için de üzerlerine " -"çift-tıklayın. Ayrıca, bir dizini yeni sekmede veya pencerede açmak " -"isterseniz da sağ tık yapabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7999,37 +7979,33 @@ "üzerine sağ tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Eğer görüntülemekte olduğunuz dizinde hızlıca bir dosyaya ulaşmak " -"istiyorsanız dosyanın adını yazmaya başlayın. Pencerenin üst tarafında bir " -"arama çubuğu ortaya çıkacaktır ve aramanızla eşleşen ilk dosya " -"vurgulanacaktır. Aramanızla eşleşen bir sonraki uygulamaya geçmek için aşağı " -"tuşuna basın veya fare ile aşağı kaydırın." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" -"Sık kullanılan yerlere hızlıca erişmek için kenar çubuğu'nu " -"kullanabilirsiniz. Kenar çubuğunu göremiyorsanız, araç çubuğundan aşağı düğmesine tıklayın " -"ve Kenar Çubuğunu Göster'i seçin. Sık kullandığınız dizinler için " -"yer imleri ekleyebilirsiniz ve kenar çubuğunda görüntülenmesini " -"sağlayabilirsiniz. Bunu yapmak için Yer İmleri menüsünü kullanın " -"veya bir dizini kenar çubuğuna sürükleyin." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8712,18 +8688,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Dosyayı, gizlenmiş dosyaya çeviren bir adla adlandırmış olabilirsiniz. " -". ile başlayan ve ~ ile biten dosyalar dosya " -"yöneticisinde gizlenmiş durumdadır. Gizlenmiş dosyaları görüntülemek için " -"araç çubuğundaki aşağı düğmesine tıklayın ve Gizlenmiş Dosyaları " -"Göster'i seçin. Daha fazla bilgi için " -"bağlantısına gidin." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9322,161 +9290,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Dosyaları dosya adı ve türüne göre bulun. Aramalarınızı daha sonra yeniden " -"kullanmak üzere kaydedin." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Dosyaları dosya adı ve türüne göre dosya yöneticisi için bulabilirsiniz. " -"Sıradan aramaları kaydedebilirsiniz ve bunlar ev dizininiz için özel " -"dizinler olarak görülür." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Diğer arama uygulamaları" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Ara" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Dosya yöneticisini aç" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Eğer istediğiniz dosyalar belirli bir dizin içindeyse, bu dizine gidin." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Araç çubuğundaki büyütece tıklayın veya " -"CtrlF kısayoluna basın." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." -msgstr "" -"Dosya adında olduğunu bildiğiniz bir sözcük ya da sözcükler yazın. Örneğin, " -"tüm faturalarınızı \"fatura\" sözcüğüyle adlandırdıysanız, " -"fatura yazın. Giriş tuşuna basın. Sözcükler duruma " -"bakılmaksızın eşleşecektir." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Sonuçları konum ve dosya türüne göre daraltabilirsiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Arama sonuçlarını Başlangıç dizinine sınırlamak için " -"Başlangıç'a tıklayın veya her yerde arama yapmak için Tüm " -"Dosyalar'a tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"+ tuşuna basın ve dosya türüne göre arama sonuçlarını daraltmak " -"için aşağı açılır listeden bir Dosya Türü seçin. Bu seçeneği " -"kaldırmak ve arama sonuçlarını genişletmek için x'e basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Arama sonuçları içinde tıpkı dosya yöneticisiyle yaptığınız gibi herhangi " -"bir dizini açabilir, kopyalayabilir ya da dosyalarınızla çalışabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Aramadan çıkmak ve dizine geri dönmek için araç çubuğundaki büyütece tekrar " -"tıklayın." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Eğer bazı aramaları sıkça gerçekleştiriyorsanız, bunları daha sonra hızlı " -"erişmek için kaydedebilirsiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Bir arama kaydet" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Yukarıdaki gibi bir arama başlat." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Aramanızı adlandırın ve Kaydet'i tıklayın. Beğendiyseniz farklı " -"bir dizin seçip aramıy bunun içine kaydedin. Bu dizini açtığınızda, " -"kaydettiğiniz aramanın turuncu bir dizin simgesi ile üzerinde bir büyüteç " -"ile olduğunu göreceksiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Arama dosyasını kaldırmak istediğiniz zaman basit olarak diğer dosyalara " -"yaptığınız gibi silebilirsiniz. " -"Kaydedilmiş bir aramayı sildiğinizde, aramada bulunan dosyalar silinmez." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10448,7 +10361,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "Donanım bölümünde Klavye'ye tıklayın." @@ -10466,22 +10379,22 @@ "kullanın." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Girdi kaynağı ekleyin ce aralarında geçiş yapın." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Farklı girdi kaynakları kullanın" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10498,7 +10411,7 @@ "yararlıdır." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10507,16 +10420,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Girdi kaynakları ekleyin" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "Kişisel bölümde, Metin Girişini tıklayın." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"+ düğmesine tıklayın, bir girdi kaynağı seçin ve " +"Ekleye tıklayın." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10525,35 +10454,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Herhangi bir düzenin resmini listeden seçerek " -"önizlemeye tıklayarak önizleyebilirsiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "Kişisel bölümde, Metin Girişini tıklayın." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"+ düğmesine tıklayın, bir girdi kaynağı seçin ve " -"Ekleye tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10567,7 +10477,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10576,8 +10486,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click " "terhihleri tıklayabilirsiniz." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Girdi kaynağı göstergesi" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10610,12 +10530,12 @@ "kaynak özel bir girdi yöntemi kullandığı durumlarda bir sembol gibi." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Klavye Kısayolları" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10628,7 +10548,7 @@ "tuşlarıdır fakat siz bunu değiştirebilirsiniz:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10637,7 +10557,7 @@ "açıklamasına tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10646,13 +10566,13 @@ "kısayolunuz olarak kullanmak istediğiniz tuşlara basın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Girdi kaynağını tüm pencereler için ya da her pencere için tek tek ayarla" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10668,7 +10588,7 @@ "hatırlanacaktır." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10678,12 +10598,12 @@ "seçebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Karmaşık girdi yöntemleri" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10691,7 +10611,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10699,7 +10619,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10708,7 +10628,7 @@ "hazırlamak için şu adımları izleyin:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10717,23 +10637,23 @@ "paketlerden biri fcitx-hangul, Fcitx için Hangul IM motoru." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Dil Desteği öğesini kapat ve yeniden aç." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Klavye giriş yöntemi sistemi olarak fcitx'i seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Oturumunuzu kapatın ve yeniden açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10742,7 +10662,7 @@ "Ekle'yi tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10751,7 +10671,7 @@ "kullanılabilir olacak." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can ekran klavyesini açabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "Ekran klavyesini göstermek için Yazım Yardımcısı'nı açın." @@ -11188,7 +11108,7 @@ "sonra yinelemeye başlayacağını ayarlayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11197,7 +11117,7 @@ "basılı tuş yinelemeyi kapatın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11224,12 +11144,12 @@ msgstr "Bir klavye kısayolunun tuşunu ya da tuşlarını değiştirmek için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "Klavye'yi açın ve Kısayollar sekmesini açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11240,7 +11160,7 @@ "Yeni hızlandırıcı... olarak değişecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11249,17 +11169,17 @@ "Backspace tuşuna basın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Özel kısayollar" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Kendi klavye kısayolunuzu oluşturmak için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11270,7 +11190,7 @@ "tıklayın). Özel Kısayol penceresi görüntülenecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11283,7 +11203,7 @@ "adlandırabilir ve rhythmbox komutunu kullanabilirdiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11292,7 +11212,7 @@ "hızlandırıcı… olarak değiştiğinde istenen tuş kombinasyonuna basın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11304,7 +11224,7 @@ "tam olarak uygulamanın kendi adı gibi olmayabilir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11434,15 +11354,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Bu sorunu çözmek için menü çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve " -"Sistem Ayarları'na gidin. Donanım bölümünden " -"Ekranlar'ı seçin. Çözünürlük seçeneklerinden " -"bazılarını deneyin ve ekranın daha iyi görünmesini sağlayanı seçin." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11485,19 +11402,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Menü çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem " -"Ayarları'nı seçin. Ekranlar'ı açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Ekranları Yansıt'ın işaretini kaldırın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11530,16 +11446,7 @@ "(örn, görüntüyü döndürme) ekranı döndürerek değiştirebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Seçkenin en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem Ayarları'nı " -"seçin." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11548,12 +11455,12 @@ "ayarlara sahip olabilirsiniz. Önizleme alanından bir görüntü seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "İstediğiniz çözünürlüğü ve döndürmeyi seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11566,7 +11473,7 @@ "ayarları beğendiyseniz, Bu Yapılandırmayı Koru seçimini tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11577,12 +11484,12 @@ "Eğer böyle bir şey olmadıysa, Ekranları Algıla'yı tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Çözünürlük" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11598,7 +11505,7 @@ "kaçmak için sinema boyutlarına dönecektir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may görüntü bulanık ya da karıncalı olabilir." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Döndürme" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11796,17 +11703,17 @@ "çekiyorsanız zaman aşımı süresini arttırmalısınız." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Fare ve İmleçsürer'i açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11815,7 +11722,7 @@ "bulduğunuz değere getirin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11826,7 +11733,7 @@ "vurgulayacaktır." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11841,8 +11748,8 @@ "olun." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11871,7 +11778,7 @@ "değiştirebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11896,63 +11803,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"Birçok fare ve imleçsürerin bir orta tuşu vardır. Kaydırma tekeri olan bir " -"farede orta-tıklama için kaydırma tekerinin doğrudan üzerine basabilirsiniz. " -"Eğer bir orta tuşunuz yoksa, orta-tıklama için sol ve sağ tuşa aynı anda " -"basabilirsiniz. Bu yolla orta tıklama yapamaz durumda olduğunuzu tespit " -"ederseniz bu " -"yönergeleri takip edin." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Çoklu dokunmayı destekleyen imleçsürerlerde orta-tıklama için, üç " -"parmağınızı birden imleçsürer üzerine hafifçe vurabilirsiniz. Bunun " -"çalışması için imleçsürer ayarlarından dokunarak tıklamayı etkinleştirmelisiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"Bir çok uygulama gelişmiş tıklama kısayolları için orta tuş tıklamasını " -"kullanır." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Seçili metni yapıştırmak için genel bir kısayoldur. ( Buna bazen birincil " -"seçim yapıştırma denir.) Yapıştırmak istediğiniz metni seçin daha sonra " -"yapıştırmak istediğiniz yere gidin ve orta tık yapın. Seçili metin farenin " -"konumuna yapıştırılacaktır." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Orta fare düğmesi ile metni yapıştırmak normal panodan farklıdır. Seçilen " -"metin panonuza kopyalanmaz. Bu hızlı yapıştırma yöntemi sadece orta fare " -"düğmesiyle çalışır." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11981,22 +11871,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Çoğu web tarayıcısı, bağlantıları fare orta tuşu ile sekmeler içinde hızlıca " -"açmanıza imkan verir. Fare orta tuşunuzla herhangi bir bağlantının üzerine " -"tıklamanız yeterlidir, böylece bağlantı yeni bir sekmede açılacaktır. " -"Firefox web tarayııcısında bağlantılara tıklarken dikkatli olun. " -"Firefox'ta bağlantı dışındaki herhangi bir yere orta " -"tıkladığınızda seçmiş olduğunuz metni, sanki adres çubuğuna yapıştırma için " -"orta tıklamayı kullanmış ve gir tuşuna basmışsınız gibi bir alan " -"adı olarak yüklemeye çalışacaktır." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12014,13 +11895,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Bazı özelleştirilmiş uygulamalar fare orta tuşunu başka işlevler için " -"kullanmanıza imkan tanır. Uygulamanızın yardım konularında orta-" -"tıklama ya da fare orta tuşu konularını arayın." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12043,8 +11921,13 @@ "imleci, klavyeniz üzerindeki sayısal tuş takımını kullanarak sürebilirsiniz. " "Bu özelliğe fare tuşları denir." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12053,7 +11936,7 @@ "key\">Super tuşuna basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12062,22 +11945,20 @@ "için Enter tuşuna basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "Tab tuşuna bir defa basın ve Görme sekmesini açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"İşaretleme ve Tıklama sekmesine geçmek için ← bir kere " -"basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12086,7 +11967,7 @@ "basın sonra çalıştırmak için Giriş tuşuna basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12095,80 +11976,265 @@ "kullanarak fare imlecini taşıyabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Bu yönergeler, salt klavye kullanımında fare tuşlarını etkin duruma getirme " -"için en kısa yolu sağlar. Daha fazla erişebilirlik seçeneği için " -"Evrensel Erişim Ayarları'nı seçin." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Tuş takımı, klavyenizdeki bir dizi numerik tuştur, genellikle bir kare " -"ızgara içine sıralanmıştır. Tuş takımı olmayan bir klavyeniz varsa (bir " -"dizüstü klavyesi gibi) işlev tuşuna (Fn) basılı tutmanız ve " -"klavye üzerindeki diğer belirli tuşları tuş takımı yerine kullanmanız " -"gerekebilir. Bir dizüstünde bu özelliği sıklıkla kullanıyorsanız harici bir " -"USB tuş takımı alabilirsiniz." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Tuş takımı üzerindeki her bir tuş, bir yöne karşılık gelmektedir. Örneğin, " -"8 tuşuna basmak, imleci yukarıya, 2 tuşuna basmak " -"imleci aşağıya doğru hareket ettirecektir. Fare tek tıklaması için " -"5'e bir kere, çift tıklama içinse iki kez hızlıca basın." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"Çoğu klavyenin sağ tıklama yapmak için özel bir tuşu vardır; bu, genellikle " -"ara çubuğunun yanındadır. Ancak bu tuş, klavyeniz nereye odaklanmışsa oraya " -"yanıt verir, fare imlecinizin bulunduğu yere değil. 5 tuşuna " -"basılı tutarak ya da fare sol tuşu ile nasıl sağ tıklama yapılacağı bilgisi " -"için buraya bakın: " -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"Fare tuşları etkinken sayı yazmak için tuş takımını kullanmak istiyorsanız " -"Num Lock'u etkin hale getirin. Num Lock tuşu etkin " -"olsa bile, fare, tuş takımı tarafından denetlenemeyecektir." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Klavyenizin üst kısmına dizilmiş sıradan sayı tuşları, fare imlecini " -"denetlemeyecektir. Bunun için yalnızca tuş takımı sayı tuşları " -"kullanılabilir." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Fare tuşları etkinken sayı yazmak için tuş takımını kullanmak istiyorsanız " +"Num Lock'u etkin hale getirin. Num Lock tuşu etkin " +"olsa bile, fare, tuş takımı tarafından denetlenemeyecektir." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Klavyenizin üst kısmına dizilmiş sıradan sayı tuşları, fare imlecini " +"denetlemeyecektir. Bunun için yalnızca tuş takımı sayı tuşları " +"kullanılabilir." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 @@ -12407,7 +12473,7 @@ "için işaretçi hızını ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12416,7 +12482,7 @@ "kaydıracını kaydırın." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12429,8 +12495,7 @@ "ayarlamanız yeterlidir." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12452,80 +12517,65 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"İmleçsürerinizi kullanarak ayrı donanım düğmeleri olmaksızın tıklayabilir, " -"çift-tıklayabilir, sürükleyebilir ve kaydırabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "İmleçsürer bölmesinde Tıklamak için dokunun'u işaretle." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Tıklamak için imleçsürer üzerine dokunun." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Çift tıklamak için iki defa dokunun." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Bir öğeyi sürüklemek için, iki defa dokunun fakat ikinci dokunmanızdan sonra " -"parmağınızı kaldırmayınız. Öğeyi istediğiniz yere sürükleyin daha sonra " -"bırakmak için parmağınızı kaldırın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." -msgstr "Eğer" +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Eğer imleçsüreriniz çoklu dokunuşu destekliyorsa orta tıklamayı üç parmak ile aynı anda dokunarak " -"yapabilirsiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "" -"Birden fazla parmakla vuruş yaparken veya sürüklerken parmaklarınızın yeteri " -"kadar aralı olduğundan emin olun. Eğer parmaklarınız birbirine çok yakınsa " -"bilgisayarınız bunları tek bir parmak sanabilir." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Çift parmak kaydırma" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "Çift parmağınızı kullanarak imleçsürerinizi kaydırabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12533,7 +12583,7 @@ "işaretleyin." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12549,17 +12599,17 @@ "sağa ve sola hareket ettirebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "İki parmakla kaydırma tüm imleçsürerlerde çalışmayabilir." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "İçeriği parmaklara yapıştır" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12568,7 +12618,7 @@ "sürükleyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12577,7 +12627,7 @@ "işaretleyin." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13111,8 +13161,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Dosya yöneticisinde yer imlerini ekle, sil ve yeniden adlandır." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13121,80 +13171,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "Yer imleriniz, dosya yöneticisinin kenar çubuğunda listelenir." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Bir yer imi ekle:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Yer imlerine eklemek istediğiniz dizini (ya da konumu) açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Menü çubuğundan Yer İmleri'ni tıklayın ve Bu Konumu Yer " -"İmlerine Ekle seçimini yapın." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Bir yer imini sil:" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Menü çubuğundan Yer imleri'ni tıklayın ve uygulama menüsünden " -"Yer İmleri... seçimini yapın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"Yer İmleri penceresinden silmek istediğiniz yer imini seçin ve " -"- düğmesine tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Yer imini yeniden adlandır:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Üst çubuktan Dosyalar'a tıklayın ve uygulama menüsünden Yer " -"İmleri'ni seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"Yer İmleri penceresinden yeniden adlandırmak istediğiniz yer " -"imini seçin." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "Ad metin kutusuna yer iminin yeni adını yazın." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13812,7 +13853,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Konum" @@ -14017,7 +14058,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Hiçbiri" @@ -14173,17 +14214,17 @@ "bölümlere ve projelere göre gruplarda olduğu yerlerde kullanılır." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Izinler" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Dosya erişim izinlerini gösterir ör. drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14192,7 +14233,7 @@ "gelir ve d dizin anlamına gelir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14200,7 +14241,7 @@ "Sonraki üç karakter rwx dosya sahibi için olan izinleri belirler." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14209,7 +14250,7 @@ "için izinleri belirler." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14218,42 +14259,42 @@ "kullanıcıların izinlerini belirler." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Her bir karakter aşağıdaki anlamlara sahiptir:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Okuma izni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Yazma izni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Yürütme izni." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : İizin yok." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME Türü" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Öğenin MIME türünü gösterir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Dosya konumunun yolu" @@ -14603,15 +14644,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" -"Varsayılan tarayıcıyı değiştir, " -"Flash yükle, java eklentisi yükle…" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14624,7 +14661,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntu Belgelenedirme Takımı" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Web Tarayıcıları" @@ -14948,8 +14985,8 @@ "değiştirin:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14958,7 +14995,7 @@ "Uygulamalar'ı seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14967,7 +15004,7 @@ "kullanılmasını istediğiniz tarayıcıyı seçin." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15009,7 +15046,7 @@ "uygulamanızı değiştirerek düzeltebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15126,7 +15163,7 @@ msgstr "Dahili (iç ağdaki) IP adresinizi bulun" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15137,18 +15174,18 @@ "Kablosuzu seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Dahili IP adresiniz bilgi listesinde görüntülenecektir." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Dış (internet) IP adresinizi bulun" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15157,12 +15194,12 @@ "sitesini ziyaret edin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Bu site sizin için dış IP adresinizi görüntüleyecek." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15173,41 +15210,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Ağa hangi programların ulaşabileceğini denetleyebilirsiniz. Bu, " -"bilgisayarınızı güvende tutmaya yardım eder." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Güvenlik duvarı girişini etkinleştir ya da engelle" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu Kolay Güvenli Duvarı (ufw) ile birlikte gelir " -"ama güvenlik duvarı öntanımlı olarak etkin değildir. Çünkü, Ubuntu'da açık " -"ağ hizmeti (temel ağ altyapısı hariç) yoktur ve gelen kötü niyetli bağlanma " -"girişimlerini engellemek için bir güvenlik duvarına gerek yoktur." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Kolay Güvenlik Duvarı (ufw) hakkında daha fazla bilgi için çevrimiçi " -"belgelendirme bağlantısına bakın." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15218,10 +15247,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Güvenlik duvarını açmak için uçbirimde sudo ufw enable komutunu " -"girin. ufw kapatmak için ise sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15234,14 +15261,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15251,7 +15278,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15260,12 +15287,12 @@ "komutunu girin." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Uçbirim olmadan ufw kullan" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15276,7 +15303,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">this link bağlantısını tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15553,30 +15580,28 @@ msgstr "Ağ terimleri & ipuçları" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Youtube gibi siteleri görüntülemek istiyorsanız videoları ve etkileşimli " -"sayfaları göstermeye yarayan Flash'ı yüklemeniz gerekir." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Flaş eklentisini kurun" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15586,14 +15611,62 @@ "ettiğinizde bir ileti ile size bunu bildirecektir. Flash çoğu tarayıcı için " "ücretsiz (ama açık kaynak kodlu değil) indirilebilir." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Flash nasıl yüklenir" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" @@ -15601,7 +15674,7 @@ "depoların etkin olduğundan emin olun." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." @@ -15610,43 +15683,38 @@ "yükleyin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Eğer herhangi bir tarayıcı penceresi açık ise, hepsini kapatın ve sonra " -"yeniden açın. Tarayıcıyı yeniden açtığınızda Flash'ın yüklendiğini " -"belirlemeli ve artık Flash kullanan siteleri görüntüleyebileceksiniz." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Tarayıcınıza Java kullanan siteler konusunda yardımcı olun." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Java tarayıcı eklentisini kurun" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Bazı siteler, bir Java eklentisi kurulu iken çalışan küçük Java " -"uygulamaları kullanır." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Tarayıcınızda Java uygulamaları görüntülemek için icedtea6-plugin paketini yükleyin." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15938,6 +16006,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Ekle'yi tıklayın." @@ -16197,12 +16266,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Kablosuz sorunlarını " -"giderme, kablosuz ağınızı " -"bulma…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16252,7 +16318,7 @@ msgstr "Vekil yöntemini değiştir" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16261,14 +16327,14 @@ "Vekil Sunucusu'nu seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Yöntemler içerisinden hangi vekil yöntemini kullanmak istediğinizi seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16278,13 +16344,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "El ile" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16295,12 +16361,12 @@ "ve SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Kendiliğinden" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16308,7 +16374,7 @@ "Bir URL, sisteminiz için uygun yapılandırmayı içeren bir kaynağa işaret eder." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -16883,15 +16949,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Wifi bağlan, Gizli ağlar, Bağlantı ayarlarını düzenle, Bağlantı kesiliyor…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -16916,63 +16978,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Bilgisayarınızı bir kablosuz erişim noktası olarak kullanabilirsiniz. Bu, " -"diğer aygıtlara ayrı bir ağ kullanmadan size bağlanmasına izin verir ve " -"başka bir arayüz ile oluşturduğunuz bir internet bağlantısını paylaşmanıza " -"olanak sağlar, tıpkı kablolu/kablosuz bağlantılar gibi." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "Ağ'ı açın ve soldaki Kablosuz seçimini yapın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Erişim Noktası olarak kullan düğmesini tıklayın." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Eğer zaten bir kablosuz ağa bağlıysanız, bağlantıyı kesmek isteyip " -"istemediğiniz sorulacaktır. Tek bir kablosuz bağdaştırıcı aynı zamanda " -"yalnız bir kablosuz ağa bağlanır ya da oluşturur. Onaylamak için " -"Kablosuz Erişim Noktası Oluştur düğmesine tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Bir ağ adı (SSID) ve güvenlik anahtarı kendiliğinden oluşturulur. Ağ adı " -"bilgisayarınızın adına bağlıdır. Diğer aygıtlar bu bilgiye kablosuz erişim " -"noktasına bağlanmak için ihtiyaç duyar." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Seçke çubuğundan ağ seçkesini tıklayın ve Kablosuz Ağları Etkinleştir " -"onayını kaldırın." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Kablosuz bağlantıyı kapatın (uçak kipi)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16985,35 +17035,26 @@ "bunu yapmak için:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Bunu yapmak için, seçke çubuğundan ağ seçkesini tıklayın ve " -"Kablosuz Ağları Etkinleştir seçimini kaldırın. Bu, sizin kablosuz " -"bağlantılarınızı siz yeniden açana kadar kapatır." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Kablosuz ağınızı geri açmak için seçke çubuğunda ağ seçkesini " -"tıklayın ve Kablosuz Ağları Etkinleştir'i seçin böylece önünde " -"bir onay imi olacaktır." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Eğer Bluetooth'u " -"kapatmadıysanız, dizüstünüz hala yayın yapıyor olabilir." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17048,11 +17089,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Seçke çubuğu üzerinden ağ bağlantıları seçkesini " -"tıklayın ve sonrasında bağlanmak istediğiniz ağı seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17278,30 +17317,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Kablosuz bağlantı düzenleme ekranındaki seçeneklerin ne anlama geldiğini " -"öğren." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Bir kablosuz bağlantıyı düzenleyin" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"Bu konu, bir kablosuz ağ bağlantısını düzenlerken mevcut tüm seçenekleri " -"açıklar. Bir bağlantıyı düzenlemek için, seçke çubuğu içindeki ağ " -"seçkesini tıklayın ve Bağlantıları Düzenle seçimini yapın." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17312,17 +17346,17 @@ "ağlar üzerinde size daha iyi bir denetim sağlayacaktır." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Tüm kullanıcılar için uygun / Kendiliğinden bağlan" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "Kendiliğinden bağlan" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17331,62 +17365,50 @@ "seçeneği işaretleyin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Eğer birden fazla erişilen ağ varsa, bilgisayar Ağ Bağlantıları " -"penceresindeki Kablosuz sekmesi içindeki ilk görülen ağa " -"bağlanacak. Mevcut bağlı durumda olan bir ağ bağlantısı, başka bir ağ erişim " -"alanına girse bile koparılmaz." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Tüm kullanıcılar tarafından kullanılabilir" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Eğer bu bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcıların kablosuz ağa erişebilmesini " -"istiyorsanız bunu işaretleyin. Eğer eğın bir WEP/WPA parolası varsa ve bunu işaretlediyseniz, parolayı " -"yalnızca bir kere girmeniz gerekmektedir. Bundan sonra bilgisayarınızdaki " -"tüm kullanıcılar parolayı bilmeseler bile bu ağa bağlanabilecektir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Eğer bu işaretlendiyse, bu ağın ayarlarını değiştirmek için yönetici olmak zorundasınız. Yönetici " -"parolanız sorulabilir." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Kablosuz" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17398,12 +17420,12 @@ "değiştirmeyin (örneğin, yöneltici ya da ana vericinizin ayarları)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Kip" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17420,55 +17442,41 @@ "wireless-adhoc\">geçici ağınızı (ad-hoc) oluşturmak isteyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Eğer Geçici Ağı (Ad-hoc) seçerseniz Bant and " -"Kanal adında iki başka seçenek göreceksiniz. Bunlar, ad-hoc " -"kablosuz ağının üzerinden çalışacağı kablosuz sıklık bandını belirler. Bazı " -"bilgisayarlar sadece belli bantlar üzerinde çalışabilir (mesela, " -"A veya sadece B/G). Bu yüzden ad-hoc bağlantısındaki " -"tüm bilgisayarların kullanabileceği bir bant seçmek isteyebilirsiniz. Yoğun " -"kullanım olan yerlerde aynı kanalı paylaşan birkaç kablosuz ağ olabilir. Bu, " -"bağlantınızı yavaşlatabilir. Bu yüzden kullandığınız kanalı da " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Bu, Temel Hizmet Ayarı Tanıtıcı'dır. SSID (yukarı bakın), " -"insanların okuması amaçlanan ağ bağlantısının adıdır; BSSID ise bilgisayar " -"için olan ağın adıdır (kablosuz ağ için özel olan harf ve sayılardan oluşan " -"bir dizgidir). Eğer bir ağ gizli " -"ise, bunun bir SSID adı yoktur ancak BSSID adı vardır." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "Aygıt MAC adresi" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17481,41 +17489,35 @@ "benzersiz bir MAC adresi vardır." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "Bu seçenek ağ kartınızın MAC adresini değiştirmek için kullanılabilir." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Çoğaltılmış MAC adresi" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Ağ donanımınız (kablosuz kartınız), farklı bir MAC adresi varmış gibi " -"davranabilir. Bu, yalnızca belli bir MAC adresi ile iletişim kurarken bir " -"aygıt ya da hizmet kullanıyorsanız faydalıdır (örneğin, kablolu bir " -"genişbant modemi). Eğer bu MAC adresini çoğaltılmış MAC adresi " -"kutusuna yazarsanız, hizmet/aygıt bilgisayarınız gerçek bir MAC adresi " -"yerine çoğaltılmış bir MAC adresine sahipmiş gibi davranacaktır." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17532,54 +17534,45 @@ "değiştirmemelisiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Kablosuz Güvenliği" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Güvenlik" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Bu, kablosuz ağınızın nasıl bir şifreleme kullandığını tanımlar. " -"Şifrelenmiş bağlantılar kablosuz ağınızın kesilmesinin önlenmesine yardımcı " -"olurlar, böylelikle diğer kişiler \"araya giremez\" ve hangi siteleri " -"ziyaret ettiğinizi göremez." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Bazı tür şifrelemeler diğerlerinden daha güçlüdür fakat eski kablosuz ağ " -"donanımlarınca desteklenmeyebilir. Doğal olarak bağlantı için bir parola " -"yazmanız gerekecek; çok incelikli güvenlik türleri bir kullanıcı adı ve " -"dijital \"belge-sertifika\" gerektirebilir. Gözde kablosuz ağ şifreleme " -"türleri hakkında daha fazla bilgi için " -"bağlantısına bakın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 Ayarları" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17590,17 +17583,17 @@ "yollarla alındığını/ayarlandığını görmek icin Yöntem'i değiştirin." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Aşağıdaki yöntemler kullanılabilir:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Otomatik (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17614,37 +17607,32 @@ "bağlandığınızda otomatik olarak doğru ayarlar atanır. Çoğu ağ DHCP kullanır." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Sadece otomatik (DHCP) adresleri" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Eğer bu ayarı seçerseniz, bilgisayarınız IP adresini bir DHCP sunucudan alır " -"fakat diğer ayrıntıları elle tanımlamak zorundasınız (hangi DNS sunucusunun " -"kullanılacağı gibi)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Eğer bilgisayarın kullanması gereken IP adresi de dahil tüm ağ ayarları " -"kendiniz tanımlamak istiyorsanız bu seçeneği seçin." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Sadece Yerel-Bağlantı" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17662,38 +17650,41 @@ "kullanışlı olur." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Devredışı" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçenek ağ bağlantınızı devre dışı bırakır ve ağa bağlanmanızı engeller. " -"IPv4 ve IPv6'ün aynı ağ kartı için olsa da farklı " -"ağlarmış gibi algılandığına dikkat edin. Eğer bir tanesi etkinleştirilmişse " -"diğerini devre dışı bırakmak isteyebilirsiniz." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 Ayarları" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Bu, IPv4 sekmesine oldukça benzerdir ama daha yeni olan IPv6 " -"standardı ile çalışır. En yeni ağlar IPv6 kullanır ama IPv4 hala oldukça " -"yaygındır." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17775,23 +17766,19 @@ "wireless-hidden\">farklı bir yolla bağlanmanız gerekmektedir." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Seçke çubuğunda ağ seçkesini tıklayın ve Gizli Kablosuz " -"Ağlara Bağlanı seçin." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "Gizli bir kablosuz ağa bağlan" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17806,6 +17793,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17813,7 +17807,7 @@ "Bağlana tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -17826,7 +17820,7 @@ "02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -17835,7 +17829,7 @@ "WPA terimlerine bakmalısınız." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18039,7 +18033,7 @@ msgstr "Modeminiz ve yönelticiniz için bir denetim gerçekleştiriliyor" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18050,12 +18044,12 @@ "yönlendirecektir." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Komut satırı kullanımı" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18066,7 +18060,7 @@ "Seçke üzerinden bulabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19389,12 +19383,12 @@ "kapalı bir yerdeyseler." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "Donanım bölümünden Güç seçeneğini seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19552,11 +19546,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Uçbirime sudo pm-hibernate komutunu yazın ve Enter " -"tuşuna basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19600,11 +19592,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Eğer hazırda beklet sınaması çalışıyorsa, hazırda bekletmek istediğiniz " -"zaman şu komutu kullanabilirsiniz: sudo pm-hibernate" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19720,58 +19710,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Pilin gücü %10 düzeyine düştüğünde bilgisayarım neden kapanıyor/askıya " -"alınıyor?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Eğer pilin şarjı çok düşük düzeye inerse, bilgisayarınız kendiliğinden askıya alınacaktır. Bu, pilin daha kötü duruma " -"gelmemesi ve tamamen boşalmaması için yapılmaktadır. Eğer pil biterse, " -"bilgisayarın düzgün kapatılması için dahi zaman kalmayacaktır." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Pil düzeyi çok azaldığında ne olacağını değiştirebilirsiniz. Öncelikle, " -"seçke çubuğundaki pil seçkesine tıklayın ve Güç " -"Ayarlarını seçin. 'Güç ciddi derecede azaldığında' " -"ayarında, bilgisayarı askıya almayı uyku " -"kipi ya da kapatmayı seçebilirsiniz, Eğer kapatmayı seçerseniz, " -"uygulamalarınız ve belgeleriniz bilgisayar kapandığında kaydedilmiş " -"olmayacaktır." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"Bazı bilgisayarlar askıya alındıktan sonra uyanırken uygulamaları ve açık " -"olan belgeleri aynı şekilde geri getirememektedir. Bu durumda, askıya " -"almadan önce kaydetmediğiniz bazı çalışmalarınızı kaybedebilirsiniz. Askıya alma ile ilgili sorunları çözmeyi " -"deneyin." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -19811,26 +19761,17 @@ "Eğer bu olmuşsa, kablosuz bağlantınızı kapatıp yeniden açmayı deneyin:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Sekme çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem " -"Ayarları'nı seçin" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Ağ'ı açın ve Kablosuz sekmesini seçin" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Kablosuz ağı kapatın ve sonra yeniden açın" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -19839,7 +19780,7 @@ "sonra yeniden kapatın" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20210,7 +20151,7 @@ msgstr "Ekranın kendi kendine kararmasını durdurabilirsiniz:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20371,7 +20312,7 @@ "kurulur, fakat başka diller de ekleyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20381,7 +20322,7 @@ "penceresi şu anda kurulu diller işaretli olarak tüm mevcut dilleri listeler." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20390,14 +20331,14 @@ "dillerin işaretini kaldırın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Değişiklikleri Uygulaya tıkla." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20407,7 +20348,7 @@ "Parolanızı ya da yönetici hesabı için istenen parolayı girin." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20418,8 +20359,8 @@ "gibi bileşenlerde çeşitli dil desteği bileşenlerini takip edebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20484,7 +20425,9 @@ msgstr "Kurulum" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Bir yazıcı kurun" @@ -20501,9 +20444,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"Tespit edilemeyen yazıcılar, sıkışmış kağıtlar, normal olmayan çıktılar..." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20620,7 +20563,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21130,7 +21072,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Yazıcılar'ı açın." @@ -21173,82 +21115,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan yazıcıyı kurun." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Yerel yazıcıyı kurun" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Sisteminiz, bağlandıktan sonra birçok çeşitte yazıcıyı kendiliğinden " -"tanıyabilir. Çoğu yazıcılar bir USB kablosu ile bilgisayarınıza bağlanınır." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Artık ağ ya da yerel yazıcı mı kurmak istediğinizi seçmek zorunda " -"değilsiniz. Onlar, tek pencerede listelenmiştir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Yazıcının açık olduğundan emin olun." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Yazıcıyı sisteminize kendi kablosuyla bağlayın. Ekranınızda sistemin " -"sürücüleri arama etkinliğini göreceksiniz ve bunları yüklemek için " -"yetkilendirme istenebilir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Sistem yazıcıyı kurmayı tamamladığında bir ileti gözükecektir. Deneme " -"sayfasını yazdırmak için Deneme Sayfasını Yazdırı ya da yazıcı " -"ayarlarınızda ek değişiklikler yapmak için Seçenekleri seçin." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Eğer yazıcınız kendiliğinden ayarlanmıyorsa, bunu yazıcı ayarları bölümünden " -"yapabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -"Ekle'yi tıklayın ve Aygıtlar penceresinden yazıcıyı seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Forward'ye tıklayın ve sürücüleri ararken bekleyin." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21257,7 +21180,7 @@ "Bittiğinde Uygula'yı tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21265,24 +21188,69 @@ "adımı atlayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Yazıcının açık olduğundan emin olun." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" -"Eğer yazıcınız için birden çok sürücü varsa hangisini seçmek istediğiniz " -"sorulabilir. Tavsiye edilen sürücüyü kullanmak için model ekranlarından " -"İleri'yi tıklayın." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Yazıcı kurulumundan sonra öntanımlı yazıcınızı değiştirmek isteyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21467,17 +21435,17 @@ "için önemli:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Ne olmasını bekliyordunuz" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Aslında ne oldu" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21486,7 +21454,7 @@ "\"programı başlatmak\" olabilir" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21495,7 +21463,7 @@ "güncellenecek. Ubuntu'yu daha yapmaya yardım ettiğiniz için teşekkürler!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21508,7 +21476,7 @@ "kullanamazsınız." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Kaydet'e tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21622,7 +21676,7 @@ "biçimlerinin eşleşmesini denetleyebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21631,7 +21685,7 @@ "tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21641,18 +21695,16 @@ "bölgeleri yalnızca Dil sekmesindeki dil ayarında gösterir." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Değişikliklerin etkin olabilmesi için oturumunuzu kapatıp açmanız " -"gerekmektedir. Seçke çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Oturumu " -"kapat'ı seçin." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21665,12 +21717,12 @@ "ayarlayacaktır." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Sistem biçimlerini değiştirin" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21681,19 +21733,19 @@ "biçimler dahil tüm sistem biçimlerini de değiştirebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Biçimlerinizi yukarıda tanımlandığı gibi değiştirin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Sistem Geneline Uygula'yı tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -21723,12 +21775,12 @@ "language-install\">kurulu dil paketileri" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Dil Desteği'ni tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -21737,18 +21789,16 @@ "yukarısına sürükleyin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Yaptığınız dil değişikliklerinin etkin olabilmesi için oturumunuzu kapatıp " -"açmalısınız. Seçke çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeyi tıkladıktan sonra " -"Oturumu kapat seçimini yapıp oturumunuzu kapatın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -21764,12 +21814,12 @@ "kullanacaksanız bu dizin adlarını güncellemelisiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Sistem dilini değiştir" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -21780,7 +21830,7 @@ "değişikliği ile ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Dilinizi yukarıda tanımlandığı gibi değiştirin." @@ -21819,18 +21869,18 @@ msgstr "Ekran kendini kilitlemeden önce daha uzun bir süre beklemek için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Parlaklık ve Kilit'e tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Kilit ekranı sonrası açılır listesi içinden değerini değiştirin." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22088,7 +22138,7 @@ "uygulama eklemek üzere:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22097,7 +22147,7 @@ "Başlatıcı'ya sürükleyin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22106,7 +22156,7 @@ "sağ tıklayın ve Başlatıcıya Sabitle seçimini yapın." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22115,7 +22165,7 @@ "koyarak tekrar sıralayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22171,23 +22221,20 @@ "oradan devam edecektir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Oturumu kapatmak ya da kullanıcı değiştirmek için, seçke çubuğunun en " -"sağındaki sistem seçkesini " -"tıklayın ve uygun seçimi yapın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Ekranı kilitle" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22202,33 +22249,32 @@ "kendiliğinden kilitlenecektir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Ekranınızı kilitlemek için, seçke çubuğundan sistem seçkesini " -"tıklayın veEkranı Kilitle seçimini yapın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Ekranınız kilitlendiğinde, diğer kullanıcılar Kullanıcı " -"Değiştir'i kullanarak kendi parolalarını girdikten sonra oturumlarını " -"açabilirler. Kendi masaüstünüze diğer kişilerin kullanımından sonra " -"dönebilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Askıya Al" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22242,31 +22288,29 @@ "kapatır. Askıya alındığında çok az bir güç harcanır." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Bilgisayarınızı elle askıya almak için, seçke çubuğundan sistem " -"seçkesini tıklayın ve Askıya Al seçimini yapın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Kapat ya da yeniden başlat" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Eğer bilgisayarınızı tamamen kapatmak ya da yeniden başlatmak istiyorsanız, " -"sistem seçkesini tıklayın ve Bilgisayarı Kapat " -"seçimini yapın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -22898,12 +22942,12 @@ msgstr "Bir pencere büyütülmüş ise yeniden boyutlantırılamaz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "Pencerenizi düşey ya da yatay yeniden boyutlandırmak için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -22913,12 +22957,12 @@ "tıklayın+tutun+sürükleyin." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Yalnızca yatay yönde yeniden boyutlandırmak için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -22928,12 +22972,12 @@ "tıklayın+tutun+sürükleyin." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Yalnızca düşey yönde yeniden boyutlandırmak için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -22944,17 +22988,17 @@ "boyutlandırmak için tıklayın+tutun+sürükleyin." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Çalışma alanınızda pencereleri düzenleme" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "İki pencereyi yan yana yerleştirmek için:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -22967,7 +23011,7 @@ "pencere ekranın sol yarısını kaplayacak." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -22976,7 +23020,7 @@ "olduğunda bırakın. Her iki pencere de ekranın yarısını kaplayacaktır." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23033,11 +23077,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "Klavyeden" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23046,57 +23090,41 @@ "AltTab kısayoluna basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Değiştiricideki bir sonraki (vurgulanan) pencereyi seçmek için " -"Alt tuşunu serbest bırakın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Ya da açılan pencerelerin listesinde ileri gitmek için Alt tuşunu " -"basılı tutarken Tab tuşuna da basın ya da geri gitmek için " -"ShiftTab kısayoluna basın." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Pencere değişitiricideki pencereler uygulama tarafından guruplanır. Birden " -"fazla penceresi açık uygulamaların önizlemeleri siz üzerlerine tıkladıkça " -"ortaya çıkar." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Pencere değiştiricideki uygulama simgeleri arasında → veya " -"← tuşlarını kullanarak da ya da birisine fare ile tıklayıp " -"seçerek de geçiş yapabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Uygulamaların önizlemeleri tek bir pencereden ↓ tuşu ile " -"görüntülenebilir." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23108,8 +23136,13 @@ "için, Ctrl ve Alt tuşlarına basın ve Tab " "tuşuna ya da ShiftTab tuşlarına basın." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23119,7 +23152,7 @@ "key\">SüperW tuşlarına basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Geçmek istediğiniz pencereyi tıklayın." @@ -23321,19 +23354,19 @@ msgstr "Çalışma alanlarını etkinleştir" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23342,12 +23375,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Çalışma alanı sayısını değiştir" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23356,7 +23389,7 @@ "Uçbirimi açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23365,7 +23398,7 @@ "istediğiniz gibi değiştirin. Enter tuşuna basın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24188,7 +24221,7 @@ msgstr "Özel karakterler ekleyin" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24199,17 +24232,17 @@ "yazabileceğinizi listelemektedir." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Karakterler girme yöntemleri" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Karakter haritası" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24221,7 +24254,7 @@ "yapıştırın." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Karakter Haritası Rehberine bakın." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Birleşim tuşu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24250,7 +24283,7 @@ "basabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24259,44 +24292,47 @@ "bir tuşu bir birleşim tuşu olarak tanımlayabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Bir birleşim tuşu tanımlamak" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Klavye Düzeni'ne tıklayın." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Seçenekler'e tıklayın." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Tuş konumu düzeni grubunu bulun. Tuş düzeni olarak kullanmak " -"istediğiniz tuşu ya da tuşları seçin. Seçke tuşu, Alt tuşu ya da " -"Caps Lock tuşlarını da seçebilirsiniz. Seçtiğiniz tuşlar bundan " -"sonra kendi görevlerini değil sizin belirlediğiniz bir düzen tuşu olarak " -"görev yapacaklar." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" "Birleşim tuşları için birçok evrensel karakter kullanabilirsiniz, örneğin:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24305,28 +24341,28 @@ "istenen harfe basın, é gibi." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see U+'tan sonraki dört karakterdir." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24367,12 +24403,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Girdi kaynakları" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25178,37 +25214,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Kişisel bölümünden Görünüm'e tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Davranış sekmesine geçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "Başlatıcıyı Otomatik Gizle'yi açın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25242,12 +25270,12 @@ "büyük yapabilirsiniz." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Görünüm'ü tıklayın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25256,7 +25284,7 @@ "Başlatıcı simge boyutu kaydıracını istediğiniz şekilde sürükleyin." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "Öntanımlı Başlatıcı boyutu 48dir." @@ -25355,12 +25383,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "uygulamayı başlatma veya belgeyi, dizini veya aygıtı açma" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25369,7 +25397,7 @@ "xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25378,12 +25406,12 @@ ")" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "Eğer çalışıyorsa uygulamadan çıkma" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25392,7 +25420,7 @@ "açıksa açık uygulamalar ya da pencereler arasında geçiş yapma" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "Yeni belge veya pencere açma gibi uygulamaya özel kısayollar" @@ -25534,7 +25562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25543,7 +25571,7 @@ "sekmesini seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25552,18 +25580,18 @@ "çubuğundayı seçin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Durum menüleri" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -25575,17 +25603,35 @@ "bilgisayarınızın ve uygulamalarınızın durumunu denetleyip " "düzenleyebileceğiniz yerlerdir." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Durum menülerinin listesi ve ne işe yaradıkları" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Bazı simgeler gösterge seçkesinden uygulamanın durumuna göre değiştirilecek " +"şekilde kullanılmaktadır." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Tomboy ya da Transmission gibi diğer uygulamalar da " +"panele gösterge seçkeleri ekleyebilir." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Durum menülerinin listesi ve ne işe yaradıkları" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -25593,14 +25639,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -25615,7 +25661,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -25623,14 +25669,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -25639,14 +25685,14 @@ "kaynaklarını yapılandır." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -25659,7 +25705,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -25667,14 +25713,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -25687,21 +25733,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -25714,7 +25760,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -25722,14 +25768,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -25740,38 +25786,26 @@ "müzik çalarları denetleyin." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Saat" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -25782,24 +25816,6 @@ "ekranı kilitleyin; oturum kapatın; askıya alın; yeniden başlatın veya " "bilgisayarınızı kapatın." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Bazı simgeler gösterge seçkesinden uygulamanın durumuna göre değiştirilecek " -"şekilde kullanılmaktadır." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Tomboy ya da Transmission gibi diğer uygulamalar da " -"panele gösterge seçkeleri ekleyebilir." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -25916,38 +25932,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Güvenlik & Gizlilik açın ve Ara sekmesini seçin." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -27568,7 +27557,7 @@ "düzenlenebilir:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -27579,7 +27568,7 @@ "ayarlamak için kaydırıcıyı kullanın." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -27593,7 +27582,7 @@ "Tık, Yukarı Kaydır, Aşağı Kaydır, Sağa Kaydır, Sola Kaydır, Geri, İleri." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -27602,15 +27591,12 @@ "Sert arasında ayarlamak için kaydırıcıyı kullanın." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Eğer birden fazla stylus'a sahipseniz, diğer stylus tablete yaklaştığında " -"stylus aygıt adının yanında bir uyarı çıkacaktır. Hangi stylus'un " -"yapılandırılacağını seçmek için bu uyarıyı kullanın." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -27675,6 +27661,25 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Klavye Düzeni'ne tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Seçenekler'e tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tuş konumu düzeni grubunu bulun. Tuş düzeni olarak kullanmak " +#~ "istediğiniz tuşu ya da tuşları seçin. Seçke tuşu, Alt tuşu ya da " +#~ "Caps Lock tuşlarını da seçebilirsiniz. Seçtiğiniz tuşlar bundan " +#~ "sonra kendi görevlerini değil sizin belirlediğiniz bir düzen tuşu olarak " +#~ "görev yapacaklar." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -27748,6 +27753,81 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menü çubuğu'nun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem " +#~ "Ayarları'nı seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir hesap eklemek, çevrimiçi hesabınızı Ubuntu masaüstünüze bağlamanızı " +#~ "sağlar. Böylece, e-postalarınız, sohbet ve diğer alakalı uygulamalarınız " +#~ "sizin için kurulmuş olur." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Pencerenin sağ tarafından bir Hesap Türü seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daha fazla hesap yapılandırmak isterseniz bu işlemi daha sonra " +#~ "tekrarlayabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Çevrimiçi hesap bilgilerinizi girebileceğiniz küçük bir web kullanıcı " +#~ "arayüzü açılacaktır. Mesela, bir Google hesabı kuruyorsanız Google kullanıcı " +#~ "adınızı ve şifrenizi yazarak giriş yapın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer kimlik bilgilerinizi doğru bir şekilde girdiyseniz, sizden şartları " +#~ "kabul etmeniz istenecektir. Devam etmek için Kabul et seçin. " +#~ "Kabul ettiğinizde, Ubuntu hesabınıza erişime gerek duyar. Erişim izni için " +#~ "Erişim Onayına tıklayın. Talep edildiğinde geçerli kullanıcı " +#~ "parolanızı girin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Şimdi çevrimiçi hesabınıza bağlamak istediğiniz uygulamaları seçebilirsiniz. " +#~ "Mesela, bir hesabı sohbet için kullanmak istiyorsanız ama takvim özelliğini " +#~ "kullanmak istemiyorsanız takvim seçeneğini devre dışı bırakın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hesapları ekledikten sonra, hesabınızla oturum açtığınız zaman seçtiğiniz " +#~ "her uygulama bu kimlik bilgilerini otomatik olarak kullanacaktır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Güvenlik gerekçeleri nedeniyle Ubuntu bilgisayarınız üzerinde şifrenizi " +#~ "depolamayacaktır. Bunun yerine çevrimiçi hizmet tarafından sağlanan bir " +#~ "belgeyi depolayacaktır. Masaüstünüz ve çevrimiçi hesabınız arasındaki " +#~ "bağlantıyı tamamen kesmek istiyorsanız bağlantıyı kaldırın." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27787,6 +27867,30 @@ #~ "Ubuntu'yu daha kullanışlı yapmak ve uygulama eklemek için Ubuntu Yazılım " #~ "Merkezini kullanın." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Ek yazılım kur" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu geliştirme takımı Ubuntu'yu günlük görevler için oldukça kullanışlı " +#~ "yaptığını düşündüğümüz bir varsayılan uygulamalar seti seçmiştir. Ama, siz " +#~ "Ubuntu'yu sizin için daha kullanışlı yapmak adına daha fazla yazılım kurmayı " +#~ "tabi ki de isteyebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Ek yazılımları kurmak için, şu adımları tamamlayın:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kablosuz veya kablolu bağlantı kullanarak internete bağlanın." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -27803,12 +27907,55 @@ #~ "listeden uygulama bulun." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "İlgilendiğiniz uygulamayı seçin ve Yükle'ye tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "Şifre girmeniz istenecek. Girdikten sonra kurulum başlayacak." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kurulum genellikle hızlıca tamamlanır, ama internet bağlantınız yavaşsa " +#~ "biraz zaman alabilir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yeni kurulan uygulamanın kısayolu Başlatıcıya eklenecektir. Bu özelliği " +#~ "devre dışı bırakmak için GörünümBaşlatıcıdaki Yeni " +#~ "Uygulamaların işaretini kaldırın." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sürüm öncesi veya özel yazılımların sınanmasına yardım etmek için kişisel " +#~ "paket arşileri (PPA) ekleyin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kişisel Paket Arşivleri (PPA), Ubuntu kullanıcıları için " +#~ "tasarlanmış ve kurması üçüncü taraf depolardan daha kolay olan yazılım " +#~ "depolarıdır." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Yazılım Merkezi başlatıldığında Düzenle Yazılım " #~ "Kaynakları'na tıklayın" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Ekle'ye tıklayın ve ppa: konumunu açın." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -27816,6 +27963,9 @@ #~ "Yazılım Kaynakları penceresini kapatın. Ubuntu Yazılım Merkezi yeni " #~ "yazılımlar için denetleme yapacaktır." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Uzun süredir kullanımda olmayan yazılımları kaldırın." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -27838,6 +27988,26 @@ #~ "tıklayın." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Şifrenizi girmeniz istenebilir. Bunu yaptıktan sonra uygulama " +#~ "kaldırılacaktır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu'nun kurulum ve yükseltme için kullandığı yazılım kaynaklarını " +#~ "genişletmek için diğer depoları ekleyin." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "İlave yazılım depoları ekleyin" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Diğer depoları kurun" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -27887,6 +28057,17 @@ #~ "kapatın. Ubuntu Yazılım Merkezi'nin depo bilgilerini indirmesi için biraz " #~ "bekleyin." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kur, kaldır, ek depolar…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Yazılım ekleyin ve kaldırın" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Peynir, varsayılan olarak Ubuntu'da kurulu değildir. Peynir'i kurmak için:" @@ -27921,6 +28102,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Peynir kullanıcı rehberini okuyabilmek için öncelikle Peynir'i kurmalısınız." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB bellek (düşük kapasiteli)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -27947,6 +28131,22 @@ #~ "Görünürlük'ü açmanız gerekir. Daha fazla bilgi için bağlantısına bakın." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "Bir baskı kaynak dosyası bir renk kuruluşundan indiriliyor." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir renk kuruluşunu kullanmak, eğer yalnızca bir ya da iki farklı kağıt " +#~ "tipine sahipseniz, bir yazıcı profilini oluşturmak için en ucuz seçenektir. " +#~ "Kuruluşların web sitelerinden kaynak çizgesi indirilmesi sonrasında, kapalı " +#~ "bir zarf içindeki baskınızı taranmak üzere onlara gönderebilir ve profilin " +#~ "oluşturulması sonrasında bu doğru ICC profilinizi eposta ile alabilirsiniz." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -27998,135 +28198,976 @@ #~ "Evolution Takvimi'nden yaklaşan etkinlikler'in işaretini kaldırın." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Denetlemek istediğiniz diski Depolama Aygıtları listesinden " -#~ "seçin. Disk ve durumu hakkındaki bilgiler Sürücü altında " -#~ "görüntülenecektir." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "SMART Durumu \"Disk sağlıklı\" demelidir." +#~ "Eğer daha sonra fikrinizi değiştirirseniz menü çubuğunun en sağındaki " +#~ "simgeye tıklayıp Sistem Ayarları'nı seçerek saati geri " +#~ "getirebilirsiniz. Sistem kısmından Saat & Tarih'e tıklayın." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Daha fazla bilgi görüntülemek ya da öz-sınama başlatmak için SMART " -#~ "Verisi düğmesine tıklayın." +#~ "Menü çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayıp Sistem Ayarları'nı " +#~ "seçin." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Daha gelişmiş CD/DVD yazma projeleri için Brasero'yu deneyin." +#~ "Sabit diskinizin ne kadar hızlı olduğunu denetlemek için kıyaslamayı " +#~ "çalıştırın." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Sabit diskinizin başarımını sınayın" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Sabit diskinizin hızını sınamak için:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Brasero kullanımı hakkında yardım almak için kullanım kılavuzu'nu okuyun." +#~ "Ana Seçkeden Diskler " +#~ "uygulamasını açın." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Diskler uygulamasını açın." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Disk Sürücüleri listesinden sabit diski seçin." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "Dişli düğmesine tıklayın ve Sürücüyü Kıyaslayı seçin." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Çince ve Korece gibi bazı diller, karakter eşleştirme için basit bir tuştan " -#~ "daha karmaşık bir girdi yöntemini gerektirirler. Sonuç olarak böyle bir " -#~ "yöntemi etkinleştirmek için bazı girdi kaynakları arasından seçim " -#~ "yapabilirsiniz." +#~ "Sürücüyü kıyaslaya tıklayın ve Aktarım Oranı ile " +#~ "Erişim süresi değişkenlerini istediğiniz gibi ayarlayın." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Girdi yöntemi seçenekleri sadece ilgili girdi yöntemi motoru (IM) kurulu ise " -#~ "kullanılabilir durumdadır. bir dil " -#~ "kur duğunuz zaman, eğer uygulanabilir durumdaysa uygun bir girdi " -#~ "yöntemi motoru otomatik olarak kurulur. Mesela, Korece kurarsanız, ibus-" -#~ "hangul paketi kurulur ve bir sonraki oturum açışınızda girdi kaynağı " -#~ "seçeneği Korece (Hangul) kullanıma hazır olur." +#~ "Diskten veri okuma hızını sınamak için Sürücüyü Kıyasla düğmesine " +#~ "tıklayın. Yönetimsel ayrıcalıkları " +#~ "kullanmanız gerekebilir. kendi şifrenizi girin veya yönetici hesabı için " +#~ "gereken şifreyi girin." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Yazı yazarken yanlışlıkla yapılan tıklamaları önlemek için imleçsüreri kapat." - -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Yazarken imleçsüreri devre dışı bırak" +#~ "Sınama bittiğinde, sonuçlar çizge üzerinde belirecektir. Yeşil noktalar ve " +#~ "bağlantı çizgileri alınan örnekleri gösterir; bu, sağ eksene karşılık gelir, " +#~ "erişim zamanı, alt eksenin karşısına çizilidir, karşılaştırma sırasında " +#~ "geçen süreyi gösterir. Mavi çizgi, okuma, kırmızı çizgi, yazma oranlarını " +#~ "gösterir; bunlar sol eksende veri erişim oranları olarak gösterilir, küçük " +#~ "eksenin dışında, alt eksen boyunca disk taşınma oranlarının karşısına " +#~ "çizilidir." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dizüstlerinde imleçsürerler genellikle yazarken bileğinizi dayadığınız " -#~ "bölgededir, bu da yazarken yanlışlıkla yapılan tıklamalara sebep olur. " -#~ "Yazarken imleçsüreri etkisizleştirebilirsiniz. Son tuş vuruşunuzdan kısa bir " -#~ "süre sonra etkin hale gelecektir." +#~ "Grafiğin altında, en düşük, en yüksek ve ortalama okuma ve yazma oranları, " +#~ "ortalama erişim süresi ve en son kıyaslamadan beri ne kadar zaman geçtiği " +#~ "gösterilir." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "İmleçsürer bölümündeki Yazarken devre dışı bırak'ı " -#~ "işaretleyin." +#~ "Boş alanı ve kapasiteyi denetlemek için Disk Kullanımı " +#~ "Çözümleyicisi'ni veya Sistem Gözlemcisi'ni kullanın." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dizüstü imleçsürerleri siz yazmayı bıraktığınızda çalışmaya başlamadan önce " -#~ "gecikmeli tepki verir. Bu, yazma esnasında imleçsürere avuçiçinizle " -#~ "yanlışlıkla dokunmanızı önlemek içindir. Ayrıntılar için bağlantısına bakınız." +#~ "Ne kadar boş disk alanı kaldığını Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi ya " +#~ "da Sistem Gözlemcisi ile denetleyebilirsiniz." -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Dosyanın en son değiştirilme tarih ve saatini verir." +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi ile denetleyin" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Eğer daha fazla güvende olmak istiyorsanız veya Mac ve Windows kullanan " -#~ "kişiler ile sizin aranızda paylaştığınız dosyaları virüslere karşı " -#~ "denetlemek istiyorsanız bir antivirüs yazılımı kurabilirsiniz. Bir dizi " -#~ "uygulamanın mevcut olduğu Ubuntu Yazılım Merkezi'ni denetleyin." +#~ "Boş alanı ve disk kapasitesini Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi'ni " +#~ "kullanarak denetleme:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Varsayılan tarayıcıyı değiştirin, " -#~ "Flash'ı yükleyin, java eklentisini yükleyin, Silverlight desteği…" +#~ "Ana Seçke üzerinden Disk Kullanım Çözümleyicisi'ni " +#~ "açın. Açılan pencerede Toplam dosya sistemi kapasitesi ve " +#~ "Toplam dosya sistemi kullanımı görüntülenecektir." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Empathy Ubuntu'da varsayılan olarak kuruludur. Empathy Anlık " -#~ "Mesajlaşma programını Ana " -#~ "Seçke, Başlatıcı " +#~ "Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Diskler uygulamasını " +#~ "açın. Açılan Toplam dosya sistemi kapasitesini ve Toplam " +#~ "dosya sistemi kullanımını gösterecektir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ev Dizinini tara, Dosya sistemini tara, Bir " +#~ "dizini tara, ya da Uzaktaki bir dizini tara'dan birini " +#~ "seçmek için araç çubuğu düğmelerinden birine tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bilgiler Dizin, Kullanım, Boyut ve " +#~ "İçerik olarak görüntülenir. Daha fazla bilgi için Disk Kullanımı Çözümleyicisi'ne bakın." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Sistem Gözlemcisi ile denetleyin" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Boş alanı ve disk kapasitesini Sistem Gözlemcisi'ni kullanarak " +#~ "denetleme:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ana Seçkeden Sistem Gözlemcisi uygulamasını açın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Sistem Gözlemcisi " +#~ "uygulamasını açın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sistemin bölümlerini ve disk kullanım alanını görüntülemek için Dosya " +#~ "Sistemleri sekmesini seçin. Bilgiler, Toplam, " +#~ "Boş, Kullanılabilir ve Kullanılan olarak " +#~ "görüntülenecektir." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Eğer disk çok doluysa:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Önemli olmayan ya da kullanmayacağınız dosyaları silmelisiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir süreliğine size lazım olmayacak olan önemli dosyalar için yedekleme yapmalısınız ve onları sabit diskten " +#~ "silmelisiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Etkinlikler genel görünümünden Diskler uygulamasını " +#~ "açın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Denetlemek istediğiniz diski Depolama Aygıtları listesinden " +#~ "seçin. Disk ve durumu hakkındaki bilgiler Sürücü altında " +#~ "görüntülenecektir." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "SMART Durumu \"Disk sağlıklı\" demelidir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daha fazla bilgi görüntülemek ya da öz-sınama başlatmak için SMART " +#~ "Verisi düğmesine tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SMART Durumu diskin sağlıklı olmadığını gösterse bile " +#~ "telaşa düşmeye gerek olmayabilir. Ama, bir yedekleme ile veri kaybını önlemeye hazır olmakta yarar vardır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Durum \"Ön-hata\" veriyorsa disk hala oldukça sağlıklıdır ama yıpranma " +#~ "belirtileri saptanmıştır ki bunun anlamı yakın gelecekte bozulabilecek " +#~ "olmasıdır. Sabit diskiniz (ya da bilgisayarınız) birkaç yıllıksa, bu iletiyi " +#~ "bazı sağlık taramalarında nadiren görmeniz olasıdır. Önemli dosyaları düzenli şekilde yedeklemeli ve disk durumu " +#~ "gittikçe kötüleşirse onu düzenli olarak denetlemelisiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir harici hard disk ya da USB bellekteki tüm dosya ve dizinleri " +#~ "biçimlendirerek kaldırın." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Taşınabilir diskten her şeyi silin" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer USB bellek ya da harici hard disk gibi taşınabilir bir diskiniz varsa " +#~ "bazen içindeki tüm dosya ve dizinleri tamamen kaldırmak isteyebilirsiniz. " +#~ "Bunu, diski biçimlendirerek yapabilirsiniz- bu, diskteki tüm " +#~ "dosyaları siler ve diski boşaltır." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Bir taşınabilir diski biçimlendirin" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Temizlemek istediğiniz diski Depolama Aygıtları listesinden seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Doğru diski seçtiğinizden emin olun! Eğer yanlış diski seçerseniz seçtiğiniz " +#~ "diskteki tüm dosyalar silinecektir!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Birimler bölümünden Birimin bağını kaldır'a tıklayın. Sonra da " +#~ "Birimi Biçimlendir'e tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "Çıkan pencereden disk için bir dosya sistemi Türü seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer diski Linux bilgisayarların yanı sıra Windows ve Mac OS bilgisayarlarda " +#~ "da kullanıyorsanız FAT'ı seçin. Eğer sadece Windows'da " +#~ "kullanıyorsanız NTFS daha iyi bir seçenek olabilir. Dosya " +#~ "sistemi türü'nün kısa bir açıklaması görüntülenecektir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Diske bir ad verin ve biçimlendirmeye başlamak için Biçimlendir'e " +#~ "tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Biçimlendirme bittikten sonra diski güvenle kaldırın. Şu anda boş " +#~ "ve tekrar kullanıma hazır olmalı." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "Bir diski biçimlendirmek dosyalarınızı güvenli bir şekilde silmez" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir diski biçimlendirme, içindeki verileri silmenin tamamen güvenli bir yolu " +#~ "değildir. Biçimlendirilmiş bir diskte dosyalar yokmuş gibi görünür ama özel " +#~ "kurtarma yazılımları ile bu dosyaları geri getirmek mümkündür. Eğer " +#~ "dosyalarınızı güvenli bir şekilde silmeniz gerekiyorsa shred gibi " +#~ "bir komut satırı aracını kullanmanız gerekecektir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Birimlerin ve bölümlerin ne olduğunu anlayın ve bunları yönetmek için disk " +#~ "aracını kullanın." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Disk aracını kullanarak birimleri ve bölümleri görüntüleyin ve yönetin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bilgisayarınızın depolama birimlerini disk aracı ile denetleyebilir ve " +#~ "üzerlerinde değişiklik yapabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ana Seçkeyi açın ve Disk Aracı uygulamasını başlatın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Depolama Aygtıları yazan bölmede sabit diskleri, CD/DVD " +#~ "sürücüleri ve diğer fiziksel aygıtları bulabilirsiniz. İncelemek istediğiniz " +#~ "aygıta tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sağdaki, Birimler olarak geçen bölme seçili durumdaki aygıttaki " +#~ "birimlerin ve bölümlerin görsel çözümlemesini sunar. Ayrıca bu birimleri " +#~ "yönetmekle ilgili çeşitli yararlı araçları içerir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dikkatli olun: bu araçları kullanarak disk üzerindeki tüm verileri " +#~ "silebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir birincil bölüm bilgisayarınızın başlamak ya da önyükleme için " +#~ "kullandığı bilgileri içermek zorundadır. Bu nedenle bazen önyükleme bölümü " +#~ "veya önyükleme birimi olarak da adlandırılır. Bir birimin önyüklenebilir " +#~ "olup olmadığını anlamak için disk aracındaki Bölüm Bayrakları'na " +#~ "bakın. USB bellek ve CD gibi harici ortamlar da önyüklenebilir birimler " +#~ "içerebilir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kilitle'nin açık olduğundan emin olun ve sonra da aşağı açılır " +#~ "listeden bir zaman aşımı seçin. Ekran o kadar süre kullanılmadığında " +#~ "kendiliğinden kilitlenecektir. Ayrıca, ekran otomatik olarak kapandıktan " +#~ "sonra kilitlemek için Ekran kapanıyor'u da seçebilirsiniz. Bu, " +#~ "yukarıdaki şu kadar süre etkin değilse ekranı kapat aşağı açılır " +#~ "listesinden denetlenebilir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bilgisayarınızdaki dosyaları düzenlemek ve dosyalara göz atmak için " +#~ "Dosyalar uygulamasını kullanın. Bu uygulamayı harici diskler gibi " +#~ "depolama aygıtlarındaki, dosya " +#~ "sunucularındaki ve ağ paylaşımlarındaki dosyaları yönetmek için de " +#~ "kullanabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dosya yöneticisinde iken, içeriğini görmek için dizinlerin üzerine çift " +#~ "tıklayın ve varsayılan uygulaması ile dosyaları açmak için de üzerlerine " +#~ "çift-tıklayın. Ayrıca, bir dizini yeni sekmede veya pencerede açmak " +#~ "isterseniz da sağ tık yapabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer görüntülemekte olduğunuz dizinde hızlıca bir dosyaya ulaşmak " +#~ "istiyorsanız dosyanın adını yazmaya başlayın. Pencerenin üst tarafında bir " +#~ "arama çubuğu ortaya çıkacaktır ve aramanızla eşleşen ilk dosya " +#~ "vurgulanacaktır. Aramanızla eşleşen bir sonraki uygulamaya geçmek için aşağı " +#~ "tuşuna basın veya fare ile aşağı kaydırın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sık kullanılan yerlere hızlıca erişmek için kenar çubuğu'nu " +#~ "kullanabilirsiniz. Kenar çubuğunu göremiyorsanız, araç çubuğundan aşağı düğmesine tıklayın " +#~ "ve Kenar Çubuğunu Göster'i seçin. Sık kullandığınız dizinler için " +#~ "yer imleri ekleyebilirsiniz ve kenar çubuğunda görüntülenmesini " +#~ "sağlayabilirsiniz. Bunu yapmak için Yer İmleri menüsünü kullanın " +#~ "veya bir dizini kenar çubuğuna sürükleyin." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Daha gelişmiş CD/DVD yazma projeleri için Brasero'yu deneyin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Brasero kullanımı hakkında yardım almak için kullanım kılavuzu'nu okuyun." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dosyayı, gizlenmiş dosyaya çeviren bir adla adlandırmış olabilirsiniz. " +#~ ". ile başlayan ve ~ ile biten dosyalar dosya " +#~ "yöneticisinde gizlenmiş durumdadır. Gizlenmiş dosyaları görüntülemek için " +#~ "araç çubuğundaki aşağı düğmesine tıklayın ve Gizlenmiş Dosyaları " +#~ "Göster'i seçin. Daha fazla bilgi için " +#~ "bağlantısına gidin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dosyaları dosya adı ve türüne göre bulun. Aramalarınızı daha sonra yeniden " +#~ "kullanmak üzere kaydedin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dosyaları dosya adı ve türüne göre dosya yöneticisi için bulabilirsiniz. " +#~ "Sıradan aramaları kaydedebilirsiniz ve bunlar ev dizininiz için özel " +#~ "dizinler olarak görülür." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Dosya yöneticisini aç" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer istediğiniz dosyalar belirli bir dizin içindeyse, bu dizine gidin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Araç çubuğundaki büyütece tıklayın veya " +#~ "CtrlF kısayoluna basın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dosya adında olduğunu bildiğiniz bir sözcük ya da sözcükler yazın. Örneğin, " +#~ "tüm faturalarınızı \"fatura\" sözcüğüyle adlandırdıysanız, " +#~ "fatura yazın. Giriş tuşuna basın. Sözcükler duruma " +#~ "bakılmaksızın eşleşecektir." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Sonuçları konum ve dosya türüne göre daraltabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arama sonuçlarını Başlangıç dizinine sınırlamak için " +#~ "Başlangıç'a tıklayın veya her yerde arama yapmak için Tüm " +#~ "Dosyalar'a tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "+ tuşuna basın ve dosya türüne göre arama sonuçlarını daraltmak " +#~ "için aşağı açılır listeden bir Dosya Türü seçin. Bu seçeneği " +#~ "kaldırmak ve arama sonuçlarını genişletmek için x'e basın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arama sonuçları içinde tıpkı dosya yöneticisiyle yaptığınız gibi herhangi " +#~ "bir dizini açabilir, kopyalayabilir ya da dosyalarınızla çalışabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aramadan çıkmak ve dizine geri dönmek için araç çubuğundaki büyütece tekrar " +#~ "tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer bazı aramaları sıkça gerçekleştiriyorsanız, bunları daha sonra hızlı " +#~ "erişmek için kaydedebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Bir arama kaydet" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Yukarıdaki gibi bir arama başlat." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aramanızı adlandırın ve Kaydet'i tıklayın. Beğendiyseniz farklı " +#~ "bir dizin seçip aramıy bunun içine kaydedin. Bu dizini açtığınızda, " +#~ "kaydettiğiniz aramanın turuncu bir dizin simgesi ile üzerinde bir büyüteç " +#~ "ile olduğunu göreceksiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Arama dosyasını kaldırmak istediğiniz zaman basit olarak diğer dosyalara " +#~ "yaptığınız gibi silebilirsiniz. " +#~ "Kaydedilmiş bir aramayı sildiğinizde, aramada bulunan dosyalar silinmez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Çince ve Korece gibi bazı diller, karakter eşleştirme için basit bir tuştan " +#~ "daha karmaşık bir girdi yöntemini gerektirirler. Sonuç olarak böyle bir " +#~ "yöntemi etkinleştirmek için bazı girdi kaynakları arasından seçim " +#~ "yapabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Girdi yöntemi seçenekleri sadece ilgili girdi yöntemi motoru (IM) kurulu ise " +#~ "kullanılabilir durumdadır. bir dil " +#~ "kur duğunuz zaman, eğer uygulanabilir durumdaysa uygun bir girdi " +#~ "yöntemi motoru otomatik olarak kurulur. Mesela, Korece kurarsanız, ibus-" +#~ "hangul paketi kurulur ve bir sonraki oturum açışınızda girdi kaynağı " +#~ "seçeneği Korece (Hangul) kullanıma hazır olur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Herhangi bir düzenin resmini listeden seçerek " +#~ "önizlemeye tıklayarak önizleyebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu sorunu çözmek için menü çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve " +#~ "Sistem Ayarları'na gidin. Donanım bölümünden " +#~ "Ekranlar'ı seçin. Çözünürlük seçeneklerinden " +#~ "bazılarını deneyin ve ekranın daha iyi görünmesini sağlayanı seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menü çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem " +#~ "Ayarları'nı seçin. Ekranlar'ı açın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seçkenin en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem Ayarları'nı " +#~ "seçin." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yazı yazarken yanlışlıkla yapılan tıklamaları önlemek için imleçsüreri kapat." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Yazarken imleçsüreri devre dışı bırak" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dizüstlerinde imleçsürerler genellikle yazarken bileğinizi dayadığınız " +#~ "bölgededir, bu da yazarken yanlışlıkla yapılan tıklamalara sebep olur. " +#~ "Yazarken imleçsüreri etkisizleştirebilirsiniz. Son tuş vuruşunuzdan kısa bir " +#~ "süre sonra etkin hale gelecektir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "İmleçsürer bölümündeki Yazarken devre dışı bırak'ı " +#~ "işaretleyin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Birçok fare ve imleçsürerin bir orta tuşu vardır. Kaydırma tekeri olan bir " +#~ "farede orta-tıklama için kaydırma tekerinin doğrudan üzerine basabilirsiniz. " +#~ "Eğer bir orta tuşunuz yoksa, orta-tıklama için sol ve sağ tuşa aynı anda " +#~ "basabilirsiniz. Bu yolla orta tıklama yapamaz durumda olduğunuzu tespit " +#~ "ederseniz bu " +#~ "yönergeleri takip edin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Çoklu dokunmayı destekleyen imleçsürerlerde orta-tıklama için, üç " +#~ "parmağınızı birden imleçsürer üzerine hafifçe vurabilirsiniz. Bunun " +#~ "çalışması için imleçsürer ayarlarından dokunarak tıklamayı etkinleştirmelisiniz." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir çok uygulama gelişmiş tıklama kısayolları için orta tuş tıklamasını " +#~ "kullanır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seçili metni yapıştırmak için genel bir kısayoldur. ( Buna bazen birincil " +#~ "seçim yapıştırma denir.) Yapıştırmak istediğiniz metni seçin daha sonra " +#~ "yapıştırmak istediğiniz yere gidin ve orta tık yapın. Seçili metin farenin " +#~ "konumuna yapıştırılacaktır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Orta fare düğmesi ile metni yapıştırmak normal panodan farklıdır. Seçilen " +#~ "metin panonuza kopyalanmaz. Bu hızlı yapıştırma yöntemi sadece orta fare " +#~ "düğmesiyle çalışır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Çoğu web tarayıcısı, bağlantıları fare orta tuşu ile sekmeler içinde hızlıca " +#~ "açmanıza imkan verir. Fare orta tuşunuzla herhangi bir bağlantının üzerine " +#~ "tıklamanız yeterlidir, böylece bağlantı yeni bir sekmede açılacaktır. " +#~ "Firefox web tarayııcısında bağlantılara tıklarken dikkatli olun. " +#~ "Firefox'ta bağlantı dışındaki herhangi bir yere orta " +#~ "tıkladığınızda seçmiş olduğunuz metni, sanki adres çubuğuna yapıştırma için " +#~ "orta tıklamayı kullanmış ve gir tuşuna basmışsınız gibi bir alan " +#~ "adı olarak yüklemeye çalışacaktır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bazı özelleştirilmiş uygulamalar fare orta tuşunu başka işlevler için " +#~ "kullanmanıza imkan tanır. Uygulamanızın yardım konularında orta-" +#~ "tıklama ya da fare orta tuşu konularını arayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "İşaretleme ve Tıklama sekmesine geçmek için ← bir kere " +#~ "basın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu yönergeler, salt klavye kullanımında fare tuşlarını etkin duruma getirme " +#~ "için en kısa yolu sağlar. Daha fazla erişebilirlik seçeneği için " +#~ "Evrensel Erişim Ayarları'nı seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tuş takımı, klavyenizdeki bir dizi numerik tuştur, genellikle bir kare " +#~ "ızgara içine sıralanmıştır. Tuş takımı olmayan bir klavyeniz varsa (bir " +#~ "dizüstü klavyesi gibi) işlev tuşuna (Fn) basılı tutmanız ve " +#~ "klavye üzerindeki diğer belirli tuşları tuş takımı yerine kullanmanız " +#~ "gerekebilir. Bir dizüstünde bu özelliği sıklıkla kullanıyorsanız harici bir " +#~ "USB tuş takımı alabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tuş takımı üzerindeki her bir tuş, bir yöne karşılık gelmektedir. Örneğin, " +#~ "8 tuşuna basmak, imleci yukarıya, 2 tuşuna basmak " +#~ "imleci aşağıya doğru hareket ettirecektir. Fare tek tıklaması için " +#~ "5'e bir kere, çift tıklama içinse iki kez hızlıca basın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Çoğu klavyenin sağ tıklama yapmak için özel bir tuşu vardır; bu, genellikle " +#~ "ara çubuğunun yanındadır. Ancak bu tuş, klavyeniz nereye odaklanmışsa oraya " +#~ "yanıt verir, fare imlecinizin bulunduğu yere değil. 5 tuşuna " +#~ "basılı tutarak ya da fare sol tuşu ile nasıl sağ tıklama yapılacağı bilgisi " +#~ "için buraya bakın: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "İmleçsürerinizi kullanarak ayrı donanım düğmeleri olmaksızın tıklayabilir, " +#~ "çift-tıklayabilir, sürükleyebilir ve kaydırabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Tıklamak için imleçsürer üzerine dokunun." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir öğeyi sürüklemek için, iki defa dokunun fakat ikinci dokunmanızdan sonra " +#~ "parmağınızı kaldırmayınız. Öğeyi istediğiniz yere sürükleyin daha sonra " +#~ "bırakmak için parmağınızı kaldırın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "Eğer" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer imleçsüreriniz çoklu dokunuşu destekliyorsa orta tıklamayı üç parmak ile aynı anda dokunarak " +#~ "yapabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Birden fazla parmakla vuruş yaparken veya sürüklerken parmaklarınızın yeteri " +#~ "kadar aralı olduğundan emin olun. Eğer parmaklarınız birbirine çok yakınsa " +#~ "bilgisayarınız bunları tek bir parmak sanabilir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dizüstü imleçsürerleri siz yazmayı bıraktığınızda çalışmaya başlamadan önce " +#~ "gecikmeli tepki verir. Bu, yazma esnasında imleçsürere avuçiçinizle " +#~ "yanlışlıkla dokunmanızı önlemek içindir. Ayrıntılar için bağlantısına bakınız." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Dosya yöneticisinde yer imlerini ekle, sil ve yeniden adlandır." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Yer imleriniz, dosya yöneticisinin kenar çubuğunda listelenir." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Bir yer imini sil:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Üst çubuktan Dosyalar'a tıklayın ve uygulama menüsünden Yer " +#~ "İmleri'ni seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yer İmleri penceresinden silmek istediğiniz yer imini seçin ve " +#~ "- düğmesine tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yer İmleri penceresinden yeniden adlandırmak istediğiniz yer " +#~ "imini seçin." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "Ad metin kutusuna yer iminin yeni adını yazın." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Dosyanın en son değiştirilme tarih ve saatini verir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer daha fazla güvende olmak istiyorsanız veya Mac ve Windows kullanan " +#~ "kişiler ile sizin aranızda paylaştığınız dosyaları virüslere karşı " +#~ "denetlemek istiyorsanız bir antivirüs yazılımı kurabilirsiniz. Bir dizi " +#~ "uygulamanın mevcut olduğu Ubuntu Yazılım Merkezi'ni denetleyin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Varsayılan tarayıcıyı değiştirin, " +#~ "Flash'ı yükleyin, java eklentisini yükleyin, Silverlight desteği…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Empathy Ubuntu'da varsayılan olarak kuruludur. Empathy Anlık " +#~ "Mesajlaşma programını Ana " +#~ "Seçke, Başlatıcı " #~ "üzerinden veya Mesajlaşma " #~ "menüsünden sohbet'i seçerek başlatın." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ağa hangi programların ulaşabileceğini denetleyebilirsiniz. Bu, " +#~ "bilgisayarınızı güvende tutmaya yardım eder." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Güvenlik duvarı girişini etkinleştir ya da engelle" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Kolay Güvenli Duvarı (ufw) ile birlikte gelir " +#~ "ama güvenlik duvarı öntanımlı olarak etkin değildir. Çünkü, Ubuntu'da açık " +#~ "ağ hizmeti (temel ağ altyapısı hariç) yoktur ve gelen kötü niyetli bağlanma " +#~ "girişimlerini engellemek için bir güvenlik duvarına gerek yoktur." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kolay Güvenlik Duvarı (ufw) hakkında daha fazla bilgi için çevrimiçi " +#~ "belgelendirme bağlantısına bakın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Güvenlik duvarını açmak için uçbirimde sudo ufw enable komutunu " +#~ "girin. ufw kapatmak için ise sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28159,6 +29200,13 @@ #~ "engellemek için sudo ufw block 53 komutunu girin." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Youtube gibi siteleri görüntülemek istiyorsanız videoları ve etkileşimli " +#~ "sayfaları göstermeye yarayan Flash'ı yüklemeniz gerekir." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28167,6 +29215,9 @@ #~ "sayfalarını görüntülemenize yarayan bir eklentidir. Bazı siteler " #~ "Flash olmadan çalışmazlar." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Flash nasıl yüklenir" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28186,6 +29237,15 @@ #~ "Eğer Flash'ı yüklemek isterseniz, Yazılım Merkezi penceresinden " #~ "Yükle'yi tıklayın." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer herhangi bir tarayıcı penceresi açık ise, hepsini kapatın ve sonra " +#~ "yeniden açın. Tarayıcıyı yeniden açtığınızda Flash'ın yüklendiğini " +#~ "belirlemeli ve artık Flash kullanan siteleri görüntüleyebileceksiniz." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Flaşın açık-kaynak alternatifleri" @@ -28215,6 +29275,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Tarayıcınıza Java kullanan siteler konusunda yardımcı olun." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Java tarayıcı eklentisini kurun" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bazı siteler, bir Java eklentisi kurulu iken çalışan küçük Java " +#~ "uygulamaları kullanır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tarayıcınızda Java uygulamaları görüntülemek için icedtea6-plugin paketini yükleyin." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28262,6 +29342,15 @@ #~ "mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight sitesini ziyaret edin." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kablosuz sorunlarını " +#~ "giderme, kablosuz ağınızı " +#~ "bulma…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28279,6 +29368,276 @@ #~ "bulun ve kurun. Ubuntu Yazılım Merkezi'nin altındaki Teknik " #~ "Ögeleri Göster'e tıklamanız gerekecektir." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wifi bağlan, Gizli ağlar, Bağlantı ayarlarını düzenle, Bağlantı kesiliyor…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bilgisayarınızı bir kablosuz erişim noktası olarak kullanabilirsiniz. Bu, " +#~ "diğer aygıtlara ayrı bir ağ kullanmadan size bağlanmasına izin verir ve " +#~ "başka bir arayüz ile oluşturduğunuz bir internet bağlantısını paylaşmanıza " +#~ "olanak sağlar, tıpkı kablolu/kablosuz bağlantılar gibi." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Erişim Noktası olarak kullan düğmesini tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer zaten bir kablosuz ağa bağlıysanız, bağlantıyı kesmek isteyip " +#~ "istemediğiniz sorulacaktır. Tek bir kablosuz bağdaştırıcı aynı zamanda " +#~ "yalnız bir kablosuz ağa bağlanır ya da oluşturur. Onaylamak için " +#~ "Kablosuz Erişim Noktası Oluştur düğmesine tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bir ağ adı (SSID) ve güvenlik anahtarı kendiliğinden oluşturulur. Ağ adı " +#~ "bilgisayarınızın adına bağlıdır. Diğer aygıtlar bu bilgiye kablosuz erişim " +#~ "noktasına bağlanmak için ihtiyaç duyar." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seçke çubuğundan ağ seçkesini tıklayın ve Kablosuz Ağları Etkinleştir " +#~ "onayını kaldırın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bunu yapmak için, seçke çubuğundan ağ seçkesini tıklayın ve " +#~ "Kablosuz Ağları Etkinleştir seçimini kaldırın. Bu, sizin kablosuz " +#~ "bağlantılarınızı siz yeniden açana kadar kapatır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kablosuz ağınızı geri açmak için seçke çubuğunda ağ seçkesini " +#~ "tıklayın ve Kablosuz Ağları Etkinleştir'i seçin böylece önünde " +#~ "bir onay imi olacaktır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer Bluetooth'u " +#~ "kapatmadıysanız, dizüstünüz hala yayın yapıyor olabilir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seçke çubuğu üzerinden ağ bağlantıları seçkesini " +#~ "tıklayın ve sonrasında bağlanmak istediğiniz ağı seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kablosuz bağlantı düzenleme ekranındaki seçeneklerin ne anlama geldiğini " +#~ "öğren." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Bir kablosuz bağlantıyı düzenleyin" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu konu, bir kablosuz ağ bağlantısını düzenlerken mevcut tüm seçenekleri " +#~ "açıklar. Bir bağlantıyı düzenlemek için, seçke çubuğu içindeki ağ " +#~ "seçkesini tıklayın ve Bağlantıları Düzenle seçimini yapın." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Tüm kullanıcılar için uygun / Kendiliğinden bağlan" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Kendiliğinden bağlan" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer birden fazla erişilen ağ varsa, bilgisayar Ağ Bağlantıları " +#~ "penceresindeki Kablosuz sekmesi içindeki ilk görülen ağa " +#~ "bağlanacak. Mevcut bağlı durumda olan bir ağ bağlantısı, başka bir ağ erişim " +#~ "alanına girse bile koparılmaz." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Tüm kullanıcılar tarafından kullanılabilir" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer bu bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcıların kablosuz ağa erişebilmesini " +#~ "istiyorsanız bunu işaretleyin. Eğer eğın bir WEP/WPA parolası varsa ve bunu işaretlediyseniz, parolayı " +#~ "yalnızca bir kere girmeniz gerekmektedir. Bundan sonra bilgisayarınızdaki " +#~ "tüm kullanıcılar parolayı bilmeseler bile bu ağa bağlanabilecektir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer bu işaretlendiyse, bu ağın ayarlarını değiştirmek için yönetici olmak zorundasınız. Yönetici " +#~ "parolanız sorulabilir." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Kablosuz" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer Geçici Ağı (Ad-hoc) seçerseniz Bant and " +#~ "Kanal adında iki başka seçenek göreceksiniz. Bunlar, ad-hoc " +#~ "kablosuz ağının üzerinden çalışacağı kablosuz sıklık bandını belirler. Bazı " +#~ "bilgisayarlar sadece belli bantlar üzerinde çalışabilir (mesela, " +#~ "A veya sadece B/G). Bu yüzden ad-hoc bağlantısındaki " +#~ "tüm bilgisayarların kullanabileceği bir bant seçmek isteyebilirsiniz. Yoğun " +#~ "kullanım olan yerlerde aynı kanalı paylaşan birkaç kablosuz ağ olabilir. Bu, " +#~ "bağlantınızı yavaşlatabilir. Bu yüzden kullandığınız kanalı da " +#~ "değiştirebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu, Temel Hizmet Ayarı Tanıtıcı'dır. SSID (yukarı bakın), " +#~ "insanların okuması amaçlanan ağ bağlantısının adıdır; BSSID ise bilgisayar " +#~ "için olan ağın adıdır (kablosuz ağ için özel olan harf ve sayılardan oluşan " +#~ "bir dizgidir). Eğer bir ağ gizli " +#~ "ise, bunun bir SSID adı yoktur ancak BSSID adı vardır." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "Aygıt MAC adresi" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ağ donanımınız (kablosuz kartınız), farklı bir MAC adresi varmış gibi " +#~ "davranabilir. Bu, yalnızca belli bir MAC adresi ile iletişim kurarken bir " +#~ "aygıt ya da hizmet kullanıyorsanız faydalıdır (örneğin, kablolu bir " +#~ "genişbant modemi). Eğer bu MAC adresini çoğaltılmış MAC adresi " +#~ "kutusuna yazarsanız, hizmet/aygıt bilgisayarınız gerçek bir MAC adresi " +#~ "yerine çoğaltılmış bir MAC adresine sahipmiş gibi davranacaktır." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Kablosuz Güvenliği" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu, kablosuz ağınızın nasıl bir şifreleme kullandığını tanımlar. " +#~ "Şifrelenmiş bağlantılar kablosuz ağınızın kesilmesinin önlenmesine yardımcı " +#~ "olurlar, böylelikle diğer kişiler \"araya giremez\" ve hangi siteleri " +#~ "ziyaret ettiğinizi göremez." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bazı tür şifrelemeler diğerlerinden daha güçlüdür fakat eski kablosuz ağ " +#~ "donanımlarınca desteklenmeyebilir. Doğal olarak bağlantı için bir parola " +#~ "yazmanız gerekecek; çok incelikli güvenlik türleri bir kullanıcı adı ve " +#~ "dijital \"belge-sertifika\" gerektirebilir. Gözde kablosuz ağ şifreleme " +#~ "türleri hakkında daha fazla bilgi için " +#~ "bağlantısına bakın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer bu ayarı seçerseniz, bilgisayarınız IP adresini bir DHCP sunucudan alır " +#~ "fakat diğer ayrıntıları elle tanımlamak zorundasınız (hangi DNS sunucusunun " +#~ "kullanılacağı gibi)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer bilgisayarın kullanması gereken IP adresi de dahil tüm ağ ayarları " +#~ "kendiniz tanımlamak istiyorsanız bu seçeneği seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu seçenek ağ bağlantınızı devre dışı bırakır ve ağa bağlanmanızı engeller. " +#~ "IPv4 ve IPv6'ün aynı ağ kartı için olsa da farklı " +#~ "ağlarmış gibi algılandığına dikkat edin. Eğer bir tanesi etkinleştirilmişse " +#~ "diğerini devre dışı bırakmak isteyebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bu, IPv4 sekmesine oldukça benzerdir ama daha yeni olan IPv6 " +#~ "standardı ile çalışır. En yeni ağlar IPv6 kullanır ama IPv4 hala oldukça " +#~ "yaygındır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Seçke çubuğunda ağ seçkesini tıklayın ve Gizli Kablosuz " +#~ "Ağlara Bağlanı seçin." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "Sistem kısmından Yazılım Kaynakları'na tıklayın." @@ -28322,6 +29681,13 @@ #~ "giderme kılavuzunun sonraki adıma geçmek için İleri'ye tıklayın." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uçbirime sudo pm-hibernate komutunu yazın ve Enter " +#~ "tuşuna basın." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28329,6 +29695,199 @@ #~ "kullanılabilir RAM kadar büyüklükte olup olmadığını denetleyin." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer hazırda beklet sınaması çalışıyorsa, hazırda bekletmek istediğiniz " +#~ "zaman şu komutu kullanabilirsiniz: sudo pm-hibernate" + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pilin gücü %10 düzeyine düştüğünde bilgisayarım neden kapanıyor/askıya " +#~ "alınıyor?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer pilin şarjı çok düşük düzeye inerse, bilgisayarınız kendiliğinden askıya alınacaktır. Bu, pilin daha kötü duruma " +#~ "gelmemesi ve tamamen boşalmaması için yapılmaktadır. Eğer pil biterse, " +#~ "bilgisayarın düzgün kapatılması için dahi zaman kalmayacaktır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pil düzeyi çok azaldığında ne olacağını değiştirebilirsiniz. Öncelikle, " +#~ "seçke çubuğundaki pil seçkesine tıklayın ve Güç " +#~ "Ayarlarını seçin. 'Güç ciddi derecede azaldığında' " +#~ "ayarında, bilgisayarı askıya almayı uyku " +#~ "kipi ya da kapatmayı seçebilirsiniz, Eğer kapatmayı seçerseniz, " +#~ "uygulamalarınız ve belgeleriniz bilgisayar kapandığında kaydedilmiş " +#~ "olmayacaktır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bazı bilgisayarlar askıya alındıktan sonra uyanırken uygulamaları ve açık " +#~ "olan belgeleri aynı şekilde geri getirememektedir. Bu durumda, askıya " +#~ "almadan önce kaydetmediğiniz bazı çalışmalarınızı kaybedebilirsiniz. Askıya alma ile ilgili sorunları çözmeyi " +#~ "deneyin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sekme çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Sistem " +#~ "Ayarları'nı seçin" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tespit edilemeyen yazıcılar, sıkışmış kağıtlar, normal olmayan çıktılar..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Bilgisayarınıza bağlı olan yazıcıyı kurun." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Yerel yazıcıyı kurun" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sisteminiz, bağlandıktan sonra birçok çeşitte yazıcıyı kendiliğinden " +#~ "tanıyabilir. Çoğu yazıcılar bir USB kablosu ile bilgisayarınıza bağlanınır." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Artık ağ ya da yerel yazıcı mı kurmak istediğinizi seçmek zorunda " +#~ "değilsiniz. Onlar, tek pencerede listelenmiştir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yazıcıyı sisteminize kendi kablosuyla bağlayın. Ekranınızda sistemin " +#~ "sürücüleri arama etkinliğini göreceksiniz ve bunları yüklemek için " +#~ "yetkilendirme istenebilir." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sistem yazıcıyı kurmayı tamamladığında bir ileti gözükecektir. Deneme " +#~ "sayfasını yazdırmak için Deneme Sayfasını Yazdırı ya da yazıcı " +#~ "ayarlarınızda ek değişiklikler yapmak için Seçenekleri seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer yazıcınız kendiliğinden ayarlanmıyorsa, bunu yazıcı ayarları bölümünden " +#~ "yapabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ekle'yi tıklayın ve Aygıtlar penceresinden yazıcıyı seçin." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Forward'ye tıklayın ve sürücüleri ararken bekleyin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer yazıcınız için birden çok sürücü varsa hangisini seçmek istediğiniz " +#~ "sorulabilir. Tavsiye edilen sürücüyü kullanmak için model ekranlarından " +#~ "İleri'yi tıklayın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yazıcı kurulumundan sonra öntanımlı yazıcınızı değiştirmek isteyebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Değişikliklerin etkin olabilmesi için oturumunuzu kapatıp açmanız " +#~ "gerekmektedir. Seçke çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeye tıklayın ve Oturumu " +#~ "kapat'ı seçin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Yaptığınız dil değişikliklerinin etkin olabilmesi için oturumunuzu kapatıp " +#~ "açmalısınız. Seçke çubuğunun en sağındaki simgeyi tıkladıktan sonra " +#~ "Oturumu kapat seçimini yapıp oturumunuzu kapatın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Oturumu kapatmak ya da kullanıcı değiştirmek için, seçke çubuğunun en " +#~ "sağındaki sistem seçkesini " +#~ "tıklayın ve uygun seçimi yapın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ekranınızı kilitlemek için, seçke çubuğundan sistem seçkesini " +#~ "tıklayın veEkranı Kilitle seçimini yapın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ekranınız kilitlendiğinde, diğer kullanıcılar Kullanıcı " +#~ "Değiştir'i kullanarak kendi parolalarını girdikten sonra oturumlarını " +#~ "açabilirler. Kendi masaüstünüze diğer kişilerin kullanımından sonra " +#~ "dönebilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bilgisayarınızı elle askıya almak için, seçke çubuğundan sistem " +#~ "seçkesini tıklayın ve Askıya Al seçimini yapın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer bilgisayarınızı tamamen kapatmak ya da yeniden başlatmak istiyorsanız, " +#~ "sistem seçkesini tıklayın ve Bilgisayarı Kapat " +#~ "seçimini yapın." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28341,6 +29900,49 @@ #~ "uçbirim penceresi açın ve sonra da şu komutu girin (bu uzun bir komuttur, " #~ "doğrudan kopyalayıp yapıştırarak kullanın):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "Klavyeden" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Değiştiricideki bir sonraki (vurgulanan) pencereyi seçmek için " +#~ "Alt tuşunu serbest bırakın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ya da açılan pencerelerin listesinde ileri gitmek için Alt tuşunu " +#~ "basılı tutarken Tab tuşuna da basın ya da geri gitmek için " +#~ "ShiftTab kısayoluna basın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pencere değişitiricideki pencereler uygulama tarafından guruplanır. Birden " +#~ "fazla penceresi açık uygulamaların önizlemeleri siz üzerlerine tıkladıkça " +#~ "ortaya çıkar." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pencere değiştiricideki uygulama simgeleri arasında → veya " +#~ "← tuşlarını kullanarak da ya da birisine fare ile tıklayıp " +#~ "seçerek de geçiş yapabilirsiniz." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Uygulamaların önizlemeleri tek bir pencereden ↓ tuşu ile " +#~ "görüntülenebilir." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -28669,6 +30271,11 @@ #~ "Çevrimiçi arama önerilerini almak istemiyorsanız, bu özelliği " #~ "etkisizleştirebilirsiniz." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Güvenlik & Gizlilik açın ve Ara sekmesini seçin." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Çevrimiçi arama sonuçlarını dahil et'i kapatın." @@ -28725,3 +30332,48 @@ #~ "deneyin. Birçok video düzenleyici programla bunu yapabilirsiniz ve ayrıca bu " #~ "işe özel dönüştürücü uygulamalar da mevcuttur. Kullanabileceğiniz " #~ "uygulamaları görmek için Ubuntu Yazılım Merkezi'ne bakın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Eğer birden fazla stylus'a sahipseniz, diğer stylus tablete yaklaştığında " +#~ "stylus aygıt adının yanında bir uyarı çıkacaktır. Hangi stylus'un " +#~ "yapılandırılacağını seçmek için bu uyarıyı kullanın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Yazılımı ile yeni uygulamalar yükleyin ve Ubuntu'yu daha " +#~ "kullanışlı hale getirin." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu Yazılımı artık kullanmadığınız uygulamaları kaldırmak için " +#~ "size yardım eder." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menü çubuğundan Yer İmleri'ni tıklayın ve Bu Konumu Yer " +#~ "İmlerine Ekle seçimini yapın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Menü çubuğundan Yer imleri'ni tıklayın ve uygulama menüsünden " +#~ "Yer İmleri... seçimini yapın." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Varsayılan tarayıcıyı değiştir, " +#~ "Flash yükle, java eklentisi yükle…" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ubuntu-help.pot ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ubuntu-help.pot --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ubuntu-help.pot 2017-02-20 13:31:24.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ubuntu-help.pot 2017-03-15 21:35:45.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-20 14:30+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 @@ -292,55 +292,137 @@ msgid "Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:35 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:93 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 #: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 -msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings." +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 +msgid "Click the system menu Power cog icon and select System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press." msgstr "" @@ -375,13 +457,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -405,47 +487,39 @@ msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." msgstr "" @@ -465,12 +539,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-." msgstr "" @@ -603,32 +677,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click." msgstr "" @@ -663,27 +737,27 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough." msgstr "" @@ -708,37 +782,37 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -763,12 +837,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash." msgstr "" @@ -795,7 +869,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -892,7 +966,7 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 #: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 @@ -1478,7 +1552,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:33 -msgid "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." +msgid "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1511,12 +1585,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install.page:72 -msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-install.page:79 -msgid "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your user password, not your Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." +msgid "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -1599,7 +1673,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-remove.page:26 -msgid "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to log on to Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." +msgid "Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be listed first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1634,12 +1708,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-remove.page:73 -msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to Ubuntu One." +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/addremove-remove.page:80 -msgid "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your user password, not your Ubuntu One password). After you have done that, the application will be removed." +msgid "You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -2483,7 +2557,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:94 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'" msgstr "" @@ -3870,54 +3944,37 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 -msgid "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +msgid "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the system menu Power cog icon and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:176 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect." msgstr "" @@ -4089,45 +4146,52 @@ msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 #: C/disk-partitions.page:45 msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53 -msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 -msgid "Click the menu button and select Benchmark Disk...." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +msgid "Click the window menu Window menu icon and select Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:63 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:78 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." msgstr "" @@ -4147,11 +4211,10 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -#: C/disk-check.page:50 +#: C/disk-check.page:48 #: C/disk-format.page:35 -#: C/disk-format.page:75 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" @@ -4172,7 +4235,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:52 -msgid "When a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +msgid "Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p @@ -4225,43 +4288,38 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Activities overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 -msgid "Click the menu button and select SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +msgid "Click the window menu Window menu icon and select SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair." msgstr "" @@ -4297,46 +4355,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-format.page:51 -msgid "Click the menu button and then select Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." +msgid "Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:61 msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as \"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:69 +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:79 +#: C/disk-format.page:80 msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:83 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:87 +#: C/disk-format.page:88 msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:91 +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on the disk." msgstr "" @@ -4416,28 +4474,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option." msgstr "" @@ -4457,15 +4515,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF." msgstr "" @@ -4476,25 +4539,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -4519,27 +4582,27 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -4559,8 +4622,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 -msgid "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#: C/display-lock.page:42 +msgid "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -4662,12 +4725,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -4884,7 +4946,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -5074,117 +5135,117 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -5200,7 +5261,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 -msgid "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgid "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -5215,22 +5276,47 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 -msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file (if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 +msgid "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 -msgid "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search." +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5622,7 +5708,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-lost.page:49 -msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5971,99 +6057,85 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#: C/files-search.page:43 #: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 -msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF." +msgid "If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/system-search.png' md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 -msgid "Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +msgid "In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 -msgid "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#: C/files-search.page:58 +msgid "If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the Down arrow icon button and select a file type from the What drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 -msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." +msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the menu bar and select Save Search As...." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched." +#: C/files-search.page:69 +msgid "Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -6644,7 +6716,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -6689,14 +6761,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:61 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:179 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:64 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 msgid "Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add." msgstr "" @@ -6705,18 +6777,18 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list." msgstr "" @@ -6725,118 +6797,118 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 msgid "Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the list of available input sources when you click the + button. To expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT and run this command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:96 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:107 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:122 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:133 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:135 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:141 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:149 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, Japanese, Korean and Vietnamese." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:162 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "Install Korean. One of the installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:167 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:170 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:173 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:182 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:187 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:190 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed automatically when you install a language, you can install the IBus or Fcitx IM engine of your choice separately." msgstr "" @@ -7122,7 +7194,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -7142,12 +7214,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat." msgstr "" @@ -7167,52 +7239,52 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command." msgstr "" @@ -7293,7 +7365,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 -msgid "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgid "To solve this, click the system menu Power cog icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -7318,16 +7390,16 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 -msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays." +msgid "Click the system menu Power cog icon, select System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right." msgstr "" @@ -7347,52 +7419,47 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list." msgstr "" @@ -7532,33 +7599,33 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:95 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device." msgstr "" @@ -7578,7 +7645,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "In the General section, switch Primary button to Right." msgstr "" @@ -8048,17 +8115,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -8088,77 +8155,77 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:43 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:55 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:89 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling." msgstr "" @@ -8435,7 +8502,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -8445,61 +8512,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 -msgid "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this Location." +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgid "Click the window menu Window menu icon and select Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 -msgid "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button." +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 +msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 -msgid "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 +msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to." msgstr "" @@ -8975,7 +9037,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -9329,11 +9391,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-browser.page:11 -msgid "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +msgid "Change the default browser, install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -9346,7 +9408,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -9536,18 +9598,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again." msgstr "" @@ -9567,7 +9629,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option." msgstr "" @@ -9633,32 +9695,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same." msgstr "" @@ -9907,63 +9969,99 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 -msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 -msgid "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some websites which won't work without Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 +msgid "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 -msgid "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." +msgid "NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed already. Otherwise you can install it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "Install the adobe-flashplugin package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 -msgid "Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 +msgid "Open a terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT and install the browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -10305,44 +10403,44 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration." msgstr "" @@ -10663,22 +10761,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" @@ -11980,12 +12078,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing." msgstr "" @@ -12180,27 +12278,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again." msgstr "" @@ -12396,7 +12489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power." msgstr "" @@ -12498,35 +12591,35 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all." msgstr "" @@ -13387,49 +13480,49 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 -msgid "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out." +#: C/session-formats.page:47 +msgid "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help." msgstr "" @@ -13449,37 +13542,37 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 -msgid "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out." +#: C/session-language.page:50 +msgid "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -13504,17 +13597,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off." msgstr "" @@ -13724,57 +13817,57 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 -msgid "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option." +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 +msgid "To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 -msgid "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen." +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +msgid "To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 -msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished." +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 +msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking the system menu Power cog icon and selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 -msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend." +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 -msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down." +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 +msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off." msgstr "" @@ -14483,37 +14576,37 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "Now you can open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "Go to the Dash and open the Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15011,82 +15104,82 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:76 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:79 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:85 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "For more compose key sequences, see the compose key page on Wikipedia." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:91 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "To enter a character by its code point, press CtrlShiftU, type the four-character code point, and press Enter. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:108 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see ." msgstr "" @@ -15615,33 +15708,27 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher." msgstr "" @@ -15661,17 +15748,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -15861,42 +15948,42 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:74 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 msgid "Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 msgid "Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -15905,18 +15992,18 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:83 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:83 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks." msgstr "" @@ -15925,28 +16012,28 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:89 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:89 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:94 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." msgstr "" @@ -15955,18 +16042,18 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:100 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:100 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat." msgstr "" @@ -15975,18 +16062,18 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:106 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:106 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected." msgstr "" @@ -15995,48 +16082,38 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:112 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:112 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:118 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ug/ug.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ug/ug.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ug/ug.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ug/ug.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: Gheyret Kenji\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 23:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Uyghur Computer Science Association \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: \n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -322,61 +322,144 @@ "نەچچە قېتىم تەكرارلىنىپ كېتىدۇ، بۇنىڭ پەقەت بىرىنىلا ئىناۋەتلىك قىلىشنى " "خالايسىزغۇ؟. بۇ ۋاقىتتا مۇشۇ سەكرىمە كۇنۇپكا ئىقتىدارىنى ئېچىپ قويۇڭ." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە " -"سىستېما تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "ھەممىباب زىيارەت نى ئېچىپ كىرگۈزۈش بەتكۈچىنى تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "سەكرىمە كۇنۇپكىلار نى ئېچىڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -442,8 +525,8 @@ "ئارايۈز نىڭ مەلۇم بىر قىسمىلا ئۆزگىرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -451,7 +534,7 @@ "تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "يۇقىرى ئېنىقلىق نى ON غا ئۆزگەرتىڭ." @@ -493,18 +576,9 @@ "كونترولنىڭ ئۈستىگە ئەكەلگەندە سەل تۇرغۇزسىڭىز سىستېما ئۆزلۈكىدىن چاشقىنەك " "چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى سىز ئۈچۈن تاماملايدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -513,12 +587,12 @@ "تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "ئۈستىدە تۇرغۇزۇپ چېكىش نى ئىناۋەتلىك قىلىش." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -534,7 +608,7 @@ "چېكىش، ئوڭ چېكىش ياكى سۆرەلسۇن يەنىلا ئۆزلۈكىدىن تاق چېكىشكە قايتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -544,7 +618,7 @@ "رېڭى ئۆزگىرىدۇ. رېڭى تولۇق ئۆزگەرگەندە توپچا بېسىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -553,7 +627,7 @@ "تۇرغاندا ئاندىن چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى تاماملايدىغانلىقىنى تىزگىنلىيەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -565,7 +639,7 @@ "چېكىلىش يۈز بەرمەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -593,12 +667,12 @@ "سەۋەبلىك)، خەتلەرنى چوڭايتىپ كۆرۈنىدىغان قىلسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "چوڭ خەت نى ON غا ئۆزگەرتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -736,7 +810,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -772,12 +846,12 @@ "ئەسقاتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "ئىككىنچى چېكىشنى تەقلىد قىلىش ئۈزچاتىنى ئېچىش." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -790,7 +864,7 @@ "Acceptance delay نى ئۆزگەرتىسىز." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -805,7 +879,7 @@ "بولىسىز." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -816,7 +890,7 @@ "ئىككىنچى چېكىشنى نورمال ئىشلىتەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -827,7 +901,7 @@ "تۇرۇش ئارقىلىقمۇ ئوڭ چېكىلىشنى ئەمەلگە ئاشۇرغىلى بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -886,17 +960,17 @@ "بولسا ئاستا كۇنۇپكىنى ئىشلىتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "ئۇدا كۇنۇپكا بېسىشئۈزچاتىنى ئاچىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "ئاستا كۇنۇپكىلارنى تېز ئىناۋەتلىك ۋە ئىناۋەتسىز قىلىش" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -905,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -914,7 +988,7 @@ "ۋاقىت بېسىپ تۇرغاندا ئاندىن كىرگۈزۈشنى تىزگىنلىگىلى بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -965,17 +1039,17 @@ "كۇنۇپكىلارنى ئىناۋەتلىك قىلسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "چاپلىشاڭغۇ كۇنۇپكىلار نى ئىناۋەتلىك قىلىسىز." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "چاپلىشاڭغۇ كۇنۇپكىلارنى تېز ئىناۋەتلىك ۋە ئىناۋەتسىز قىلىش" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -984,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -993,7 +1067,7 @@ "ۋاقىتلىق ئىناۋەتسىز بولۇپ، تېزلەتمىلەرنى نورمال ئۇسۇلدا كىرگۈزۈشكە بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1011,7 +1085,7 @@ "ياردىمى بار." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1019,7 +1093,7 @@ "ئىگە قىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1069,7 +1143,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" @@ -1077,7 +1151,7 @@ "تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1106,7 +1180,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1120,10 +1194,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1177,12 +1251,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1193,7 +1268,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1202,15 +1277,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1366,7 +1442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1380,46 +1456,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1427,13 +1502,9 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"بىخەتەرلىكنى كۆزدە تۇتۇپ، ئۇبۇنتۇ سىز تەمىنلىگەن ئىمنى كومپيۇتېردا ساقلىماي، " -"تور مۇلازىمىتى تەمىنلىگەن token نى ساقلىۋالىدۇ. ئەگەر تور مۇلازىمىتى بىلەن " -"ئۈستەلئۈستىنىڭ باغلىنىشىنى يوق قىلماقچى بولسىڭىز، چىقىرىۋەت نى چەكسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1760,6 +1831,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1849,118 +1989,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "باشقا يۇمشاق دېتاللارنى ئورنىتىش" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"ئۇبۇنتۇ ئىجادىيەت ئەترىتى كۈندىلىك ئىشلاردا ئىنتايىن كېرەكلىك دەپ قارىغان " -"بىر توپ پروگراممىنى تاللاپ ئۇبۇنتۇغا قوشۇپ تارقاتقان. شۇنداقتىمۇ، بەزىدە " -"باشقا پروگراممىلارنى ئورنىتىپ ئۆزىڭىزنىڭ ئېھتىياجىدىن چىققۇڭىز كېلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "باشقا يۇمشاق دېتاللارنى ئورنىتىشنىڭ قەدەم باسقۇچلىرى تۆۋەندىكىچە:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"ئالدى بىلەن سىمسىز ياكى سىملىق باغلىنىش ئارقىلىق ئىنتېرنېتقا " -"باغلىنىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "تېپىلغان پروگراممىنى تاللاپ ئورنات نى باسىسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"بۇ چاغدا سىزدىن ئىم سورايدۇ. ئىمنى كىرگۈزۈپ بولغان ھامان، ئورنىتىش باشلىنىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"ئادەتتە ئورنىتىش بىردەمدىلا تۈگەيدۇ، بىراق ئىنتېرنېت سۈرىتى ئاستا بولسا، " -"جىقراق ۋاقىت كېتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "ئالدىن سىناش ياكى ئالاھىدە يۇمشاق دېتاللار ئۈچۈن PPA لارنى قوشۇش" +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "شەخسىي بوغچا ئارخىپى(PPA) قوشۇش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"شەخسىي بوغچا ئارخىپى(PPA) ئۇبۇنتۇ ئىشلەتكۈچىلىرىنىڭ ئۈچىنچى تەرەپ " -"خەزىنىلىرىدىن پروگراممىلارنى ئورنىتىشنى ئاسانلاشتۇرۇش مەقسىتىدە لايىھىلەنگەن." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "ئىشەنچلىك مەنبەلەر تەمىنلىگەن يۇمشاق دېتال خەزىنىسىنى قوشۇڭ!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1972,12 +2110,12 @@ "پروگراممىلار بولۇشى مۇمكىن." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "بىر PPA نى ئورنىتىش" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1989,25 +2127,26 @@ "بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "باشقا يۇمشاق دېتاللار بەتكۈچكە ئالماشتۇرۇڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "قوش نى چېكىپ ppa: نىڭ ئورنىنى كىرگۈزىسىز." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2015,7 +2154,7 @@ "ئىمنى كىرگۈزىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2023,51 +2162,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "ئىشلەتمەيدىغان يۇمشاق دېتالنى چىقىرىۋېتىش" +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "پروگرامما چىقىرىۋېتىش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "پروگراممىنى تاللاپ چىقىرىۋەت نى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"ئىمنى كىرگۈزۈشىڭىزنى تەلەپ قىلىدۇ. كىرگۈزگەندىن كىيىن پروگرامما " -"چىقىرىۋېتىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2078,16 +2252,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"ئۇبۇنتۇدا ئىشلىتىلىدىغان يۇمشاق دېتال مەنبەلىرىنى كۆپەيتىش ئۈچۈن باشقا " -"يۇمشاق دېتال خەزىنىلىرىنى قوشۇش." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "باشقا يۇمشاق دېتال خەزىنىلىرىنى قوشۇش" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2101,13 +2273,13 @@ "تەرەپمۇ تەمىنلەيدۇ. ئۈچىنچى تەرەپ يۇمشاق دېتال خەزىنىسىدىن يۇمشاق دېتال " "ئورنىتىش ئۈچۈن، ئۇنى ئۇبۇنتۇنىڭ يۇمشاق دېتال خەزىنە تىزىمىغا قوشۇشىڭىز زۆرۈر." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "باشقا خەزىنىلەرنى ئورنىتىش" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2116,7 +2288,7 @@ "دېتال دېگەن بەتكۈچكە يۆتكىلىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2125,7 +2297,7 @@ "غېزىنىڭ تور بېتىدە تەمىنلەنگەن بولىدۇ. ئادەتتە مۇنداق شەكىلدە:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2133,7 +2305,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2141,12 +2313,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Canonical Partner نىڭ خەزىنىسىنى ئاكتىپلاش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2156,7 +2328,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2166,7 +2338,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2174,23 +2346,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "يۇمشاق دېتاللارنى قوشۇش ۋە چىقىرىۋېتىش" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "يۇمشاق دېتاللارنى قوشۇش ۋە چىقىرىۋېتىش" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2780,8 +2952,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB دىسكىسى (سىغىمى كىچىك)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3440,7 +3612,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3733,24 +3905,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "بېسىپ چىقىرىش پايدىلىنىش ھۆججىتىنى رەڭ شىركىتىدىن چۈشۈرۈش" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر سىز ئىشلىتىدىغان قەغەز پەقەت بىر ئىككى خىل بولسا، رەڭ شىركىتىنىڭ " -"قۇرغان رەڭ سەپلىمە ھۆججىتىدىن پايدىلىنىپ ئەڭ ئەرزان تۈرىنى تاللايسىز. " -"شىركەتنىڭ تورتۇراسىدىن پايدىلانما دىئاگراممىنى چۈشۈرۈپ، ئاندىن بېسىپ " -"چىقارغان نەتىجىنى يۇمشاق لېپاپىغا سېلىپ شىركەتكە قايتۇرىسىز، ئۇلار قەغەزنى " -"تەكشۈرۈپ، سەپلىمە ھۆججەت قۇرغاندىن كېيىن توغرا بولغان ICC سەپلىمە ھۆججەتنى " -"ئېلخەت بىلەن سىزگە ئەۋەتىپ بېرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5530,20 +5696,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"كېيىن يەنە سائەتنى كۆرسەتمەكچى بولسىڭىز، تىزىملىك بالداقنىڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى " -"سىنبەلگىنى چېكىپ سىستېما تەڭشىكى نىڭ ئىچىدىكى ۋاقىت ۋە " -"چېسلا ئارقىلىق ئۆزگەرتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "چېسلا پىچىمىنى ئۆزگەرتىش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5552,44 +5717,23 @@ "فورماتىغا ئۆزگەرتەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " -"تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "شەخسىي بۆلەكتىن تىل قوللىشى نى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "يەرلىك فورمات بەتكۈچكە ئالماشتۇرۇڭ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "كېڭەيتىلمە تىزىملىكتىن ئۆزىڭىزنىڭ تاللىماقچى بولغان ئورۇننى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5797,104 +5941,110 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"قاتتىق دىسكىغا نىسبەتەن ئۆلچەملىك تەكشۈرۈشنى ئىجرا تېزلىكىنى تەكشۈرۈش." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "قاتتىق دىسكىنىڭ ئۈنۈمىنى سىناش" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "قاتتىق دىسكىنىڭ تېزلىكىنى سىناش ئۈچۈن:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "دىسكا قوزغاتقۇچلىرى تىزىمىدىن قاتتىق دىسكىنى تاللايسىز." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"سىناق ئاخىرلاشقاندا، ئەگەر نەتىجە گرافىكتا كۆرۈنسە، يېشىل نۇقتا ۋە باغلىنىش " -"سىزىقى نۇسخا ئېلىشنى ئىپادىلەيدۇ؛ ئوڭ تەرەپتىكى كوئوردېناتقا ماسلاشقىنى " -"ساقلانغان ۋاقتى، تۆۋەندىكى كوئوردېنات ئۈنۈم سىنىقى بېسىپ ئۆتكەن پىرسەنتىگە " -"ۋەكىللىك قىلىدۇ. كۆك سىزىق ئوقۇش نىسبىتى، قىزىل سىزىق يېزىش نىسبىتىگە " -"ۋەكىللىك قىلىدۇ؛ سول تەرەپتىكى كوئوردېنات سانلىق مەلۇماتنى ساقلاش نىسبىتىگە " -"ۋەكىللىك قىلىدۇ، دىسكىدىن ئېغىش پىرسەنتىگە ماس كېلىدۇ، تەگلىكنى بويلىغان " -"كوئوردېنات دىسكىنىڭ سىرتقى گىرۋىكىدىن مەركىزىگىچە بولىدۇ." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"گرافىكنىڭ ئاستىدىكى قىممەتلەر، ئەڭ كىچىك، ئەڭ چوڭ ۋە ئوتتۇرىچە ئوقۇش ۋە " -"يېزىش تېزلىكىنى، ئوتتۇرىچە زىيارەت ۋاقتىنى ۋە ئەڭ ئاخىرقى قېتىملىق ئۆلچەملىك " -"تەكشۈرۈشتىن قانچىلىك ۋاقىت ئۆتكەنلىكىنى بىلدۈرىدۇ." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"پروگرامما Disk Usage Analyzer ياكى سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچى " -"نى ئىشلىتىپ قالغان بوشلۇق ۋە سىغىمنى تەكشۈرۈش." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -5902,130 +6052,68 @@ msgstr "قانچىلىك دىسكا بوشلۇقى قالغانلىقىنى تەكشۈرۈش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"دىسكىدا قالغان بوشلۇقنى تەكشۈرۈش ئۈچۈن Disk Usage Analyzer ياكى " -"سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچى نى ئىشلەتسە بولىدۇ." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "دىسكا ئىشلىتىش تەھلىلچىنى ئىشلىتىپ تەكشۈرۈش" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"دىسكا ئىشلىتىش تەھلىلچىدە ئىشلىتىلىشچان دىسكا بوشلۇقى ۋە دىسكا " -"سىغىمىنى تەكشۈرۈشتە:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"قورال بالداقتىكى ماكاننى تەكشۈر، ھۆججەت سىستېمىسىنى " -"تەكشۈر ياكى يىراقتىكى قىسقۇچنى تەكشۈر نى چېكىسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"ئۇچۇر قىسقۇچ ،ئىشلىتىلىشى، چوڭلۇقى ۋە " -"مەزمۇنى قاتارلىق تۈرلەر بويىچە كۆرۈنىدۇ. ئەگەر تېخىمۇ كۆپ ئۇچۇرغا " -"ئېرىشمەكچى بولسىڭىز دىسكا ئىشلىتىشنى تەھلىل " -"قىلغۇچتىن كۆرۈڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچىسى(System Monitor) نى ئىشلىتىپ تەكشۈرۈش" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "دىسكا توشۇپ كەتسە قانداق قىلىش كېرەك؟" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"ئىشلىتىشكە بولىدىغان بوشلۇق ۋە دىسكا سىغىمىنى سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچىسى " -"نى ئىشلىتىپ تەكشۈرۈش ئۇسۇلى:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "باش تاختا دىن سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچىسى نى ئاچىسىز." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 -msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"سىستېمىدىكى رايونلارنى(دىسكا رايونلىرى) نى ۋە دىسكىدىكى بوشلۇقلارنى كۆرۈش " -"ئۈچۈن، ھۆججەت سىستېمىسى بەتكۈچىنى تاللايسىز. ئۇچۇرلار " -"جەمئىي، بىكار، بارى ۋە " -"ئىشلىتىلگىنى دېگەن تەرتىپتە كۆرۈنىدۇ." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "دىسكا توشۇپ كەتسە قانداق قىلىش كېرەك؟" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "ئەگەر دىسكا توشۇپ كەتكەندە قىلىدىغان ئىشلار:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 +msgid "" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"مۇھىم بولمىغان ۋە بۇنىڭدىن كېيىن ئىشلەتمەيدىغان ھۆججەت ۋە پروگراممىلارنى " -"ئۆچۈرۈڭ." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"بىر مەزگىل ئىشلەتمەيدىغان مۇھىم ھۆججەتلىرىڭىزدىن زاپاسلاپ بولغاندىن كېيىن قاتتىق دىسكىدىن ئۆچۈرۈۋېتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6071,75 +6159,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "دىسكىنىڭ سالامەتلىكىنى دىسكىلار(Disk) نى ئىشلىتىپ تەكشۈرۈش" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "دىسكا سالامەت بولمىسا قانداق قىلىش كېرەك؟" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"ئەگەر SMART ھالىتىدە دىسكا ساغلام ئەمەس دېگەن ئۇچۇر " -"كۆرۈنسىمۇ، ئاگاھلاندۇرۇش چىقماسلىقى مۇمكىن. شۇنداقتىمۇ سانلىق-مەلۇماتلارنىڭ " -"يوقىلىپ كېتىشىنىڭ ئالدىنى ئېلىش ئۈچۈن زاپاسلاش قا تەييارلىق قىلغان ياخشى." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"ئەگەر ھالەتتە «Pre-fail» دەپ كۆرۈنسە، دىسكا ئاساسىي جەھەتتىن ساغلام بىراق، " -"بىر مەزگىلدىن كېيىن خاتالىق كۆرۈلۈش ئېھتىماللىق بارلىقىنى بىلدۈرىدۇ. قاتتىق " -"دىسكا ياكى كومپيۇتېرنى سېتىۋالغىلى بىر نەچچە يىل بولغان بولسا، ھەم بىر قانچە " -"قېتىملىق تەكشۈرۈشتە بۇ خىلدىكى ئۇچۇرنى كۆرگەن بولسىڭىز، سىز چوقۇم مۇھىم ھۆججەتلەرنى قەرەللىك زاپاسلاپ تۇرۇشىڭىز " -"كېرەك ۋە دىسكا ھالىتىنى پات-پات تەكشۈرۈپ تۇرۇڭ." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6151,130 +6218,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"سىرتقى قاتتىق دىسكا ياكى USB دىسكىدىكى بارلىق ھۆججەت ۋە قىسقۇچلارنى پىچىش " -"ئارىلىق ئۆچۈرۈش." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "يۆتكىلىشچان دىسكىدىكى ھەممە نەرسىنى يۇيۇۋېتىش" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"بەزىدە يۆتكىلىشچان دىسكا يەنى USB دىسكىسى ياكى سىرتقى قاتتىق دىسكا " -"دېگەندەكلەرنىڭ ئىچىدىكى ھەممە ھۆججەتنى يۇيۇۋېتىش زۆرۈرىيىتى تۇغۇلىدۇ. بۇنى " -"پىچىش ئارقىلىق ئەمەلگە ئاشۇرغىلى بولىدۇ. شۇنىڭ بىلەن دىسكا " -"ئۇستىدىكى بارلىق ھۆججەتلەر ئۆچۈرۈلۈپ دىسكا قۇپقۇرۇق ھالەتكە كېلىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "يۆتكىلىشچان دىسكىنى پىچىش" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." -msgstr "ساقلاش ئۈسكۈنىسى تىزىمىدىن يۇماقچى بولغان دىسكىنى تاللاڭ." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"تاللىغان دىسكا توغرىمۇ قايتا-قايتا تەكشۈرۈڭ! ئەگەر خاتا تاللاپ قويسىڭىز " -"دىسكا ئۇستىدىكى بارلىق ھۆججەتلەر ئۆچۈرۈلۈپ كېتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"دىسكىلار بۆلىكىدىن دىسكىنى ئېگەرسىزلە نى چېكىپ، ئارقىدىن " -"دىسكىنى پىچ نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"قاڭقىش كۆزنىكىدە دىسكا ئۈچۈن ھۆججەت سىستېما تىپىنى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"دىسكىنى Windows ۋە Mac OS مۇھىتىدا شۇنداقلا لىنۇكىس مۇھىتىدا ئىشلەتمەكچى " -"بولسىڭىز FAT نى تاللاڭ. ئەگەر يالغۇز Windows مۇھىتىدىلا " -"ئىشلەتمەكچى بولسىڭىز ئەڭ ياخشىسى NTFS نى تاللاڭ. ھۆججەت " -"سىستېمىسى تىپىھەققىدىكى ئاددىي چۈشەندۈرۈش ئەن سۈپىتىدە كۆرۈنىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"دىسكىغا ئات قويۇپ پىچ نى چەكسىڭىز دىسكا يۇيۇلۇشقا باشلايدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"پىچىش تاماملانغاندىن كېيىن بىخەتەر چىقارسىڭىز بولىدۇ. دىسكا " -"قۇرۇق ھالەتكە كەلگەن بولۇپ ئىشلىتىشنى باشلىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "دىسكا فورماتلانغاندا دىسكىدىكى ھۆججەتلەر بىخەتەر ئۆچۈرۈلمەيدۇ" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"دىسكىنى پىچىش دىسكىدىكى ھۆججەتلەرنى بىخەتەر ئۆچۈرۈشنىڭ ئۇسۇلى ئەمەس. دىسكا " -"پىچىلغاندا گەرچە دىسكىدا ھېچ نەرسە كۆرۈنمىگەن بىلەن، ئالاھىدە ئىشلەنگەن " -"يۇمشاق دېتاللار ئىشلىتىلسە ھۆججەتلەرنى ئەسلىگە كەلتۈرۈۋېلىشقا بولىدۇ. ئەگەر " -"دىسكىدىكى ھۆججەتلەرنى بىخەتەر ئۆچۈرۈش زۆرۈرىيىتى تۇغۇلسا بۇيرۇق قۇرىدا " -"ئىشلەتكىلى بولىدىغان shred قورالىنى ئىشلىتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"دىسكا، ئۇنىڭ ئۇستىدىكى رايونلارنى دىسكا قورالى ئارقىلىق باشقۇرۇش ۋە چۈشىنىش" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "دىسكا ۋە دىسكا رايونلىرىنى باشقۇرۇش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6294,7 +6344,7 @@ "ئوقۇشقا(يېزىشقىمۇ) بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6310,58 +6360,40 @@ "ئۇنى دىسكا(volume) دەپ قاراشقا بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "دىسكا قورالى ئارقىلىق دىسكىلارنى ۋە رايونلارنى كۆرۈش ۋە باشقۇرۇش" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"كومپيۇتېردىكى ساقلاش ئۈسكۈنىلىرىنى(دىسكىلارنى) تەكشۈرۈش ۋە ئۆزگەرتىش ئۈچۈن " -"دىسكا قورالىنى ئىشلەتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"تاختىدىكى ساقلاش ئۈسكۈنىلىرى دەپ بەلگە قويۇلغان يەردە، قاتتىق " -"دىسكىلار، CD/DVD قوزغاتقۇچلىرى ۋە باشقا فىزىكىلىق ئۈسكۈنىلەر بار. مەشغۇلات " -"قىلماقچى بولغاننى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"ئوڭ كۆزنەكچىدىكى دىسكىلار دېگەن يەردە بارلىق دىسكىلارنى ۋە " -"تاللانغان دىسكىدىكى بارلىق رايونلارنى كۆرۈشكە بولىدۇ. بۇ يەردە يەنە بۇ " -"دىسكىلارنى باشقۇرۇشتا ئىشلىتىدىغان ھەر خىل قوراللارمۇ بار." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"دىققەت: مەزكۇر قوراللار ئارقىلىق دىسكىدىكى بارلىق سانلىق-مەلۇماتلارنى تولۇق " -"ئۆچۈرۈۋەتكىلى بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6378,20 +6410,14 @@ "ئورۇنلاشتۇرۇشقا بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"بىر ئاساسىي رايوندا كومپيۇتېرنى قوزغىتىشقا زۆرۈر بولغان ئۇچۇرلار بولۇشى ياكى " -"boot بولۇشى كېرەك. شۇ سەۋەبتىن ئادەتتە ئاساسىي رايون قوزغىتىش " -"رايونى ياكى قوزغىتىش دىسكىسى دەپمۇ ئاتىلىدۇ. بىرەر دىسكىنىڭ قوزغىتىش " -"دىسكىسىمۇ ئەمەسمۇ بىلىش ئۈچۈن دىسكا قورالىدىكى (disk utility) رايون " -"بەلگىسى(Partition Flags) قارىسا بولىدۇ. سىرتقى دىسكىلار يەنى USB " -"دىسكىسى ۋە CD لارمۇ قوزغىتىش دىسكىسى بولالايدۇ." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6426,18 +6452,18 @@ msgstr "يورۇقلۇقىنى بەلگىلەش" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "يورۇقلۇق سىيرىغۇچىنى تەڭشەپ راھەت ھالەتكە كەلتۈرىسىز." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6449,7 +6475,7 @@ "Fn كۇنۇپكىسىنى بېسىپ تۇرۇپ ئىشلىتىشكە توغرا كېلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6463,7 +6489,7 @@ "ئىشلىتىش ۋاقتى ئۇزىرايدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6494,15 +6520,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "كۆرسەتكۈچلەر نى ئاچىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6520,7 +6552,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6530,7 +6562,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6540,7 +6572,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6550,7 +6582,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -6582,7 +6614,7 @@ "تەڭشەكلەرنى تەڭشەڭ:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -6591,19 +6623,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "يېپىشقاق گىرۋەكلەر" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6618,7 +6650,7 @@ "بىر ئېكرانغا ئالماشتۇرالايسىز." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -6657,19 +6689,15 @@ "قۇلۇپلىغىلىمۇ، ئاپتوماتىك قۇلۇپلىنىدىغان قىلغىلىمۇ بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"قۇلۇپ ئوچۇق ھالەتكە تەڭشىگەنلىكىڭىزنى جەزملەپ ئاندىن ئاستىدىكى " -"تارتما تىزىمدىن مۆھلىتىنى تاللاڭ. ئېكران سىز مەشغۇلاتنى توختاتقاندىن كېيىن " -"مەزكۇر ۋاقىتتىن ئاشسا ئۆزلۈكىدىن قۇلۇپلىنىدۇ. سىز يەنە ئاكتىپ " -"بولمىغاندا ئېكراننى تاقا نى تاللاپ ئېكران ئۆزلۈكىدىن تاقالغاندىن كېيىن " -"ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلىيالايسىز." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6683,7 +6711,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6718,7 +6746,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6750,17 +6778,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6783,12 +6811,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7044,7 +7071,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "ھۆججەتلەرنى ئىزدەش" @@ -7280,14 +7306,14 @@ "ھەرخىل ئۈسكۈنىلەرنى چاتقاندا قايسى پروگراممىنىڭ قوزغىلىشىنى بېكىتىش ئۈچۈن:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "تەپسىلاتلاريۆتكىلىشچان ۋاسىتە نى " "تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7295,7 +7321,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7303,7 +7329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7319,7 +7345,7 @@ "كۆرسىتىش)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7334,7 +7360,7 @@ "تىزىملىكتىن ئەپ ۋە مەشغۇلاتنى تاللىيالايسىز." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7346,17 +7372,17 @@ "قىلىنمىسۇن نى تاللاپ قويسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7365,12 +7391,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7379,24 +7405,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7405,7 +7431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7413,24 +7439,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7438,12 +7464,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "يۇمشاق دېتال" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -7452,7 +7478,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -7469,10 +7495,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -7492,14 +7518,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -7516,24 +7557,32 @@ "ياكى خاسلىقىنى زىيارەت قىلىشنى ئىلىپ بارالايسىز." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8169,10 +8218,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8751,145 +8799,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"ھۆججەت ئاتى ۋە تىپىغا ئاساسەن ھۆججەتنىڭ ئورنىنى تاپىدۇ. ئىزدەشنى ساقلاپ " -"قويۇپ كېيىن ئىشلىتىشكىمۇ بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇدا تۇرۇپلا ھۆججەتلەرنى ئاتى ياكى تىپىغا ئاساسەن ئىزدەشكە " -"بولىدۇ. كۆپ ئىشلىتىدىغان ئىزدەشنى ساقلاپ قويسىڭىز، بۇ ماكان مۇندەرىجە ئىچىدە " -"ئالاھىدە قىسقۇچ بولۇپ كۆرۈنىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "باشقا ئىزدەش پروگراممىلىرى" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "ئىزدەش" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇنى ئاچىسىز" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." -msgstr "ھۆججەت بار قىسقۇچنى بىلسەك، شۇ يەرگە يۆتكىلىسىز." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" -"ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇدا ھۆججەتلەرنى ئېچىش، كۆچۈرۈش، ئۆچۈرۈش ۋە باشقا مەشغۇلاتلارنى " -"قىلغاندەك، ئىزدەپ تاپقان ھۆججەتلەرگىمۇ ئوخشاش مەشغۇلات ئېلىپ بارالايسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" -"مەلۇم ئىزدەشنى ھەمىشە ئېلىپ بارسىڭىز، ئۇنى ساقلاپ قويسىڭىز، كېيىنكى قېتىم " -"ئوڭايلا ئىزدەش ئېلىپ بارالايسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "ئىزدەشنى ساقلاش" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "ئۈستىدىكىدەك ئۇسۇلدا ئىزدەش ئېلىپ بارىسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"ئىزدەشكە ئات قويۇپ ساقلاش نى چېكىسىز. خالىسىڭىز ئىزدەشنى باشقا " -"قىسقۇچقىمۇ ساقلىسىڭىزمۇ بولىدۇ. كېيىن ئۇ قىسقۇچنى ئاچقان ۋاقتىڭىزدا، لوپا " -"ئەينەك بار سېرىق رەڭلىك قىسقۇچ كۆرۈنىدۇ." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"ئىزدەش نەتىجىسىنى ئۆچۈرۈشنىڭ ئۇسۇلى بىلەن باشقا ھۆججەتلەرنى ئۆچۈرئۈش ئۇسۇلى ئوخشاش. سىز مەلۇم بىر ساقلانغان " -"ئىزدەش نەتىجىسىنى ئۆچۈرگەندە ئىزدەش نەتىجىسىدىكى ھۆججەت ئۆچۈرۈلمەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -9813,7 +9822,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "قاتتىق دېتال بۆلىكىدىن ھەرپتاختىنى تاللايسىز." @@ -9831,22 +9840,22 @@ "تېزلىكى دېگەن سىيرىغۇچنى تەڭشەپ لىپىلداش تېزلىكىنى بەلگىلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9861,7 +9870,7 @@ "ئىشلىتىپ ھەر خىل تىلدىكى ئوخشىمىغان ھەرپ بەلگىلەرنى كىرگۈزۈشكە بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9870,16 +9879,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -9888,30 +9911,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9923,15 +9932,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9956,12 +9975,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "تېزلەتمىلەر" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9970,26 +9989,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9999,19 +10018,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10019,7 +10038,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10027,50 +10046,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can ئېكران ھەرپتاختىسى نى ئىشلەتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "ئېكران ھەرپتاختىسىنى كۆرسىتىش ئۈچۈن كىرگۈزۈش ياردەمچىسىنى نى " @@ -10507,7 +10526,7 @@ "ياكى تەكرارلاشنىڭ باشلىنىشىغا كېتىدىغان ۋاقىتنى تەڭشىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -10516,7 +10535,7 @@ "تەكرارلاش كۇنۇپكىسىنى چەكلەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -10544,13 +10563,13 @@ msgstr "ئۆزگەرتىدىغان تېزلەتمە كۇنۇپكىلارنىڭ تەڭشىكى:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "ھەرپتاختا نى ئېچىپ تېزلەتمە بەتكۈچىنى تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -10558,24 +10577,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "ئىختىيارى تېزلەتمىلەر" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "ئۆزىڭىز ياخشى كۆرگەن تېزلەتمە ياساش ئۈچۈن:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -10583,7 +10602,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -10592,14 +10611,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -10612,7 +10631,7 @@ "ئاتىدۇر." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -10745,15 +10764,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"ھەل قىلىش ئۈچۈن: تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىن بەلگىنى چېكىپ ئۇ " -"يەردىن سىستېما تەڭشىكى نى تاللاپ، قاتتىق دىسكا بۆلىكىدىن " -"كۆرسەتكۈچلەر نى تاللايسىز. بىر نەچچە خىل ئېنىقلىقنى " -"سىناپ كۆرۈپ، ئەڭ ياخشى كۆرۈنگەننى بېكىتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -10796,19 +10812,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " -"تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز. كۆرسەتكۈچلەر… نى ئاچىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "ئەينەك كۆرسەتكۈچلەر نى تاللىمايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -10841,28 +10856,19 @@ "بولىدۇ (ئېكراننى چۆرگىلەتكىلى بولسا)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " -"تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "بەلگىلەيدىغان ئېنىقلىق ۋە ئېكران يۆنىلىشىنى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10876,7 +10882,7 @@ "مۇشۇ سەپلىمىنى ئىشلەتنى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10888,12 +10894,12 @@ "كۆرسەتكۈچلەرنى بايقاش نى چەكسىڭىزلا بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "ئېنىقلىق" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10910,7 +10916,7 @@ "ئۆزگىرىپ كېتىشنىڭ ئالدىنى ئالىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may غۇۋا ياكى چىشلىق كۆرۈنۈپ قالىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "چۆرگىلىتىش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11103,24 +11109,24 @@ "قىينالسىڭىز، ۋاقىت ھالقىشنى ئۇزارتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11128,7 +11134,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11143,8 +11149,8 @@ "يوق سىناپ بېقىڭ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -11172,7 +11178,7 @@ "كۇنۇپكىلىرىنى ئالماشتۇرالايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -11195,63 +11201,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"كۆپىنچە چاشقىنەك ۋە سەزگۈ تاختىنىڭ ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىسى بار بولۇپ، چاشقىنەكتە " -"بولسا دومىلاتما چاق بولغان بولىدۇ. ئوتتۇرا چېكىشنى ئەمەلگە ئاشۇرۇش ئۈچۈن " -"بىۋاسىتە دومىلاتما چاقنى باسسىڭىز بولىدۇ. ئەگەر ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا بولمىسا ئوڭ " -"كۇنۇپكا بىلەن سول كۇنۇپكىنى تەڭلا بېسىش ئارقىلىق ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى ئەمەلگە " -"ئاشۇرغىلى بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"كۆپ بارماقنى قوللايدىغان سەزگۈ تاختىدا ، سىز ئۈچ بارمىقىڭىزنى بىرلا ۋاقىتتا " -"ئىشلىتىش ئارقىلىق ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى ئەمەلگە ئاشۇرالايسىز. بۇنى قىلىش ئۈچۈن " -"سەزگۈ تاختىدىكى تاختا چېكىش نى " -"كۈچكە ئىگە قىلىشىڭىزغا توغرا كېلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"كۆپلىگەن پروگراممىلار ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىنى ئالىي چېكىشنىڭ تېزلەتمىسى سۈپىتىدە " -"ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"كۆپ ئۇچرايدىغان تېزلەتمىنىڭ بىرى بولسا تاللانغان تېكىستنى چاپلاش.)ئاساسى " -"تاللانغاننى چاپلاش دەپمۇ ئاتىلىدۇ.( چاپلىماقچى بولغان تېكىستنى تاللاڭ، " -"چاپلىماقچى بولغان جايغا بېرىپ ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى قىلىڭ، بۇ ۋاقىتتا تاللانغان " -"تېكىست نۇر بەلگىنىڭ ئورنىغا چاپلىنىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىسىنى ئىشلىتىپ چاپلاش ئېلىپ بېرىش نورمال " -"ئەھۋالدىكى چاپلاش تاختىسىدىن پۈتۈنلەي ئايرىم بولۇپ. تېكىستنى تاللىغاندا " -"چاپلاش تاختىسىغا چاپلانمايدۇ. بۇ خىل تىز چاپلاش ئۇسۇلى پەقەت چاشقىنەكنىڭ " -"ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا ئارقىلىقلا ئەمەلگە ئاشىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -11276,21 +11265,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"كۆپىنچە تور كۆرگۈچلەر سىزنى ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا ئارقىلىق ئۇلىنىشنى بەتكۈچتە " -"ئېچىش ئىمكانىيىتىگە ئىگە قىلىدۇ. خالىغان ئۇلىنىشنى ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا ئارقىلىق " -"چەكسىڭىزلا، ئۇلىنىش يېڭى بەتكۈچتە ئېچىلىدۇ. Firefox تا " -"ئىشلەتكەندە ئېھتىيات قىلىشقا توغرا كېلىدۇ، ئەگەر ئۇلىنىشتىن باشقا ئورۇندا " -"ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى ئىجرا قىلسىڭىز، سىز تاللىغان تېكىستنى URL دەپ چۈشىنىپ " -"ئىچىشكە ئۇرۇنىدۇ، خۇددى ئوتتۇرا - چېكىش ئارقىلىق ئورۇن ئىستونىغا چاپلاپ " -"Enter نى باسقاندەك بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -11308,14 +11289,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"بىر قىسىم ئالاھىدە پروگراممىلار سىزنى چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىسىنى باشقا " -"ئىقتىدار ئۈچۈن ئىشلىتىش ئىمكانىيىتىگە ئىگە قىلىدۇ. پروگراممىڭىزنىڭ " -"ياردىمىدىن ئوتتۇرا ياكى چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئوتتۇرا توپچىسى غا " -"مۇناسىۋەتلىك مەزمۇننى ئىزدەڭ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -11340,15 +11317,20 @@ "كۆرسەتكۈچىسىنى تىزگىنلىسىڭىز بولىدۇ. بۇ ئىقتىدار em>چاشقىنەك كۇنۇپكىسى " "دەپ ئاتىلىدۇ." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -11357,30 +11339,28 @@ "دېگەن تېكىستنى كىرگۈزۈپ، Enter كۇنۇپكىسىنىڭ بېسىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" "كۆرۈش بەتكۈچىنى تاللاش ئۈچۈن Tab كۇنۇپكىسىنى بىر قېتىم " "بېسىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"كۆرسىتىش ۋە چېكىش كە ئالمىشىش ئۈچۈن، ← كۇنۇپكىسىنى بىر " -"قېتىم چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -11389,96 +11369,279 @@ "چاشقىنەك كۆرسەتكۈچىنى رەقەم تاختىسى ئارقىلىق ھەرىكەتلەندۈرەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"بۇ ئۇسۇللار ئارقىلىق ھەرپتاختا ئارقىلىق چاشقىنەك سىنبەلگىسىنى " -"تىزگىنلىيەلەيسىز. ھەممىباب زىيارەت تەڭشىكىدە تېخىمۇ كۆپ " -"توسالغۇسىز زىيارەت تاللانمىلىرىنى كۆرەلەيسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." -msgstr "" -"رەقەم تاختىسى بولسا ھەرپتاختىسى ئۇستىدىكى رەقەملەر ئاساسلىق قىلىپ " -"ئورۇنلاشتۇرۇلغان رايون. ئەگەر ھەرپتاختىڭىزدا رەقەم تاختىسى بولمىسا (ئادەتتە " -"يان كومپيۇتېرلىرىدا بولمايدۇ)، ھەرپتاختا ئۇستىدىكى (Fn) نى بېسىپ " -"تۇرۇپ، ھەرپتاختىسى ئۇستىدىكى بىر قىسىم كۇنۇپكىلارنى رەقەم تاختىسى قىلىپ " -"ئىشلەتسىڭىز بولىدۇ. ئەگەر يان كومپيۇتېردا بۇنداق مەشغۇلاتنى كۆپرەك " -"ئىشلەتسىڭىز، ئەڭ ياخشىسى USB لىق رەقەم تاختىسىدىن بىرنى سېتىۋالسىڭىز ياخشى." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." -msgstr "" -"رەقەم تاختىدىكى ھەر بىر سان بىر يۆنىلىشكە ماس كېلىدۇ. مەسىلەن، 8 " -"بېسىلسا چاشقىنەك نۇر بەلگىسى ئۈستىگە يۆتكىلىدۇ، 2 بېسىلسا " -"چاشقىنەك نۇر بەلگىسى ئاستىغا يۆتكىلىدۇ. 5 بېسىلسا چاشقىنەكنى تاق " -"چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى ياكى تېز تېز ئىككى بېسىلسا قوش چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى " -"ئىپادىلەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." -msgstr "" -"كۆپ قىسىم ھەرپتاختىدا بىر مەخسۇس كۇنۇپكا بار بولۇپ، چاشقىنەك ئوڭ چېكىش " -"مەشغۇلاتىنى ئىجرا قىلىشقا بولىدۇ؛ بۇ كۇنۇپكا ئادەتتە بوشلۇق كۇنۇپكىسىنىڭ " -"ئەتراپىدا بولىدۇ. ئەمما دىققەت بۇ كۇنۇپكا چاشقىنەك نۇر بەلگە تۇرغان ئورۇنغا " -"ئەمەس بەلكى ھەرپتاختا فوكۇس نۇقتىسىغا ئىنكاس قايتۇرىدۇ. سىز نى كۆرۈپ ئوڭ كۇنۇپكىنى تەقلىد قىلىدىغان تېخىمۇ " -"كۆپ ئۇسۇلنىڭ قوللانمىسىغا ئېرىشىڭ." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"چاشقىنەك كۇنۇپكىلىرى ئىناۋەتلىك قىلىنغان ئەھۋالدا، رەقەم تاختىسى ئارقىلىق " -"رەقەملەرنى كىرگۈزمەكچى بولسىڭىز، Num Lock كۇنۇپكىسىنى " -"بېسىۋەتسىڭىزلا بولىدۇ. بۇ چاغدا چاشقىنەكنى رەقەم تاختىسى ئارقىلىق باشقۇرغىلى " -"بولمايدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"ھەرپتاختىسىنىڭ يۇقىرى قىسمىدىكى بىر قۇر رەقەم كۇنۇپكىلىرى ئارقىلىق چاشقىنەك " -"ئىسترېلكىسىنى باشقۇرغىلى بولمايدۇ. پەقەت رەقەم تاختىسىدىكى رەقەم كۇنۇپكىلىرى " -"ئارقىلىقلا باشقۇرغىلى بولىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "چاشقىنەك ئىشلىمىگەندە قانداق تەكشۈرىدۇ." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 -msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" -msgstr "چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئىسترېلكىسىنىڭ مىدىرلىماسلىقى" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"چاشقىنەك كۇنۇپكىلىرى ئىناۋەتلىك قىلىنغان ئەھۋالدا، رەقەم تاختىسى ئارقىلىق " +"رەقەملەرنى كىرگۈزمەكچى بولسىڭىز، Num Lock كۇنۇپكىسىنى " +"بېسىۋەتسىڭىزلا بولىدۇ. بۇ چاغدا چاشقىنەكنى رەقەم تاختىسى ئارقىلىق باشقۇرغىلى " +"بولمايدۇ." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"ھەرپتاختىسىنىڭ يۇقىرى قىسمىدىكى بىر قۇر رەقەم كۇنۇپكىلىرى ئارقىلىق چاشقىنەك " +"ئىسترېلكىسىنى باشقۇرغىلى بولمايدۇ. پەقەت رەقەم تاختىسىدىكى رەقەم كۇنۇپكىلىرى " +"ئارقىلىقلا باشقۇرغىلى بولىدۇ." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "چاشقىنەك ئىشلىمىگەندە قانداق تەكشۈرىدۇ." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئىسترېلكىسىنىڭ مىدىرلىماسلىقى" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29 msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" msgstr "چاشقىنەكنىڭ چېتىلغانلىقىنى تەكشۈرۈش" @@ -11707,14 +11870,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -11723,8 +11886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -11742,90 +11904,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"چېكىش ، قوش چېكىش ، سۆرەش شۇنداقلا سىيرىلدۇرۇش ھەرىكەتلىرىنى باشقا ئۈسكۈنە " -"ئىشلەتمەستىن سەزگۈر تاختا ئارقىلىقلا ئېلىپ بارالايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "سەزگۈر تاختىنى چېكىپلا قويسا چېكىش ئەمەلگە ئاشىدۇ." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "سەزگۈر تاختىنى قوش چېكىپلا قويسا، قوش چېكىش ئەمەلگە ئاشىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"تۈرنى سۆرەش ئۈچۈن ئۇنى قوش چېكىڭ ئىككىنچى قېتىملىق چېكىشتىن كىيىن " -"بارمىقىڭىزنى كۆتۈرمەي، يۆتكىمەكچى بولغان ئورۇنغا سۆرەپ بارمىقىڭىزنى سەزگۈر " -"تاختىدىن كۆتۈرسىڭىز بولىدۇ." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." -msgstr "" -"سەزگۈر تاختىڭىز كۆپ بارماقتا چېكىشنى قوللىسا ئۇنداقتا ئىككى بارماقتا تەڭ " -"چېكىش ئارقىلىق ئوڭ چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى ئېلىپ بارالايسىز، ئۇنداق بولمىسا قاتتىق " -"دېتالنىڭ ئوڭ توپچىسىنى چېكىپ مەشغۇلاتنى تاماملاڭ. نى كۆرۈپ، ئوڭ توپچىنى چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى تەقلىد قىلىش ئۇچۇرلىرىغا " -"ئېرىشىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"سەزگۈر تاختىڭىز كۆپ بارماقتا چېكىشنى قوللىسا ئۇنداقتا ئۈچ بارماقتا تەڭ چېكىش " -"ئارقىلىق ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىدا " -"چېكىشclick مەشغۇلاتىنى تەقلىد قىلالايسىز." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"سىز كۆپ بارماقتا كۆرسىتىپ چەككەن ياكى سۆرىگەندە بارماقلىرىڭىزنى كەڭرەك " -"ئېچىڭ. ئەگەر بارماقلار بەك يېقىن بولۇپ قالسا كومپيۇتېر بىر بارماق مەشغۇلاتى " -"دەپ تونۇپ قېلىشى مۇمكىن." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -11836,31 +11978,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "قوش-بارماق بىلەن دوملىتىش ھەممە سەزگۈر تاختىلاردا ئىشلەپ كەتمەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -12350,8 +12492,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇدا خەتكۈشنى قوشۇش، ئۆچۈرۈش ۋە ئاتىنى ئۆزگەرتىش." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -12360,71 +12502,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "خەتكۈش قوشۇش:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "خەتكۈشكە قوشماقچى بولغان قىسقۇچ(ئورۇن) نى ئاچىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "بىر دانە خەتكۈشنى ئۆچۈرۈش:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "خەتكۈش ئاتىنى ئۆزگەرتىش:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"ئاتى دېگەن تېكىست كۆزنەكچىسىگە خەتكۈشنىڭ يېڭى ئاتىنى كىرگۈزىسىز." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -12987,7 +13129,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "ئورنى" @@ -13196,7 +13338,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "يوق" @@ -13344,19 +13486,19 @@ "قىلىپ ئىشلىتىشكە بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "ئىمتىيازلار" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" "ھۆججەتكە بەلگىلەنگەن زىيارەت قىلىشتا ئىشلىتىدىغان ئىمتىيازدۇر مەسىلەن: " "drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -13365,7 +13507,7 @@ "مۇندەرىجە(قىسقۇچ) دېگەننى بىلدۈرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -13374,7 +13516,7 @@ "ئىمتىيازىنى بىلدۈرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -13383,7 +13525,7 @@ "ھۆججەتكە بولغان ئىمتىيازىنى بىلدۈرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -13392,42 +13534,42 @@ "مۇشۇ ھۆججەتكە بولغان ئىمتىيازىنى بىلدۈرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "ھەر بىر ھەرپنىڭ مەنىسى تۆۋەندىكىچە:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r: ئوقۇش ئىمتىيازى بار." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : يېزىش ئىمتىيازى بار." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x: ئىجرا قىلىش ئىمتىيازى بار." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "-: ئىمتىيازى يوق." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME تىپى" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "تۇرنىڭ MIME تىپىنى كۆرسىتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "ھۆججەتنىڭ ئورنىنى كۆرسىتىدىغان يول." @@ -13715,12 +13857,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -13733,7 +13874,7 @@ msgstr "ئۇبۇنتۇ قوللانما ئەترىتى" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "توركۆرگۈلەر" @@ -14036,8 +14177,8 @@ "كۆڭۈلدىكى تور كۆرگۈنى ئۆزگەرتىڭ:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -14046,7 +14187,7 @@ "پروگراممىلار نى تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -14055,7 +14196,7 @@ "ئۆزگەرتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -14096,7 +14237,7 @@ "بۇنىڭ ئۈچۈن كۆڭۈلدىكى ئېلخەت پروگراممىسىنى ئۆزگەرتسىڭىز بولىدۇ. ئۇسۇلى:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -14212,7 +14353,7 @@ msgstr "ئىچكى(تور) IP ئادرېسىنى تېپىش ئۇسۇلى:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -14220,18 +14361,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "سىرتقى(ئىنتېرنېت) IP ئادرېسىنى ئىزدەپ تېپىش:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -14240,12 +14381,12 @@ "زىيارەت قىلىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "بۇ تورتۇرا سىزنىڭ سىرتقى IP ئادرېسىڭىزنى دەپ بېرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -14256,42 +14397,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"سىز ئۆزىڭىز ئىنتېرنېتنى زىيارەت قىلالايدىغان پروگراممىلارنى " -"تىزگىنلىيەلەيسىز، بۇ كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنىڭ بىخەتەرلىكىنى قوغداشقا پايدىلىق." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "مۇداپىئە تام زىيارىتىنى قوزغىتىش ياكى توسۇش" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"ئۇبۇنتۇغا Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) سەپلەنگەن، " -"ئەمما كۆڭۈلدىكى ئەھۋالدا بۇ مۇداپىئە تامنى قوزغاتمايدۇ. ئۇبۇنتۇدا ھېچقانداق " -"ئوچۇق تور مۇلازىمىتى (ئاساسىي تور قۇرۇلمىسى بۇنىڭ سىرتىدا) بولمىغانلىقتىن " -"كۆڭۈلدىكى ئەھۋالدا ئورناتقاندا، مۇداپىئە تام ئارقىلىق زەھەرخەندە مەقسىتى بار " -"باغلىنىشنى توسۇشىڭىزنىڭ ھاجىتى يوق." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"پروگرامما ufw نى ئىشلىتىش ئۇسۇلىنىڭ تەپسىلاتىنى تور قوللانمىسى " -"دىن كۆرۈڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -14302,11 +14434,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"تور توسۇقىنى ئېچىش(ئىناۋەتلىك قىلىش) ئۈچۈن، تېرمىنالدىكى بۇيرۇق قۇرىغا " -"sudo ufw enable نى كىرگۈزۈڭ. ئىناۋەتسىز قىلىش ئۈچۈن sudo ufw " -"disable نى كىرگۈزۈڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -14319,14 +14448,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -14336,7 +14465,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -14345,12 +14474,12 @@ "نى كىرگۈزۈڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "ufw نى تېرمىنالسىز ئىشلىتىش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -14360,7 +14489,7 @@ "بولىدۇ. ئۇنى ئورنىتىش ئۈچۈن بۇ يەرنى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -14636,30 +14765,28 @@ msgstr "تور ئاتالغۇلىرى ۋە ھۈنەرلەر" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"بىر قىسىم تور بەتلىرىنى (YouTube دېگەندەك) كۆرۈش ئۈچۈن Flash نى ئورنىتىش " -"زۆرۈردۇر." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Flash قىستۇرمىسىنى ئورنىتىش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -14670,63 +14797,106 @@ "ھەقسىز چۈشۈرەلەيسىز(ئەمما ئوچۇق كودلۇق يۇمشاق دېتال ئەمەس) ھەمدە زور كۆپ " "ساندىكى توركۆرگۈلەرگە ماس كېلىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Flash نى ئورنىتىش ئۇسۇلى" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر ھەر قانداق توركۆرگۈ كۆزنىكىنى ئاچقان بولسىڭىز، مۇناسىپ كۆزنەكلەرنى " -"تاقاپ ئاندىن قايتا ئېچىڭ. قايتا ئاچقاندا توركۆرگۈ Flash نىڭ " -"ئورنىتىلغانلىقىنى بايقايدۇ، ھازىر Flash تە تور تۇرالارنى كۆرەلەيسىز." - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "Java تەلەپ قىلىنىدىغان تورتۇرالارنى كۆرۈشكە ياردىمى بولىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Java توركۆرگۈ قىستۇرمىسىنى ئورنىتىش" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"بەزى تورتۇرالار كىچىك Java پروگراممىسى ئىشلىتىدۇ، Java قىستۇرمىسى " -"ئورناتقاندا ئاندىن ئىجرا قىلغىلى بولىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"تور كۆرگۈدە Java كۆرۈش ئۈچۈنicedtea6-" -"plugin بوغچا ئورنىتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -15002,6 +15172,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "قوش نى چېكىسىز." @@ -15253,12 +15424,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"سىمسىز تور باغلىنىشتىكى " -"مەسىلىلەرنى ھەل قىلىش connections، سىمسىز تورنى ئىزدەپ تېپىش،" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -15306,7 +15474,7 @@ msgstr "ۋاكالەتچىنى ئۆزگەرتىش" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -15315,13 +15483,13 @@ "نى تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "تۆۋەندىكى ۋاكالەتچى ئۇسۇللىرىدىن سىز ئىشلەتمەكچى بولغاننى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -15329,13 +15497,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "قولدا" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -15346,19 +15514,19 @@ "ۋە SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "ئاپتوماتىك" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -15913,10 +16081,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -15942,62 +16110,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنى سىمسىز قىزىق نۇقتا قىلىپ قۇرالايسىز. باشقا ئۈسكۈنىلەر " -"كومپيۇتېرىڭىزغا باغلىنالايدۇ. بۇ ئۈسكۈنىلەر بىلەن ئۆزىڭىزنىڭ سىملىق ياكى " -"كۆنەكسىمان (كۆچمە تېلېفون) توردىن ئورتاق پايدىلىنالايسىز." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "تور نى ئېچىپ سول تەرەپتىكى سىمسىز نى تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "قىزىق نۇقتا سۈپىتىدە ئىشلەت توپچىنى چېكىڭ." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر بىر سىمسىز تورغا باغلىنىپ بولغان بولسىڭىز، سىستېما توردىن ئۈزۈش ياكى " -"ئۈزمەسلىكنى سورايدۇ. يەككە سىمسىز تور كارتىسى پەقەت بىرلا سىمسىز تورغا " -"باغلىنالايدۇ ياكى ھەمبەھىرلىيەلەيدۇ. قىزىق نۇقتا قۇر نى چېكىپ " -"جەزملەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"سىستېما ئۆزلۈكىدىن بىر تور ئاتى (SSID) ۋە بىر شىفىرلىق ئاچقۇچ ھاسىل قىلىدۇ. " -"SSID كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنىڭ ئاتى بولىدۇ. باشقا ئۈسكۈنىلەر SSID ۋە شىفىرلىق ئاچقۇچ " -"ئارقىلىق سىز قۇرغان سىمسىز قىزىق نۇقتىغا باغلىنىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور تىزىملىكىنى چېكىپ، «سىمسىز تورنى قوزغات» نى تاللىماڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "سىمسىز تورنى ئېتىش(ئايروپىلان ھالىتى)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -16009,35 +16167,26 @@ "بەزىدە سىمسىز تور ئۈسكۈنىسىنىڭ ئۈزچاتىنى ئۈزۈۋېتىشنى ئويلايسىز." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"بۇ مەشغۇلاتنى قىلىش ئۈچۈن، ئۈستى تاختىدىكى تور تىزىملىكى دىن " -"سىمسىز تورنى قوزغات نى تاللىمىسىڭىز بولىدۇ. بۇنىڭ بىلەن سىمسىز " -"تور باغلىنىشىنى ئۈزۈلۈپ، بۇ يەرنى قايتا تاللىمىغۇچە باغلانمايدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"سىمسىز تور باغلىنىشىنى قايتا ئېچىش ئۈچۈن، تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور " -"تىزىملىكى دىن سىمسىز تورنى قوزغات نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ. " -"شۇنىڭ بىلەن بۇ يەرگە تاللاش بەلگىسى چىقىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر كۆكچىش نى ئەتمىسىڭىز، " -"كومپيۇتېرىڭىز يەنىلا ئۇچۇرلارنى تارقىتىۋېرىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -16070,11 +16219,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالداق تىكى تور تىزىملىكى نى چېكىپ، " -"باغلانماقچى بولغان تورنىڭ ئاتىنى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -16288,29 +16435,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "سىمسىز تور باغلىنىش تاللانمىسىنى ئۆزگەرتىش ھەققىدىكى بىلدۈرگۈ." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "سىمسىز باغلىنىشنى تەھرىرلەش" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." -msgstr "" -"بۇنىڭدا سىمسىز تور باغلىنىشىنى تەھرىرلەشتە زۆرۈر بولغان بارلىق مەزمۇنلار " -"سۆزلىنىدۇ. باغلىنىشنى تەھرىرلەش ئۈچۈن تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور " -"تىزىملىكى نى چېكىپ، ئاندىن باغلىنىشلارنى تەھرىرلە نى " -"تاللاڭ." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -16321,17 +16464,17 @@ "تاللانمىلار تورنى تېخىمۇ ياخشى تىزگىنلەش ئۈچۈن تەمىنلەنگەن." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "بارلىق ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر ئىشلەتسۇن / ئاپتوماتىك باغلىنىش" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "ئاپتوماتىك باغلىنىش" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -16340,63 +16483,50 @@ "ئۇلىنىشىنى خالىسىڭىز بۇ تاللانمىسىنى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"ئاپتوماتىك باغلىنىش قىلىپ تەڭشەلگەن بىر قانچە تور دائىرە ئىچىدە بار بولۇپ " -"قالسا، سىمسىز بەتكۈچىنىڭ تور باغلىنىشلىرى دېگەن " -"كۆزنەكتىكى بىرىنچىسىغا باغلىنىدۇ. دائىرە ئىچىدە باشقا بىر ئىشلەتكىلى " -"بولىدىغان تور پەيدا بولسا، ھەرگىزمۇ ھازىر باغلىنىۋاتقىنىدىن ئۈزۈلۈپ ئۇنىغا " -"باغلانمايدۇ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "بارلىق ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر ئىشلەتسۇن" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر كومپيۇتېرنى ئىشلىتىدىغان بارلىق ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر مۇشۇ سىمسىز تورنى " -"زىيارەت قىلسۇن دېسىڭىز، بۇنى تاللاڭ. ئەگەر سىمسىز تورنىڭ WEP/WPA ئىمى بار بولۇپ، سىز بۇنى تاللىغان بولسىڭىز، " -"ئىمنى بىرلا قېتىم كىرگۈزۈپ قويسىڭىزلا بولىدۇ. شۇنىڭ بىلەن باشقا " -"ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر ئىم بارلىقىنى بىلمەيلا بۇ تورنى ئىشلىتەلەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر بۇ تاللانسا، سىز چوقۇم باشقۇرغۇچى بولۇشىڭىز كېرەك. بولمىسا بۇ تەڭشەكلەرنى " -"ئۆزگەرتەلمەيسىز. سىزدىن باشقۇرغۇچىنىڭ ئىمىنى سورىشى مۇمكىن." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "سىمسىز" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -16408,12 +16538,12 @@ "ئىستانسىنىڭ ئاتىنى ئۆزگەرتمىگەن بولسىڭىز، بۇ يەرنى ھەرگىز ئۆزگەرتمەڭ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "ھالىتى" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -16424,55 +16554,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"ئەگەر Ad-hoc تاللانسا، ئىككى تاللانمىنى تاللاشقا توغرا كېلىدۇ. " -"بىرى بەلۋاغ(Band) يەنە بىرى قانال(Channel). بۇ ئىككىسى " -"ئارقىلىق سىمسىز ad-hoc تورىدا ئىشلىتىدىغان چاستوتا بەلۋېغى بەلگىلىنىدۇ. " -"بەزى كومپيۇتېرلار مەلۇم بەلۋېغىدىلا ئىشلەيدۇ(مەسىلەن: پەقەت A " -"ياكى B/G دىلا). شۇڭا ئىككىلا كومپيۇتېردا ئورتاق ئىشلەتكىلى " -"بولىدىغان بەلۋاغنى تاللىمىسا بولمايدۇ. بەزى تور قىستاڭچىلىقى بار يەرلەردە " -"بىر قانچە سىمسىز تور ئوخشاش قانالنى تەڭ ئىشلىتىدىغان ئەھۋال بار. بۇنداقتا " -"تور سۈرىتى ئاستا بولۇپ قالىدۇ، شۇڭا ئىشلىتىدىغان قانالنى ئۆزگەرتمىسە " -"بولمايدۇ." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"بۇ ئاساسىي مۇلازىمەت كىملىكى(Basic Service Set Identifier). SSID نى " -"ئادەملەر چۈشىنىدۇ. BSSID نى بولسا كومپيۇتېر چۈشىنىدۇ(ئۇ رەقەملەردىن تەركىب " -"تاپقان تېكىست بولۇپ، سىمسىز تورنىڭ ئۆزىگە خاس بولىدۇ). ئەگەر سىمسىز تور يوشۇرۇن بولسا، ئۇنىڭ SSID سى " -"بولمايدۇ، بىراق BSSID سى بولىدۇ." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "ئۈسكۈنىنىڭ MAC ئادرېسى" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -16485,41 +16601,35 @@ "ئادرېسىنى ئۇنى ئىشلىگەن زاۋۇتلار بېكىتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" "بۇ تاللانما تور كارتىڭىزنىڭ MAC ئادرېسىنى ئۆزگەرتىش ئۈچۈن ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "كۇلونلانغان MAC ئادرېس" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"تور قاتتىق دېتالىنىڭ MAC ئادرېسىنى ئۆزگەرتىپ ئىشلەتكىلى بولىدۇ. بەزى " -"يەرلەردە بەلگىلەنگەن MAC ئادرېسى بولغان ئۈسكۈنىلەرنىڭلا باغلىنىشىغا ئىجازەت " -"بېرىدىغان قىلىپ بەلگىلەنگەن. بۇنداق ۋاقىتتا MAC ئادرېسىنى ئۆزگەرتىپ " -"ئىشلەتسە، باغلانغىلى بولىدۇ. ئەگەر سىز كۇلونلانغان MAC ئادرېس " -"كۆزنەكچىسىگە MAC ئادرېسنى كىرگۈزۈپ قويسىڭىز، ئۈسكۈنە ياكى مۇلازىمەت ھەقىقىي " -"MAC ئادرېسىنى ئەمەس، مۇشۇنى ئىشلىتىدۇ." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -16537,53 +16647,45 @@ "بۇنى ئۆزگەرتىشنىڭ زۆرۈرىيىتى يوق." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "سىمسىز تورنىڭ بىخەتەرلىكى" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "بىخەتەرلىك" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"بۇ سىمسىز توردا ئىشلىتىدىغان شىفىرلاش نىڭ تىپىنى كۆرسىتىدۇ. " -"ئالاقىدە شىفىرلاش ئىشلىتىلسە،باشقىلار ئارىلىشىۋېلىپ سانلىق-مەلۇماتلارنى " -"كۆرەلمەيدۇ. ئەڭ ئاددىيسى، بۇنىڭ بىلەن سىزنىڭ قانداق تور بەتلىرىنى " -"كۆرۈۋاتقانلىقىڭىزنى باشقىلار «كۆرەلمەيدۇ، ئاڭلىيالمايدۇ»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"بەزى شىفىرلاش ئۇسۇلى ئىنتايىن كۈچلۈك بولسىمۇ، بىر قىسىم كونا سىمسىز تور " -"ئۈسكۈنىلىرىدە ئۇنى ئىشلەتكىلى بولمايدۇ. ئادەتتە باغلىنىش ئۈچۈن ئىم كىرگۈزۈش " -"زۆرۈردۇر. بەزى پىشقان بىخەتەرلىك تەدبىرلىرىدە ئىشلەتكۈچى ئاتى بىلەن رەقەملىك " -"«ئىسپاتنامە» زۆرۈردۇر. كۆپ ئىشلىتىدىغان سىمسىز شىفىرلاش ئۇسۇللىرى ھەققىدە " -" گە قارالسۇن." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 تەڭشەكلىرى" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -16594,17 +16696,17 @@ "ئۇسۇلىنى ئۆزگەرتىش ئۈچۈن ئۇسۇل(Method) نى ئۆزگەرتسە بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "تۆۋەندىكىدەك ئۇسۇللارنى ئىشلىتىشكە بولىدۇ:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "ئاپتوماتىك(DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -16619,36 +16721,32 @@ "تەڭشەكلەر ئادەتتە توغرا بولىدۇ. بۇ كۆپلىگەن تورلاردا ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "پەقەت ئاپتوماتىك(DHCP) ئادرېسلار" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"بۇنى تاللىسا، كومپيۇتېر IP ئادرېسنى DHCP مۇلازىمېتىرىدىن ئالىدۇ. بىراق باشقا " -"ئۇچۇرلارنى(DNS مۇلازىمېتىرى دېگەندەكلەرنى) قولدا تەڭشەشكە توغرا كېلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"بۇنى تاللىغاندا تورغا مۇناسىۋەتلىك بارلىق نەرسىلەرنى قولدا تەڭشىمىسە " -"بولمايدۇ." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "پەقەت Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -16665,38 +16763,41 @@ "بولغاندا بۇ تاللانما ناھايىتى قۇلايلىق." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "ئىناۋەتسىز قىلىنغان" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"بۇ تاللانما تور باغلىنىشىنى چەكلەپ يەرلىك تورغا باغلىنىشىڭىزنىڭ ئالدىنى " -"ئالىدۇ. دىققەت IPv4 ۋە IPv6 بىر تور كارتىسىغا " -"ئىشلىتىلگەن تەقدىردىمۇ مۇستەقىل باغلىنىش دەپ قارايدۇ. ئەگەر ئارىسىدىن بىرى " -"قوزغىتىلغان بولسا يەنە بىرىنى چەكلىشىڭىز زۆرۈر بولۇشى مۇمكىن." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 تەڭشەكلىرى" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"بۇ IPv4 بەتكۈچىدىكى بىلەن ئاساسەن ئوخشاش، بىراق ئەڭ يېڭى بولغان " -"IPv6 ئۆلچىمىنى ئىشلىتىدۇ. يېڭىدىن بارلىققا كېلىۋاتقان تورلار IPv6 نى " -"ئىشلىتىدۇ، ئەمما IPv4 يەنىلا كۆپ ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -16777,23 +16878,19 @@ "xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">باشقا ئۇسۇل ئارقىلىق باغلىنىش كېرەك." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور تىزىملىكىنى چېكىپ، ئۇنىڭدىن يوشۇرۇن " -"سىمسىز تورغا باغلان نى تاللاڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "يوشۇرۇن سىمسىز تورغا باغلىنىش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -16808,6 +16905,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -16815,7 +16919,7 @@ "ئاندىن باغلان نى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -16828,7 +16932,7 @@ "قىممەتلەرنىمۇ ئېلىشى مۇمكىن 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -16837,7 +16941,7 @@ "كۆرۈۋېلىشىڭىز كېرەك. بىخەتەرلىك تىپى ئادەتتە WEP ۋە WPA دېگەندەك بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -17039,7 +17143,7 @@ msgstr "مودېم ۋە يېتەكلىگۈچنى تەكشۈرۈشنى ئىجرا قىلىش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -17050,12 +17154,12 @@ "قايسى قەدەم باسقۇچلىرىنى تاماملاشقا يېتەكچىلىك قىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "بۇيرۇق قۇرى ئىشلىتىش" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -17063,7 +17167,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -18379,12 +18483,12 @@ "دېگەندەك ھاۋا ئالماشمايدىغان ئورۇندا تېخىمۇ شۇنداق." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "قاتتىق دېتال بۆلىكىدىن توك مەنبە نى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -18548,11 +18652,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"تېرمىنال كۆزنىكىدە sudo pm-hibernate نى كىرگۈزۈپ Enter " -"كۇنۇپكىسىنى باسىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -18596,11 +18698,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر ئۈچەك ھالىتىنى سىناش مۇۋەپپەقىيەتلىك بولسا، ئۈچەك ھالىتىگە كىرگۈزۈشتە " -"تېرمىنالدا sudo pm-hibernate بۇيرۇقىنى ئىشلىتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -18720,56 +18820,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"توكدان 10% گە چۈشۈپ قالغاندا نېمىشقا كومپيۇتېر تاقىلىپ/توڭلاش ھالىتىگە كىرىپ " -"قالىدۇ؟" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"كومپيۇتېردا ساقلانغان توكنىڭ مىقدارى ئىنتايىن ئاز قالغاندا، كومپيۇتېرىڭىز " -"ئاپتوماتىك ھالدا توڭلات ھالىتىگە " -"ئۆتىۋالىدۇ(بارلىق ئوچۇق بولغان ھۆججەت ۋە پروگراممىلىرىڭىزنى ساقلىغاندىن " -"كىيىن تاقىلدىغان ھالەت). بۇنداق قىلىشتىكى مەقسىتى توكداندا توك تولۇق تۈگەپ " -"كەتسە توكدانغا ئانچە ياخشى بولمايدىغانلىقى ئۈچۈن بۇنىڭ ئالدىنى ئېلىش. ئەگەر " -"توكداندىكى توك تۈگەپ كېتىپ قالسا كومپيۇتېر نورمال تاقىلىشىغىمۇ " -"ئۈلگۈرەلمەيدۇ." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"بىر قىسىم كومپيۇتېرلارنىڭ توڭلىتىش ھالىتىگە ئۆتۈشىدە مەسىلە بار بولۇپ، سىز " -"كومپيۇتېرنى قايتا قوزغاتقاندا سىز ئاچقان پروگراممىلار ۋە ھۆججەتلەر ئەسلىگە " -"كەلمەسلىكى مۇمكىن. بۇ خىل ئەھۋالدا ئەگەر سىز توڭلىتىش ھالىتىگە ئۆتۈشتىن " -"بۇرۇن ساقلاش ئېلىپ بارمىسىڭىز بىر قىسىم خىزمەتلىرىڭىز بىكار بولۇپ كېتىشى " -"مۇمكىن. بەلكىم توڭلىتىش ھالىتىدە كىرىشتىكى " -"مەسىلىلەرنى ھەل قىلىش ئىمكانىيىتىگە ئىگە بولۇشىڭىزمۇ مۇمكىن." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 msgid "" @@ -18802,26 +18865,17 @@ msgstr "سىمسىز تور كارتىسىنى تاقاپ ئاندىن يەنە قايتا ئېچىڭ:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " -"تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "تور نى ئېچىپ سىمسىز بەتكۈچىنى تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "سىمسىز تور كارتىسىنى تاقاپ ئاندىن يەنە قايتا ئېچىڭ" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -18830,7 +18884,7 @@ "ئاندىن تاقاڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -19199,7 +19253,7 @@ msgstr "ئېكراننى ئۆزىنى تۇتۇق قىلىۋېلىشىدىن ساقلاپ قالالايسىز:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -19366,7 +19420,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -19374,21 +19428,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -19398,7 +19452,7 @@ "كىرگۈزۈڭ ياكى تەلەپ قىلغان باشقۇرغۇچى ھېساباتى ئىمنى كىرگۈزۈڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -19406,8 +19460,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -19468,7 +19522,9 @@ msgstr "ئورنات" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "پرىنتېرنى ئورنىتىش" @@ -19485,9 +19541,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" -"خەت باسقۇنى بايقىمىدى، قەغەز قىسىۋالسا باسقاندىن كېيىن چىرايلىق كۆرۈنمەيدۇ…" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -19601,7 +19657,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -20098,7 +20153,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "پرىنتېرلار ئاچىسىز." @@ -20137,75 +20192,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "كومپيۇتېرغا ئۇلانغان پرىنتېرنى تەڭشەش." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "يەرلىك پرىنتېرنى بېكىتىش" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"سىستېمىڭىز نۇرغۇن خەت باسقۇلار چېتىلغاندىلا ئۇنىڭ تىپىنى ئۆزلۈكىدىن " -"بايقىيالايدۇ. زور كۆپ ساندىكى خەت باسقۇلار USB سىم بىلەن كومپيۇتېرغا " -"چېتىلىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "پرىنتېرنىڭ توكى ئوچۇقمۇ تەكشۈرۈڭ." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"مۇۋاپىق سىم ئارقىلىق خەت باسقۇنى سىستېمىڭىزغا ئۇلاڭ. سىستېما قوزغاتقۇ " -"ئىزدەۋاتقاندا ئېكراندىكى ئۇچۇرلارنى كۆرۈپ تۇرۇڭ، ئېكراندا قاڭقىش ئۇچۇرى " -"كۆرۈنۈپ سىزنىڭ ئورناتقان قوزغاتقۇنى دەلىللىشىڭىزنى تەلەپ قىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." -msgstr "پرىنتېر ئاپتوماتىك تەڭشەلمىسە، پرىنتېر تەڭشىكىدە قوشۇشقا بولىدۇ." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "قوش نى چېكىپ ئۈسكۈنىلەر كۆزنىكىدىن پرىنتېرنى تاللايسىز." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "ئالدىغا نى چېكىپ ئۈسكۈنىلەرنى ئىزدەپ تاپقۇچە كۈتۈڭ." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -20214,7 +20257,7 @@ "ئىختىيارى بەلگىلىيەلەيسىز. تاماملانغاندىن كېيىن قوللاننى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -20222,26 +20265,69 @@ "ئاتلاپ كېتەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر كومپيۇتېرىڭىزدا ئىشلەتكىلى بولىدىغان بىر قانچە قوزغاتقۇ بولسا سىستېما " -"كۆڭلىدىكىدىن بىرنى تاللىشىڭىزنى تەلەپ قىلىشى مۇمكىن. تەۋسىيە قىلىنغان " -"قوزغاتقۇنى ئىشلىتىشتە ياسىغۇچى ۋە تىپى كۆزنىكىدە «كېيىنكى» نى چەكسىڭىزلا " -"بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "پرىنتېرنىڭ توكى ئوچۇقمۇ تەكشۈرۈڭ." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"خەت باسقۇنى ئورناتقاندىن كېيىن، سىز كۆڭۈلدىكى خەت باسقۇنى ئۆزگەرتىشكە ئېھتىياجلىق بولۇشىڭىز " -"مۇمكىن." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -20430,17 +20516,17 @@ "تۆۋەندىكى 3 نەرسە چوقۇم كىرگۈزۈلسۇن:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "سىزنىڭچە قانداق بولسا بولاتتى" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "ئەمەلىيەتتە قانداق بولدى" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -20449,7 +20535,7 @@ "يېزىڭ ئۇنىڭ ئۈچىدە بىرىنچىسى «پروگراممىنى قوزغىتىش» ئۇسۇلى بولسۇن." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -20459,7 +20545,7 @@ "سىزگە كۆپ تەشەككۈر." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -20472,7 +20558,7 @@ "ئۇبۇنتۇنىڭ كەمتۈك مەلۇم قىلىش ئىقتىدارى كارغا كەلمەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive ساقلا نى چەكسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -20586,7 +20758,7 @@ "تىزگىنلىيەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -20595,7 +20767,7 @@ "تاللايسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -20606,18 +20778,16 @@ "كۆرسىتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"تىزىمدىن چىقىپ قايتا كىرسىڭىز تاللىغىنىڭىز ئاندىن كۈچكە ئىگە بولىدۇ. " -"تىزىملىك بالداقنىڭ ئوڭ ئۈستى تەرىپىدىكى تىزىمدىن چىقئىش دېگەن " -"سىنبەلگىنى چېكىپ تىزىمدىن چىقىڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -20630,12 +20800,12 @@ "باشلىنىدىغانلىقىنى تىزگىنلەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "سىستېما پىچىمىنى ئۆزگەرتىش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -20646,19 +20816,19 @@ "ئۆزگەرتەلەيسىز، ئۇ پىچىم تىزىمغا كىرىش قاتارلىق ئېكرانلارغا ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "ئۈستىدىكى چۈشەندۈرۈشكە ئاساسەن پىچىمىڭىزنى ئۆزگەرتىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "سىستېما مىقياسىدا قوللان نى چېكىسىز." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -20685,12 +20855,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "تىل قوللىشى نى چېكىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -20699,18 +20869,16 @@ "ئۈستىگە سۆرەپ ئاپىرىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"چىقىپ قايتا كىرسىڭىز تاللىغىنىڭىز ئاندىن كۈچكە ئىگە بولىدۇ. تىزىملىك " -"بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى چىقىش دېگەن سىنبەلگىنى چېكىپ چىقىپ " -"كېتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -20727,12 +20895,12 @@ "ئىشلەتمەكچى بولسىڭىز ئۇلارنىڭ ئاتىنى ئۆزگەرتىپ ئىشلەتكىنىڭىز ياخشى." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "سىستېما تىلىنى ئۆزگەرتىش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -20743,7 +20911,7 @@ "كىرىش ئېكرانى قاتارلىق جايلاردا ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "ئۈستىدە كۆرسىتىلگەندەك، تىلنى ئۆزگەرتىسىز." @@ -20780,19 +20948,19 @@ msgstr "ئېكراننى ئاپتوماتىك قۇلۇپلاشتىن ئىلگىرى ئۇزۇنراق كۈتۈشتە:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلاش ئۈچۈن ساقلاش ۋاقتى دېگەن كېڭىيىشچان " "تىزىملىكتىكى ۋاقىتنى ئۆزگەرتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -21036,14 +21204,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -21052,14 +21220,14 @@ "چاشقىنەكنى ئوڭ چېكىپ gui>ئىجراچىغا سولىۋەت نى تاللىسىمۇ بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -21112,23 +21280,20 @@ "تۇرىدۇ، قايتا كىرگەندە يەنە داۋاملاشتۇرۇپ ئىشلىتەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"چىقىش ياكى ئىشلەتكۈچى ئالماشتۇرۇش ئۈچۈن، ئۈستى تاختاينىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى " -"سىستېما تىزىملىكى دىن مۇۋاپىق " -"بىرنى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلاش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -21143,32 +21308,32 @@ "بەلگىلىك ۋاقىت ئۆتسە ئاپتوماتىك قۇلۇپلىنىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلاش ئۈچۈن، يۇقىرى تاختىدىكى سىستېما تىزىملىكى نى " -"چېكىپ، ئۇنىڭدىن ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلاش نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"ئېكران قۇلۇپلاقلىق ۋاقىتتا، باشقا ئىشلەتكۈچى ئىشلەتكۈچى " -"ئالماشتۇرۇش نى چېكىش ئارقىلىق ئۆز ھېساباتىدا كىرەلەيدۇ. ئۇلار ئىشنى " -"تۈگىتىپ بولغاندا، سىز يەنە ئۆزىڭىزنىڭكىنى داۋاملاشتۇرالايسىز." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "توڭلات" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -21183,31 +21348,29 @@ "ئىنتايىن ئاز توك سەرپ قىلىنىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنى قولدا توڭلىتىش ئۈچۈن، تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى سىستېما " -"تىزىملىكى نى چېكىپ، ئۇنىڭدىن توڭلات نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "توكنى ئۈزۈش ياكى قايتا قوزغىتىش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"ئەگەر كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنىڭ توكىنى تولۇق ئۈزمەكچى ياكى تولۇق قايتا قوزغاتماقچى " -"بولسىڭىز، سىستېما تىزىملىكى دىن تاقا نى تاللىسىڭىز " -"بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -21818,12 +21981,12 @@ "كۆزنەك ئەڭ چوڭ قىلىنغان بولسا، ئۇنىڭ چوڭلۇقىنى ئۆزگەرتكىلى بولمايدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "توغرا/تىك يۆنىلىشتىلا چوڭايتىش-كىچىكلىتىش ئۈچۈن:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -21833,12 +21996,12 @@ "كۆزنەك چوڭلۇقىنى تەڭشىيەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "توغرا يۆنىلىشتىلا چوڭايتىش-كىچىكلىتىش ئۈچۈن:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -21848,12 +22011,12 @@ "توغرىسىغا يۆنىلىشتە كۆزنەك چوڭلۇقىنى تەڭشىيەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "تىك يۆنىلىشتىلا چوڭايتىش-كىچىكلىتىش ئۈچۈن:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -21864,17 +22027,17 @@ "بېسىپ تۇرۇپ سۆرەپ، بويىغا يۆنىلىشتە كۆزنەك چوڭلۇقىنى تەڭشىيەلەيسىز." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "خىزمەت رايونىدا كۆزنەكلەرنى ئورۇنلاشتۇرۇش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "ئىككى كۆزنەكنى يانمۇيان قويۇش ئۈچۈن:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -21887,7 +22050,7 @@ "بۇ كۆزنەك سول يېرىم ئېكرانغا لىق تولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -21896,7 +22059,7 @@ "كۇنۇپكىسىنى قويۇپ بېرىڭ. ھەر بىر ئېكران ئېكراننىڭ يېرىمىنى ئىگىلەيدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -21953,11 +22116,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "ھەرپتاختىسىدا ئالماشتۇرۇش" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -21966,55 +22129,41 @@ "ئالماشتۇرغۇچ قوزغىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"كۆزنەك ئالماشتۇرغۇدىكى يورۇتۇلغان كۆزنەكنى ئاچماقچى بولسىڭىز Alt " -"نى قويۇۋەتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"ياكى Alt نى بېسىپ قويۇۋەتمەي تۇرۇپ، Tab بېسىۋەرسىڭىز، " -"ئېچىلغان كۆزنەكلەرنى ئۈزلۈكسىز تاللىنىدۇ. ئەگەر " -"ShiftTab نى باسسىڭىز تەتۈر يۆنىلىشتە " -"تاللىنىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"كۆزنەك ئالماشتۇرغۇدىكى كۆزنەكلەر پروگرامما بويىچە گۇرۇپپىلانغان. كوپ " -"كۆزنەكلىك پروگراممىلاردىكى كۆزنەكلەر چېكىلگەندە ئۈزلۈكسىز سەكرەپ چىقىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"كۆزنەك ئالماشتۇرغۇدا يەنە پروگراممىلارنى → ياكى ← " -"كۇنۇپكىسى ياكى چاشقىنەكنى چېكىش ئارقىلىقمۇ تاللىغىلى بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"يەككە كۆزنەكلىك پروگراممىنى ئالدىن كۆرۈش ئۈچۈن ↓ نى باسسا بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -22026,8 +22175,13 @@ "Ctrl ۋە Altنى بېسىپ تۇرۇپ يەنە Tab ياكى " "ShiftTabنى باسىسىز." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -22037,7 +22191,7 @@ "key\">SuperW نى باسسا بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "ئالماشماقچى بولغان كۆزنەكنى چەكسىلا بولىدۇ." @@ -22234,19 +22388,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -22255,19 +22409,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "خىزمەت رايونىنىڭ سانىنى ئۆزگەرتىش" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -22276,7 +22430,7 @@ "ئۆزگەرتمەكچى بولغان سانغا ئۆزگەرتىپ Enterنى بېسىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23107,7 +23261,7 @@ msgstr "ئالاھىدە ھەرپلەرنى كىرگۈزۈش" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -23118,17 +23272,17 @@ "بەتتە ئالاھىدە ھەرپلەرنى كىرگۈزۈشنىڭ باشقا خىل ئۇسۇللىرىنى كۆرسىتىپ ئوتىمىز." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "ھەرپلەرنى كىرگۈزۈش ئۇسۇللىرى" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "ھەرپ خەرىتىسى" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -23139,7 +23293,7 @@ "بولىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the ' نى بېسىپ ئاندىن يەنە e نى بېسىڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -23174,37 +23328,40 @@ "ھەرپتاختىدا بار بىر كۇنۇپكىنى بىرىكمە كۇنۇپكا (compose) قىلىپ بەلگىلەڭ." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "بىرىكمە كۇنۇپكىنى بەلگىلەش" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "ھەرپتاختا ئورۇنلاشتۇرۇلۇشى نى چېكىڭ." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "تاللانمىلار نى چېكىڭ" +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Compose كۇنۇپكا ئورنى ئاتلىق گۇرۇپپىنى تېپىڭ. Compose كۇنۇپكىسى " -"قىلماقچى بولغان كۇنۇپكىنى تاللاڭ. key>Caps Lock ياكى Alt ۋە " -"ياكى تىزىملىك كۇنۇپكىنى تاللىيالايسىز. ئاندىن سىز تاللىغان خالىغان كۇنۇپكا " -"بىرىكمە كۇنۇپكا (Compose) سۈپىتىدە ئىشلىتىلىدۇ ھەمدە ئۆزىنىڭ ئەسلى رولىنىمۇ " -"جارى قىلدۇرىدۇ." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -23212,7 +23369,7 @@ "ھەرپلەرنى كىرگۈزەلەيسىز، مەسىلە:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -23221,7 +23378,7 @@ "ئۇرغۇ بەلگىسى بار ھەرپنى بېسىڭ، مەسىلەن: é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -23230,7 +23387,7 @@ "يالاڭ پەش بەلگىسى بار ھەرپنى بېسىڭ، مەسىلەن: è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -23239,7 +23396,7 @@ "قوش پەش بەلگىسى بار ھەرپنى بېسىڭ، مەسىلەن: ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -23248,7 +23405,7 @@ "سوزۇش بەلگىسى بار ھەرپنى بېسىڭ، مەسىلەن: ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see Wikipedia دىكى بىرىكمە كۇنۇپكا بېتىنى زىيارەت قىلىڭ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "كودى ئارىلىق كىرگۈزۈش" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -23280,7 +23437,7 @@ "تەپسىلاتى بەتكۈچتىن كۆرۈڭ. كود نومۇرى U+ دىن كېيىن تۆت ھەرپ." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -23291,12 +23448,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -24026,37 +24183,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "شەخسىي بۆلەكتىن قىياپەت نى چېكىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "ھەرىكەت بەتكۈچىگە ئالمىشىڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "ئىجراچىنى ئاپتوماتىك يوشۇرۇش نى ئېچىپ قويۇڭ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -24083,12 +24232,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "قىياپەتنى نى چېكىسىز." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -24097,7 +24246,7 @@ "ئىجراچى سىنبەلگىلىرىنىڭ چوڭلۇقىنى ئۆزگەرتىڭ." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "ئادەتتە ئىجراچى سىنبەلگىسىنىڭ چوڭلۇقى 48." @@ -24191,38 +24340,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -24357,32 +24506,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "ھالەت تىزىملىكلىرى" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -24394,8 +24543,24 @@ "تەرىپىدە بولىدۇ. ھالەت تىزىملىكى كومپيۇتېر ۋە پروگراممىنىڭ ھالىتىنى تەكشۈرۈش " "ۋە ھالىتىنى ئۆزگەرتىشتە ئىنتايىن قۇلاي ئورۇندۇر." +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "بەزى كۆرسەتكۈچ تىزىملىكلىرى پروگراممىنىڭ ھالىتىگە قاراپ ئۆزگىرىدۇ." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"باشقا پروگراممىلار، يەنى Tomboy ياكى Transmission غا " +"ئوخشاش پروگراممىلارمۇ تاختىغا كۆرسەتكۈچ تىزىملىكلىرىنى قوشىدۇ." + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "ھالەت تىزىملىكلىرى ۋە ئۇلارنىڭ رولى" @@ -24404,7 +24569,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -24412,14 +24577,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -24435,7 +24600,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -24443,28 +24608,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -24478,7 +24643,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -24486,14 +24651,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -24506,21 +24671,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -24533,7 +24698,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -24541,14 +24706,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -24559,38 +24724,26 @@ "ئوخشاش ۋاسىتە قويۇش پروگراممىلىرىنى باشقۇرۇشقا ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "سائەت" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -24601,22 +24754,6 @@ "ئىشلەتكۈچىلەرنى ئالماشتۇرۇشقا، ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلاشقا، سىستېمىدىن چىقىشقا، " "كومپيۇتېرنى تاقاش ۋە قايتا قوزغىتىشقا بولىدۇ." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "بەزى كۆرسەتكۈچ تىزىملىكلىرى پروگراممىنىڭ ھالىتىگە قاراپ ئۆزگىرىدۇ." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"باشقا پروگراممىلار، يەنى Tomboy ياكى Transmission غا " -"ئوخشاش پروگراممىلارمۇ تاختىغا كۆرسەتكۈچ تىزىملىكلىرىنى قوشىدۇ." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -24725,37 +24862,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -26325,7 +26436,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -26333,7 +26444,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -26343,18 +26454,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -26420,6 +26531,25 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "ھەرپتاختا ئورۇنلاشتۇرۇلۇشى نى چېكىڭ." + +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "تاللانمىلار نى چېكىڭ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Compose كۇنۇپكا ئورنى ئاتلىق گۇرۇپپىنى تېپىڭ. Compose كۇنۇپكىسى " +#~ "قىلماقچى بولغان كۇنۇپكىنى تاللاڭ. key>Caps Lock ياكى Alt ۋە " +#~ "ياكى تىزىملىك كۇنۇپكىنى تاللىيالايسىز. ئاندىن سىز تاللىغان خالىغان كۇنۇپكا " +#~ "بىرىكمە كۇنۇپكا (Compose) سۈپىتىدە ئىشلىتىلىدۇ ھەمدە ئۆزىنىڭ ئەسلى رولىنىمۇ " +#~ "جارى قىلدۇرىدۇ." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -26469,6 +26599,24 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='60405f31ad03268f4676461c2f5fc6d1'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە " +#~ "سىستېما تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بىخەتەرلىكنى كۆزدە تۇتۇپ، ئۇبۇنتۇ سىز تەمىنلىگەن ئىمنى كومپيۇتېردا ساقلىماي، " +#~ "تور مۇلازىمىتى تەمىنلىگەن token نى ساقلىۋالىدۇ. ئەگەر تور مۇلازىمىتى بىلەن " +#~ "ئۈستەلئۈستىنىڭ باغلىنىشىنى يوق قىلماقچى بولسىڭىز، چىقىرىۋەت نى چەكسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26501,6 +26649,30 @@ #~ "ئۇبۇنتۇنىڭ تېخى كارغا كېلىدىغان قىلىش ئۈچۈن ئۇبۇنتۇ يۇمشاق دېتال مەركىزىنى " #~ "ئىشلىتىپ پروگراممىلارنى ئورنىتىش" +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "باشقا يۇمشاق دېتاللارنى ئورنىتىش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئۇبۇنتۇ ئىجادىيەت ئەترىتى كۈندىلىك ئىشلاردا ئىنتايىن كېرەكلىك دەپ قارىغان " +#~ "بىر توپ پروگراممىنى تاللاپ ئۇبۇنتۇغا قوشۇپ تارقاتقان. شۇنداقتىمۇ، بەزىدە " +#~ "باشقا پروگراممىلارنى ئورنىتىپ ئۆزىڭىزنىڭ ئېھتىياجىدىن چىققۇڭىز كېلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "باشقا يۇمشاق دېتاللارنى ئورنىتىشنىڭ قەدەم باسقۇچلىرى تۆۋەندىكىچە:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئالدى بىلەن سىمسىز ياكى سىملىق باغلىنىش ئارقىلىق ئىنتېرنېتقا " +#~ "باغلىنىسىز." + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." @@ -26509,12 +26681,47 @@ #~ "بىر كاتېگورىيەنى تاللاپ، تىزىمدىن پروگراممىنى تاپىسىز." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "تېپىلغان پروگراممىنى تاللاپ ئورنات نى باسىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇ چاغدا سىزدىن ئىم سورايدۇ. ئىمنى كىرگۈزۈپ بولغان ھامان، ئورنىتىش باشلىنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئادەتتە ئورنىتىش بىردەمدىلا تۈگەيدۇ، بىراق ئىنتېرنېت سۈرىتى ئاستا بولسا، " +#~ "جىقراق ۋاقىت كېتىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "ئالدىن سىناش ياكى ئالاھىدە يۇمشاق دېتاللار ئۈچۈن PPA لارنى قوشۇش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "شەخسىي بوغچا ئارخىپى(PPA) ئۇبۇنتۇ ئىشلەتكۈچىلىرىنىڭ ئۈچىنچى تەرەپ " +#~ "خەزىنىلىرىدىن پروگراممىلارنى ئورنىتىشنى ئاسانلاشتۇرۇش مەقسىتىدە لايىھىلەنگەن." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "قوش نى چېكىپ ppa: نىڭ ئورنىنى كىرگۈزىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "" #~ "يۇمشاق دېتال مەنبە كۆزنىكىنى يېپىڭ. «ئۇبۇنتۇ يۇمشاق دېتال مەركىزى» يۇمشاق " #~ "دېتال مەنبەسىدىن يېڭىلانما بارمۇ يوق تەكشۈرىدۇ." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "ئىشلەتمەيدىغان يۇمشاق دېتالنى چىقىرىۋېتىش" + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." @@ -26523,6 +26730,26 @@ #~ "ئورنىتىلغانلىرى دېگەن توپچىنى چېكىسىز." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئىمنى كىرگۈزۈشىڭىزنى تەلەپ قىلىدۇ. كىرگۈزگەندىن كىيىن پروگرامما " +#~ "چىقىرىۋېتىلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئۇبۇنتۇدا ئىشلىتىلىدىغان يۇمشاق دېتال مەنبەلىرىنى كۆپەيتىش ئۈچۈن باشقا " +#~ "يۇمشاق دېتال خەزىنىلىرىنى قوشۇش." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "باشقا يۇمشاق دېتال خەزىنىلىرىنى قوشۇش" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "باشقا خەزىنىلەرنى ئورنىتىش" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26572,6 +26799,9 @@ #~ "«ئۇبۇنتۇ يۇمشاق دېتال مەركىزى» مەزكۇر خەزىنىنىڭ ئۇچۇرلىرىنى ئوقۇپ بولغۇچە " #~ "بىرئاز كۈتىسىز." +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "يۇمشاق دېتاللارنى قوشۇش ۋە چىقىرىۋېتىش" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "كۆڭۈلدىكى ھالەتتە Cheese ئورنىتىلمىغان بولىدۇ. Cheese نى ئورنىتىش ئۈچۈن:" @@ -26606,6 +26836,9 @@ #~ "Cheese ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر قوللانمىسىنى ئوقۇش ئۈچۈن ئالدى بىلەن Cheese نى " #~ "ئورنىتىشىڭىزغا توغرا كېلىدۇ." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB دىسكىسى (سىغىمى كىچىك)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -26632,6 +26865,23 @@ #~ "كۆرۈنۈشچانلىق نى ئېچىپ قويسىڭىز بولىدۇ. تەپسىلاتى ئۈچۈن گە قاراڭ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "بېسىپ چىقىرىش پايدىلىنىش ھۆججىتىنى رەڭ شىركىتىدىن چۈشۈرۈش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر سىز ئىشلىتىدىغان قەغەز پەقەت بىر ئىككى خىل بولسا، رەڭ شىركىتىنىڭ " +#~ "قۇرغان رەڭ سەپلىمە ھۆججىتىدىن پايدىلىنىپ ئەڭ ئەرزان تۈرىنى تاللايسىز. " +#~ "شىركەتنىڭ تورتۇراسىدىن پايدىلانما دىئاگراممىنى چۈشۈرۈپ، ئاندىن بېسىپ " +#~ "چىقارغان نەتىجىنى يۇمشاق لېپاپىغا سېلىپ شىركەتكە قايتۇرىسىز، ئۇلار قەغەزنى " +#~ "تەكشۈرۈپ، سەپلىمە ھۆججەت قۇرغاندىن كېيىن توغرا بولغان ICC سەپلىمە ھۆججەتنى " +#~ "ئېلخەت بىلەن سىزگە ئەۋەتىپ بېرىدۇ." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -26687,6 +26937,142 @@ #~ msgstr "Evolution يىلنامىسىدىن كەلگەن ھادىسىلەر نى تاللىمايسىز." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كېيىن يەنە سائەتنى كۆرسەتمەكچى بولسىڭىز، تىزىملىك بالداقنىڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى " +#~ "سىنبەلگىنى چېكىپ سىستېما تەڭشىكى نىڭ ئىچىدىكى ۋاقىت ۋە " +#~ "چېسلا ئارقىلىق ئۆزگەرتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " +#~ "تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز." + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "قاتتىق دىسكىغا نىسبەتەن ئۆلچەملىك تەكشۈرۈشنى ئىجرا تېزلىكىنى تەكشۈرۈش." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "قاتتىق دىسكىنىڭ ئۈنۈمىنى سىناش" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "قاتتىق دىسكىنىڭ تېزلىكىنى سىناش ئۈچۈن:" + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "دىسكا قوزغاتقۇچلىرى تىزىمىدىن قاتتىق دىسكىنى تاللايسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىناق ئاخىرلاشقاندا، ئەگەر نەتىجە گرافىكتا كۆرۈنسە، يېشىل نۇقتا ۋە باغلىنىش " +#~ "سىزىقى نۇسخا ئېلىشنى ئىپادىلەيدۇ؛ ئوڭ تەرەپتىكى كوئوردېناتقا ماسلاشقىنى " +#~ "ساقلانغان ۋاقتى، تۆۋەندىكى كوئوردېنات ئۈنۈم سىنىقى بېسىپ ئۆتكەن پىرسەنتىگە " +#~ "ۋەكىللىك قىلىدۇ. كۆك سىزىق ئوقۇش نىسبىتى، قىزىل سىزىق يېزىش نىسبىتىگە " +#~ "ۋەكىللىك قىلىدۇ؛ سول تەرەپتىكى كوئوردېنات سانلىق مەلۇماتنى ساقلاش نىسبىتىگە " +#~ "ۋەكىللىك قىلىدۇ، دىسكىدىن ئېغىش پىرسەنتىگە ماس كېلىدۇ، تەگلىكنى بويلىغان " +#~ "كوئوردېنات دىسكىنىڭ سىرتقى گىرۋىكىدىن مەركىزىگىچە بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "گرافىكنىڭ ئاستىدىكى قىممەتلەر، ئەڭ كىچىك، ئەڭ چوڭ ۋە ئوتتۇرىچە ئوقۇش ۋە " +#~ "يېزىش تېزلىكىنى، ئوتتۇرىچە زىيارەت ۋاقتىنى ۋە ئەڭ ئاخىرقى قېتىملىق ئۆلچەملىك " +#~ "تەكشۈرۈشتىن قانچىلىك ۋاقىت ئۆتكەنلىكىنى بىلدۈرىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "پروگرامما Disk Usage Analyzer ياكى سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچى " +#~ "نى ئىشلىتىپ قالغان بوشلۇق ۋە سىغىمنى تەكشۈرۈش." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىسكىدا قالغان بوشلۇقنى تەكشۈرۈش ئۈچۈن Disk Usage Analyzer ياكى " +#~ "سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچى نى ئىشلەتسە بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "دىسكا ئىشلىتىش تەھلىلچىنى ئىشلىتىپ تەكشۈرۈش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىسكا ئىشلىتىش تەھلىلچىدە ئىشلىتىلىشچان دىسكا بوشلۇقى ۋە دىسكا " +#~ "سىغىمىنى تەكشۈرۈشتە:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "قورال بالداقتىكى ماكاننى تەكشۈر، ھۆججەت سىستېمىسىنى " +#~ "تەكشۈر ياكى يىراقتىكى قىسقۇچنى تەكشۈر نى چېكىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئۇچۇر قىسقۇچ ،ئىشلىتىلىشى، چوڭلۇقى ۋە " +#~ "مەزمۇنى قاتارلىق تۈرلەر بويىچە كۆرۈنىدۇ. ئەگەر تېخىمۇ كۆپ ئۇچۇرغا " +#~ "ئېرىشمەكچى بولسىڭىز دىسكا ئىشلىتىشنى تەھلىل " +#~ "قىلغۇچتىن كۆرۈڭ." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچىسى(System Monitor) نى ئىشلىتىپ تەكشۈرۈش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئىشلىتىشكە بولىدىغان بوشلۇق ۋە دىسكا سىغىمىنى سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچىسى " +#~ "نى ئىشلىتىپ تەكشۈرۈش ئۇسۇلى:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "باش تاختا دىن سىستېما كۆزەتكۈچىسى نى ئاچىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىستېمىدىكى رايونلارنى(دىسكا رايونلىرى) نى ۋە دىسكىدىكى بوشلۇقلارنى كۆرۈش " +#~ "ئۈچۈن، ھۆججەت سىستېمىسى بەتكۈچىنى تاللايسىز. ئۇچۇرلار " +#~ "جەمئىي، بىكار، بارى ۋە " +#~ "ئىشلىتىلگىنى دېگەن تەرتىپتە كۆرۈنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "ئەگەر دىسكا توشۇپ كەتكەندە قىلىدىغان ئىشلار:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "مۇھىم بولمىغان ۋە بۇنىڭدىن كېيىن ئىشلەتمەيدىغان ھۆججەت ۋە پروگراممىلارنى " +#~ "ئۆچۈرۈڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بىر مەزگىل ئىشلەتمەيدىغان مۇھىم ھۆججەتلىرىڭىزدىن زاپاسلاپ بولغاندىن كېيىن قاتتىق دىسكىدىن ئۆچۈرۈۋېتىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " #~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." #~ msgstr "" @@ -26704,6 +27090,185 @@ #~ "تېخىمۇ كۆپ ئۇچۇرلارنى كۆرۈش ياكى ئۆزىنى سىناش مەشغۇلاتى ئېلىپ بېرىش ئۈچۈن " #~ "SMART سانلىق-مەلۇماتى توپچىسىنى چەكسىڭىز بولىدۇ." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر SMART ھالىتىدە دىسكا ساغلام ئەمەس دېگەن ئۇچۇر " +#~ "كۆرۈنسىمۇ، ئاگاھلاندۇرۇش چىقماسلىقى مۇمكىن. شۇنداقتىمۇ سانلىق-مەلۇماتلارنىڭ " +#~ "يوقىلىپ كېتىشىنىڭ ئالدىنى ئېلىش ئۈچۈن زاپاسلاش قا تەييارلىق قىلغان ياخشى." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر ھالەتتە «Pre-fail» دەپ كۆرۈنسە، دىسكا ئاساسىي جەھەتتىن ساغلام بىراق، " +#~ "بىر مەزگىلدىن كېيىن خاتالىق كۆرۈلۈش ئېھتىماللىق بارلىقىنى بىلدۈرىدۇ. قاتتىق " +#~ "دىسكا ياكى كومپيۇتېرنى سېتىۋالغىلى بىر نەچچە يىل بولغان بولسا، ھەم بىر قانچە " +#~ "قېتىملىق تەكشۈرۈشتە بۇ خىلدىكى ئۇچۇرنى كۆرگەن بولسىڭىز، سىز چوقۇم مۇھىم ھۆججەتلەرنى قەرەللىك زاپاسلاپ تۇرۇشىڭىز " +#~ "كېرەك ۋە دىسكا ھالىتىنى پات-پات تەكشۈرۈپ تۇرۇڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىرتقى قاتتىق دىسكا ياكى USB دىسكىدىكى بارلىق ھۆججەت ۋە قىسقۇچلارنى پىچىش " +#~ "ئارىلىق ئۆچۈرۈش." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "يۆتكىلىشچان دىسكىدىكى ھەممە نەرسىنى يۇيۇۋېتىش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بەزىدە يۆتكىلىشچان دىسكا يەنى USB دىسكىسى ياكى سىرتقى قاتتىق دىسكا " +#~ "دېگەندەكلەرنىڭ ئىچىدىكى ھەممە ھۆججەتنى يۇيۇۋېتىش زۆرۈرىيىتى تۇغۇلىدۇ. بۇنى " +#~ "پىچىش ئارقىلىق ئەمەلگە ئاشۇرغىلى بولىدۇ. شۇنىڭ بىلەن دىسكا " +#~ "ئۇستىدىكى بارلىق ھۆججەتلەر ئۆچۈرۈلۈپ دىسكا قۇپقۇرۇق ھالەتكە كېلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "يۆتكىلىشچان دىسكىنى پىچىش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "ساقلاش ئۈسكۈنىسى تىزىمىدىن يۇماقچى بولغان دىسكىنى تاللاڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تاللىغان دىسكا توغرىمۇ قايتا-قايتا تەكشۈرۈڭ! ئەگەر خاتا تاللاپ قويسىڭىز " +#~ "دىسكا ئۇستىدىكى بارلىق ھۆججەتلەر ئۆچۈرۈلۈپ كېتىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىسكىلار بۆلىكىدىن دىسكىنى ئېگەرسىزلە نى چېكىپ، ئارقىدىن " +#~ "دىسكىنى پىچ نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "قاڭقىش كۆزنىكىدە دىسكا ئۈچۈن ھۆججەت سىستېما تىپىنى تاللاڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىسكىنى Windows ۋە Mac OS مۇھىتىدا شۇنداقلا لىنۇكىس مۇھىتىدا ئىشلەتمەكچى " +#~ "بولسىڭىز FAT نى تاللاڭ. ئەگەر يالغۇز Windows مۇھىتىدىلا " +#~ "ئىشلەتمەكچى بولسىڭىز ئەڭ ياخشىسى NTFS نى تاللاڭ. ھۆججەت " +#~ "سىستېمىسى تىپىھەققىدىكى ئاددىي چۈشەندۈرۈش ئەن سۈپىتىدە كۆرۈنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىسكىغا ئات قويۇپ پىچ نى چەكسىڭىز دىسكا يۇيۇلۇشقا باشلايدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "پىچىش تاماملانغاندىن كېيىن بىخەتەر چىقارسىڭىز بولىدۇ. دىسكا " +#~ "قۇرۇق ھالەتكە كەلگەن بولۇپ ئىشلىتىشنى باشلىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "دىسكا فورماتلانغاندا دىسكىدىكى ھۆججەتلەر بىخەتەر ئۆچۈرۈلمەيدۇ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىسكىنى پىچىش دىسكىدىكى ھۆججەتلەرنى بىخەتەر ئۆچۈرۈشنىڭ ئۇسۇلى ئەمەس. دىسكا " +#~ "پىچىلغاندا گەرچە دىسكىدا ھېچ نەرسە كۆرۈنمىگەن بىلەن، ئالاھىدە ئىشلەنگەن " +#~ "يۇمشاق دېتاللار ئىشلىتىلسە ھۆججەتلەرنى ئەسلىگە كەلتۈرۈۋېلىشقا بولىدۇ. ئەگەر " +#~ "دىسكىدىكى ھۆججەتلەرنى بىخەتەر ئۆچۈرۈش زۆرۈرىيىتى تۇغۇلسا بۇيرۇق قۇرىدا " +#~ "ئىشلەتكىلى بولىدىغان shred قورالىنى ئىشلىتىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىسكا، ئۇنىڭ ئۇستىدىكى رايونلارنى دىسكا قورالى ئارقىلىق باشقۇرۇش ۋە چۈشىنىش" + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "دىسكا قورالى ئارقىلىق دىسكىلارنى ۋە رايونلارنى كۆرۈش ۋە باشقۇرۇش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كومپيۇتېردىكى ساقلاش ئۈسكۈنىلىرىنى(دىسكىلارنى) تەكشۈرۈش ۋە ئۆزگەرتىش ئۈچۈن " +#~ "دىسكا قورالىنى ئىشلەتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تاختىدىكى ساقلاش ئۈسكۈنىلىرى دەپ بەلگە قويۇلغان يەردە، قاتتىق " +#~ "دىسكىلار، CD/DVD قوزغاتقۇچلىرى ۋە باشقا فىزىكىلىق ئۈسكۈنىلەر بار. مەشغۇلات " +#~ "قىلماقچى بولغاننى تاللاڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئوڭ كۆزنەكچىدىكى دىسكىلار دېگەن يەردە بارلىق دىسكىلارنى ۋە " +#~ "تاللانغان دىسكىدىكى بارلىق رايونلارنى كۆرۈشكە بولىدۇ. بۇ يەردە يەنە بۇ " +#~ "دىسكىلارنى باشقۇرۇشتا ئىشلىتىدىغان ھەر خىل قوراللارمۇ بار." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "دىققەت: مەزكۇر قوراللار ئارقىلىق دىسكىدىكى بارلىق سانلىق-مەلۇماتلارنى تولۇق " +#~ "ئۆچۈرۈۋەتكىلى بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بىر ئاساسىي رايوندا كومپيۇتېرنى قوزغىتىشقا زۆرۈر بولغان ئۇچۇرلار بولۇشى ياكى " +#~ "boot بولۇشى كېرەك. شۇ سەۋەبتىن ئادەتتە ئاساسىي رايون قوزغىتىش " +#~ "رايونى ياكى قوزغىتىش دىسكىسى دەپمۇ ئاتىلىدۇ. بىرەر دىسكىنىڭ قوزغىتىش " +#~ "دىسكىسىمۇ ئەمەسمۇ بىلىش ئۈچۈن دىسكا قورالىدىكى (disk utility) رايون " +#~ "بەلگىسى(Partition Flags) قارىسا بولىدۇ. سىرتقى دىسكىلار يەنى USB " +#~ "دىسكىسى ۋە CD لارمۇ قوزغىتىش دىسكىسى بولالايدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "قۇلۇپ ئوچۇق ھالەتكە تەڭشىگەنلىكىڭىزنى جەزملەپ ئاندىن ئاستىدىكى " +#~ "تارتما تىزىمدىن مۆھلىتىنى تاللاڭ. ئېكران سىز مەشغۇلاتنى توختاتقاندىن كېيىن " +#~ "مەزكۇر ۋاقىتتىن ئاشسا ئۆزلۈكىدىن قۇلۇپلىنىدۇ. سىز يەنە ئاكتىپ " +#~ "بولمىغاندا ئېكراننى تاقا نى تاللاپ ئېكران ئۆزلۈكىدىن تاقالغاندىن كېيىن " +#~ "ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلىيالايسىز." + #~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." #~ msgstr "" #~ "تېخىمۇ ئالىي CD/DVD يېزىش قۇرۇلۇشى ئۈچۈن Brasero پروگراممىسىنى " @@ -26716,6 +27281,93 @@ #~ "دىسكىغا يېزىش قورالى Brasero ھەققىدىكى ياردەم ئۈچۈن ئىشلەتكۈچى يېتەكچىسى گە قاراڭ." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ھۆججەت ئاتى ۋە تىپىغا ئاساسەن ھۆججەتنىڭ ئورنىنى تاپىدۇ. ئىزدەشنى ساقلاپ " +#~ "قويۇپ كېيىن ئىشلىتىشكىمۇ بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇدا تۇرۇپلا ھۆججەتلەرنى ئاتى ياكى تىپىغا ئاساسەن ئىزدەشكە " +#~ "بولىدۇ. كۆپ ئىشلىتىدىغان ئىزدەشنى ساقلاپ قويسىڭىز، بۇ ماكان مۇندەرىجە ئىچىدە " +#~ "ئالاھىدە قىسقۇچ بولۇپ كۆرۈنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇنى ئاچىسىز" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "ھۆججەت بار قىسقۇچنى بىلسەك، شۇ يەرگە يۆتكىلىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇدا ھۆججەتلەرنى ئېچىش، كۆچۈرۈش، ئۆچۈرۈش ۋە باشقا مەشغۇلاتلارنى " +#~ "قىلغاندەك، ئىزدەپ تاپقان ھۆججەتلەرگىمۇ ئوخشاش مەشغۇلات ئېلىپ بارالايسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "مەلۇم ئىزدەشنى ھەمىشە ئېلىپ بارسىڭىز، ئۇنى ساقلاپ قويسىڭىز، كېيىنكى قېتىم " +#~ "ئوڭايلا ئىزدەش ئېلىپ بارالايسىز." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "ئىزدەشنى ساقلاش" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "ئۈستىدىكىدەك ئۇسۇلدا ئىزدەش ئېلىپ بارىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئىزدەشكە ئات قويۇپ ساقلاش نى چېكىسىز. خالىسىڭىز ئىزدەشنى باشقا " +#~ "قىسقۇچقىمۇ ساقلىسىڭىزمۇ بولىدۇ. كېيىن ئۇ قىسقۇچنى ئاچقان ۋاقتىڭىزدا، لوپا " +#~ "ئەينەك بار سېرىق رەڭلىك قىسقۇچ كۆرۈنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئىزدەش نەتىجىسىنى ئۆچۈرۈشنىڭ ئۇسۇلى بىلەن باشقا ھۆججەتلەرنى ئۆچۈرئۈش ئۇسۇلى ئوخشاش. سىز مەلۇم بىر ساقلانغان " +#~ "ئىزدەش نەتىجىسىنى ئۆچۈرگەندە ئىزدەش نەتىجىسىدىكى ھۆججەت ئۆچۈرۈلمەيدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ھەل قىلىش ئۈچۈن: تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىن بەلگىنى چېكىپ ئۇ " +#~ "يەردىن سىستېما تەڭشىكى نى تاللاپ، قاتتىق دىسكا بۆلىكىدىن " +#~ "كۆرسەتكۈچلەر نى تاللايسىز. بىر نەچچە خىل ئېنىقلىقنى " +#~ "سىناپ كۆرۈپ، ئەڭ ياخشى كۆرۈنگەننى بېكىتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " +#~ "تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز. كۆرسەتكۈچلەر… نى ئاچىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " +#~ "تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز." + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "كۇنۇپكىدىن كىرگۈزۈۋاتقاندا ئېھتىياتسىزلىقتىن سېزىمچان تاختىنىڭ چېكىلىپ " @@ -26735,6 +27387,197 @@ #~ "ئۇرۇۋاتقاندا سەزگۈر تاختىنى چەكلەپ قويسىڭىز بولىدۇ. پەقەت ئەڭ ئاخىرقى " #~ "قېتىملىق كۇنۇپكا بېسىلىپ مەلۇم قىسقا ۋاقىت ئۆتكەندىلا ئەسلىگە كېلىدۇ." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆپىنچە چاشقىنەك ۋە سەزگۈ تاختىنىڭ ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىسى بار بولۇپ، چاشقىنەكتە " +#~ "بولسا دومىلاتما چاق بولغان بولىدۇ. ئوتتۇرا چېكىشنى ئەمەلگە ئاشۇرۇش ئۈچۈن " +#~ "بىۋاسىتە دومىلاتما چاقنى باسسىڭىز بولىدۇ. ئەگەر ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا بولمىسا ئوڭ " +#~ "كۇنۇپكا بىلەن سول كۇنۇپكىنى تەڭلا بېسىش ئارقىلىق ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى ئەمەلگە " +#~ "ئاشۇرغىلى بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆپ بارماقنى قوللايدىغان سەزگۈ تاختىدا ، سىز ئۈچ بارمىقىڭىزنى بىرلا ۋاقىتتا " +#~ "ئىشلىتىش ئارقىلىق ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى ئەمەلگە ئاشۇرالايسىز. بۇنى قىلىش ئۈچۈن " +#~ "سەزگۈ تاختىدىكى تاختا چېكىش نى " +#~ "كۈچكە ئىگە قىلىشىڭىزغا توغرا كېلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆپلىگەن پروگراممىلار ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىنى ئالىي چېكىشنىڭ تېزلەتمىسى سۈپىتىدە " +#~ "ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆپ ئۇچرايدىغان تېزلەتمىنىڭ بىرى بولسا تاللانغان تېكىستنى چاپلاش.)ئاساسى " +#~ "تاللانغاننى چاپلاش دەپمۇ ئاتىلىدۇ.( چاپلىماقچى بولغان تېكىستنى تاللاڭ، " +#~ "چاپلىماقچى بولغان جايغا بېرىپ ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى قىلىڭ، بۇ ۋاقىتتا تاللانغان " +#~ "تېكىست نۇر بەلگىنىڭ ئورنىغا چاپلىنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىسىنى ئىشلىتىپ چاپلاش ئېلىپ بېرىش نورمال " +#~ "ئەھۋالدىكى چاپلاش تاختىسىدىن پۈتۈنلەي ئايرىم بولۇپ. تېكىستنى تاللىغاندا " +#~ "چاپلاش تاختىسىغا چاپلانمايدۇ. بۇ خىل تىز چاپلاش ئۇسۇلى پەقەت چاشقىنەكنىڭ " +#~ "ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا ئارقىلىقلا ئەمەلگە ئاشىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆپىنچە تور كۆرگۈچلەر سىزنى ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا ئارقىلىق ئۇلىنىشنى بەتكۈچتە " +#~ "ئېچىش ئىمكانىيىتىگە ئىگە قىلىدۇ. خالىغان ئۇلىنىشنى ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكا ئارقىلىق " +#~ "چەكسىڭىزلا، ئۇلىنىش يېڭى بەتكۈچتە ئېچىلىدۇ. Firefox تا " +#~ "ئىشلەتكەندە ئېھتىيات قىلىشقا توغرا كېلىدۇ، ئەگەر ئۇلىنىشتىن باشقا ئورۇندا " +#~ "ئوتتۇرا - چېكىشنى ئىجرا قىلسىڭىز، سىز تاللىغان تېكىستنى URL دەپ چۈشىنىپ " +#~ "ئىچىشكە ئۇرۇنىدۇ، خۇددى ئوتتۇرا - چېكىش ئارقىلىق ئورۇن ئىستونىغا چاپلاپ " +#~ "Enter نى باسقاندەك بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بىر قىسىم ئالاھىدە پروگراممىلار سىزنى چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىسىنى باشقا " +#~ "ئىقتىدار ئۈچۈن ئىشلىتىش ئىمكانىيىتىگە ئىگە قىلىدۇ. پروگراممىڭىزنىڭ " +#~ "ياردىمىدىن ئوتتۇرا ياكى چاشقىنەكنىڭ ئوتتۇرا توپچىسى غا " +#~ "مۇناسىۋەتلىك مەزمۇننى ئىزدەڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆرسىتىش ۋە چېكىش كە ئالمىشىش ئۈچۈن، ← كۇنۇپكىسىنى بىر " +#~ "قېتىم چېكىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇ ئۇسۇللار ئارقىلىق ھەرپتاختا ئارقىلىق چاشقىنەك سىنبەلگىسىنى " +#~ "تىزگىنلىيەلەيسىز. ھەممىباب زىيارەت تەڭشىكىدە تېخىمۇ كۆپ " +#~ "توسالغۇسىز زىيارەت تاللانمىلىرىنى كۆرەلەيسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "رەقەم تاختىسى بولسا ھەرپتاختىسى ئۇستىدىكى رەقەملەر ئاساسلىق قىلىپ " +#~ "ئورۇنلاشتۇرۇلغان رايون. ئەگەر ھەرپتاختىڭىزدا رەقەم تاختىسى بولمىسا (ئادەتتە " +#~ "يان كومپيۇتېرلىرىدا بولمايدۇ)، ھەرپتاختا ئۇستىدىكى (Fn) نى بېسىپ " +#~ "تۇرۇپ، ھەرپتاختىسى ئۇستىدىكى بىر قىسىم كۇنۇپكىلارنى رەقەم تاختىسى قىلىپ " +#~ "ئىشلەتسىڭىز بولىدۇ. ئەگەر يان كومپيۇتېردا بۇنداق مەشغۇلاتنى كۆپرەك " +#~ "ئىشلەتسىڭىز، ئەڭ ياخشىسى USB لىق رەقەم تاختىسىدىن بىرنى سېتىۋالسىڭىز ياخشى." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "رەقەم تاختىدىكى ھەر بىر سان بىر يۆنىلىشكە ماس كېلىدۇ. مەسىلەن، 8 " +#~ "بېسىلسا چاشقىنەك نۇر بەلگىسى ئۈستىگە يۆتكىلىدۇ، 2 بېسىلسا " +#~ "چاشقىنەك نۇر بەلگىسى ئاستىغا يۆتكىلىدۇ. 5 بېسىلسا چاشقىنەكنى تاق " +#~ "چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى ياكى تېز تېز ئىككى بېسىلسا قوش چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى " +#~ "ئىپادىلەيدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆپ قىسىم ھەرپتاختىدا بىر مەخسۇس كۇنۇپكا بار بولۇپ، چاشقىنەك ئوڭ چېكىش " +#~ "مەشغۇلاتىنى ئىجرا قىلىشقا بولىدۇ؛ بۇ كۇنۇپكا ئادەتتە بوشلۇق كۇنۇپكىسىنىڭ " +#~ "ئەتراپىدا بولىدۇ. ئەمما دىققەت بۇ كۇنۇپكا چاشقىنەك نۇر بەلگە تۇرغان ئورۇنغا " +#~ "ئەمەس بەلكى ھەرپتاختا فوكۇس نۇقتىسىغا ئىنكاس قايتۇرىدۇ. سىز نى كۆرۈپ ئوڭ كۇنۇپكىنى تەقلىد قىلىدىغان تېخىمۇ " +#~ "كۆپ ئۇسۇلنىڭ قوللانمىسىغا ئېرىشىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "چېكىش ، قوش چېكىش ، سۆرەش شۇنداقلا سىيرىلدۇرۇش ھەرىكەتلىرىنى باشقا ئۈسكۈنە " +#~ "ئىشلەتمەستىن سەزگۈر تاختا ئارقىلىقلا ئېلىپ بارالايسىز." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "سەزگۈر تاختىنى چېكىپلا قويسا چېكىش ئەمەلگە ئاشىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تۈرنى سۆرەش ئۈچۈن ئۇنى قوش چېكىڭ ئىككىنچى قېتىملىق چېكىشتىن كىيىن " +#~ "بارمىقىڭىزنى كۆتۈرمەي، يۆتكىمەكچى بولغان ئورۇنغا سۆرەپ بارمىقىڭىزنى سەزگۈر " +#~ "تاختىدىن كۆتۈرسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سەزگۈر تاختىڭىز كۆپ بارماقتا چېكىشنى قوللىسا ئۇنداقتا ئىككى بارماقتا تەڭ " +#~ "چېكىش ئارقىلىق ئوڭ چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى ئېلىپ بارالايسىز، ئۇنداق بولمىسا قاتتىق " +#~ "دېتالنىڭ ئوڭ توپچىسىنى چېكىپ مەشغۇلاتنى تاماملاڭ. نى كۆرۈپ، ئوڭ توپچىنى چېكىش مەشغۇلاتىنى تەقلىد قىلىش ئۇچۇرلىرىغا " +#~ "ئېرىشىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سەزگۈر تاختىڭىز كۆپ بارماقتا چېكىشنى قوللىسا ئۇنداقتا ئۈچ بارماقتا تەڭ چېكىش " +#~ "ئارقىلىق ئوتتۇرا كۇنۇپكىدا " +#~ "چېكىشclick مەشغۇلاتىنى تەقلىد قىلالايسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىز كۆپ بارماقتا كۆرسىتىپ چەككەن ياكى سۆرىگەندە بارماقلىرىڭىزنى كەڭرەك " +#~ "ئېچىڭ. ئەگەر بارماقلار بەك يېقىن بولۇپ قالسا كومپيۇتېر بىر بارماق مەشغۇلاتى " +#~ "دەپ تونۇپ قېلىشى مۇمكىن." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "ھۆججەت باشقۇرغۇدا خەتكۈشنى قوشۇش، ئۆچۈرۈش ۋە ئاتىنى ئۆزگەرتىش." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "بىر دانە خەتكۈشنى ئۆچۈرۈش:" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئاتى دېگەن تېكىست كۆزنەكچىسىگە خەتكۈشنىڭ يېڭى ئاتىنى كىرگۈزىسىز." + #~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgstr "ھۆججەت ئەڭ ئاخىرقى قېتىم تۈزىتىلگەن ۋاقىتتىكى چېسلا ۋە ۋاقىتتۇر." @@ -26750,6 +27593,46 @@ #~ "قانچە ۋىرۇسخور بار." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىز ئۆزىڭىز ئىنتېرنېتنى زىيارەت قىلالايدىغان پروگراممىلارنى " +#~ "تىزگىنلىيەلەيسىز، بۇ كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنىڭ بىخەتەرلىكىنى قوغداشقا پايدىلىق." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "مۇداپىئە تام زىيارىتىنى قوزغىتىش ياكى توسۇش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئۇبۇنتۇغا Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) سەپلەنگەن، " +#~ "ئەمما كۆڭۈلدىكى ئەھۋالدا بۇ مۇداپىئە تامنى قوزغاتمايدۇ. ئۇبۇنتۇدا ھېچقانداق " +#~ "ئوچۇق تور مۇلازىمىتى (ئاساسىي تور قۇرۇلمىسى بۇنىڭ سىرتىدا) بولمىغانلىقتىن " +#~ "كۆڭۈلدىكى ئەھۋالدا ئورناتقاندا، مۇداپىئە تام ئارقىلىق زەھەرخەندە مەقسىتى بار " +#~ "باغلىنىشنى توسۇشىڭىزنىڭ ھاجىتى يوق." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "پروگرامما ufw نى ئىشلىتىش ئۇسۇلىنىڭ تەپسىلاتىنى تور قوللانمىسى " +#~ "دىن كۆرۈڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تور توسۇقىنى ئېچىش(ئىناۋەتلىك قىلىش) ئۈچۈن، تېرمىنالدىكى بۇيرۇق قۇرىغا " +#~ "sudo ufw enable نى كىرگۈزۈڭ. ئىناۋەتسىز قىلىش ئۈچۈن sudo ufw " +#~ "disable نى كىرگۈزۈڭ." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -26782,6 +27665,13 @@ #~ "تېرمىنالغا sudo ufw block 53 نى كىرگۈزۈڭ." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بىر قىسىم تور بەتلىرىنى (YouTube دېگەندەك) كۆرۈش ئۈچۈن Flash نى ئورنىتىش " +#~ "زۆرۈردۇر." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -26790,6 +27680,9 @@ #~ "ئورناتقاندىن كېيىن بىر قىسىم سىن ۋە ئوز-ئارا تەسىرلىشىدىغان تور بەتلىرىنى " #~ "كۆرۈشكە بولىدۇ. ئۇ بولمىسا بەزى بىر تور بەتلىرىنى زادىلا كۆرگىلى بولمايدۇ." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Flash نى ئورنىتىش ئۇسۇلى" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -26809,6 +27702,15 @@ #~ "ئەگەر ئورناتماقچى بولسىڭىز، يۇمشاق دېتال مەركىزىدىكى ئورنات نى " #~ "چېكىڭ." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر ھەر قانداق توركۆرگۈ كۆزنىكىنى ئاچقان بولسىڭىز، مۇناسىپ كۆزنەكلەرنى " +#~ "تاقاپ ئاندىن قايتا ئېچىڭ. قايتا ئاچقاندا توركۆرگۈ Flash نىڭ " +#~ "ئورنىتىلغانلىقىنى بايقايدۇ، ھازىر Flash تە تور تۇرالارنى كۆرەلەيسىز." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Flash نىڭ ئورنىدا ئىشلەتكىلى بولىدىغان ئوچۇق مەنبەلىك دېتال" @@ -26838,6 +27740,26 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "Java تەلەپ قىلىنىدىغان تورتۇرالارنى كۆرۈشكە ياردىمى بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Java توركۆرگۈ قىستۇرمىسىنى ئورنىتىش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بەزى تورتۇرالار كىچىك Java پروگراممىسى ئىشلىتىدۇ، Java قىستۇرمىسى " +#~ "ئورناتقاندا ئاندىن ئىجرا قىلغىلى بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تور كۆرگۈدە Java كۆرۈش ئۈچۈنicedtea6-" +#~ "plugin بوغچا ئورنىتىڭ." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -26886,6 +27808,15 @@ #~ "mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight تورتۇراسىTroubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىمسىز تور باغلىنىشتىكى " +#~ "مەسىلىلەرنى ھەل قىلىش connections، سىمسىز تورنى ئىزدەپ تېپىش،" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -26904,6 +27835,261 @@ #~ "مەركىزى مەركىزىنىڭ ئاستىدىكى تېخنىكىلىق تۈرلەرنى كۆرسەت " #~ "ئۇلانمىسىنى چېكىڭ." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنى سىمسىز قىزىق نۇقتا قىلىپ قۇرالايسىز. باشقا ئۈسكۈنىلەر " +#~ "كومپيۇتېرىڭىزغا باغلىنالايدۇ. بۇ ئۈسكۈنىلەر بىلەن ئۆزىڭىزنىڭ سىملىق ياكى " +#~ "كۆنەكسىمان (كۆچمە تېلېفون) توردىن ئورتاق پايدىلىنالايسىز." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "قىزىق نۇقتا سۈپىتىدە ئىشلەت توپچىنى چېكىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر بىر سىمسىز تورغا باغلىنىپ بولغان بولسىڭىز، سىستېما توردىن ئۈزۈش ياكى " +#~ "ئۈزمەسلىكنى سورايدۇ. يەككە سىمسىز تور كارتىسى پەقەت بىرلا سىمسىز تورغا " +#~ "باغلىنالايدۇ ياكى ھەمبەھىرلىيەلەيدۇ. قىزىق نۇقتا قۇر نى چېكىپ " +#~ "جەزملەيسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىستېما ئۆزلۈكىدىن بىر تور ئاتى (SSID) ۋە بىر شىفىرلىق ئاچقۇچ ھاسىل قىلىدۇ. " +#~ "SSID كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنىڭ ئاتى بولىدۇ. باشقا ئۈسكۈنىلەر SSID ۋە شىفىرلىق ئاچقۇچ " +#~ "ئارقىلىق سىز قۇرغان سىمسىز قىزىق نۇقتىغا باغلىنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور تىزىملىكىنى چېكىپ، «سىمسىز تورنى قوزغات» نى تاللىماڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇ مەشغۇلاتنى قىلىش ئۈچۈن، ئۈستى تاختىدىكى تور تىزىملىكى دىن " +#~ "سىمسىز تورنى قوزغات نى تاللىمىسىڭىز بولىدۇ. بۇنىڭ بىلەن سىمسىز " +#~ "تور باغلىنىشىنى ئۈزۈلۈپ، بۇ يەرنى قايتا تاللىمىغۇچە باغلانمايدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىمسىز تور باغلىنىشىنى قايتا ئېچىش ئۈچۈن، تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور " +#~ "تىزىملىكى دىن سىمسىز تورنى قوزغات نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ. " +#~ "شۇنىڭ بىلەن بۇ يەرگە تاللاش بەلگىسى چىقىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر كۆكچىش نى ئەتمىسىڭىز، " +#~ "كومپيۇتېرىڭىز يەنىلا ئۇچۇرلارنى تارقىتىۋېرىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالداق تىكى تور تىزىملىكى نى چېكىپ، " +#~ "باغلانماقچى بولغان تورنىڭ ئاتىنى چېكىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "سىمسىز تور باغلىنىش تاللانمىسىنى ئۆزگەرتىش ھەققىدىكى بىلدۈرگۈ." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "سىمسىز باغلىنىشنى تەھرىرلەش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇنىڭدا سىمسىز تور باغلىنىشىنى تەھرىرلەشتە زۆرۈر بولغان بارلىق مەزمۇنلار " +#~ "سۆزلىنىدۇ. باغلىنىشنى تەھرىرلەش ئۈچۈن تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور " +#~ "تىزىملىكى نى چېكىپ، ئاندىن باغلىنىشلارنى تەھرىرلە نى " +#~ "تاللاڭ." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "بارلىق ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر ئىشلەتسۇن / ئاپتوماتىك باغلىنىش" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "ئاپتوماتىك باغلىنىش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئاپتوماتىك باغلىنىش قىلىپ تەڭشەلگەن بىر قانچە تور دائىرە ئىچىدە بار بولۇپ " +#~ "قالسا، سىمسىز بەتكۈچىنىڭ تور باغلىنىشلىرى دېگەن " +#~ "كۆزنەكتىكى بىرىنچىسىغا باغلىنىدۇ. دائىرە ئىچىدە باشقا بىر ئىشلەتكىلى " +#~ "بولىدىغان تور پەيدا بولسا، ھەرگىزمۇ ھازىر باغلىنىۋاتقىنىدىن ئۈزۈلۈپ ئۇنىغا " +#~ "باغلانمايدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "بارلىق ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر ئىشلەتسۇن" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر كومپيۇتېرنى ئىشلىتىدىغان بارلىق ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر مۇشۇ سىمسىز تورنى " +#~ "زىيارەت قىلسۇن دېسىڭىز، بۇنى تاللاڭ. ئەگەر سىمسىز تورنىڭ WEP/WPA ئىمى بار بولۇپ، سىز بۇنى تاللىغان بولسىڭىز، " +#~ "ئىمنى بىرلا قېتىم كىرگۈزۈپ قويسىڭىزلا بولىدۇ. شۇنىڭ بىلەن باشقا " +#~ "ئىشلەتكۈچىلەر ئىم بارلىقىنى بىلمەيلا بۇ تورنى ئىشلىتەلەيدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر بۇ تاللانسا، سىز چوقۇم باشقۇرغۇچى بولۇشىڭىز كېرەك. بولمىسا بۇ تەڭشەكلەرنى " +#~ "ئۆزگەرتەلمەيسىز. سىزدىن باشقۇرغۇچىنىڭ ئىمىنى سورىشى مۇمكىن." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "سىمسىز" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر Ad-hoc تاللانسا، ئىككى تاللانمىنى تاللاشقا توغرا كېلىدۇ. " +#~ "بىرى بەلۋاغ(Band) يەنە بىرى قانال(Channel). بۇ ئىككىسى " +#~ "ئارقىلىق سىمسىز ad-hoc تورىدا ئىشلىتىدىغان چاستوتا بەلۋېغى بەلگىلىنىدۇ. " +#~ "بەزى كومپيۇتېرلار مەلۇم بەلۋېغىدىلا ئىشلەيدۇ(مەسىلەن: پەقەت A " +#~ "ياكى B/G دىلا). شۇڭا ئىككىلا كومپيۇتېردا ئورتاق ئىشلەتكىلى " +#~ "بولىدىغان بەلۋاغنى تاللىمىسا بولمايدۇ. بەزى تور قىستاڭچىلىقى بار يەرلەردە " +#~ "بىر قانچە سىمسىز تور ئوخشاش قانالنى تەڭ ئىشلىتىدىغان ئەھۋال بار. بۇنداقتا " +#~ "تور سۈرىتى ئاستا بولۇپ قالىدۇ، شۇڭا ئىشلىتىدىغان قانالنى ئۆزگەرتمىسە " +#~ "بولمايدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇ ئاساسىي مۇلازىمەت كىملىكى(Basic Service Set Identifier). SSID نى " +#~ "ئادەملەر چۈشىنىدۇ. BSSID نى بولسا كومپيۇتېر چۈشىنىدۇ(ئۇ رەقەملەردىن تەركىب " +#~ "تاپقان تېكىست بولۇپ، سىمسىز تورنىڭ ئۆزىگە خاس بولىدۇ). ئەگەر سىمسىز تور يوشۇرۇن بولسا، ئۇنىڭ SSID سى " +#~ "بولمايدۇ، بىراق BSSID سى بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "ئۈسكۈنىنىڭ MAC ئادرېسى" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تور قاتتىق دېتالىنىڭ MAC ئادرېسىنى ئۆزگەرتىپ ئىشلەتكىلى بولىدۇ. بەزى " +#~ "يەرلەردە بەلگىلەنگەن MAC ئادرېسى بولغان ئۈسكۈنىلەرنىڭلا باغلىنىشىغا ئىجازەت " +#~ "بېرىدىغان قىلىپ بەلگىلەنگەن. بۇنداق ۋاقىتتا MAC ئادرېسىنى ئۆزگەرتىپ " +#~ "ئىشلەتسە، باغلانغىلى بولىدۇ. ئەگەر سىز كۇلونلانغان MAC ئادرېس " +#~ "كۆزنەكچىسىگە MAC ئادرېسنى كىرگۈزۈپ قويسىڭىز، ئۈسكۈنە ياكى مۇلازىمەت ھەقىقىي " +#~ "MAC ئادرېسىنى ئەمەس، مۇشۇنى ئىشلىتىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "سىمسىز تورنىڭ بىخەتەرلىكى" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇ سىمسىز توردا ئىشلىتىدىغان شىفىرلاش نىڭ تىپىنى كۆرسىتىدۇ. " +#~ "ئالاقىدە شىفىرلاش ئىشلىتىلسە،باشقىلار ئارىلىشىۋېلىپ سانلىق-مەلۇماتلارنى " +#~ "كۆرەلمەيدۇ. ئەڭ ئاددىيسى، بۇنىڭ بىلەن سىزنىڭ قانداق تور بەتلىرىنى " +#~ "كۆرۈۋاتقانلىقىڭىزنى باشقىلار «كۆرەلمەيدۇ، ئاڭلىيالمايدۇ»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بەزى شىفىرلاش ئۇسۇلى ئىنتايىن كۈچلۈك بولسىمۇ، بىر قىسىم كونا سىمسىز تور " +#~ "ئۈسكۈنىلىرىدە ئۇنى ئىشلەتكىلى بولمايدۇ. ئادەتتە باغلىنىش ئۈچۈن ئىم كىرگۈزۈش " +#~ "زۆرۈردۇر. بەزى پىشقان بىخەتەرلىك تەدبىرلىرىدە ئىشلەتكۈچى ئاتى بىلەن رەقەملىك " +#~ "«ئىسپاتنامە» زۆرۈردۇر. كۆپ ئىشلىتىدىغان سىمسىز شىفىرلاش ئۇسۇللىرى ھەققىدە " +#~ " گە قارالسۇن." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇنى تاللىسا، كومپيۇتېر IP ئادرېسنى DHCP مۇلازىمېتىرىدىن ئالىدۇ. بىراق باشقا " +#~ "ئۇچۇرلارنى(DNS مۇلازىمېتىرى دېگەندەكلەرنى) قولدا تەڭشەشكە توغرا كېلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇنى تاللىغاندا تورغا مۇناسىۋەتلىك بارلىق نەرسىلەرنى قولدا تەڭشىمىسە " +#~ "بولمايدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇ تاللانما تور باغلىنىشىنى چەكلەپ يەرلىك تورغا باغلىنىشىڭىزنىڭ ئالدىنى " +#~ "ئالىدۇ. دىققەت IPv4 ۋە IPv6 بىر تور كارتىسىغا " +#~ "ئىشلىتىلگەن تەقدىردىمۇ مۇستەقىل باغلىنىش دەپ قارايدۇ. ئەگەر ئارىسىدىن بىرى " +#~ "قوزغىتىلغان بولسا يەنە بىرىنى چەكلىشىڭىز زۆرۈر بولۇشى مۇمكىن." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بۇ IPv4 بەتكۈچىدىكى بىلەن ئاساسەن ئوخشاش، بىراق ئەڭ يېڭى بولغان " +#~ "IPv6 ئۆلچىمىنى ئىشلىتىدۇ. يېڭىدىن بارلىققا كېلىۋاتقان تورلار IPv6 نى " +#~ "ئىشلىتىدۇ، ئەمما IPv4 يەنىلا كۆپ ئىشلىتىلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى تور تىزىملىكىنى چېكىپ، ئۇنىڭدىن يوشۇرۇن " +#~ "سىمسىز تورغا باغلان نى تاللاڭ." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "سىستېما بۆلىكىدىن يۇمشاق دېتال مەنبەسى نى تاللاڭ." @@ -26947,12 +28133,223 @@ #~ "كېيىنكىنى چېكىڭ." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تېرمىنال كۆزنىكىدە sudo pm-hibernate نى كىرگۈزۈپ Enter " +#~ "كۇنۇپكىسىنى باسىسىز." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" #~ "ئەگەر ئۈچەك ئىشلىمىسە، swap رايوننىڭ چوڭلۇقىنىڭ RAM دىن چوڭ ياكى تەڭ " #~ "ئىكەنلىكىنى تەكشۈرۈڭ." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر ئۈچەك ھالىتىنى سىناش مۇۋەپپەقىيەتلىك بولسا، ئۈچەك ھالىتىگە كىرگۈزۈشتە " +#~ "تېرمىنالدا sudo pm-hibernate بۇيرۇقىنى ئىشلىتىڭ." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "توكدان 10% گە چۈشۈپ قالغاندا نېمىشقا كومپيۇتېر تاقىلىپ/توڭلاش ھالىتىگە كىرىپ " +#~ "قالىدۇ؟" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كومپيۇتېردا ساقلانغان توكنىڭ مىقدارى ئىنتايىن ئاز قالغاندا، كومپيۇتېرىڭىز " +#~ "ئاپتوماتىك ھالدا توڭلات ھالىتىگە " +#~ "ئۆتىۋالىدۇ(بارلىق ئوچۇق بولغان ھۆججەت ۋە پروگراممىلىرىڭىزنى ساقلىغاندىن " +#~ "كىيىن تاقىلدىغان ھالەت). بۇنداق قىلىشتىكى مەقسىتى توكداندا توك تولۇق تۈگەپ " +#~ "كەتسە توكدانغا ئانچە ياخشى بولمايدىغانلىقى ئۈچۈن بۇنىڭ ئالدىنى ئېلىش. ئەگەر " +#~ "توكداندىكى توك تۈگەپ كېتىپ قالسا كومپيۇتېر نورمال تاقىلىشىغىمۇ " +#~ "ئۈلگۈرەلمەيدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "بىر قىسىم كومپيۇتېرلارنىڭ توڭلىتىش ھالىتىگە ئۆتۈشىدە مەسىلە بار بولۇپ، سىز " +#~ "كومپيۇتېرنى قايتا قوزغاتقاندا سىز ئاچقان پروگراممىلار ۋە ھۆججەتلەر ئەسلىگە " +#~ "كەلمەسلىكى مۇمكىن. بۇ خىل ئەھۋالدا ئەگەر سىز توڭلىتىش ھالىتىگە ئۆتۈشتىن " +#~ "بۇرۇن ساقلاش ئېلىپ بارمىسىڭىز بىر قىسىم خىزمەتلىرىڭىز بىكار بولۇپ كېتىشى " +#~ "مۇمكىن. بەلكىم توڭلىتىش ھالىتىدە كىرىشتىكى " +#~ "مەسىلىلەرنى ھەل قىلىش ئىمكانىيىتىگە ئىگە بولۇشىڭىزمۇ مۇمكىن." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىملىك بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى سىنبەلگىنى چېكىسىز ۋە سىستېما " +#~ "تەڭشىكى نى تاللايسىز" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "خەت باسقۇنى بايقىمىدى، قەغەز قىسىۋالسا باسقاندىن كېيىن چىرايلىق كۆرۈنمەيدۇ…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "كومپيۇتېرغا ئۇلانغان پرىنتېرنى تەڭشەش." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "يەرلىك پرىنتېرنى بېكىتىش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "سىستېمىڭىز نۇرغۇن خەت باسقۇلار چېتىلغاندىلا ئۇنىڭ تىپىنى ئۆزلۈكىدىن " +#~ "بايقىيالايدۇ. زور كۆپ ساندىكى خەت باسقۇلار USB سىم بىلەن كومپيۇتېرغا " +#~ "چېتىلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "مۇۋاپىق سىم ئارقىلىق خەت باسقۇنى سىستېمىڭىزغا ئۇلاڭ. سىستېما قوزغاتقۇ " +#~ "ئىزدەۋاتقاندا ئېكراندىكى ئۇچۇرلارنى كۆرۈپ تۇرۇڭ، ئېكراندا قاڭقىش ئۇچۇرى " +#~ "كۆرۈنۈپ سىزنىڭ ئورناتقان قوزغاتقۇنى دەلىللىشىڭىزنى تەلەپ قىلىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "پرىنتېر ئاپتوماتىك تەڭشەلمىسە، پرىنتېر تەڭشىكىدە قوشۇشقا بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "قوش نى چېكىپ ئۈسكۈنىلەر كۆزنىكىدىن پرىنتېرنى تاللايسىز." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "ئالدىغا نى چېكىپ ئۈسكۈنىلەرنى ئىزدەپ تاپقۇچە كۈتۈڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر كومپيۇتېرىڭىزدا ئىشلەتكىلى بولىدىغان بىر قانچە قوزغاتقۇ بولسا سىستېما " +#~ "كۆڭلىدىكىدىن بىرنى تاللىشىڭىزنى تەلەپ قىلىشى مۇمكىن. تەۋسىيە قىلىنغان " +#~ "قوزغاتقۇنى ئىشلىتىشتە ياسىغۇچى ۋە تىپى كۆزنىكىدە «كېيىنكى» نى چەكسىڭىزلا " +#~ "بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "خەت باسقۇنى ئورناتقاندىن كېيىن، سىز كۆڭۈلدىكى خەت باسقۇنى ئۆزگەرتىشكە ئېھتىياجلىق بولۇشىڭىز " +#~ "مۇمكىن." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "تىزىمدىن چىقىپ قايتا كىرسىڭىز تاللىغىنىڭىز ئاندىن كۈچكە ئىگە بولىدۇ. " +#~ "تىزىملىك بالداقنىڭ ئوڭ ئۈستى تەرىپىدىكى تىزىمدىن چىقئىش دېگەن " +#~ "سىنبەلگىنى چېكىپ تىزىمدىن چىقىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "چىقىپ قايتا كىرسىڭىز تاللىغىنىڭىز ئاندىن كۈچكە ئىگە بولىدۇ. تىزىملىك " +#~ "بالدىقىنىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى چىقىش دېگەن سىنبەلگىنى چېكىپ چىقىپ " +#~ "كېتىڭ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "چىقىش ياكى ئىشلەتكۈچى ئالماشتۇرۇش ئۈچۈن، ئۈستى تاختاينىڭ ئەڭ ئوڭ تەرىپىدىكى " +#~ "سىستېما تىزىملىكى دىن مۇۋاپىق " +#~ "بىرنى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلاش ئۈچۈن، يۇقىرى تاختىدىكى سىستېما تىزىملىكى نى " +#~ "چېكىپ، ئۇنىڭدىن ئېكراننى قۇلۇپلاش نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئېكران قۇلۇپلاقلىق ۋاقىتتا، باشقا ئىشلەتكۈچى ئىشلەتكۈچى " +#~ "ئالماشتۇرۇش نى چېكىش ئارقىلىق ئۆز ھېساباتىدا كىرەلەيدۇ. ئۇلار ئىشنى " +#~ "تۈگىتىپ بولغاندا، سىز يەنە ئۆزىڭىزنىڭكىنى داۋاملاشتۇرالايسىز." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنى قولدا توڭلىتىش ئۈچۈن، تىزىملىك بالداقتىكى سىستېما " +#~ "تىزىملىكى نى چېكىپ، ئۇنىڭدىن توڭلات نى تاللىسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ئەگەر كومپيۇتېرىڭىزنىڭ توكىنى تولۇق ئۈزمەكچى ياكى تولۇق قايتا قوزغاتماقچى " +#~ "بولسىڭىز، سىستېما تىزىملىكى دىن تاقا نى تاللىسىڭىز " +#~ "بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "ھەرپتاختىسىدا ئالماشتۇرۇش" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆزنەك ئالماشتۇرغۇدىكى يورۇتۇلغان كۆزنەكنى ئاچماقچى بولسىڭىز Alt " +#~ "نى قويۇۋەتسىڭىز بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ياكى Alt نى بېسىپ قويۇۋەتمەي تۇرۇپ، Tab بېسىۋەرسىڭىز، " +#~ "ئېچىلغان كۆزنەكلەرنى ئۈزلۈكسىز تاللىنىدۇ. ئەگەر " +#~ "ShiftTab نى باسسىڭىز تەتۈر يۆنىلىشتە " +#~ "تاللىنىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆزنەك ئالماشتۇرغۇدىكى كۆزنەكلەر پروگرامما بويىچە گۇرۇپپىلانغان. كوپ " +#~ "كۆزنەكلىك پروگراممىلاردىكى كۆزنەكلەر چېكىلگەندە ئۈزلۈكسىز سەكرەپ چىقىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "كۆزنەك ئالماشتۇرغۇدا يەنە پروگراممىلارنى → ياكى ← " +#~ "كۇنۇپكىسى ياكى چاشقىنەكنى چېكىش ئارقىلىقمۇ تاللىغىلى بولىدۇ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "يەككە كۆزنەكلىك پروگراممىنى ئالدىن كۆرۈش ئۈچۈن ↓ نى باسسا بولىدۇ." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/uk/uk.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/uk/uk.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/uk/uk.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/uk/uk.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-07 23:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: uk\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ " Kevin Godby https://launchpad.net/~godbyk\n" " Maksym https://launchpad.net/~yakudzam\n" " Max_ym https://launchpad.net/~kontact-cat\n" -" Nazariy Ritter https://launchpad.net/~nazariy-ritter\n" +" Nazarii Ritter https://launchpad.net/~nazariy-ritter\n" " Vsevolod Novov https://launchpad.net/~nowow\n" " Yuri Chornoivan https://launchpad.net/~yurchor-gmail\n" " fishi https://launchpad.net/~fishi\n" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -327,61 +327,146 @@ "багаторазове натискання клавіші, тоді як вам потрібно натиснути її лише один " "раз, вам слід увімкнути пружні клавіші." +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" -"Натисніть піктограму з правого краю панелі меню і виберіть " -"Системні параметри." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" "Відкрийте Загальний доступ і виберіть вкладку Набір." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "Увімкніть Пружні клавіші." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -453,8 +538,8 @@ "користувацького інтерфейсу" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" @@ -462,7 +547,7 @@ "Видимість." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" "Перемкнути Високий контраст у позицію Увімкнути." @@ -505,20 +590,9 @@ "вказівник миші на елемент керування, відпустити мишку і потім почекати, поки " "кнопка не буде натиснута за вас." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть ваше ім’я на горішній панелі й виберіть Параметри " -"системи." - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." @@ -527,12 +601,12 @@ "Наведення та натискання." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "Увімкніть Натискання при наведенні." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -549,7 +623,7 @@ "одинарного натискання." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -560,7 +634,7 @@ "натиснута." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." @@ -569,7 +643,7 @@ "вказівника миші для натискання." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -581,7 +655,7 @@ "відбудеться." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -608,13 +682,13 @@ "Якщо вам складно читати текст на екрані, то можна змінити розмір шрифту." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" "Переведіть перемикач Великий текст у положення ON." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -751,7 +825,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -786,12 +860,12 @@ "ваш вказівний пристрій має лише одну кнопку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "Увімкніть Імітацію вторинного натискання." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -804,7 +878,7 @@ "вторинного натискання." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -818,7 +892,7 @@ "відпустіть кнопку миші, для імітації натискання правої кнопки." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -830,7 +904,7 @@ "зворотнього зв'язку від вказівника." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -841,7 +915,7 @@ "клавіатурі." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -911,17 +985,17 @@ "першого часу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "Включити Повільні клавіші." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "Швидко увімкнути/вимкнути повільні клавіші" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -935,7 +1009,7 @@ "вісім секунд." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." @@ -944,7 +1018,7 @@ "через скільки часу потрібно вивести букву, після натискання клавіші." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -996,17 +1070,17 @@ "клавіші." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "Включити Липкі клавіші." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "Швидке вмикання/вимикання липких клавіш" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -1020,7 +1094,7 @@ "підряд." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." @@ -1029,7 +1103,7 @@ "відключитися, що ви могли натиснути комбінацію клавіш у звичайний спосіб." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -1046,7 +1120,7 @@ "клавіші, які розміщені близько одна біля одної), а інші – не можете." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" @@ -1054,7 +1128,7 @@ "це." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -1108,14 +1182,14 @@ "вимкнути звукові сигнали)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" "Відкрийте Universal Access і виберіть вкладку Hearing." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1146,7 +1220,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1160,10 +1234,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1217,12 +1291,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1233,7 +1308,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1242,15 +1317,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1429,13 +1505,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" -"Додавання облікового запису допоможе зв’язати ваші мережеві облікові записи " -"з вашим комп’ютером Ubuntu. Таким чином, поштова програма, миттєві " -"повідомлення та інші відповідні додатки будуть налаштовані для вас." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1446,77 +1519,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "Виберіть Тип облікового запису у правій панелі вікна." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати додаткові облікові записи, пізніше ці дії можна повторити." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 +msgid "" +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"З’явиться невеликий веб-інтерфейс користувача, де можна увести реєстраційні " -"дані вашого мережевого облікового запису. Наприклад, якщо ви налаштовуєте " -"обліковий запис Google, уведіть ваші ім’я користувача Google, пароль та " -"авторизуйтеся." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 -msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." -msgstr "" -"При правильному введенні реєстраційних даних буде видано запит на прийняття " -"умов використання. Для продовження виберіть Прийняти. Після " -"отримання згоди Ubuntu потрібен буде дозвіл на доступ до вашого мережевого " -"облікового запису. Для надання такого дозволу виберіть Надати " -"доступ. Після запиту уведіть пароль поточного користувача." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" -"Тепер можна вибрати додаток, який потрібно зв’язати з мережевим обліковим " -"записом. Наприклад, якщо потрібно використовувати мережевий обліковий запис " -"для балачки, але він не потрібен для календаря, вимкніть опцію " -"Календар." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" -"Після додавання облікових записів кожен вибраний вами додаток автоматично " -"буде використовувати ці реєстраційні дані при вході під вашим обліковим " -"записом." #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"З міркувань безпеки, Ubuntu не зберігатиме ваш пароль на вашому комп'ютері. " -"Замість цього, пароль зберігається у вигляді жетону, який надається онлайн-" -"сервісом. Якщо ви хочете повністю розірвати зв'язок між вашим комп'ютером і " -"онлайн-сервісом, то remove його." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1907,6 +1958,75 @@ "готові працювати так, як потрібно." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -2006,127 +2126,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "Встановлення додаткових програм" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Розробники Ubuntu вже вибрали стандартні програми для операційної системи, " -"які, на нашу думку, можуть зробити систему більш функціональною та корисною " -"для більшості повсякденних завдань. Ви завжди можете завантажити та " -"встановити більше програм, щоб зробити Ubuntu найкориснішою для вас системою." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "Щоб встановити додаткове програмне забезпечення, зробіть наступне:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"Під’єднайтеся до Інтернету, використовуючи бездротове або дротове " -"з’єднання." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" -"Виберіть програму, якою ви зацікавилися та натисніть Встановити." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "" -"Вас попросять ввести пароль. Після того, як ви його введете, інсталяція " -"розпочнеться." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" -"Зазвичай встановлення закінчується швидко, але якщо інтернет-з’єднання " -"повільне, тоді може знадобитися деякий час." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"Піктограму нового додатку буде додано на панель запуску. щоб вимкнути таку " -"можливість, зніміть прапорець ВиглядНові додатки у " -"панелі запуску." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -"Добавте PPA для тестування не випущеного або особливого програмного " -"забезпечення." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "Добавити Personal Package Archive (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" -"Personal Package Archives (PPAs) - це програмні репозиторії " -"створені для користувачів Ubuntu, щоб швидко встановити програмне " -"забезпечення від третіх сторін." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "Додавайте сховища програм лише з надійних джерел!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -2137,12 +2246,12 @@ "Ubuntu й можуть містити шкідливі програми." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "Встановити PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -2153,25 +2262,26 @@ "ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "Перейдіть на вкладку Інше ПЗ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "Натисніть Додати і введіть ppa: шлях." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" @@ -2179,7 +2289,7 @@ "автентифікації." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -2187,32 +2297,56 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "Видалити програму, яку ви більше не використовуєте." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "Видалити програму" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" -"Програми Ubuntu допомагає видаляти програми, що більше не " -"використовуються." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." @@ -2221,21 +2355,30 @@ "переглядаючи список встановлених додатків." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "Після вибору натисніть Видалити." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" -"Можливо потрібно буде ввести ваш пароль. Після вводу паролю додаток буде " -"вилучено." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -2250,16 +2393,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" -"Добавте інші репозиторії, щоб збільшити кількість доступних джерел, які " -"Ubuntu буде використовувати для завантаження та оновлення програм." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "Добавити додаткові програмні репозиторії" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -2273,13 +2414,13 @@ "репозиторіїв Ubuntu. Якщо ви бажаєте встановити програмний репозиторій, ви " "маєте додати його у список доступних репозиторіїв Ubuntu." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "Встановити інші репозиторії" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." @@ -2288,7 +2429,7 @@ "Інші програми." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" @@ -2297,7 +2438,7 @@ "можна знайти на сайті репозиторія, він подібний на:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2305,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2313,12 +2454,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "Активувати репозиторій партнерів Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2328,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2343,7 +2484,7 @@ "натисніть Додати і уведіть:" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2351,26 +2492,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "Додати/вилучити програмне забезпечення" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"встановлення, вилучення, додаткові " -"сховища…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "Додати & усунути програму" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2986,8 +3124,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB-накопичувач (невелика ємність)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3663,7 +3801,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3970,25 +4108,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" -"Завантаження та друк довідкової таблиці від компанії, що працює з кольором" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"Звернення до компанії, що працює з кольором, для створення профілю принтера " -"— зазвичай нейекономніший варіант, коли є один або два різних типи паперу. " -"Завантаживши довідкову таблицю з веб-сайту компанії та надрукувавши її, " -"можна відправити назад роздруковане у конверті, щоб там її змогли " -"відсканувати, створити профіль та вислати вам електронною поштою точний ICC-" -"профіль." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5885,20 +6016,19 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"Якщо потім рішення зміниться, увімкнути годинник можна знову, клацнувши " -"піктограму у правому верхньому кутку панелі меню й вибравши Параметри " -"системи. У розділі «Система» клацніть Час та дата." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "Зміна формату показу дати" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." @@ -5907,44 +6037,23 @@ "місцерозташуванні." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть піктограму яка знаходиться правіше за всі на панелі меню та " -"виберіть Параметри системи." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "У розділі «Персональні» клацніть Мова системи ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "Перейдіть на вкладку Регіональні формати." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "Виберіть бажане місцерозташування з випадаючого переліку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -6176,72 +6285,88 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" -"Проведіть тестування жорсткого диска, щоб перевірити, наскільки швидко він " -"працює." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "Тестування продуктивності вашого жорсткого диска" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "Для тестування швидкості вашого жорсткого диска:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте додаток Диски з головного меню." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "Відкрийте додаток Диски з режиму огляду." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "Виберіть жорсткий диск з переліку Диски." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" -"Клацніть кнопку з зображенням шестерні й виберіть Продуктивність " -"пристрою." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" -"Клацніть Почати оцінювання продуктивності й налаштуйте параметри " -"Швидкість передачі та Час доступу на власний розсуд." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"Клацніть Почати оцінювання продуктивності для перевірки швидкості " -"читання даних з диска. Можуть знадобитися адміністративні привілеї. Уведіть свій пароль або пароль " -"того облікового запису администратора що запитується." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." @@ -6252,44 +6377,22 @@ "довше." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"Коли тест закінчиться, результати з’являться на графіку. Зелені крапки та " -"з’єднуючі їх лінії позначають проведені вибірки. Вони представляють собою " -"час доступу, відкладений по правій осі, у залежності від відкладеного по " -"нижній осі часу, що пройшов з початку тесту продуктивності, у відсотках. " -"Синя лінія показує швидкість читання, а червона — швидкість запису. Ці лінії " -"показані як швидкості доступу до даних, відкладені по лівій осі, у " -"залежності від відкладеної по нижній осі відсоткової величини переміщення " -"головки по поверхні диска від зовнішнього краю до шпінделя." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "" -"Під графіком покажуться значення мінімальних, максимальних та середніх " -"швидкостей читання та запису, середній час доступу й час, що пройшов від " -"моменту останнього тесту продуктивності." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" -"Використовуйте Аналізатор використання дисків або Системний " -"монітор для перевірки ємності та вільного місця." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -6297,138 +6400,68 @@ msgstr "Перевірка на диску місця що залишилося" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"Можна перевірити, скільки місця залишилося на диску за допомогою " -"Аналізатора використання дисків або Системного " -"монітора." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "Преревірка за допомогою Аналізатора використання дисків" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити вільне місце та ємність диска за допомогою Аналізатора " -"використання дисків:" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте додаток Аналізатор використання дисків з головного " -"меню. Вікно покаже Загальну ємність файлової системи й " -"Загальну ємність файлової системи, що використовується." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "Відкрийте додаток Диски з головного меню." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте додаток Диски з режиму Огляд. Вікно покаже " -"Загальну ємність файлової системи й Загальну ємність " -"файлової системи що використовується." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"Клацніть одну з кнопок панелі інструментів для вибору: Сканувати " -"домашню теку, Сканувати файлову систему, Сканувати " -"теку або Сканувати віддалену теку." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 -msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." -msgstr "" -"Інформацію буде показано у вигляді: Каталог, " -"Використання, Розмір та Вміст. Див. більше " -"подробиць у довідці по Аналізатору " -"використання дисків." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "Перевірка за допомогою Системного монітора" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "Що робити, якщо диск занадто заповнений?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити вільне місце та ємність диска за допомогою Системного " -"монітора:" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -"Відкрийте додаток Системний монітор з головного меню." -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" -"Відкрийте додаток Системний монітор з режиму Огляд." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"Виберіть вкладку Файлові системи для перегляду розділів системи " -"та використання дискового простору. Інформацію буде показано у вигляді: " -"Всього, Вільно, Доступно та " -"Використано." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "Що робити, якщо диск занадто заповнений?" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "Якщо диск занадто заповнений інформацією, вам потрібно:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "Вилучити файли що не є важливими або більше не використовуються." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" -"Зробити резервні копії важливих файлів, які " -"вам деякий час не будуть потрібні й вилучити їх з жорсткого диска." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -6475,76 +6508,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "Перевірка справності диска за допомогою додатка Диски" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "Відкрийте додаток Диски з головного меню." - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "Відкрийте додаток Диски з режиму Огляд." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "Що робити, якщо диск несправний?" #. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." -msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо Дані SMART вказують, що диск несправний, " -"приводу для хвилювання може й не бути. Тим не менш, краще наперед " -"підготувати резервну копію, щоб попередити " -"можливу втрату даних." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 -msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." -msgstr "" -"Якщо стан вказується як «Pre-fail», то диск все ще придатний, але у нього " -"виявлено ознаки зносу. Це означає, що у найближчому майбутньому диск може " -"відмовити. Якщо вашому жорсткому диску (або комп’ютеру) декілька років, " -"швидше за все таке повідомлення з’являється майже завжди після деяких " -"діагностичних перевірок. Потрібно регулярно " -"виконувати резервне копіювання важливих файлів й періодично " -"перевіряти стан диска, щоб не пропустити його погіршення." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -6555,134 +6566,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" -"Вилучіть усі файли з теки з зовнішнього жорсткого диска або флешки, " -"відформатувавши їх." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "Повністю стерти переносний диск" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"Якщо є переносний диск, такий як USB-накопичувач чи зовнішній жорсткий диск, " -"то інколи може знадобитися повністю вилучити з нього усі файли та теки. Це " -"можна зробити за допомогою форматування диска — ця операція " -"вилучить усі файли з диска й залишить його порожнім." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "Форматування переносного диска" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Виберіть диск, який потрібно стерти, з переліку Пристрої " -"зберігання." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що обрано потрібний диск! Якщо вибрати не той диск, усі файли " -"на ньому буде вилучено!" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" -"У секції «Томи» клацніть Демонтувати розділ. Потім клацніть " -"Форматувати розділ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" -"У спливаючому вікні виберіть Тип файлової системи для диска." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"Якщо користуватися диском на комп’ютерах Windows та Mac OS у додаток до " -"комп’ютерів Linux, виберіть FAT. Якщо використовувати його лише у " -"Windows — NTFS може бути кращим вибором. Короткий опис типу " -"файлової системи буде надано у вигляді пояснення." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 +msgid "" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -"Дайте диску ім’я та клацніть Форматувати, щоб почати стирання " -"диска." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." msgstr "" -"Після закінчення форматування безпечно відімкніть диск. Тепер він " -"повинен бути чистим й знову придатним для використання." -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." msgstr "" -"Форматування диска не забезпечує незворотнього вилучення ваших файлів" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"Форматування диска не гарантує незворотне стирання даних. Може здаватися, що " -"на відформатованому диску немає файлів, але не виключено, що спеціальне " -"програмне забезпечення для відновлення даних зможе їх витягнути. Якщо " -"потрібно надійне вилучення файлів, тоді потрібно скористатися утилітою " -"командного рядка, такою як shred." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" -"Що таке томи та розділи. Керування ними за допомогою дискової утиліти." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "Керування томами та розділами" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -6702,7 +6692,7 @@ "нього (й, можливо, записувати на нього) файли." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -6719,60 +6709,40 @@ "«підсобних» розділів та дисків." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" -"Перегляд та керування томами й розділами за допомогою дискової утиліти" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" -"Можна перевірити та змінити ваші комп’ютерні томи зберігання за допомогою " -"дискової утиліти." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" -"Відкрийте головне меню та запустіть додаток Дискова " -"утиліта." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" -"У області вікна Пристрої зберігання знайдуться жорсткі диски, " -"пристрої CD/DVD й інші фізичні пристрої. Клацніть на пристрої, який потрібно " -"переглянути." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"У правій частині вікна область з назвою Томи показує розбивку " -"томів та розділів, присутніх на обраному пристрої. Тут також містяться різні " -"інструменти, що використовуються для керування цими томами." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" -"Будьте обережні: цими утилітами можна повністю стерти дані на вашому диску." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -6789,20 +6759,14 @@ "зручності." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"Один з первинних розділів повинен містити інформацію, що використовується " -"вашим комп’ютером для запуску, або завантаження. Тому його інколи " -"називають завантажувальним розділом або завантажувальним диском. Щоб " -"визначити, чи є диск завантажувальним, подивіться на його Прапорці " -"розділу у дисковій утиліті. Зовнішні носії, такі як USB-накопичувачі й " -"компакт-диски, теж можуть містити завантажувальний розділ." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -6837,18 +6801,18 @@ msgstr "Налаштування яскравості" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Виберіть Яскравість та блокування." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "Повзунком Яскравість встановіть комфортне значення." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -6860,7 +6824,7 @@ "для їх використання." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -6873,7 +6837,7 @@ "акумулятора перед потребою його заряджання." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -6907,15 +6871,23 @@ "відрегулювати параметри:" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" +"Клацніть ваше ім’я на горішній панелі й виберіть Параметри " +"системи." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "Відкрийте Налаштування екранів." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -6937,7 +6909,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -6947,7 +6919,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -6957,7 +6929,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -6967,7 +6939,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -7001,7 +6973,7 @@ "потрібно змінити налаштування:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -7015,7 +6987,7 @@ "встановити у якості «головного»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." @@ -7024,12 +6996,12 @@ "змініть Розташування панелі запуску на Усі екрани." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "В’язкі краї" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -7044,7 +7016,7 @@ "одного монітора на інший." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -7083,20 +7055,15 @@ "можна скористатися функцією автоматичного блокування екрану." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що перемикач Заблокувати увімкнено, потім виберіть " -"час затримки з випадаючого переліку нижче. Якщо бути неактивним на протязі " -"цього часу, екран автоматично заблокується. Можна також вибрати Після " -"вимикання екрану, щоб заблокувати екран після автоматичного вимкнення " -"(у відповідності зі встановленими вище налаштуваннями з випадаючого переліку " -"При простоюванні вимикати екран через:)." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -7110,7 +7077,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -7151,7 +7118,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -7188,17 +7155,17 @@ "розмістити колекції всередині інших колекцій." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "Щоб вилучити колекцію:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "У режимі вибору відмітьте колекцію, яку потрібно вилучити." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -7223,12 +7190,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -7523,7 +7489,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "Пошук файлів" @@ -7797,14 +7762,14 @@ "пристроїв:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" "Виберіть Відомості про системуЗмінні " "носії." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -7815,7 +7780,7 @@ "носіїв." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -7826,7 +7791,7 @@ "подальші дії, або нічого автоматично не буде відбуватися." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -7841,7 +7806,7 @@ "вставці диска він стартував." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -7856,7 +7821,7 @@ "Тип, а додаток або дію з випадаючого переліку Дія." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -7867,17 +7832,17 @@ "запускати програми при під’єднанні носія." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "Типи пристроїв або носіїв" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "Аудіо компакт-диски" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -7891,12 +7856,12 @@ "як WAV-файли, їх можна відтворитии у будь-якому музичному програвачі." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "Відеодиски" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -7910,12 +7875,12 @@ "неправильно, див. розділ ." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "Чисті диски" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." @@ -7925,12 +7890,12 @@ "та чистих дисків HD DVD." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "Фотоапарати та фотографії" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -7944,7 +7909,7 @@ "менеджера файлів." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -7956,12 +7921,12 @@ "теці PICTURES." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "Музичні програвачі" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." @@ -7971,12 +7936,12 @@ "файлів." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "Пристрої читання електронних книг" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -7987,12 +7952,12 @@ "файлами самостійно за допомогою менеджера файлів." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "Додаток" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -8005,7 +7970,7 @@ "додатком. Перед запуском програми завжди буде запит на підтвердження." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "Ніколи не запускайте програми з носіїв, яким не довіряєте." @@ -8022,16 +7987,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте файловий менеджер Файли для перегляду та " -"впорядкування файлів на вашому комп’ютері. Користуватися ним можна й для " -"керування файлами на пристроях зберігання (наприклад, на зовнішніх жорстких " -"дисках), на файлових серверах й на " -"сумісних ресурсах мережі." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -8055,18 +8015,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"Виконайте подвійний клац на будь-якій теці у менеджері файлів, щоб побачити " -"її вміст, або подвійний клац на будь-якому файлі, щоб відкрити його у " -"додатку, що використовується типово для цього типу файлів. Можна клацнути на " -"теці правою кнопкою миші, щоб відкрити її у новій вкладці чи новому вікні." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -8082,37 +8053,33 @@ "властивостей." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"Якщо потрібно швидко перейти до файлу у теці що переглядається, почніть " -"набирати його назву. У верхній частині вікна з’явиться вікно пошуку й буде " -"виділено перший файл, що відповідає вашому пошуковому запиту. Натисніть " -"клавішу зі стрілкою вниз або прокрутіть мишею для переходу до наступного " -"файлу, що відповідає вашому запиту." - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" -"З бічної панелі можна швидко отримати доступ до загальних місць. " -"Якщо бічної панелі не видко, клацніть кнопку Параметри перегляду на панелі " -"інструментів й виберіть Бічна панель. Можна додавати закладки для " -"тек що часто використовуються, й вони з’являться у бічній панелі. " -"Використовуйте для цього меню Закладки або просто перетягніть " -"теку на бічну панель." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -8804,17 +8771,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"Ви могли змінити назву фалйлу так, що зробили його прихованим. Файли, ймення " -"яких починаються з . або закінчуються на ~, " -"приховані у менеджері файлів. Для їх показу клацніть кнопку Параметри перегляду на " -"панелі інструментів менеджера файлів та виберіть Показувати приховані " -"файли. Детальніше див. ." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -9417,165 +9377,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" -"Пошук файлів на основі назви і типу файлу. Зберігайте пошуки для подальшого " -"використання." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" -"Виконати пошук файлів за ім’ям або типом можна прямо у менеджері файлів. " -"Можна навіть зберегти пошуки що часто використовуються, й вони будуть " -"з’являтися у спеціальній теці всередині вашої домашньої теки." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "Інші додатки для пошуку" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "Пошук" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "Відкрийте менеджер файлів." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" -"Якщо відомо, що потрібні файли знаходяться у певній теці, перейдіть у цю " -"теку." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть лупу на панелі інструментів або натисніть " -"CtrlF." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 -msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -"Наберіть слово або декілька слів, які містяться у імені файлу. Наприклад, " -"якщо у назві усіх ваших рахунків є слово «рахунок», наберіть " -"рахунок. Натисніть Enter. Слова підбираються " -"незалежно від регістру символів." -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "Можна звузити результати пошуку за адресою й по типу файлу." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:54 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"Клацніть Домашня тека, щоб обмежити результати пошуку вашою " -"Домашньою текою, або Усі файли для пошуку скрізь." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:49 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" -"Клацніть + й з випадаючого переліку виберіть Тип " -"файлу, щоб звузити результати пошуку, засновані на типі файлу. " -"Клацніть кнопку x для вилучення цього вибору й розширення " -"результатів пошуку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:63 +#: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"Файли у переліку результатів пошуку можна відкривати, копіювати, вилучати й " -"виконувати з ними інші дії так само, як й з файлами у будь-якій теці " -"менеджера файлів." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" -"Знову клацніть лупу на панелі інструментів для виходу з пошуку й поверненняа " -"у теку." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"Якщо часто виконувати одні й ті ж пошуки, можна їх зберегти, щоб забезпечити " -"до них швидкий доступ." - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "Збереження пошуку" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "Почніть пошук як вказано вище" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 +#: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" -"Коли результати пошуку вас влаштовують, натисніть у рядку меню " -"Файл і виберіть Зберегти пошук як...." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"Дайте пошуку ім’я й клацніть Зберегти. За бажання виберіть іншу " -"теку для збереження пошуку. При перегляді цієї теки ваш збережений пошук " -"буде показано як піктограму у вигляді помаранчевої теки з лупою на ній." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"Щоб вилучити пошуковий файл що став непотрібним, просто вилучіть пошук так само, як й будь-який інший файл. " -"Вилучення збереженого пошуку не вилучає файли, що задовільняють результати " -"пошуку." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -10549,7 +10450,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "У розділі «Обладнання» клацніть Клавіатура." @@ -10567,22 +10468,22 @@ "Швидкість." #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "Додайте джерела введення й перемикайтеся між ними." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "Використання альтернативних джерел введення" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -10598,7 +10499,7 @@ "зручно, коли відбувається часте перемикання між різними мовами." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -10611,16 +10512,32 @@ "xref=\"#complex\">Складні методи вводу." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "Додавання джерел введення" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "У розділі «Персональні» клацніть Введення тексту." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" +"Клацніть кнопку +, виберіть джерело введення й клацніть " +"Додати." + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -10629,35 +10546,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" -"Можна попередньо переглянути зображення будь-якої розкладки, вибравши її зі " -"списку й клацнувши попередній перегляд." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "У розділі «Персональні» клацніть Введення тексту." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"Клацніть кнопку +, виберіть джерело введення й клацніть " -"Додати." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -10672,7 +10570,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -10681,8 +10579,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click властивості, можна отримати доступ до діалогу " "налаштувань цього методу (при наявності)." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "Індикатор джерела входу" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -10717,12 +10625,12 @@ "джерел введення і виберіть потрібну вам розкладку з меню." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Клавіатурні скорочення" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -10735,7 +10643,7 @@ "key\">SuperПробіл, але щоб змінити її:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." @@ -10744,7 +10652,7 @@ "на наступне джерело за допомогою." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." @@ -10754,14 +10662,14 @@ "якості нової комбінації." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" "Встановіть джерело введення для усіх вікон або індивідуально для кожного " "вікна" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -10777,7 +10685,7 @@ "вікна." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." @@ -10786,12 +10694,12 @@ "Замість цього для вікна можна вказати останнє джерело, що використовувалося." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "Складні методи вводу" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -10802,7 +10710,7 @@ "японської, корейської та в’єтнамської мов." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -10813,7 +10721,7 @@ "методів вводу автоматично встановлюється за необхідности." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" @@ -10822,7 +10730,7 @@ "україномовній системі, зробіть наступне:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -10832,23 +10740,23 @@ "хангиль для Fcitx." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "Закрийте Мова системи й відкрийте її знову." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" "Оберіть fcitx у якости Методу вводу з клавіятури." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "Завершіть сеанс й знову увійдіть в систему." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." @@ -10857,7 +10765,7 @@ "натисніть Додати." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" @@ -10866,7 +10774,7 @@ "панелі меню. (Його дизайн відрізняється від еквівалента для IBus.)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" "Увімкніть перемикач Помічник введення для показу екранної " @@ -11317,7 +11225,7 @@ "повторення після натиснення клавіші." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." @@ -11326,7 +11234,7 @@ "повного вимкнення повторних натискувань клавіш." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -11355,14 +11263,14 @@ "Щоб змінити, яку клавішу або клавіші потрібно натискати у комбінації клавіш:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" "Відкрийте Клавіатуру й виберіть вкладку Комбінації " "клавіш." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -11372,7 +11280,7 @@ "поточної комбінації зміниться на Нова комбінація клавіш…" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." @@ -11381,17 +11289,17 @@ "очищення поля." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "Нетипові скорочення" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "Щоб створити вашу власну комбінацію клавіш:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -11402,7 +11310,7 @@ "якій категорії). З’явиться вікно Додаткові комбінації клавіш." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -11415,7 +11323,7 @@ "Музика й використовувати команду rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." @@ -11425,7 +11333,7 @@ "комбінацію." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -11438,7 +11346,7 @@ "додатку." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -11572,15 +11480,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." -msgstr "" -"Щоб це виправити, клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й перейдіть " -"у Параметри системи. У розділі «Обладнання» виберіть " -"Налаштування екранів. Спробуйте підібрати Роздільну " -"здатність й встановити таку, за якої екран буде виглядати краще." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -11623,19 +11528,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" -"Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Параметри " -"системи. Відкрийте Налаштування екранів." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "Зніміть прапорець Дзеркально показати екрани." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -11669,16 +11573,7 @@ "орієнтацію екрану." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Параметри " -"системи." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." @@ -11688,12 +11583,12 @@ "ділянці попереднього перегляду." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "Виберіть бажану роздільну здатність та орієнтацію." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -11707,7 +11602,7 @@ "відповідають потребі, клацніть Залишити цю конфігурацію." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -11719,12 +11614,12 @@ "клацніть на кнопці Виявити екрани." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Роздільна здатність" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -11743,7 +11638,7 @@ "чорні смуги згори та знизу)." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may нечітким або мозаїчним." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "Орієнтація" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -11943,17 +11838,17 @@ "кнопку складно, тоді можна збільшити затримку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "Відкрийте Миша та сенсорна панель." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." @@ -11962,7 +11857,7 @@ "клацання на зручне значення." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -11972,7 +11867,7 @@ "клацання підсвітить зовнішнє коло, а подвійне клацання — внутрішнє." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -11987,8 +11882,8 @@ "там ця несправність." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -12017,7 +11912,7 @@ "рукою." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -12042,65 +11937,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"В багатьох миш й у деяких сенсорних панелей є средня кнопка миші. Як " -"правило, щоб клацнути середньою кнопкою у миші з коліщам прокручування, " -"можна натиснути прямо на коліща прокручування. Якщо середньої кнопки миші " -"немає, то для клацання середньою кнопкою можна натиснути одночасно й на " -"ліву, у на праву кнопку миші. Якщо виявити, що виконати клацання середньою " -"кнопкою таким чином не виходить, можна дотримуватися цих " -"інструкцій." #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"Якщо сенсорна панель підтримує торкання декількома пальцями, можна імітувати " -"клацання середньою кнопкою миші, натиснувши на панель відразу трьома " -"пальцями. Щоб скористатися цим, потрібно увімкнути клацання для сенсорної панелі у налаштуваннях " -"сенсорної панелі." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" -"У багатьох додатках клацання середньою кнопкою використовується для " -"виконання різноманітних дій." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"Одна з таких дій — це вставка виділеного тексту. Виділіть текст, потім " -"перемістіть вказівник миші у те місце, куди бажаєте вставити текст, й " -"клацніть середньою кнопкою." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" -"Вставка тексту за допомогою середньої кнопки миші працює абсолютно незалежно " -"від буфера обміну. Виділений текст при виконанні цієї операції не копіюється " -"у буфер обміну." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -12128,22 +12004,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"Більшість переглядачів тенет дозволяють за допомогою середньої кнопки миші " -"швидко відкривати посилання у нових вкладках. Просто клацніть на посиланні " -"середньою кнопкою миші, й вона відкриється у новій вкладці. Але будьте " -"обережні при клацаннях на посиланнях у переглядачі тенет Firefox. " -"Якщо клацнути на чомусь, окрім посилання, цей переглядач спробує завантажити " -"виділений вами текст як посилання, тобто так, як якби клацнути середньою " -"кнопкою для вставки виділеного тексту у рядок адреси й натиснути " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -12161,14 +12028,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"Деякі спеціалізовані додатки дозволяють використовувати середню кнопку миші " -"для виконання інших функцій. Детальніше про виконання клацання середньою " -"кнопкою або про використання у них середньої кнопки дивіться у " -"керівництвах цих додатків." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -12193,8 +12056,13 @@ "керувати вказівником миші за допомогою цифрового блоку на клавіатурі. Ця " "особливість називається кнопки миші." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -12203,7 +12071,7 @@ "відкрити головне меню." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." @@ -12212,21 +12080,19 @@ "щоб відкрити налаштування спеціальних можливостей." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "Для вибору вкладки Зір натисніть Tab один раз." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" -"Натисніть ← один раз, щоб перейти на вкладку Наведення та " -"натиснення." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." @@ -12235,7 +12101,7 @@ "миші, потім натисніть Enter, щоб увімкнути його." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." @@ -12244,87 +12110,270 @@ "вказівник миші за допомогою клавіатури." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" -"Ці інструкції — найкоротший спосіб почати керувати вказівником миші, " -"використовуючи лише клавіатуру. Виберіть Спеціальні можливості, " -"щоб взнати більше про допоміжні технології." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"Цифровий блок — це група цифрових клавіш на клавіатурі, зібраних, як " -"правило, у окремий блок прямокутної форми. Якщо ваша клавіатура без " -"цифрового блоку (наприклад, клавіатура ноутбука), його функцію можуть " -"виконувати інші клавіші, натиснуті разом з функціональною клавішею " -"(Fn). Якщо доводиться часто користуватися переміщенням вказівника " -"миші за допомогою клавіатури на ноутбуці, то можна придбати зовнішній " -"цифровий блок, що під’єднується через USB." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"Кожне число у цифровому блоці відповідає напрямку. Наприклад, натискання " -"8 пересуває вказівник догори, а натискання 2 — донизу. " -"Натискання 5 імітує клацання мишею, а швидке подвійне натиснення " -"— подвійне клацання." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"На багатьох клавіатурах є спеціальна клавіша, що імітує натискання правої " -"кнопки миші — часто вона розташована поряд з пробілом. Однак зверніть увагу, " -"що вона спрацьовує у місці розташування клавіатурного курсора, а не там, де " -"розташований вказівник миші. Для інформації про те, як виконати клацання " -"правою кнопкою миші, втримуючи 5 або ліву кнопку миші, див. ." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Якщо при увімкнених кнопках миші знадобиться увести цифри за допомогою " -"цифрового блоку клавіатури, увімкніть Num Lock. Однак, поки " -"увімкнено Num Lock, керувати вказівником миші з клавіатури не " -"вдасться." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"Звичайні клавіші з цифрами (ті, що на верхньому ряду клавіатури) не будуть " -"керувати вказівником миші. Для цього можна використовувати лише клавіші " -"цифрового блоку." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"Якщо при увімкнених кнопках миші знадобиться увести цифри за допомогою " +"цифрового блоку клавіатури, увімкніть Num Lock. Однак, поки " +"увімкнено Num Lock, керувати вказівником миші з клавіатури не " +"вдасться." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" +"Звичайні клавіші з цифрами (ті, що на верхньому ряду клавіатури) не будуть " +"керувати вказівником миші. Для цього можна використовувати лише клавіші " +"цифрового блоку." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." msgstr "Як перевірити мишу, якщо вона не працює." #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -12565,7 +12614,7 @@ "пересування вказівника для цих пристроїв." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." @@ -12574,7 +12623,7 @@ "вказівника вас не влаштує." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -12587,8 +12636,7 @@ "розділіСенсорна панель." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -12609,88 +12657,66 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" -"Можна реалізувати клацання, подвійне клацання кнопкою миші, можна " -"перетягувати й прокручувати, використовуючи лише сенсорну панель, навіть без " -"окремих апаратних кнопок." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" "У розділі Сенсорна панель встановіть прапорець Клацання при " "торканні." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "Для клацання торкніться сенсорної панелі." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "Торкніться двічі для подвійного клацання." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" -"Щоб перетягнути об’єкт, двічі торкніться, але не піднімайте палець після " -"другого торкання. Перетягніть об’єкт на потрібне місце, а потім відірвіть " -"палець від панелі." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"Якщо сенсорна панель розпізнає торкання декількох пальців, то можна клацнути " -"правою кнопкою миші, торкнувшись панелі одночасно двома пальцями. У " -"протилежному випадку все ще знадобиться використовувати апаратні кнопки для " -"клацання правою кнопкою миші. Якщо вторинної кнопки миші немає, то про " -"спосіб виконання клацання правою кнопкою див. ." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша сенсорна панель розпізнає торкання декількох пальців, можна " -"виконати клацання середньою кнопкою " -"миші, торкнувшись сенсорної панелі одночасно трьома пальцями." - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"При торканні й перетягуванні декількома пальцями, трохи розведіть їх один " -"від одного. Якщо ваші пальці надто близько один від одного, для вашого " -"комп’ютера вони сприймаються як один палець." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "Прокрутка двома пальцями" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "На сенсорній панелі можна реалізувати прокрутку двома пальцями." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" @@ -12698,7 +12724,7 @@ "двома пальцями." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -12716,17 +12742,17 @@ "панелі вони сприймаються як один великий палець." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "Прокручування двома пальцями працює не на усіх сенсорних панелях." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "Вміст прилипає до пальців" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." @@ -12735,7 +12761,7 @@ "справжній аркуш паперу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." @@ -12744,7 +12770,7 @@ "прилипає до пальців." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -13285,8 +13311,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "Додайте, вилучіть та перейменуйте закладки у менеджері файлів." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -13295,80 +13321,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" -"Перелік зроблених вами закладок знаходиться у бічній панелі менеджера файлів." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "Додавання закладки:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "Відкрийте теку (або місце), для якої потрібно зробити закладку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Натисніть Закладки у рядку меню і виберіть Зберегти це " -"місцезнаходження." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "Вилучення закладки:" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" -"Натисніть Закладки у рядку меню і виберіть Закладки... " -"в меню додатки." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" -"У вікні Закладки виберіть закладку, яку потрібно вилучити й " -"клацніть кнопку -." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "Зміна назви закладки:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" -"Клацніть Файли на верхній панелі й виберіть Закладки у " -"меню додатки." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -"У вікні Закладки виберіть закладку, яку потрібно перейменувати." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "У текстовому полі Назва наберіть нову назву для закладки." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -13991,7 +14008,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "Адреса" @@ -14195,7 +14212,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "Немає" @@ -14353,17 +14370,17 @@ "залежать від відділу або проекту." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Права доступу" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "Показує права доступу до файлу, наприклад: drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -14372,7 +14389,7 @@ "файл, а d обізначає каталог (теку)." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." @@ -14381,7 +14398,7 @@ "володіє файлом." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." @@ -14390,7 +14407,7 @@ "якій належить файл." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." @@ -14399,42 +14416,42 @@ "користувачів у системі." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "Кожен символ має наступне значення:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r : Право на читання." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w : Право на запис." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x : Право на виконання." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- : Немає прав доступу" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "Тип MIME" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "Показує тип MIME даного об’єкту." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "Шлях до місця розташування файлу." @@ -14784,12 +14801,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -14802,7 +14818,7 @@ msgstr "Команда документації Ubuntu" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Переглядачі інтернету" @@ -15121,8 +15137,8 @@ "випадку змініть переглядач тенет, що є типовим:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." @@ -15131,7 +15147,7 @@ "панелі вікна Типові додатки." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." @@ -15140,7 +15156,7 @@ "змінивши параметр Веб." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -15183,7 +15199,7 @@ "пошти є типовим:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -15300,7 +15316,7 @@ msgstr "Взнайте внутрішню (мережеву) IP-адресу" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -15311,18 +15327,18 @@ "з’єднання потрібно визначити." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "Ваша внутрішня IP-адреса буде показана у списку інформації." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "Визначення зовнішньої IP-адреси (адреси у Інтернеті)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -15331,12 +15347,12 @@ "href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "Цей сайт покаже вашу зовнішню IP-адресу." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -15347,42 +15363,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" -"Можна керувати доступом програм до мережі. Це допоможе зберегти ваш " -"комп’ютер у безпеці." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "Дозвіл або заборона доступу за допомогою міжмережевого екрану" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"У складі Ubuntu є міжмережевий екран — Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw), але його не увімкнено типово. При звичайному встановленні " -"Ubuntu не має відкритих мережевих сервісів (окрім базової мережевої " -"інфраструктури), тому використання міжмережевого екрану для блокування спроб " -"вхідних шкідливих під’єднань не потрібно." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"Детальніше про використання ufw див. у онлайн-" -"документації." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -15393,10 +15400,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"Щоб увімкнути міжмережевий екран, уведіть у терміналі sudo ufw " -"enable. Щоб вимкнути ufw, уведіть sudo ufw disable." #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -15409,14 +15414,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -15426,7 +15431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." @@ -15435,12 +15440,12 @@ "status." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "Використання ufw без терміналу" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -15452,7 +15457,7 @@ "посилання." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -15729,30 +15734,28 @@ msgstr "Мережеві терміни та підказки" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" -"Можливо, знадобиться встановити Flash для перегляду веб-сайтів, наприклад " -"YouTube, які показують відео та інтерактивні веб-сторінки." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "Встановлення Flash-втулки" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -15763,65 +15766,106 @@ "завантажити безкоштовно для більшості переглядачів тенет (але він не є " "програмою з відкритим джерельним кодом)." -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "Як встановити Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"Якщо відкриті вікна переглядача тенет, закрийте їх й відкрийте знову. " -"Переглядач при запуску повинен виявити, що Flash встановлено, й тепер можна " -"переглядати веб-сайти, що використовують Flash." -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -"Допоможіть вашому переглядачу тенет працювати з веб-сайтами, що вимагають " -"наявності Java." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "Встановлення втулки Java для переглядача тенет" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -"Деякі веб-сайти використовують невеликі програми на мові Java, що " -"вимагають для свого запуску встановлення Java-втулки." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"Встановіть пакунок icedtea6-plugin " -"для запуску програм на Java у вашому переглядачі тенет." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -16116,6 +16160,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку Додати." @@ -16375,12 +16420,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"Усунення проблем з бездротовими " -"з’єднаннями, пошук wifi-" -"мережі..." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -16430,7 +16472,7 @@ msgstr "Зміна методу проксі" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." @@ -16439,14 +16481,14 @@ "переліку у лівій панелі вікна." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" "Виберіть, який метод проксі потрібно використовувати, з наступних методів." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -16456,13 +16498,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Вручну" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -16473,12 +16515,12 @@ "HTTPS, FTP та SOCKS." #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Автоматично" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." @@ -16486,7 +16528,7 @@ "URL вказує на ресурс, який містить відповідну конфігурацію для вашої системи." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -17060,15 +17102,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"Під’єднання до wifi, Приховані мережі, Зміна параметрів з’єднання, Від’єднання від мережі…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -17093,64 +17131,52 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "" -"Ваш комп’ютер можна використовувати як бездротову точку доступу. Це " -"дозволить іншим пристроям під’єднуватися до нього без використання окремої " -"мережі, а також дозволить надавати ваше інтернет-з’єднання іншим " -"інтерфейсам, таким як дротова мережа або з’єднання через сотову мережу." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" "Відкрийте Мережа й виберіть Бездротове ліворуч." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "Клацніть кнопку Використовувати як точку з’єднання." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"Якщо з’єднання з бездротовою мережею вже встановлено, то буде запропоновано " -"від’єднатися від цієї мережі. Простий бездротовий адаптер одночасно може " -"бути або під’єднаним до мережі, або утворювати одну мережу. Клацніть " -"Створити точку з’єднання для підтвердження." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" -"Ім’я мережі (SSID) й ключ безпеки створюються автоматично. Ім’я мережі буде " -"засновано на імені вашого комп’ютера. Ця інформація знадобиться іншим " -"пристроям для під’єднання до тільки що створеної точки доступу." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" -"Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й зніміть прапорець «Бездротовий " -"зв’язок»." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "Вимкнення бездротового зв’язку (режим для авіаперельотів)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -17163,35 +17189,26 @@ "збереження заряду акумулятора). Щоб виконати це:" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й зніміть прапорець " -"Бездротовий зв’язок. Це вимкне бездротовий зв’язок доти, доки ви " -"не умімкнете його знову." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" -"Щоб знову увімкнути бездротовий зв’язок, клацніть індикатор " -"мережі на панелі меню й виберіть Бездротовий зв’язок так, " -"щоб перед ним з’явився прапорець." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"Ваш ноутбук все ще може передавати сигнали, якщо не вимкнений Bluetooth." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -17226,11 +17243,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" -"Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й натисніть " -"ім’я мережі, до якої потрібно під’єднатися." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -17459,30 +17474,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" -"Взнайте, що означають параметри бездротового з’єднання у вікні налаштування." #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "Редагування бездротового з’єднання" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі описуються усі доступні для редагування налаштування при " -"редагуванні бездротового з’єднання. Щоб змінити з’єднання, клацніть " -"індикатор мережі на панелі меню й виберіть Редагувати " -"з’єднання." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -17494,17 +17504,17 @@ "складними мережами." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "Доступно усім користувачам / Під’єднуватися автоматично" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "З’єднуватися автоматично" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." @@ -17513,63 +17523,50 @@ "під’єднатися до цієї бездротової мережі, як тільки потрапить у радіус її дії." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"Якщо комп’ютер знаходиться у зоні дії декількох мереж, для яких встановлено " -"автоматичне з’єднання, то він буде під’єднуватися до першої вказаної на " -"вкладці Бездротові у вікні Мережеві з’єднання. " -"Комп’ютер не буде від’єднуватися від одної доступної мережі для з’єднання з " -"іншою, яка тільки що з’явилася у зоні дії." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "Доступно усім користувачам" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"Увімкніть цю опцію, якщо потрібен доступ до цієї бездротової мережі усім " -"користувачам комп’ютера. Якщо для з’єднання з мережею потрібен пароль WEP або WPA й ця опція увімкнена, " -"то увести пароль потрібно лише один раз. Усі інші користувачі вашого " -"комп’ютера зможуть під’єднуватися до мережі, навіть не знаючи паролю." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"Якщо ця опція увімкнена, то для зміни будь-яких параметрів цієї мережі " -"потрібно бути адміністратором. " -"Можливо буде потрібно увести ваш пароль адміністратора." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "Бездротова" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -17582,12 +17579,12 @@ "маршрутизатора або базової станції)." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Режим" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -17604,55 +17601,41 @@ "wireless-adhoc\">створити й свою власну ad-hoc мережу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вибрати Ad-hoc, то можна побачити ще два параметри — " -"Діапазон та Канал. Вони визначають у якому діапазоні " -"частот буде працювати бездротова ad-hoc мережа. Деякі комп’ютери здатні " -"працювати лише у певних діапазонах (наприклад, лише A або лише " -"B/G), так що, можливо, знадобиться вибрати той діапазон, який " -"зможуть використовувати усі комп’ютери у ad-hoc мережі. У людних місцях " -"декілька бездротових мереж можуть використовувати один й той самий канал, що " -"може сповільнити з’єднання, тому можна змінити й канал що використовується " -"вами." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"Це Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (див. вище) — це мережеве " -"ім’я, що призначено для читання людьми, а BSSID — це ім’я, що розуміється " -"комп’ютером (це рядок з літер та цифр, який повинен бути унікальним для " -"бездротової мережі). Якщо мережа " -"прихована, то в неї не буде SSID, але буде BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "MAC-адреса пристрою" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -17665,39 +17648,34 @@ "унікальну MAC-адресу, привласнену йому на фабриці." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "Цей параметр дозволяє змінювати MAC-адресу вашої мережевої картки." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "Клонована MAC-адреса" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"Ваш мережевий пристрій (бездротова картка) може видавати себе за пристрій з " -"іншою MAC-адресою. Це зручно, якщо є пристрій або служба, що взаємодіє лише " -"з певними MAC-адресами (наприклад, широкосмуговий кабельний модем). Якщо " -"вказати таку MAC-адресу у поле клонована MAC-адреса, то пристрій " -"або служба буде вважати справжньою клоновану MAC-адресу вашого комп’ютера." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -17714,54 +17692,45 @@ "змінювати цей параметр." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "Безпека бездротового зв'язку" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безпека" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"Визначає, який тип шифрування використовується у вашій бездротовій " -"мережі. Зашифровані з’єднання допомогають захистити бездротове з’єднання від " -"перехоплення даних, тому інші люди не зможуть «підслуховувати» й бачити, які " -"веб-сайти ви відвідуєте, й т. п." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"Деякі типи шифрування надійніші за інші, але можуть не підтримуватися " -"застарілим мережевим обладнанням. Зазвичай для під’єднання потрібно уводити " -"пароль, більш складні типи захисту можуть вимагати також уведення ім’я " -"користувача та цифрового «сертифікату». Детальніше про розповсюджені типи " -"шифрування у бездротових мережах див. у розділі ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "Параметри IPv4" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -17773,17 +17742,17 @@ "інформації." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "Доступні наступні профілі:" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "Автоматично (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -17799,38 +17768,32 @@ "налаштування. Більшість мереж використовують DHCP." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "Лише автоматичні адреси (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"Якщо вибрати цей профіль, то комп’ютер отримає свою IP-адресу від сервера " -"DHCP, але інші налаштування (наприклад, використовуваний DNS-сервер) " -"потрібно буде вказати вручну." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" -"Виберіть цей профіль, якщо надаєте перевагу самостійно вказувати усі " -"налаштування з’єднання, у тому числі яку IP-адресу має використовувати " -"комп’ютер." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "Лише Link-Local" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -17847,39 +17810,41 @@ "інформацією один з одним." #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Вимкнено" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." -msgstr "" -"Цей профіль вимикає мережеве з’єднання й не дозволяє під’єднуватися до " -"нього. Зауважте, що IPv4 й IPv6 вважаються різними " -"з’єднаннями, хоч у обох використовується одна й та ж мережева картка. Якщо " -"одне з них увімкнено, то за бажання друге можна вимкнути." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "Параметри IPv6" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." -msgstr "" -"Ці параметри аналогічні параметрам на вкладці IPv4, за " -"виключенням того, що відносяться до нового стандарту IPv6. Найсучасніші " -"мережі використовують IPv6, але на сьогодні IPv4 все ще залишається більш " -"розповсюдженим." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -17960,23 +17925,19 @@ "у інший спосіб." #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" -"Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й виберіть " -"Під’єднатися до прихованої бездротової мережі." #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "З’єднатися з прихованою бездротовою мережею" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -17992,6 +17953,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -17999,7 +17967,7 @@ "мережі та клацніть Під’єднатися." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -18012,7 +17980,7 @@ "так: 02:00:01:02:03:04." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." @@ -18021,7 +17989,7 @@ "Пошукайте такі терміни, як WEP та WPA." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -18228,7 +18196,7 @@ msgstr "Виконання перевірки вашого модему та маршрутизатора" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -18239,12 +18207,12 @@ "проведе вас по кожному етапу у керівництві." #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "Використання командного рядка" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -18255,7 +18223,7 @@ "головному меню." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -19628,12 +19596,12 @@ "вони знаходяться у обмеженому місці, наприклад у валізі." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "У розділі Обладнання клацніть Живлення." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -19795,11 +19763,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" -"Уведіть у терміналі sudo pm-hibernate й натисніть " -"Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -19843,11 +19809,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" -"Якщо перевірку режиму сну виконано, то для переведення комп’ютера у режим " -"сну можна продовжувати користуватися командою sudo pm-hibernate." #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -19967,60 +19931,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"Чому мій комп’ютер вимикається або переходить у режим очікування, коли " -"рівень заряду акумулятора знижується до 10%?" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"Коли рівень заряду акумулятора стає занизьким, комп’ютер автоматично " -"переходить у режим очікування. Це " -"передбачено, щоб акумулятор не розряджався повністю — бо це для нього " -"шкідливо. Особливо що за повного розряджання акумулятора в комп’ютера просто " -"не залишається часу для коректного закінчення роти." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"Можна змінити те, що повинно траплятися, коли рівень заряду акумулятора стає " -"занизьким. Спочатку клацніть індикатор батареї на панелі " -"меню й виберіть Параметри електроживлення. У налаштуваннях " -"При критичному заряді батареї для комп’ютера можна вибрати " -"перехід у режим очікування, у сплячий " -"режим або вимикання. Якщо вибрати вимикання, ваші додатки і документи " -"не будуть збережені перед завершенням роботи комп’ютера." - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." -msgstr "" -"В деяких комп’ютерів трапляються проблеми з режимом очікування, й вони, " -"можливо, не зможуть відновити відкриті додатки та документи при повторному " -"увімкненні комп’ютера. У цьому випадку є небезпека втратити частину роботи, " -"не збережену перед переведенням комп’ютера у режим очікування. Однак можна " -"спробувати виправити проблеми з режимом " -"очікування." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -20061,26 +19983,17 @@ "знову:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" -"Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Параметри " -"системи" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "Відкрийте Мережа й виберіть вкладку Бездротове" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "Вимкніть перемикач «Бездротове», а потім увімкніть" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" @@ -20089,7 +20002,7 @@ "для авіаперельотів, а потім знову вимкніть його" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -20474,7 +20387,7 @@ msgstr "Можна запобігти вимкненню екрану:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -20641,7 +20554,7 @@ "англійською, але можна додати й інші мови." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -20652,7 +20565,7 @@ "переліку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." @@ -20661,14 +20574,14 @@ "бажаєте вилучити." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "Натисніть Застосувати зміни." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -20679,7 +20592,7 @@ "адміністратора." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -20690,8 +20603,8 @@ "перевірки правопису, шрифти та методи введення." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -20757,7 +20670,9 @@ msgstr "Налаштування" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "Налаштовування принтера" @@ -20774,8 +20689,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "Невиявлені принтери, застрягання паперу, поганий друк..." +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -20892,7 +20808,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -21408,7 +21323,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "Відкрийте Принтери." @@ -21452,82 +21367,63 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "Встановіть принтер, під’єднаний до вашого комп’ютера." - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "Встановлення локального принтера" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -"Система здатна розпізнати багато типів принтерів автоматично після їх " -"під’єднання. Більшість принтерів під’єднуються до комп’ютера за допомогою " -"кабелю USB." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" -"Зараз не потрібно вказувати, який принтер потрібно встановити: мережевий чи " -"локальний. Вони перераховані у одному вікні." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "Перевірте, чи увімкнено принтер." +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" -"Під’єднайте принтер до системи за допомогою відповідного кабелю. На екрані " -"можна побачити, як система шукає драйвери, але для їх інсталяції може бути " -"запропоновано увести пароль." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"Коли система закінчить встановлення принтера, з’явиться повідомлення. " -"Виберіть Друк тестової сторінки для друку тестової сторінки або " -"Властивості для внесення додаткових змін у налаштування принтера." -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" -"Якщо принтер не встановлюється автоматично, можна додати його у " -"налаштуваннях друку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "Клацніть Додати й виберіть принтер у вікні «Пристрої»." +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "Клацніть Вперед й зачекайте, поки йде пошук драйверів." +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." @@ -21536,7 +21432,7 @@ "закінчення клацніть Застосувати." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "" @@ -21544,25 +21440,69 @@ "для пропускання цього кроку." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." msgstr "" -"Якщо доступно декілька драйверів для вашого комп’ютера, вам може бути " -"запропоновано вибрати драйвер. Для використання рекомендованого драйвера " -"просто натисніть кнопку «Вперед» для переходу на сторінки вибору виробника " -"та моделі принтера." #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "Перевірте, чи увімкнено принтер." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"Після встановлення принтера може знадобитися змінити типовий принтер." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -21749,17 +21689,17 @@ "вказати три речі:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "Що повинно було статися" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "Що сталося у реальності" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" @@ -21768,7 +21708,7 @@ "крок — запуск програми" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" @@ -21777,7 +21717,7 @@ "змінюватися у міру обробки. Дякуємо, що допомагаете зробити Ubuntu кращою!" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -21790,7 +21730,7 @@ "Ubuntu інструменти повідомлення про помилки." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Зберегти." #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -21907,7 +21933,7 @@ "регіоні." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." @@ -21916,7 +21942,7 @@ "формати." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -21927,18 +21953,16 @@ "використовують мовні пакунки вкладки Мови." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" -"Щоб зміни вступили у силу, потрібно закінчити сеанс й знову увійти у " -"систему. Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть " -"Закінчення сеансу для виходу з системи." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -21950,12 +21974,12 @@ "впливає на перший день тижня у календарі, хоч це й не показано у прикладі." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "Зміна форматів системи" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -21967,19 +21991,19 @@ "місцях, як екран входу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "Змініть формати, як описано вище." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "Клацніть Застосувати для усієї системи." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -22009,12 +22033,12 @@ "мовні пакунки на ваш комп’ютер." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "Клацніть Мова системи." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." @@ -22023,18 +22047,16 @@ "догори списку." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" -"Щоб зміни було застосовано, потрібно вийти з системи й знову у неї увійти. " -"Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Закінчення " -"сеансу для виходу з системи." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -22051,12 +22073,12 @@ "потрібно оновити назви тек." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "Змінювання мови системи" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -22067,7 +22089,7 @@ "системи — мову, що використовується у таких місцях, як екран входу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "Змініть мову, як описано вище." @@ -22107,18 +22129,18 @@ "Для збільшення часу очікування перед автоматичним блокуванням екрану:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "Клацніть Яскравість та блокування." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" "Змініть значення з випадаючого переліку Блокувати екран через." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -22384,7 +22406,7 @@ "launcher-intro\">панелі запуску:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." @@ -22393,7 +22415,7 @@ "меню на панель запуску." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." @@ -22402,7 +22424,7 @@ "додатку й виберіть Прикріпити до панелі." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." @@ -22411,7 +22433,7 @@ "панелі, а потім знову на неї у потрібне місце." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -22468,23 +22490,20 @@ "систему." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"Щоб закінчити сеанс або перекмикнути користувачів, клацніть системне меню з правого боку панелі меню " -"й виберіть потрібну опцію." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "Заблокувати екран" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -22499,33 +22518,32 @@ "час." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" -"Щоб заблокувати екран, клацніть системне меню у панелі меню й " -"виберіть Заблокувати екран." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"Коли екран заблокований, інші користувачі зможуть увійти у власні облікові " -"записи, клацнувши Перемикнути користувача у вікні уведення " -"паролю. Перемикнутися на вашу стільницю можна буде після закінчення ними " -"роботи." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Призупинити" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -22541,31 +22559,29 @@ "трохи електрики." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" -"Щоб вручну перевести компьютер у режим очікування, клацніть системне " -"меню на панелі меню й виберіть Режим очікування." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "Вимикання або перезавантаження" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" -"Якщо потрібно повністю вимкнути комп’ютер або виконати повне " -"перезавантаження, клацнітьсистемне меню й виберіть " -"Вимкнути." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -23201,13 +23217,13 @@ "Неможна змінити розмір вікна, якщо воно розгорнуте на увесь екран." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" "Щоб змінити розміри вікна у горизонтальному й/або вертикальному напрямку:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." @@ -23217,12 +23233,12 @@ "миші, перетягуйте вказівник, щоб змінити розміри вікна у будь-якому напрямку." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "Щоб змінити розмір лише у горизонтальному напрямку:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." @@ -23232,12 +23248,12 @@ "розміру вікна у горизонтальному напрямку." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "Щоб змінити розмір лише у вертикальному напрямку:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -23249,17 +23265,17 @@ "напрямку." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "Впорядкування вікон на вашому робочому просторі" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "Щоб розташувати два вікна поряд одне з одним:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -23272,7 +23288,7 @@ "ліву половину екрану." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." @@ -23282,7 +23298,7 @@ "займати по половині екрану." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -23339,11 +23355,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "За допомогою клавіатури" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -23352,58 +23368,41 @@ "перемикача вікон." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" -"Відпустіть Alt, щоб вибрати наступне (виділене підсвічуванням) " -"вікно у перемикачі." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"Або, продовжуючи втримувати клавішу Alt, натискайте " -"Tab для циклічного пересування по списку відкритих вікон. Для " -"пересування у зворотному порядку натискайте " -"ShiftTab." -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" -"Вікна у перемикачі вікон згруповані за додатками. Якщо переміститися на " -"піктограму додатку з декількома вікнами, то спливуть зменшені зображення цих " -"вікон." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" -"Переміщуватися між піктограмами додатків у перемикачі вікон можна за " -"допомогою клавіш → або ←, а також вибрати якийсь з них " -"клацанням миші." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" -"Показати зменшене зображення єдиного вікна програми можна за допомогою " -"клавіші ↓." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -23415,8 +23414,13 @@ "втримуйте клавіші Ctrl та Alt й натисніть " "Tab або ShiftTab." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -23427,7 +23431,7 @@ "зображення усіх відкритих вікон." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "Клацніть на вікно, у яке бажаєте перемкнутися." @@ -23635,7 +23639,7 @@ msgstr "Увімкнути робочі простори" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." @@ -23644,12 +23648,12 @@ "вкладку Режим." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "Виберіть пункт Задіяти робочі простори." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -23664,12 +23668,12 @@ "просторів:" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "Зміна кількості робочих просторів" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." @@ -23678,7 +23682,7 @@ "Термінал." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -23687,7 +23691,7 @@ "на число, яке вам потрібне. Натисніть Enter." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -24536,7 +24540,7 @@ msgstr "Введення спеціальних символів" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -24548,17 +24552,17 @@ "спеціальні символи." #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "Методи введення символів" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "Таблиця символів" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -24569,7 +24573,7 @@ "символ, а потім скопіювати та вставити його туди, де він вам потрібен." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Керівництві по Таблиці символів." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Клавіша Compose" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -24598,7 +24602,7 @@ "' та e." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." @@ -24607,37 +24611,40 @@ "призначити клавішею Compose одну з існуючих клавіш на вашій клавіатурі." #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "Призначення клавіші Compose" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." -msgstr "Клацніть Розкладка клавіатури." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." -msgstr "Клацніть Параметри." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." -msgstr "" -"Знайдіть групу під назвою Позиція клавіші Compose. Виберіть " -"клавішу або клавіші, які мають виконувати функцію клавіші Compose. Можна " -"вибрати такі клавіші, як Caps Lock, одну з клавіш Alt " -"або клавішу Меню. Тепер будь-яка обрана вами клавіша буде працювати лише як " -"клавіша Compose й більше не буде виконувати свої початкові призначення." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" @@ -24645,7 +24652,7 @@ "символів, наприклад:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -24654,7 +24661,7 @@ "над цією літерою діакритичний значок акут, наприклад, é." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -24663,7 +24670,7 @@ "над цією літерою діакритичний значок гравіс, наприклад, è." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -24672,7 +24679,7 @@ "над цією літерою умляут, наприклад, ë." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -24681,7 +24688,7 @@ "над цією літерою знак довжини звуку, наприклад, ē." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see ." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "Коди символів" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -24713,7 +24720,7 @@ "символ. Код символу — це чотири символи після U+." #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -24730,12 +24737,12 @@ "надалі вводити потрібні символи оперативно." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "Джерела введення" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -25571,33 +25578,23 @@ "горішнього лівого кута екрану." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте системне меню праворуч панелі меню й " -"виберіть Параметри системи." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "Клацніть Зовнішній вигляд у розділі «Персональні»." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "Перейдіть на вкладку Поведінка." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" "Увімкніть перемикач Автоматично приховувати панель запуску." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." @@ -25607,7 +25604,7 @@ "запуску." #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -25640,12 +25637,12 @@ "розташувати більше об’єктів, або більшими, щоб на них було легше натискати." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "Клацніть Зовнішній вигляд." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." @@ -25654,7 +25651,7 @@ "збільшення або зменшення розміру піктограм панелі запуску." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" "Типово розмір піктограм панелі запуску дорівнює 48." @@ -25759,12 +25756,12 @@ "чи запущено на дану мить цей додаток. Меню може містити такі дії." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "запуск додатків або відкривання документу, теки або пристрою" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" @@ -25773,7 +25770,7 @@ "(див. )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" @@ -25782,12 +25779,12 @@ "прикріпленою (див. )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "закривання додатку, якщо він вже запущений" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" @@ -25796,7 +25793,7 @@ "вікна або копії" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" "дії, характерні для додатку, наприклад відкривання нового документу або вікна" @@ -25967,7 +25964,7 @@ "вказівника миші." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." @@ -25976,7 +25973,7 @@ "Режим." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." @@ -25985,19 +25982,19 @@ "вікна." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" "У секції Показ меню виберіть Відображається завжди." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "Меню стану" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -26009,18 +26006,36 @@ "стану — це зручне місце, де можна перевіряти та змінювати стан вашого " "комп’ютера й додатків." -#. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 -msgid "List of status menus and what they do" -msgstr "Перелік меню стану та їх призначення" - -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 -msgctxt "_" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" +"Деякі піктограми що використовуються у індикаторах меню змінюються у " +"відповідності зі станом додатку." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" +"Інші програми, наприклад такі, як Tomboy або " +"Transmission, теж можуть додавати індикатори меню на панель." + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 +msgid "List of status menus and what they do" +msgstr "Перелік меню стану та їх призначення" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" @@ -26029,7 +26044,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -26039,7 +26054,7 @@ "з’єднання" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -26054,7 +26069,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -26064,7 +26079,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -26073,7 +26088,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Піктограма джерела вводу" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." @@ -26082,7 +26097,7 @@ "layouts\">налаштування джерел вводу." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -26091,7 +26106,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">Піктограма Bluetooth" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -26105,7 +26120,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -26115,7 +26130,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -26124,7 +26139,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">Піктограма листа" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -26137,7 +26152,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -26145,7 +26160,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -26154,7 +26169,7 @@ "src=\"figures/battery-100.svg\">Піктограма акумулятора" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -26167,7 +26182,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -26177,7 +26192,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -26186,7 +26201,7 @@ "src=\"figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Піктограма гучности" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -26197,12 +26212,12 @@ "Rhythmbox." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "Годинник" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." @@ -26210,22 +26225,8 @@ "Відображення поточного часу і дати. Зустрічі, призначені у додаткуКалендар також можуть відображатися тут." -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -26235,7 +26236,7 @@ "шестерні" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -26246,24 +26247,6 @@ "користувачів, заблокувати екран, закінчити сеанс, перейти у режим " "очікування, перезавантажити або вимкнути комп’ютер." -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" -"Деякі піктограми що використовуються у індикаторах меню змінюються у " -"відповідності зі станом додатку." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" -"Інші програми, наприклад такі, як Tomboy або " -"Transmission, теж можуть додавати індикатори меню на панель." - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -26387,44 +26370,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "Початково, включення результатів пошуку у тенетах відімкнено." - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "Увімкнути результати пошуку у тенетах" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" -"Якщо Ви волієте отримувати пошукові підказки з тенет, Ви можете увімкнути цю " -"можливість у параметрах системи Безпека та конфіденційність." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" -"Клацніть на системному меню праворуч панелі меню й " -"виберіть Параметри системи." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте Захист і приватність й виберіть вкладку " -"Пошук." - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "Увімкніть Відображати результати пошуку в Інтернеті." #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -28048,7 +27999,7 @@ "параметри можуть бути налаштовані:" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -28059,7 +28010,7 @@ "значення) між значеннями Висока й Низька." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -28075,7 +28026,7 @@ "Вперед." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." @@ -28084,15 +28035,12 @@ "\"відчуття\" між Soft і Firm." #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" -"Якщо пер декілька, то при наближенні додаткового пера до планшета поряд з " -"назвою перового пристрою з’явиться перемикач сторінок. Використовуйте " -"перемикач для вибору пера для налаштування." #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -28149,6 +28097,25 @@ "більші можливості використання клавіші Super – перегляньте сторінку " "keyboard shortcuts." +#~ msgid "Click Options." +#~ msgstr "Клацніть Параметри." + +#~ msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#~ msgstr "Клацніть Розкладка клавіатури." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Знайдіть групу під назвою Позиція клавіші Compose. Виберіть " +#~ "клавішу або клавіші, які мають виконувати функцію клавіші Compose. Можна " +#~ "вибрати такі клавіші, як Caps Lock, одну з клавіш Alt " +#~ "або клавішу Меню. Тепер будь-яка обрана вами клавіша буде працювати лише як " +#~ "клавіша Compose й більше не буде виконувати свої початкові призначення." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -28222,6 +28189,82 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Натисніть піктограму з правого краю панелі меню і виберіть " +#~ "Системні параметри." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Додавання облікового запису допоможе зв’язати ваші мережеві облікові записи " +#~ "з вашим комп’ютером Ubuntu. Таким чином, поштова програма, миттєві " +#~ "повідомлення та інші відповідні додатки будуть налаштовані для вас." + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "Виберіть Тип облікового запису у правій панелі вікна." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб налаштувати додаткові облікові записи, пізніше ці дії можна повторити." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "З’явиться невеликий веб-інтерфейс користувача, де можна увести реєстраційні " +#~ "дані вашого мережевого облікового запису. Наприклад, якщо ви налаштовуєте " +#~ "обліковий запис Google, уведіть ваші ім’я користувача Google, пароль та " +#~ "авторизуйтеся." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "При правильному введенні реєстраційних даних буде видано запит на прийняття " +#~ "умов використання. Для продовження виберіть Прийняти. Після " +#~ "отримання згоди Ubuntu потрібен буде дозвіл на доступ до вашого мережевого " +#~ "облікового запису. Для надання такого дозволу виберіть Надати " +#~ "доступ. Після запиту уведіть пароль поточного користувача." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Тепер можна вибрати додаток, який потрібно зв’язати з мережевим обліковим " +#~ "записом. Наприклад, якщо потрібно використовувати мережевий обліковий запис " +#~ "для балачки, але він не потрібен для календаря, вимкніть опцію " +#~ "Календар." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Після додавання облікових записів кожен вибраний вами додаток автоматично " +#~ "буде використовувати ці реєстраційні дані при вході під вашим обліковим " +#~ "записом." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "З міркувань безпеки, Ubuntu не зберігатиме ваш пароль на вашому комп'ютері. " +#~ "Замість цього, пароль зберігається у вигляді жетону, який надається онлайн-" +#~ "сервісом. Якщо ви хочете повністю розірвати зв'язок між вашим комп'ютером і " +#~ "онлайн-сервісом, то remove його." + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28263,6 +28306,31 @@ #~ "Використовуйте Центр програмного забезпечення Ubuntu, щоб додати програми до " #~ "операційної системи, зробивши її більш функціональною." +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "Встановлення додаткових програм" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Розробники Ubuntu вже вибрали стандартні програми для операційної системи, " +#~ "які, на нашу думку, можуть зробити систему більш функціональною та корисною " +#~ "для більшості повсякденних завдань. Ви завжди можете завантажити та " +#~ "встановити більше програм, щоб зробити Ubuntu найкориснішою для вас системою." + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "Щоб встановити додаткове програмне забезпечення, зробіть наступне:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Під’єднайтеся до Інтернету, використовуючи бездротове або дротове " +#~ "з’єднання." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -28279,12 +28347,58 @@ #~ "знайдіть програму у списку." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виберіть програму, якою ви зацікавилися та натисніть Встановити." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вас попросять ввести пароль. Після того, як ви його введете, інсталяція " +#~ "розпочнеться." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Зазвичай встановлення закінчується швидко, але якщо інтернет-з’єднання " +#~ "повільне, тоді може знадобитися деякий час." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Піктограму нового додатку буде додано на панель запуску. щоб вимкнути таку " +#~ "можливість, зніміть прапорець ВиглядНові додатки у " +#~ "панелі запуску." + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавте PPA для тестування не випущеного або особливого програмного " +#~ "забезпечення." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) - це програмні репозиторії " +#~ "створені для користувачів Ubuntu, щоб швидко встановити програмне " +#~ "забезпечення від третіх сторін." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Після запуску Центру програмного забезпечення клацніть " #~ "Правка Джерела додатків" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "Натисніть Додати і введіть ppa: шлях." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." @@ -28293,6 +28407,9 @@ #~ "Ubuntu перевірить ваші джерела програмного забезпечення на наявність " #~ "оновлень." +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "Видалити програму, яку ви більше не використовуєте." + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -28316,6 +28433,26 @@ #~ "Встановлено." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можливо потрібно буде ввести ваш пароль. Після вводу паролю додаток буде " +#~ "вилучено." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Добавте інші репозиторії, щоб збільшити кількість доступних джерел, які " +#~ "Ubuntu буде використовувати для завантаження та оновлення програм." + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "Добавити додаткові програмні репозиторії" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "Встановити інші репозиторії" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28365,6 +28502,18 @@ #~ "Трохи почекайте, щоб Центр програмного забезпечення Ubuntu завантажив " #~ "інформацію про репозиторій." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "встановлення, вилучення, додаткові " +#~ "сховища…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "Додати & усунути програму" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cheese не встановлений в Ubuntu за замовчуванням. Щоб встановити Cheese:" @@ -28402,6 +28551,9 @@ #~ "Щоб прочитати Керівництво користувача Cheese, спочатку потрібно встановити " #~ "Cheese." +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB-накопичувач (невелика ємність)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -28428,6 +28580,24 @@ #~ "перемикач Видимість. Для додаткової інформації див. ." +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Завантаження та друк довідкової таблиці від компанії, що працює з кольором" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Звернення до компанії, що працює з кольором, для створення профілю принтера " +#~ "— зазвичай нейекономніший варіант, коли є один або два різних типи паперу. " +#~ "Завантаживши довідкову таблицю з веб-сайту компанії та надрукувавши її, " +#~ "можна відправити назад роздруковане у конверті, щоб там її змогли " +#~ "відсканувати, створити профіль та вислати вам електронною поштою точний ICC-" +#~ "профіль." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -28480,122 +28650,943 @@ #~ msgstr "Вимкніть Найближчі події з Календаря Evolution." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Виберіть диск, який потрібно перевірити, з переліку Пристроїв " -#~ "зберігання. Інформація про диск та його стан з’явиться під написом " -#~ "Пристрій." - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "Стан диска повинен показувати «Диск справний»." +#~ "Якщо потім рішення зміниться, увімкнути годинник можна знову, клацнувши " +#~ "піктограму у правому верхньому кутку панелі меню й вибравши Параметри " +#~ "системи. У розділі «Система» клацніть Час та дата." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Клацніть кнопку Дані SMART для перегляду додаткової інформації " -#~ "про пристрій або для запуску самодіагностики." +#~ "Клацніть піктограму яка знаходиться правіше за всі на панелі меню та " +#~ "виберіть Параметри системи." -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Для складніших проектів запису CD/DVD спробуйте додаток Brasero." +#~ "Проведіть тестування жорсткого диска, щоб перевірити, наскільки швидко він " +#~ "працює." + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "Тестування продуктивності вашого жорсткого диска" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "Для тестування швидкості вашого жорсткого диска:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Для отримання допомоги по роботі з Brasero прочитайте керівництво користувача." +#~ "Відкрийте додаток Диски з головного меню." + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "Відкрийте додаток Диски з режиму огляду." + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "Виберіть жорсткий диск з переліку Диски." + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть кнопку з зображенням шестерні й виберіть Продуктивність " +#~ "пристрою." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Деяким мовам, наприклад китайській або корейській, потрібен складніший метод " -#~ "введення, ніж просте зіставлення клавіші символу. Тому, увімкнувши " -#~ "відповідний метод, можна вибирати різні джерела введення." +#~ "Клацніть Почати оцінювання продуктивності й налаштуйте параметри " +#~ "Швидкість передачі та Час доступу на власний розсуд." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Опції, що надаються методами вводу, доступні лише тоді, коли встановлено " -#~ "відповідний механізм методу вводу (IM — input method). Під час встановлення мови за потреби " -#~ "автоматично встановлюється відповідний механізм методу вводу. Наприклад, при " -#~ "виборі корейскої мови встановлюється пакунокibus-hangul, і опція " -#~ "джерела вводу Корейська (Хангиль) стає доступною після наступного " -#~ "входу у систему. Крім того, механізм IBus IM можна встановити окремо по вашому вибору." +#~ "Клацніть Почати оцінювання продуктивності для перевірки швидкості " +#~ "читання даних з диска. Можуть знадобитися адміністративні привілеї. Уведіть свій пароль або пароль " +#~ "того облікового запису администратора що запитується." -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Вимкніть сенсорну панель при наборі тексту для уникнення випадкових клацань." +#~ "Коли тест закінчиться, результати з’являться на графіку. Зелені крапки та " +#~ "з’єднуючі їх лінії позначають проведені вибірки. Вони представляють собою " +#~ "час доступу, відкладений по правій осі, у залежності від відкладеного по " +#~ "нижній осі часу, що пройшов з початку тесту продуктивності, у відсотках. " +#~ "Синя лінія показує швидкість читання, а червона — швидкість запису. Ці лінії " +#~ "показані як швидкості доступу до даних, відкладені по лівій осі, у " +#~ "залежності від відкладеної по нижній осі відсоткової величини переміщення " +#~ "головки по поверхні диска від зовнішнього краю до шпінделя." -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "Вимикати сенсорну панель при наборі на клавіатурі" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Під графіком покажуться значення мінімальних, максимальних та середніх " +#~ "швидкостей читання та запису, середній час доступу й час, що пройшов від " +#~ "моменту останнього тесту продуктивності." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Сенсорні панелі ноутбуків часто розташовані там, де знаходяться ваші " -#~ "зап'ястя при наборі тексту, й випадкове торкання зап’ястям сенсорної панелі " -#~ "може бути визнано як клацання. Можна вимкнути сенсорну панель на час набору " -#~ "тексту, але вона знову запрацює невдовзі після натискання останньої клавіші." +#~ "Використовуйте Аналізатор використання дисків або Системний " +#~ "монітор для перевірки ємності та вільного місця." #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "У розділі Сенсорна панель встановіть прапорець Вимикати при " -#~ "наборі." +#~ "Можна перевірити, скільки місця залишилося на диску за допомогою " +#~ "Аналізатора використання дисків або Системного " +#~ "монітора." + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "Преревірка за допомогою Аналізатора використання дисків" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Сенсорні панелі ноутбуків інколи реагують з невеликою затримкою після набору " -#~ "тексту до миті, коли сенсорна панель починає працювати. Це зроблено " -#~ "навмисне, щоб виключити спрацьовування сенсорної панелі при наборі тексту " -#~ "при випадковому торканні її долонею. Детальніше див. ." +#~ "Щоб перевірити вільне місце та ємність диска за допомогою Аналізатора " +#~ "використання дисків:" -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "Показує дату та час останньої зміни файлу." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відкрийте додаток Аналізатор використання дисків з головного " +#~ "меню. Вікно покаже Загальну ємність файлової системи й " +#~ "Загальну ємність файлової системи, що використовується." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Якщо потрібно бути у ще більшій безпеці або потрібно перевіряти на віруси " -#~ "файли, що передаються вашим комп’ютером на комп’ютери з Windows та Mac OS, — " -#~ "можна все ж встановити антивірусну програму. Перевірте у Центрі " -#~ "програмного забезпечення Ubuntu, там доступно декілька таких додатків." +#~ "Відкрийте додаток Диски з режиму Огляд. Вікно покаже " +#~ "Загальну ємність файлової системи й Загальну ємність " +#~ "файлової системи що використовується." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Зміна типового переглядачі тенет, " -#~ "встановлення Flash, встановлення втулки-java, підтримка Silverlight…" +#~ "Клацніть одну з кнопок панелі інструментів для вибору: Сканувати " +#~ "домашню теку, Сканувати файлову систему, Сканувати " +#~ "теку або Сканувати віддалену теку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Інформацію буде показано у вигляді: Каталог, " +#~ "Використання, Розмір та Вміст. Див. більше " +#~ "подробиць у довідці по Аналізатору " +#~ "використання дисків." + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "Перевірка за допомогою Системного монітора" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб перевірити вільне місце та ємність диска за допомогою Системного " +#~ "монітора:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відкрийте додаток Системний монітор з головного меню." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відкрийте додаток Системний монітор з режиму Огляд." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виберіть вкладку Файлові системи для перегляду розділів системи " +#~ "та використання дискового простору. Інформацію буде показано у вигляді: " +#~ "Всього, Вільно, Доступно та " +#~ "Використано." + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "Якщо диск занадто заповнений інформацією, вам потрібно:" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "Вилучити файли що не є важливими або більше не використовуються." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Зробити резервні копії важливих файлів, які " +#~ "вам деякий час не будуть потрібні й вилучити їх з жорсткого диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "Відкрийте додаток Диски з режиму Огляд." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виберіть диск, який потрібно перевірити, з переліку Пристроїв " +#~ "зберігання. Інформація про диск та його стан з’явиться під написом " +#~ "Пристрій." + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "Стан диска повинен показувати «Диск справний»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть кнопку Дані SMART для перегляду додаткової інформації " +#~ "про пристрій або для запуску самодіагностики." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Навіть якщо Дані SMART вказують, що диск несправний, " +#~ "приводу для хвилювання може й не бути. Тим не менш, краще наперед " +#~ "підготувати резервну копію, щоб попередити " +#~ "можливу втрату даних." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо стан вказується як «Pre-fail», то диск все ще придатний, але у нього " +#~ "виявлено ознаки зносу. Це означає, що у найближчому майбутньому диск може " +#~ "відмовити. Якщо вашому жорсткому диску (або комп’ютеру) декілька років, " +#~ "швидше за все таке повідомлення з’являється майже завжди після деяких " +#~ "діагностичних перевірок. Потрібно регулярно " +#~ "виконувати резервне копіювання важливих файлів й періодично " +#~ "перевіряти стан диска, щоб не пропустити його погіршення." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вилучіть усі файли з теки з зовнішнього жорсткого диска або флешки, " +#~ "відформатувавши їх." + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Повністю стерти переносний диск" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо є переносний диск, такий як USB-накопичувач чи зовнішній жорсткий диск, " +#~ "то інколи може знадобитися повністю вилучити з нього усі файли та теки. Це " +#~ "можна зробити за допомогою форматування диска — ця операція " +#~ "вилучить усі файли з диска й залишить його порожнім." + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "Форматування переносного диска" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виберіть диск, який потрібно стерти, з переліку Пристрої " +#~ "зберігання." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Переконайтеся, що обрано потрібний диск! Якщо вибрати не той диск, усі файли " +#~ "на ньому буде вилучено!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У секції «Томи» клацніть Демонтувати розділ. Потім клацніть " +#~ "Форматувати розділ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У спливаючому вікні виберіть Тип файлової системи для диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо користуватися диском на комп’ютерах Windows та Mac OS у додаток до " +#~ "комп’ютерів Linux, виберіть FAT. Якщо використовувати його лише у " +#~ "Windows — NTFS може бути кращим вибором. Короткий опис типу " +#~ "файлової системи буде надано у вигляді пояснення." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Дайте диску ім’я та клацніть Форматувати, щоб почати стирання " +#~ "диска." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Після закінчення форматування безпечно відімкніть диск. Тепер він " +#~ "повинен бути чистим й знову придатним для використання." + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Форматування диска не забезпечує незворотнього вилучення ваших файлів" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Форматування диска не гарантує незворотне стирання даних. Може здаватися, що " +#~ "на відформатованому диску немає файлів, але не виключено, що спеціальне " +#~ "програмне забезпечення для відновлення даних зможе їх витягнути. Якщо " +#~ "потрібно надійне вилучення файлів, тоді потрібно скористатися утилітою " +#~ "командного рядка, такою як shred." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Що таке томи та розділи. Керування ними за допомогою дискової утиліти." + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Перегляд та керування томами й розділами за допомогою дискової утиліти" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можна перевірити та змінити ваші комп’ютерні томи зберігання за допомогою " +#~ "дискової утиліти." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відкрийте головне меню та запустіть додаток Дискова " +#~ "утиліта." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У області вікна Пристрої зберігання знайдуться жорсткі диски, " +#~ "пристрої CD/DVD й інші фізичні пристрої. Клацніть на пристрої, який потрібно " +#~ "переглянути." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У правій частині вікна область з назвою Томи показує розбивку " +#~ "томів та розділів, присутніх на обраному пристрої. Тут також містяться різні " +#~ "інструменти, що використовуються для керування цими томами." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Будьте обережні: цими утилітами можна повністю стерти дані на вашому диску." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Один з первинних розділів повинен містити інформацію, що використовується " +#~ "вашим комп’ютером для запуску, або завантаження. Тому його інколи " +#~ "називають завантажувальним розділом або завантажувальним диском. Щоб " +#~ "визначити, чи є диск завантажувальним, подивіться на його Прапорці " +#~ "розділу у дисковій утиліті. Зовнішні носії, такі як USB-накопичувачі й " +#~ "компакт-диски, теж можуть містити завантажувальний розділ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Переконайтеся, що перемикач Заблокувати увімкнено, потім виберіть " +#~ "час затримки з випадаючого переліку нижче. Якщо бути неактивним на протязі " +#~ "цього часу, екран автоматично заблокується. Можна також вибрати Після " +#~ "вимикання екрану, щоб заблокувати екран після автоматичного вимкнення " +#~ "(у відповідності зі встановленими вище налаштуваннями з випадаючого переліку " +#~ "При простоюванні вимикати екран через:)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Використовуйте файловий менеджер Файли для перегляду та " +#~ "впорядкування файлів на вашому комп’ютері. Користуватися ним можна й для " +#~ "керування файлами на пристроях зберігання (наприклад, на зовнішніх жорстких " +#~ "дисках), на файлових серверах й на " +#~ "сумісних ресурсах мережі." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виконайте подвійний клац на будь-якій теці у менеджері файлів, щоб побачити " +#~ "її вміст, або подвійний клац на будь-якому файлі, щоб відкрити його у " +#~ "додатку, що використовується типово для цього типу файлів. Можна клацнути на " +#~ "теці правою кнопкою миші, щоб відкрити її у новій вкладці чи новому вікні." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо потрібно швидко перейти до файлу у теці що переглядається, почніть " +#~ "набирати його назву. У верхній частині вікна з’явиться вікно пошуку й буде " +#~ "виділено перший файл, що відповідає вашому пошуковому запиту. Натисніть " +#~ "клавішу зі стрілкою вниз або прокрутіть мишею для переходу до наступного " +#~ "файлу, що відповідає вашому запиту." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "З бічної панелі можна швидко отримати доступ до загальних місць. " +#~ "Якщо бічної панелі не видко, клацніть кнопку Параметри перегляду на панелі " +#~ "інструментів й виберіть Бічна панель. Можна додавати закладки для " +#~ "тек що часто використовуються, й вони з’являться у бічній панелі. " +#~ "Використовуйте для цього меню Закладки або просто перетягніть " +#~ "теку на бічну панель." + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Для складніших проектів запису CD/DVD спробуйте додаток Brasero." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Для отримання допомоги по роботі з Brasero прочитайте керівництво користувача." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ви могли змінити назву фалйлу так, що зробили його прихованим. Файли, ймення " +#~ "яких починаються з . або закінчуються на ~, " +#~ "приховані у менеджері файлів. Для їх показу клацніть кнопку Параметри перегляду на " +#~ "панелі інструментів менеджера файлів та виберіть Показувати приховані " +#~ "файли. Детальніше див. ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Пошук файлів на основі назви і типу файлу. Зберігайте пошуки для подальшого " +#~ "використання." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виконати пошук файлів за ім’ям або типом можна прямо у менеджері файлів. " +#~ "Можна навіть зберегти пошуки що часто використовуються, й вони будуть " +#~ "з’являтися у спеціальній теці всередині вашої домашньої теки." + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "Відкрийте менеджер файлів." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо відомо, що потрібні файли знаходяться у певній теці, перейдіть у цю " +#~ "теку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть лупу на панелі інструментів або натисніть " +#~ "CtrlF." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Наберіть слово або декілька слів, які містяться у імені файлу. Наприклад, " +#~ "якщо у назві усіх ваших рахунків є слово «рахунок», наберіть " +#~ "рахунок. Натисніть Enter. Слова підбираються " +#~ "незалежно від регістру символів." + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "Можна звузити результати пошуку за адресою й по типу файлу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть Домашня тека, щоб обмежити результати пошуку вашою " +#~ "Домашньою текою, або Усі файли для пошуку скрізь." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть + й з випадаючого переліку виберіть Тип " +#~ "файлу, щоб звузити результати пошуку, засновані на типі файлу. " +#~ "Клацніть кнопку x для вилучення цього вибору й розширення " +#~ "результатів пошуку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Файли у переліку результатів пошуку можна відкривати, копіювати, вилучати й " +#~ "виконувати з ними інші дії так само, як й з файлами у будь-якій теці " +#~ "менеджера файлів." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Знову клацніть лупу на панелі інструментів для виходу з пошуку й поверненняа " +#~ "у теку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо часто виконувати одні й ті ж пошуки, можна їх зберегти, щоб забезпечити " +#~ "до них швидкий доступ." + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "Збереження пошуку" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "Почніть пошук як вказано вище" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Дайте пошуку ім’я й клацніть Зберегти. За бажання виберіть іншу " +#~ "теку для збереження пошуку. При перегляді цієї теки ваш збережений пошук " +#~ "буде показано як піктограму у вигляді помаранчевої теки з лупою на ній." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб вилучити пошуковий файл що став непотрібним, просто вилучіть пошук так само, як й будь-який інший файл. " +#~ "Вилучення збереженого пошуку не вилучає файли, що задовільняють результати " +#~ "пошуку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Деяким мовам, наприклад китайській або корейській, потрібен складніший метод " +#~ "введення, ніж просте зіставлення клавіші символу. Тому, увімкнувши " +#~ "відповідний метод, можна вибирати різні джерела введення." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Опції, що надаються методами вводу, доступні лише тоді, коли встановлено " +#~ "відповідний механізм методу вводу (IM — input method). Під час встановлення мови за потреби " +#~ "автоматично встановлюється відповідний механізм методу вводу. Наприклад, при " +#~ "виборі корейскої мови встановлюється пакунокibus-hangul, і опція " +#~ "джерела вводу Корейська (Хангиль) стає доступною після наступного " +#~ "входу у систему. Крім того, механізм IBus IM можна встановити окремо по вашому вибору." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можна попередньо переглянути зображення будь-якої розкладки, вибравши її зі " +#~ "списку й клацнувши попередній перегляд." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб це виправити, клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й перейдіть " +#~ "у Параметри системи. У розділі «Обладнання» виберіть " +#~ "Налаштування екранів. Спробуйте підібрати Роздільну " +#~ "здатність й встановити таку, за якої екран буде виглядати краще." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Параметри " +#~ "системи. Відкрийте Налаштування екранів." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Параметри " +#~ "системи." + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вимкніть сенсорну панель при наборі тексту для уникнення випадкових клацань." + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "Вимикати сенсорну панель при наборі на клавіатурі" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сенсорні панелі ноутбуків часто розташовані там, де знаходяться ваші " +#~ "зап'ястя при наборі тексту, й випадкове торкання зап’ястям сенсорної панелі " +#~ "може бути визнано як клацання. Можна вимкнути сенсорну панель на час набору " +#~ "тексту, але вона знову запрацює невдовзі після натискання останньої клавіші." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У розділі Сенсорна панель встановіть прапорець Вимикати при " +#~ "наборі." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В багатьох миш й у деяких сенсорних панелей є средня кнопка миші. Як " +#~ "правило, щоб клацнути середньою кнопкою у миші з коліщам прокручування, " +#~ "можна натиснути прямо на коліща прокручування. Якщо середньої кнопки миші " +#~ "немає, то для клацання середньою кнопкою можна натиснути одночасно й на " +#~ "ліву, у на праву кнопку миші. Якщо виявити, що виконати клацання середньою " +#~ "кнопкою таким чином не виходить, можна дотримуватися цих " +#~ "інструкцій." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо сенсорна панель підтримує торкання декількома пальцями, можна імітувати " +#~ "клацання середньою кнопкою миші, натиснувши на панель відразу трьома " +#~ "пальцями. Щоб скористатися цим, потрібно увімкнути клацання для сенсорної панелі у налаштуваннях " +#~ "сенсорної панелі." + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У багатьох додатках клацання середньою кнопкою використовується для " +#~ "виконання різноманітних дій." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Одна з таких дій — це вставка виділеного тексту. Виділіть текст, потім " +#~ "перемістіть вказівник миші у те місце, куди бажаєте вставити текст, й " +#~ "клацніть середньою кнопкою." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вставка тексту за допомогою середньої кнопки миші працює абсолютно незалежно " +#~ "від буфера обміну. Виділений текст при виконанні цієї операції не копіюється " +#~ "у буфер обміну." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Більшість переглядачів тенет дозволяють за допомогою середньої кнопки миші " +#~ "швидко відкривати посилання у нових вкладках. Просто клацніть на посиланні " +#~ "середньою кнопкою миші, й вона відкриється у новій вкладці. Але будьте " +#~ "обережні при клацаннях на посиланнях у переглядачі тенет Firefox. " +#~ "Якщо клацнути на чомусь, окрім посилання, цей переглядач спробує завантажити " +#~ "виділений вами текст як посилання, тобто так, як якби клацнути середньою " +#~ "кнопкою для вставки виділеного тексту у рядок адреси й натиснути " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Деякі спеціалізовані додатки дозволяють використовувати середню кнопку миші " +#~ "для виконання інших функцій. Детальніше про виконання клацання середньою " +#~ "кнопкою або про використання у них середньої кнопки дивіться у " +#~ "керівництвах цих додатків." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Натисніть ← один раз, щоб перейти на вкладку Наведення та " +#~ "натиснення." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ці інструкції — найкоротший спосіб почати керувати вказівником миші, " +#~ "використовуючи лише клавіатуру. Виберіть Спеціальні можливості, " +#~ "щоб взнати більше про допоміжні технології." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цифровий блок — це група цифрових клавіш на клавіатурі, зібраних, як " +#~ "правило, у окремий блок прямокутної форми. Якщо ваша клавіатура без " +#~ "цифрового блоку (наприклад, клавіатура ноутбука), його функцію можуть " +#~ "виконувати інші клавіші, натиснуті разом з функціональною клавішею " +#~ "(Fn). Якщо доводиться часто користуватися переміщенням вказівника " +#~ "миші за допомогою клавіатури на ноутбуці, то можна придбати зовнішній " +#~ "цифровий блок, що під’єднується через USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Кожне число у цифровому блоці відповідає напрямку. Наприклад, натискання " +#~ "8 пересуває вказівник догори, а натискання 2 — донизу. " +#~ "Натискання 5 імітує клацання мишею, а швидке подвійне натиснення " +#~ "— подвійне клацання." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "На багатьох клавіатурах є спеціальна клавіша, що імітує натискання правої " +#~ "кнопки миші — часто вона розташована поряд з пробілом. Однак зверніть увагу, " +#~ "що вона спрацьовує у місці розташування клавіатурного курсора, а не там, де " +#~ "розташований вказівник миші. Для інформації про те, як виконати клацання " +#~ "правою кнопкою миші, втримуючи 5 або ліву кнопку миші, див. ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можна реалізувати клацання, подвійне клацання кнопкою миші, можна " +#~ "перетягувати й прокручувати, використовуючи лише сенсорну панель, навіть без " +#~ "окремих апаратних кнопок." + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "Для клацання торкніться сенсорної панелі." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб перетягнути об’єкт, двічі торкніться, але не піднімайте палець після " +#~ "другого торкання. Перетягніть об’єкт на потрібне місце, а потім відірвіть " +#~ "палець від панелі." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо сенсорна панель розпізнає торкання декількох пальців, то можна клацнути " +#~ "правою кнопкою миші, торкнувшись панелі одночасно двома пальцями. У " +#~ "протилежному випадку все ще знадобиться використовувати апаратні кнопки для " +#~ "клацання правою кнопкою миші. Якщо вторинної кнопки миші немає, то про " +#~ "спосіб виконання клацання правою кнопкою див. ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо ваша сенсорна панель розпізнає торкання декількох пальців, можна " +#~ "виконати клацання середньою кнопкою " +#~ "миші, торкнувшись сенсорної панелі одночасно трьома пальцями." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "При торканні й перетягуванні декількома пальцями, трохи розведіть їх один " +#~ "від одного. Якщо ваші пальці надто близько один від одного, для вашого " +#~ "комп’ютера вони сприймаються як один палець." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Сенсорні панелі ноутбуків інколи реагують з невеликою затримкою після набору " +#~ "тексту до миті, коли сенсорна панель починає працювати. Це зроблено " +#~ "навмисне, щоб виключити спрацьовування сенсорної панелі при наборі тексту " +#~ "при випадковому торканні її долонею. Детальніше див. ." + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "Додайте, вилучіть та перейменуйте закладки у менеджері файлів." + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Перелік зроблених вами закладок знаходиться у бічній панелі менеджера файлів." + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "Вилучення закладки:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть Файли на верхній панелі й виберіть Закладки у " +#~ "меню додатки." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У вікні Закладки виберіть закладку, яку потрібно вилучити й " +#~ "клацніть кнопку -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У вікні Закладки виберіть закладку, яку потрібно перейменувати." + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "У текстовому полі Назва наберіть нову назву для закладки." + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "Показує дату та час останньої зміни файлу." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо потрібно бути у ще більшій безпеці або потрібно перевіряти на віруси " +#~ "файли, що передаються вашим комп’ютером на комп’ютери з Windows та Mac OS, — " +#~ "можна все ж встановити антивірусну програму. Перевірте у Центрі " +#~ "програмного забезпечення Ubuntu, там доступно декілька таких додатків." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Зміна типового переглядачі тенет, " +#~ "встановлення Flash, встановлення втулки-java, підтримка Silverlight…" #~ msgid "" #~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " @@ -28611,6 +29602,45 @@ #~ "повідомлень." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можна керувати доступом програм до мережі. Це допоможе зберегти ваш " +#~ "комп’ютер у безпеці." + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "Дозвіл або заборона доступу за допомогою міжмережевого екрану" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У складі Ubuntu є міжмережевий екран — Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw), але його не увімкнено типово. При звичайному встановленні " +#~ "Ubuntu не має відкритих мережевих сервісів (окрім базової мережевої " +#~ "інфраструктури), тому використання міжмережевого екрану для блокування спроб " +#~ "вхідних шкідливих під’єднань не потрібно." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Детальніше про використання ufw див. у онлайн-" +#~ "документації." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб увімкнути міжмережевий екран, уведіть у терміналі sudo ufw " +#~ "enable. Щоб вимкнути ufw, уведіть sudo ufw disable." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -28642,6 +29672,13 @@ #~ "Для закриття порту 53, уведіть sudo ufw block 53." #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можливо, знадобиться встановити Flash для перегляду веб-сайтів, наприклад " +#~ "YouTube, які показують відео та інтерактивні веб-сторінки." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -28650,6 +29687,9 @@ #~ "дозволяє дивитися відео та користуватися інтерактивними веб-сторінками на " #~ "деяких веб-сайтах. Частина веб-сайтів не буде працювати без Flash." +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "Як встановити Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -28670,6 +29710,15 @@ #~ "Якщо встановлення Flash вибрано, клацніть Встановити у вікні " #~ "Центру програм." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо відкриті вікна переглядача тенет, закрийте їх й відкрийте знову. " +#~ "Переглядач при запуску повинен виявити, що Flash встановлено, й тепер можна " +#~ "переглядати веб-сайти, що використовують Flash." + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Альтернативи Flash з відкритим джерельним кодом" @@ -28700,6 +29749,28 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Допоможіть вашому переглядачу тенет працювати з веб-сайтами, що вимагають " +#~ "наявності Java." + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "Встановлення втулки Java для переглядача тенет" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Деякі веб-сайти використовують невеликі програми на мові Java, що " +#~ "вимагають для свого запуску встановлення Java-втулки." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Встановіть пакунок icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "для запуску програм на Java у вашому переглядачі тенет." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -28749,6 +29820,15 @@ #~ "встановлення." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Усунення проблем з бездротовими " +#~ "з’єднаннями, пошук wifi-" +#~ "мережі..." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -28768,6 +29848,278 @@ #~ "... технічних елементів у нижній частині вікна Центру програмного " #~ "забезпечення Ubuntu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Під’єднання до wifi, Приховані мережі, Зміна параметрів з’єднання, Від’єднання від мережі…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш комп’ютер можна використовувати як бездротову точку доступу. Це " +#~ "дозволить іншим пристроям під’єднуватися до нього без використання окремої " +#~ "мережі, а також дозволить надавати ваше інтернет-з’єднання іншим " +#~ "інтерфейсам, таким як дротова мережа або з’єднання через сотову мережу." + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "Клацніть кнопку Використовувати як точку з’єднання." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо з’єднання з бездротовою мережею вже встановлено, то буде запропоновано " +#~ "від’єднатися від цієї мережі. Простий бездротовий адаптер одночасно може " +#~ "бути або під’єднаним до мережі, або утворювати одну мережу. Клацніть " +#~ "Створити точку з’єднання для підтвердження." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ім’я мережі (SSID) й ключ безпеки створюються автоматично. Ім’я мережі буде " +#~ "засновано на імені вашого комп’ютера. Ця інформація знадобиться іншим " +#~ "пристроям для під’єднання до тільки що створеної точки доступу." + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й зніміть прапорець «Бездротовий " +#~ "зв’язок»." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й зніміть прапорець " +#~ "Бездротовий зв’язок. Це вимкне бездротовий зв’язок доти, доки ви " +#~ "не умімкнете його знову." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб знову увімкнути бездротовий зв’язок, клацніть індикатор " +#~ "мережі на панелі меню й виберіть Бездротовий зв’язок так, " +#~ "щоб перед ним з’явився прапорець." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш ноутбук все ще може передавати сигнали, якщо не вимкнений Bluetooth." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й натисніть " +#~ "ім’я мережі, до якої потрібно під’єднатися." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Взнайте, що означають параметри бездротового з’єднання у вікні налаштування." + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "Редагування бездротового з’єднання" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У цьому розділі описуються усі доступні для редагування налаштування при " +#~ "редагуванні бездротового з’єднання. Щоб змінити з’єднання, клацніть " +#~ "індикатор мережі на панелі меню й виберіть Редагувати " +#~ "з’єднання." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "Доступно усім користувачам / Під’єднуватися автоматично" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "З’єднуватися автоматично" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо комп’ютер знаходиться у зоні дії декількох мереж, для яких встановлено " +#~ "автоматичне з’єднання, то він буде під’єднуватися до першої вказаної на " +#~ "вкладці Бездротові у вікні Мережеві з’єднання. " +#~ "Комп’ютер не буде від’єднуватися від одної доступної мережі для з’єднання з " +#~ "іншою, яка тільки що з’явилася у зоні дії." + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "Доступно усім користувачам" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Увімкніть цю опцію, якщо потрібен доступ до цієї бездротової мережі усім " +#~ "користувачам комп’ютера. Якщо для з’єднання з мережею потрібен пароль WEP або WPA й ця опція увімкнена, " +#~ "то увести пароль потрібно лише один раз. Усі інші користувачі вашого " +#~ "комп’ютера зможуть під’єднуватися до мережі, навіть не знаючи паролю." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо ця опція увімкнена, то для зміни будь-яких параметрів цієї мережі " +#~ "потрібно бути адміністратором. " +#~ "Можливо буде потрібно увести ваш пароль адміністратора." + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "Бездротова" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо вибрати Ad-hoc, то можна побачити ще два параметри — " +#~ "Діапазон та Канал. Вони визначають у якому діапазоні " +#~ "частот буде працювати бездротова ad-hoc мережа. Деякі комп’ютери здатні " +#~ "працювати лише у певних діапазонах (наприклад, лише A або лише " +#~ "B/G), так що, можливо, знадобиться вибрати той діапазон, який " +#~ "зможуть використовувати усі комп’ютери у ad-hoc мережі. У людних місцях " +#~ "декілька бездротових мереж можуть використовувати один й той самий канал, що " +#~ "може сповільнити з’єднання, тому можна змінити й канал що використовується " +#~ "вами." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Це Basic Service Set Identifier. SSID (див. вище) — це мережеве " +#~ "ім’я, що призначено для читання людьми, а BSSID — це ім’я, що розуміється " +#~ "комп’ютером (це рядок з літер та цифр, який повинен бути унікальним для " +#~ "бездротової мережі). Якщо мережа " +#~ "прихована, то в неї не буде SSID, але буде BSSID." + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "MAC-адреса пристрою" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ваш мережевий пристрій (бездротова картка) може видавати себе за пристрій з " +#~ "іншою MAC-адресою. Це зручно, якщо є пристрій або служба, що взаємодіє лише " +#~ "з певними MAC-адресами (наприклад, широкосмуговий кабельний модем). Якщо " +#~ "вказати таку MAC-адресу у поле клонована MAC-адреса, то пристрій " +#~ "або служба буде вважати справжньою клоновану MAC-адресу вашого комп’ютера." + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "Безпека бездротового зв'язку" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Визначає, який тип шифрування використовується у вашій бездротовій " +#~ "мережі. Зашифровані з’єднання допомогають захистити бездротове з’єднання від " +#~ "перехоплення даних, тому інші люди не зможуть «підслуховувати» й бачити, які " +#~ "веб-сайти ви відвідуєте, й т. п." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Деякі типи шифрування надійніші за інші, але можуть не підтримуватися " +#~ "застарілим мережевим обладнанням. Зазвичай для під’єднання потрібно уводити " +#~ "пароль, більш складні типи захисту можуть вимагати також уведення ім’я " +#~ "користувача та цифрового «сертифікату». Детальніше про розповсюджені типи " +#~ "шифрування у бездротових мережах див. у розділі ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо вибрати цей профіль, то комп’ютер отримає свою IP-адресу від сервера " +#~ "DHCP, але інші налаштування (наприклад, використовуваний DNS-сервер) " +#~ "потрібно буде вказати вручну." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виберіть цей профіль, якщо надаєте перевагу самостійно вказувати усі " +#~ "налаштування з’єднання, у тому числі яку IP-адресу має використовувати " +#~ "комп’ютер." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цей профіль вимикає мережеве з’єднання й не дозволяє під’єднуватися до " +#~ "нього. Зауважте, що IPv4 й IPv6 вважаються різними " +#~ "з’єднаннями, хоч у обох використовується одна й та ж мережева картка. Якщо " +#~ "одне з них увімкнено, то за бажання друге можна вимкнути." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ці параметри аналогічні параметрам на вкладці IPv4, за " +#~ "виключенням того, що відносяться до нового стандарту IPv6. Найсучасніші " +#~ "мережі використовують IPv6, але на сьогодні IPv4 все ще залишається більш " +#~ "розповсюдженим." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть індикатор мережі на панелі меню й виберіть " +#~ "Під’єднатися до прихованої бездротової мережі." + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "У розділі Система клацніть Джерела додатків." @@ -28812,6 +30164,13 @@ #~ "керівництва з усунення неполадок." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Уведіть у терміналі sudo pm-hibernate й натисніть " +#~ "Enter." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "" @@ -28819,6 +30178,201 @@ #~ "менший, ніж доступний об’єм оперативної пам’яті." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо перевірку режиму сну виконано, то для переведення комп’ютера у режим " +#~ "сну можна продовжувати користуватися командою sudo pm-hibernate." + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чому мій комп’ютер вимикається або переходить у режим очікування, коли " +#~ "рівень заряду акумулятора знижується до 10%?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Коли рівень заряду акумулятора стає занизьким, комп’ютер автоматично " +#~ "переходить у режим очікування. Це " +#~ "передбачено, щоб акумулятор не розряджався повністю — бо це для нього " +#~ "шкідливо. Особливо що за повного розряджання акумулятора в комп’ютера просто " +#~ "не залишається часу для коректного закінчення роти." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Можна змінити те, що повинно траплятися, коли рівень заряду акумулятора стає " +#~ "занизьким. Спочатку клацніть індикатор батареї на панелі " +#~ "меню й виберіть Параметри електроживлення. У налаштуваннях " +#~ "При критичному заряді батареї для комп’ютера можна вибрати " +#~ "перехід у режим очікування, у сплячий " +#~ "режим або вимикання. Якщо вибрати вимикання, ваші додатки і документи " +#~ "не будуть збережені перед завершенням роботи комп’ютера." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В деяких комп’ютерів трапляються проблеми з режимом очікування, й вони, " +#~ "можливо, не зможуть відновити відкриті додатки та документи при повторному " +#~ "увімкненні комп’ютера. У цьому випадку є небезпека втратити частину роботи, " +#~ "не збережену перед переведенням комп’ютера у режим очікування. Однак можна " +#~ "спробувати виправити проблеми з режимом " +#~ "очікування." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Параметри " +#~ "системи" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "Невиявлені принтери, застрягання паперу, поганий друк..." + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "Встановіть принтер, під’єднаний до вашого комп’ютера." + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "Встановлення локального принтера" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Система здатна розпізнати багато типів принтерів автоматично після їх " +#~ "під’єднання. Більшість принтерів під’єднуються до комп’ютера за допомогою " +#~ "кабелю USB." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Зараз не потрібно вказувати, який принтер потрібно встановити: мережевий чи " +#~ "локальний. Вони перераховані у одному вікні." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Під’єднайте принтер до системи за допомогою відповідного кабелю. На екрані " +#~ "можна побачити, як система шукає драйвери, але для їх інсталяції може бути " +#~ "запропоновано увести пароль." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Коли система закінчить встановлення принтера, з’явиться повідомлення. " +#~ "Виберіть Друк тестової сторінки для друку тестової сторінки або " +#~ "Властивості для внесення додаткових змін у налаштування принтера." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо принтер не встановлюється автоматично, можна додати його у " +#~ "налаштуваннях друку." + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "Клацніть Додати й виберіть принтер у вікні «Пристрої»." + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "Клацніть Вперед й зачекайте, поки йде пошук драйверів." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо доступно декілька драйверів для вашого комп’ютера, вам може бути " +#~ "запропоновано вибрати драйвер. Для використання рекомендованого драйвера " +#~ "просто натисніть кнопку «Вперед» для переходу на сторінки вибору виробника " +#~ "та моделі принтера." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Після встановлення принтера може знадобитися змінити типовий принтер." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб зміни вступили у силу, потрібно закінчити сеанс й знову увійти у " +#~ "систему. Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть " +#~ "Закінчення сеансу для виходу з системи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб зміни було застосовано, потрібно вийти з системи й знову у неї увійти. " +#~ "Клацніть найправішу піктограму на панелі меню й виберіть Закінчення " +#~ "сеансу для виходу з системи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб закінчити сеанс або перекмикнути користувачів, клацніть системне меню з правого боку панелі меню " +#~ "й виберіть потрібну опцію." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб заблокувати екран, клацніть системне меню у панелі меню й " +#~ "виберіть Заблокувати екран." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Коли екран заблокований, інші користувачі зможуть увійти у власні облікові " +#~ "записи, клацнувши Перемикнути користувача у вікні уведення " +#~ "паролю. Перемикнутися на вашу стільницю можна буде після закінчення ними " +#~ "роботи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб вручну перевести компьютер у режим очікування, клацніть системне " +#~ "меню на панелі меню й виберіть Режим очікування." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо потрібно повністю вимкнути комп’ютер або виконати повне " +#~ "перезавантаження, клацнітьсистемне меню й виберіть " +#~ "Вимкнути." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -28832,6 +30386,50 @@ #~ "якщо на вашому екрані вона не вміщується у один рядок — скопіюйте й вставьте " #~ "її, щоб уникнути помилок при наборі):" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "За допомогою клавіатури" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відпустіть Alt, щоб вибрати наступне (виділене підсвічуванням) " +#~ "вікно у перемикачі." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Або, продовжуючи втримувати клавішу Alt, натискайте " +#~ "Tab для циклічного пересування по списку відкритих вікон. Для " +#~ "пересування у зворотному порядку натискайте " +#~ "ShiftTab." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вікна у перемикачі вікон згруповані за додатками. Якщо переміститися на " +#~ "піктограму додатку з декількома вікнами, то спливуть зменшені зображення цих " +#~ "вікон." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Переміщуватися між піктограмами додатків у перемикачі вікон можна за " +#~ "допомогою клавіш → або ←, а також вибрати якийсь з них " +#~ "клацанням миші." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Показати зменшене зображення єдиного вікна програми можна за допомогою " +#~ "клавіші ↓." + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -29159,6 +30757,12 @@ #~ "Якщо ви не бажаєте отримувати пропозиції онлайн пошуку, ви можете вимкнути " #~ "цю функцію." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відкрийте Захист і приватність й виберіть вкладку " +#~ "Пошук." + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "Вимкніть перемикач Включати у пошук веб-результати." @@ -29217,6 +30821,15 @@ #~ "Пошукайте доступні у Центрі програмного забезпечення Ubuntu." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо пер декілька, то при наближенні додаткового пера до планшета поряд з " +#~ "назвою перового пристрою з’явиться перемикач сторінок. Використовуйте " +#~ "перемикач для вибору пера для налаштування." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " #~ "menu bar and and select Save Search As...." #~ msgstr "" @@ -29224,6 +30837,27 @@ #~ "меню і виберіть Зберегти пошук як...." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Натисніть Закладки у рядку меню і виберіть Зберегти це " +#~ "місцезнаходження." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Натисніть Закладки у рядку меню і виберіть Закладки... " +#~ "в меню додатки." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Коли результати пошуку вас влаштовують, натисніть у рядку меню " +#~ "Файл і виберіть Зберегти пошук як...." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview " #~ "shows a short description of the application, a screenshot, its " #~ "Software Center rating, and what version is available." @@ -29246,6 +30880,19 @@ #~ msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgstr "Якщо Ви вирішили встановити Flash, натисніть Встановити." +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "Початково, включення результатів пошуку у тенетах відімкнено." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо Ви волієте отримувати пошукові підказки з тенет, Ви можете увімкнути цю " +#~ "можливість у параметрах системи Безпека та конфіденційність." + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "Увімкнути результати пошуку у тенетах" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch an " #~ "install option window." @@ -29254,6 +30901,30 @@ #~ "щоб відкрити вікно з параметрами встановлення." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Відкрийте системне меню праворуч панелі меню й " +#~ "виберіть Параметри системи." + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "Увімкніть Відображати результати пошуку в Інтернеті." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Клацніть на системному меню праворуч панелі меню й " +#~ "виберіть Параметри системи." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +#~ "use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Програми Ubuntu допомагає видаляти програми, що більше не " +#~ "використовуються." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " #~ "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " #~ "like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash " diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ur/ur.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ur/ur.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/ur/ur.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/ur/ur.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-30 22:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Doug Smythies \n" "Language-Team: Urdu \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -412,14 +497,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -452,30 +537,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -485,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -493,14 +569,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -508,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -532,12 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -658,7 +734,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -688,12 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -702,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -711,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -719,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -727,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -778,17 +854,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -797,14 +873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -842,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -861,14 +937,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -879,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -924,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -959,7 +1035,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1049,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1030,12 +1106,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1123,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1132,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1217,7 +1295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1231,46 +1309,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1604,6 +1681,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1686,107 +1832,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1795,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1808,31 +1963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1840,49 +1996,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1893,13 +2086,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1911,27 +2104,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1939,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1947,12 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1980,22 +2173,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2470,7 +2663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3008,7 +3201,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3249,7 +3442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4785,59 +4978,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5026,90 +5202,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5118,109 +5313,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5259,65 +5412,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5326,106 +5468,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5437,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5448,28 +5597,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +5618,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5500,13 +5641,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5536,18 +5677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5555,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5564,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5591,15 +5732,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5615,7 +5762,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5623,7 +5770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5631,7 +5778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5677,19 +5824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5699,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5728,13 +5875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,7 +5897,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5784,7 +5932,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5816,17 +5964,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5849,12 +5997,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6109,7 +6256,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6337,12 +6483,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6350,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6358,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6368,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6378,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6386,17 +6532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6405,12 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6419,24 +6565,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6445,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6453,24 +6599,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6478,12 +6624,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6492,7 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6509,10 +6655,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6532,14 +6678,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6549,24 +6710,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7104,10 +7273,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7579,129 +7747,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8471,7 +8615,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8487,22 +8631,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8513,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8522,46 +8666,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8573,15 +8717,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8606,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8620,26 +8774,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8649,19 +8803,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8669,7 +8823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8677,50 +8831,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9089,14 +9243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9119,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9132,24 +9286,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9157,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9166,14 +9320,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9182,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9289,10 +9443,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9327,17 +9482,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9364,26 +9520,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9392,7 +9541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9400,12 +9549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9615,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9625,8 +9774,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9650,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9671,11 +9820,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,31 +9832,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9729,13 +9880,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9750,8 +9900,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9773,85 +9923,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9859,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10053,14 +10411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10069,8 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10088,74 +10445,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10166,31 +10519,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10592,7 +10945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10602,70 +10955,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11151,7 +11505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11311,7 +11665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11441,80 +11795,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11778,12 +12132,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11796,7 +12149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12052,22 +12405,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12098,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12188,7 +12541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12196,30 +12549,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12228,29 +12581,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12264,7 +12618,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12278,14 +12632,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12295,19 +12649,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12315,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12543,83 +12897,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12852,6 +13256,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13048,7 +13453,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13091,20 +13496,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13112,13 +13517,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13126,19 +13531,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13574,10 +13979,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13601,50 +14006,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13653,25 +14059,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13703,8 +14108,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13871,25 +14276,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13897,40 +14302,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,25 +14344,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13966,12 +14371,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13982,41 +14387,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14025,34 +14430,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14063,44 +14468,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14108,17 +14514,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14128,32 +14534,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14164,30 +14570,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14250,21 +14666,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14275,12 +14689,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14289,14 +14710,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14462,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14470,12 +14891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14483,7 +14904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15499,12 +15920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15625,7 +16046,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15669,7 +16090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15755,39 +16176,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15820,31 +16219,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16126,7 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16259,7 +16651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16267,21 +16659,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16289,7 +16681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16297,8 +16689,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16351,7 +16743,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16368,7 +16762,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16472,7 +16867,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16889,7 +17283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16924,92 +17318,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17157,31 +17595,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17190,7 +17628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17284,14 +17808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17299,15 +17823,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17316,12 +17841,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17329,19 +17854,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17366,27 +17891,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17397,12 +17923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17410,7 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17442,17 +17968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17657,28 +18183,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17723,20 +18249,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17746,27 +18272,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17776,26 +18307,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18327,36 +18861,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18364,17 +18898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18383,14 +18917,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18436,55 +18970,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18492,8 +19023,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18501,7 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18668,19 +19204,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18689,26 +19225,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19352,7 +19888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19360,17 +19896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19378,7 +19914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19501,12 +20045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20180,37 +20724,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20237,19 +20773,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20339,38 +20875,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20499,32 +21035,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20532,8 +21068,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20542,7 +21092,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20550,14 +21100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20569,7 +21119,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20577,28 +21127,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20609,7 +21159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20617,14 +21167,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20635,21 +21185,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21210,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21218,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20683,58 +21233,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20829,37 +21353,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22157,7 +22655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22165,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22175,18 +22673,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/uz/uz.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/uz/uz.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/uz/uz.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/uz/uz.po 2017-03-15 22:29:33.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-08 00:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Uzbek \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -412,14 +497,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -452,30 +537,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -485,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -493,14 +569,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -508,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -532,12 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -658,7 +734,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -688,12 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -702,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -711,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -719,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -727,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -778,17 +854,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -797,14 +873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -842,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -861,14 +937,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -879,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -924,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -959,7 +1035,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1049,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1030,12 +1106,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1123,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1132,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1217,7 +1295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1231,46 +1309,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1604,6 +1681,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1686,107 +1832,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1795,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1808,31 +1963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1840,49 +1996,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1893,13 +2086,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1911,27 +2104,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1939,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1947,12 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1980,22 +2173,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2470,7 +2663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3008,7 +3201,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3249,7 +3442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4785,59 +4978,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5026,90 +5202,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5118,109 +5313,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5259,65 +5412,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5326,106 +5468,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 +msgid "" +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5437,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5448,28 +5597,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +5618,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5500,13 +5641,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5536,18 +5677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5555,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5564,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5591,15 +5732,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5615,7 +5762,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5623,7 +5770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5631,7 +5778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5677,19 +5824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5699,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5728,13 +5875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,7 +5897,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5784,7 +5932,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5816,17 +5964,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5849,12 +5997,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6109,7 +6256,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6337,12 +6483,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6350,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6358,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6368,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6378,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6386,17 +6532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6405,12 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6419,24 +6565,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6445,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6453,24 +6599,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6478,12 +6624,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6492,7 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6509,10 +6655,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6532,14 +6678,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6549,24 +6710,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7104,10 +7273,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7579,129 +7747,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8471,7 +8615,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8487,22 +8631,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8513,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8522,46 +8666,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8573,15 +8717,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8606,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8620,26 +8774,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8649,19 +8803,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8669,7 +8823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8677,50 +8831,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9089,14 +9243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9119,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9132,24 +9286,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9157,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9166,14 +9320,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9182,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9289,10 +9443,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9327,17 +9482,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9364,26 +9520,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9392,7 +9541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9400,12 +9549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9615,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9625,8 +9774,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9650,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9671,11 +9820,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,31 +9832,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9729,13 +9880,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -9750,8 +9900,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" @@ -9773,85 +9923,293 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9859,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10053,14 +10411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10069,8 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10088,74 +10445,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10166,31 +10519,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10592,7 +10945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10602,70 +10955,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11151,7 +11505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11311,7 +11665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11441,80 +11795,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11778,12 +12132,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11796,7 +12149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12052,22 +12405,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12098,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12188,7 +12541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12196,30 +12549,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12228,29 +12581,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12264,7 +12618,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12278,14 +12632,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12295,19 +12649,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12315,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12543,83 +12897,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12852,6 +13256,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13048,7 +13453,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13091,20 +13496,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13112,13 +13517,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13126,19 +13531,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13574,10 +13979,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13601,50 +14006,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13653,25 +14059,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13703,8 +14108,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13871,25 +14276,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13897,40 +14302,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,25 +14344,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13966,12 +14371,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13982,41 +14387,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14025,34 +14430,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14063,44 +14468,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14108,17 +14514,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14128,32 +14534,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14164,30 +14570,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14250,21 +14666,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14275,12 +14689,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14289,14 +14710,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14462,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14470,12 +14891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14483,7 +14904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15499,12 +15920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15625,7 +16046,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15669,7 +16090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15755,39 +16176,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15820,31 +16219,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16126,7 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16259,7 +16651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16267,21 +16659,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16289,7 +16681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16297,8 +16689,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16351,7 +16743,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16368,7 +16762,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16472,7 +16867,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16889,7 +17283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16924,92 +17318,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17157,31 +17595,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17190,7 +17628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17284,14 +17808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17299,15 +17823,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17316,12 +17841,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17329,19 +17854,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17366,27 +17891,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17397,12 +17923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17410,7 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17442,17 +17968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17657,28 +18183,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17723,20 +18249,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17746,27 +18272,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17776,26 +18307,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18327,36 +18861,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18364,17 +18898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18383,14 +18917,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18436,55 +18970,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18492,8 +19023,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18501,7 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18668,19 +19204,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18689,26 +19225,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19352,7 +19888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19360,17 +19896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19378,7 +19914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19501,12 +20045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20180,37 +20724,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20237,19 +20773,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20339,38 +20875,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20499,32 +21035,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20532,8 +21068,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20542,7 +21092,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20550,14 +21100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20569,7 +21119,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20577,28 +21127,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20609,7 +21159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20617,14 +21167,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20635,21 +21185,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21210,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21218,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20683,58 +21233,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20829,37 +21353,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22157,7 +22655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22165,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22175,18 +22673,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/zh_CN/zh_CN.po 2017-03-15 22:29:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -10,15 +10,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-31 07:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Luo Lei \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (simplified) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" "Language: \n" #. (itstool) path: p/link @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -249,13 +249,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -322,58 +322,145 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "开启回弹键可以忽略快速重复的按键动作。例如，如果您患有手颤，这会导致在您只想按一次时却多次重复按键，这时应开启回弹键。" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." -msgstr "单击顶部菜单栏最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "打开辅助功能，选择输入标签。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "开启回弹键。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -432,14 +519,14 @@ "dimscreen\">改变整个屏幕亮度不一样，它只改变用户界面部分的设置。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "打开辅助功能，选择视觉标签。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "将 高对比度 切换到开启状态。" @@ -473,30 +560,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "当悬停点击特性开启时，您可以将鼠标指针移动到控件上，静待片刻，系统将自动为您完成单击鼠标的动作。" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "在菜单栏上点击自己的名字，然后选择 系统设置。" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "打开通用辅助功能并选择指向和单击标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "开启悬停点击。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -508,7 +586,7 @@ "击，鼠标会当您在按钮上悬停几秒钟后完成右击。无论是完成双击、右击还是拖动后都会自动返回到单击。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -516,14 +594,14 @@ msgstr "将鼠标指针悬停于按钮上并保持不动时，其颜色会逐渐改变。完全变色后，按钮就会被点击。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "使用延时滑块控制您必须按住键多久才能完成点击。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -531,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "将鼠标悬停于按钮上以点击该按钮时不必完全保持鼠标不动 - 指针可以小幅移动，片刻后仍可完成点击。但如果移动的范围过大，则不会完成点击。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -555,12 +633,12 @@ msgstr "如果您阅读屏幕上的文字有困难，您可以更改字体的大小。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "将大号字体切换到开启状态。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -689,7 +767,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -719,12 +797,12 @@ msgstr "您可以通过按住鼠标左键来完成右击。这在您发现分别移动一只手上的手指有困难时或者您使用的鼠标只有一个按键时非常有用。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "开启模拟次要点击。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -735,7 +813,7 @@ "指向与点击标签页，修改模拟次要点击下方的延迟时间。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -746,7 +824,7 @@ "模拟右击。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -754,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "调整指针以及其它某些特殊的指针不会改变颜色，但即使指针没有视觉反馈，您仍然可以正常地使用模拟次要点击功能。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -763,7 +841,7 @@ "如果使用了鼠标键，可以在键盘上按 5 键模拟右击。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -820,17 +898,17 @@ "次按下多个键时，或发现在键盘上第一次就能按下正确的键有困难时，可以使用慢速键。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "开启慢速键。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "快速开启和关闭慢速键" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -841,14 +919,14 @@ "Shift 键 8 秒可以开启或禁用慢速键。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "使用可接受延迟滑块来控制您必须按住键多久才能完成输入。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -889,17 +967,17 @@ msgstr "如果您感觉同时按住几个键有困难，可以考虑开启粘滞键。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "开启粘滞键。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "快速开启和关闭粘滞键" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -910,14 +988,14 @@ "Shift 键 5 次可以开启或禁用粘滞键。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "如果同时按下两个键，粘滞键功能会临时关闭，您可以用正常的方式输入键盘快捷键。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -931,13 +1009,13 @@ "但不能按住其他快捷键，此选项将非常有用。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "选择若同时按下两个键则禁用可启用此选项。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -978,13 +1056,13 @@ msgstr "此功能还可以在图书馆等需要让计算机保持安静的环境中使用(请查阅了解如何静音)。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "打开通用辅助功能并选择指向和单击标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -1013,7 +1091,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1027,10 +1105,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1084,12 +1162,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1100,7 +1179,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1109,15 +1188,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1275,10 +1355,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." -msgstr "添加账户可以设置将您的电子邮件、聊天工具等在线账户连接到 Ubuntu 桌面。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:47 @@ -1289,60 +1369,55 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." -msgstr "从右侧窗口选择账户类型。" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." -msgstr "如果要设置更多账户，请重复此过程。" +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." -msgstr "请在弹出的迷你网页界面输入您的在线账户信息，例如在设置 Google 帐号时，请输入您的 Google 用户名、密码并登录。" +"Google username and password and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" -"如果输入的账户信息正确，程序会弹出用户协议信息，请接受协议以继续进行设置。接受协议之后，Ubuntu " -"会请求访问账户的权限，请点击允许访问按钮，在弹出框输入当前用户的密码。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." -msgstr "此后就可以选择希望与在线账户连接的应用了。例如当您想用在线账户聊天，但不想使用在线日历时，请关闭日历选项。" +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." -msgstr "在添加了账号之后，您选择的每个应用程序都会在登录到系统账户自动使用这些认证。" +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/accounts-add.page:91 msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" -"为了安全考虑，Ubuntu 不直接存储您的密码，而是存储在线服务的令牌。如果要撤销计算机与某在线服务之间的所有连接，请删除该账户。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21 @@ -1675,6 +1750,75 @@ "，以后每次开机都可以直接使用。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1759,113 +1903,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "安装其他软件" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu 开发团队选择了一组我们认为会使 Ubuntu 对大多数日常任务都非常有用的默认应用程序。不过，您肯定想要安装更多软件以使 Ubuntu " -"对您更有用。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "要安装其他软件，请按以下步骤操作：" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"使用 无线 或 有线 连接到互联网。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "选择您感兴趣的应用程序，然后单击安装。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "您会被要求输入密码。输完密码后安装即会开始。" +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." -msgstr "安装通常很快就能完成，但如果您的网络连接速度较慢，就会花上一段时间。" +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" -"新应用的快捷方式会添加到启动器。如果要禁用该特性，请取消选中视图新应用程序置于启动器中。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "添加 PPA 帮助测试预发行或专业软件。" +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "添加个人软件包仓库(PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." -msgstr "个人软件包仓库(PPA) 是专为 Ubuntu 用户设计的软件仓库，比其他第三方软件库更易于使用。" +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "请务必确保您添加的软件源的安全性。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1874,12 +2021,12 @@ msgstr "第三方软件库未经过 Ubuntu 开发者检查安全性和可靠性，可能包含对您的计算机有害的软件。" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "安装 PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1889,31 +2036,32 @@ "的位置，它看起来类似于：ppa:mozillateam/firefox-stable。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "切换到其他软件标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "单击添加，然后输入 ppa: 地址。" +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "单击添加软件源并在认证窗口输入密码。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1921,49 +2069,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "删除您不再使用的软件。" +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "删除应用程序" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "使用搜索框或通过翻阅已安装应用列表找到要删除的应用程序。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "选中该应用程序，然后单击删除。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." -msgstr "您可能会被要求输入密码。输完密码后，该应用程序就将被删除。" +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1975,14 +2160,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." -msgstr "添加其他软件仓库来扩展 Ubuntu 用于安装和升级的软件来源。" +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "添加其他软件仓库" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -1994,27 +2179,27 @@ msgstr "" "软件可从第三方来源以及默认 Ubuntu 软件库获得。如果您想要安装来自第三方软件库的软件，您必须将其添加到 Ubuntu 的可用软件仓库列表。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "安装其他软件仓库" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "您会被要求输入密码。输完密码后，转到其他软件标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "单击添加，然后输入软件仓库的 APT 行。该行应可从软件库的网站获得，看起来类似于：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -2022,7 +2207,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -2030,12 +2215,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "激活 Canonical 合作伙伴软件仓库" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2045,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2058,7 +2243,7 @@ "软件和更新 窗口。如果没有看到该库，单击添加，然后输入：" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2066,25 +2251,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "添加或删除软件" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" -"安装，删除, 额外的软件仓库…" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "添加或删除软件" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2588,8 +2771,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "U盘(容量较小)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3153,7 +3336,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3413,20 +3596,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "从颜料厂商下载打印参考文件" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"如果您只有一或两个不同的纸张类型，让颜料厂商生成打印机配置文件一般是最便宜的选择。通过从公司网站下载参考图，您之后可以用内衬信封将打印件发送回公司，公司将" -"扫描这页纸，生成配置文件并通过电子邮件给您发送准确的 ICC 配置文件。" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -5051,61 +5232,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"如果您以后改变了主意，可以通过单击菜单栏右上角的图标并选择系统设置来重新开启时钟。在“系统”部分，单击时间和日期。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "更改日期格式" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "您还可以更改时钟的日期格式以与您所在位置的首选标准一致。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "单击菜单栏最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "在“个人”部分，单击语言支持。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "转到区域格式标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "在下拉列表中选择您的首选位置。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5298,93 +5460,110 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "您可以在您的硬盘上运行性能测试程序，检查其速度。" +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "测试您的硬盘的性能" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "测试您的硬盘的速度" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "从 Dash 中打开 磁盘应用程序。" +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." -msgstr "从活动概述中打开磁盘应用程序。" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." -msgstr "从磁盘驱动器列表中选择硬盘。" +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." -msgstr "点击齿轮按钮，选择性能测试驱动器。" +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." -msgstr "点击开始性能测试，调整传输速率，并根据需要设定存取时间参数。" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -"点击开始性能测试 按钮，测试从磁盘读取数据的速度。可能需要管理员权限。输入您的密码，或请求管理员的帐号密码。" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." msgstr "如果同时进行写入性能测试被选中，将会进行快速的从磁盘读取和写入数据的性能测试。这将花费更长的时间才能完成。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "测试结束后，" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "图像下方将显示最大、最小和平均读写率等多个指标的数值。" +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." -msgstr "使用磁盘使用分析器或系统监控器来检查空间和容量。" +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-capacity.page:29 @@ -5392,120 +5571,68 @@ msgstr "检查剩余磁盘空间" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "您可以使用磁盘使用分析器或系统监视器来检查剩余的磁盘空间。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "利用磁盘使用分析器进行检查" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "要使用磁盘使用分析器检查空余磁盘空间和磁盘容量：" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -"从 Dash 中打开磁盘使用分析器应用程序。窗口将会显示总文件系统容量 " -"和总文件系统用量。" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" -"从活动概述中打开磁盘应用程序。窗口将会显示总文件系统容量 " -"和总文件系统用量。" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:37 +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +msgstr "从 Dash 中打开 磁盘 应用程序。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"单击工具栏上的对应按钮以扫描主文件夹，扫描文件系统，扫描文件夹，或扫描远程文件" -"夹。" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" -"根据文件夹、用量、大小 以及 内容显示信息。在磁盘使用分析器中可以看到更多信息。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "利用系统监视器进行检查" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "如果磁盘过满怎么办？" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -msgstr "要利用系统监视器检查空余磁盘空间和磁盘容量：" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "从 Dash 中打开系统监控器应用程序。" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." -msgstr "从活动概述中打开系统监视器。" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"选择文件系统标签页查看系统的分区和磁盘空间使用情况。信息根据总计、空余、可用<" -"/gui>和已用分别显示。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "如果磁盘过满怎么办？" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "如果磁盘过满，您应：" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "删除不重要或不再使用的文件。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." -msgstr "对短时间内不需要的重要文件进行备份，然后将其从硬盘删除。" +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -5545,70 +5672,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "通过运行磁盘应用程序，检查磁盘运行状况" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "从 Dash 中打开 磁盘 应用程序。" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "从活动概述中打开磁盘应用程序。" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "如果磁盘不健康怎么办？" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"即使 SMART 状态指示磁盘不健康，您一般也无需担忧。不过，最好还是做好备份以防数据丢失。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"如果状态显示 " -"“故障先兆”，说明虽然磁盘仍然比较健康，但是已检测到磨损的迹象，这意味着近期它可能出现故障。如果您的硬盘(或计算机)已使用数年，您很可能会在某些健康检查中" -"看到此消息。您应经常备份重要文件，并定期检查磁盘状态以查看它是否老化。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5617,112 +5728,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." -msgstr "通过格式化删除外部硬盘或 USB 闪存驱动器上的所有文件和文件夹。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "擦除可移动磁盘上的所有内容" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"如果您有可移动磁盘，例如 U 盘或者移动硬盘，您有时可能需要彻底删除上面的所有文件和文件夹。您可以通过格式化该磁盘来完成删除 - " -"这将删除磁盘上的所有文件，将其彻底清空。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "格式化可移动磁盘" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." -msgstr "在存储设备列表中选择您想要擦除的磁盘。" +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" -msgstr "确保您选择的是正确的磁盘！如果您选错磁盘，该磁盘上的所有文件也都将被删除！" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." -msgstr "在“卷”部分，单击卸载卷。然后单击格式化卷。" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." -msgstr "在弹出的窗口中，为磁盘选择文件系统类型。" +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"如果除 Linux 计算机以外，您还要在 Windows 和 Mac OS 计算机上使用该磁盘，请选择 FAT 格式。如果您仅在 " -"Windows 中使用它，选择 NTFS 可能更好。在这里您还将看到各个文件系统类型的简单说明。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." -msgstr "为磁盘命名，然后单击格式化开始擦除磁盘。" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." -msgstr "格式化一旦完成，即可安全删除磁盘。现在磁盘已被全部清空并可重新使用。" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "格式化磁盘并不是安全地删除您的文件" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"格式化磁盘并不是擦除所有数据的绝对完全方式。经过格式化的磁盘不会显示含有文件，但通过特殊的数据软件却可能重新恢复这些文件。如果您需要安全地删除文件，您将需" -"要使用命令行程序，如 shred。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." -msgstr "了解什么是卷和分区，使用磁盘实用程序管理卷和分区。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "管理卷和分区" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5736,7 +5848,7 @@ "载到计算机上。您可以挂载硬盘、USB 驱动器、DVD-RW、SD 卡以及其他介质。如果某个卷现在处于已挂载状态，您就可以对其进行读取和写入操作。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5749,49 +5861,40 @@ "可以被称为卷，因为您可以对其进行读写操作。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "使用磁盘实用工具查看和管理卷和分区" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "您可以使用磁盘实用工具检查和修改计算机的存储卷。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." -msgstr "打开 Dash 启动磁盘应用程序。" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." -msgstr "在标为存储设备的窗格中，您可以找到硬盘、CD/DVD 驱动器及其他连接到计算机的存储设备。单击您想要查看的设备。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" -"在右窗格中，标记为卷的区域提供所选设备上存在的卷和分区的直观分类图示。您也可以在这一区域找到用来管理这些卷的各种工具。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." -msgstr "请注意：使用这些实用程序可能会彻底清除您磁盘上的数据。" +"these tools." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5804,16 +5907,14 @@ "的操作系统、应用程序、设置以及个人文件。为安全或方便起见，这些文件还可能分布在多个分区。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" -"一个主分区必须包含您的计算机进行启动(或称引导)所需要的信息。因此，它有时被称为引导分区，或引导卷。要确定卷是否可引导，可在磁盘实用程序" -"中查看其分区标志。外部介质，如 USB 驱动器和 CD，也可能包含可引导卷。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -5842,18 +5943,18 @@ msgstr "设置亮度" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "选择 亮度 & 锁屏。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "将亮度滑块调整至适宜的值。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5863,7 +5964,7 @@ "键。按住 Fn 键以使用这些功能键。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5872,7 +5973,7 @@ msgstr "选择调暗屏幕以省电以在使用电池供电时自动调低亮度。屏幕背光会消耗大量电能，极大缩短电池充电前可维持的使用时间。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5899,15 +6000,21 @@ msgstr "设置第二个显示器与您的台式计算机显示器连接。如果您的系统不能立即识别它，或者您想调整设置：" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "在菜单栏上点击自己的名字，然后选择 系统设置。" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "取消选中镜像显示。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5925,7 +6032,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5933,7 +6040,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5941,7 +6048,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5949,7 +6056,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "要关闭 显示，点击顶部角上的 x。" @@ -5978,7 +6085,7 @@ msgstr "要为笔记本电脑设置外接显示器，首先将显示器连接到笔记本。如果系统无法立刻认出显示器，您需要调整以下设置：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5989,19 +6096,19 @@ "示器。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "如果您想在启动器上显示所有显示器，修改启动器布局为所有显示。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "粘着边" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -6013,7 +6120,7 @@ "的粘着边特性解决了这一误操作问题。您需要用力移动才能将鼠标指针从一个显示器移动到另一个显示器。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "您也可以选择关闭粘着边功能。" @@ -6045,16 +6152,15 @@ "的计算机。您可以手动锁定屏幕，但您也可以使屏幕自动锁定。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" -"确保锁定已打开，然后从下方下拉列表中选择超时时间。屏幕将在您停止操作超过该时间后自动锁定。您还可以选择关闭屏幕" -"以在屏幕自动关闭后锁定屏幕。" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -6068,7 +6174,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -6105,7 +6211,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6137,17 +6243,17 @@ msgstr "集合与文件夹不同，没有层次结构：集合中不能包含集合。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "删除集合：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "在选择模式下，选中要删除的集合。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6170,12 +6276,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6446,7 +6551,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "搜索文件" @@ -6685,12 +6789,12 @@ msgstr "要决定您插入各种设备时应运行哪些应用程序：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "依次单击详细信息可移动介质。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6698,7 +6802,7 @@ msgstr "找到您想要的设备或介质类型，然后选择适合该介质类型的应用程序或操作。参见下面不同类型的设备和介质的描述。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6706,7 +6810,7 @@ msgstr "除了启动应用程序，您还可以进行设置，以便该设备可以在文件管理器中显示。当这种情况发生时，您会被要求做什么，或者什么也不会自动发生。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6718,7 +6822,7 @@ "上有一个应用程序，并且您希望它在 CD 被插入时自动启动 (例如全屏幻灯片程序等)，该功能将非常有用。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6728,7 +6832,7 @@ msgstr "如果您在列表中没有看到您想要更改的设备或介质类型(如蓝光光盘或电子书阅读器)，单击其他介质查看更详细的设备列表。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6737,17 +6841,17 @@ "如果无论您插入任何设备，您都不希望自动打开任何应用程序，请勾选“可移动介质”窗口底部的介质插入时从不提示或启动程序。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "设备和介质的类型" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "音频光盘" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6758,12 +6862,12 @@ "A)，选择在其他介质中如何打开他们。如果用文件管理器打开​​音频光盘，该曲目将显示为WAV文件，您可以在任何音频播放器中播放。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "视频光盘" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6774,24 +6878,24 @@ "CD(SVCD)。如果 DVDs 视频光盘或其他视频光盘不正常工作时，请参阅。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "空白光盘" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "使用其他介质按钮为空白 CD、空白 DVD 、空白蓝光光盘和空白高清 DVD 选择一个磁盘写入应用。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "照片和相机" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6802,7 +6906,7 @@ "卡时，从照片下拉栏选择一个照片管理应用程序来运行。也可以使用文件管理器浏览照片。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6812,24 +6916,24 @@ "图像存放在名为照片的文件夹中。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "音乐播放器" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "选择一个应用程序来管理您便携式音乐播放器中的音乐库，或者使用文件管理器来管理您的文件。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "电子书阅读器" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6837,12 +6941,12 @@ msgstr "使用其他媒体按钮，选择应用程序管理您电子书阅读器上的书籍，或者使用文件管理器管理您的文件。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "软件" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6853,7 +6957,7 @@ "是会提示您进行确认。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "永远不要运行介质中您不信任的软件。" @@ -6870,13 +6974,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" -"您可以用文件管理器浏览和组织您电脑上的文件或管理本地存储设备（如外置硬盘）、文件服务器和网络共享上的文件。" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:52 @@ -6898,15 +7000,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" -"在文件管理器中，双击任何文件夹查看其内容。双击文件，使用文件的默认应用程序打开它。您也可以右键点击一个文件夹，在新标签页或新窗口中打开它。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6918,31 +7034,33 @@ "夹。右击路径栏中的任一文件夹可在新标签或窗口中将其打开，对其进行复制或移动，或查看其属性信息。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:93 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." -msgstr "" -"如果您想快速跳到您正在浏览的文件夹中的文件，键入文件名称。一个搜索框将出现在窗口的顶部，符合您搜索的第一个文件将被高亮显示。按向下箭头键，或滚动鼠标，可跳" -"到符合您的搜索下一个文件。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." -msgstr "" -"您可以快速地从侧边栏访问常用的位置。如果您看不到侧边栏，点击工具栏上的向下按钮，选择显示侧边栏。您可以将经常使用的文件夹添加书签，它们将出现在侧边栏。可以使用书签菜单，或者将文件夹托放到侧边栏。" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-copy.page:8 @@ -7529,15 +7647,10 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." -msgstr "" -"以重命名文件的方式隐藏文件。在文件管理器中以 . 开头或以 ~ " -"结尾的文件是隐藏文件。点击文件管理器工具栏上的 向下按钮，选择显示隐藏文件来显示他们。请参阅了解更多。" +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-open.page:11 @@ -8058,138 +8171,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." -msgstr "根据文件名称和类型定位文件。保存搜索供以后使用。" +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." -msgstr "您可以根据文件的名称或类型直接在文件管理器中搜索文件。您甚至可以保存常用搜索，它们将作为特殊文件夹出现在您的主文件夹中。" +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "其他搜索应用程序" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "搜索" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "打开文件管理器" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." -msgstr "如果您知道您想要的文件位于哪个文件夹中，则转到该文件夹。" +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." -msgstr "点击工具栏上的放大镜按钮，或者按下组合键 CtrlF 。" +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" -"输入您知道的出现在文件名中的字词。例如，如果您使用“Invoice”命名了您所有的发票文件，输入 invoice " -"，然后按下 回车 ，字母不区分大小写。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." -msgstr "您可以通过存放位置和文件类型来缩小搜索范围。" +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" -"点击 主文件夹 来限制搜索结果位于您的 Home 文件夹，或者选择 所有文件 " -"搜索整个文件系统。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" -"点击 + ，然后从下拉菜单中选择一种 文件类型 ，基于文件类型缩小搜索范围。点击 x " -"按钮删除此选项，扩大搜索范围。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "与在文件管理器中的任何文件夹中一样，您可以在搜索结果中打开、复制、删除或以其它方式处理您的文件。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "再次点击工具栏上的放大镜按钮退出搜索并返回文件夹。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "如果您经常执行某些搜索，您可以保存这些搜索以供快速访问。" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "保存搜索" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "如上所述开始搜索。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." -msgstr "当您对搜索参数感到满意时，点击菜单栏上的文件并选择搜索另存为... 。" +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"为搜索命名，然后单击保存。如果您喜欢，可选择不同的文件夹来保存搜索。当您查看该文件夹时，您将看到您保存的搜索显示为带有放大镜图案的橙" -"色文件夹图标。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 -msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." -msgstr "删除搜索结果的方式与删除其他文件的方式相同。当您删除某个已保存的搜索结果时，搜索结果中的文件并不会被删除。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -9033,7 +9114,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "在“硬件”部分中，单击键盘。" @@ -9049,22 +9130,22 @@ msgstr "用速度滑块调整光标闪烁速度。" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "Juanjo Marín" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "添加输入源并在它们之间切换。" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "使用备选输入源" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -9077,7 +9158,7 @@ "布局。无论印在键上的字母和符号如何，均可让键盘与布局不同的另一键盘的行为相同。如果常轮番使用多种语言，可以通过这种方式来高效地使用键盘。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -9088,16 +9169,30 @@ "xref=\"#complex\">复杂输入法" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "添加输入源" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "在个人部分中，点击 文本输入 。" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "点击 + 按钮，选择一种输入源，然后点击 添加 按钮。" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -9106,32 +9201,16 @@ "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' " "md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" -"您可以通过在列表中选中或者点击 预览 按钮来预览任意布局的图像。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "在个人部分中，点击 文本输入 。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 -msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." -msgstr "点击 + 按钮，选择一种输入源，然后点击 添加 按钮。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -9143,7 +9222,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " @@ -9152,8 +9231,8 @@ "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click 首选项 调出输入法首选项对话框。" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:87 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not included by default in the " +"list of available input sources when you click the + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "输入源指示符" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -9182,12 +9271,12 @@ "作为英语布局的标准或者作为使用了特殊输入法的源一种象征，例如，汉语(Chewing)。点击输入源指示符并从菜单中选择您想要使用的源。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "键盘快捷键" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -9198,26 +9287,26 @@ "key\">SuperSpace ，不过您可以改变它：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "点击 切换使用下一个源 标签下方的当前快捷键定义。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "当快捷键定义变更为 新快捷键... 时，按下您想要使用的键作为新快捷键即可。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "为所有窗口或者单独为每个窗口设置输入源" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9229,19 +9318,19 @@ "语言写一篇文章，您的输入源选择将在切换窗口时记住您为每个窗口进行的设置。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "默认情况下，新窗口将使用默认输入源。您可以让它们选择使用您最后使用窗口的源。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "复杂输入法" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -9250,7 +9339,7 @@ "推荐输入法框架为IBus 以及 Fcitx。后者是 Ubuntu 中文、日语、韩语以及越南语的默认输入法框架。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -9258,14 +9347,14 @@ msgstr "输入法的选项只有在相应的输入法引擎已经安装之后才会可用。安装语言时，如果可能将会自动安装合适的输入法引擎。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "例如，请按照以下步骤在英语系统下安装韩语(Hangul)：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." @@ -9274,36 +9363,36 @@ "包(Fcitx 输入法引擎)也会安装。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "关闭 语言支持 然后再打开。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "选择 fcitx 为键盘输入法系统。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "注销系统然后重新登录。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "点击 + 按钮，选择Hangul (Fcitx)，然后点击添加按钮。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "Hangul可通过菜单栏的 Fcitx 输入源指示符调用。(此设计与 IBus 不同。)" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can 屏幕键盘来输入文字。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "开启输入助手以显示屏幕键盘。" @@ -9697,14 +9786,14 @@ "默认情况下，按住键盘上的某个键时，会重复相应字母或符号，直到松开该键为止。如果难以足够快地收回手指，则可禁用这种特性，也可更改相应的时间长度选项。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "关闭 按住某一键时重复该键以彻底禁用重复键。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9727,12 +9816,12 @@ msgstr "要改变键盘快捷键的设置：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "打开鼠标和触摸板，然后选择鼠标标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9740,24 +9829,24 @@ msgstr "在左边的窗格中选择一个类别，并在右边行选择所需的操作，当前的快捷键定义将变更为 新快捷键..." #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "按下所需的组合键，或者按下 退格 键进行清除。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "自定义快捷键" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "要设置您的自定义快捷键：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9767,7 +9856,7 @@ "自定义快捷键 窗口将会弹出。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9779,14 +9868,14 @@ "rhythmbox 命令。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "在增加的行点击 禁用 ，当它变更为 新快捷键… 时，按下所需的快捷组合键。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9795,7 +9884,7 @@ msgstr "您设定的命令名称必须是有效的系统命令。您可以打开一个终端输入命令来查看其是否有效。一般来说用于打开程序的命令就是该程序的名字。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9907,13 +9996,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" -"要解决这种问题，请单击面板最右侧的图标，然后转到系统设置。在“硬件”部分中，选择显示。试用其中的一些" -"分辨率选项，然后设置可使屏幕看起来较为舒适的分辨率。" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -9951,17 +10039,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." -msgstr "单击面板最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。打开显示。" +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "取消选中镜像显示。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9989,26 +10078,19 @@ "通过更改屏幕分辨率，可更改内容显示在屏幕上时的大小(或详细程度)。通过更改旋转，可更改显示内容的方向。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "单击顶部面板最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "如果您有多个未工作的显示区，您可以在每个显示区进行不同的设置，在预览区域选择一个显示区。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "选择您需要的分辨率和屏幕方向" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -10019,7 +10101,7 @@ "秒后系统将自动恢复旧的设置。如果您对新配置满意，请单击保持当前配置。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -10029,12 +10111,12 @@ "器。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "分辨率" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -10047,7 +10129,7 @@ "4：3，如果您选择了不正确的高宽比设置，屏幕将会在适当的边缘加入黑边以避免图像被拉伸变形。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may 看起来可能会很模糊或像素化。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "旋转角度" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -10235,24 +10317,24 @@ "键按得很快，则应该延长超时时间。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "打开 鼠标 & 触摸板 。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "在 常规 中，调整 双击 滑块到一个最合适您的值。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -10260,7 +10342,7 @@ msgstr "点击 测试设置 按钮进行测试。单击窗口将会高亮显示外圈。双击窗口将会高亮显示内圈。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -10272,8 +10354,8 @@ "，然后看鼠标是否仍有同样的问题。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -10297,7 +10379,7 @@ msgstr "可互换鼠标或触摸板左右键的行为，以使其用左手操作起来更加舒适。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -10318,49 +10400,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"许多鼠标和某些触摸板都有中键。在有滚轮的鼠标上，通常可直接按下滚轮执行中键单击操作。如果鼠标没有中键，则可同时按左右鼠标键执行中键单击操作。" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"在支持多指点击的触摸板上，可用三个手指同时点击，以执行中键单击操作。必须在触摸板设置中启用触摸板的鼠标点击，才能使上述操作奏效。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "许多应用程序都将中键单击作为一个操作快捷键。" +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"例如中键单击粘贴所选文本就是一种常见的操作快捷键。(这有时称为首选内容粘贴。)选中要粘贴的文本，然后转到需要进行粘帖操作的位置，最后单击中键。会将所选文本" -"粘贴到鼠标光标所在的位置。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." -msgstr "通过鼠标中键粘贴文本与普通的剪贴板毫无关系。选中文本并不会将其复制到剪贴板中。这种快速粘贴法只能通过鼠标中键执行。" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -10384,17 +10463,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"大多网络浏览器均可用鼠标中键快速打开链接。只须用鼠标中键单击链接，就会在新标签页中将其打开。但单击 Firefox " -"网络浏览器中的链接时要小心。在 Firefox 中，如果用中键单击的不是链接，则会尝试以 URL " -"的形式加载所选文本，效果等同于通过中键单击将其粘贴到位置栏中并按 回车。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -10410,11 +10485,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"在某些专用应用程序可用鼠标中键执行其他功能。请搜索应用程序帮助，以了解 中键单击 或 鼠标中键 的更多功能。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -10434,8 +10508,13 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "如果难以使用鼠标或其他指针设备，则可通过键盘上的数字键盘控制鼠标指针。" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." @@ -10443,85 +10522,280 @@ "按 Super 键打开 Dash 。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "输入 Universal Access ，然后按下 回车 打开通用访问设置。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "按一次 Tab 键选择 观看 标签。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." -msgstr "按一次 ← 键选择 对准和点击 标签。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "按一次 ↓ 键选择 鼠标键 开关，然后按下 回车 开启它。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "确保已关闭 Num Lock。现在将能够通过数字键盘移动鼠标指针。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." -msgstr "通过这些方法，您可以用键盘控制鼠标指针。在通用辅助功能中还可以看到更多无障碍访问选项。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"数字键盘是键盘上的一套数字按钮，通常以方格的形式排列。如果键盘上没有数字键盘(如笔记本电脑键盘)，则可能必须按住功能(Fn)键，并且" -"用键盘上的一些其他的键作为数字键盘。如果常在笔记本电脑上使用这种特性，则可购买外置 USB 数字键盘。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"数字键盘上的每个数字都相应于一个方向。例如，按 8 会向上移动鼠标指针，按 2 则会向下移动鼠标指针。按 " -"5 " -"键可执行一次鼠标单击操作，也可快速按该键两次执行双击操作。大多键盘都有一个专用键，可用于执行右键单击操作；该键往往在空格键附近。但请注意，此键会对键盘焦点" -"而不是鼠标指针所在的位置作出回应。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 -msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." msgstr "" -"大部分键盘上都有一个可以模拟右键单击的键；一般位于空格键的右边。请注意这个键将在焦点处而不是鼠标指针所在处触发鼠标右键。您可以查阅获取更多模拟右键点击方式的指导。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -10531,7 +10805,7 @@ "后不能用数字键盘控制鼠标指针。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10740,14 +11014,14 @@ msgstr "如果您在使用鼠标或者触摸板时感觉鼠标指针移动太快或者太慢，您可以为这些设备调整指针移动速度。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "调整 指针速度 滑块到最合适您的速度。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10758,8 +11032,7 @@ "触摸板 部分设置滑块即可。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "触摸板 部分仅在您的系统包含触摸板时可见。" @@ -10777,77 +11050,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." -msgstr "仅通过触摸板即可进行单击、双击、拖动和滚动操作，无须另按硬件按钮。可在鼠标和触摸板设置中显示这些特性。" +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "在 触摸板 部分，勾选 启用触摸板点击 。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "通过触摸板进行单击或滚动操作" +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "双击打开项目。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." -msgstr "要拖动一个项目，双击这一项目并保持手指停在触摸板上，然后拖动项目到任意地方，然后抬起手指离开触摸板。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"如果您的触摸板支持多指点击，则可以通过两指同时点击来触发右键单击动作。否则您需要按下实体右键方可完成动作。请参阅获得更多关于模拟右键点击的信息。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"如果您的触摸板支持多指点击，三指同时点击可以模拟中键点击动作。" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "当您进行多指点击或拖动时，请确保您的手指分得够开。如果手指过于接近，电脑可能会误认为是单指动作。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "双指滚动" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "您可以在触摸板上使用双指滚动" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "在 触摸板 部分，勾选 双指滚动 。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10860,31 +11126,31 @@ "，你就可以左右来回滑动您的手指水平滚动屏幕。注意保证手指间有些许间隙。如果您的手指贴得太近，它们看起来就像一根大手指放在触摸板上。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "两指滚动操作并不能在所有触摸板上进行。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "内容跟随手指" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "您可以使用触摸板拖动内容，就像在一张真正的纸上移动。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "在 触摸板 部分，勾选 内容跟随手指 。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -11329,8 +11595,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "在文件管理器中添加、删除和重命名书签。" +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -11339,70 +11605,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." -msgstr "您的书签将在文件管理器的侧边栏被列出。" +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "添加书签：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "打开要对其添加书签的文件夹(或位置)。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." -msgstr "点击菜单栏上的书签，选择将该位置加入书签。" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "删除书签：" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." -msgstr "点击菜单栏上的书签，选择书签...。" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." -msgstr "在 书签 窗口中，选择您想要删除的书签，然后点击 - 按钮。" +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "重命名书签：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "点击顶部面板的 文件 ，然后在弹出的程序菜单中选择 书签 。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." -msgstr "在 书签 窗口中，选择您想要重命名的书签。" +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "在名称文本框中，为该书签输入新名称。" +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11941,7 +12208,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" @@ -12116,7 +12383,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "无" @@ -12250,17 +12517,17 @@ msgstr "文件所属的组。在家庭计算机中，用户各有各的组。有时会在团体环境中使用组，其中的用户可能属于按部门或项目划分的组中。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "权限" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "用于显示文件访问权，例如 drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -12268,63 +12535,63 @@ "第一个字符 - 是文件类型。- 的含义是普通文件，d 的含义是目录(文件夹)。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "对于拥有相应文件的用户，之后的三个字符 rwx 用于指定权限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "对于拥有相应文件的组的所有成员，之后的三个字符 rw- 用于指定权限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "对于系统中的所有其他用户，此列中的最后三个字符 r-- 用于指定权限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "每个字符的含义如下：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r：读取权限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w：写入权限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x：执行权限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "-：没有权限。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME 类型" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "用于显示相应项目的 MIME 类型。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "通往文件所在位置的路径。" @@ -12625,12 +12892,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12643,7 +12909,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntu 文档团队" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "Web 浏览器" @@ -12925,22 +13191,22 @@ "浏览器中打开。要解决此问题，请更改默认的 Web 浏览器：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "打开系统信息并从窗口左边的列表中选择默认应用程序。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "通过更改 网络 选项，选择您想用于打开链接的 Web 浏览器。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12975,7 +13241,7 @@ "程序。您可通过更改默认电子邮件应用程序来解决此问题：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -13074,7 +13340,7 @@ msgstr "查找您的内部 IP 地址：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -13083,18 +13349,18 @@ "打开 网络 ，根据您想要查看的 IP 地址，在列表左边选择 有线 或者 无线 。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "您的内部 IP 地址将会显示在信息列表中。" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "查找您的外部 Internet IP 地址：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -13102,12 +13368,12 @@ "访问 whatismyipaddress.com" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "该站点将显示您的外部 IP 地址" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -13116,37 +13382,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." -msgstr "您可以自行控制能够访问 Internet 的程序，这有助于您保护计算机的安全。" +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "启用和阻止防火墙访问" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." -msgstr "" -"Ubuntu 配有 Uncomplicated " -"Firewall(ufw)，但默认情况下不会启动此防火墙。由于 Ubuntu " -"没有任何开放式网络服务(基本网络架构除外)，在默认安装状态下，您并不需要通过防火墙来阻止有恶意企图的连接。" +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"有关如何使用 ufw 的详细信息，请参见联机文档。" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -13157,10 +13419,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"要打开防火墙，请在终端输入 sudo ufw enable。要关闭 ufw，请输入 sudo ufw " -"disable。" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -13173,14 +13433,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -13190,19 +13450,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "要检查 ufw 的当前状态，请在终端输入 sudo ufw status。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "不通过终端使用 ufw" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -13212,7 +13472,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">此链接。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -13453,28 +13713,28 @@ msgstr "网络术语与提示" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." -msgstr "您可能需要安装 Flash 才能查看 YouTube 等视频播放和交互式 Web 页面的网站。" +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "安装 Flash 插件" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -13483,60 +13743,106 @@ "如果未安装 Flash，在访问需要该程序的网站时，您可能会看到一则告诉您安装 Flash 的消息。Flash 可免费下载(但非开源软件)并适用于大多数 " "Web 浏览器。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "如何安装 Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"如果已打开任何 Web 浏览器窗口，请关闭相关窗口再重新打开。再次打开时，Web 浏览器会检测到 Flash 已安装，现在您应可以使用 Flash " -"查看该网站。" - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "调整您的浏览器以与需要 Java 的网站相兼容。" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "安装 Java 浏览器插件" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." -msgstr "有些网站使用 Java 程序，需要安装 Java 插件才能运行。" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"安装 icedtea6-plugin 软件包以在浏览器中查看 " -"Java 程序。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -13784,6 +14090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "单击添加。" @@ -13999,11 +14306,9 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" -"解决无线连接问题 和 查看 WIFI 网络network…" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-problem.page:22 @@ -14046,20 +14351,20 @@ msgstr "改变网络代理设置" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "打开网络并从窗口左边的列表中选择网络代理。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "在以下代理方式中选择您需要的一项。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -14067,13 +14372,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手动" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -14083,19 +14388,19 @@ "和 SOCKS。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "自动" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "一个指向资源的 URL，其中包含系统对应的配置。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -14575,15 +14880,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" -msgstr "" -"连接到 WIFI 网络、隐藏网络、编辑连接设置 和 断开…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless.page:26 @@ -14606,52 +14907,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." -msgstr "您可以将自己的电脑用作无线热点。其他设备可以连接到您的电脑。您可以与这些设备分享自己的有线或者蜂窝网络连接。" +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "打开网络并选中左侧的无线。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "单击用作热点按钮。" +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"如果您已经连接到了一个无线网络，系统会询问您是否需要断开无线连接。单一的无线网卡只能连接或分享一个无线网络。您可以单击创建无线热点进" -"行确认。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." -msgstr "系统将自动生成一个 SSID 和一个密钥。SSID 将会是您的计算机名。其他设备将需要 SSID 和密钥来连接到您所创建的无线热点。" +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." -msgstr "单击顶部面板中的网络菜单并取消选中“启用无线”。" +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "关闭无线(飞行模式)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -14660,28 +14960,26 @@ msgstr "如果您携带计算机乘坐飞机(或其他一些不允许使用无线连接的交通设备和地点)，应将无线关闭。有时您可能也需要关闭无线连接以节省电量。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"要进行这项操作，点击顶部菜单栏中的 网络菜单，反选 启用无线网络。这将关闭无线连接，直到您再次将其开启。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." -msgstr "要重新打开无线，单击顶部面板上的网络菜单 并选中 启用无线网络。" +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." -msgstr "如果未关闭蓝牙，您的笔记本电脑仍将广播无线信号。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -14711,9 +15009,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." -msgstr "单击顶部面板中的网络菜单，然后查找所需的网络。" +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -14899,26 +15197,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "了解如何更改无线连接选项。" +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "编辑无线连接" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"本主题描述您在编辑无线网络连接时可用的所有选项。要编辑连接，请单击顶部面板中的网络菜单并选择编辑连接。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14927,73 +15224,67 @@ "如果保留这些设置的默认值，多数网络都可正常工作，因此您可能无需更改任何默认值。此处系统还提供了很多其他选项，使您可以更好地控制更高级的网络。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "对所有用户可用/自动连接" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "自动连接" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "如果您想让计算机在处于无线网络覆盖范围内时尝试自动连接到该网络，请选中此选项。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"如果设置为自动连接的多个网络均有覆盖，计算机将连接到网络连接窗口无线标签页中显示的第一个网络。它不会从一个可用" -"网络断开而连接到刚进入搜索范围的其他网络。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "对所有用户可用" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"如果您想让计算机上的所有用户均可访问此无线网络，请选中此选项。如果该网络有 WEP/WPA 密码并且您已选中了此选项，则您只需输入一次密码。计算机上的其他所有用户将可连接到该网络，而无需知道密码。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"如果选中此选项，您需要以管理员身份更改该网络的设置。系统可能会要求您输入管理员密码。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "无线" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -15002,12 +15293,12 @@ msgstr "当前连接的无线网络的名称。除非您更改了无线网络的名称(例如，更改了无线路由器或基站的名称)，否则请勿更改此名称。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "模式" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -15021,47 +15312,41 @@ "adhoc\">设置您自己的自组网络 。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"如果选择 Ad-hoc，您将看到其他两个选项：波段和频道。这些选项决定了 ad-hoc " -"无线网络工作时使用的无线频率波段。有些计算机只能在特定波段工作(例如，仅 A 或仅 " -"B/G)，因此您可能要挑选一个 ad-hoc " -"网络中的所有计算机均可使用的波段。在繁华场所，可能有多个无线网络共享同一频道，这可能会导致您的连接变慢，您也可以通过更改频道来解决这一问题。" +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" -"SSID 是用户看到的网络名称，而 BSSID 是计算机理解的名称(是一个由字母和数字组成的字符串，假定为无线网络上的唯一名称)。如果网络隐藏，则无 SSID 而使用 BSSID。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "设备 MAC 地址" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -15072,37 +15357,34 @@ "地址是标识网络硬件(例如无线适配器、以太网网卡或路由器)的代码。可以连接到网络的每个设备都有一个在工厂预设的唯一 MAC 地址。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "此选项可用于更改网卡的 MAC 地址。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "克隆 MAC 地址" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"您的网络硬件(无线适配器)可假装具有不同的 MAC 地址。如果您的某个设备或服务仅与特定的 MAC " -"地址(例如有线宽带调制解调器)通信，则此功能非常有用。如果将该 MAC 地址置于克隆 MAC 地址框中，设备/服务会将网卡的 " -"MAC 地址识别为克隆后的值(而非真实的 MAC 地址)。" +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -15115,47 +15397,45 @@ "MTU 取决于数据包丢失率(连接噪声导致)和连接速度。通常，您无需更改此设置。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "无线安全" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"此选项定义您的无线网络使用的加密类型。加密的连接有助于防止无线连接被入侵，以使其他人无法“侦听”和查看您正在访问的网站及其他信息。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"有些加密类型功能较强，但较旧的无线网络装置可能不支持。通常您只需键入连接密码；更复杂的安全类型可能还要求提供用户名和数字“证书”。有关主要无线加密类型的详" -"细信息，请参见。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 设置" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -15163,17 +15443,17 @@ msgstr "使用此标签页定义计算机的 IP 地址及其要使用的 DNS 服务器等信息。更改方法以查看获取/设置此信息的不同方式。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "以下方法可用：" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "自动 (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -15186,32 +15466,32 @@ "当您首次连接到网络时，系统会自动为您分配正确的设置。多数网络都使用 DHCP。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "自动 (DHCP) 仅地址" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." -msgstr "如果选择此设置，您的计算机将从 DHCP 服务器获取 IP 地址，但您必须手动定义其他详情(如要使用的 DNS 服务器)。" +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." -msgstr "如果要自己定义所有网络设置(包括计算机要使用的 IP 地址)，请选择此选项。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "仅本地链接" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -15225,34 +15505,41 @@ "地址等信息。如果您想临时将几台计算机连接起来以便相互通信，此选项则非常有用。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已禁用" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" -"此选项将禁用网络连接并阻止您连接到网络。请注意，IPv4 和 IPv6 " -"即使用于同一网卡，也将被视为单独的连接。如果已启用其中一个，您可能需要将另一个也设为禁用。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 设置" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" -"此选项与 IPv4 标签页类似，不同之处在于IPv6 标准更新。较新的网络都使用 IPv6，但目前IPv4 仍很流行。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -15317,21 +15604,19 @@ msgstr "网络可能隐藏。如果网络隐藏，您需要以不同的方式连接。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." -msgstr "单击顶部面板中的网络菜单并选择连接到隐藏的无线网络。" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "设置隐藏无线网络" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -15343,6 +15628,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" @@ -15350,7 +15642,7 @@ "择无线安全类型，然后单击连接。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -15361,14 +15653,14 @@ "BSSID(基本服务集标识符)，看起来类似于：02:00:01:02:03:04。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "您还要检查无线基站的安全设置；查找说明中的 WEP 和 WPA 等术语。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -15545,7 +15837,7 @@ msgstr "对调制解调器和路由器进行检查" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -15553,12 +15845,12 @@ msgstr "要开始操作，请单击页面右上角的下一步链接。此链接及后续页面上的类似链接将带领您完成本指南中的各个步骤。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "使用命令行" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -15566,7 +15858,7 @@ msgstr "该指南中的一些指令要求您输入命令到 命令行 (终端)。您可以在 Dash 中找到终端应用程序。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -16678,12 +16970,12 @@ msgstr "如果您要更改此设置，请格外小心。如果您在盖子关闭的情况下继续运行，尤其是在将其置于狭小区域(如背包)中时可能会导致机器过热。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "在布局标签页中单击电源。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -16817,9 +17109,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." -msgstr "在终端里输入 pm-hibernate 并按回车。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -16861,9 +17153,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." -msgstr "如果休眠测试成功，您可以在需要休眠的时候使用 sudo pm-hibernate 命令进行休眠。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -16959,47 +17251,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "为什么计算机在电池电量降至 10% 时会关闭/挂起？" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 -msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" -"计算机将在电池电量过低时自动挂起(即，它将保存所有打开的文档和应用程序，然后关闭)。这样可确保电池不会完全放电，因为完全放电会损坏电池。如果电池电量正好耗" -"尽，则计算机将没有足够时间以正常关机。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" -"可以更改电池容量过低时的行为。首先，在 菜单栏 点击 电池菜单 然后选择 电源设置。在 " -"“电源电量极低” 设置中，您可以选择挂起计算机，休眠，或关机。如果选择关机，您的应用和文档将 不会 保存。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 +#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -"有些计算机的挂起模式存在问题，您再次打开计算机时可能无法恢复已经开启的应用程序和文档。在此情况下，如果您在计算机挂起之前未进行保存，则可能会丢失一些工作。" -"遇到这种情况时，您可以修复休眠问题。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -17033,31 +17296,24 @@ msgstr "尝试关闭无线适配器，然后再重新打开。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "单击面板最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "打开网络并选中无线标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "尝试关闭无线适配器，然后再重新打开。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "如果无线仍然不能工作，打开飞行模式再关闭" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -17366,7 +17622,7 @@ msgstr "您可以阻止屏幕自动变暗：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -17507,7 +17763,7 @@ msgstr "安装 Ubuntu 时，会同时安装选择的语言和英语，但是可以添加其他语言。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -17515,21 +17771,21 @@ msgstr "点击 安装/移除语言...。已安装语言窗口列出所有可用的语言，并选中了其中已安装的语言。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "选择要安装的语言，取消选择已安装但要删除的语言。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "点击 应用变更。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -17538,7 +17794,7 @@ "需要管理员特权。请输入您的密码或要求的管理员账号的密码。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -17546,8 +17802,8 @@ msgstr "除了用于显示菜单和消息的翻译，安装新语言还可能添加多个语言支持组件，比如拼写检查的词典、字体和输入法。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -17607,7 +17863,9 @@ msgstr "设置" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "设置打印机" @@ -17624,8 +17882,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" -msgstr "未检测到打印机，卡纸，打印结果错误…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/printing.page:54 @@ -17729,7 +17988,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -18164,7 +18422,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "打开 打印机。" @@ -18200,97 +18458,138 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "设置连接至您计算机的打印机。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "设置本地打印机" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." -msgstr "连接后，您的系统可以自动识别多种打印机类型。大多数打印机使用 USB 线缆连接到计算机。" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." -msgstr "现在不需要选择是否想安装网络或本地打印机。他们列在了同一个窗口中。" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "确保打印机已打开。" +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." -msgstr "通过合适的连接线将打印机连接到您的系统。您可以在系统搜索驱动程序时查看屏幕上的信息，屏幕上可能会弹出信息要求您认证以安装驱动。" +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -"系统完成安装打印机时将会显示一条消息。选择 打印测试页 来打印一个测试页，或者 选项 " -"来在打印机设置中做进一步修改。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." -msgstr "如果打印机不能自动设置，则您可以在打印机设置中添加。" +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "单击添加并从设备窗口中选择打印机。" +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "单击前进并等待其搜索驱动。" +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." msgstr "如有需要，您可以自定义打印机的名称、描述和所在地。完成后，单击应用。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "现在，您可以打印测试页或单击取消跳过这一步。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." -msgstr "如果您的计算机中存在多个可用驱动，系统可能要求您选择一个驱动程序。要使用建议的驱动程序，在制造和型号屏幕上单击“下一步”即可。" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "确保打印机已打开。" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"安装打印机后，您可能要更改默认打印机。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -18445,31 +18744,31 @@ msgstr "在描述文本框中填写尽可能多的信息。指明以下三点非常重要：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "您预期发生的情况" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "实际发生情况" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "如果可能，需要使用最少的步骤使其重现，其中步骤 1 是“启动程序”" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "将为您的报告提供一个 ID 号码，其状态在处理期间将更新。谢谢您为 Ubuntu 更好发展做出的努力！" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -18480,7 +18779,7 @@ "Ubuntu 内置错误报告工具。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive 保存截图 窗口中，输入文件名并选择文件夹，然后点击 保存。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/security-settings.page:8 +msgid "Change some security and privacy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/security-settings.page:21 +msgid "Security & Privacy" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/security-settings.page:23 +msgid "" +"This page describes the settings in the Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -18578,14 +18963,14 @@ msgstr "您可以控制日期时间、数字、货币、和测量使用的格式以符合您所在区域的习惯。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "打开语言支持并选择区域格式标签。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -18593,15 +18978,16 @@ msgstr "选择与您最喜欢使用的格式最符合的区域。默认上，此列表只显示使用语言标签页设置的语言的区域。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." -msgstr "您必须注销并重新登录以使这些设置生效。点击菜单栏的右上角处并选择 注销 以退出登录。" +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -18610,12 +18996,12 @@ msgstr "选择一个区域之后，列表下方的区域显示日期和其他一些值如何显示的例子。虽然没有在例子中显示，您的区域设置也会控制日历中每周从周几开始。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "更改系统格式" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -18623,19 +19009,19 @@ msgstr "当您更改了区域格式后，只会更改您登录后自己帐号的设置。您也可以更改系统格式，其用于登录界面等地方。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "根据上面的描述，更改您的格式。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "单击应用到整个系统。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -18662,27 +19048,28 @@ "如果正确 安装了语言包 您可以以几十种语言使用桌面和应用程序。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "单击语言支持。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "在语言标签页中选择所需的语言。将该语言拖至列表顶部。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." -msgstr "您必须注销并重新登录以使语言设置生效。点击菜单栏的右上角处并选择 注销 以退出登录。" +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -18695,12 +19082,12 @@ "夹更名为用于选定语言的标准名称。如果您始终准备使用新语言，则应该更新文件夹名称。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "更改系统语言" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -18708,7 +19095,7 @@ msgstr "当您更改您的语言时，您只更改了登录后账户内的语言。您也可以更改系统语言，这用于登录界面等地方。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "如上所述，更改您的语言。" @@ -18742,17 +19129,17 @@ msgstr "自动锁定屏幕前等待较长时间：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "点击 亮度和锁定。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "在在此时间内无操作则锁定屏幕下拉列表中更改值。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -18971,28 +19358,28 @@ msgstr "要将一个程序添加到 启动器 以快速访问：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "将应用程序的图标从 Dash 拖动到启动器上。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "或者在程序运行时，右键单击应用程序图标并选择 锁定到启动器。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "可以通过将一个图标拖出启动器然后拖回需要的位置来更改启动器上图标的顺序。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -19038,21 +19425,20 @@ "要使其他用户使用您的计算机，您可以注销或保持自身的登录，仅切换用户即可。如果您仅切换用户，则所有应用程序将继续运行，您再次登录时，一切将保留原样。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"要注销或切换用户，点击菜单栏的右上角处的 系统菜单 并选择相应的操作。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "锁定屏幕" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -19064,27 +19450,32 @@ "时间后自动锁定。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." -msgstr "要锁定屏幕，请单击顶部面板上的会话菜单并选择锁定屏幕。" +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." -msgstr "屏幕锁定后，其他用户可以通过单击密码屏幕上的切换用户登录到其各自的帐户。他们用完后，您可以切回到桌面。" +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "挂起" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -19096,26 +19487,29 @@ "Ubuntu将会自动挂起。这可以将您的状态保存到计算机内存中并关闭大部分功能。暂停期间，仍有极少量的耗电量。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." -msgstr "要手工挂起您的计算机，单击菜单栏中的系统菜单并选择挂起。" +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "关机或重启" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." -msgstr "如果您要彻底地关闭电源，或进行一次重启，点击 系统菜单 并选择 关机。" +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -19682,36 +20076,36 @@ msgstr "窗口最大化时无法调整大小。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "要调整窗口的水平或竖直大小：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "将鼠标指针移至窗口的任意一个角，直到显示“角落光标”。然后，按住鼠标并拖动，以在任意方向调整窗口尺寸。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "要只在水平方向调整" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "将鼠标指针移至窗口的左右任意一条边，直到显示“边线光标”。然后，按住鼠标并拖动，以在水平方向调整窗口尺寸。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "要只在竖直方向调整大小：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -19719,17 +20113,17 @@ msgstr "将鼠标指针移至窗口顶部或底部，直到它分别更改为“向上指针”或“向下指针”。然后，按住鼠标并拖动，可以在垂直方向调整窗口尺寸。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "在工作区中排列窗口" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "要将窗口肩并肩排列：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -19740,14 +20134,14 @@ "填满左侧屏幕。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "将其他窗口拖动到右侧：当右半边屏幕高亮时放开。每个屏幕将分别占据屏幕的半边。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -19795,11 +20189,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "从键盘" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." @@ -19807,46 +20201,41 @@ "按 AltTab 可以呼出 窗口切换器。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." -msgstr "释放 Alt 在切换器中选择下一个高亮窗口。" +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -"或者，仍然是按住 Alt 键， 按 Tab 以在打开的窗口列表中循环，或者 " -"ShiftTab 反向循环。" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." -msgstr "窗口切换器中的窗口是按程序分组的。有多个窗口的程序的预览可以在点击时显示。" +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." -msgstr "也可以使用 → 或 ← 在窗口切换器的应用图标中切换。或者选择使用鼠标选择一个。" +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." -msgstr "只有一个窗口的程序的预览可以使用 ↓ 键来显示。" +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19857,8 +20246,13 @@ "Ctrl 和 Alt 键并再按Tab 或 " "ShiftTab。" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -19868,7 +20262,7 @@ "key\">SuperW 缩小显示所有打开的窗口。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "点击您想切换到的窗口。" @@ -20050,19 +20444,19 @@ msgstr "启用工作区" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "在“个人”区域，单击外观 并选择行为标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "勾选开启工作区 复选框。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -20074,26 +20468,26 @@ "2 列排列。您可以更改工作区数量：" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "更改工作区编号" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "前往 Dash 并打开 终端。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "要更改行的数量，请键入以下命令，将最终数量更改成您希望的数字。按回车。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -20791,7 +21185,7 @@ msgstr "输入特殊字符" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -20799,17 +21193,17 @@ msgstr "您可输入和查看世界上大多数写入系统的数千种字符，虽然在您的键盘上无法找到它们。此页面列出了一些您可输入特殊字符的不同方式。" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "输入字符的方法" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "字符映射表" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -20818,7 +21212,7 @@ "GNOME 带有的字符映射表应用程序允许您浏览 Unicode 中的所有字符。使用字映射表查找您想要的字符，然后将其复制并粘贴到您需要的位置。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the 字符映射表手册。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50 msgid "Compose key" msgstr "Compose 键" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 msgid "" "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a " "row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter " @@ -20844,54 +21238,60 @@ "Compose 键，然后按 ' 键，然后再按 e 键。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." msgstr "键盘没有特定 Compose 键，而是，您可将键盘上现有的键一个键定义为 Compose 键。" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "设置 Compose 键" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" -"找到名为 Compose 键位置的分组。选择您想作为 Compose 键的按键。您可以选择 Caps " -"Lock、或 Alt 或菜单键。然后您所选择的任何按键将仅作为 Compose 键使用，并且不再发挥其原始作用。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "您可使用 Compose 键键入很多常用字符，例如：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "按 组合，然后按 '，再按要加上重音符的字母按键，如：é。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -20899,21 +21299,21 @@ "按 Compose，然后按 ` (反引号)，再按要加上顿音符的字母按键，如：è。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "按 Compose，然后按 \"，再按要加上曲音符的字母按键，如：ë。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "按 Compose，然后按 -，再按要加上长音符的字母按键，如：ē。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see Wikipedia 上的“Compose 键”页面。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "码位" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -20943,7 +21343,7 @@ " U+ 后的四个字符。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -20957,12 +21357,12 @@ "Enter。如果您经常使用容易地通过其他方法获得的字符，您会发现记住这些字符的码位非常有用，这样您可快速的输入这些字符。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "输入源" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -21675,37 +22075,29 @@ msgstr "您可以让启动器自动隐藏，这样只有在您将鼠标或触控板指针移动到屏幕最左侧时才会看到它。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "单击顶部菜单栏最右侧的系统菜单图标，选择系统设置。" +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." +msgstr "在“个人”区域中，单击 外观。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." -msgstr "在“个人”区域中，单击 外观。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "切换到 行为 标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "打开 自动隐藏启动器 开关。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "选择左边 或 左上角设置Launcher的显示位置。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -21734,19 +22126,19 @@ msgstr "您可以缩小启动器图标尺寸，使其可以容纳更多图标。亦可增大图标尺寸，使图标更易点击。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "单击外观。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "移动启动器图标大小滑块以增大或减小启动器图标的尺寸。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "启动器图标的默认尺寸为 48。" @@ -21842,38 +22234,38 @@ "能包括如下。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "启动应用程序或打开文档、文件夹或设备" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "如果图标已被固定在启动器上，您可以将其解锁（请参考 ）" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "如果图标尚未固定在启动器上，您可以将其固定 (see )" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "如果应用程序正在运行，您可以关闭它们" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "如果一个应用程序打开了多个窗口，您可以在窗口之间进行切换" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "一些应用程序自带特别的快速操作选项，例如打开新文档，或打开新窗口" @@ -22014,32 +22406,32 @@ "需要时，可以更改默认行为，让您的菜单附着到每个应用的窗口标题栏而不是桌面的菜单栏以及设置您的菜单总是显示而不是将鼠标指针移至菜单栏才会显示。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "在个人部分中，点击 外观 然后选择 行为标签页。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "在 显示窗口菜单 下，选择 在窗口的标题栏。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "在菜单可见度下, 选择 总是显示." #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "状态菜单" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -22049,8 +22441,22 @@ "菜单栏的右侧有多个不同的 状态菜单（有时也被叫做 " "指示器）。您可以很方便地在这些状态菜单中检查和修改电脑本身和各种程序的状态。" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "一些图标由指示器菜单根据应用程序状态更改。" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "其他程序，如 Tomboy 或 Transmission 也可将指示器菜单添加到面板。" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "状态菜单名称和功能列表" @@ -22059,7 +22465,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -22069,7 +22475,7 @@ "md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" @@ -22078,7 +22484,7 @@ "offline.svg\">离线网络图标" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -22093,7 +22499,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -22103,7 +22509,7 @@ "md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" @@ -22112,14 +22518,14 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">输入源图标" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "选择键盘布局和输入源，配置输入源。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" @@ -22128,7 +22534,7 @@ "src=\"figures/bluetooth-active.svg\">蓝牙图标" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -22139,7 +22545,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -22149,7 +22555,7 @@ "md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" @@ -22158,7 +22564,7 @@ "src=\"figures/indicator-messages.svg\">消息图标" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -22169,7 +22575,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" @@ -22177,7 +22583,7 @@ "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" @@ -22186,7 +22592,7 @@ "100.svg\">电池图标" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -22197,7 +22603,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -22207,7 +22613,7 @@ "md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" @@ -22216,7 +22622,7 @@ "volume-high-panel.svg\">音量图标" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -22226,34 +22632,20 @@ "xref=\"media\">设置和控制媒体播放器，如 Rythmbox。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "时钟" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" "查看当前时间和日期。系统自带日历应用程序 中的日程项目也会显示在这里。" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" @@ -22262,7 +22654,7 @@ "devices-panel.svg\">齿轮图标" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " @@ -22270,20 +22662,6 @@ msgstr "" "查看计算机的详细信息、本帮助指南和 系统设置。切换用户、锁屏、注销、挂起、重启或关闭计算机。" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "一些图标由指示器菜单根据应用程序状态更改。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "其他程序，如 Tomboy 或 Transmission 也可将指示器菜单添加到面板。" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -22384,38 +22762,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "默认情况下，不开启包含在线搜索结果。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "开启在线搜索结果" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "如果您愿意接收在线搜索建议，您可以通过安全和隐私系统设置开启这个特性。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "点击菜单栏最右端的系统菜单图标并选择系统设置。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "打开 安全和隐私 然后选择 搜索 标签。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." -msgstr "打开包含在线搜索结果开关" +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/user-accounts.page:7 @@ -23798,7 +24150,7 @@ msgstr "面板下半部分包括了手写笔的细节和设置选项。在这个选项面板上，您可以调节以下功能：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -23806,7 +24158,7 @@ msgstr "擦除器压力感应：使用滑块来调节擦除器的压力感应强度，即您所施加的物理压力在系统中所对应的数字值。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -23819,19 +24171,19 @@ "滚动、向右滚动、后退、前进。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "尖端压力感应：拖动滑块来调节尖端压力感应的强度。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." -msgstr "如果您有多于一支手写笔，当其它手写笔接近平板时，一个分页符将会出现在手写笔设备名称旁边。使用分页符来控制您需要调节哪支手写笔的设置。" +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/windows-key.page:7 @@ -23889,6 +24241,16 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "找到名为 Compose 键位置的分组。选择您想作为 Compose 键的按键。您可以选择 Caps " +#~ "Lock、或 Alt 或菜单键。然后您所选择的任何按键将仅作为 Compose 键使用，并且不再发挥其原始作用。" + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -23962,6 +24324,60 @@ #~ "md5='1042fd18e19531f6104180861461e9c6'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "单击顶部菜单栏最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +#~ "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " +#~ "up for you." +#~ msgstr "添加账户可以设置将您的电子邮件、聊天工具等在线账户连接到 Ubuntu 桌面。" + +#~ msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +#~ msgstr "从右侧窗口选择账户类型。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " +#~ "afterwards." +#~ msgstr "如果要设置更多账户，请重复此过程。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +#~ "credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +#~ "Google username, password and sign in." +#~ msgstr "请在弹出的迷你网页界面输入您的在线账户信息，例如在设置 Google 帐号时，请输入您的 Google 用户名、密码并登录。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " +#~ "the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " +#~ "permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " +#~ "Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果输入的账户信息正确，程序会弹出用户协议信息，请接受协议以继续进行设置。接受协议之后，Ubuntu " +#~ "会请求访问账户的权限，请点击允许访问按钮，在弹出框输入当前用户的密码。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " +#~ "For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " +#~ "the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +#~ msgstr "此后就可以选择希望与在线账户连接的应用了。例如当您想用在线账户聊天，但不想使用在线日历时，请关闭日历选项。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " +#~ "automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +#~ msgstr "在添加了账号之后，您选择的每个应用程序都会在登录到系统账户自动使用这些认证。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " +#~ "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " +#~ "want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +#~ "remove it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为了安全考虑，Ubuntu 不直接存储您的密码，而是存储在线服务的令牌。如果要撤销计算机与某在线服务之间的所有连接，请删除该账户。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ " Creative " #~ "Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)." #~ msgstr "" @@ -23994,6 +24410,28 @@ #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." #~ msgstr "使用 Ubuntu 软件中心添加程序，使 Ubuntu 功能更加丰富。" +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "安装其他软件" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu 开发团队选择了一组我们认为会使 Ubuntu 对大多数日常任务都非常有用的默认应用程序。不过，您肯定想要安装更多软件以使 Ubuntu " +#~ "对您更有用。" + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "要安装其他软件，请按以下步骤操作：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "使用 无线 或 有线 连接到互联网。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, " #~ "or search for Software Center in the Dash." @@ -24007,15 +24445,53 @@ #~ msgstr "软件中心启动后，搜索应用程序，或选择类别然后从列表中寻找应用程序。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "选择您感兴趣的应用程序，然后单击安装。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "您会被要求输入密码。输完密码后安装即会开始。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "安装通常很快就能完成，但如果您的网络连接速度较慢，就会花上一段时间。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " +#~ "feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " +#~ "Launcher." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "新应用的快捷方式会添加到启动器。如果要禁用该特性，请取消选中视图新应用程序置于启动器中。" + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "添加 PPA 帮助测试预发行或专业软件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "个人软件包仓库(PPA) 是专为 Ubuntu 用户设计的软件仓库，比其他第三方软件库更易于使用。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, click Edit " #~ "Software Sources" #~ msgstr "软件中心启动之后，单击编辑 软件源" +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "单击添加，然后输入 ppa: 地址。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "单击添加来源，然后关闭“软件源”窗口。Ubuntu 软件中心将会检查您的软件源是否有新的更新。" +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "删除您不再使用的软件。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you " #~ "no longer use." @@ -24034,6 +24510,22 @@ #~ msgstr "软件中心打开后，单击顶部的已安装按钮。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "您可能会被要求输入密码。输完密码后，该应用程序就将被删除。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "添加其他软件仓库来扩展 Ubuntu 用于安装和升级的软件来源。" + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "添加其他软件仓库" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "安装其他软件仓库" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or " #~ "search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash." #~ msgstr "" @@ -24071,6 +24563,17 @@ #~ "moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information." #~ msgstr "单击添加源，然后关闭“软件源”窗口。等待 Ubuntu 软件中心下载软件仓库信息。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install, remove, extra " +#~ "repositories…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安装，删除, 额外的软件仓库…" + +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "添加或删除软件" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "Ubuntu 中未默认安装茄子大头贴。要安装茄子大头贴：" @@ -24097,6 +24600,9 @@ #~ msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." #~ msgstr "您需要先安装茄子大头贴才能阅读其用户指南。" +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "U盘(容量较小)" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -24117,6 +24623,19 @@ #~ "如果您需要从另一蓝牙设备连接到这台电脑，则需要将系统的蓝牙设置为可见状态。更多信息请查阅" +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "从颜料厂商下载打印参考文件" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您只有一或两个不同的纸张类型，让颜料厂商生成打印机配置文件一般是最便宜的选择。通过从公司网站下载参考图，您之后可以用内衬信封将打印件发送回公司，公司将" +#~ "扫描这页纸，生成配置文件并通过电子邮件给您发送准确的 ICC 配置文件。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -24158,154 +24677,816 @@ #~ msgstr "取消选中 Evolution 日历中即将到来的事件。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " -#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." -#~ msgstr "在存储设备列表中选择您想要检查的磁盘。磁盘的信息和状态随即出现在驱动下方。" - -#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." -#~ msgstr "SMART 状态应显示 “磁盘健康”。" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您以后改变了主意，可以通过单击菜单栏右上角的图标并选择系统设置来重新开启时钟。在“系统”部分，单击时间和日期。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " -#~ "run a self-test." -#~ msgstr "单击 SMART 数据按钮，可查看更多驱动器信息，或运行硬盘自检。" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "单击菜单栏最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" -#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." -#~ msgstr "对于更高级的 CD/DVD 刻录项目，请试用 Brasero 光盘刻录器。" +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "您可以在您的硬盘上运行性能测试程序，检查其速度。" + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "测试您的硬盘的性能" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "测试您的硬盘的速度" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " -#~ "guide." -#~ msgstr "当使用 Brasero 需要帮助时，请阅读用户指南。" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "从 Dash 中打开 磁盘应用程序。" + +#~ msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#~ msgstr "从活动概述中打开磁盘应用程序。" + +#~ msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#~ msgstr "从磁盘驱动器列表中选择硬盘。" + +#~ msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#~ msgstr "点击齿轮按钮，选择性能测试驱动器。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " -#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " -#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." -#~ msgstr "诸如汉语、韩语这样的语言，不仅仅是一个简单字符映射，它们需要更为复杂的输入法，因此您可以在能适用于这种输入法的输入源中做选择。" +#~ "Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " +#~ "Access Time parameters as desired." +#~ msgstr "点击开始性能测试，调整传输速率，并根据需要设定存取时间参数。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " -#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " -#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " -#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " -#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " -#~ "separately." +#~ "Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " +#~ "the disk. Administrative privileges " +#~ "may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " +#~ "administrator account." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "输入法的选项只有在相应的输入法引擎已经安装之后才会可用。安装语言 时，如果可能将会自动安装合适的输入法引擎。例如，如果安装韩语，ibus-hangul " -#~ "包也会安装，下次登录的时候输入源选项 韩语 (Hangul) 将会可用。您也可以根据自己的选择 安装 IBus 输入法引擎。" +#~ "点击开始性能测试 按钮，测试从磁盘读取数据的速度。可能需要管理员权限。输入您的密码，或请求管理员的帐号密码。" -#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." -#~ msgstr "打字时禁用触摸板，以防意外执行单击操作。" - -#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" -#~ msgstr "打字时禁用触摸板" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "测试结束后，" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " -#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " -#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " -#~ "after your last key stroke." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "便携式计算机上的触摸板往往位于打字时放置手腕的位置，这样有时会在打字时导致意外执行单击操作。打字时可禁用触摸板。这样只有在上次击键之后稍等片刻才能使用触摸" -#~ "板。" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "图像下方将显示最大、最小和平均读写率等多个指标的数值。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." -#~ msgstr "在 触摸板 部分，勾选 输入文本时禁用 。" +#~ "Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " +#~ "space and capacity." +#~ msgstr "使用磁盘使用分析器或系统监控器来检查空间和容量。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " -#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " -#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "笔记本触摸板在您停止打字开始工作前存在延迟，这是为了防止您的手掌打字时不小心碰到触摸板。参阅 了解详细信息。" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "您可以使用磁盘使用分析器或系统监视器来检查剩余的磁盘空间。" -#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." -#~ msgstr "用于显示上次修改相应文件的日期和时间。" +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "利用磁盘使用分析器进行检查" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " -#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " -#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " -#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "如果要添加一重安全措施，或者要检查在自己和使用 Windows 和 Mac OS 的人之间传送的文件中的病毒，则还是可以安装防病毒软件。请查看 " -#~ "Ubuntu 软件中心，其中有一些应用程序可用。" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "要使用磁盘使用分析器检查空余磁盘空间和磁盘容量：" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ "Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " +#~ "Dash. The window will display the Total file system " +#~ "capacity and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "更改默认浏览器、安装 Flash、安装 Java " -#~ "插件 和 软件开发支持…" +#~ "从 Dash 中打开磁盘使用分析器应用程序。窗口将会显示总文件系统容量 " +#~ "和总文件系统用量。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " -#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " -#~ "Launcher or choose " -#~ "Chat from the Messaging " -#~ "menu." +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " +#~ "and Total file system usage." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ubuntu 默认预装了 Empathy 。从 Dash、启动器 或者从 消息菜单 选择 聊天 ，开启 Empathy 即时通讯 程序。" +#~ "从活动概述中打开磁盘应用程序。窗口将会显示总文件系统容量 " +#~ "和总文件系统用量。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " -#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " -#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "很多程序专用于提供网络服务。例如，您可共享内容或允许其他人远程查看您的桌面。根据您安装的附加程序，您可能需要调整防火墙设置，以允许这些服务正常运行。UfW" -#~ " 附带了很多已预配置好的规则。例如，要允许 SSH 连接，请在终端输入 sudo ufw allow " -#~ "ssh。要阻止 ssh，请输入 sudo ufw block ssh。" +#~ "单击工具栏上的对应按钮以扫描主文件夹，扫描文件系统，扫描文件夹，或扫描远程文件" +#~ "夹。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " -#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " -#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " -#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ "The information is displayed according to Folder, " +#~ "Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " +#~ "in Disk Usage Analyzer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "提供服务的每个程序都使用特定的网络端口。要允许访问该程序的服务，您可能需要允许访问在防火墙上为其分配的端口。要允许连接端口 " -#~ "53，请在终端输入sudo ufw allow 53。要阻止端口 53，请输入 sudo ufw block " -#~ "53。" +#~ "根据文件夹、用量、大小 以及 内容显示信息。在磁盘使用分析器中可以看到更多信息。" + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "利用系统监视器进行检查" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " -#~ "websites won't work without Flash." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Flash 是一种 Web 浏览器插件，使您可以在有些网站上观看视频和使用交互式 Web 页面。没有 " -#~ "Flash，有些网站无法正常运行。" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "要利用系统监视器检查空余磁盘空间和磁盘容量：" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Click this link to launch " -#~ "the Software Center." -#~ msgstr "单击此链接启动软件中心。" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "从 Dash 中打开系统监控器应用程序。" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." -#~ msgstr "阅读有关 Cheese 的信息和评论以确保您确实要安装它。" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the " +#~ "Activities overview." +#~ msgstr "从活动概述中打开系统监视器。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "选择文件系统标签页查看系统的分区和磁盘空间使用情况。信息根据总计、空余、可用<" +#~ "/gui>和已用分别显示。" + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "如果磁盘过满，您应：" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "删除不重要或不再使用的文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "对短时间内不需要的重要文件进行备份，然后将其从硬盘删除。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Disks application from the Activities " +#~ "overview." +#~ msgstr "从活动概述中打开磁盘应用程序。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " +#~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." +#~ msgstr "在存储设备列表中选择您想要检查的磁盘。磁盘的信息和状态随即出现在驱动下方。" + +#~ msgid "SMART Status should say \"Disk is healthy\"." +#~ msgstr "SMART 状态应显示 “磁盘健康”。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to " +#~ "run a self-test." +#~ msgstr "单击 SMART 数据按钮，可查看更多驱动器信息，或运行硬盘自检。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "即使 SMART 状态指示磁盘不健康，您一般也无需担忧。不过，最好还是做好备份以防数据丢失。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果状态显示 " +#~ "“故障先兆”，说明虽然磁盘仍然比较健康，但是已检测到磨损的迹象，这意味着近期它可能出现故障。如果您的硬盘(或计算机)已使用数年，您很可能会在某些健康检查中" +#~ "看到此消息。您应经常备份重要文件，并定期检查磁盘状态以查看它是否老化。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "通过格式化删除外部硬盘或 USB 闪存驱动器上的所有文件和文件夹。" + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "擦除可移动磁盘上的所有内容" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您有可移动磁盘，例如 U 盘或者移动硬盘，您有时可能需要彻底删除上面的所有文件和文件夹。您可以通过格式化该磁盘来完成删除 - " +#~ "这将删除磁盘上的所有文件，将其彻底清空。" + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "格式化可移动磁盘" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "在存储设备列表中选择您想要擦除的磁盘。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "确保您选择的是正确的磁盘！如果您选错磁盘，该磁盘上的所有文件也都将被删除！" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "在“卷”部分，单击卸载卷。然后单击格式化卷。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "在弹出的窗口中，为磁盘选择文件系统类型。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果除 Linux 计算机以外，您还要在 Windows 和 Mac OS 计算机上使用该磁盘，请选择 FAT 格式。如果您仅在 " +#~ "Windows 中使用它，选择 NTFS 可能更好。在这里您还将看到各个文件系统类型的简单说明。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "为磁盘命名，然后单击格式化开始擦除磁盘。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "格式化一旦完成，即可安全删除磁盘。现在磁盘已被全部清空并可重新使用。" + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "格式化磁盘并不是安全地删除您的文件" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "格式化磁盘并不是擦除所有数据的绝对完全方式。经过格式化的磁盘不会显示含有文件，但通过特殊的数据软件却可能重新恢复这些文件。如果您需要安全地删除文件，您将需" +#~ "要使用命令行程序，如 shred。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "了解什么是卷和分区，使用磁盘实用程序管理卷和分区。" + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "使用磁盘实用工具查看和管理卷和分区" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "您可以使用磁盘实用工具检查和修改计算机的存储卷。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#~ msgstr "打开 Dash 启动磁盘应用程序。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "在标为存储设备的窗格中，您可以找到硬盘、CD/DVD 驱动器及其他连接到计算机的存储设备。单击您想要查看的设备。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在右窗格中，标记为卷的区域提供所选设备上存在的卷和分区的直观分类图示。您也可以在这一区域找到用来管理这些卷的各种工具。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "请注意：使用这些实用程序可能会彻底清除您磁盘上的数据。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "一个主分区必须包含您的计算机进行启动(或称引导)所需要的信息。因此，它有时被称为引导分区，或引导卷。要确定卷是否可引导，可在磁盘实用程序" +#~ "中查看其分区标志。外部介质，如 USB 驱动器和 CD，也可能包含可引导卷。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "确保锁定已打开，然后从下方下拉列表中选择超时时间。屏幕将在您停止操作超过该时间后自动锁定。您还可以选择关闭屏幕" +#~ "以在屏幕自动关闭后锁定屏幕。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " +#~ "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " +#~ "external hard disks), on file " +#~ "servers, and on network shares." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您可以用文件管理器浏览和组织您电脑上的文件或管理本地存储设备（如外置硬盘）、文件服务器和网络共享上的文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " +#~ "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " +#~ "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在文件管理器中，双击任何文件夹查看其内容。双击文件，使用文件的默认应用程序打开它。您也可以右键点击一个文件夹，在新标签页或新窗口中打开它。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " +#~ "typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " +#~ "first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " +#~ "arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " +#~ "your search." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您想快速跳到您正在浏览的文件夹中的文件，键入文件名称。一个搜索框将出现在窗口的顶部，符合您搜索的第一个文件将被高亮显示。按向下箭头键，或滚动鼠标，可跳" +#~ "到符合您的搜索下一个文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " +#~ "not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " +#~ "Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " +#~ "will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " +#~ "simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您可以快速地从侧边栏访问常用的位置。如果您看不到侧边栏，点击工具栏上的向下按钮，选择显示侧边栏。您可以将经常使用的文件夹添加书签，它们将出现在侧边栏。可以使用书签菜单，或者将文件夹托放到侧边栏。" + +#~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." +#~ msgstr "对于更高级的 CD/DVD 刻录项目，请试用 Brasero 光盘刻录器。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For help with using Brasero, read the user " +#~ "guide." +#~ msgstr "当使用 Brasero 需要帮助时，请阅读用户指南。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " +#~ "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " +#~ "the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " +#~ "Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "以重命名文件的方式隐藏文件。在文件管理器中以 . 开头或以 ~ " +#~ "结尾的文件是隐藏文件。点击文件管理器工具栏上的 向下按钮，选择显示隐藏文件来显示他们。请参阅了解更多。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "根据文件名称和类型定位文件。保存搜索供以后使用。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "您可以根据文件的名称或类型直接在文件管理器中搜索文件。您甚至可以保存常用搜索，它们将作为特殊文件夹出现在您的主文件夹中。" + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "打开文件管理器" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "如果您知道您想要的文件位于哪个文件夹中，则转到该文件夹。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " +#~ "CtrlF." +#~ msgstr "点击工具栏上的放大镜按钮，或者按下组合键 CtrlF 。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " +#~ "you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +#~ "invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " +#~ "of case." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "输入您知道的出现在文件名中的字词。例如，如果您使用“Invoice”命名了您所有的发票文件，输入 invoice " +#~ "，然后按下 回车 ，字母不区分大小写。" + +#~ msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#~ msgstr "您可以通过存放位置和文件类型来缩小搜索范围。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Home to restrict the search results to your " +#~ "Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "点击 主文件夹 来限制搜索结果位于您的 Home 文件夹，或者选择 所有文件 " +#~ "搜索整个文件系统。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " +#~ "to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " +#~ "button to remove this option and widen the search results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "点击 + ，然后从下拉菜单中选择一种 文件类型 ，基于文件类型缩小搜索范围。点击 x " +#~ "按钮删除此选项，扩大搜索范围。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "与在文件管理器中的任何文件夹中一样，您可以在搜索结果中打开、复制、删除或以其它方式处理您的文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " +#~ "return to the folder." +#~ msgstr "再次点击工具栏上的放大镜按钮退出搜索并返回文件夹。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "如果您经常执行某些搜索，您可以保存这些搜索以供快速访问。" + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "保存搜索" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "如上所述开始搜索。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为搜索命名，然后单击保存。如果您喜欢，可选择不同的文件夹来保存搜索。当您查看该文件夹时，您将看到您保存的搜索显示为带有放大镜图案的橙" +#~ "色文件夹图标。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "删除搜索结果的方式与删除其他文件的方式相同。当您删除某个已保存的搜索结果时，搜索结果中的文件并不会被删除。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " +#~ "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " +#~ "input sources you can choose between enable such a method." +#~ msgstr "诸如汉语、韩语这样的语言，不仅仅是一个简单字符映射，它们需要更为复杂的输入法，因此您可以在能适用于这种输入法的输入源中做选择。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method " +#~ "(IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically " +#~ "installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package " +#~ "ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean " +#~ "(Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice " +#~ "separately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "输入法的选项只有在相应的输入法引擎已经安装之后才会可用。安装语言 时，如果可能将会自动安装合适的输入法引擎。例如，如果安装韩语，ibus-hangul " +#~ "包也会安装，下次登录的时候输入源选项 韩语 (Hangul) 将会可用。您也可以根据自己的选择 安装 IBus 输入法引擎。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " +#~ "clicking preview." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您可以通过在列表中选中或者点击 预览 按钮来预览任意布局的图像。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要解决这种问题，请单击面板最右侧的图标，然后转到系统设置。在“硬件”部分中，选择显示。试用其中的一些" +#~ "分辨率选项，然后设置可使屏幕看起来较为舒适的分辨率。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "单击面板最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。打开显示。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "单击顶部面板最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" + +#~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." +#~ msgstr "打字时禁用触摸板，以防意外执行单击操作。" + +#~ msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" +#~ msgstr "打字时禁用触摸板" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while " +#~ "typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can " +#~ "disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time " +#~ "after your last key stroke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "便携式计算机上的触摸板往往位于打字时放置手腕的位置，这样有时会在打字时导致意外执行单击操作。打字时可禁用触摸板。这样只有在上次击键之后稍等片刻才能使用触摸" +#~ "板。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing." +#~ msgstr "在 触摸板 部分，勾选 输入文本时禁用 。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "许多鼠标和某些触摸板都有中键。在有滚轮的鼠标上，通常可直接按下滚轮执行中键单击操作。如果鼠标没有中键，则可同时按左右鼠标键执行中键单击操作。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在支持多指点击的触摸板上，可用三个手指同时点击，以执行中键单击操作。必须在触摸板设置中启用触摸板的鼠标点击，才能使上述操作奏效。" + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "许多应用程序都将中键单击作为一个操作快捷键。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "例如中键单击粘贴所选文本就是一种常见的操作快捷键。(这有时称为首选内容粘贴。)选中要粘贴的文本，然后转到需要进行粘帖操作的位置，最后单击中键。会将所选文本" +#~ "粘贴到鼠标光标所在的位置。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "通过鼠标中键粘贴文本与普通的剪贴板毫无关系。选中文本并不会将其复制到剪贴板中。这种快速粘贴法只能通过鼠标中键执行。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在某些专用应用程序可用鼠标中键执行其他功能。请搜索应用程序帮助，以了解 中键单击 或 鼠标中键 的更多功能。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +#~ "tab." +#~ msgstr "按一次 ← 键选择 对准和点击 标签。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "通过这些方法，您可以用键盘控制鼠标指针。在通用辅助功能中还可以看到更多无障碍访问选项。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "数字键盘是键盘上的一套数字按钮，通常以方格的形式排列。如果键盘上没有数字键盘(如笔记本电脑键盘)，则可能必须按住功能(Fn)键，并且" +#~ "用键盘上的一些其他的键作为数字键盘。如果常在笔记本电脑上使用这种特性，则可购买外置 USB 数字键盘。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "数字键盘上的每个数字都相应于一个方向。例如，按 8 会向上移动鼠标指针，按 2 则会向下移动鼠标指针。按 " +#~ "5 " +#~ "键可执行一次鼠标单击操作，也可快速按该键两次执行双击操作。大多键盘都有一个专用键，可用于执行右键单击操作；该键往往在空格键附近。但请注意，此键会对键盘焦点" +#~ "而不是鼠标指针所在的位置作出回应。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "大部分键盘上都有一个可以模拟右键单击的键；一般位于空格键的右边。请注意这个键将在焦点处而不是鼠标指针所在处触发鼠标右键。您可以查阅获取更多模拟右键点击方式的指导。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "仅通过触摸板即可进行单击、双击、拖动和滚动操作，无须另按硬件按钮。可在鼠标和触摸板设置中显示这些特性。" + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "通过触摸板进行单击或滚动操作" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "要拖动一个项目，双击这一项目并保持手指停在触摸板上，然后拖动项目到任意地方，然后抬起手指离开触摸板。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的触摸板支持多指点击，则可以通过两指同时点击来触发右键单击动作。否则您需要按下实体右键方可完成动作。请参阅获得更多关于模拟右键点击的信息。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的触摸板支持多指点击，三指同时点击可以模拟中键点击动作。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "当您进行多指点击或拖动时，请确保您的手指分得够开。如果手指过于接近，电脑可能会误认为是单指动作。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before " +#~ "they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the " +#~ "touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "笔记本触摸板在您停止打字开始工作前存在延迟，这是为了防止您的手掌打字时不小心碰到触摸板。参阅 了解详细信息。" + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "在文件管理器中添加、删除和重命名书签。" + +#~ msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +#~ msgstr "您的书签将在文件管理器的侧边栏被列出。" + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "删除书签：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " +#~ "the app menu." +#~ msgstr "点击顶部面板的 文件 ，然后在弹出的程序菜单中选择 书签 。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " +#~ "and click the - button." +#~ msgstr "在 书签 窗口中，选择您想要删除的书签，然后点击 - 按钮。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +#~ msgstr "在 书签 窗口中，选择您想要重命名的书签。" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "在名称文本框中，为该书签输入新名称。" + +#~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +#~ msgstr "用于显示上次修改相应文件的日期和时间。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files " +#~ "that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, " +#~ "you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software " +#~ "Center where a number of applications are available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果要添加一重安全措施，或者要检查在自己和使用 Windows 和 Mac OS 的人之间传送的文件中的病毒，则还是可以安装防病毒软件。请查看 " +#~ "Ubuntu 软件中心，其中有一些应用程序可用。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "更改默认浏览器、安装 Flash、安装 Java " +#~ "插件 和 软件开发支持…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant " +#~ "Messaging from the Dash, the " +#~ "Launcher or choose " +#~ "Chat from the Messaging " +#~ "menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu 默认预装了 Empathy 。从 Dash、启动器 或者从 消息菜单 选择 聊天 ，开启 Empathy 即时通讯 程序。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "您可以自行控制能够访问 Internet 的程序，这有助于您保护计算机的安全。" + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "启用和阻止防火墙访问" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu 配有 Uncomplicated " +#~ "Firewall(ufw)，但默认情况下不会启动此防火墙。由于 Ubuntu " +#~ "没有任何开放式网络服务(基本网络架构除外)，在默认安装状态下，您并不需要通过防火墙来阻止有恶意企图的连接。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "有关如何使用 ufw 的详细信息，请参见联机文档。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要打开防火墙，请在终端输入 sudo ufw enable。要关闭 ufw，请输入 sudo ufw " +#~ "disable。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " +#~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " +#~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " +#~ "allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " +#~ "already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " +#~ "enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block ssh." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "很多程序专用于提供网络服务。例如，您可共享内容或允许其他人远程查看您的桌面。根据您安装的附加程序，您可能需要调整防火墙设置，以允许这些服务正常运行。UfW" +#~ " 附带了很多已预配置好的规则。例如，要允许 SSH 连接，请在终端输入 sudo ufw allow " +#~ "ssh。要阻止 ssh，请输入 sudo ufw block ssh。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " +#~ "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " +#~ "its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter " +#~ "sudo ufw block 53." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "提供服务的每个程序都使用特定的网络端口。要允许访问该程序的服务，您可能需要允许访问在防火墙上为其分配的端口。要允许连接端口 " +#~ "53，请在终端输入sudo ufw allow 53。要阻止端口 53，请输入 sudo ufw block " +#~ "53。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "您可能需要安装 Flash 才能查看 YouTube 等视频播放和交互式 Web 页面的网站。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " +#~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " +#~ "websites won't work without Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Flash 是一种 Web 浏览器插件，使您可以在有些网站上观看视频和使用交互式 Web 页面。没有 " +#~ "Flash，有些网站无法正常运行。" + +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "如何安装 Flash" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click this link to launch " +#~ "the Software Center." +#~ msgstr "单击此链接启动软件中心。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash." +#~ msgstr "阅读有关 Cheese 的信息和评论以确保您确实要安装它。" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software " #~ "Center window." #~ msgstr "如果您选择安装，从“软件中心”窗口单击安装。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果已打开任何 Web 浏览器窗口，请关闭相关窗口再重新打开。再次打开时，Web 浏览器会检测到 Flash 已安装，现在您应可以使用 Flash " +#~ "查看该网站。" + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Flash 的开源替代品" @@ -24330,6 +25511,24 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "调整您的浏览器以与需要 Java 的网站相兼容。" + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "安装 Java 浏览器插件" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "有些网站使用 Java 程序，需要安装 Java 插件才能运行。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安装 icedtea6-plugin 软件包以在浏览器中查看 " +#~ "Java 程序。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -24371,6 +25570,14 @@ #~ "网站。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Troubleshooting wireless " +#~ "connections, finding your wifi " +#~ "network…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "解决无线连接问题 和 查看 WIFI 网络network…" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some " #~ "extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out " #~ "the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which " @@ -24385,6 +25592,201 @@ #~ "manager 软件包(如果有)并进行安装。您需要单击 Ubuntu 软件中心 " #~ "底部的显示技术项目链接。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "连接到 WIFI 网络、隐藏网络、编辑连接设置 和 断开…" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "您可以将自己的电脑用作无线热点。其他设备可以连接到您的电脑。您可以与这些设备分享自己的有线或者蜂窝网络连接。" + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "单击用作热点按钮。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您已经连接到了一个无线网络，系统会询问您是否需要断开无线连接。单一的无线网卡只能连接或分享一个无线网络。您可以单击创建无线热点进" +#~ "行确认。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "系统将自动生成一个 SSID 和一个密钥。SSID 将会是您的计算机名。其他设备将需要 SSID 和密钥来连接到您所创建的无线热点。" + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "单击顶部面板中的网络菜单并取消选中“启用无线”。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要进行这项操作，点击顶部菜单栏中的 网络菜单，反选 启用无线网络。这将关闭无线连接，直到您再次将其开启。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "要重新打开无线，单击顶部面板上的网络菜单 并选中 启用无线网络。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "如果未关闭蓝牙，您的笔记本电脑仍将广播无线信号。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "单击顶部面板中的网络菜单，然后查找所需的网络。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "了解如何更改无线连接选项。" + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "编辑无线连接" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "本主题描述您在编辑无线网络连接时可用的所有选项。要编辑连接，请单击顶部面板中的网络菜单并选择编辑连接。" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "对所有用户可用/自动连接" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "自动连接" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "对所有用户可用" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您想让计算机上的所有用户均可访问此无线网络，请选中此选项。如果该网络有 WEP/WPA 密码并且您已选中了此选项，则您只需输入一次密码。计算机上的其他所有用户将可连接到该网络，而无需知道密码。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果选中此选项，您需要以管理员身份更改该网络的设置。系统可能会要求您输入管理员密码。" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "无线" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果选择 Ad-hoc，您将看到其他两个选项：波段和频道。这些选项决定了 ad-hoc " +#~ "无线网络工作时使用的无线频率波段。有些计算机只能在特定波段工作(例如，仅 A 或仅 " +#~ "B/G)，因此您可能要挑选一个 ad-hoc " +#~ "网络中的所有计算机均可使用的波段。在繁华场所，可能有多个无线网络共享同一频道，这可能会导致您的连接变慢，您也可以通过更改频道来解决这一问题。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSID 是用户看到的网络名称，而 BSSID 是计算机理解的名称(是一个由字母和数字组成的字符串，假定为无线网络上的唯一名称)。如果网络隐藏，则无 SSID 而使用 BSSID。" + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "设备 MAC 地址" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您的网络硬件(无线适配器)可假装具有不同的 MAC 地址。如果您的某个设备或服务仅与特定的 MAC " +#~ "地址(例如有线宽带调制解调器)通信，则此功能非常有用。如果将该 MAC 地址置于克隆 MAC 地址框中，设备/服务会将网卡的 " +#~ "MAC 地址识别为克隆后的值(而非真实的 MAC 地址)。" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "无线安全" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "此选项定义您的无线网络使用的加密类型。加密的连接有助于防止无线连接被入侵，以使其他人无法“侦听”和查看您正在访问的网站及其他信息。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "有些加密类型功能较强，但较旧的无线网络装置可能不支持。通常您只需键入连接密码；更复杂的安全类型可能还要求提供用户名和数字“证书”。有关主要无线加密类型的详" +#~ "细信息，请参见。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "如果选择此设置，您的计算机将从 DHCP 服务器获取 IP 地址，但您必须手动定义其他详情(如要使用的 DNS 服务器)。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "如果要自己定义所有网络设置(包括计算机要使用的 IP 地址)，请选择此选项。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "此选项将禁用网络连接并阻止您连接到网络。请注意，IPv4 和 IPv6 " +#~ "即使用于同一网卡，也将被视为单独的连接。如果已启用其中一个，您可能需要将另一个也设为禁用。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "单击顶部面板中的网络菜单并选择连接到隐藏的无线网络。" + #~ msgid "In the System section, click Software Sources." #~ msgstr "在系统部分，点击 软件源 。" @@ -24421,11 +25823,159 @@ #~ "wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info\">下一部分。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "在终端里输入 pm-hibernate 并按回车。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "如果休眠不能正常工作，请检查您的 SWAP 分区的大小是否大于或等于您物理内存的大小。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "如果休眠测试成功，您可以在需要休眠的时候使用 sudo pm-hibernate 命令进行休眠。" + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "为什么计算机在电池电量降至 10% 时会关闭/挂起？" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "计算机将在电池电量过低时自动挂起(即，它将保存所有打开的文档和应用程序，然后关闭)。这样可确保电池不会完全放电，因为完全放电会损坏电池。如果电池电量正好耗" +#~ "尽，则计算机将没有足够时间以正常关机。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " +#~ "click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " +#~ "setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " +#~ "applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " +#~ "turns off." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "可以更改电池容量过低时的行为。首先，在 菜单栏 点击 电池菜单 然后选择 电源设置。在 " +#~ "“电源电量极低” 设置中，您可以选择挂起计算机，休眠，或关机。如果选择关机，您的应用和文档将 不会 保存。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "有些计算机的挂起模式存在问题，您再次打开计算机时可能无法恢复已经开启的应用程序和文档。在此情况下，如果您在计算机挂起之前未进行保存，则可能会丢失一些工作。" +#~ "遇到这种情况时，您可以修复休眠问题。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "单击面板最右侧的图标，选择系统设置。" + +#~ msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +#~ msgstr "未检测到打印机，卡纸，打印结果错误…" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "设置连接至您计算机的打印机。" + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "设置本地打印机" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "连接后，您的系统可以自动识别多种打印机类型。大多数打印机使用 USB 线缆连接到计算机。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " +#~ "printer now. They are listed in one window." +#~ msgstr "现在不需要选择是否想安装网络或本地打印机。他们列在了同一个窗口中。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "通过合适的连接线将打印机连接到您的系统。您可以在系统搜索驱动程序时查看屏幕上的信息，屏幕上可能会弹出信息要求您认证以安装驱动。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " +#~ "Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +#~ "Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "系统完成安装打印机时将会显示一条消息。选择 打印测试页 来打印一个测试页，或者 选项 " +#~ "来在打印机设置中做进一步修改。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "如果打印机不能自动设置，则您可以在打印机设置中添加。" + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "单击添加并从设备窗口中选择打印机。" + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "单击前进并等待其搜索驱动。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "如果您的计算机中存在多个可用驱动，系统可能要求您选择一个驱动程序。要使用建议的驱动程序，在制造和型号屏幕上单击“下一步”即可。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安装打印机后，您可能要更改默认打印机。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "您必须注销并重新登录以使这些设置生效。点击菜单栏的右上角处并选择 注销 以退出登录。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "您必须注销并重新登录以使语言设置生效。点击菜单栏的右上角处并选择 注销 以退出登录。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要注销或切换用户，点击菜单栏的右上角处的 系统菜单 并选择相应的操作。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "要锁定屏幕，请单击顶部面板上的会话菜单并选择锁定屏幕。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "屏幕锁定后，其他用户可以通过单击密码屏幕上的切换用户登录到其各自的帐户。他们用完后，您可以切回到桌面。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "要手工挂起您的计算机，单击菜单栏中的系统菜单并选择挂起。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "如果您要彻底地关闭电源，或进行一次重启，点击 系统菜单 并选择 关机。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable " #~ "the Guest Session feature. To do so, press " #~ "CtrlAltT to open a " @@ -24436,6 +25986,38 @@ #~ "CtrlAltT " #~ "来打开终端窗口，然后允许此命令(这是一个长命令，即使是在屏幕上换行了 － 复制粘贴即可)：" +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "从键盘" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +#~ "switcher." +#~ msgstr "释放 Alt 在切换器中选择下一个高亮窗口。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " +#~ "to cycle through the list of open windows, or " +#~ "ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "或者，仍然是按住 Alt 键， 按 Tab 以在打开的窗口列表中循环，或者 " +#~ "ShiftTab 反向循环。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " +#~ "applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +#~ msgstr "窗口切换器中的窗口是按程序分组的。有多个窗口的程序的预览可以在点击时显示。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " +#~ "the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " +#~ "mouse." +#~ msgstr "也可以使用 → 或 ← 在窗口切换器的应用图标中切换。或者选择使用鼠标选择一个。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " +#~ "↓ key." +#~ msgstr "只有一个窗口的程序的预览可以使用 ↓ 键来显示。" + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' " @@ -24710,6 +26292,10 @@ #~ "feature." #~ msgstr "如果您不愿接收在线搜索建议，您可以关闭这个特性。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." +#~ msgstr "打开 安全和隐私 然后选择 搜索 标签。" + #~ msgid "Switch off Include online search results." #~ msgstr "关闭 包含在线搜索结果 开关。" @@ -24760,9 +26346,83 @@ #~ "Ubuntu 软件中心查找这类可用软件。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " +#~ "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " +#~ "the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +#~ msgstr "如果您有多于一支手写笔，当其它手写笔接近平板时，一个分页符将会出现在手写笔设备名称旁边。使用分页符来控制您需要调节哪支手写笔的设置。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Save Search As...." +#~ msgstr "当您对搜索参数感到满意时，点击菜单栏上的文件并选择搜索另存为... 。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "大多网络浏览器均可用鼠标中键快速打开链接。只须用鼠标中键单击链接，就会在新标签页中将其打开。但单击 Firefox " +#~ "网络浏览器中的链接时要小心。在 Firefox 中，如果用中键单击的不是链接，则会尝试以 URL " +#~ "的形式加载所选文本，效果等同于通过中键单击将其粘贴到位置栏中并按 回车。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " +#~ "Location." +#~ msgstr "点击菜单栏上的书签，选择将该位置加入书签。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " +#~ "Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#~ msgstr "点击菜单栏上的书签，选择书签...。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch an " #~ "install option window." #~ msgstr "单击此链接启动询问安装窗口。" #~ msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click Install." #~ msgstr "如果您选择安装，点击安装。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果设置为自动连接的多个网络均有覆盖，计算机将连接到网络连接窗口无线标签页中显示的第一个网络。它不会从一个可用" +#~ "网络断开而连接到刚进入搜索范围的其他网络。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "此选项与 IPv4 标签页类似，不同之处在于IPv6 标准更新。较新的网络都使用 IPv6，但目前IPv4 仍很流行。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " +#~ "bar and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "单击顶部菜单栏最右侧的系统菜单图标，选择系统设置。" + +#~ msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." +#~ msgstr "默认情况下，不开启包含在线搜索结果。" + +#~ msgid "Turn on online search results" +#~ msgstr "开启在线搜索结果" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " +#~ "feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." +#~ msgstr "如果您愿意接收在线搜索建议，您可以通过安全和隐私系统设置开启这个特性。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " +#~ "and select System Settings." +#~ msgstr "点击菜单栏最右端的系统菜单图标并选择系统设置。" + +#~ msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +#~ msgstr "打开包含在线搜索结果开关" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/zh_HK/zh_HK.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/zh_HK/zh_HK.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/zh_HK/zh_HK.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/zh_HK/zh_HK.po 2017-03-15 22:29:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-19 20:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Hong Kong) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -309,58 +309,143 @@ msgstr "" "啟用彈跳按鍵已忽略正在迅速重複的按鍵。例如，當您只希望按一次按鍵時但如您有手震而導致你多次地按下按鍵，您應該啟用彈跳按鍵。" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." -msgstr "點擊選單列最右的圖示，然後選擇系統設置。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -412,14 +497,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "" @@ -452,30 +537,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -485,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -493,14 +569,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -508,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -532,12 +608,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -658,7 +734,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -688,12 +764,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -702,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -711,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -719,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -727,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -778,17 +854,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -797,14 +873,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -842,17 +918,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -861,14 +937,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -879,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -924,13 +1000,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -959,7 +1035,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -973,10 +1049,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1030,12 +1106,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1046,7 +1123,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1055,15 +1132,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1217,7 +1295,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1231,46 +1309,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1278,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1604,6 +1681,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1686,107 +1832,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" +msgid "Install additional applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 -msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1795,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1808,31 +1963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1840,49 +1996,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1893,13 +2086,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" +msgid "Add software repositories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -1911,27 +2104,27 @@ "repositories." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1939,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1947,12 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -1962,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -1980,22 +2173,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -2470,7 +2663,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -3008,7 +3201,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3249,7 +3442,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -3257,7 +3450,7 @@ msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" @@ -4785,59 +4978,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5026,90 +5202,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" -"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " -"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " -"longer to complete." +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +"If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " +"test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " +"longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5118,109 +5313,67 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5259,65 +5412,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5326,106 +5468,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:84 +msgid "" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5437,7 +5586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5448,28 +5597,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." msgstr "" @@ -5477,19 +5618,19 @@ #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." +"these tools." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5500,13 +5641,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -5536,18 +5677,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5555,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5564,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5591,15 +5732,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5615,7 +5762,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5623,7 +5770,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5631,7 +5778,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5639,7 +5786,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5668,7 +5815,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5677,19 +5824,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5699,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "" @@ -5728,13 +5875,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name @@ -5749,7 +5897,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5784,7 +5932,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -5816,17 +5964,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -5849,12 +5997,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6109,7 +6256,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "" @@ -6337,12 +6483,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6350,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6358,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6368,7 +6514,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6378,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6386,17 +6532,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6405,12 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6419,24 +6565,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6445,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6453,24 +6599,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6478,12 +6624,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6492,7 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6509,10 +6655,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6532,14 +6678,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6549,24 +6710,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7104,10 +7273,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7579,129 +7747,105 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 -msgid "Search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" +#: C/security-settings.page:53 +msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -8471,7 +8615,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -8487,22 +8631,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8513,7 +8657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8522,46 +8666,46 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8573,15 +8717,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8606,12 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8620,26 +8774,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -8649,19 +8803,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -8669,7 +8823,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -8677,50 +8831,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "" @@ -9089,14 +9243,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9119,12 +9273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9132,24 +9286,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9157,7 +9311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9166,14 +9320,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9182,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9289,10 +9443,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -9327,17 +9482,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9364,26 +9520,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9392,7 +9541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9400,12 +9549,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9416,7 +9565,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -9615,7 +9764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -9625,8 +9774,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -9650,7 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -9671,11 +9820,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" @@ -9683,175 +9832,384 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 +msgid "" +"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +"the cursor position." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " +"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" +"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " +"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " +"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " +"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " +"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " +"had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"middle mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 +msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " +"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " +"feature is called mouse keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "" +"Tap the Super key to open the " +"Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " +"Universal Access settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 +msgid "" +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +msgid "" +"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " +"press Enter to switch it on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " +"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 +msgid "" +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " +"accessibility options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 +msgid "" +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 +msgid "" +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 +msgid "" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 -msgid "" -"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " -"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " -"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 -msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 -msgid "" -"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set " -"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-" -"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62 -msgid "" -"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. " -"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the " -"Launcher on the left, or in the Dash." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 -msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 -msgid "" -"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a " -"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web " -"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you " -"had double-clicked." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " -"middle mouse button." +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 -msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 -msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad" +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33 -msgid "" -"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can " -"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This " -"feature is called mouse keys." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 msgid "" -"Tap the Super key to open the " -"Dash." +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 -msgid "" -"Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " -"Universal Access settings." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 -msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 -msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " -"tab." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 -msgid "" -"Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " -"press Enter to switch it on." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 -msgid "" -"Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " -"move the mouse pointer using the keypad." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 -msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " -"accessibility options." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 -msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 -msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 msgid "" "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " "turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " @@ -9859,7 +10217,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 msgid "" "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " "control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." @@ -10053,14 +10411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10069,8 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10088,74 +10445,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10166,31 +10519,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -10592,7 +10945,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -10602,70 +10955,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 -msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 -msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgid "" +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11151,7 +11505,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "" @@ -11311,7 +11665,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "" @@ -11441,80 +11795,80 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "" @@ -11778,12 +12132,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -11796,7 +12149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "" @@ -12052,22 +12405,22 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12098,7 +12451,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12188,7 +12541,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12196,30 +12549,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12228,29 +12581,30 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12264,7 +12618,7 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -12278,14 +12632,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12295,19 +12649,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12315,7 +12669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -12543,83 +12897,133 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " "(but not open-source) download for most web browsers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 +msgid "" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 -msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -12852,6 +13256,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" @@ -13048,7 +13453,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13091,20 +13496,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13112,13 +13517,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13126,19 +13531,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -13574,10 +13979,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -13601,50 +14006,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -13653,25 +14059,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" @@ -13703,8 +14108,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p @@ -13871,25 +14276,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -13897,40 +14302,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " @@ -13939,25 +14344,25 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -13966,12 +14371,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -13982,41 +14387,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14025,34 +14430,34 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14063,44 +14468,45 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14108,17 +14514,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14128,32 +14534,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14164,30 +14570,40 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -14250,21 +14666,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -14275,12 +14689,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -14289,14 +14710,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -14462,7 +14883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -14470,12 +14891,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -14483,7 +14904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -15499,12 +15920,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -15625,7 +16046,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." msgstr "" @@ -15669,7 +16090,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." msgstr "" @@ -15755,39 +16176,17 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 -msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -15820,31 +16219,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -16126,7 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -16259,7 +16651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -16267,21 +16659,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -16289,7 +16681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -16297,8 +16689,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -16351,7 +16743,9 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "" @@ -16368,7 +16762,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -16472,7 +16867,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -16889,7 +17283,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -16924,92 +17318,136 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgid "" +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." +"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " +"When finished, click Apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +msgid "" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 msgid "" -"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " -"When finished, click Apply." +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 msgid "" -"You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If you wish to, you can share the printer on the network. To do this, if " +"necessary open Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " "make and model screens." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" @@ -17157,31 +17595,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -17190,7 +17628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -17284,14 +17808,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -17299,15 +17823,16 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -17316,12 +17841,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -17329,19 +17854,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -17366,27 +17891,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -17397,12 +17923,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -17410,7 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "" @@ -17442,17 +17968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -17657,28 +18183,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -17723,20 +18249,20 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -17746,27 +18272,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -17776,26 +18307,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -18327,36 +18861,36 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -18364,17 +18898,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -18383,14 +18917,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -18436,55 +18970,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -18492,8 +19023,13 @@ "Tab or ShiftTab." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -18501,7 +19037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "" @@ -18668,19 +19204,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -18689,26 +19225,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -19352,7 +19888,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -19360,17 +19896,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -19378,7 +19914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -19501,12 +20045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -20180,37 +20724,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -20237,19 +20773,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "" @@ -20339,38 +20875,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -20499,32 +21035,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -20532,8 +21068,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -20542,7 +21092,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -20550,14 +21100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -20569,7 +21119,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -20577,28 +21127,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -20609,7 +21159,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -20617,14 +21167,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -20635,21 +21185,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -20660,7 +21210,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -20668,14 +21218,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -20683,58 +21233,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -20829,37 +21353,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -22157,7 +22655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -22165,7 +22663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -22175,18 +22673,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -22230,3 +22728,8 @@ "more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列最右的圖示，然後選擇系統設置。" diff -Nru ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/zh_TW/zh_TW.po ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/zh_TW/zh_TW.po --- ubuntu-docs-17.04.1/ubuntu-help/zh_TW/zh_TW.po 2017-02-13 18:45:52.000000000 +0000 +++ ubuntu-docs-17.04.2/ubuntu-help/zh_TW/zh_TW.po 2017-03-15 22:29:34.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-14 23:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-15 22:34+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-08 00:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunnar Hjalmarsson \n" "Language-Team: 漢語 <>\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2016-09-29 21:07+0000\n" -"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18204)\n" +"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2017-03-15 21:59+0000\n" +"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 18331)\n" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:3 @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ #: C/net-default-browser.page:11 #: C/net-default-email.page:11 #: C/net-email-virus.page:13 -#: C/net-install-flash.page:11 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:12 #: C/net-manual.page:12 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:12 #: C/net-othersedit.page:12 @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ #: C/files-preview.page:7 #: C/files-removedrive.page:12 #: C/files-rename.page:17 -#: C/files-search.page:19 +#: C/files-search.page:18 #: C/files-select.page:8 #: C/files-share.page:17 #: C/hardware.page:11 #: C/keyboard.page:19 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 #: C/look-background.page:26 #: C/media.page:11 @@ -241,13 +241,13 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:23 #: C/files-removedrive.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:23 +#: C/files-search.page:22 #: C/files-share.page:21 #: C/files-sort.page:21 #: C/files-templates.page:17 #: C/files-tilde.page:18 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:10 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:19 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 @@ -314,58 +314,143 @@ "bounce keys." msgstr "開啟回鍵會忽略快速重複按鍵。舉例來說，如果您會手抖，現在您只想要按一次鍵，結果卻按到很多次的話，就應該要將回鍵打開。" +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:42 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:40 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:45 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 +#: C/accounts-add.page:43 +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:46 +#: C/accounts-remove.page:32 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:30 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:119 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:181 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:102 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:30 +#: C/net-default-email.page:30 +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-proxy.page:51 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 +#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:43 +#: C/power-whydim.page:36 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:26 +#: C/session-formats.page:39 +#: C/session-formats.page:49 +#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/shell-exit.page:55 +#: C/shell-exit.page:72 +#: C/shell-exit.page:78 +#: C/shell-exit.page:96 +#: C/shell-exit.page:105 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:50 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " +"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 #: C/a11y-contrast.page:39 -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49 #: C/a11y-font-size.page:35 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:41 #: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44 #: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 #: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44 #: C/accounts-add.page:42 #: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 #: C/accounts-remove.page:31 -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31 -#: C/display-lock.page:36 -#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/files-autorun.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 #: C/net-default-browser.page:29 #: C/net-default-email.page:29 -#: C/net-findip.page:34 -#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-proxy.page:50 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 #: C/power-whydim.page:35 -#: C/session-formats.page:37 -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36 -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 +#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +"Click the system menu Power cog icon and select " "System Settings." -msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47 -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50 -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab." msgstr "開啟無障礙功能，選擇輸入分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 msgid "Switch Bounce Keys on." msgstr "將回鍵開關打開。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59 +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys " "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for " @@ -421,14 +506,14 @@ "dimscreen\">改變整個螢幕的亮度並不一樣，它只會改變部分的使用者介面。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45 -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:40 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab." msgstr "開啟無障礙功能，選擇視覺分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:50 msgid "Switch High Contrast to ON." msgstr "將高對比開關切換至開。" @@ -463,30 +548,21 @@ "clicked for you." msgstr "在啟用停駐點擊後，您只要移動滑鼠指標到定點，放開滑鼠並稍待一會兒，系統就會幫您點擊。" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 -#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 -msgid "" -"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "在選單列上點擊您的名稱，選擇系統設定值。" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62 -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:46 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and " "Clicking tab." msgstr "開啟無障礙功能，選擇指標和點擊分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 msgid "Switch Hover Click on." msgstr "將停駐即點擊開關打開。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:66 msgid "" "The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your " "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen " @@ -499,7 +575,7 @@ "鍵。在您雙擊、右鍵點擊、拖曳之後，會自動回到單次點擊。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 msgid "" "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will " "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be " @@ -507,14 +583,14 @@ msgstr "當您將滑鼠指標懸空在按鈕上，不去動它的話，指標的顏色會漸漸改變。當它的顏色完全改變後，就會按下按鈕。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:80 msgid "" "Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the " "mouse pointer still before clicking." msgstr "調整延遲設定值，可以改變點擊前您需要穩住滑鼠指標的時間多寡。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 msgid "" "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The " "pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. " @@ -522,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "您在懸空按鈕等待點擊時，並不需要把滑鼠給完美固定住。指標其實可以移動一點點，之後仍會點擊。但是如果移動的幅度太大，就不會作點擊了。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99 +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:91 msgid "" "Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the " "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering." @@ -546,12 +622,12 @@ msgstr "如果您在閱讀螢幕文字上有困難，可以改變字體的大小。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45 msgid "Switch Large Text to ON." msgstr "將大型文字開關切換至開。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:52 msgid "" "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing " "Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press " @@ -677,7 +753,7 @@ #: C/documents-view.page:9 #: C/documents-view.page:14 #: C/files-removedrive.page:18 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 #: C/screen-shot-record.page:22 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 #: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 @@ -707,12 +783,12 @@ msgstr "您可以按住滑鼠左鍵不放來作右鍵點擊。如果讓一手的手指各自移動對您而言有困難，或是您的指向裝置只有一個按鍵，這個功能會很有幫助。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:52 msgid "Switch Simulated Secondary Click on." msgstr "將模擬次要點擊開關打開。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:58 msgid "" "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it " "is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, " @@ -721,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:65 msgid "" "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse " "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills " @@ -730,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72 msgid "" "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. " "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get " @@ -738,7 +814,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78 msgid "" "If you use Mouse Keys, this also " "allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your " @@ -746,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95 +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:87 msgid "" "In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to " "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly " @@ -799,17 +875,17 @@ "如果您在打字時會不小心按到很多按鍵，或是您覺得第一次就按到鍵盤上正確的鍵很困難的話，就可以使用遲緩按鍵。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:54 msgid "Switch Slow Keys on." msgstr "將遲緩按鍵開關打開。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" msgstr "快速開啟與關閉遲緩按鍵" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the " @@ -818,14 +894,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:72 msgid "" "Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to " "hold a key down for it to register." msgstr "使用接受時間延遲滑桿來控制要按住按鍵多久才會作輸入。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77 msgid "" "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key " "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold " @@ -866,17 +942,17 @@ msgstr "如果同時按下數個按鍵對您而言有困難的話，您可以考慮開啟黏性特殊鍵。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:59 msgid "Switch Sticky Keys on." msgstr "將黏性特殊鍵開關打開。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" msgstr "快速開啟與關閉黏性特殊鍵" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:69 msgid "" "Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility " "features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the " @@ -885,14 +961,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:77 msgid "" "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off " "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82 msgid "" "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and " "Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press " @@ -906,13 +982,13 @@ "鍵盤捷徑鍵您可以同時按下（例如按鍵相近的捷徑鍵），但其他的捷徑鍵您無法做到的話，這個選項會很有幫助。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:91 msgid "" "Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this." msgstr "要啟用這個規則，就選擇如果同時按下任何兩鍵則停用。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:95 msgid "" "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a " "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to " @@ -954,13 +1030,13 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 msgid "" "Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab." msgstr "開啟無障礙功能，選擇聽覺分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:54 msgid "" "Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire " "screen or just your current window title to flash." @@ -989,7 +1065,7 @@ #: C/files-lost.page:15 #: C/files-recover.page:16 #: C/files-rename.page:13 -#: C/files-search.page:15 +#: C/files-search.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver.page:13 #: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15 #: C/look-background.page:14 @@ -1003,10 +1079,10 @@ #: C/net-antivirus.page:14 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12 #: C/net-wired-connect.page:11 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14 #: C/net-wireless-find.page:13 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 @@ -1060,12 +1136,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/about-this-guide.page:12 +#: C/addremove-creator.page:7 #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7 #: C/addremove-install.page:7 #: C/addremove-ppa.page:7 #: C/addremove-remove.page:7 #: C/addremove-sources.page:8 -#: C/addremove.page:11 +#: C/addremove.page:12 #: C/app-cheese.page:7 #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:23 #: C/disk-check.page:22 @@ -1076,7 +1153,7 @@ #: C/files.page:14 #: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13 #: C/keyboard.page:23 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31 #: C/keyboard-nav.page:14 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 #: C/nautilus-display.page:22 @@ -1085,15 +1162,16 @@ #: C/net-chat-skype.page:11 #: C/net-chat-social.page:10 #: C/net-chat-video.page:10 -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:16 #: C/net-mobile.page:10 -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:18 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20 #: C/numeric-keypad.page:14 #: C/power-hibernate.page:28 #: C/prefs-language.page:18 #: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12 +#: C/security-settings.page:13 #: C/session-formats.page:22 #: C/session-language.page:30 #: C/sharing.page:20 @@ -1247,7 +1325,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:34 msgid "" -"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu " +"Adding an account will link one of your online accounts with your Ubuntu " "desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set " "up for you." msgstr "" @@ -1261,46 +1339,45 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:51 -msgid "Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane." +msgid "Select an account type from the right-hand pane." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:55 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 msgid "" -"If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process " -"afterwards." +"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " +"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " +"Google username and password and sign in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:62 +#: C/accounts-add.page:65 msgid "" -"A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account " -"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your " -"Google username, password and sign in." +"If you entered your credentials correctly, you have to tell your online " +"service to allow Ubuntu access to your online account. Select " +"Allow to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/accounts-add.page:69 +#: C/accounts-add.page:72 msgid "" -"If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept " -"the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs " -"permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant " -"Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password." +"Ubuntu needs permission to access your online account. Select Grant " +"access to continue." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/accounts-add.page:79 msgid "" "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. " -"For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want " -"the calendar, turn the calendar option off." +"For example, if you want to use an account for chat, but do not want the " +"calendar, turn the calendar option off." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/accounts-add.page:86 msgid "" -"After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will " -"automatically use those credentials when you log into your account." +"After you have added an account, each application you have selected will " +"automatically use those credentials when accessing the online account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p @@ -1308,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. " "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you " -"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, " +"want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online account, " "remove it." msgstr "" @@ -1634,6 +1711,75 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/addremove-creator.page:10 +msgid "" +"Convert a USB flash drive into a volume from which you can startup and " +"install Ubuntu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/addremove-creator.page:22 +msgid "Create a startup disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:26 +msgid "" +"In this context a startup disk is a USB flash drive from which you can " +"startup and install Ubuntu. The capacity of the USB flash drive " +"must be at least 2 GB. Any data on the USB flash drive will be lost when you " +"create the startup disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:31 +msgid "It's assumed that you have downloaded an Ubuntu ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:33 +msgid "To create a startup disk from an Ubuntu ISO image:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:37 +msgid "Open Startup Disk Creator from the Dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:42 +msgid "" +"If the ISO image is in your Download folder and there is just one " +"ISO image, Startup Disk Creator will have selected it, otherwise " +"select the correct ISO image." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your computer has just one USB flash drive, Startup Disk " +"Creator will have selected it, otherwise select the correct drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:53 +msgid "Click Make Startup Disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click Yes to confirm. The process should take ten minutes or less." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-creator.page:64 +msgid "" +"When the \"Installation Complete\" window opens click Quit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20 msgid "" "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " @@ -1716,111 +1862,116 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-install.page:9 msgid "" -"Use Ubuntu Software to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." +"Use Ubuntu Software to install additional applications and make " +"Ubuntu more useful." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-install.page:21 -msgid "Install additional software" -msgstr "安裝其他軟體" +msgid "Install additional applications" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-install.page:25 msgid "" -"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). The " +"Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " -"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +"certainly want to install more applications to make Ubuntu more useful to " +"you. To install an application, you can use Ubuntu Software." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu 開發團隊已為您預選了應用程式套組，我們認為這些軟體讓 Ubuntu 足以應付多數的日常工作。不過，您應會想要安裝更多軟體，讓 Ubuntu " -"更符合您的需求。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:31 -msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" -msgstr "若要安裝其他額外軟體，依照下列的步驟進行：" +#: C/addremove-install.page:33 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to install (or remove) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:37 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:41 msgid "" -"Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " -"connection." +"You may also wish to install software that does not have a GUI. To install " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-install.page:47 +msgid "To install an application:" msgstr "" -"使用無線或有線網路連線來連上網際網路。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:44 -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51 -#: C/addremove-remove.page:28 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:46 +#: C/addremove-install.page:53 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:52 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:41 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:49 msgid "" "Click the Ubuntu Software icon in the Launcher, or " "search for Software in the search bar of the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:50 +#: C/addremove-install.page:59 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, search for an application, or " "select a category and find an application from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:56 +#: C/addremove-install.page:65 msgid "" -"Select the application that you are interested in and click " -"Install." -msgstr "選擇您有興趣的應用程式，點擊安裝。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:62 -msgid "" -"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " -"installation will begin." -msgstr "您將會被要求輸入密碼。完成之後就會開始進行安裝。" +"Select the application that you want to install and click Install." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:68 -msgid "" -"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " -"have a slow Internet connection." -msgstr "通常安裝程序很快就會完成，但如果您的網路連線很慢，可能會花上一點時間" +#: C/addremove-install.page:72 +msgid "If you're installing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-install.page:74 +#: C/addremove-install.page:79 msgid "" -"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this " -"feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in " -"Launcher." +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). Once you have done " +"that the installation will begin. The installation usually finishes quickly, " +"but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-ppa.page:9 -msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." -msgstr "加入 PPA，幫助測試預發行版或安裝特別軟體。" +msgid "" +"Add PPAs to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19 msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)" msgstr "加入個人套件庫 (PPA)" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23 msgid "" "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " -"repositories." -msgstr "個人套件庫 (PPA) 是為 Ubuntu 使用者所設計的軟體套件庫，比其他第三方套件庫更易於安裝。" +"repositories. PPAs are often used to distribute pre-release software so that " +"it can be tested." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30 #: C/addremove-sources.page:31 msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!" msgstr "只加入那些您信任來源的軟體套件庫！" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33 #: C/addremove-sources.page:34 msgid "" "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or " @@ -1829,12 +1980,12 @@ msgstr "第三方軟體套件庫的安全度與信賴度並沒有經過 Ubuntu 成員們的檢查，裡面可能含有對您電腦有害的軟體。" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:41 msgid "Install a PPA" msgstr "安裝 PPA" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:45 msgid "" "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to " "your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look " @@ -1845,31 +1996,32 @@ "next。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:57 -#: C/addremove-sources.page:52 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:55 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software launches, click Software & " "Updates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:62 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:63 msgid "Switch to the Other Software tab." msgstr "切換至其他軟體分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:67 -msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." -msgstr "點擊添加並輸入 PPA 的位置。" +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:68 +msgid "" +"Click Add and enter the PPA's location (as noted in step 1)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:72 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:73 msgid "" "Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window." msgstr "點擊添加來源。在認證視窗內輸入您的密碼。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-ppa.page:78 +#: C/addremove-ppa.page:79 msgid "" "Close the Software & Updates window. Ubuntu " "Software will then check your software sources for new software." @@ -1877,49 +2029,86 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-remove.page:9 -msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." -msgstr "移除您不會再使用的軟體。" +msgid "Remove applications that you no longer use." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove-remove.page:17 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:18 msgid "Remove an application" msgstr "移除應用程式" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:21 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:22 msgid "" -"Ubuntu Software helps you to remove software that you no longer " +"An application is software that has a graphical user interface (GUI). You " +"can use Ubuntu Software to remove applications that you no longer " "use." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:26 +msgid "" +"Applications are available in two formats: snap packages and Debian " +"packages. An application available as a snap package is from now on referred " +"to as a snap. In order to remove (or install) a snap you have to " +"log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One. Some applications are available in both " +"formats. In such a case in Ubuntu Software the snap will be " +"listed first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:32 +msgid "" +"You may also wish to remove software that does not have a GUI. To remove " +"such software, you can use Synaptic. Note that Synaptic does not list " +"snaps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:37 +msgid "To remove an application:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:34 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:47 msgid "" "When Ubuntu Software opens, click the Installed button " "at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:40 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:53 msgid "" "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by " "looking through the list of installed applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:46 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:60 msgid "Select the application and click Remove." msgstr "選擇應用程式後，點擊移除。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:51 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:66 +msgid "Confirm that you want to remove the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:73 +msgid "If you're removing a snap, log on to the Snap Store/Ubuntu One." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/addremove-remove.page:80 msgid "" -"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " -"application will be removed." -msgstr "您可能會被要求輸入密碼。完成之後程式就會被移除。" +"You will be asked to authenticate by entering your password (that is, your " +"user password, not your Snap Store/Ubuntu One password). After you have done " +"that, the application will be removed." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/addremove-remove.page:59 +#: C/addremove-remove.page:89 msgid "" "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try " "to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be " @@ -1930,14 +2119,14 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/addremove-sources.page:10 msgid "" -"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " -"installation and upgrades." -msgstr "加入其他套件庫，擴展 Ubuntu 用來安裝、更新程式的軟體來源。" +"Add repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation " +"and upgrades." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/addremove-sources.page:19 -msgid "Add additional software repositories" -msgstr "加入其他軟體來源" +msgid "Add software repositories" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/addremove-sources.page:23 @@ -1949,27 +2138,27 @@ msgstr "" "跟預設的 Ubuntu 軟體套件庫一樣，軟體也可以從第三方來源中取得。若您想要從第三方軟體套件庫安裝軟體，您必須將它加入 Ubuntu 的可用套件庫清單。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:42 -msgid "Install other repositories" -msgstr "安裝其他套件庫" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/addremove-sources.page:43 +msgid "To add a repository:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:57 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:60 msgid "" "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to " "the Other Software tab." msgstr "您會被要求輸入密碼。完成以後切換至其他軟體分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:63 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:66 msgid "" "Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should " "be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:" msgstr "點擊添加並輸入套件庫的 APT 來源列。APT 來源列應可以從套件庫網站中取得，且應該長得像這樣：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:73 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:76 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Ubuntu Software will then check your software sources for " @@ -1977,7 +2166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:80 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:83 msgid "" "Most repositories provide a signing key to be able to verify downloaded " "packages. So in addition to the steps above, you should follow possible " @@ -1985,12 +2174,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/addremove-sources.page:89 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository" msgstr "啟用 Canonical 夥伴套件庫" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:92 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:95 msgid "" "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that " "don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software " @@ -2000,7 +2189,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:99 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:102 msgid "" "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other " "Software tab in Software & Updates. If you see the " @@ -2010,7 +2199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/addremove-sources.page:109 +#: C/addremove-sources.page:112 msgid "" "Click Add Source then close the Software & Updates " "window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software to download the " @@ -2018,23 +2207,23 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title -#: C/addremove.page:8 +#: C/addremove.page:9 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Add/remove software" msgstr "安裝與移除軟體" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/addremove.page:14 +#: C/addremove.page:15 msgid "" -"Install, remove, extra " -"repositories…" +"Install applications, remove applications, add repositories…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/addremove.page:23 -msgid "Add & remove software" -msgstr "安裝與移除軟體" +#: C/addremove.page:24 +msgid "Install & remove software" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/app-cheese.page:10 @@ -2538,8 +2727,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:39 -msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" -msgstr "USB 隨身碟（低容量）" +msgid "USB memory key (medium capacity)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-where.page:42 @@ -3100,7 +3289,7 @@ #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/bluetooth-active.svg' " @@ -3352,20 +3541,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 -msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" -msgstr "從色彩公司的網站下載一份列印參考檔案" +msgid "Downloading a printing reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 msgid "" "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " -"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +"reference chart from the company's website you can then send them back the " "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." msgstr "" -"如果您的紙張類型只有一到兩種，利用色彩公司通常會是產生印表機設定組合最便宜的選擇。從公司的網站下載參考圖表，接著將印出來的結果放入軟墊信封送回公司，他們會" -"掃描紙張，產生設定組合後，將準確的 ICC 設定組合用電子郵件寄回給您。" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 @@ -4954,61 +5141,42 @@ #: C/clock-more-info.page:28 msgid "" "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " -"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " -"Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +"system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time " +"& Date." msgstr "" -"若您之後改變心意，可以再將時鐘弄回來：點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。在「系統」區域內，點擊時間與日期" -"。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/clock-more-info.page:33 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:35 msgid "Change the date format" msgstr "改變時間格式" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:34 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:36 msgid "" "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard " "for your location." msgstr "您也可以改變時鐘的日期格式，以符合您的地方所使用的標準。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:37 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 -#: C/net-proxy.page:50 -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25 -#: C/session-language.page:43 -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:38 -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:44 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:30 msgid "In the Personal section, click Language Support." msgstr "在「個人」區域內，點擊語言支援。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:39 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:45 msgid "Switch to the Regional Formats tab." msgstr "切換至區域格式分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:40 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:46 msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list." msgstr "在下拉式選單內選擇您要的位置。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/clock-more-info.page:41 +#: C/clock-more-info.page:47 msgid "" "You will need to log out and log back in " "for this change to take effect." @@ -5197,92 +5365,109 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-benchmark.page:25 -msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." -msgstr "為您的硬碟做效能評測，檢查它的速度有多快。" +msgid "Run benchmarks on a disk to check its performance." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/disk-benchmark.page:29 -msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" -msgstr "測試您的硬碟效能" +msgid "Test the performance of a disk" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 -msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" -msgstr "若要測試您硬碟的速度：" +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you back up " +"important files before you test the performance of a disk." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33 msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Dash." +"Part of the performance test (the write benchmark) is optional. If you " +"choose to do it, Disks requires exclusive access to the disk. If " +"you want to do the full performance test (including the write benchmark) on " +"the disk from which Ubuntu boots, you can create a startup disk, boot from the startup disk, and do " +"the full performance test from that instance of Ubuntu." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38 +msgid "To test the performance of a disk:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45 -msgid "Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open Disks from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 -msgid "Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive." +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47 +msgid "Choose the required disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "" +"external ref='figures/window-menu.png' md5='2640ab076f4c4c88350ce0bc75f6e337'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and " -"Access Time parameters as desired." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Benchmark Disk...." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56 msgid "" -"Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from " -"the disk. Administrative privileges " -"may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " -"administrator account." +"Click Start Benchmark... and adjust the Transfer Rate " +"and Access Time parameters as desired." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-benchmark.page:60 msgid "" +"Click Start Benchmarking... to start the tests. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your " +"password, or the password for the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:66 +msgid "" "If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will " "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take " "longer to complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:75 msgid "" -"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " -"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " -"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " -"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " -"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " -"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " -"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." -msgstr "" -"測試結束後，結果會出現在圖表上。綠點以及連線代表取樣；對應到右邊的座標為存取時間，到下面的座標則代表效能評測的經過時間百分比。藍線代表讀取率，紅線代表寫入" -"率；左邊的座標代表存取資料的速率，對應到遍歷磁碟的百分比，沿著底下的座標從磁碟外側到軸心。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76 -msgid "" -"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " -"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " -"benchmark test." -msgstr "圖表底下會顯示以下數值：最小、最大與平均讀取率和寫入率、平均存取時間，以及離上次效能評測有多少時間。" +"When the performance test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. " +"The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these " +"correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The " +"blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; " +"these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against " +"percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the " +"bottom axis." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-capacity.page:24 -msgid "" -"Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check " -"space and capacity." +msgid "Use Disks to check free space on a given disk/volume." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -5291,114 +5476,68 @@ msgstr "檢查磁碟還有多少剩餘容量" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " -"Analyzer or System Monitor." -msgstr "您可以使用磁碟用量分析器或是系統監控，檢查磁碟的剩餘空間。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:35 -msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" -msgstr "以磁碟用量分析器檢查" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:37 -msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " -"Analyzer:" -msgstr "若要使用磁碟用量分析器檢查可用磁碟空間與磁碟容量：" - -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:44 -msgid "" -"Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the " -"Dash. The window will display the Total file system " -"capacity and Total file system usage." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:32 +msgid "To check free space on a given disk/volume:" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:48 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity " -"and Total file system usage." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:37 +#: C/disk-check.page:48 +#: C/disk-format.page:35 +#: C/disk-format.page:76 +msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:54 -msgid "" -"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " -"Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " -"folder." +#: C/disk-capacity.page:40 +msgid "In the left pane select the disk that you want to check." msgstr "" -"點擊工具列上的其中一個按鈕，您可以選擇掃描個人資料夾、掃描檔案系統、掃描資料夾，或是掃描遠端資料夾。" -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:42 msgid "" -"The information is displayed according to Folder, " -"Usage, Size and Contents. See more details " -"in Disk Usage Analyzer." +"In the right pane select the volume that you want to check. The " +"Size field displays the volume size. If the volume is a data " +"volume, the Size field also displays the amount of free space and " +"the percentage used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 -msgid "Check with System Monitor" -msgstr "以系統監控檢查" +#: C/disk-capacity.page:50 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "如果硬碟快要滿了，要怎麼辦？" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:69 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 msgid "" -"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " -"Monitor:" -msgstr "若要使用系統監控檢查可用磁碟空間與磁碟容量：" +"Whether a disk/volume is considered \"too full\" depends on various factors, " +"including the size of the disk and how fast you're filling it up. You might " +"want to free up space if the disk/volume is more than 90% full." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:75 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." -msgstr "從 Dash 開啟系統監控程式。" +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:55 +msgid "To free up space you can:" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:77 -msgid "" -"Open the System Monitor application from the " -"Activities overview." +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:59 +msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore, or" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:62 msgid "" -"Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " -"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " -"Total, Free, Available and Used." +"Make backups of the important files that " +"you won't need for a while and delete them from the disk." msgstr "" -"選擇檔案系統分頁，可以檢視系統的分割區以及使用狀況。這些資訊會以總數、剩餘、可" -"用空間與已用表示。" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-capacity.page:91 -msgid "What if the disk is too full?" -msgstr "如果硬碟快要滿了，要怎麼辦？" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:93 -msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" -msgstr "如果硬碟的剩餘容量不足，您應該：" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:97 -msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." -msgstr "刪除不重要、或是您不會再使用的檔案。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-capacity.page:100 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 msgid "" -"Make backups of the important files that " -"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." -msgstr "為您暫時不需要的重要檔案做備份，再把它們從硬碟內刪除。" +"You can use Disk Usage Analyzer " +"to help identify which files to delete or back up." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-check.page:28 @@ -5439,70 +5578,54 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: when/p -#: C/disk-check.page:50 -#: C/disk-format.page:34 -msgid "Open the Disks application from the Dash." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: choose/p -#: C/disk-check.page:52 -#: C/disk-format.page:36 -msgid "" -"Open the Disks application from the Activities " -"overview." -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:57 +#: C/disk-check.page:52 msgid "" "From the list to the left, select the disk whose information and status you " "want to check." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:61 +#: C/disk-check.page:56 msgid "Assessment should say \"Disk is OK\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-check.page:64 +#: C/disk-check.page:60 msgid "" -"Open the menu at the top right and select SMART Data & Self-" -"Tests to view more drive information, or to run a self-test." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"SMART Data & Self-Tests to view more drive information, or to " +"run a self-test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-check.page:74 +#: C/disk-check.page:70 msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?" msgstr "如果磁碟機不正常，要怎麼辦？" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:76 +#: C/disk-check.page:72 msgid "" -"Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " -"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " -"prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +"Even if the SMART Assessment indicates that the disk " +"isn't entirely healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, " +"it's better to be prepared with a backup to " +"prevent data loss." msgstr "" -"就算 SMART 狀態有指出磁碟機並不正常，可能也不會出現警告原因。不過，請您最好先準備好備份，以防資料毀於一旦。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:80 +#: C/disk-check.page:76 msgid "" -"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " -"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " -"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " -"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " -"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +"If the status of one or more of the health checks is \"Pre-Fail\", the disk " +"is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected, which mean " +"the disk might fail in the near future. If your disk (or computer) is a few " +"years old, you are likely to see this status on some of the health checks. " +"You should backup your important files " +"regularly and check the disk periodically to see if it gets worse." msgstr "" -"如果狀態為「Pre-" -"fail」，理論上磁碟仍然健康，但有偵測到老舊的跡象，代表再過不久磁碟就會損壞。如果您的硬碟（或電腦）是幾年前製造的，就很有可能在某些檢查項目內看到這則訊" -"息。您應該定期備份重要檔案，並定期檢查該磁碟的狀態是否繼續惡化。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-check.page:87 +#: C/disk-check.page:83 msgid "" "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a " "professional for further diagnosis or repair." @@ -5511,112 +5634,113 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/disk-format.page:17 msgid "" -"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +"Delete all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " "drive by formatting it." -msgstr "將外部硬碟或 USB 隨身碟格式化，移除裡面所有的檔案和資料夾。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-format.page:22 -msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" -msgstr "將可卸除式磁碟的所有內容清空" +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "Wipe the data off a removable disk and reuse it" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-format.page:24 +#: C/disk-format.page:25 msgid "" -"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " -"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " -"folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " -"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB flash drive or an external hard " +"disk, you may sometimes wish to wipe the disk, that is, completely delete " +"all its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - " +"this deletes all the files on the disk and leaves it empty." msgstr "" -"如果您有一個可卸除式裝置，像是 USB 隨身碟或是外接硬碟，有時候可能要刪除裡面所有的檔案和資料夾。此時您可以將裝置格式化 —— " -"裡面所有的檔案都會被統統刪掉，該裝置內部就空無一物了。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/disk-format.page:30 -msgid "Format a removable disk" -msgstr "將可卸除式磁碟格式化" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:31 +msgid "To format a removable disk:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:41 -msgid "" -"Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." -msgstr "在儲存裝置清單內選擇您要清空的磁碟。" +#: C/disk-format.page:39 +msgid "Select the disk that you want to wipe from the list on the left." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:44 +#: C/disk-format.page:42 msgid "" -"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " -"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" -msgstr "請確定您選擇的磁碟是正確的！如果您挑到錯誤的磁碟，會把其他磁碟裡面的檔案統統給刪除掉！" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you select the wrong " +"disk, all the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:49 +#: C/disk-format.page:51 msgid "" -"In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " -"Format Volume." -msgstr "在儲存區部份，點擊卸載儲存區。接著點擊格式化儲存區。" +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and then select " +"Format Disk.... The Format Disk window opens." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:53 +#: C/disk-format.page:56 msgid "" -"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." -msgstr "在跳出的視窗中，為磁碟選擇一個檔案系統類型。" +"If you want to securely wipe the data from the disk, select Overwrite " +"existing data with zeroes from the Erase dropdown list." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:55 -msgid "" -"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " -"computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " -"NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " -"system type will be presented as a label." +#: C/disk-format.page:61 +msgid "Click Format...." msgstr "" -"如果您除了 Linux 電腦以外，也有在使用 Windows 和 Mac OS 的電腦，請選擇 FAT。如果您只會在 " -"Windows 上使用它，NTFS 這個選項可能會比較好。對於檔案系統類型的簡短描述會以標籤顯示。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:61 +#: C/disk-format.page:65 +msgid "" +"In the window that opens click Format to begin wiping the disk. " +"Once the formatting has finished the disk contents will be listed as " +"\"Unallocated Space\"." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:70 msgid "" -"Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." -msgstr "給這個磁碟一個新名稱後，點擊格式化。接著就會開始清空磁碟。" +"In order to reuse the wiped disk you must create one or more partitions. The " +"simplest case is where you create one partition that fills the whole disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:80 +msgid "Select the disk from the list on the left." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-format.page:64 +#: C/disk-format.page:84 msgid "" -"Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " -"should now be blank and ready to use again." -msgstr "格式化結束後，將磁碟給安全移除。磁碟裡面應該已全部清空，可以準備再次使用了。" +"Click the + button. The Create Partition window opens." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/disk-format.page:70 -msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" -msgstr "格式化磁碟並非安全刪除檔案" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:88 +msgid "Type a name for the partition into the Name field." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/disk-format.page:71 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:92 msgid "" -"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " -"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " -"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " -"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " -"as shred." +"Click Create to create the partition. You can now store data on " +"the disk." msgstr "" -"將磁碟格式化，並不完全是一個清空資料的安全方式。一個被格式化的磁碟，上面不會出現任何檔案，但特殊的還原軟體或許有能力把檔案取回。如果您需要將檔案安全地刪除" -"掉，就需要使用一些命令列工具程式，如 shred。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:16 msgid "" -"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the Disks application to " "manage them." -msgstr "了解什麼是儲存區、分割區，並使用磁碟公用程式來管理它們。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:21 msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" msgstr "管理儲存區與分割區" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:23 msgid "" "The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard " "disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, " @@ -5631,7 +5755,7 @@ "卡或是其他媒介裝置。儲存區被掛載好後，您可以讀取裡面的檔案，若有可能的話，也可以將檔案寫入儲存區內。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:31 msgid "" "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not " "necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area " @@ -5644,48 +5768,40 @@ "分割區完成掛載，您就可以存取裡面的檔案，也就無異于儲存區。您可以這樣想：儲存區是有標記、可被存取的「店面」，操作的功能則在分割區與磁碟的「後房」內完成。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 -msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" -msgstr "使用磁碟公用程式檢視和管理儲存區、分割區" +#: C/disk-partitions.page:39 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 -msgid "" -"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " -"utility." -msgstr "您可以藉由磁碟公用程式，檢查和修改電腦的儲存分區。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 -msgid "" -"Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application." +#: C/disk-partitions.page:41 +msgid "To view and manage your computer's volumes and partitions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:48 msgid "" -"In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " -"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +"In the left pane, you will find a list of hard disks, CD/DVD drives, other " +"physical devices, and loop devices. Select the device that you want to " "inspect." -msgstr "您會在儲存裝置欄位內找到硬碟、CD/DVD 光碟機以及其他實體裝置。點擊您要觀看的裝置。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/disk-partitions.page:53 msgid "" "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " -"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " -"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." -msgstr "右邊欄位內有標記儲存區的區域內，該裝置的儲存區、分割區的分割狀況一目了然。這裡也包含了各種管理儲存區工具。" +"breakdown of the volumes and partitions (if any) present on the selected " +"device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:57 msgid "" "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " -"these utilities." -msgstr "請小心：使用這些工具可能會把磁碟內的資料全數清除！" +"these tools." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:63 msgid "" "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a " "single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating " @@ -5698,17 +5814,14 @@ "包含了您的作業系統、應用程式、設定值以及個人資料。為了安全或便利起見，這些檔案會分布在多個分割區底下。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:70 msgid "" "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " -"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " -"Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " -"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." -msgstr "" -"您的電腦在啟動時會使用到一些資訊，它們會被放在某一個主分割區，或是 boot " -"分割區內。基於這個原因，這個分割區有時會被稱為開機分割區、開機儲存區。若要查出分割區是否可開機，就在公用程式下看它的分割區旗標。諸如" -" USB 隨身（硬）碟、CD 等外接媒介，可能也會有一個可開機儲存區。" +"partition, or boot volume. If a volume is bootable, the information " +"displayed will say: \"Partition Type ... (Bootable)\". External media such " +"as USB flash drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/display-dimscreen.page:14 @@ -5737,18 +5850,18 @@ msgstr "設定亮度" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45 -#: C/display-lock.page:37 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49 +#: C/display-lock.page:41 msgid "Select Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 msgid "Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value." msgstr "調整亮度滑桿至合適的值。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:54 msgid "" "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have " "a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at " @@ -5758,7 +5871,7 @@ "鍵不放，才能使用這些鍵。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:59 msgid "" "Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness " "automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your " @@ -5768,7 +5881,7 @@ "您在使用電池時，想要讓亮度自動降低，就選擇調暗螢幕以節省電源。螢幕的背光會消耗很多電力，您的電池續航力也會明顯減少。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60 +#: C/display-dimscreen.page:64 msgid "" "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a " "while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. " @@ -5797,15 +5910,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32 +msgid "" +"Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings." +msgstr "在選單列上點擊您的名稱，選擇系統設定值。" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38 -#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36 +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 msgid "Open Displays." msgstr "開啟顯示器。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:41 msgid "" "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, " "then switch it ON/OFF." @@ -5821,7 +5940,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:63 msgid "" "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the " "desired position." @@ -5829,7 +5948,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:68 msgid "" "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the " "Mirror displays box." @@ -5837,7 +5956,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:76 msgid "" "When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click " "Keep This Configuration." @@ -5845,7 +5964,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57 -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 msgid "" "To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner." msgstr "" @@ -5874,7 +5993,7 @@ msgstr "若要為您的筆記型電腦設定外部顯示器，就將顯示器連接至您的電腦上。如果您的系統沒有立即辨識出它的話，可以調整這些設定值：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:48 msgid "" "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which " "monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the Launcher " @@ -5883,19 +6002,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:56 msgid "" "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher " "Placement to All Displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:92 msgid "Sticky Edges" msgstr "黏性邊界" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:93 msgid "" "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer " "to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's " @@ -5907,7 +6026,7 @@ "的黏性邊界功能可以改善這種問題，您需要施一點力才能將滑鼠游標從一台顯示器移動到另一台顯示器上。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 msgid "" "You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature." msgstr "如果您不喜歡這項功能，可以將黏性邊界關閉。" @@ -5939,16 +6058,15 @@ "的密碼才能繼續使用電腦。您可以手動鎖定螢幕，不過要讓螢幕自動鎖定也是可以的。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/display-lock.page:38 +#: C/display-lock.page:42 msgid "" "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " -"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " -"inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " -"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " -"with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +"Lock screen after drop-down list. The screen will automatically " +"lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select " +"Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is " +"automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when " +"inactive for drop-down list above." msgstr "" -"確認鎖定開關已經開啟，接著從下面的下拉清單內選擇一個逾時時間。如果電腦在這段期間內沒有任何動靜，螢幕就會自動鎖上。您也可以選擇螢幕關閉，當螢幕自動關閉時也會自動鎖定。螢幕關閉的時間可由上面的下拉選單（當不活動多久後關閉螢幕）控制。" #. (itstool) path: credit/name #: C/documents-collections.page:7 @@ -5962,7 +6080,7 @@ #: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7 #: C/documents-view.page:7 #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 #: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 #: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14 @@ -5997,7 +6115,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/documents-collections.page:47 -#: C/documents-collections.page:62 +#: C/documents-collections.page:64 #: C/documents-print.page:38 #: C/documents-select.page:38 msgid "Click the ✓ button." @@ -6029,17 +6147,17 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:60 +#: C/documents-collections.page:62 msgid "To delete a collection:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:63 +#: C/documents-collections.page:65 msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/documents-collections.page:64 +#: C/documents-collections.page:66 msgid "" "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, " "leaving the original documents." @@ -6062,12 +6180,11 @@ #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/documents-filter.page:22 #: C/documents-search.page:46 -#: C/files-browse.page:80 #: C/files-hidden.page:42 #: C/files-hidden.page:48 #: C/files-hidden.page:57 #: C/files-hidden.page:64 -#: C/files-lost.page:52 +#: C/files-search.page:59 #: C/files-sort.page:45 #: C/files-sort.page:61 #: C/files-tilde.page:33 @@ -6322,7 +6439,6 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/documents-search.page:25 -#: C/files-search.page:29 msgid "Search for files" msgstr "搜尋檔案" @@ -6552,12 +6668,12 @@ msgstr "若要決定插入各種裝置時該開啟哪個程式：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +#: C/files-autorun.page:46 msgid "Select DetailsRemovable Media." msgstr "選擇詳細資料可移除式媒體。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:46 +#: C/files-autorun.page:49 msgid "" "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or " "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different " @@ -6565,7 +6681,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:49 +#: C/files-autorun.page:52 msgid "" "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device " "will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what " @@ -6573,7 +6689,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:54 +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 msgid "" "The Software option is slightly different from the others - if " "the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it " @@ -6585,7 +6701,7 @@ "內有安裝一份程式（例如幻燈片），想讓光碟一插入便自動執行該程式，這會是個不錯的選擇。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 msgid "" "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the " "list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media " @@ -6598,7 +6714,7 @@ "ui>動作下拉選單中選擇應用程式或動作。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:69 +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 msgid "" "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you " "plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion " @@ -6607,17 +6723,17 @@ "要是無論插入什麼裝置，您都不想要讓任何程式自動執行，就選擇位於「可移除式媒體」視窗底部的插入媒體時永遠不提示或啟動程式。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:75 +#: C/files-autorun.page:78 msgid "Types of devices and media" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:78 +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 msgid "Audio discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:79 +#: C/files-autorun.page:82 msgid "" "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio " "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other " @@ -6626,12 +6742,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:86 +#: C/files-autorun.page:89 msgid "Video discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 msgid "" "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the " "Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, " @@ -6640,24 +6756,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:94 +#: C/files-autorun.page:97 msgid "Blank discs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:95 +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application " "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:100 +#: C/files-autorun.page:103 msgid "Cameras and photos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:101 +#: C/files-autorun.page:104 msgid "" "Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application " "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card " @@ -6666,7 +6782,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:105 +#: C/files-autorun.page:108 msgid "" "Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak " "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular " @@ -6674,24 +6790,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:110 +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 msgid "Music players" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:111 +#: C/files-autorun.page:114 msgid "" "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music " "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:115 +#: C/files-autorun.page:118 msgid "E-book readers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:116 +#: C/files-autorun.page:119 msgid "" "Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the " "books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file " @@ -6699,12 +6815,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/files-autorun.page:120 +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:121 +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 msgid "" "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run " "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option " @@ -6713,7 +6829,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/files-autorun.page:126 +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust." msgstr "" @@ -6730,10 +6846,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/files-browse.page:47 msgid "" -"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on " -"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like " -"external hard disks), on file " -"servers, and on network shares." +"Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files and " +"folders on your computer. You can also use it to manage files and folders on " +"storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p @@ -6753,14 +6869,29 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/files-browse.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager by default:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:65 +msgid "Double-click a folder to view its contents, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:67 +msgid "" +"Double-click a file to open it with the default application for that file " +"(if there is one)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:72 msgid "" -"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and " -"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. " "You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:66 +#: C/files-browse.page:75 msgid "" "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which " "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. " @@ -6772,24 +6903,32 @@ "任一資料夾上點擊右鍵，可以選擇用新分頁或新視窗開啟、複製或移動資料夾、或是存取它的屬性。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:72 +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "To quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:85 +msgid "" +"Start typing the file name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the " +"window and the first file that matches your search will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-browse.page:88 msgid "" -"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start " -"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the " -"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down " -"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches " -"your search." +"Press the down or up arrow keys, or scroll with the mouse, to cycle through " +"the files that match your search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/files-browse.page:78 -msgid "" -"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do " -"not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show " -"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they " -"will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or " -"simply drag a folder into the sidebar." +#: C/files-browse.page:93 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access commonly-used locations from the sidebar. If " +"you do not see the sidebar, click the Files menu and select " +"Sidebar. You can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to navigate quickly to " +"folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7360,10 +7499,9 @@ msgid "" "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files " "that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in " -"the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick " -"Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more." +"the file manager. Click the middle button (of three) in the file manager " +"toolbar and select Show Hidden Files to display hidden files. See " +" to learn more." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -7870,134 +8008,106 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-search.page:12 -msgid "" -"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." -msgstr "以名稱、類型來尋找檔案。儲存您的搜尋，以後還可以使用。" +msgid "Search for files or folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for files or folders" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " -"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " -"special folders in your home folder." -msgstr "在檔案管理員內，您可以直接以檔案的名稱、類型來搜尋檔案。您甚至可以儲存常用的搜尋，它們會以特殊資料夾的型式顯示在您的家目錄內。" +#: C/files-search.page:30 +msgid "You can search for:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:32 +msgid "Files based on name or file type, and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:33 +msgid "Folders based on name." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/files-search.page:36 +#: C/files-search.page:37 msgid "Other search applications" msgstr "其他搜尋用程式" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:42 +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:43 +#: C/security-settings.page:53 msgid "Search" msgstr "搜尋" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:43 -msgid "Open the file manager" -msgstr "開啟檔案管理員" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:44 -msgid "" -"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " -"folder." -msgstr "若您知道需要的檔案在哪一個資料夾下，就切至該資料夾。" +msgid "Open Files from the Dash." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:46 msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press " -"CtrlF." +"If you know the files or folders that you want are under a particular " +"folder, navigate to that folder." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:48 +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/files-search.page:50 +#: C/files-search.page:70 +msgctxt "_" msgid "" -"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if " -"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " -"invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless " -"of case." +"external ref='figures/system-search.png' " +"md5='2007b551a99c937422dd54c53ee41bbe'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:52 -msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type." +#: C/files-search.page:49 +msgid "" +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar, or press CtrlF." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:54 msgid "" -"Click Home to restrict the search results to your " -"Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere." +"In the search box type a word or words that you know appear in the name. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type " +"invoice. Words are matched regardless of case." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:57 +#: C/files-search.page:58 msgid "" -"Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list " -"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x " -"button to remove this option and widen the search results." +"If you want to restrict your search to files of a particular type, click the " +"Down " +"arrow icon button and select a file type from the What " +"drop-down list. Click the x button to remove this restriction." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/files-search.page:63 msgid "" -"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " -"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." -msgstr "可以在搜尋結果內將檔案開啟、複製、刪除、或是其他檔案處理動作，就跟您在檔案管理員內任一資料夾下操作並無兩樣。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:66 -msgid "" -"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and " -"return to the folder." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:70 -msgid "" -"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " -"quickly." -msgstr "如果您常用某些特定的關鍵字來搜尋，可以將它們儲存起來，以便快速存取。" - -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/files-search.page:74 -msgid "Save a search" -msgstr "儲存搜尋" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:75 -msgid "Start a search as above." -msgstr "進行一次搜尋，方法如上所述。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:76 -msgid "" -"When you're happy with the search parameters, click File in the " -"menu bar and select Save Search As...." +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files and folders " +"from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file " +"manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/files-search.page:78 -msgid "" -"Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " -"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " -"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." -msgstr "" -"為該搜尋決定一個名稱後點擊儲存。您要的話可以為搜尋選擇一個不同的存放資料夾。在檢視該資料夾時，您所儲存的搜尋會以橘色資料夾圖示表示，" -"中間有一支放大鏡。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/files-search.page:84 +#: C/files-search.page:69 msgid "" -"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " -"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " -"matched." +"Click the magnifying glass Magnifying glass icon in the " +"toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." msgstr "" -"當您完成搜尋後，若要移除搜尋檔，就直接刪除搜尋即可，跟刪除其他檔案一樣。當您刪除儲存的搜尋時，並不會把符合搜尋的檔案一同刪除。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/files-select.page:15 @@ -8819,7 +8929,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42 -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:47 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Keyboard." msgstr "在「硬體」區域內點擊鍵盤。" @@ -8835,22 +8945,22 @@ msgstr "利用速度滑桿，可以調整游標閃爍的速度快慢。" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:27 msgid "Juanjo Marín" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 msgid "Add input sources and switch between them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39 msgid "Use alternative input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 msgid "" "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. " "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such " @@ -8863,7 +8973,7 @@ "配置。您可以讓您的鍵盤變成不同的配置，無須理會按鍵上的字母與符號。若您常要在多種語言間切換，這麼好用的招數就值得您一學。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:48 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input " "method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the " @@ -8872,16 +8982,30 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 msgid "Add input sources" msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:63 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:185 +msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " +"Add." +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: gui/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " @@ -8890,30 +9014,16 @@ "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' " "md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:56 -msgid "" -"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and " -"clicking preview." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:169 -msgid "In the Personal section, click Text Entry." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:69 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71 msgid "" -"Click the + button, select an input source, and click " -"Add." +"You can view an image of any source by selecting it in the list and clicking " +" view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:74 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75 msgid "" "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the " "↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the " @@ -8925,15 +9035,15 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' " "md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'" msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82 msgid "" "If you select a source with an input method, you can click + button. To " +"expand the list you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and run this " +"command:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 msgid "Input source indicator" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:100 msgid "" "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source " "indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the " @@ -8958,12 +9078,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "鍵盤快捷鍵" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:99 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:111 msgid "" "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected " "input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is " @@ -8972,26 +9092,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:112 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:126 msgid "" "Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next " "source using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:130 msgid "" "When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., " "press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:123 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 msgid "" "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the " "same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different " @@ -9001,19 +9121,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:131 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:145 msgid "" "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead " "choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:137 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:151 msgid "Complex input methods" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:139 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:153 msgid "" "Recommended frameworks for input methods are IBus and " "Fcitx. The latter is the default framework in Ubuntu for Chinese, " @@ -9021,7 +9141,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:143 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 msgid "" "Input source options with input methods are only available if respective " "input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a " @@ -9029,50 +9149,50 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:147 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:161 msgid "" "For example, to prepare for typing Korean (Hangul) on an English system, " "follow these steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:152 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:166 msgid "" "Install Korean. One of the " "installed packages is fcitx-hangul, the Hangul IM engine for Fcitx." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:157 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:171 msgid "Close Language Support and open it again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:160 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:174 msgid "Select fcitx as the Keyboard input method system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:163 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 msgid "Log out and log in again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:172 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:188 msgid "" "Click the + button, select Hangul (Fcitx), and click " "Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:177 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:193 msgid "" "This will make Hangul available in the Fcitx input source indicator " "in the menu bar. (The design differs from the IBus equivalent.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:196 msgid "" "If you prefer some other IM engine than the one which is installed " "automatically when you install a language, you can 螢幕鍵盤來輸入文字。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:41 msgid "Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard." msgstr "將輸入助理開關打開，顯示螢幕鍵盤。" @@ -9466,14 +9586,14 @@ "重複輸入的花費時間。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 msgid "" "Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable " "repeated keys entirely." msgstr "將當按下某鍵不放時重複輸出該字元這個選項關閉，以完全停用重複輸入的功能。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:52 msgid "" "Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you " "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the " @@ -9497,12 +9617,12 @@ msgstr "若要改變鍵盤捷徑鍵的鍵值：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 msgid "Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "開啟鍵盤並選擇捷徑鍵分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51 msgid "" "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on " "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New " @@ -9510,24 +9630,24 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:53 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 msgid "" "Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to " "clear." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62 msgid "Custom shortcuts" msgstr "自訂捷徑鍵" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:" msgstr "若要建立您自己的鍵盤捷徑鍵：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68 msgid "" "Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the " "+ button (or click the + button in any category). The " @@ -9535,7 +9655,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73 msgid "" "Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to " "run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted " @@ -9544,14 +9664,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:76 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79 msgid "" "Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to " "New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 msgid "" "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can " "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. " @@ -9561,7 +9681,7 @@ "您輸入的指令名稱應該要是一個有效的系統指令。您可以開啟一個「終端機」，在裡面輸入指令檢查它有沒有作用。開啟應用程式的指令可能不會跟應用程式的名稱一模一樣。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89 msgid "" "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard " "shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom " @@ -9674,13 +9794,12 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36 msgid "" -"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " -"System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " -"Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " -"the one that makes the screen look better." +"To solve this, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, " +"choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options " +"and set the one that makes the screen look better." msgstr "" -"要如何解決呢？點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，前往系統設定值。在「硬體」區域內選擇顯示器。在解析度下試著用一些選項看看，設定成讓螢幕看起來順眼的那一個吧。" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46 @@ -9718,17 +9837,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56 msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings. Open Displays." -msgstr "點擊選單列最右側的圖示，選擇系統設定值。開啟顯示器。" +"Click the system menu Power cog icon, select " +"System Settings, and open Displays." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:62 msgid "Uncheck Mirror Displays." msgstr "取消勾選鏡射顯示器。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 msgid "" "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the " "Displays window. Change the Resolution until that " @@ -9758,26 +9878,19 @@ "定畫面以什麼方向顯現。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:39 -msgid "" -"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings." -msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:41 +#: C/look-resolution.page:45 msgid "" "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have " "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:43 +#: C/look-resolution.page:47 msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation." msgstr "選擇您想要的解析度與旋轉角度。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +#: C/look-resolution.page:48 msgid "" "Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds " "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new " @@ -9789,7 +9902,7 @@ "。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:51 +#: C/look-resolution.page:55 msgid "" "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected " "automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual " @@ -9799,12 +9912,12 @@ ">偵測顯示器。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:55 +#: C/look-resolution.page:59 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "解析度" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:56 +#: C/look-resolution.page:60 msgid "" "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each " "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect " @@ -9817,7 +9930,7 @@ "16:9 的長寬比，傳統顯示器使用的則是 4:3。如果您選擇的解析度跟您顯示器的長寬比不合，螢幕上會出現黑邊，避免失真。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:61 +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 msgid "" "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-" "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may 看起來很模糊，或是會看得出一格格的色塊。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/look-resolution.page:67 +#: C/look-resolution.page:71 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "畫面旋轉" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/look-resolution.page:68 +#: C/look-resolution.page:72 msgid "" "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It " "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the " @@ -9995,24 +10108,24 @@ "就需要增加雙擊的判斷時限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35 -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:44 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 msgid "Open Mouse & Touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 msgid "" "Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a " "value you find comfortable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:44 msgid "" "Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in " "the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight " @@ -10020,7 +10133,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49 msgid "" "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you " "have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try " @@ -10032,8 +10145,8 @@ "者，將您的滑鼠插在不同的電腦上，看有沒有出現相同的問題。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54 -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:56 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 msgid "" "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other " "pointing device." @@ -10057,7 +10170,7 @@ msgstr "如果您是左撇子，可以把滑鼠/觸控板左右鍵的行為交換，使用起來會比較舒服。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36 +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40 msgid "" "In the General section, switch Primary button to " "Right." @@ -10078,51 +10191,46 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32 msgid "" -"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " -"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " -"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " -"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " -"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " "instructions." msgstr "" -"多數滑鼠和某些觸控板會配備一個中鍵。如果是有滾輪的滑鼠，通常可以直接按下滾輪當作中鍵使用。如果您的滑鼠沒有中鍵，可以同時按下左右鍵，效果就跟點擊中鍵一樣。" -"如果您發現您沒辦法用這種方式來做中鍵點擊，可以試試以下這些指示。" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40 msgid "" -"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " -"at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +"Some touchpads have a middle mouse button and some do not. On touchpads that " +"don't have a middle mouse button you can middle-click by tapping once in the " +"top right-hand corner of the touchpad. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for " +"this to work." msgstr "" -"如果您的觸控板支援多點觸控，可以一次以三隻手指頭觸擊當作中鍵。前提是您必須在觸控板設定內啟用觸控點擊。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 -msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." -msgstr "很多程式會拿中鍵來達成進階的快捷點擊法。" +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:46 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for shortcuts:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49 msgid "" "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " -"the mouse position." +"the cursor position." msgstr "" -"一個常見的快捷法就是貼上選擇的文字。（也稱之為首要選取貼上。）將您要貼取的文字選擇起來，接著到您要貼上的地方，按下中鍵。選擇的文字會被貼在滑鼠游標所在的位" -"置上。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 msgid "" -"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " -"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " -"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." -msgstr "用滑鼠中鍵貼取文字，和正常的剪貼簿是完全獨立開來的。選擇的文字不會被複製到您的剪貼簿內。這種快速貼取方式只能以中鍵達成。" +"Pasting text using middle-click is completely separate from the normal " +"clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick " +"method of pasting only works with middle-click." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 @@ -10144,18 +10252,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69 msgid "" -"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " -"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " -"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " -"web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " -"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " -"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " -"Enter." +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with middle-click. " +"Just middle-click any link, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful " +"clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In " +"Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will " +"try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to " +"paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter." msgstr "" -"大多數網路瀏覽器下，只要使用中鍵，就能以分頁啟動連結，十分快速。用您的中鍵點擊任何一個連結，就會出現一個新分頁將連結開啟。不過，在 " -"Firefox 網路瀏覽器下點擊連結時要小心。如果您在 Firefox " -"下用中鍵點擊到任何連結以外的東西，它會把您選擇的文字當作是一個 URL 來載入，就跟您以中鍵把文字貼到位置列並按 Enter " -"的意思一樣。" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77 @@ -10171,12 +10274,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83 msgid "" -"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " -"other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +"Some specialized applications allow you to use middle-click for other " +"functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " "middle mouse button." msgstr "" -"某些專業程式會用中鍵來達成其他功能。可以用 middle-click（中鍵點擊）或是 middle mouse " -"button（滑鼠中鍵）搜尋這些程式的幫助文件。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12 @@ -10196,113 +10297,315 @@ "feature is called mouse keys." msgstr "如果您沒辦法使用滑鼠或是其他指向裝置，可以用您鍵盤上的數字鍵盤來控制滑鼠游標。這項功能被稱為滑鼠控制鍵。" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37 +msgid "To enable mouse keys using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 msgid "" "Tap the Super key to open the " "Dash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 msgid "" "Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the " "Universal Access settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 msgid "Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:43 msgid "" -"Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " +"Press ← twice to switch to the Pointing and Clicking " "tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 msgid "" "Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then " "press Enter to switch it on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:46 msgid "" "Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to " "move the mouse pointer using the keypad." msgstr "確定 Num Lock 已經關閉。您現在可以用小鍵盤移動滑鼠游標了。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:54 msgid "" -"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " -"the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +"The above instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using " +"only the keyboard. See Universal Access settings for more " "accessibility options." -msgstr "這裡的步驟提供了最簡短的方式，只需要鍵盤就能夠啟用滑鼠鍵。選擇無障礙功能設定值可以看到更多無障礙選項。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:61 msgid "" -"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " -"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " -"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " -"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " -"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +"The numeric keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually " +"arranged into a square grid. With mouse keys there are three buttons: " +"primary, alternate, and modifier. Initially the primary button is selected. " +"Here are some examples of how to use mouse keys:" msgstr "" -"小鍵盤是您鍵盤上的一組數字按鈕，通常會集中在一個方形區塊內。如果您的鍵盤上沒有小鍵盤（例如筆記型電腦的鍵盤），可能得先按住功能鍵（Fn）之後，再使用其他對應按鍵當作小鍵盤。如果您常常在筆記型電腦上使用滑鼠控制鍵的話，可以考慮購買一個 USB 外接式小鍵盤。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:68 msgid "" -"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " -"8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " -"move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " -"or quickly press it twice to double-click." +"Each number on the keypad (except 0 and 5) corresponds to a direction. For " +"example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing " +"2 will move it downwards." msgstr "" -"小鍵盤上每一個數字都代表一個方向。例如，按 8 游標會向上移動；按 2 游標則向下移動。按 " -"5 會當作一次滑鼠單擊，快速按兩次則變成雙擊。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:74 +msgid "To click the selected button, press 5." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78 msgid "" -"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " -"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " -"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " -"down 5 or the left mouse button." +"To double-click the selected button, quickly press 5 twice or " +"press + once." msgstr "" -"大多數鍵盤都會有一個特殊按鍵，可以用來當作滑鼠右鍵，通常會在空白鍵旁邊。不過要注意的是，這個鍵生效的位置會在鍵盤現在工作的區域，而非滑鼠游標的位置。關於如" -"何按住 5 或滑鼠左鍵來作右鍵點擊的資訊，請參閱。" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:83 msgid "" -"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " -"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " -"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +"To right click, press - to select the alternate button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." msgstr "" -"如果在啟用滑鼠控制鍵的期間，您想要使用小鍵盤輸入數字的話，就將 Num Lock 打開。不過在 Num " -"Lock 開啟的期間，小鍵盤就無法控制滑鼠了。" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:88 msgid "" -"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " -"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." -msgstr "鍵盤上面排成一列的正常數字鍵並沒辦法控制滑鼠游標。只有小鍵盤的數字鍵可以。" +"To middle click, press * to select the modifier button (if it is " +"not already selected) and press 5." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 -msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." -msgstr "如果滑鼠的運作出了問題，要如何檢查？" +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:94 +msgid "" +"To drag and drop using the primary button, press / to select the " +"primary button (if it is not already selected), press 0 to " +"depress the button, drag the pointer to the required position, and press " +". to release the button." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:106 +msgid "Here is a table of mouse keys and their actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:112 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:113 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:116 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:117 +msgid "Pointer up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:120 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:121 +msgid "Pointer down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:124 +msgid "6" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:125 +msgid "Pointer right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:128 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:129 +msgid "Pointer left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:133 +msgid "7" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:134 +msgid "Pointer up and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:137 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:138 +msgid "Pointer up and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:141 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:142 +msgid "Pointer down and right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:145 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:146 +msgid "Pointer down and left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:150 +msgid "/" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:151 +msgid "" +"Select the primary button. On a mouse the primary button is usually the left " +"button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:154 +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:155 +msgid "" +"Select the modifier button. On a mouse the modifier button (if present) is " +"usually the middle button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:158 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:159 +msgid "" +"Select the alternate button. On a mouse the alternate button is usually the " +"right button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:162 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:163 +msgid "Click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:167 +msgid "+" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:168 +msgid "Double click selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:171 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:172 +msgid "Depress selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:175 +msgid "." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:176 +msgid "Release selected button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:185 +msgid "" +"If you have a keyboard without a keypad (as with some laptops), you may need " +"to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on " +"your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often, you may wish to " +"purchase an external USB keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:196 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, " +"turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad " +"when Num Lock is turned on, though." +msgstr "" +"如果在啟用滑鼠控制鍵的期間，您想要使用小鍵盤輸入數字的話，就將 Num Lock 打開。不過在 Num " +"Lock 開啟的期間，小鍵盤就無法控制滑鼠了。" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:207 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not " +"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "鍵盤上面排成一列的正常數字鍵並沒辦法控制滑鼠游標。只有小鍵盤的數字鍵可以。" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8 +msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working." +msgstr "如果滑鼠的運作出了問題，要如何檢查？" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24 msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" msgstr "滑鼠游標不會移動" @@ -10501,14 +10804,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45 msgid "" "Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is " "comfortable for you." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:59 msgid "" "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. " "Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the " @@ -10517,8 +10820,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:65 msgid "" "The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad." msgstr "" @@ -10536,77 +10838,70 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 msgid "" -"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " -"without separate hardware buttons." -msgstr "您可以只用觸控板達成點擊、雙擊、拖曳與滑動的動作，不需要其他硬體按鍵的幫忙。" +"If your system has a touchpad, you can click, double-click, drag, and scroll " +"using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30 +msgid "Click or drag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "You can click or drag using your touchpad." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 msgid "In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40 -msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." -msgstr "在觸控板上點一下就是點擊一次。" +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45 +msgid "To click, tap once (but not in the bottom or top right-hand corners)." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:46 msgid "To double-click, tap twice." msgstr "若要雙擊就點個兩次。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 msgid "" -"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +"To drag an item, tap twice but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." -msgstr "若要拖曳項目，在上面點擊兩次，但第二下不要放開，將項目拖曳至想要的地方後，拿開手指，就會放下該項目。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " -"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" -"click. See for a method of right-clicking " -"without a second mouse button." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "To right-click, tap once in the bottom right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"如果您的觸控板有支援多點觸控，用兩根手指同時點一下就是右鍵點擊了。沒辦法的話，您仍得需要使用硬體按鈕才能作右鍵點擊。請參閱，了解在不需第二滑鼠按鍵（右鍵）的情況下，作右鍵點擊的方式。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48 -msgid "" -"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50 +msgid "To middle-click, tap once in the top right-hand corner." msgstr "" -"如果您的觸控板支援多點觸控，同時用三根手指點一次就是中鍵點擊。" - -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 -msgid "" -"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " -"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " -"think they're a single finger." -msgstr "在使用多根手指點擊、拖曳時，要確認您的手指分得夠開。如果您手指與手指間靠得太近，您的電腦會把它們當作是一根手指。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 msgid "Two finger scroll" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59 msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:81 msgid "" "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as " "normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will " @@ -10617,31 +10912,31 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:88 msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." msgstr "並非所有觸控板都可以使用兩點捲動的功能。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 msgid "Content sticks to fingers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:96 msgid "" "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the " "touchpad." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 msgid "" "In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to " "fingers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:110 msgid "" "This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse " "Scrolling." @@ -11075,8 +11370,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11 -msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." -msgstr "為檔案管理員加入、刪除、重新命名書籤。" +msgid "Add, remove, or rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24 @@ -11085,70 +11380,71 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25 -msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgid "" +"In the file manager you can add bookmarks in the sidebar in order to " +"navigate quickly to a folder. Click on a bookmark to navigate to the " +"associated folder. You can add, remove, or rename bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 msgid "Add a bookmark:" msgstr "加入書籤：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." msgstr "開啟您要設為書籤的資料夾（或是位置）。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:31 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select Bookmark this " -"Location." +"Click the window menu Window menu icon and select " +"Bookmark this Location. (If the option is greyed out then the " +"location has already been bookmarked.) The bookmark is added in the sidebar." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 -msgid "Delete a bookmark:" -msgstr "刪除書籤：" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36 +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 msgid "" -"Click Bookmarks in the menu bar and select " -"Bookmarks... from the app menu." +"You can also add a bookmark by dragging a folder over to the sidebar and " +"dropping it on New bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:41 +msgid "Remove a bookmark:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:42 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete " -"and click the - button." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Remove from " +"the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 msgid "Rename a bookmark:" msgstr "重新命名書籤：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:47 msgid "" -"Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from " -"the app menu." +"Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select Rename... " +"from the menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 msgid "" -"In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename." +"In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark and " +"click Rename." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 -msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." -msgstr "在名稱文字框內輸入書籤的新名稱。" - #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:52 msgid "" "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two " "different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same " @@ -11668,7 +11964,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui #: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 -#: C/nautilus-list.page:95 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" @@ -11843,7 +12139,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75 -#: C/net-proxy.page:59 +#: C/net-proxy.page:61 msgid "None" msgstr "沒有" @@ -11973,17 +12269,17 @@ msgstr "檔案的擁有群組。在家用電腦上，每個使用者都會在各自的群組內。企業環境底下有時會用到群組，使用者可能會以部門或專案來分群組。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:64 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "權限" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:65 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:66 msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--" msgstr "顯示檔案的存取權限，如：drwxrw-r--" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:70 msgid "" "The first character - is the file type. - means " "regular file and d means directory (folder)." @@ -11991,63 +12287,63 @@ "第一個字元 - 代表檔案類型。- 指的是正常檔案，d 則為目錄（資料夾）。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:71 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 msgid "" "The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user " "who owns the file." msgstr "接下來三個字元 rwx 代表檔案擁有者的權限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:74 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 msgid "" "The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the " "group that owns the file." msgstr "下一組三字元 rw- 代表檔案的擁有群組內所有成員的權限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:79 msgid "" "The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions " "for all other users on the system." msgstr "欄位內最後三個字元 r-- 代表系統下其他使用者的權限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:83 msgid "Each character has the following meanings:" msgstr "每個字元都有各自的意義，如下所述：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:84 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 msgid "r : Read permission." msgstr "r ：讀取權限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:85 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:88 msgid "w : Write permission." msgstr "w ：寫入權限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:89 msgid "x : Execute permission." msgstr "x ：執行權限。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:90 msgid "- : No permission." msgstr "- ：無此權限。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 msgid "MIME Type" msgstr "MIME 類型" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:92 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:97 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." msgstr "顯示項目的 MIME 類型。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:101 msgid "The path to the location of the file." msgstr "檔案所在位置的路徑。" @@ -12320,12 +12616,11 @@ #: C/net-browser.page:11 msgid "" "Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin…" +"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: credit/name -#: C/net-browser.page:18 +#: C/net-browser.page:17 #: C/net-chat.page:19 #: C/net-email.page:17 #: C/net-general.page:19 @@ -12338,7 +12633,7 @@ msgstr "Ubuntu 文件團隊" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-browser.page:23 +#: C/net-browser.page:22 msgid "Web Browsers" msgstr "網頁瀏覽器" @@ -12615,22 +12910,22 @@ "預設網路瀏覽器來解決這個問題：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 -#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:35 +#: C/net-default-email.page:35 msgid "" "Open Details and choose Default Applications from the " "list on the left side of the window." msgstr "開啟詳細資料，在視窗左側的清單內選擇預設應用程式。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:37 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing " "the Web option." msgstr "要用什麼網頁瀏覽器開啟連結呢？在網頁選項內，更改成您要的網頁瀏覽器。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-default-browser.page:41 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 msgid "" "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not " "the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel " @@ -12665,7 +12960,7 @@ "開啟的郵件程式可能不會是您想要的那個。您可以更改預設郵件程式來解決這個問題：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-default-email.page:37 +#: C/net-default-email.page:39 msgid "" "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing " "the Mail option." @@ -12764,7 +13059,7 @@ msgstr "找出您的內部（網路）IP 位址：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:35 +#: C/net-findip.page:39 msgid "" "Open Network and select Wired or Wireless " "from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to " @@ -12772,18 +13067,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:36 +#: C/net-findip.page:40 msgid "" "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-findip.page:40 +#: C/net-findip.page:44 msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" msgstr "找出您的外部（網路）IP 位址：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:41 +#: C/net-findip.page:45 msgid "" "Visit whatismyipaddress.com." @@ -12791,12 +13086,12 @@ "前往 whatismyipaddress.com。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-findip.page:42 +#: C/net-findip.page:46 msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." msgstr "網站會向您顯示外部 IP 位址。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-findip.page:45 +#: C/net-findip.page:49 msgid "" "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may " "be the same." @@ -12805,36 +13100,33 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7 msgid "" -"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " -"your computer secure." -msgstr "您可以控制什麼程式可以存取網路。這可以保持您電腦的安全。" +"You can control network traffic in and out of your computer. This helps to " +"keep your computer secure." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24 -msgid "Enable or block firewall access" -msgstr "啟用或封鎖防火牆存取" +msgid "Control network traffic in and out of your computer" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26 msgid "" -"Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " -"(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " -"does not have any open network services (except for basic network " -"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " -"block incoming attempted malicious connections." +"You can use a firewall to control network traffic in and out of your " +"computer. Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +"(ufw) - other firewalls are available - but the firewall is not " +"enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services " +"(except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a " +"firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections." msgstr "" -"Ubuntu 在安裝時已經帶有不複雜的防火牆（ufw），但防火牆預設不會被啟用。因為 Ubuntu " -"預設的安裝並不會開啟任何網路服務（基本的網路架構除外），並不需要防火牆來封鎖可能侵入的有害連線。" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28 msgid "" -"For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " "documentation." msgstr "" -"更多有關如何使用 ufw 的資訊，請參閱線上文件。" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31 @@ -12845,10 +13137,8 @@ #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32 msgid "" "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " -"turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +"turn off the firewall, enter sudo ufw disable." msgstr "" -"若要開啟防火牆，在終端機內輸入 sudo ufw enable。若要將 ufw 關閉，就輸入 sudo ufw " -"disable。" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36 @@ -12861,14 +13151,14 @@ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " -"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules " -"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, " -"enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter " -"sudo ufw deny ssh." +"allow these services to work as intended. ufw comes with a number of rules " +"already pre-configured and you can add your own rules. For instance, to " +"allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To " +"block SSH connections, enter sudo ufw deny ssh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41 msgid "" "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. " "To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to " @@ -12878,19 +13168,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42 msgid "" "To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a " "terminal." msgstr "若要檢查 ufw 的目前狀態，在終端機內輸入 sudo ufw status。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:46 msgid "Use ufw without a terminal" msgstr "不在終端機上來使用 ufw" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:47 msgid "" "You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall " "without using a terminal. To install, click this " @@ -12900,7 +13190,7 @@ "href=\"apt:gufw\">此連結來安裝。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:48 msgid "" "You can launch this program by searching for Firewall " "Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be " @@ -13138,28 +13428,28 @@ msgstr "網路名詞與技巧" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-flash.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 msgid "" -"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " -"which display videos and interactive web pages." -msgstr "若您要瀏覽如 Youtube 這類有影片播放以及互動式網頁功能的網站，或許需要安裝 Flash。" +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view some websites, which " +"display videos and interactive web pages." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" msgstr "安裝 Flash 外掛程式" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:21 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 msgid "" -"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " -"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, " -"which is a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still " -"some websites which won't work without Flash." +"Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch " +"videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. While HTML5, which is " +"a more modern solution, is increasingly offered, there are still some " +"websites which won't work without Flash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:30 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:29 msgid "" "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling " "you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free " @@ -13168,60 +13458,106 @@ "如果您尚未安裝 Flash，在造訪需要使用 Flash 的網站時，可能會看見相關提示訊息。多數網頁瀏覽器所使用的 Flash " "都可以免費取得（但並非開放源碼）。" -#. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 -msgid "How to install Flash" -msgstr "如何安裝 Flash" +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:32 +msgid "There are two kinds of plug-ins available:" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-install-flash.page:36 msgid "" +"NPAPI for Firefox and other Gecko-based web browsers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +msgid "" +"PPAPI for Chromium and other Blink-based web browsers " +"including Opera and Vivaldi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Google Chrome browser is shipped with Flash bundled, and does " +"not need a plug-in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:49 +msgid "flashplugin-installer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"The flashplugin-installer package provides the NPAPI plug-in for " +"Firefox. If you chose to install certain third-party software when you " +"installed Ubuntu, flashplugin-installer is probably installed " +"already. Otherwise you can install " +"it and restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "adobe-flashplugin" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:61 +msgid "" +"The adobe-flashplugin package provides both the NPAPI and PPAPI " +"plug-ins, i.e. it provides Flash for both Firefox and Chromium like web " +"browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:66 +msgid "" "Make sure that the Canonical Partner repository is activated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:39 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:69 msgid "" "Install the adobe-flashplugin " "package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-install-flash.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " -"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " -"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:96 +msgid "Restart your browser." msgstr "" -"如果您要開啟任何網頁瀏覽器視窗，請將它們關閉後再重新開啟。在重新開啟網頁的同時，網頁瀏覽器應該會偵測出 Flash 已經安裝，現在，您應該可以檢視有使用 " -"Flash 的網站了。" - -#. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13 -msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." -msgstr "讓瀏覽器可以顯示需要 Java 的網站。" -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17 -msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" -msgstr "安裝 Java 瀏覽器外掛程式" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:79 +msgid "browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash" +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18 +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:81 msgid "" -"Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " -"to be installed in order to run." -msgstr "某些網站會使用小小的 Java 程式，必須要先安裝 Java 外掛程式，才可以執行它們。" +"Some features of the PPAPI plug-in, such as 3D acceleration and premium " +"video DRM, are not available in the NPAPI plugin. If you use Firefox or some " +"other Gecko-based browser and need those features, you can install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package. It's a wrapper " +"which makes Firefox use the PPAPI plug-in." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "Make sure that adobe-flashplugin is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:91 msgid "" -"Install the icedtea6-plugin " -"package to view Java programs in your browser." +"Open a terminal window by pressing " +"CtrlAltT and install the " +"browser-plugin-freshplayer-pepperflash package:" msgstr "" -"安裝 icedtea6-plugin 套件後，就可以在瀏覽器內檢視 " -"Java 程式。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-macaddress.page:23 @@ -13465,6 +13801,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-mobile.page:82 +#: C/printing-setup.page:52 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "點擊加入。" @@ -13669,7 +14006,7 @@ #: C/net-problem.page:11 msgid "" "Troubleshooting wireless " -"connections, finding your wifi " +"connections, finding your Wi-Fi " "network…" msgstr "" @@ -13714,20 +14051,20 @@ msgstr "更改代理伺服器方法" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:53 +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 msgid "" "Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on " "the left side of the window." msgstr "開啟網路，並在視窗左側的清單內選擇網路代理伺服器。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:56 +#: C/net-proxy.page:58 msgid "" "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods." msgstr "在以下的方式中選擇您要使用哪一種代理伺服器方法。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:60 +#: C/net-proxy.page:62 msgid "" "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the " "web." @@ -13735,13 +14072,13 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-proxy.page:63 -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 +#: C/net-proxy.page:65 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:144 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手動" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:64 +#: C/net-proxy.page:66 msgid "" "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the " "protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, " @@ -13751,19 +14088,19 @@ "HTTP、HTTPS、FTP 和 SOCKS。" #. (itstool) path: item/title -#: C/net-proxy.page:68 +#: C/net-proxy.page:70 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "自動" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:69 +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 msgid "" "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration " "for your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +#: C/net-proxy.page:76 msgid "" "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network " "connection to use the chosen configuration." @@ -14234,10 +14571,10 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless.page:13 msgid "" -"Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" +"Connect to Wi-Fi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title @@ -14261,52 +14598,51 @@ #: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 msgid "" "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " -"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " -"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " -"network or over the cellular network." +"to connect to your computer without a separate network. If your computer has " +"a connection to the internet other than wireless, you can use the wireless " +"hotspot to share your internet connection with other devices." msgstr "" -"您可以將您的電腦設成無線網路熱點。這可以讓其他裝置不須另外的網路即可與您連接，您也可以分享您已在其它界面建立的連線，像是有線網路或是透過手機網路。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:49 msgid "Open Network and select Wireless on the left." msgstr "開啟網路，選擇左邊的無線。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45 -msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." -msgstr "點擊做為熱點按鈕。" +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:51 +msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot... button." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:53 msgid "" "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " -"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " -"to confirm." +"connect to or create one network at a time. Click Turn On to " +"confirm." msgstr "" -"如果您已經連線到一個無線網路，會被詢問是否要切斷該網路連線。單一無線網路配接器一次只能連接或建立一個網路。點擊建立熱點確認。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:60 msgid "" -"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " -"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " -"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." -msgstr "網路名稱 (SSID) 與保安金鑰將會自動產生。網路的名稱會參考您電腦的名稱來命名。其他裝置需要這項資訊，才能跟您剛才建立的熱點連接。" +"A wireless network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. " +"The SSID is based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need the " +"SSID and security key in order to connect to the hotspot you've just " +"created. If you wish to, you can change the SSID and security key." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 -msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." -msgstr "點擊選單列上的網路選單，取消勾選「啟用無線網路」。" +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wi-Fi." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" msgstr "關閉無線網路（飛安模式）" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 msgid "" "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless " "connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may " @@ -14316,30 +14652,26 @@ "如果您在飛機上（或是其他不允許無線網路的地方）使用電腦，應該要將無線網路的功能關閉。還有其他原因會讓您想關閉無線網路功能（例如節省電池電力）。若要這麼做：" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 msgid "" "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " -"Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " -"until you switch it back on again." +"Enable Wi-Fi. This will turn off your wireless connection until " +"you switch it back on again." msgstr "" -"若要這麼做的話，點擊選單列上的網路選單，取消勾選啟用無線網路。這會將您的無線網路連線關閉，直到您再次將它切回來" -"。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 msgid "" "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " -"and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " -"it." -msgstr "若要將無線網路切回來，點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇啟用無線網路，讓前面出現一個勾勾。" +"and select Enable Wi-Fi so that it has a checkmark in front of it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 msgid "" -"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." msgstr "" -"如果您沒有關閉藍牙，您的筆記型電腦可能仍會進行廣播。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22 @@ -14369,9 +14701,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35 msgid "" -"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " -"name of the network you want to connect to." -msgstr "點擊選單列上的網路選單，並點擊您想要連接的網路名稱。" +"Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the " +"network you want to connect to." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36 @@ -14553,26 +14885,25 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20 -msgid "" -"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." -msgstr "了解無線網路編輯畫面的選項是什麼意思。" +msgid "Learn about the Wi-Fi connection settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27 -msgid "Edit a wireless connection" -msgstr "編輯無線網路連線" +msgid "Edit a Wi-Fi connection" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33 msgid "" -"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " -"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " -"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +"This topic describes many of the settings that are available when you edit a " +"Wi-Fi connection. To edit a Wi-Fi connection, click the network " +"menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections, then " +"select the connection and click Edit." msgstr "" -"這個主題描述的，是編輯無線網路連線時所有可以使用的選項。若要編輯連線，點擊選單列上的網路選單，並選擇編輯連線。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:39 msgid "" "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, " "so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here " @@ -14580,74 +14911,67 @@ msgstr "大多數網路只要將設定值留成預設值即可，可以正常運作，所以您應該不需要改變任何設定值。這裡提供了很多選項，讓您能更好控制比較進階的網路。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42 -msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" -msgstr "所有使用者皆可用 / 自動連線" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:43 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45 -msgid "Connect automatically" -msgstr "自動連線" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46 +msgid "Automatically connect to this network when it is available" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 msgid "" "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this " "wireless network whenever it is in range." msgstr "若您要讓電腦自己嘗試連線到此無線網路（無論有沒有在範圍內），就勾選這個選項。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:48 msgid "" "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " -"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " -"in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +"computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wi-Fi tab in " +"the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." msgstr "" -"如果有數個設成自動連線的網路在範圍內，電腦會自動連接網路連線視窗內無線網路分頁中第一個顯示的網路。電腦不會從一" -"個可用網路斷線，並連接一個不同的範圍內網路。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51 -msgid "Available to all users" -msgstr "所有使用者皆可用" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +msgid "All users may connect to this network" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:54 msgid "" -"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +"Check this option if you would like all users on the computer to have access " "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " "password themselves." msgstr "" -"若您要電腦上所有的使用者都可以存取此無線網路，就勾選這個選項。如果該網路有設 WEP/WPA " -"密碼，且此選項有勾選的話，您只會需要輸入密碼一次。所有其他的電腦使用者並不需要自己知道密碼，就能夠連接到這個網路上。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:57 msgid "" -"If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." msgstr "" -"如果有勾選此項，您需要是一位管理員，才能改變此網路的任何設定值。系統可能會要您輸入您的管理員密碼。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59 -msgid "Wireless" -msgstr "無線網路" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:64 +msgid "Wi-Fi" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 msgid "SSID" msgstr "SSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 msgid "" "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise " "known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you " @@ -14658,12 +14982,12 @@ "變這個設定值。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 msgid "Mode" msgstr "模式" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:75 msgid "" "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an " "Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to " @@ -14674,48 +14998,41 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 msgid "" "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " -"Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " -"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " -"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " -"only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " -"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " -"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " -"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." -msgstr "" -"若您選擇了 Ad-hoc，會看到另外兩個選項：頻寬和頻道。在這裡可以決定 Ad-hoc " -"無線網路所運作的無線頻率頻帶。某些電腦只能在特定的頻帶上運作（例如只有 A，或是只有 " -"B/G），因此您應該要挑選一個可以讓 Ad-hoc " -"網路上所有電腦使用的頻帶。在繁忙的地帶可能會有數個無線網路分享相同的頻道，這可能會減緩您的連線，因此您可以改變要使用的頻道。" +"Band and Channel. These determine which Wi-Fi " +"frequency band the ad-hoc network will operate on. Some computers are only " +"able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only " +"B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers " +"in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several " +"wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your " +"connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:86 msgid "BSSID" msgstr "BSSID" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:87 msgid "" "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " -"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " -"SSID but it will have a BSSID." -msgstr "" -"這是基礎服務組識別碼。SSID（請參閱上面）是人要讀取的網路名稱；BSSID " -"是電腦所理解的名稱（它是字母和數字組成的字串，對無線網路來說是獨特的）。如果網路被隱藏起來，它不會有 SSID，但是它會有一個 BSSID。" +"that is supposed to be unique to the network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it " +"will have a BSSID." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78 -msgid "Device MAC address" -msgstr "裝置的 MAC 位址" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:92 msgid "" "A MAC address is a code which " "identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an " @@ -14727,37 +15044,34 @@ "MAC 位址。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:93 msgid "" "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card." msgstr "這個選項可以用來改變您的網路卡的 MAC 位址。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 msgid "Cloned MAC address" msgstr "複製的 MAC 位址" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:98 msgid "" -"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " -"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " -"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " -"modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " -"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " -"address rather than its real one." -msgstr "" -"您的網路硬體（無線網卡）可以假裝有一個不同的 MAC 位址。如果您有一個只跟特定 MAC " -"位址溝通的裝置或服務（例如有線寬頻數據機），這個方式會很好用。如果您在複製的 MAC 位址欄位填入該 MAC " -"位址，裝置/服務會認為您的電腦的 MAC 位址是複製的那一個，而不是真正的位址。" +"Your network hardware (in this case a wireless card) can pretend to have a " +"different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which " +"will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable " +"broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC " +"address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the " +"cloned MAC address rather than its real one." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:103 msgid "" "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the " "maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When " @@ -14770,48 +15084,45 @@ "MTU 取決於封包的遺失程度（由雜訊造成），以及連線的速度有多快。一般來說，您應該不需改變這裡的設定值。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97 -msgid "Wireless Security" -msgstr "無線網路防護" +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:110 +msgid "Wi-Fi Security" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:113 +#: C/security-settings.page:26 #: C/sharing-desktop.page:49 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全性" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:114 msgid "" "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " -"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +"Encrypted connections help protect your Wi-Fi connection from being " "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " "you're visiting and so on." msgstr "" -"這裡決定了您的無線網路要使用什麼類型的加密方式。加密連線可以保護您的無線連接不被攔截，這樣其他人就無法「偷聽」，查看您正在造訪的網站等等" -"。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:115 msgid "" "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of Wi-Fi " "encryption." msgstr "" -"某些類型的加密方式比其他加密還強，但可能不被較為老舊的無線網路器材支援。正常情況下，您會需要輸入一個密碼才能連線；更嚴謹的類型可能會要求使用者帳號以及一個" -"數位「憑證」。請參閱，了解更多知名的無線網路加密類型。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 msgid "IPv4 Settings" msgstr "IPv4 設定" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:130 msgid "" "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and " "which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see " @@ -14820,17 +15131,17 @@ "使用這個分頁來定義連線資訊，如您的電腦 IP 位址和要使用的 DNS 伺服器。改變方法來看不同得取、設定資訊的方式。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131 msgid "The following methods are available:" msgstr "以下是可用的方式：" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:134 msgid "Automatic (DHCP)" msgstr "自動 (DHCP)" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:135 msgid "" "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP " "server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) " @@ -14843,33 +15154,32 @@ "當您第一次連線到網路時，伺服器會自動指定正確的設定值。大多數網路都使用 DHCP。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:139 msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only" msgstr "只用自動 (DHCP) 位址" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:140 msgid "" -"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " -"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " -"DNS server to use)." +"If you choose this method, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP " +"server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS " +"server to use)." msgstr "" -"如果您選擇了這個設定值，您的電腦會從 DHCP 伺服器得到自己的 IP 位址，但您得手動定義其他的詳細資訊（像是要使用什麼 DNS 伺服器）。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:145 msgid "" -"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +"Choose this method if you would like to define all of the network settings " "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." -msgstr "如果您要自己定義所有的網路設定值，包含電腦應該使用的 IP 位址，就選擇這個項目。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 msgid "Link-Local Only" msgstr "只有本機連線" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:150 msgid "" "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network " "without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other " @@ -14883,35 +15193,41 @@ "位址。如果您想要暫時將幾台電腦連接起來，讓它們互相溝通，這個方式就可以派上用場。" #. (itstool) path: title/gui -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +msgid "Shared to other computers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:155 +msgid "This method will allow other computers to use the connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:160 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已停用" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:161 msgid "" -"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " -"connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " -"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " -"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +"This method will disable the network connection and prevent your computer " +"from using it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as " +"separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you " +"have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." msgstr "" -"這個選項會停用網路連線，避免您連接到網路上。請注意，雖然 IPv4 和 IPv6 " -"連線用的是同一張網路卡，這兩種連線是會被分開處理的。如果您有啟用某一種連線，可能也會想把另一種連線停用掉。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:168 msgid "IPv6 Settings" msgstr "IPv6 設定" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154 +#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:173 msgid "" -"This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " -"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " -"at the moment." +"This is similar to the IPv4 Settings tab except it deals with the " +"newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more " +"popular at the moment." msgstr "" -"這裡跟 IPv4 分頁類似，不過它處理的是新型的 IPv6 標準。比較先進的網路會使用 IPv6，但以目前來說 IPv4 " -"仍然是主流。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 @@ -14978,21 +15294,19 @@ "網路可能被隱藏起來了。如果這個網路是隱藏網路，您需要用不同的方式連線。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20 -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 msgid "" -"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " -"Hidden Wireless Network." -msgstr "點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇連接到隱藏的無線網路。" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi " +"Network." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" msgstr "連接到隱藏的無線網路" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29 msgid "" "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden " "networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you " @@ -15005,12 +15319,19 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33 msgid "" +"Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +"Hidden Wi-Fi Network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:36 +msgid "" "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of " "wireless security, and click Connect." msgstr "在出現的視窗內，輸入網路的名稱，選擇無線網路防護的類型，並點擊連線。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 msgid "" "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to " "see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID " @@ -15021,14 +15342,14 @@ "BSSID（基礎服務組識別碼），看起來會像這樣：02:00:01:02:03:04。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 msgid "" "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look " "for terms like WEP and WPA." msgstr "您應該也要檢查無線基地台的安全性設定。找看看有沒有 WEP 和 WPA 等類似字語。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:45 msgid "" "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by " "preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this " @@ -15207,7 +15528,7 @@ msgstr "為您的數據機和路由器執行檢查" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37 msgid "" "To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the " "page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you " @@ -15215,12 +15536,12 @@ msgstr "要開始了嗎？點擊此頁面右上方的下一頁連結。這個連結，以及之後頁面上類似的連結，也會帶您瀏覽手冊的每個步驟。" #. (itstool) path: note/title -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 msgid "Using the command line" msgstr "使用指令列" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 msgid "" "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the " "command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in " @@ -15228,7 +15549,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:42 msgid "" "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide " "will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are " @@ -16356,12 +16677,12 @@ msgstr "若您要改變這個設定值，請您要非常小心。某些筆記型電腦若在上蓋關上時繼續運轉，機器就會過熱，特別是在密閉空間（如背包內部）。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:53 +#: C/power-closelid.page:57 msgid "In the Hardware section, click Power." msgstr "在硬體區域下點擊電源。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-closelid.page:54 +#: C/power-closelid.page:58 msgid "" "Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do " "nothing." @@ -16492,9 +16813,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:71 msgid "" -"Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +"Type sudo systemctl hibernate into the terminal and press " "Enter." -msgstr "在終端機內輸入 sudo pm-hibernate，按下 Enter。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:72 @@ -16536,9 +16857,9 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:99 msgid "" -"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo systemctl " "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." -msgstr "如果休眠測試成功，在您想要休眠時，可以繼續使用 sudo pm-hibernate 這個指令。" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/power-hibernate.page:102 @@ -16635,45 +16956,18 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/power-lowpower.page:23 -msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" -msgstr "為什麼我的電腦在電池到 10% 時會自己關機/暫停？" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 -msgid "" -"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " -"automatically suspend. It does this to " -"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " -"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " -"time to shut down properly either." -msgstr "" -"當電池的電量變得太低時，您的電腦就會自動暫停。它這麼做的原因是確保電池不會完全放電，因為這樣對電池很不好。而且，如果電池的電力用盡，電腦也不會有足夠的時間去關機" -"。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:31 -msgid "" -"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, " -"click the battery menu in the menu bar and select " -"Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' " -"setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your " -"applications and documents will not be saved when the computer " -"turns off." +msgid "Why did my computer shut down when power got critically low?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-lowpower.page:37 +#: C/power-lowpower.page:25 msgid "" -"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " -"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " -"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " -"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +"If your computer is running on battery only and power gets critically low, " +"Ubuntu will enter a low-power mode in which unsaved data is saved. In such a " +"case, even if the battery runs out and your computer turns off, the data " +"will be available when you restart. If your computer does not support such a " +"mode, Ubuntu will shut down and any unsaved data will be lost." msgstr "" -"某些電腦在暫停的時候會出現問題，在您重新開機時可能無法恢復您開啟過的應用程式和文件。要是您在電腦暫停前沒有儲存工作，又出現這種狀況的話，您的心血可能就會遺" -"失掉部分。不過您或許可以將暫停的問題給修復。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/power-nowireless.page:14 @@ -16705,31 +16999,24 @@ msgstr "如果有這種情形發生，試著將您的無線網路連線關掉重開。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:42 -msgid "" -"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " -"Settings" -msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:47 msgid "Open Network and select the Wireless tab" msgstr "開啟網路，選擇無線分頁" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:48 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:50 msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again" msgstr "將無線網路關掉重開" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:51 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:53 msgid "" "If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and " "then switch it off again" msgstr "要是無線網路仍然無法運作，打開飛安模式後再把它關掉" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/power-nowireless.page:55 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 msgid "" "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work " "again." @@ -17032,7 +17319,7 @@ msgstr "您可以設定讓螢幕不要自己調暗：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/power-whydim.page:39 +#: C/power-whydim.page:41 msgid "" "Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save " "power." @@ -17172,7 +17459,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:33 msgid "" "Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed " "Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently " @@ -17180,21 +17467,21 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:38 msgid "" "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently " "installed languages you want to remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:42 msgid "Click Apply Changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44 -#: C/session-formats.page:63 -#: C/session-language.page:73 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:45 +#: C/session-formats.page:68 +#: C/session-language.page:78 msgid "" "Administrative privileges are " "required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested " @@ -17204,7 +17491,7 @@ "explain\">系統管理員權限。輸入您的密碼，如果有要求使用某個系統管理員帳號，就輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:51 msgid "" "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a " "new language may follow various language support components such as " @@ -17212,8 +17499,8 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55 -#: C/session-language.page:52 +#: C/prefs-language-install.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:57 msgid "" "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not " "support your language at all." @@ -17266,7 +17553,9 @@ msgstr "設置" #. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/printing.page:39 +#: C/printing-setup.page:40 msgid "Set up a printer" msgstr "設定印表機" @@ -17283,7 +17572,8 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing.page:52 -msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgid "" +"Cancelling a print job, clearing a paper jam, print-outs with missing colors…" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title @@ -17389,7 +17679,6 @@ #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 #: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74 #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 -#: C/printing-setup.page:72 #: C/user-add.page:64 #: C/user-admin-change.page:32 #: C/user-changepassword.page:52 @@ -17825,7 +18114,7 @@ #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 -#: C/printing-setup.page:74 +#: C/printing-setup.page:51 msgid "Open Printers." msgstr "" @@ -17860,95 +18149,138 @@ #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-setup.page:8 -msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." -msgstr "設置已和電腦連接的印表機。" - -#. (itstool) path: page/title -#: C/printing-setup.page:40 -msgid "Set up a local printer" -msgstr "設置本地印表機" +msgid "Set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:41 +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 msgid "" -"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " -"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " -"your computer." -msgstr "很多類型的印表機在與電腦連接時，系統可以自動辨識出它們。大部分印表機會使用 USB 傳輸線來連接您的電腦。" +"You can set up a network printer or set up a printer using a USB cable." +msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:46 -msgid "" -"You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local " -"printer now. They are listed in one window." +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "To set up a network printer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:56 -msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." -msgstr "請確認印表機已經開機。" +#: C/printing-setup.page:47 +msgid "" +"It's assumed that the printer is connected to your network. Click the icon " +"at the far right of the menu bar and select System " +"Settings." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:58 +#: C/printing-setup.page:54 msgid "" -"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " -"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " -"asked to authenticate to install them." -msgstr "使用適當的傳輸線連接印表機與系統。當系統在搜尋驅動程式時，您會在螢幕上看見相關進度，系統可能也會要求您的認證來安裝它們。" +"If your printer is listed in the Devices list, select it and goto " +"step 7." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:62 +#: C/printing-setup.page:56 msgid "" -"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. " -"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " -"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +"It's assumed that you know your printer's IP address. Select Find " +"Network Printer, enter the IP address in the Host field, " +"and click Find." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:68 +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 msgid "" -"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " -"settings." -msgstr "如果您的印表機沒有被自動設置好，可以在印表機設定內將它加入。" +"The system should now have found your printer. If the Host field " +"does not display the IP address, enter it again." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:75 -msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." -msgstr "點擊加入，接著在裝置視窗內選擇印表機。" +#: C/printing-setup.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click Forward and wait while the system searches for drivers." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:76 -msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." -msgstr "點擊下一步，它會開始搜尋驅動程式，請稍等片刻。" +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "Choose a driver and install it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:77 +#: C/printing-setup.page:67 msgid "" "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. " "When finished, click Apply." msgstr "若您想要的話，可以自訂印表機的名稱、描述以及位置。結束後點擊套用。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +#: C/printing-setup.page:70 msgid "" "You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step." msgstr "您現在可以列印一份測試頁面，或是點擊取消跳過該步驟。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/printing-setup.page:83 +#: C/printing-setup.page:75 msgid "" -"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " -"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " -"make and model screens." -msgstr "如果電腦內有多個驅動程式可以使用，可能會要求您選擇一個驅動程式。若要使用建議的驅動，只要在該視窗內點擊「下一步」即可。" +"If you've set up a network printer and it won't print, check the Device " +"URI field in the printer settings. It should display the printer's IP " +"address. If it doesn't then correct it." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:79 +msgid "To set up a printer using a USB cable:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:82 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "請確認印表機已經開機。" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:84 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your computer using the cable. You may see activity " +"on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to " +"authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:88 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished setting up the printer. " +"Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or " +"Options to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/printing-setup.page:93 msgid "" -"After you install the printer, you may wish to Printers, select Server ^ " +"Settings from the menu bar and check Publish shared printers " +"connected to this system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:103 +msgid "" +"If multiple printer drivers are available, you may be asked to choose a " +"driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +"make and model screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:109 +msgid "" +"If the system cannot find a driver, check the printer manufacturer's website " +"for a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:115 +msgid "" +"After you set up the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." msgstr "" -"當您安裝好印表機之後，可以改變您的預設印表機。" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/printing-streaks.page:8 @@ -18100,31 +18432,31 @@ msgstr "在 Description（描述）欄內輸入相關資訊，越多越好。有三件重要的事情您必須清楚地說明：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 msgid "What you expected to happen" msgstr "您預期會發生什麼事" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 msgid "What actually happened" msgstr "實際發生的事" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:57 msgid "" "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where " "step 1 is \"start the program\"" msgstr "可能的話，提供讓它發生所需要的最短步驟，從步驟 1「開啟程式」開始" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:61 msgid "" "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it " "is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!" msgstr "您的回報將會被編上一組 ID 號碼，隨著處理進度，狀態也會更新。謝謝您的幫助，讓 Ubuntu 變得更好！" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:65 msgid "" "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that " "the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official " @@ -18135,7 +18467,7 @@ "的內建問題回報工具。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67 +#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:69 msgid "" "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the " "extensive Security & Privacy " +"application. The four tabs are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:28 +msgid "" +"These settings specify whether a password is required when Ubuntu wakes from " +"suspend or returns from a blank screen. " +"Your computer will be more secure if in these cases passwords are required." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:34 +msgid "Files & Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:36 +msgid "" +"These settings allow you to specify which recently-used files, folders and " +"applications are listed in the Dash, and elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:38 +msgid "" +"In order to determine the recently-used files, folders and applications, " +"Ubuntu collects usage data. If you wish, you can turn OFF " +"collection of usage data and clear some or all of the collected usage data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:41 +msgid "" +"The Include: list lists some common file types. To include a file " +"type in the usage data, tick the checkbox next to it. To exclude a file type " +"from the usage data, clear the checkbox next to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:45 +msgid "" +"The Exclude: list lists folders and applications excluded from " +"the usage data. To add a folder or application to the list, click the \"+\" " +"button and select the required folder or application. To remove a folder or " +"application from the list, select it and click the \"-\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:55 +msgid "" +"This setting specifies whether online search results are included when " +"searching in the Dash. For more details of the online search " +"results, and the companies that provide them, please see Canonical's privacy " +"policy, which you can access via the Diagnostics tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/security-settings.page:62 +msgid "Diagnostics" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/security-settings.page:64 +msgid "" +"These settings specify which types of system information Ubuntu can send to " +"Canonical. This information (if you allow it to be sent) will help Canonical " +"improve Ubuntu. If you want more information about how Canonical uses the " +"system information, click Privacy Policy to read Canonical's " +"privacy policy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/session-formats.page:25 msgid "" "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." @@ -18233,14 +18651,14 @@ msgstr "您可以控制日期、時間、數字、匯率與測量方式的格式，以符合您所在地區的當地習慣。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:38 +#: C/session-formats.page:42 msgid "" "Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats " "tab." msgstr "開啟語言支援，選擇區域格式分頁。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:40 +#: C/session-formats.page:44 msgid "" "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. " "By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the " @@ -18248,15 +18666,16 @@ msgstr "選擇最符合您欲使用格式的地區。清單預設只會顯示那些使用語言分頁內所設語言的地區。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:43 +#: C/session-formats.page:47 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " -"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " -"out." -msgstr "您需要登出後重新登入，才能讓這些改變生效。點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇登出後就會登出。" +"system menu Power cog icon and select Log Out to " +"log out." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-formats.page:48 +#: C/session-formats.page:53 msgid "" "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various " "examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the " @@ -18266,12 +18685,12 @@ "當您選擇一個地區後，清單下面的區域會顯示各種範例，告訴您日期和其他值會怎麼顯示。您的地區也控制了日曆內每星期的起始日，雖然它沒有出現在範例內。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-formats.page:54 +#: C/session-formats.page:59 msgid "Change the system formats" msgstr "更改系統格式" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-formats.page:56 +#: C/session-formats.page:61 msgid "" "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account " "after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the " @@ -18279,19 +18698,19 @@ msgstr "當您改變您的地區格式後，您只有影響到您登入後所使用的帳號而已。您也可以改變系統格式，它會被使用在如登入畫面的地方。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:61 +#: C/session-formats.page:66 msgid "Change your formats, as described above." msgstr "跟上述一樣，更改您的格式。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-formats.page:62 -#: C/session-language.page:72 +#: C/session-formats.page:67 +#: C/session-language.page:77 msgid "Click Apply System-Wide." msgstr "點擊套用至全系統。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-formats.page:69 -#: C/session-language.page:79 +#: C/session-formats.page:74 +#: C/session-language.page:84 msgid "" "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in " "Language Support Help." @@ -18318,27 +18737,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:44 +#: C/session-language.page:48 msgid "Click Language Support." msgstr "點擊語言支援。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:45 +#: C/session-language.page:49 msgid "" "Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the " "language to the top of the list." msgstr "在語言分頁下選擇您要的語言。將該語言拖曳至清單最上方。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:46 +#: C/session-language.page:50 msgid "" "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " -"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " -"log out." -msgstr "您必須登出再重新登入，以讓語言更動生效。點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇登出後即可登出。" +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Log Out to log out." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/session-language.page:56 +#: C/session-language.page:61 msgid "" "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can " "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard " @@ -18351,12 +18771,12 @@ "準名稱。如果您計畫之後要一直使用新語言，您應該更新這些資料夾的名稱。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/session-language.page:64 +#: C/session-language.page:69 msgid "Change the system language" msgstr "更改系統語言" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/session-language.page:66 +#: C/session-language.page:71 msgid "" "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you " "log in. You can also change the system language, the language used " @@ -18364,7 +18784,7 @@ msgstr "當您更改您的語言時，改變的只有當您登入後您的帳號所使用的語言。您也可以更改系統語言，它會被使用在如登入畫面等地方。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-language.page:71 +#: C/session-language.page:76 msgid "Change your language, as described above." msgstr "跟上面所述一致，更改您的語言。" @@ -18398,17 +18818,17 @@ msgstr "若要讓自動鎖定螢幕之前的等待間隔拉長：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41 msgid "Click Brightness & Lock." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 msgid "Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list." msgstr "在關閉於下拉選單內更改數值。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:46 msgid "" "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch " "Lock off." @@ -18622,28 +19042,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38 msgid "" "Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41 msgid "" "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the " "application icon and select Lock to Launcher." msgstr "或者當應用程式在執行時，在該程式的圖示上點下右鍵，選擇鎖定至啟動欄。" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46 msgid "" "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the " "Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:49 msgid "" "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the " "application icon and select Unlock from Launcher." @@ -18690,21 +19110,20 @@ "和離開前一模一樣。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:53 +#: C/shell-exit.page:54 msgid "" -"To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " -"appropriate option." +"To log out or switch users, click the system menu Power cog icon and select the appropriate option." msgstr "" -"若要登出或切換使用者，點擊選單列最右邊的系統選單，並選擇相對應的選項。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:61 +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 msgid "Lock the screen" msgstr "鎖定螢幕" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +#: C/shell-exit.page:65 msgid "" "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your " "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running " @@ -18716,28 +19135,32 @@ "的時間後，螢幕會自己鎖定。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:68 +#: C/shell-exit.page:71 msgid "" -"To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " -"select Lock Screen." -msgstr "若要鎖定螢幕，點擊選單列內的系統選單，選擇鎖定螢幕。" +"To lock your screen, click the system menu Power cog " +"icon and select Lock. Note: if your computer has two or " +"more user accounts (other than the guest account) this option is displayed " +"as Lock/Switch Account...." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:71 +#: C/shell-exit.page:76 msgid "" "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " -"clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " -"to your desktop when they are finished." +"clicking the system menu Power cog icon and " +"selecting Switch Account... on the password screen. You can " +"switch back to your desktop when they are finished." msgstr "" -"當您的螢幕被鎖定時，其他使用者只要點擊密碼視窗上的切換使用者，便可登入他們自己的帳號。在他們結束使用後，您可以切換回自己的桌面。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:80 +#: C/shell-exit.page:87 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "暫停" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:82 +#: C/shell-exit.page:89 msgid "" "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a " "laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. " @@ -18749,26 +19172,29 @@ "會在您關上上蓋的時候，自動將您的電腦暫停。您的狀態會儲存在您電腦內的記憶體內，並關閉電腦大部分的功能。暫停過程中依然會使用極少的電力。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:88 +#: C/shell-exit.page:95 msgid "" -"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " -"menu bar and select Suspend." -msgstr "若要手動暫停您的電腦，點擊選單列內的系統選單，選擇暫停。" +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu Power cog icon and select Suspend." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-exit.page:93 +#: C/shell-exit.page:101 msgid "Power off or restart" msgstr "關機或重新啟動" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:95 +#: C/shell-exit.page:103 msgid "" "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " -"the system menu and select Shut Down." -msgstr "如果您要徹底關閉電腦的電源，或是要完整地重新啟動一次，點擊系統選單並選擇關機。" +"the system menu Power cog icon and select " +"Shut Down...." +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +#: C/shell-exit.page:108 msgid "" "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or " "restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an " @@ -19320,36 +19746,36 @@ msgstr "最大化的視窗，大小是無法調整的。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:77 msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:" msgstr "若要調整您的視窗水平、垂直大小：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a " "'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction." msgstr "移動滑鼠游標至視窗的任何角落，直到游標變成「角落加游標」為止。點擊、按穩後拖曳，就能以任意方向改變視窗的大小。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:85 msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:" msgstr "若只要調整水平方向的大小：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:88 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a " "'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally." msgstr "移動滑鼠游標至視窗任兩側，直到游標變成「邊加游標」為止。點擊、按穩後拖曳，就能以水平方向改變視窗的大小。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:" msgstr "若只要調整垂直方向的大小：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:96 msgid "" "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes " "into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to " @@ -19357,17 +19783,17 @@ msgstr "移動滑鼠游標至視窗頂端或底端，直到游標變成「頂加游標」或「底加游標」為止。點擊、按穩後拖曳，就能以垂直方向改變視窗的大小。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106 msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace" msgstr "在您的工作區組織視窗" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 msgid "To place two windows side by side:" msgstr "若要將兩個視窗邊對邊對齊：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111 msgid "" "Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left " "edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the " @@ -19378,14 +19804,14 @@ "將會填滿左半邊螢幕。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:115 msgid "" "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is " "highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen." msgstr "將另外一個視窗拖向右側：當右半邊的螢幕被標亮時放開按鍵。這兩個視窗將各填滿半個螢幕。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118 +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:121 msgid "" "Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move " "the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title " @@ -19432,55 +19858,52 @@ #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52 -msgid "From the keyboard" -msgstr "用鍵盤" +msgid "From the keyboard (method 1)" +msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 msgid "" "Press AltTab to bring up the " "window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58 msgid "" -"Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the " -"switcher." +"Still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle " +"forwards through the list of icons in the window switcher, or " +"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 msgid "" -"Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab " -"to cycle through the list of open windows, or " -"ShiftTab to cycle backwards." +"Previews of applications that have multiple windows pop up as you cycle " +"through the icons." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64 msgid "" -"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of " -"applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through." +"To display a preview of an application that has a single window press the " +"↓ key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 msgid "" -"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with " -"the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the " -"mouse." +"You can also move between the icons with the → or ← " +"keys, or select an icon by clicking it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71 -msgid "" -"Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the " -"↓ key." +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "Release Alt to switch to the window for the current icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77 msgid "" "Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all " @@ -19491,8 +19914,13 @@ "Ctrl 和 Alt 鍵不放，並按 Tab 或是 " "ShiftTab。" +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:86 +msgid "From the keyboard (method 2)" +msgstr "" + #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:90 msgid "" "Press SuperW to show all open windows " @@ -19500,7 +19928,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:95 msgid "Click the window you want to switch to." msgstr "點擊您要切換至的視窗。" @@ -19685,19 +20113,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and select the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:47 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49 msgid "Tick the Enable workspaces checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:53 msgid "" "Now you can open the Launcher and " "click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, " @@ -19706,26 +20134,26 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:54 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 msgid "Change the number of workspaces" msgstr "改變工作區的數量" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:57 msgid "" "Go to the Dash and open the " "Terminal." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 msgid "" "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final " "number to the number you wish. Press Enter." msgstr "若要更改排數，鍵入以下指令，將最後面的數字改成您想要的數字。按下 Enter。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/shell-workspaces.page:59 +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:61 msgid "" "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the " "final number to the number you wish. Press Enter." @@ -20417,7 +20845,7 @@ msgstr "輸入特殊字元" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30 msgid "" "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's " "writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some " @@ -20425,17 +20853,17 @@ msgstr "世界上多數書寫系統所用的數千種字元，很多並沒有出現在鍵盤上，但您還是可以檢視、輸入它們。本頁將列出幾種輸入特殊字元的方式。" #. (itstool) path: links/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35 msgid "Methods to enter characters" msgstr "輸入字元的方法" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39 msgid "Character map" msgstr "字元對應表" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40 msgid "" "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all " "the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you " @@ -20443,7 +20871,7 @@ msgstr "GNOME 下有一個字元對應表程式，您可以使用它瀏覽萬國碼裡面的全部字元。用字元對應表找出您要的字元，並複製貼上至您所需的地方。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:44 msgid "" "You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more " "information on the character map, see the Compose + ' + e。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:55 msgid "" "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of " "the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key." msgstr "鍵盤上並沒有特定的 Compose 鍵，而您可以將鍵盤上任一個存在的按鍵，定義為 Compose 鍵。" #. (itstool) path: steps/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 msgid "Define a compose key" msgstr "定義 Compose 鍵" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:68 -msgid "Click Keyboard Layout." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "Open Keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69 -msgid "Click Options." +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63 +msgid "Select the Shortcuts tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:64 +msgid "Select the Typing category in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65 +msgid "Select Compose Key in the right pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:66 msgid "" -"Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " -"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " -"Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " -"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " -"work for their original purpose." +"Click on Disabled and select a key from the drop-down menu. Note: " +"The key you select will only work as a compose key, and will no longer work " +"for its original purpose." msgstr "" -"找出 Compose 鍵的位置這個群組。選擇您要套用 Compose 鍵動作的按鍵，它可以是 Caps " -"Lock 鍵、Alt 鍵，或者 Menu 鍵。任何您選擇的按鍵將只擁有 Compose 鍵的功能，原本的功能則會消失。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:71 msgid "" "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" msgstr "您可以使用 Compose 鍵打出許多常見的字元，例如：" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74 msgid "" "Press compose then ' then a letter to place an acute " "accent over that letter, such as é." @@ -20515,7 +20949,7 @@ "按下 Compose + ' + 字母，在字母上方會出現尖音符號 (´)，如 é。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77 msgid "" "Press compose then ` (back tick) then a letter to " "place a grave accent over that letter, such as è." @@ -20523,7 +20957,7 @@ "按下 Compose + `（倒斜點）+ 字母，在字母上方會出現重音符號 (`)，如 è。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80 msgid "" "Press compose then \" then a letter to place an umlaut " "over that letter, such as ë." @@ -20531,7 +20965,7 @@ "按下 Compose + \" + 字母，在字母上方會出現母音變音符號 (¨)，如 ë。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82 msgid "" "Press compose then - then a letter to place a macron " "over that letter, such as ē." @@ -20539,7 +20973,7 @@ "按下 Compose + - + 字母，在字母上方會出現長音符號 (¯)，如 ē。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:86 msgid "" "For more compose key sequences, see 維基百科的 Compose 鍵頁面（英文）。" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:98 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:92 msgid "Code points" msgstr "編碼位置" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:93 msgid "" "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the " "numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-" @@ -20569,7 +21003,7 @@ "後面的四個字元，即為該字元的編碼位置。" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:100 msgid "" "To enter a character by its code point, press " "CtrlShiftU, type the four-" @@ -20580,12 +21014,12 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:109 msgid "Input sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/tips-specialchars.page:116 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 msgid "" "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, " "regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between " @@ -21262,37 +21696,29 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24 -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49 -msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the very right of the menu " -"bar and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:29 msgid "In the Personal section, click Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30 msgid "Switch to the Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 msgid "Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:32 msgid "" "Select Left side or Top left corner to designate the " "reveal location for the Launcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:35 msgid "" "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires " "you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make " @@ -21319,19 +21745,19 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29 msgid "Click Appearance." msgstr "點擊外觀。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32 msgid "" "Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the " "size of the Launcher icons." msgstr "移動啟動欄圖示尺寸滑桿，可以增加、減少啟動欄圖示的大小。" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33 +#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34 msgid "The default Launcher icon size is 48." msgstr "預設的啟動欄圖示大小為 48。" @@ -21421,38 +21847,38 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:26 msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:28 msgid "" "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:30 msgid "" "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 msgid "quitting the application if it's running" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:33 msgid "" "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one " "instance or window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34 +#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:35 msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window" msgstr "" @@ -21581,32 +22007,32 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:54 msgid "" "In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the " "Behavior tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:58 msgid "" "Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's " "title bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:60 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:61 msgid "" "Under Menus visibility, select Always displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:68 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 msgid "Status menus" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:69 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:70 msgid "" "Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to " "as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status " @@ -21614,8 +22040,22 @@ "your computer and applications." msgstr "" +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:75 +msgid "" +"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " +"of the application." +msgstr "某些指示器選單所用的圖示，會根據該程式的狀態而有變化。" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77 +msgid "" +"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " +"add indicator menus to the panel." +msgstr "其他程式，像是 Tomboy 或 Transmission，也會將指示器選單加在面板上。" + #. (itstool) path: list/title -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:81 msgid "List of status menus and what they do" msgstr "" @@ -21624,7 +22064,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/network-offline.svg' " @@ -21632,14 +22072,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:79 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:84 msgid "" "Network menu Offline network icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:80 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 msgid "" "Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, " @@ -21654,7 +22094,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' " @@ -21662,28 +22102,28 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:85 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 msgid "" "Input source menu Input source icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:86 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 msgid "" "Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:90 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:95 msgid "" "Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:91 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 msgid "" "Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This " "menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected." @@ -21694,7 +22134,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/indicator-messages.svg' " @@ -21702,14 +22142,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:96 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:101 msgid "" "Messaging menu Message icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:97 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 msgid "" "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications " "including email, social networking, and Internet chat." @@ -21720,21 +22160,21 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:102 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:107 msgid "" "Battery menu Battery icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:103 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 msgid "" "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a " "battery isn't detected." @@ -21745,7 +22185,7 @@ #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgctxt "_" msgid "" "external ref='figures/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' " @@ -21753,14 +22193,14 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:108 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:113 msgid "" "Sound menu Volume icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:109 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 msgid "" "Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like " @@ -21770,58 +22210,32 @@ "xref=\"media\">設定值，並控制媒體播放器（如 Rhythmbox ）。" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:114 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:119 msgid "Clock" msgstr "時鐘" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:115 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 msgid "" "Access the current time and date. Appointments from the built in Calendar application can also display here." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: p/media -#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When -#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to -#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to -#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 -msgctxt "_" -msgid "" -"external ref='figures/system-devices-panel.svg' " -"md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" -msgstr "" - #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:125 msgid "" "System menu Power cog icon" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121 +#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:126 msgid "" "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, " "suspend, restart or shutdown your computer." msgstr "" -#. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:123 -msgid "" -"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status " -"of the application." -msgstr "某些指示器選單所用的圖示，會根據該程式的狀態而有變化。" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:124 -msgid "" -"Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also " -"add indicator menus to the panel." -msgstr "其他程式，像是 Tomboy 或 Transmission，也會將指示器選單加在面板上。" - #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9 msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents." @@ -21918,37 +22332,11 @@ #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/unity-shopping.page:37 -msgid "By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/title -#: C/unity-shopping.page:40 -msgid "Turn on online search results" -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: section/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:42 -msgid "" -"If you want to receive online search suggestions, you can enable this " -"feature through the Security & Privacy system setting." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:47 msgid "" -"Click the system menu at the far right of the menu bar " -"and select System Settings." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:50 -msgid "" -"Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab." -msgstr "" - -#. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/unity-shopping.page:52 -msgid "Switch on Include online search results." +"By default, the inclusion of online search results is turned off. If you " +"want to include online search results, you can enable this feature through " +"the Security & " +"Privacy settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title @@ -23307,7 +23695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:43 msgid "" "Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how " "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft " @@ -23315,7 +23703,7 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 msgid "" "Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the " "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: " @@ -23325,18 +23713,18 @@ msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51 msgid "" "Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between " "Soft and Firm." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p -#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56 +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 msgid "" "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to " "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use " -"the pager to choose which stylus to configured." +"the pager to choose which stylus to configure." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc @@ -23395,6 +23783,16 @@ #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-" #~ "panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the group called Compose key position. Select the key or " +#~ "keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like " +#~ "Caps Lock, either of the Alt keys, or the menu key. " +#~ "Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer " +#~ "work for their original purpose." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "找出 Compose 鍵的位置這個群組。選擇您要套用 Compose 鍵動作的按鍵，它可以是 Caps " +#~ "Lock 鍵、Alt 鍵，或者 Menu 鍵。任何您選擇的按鍵將只擁有 Compose 鍵的功能，原本的功能則會消失。" + #~ msgctxt "_" #~ msgid "" #~ "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-" @@ -23436,6 +23834,11 @@ #~ "panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select " +#~ "System Settings." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to " #~ "Ubuntu Software Center." #~ msgstr "Synaptic 是強大但複雜的軟體管理程式，跟 Ubuntu 軟體中心類似。" @@ -23461,22 +23864,90 @@ #~ "Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful." #~ msgstr "使用 Ubuntu 軟體中心加入程式，讓 Ubuntu 變得更好用。" +#~ msgid "Install additional software" +#~ msgstr "安裝其他軟體" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we " +#~ "think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will " +#~ "certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu 開發團隊已為您預選了應用程式套組，我們認為這些軟體讓 Ubuntu 足以應付多數的日常工作。不過，您應會想要安裝更多軟體，讓 Ubuntu " +#~ "更符合您的需求。" + +#~ msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:" +#~ msgstr "若要安裝其他額外軟體，依照下列的步驟進行：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired " +#~ "connection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "使用無線或有線網路連線來連上網際網路。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a " #~ "category and find an application from the list." #~ msgstr "啟動軟體中心之後，可以直接搜尋應用程式，或是選擇一個類別後，從清單內尋找應用程式。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the application that you are interested in and click " +#~ "Install." +#~ msgstr "選擇您有興趣的應用程式，點擊安裝。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the " +#~ "installation will begin." +#~ msgstr "您將會被要求輸入密碼。完成之後就會開始進行安裝。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you " +#~ "have a slow Internet connection." +#~ msgstr "通常安裝程序很快就會完成，但如果您的網路連線很慢，可能會花上一點時間" + +#~ msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software." +#~ msgstr "加入 PPA，幫助測試預發行版或安裝特別軟體。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed " +#~ "for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party " +#~ "repositories." +#~ msgstr "個人套件庫 (PPA) 是為 Ubuntu 使用者所設計的軟體套件庫，比其他第三方套件庫更易於安裝。" + +#~ msgid "Click Add and enter the ppa: location." +#~ msgstr "點擊添加並輸入 PPA 的位置。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check " #~ "your software sources for new software." #~ msgstr "關閉軟體來源視窗。Ubuntu 軟體中心將會檢查您的軟體來源是否有新的軟體。" +#~ msgid "Remove software that you no longer use." +#~ msgstr "移除您不會再使用的軟體。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the " #~ "top." #~ msgstr "在打開軟體中心之後，點擊頂端的已安裝。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the " +#~ "application will be removed." +#~ msgstr "您可能會被要求輸入密碼。完成之後程式就會被移除。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for " +#~ "installation and upgrades." +#~ msgstr "加入其他套件庫，擴展 Ubuntu 用來安裝、更新程式的軟體來源。" + +#~ msgid "Add additional software repositories" +#~ msgstr "加入其他軟體來源" + +#~ msgid "Install other repositories" +#~ msgstr "安裝其他套件庫" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu " #~ "Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates." #~ msgstr "點擊添加來源，接著關閉軟體來源視窗。Ubuntu 軟體中心將會檢查您的軟體來源是否有新的更新。" @@ -23508,6 +23979,9 @@ #~ "moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information." #~ msgstr "點擊添加來源，接著關閉軟體來源視窗。稍待一會兒，讓 Ubuntu 軟體中心下載套件庫資訊。" +#~ msgid "Add & remove software" +#~ msgstr "安裝與移除軟體" + #~ msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:" #~ msgstr "Ubuntu 預設並未安裝 Cheese。若要安裝 Cheese：" @@ -23534,6 +24008,9 @@ #~ msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide." #~ msgstr "您需要先安裝好 Cheese，才可以閱讀 Cheese 使用說明。" +#~ msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +#~ msgstr "USB 隨身碟（低容量）" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive " #~ "files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the " @@ -23554,6 +24031,19 @@ #~ "只有在您要從另一台裝置連接這台電腦時，才需要將可見性打開。更多資訊請參閱。" +#~ msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +#~ msgstr "從色彩公司的網站下載一份列印參考檔案" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest " +#~ "option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the " +#~ "reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the " +#~ "print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the " +#~ "profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的紙張類型只有一到兩種，利用色彩公司通常會是產生印表機設定組合最便宜的選擇。從公司的網站下載參考圖表，接著將印出來的結果放入軟墊信封送回公司，他們會" +#~ "掃描紙張，產生設定組合後，將準確的 ICC 設定組合用電子郵件寄回給您。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the " #~ "panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called " @@ -23597,6 +24087,98 @@ #~ msgstr "取消勾選接下來的事件 (來自 Evolution 行事曆)。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the " +#~ "icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System " +#~ "Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "若您之後改變心意，可以再將時鐘弄回來：點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。在「系統」區域內，點擊時間與日期" +#~ "。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。" + +#~ msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +#~ msgstr "為您的硬碟做效能評測，檢查它的速度有多快。" + +#~ msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +#~ msgstr "測試您的硬碟效能" + +#~ msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +#~ msgstr "若要測試您硬碟的速度：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green " +#~ "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to " +#~ "the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, " +#~ "representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line " +#~ "represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are " +#~ "shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of " +#~ "the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "測試結束後，結果會出現在圖表上。綠點以及連線代表取樣；對應到右邊的座標為存取時間，到下面的座標則代表效能評測的經過時間百分比。藍線代表讀取率，紅線代表寫入" +#~ "率；左邊的座標代表存取資料的速率，對應到遍歷磁碟的百分比，沿著底下的座標從磁碟外側到軸心。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read " +#~ "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last " +#~ "benchmark test." +#~ msgstr "圖表底下會顯示以下數值：最小、最大與平均讀取率和寫入率、平均存取時間，以及離上次效能評測有多少時間。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer or System Monitor." +#~ msgstr "您可以使用磁碟用量分析器或是系統監控，檢查磁碟的剩餘空間。" + +#~ msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +#~ msgstr "以磁碟用量分析器檢查" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage " +#~ "Analyzer:" +#~ msgstr "若要使用磁碟用量分析器檢查可用磁碟空間與磁碟容量：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, " +#~ "Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "點擊工具列上的其中一個按鈕，您可以選擇掃描個人資料夾、掃描檔案系統、掃描資料夾，或是掃描遠端資料夾。" + +#~ msgid "Check with System Monitor" +#~ msgstr "以系統監控檢查" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System " +#~ "Monitor:" +#~ msgstr "若要使用系統監控檢查可用磁碟空間與磁碟容量：" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open the System Monitor application from the Dash." +#~ msgstr "從 Dash 開啟系統監控程式。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and " +#~ "disk space usage. The information is displayed according to " +#~ "Total, Free, Available and Used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "選擇檔案系統分頁，可以檢視系統的分割區以及使用狀況。這些資訊會以總數、剩餘、可" +#~ "用空間與已用表示。" + +#~ msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +#~ msgstr "如果硬碟的剩餘容量不足，您應該：" + +#~ msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore." +#~ msgstr "刪除不重要、或是您不會再使用的檔案。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make backups of the important files that " +#~ "you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive." +#~ msgstr "為您暫時不需要的重要檔案做備份，再把它們從硬碟內刪除。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. " #~ "Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive." #~ msgstr "從儲存裝置清單內選擇您要檢查的磁碟。磁碟機底下將會出現該磁碟的相關資訊與狀態。" @@ -23609,9 +24191,219 @@ #~ "run a self-test." #~ msgstr "點擊SMART 資料按鈕以檢視更多磁碟資訊，您也可以執行一次自我測試。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't " +#~ "healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be " +#~ "prepared with a backup to prevent data loss." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "就算 SMART 狀態有指出磁碟機並不正常，可能也不會出現警告原因。不過，請您最好先準備好備份，以防資料毀於一旦。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but " +#~ "signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near " +#~ "future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely " +#~ "to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check " +#~ "the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果狀態為「Pre-" +#~ "fail」，理論上磁碟仍然健康，但有偵測到老舊的跡象，代表再過不久磁碟就會損壞。如果您的硬碟（或電腦）是幾年前製造的，就很有可能在某些檢查項目內看到這則訊" +#~ "息。您應該定期備份重要檔案，並定期檢查該磁碟的狀態是否繼續惡化。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash " +#~ "drive by formatting it." +#~ msgstr "將外部硬碟或 USB 隨身碟格式化，移除裡面所有的檔案和資料夾。" + +#~ msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "將可卸除式磁碟的所有內容清空" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard " +#~ "disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and " +#~ "folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all " +#~ "of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您有一個可卸除式裝置，像是 USB 隨身碟或是外接硬碟，有時候可能要刪除裡面所有的檔案和資料夾。此時您可以將裝置格式化 —— " +#~ "裡面所有的檔案都會被統統刪掉，該裝置內部就空無一物了。" + +#~ msgid "Format a removable disk" +#~ msgstr "將可卸除式磁碟格式化" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list." +#~ msgstr "在儲存裝置清單內選擇您要清空的磁碟。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong " +#~ "disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!" +#~ msgstr "請確定您選擇的磁碟是正確的！如果您挑到錯誤的磁碟，會把其他磁碟裡面的檔案統統給刪除掉！" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click " +#~ "Format Volume." +#~ msgstr "在儲存區部份，點擊卸載儲存區。接著點擊格式化儲存區。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk." +#~ msgstr "在跳出的視窗中，為磁碟選擇一個檔案系統類型。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux " +#~ "computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, " +#~ "NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file " +#~ "system type will be presented as a label." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您除了 Linux 電腦以外，也有在使用 Windows 和 Mac OS 的電腦，請選擇 FAT。如果您只會在 " +#~ "Windows 上使用它，NTFS 這個選項可能會比較好。對於檔案系統類型的簡短描述會以標籤顯示。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk." +#~ msgstr "給這個磁碟一個新名稱後，點擊格式化。接著就會開始清空磁碟。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It " +#~ "should now be blank and ready to use again." +#~ msgstr "格式化結束後，將磁碟給安全移除。磁碟裡面應該已全部清空，可以準備再次使用了。" + +#~ msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +#~ msgstr "格式化磁碟並非安全刪除檔案" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. " +#~ "A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible " +#~ "that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to " +#~ "securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such " +#~ "as shred." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "將磁碟格式化，並不完全是一個清空資料的安全方式。一個被格式化的磁碟，上面不會出現任何檔案，但特殊的還原軟體或許有能力把檔案取回。如果您需要將檔案安全地刪除" +#~ "掉，就需要使用一些命令列工具程式，如 shred。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to " +#~ "manage them." +#~ msgstr "了解什麼是儲存區、分割區，並使用磁碟公用程式來管理它們。" + +#~ msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +#~ msgstr "使用磁碟公用程式檢視和管理儲存區、分割區" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk " +#~ "utility." +#~ msgstr "您可以藉由磁碟公用程式，檢查和修改電腦的儲存分區。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, " +#~ "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to " +#~ "inspect." +#~ msgstr "您會在儲存裝置欄位內找到硬碟、CD/DVD 光碟機以及其他實體裝置。點擊您要觀看的裝置。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual " +#~ "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +#~ "also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +#~ msgstr "右邊欄位內有標記儲存區的區域內，該裝置的儲存區、分割區的分割狀況一目了然。這裡也包含了各種管理儲存區工具。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with " +#~ "these utilities." +#~ msgstr "請小心：使用這些工具可能會把磁碟內的資料全數清除！" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to " +#~ "start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot " +#~ "partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its " +#~ "Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB " +#~ "drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您的電腦在啟動時會使用到一些資訊，它們會被放在某一個主分割區，或是 boot " +#~ "分割區內。基於這個原因，這個分割區有時會被稱為開機分割區、開機儲存區。若要查出分割區是否可開機，就在公用程式下看它的分割區旗標。諸如" +#~ " USB 隨身（硬）碟、CD 等外接媒介，可能也會有一個可開機儲存區。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the " +#~ "drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been " +#~ "inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to " +#~ "lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled " +#~ "with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "確認鎖定開關已經開啟，接著從下面的下拉清單內選擇一個逾時時間。如果電腦在這段期間內沒有任何動靜，螢幕就會自動鎖上。您也可以選擇螢幕關閉，當螢幕自動關閉時也會自動鎖定。螢幕關閉的時間可由上面的下拉選單（當不活動多久後關閉螢幕）控制。" + #~ msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero." #~ msgstr "若需要更為進階的 CD/DVD 燒錄專案，試試 Brasero。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use." +#~ msgstr "以名稱、類型來尋找檔案。儲存您的搜尋，以後還可以使用。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within " +#~ "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as " +#~ "special folders in your home folder." +#~ msgstr "在檔案管理員內，您可以直接以檔案的名稱、類型來搜尋檔案。您甚至可以儲存常用的搜尋，它們會以特殊資料夾的型式顯示在您的家目錄內。" + +#~ msgid "Open the file manager" +#~ msgstr "開啟檔案管理員" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that " +#~ "folder." +#~ msgstr "若您知道需要的檔案在哪一個資料夾下，就切至該資料夾。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the " +#~ "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "可以在搜尋結果內將檔案開啟、複製、刪除、或是其他檔案處理動作，就跟您在檔案管理員內任一資料夾下操作並無兩樣。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them " +#~ "quickly." +#~ msgstr "如果您常用某些特定的關鍵字來搜尋，可以將它們儲存起來，以便快速存取。" + +#~ msgid "Save a search" +#~ msgstr "儲存搜尋" + +#~ msgid "Start a search as above." +#~ msgstr "進行一次搜尋，方法如上所述。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a " +#~ "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will " +#~ "see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "為該搜尋決定一個名稱後點擊儲存。您要的話可以為搜尋選擇一個不同的存放資料夾。在檢視該資料夾時，您所儲存的搜尋會以橘色資料夾圖示表示，" +#~ "中間有一支放大鏡。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. " +#~ "When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search " +#~ "matched." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "當您完成搜尋後，若要移除搜尋檔，就直接刪除搜尋即可，跟刪除其他檔案一樣。當您刪除儲存的搜尋時，並不會把符合搜尋的檔案一同刪除。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to " +#~ "System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose " +#~ "Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set " +#~ "the one that makes the screen look better." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要如何解決呢？點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，前往系統設定值。在「硬體」區域內選擇顯示器。在解析度下試著用一些選項看看，設定成讓螢幕看起來順眼的那一個吧。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings. Open Displays." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列最右側的圖示，選擇系統設定值。開啟顯示器。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值。" + #~ msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks." #~ msgstr "在打字時將觸控板關閉，避免不必要的點擊。" @@ -23627,6 +24419,145 @@ #~ "通常筆記型電腦上的觸控板，跟您在打字時手腕的放置點相去不遠，有時候一不小心就會點擊到莫名其妙的地方。您可以設定在打字時將觸控板停用，按完最後一個鍵之後不久" #~ "，觸控板就可以再次使用了。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a " +#~ "scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to " +#~ "middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the " +#~ "left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find " +#~ "you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these " +#~ "instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "多數滑鼠和某些觸控板會配備一個中鍵。如果是有滾輪的滑鼠，通常可以直接按下滾輪當作中鍵使用。如果您的滑鼠沒有中鍵，可以同時按下左右鍵，效果就跟點擊中鍵一樣。" +#~ "如果您發現您沒辦法用這種方式來做中鍵點擊，可以試試以下這些指示。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers " +#~ "at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的觸控板支援多點觸控，可以一次以三隻手指頭觸擊當作中鍵。前提是您必須在觸控板設定內啟用觸控點擊。" + +#~ msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +#~ msgstr "很多程式會拿中鍵來達成進階的快捷點擊法。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called " +#~ "primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to " +#~ "where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at " +#~ "the mouse position." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "一個常見的快捷法就是貼上選擇的文字。（也稱之為首要選取貼上。）將您要貼取的文字選擇起來，接著到您要貼上的地方，按下中鍵。選擇的文字會被貼在滑鼠游標所在的位" +#~ "置上。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the " +#~ "normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This " +#~ "quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "用滑鼠中鍵貼取文字，和正常的剪貼簿是完全獨立開來的。選擇的文字不會被複製到您的剪貼簿內。這種快速貼取方式只能以中鍵達成。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle " +#~ "mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will " +#~ "open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox " +#~ "web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere " +#~ "except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you " +#~ "used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "大多數網路瀏覽器下，只要使用中鍵，就能以分頁啟動連結，十分快速。用您的中鍵點擊任何一個連結，就會出現一個新分頁將連結開啟。不過，在 " +#~ "Firefox 網路瀏覽器下點擊連結時要小心。如果您在 Firefox " +#~ "下用中鍵點擊到任何連結以外的東西，它會把您選擇的文字當作是一個 URL 來載入，就跟您以中鍵把文字貼到位置列並按 Enter " +#~ "的意思一樣。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for " +#~ "other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or " +#~ "middle mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "某些專業程式會用中鍵來達成其他功能。可以用 middle-click（中鍵點擊）或是 middle mouse " +#~ "button（滑鼠中鍵）搜尋這些程式的幫助文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only " +#~ "the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more " +#~ "accessibility options." +#~ msgstr "這裡的步驟提供了最簡短的方式，只需要鍵盤就能夠啟用滑鼠鍵。選擇無障礙功能設定值可以看到更多無障礙選項。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged " +#~ "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a " +#~ "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key " +#~ "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this " +#~ "feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "小鍵盤是您鍵盤上的一組數字按鈕，通常會集中在一個方形區塊內。如果您的鍵盤上沒有小鍵盤（例如筆記型電腦的鍵盤），可能得先按住功能鍵（Fn）之後，再使用其他對應按鍵當作小鍵盤。如果您常常在筆記型電腦上使用滑鼠控制鍵的話，可以考慮購買一個 USB 外接式小鍵盤。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing " +#~ "8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will " +#~ "move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, " +#~ "or quickly press it twice to double-click." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "小鍵盤上每一個數字都代表一個方向。例如，按 8 游標會向上移動；按 2 游標則向下移動。按 " +#~ "5 會當作一次滑鼠單擊，快速按兩次則變成雙擊。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is " +#~ "often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where " +#~ "your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding " +#~ "down 5 or the left mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "大多數鍵盤都會有一個特殊按鍵，可以用來當作滑鼠右鍵，通常會在空白鍵旁邊。不過要注意的是，這個鍵生效的位置會在鍵盤現在工作的區域，而非滑鼠游標的位置。關於如" +#~ "何按住 5 或滑鼠左鍵來作右鍵點擊的資訊，請參閱。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, " +#~ "without separate hardware buttons." +#~ msgstr "您可以只用觸控板達成點擊、雙擊、拖曳與滑動的動作，不需要其他硬體按鍵的幫忙。" + +#~ msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +#~ msgstr "在觸控板上點一下就是點擊一次。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. " +#~ "Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop." +#~ msgstr "若要拖曳項目，在上面點擊兩次，但第二下不要放開，將項目拖曳至想要的地方後，拿開手指，就會放下該項目。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two " +#~ "fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-" +#~ "click. See for a method of right-clicking " +#~ "without a second mouse button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的觸控板有支援多點觸控，用兩根手指同時點一下就是右鍵點擊了。沒辦法的話，您仍得需要使用硬體按鈕才能作右鍵點擊。請參閱，了解在不需第二滑鼠按鍵（右鍵）的情況下，作右鍵點擊的方式。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的觸控板支援多點觸控，同時用三根手指點一次就是中鍵點擊。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are " +#~ "spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may " +#~ "think they're a single finger." +#~ msgstr "在使用多根手指點擊、拖曳時，要確認您的手指分得夠開。如果您手指與手指間靠得太近，您的電腦會把它們當作是一根手指。" + +#~ msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +#~ msgstr "為檔案管理員加入、刪除、重新命名書籤。" + +#~ msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +#~ msgstr "刪除書籤：" + +#~ msgid "In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +#~ msgstr "在名稱文字框內輸入書籤的新名稱。" + #~ msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." #~ msgstr "上一次修改檔案的日期和時間。" @@ -23640,6 +24571,39 @@ #~ "Ubuntu 軟體中心，裡面有一些防毒應用程式可以使用。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep " +#~ "your computer secure." +#~ msgstr "您可以控制什麼程式可以存取網路。這可以保持您電腦的安全。" + +#~ msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +#~ msgstr "啟用或封鎖防火牆存取" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall " +#~ "(ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu " +#~ "does not have any open network services (except for basic network " +#~ "infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to " +#~ "block incoming attempted malicious connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ubuntu 在安裝時已經帶有不複雜的防火牆（ufw），但防火牆預設不會被啟用。因為 Ubuntu " +#~ "預設的安裝並不會開啟任何網路服務（基本的網路架構除外），並不需要防火牆來封鎖可能侵入的有害連線。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about how to use ufw, see the online " +#~ "documentation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "更多有關如何使用 ufw 的資訊，請參閱線上文件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To " +#~ "turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "若要開啟防火牆，在終端機內輸入 sudo ufw enable。若要將 ufw 關閉，就輸入 sudo ufw " +#~ "disable。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can " #~ "share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which " #~ "additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to " @@ -23663,6 +24627,11 @@ #~ " sudo ufw allow 53。要封鎖連接埠 53，就輸入 sudo ufw block 53。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, " +#~ "which display videos and interactive web pages." +#~ msgstr "若您要瀏覽如 Youtube 這類有影片播放以及互動式網頁功能的網站，或許需要安裝 Flash。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you " #~ "to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some " #~ "websites won't work without Flash." @@ -23670,6 +24639,9 @@ #~ "Flash 是一個給網路瀏覽器使用的外掛程式，有了它以後，您可以在某些網站上觀賞影片、使用互動式網頁。若沒有安裝 " #~ "Flash，某些網站您會無法使用。" +#~ msgid "How to install Flash" +#~ msgstr "如何安裝 Flash" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Click this link to launch " #~ "the Software Center." @@ -23685,6 +24657,14 @@ #~ "Center window." #~ msgstr "如果您選擇要安裝 Flash，在軟體中心的視窗內點擊安裝。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. " +#~ "The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it " +#~ "again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您要開啟任何網頁瀏覽器視窗，請將它們關閉後再重新開啟。在重新開啟網頁的同時，網頁瀏覽器應該會偵測出 Flash 已經安裝，現在，您應該可以檢視有使用 " +#~ "Flash 的網站了。" + #~ msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" #~ msgstr "Flash 的開源替代品" @@ -23709,6 +24689,24 @@ #~ msgid "LightSpark" #~ msgstr "LightSpark" +#~ msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java." +#~ msgstr "讓瀏覽器可以顯示需要 Java 的網站。" + +#~ msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in" +#~ msgstr "安裝 Java 瀏覽器外掛程式" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin " +#~ "to be installed in order to run." +#~ msgstr "某些網站會使用小小的 Java 程式，必須要先安裝 Java 外掛程式，才可以執行它們。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Install the icedtea6-plugin " +#~ "package to view Java programs in your browser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安裝 icedtea6-plugin 套件後，就可以在瀏覽器內檢視 " +#~ "Java 程式。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in " #~ "lets you view these pages." @@ -23766,6 +24764,213 @@ #~ "Ubuntu 軟體中心底端的顯示技術性項目。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices " +#~ "to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an " +#~ "internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired " +#~ "network or over the cellular network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您可以將您的電腦設成無線網路熱點。這可以讓其他裝置不須另外的網路即可與您連接，您也可以分享您已在其它界面建立的連線，像是有線網路或是透過手機網路。" + +#~ msgid "Click the Use as Hotspot button." +#~ msgstr "點擊做為熱點按鈕。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you " +#~ "want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only " +#~ "connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot " +#~ "to confirm." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您已經連線到一個無線網路，會被詢問是否要切斷該網路連線。單一無線網路配接器一次只能連接或建立一個網路。點擊建立熱點確認。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The " +#~ "network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will " +#~ "need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created." +#~ msgstr "網路名稱 (SSID) 與保安金鑰將會自動產生。網路的名稱會參考您電腦的名稱來命名。其他裝置需要這項資訊，才能跟您剛才建立的熱點連接。" + +#~ msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列上的網路選單，取消勾選「啟用無線網路」。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck " +#~ "Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection " +#~ "until you switch it back on again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "若要這麼做的話，點擊選單列上的網路選單，取消勾選啟用無線網路。這會將您的無線網路連線關閉，直到您再次將它切回來" +#~ "。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar " +#~ "and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of " +#~ "it." +#~ msgstr "若要將無線網路切回來，點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇啟用無線網路，讓前面出現一個勾勾。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您沒有關閉藍牙，您的筆記型電腦可能仍會進行廣播。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the " +#~ "name of the network you want to connect to." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列上的網路選單，並點擊您想要連接的網路名稱。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean." +#~ msgstr "了解無線網路編輯畫面的選項是什麼意思。" + +#~ msgid "Edit a wireless connection" +#~ msgstr "編輯無線網路連線" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a " +#~ "wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network " +#~ "menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "這個主題描述的，是編輯無線網路連線時所有可以使用的選項。若要編輯連線，點擊選單列上的網路選單，並選擇編輯連線。" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "所有使用者皆可用 / 自動連線" + +#~ msgid "Connect automatically" +#~ msgstr "自動連線" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the " +#~ "computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab " +#~ "in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one " +#~ "available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果有數個設成自動連線的網路在範圍內，電腦會自動連接網路連線視窗內無線網路分頁中第一個顯示的網路。電腦不會從一" +#~ "個可用網路斷線，並連接一個不同的範圍內網路。" + +#~ msgid "Available to all users" +#~ msgstr "所有使用者皆可用" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access " +#~ "to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will " +#~ "only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your " +#~ "computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the " +#~ "password themselves." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "若您要電腦上所有的使用者都可以存取此無線網路，就勾選這個選項。如果該網路有設 WEP/WPA " +#~ "密碼，且此選項有勾選的話，您只會需要輸入密碼一次。所有其他的電腦使用者並不需要自己知道密碼，就能夠連接到這個網路上。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this " +#~ "network. You may be asked to enter your admin password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果有勾選此項，您需要是一位管理員，才能改變此網路的任何設定值。系統可能會要您輸入您的管理員密碼。" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "無線網路" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, " +#~ "Band and Channel. These determine which wireless " +#~ "frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers " +#~ "are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or " +#~ "only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the " +#~ "computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be " +#~ "several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down " +#~ "your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "若您選擇了 Ad-hoc，會看到另外兩個選項：頻寬和頻道。在這裡可以決定 Ad-hoc " +#~ "無線網路所運作的無線頻率頻帶。某些電腦只能在特定的頻帶上運作（例如只有 A，或是只有 " +#~ "B/G），因此您應該要挑選一個可以讓 Ad-hoc " +#~ "網路上所有電腦使用的頻帶。在繁忙的地帶可能會有數個無線網路分享相同的頻道，這可能會減緩您的連線，因此您可以改變要使用的頻道。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is " +#~ "the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a " +#~ "name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers " +#~ "that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an " +#~ "SSID but it will have a BSSID." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "這是基礎服務組識別碼。SSID（請參閱上面）是人要讀取的網路名稱；BSSID " +#~ "是電腦所理解的名稱（它是字母和數字組成的字串，對無線網路來說是獨特的）。如果網路被隱藏起來，它不會有 SSID，但是它會有一個 BSSID。" + +#~ msgid "Device MAC address" +#~ msgstr "裝置的 MAC 位址" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC " +#~ "address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only " +#~ "communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband " +#~ "modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address " +#~ "box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC " +#~ "address rather than its real one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您的網路硬體（無線網卡）可以假裝有一個不同的 MAC 位址。如果您有一個只跟特定 MAC " +#~ "位址溝通的裝置或服務（例如有線寬頻數據機），這個方式會很好用。如果您在複製的 MAC 位址欄位填入該 MAC " +#~ "位址，裝置/服務會認為您的電腦的 MAC 位址是複製的那一個，而不是真正的位址。" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Security" +#~ msgstr "無線網路防護" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. " +#~ "Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being " +#~ "intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites " +#~ "you're visiting and so on." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "這裡決定了您的無線網路要使用什麼類型的加密方式。加密連線可以保護您的無線連接不被攔截，這樣其他人就無法「偷聽」，查看您正在造訪的網站等等" +#~ "。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported " +#~ "by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a " +#~ "password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also " +#~ "require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See for more information on popular types of wireless " +#~ "encryption." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "某些類型的加密方式比其他加密還強，但可能不被較為老舊的無線網路器材支援。正常情況下，您會需要輸入一個密碼才能連線；更嚴謹的類型可能會要求使用者帳號以及一個" +#~ "數位「憑證」。請參閱，了解更多知名的無線網路加密類型。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a " +#~ "DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which " +#~ "DNS server to use)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您選擇了這個設定值，您的電腦會從 DHCP 伺服器得到自己的 IP 位址，但您得手動定義其他的詳細資訊（像是要使用什麼 DNS 伺服器）。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings " +#~ "yourself, including which IP address the computer should use." +#~ msgstr "如果您要自己定義所有的網路設定值，包含電腦應該使用的 IP 位址，就選擇這個項目。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from " +#~ "connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated " +#~ "as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If " +#~ "you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "這個選項會停用網路連線，避免您連接到網路上。請注意，雖然 IPv4 和 IPv6 " +#~ "連線用的是同一張網路卡，這兩種連線是會被分開處理的。如果您有啟用某一種連線，可能也會想把另一種連線停用掉。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer " +#~ "IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular " +#~ "at the moment." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "這裡跟 IPv4 分頁類似，不過它處理的是新型的 IPv6 標準。比較先進的網路會使用 IPv6，但以目前來說 IPv4 " +#~ "仍然是主流。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to " +#~ "Hidden Wireless Network." +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列上的網路選單，選擇連接到隱藏的無線網路。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press " #~ "Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the " #~ "lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install " @@ -23787,11 +24992,135 @@ #~ "如果 nm-tool 的資訊並未指出您有連線到網路上，就點擊下一頁，前往疑難排解手冊的下一個部分。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press " +#~ "Enter." +#~ msgstr "在終端機內輸入 sudo pm-hibernate，按下 Enter。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large " #~ "as your available RAM." #~ msgstr "如果休眠沒有作用，檢查您的 swap 分割區是否至少跟您的可用 RAM 一樣大。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-" +#~ "hibernate command when you want to hibernate." +#~ msgstr "如果休眠測試成功，在您想要休眠時，可以繼續使用 sudo pm-hibernate 這個指令。" + +#~ msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?" +#~ msgstr "為什麼我的電腦在電池到 10% 時會自己關機/暫停？" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will " +#~ "automatically suspend. It does this to " +#~ "make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad " +#~ "for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have " +#~ "time to shut down properly either." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "當電池的電量變得太低時，您的電腦就會自動暫停。它這麼做的原因是確保電池不會完全放電，因為這樣對電池很不好。而且，如果電池的電力用盡，電腦也不會有足夠的時間去關機" +#~ "。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the " +#~ "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. " +#~ "In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you " +#~ "didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "某些電腦在暫停的時候會出現問題，在您重新開機時可能無法恢復您開啟過的應用程式和文件。要是您在電腦暫停前沒有儲存工作，又出現這種狀況的話，您的心血可能就會遺" +#~ "失掉部分。不過您或許可以將暫停的問題給修復。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System " +#~ "Settings" +#~ msgstr "點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇系統設定值" + +#~ msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer." +#~ msgstr "設置已和電腦連接的印表機。" + +#~ msgid "Set up a local printer" +#~ msgstr "設置本地印表機" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're " +#~ "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to " +#~ "your computer." +#~ msgstr "很多類型的印表機在與電腦連接時，系統可以自動辨識出它們。大部分印表機會使用 USB 傳輸線來連接您的電腦。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see " +#~ "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be " +#~ "asked to authenticate to install them." +#~ msgstr "使用適當的傳輸線連接印表機與系統。當系統在搜尋驅動程式時，您會在螢幕上看見相關進度，系統可能也會要求您的認證來安裝它們。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer " +#~ "settings." +#~ msgstr "如果您的印表機沒有被自動設置好，可以在印表機設定內將它加入。" + +#~ msgid "Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window." +#~ msgstr "點擊加入，接著在裝置視窗內選擇印表機。" + +#~ msgid "Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers." +#~ msgstr "點擊下一步，它會開始搜尋驅動程式，請稍等片刻。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked " +#~ "to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the " +#~ "make and model screens." +#~ msgstr "如果電腦內有多個驅動程式可以使用，可能會要求您選擇一個驅動程式。若要使用建議的驅動，只要在該視窗內點擊「下一步」即可。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "當您安裝好印表機之後，可以改變您的預設印表機。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the " +#~ "icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log " +#~ "out." +#~ msgstr "您需要登出後重新登入，才能讓這些改變生效。點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇登出後就會登出。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click " +#~ "the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to " +#~ "log out." +#~ msgstr "您必須登出再重新登入，以讓語言更動生效。點擊選單列最右邊的圖示，選擇登出後即可登出。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the " +#~ "appropriate option." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "若要登出或切換使用者，點擊選單列最右邊的系統選單，並選擇相對應的選項。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and " +#~ "select Lock Screen." +#~ msgstr "若要鎖定螢幕，點擊選單列內的系統選單，選擇鎖定螢幕。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by " +#~ "clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back " +#~ "to your desktop when they are finished." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "當您的螢幕被鎖定時，其他使用者只要點擊密碼視窗上的切換使用者，便可登入他們自己的帳號。在他們結束使用後，您可以切換回自己的桌面。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the " +#~ "menu bar and select Suspend." +#~ msgstr "若要手動暫停您的電腦，點擊選單列內的系統選單，選擇暫停。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click " +#~ "the system menu and select Shut Down." +#~ msgstr "如果您要徹底關閉電腦的電源，或是要完整地重新啟動一次，點擊系統選單並選擇關機。" + +#~ msgid "From the keyboard" +#~ msgstr "用鍵盤" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Network menu Offline network icon"